BS 1965 1894 Bible. The interlinear literal translation of the Greek aan ; ο ον Ν πὸ ή THE INTERLINEAR LITERAL TRANSLATION ᾿ ne hh υΌς ΓΗ” - OF THE Greek New Testament WITH THE AUTHORIZED VERSION CONVENIENTLY PRESENTED IN THE MARGINS FOR READY REFERENCE AND WITH THE VARIOUS READINGS OF THE EDITIONS OF ELZEVIR 1624, GRIESBACH, LACHMANN, TISCHENDORF, TREGELLES, ALFORD AND WORDSWORTH SEI sD ) 2 ο ARTHUR HINDS AND COMPANY - 4 COOPER INSTITUTE NEW YORK CITY ε ο 5 © © ο ο ον” ano0e me ο Μα . all νο οσους τος, THERE are many ways scarcely needing mention in which the Interlinear New Testament may prove its value, not the least of which is the facility with which it enables one, even if rusty in his Greek, to put his finger on the orig- inal Greek word or phrase, and at the same instant upon a literal rendering. To many it will repay its cost in the time saved from turning to a Greek diction- ary. Of course it becomes a necessary adjunct to every complete working library. The ever-growing interest in New Testament study makes it desirable that the general reader, who would be well informed on current topics, should have some acquaintance with the relation of the standard English version to the original text, while a still more intimate knowledge on the part of the clergyman and the Bible Class teacher would seem almost imperative. ‘Toward this end no aid is likely to be more helpful than the Interlinear New Testament. This work is intended therefore to help the English reader of the New Testament, who may desire to refer to the actual words used in the Greek text. It has not been framed to teach people Greek, though it may be wie good advantage for that purpose. & The {nte.linear Translation brings to view certain points of ωθεί that no other translation has ever pretended to give. ἜΤακο for instance the word ‘master.’ This word ‘master’ is used in the Authorized Version to translate six different Greek words, all bearing different shades of meaning. The word ‘judgment’ in the Authorized -Version stands for eight different Greek words in the original ; and so of many others. Of particles, * but’ represents twelve different words; ‘by,’ eleven; ‘for,’ eighteen; ‘in,’ fifteen; οἱ ᾿ thirteen ; and ‘on,’ nine. -We do not intend to imply that a given Greek word can be, or that it is desirable that it should be, translated in all places by the same English word. On the other hand, one should be able to ascertain, on occasion, just what the facts are ; and it is an interesting feature of the Interlinear New Testament.that in the margin appears the English word of the Authorized Version ; in the text appears the Greek original of that particular word ; and λος τή under it, the English word that is its nearest literal σα... We give the Greek Text, with an interlinear translation as literal as may be to be useful ; and in the margin the Authorized Version, divided into paragraphs rt) ο spond to the Greek text. This work also gives in its notes not only the various readings οἵ six different i NOV -11804 _$ 86005. | ὰ INTRODUCTION. editors of the Greek Testament, but also these variations wx English whenever the sense is affected thereby, but without attempting to present in every case all the minute shades of meaning which a Greek scholar will attach to them. Many of these yariations may be thought to be of no great importance, descend- ing even to the different spelling of the same word ; but from this they rise to variations of the greatest importance. All are of interest, because they concern the word of God, and are here made available to the English reader, to whom we furnish in this volume all he may require both as to the text of the New Testament, and for its word-for-word translation. THE GREEK TEXT. The Greek Text is that of Stephens, 1550, which has long been in common use ; but as the edition of Elzevir, 1624, is the one often called the Received Text, or Textus Receptus, because of the words, ‘*Textum. . . . ab omnibus recep- tum,’ occurring in the preface, we give the readings of this Elzevir edition in the notes, and mark them EK. It is the text commonly reprinted on the Con- tinent. In the main they are one and the same; and either of them may be referred to as the T'extus Receptus. There are a number of minute variations between the editors which we do not attempt to present. In all these cases we have followed the majority of modern editors, With them we have also added the final ν to the third person singular and plural in σι; third singular in ¢; in datives plural in σι, &. Yor οὕτω we have given οὕτως, and αὐτοῦ where some have αὑτοῦ. As to the form of the Greek text a few words are needed. 1. PARAGRAPHS.—We were disappointed in finding nothing lke authority for where a paragraph ought to be. Ancient manuscripts were no help: they have few or no paragraphs. The editors all differed, each making paragraphs according to his own judgment. We were therefore obliged, after referring to the best examples, to form paragraphs for ourselves. We are anxious that our readers should remember that the paragraphs have no authority, which they might have had if the ancient manuscripts had agreed in the placing of them. 2. PARENTHESES.—Most of the editors have placed here and there pa- rentheses in their Greek texts. These we have disregarded, seeing that there are no such things in the early Greek copies. We have placed them in the English where we deemed them necessary to preserve the sense, but not being in the Greek they also have no authority. 3. INVERTED Commas.—Some editors mark with inverted commas the words that are spoken, and others ina similar way mark the quotations from the Old Testament. But in some places it is doubtful where these quotations close, and it was thought best to omit them. ‘These also, being absent from the ancient Greek copies, have no authority. 4. Points.—There is no authority anywhere for the punctuation. There are few or no points in the ancient copies, and editors naturally differ in their system of pointing. We have been obliged to punctuate for ourselves as we judged 11 INTRODUCTION. best. We have not attempted to note the difference in the punctuation of the various editors, except in places where it materially alters the sense. 5. CapiTats.—The only remark needed here is in reference to the names of God, of Christ, and of the Holy Spirit. The greatest difficulty is touching the word ‘Spirit.’ In some places it is very difficult to say whether the Holy Spirit as a person or the spirit of the Christian is referred to (see Rom. viii. 9); and if sometimes a small letter and sometimes a capital had been placed to the word πνεῦμα, in the Greek, persons would naturally have concluded that the question was thus indisputably settled. It was therefore judged best to put a small π everywhere. In the English we have been obliged to put a capital S when the Holy Spirit was referred to and so have retained it wherever we thought this was the case ; but in some places it is really doubtful, and becomes a question for the spiritual judgment of the reader. The Greek will not help in the difficulty, because in the earliest copies every letter was a capital. In the other names we have followed the usage of modern editors ; putting in the Greek a capital to Jesus but a small letter for Christ, and a small letter for Lord and for God. 6. VeERSES.—In a few places it is doubtful where the verses should com- mence. In these cases we have followed Bruder’s ‘‘ Greek Concordance,” though that work does not in all cases agree with itself. THE INTERLINEAR TRANSLATION. 1. The plan. The Greek words have always been kept in their right order, and where the interlinear English would not make sense in the same order, the words have been numbered to show how they must be read. Thus, ‘‘ And ‘related *to °them ’also 'those *who ‘had ὅββοη [*it]’’ Cuuke viii. 36) are numbered so as to read ‘‘And those also who had seen [it] related to them.”’ To prevent this numbering, and transposition in reading, being increased unnecessarily, a few words are often made intoa phrase. This has been done at the commencement of each sentence, where needed, two or more words being joined with a low hyphen. Thus, instead of ’"Eyéveto δὲ . ᾿Εγένετο-δὲ, 21ὑ 3came 4to 5pass land we have printed And it came to pass. The words in brackets [ ] are what have been added in the English to com- - plete the sense where there is no word in the Greek to correspond to the words added. Where a Greek word occurs which the English idiom requires should not be translated, the word stands alone with no English word under it: as ὅτι, ‘ that,’ in Mark xii. 7 ; and οὗ in verse 14, where there are two negatives, which, if both were translated, would in English destroy one another; and so of μή, where it simply marks the sentence as a question. In a few places we have been obliged to put a double translation, mostly be- cause of the double negatives used in the Greek, where they do not immediately follow one another, and so could not be translated by such strengthened expres- 111 INTRODUCTION. sions as ‘not at all,’ ‘in no wise,’ &c. In such cases we have placed a literal translation below the one required in English. Thus— οὐδέν, anything. (lit. nothing.) 2. Points of grammar. The Aorist. This tense of the Greek verb has been at all times the most difficult to deal with, being translated, in the Authorized version (and by others), sometimes by the present, sometimes by the past, some- times by the futwre, and sometimes by the perfect. Grammarians say that, in the main, it is the indefinite past, and we have endeavored, as far as may be, to keep it to this, avoiding, except in a few places, the translation of it as a per- fect. We all know what stress is often laid—and rightly so—upon the word ‘have.’ If I say, ‘he has cleansed me,’ it is more than saying ‘he cleansed me.’ The former expression indicates the perfect, and implies a continuance of the act, or its effects, to the present time; whereas the latter speaks of an act. at some time in the past, without anything being implied as to its continuance. For this reason it appeared unadvisable to translate the aorist as the perfect, except in a few places where the true sense would otherwise have been de- stroyed. It is true that the English idiom requires it elsewhere, but it was thought best to preserve the above distinction. An extreme case will illustrate this point. In 1 Corinthians v. 9 occurs the word ἔγραψα, 1 wrote ;’ and in verse 11 the same word precisely—‘ I wrote ;’ but the Authorized Version (and others) put for the Jatter ‘I have written.’ It is there accompanied with the word ‘now’—‘ now I have written.’ This is needed for good English; we have put ‘I wrote’ in both places, but have placed a comma after the word ‘now’ to make it read more smoothly. We preserve this uniformity for the sake of literalness, always remembering the fact of the Authorized Version being in proximity, which will make all plain in such instances. In a few places we have translated the aorist as a present where the sense demanded it. As, for instance, ἔγνω, in 2 Timothy 11. 19: ‘‘ The Lord knows those that are his,’’ instead of ‘‘ the Lord knew,’’ ὧο. The Imperfect. This is mostly translated as ‘I was writing,’ or ‘I wrote.’ But there are a few places where this tense is said to have a different meaning. This will be best illustrated by the much-disputed passage in Romans ix. 3: ‘Ror J could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brethren.”’ Here the word for ‘I could wish’ is in the imperfect. If the learned were agreed as to a translation we should have kept to the same, but while some translate ‘I could wish,’ as a conditional present, others give ‘I could have _wished’ as a conditional past. We have thought it best to keep the sense of the simple imperfect as referred by Winer to this passage. ‘‘J felt a wish, and should do so still, could it be gratified. . . . (a conditional clause being under- stood).’’ We have put “1 was wishing.”’ The Perfect. This we have kept as uniform as we could, implying an act perfected, but continuing to the present in itself or its consequences. In a few iv INTRODUCTION: places we have translated it as a present: as in Matthew xii. 47, in the sense of “they have stood and still are standing.’ The Subjunctive. In this mood perhaps we have deviated further from ordinary practice than in any other, but we have endeavored, as far as practicable, to keep it distinct from both the English imperative and the Greek future. Thus in Romans xiii. 9 for οὐ φονεύσεις (future indicative) we have, ‘thou shalt not commit murder ;’ but in James ii. 11, for μὴ φονεύσῃς (aorist subjunctive) ‘thou mayest not commit murder.’ THE Pronouns. At times it is important to know whether the pronouns are emphatic or not. ἐγὼ γράόω and γράφω are both ‘I write ;’ but where the ἐγώ is put in the Greek, it makes the pronoun emphatic. This however is somewhat due to the writer’s style, and in John’s Gospel and Epistles, it has been judged that, from his peculiar style of composition, he puts in the pro- nouns where emphasis is not always intended. John ix. 27 gives a good ex- ample of the same verb with and without the pronoun in the Greek : ‘‘ Why again do ye wish to hear? do ye aiso wish to become his disciples? ”’ CompounD Worps. It was found impracticable to translate these uniformly throughout. For instance, if γνῶσις be translated ‘knowledge,’ it might be thought that ἐπίγνωσις should be ‘full knowledge,’ &c. : but on referring to a Concordance it will be seen that the latter word cannot be intensified in all places, and then to translate it by ‘knowledge’ in some places, and ‘ full knowledge’ in others looks too much like interpretation. We have therefore translated both words by ‘knowledge.’ In the few places however where one of each of such words occurs in the same sentence, some distinction was impera- tive. ΤΗΕ NoTEs. The references to the notes are marked thus in the text "αὐτοῦ" : the mark" showing how far the variation extends. In a few places a note occurs within a note. If words are to be omitted or transposed by some editors but not by others, these latter may want to alter a word in the sentence. In such eases one tick shows the termination of the znner note. Thus*....°...'....” See notes °and * Matthew v. 44. This mark —stands for omit; and + for add; but in some places all the editors do not actually omit, some putting the word in brackets as doubtful. In that case it is put thus, ‘‘—atrov [11] TTr’’; which means that Lachmann marks the word as doubtful, and Tischendorf and Tregelles omit it. In some cases, all mark a word as doubtful, and then it could be put either thus, δὲ [LTTr], or [δὲ] LTTr; we have adopted the latter plan. In some places the editors mark part of a word as doubtful, mostly in compound words. See for instance [ἐκ]διώξουσιν read by TrA in Luke xi. 49. It will be seen by this that the marks [ ] applied to the Greek or the editors in the notes always refer to readings which the editors point out as doubtful. They must not be confounded with the same marks im the English text and notes, which always point out that there is no corresponding word in the Greek. ν INTRODUCTION. In some places where a word is added by the editors, another English word is added in the note to show the connection of the new word. Thus in Luke xv. 2, the word ‘both’ is added; but it falls between the words ‘the’ and ‘Pharisees,’ therefore it is put thus in the note ““- τε both (the) LTTrA”’ to show that it must be read ‘ both the Pharisees.’ Slight variations in the use of the parenthesis occur in the course of the work, but we trust the meaning intended will in all cases be plain to the student. Where long pieces are to be omitted they are marked in the text where they commence and where they end, but in the notes the first word or two only and - the last are named with. . . between. Thus in Luke ix. 55, note *stands, *— καὶ εἶπεν (verse 55)... « σῶσαι (verse 56) LTTrA;—é γὰρ. .. . σῶσαι G. The four editors omit the whole twenty words; but G omits only the last twelve. In Luke xxiv. 10, note "15 thus,'+ 7 the[. . .], implying that some word must be added. We have endeavored to make the notes as plain as possible for the English reader. One point still needs to be explained. For instance, in Luke vii. 22 occur the words ‘‘and ?answering ? Jesus said;’’ but a note omits the word ‘Jesus,’ and then it must be read (as stated in the note) ‘‘and answering he said.’’ This is because the word εἶπεν (as already explained) stands for both ‘he said,’ and ‘said.’ Also in verse 27 occur the words ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω, * I send,’ but a note omits the word ἐγὼ, ‘I,’ and then ἀποστέλλω is to be read ‘I send,’ but without emphasis on the ‘ I.’ Toe Monty AND MEASURES OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. 1. Monty. It was deemed better not to attempt to translate the sums of money named in the New Testament, as we have no corresponding pieces to those then in use. We have therefore used the Greek words untranslated, and givea list of them here. It is not without interest and instruction to know the ap- proximate value of money and the extent of the measures used. For instance, in Revelation vi. 6 we read of “a measure of wheat for a penny’’ in the Authorized Version ; but this leaves the reader in doubt as to how far it speaks of scarcity and dearness. We want at least to know the value of the ‘penny,’ and the capacity of the ‘measure.’ The following lists, it is hoped, will be useful ; but approximate values only can now be arrived at. APPROXIMATE GREEK. AUTHORIZED VERSION. IN THIS WORK. VALUE. $ λεπτόν mite lepton 0.001875 κοδράντης farthing kodrantes 0.00375 ἀσσάριον farthing assarion 0.015 δηνάριον penny denarius 0.16 δραχμή piece of silver — drachma 0.16 ῥίδραχμον tribute money didrachma 0.32 GREEK. στατήρ μνάα τάλαντον ἀργύριον money, as l’argent in French. In different places it would represent wholly different coins. INTRODU AUTHORIZED VERSION. piece of money pound talent piece of silver. This is the common word for silver and 2. MEASURES OF CAPACITY. ο ος. IN THIS WORK. ae $ stater 00.64 mina 15.75 talent 943.66 GREEK. AUTHORIZED VERSION. IN THIS WORK. APPROXIMATE. Gallon. Pint. ξέστης pot (liquid measure) vessels* 0 1 χοῖνιξ measure (dry ) cheenix 0 2 μόδιος bushel (dry ‘* ) corn measure* 2 0 -σάτον. measure (αν ‘* ) 568ἢ 2 1 βάτος measure (liquid ‘* ) bath 7 4 μετρητής firkin (liquid ‘* ) metretes 8 4 κόρος measure (dry ‘* ) cor 64 ΤΩ It is judged that those marked * are referred to as measures independent of their capacity : such as ‘** washing of vessels,’’ Xe. 3. Lona MEASURE. retained. πήχυς ὀργυιά Ys στάδιον μίλιον ὁδὸς σαββάτον eubit fathom furlong mile sabbath day’s journey Vii Feet. eubit 1 fathom 6 furlong 606 mile 4854 6 furlongs Here the names already in use were near enough to be Inches. 6 to 9 0 9 0 ’ LIST OF SIGNS AND EDITIONS USED. EK Elzevir, 1624. G Griesbach, 1805. L Lachmann, 1842-1850. T Tischendorf, Kighth Edition, 1865-1872. Tr Tregelles, 1857-1872. A Alford, vol. 1. 1868; vol. ii. 1871; vol. ili. 1865; vol. iv. 1862, 1870 W Wordsworth, 1870. + signifies an addition. — an omission. a0 [] ,, im the interlinear translation, that there is no Greek word corre- sponding to the English. L ] signifies in the notes that an editor marks the reading as doubtful. 5, how far the variation in the Greek text extends. Text. Rec. refers to both Stephens 1550 and E. ΤΟ KATA THE *ACCORDING *TO “MATTHEW *HOLY ΒΙΒΛΟΣ γενέσεως BOOK of [the] generation ᾿Αβραάμ. of Abraham, 9 ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ' ᾿Ισαὰκ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαβίδ," υἱοῦ of Jesus Christ; son of David, son Abraham begat Isaac ; and Isaac begat Ἰακώβ' ᾿Ιακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς Jacob; ᾿διηᾷᾶ Jacob begat Judas and 2brethren αὐτοῦ. 3 Ἰούδας.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Φαρὲς καὶ τὸν Ζαρὰ ἐκ this; and Judas begat Phares and Zara of τῆς Θαμάρ' Φαρὶὲς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ἐσρώμ' ᾿Εσρὼμ.δὲ Thamar; and Phares begat Esrom ; and Esrom ἐγέννησεν τὸν Αράμ" 4 Αρὰμ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν "Αμιναδάβ'' begat am; and Aram begat Aminadab ; “Αμιναδαβ! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ναασσών' Ναασσὼν. δὲ ἐγέννη- and Aminadab begat Naasson ; and Naasson be- σεν τὸν Σαλμών' 5 Σαλμὼν.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βοὸζ! ἐκ τῆς ἘΠ Salmon ; and Salmon begat Booz of Ῥαχάβ' “Βοὺζ! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν © O36" ἐκ τῆς 'Ῥούθ' ΞΩβὴδὶ Rachab ; and Booz begat Obed of Ruth ; Obed δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιεσσαί" 6 ᾿Ιεσσαὶ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν δΔαβὶδι ‘and begat Jesse ; and Jesse begat David τὸν βασιλέα. PAaBid'd& [ὁ βασιλεὺς" ἐγέννησεν τὸν ἔΣολο- the king. And David the king begat Solo- μῶντα! ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου" 7 Σολομὼν δὲ ἐγέν- mon of the (onewhohad been wife] of Urias; and Solomon be- νησεν τὸν Ῥοβοάμ' ἹῬοβοὰμ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αβιά' ᾿Αβιὰ gat Roboam ; and Roboam begat Abia; 7 Abia δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Acad" 8 9) λσὰ! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσαφάτ' tand begat Asa; and Asa begat ‘Josaphat ; ᾽ " ’ \ Ὧν , \ Iwoagar.oé ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωράμ' ᾿Ιωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν and Josaphat begat Joram ; and Joram begat Μοζίαν' 9 ῬΟζίας". δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωάθαμ' ᾿Ιωάθαμ δὲ Ozias ; _ and Ozias begat Joatham ; and Joatham ἐγέννησεν τὸν “Ayal: "Αχαζ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν * Εζεκίαν"' begat _Achaz; and Achaz begat Ezekias ; 10 "Εζεκίας! δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μανασσῆ Μανασσῆς δὲ ἐγέν- and Ezekias begat Manasses ; and Manasses be- νησεν τὸν ""Αμών'' ""Αμωών' δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν "᾽Γωσίαν"" gat Amon ; and Amon begat Josias ; 11 Ο]ωσίας" δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ιεχονίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς and Josias begat Jechonias and *brethren αὐτοῦ, ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος. 12 Μετὰ. δὲ ‘his, at(thetime] of the carrying away οὗ Babylon. And after MATOAION ATION EYATTEAION, II 7GLAD *TIDINGS THE book of the gen- eration of Jesus Christ, the son of David, the son of Abraham. 2Abraham begat Isaac; and Isaac be- gat Jacob ;:and Jacob begat Judaszand his brethren ; 3 and Judas begat Phares and Zara of Thamar; and Pha- res begat Esrom; and Esrom begat Aram; 4and Aram begat A- Minadab; and Ami- nadab begat Naasson ; and Naasson begat Salmon ; 5and Salmon begat Booz of Rachab; and Booz begat Obed of Ruth; and Obed begat Jesse; 6 and Jesse begat David the king; and David the king begat Solomon of her that had been the wife of Urias; 7 and Solomon begat Roboam ; and Roboam begat Abia; and Abia begat Asa; 8and Asa begat Josaphat; and Josaphat begat Jo- ram ; and Joram begat Ozias; 9 and Ozias begat Joatham; ana Joatham begat A- chaz; and Achaz be- gat HEzekias; 10 and Ezekias begat Manas- ses; and Manasses be- gat Amon; and Amon begat Josias; 11 and Josias begat Jechonias and his brethren,about the time they were carried away to Be bylon: 12 and after a Εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Μαθθαῖον (Ματθ. ανν) ατὐτενν ; [Εὐαγ.] κατὰ Μαθθ. Α; κατὰ Μαθθ. Τ. b Δαυὶδ Gw; Δανεὶδ LTTrA. f ὃ βασιλεὺς LETrA. i’Oeias LTTrA. κ ᾿Ἐδεκείαν L. ο)]ωσείας LTTrA, οΑμειναδάβ A. Β Σολομῶνα GTTrAW. Ι᾿ Ἐδεκείας Le h’Agad ΙΤΤΤΑ. τὰ Αμώς LTTrA, ἆ Boos Ltr; Boés ΤΑ. ε ]ωβὴὸ ΤΤΊ:Α. 1 ᾿Οζείαν LTTrA, 3 ᾿]ωσείαν ΙΤΊΤΑ- 8 2 they were breught to Babylon, Jechonias begat Salathiel; and Salathiel begat Zoro- babel ; 13 and Zoroba- bel begat Abiud ; and Abiud begat Eliakim ; and Eliakim begat A- που: 14 and Azor begat Sa‘loc; and Sadoc begat Achim; and Achim hbe- gat Eliud; 15 απᾶ Eliud begat Hleazar; and Eleazar begat Mat- than; and Matthan begat Jacob; 16 and J:cob begat Joseph the husband of Mary, of whom was born Jesus, who is called Christ, 17 So all the gene- ratious from Abraham to David are fourteen gencrations ; and from David until the carry- ing away into Babylon are fourteen genera- tions; and from the carrying away -into Babylon unto Christ are fourteen genera- tions, 18 Now the birth of Jesus Christ was on this wise: When as his mother Mary was es- poused to Joseph, be- fore they came to- gether, she was found with child of the Holy Ghost. 19 Then Joseph her hushand, being a just man, and noi wil- ling to make her a public example, was minded to put her away privily. 20 But while he thought on these things, behold, the angel of the Lord appeared unto him in a dream, saying, Jo- seph, thou son of David, fear not to take unto thee Mary thy wife: for that which is conceived in her is of the Holy Ghost. 21 And she shall bring forth a son, and thou shalt call his name JESUS: for he shall save his people from their sins, 22 Now all this was done, that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet, saying, 23 Behold, a virgin shall be with child, wad shall bring forth @ son, and they shall -Zar; MA TOALS 2. 1. ΄ ~ Ae 5 - την μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος, Ιεχονίας 3ἐγεννησεν! τὸν Lada- the carrying away of Babylon, Jechonias begat Sala- θιήλ: Σαλαθιὴλ.δὲ «ἐγέννησεν! τὸν Ζοροβάβελ" 13 Ζοροβά- thiel ; and Salathiel begat Zorobabel ; *Zoroba~ Ber δὲ “ἐγέννησεν! τὸν ᾿Αβιούδ' ᾿Αβιοὺδ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν bel ‘and begat Abiud ; and Abiud begat ᾿Ἐλιακείμ' ᾿Ἐλιακεὶμ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αζώρ' 14 ᾿Αζὼρ.δὲ Eliakim ; and Eliakim begat Azor ; and Azor ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαδώκ' Σαδὼκ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Αχείμ' ᾿Αχεὶμ. begat Sadoc ; and Sadoc begat Achim; 7Achim δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιούδ: 15 Ελιοὺδ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλεά- land begat Eliud; and Eliud begat Elea- ζαρ' ᾿Ελεάζαρ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ΓΜατθάν"" τΜατθὰν' δὲ ἐγέν- and Hleazar begat , Maithan ; and Matthan be- νησεν τὸν Ιακώβ: 16 ᾿Ιακὼβ.δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν ᾿Ιωσὴφ τὸν ραῦ Jacob ; and Jacob begat Joseph the »Ἤ} ’, ? ιοί ? , ? ~ ε κ , ἄνδρα Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός. husband of Mary, of whom was born Jesus, who [5 called Christ. 17 Πᾶσαι οὖν αἱ γενεαὶ ἀπὸ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἕως *AaBid" So all the generations from Abraham to David γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες" καὶ ἀπὸ “Δαβὶδ! ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας *generations ‘fourteen; and from David until the carrying away Βαβυλῶνος, γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες" καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας of Babylon, generations ‘fourteen ; and from the carrying away Βαβυλῶνος ἕως τοῦ χριστοῦ, γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες. of Babylon to the Christ, *generations *fourteen. 18 Tov.dé"Inood" χριστοῦ ἡ γέννησις! οὕτως ἦν. Μνη- Now of Jesus Christ the birth thus was. “Having [ή τ 4 {| ind A ? “ , ~? , 4 a στευθείσης ap" τῆς.μητρὸς αὑτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ιωσηφ, πρὶν.ἢ Sheen 7betrothed ‘for *his *mother *Mary to Joseph, before συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εὑρέθη ἐν.γαστρὶ.ἔχουσα ἐκ πνεύματος 2came together ‘they she wasfound to be with child of [the] *Spirit ε 9 ? \ κ σε ας \ 3. δὰ / » Δ 1 , ἁγίου. 19 Ἰωσὴφ.δὲ ὁ.ἀνὴρ.αὐτῆς, δίκαιος wy, καὶ μὴ θέλων *Holy. But Joseph her husband, ?righteous *being,and not witling αὐτὴν Ὑπαραδειγματίσαι,! ἐβουλήθη λάθρα" ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν. ther. [were] her to expose publicly, purposed secretly to put “away 0 ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου Απᾷέποβξο δι ΐπρε 'when*he*had*pondered, behold, anangel of [the] Lord κατ᾽ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ, λέγων, Ιωσήφ, υἱὸς "Δαβίδ," μὴ in adream appeared tohim, saying, Joseph, son of David, “not ~ ~ [ A A ~ , . ‘ A . . φοβηθῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαριὰμ τ.]ν-γυναϊκα.σου᾽ τὸ γὰρ ἐν ‘fear totaketo[thee] Mary - thy wife, for that which in > ~ \ ? , ld ? ε , [ή A εκ αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ πνεύματός ἐστιν ἁγίου. 21 τεξεται δὲ υἱόν, her is begotten “of [*the]*Spirit 115 *Holy. Andsheshallbring fortha son, καὶ καλέσεις τὺ.ὄνομα.αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν' αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν and thou shalt call his name Jesus ; for he shall save λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν.ἁμαρτιῶν. αὐτῶν. 22 Tovro.dé ὅλον people ‘his from their sins. Now, this all γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ" κυρίου came to pass, that might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by the Lord διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 23 ᾿Ιδοὸ ἡ παρθένος ἐν through the prophet, saying, Behold, the virgin *with αστρὶ ἕξει καὶ τέξεται υἱόν, καὶ καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄνομα *child 'shall“be, απᾶ shall bring forth α 50ἨΠ, and they shall call “name --- - 4 γεννᾷ begets A. τ Ἀ]αθθάν ΙΤτιΑ. 5 Δανὶδ GW; Δανεὶδ LTIrA. ἵ - Ἰησοῦ Tr. 3" γένεσις GLTTrAwW,. LITrAW. ¥— γὰρ for 114} α δειγµατίσαι Liiva, ἡ λάθρᾳ τ, 3 — τοῦ (read [τις |) ἘΠῚ MATTHEW. ? ~? , e 4 ρα . Ν θ᾽ ἐ ~ αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ,. Ὁ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, MeO ἡμῶν *his Emmanuel, which is, being interpreted, *With sus "6" θεός. 24 ὈΔιεγερθεὶς'.δὲ Co" ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου, ἐποί- *God. And*having“been*aroused ‘Joseph from the sleep, did noev ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῳ ὁ ἄγγελος κυρίου καὶ παρέλαβεν as had ordered him the angel of [the] Lord, and took to[him) ~ “« οι ? ‘ ε/ ce τὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, 25 καὶ οὖὐκ.ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν ἕως οὗ his wife, and knew not her until ἔτεκεν “τὸν! υἱὸν “αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον’' καὶ ἐκάλεσεν she brow; ht forth “son ther” ‘the firstborn; and hecalled τὸ ὄμομα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦν. his name Jesus, ~ ~ μ A ~ ϱ Τοῦ.δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλεὲμ τῆς Ιουδαίας, Now Jesus having been born in Bethlehem of Judea, 3 ε , « , ~ , ? , ΄ 2 A > ~ ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρώδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδού, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἀπ [τ|.68] ἄαγβ of Herod the king, behold, magi from [the] east παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, 2 λέγοντες, Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχ- arrived at erusalem, saying, Where is he who has θεὶ ασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων; εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ς ; becn born King ofthe Jews? for we 5: his star ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ, Kai ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ. 3 ᾿Ακούσας in the east, and arecome todohomage’ tohim. ‘Having Sheard δὲ 1 Ἡρώδης ὁ βασιλεὺς! ἐταράχθη, καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα “but "Herod “the *king hewastroubled,and all Jerusalem per αὐτοῦ" 4 καὶ συναγαγὼν πάντας τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ να him. And having gatheredtogether all the chief priests and γραμματεῖς τοῦ λαοῦ, ἐπυνθάνετο παρ᾽ αὐτῶν, ποῦ ὁ χριστὸς scribes of the people, he inquired οἵ them wherethe Christ γεννᾶται. 5 Οἱ δὲ Selzov" αὐτῷ, Ἐν Ῥηθλεὲμ τῆς Ιουδαίας. shouldbeborn. Andthey said tohim, In Bethlehem of Judza: ε/ A , a 4 ~ ᾽ὔ ‘ 3 , οὕτως. γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, 6 Καὶ σὺ Βηθλεέμ, Τοτ thus it has been written by the prophet, And thou, Bethlehem, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη el ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ιούδα" ἐκ land of Juda, in no wise least avtamong the governors of Juda, 70ut σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν.λαόν.µου Sof*thee'for 5Π4]1} ρὸ ἕου ἢ a leader, who shallshepherd my people τὸν Ἱσραήλ. 7 Τότε Ἡρώδης "λάθρα! καλέσας τοὺς μάγους, Israel. Then Herod, “secretly *having called the magi, ἠκρίβωσεν Tap αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος" inquiredaccurately of them the time ofthe “appearing 'star. 8 καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλεὲμ εἶπεν, ΠἩορευθέντες Ἰάκρι- Απᾶ Πανίηςσ sent them to Bethlehem, hesaid, Having gone, accu- βῶς ἐξετάσατε! περὶ τοῦ παιδίου" ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, rately inquire for the littlechild; and when ye shall have found [him] ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι, ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ. bring word back tome, that Ialso havingcome may dohomage to him. 9 Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπορεύθησαν" καὶ ἰδού, ὁ Andthey having heard the king, went away ; and behold, the ἀστήρ, ὃν εἶδον ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῃ, προῆγεν αὐτοὺς ἕως ἐλθὼν star, which they sawin the east, went before them, untilhavingcome κέστη! ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον. 10 ἰδόντες δὲ τὸν ἀστέρα, it stood over where wasthe littlechild. Andhavingseen the star, ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα" 11 καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς they rejoiced [with] joy Ξργοαῦ ‘excecdingly. And having come into 3 eall his name Emma- nuel, which being in- terpreted is, God with us. 24 Then Joseph be- ing raised fromm sleep did as the angel of the Lord had bidden him, and took unto him his wife: 25 and knew her not till she had brought forth her firstborn son: and he ealled his name JE- SUS, IT. Now when Jesus was bornin Bethlehem of Judzeainu the days of Herod the king, be- hold, there came wise men from the east to Jerusalem, 2 saying, Whereis hethatis born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east, and are come to worship him, 3 When Herod theking had heard these things he was troubled, and all Jerusalem with him. 4 And when he had gathered all the chief priests and scribes of the people together, he demanded of tnem where Christ should be born. 5 And they said unto him, In Bethlehem of Judzxa: for thus it is written by the prophet, 6 And thou Bethlehem, iz the land of Juda, art not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of thee shall come a Governor, that shall rule my people Israel, 7 Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, inquired of them diligently what time the star appeared. 8 And he sent them to Bethlehem, and said, Go and search dili- gently for the young child; and when ye have found him, bring me word again, that [ may come and worship him also. 9 When they had heard the king, they departed; and, lo, the star, which they saw in-the east, went before them, till it came and stood over where the young child was. 10 When they saw the star, they rejoiced with exceeding great joy. 11 And when they a—oL, > ἐγερθεὶς having visen LTTrA. ς -- ὃ Τ. ε--- αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον LTTra. f 6 βασιλεὺς Ηρώδης LITra, ‘egeragare ἀκριβῶς LTEA. ΚΕ ἐστάθη LT Tra, 4 — τὸν (read a son) LTrra. ειπαν Τ, ᾿ λάθρᾳ 1. 4 were come into the house, they saw the young child with Mary his mother, and fell down, and worshipped him: and when they had opened their trea- sures, they presented anto him gifts; gold, aud frankincense, and myrrh, 12 And being warned of God ina dream that they should not return to Herod, they departed into their own coun- try another way. 13 And when they were departed, behold, the angel of the Lord appearcth: to Joseph in a dream, saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee word: for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him. 14 When hearose, he took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt: 15 απᾶ was there until the death of Herod: that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by τα the prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son, 16 Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked of the wise men, was ex- ceeding wroth, and sent forth. and slew all the children that were in Bethlehem, and in all the coasts thereof, from two years old and under, according to the time which he had diligent- ly inquired of the wise men. 17 Then was ful- filled that which was spoken by Jeremy the Pepi, saying, 18In ama was there a voice heard, lamentation, and weeping, and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her chil- dren, and would not be comforted, because they are not. 19 But when Herod was dead, behold, an angel of the Lord ap- peareth in a dream to Joseph in Egypt, 20 saying, Arise, and take the young child and his mother, and go leidov they saw GLTTrAW. 2 — τοῦ (read [the]) LTTrAW. Σ φαίνεται κατ᾽ ὄναρ LTTra, φαίνεται ττ. ᾳ ἠθέλησεν L, Μα ΘΙ 0 &. Il. τὴν οἰκίαν, Ἱεῦρον" τὸ παιδίον μετὰ Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς.αὐτοῦ, the house, they Τοαπᾷ ἴμο littlechild with Mary his mother, καὶ πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀνοίξαντες τοὺς and haying fallen down” did homage to him: and having opened θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα, χρυσὸν Kae *treasures their they ofiered to him gifts ; gold and λίβανον καὶ σμύρναν. 12 καὶ χρηµατισθεντες κατ᾽ frankincense and myrrh. And having been divinely instructed in ” 5 \ 2 , ” εν ~ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι προς Ἡρώδην, δι ἄλλης ὁδοῦ adream ποῦ to return Herod, by another way ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς Ὃ όρος ην, they withdrew into their own country. 19 ᾿᾽Αναχωρησάντων.δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου Now “having μοι. tthey, behold, anangel of[the] Lord [ή ο ὁ πφαίνεται kar ὄναρ' τῳ Ιωσήφ, λέγων, Ἐγερθεὶς παράλαβε appears in adream to Joseph, saying, Having risen take with [thee] τὸ παιδίον Kai τὴν.μητέρα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον, the little child and lis mother, and flee into Egypt, καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοί" μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρώδης ζητεῖν τὸ and be there until I shalltell thee; *is*about ‘for *Herod ἴο ςθοῖ]ς the παιδίον, τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό. 14 Ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν little child, todestroy him. Ὁ Andhe having risen took with Ching] τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν.μητέρα.αὐτοῦ νυκτός, καὶ ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς the littlechild and his mother by night, and withdrew into Αἴγυπτον, 15 καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρώδου" ἵνα Egypt, and was there until the death of Herod: that πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ "τοῦ! κυρίου διὰ τοῦ πώ thatwhich wasspoken by the Lord through the προφήτου, λέγοντος, EE Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν.υἱόν.µου. prophet, saying, Out of Egypt have I called my son. 16 Τότε Ἡρώδης, ἰδὼν or ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων, Then Herod, having seen that he wasmocked by the magi, ἐθυμώθη λίαν, καὶ ἀποστείλας ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς was enraged greatly, and having sent he put to death all the παῖδας τοὺς ἐν Βηθλεὲμ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς.ὁρίοις.αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ boys ὑμαῦ [were]in Bethlehem and in all its borders, from διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω, κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρίβω two years old and ρε according to the time which hehadaccurately σεν παρὰ τῶν μάγων. 17 Τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν inquired from the magi. Then was fulfilled that which was spoken οὑπὸϊ Ἱερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 18 Φωνὴ ἐν “Papa by Jeremias the prophet, saying, Avoice in Rama ἠκούσθη. Ῥθρῆνος καὶ" κλαυθμὸς καὶ ἐδυρμὸς πολύς, Ῥαχὴλ was heard, damentanon and weeping and ?mourning ‘great, Rachel κλαίουσα τνὰ.τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ “ἤθελεν! παρακληθῆναι, weeping [for] her children, and *not ‘would be comforted, - OTL οὐκ.ισίν. because they are not. 19 Τελευτήσαντος δὲ τοῦ Ἡρώδου, ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου But “having *died 1Herod, behold, anangel of [2861 Lord Thar’ ὄναρ φαίνεται" τῷ ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἐν pial eh 20 λέγων, Ἔγερ- Egypt, in adream appear to Joseph in πασά Hone θεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν.μητέρα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορεύου risen take with [thee] the 11{{16 child and his mother, and go —— τὰ κατ᾽ ὄναρ ἐφάνη in a dream appeared L; κατ᾽ ὄναρ ο διὰ through 1ΤΊΤΑΥΥ. . P— θρῆνος καὶ LITrA. II, III. MATTHEW. εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ' τεθνήκασιν.γὰρ ot ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν into[theJland οἳ Israel: for they have died who wereseeking the τοῦ παιδίου. 21 Ο.δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβεν τὸ pasion Kai of the little child. And he hayingrisen took with [him]the little child and τὴν. μητέρα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ “ἦλθεν! εἰς γῆν Ἱσραήλ. 22 ἀκούσας his mother, and came into(thejland of mi *Having “heard δὲ ὅτι Αρχέλαος βασιλεύει ἴἐπὶ' τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀντὶ “Ἡρώδου ‘butthat Archelaus reigns over Juda insteadof Herod τοῦ.πατρὸς. αὐτοῦ," ἐφοβήθη ἐκεῖ ἀπελθεῖν' χρηματισ- his father, he was afraid there togo; *having “been “divinely θεὶς δὲ κατ ὄναρ, ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ µέρη τῆς Γαλιλαίας, Sinstructed ‘and in adream, he withdrew Ίηπτο πο parts of Galilee: 23 καὶ ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς πόλιν λεγομένην “Ναζαρέτ'"" and Ἡατίηςσοοπθ he dwelt in acity called Nazarcth ; ὕπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι so that should be fulfilled that which was spoken by the that Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται. a Nazarzan 5Ώα]] he be called. ? = ῃ ~ ε ν , ; > 9 Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις.ἐκείναις παραγίνεται Ἰωάννης ὃ Now in those days comes John the βαπτιστής, κηρύσσων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ὁ καὶ! λέγων, Baptist, ορια in the wilder ness of Judea, and saying, Μετανοεῖτε" ἤγγικεν.γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 3 Οὗτος.γάρ prophets, Repent, forhasdrawnnearthe kingdom of the heavens. For this ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς ὅσὺπὸϊ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, is hewho wasspokenof by Esaias {88 prophet, saying, Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυ- fThe] voice of οπθ οὐγίῃρ in the wilderness, Prepare the way of [the, piou’ εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς-τρίβους.αὐτοῦ. 4 Αὐτὸς.δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης Lord, straight make his paths. And *himself 1 John εἶχεν τὸ .ἔνδυμα.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου, καὶ ζώνην δερ- had his raiment OE hair ofacamel, and agirdle of µατίνην περὶ τὴν.ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ" ἡ.δὲ τροφὴ αὐτοῦ ἣν" ἀκρίδες leather about his loins, andthe food ofhim was locusts καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. and “honey ‘wild. 5 Τότε ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἱεροσόλυμα καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Then went out to him Jerusalem, and all Ιουδαία καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου" ϐ καὶ ἐβαπτί- !Judea, and all the one around the Jordan, and were bap- ζοντο" ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ" ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρ- ‘tized in the Jordan by him, confessing “sins τίας αὐτῶν. ἢ ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ πολλοὺς τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Lacdov- ‘their But πας seen many ofthe Pharisees and Saddu- καίων ἐρχομένους ἐπὶ τὸ. βάπτισμα. αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, cees conling to his ig toa he said to*them, Γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς µελ- BSSUEInE of vipers, who forewarned you toflee from the com- λούσης ὀργῆς; 8 ποιήσατε οὖν “καρποὺς ἀξίους" τῆς µετα- ing wrath ? Produce therefore fruits worthy of repent- ” voiacg’ 9 καὶ μὴ.δόξητε λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Πατέρα ἔχομεν ance: and think not tosay within yourselves [*For]*father ‘we *have 5 into the land of Israel: for they are dead which sought the young child’s life. 21 And he arose, and took the young child and his mother, and came in- to the land of Israel. 22 But when he heard that Archelaus did reign in Juda in the room of his father He- rod, he was afraid to go thither: notwith- standing, being warn- ed of Ged in a dream, he turned aside into the parts of Galilee: 23 and he came and dwelt ina city called Nazareth: » that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophets, He shall be called a Nazarcne, ] III, In those days came John the Baptist, preaching in the wil- derness of Judwa,2and saying, Repent ye: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand. 3 For this is he that was spokcn of by the prophet K- saias, saying, The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make his paths straight. 4And the same John had his rai- ment of camel’s hair, and a leathern girdle about his loins; and his meat was locusts and wild honey. 5 Then went out to him Jerusalem, and all Judza, and all the region round about Jordan, 6 and were baptized of himin Jor- dan, confessing their sins. 7 But when he saw many of the Pha- risees and Sadducces come to his baptism, he said unto them, O generation of vipers, who hath warned you to flee from the wrath to come? 8 Bring forth therefore fruits meet for repentance: 9 and think not to say within yourselves, We have Abraham to our fa- 5 εἰσῆλθεν entered LTTrA. E αὐτοῦ Ἡρώδου LTTrA. w Καδζαρέθ LIT W. *—xat Li[T Ja. 2 ἣν αὐτοῦ LTTrA. a4 [πάντες | all ἘΣ b 4+ ποταμῷ Viver LTTrA, baptism) La[Tra]. ἃ καρπὸν ἄξιον fruit worthy GLTT. aw, t — ἐπὶ (xead τῆς ‘lov. over Judea) L1[ Tra]. 7 τοῦ πατρὸς Υ διὰ through ETT aw. 9 — αὐτοῦ (read the θ ΜΑΤΟΑΤΟΣ, jit; ο a ie ah γὸν ABoad λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν. ὅτι δύναται! ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων you, at Οὐ 15 ἃ Σ κι. Ξ ΤΟΙΣ : Β 1 ° 2 # Let idats εοαόν LO THIEG : μας for ς say to ΡΤ that ; able is τῷ Βρὲ αι νο κας upehildrenuntoAbra- τούτων ἐεγείραι TEKVA τῷ Αβραάμ. 10 ἤδη.δὲ ἐκαὶ! 7) ἀξίνη ham, 10And now also iihese τὸ raise πρ children τὸ Abraham. Butalready also the axe the axe is Jaid unto Η σι FS Fee. _ ES ἊΣ Pe 9 the root of the trees: πρὸς τὴν ῥιζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται' πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ων η αν te to the root ofthe trees isapplied:*every therefore tree ποῖ which bringe τ Σ > Ξ forth good fruit is ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. hewn down, and cast producing “fruit ασοοᾶ iscutdown and into'[the] fire is cast. into the fire. li τ 1n- ῃ ᾿ Ε f , € ~ 3 er ’ , ε 4 deed baptize you 11 ᾿Εγὼ μὲν ἰβαπτίζω ὑμᾶς" ἐν ὕδατι εἰς μετάνοιαν" ὁ. δὲ witer unto repent- 1 indeed baptize you with water to repentance; but he who ance: but he that , , ’ , , , ) , : pie cometh after me is ὀπισω µου ερχοµεγνος ισχυροτερος µου εστιν; οὗ ουκ-ειμί mightierthanI,whose after me [is] coming nightier thanI is, ofwkom Iam not! shoes [am not worthy « ι wee α΄ , νο ᾿ : to boar: he shall bap- ἱκανὺς τὰ ὑποέήματα βαστάσαι" αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν tize you with aa Holy fit the sandals to bear: he “you will *baptize with [the] host, d with fire: / ene ἢ / ᾿ ~ < To ος fan is in πνεύµατι ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί. 19 οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ his hand, and he will 7Spirit ‘Holy and withfire. Of whom the winnowing fan [is] in *hand eee παν his αὐτοῦ, καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν.ἅλωνα. αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνάξει wheat intothe garner; ‘his, and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and will gather tt oe eth πρ τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς THY ἀποθήκηνιξ τὸ.δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει quenchable fire. his wheat into the granary, buithe chaff he will burn up πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. with fire unquenchable. 13 Τότε παραγίνεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐπὶ τὸν Then comes Jesus from Galilee {ο the Se an comes Je. Ἰορδάνην πρὸς τὸν Iwavyny, τοῦ βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 5 . . Jord:.a unto John, to donne ο veka, Ly to Re baphieed : by μεν be baptized of him. 14 ὁ δὲ ᾿Τωάννης" διεκώλυεν αὐτόν, λέγων, το χρείαν ἔχω ο αν ἘΣ But John was hindering him, saying, “need *have ? . ; 9 ” ~ \ ” 4 need to be baptized of ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός µε; 16 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς να ee by thee tobebaptized, and*thou'coinest to, me? *Answering answering said unto δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν Ἱπρὺς αὐτόν, “Agec ἄρτι οὕτως.γὰ μπουν pag Praag ‘but ?Jesus said to him, Suffer [it] now; for thus ow: fo s it be- is τ cometh us to fulfil all πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην. Tore righteousness. Then becoming itis to us to fulfil all righteousness. Ther hesuffteredhim.16And , , δὲν ή vot >? ἐξ k2..? Jesus, when he was ἀφίησιν αὐτόν. 16 ἡΚαὶ ᾖβαπτισθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς *aveBn baptized, went up hesuffers him. And having been baptized Jesus went up straightway out of the are te Γον ~ «/ νεα ΤΡ ο] πω. οὗ water: and, lo, the εὐθὺοὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ ἰδού, ᾿ἀνεῴχθησαν" "αὐτῷ" οἱ heavens were opened immediately from the water: and behold, were opened tohim the unto him,and he saw > , κ απ η, - 59} ~ ῳ δα the Spirit of God de- οὐρανοί, καὶ εἶζεν "τὸ! πνεῦμα τοῦ! θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ seending like a dove, heavens, and hesaw_ the Spirit of God descending as and lighting upon him: 3 , , , , ee: I7and lo avoice from περιστεράν, Peal! ἐρχόμενον ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 17 καὶ ἰδού, φωνὴ heaven, saying, This a dove, and coming upon him: and lo, a voice is miy beloved Son, in ix τῶν οὐρανῶν, λέγουσα, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ. υἱός.μου ὁ ἀγα- pleased, out ofthe heavens, saying, This is my Son the be- πητός, ἐν ᾧ εὐδόκησα". loved, in whom Ihave found delight, , « ~ > ’ > ~ / IV. Then was Jems 4 Τότε τὸ" Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύ- led up of the Spirit in- Then Jesus wasledup into the wilderness by the Spi- to the wilderness to be 53 ο τὶ , \ , tempted of the devil, ματος; πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου. 2 καὶ νηστευσας 2 Απᾶ ‘when he had rit to be tempted by the devil. And having fasted fasted forty days : nde , > , aa forty nights,hewasat. ἡμέρας "τεσσαράκοντα" καὶ "νύκτας τεσσαράκοντα," ὕστερον terward an hungred. *days lforty and ?nights lforty, afterwards ε--- καὶ LTTrAW. { ὑμᾶς βαπτίζω LITrW. 8 + αὐτοῦ (read his granary) LT: W. h—'Iwavyys (read he was hindering) t1{[tra]w. 1 αὐτῷ L. 1 βαπτισθεὶς δὲ LIT:AW. εὐθὺς ἀνέβη LITrW. l ἠνεῴχθησαν 1. τὰ — αὐτῷ [1]. ® — τὸ (read[the]) τ[4]. °— τοῦ τ[Α]. 5 --- καὶ LT [rra} 4 ἠὐδόκησα Ί, '—OA, 5 τεσσεράκοντα TIA, " τεσσεράκοντα νύκτας T; νύκτας Τεσσερ. Tray Μα. αν. Ρα ΤτΕ. Ws ; ~ , ’ ἐπείνασεν. 3 καὶ προσελθὼν ταὐτῷ" ὁ πειράζων εἶπεν", Ei he hungered, And havingcome tohim the tempter said, If υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται. Son που τὸ of God, speak that thesestones “loaves 'may *become, ‘ Ν ’ > ? ? ” , 4 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Γέγραπται, Οὐκ ix’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ Buthe answering said, Ithasbeenwritten, Not by bread alone ” ‘ a 6 oe 3 4 A ζήσεται "ἄνθρωπος, adn γἐπὶ! παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ shull “live man, but by every word going out through στόματος θεοῦ. 5 Τότε παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς {the}mouth of God. Then 7takes *him ‘the . ?devil to Δ τ ‘ x A / ~ τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν, Kai *iornow" αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ the holy city, and sets him upon the edge of the , ~ Oe ~ ~ Ψ. ἱεροῦ, Θ καὶ Άλεγει! αὐτῷ, Ei υἱὸς el τοῦ θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυ- teinple, and says tohim, If *Son'thou’art of God, cast thy-* ’ / - / ᾽ “- ? γεγραπται.γάρ, Ὅτι τοῖς. ἀγγελοις.αὐτοῦ ἐν- self down: for it has been written, To his angels he ~ 4s ~ ? ~~ / τελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, wiil give charge coucerning thee, and in([their] hands shall they bear thee, , / f A ’ » ᾽ ~ μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν.πόδα-σου. 7 Έφη αὐτῷ lest thou strike against astone thy foot. Said *to*him ’ ; Ἁ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πάλιν γέγραπται, Οὐκ.ἐκπειράσεις κύριον τὸν ‘Jesus, Again ithas been written, Thou shalt not tempt([the] Lord ’ 2.9 c ’ ΡΞ 9 θεόν σον. ὃ Πάλιν παραλαμβάνει αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος εἰς θά ‘thy. Again stakes him ‘the “devil to ὄρος ὑψηλὸν λίαν, καὶ δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασι- @mountain “high ‘exceedingly, and shews tohim all the king- ~ Ἢ ; ᾽ ζῶ λείας τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τὴν.δόξαν αὐτῶν, 9 καὶ λέγει! αὐτῷ, τὸν κάτω" doms ofthe world and their glory, and says tohim, / ’ 4 ‘ , Ταῦτα πάντα σοι δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς ?These*things ‘all tothee π]]]1σίνο if fallingdown thou wilt worship - 7 ~ € 2 ~ ev d ~. μοι. 10 Τότε λέγει αὑτῷ 0 1 ησους, ὙΥπαγε", eer ane me. Then says ‘to*him Jesus, Get thee away, aH : 1 ; i ή «υνήσεις, καὶ αι.γά Κύριον τὸν.θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις; Bae bon tee shalt thou worship, and for it has been written, [The]: Lord thy God ’ 3 \ ς ’ = αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. 11 Τότε ἀφίησιν αὐτὸν ὁ διάβολος him alone shalt thouserve. Then “leaves *him ‘the devil, ~ ‘ ’ ρε “ καὶ ἰδού, ἄγγελοι προσῆλθον καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. and behold, angels came and ministered tohim. : ~ er ” ’ , a 12 ᾿Ακσύσας.δὲ “ὁ Ἰησοῦς" ὅτι ᾿Ιωάννης παρεδόθη, av But “having *heard 1 Jesus that John was delivered up, he \ / ‘ ι A f ον Il εχώρησεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 19 καὶ καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρέτ, withdrew into” Galilee: and having left Nazareth, ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς Καπερναοὺμ" τὴν παραθαλασσίαν, havingcome he dwelt at Capernaum, which [is] on the sea-side, , ev ~ ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ, 14 wa πληρωθῇ : in({the}borders of Zabulon and Nephthalim, ee might be fulfil a TO ῥηθὲν διὰ ‘Hoaiov τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, 15 τη that which was spoken by Esaias the _ prophet, ΒΑ ΊΠΕῚ — Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης πέραν ταῦ! of Zabulon, and land of Nephthalim, way of([the]sea, beyond the a ~ ? ~ € ‘ 5 « / Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν, 16 ὁ: λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος Jordan, Galilee of the nations,» the people which~ was sitting 7 3 And when thetempt- er came to him. he said, If thou be the Son of God, command that these stones be made bread. 4 But he answered and said, It is written, Man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. 5 Then the devil taketh him up into the holy city, and setteth him on a pinnacle of the temple, 6 and saith unto him, «ΤΕ thou be the Son of God, cast thyself down: for it is written, He shall give his angels charge con- cerning thee: and in their hands they shall bear thee up, lest at any time thou dash thy foot against a stone. 7 Jesus said unto him, It is written again, Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God. 8 Again, the devil taketh him up into an exceeding high moun- tain, and sheweth him all the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them: 9 απᾶ saith unto him, All these things willI give thee, if thou wilt fall down and worship me, 10 Then saith Jesus unto him, Get thee hence, Satan: for it is written, Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God, and him only shalt thou serve, 11 Then the devil leaveth him, and, be- hold, angels came and ministered unto him. 12 Now when Jesus had heard that John was cast into prison, he departed into Gali- lee; 13 and leaving Nazareth, he came and dwelt in Capernaum, which is upon the sea coast, in the borders of Zabulon and Neph- thalim: 14 that it might -be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, 15 The land of Zabulon, and the land of Nephihalim. 67 the way ot the sea, beyond Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles; 16 the peo- ple which sat in dark- ἣν - « » Zz » ἊΣ ν-- αὐτῷ TIrA. στ + αὐτῷ [ο Εΐτη ΠΤΎΓΑΥ. * Ἔ ὁ LTTrAW. ἐν ΗΤΤΑ. 5 ἔστησεν set LTTr 3 εἶπεν Silid L. Ὁ εἶπεν Said LTTrA. © ταῦτα σοι παντα TTra. ἆ + ὀπίσω µου behind me c[L]w. ---- ὁ Ἰησοῦς ΤΤΓΑΥ { Nagapad NazarathL; Ναζαρὲθ γῇ; Ναζαρὰ Nazara Tira, Β Καφαρναοὺμ LITrAW, 8 ness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of death, light is sprung up. 17 From that time Jesus began to preach, and to say, Repent: for the king- dom of heaven is at hand 18 And Jesus, walk- ing by the sea of Gali- lee, saw two brethren, Simon called Peter, and Andrew his bro- ther, casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers. 19 And he saith unto them, Follow me, and I will make you fishers of men. 20 And they straightway left their nets, and followed him, 2] And going on from thence, he saw other two brethren, James the son of Zebe- dee, and John his brother, in aship with. Zebedee their father, mending their nets; and. he called them, 22 And they immedi- ately left the ship and their father, and fol- lowed him, 23 And Jesus went about 411 Galilee, teaching in their syn- agogues, and preach- ing the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner of sickness and all manner of disease among the peo- ple. 24 And his fame went throughout all Syria : and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils, and those which were lunatic, and _ those that had the palsy; and he healed them. 25 And there followed him great multitudes of people from Galilee, and Hom Decapolis, and from Jerusalem, and from Judza, and from beyond Jordan. Vv. And secing the multitudes, he went up into a mountain: and when he was set, his disciples came un- to him: 2 and he ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. IV, Τ. ~ , ~ , ἐν Ἀσκότει εἶδε φῶς! μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν in darkness hasseen a*light ‘great, and tothose which weresitting in [the] χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς. 17 ᾿Απὸ country and shadow of death, light has sprung up tothem. From τότε ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησόῦς κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν, Μετανοεῖτε" that time began Jesus’ to proclaim and _ to say; Repent ; ἤγγικεν. γὰρ ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. for has drawnnearthe kingdom ofthe heavens. 18 Περιπατῶν.δὲ Ἰὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς! παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλι- And ?walking 1 Jesus by the sea Αἱ of Gali- λαίας εἶδεν δύο ἀδελφούς, Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον Πέτρον, καὶ 168 hesaw two brothers, Simon who is called ‘Peter, and ᾿Ανδρέαν rov.adedpov.avTov, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς Andrew his brother, casting a large net into τὴν θάλασσαν’ ἦσαν.γὰρ ἁλιεῖς. 19 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς," Δεῦτε the sea, for they were fishers: and hesays tothem, Come ὀπίσω µου, καὶ ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων. 20 Oi.dé fishers of men. And they after me, andIwillmake you εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 21-Kai immediately having left the nets, followed him. And προβὰς ἐκεῖθεν, εἶδεν ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς, Ἰάκωβον τὸν having gone on thence, hesaw other two _ brothers, James the[son} © $i σε t~ 1? , A ? A ᾽ ώμο ~ ΄ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου» καὶ ᾿Ιωάννην τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ of Zebedee, and John his brother, in 6 ship μετὰ Ζεβεδαίου τοῦ.πατρὸς.αὐτῶν, καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα with Zebedee their father, mending “nets 2 ~ τ, αν, ᾽ / ε ᾿ ως a ἧς ἈΦΡῸ. " αὐτῶν" καὶ ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς. 22 οἱ δὲ εὐθέως ἀφέντες τὸ ‘their, and hecalled them ; and they immediately having left the πλοῖον καὶ τὸν.πατέρα.αὐτῶν ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. ship and their father followed him, 23 Καὶ περιῆγεν ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ὁ Ἰησοῦς," διδάσκων And Σγψεπῦ αθοαυῦ “all 5Galilee 1 Jesus, teaching ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς in their synagogues, and proclaiming the glad tidings of the βασιλείας, καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν γόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν kingdom, and healing every disease and every bodily weakness 1 ~ ~ ‘ 7 ~ x 2 \ ᾽ ~ ᾽ ε A ἐν τῷ aw. 24 καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὕλην τὴν Συ- among the people, And went out the fame of him into all Sy- piav’ καὶ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς. κακῶς ἔχοντας, ria. And theybrought tohim all who were ill, ποικίλαις νόσοις καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους, καὶ! δαιµονιζο- by various diseases and torments oppressed, and - possessed by μένους, καὶ σεληνιαζοµένους, καὶ παραλυτικούς' καὶ ἐθερά- demons, and lunatics, and paralyties ; and he ? Ψ ~ ‘ > 2 > ~ A ? a πευσεν αὐτοὺς. 25 καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ healed them. And %followed *him “crowds ‘great from τῆς Γαλιλαίας καὶ Δεκαπύλεως καὶ Ἱεροσολύμων καὶ Ιουδαίας Galilee and Decapoliz and Jerusalem and Judea καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. and beyond the Jordan, 5 ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους, ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος" καὶ καθίσαν- But seeing the crowds, he went up into the mountain; and “having 5588 τος αὐτοῦ, "προσῆλθον" δαὐτῳ' οἱ μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ. 2 Kai ἀνοί- “down ‘he, came to him his disciples, And having h σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν LTrA 3 σκότει φῶς εἶδεν TW. __ Τὸ Ἰησοῦς ὅλῃ τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ L; [ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς] tr (— ὁ Ἰησοῦς ΤΑ) ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν W, 3 --- καὶ Lia, 2 προσήλθαν ΤΊτ, 9 -- αὐτῷ Ly, Jesus L. TTA, τσ ὁ Ἰησοῦς GLTTrAW. * + [ὃ Ἰησοῦς] Ns MATTHEW. v Ν ’ > ~ I ᾽ , , , ε ἔας τὸ.στόµα αὐτοῦ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς, λέγων, 8 Μακάριοι οἱ opened his mouth he taught them, saying, Blessed [are] the πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι" ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. poor in spirit ; for theirs is the kingdom ofthe heavens.’ 4 Ῥμακάριοι ot πενθοῦντες" ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται. Blessed they who mourn; for they shall be comforted. δ, μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς" ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσιν τὴν γῆν." Blessed :the meek; for they shall inherit the earth. Θ᾽ μακάριοι ot πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην" ὅτι ™ Blessed theywho hunger and thirst after righteousness ; for αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται. 7 μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες" ὅτι αὐτοὶ they shall be filled. Blessed the merciful; for they ? 7 Ἀ ’ ε A ~ / ea ? ‘ A ἐλεηθήσονται. 8 μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ" ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν shall find mercy. ‘Blessed the’ pure in heart; for they θεὸν ὄψονται. 9 µακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί" ὅτι “αὐτοὶ! υἱοὶ θεοῦ ϑΞᾳαοᾶ ‘shall 2506. Blessed the peacemakers; for they sons of God κληθήσονται. 10 μακάριοι ot δεδιωγµένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιο- shall be called, Blessed they who have bcen persecuted on account of right- σύνης" ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 11 μακάριοί eousness; for theirs is the kingdom ofthe heavens, Blessed ἐστε, ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσιν, καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν are ye when theyshallreproach you, and shall persecute, and shallsay every πονηρὸν ῥῆμα! καθ ὑμῶν "ψευδόμενοι," ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ. 12 χαί- wicked word against you, lying, on account of me, Re- ρετε Kai ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς. ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς" joice and exult, for yourreward [15] great in the heavens; οὕτως.γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς: πρὸ ὑμῶν. Τοῦ thus theypersecuted the prophets who[were] before you. 19 Ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς" ἐὰν.δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, Ye are the salt of thé earth: butif the salt become tasteless, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται; εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ ἵβλη- with what shallit besalted? for nothing hasitstrength anylonger, but to be θῆναι! ἔξω, ‘cai! καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 14 Ὑμεῖς cast out, and tobetrampledupon by men, Ye ἐστε TO φῶς τοῦ κόσμου’ οὐ.δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω are the lightofthe world, 3cannot ta “οὖν be hid on ὄρους κειμένη" 15 οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν δ mountain situated, Nor dothey light alamp and put it « A ‘ / 7 δα Δ \ / 4 / - ~ ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει πᾶσιν τοῖς under thecorn measure, but upon the lampstand; and it shines forall who ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ. 16 οὕτως λαμψάτω τὸ.φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν {are] in the house, Thus []Ἰοὺ shine: your light before τῶν ἀνθρώπων. ὕπως ἴδωσιν ὑμῶν τὰ καλὰ ἔργα, καὶ δοξά- men, so that they may see your good works, and may σωσιν TOY_TAaTipa.UUwY τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. glorify your Father who(is]in the heavens. / wh 2 ~ A 17 Μἠ νοµίσητε ὅτι ἦλθον καταλῦσαι τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προ- Think not that Icame toabolish the law or the pro- φήτας οὐκ. ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι. 18 ἀμὴν.γὰρ phets ; Icame not to abolish, but to fulfil. For verily λέγω ὑμῖν, ἕως.ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἕν ἢ Isay toyou, Until shallpassawaythe heaven andthe earth, “iota ‘one or , ’ ΚΝ , ? A ~ , { n , µία κεραία οὐ.μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόµου, ἕως. ἂν πάντα one tittie innowiseshallpassawayfrom the law until all P Verses 4, 5, transposed LTTr. τ ---ῥῆμα (read [thing ]) ΕΤΤΤΑ. 8 — ψευδόμενοι Τι, 5 — καὶ LTIrA, 9 opened his mouth, and taught them, saying, 3 Blessed αἲθ the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of hea- ven, 4 Blessed are they that mourn: for they shall be comfort- ed. 5 Blessed ave the meek: for they shall inherit the earth. 6 Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteous- ness: for they shall be filled. 7 Blessed ure the merciful : for they shall obtain mercy,, 8 Blessed are the pure in heart: for they shall see God. 9 Bless- ed ave the peace- makers : for they shall, be called the children of God. 10 Blessed ave they which are per- secuted for righteous- ness’ sake: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. 11 Blessed are ye, when men shall revile you, and pcrse- cute you, and shall say all manner of evil against you falsely, for my sake, 12 Β6- joice, and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which Were before you, 13 Ye are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his sa- voury wherewith shall it be salted? it is thenceforth good for nothing, but to be cast out, and to be trodden under foot of men, 14 Ye are the light of the world, Acity that is set on an hill cannot be hid. 15 Neither do men light a candle, and put it under a bushel, but on a can- dlestick; and it giveth light unto all that are in the house. 16 Let your light so shine be- fore men, that they may see your good works, and_ glorify your Father_which is in heaven, 17 ‘Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the pro- phets: I am not come to destroy, but to ful- fil, 18 For verily Isay unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law. tillall be fulfilled: 19 Whosoever there- 4 — αὐτοὶ (read κληθή. they shall be called) [τι] τα]. + βληθὲν having been cast LTTra, 10 fore shall break one of these least com- mandments, and shall teach men so, he shall be called the least in the kingdom of hea- ven: but whosoever shall do and teach them, the same shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. 20 For I say unto you, That except your righteousness shall exceed the righteous- ness of the scribes and Pharisees, ye shall in no case enter into the kingdom of heaven. 21 Ye have heard that it was said by them of old time, Thou shalt not kill; and whosoever shall kill shall be in dan- ger of the judgment: 22 but I say unto you, That whosoever is angry with his brother without a cause shall be in danger of the judgment: and who- soever shall say to his brotiaer, Raca, shall be in danger of the coun- ceil: but whosoever shall say, Thou fool, . shall be in danger of hell fire. 23 Therefore if thou bring thy gift to the altar, and there rememberest that thy brother hath ought against thee; 24 leave there thy gift before the altar, and go thy way; first be recon- ciled to thy brother, and then come and offer thy gift, 25 Agree with thine adversary quickly, whiles thou art in the way with bim ; lest at any time the adversary deliver thee to the judge, and the judge deliver thee to the officer, and thou be cast into prison. 26 Verily I say unto thee, Thou shalt by no means come out thence, till thou hast paid the uttermost farthing. ; 27 Ye have heard that it was said by them of old time, Thou shalt not commit adul- tery: 28 but I say unto you, That whoso- ever looketh on 2 woman to lust after her hath committed adultery with her al- teady in his heart, 59 And if thy right eye sifend thee, pluck it gut, and cast it from ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη ΤΑ. αυτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ LTTrAW, LIrAW ; == αὐτῆς Τ. ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. we γένηται. 19 ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν come to pass. Whoever thenshallbreak one of these commandments the ἐλαχίστων, καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος κλη- least, and shallteach *so imen, least shall θήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν" ὃς.ὃ ἂν. ποιήσῃ καὶ becalled in the kingdom of the @Lrie στ , , Ἴ ~ , ~ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν shall teach [them], this([one] gréat shall becalled in the kingdom ofthe οὐρανῶν. 20 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν. μὴ περισσεύσῃ “7 δικαιο- heavens. ForI say toyou, That unless shall abound “right- σύνη ὑμῶν" πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ.μὴ eousness ‘your above(that]ofthe scribes and Pharisees, in ne wise εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. shall το enter into the kingdom ofthe heavens. 21 Ἠκούσατε ὑτιΣἐῤῥέθη! τοῖς ἀρχαίοις. Οὐ.φονεύσεις' Ye have heard that it wassaid tothe ancients, Thoushalt not commit murder; ὃς ὃ-ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται TH κρίσει. 22 ἐγω.δὲ but whoever shallcommit murder, liable shall be tothe judgment, But I λέγω ὑμῖν, OTL πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος τῷ.ἀδελφῳ.αὐτοῦ γεἰκην heavens; but whoever shall practise and say to you, Thatevery one who is angry with his brother _ lightly, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει: ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ .ἀδελφῷ.αὐτοῦ, liable shallbe tothe judgment: but whoever shallsay to his brother, *“Paxa,' ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ συνεδρίῳ: ὃς. δ᾽ ἂν εἴπῃ, Μωρέ, Raca, liable shallbe tothe Sanhedrim: but whoever shallsay, Fool, ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. 299 Εὰν οὖν προσ- liable -shallbe to the Gehenna of fire. If therefore thou φέρῃς µτὸ.δῶρόν.σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς shalt offer thy gift at the altar, and there shalt remember ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός.σου ἔχει Ti κατὰ σοῦ, 24 ἄφες ἐκεῖ τὸ δῶρόν that thy brother ‘has something against thee, leave there “gift σου ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, καὶ ὕπαγε, πρῶτον διαλ- ΤΗΥ before the altar, and go away, first be λάγηθι τῷ.ἀδελφῷ.σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν reconciled tothy brother, and then havingcome offer Ξε τεῦ σου. 26 Ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ.ἀντιδίκῳ.σου ταχύ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ thy. Be agreeing withthine adverse party quickly, whilst thou art δὲν τῇ ὁδῷ μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ," μήποτε σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ in the way with him, lest ‘thee “deliver *the adverse “party to the κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτής ce παραδῷ"! τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν judge, andthe judge thee deliver tothe officer, and into prison βληθήση. 26 ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, οὐ.μὴ ἐξέλθῃς ἐκεῖθεν, thou be cast. Verily 1 αγ to thee, Inno wise shalt thoucome out thence, ἕως.ᾶἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην. until thoupay the last kodrantes. 27 Hrovoare ὅτι Σἐῤῥέθηϊ “τοῖς ἀρχαίοις." Ye have heurd that itwassaid tothe ancients, 5 ? VOSA , € ~ er ~ ε , ~ 4 σεις" 25 ἐγω.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναϊκα πρὸς adultery: butI say toyou, thatevery one that looksupon awoman ἴο τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι “abrijc," ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ lust after her, alreadyhascommittedadulterywith her in ~ καρδίᾳ Ααὐτοῦ.' 29 εἰ δὲ ὁ.ὀφθαλμός.σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει Zheart | *his. But if thineeye, the right, cause “to “offend ” ? 4 ᾿ Uys toe 7 . ο ͵ , ev σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ" συμφέρειγάρ σοι ἵνα *thee, pluckout it and cast(it]from thee: foritis profitable for thee that Οὐ.μοιχεύ- Thou shalt not commit τ ἐῤῥήθη LT-AW. , ἢ τ σε παραδῷ UT[tr]. © ἑαυτοῦ 1. a μετ) --- εἰκῆ uT[ Tra]. “2 ῥαχά τ. 4 αὐτὴν 9 — τοῖς ἀρχαίοις GLTTrAW. Vv. MAT μμ. We ey 2 a ~ ~ ‘ . ef \ ~ , ~ ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου. καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ. σῶμά.σου βληθῇ Bhould perish one of thy members, and not *whoie ‘thy “body be cast ? , \ ας - ,ὔ ‘ Φ es » Fic γεενναν. 30 καὶ εἰ ἡ.δεξιά.σου χειρ σκανδαλίζει σε. ἔκκοψον into Gehenna, Andif thyright hand cause?to“offend'thee, cut off αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ' συμφἑρει.γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται 1 and cast{it]from thee: foritisprofitable for thee that should perish ἐν τῶν.μελῶν.σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὺ.σῶμά.σου Ἰβληθῇ εἰς γέενναν." one of thy members, and not “whole 1thy *body becast into Gehenna. ᾽ cy ' [7 Π n n ? ‘ σοὶ 91 ε᾽ Ἐῤῥέθη" δὲ. Ore! ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, It was said also that whoever shall put away his wife, Ὁ» ? ~ ᾽ / 9 5] \ κ᾿ , « - e i: n COTW αὑτῇ ἀποστᾶσιον. 32 ἐγὼ. δὲ λέγω υμίν, οτι 'ὁς ἂν let him give toher a letter of divorce: but I say toyou. that whoever ἀπολύσῃ! τὴν.γυναϊκα. αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὺς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ Bhali put aivay his wife, except onaccount of fornication, causes αὐτὴν Κμοιχᾶσθαι " καὶ ἰὸς. ἐὰν! ἀπολελυμένην ™yapnon,' her το οοπιη]ῦ adultery; πα whoever her who has been put away shallmarry, μοιχᾶται. conimits adultery. 33 Πάλιν ἠκούσατε, ὅτι Ξἐῤῥεθηϊ τοῖς ἀρχαίοις, Οὐκ .ἔπιορ: Again, ye have heard that it was saidtothe ancients, Thoushalt not κήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ κυρίῳ τοὺς.ὕρκους.σου 94 ἐγὼ forswear thyself, but thoushalt render tothe Lord thine oaths. = δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι ὕλως, μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος heaven, because [the] throne ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν it is οτί say to you not toswear at all, neither by the ἐστὶν τοῦ θεοῦ" 85 pyre ἐν τῇ γῇ. ὅτι it is of God; nor by theearth, because [the] footstool ποδῶν. αὐτοῦ" μήτε εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ore πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ of his feet : nor by Jerusalem, because[the] city itis ofthe μεγάλου βασιλέως" 36 μήτε ἐν τῇ.κεφαλῇ.σου ὀμύσῃς, ὅτι great King. Neither by thy head shalt thou swear, because οὐ.δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν "ἢ μέλαιναν ποιῆσαι." 37 ϑἔστω" thouartnotable one hair white ΟΥ̓ black to make. “Let “be δὲ ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν, ναὶ Vai, ov οὔ" “τὸ. δὲ περισσὸν τούτων ἐκ 4but ὅτοιν *word, Yea, yea; Nay, nay: but what([is] more than thesefrom τοῦ πονηροῦ ἐστι». evil is. 38 Ἠκούσατε ὅτι Σἐῤῥέθη,ϊ Οφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ, καὶ Yehave heard that it was said, Eye for eye, and ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος" 99 ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ἀντιστῆναι τῷ tooth for tooth ; but 1 say toyou not to resist γ΄ ὡς ὑλλ᾽ « pi / 3 || Δ ὸ ἕ / doo a 6 a ή ονγηρῳ α οστις σε ραπισει ETL" THV.OECLAY. νσι ή va, evil; but whosoever thee shallstrike on thy right cheek, r ? ~ ‘ A » . να ~ / / στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην" 40 καὶ τῷ θελοντί σοι κρι- turn tohim also the other; and tohim who would with thee go ~ > ‘ ~ ~ » ο» ‘ Ay 4 ΄ ο θῆναι καὶ τὸν.χιτῶνά.σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱματιον tolaw and thy tunic take, yield tohim also[thy] cloak; Φε” ͵ / ? ~ , 4] καὶ boric σε ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ δύο. and whosoever thee ὙΥ1}} οοπαρο] {οσο “mile ‘one, go with Ἠϊπα two. 42 τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε Tidov'! καὶ τὸν-θέλοντα ἀπὸ σοῦ "δανεί - Tohimwho asksof thee give; and Πΐπι ὑμαῦ wishes from thee to bor- σασθαι! ἡ.ἀποστραφῆς. row thou shalt not turn away from. 1] thee: for it is profit- able for thee that one of thy members should perish, and not that thy whole body should be cast into hell 30 And if thy right hand offend thee, cut it off, and cast ἐξ from thee: for it is profit- able for thee that one of thy members should perish, and not thatthy whole body should be cast into hell. 91 It hath been said, Whosoever shall put away his wife, let him give her a writing of divorcement: 32 but I say unto you, That whosoever shall put away his wife, saving for the cause of forni- cation, causeth her to commit adultery: and whosoever shall marry her that is divorced comunitteth adultery. 33 Again, ye have heard that it hath been said by them of old time, Thou shalt not forswear thyxclf, but shalt perform unto the Lord thine oaths: 34 but I say unto you, Swear not at all; nei- ther by heaven; for it is God’s throne: 35 nor by the earth; for it is his footstool: neither by Jerusalem; for it is the city of the great King. 36 Neither shalt thou swear by thy head, beeautse thou canst not make one hair white or black, 37 But let yourcommini- nication be, Yea, yea; Nay, nay: for what- soever is more than these cometh of evil. 38 Ye have heard that it hath been said, An eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth: 39 but I say unto you, That ye resist not evil: but whosvever shall smite thee on thy right cheek, turn to him the other also, 40 And if any man will sue thee at the law, and take away thy coat, let him have thy cloke also. 41 And whosoever shall com- pel thee to go a mile, go with him twain. 42 Give to him that asketh thee, and from him that would bor- aN eee f εἰς γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ into Gehenna go aw.ty LTTra, 1 πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων every one that puts away LTTrA. τὸ γαμήσας has married L. ἃ ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν ΤΤΤΤΑ. strikes UpONLTTrA, σιαγόνα σου Lira; 5 δανίσασθαι T. & ἐῤῥήθη LTrAW. k µοιχευθῆναι LTTrA. οξσται Shall be LA, — σου (read the right cheek) τ᾿ h — ὅτι LTTrA. 16he whol, P ῥαπίζει εἰς τ δός LITrA, 12 row of thee turn not thou away. 43 Ye have heard that it hath been said, Thou shalt love thy neighbour, and hate thine enemy. 44 But I say unto you, Love your enemies, bless them that curse you, do good to them that hate you, and pray for them which despite- fully use you, and per- secute you; 45 that ye may be the children of your Father which is in heaven : forhe mak- eth his sun to rise on the evil and on the good, and sendeth rain on the just and on the unjust. 46For if ye love them which love - you, what reward have ye? do not even the publicans the same? 47 And if ye salute your brethren only, what do ye more than others? donoteventhe publicansso? 48 Be ye therefore perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect. VI. Take heed that ye do not your alms be- fore men, to be seen of them: otherwise ye have no reward of your Father which is in hea- ven, 2 Therefore when thou doest thine alms, do not sound a trum- pet before thee, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets, that they may have glory of men. Verily I say unto you, They have their re- ward. 3 But when thou doest alms, let not thy left hand know what thy right hand doeth: 4 that thine alms may be insecret: and thy Father which seeth in secret him- self shall reward thee openly. 5 And when thou πες thou shalt not as the hypocrites are: for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and in the corners of the streets, ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. V, VE 43 Ἡκούσατε ὅτι ᾿ἐῤῥέθη," ᾽Αγαπήσεις τὸν.πλησίον.σου καὶ Ye have heard that it was said, Thou shalt love thy neighbour and μισήσεις TOv.ixOpdv.cov’ 44 ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, Αγαπᾶτε τοὺς hate thine enemy. ButI say to you, Love ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, "εὐλογεῖτε τοὺς καταρωμένους ὑμᾶς, καλῶς enemies τοις, bless. those who curse you, “well ποιεῖτε Ἱτοὺς μισοῦντας ὑμᾶς," καὶ προσεύχεσθε ὑπὲρ τῶν 14ο tothose who hate you, and pray fer those who Σἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς καὶ" διωκόντων ὑμᾶς" 45 ὅπως γένησθε despitefully use you απᾶ persecute you; so that ye may be υἱοὶ τοῦ.πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς" ὅτι τὸν .ἥλιον.αὐτοῦ sons of your Father whol[is]in[{theJheavens: for his sun ? , ? \ ‘ eer. , " μ ? ‘ , ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθούς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους he causes torise on evil and good, and sends rain on just καὶ ἀδίκους. 46 ἐὰν.γὰρ ἀγαπήσητε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, and unjust. For if ye love those who love - you, τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι Yrd αὐτὸ! ποιοῦσιν ; what reward haveye? “ποῦ %also*the *tax ®°gatherers’the “same 'do? 47 καὶ ἐὰν ἀσπάσησθε τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς. ὑμῶν µόνον, τί περισ- and if ye salute your brethren only, what extraoriii- σὸν ποιεῖτε; οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι" "οὕτως! ποιοῦσιν; 48 ἔσεσθε nary doye? ἽΝοὺ “also*the *tax%gatherers 750 *do? “shail *be οὖν ὑμεῖς τέλειοι, ὥσπερ" ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν “ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς" Σ/Πετοξογαῖγθ perfect, ΕΤεη 88 your Father who([is]in the heavens τέλειός ἐστιν. perfect is. ϐ Προσέχετε τὴν. "ἐλεημοσύνην" ὑμῶν μὴ ποιεῖν ἔμπροσθεν Beware your alms not todo before τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὺς.τὸ.θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς" εἰ. δὲ. μήγε, 'μισθὸν men, in order to be seen by them: otherwise reward οὐκ.ἔχετε παρὰ τῷ.πατρὶ ὑμῶν τῷ ἐν froic' οὐρανοῖς. 2 ὅταν ye have not with your Father who[isJin the heavens. When ~ , ” / οἱ οὖν ποιῇς ἐλεημοσύνην, μὴ.σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου, therefore thou doest alms, do not sound a trumpet before thee, ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς as the hypocrites do in the syhagogues and in the ῥύμαις, ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀμὴν λέγω streets, that they may have glory from men, Verily [say ὑμῖν, ἀπέχουσιν τὸν.μισθὸν.αὐτῶν. 8 σοῦ.δὲ ποιοῦντος ἔλεη- toyou, they have their reward, But thou doing ‘ ‘ , « ΄ - « » μοσύνην, μὴ.γνώτω ἡ.ἀριστερά.σου "τί ποιεῖ ἡ.δεξιά σου, alms, let not *know ‘thy “left “hand what does thy right hand, 4 ὅπως Εῇ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη" ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ" καὶ ὁ πατήρ.σου so that *may *be ‘thine “alms in secret: διὰ thy Father ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ "αὐτὸς" ἀποδώσει σοι ᾿ἐν.τῷ φανερῷ." who sees in secret himself shall render to thee openly. Ν ; » / . . , 5 Καὶ ὅταν Ἐπροσεύχῃ, οὐκιἔσῃ ὥσπερ' οἱ ὑποκριταί, And when thou prayest, thou shalt not be as the - hypocrites, ὅτι φιλοῦσιν ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν for they love 1 the synagogues and in the corners of the ἢ ἐῤῥήθη LT AW. 5 — ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς Kat LITIA, the same LITraw. © δικαιοσύνην righteousness GLTT.aWw, 1— ev τῷ φανερῷ LITrAW. LTTra. be as LTTra, v¥— εὐλογεῖτε. . . μισοῦντας ὑμᾶς LTTrA. δ᾽ τοῖς μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς “Ν. Υ οὕτως SOLTrA. 3 ἐθνικοὶ heathen GLTTrAW 3 τὸ αὐτὸ, ο ὃ οὐράνιος the heavenly ΙΤΤΤΑ. d+ δὲ ουν τί J. ε-- τοῖς τ. ξὴ σοῦ ἐλεημοσυνη ἢ τ. 4 - αὐτὸς k προσεύχησθε, οὐκ ἔσεσθε ὡς ye pray, ye shall nut b ὡς AS LTT A, γ]. MATTHEW. ~ ε ~ « n - - πλατειῶν ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι, ὅπως 'ἂν" φανῶσιν τοῖς streets standing to pray, sothat they may appear ἀνθρώποις" ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, Ori ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν to mien, Verily Isay toyou, that they have ?reward αὐτῶν. Θ σὺ.δέ, bray προσεύχη, εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ "ταμιεϊόν" σου, ‘their. Butthon, when thou prayest, . enter into thy chamber, καὶ κλείσας τὴν.θύραν.σου, πρόσευξαι τῷ.πατρί.-σου τῷ ἐν and having shut thy door, pray to thy Father who [is] in τῷ κρυπτῷ" καὶ ὁ πατήρισου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ ἀπο- secret ; and thy Father who 5685 in secret will δώσει σοι “ἐν.τῷ φανερῷ". 7 Προσευχόμενοι-δὲ py.PBarrodro- render to thee openly. But when ye pray do not use vain γήσητε,' ὥσπερ οἱ ἐθνικοί' δοκοῦσιν.γὰρ ὅτι ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ repetitions, as the heathens: for they think that in. *much *speaking 8 μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς" ‘their they shall be heard. 2Not “°therefore ‘be Tike to them : οἶδεν.γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ὧν - Χχρείαν ἔχετε πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς for “knows tyour “Father of what things “need *ye *have before ye αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν. 9 οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς" Πάτερἡμῶν ask him, Thus therefore pray ye: Our Father ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἁγιασθήτω Td.dvopa.cov" 10 “ἐλθέτω! whofartjin the heavens, sanctified be thy name ; let come 9-Baorsia.cov® γενηθήτω τὸ θἐληµά.σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ thy kingdom; let be done thy will as in heaven, [sojalso ἐπὶ ττῆς" γῆς" 11 τὸν. ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δὸς ἡμῖν σή- upon the earth; our bread the. needed give us to- pepov’ 12 καὶ ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰ. ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν, ὡς Kai ἡμεῖς αὐτῶν εἰσακουσθήσονται. day ; and forgive us our debts, as also we 3, / {| ~ ? / « rg 4 ‘ ? / ε ~ » ἀφίεμεν τοῖς.ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν" 19 και μη-εἰσενεγκης ἡμὰς εἰς forgive our debtors ; And lead not us into πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. "ὅτι σοῦ ἐστιν temptation, but deliver us from evil. For thine is { 9 / Ν ς / \ ς δόξ 7 4 2» 7 , u ἡ βασιλεία καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ 1) δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμὴν. the kingdom andthe power andthe glory to the ages. Amen, 14’Edy.yap ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, Forif ye forgive men their offences, ἀφήσει καὶ ὑμῖν ὁ πατὴρ-ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος" 15 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ 5wili°forgive °also “you tyour “Father “the *heavenly. but if ὅπου ᾿ ~ - ~ A ΄ ~ ς ἀφῆτε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις "τὰ.παραπτώµατα.αὐτῶν,' οὐδὲ ὁ ‘ye "forgive men their offences, neither ~ / Ag ~ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἀφήσει τὰ.παραπτώµατα-υμῶν. ΒΕΛΊΠΟΥ “your ‘will forgive your offences. 16 Ὅταν. δὲ νηστεύητε, μὴ.γίνεσθε Ἰὥσπερ" οἱ ὑποκριταὶ a And when ye fast, be not 5 _ the hypocrites, σκυθρωποί" ἀφανίζουσιν.γὰρ τὰ.πρόσωπα-“ αὐτῶν," downeast in countenance; for they disfigure their faces, ͵ ~ ~ ’, ὔ ᾿ [ή ὕπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες ἀμὴν λέγω 5ο that they may appear. to men fasting. Verily Isay ὑμῖν, Σὔτι' ἀπέχουσιν τὸν. μισθὸν. αὐτῶν. 17 σὺ.δὲ νηστεύων toyou, that they have their reward. But thou, fasting, ” ’ 4 ¥ £ εἶ A ιά , δ᾽ Ξ er ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλήν, καὶ τὸ.πρὀσωπὀν.σου νίψαι' 18 ὅπως aneint thy ad, ~« and “thy *face 1wash, so that Yroic ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων," ἀλλὰ τῷ πατρί to men fasting, but to ?Father μὴ φανῇς, thou mayest not appear 18 that they may be seen of men. Yerily I say unto you, They have their reward. 6 But thou, when thou pray- est, enter into thy closet, and when thou hast shut thy door, pray to thy Father which is in secret ; and thy Father which seeth in secret shall reward thee openly. 7 But when ye pray, use not vain repetitions, as the heathen do: for they think that they shall be heard for their much speaking. 8 Be not ye therefore like unto them: for your Father knoweth what things ye have need of, before ye ask him, -9 After this man- ner therefore pray ye: Cur Father which art in heaven, Hallowed be thy name. 10 Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as if is in heaven. 11 Give us this day our daily bread. 12 And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debt- ors. 13 And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: For thine: is the kingdom, and the pow- er, and the glory, for ever. Amen. 14 For if ye forgive men their trespisses, your hea- τοΏΙγ Father will also forgive you: 15 but if ye forgive not men their trespasses, nei- ther will your Father forgive your tres- passes. 16 Moreover when ye fast, be ποῦ, asthe hy- pocrites, of asad coun, tenance: for they dis-~ figure their faces, that they may appear unto men to fast. Verily I say unto you, They have their reward. 17 Butthou, when thou fastest, anoint thine head, and wash thy facé; 18 that thou ap- pear not unto men to fast, but unto thy Fa- 1 ἀντ ΤΑΥ͂. ™— ὅτε LTTrA. Ἀταμεῖόν ΤΑ.: 9 -- ἐν τῷ φανερῷ LTTrA, P βατταλογήσητε ΤΑ. “ἢ ἐλθάτω TL τ --- τῆς LTIAW., 5 ἀφήκαμεν have forgiven LrTra. ἢ — ὅτι cov to end of verse GLITrAW, ἃ = τὰ raoaT: αὐτῶν τῷ, Y ὡς LITA, Υ̓ ἑαυτῶν Ky 2 — ὅτι ΜΠΤΑ, ¥ νησ. τοῖς ἀνθρώ. τω 14 ther which isin secret: andthy Father, which seeth in secret, shall reward thee openly. 19 Lay not up for yourselyes treusures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal: 20 but lay up for yourselves trea- sures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal: 21 for where your treasure is, there will your heart be al- so. 22 Thelight ofthe body is the eye: if therefore thine eye be single, thy whole body shall be full of light. 23 But if thine eye be evil, thy whole body shall be full of dark- ness. If therefore the light that is in thee be darkness, how great is that darkness! 24 No man can serve two masters: for ei- ther he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mam- mon. 25 Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on. Is not the life more than meat, and the body than raiment ἢ 26 Behold the fowls of the air: for they sow not, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns; yet your hea- venly Father feedeth them. Areyenot much better than they? 27 Which of you by tak- ing thought can add one cubit unto his sta- ture? 28 And why take ye thought for rai- ment? Consider the lilies of the field, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin: 29 and yet I say unto you, That even Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed like one of _ these. 30 Wherefore, if God so clothe the grass of the field, which to day MAT Oe Oss: VI. σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷἹ καὶ ὁ. πατήρισου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ ‘thy who [is] in secret ; and thy Father who sets in *KOUTT@ ἀποδώσει, σοι "ἐν τῷ.φανερφ.! secret wilirender tothee openly. 19 Μἠ θησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅπου Treasure ποῦ πρ for yourselves treasures upon the carth, where σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὅπου κλέπται διορήσσουσιν καὶ moth and rust spoil, and where thieves dig through and / 5 ’ a1 ε ~ A ᾽ > oe κλέπτουσιν". 20 Onoaupizere.cé ὑμῖν. θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ, steal: but treasure up foryourselves treasures in heaven, er ” 1 » ~ ? / δ. ἘΝ μ ᾽ Όπου οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις ἀφανίζει, καὶ ὅπου κλέπται οὐ.δι- where neither moth nor rust spoils and where thieves do not ορύσσουσιν οὐδὲ κλέπτουσιν. 91 ὕπου.γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρὸς dig through nor steal; for where sis “treasure « ~ ~ »” \ « n ~ , ἊΨ ὑμῶν," ἐκεῖ ἔσται "καὶ! ἡ καρδία ὑμῶν." 99 Ὁ λύχνος τοῦ "your, there willbe also “heart ‘your. The limp of the σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός" ἐὰν “οὖν! [ὁ ὀφθαλμόςσου body is the eye; if therefore thine cye ς λ ~ τ I Or ‘ ~ , ‘ ” . 99 . 4 = be « απλους 1) OAOV το σωµα.σου φωτεινὸν έσται ϱκ(ωοεέἑκανήύεο single be, *whole ~* ‘thy body light will be. But if ὀφθαλμός.σου πονηρὸς ἢ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά.-σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. thine eye evil be, “whole ‘thy body dark willbe, εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν, τὸ σκότος πόσον ; If therefore the light that[is]in thee darkness ἴδ, the darkness how great 24 Οὐδεὶς δύναται δυσὶ κυρίοις δουλεύειν. ἢ.γὰρ τὸν ἕνα Noone ἴδ able two lords toserve; foreither the one μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει: ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ hewillhate, and the other he willlove; or[the} one he wiil Ποιά το, and τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει. οὐ.δύνασθε θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ ἔμαμ- the other he will despise. Yearenotable “God ‘to7?serve and mame- Hove. ὁοια τουτο εγω υμιγ, μ)-μεριμνγατε Τ1)- UXY-ULWVs, mon. Becauseof this Isay toyou, be not careful Aas to your life, τί φάγητε kai! Ἱτί πίητε! μηδὲ τῷ.σώματι ὑμῶν, what yeshouldeat and what yeshoulddrink; nor as to your body τί ἐνδύσησθε. οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν τῆς τροφῆς καὶ than the and TO σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος; 26 ἐμβλέψατε εἰς τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ the body thanthe raiment? Look at the birds of tha οὐρανοῦ, ὅτι οὐ.σπείρουσιν, οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν, οὐξὲ συνάγουσιν heaven, that theysownot, nor dotheyreap, mor dothey gather > , Ne ~ , , εἰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ὃ οὐράνιος τρέφει αὐτά" οὐχ into granaries, and your Father the heavenly feeds them: ὁποῦ « ~ ~ a , ? ~~ ΄ " ο « ~ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν; 27 τίς.δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν µερι- 3γο “much tare better than they? But which outof you by being μνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν.ἠλικίαν.αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα; careful [15 4018 to add to his stature “cubit ‘one? 28 καὶ περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε; καταµάθετε τὰ κρινα what yeshould puton. 7Not *the *life more tis Tood and about raiment why areyecareful? observe the lilies τοῦ ἀγροῦ, πῶς ΧαὐξάνειἹ οὐ. ἱκοπιᾷ!ὶ οὐδὲ πινήθει"" 29 λέ- of the field, how theygrow: theylabournot nor cotheyspin: | =I γω δὲ ὑμῖν. ὅτι οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ.δόξῃ. αὐτοῦ περιε- “say *butto youthat noteven Solomon in all his glory ο was , e εν ᾽ " ~ ~ ᾽ὔ βάλετο ὡς ἕν τούτων. 80 εἰ δὲ τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ, σήμερον clothed as one of these. Butif the grass ofthe field, to ‘day ον ? a a x Σκρυφαίῳ LITrA, 8 -- ἐν τῷ φανερῷ GrTTraw. ὕ σου thy LTTraA. ¢—KaiL, 1+ govthyn © — οὖν τι ἢ ὃ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς LTA. 5. μαμωνᾷ GLTTrAW, \ 1 κοπιῶσιν LT; κοπιοῦσιν Tra. hy or LTr; — καὶ τε. , ᾽ ἳ ΄ “Te πίητε τ. τὸ νήθονσιν LITA, καὐξάνουσιν LITra. VI, VII. MATTHEW. ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ θεὸς οὕτως 6 ' . ‘which is and to-morrow into an oven is cast, od thus > , ’ ~ ~ ges ? , ‘ ἀμφιέννυσιν, οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι: 31 μὴ arrays, ,[will he] not much rather you, O[ye]of little faith? “not οὖν μεριμνήσητε, λέγοντες, Ti φάγωμεν. 7] τί πίωμεν, ‘therefore ‘be careful, saying, What shall weeat? or what shall wedrink? ἢ τί περιβαλώμεθα; 82 πάντα.γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη "ἐπι- or with what shall we be clothed? For all thesethingsthe nations seek ζητεῖ"" οἶδεν γὰρ ὁ.πατὴρ-ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος drt χρῴύζετε efter. For knows your lather the heavenly ? ε , = ‘~ δὲ ~ ο ᾿ λ ΄ 5 ~ τούτων ἁπάντων" 88 ζητεῖτε.δὲ πρῶτον “τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ . of *these*things ali. But seck-ye ᾿ first the kingdom θεοῦ καὶ τὴν.δικαιοσύνην! αὐτοῦ, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προσ- οἑ God and his righteousness, and *these *things ‘all shail τεθήσεται ὑμῖν. 34 μὴ οὖν Ὑμεριμνήσητεϊ εἰς τὴν αὔριον" be added to you. “Not *therefore be careful for the morrow : ἡ γὰρ αὔριον μεριμνήσει “τὰ" τἑαυτῆς." ἀρκετὸν τῇ for the morrow shallbecarefulabout the [things] of itself, ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς. day [15] πο evil of it. 7 Μὴ κρίνετε, ἵνα μὴ.κριθῆτε' 2 ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι κρίνετε, Judge not, that ye benot judged: *with *what ‘for judgment yejudge, κριθήσεσθε' καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, "ἀντιμετρηθήσεται" ye 5881] be judged; and with what measure yemete, itshall be measured again ὑμῖν. ὃ Τί.δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ -ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ίογοα. Butwhy lookestthouonthe mote that[is]in the eye ἀδελφοῦ.σου, τὴν: δὲ ἐν τῷ.σῷ - ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν ov-KaTayvoEte 5 of thy brother, Ῥαῦ [89 “'π *thine (town) ‘eye “beam perceivest not? 4 ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ. ἀδελφῷ.σου, “Adgec ἐκβάλω τὸ Or how wilt thousay tothy brother, Suffer {that]I may cast out the ΄ t ? ‘ Ιὶ ~ 7 θ λ τῆς ο A ὃ , ς ὃ ca Ἵ ~ καρφος "απο του.ὀφσαλµμου-σου᾽ και LOOU, ἢ ὀρχος εν TY mote from thine eye: and behold, the beam [is]in ὀφθαλμῷ.-σου; 5 ὑποκριτά, ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν δοκὸν ἐκ' thine fjown] eye! hypocrite, cast out first the beam out of τοῦ.ὀφθαλμοῦ.σου,! καὶ τότε διαβλέψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ κάρφος thine [own] eye, and then thouwiltseeclearly tocastout the mote ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου. out of the eye of thy brother. ὶ ϐ Μὴ.δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν" μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς. Give not that which [15] holy nor cast μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε “KaTa~ 2pearls *your before the swine, lest they should ͵᾿πατήσωσιν" αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς.ποσὶν.αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες tothe dogs, trample upon them with their feet, and. having turned ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. they του ἃ you. 7 Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν" ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε" Ask, and it shall be given to you: seek, and ye shall find: ερούετε, καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν. 8 πᾶς.γὰρ ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει, knock, and itshallbeopened toyou. Foreveryone that asks receives, καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει, καὶ τῷ κρούοντι Σἀνοιγήσεται." and hethat seeks finds, and tohimthat knocks it shall be opened. π ἐπιζητοῦσιν LTTrA, that ye have need’ Sufficient to the. 18 is, and to morrow is cast into the oven, shall he not much more clothe you, O ye of lit- tle faith? 31 Therefore take no thought, say- ing, What shall we eat ? or, What shall we _ drink ? or, Wherewith- al shall we be clothed? 32 (For after all these things do the Gentiles seek:) for your hea- venly Father knoweth that ye have need of all these things. 33 But seek ye first the kingdom of God, and his righteousness ;.and all these things shall be added unto you. 34 Take therefore no thought for the mor- row: for the morrow shall take thought for the things of itself, Sufficient unto the day ts the evil thereof. Ἵ VII. Judge not, that ye be not judged. 2 For with what. judg- ment ye judge, yeshall be judged: and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to ou again. 3 And why oldest thou the mote that is in thy ‘brother’s eye, but con- siderest not the beam that is in thine own eye? 4 Or how wilt thou say to thy bro- ther, Let me pul] out the mote out of thine eye; and, behold, a beam is in thine own eye? 5 Thou hypocrite, first cast. out the beam out of thine own eye; and then shalt thou see clearly to cast out the mote out of thy brother’s eye. 6 Give not that which is holy unto the dogs, neither cast ye your pearls before - swine, lest they trample them under their feet, and turn again and rend you. 7 Ask, and it shall be given you; seck, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you: :8 for every one that asketh receiv- eth; and he that seek- eth findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened, 9 Or : - ο τὴν δικαιοσύνην καὶ τὴν βασιλειαν Τι ; --- τοῦ θεοῦ (read its right- eousness) LT[a] Ρ μεριμνήσετε Ε. 4 --- τὰ (omit the [things] Οἵ τατνανν. τ αὐτῆς a. " μετρηθή- σεται Ἱΐ shall-be measured GutTraw. οὖ ἐκ out of LTT’. ν ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου THY δοκόν LYTra. Ὗ καταπατήσουσιν they shall traniple upon urtra. * ἀνοίγεται 10 is opened Ltr. 16 what man is there of you, whom if his son ask bread, will he give himastone? 10Orif he ask a fish, will he ive him a serpent? 1If£ ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father whichisin heaven give good things to them that ask him? 12 Therefore all things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them: for this is the law aud the pro- phets, 13 Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad zs the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: 14 because strait zs the gate, and narrow ts the way, which leadeth un- to life, and few there be that find it. 15 Beware of false prophets, which come to you in sheep’s cloth- ing, but inwardly they are ravening wolves. {6 Yeshall know them by their fruits. Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles? 17 Even so every good tree bring- eth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit. 18 A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither canacor- rupt tree bring torth good fruit. 19 Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is uewn down, and cast into the fire. 20 Where- fore by their fruits ye shall know them, 21 Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the .kkingdom of heaven; ‘but he that Goeth the will of my ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. VII 9 ἢ τίς Yéorw" ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν 3ἐάνὶ *airnoy" ὁ υἱὸς Or what “is*there *of ὅτοι ‘pan who if should‘ask *son αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; 10 Kai ἐὰν ἰχθὺν this bread, astone willhegive him? and if a fish Led Π αἲ 4 Ἵ ὲ , ? ιδ > € ~ ‘ αἰτήσῃ," μη ὄφιν ἐπιδωσει αὐτῷ; 11 εἰ οὖν ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ heshouldask, aserpent willhegive him? lf therefore ye, “evil ὄντες οἴδατε δόματα ἀγαθὰ διδόναιτοῖς .τέκνοις ὑμῶν, πόσῳ ‘being, know [how] “gifts good = to give to your children, how much μᾶλλον ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ more your Father who[isJin the heavens will give goodthings τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν: to them that ask him? 12 Πάντα ουὖν ὕσα- ἂνὶ θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ All things therefore whatever yedesire that *should*do *to®you ἄνθρωποι, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς' οὗτος.γάρ ἐστιν ὁ 111Θ1, 4 s0 also “ye 1do to them: for this is the νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται. law andthe prophets. 19 ὁΕἰσελθετε" διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης" ὅτι πλατεῖα “ἡ πύλη" Enterin through the narrow’ gate; for wide the gate καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ and broad the way that leads to destruction, and πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι ὃι αὐτῆς" 14 fore! στενὴ δὴ many are they who’ enter through it: for narrow the πύλη! καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ gate and straitened the way that leads to life, and ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν. few are they who find it. 15 Προσέχετε." δὲ"! ἀπὸ τῶν ψευδοπροφητῶν, οἵτινες ἔρχονται But beware of the false prophets, who come a ς ~ ? 3 , , » ; > , tr πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασιν προβάτων, ἔσωθεν.δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρ- το you in raiment of sheep, but within are wolves ‘ra- παγες. 16 ἀπὸ τῶν.καρπῶν. αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς" μήτι pacious, By their fruits yeshallknow them. συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν Ἱσταφυλὴν " ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα; Do.they gather from thorns abunchofgrapes, or from thistles figs? 17 οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ" τὺ.δὲ So. every “tree αβοοά *truits *sood produces, but the σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ. 18 οὐ-δύναται corrupt tree “fruits "had produces. *Cannot δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ἠποιεῖν,' οὐδὲ δένδρον σα- 2a Stree “good “fruits Sevil produce, nor a*tree ‘cor ὃ ὺο καλοὺς J Ty, ll ( ἅ κ δενὲ Ὶ y πρὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ὑποιεῖν.ὶ 19 πᾶν" devcpov μὴ πυιουν rupt *iruits *z00d “produce. Every tree not producing ᾿ λ A ? , \ > ~ ΄ Te 1} καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. 20 ᾿ἀραγε *fruit ‘good iscutdown and into fire is cast. Then surely Marl τῶν καρπῶν.αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς. by their fruits ye shall know thei. 210i πᾶς ὁ λέγων pot, Κύριε, κύριε, εἰσελεύσεται είς Not every one who says tome, Lord, Lord, shalienter into s / ~ ? ~ Ἐ ᾽ , c ~ ‘A , ΑΘ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν" ἀλλ᾽ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ the kingdom ofthe heavens, but hewhodoes the will Σ — ἐστιν utr [A]. also a fish shall ask & [ἡ πύλη] LT. h — δὲ but ut [tra]. 2— ἐὰν LTTrA. 8 αἰτήσει Shallask urtrA. » ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει or LITra, © ἐὰν τ. d εἰσέλθατε LTTTA. 8 --- ἡ πύλη LT]. {7c how Gurr. ; aA = i σταφυλὰς grapes LTTrA. ἐνεγκεῖν bear Τε - + [oty]nown, 1 ἄρα γε ὕπτια. πὸ ἐκ 1, MATTHEW. ἐν ™ οὐρανοῖς. 22 πολλοὶ ἐροῦσίν μοι ἐν VII, VIN. πατρόυ.µου τοῦ of my Father who[is] in [the] leavens. Many willsay tome in ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Κύριε, κύριε, οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι “προεφη- that μην Lord, Lord, *not *through*thy 816 did “we τεύσαμεν,! καὶ τῷ-σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ *prophesy, and through thy name denions cast out, and ~ ~ Ν 8 , Δ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάβεις . πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν; 29 καὶ through thy name “7works*of*power ‘many perform ? And τότε ὁμολογήσω αὐτοῖς, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς" ἀποχωρεῖτε then willI confess {ο them, Never knewI you: depart ye ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν. from me, who work lawlessness, 24 Πᾶς οὖν bore ἀκούει µου τοὺς λόγους Provrove," Every one therefore whosoever hears *my 3words ithese, καὶ ποιεῖ αὐτούς, ὁμοιώσω αὐτὸν" ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὕστις ᾠκοδό- and does them, Iwillliken him toa“man ‘prudent, who built µησεν 'τὴν.οἰκίαν.αὐτοῦ! ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν" 26 καὶ κατέβη ἡ his house’ upon the rock: aud camedown the βροχὴ καὶ "ἠλθονί ot ποταμοὶ καὶ ἔπνευσαν οἱ ἄνεμοι, καὶ rain, and - came _ the streams, and blew the winds, ᾽ and ἱπροσέπεσον! τῇ.οἰκίᾳ. ἐκείνῃ, καὶ οὐκ.ἔπεσεν' τεθεμελίωτο.γὰρ fell upon that house, and itfellnot; forithadbeen founded ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν. 96 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀκούων βου τοὺς λόγους upon the rock, and everyone who hears “my swords τούτους Kai μὴ ποιῶν αὐτούς, ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ἀξῆθξθ and doesnotdo them, heshallbelikened toa*man ‘foolish, e ? , ve} α. 8 ? ~ || \ ‘ » “I ‘ ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν ὑτὴν.οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ) ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον" 27 Kai who built his house upon the sand: and sage ς 1 \ σ ε \ . εὐ ον ς κατέβη -ἡ βροχὴ καὶ ἦλθον ot ποταμοὶ καὶ ἔπνευσαν οἱ came οι ἴπθ rain, and came the streams, and ὁ blew the ἄνεμοι, καὶ προσέκοψαν τῷ.οἰκίᾳ.ἐκείνη, καὶ ἔπεσεν, καὶ ἦν winds, and beat upon that house, and itfell, and ‘was ᾿ἡ πτῶσις αὑτῆς μεγάλη. ‘the “fall 905 0 great. 28 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε συνετέλεσεν" ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς τοὺς λόγους Anditcamectopasswhen “had “finished tJesus Swords , ? , δ ow, δι... ἃ ~ ὃ δ ~ ? ~. ο - τούτους ἐξεπλήσσοντο οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῇ.αὐτοῦ" 29 ἣν *these astonished were the crowds at his teaching: *he 2was γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ for teaching them as “authority ‘having, and not as the γραμματεῖς". scribes, y Zot , = δὲ = = > A ~ ») > λ 6 » 3 ~ 8. Καταβάντι δὲ αὐτῷ! ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ And when”had*come*down *he from the mountain, 5followed *him ὄχλοι πολλοί 2 καὶ ἰδού. λεπρὸς Ζἐλθωνὶ προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, 2crowds ‘great. And behold, aleper havingcome didhomege to him, λέγων, Κύριε, ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί µε καθαρίσαι. 3 Καὶ saying, Lord, if thouwilt thouartabie me _ tocleanse. _ And ἐκτείνας τὴν. χεῖρα ἥψατο αὐτοῦ Σὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς λέγων, having stretched out fhis]hand touched “him Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. Καὶ εὐθέως Ῥἐκαθαρίσθη! αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα. I will, bethoucleansed. Andimmediately .was cleansed his lepro y. i Jesus sayin, ? ? - ings 17 Father which is in heaven. 22 Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy mame have cast out devils? and in thy mame done many won- derful works? 23 And then will I profess un- to them, I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity. 24 Theréfore whoso- ever hearcth these say- cf mine, and doeth *hem, I will liken him unto a wise mar, which built his house upon a rock: 25 and the rain dexcen- .ded, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not: for it was founded upon 83. rock. 26 And eve*y one that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand: 27 and the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell: and great was the fall of it. 28 And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were aston- ished at his doctrine: 29 for he taught them as one having au- thority, and not as the scribes. VIII. When he was come down from the mountain, great mul- titudes followed him. 2 And, behold, there came 2 leper and wor- shipped him, saying, Lord, ifthou wilt, theu canst make me clean, 3 And Jesus put forth his hand, and touched him, saying, I will; be thou cican. And im- mediately his leprosy was eleinsed, 4 And 24+ τοῖς the LTTrA. 9 ἐπροφητεύσαμεν LTTra. Ρ [τούτους] LTr. 4 ὁμοιωθήσεται he shal! ve likened Lrtr. * αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν LTTrA. 5 ἦλθαν Tr. τ προσέπαισαν struck against L; προσ- έπεσαν TIrA. Y αὐτοῦ THY οἰκίαν LTTrA. W ἐτέλεσεν LTTrA. * + αὐτῶν (read their scribes}. LITrA; + καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι and the Pharisees tL. Y καὶ καταβάντος αὐτοῦ τι; καταβάντος δὲ αι αὐτοῦ τι. Ξπροσελθὼν having come to [him] στῶν. 5.-- ὁ Ἰησοῦς (vead he touched) ι ITTra, ὃ ἐκαθερίσθη 1. = ο δν - 18 Jesus saith unto him, See thon tell no man; but go thy way, shew thyself to the priest, an‘l offer the gift that Moses commanded, for atestimonyuntothem. 5 And when Jesus was entered into Ca- pernaum, there came unto him a centurion, beseeching him, 6 and saying, Lord, my ser- vant lieth at home sick of the palsy,gricvously tormented. 7And Jesus saith unto him, I will come and heal him. 8 The centurion an- swored and said, Lord, IT am not worthy that thou shoulecst come unier my roof: but speak the word only, and my servant shall he healed. 9 For Iam aman under authority, having soldiers under me: and I say to this man, Go, and he goeth; and to another, Comie, and he cometh; and to my servant, Do this, and he doeth τέ. 10 When Jesus heard it, he marvelled, and said to them that fol- lowed, Verily I say unto you, I have not found so great faith, no, not in Israel. 11 And Τ say unto you, That many shall come from the east. and west, and shall sit down with Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, in the king- dom of heaven. 12 But the children of the kingdom shall be cast out into outer dark- ness: there shall be weeping and gna-hing of teeth. 13 And Jesus said unto the centu- rion, Go thy way; and as thou hast belicved, so be it done unto thee. And his servant was healed in the selfsame hour. 14 And when Jesus was come into Peter’s house. he saw his wife’s mother laid, and sick of a fever... 15 And he 5 ἀλλὰ EGLTTrA. ἃ προσένεγκον LTTrTAW. 6 Μωῦσῆς LTTrAW. ἴ εἰσελθόντος LTTrA. 8 αὐτῷ he GW; αὐτοῦ he ΤΠΤΤΑ. 1— ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he says) tt[tr]a. ο + τασσόμενος placed τι. with no one so great faith in Israel Ltva. © — καὶ Lt[tr]aA: ἢ — αὐτοῦ (read the servait) Lrr.|a]. GLTTrAW, from that hour 1,, ‘ MATOATIO &. VIIl. 4 Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅρα μηδενὶ εἴπῃς" “ἀλλ᾽ ὕπαγε, And *says “to*him ‘Jesus, See _noone thoutell; but go ΄ σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ “xpoctveyKe! τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσ- thyself shew to the priest, and offer the gift which or- / 5 2 - “ ~ érazevy “Mwojje,' εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. dered _* Moses for atestimony to them, 5 ΓΕἰσελθόντι".δὲ ἔτῷ Τησοῦϊ εἰς "Καπερναούμ," προσῆλθεν And "having *entered 1Jesus into Capernaum, scame. ? δι: Ὁ ll Az 3. «ἃ 4 , / αὐτῷ ἑκατόνταρχος" παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 6 καὶ λέγων, Κύριε, *to®him ‘a *centurion, beseeching him and saying, Lord, « ἵν / ? ~ ae , - ὁ παῖς. μου βέβληται ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ παραλυτικός, δεινῶς βασα- my servant is laid in the kouse aralytic, . grievously tor- νιζόµενος. 7 *Kai! λέγει αὐτῷ Ιὁ Ἰησοῦς," Eyw ἐλθὼν θεριι: mented. And “says *to*him 1Jesus, 1 having come will πεύσω αὐτόν. 8 "Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς" ὁ 'éxarovrapyog" ἔφη, Κύριε, heal _ him, And “answering ‘the centurion said, . Ποτά, οὐκ. εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς ἵνα µου πὸ τὴν στέγην εἰσέλθῃς" ἀλλὰ µόνον ITamnot worthy that "my ‘under roof thou shouldest come, but only εἰπὲ "λόγον," καὶ ἰαθήσεται ὁ παῖς μου. 9 καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ ἄν- speak a word, and shallbehealed my servant. Foralso ἡ a θρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν»,. ἔχων. um ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας" man am under authority, having under myself soldiers ; A , ’ , ‘ / ~ ‘ » Ay . καὶ λέγω τούτῳ, Πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται’ καὶ ἄλλῳ, "ἔρχου, and Isay tothis [one], Go, and he goes; and toanother, Come, καὶ ἔρχεται" καὶ τῷ-δούλῳ.µου, Ποίησον τοῦτο, Kai ποιεῖ. and hecomes; and tomy bondman, Do this, and he does [it]. 10 ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐθαύμασεν, καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς ἀκολου- And *having *heard 1 Jesus wondered, and said tathose follow- θοῦσινδ, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ. τοσαύτην ing, Verily Isay toyou, Noteven in Israel so great πίστιν! εὗρον. 11 λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν faith have I found. ButIsay toyou,that many from east \ ~ e Δ ? / ΔΆ ΟΝ 4 a καὶ δυσμῶν ἥξουσιν, καὶ ἀνακλιθήσονται μετὰ ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ and west shallcome, and shallrecline[at table] with Abraham and Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ᾿Τακὼβ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν" 12 οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom ofthe heavens; but the sons ~ λεί τἐκβληθί ee \ , Ἂν Dee ο ο τῆς βασιλείας Σἐκρληθήσονταιὶ εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον᾽" ἐκεῖ ofthe Ἐιτπςᾶῦτι shall be cast out into the darkness the outer: there ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 19 Καὶ εἶπεν shallbe the weeping andthe gnashing ofthe teeth. And *said ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ δἐκατοντάρχῳ,! Ὕπαγε, kai" we ἐπίστευσας ‘Jesus tothe ς centurion, . Go, and as thou hast believed γενηθήτω. σοι. Kai ἰάθη ὃ.παῖς. "αὐτοῦ! πσἐν' τῇ ὥρᾳ be it to thee. And washealed his servant in *hour ἐκείνῃ." 1that. 14 Καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Πέτρου, εἶδεν And “having 3ο0π1θ 1Jesus to the house of Peter, saw A 6 A 2 ~ [4 SY ees . Μ ‘ τὴν .πενθερὰν.αὐτοῦ βεβλημένην Kai πυρέσσουσαν, 15 καὶ his wife’s mother laid and in a fever; and h Καφαρναοὺμ LTTrAW. ἷ ἑκατοντάρχης Tt. * — καὶ τα τὰ. πι ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ LTTr. ἃ λόγῳ by a word GrTtraw. Ρ - αὐτῷ himL 4% παρ᾽ οὐδενὶ τοσαύτην πίστιν ἐν τῷ ᾿Ισραὴλ τ ἐξελεύσονται shall go forth τ. 5 ἑκατοντάρχη W ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης Vill. MATTHEW. ἥψατο τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀφῆκεν he touched her hand, and = “left 2 / ‘4 / x ᾽ ~ HT ἠγέρθη καὶ διηκόνει Σαὐτοῖς. she arose and ministered to them. 16Οψέας.δὲ γενομένης προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δαιμονιζομένους Andevening being come, they brought. tohim “possessed*with*demons πολλούς" καὶ ἐξέβαλεν τὰ πνεύματα λόγμ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ‘many, aad hecast out the spirits byaword, and all who κακῶς ἔχοντας ἐθεράπευσεν' 17 ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ” 111 were he healed :. So that might be fulfilled that which ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος, Αὐτὸς τὰς Wwasspoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, Himself — the 'ἀσθενείας ἡμῶν ἔλαβεν, καὶ τὰς νόσους ἐβάστασεν. infirmities οὗ us took, and the diseases bore. 18 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς πολλοὺς ὄχλους" περὶ αὐτόν, And *secing 1 Jesus great crowds λευσεν ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὸ πέραν. manded to depart to the other side. γραμματεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ἀκολουθήσωσοι ὅπου ἐὰν ascribe ~ said tohim, ‘Teacher, I will follow thee whithersoever ἀπέρχῃ. 20 Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς thoumayestgo. And “says “*to*him *Jesus, The foxes “holes ἔχουσιν καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις, ὁ δὲ υἱὸς have, andthe birds ofthe heaven nests, but the Son ~ Δ > ” ~ A ‘ ef τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.έχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνη. 21 “Ἕτερος of man has uot where the head he may lay. * Another δὲ τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ! εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἐπίτρεψόν μοι αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός καὶ *her ‘the “fever; and ἐκέ- around him, ᾿ he com- 19 καὶ προσελθὼν εἷς And having come to [him] one ‘and of his“disciples said tohim, Lord, allow me πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν.πατέρα.µου. 22 Ὁ δὲ 5 Ἰησοῦς" first togo and bury my father. But Jesus “izev' αὐτῷ, Ακολούθει μοι, Kai ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι said to him, Follow me, and leave the dead to bury τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς. their own dead. 23 Καὶ ἐμβάντι αὐτῷ εἰς “τὸϊ πλοῖον, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ And "μανίην οηίαγαά ‘he into the 3followed *him ‘ ~ A > A [ή | [ή ? = ~ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. 24 καὶ ἰδού, σεισμὸς μέγας ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ this *disciples. And lo, a7tempest ‘great arose _in the θαλάσσῃ. ὥστε τὸ πλοῖον καλύπτεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων" ship, sea, sothat the — ship Was covered by the WAVES; αὐτὸς δὲ ἐκάθευδεν. 25 καὶ προσελθόντες “οἱ μαθηται" ἑαὐτοῦὶ buthe was ε]οορίης, And having cometo[him]the disciples of him , ~ ¢ ~ , ἤγειραν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Κύριε, σῶσον ἡμᾶς," ἀπολλύμεθα. awoke him, saying, Lord, save us; we perish, 26 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ti δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι; ‘Tore And hesays to them, Why fearful areye, O [ye] of little faith? Then, = t ~ ~ ΄ = sa [ή εἰ ἐγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησεν τοῖς ἀνέμοις καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ ἐγένετο: havingarisen he rebuked the winds and the sea, and there was γαλήνη µεγάλη. 97 «οἱ δὲ ἄνθρωποι ἐθαύμασαν, λέγοντες, a *calm Jgreat. And the men wondered, saying, a ‘ ” A € / Ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι Εκαὶ! οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα What kind{ofman] is this, that even the winds and the sea ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ 3" obey him? 19 touched her hand, and the feverjeft her: and she arose, and min- istered unto them. 16 When the even was come, they brought un- to him many that were po-sessed with deviis: and he cast out the spirits with his word, and healed all that were sick: 17 that it might be fulfilled which was ~poken by Hsaias the prophct, saying, Him-elf took our infirmities, and bare Guz" sicknesses, 18 Now when Jesus saw great multitudes about him, he gave commandment to de- part unto the other side. 19 And a certain scribe came, and said unto him, Master, I will follow thee whi- thersoeyer thou goest, 20 And Jesus saith un- to him, The foxes have holes, and the birds of the air have nests; but the Son of man hath not where to lay his head. 21 And another of his disciples said unto him, Lord, suffer me first togoand bury my father, 22 But Je- sus said unto him, Follow me; and let the dead bury their dead, 23 And when he was entered into a ship, his disciples followed him, 24 And, beheld, there arose a great tempest in the sea, insomuch tnat the ship was co- vered with the waves: but he was asleep. 25 And his disciples came to him, and awoke him, saying, ‘Lord, save us: we per- ish. 26 And he saith unto them, Why are ye fearful, O ye of little faith? Then he aro-e, and rebuked the winds and thesea; and there was a great calm, 27 But the men mar- velled, saying, What manner of man 15 this, that even the winds and the sea obey him { Xai7otohimirtraw. } 6xyAovacrowdL. 5 --- αὐτοῦ (read the disciples)urtr. 5 --- Τησοῦς ο... τὸ (vead a ship) LTra. (read he said) τ. ὃ λέγει Says LTTraAW. ; Rw κα L, @ —~ αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. f ---ἡμᾶς LTTrAW. 4d — οἱ μαθηταὶ [1 ]τττ. ἃ αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν Ξιρατὰς 90 ΜΑΤΘΑΓΟΣ. VIII, IX. 28 And whenhewas 98 Kai Ἱέλθόντι αὐτῷ" εἰς τὸ πέραν εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν τος ας Bet And when*nad*come “he ,to the otherside to the country ofthe ΠΈΡΑ ΞΕ ας σΕ ἘΓεργεσηνῶν" ὑπήντησαμ αὐτῷ δύο δαιμονιζόμενοι ἐκ τῶν noe ee Gas Gergesenes, >met Shim ‘two possessed *by *demons out of the Ee! a , . / ’ ‘ the tombs, exceeding yynpeiwy ἐξερχόμενοι, χαλεποὶ λίαν, ὥστε μὴ ἰσχύειν τινὰ Ὃ οι ο ο, ἘΠῚ tombs coming, “violent very, so that not *was*able?any one way, 29 And, behold, παρελθεῖν διὰ τῆς.ὑδοῦ.ἐκείνης' 29 καὶ ἰδού, ἔκραξαν λέγοντες, ὙΠΟ, ο ος to pass by that way. And lo, theycriedout, saying, with thee, Jesus, thou Τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, "Inoov," υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ; ἦλθες ὧδε πρὸ Son of God? art thou What έοιβ and tothee, Jesus, Son of God? artthoucome here before [the] come hither to torment + ΕΣ , εν τ : wo ae Ot Εμ” us hefore the time? καιροῦ βασανίσαι ἡμᾶς; 90 Ἡν δὲ μακρὰν am αὐτῶν ἀγέλη 30 And’ there was & time totorment us? Nowtherewas faroff from them aherd good way off from rele SS ἢ em , ; them an herd of many χοίρων πολλῶν “βοσκομένη. 31 οἱ. δὲ δαίμονες παρεκάλουν swine αν 31 χὴ of’swine ‘many. feeding ; And the demons besought the devils :besought , i ~ , - ᾧ him, saying, If thou αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Εἰ ἐκβάλλεις ἡμᾶς, "ἐπίτρεψον ἡμῖν ἀπελθεῖν" cast us out, suffer ue him, saying, If thoucastout us, allow us to goaway i t ~ ~ το πο away ie Ana εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίρων. 82 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς", Ὑπάγετε. he said untothem,Go, into the herd ofthe swine. And hesaid to them, Go. a aa Ped were Οἱ δὲ ἐξελθόντες “ἀπῆλθον! εἰς τὴν ἀγέλην τῶν χοίοων"" into the herd of swine; And they having gone out wenhtaway into the herd ofthe swine: and, behold, the whole καὶ ἰδού, ὥρμησεν πᾶσα ἡ ἀγέλη «Τῶν χοίρων" κατὰ τοῦ violently down asteep and behold, ‘rushed ‘all the “herd ‘of*the ‘swine down the Be HL is the ones κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν. 33 And they that kept. Steep a the πᾶν, ἜΝ ; died ; in ἘΠῸ ν ve them fied, and went 99 οἱ δὲ βύσκοντες ἔφυγον, καὶ ἀπελθόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν red αν er aie Buithosewho fed [them] fled, and having.goneaway into the city thing, and what was ἀπήγγειλαν maura, καὶ τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζοµένων. ci ee ο το related everything, and the [events] concerning those possessed by demons. 34 And, behold, the 34 καὶ ἰδού, πᾶσα ἡ πόλις ἐξῆλθεν εἰς συνάντησιν" "τῷ" 1ησοῦ" whole city came out And behold, all the city went out to meet Jesus; . to meet Jesus: and σας Απ : τ i stn when they saw him, καὶ ἰδόντες αὐτόν, παρεκάλεσαν "Όπως μεταβῇ ἀπὸ they besoughthimthat and seeing him, they besought [him] that he woulddepart from he would departoutof , ,. , A be their coasis, τωγ-οριωγ-αυτῶώγ.. their borders, : : | 9 Καὶ ἐμβὰς' εἰς “τὸ! πλοῖον διεπέρασεν καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς idee ΤῊΝ μαι And having entered into the ship he passed over and came Το over; andcameintohis σὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν. 2 καὶ ἰδού, ᾿ προσέφερον" αὐτῷ παραλυτικὸν own eity. 2 And, be- τε . β { : hold, they brought to his own city. And behold, they brought to him a paralytic him a mah sick of the ἐπὶ κλίνης βεβλημένον" καὶ ἰδὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν.πίστιν.αὐτῶν palsy, lying on abed: on 4 ped lying; and “seeing ἌΓΕΝ their faith and Jesus seeing their | τς Ἢ , , = “ἢ faith said unto the εἶπεν τῷ παραλυτικῷ,ρ θάρσει, τέκνον, Σάφεωνταί sick of the palsy, Son, said tothe paralytic, Beofgoodcourage, child; *have*been ‘forgiven be of good cheer; thy y aide , κα) Ἰδοῦ 5 ~ ͵ mee Ι sins be forgiven thee. σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι σου. αἱ ἰδού, τινὲς τῶν γραμματέων Τεἶπον τ ποτὰ PEROT με] Sthee ° ‘thy~sins. And lo, some ofthe scribes said ο 6 scribes sal ~ = ~ - A ‘ ? ~ within themselves, ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Οὗτος. βλασφημεῖ. 4 Καὶ "ἰδὼν" ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς δρα ng cpl in themselves, This [man] blasphemes, And*perceiving ‘Jesus eth, 4 And Jesus know- he ; ο, «ο ing their thoughts ἐνθυμήσεις. αὐτῶν, εἶπεν, >“Iva.ri! “ὑμεῖς! ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ said, ee aor think their thoughts, said, Why *ye *think evil e evil in your hearts? ns , - -“ , Pinna ses 3 For whether iseasier, ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις. ὑμῶν; 5 τἰγάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, to say, Zhysins befor- in your hearts ? For which is easier, to say, ¥ 1 ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. * Ῥερασηνών τι; Γαδαρηνῶν Gadarenes τττΑ. ἰ — Ἰησοῦ GLTtra. σι ἀπόστειλον ἡμᾶς Send US GLTTrA. n + [ὃ Ingots]Jesush. 5 ἀπῆλθαν LTr. P τοὺς χοίρους the swine Gurr. ᾳ — τῶν χοίρων GuTT:[a]. τὑπάντησιν LITr. 5 τοῦ T. Siva L. ν --- τὸ (read a Ship) tt]. * προσφέρουσιν they bring 4. Σ ἀφίενταί are forgiven LTTr. σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι LTTraA. 3 εἶπαν 11” 3 εἰδὼς Knowing αττ. » Ἱνατί caw, 9 --- ὑμεῖς LITA. IX. MATTHEW. VAgéiwyrat" cor αἱ ἁμαρτίαι". ἢ εἰπεῖν, τ Ἐγειραι" καὶ 3Have *been *forgiven ‘thee[*thy] sins, or tosay, Arise and 7 ev A ? ~ ε/ 3 > / » ε ει ο” 2 περιπάτει; 6 (να δὲ εἰδῆτε ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀν- walk? But that yemay know that authority has the Son ἢ of θρώπου ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας" τότε λέγει τῷ παρα-- man on tbe earth to forgive sins: then hesaystothe para- λυτικῷ, ΞἘγερθεὶςὶ ἄρόν σου τὴν κλίνην, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν lytic, Having arisen, takeup thy bed, and go ἴο Cc ee ie κ ? 3 > tw ᾽ 4 ? ~ οἶκόν σου 7 Kai ἐγερθεὶς ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν.οἶκον.αὐτοῦ. “house ?thy. And having arisen he went away’ to his house. 8 ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι Ῥἐθαύμασαν,! καὶ ἐδόξασαν τὸν θεόν, And*having ‘seen ‘the *crowds wondered, διὰ glorified God, τὸν δόντα ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. vho gave authority’ ‘such to men. 9 Καὶ παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον καθήμενον" And “passing + Jesus thence saw sitting 3 ‘ A λ , i θ ~ Il , ‘ / 9 ~ 2 ἐπὶ τὸ τελώνιον, ᾿Ματθαῖον" λεγόμενον, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, AKo- at the tax-office, “Matthew Tealled, and says tohim, Fol- λούθει μοι. Kai ἀναστὰς Νἠκολούθησεν! αὐτῷ. 10 Καὶ ἐγένετο low me, And having arisen he followed him. And it came to pass Ιαὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένουϊ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, ™cai" ἰδού, πολλοὶ τελῶναι. athis reclining [attable]in the house, that behold, many tax-gatherers καὶ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἐλθόντες συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ amar and sinners having come were reclining [at table] with Jesus and τοῖς.μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ. 11 καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι "εϊπον" his disciples. Andhavingseen[it]the Phari-ees said τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, °Arari' μετὰ τῶν. τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρ- to his disciples, Why with the tax-gatherers and sil- τωλῶν ἐσθίει ὁ.διδάσκαλος ὑμῶν; 12 ὋὉ.δὲ.» Ἰησοῦς"! ἀκούσας ners eats your teacher 2 But Jesus having heard εἶπεν αὐτοῖς." Οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, hesaid tothem, SNot ‘need "have ‘they who “are *strong of aphysician, γάἀλλ᾽ « ν » Ἃ 19 θε δὲ 10 ας ΄ γ a OL κακως ἔχοντες. πορευ EVTEC OE pa ETE τι ἐστιν, but they who ! ill are. But having gone learn what is, "Ἔλεον" θέλω, καὶ οὐ θυσίαν" ob γὰρ Ίλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, Mercy 1 desire, and not sacrifice: *not ‘for *I°came to call righteous ᾿ ξ +X’! «ς λ 4 τ ᾽ / ul a ἁμαρτωλοὺς "είς µετάνοιαν. {οπος], but sinners to repentance. ~ ᾽ ΄ 14 Τότε προσέρχονται αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου, λέγοντές, Then come near to him the disciples of John, saying, Atari ἡμεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι νηστεύομεν πολλά»! οἱ δὲ.µαθη- Why “we ὁαπά Πο *Pharisces *do fast much, but “disci- / ? / \ δ ? ~ ε 2 ~ \ ταί.σου οὐ.νηστεύουσιν; 15 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ _ples ‘thy fast not? And “said *to*them Jesus, δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος πενθεῖν ἐφ᾽ ὅσον per αὐτῶν Can the sons of the bridechamber mourn while with them ἐστιν ὁ νυμφίος; ἐλεύσονται δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν ἀπαρθῇ is the bridegroom? *will*come *but *days when willhavebecntakenaway ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νηστεύσουσιν.. 16 οὐδεὶς δὲ from them ἴπο Ῥτίάρστοοπι, and then they will fast. ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ-παλαιφ' puts a piece of *cloth ‘untfulled on an old garment: 4 ἀφίενταί are forgiven 111. arise LTr. -- Β ἐφοβήθησαν were afraid Lrtra i Ma@@atov LTTrA. τ ἀλλὰ Liv. ΄ 5 Ἔλεος LTTra. xz πολλά LT. ά ΗΤΤΑ, τι LTrA. But no one- 21 given thee; or to say; Arise, and walk? 6 Bu that yemay know that the Son of man hath power on.earth to for- give sins, (then saith he to the sick of the palsy,), Arise, take up thy bed, and go unto thine house. 7 And he arose, and departed to his house, 8 But when the multitudes saw it, they marvelled, and glorified God, whidh had given such power “unto Men, 9 And as Jesus passed forth from thence, he saw 2 man, named Matthew, sitting at the receipt of custom: and he saith untohim, Follow me. And he, arose, and followed him. 10 And it came to pass, as Jesus sat at meat in the house, be- hold, many publicans and sinners came and sat down with him and his disciples. 11 And when the Pharisees saw it, they said unto his disciples, Why eat- ‘eth your Master with publicans and sinners? 12 But when Jesus heard that, he saidun- to them, They that be whole need not a phy- sician, but they that are sick, 13 But go ye and learn what that meaneth, I will have mercy, and not sacri- fice: for Iam not come to call the righteons, but sinners to repeut- ance. 14 Then came to him the disciples of John, saying, Why do weand the Pharisces fast oft, but thy disciples fast not? 15 And Jesus said unto them, Can the children of -the bride- chamber mourn, 35 long as the bridegroojn is with them? but the days will come, when the bridegroom shall be taken from them, and then shall they fast. 16 No man put- teth a piece of new cloth unto an old gar- ment, for that which / / e σου (read thy sins) GLrtraw. ἴ ἔγειρε LTTrAW. ΚΕ ἔγειρε k ηκολούθει τ. μένου αὐτοῦ τι. Ἡ --- καὶ τ. Ἡ ἔλεγον Η1Τ:. ὃ διὰ τί LTra: P — Ἰησοῦς ut[irJa. 4- τ ἀλλὰ ΊΤτΑΝ, Y — εἰς μετάνοιαν αΡΤΊ:ΑΥ. γάνακει- ᾱ--- αὐτοῖς Ὺ ο 22: is put into fillit up teketh from the gar- mont, and the rent is male worse. 17 Neither do men put new wine into old bottles: else Phe bottles break, and the wine runneth out, and the botttes perish: but they put new wine into new bottles, and both are preserved. 18 While he spake these things unto them, bchold, there ename a certain ruler, and worshipped him, saying, My daughter is even now dead: but come and lay thy hand upomt her, and she shall live. 19 And Jesus a- rose, ,aud followed him, and so did his disciples. 20.And, behold, a woman, which was di eased with an issue of blood twelve years, came behind him, and touched the hem of his garment: 21 for she said within herself, If I may but touch his gurment, I shall be whole. 22 But Jesus turned him about, and when he saw her, he said, Daughter, be of 5ουᾶ comtort; thy muith hath made thee whole. And the wo- bian was made whole from that hour, 23 And when Jesus eame into the ruler’s house, and saw the minstrels and the peo- ple making a noise, 24 he said unto them, Give place: for the maid is not dead, but sleepeth. And they hkaneghed him to scorn. 25 But when the people were put forth, he went in, and took her by the hand, and the maid arose. 26 And the fame hereof went abroad into all that land, 27 And when Jesus departed thence, two h'ind men followed NATO AT. ο, YX. A Η͂ , ~ ~ ¢ , 9 ~ αἴρει γὰρ τὺ.πλήρωμα.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου, καὶ χεῖρυν Stakes “away ‘for “its “filling "αρ from the garment, and a worse ͵ ’ > \ / oe / ? η] ο σχίσμα γίνεται. 17 οὐδὲ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον» εἰς ἀσκοὺς rent takes place, Nor put they “wine ‘new into “skins παλαιούς" εἰ.δὲ μήγε ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί, καὶ ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται, old, otherwise Sare*burst ‘the “skins, and the wine is pouved out, καὶ ot ἀσκοὶ ἡἀπολχοῦνται"" ἀλλὰ βάλλουσιν οἶνον νέον εἰς and the skjns will bedestroyed; but they put “wine ‘new into ἀσκοὺς" καινούς, καὶ δἀμφότερα! συντηροῦνται. *skins new, and both are preserved together. γ:: ~ ~ ~ πολ » 18”Γαῦτα αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος αὐτοῖς, ἰδού, ἄρχων" «ἐλθὼνὶ 5These *things ᾽85 ΠΟ “15 ρθακίπρ tothem, behold, aruler havingcome ’ ᾽ ~ λέ dO ll « θ ά ἂν » ? i; Fas προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, λέγων, τι" η-θυγάτηροιμου ἄρτι ἑτελεὺ - didhomage tohim, saying, My daughter just now has ? \ ? \ ἘΔ ἐν \ zach yas 8η; ῃ τησεν ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν.χεῖρά.σου ἐπ᾽ αὐτὴν, καὶ died; but havingcome lay thy hand upon her, and , \ ? θ ‘ ες 2 : ~ e >? “θ Il ? ~ ζήσεται. 19 καὶ ἐγερθεὶς ὁ Ιησοῦς “ἠκολούθησεν! αὐτῷ she shall live. And haying arisen Jesus followed him, καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. and his disciples, 20 Kai ἰδού, γυνὴ αἱμοῤῥοοῦσα δώδεκα ἔτη, προσελ- And behold, ἃ woman having hada fluxof blood twelve years, haying θοῦσα ὄπισθεν ἥψατο τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ.ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ. come behind touched’ the border of his garment, 4 ? « ~ ? ‘ , Ε a = ~ ¢ , 21 ἔλεγεν.γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, Edy µόνον. ἄψωμαι «τοῦ ἱματίου For ~he said within herself, [f only I shall touch *garment αὐτοῦ σωθήσομαι. 22 Ὁ δὲ. ᾿]ησοῦς" Βἐπιστραφεὶς καὶ ᾿ ἴδων "his 1 shall be cured. But Jesus having turued and having seen αὐτὴν εἶπεν, Θάρσει, θύὐγατερ' ἡ.πίστις.σου σἐσωκέν σε. her he said, Be of good courage, daughter; thy faith hathcured thee, ‘ , τ Ἢ Η͂ - ε ’ καὶ ἐσώθη Ἢ γυνὴ ἀπὸ τῆς.ὥρας.έκείνης. And *was*cured ‘the *woman from that hour. 23 Καὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ Ιησοῦς εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἄρχοντος, And “having *come Jesus into the house of the ruler, ‘4 ” ‘ 4 ? ‘ ‘ A » ΄ καὶ ἰδὼν τοὺς αὐλητὰς καὶ τὸν ὄχλον θορυβούμενον, and havingseen the flute-players and the crowd makinga tumult, 24 Ἀλέγει αὐτοῖς," Avaywoetre’ οὐ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, says tothem, Withdraw, ‘not ‘for *is*dead the “damsel, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. καὶ κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. 25 ὅτεδὲ ἐξεβλήθη but sleeps. And they laughedat him, But when *had *been “put Sout ὁ ὄχλος, εἰσελθὼν ἐκράτησεν τῆς.χειρὸς.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἠγέρθη 1{Πο “crowd, having entered he took hold of her hand, and “arose ‘ 7 ΔΝ ? ~ « 7 er > er ‘ τὸ κοράσιον. 26 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἡ.φήμη.αὕτη εἰς ὕλην τὴν ‘the “damsel, And #went *out {this “report into all γῆν ἐκείνην. “land ‘that. 27 Καὶ παράγοντι ἐκεῖθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἠκολούθησαν Ἰαὐτῷν him, crying, and say- And “passing on thence 1 Jesus, Sfollowed *him ing, J’hou Son of Da- ,, , ρα Το ᾿ , ες το dob 4 vid, have mercy onu.:. OVO τυφλοί, κράζοντες Kai λέγοντες, ᾿Ελέησον ἡμᾶς, *vié 23 And when he’was *two ‘blind{’men], crying and saying, Havepity on 8, Son cone into the house, ΝΠ ? , ‘ > A Se 1 ~ Π 3 ~ ε the blind men came to Δαβίδ." 28 ἐλθόντι.δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, προσῆλθον" αὐτῷ οἱ him: and Jesus saith of David. Andhayvingcome iitto the house, came to him the 7 ἀπόλλυνται are destroyed Ltr. 2 οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς βάλλουαιν L. 4 ἀμφότεροι GLTTraW, > + εἷς (read acertain ruler) Gtr. ὁ προσελθὼν having come to [him] 1; εἰσελθὼν having entered Taw, 4— ὅτι τ. ὁ ἠκολούθει ΗΤΤΑ, ἴ-- Ἰησοῦς τ. κε στραφεὶς LTT*A. ἃ ἔλεγεν said LTTra. ἆ ντ αὐτῷ t[tr]. * νἱὸς Δανείδ nrtra; νἱὲ Aavid @w. 1 προσῆλθαν LTr. ΕΣ. MATTHEW. τυφλοί, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πιστεύετε ὅτι δύναμαι blind [men],and “says “to*them 1Jesus, Believe ye that Iam able πιτοῦτο ποιῆσαι" Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Ναί, κύριε. 29 Tore ἥψατο this to do? They say tohim, Yea, _Lord. Then he touched τών.ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν, λέγων, Kara τὴν.πίστιν.ὑμῶν γενη- their eyes, saying, According tc isa faith be θήτω ὑμῖν. 90 Kai πἀνεῴχθησαν" αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί: καὶ it to you. And were opened their eyes; and οἐνεβριμήσατοϊ αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Ὁρᾶτε μηδεὶς ος 23 unto them, Believe ye that I am abls to do this? They said un- to him, Yea, Lord. 29 Then touched he their eyes, saying, Ac- cording to your faith be it unto you. 30 And their eyes were opened; and Jesus straitly charged them, saying, See that no man know it. 31 But they, when satrlotly 3charged “them 1Jesus, saying, See πο %one let they were departed, spread abroad his σκέτω, 31 Οἱ δὲ ἐξελθόντες διεφήμισαν αὐτὸν ἐν δω ΤῊ fame in all that coun- oy [1]. Butthey having gone out made’known ‘him in try. "ἐκείνῃ. Σ]αμά ‘that. 32 Αὐτῶν. δὲ ἐξερχομένων, ἰδού, προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ Ῥάν- Andasthey were going out, behold, they brought to him 8 θρωπον" κωφὸν δαιμονιζόµενον. 88 καὶ ἐκβληθέντος man dumb, possessed by a demon. And “having “been ‘cast Sout τοῦ δαιμονίου, ἐλάλησεν ὁ κωφός" καὶ ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι, "the demon, *spake ‘the °dumb. And “wondered ‘the 2crowds, λέγοντες, 1 Οτι! οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως ἐν τῷ Ἱσραήλ. 94 Οἱ δὲ saying, Never wasitseen thus in Israel, But the Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον, Ev τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει Pharisees said, By the prince of the demons he casts out τὰ δαιμόνια. the demons, 35 Kai περιῆγεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς πόλεις πάσας καὶ τὰς κώμας, And .?went °about 1Jesus ‘the ‘cities “all and the villages, διδάσκων ἐν ταῖς .συναγωγαῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ κηρύσσων τὸ Evay- teaching in their synagogues, and proclaiming the glad γέλιον τῆς βασιλείας, καὶ θεραπεύων πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν tidings ofthe Ἐϊπρίοπι, and healing every disease απᾶ every μαλακίαν τὲν τῷ λαῷ." 86 ἰδὼν.δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους. ἐ- bodily weakness among the people. And having seen the crowds he was ᾿σπλαγχνίσθη περὶ αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἦσαν Σἐκλελυμένοι! καὶ moved with compassion for them, because they were wearied and t2 7 © | ῤ ή Vv ε 1 ΄ 8 a / ϑ' ᾿ ἐῤῥιμμένοι! ᾿ὡσεὶ" πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα. 87 τότε λέγει cast away as sheep not having ashepherd. Then he pau τοῖς μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, Ὃ μὲν θερισμὸς πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται to his disciples, The *indeed ‘harvest [is] great, but the workmen ὀλίγοι 88 δεήθητε οὖν τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅπως [το] few; supplicate therefore the Lord ofthe harvest, that ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας εἰς τὸν.θερισμὸν. αὐτοῦ. he may send out workmen into his harvest. ‘ 10 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθηπὰθ αὐτοῦ, And having called to [him] ἡ “twelve disciples *his ἔδωκεν - αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, ὥστε he gave tothem authority over “spirits ‘unclean, 80 as ? , 3 ΔΝ , ‘ ~ ἐκβάλλειν αὐτά, καὶ θεραπεύειν πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν το cast out them, and to heal every disease and every μαλακίαν. bodily weakness, 2 Τῶν δὲ δώδεκα ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα" Now of the ᾖἴπε]να apostles the names are these: πι πριῆσαι τοῦτο δα Ὁ ἠνεῴχθησαν ΗΤΤΑ. Lftra]. = -- ὅτι GLTTraw. © ρεριμμένοι 1; ἐριμμένοι TIrA, ο ἐνεβριμήθη LTTra. r— ἐν τῷ λαῷ ΕΠΤΤ:ΑΥΥ, Υ ὡς Tr, 32 As they went out, behold, they brought to him a dumb man possessed with a devil. 33 And when the devil was cast out, the dumb spake: and the multi- tudes marvelled, say- ing, It was never so seen in Israel. 34 But the Pharisees said, He easteth out devils through the prince of the devils. 35 And Jesus went about all the cities and villages, teaching in their synagogues, and ης the gospel of the kingdom, and healing every sickne-s and every diseuse among the _ people. 36 But when he saw the multitudes, he was moved with compas- sion on them, because they fainted, and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shep- - herd. 37 Then saith he unto his disciples, The harvest truly is plen- teous, but the labour- ers are few: 38 pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that he willsend forth labour- ers into his harvest, X. And when he had called unto him his twelve disciples, he gave ‘them power a- gainst unclean spirits, to cast them out, and to heal all manner of sickness and all man- ner of disease. 2 Now the names of the twelve apostles are these; The P — ἄνθρωπον (read [one]) 5 ἐσκυλμένοι harassed ΕΙΗΤΤΙ ΑΥ̓ΤΟ. 94 first, Simon, who is called’ Peter, and Andrew his brother; James the son of Zeb- edee, and John his brother ; 3 Philip, and Bartltolomew; Tho- mas, ard Matthew the publican;* James the son of πας, and Lebbeeus; whose -sur- mame was ‘Thaddeus; 4 Simon the Canaanite, and Judas Iscariot, who also betrayed him, 5 These twelve Jesus sent forth, and com- manded them, saying, Go not into the way of the Gentiles, and into any city of the Sama- ritans enter ye not: 6 but go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel. 7 And as ye go, preach, saying, The kingdom of heaven is at hand. 8 Heal the sick, cleanse the lepers, Faise the dead, cast out devils: freely ye have received, freely give. 9 Provide neither gold, nor silver, nor brassin your purses, 10 nor scrip for your jour- ney, neither two coats, neither shoes, nor yet staves: for the work- man is worthy of his meat. 11 And into whatsoever city or town ye shall enter, inquire who in it is worthy; and there a- bide till ye go thence. 12 And when ye come into an house, salute it. 13 And if the house be worthy, let your peace come upon it: butif it be not worthy, let your peace return toyou. 14 And whoso- ever shall not receive you, nor hear your words, when ye depart out of that house or city, shake off the dust of your fect. 15 Verily I say unto you, It .8hall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judgment, than for that city. 16 Be- hold, I send you forth w+ καὶ and τη. ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. Xx, πρῶτος Σίμων ὁ λεγόμενος Πέτρος, καὶ ᾿Ανδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς first Simon who is called Peter, and Andrew “brother αὐτοῦ: “IdkwBoce 6 τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ Ἰωάννης ὁ ἀδελφὸς This ; James the[son] of Zebedee, and John *brother αὐτοῦ" ὃ Φίλιππος, καὶ Βαρθολομαῖος" Θωμᾶς, καὶ Ματθαῖος" this; Philip, and Bartholomew; Thomas, and Matthew ὁ τελώνης' Ιάκωβος 6 Tov’ Αλφαίου, καὶ YAeBBatog ὁ the tax-gatherer; James the [son] of Alpheus, and Lebbeus who ἐπικληθεὶς Θαδδαῖος" 4 Σίμων ὁ *Kavavirne," καὶ Ιούδας wassurnamed Thaddeus; Simon the Canauite, and Judas ἃ Ῥ᾿Ισκαριώτης," 0 Kai παραδοὺς αὐτόν. Iscariote, who also delivered up him. 5 Τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, παραγγείλας ell These twelve sent “forth 1 Jesus, having charged ? ~ ; 2 COL mo ~ hd / ᾿ ? αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Bic ὁδὸν ᾿ἐθνῶν μὴ.ἀπέλθητε, καὶ εἰς them, saying, Into([the] way of the Gentiles go not off, and into (πόλιν «Σαμαρειτῶνὶ μὴ. εἰσέλθητε 6 πορεύεσθε.δὲ μᾶλλον ‘acity of [the] Samaritans enter not; but go rather ; 4 A) / \ > ’ » 2 / πρὸς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἱσραήλ. 7 πο- to the sheep the lost of [the] house οἱ Israel, 2Goe ρευόµενοι δὲ κἠρύσσετε, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἤγγικεν ἡ βασιλεία ing land proclaim, saying, Has drawn near the kingdom τῶν οὐρανῶν. 8 ἀσθενοῦντας θεραπεύετε, Ἱλεπροὺς καθαρί- - ofthe heavens. Sick heal, lepers ‘cleanse, ζετε, νεκροὺς ἐγείρετει! δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλετε. δωρεὰν ἐλάβετε, dead raise, demons cast out: gratuitously ye received, δωρεὰν δότε. 9 Μὴ-κτήσησθε χρυσόν, μηδὲ ἄρ gratuitously impart. Provide not gold, nor silver, A 3 4 ” ς ~ A 7 2 © ’ὔ χαλκὸν εἰς τὰς. ζώνας. ὑμῶν, 10 μὴ πήραν εἰς ὁδόν, μηδὲ money in your belts, nor provision-bag for [πε] αγ, nor δύο χιτῶνας, μηδὲ ὑποδήματα, μηδὲ “ῥάβδον"" ἄξιος.γὰρ ὁ two tunics, nor sandals, nor a staff; for worthy the ἐργάτης τῆς τροφῆς.αὐτοῦ fori." 11 Εὶς ἣν.δ ἂν πόλιν ἢ workman of his food is. And into whatever city or 7, κ ο ᾽ , / 3 3 ~ » ἊΝ ? ? ~ κώμην εἰσέλθητε, ἐξετάσατε τίς ἐν αὐτῇ ἄξιός ἐστιν' κἀκεῖ village ye enter, inquire who in it worthy is, and there / e n aryl ζ ᾽ / \ ᾽ 1 ΝΤ μείνατε, ἕως.ἂν ἐξέλθητε. 12 εἰσερχόμενοι δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, remain until ye go forth. But entering into the house, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν. 19 καὶ ἐὰν μὲν 1 ἡ οἰκία ἀξία, ξἐλθέτωϊ μηδὲ υρογν il nor salute it: and if indeed *be “the *house worthy, let come - pe ε ~ Φα ϕ ? οὖν, 8 \ κ ot γφῳ" « ΓΝ, « ~ η.εἰρηνη-υμων επ αὑτὴν ἐὰν.δὲ μὴ. ἀξία, ἡ.εἰρήνη.ὑμῶν your peace upon it; but if it be not worthy, “your “peace πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω. 14 καὶ ὃς "ἐὰν! μὴ .δέξηται ὑμᾶς, “to ®you Met *return. And whoever willnotreceive you, μηδὲ ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν, ἐξερχόμενοι τῆς οἰκίας ἢ τῆς nor will hear your words, going forth of([that] house or πόλεως ἐκείνης, ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν ἔτῶν. ποδῶν ὑμῶν. “city ‘that, ° shake off the dust ' of your feet. 15 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται Σοδόμων Verily Isay toyou, Moretolerable it shall be for(the]land. of Sodom 4 ] ΣᾺ 2 ς , ΄ n ~ , ? ΄ ? , καὶ Γομόῤῥων! ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως, ἢ τῇ-πόλει.ἐκείνῃ. 16 1δού, and οὗ Gomorrha in day ofjudgment,than for that city. Lo, κ Μαθθαῖος ΠΙΣΤΑ. Y — Δεββάῖος ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς LTr; — ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Θαδ- δαῖος ΤΑ. 2 Καναναῖος Cananzean LTTrA. 3 + 6 the EGLTAW. © Ἰσκαριὼθ L. © Σαμαριτῶν T. 4 νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε, λεπροὺς καθαρίζετε GLTTrAW. & ἐλθάτω TTr. - Ἀ ἂν LTTrA. LTT: A. 1 Τομόῤῥας tra. ε ῥάβδους staves Ww. £ — ἐστιν (read [is]) i + ἔξω out Ἡπτ.Α.. * + ἐκ (read from your feet) Lt, MATTHEW. ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων" γίνεσθε send forth you. as sheep in [the] midst of wolves: beye οὖν φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις, καὶ ἀκέραιοι ὡς αἱ περιστεραί. therefore prudent asthe serpents, and harmless ας {πο doves. 17 προσεχετε.δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων" παραδώσουσιν.γὰρ ὑμᾶς But beware of men; for they will deliver you ? ms . ‘ ~ ~ ~ , ῳ εἰς συνεῦρια, καὶ ἐν ταῖς.συναγωγαῖς. αὐτῶν μαστιγωσουσιν to sanhedrims, and in their synagogues they will scourge ὑμᾶς" 18 καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνας δὲ καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε ol 8 yw tf you: and before governors also and kings yeshall be brought ’ ? ~ Ἂν 5 ~ ‘ ~ 2 ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν. onaccountof me, for atestimony tothem and tothe nations, 19 ὅταν. δὲ Ἱπαραδιδῶσινὶ ὑμᾶς, μὴ.µεριμνήσητε πῶς ἢ τί But when they deliver up you, be not careful how or what λαλήσητε΄ ™OoOHcEratyap ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί Ἀλαλή- yeshouldspeak: foritshall be given you in that hour what yeshall AO aT , ‘ ε ~ ? « ~ > i A ~ σετε”' 20 οὐ.γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἔστε οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα speak: for“not ‘ye “are they who speak, but the Spirit τοῦ.πατρὸς.ὑμῶν τὸ λαλοῦν ἐν ὑμῖν. 21 Παραδώσει.δὲ of your Father which speaks ἴπ you. But “will ‘deliver *up 3 Ἃ κ νο . ? ve “r7y \ [ή ὃ ὌΝ ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὺν εἰς θάνατον, Kai πατὴρ τέκνον" καὶ ἐπανα- ‘brother brother to death; and father child: and 2will στήσονται. τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς, καὶ θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς. Srise *up ‘children against parents, and _ will put to death them, 22 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ µτὸ.ὄνομά.μου' And yewiiibe hated by all on account of my name; « A e , > [ή os ’ er ‘ ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται. 23 ὅταν δὲ buthethat endures to [the] end, he shall be saved. But when , « ~ ᾽ ~ , / , ᾽ ο A ” ell p διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ.πόλει.ταύτῃ, φεύγετε εἰς τὴν. ἄλλην they persecute you in this city; flee to another: 7 ‘ A , « » > A [ή A , ἀμὴν.γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ-μὴ τελεσητε τὰς πὀλεις for verily Isay toyou, Inno wise willye havecompleted the cities Gov" Ἰσραὴλ ἕωςαὰνὶ ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 24 Οὐκ οἵ Israel until be come the Sou of man. *Not η 9 ’ ‘ ~ e A ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον, οὐδὲ δοῦλος ὑπὲρ sis 1a “disciple above the teacher, nor abondman above » - ~ ~ ~ [4 / ΄ τὸν. κύριον.αὐτοῦ. 25 ἀρκετὸν τῷ μαθητῇ ἵνα γένηται ὡς his lord. Sufficient forthe disciple that he become as ες / > ~ ‘ t ~ « ς , 2 ~ ? 5 A ὁ διδάσκαλος.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος.αὐτοῦ. εἰ "τὸν his teacher, and the bondman as his lord. If “the οἰκοδεσπότην! Βεελζεβοὺλ “ἐκάλεσαν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον “master 308 °the “house *Beeizebul 1they?called, how much more 26 Μὴ οὖν ΞΝοῦ *therefore ‘ye *shoul i fear οὐκ. ἀποκαλυφθήσεται" φοβηθῆτε᾽ αὐτούς them ; στοὺς οἰκιακοὺς! αὐτοῦ; those of his household? PF ’ " ’ > , τὰ οὐδὲν. γάρ ἐστιν κεκαλυμμένον ὃ ior nothing is covered which shall not be uncovered, \ ‘ τι > Wa τι , ς ~ ? ~ καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ οὐ.γνωσθήσεναι. 27.0 λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ and hidden which shall not be known, What 1 ΕΙ you in the σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε κὴ- darkness speak in the Hght; and what in the ear ye hear pro- ρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. 28 καὶ “μὴ φοβηθῆτε! ἀπὸ claim upon the housctops. And yeshould not fear because of 4 25 as sheep in the midst of wolves: be ye there- fore wise as serpents, and harmless as doves, 17 But beware of men: for they will deliver you up to the corncils, and they will scourge you in their syna- gogues; 18and yeshall be brought before go- vernors and kings tor my -ake, for a testi- mony against them and the Gontiles. 19 But when they de- liver you up, take no thought how or what ye shall speak: for it shall be given you in that same hour what ye shall spoak. 20 For it is not yc that speak, but the Spirit of your Father which speaketh in you. 21 And the brother shall deliver up the brother todeath, and the father the child: and the chil- dren shall rise up a- gainst their’ parents, and cause them to be put to death. 22 And ye shall behated of all men for my name’s sake: but he that en- dureth to the end shall be saved. 23 But when they persecute you in this city, fice ye inte another: for verily I say unto you, Ye shall not have goue over the cities of Israel, till the Son of man be cone. - 24 The disciple is not above Ais master, nor the servant above his lord. 25 It is enough for the disciple that he be as his master, aud the servant as his lord, If they have called the master of the house Beelzebub, how much more shall they call them of his household ? 26 Fear thei not theres fore: for there is no- thing covered, that shall not be revealed; and hid, that shall not be known. 27 What I tell you in darkness, that sperk ye in light: and what ye hear in the ear, that preach ye upon the housetops, 28 And fear not them | παραδῶσιν they shall have delivered trtr. πὶ [δοθή. γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ τί λαλή.] τι. Ὁ λαλήσητε ye should speak TT-A. © τὴν ἑτέραν the next GLTTr. δ ΄ ” Ὁ + Kay ἐν τῇ ἑτέρᾳ (κἂν ἐκ ταύτης 6) διώκωσιν ὑμᾶς, φεύγετε εἰς την ἄλλην and if in the next (and if from this) they persecute you, flee toanotherG[L]. «Ἃ --- τοῦ ττὰ. '— ἂν ΤΑ. 5τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ L. t2 7 επεκα- λεσαν they have surnamed GLTTraw. ¥ τοῖς οἰκιακοῖς 1. 3" μὴ φοβεῖσθε fear ye not GLITrW, 26 which kill the body, but are not able to kill the soui: but rather fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body in bell. 29 Are not two 5Ρ:ΙΓ- rows sold for a farth- ing? and one of them shall not fall on the ground without your Father. 30 But the very hairs of your head are all numbered. 31 Fear ye not there- fore, ye are of more value than many spar- rows. 32 Whosoever therefore shall con- fess me before men, him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven. 33 But whosoever shall deny me before men, him will I also deny before my Father which is in heaven. 34 Think not that [am come to send peace on earth: I came not to send peace, but a sword. 35 For I am come to set aman af variance against his father, and the daugh- ter against her mother, and the daughter in law against her mother inlaw. 36 Anda man’s foes shall be they of his own _ houschold. 37 He that loveth fa- ther or mother more than me is not worthy ‘of me: and he that loveth son or daughter more than me 18 ποῦ worthy of me. 38 And he that taketh not his cross, and followeth after me, is not worthy of me. 39 He that find- eth his life shall lose it: and he that loseth his life for my sake shall find it. 40 He that re- eeiveth you receiveth me, and he that re- ceiveth me recciveth him that sent me. 4] He that receiveth a prophet in the name of a prophet shall re- ceive a prophet’s re- ward; and he that receiveth a righteous man in the name of a righteous man shall receive a right- eous man’s reward. 42 And who-oever ϕ shall give to drink un- to one of these little ones a cup of cold κ ἀποκτενόντων α; ἀποκτεννόντων LTTrA. fear ye LTTrA,, » + τοῖς [Π6 1/Τε]Α, δ av Ltr, Σ λήμψεται LTTra, . πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς. 82 Πᾶς. -{man] shall receive, ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΣΧ. τῶν Χάποκτεινόντων! τὸ σῶμα, τὴν-δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ .δυναµένων those who kill the body, butthe soul are not able ἀποκτεῖναι" Σφοβήθητε.δὲ μᾶλλον Tov, δυνάμενον καὶ" to kill; but ye should fear rather him who _is able both ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα ἀπολέσαι ἐν γεέννῃ. 29. οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία soul and body todestroy in Gchenna. 2Not “two “sparrows ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται; καὶ ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν ®for 7an *assarion ‘are ὅ5ο] 4) and one of them _ shallnotfall to thé γῆν ἄνευ τοῦ.πατρὺς ὑμῶν" 90 ὑμῶν δὲ καὶ αἱ τρίχες τῆς ground without your Father. But of youeventhe hairs of the κεφαλῆς πᾶσαι ἠριθμημέναι εἰσίν. 8] μὴ οὖν Ἀφοβηθῆτε"! head all numbered are. 3Νοῦ *therefore ‘ye *should *fear; οὖν ὕσ- than many sparrows better are very one therefore whoso- ye. τις ὁμολογήσει ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ὁμολογήσω ever shall confess me before men, “will *confess κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.πατρός.μου τοῦ ἐν ὃ οὐρανοῖς 2,150 11 him before my Father wholis]in{the] heavens. 33 ὕστις. “δ᾽ ἂν" ἀρνήσηταί µε ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, But whosoever shall deny me before ‘men, ἀρνήσομαι Sabroyv κἀγὼ" ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.πατρός.µου τοῦ ἐν Swill *deny Shim also 11 before my Father who [15] in © οὐρανοῖς. 84 Μἡ.νοµίσητε: ὅτι ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην ἐπὶ [the] heavens. Think not that Icame toplace peace on ιτὴν γῆν" οὐκ.ἦλθον βαλεῖν εἰρήνην, ἀλλὰ μάχαιραν. 35 ἦλθον the earth: Icamenot toplace peace, but a sword. 31 *came yap διχάσαι ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ.πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ θυγα- 1{0χ toset at variance aman against his father, and a daugh- τέρα κατὰ τῆς. μητρὸς. αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφην κατὰ τῆς πεν- ter against her mother, and a daughter-in-law against “mother- θερᾶς αὐτῆς 36 καὶ ἐχθῤῥοὶ Τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου οἱ οἰκιακοὶ in-law ‘ther. And enemies ofthe man ([shallbe] “household αὐτοῦ. 87 Ὁ φιλῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ.έστιν this, Hethat loves father or mother above me is not ; ” Φ 4 « ~ ελ nA. [ή ε . , A > µου ἄξιος" Kai ὁ φιλῶν υἱὸν ἢ θυγατέρα ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ οὐκ of me worthy; and hethat loves son or daughter above mé “ποῦ ἔστιν µου ἄξιος" 98 καὶ ὃς οὐ.λαμβάνει τὸν.σταυρὺν.αὐτοῦ tis of me worthy. Andhethat takes not his cross καὶ ἀκολουθεῖ ὀπίσω µου οὐκ ἔστιν µου ἄξιος. 99 ὁ εὑρὼν, and follows after me “not is ofmeworthy. He that hasfound τὴν ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν' Kai ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν his life shall lose it ; and hethat has lost ‘ > ~ er > ~ c , ? / « le , ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ εὑρήσει αὐτήν. 40 Ὁ δεχόμενος "life *his onaccountof πιο shall find PO aby Hethat receives ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται’ καὶ ὁ ἐμὲ δεχόμενος δέχεται τὸν ἀπο- you me receives; andhethatmé receives receives him who sent στείλαντά µε. 41 ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰ ὄνομα προ- me. ‘ Hethat τεοβῖτες aprophet in{[the] name of a , θ A 7, fr. , ll ‘ « , ήτου μισθὸν προφήτου ἰλήψεται" καὶ ὁ δεχόμενος prophet [the] reward οἱ aprophet shallreceive; ϑδπᾶ Πε ὑπαῦ sxeceives δίκαιον εἰ ὄνομα δικαίου μισθὸν δικαίου arighteous[man]in {the} name ΟΕ ἃ righteous [man] the reward of ἃ righteous λήψεται." 42 καὶ ὃς Εἐἀνι ποτίσ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν And whoever shall givetodrinkto one little Jones Υ φοβεῖσθε fear ye ΤΑ. ᾖ3[καὶ]1. 5 φοβεῖσθε οδὲ LTraA, ἆ κἀγὼ αὐτὸν LITrA, © + τοῖς the 1{TrJa, υπ]. τούτων ποτήριον Wuyaov 20711056. ἃ cup ot coid [water] 3 ‘ (ip ο ὦ "7 A ? , 4 ‘ δ να ~ ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ-μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν.μισθὸν.αὐτοῦ. verily Isay to you, in nowise shall he lose his reward. 11 Kai ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς διατάσσων τοῖς And it came {ο pass when *had*finished ‘Jesus’ commanding δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, μετέβη ἐκεῖθεν τοῦ διδάσκειν καὶ “twelve “disciples *his, he departed thence to teach and κηρύσσειν ἐν ταῖς.πόλεσιν αὐτῶν. to preach in their cities. 2 Ὁ.δὲ Ἰωάννης ἀκούσας ἐν τῷ δεσμωτηρίῳ τὰ έργα τοῦ Now John having heard in the prison the works of the χριστοῦ, πέμψας "δύο" τῶν μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, 3 εἶπεν αὐτῷ, MATTHEW. µόνον εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ, only in {the] name ofa disciple, Christ, having sent two of his disciples, said tohim, Σὺ εἶ a ἐρχόμενος, ἢ ἕτερον προσδοκῶμεν; 4 Kai ἀποκρι- Artthouthe coming [one], or another are weto look for? And 7?answer- θεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες ἀπαγγείλατε Ἰωάννῃ ing 1Jesus said tothem, Having gone relate to John ἃ ἀκούετε καὶ βλέπετε" what yehear and see: bind receive sight, and χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν᾽ λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται, cai κωφοὶ lame walk ; lepers are cleansed, and deaf ἀκούουσιν" Ἰνεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, ‘kai πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται" hear ; dead are raised, and poor are evangelized, \ , , Αι ? εν US | ! \ a ~ ) ? ΄ 6 καὶ μακάριός ἐστιν, ὃς. "ἐὰν" μὴ. σκανδαλισθῷ ἐν ἐμοί. Αιιά blessed is, whoever shall not be offended in me. 7 Τούτων.δὲ πορευομένων ἠρξατό ὁ᾿Ιησοῦς λέγειν τοῖς But as these were going "began 1} 6588 tosay tothe ” λ \ ss / ΠῚ πεξήλθ Π ᾽ Α » οχλοις περι ὠωαννοῦυ, t ες ETE εις THY Een Lov crowds concerning John, What wentyeout into the wilderness θεάσασθαι; κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευόμενον ; 8 ἀλλὰ to look at?- a reed by [the] wind ἡ shaken ? But τί "ἐξήλθετε! ἰδεῖν ; ἄνθρωπον ἐν μαλακοῖς οἱματίοις' ἦμφιεσ- what went ye out {ο 566 ὃ aman“ in soft _ garments ar- μένον; ἰδού, οἱ τὰ μαλακὰ rayed? Behold, those who the soft [garments] in the τῶν βασιλέων ΡεϊσίνἹ 9 ἀλλὰ τί πἐξήλθετε! “ἰδεῖν; προ- of kings are.’ But what went ye out tosee? a pro- φήτην ;" vat, λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ περισσότερον προφήτου" wear houses phet ? Yea, %Isay toyou, andfone] moreexcellent thana prophet. 10 οὗτος "γάρ" ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέγραπται, Ιδού, "ἐγὼ" For this is [he] concerning whom it has been written‘Behuld, L ἀποστέλλω τὸν. ἄγγελόν.μου πρὸ προσώπου.σου, ὃς"! κατα- send my messenger betore thy face, who shall , η ene ΕΑΝ δ τὸ Η 2 ᾿ epee τε ο σκευάσει τὴν.ὑδόν.σου ἔμπροσθεν σου 11 ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, prepare thy. way before thee. Verily Isay toyou, οὐκ. ἐγήγερται ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν μείζων Ἰωάννου there has noi risen among [[Π 056} born of women agreater than John τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ 0.0 μικρότερος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν the Baptist. But he that [15] less ~ in the kingdom ofthe οὐρανῶν μείζων "άὐτοῦ ἐστιν." 12 ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου heavens greater thanhe is. Butfrom the days of John Β διὰ by (his disciples) Lrtraw. K [καὶ] τι. Dir: η ἐξήλθατε LTT: A. [are]) τα |. F— γάρ fur 1[LT-A]. 1[kat] LTr. ὁ [ἐγὼ] 5, 5 τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, ixai'- ‘hear, φοροῦντες έν τοῖς οἴκοις. ο... ἱματίοις (read [σατηιθηί5]) [τ.]ττιΑ. ᾳ προφήτην ἰδεῖν; (γειά But why went ye out? to see a prophet? Ta. τ καὶ (read and he shall prepare) L, 27 water only in the name of a disciple, verily I say unto you, he shall _in nae e lose his re- war XI. And it came to pass, when Jesus’ had made an end of com- Imanding his twelve disciples, he departed thence to teach and to preach in their cities. 2 Now when John had heard in the prison the works of Christ, he sent two of his disci- ples, 3 and said unto him, Art thou he that should come, or do we look for another 24 Je- sus answered and said unto them, Go and shew John again those things which ye do hear and see: 5 the blind receive their sight, and the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed, and the deaf the dead are raised up, and the poor have the gospel preach- ed to them. 6 And blessed is he, whosoever shall not be offended in me. , 7 And- as they de- parted, Jesus hegan ta say unto the multi- tudes concerning John, What went ye out into the wilderness to sce? A reed shaken with the wind? 8 But what went ye out for to see? A man clothed in soft raiment ? behold, they that wear soft clothing are in kings’ houses. 9 But what went ye out for to see? A pro- phet? yea, I say unto you, and more thana prophet. 10 For this is he, of whom it is writ- ten, Behold, I send my messenger before thy face, which shall pre- pare thy way beiore thee. 11 Verily I say unto you, Among them that are born of wo- men there hath ποῦ risen a greater than John the Baptist : not- withstanding he that is least in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he. 12 And from the days of John the ο ς«ἹἹ«-----φθθθθ 1+ καὶ and [L]TTrA. πι ἂν P — εἰσίν (v'ead 5 ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ Ay 28 Baptist until now the kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and the violent take it by force. 13 For all the prophets and the law prophesied until John. 14 And if ye will re- ceive zt, this is Elias, which was for to come. 15 He that hath earsto hear, let him hear. 16 But whereuntoshall Lliken this generation? It is like unto children sitting in the markets, and calling unto their fellows, 17 and saying, We have piped unto you, and ye have not danced; we have mourned unto you, and ye have not la- mented. 18 For John came neither eating nor drinking, and they say, He hath a devil. 19 The came eating and drink- ing, and they say, Be- hold Ἢ man glutton- ous, and a winecbibber, a friend of publicans and sinners. But wis- dom is justified of her children. 20 Then began he to upbraid the _ cities wherein most of his mighty works were done, because they re- pented not: 21 Woe unto thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Beth- Βα δ forif the mighty works, which were doue in you, had been done in Tyre and Si- don, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes. 22 But I say unto you, it shall be more toler- ablefor Tyreand Sidon at the day of judg- ment, than for you. 23 And thou, Caper- naum, which art ex- alted unto heaven, shalt be brought down to hell: for if the mighty works, which have been done in thea, had been done in Sodom, it would have remained until this day. 24 But I say unto you, That it shall be more tolerable for the land of Sodom in the day of judgment, than for thee. Ν 5 ἐπροφήτευσαν LITrA. ΄ > . ~ . , ΕἸ “ΦΧ - 5 καθημένοις ἐν ἀγορᾷ (market) L; καθημένοις ἐν ταῖς ἆγοραις TTA. Son of man- ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, ΧΙ: τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ἕως ἄρτι, ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν βιά- the Baptist until now, the kingdom ofthe heavens [185 taken by ζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν. 13 πάντες.γὰρ οἱ violence, and[the] violent seize it. For all the ~ Ἄνα ς , ὺ ε > , w 7 πι ᾿ ‘ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου “προεφήτευσαν!'' 14 καὶ prophets andthe law "απ] *John prophesied. And εἰ θέλετε δέξασθαι, αὐτός ἐστιν *HXiac! ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι. if ye are willing toreceive [it], he is Elias who is about to cole, 15 ὁ ἔχων ὦτα Yaxovey," ἀκουέτω. 16 Τίνι.δὲ ὁμοιώσω' Hethat has ears tohear, let him hear, But to what shallI liken τὴν.γενεὰν.ταύτην; ὁμοία ἐστὶν Ἐπαιδαρίοιο! δὲν ἀγοραῖς this generation ? Yike itis tolittle children in[the] markets καθημένοις," "cai προσφωνοῦσιντοῖς-ἑταίροις.αὐτῶν, 17 καὶ sitting, and calling to their companions, and λέγουσιν," Ἠὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ.ὠρχήσασθε' ἐθρηνήσαμεν saying, Wepiped toyou, and yedid not dance; we mourned εὐμῖν,' καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε. 18 Ἦλθεν. γὰρ Ἰωάννης μήτε ἐσθίων toyou, and το didnot wail. For *came John neither eating NTE πίνων, καὶ λέγουσιν. Δαιμόνιον ἔχει. 19 ἦλθεν ὁ υἱὸ ἢ v ἢ nor drinking, and _ they say, Ademon he has. >Came 1119 7Son τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων, καὶ λέγουσιν, ἸἼδού, Sof *man eating and drinking, and they say, Behold, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότι τελωνῶν φίλος καὶ ( ς γος ἷ 16; ς aman 8, wine bibber, of tax-gatherers afriend and ἀτέκνωνῖ αὐτῆς." a giutton and e ~ ‘ ? ’ «ς / > Ν ~ ἁμαρτωλῶν. καὶ ἐδικαιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ τῶν. of sinners. And *was*justified ‘wisdom hy *children "her. ° 20 Τότε ἤρξατο ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο Then hebegan toreproach the cities in which had taken place ε ~ > , Υ 2 ~ ε/ ? , πο, αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάµεις-αὐτοῦ. ὅτι οὐ-μετενόησαν. 21 Οὐαί the most ΟΕ his works of power, because they repented not. Woe σοι, “Χοραζίν"" οὐαί σοι, 'Βηθσᾳϊδάν Ἡ ὅτι εἰ. ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ tothee, Chorazin! woe tothee, SBethsaida! for if in. Tyre’ and Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο at δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, Sidon had taken place the works of power which have taken place in you, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν. 22 πλὴν λέγω; long ago in sackcloth and ashes they had repented. But Isay ὑμῖν, Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως toyou, For‘lyre and Sidon. -moretolerable shallitbein day of judgment n « ~ A / , ll h 41} « 1 “ἢ > ~ η ὑμῖν. 23 Καὶ ov, ΞΚαπερναουμ," “Ἢ" ἕως "του" ovpavou than for you. And thou, Capernaum, who ο the heaven Κὑψωθεῖσα,ὶ ἕως gov Ἱκαταβιβασθήσῃ" ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδό- hast been lifted up, to hades βῃά]ὺ be brought down: for if in Sod- µοις "ἐγένοντοὶ at δυνάμεις αἱ "γενόμεναι ἐν σοί,! om had taken place the works of powér which have taken place ἵπ thee, οἔμειναν! ἂν μέχρι τῆς σήμερον. 24 πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι it hadremained uniil to-day. But Isay toyou, that γῇ Σοδόμων ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἔν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως ior [{Π0] land of Sodom moretolerable . shallit be in day of judgment ol. than for thee, ~ 2 παιδίοις GLTT:AW. > ἃ προσφωνοῦντα τοῖς x Ἠλείας Τ. ¥ — ἀκούειν T['Tr JA. ἑτάίροις who calling to the companions (ἑτέροις read calling to the others της) ( + [αὐτῶν] their A) λέγουσιν say LITA. ©—vpivLTTra. 4 ἔργων works Την. 5 Χοραθεύν Tira. | Βηθ- σαϊδά LTr. 8 Kadapvaovp LTTrAW. | shalt thou be lifted up? LiTra; ὑψώθης w. Ὁ ἐγενήθησαν LIT:A, i-— τοῦ LITrA. Κὐψωθήσῃ; .} καταβήσῃ thou shalt descend Lira, 5. εμειγεν LTTra, bh μὴ LITrA, Ἢ ΥΥ. 3 ἐν σοὶ γενόμεναι Ly, XI, ΧΙΙ. MATTHEW. 25 Εν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν, Έξομοτ At that time ~- answering ‘Jesus _ said, 1 λογοῦμαί σοι, πάτερ, κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς, OTL praise thee, OFather, Lord ofthe -heayen and the earth, that Ρἀπέκρυψας"! ταῦτα ἀπὸ σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας thou didst hide thesethings from wise . and prudent, and didst reveal αὐτὰ νηπίοις. 26 vai, ὁ πατήρ, ὅτι οὕτως “ἐγένετο εὐδοκία" them to babes. Yea, Father, for thus - σπα well-pleasing ” / / ; , « η ~ , ἔμπροσθεν σου. 27 Havra μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός.µου᾽ _before thee. ‘ All things tome were delivered by my Father. καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν υἱὸν εἰμὴ ὁ πατηρ' οὐδὲ τὸν And noone knows the Son except the Father; nor the πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν. Father "any “one ‘doesknow except, the Son, and he td whomsoever / ἐξ ς ελ > / , ν ούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. .28 Δεῦτε πρὸς µε, πάντες may *will ‘the *Son toreveal [him]. Come to me, all οἱ Κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι, κἀγὼ ἀναπαύσω ὑμᾶς. ye that labour and are burdened, andI will give *rest you. 29 ἄρατε τὺν ζυγόν-µου ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, καὶ μάθετε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὕτι Take my yoke ὍΡΟΙΣ you,- and learn from me, σπρᾷός! εἰμι καὶ ταπεινὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ' καὶ εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν meek Ταν απᾶ lowly inheart; and το shall find rest ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑμῶν. 80 ὁ.γὰρ.ζυγός.µου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον Ε to your souls. or my yoke easy and “purden μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν. my light 18.) 2 12 Ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἐπορεύθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς "σάββασιν" At that time went Jesus onthe Sabbath . διὰ τῶν σπορίµων' οἱ δὲ.ιαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ“ ἐπείνασαν, καὶ through the corn-ficlds; and his disciples were hungry, ‘and ἠρέαντο τίλλειν 7, ΟΥ̓ > / ε Ms πῳ στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν. 3 οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι began to piuck [the] ears and to eat. But the Pharisees 100 tac Ι ΣΑ. 2 ὃ / ε β ῃ ~ εν LOOVTEC ELT OV AUT, I ου. OL. Ma ηται.σου ποιουσιν ο having seen said tohim, SBchold, thy disciples are doing whad οὐκ.ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν σαββάτῳ. 8. Ο.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ove it is not lawful todo on sabbath, Buthe said tothem, *Not ie) 5 / vA ὃ Γι. 2 ΤῊΣ η] \ ανεγγωτὲ τι εποισεν αβί ἃ ΤῈ ἐπεινασεν "αυτος και *ye ‘have read what “did ‘David, when hehungered himself and οἱ per αὐτοῦ; 4 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ he entered inte the house τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως ἔφαγεν," Yodo! οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν the loaves ofthe presentation he ate, which “not *lawful*it*was αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις ; forhim toeat, or forthose with him, but forthe priests only ? 6 Ἢ οὐκ.ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς Or haveyenotredd .in the law, that onthe sabbaths the priests 7 ~ « ne a / A, κ ~ ‘ 3 , / 2 4 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν ; in the temple the sabbath profane, and guiltless are ὃ 6 λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι τοῦ ἱεροῦ μείζων! ἐστὶν ὧδε. 7 εἰ δὲ But Isay to you, that *than “the “temple Ya2greater is here. But if ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, "Ἐλεονὶ θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν yehad known what is, Mercy Idesire and not sacrifice, *not those with him? How of God, and FR ἔκρυψας LTTrA. εὐδοκία ἐγένετο LT. * πραύς LTTrA. Υ Δαυείδ LTTrA; Δαῦιδ GW. Υ — αὐτὸς GLTTrAW, ν᾿ : ἔφαγον LT, LTTraw 8” EAeos LTTra. ® σαββάτοις L. ὅ OLTTrA. 29 25 At that time Je- sus answertd and said, I thank thee, O Fa- ther, Lord of heaven and earth, because thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed thém unto babes. 26 Even so, Fa- ther: for so it seemed good- in thy sight. 27 All thihgs are de- livered unto me of my Father: and nd man knoweth the Son, but the Father; neither knoweth any man the Father, save the Son, and he to whomsoever the Son will reveal him. 28 Come unto. me, all ye that labour and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. 29 Take my yoke upon you, and Jearn of me; for 1 am meek and for'/lowly in heart: and ye shall, find rest unto your souls. 30 For my yoke ig easy, und my burden is light. XII, At that time Jesus went on the sabbath day through the corn; and his disci- ples were an hungred, and began to pluck the ears of corn, and to eat. 2 But when the Pharisees saw it, the said unto him, Behold, thy disciples do that “which is not lawful to do upon the sabbath day. ὃ But he said un- to them, Have ye' not read what David did, when he was an hun- gred, and they that were with him; 4 how he entered into the house of God, and did eat the shewbread, which was not lawful for him to eat, neither for ‘them which were with him, but only for the priests? 5 Or have ye not read in the law, how that on the sab- bath days the priests in the temple profane the sabbath, and are blameless? 6 But I say unto you, That in this place is one greater than the temple. 7 But if ye had known what this meaneth, I will have mercy, and not sacrifice, ye would not ...'-«-Ὃὺύὺὓἲὲὸ4ἧἥὔἶ Ἱυἃἧἃἃςθφφφθθθ--------------------------- t εἶπαν LTTrA. Σ μεῖζον. 90 have condemned the guiltless. 8. For the Son of man is Lord even of the sabbath day. 9 And when he was departed thence, he Wens into their syna- gogue: 10 and, behold, there was a man which had his hand withi red. And they asked him, saying, 15 it lawful to heal on the sabbath days? that they might accuse him. 11 And he said unto them, What man shall there be among you, that shall have one sheep, and if it fall into a pit on the sabbath day, will he not lay hold on it, and lift ἐξ out? 12 How much then is a man better than a sheep? Wherefore it is lawful to do well on the sab- bath days. 13 Then saith he to the man, Stretch forth thine hand. And he stretch- edit forth; and it was restored whole, like as the other, 14 Then the Pharisces went out; and held a council against him, how they might de- stroy him. 15 But when Jesus knew 1, he withdrew him:elf from thence: and great multitudes fol- lowed him, and he healed them all; 16 and charged them that they should not make him known: 17 that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, 18 Behold my servant, whom I have chosen; my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased: I will put my spirit upon him, and he shall shew judg- mené to the Geutiles. 19 He shall not strive, nor cry; neither shall any man hear his voice in the strects. 20 A bruised reed shall he not break, and smok- ing flax shall he not quench, till he send forth judgment unto victory. 21 And in his mame shall the Gen- tiles trust. Ῥ — καὶ GLTTrAW. raises [it] up L. κ ἐξελθόντες δὲ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTrW. ™ ἵνα that ΤΤΤτΑ. 4 --- ἐν (read [on]) GLITraW. Many) LT[Tra ]. σεν Τττ. > A , ? \ ? , οὐδὲ κραυγάσει, οὐδὲ ἀκούσει ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, ΧΙ]. ‘ . ΄ Ξ : 1 ῤ 4 4 ~ κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους ὃ κύριος. γάρ ἐστιν Ὀκαὶϊ τοῦ τ “had condemned the guiltless. For Lord 515 also 308 3the ο « ει ~ > , η σαββάτου ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου. ‘sabbath the son of man, 9 Καὶ μεταβὰς ᾿ ἐκεῖθεν, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν.συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν. And having departed thence, hewent into their synagogue. 10 καὶ ἰδού, ἄνθρωπος “ἦν τὴν" χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν' καὶ And bchold, aman therewas *the “hand -*having withered. And ᾽ ’ ᾽ ’ , 37° ~ ld ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Ἐίέξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν they asked him, saying, Isitlawful οὐ 6 sabbaths Weparevevs" ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ. 11 Ὁ. δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. {ο heal? that they might accuse him. But he said to theth, Τίς ‘tora ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, What *shall “there *be°of “γοα -*man, whoshallhave “sheep ‘one, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς «σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, αὐχὶ and if *fall ‘this onthe sabbaths into apit, willnot 2 ᾽ ᾿ ‘ f? al 12 , Ύ ὃ / ” κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ [ἐγερεῖ ; πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄν- lay hold of it and will raise [it] up? How much then is “better 1a θρώπος προβάτου; wore ἔξεστιν τοὸϊς.Ξσάββασιν! καλῶς πε τ}. thanasheep? Sothat itisluwful on the sabbaths swell ποιεῖν. 13 Tore λέγει τῷ. ἀνθρώπῳ, [Ἔκτεινον "τὴν χεῖρά 1to “do. Then hesays to the man, Stretch out *hand σου. Καὶ ἐξέτεινεν, καὶ Ιἀποκατεστάθηὶ ὑγιὴς ὡς ἡ thy. And he stretched [it] out, and it was restored sound as the ἄλλη. other. 14 ΚΟἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐξελ- But the Pharisees Sa Scouncil ‘*held: "against *him “having θόντες." ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. 15 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς *gone*out how him they might destroy, But Jesus having known 2 ΄ ? ~ ᾿ 3 ? / > ~ 1” Π λ , ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν" καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ Ἰὄχλοι" πολλοί, withdrew thence, and followed him crowds great, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας" 16 καὶ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς and he healed them all, and strictlycharged them ε/ \ " ee. = φ . ηλ. I ινα μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποι]σωσιν 17 δπως" πλη- that*not Spublicly‘known *him ‘they ?should *make. Sothat might ~ ΔΝ e \ vee whe ~ , / ωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου. λέγοντος, be fuitilled that which wasspoken by Esaias the prophet, saying, 18 “dod ὁ.παῖςμου ὃν "ἠρέτισαι ὁ ἀγαπητός.μου "εἰς Behold myservant whom I have chosen, iay beloved ip, ὃν! Ρεὐδόκησεν! ἡ.ψυχή.μου" θήσω τὺ πνεὔμά.μου ἐπ᾽ whom “has *found “delight Xmy--soul. I will put my Spirit ‘upon αὐτόν, καὶ κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ" 19 οὐκ.ρίσει him, and judgment tothe nations heshalldeclare. He shall not strive τι; ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις τὴν nor shall*hear 7any “one in’ the streets φωνὴν. αὐτοῦ. 20 κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ.κατεάξει, καὶ his voice. A *reed ‘bruised he shall not break, and λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ.σβέσει, ἕως.ᾶν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν "flax *smoking heshallnot quench, until he bring forth *unto ‘victory ‘the κρίσιν. 21 καὶ “ἐνὶ τῷ.ὀνόματι. αὐτοῦ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. 2judgment. And in hisname [the] nations , shail hope. cry out, nor — ε-- ἔσται ττα. - f ἐγείρει he i ἀπεκατεσταθὴ LTTrAW. Y—SyAoe (read πολλοί Ρ ηὐδοκη- © — Fv τὴν LTTrA. & σαββάτοις τι. ἃ θεραπεῦσαι: 1. Ἀ σου τὴν χεῖρα ΙΣΤΤΑ. Ὁ ἡρέτισα Tr. 9 ἐν ᾧ Τε; — εἰς LA. κο]. MATTHEW. / ~ ΄ 22 Τότε Σπρυσηνεχθηϊ αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς Then was brought tohim one possessed by a demon, blind καὶ κωφός" καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτόν, ὥστε τὸν ἴἵτυφλὸν Kai! ’ and dumb, and he healed him, so that the blind and κωφὸν καὶ! λαλεῖν καὶ βλέπειν. 23 καὶ ἐξίσταντο πάντες duinb both spake and Saw. And *were “amazed all ot ὄχλοι καὶ ἔλεγον, Myre οὗτός ἐστιν ὃ υἱὸς YAapid;" 2the*crowds and said, “This 115 ° the son’ - of David? 24 Οἱ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσανττς εἶπον, Οὗτο οὐκ. ἐκβάλλει . 2 . But the Pharisees having heard said, This [man] casts not out A ὃ , 2 \ ? » vA Ὁ 4 » ~ , τὰ δαιμόνια εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων. the demons except by Beelzebul prince ofthe _ demons. 25 Εἰδὼς.δὲ τὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς" τὰς.ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, But *knowing 1Jesus their thoughts hesaid to them, Πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται" καὶ Every kingdom divided against itself is brought to desolation, and πᾶσα πόλις ἢ. οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ ἑαυτῆς οὐ.σταθῆσεται: every city or house divided against itself will not stand. 26 καὶ εἰ ὁ σατανᾶς τὸν σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει, ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν ἐμε- And if Satan Satan 1east; “out, against himself he was , 5 ~ - , € ΄ ? Ὁ A Ἄν τ Ν ρίσθη' πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ-βασιλεία.αὐτοῦς 27 καὶ εἰ ἐγὼ divided. How then willstand his kingdom? And. 1 ἋΣ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι by Beelzenul cast out the demons, your sons by whom pm , A ~ > Δ € ~ Ἢ - an || ἐκβάλλουσιν; διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὶ Σὺμῶν ἔσονται κριταί. do they cast out? onaccountof this they ofyou shall be judges. 28 εἰ δὲ Ἰἐγὼ ἐν πνεύματι θεοῦ" ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, doa Butif I by([the) Spirit of God castout the *demons, then ἔφθασεν id’ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 29 ἢ πῶς δύναταί kascome upon you the kingdom of God. .Or how isable τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη anyone tocnter into the house ofthe strong [man] and Ξσοοᾶς αὐτοῦ "διαρπάσαι," ἐὰν.μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν ; ‘his to plunder, unless first he bind ἴπο strong [man]? καὶ τότε τὴν. οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ Ὀδιαρπάσει.ϊ 80 ὁ μὴ.ὢν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ and then his house he will plunder. Hewho isnot with me Kar ἐμοῦ ἐστιν' καὶ ὁ ᾽᾿μὴ συνάγων per ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει. against me is; and he who gathers not with me scatters. 9] Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν, Πᾶσα. ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία Because of this. Isay toyou, Every sin and blasphemy ? , ~ > , ε η - , : ἀφεθήσεται" τοῖς ἀνθρώποις" ᾖ-δὲ τοῦ-πνεύματος Όλασ- shall be forgiven to men ; but the ?euncerning “the*Spirit ‘*blas- φημία οὐκ. ἀφ΄ θήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις." 32 καὶ ὃς ἂν" εἴπῃ phemy 5811}}} ποῦ be torgiven to men. And whoever speaks λόγον κατὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἀφεθήσεται αὐτφ' aword against the Son of man, itshall beforgiven him;, τ' ἡ ~~ ~ > > ὃς δ᾽, ἂν εἴπῃ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου, fodK.apEe- but whoever speaks against the Spirit the Hoiy, it shall not - » ~ ~ » ~ [ή θήσεται! αὐτῷ, οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέξλλον- beforgiven him, neitherin this sage nor in the coming τι. 33 Ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν {one]. Hither make the tres good and “fruit ¥ προσήνεγκαν they brought L. LTTra. v — καὶ LTTrA. ἡ Δανϊὸ ΟὟ ; Aaveié LTT:A. ἔσονται ὑμῶν LITcA. δ ἐν πνεύματι θέοῦ ἐγὼ GLITrAW. Ὁ ἁρπάσει he will seize upon L; διαρπάσῃ he might plunder Τ. ‘unto you. 5 δαιμονιζόµμενον τυφλὸν καὶ κωφόν L. χα — ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1ττὰ. 8 ἁρπάσαι to seize UPON LTT. A. ο + [ὑμῖν] to you a. 31 22 Then was brought unto him one possessed with a devil, blind, and dumb: and he healed hun, insomuch that tho blind and dumb both spake and saw. 23 And all the people were amazed, and said, Is not this the son of David? 24 But when the Phari- sees heard it, they said, This fellow ον not cast out devils, but by Beelzebib the prince of tho devil. 25 And Jesu» knew © their thoughts, απᾶ said unto them, Every kitgdom divided a- gainst itself is brought to desolation; and every «ty or house divided against itsclf shall not stand: 26and if Satan ca-t outSatan, he is divided against himself; how shall then his kingdom stand? 27 And it I by Beelzebub vast out devils, by whom do your children’ cast them out? therefore they shall be your judges, 23 But if 1 cast out devils by the Spirit οὗ God, then the king- dom of God is come 29 Or else how can one enter into a strong man’s house and spoil his ,goods, except he fir-t bind the strong man? and then he will spoil his house, 30 He that is not with me is rgainst me; and he that gathereth not with me _ svcattereth abroad. 31 Wherefore I say unto you, All Manner of sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven unto men: but the blasphemy against the Holy Gho t shail not be forgiven unto men. 22 And whosoever speaketh a word against the Son of man, it shall be forgiven him: but whosoever speaketh a- gainst the Holy Ghost, it shall not he fors- given him, neither in this world, neither in the world to come, 33 Hither make the tree good, and his fruit :--- τυφλὸν καὶ Y κριται d— τοῖς ἀνθρώποις LETr[A]. δ ἐὰν LTTraAW. {οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ in nowise shall it be forgiven 1, good; or elsé make the tree corrupt, and his fruit corrupt: for the tree is known by his fruit. 34 O gene-° ration of vipers, how can ye, being evil, speak good things? for out of the abun- dance of the heart the © mouth speaketh. 35 A good man out of the good treasure of the heart bringeth forth good things: and an evil man out of the evil treasure bringeth forth evil things. 36 But I say unto you, That every idle word that men shall speak, they shall give account thereof in the day of judgment. 37 For by thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy words thou shalt be condemned, 38 Then certain of the scribes and of the Pharisees answered, Baying, Master, we would see a sign from thee. 39 But he an- swered and said unto them, An eviland a- dulterous generation seeketh after a sign; and there shall nosign be given to it, but the sign of the prophet Jonas: 40 for as Jonas was three days and three nights in the whale’s belly ; so shall the Son of man be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth, 41 The men of Nineveh shall rise in judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it: because they repented at the preaching of Jonas; and, behold, a greater than Jonas is here, 42 The queen of the south shall rise up in the judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it: for she came from the ut- termost parts of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon; and, behold, a greater than Solomon is here. 43 When the unclean spirit is gone out of @ man, he walketh through dry places, secking rest, and find- eth none. 44 Then he saith, I will return & — τῆς καρδίας GLTTrAW. shall speak TTra. © Σολομῶνος GLITrAW. ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΧΙΙ. αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρον καὶ τὸν καρπὸν tits good, or make the _ tree corrupt and *fruit αὐτοῦ σαπρόν" ἐκ.γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ τὸ, δενδρον γινώσκεται. ‘its corrupt: forfrom the fruit the tree is known. 94 Γεννήµατα ἐχιδνῶν, πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ Offspring of vipers, ΒΟΥ areyeablegood thingstospeak, *wicked ὄντες; ἐκ.γὰρ τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας τὸ στόμα *being? foroutof the abundance ofthe heart the - mouth λαλεῖ. 85 ὁ. ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ speaks, .The good man out of the good treasure δτῆς. καρδίας! ἐκβάλλει "τὰ! ἀγαθά" καὶ ὁ πονηρὺς ἄνθρω- ofthe heart puts forth the goodthings; andthe wicked man πος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά. 36 λέγω. δὲ outof the wicked treasure puts forth wicked things. But I say ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν Oday" Κλαλήσωσιν! οἱ ἄνθρωποι, toyou, that every *word idle whatsoever *may “speak 1men, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως. 87 ἐκ they shallrender of it. anaccount in day of judgment. *By γὰρ τῶν.λόγων.σου δικαιω θήσῃ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν.λόγων.-σου for thy words thou shalt be justified, and by thy worls καταδικασθήση. thou shalt be condemned. 88 Τότε ἀπεκρίθησάν! τινες τῶν γραμματέων πκαὶ Φαρι- Then answered, some of the scribes and Phari- σαίων li λέ vy A ὃ , x θέλ Απ αν as is ~ | λέγοντες, Διδάσκαλε, θελομὲν ἀπὸ σου σημεῖον LOELY. sees, saying, Teacher, wewish from thee asign tosee, 39 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ µοι- Buthe answering said tothem,Ageneration πη]οκοά and adul- χαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ; καὶ σημεῖον οὐ.δοθήσεται αὐτῷ, terous asign seeks for, and a sign shall not be given toit, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου. 40 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς except the sign of Jonas the prophet. For even as was Jonas ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως in the belly ofthe great fish three days and three nights, thus ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς τρεῖς shallbe the Son of man in the heart ofthe earth three Rbk ‘ ‘ ~ ’ ” κ n ~ 2 , ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας. 41 Ανδρες "Nivevirat" ἀναστήσονται days and three nights. Men Ninevites shall stand up ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς.γενεᾶς. ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὴν" in thejudgment with this generation, απᾶ shall condemn it ; OTL µετενόήσαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα ᾿Ιωνᾷ"' καὶ ἰδού, πλεῖον for theyrepented at the proclamation of Jonas; and behold, more ? ~ = ¢ ΄ , ? ’ ? ~ ’ Ιωνᾶ ὧδε. 42 βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει than Jonas here. Aqueen of[the]south shallriseup in the judgment μετὰ τῆς.γενεᾶς. ταύτης, Kai κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν" ὅτι ἦλθεν with this generation, and shallcondemn it; for she came ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν 9Σολομῶντος"ἳ from the ends ofthe earth tohear the wisdom of Solomon ; καὶ ἰδού, πλεῖον Σολομῶντος" ὧδε. 49 Ὅταν.δὲ τὸ ἀκάθαρτον and behold, more than Solomon here, But when the unclean τὸ τ yt ? \ ~ ? , / : > 2 / πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται δὺ ἀνύδρων spirit is gone out from the man, he goes through waterless , ~ , , ο ; τόπων, ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν, καὶ οὐχ.εὑρίσκει. 44 τότε λέγει, places, secking rest, and finds not {it}. Then he says, i— ἐὰν (read which) LTtTra. m— καὶ Φαρισαίων L. h “Ὄπ τὰ 1ΤΥΥΓ. τοῖς Κ λαλήσουσιν 1+ αὐτῷ bim ΕΤΤΤΑ. «5 Νινευεῖται TTra. XII, XITT. MATTHEW. «Ἠπιστρέψω εἰς τὸν.οἶκόν.μου,' ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον" καὶ ἐλθὸν Iwillreturn to my house, whence Icame out. And having come εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα," σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον. 45 τότε he finds [it] uwnoccupied,. swept and adorned, Then πορεύεται καὶ παραλαμβάνει μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα he gees and - takes with himself seven other οτι πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ" καὶ γίνεται mote wicked than himself and enteringin they dwellthere; and *becomes Ta ἔσχατα τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. οὕτως ‘the “last Sof *that *man worse thanthe _ first. Thus ἔσται καὶ τῇ-γενεᾷ.ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ. itshallbe also ἰο this generation the wicked. 46 “Ervsdé' αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος τοῖς ὄχλοις, ἰδού, ἡ μήτηρ But while yet he was ΒΕΘΆΙΕΙΗΕ: tothe crowds, behold, [815] mother Kat οἱ ἀδελφοὶ. ἰαὐτοῦ εἱστήκεισαν ἔξω, ζητοῦντες αὐτῷ λα- and his brethren were standing without, seeking ‘to*him to λῆσαι. "47 εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, Ιδού, ἡ-μήτηρ.σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί 4speuk., Then said one tohim, Behold, thy mother and “brethren gov ἔξω ἑστήκασιν; ζητοῦντές΄ σοι. λαλῆσαι." 48 Ὁ δὲ ἀπο- ‘thy without arestanding, seeking *to“*thee ‘to ama But he an- κριθεὶς Ἐἶπεν τῷ "εἰπόντι! αὐτῷ, Τίς ἐστιν ἡ-μήτηρ.-μου; peering said to him who “ spoke tohim, Who is my mother? καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ. ἀδελφοί μου; 49 Καὶ ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα and who are my brethren? And ρθε ἀρ out "hand Χαὐτοῦ" ἐπὶ aos se «αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Ιδού, ἡ .µήτηρ.µου καὶ *his to 8 peeeiples hesaid, Behold, my mother and οἱ ἀδελφοί.μου. 50 ὅστις γὰρ ἂν Yrouoyg" τὸ θέλημα τοῦ my brethren. For a ai shalldo the will πατρός. μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, αὐτός µου ἀδελφὸς καὶ of my Father who [15] in (the) heavens, he my brother and. ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν. sister and mother is. 13 Ἔν “δὲ! τῇ ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείνη ἐξελθὼν And in that day "having “gone “forth τῆς οἰκίας ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 2 καὶ the house satdown by the sea. πρὸς αὐτὺν ὄχλοι πολλοί, ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς >rd! πλοῖον το him στοπάς “great, sothat he into the ship Bavra καθῆσθαι, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν εἱστήκει. entered sat down, and all the crowd on: the shore stood. 3 καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς, λέγων, Ιδού, And he BperS to them many τιμη in parables, saying, Behold, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν. 4 καὶ ἐν. τῷ. σπείρειν. αὐτὸν Σπενῖ "οαῦ *the *sower to sow. And as he sowed ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ “ἦλθεν! τὰ πετεινὰ “καὶ some fell by the way, and ‘came ‘the “birds and κατέφαγεν αὐτά. ὅ ἄλλα δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη, ὅπου deyoured them, Andsome fell upon the rocky places, where οὐκ. εἶχεν γῆν πολλήν, καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτείλεν διὰ τὸ μὴ ε "I ~ a ? 4 iH] 0 Ίησους *azro 4Jesus from συνήχθησαν And were gathered bogenliog é po having ony hadnot “earth *much, andimmediately sprangup because of not ἔχειν βάθος 5 γῆς 6 ἡλίου.δὲ ἀνατείλαντος ἐἑκαύματίσθη, having depth ofearth; and([the]sun havingrisen .they were scorched, 33 into my house from whence I:came out; and when he is come, he findeth ἐξ empty, swept, and garnished. 45 Then gocth he, and taketh with himself seven other _ spirits more wicked than him- self, and they enter in and dwell there: and the last state of that man is worse than the first. Even so shall it be also unto this wick- ed generation. 46 While he yet talked to the people, behold, his mother and his brethren stood without, desiring to speak with him. 47 Then one said un- to him, Behold, thy mother and thy bre- thren stand without, desiring to speak with thee. 48 But he an- swered and said unto him that toldhim, Who is my mother? and who are my brethren ? 49 And he stretched forth his hand toward his disciples, and said, Behold my mother and my brethren! 50 For whosoever shall do the will of my Father ‘which is in heaven, the same is my brother, and sister, and mo- ther. XIII, The same day went Jesus out of the house, and sat by the sea side, 2 And great multitudes were gath- ered together unto him, so that he went into a ship, and. sat; and the whole multi- tude stood on the shore. 3 And he spake many things unto them in parables, saying, Be- hold, a sower went forth to sow; 4 and when he sowed, some seeds fell by the way side, and the fowls came and devoured: them up: 5some fell aapon stony places, where they had not much earth: and forth- with they sprung up, because they had no deepness of earth: 6 and when the sun Was up, they were scorched ; and bevuu:e 4 εἰς τὸν οἶκόν µου ἐπιστρέψω LTTrA, * + καὶ and [1τ. "γουδο i7in[ 11. Adyovre Lrtra. and ΤΤΤΤΑ. ebip) ΤΑ, d— καὶ A. 5 ἦλθον LTr; ἐλθόντα having come Α. s*— δὲ but τΤΤτΑ. x — αὐτοῦ (read [his] hand) τ. 5 ἐκ out of Lt; — ἀπὸ (read ἐξελ. having gone out of) Tr. 9. + τῆς 1. t [αὐτοῦ] L. Yroma. ᾖ --- δὲ Ὁ — τὸ (read @ D 34 they had no root, they withered away. 7 And some fell among thorns ; and thethorns sprung up, and choked them : 8 but other fell into good ground, and brought forth fruit, some an hundredfold, some sixtyfold, some thirtyfold. 9 Who hath ears to hear, let him hear. 10 And the disciples came, and said unto him, Why speakest thou unto them in pa- rables? 11 Heanswered ΄ andsaid unto them, Be- cause it is given unto you to know the myste- ries of the kingdom of heaven, but to them it is not given. 12 For whosoever hath, to him shall be given, and he shall have more abun- dance: but whosoever hath not, from him shall be taken away even that he hath. 13 Therefore speak I to them in parables: because they seeing see not; and hearing they hear not, neither do they understand. 14 And in them is ful- filled the prophecy of Esaias, which saith, By hearing. ye shall hear, and shall not“ under- stand ; and seeing ye shall see, andshall not perceive: 15 for this people’s heart is waxed! gross, and their ears are dull of hearing, and their eyes they have closed; lest at any time they should see with their eyes, and hear with their. ears, and should understand with their heart, and should be converted, and Ishouldhealthem. 16 But blessed are your eyes, for they see: and our ears, for they ear. 17 For verily I say unto you, That Iaany. prophets and righteous men have de- sired to see those things which yesee, and have not seen them; and to hear those things which e hear, and have not eard them. 18 Hear ye therefore the parable of the sower. 19 When any one heareth the word of the kingdom, and MATOAIOS. ΣΠ, καὶ διὰ τὸ μὴ.ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη. 7 ἄλλα.δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ and becauseof not having root were driedup, Andsome fell’ upon 4 ? / θ Way. , ταν θ ay f ? ’ {| ᾽ ΄ τὰς ἀκάνθας, καὶ ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ᾿ἀπεπνιξαν" αὐτά. the thorns, and “grew*up “the “thorns and choked them, 8 ἄλλα.δὲ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν THY καλήν, καὶ ἐδίδου καρπόν, Andsome fell upon the ground the good, and yielded fruit, Ὁ μὲν ἑκατόν, 6.08 ἑξήκοντα, 6.0& τριάκοντα. 9 ὃ ἔχων one ahundred, another sixty, another thirty. Hethat has ὦτα Saxove' ἀκουέτω. ears tohear let him hear. 10 Kai προσελθόντες οἱ paOnrai®'efzrov" αὐτῷ, ἘΔιατί! And *having *come *to [Shim] *the “disciples said tohim, Why 3 ͵ - ~ ν᾽ ~ « κ > 4 ” ἐν παραβολαῖς λαλεῖς αὐτοῖς; 11 ὋὉ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν in parables speakest thou to them? Andhe, answering said Ιαὐτοῖς, “Ore ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς tothem, Becausetoyou ithas been given to know the mysteries of the βασιλείας τῶν.οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις. δὲ οὐ.δέδσται. 12 ὅστις kingdom of the heavens, but to them ithas not been given. 7Whosoéyer γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ, καὶ περισσευθήσεται' ὅστις δὲ 1{οτ has, ὅ88811 *be *given ‘to*him, and he shall bein abundance; but whosoever οὐκ.ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται am αὐτοῦ. 13 διὰ τοῦτο has not, even whathehasshallbetakenawayfrom him. Becauseof this ἐν παραβολαῖς αὐτοῖς λαλῶ, ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ. βλέπουσιν, in parables tothem I speak, because seeing they see not, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ.ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνιοῦσιν. 14 καὶ ava- and hearing they hear not, nor do they understand. And ig ~ m2 2 > ~ ε / « = ο « “ 4 πληροῦται επ QUTOLC ἢ προφητεία Hoatov, 7) λέγουσα; *filled *up lin 2them the prophecy of Hsaias, which says, 2 ~~ > , A ? \ ~ e Ἁ ᾿, , Axoy ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε' καὶ βλέποντες βλε- Inhearing yeshallhear, and in no wise understand; and seeing ye shall Were, καὶ ov-pyidnre. 15 ἐπαχύνθη.γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ see, sand in no wise perceive: for Shas "grown *fat the heart λαοῦ.τούτου, καὶ τοῖς woiv™ βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς 308 *this 3ροοΡρίθ, and withthe ears heavily they have heard, and ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν' μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφ- their eyes they haveclosed; lest they shouldsee with the θαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῷ καρδίᾳ συν- eyes, and with the ears they should hear,and with the. heart they should ~ Fie [ή ‘ O72 Π ᾽ Ψ « ~ δὲ ow, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ δἰάσωμαι' αὐτούς. 16 Ὑμῶν. δὲ understand, and should Ὅ6 οοτπιγοσύθα and I should heal them. Bui of you ακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοί, ‘ore βλέπουσιν" καὶ τὰ ὦτα ρμῶν,! blessed [are] the eyes, because they see; , andthe ears of you, ὅτι αάκούει.ϊ 17 ἀμὴν. ορ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ προφῆται because they hear. orverily Isay toyou,that many prophets καὶ δίκαιο ἐπεθύμησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ βλέπετε, καὶ οὐκ "εἶδον" and righteous[men] desired tosee what ye see, and *not ‘saw; καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ ἀκούετε, καὶ οὐκ-.ἤκουσαν. and tohear what yehear, and heard not. 18 Ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ 'σπείροντος" ο ‘therefore ‘hear the parable of the sower- 19 Παντὸς.ἀκούοντος τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας καὶ μὴ When any one hears the word ofthe kingdom. and not [it] { ἔπνιξαν τ. & — ἀκούειν τ[τε]Α. 4b + αὐτοῦ (read his disciples) 1. i εἶπαν TTrA. Edd τέ 11τΑ. 1 -- αὐτοῖς τ. ™ — ἐπ᾽ (réud αὐτοῖς in them) ΑἸΤΊΑ. Ἡ [αὐτῶν] (read their ears) 1.* ο ἰάσομαι 1 shall heal yrtra. Ρ — ὑμῶν L[Tra]. ᾳ ἀκούουσιν LTTrA, t— γὰρ for 1. 8 εἶδαν LTr ; ay Ty νσηπείραντος ΗΤΤΑ. "» XIII. MATTHEW. συνιέντος, ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον understands, “comes *the *wicked “one and catches ολα thatwhich was sown ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ.αὐτοῦ' οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ᾿ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς. in his heart. This is he who BY the way was sown, 20 Ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον And he whouponthe rocky places was sown, this is -hewhothe ' word ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν" 21 οὐκ hears and SU CS with joy receives it ; *no ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν" γενομένης. δὲ 7has*but root in himself, but κά is; but *having *risen ha θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον, εὐθὺς σκαν- 4tribulation *or *persecution on account of the word, ο σατο >. Heas δαλίζεται. 22 Ὁ.δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστὶν offended. And he who Lome Ser the thorns was sown, this is ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων, καὶ ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ.αἰῶνος." τούτου" he whothe word hears, and the care of this life καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου πσυμπνίγειϊ τὸν λόγον, καὶ ἄκαρπος and the deceit of riches choke the . word, and unfruitful γίνεται. 23 ‘O.6& ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν τὴν καλὴν" σπαρείς, οὗτός it becomes, But he who on the ground the good was sown, _ this ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ Youvwwy'" ὃς δὴ καρ- is hewho the word hears and understands ; who indeed brings ποφορεῖ, καὶ ποιεῖ τὸϊ μὲν ἑκατόν, *0".dé ἑξήκοντα, ὁ". δὲ forth fruit, and produces one ahundred, another sixty, another τριάκοντα. : thirty. 24 “ANAny παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων,. 'Ὡμοιώ- Another parable puthe before them, saying, Shas “become θη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ "σπείροντι' καλὸν Slike tthe “Είησᾶοτα “of “the Sheavens to a man eA incl good og ἐν τῷ.ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ: 256 ἐν.δὲ.τῷ.καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώ- seed in his field ; but while *slept *the “men πόυς ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς. καὶ Ῥἔσπειρεν' ζιζάνια ava μέσον came enemy and sowed darnel ss μα τοῦ σίτου, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν. 26 ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος, ofthe wheat, and went iki Andwhen “sprouted ‘the blade, καὶ καρπὺν ἐποίησεν; τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια. 27 προσελ- and fruit produced, then appeared alsothe darnel. nas come θόντες δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου εἶπον αὐτῷ, Κύριε, *to(Shim] ‘and the bondmen of the master of the house- said tohim, _ Sir, οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα “ἔσπειρας! ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ; πόθεν οὖν Snot ae Sseed ‘didst *thou *sow in thy field? whenve then ἔχει "ra! ζιζάνια; 28 ‘Ode ἔφη αὐτοῖς, ᾿Ἐχθρὸς ἄνθρωπος hasit the darnel? Andhesaid tothem, *an* ο... la 2man τοῦτο ἐποίησεν. οἱ δὲ “δοῦλοι! felzrov αὐτῷ," Θέλεις οὖν ο °. ‘did. Andthe bondmen said tohim, Wilt thou then ἀπελθόντες συλλέξωμεν αὐτά; 29 Ὁ δὲ δἔφη," Ov (that] having gone forth we should gather them? Buthe said, No; μήποτε συλλέγοντες τὰ ζιζάνια, ἐκριζώσητε ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὸν lest gathering the darnel, ye ο κ. them the σῖτον. 90 ἄφετε συναυξάνεσθαι κ, "μέχρι" τοῦ θερισμοῦ" wheat. Suffer to grow together until the paces ὃ 35 understandeth ἐξ not, then cometh the wick- ed one, and- catcheth away that which was sown in his heart. This is he.whioh re- ceived seed by the way side. 20 But he that received the seed into stony places, the same is he that heareth the word, and anon with joy receiveth it ; 21 yet th he not root in himself, but dureth for a while: for when tribulation or perse- cution ariseth because of the word, by and by he is offended. 22 He also that received seed among the thorns is he that heareth the word ; and the care of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, choke the word, and he becometh unfruit- ful. 23 But he that received seed into the good ground is he that heareth the word, and understandeth 'tt ; which also beareth fruit, and.- bringeth forth, some an hun- dredfold, some sixty, some thirty. 24 Another parable put he forth unto them, saying, The kingdom of heaven is likened unto a man which sowed good seed in his field: 25 but while men ‘slept, his enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat, _ and went his way. 26 But when the blade was sprung up, and brought forth fruit, then appeared the tares also. 27 So the servants of the house- holder came end said unto him didst not thousow pa seed in thy field? from whence then hath it tares? 28 Hesaid unto them, An enemy hath done this. The ser- vants said unto him, Wilt thou then that we. go and gather them up? 29 But he said, Nay; lest while ye ga- ther up the tares, ye root up also the wheat withthem. 30 Let both grow together . until the harvest: and in ¥ — τοῦτον (vead of lite, LrTra. * συνπνίγει ΤΑ. LTTr. 26 LT. 5 σπείραντι [Who] sowed LTTra. © ἔσπειρες ‘Tr. ἃ — τὰ GLTTrAW. ow say to him Lira ; λέγονυσιν αὐτῷ Τ. & φησιν says LITrA, Ἂς καλὴν γῆν LTTrA. Ὁ ἐπέσπειρεν SOWed ΟΥ̓́Θ᾽ LTTrA, ε --- δοῦλοι (read οἱ δὲ and they) A. Ἀ ἕως until LTrA,’ Σ συνιείς { αὐτῷ λέγου- 36 the time of harvest I will sev tothe reapers, Gather ye together first thetares, and bind them in bundles to burnthem: but gather the wheat into my barn. ἴ 31 Another parable put he forth unto them, saying, The kingdom of heaven is like to a grain of mustard seed, which aman took, and sowed in his field: 32 which indeed is the least of all seeds: but when it is grown, it is the greatest among herbs, and becometh a tree, so that the birds of the air come and lodge ae the branches there- of. ‘ 33 Another parable spake he unto them ; The kingdom of hea- ven is like unto leaven, which a woman took, and hid in three mea- sures of meal, till the wholé was leavened. 34 All these things spake Jesus unto the multitude in parables ; and without a parable spake he not unto them: 35 thatit might be fulfilled which was spoken by the prophet, saying, I will open my mouth in parables; I willutter things which have been kept secret from the foundation of the world, 36 Then Jesus sent the multitude away, and went into the house: and his dis- ciples came unto him, saying, Declare unto us the parable of the tares of the field. 37 He answered and said unto them, He that soweth the good seed is the Son of man ; 38 the fieldis the world; the good seed are the children of the king- dom ; but the tares are the children of the wicked one; 39 the enemy that sowed them is the devil; the harve-t is the end of 1— τῷ GLTTrAW. ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XIII, καὶ ἐν irq@' καιρῶ τοῦ΄ θερισμοῦ ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, Συλ- and in the time ofthe harvest Iwillsay tothe harvestmen, 8. λέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια, καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ δείς! δέσμας ther first the darnel, and bind them into bundles ποὺς.τὸ.κατακαῦσαι αὐτά' τὸν.δὲ σῖτον "συναγάγετε' εἰς τὴν το burn them; butithe wheat bring together into ἀποθήκην.μου. . my granary. 31 "Αλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, ‘Opoia ~ Another parable put he before them, saying, Like ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν κόκκῳ σινάπεως, ὃν λα- is the kingdom ofthe heavens toa grain of mustard, whichhaving βὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔσπειρεν ἐν τῷ.ἀγρῳῷ-αὐτοῦ' 320 µικΓότερον taken, a man sowed in his field ; which _less μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων, ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ indeed is than all ᾧμ6 seeds, but when it be grown, εἶζον «τῶν λαχάνων ἐστίν.“ καὶ γίνεται δένδρον, ὥστε greater than the; herbs is, and becomes a tree, so that ἐλθεῖν τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ Ἱκατασκηνοῦν! ἐν τοῖς come the. birds ofthe heaven and roost in the κλάδοις αὐτοῦ.. branches of it. 33 Ἄλλην παραβολὴν ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς, Ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Another parable spoke he tothem, Like is the βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν kingdom ofthe heavens tc leaven, which having taken, ἃ woman hid: εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως.οῦ ἐζυμώθη odor. in *%of*meal 35ροις ‘three, until *was “leavened ‘all. 34 Tatra πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς *These “things ‘all spoke Jesus in parables to the ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς Movx" ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς" 35 ὅπως crowds, and without a parable Snot *he "spoke to them; so that πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου", λέγοπτος» might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by the prophet, suying, ᾽Ανοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ.στόμα.μου" ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα 1 willopen in parables my mouth: 1 willutter things hidden ἀπὸ καταβολῆς °Kospou." from [Πε] foundation of [the] world. , Hippos ein ” τ ῃ ἢ he 36 Τότε ἀφεὶς τοὺς ὄχλους, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Then having dismissed the crowds, “went “into *the ‘house P6 Ἰησοῦς" καὶ Ἱπροσῆλθον! αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, 176815: and came to him his disciples,' Ὁ saying, τῷράσον! ἡμῖν τὴν παραβολὴν τῶν ζιζανίων «τοῦ ἀγροῦ. Expound ἴουῦβ the parable ofthe. darnel, ofthe field. 37 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν Sadbroic," Ὃ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν Andhe answering said tothem, Hewho sows the’. good σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου' 88 ὁ.δὲ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ seed is the Son ; of man ; and the field is the κόσµος' τὸ.δὲ καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας" world; andthe good seed, these are the sons ofthe kingdom; 4. NS / ’ ? € € ‘ ~ ως 9 ς δὲ 1 v0 9 τὰ δὲ ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηρου 99 0.0& ἐχθρὸς butthe darnel are the sons ofthe evil [016]; andthe enemy ts «σπείρας αὐτά ἐστινὶ ὁ διάβολος" ὁ.δὲ θερισμὸς συν- who sowed them is the devil ; and the harvest [the] com- k j— εἰς (read[in]) [tr]a. Ε συνάγετε LTr. | κατασκηνοϊν ΙΤΤ:Α. τῇ οὐδὲν pothiny τττιὰ. ® + Ἡσαίου Isaiah τ. ὃ --- κόσμου LTTrA. Ρ -- ὃ Ἰησοῦς (vead he went) LTTra. 4 προσήλθαν Lir., τ διασάφησον expiain LTr,*—- αὑτοῖς LTTrA, εστιν ο'σπειρας αὐτά be XII MATTHEW. ~ ~ ” ο [ή > Τέλεια Yrov" αἰῶνός ἐστιν' οἱ. δὲ θερισταὶ ayysdot εἰσιν. pletion ofthe age is, andthe harvest men seeks are. 40 ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια, Kai πυρὶ "κατα- As therefore isgathered the darnel, and in fire is con- καίεται," οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ.αἰῶνος.Στούτου.! sumed, thus ifshallbe in the completion of this age. ~ « τν ~ ’ / ~ 41 ἀποστελε ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους.αὐτοῦ, 5ᾳΠα]] ®send 7forth ‘the 7Son Sof πας his angels, καὶ συλλέξουσιν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας.αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα and they shall gather out of his Kingdom all the offences καὶ τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν, 42 καὶ βαλοῦσιν "αὐτοὺς and those who practise lawlessness, and theyshalleast them εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός" ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai ὁ into the furnace ofthe Έτος there shall be the weeping and the βρυγμὸς τῶν’ ὀδόντων. 48 τότε οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ppashing ofthe teeth. Then therighteous shallshineforth as ὁ ἥλιος ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ-πατρὸς αὐτῶν. Ὁ ἔχων ὦτα the sun in the kingdom of their Father. Hethat has. ears Yaxou:ty" ἀκουέτω. tohear let him hear. J 44 Πάλιν" ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ Ὁ τως like is the kingdom ofthe heavens to treasure 8 A ο οφ. ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, ὃν εύρων ἄνθρωπος ἔκρυψεν, in the field, »which ae *found ‘+a *man hid, { καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτοῦ ὑπάγει καὶ “πάντα boa ἔχει ‘and for the joy of it gocs and all things asmany as he has πωλεῖ," καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν. ἀγρὸν.ἐκεῖνον. he sells, and buys that field. 45 Πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ Again like is the kingdom ofthe heavens toa man ᾽ , ~ ι eee bts Cm νι ἢ. ies ἐμπόρῳ, ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας" 46 δὺς εὑρὼν" ἕνα amerchant, seeking beautiful pearls ; who having found one πολύτιμον μαργαρίτην, ἀπελθὼν πέπρακεν πάντα ὅσα very precious pearl, eng gone away hassold all things asmanyas εἶχεν, καὶ ἠγόρασεν αὐτόν. he had, απᾶά = bought it, 47 Πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ Again like is the kingdom ofthe heavens toa dragnet βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγα- east into -the sea, and of every kind gathering γούσῃ 48 ἣν ὅτε ἐπληρώθη ἀναβιβάσαντες" “ἐπὶ τὸν together ; which when it was filled having drawn up on the αἰγιαλόν, καὶ! καθίσαντες συνέλεξαν τὰ καλὰ εἰς ayyeta," shore, and having sat down theycollected the geod into vessels, τὰ δὲ σαπρὰ ἔξω ἔβαλον. 49 οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ andthe corrupt “out ‘they “cast. Thus shallit be in the completion τοῦ αἰῶνος" ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι, καὶ ἀφοριοῦσιν. τοὺς ofthe age: ’shall*go*out ‘the “angels, and shallseparate the πονηροὺς ἐκ éoov τῶν δικαίων, 50 Kai βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς wicked Ίτοτα ([the]midst ofthe righteous, and = shall cast them εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός" ἐκεῖ ἔσται into the furnace ofthe fire: there shall be the βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. gnashing of the teeth. ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai ὁ wailing and the 37 the world; and the reapers are the angels. 40 As therefore the tares are gathered and burned in the fire ; so shall it be in the end of this world: 41 The Son of man shall send forth his angels, and they shall gather out of his kingdom. all things that offend, and them which do in- iquity ; 42 and shall cast them inio a fur- nace of fire : thereshall be wailing and gnash-. ing of teeth. 43 Then shall the righteous | shine forth as the sun in the kingdom: of | their Father. Who! hath eurs to hear, let him hear, 44 Again, the king- dom of heaven is like unto treasare hid ina field; the which when aman hath found, he hideth, and for joy thereof goeth and selleth all that he hath, and buyeth that fiela, 45 Again, the*king- dom of heaven is like unto a merchant man, seeking goodly pearls: 46 who, when he had found one pearl of great price, went and sold all that he had, and bought it. 47 Again, the king- dom of heaven is like unto a net, that was cast into the sea, and gathered of every kind: 48 which, when it was full, they drew to shore, and sat down, and gathered the good into vessels, but cast the bad away. 49 +o shall it be at the end of the world: the an- gels shall come forth, and sever the wicked from amoug the just, 50 and shall cast them into the furnace of fire: there shall be wailing and gnashing of teeth. ¥ — τοῦ (read of [the]) Lrtra. © καίεται ἱ5 burned αὐτὰ. *— τούτου (read the age) LTTr [a]. ¥—axovew [u]t{trja. *— πάλιν [{|ΤΤΤᾺ. S+avrpvitL[a]. ἃ καὶ ἐπὶ rovaiyadovL; ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν [Kat] a, ‘ πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει LTTrA. ἢ εὑρὼν δὲ GLTTrA, : ἄγγη TTra, 98 51 Jesus saith unto them, Have: ye under- stood all these things? They say unto him, Yea, Lord. 52 Then said he unto them, Therefore every scribe which is instructed un- to the kingdom of, heayen is like unto a man that is an house- holder, which bringeth forth out of his trea- sure things new and old. 53 And it came to pass, that when Jesus had finished these parables, he departed thence. 54 And when he was come into his own country ,he taught them in their syna- gogue, insomuch that they were astonished, and said, Whence hath“ this man this wisdom, and these mighty works? 55 15 not this the carpenter’s son? is not his mother called Mary? and his brethren, James, and Joses, and Simon, and Judas? 56 and his sis- ters, are they not all with us? Whence then hath this man all these things? 57 And they were offended in him. But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is ποῦ without, honour, save in his own country, and in his own house. 58 And he didnot many mighty works there because of their un- belief. XIV. At that time Herod the tetrarch heard of the fame of Jesus, 2 and said unto his servants, This is John the Baptist; he is risen from the dead; and therefore mighty works do shew ‘forth themselves in him. 3 For Herod had laid hold, on John, and bound: him, and put him in -prison for Herodias’- sake, . his brother Philip’s wife. 4 For John said anto him, It is not lawful for thee to.have her. 5 And when he would have put him to death, 6 -- Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrA. βασιλείᾳ in the kingdom ΤΗΣ LTTrAw. (read [his]) titra. ἀπέθετο in the prison put [him] aside ττττΑ, Ἰωάννης αὐτῷ LT. ™ οὐχ LTTrA. πα του ος, 51 βλέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Insovc," Συνήκατε 2Says 3το *them has αν Have ye understood ο i: tall? Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Nai, Ῥκύριε." 52 Ὁ.δὲ 'εῖπεν" αὐτοῖς, Διὰ They sey to him, Yea, Lord. Andhe said to them, Because of τοῦτο πᾶς γραμματεὺς μαθητευθεὶς Σεἰς τὴν βασιλείαν" τῶν this- Bry scribe discipied into the em of the οὐρανῶν Ὁμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει heavens “like tis .toaman amasterofahouse, who puts forth ἐκ τοῦ.θησαυροῦ. αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά. out of his tredsure {things] new and old. 53 Kai ἐγένετο Ore ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς And it cameto pass when *had *finished 1 Jesus “parables ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν' 54 καὶ ᾿ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν πατρίδα 1these, he withdrew eee and having come into Scountry αὐτοῦ, ἐδίδασκεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ.συναγωγῃ. αὐτῶν, ὥστε]ἐκπλήτ- this[7own], he taught them in their synagogue, so that *were τεσθαι! αὐτοὺς καὶ λέγειν, Πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία.αὕπη καὶ Ἀαε{οπ]ςηεᾶ ‘they απᾶ said, Whence tothis [man] this wisdom and αἱ δυνάμεις: 55 οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός; the works of power? not “this lis “*the®of7’the “carpenter *son? [15] πρὐχὶ! ἡ μή ὑτοῦ λέ Μαριά i οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ χι ἢ-μητΤηρ-αυτοῦυ ἔγεται αριαμ; και οι. αοε φοι. αύτου ποῦ his mother called Mary, and his brethren Ἰάκωβος καὶ "Ἰωσῆς" καὶ Σίμων καὶ ᾿Ιούδας; 56 καὶ αἱ James and Joses and Simon and Judas? and ἀδελφαὶ. αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν; πόθεν οὖν τούτ 3815 *sisters ξηροῦ 5411 Swith 7.5 Tare? κο then to this ταῦτα πάντα; 57 Kai ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ. Ὁ δὲ (man) *these*things ‘all? And they were offended in him. But Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος εἰ μὴ ‘Jesus said .tothem, “ποῦ 518 la te age without honour oe ἐν τῇῷ;.πατρίδιΡαὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐν τῇ. «οἰκίᾳ.αὐτοῦ. 58 Καὶ οὐκ in his [own] country and in is [own] house, And *not ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς διὰ τὴν.ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν. *he-*did =‘ there works “of Ῥ ower Rig because of their unbelief, 14 Ἐν τοῦ τῷ καιρῷ ἤκουσεν Ἡρώδης ὁ “τετράρχης" tha time heard Herod the tetrarch THY ἀκοὴν ρσοῦ, 2 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς. παισὶν αὐτοῦ, Οὗτός ἐστιν the fame of Jesus, and said to his πλὴν ἀρο This is Ἰωάννής 6 βαπτιστής' αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ John the oe he isrisen from the dead, and διὰ τοῦτο at δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ. 3 Ὁ γὰρ because of this the works of power operate in im. For Ἡρώδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην ἔδησεν ταὐτὸν!" καὶ 5ἔθετο Herod having seized John bound him and put ἐν φυλακῇ," διὰ Ἡρωδιάδα τὴν γυναῖκα ᾿Φιλίππου! XII, XIV. ταῦτα πάντα, {him]in prison, onaccountof Herodias the wife *Philip τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ. 4 ἔλεγεν.γ ap αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, Οὐκ of *his “brother. For Ssaid 880 *him 1John, ΝΟΣ we , ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. ὃ Καὶ θέλων αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, 510 515 lawful for thee to have her. ‘And wishing , *him to ? kill, 4 h — κύριε LTTrA. Σλέγει Says L. κ ἐν τῇ τῇ βασιλεία to the kingdom ertra. ] ἐκπλήσσεσθαι 2 Ἰωσὴφ J oseph LTTrA. ο +4 ἰδίᾳ. own T. Ρ — αὐτοῦ 4 τετραάρχης T. ... ο ές 5 ἐν τῇ (--- τῇ τ) φυλακῇ --Φιλίππου [r]a, νὁ (--- ὁ 1) ΓΝ M A ΠῚ ἡ ἢ; Η E W. ἐφοβήθη τὸν ὄχλον, Ore ὡς προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον. he feared the multitude, because as a prophet him they held, 6 "Ὑενεσίων δὲ ἀγομένων" τοῦ Ἡρώδου, ὠρχήσατο ἡ θυγάτηρ , Butabirthday being celebrated of Herod, danced ‘the “daughter ~ c 7 ? ~ ᾿ ‘ » ---ς ’ ο e τῆς Ἡρωδιάδος ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, καὶ ἤρεσεν τῷ Howdy’ 7 ὅθεν Sof *Herodias in the midst, and pleased Herod; Whereupon : θ᾽ ε e , > ~ ~ τι x2 ‘ Il 3 / c δὲ μεθ᾽ ὅρκου ὡμολόγησεν αὐτῇ δοῦναι ὃ. ἐὰν" αἰτήσηται. 8 Η δὲ with oath hepromised toher togive whatever sheshouldask. Butshe προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὺς.αὐτῆς, Δός pot, φησίν, ὧδε being urged on by _ her mother, i me, shesays, here Give ἐπὶ πίνακι τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. 8 Kai upon adish the head of John the Baptist.” And , A " ε ‘ σἐλυπήθη" ὁ βασιλεύς: δια δὲ τοὺς ὕρκους καὶ τοὺς Άννας "σγ]ονοᾶ ‘the king; but onaccountof the oaths and those who συνανακειµένους ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι: 10 καὶ πέμψας reclined with [him αὖ table] he commanded [it] to be given. And having sent ? tr a> Ἱ 7 , 3 ~ oN ~ 11 a 7 / θ ἀπεκεφᾶλισεν τόν" Ιωαννην εν τῇ φυλακῇ. και Ἠνεχση the beheaded John in the prison. And was *brought ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ' καὶ ἤν- his “head on adish, and was giventothe damsel, and 5886 εγκεν τῇ-μητρὶ αὐτῆς. 12 καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ brought [it] to her mother, And having come his disciples ἦραν τὸ σῶμα," καὶ ἔθαψαν “αὐτό"" καὶ’ ἐλθόντες ἀπήγγειλαν took the body, and buried it; and having come told “2 ~ d \ 2 / τ 4) 9 - 2 ’ 2S 76 τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 13 «και ἀκούσας" ο Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχωρησεν εκεισεν . Cit] to Jesus. And *having *heard 1 Jesus withdrew thence ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν. by ship to adesert place apart. Καὶ ἀκούσαντες οἱ ὄχλοι ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ “πεζῃ" And having heard [ofit] the crowds followed him on foot ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων. 14 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν £6 ᾿Τησοῦς" εἶδεν πολὺν from the cities. And having gone out Jesus saw great ὄχλον, καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾽ Sabrove," καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν ἴδ ογονγᾶ, and was moved with compassion towards them, and healed ‘ 2727 ¢t 7 2 ~ ~? , Ὧι Ψ bh ~ θ ll τοὺς.ἀῤῥώστους αὐτῶν. 15 ᾿Οψίας δὲ γενομένης "προσῆλθον « their infirm, Andevening having come came αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ," λέγοντες, Ἐρημός ἐστιν ὁ τόπος, to him his disciples, saying, Desert is the place, pan} .ς ε χμ” ~ ell > , ] 4 » ev καὶ ἢ ὥρα dn παρῆλθεν" ἀπόλυσον ' τοὺς ὄχλους, (να and the time already is gone by: dismiss the crowds, that ἀπελθόντες εἰς τὰς κώμας ἀγυράσωσιν ἑαυτοῖς βρώματα. having gone into the villages theymay buy for themselves meat. 16 Ὁ δὲ π᾿ Τησοῦς! εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ob χρείαν ἔχουσιν ἀπελθεῖν" But. Jesus said tothem, Χο “need ‘they “have to go away: ye 3 ~ ε ~ ~ € ‘ , 9 ~ ? ” δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν. 17 Οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Οὐκ.ἔχομεν give *to*them ‘ye to eat. Butthey say tohim, We have not -” Ὁ 2 \ , ” Απ πμ ᾽ / { δι ey , , ὧδε εἰ μὴ πέντε ἄρτους καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. 18 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν, Φερετε here except τε loaves and two fishes, Andhe said, Bring μοι "αὐτοὺς ὧδε." 19 Καὶ κελεύσας τοὺς ὄχλους ava- Ξῖο 8 ‘them here. And havingcommanded the crowds tore- ~ ‘ td ‘ , ad κλιθῆναι ἐπὶ στοὺς χόρτους,! Ρκαὶ! λαβὼν τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους cline on the grass, and having taken the five loaves 9 W γεγεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις LTTrA. * ἂν LTrA. LTT A. a— τὸν LTtrA. 9 πτῶμα Corpse LTTr. © πεζοὶ T. £ — 6 Inaevs (read he saw) LTTra. y 3 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) LTTra. Κ παρῆλθεν ἤδη τ. ο αὐτόν him ΤΤΤΑ. 5 αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW. δὲ — Ἰησοῦς (read he said) t, 5 ὧδε αὐτούς LITrA, © τοῦ χόρτον LTT | Υ λυπηθεὶς being grieved ττττλ. 39 he feared the multi- tude, because they counted him as a pro- phet. 6 But when Herod’s birthday was kept, the daughter of Herodias danced be- fore them, and pleased Herod. 7 Whereupon he promise | withan oath to give her whatsoever she wonld ask. 8 And she, being before in- structed of her mother, said, Give me here John Baptist’s head inacharger. 9 Andthe king was sorry: never- theless for the oath’s sake, and them whick sat with him at meat, he commanded it tobe given her. 10 And he sent, and beheaded John in the prison. 41 And his head was brought in a gharger, and given to the dam- sel: and she brought τὲ to her mother. 12 And his disciples came, and took up the body, and buried it, and went and told Jesus. 13 When Jesus heard of tt, he departed thence by ship into a desert place apart. And when the people had heard thereq/, they followed him on foot out of the cities. 14 And Jesus went forth. and saw agreat multitude, and was moved with compassion toward them, and he healed their sick, 15 And when it was evening, his disciples came to him, saying, This is a desert place, and the time is now past; send the multitude away, that they may go into the villages, and buy themselres victuals, 16 isut Jesus said unto them, They need not depart; give ye them to eat. 17 And they say unto him, We have here but five loaves, and two fishes. 13 He said, Bring them hither to me. 19 And he commanded the multitude to sit down on the grass, and took the five loaves, and the z— δὲ but 4 ἀκούσας δὲ LTTrA. b προσῆλθαν LTr. 1+ οὖν therefore [A]. P — καὶ GLTTTAW, 40 two fishes, and looking up to heaven, he bles.- ed, and brake, and gave the loaves to his dis- ciples, and the disci- ples to the multitude. 20 And they did all eat, and were filled: and they tock up of the fragments that re- mained tweive baskets full. 21 And they that had eaten were about five thousand -men, beside women and children 22 And straightway Jesus constrainea his disciples to get into a ship, and to go before him unto- the other side, while he sent the multitudes away. 23 And when he had sent the multitudes away, he went uj) into Α mountain apart to pray: and when the evening was come, he was there alone, 24 But the ship was now in the midst of the sea, tossed with waves: for the wind was con- trary. 25 And in the fourth watch of the night Jesus went unto them, walking on the sea, 26 And when the disciples saw him walking on the sea, they were troubled, saying, It is a spirit; and they cried out for fear. 27 But straight- way Jesus spake unto them, saying, Be of good cheer; it is [; be not afraid. 28 And Peter answered him and said, Lord, if it be thou, bid me came un- to thee on the water. 29 And he said, Come, And when Peter was come down out of the ship, he walked on the water, to go to Jesus, 30 But when he saw the wind boisterous, he was afraid; and beginning to sink, he cried, saying, Lord, save me. 31 And immediately Jesus stretched forth his hand, and caught him, and said unto him, C 9 ηὐλόγησεν LTrA,. he compelled) Grrtraw. ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, ΧΙΥ. καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀεὐλόγησ:ν Ἱ and the two fishes, ἹΠπτίης ]οοκοᾶ προ the heaven he blessed ; καὶ κλάσας ἔδωκεν τοῖς μαθηταῖς τοὺς ἄρτους, οἱ δὲ µα- and having broken hegave tothe disciples the loaves, andthe dis- θηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις. 20 καὶ ἔφαγον πάντες Kai ἐχορτάσθησαν" ciples tothe crowds. And ‘ate 1411 and were satisfied ; καὶ ἦραν τὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων, δώδεκα and they took up that which wasoverandabove of the fragments, twelve κοφίνους πλήρεις. 21 οἱ. δὲ ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ hand-baskets full And those who ate were men about πεντακισχίλιοι, χωρὶς γυναικῶν καὶ παιδίων." five thousand, besides women and children, 22 Kai "εὐθέως" ἠνάγκασεν 6 Ἰησοῦς! τοὺς μαθητὰς. "αὐτοῦ" Andimmediately *compelled 1 Jesus his disciples ~ bY ~ 4 , ἐμβῆναι εἰς στὸ! πλοῖον καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, toenter into the ship and to go before him to the.other-side, wv. - ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους.. 20 καὶ ἀπολύσας τοὺς until heshould have dismissed the crowds. And having dismissed the a” > / 2 4 Ν 2 3 Ὁ) ”, ’ ὄχλους ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος κατ᾽ ἰδίαν προσεύξασθαι. ᾿Οψί- erowds he wentupintothe mountain apart to pray. ?Even- ac δὲ γενομένης μόνος ἦν ἐκεῖ. 24 τὺ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον ing ‘and being come alone he wasthere. Butthe ship nowin[the)midst τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν," βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων" ἦν yap of the sea was, tossed by the waves, “was ‘for ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος. 25 Τετάρτῃ. δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς Scontrary πο “wind. But in [the] fourth watch ofthe nighi, γἀπῆλθεν! πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς,! περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσ- 2went Sto *theim ‘Jesus, walking on the sea. σης." 26 Ὀκαὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ" ἐπὶ “τὴν θάλασσαν! And “seeing '- *him ‘thé *disciples on the sea, πἐριπατοῦντα ἐταράχθησαν, λέγοντες, Ότι φάντασμά ἐστιν" walking were troubled, saying, An apparition Jtis: καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ φόβου ἔκραξαν. 327 εὐθέως! δὲ ἐλάλησεν “αὐ- and through fear they cried out, But immediately *spoke 51ο ~ Ξ ~ Ἱ “ : ~ ? ΄ 7 A ~ τοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς," λέγων, Θαρσεῖτε, ἐγώ.εἰμι, μὴ.φοβεῖσθε. “them 1 Jesus, saying, Beoigoodcourage, Iam [he], fear not. 28, ᾿᾽Αποκριθεὶς δὲ: (αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν," Κύριε, εἰ σὺ εἴ, And answering him Peter said, Lord, if itbethonu, κἐλευσόν µε Επρός σε ἐλθεῖν! ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα. 29 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν, bid me “to ‘thee *to*come uponthe waters. And he said, Ἔλθε. Καὶ καταβὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου "ὸ' Πέτρος περιεπά- Come. And having descendedfrom the ship Peter walk> τησεν ἐπὶ τὰ ὕδατα, Ἰἐλθεῖν! πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 80 βλέπων. δὲ Jesus. ed upon the waters, to go to But seeing A » k ? ‘ ii ? / θ Ν 7 , ἃ τὸν ἄνεμον “ἰσχυρὸν ἐφοβήθη, καὶ ἀρξάμενος κἄταπον- the wind strong he was afftrighted, and beginning νο τίζεσθαι ἔκραξεν, λέγων, Κύριε, σῶσόν µε. 81 Εὐθέως.δὲ sink he cried out, saying, Lord, save me, "Απ immediately ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ λέγει Jesus havingstretchedout the hand took hold ofhim, and says t— ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read τ᾿ παιδίων καὶ γυναικῶν 1.. .--- εὐθέως τ, 5 -- τὸ (γεαᾶ 8 ν -- αὐτοῦ (i'ead the disciples) eTTraw. ship) tr. * σταδίους πολλοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἀπεῖχεν Many st&dia from the land was dis- tant Tr. Υ ἦλθεν LTITr. :. --- ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he went) GLTTraw. 8 τὴν θάλασσαν LITrA. Ὁ οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἰδόντες αὐτὸν L; ἰδόντες δὲ αὐτὸν τ΄ © τῆς θαλάσσης LTTra. ἃ εὐθὺς LTTr. © ὁ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς !:,, --- ὁ ᾿Ιησοὺς τ; αὐτοῖς [ὁ Ἰησοῦς] a. {ο ἹΙέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1,, ἃ -α ἰσχυρὸν τ, Ε ἐλθεῖν πρός σε LTTrAs, b—OLYTrA, ᾿ καὶ ἦλθεν and he went 7, XIV, XV. MATTHEW. ~ 2 , , ‘4 y αὐτῷ, Odvyomore, εἰς.τί ἐδίστασας; 99 Καὶ Ἰἐμβάντωνϊ to him, O [thou] of little faith, why didst thou doubt? And “having “entered αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον ἐκόπασεν ὁ ἄνεμος" 99 οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ ΒΟΥ into the ship Sceased ‘the ὅπ πᾶ, And those in the πλοίῳ Ἀἐλθόντες' προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ, λέγοντες, ᾽Αληθῶς ship having .come worshipped him, saying, Truly θεοῦ υἱὸς εἶ. 30 ΟΠ οα 1891 thou art! 94 Καὶ διαπεράσαντες ἦλθον "εἰς"! τὴν γῆν" ῬΓεννησαρέτ.! And having passed over theycame to the land of Gennesaret. 9ὅ καὶ ἐπιγνόντες αὐτὸν οἱ ἄνδρες τοῦ.τόπου.ἐκείνου ἀπέ- And having recognized , him the men Ὁ that place sent στειλαν εἰς ὕλην τὴν.περίχωρον.ἐκείνην, καὶ προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ to all that country round, and brought to him πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας" 86 καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν ἵνα all those who were ill; and besought him = that µόνον ἅψωνται ᾿ τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου.αὐτοῦ" καὶ only they might touch the border of his garment ; and ὅσοι ἥψαντο διεσώθησαν. 85 many 88 touched were cured, 15 Τότε προσέρχονται τῷ Ἰησοῦ ot" ἀπὸ “Ἱεροσολύμων Then come to Jesus the *from > Jerusalem «γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι," λέγοντες, 2 "Διατί! οἱ μαθηταί scribes ?and Pharisees, saying, Why $disciples σου παρἀβαίνουσιν. τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων; οὐ *thy 1transgress the tradition of the elders? . ποῦ γὰρ νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας. αὐτῶν! ὅταν ἄρτον ἐσθίωσιν. 8 Ὁ. δὲ for *they *wash their hands when bread they eat. But he ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, "Διατί! καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν answering said tothem, Why also “ye 1transgress the ee λ \ ~ ~ 4 |) ᾽’ ε ~ ε Π ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διὰ τὴν.-παράδοσιν.ὑμῶν ; 4 O γὰρ commandment of Godon account of your tradition ? For θεὸς Τἐνετείλατο, éywy," Τίμα τὸν.πατέρα. “σου! καὶ τὴν God commanded, saying, Honour thy father and pntéopa® καὶ Ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τε- mother; and, Ἡοθ πΠο speaksevilof father or mother, bydeath let ~ 4 κι Ἂ ~ A Airs ~ λευτάτω. 5 ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, Ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ him die, But ye say, Whoever’ shalisay to father or μητρί, Δῶρον, δ. ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς, χ καὶ" mother, [It 15] agift whatever by me thou mightestbe profited—: and ag Y ~ A , κω H οὐ μὴ Στιμήσῃ! τὸν .πατέρα.αὐτοῦ τὴ τὴν.μητέρα.αὐτοῦ"' in no wise honour his father or his mother : - κ᾿ ~ ~ A / 6 καὶ ἠκυρώσατε τὴν ἐντολὴν" τοῦθεοῦ διὰ τὴν παρά- and yemade τοὶῖᾶ the commandment of God on account of *tra- « ~ A ~ , ‘ «ε ~ δοσιν ὑμῶν. 7 Ὑποκριταί, καλῶς ὑπροεφήτευσενὶ περὶ ὑμῶν dition *your. Hypocrites! well prophesied concerning you Ἡσαΐας, λέγων, 8 "Ἐγγίζει μοι! ὁλαὸς.οὗτος “τῷ στόματι with *mouth Esaias, saying, Draws near tome this people ~ \ ~ δ, πω ~ "δὲ 11 αὐτῶν, καὶ" τοῖς χείλεσιν µε τιμᾷ ἡ-δὲκαρδία.αὐτῶν πόῤῥω their, and with ἴμο 1ρ5 *me ‘it*honours; but their heart far ! ἀναβάντων having gone up LTTrA. πὸ --- ἐλθόντες T[A]. Gennesaret) τττ. P Γεννησαρέθ LW. 4 — οἱ LTTr. 5 διὰ τί LTra. t — αὐτῶν (read the hands) t[tr]. {thy ]) curtraw. — καὶ LTTr A]. μητέρα αὐτοῦ tial. Lttra. 5 --᾿Εγγίδειµοι GLTTra. Ἢ ἐπὶ τῦ-. τ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ γραμματεῖς TTr. Υ εἶπεν said Ltr. Υ τιμήσει Will he honour trtra. ἃ τὸν λόγον the word LTc; τὸν νόμον the law TA. d— τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν καὶ GLTTra. 41 thou of little faith, wherefore didst thou doubt? 32 And when they were come into the ship, the wind ceased, 33 Then they that were in the ship came and worshipped him, saying, Of a truth thou art the Son of God. 34 And when they were gone over, they came into the land of Gennesaret. 35 And when the men of that place had knowledge of him, they sent out into all that country round about, and brought unto him all that were diseased; 36 and besought him that they might only touch the hem of his garnient : and as many as touched were made perfectly whole. XV. Then came to Jesus scribes and Pharisees, which were of Jerusalem, saying, 2 Why do thy disciples transgress the tradi- tion of the elders? for they wash not their hands when they eat bread. 3 But he an- swered and said unto them, Why do ye also transgress the com- mandiment of God by your tradition? 4 For God commanded, say- ing, Honour thy father and mother: and, He that curseth father or mother, let him die the death. 5 But ye say, Whosoever shall say to his father or his mother, /t is a gift, by whatsoever thou mightest be profited by me; 6and honour ‘not his father or his mother, he shall be free. ° Thus have ye made the command- nicnt of God of none effect by your tradi- tion. 7 Ye hypocrites, well did Esaias pro- phesy of you, saying, 8 This people draweth nigh unto me with their mouth, ἢ and honoureth me . with their lips; but their heart is far from me. - ο + eis (read at π — gov (read το ος ἐπροφήτευσεν, 49 9 But in vain they do worship me, teaching for doctrines the com- mandments of men. 10 And he called the multitude, and said unto them, Hear, and understand: 1) not that which goeth into the mouth '‘defileth a man; but that which cometh out of the mouth, this defileth a man, 12 Then came his dis- ciples, and said unto him, Knowest thou that the Pharisces were offended, after they heard this saying? 13 But he answered and said, Every plant, which my heavenly Father hath not plant- ed, shall be rooted up. 14 Let them alone: they be blind leaders of the blind. And if the blind lead the blind, both shall fall fatothe ditch. 15 Then answered Peter and said unto him, Declare unto us this parable. 16 And Jesus said, Are ye also yet without understanding? 17 Do not ye yct understand, that whatsoever enter- eth in at the mouth goeth into the belly, and is cast out into the draught? 18 But those things which proceed out of the mouth come forth from the heart; and they defile the man, 19 For out of the heart proceed evil thoughts, murders, adulterics, fornications, thefts, false witness, blasphe- mies: 20 these are the things which defile a man: but to eat with unwashen hands de- fileth not a man. 21 Then Jesus went thence, and departed into the coasts of Tyre and Sidon, 22 And, behold, a woman of Canaan came out of the same coasts, and cried unto him, say- ing, Have mercy on me, O Lord, thou son of David; my daugh- ter is grievously vexed with a devil. 23 But he answered her not a word, And his disci- ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, XV. ~ , 4 4 i? , ἀπέχει ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. 9 μάτην.δὲ σέβονταί µε, διδάσκοντες isaway from me: But in vain they worship me, teaching [15] διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ος 10 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος teachings injunctions of men. And having calied to [him] τὸν ὄχλον εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Ακούετε καὶ συνίετε. 11 ov the crowd he said to them, Hear and understand! not τὸ ΄ ᾿εἰσερχόμενον εἰς TO στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον" that which enters into the mouth defiles the man ; ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοὶ but that which goes forth out of the mouth, this defiles τὸν ἄνθρωπον. the man. 19 Τότε προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ "αὐτοῦ! εἶπον" αὐτῷ, Then having come to [him] his disciples said to hin, Οἶδας ὅτι ot Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλί- Knowestthouthat the Pharisees having heard the saying were of- σθησαν; 13 ὁ δὲ :ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ fended 2 Buthe answering said, Every plant which Snot ? / « / ε 7 / ᾽ , » ἐφύτευσεν ὁ.πατήρ-µου ὁ.οὐράνιος, ἐκριζωθήσεται. 14 ἄφετε Shas "planted *my7?Father “the*heavenly, shall be rootedup. Leave ἢ eta se , 2 or ‘II male ae κ᾿ ᾿ 4 αὐτούς" Σὐδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοὶ! τυφλῶν" τυφλὸς -δὲ τυφλὸν them ; *leaders ‘they *are “blind ofblind; *blind Vand *blind ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται. 16 ᾿ Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ aif ead, both into apit will fall. And answering ε ; 3 2 ~ / eo \ ᾿ h ΄ t ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Φράσον ἡμῖν τὴν.παραβολὴν. ταύτην. Peter said tohim, Expound tous this parable. 16 ‘0.68? Τησοῦς" εἶπεν, Ακμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε: But Jesus said, “Still “also “ye Swithout Sunderstanding ‘are? 17 Κοὔπωϊ νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ 3ποῦ 1γοῦ ‘perceive ὅγε that everything which enters - into the ; 2 ‘ / VAR ? . 3 , 4 στόμα εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς αφεδῥῶνα ἐκβάλλεται; mouth into the belly goes, and into([the] draught is cast forth? 18 τὰ δὲ ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ἐκ τῆς But the things which, go forth out of the mouth outof the καρδίας ἐξέρχεται, κἀκεῖνα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 19 ἐκ.γὰρ heart come forth, andthese defile the man. For out of τῆς καρδίας ἐξέρχονται διαλογισμοὶ πονηροί, .φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι, the heart come forth 7reasonings evil, murders, adulteries, πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, ψευδοµαρτυρίαι, βλασφημίαι. 20 ταῦτά fornications, thefts, false-witnessings, blasphemies. These things ἐστιν τὰ κοινοῦντα τὸν. ἄνθρωπον' τὸ.δὲ ἀνίπτοις are they which defile the man; but the with *unwashed χερσὶν φαγεῖν οὐ.κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. “hands ᾿θαϊϊηρ defilesnot the man. 21 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ἐκεῖθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ μέρη And going forth thence Jesus withdrew to the parts Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος. 22 καὶ ἰδιύ, γυνὴ Xavavaia ἀπὸ of Tyre and Sidon ; and behold, a?woman “*Cananewan from ~ « / >] νὰ / 7, λθ ~ 1; ’ὔ ll m ᾽ ~ ll , τῶν.ὁρίων.ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα ᾿ἐκραύγασενὶ αὐτῷ," λέγουσα, those borders having come out cried to him, saying, Ἐλέησόν µε, κύριε, πυὶὲ Δαβίδ" ἡ.θυγάτηρ.µου κακῶς δαι- Have pity on me, Lord, Son of David; my daughter miserably is pos- ΄ ε \ ? ? , ? ~ / ‘ μονίζεται. 23 Ο.δὲ οὐκ.απεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον. καὶ προσ- sessed by a demon. But he anewered?not ‘her aword. And having 8 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) τᾶ. bh — ταύτην (read the parable) urm[a]. } ἔκραξεν Liv; ἔκραξεν T, ρ Γλέγουσιν Say LTTra. & τυφλοί εἰσιν ὁδηγοὶ LTr. ἱ-- Ἰησοῦς (read he said) uttra. * ov not urtr, τ --- αὐτῷ LTtra, 8 υἱὲ Aavid eW; υἱὸς Δανείὰ LTTra, ἊΝ: ΜΑΤΤΗΕ W. ελθόντε οἱ,μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ οἠρώτων! αὐτόν, λέγοντες, come to [him] . his disciples asked him, saying, ᾿Απόλυσον αὐτήν, ὅτι κράζει ὄπισθεν ἡμῶν" 24 Ὁ.δὲ ἄποκρι- Dismiss her, for she cries after us. But he ΄ answer- θεὶς εἶπεν, Οὐκ.απεστάλην εἰ: μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα ing ‘said, Iwas not sent except to the sheep the lost . οἴκου Ἰσραήλ. 25 ‘H.dé ἐλθοῦσα προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, ος [the] house of Israel. Bui she havingcome didhomage tohim, λέγουσα, Κύριε, βοήθει μοι. 26 Ὁ δὲ αποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, Οὐκ sdying, ' Lord, help me! But he answering said, *Not Ῥέστιν καλὸν! λαβεῖν τὸν. ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων, καὶ βαλεῖν 1915 good totake the bread -ofthe children, and tocast [it] τοῖς κυναρίοις. 27 ‘H.dé εἶπεν, Ναί, κύριε’ καὶ.γὰρ τὰ κυνάρια tothe little dogs. But she said, Yea, Lord: foreven the little dogs ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης eat of the crumbs which fall from the table . τῶν.κυρίων.αὐτῶν. 28 Τότε ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν" αὐτῷ, of their masters. -Then answering Jesus said to her, ο Φ. / aN 9 ¢ / " a θη e θελ 5 γυναι, μέγα η σου 1 πιστις γένη TW σοι ως : EAELC. O woman, great [is] thy faith : be it to thee as thou desirest, \ 27 « ,Ἱ > 9 ’ ‘ τω ε/ 3 ͵ Καὶ ἰάθη ἡ.θυγάτηρ.αὐτῆς απὸ τῆς. ὥρας ἐκείνης. And was healed her daughter from that hour, 29 Kai μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν ὁ Ιησοῦς ἦλθεν παρὰ τὴν θἀλασ- And having departed thence Jesus came towards the 868, σαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας" καὶ ἀναβὰς εἰς τὸ ὄρος ἐκάθητο of Galilee ; ἐκεῖ. 90 καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί, ἔχοντες μεθ᾽ and having gone up into the mountain he was sitting there, And came tohim "crowds ‘great, having with « ~ 7, 7, / Ld ὌΝ la ἑαυτῶν χωλούς, τυφλούς, κωφούς, κυλλούς, καὶ ἑτέρους πολ- them lame, blind, dumb, maimed, and “others ‘many, hove, καὶ “ἔῤῥιψαν" αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας "τοῦ Ἰησοῦ." and they οαδὺ ἄοππ them at the feet of Jesus, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτούς" 31 ὥστε “τοὺς ὄχλους" θαυμάσαι, and he healed them ; sothat the crowds wondered, βλέποντας κωφοὺς λαλοῦντας, κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς, ' χωλοὺς περι- seeing dumb speaking, maimed sound, lame walk- πατοῦντας, καὶ τυφλοὺς βλέποντας καὶ "ἐδόξασαν" τὸν θεὸν ing, and - blind seeing ; and they glorified the. God Ἰσραήλ. 32 Ὁ. δὲ. Ἰησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς μαθητὰς of Israel. But Jesus having calledto [Παπ] “disciples αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Σπλαγχνίζομαι ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον, ὅτι Ίδη his said, Iam moved with compassion towardsthe crowd, because already πὴἡμέρας" τρεῖς προσμἐνουσίν μοι, καὶ οὐκ.ἔχουσιν TL φάγω- “days lihree they continue withme,and havenot what they may σιν" καὶ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτοὺς νήστεις οὐ-θέλω, μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν eat; and tosendaway them fasting [amnotwilling, lest they faint ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. 33 Kai λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ," 11όθεν in the way. And “say. 39ο him this “disciples, Whence ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον; tous in adesert loaves so many as: tosatisfy acrowd so great? 34 Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε; Οἱ. δὲ And 3ραγ5 *to *them 1Jesus, Howmany loaves haveye? Andthey εἶπον, Ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια. 35 Καὶ Υἐκέλευσεν τοῖς said, Seven, and afew small fishes. And hecgmmanded the P ἔξεστιν it is allowed LTA.. 4 ἔριψαν τ. ο ἠρώτουν LTTrA. ΝΕ τ Ὁ καὶ θη ττττὰ. ὑ ἐδόξαζον Tt. ὄχλον the crowd ΤΑ. τι αὐτοῦ of him LTtra. W ἡμέραι GLTTraW. 43 ples came and be- sought him, saying, Send her away; for she criethafter us, 24 But he answered and said, I am not sent but unte the lost sheep of the house of Israel. 25 Then came she and worship- ped him, saying, Lord, help me. 26. But he auswered and said, lt is not meet to take the children’s bread, and to cast 7% to dogs. 27 And she said, Truth, Lord : yet the dogs eat of the crumbs which fall from their mas- ters’ table. 28 Then Jesus answered and said unto her, O wo- man, great 18 thy faith: be it unto thee even as thou wilt. And her daughter was made whote from that very hour. 29 And Jesus depart- ed from thence, and came nigh unto the sea of Galilee; and went up into a mountain, and sat down there. 30 And great multi- tudes came unto him, having with them those that were lame, blind, dumb, maimed, and many others, and cast them down at Jesus’ feet; and he healed them:31 insomuch that the multitude wonder- ed, when they saw the dumb to speak, the maimed to be whole, the lame to walk, and the blind to see: and they glorified the God of Israel, 32 Then Jesus called his disci- ples unto him, andsaid, I have compassion on the multitude, because they continue with me now three days, and have nothing to eat: and I will -not send them away fasting, lest they faint in the way. 33 And his dis- ciples say unto him, Whence should we have so much bread in the wilderness, as to fill so great a multi- tude? 34 And Jesus saith unto them, How many loaves have ye? And they said, Seven, and a few little fishes. 35 And he commanded the multitude to sit 8 τὸν ᾿ -~ xX — αυτου (read the disciples) [n]t[tr]a. ¥ παραγγείλας τῷ ὄχλῳ having commanded the crowd Lrtr, 44 down on the ground. 36 And.he took the seven loaves and the fishes,and gave thanks, and brake them, and gave to his disciples, and the disciples to the multitude. 37 And they did all eat, and were filled: and they took up of the broken meat that was left feven baskets full, 38 And they that did eat were four thousand men, beside women and children, 39 And he sent away the mul- titude, and took ship, and came into the coasts of Magdala. XVI. The Pharisees also with the Saddu- cees came, and tempt- ing desired him that he would shew them a sign from heaven. 2 He answered and said unto them, When it is evening, ye say, it will be fair weather; for the sky is red. 3 And inthe morning, Zt will be toul weather to day: for the sky is red and lowring. Oye hypocrites, ye can dis- cern the face of the sky ; but can ye not discernihe signs of the times? 4 A wicked and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign; and there shall nosign be given unto it, but thesign of the prophet Jonas, And he left them, and departed. 5 And when his dis- ciples were come to the other side, they had forgotten to take bread, 6 Then Jesus said unto them, Take heed and beware of the leaven of the Pha- risees and of the Sad- ducees. 7 And they reasoned among them- selves, saying, Ἶι ὦ be- cause we have taken no bread. 8 Which when Jesus perceived, be said unto them, 0 ye of little faith, why reason ye among your- selves use ye have brought no bread? 9 Do ἐν not yet under- stand, neither remem- ‘ber the five loaves of ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XV, XVI. ὄχλοις! ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν' 856 "καὶ λαβὼν! τοὺς ἑπτὰ crowds to recline on the ground; and havingtaken the seven ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας." εὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασεν καὶ δέδωκενὶ loaves and the fishes, having given thanks he broke and gave τοῖς μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ,! οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἀτῷ ὄχλῳ." 97 Kai to his disciples, andthe disciples tothe crowd, And ἔφαγον πάντες, καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν καὶ “ἦραν τὸ περισ- Zate ου. and weresatisfied; andthey tookup that which was ότοσ σεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων! ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας πλήρεις. 98 οἱ δὲ andabove ofthe fragments seven baskets full; and they who ἐσθίοντες ἦσαν τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες, χωρὶς 'γυναικῶν καὶ ate were four thousand men, besides women and παιδίων." 39 Kai αἀπολύσας. τοὺς ὄχλους Σἐνέβη! εἰς το children, And having dismissed the crowds he entered into the πλοῖον, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ὅρια ἘΜαγδαλά." : ship, and came to theborders of Magdala. 16 Kai προσελθόντες “οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ And having cometo[him]the Pharisees and πειράζοντες Ιεπηρώτησαν! αὐτὸν σημεῖον ἐκ tempting .[him} asked him asign outof the ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτοῖς 2 ὁ. δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖο. * Οψίας to shew them. But he - answering said tothem, Evening , / ᾽ ΄ “εἰ 4 « ᾽ , . x γενομένης λέγετε, Ἐὐδία' πυῤῥάζει.γὰρ 0 οὐρανός. ὃ καὶ having come yesay, Fine weather; for*is*red ‘the *heaven. And πρωΐ, Σήμτρον χειµών' πυῤῥάζει γὰρ στυγνάζων ὁ οὐρανός. Σαδδουκαῖοι Sadducees τοῦ οὐρανοῦ heaven atmorning, To-day astorm; for *is *red Slowering ‘the *heaven. , Ιὑποκριταί. τὸ piv πρόσωπον τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γινώσκετε Hypocrites! the *indeed face 20Ε “the *heaven ye know [how] διακρίνειν, τὰ.δὲ σημεῖα τῶν καιρῶν οὐ.δύνασθειὶ 4 γενεὰ todiscern, butthe signs ofthe times ye cannot ! A generation ‘4 2 ~ ~ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ" καὶ σημεῖον οὐ.δοθή- wicksd and aduterous asign secks, and asign shall not be σεται αὐτῇ. εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ πτοῦ προφήτου." Καὶ given toit, except the sign of Jonas’ the prophet. And καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς ἀπῆλθεν. leaving them he went away. 5 Καὶ ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ" εἰς τὸ πέραν ἐπελάθοντο And*having‘ecume this 34ἱδοίρ]θ to the otherside they forgot ” ~ « . τ - > ~ « ~ ‘ ἄρτους λαβεῖν. 6 ὁ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ορᾶτε καὶ προσ- [loaves 'to.*take. And Jesus said to them, See διά ¥ be= ’ ᾽ 4 ~ 4 ~ ΄ ‘ ο ών e Δι ἔχετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. 7 Οἱ.δὲ ware of the leaven οὗ the _ Pharisees and Sadducees, And they διελογίζοντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐλά- reasoned among themselves, saying, Because loaves “not lwe οµεν. 8 Γνοὺς.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν “αὐτοῖς," Τί. δια- took, Απᾶ Πανίηρ known [this] Ὁ Jesus said tothem, Why rea- λογίζεσθε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ὀλιγόπιστοι, ὅὕτι ἄρτους οὐκ .80n ye among yourselves, Ο [γε]οξ little faith, because loaves not ? , ~ \ » PehaBere;" 9 οὕπω.νοεῖε, οὐδὲ μνημονεύετε τοὺς) πέντε ye *took? Do ye not yet perceive, nor remember the five . 5 ἔλαβεν he took urtr. L}t[tr ja. i ἐπηρώτων τ. and 1. GLITra. . Ἡ _ 2 τοῖς ὄχλοις to the crowds Tira. Ἐπαιδίων καὶ γυναικῶν τ. oe ᾿Οψίας ees. ἴο ἐπα ο verse ὃ [τα]. m > του προφήτου LTTrA, P ἔχετε ye have L, «5 -Ῥ καὶ δΔῃᾶ τ, ὃ ἐδίδου την. © -- αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) ετὸ περισσεῦον τῶν κλασμάτων ἦραν LTTra. κ ἀνέβη he went up GTraw. 4 Μαγαδάν ν agadan LTTra, 1 — ὑποκριταί LTTrA; + καὶ Ὁ — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) pttra. 0 — αὐτοῖς — XVI. MATTHEW. ἄρτους τῶν πεντακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσους κοφίνους ἐλάβετε, loaves of the five thousand, and how many hand-baskets ye took [up]? 10 οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας nor the seven loaves of the four thousand, and how many ασπυρίδαςὶ ἐλάβετε, 11 πῶς οὐ.νοετε ὅτι οὐ περὶ baskets yetook [up]? How perceive ye not that not concerning τἄρτου" εἶπον ὑμῖν "προσέχειν" ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων bread Ispoke ἴογοαι to beware of the leaven of the Pharisees καὶ Σαδδουκαίων; 12 Τότε συνῆκαν ὅτι οὐκ.εῖπεν προσέχειν and Sadducees ? Then they understood that hesaidnot to beware rhe Σὐ εου τ σαι ern τής Δ UF απο TNC ξυμης ‘Tov apTov, ‘a απὸ τῆς ὁιδαχῆς τῶν of the leaven of bread, but of the teaching of the Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων. Pharisees and Sadducees, 19 Ἐλθὼν. δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὰ µέρη: Καισαρείας τῆς And *having *come 1 Jesus into the parts of Cxsarea* Φιλίππου ἠρώτα τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, λέγων, Τίνα Ὑμεὶ Philippi he questioned his‘ disciples, saying, Whom ‘*me λέγουσιν οἱ. ἄνθρωποι εἶναι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; 14 Οἱ δὲ 1ᾳο “pronounce 2men ®to ?°be Sthe ®Son 7of "πιαη 2 And they αεῖπον,' Οἱ μὲν Ιωάννην τὸν βαπτιστήν' Σᾶλλοι" δὲ Ἡλίαν | said, Some John the Baptist ; and others Elias ; « ΔῊ 8 / n e ~ ~ , > ~ a ἕτεροι.δὲ Ἱερεμίαν, ἢ ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν. 15 Λέγει αὐτοῖς, and others ' Jeremias, or one ofthe prophets. He says to them, Ὑμεῖς.δὲ τίνα µε λέγετε εἶναι: 16 Ὀ Αποκριθεὶς.δὲῖ Σί- αὖ γὸ whom *me ‘do *ye *pronounce to be? And answering Si- μων Πέτρος εἶπεν, Σὺ ef ὁ Χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ mon Peter said, Thouart the Christ, the Son of God the ζῶντος. 17 “Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς"! ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακάριος living. And answering Jesus said tohim, Blessed el, Σίμων “Bap Ἰωνᾶ," ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ.ἀπεκάλυψέν art thou, Simon Bar-Jonas, for fiecsh and blood revealed [it] not σοι, ἄλλ᾽ ὁπατήρ-μου ὁ ἐν “τοῖς! οὐρανοῖς. 18 Κἀγὼ. δέ to thee, but my Father who[is]in the heavens. And I also σοι λέγω, ὅτι σὺ ef Πέτρος, καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἴκοδο- tothee say, Thatthouart- Peter, and on this rock Iwill ioe µου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ πύλαι ἅδου οὐ.κατισχύσουσιν uild my assembly, and gates wot hades shall not prevail against αὐτῆς. 19 fkai! δώσω σοὶ τὰς Σκλεῖοὶ τῆς βασιλείας τῶν it. And I will give to thee the keys ofthe kingdom of the οὐρανῶν' καὶ ὃ. "ἐὰν! δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον neavens: and whatever thoumayest bindon the earth,shallbe bound ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς" καὶ ὃ ἐὰν" λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται in the heavens; απᾶ whatever thoumayestloose on the earth, shallbe λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 20 Τότε Ἐδιεστείλατο! τοῖς µαθη- loosed in the heavens. Then _ charged he *dis- ταῖς Ἰαὐτοῦ! ἵνα μηδενὶ εἴπωσιν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν '']ησοῦς" ciples ‘*his that tonoone they should say that he is Jesus ε la 0 χριστὸς. the Christ. ᾳ σφυρίδας 1. Τὸ ἄρτων loaves LTTraw. beware LTTrA, Pharisees and Sadducees 1. : Ἠλείαν τ. ἃ Bapwwva LTA. ‘dy tr. κ ἐπετίμησεν he earnestly charged L, πα Ἰησοῦς GLITrAW, YaAAa TTrAW. %,— µε [L]TTrA. a + [ὃ Ἰησοῦς] Jesus (says) L. ὃ καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς W. e — τοῖς (read [the]) [tr]. £—«at [a]. -prophets. 45 the five thousand, and how many baskets ye took up? -10 Neither the seven loaves of the four thousand, and how many baskets ye took up? 11 How is it that ye do not un- derstand that I spake τὲ not to you concern- ing bread, that ye should beware of the leaven of the Pharisces and of the Saddicees 2 12 Then understood they how that he bade them not beware of the leaven of bread, but of the doctrine of the Pharisees and of the Sadducees. 13 When Jesus came into thecoasts of (α- sarea Philippi,heasked his disciples, saying, Whom do men say that J the Son of man am? 14 And they said, Some say that thouart John the Baptist: some, E- lias ; and others. Jere- mias, or one of the 15 He saith unto them, But whom say ye that I am? 16 And Simon Peter answered and said, Thou art the Christ, the Son of the living God. 17 And Jesus answered and said un- to him, Blessed art thou, Simon Bar-jona: for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven. 18 And I say also unto thee, That thou art Peter, and upon this ‘rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it. 19 And I will give un- to thee the keys of the kingdom of heaven: and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in hea- ven: and whatsoever thou ‘shalt loose on earth shall be loosed. in heaven. 20 Then charged he his disci- ples that they should tell no man that he was Jesus the Christ. 8 ; (the question ends at you) προσέχετε δὲ but τ τῶν ἄρτων of the loaves Ltra ; τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων of the * ειπαν LTTr. ο ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ LTTrA, 6 κλεῖδας ΕΤΊΤΑ. 1— αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) tTTra. You Le h ἂν ΗΤΤΑ, Μο. 46 21 From that time forth began Jesus to shew unto his disciples, how that he must go unto Jerusalem, and suffer many things of the elders and chief. priests andscribes, and be killed, and be raised again the third day. 22 Then Peter took him, and began to re- buke him, saying, Be it far from thee, Lord: this shall not be unto thee. 23 Butheturned, and said unto Peter, Get thee behind me, Satan: thou art an offence unto me: for thou savourest not the things that be of God, but those that be of men. 24 Then said Jesus unto his disci- ples, If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take uphiscross, and follow me. 25 For whosoever will save his life shall lose it : and.whosoever will lose his life for my sake shall find it. 26 For what is a man profited, if he shall gain the whole world, and lose his own soul ? or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul? 27 For the Son of man shall come in the glory of his Father with his angels; and then he shall re- ward every man ac- eording to his works. 28 Verily I say, unto you, There be some standing here, which shall not taste of death, till they see the Son of man coming in his kingdom, XVI. And after six days Jesus taketh Peter,James, and John his brother, and bring- eth them up into an high mountain apart, 2 and was transfigured before them: and his face did shine as the sun, and his raiment ‘him follow me, MATOATOS. XVI, ΧΥΠ. 21 ᾿Απὸ τότε ἤρξατο "6" Ἰησοῦς δεικνύειν τοῖς μαθηταῖς From that time began Jesus to shew _to ἂν... Cate ~ e κο αν. κ v2 ~ ? α αὐτοῦ, ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν "ἀπελθεῖν εἰς Ιεροσόλυμα," καὶ this that itisnecessaryfor him togoaway ἴο Jerusalem, and πολλὰ παθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ἀρχιερέων καὶ many things tosuffer from the elders and chief priests and γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ τῷ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι. scribes, and to be ος and the third day tobe raised. 22 καὶ προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος Ῥήρξατοὶ “ἐπιτιμᾷν And *having *taken *to [Shim] *him *Peter began to rebuke αὐτῷ, λέγων," Ἵλεώς σοι, κύριε οὐ μὴ ἔσται σοι him, saying, [God be] favourable to thee, Lord: in no wise shallbe to thee τοῦτο. 29 Ὁ.δὲ στραφεὶς εἶπεν τῷ Πέτρῳ, Ὕπαγε ὀπίσω pov, this, But he having turned said to Peter, Get behind me, σατανᾶ, σκάνδαλόν τν ec! ὅτι οὐ φρονεῖς τὰ Satan: an offence to me thouart, for thy thoughts arenot of the things τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 94 Τότε ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 6f God, Ὀαὺ the things of men. Then Jesus said τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, Ei τις θέλει ὀπίσω µου ἐλθεῖν, ἆπαρ- to his disciples, ‘If any one desires aftér me tocome, let νησάσθω ἑαυτόν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν.σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκο- himdeny himself, and lethimtakeup his cross, and let λουθείτω μοι. 25 ὃς γὰρ. ἀνὶ θέλῃ πρ os αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, For whoever may desire to save, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν" ὃς.δ᾽ ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν shall lose it ; but whoever may lose his life on account of ἐμοῦ, εὑρήσει αὐτήν" 26 τί.γὰρ ἐὠφελεῖται! η. ἐὰν me, shall find it. For what is profited Ἔ if τὸν κόσμον ὅλον κερδήσῃ, τὴν.δὲ. Ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ ξημιωθῦν ἢ the world ‘whole he gain, and his soul " τί δώσει ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς. ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ; Ὃ7 μέλ- what ears 1a *man [as]an exchange for his soul? For 318 λει.γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ.ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ δόξῃ τοῦ πατρὸς Sabout ‘the *Son 303 *man tocome in Me glory *Father αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν.ἀγγέλων. αὐτοῦ" καὶ τότε ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ of *his with his angels; and then hewillrender Το each κατὰ τὴν.πρᾶξιν. αὐτοῦ. 28 ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰσίν according to his doing. Verily Isay toyou, Thereare τινες “ray ὧδε ἑστηκότων," οἵτινες οὐ.μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου some of those here standing who inuowise shalltaste of death ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῷ until they haveseen the Son of man coming in βασιλείᾳ.αὐτοῦ. his kingdom, 17 Kai μεθ᾽ ἡ ἡμέρας ἓξ παραλαμβάνει δ᾽ Ιησοῦς τὸν Πέτρον And after pars six *takes*with [*him] ὃ Jesus Peter καὶ Ἰάκωβον καὶ ei τὸν ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, Kai ἀναφέρει and James and his brother, and brings up αὐτοὺς εἰς ip κατ᾽ ἰδίαν.. 2 καὶ μετεμορφώθη them high apart. And he was ποσα ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔλαμψεν τὸ. πρήσωπον ισα ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, before them, and “shone *his *fac asthe sun, ἄρος into Ὃ ον. n—o6 u[tr]a. λέγων τι; λέγει αὐτῷ LTTra. ο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπεχβεῖν LTTrA, t ὠφεληθήσεται shall be profited trtra. Ρ ---- ἤρξατο A. α αὐτῷ ἐπιτιμᾶν ἐπιτιμῶν says to him rebuking [him] a. F εἶ ἐμοῦ LYTra. 5. ἐὰν ν + ὅτι that xT. ® τῶν ὧδε ἑστώτων GLITra ; ὧδε ἑστῶτες We XVII. MATTHEW. τὰ δὲ. μάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς. 3 Kai ἰδού, *Hd- and his garments became white as the light; and behold, "αρ- θησαν" αὐτοῖς ΣΜωσῆς! καὶ Ηλίας, "μετ αὐτοῦ συλλαλοῦντες.! peared ‘to°them ‘Moses and “Elias ‘with *°him "talking. 4 ἀποκοιθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ, Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν And answering Peter said to Jesus, Lord, good .it is ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι εἰ θέλεις, ποιήσωμεν! ὧδε τρεῖς σκηνάς, forus here tobe. If thouwilt, let us make here three tabernacles: ‘ , A ~ , ‘ , , ” ? ~ σοὶ μίαν, καὶ “Μωσῃ! μίαν, καὶ ἁμίαν Ἡλίᾳ." ὃ Ἔτι αὐτοῦ forthee one, and for Moses one, and one forElias. Whileyet he λαλοῦντος, ἰδού, νεφέλη “φωτεινὴ ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς" καὶ Was speaking, bchold, a*cloud "bright overshadowed them: and ἰδού, φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης, λέγουσα, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ.υἱός.µου lo, avoice out of the cloud, saying, THis is my Son ὁ ἀγαπητος, ἐν ᾧ ῄ[εὐδύκησα Ἱ Εαὐτοῦ ἀκούετε." 6 Kai γαπητος, ἕν ᾧ εὐδόκησα αὐτοῦ AKOUETE.". αἱ the _ beloved, in whom I havefounddelight: “him ‘hear *ye. Acd ἀκούσαντες οἱ μαθηταὶ *execoy' ἐπὶ πρόσωπον. αὐτῶν, καὶ hearing [it] the ‘disciples fell upon their face, and ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα. 7 καὶ Ιπροσελθὠνὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ξἡψατοἱ! were terrified greatly. And having come to [them] Jesus touched ? ~ 1 XII “=< ? , ‘ a, ΄ - θ ? , αὐτῶν, ‘kai! εἶπεν, Ἐγέρθητε, καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε. 8 Ἐπάραντες them, and said, Hise up, and be not terrified. *Having *lifted*up δὲ τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτῶν οὐδένα εἶδον εἰμὴ τὸν Ἰησοῦν tand their eyes no *one ‘they “saw except Jesus μόνον. alone. 9 Kai καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν ™aro" τοῦ ὄρους ἐνετείλατο And as*were*desceniing ‘they from the mountain “charged ) - ay) ~ , Δ ν δοὺς ον e ΝΣ ε αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, λέγων, Μηδενὶ εἴπητε τὸ ὅραμα, ξως.οὗ ὁ them Jesus, saying, Tonoone tell the vision, until the υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθυώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν "ἀναστῃ." 10 Καὶ ἐπη- Son of man from among [the] dead be risen. And “ask- ρώτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ,! λέγοντες, Τί οὖν οἱ γραμ- ed *him this “disciples, saying, Why then “the~scribes ματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι ΡἩλίανὶ δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον; 11 Ὁ δὲ ‘say that Elias must cone first? And «Ἰησοῦς! ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν Tadroic," “Hac! μὲν ἔρχεται Jesus . answering said to them, Elias indeed comes πρῶτον" καὶ ἀποκαταστήσει πάντα" 12 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι first and shall restore ail things. But Isay to you that *Hriac! ἤδη ἦλθεν, καὶ οὐκ. ἐπέγνωσαν αὐτόν, ᾿ἀλλ᾽" ἐποίη- Elias already iscome, and they knew not him, but did σαν ἐν αὐτῷ ὕσα ἠθέλησαν" οὕτως καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου to him whatever they desired. Thus alsothe Son of man ΄ e > ? ~ , ~ soe μέλλει πάσχειν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν. 13 Tore συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ore isabout tosutier from them. Then umderstood the disciples that περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. concerning John the Baptist he spoke to them. 14 Kai ἐλθόντων ταὐτῶν! πρὸς τὸν ὄχλον προσῆλθεν And *having *come 1they to the crowd Scame : Ἠλείας τ. ἐπα ὥφθη LTTrA. Υ Μωῦσῆς LTTraw. ς JAAC ο Μωυσεῖ LITrA; Mwvoy W. αὐτοῦ LTTr. ὃ ποιήσω 1 will make bra. | μίαν LTTrA. ε φωτὸς Of light α. {ηὐδόκησα Ltr. LTTra. i προσῆλθεν came {0 LTTr. 1— KalLtT. ὯΔ ἐκ GLTTrAW. 3 ἐγερθῇ be raised LTTrA. - αὖ Ἱπττ. Ρ» Ἡλείαν τ. 8 -- Ἰησοῦς (read he said) εὐττὰ. ἢ — αὐτοῖς LTTr[A]. t— πρῶτον LTTr4. 7 ἀλλὰ ττὰ. ἢ -- αὐτῶν LITrA, 8 ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ LTTrA. k καὶ ἁψάμενος and touching LT; καὶ ἥψατο Tr. ο — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) 47 was whiteas the light. 3 And, behold, there appeared unto them Moses and Elias talk- ing with him, 4 Then auswered Peter, and said unto Jesus, Lord, it is good for us to be here: if thou wilt, let us make here three tabernucles; one for thee, and one for Mo- ses, and one for Elias. 9 While he yet spake, behold, a bright cloud overshadowed them: and behoid a voice out of the cloud, which said, This is my be- loved Son, in whom I am well pleased ; hear ye him. 6 And when the disciples heard it, they fell on their face, and were sore afraid. 7 And Jesus came and touched them, and said, Arise, and be not afraid. 8 And when they had lifted up their eyes, they saw no man, save Jesus only. 9 And as they came down from the moun- - tain, Jesus charged them, saying, Tell the vision tono man, until the Son of man be risen again from the dead. 10 And his dis- ciples asked him, say- ing. Why then say the scribes that Elias must first come? 11 And Je- sus answered and said unto them, Elias truly shall first come, and restore αἱ things. 12 But I say unto you, That Elias is come al- ready, and they knew him not, but have done unto him whatsoever they listed. Likewise shall also the Son of man suffer of them. 13 Then the disciples understood that he spake unto them of John the Baptist. 14 And when they were come tothe mul- titude, there came to ἃ συλλαλοῦντες (συνλαλ. T) μετ᾽ 4 “HAta (Ἠλεία τ) h ἔπεσαν 5 Ἡλείας Τ. - 48 him a certain man, kneeling down to him, and saying, 15 Lord, have mercy on my sol: for he is lunatick, and sore vexcd: for oft- times he falleth into the fire, and oft into the water. 16 And 1 brought him to thy disciples, and they could not cure him. 17 Then Jesus answer- ed and said, O faith- less and perverse ς generation, how long shall I be with του ? how long shall I suffer you? bring him hither to me. 18 And Jesus rebuked the devil; and he departed out of him: and the child was cured from that very hour. 19 Then catoe the disciples to Jesus apart, and said, Why could not we east him out? 20 And Jesus said unto them, Be- cause of your unbelief : for verily I say unto you, If ye have faith as a grain of mustard seed, ye shall say unto this mountain, Re- move hence to yonder place; and it shall remove; and nothing shall be impossible unto you. 21 Howbeit this kind goeth not out but by prayer and fasting, 22 And while they abode in Galilee, Jesus said unto them, The Son of man shall be ‘betrayed into the hands of men: 23 and they shall kill him, and the third day he shall be raised again. And they were exceed- ing sorry. 24 And when they were come to Caper- naum, they that re- ceived tribute money Yy came to Petcr, and said, Doth not your master pay tribute? 25 He saith, Yes. And when he was come into the house, Jesus pre- vented him, saying What thinkest thou, Simon? of whom do the kings of the earth take custom or tribute? of their own children, or of strangers? 26 Pe- ------- χ αὐτόν GLTTrAW. b— augers LTTrA. ἔνθεν 3 f — verse 21 [Tra]. bh ee he shall rise again L. ™ εἰσελθόντα eutering LT; ἐλθόντα having come tra, MATOATO®. XVII. αὐτῷ ἄνθρωπος γονυπετῶν adr," 16 καὶ λέγων, Κύριε, *to*him τα δ kneclingdownto him, and saying, Lord, ἐλέησόν µου τὸν υἱόν, ὅτι σεληνιάζεται καὶ κακῶς πάσχει"" have pity on my son, for heislunatic and miserably suftcrs: πολλάκις.γὰρ πίπτει εἰς TO πῦρ, καὶ πολλάκις εἰς TO ὕδωρ, for often he falls into the fire, and often into the water. 16 καὶ προσήνεγκα αὐτὸν τοῖς.μαθηταῖς. σου, καὶ οὐκ.ἠδυνή- Απᾶ 1 brought him to thy disciples, .and they were not θησαν αὐτὸν θεραπεῦσαι. 17 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, able him ~ to heal. And answering Jesus said, Ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε Τέσομαι O generation μον and πι until when shail I be μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν" ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν; φέρετέ μοι αὐτὸν ὦδε. with you? until whenshalllbearwith you? Bring tome him here, 18 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ And “rebuked shim ο and wentout from him the δαιμόνιον, καὶ ἐθεραπεύθη ὃ παῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρα:.ἐκείνης. demon, and was healed the boy from that hour, 19 Tore προσελθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ τῷ Ἰησοῦ κατ ἰδίαν εἶπον, Then *having*come ‘the “disciples to Jesus apart said, 2Arari' ἡ ἡμεῖς οὐκ. ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό; 20 Ὁ δὲ Τι σοῦς" Why “we ‘ +were "notable ἴο cast out Te And Jesus Csizey' αὐτοῖς, Διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν" ὑμῶν. ἀμὴν.γὰρ λέγω said to them, Because of “unbelief your. For bans I say ὑμῖν, ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως, ἐρεῖτε τῷ ὄρει toyou, If yehave faith as agrain of mustard, ye shall say Smountair τούτῳ, “Μετάβηθι ἐντεῦθεν" ἐκεῖ, καὶ µεταβήσεται’ καὶ οὐδὲν 1to *this, Remove hence thither, and it shallremove; and nothing , ~ ~ A A ͵ ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν. 21 ἰτοῦτο.δὲ.τὸ. γένος οὐκ. ἐκπορεύεται shall be impossible to you. But this kind goes not out εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ καὶ νηστείᾳ." except by prayer and fasting. 22 8 ᾿Αναστρεφομένωγν!. δὲ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς And while “were ἌΡΗΙ ‘they in Galilee, "said *to*them ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μέλλει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι εἰς 4Jesus, 915 }°about *the ἤβϑοι of *man to be delivered up into χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, 23 καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ [the] hands of men, and they will kill him; and the third ἡμέρῳ μἐγερθήσεται." Καὶ ἐλυπήθησαν σφόδρα. day he shall be raised up. And they were grieved greatly. 24 ᾿Ἑλθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν εἰς Καπερναοὺμ" προσῆλθον οἱ And*having*come *they to Capernaum came those “who τὰ δίδραχμα λαμβάνοντες τῷ Πέτρῳ καὶ Ἐεΐπον," Ὁ διδάσ- *the Σ4ἱάσαςηπιας “received to Peter and said, *Teach- καλος ὑμῶν οὐ.τελεῖ ἱτὰ! δίδραχμα; 25 Λέγει, Nai. Καὶ er tyour does he not pay the didrachmas? He ολλ, Yes. And More εἰσῆλθεν! εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν προέφθασεν αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, when heentered into the house “anticipated shim "ημας λέγων, Τί σοι.δοκεῖ, Σίμων ; οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς ἀπὸ τίνων saying, What thinkestthou, Simon? The kings ofthe earth from whom λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον; ἀπὸ τῶν.υἱῶν αὐτῶν, ἢ ἀπὸ 4ο they receive customor tribute? from their sons, or from 5. μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι ΙΤΊΤΑ. 5 διὰ τί LTTrAW. 4 ὀλιγοπιστίαν little faith LTT:A. ο Μετάβα & Συστρεφομένων Were > abiding together 1Τ15. i Κάφαρναοὺμ ταὐτιὰ, κ εἶπαν LTTrA. ... τὰ τ. Σ κακῶς ἔχει is ill Ltr. ο λέγει he says LTTrA, σης. 7 Οὐαὶ τῷ κόσμῳ | δαλίζωµεν τ. XVII, XVIII. MATTHEW. τῶν ἀλλοτρίων; 98 "λέγει αὐτῷ" οὐ Πέτρος! ᾿Απὸ τῶν ἀλ- the strangers? ?says “to *him Peter, From the stran- λοτρίων. “Edn αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, P”’Apaye! ἐλεύθεροί εἰσιν οἱ gers. 2said “to*him 1 Jesus, Then indeed free are the viol. 27 ἵνα.δὲ μὴ σκανδαλίσωμενὶ αὐτούς, πορευθεὶς. εἰς sons, But that we may not offend them, haying gone το r } ll θ aN tr » < A ? Lg ~ τὴν! θάλασσαν βάλε ἄγκιστρον, καὶ τὸν ἀναβάντα πρῶτον the sea, cast a hook, and the *coming *up “first ἰχθὺν ἆρον' καὶ ἀνοίξας τὸ.στόμα αὐτοῦ εὑρήσεις στα- fish take, and having opened its mouth thou shalt find a sta- τῆρα"' ἐκεῖνον λαβὼν δὸς αὐτοῖς ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ. ter ; that having taken.give-tothem for me and thee, 18 Ἐν é / νεο | AAO ε θ᾽ A ~ ἡ | ~ u Κεινῇ ΤΏ ωρᾳ προσ ον Οἱ μα Tat Tw σοῦ, In that hour came the disciples to Jesus, λέγοντες, Tic doa είζων ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐ- saying, Whothen([*the]*greater ‘is in the kingdom ofthe hea- ρανῶν; 2 Kai προσκαλεσάμενος ἵὁ Ἰησοῦς! παιδίον, ἔστησεν vens ?. And *having *called *to (°-him]) 116515 alitile child, he set αὐτὸ ἐν μέσῳ.αὐτῶν, ὃ καὶ εἶπεν, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν. μὴ it in‘ their midst, and said, Verily Isay toyou, Unless στραφῆτε καὶ γένησθεὡςτὰ παιδία, οὐ-μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς yéareconvertedand become as thelittlechildren, inno wise shallyeenter into τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. 4 ὕστις οὖν Ἱταπεινώσῃ!ὴ the kingdom ofthe heavens. Whosoever therefore will humble ἑαυτὸν ὡς τὸ.παιδίον.τοῦτο, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μείζων ἔν τῇ βασι- himself as this little child, he is the greater in the king- λείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν. 5 καὶ ὃς ἐὰν"! δέξηται “παιδίον τοιοῦτον dom ofthe heavens; and whoever willreceive *little*child such ἕν!" ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί. μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται" ϐ ὃς ὃ ἂν σκανδαλίσῃ Jone in my name, 2me treceives. But whoever shall cause Sto offend ἕνα τῶν.μικρῶν τούτων τῶν πιστευόντων. εἰς ἐμέ, συμφέρει tone of ‘these *little °ones | who believe in me, itis profitable αὐτῷ ἵνα κρεμασθῇ μύλος ὀνικὸς γέπὶ! τὸν for him that should be hung ‘a *milistone ‘turned "by °an °ass *upon / ? ζω \ ~ ? ~ / ~ , τράχηλον. αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταποντισθῇ ἐν τῷ πελάγει τῆς θαλάσ- “his *neck, he be sunk ἀπὸ Woe tothe world because of the Zor! ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα, πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ.ἀνθρώπῳ."ἐκείνῳϊ itis “to*come'the offences, yet woe to that man & οὗ τὸ σκάνδαλον ἔρχεται. 8 Εἰ δὲ ἡ.χείρισου ἢ ὁ.πούς.σου by whom the offence cones ! Andif - thy hand or thy foot σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον abra" καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ" καλόν cause 7050 %offend?thee, cut off them and cast [them]from thee; good ? ‘ 2 ~ > Α od A 5 \ Ά , n σοι ἐστὶν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν “χωλὸν ἢ κυλλόν,ὶ ἢ for thee itis toecnter into life lame or maimed, [rather]than os ~ n ῤ ta 3 ~ 2 A ~ A Puf δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ TO αἰώνιον. two hands ortwo feet having tobecast intothe fire the eternal. 9 καὶ εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός.σου σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε And it thine eye cause*to*%offend thee, pluckout it and cast ἀπὸ σοῦ" καλόν σοι ἐστὶν μονόφθαλμον εἰς τὴν ζωὴν [15] ἔτοτα thee; good forthee itis one-eyed into life in the depth ofthe τῶν σκανδάλων" ἀνάγκη.γάρ offences ! For necessary and sea. 2 εἰπόντος δέ and having said Lrtr. ο — ὃ Πέτρος LTTrA. t — τὴν (read [the ]} LTTrAw. 8 ἡμέρᾳ day τ΄. 5 ταπεινώσει LITrTAW. ΡΥ ἂν Τῶν. Σ ἓν παιδίον τοιοῦτον (—v τ) LTTrA. εἰςίοΑ. 58 --πστιν (read [Πέ 157) LTra. at (and cast [it]) ΤΤΤΙΔΑ. EH “ κυλλὸν ἢ χωλόάν LE P”Apa ye TrA. 8 --- ἐκείνῳ (read to the man) Τη 49 ter saith unto him, Of strangers. Jesus saith unto him, Then are the children free. 27 Not- withstanding, lest we should offend them, go thou to the sea, and cast an hook, and take up the fish that first cometh up; and when thou hast opened his mouth, thou shalt tind a piece of money: that take, and give unto them for me and thee\ XVIII. At the same time came the disci- ples unto Jesus, say- ing, Whois thegreatest in the kingdom of heaven? 2 And Jesus called a littl child unto him,-and set him in the midst of them, 3 and said, Verily Isay unto yqu, Except ye be converted, and be- come as little children, ye shall not enter into the kingdom of hea- ven. 4 Whosoever therefore shallhumble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the king~ dom of heaven. 5 And whoso shall receive one such little child in my namereceivethme, 6 But whoso shall of- fend one of these little ones which believe in me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea, 7 Woe unto the world because of offences! for it must needs be that offences come; but woe. to that man by whom the offence cometh! 8 Wherefore if thy hand or thy foot of- fend thee, cut them off, and east them from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life halt or maimed, rather than having two handg or two feet to be cast into everlasting fire. 9 And if thine eye οἳ- fend thee, pluck it out, and cast ἐξ from thee: it is better for thee to enter into life with one eye, rather q σκαν- t— ὁ Ἰησοῦς ΤΤιΑ. Υ περὶ about LTTr} Ὁ αὐτὸν 50 than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire. 10 Take heed that ye despise not one of these little ones; for 1. say unto you, That in heayen their angels do always behold the face of my Father which is in heaven. 11, For the Son of man is come to save that whichwas lost. 12 How think ye? if a man have an ᾿ hundred sheep, and one of them be gone astray, doth he not Jeave the ninety and nine, and goeth into the mountains, apndseeketh that.which is gone astray? 13 And if so be that he find it, verily I say unto you, he rejoiceth more ο that sheep, than of the ninety and nine which went not astray. 14 Even so it is not the will of your Fa- ther which is in hea- ven, that one of these little ones should per ish, 15 Moreover if thy brother’ shall trespass against thee, go and tell him his fault be- tween thee and him alone: if he shall hear thee, thou hast gained thy brother. 16 But if he will not hear .thee, then take with thee one or two more, that in the mouth of two or three witnesses every’ word may, be estab- lished. 17 And if he shall neglect to hear them, tell 7@ unto the ehurch: but if he neg- lect to hear the church, let him be unto ‘thea asan heathen man and a publican, 18-Verily I say unto you, What- soever yeshall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven: and what- Boever ye shall loose onearth shall be loosed in heaven. 19 Again I Bay unto you, That if two of you shall agree on, earth as touching any thing that they shall ask, it shall be done for them of my Father which is in 2 ἢ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XVIII. εἰσελθεῖν, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι ‘sic τὴν to enter, [rather] than two eyes having tabecast into the γέενναν τοῦ πυρός. 10 Ὁρᾶτε μὴ.καταφρονήσητε ἑνὸς τῶν Gehenna ofthe fire. See . ye despise not one ικρῶν.τούτων" λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οἱ .ἄγγελοι.αὐτῶν. ἐν of these little ones, ΣΟΥ Τ say toyou, that their angels in [the] οὐρανοῖς"! διὰ.παντὸς βλέπουσιν Τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ.πατρός.µου heavens continually behold; the face of my Father ~ ~ 5 ο 4 ΄ ba κι ᾽, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς. 11 “ἤλθεν.Ζὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου who [15] 1τπ [the] heavens. For iscome the Son of man ~ A 7 λι Ν ΄ i} = Ἢ ω ὃ ο A ἣ / . ΄ σῶσαι τὸ «ἀπολωλος.ὶ 12 Ti opiv.coxet; εαν γενηται to save,that which has peen lost. What think ye? If there should be τινι ἀνθρώπῳ ἑκατὸν πρόβατα, καὶ πλανηθῇ ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν, to any man ahundred sheep,. and be goneastrayone of them, fageic! τὰ ξἐννενηκονταεννέα"! ἐπὶ τὰ oon having left the . ninety-nine on: the mountains, τὸ πλανώμενον; 13 καὶ ἐὰν γένηται seek that which is gone astray? and if it should be ς ~ ? , > A , c ~ ε/ / ? > ? ~ ~ εὑρεῖν αὐτό, ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι χαίρει ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ μᾶλλον that he find it, verily Isay toyou, that herejoicesover it more ἢ ἐπὶ τοῖς ξἐννενηκονταεννέαϊ τοῖς μὴ. πεπλανημἐνοις. 14 ov- thanover the ninety-nine which have not gone astray. So τὼς οὐκ.ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν' τοῦ itisnot [the] “wilt before “Father +*your who [is] ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ‘sic! τῶν. μικρῶν. τούτων. in [the] heavens, that shouldperish one of these little ones. 16 ᾿Εὰν.δὲ ἁμαρτήσῃ ‘sic σὲ! ὁ. ἀδελφός.σου, ὕπαγε "καὶ" But if 3sin *against thee 1thy “brother, go and ἔχεγξον αὐτὸν μεταξὺ σοῦ καὶ αὐτοῦ μόνου. ἐάν cov ἀκούσῃ, reprove him between thee and him alone. Τῇ. thee hewillhear, ᾿ἐκερδησαρ τὸν. ἀδελφόν. σου" 16 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀκούσῃ, παράλαβε thouhastgained thy brother. But if he will not hear, take n ἢ “ἢ Χ ev A νο 5 λος , ΧῸΡΝ μι μετὰ σοῦ! ἔτι ἕνα ἢ δύο», wa ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων with 0μόθ besides one or two, thatupon[the] mouth oftwo witnesses ἢ τριῶν σταθῇ πᾶν ῥῆμα. 17 ἐὰν. δὲ παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν, or of three may stand every word. ‘Butif he failtolistento them, ΡῬεἰπὲι τῇ ἐκκλήσίᾳ' ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ, tell [it] to the assembly. Andif also the assembly he fail to listen to, ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης. 18 ᾽Αμὴν λέγω lethimbetothee as. tho heathen and the taxgatherer. Verily 1587 ὑμῖν, dcatéay" δήσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεµένα ἐν ττῷ" to you, Whatsoever yeshall bind on the earth, shallbe bound in the οὐρανῷ" καὶ ὅσα. ἐὰν Δλύσητε ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένα heaven; and whatsoever yeshaliloose on the earth, shallbe loosed ΄ 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ ἐν τῷ" οὐρανῷ. 19 "Πάλιν" λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν δύο' ἵὑμῶν οὐχὶ {does he] not, having gone in the heaven. Again Isay toyou, that if two ofyou ’ Bee ~ ~ . A 2 - ‘ συμφωγήσωσι»! ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς περὶ . παντὸς πράγματος οὗ-ἐὰν may agrees on the earthconcerning any matter whatever αἰτήσωνται γενήσεται αὐτοῖς παρὰ τοῦ.πατρός.µου τοῦ they shall ask, It shall be done tothem from my Father who [15] 4 ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ in the heaven [τ|7Ἁ. he not leave) Ltr. i µου my Ltr. F— τῷ LI[Tr]A.: συμφωνήσουσιν ἐξ ὑμῶν of you shall agree Trra.. =< κ ἕν LTTr. σου L; μετὰ σεαυτοῦ With thyself πὶ 9 — verse 11 Lrr[ a]. 6 ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα LITr; ἐνενηκονταεννέα W. 1 — εἰς σὲ Loa]. 1 th ο + μετὰ σοῦ L. 5αμὴν verily L; πάλιν ἀμὴν Tra. { ἀφήσει (read will h + καὶ θὰ 115. m — καὶ GLTTrA. n— μετὰ P εἰπὸν Τ. ᾳ ἂν LTrA, t συµφωνήσωσιν ἐξ ὑμῷν L; XVIII. MATTHE W. δι ἐν οὐρανοῖς. 20 οὔ.γάρ εἰσιν δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς heaven. 90 For where in [the] ‘heavens, For where are two or three gathered together unto od fae ae τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα, ἐκεῖ εἰμὶ ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν. nary, Πιο πο δν τα my nameY there amI ἴῃ [μα] midst of them. the midst of them, 21 Τότε προσελθὼν "αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν," Κύριε. ποσάκις Then havingcome, to him Peter said, Lord, how often « , ᾽ a A ee ns “We Ve ΈΝΤΑ a ins a αµαρτησει εἰς ἐμὲ ὁ ἀδελφός-μου καὶ, ἀφήσω αὐτῷ; ἕως ο ας 5841] 583:) *against Sme γὴν “brother and Iforgive him? until’; 21 Then came Peter κ. κ f ς ή tohim, and said, Lord ἑπτάκις: 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὀὐ.λέγω σοι ἕως ἑπτάκις, how oft shall my bro- seven times? Says *to*him ‘Jesus, I say not tothee untilseven times, aoe sin against me, v2 σι. € , ε / 4 = e - and forgive him? till ἀλλ ἕως ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά. 23 Διὰ τοῦτο ὡμοιώθη seven times? 22 Jesus but until seventy times seven. Because of this has "become like 54108 unto him, I say ᾿ 2 ἃς εινα 5 ΤῊΣ τα 5 not unto ἔπερθ, Until ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὃς ἠθέλησεν seven times: but, ‘the *kingdom “of*the «Ἠθατοπς to a man aking, who would Until seventy times ~ , ΠΑ es , 2 ἐξ . 5 4 A ~ seven, 23 Therefore is συνᾶσαι.λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ. 24 ἀρξαμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ the kingdom of hea- takéaccount “with his bondmen. And “having *begun "he veh likened’ unto a i w D xe ee ης os ἢ ᾿ eertain king, which σοναίρειν, “προσηνέχθη! ταὐτῷ εἷς! ὀφειλέτης μυρίων would take account of tgyreckon, there wasbrought tohim cone debtor of ten thousand his servants. 24 And ας » δι πρ, when he had begun γαλάντων. 25 μὴ ἔχοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ , ἀστοδοῦ αν, Wie. to. reckon, one lea talents. ut “ποὺ *having "he [wherewith] to pay, Scom- brought unto him, ἢ ~ Ω” \ ~ which d him ten κέλευσεν αὐτὸν ὁ.κύριος αὐτοῦ! πραθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα thousand talents. 25 manded *him *his *lord to be sold, and ' " 2wife ἢ But forasmuch as he Σεαὐτοῦ! καὶ τὰ τέκνα, καὶ πάντα boa εἶχεν,'. καὶ ἀποδο- Red not to pay, his *his and the children, and all asmuchas hehad, and payment to to be sold, and his ~ : ι x εαν b , ο πε, απᾶ children, and θῆναι. 26 πεσὼν. οὖν ὁ δοῦλος" προσεκύνει αὐτῷ, τι ΤῊΣ he haa’ and be made, Having fallen down thereforethe bondman didhomage tohim, .payment to be made. ᾷ στα I 7 ή ο τς ΠῚ 1 2 ε 26 The servant there- λέγων, “Κύριε; μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾽ Ἀἐμοί,ὶ καὶ πάντα ὅσοι Fdretell downland saying, Lord, have patience with me, and “all *to *thee shipped him, saying, ἀποδώσω." 27 σπλαγχνισθεὶς. δὲ ὁ κύριος τοῦ δούλου Lord, have | patience Ἢ *will Spay. And having been moved with compassion the lord %pondman ως ο. 7 ee 27 Then ἐἐκείνου" ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν, καὶ τὸ δάνειον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ. the lord of that ser- vant was moved with 4 2 Ξ Π 3 « 1 . 21η ο ἜΣ, χῇ ἊΣ το ὴ τ Ὁ ΞΕ "ἢ f joan ἘΟΣΕΆΝΕ : ce compassion, and loosed EAGwy.d&é o.dovAoc®éxEtvoc εὗρεν ενα τῶν συνδοῦλων him, and forgave him : η στα the debt. 28 But the i 8 4 oe Raving pone out ο ος sound eh τισ ος σσ πλ, αὐτοῦ, ὃς ὤφειλεν αὐτῷ ἑκατὸν δηνάρια, καὶ κρατήτας αὐτὸν out, and found one of ‘of “his, who owed him ahundred denarii, and havingseized him oe pea ase 2. πε / ἔπνιγεν, λέγων, ᾿Απόδος:Ά μοι! 46 τι! ὀφείλεις. «99 πε- hundred pence: and hethrottled [him], saying, Pay me what thou owest. "Having ‘fallen bee See σὼν οὖν ὁ.σύνδουλος.αὐτοῦ *eic τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ"! παρε- throat, saying, Pay Tdown *therefore “his "fellow *bondman 1: at his feet be- me that thou’ owest. 7 ΕΝ ; : ee ο A δ 29 And his fellowser- κάλει αὐτόν, λέγων, Μακροθύμησον ἐπ᾿ :'ἐμοί,' καὶ πάντα! vant fell down at his sought him, saying, Have patience with me, and all BES, and λιν ἐν » im, sayin ἀποδώσω σοι. 90 Ὁ.δὲ οὐκ.ῆθελεν, πάλλάϊ ἀπελθὼν ἔβαλεν patience with me, and I,will pay thee. But he would not, but havinggone hecast 1 will pay thee all, ? A ? ’ e ο. τή ? n~ 4 3 ΄ 30 And he would not: αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακήν, ἕως.-οῦὶ ἀποδῷ τὸ ὀφειλόμενον. but went and cast him him into prison, until heshould pay thatwhich wasowing. into prison, till he ἰδ , ps3 « ’ 7 ~ II 4 ᾳ ; li should pay the debt. 91 δόντες δὲ οἱ σύνδουλοι. αὐτοῦ τα γενόμενα 31 So when his fellow- ‘Having seen ‘but “his “fellow *bondmen what things had taken place, servants saw what was ὲ ΄ / bs νο , Yaya ‘os By. 5, Nie νι ei] done, they were very λυπήθησαν σφόδρα" καὶ ἐλθόντες διεσάφησαν τῷ.κυρίῳ. αὐτῶν! sorry, and came and were grieved greatly, andhavinggone narrated to their lord told unto their lord all ἃ ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ LTTrA. 7 ἀλλὰ LTrA. ¥ προσήχθη was conducted Ltra, * els αὐτῷ T. 7 — αὐτοῦ (read [his] lord) TtraA. 55 --- αὐτοῦ (read [his] wife) ΓΑ]. 3 ἔχει he has tra. Ὁ +. ἐκεῖνος (read that bondman)T. ¢— Κύριε 1ΤΊνΑ. ἃ ἐμέ Tr. 8 ἀποδῶσω σοι ([σοὶ] a) LTTrA. f£— ἐκείνου (vead of the bondman) L. Ε — ἐκεῖνος (read the bondman) tr. h— μοι LTTrAW. ἰ εἴ τι 1{ anything currraw. * — εἰς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ GLTTr[A]. ! ἐμέ στιὰ. ™— πάντα [τ]ττιαν. κα ἀλλ EG. ©—ovLTTrA. Ρ οὖν (therefore) αὐτοῦ οἱ σύν- δουλοι L; οὖν οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ ΊτιΑ. 4 γινόμενα Were taking place T. τ ἑαυτῶν LTTrA. 52 that was done, 32 Then his lord, after that he had called him, said unto him, Othou wick- ed servant, I forgave thee cli that debt, be- cause thou desiredst me: 33 shouldest not thou also have had compassion on thy fel- lowservant, even as I had pity on thee? 34 And his lord was wroth, and delivered him to the tormentors, till he should pay all that was due unto ‘him, 35 So likewise shall my heavenly Father do also unto you, if ye from your hearts forgive not every one his brother their trespasses, ΧΙΣ, to pass, And it came that when Jesus had finished- these sayings, he de- parted from Galilee, and came into the coasts of Judza be- yond Jordan; 2 and great multitudes fol- lowed him; and he healed them there, 3 The Pharisees also came unto him, tempt- ing him, and saying unto him, Is it lawful for a man to put away his wife for every cause? 4 And he an- swered and said unto them, Havé ye not read, that he which made them at the be- ginning made them male and female, 5and said, For this cause shall a man leave fa- ther: and mother, and shall cleave to his wife; and they twain shall be one flesh? 6 Where- fore they are no more twain, but one flesh. What therefore God hath joined together, let not man put asun- der. 7 They say unto him, Why did Moses then command to give 8. writing of divorce- ment, and to put her away? 8 Hesaithunto ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, XVIII, XIX. πάντα τὰ γενόμενα. 82 Τότε προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὸν ὃ all that had taken place, Then “having *called ®to [“him] *him κύριος.αὐτοῦ λέγει αὐτῷ, ,Δοῦλε πογνηρέ, πᾶσαν τὴν ὀφειλὴν this *lord says tohim, 7Bondman ‘+*wicked, all 2debt μη, ΜΜ αν δ 2 . ΄ , > » ‘ ἐκείνην ἀφῆκά σοι, ἐπεὶ παρεκάλεσάς με 33 οὖκέδει καὶ that I forgave thee, since thou besoughtest me; did it not behove 7also σὲ ἐλεῆσαι τὸν.σὐνδουλόν.σου, ὡς "καὶ ἐγώ! σε ἠλέησα; lthee tohave pitied thy fellow bondman, as also 1 thee had pitied? 34 καὶ ὀργισθεὶς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν τοῖς βασανι- And being angry his lord deliveredup him tothe tormen- σταῖς, ἕως" οὗ" ἀποδῷ πᾶν τὸ ὀφειλόμενον ταὐτῷ " 35 Οὕτως tors, until heshouldpay all that was owing to him, Thus καὶ ὁ-πατήριμου ὁ "ἐπουράνιοςὶ ποιήσει ὑμῖν ἐὰν.μὴ ἀφῆτε also my Father the heavenly willdo toyou unless ye forgive ἕκαστος τῷ. ἀδελφῷ-αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν.ὑμῶν Στὰ παρα- each his brother from your hearts *of- πτώματα "αὐτῶν." fences their. 19 Καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους And it came to pass when “had finished 5 words 4 ~ 3 2 4 y ~ "} λ λ 7 ἂν ο θ > A er τούτους, μετῆρεν' ἀπὸ THC" Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ ὅρια “these, he withdrew from - Galilee, * and came to the borders τῆς Ἰουδαίας πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου. 2 καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ of Judea beyond the Jordan: and *followed *pim ἮΝ / 2 Ee J ΄ ᾽ 4 ? ~ ὄχλοι πολλοί, καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖ. “crowds ‘great, and 9 healed them there. 3 Καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ' οἱ" Φαρισαῖοι πειράζοντες αὐτόν, ΘΗ equs And came *to®him ‘the Pharisees ‘tempting him, καὶ λέγοντες "αὐτῷ," Είἔξεστιν Ῥἀνθρώπῳ" ἀπολῦσαι τὴν and saying tohim, Is it lawful for aman to put away γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ κατὰ πᾶσαν airiav; 4 Ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν his wife for every cause 2. But he answering said Cae, ~ Ἱ | ee A e « d U ll ? ᾽ 2 αὑτοῖς," Οὐκ άνεγνωτε Οτι ὁ “ποιήσας απ ao- to them, Have ye not read that he who’ made [them]from [the] begin- χῆς ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς, 5 καὶ εἶπεν, *Evexey! ning male and female made.” ~ them, and said, On account of τούτου καγαλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ this 5shall *leave ta *man father and mother; and Ε ἊΣ Ἱ ~ ‘ ? ~ aA εν, , ? προσκολληθήσεται" τῇ.γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς shall be joined to his wife, and *shall*be *the “ὕπο °for , / iA 3 , ΔΑ 4 / > 4 4 ’ ὃ σάρκα μίαν; 6 ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία" ὃ 7flesh one?” Sothatnolonger arethey two, but “flesh ‘one. What 3 ε 4 / ” 4 , , οὖν ὁθεὸὺς συνέζευξεν,. ἄνθρωπος μὴ. ωριξετω. 7 Λεγουσιν therefore God unitedtogether, 3man let “not separate. They say αὐτῷ, Ti οὖν SMwone' ἐνετείλατο δοῦναι βιβλίον ἀἄπο- tohim, Why then 7?Moses 1didcommand to give a bill of di- στασίου, καὶ ἀπολῦσαι λαὐτήν,, 8 Λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι ΞΜωσῆς" vorce, and toputaway her? ~ He says to them, Moses them, Moses because of ὥ ἢ ; ΑΗ ΤΙ ια > ~ the hardness of your πρὸς τὴν.σκληροκαρδίαν.ὑμῶν ἐπέτρεψεν ὑμῖν ἀπολῦσαι hearts suffered you {ο in view of your hardsheartedness allowed you toput away be away yout wives: 1 ‘Ss ο ey es ᾽ ~ \ ae “ ut from’ the begin- τας. γυναῖκας. ὑμῶν" ἀπ ἀρχῆς δὲ οὐ.γέγονεν οὕτως. ning it was not so, your wives; from[the] beginning however it wasnot thus. ® κἀγώ LTTrA. t—oidL. ¥ — αὐτῷ LTrA. _¥* οὐράνιος LT Tr ; [ἐπ]ουράνιος Α. X — τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν GLTTrA. Σ --- τῆς Ε. 2 — οἱ LTrA. &®— αὐτῷ LTTrA. b — ἀνθρώπῳ (read one’s wife) LTA. ©—ayrots LTTrA. ‘4 κτίσας created Tr. 9 Ἕνεκα LTTraA. £ KoAAnOngETAL LTTrAW- & Mwvons LTTraw, bh — αὐτήν LITr, XIX. MATTHEW. 9 λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, ἰδτιϊι ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν. γυναῖκα. αὐτοῦ AndIsay toyou, that whoever shall put away his wife καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται: "καὶ and shall marry another, commits adultery; and 10 Λέγουσιν “Say kei Yun ἐπὶ πορνείᾳ," ΤᾺ if not for fornication, { ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαµήσας μοιχᾶται. he who “her [“that*is] Ῥαὺ away ‘marries commits adultery. ~ ‘ ~ ’ ? ’ ~ , αὐτῷ οἱ. μαθηταὶ "αὐτοῦ," Et οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ αἰτία τοῦ ἀνθρώ- *to "Βῖτα this “disciples, Ti thus is the case ofthe man που μετὰ τῆς γυναικός, οὐ-συμφέρει γαμῆσαι. 11 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν with the wife, it is not profitable to marry. But he said ? ν ? 4 ~ A [ή ΟΣ ~ " Ν᾽ αὐτοῖς, Οὐ πάντες χωροῦσιν τὸν.λόγον.“τοῦτον," αλ᾽ tothem, Not all receive this word, but [those] π , ο) τα 4 > ~ v 3 , ος δέδοται. 12 εἰσὶν.γὰρ εὐνοῦχοι οιτινες EK κοιλίας towhomithasbeen given; ΦῸΥ there are eunuchs who from([the] womb ητρὸς ἐγεννήθησαν οὕτως, καί of [their] mother were born thus, and thereare eunuchs εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καί εἰσιν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες were made eunuchs by men, and thereare eunuchs who εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς διὰ τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν. made eunuchs of themselves forthesakeofthe kingdom ofthe heavens, ὁ δυνάμενος χωρεῖν χωρείτω. Hewho is able , ο receive(it] let him receive [it]. 19 Τότε Ῥπροσηνέχθηϊ αὐτῷ παιδία, ~ i εἰσιν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες who ἵνα τὰς χεῖρας Then were brought tohim little children, that [815] hands ἐπιθῇ αὐτοῖς, καὶ προσεὔξηται' οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπετίμησαν hemight lay onthem, and ταϊρῦ pray; butthe disciples rebuked αὐτοῖς 14 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς eimert,”Adere τὰ παιδία, Kai μὴ them. But Jesus said, Suffer the little children, and *not κωλύετε αὐτὰ ἐλθεῖν πρός Tye" τῶν.γὰρ.τοιούτων ἐστὶν ἡ ‘do ΕοτῬιᾶ them 37ο come to me ; for of such is the βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν. 15 Kai ἐπιθεὶς "αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας! Kingdom ofthe heavens, And having laid uponthem [815] hands ἐπορεύθη ἐκεῖθεν. he departed thence. 16 Kai ἰδού, εἷς προσελθὼν And behold, one having come to [him] said Yayabé," τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω ἵνα ἔχω" “ζωὴν αἰώνιον ; ‘good, what good [Πϊπα] shallI do thatI may have life eternal? 17 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν.αὐτῷ, «Τί µε λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς εἶπεν αὐτῷ," Διδάσκαλε to him, Teacher Andhe said tohim, Why me callestthou good? no one [15] good εἰ μὴ εἷς, ὁ θεός." εἰδὲ θέλεις Τεἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωήν! except one, God. Butif thou desirest toenter into life, "τήρησον" τὰς ἐντολάς. 18 "λέγει αὐτῷ." Ποίας; ὃ Ὁ. δὲ. Τη- eep the commandments, He says tohim, Which? And Je- σοῦς εἶπεν, Τό, οὐ. φονεύσεις" . οὐ.μοιχεύσεις' sus said, Thou shalt not commit murder; Thou shalt not commit adultery; οὐ.-κλέψεις" οὐ. ψευδοµαρτυρήσεις 19 τίμα τὸν πατέρα Thou shalt not steal; Thou shalt not bear false witness; Honcur *father σου! καὶ τὴν μητέρα" καὶ ἀγαπήσεις τὸν-πλησίον-σου ὡς ‘thy and mother; and Thou shalt love thy neighbour as i — ὅτι LTrA. k — εἰ GLTTraw. nication L. τὰ — καὶ ὃ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται τ[τ.]. disciples) T[A]. ο [τοῦτον]1. Ρ προσηνέχθησαν LTTrA. 5 τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς LTTrA. ἵ αὐτῷ εἶπεν ΙΤτιΑ. ὗ - ἀγαθέ LIT A. 58 9 And I say unto you, Whosoever shall put away his wife, except it be for fornication, and shall marry an- other, committeth a- dultery: and whoso marrieth her which is put away doth commit adultery. 10 His dis- ciples say unto him, If the case of the man be so with Ais wife, it is not good to marry. 11 But he said unto them, All men cannot receive this saying, save they to whom it is given. 12 For there are some eunuchs, which were so born from their mother’s womb: and there are some eunuchs, which were made eunuchs of men: and there be eunuchs, which have made themselves eu- nuchs for the kingdom of heaven’s sake. He that is able to receive it, let him receive τύ, 13 Then were there brought unto him little children, that he should put Ais hands on them, and pray: and the, disciples rebuked them. 14 But Jesus said, Suffer little chil- dren, and forbid them not, to come unto me: for of such is the kingdom of heaven. 15 And he laid his hands on them, and departed thence. 16 And, behold, one came and said unto him, Good Maste what good thing dal I do, that I may have eternal life? 17 And he said unto him, Why callest thou me good? there is none good but one, that ts, God: but if thou wilt enter into life, keep the com- mandments. 18 He saith unto him, Which? Jesus said, Thou shalt do no murder, Thou shalt not commit a- dultery,Thoushalt not steal, Thou shalt not bear false witness, ἢ 19 Honour thy father and thy mother: and, Thon shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. 1 παρεκτὸς λόγον πορνείας except Tor cause of for- 2 — αὐτοῦ (read the 4 + αὐτοῖς to them T. ¥ σχῶ LTTrA. ¥ ἐμέ τ. κ Τί με ἐρωτᾷς περὶ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ; εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός Why askest thou me concerning the good? One is gond (+ δθεός God W) GLTT-AW, | ® έφη αὐτῷ he said to him Ψ; --- λέγει αὐτῷ τ. ὃ + φησίν he saysT. Υ εἰς την ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν LTTrAW. την Son Ξτήρει ΤΤ:Α. 5 — σου GLTTrAW,. 5a 20 The young man saith unto him, Ὁ , A ? 7, ‘ ᾽ , ο 7 τῷ.ἐπιτρόπῳ.αὐτοῦ, Κάλεσον τοὺς ἐργάτας, καὶ ἀπόδος δαῦ- to his steward, Call the workmen, and pay them τοῖς" τὸν μισθόν, ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕως τῶν (their] hire, beginning from the last unto the ᾽; Ῥ Ν ἐλθ / = Π ε ‘ ‘ « ’ πρώτων. 9 Prai ἐλθόντες" οἱ περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην first. And “having *come ‘those [*hired] “about *the Seleventh ὥραν ἔλαβον ἀνὰ δηνάριον. 10 “ἐλθόντες. δὲ" οἱ πρῶτοι “first ἐνόμισαν ὅτι πλείονα λήψονται" καὶ ἔλαβον Skai αὐτοὶ they thought that more they wouldreceive, and they received also themselves ava δηνάριον." 11 λαβόντες δὲ ἐγόγγυζον κατὰ τοῦ each a denarius. And having received [it] they murmured against the οἰκοδεσπότου, 19 λέγοντες, ἵ Οτι οὗτοι οἱ ἔσχατοι μίαν master of the house, saying, These last one ὥραν ἐποίησαν, Kai ἴσους Yypiv αὐτοὺς" ἐποίησας, hour haveworked, and ‘equal ‘Sto7us *them βαστάσασιν τὸ βάρος τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τὸν καύσωνα." 19 6.08 have borne the burden ofthe day and the heat. But he ἀποκριθεὶς Σεἶπεν ἑνὶ αὐτῶν," Ἑταῖρε, οὐκ ἀδικῷ σε οὐχὶ answering said toone of them, Friend, I donot wrong thee. *Not And *having *come ‘the ell τοῖς 1thou “μαβὺ “made, who £ — τὴν (read [the]) GLttraw. 8 καὶ ἐκείνοις ΤΑ. ΕΤΤΤΑΙΥ, *—w@pav LITrA. 1-- ἀργούς 61/ΤΤΤΑ. ὃ ἐὰν ἡ δίκαιον λήψεσθε LTTrA. © -- αὐτοῖς τ[ττΑ]. ¥ πλεῖον λήμψονται LTrA; πλείονα λήμψονται T. $— ὅτι LIT:[a]. 7 αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν LT. Ρ ἐλθόντες δὲ L. ¥ 5 (γϑῳὼ hast thou made, We. 3) L. . the h + δὲ and (again) TTra. m + [uov] my (vimeyard) L. 66 inherit everlasting life, 30 But many that are first shall be last ; and the last shall be first. XX. For the kingdom of heaven is like unto a man thutis an houscholder, which went out early in the morning to'hire la- bourers into his vine- yard. 2 And when he had agreed with the labourers for a penny a day, he scnt them into his vineyard. 3 And he went out about the third hour, and saw others stand- ing idle in the market- place, 4 and said unto them ; Go ye al-o into vineyard, and whatsoever is right 1 will give you. And they went their way. 5 Again he went out about the sixth and ninth hour, and did likewise. 6 And about the eleventh hour he went out, and found others standing idle, and saith unto them, Why stand ye here ‘all the day idle? 7 They say unto him, Because no man hath hired us. He saith unto them, Go ye also into the vineyard ; and what- soever is right, that shall ye receive. 8 So when even was come, the lord of the vine- yard saith unto’ his rteward, Call ‘the la- bourers, and give them their hire, beginning from the last unto the first. 9 And when they came that were hired about the e- leventh hour, they re- ecived every man a penny. 10 But when the first came, they supposed that they shouid have received more; and they like- wise received every manapenny. 11 And when they had receiv~ ed it, they murmured against the goodman of the house, 12 say- ing, These last have wrought but one hour, aud thou hast made them equal unto us,: which have borne the burden and heat of the day. 13 But he an- swered one of them, and said, Friend, I do thee no wrong: didst i ἐνάτην a 2 — και 4 καὶ ἐλθόντες Tra. 5 τὸ ([τὸ] A) ἀνὰ δηνάριον καὶ αὐτοί TTrA, x ἑνὶ αὐτῶν εἶπεν 1. δ6 not thon agree with me for a penny? 14 Take that thine is, and go thy way: I will give unto this last, even as unto thee. 15 Is it not lawful for me to do what I will with mine own? Is thine eye evil, because I am good? 16So the last shall be first, and the first last: for many be called, but few chosen. ‘17 And Jesus going up to Jerusalem took the twelve disciples apart in the way, and said unto them, 18 Be- hold, we go up to Je- rusalem ; and, the Son of man shall be be- trayed unto the chief priests and unto, the scribes, and they shall. condemn him to death, 19 and shall deliver him to the Gentiles to mock, and to scourge, and to crucify: him: and the third day he shall rise again, 20 Then came to him the mother of ‘Zebe- dee’s children with her sons, worshipping him, and desiring a certain thing of him. 21 And he said unto her, What wilt thou? She saith unto him, Grant that these my two sons may sit, the one on thy right hand, and the other on the left, in thy kingdom. ᾿ 22 But Jesus answered and said, Ye know not what ye ask. Are ye able to drink of the eup that I shall drink of, and to be baptiaed with the baptism that I am baptized with? They say unto him, We are able. 23 And he saith unto them, Ye shall drink indeed of my cup, and be bap- tized with the baptism, that I am baptized. and the with: but to sit on my right hand, and on my left, is not mine to give, but zt shail be given to themfor whom it is prepared of my ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς 7for °a °denarius ‘didst *thou *agree °with κα, pots 14 ἄρον τὸσὸν καὶ me? Take thineown and ὕπαγε. θέλω.Σδὲϊ τούτῳ τῷ ἐσχάτῳ δοῦναι ὡς καὶ cot? 15 774 50. ButI will to this last give as also tothee: or ? ” / 8 ~~ a θελ ή] 2 μα > - b Hi) οὐκ.ἔξεστίν μοι Ἀποιῆσαι, ὃ θέλω" ἐν τοῖς ἐμοῖς; Yet isitnotlawfulforme todo what Iwill in that which [15] mine? κ. , , 3 « > A ? , Zz Γ ὁ.ὀφθαλμός.σου πονηρός ἐστιν ὅτι ἐγὼ ἀγαθός εἰμι; 16 οὕτως “thine *eye *evil , lis because 1 good ayn? Thus 3 εξ ‘wa \ ες ~ » ‘ , ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι' “πολλοὶ. γάρ shall be the- last first, andthe first § . last: for many εἰσιν κλητοί, ὀλίγοι. δὲ ἐκλεκτοί." are called, but few chosen. 17 Kai ἀναβαίνων ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα παρέλαβεν And going *up 1Jesus to Jerusalem took τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς" κατ’ ἰδίαν "ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, καὶ! εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, the twelve disciples apart inthe way, and said tothem, 18 Ἰδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώ- Behold, we goup to Jerusalem, andthe Son - of man που παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ will be delivered up tothe οΠῖεξ priests and scribes, and κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν ᾿θανάτῳ,"! 19 καὶ παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν they willcondemn him to death, and they willdeliverup him τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εἰς τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι καὶ μαστιγῶσαι Kai σταυρῶσαι" tothe Gentiles to mock and to scourge and tocrucify ; καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ Ξἀναστήσεται." and the third day hewillrise again, 20 Τότε προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου μετὰ Then came to him the mother ofthe sons of Zebedee with τῶν υἱῶν «αὐτῆς, προσκυνοῦσα καὶ αἰτοῦσά τι rao’! αὐτοῦ. her sons, doing homage and asking something from him. 21 ὁ. δὲ. εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Ti θέλεις; Λέγει αὐτῷ, Εἰπὲ ἵνα Andhe said toher, Ὑγμϑδὺ ἄοβὺ ὕμποι ἀθβίτθ Ὁ Shesaystohim, Say that καθίσωσιν Ἰοῦτοι! οἱ δύο υἱοί µου εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν.Κσου" καὶ εἷς 5may “sit ithese Stwe “sons “my one on thyrighthand and one ἐξ εὐωνύμων! ἐν τῇ-βασιλείᾳ.σου. 22 ᾽Αποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ on [thy] left in thy kingdom. But answering δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ 3 “ὦ ? » / 2 ~ 1ησοῦς εἶπεν, Οὐκ.οἴδατε τί αἰτεῖσθε. Are ye able to drink the Jesus said, Ye know not what ye ask for. = ae τ ΗΝ ; γε, nm, a , a κ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγω μέλλω πίνειν, “Kai τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ cup which [I am about to drink, and ‘the ‘baptism 7which "Τ βαπτίζοµαι βαπτισθῆναι ;" Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Δυνά- “am baptized [*'with] 11ο *be “baptized [*with]? They say tohim, Weare μεθα. 23 "Καὶ" λέγει αὐτοῖς, Τὸ μὲν ποτήριόν pou πίεσθε, able, And hesays tothem, “Indeed cup my ye shall drink, οκαὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζοµαι βαπτισθήσεσθε" baptism which I am baptized [with] ye shali be baptized τὸ.δὲ καθίσαι ἐκ. δεξιῶν.μου καὶ ἐξ εὐωνύμων.Ῥμου" οὐκ [πια]: but tosit on my right hand and on my left Ξποῦ ἔστιν ἐμὸν! δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ -οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ lis mine ᾽ to give, but[tothose] for whom’it has beex prepared by y— début w. 5.-- ἢ ππ[Α]. 3 ὃ θέλω ποιῆσαι LTTrA. Ρ ἢ ΟΥ̓ EGLTTrAW. © — πολλοὶ γάρ εἰσιν κλητοί, ὀλίγοι δὲ ἐκλεκτοί T[TrA]. θάνατον T. (read [thy] right hand) 17. ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζοµαι, βαπτισθῆναι GLTT: A. βαπτίζοµαι βαπτισθήσεσθε GLTTra, (is not mine) ΤΑ. @— μαθητὰς TTr. 8 καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ LTTrA, ἕ εἰς & ἐγερθήσεται he shali be raised ΤΎΥΤΑ. h ἀπ LTrA. ἐ[οὗτοι] L. © — σον t+ σου thy (left) GLTTraw. τὰ -- καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα, 2 — καὶ LTTrA. 9 --- και τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ Ῥ- μου (read [παγ; left) 1 ττα. 4 + τοῦτο this AX, ΧΧΙ. MATTHEW. πατρός. μου. 24 "Καὶ ἀκούσαντες" οἱ δέκα ἠγανάκτησαν my Father, And having heard [this] the ten were indignant περὶ τῶν δύο ἀδελφῶν. 2 0.6% Inoovte προσκαλεσάμενος about the two _ brothers. But Jesus having called *to [Shim] αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, Οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν κατακυριεύου- Mhem- said, Yeknowthatthe rulers of the nations exercise lordship ow αὐτῶν, καὶ ot μεγάλοι κατεξουσιάζουσιν αὐτῶν. 26 οὐχ over them, and the great ones exercise authority over them. Not q " ” ~ ron , οὕτως “δὲ ἱἔσται' ἐν ὑμῖν" ἀλλ᾽ ὃς “ἐὰν! θέλῃ σἐν thus however’ shallit be amongsyou; but whoever would among ὑμῖν! μέγας γενέσθαι, “ἔστω! ὑμῶν διάκονος 27 καὶ ὃς." ἐὰν" you great become, let him be your servant ; and whoever θέλῃ ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι πρῶτος, Ζέστωϊ ὑμῶν δοῦλος" 28 ὥσπερ wouldamong τοι be first, let himbe your bondman; even as ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.ήλθεν διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆ- the Son of man came not to be served, but to serve, ‘ - A \ ? ~ / > A ~ σαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν. and to give his life aransom for many. 29 Kai ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ “Ἰεριχὼ! ἠκολούθησεν And as*were*going*out ‘they from Jericho “followed καθήμενοι αὐτῷ ὄχλος πολύς. 80 καὶ ἰδού, δύο τυφλοὶ sitting Shim ‘4a %crowd 2great. And behold, two blind [men] παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ἰησοῦς παράγει ἔκραξαν, beside the way, havingheard that Jesus is passing by cried out, λέγοντες, Ὁ Ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς, κύριε," vide" Δαβιδ." 81 Ὁ δὲ ὄχλος saying, Have pityon us, Lord, Son of David. But the crowd ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα σιωπήσωσιν. ol.d& μεῖζον Ξέκρα- rebuked them that they shouldbesilent. But they the more cried Zov," λέγοντες, ᾿ Ἑλέησον ἡμᾶς, κύριε," "υἱὸς" Δαβίδ". $2 Kai Son of David. out, saying, Have pity on us, Lord, ~ , , ? 4 , , στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐφώνησεν αὐτούς, καὶ εἶπεν, Τί θέλετε having stopped, Jesus called them, and said, What doyedesire Ε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; 88 Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἵνα Ἀάνοιχθῶσιν! Ishould do toyou? They say tohim, Lord, that *may*be *opened ἑἡμῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί." 34 Σπλαγχνισθεὶς.δὲ O’Incove ἥψατο ‘our “eyes, And moved with compassion Jesus touched τῶν Σὀφθαλμῶν! αὐτῶν" καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέβλεψαν Ἰαὐτῶν οἱ their, eyes ; and immediately “received *sight ‘their ὀφθαλμοί," καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. eyes, and they followed him, 9] Kai ore ἤγγισαν εἰς Ιεροσόλυμα καὶ ἦλθον εἰς Βηθ- And when they drew near to erusalem and came ἵο Beth- φαγῆ Ἀπρὸς! τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν, τότε "ὁ" ᾿]ησοῦς ἀπέστειλεν phage towards the mount of Olives, then Jesus sent / 7 ἧς pe > ~ ο nO {| ᾽ \ , A δύο μαθητάς, 2 λέγων αὐτοῖς, "Πορεύθητεϊ εἰς τὴν κώμην τὴν two disciples, saying to.them, Go into the village, that Ρἀάπέναντι! ὑμῶν, καὶ “εὐθέως! εὑρήσετε ὄνον δεδεμένην, καὶ opposite you, andimmediately ye willfind anass tied, and πῶλον per αὐτῆς" λύσαντες "ἀγάγετε! μοι. 8 καὶ ἐάν ‘acolt with her; havingloosed[{them] bring [them]tome. And if . And 57 Father. 24 And when the ten heard ἐξ, they were moved with in- dignation against the two brethren, 25 But Jesus called them unto him, andsaid, Ye know that the princes of the Gentiles exercise do- minion over them, and they that are great ex- ercise authority upon them, 26 But it shall not be so among you: but whosoever will be great among you, let him be your minister ; 27 and whosoever will be chief among you, let him be your Εεζ- vant: 28 even as the Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister, and.to give his life a ransom for many. 29 And as they de- parted from Jericho, a great multitude fol- lowed him. 30 And, behold, two blind men sitting by the way side, when they heard that Jesus passed by, cried out, saying, Have mercy on us, O Lord, thou son of Da-. vid. 31 And the mul- titude rebuked them, because they should hold their peace: but they cried the more, saying, Have mercy on us, O Lord, thou son of David. 32 And Je- sus stood still, and call- ed them, and said, What will ye that 1 shall do unto you? 33 They say unto him, Lord, that our eyes may be opened. 34 So Jesus had compassion on them, and touched their eyes: and im- mediately their eyes received sight, and they followed him. X XI, And when they drew nigh unto Jeru- salem, and were come to Bethphage, unto the mount of Olives, then sent Jesus two disci- ples, 2 saying unto them, Go into the vil- lage over against you, and straightway ye shall find an ass tied, and a colt with her: 19959 them, and bring them untome, 3 And t ἐστὶν is it Ltr. 5 ἂν LTr. 2 ἔσται he shall be trtr. 8 — δὲ GLTTrA. } ἂν LITrA. © wie LT. & + [ίνα] that La. '— αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί LTTrA. Ρ κατέναντι LTTr. 4 εὐθὺς 1, τ ἀκούσαντες δὲ ΤΑ. ® ἔσται he shall be ΠΥΤΤΑ. ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς LTrA; — κύριε T. { Κύριε, ἐλέησον ἡμᾶς LTTrA. ἡμῶν LTTrA. κ ὀμμάτων LTTrA, A—aT. 9 Πορεύεσθε 1 ΤΎχᾺ, 8 Ἱερειχὼ 1. ἆ Δαυΐδαν ; Δανείδ LTTrA. h ἀνοιγῶσιν LTTrA. π ὑμῶν of you Α. Ὁ Κύριε, © ἔκραξαν LTTrA. 1 οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ™ εἰς {ο LTTrA, τ ἄγετέ LTrA, 58 if any man say ought unto you, ye shall say, The Lord hath need of them; and straight- way he willsend them, 4 All this was done, that it might be ful- filled which was spo- ken by the prophet, saying, 5 Tell ye the daughter of Sion, Behold, thy King com- eth unto thee, meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt the foal of an ass, 6 And the disciples went, and did as Jesus commanded them, 7 and brought the ass, and the colt, and put on them their clothes, and they set him thereon. 8 Anda very great multitude spread their garments in the way ; others cut down branches from the trees, and strawed them in the way. 9 And the multitudes that went before, and that followed, cried, say- ing, Hosanna to the son of David: Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord; Hosanna in the high- est. 10 And when he- was come into Jerusa- lem, all the city was moved, saying, Who is this? 11 And the mul- titude said, This is Jesus the prophet of Nazareth of Galilee. 12 And Jesus went into the temple of God, and cast out all them that sold andi bought in the temple, and overthrew the tables of the money changers, and the seats of them that sold doves, 13 and said unto them, It is written, My house shall be called the house of prayer; but ye have made it a den of thieves. 14 And the blind and the leme eame to him in the temple; and he healed them. 15 And when the chief priests and scribes saw the won- 5 εὐθὺς TTr. LTTrA. they set [him] Ε. LTTra. θεοῦ LTr. t ἀποστέλλει he sends G. χ συνέταξεν Cid direct LTrA. © ὁ προφήτης Ἰησοῦς LTTrA. i ποιεῖτε uke LTTra, XXL είαν ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, ς w - / - τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ τι, ἐρεῖτε, Ὅτι ὁ κύριος αὐτῶν anyone toyou say anything, yeshallsay, The Lord *of*tihem " ἔχει εὐθέως!.δὲ ἵἀποστελεῖ' αὐτούς, 4 Τοῦτο.δὲ "ὅλον" γέ- thas, Andimmediately hewillsend them, But this all came { ~ - γονεν ἕνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, to pass that might be fulfilled thatwhich wasspoken by tke prophet, λέγοντος, 5 Εἴπατε τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών, ἀδού, ὁ. βασιλεύς σον saying, Say tothe daughter of Sion, Behold, » thy king pes, / a» τ Μ2 “ 3 ‘ 2 Ae lw ~ ἔρχεταί σοι, πραῦς "καὶ" ἐπιβεβηκὼς ἐπὶ ὄνον Kai* πῶλον comes tothce, meek and mounted on anass and acolt [πο] υἱῶ ὑποζυγίου. 6 Πορευθέντες-δὲ οἱ μαθηταί, καὶ ποιήσαν- foal of a beast of burden, And “Πατίπρ *gone 'the7disciples, and having rec καθὼς “προσέταξεν! αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ἰησοῦς, 7 ἤγαγον τὴν done as “ordered *them i Jesus, they brought the ὄνον καὶ τὸν πῶλον, καὶ ἐπέθηκαν Σἐπάνωϊ αὐτῶν τὰ.ἱμάτια ass and the οοἵῦ, and put upon them *sarments ζαὐτῶν,ἵ καὶ "ἐπεκάθισεν! ἐπάνω αὐτῶν. 8 ὁ δὲ πλεῖστος ‘their, and he sat on them. And the greater part [of the} ὄχλος ἔστρωσαν ἑαυτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἄλλοι δὲ ἔκοπ- crowd strewed their ‘ garments on the way, and others were cutting τον κλάδους ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων καὶ δἐστρώννυον" ἐν τῇ down branches from the trees and were strewing ([themjon the ὁδῷ. Ὁ οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι οἱ προάγοντες" καὶ οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες way. And the crowds those going before and those following ἔκραζον, λέγοντες, Ὡσαννὰ τῷ υἱῷ “Δαβίδ'" εὐλογημένος were crying out, saying, Hosanna tothé Son of David; blessed ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου Ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς {be]hewho comes in [the] name οἵ [86] Lord. * Hosanna in the ὑψίστοις. 10 Kai εἰσελθόντος.αὐτοῦ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐσείσθη highest. And as he entered into Jerusalem “was *moved πᾶσα ἡ πόλις, λέγουσα, Τίς ἐστιν οὗτος; 11 Οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι ‘all *the “city, saying, Who is this ? Andthe crowds , > ~ ε rae: Ἢ ἔλεγον, Οὗτός ἐστιν “Ἰησοῦς ὁ προφήτης, ὁ ἀπὸ fNa- said, This is Jesus the prophet, hewho[is]from Na. Zapir" τῆς Γαλιλαίας. zareth of Galilee. 12 Kai εἰσῆλθεν $0" ᾿Ιησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν Ἀτοῦ θεοῦ," καὶ And entered Jesus into the temple ot God, and ἐξεβαλεν πάντας τοὺς πωλοῦντας Kai ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ cast out all those selling and buying in the ε ~ ῃ ~ ~ . ἱερῷ, καὶ τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυβιστῶν κατέστρεψεν, καὶ temple, and the tables of the money changers he overthrew, and τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστεράς. 13 καὶ λέγει the seats οὗ those selling the doves, And he says αὐτοῖς, Γέγραπται, Ὁ.οἶκός.-μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθή- tothem, It has been written, My house, ahouse of prayer shall be σεται" ὑμεῖς.δὲ αὐτὸν Ιἐποιήσατε' σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 14 Kai called; butye it have made a den of robbers, . And προσῆλθον αὐτῷ τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, καὶ ἐθεράπευ- *came 5Stochim “blind *and “lame in the temple, and he healed σεν αὐτούς. 15 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς them. But "seeing ‘the ?chief “priests «and >the ®scribes ν --- καὶ A. 5 + ἐπὶ ΟΏ 5 ἐπ) LITrA. 2 -- αἵ r@y[L]TTrA. ' 3.ἐπεκάθισαν Ὁ ἔστρωσαν βιτενθᾶ T. © + av7ovhimtttra. 4 Aavid Gw; Δανείδ tN agape? ELTTrAW, 8 — ὃ LTIrA, be τοῦ α — ὅλον LTTrA. 3 ΧΧΙ. MATTHEW: 4 wn & κι ~ ~ τὰ θαυμάσια ἃ ἐποίησεν, καὶ τοὺς παῖδας Βκράζοντας ἐν τῷ the - wonders whieh he wrought, and the ‘children crying in the « : ἕλέ ε \ ~ e~] πι I 2? ΄ ἱερῷ. Καίλεγοντας, Ωσαννὰ τῷ υἱῷ ‘AaBid," ἠγανάκτησαν, temple,and saying, Hosanna to the Son of David, they were indignant, 5 \ = ~ , τ᾿ 2 κ᾿ 10 καὶ "εἶπον" αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν; Ὁ δὲ. Ἰη- and said to him, Hearest thou what these say ὃ And Je- ~ , ~ , . , σοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ναί’ οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε, Ὅτι ἐκ στόμα- sus says tothem, Yea; “never 4did “ye read, Out of[the] mouth τος νηπίυν καὶ θηλαζόντων κατηρτίσω αἶνον; 17 Kai of babes and sucklings thou hast perfected praise? And καταλιπὼν αὐτοὺς ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω τῆς πόλεως εἰς Βηθανίαν, καὶ having left them ,he went outof the city to Bethany, and ηὐλίσθη ἐκεῖ. passed the night there, 18 "Πρωΐας! δὲ ρἐπανάγων' εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἐπείνασεν, Now early in the morning coming back into the city he hungered, 19 καὶ ἰδὼν συκῆν μίαν ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ, ἦλθεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτήν, καὶ ‘and seeing *fig-tree ‘one by the way, hecame to it, and ‘ Zz b ~ a , ‘ [ή ~ οὐδὲν εὗρεν ἐν αὐτῇ εἰ μὴ φύλλα μόνον" καὶ λέγει αὐτῇ, nothing found on it except leaves only. And hesays to it, P Μηκέτι ἐκ σοῦ καρπὸς γένηται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Kai ἐξηράνθη Nevermore of thee fruit let there be for ever. And “dried *up παραχρῆμα ἡ συκῆ. 20 Καὶ ἰδόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ ἐθαύμασαν, “immediately *the *fig-tree. And seeing [it]the disciples | wondered, λέγοντες, Πῶς παραχρῆμα ἐξηράνθη ἡ συκῆ; 21 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς saying, How immediately isdriedup the fig-tree! ? Answering δὲ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν, tand Jesus said tothem, Verily, Isay toyou, If yehave faith, καὶ μὴ.διακριθῆτε, οὐ µόνον. τὸ τῆς συκῆς ποιήσετε, and do not doubt, not only the[miracleJofthe fig-tree shall ye do, ἀλλά κἂν τῷ ὄρειτούτῳ εἴπητε, "Αρθητι καὶ βλήθητι but even if to this mountain ye should say, Be thoutaken away and be thou cast εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, γενήσεται" 22 καὶ πάντα ὅσα, "ἂν!" into the sea, it shall come to pass. And all things whatsoever αἰτήσητε ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ, πιστεύοντες, *AnPEeoOe.! ye may ask in prayer,, believing, ye shall receive. 23 Καὶ *éhOdvri.airy! εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν προσῆλθον αὐτῷ And oonhiscoming intothe temple there came up to him, [when] διδάσκοντι ot ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ot πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ, λέγον- teaching, the chief priests and the elders of the people, say- τες, Ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς ; καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ing, By what authority these things ἀοεςῦ thou? and whotothee gave ἐξουσίαν ταύτην; 24 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, this authority 2 And answering Jesus said . to them, ’ ~ = ε εν ᾿ » 2 A Ἐρωτήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ λόγον ἕνα, ὃν ἐὰν εἴπητέ μοι, κἀγὼ 3Willtask ‘you 1124ἱ5ο "thing ‘one, which if yetell me, Ialso ~ ~ eae / - ~ \ ΄ ὑμῖν ἐρῶ ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ. ταῦτα ποιῶ. 25 τὸ βάπτισμα to you willsay by what authority thesethings I do. The baptism Y Ἰωάννου πόθεν ἦν; ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ; of John, whence wasit? from heaven, or from men ? Οἱ δὲ διελογίζοντο “map! ἑαυτοῖς, λέγοντες, Εὰν εἴπω- And they reasoned with themselves, saying, . If we should ΟΣ ~ ~ ͵ , μεν, Ἔξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, ΣΔιατίϊ οὖν οὐκ.ἐπιστεύσατε say, From heaven, he Ὑ}11] 5αγ to us, Why then did ye not believe .shall be done. 59 derful things that le did, and the children crying in the temple, and saying, Hosanna to the Son of David; they were sore dis- pleased, 16 and said unto him, Hearest thou what these say? And Jesus saith unto them, Yea; have ye never read, Out of the mouth of babes and suck- lings thou hast per- fected praise? 17 And he left them, and went out of the city into Bethany ; and he lodg- ed there, 18 Now in the morn- ing as he returned into the city, he hungered. 19 And when he saw a fig tree in the way, he came to it, and found nothing thereon, but leaves only, and said unto it, Let no fruit grow on thee hence- forward for ever. And presently the fig tree withered away. 20 And when the disciples saw tt, ee marvelled, say- ing, How soon is the fig tree withered away! 21 Jesus answered and said unto them, Verily I say unto you, If ye have faith, and doubt not, ye shall not only do this which is done to the fig tree, but also if ye shall say unto this mountain, Bethou removed, and be thou cast into the sea; it 22 And all things, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall re- ceive. i 23 And when he was come into the temple, the chief priests and the elders of the peo- ple came unto him as he was teaching, and said, By what autho- rity doest thou these things ? and who-gave thee this authority? 24 And Jesus answered and said unto them, I also will ask you one thing, which if ye tell me, I in like wise will teilyou by what autho- rity I do these things. 25 The baptism of John, whence was it? from heaven, or of men? And they rea- soned with themselves, saying, If we shall say, From heaven; he will say unto us, Why did ye not then be- 1 Δαυΐδ Gw; Aaveid LTTrA. P + Ov LT[A]. 4 ἐὰν Tr. ¥ + τὸ that LTTra, k + τοὺς (read who were) LTTrA. 2 Πρωϊ TTr. ο ἐπαναγαγὼν LTA. 5 ἐλθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr, ""-- δὲ and 1, W ἐν among LTr, τι εἶπαν LTTrA, Σ λήμψεσθε LTTrA. « διὰ τί LTTrA 60 lieve him? 26 But if we shall say, Of men; wetfear the people ; for all hold John as a pro- phet. 27 And they an- swered Jesus, and said, We cannot tell. And he said unto them, Neither tell I you by what authority I do these things. 28 But what think ye? 6 Ν᾿ POCEAUWY τῷ ευτερῳ ειπεν ωσαυτως. ο0.0ε αποκρισεις having come tothe second he said likewise. Andhe answering ~ ’ . a ~ ΓΑ εἶπεν, ᾿Εγώ, κύριε" καὶ οὐκ ἀπῆλθεν. 31 Τίς ἐκ τῶν δύο ἐποίη- said, I [go], sir, and went not. Which of the two did . Of ο ΙΑ ΗΝ’ πισω τς ΡΥ ΤῊ σεν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρὸς ; Λεγουσιν “αὐτῷ," 3Ο πρῶτος. the will ofthe father? They say tohim, ‘The first. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ot τελῶναι καὶ Says *to*them 1 Jesus, Verily Isay toyou, thatthe tax-gatherersand αἱ πόρναι προάγουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. the harlots go before you into the kingdom of God. 32 ἦλθεν.γὰρ Ἐπρὸς ὑμᾶς Ἰωάννης! ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης, For ?came Sto οι ?John in [the] way of righteousness, καὶ οὐκ.ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ, οἱ. δὲ τελῶναι καὶ ai πόρναι and ye did not believe him,- butthe tax-gatherers and the harlots ἐπίστευσαν αὐτῷ' ὑμεῖς.δὲ ἰδόντες Ἰοὐϊ μετεμελήθητε ὕστερον believed him ; but ye having seen did not repent afterwards TOU πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ. to believe him, 33 "Αλλην παραβολὴν ἀκούσατε. ᾿Ανθρωπός mricl ἦν Another parable hear. A?man ‘certain there was οἰκοδεσπότης, ὅστις ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ φραγμὸν αὐτῷ a master of ahouse, who planted avineyard, and ‘a °fence it περιέθηκεν, καὶ ώρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνόν, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν ‘placed about, and dug in it awinepress, and built πύργον, καὶ πἐξέδοτο" αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς, Kai ἀπεδήμησεν. atower, and let out it to husbandmen, and left the country. 34 ὅτε.δὲ ἤγγισεν ὁ καιρὸς τῶν καρπῶν, ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς And when drew ηθασ ἴπο season of the fruits, he sent CovAove.avToU πρὸς τοὺς γεωργοὺς λαβεῖν τοὺς. καρποὺς αὐτοῦ. his bondmen to the husbandmen to receive his fruits. 35 καὶ λαβόντες οἱ γεωργοὶ τοὺς.δούλους.αὐτοῦ, ὃν.μὲν And “having *taken ‘the *husbandmen his bondmen, one ἔδειραν, ὃν δὲ ἀπέκτειναν, ὃν δὲ ἐλιθοβόλησαν. 36 πάλιν they beat, andanother they killed, απᾶ another they stoned. Again ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους πλείονας τῶν πρώτων, καὶ ἐποίη- he sent other bondmen more thanthe first, and they Υ ὡς προφήτην) ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην LTTrA. © --- και T. f προσελθὼν δὲ LTTrA. afterwards [obeyed] utr. repent) Ltr; οὐδὲ] Α. Ὁ δύο τέκνα L. a+ τις (read a ών, 6 — δε Dut [LIT. ___ 46 ὕστερος he who ' οὐδὲ (read did neither 2 εἶπαν 1. ἆ — μου (read the vineyard) ΤΤτΑ. δ ἑτέρῳ other GTaw. h — αὐτῷ LTTrA. * Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς LTTrA. Mm — τις GLTTrAW, 2 ἐξέδετο TA, x1, κκη. σαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως. MATTHEW. 37 ὕστερον.δὲ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ϊα tothem in like manner, And at last he sent to them ἡ | ~ , τὸν υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ, λέγων, ᾿Ἐντραπήσονται τὸν.ουἱϊόγ. μου. his son, saying, They will have respect for my son. ε A 4 ο) \ Φα Ην = ? { ~ = , 38 Οἱ.δὲ γεωργοὶ ἰδόντες τὸν υἱὸν εἶπον ἐν εαυτοῖς, Οὗτος But the husbandmen seeing the son said among themselves, This ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος δεῦτε, ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ "κατά- is the heir ; come, let us kili him, and gain pos- σχωμεν! τὴν.κληρονομίαν.αὐτοῦ. 39 Kai' λαβόντες αὐτὸν session of his inheritance. And havingtaken him στ we ~ ? ~ GF / er > ἐξέβαλον ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος και ἀπέκτειναν. 40 ὅταν οὖν they cast[him]outof the vineyard and killed [him]. Whentherefore ἔλθῃ ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς. shalicome the lord ofthe vineyard, what will he do *husbandmen ἐκείνοις; 41 Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπολέσει 1to “those 2 Evil [men]! miserably he will destroy αὐτούς, καὶ τὸν ἀμπελῶνα Ῥέκδόσεται! ἄλλοις γεωργοῖς, them, and the vineyard he willlet out toother husbandmen, οἵτινες ἀποδώσουσιν αὐτῷ τοὺς καρποὺς ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς αὐτῶν. who willrender tohim the fruits in their seasons, 42 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὐδέποτε.ἀνέγνωτε εν ταῖς ypa- 354Υ5 “to *them 1 Jesus, Did ye never read in the serip- gaic, Λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος tures, [The] stone which 4rejected 1those 7who Spuild, this ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, is become head of{[the] corner: from [the] Lord was this, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. ἡμῶν; 43 Διὰ τοῦτο λέγω They say tohim, and itis wonderful in our eyes? Because of this Isay - α e ᾽ δαὶ ἐν ο abe ἘΠῚ μὰν ε > / ~ - 4 ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἀρθήσεται ap ὑμῶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ toyou, that *shall*be *taken *from τοι the kingdom of God, and δοθήσεται ἔθνει ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς. 44 “καὶ it shall be given {ο α nation producing the fruits of it. And ΄ ~ ? 2 ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν. λίθον.τοῦτον συνθλασύήσεται' ἐφ᾽ ὃν.ὃ ἂν hewho falls on this stone shall be broken; but on whomsoever , ’ > , fl - TK ‘ ? , η] « πεσῃ, λικμήσει αὐτόν.ὶ 45 ΤΚαι ἀκούσαντες" οἱ it shall fall it πη]ὶ στἰπᾷ το powder him, And "hearing ‘the ἀρχιερεῖς Kai οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὰς.παραβολὰς.αὐτοῦ ἔγνωσαν *chief “priests *and *the °Pharisees ; his parables knew Ore περὶ αὐτῶν λέγει. 46 καὶ ζητοῦντες αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, that about them _ he speaks. And seeking him to lay hold of, ἐφοβήθησαν τοὺς ὄχλους, "ἐπειδὴ" two" προφήτην αὐτὸν εἶχον. they feared the crowds, because as a prophet him they held, 223 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Τησοῦς πάλιν εἶπεν “αὐτοῖς ἐν παρα- And answering Jesus again spoke tothem in para- βολαῖς," λέγων, 2 Ὡμοιώθῆη ἡ βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν bles, saying, Πας *become "κο ὑπ *kingdom “of*the ‘heavens γάμους τῷουϊῷ. αὐτοῦ" 2 [ ~ ee ? ΄ ἀνθρώπῳ βασιλεῖ, ὅστις ἐποίησεν a wedding feast toa man a king, who made for his son: 8 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τοὺς.δούλους. αὐτοῦ καλέσαι τοὺς κεκλη- and sent his bondmen to call those who had been μένους εἰς τοὺς γάμους, καὶ οὐκ-ῆθελον ἐλθεῖν. 4 Πάλιν invited to the wedding feast, and they would ποῦ come. Again ἀπέστειλεν ἄλλους δούλους, λέγων, Ἐϊἴπατε τοῖς κεκλη- he sent other bondmen, saying, Say to those who had been P ἐκδώσεται GLTTrAW. ο σχῶμεν let us possess LTTrA. 7 ης os γεν παραβολαῖς αὑτοῖς LTTrA, δὲ τ, 5 ἐπεὶ ΤΊΓΑ. ὃ εἰς for LTTrA, a — verse 44 [L] T. 6i them likewise. 37 But lust of all he sent unto them his son, saying, They will reverence my son. 38 But when the husbandmen saw the son, they said a- niong themselves, This is the heir ; come, let us kill him, and let us seize on his inherit- anee. 39 And they caught him, and cast him out of the vine- yard, and slew him. 40 When the lord therefore of the vine- yard cometh, what will he do unto those hus- bandn.en? 4] They say unto him, He will mi- serably destroy those wicked men, and will let out his vineyard unto other husband- men, which shall ren- der him the fruits in their seasons. 42 Jesus saith unto them, Did ye never read in the seriptures, The stone which the builders rejected, the same is become the head of the corner: this is the Lord’s doing, and it is marvellous in our eyes? 43 Therefore say I unto you, The kingdom of God shall be taken from you, and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits there- of. 44 And whosoever shall fall on this stone shall be broken: but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to powder. 45 And when the chief priests and Pharisees had heard his parables, they perceived that he ερακο of them. 46 But when they sought to lay hands on him, they feared thea multitude, because they took him for a prophet, XXII, And Jesus answered and spake unto them again by pa- rables, and said, 2 The kingdom of heaven is like unto a certain king, which made a marriage for his son, 3 and sent forth his servants to call them that were bidden to the wedding : ana they would not come, 4 A- gain, he sent forth other servants, say- ing, Tell them which are bidden, Behold, I τ ἀκούσαντες 05 have prepared my Win- ner: my oxen and m7 fatlings are killed. and* all things are ready: come unto the mar- riage. 5 But they made light of ἐξ, and went thcir ways, one to his farm, another to his merchandise: 6 and the remnant took his servants, and entreated them spite- fully. and slew them. 7 But when the king heard thereof, he was wroth: and he sent forth his armies, and destroyed those mur- derers, and burned up their city. 8 Then saith he to his servants, The wedding is ready, but they which were bid- den were not worthy. 9 Go ye therefore into the highways, and as many 85 ye shall find, bid to the marriage. 10 So those servants went out into the highways, and gather-.. ed together all as many as they found, both bad and good: and the wedding was furnish- ed with guests, 11 And when the king camein to see the guests, he saw there a man which had not on a wedding garment: 12 and he saithunto him, Friend, how c&imest thou in hither not: having a@ wedding garment? And he was speechless. 13 Then said the king to the servants, Bind him hand and foot, and take him away, and cast him into outer darkness; there shall be weeping and gnash- ing of teeth. 14 For many are called, but few are chosen, *into the darkness the 15 Then went the Pharisees, and took counsel how they might entangle him in his talk. 16 And they sent out unto him their disciples with the He- rodians, saying, Mas- ter, we know that thou art true, and teachest the way of God in truth, neither carest ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ, XXII. ls 3 ὃ / Αν , wt ΄ Il έ ~ ’ 3 μένοις, Ιὸοῦ, τὸ.αριστόν.µου “ητοιμαᾶσα," οἰ.ταῦροί.-μου καὶ invited, Behold, my dinner I prepared, my oxen and τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυµένα, καὶ πάντα ἕτοιμα᾽ δεῦτε εἰς τοὺς the fatted beasts. are killed, and all things(are) ready; come to the γάμους. ὅ Οἱ δὲ ἀμελήσαντες ἀπῆλθον, *6!_péiv εἰς τὸν wedding feast. But they being negligent of [it] went away, one to mn ᾽ ὔ yf δὲ Ze? All ι 3 , ? ~ « η 3 ἴδιον ἀγρὸν, 7ὸ «δὲ εἰς! τὴν.ἐμπορίαν.αὐτοῦ. 6 οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ hisown field, and another to his commerce. Aud the rest, κρατήσαντες τοὺς.δούλους.αὐτοῦ ὕβρισαν καὶ ἀπέκτειναν. hay:.ng laid hold of his bondmen, , imsulied and killed [them]. 7 "Ακούσας.δὲ . ὁ βασιλεὺς ὠργίσθη. καὶ πέμψας τὰ And having heard [it] the king was wroth, . and having sent ~ ~ / / στρατεύματα.αὐτοῦ ἀπώλεσεν τοὺς.ϕονεῖς.ἐκείνους, καὶ τὴν his forces -he destroyed those murderers, and πόλιν.αὐτῶν ἐνέπρησεν. 8 Τότε λέγει τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ, Ὁ their city he burnt. Then he says to his bondmen, The ἐν γάμος ἕτοιμός ἐστιν, οἱ. δὲ κεκλημένοι οὐκήῆσαν 7indeed 'wedding “feast Sready *is, Ῥαῦίποςδο who had beeninvited werenot sige J , oc ? A ‘ ὃ ὃ ~ « ie 4 ἄξιοι' 9 πορεύεσθε οὖν ἐπὶ τὰς διεξόδους τῶν ὁδῶν, καὶ worthy ; Go therefore into the thoroughfares of the highways, and ὅσους "ἂν" εὕρητε, καλέσατε εἰς τοὺς γάμους. 10 Kai asmanyas πο shall find, invite to the wedding feast, And ἐξελθόντες οἱ .δυῦλοι.ἐκεῖνοι εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς συνήγαγον πάντα 5 Shaving “gone *out ‘those *bondmen intothe highways broughttogether all ὕσους εὗρον, πονηρούς τε καὶ ἀγαθούς" καὶ ἐπλήσθη ὁ asimanyastheyfound, 2601] αροΐἩ and good; and *became *full 'the γάμος" ἀνακειμένων, 11 εἰσελθών.δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς θεάσα- 2welding “feast of guests. And*coming‘*in'the king to see σθαιτοὺς ἀνακειμένους εἶδεν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἐνδεδυμένον the guests beheld there 8, man not clothed ” , ος, Fie IR ~ ~ ἔνδυμα ἅμου", 12 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ. Ἑταῖρε, πῶς witha garment of [the] wedding feast ; and hesays tohim, Friend, how κτλ. - αν ” pips ε Η εἰσῆλθες ὧδε μὴ -ἔχων ἔνδυμα γάμου; Ο.δὲ didst thou enter here not having agarment of[the] wedding feast? But he ἐφιμώθη. 198 τότε δεῖπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς! τοῖς διακόνοις, Δήσαν- was speechless, Then said the’ king tothe servants, Having τες αὐτοῦ πόδας καὶ χεῖρας «ἄρατε αὐτὸν καὶϊ ἐκβάλετε { bound his feet and hands takeaway him and _ castout [him] εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον' ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς Kai ὃ outer : there shallbe the weeping and the βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. 14 πολλοὶ.γάρ εἰσιν κλητοί,.ὀλίγοι.δὲ goashing of the teeth, For many are called, but few ἐκλεκτοί. chosen. 15 Tore πορευθέντες ot Φαρισαῖοι συμβούλιον ἔλαβον ὅπως Then having gone the Pharisees “counsel 4took how αὐτὸν παγιδεύσωσιν ἐν λόγῳ. 16 καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν αὐτῷ “him {ποτ mightensnare in discourse. And they send to him 4 : 2 » 5 ~ ε ὃ ~ σ ἵ i] ὃ ΄ τοὺς.μαθητὰς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν Boe ιανῶν, 8, :yovTec," Διδά- their disciples with the erodians, saying, Teacher, σκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς εἴ, καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ we know that true thouart,and the way of God in truth τ ἡτοίμακα 1 have 5 ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας L; ὃ δὲ βασιλεὺς TTrA; καὶ ἀκούσας ὃ Bac. Ww. © νυμφὼν bridechamber τ. f+ αὐτὸν him ΗΤΤΑ. 2 ἐπὶ LTTrA. Ὁ ἐὰν LTTrAW. 6 — ἄρατε αὐτὸν καὶ LITrA, prepared τΤΊτΑ. α ὃς LTTrA. 7 ὃς LTTrA. 4 ὁ βασιλεὺς εἶπεν LTTrA, & λέγοντας 1115, mont. διδάσκεις, καὶ οὐ μέλει μα ΕΤΕ EW. ᾿ , “ ; σοι περὶ οὐδενός, οὐ. γὰρ βλέπεις teachest, and thereiscaretothee about noone, for ποῦ ‘thou “lookest εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων' 17 Ρείπὲι οὖν ἡμῖν, τί σοι on [the] appearance of men; tell therefore us, What “thou δοκεῖ; ἕξεστιν δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι ἢ οὔ; 18 Γνοὺς δὲ ‘thinkest? 15 1ὖ lawful togive tribute το Cesar or ee But? 2knowing ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν.πονηρίαν αὐτῶν εἶπεν, Τί µε πειράζετε, ὑπο- 1 Jesus their wickedness said, Why me doyetempt, hypo- κριταί; 19 ἐπιδείξατε μοι τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ κήνσου. Οἱ δὲ crites ? Shew me the coin of the - tribute. And they προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δηνάριον. 20 καὶ λέγει adroici, Τίνος presented tohim a denarius. And hesays tothem, Whose [is] « ? ‘ er 4 κ η ἡ. εἰκὼν. αὕτη καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφήῆ; 21 Λέγουσιν Καὐτῷ," Καίσαρος. this image and ἐς inscription ? They say to him, Ceca 5, Τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς, ᾿Απόδοτε οὖν τὰ Καίσαρος Καίσαρι, Then ςε βαγ5 to them, Render . then the shine’ of Cesar to Cesar, καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ. 22 Καὶ ἀκούσαντες ἐθαύμασαν" and the things of God to God, And having heard they wondered; καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἰἀπῆλθον." and leaving him went away. 23 Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ σας προσῆλθον αὐτῷ Σαδδουκαῖοι, ™oi" On that canie to him Sadducces, who: λέγοντες μὴ.εἶναι ο αι, καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, 24 λέ- say there is not aresurrection, and they questioned him, say- γοντες, Διδάσκαλε, "Μωσῆς" εἶπεν, Ἐάν τις ἀποθάνῃ μὴ ing, Teacher, Moses said, Tf παν one shoulddio ποῦ ἔχων τέκνα, ° ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς.αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα having children, ’shall ‘marry this ~brother ®wife αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει σπέρμα τῷ. ἀδελφφ.αὐτοῦ. 25 Ἦσαν δὲ Shis, and shallraiseup seed to his brother. Now there were a ple ~ « ae iy ἐδ δ 3 ‘ c ~ Ῥ , tl ? / TAO Άμιν ἑπτὰ ἃ ελφοι και ο πρ.τος "γαμησας ἐτελευτη- with us seven brothers; andthe first having married died, σεν, καὶ μὴ ἔχων σπέρμα ἀφῆκεν ὅὁτὴν.γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ τῷ and not having seed left - his wife 2 ~ ? ~ ε / \ € ᾿ \ € , ἀξελφῷ- αὐτοῦ. 26 ὁμοίως Kai ὁ δεύτερος, καὶ ὁ τρίτος, to nis brother. In like manner also {86 sccond, and the third, «“ ~ ς » 9 er Qi ’ pel ? £9 q ‘II « ’, ἕως τῶν ἑπτά. 27 ὕστερον.δὲ πάντων ἀπέθανεν “καὶ! ἡ γυνή. unto the seven. And last of all died ‘also the woman. 28 ἐν τῇ ‘Toby ἀναστάσει! τίνος τῶν ἑπτὰ ἔσται γυνή; ?In *the ‘therefore resurrection of which of the seven «Ἠα]] 586 be wife? πάντες. γὰρ ἔχον αὐτήν. 29 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν for all had her. And answering Jesus said αὐτοῖς, Πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες τὰς γραφάς, μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν to them, Ye err, not knowing the scriptures, nor the power τοῦ θεοῦ. 30 ἐν. γὰρ τῇ ἀναστάσει. οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε of God. Forin the resurrection neither dothey marry nor, δἐκγαμίζονται,! ἀλλ᾽ we ἄγγελοι trov' τθεοῦ! ἐν οὐρανῷ ar’ Ρἶτεη iumarriage, but as angels of God in heaven εἰσιν. 81 πεοὶ.δὲ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῶν νεκρῶν, οὐκ.ἀνέγνωτε they are. But conc eine the resurrection of the dead, have ye not read TO ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, λέγοντος, 82 ᾿Εγώ εἰμι that which was spoken to you by God, saying, 1 am thou for any man: for thou regardest not the person of men. 17 ‘ell us therefore, What thinkest thou? Is it lawful to give tribute unto (ματ, or not? 18 But Je~us perceived their wickedness, and said, Why tempt ye me, ye «hypocrites 2 19 Shew me the tribute money. ta ee A \ Lad A ὁ χριστός"Ἱ πάντες. δὲ ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε. 9 καὶ πατέῥα μὴ the Christ, and all ye brethren are. And ‘father “ποῦ καλέσητε ὑμῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς' εἷς.γάρ ἐστιν δὁ. πατὴρ.ὑμῶν,! 1.411 *your([%any‘*onejon the earth; for one is your father, b6 ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς." 10 μηδὲ κληθῆτε καθηγηταί" "εἷς γὰρ who [is] in the heavens. Neither be called leaders ; for one ὑμῶν ἐστιν ὁ καθηγητής," ὁ Χριστός. 11 ὁ.δὲ μείζων ὑμῶν “your ris leader, the Christ. But the greater of you ἔσται ὑμῶν διάκονος. 12 ὅστις δὲ ὑψώσει ἑαυτὸν ταπεινωθή- shallbe your servant. And whosoever willexalt himself shall be σεται καὶ ὅστις ταπεινώσει ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. humbied; and whosoever willhumble himseif shall be exalted. 13 a4) “Οὐαὶ."δὲ! ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, But woe ἴο γοὺ, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, ὅτι κατεσθίετε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει μακρὰ for yedevour the houses of widows, and as a pretext 7at *gr--+ *length προσευχόμενοι" διὰ τοῦτο λήψεσθε περισσότερον «ρίμα." praying. Because of this yeshall receive more abundant judgment. 14 49 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι Woe ἴογου, scribes * and Pharisees, hypocrites, for κλείετε τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων" yeshutup the kingdom ofthe heavens before men ; 7, ἢ λ , ” ῃ ὑμεῖς.γὰρ οὐκ.εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε for ye do not enter, noreventhosewho areentering doyesuffer εἰσελθεῖν. 15 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, to enter. Woe toyou, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, ὅτι" περιάγετε τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν ποιῆσαι ἕνα for yegoabout the sea and the y Παπά] tomake one a — τηρεῖν LTTrA- ὁ ποιήσατε καὶ τηρεῖτε LTTrA. Ῥ δὲ but 1/ΤΤτΑ. τακτα 1 Tra. ® yap for LTTrA. ῥαββὶ [ῥαββί] a. Άνμων ὁ πατηῤ LTTr. ἃ Versel3 placed after 14 Ε; — verse 13 LTTra, τ — τῶν ἱματίων αὐτῶν LTTrA. v δὲ LTTra. κ ῥαββεί 1. Υ διδάσκαλος teacher LTTraw. Ὁ ὁ οὐράνιος the heavenly LTTra. 6 --- δὲ but ΕΣ, 66 that observe and do; but do not ye after their works : for they say, and do not. 4 For they bind heavy bur- dens and grievous to be borne, and lay them on men’s shoulders; but they themselves will not move them with one of their fin- gers. 5 But all their works they do for to be seen of men: they make broad their phy- lacterics, and enlarge the borders of their garments, 6 and love the uppermost rooms at feasts, and the chief seats in the syna- gogues, 7 and greet- ings in the markets, and to be called of men, Rabbi, Rabbi. 8 But be not ye called Rabbi: for one is your Master, even Christ ; and all ye are breth- ren. 9 And call no man your father upon the earth: for one is your Father, which is in heaven. 10 Neither be ye called masters: for one is your Master, even Christ. 11 But he that is greatest among you shall be your ser- vant. 12 And whoso- ever shall exalt him- self shall be abased; and he that shall hum- ble himself shall be exalted. 13 But woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye shut up the kingdom of heaven against men: for ye neither go in yourselves, neither suf- fer ye them that are entering to go in. 14 Woe unto you, scribes and Phari.ees, hypocrités! for ye de- νους widows’ houses, and for a preten-ve make long prayer: therefore ye shall re- ecive the greater dam- nation. 15 Woe nto you, scribes and Pha- © risees, hypocrites! for ye compass sea and land to make one pros- q— καὶ δυσβάσ- τ αὐτοὶ δὲ τῷ δακτύλῳ αὐτῶν but they themselves with their finger Litra. W paBBe LTr; paBPer T ; 2— ὁ χριστός GLTTrAW. 6 ὅτι καθηγητὴς ὑμῶν ἐστιν εἷς LI'TrA. f+ δὲ but (woe) ΕΙ ΤΤΤΑ. Ε 66 elyte, and when he is made, ye wake him twotold more the child of hell than your- selves. 16 Woe unto you, ye blind guides, which say, Wiosoever shall swear by the term- ple, it is nothing ; but whosoever shall swear by the gold of the tem- ie he is a debtor! 17 Yefools and blind: for whether is greater, the gold, or the temple that sanctifieth the gold? 18 And, Who- soever shall swear by the altar, itis nothing; but whosoever swear- eth by the gift that is upon it, he is guilty. 19 Ye fools and blind; for whether 15 greater, the gift, or the altar. that sanctifieth the gift? 20 Whoso there- fore shall swear by tho altar, sweareth by it, aud by allthings there- on. 21 And whoso shall swear by the temple, sweareth by it, and by him that dwelicth thervin., 22 And he that shall swear by Leaven, sweareth by the throne of God, and by him that sitteth thercon, 23 Woe xato you, scribes and Pharisccs, hypocrites! for ye pay tithe of mint and anise and cummin, and have omitted the weightier matiers of the law, judgment, mercy, and to have done, and not to leave the other un- done. 24 Ye blind guides, which strain at a gnat, and swallow a camel, 25 Wee unio Μα σας, προσήλυτον, καὶ ὅταν proselyte, ΧΧΙΠ, γένηται, ποἰεῖτε αὐτὸν υἱὸν γε- and when hehasbecome([so], yemake him ason of Ge- ͵ , « ~ ἃ 6 ~ ε A , ἐννης διπλότερν ὑμῶν. 16 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί, οἱ henna twofold more than yourselves. Woe toyou, “guides ‘blind, who ; ο bal , ~ ~ ὃν a λέγοντες, Ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ, οὐδέν ἐστιν' b¢.0 ἂν say, Whoever shall swear by the temple,nothing itis; but whoever , 3 -- ~ ~ ne ‘ Ne ΕἸ Φ ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ χρυσῷ τοῦ ναοῦ, ὀφείλει. 17 μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί" shallswear by the gold ofthe temple, is a debtor; Fools and ‘blind, © ετίς'.γὰρ Ἀμείζωνὶ ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσός, ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάζων" for which “greater 4is, the gold, or the temple which sanctiSes eS ΓΝ τὸ τες My Fee Bh) Ι ? , ? ~ , τὸν χρυσόν; 18 καί, Ος.“εἀνὶ ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, the gold? And, Whoever shallswear by the altar, γ ἊΡ 3 οἱ Ὁ μα οἱ ? [ή ? ~ , ~ g , ? ~ οὐδὲν gory’ O¢.0.av ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ δώρῳ τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, nothing itis; .butwhoeversha'iswearby the gift μοῦ [15] upon it, Λο aN 19 | 8 ΣΙ δ ΄ / A ~ η - ὀφείλει. μωροὶ Kai τυφλοί, τίγὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, is a debtor. Fools and blind, for which [is] greater, the gift, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον; 206 οὖν ὀμόσας or the altar which sanctiiies the gift? He*that'therefore swears ἐν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ ὀμνύει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐπάνω by the altar swears by it and by allthingsthat[are] upon αὐτοῦ" Zl καὶ ὁ ὀμόσας ἐν τῷ ναῷ ὀμνύει ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν it. Andhethat swears by the temple swears by it and by τῷ "κατοικοῦντι! αὐτόν' 22 καὶ ὁ ὀμόσαρ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ himwho dvellsin 15. And hethat swears by the heaven ὀμνύει ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐν τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω swears by tke throne of God and by him who sits upon αὐτοῦ. 23 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι it. Woe toyou, - scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, for ἀποδεκατοῦτε τὸ ἡδύοσμον καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον καὶ τὸ κύμινον, καὶ yeray tithes οὗ ‘the mint and the anise and the cummin, and ἀφήκατε τὰ [βαρύτερα τοῦ νύμου, THY κρίσιν καὶ "τὸν ye have left aside the weightier [matters] of the law, judgment, and faith: these ought yee ἔλεον" καὶ τὴν wiorw' ταῦτα» ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ mekcy and faith : these itbehoved[{you] todo,’ andthose not Ρἀάφιέναι.ϊ 24 ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί, οὶ! διὐλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα, tobeleavingaside. Guides “blind, who filter out the guat, τὴν. δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες. 25 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ butthe camel swallow. Woe toyou, scribes and you, scribes and Pha- rixees, hypocrites! for ye make clean the out- side of the cup and of the platter, but within they are full of ex- tortion and excess. 26 Thou blind Pha- risee, cleanse first that which is within the cup and platter, that the outside of them may be clean also. ’ 27 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for ye are like unto whited sepulchres, which indeed hppear beautiful outward, but are Within fuil of dead men’s bones, and of all Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου Pharisees, hypocrites, for yecleanse the outside of the cup καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν.δὲ γέμουσιν "ἐξὶ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ and of the dish, but within theyarefull of plunder and Σἀκρασίας.ὶ 26 Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ, καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς incontinence. 2 2Phurisee ‘blind, cleanse first the inside τοῦ ποτηρίου ‘Kai τῆς παροψίδος," ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς ofthe cup and ofthe dish, that *may "become 8Α]5ο 1119 7ontside ταὐτῶνϊ καθαρόν. 27 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, 3οΕ *them clean. Woe toyou, scribes and Phari ὑποκριταί, Ore “παρομοιάζετεὶ τάφοις κεκονιαµένοις, οἵτινες hypocrites, for ye are like 4sepulchres +whited, which ἔξωθεν μὲν φαίνονται ὡραῖοι, ἔσωθεν.δὲ γέμουσιν ὀστέων outwardly indeed appear beautiful, but within are full of bones & vi L. Ψ ὁμοιάδετε LIr, h μεῖζον L. τα κατοικήσαντι dwelt in GTraw. to leave aside LTTra. 5 ἀδικίας unrighteousness GW. ka@yuTtra, 1-- μωροὶ καὶ [Lb] Tra. ο + δὲ but ατα. Ρ ὀφεῖναι ας ἐξ τὶ [τι Υ͂ αὐτοῦ of it LITra. ‘ ἁγιάσας sanctified 1ΤΤΤΑ. 2 τὸ ἔλεος LTTrAs. 4 --- οἱ (read filtering out.... swallowing) Π.Δ. tam καὶ τῆς παροψίδος Za. XXIII. MATTHEW. ν κρῶν καὶ πάσης ἀκαθαρσίας. 28 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔξωθεν of [the] dead and of all unclcanness. Thus also ye outwardly μὲν φαίνεσθε τοῖς ἀνθρώποις δίκαιοι, ἔσωθεν δὲ Σμεστοί ἐστε" indeed appear to men righteous, but within “full are ὑποκοίσεως καὶ ἀνομίας. 29 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φα- of hypocrisy and lawlessness. Woe toyou, scribes and Pha- ρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί, ὅτι οἰκοδομεῖτε τοὺς τάφους τῶν προφητῶν, risces, hypocrites, for ye build the sepulechres ofthe prophets, καὶ κοσμεῖτε τὰ μνημεῖα τῶν δικαίων, 80 καὶ λέγετε. Εἰ Σήμεν! and adorm the tombs ofthe righteous, and yesay, If wehadbeen ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν.πατέρων-ἡμῶν, οὐκ-ἂν ἦμεν" ᾿κοινωνοὶ in tue days . of our fathers we would not have been partakers . = 4 ~ / ~ ¢ ~ “ ~ αὐτῶν"! ἐν τῷ αἵματι τῶν προφητῶν. 31 ὥστε μαρτυρεῖτε withthem-in the blood ofthe pruphets. So that ye bear witness ἑαυτοῖς, ύτι υἱοί ἐστὲ τῶν φονευσάντων τοὺς προφήτας' {ο yourselves, that sons yeare of those who murdered the prophets 5 32 καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν.πατέρων ὑμῶν. 88 ὄφεις, and ye, fillyeup the measure of your fathers. Serpents, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς γε- offspring ofvipers, how shallye escape from the judgment of Ge- ’ 4 ~ ao ΄ 7 νι 2 / 4 ς ~ évync; 34 Διὰ τοῦτο, ἰδού, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω πρὸς ὑμᾶς προ- henna? Becauseof this, behold, I send to you pro- φἦτας καὶ σοφοὺς καὶ γραμματεῖς" "καὶ" ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπο- phets and wise [men] and scribes ; and [some] of them ye will κτενεῖτε καὶ σταυρώσετε. καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν µαστιγώσετε ἐν ταῖς ἘΠῚ and crucify, and(some]of them yewillscourge in συναγωγαῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ διώζετε ἀπὸ πόλεως εἰς πόλιν" your synagogues, and will persecute from city to city ; 86 ὕπως ἔλθῃ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς πᾶν αἷμα δίκαιον ἐκχυνόμενον! so that shouldcome upon you . all (the) *blood *righteous poured out ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ “τοῦ! αἵματος ᾿Αβελ τοῦ δικαίου, ἕως τοῦ upon the earth from the blood of Abel the righteous, to the αἵματος Ζαχαρίου υἱοῦ Βαραχίου, ὃν ἐφονεύσατε μεταξὺ τοῦ blood . of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom ye murdered between the vaov καὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου. 36 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “ ἥξει temple and the altar. Verily Isay to you, *shall *come ταῦτα. πάντα! ἐπὶ τὴν.γενεὰν.ταύτην. 37 “Ἱερουσαλήμ, Ἄμμοεο “things > 181 upon this generation. Jerusalem, Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα τοὺς προφήτας καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα 2 . Jerusalem, who killest the prophets and stonest Tove ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς αὐτήν, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐἔπισυν- those who _ have been sent to her, how often wouldI have gath- αγαγεῖν ᾿ τὰ .τέκνα.σού, Ὁν.τρόπον [ἐπισυνάγει͵ ὄρνις" τὰ eredtogether thy children, in the way - *gathers“together ‘a “hen νοσσία.ξἑαυτῆςοἳ ὑπὸ her brood - under [her] »wings, -and ye would not | 38 ἰδού, Ἰάῤίεται ὑμῖν ὁ.οἶκος ὑμῶν Ἱέρημος.ϊ 39 λέγω.γὰρ Behold, left toyou your house desolate ; for I say A ea Sage Ci ” αι” « ολο ὦ ? ὑμῖν, Οὔμή µε ἴδητε ἀπ’ ἄρτι Ewc.dy εἴπητε, Ἐὐλογη- toyou, In no wise me shall yesee henceforth / [4 ς 7 x EAS μένος. 0 ερχόμενος ἕν οὐ [158]80 πο comes until Bless- ye say, ’ ὀνόματι κυρίου.’ ἴῃ [86] name οἱ [the] Lord. }» ‘rae πτέρυγας", καὶ οὐκ.ἠθελήσατε; - 67 uncleanness. 28 Even so ye also outwardly appear righteous unto meu, but within yeare full of hypocrisy and iniquity. 29 Woe unto you, scribes and Pha- risees, hypocrites! be- cause ye build the tombs of the prophets, and garnish the sepul- chres of the righteous, 30 and say, If we had been in the days of our fathers, we would not have been partakers with them in the blood of the prophets. 31 Wherefore ye bé witnesses unto your- selves, that ye are the children of them which killed the prophets. 32 Fill ye uP then the measure of your fa- thers. 33 Ye serpents, ye generation of vi- pers, how can ye escape the damnation of hell 2 34 Wherefore, behold, I send unto you pro- phets, and wise nien, and scribes: and some of them ye shall kill and crucify ; and some of them shall ye scourge in your syna- gogues, and persecute them from city to city: 35 that upon you may come all the righteous blood shed upon the earth, from the blood of righteous Abel unto the blood of Zacharias son of Barachias, whom yeslew between the temple and the altar. 36 Verily I say unto you, All these things shall come upon this generation. 370 Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which ure sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not! 38 Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. 39 ForI say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord, éoré μεστοὶ LITA. Υ ἤμεθα GLTTrAW. ὃ ἐκχυννόμενον LTTrA, 9 -- τοῦ. 4 + ὅτι ὑπεῦ ο[Α]ν. ἐπισυνάγει LITrA, Έ αὐτῆς τ[ττ]Α ΥΓ; --- ἑαυτῆς (ead [her]) 1, t — ἔρημος 1. τν 5 αὐτῶν κοινωνοὶ LTA. © πάντα ταῦτα LTrA. h + Γαὐτης] ΒΟΥ (wings) L. & — Καὶ LTTrA, [ὄρνις 68 XXIV. And Jesus went out, and departed from the temple: and his disciples came to him for to shew him the buildings of the temple. 2 And Jesus said unto them, See ye not all the-e things 2 verily EF say unto you, There sha]l not be left here one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. 3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, aud of the end of the world? 4 And Jesus answered and said unto them, Take heed that no man deceive you. 5 For many shall comein my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall de- ceive many. 6 And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be not trou- bled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. 7 For nation shall rise against nation, and. kingdom against kingdom: and there shall Ῥὸ famines, and pestilences, and earth- quakes, in divers places. 8 All these aze the beginning of sor- τον. 9 Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated of all nations for my name’s sake, 10 And then shall many: be offended, and shall betray one an- other, and, shall hate one another. 11 And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many. 12 And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold. 13 But he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved. 14 And this gospel cf the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto all na- tions; and then shall the end come. 15 When ye therefore shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, stand in the holy place, K ἀπὸ (ἐκ out of L) τοῦ ἱεροὺ ἐπορεύετο LT tra. = ταῦτα πάντα Ι.ΤΊτΑ. 4. = πάντα LTT:[4]. abomination ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. SXEY: 94 Καὶ ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς "ἐπορεύετο ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ," καὶ And going forth Jesus went away from the temple, and προσῆλθον οἱ. μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ἐπιδεῖξαι αὐτῷ τὰς οἰκοδομὰς came ο [Phim] "his 7disciples to point out tohim the buildings τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 2 ὁ δὲ. Τησοῦς! εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐ. βλέπετε πάντα" of the temple. But Jesus said to them, See ye not pall ~ all > 4 λε « ~ η) ‘ ? On LS rid , iri ταῦτα : ἀμὴν λεγω ὑμῖν, ov_un ἀφεθῃ woe λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον these things? Verily Isay to you, notatallshallbe ieft.here stone upon stone | ὃς οὐ. μὴϊ καταλυθήσεται: 3 Καθημένου.ξὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ which shall not be thrown down. Andas“was “sitting ‘he upon the Όρους τῶν ἐλαιῶν προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ" κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, λέει mount of Olives “came "το “him ‘the *discipies apart, say- ~ ” 4 / - ' γοντες; Εἰπὲ ἡμῖν, πότε ταῦτα εσται; καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον ing, Tell us, when“these*things'shallbe? and what[is]the sign τῆς σῆς παρουσίας καὶ Ῥτῆς" συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος; 4 Καὶ of thy coming and ofthe completion ofthe age? And ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῖῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Βλέπετε, μή τις ὑμᾶς answering Jesus said tothem, Take heed, lest any one “you πλανήσῃ. 5 πολλοὶ.γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί-μου, λέ- *mislead. For many. will come in my name, γοντες, Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ χριστός" καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν: saying, am the Christ; and many they will mislead, 6 Maddosre δὲ ἀκούειν πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων. ὑρᾶτε, But ye shall beabout {ο hear of “wars and rumours of wars, See, μὴ .θροεῖσθε" δεῖ. γὰρ πάντα! γενέσθαι" ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω be not disturbed; for it isnecessary all[these]things to take hi but not yet ἐστὶν τὸ τέλος. 7 ᾿Ἐγερθήσεται. γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ! έθνος, καὶ 18 the end. For *shall*risé*up ‘nation pm ie. nation. and βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν" καὶ ἔσονται λιμοὶ "καὶ λοιμοὶ! kingdom against kingdom; and there 588}} be famines and pecstilences καὶ σεισμοὶ κατὰ τόπους. 8 πάντα.δὲ ταῦτα ἀρχὴ ὠδί- and earthquakes in (diffcrent] places, But 411 these {areja beginning of νων. 9 Τότε παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλίψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν throes. Then willthey dcliverup you to tribulation, and will ki ὑμᾶς" καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων ἱτῶν" ἐθνῶν διὰ you; and ye willbe hated by all the nations on account of ef , A , , , 4 τὸ. ὀνομά.-μου. 10 καὶ τότε σκανῥαλισθήσονται πολλοί, καὶ my name. And then will be offended many, and ἀλλήλους παραδώσουσιν καὶ μισήσουσιν ἀλλήλους" 11 καὶ one another they willdcliver up and will hate one another ; and πολλοὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐγερθήσονται, καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολ- many false prophets will arise, and will misicad λούς' 12 καὶ διὰ τὸ πληθυνθῆναι τὴν ἀνομίαν, ψυγήσεται many ; and because shallhavebeenmultiplied lawlessness,°will’grow Ξσοο]ᾶ ΠΣ ἀγαπη | ΣΙ πολλῶν 13 ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, 1{1Π9.. Ιου. Sof '*t Smany ; but he ΒΟ endures to[the] end οὗτος “ἂν 14 καὶ κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο.τὸ.εὐαγγέλιον. he 58Π8411}68 5αγυθᾶ, And thereshall be proclaimed these glad tidings τῆς βασιλείας ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ οἰκουμένῃ, εἰς μαρτύριον πᾶσιν τοῖς ofthe kingdom in all the habitableearth, for atestimony toall the ἔθνεσιν' καὶ τύτε ἥξει τὸ τέλος. 15 Ὅταν οὖν ἴδητε τὸ When therefore yeshallsce the διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προ- the ὮΡΓΟ- ! ἀποκριθεὶς answering (he said) LTTra.' ο + [αὐτοῦ] of him L._ Ρ — τῆς LTTrA. + — τῶν E. nations; and thenshallcome the end. βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν of desolation, which wasspokenof by: Daniel η — μὴ GLIT-AW. Εαν, S— καὶ λοιμοί LULA, AXIV, ΄ vs ‘ ll ? ONTOV, "εστος" εν MATTHEW. , «ε ’ e ΄ ’ τόπῳ αγίῳ' ὁ ἀναγινώσκων Ἀνοεί- phet, standing in[the] *place ‘holy (he who reads let him un- τω" 16 τότε οἱ ἐν' τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν *éri! τὰ derstand), then those in Judea let them flee to the ὄρη" 17 ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ Σκαταβαινέτωϊ dpai τι mountains; he on the housetop lethimnotcomedown totake anything ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ" 18 καὶ ὁ ἐν 'τῷ ἀγρῷ μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω out of his house ; and he in the field let him not return ὀπίσω ἄραι "τὰ ἱμάτια" αὐτοῦ. 19 οὐαὶ δὲ. ταῖς ἐν.γαστρὶ ἐ- back to take *sarments ‘*his, But woe to those that are with χούσαις καὶ, ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις. child and to those that give suck in those days. 20 προσεύχεσθε.δὲ ἵνα μὴ. γένηται ἡ.φυγὴ. ἡμῶν χειμῶνος, μηδὲ And pray that “may *not ο ‘your “flight inwinter, nor δὲν! σαββάτῳ. 21 "Ἔσται.γὰρ τότε θλίψις µεγάλη, οἵα «οὐ on sabbath: for there shall be then *tribulation ‘great suchas not γέγονεν" ἀπ᾽ ἀ ͵, Κόσμου ἕως τοῦ νῦν, οὐδ᾽ οὐ. μὴ "has been from([the] beginning οὔ [ὑΠ6] world until now, no, nowever γένηται. 22 κὰὶ εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι.ἐκεῖναι, οὐκ shall be ; and unless *had *been *shortened __ ‘those *days, Snot av ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ: διὰ δὲ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς *there ’would Ὠανε beensaved any : flesh, but on account οὗ the elect ὴ/- ee kr Σον 7 22 Ce w κολοβωθήσονται «αἱ ἡμέραι.εκεῖναι. 23 Tore ἐάν τις ὑμῖν ‘shall“be Sshortened _ ‘those “days. Then -if anyone ‘to you εἴπῃ, Ιδού, ὧδε ὁ χριστός, ἢ ὧδε, μὴ. πιστεύσητε." 94 Ἔγερ- say, Behold, here([is]the €hrist, or here, believe [it] not. 2There *will θήσονται γὰρ ψευδόχριστοι καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ δώσουσιν *arise for false Christs and false prophets, and will give - σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα, ὥστε ἐπλανῆσαι!, εἰ δυνατόν, καὶ “signs ρτϑαὺ and’ wonders, 80 as to mislead, if possible, even ‘ ? / =) , ΄ { ~ Σολ τ" ” τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς. 26 ἰδού, προείρηκα ὑμῖν. 20 ἐὰν οὖν εἴπωσιν the elect. Lo, Ihave foretuld[it] toyou. ΄1Ὲ therefore they say ε ~ 2 / 1 ~ τ , : ΄ ἢ 2 ΦᾺΡ ” I ? ὑμῖν, Ιδού, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μή.-ἐξελθητε' Ἰδού, ἐν to you, Behold, in the wilderness he is, go not forth: Behold, [he is] in τοῖς ταμείοις, μὴ.πιστεύσητε. 27 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἐξέρ-- the chambers, believe [10] not. For as the lightning comés χεται ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ φαίνεται δυσμῶν, οὕτως forth from{[the] east and west, £0 ” \ fat ~ con ~ r ͵ ἔσται ἱκαὶ" ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 28 ὅπου.ἐγὰρὶ shallbe also the coming ofthe Son of man. For wherever ΣΧ τ Ν -“ ? ~ θη « ᾽ / ( , ἐὰν yg τὸ πτῶμα, εκει συναχθήσονται οἱ ἄετοι. 29 Βὺ- ΏΙΑΥ Ῥο ἰπο carcase, there will be gathered together the eagles. 7Immedi- θέως δὲ μετὰ τὴν θλίψιν τῶν.ἡμερῶν.ἐκείνων ὁ ἥλιος σκοτι- ately,'but after the tribulation of those days the sun _ shall be σθήσεται, καὶ ἡ σελήνη οὐ.δώσει τὸ φέγγος.αὐτῆς, καὶ οἱ ἕως appears as far as(the] darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the ἀστέρες πεσοῦνται "ἀπὸ" τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν stars shall fall from the . heaven, and the powers. ofthe οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται. 30 καὶ τότε φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον 69 (whoso readeth, let him understand:) 16 then let them which be in Judwa flee into the mountains : 17 let him which is on the house- top not, come down to take ‘any thing out of his house: 18 neither let him which is in the field return back to take his clothes. 19 And woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck in those days! 20 But pray ye that, your flight be not in the winter, neither on the sabbath day: 21 for then shall be great tribulation, such as was.not since the be- ginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. 22 And except those days should be shortened, ‘there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be _ shortened. 23 Then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here ὦ Christ, or there; believe i¢not. 24 For there shall arise false Christs, and false pro- phets, and shall shew great signs and won- ders; insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect. 25 Behold, f have told you before. 26 Wherefore if they shall say unto you, Behold, he is in the desert ; go not forth: behold, he is in the secret chambers; Ῥε- lieve tt not. 27 For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west ; soshall also the coming of the Son of man be. 28 For where- soever the carcase is; there will the eagles be gathered together. 29 Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken: 30 and then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then shall heavens shall be shaken, And then shallappear the sign τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ “ἀνθρώπου ἐν Ἰτῷὶ οὐρανῷ καὶ *rére" κὀ-' of the Son of man in the heaven ; and then shall " ¥ ἑστὼς EG. W νοείτω; does he understand ? rr. χ εἰς LTr. * τὰ the things GLTTraw. ἐγένετο T. ἃ πιστεύετε L. / — καὶ LTTraW, 5 τὸ ἱμάτιον garment Ltr. 6 -- γὰρ ΤΟΥ ΤΑ. Β ἐκ out of T, Ὁ — ἐν GLTT-AW. © πλανηθῆναι Τ; πλανᾶσθαι (read so that will be misled) vr. δ σα Τῷ LITA, . Υκαταβάτω 1.TTr. © ouK ik = τότε τ 70 all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shalf sce the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. 31 And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other. 32 Now learn a parable of the fig tree ; When his branch is yet tender, and put- teth forth leaves, ye know that summer 18 “nigh: 33 so likewi-e ye, when ye shall sce ell these things, know that it is near, even at the doors. 34 Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass, till all these things be fulfilled. 35 Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away. 36 But of that . day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels of hea- ven, but my Father only. 37 Βαν as the Gays of Noe were, so shall also the coming of the Son of man be. 3% For as in the days that were before the flood they were eating aud drinking, marry- ing and giving in mar- ο υπ the day . that Noe entered into the ark, 39 and knew not until the fldod came, and took them all away ; soshall also the coming of the Son of man be. 40 Then shall twobe in the field; the one shall be taken, and the other Ieft: 41 Two women shall be grinding at the mill; the one shall be taken, and the other left. 42 Watch therefore: for ye ‘know not what hour your Lord doth come. 43 But know this, that if the good- man of the house had ι — φωνῆς (read a great trumpet) T. ο ταῦτα πάντα TTr. 5... οὐδὲ ὁ vios ΠΟΥ the son LT. ν - καὶ LTTrA. 3 — ταῖς πρὸ (read of the flood) a, 6 ἔσονται δύο LT. : ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. XXIV. ~ « ‘ ~ ~ mt 3 A εν - ψονται πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς. καὶ ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ wail all the tribes ofthe land, and they shallsee the Son ἀνθρώπου, ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν Tu οὐρανοῦ μετὰ ὃν- of man, coming on the clouds of heaven with , \ a ~ ‘ ? ~ 4 2 ον vapewc καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. 9] καὶ ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους power and glory lereat. And heshallsend 7angels αὐτοῦ μετὰ σάλπιγγος φωνῆς" μεγάλης, καὶ ἐπισυνάξουσιν this with *of*a°*trumpet sound ‘sreat, andthcyshall gather together τοὺς. ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων. ἀπ᾽ ἄκρων his elect froth the four winds, from([the]extremities οὐρανῶν ἕως ἄκρων αὐτῶν. 32 ᾿Απὸ.δὲ τῆς συκῆς of(the]heavens to [the]extremities of them. But from the fig-tree μάθετε τὴν παραβολήν’ ὅταν ἤ η ὁ.κλάδος. αὐτῆς γένηται learn the parable: When already its branch is become { x , ΔΝ 4 , n 3: , ll ᾿ a 3 Ι] 3 απαλος, καὲ τα φύλλα EKPUY, Y\VWGKETE OTL ἐγγὺς TO m tender, and the leaves it puts forth, ye know that near [is] the θέρος 98. οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν ἴδητε “πάντα ταῦτα, sunimer. Thus also ye, when yesee (_ all these things, ΄ Β ev > , ? 3.31 Ὁ , pik , ee peg γινώσκετε ore ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἐπὶ θύραις. 34 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, know that near it is, at{the] doers. Verily Isay to you, οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ.γενεὰ αὕτη ἕως ἂν πάντα ταῦτα 19 πο wise willhave passed away this generation until all these things . γένηται. 96 Ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται," shall have taken place. The heaven and the earth shall pass away, οἱ δὲ λόγοι-µου οὐ μὴ παρέλθωσιν. 86 Περὶ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας - but my words in no wise shall pass away. But concerning *day ἐκείνης καὶ "τῆς" ὥρας οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν of the \ithat and the hour noone knows, noteven the angels οὐρανῶν, "εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ.'μουὶ μόνος. 37 Ὥσπερ. δὲ" αἱ ἡμέραι heavens, but my Father only. But as the days ~ No eo ” τ { ἃ , ~ tc ~ .~ 3 ee τοῦ. Νῶε, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ; ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώ- of Noo, 80 shall be; ΄ also the. coming of the Son of που. ‘38 Ὑώσπερὶ γὰρ ἧσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις *raic πρὸϊ man. 248 days which [were] before τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ, τρώγοντες καὶ, πίνοντες, γαμοῦντες καὶ the flood, j eating _and_ . drinking, marrying and a2 iZ y 2 τ « ; 4 > ἤλθ mn > 1 ἘΠῊΝ ἐκγαμίζοντες," ἄχρι ἧς.Ίμερας εἰσῆλθεν Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν, giving in marriage, until the day when “entered ‘Noe into the ark, 39 καὶ οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν, ἕως ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυαμὺς καὶ ἦρεν and they knew not till came λε *flood and took away ἅπαντας, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ" ἡ παρουσία τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπον. all; ‘thus shallbe also the coming ofthe Son of man. 40 Tore «δύο ἔσονται" ἐν τῷ ayo” 46", εἷς παραλαμβάνεται; Then πο will be in the field, the one is taken, καὶ 40" εἷς ἀφίεται. 41 δύο ἀλήθουσαι ἐν τῷ Σμύλωνι Ἱ µία and the one is left; two[ women] grinding at the mill, one παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ µία ἀφίεται. 42 Tonyopsire οὖν, ὅτι is taken, _and one [15 left. Watch . therefore, for 3 » ΄, ευ Π « ,᾿ € ~ ” os 3 on ‘ οὐκ.οἴδατε ποίᾳ ᾿ὥρᾳ' ὁ κὐριος.ὑμῶν ἔρχεται' 48 ἐκεῖνο.δὲ ye-know not inwhat hour your Lord comes, But this *for they were in the m + τῶν the Tr. 5 ἐκφυῇ are put forth Lrra, Ρ + ὅτι that Ltr. 4 παρελεύσεται GLIT:A. τ — τῆς GLTTrA. :- μον (read the Father) Gurtr[a]. γ᾽ γὰρ for (as) Lrr. 7 + ἐκείναις (read those days) L[tr} * ὡς aS LTA; ὡς 80 Tr. b — καὶ LTra- βίγαμίσκοντες L; Ὑαμίζοντες T. 4 -- ὁ ΤΤΤΓΑ, © μύλῳ LTT. a. Γἡμέρα duy Lrira. XXIV, XXV. γινώσκετε, ὅτι εἰ know, MATTHEW. ” ’ ’ ~ ῃ δει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης ποίᾳ φυλακῇ that if Shad 7known 'the *master ὋΣ πὸ Shouse in what watch ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, ἐγρηγόρησεν.ἂν, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν ὅδιο- the thief comes, he would have. watched, and not have suffered *to *be ουγῆναιὶ τὴν.οἰκίαν.αὐτοῦ. 44 διὰ τοῦτο Kai ὑμεῖς γίνεσθε Sdug Sthrough *his *house. Wherefore also “ye the ε a Ἐν ντ Pl γ᾿ ~ ή ε εν κα Ἢ , » ἑτοιμοι οτι 1)- Wot ου. ὀοκειτε ο υιος του ἀνθρώπου ἕρχεται. ready, for in ναί ΠΟῸΣ ye think not the Son * of man comes. 45 Tic dpa ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς δοῦλος καὶ φρόνιμος, ὃν κατέ-͵ Who then is the faithful” bondman and prudent, whom. “has στησεν ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ" ἐπὶ τῆς. Κθεραπείας" αὐτοῦ, τοῦ ἰδιδόναι" *sct this @lord over his household, to give αὐτοῖς τὴν τροφὴν ἐν καιρῷ ; 46 μακάριος ὁ-δοῦλος ἐκεῖνος, OV, tothem the food in season? Blessed that bondman, whor ἦλθ 1 t , > ~ « ΄ m ~ «“ Π : ‘ ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος.αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως." 47 Apny Shaving*come ‘this “lord will find doing thus. Verily , ε - Γ ‘ ~ ~ > a λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῦ καταστήσει Isay οσοι, that over all his property he will set > = , Part ὃ 4 ” ε . " in ΠᾺ n2 ~ Π 2 ~ αὐτον. 48 Ἑὰν. δὲ ειπῃ οκακὸς ὀουλος "εκεινος' εν Τῇ him. But if *should°say “evil Sbpondman ‘that in καρδίᾳ. αὐτοῦ, Χρονίζει ὁ. κύριός. μου" Ρἐλθεῖν,' 49 καὶ ἄρξηται, his heart, Delays my “lord to come, and should begin τύπτειν τοὺς συνδούλους, τἐσθίειν" δὲ καὶ "πίνειν" μετὰ TOY {ο Ῥεαῦ [his] fellow-bondmen, and ἴο εαῦ aad to drink with the μεθυόντων, 50 ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ.δούλου ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ drunken, Swill7come'the “lord 308 *that *bondman in a day οὐ. προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ οὐ.γινώσκει, 61 Καὶ in which he does not expect, and in anhour which he knows not, and ξιχοτοµήσει αὐτόν, καὶ τὺ.μέρος.αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν. willcut“in*two ‘thim, and his portion with the hypocrites θήσει: ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὃ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. willappoint: there will be the weeping ‘andthe gnashing ofthe’ teeth. δ' τ ~ ~ , 5 Τότε ὁμοιωθήσεται 4 βασιλεία τῶν οὐρανῶν δέκα Then *will 7be πιαᾶο °like ‘the Ξκιῃησάοια “%of*the ‘heavens [to} ten παρθένοις, αἵτινες λαβοῦσαι τὰς.λαμπάδας. αὑτῶν" ἐξῆλθον virgins, who having taken their lamps went forth εἰς. “ἀπάντησιν! τοῦ νυμφίου. 2 πέντεδὲ “ἦσαν ἐξ αὐτῶν" to meet the bridegroom. And five Swere ‘of *them φρόνιμοι," καὶ Yai" πέντε *uwpat." 3 Aaizrivec' μωραί, λα- prudent, and five foolish, They who[were] foolish, hav- — A , b « ~ ll ? » » € ~ βοῦσαι τὰς.λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν," οὐκ.ἔλαβον μεθ ἑαυτῶν. ing taken their lamps, did not take with themseives ἔλαιον' 4 αἱ δὲ φρόνιμοι ἔλαβον ἔλαιον ἐν τοῖς ἀγγείοις oil; butthe prudent took oil in 3πο sels οεαὑτῶν" μετὰ τῶν. λαμπάδων αὑτῶν. their with their lamps. But *tarrying lthe ΄ δι oe Ι ~ Oe oat. > , x νυµφίου, ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον. 6 μέσης. δὲ bridegroom, they *became“drowsy ‘all and slept. But in [the] middie νυκτὸς κραυγὴ γέγονεν, Ιδού, ὁ νυμφίος “ἔρχεται," ἐξέρ- of [the] night *a“cry ‘there 2was, Bchold,thebridegroom comes, go Ε διορυχθῆναι TTr. ο} ov δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ LITra. k οἰκετείας LTTrA. 1 δοῦναι GLTTYA. τ Ούτως ποιοῦντα LTTrA. evil bondman) t. 9 µου ὃ κύριος LTTrA. Ρ — ἐλθεῖν 111ς. bondmen) LTTraw. τ ἐσθίῃ should eat ULTTraW. τ ἑαυτῶν LTrA} αὐτῶν TW. δ“ ὑπάντησιν LITrA. LTTrA. Y—‘at EGLTTrAW. 7 φρόνιμοι prudent LITra. who tr; αἱ γὰρ forthe TA. ὃ αὑτῶν GW; αὐτῶν LTTA; — ἑαυτῶν Ὁ, vessels) LTTrA, 4 ἑαυτῶν LT; αὐτῶν Tré. © -- ἔρχεται LTTrA, " 5 χρονίζοντος.δὲ τοῦ n _his_ heart, 71 known in what watch thre thief would come, he would have watch- ed, and would not have suftcred his house to ba broken up.’ 44 There- fore be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of mancometh. 45 Who then is a faithful and wise servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his house- hold, to give them meat in duc.season? 46 Blessed is that ser- vant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. 47 Verily I say unto you, That he shall make him ruler over all his goods. 48 But and if that evil servant shall say in My lord dclayeth his coming ; 49 and shall begin to ‘smite Azs fellowser- vants, and to eat and drink with the drunk- en; 50 the lord of that servant shall come in a day when he looketh not for Aim, and in an hour that he is not aware of, 51 and shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his por- tion with the hypo- erites: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. XXYV. Then shall the kingdom of heaven be likened unto ten vir- gins, which took their lamps, and went forth to meet the bride- groom. 2 And five of them were wise, and five were foolish. 3 They that were fool- i-h took their lamps, and took no oil with them: 4 but the wise took oil in their ves- sels with their lamps. 5 While the bride- groom tarried, thoy all slumbered and slept. 6 And at mid- night there was acry made, Behold, the bridegroom cometh; i — αὐτοῦ (/εαά [his}) LTT A. — ἐκεῖνος (read the + αὐτοῦ his (fellow 5 πίνῃ Should drink GLTtraw. Ww ἐξ αὐτῶν ἦσαν LTTrA. 4 αἱ δὲ but the L; ai γὰρ for those £ — αὐτῶν (read the x μωραὶ foolish 72 go ye out to meet him. 7 Then all those vir- gins arose, and trim- med their lamps. 8 And the foolish said unto the wise, Give us of your oil; for our lamps are gone out. 9 Bui the wise answered, say- ing, Not so; lest there, be not enough for us and you: but go ye rather to them that sell, and buy for your- selves. 10 And while they went to buy, the bridegroom came ; and they that were ready went in with him to the marriage : and the door was shut. 11 Af- terward came also the other virgins, saying, Lord, Lord, open to us, 12 But he answer- ed and said, Verily [ say unto you, I know you not. 13 Watch therefore, for ye know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man cometh, 14 For the kingdom of heaven is as a man travelling into a far country, who called his own servants, and delivered unto them his goods. 15 Andunto one he gave five ta- lents, to another two, and to another one; to every man accord- ing to his several abi- lity ; and straightway took his journey. 16 Then he that had received the five ta- lents went and traded with the same, and made them other five talents. 17 And like- wise he that had re-: ceived two, he also gained other’ two. 18 But he that had re- eeived one went and digged in the earth, and hid his lord’s money. 19 After a long time the lord of those servants cometh, and reckoneth with them, 20 And so he that had received five talents came and ‘brought other five talent~, say- ing, Lord, thou deliv- eredst anto me five ΜΑΤΘΑΙ.ΟΣ. XXV. χεσθε' εἰς. ἀπάντησιν fabrov.! 7 Tore ἠγέρθησαν πᾶσαι αἱ forth to meet him. Then arose all ῃ } ~ «ον A aD eo νὼ Π ε χὰ παρθένοι.ἐκεῖναι, καὶ ἐκόσμησαν τὰς.λαμπάδας ξαὐτῶν.! 8 αἱ δὲ those Virgins, and trimmed their lamps, And the μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις δεῖπον," Δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ.ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, foolish tothe prudent said, Give: αξ' lor your oil, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται. Ὁ ᾿Απεκρίθησαν ξὲ αἱ for our lamps are going out. But “answered , ‘the φρόνιμοι, λέγουσαι, Μήποτε Ἰοὐκὶ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν’ “prudent, saying, [No,] lest Snot 'it*may suffice forus and you: πορεύεσθε. “δὲ! μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, Kai ἀγοράσάτε but go rather to those who sell, and buy ¢ ~ ? / \ 3. ow ? ΄ - ἑαυταῖς. 10 ἀπερχομένων.δὲ αὐτῶν ἀγοράσαι, ἦλθεν ο for yourselves. But as *went *away they to buy, %came ‘the νυμφίος" καὶ at ἕτοιμοι εἰσῆλθον μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς γά- “bridegroom, and those ready wentin with him to the wedding μους, καὶ ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα. 11 ὕστερον.δὲ ἔρχονται kai" αἱ feast, and Άννας ‘shut 'the 7door. And afterwards come alsa the λοιπαὶ παρθένοι, λέγουσαι, Κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν. 12 Ὁ δὲ other virgins, saying,, Lord, Lord, open to us. But he ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ.οἶδα ὑμᾶς. 13 Τρη- answering said, Verily Isay to you, I do not know you. Waich γορεῖτε οὖν, ὅτι οὐκ.οἴδατε THY ἡμέραν οὐδὲ THY ὥραν Mv therefore, for ye do not know the day nor the hour in ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται." which the Son of man comes. [ή ‘ » ~ , \ ΄, 14 Ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν ἐκάλεσεν τοὺς ἰδίους For [it is] as Gf] aman leaving the country called his own , 3 ~ ~ Ld δούλους, καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ. 15 καὶ bondmen, and delivered to them his property. And τ \ ”/ / ΄, τ \ » x A e ῳ-μὲν ἔδωκεν πέντε τάλαντα, «φ.δὲ δύο, woe ἕν, toone he gave five talents, and to another two, and toanother one, ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν καὶ "ἀπεδήμησεν εὐθέως. to each according to his respective ability; and left the country immediately. 16 πορευθεὶς" dé" ὁ τὰ πέντε τάλαντα λαβὼν Ῥεἰργάσατοϊ And “having *gone 'hewhothe five talents received trafficked ἐν αὐτοῖ i Ἰἐποί " ἄλλ Eyre rar "17 ὡσαύ iC, και Ἰεποι]σεν A α πεντε΄ταλαντα. ωσανυτως with them, and made other five talents. In like manner βκαὶ ὁ τὰ δύο ἐκέρδ teat αὐτὸς! ἄλλα δύ ρ σεν “καὶ αυτος a α υο. also he who[received] the two βρα]τιθά 34.150 the other two. 18 ὁ δὲ τὸ ἕν᾽ λαβὼν ἀπελθὼν -ὥρυξεν Viv τῇ γῇ," καὶ But he who the one received having goneaway dug in the earth, and Σἀπέκρυψεν! τὸ ἀργύριον τοῦ.κυρίου.αὐτοῦ. 19 Μετὰ δὲ Σχρόνον hid the money of his lord. Andafter a *time πολὺν" ἔρχεται ὁ κύριος τῶν.δούλων.ἐκείνων, καὶ συναίρει ‘long comes the lord of those bondmen, and takes 7 > ᾽ ~ λ , - il 90 A λθ " ο κ 4 / ae μετ αυτων oyov. και προσε ων ο τα TEVTE τα *with “them. ‘account. And *having *come *he who the five ta- λαντα λαβὼν, προσήνεγκεν' ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα, λέγων, lents received, broughtto [him] other five talents, saying, f — αὐτοῦ (read [him])TaA. δ ἑαυτῶν LTtra. Β εἶπαν Ttra. iov μὴ not at all Ltraw. k δὲ but GLTTraW. 1— καὶ τ[ tr] m — ἐν ἡ ὃ υἱὲ Ὁ ἀνθρώ ἔ ὃ ἡ ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ ανθρώπου ἔρχεται GLTTrA. π ἀπεδήμησεν. εὐθέως πορευθεὶς left the country. Immediately having gone τ. 9 -- δὲ απᾶ [1,71 [tr]. Ρ ἠργάσατο ΤΑ. 9 ἐκέρδησεν gained Ltr. τ--- τάλαντα LTr[A]. 5 — καὶ [L|r. t— καὶ αὐτὸς LrT:[a]. Υ + τάλαντον talent x. ~ γῆν [the] ¢arth Trra, ἃ ἔκρυψεν LT Tra, ) πολὺν χρόνον LITrA, ὃ λόγον per αὐτῶν LTTra, παν. Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας" Lord, five talents tome thou didst deliver: behold, othez five "τάλαντα! ἐκέρδησα δἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς." 91" Εφη. δὲ! αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος talents ‘have 1 gained besides them. And “said *to *him “lord, αὐτοῦ, Et, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ, ἐπὶ ὀλίγα AC ‘his, Well! bondman good and _ faithful, over a few things thou wast πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν GE καταστήσω" εἴσελθε εἰς THY χαρὰν MATTHE W. ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε faithful, over many things thee will I set : enter into the joy. τοῦ.κυρίου.σου. 22 Προσελθὼν δὲ" καὶ ὁ τὰ δύο τά- of thy lord. And having α me to[him] ?also 'he who the two ta- Lavra “λαβὼν! εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας' lents received said, Lord, two talents to me thou didst deliver; ἴδε, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα er’ αὐτοῖς." 28 “Edy behold, other two talents havel gained besides them. *Said αὐτῷ ὁ.κύριος.αὐτοῦ, Et, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ, ἐπὶ “to *him "his *Lord, Well! bondman good and faithful, over ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω"' εἴσελθε a few things thou wast faithful, over many thingsthee 1111 βοῦ: enter εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ.κυρίου.σου. 24 Προσελθὼν δὲ into the joy of thy Lord. ent , ΠῚ ᾿ = ’ » ΓΙ \ τὸ ἕν τάλαντον εἰληφὼς εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε ὅτι σκληρὸς καὶ ὁ And having come to[him] also 'he who the one talent had received said, Lord, Iknew thee that ‘*hard εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων Όπου οὐκ.έσπειρας, Kai συνάγων που 7art *a°man, reaping where thoudidstnotsow, and gathering ὅθεν "οὐ.διεσκόρπισας' 25 καὶ φοβηθείς, ἀπελθὼν ἔκρυψα whence thou didst not scatter, and beingafraid, having goneaway 1 hid τὺ.τάλαντόν.σου ἐν TH γῇ ἴδε, ἔχεις τὺσόν. . 96 Απο thy talent in the earth; behold, thou hast thine own. *An- 3 \ Syne , ἢ οκ 7 ία κε ἣ Η ὃ ω tl ς κριθεὶς δὲ ὁ.κύριος.αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Πονηρὲ δοῦλε! καὶ swering ‘and *his *Lord said tohim, Wicked “*bondman ‘and ὀκνηρέ, ἤδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ.ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν *slothful, thou knewestthat Lreap where Isowed not, and gather whence οὐ.διεσκόρπισα; 27 ἔδει δοῦν σε" βαλεῖν "ro.apyiipioy'_pov I scattered not ; it behoved “therefore 'thee to put my money τοῖς ἱτραπεξίταις Ἡ καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὺ.ἐμὸν σὺν te the moneychangers, and coming I should have received mine own with τόκῳ. 28 ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε -τῷ interest. Take thereforefrom him the talent, andgive[it]tohim who ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα. 29 Τῷ.γὰρ ἔχοντι παντὶ δοθή- has the ten ° talents.- For*who "Πας “to "every *one shall σεται, καὶ περισσευθήσεται' "ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ" μὴ.ἔχοντος, καὶ be given, and [πε] shall be inabundance; *from ‘but him who has not, even ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται am αὐτοῦ. 30 Καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον. that which he has shailbetaken from him. And the useless bondman ἰἐκβάλλετε! εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον' ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς castye out into the darkness the outer: there shallbethe weeping καὶ δ’ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων. and the gnashing ofthe teeth. ν 81 Ὅταν.δὲ ἔλθῃ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐν τῇ.δόξφ.αὐτοῦ, But when *comes 'the “Son 304 *man in his glory, καὶ πάντες οἱ ayo! ἄγγελοι μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, τότε καθίσει ἐπὶ and all the holy angels with him, then willhesit upon [{86] - e— δὲ απὰ ατατγαν. ἃ --- ἃ [τάλαντα] τι. ὃ — ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς LTTr. sf & σε οὖν TTra. βὼν (read [received])) urtra. f Δοῦλε πονηρὲ 1. ἑτραπεζείταις T, κ τοῦ δὲ but of him who trtra. GULTTra, \ ἐκβάλετε GLTTrAW. 73 talents: behold, I have gained beside them fire talents more, 21 His lord said unto him, Well done, thou good and faithful servant: thou hast been faith; ful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: en- ter thou into the joy of thy lord. 22 He also that had received two talents came and said, Lord, thou deliv- eredst unto me two talents : behold, I have gained two other ta- lents beside them. 23 His lord said unto him, Well done, good and faithful servant; thou hast been faith- ful over a few things, I will make thee ruler over many things: enter thou into the joy of thy lord. 24 Then he which had received the one talent came and said, Lord, I knew thee that thou art an hard man, reaping where thou hast not sown, and gathering where thou hast not strawed: 25 and I wag afraid, and went and hid thy talent in the earth: lo, there thou hast that is thine. 26 His lord answered and said unto him, Thou wicked andsloth- fulservant,thou knew- est that I reap where I sowed not, eand ga- ther where 1 have not strawed : 27 ἴποα oughtest therefore to have put my money to the exchangers, ‘and then at my coming I should have received mine own with usury. 28 Take therefore the talent from him, and give it unto him whick hath ten talents, 29 For unto every one that hath shall be -given, and he shall have abundance: but from him that hath not shall be taken away eyen that which he hath, 30 Andcast ye the nnprofitable servant into outer darkness: there shall be weeping and gnashing of teeth. 31 When the Son of man shall come in his glory, and all the holy angels with him, then shall he sit upon the ééand τ. 9 — λα- h τὰ ἀργύριά τ. αἱ ---- αγιου 74 throne of his glory: 32 and before him shall be gathered all na- tions: and he shail separate them one from another, as a shepherd divideth his sheep from the goats: 33 and he shall set the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on the left. 34 Then shall the King say unto them on his right hand, Come, ye bles-ed of my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foun- dation of the world: 35 for I was an hun- gred, and ye gave me meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave me drink: I was a stranger, and ye took mein: 36 na- ked, and ye clothed tne: I was sick, andye visited me: I was in prison, and ye came untome. 37 Thenshall the righteous answer him, saying, Lord, when saw we,thee an hungred,. and fed thee? or thirsty, and give thee drink? 38 When saw we thee a stranger, and took thee in? or naked, and clothed thee? 39 Or when saw we thee sick, or in prison, and came unto thee? 40 And the King shall answer and say unto them, Verily I say unto you, Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done zt unto me. 41 Then shull he say also unto them on the left hand, Depart from me, ye cursed, into everlast- ing fire, prepared for the devil and his an- els: 42 for I was an ungred, and ye gave me no meat: I was thirsty, and ye gave της no drink : 43 Iwas a stranger, and yetook me not in: naked,and ye clothed me not: sick,an:i in prison, and ye visited me not. 44 Then shall they also answer him, say- ing, Lord, when saw we thee an hungred, or athirst, or a stran- ger, or naked, or sick, or in prison, and did not minister unto thee? 45 Then shall he answer them, saying, Verily I say unto you, Ὁ; συναχθήσονται ΣΤΤΙΑ. a σσρήὐΓσ0σ0σ1σ1σ1σ7σ7σ7σ0σ1σρσ1ήήρ0οο ὔϐἛὙ .8 [τῶν ἀδελφῶν µον]1, ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΧΧΥ. θρόνου δόξης.αὐτοῦ, 82 καὶ "συναχθήσεται! ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ throne of his glory, διὰ shall be gathered before him / κ ο ‘ ο > 1} ? 4 ? ? τλλ ηλ. er ε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. καὶ ἀφοριεῖ" αυτους απ ἀλλήλων, ὥσπερ ο all the nations, and hewillseparate them from one another, as. the ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων, 99 καὶ στήσει shepherd separates the sheep from the goats ; and he will set “τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ.δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων. the sheep on right “hand ‘bis, butthe goats on [his] left. 94 Tore ἐρεῖ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῖς ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, Δεῦτε, οἱ Then *will*say'the “king to those on “right “hand “his, Come, the εὐλογημένοι τοῦ.πατρός.µου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην blessed of my Father, inherit the “prepared e ~ , >? ‘ ~ ’ ΠῚ / κ ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. 35 ἐπείνασα.γάρ, Ξέου Ὑοα ‘kingdom from{([the] foundation of{the] world. For I hungered, καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν" ἐδίψησα, καὶ ἐποτίπατὲ µε' ἕένος and yegave me ἰτοραῦ; Ithirsted, and yegave*to“drink 'me; astranger ἤμην, καὶ συνηγάγετέ με 96 γυμνός, καὶ περιεβάλετέµε' ἠσθέ- Iwas, and yetook-in ‘me; naked, and yeclothed me; Iwas ἘΠ ἊΨ κ. θε - > λ ~ ” λ Ῥ ἦλθ ll ΄ νησα, καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με" ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην, Kai Ῥήλθετεϊ πρός sick, and ye visited me; in prison 115, and yecame to , , ~ / , ΄ με. 37 Τότε ἀποκριθήσονται αὐτῷ οἱ δίκαιοι, λέγοντες, Κύριε, me, Then will answer him therighteous, “saying, rd, πότε σὲ Ἱεῖδομεν' πεινῶντα, καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν; ἢ διψῶντα, καὶ when *thee ‘saw*we hungering, and fed [thee]? or thirsting, and ἐποτίσαμεν; 88 πότε. δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον, καὶ συνηγάγοµεν; gave(thee]todrink?, and when *thee 'saw ἦννα astranger,and took (thee] in? ἢ γυμνόν, καὶ περιεβάλοµεν: 99 πότε.δὲ σε εἴδομεν ᾿ἀσθενῆ," or naked, and clothed [thee] 2 And when *thee ‘saw “we sick, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν: πρός σε; 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς 6» or ἵπ prison, «and came to thee? And answering the ᾿ ? ~ ? ~ ? ‘ / « - 7 ve ? 7 βασιλεὺ.; ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς, Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε king willsaytothem, Verily Isay toyou, Inasmuchas yedid [itl ἑνὶ τούτων "τῶν. ἀδελφῶν. μου" τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιή- to one of these my brethren the least, to me ye gare. 41 Tore ἐρεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, Πὸρεύεσθε ἀπ᾽ «did [it]. Then will hesay also to those on [the] left, Go from ἐμοῦ, "οἱ" κατηραµένοι, εἰς TO πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἧτοιμα- me, the cursed, .into the fire the eternal, which has been / ~ , ‘ ~ 7 ’ ? ~ | / , σμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Kai τοῖς.ἀγγέλοις. αὐτοῦ. 42 ἐπείνασα.γάρ, prepared forthe devil and his angels. * For I hungered, καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν" ἐδίψησα, καὶ οὐκ.ἐποτίσατέ με" and yegavenot tome toeat; Ithirsted, and yegave “ποὺ “ἴο "ἀτίηκ 1ηιθς 43 ξένος ἤμην, καὶ οὐ.συνηγάγετέ pe’ γυμνός, καὶ οὐ.περιεβά- astranger 1 was, and yetook’not*in *me; naked, and ye did not λετέ με’ ἀσθενής, καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐκ. ἐπεσκέψασθέ µε. clothe me; Sick, and in prison, and ye did not visit me, 44 Tore ἀποκριθήσονται ταὐτῷ! καὶ αὐτοί, λέγοντες, Κύριε, Then Swill answer Shim also ‘they, saying, Lord, , x ” ~ n ἢ ~ n ’ n / n πότε σὲ εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ἕένον, ἢ γυμνόν, ἢ when “thee 'saw*we hungering; or thirsting, orastranger,or naked, or ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι; 45 Τότε ἀπο- sick, or in prison, and didnot minister tothee? Then will ΄ > ae , > A ; ε ον 2, > 2 κριθήσεται αὐτοῖς, λέγων, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον οὐκ.ἐποι- he answer | them, saying, Verily Isay to you, Imasmuchas ye did not ΗΤΤΑ. 3 ἀφορίσει T, ῥῬῆλθατε LTIrA. 4 εἴδαμεν Tr. τὸ ἀσθενοῦντα ‘—ait. %— αὐτῷ GLTTraw, may xX XVI. Lit] to one of these Μα ΤΟΥ: ήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων. οὐδὲ ἐ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. 46 Καὶ the least, neither to me didye [10]. And "9 ot τῇ > , 3, Β ε δὲ a ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον' οἱ .δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν “shall *go *away αἰώνιον. eternal, £6 Καὶ EYEVETO ε/ οτε 1these intopunishment eternal, ἐτέλεσεν And it came to pass when “had *finished Jesus but the righteous into life ὁ ᾿[ησοῦς πάντας τοὺς 411 - ? ~ ” « \ λόγους.τούτους, εἶπεν τοῖς. µαθητ αἴς αὐτοῦ. 2 Οἴδατε ὅτι μετα these Bay ings δύο ἡμέρας τὸ πάσχα γίνεται, καὶ takes place, two days the p he said assover to his disciples, ) Ὁ ’ |) ~ παραδίδοται εἰς.τὸ σταυρωθῆναι. ‘is delivered up to be crucified. and the Son 3 Tore συνῆχθ Ye know that after ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου of man noav « οι Then were gathered together the ἀρχιερεῖς "καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς! καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ chict a and the scribes and the elders of the pcople εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα, 4 καὶ to the συγεβουλεύσαντο took counsel together καὶ ἀποκτείνωσιν. and kill θόρυβος γένηται 4 *tumult ‘there “be court 6 Τοῦ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦ γενομένου iv Βηθανίᾳ ἐν in Bethany γυνὴ Now Jesus of the high priest τὸν Ἰησοῦν Chim}; iva in order that who was called Χκρατήσωσιν δόλῳ." they might seize Js guile, Jesus Caiaphas, and 5 ἔλεγον.δέ, My ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, ἵνα μὴ ἐν τῷ λαφ. among the people. being τοῦ λεπροῦ, 7 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ the leper, ἔχουσα" *Bapuripou," καὶ κατέχεεν very precious, having, ἀνακειμένου. as he reclined [at table]. 3came and 8 ἰδόντες δὲ νου ‘him ἢ a poured But secing [it] but they said, Not during the feast, οἰκίᾳ in [the] house Σἀλάβαστρον μύρου that *not Σίμωνος of Simon “woman, an alabaster flask of ointment {it] on οἱ μαθηταὶ." his disciples ἐπὶ "τὴν. κεφαλἠὴν. αὐτοῦ his head > a» ll 2% , αὐτου" ἡγανακ- became τησαν, λέγοντες; Εἰς τί ἡ-ἀπώλεια. αὕτη 39 “ ᾿ἠδύνατο". γὰρ τοῦτο ‘indignant, saying, ἀτὺ μύρον" ointment 10 Γνοὺς.δὲ But knowing [this] to the woman? for For what πραθῆναι have becn sold ἔοι much, Jesus said a*work ‘good this waste ? πολλοῦ, καὶ δοθῆναι for *could e πτω this χοῖς. and have been given {ο [the] poor. to them, Why trouble ὁ Ἰησοῦο εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti κόπους παρέχετε do ye cause ~ Ανα, x \ ο.» ΄ ll 2 Της 1 1 / ΤῺ γυναικι 3 ENyYOV.yao Καλὸν ειργασατο εις ἐμὲ. TaAV= she ον towards ime. *Al- TOTE γὰρ τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτὲ the 12 Barov For *in ware *for é KX ETE. ye have, σώματός. μου πρὸς τὺ.ἐνταφιάσαι.µε ἐποίησεν. my body for « ~ e σα Up, οπου-εαν poor oa. yap αὕτη *pouring my burying κηρυχθῇ το you, Wheresoever shall be proclaimed τῷ κύσµῳ, λαληθήσεται καὶ the world, μνημόσυνον αὐτὴ a memorial C. of her, ye have with ‘this [woman] τι ο shall be spoken of alsothat which you, but me not always τὸ μύρον τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ this ointment she did [10]. on 13 ἀμὴν λέγω μας Isay τὸ. εὐαγγέλιον. τοῦτο ἐν ὅλῳ these glad ο. ἐποίησεν αὕτη, δαιᾶ in all εἰς ‘this (7woman], for 75 Inasmuch as ye did zt not to ove of the least of these, ye did tt not to me, 46 And these snall go away into everlasting punish- ment: but the right- eous into life eternal. XXXVI, And it cane to pass, when Jesus had finished all these sayings, he said unto his disciples, 2 Ye know that after two day- is the feast of the pass- over, and the Son of man is betrayed to Ίο crucified, 3 Then as- sembled together the chief priests, and the seribes, and the elders of the people, unto the palace of the high priest, who was called Caiaphas, 4 and con- sulted that they might take Jesus by subtilty, and kill him. 5 But they said, Not on the feast day, lest there be am uproar among the pcople. 6 Now when Jesus was in Bethany, in the hou~e of Simon the leper, 7 there came unto him a woman having an alabaster box of very precious ointment, and poured it on his head, as he sat at meat. 8 But when his disciples saw it, they had indigna- tion, saying, To what purpose is this waste? 9 for this ointment might have been sold for much, and given to the poor. 10 When Je- sus understood ἐξ, he said unto them, Why trouble ye the woman ? for she hath wrought a good work upon me. 11 For yehave the poor always with you; but me ye have not al- ways. 12 For in that she hath poured this ointment on my body, she did zt for my burial. 13 Verily I say unto you, Wheresoever this gospel shall be preach- ed in the whole world, there shall also this, that this woman hath done, be told for a memorial of her. — καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς τττν ry ΩΝ τς, 2 πο UTTra. ε ἐδύνατο {ἠργάσατο T. λυτίμον LT. ΤΑ. ΄ x δόλῳ κρατήσωσιν GLTTraw. 8. τῆς κεφαλῆς LTtTr. 4 — τὸ μύρον GLTTraw, } ἔχουσα ἀλάβαστρον b — αὐτοῦ (read the discip es) ε + τοῖς (vead to the poor) ΙΩΝ, 76 14 Then one of the twelve, called Judas Iscariot, went unto thechief priests, 15 and said unto them, What will ye give me, and I- will deliver him unto you? And they cove- nanted with him for thirty pieces of silver. 16 And from that time he sought oppor- tunity to betray him, 17 Now the first day of the feast of -un- leavened bread the disciples came to Je-. sus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for thee to eat the passover? 18 And he said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him, The Master saith, My time is at hand; 1 will keep the passover at thy house with my disci- ples. 19 And the dis- ciples did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover. 20 Now when the even was come, he sat down with the twelve, 21 Andas they did eat, he said, Verily I say unto you, that one of you shall be- tray me. 22 And they Were exceeding sor- rowful, ang began every one of them to say unto him, Lord, is itl? 23 And he an- swered and said, He that dippeth his hand with me in the dish, the same shall betray me. 24 TheSonof man gocth as it is written of him: but woe unto that man by whom the Son of man is betray- ed! it had been good for that man if he had not been born, 25 Then Judas, which betrayed him. answer- ed and said, Master. is it Τῷ He said unto him, Thou hast said. 26 And as they were enting, Jesus took bread, and blessed 7¢, and brake ir, and gave it to the disciples, and said, Take, eat ; this is my body. 27 And he took the cup, and gave thanks, and gave zt to them, saying, Drink 8 καὶ ἐγὼ τ. One LTT: A. having given Lrtir, h — αὐτῷ LTT: AW. Ἱτὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ LTTrA. Να το ο, XXVI. | ~ , , δα 2 14 Τότε πορευθεὶς εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, ὁ λεγόμενος Τούδας Then ?°having ''gone 'one *of*the “twelve, *who “was ‘called “Judas , ‘ ~ = / ’ “ ἸΙσκαριώτης, πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς, 16 εἶπεν, Τί. θέλετε μοι *Tscariote, to the chief priests, said, What are ye willing “me δοῦναι, Skayw" ὑμῖν παραδώσω αὐτόν; Οἱ δὲ ἔστησαν αὐτῷ αο”Εΐτο, andI toyou willdeliverup him? And they appointed to him τριάκοντα ἀργύρια. 10 καὶ ἀπὸ τότε ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν thirty pieces of silver. And from that time he sought an opportunity ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ. that him he might deliver up. 17 Τῇ.δὲ πρώτῃ τῶν.ἀζύμων προσῆλθον οἱ µαθη- Now onthe first [day] of unleavened [bread] came the disci- rai τῷ Ἰησοῦ, λέγοντες "αὐτῷ," Ποῦ θέλεις ἑτοιμάσὼμέν ples {ο Jesus, saying tohim, Where wilt thou [that] weshould prepare σοι φαγεῖν τὸ πάσχα; 18 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν, Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν {οχ thee toeat the passover? And he | said, Go into the πόλιν πρὸς τὸν. δεῖνα, καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, Ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, city unto suchaone, and _ say to him, The teacher says, Ὁ.καιρός.µου ἐγγύς tori’ πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ πάσχα μετὰ My time “near πμ. with theeI will keep the passover with τῶν μαθητῶν.μου. 19 Kai ἐποίησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ we συνέταξεν my disciples. And 3414 ‘the *disciples *as “directed αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἡτοίμασαν TO πάσχα. 7them 5 6585, and prepared the passover. 20 ᾿Οψίας δὲ γενομένης ἀνέκειτο μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα᾽. Andevening being come hereclined[attable] with the twelve. 2] καὶ ἐσθιόντων. αὐτῶν εἶπεν, Αμὴὺν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ And asthey wereeating hesaid, Verily Isay toyou, that one of ὑμῶν παραδώσει µε. 22 Kai λυπούμενοι σφόδρα ἤρξαντο you- willdeliverup me. And being grieved exceedingly they began λέγειν αὐτῷ ἕκαστος αὐτῶν," Μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, κύριε; 23 Ὁ. δὲ tosay ἴο him, each of them, “I ‘am he], Lord? But he ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, ‘O ἐμβάψας per ἐμοῦ liv τῷ τρυβλίῳ answering said, Hewho dipped With me in the dish τὴν χεῖρα," οὗτός µε παραδώσει. 24 ὁ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώ- {his} hana, he me will deliver up. The *indeed -Son "of “man που ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ. δὲ τῷ goes, as it has been written concerning him, but woe > ’ ? , ᾽ κα « cA ~ 3 ’ a ᾿ἀνθρώπφ.ἐκείνῳ δι οὗ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται" to that man by whomthe Son of man is delivered up; καλὸν ἦν αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκ.ἐγεννήθη ὁ.ἄνθρωπος. ἐκεῖνος. good wereit forhim if *had “ποῦ *been Sborn that “man. 25 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ Ιούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν εἶπεν, Μήτι And answering Judas, who was. delivering up him, said, ἐγώ εἰμι, ™paBRi;" Λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ εἶπας. “I ‘am [he], Rabbi? Hesays to him, Thou hast said. Sins ΓΝ Χ δὲ ? ~ λ 1 “2 ~ n 4 Ι » 20 ᾿Ἐσθιόντων δὲ. αὐτῶν, αβὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς "τὸν" ἄρτον, And as they ποτε eating, "having “taken (‘Jesus the bread, καὶ εὐλογήσας, ἔκλασεν καὶ "ἐδίδου" τοῖς μαθηταῖς, Prai" and having blessed, ~ broke and gave tothe disciples, and εἶπεν, Λάβετε, φάγετε' τοῦτό ἐστιν τὺ.σῶμά.μου. 97 Kai said, Take, eat ; this is my body. And λαβὼν «τὸ! ποτήριον, kai! εὐχαριστήσας, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς. having taken the cup, and having given thanks, he gave[it] to them, i+ μαθητῶν disciples Lt. k εἷς ἔκ-στος eich ™ ῥαββεί T. 2 — τὸν LTTr[A]. ο δοὺς P—xolLLITr. 5 -- τὸ (γϑα( ἃ ο) TTA, .— καὶ L[Tr]. XXVI. AL AS PUES ΕΝ. λέγων, Πίετε ἐξ αὐτοῦ πάντες" 28 τοῦτο.γάρ ἐστιν ro. αἷμά.μου, saying, “Drink 3οξ it 181}. For this is my blood, tro" τῆς ᾿καινῆς" διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν πἐκχυνόμενον' εἰς that of the new covenant, which for many is poured out for ” « 1: "Ὁ 99 λέ πι ς ~ ict Il > \ , ” ᾿ ἄφεσιν αμαρτιωγ. εγω.ὀευµιν, "οτι ου μή πιω απ remission of sins. But isay toyou, that notatall willl drink hence- ἄρτι ἐκ τούτου τοῦ Σγεννήµατος! τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας forth of this fruit of the ο until “day ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ πίνω μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν καινὸν ἐν TH βασιλείᾳ τοῦ ‘that when it Idrink with you new in the kingdom: ΄ ‘ ε ’ 5" - > ‘ » ~ πατρός.μου. 30 Kai ὑμνήσαντες ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν of my father. And having sungahymn they went out to the mount , ? ~ , ; 3 a £49 _~ , « ~ i ἐλαιῶν. 9] τότε λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πάντες ὑμεῖς σκανδα- of Olives. Then *says *to*them > Jesus, 1 γο will be ’ 3 4 [ή ΄ λισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν γέγραπται.γάρ, offended in me during For it has been written, Πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ Ἰδιασκορπισθήσεται' τὰ πρόβατα τῇ.νυκτὶ.ταύτῃ. this night. Iwillsmite the shepherd, and willbescatteredabroad the sheep τῆς ποίμνης. 82 μετὰ δὲ τὸ.ἐγερθῆναί.με προάξω ὑμᾶς of the flock ; but after my beingraised Iwillgobefore you εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 38 Αποκριθεὶὀ δὲ. ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν αὐτῷ.. into Galilee. Peter said Ei 3καὶὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται ἐν σοί, ἐγὼ οὐδέποτε If even all will be offended in thee, 1 never σκανδαλισθήσοµαι. 84 Ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Αμὴν λέγω σοι, will be offended. 2Said to *him Jesus, Verily Isay to thee, And an.wering to him, ὅτι ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτί, πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς that Baring this night,. before [the] cock crows, thrice ἀπαρνήσῃ µε. 85 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, Kav δέῃ με thou wilt deny me. Says “to*him ‘Peter, Evenif it were needful for me σὺν σοὶ ἀποθανεῖν, οὐ. µή. σε ἀπαρνήσομαι. Ὁμοίως ἢ καὶ with thee to die, in nowise thee will 1 deny. Likewise also πάντες οἱ μαθηταὶ εἶπον. all the disciples aie 36 Tore ἔρχεται per αὐτῶν ὁ ᾿Τησόῦς εἰς κ μον λεγόμενον Then comes with them Jesus to aplace called «Γεθσημανῆ,! καὶ λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς, Καθίσατε αὐτοῦ, ἕως οῦξ Gethsemane, andhesaystothe disciples, Sit here, until ἀπελθὼν ἱπροσεύξωμαι ἐκεῖ.ὶ 97 Kai παραλαβὼν τὸν having goneaway. 1 5πα]] pray yonder. - And having taken with [him] ΄ ‘ ‘ , eee , ae ~ ‘ Πέτρον καὶ τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου, ἤρξατο λυπεῖσθαι καὶ Peter and the two 5οΏ» of Zebedee, -he began to be sorrowful απᾶ ἀδημονεῖν. 88 τότε λέγει αὐτοῖςξ, Περίλυπόε ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή.µου deeply, depressed. Then hesays tothem, Verysorrowful is my soul ἕως θανάτου" μείνατε ὧδε καὶ γρηγορεῖτε per ἐμοῦ. 99 Kai evento death; remain here and watch with me, And har βοελθὼν! μικρὸν ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ προσευχό- having goneforward alittle τε fell upon his face pray- η Πάτερ ἷ "εἰ ὃ ο. κ λθέτω! μένος, καὶ λεγων, Ἱ]ατερ.'µου, εἰ ὀυνατὸν ἔστιν “παρελθέτω ing, and saying, my Father;. if - Μην it is let pass ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον. τοῦτο πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς from me this cup; nevertheless not as I will, but as 77 το α]] of it: 94 for this is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many for the remission of sins, 29 But I say unto you, I will not drink hence- forth of.this fruit of the vine, until that day when 1 drink it new with you in my Father’s kingdom. 30 And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives. 31 Then saith Jesus unto them, Allyeshall “be offended Because of ’ thee. . pray yonder. me this night: for it is written, 1 willsmite the shepherd, and the sheep of the flock shall be scattered abroad. 32 But after Iam risen again, I will go before you into Galilee. 33 Pe- ter answered and said “unto him, Though all men shall be offended kecause of thee, yet will I never be offend- ed. 34 Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee, That this night, before the cock crow, thou shalt deny me thrice. 35 Peter said unto him, Though I should die with thee, yet will I not deny Likewise also said all the disciples, 36 Then cometh Je- sus with them unto a place called Geth- femane, and saithunto the disciples, Sit ye here, while I go and 37 And he took with him Pe- ter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to'be sorrowful and very heavy. 38 Then saith he unto them, My soul is exceeding sorrowfnl, even unto death : tarry ye here, and watch with me, 39 And he went a little farther, and fell on his face, and prayed, saying, ο. my Father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me; nevertheless not. as I will, but as thou wilt, — καινῆς TA]. : ἢ: διασκορπισθήσονται LITA. ο Γεθσημανεῖ LTraw 5 Τεθσημανεί Ἱ. Β τὸ Τησαῦς Jesus (says) w. * παοελθάτω LTTrA.. t — τὸ LTTrA. ματος LTTrAW. (likewise) Ww. f ἐκεῖ προσεήξωµαι LITA. | towards [them] rrr. i— µου my π[τε] - ἐκχυννόμε μον LTTrA. — ὅτι LTTrA. 8 — καὶ GLTTraw. ἆ + αὐτοῦ of him 1. 5 γενή- b -- δὲ and e+ ἂν 1, Β προσελθὼν having come 78 40 And hecomcthtunto the discipies, and find- eth them asleep, and saith unto Pettr, What, could ye not -watch with me one hour? 41 Watch and pray, that ye enter not into temptation : the spirit indeed ts willing, but the flesh ts weak, 42 He Went away again the second time, and pray- ed, saying,'O my Fa- ther, if this cup may not pass away from me, except I drink it, thy -will be done. 43 And he came and found them asleep again: for their eyes were heavy. 44 And he left them, and‘went away again, and pray- ed the third time, say- ing the same words. 45 Then cometh he to his disciples, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: behold, the hour is at, hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sin- ners, 46 Rise, let us be going: behold, he is at hand that doth betray me, 47 And while he yet spake, lo, Judas, one of the twelve, came, and with him a great multitude with swords and stave, from the chief priests and elders of the people. 48 Now he that betrayed him gave them a sign, say- ing, homsoever I shall kiss, that same is he: hold him fast. 49 And forthwith he came to Jesus, and said, Hail, master; and kissed him. 50 And Jesus said unto him, Friend, wherefore art thou come 2 Thencame they, and laid hands on Jesus, and took him, 51 And, behold, one of them which Were with .Jesus stretched out his hand, and drew his sword, and struck a servant of the high priest’s, and smote off his ear. ‘Pa εἰς ΜΑΤΘΑΤΟΣ, XXVI. σύ. 40 Kai ἔρχεται πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς thou. And. hecomes, to the disciples and - finds them καθεύδοντας, καὶ λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ, "Οὕτως οὐκ.ἰσχύσατε μίαν sleeping, and says to Peter, Thus Were ye notable one er ~ ~ ~ ‘ ΄ ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ; 41 γρηγορεῖτε καὶ προσεύχεσθε, hour _to watch with me? Watch and pray, wv A ᾽ ’ a) ‘ ~ ’ (να μὴ.εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν. τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, that yeenternot. into temptatiow: the *indced 'spirit [is] ready, ἡ δὲ. σὰρξ ἀσθενῆς. 42 Πάλιν ἐκ δευτέρου ἀπελθὼν προσ- but the fiesh weak. Again asccondtime having gone away he ηύξατο, λέγων, Πάτερ.μου, εἰ οὐ.δύναται τοῦτο Ιτὸ ποτήριον" prayed, saying, my Father, if “cannot this 2cup λ ~ m, ? 2 ~ REA \ ? A , , ‘ , , παρελθεῖν Mim ἐμοῦ ἐὰν.μὴ αὐτὸ πίω, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά pass from me unless 3it *Ii*drink, ο 7done Swill σου. 43 Kai ἐλθὼν "εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς πάλιν" καθεύδοντας, *thy. And having come he finds them again sleeping, ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν.οι ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρηµένοι. 44 Kai ἀφεὶς for “were ‘their “cyes . heavy. Απᾶ leaving ? ΄ ο >? \ , 4 ne P2 (ι ‘ ? . αὐτοὺς, “ἀπελθὼν πάλιν" προσηύξατο Ρέκ.τριτου,' τὸν αὐτὸν them, having goneaway again he prayed athirdtime, “the tsame-. λόγον εἰπών]. 45 τότε έρχεται πρὸς τοὺς.μαθητὰς "αὐτοῦ," ‘thing ‘saying. Then he comes to his disciples \ / ) ~ 0 EY Εμ λ A ν fe , θ = καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Καθεύδετε "τὸ" λοιπὸν Kai ἀναπαύεσθε and = says to them, Sleep on now and - take your rest; ἰδού. ἤγγικεν ἡ ὥρα, καὶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδιδο- lo, *has*drawn *near’the *hour, andthe Son of man is delivered χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν. 46 ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν" ἰδού, up. into [the] hand’ of sinners. Rise up, letus go; behold, ἤγγικεν ὁ παραδιδούς με. “has “drawn *near ‘he who is delivering up me, 47 Kai ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος, ἰδού, And *yet ‘as “he “1: speaking behold, x \ 2 7 ων» ο ᾿ 4 » ‘ ΄, ἦλθεν, καὶ per αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων, came, and with him a*crowd ‘great with swords and staves, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ. 48 ὁ δὲ from 56 chiefpriests and elders of the people. And he who παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς σημεῖον, λέγων, Ὃν ἰἂν! was delivering up him gave them a sign, saying, Whomseever φιλήσω, αὐτός tori’ κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 49 Kai εὐθέως I shall kiss, he it is: seize him. And inmediately προσελθὼν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ εἶπεν, Χαῖρε, ἵῥαββί,! καὶ κατεφιλισεν having come up to Jesus hesaid, Hail, Rabbi, and ardentiy kissed αὐτόν. 50 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ‘Eraipe, ἐφ᾽ Ὑφ' him. But Jesus said tohim, Friend, for what [purpose] πάρει; Tore προσελθόντες ἐπεβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ artthoucome? Then having cometo [him] they laid hands on τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν. 51,Kai ἰδού, εἷς τῶν Jesus, and seized him, ~ And behold, one of those μετὰ Ἰησοῦ, ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἀπέσπασεν τὴν µάχαι- with Jesus, having stretched out [his] hand drew *swore ραν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πατάξας τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ἀφεῖλεν this, and smiting the bondman of the highpriest took off ᾿Ιούδας εἷς τῶν δώδεκα Judas, one of the twelve, 1 — τὸ ποτήριον LITrA. found them Lrtra. again T. τ ῥαββεί 1. τ — αὐτοῦ (vead the disciples) Lrtra. ¥ ὃ GLITraAW, π πάλιν εὗρεν αὐτοὺς again he Ρ — ἐκ τρίτου [L]A. 4 + πάλιν ®— τὸ [πε]α. 1 ἐὰν TA m — ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ [L]TTra. ο πάλιν ἀπελθὼν ΙΤΤΙΑ. XXVI. που Όσα, αὐτοῦ τὸ ὠτίον. 52 τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿]ησοῦς, ᾿Απόστρεψόν his ear. Then 4says *to *him von Return σου τὴν μάχαιραν! εἰς τὸν.τόπον.αὐτῆς' πάντες.γὰρ οἱ λα- thy sword to its place ; for all who βόντες μάχαιραν ἐν ὑμαχαίοᾳ! ἀπολοῦνται. 53 ἢ ὃδο- take τα sword by [the] sword shall perish. Or think- κες Ore οὐ.δύναμαι ᾿ἄρτι παρακαλέσαι τὸν.πατέρα.µου, est thou that Iam ποῦ able now to call upon my Father, καὶ παραστήσει μοι 3 ὑπλείουςὶ “ἢ δώδεκα ἀλεγεῶνας! or and he will furnish to me more ἮΝ twelve catia of γέλων; 54 πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ ὅτι οὕτως angels 2 How then should be fulfilled the scriptures that thus ᾿ δεῖ γενέσθαι; it must be? 50 Ἐν ἐκεινῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς ὄχλοις, In that hour = said Jesus tothe crowds, λῃστὴν “ἐξήλθετε' μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν µε; arobber are i come out Ὃ swords and staves to take me? καθ ἡμέραν ἱπρὸς ὑμᾶς" Ξἐκαθεζόµην διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ," Daily vuith you I sat teaching in the temple, ΄ / ~ XN . Cf ΄ τι καὶ οὐκ.ἐκρατήσατέ µε. 56 τοῦτο.δὲ ὅλον γέγονεν ἵνα πλη- Ὡς ἐπὶ As against and yedidnotscize me. Bui this all iscometopass that may ρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν. Tore οἱ μαθηταὶ" πάντες be fuifilled the scriptures of the prophets, Then the disciples all ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἔφυγον. fersaking him fled. 57 Οἱ δὲ κρατήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπήγαγον πρὸς Kai- But they who had seized Jesus led fhim_ μα to Cai- άφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου οἱ γραμματεῖς εἰ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι aphas the highpriest, where the scribes d the elders συνήχθησαν. 58 Ὁ δὲ. Πέτρος κο... αὐτῷ ἀπὸ" µακρό- were gathered together. -And Peter followed him from afar θεν, ἕως τὴς αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως" καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω ἐκάθητο eventothe court of the Sas priest ; and havingentered within a sa μετὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν ἰδεῖν τὸ τέλος. 59 Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς Κκαὶ οἱ ΕΣ the oflicers tosee the end. « And the chief priests andthe πρεσβύτεραμ καὶ TO συνέδριον ὅλον ἐζήτουν ψευδοµαρτυρίαν elders and the “sanhedrim whole sought false evidence κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὅπως Ιαὐτὸν Oavatwowo,' 60 καὶ οὐχ against Jesus, so that him they might put to death, and "που εὗρον τ καὶ" πολλῶν "ψευδομαρτύρων προσελθόντων ' “οὐχ 1found [any]: even many false witnesses having come forward “not εὗρον." 61 ὕστερον.δὲ προσελθόντες δύο ο ον η, But at lasthaving comeforwardtwo false witnesses εἶπον, Οὗτος ἔφη, Δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, said, This ας, said, Iam able to παρ hay temple of God, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν "οἰκοδομῆσαι αὐτόν." 69 Καὶ ἀναστὰς and in three days to build it. eu Ravine ΠΟΘ ΩΡ ὁ ἀρχιερ'ὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Οὐδὲν ἀποκρίνῃ; τί οὗτοί σου the high prices said tohim, Nothing answerest thou? What “these *thee Mthey “found [any]. Στὴν μάχαιράν σου LITrA. Υ μαχαίρῃ LTTra. 2 — ἄρτι TTr. Ὁ πλείω LTTra. ¢ — ἢ (read [than]) [π᾿ στρα. 4 λεγιώνων T. ὑμᾶς t[TrjA h + αὐτοῦ of him [1]. — ἀπὸ T. θανατὶ τώσουσιν LTTra 5 dope aedees αὐτὸν Ww. . ψεψδομαρτύρων LTTrA. ° — οὐχ εὗρον GLL]TTrA. οἰκοδομῆσαι τ; — αὐτὸν Tra. mw -ὶ καὶ GDITr. © ἐξήλθατε LTTra. g exabecouny ἐ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων 1; ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἐκαθεζόμην διδάσκων TTrA. k — καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι LIT: A. Ρ — ψευδομάρτυρες TIra. 79 52 Then said Jesus un- to him, Put up again thy sword into his place: for all they that take the sword shall perish with the sword. 63 Thinkest thou that I cannot now pray to my Father, and he shall presently give me more than twelve legions of angels? 64 But how then ‘hall the scriptures he ful- filled, that thus it must be? 55 In that same hour - said Jess to the mul- titudes, Are ye come out as against a thief with swords and staves for totake me? Isat daily with you teach- ing in the temple, sand ye laid no hold on me. 56 But all this was done, that the scrip- tures of the prophets might be fuliilled. Then all the disciples forsook him, and fled, 57 And they that had laid hold on Jesus led hint away to Caiaphas the high priest, where the scribes and the elders were assembled. 58 But Peter followed him afar off unto the high priest’s palace, and weni in, and sat with the servants, -to see the end. 59 Now the chief priests, and elders, and all the council, sought false witness against Jesus, to put him to death; 60 but found none: yea, though many false witnesses came, yet found they none. At the last caine two false witnesses, 61 and said, This fellow said, I am able to destroy the temple of 691], and to build it in three days. 62 And the high priest arose, and said unto him, Answerest thou nothing? what is it which these witness against thee? 63 But "8 + ἄρτι NOW ττγ., £ — πρὸς ΙΓ αὐτὸν Ὁ προσελθοντων 4 αὐτὸν 80 Jesus held his peace. And the high priest answered and said un- to him, I adjure thee by the living God, that thou tell us whether thou be the Christ, the Son of God, 64 Jesus saith unto him, Thou hast said: nevertheless I say unto you, Here- after shall ye see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven. 65 Then the high priest rent his clothes, say- ing, He hath spdken blasphemy ; what fur- ther need have we of witnesses 2 behold,now ye have heard his blas- phemy. 66 What thin yet They answered and said, He is guilty of death. 67 Then did they spit in his face, and buffeted him ; and others smote Aim with the patms of their hands, 68 saying, Pro- phesy unto us, thou Christ, Who is he that smote thee? 69 Now Peter sat without in the palace: and a damsel came unto him, saying, Thou also wast with Jesus of Galilee. 70 But he denied before them all, saying, I kitow not what thou _ sayest. 71 And when he was gone out into the perch, another maid s:iw him, and said unto them that were there, This fellow was also with Jesus of Na- zureth, 72 And again hedenied withan oath, Ido not know the man, 73 And after a while came unto Aim they that stood by, and said to Peter, Surely thou also art one of them; for thy speech bewrayeth thee. 74 Then began he to curse and to swear, saying, L know not the min. ἃ immedi- ately the cock crew. 75 And Peter remem- ΜΑΤτΤΟΑΙΟΣ, πμ, καταμαρτυροῖσιν; 63 Ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἐσιώπα. καὶ Ἰάποκριθεὶςὶ ὁ ‘do *witne 5 ‘against? But Jesus wassilent. And answering the ἀρχιερεὺς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἑξορκίζω σὲ κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, highpriest said tohim, Ἰαάατο thee by °God ‘the “living, ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς. εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 64 Λέγει that us. thouteil if thouartthe Christ, . the Son of God. *Says ΄ ᾽ πὸ εδ - x τ ᾿ , C5 ἂν > 7 » αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Σὺ εἶπας. πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε *to*him ‘Jesus,, Thou hast said. Moreover I say’ to you, Henceforth yeshallsve τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ the Son of man sitting at({the]right hand of power, and ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ πῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 65 Τότε ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς coming ΟΠ the clouds of heaven. Then the high priest διεῤῥηξεν τὰ .ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ, λέγων, “Ore! ἐβλασφήμησεν" τί rent his garments, saying, He has blasphemed; why ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων; ἴδε, νῦν ἠκούσατε τὴν βλασ- anymore “need ‘have “we of witnesses? lo, now yehave heard the blas- φημίαν ταὐτοῦ." 66 τί ὑμῖνιδοκεῖ; Οἱ.δὲ ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον, phemy of him. What do yethink? Andthey answering said, Ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν. 67 Τότε ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον Deserving ofdeath heis. Then they spat in "face ? ~ κ , , ’ ’ ε ‘ w2 Ψ Π αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκολάφισαν αὐτόν, οἱ δὲ ἐῥῥάπισαν, *his, and buffeted -him, and some struck [him] with the palm of the 68 λέγοντες, Προφήτευσον ἡμῖν, Χριστέ, τίς ἐστιν ὁ hand, saying, Prophesy to us, Christ, Who is hethat παίσας σε; struck ἍᾖΤπεο 2, 69 Ὁ.δὲ. Πέτρος *éEw ἐκάθητο! ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ, καὶ προσῆλθεν But Peter “*without'was sitting in the court, and “came ᾽ ~ / , , \ δι es: qed “ ~ αυτῷῳ μία.παιδίσκη, λέγουσα, Καὶ σὺ ἦσθα μετὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ *to Shim 1g ?maid, saying, Andthou wast with Jesus the Γαλιλαίου. 70 Ὁ.δὲ ἠρνήσατο ἔμπροσθεν} πάντων, λέγων, Οὐκ Galilean. But he denied « before all, saying, *Nat οἶδα τί λέγεις. 71 Εξελθόντα.δὲ "αὐτὸν! εἰς τὸν πυλῶνα 11 *know what thou sdyest. And *having*gone*out ‘he intothe porch εἶδεν αὐτὸν ἄλλη, , καὶ λέγει ὅτοῖς" ἐκεῖ, “Kai! οὗτος 3saw ‘him ‘another [(*maid],and says tothose there, And _ this[man] ἦν μετὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου. 72 Kai πάλιν ἠρνήσατο was with Jesus the Nazarwan. And again he denied εµεθ’' ὅρκου, Ὅτι οὐκ.οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 73 Mera μικρὺν.δὲ with anoath, I know not the man. After a little atso ’ 4 ε ε ~ - ~ [ή > ~ προσελθόντες οἱ ἑστῶτες εἶπον τῷ Πέτοῳ, Αληθῶς Shaving Scome 7to{Shim] 'those*who 3βίοοά ὍΥ said to Peter, Truly καὶ σὺ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἴ" καὶ. γὰρ ἡ-λαλιά.-σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ. also thou of them art, foreven thy speech *imanifest *thee 'makes, 74 Tore ἤρξατο ἁκαταναθεματίζειν" καὶ ὀμνύειν, “Ort οὐκ.οἶδα Then he began to curse and to swear, I know not τὸν ἄνθρωπον. Kat “εὐθέωςὶ ἀλέκτωρ. ἐφώνησεν. 75 καὶ the man. And immediately acock crew. And > , t , ω ερ τ ξ τὶ ἢ ? 1” > , 8 > “} ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ρήματος τοῦ" Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος ξαὐτφ', bered the word of Ζγοπιεπιρετθά ‘Peter the word of Jesus, who had said to him, Jesus, which said unto ο ἢ 1 ~ : η > , ἢ him, Before the cock Ort πριν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρις απαρνησῃ με και crow, thou shalt deny Before [the] cock crow, thrice theu wilt deny me. And me thrice, And he 2 ” ~ went out, and νερὺ ἐξελθὼν ἔξω ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς. bitterly. ὁ having gone out hewept bitterly. 8 — ἀποκριθεὶς Tr. t—O6rcLtTtra. °—avrov[L]TTrA. ἐράπισαν LTTrA. * ἐκάθητο ἔξω τΊ Τελ. Y + σὐτῶν ἴμεπι α. 5 --α αὐτὸν [1]1τ. 8 αὑτοῖς tothem aw. % --- καὶ τ. ο μετὰ ττιλ. ὁ καταθεµατίζειν GLTTrAW. 5 εὐθὺς τε, {--- τοῦ ΙΤΊτΑ. 8 --- αὐτῷ [L}rTrA. XXVII. MATTHEW. QT Πρωΐας δὲ γενομένης, συμβούλιον ἔλαβον πάντες οἱ And morning being come, “counsel *Itook all “the ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, Schief*priests "μὰ °the 7elders Sof °the '°people against Jesus, WOTE θανατῶσαν αὐτόν" 2 kai δήσαντες αὐτὸν ἀπήγα- so that they might put todeath him; andhaving bound him they led γον καὶ παρέδωκαν Ἰαὐτὸνὶ ἘΠοντίῳ' ἸΠιλάτῳὶ τῷ away [him] and delivered up him to Pontius Pilate the ἡγεμόνι. governor, 3 Τότε ἰδὼν Then Shaving ’seen εκρίθη, μετα μεληθεὶς ? 7) { πι ἂν sd [I “τ e Me Ιούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς" αὐτὸν ὅτι κατ- ‘Judas *who “delivered °up “him that he was πἀπέστρεψεν" τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύ- condemned, having regretted [it] returned the thirty pieces of ρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ “τοῖς" πρεσβυτέροις, 4 λέγων. silver tothe chief priests and the elders, saying, μαρτον παραδοὺς αἷμα Ῥάθῶονὶ. Οἱ δὲ εἶπον, Τί Isinned delivering up “blood ‘guiltless. Butthey said, What[isthat] πρὸς ἡμᾶς; σὺ Wwe." ὅ Καὶ ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια to us? thou wilt see [to it]. And having cast down the pieces of silver τὲν τῷ ναῷ" ἀνεχώρησεν,καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἀπήγξατο. 6 Οἱ δὲ in the temple he withdrew, and having goneaway hangedhimself, Απά the ἀρχιερεῖς λαβόντες τὰ ἀργύρια "εἶπον," Οὐκ.έξεστιν βαλεῖν chief priests having taken the piecesofsilver said, It is not lawful to put αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν. 7 Συμ- them into {πο treasury, since [the] price of blood it is. *Coun- βούλιον δὲ. λαβόντες, ἠγόρασαν ἐξ αὐτῶν τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ 561 land “having “taken, they bought with them the field ofthe κεραμέως, εἰς ταφὴν. τοῖς ξένοι. 8 διὸ ἐκλήθη ὁ potter, for a burying ground for strangers, Wherefore *was “called ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος ἀγρὸς αἵματος ἕως τῆς-σήμερον. 9 τότε ‘that field Field of blood to this day. - Then 3 , 4A ε A 419 / - 3 [ή ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ ᾿Ιερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου, λεγον- was fulfilled that which wasspoken by Jeremias the prophet, say- τος, Kai ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ ing, And I took the thirty pieces ofsilver, the price of him who τετιµηµένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ισραήλ, 10 καὶ was set a price on, whom they “set 78, *price on of (?the] *sons “of *Israel, and ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τοῦ κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξεν gave them for the field ofthe potter, accordingas “directed μοι κύριος. "πιο ('the] “Lord. 11 Ὁ δὲ. Γησοῦς téorn" ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ ἡγεμόνος" καὶ ἐπηρώ- But Jesus stood before the governor; and *ques- 2 A « € , ή 4 « 4 A ~ τησεν αὐτὸν ὁ ἡγεμών, λέγων, Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν tioned “*him ‘the “governor, saying, "Τποι ‘art the king of the Ἰουδαίων; ὋὉ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἔφη Ἰαὐτφιὶ Σὺ λέγεις. 12. Kai Jews? And Jesus said tohim, ‘Thou sayest. And ἐν τῷ.κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ "τῶν" πρεσ- when “was “accused "he by the chief priests and the βυτέρων, οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο. 19 τότε λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος;! ders, nothing he answered. Then *says *to *him 1Pilate, el- 81 XXVII. When ‘the morning was come, all the chief priests and elders of the people took counsel against Jesus to put him to death: 2 and when they had bound him, they led him away, and delivered him to Pontius Pilate the governor. 3 Then Judas, which had betrayed him, when he saw that he was condemned, re- pented himself, and brought again ‘the thirty pieces of silver to the chief priests and elders, 4 Saying, | have sinned inthat I have betrayed the innocent blood. And they said, What is that tous? see thou iothat. 5 Aud he cast down the pieces of silver in the temple, and departed, and went and hanged him- self. 6 And the chief priests took the silver pieces, and said, it is not lawful for to put them into the treasury, because it is the price of blood. 7 And they took counsel, and bought with them the potter’s field, to bury strangersin. 8 Where- fore that field was ealled, The field of blood, unto this day. 9 Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the prophet, saying, And they took the thirty pieces of silver, the price of him that was valued, whom they of the children of Israeldid value; 10and gave them for the pot- ter’s field, as the Lord appointed me, 11 And Jesus stood before the governor: and the governor asked him, saying, Art thou the king of the Jews? And Jesus said unto him, Thou = sayest. 12 And when he was accused of the chicf priests and _ elders, he answered nothing. 13 Then said Pilate unto him, MHeuarest i— αὐτὸν LTTrA. 2 ἔστρεψεν TTrA. 9 — τοῖς LTTrA. into the temple rrr. 5 εἶπαν LTTr. α Πιλᾶτος Ltr; Πειλᾶτος τὶ Κ- Ποντίῳ τττ. | Πειλάτῳ τ. P ἀθῷον LTA. ὑεστάθη LITra. =” πι παραδοὺς had delivered up LTr. 9 όψη LTTrA. — αὐτῷ 1. τ εἰς τὸν ναὸν W .-- τῶν 7A]. ¢ 82 thou not how many things they witness against thee? 14 And he answered him to never a word; inso- much that the gover- nor marvelled greatly. 15 Now at that feast the governor was wont to release unto the people ἃ prisoner, whom they would. 16 An@ they had thena notable prisoner, call- ed Barabhas. 17 There- fore when they were gathered together, Pi- late said unto them, Whom will ye thai I release unto you? Barabbas, or Jesus which is called Christ ? 18 For he knew that for envy they had de- livered him, 19 When he was set down on the judgment seat, his wife sent unto him, saying, Have thou nothing to do with that just man: for I have suffered many things this day in a dream because of him, 20 But the chief priests and elders persuaded the multitude that they should ask Barab- bas, and destroy Jesus. 21 The governor an- swered and said unto them, Whether of the twain will ye that I release unto you? They said, Barabbas. 22 Pi- late saith unto them, What shall I do then with Jesus which is called Christ ? They all say unto him, Let him be crucified. 23 And the governor said, Why, what evil hath he done? But they cried out the more, saying, Let him be crucified. 24 When Pilate saw that he could prevail nothing, but that rather a tumult was made, he took water, and washed Ais hands before the multitudé, saying, Τ am innocent of the blood ‘of this just person: see ye ἴο wt. 25 Then answered all the people, and said, His blood be on us, and on our chil- dren. 26 Then released he Barabbas unto them: and when he had scourged Jesus, he Gelivered him to be crucified. . Υ Πιλᾶτος utr; Πειλᾶτος T. ο--. ἡγεμὼν (read and he said) TTrA. ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΧΧΥΠΙ, Οὐκ. ἀκούεις πόσα σοῦ καταμαρτυροῦσιν; 14° Καὶ Hearest thou not how many {Π1Πβ8 ποθ ‘they “witness *against? And οὐκ. ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἕν ῥῆμαι ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν he did not answer Ἠϊπ to even one word, sothat *wondered ‘the ἡγεμόνα λίαν. Ἔρογοτποτ exceedingly. 16 Κατὰ. δὲ ἑορτὴν εἰώθει ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἀπολύειν ἕνα Now at [the] feast *was*accustomed *the*governor to release τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσµιον, ὃν ἤθελον. 16 εἶχον.δὲ τότε δέσ- 2to*the *multitude “prisoner, whom they wished. And they had then a*pri- µιον ἐπίσημον, λεγόμενον Βαραββᾶν. 17 συνηγμένων soner 1notable, called Barabbas. _..7Being *gathered ®together οὖν αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ΥΠιλάτος," Τίνα θέλετε ἀπο- “therefore ‘they said ®to *them €Pilate, Whom willye[that] I λύσω ὑμῖν; Βαραββᾶν, ἣ Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον. χριστόν; release to you? Barabbas, or Jesus who is called Christ ? 18 ᾖδειγὰρ ὅτι διὰ φθόνον παρέδωκαν αὐτόν. 19 .Καθη- ones For he knew that through envy they delivered up him. 3Λ8 *was évou δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ sitting *but. *he on the judgment seat 3sent to Shim γυνὴ αὐτοῦ, λέγουσα, \ Mndév σοι καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ his ?wife, saying, [Let there be] nothing between theeand righteous ἐκείνῳ" πολλὰ.γὰρ ἔπαθον σήμερον κατ ὄναρ de 1that [man]; for many things Isuffered to-day in a dream because of αὐτόν. 20 Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ot πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεισαν τοὺς him. But the chief priests and the elders persuaded the ” wv 22 ν ~ A 1? ~ at ὄχλους ἵνα αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν. δὲ. Τησοῦν ἀπολ- crowds that they should beg for Barabbas, and *Jesus 4should έσωσιν. 21 ἀποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἡγεμὼν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τίμα θέλετε Σάδβίτογ. And answering ‘the?governor said tothem, Which willye ? ᾿ ~ , ? ’ ε ν ω ε Log loa ~ ἀπὸ τῶν δύο ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν; Οἱ.δὲ 3εἶπον', "Βαραββᾶν. of the two[that] Irelease toyou? Andthey said, Barabbas, 22 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ ΥΠιλάτος," Τί οὖν ποιήσω ᾿Ιησοῦν, τὸν 7Says ὅἴο *them ‘Pilate, What then shallIldowith Jesus, who Χεγόμενον χριστόν; Aéyovow Ῥαὐτῷ" πάντες, Σταυρωθήτω. is calléd Christ? They *say “to *him 1all, Let [him] be crucified, 23 Ὁ δὲ “ἡγεμὼν! ἔφη, Τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Οἱ.δὲ evil Andthe governor said, What then didhe commit? But they περισσῶς ἔκραζον, λέγοντεο, Σταυρωθήτω. 24 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ the more _ cried ‘out, saying, Let [him] be crucified. And *seeing ΣΠιλάτοςσ! ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται, Pilate that nothing it availed, but rather atumult is arising, λ ‘ er ? AD ας 4 ~ dZ , Π ~ » λ αβὼν ὕδωρ ἀπενίώατο τὰς χεῖρας "άπεναντι τοῦ ὄχλου, havingtaken water he washed [his] hands before the crowd, λέγων. °AGHSc" εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος frov.ducaiov.robrov'! yoy"; ο ΣΙ ΓΟ Guiltless Lam of the ]οοᾶ of this righteous [man]; ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε. 25 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς εἶπεν, Τὸ ye swill see [to it]. And ‘answering ‘all *the*peovle said, 7 ᾽ ~ 3 κ.α ~ η) ‘ A , « ~ / ? id αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ ἡμᾶς και επι τα-τεκνα-]μων. 26 Τότε ἄπελυ- saying, is blood [be]on us and on our children. Then he re- σεν. αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν: τὸν.δὲ. Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας leased to them Barabbas ; but *Jesus *having *scourged παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ. he delivered up [him] that he might be crucified. 8. - τὸν TTr. ε ἀθῴός LTA. b — αὐτῷ LITrA. f τούτου [τοῦ π εἶπαν TTr. 4 κατέναντι LT, δικαίου] τι; — τοῦ δικαίου (vead of this [man])7[TrJa. ΧΧΥΙΠΙ. MATTHE W. 27 Τότε οἱ στρατιῶται τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, παραλαβόντες Then the soldiers ofthe governor, having taken with [them] > ~ ’; A « τὸν Ἰησοῦν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, συνήγαγον ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ὕλην Jesus to the prztorium, gathered against him all τὴν σπεῖραν" 28 καὶ ξἐκδύσαντες' αὐτὸν ππεριέθηκαν αὐτῷ the band ; “and having stripped him they put round him χλαμύδα κοκκίνην'' 29 καὶ πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν a *cloak ‘scarlet ; And having platted acrown of thorns ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ ἰτὴν κεφαλὴν' αὐτοῦ, καὶ κάλαμον "ἐπὶ τὴν they put [it] on his head, and a reed in δεξιὰν! αὐτοῦ" καὶ γονυπετήσαντες ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1ἐνέ- fright *hand ‘*his; and bowing the knees before him they παιζον! αὐτῷ, λέγοντες, Χαῖρε, “ὁ βασιλεὺς" τῶν Ιουδαίων" mocked him, saying, Hail, king of the Jews! 80 καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν ἔλαβον τὸν κάλαμον καὶ ἔτυπ- And havingspit upon him ᾖἴπεγ took the reed and struck ? ‘ ‘ > ~ soe 9 / ? ~ τον εἰς τὴν.κεφαλὴν.αὐτοῦ. 31 Kat ore ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ [him] on his head. And when they had mocked him m2» Π ,.. ἃ \ δ , ο ‘1 se oS " πο ας Η͂ ἐξέδυσαν! αὐτὸν τὴν χλαμύδα, “καὶ ἐνεῦυσαν αὐτὸν τὰ they took off him the cloak, and they puion him ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ: καὶ ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ.σταυρῶσαι. his own garments; and led “away ‘him to crucify. 32 ᾿Ἐξερχόμενοι.δὲ εὗρον ἄνθρωπον Κὐρηναῖον, ὀνόματι And going forth they found 8 man a Cyrenzan, by name Σίμωνα’ τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν.σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ. Simon; him they compelled that he might carry his cross. 33 Καὶ ἐλθόντες εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον ΣΓολγοθᾶ,' “ὅς" ἐστιν And having come to ἃ place called Golgotha, which is FAeyOpevocg κρανίου τόπος," 34 ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ "πιεῖν" ἴὄξος" . called 2of 3a *skull ‘place, him todrink vinegar μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον" καὶ γευσάμενος οὐκ.“ἤθελεν" "πιεῖν." with gall mingled ; and havingtasted he would not drink. 85 Σταυρώσαντες δὲ αὐτὸν διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτια. αὐτοῦ, And having crucified him they divided his garments, σ βάλλοντες" κλῆρον' ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ casting a lot; that might be fulfilled that which wasspoken by τοῦ προφήτου, Διεμερίσαντο τὰ.ἱμάτιά-μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ the prophet, They divided mygarments among themselves, and ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόνιμου- ἔβαλον κλῆρον." 96 Καὶ καθήμενοι they gave for my vesture they cast - a lot. And sitting down μή, + “Ὲ τ, ~ ἂν ee μ : ? / ~ ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ. 87 Καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπάνω τῆς they kept guard over him there. And they put up over κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ rHv.airiav.avrov. γεγραμμένην, Οὗτός ἐστιν his head his accusation written : This is Ἰησοῦς ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων. 88 Tore σταυροῦνται σὺν ‘Jesus the king of the Jews. Then arecrucified with αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί, εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων. him two robbers, one δὖ [the] right handand one at [the] left. 39 Οἱ δὲ παραπορευόμενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτόν, κινοῦντες But those passing by railed at him, shaking τὰς κεφαλὰς. αὐτῶν, 40 καὶ λέγοντες, Ὅ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν their heads, and saying, Thou who destroyest the temple & ἐνδύσαντες having clothed L. κεφαλῆς TTra. κ ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ LITrA. τ ἐκδύσαντες having taken off τ. ο --- καὶ T. 5 κρανίου τόπος λεγόμενος LTTrA. 8 πεῖν 7. ἐθέλησεν Α. W βαλόντες having cast LTA. 1 ἐνέπαιξαν τ. t οἶνον wine LTTr. h χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ LITA. ἱ τῆς m βασιλεῦ Ο king Ltr. P Τολγοθά Tr. 83 27 Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the common hall, and gathered un- to him the whole band of soldiers. 28 And they stripped him, and put on him a scarlet robe. 29 And when they had platted a crown of ‘thorns, they put ἐξ upon his head, and a reed in his right hand: and they bowed the Knee before him, and mocked him, say- ing, Hail, King of the Jews! 30 And they spit upon him, and took the reed, and smote him on the head. 31 And after that they had mocked him, they took the robe off from him, and put his own raiment on him, and led him away to cru- cify him. 32 And as they came out, they found a man of Cyrene, Simon by name: him they compelled to bear his cross. 33 And when they were come unto a place called Gol- gotha, that is to say, a place of a skull, 34 They gave him vin- egar to drink mingled with gall: and when he had tasted thereof, he would not drink, 35 And they crucified him, and parted his garments, casting lots: that it might be ful- filled which was spo- ken by the prophet, They parted my gar- ments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast lots. 36 And sitting down they watched him there; 37 and set up over his head his accu- sation written, THIS ΠΕ SE SUS) oe KING OF THE JEWS. 38 Then were there two thieves cru- cified with him, one on the right hand, and another on the left, 39 And they that passed by reviled him, wagging their heads, 40 and saying, Thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest 46 GLTTrAW. 7 ἠθέλησεν LTTr3 τ — ἵνα πληρωθῇ to end of verse GLTIrA. 84 it in three days, save thysclf. If thou be the Son of God, come down froin the cross, 41 Likewise also the chief priests mocking him, with the scribes and elders, said, 42 He saved others; himself he cannot save. If he be the King of Israel, let him now come down from the cross, and we will believe him. 43 He trusted in God; let him deliver him now, if he will have him: for he said, Iam the Son of God. 44 The thieves also, which were crucified with him, cast the same in his teeth. 45 Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the Jand unto the ninth hour. 46 And about the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, saying, ELI, EUuI, LAMA SABACHTHA- NI? that isto say, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? 47 Some of them that stood there, when they heard ‘that, said, This man calleth for Elias. 48 Andstraight- way one of them ran, and took a spunge, and. filled ἐξ with vinegar, and put zt on a reed, and gave him to drink, 49 The rest said, Let be, let us see whether Elias will come to save him, 50 Jesus, when he had cried again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost. 51 And, be- hold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent; 52 and the graves were open- ed; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose, 53 and ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΑΧΤΠΙ, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν, σῶσον σεαυτόν." εἰ υἱὸς and in+ three days buildest [it], save thyself, If son, Σεῖ τοῦ θεοῦ," 5 κατάβηθι.ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. 41 Ὁμοίως thou art οἵ God, descend from the cross, 7In 3111 *manner αδὲ καὶ! οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ἐμπαίζοντες μετὰ TOY γραμματέων καὶ tand also the chief priests, mocking, with the scribes and πρεσβυτέρων ἔλεγον, 42 Άλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ.δύναται elders, said, Others he saved, himself heis not able ~ b 7\| 4 7 , ? , ~ ? 5 - σῶσαι. δεῖ" βασιλεὺς ᾿Ισραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ to save, If king ofIsrael heis, let him descend now from the σταυροῦ, καὶ “riarevooper" δαὐτῷ." 48 πέποιθεν ἐπὶ “τὸν θεόν" cross, and we will believe him, He trusted on God: ῥυσάσθω νῦν fabrdy," εἰ θέλει. αὐτόν. εἶπεν.γάρ, Ὅτι θεοῦ lethimdeliver*now ‘him, if he will [have] him, For he said, *Of God > ev A ’ ? A A ε A ε , εἰμι υἱός. 44 Τὸ δ᾽ αὐτὸ καὶ ot λῃσταὶ ot ϑσυσταυρωθὲέν- *IT?am °Son. And[{with]thesamethingalsothe rebbers who were crucified to- τες" " αὐτῷ ὠνείδιζον Ἰαὐτῷ.' gether with Ὠϊπι reproached him. ? A A er {4 / 3 [ή > 4 ~ . 45 ᾽Απὸ δὲ ἕκτης ὥρας σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Now from “sixth [11πε] hour darkness was over all the ~ ε/ “ 12 δ \| \ ‘ η 12 , " / γην ἕως ὥρας "ἐννάτης | 46 περὶ δὲ τὴν ᾿ἐννάτην' ὥραν land until[the]*hour ?ninth; and about: the ninth hour mMaveBdnoey" ὁ Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, λέγων, "Ἠλί, ’HXi," “cried tout Jesus “*with*°a7voice ‘loud, saying, Eli, ἘΠῚ, ὁλαμὰ" PoaBayVari ;" τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Θεέΐμου, θεέ. μου, Uvari" µε lama sabachthani 2 that is, My God, my God, ‘why me ἐγκατέλιπες; 47 Τινὲς δὲ τῶν ἐκεῖ "ἑστώτων" ἀκού- hast thou forsaken 2 And some of those who there were standing having σαντες, ἔλεγον, Ὅτι "Ἡλίαν" φωνεῖ οὗτος. 48 Kai εὐθέως heard, said, *Blias 304115. this [?man]. And immediately δραμὼν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ λαβὼν σπόγγον, πλήσας.τε *having τυ 1ομο *of Ἵππου and taken a sponge, and filled [it] ” \ \ / ? , ? δὲ ἐς « \ ὄξους Kai περιθεὶς καλάμῳ, ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν; 49 οἱ δὲ with vinegar and put[it]on areed, gave 7to “drink *him, But the λοιποὶ ἵέλεγον,ὶ “Adec, ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται. "Ηλίας! σώσων rest said, Let be; let us see ?comes *Elias to save αὐτόν. him. 50 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἀφῆκεν And Jesus 4 ~ Fad Ya , A ’ ~ ~ 3 / τὸ πνεῦμα. 51 Καὶ ἰδού, τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη [his] spirit. And behold, the veil ofthe temple was rent w > δύ Il x > ΜΠ » θ « ’ στ, a « ~ ? , 6 ‘ εις OVO! Ζάπο" AYwUEY εως κατω και ἢ γη εσείσση, και into two from top to bottom; and the earth was shaken, and αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν, δῷ καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθὴσαν, καὶ the rocks were rent, ‘and the tombs were opened, and πολλὰ σώματᾳ τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων **hyépOn," 53 καὶ many bodies ofthe “7fallen*asleep ‘saints arose, and again having cried witha *voice ‘loud yielded up Υ θεοῦ εἶ L. αὐτῷ W. with (him) {τττὰ. cried τι. σαβαχθανεί TTr. Vv Ἠλείας T. LTTrA, z+ καὶ and LT. © πιστεύομεν We believe 1, πιστεύσωμεν let us believe T. ε τῷ θεῷ τ, Ὁ Ἣλὶ ἡλὶ LA; Ηλεὶ ἡλεὶ T. » εἰς δύο placed after κάτω TTra. 4 [δὲ] καὶ TrA; — δὲ καὶ [1]. Ὁ — εἰ TTrA. 4 ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν on him rrr; ἐπ᾽ f _- αὐτόν Ὑ{τ|]. & συνσταυρωθέντες LTTrA. h + σὺν κ ἐνάτης LTTrA, [ἐνάτην LITrA. m ἐβόησεν ο λημὰ 1; λεμὰ ΤΤτΑ. Ρ σαβακθανί L; τ ἑστηκότων TTr. 5"Ἠλείαν τ. t εἶπαν LTr. Xan’ Tr; — ἀπὸ v. ya ἠγέρθησ-» i αὐτόν GLTTrAW. 4 ἵνα τί A. XXVII. MA T T HOE W. 3 / ᾿ ~ , A ‘ ” ᾽ ws δ ον ἐξελθόντες εκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν.έγερσιν. αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλ- having gone forth outof the tombs after his arising, entered θον εἰς THY ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς. inte the holy city and appeared to many. 54 Ὁ δὲ τἑκατόνταρχος" καὶ οἱ per αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες But the centurion and they who with him Κερί guard over τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἰδόντες τὸν σεισμὸν καὶ τὰ ἀγενόμεγνα," Jesus, having scen the earthquake and the things that took place, ἐφοβήθησαν σφόδρα, λέγοντες, ᾿Αληθῶς "θεοῦ υἱὸς! ἦν οὗτος. feared greatly, saying, Truly 3God’s *Son ?was "this. 55 ΄Ησαν.δὲ ἐκεῖ γυναῖκες πολλαὶ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦ- ‘And there were there *women ‘many from afar off looking ev ? ΄ω ~ 7 ~ > A ~ ἘΝ σαι, αἵτινες ἠκολούθησαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας δια- er, who followed Jesus from Galilee min- κονοῦσαι αὐτῷ, 56 ἐν αἷς ἦν Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή, καὶ istering to him, among whom was Mary the Magdalene, and Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Ἰακώβου καὶ “Ἰωσῆ! μήτηρ, καὶ ἡ μήτηρ τῶν Mary the 7of SJames *and 340888 ‘mother; and the mother of the υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου. sons of Zebedee. 57 ᾿Οψίας.δὲ γενομένης ἦλθεν ἄνθρωπος πλούσιος ἀπὸ And evening being come *came 1a “man “rich from Φ Αριμαθαίας,! τοὔνομα Ιωσήφ. ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς Ξἐμαθήτευσενὶ Arimathea, by name Joseph, who also himself was discipled Ἰ ve 5 δ δον δ χὰ > Tide Nee \ ~ Tw αησου. 8 οὗτος προσε/ ων τῷ tAATW QTHOATO TO σωμα to Jesus, He - having gone to Pilate begged the body τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. τοτε ὁ ΕΠιλάτος! ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι "τὸ σῶμα." of Jesus. Then Pilate commended tobe givenup the body. 59 καὶ λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα δ᾽ Τωσὴφ ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ ὶ σινδόνι Andhaving taken the body Joseph wrapped it ina*linen*cloth καθορᾷ, 60 καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ καινῷ.αὐτοῦ μνημείῳ ὃ ‘clean, and placed it in his new tomb which ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν hehadhewn in the rocks and having rolled a*stone ‘great Κτῇ θύρᾳ τοῦ μνημείου ἀπῆλθεν. ΟἹ ἦν.δὲ ἐκεῖ Μαρία! tothe door ofthe tomb ΄ went away. And there wasthere Mary ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία, καθήμεμαι ἀπέναντι τοῦ the the Magdalene audthe other Mary, sitting opposite τάφου. . ἕ " sepulchre, ~ a , 62 Τῇ.δὲ ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν, Νου onthe morrow, which is after the preparation, συνήχθησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ. οἱ Φαρισαῖοι πρὸς “Πι- were gathered together the chief priests and the Pharisees to Pi- λάτον,' 63 λέγοντες, Κύριε, ἐμνήσθημεν ὅτι ἐκεῖνος saying, Sir, we have called to mind” that that late, ὁ πλάνος εἶπεν ἔτι ζῶν, Μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 64 κέ- deéeiver said whilst living, After three days 1 arise. Com- λευσον οὖν ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον ἕως τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας" mand therefore to be secured the sepulchreuntil the third ‘day, μήποτε ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ. "αὐτοῦ" ονυκτὸς! κλέψωσιν αὐτόν, 1him, 85 came out of the graves after his resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many. 54 Now when the centurion, and they that were with him, watching Jesus, saw the earthquake, and those things that were done, they feared greatly, saying, Truly this was the Son of God. 55 And many women were there beholding afar off, which fol- lowed Jesus from Ga- lilee, ministering unto him: 56 among which was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee’s children. 57 When the even was come, there came arich man of Arima- thea, named Joseph. who also himself was Jesus’ disciple: 58 he went to Pilate, and begged the body of Je- sus. Then Pilate com- manded the body to be delivered. 59 And when Joseph had taken the body, he wrapped it in a clean linen cloth, 60 and laid it in his own new tomb, which he had hewn out in the rock: and he rolled a great stone to the door of the sepulchre, and departed. 61 And there was Mary Mag- dalene, and the other Mary, sitting over a- . gainst the sepulchre. 62 Now the next day, that foilowed the day of the preparation, the chief priests and Pha- risces came together unto Pilate, 63 saying, Sir, we remember that that deceiver said, while he was yet alive, After three days I will rise again. 64 Com- mand therefore that the sepulchre be made sure until the third day, lest his disciples come by night, and steal him away, and lest Scoming this “disciples by night = steal “away ᾿ς ἑκατοντάρχης T. 3 γινόμενα were taking place αὐτιὰ. ὃ vids θεοῦ LErA. 5 Ἰωσὴφ Joseph T. 4 ᾿Αριμαθείας W. © ἐμαθητεύθη LET: f Πειλάτῳ T. 6 Πιλᾶτος LT. 5 _ ier in (a linen cloth) tra. ΚΕ επι Πειλατος Τ. Ἀ — τὸ σῶμα (read [it]}) τί Tr]. « over (the door) L. Ι Μαριὰμπ. ™ Ἠιλατον ο; Πειλᾶτον 1. disciples) T. ΄ 9 — νυκτὸς GLTTrA, ~ ve 2 — αὐτοῦ (read the 86 say unto the people, He is risen from the dead: so the last error shall be worse than the first. 65 Pilate said unto them, Ye havea watch: goyour way, make τὲ as sure as yecan. 66So they went, and made the sepulchre sure, sealing the stone, and setting a watch. XXVIII. In theend of the sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week, came Mary Mag- dalene and the other Mary to see the sepul- chre, 2 And, behold, there was a great carth- quake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven, andcame and rolled back the stone from the door, and sat upon it. 3 His countenance was like lightning, and his rai- ment white as snow: 4 and for fear of him the keepers did shake, ani became as dead men. 5 Aud theangel auswered and said un- to the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus, which was crucified. 6 He is not here: for he is risen, as he said. Come, sce the place where the Lord lay. 7 And go quickly, and tell his disciples that ke is risen from the dead; and, behold, he gocth before you into Galilee ; there shall ye see him: lo, I have toldyou. 8 And they departed quickly from the sepulchre with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples word. 9 And as they went to tell his disciples, be- hold, Jesus met them, saying, All hail. And they came and held him by the _ feet, and worshipped him, 10 Then said Jesus un- tothem, Be not afraid: go tell my brethren p — δὲ and GLTTraw. τ — ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας LTTrA. κύριος (ead le was lying) T[Tra]. ἐπορεύοντο ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοις μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ LTTrA. ‘having descended out of heaven, ΜΑΤΘΑΙΟΣ. ΧΧΥΙΙ, XXVIII. καὶ εἴπωσιν τῷ haw, Ἡγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν᾽ καὶ ἔσται and say to the people, He is risen from the dead; and ‘shall *be ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης. θὅ Εφη.Ρδὲϊ αὐτοῖς lthe “last %deception worse thanthe first. And *said ὅἴο *them ὁ “Πιλάτος," Ἔχετε κουστωδίαν ὑπάγετε ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς 1Pilate, Ye have a guard: Go make [it as]secure as » ε ον , ᾽ / A / οἴδατε. 66 Οἱ δὲ πορευθέντες ἠσφαλίσαντο τὸν τάφον ye know [ποπ]. Andthey having gone made *secure 1the *sepulchre σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον, μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας. 7sealing ®the °stone, “*with ‘the δριατᾶ, 98 ᾿Οψὲ δὲ σαββάτων, τῇ-ὲ ; ἰ ut we. » TH-ETLOWOKOVOD εἰς μιαν Now late onSabbath, as it was getting dusk toward [the] first [day] σαββάτων, ἦλθεν "Μαρία" ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία of [the] week, came Mary the Magdalene and-the other Mary θεωρῆσαι τὸν τάφον. to see the sepulchre. 2 Kai ἰδού, σεισμὸς And behold, 3a°earthquake ‘there.*was *great ; καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, " προσελθὼν ἀπεκύλισεν τὸν λίθον having come rolledaway the stone ἀπὸ τῆς θύρας," καὶ ἐκάθητο ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ. 3 ἦν.δὲ ἡ "ἰδέα! from the ἆοος, and was sitting upon it. And*was “look αὐτοῦ we ἀστραπή, καὶ τὸ.ἔνδυμα.αὐτοῦ λευκὸν Ywoei" χιών. this as lightning, and his raiment white as snow. 4 ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες, καὶ Σἐγέ- Andfrom the fear ofhim ‘trembled ‘those*keeping*guard, and be νοντο ὡσεὶ" νεκροί. 5 ᾽Αποκοιθεὶο δὲ ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν ταῖς came as dead [men]. But answering ‘the “angel said tothe γυναιξίν, Μὴ.φοβεῖσθε ὑμεῖς" οἶδα.γὰρ ὅτι Ἰησοῦν τὸν ἑσταυ- women, Fear not ye; for I know that Jesus who hasbeen ρωμένον ζητεῖτε. 6 οὐκ.ἔστιν ὧδε" ἠγέρθη. γάρ, καθὼς εἶπεν. crucified ye seek, Heisnot here, for he is risen, as he said. δεῦτε ἴδετε τὸν τόπον ὅπου ἔκειτο YO κύριος." 7 καὶ ταχὺ Come see the place where *was*lying*the *Lord. And *quickly πορευθεῖσαι εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν αροῖης say to his disciples, that heisrisenfrom the νεκρῶν" καὶ ἰδού, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν" ἐκεῖ dead ; and behold, he gocs before you into Galilee ; there ἐγένετο μέγας" ἄγγελος.γὰρ κυρίου for an angel of [the] Lord ᾽αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. ἰδού, εἶπον ὑμῖν. 8 Καὶ ᾿ἐξελθοῦσαι ταχὺ him yeshallsee. Lo, Ihavetold you. And having gone out quickly ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου μετὰ φόβου καὶ χαρᾶς μεγάλης, ἔδραμον from the tomb with fear and joy lereat, they ran ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ. 9 "ὡς.δὲ ἐπορεύοντο to tell [10] to his disciples. But as they were going ἀπαγγεῖλαι τοῖς. μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἰδού, "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς ἑἀπήν- totell [it] to his disciples, “also *behold, Jesus met τησεν! αὐταῖς, λέγων, Χαίρετε. Αἱ. δὲ προσελθοῦσαι ἐκρά- them, saying, Hail! And they having come to [him] seized Tnoav αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας, καὶ προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ. 10 τότε hold of his feet, and worshipped him. Then λέγει αὐταῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ. φοβεῖσθε" ὑπάγετε, ἀπαγγείλατε 2says *to *them Jesus, Fear not: 0, tell 4 Πιλᾶτος Ltr; Πειλᾶτος Τι * Μαριὰμ T. 5 + καὶ and τττ. Υ εἰδέα TTr. W ὡς LTTrA. x ἐγενήθησαν ὡς LTTrA. } - ὁ 2 ἀπελθοῦσαι having departed τττλ, & — ὡς δὲ Ρ-- ὁ τΑ., ο ὑπήντησεν τττ. XXVIII. MATTHEW τοῖς.ἀδελφοῖς. μου ἵνα ἀπέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, *eaxei" µε my brethren that theygo into Galilee, and there me ” ὄψονται. ehall they see. 11 Πορευομένων.δὲ αὐτῶν, ἰδού, τινὲς τῆς κουστωδίας ἐλ-- And as *were “going they, lo, some of the guard hav- , 2 ‘ / ? ΄ ~ ? ~ er θόντες εἰς τὴν πόλιν ἀπήγγειλαν" τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν ἅπαντα ing gone into the city reported tothe chief priests all things τὰ γενόμενα. 12 καὶ συναχθέντες μετὰ τῶν πρεσ- that were done, And having been gathered together with the el- , , / , > 7 « \ » Ὁ βυτέρων, συμβούλιόν.τε λαβόντες, ἀργύρια ἱκανὰ ἔδωκαν ders, and counsel having taken, “money tmuch they gave τοῖς στρατιώταις, 19 λέγοντες, Εἴπατε ὅτι οἱ μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ to the soldiers, saying, Say that his disciples A > / ” > A ε ~ , ‘ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων" 14 καὶ by night havingcome stole him, we being asleep. And > ~ ~ 4 ~ c , ~ , ‘ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ‘emi! τοῦ ἡγεμόνος, ἡμεῖς πείσομεν δαὐτὸν" if *be*heard ‘this by the governor, we willpersuade him καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν. 15 Οἱ.δὲ λαβόντες τὰ tnd you “free °from care νν}}} “make. And they having taken the ἀργύρια ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν. καὶ "διεφημίσθη" ὁ λόγος money did as they were taught. And *is*spread°abroad " ?report οὗτος παρὰ Ιουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον]. this among[the] Jews until the present, 16 Οἱ.δὲ ἕνδεκα μαθηταὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, Ῥπϊ the eleven disciples went into Galilce, εἰς τὸ ὄρος οὗ , ἐτάξατο αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 17 καὶ ἰδόντες to the mountain whither *appointed *them 1) 95118. And = sceing αὐτὸν προσεκύνησαν "αὐτῷ"" οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν. 18 καὶ προσ- him they worshipped him: butsome doubted. And having ελθὠν Σ᾽ Ἰησοῦς ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, ᾿Εδόθη μοι cometo[them] Jesus spoke to them, saying, “Has*been *given *to’me πᾶσα ἐξουσία ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ] γῆς. 19 πορευθέντες "οὖν" αρ]] " 2authority in heaven and on earth, Going therefore μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, "βαπτίζοντες! αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ disciple all the nations, baptizing them to the ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος, name ofthe Father πᾶ οὗ ἴπο Son απά ofthe Holy Spirit ; 20 διδάσκοντες αὐτοὺς τηρεῖν πάντα ὕσα ἐνετειλάμην teaching them toobserve allthings whatsoever I commanded ὑμῖν" καὶ ἰδού, ἐγὼ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἕως τῆς you. And lo, I with you am all the days until the συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος. ο Αμην.ὶ P completion ofthe age. Amen. 8? that they go into Ga- lilee, and there shall they see me, 11 Now when they were going, behold, some of the watch came into the city, and shewed unto the chief priests all the things that were done. 12 And when they were assembled with the elders, and had taken counsel, they gave large money unto the soldiers, 13 saying, Say ye, His discipies came by night, and stole him away while we slept. 14 And if this come tothe gover- nor’s ears, We Will ῬεΓ- suade him, and secure you. 15 So they took the money, and did as they were taught: and this saying is com- monly reported among the Jews until this day. 16 Then the eleven disciples went away into Galilee, into a mountain where Jesus had appointed them. 17 And when they saw him, they worshipped him: but some doubt- ed. 18 And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying, All power is given unto me in hea- venand inearth. 19Go yetherefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost: 20 teaching them to.observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you: and, lo, lam with you alway, even uuto the end of the world. Amen, ἆ καὶ ἐκεῖ Τ. ε ἀνήγγειλαν announced T. ᾖ[Γὐπὸ Μη. ἔ- b ἐφημίσθη is spoken of Tr. i+ ἡμέρας day Lrra, * — αὐτῷ LTTra. τὰ — οὖν G(n]z[tTr]A. Ἡ βαπτίσαντες having baptized Tr. Μαθθαιον according to Matthew tra. ° — ’Auny GLTTrA. ε — αὐτὸν (read [him]) t[ tr}. 1 + τῆς the Ltra. P + κατὸ το ΤΗΕ *ACCORDING 5ΤΌ THE beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ, the Son of God ; 2 as it is written in the prophets, Behold, I send my messenger before thy face, which shall prepare thy way before thee. 3 The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Pre- pare ye the way of the Lord, make his paths straight. 4 John did baptize in the wilderness, and preach the baptism of repentance for the re- mission of sins. 5 And there went out unto him all the land of Judea, and they of Jerusalem, and were all baptized of him in the river of Jordan, confessing their sins. 6 And John was cloth- ed with camel’s hair, and with a girdle of a skin about his loins; and he did eat locusts and wild honey ;.7 and préached,saying, There cometh one mightier than I after me, the latchet of whose shoes I am not worthy to stoop down and un- loose. 8 I indeed have baptized you with water: but he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost. 9 Andit came to pass in those days, that Je- sus came from Naza- reth of Galilee, and was baptized of John in Jordan. 10 And straightway coming up out of the water, he saw the heavens opened, and the Spirit like a dove descending upon him: lland there came a voice from 9 Ἐναγγέλιον κατὰ ο καθὼς according as ΤΎΓ. GLTITrAw, Tra. P — μὲν [L|TTra. Spirit) [Lrrja. W εὐθὺς TTrA. (read [came ]}) τ. ε — ἐγὼ (read ἀποσ. I send) LTrA. h— καὶ Tra. lim’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιορδάνῃ ποταμῷ TIrA. ; a — ἐν (read ὕδατι with water) T[tr]aA. τ --- ἐν (read πνευµατι with [the] χ ἐκ out of Ι1ΤΤΑ. ΚΑΤΑ ΜΑΡΚΟΝ AVION ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΟΝ.Ι ΜΑΕΚ "HOLY ?GLAD ®*TIDINGS. > ~ ’ ~ ~ ~ ~ "“ ΑΡΧΗ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, Ὀυὶοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ"" BEGINNING ofthe gladtidings of Jesus Christ, Son of God; . & [ή ~ ΄ ” ν 2 “ὡς" γέγραπται ἐν τοῖς προφήταις," Ιδού, εἐγὼῖ ἀποστέλλω as Ὁ πας been writtenin the , prophets, Behold, 1 send \ » , x ΄ ε ΄ τὸν. ἀἄγγελόν.μονυ πρὸ προσώπου.σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν my-messenger before thy face, who shall prepare ὁδόν σου Ἱέἔμπροσθέν cov." 3 Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, thy way before thee. [The] voice of one crying in the wildérness, ε , \ « ΄ ΄ ~ ι / Ἐτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους Prepare the way οἳ [116] Lord, straight make 2paths αὐτοῦ. | *his. : ? [ή ᾽ , , ~ A 4 Ἔγενετο Ἰωάννης 8 βαπτίζων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ai" κηρύσ-' *Came +John baptizing in the wilderness, and proclaim- σων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν. 5 καὶ ing [πε] baptism of repentance for remission of sins, And ἐξεπορεύετο πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσα ἡ Ιουδαία χώρα, καὶ οἱ “Tepo~ went out to him ail the *of*Judza'*country, and they of Je- σολυμῖται,! ἕκαὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο πάντες" liv τῷ ᾿Ιορδάνῃ ποταμῷ rusalem, and were *baptized tall in the *Jordan ‘river « ~ / \ ΄ ~ x ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ," ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς.ἁμαρτίας.αὐτῶν. 6 πὴν δὲ by him, | confessing their sins. And ?was ? ΄ “ , . 4 ‘ ’ ’ η Τωάννης ἐνδεδυμένος τρίχας κἀμήλον, καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην *John clothed in hair of a camel, anda girdle of leather περὶ τὴν. ὀσφὺν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐσθίων" ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἄγριον. about his loins, and eating locusts «and “honey ‘wild, 7 Kai ἐκήρυσσεν, λέγων, Ἔρχεται ὁ ἰσχυρότερός µου ὀπίσω And πο proclaimed, saying, He comes who[is] mightier thanI after µου, ov οὐκ.είμὶ ἱκανὸς κύψας λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα _me, of whom Iam not fit having stooped downto loose the thong Ψ.ας ὃ , ᾽ ~ ΑΘ Θα ος πάσα οὗ τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ. ὃ ἐγὼ Ῥμὲν!" ἐβάπτισα ὑμᾶς Iv" ὕδατι, of his sandals. I indeed baptized you with water, ᾽ 4 δὲ ΄ ε ~ r? ll ε / ς ’ αὐτὸς.δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ev πνεύματι ἁγίῳ., but he Will baptize you with[the] Spirit Holy. 9 "Καὶ! ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἦλθεν Ἰηδεῦς And itcametopassin those — days [that]*came ‘Jesus ἀπὸ' ᾿Ναζαρὲτ' τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη ὑπὸ ᾿Ιωάν- from Nazareth of Galilee, and was baptized by John νου εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην." 10 καὶ "εὐθέως"' ἀναβαίνων "ἀπὸ τοῦ in the Jordan. And immediately going up from the ὕδατος, εἶδεν σχιζοµένους τοὺς οὐρανούς, καὶ TO πνεῦμα water, hesaw parting asunder’ the heavens, and the Spirit γὡὼσεὶ" περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον "ἐπ᾽" αὐτόν" 11 καὶ φωνὴ "ἐγένε- as a dove .descending upon him. And a voice came: Μάρκον GLTrAW; κατὰ Μάρκον T. Ὁ — υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ τι — τοῦ LTra. 4 τῷ (-- τῷ [τι] 0 Ἡσαΐᾳ τῷ προφήτῃ Isaiah the prapliet f — ἔμπροσθέν σοὺ GLTTrAW. ὃ ὁ κ πάντες, καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο GLTTrA. i Ἱεροσολυμεῖται T. D + ὁ TTrA, ο ἔσθων TTrA. m καὶ ἣν ΙΤΤΤΑ. [καὶ] L. τ Ναζαρὲθ ETrw. Υ εἰς τὸν Ἱορδάνην ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου LTTra. Υ ὡς GLTTrAW. Σεἰς OL {πὶ A, as -- ἐγένετο 1. MARK. τοῦ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, Σὺ εἶ ὁ.υἱός.μου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν Όφὶ outof.the θὰ ens, Thou art mySon_ the beloved, in whom εὐδόκησα. I have found delight. 19 Kai “εὐθὺς" τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει εἰς THY ἔρη- And immediately the Spirit *him ‘drives out into the wilder- pov. 13 καὶ ἦν “ἐκεῖ" ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ “ἡμέοας τεσσαράκοντα;!. ness. And he was’ there in the wilderness “days forty, πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ, καὶ ἦν μετὰ τῶν θηρίων" καὶ tempted by Satan, and was with the beasts; and οἱ ἄγγελοι διηκόνουν αὐτῷ. the angels ministered to him. . 14 Μετὰ. δὲ! τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς Andafter Ένα “delivered "αρ ‘John came Jesus εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἑτῆς βασιλείας" into Galilee, proclaiming the gladtidings of the kingdom ~ ~ h ‘ / μα / ε , τς τοῦ θεοῦ, 15 καὶ λέγων, Ὅτι πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρός, καὶ ἢγ- of God, and saying, *Has *been °fulfilled'the “time, and has γικε ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ" μετανοεῖτε, καὶ πιστεύετε ἐν τῷ, drawnnearthe kingdom of God; —_— repent, and believe, in the εὐαγγελίῳ. 16 ἹΠεριπατῶν δὲ παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Ταλι- glad tidings. And walking by the sea of Ga- λαίας εἶδεν Σίμωνα καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν Καὐτοῦ! 1βάλ- lilee hesaw Simon and Andrew the _ brother of him cast- λοντας! Πάμφίβληστρον" ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ: ἦσαν.γὰρ "ἁλιεῖς" ing ἃ a large net in the SCA ; for they were ΄ fishers. 17 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Δεῦτε ὀπίσω µου, καὶ ποιήσω And “said “to *them 1 Jesus, Come after. me, and I will make ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι "ἁλιεῖς! ἀνθρώπων. 18 Kai “εὐθέως! ἀφέντες you to become fishers of men. And immediately having left τὰ. δίκτυα." αὐτῶν! ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 19 Kai προβὰς their ncts they followed him, And having gone on Ἰέκεῖθεμ' ὀλίγον εἶδεν ᾿Ιάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ thence alittle hesaw James the [son] of Zebedee, and 7 / \ 29 \ ? ~ A ? A 2 ~ ieee ]Ἰωάννην rov.acedoov.atrov, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ John his brother, and these [were]in the ship καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα. 20 καὶ Τεὐθέωσϊ ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς" mending the nets. And immediately he called them ; καὶ ἀφέντες τὸν πατέρα.αὐτῶν Ζεβεδαῖον ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ and having left their father Zebedee in the ship With τῶν μισθωτῶν, ἀπῆλθον ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ. the hired servants, they went away after him. 21 Kai εἰσπορεύονται εἰς "Καπερναούμ'" καὶ ᾿εὐθέως" τοῖς And they go into Capernaum ; and immediately on the σάββασιν "εἰσελθὼν' εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐδίδασκεν." 22 καὶ sabbaths having entered into the synagogue he taught. And >? / ? Δ ~ Fy ~ ? ~ ¥ / ᾽ ‘ ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῇ-αὐτοῦ' ἦν.γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς they wereastonished at his teaching : for he was teaching . them > ΄ ει2΄ροων ‘ ? ε « ας 93 K. 4 y %. ως ἐξουσίαν εχω», και ουχ ως οι γραμματεις . αι Ὧν as *authority ‘having, aud nat as the scribes. And there was 89 heaven. saying, Thou art my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased. 12 And immediately the spirit driveth him into the wilderness. 13 And he was there in the wilderness forty days, tempted of Sa- tan ; and was with the wild beasts; and the angels ministered unto him, 14. Now after that John was put in prison, Jesus came into Gali- lee, preaching the gos- pel of the kingdom of God, 15 and saying, The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel. 16 Now as he walked by the sea of Galilee, he saw Simon and Andrew his bro- ther casting a net into the sea: for they were fishers. 17 And Jesus said unto them, Come ye after me, and [ will make you to become fishers of men. 18 And straightway they for- sook their nets, and followed him. 19 And when he had gone a little farther thence, he saw James the son of Zehedee, and John his brother, who also were in the ship mend- ing their nets. 20 And straightway he called them: and they left their father Zebedee in the ship with the hired servants, and went after him, 21 And they went into Capernaum ; and straightway on the sabbath day he entered into the synagogue, and taught. 22 And they were astonished at his doctrine : for he taught them as one} that had authority, ! and not as the scribes. | 23 And there was in ἃ — ἐκεῖ GLTTrAW. & — τῆς βασιλείας [L]TTrA. Ὁ σοὶ thee LTTrA. © εὐθέως LW. ἡμέρας τεσσε. Α. fF καὶ μετὰ LTrA. 1 καὶ παράγων and passing On LTTrA. Φιβάλλοντας casting around GLTTraw. © εὐθὺς τ. Ρ — αὐτῶν (read the nets) LTT:[ Α]. * Καφαρναούμ ΗΤΤΑ. ἵ εὐθὺς τ. ἡ — εἰσελθὼν T[TrJa. τὰ; — τὴν ΒΕ, t + [αὐτῶν] (Γειά their scribes) 1, © τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας TTr ; h — καὶ λέγων T; — καὶ A. κ τοῦ Σίμωνος of Simon L; Σίμωνος TTrAw. m— ἀμφίβληστρον (read [a net) TTra. ᾳ — ἐκεῖθεν [L]TTrA. 5 ἐδίδασκεν εἰς THY συναγωγήν Υ + εὐθὺς immediately τὰ. es Ὁ ἁλεεῖς ΤΑ. τ εὐθὺς TTrA. 90 their synagogue aman with an unclean spirit; and he cried out, 24 saying, Let us alone; what have we to do with thee, thou Jesus of Nazareth? art thou come to de- stroy us? I know thee who thouart, the Holy One of God. 25 And Jesus rebuked him, saying,Hold thy peace, and come out of him, 26 And when the un- clean spirit had torn him, and cried with a loud voice, he came out of him. 27 And they were atl amazed, insomuch that they questioned among themselves, saying, What thing is this? what new .Joctrine is this? for with au- thority commandeth he even the unclean- spirits, and they do obey him. 28 And im- mediately his fame spread abroad through- out all the region round about Galilee. 29 And forthwith, whon they were come out of the synagogue, they entered into the house of Simon and Andrew, with James and John. 30 But Si- mon’s Wife’s mother lay sick-of a fever, and anon they tell him of her. 31 And he came and took her by the hand, and lifted her up; and immediately the fever left her, and she ministered unto them. 32 And ait even, when the sun did set, they brought unto him all that were dis- eased, and them that were possessed with devils. 33 And all the city was gathered to- gether at the door. 34 And he healed many that were sick of di- vers diseases, and cast out many devils; and suffered not the devils to speak, because they knew him, 35 And in the morn- ing, rising up a great while before day, he went out, and departed ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. 1, ἐν τῇ. συναγωγῇ. αὐτῶν ἄνθρωπος ἐν πνεύματι.ἀκαθάρτῳ, καὶ in their synagogue & man with _an unclean spirit, and > ΄ - ‘ A ~ , ἀνέκραξεν, 24 λέγων, "Ea," τί ἡμῖν καὶ oc’, Ιησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ; he cried out, saying, Ah! whattous andtothee, Jesus, Nazarene? ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς; "οἶδά! σε τίς εἶ, ὁ ἅγιος art thou come todestroy us? I know thee whothouart,the Holy [Onel τοῦ θεοῦ. 25 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὀλέγων,! Φιμώ- of God. And ?rebuked 7him 1Jesus, saying, Be θητι, καὶ ἔξελθε ἐξ αὐτοῦ. 26 Kai σπαράξαν silent, and come forth out of him. And *having *thrown *into °convulsions αὐτὸν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον, καὶ ἐκράξαν" φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, "him ‘the *spirit “the ‘unclean, and having cried witha “voice ‘loud, ἐξῆλθεν %E" αὐτοῦ. 27 καὶ ἐθαμβήθησαν “πάντες,! ὥστε came forth outof him. And were *astonished ‘all, so that Εως Επρὸσ! Ναὐτούς.ἳ λξ Ti 2 Ὃ ος OUSITELV προς AUTOUC, eyovTdac, ἐ εστιν Τοῦτος they questioned together among themselves, saying, What is this? ‘ric ἡ διδαχὴ ἡ καινὴ αὕτη, ὅτι κατ ἐξουσίαν καὶ τοῖς πνεύ- what “teaching "new ‘this, that with authority even the spirits µασιν τοῖς ἀκαθάρτοις ἐπιτάσσει, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ; the unclean he commands, and they obey him { 28 ΕἘξῆλθεν.δὲ! ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ Ιεὐθὺςὶ 3 εἰς ὅλην τὴν περί- And went out the fame ofhim immediately in all the around χωρον τῆς Γαλιλαίας. couatry Galilee. 29 Καὶ πεὐθέως" ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς “ἐξελθόντες ἦλθον" And immediately out of the synagogue having gone forth they came εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Σίμωνος καὶ Ανδρέου, μετὰ Ἰακώβον καὶ Ἰωάν- into the house ofSimon and Andrew, with James and John. νου. 90 ἡ. δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα’ καὶ Andthe mother-in-law of Simon was lying in a fever. And Ῥεύθέωσϊ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτῆς. 81 καὶ προσελθὼν immediately they speak tohim about her. And having come to [που] ἤγειρεν αὐτήν, κρατήσας τῆς.χειρὸς. αὐτῆς" καὶ ἀφῆκεν Ίο raised πρ ΠΟΥ, having taken her hand. And left αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετὸς "εὐθέως,ὶ καὶ διηκόνει αὐτοῖς. 32 ΟὈψίας *her the fever immediately, and she ministered to them. “Evening δὲ γενομένης, ὅτε “ἔδυ' ὁ ἥλιος, ἔφερον πρὸς αὐτὸν land being come, when went down the sun, they brought to him πάντας τοὺς κακῶς ἔχοντας Kai τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους' 33 καὶ 811 who “ill t were and those possessed by demons ;. and t « ar Or ? “ ΜΕ i] % A , Ν ἡ πόλις ὅλη ἐπισυνηγμένη ἦν!" πρὸς τὴν θύραν. 94 καὶ the city 'whole *gathered together *was at the door. And ἐθεράπεισεν πολλοὺς κακῶς.ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ he healed many that were ill of various diseases, and δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλεν, καὶ οὐκ ἤφιεν λαλεῖν τὰ δαιμόνια, 7demons ‘many hecastout, and sufiered ποὺ *to*speak'the *demons, ὅτι ᾖΊδεισαν αὐτόν. because they knew him. 35 Kai πρωϊ And very early "ἐἔννυχον] λίαν while yet night ? A 2y™ ΔΝ ἀναστὰς ἐξῆλθεν καὶ having risen up he went out and 2 —°Eqa LTTrA. from L. LTraw. he came LTr. 8 ἤἔδυσεν LTA. ε ἅπαντες ΤΊτΑ. i διδαχὴ καινή a new teaching Ltr. τι + πανταχοῦ everywhere T[Tr]A. P εὐθὺς LTTrA. ἣν ὅλη ἡ πόλις ἐπισυνηγμένη LTTrA. 5 οἴδαμέν we know T. b — λέγων T. © φωνῆσαν TTrA. 4 ἀπ' £ συνζητεῖν LTTrA. 8 — πρὸς Τ. 5 αὑτούς E: ἑαυτοὺς κ καὶ ἐξῆλθεν LTTrA. 1 [εὐθὺς Tr. 2 εὐθὺς LTTTA. ο ἐξελθὼν ἦλθεν having gone forth 4 — αὐτῆς (read [her] hind) Lr[trja. F me εὐθέως TTr, ¥ ἔννυχα LITrA, 11]. MARK. ~ ‘A ~ ‘ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς ἔρημον τόπον, "“κάκεῖϊ προσηύχετο. 86 καὶ departed into “desert ‘aplace, and there was praying. And Σκατεδιωξαν" αὐτὸν Yo" Σίμων καὶ οἱ per αὐτοῦ" 37 καὶ went “after Shim 1Simon ?and*those *with ‘him ; and ΄ , ~ / ~ , Ἱεὑρόντες αὐτόν! λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Ὅτι πάντες "ζητοῦσίν σε." havingfound him they say tohim, All seek thee. 38 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς," Αγωμενὺ εἰς τὰς ἐχομένας κωμοπόλεις, And hesays tothem, Letusgo into the neighbouring country towns, ἵνα «κάκεῖ κηρύξω" εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ “ἐξελήλυθα." 99 Καὶ ‘that there also I may ΡταβοἩ ; 3ος *this *because have I come forth, And ᾿εἦν" κηρύσσων fv ταῖς. συναγωγαῖς' αὐτῶν εἰς ὕλην τὴν Γαλι- he was preaching in their synagogues in all Ga- λαίαν, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ἐκβάλλων. lilee, andthe demons _ casting out. 40 Kai ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτὸν λεπρός, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν εκαὶ And comes *to Shim ‘a leper, beseeching him and γονυπετῶν αὐτόν," «cai! λέγων αὐτῷ, Ὅτι ἐὰν θέλῃς δύνασαί Κπρθο]ῖηρ downto him, and saying to him, If thou wilt thouart able µε καθαρίσαι. 41 ἴὉ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς! σπλαγχνισθείς, ἐκ- me Ἅᾖ1Το οθαπςο, Απά Jesus being moved with compassion, having τείνας τὴν χεῖρα ἔἥψατο αὐτοῦ," καὶ λέγει ἰαὐτῷ," stretched out [his] hand he touched him, and says to him, Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. 42 Kai πείπόντος. αὐτοῦ." "εὐθέως" ἀπῆλ- ᾽ ρ η 2 I will, be thou cleansed. And hehaving spoken, immediately depart- θεν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἡ λέπρα, καὶ δἐκαθαρίσθη." 43 Καὶ ἐμβριμησά- ed from him the leprosy, .and he was cleansed, And having strictly μενος αὐτῷ, Ῥεὐθέως" ἐξέβαλεν αὐτόν, 44 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, charged him, immediately hesentaway him, And says -tohim, Ὅρα μηδενὶ «μηδὲν! εἴπῃς" Tadd’! ὕπαγε, σεαυτὸν δεῖξον See tonoone anything thouspeak; but Ρο, thyself shew (lit. nothing) ; τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ.σου ἃ προσ- tothe priest, and offer for thy cleansing what 2or- έταξεν "Μωσῆς," εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 46 Ὁ.δὲ ἐξελθὼν dered 1110565, for atestimony to them. But he having gone out ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν πολλὰ καὶ διαφηµίζειν τὸν λόγον, ὥστε began to proclaim [it] much andtospreadabroad the matter, sothat μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι ἱφανερῶς εἰς πόλιν" εἰσελθεῖν" nolonger he was able openly into[the] city to enter ; Yarn" ἔξω, *év'! ἐρήμοις τόποις "ἣν." καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν but without in desert places owas, and theycame to him Σ"πανταχόθεν.! from every quarter. Ν ~ ? 2 Καὶ ᾿Ξ πάλιν εἰσῆλθεν! εἰς 5"Καπερναοὺμ! δι And again heentered into Capernaum δεκαὶἹ ἠκούσθη ὅτι δες olkdy" ἐστιν' 2 καὶ “edOEwe" συνη- and it washeard that in [the] house heis; and immediately were χθησαν “πολλοί, ὥστε μηκέτι.χωρεῖν μηδὲ τὰ gathered together many, 580 that there was no longer any room not even ἡμερῶν, after [some] days, τ καὶ ἐκεῖ. *KaredingevT. 7--ὃ π[τε]α. ὗρον « 5 σε ζητοῦσιν LW. ὃ + ἀλλαχου elsewhere TTra.. 5 καὶ ἐκεῖ GW. aver Ac)” ' e ἦλθεν he went Trr. f eis τὰς συναγωγὰς GLTTrAW. αὐτόν L[TrA]; — αὐτόν τ. b — καὶ T[A]. οἰ καὶ and LITr. 1 — αὐτῷ T. τὰ — εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. 2B εὐθὺς TTrA. | LTTra. 4 -- μηδὲν 1[ττ]. τ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 5 Mwvons LTTraW. σ ἀλλὰ LTrA. wa ἐπ᾽ TTrA. xa [ἣν] L. 73 πάντοθεν LTTrAW. εἰσελθὼν πάλιν he having entered again TTrA. tu]ttra 98 ἐν οἴκῳ LTTr. da — εὐθέως [LTr]T, 9) into a solitary place, and there prayed. 36 And Simon and they that were with him followed after him, 37 And when they‘had found him, they said unto him, All men seek for thee. 38 And he said unto them, Let us go into the next towns, that I may preach there also: for there- fore came 1 forth. 39 And he preached in their synagogues throughout all Gali- lee, and cast out devils. 40 And there came a leper to him, beseech- ing him, and kneeling down to him, and say- ing unto him, If thou wilt, thou canst make me clean. 4] And Je- sus, moved with com- passion, put forth his hand, and touched him, and saith unto him, I will; be thou clean. 42 And as soon as he had spoken, im- mediately the leprosy departed from him, and he was cleansed. 43 And he straitly charged him, ᾿ and forthwith sent him away; 44 and saith unto him, See thou say nothing to any man: but go thy way, shew thyself to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing those things which Moses. com- manded, for a testi- mony unto them. 45 But he went out, and began to publish it much, and to blaze abroad the matter, in- somuch that Jesus could no more openly enter into the city, but was without in desert places : and they came to him from every quarter. ΤΙ. And again he entered into Caperna- um, after some days; and it was noised that he was in the house. 2 And = straightway many were gathered together, insomuch that there was no room to receive them, no, not so much as about : εὗρον ἄυτον καὶ found him and rtra. ἆ ἐξῆλθον I came forth 8 — καὶ γονυπετῶν Χ αὐτοῦ ἥψατο LTTrA. ο ἐκαθερίσθη ΤΑ. ‘ εἰς πόλιν φανερῶς T. 18 εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν LW 5 85, ζαφαρναοὺμ LTTrAW, Ρ ευθὺς ba — καὶ 92 the door: and he preached the word untothem. 3 And they come unto him, bring- ing one sick of the palsy, which was borne of four. 4 And when they could not come nigh unto him for the press, they uncovered the roof where he was: and when they had broken it up, they let down the bed wherein the sick of the palsy lay. 5 When Jesus saw their faith, he said unto the sick of the palsy, Son, thy sins be forgiven thee. 6 But there were certain of the scribes sitting there, and reasoning in their hearts, 7 Why doth this man thus speak blasphemies? who can forgive sins but God only? 8 And immediately when Je- sus perceived in his spirit that they so reasoned within them- selves, he said unto them, Why reason ye these things in your hearts? 9 Whether is it easier to say to the sick of the palsy, Thy sins be forgiyen thee ; or to say, Arise, and take up thy bed, and walk? 10 But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power on earth to forgive sins, (he saith to the sick of the palsy,) 11 I say unto thee, Arise, and take up thy bed, and go thy way into thine house. 12 And immediately he arose, took up the bed, and went Forth before them all ; inso- much that they were all amazed, and glori- fied God, saying, We never saw it on this (fashion. 13 And he went forth again by the sea side ; and all the multitude resorted unto him, and he taught them. 14 And as he passed © πρὸς αὐτὸν φέροντες παραλυτικὺν LTr; φέροντες πρὸς αὐτὸν παραλυτικὸν ΤΑ. ενέγκαι to bring near Τ. κ ἀφίενταί are forgiven LTTr. πι; βλασφημεῖ (read Why does this [man] thus speuk ? he blasphemes.) LTTra. ο — οὕτως L. r’Adievrat are forgiven LTT:. LTTrA. νυ — «xaiG[Tr]Aw. GLTTrw. # -~ λέγοντας [1,]4, 2 ἔγειρε ΟΙ ΤΤΣ ΑΝ. ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. 11. « A / τα ’ > - Α. , Nw πρὸς τὴν θύραν" καὶ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον. 3 Kai ἔρχονται at the door; andhespoke tothem the word. And they come επρὸς αὐτόν, παραλυτικὸν φέροντες," αἰρόμενον ὑπὸ τεσσάρων. το him, 7a, “paralytic bringing, borne by four. 4 καὶ μὴ δυνάμενοι προσεγγίσαι! αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, And not being able tocome near tohim onaccountofthe crowd, ἀπεστέγασαν τὴν στέγην ὕπου ἦν. Kat ἐξορύξαντε χα- they uncovered the roof where he was, and having broken up [it] they λῶσιν τὸν δκράββατον" Ῥεφ w' ὁ παραλυτικὸς κατέκειτο. let down the couch on which the aralytic was lying. 5 Ἰἰδὼν.δὲ! ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν.πίστιν.αὐτῶν λέγει τῷ παραλυτικῷ, And ’seeing i Jesus their faith says tothe paralytic, Τέκνον, Κάφέωνταίϊ ἴσοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι-σου.ῖ 6’ Ἤσαν.δεέ τινες Child, *have*been °forgiven Sthee 1thy 7sins. But there were some τῶν γραμματέων ἐκεῖ καθήμενοι, καὶ διαλογιζόµενοι ἐν ταῖς of the scribes "there 1sitting, and reasoning in καρδίαις. αὐτῶν, 7 Τί οὗτος οὕτως λαλεῖ Πβλασφημίας!; their hearts, Why *this [*man]*thus ‘does *speak blasphemies ὃ / , ? , ε , δρ. | ἣν ce ε fat ‘ τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς, ὁ θεός; ὃ Καὶ who isable ἕο forgive sins, except one, [thatis] God? And "εὐθέως"! ἐπιγνοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ.πγεύματι.αὐτοῦ ὅτι οὕτως! P immediately *knowing 1Jesus ΄ in his spirit that thus διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, “εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς, Τί ταῦτα δια- they are reasoning within themselves, said tothem, Why these things rea- λογίζεσθε ἐν ταὶς.καρδίαις. ὑμῶν; 9 τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον; son ye in your hearts ? which is easier, ” - ~ ~ 12 , {] 5 ll ε « ’ εἰπεῖν τῷ παραλυτικῷ, Αφεωνται σοι αι ἁμαρτίαι; tosay tothe paralytic, 3Have *been *forgiven Sthee ['thy] “sins, n μα μον ι" ly St eee? w ᾿ ΄ 1 Η͂ ἢ εἰπεῖν, 'Έγειραι,' Ἱκαὶι ἄρόν ὕσου τὸν κράββατον" καὶ or tosay, Arise, and takeup thy couch and x id tl e A 27a~ e ? [ ” « ει ~ περιπάτει! ; 10 ἵνα.δὲ εἰδῆτε - ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ walk? but that yemay know that Sauthority “has *the*Son ἀνθρώπου Σἀφιέναι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς! ἁμαρτίας, λέγει τῷ παρα- 306 *man toforgive on the earth sins,— hesaystothe para- λυτικῷ, 11 Σοὶ λέγω, Ζἔγειραι,! καὶ! ἄρον τὸν Σκράββατόνϊ lytic, To thee I say, arise, and take up “couch σου καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν.οἶκόν.σου. 12 Kai ἠγέρθη Ῥεὐθέως, καὶ" Ἐν and go to thy house. And he arose immediately, and ἄρας τὸν δκράββατον" ἐξῆλθεν “ἐναντίον! πάντων, having taken up the couch went forth before all, ὥστε ἐξίστασθαι πάντας, καὶ δοξάζειν τὸν θεόν, “Aéyovrac," so that “were “amazed. tall, and glorified God, saying, Ὅτι «Αοὐδέποτε οὕτως" Meidoper." Never thus did we see [it]. 19 Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν 6 παρὰ" τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ And he went forth again by the sea, and all the 3 2/ A ? , ‘ 297 ᾽ , 5 ν ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς. 14 Καὶ crowd came to him, and he taught them. And {προσ- 8 κράβαττον LTTrAW. h ὅπου ΏΘΥΘ LTTrA. i καὶ ἰδὼν Τ. σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 61Τ1.Α; σοι αἱ ἁμαρτίαι [σου] 1. 2 εὐθὺς P + αὐτοὶ they (are reasoning) 6[ a |w. 4 λέγει SAYS TTrA, s gov thy (sins) Grtraw. t”Eyepe GLTW ; ᾿Εγείρου Tra. κ ὕπαγε 501. Υ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀφιέναι Ὁ καὶ εὐθὺς TTrA. “ ἔμπροσθεν T. 88 εἰς to T, Ν τὸν κράβαττόν σου LTTrAW. ἃ --- καὶ G[L|TTraw. €2 οὕτως οὐδέποτε TTra, - εἴδαμεν ΕΤΤΙΑ, πα πο ον νο MAR Κ. ~ > Π ’ ᾿ ‘ τοῦ Αλφαίου καθηµενον ἐπὶ τὸ of Alpheus sitting at the Kat avaorac And having arisen ἐν τῷ .κατακεῖσθαι.αὐ- as he reclined HN. ‘ ΝΥ ΤῸ παράγων εἶδεν "Λευϊν" τον passingon hesaw Levi the [son] τελώνιον, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Ακολούθει μοι. tax office, and says tohim, Follow me. ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ. 15 Καὶ ἐγένετο" he followed him. And it came to pass τὸν ἐν τῇ.οἰκίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, καὶ πολλοὶ τελῶναι καὶ ἁμαρτω- [αὖ table] in his house, that many tax-gatherers and sin- doi συνανέκειντο τῷ Ἰησοῦ καὶ τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ" uers were reclining [at table] with Jesus and his disciples ; ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοί, καὶ ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. 16 καὶ ™oi" ypap- ΣΟΥ they were many, and they followed him. And the , scribes ματεῖς "καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι," ο ἰδόντες Ῥαὐτὸν ἐσθίοντα" μετὰ and the Pharisees, having seen him eating with τῶν “τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν," ἔλεγον τοῖς.μαθηταῖς.αὐτοῦ, the tax-gatherers and sinners, said to his disciples, ἘΠῚ ὅτι μετὰ τῶν ὑτελωνῶ L a λῶν" ἐσθίει kat μετ των "τελωγωγ και αµαρτω ων" εσσιει και Why [15 10] that with the tax-gatherers and sinners heeats and / ll r \ ᾽ , t 2 ~ / 2 ~ ? , πίνει; 17 Καὶ ἀκούσας ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ov χρείαν drinks ? And “haying *heard 1 Jesus says tothem, °Not ‘nced ἔχουσιν οἱ ἰσχύοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ οἱ κακῶς ἔχον- ®have ‘they *who ?are ᾿βίσοηρ of ἃ physician, but they who 1} ᾿ are. τες. οὐκ.ἠλθον καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς "είς Icame not to call righteous [ones], but sinners to ’ peravoiay.' repentance. 18 Καὶ ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰωάννου καὶ οὶ τῶν Φαρισαίων" And }°were ‘the disciples 398 *John δαΏᾷ δ ύμοϑο οί πο *Pharisees νηστεύοντες" καὶ ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ΣΔιατί" οἱ µαθη- fasting ; and they come and say tohim, Why “the “disci- tai ᾿Ιωάννου καὶ oY τῶν Φαρισαίων νηστεύουσιν, οἱ δὲ σοὶ ples ‘*of*John ‘and “those %of*the Ἰ9Ῥηατίεεος fast, but thy μαθηταὶ οὔὐ.νηστεύουσιν; 19 Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, My discipies fast not? And said “to *them 1 Jesus, t κ ~ ~ τ ἢ ᾽ ~ δύνανται οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ νυμφῶνος. ἐν.ᾧ ὁ νυμφίος μετ᾽ αὐτῶν h Can the sons of the bridechamber, while the bridegroom with them ἐστιν, νηστεύειν ; ὕσον.χρόνον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔχουσιν τὸν νυμ- 18, fast? as long as with them they have the bride- φίονιῖ οὐ.δύνανται νηστεύειν 20 ἐλεύσονται.δὲ ἡμέραι ὅταν groom, they ατο notable _ to fast. But will come days when ἀπαρθῇ an αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, καὶ τότε νη- will have been taken away from them _ the bridegroom, and then they στεύσουσιν ἐν "ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέοαις." 21 ὑκαὶ' οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα will fast in those days. And noone apiece . 3 1 “Ile \ ΄ ἐῥάκους! ἀγνάφου ἀἐπιῤῥάπτει" ἐπὶ ἑἱματίῳ.παλαιφὶ" εἰ. δὲ. μή, of “cloth ‘unfulled sews on an old garment ; otherwise, αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμαξ Ναὐτοῦϊ τὸ καινὸν τοῦ παλαιοῦ, καὶ Itakes Saway ‘the “filling *up Sof Sit “new fromthe old, and U3 by, he saw Leti the son of Alphzeus sitting at the receipt of cus- tom, and said unto him, Follow me, And he arose and followed him. 15 And it came to pass, that, as Jesus sat at meat in his house, many publicans and sinners sat also together with Jesus and his disciples: for there were many, and they followed him. 16 And when the scribes and Pharisees saw him eat with pub- licans and = sinners, they said unto hia dis- ciples, How is it that he eatcth and drinketh with publicans and sinners? 17 When Je- sus heard {ξ, he saith unto them, They that are whole have no need of the physician, but they that are sick: I came not to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance, 18 And the disciples of John and of the Pharisees used to fast: and they come and say unto him, Why do the disciples of John and of the Pharisees fast, but thy disciples fast not? 19 And Jesus said unto them, Can the children of the bridechamber fast, while the bridegroom is with them? as long as they have the bride- groom with them, they cannot fast. - 20 But the days will come, when the bridegroom shall be taken away from them, and then shall they fast in those days. 21 Noman also seweth a piece of new cloth on an old gar- ment: else the new piece that filled it up taketh away from the old, and the rent is Ἀ Λευεὶν ΤΑ. ἱγίνεται it comes to pass TTrA. k —séy τῷ T[Tr]. were following TTra. m— οἱ T. also [L|rtr. Ρ ὅτι ἐσθίει 1,; ὅτι ἤσθιεν that he was eating TTr. τελωνῶν LTrA. τ --- Τί 1Tra. ν-- εἰς μετάνοιαν GLTTrAW. Υ + μαθηταὶ (οἱ the) disciples rrra. 5 ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ that day GLTTraw. ΤΤΙΑ. εἱμάτιον παλαιύν LITra, ha —~ αὐτοῦ [Trja. > — καὶ GLTTrAW. f+ an’ αὐτοῦ from it a. 2 τῶν Φαρισαίων of the Pharisees Trr. 5 ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ τῶν τελωνῶν LTr. τ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι the Pharisees GLTTrAW. 2 ἔχουσιν τὸν νυμφίον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν (μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν L) LTTra. © ράκκους L. 1 ἠκολούθουν they 9 + καὶ 4 ἁμαρτωλῶν καὶ τ [καὶ πίνει] L. x Διὰ τί LTrA. d ἐπιράπτει Β + ἀπ᾽ from LT, 94 made worse. 22 And no man putteth new wine into old bottles: else the new wine doth burst the bottles, and the wine is spilled, and the bottles will be marred : but new wine must be put into new bottles. 2 23 And it came to pass, that he went through the corn fields on the sabbath day; and his disciples began, as they went, to pluck the ears of corn. 24 And the Pharisees said-unto him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath day that which is not lawful? 25 And he said unto them, Have ye never read what David did, when he had need, and was an hungred, he, and they that were with him? 26 How he went into the house of God in the days of Abiathar the high priest, and did eat the shewbread, which is not lawful to eat but for the priests, and gave also to them which were with him? 27 And he said unto them, The sabbath was made for man, and not man for the sab- bath : 28 therefore the Son of manis Lord also of the sabbath. III. And he entered again into the syna- gogue; and there was Ά man there which had a withered hand, 2 And they watched him, whether he would heal him on the sabbath day ; that they might accuse him, 3 And he saith unto the man which had the wither- ed hand, Stand forth. 4 And he saith unto them, Is it lawful to do good on thesabbath days, or to do evil? to save life, or to kill? But they held their peace. 5 And when he had looked round a- bout on them with anger, being grieved i ῥήξει will burst Lrtra. and the skins ΤΤτΑ. πορεύεσθαι (διαπορεύεσθαι LIr) LTTrA. ο ας αὐτὸς [L]TTr. w— τοῦ LTTrAW. 8 — ἣν (read [was]) τ[ττ]. Σκατηγορήσουσιν they shall accuse Lr. 4 — ἐν LTTrA. ν [πῶς] Tra. {the]) τ[ττ]Α. πεύει he heals τ΄. τὴν ξηρὰν χεῖρα ἔχοντι τ.΄ 8” Εγειρε GLTTrA, | MACE OOS, ΤΊΣ χεῖρον σχίσμα γίνεται. 22 καὶ οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον νέον εἰς “worse ‘arent takes place, And noone puts "wine ‘new into ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς" εἰ. δὲ. μή, Ἰῥήσσει! ὁ οἶνος *6 νέος" τοὺς ἀσ- *skins old ; otherwise, *bursts ‘the *wine *“new the skins, / ace τ 12 ~ A ε 2 Vanes) ~ ell m2 A KOUG, και ὁ οἶνος ᾿ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται ἀλλά andthe wine is poured out, and the skins will be destroyed; but 4 [ή ’ οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς βλητέον.! \?wine ‘new into ‘skins πετ is to be put. (23 Καὶ ἐγένετο "παραπορεύεσθαι.αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν!" And it came to pass that he went on the sabbath διὰ τῶν σπορίµω», καὶ "ἠρξαντο οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ" Ρὺδὸν through the corn-fields, and “began ‘his *disciples {their] way ποιεῖν" τίλλοντες Tove στάχυας. 24 καὶ ot Φαρισαῖοι ἔλεγον to make, plucking the ears. And the Pharisees said αὐτῷ, Ἴδε, τί ποιοῦσιν «ἐν' τοῖς σάββασιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν; to him, Behold, why do they on the sabbath that which is not lawful? 25 Καὶ "αὐτὸς" "ἔλεγεν" αὐτοῖς, Οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίη- Απᾶ he said tothem, “Never ‘did “ye read what “did σεν ‘AaBid," ὅτε χρείαν ἔσχεν καὶ ἐπείνασεν, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ *David, when need he had and hungered, he and those , ? ce A 296 ν ~ il ? ΛΘ > A ῖ ~ θ ~ ? ‘ μετ αυτου 9 πως ELONAVEV εις ΤΟΝ οικον του σεου επι with him? how heentered into the house of God in ΑΙ 10 Ww 1] > ’ ‘ 4 » ~ Bra ap “Tov ἄρχιερεως, και τους ἄρτους της {the days of] Abiathar the and the loaves of the , ” a“ ? ” ~ 2 A x “ « ο προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, οὓς οὐκ.έξεστιν φαγεῖν εἰ. μὴ “τοῖς ἱερεῦ- high priest, presentation ate, which it is not lawful toeat except forthe priests, σιν," καὶ ἔδωκεν καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ οὖσιν ; .27 Καὶ ἔλεγεν and gave eventothosewhowith him were? And hesaid ? ~ ‘ / 4 A ” 1 / > ς αὐτοῖς, Τὸ σάββατον διὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο, Yovx ὁ tothem, The sabbath on account of man was made, not ” 4 Ν / . / ’ ? ς ἄνθρωπος διὰ τὸ σάββατον. 28 ὥστε κύριός ἐστιν ὃ man on account of the sabbath : sothen Lord is the ea - }) ’ 4 ~ ta υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ σαββάτου. Sen of man also ofthe - sabbath, 3 Kai εἰσῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν" συναγωγήν, καὶ ἦν" ἐκεῖ And heentered again into the synagogue, and there was there ἄνθρωπος ἐξηραμμένην ἔχων τὴν χεῖρα, 3 καὶ ὕπαρ- 8 man “withered *having [*his] Shand, and they ετ ’ "} ᾽ ‘ ? ιο ~~ » d θ / iT x > ’ Προυν' αὐτὸν εἰ“ τοῖς σάββασιν “θεραπεύσει! αὐτόν, were watching him whetheronthe sabbath he will heal him, ἵνα “κατηγορήσωσιν! αὐτοῦ. 3 καὶ λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ in order that they might accuse him. And he says tothe man τῷ ἐξηραμμένη» ἔχοντι τὴν χεῖρα," ἔ Ἐγειραι! εἰς τὸ who 3withered thad “the hand, Arise [and come] into the μέσον. 4 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, "Ἔξεστιν τοῖς σάββασιν Ἀάγαθο- midst. Andhe says tothem, Isitlawful onthe sabbaths to do ποιῆσαι," ἢ κακοποιῆσαι; ψυχὴν σῶσαι, ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι ; Οἱ δὲ good, or todoevil? [life ‘to “save, or to kill? But they ἐσιώπων. ὅ καὶ περιβλεψάμενος αὐτοὺς per ὀργῆς, 'συλ- were silent. And having looked around on them with anger, being k — ὃ νέος LTTrA. | ἀπόλλυται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ is destroyed τι -- ἀλλὰ.... βλητέον T[Tr]A. Ὁ αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν παρα- ο οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἤρξαντο LTTra. Ρ ὁδοποιεῖν L. 5 λέγει he says LTTr. * Aaveid LTTrA ; Aavid GW. X τοὺς ἱερεῖς Τ. ¥+ καὶ and ΤΊτΑ. * — τὴν (read Ὁ παρετηροῦντο!. © +evon(the)t. ἀθερα- ἔ τὴν χεῖρα ἔχοντι ξηράν LTA $ } ἀγαθὸν ποιῆσαι Τ. ἰδ συνλυπούμενος TA, ΄' β | σ΄ ΤῊ, MARK. λυπούμενος" ἐπὶ τῇ πωρώσει τῆς.καρδίας.αὐτῶν, λέγει τῷ grieved at the hardness of their heart, he says to the ? ’ » \ ~ ’ k ll \ AE ‘ ἀνθρώπῳ, Ἐκτεινον τὴν.χεῖρα. σου." Καὶ ἐξέτεινεν, καὶ man, Stretch out thy hand. And he stretched out [it], and Ἰάποκατεστάθη! ἡ χεὶρ.αὐτοῦ ὑγιὴς ὡς ἡ ἄλλη." 6 καὶ ἐξελ- Swag xestored *his “Παπά sound asthe other. And having θόντες οἱ Φαρισαῖοι "εὐθέως! μετὰ τῶν Ἡρωδιανῶν συμβούλιον gone ουῦ ἰπο Pharisees immediately with the Herodians “counsel οἐποίουν" Kar’ αὐτοῦ, ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν. ‘took against him, how him they might destroy. 7 Kai ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ρἀνεχώρησεν μετὰτῶν.μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ" «πρὸς" And Jesus withdrew with his disciples to τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ πολὺ πλῆθος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. the sea; and great +a multitude from Galilee τἠκολούθησαν!" "αὐτῷ," καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Ιουδαίας, 8 καὶ ἀπὸ ‘Te- followed hin, and from Judea, and from Je- ροσολύµων, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ldovpatac, καὶ πέραν τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου" rusalem, and from Idumea, and beyond the Jordan ; Ag i] ‘ / \ ~ ~ λ , τ ? / ἣ καὶ "οἱ! περὶ Τύρον καὶ Σιδῶνα, πλῆθος πολύ, Ἰἀκούσαντες and they around Tyre and Sidon, a’?multitude’*great, having heard doa ἐποίει". ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν. 9 καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς.µαθη- how much he was doing came _ to him, And hespoke to his dis- ταῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα πλοιάριον προσκαρτερῇ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ciples, that asmallship might wait upon him, on account of the ὄχλον, ἵνα µμὴ.θλίβωσιν αὐτόν. 10 πολλοὺς. γὰρ ἐθερά- crowd, that they might not press upon him, For many he πευσεν, ὥστε ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται, ὅσοι. healed, sothat they besct him, that him they mighttouch,asmany as εἶχον μάστιγας" 11 καὶ τὰ πνεύματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα, ὅταν αὐτὸν had scourges ; and the spirits the unclean, when him x26 ” / It ? ~ " yz "! Zé i"O 4 ἐθεώρει, προσέπιπτεν! αὐτῷ, καὶ Σέκραζεν', *Aeyovra," Οτι σὺ they beheld, fclldown before him, and cried, saying, Thou εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 Καὶ πολλὰ ἐπετίμα αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ art the Son of God. And much herebuked them, 50 that *not Savrov φανερὸν" Ὁποιῆσωσιν! ". Shim ‘manifest 'they ?should *make. 13 Καὶ dvaBaive εἰς τὸ ὄρος, Kai προσκαλεῖται οὓς And hegoesup into the mountain, and calls to {him] whom ἤθελεν αὐτός" καὶ ἀπῆλθον πρὸς αὐτόν. 14 καὶ ἐποίησεν 2would the; and they went to him, And he appointed δώδεκα ἵνα ὦσιν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἵνα ἀποστέλλῃ αὐτοὺς twelve thattheymightbewith him, and that hemightsend them κηρύσσειν, 15 καὶ ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν θεραπεύειν τὰς νόσους Kai" to preach, and to have authority to heal diseases and ἐκβάλλειν τὰ δαιμόνια. 16 «καὶ ἐπέθηκεν τῷ Σίμωνι ὄνομα! to cast out denions, And he added to Simon [the] name Πέτρον" 17 καὶ Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ Ιωάννην Peter ; and James the [son] of Zebedee, and John x ? x ~? ΄ A [9 , ? ~ 2 , τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ Ιακώβου καὶ ἐπέθηκεν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα the brother of James ; and headded tothem([the) names k — gov (read [thy]) hand g[trJa. Ι ἀπεκατεστάθη GLTTrAW. GLTTraw. η εὐθὺς TIrA. ο ἐποίησαν Τ; ἐδίδουν gave TrA. ἀνεχώρησεν GLITrA. 4 εἰς GLT. Ἰουδαίας τ΄. 8 --- αὐτῷ [Ἰτττὰ. t — οἱ [L]rtr[a]. π ποιεῖ he is doing Tra. x ἐθεώρουν, προσέπιπτον LTTrAW. vresT. ὃ φανερὸν αὐτὸν GW. © ποιῶσιν TTrA. «cause they had known him to be the Christ L. © + rai ἐποίησεν τοὺς δώδεκα, and he appointed the twelve Τὶ 95 for the hardness of their hearts, he saith unto the man, Stretch forth thine hand. And he stretched ἐξ out: and his hand was τε- stored whole as the other. 6 And the Pharisees went forth, and straightway took counsel with the He- Trodians against him, how they might de- stroy him, ; 7 But Jesus with- drew himself with his disciples to the sea: and a great multitude from Galilee followed him, and from Judza, 8 and from Jerusalem, and from Idumza, and Jrom beyond Jordan; and they about Tyre and Sidon, a great multitude, when they had heard what great things he did, came unto him. 9 And he spake to his disciples, that a small ship should wait on him because of the multi- tude, lest they should throng him. 10 For he had healed mary; insomuch that they pressed upon him for to touch him, as many as had plagues. 11 And unclean spirits, when they saw him, fell down before him, ard cried, saying, Thou art the Son of God. 12 And he straitly charged them that they should not make him known, 13 And he goeth up into a mountain, and calleth wntohim whom he would: and they cameuntohim, 14 And he ordained twelve, that they should be with him, and that he might send them forth to preach, 15 and to heave power to heal sicknesses, and to cast out devils: 16 and Si- mon he surnamed Pe- ter ; 17 and James the son of Zebedee, and John the brother of James; and he sure named them Boan- τῷ — ὑγιὴς ὡς ἡ ἄλλη Ρ μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ τ ἠκολούθησεν LTrA; ἠκολούθησαν placed after ν ἀκούοντες hearing LTTra. Υ ἔκραζον LTTraW. ο + [ὅτι ἤδεισαν τὸν χριστὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι] 4 — θεραπεύειν τὰς νόσους καὶ ΤΊτΑ- {όνομα τῷ Σίμωνι ΊΤσΑι Σλέ- 96 erges, which is, The sons of thunder: 18and Andrew, and Philip, and Bartholomew, and Matthew, and Thomas, and James the son of Alpheus, and Thad- dzus, and Simon the Canaanite, 19 and Ju- das Iscariot, which also betrayed him : And they went into an house. 20 And the multitude cometh to- gether again, so that they could not so much as eat bread. 21 And when _ his friends heard of it, they went out to lay hold on him: for they said, He is beside him- self. 22 And the scribes which came down from Jerusalem said, He hath Beelzebub, and by the prince of the devils casteth he out devils. 23 And he called them unto him, and said unto them in parables, How can Sa- tan cast out Satan? 24 And if a kingdom be divided against itself, that kingdom cannot stand. 25 And if a house be divided against itself, that house cannot stand. 26 And if Satan rise up against himself, and be divided, he can- not stand, but hath an end. 27 No man can enter into a strong man’s house, an? spoil his goods, except he will first bind the strong man; and then he will spoil his house. 28 Verily I say unto you, All sins shall be forgiven unto the sons of men, and blas- phemies wherewith soever they shall blas- pheme : 29 but he that shall blaxpheme a- gainst the Holy Ghost hath never forgive- ness, but is in danger of eternal damnation: 30 because they said, He hath an unclean spirit. MAPKOS. ΠῚ. ZBoavepyéc,' 0 ἐστιν υἱοὶ βρόντης᾽ 18 καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν, καὶ Boanerges, which is Sons of thunder ; and Andrew, and Φίλιππον, καὶ Ῥαρθολομαῖον, καὶ "Mar@aior," καὶ Θωμᾶν, Philip, and Bartholomew, and Matthew, and Thomas, 3 oy κι ~ καὶ ᾿Ιἄάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Αλφαίου., καὶ Θαδδαῖον, καὶ Σίμωνα and James the [son] of Alpheus, and Thaddeus, and Simon 4 ik , {| 1¢ Ayam In k’ ’ it oes 4 , τὸν *Kavamrny," 19 και Iovoay “ Ισκαριωτην, ὃς καὶ παρε- the _Cananite, and Judas Iscariote, who also deliver- δωκεν αὐτόν. ed up hin, Καὶ Ἰέρχονται" εἰς οἶκον' 20 καὶ συνέρχεται πάλιν Ὁ ὄχλος, _And they οοπιο to a house: and Scomes*together *again ‘a *crowd, ὥστε μὴ.δύνασθαι.αὐτοὺς." μήτε! ἄρτον φαγεῖν. 21 καὶ aKov- so that they are not able so much as Spread ‘to “eat. And having σαντες οἱ παρ αὐτοῦ ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν" heard [efit]. those belonging to him went out to lay hold of him ; ἔλεγον.γάρ, Ort ἐξέστη. 22 Καὶ ot γραμματεῖς οἱ ἀπὸ for they said, He is beside himself. And the scribes who from Ἱεροσολύμων καταβάντες ἔλεγον, Ότι Βεελζεβοὺλ ἔχει καὶ Jerusalem came down said, Beelzebul hehas; and ou > ~ ” ~ , 3 / 4 ΄ Οτι ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, By the prince of the demons he casts out the denigns. 23 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαῖς ἔλεγεν And having calledto [him] them in parables he said αὐτοῖς, Πῶς δύναται σατανᾶς σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν; 24 καὶ tothem, How can Satan *Satan cast Vout ὃ and ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ, οὐ.δύναται σταθῆναι ἡ if akingdom against itself be divided, 315 “ποῦ "8018 Sto Ἰβίαπᾶ / 7 / 3 34 δι κ « ι ε ~ ? βασιλεία.ἐκείνη' 25 καὶ ἐὰν οἰκία ἑαυτὴν μερισθῷ, σοὺ 1that *kingdom : and if a house against itself be divided, *not δύναται" Ρσταθῆναι n-oixiaéxeivn’| 96 καὶ εἰ ὁ σατανᾶς ἀνέστη 31954Ώ]ο ‘to “stand *that *house: and if Satan hasrisen up > ~ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν Inai’ μεμέρισται," οὐ.δύναται Σσταθῆναι,! ἀλλὰ against himself and hasbeen divided, he is not able to stand, but / ” κε , ? SR (aay ee / ᾽ ών} τέλος ἔχει. 27 5 οὐ. δύναται.οὐδεὶς! τὰ σκεύη τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ, anend has. No one in any wise isable the goods ofthe strong man, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν.οἰκίαν] αὐτοῦ, διαρπάσαι, ἐὰν.μὴ πρῶτον having entered into his house, to plunder, unless first — \ 2 \ , rey. ι > LF > ~ / Pig τὸν ἰσχυρὸν δήσῃ, καὶ τότε τὴν.οἰκίαν. αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει. 28 a- γε- A λέ ε ~ er 7, ? 4 τ A ε ’ ~ μὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πάντα ἀφεθήσεται “τὰ ἁμαρτήματα τοις rily Ίξαγ to you, that all shall *be*forgiven ‘the “sins tothe υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων," Kai* βλασφημίαι Yooac'*adv" βλασ- sons of men, and blasphemies whatsoever they shall , εν > ~ φημήσωσιν' 29 ὃς.δ. ἂν βλασφημήσῃ εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ have blasphemed; but whosoever shall blaspheme against the Spirit the the strongman hebind, and then his house he will plunder. ἅγιον, οὐκ.ἔχει ἄφεσιν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, *aXXd’! ἔνοχός ἐστιν. Holy, but “liable Sto 118 αἰωνίου “κρίσεως " 80 ὅτι ἔλεγον, Πνεῦμα.ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει: eternal judgment; because they said, An unclean spirit he has, has not forgiveness to eternity, & Boavypyés LTTra. 1 ἔρχεται he comes T. will not be able TTra. LTTrAaw. divided. and τ. GLTTraW. shall be 7, τ στῆναι TTrA, οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ εἰσελθὼν τὰ σκεύη Τττ. 2 + αἱ the GLTTraw. ς ἁμαρτήματος Sin (read guilty of eternal sin) LTTra, h Μαθθαῖον Lrtra. i Καναναῖον Cananzean LTTrAW. m+ othe(crowd) Lira. δ μηδὲ LTraAW. P ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη σταθῆναι (στῆναι TrA) LFTrA. s+ ἀλλ᾽ but TTra. Κ᾿ Ἰσκαριώθ ο οὐ δυνήσεται . 4 ἐμερίσθη, καὶ he is ἴ οὐδεὶς δύναται GLTrW. eis τὴν Ἢ τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὰ ἁμαρτήματα Υ ὅσα LTTrA. 2 ἐὰν Tra. 5 ἀλλὰ LTTra, Ὁ ἔσται ΠΟῪ. 91 ἀ" Ερχονται οὖν" Γ Then come MARK. e ε 10 λ ‘ ΔΝ c σα ΑΦ ~ ἢ Α οἱ ἀδελφοὶ καὶ η.μητηρ.αὐτοῦ,! καὶ {his} brethren © and his mother, and ” fs ~ ll ? , A ? / ~ ll ? , έξω ἑστῶτες" ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτόν, Σφωνοῦντες! αὐτόν. without 4standing sent to him, calling him. 32 καὶ ἐκάθητο "ὔχλος περὶ αὐτόν" ἱεῖπον.δὲ" αὐτῷ, Ἴδού, And sat ‘a “crowd around him: and they said tohim, Behold, ἡ. μήτηρ.σου καὶ οἱ. ἀδελφοί σου " ἔξω σήτοῦσίν σε. 33 Καὶ thy mother and thy brethren without seek thee. And 12 19 ? ~ λέ tl Τί ? € , ; πι] ε Ἰδελ- ἀαπεκριση αὑτοῖς, λέγων," Τις εστιν ἡ-μητηριμου ™7" οἱ ἀδε he answered them, saying, Who is my mother or *preth- pot "μου; 94 Καὶ περιβλεψάμενος Οκύκλῳ τοὺς περὶ ren ‘my? And having looked around on *in *a *circuit those *who around ? Α tt θ [ή / py ὃ Il « =p. A © ? / αὐτὸν" καθημένους, λέγει, ῬΊδε," ἡ µήτηρ.µου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί him were sitting, ‘hesays, Behold, mymother‘ and “brethren μου" 8 ὃς. "γὰρ" ἂν mom7y "τὸ θέλημα! τοῦ θεοῦ. οὗτος ἀδελ- my: for whoever shalldo the’ will of God, he *bro- φός µου καὶ ἀδελφή.'μου" καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν. ther ‘my and my sister and mother is. 4 Kai πάλιν ἤρξατο διδάσκειν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ And again he began to teach by the sea, And Ισυνήχθη! πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλος πολύς," ὥστε αὐτὸν πἐμ- was gathered together to him τα “οτοπᾶ ‘great, sothat he having / 2 A ~ ll ~ 3 = ας δ ‘ ~ « βάντα εἰς τὸ πλοῖον" καθῆσθαι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, καὶ πᾶς ὁ entered intothe = ship sat in“ the sea,. and all the ” λ A A θάλ ? 4 ~ ~ x ll Ux 3 , : ὄχλος πρὸς THY θάλασσαν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς *Y." 2 καὶ ἐδίδασκεν crowd close to the sea on the land was. And he taught ? ‘ ? ~ id 8 3 ? κ. ? ~ αὐτοὺς ἐν παραβολαϊς πολλά, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ δι- them in parables many things, and said tothem in “teach- δαχῇ.αὐτοῦ, ὃ Ακούετε' ἰδού, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων Στοῦ! σπεῖραι ing ‘his, Hearken: behold, went out the sower to sow.” 4 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ.μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, And it came to pass as he sowed, one fell by the way, καὶ ἦλθεν τὰ πετεινὰ Ἱτοῦ. οὐρανοῦ" Kai κατέφαγεν αὐτό. and came the birds ofthe heaven and devoured it. - αἄλλ δὲ! ” Sie ἡ Δ 30 Ὁ“ ? 1 - ὃ "αλλο ὑε" ἔπεσεν ETL τὸ πετρῶδες, Ὁ οπου οὐκ.εἶχεν γὴν Andanother fell upon the rocky place, where ithadunot “earth wroAAnY’ καὶ “εὐθέως! ἐξανέτειλεν, διὰ τὸ.μὴ.ἔχειν βάθος ἃ much, and immediately it sprang up, because of not having depth γῆς 6 &)Aiov.dé ἀνατείλαντος! Βἐκαυματίσθη,' καὶ διὰ ofearth; and([the]sun having arisen it was scorched, and because of τὸ μὴ. ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη. 7 καὶ ἄλλο ἔπεσεν εἰς ετὰς" not having root it withered away. And another fell among the ἀκάνθας" καὶ ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι, καὶ συνέπνιξαν αὐτό, καὶ thorns, and °grew*up ‘the ‘*thorns, and choked it, and 4 sk a % ’ ha” Wo» ? ι - \ καρπὸν οὖκ.έδωκεν. 8 Kat '"ἄλλο" ἔπεσεν εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν fruit it yielded not. And another fell into the ground the 97 31 There came then his brethren and his mother, and, stand- ing without, sentuuto him, enailing him. 32 And the multitude sat about him, and they said unto him, Behold, thy mother and thy brethren with- out seek for thee. 33 And he answered them, saying, Who is my mother, or my brethren? 34 And he looked round about on them which sat about him, aud said, Behold my mother and my brethren ! 35 For who- soever shall do the will of God, the same is my brother, and my sister, and mother, ‘IV. And he began again to teach by the sea side : and there was gathered unto him a great multitude, so that he entered into a ship, and sat in the sea; and the whole niultitude was by the sea on theland. 2 And he taught them many things by parables, and said unto them in his doctrine, 3 Hearken ; Behold, there went out a sower to sow: 4 and it came to’pass, as he sowed, some fell by the way side, and the fowls of the air came and devoured it up. 5 Andsome fellon stony ground, where it had not much earth ; and immediately it sprang up, because it had no depth of earth: 6 but when the sun was up, it was scorch- ed ; and because it had no root, it withered a- way. 7 And some fell among thorns, and the thorns grew up, and choked it, and it yield- ed no fruit. 8 And other fell on good ground, and did yield 4 καὶ ἔρχονται LTrAW ; καὶ ἔρχεται T. ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ A. ἔ στήκοντες TTrA. ὄχλος LTTraW. καὶ λέγουσιν and they say LTTrAw. and thy sisters Lt[a]w. and LTTr. 2 — µου [τι]. ο τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν κύκλῳ LTTr. for ut [tr]a. τ τὰ θελήματα (read the things God wills) a. ἴ συνάγεται is gathered together LTTraw. TIrW) πλοῖον ἐμβάντα LTTrW. τ ἦσαν were ΤΊΤΑ. GLTTraw. 8 καὶ ἄλλο LTTrA. Ὁ + καὶ and [LTr]a. 95 καὶ ὅτε ἀνέτειλεν ὁ ἥλιος aNd When the sun was risen LTTra. Were scorched tr. 8%—7asG. 85 ἄλλα others ΤΑ. ἡ πλεῖστος Very great TTraW. Υ — τοῦ LT[Tr]A. ο εὐθὺς LTTrA. © μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ GLTTrW ; οἱ 8 καλοῦντες LTTrA. k 4 καὶ αἱ (— αἱ w) ἀδελφαί σου 1 ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς λέγει answering them ne eres TTra. P ᾿Ιδοὺ L. h Ν > x περὶ αυτον ἴῃ καὶ 4---- γὰρ 5 — µου Wy LTTrA. W εἰς τὸ (— τὸ :---τοῦ οὐρανοῦ da + τῆς 1. fa ἐκαυματίσθησαν they H 98 fruit that sprang up and ‘increased; and brought forth, some thirty, andsome sixty, and some an hundred, 9 And he said unto them, He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. 10 And when he was, alone, they that were about him with the twelve asked of him the _ parable. 11 And‘he said unto them, Unto you it is given to know the mys- tery of the king !om of Gow: but unto them that are without, all these things are done in parables: 12 that seeing they may see, and not perceive ; and hearing they may hear, and not understand ; lest at any time they should be converted, and their sins should be forgiven them, 13 And he said unto them, Know ye not this parable? and how then will ye know all parables? 14 Thesower soweth the word. 15 Ana these are they by the way side, where the word is sown ; but when they have heard, Satan cometh immedi- ately, and taketh away the word that was sown in their hearts. 16 And these are they likewise which are sown on stony greund ; who, when they have heard the word, imme- diately receive it with giadness ; 17 and have no root in themselves, and so endure but for a time’:. afterward, when affliction or per- sccution ariseth for the word’s sake, im- mediately they are of- fended. 18 And these are they which are sown among thorns; such as hear the word, 19 and thecares of this world, and the deceit- fulness of riches, and the lusts of other things entering: in, choke the word, and it becometh unfruitful. 20 And these are they, which are sown on good ground ; such as ΟΣ αὐξανόμενον LTTrAW. Ὦ καὶ ὅτε LITrA. the parables TTrA. ἁμαρτήματα (read [their sins]) [L]rtra. X ὁμοίως εἰσὶν τ. Ὁ ἀκούσαντες heard TTra, in them Tra. those TTra, ΜΑΡΚΟΣ, IV. ἐδιδ ‘ ? / {1 ΄ , eee | ἐδίδου καρπὸν ἀναβαίνοντα καὶ Ἰαὐξάνοντα,! καὶ yieided fruit, growingup and increasing, and τριάκοντα, καὶ Ἐὲν! ἑξήκοντα, καὶ Ἐὲν! ἑκατόν. thirty, and one sixty, and one a hundred, 9 Kai ἔλεγεν ἰαὐτοῖς," ™O ἔχων" ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. And hesaid tothem, Hethat has ears tohear let him hear. 7 τ ? , , , 4 ε ‘ 10 "Ὅτε. δὲ" ἐγένετο ὁκαταμόνας," Ρήρώτησαν! αὐτὸν οἱ “περὶ And when he was alone, 7asked Shim ‘those *about αὐτὸν σὺν τοῖς δώδεκα ατὴν παραβολήν." «11 καὶ ἔλεγεν Shim ‘with Sthe ‘twelve [85 ο] the parable. 2 And he said αὐτοῖς; Ὑμῖν τδέδοται γνῶναι τὸ μυστήριον! τῆς βασιλείας tothem, Toyouhasbeengiven toknow the mystery ofthe kingdom τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐκείνοις. δὲ τοῖς ἔξω, ἐν παραβολαῖς “τὰ! πάντα of God: but {ο those who are without, in parables all things γίνεται 12 ἵνα βλέποντες βλέπωσιν, καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν" καὶ ’ ‘ καλήν" καὶ good, and ἔφε ks il ρεν "εν bore one are done, that seeing they may see, and ποὺ Ῥετοθῖτο; and ἀκούοντες ἀκούωσιν, καὶ μὴ συνιῶσιν' μήποτε ἐπιστρέψω- hearing they may hear, and not tnderstand, lest they should be con- ‘ 2 04 ? ~ t \ { ΄ " 13 K \ σιν, και ἀφεθῃ αυτοις τα αμαρτήματα. αι verted, and “Ἑποι]ᾷ *be *forgiven ‘them ['their] - And λέγει αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ.οἴδατε τὴν.παραβολὴν.ταύτην; καὶ πῶς he says tothem, Perceive ye not this parable 2 and how πάσας Tac παραβολὰς γνώσεσθε; 14 0 σπείρων τὸν λόγον all the parables will ye know? The sower the word / δὴν» , 2 ε A s ς , ε/ ’ σπείρει. 15 οὗτοι.δέ εἰσιν οἱ παρὰ τὴ. ὁδόν, ὅπου σπείρεται “sins. SOWS. Andthese are they by the way, where is sown ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν, “εὐθέως! ἔρχεται ὁ σατανᾶς the word, and when they hear, immediately comes Satan καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρμένον "ἐν ταῖς. καρδίαις. αὐ- and takesaway the word that hasbcensown in their hearts, τῶν." 16 καὶ οὗτοί Χείσιν ὁμοίως" οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη And these are inlike manner they who upon the rocky places σπειρόµενοι, Ol, ὅταν ἀκούσωσιν τὸν λόγον, Σεύθεως! μετὰ are sown, who, when they hear the word, immediately with χαρᾶς λαμβάνουσιν αὐτόν, 17 καὶ οὐκ. ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυ- joy receive it, and have not root in them- ~ ᾽ ‘ , , > 5 > , , n τοῖς, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιροί. εἰσιν' εἶτα γενομένης θλίψεως 7H selyes, but temporary are; then having arisen tribulation or διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον, YevOéwc! σκανδαλίζονται. 18 καὶ persecutiononaccountofthe word, immediately they are offended. And *ovrol! είσιν οἱ cic τὰς ἀκάνθας σπειρόµενοι, οὗτοί these are they who among the thorns are sown, these εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον Ῥάκούοντες," 19 καὶ αἱ μέριμναι τοῦ are they who the word hear, and the cares αἰῶνος “τούτου! καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου καὶ at περὶ of this life and the deceit of riches and the “of, τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιθυμίαι εἰσπορευόμεναι Ἱσυμπνίγουσιν" τὸν λόγον, 3other*things ‘desires entering in choke the word, καὶ ἄκαρπος γίνεται. 20 καὶ “οὗτοί! εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν and unfruitful it becomes. And these are they who upon the ground Ne ee eS ee κ εἷς aA; εἰς απῦο τι. 1.-- αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW. ™ ὃς ἔχει LTTrAW. ο κατὰ μόνας LTTr. P ἠρώτων LTrA; ἠρώτουν T. 4 τὰς παραβολάς ¥ — γνῶναι LTTrA ; τὸ μυστήριον δέδοται TIrA. βες τα πο νὰ τ τὰ ν εὐθὺς πττα. W ἐν αὐτοῖς in them τ; εἰς αυτούς Υ εὐθὺς LTTrA. 3 ἄλλοι Others GLTTraw. 3 ἐπὶ about Τ. ο ---- τούτου this GLTTra. 4 συνπνίγουσιν ΤΑ © ἐκεῖνοζ (read 1ὲ 18 not) [i ]rx[a]. i. ‘ / = τὴν καλὴν οσπαρέντες, the good have been sown, παραδέ χονται, receive MARK. οἵτινες ἀκούουσιν τὸν λόγον καὶ such as hear the word and καὶ καρποφοροῦσιν, fev" τριάκοντα, καὶ Fé! [10], and bring forth fruit, one thirty, and one fey" ἑκατόν. 21 Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, ἔΜήτι * one a hundred. And hesaid to them, *The λύχνος ἔρχεται" ἵνα ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον τεθῇ ἢ ὑπὸ τὴν "lamp ‘comes that under the corn measure it may be put or under the κλίνην 5 οὐχ ἵνα ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, ἰἐπιτεθῇ" ; couch? [1510] mot that upon the lampstand it may be put? νι» και αν. ΜΑ : m 07° ὩΣ ἐστιν τι κρύυπτον, ο ξαν.μῆ φανερωθῃ οὖθε *is ‘anything hidden, — τας it should be made manifest, nor ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πείς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ." Ἡσβόνακοα Splace 1 *secret ως, but that to light it should come, ἑξήκοντα, καὶ sixty, and 22 ov-yap for not 23 evtuc ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω. 24 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Ἱξαπτοπεα has ears’ to hear, Βλέπετε τί ἀκουετε. ἐν Take lieed what ye hear: let him hear. And hesaid to them, ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε μετρηθήσεται with what measure ye mete it shall be measured ὑμῖν, Kat προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν" Ρτοῖς ἀκούρυσιν." 26 ὃς. γὰρ Iay to you, and [558411 ὅθε ’added 0ο” you swho *hear ; for whoever ἔχῃ." δοθήσεται αὐτῷ" καὶ ὃς οὐκ:ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει may have, *shall*be δρίνϑῃ 'to*him ; and he who has hot, even that which he has ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. shall be taken from him, 26 Kai ἔλεγεν, Οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς "ἐὰν! And he said, Thus is τς kingdom of God, as’ if ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, 27 καὶ καθεύδῃ aman should cast the seed upon the earth, and should a καὶ ἐγείρηται νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ ὁ σπόρος "βλαστάνῃ! and rise night, and day, and the seed should ae καὶ μηκύγηται ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός" 28 αὐτομάτη 'γὰρ' ἡ ‘and be lengthened how *knows*not ‘he; _ of sitself ΄ ‘for the an καρποφορεῖ, πρῶτον χόρτον, “εἶτα! στάχυν, “εἶτα! “πλήρη brings forth fruit, first a blade, then an ear, then full σιτονϊ ἐν τῷ στάχυι. 29 ὕταν.δὲ πα adel ὁ καρπός, corn in the ear. And when offers*itself ‘the fruit, ~ σεὐθέως' ἀποστέλλει τὸ δρέπανον, ὅτι παρέστηκεν ὁ θερισµός. ‘immediately he sends the sickle, for hascome_ the harvest, 30 Καὶ ἔλεγεν, Τίνι! ὁμοιώσωμεν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ; And he said, To what shall we liken the μα of God? ἢ ἐν Αποίᾳ ια, παραβάλωμεν αὐτὴν 3" 9] ὡς Ὀκόκκφ! or with what . - parable shall we SprInaRe it? As toa grain σινάπεως, ὅς, ὅταν σπαρῇ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, "μικρότερος" of mustard, which, when it has been sown upor the Sar thy less πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων "ἐστὶν" “τῶν. thanall the seeds is which ΤΑΥ͂Θ] ΡΟ the earth, and ὅταν σπαρῇ, ἀναβαίνει, καὶ γίνεται πάντων τῶν λαχάνων when it has been sown, it grows up, and, becomes "than “all *the *herbs ἐπὶ) τῆς γῆς" 82 καὶ 99 hear the word, and receive τέ, and pring forth fruit, some thirtyfold, some sixty, and some an hundred, 21 And he said unto them, Is a candle brought to be put un- der a bushel, or under a bed? and not to be set on a candlestick? 22 for there is nothing hid, which shall not be manifested; neither was any thing kept secret, but that it should come ahroad. 23 If any man have ears to hear, let him hear. 24 And he said unto them, Take heed what ye hear: with what measure ye mete it shall he che to you: and unto you that hear shall more be given. 25 For he that hath, to him shall be given: and he that hath not, from him shall be taken even that which he hath. 26. And he said, So is the kingdom of God, as if aman should cast seed into the ground; 27 and should sleep, andrise night and day, and the seed should spring and grow up, he knoweth not how. 28 For the earth bring- eth forth fruit of her- self; first the blade, then the ear, after that the full corn in ~.the ear. 29 But when the fruit is brought forth, immediately he put- teth in the sickle, be- cause the harvest is ‘come. 30 And he said, Whereunto shall we liken the kingdom of God? or with what comparison shall we compare it? 31 Jt is like a grain of mus- tard seed, which, when it is sown in the ‘earth, is less than: all the seeds that be in the earth: 32 but when it is sown, it groweth up, and becometh greater Ι than all herbs, and μείζων, καὶ ποιεῖ κλάδοὺς μεγάλους, ὥστε δύνασθαι ὑπὸ shooteth out ‘great ο ο. and produces “branches great, so that ‘°are’able ‘under πο. so that the f éyin rrr. & + ore that ΤΑ. δὲ ἔρχεται ὃ λύχνος LTTrA. As tt ι-- ὃ LTTra. m + ἵνα that 114]. P — τοῖς ἀκούουσιν GLTTrA. * βλαστᾳ ΤΤΤΓΑ. — γὰρ LTTra. v εἶτεν τι Υ εὐθὺς TTrA,. z πῶς how TTra. represent it? LTTra. 4 — ἐστὶν titra. ο--- καὶ προσ. ὑμῖν ο b κόκκον a grain GLTraWw. .© [τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς] L. i τεθῇ ΠΡΡΡΑΎ,. π ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν Tira, 4 ἔχει has Lrtra. * πλήρης σῖτος LTTrA. 5. τίνι αὐτὴν παραβολῇ θῶμεν what parable shall we © μικρότερον ov being less LTTra, Γ μείζων (μεῖζον 1) πάντων τῶν λαχάνων LITA, τ--- ἐὰν TTra. χα παραδοῖ LTTra. 100 fowls of the air may lodge under the sha- dow.of it. 33 And with many such parables spake he the word unto them, as they .were able to hear zt, 34 But without a parable spake he not unto them : and when they were alone, he ex- ounded all things to bis disciples. 35 And the same day, when the even was come, he saith unto them, Let us pass over unto the other side. 36 And when they had sent away the multi- tude, they took him even as he was in the ship, And there were also with him other little ships. 37 And there arose a great storm of wind, and the waves beat into the ship, so that it was now full. 38 And he was in the hinder part of the ship, asleep on a pillow: and they awake him,’ and say unto him, Master, carest thou not that weperish? 39 Andhe arose, and rebuked the wind, and said unto the sea, Peace, be still. And the wind ceased, and there was a great calm, 40 And he said unto them, Why are ο ‘so fearful? how is t that: ye have no faith? 41 And they feared exceedingly, and sajd one to an- other, What manner of man is this, that even the wind and the 868. obey him? V. And they came over unto the other side of the sea, ifto the country of the Ga- darenes, 2 And when he was come out of the ship, immediately there met him ‘out of the tombs 8: man with an unclean spirit, 3 who had his dwelling among the tombs; and no mancouldbindhim, © no, not with chains: MAPKOS. κ, ὁ 4 ~ ~ ~ THY σκιὰν αὐτοῦ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνοῦν. ἴθ ‘shadow ‘of ‘it the birds of the heaven to roost. 33 Καὶ τοιαύταις παραβολαῖς πολλαῖς ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς τὸν And with *such *parables tmany he spoke tothem the , ? η 4 4 λόγον, καθὼς Εἠδύναντοὶϊ ἀκούειν, 34 χωρὶς. δὲ παραβολῆς word, as they were able. to hear, but without 8 parable οὐκ.ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς" κατ’ ἰδίαν δὲ "τοῖς. μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ" ἐπέλυεν spoke he not to them; and apart to his disciples he explained TavTa. all things. 35 Καὶ “λέγει αὐτοῖς ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ὀψίας γενομένης, And hesays tothem on ἐπα day, evening being come, [ή " Διέλθωμεν εἰς τὸ πέραν. 86 Καὶ ἀφέντες τὸν ὄχλον, Let us pass over to the other sige. And having dismissed the crowd, παραλαμβάνουσιν αὐτὸν ὡς ἦν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ᾽ καὶ ἄλλα they take with (them] him as he was in the ship; also °other ἰδὲ! Ἐπλοιάρια" ἰἦν! μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 37 καὶ γίνεται “λαῖλαψ *but small ships were with him, ~And comes a "storm 7 ‘ ~ πιάγέμου μεγάλη," "τὰ δὲ" κύματα ἐπέβαλλεν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, Sof*wind ‘violent, andthe waves beat “into the ship, ὥστε αὐτὸ ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι.! 38 καὶ ἦν αὐτὸς Ρἐπὶϊ τῇ πρύ- sothat - it already . was filled. And *was *he on the stern μνῷ ἐπὶ τὸ προσκεφάλαιον καθεύδων. καὶ Ἀδιεγείρουσιν! on the cushion - sleeping. And they arouse αὐτόν, καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαχε, οὐ μέλει σοι ὅτι him, and say _ to him, Teacher, is 14 no concern to thee that ἀπολλύμεθα; 39 Καὶ διεγερθεὶς ἐπετίμησεν τῷ ἀνέμῳ, we perish 2 And having been aroused herebuked the wind, καὶ εἶπεν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, Σιώπα, πεφίμωσο. Kai ἐκόπασεν ὁ and said tothe sea, ᾿ Silence, _be quiet. And 3861] *the ἄνεμος, Καὶ ἐγένετο γαλήνη µεγάλη. 40 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, wind, and there was a7calm great. And hesaid to them, Τί δειλοί ἐσέε "οὕτως; πῶς οὐκ' ἔχετε πίστιν; 41 Kai ἐφο- Why fearful are ye thus? How “not *have7ye faith? And _ they βήθησαν φόβον μέγαν, καὶ ἔλεγον πρὺς.ἀλλήλους, Tic feared ‘[with] “fear *great, . and said one to another, Who ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι Kai ὁ ἄνεμος Kai ἡ θάλασσα λὑπακούου- _then “this 8, thateventhe wind andthe , sea obey ᾽ ~ σιν ἀὐτφῳ!; him? 5 Καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης, εἰς τὴν χώραν And they came to the other side of the sea, to the country τῶν ᾿'᾿Γαδαρηχῶν." 2 καὶ Ἱἐξελθόντι αὐτφὶ ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου, ofthe Gadarenes. And on his having gone forth out of the ship, τεὐθέως"! “ἀπήντησεν! αὐτῷ ἐκ τῶν μνημείων ἄνθρωπος immediately” met him outof the tombs a man ἐν πνεύματι.ἀκαθάρτῳ, ὃ ὃς τὴν κατοίκησιν εἶχεν ἐν τοῖς with. 81 unclean spirit, who [his] dwelling “had in. the χμνημείοις"" “Kai Σοῦτεϊ ' τἁλύσεσιν" * οὐδεὶς δή δύνατοῖ αὐτὸν ~- tombs ; and not even with chains anyone was able him - - / (lit. no one) & ἐδύναντο Ltr, * ᾿Ἄ τοῖς ἰδίοις μαθηταῖς to his own disciplesta, i— ééutr[a]. * πλοῖα ships GLTTrA. π ὑπήντησεν LTTr. 1ΤΤΙΑ:΄ ‘A ἧσαν τ. τὸ πλοῖον already was filled the ship LTTra. τ: οὔπω “not ‘yet τι. --— * αὐτῷ ὑπακούει T ; ὑπακούει αὐτῷ TTA. LTTr; Τεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes A. χ μνήμασιν (— ν GW) GLTTrAW. © + οὐκέτι any longer (lit. no longer) LTTraw, πι μεγάλη ἀνέμου LTTrA. 5 καὶ Ta LTTrA. ο ἤδη γεμίζεσθαι Ρ ἐν ἴῃ GLTTrAW. 4 ἐγείρουσιν they awake TTra. t Τερασηνῶν Gerasenes ¥ — εὐθέως L; εὐθὺς T[Tr]A. Σ ἁλύσει With a chain Ὁ ἐδύνατο LTTrA, :ἃ ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ LTTr. Υ οὐδὲ LTTrAW. oe MARK. δῆσαι, 4 διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν πολλάκις πέδαις καὶ ἁλύσεσιν δε- to bind, becausethat he often with fettersand chains had δέσθαι, καὶ διεσπᾶσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἁλύσεις, καὶ been bound, and *had *been ὅζουῃ asunder’by ‘him 1the *chains, and τὰς πέδας συντετρίφθαι, καὶ οὐδεὶς “αὐτὸν ἴσχυεν" δαμάσαι" the fetters had been shattered, and noone him wasable _ tosubdue. 5 καὶ διαπαντὸς" νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς “ὔρεσιν καὶ ἐν And continually night and day in the mountains ana in τοῖς μνήμασιν" ἦν κράζων καὶ κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις. the tombs he was crying and cutting himself with stones. 6 ᾿Τδὠν δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν, ἔδραμεν καὶ προσ- And having seen Jesus from afar, he ran and did εκύνησεν Βαὐτῷ," 7 καὶ κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ Pelzer," Τί ἐμοὶ homage to him, and crying with a *voice "loud hesaid, What tome καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ, υἱὲ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου; ὁρκίζω σε τὸν andtothee, Jesus, Son of God the Most High? lIadjure thee θεόν, μή µε βασανίσῃς. 8 ἔλεγεν.γὰρ αὐτῷ, Ἔξελθε, τὸ by God, *not *me ‘torment. For he wassaying tohim, Come forth, the πνεῦμα τὸ ἀκάθαρτον, ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 9 Καὶ ἐπηρώτα spirit the unclean, out of the man. And heasked αὐτόν, Τί ἰἷσοι.ὄνομα! ; Kai Κἀπεκρίθη, ᾿λέγων," Aeyewr" him, ὙΓπαῦ [15] thy name? And heanswered,- saying, Legion ὅτι πολλοί ἐσμεν. 10 Kai παρεκάλει αὐτὸν we are, And hebesought him λλ zy ο raw n ? \ ll ? (Ἃ ” ~ ’ 1 τ δὲ πολλά, ἵνα μὴ "αὐτοὺς"! ἀποστείλῃ ἔξω τῆς χώρας. 11 ἦν δὲ much, that not them he wouldsend out of the country. Nowthere was ἐκεῖ πρὸς τὰ ὄρη! ἀγέλη χοίρων µεγάλη βοσκομένη" 12 καὶ there just αὖ {ἴποπιοαπίβίηδα Πεγᾶ “cf*swine ‘great feeding ; and ’ ? 3 Ρ ’ ε ’ Il / ’ παρεκάλεσαν αὐτὸν Ῥπάντες οἱ δαίµονες,! λέγοντες, Πέμψον *besought Shim tall "πο *demons, ' saying, Send . ~ ” 4 / τ 2 ? Ν μαι ‘ ἡμᾶς εἰς τοὺς χοίρους, ἵνα εἰς αὐτοὺς εἰσέλθωμεν. 19 Καὶ ὄνομά.μοι, ™ myname [is], because many us into the swine, that into them we may enter. And ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς “εὐθέως ὁ Ιησοῦς.ὶ Kai ἐξελθόντα τὰ Zallowed 3them *immediately 1 Jesus, And having gone out the πνεύματα τὰ ἀκάθαρτα εἰσῆλθον εἰς τοὺς χοίρους" καὶ ὥρμησεν spirits the unclean entered into the - swine, and *rushed ἡ ἀγέλη κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν" "ἦσαν δὲ" *the “herd down the steep into the sea, (now they were we δισχίλιοι καὶ ἐπνίγοντο ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ. 14 "Οἱ δὲ" about two thousand), and they were choked in the sea. And those who βόσκοντες trove χοίρους! ἔφυγον, καὶ “ἀνήγγειλαν! εἰς τὴν fed the swine fled, and announced [10] to the / 4 4 > 4 2 / ‘ we = ll 2 ~ / ώ A πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς. καὶ “ἐξῆλθον! ἰδεῖν τί ἐστιν τὸ city and to the country. And they went out tosee what itis that γεγονός" 15 καὶ ἔρχονται πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ θεωροῦσιν has been done. And theycome to Jesus, and see τὸν δαιμονιζόμενον καθήμενον “καὶ! ἱματισμένον καὶ σωφρο- the possessed by demons sitting and clothed and of sound νοῦντα, τὸν ἐσχηκότα τὸν Σλεγεῶνα Ἱ καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 16 καὶ mind, him who had __ the legion : and they were afraid. And 101 4 because that he had been often bound with fetters and chains, and the chains had been lucked asunder by im, and the fetters broken in pieces : nei- ther could any man tame him. 5 And al- ways, night and day, he was in the moun- tains, and in the tombs, crying, and cutting himself with stones. 6 But when he saw Jesus afar off, he ran and worshipped - him, 7 and cried with a loud voice, and said, What have I to do with thee, Jesus, thou Son of the most high God? I adjure thee by God, that thou tor- ment menot. 8 For he said unto him, Come out of the man, thou unclean spirit. 9 And he asked him, What is thy name? And he answered, saying, My name is Legion: for we are many. 10 And , he besought him much that he would not send them away out of the country. 11 Now there was there nigh unto the mountains a great herd of swine feeding. 12 And all the devils besought him, saying, Send us into the swine, that we may enter into them. 13 And forth- with Jesus gave them leave. And the unclean spirits went out, and entered into the swine: and the herd ran vio- lently down a steep place into the ses, (they were about two thousand;) and were choked in the sea. 14 And they that fed the swine flied, .and told zt in the city, and in the country. And they went out to see what it was that was done. 15 And they come to Jesus, and see him that was possessed with the devil, and had the legion, sitting, and clothed, and in his right mind: and they were afraid. 16 And they that saw --- ο ο. -. ο ο ο. -ἴἥ-ἴίἍο-------------- © ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν LTTrAW. Ἢ καὶ ἰδὼν TTrA. & αὐτόν A. αὐτῷ he says to him Girtraw. 9 τῷ ὄρει the mountain GLTTraw. besought) rrra. 4 -- εὐθέως ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he allowed) [L]rtr[a]. 3 καὶ οἱ LTTrA. t αὐτοὺς them GLTTraw. they went LTmaw. χ.-- καὶ LTT, Β λέγει he sayS LTTraw. 1 Λεγιὼν LTTrA. y λεγιώνα LTTrA, 7 ἀπήγγειλαν told GLTTraw. ἃ διὰ παντὸς AL: ὃ μνήμασιν (---ν GW) καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν GLTTraWw. 1 ὄνομά σοι LTTrA. m+ εστιν is 1.. Ρ — πάντες GW[L]; — πάντες οἱ δαίμονες (read they τ--- ἦσαν δὲ [L Κλέγει > . 2 αυτα TTr. ΤΑ. π ἦλθον 102 it told them how it befell to him that was possessed with the de- vil, and also concern- ing the swine. 17 And they began to pray him to depart out of their coasts. 18 And when he wascome into’ the- ship, he that had been possessed with the devil prayed him that he might be with him. 19 Howbeit Jesus suffered him not, but saith unto him, Go home to thy friends, and tell them how great things the Lord hath done for thee, and hath had com- assion on thee. 20 And edeparted, and began to publish in Decapotis how great things Jesus had done for him: and all men did marvel. 21 And when Jesus was passed over again by ship unto the other side, much people ga- thered unto him: an he was nigh unto the sea. 22-And, behold, there cometh one of the rulers of the syna-~ gogue, Jairus by name; and when he saw him, he fell at his feet, 23 and besought him. greatly, saying, My little daughter lieth ai the point of death: 1 pray thee, come and lay thy hands on her, that she may be heal- ed ; and she shall live. 24 And Jesus went with him: and much people followed him, and throrged him. 25 And a certain wo- man, which had an issue of blood twelve years, 26 and had suf- fered many thiugs of Many physicians, and had spent all that she had, and was nothing bettered, but rather grew worse, 27 when she had heard of Jesus, came in the press be- hind, and touched his garment. 28 For she said, If I may touch but his clothes, I shall be whole. 29 And 3 ἐμβαίνοντος [was] entering LTTrAW. ς — Ἰησοῦς (7'ead he did not suffer) G[u}rtraw. ἴ πεποίηκεν has done GLTTraw. 1. παρακαλεῖ he beseeches στιὰ. πι ζήσῃ may live Letra. 9 + τὰ the things 7[a]. σοι TTra. Ἱ παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν.. 22 Kai *idov," ἔρχεται εἷς. τῶν ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. γι διηγήσαντο αὐτοῖς οἱ ἰδόντες, πῶς ἐγένετο τῷ δαι- ®related 7to ®them ‘those 7who “had *seen (*it]how it happened tohim pos- / 4 ‘ ~ ’ A μονιζοµένῳ, καὶ περὶ τῶν χοίρων. 17 καὶ ἤρξαντο παρα- sessed by demons, and concerning the swine, And they began ἴο be-. καλεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπελθεῖν ἀπὸ τῶν.ὁρίων αὐτῶν. 18 Kai seech him to depart from their borders. And 12 , " ? ~ ? \ λ ~ / > ‘ ς ἐμβάντος' αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ 'πλοῖον, παρεκάλει αὐτὸν ὁ having entered ‘he into the ship, ®besought *him the ?who δαιµονισθείς, ἵνα “ὃ. µμετ αὐτοῦ." 19 Po δὲν Shad “been *possessed “by 7demons that hemight be with him. But ΦΙησοῦς" οὐκ.ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ λέγει αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν Jesus did not suffer him, but says to him, Go to οἶκόν.σου πρὸς τοὺς.σούς, καὶ ἀνάγγειλον" αὐτοῖς ὅσα σοι thy house to thineown, and announce to them how much forthee ὁ κύριος! ἐποίησεν," καὶ ἠλέησέν σε. 20 Kai ἀπῆλθεν καὶ the Lord did, and pitied thee. And hedeparted and ἤρξατο κηρύσσειν ἔν τῇ Δεκαπόλει, ὅσα ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ began toproclaim in Decapolis, how much *had *done ‘for *him Ἰησοῦς' καὶ πάντες ἐθαύμαζον. 1Jesus; απᾶ ο wondered. 21 Καὶ διαπεράσαντος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ ὑπάλιν εἰς And ΣΠατίης *passed *over Jesus in 6 ship again _ to 9 , » ΄ ι τὸ πέραν.! συνήχθη ὄχλος πολὺς ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, καὶ ἦν the other side; *was *gathered 1 “crowd ὥρυθαῦ to hin, and he was ἀρχι- by the And _ behold, one of the rulers of συναγώγων, ὀνόματι Ἰάειρος, καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτόν, πίπτει πρὸς the synagogue, by name Jairus, and seeing him, falls at τοὺς.πόδας αὐτοῦ" 23 καὶ Ἱπαρεκάλει! αὐτὸν πολλά, λέγων, his feet ; and hebesought , him much, saying ε a ΄ , > / 3” er > ‘ Οτι τὺ.θυγάτριόν.µου ἐσχάτως. ἔχεϊ" ἵνα ἐλθὼν My little daughter is at the last extremity, [I pray] that having come ἐπιθῆς "αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας," Ἰόπωςὶ σωθῇ καὶ thou wbuldest lay on her [thy] hands, so that she may be cured, and πιζήσεται. 24 Και ἀπῆλθεν per αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἠκολούθει αὑτῷ she shall live. And he departed with him, and “followed .*him ὄχλος πολύς, καὶ συνέθλιβον αὐτόν. 2 Καὶ γυνή ὅτις! 1 οχουγᾶ “great, and pre:ssedon him, And a *woman ‘certain οὖσα ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος °érn δώδεκα," 26 καὶ πολλὰ παθοῦσα being with aflux ofblood “years ‘twelve, and much having suffered ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἰατρῶν, καὶ δαπανήσασα τὰ.παρ Ῥέαυτῆς! under many physicians, and having spent “her “means ᾽ὔ ‘ A 2 ~ αι >? A ~ > 4 ~ πάντα, καὶ μηδὲν ὠφεληθεῖσα ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸ. χεῖρον 568. comes tall, and in no way havimg benefited but rather “to “worse 3 ~ 7 4 ~ ~ ~ i ἐλθοῦσα, 27 ἀκούσασα 4 περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἐλθοῦσα ἐν thaving *come, having heard concerning Jesus, having come in τῷ ὄχλῳ. ὄπισθεν, ἥψατο τοῦ.ἱματίου.αὐὑτοῦ' 28 ἔλεγεν.γάρ, the crowd behind, touched his garment ; for she said, "Οτι Tkdy τῶν ἱματίων. αὐτοῦ ἅψωμαι." σωθήσομαι. 29 Kai If but his garments I shall touch, I shall be cured. And Ὁ καὶ and GLTTraw. ἃ ἀπάγγειλον tell Lrtraw. © ὁ κύριός δν εἰς τὸ πέραν πάλιν 1. bh — ἰδού [nL] tra. k τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ LITA. ε ἵνα in order that tra. Ὦ — τις LTTrA]. ο δώδεκα ἔτη T. Ρ αὐτῆς OLTraWw. ; ἐὰν ἄψωμαι κἂν τῶν ἱματίων αὐτοῦ TA. ον. 3 μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἢ LTTrAW. σας! τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον λέγει τῷ ἀρχισυναγώγῳ, _ruler of the synagogue, and he beaolds atumult, [people] weeping and Vv. MARK. 103 ρεὐθέωσ! ἐξηράνθη ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ.αἵματος.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἔγνω ος immediately was dried up the fountain of her blood, and she know @yied up; and she felt τῷ σώματι ὅτι ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος. 90 καὶ "εὐθέως" πα ση κ ener] body that she ο from the scourge. πα ντος πρ plague, 30 And Jesus, ε ~ Π ~ \ ας, ~ Ω “ 3 ο ὁ Inoove, ἐπιγνοὺς ἐν εαυτῳ τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν immediately knowing in himself that virtue a = 5 a ; ἌΝ Ἧ τ = had gone out of him, ἐξελθοῦσαν, ἐπιστραφεὶς ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ, ἔλεγεν, Τίς µου ἥψατο turned him about in had a a having pore in the scala said, we 9Ε me epee Ὃ ο ΕΗ ee τῶν ἱματίων; 31 Καὶ ἔλεγον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ, Βλέπεις clothes? 31 And his the garments? And #said *to *him ‘his 2disciples, Thou secst “isciplessaiduntohim, τ ο) : δ ς ; ἐς = Thou seest the multi- τὸν ὄχλον συνθλίβοντά σε, καὶ λέγει, Τίς µου ἥψατο; tude thronging thee, the crowd pressing on thee, and sayest thou, Who me _ touched? Ὃ ος ΔῊΝ 32 Καὶ περιεβλέπετο ἰδεῖν τὴν τοῦτο ποιήσασαν. 93 ἡ-.δὲ he looked round about And he looked round ἕο 560 her who’ this had done, Bat the to see her that had 8 ας 5 : ee. Ἢ ; ern done this thing. 33 But Υυγ1) φοβηθεῖσα και τρεμοῦσα, ειουια ο γέγονεν é7 © the woman fearing woman being frightened and trembling, knowing what had been done upon 884 trembling, know- ΙΝΕ P ᾿ anes ο. πι Le ing what was done in αὐτῇ, ἦλθεν καὶ προσέπεσεν αὐτῷ, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ πᾶσαν her, came and fell Jesus, knowing in himself [that] the “out “of *him tpower her, came and felldownbefore him, and _ told him all down before him, and η ae © “IN ee ο ο. nf i « told him alli the truth. τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 34 ὁ.δὲ " εἶπεν αὐτῇ, YOvyarep," ἡ.πίστις.σου. 34 And he said unto the truth. Andhe said toher, Daughter, thy faith “her, Daughter, thy , , ἘΝῚ, > ae. ιν € 4 > ‘ ~ , faith hath made thee σεσωκεν σε" ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρηνην, και ἴσθι ὑγιὴς ἀπὸ τῆς µάστι- Whole; go in peace, hascured thee; go in peace, and be sound from ?scourge and be whole of thy , : » Ske ~ » ἘΣΤῚ ος plague, 35 While he yoc cov. 35 “Eri αὐτοῦ. λαλοῦντος, ἔρχονται ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχι- γοξ spake, there came thy. [While] yet he is speaking, they come from the ruler of from the cee of the συναγώγου, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἡ.θυγάτηρ.σου ἀπέθανεν" τί ἔτι tin which said, Thy the synagogue’s [house], saying, Thy daughter isdead; whystill daughteris dead: why , τ ΄ : ει ο. Αμ ll νο”. Ἰτοιριθῦ thou the σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον ; 36 Ὁ δὲ ᾿Ιησοῦς "εὐθέως" γἀκού- Master any further? troublest thou the teacher? But Jesus immediately, having 36 As soon as Jesus Μὴ heard the word that was spoken, he saith heard the word spoken, says to the ruler of the synagogue, "Not unto ἯΣ ruler of the φοβοῦ" µόνον πίστευε. 37 Καὶ οὐκάφῆκεν οὐδένα ταὐτῷ!" Sypogoeus, Be Rot fear ; only believe. And he suffered no one him 37 And he suffered no ασυνακολουθῆσαι,! εἰ μὴ ἢ Πέτρον καὶ ᾿Ἱάκωβον καὶ Ιωάννην ™man to follow him, save Peter, and James, to accompany, except Peter and James and John and John the brother τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἰακώβου. 88 καὶ “ἔρχεται! εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ οἳ James. 38 And he the brother of James. And he comes to the house ofthe pointe όν τ ΗΝ τα ες 1 ώ i ῃ 7 qd κλαί i gogue, and seeth the ἀρχισυναγώγου. Kai θεωρεῖ θόρυβον, κλαίοντας καὶ Ἴνα τιν beanie Ε : ; ς 3 ‘ κ ΕἾ ΤΉ , wept and wailed great- ἀλαλάζοντας πολλά. 39 καὶ εἰσελθὼν λέγει αὐτοῖς, Te ly. 39 And when he wailing greatly. And having entered he says tothem, Why Was come in, he saith Jo “ ; ζ = ΠΑ ο ὦ ᾿ς unto them, Why 18 ΚΘ θορυβεῖσθε καὶ κλαίετε; τὸ παιδίον ᾿οὐκ.ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ ye this ado, and weep? meke yea tumult and weep? the child is not dead, ° but a Ὃ poses the καθεύδει. 40 Kai κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ. «ὁ δὲ ἐκβαλὼν Ἱἅπαν- they laughed him to sleeps. And theylaughedat him. But he having put out all, scorn, But when he Π , . , Ἐ- at : ἣ had put them all out, τας)! παραλαμβάνει τὸν πατέρα τοῦ παιδίου καὶ τὴν he taketh the father takes with [him] tke father ofthe child and the andthe mother of the ot, \ ‘ > ae hs , ε/ - « damsel, απᾶ them that μῆτερα και τοὺς μετ αὐτοῦ, και εισπορευεται οπου 1ν TO were with him, and mother and those with him, and enters in where *was 'the entereth in where the , > , i 4 , Ξ 1 ~ damscl was _ lying. παιδίον ξἀνακείμενον.ὶ 41 καὶ κρατήσας τῆς χειρὺς τοῦ 41 And he took the *child lying. And having taken’ the hand of the damsel by the hand, , D γεν lawl τμ , and said unto her, παιδίου, λέγει αὐτῇ, Tadi9a, Βκοῦμι"" Ὁ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευό- Talitha cumi # which child, hesays ἕο μοῦ, Talitha, koumi; which is, being inter- is, being interpret- 5 εὐθὺς ΤΊτΑ. t — ἐπ’ (vead to-her) [L}1Tra. νυ + Ἰησοῦς JesusL. * Θυγάτηρ LTra- Σ --- εὐθέως [L]tTr[a]. Υ παρακούσας having disregarded Trra. 2 μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ With him TTra, ἃ ἀκολουθῆσαι to follow L. Ὁ + τὸν ΤΊΤΑ. ο ἔρχονται they come LTTraw. ᾿ὰ 4 καὶ aud GLTTraw. © αὐτὸς LY Tr, ἴ πάντας GLIT.AW ὅ --- ἀνακείμενον GL ΤΑ. Ρ κούμ τ; κοῦμ Tra, 104 ed, Damscl, I say unto thee, arire. 42 And _ straightway the damsel arose, and walked; for she was of the age of twelve years. And they were astonished with a great astonishment. 43 And he charged them straiily that no man should know it; ant commanded that soiething should be given her to cat. Vi. And he went out from thence, and eame into his own country ; and his disci- ples follow him, 2 And when the sabbath day was come, he began to teach in the syna- fogue: and many hearing him were as- tonished, saying, From whence hath this man these things ?and what wisdom zs this which is given unto him, that even such mighty works are wrought by his hands? 3 Is not this the carpenter, the son of Mary, the bro- ther of James, and Joses, andof Juda, and Simon? and are not his sisters here with us? And they were of- fended at him. 4 But Jesus said unto them, A prophet is not with- out honour, but in his own country, and a- mong his own kin, and in his own house, 5 And he could there do no mighty work, save that he Jaid his hands upon a few sick folk, and healed them. 6 And he marvelled because of their un- belief. And he went round about the vil- Jages, teaching. ° 7 And he called unto him the twelve, and began to send them forth by twoand two; and gave them power over unclean spirits; and commanded them that they should take nothing for their journey, save a staff only; no 5607], no bread, no money in their purse: 9 but be shod withsandals ; and ΜΑΡΚΟΣ, τοι μένον, Τὸ κοράσιον, σοὶ λέγω, Ἰέγειραι.! 42 Kai Χεὐθέωςὶ preted, Damsel, to thee I Say, arise. And immediately ἀνέστη τὸ κοράσιον καὶ περιεπάτει, ἦν.γὰρ ἐτῶν δώδεκα. arose the damsel and walked, forshe was “years ‘twelve [old]. καὶ ἐξέστησαν } ἐκστάσει μεγάλῃ. 49 καὶ διεστείλατο And τοῦτο) καὶ εἶπεν that noone shouldknow this; and hesaid [that some- δοθῆναι αὐτῇ φαγεῖν. thing]should be giventoher το eat, ὃ Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, καὶ "ἦλθεν! εἰς τὴν.πατρίδα.αὐτοῦ' And Τε went out thence, and came into his [own] country ; καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ" 2 καὶ γενομένου" and 3follow *him *his “disciples. And “being *come σαββάτου ἤρξατο οἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ διδάσκειν" καὶ Ῥ πολλοὶ 1βαρραῦἩ he began in the synagogue to teach ; and many 7 / ? , [ή ; , ~ ἀκούοντες ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες, Πόθεν τούτῳ ταυτα; hearing were astonished, saying, Whence to this [man] these things ς Kai τίς ἡ σοφία ἡ δοθεῖσα αὐτῷ," ὅτι" καὶ δυνάμεις and what the wisdom that has been given tohim, that even “works *%of *power τοιαῦται διὰ τῶν.χειρῶν. αὐτοῦ "γίνονται ;" 3 οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν such by his hands are done? “not “this 7is ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς Μαρίας, “ἀδελφὸς. δὲ! ᾿Ιακώβου καὶ VIwoiy! the carpenter, the son of Mary, and brother of James and Joses αὐ , \ , A > ῬΑ. « 2 ‘ ? ~ “ καὶ Ἰούδα καὶ Σίμωνος; καὶ οὐκ.εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε and Judas and Simon? and are not his sisters here πρὸς ἡμᾶς; Kai ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ. 4 Ξἔλεγεν δὲ" αὐτοῖς with us? Aud they were offended in him. But “said *to *them ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῇ 1 Jesus, ®Not is 5a prophet without honour, except in πατρίδι αὑτοῦ!" καὶ ἐν τοῖς Ζσυγγενέσιν! 3 καὶ ἐν τῇ his [own] country and among [his] kinsmen and Ἱπ + οἰκίᾳ. αὑτοῦ". 5 Καὶ οὐκ “ἠδύνατο! ἐκεῖ ἠοὐδεμίαν δύναμιν his [own] house. And he was “able *there ‘notany work of power ποιῆσαι," εἰ μὴ ὀλίγοις ἀῤῥώστοις ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας to do, except ona few infirm having laid [his] hands ἐθεράπευσεν. 6 καὶ ἐθαύμαζεν! διὰ τὴν.ἀπιστίαν.αὐ- he healed [them]. And hewondered because of their unbelief. TOY" καὶ περιῆγεν τὰς κώμας κύκλῳ διδάσκων. And he went δροὰῦ the villages inacircuit teaching. A ~ ‘ - ‘A » ? ‘A 7 Καὶ προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα, καὶ ἤρξατο αὐτοὺς And he calls to Πίτα] the twelve, and began them > , , / v2 / ᾽ ~ ? / ~ , ἀποστέλλειν δύο.δύο, καὶ ἐδίδου αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τῶν πνευμά- 1ο 5οπᾶ forth twoandtwo,and gave tothem authority overthe spirits των τῶν ἀκαθάρτων 8 καὶ παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδὲν the unclean ; and he charged them that nothing ” 4 ? .-.7 > Ars Sy , = ἂς | eae αἴρωσιν εἰς ὁδόν, εἰ μὴ ῥάβδον μόνον" μὴ Ιπήραν, they should take for [the] way, except ἃ staff only; no provision bag, μὴ ἄρτον," μὴ εἰς τὴν ζώνην χαλκόν" 9 FadX’! ὑποδεδεμένους nor bread, nor in the belt money ; but be shod And they were amuzed with 7amazement ~ / ~ αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνῷ" them much 1ργοαῦ. he charged i ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. Ὁ έρχεται COMES TTrAW. to this [man] τττΑ, ἀδελφὸς LTTrAW. ἑαυτοῦ T, - ο ἐδυνατο TTrA. πήραν TTra, Σ συγγενεῦσιν Tr. ἕ ἀλλὰ LIT AW. Κ εὐθὺς ΤΤτΑ. 1+ εὐθὺς immediately τ[ττ]α. ™ γγοῖ LTTrA. ο διδάσκειν ἐν TH συναγωγῇ TTr. Ρ + οἱ the T[Al]. 4 τούτῳ ¥ — ὅτι GLTTrAW. 5 γινόμεναι Tr. t 4+ τῆς TTra. uy καὶ Σ αὐτοῦ LTrAW 5 Ὁ αὐτοῦ LTTraW. Γᾷρτον, μὴ ¥ Ἰωσῆτος LITrA. * καὶ ἔλεγεν and *-aid LITra. 3 + αὐτοῦ his (kinsmen) [L]1tra ἁποιῆσαι οὐδεμίαν δύναμιν LTTrA. ε ἐθαύμασεν T, Wi. MARK. σανδάλια. καὶ μὴ "ἐνδύσησθε" δύο χιτῶνας. 10 Kai ἔλεγεν with sandals; and put not on two tunics. And he said ox wae so 4 , ~ ’ αὐτοῖς, “Oroviiay" εἰσέλθητε εἰς οἰκίαν, ἐκεῖ μένετε ἕως ἂν to them, Wherever yeenter into ahouse, there remain until ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν. 11 καὶ Ἐὔσοι.ἂν μὴ.δέξωνται" ὑμᾶς, μηδὲ ye go out thence. And asmanyas willnotrececive you, nor ἀκούσωσιν ὑμῶν, ἐκπορευόμενοι ἐκεῖθεν, ἐκτινάξατε τὸν your hear you, Geparling thence, shake off the dust ~ ~ ε - , ~ A τὸν ὑποκάτω τῶν.ποδῶν ὑμῶν, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. Ἰάμὴν which [is] under your feet, for atestimony tothem. Verily 3 ~ ” ΄ λε 4 uP λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται Σοδόμοις ἢ Τομόῤῥοις ἐν ἡμέρᾳ Isay to you, more tolerable it shall be forSodom ος Gomorrha in = day κρίσεως, ἢ τῇ.πόλει.ἐκείνη.ὶ 12 Καὶ ἐξελθόντες ™éxyovo- of judgment than, for that city. 4nd having βου οὐ they pro- cov" ἵνα "μετανοήσωσιν." 18 καὶ δαιμόνια πολλὰ ἐξέβαλλον, claimed that[men] should repent. And *demons ‘many they cast out, καὶ ἤλειφον ἐλαίῳ πολλοὺς ἀῤῥώστους καὶ ἐθεράπευον. and anointed withoil many infirm and heaied them), 14 Καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης, «φανερὸν.γὰρ And ‘heard the Sking 1Herod [of nimi, for public x 7 - ‘ ? , ε ἐγένετο τὸ. ὕνομα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ Edeyer," Ὅτι Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπ- became his name, and he said, John the Bap- τίζων Ῥὲκ νεκρῶν ἠγέρθη," καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐνεργοῦ- tist fromamong([the] dead isrisen, and because of this Sope- σιν αἱ δυνάμεις ἐν αὐτῷ. 15 "Αλλοώ ἔλεγον, “Or: “HXiac" rate 'the ?works*of*powerin him, Others said, Elias ἐστίν" ἄλλοι. δὲ ἔλεγον, Ότι προφήτης "ἐστίν," 'ῆ" we εἷς τῶν it is; and others said, A prophet it is, or as one ozthe προφητῶν. "16 ᾿Ακούσας. δὲ ὁ Ἡρώδης εἶπεν! Ὅτι! ὃν prophets. But having heard Herod said, 2Whom ἐγώ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ιωάννην, οὗτός “ἐστιν αὐτὸς"! ἠγέρθη T *beheaded 1 John, he it is, He is risen γὲκ νεκρῶν." 17 Αὐτὸς. γὰρ ὁ Ἡοώδης ἀποστείλας from among [the] dead. For *himself 1Herod having sent ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν *r7 φυλακῇ, seized John, and bound him in the prison, διὰ Ἡρωδιάδα τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ. αὐτοῦ, onaccountof Herodias the wife of Philip his brother, rT ? ‘ ἀρ ων νο 4 OM , κε ᾽, ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν. 18 ἔλεγεν. γὰρ ὁ Ἰωάννης τῷ Ἡρώδῃ, because her he had married. For said John to Herod, Ότι οὐκ.ἐξεστίν σοι ἔχειν τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ. σου. It is not lawful for thee tohave the wife of thy brother. 19 Ἡ δὲ Ἡρωδιὰς ἐνεῖχεν αὐτῷ, καὶ "Ίθελενὶ αὐτὸν ἀπο- But Herodias held it againsthim,and wished Shim ‘to ~ 9 Α > 3 / « ‘ «ε ’ ᾽ - 4 κτεῖναι" καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο. 20 ὁ.γὰρ Ἡρώδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν kill, and was not able: for Herod feared Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς αὐτὸν ἄνδρα. δίκαιον καὶ ἅγιον, καὶ John, knowing ‘him [tobe] aman just and holy, and συνετήρει αὐτόν' καὶ ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ, πολλὰ Ὀἐποίει," καὶ kept *safe thim ; and having heard him, manythings did, and 105 not put on two coats. 10 And he said unto them, In what place soever ye enter into an house, there abide till ye depart’ from that place. 1] And whosoever shall not receive you, nor hear you, wher ye depart thence, shake off the dust under your feet for a testimony a- gainst them, VerilyI say unto you, It shall be more tolerable for Sodom and Gomorrhka in the day of judge ment, than for that city. 12 And they went ozt, and preached that men should re- pent. 13 And they cast out many deviis and anointed with οἱ many that were sicx, and healed them. 14 And king Herod heard of him; (for his mame was spread a- broad:) ayd he said, That John the Baptist was risen from the dead, and therefore mighty works de shew forth themsclyes in him. 15 Others said Thatitis Elias, An Others said, That it is & prophet, or as onc of the prophets. 16 Bit when “Herod heard thereof, he said, It is John, whom I behead- ed: he is risen from the dead. 17 For Herod himself had sent forth and laid hold upon John, and bound him in prison for Herodias’ sake, his brother Phi- lip’s wife: for he had married her. 18 For Jobn had said unto Herod, It is not law- ful for thee to have thy brother’s ' wife. 19 Therefore Herodias had a quarrel against him, and would have killed him; but she could not : 20 for Herod feared John, knowing that he was a just man and an holy, and ob- served him ; and when he heard him, ke did many things, and Ἀ ἐνδύσασθαι E. will not receive rrra, ἢ μετανοῶσιν LTTrA. νεκρῶν ἀνέστη A, ν" ἔλεγεν TTrA, 5--- τῇ GLITraw. i ἂν LTr, 1 — ἀμὴν λέγω .... TH πόλει ἐκείνῃ G[L]TTra. ο ἔλεγον they said 1, a + déalso tTTraw. τ Ηλείας T. w — Ὅτι LTTrA. πω ἐστιν αὐτὸς G[L]TTra. 8 ἐζητει Sought 1. κ ἐὰν for ἂν L ; ὃς ἂν τόπος μὴ δέξηται whatsoever place πι ἐκήρυξαν TTTA, Ρ ἐγήγερται (has risen) ἐκ νεκρῶν {τττ; ἐκ 5 --- ἐστίν [Ἁ,]τνΑ. Υ — ἐκ νεκρῶν T[Trja. Ὁ ἠπόρει Was at a loss [about] τ. t — ἢ GLTTraW. 100 "heard him gladly. 21 And when a con- venient day was come, that Herod on his birthday made a sup- per to his lords, high captains, and chief estates of Galilee; 22and when the daugh ter of thesaid Herodias : came in, and danced, and pleased Herod and them that sat with him, the king saidunto the damsel, Ask of me whatsoever thou τν ilt, and I will giveizt thee. 23 And he sware unto her, Whatsoever thou shalt ask of me, 1 will ve it thee, unto the ae of my kingdom. 24 Andshe went forth, and said unto her mo- ther, What shall Task? And she said, The head of John the Baptist. 25 And she came in straightway with haste unto the king, and asked, saying, 1 will that thou give me by and by in acharger the head of John the Baptist. 26 And the king was exceeding sorry ; vet for his oath’s sake, and for their sakes which sat with him, he would not re- ject her. 27 And im- mediately the king sent an executioner, and commanded his head to be brought: and he went and be- headed him in the rison, 28 and brought is head in a charger, and gaveit tothe dam- sel: and the damsel gave it to her mother. 29 And when his disci- ples heard of it, they came and took up his corpse, and laid it in 8. tomb. 30 And the apostles gathered themselves together unto Jesus, and told him all things, both what they had done, and what they had taught. 31 And he said unto them, Come ye yourselves apart ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. VI. ἡδέως αὐτοῦ ἤκουεν. 21 καὶ γενομένης ἡμέρας. εὐκαίρου, “ὅτε! gladly him heard. And *being *come ‘an “opportune sie when Ἠρώδης τοῖς.γενεσίοις.αὐτοῦ δεῖπνον Herod on his birthday 8 supper αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῖς χιλιάρχοις καὶ τοῖς πρώτοις τῆς Γαλιλαίας, this and to the chief captains and to the first [men] of Galilee ; 22 Kai εἰσελθούσης τῆς θυγατρὸς αὐτῆς τῆς Ἠρωδιάδος, καὶ and Shaving ’come%in'the Ἀἁαιρ]ίεγ 2οξ *herself Herodias, and ὀρχησαμένης, «καὶ ἀρεσάσης" τῷ Ἡρώδῃ καὶ τοῖς συνανα- ἀἐποίει" τοῖς μεγιστᾶσιν made to “great *men having danced, and pleased Herod and those reclining κειμένοις, ἰεἶπεν ὁ βασιλεὺς" τῷ κορασίῳ, Αἴτησόν με {at table] with [him], “said ‘the ἜΠὃῸΕ tothe damsel, Ask me Ὁ ἐὰν θέλῃς, καὶ δώσω σοί" whatever thou wilt, and I will give to thee. And heswore to her, Ὁ ἐὰν µε αἰτήσῃς, δώσω coi, ἕως ἡμίσεας τῆς βιισιλείας Whatever me thou mayest ask, Iwill give thee, to half of *kingdom μου. 24 5Ἡ δὲ! ἐξελθοῦσα εἶπεν τῇ.μητρὶ. αὐτῆς, Τί Βαίτή- 28 καὶ ὦμοσεν αὐτῇ, Ὅτι 17, And she havinggoneout said to her mother, What = shalll σοµαι;! Ἡ δὲ εἶπεν, Τὴν "εφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Ἰβαπτιστοῦ.! ask? Andshe said, The head of John the Baptist. 25 Kai εἰσελθοῦσα Κεὐθέωςὶ μετὰ σπουδῆς πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα, And having entered immediately with haste to 186 . king, pe , , “ 1 ~ ? τμ Τι ἐκ / ἠτήσατο, λέγουσα, Θέλω ἵνα ‘por δῷς ἐξ.αὐτῆς" ἐπὶ πίνακι she asked, saying, Idesire that tome thou give atonce upon a dish τὴν κεφαλὴν Ἰωάννου τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ. 26 Καὶ περίλυπος the head of John the Baptist. And Svery ®sorrowful ενόµενος ὁ βασιλεύς, διὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς [116] *made ‘the "ΚίΙπςδ, onaccountof the oaths and those who m , 1] ? Ἰ0ελ l > ‘A 10 ~ ἡ Φ . συνανακειµενους" ουκ.ἤϑελησεν "αὐτην ἀθετῆσαι. καὶ reclined [αὖ table] with [him], would not *her reject. And δεὐθέως' ἀποστείλας ὁ βασιλεὺς Ῥσπεκουλάτωραὶἳ ἐπέταξεν immediately *havinug *sent ‘the *king a guardsman ordered αἐνεχθῆναι' tHv.cepartyy.abrov™. 28 5ὁ.δὲ" ἀπελθὼν ἀπεκε- to be brought his head. And he having gone be- φάλισεν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤνεγκεν τὴν.κεφαλὴν. αὐτοῦ headed him in the prison, and _ brought his head ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν τῷ κορασίῳ' καὶ τὸ κοράσιον upon adish, and = gave it tothe damsel, and the damsel ἔδωκεν αὐτὴν τῇ.μητρὶ.αὐτῆς. 29 Kai ἀκούσαντες οἱ μαθηταὶ gave it to her mother, And having heard [it] ?disciples αὐτοῦ ἵήλθον,' καὶ ἦραν τὸ. πτῶμα. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔθηκαν "αὐτὸ"! this came, and took up his corpse, and laid it ἐν τῷ! μνημείῳ. in the tomb. 90 Καὶ συνάγονται οἱ ἀπόστολοι πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ And “are *gathered αρα ‘the Σαρορί]ες to Jesus, and ἀπήγγειλαν αὐτῷ πάντα, "καὶ ὅσα ἐποίησαν καὶ "ὅσα" they related tohim allthings, both what they Παᾶ ἆοποθ and what ἐδίδαξαν. 31 καὶ Yeirev' αὐτοῖς, Δεῦτε ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ they had taught. And hesaid tothem, Come ye yourselves © 6 τε L. i βαπτίζοντος TTrA. {at table] Trra. 4 ἐνέγκαι [him] to bring TTra, gone he beheaded) trvra. Wem καὶ LITrAW. EGLTTraw. 4 ἐποίησεν LTTrA. λεὺς εἶπεν and the king said TT-a. ©npeoevshe pleased στιὰ. { εἶπεν δὲ ὁ βασιλεὺς τι; ὁ δὲ βασι- 6 καὶ and TTra. Ὁ αἰτήσωμαι Should 1 ask ΗΤΤΥΑΝΥ. Κ εὐθὺς LTIrA, | ἐξᾳυτῆς δῷς μοι LTTrA. ™ ἀνακειμένους reclined Ὁ ἀθετῆσαι αὐτήν TTrA. © εὐθὺς TTrA. P σπεκουλάτορα LTT*AW, Γ + [emt πίνακι] on a dish L. 5 καὶ (read and having τ ἦλθαν ΤΤτΑ. Ὁ αὐτὸν him τ. — τῷ (vedd a tomb) Σ--- ὅσα Ἱ. λέγει he says Magee ἘΠ MAR &. 7 ἰδί 3 » , A on ἘΝ ΄ ἤα δι 4 κατ (OLAV εις ἔρημον τόπον, και ᾿ἀναπαύεσθε' ὀλίγον. Ἦσαν apart into “desert δ Ῥ]ασο, and rest a little. '7Were 'ᾱς :-οἱ- ἐρχύμενοι καὶ οἱ ὑπάγοντερ πολλοι, καὶ οὐδὲ φαγεῖν for *those “coming ‘and those ‘going many, and noteven to eat Ἀηύκαίρουν." $82 καὶ ἀπῆλθον sic ἔρημον τόπον τῷ had they opportunity. And they went away into 7desert - +a place by the πλοίῳ" κατ’ ἰδίαν. 33 Kai εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας “oi ὄχλοι," ship apart. And “saw *them ‘going *the, *crowds, καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν" «αὐτὸνὶ πολλοί, καὶ πεζῇ ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν Sand *recognized °him 7many, and on foot from all the πόλεων συνέδραμον ἐκεῖ, καὶ προῆλθον αὐτούς," βκαὶ συνῆλ- cities rantogether there, and went before them, and came to- θον πρὸς αὐτόν." 94 καὶ ἐξελθὼν Peidev 6’Inoove" πολὺν gether to him..: And having gone out *saw ‘Jesus *great ὄχλον, καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾽ avroic," ὅτι ἦσαν Sacrowd,and was moved with compassion towards them, because they were « , 1.» ° , SINE Re δ ὅν. χὰ διδά cats ‘ WC πρόβατα μη EXOVTA ποιµενα και ἤρξατο ιοασκειν αυτους as sheep not having a shepherd.. And he began’ to teach them πολλά. 35 Καὶ ἤδη ὥραςπολλῆς "γενομένης," προσελ- many things. And already -alatehour [it] being, com- θόντες Ἰαὐτφ' οἱ μαθηταὶ "αὐτοῦ" "λέγουσιν," Ὅτι ἔρημός ἐστιν ing to him his disciples say, Desert is ὁ τοπος, Kai ἤδη ὥρα.πολλή: 86 ἀπόλυσον αὐτούς, ἵνα the place, and already [ἰὖ 15] ἃ late hour ; dismiss them, that ἀπελθόντες εἰς τοὺς κύκλῳ ἀγροὺς Kai κώμας, ἀγοράσωσιν having gone “to ‘the ‘in 8 δοϊγοαϊυ country and villages, they may buy ἑαυτοῖς “ἀρτους"" Τί Ῥγὰρ" φάγωσιν “οὐκ.ἔχουσιν." for themselves bread; ?something ‘for to eat they have not. 37 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν. Ῥαΐ πε answering said tothem, Give *to*them Το to eat. Καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ᾿Απελθόντες ἀγοράσωμεν Τδιακοσίων And theysay ἴο him, Having gone shall we buy two hundred δηναρίων" ἄρτους, καὶ "δῶμεν" αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν; 38 Ὁ δὲ λέγει denarii of bread, and give them to eat? Andhe says αὐτοῖς, Πόσους ἄρτους ἔχετε; ὑπάγετε ἱκαὶ" ἴδετε. Kai γνόν- tothem, Ἠοὶν ΏΙΑΏΥ loaves have ye? go and - see. And having τες éyovow”, Πέντε, καὶ δύο ἰχθύας. 39 Ka’ πέταξεν αὐτοῖς known they say,” Five, and two _ fishes. And heordered. them "ἀνακλῖναιὶ πάντας συµπόσια.συµπόσια ἐπὶ τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ. to make “recline ‘all by companies on the green _ grass, 40 καὶ *avirecov" πρασιαὶ.πρασίαί, Yava" ἑκατὸν καὶ Yava' And they sat down in ranks, by . -hundred# and by ΄ Ν 3 - ‘ t πεντήκοντα. 41 καὶ λαβὼν Tove πέντε ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς δύο fifties. And having taken the - five loaves and the two 3 SY . ‘ μ κ ἰχθύας, ἀναβλεψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν ἐὐλόγησεν καὶ κατέκλα- fishes, havinglookedup to the heaven he blessed and broke σεν τοὺς ἄρτους, καὶ ἐδίδου τοῖς μαθηταῖς-Ξ αὐτοῦ" ἵνα *rapa- the loaves, and gave to his disciples that they might 107 intoa desert place, and rest a while; for there Were many comingand going, and they had no leisure so inuch ag to eat. 32 And they departed into a desert place by ship privately. 33 And the people saw them departing, and many knew him, and ran afoot thither out of all cities, and out- went them, and came together unto him. 34 And Jesus, when he came out, saw much people, and was moved with compassion to- ward them, because they were as sheep not having ἃ shepherd: and he began to teach them. many things, 35 And when the day . Was now far spent, his disciples came unto him, and said, This is a desert place, and now the time is far passed: 36 send them away, that they may go into the country round about, and into the villages,and buy them- selves bread: for they have nothing to eat. 37 He answered and said unto them, Give ye them toeat. And they say unto him, Shall we go and buy two hundred penny- worth of bread, and givethem toeat? 38 He saith unto them, How many loaves have ye? go and see. And when they knew, they say, Five, and two fishes. 39 Arid he commanded them to make all sit down by companies upon the green grass. 40 And they sat, down in ranks, by hundreds and by fifties. 41 And when he had taken the five loaves arid the two fishes, he looked up to heaven, and blessed, and brake the loaves, and gave them to his disciples to set before 5 ἀναπαύσασθε TTrA. δ εὐκαίρουν LTTrA. ὄχλοι (read they saw) GLITrAW. 4 ἔγνωσαν knew Ltrs. f — καὶ προῆλθον αὐτούς G. & — καὶ σὐνῆλθον πρὸς αὐτόν GLTTraW. he saw) GTTraw ; [ὃ Ἰησοῦς] εἶδεν L. 4 αὐτούς LTTra. ™ [αὐτοῦ] L. Ὁ ἔλεγον said TTra. | ° — ἄρτους [L]TTrA. ἔχουσιν (read buy for themselves something.to eat) [L]rTra. 5 δώσομεν shall we give LtrA; δώσωμεν τ. t — καὶ [L]TTrA. * ἀνακλιθῆναι 1. 1 ἀνέπεσαν ΊΤΓΑ, Y κατὰ LTTrA; 58 παρατιθῶσιν TA, b ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον Τόπον L. = i > ‘ > ν © αὐτοὺς them τ; -- αὐτὸν GLTra. k γινομένης Τ.΄ 5 --- γὰρ [L]TTrA. τ δηναρίων διακοσίων GLTTrAW. τ + [αὐτῷ] to him 1,» 15... αὐτοῦ (vead the disciples) TTra. Cc — οἱ h — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read '— αὐτῷ τ. ᾳ -- οὐκ 108 them; and the two fishes divided he a- mong them all. 42 And they did all cat, and were filled. 43 And they took up twelve baskets full of the fragments, and of the fishes. 44 And they thatedid cat of the loaves were about five thousand men. 45 And straightway he con- strained his disciples to get into the ship, and to go to the other side before unto Beth- saida, while he sent a- way the people. 46 And when he-had sent them away, he departed into @ mountain to pray. 47 And when even was corac, the ship was in the midst of the sea, and he alone on the land. 48 And he saw them toiling in row- fing ; for the wind was contrary unto them: and about the fourth watch of the night he. cometh unto them, walking upon the sea, and would have passed by them. 49 But when they saw him walking upon the sea, they sup- posed it had been a spirit, and cried out: 50 for they all saw him, and were trou- bled. And immedi- ately he talked with them, and saith unto them, Be of good cheer: it is 1; be not afraid. 51 And he went up unto them into the ship; and the wind ceased : and they were sore amazed in them- selves beyond measure, and wondered. 52 For they considered not the miracle of the loaves : for their heart was hardened, 53 And when they had passed over, they came into the land of Gennesaret, and drew to the shore, 54 And when they were come out of the ship, straightway they knew him, 55 and ran through that whole region round about, and began “0 carry ‘ about in beds those Ὁ κλάσματα A. & ἀπολύει dismisses LTTrA. 1+ ore that T. Ρ [ἐκ περισσοῦ] Tr. 5 αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία LTTrAW. ἄνδρες τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου) the men of that place L, ¥ γώραν (omit around) Ttra, περιπατοῦντα π. 0 δὲ εὐθὺς T. ο κοφίνων TA. ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. VI. ~ " > ες \ ‘ a7 > / ? , ~ 7 Ω 5 θῶσιν QAUTOLC’ και τους OVO ἰχθύας ἔμερισεν πασιν 42 καὶ set before them, And the, πο fishes he divided among ail. And ἔφαγον πάντες, καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν" 48 καὶ ἦραν ὑκλασμά- “ate 191, and were satisfied. And they took np of frag- των! δώδεκα “κοφίνους! ἁπλήρεις,! καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἰχθύων. 44 καὶ ments twelve hand-baskets full, and of the fishes. And ἦσαν οἱ αγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους “ὡσεὶ! πεντακισχίλιοι 7were "41959 ποῦ *ate*of Sthe loaves about | five thousand ἄνδρες. 45 Καὶ Ιεὐθεως! ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ men, And immediately he compelled his disciples ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον; καὶ προάγειν εἰς τὸ πέραν πρὸς Βηθ- toenter intothe ship, and togo before to the other side to Beth- oN 7 er ? © ? ’ ΠΤ A » ‘ ? εδ ὁ σαιθαν, EWC αὐτὸς βάπολύση τὸν ὄχλον. 46 καὶ ἀποταξάμενος saida, until he should dismiss the crowd. And having taken leave of αὐτοῖς, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸ ὄρος προσεύξασθαι. 47 Kai ὀψίας them,’ he departed into the mountain to pray. And evening γενομένης, ἦν τὸ πλοῖον ἐν μέσῳ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ αὐτὸς being come, ἆπγας πο ship in the midst of the sea, and he μόνος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 48 Καὶ *eidev" αὐτοὺς βασανιζομένους alone upon the land. And he saw them Jabouring ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν, ἦν.γὰρ ὁ ἄνεμος ἐναντίος αὐτοῖς" Ἱκαὶὶ περὶ in the rowing, for “was ‘the *wind contrary tothem; and about τετάρτην φυλακὴν τῆς νυκτὸς ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτούς, περιπα- {the] fourth watch ofthe night hecomes_ to them, walk- ~ ? τ - [4 , ἂν ~ 2 rf ἘπῚ ws τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ ἤθελεν παρελθεῖν αὐτούς. 49 οἱ δὲ ing on the sea, and would havepassedby them. But they, ἰδόντες αὐτὸν *repirarovvta ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης," ἔδοξαν | seeing him walking on the sea, thought [it] φάντασμα ™eéiva," καὶ ἀνέκραξαν. 50 πάντες.γὰρ αὐτὸν San ‘apparition ‘to*be, and cried out: for all , 7him πεῖδον,"! καὶ ἐταράχθησαν. καὶ “εὐθέως" ἐλάλησεν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν, ‘saw, and were troubled. And immediately he spoke. with them, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Θαρσεῖτε" ἐγώ εἶμι, μὴ-φοβεῖσθε. and says tothem, Be of good courage: 1 am [he]; fear not. Δ > / A ? 4 ? ‘ ~ «ασ ὧν «ς 51 Καὶ ἀνέβη πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ ἐκόπασεν ὃ ᾿Απᾶ Ἠο νοῦ πρ to them into the ship, and *fell ‘the ἄνεμος" καὶ λίαν Ῥὲκ. περισσοῦ! ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἐξίσταντο, ' wind. Andexcetdingly beyond measure in themselves they were amazed, ακαὶ ἐθαύμαζον"! 52 οὐ.γὰρ.συνῆκαν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρτοις" τὴν. γὰρ! and wondered; for they understood not by the loaves, for was 8y).Kapdia.avTay" πεπωρωμένη. ‘their “heart hardened. 53 Καὶ διαπεράσαντες ᾿ἦλθον ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν" Tevnoapér," And having passed over they 63116 to the land of Gennesaret, καὶ προσωρµίσθησαν. 54 καὶ ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ and drew to shore. And on theircoming outof the πλοίου, εὐθέως" ἐπιγνόντες αὐτόν", 55 Ὑπεριδραμόντες! ship, immediately having recognized him, running through er 4 / {| ? / Zz » 3 ‘ ~ a , η] ὅλην THY περίχωρον" ἐκείνην 5 ἤρξαντο ἐπὶ τοῖς "κραββάτοις 811 that country around they began on couches © — ὡσεὶ GLITTAW. [εὐθὺς TTA. h ἰδὼν seeing LTTrA. i — καὶ LTTrA. κ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης m ἐστιν it is T. π εἶδαν TIr, «9 καὶ εὐθὺς {τὰ ; 4 --- καὶ ἐθαύμαζον [1,]τττΑ. τὸ ἀλλ᾽ ἣν but was Trr. ἰ ν Τεννησαρὲτττιανῦ,. w - [ot χα περιέδραµον they ran through Tir. 8 κραβάττοις LTTYAW.- 4 πληρώματα TTrA. τ ἐπὶ την γὴν ἦλθον eis τ΄ 2. καὶ aud TTr, VI, VIL τοὺς those that σ. a || ? 56 ‘A « d n ll 2 / > ’ n e εκει EOTLY. και οπου “av εισεπορευετο εις κωμµας ἢ there he was. And wherever he entered into villages or (lit. he is.) ς ͵ Ne? , ? ~ ? ~ f? ΄ ll A ? ~ πόλεις ἢ © ἀγρούς, ἐν ταῖς ἀγοραῖς ᾿ἐτίθουν! τοὺς ἀσθενοῦν- cities or ficlds, in the marketplaces they laid thosewho were sick, τας, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὑτὸν iva Kav τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ and besought him that ifonly the border ε , ’ ~ 74 2 Η͂ ε' n gt Π ᾽ ~ ίματιου-αντου ἅψωνται J Kat οσοι ὧν ΘΏΠΤΟνΡΤΟ' αυτου MARK. κακῶς.ἔχοντας περιφέρειν, ὅπου were ill to carry about, ἠκόνον ὅτι where they were hearing that ofhis garment they might touch; and as many as touched him ἐσώζοντο. were healed. 5 “Kai συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καί τινες And are gathered together τὸ him the Pharisees and some γῶν γραμματέων, ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων' 2 καὶ ἰδόντες of the scribes, having come from Jerusalem ; and having seen τινὰς τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ κοιναῖς χερσίν, ἱτοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν" some of his disciples ‘with defiled hands, that is ἀνίπτοις, "ἐσθίοντας! Ἰἄρτους, “ἐμέμψαντο"" 9 οἱ γὰρ Φαρι- unwashed, eating bread, they found fault; forthe Phari- σαῖοι καὶ πάντες ot Τουδαῖσι, tary "πυγμῇ" νίψωνται τὰς sees and all the Jews, unless with the fist they wash the χεῖρας, οὐκ.ἐσθίουσιν, κρατοῦντες τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσ- hands, | eat not, holding the tradition of the el- Buripwy 4 καὶ Sard" ἀγορᾶς, ἐὰν.μὴ βαπτίσωνται ders ; and [on coming] from the market, unless they wash themselves οὐκ ἐσθίουσιν' they eat not ; καὶ ἄλλα πολλά ἐστιν ἃ παρέλαβον and *other “things ‘many there are which they received κρατεῖν, βαπτισμοὺς ποτηρίων καὶ ξεστῶν καὶ χαλκίων Prai to hold, washings ofcups* and vessels and brazen utensils and κλινῶν" 5 “ἔπειτα! ἐπερωτῶσιν αὐτὸν ot Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ couches : then question him the Pharisees and the γραμματεῖς, "Διατί" "οἱ. µαθηταί.σου οὐ-περιπατοῦσιν" κατὰ scribes, Why “thy *disciples 1walk ?not according to \ ay ~ / Ἰλλὰ t2 ἊΣ Ἱ 4 τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀλλὰ 'ἀνίπτοις" χερσὶν the tradition of the elders, but withunwashed hands ἐσθίουσιν τὸν ἄρτον ; 6 Ὁ δὲ Ἱἀποκριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι! eat bread ? Buthe answering said tothem, καλῶς “προεφήτευσεν! Ἡσαΐας περὶ ὑμῶν τῶν ὑποκριτῶν, Well prophesied Esaias concerning you, hypocrites, ὡς γέγραπται, 7 ΤΟὗτος ὁ λαὸς! τοῖς χείλεσίν µε Tid, as it has been written, This people with the lips me honour, ἡ.δὲ.καρδία.αὐτῶν πόῤῥω ἀπέχει ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ. 7 μάτην.δὲ σέβον- but their heart far isaway from me. But in vain they wor- / ,ὕ ΄ 9 , ? ’ ταί µε, διδάσκοντες διδασκαλίας ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων. ship me, teaching {as] teachings injunctions of men, % ‘ \ ~ ~ ~ \ ο 8 ᾿Αφέντες. “γὰρ! τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ, κρατεῖτε τὴν παρά- For, leaving the commandment of God, yehold_ the tra- dos τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ὀβαπτισμοὺς ξεστῶν καὶ ποτηρίων, καὶ dition of men, washings of vessels and cups, and ς — ἐκεῖ LT[Tr]. 4 ἐὰν T. h + ὅτι that TTr. i τουτέστιν LA. m — ἐμέμψαντο (ead verses ὃ and 4 in parenthesis) GLTTrAW. P—kKaikAwovT. SKalandLitraA. ᾖδιὰτί Tra. t κοιναῖς with defiled GLTTraW. Y — ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. Eira. y+ ὅτι Τ. 2°O λαὸς οὗτος L. a— yap ποιεῖτε T[TrA]. e + εἰς into [L]Ttra. κ ἐσθίουσιν they eat TTr. for LTTra. f ἐτίθεσαν TTrA. 2 πυκνὰ Often T. 5 ov περιπατοῦσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου TTrA, w— Ότι [τ]τ[ττΑ]. b 109 that were sick, where they heard he was. 56 And whithersoever he entered, into vyil- lages, or cities, or country, they laid the sick in the streets, and besought him that they might touch if it were but the border of his garment: and as many as touched him were made whole, VII. Then came to- gether unto him the Pharisees, and certain of the scribes, which came from Jerusalem. 2 And when they saw some of his disciples eat bread with defiled, that is to say, with unwashen, hands, they found fault, 3 For the Pharisees, and all the Jews, except they wash their hands oft, eat not, holding the tra- dition of the elders. 4 And when they come from the market, ex- cept they wash, they eat not, And many other things there be, which ey have re- ceived to hold, as the washing of cups, and pots, brasen vessels, and of tables, 5 Then the Pharisees and scribes asked him, Why walk not thy disciples according to the tra- dition of the elders, but eat bread with un- washen hands? 6 He answered and'said un- to them, Well hath Esaias prophesied of you hypocrites, as it is written, This people honoureth me with thei lips, but their heart is far,from me, 7 Howbeit in vain do they worship me, teaching 707 doctrines the commandments of men, 8 For laying aside the command- ment of God, ye hold the tradition of men, as the washing of pots and cups: and many & ἥψαντο LTTr. 14 τοὺς LTTrA. ο ἀπ᾿ LTrA,. x ἐπροφήτευσε: — βαπτισμοὺς ...ε 110 other such like things ye do. And he said unto them, Full well ye reject the com- mandment of God, that ye may keep your Own tradition. 10 For Moses said, Honour thy father and thy. mother ; and, Whoso curseth father or mo- ther, let him die the death: 11 but ye say, If a man shall say to his father or mother, Zi is Corban, that is to say, a gift, by whatso- ever thou mightest be profited by me; he shallbe free. 12 And ye suffer him no more to do ought for his fa- ther or his mother; 13 making the word of God of none effect through your tradi- tion, which ye have delivered: and many such like things do ye. 14 And when he had called all the people unto him, he said unto them, Hearken unto mie every one of you, and understand: 15 there is nothing from without a man, that entering into him can defile him: but the things which come out of him, those are they that defile the man. 1017 any man have ears to hear, let him hear, 17 And when he was entered into the house from the people, his disciples usked him concerning the parable, 18 And he saith unto them, Are ye so without un- derstanding also? Do ye not perceive, that whatsoever thing from without entereth into the man, τὲ cannot defile him ; 19 because it entereth not into his heart, but into the belly, and goeth out into 6 draught, purging all meats? 20 And he said, That which cometh out of the man, that defileth the man, 21 For from within, out of the heart of men, procecd evil thoughts, adul- teries, fornications, murders, 22 thefts, covetousness, wicked- © Μωῦσῆς Lrtraw. LTTra. Ὁ 4- τὸν the (house) & ἀκούσατέ LTTrA. ἐκπορευόμενα from the man go out LTTra. ἄλλα παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε." 9 Καὶ ἔλεγεν “other *like ([Sthings] “such many ye do. And _ he said αὐτοῖς, Καλῶς ἀθετεῖε τὴν ἐντολὴν, τοῦ θεοῦ. ἵνα τὴν to them, Well do ye set aside the commandment of God, that παράδοσιν. ὑμῶν τηρήσητε. 10 «Μωσῆς!.γὰρ εἶπεν, «Τίμα your tradition ye may observe. For Moses said, Honour τὸν. πατέρα.σου καὶ τὴν. μητέρα.σου" Kai, Ὃ κακολογῶν πατέρα thy father and thy mother; -and,Hewhospeaksevilof father a la ’ / « - δι [ή ? A ” ἢ µητερα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω. 11 ο τμ λέγετε, ᾿Εὰν εἴπῃ or mother by death let him die. ut το say, TE Ὁ Scary, ἄνθρωπος τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, Kop3av ὅ ἐστιν, δῶρον, ta *man to father or mother, [It is] a corban, (that a gift,) ew 24 3 > ~ 2 κό αν ως ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς whateverfrom me,thou mightest be profited by :- is, 12 ἀκαὶ' οὐκέτι ἀφιετε and no longer ye 5 ΠΟΥ͂ αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ποιῆσαι τῷ.πατρὶ."αὐτοῦἳ ἢ τῃ.μητρὶ. αὐτοῦν! him anything to do for his father or his mother, (lit, nothing) > ΞΕ Ἢ pit ~ ~ ~ , € ~ Rs 19 ἀκυροῦντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ.παραδόσει ὑμῶν ἢ making void the word of God by your tradition which παρεδώκατε καὶ παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε. ye have delivered; and “like (*things] “such many ye do. 14 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος ἵἧπάντα! τὸν ὄχλον, ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, ‘ And having called to [him] all the crowd, hesaid to them, δ᾽ Ακούετε! µου πάντες, καὶ "συνίετε." 15 οὐδέν ἐστιν ἔξω- Hear ye me, all, and understand: Nothing thereis from with- θεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς αὐτόν, ὃ δύναται out the man entering into him, which 15 4016 αὐτὸν κοινῶσαι" ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐκπορευόμενα ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ," him to defile ; but the things which go out from him, lixeiva! ἐστιν τὰ κοινοῦντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 10 εΐ τις those are thethingswhich defile the man, If anyone ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω." 17 Kai ὅτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Ἡ olkov have ears tohear, let him hear, And when hewent into a house ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου, ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ “περὶ τῆς from the crowd, Sasked *him *his “disciples concerning the λῆς." 18 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνε- παρα OAC. Kat EVEL auTolc, UTWC και μεις aAGUVE parable. And hesays tothem, *Thus “also *ye ‘without ®un- τοί ἐστε: οὔ.νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἔξωθεν εἰσπο- derstanding *are? Perccive ye not that everything which from without en- ρευόµενον εἰς τὸν ἄνθρωπον οὐ.δύναται αὐτὸν͵ κοινῶσαι; ters into ‘the man is not able hini to defile ? 19 ὅτι οὐκ.εσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὴν because it enters not ‘of “him ‘into “the “heart, but into the κοιλίαν' καὶ εἰς τὸν ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκπορεύεται, Ῥκαθαρίζον! πάντα belly, and into the draught goes out, purifying all τὰ βρώματα. 20 Ἔλεγεν.δὲ, Ὅτι τὸ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου the food. And he said, That which out of the man ἐκπορευόμενον, ἐκεῖνο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. 21 ἔσωθεν.γὰρ goes forth, that defiles the man, For from within ἐκ τῆς. καρδίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκ- out of the hearty of men “reasonings Jevil σο πορεύονται, αμοιχεῖαι, ποργνεῖαι. φόνοι, 22 κλοπαί," πλεον- forth, adulteries, fornications, murders. thefts, envetous 4d — καὶ LTrr[ a}. € — αὐτοῦ (7edd [his]) Lrtra. f πάλιν again h σύνετε LTTrA. 1 κοινῶσαι αὐτόν 1. k ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 --- ἐκεῖνά Ὑ{{τ]. m — verse 10 if tra]. a ο την παραβολὴν the parable Lrrra. P καθαρίζων LiTraA, α πορνεῖαι, κλοπαί, φόνοι, μοιχεῖαι TTrA, VII. MARK. εξίαι, πονηρίαι, δόλος, ἀσέλγεια, ὀφθαλμὸς πονηρός, desires, wickednesses, guile, licentiousness, an eye wicked, βλασφημία, ὑπερηφανία, ἀφροσύνη: 23 πάντα ταῦτα τὰ blasphemy, haughtiness, folly : all these πονηρὰ ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται, καὶ κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον. evils from within go forth, and defile the man, 24 "Kai ἐκεῖθεν! ἀναστὰς ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὰ "μεθόρια" And thence Πατίης risen up he went away into the borders Τύρου ‘kai Σιδῶνος". καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν" οἰκίαν, οὐδένα of Tyre and Sidon; and havingenteredinto the house, no one "Ί]θελεν" γνῶναι, Kai οὐκ. ἠδυνήθη" λαθεῖν. 25 Σἀκούσασα he wished to know [it],and he could not be hid. *Having *heard yap" γυνὴ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ἧς εἶχεν τὸ.θυγάτριον.αὐτῆς πνεῦμα *for 7a Swoman about him, of ποτα “Παᾶ ος “little “daughter a spirit > 10 Z2r6 ~ Π / \ x , ? ~ ἀκάθαρτον, *e\Govca' προσδεπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς. πόδας. αὐτοῦ unelean, having come fell at his feet, 26 Σἠν δὲ ἡ γυνὴ" Ἑλληνίς, ῬΣυροφοίνισσα! τῷ γένει" καὶ, (now *was'*the“woman a Greek, Syrophenician by race), and ἠρώτα αὐτὸν ἵνα τὸ δαιμόνιον “ἐκβάλλῃ ἐκ τῆς θυγατρὸς asked him that the demon heshould cast forth out of *daughter TH 97 46 δὲ y ως ; ~ αὐτῆς. 27 “ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν" αὐτῇ, ᾿Αφες πρῶτον χορτασ- *her. But Jesus said toher, Suffer first to be satis- θῆναι τὰ τέκνα’ οὐ γὰρ «καλόν ἐστιν! λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν fied the children; fornot good is it totake the bread of the τέκνων, καὶ (βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις." 28 Ἢ δὲ ἀπεκρίθη καὶ children, and east [it] to the dogs. But she answered and λέγει αὐτῷ, Ναί, κύριε" καὶ Σγὰρ' τὰ κυνάρια ὑποκάτω τῆς says tohim, Yea, Lord; foreven the little dogs under the τραπέζης "ἐσθίει" ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν παιδίων. 29 Kai εἶπεν table eat of the crumbs of the children. And he said αὐτῇ, Διὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ὕπαγε' ἐξελήλυθεν Ἱτὸ δαι- to her, Because of this word Ρο; has gone forth the de- µόνιον ἐκ τῆς-θυγατρός.σου.! 90 Καὶ ἀπελθοῦσα εἰς τὸν mon out οὗ thy daughter, And having gone away to 7 2ο «ὦ στ kes ὃ , ἐξ λ λ θό ‘ ‘ 6 τῇ οἷκον. αὐτῆς, εὗρεν ἔτὸ δαιμόνιον ἐξεληλυθός, καὶ τὴν θυγα ber house, shefound the demon hadgoneforth, and the daugh- τέρα βεβλημένην ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης." ter laid on πο bed. 91 Καὶ πάλιν ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου ἱκαὶ Σιδῶνος," And again having departed from the borders of Tyre and Sidon, ἦλθεν" πιπρὸς! τὴν θάλασσαν τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ava peaoy he came to the sea of Galilee, through, [the] midst Tey ὁρίων Δεκαπόλεως. 32 καὶ φέρουσιν αὐτῷ κωφὸν " ‘of the borders of Decapolis. And. they bring tohim a deaf man ομογιλάλον,ι καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα ἐπιθῇ who spoke with difficulty, and they beseech him that he might lay ~ ‘ ‘ ‘ ~ τὴν χεῖρα. 88 καὶ ἀπολαβόμενος αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ αὐτῷ hand, And having taken away him from _ the on him [his] 111 ness, deceit, lascivi- ousness, an evil eye, blasphemy, pride, fool- ishness: 23 all these evil things come from within, and defile the man, 24 And from thonce he arose, and went into the borders of Tyre and Sidon, and entered into an house, and would have no man know it: but he could not be hid. 25 For a ceriain wo- man, whose young daughter had an un- clean spirit, heard of him, and cameand fell at his feet: 26 the wo- man was a Greek, a Syrophenician by na- tion ; and she besought him that he would cast forth the devil out of her daughter, 27 But Jesus said unto her, Let the children first be filled: for it is not meet to take the children’s bread, and to cast ἐξ unto the dogs. 28 And she an- swered and said unto him, Yes, Lord: yet the dogs under the table eat of the child- ren’scrumbs. 29 And he said unto her, For this saying go thy way ; the devil is gone out of thy daughter, 30 And when she was come to her house, she found the devil gone out, and her daughter laid upon the bed, © . 31 And again, depart- ing from the coasts ΟἹ Tyre and Sidon, he came unto the sea-ol Galilee, through the midsb of the coasts οἱ Decapolis. 32 And they. bring unto him one that was deaf, and hae an impediment in his speech ; and they be- seech him to put his handupou him. 33 And he took him aside from the multitude, and eee Ἐς. ΄ῆ-ῦ-ῇ-πῇπΠΤοΠππππππππτ ------ο:͵Ὄ.ι..... τ Ἐκεῖθεν δὲ ΤΑ. 58 ὅρια LTTr. t — καὶ Ῥιδῶνος ΤΑ. w ηθέλησεν 1. x ἠδυνάσθη T. TTrA. 2 εισελθοῦσα Ὥαν]ης comein τ. Φοινίκισσα G; Συροφοινίκισσα LIW ; Σύρα Φοινίκισσα TrA. ἔλεγεν and he said LTTra. «ἐστιν καλὸν ΤΤΊΤΑ. for [L]rrr. h ἐσθίουσιν LTTrAW. ο ἐκβάλῃ Σιδῶνος he came through Sidon Lrira. ™ εἰς UNtO GLTTrA. ο μογγιλάλον Tr. f τοῖς κυναρίοις βαλεῖν TIrA. i ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου τὸ δαιμόνιον ΤΑ. (the child) βεβλημένον ἐπὶ τὴν κλίνην καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐξεληλυθός LTTrA. v — την (read a house) LTTraw. Υ ἀλλ᾽ εὐθὺς ἀκούσασα but immediately having heard 8 ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἣν LTA; ἡ γυνὴ δὲ ἣν Tr. b Συρα GLTTrAW. «+ ἀκα. 6 — γὰρ κ τὸ παιδίοι 1 ἦλθεν διὰ n+ καὶ αμ Lrrr. 119 put his fingers into his ears, and he spit, and touched his tonguc; 34 nnd looking up to heaven, he sighed, and saith unto him, Ephphatha, that 15, Be opened, 35 And straightway his ears were opened, and the string of his tongue was loosed, and he spake plain, 36 And he charged them _ that they should tell no man: but the more he charged them. so much the more a great deal ‘they published ἐξ; 87 and were beyond measure astonished, saying, He hath done all things well: he maketh both the deaf to hear, and the dumb to speak, VIII. In those days the multitude being very great, and having nothing to eat, Jesus called his disciples unto him, and saith unto them, 2 I have compassion on the multitude, because they have now been with me three days, and have nothing to eat: 3 and if I send them away fasting to their own houses, they will faint by the way: for divers of them came from far, 4 And his disciples answered him, From whence can a man satisfy these men with bread here in the wilderness ? 5 And he asked them, How many loaves have e? And they said, even, 6 And he com- manded the people to. sit down on _ the ground: and he took the seven loaves, and gave thanks, and brake, and gave to his disciples to set before them; and they did set them before the ople. 7 And they ad a few small fishes: and he blessed, and commanded to set MA PE O:S: VIL Vi: ὄχλου κατ᾽ ἰδίαν, ἔβαλεν τοὺς.δακτύλους Ραὐτοῦ" εἰς τὰ ὦτα crowd apart, he put his fingers to “ears αὐτοῦ, καὶ πτύσας ἥψατο τῆς.γλώσσης αὐτοῦ, 94 καὶ dva- his, and having spit he touched his tongue, and having βλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐστέναξεν, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, ᾿Εφφαθά, looked up to πο heaven he groaned, and says tohim, Ephphatha, ὅ ἐστιν, Διανοίχθητι. 35 Καὶ “εὐθέως" τοιηνοίχθησαν" αὐτοῦ that is, Be opened. And immediately were opened his € 7 , 4A ς ? , «ε a ~ λ ’ ? ~ a. TF ’ αἱ ἀκοαί, καὶ 5 ἐλύθη ὁ δεσμὸς τῆς.γλώσσης αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλάλει. ears, and wasloosed the band of his tongue, and he speke ὀρθῶς. 86 καὶ διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ 'εἴπωσιν"" rightly. And he charged them that noone they should tel. ὅσον.δὲ αὐτὸς! αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, "μᾶλλον π'ρισσότερον But as ΤΟ 85 he them charged, exceediiuy moive abundantly ἐκήρυσσον. 97 καὶ ὑπερπερισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο, λέγοντες, they proclaimed [it]: and above measure they wereastonished, saying, Καλῶς πάντα πεποίηκεν" καὶ τοὺς κωφοὺς ποιεῖ ἀκούειν, ®Well ‘all °*things *he "Πα5 *done: both the deaf hemakes to hear, καὶ Στοὺς"! ἀλάλους λαλεῖν. and the dumb to speak, 8 Ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις YrapmodXov' ὄχλου ὄντος, In those days very great [the] crowd being, καὶ μὴ ἐχόντων τί - φάγωσιν, προσκαλεσάμενος τὸ Ἰη- and not having what they mayeat, “having *called*to [*him] 1 Jee σοῦς" τοὺς.μαθητὰς "αὐτοῦ" λέγει αὐτοῖς, 2 Σπλαγχνίζομαι sus his disciples he says to them, Iam moved with comipassion ἐπὶ τὸν ὄχλον' ὅτι ἤδη Ὀἡμέρας! τρεῖς προσμένουσίν “μοι," on the crowd, becausealready "days ‘three theycontinue with me καὶ οὐκ. ἔχουσιν τί φάγωσιν" 8 καὶ ἐὰν ἀπολύσω αὐτοὺς and have not what they may eat ; and if Ishallsendaway them ἀγῄστεις' εἰς οἶκον. αὐτῶν, ἐκλυθήσονται ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ" “τινὲς. γὰρ! fasting to their home, they willfaint in the way; for some > ~ f , “ ll Ν > 0 > ~ « θ ἿΣ αὐτῶν ' μακρόθεν Σῄκασιν.' 4 Καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ µαθη ofthe fromafar are come. And answered *him *disci- ταὶ αὐτοῦ, "ΙΤόθεν τούτοιό δυνήσεταί τις ὧδε χορτάσαι ples ϱ ‘his, Whence ‘these ‘shall*be*able anyone *here to satisfy ἄρτων ἐπ᾽ ἐρημίας ; ὃ Καὶ Ἱἐπηρώτα! αὐτούς, Πύσους ἔχετε with bread ina desert? Aud he asked them, Howmany *have*ye ἄρτους ; Οἱ δὲ Κεῖπον,' Ἑπτά. 6 Kai παρήγγειλεν" τῷ ὄχλῳ “loaves? Andthey said, Seven. And heordered — the crowd ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς yc’ καὶ λαβὼν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους, to recline on fhe ground, And havingtaken the seven loaves, πεὐχαριστήσας ἔκλασεν καὶ ἐδίδου τοῖς μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, ἵνα having given thanks he broke and gave to his disciples, that πγαραθῶσιν"" καὶ παρέθηκαν τῷ ὄχλῳ. 7 καὶ they might set before(them]. And they set [it] before the ᾿ crowd. And οεἶχον' ἰχθύδια ὀλίγα" καὶ P* εὐλογήσας Veiwey παρα- they had small fishes afew; and having blessed he desired *to*be *set » Ρ — αὐτοῦ (read [his] fingers) τ. 5 + εὐθὺς immediately τ. * + αὐτοὶ they Lrrra. 2 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) τττ. σοὺς GLTTrAW. L[Tr]a. ΡΒ + ταῦτα these L 1 4 γῄστις T. ξηκουσι EW ; εισίν are A. γέλλει he orders LITra. ᾳ — εὐθέως [L]TTrA. ¥ ἠνοίγησαν LITrA. t λέγωσιν TTrA. ¥ — αὐτὸς (read he charged) LITraw. ® — τοὺς TTrA. Υ πάλιν πολλοῦ again great LTTrA. *—06 Ἰη- Ὁ ἡμέραι GLTTrAW. ο-- μοι ε καί τινες ANd SOME LTTrA. f+ ἀπὸ from (afar) TTrA. bh + ὅτι ΤΤτΑ. i ἠρώτα ΤΊτΑ. Κ εἶπαν ΤΊτΑ. 1 παραγ- m + [καὶ] and 1. η παρατιθῶσιν ΤΤτΑ. ο εἶχαν LTTrA, η8 εἶπεν παρατεθῆναι καὶ αὐτὰ 1; αὐτὰ εἶπεν καὶ ταῦτα παρατιθέναι Τε; αὐτὰ παρέθηκεν he set these before [them] ΤΑ. ᾿ ἀναστενάξας , τῷ πγεύματι.αὐτοῦ λέγει. Tt VIII. MARK. ~ \ ? Le r” SI <9 / A θεῖναι καὶ αὐτά." 8 τἔφαγον δὲ! καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν. καὶ Spefore([7them] “also ‘these. And they ate and were satisfied. And ἦραν περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ "σπυρίδας." 9 ἦσαν δὲ they took up ‘over ‘and *above ‘of*fragments seven baskets, And “were toi Φφαγόντεςὶ ὡς τετρακισχίλιοι καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς. 4those who “had *eaten about four thousand; and he sent “away . ‘them. 10 Καὶ εὐθέως" ἐμβὰςΐ Andimmediately havingenteredintothe ship εἰς τὸ πλοῖον μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν with *disciples αὐτοῦ, ἦλθεν εἰς. τὰ µέρη Δαλμανουθά. 11 καὶ ἐξῆλθογ - οἱ ‘his, hecame into the parts of Dalmanutha. And “went *out tthe Papicaio. καὶ ἤρξαντο Ἀσυζητεῖινὶ αὐτῷ, ζητοῦντες map’ ΞΡηατίρευςς and began to dispute with him, secking from αὐτοῦ σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. πειράζοντες αὐτόν. 12 καὶ him a sign from the heaven, tempting him, And 1/.γενεὰ αὕτη hesays, Why “this *gencration ἡμῖν, εἰ δοθήσεται τῇ to you, If there shall be given having groaned in his spirit σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ ;!} ἀμὴν λέγω 48 °sign tseeks ? Verily Isay γενεᾷ ταύτῃ σημεῖον. 18 Kai ἀφεὶς αὐτούς, "ἐμβὰς to this generation a sign. δι And having left them, having entered πάλιν" δείς τὸ πλοῖον! ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πέραν. again into the ship he went away to the other side. 14 Kai ἐπελάθοντο λαβεῖν ἄρτους, καὶ εἰ φιὴ ἕνα ἄρτον And _ they forgot to take loaves,’ and except one loaf οὐκ. εἶχον εθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἐν τῷ πλοίφ.. 16 καὶ διεστέλλετο they had not [any] with them in the _ ship. And ‘he charged αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Ὁρᾶτε, “βλέπετε ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίών them, saying, See, take heed of the leaven ofthe - Pharisees καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρώδου. 16 Kai διελογίζοντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους, andofthe leaven of Herod. And they reasoned with one another, ἀλεγοντεο,ι "Ότι ἄρτους οὐκ ἐέχομεν.ὶ 17 Kai γνοὺ i Cs ρ ς χ γγους saying, Because loaves. “not ‘we *have. And. knowing [it} ὁ Ἰησοῦς" λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ti διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ. Jesus says tothem, Why reason ye because loaves “μοῦ EXETE ; οὕπω.νοεῖτε οὐδὲ συνίετε; Σέτιὶ πεπωρωμµένην Yet hardened ἔχετε τὴν.καρδίαν.ὑμῶν; 18 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες οὐ.βλεπετε; have ye your heart ? Eyes having, - do ye not see? καὶ ὦτα ἔχοντες οὐκ.ἀκούετε; καὶ οὐ. μνημονεύετε; 19 ὅτε and ears having, doyenothear? and 4ο γ9 not remember? When τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους ἔκλασα εἰς τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους, ὃ πόσους γα ατϑθῦ Do ye not yet perceive nor understand? the five loaves Ibroke to _ the five thousand, how many κοφίνους Ἱπλήρεις «κλασμάτων" ἤρατε; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, hand-baskets full offragments took ye up? They say to kim, Δώδεκα. 20 “Ore.¥6i" τοὺς émrad! εἰς τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους, * Twelve. And when the seven ἵο the four thousand, πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα κλασμάτων ἤρατε; "Οἱ δὲ ΟΥ ΒΟΥ many baskets [the] fillings of fragments took ye up? And they εἶπον," Ἑπτά. 21 Kai ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, "Πῶς" δοὐ" συνίετε; said, Seven. And hesaid tothem, How ‘not ‘do*ye understand? 113 them also before them. 8So they did cat, and were filled: and they took up of the broken meat that was left seven baskets. 9 And they that had eaten were about four thou- sand: and he sent them away. 10 And straightway he entered into a ship with his disciples, and came into the parts of Dalmanutha, il And the Pharisees came forth, and began to question with him, seeking of hima sign from heaven, temptin him, 12 And Ke ached deeply in’ his spirit, and saith, Why doth this generation seek after asign? verily I say unto you, There shall no sign be given unto this generation. 13 And he left them, and entering into the ship again departed to the other side. 14 Now the' disciples had forgotten to take bread, neither -had they in the ship with them more than one -loaf. 15 And he charged them, saying, Take heed, beware of the leaven of the Phari- sees, and of the leaven of Herod. 16 And they _ Teasoned among them- selves, saying, J¢ 18 because we have no bread. 17 And when Jesus knew it, he saith untothem, Why reason ye, because ye have no bread? perceive ye not yet, neither under- stand? have ye your heart yet hardened? 18 Having eyes, see ye not ? and having ears, hear ye not? and du ye not remember? 19 When I brake the five loaves among five thousand, how many baskets full of frag- ments took ye up? They say unto him, Twelve. 20 And when the seven among four thousand, how many baskets full of frag- nients took ye up? And they said, Seven. 21 -And he said unto them, How is it that ye do not understand ἢ τ καὶ ἔφαγον LTTr. 85 σφυρίδας τ. | σ εὐθὺς LTTrA. ὅπ + [αὐτὸς] hex. - 8 πάλιν ἐμβὰς LTTrA. enibarked) Ta. ¢ + [καὶ] and 1». f — δ᾽ Ἰησοῦς (vead he says) T[Tr]a. LtTtraw. ΑΚ [δὲ] TrA; καὶ T. αὐτῷ ana they say to him a. τ συνζητεῖν LTTrA. ad λέγοντες LTTrA. & — ἔτι LTTrA. 1 - [ἄρτους] loaves 1. 2 — Πῶς ΤΑ. b+ καὶ τ. 9 οὔπω Not yet LITra. ‘t — ot φαγόντες (read and they were) T[Tr]A. Υ ζητεῖ σημεῖον LTTrA. Ὁ -- τὸ LTrW; [εἰς πλοῖον] Tr; — εἰς τὸ πλοῖον (read ἐμβὰς having € ἔχουσιν they have LTra. i κλασμάτων πλήρεις m καὶ λέγουσιν T; καὶ λέγουσιν 2 [ὑμῖν] A. i 114. 22 And he cometh to Bethsnida; and they bring a blind manunto him, and besought him totonch him. 23 And he took the blind man by the hand, and led him out of the town; and when he had spit on his éyes, and put his hands upon him, he asked him if he saw ought, 24 And he look- ed up, and said, I see men as trees, walking; 25 After that he put Ais hands agair upon his eyes, and made him look up: and he Was restored, and suWwevery man clearly, 26 And he sent him away to his house, saying, Neither go into the town, nor tell ἐξ to any in the town. 27 And Jesus went out, and his disciples, into the towns of Cesarea Philippi: and by the way he asked his. disciples, saying unto them, Whom do: men say that I am? 28 And they answered, John the Baptist: but some sy, Elias ; and others, One of the pro- phets. 29 And he saith unto them, But whom say ye that 1, am? And Peter answereth and saith unto him, Thou art the Christ. 30 And he charged them that they should tell no man of him, 31 And he began to teach them, that the Son of man musi suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders, and ofthe chief priests, and scribes, and be killed, and after three days rise again. 32 And he spake that saying openly. And Peter took him, and began ΜΑΡΚΟΣ, VIII. 22 Kai Ρέρχεται" εἰς Βηθσαϊδάν' καὶ φέρουδιν αὐτῷ τυφλόν, πι hecomes {ο Bethsaida; and they bring το ή a blind καὶ παρακαλοῦσιν αὐτὸν ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἄψηται. 23 καὶ ‘ [man], and beseech him that him he might touch. And ἐπιλαβόμενος τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ τυφλοῦ αἐξήγαγενὶ αὐτὸν taking hold of the hand. ofthe blind [ποτ] he led forth him έξω τῆς “κώμης, καὶ πτύσας εἰς τὰ ὄμματα. αὐτοῦ, ἐπιθεὶς out of the ‘village, and having spit upon his eyes, having laid τὰς χεῖοας αὐτῷ ἐπηρώτα αὐτὸν εἴ τι τβλέπει." 94 καὶ [his] hands uponhim heasked him _ if anything he beholds, And 2 ’ 2 , > ΄ ef . - ἀναβλέψας ἔλεγεν, Βλέπω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, "ὅτι ὡς δένδρα having looked up Το βαϊᾶ, Ibehold the men, for as trees ὁρῶ! περιπατοῦντας. 25 Eira. πάλιν ἐπέθηκεν! τὰς I see [them] walking, Then ‘again he laid [his] χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτοῦ, καὶ "ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν ava-, hands upon his eyes, ‘and made him look / ‘ ? ‘ ~ βλέψαι." καὶ Ἱάποκατεστάθη,! καὶ Ξἐνέβλεψεν" Yrnravywe" up. And he was restored, and __ looked “on clearly ἅπαντας. 26 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν εἰς Ξτὸν. οἶκον αὐτοῦν all [men]. And he sent, him to his house, λέγων, ὃ Μηδὲϊ εἰς τὴν κώμην εἰσέλθῃς. “μηϊὲ εἴπῃς saying, Neither into the. village mayest thouenter, nor mayest tell [it] τινὶ ἐν τῇ κώμῃ." to any one in the village. 27 Kai ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς κώ- And ?went?forth (‘Jesus and his disciples into the vil- µας Καισαρείας τῆς Φιλίππου’ καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, ἐπηβώτα of Ceesarea ‘And by the way he was questioning τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, λέγων αὐτοῖς, Τίνα με λέγουσιν οἱ his disciples, saying tothem, Whom *me ‘do “pronounce - ἄνθρωποι εἶναι; 28 Οἱ δὲ εἀπεκρίθησαν" , & Ἰωάννηντον βαπ- "men to be? And they answered, John the Bap- τιστή»’ καὶ ἄλλοι Ἡλίαν" ἄλλοι.δὲ teva" τῶν προφητῶν. tist ; and others, Elias ; but others, one of the prophets. 29 Kai αὐτὸς Ἐλέγει αὐτοῖς,! Ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα µε λέγετε And he says to them, But ye, whom *me ‘do *ye “pronounce εἶναι; ' Αποκριθεὲς "δὲ"! ὁ Πέτρος λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ. εἶ ὁ χριστός. ‘to be? “Answering ,?and ΄ Peter says tohim, Thouartthe Christ. 30 Kai ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ- "λέγωσινὶ περὶ And he strictly charged them that noone they should tell concerning αὐτοῦ. 31 Kai ἤρξατο διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς ὅτι δεῖ τὸν lages Philippi. d him. _ And hebegan toteach them that itis necessary for the υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι, Son of man many things tosuffer, and to be rejected οἀπὸ! τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ῬΣἀρχιερέων καὶ Ρ"γραμματέω», και οἵ the elders and chief priests and scribes, -and ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστῆναι" 32 καὶ to ὍΘ killed, .- and after three τ ἄδυβ torise [again]. And παῤῥησίᾳ τὸν λόγον ἐλάλει. Kai προσλαβόμενος «αὐτὸν openly the . word hespoke. And “having *taken *to [Shim] “him P ἔρχονται they come LTTrA. beholdest a. ¥ ἀπεκατεστάθη 1,: ἀπεκατέστη TTrA. all things LTTraw. ε εἶπαν spake ΤΑ. i ὅτι εἷς LTTrA. 5 εἴπωσιν 1. κ ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς asked them ΤΤΤΤΑ. ο ὑπὸ by LTTraW. a ἐξήνεγκεν he brought forth ΤΤτΑ. τ βλέπεις thou τ ἔθηκεν TrA. v διέβλεψεν he saw distinctly ΤΤτΑ. κ ἐνέβλεπεν LTTrA. Υ δηλαυγῶς Τ. 5 ἅπαντα &@— τὸν GLTTrAW. Ὁ μὴ ποῦ τ, ὃ -- μηδὲ .... κώμῃ τ. ἃ [αὐτοῖς] Tr. f αὐτῷ λέγοντες to him saying LTTra. 8 + ὅτι Τὰ. >» Ἠλείαν Τ. 14 καὶ ἃ τ. ™— δὲ LiTra. 48 ὁ Πέτρος αὐτὸν LTTrA. ὡς δένδρα G. Ρα + τῶν οὗ the GLITraw. VIII, IX. MARK, ὁ Πέτρος! ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾷν αὐτῷ. 33 ὁ δὲ ἐπιστραφεὶς καὶ = *Perer began to rebuke him. But he, turning and ἰδὼν τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ, ἐπετίμησεν ττῷ" Πέτρῳ, ὅλεγων," secing his disciples, rebuked Peter, Saying, Ὕπαγε ὀπίσω µου, σατανᾶ" ὅτι οὐ-φρονεῖς τὰ Get behind me, Satan, for thy thoughts are not of the things τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. of God, but the things of men. 34 Καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν ὄχλον σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς And having calledto [him] the crowd with 2\iisciples ? ~ = ’ ~ ο, " [ 7 ΄ vy? ~ " 7 αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, * Οστις" θελει ὀπίσω µου "ἐλθεῖν," ἀπαρ- this hesaid tothem, Whosoever desires after me _ tocome, let νησάσθω ἑαυτόν, καὶ ἀράτω τὸν. σταυρὸν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ him deny himself, and let him take up bis cross, and ἀκολουθείτω μοι. 385 ὃς γὰρ. ἂνὶ θέλῃ τὴν. ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ nie, his life σῶσαι, ἀπολέσει αὐτήν" ὃν ὃ.ἂν ἀπολέσῃ' τὴν. ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ" let him follow For whoever may desire tosavg, shall lose it, but whoever may lose his life ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, Τοῦτος" σώσει αὐτήν. onaccount of me and ofthe Ἴδῃ tidings, he shall save it. 36 τί.γὰρ "ὠφελήσει! Ὀάνθρωπον “ἐὰν κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον For what shall it profit aman if he gain the. “world ὅλον καὶ ἁζημιωθῷ' τὴν ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ; 37 “ἢ τί δώσει ‘whole and lose his soul ? _ or what shall °give ἄνθρωπος' ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ; 38 ὃς. γὰρ.'ἄν! 1a “ΠΙ8Η, an exchange for his soul? For whoever µε καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους ἐν τῇ.γενεᾷ ταύτῃ my words in this generation [as] ἐπσισχυνθῇ may have been a~hamed of me and TY μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ, Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισ- the aduiterous and sinful, also the Son of man will be χυ: ὀἠσεταιαὐτόν.ύταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ.πατρος.αὐτοῦ ashamod of him when heshallcome in the glory of his Father . ~ , ν ω ς r ανα - 2 μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων: Ὁ Καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, ᾽Αμὴν. And hesaid tothem, Verily ἑστηκότων, οἵτινες standing, who with the angels the holy. λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἰσὶν τινὲς ϑτῶν ὧδε" Isay toyou, That there are some of those here οὐ.μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου ἕως ἂν ἴδωσιν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ inno wise shalltaste ofdeath until theysee the kingdom θεοῦ ἐληλυθυῖαν ἐν δυνάμει. of God havingcome in power, 2 Καὶ "μεθ ἡμέρας ἓξ παραλαμβάνει _ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸν amd after ‘“days ες takes >with [Shim] 3Jesus ᾿ Πέτρον καὶ ἱτὸν" Ἰάκωβον καὶ *rov" Ιωάννην, καὶ ἀναφέρει Peter and James and John, and brings up αὐτοὺς εἰς ὄρος, ὑψηλὸν κατ᾽ ἰδίαν μόνους" καὶ µετεµορ- them intoa?mountain *high apart alone. And he was trans- ΄ ” ~ 4 ε , ~ ή φώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, 8. καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ Ιἐγένετο" figured before them ; and his garments became ͵ A ’ τη e : , Π] - 4 .ἦᾧ a ~ στίλβοντα, λευκὰ λίαν Mur χιών," οἷα γναφεὺς ἐπὶ τῆς shining, white exceedingly as stow, suchas afuller on . the "themselves : 115 to rebuke him. 33 But when he had turned about and looked on his disciples, he re- buked Peter, saying, Get thee behind me, Satan: for thou sa- vourest not the things that be of God, but the things that be of men, 34 And when he had called the people unio him with his disciples also, hesaid ontothem, osoever will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross, and follow me, 35 For whosoever will save his life shall lose it ; but whosoever shall lose his life for my sake and the gos- pel’s, the same shall save it. 36 For what shall it profit a man, if he shall gain: the whole ‘world, and lose his own soul? 37 Or what shall a man give in exchange for his soul? 38 Whosoever therefore shall be a- shamed of me and of my words in this a- dulterous and sinful generation; of him also shall the Son of man be ashamed, when he cometh in the glory of his Father with the holy angels. IX. And he said unto them, Verily I say unto you, That there be some of them that stand here, which shall not taste of death, till they have seen the kingdom of God come with powev.' 2 And after six days Jesus taketh with him Peter, and James, and John, and _ leadeth them up into an hig’ mountain apart by and he was transfigured be- fore them. 3 And his raiment became shin- ing, exceeding white as show ; so 85 no ful-~ ler on earth can white 5 καὶ λέγει and says TTrA. W ἐὰν TTrA. χ ἀπολέσει Shall lose TTra. 4 ὠφελεῖ does it profit ΤΑ. ¥ — τῷ LTTrA. follow GiTraw. 2 — οὗτος GLTTrAW. σαι Το gain ΤΑ. 4 ζημιωθῆναι to lose Ta. 7 τί γὰρ | δώσει ἄνθρωπος] Α. (ἐὰν LTTrA, 8 ὧδε τῶν 'ττΑ. κ. τὸν GLTra. 1 ἐγένοντο LTrAW. M— ὡς χιών 13 ἃ. t Et rus If any one Ltr. Υ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν GW. Ὁ + τὸν the (man) LTr[a]w. 5 τί yap δοῖ ἄνθρωπος (read tor what, &.) 1ττ ; 5 μετὰ LTTrA. v ἀκολουθεῖν to © κερδη- i— τὸν W. 16 chem. 4 And there appeared unto them Elias with Moses: and they were talking with Jesus, 5 And Peter answered and said to Jesus, Master, it is good for us to be here: and let us make three tabernacles; one for thee, and one for Mo- ses, and one for Elias. 6 For he wist not what io say ; for they were sore sfraid, 7 And there was a cloud that overshadowed them: and a voice came out of the cloud, saying, This is my beloved Son: hear him. 8 And suddenly, when they had looked round a- bout, they saw no man any more, save Jesus only with themselves. 9 And as they came down from the moun- tain, he charged them that they should tell no man what things they had seen, till the Son of man were risen from the dead. 10 And they kept that saying with themselves, ques- tioning one with an- other what tHe rising from the dead should mean. 11 And they asked him, saying, Why say the scribes that Elias must first come? 12 And he an- swered and told them, Elias verily cometh first, and restoreth all things ; and how it is written of the Sonof man, that ‘he must suffer many things, and be set at nought. 13 But I say unto you, That Elias is indeed come, and they have done unto him what- soever they listed, as it is written of him, 14 And when he came to his disciples, he saw a great multi- tude about them, and the scribes questioning with them, 15 And straightway all the people, when they be- held him, were greatly amazed, and running 2 + οὕτως thus τττὰ. E _ 5 τρεῖς σκηνάς LTTrA. π᾿ ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο for they became 3 ακούετεαντου LTTrA. τ Ῥαββεί TA. GTTraw. 4 ἃ εἶδον διηγήσωνται LTTrA. Φαρισαῖοι καὶ the Pharisees and [τι]. τὰ ἀποκαθιστάνει LTTrA. ος ἐξουδενηθῇ (5 A) LTrA; ἐξουθενωθ! Ὑ, 68 συνζητοῦντας 1 TrA. xa ἐξεθαμβήθηο ν LTTrA. ι.-- μὲν π[ττ]. they saw Trr. wa ἰδόντες LTTrA. ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΙΧ, γῆς οὐ-δύναται" λευκᾶναι. 4 καὶ ὤφθη αὐτοῖς “HXiac! σὺν earth is not able to whiten. And tappeared to Sthem ‘Elias ?with PMwoei,' καὶ ἦσαν ἀσυλλαλοῦντεςϊτῷ ᾿Ἱπσοῦ. 5 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς 3Moses, andtheywere talking with Jesus. And answering « , “ ~? ~ ΄ ~ > ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ, “PaBPi," καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε 1Ῥουετ says to Jesus, Rabbi, good. itis forus here εἶναι' καὶ Tomowpsy “σκηνὰς rosie," σοὶ μίαν, καὶ PMw- tobe; and letusmake “tabernacles ‘three, forthee one, and far Mo- σεῖ! μίαν, καὶ “HXia" μίαν. 6 οὐ-γὰρ-ῄδει ses one, and for Elias one. “joav.yap - ἔκφοβοι." ΤΟΥ ΠΟΥ were greatly afraid. αὐτοῖς: Kai "ἦλθεν" them ; 4 νλ λ{ ell τί αλησῃ For he knew not what he should say, 4 3 [ή , ? 4 7 καὶ ἐγένετο νεφέλη ἐπισκιάζουσα And therecame acloud overshadowing φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης, 7λέγουσα," Οὗτός and there came 8 voice out of πὸ cloud, saying, This > ε ee? ε 7 ’ 5 7 > ~ ? , YW wy °F ld ἐστιν ὁ.υἱός µου ὁ ἀγαπητύς' αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε " 8 Καὶ ἐξάπινα 18 my Son ὑδθ beloved: shim ‘hear 3ο. And suddenly περιβλεψάµενυι οὐκέτι.οὐδένα εἶδον, adda" τὸν Ἰησοῦν having looked around no longer any one they saw, but Jesus µόνον μεθ ἑαυτῶν. 9 ὈΚαταβαινόντων δὲ" αὐτῶν "ἀπὸ" τοῦ alone with themselves. And as *were*descending ‘they from the ὄρους διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς ἵνα μηδενὶ Ἱδιηγήσωνται ἃ εἷ- mountain he charged them «that to noone they should relate what they δον. εἰ μὴ ὅταν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ νεκρῶν had seen except when the Son of man from among[the] dead ἀναστῇ. 10 καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησὰν πρὸς ἑαυτούς, “συζη- be risen. And that. saying they kept among themselves, ques- τοῦντεςοὶ τί ἐστιν τὸ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι. tioning what is the *from %among [*the] ‘dead rising. 11 Καὶ ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Ort" λέγουσιν ἔ οἱ γραμ- And they asked him, saying, That 3say ithe “seribes ματεῖς ὅτι "Ἡλίαν" δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον; 12 Ὁ. δὲ Ἰἀποκριθείς that Elias must come first ? Andhe answering εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς, ΕἩλίας" wer ἐλθὼν πρῶτον, '"ἀποκαθιστᾳ' said tothem, Elias indeed having come first, restores - πάντα" καὶ πῶς γέγραπται ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" allthings; and how it has been written of the Son ὃν of man ἵνα πολλὰ πάθη καὶ ο"ἐξουδενωθῇ." .13 ἀλλὰ λέγω that many things he should suffer and be set at nought: but Isay « ~ er \ κ: λί ή ΄ ’ δν, ) : Κα > ~ er ὑμῖν, ote καὶ " HAtac ἐλήλυθεν, καὶ ἐποίησαν αὐτῳ Όσα to you, that also Elias hascome, and_ they did to him whatever Pangednoay,' καθὼς γέγραπται ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. they desired, as it has been written of him. 14 Καὶ «ἐλθὼν! πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς eidev' ὄχλον πολὺν And havingcome to the disciples he saw acrowd ‘great περὶ αὐτούς. καὶ γραμματεῖς συζητοῦντας" *adroic." 15 καὶ ( ς. καὶ γραμματεῖς ""συζητοῦντας ὐτοῖς. around them, and scribes discussing with them. And ναεφθέωςὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος “Oar! αὐτὸν 3ἐξεθαμβήθη,. Kat immediately all the crowd seeing him were greatly amazed, and ο Ἠλείας τ. P Μωῦσεῖ LEW; Μωυσῇ TrA. 9 συνλαλοῦντες T. τ᾿ Ἠλεία τ. ν ἀποκριθῇ he should answer ΤΤΓΑ. greatly afraid LTTrA. “5 ἐγένετο τ. 7 -- λέγουσα ἃ εἰ μὴ τι. b καὶ καταβαινόντων LTTr. ο ἐκτ,. ε συνζητοῦντες LTTrA. f°O τι wherefore LW. Ε + οἱ Ἀ 'Ἠλείαν τ. i ἔφη said TTra. k Ηλείας Τ. na ; (γεαᾷ and how has it been written, Wc.) LT. pa ἤθελον TTrA. 48 ἐλθόντες TTr. κὰν εἶδον ta πρὸς αὐτούς With them τη. Ἡἳ εὐθὺς ΤΊτΑ Ix. M ARK. , : Σ > , ‘ ? προστρέχοντες. ἠσπάζοντο αὐτόν. 16 καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν στοὺς παηπ]ησῖτο [him] saluted him. And he asked the yoappareic," Τί Ζσυζητεῖτεϊ πρὸς *avrovc;' 17 Καὶ Ὀάπο- scribes, What discuss ye with them ὃ And an- κριθεὶς" εἷς ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου “εἶπεν," Διδάσκαλε, ἤνεγκα τὸν υἱόν swering ΟἹ outof the crowd said, Teacher, I brought 2son μου πρός σε, ἔχοντα πνεῦμα ἄλαλον. 18 καὶ ὅπου. ἂν" αὐτὸν my ἰο thee, having a*spirit “dumb; and wheresoerer him λ ΄ ει, δ᾽.» αν ΒΤ 3 / \ a Ἢ καταλάβῃ ῥήσσει αὐτόν" καὶ ἀφρίζει, καὶ τρίζει τοὺς it seizes it dashes *down ‘him; and hefoams, and gnashes ? , 2 00} \ / ὦ λ 5 τ ll ~ ~ ὀδόντας. αὐτοῦ," καὶ ξηραίνεται: καὶ ϑεῖπον" τοῖς μαθηταῖς his teeth, and iswitheringaway. And Ispoke to “disciples ev ? A > , . \ ? » ε νι 7 σου ἵνα αὐτὸ ἐκβάλωσιν, καὶ οὐκιἴσχυσαν. 19 ‘ODE ἀπο- ‘thy that it they might cast out, and they had not power. Buthe an- κριθεὶς "αὐτῷ" λέγει, Ὦ γενεὰ ἄπιστος, ἕως πότε πρὸς ὑμᾶς swering him says, O ?generation‘unbelieving! until when. with you ἔσομαι; ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν; φέρετε αὐτὸν πρός µε. shallI be? until when shall I bear with you? Bring him to me. 20 Καὶ ἤνεγκαν αὐτὸν πρὸς αὐτόν" καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἰεὐθέως And they brought him to him. Andseeing him immediately τὸ πνεῦμα! *iorapagev" αὐτόν, καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τῆς the spirit threw 7into “convulsions *him, and haying failenupon the γῆς ἐκυλίετο ἀφρίζων. 21 Kai ἐπηρώτησεν τὸν.πατέρα αὐτοῦ, earth herolled foaming. And he asked his father, Πόσος χρόνος ἐστὶν ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν αὐτῷ: ὉὋὉ δὲ εἶπεν, How long atime isit that this has been withhim? Andhe said, ΙΠαιδιόθεν. 22 καὶ πολλάκις "αὐτὸν καὶ εἰς πῦρ" ἔβαλεν καὶ From childhood. And often him bothinto fire itcast and εἰς ὕδατα, ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ αὐτόν" "AN" εἴ τι οδύνασαι." into waters, if anything thou art able βοήθησον ἡμῖν, {to do], help us, And Je- Ne EL rw. To εἰ οδύ ΠΡ 7 " πά ὃ ᾿ σους εἶπεν avTw, lu εἰ "ὀυνασαι Ῥπιστευσαι," παντα ὀννατα ΒΒ said ἴο Ἠΐπι, “If thouartable tobelieve, allthings are possible τῷ ᾽ πιστεύοντι. 24 Καὶ" τεὐθέωςὶ κράξας ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ {ο him that believes. And immediately crying out the father of the παιδίου “μετὰ δακρύων" ἔλεγεν, Πιστεύω, Κύριε βοήθει little child with tears said, I believe, Lord, help μου.τῇ.ἀπιστίᾳ. 25 ᾿Ιδὼν.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι «ἐπισυντρέχει mine unbelief. But ?seeing Jesus that *was *running *together ὄχλος, ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ, λέγων αὐτῷ. 2a*crowd, rebuked the spirit the unclean, saying to it, Τὸ "πνεῦμα τὸ ἄλαλον Kai κωφόν," ἐγώ ὅσοι ἐπιτάσσω,ἳ ἔξελθε Spirit dumb and deaf, af thee command, come YZ" αὐτοῦ, καὶ μηκέτι εἰσέλθῃς εἰς αὐτόν. 26 Καὶ *xoa- ουῦ οὗ --Ἠϊπι, and nomoremayestthouenterinto him. And having Eav," καὶ πολλὰ "σπαράξανὶ Ῥααὐτόν,! ἐξῆλθεν" καὶ eriedout,and *much ‘thrown ‘into *conyulsions , *him, it came out; and eee ε A 5 ; er ca x 4 λέ « ? 0 ΕΥΕΝΕΤΟ WOEL γεκρος, ωστε πολ ους εγειν οτι απεῦαγεν. he became As if dead, so that many said that he was dead. Y αὐτούς them GLTTrA. 2 συνζητεῖτε LTTrA. him utr a. ς --- εἶπεν LTTrA. déavLtTra. § (read [his] teeth) [L]rrra. SeimaTTrA. _» αὐτοῖς them GLTTraw. Litra. * συνεσπάραξεν LT. 1+ ἐκ since LTTraw. ο δύνῃ LTTrA. Ρ --- πιστεῦσαι TTr[A]. 4 -- καὶ [1{]]τ{ τ ]Ὰ. δακρυων LTTrA. t — Κύριε ΟἸΧΤΤΙΡΑΥ. VON ae the (crowd) T. MVEUMALITrA, *EmiTAgow σοι Tira. 8 απ from L. GLTT: AW. ba — αὐτόν G[L]}TTra. ος + τοὺς the LTTrA. that it might destroy him: but σπλαγχνισθεὶς being moved with pity on ἃ. v 5 αὑτούς Ε. ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς. 28 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰη-᾿ τὰ καὶ εἰς πῦρ αὐτὸν ΤΑ. τ εὐθὺς TTrA. , 23 κράξας GLTTrAW. 117 to him saluted him. 16 And he asked the scribes, What question ye with them? 17 And one of the multitude answered and _ said, Master, I have brought unto thee my son, which hath a dumb spirit ; 18 and where- soever he takcth him, he teareth him: and he foameth, and gnash- eth with his teeth, and pineth away: and 1 spake to thy-disciples that they should cast him out; and’ they could not. 19 He an- swereth him, and saith, O faithless generation, how long shall I be with you? how long shall I suffer you? bring him unto me. 20 And they brought him unto him: and when he saw him, strgightway the spirit tare him; and he fell on the ground, and wallowed foaming. 21 And he asked his father, How long is it ago since this came unto him? And he said, Ofachild. 22 And ’ ofttimes it hath cast him into the fire, and into the waters, .to destroy him: but if thou canst do any thing, have compas- sion on us, and help us. 23 Jesus said unte him, If thou canst be- ‘lieve, all things ave possible to him that believeth, 24 And straightway the father of the child cried out, and said with tears, Lord;‘I believe; help thou mine unbelief. _25 When Jesus saw that the people came running together, he rebuked ,the foul spirit, saying unto him, Thou dumb ani deaf spirit, I charge thee, come out of him, and enter no more into him. 26 And the spirit cried, and reut him sore, and came out of him: and he was as one dead; in- somuch that many said, He is dead. > ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ answered ε — avrov (read [hitn]) τ. f — αὐτοῦ i τὸ πνεῦμα εὐθὺς 2 ἀλλὰ Τ. 8 — μετὰ Ν ἄλαλον καὶ κωφὸν 88. σπαραξας 118 27 But Jesus took him by the hand, and lifted him up; and he arose, 28 And when he was come into the house, his disciples asked him privately, Why could not we cast him out? 22 And he said unto them, This kind can come forth by nothing, but by prayer and fasting. 30 And they depart- ed thence, avd passed through Galilee; and he would not that any man should know it. 31 For. he taught his disciples, and said unto them, The Son of man is delivered into the hands of men, and they shall kill him; and after that he is killed, he shall rise the third day. 32 But they understood not that saying, and were afraid to ask him. 33 And he came to Capernaum: and being in the honse he asked them, What was it that ye disputed a- mong yourselves by the way? 34 But they held their peace: for by the way they had disputed among them- selves, who should be the greatest. 35 And he sat down, and called the twelve, and saith. unto them, Ifany man desire to be first, the same shall be last of all, and servant of all. 36 And he took achild, and set him in the midst of them: and when he had taken him in his arms, he said unto them, 97 Whosoever shall receive one of. such children in my name, . receiveth me: and whosoever shall re- ccive me, receiveth not me, but him that sent me. 38 And John an- swered him, saying, Master, we saw one casting out devils -in thy name, and he fol- loweth not us: and MAPKOS. LX: 27 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς κρατήσας αὐτὸν τῆς χειρός" ἤγειρεν αὐτόν, But Jesus, havingtaken him bythe, hand, raised*up ‘him, καὶ ἀνέστη. and he arose. 28 Kai εἰς οἶκον οἱ μαθητὰὶ αὐτοῦ Απᾶ into a house his disciples f2 , 2) aks ? oY b gt li τος = suche ἐπηρώτων αὑτὸν κατ -LOLAY, Οτι ἡμεῖς οὐκ.ήδυνη- asked him apart, Because [of Riba 2we Awere not θηµεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό; 29 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτο τὸ γένος able to cast out it ὃ And he said to them, ae kind ἐν οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ "καὶ νηστείᾳ." by nothing can go out except by prayer and fasting. 90 ‘Kai ἐκεῖθενὶ ἐξελθόντες ὑπαρεπορεύοντο". διὰ τῆς And from thence having gone forth they went through Γαλιλαίας" καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν ἵνα τις. ἰγνῷ"" 91 ἐδίδασ- Galilee ; _ and he would not that anyone should know [it]; *he*was *teach- κεν γὰρ τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς ing ‘for his disciples, and said to them, The Son τοῦ ἀνθρώπου- παραδίδοται εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων, καὶ of man is delivered’ into [the] hands of men, a ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν' καὶ ἀποκτανθείς “ry τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ" they will kill him ; and having becn νέο. onthe third day ἀναστήσεται. 82 Οἱ δὲ ἠγνύουν τὸ ῥῆμα, καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο he will arise. But they understood not the saying, and were afraid αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσαι. 2him 1to *ask, 33 Kai "ἦλθεν" εἰς Καπερναούμ" καὶ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ γενόμενος And hecame to Capernaum ; and *in *the 4house ‘being ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς, Τί ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ Ῥπρὸς ἑαυτοὺς" διελογίζεσθε; he asked ‘them, What ἵπ the way among κ ΕΝ were ye discussing ? 34 Οἱ δὲ ἐσιώπων" πρὸς ἀλλήλους yap διελέχθησαν dep But they were silent ; 2with Sone *another ‘for they had been discussing by εεἰσελθόντα αὐτὸν" when he was entered ell τῇ ὁδῷ," τίς μείζων. 85 καὶ καθίσας ἐφώνησεν τοὺς the. way, who[was] greater. _And sitting down he called the δώδεκα, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ei τις θέλει 7 πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται twelve, andhesays tothem, If anyone desires “first ‘to *be, heshall be πάντων ἔσχατος καὶ πάντων διάκονος. 36 Καὶ -λαβὼν 308 all 1]αςί and of 341] ‘servant. And having taken παιδίον ἔστησεν αὐτὸ ἐν μἐσῳ .αὐτῶν' καὶ ἐναγκαλισάμενος alittlechild he set it their midst; and having taken 1η [his] “arms > A μὴ 7 ~ a 5 ie Ι εν δι η αὐτὸ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, 87 Ὃς. ἐὰν! ἕν τῶν “τοιούτων παιδίων 115 hesaid {ο them, Whoever one of such little chiidren δέξηται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται" καὶ δὲ. "ἐὰν" ἐμὲ shall receive in my name, me receives ; and whoever me ἰδέξηται,." οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά µε. shall receive, ποῦ me _ recccives, but him who sent me. 38 * Απεκρίθη.δὲῖ αὐτῷ "6" lwavync™ Ey vy," Διδάσκαλε, εἴδομέν And ?answered “him 1John saying, Teacher, we saw τινα” τῷ.ὀνόματί.σου ἐκβάλλοντα δαιμόνια, γὸς οὐκ. ἀκολουθεῖ some one in thy name μην out demons, who follows not in 4 τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ his hand trtr. Ο τι wherefore LW. τὰ μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας after th ree Gays LITra. ο Μαφαρναούμ LTTraw. 5 παιδίων τούτων of these little children τ. [δὲ] 1, ἔφη spoke (to him) ΤΤΤΑ, Lane ἕξ 1 γνοῖ LTTrA. e εἰσελθόντος αὐτοῦ τττ.. fat ἰδίαν ἐπηρώτων αὐτόν 1 Κἀκεῖθεν LTTrA. * ἐπορεύοντο Ltr. 5 ἦλθον they came LITra. τ dy LTTrA, ἃ ἀπεκρίθη * + ἐν ELTITAW, h — καὶ νηστεία TA]. Ρ — πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς LTTrA. 9 [ἐν τῇ ὁδφ] τι. t δέχηται should receive ΤΤςΑ. v-— ὃ GLW. 3 — λέγων 1. δ — ὃς οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ ἡμῖν α. Ισ. MAR K. ell ὃς λκωλὸ σας. at Nae a tes ose ἢ ημιν' και ᾿εκωλνυσαμενὶ αὐτόν, ΆΌτι οὐκ.ἀκολουθεῖι ἡμῖν. 115, and we forbade him, because he follows not us. c a7 ~ 3 . ‘ 6 39 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Μὴ κωλύετε αὐτόν" οὐδεὶς. γάρ ἐστιν But Jesus said, Forbid not hin ; for no one , there is ὃς ποιήσει δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί-μου, Kai δυνήσεται who shalldo aworkecfpower in and be able ταχὺ κακολογῆσαί µε. 40 ὃς γὰρ οὐκ.έστιν καθ "ὑμῶν," ὑπὲρ readily ὕο speak evil of me; for he who [15 not against you, for ΄“, ελ ’ c ~ , υὑμῶν' ἐστιν. 41 ὃς γὰρ.ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ποτήριον you is. For whoever may give *to *drink 'you a-cup ῃ ο ἢ « ~ ; ῃ ὕδατος ἐν “τῷ" ὀνόματί. μου," ὅτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε, ἀμὴν λέγω ος water in niy name, because “Christ’s tye *are, verily Isay 4 ~ > , ‘4 ‘ ? “Ὁ \ e a ὑμῖν, «οὐ.μὴ Ιἀάπολέσῃ' τὸν-μισθὺν.αὐτοῦ. 42 Καὶ ὃς. ἂν to you, in πο wi-e should he lose his reward, And whoever / e ~ ~ ~ ’ 2 σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν ικοῶν ὁ τῶν "πιστευόντων εἰς mi..y cause τὸ “otvnd tone 3οξ *the “little “ones who belicve in ἐμέ." καλόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ μᾶλλον εἰ περίκειται 'λίθος.μυλικὸς! me, good itis for him rather if- is put a millstone κ᾿ Ἢ , . ᾽ » \ ; ᾽ ‘ ὶ 7 TEM τὸν. τράχηλον αὐτοῦ, καὶ βεθληται: εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. ο)». τὸ his neck, and he has becn cast into the sea. 42% Καὶ ἐὰν Ἐσκανδαλίζῃι σε ἡ-χείρ-σου, ἀπόκοψον αὐτήν" And if ‘should ‘cause *to offend *thee ‘thy “hand, cut off it: ’ ‘ ‘ ao 2 ι ‘ ? ~ καλόν ἴσοι ἐστὶν! κυλλὸν' πεις τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν," good fortiHee itis maimed into life toenter, [rather] « = ee τε, ᾿ ῃ 2 η τὰς δύο χεῖρας ἔχοντα ἀπελθεῖν εἰς τὴν γέενναν, εἰς τὸ a . than the two hands having togoaway into the Gehenna, into the ~ » , yy , ~ ~ ‘ mio τὸ ἄσβεστον, 44 "ὕπου ὁ σκώληξ.αυτῶν οὐ-τελευτᾷ, καὶ fire the unquénchable, where their worm dies not, and τὸ πῦρ οὐ σβέννυται.! 45 καὶ ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ the fire is not quenched. And if thy foot should cause *to “offend ce, ἀπόκοψον αὐτόν' καλόν 9 Ρέἐστιν σοι! εἰσελθεῖν εἰς THY *thee, cut olf it: good itis forthee toenter into 5 ‘ ‘4 7 os » ) ~ ζωὴν yw or, ἢ τοὺς δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εις life lame, {rather]thar the two feet having to be cast into ‘ / ο ἘΌΝ A ~ 3 ” = τὶ 40 rv « ο DA? a τὴν γέενναν; πείς TO πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον, ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ tke Gehenna, intothe -fire the unquenchable, where “worl : ~ ~ ‘ ‘A ~ ? le ΟΝ FAN « αὐτῶν οὐ.τελευτᾷ, καὶ τὸ Tip οὐ.σβέννυται." 47 καὶ ἐὰν ὁ And if my name, h ‘their dies not, and the fire is not quenched. , » ? 7 κ᾿ , ὀφθαλμός.ισου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν' καλόν thine eye should cause “to “offend ‘thee, cust out 10: good ὅσοι ἐστὶν" μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ for thee itis + with one eye toenter into the kingdom θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν γξεν- of God, [rather] than two eyes having tobecast into the Gehen- ναν ‘rov πυρός," 48 ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ. αὐτῶν οὐ.τελευτᾷ, ος and the na of fire, whcre their worm dies not, ~ ; ~ \ \ ς ΄ Woes πῦρ οὐ.σβέννυται. 49 Πᾶς. γὰρ πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται, "καὶ fire is not quenched. For everyone with fire shall be salted, and , ‘ A ‘ Ι ἁλισθήσεται.ὶ 50 καλὸν τὸ "ἅλας, ~ . ΄ « 4 masa «θυσία art Good [157 06 | salt, every sacrifice with salt shall be salted. 2 ἐκωλύομεν TIra. not f llowing usT. Ὁ ἡμῶν us ELTraw. e + ὅτι that [1,]ΤΤτΑ. f ἀπολέσει shiall he lose Ltr. | LITA]. ΒἈ πίστιν ἐχόντων have faith “Α ; — ets ἐμέ T. an ass LTTrA. κ σκανδαλίσῃ τ. | ἐστίν σε ΥΤΤΙΑ. Ἀ — verse 44 1[Tr]. ο + [γὰρ] forL., ἐστίν σε LITrAW. [Littr{al. r — verse 46 1|Tr]. 5 σέ ἐστιν ΤΤτΑ. πᾶσα θυσία ἁλὲ ἁλισθήσεται Τ[τι]. νυ ἅλα LT ¢ — τῷ GLTTrAW. t — τοῦ πυρος LTTra. 119 we forbad him, be- cause he tolloweth not us. 39 But Jesus spid, Forbid him not: for there is no man which shall do a miracle in my mame, that can lightly speak. evil of me. 40 For he that is not against us is on our part. 41 For whosoever shall give you acup of water to drink in my name, because ye belong to Christ, verily I say unto you, he shall not lose his reward, 42 And whosoever shall offend one of these little ones that believe in me, it is better for him that a millstone were hang- εὐ about his neck, and he were cast into the sea, 43 And if thy hand offend thee, cut it off: it is better for thee to entez into life maimed, than having two hands to go into hell, into the fire that never shall be quench- ed: 44 where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quench- ed. 45 And if thy foot offend thee, cut it off; it is better for thee to enter halt into life, than having two feet to be cast into hell, into the fire that never shall be quenched: 46 where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched, 47 And if thine eye offend thee,. piuck it out: it is better for thee to enter into the kingdom of God with oue eye, than having two eyes to be cast into hell fire : 48 where their worm dieth not, and the fire is not quenched. 49 For every one shall besalted with fire, and every sacrifice shall be salted with salt. 50Salt ὦ good: 8 [ὅτι οὐκ ἀκολουθεῖ ἡμῖν] Tr; ὅτι οὐκ ἠκολούθει ἡμῖν because he was ἆ — μου (read [my]) GLTra. Ε + τούτων (read of these little ones) i μύλος ὀνικὸς, millstone turned by _™ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς THY ζωὴν LTT:AW. 4 — εἰς TO πῦρ TO ἄσβεστον ἃ -- και 120 but if the salt have lost his saltness, where- with will ye season it ? Have salt in your- selves, and have peace one with another, Χ. And he arose from thence, and com- eth into the coasts of Judza by the farther side of Jordan: and the people resort unto him aguin ; and, as he was wont, he taught them again. 2 And the Pharisees cume to him, and asked him, Is if lawful for a man to put away his wife? tempting him. 3 And he answered and said unto them, What did Moses command you? 4 And they said, Moses suffered to write a bill of divorcement, and to put her away. 5 And Jesus answered and said untothem, For the hardness of your heart he wrote you this pre- cept. 6 But from the beginning of the cre- ation God made them maleand female, 7 For this cause shall a man leave his father and mother, and cleave to his wife; 8 and. they twain shall be one flesh : so then they are no more twain, but one flesh, 9 What therefore God hath joined together, let not man put asunder, 10 And in the house his disciples asked him again of the same matter. 11 And he saith unto them, Who- soever shall put away his wife, and marry ‘another, committeth adultery against her. 12 And if a woman shall -put away her husband, and be mar- ried to another, she committeth adultery. 13 And they brought young children tohim, that he should touch- them: and his disci- les rebuke: those that rought them. 14 But when Jesus saw it, he was much displeased, and said unto them, Suffer the little child< ren to come unto me, ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. να 1 ‘ A Ν tr ” ; ’ ἐὰν δὲ τὸ “ὥλας" ἄναλον γένηται, ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε; butif the salt saltless is become, with what it will ye season? ” ? =e ~ Χ er ll 4 3 ’ > 4 > , ἔχετε EV εαυτοῖς *ddac," Kai εἰρήνεύετε ἐν ἀλλήλοις. Have in yourselves salt, and beat peace with one another. 10 "Κἀκεῖθεν" ἀναστὰς ἔρχεται εἰς τὰ ὕρια τῆς Ἰουδαίας, Andthence risingup he comes into the borders of Judea, διὰ τοῦ! πέραν τοῦ Ἱορδάνου' καὶ ᾿συμπορεύονται! πάλιν by πο: otherside ofthe Jordan. And come together again ὄχλοι πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ὡς εἰώθει πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν crowds to him, and as he had beenaccustomed again he taught ᾽ / 9 K κι λθό b . Φ ~ e2 ΄ u αὐτοὺς. αἱ προσελθόντες «οί. Φαρισαῖοι “ἐπηρώτησαν them. And coming to [him] the Pharisees asked αὐτὸν εἰ ἔξεστιν ἀνδρὶ γυναῖκα ἀπολῦσαι, πειράζοντες him if itis lawful fora husband a wife to put away, tempting αὐτόν. 8 0.0& ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti vpir ἐνετείλατο him. Buthe answering said tothem, What *you ‘did Ξοοπιπιαπᾶ ἀμωσῆς ;} 4 Οἱ δὲ “εἶπον," ΓΜωσῆς ἐπέτρεψεν" βιβλίον ἀπο- ?Moses 2 ‘And they said, Moses allowed a bill of di- στασίου γράψαι, καὶ ἀπολῦσαι. ὃ ΞΚαὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ" Ἰησοῦς vorce to write, and to put away. And answering Jesus εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πρὸς τὴν.σκληροκαρδίαν.ὑμῶν ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν said tothem, In view of your hardheartedness he wrote for you τὴν.ἐντολὴν. ταύτην 6 ἀπὸὺ.δὲ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως ἄρσεν καὶ this commandment ; but from [the] beginning of creation male and θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς "ὸ θεός." 7 ἕνεκεν τούτου καταλείψει female, ?made *them 1God. On account of this shall *leave ἄνθρωπος τὸν.πατέρα.αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν μητέρα, ‘kai προσκολ- 1g “man his father and mother, and shall be ληθήσεται' Σπρὸς τὴν.γυναϊκα! αὐτοῦ, ὃ καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο ee em : αν τή κά joined to his wife, and “shall *be ‘the *two > ’ , A ov > , 7 πὶ a7 TAX A / / σ 9 ΩΣ εἰς σάρκα μίαν" ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ μία σάρξ. 9 ὃ ‘for “flesh ‘one; sothatnolongeraretheytwo, but one flesh. What- οὖν ἆ θεὸς συνέζευξεν, ἄνθρωπος μὴ.χωριζέτω. 10 Kai liv therefore God united together, Sman ‘let *not separate. And in τῇ οἰκίᾳ" πάλιν οἱ μαθηταὶ “αὐτοῦ! περὶ ™rov.abrou" Ὀἔπη- the house again his disciples concerning thesame thing ο: , Il ? , ‘ 2 ? ~ a p2 τ᾿ Ἢ Θ᾽ ῈΞΞ λύ ρώτησαν" αὐτόν. 11 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ος Ρἐὰνὶ azo voy asked him. And hesays tothem, Whoever should put away τὴν.γυν. «αὐτοῦ καὶ γαμήσῃ ἄλλην, μοιχᾶται ἐπ᾽ his wife and should marry another, commits adultery against αὐτήν. 12 καὶ ἐὰν «γυνὴ ἀπολύσῃ" τὸν.ἄνδρα.αὐτῆς "ai" her. And if a woman should put away her husband and SyaunOy ἄλλῳ, μοιχᾶται. be married to another, she commits adultery. , ‘ , ? ~ , τ eal 7 νι. 19 Καὶ προσέφερον αὐτῷ παιδία, ἵνα ἅψηται αὐτῶν And they brought to him little children, that hemighttouch, them, οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπετίμων τοῖς προσφέρουσιν. 14 ἰδὼν. δὲ But πο disciples rebuked those who broughtthem. ἘῬπῦΠαντίης θε [1] ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἠγανάκτησεν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Αφετε τὰ παιδία Jesus Was indignant, and. said tothem, Suffer the little children WGdaT., αἅλα ΙΤΊτΑ. καὶ ἐκεῖθεν LITTAW. 2 καὶ Θὰ LTTrA, ὃ συνπορεύονται ΤΑ. Ὁ — οἱ GLTraW. © ἐπηρώτων were asking ΙΤΤΤΑ. ἃ Μωῦσῆς τ ταν]. © εἶπαν LTTra, f ἐπέτρεψεν Μωὺσῆς LTTrA; Μωῦὺσῆς ἐπέτ. W. Ε ὃ δὲ but TTra. h — 6 θεός (}εαᾷ he © made them) [L]rtrja]. i— καὶ προσκολληθήσεται τ λἠἘτῇ γυναικὶτι; — πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα τ. 1 εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν LTTrA, ,™ — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) [τ]ττήα]. 5 τούτου this Lrtra, ο ἐπηρώτων Were asking TA. PavLITraA. 4 αὐτὴ ἀπολύσασα she putting away TTra. Tm καὶ TTrA. 5 γαµήσῃ ἄλλον should marry another urtra, xX. Μα Εκ. » θ ᾿ t 1 η λ TS τ ae ~ ‘ , έρχεσ αι προς HE, και μµη-κωλυετε ουτα των.γαο-τοιοντωυγ to come to me, and donothinder them; tor of such μα ΄ λε ΄ ~ 6 ai 1 - > \ / ε ~ τὰ v2 ‘ Π ἐστιν ἢ) βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὃ ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς "ἐὰν is the kingdom of God, Verily Isay toyou, Whoever ‘ / ‘ Ἂ ~ ~ e ae μὴ δέξηται τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον, οὐ μὴ shall net receive the kingdom of God as a little child, in no wise εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτήν. 16 Καὶ ἐναγκαλισάμενοὸ αὐτά, τ shall entcr into it. And having taken *in [*his] *arms ‘them, τιθεῖς τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτὰ Σηὐλόγει αὐτά." having !aid [his] hands on them ο blessed them. 17 Καὶ ἐκπορευομένου. αὐτοῦ εἰς ὁδόν, προσδραμὼν εἴς καὶ And as he went forth into[the] way, running “up γονυπετήσας αὐτὸν ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε ἀγαθέ, τί kneeling downto him a ked him, Teacher *good, what ποιήσω ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω; 18 Ὁ δὲ. Τησοῦς 8841} [ἂο that life eternal [ may inherit ? But Je =s εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τί pe λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδες ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ said tohim, Why mecallest thou good? No one [is] good except εἷς, ὁ θεός. 19 τὰς ἐντολὰς one, God. οἶδας. ΣΜὴ.μοιχεύσῳς" The commandments thou knowest : Thou shouldest not commit μὴ φονεύσῃς'' μή κλέψης' adultery ; thou shouldest not commit murder; thou shouldest not steal; thou μὴ .ψευδομαρτυρήσμς' μὴ .ἀποστερήσῃς' τίμα τὸν shouldest not bear false witness; thou shouldest not defraud; honour πατέρα.σου καὶ τὴν µητέρα:. 20 Ὁ δὲ "ἀποκριθεὶς! δεῖπεν! thy father and mother. And he answering said αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ἱτάῦτα πάντα! Ἰἐφυλαξάμην"' ἐκ νεότητός to him, Teacher, “these *all have I kept from youth µου. 21 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ ἠγάπησεν αὐτύν, καὶ ‘my. AndJesus looking upon him loved him, aod τ ~ ε ΒΨ “ / » , εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἕν «σοι! ὑστερεῖ'. ὕπαγε, ὅσα ἔχεις πώλη- said to him, Onethingtotheeislacking: go, asmuchas thou hast sell ~ ~ ‘ { τοῖς! πτωχοῖς; καὶ ἕξεις {ο the poor, and thou shalt have οὐρανῷ᾽ καὶ δεῦρο, ἀκολούθει μοι, ξᾶάρας τὸν σταυρόν." 22 Ὁ. δὲ heaven; and come, follow me, taking up the cross. But he, ‘ ~ , ~ / ὦ > ‘ ” στυγνάσας ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος" Ίν-γάρ-έχων being sag at the word, went away grieved, for he had ΄ ’ ξ ‘ FF κ.α ~ λέ ~ κτήματα πολλά. 23 Kai περιβλεψάμενος ὁ Inooug λέγει τοῖς “possessions ‘many. And _ looking around Jesus says ~ ? ~ ~ / c ο / ” > pabyraic.avrov, Πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες εἰς to his disciples, How _ difficultly those “riches ‘having into τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελεύσονται. 24 Οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐθαμ- σον καὶ δὸς θησαυρὸν ἐν and give i treasure in the kingdom of God shall enter ! And the disciples were as- ~ ‘ ~ , > ~ « αν - ΄ > \ βοῦντο ἐπὶ τοῖς.λόγοις αὐτοῦ. ὋὉ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς tonished at his words. And Jesus again answering λέγει αὐτοῖς, "Τέκνα," πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν ἱτοὺς πεποιθότας says tothem, Children, μὸν difficult it is [for] those who trust ἐπὶ τοῖς! χρήμασιν" εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν. in riches into the kingdom of God toenter! , 4 ~ ~ ~ Ι κάμηλον διὰ ἱτῆς" τρυμαλιᾶς ἱτῆς! 25 εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν eye of the Easier itis [for] a camel through the t — καὶ GYTrAW 5 ἂν LTTrA. αὐτά he blesses them LW; - ηὐλόγει αὐτά Ἰ0νΑ. z -- σου tiiy (mother) LT. ἃ — ἀν. "κριθεὶς Τ. ἃ ἐφύλαξα κι. ~ a ’ = Ἅ 10 Ἂ 4 μὴν λέγω υμίν, οὐδεὶς εστιν OC αφῆκεν οἰκίαν. ἢ αδελφούς, Verily Isay toyou, Noone thereis who hasleft house, ος brothers, n δελ , πλ ῃ a ; Ι χὰ μη "Δ ΄ “ η ἀδθελφάς, “ἢ πατέρα, 1) µητερα, "η γυναικα, ἢ τέκνα, ἢ or sisters, or father, or mother, or wite, or children, or ἀγρούς, ἕνεκεν; ἐμοῦ καὶ Υ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 30 ἐὰν. μὴ λάβῃ lands, forthesakeofme and ofthe glad tidings, that shali not reccive ἑκατονταπλασίονα νῦν ἐν τῷ-καιρῷ-τούτῳ, οἰκίας καὶ ἀδελ- a hundredfold now in this time: houses and το- φοὺς καὶ ἀδελφὰς καὶ μητέρας" καὶ τέκνα καὶ ἀγρούς, μετὰ thers and sisters and mothers and children and lands, with διωγμῶν, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ.ἐρχομένῳ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 31 πολ- persecutions,and in the age that i iscoming 1178 eternal. “Many \Aol δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, Kai "οἱ! ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι. Σραῦ *shall*be “first last, and the last first. 32 Ἠσαν δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἀναβαίνοντες εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα" καὶ Απά ος were in the way going up to Jerusalem, * and ον γων αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ᾿ἐθαμβοῦντο. «at! ree going *before “ὑπο 1 Jesus, and they were astonished, and ἀκολουθοῦντες ἐφοβοῦντο. καὶ παραλαβὼν πάλιν τοὺς following were afraid. And having taken to [him] again the δώδεκα, ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς λέγειν τὰ μέλλοντα αὐτῷ .twelve, he began them to tell the things which were about *to*him συμβαίνειν". 88 Ὅτι, ἰδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ 1to “happen : Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ the Son of man will be delivered up tothe chief priests and τοῖς' γραμματεῦσιν, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτὸν θανάτῳ, καὶ to the scribes, and they will condemn him to death, and παραδώσουσιν αὐτὸν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, 84 καὶ ἐμπαίξουσιν αὐτῷ, will deliver ap him tothe Gentiles, And they will ote hi, ἀκαὶ μαστιγώσουσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ," καὶ ἄπο- and will scourge him, and_ will spit upon him, and = will κτενοῦσιν αὐτόν" καὶ fry τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ" ἀναστήσεται. kill him ; and on the third ‘' day he will rise again, 35 Kai προσπορεύονται αὐτῷ Ιάκωβος καὶ Ἰωάννης Bot" And ᾿ς come up to him. James and John, the m διελθεῖν EGLTTrAW. ᾳ — ἐστιν. (read [ιιγε]) της. have followed LTT-aw. Jesus said. (— amok. } + ἕνεκεν for the sake G[t]tTraw. and those TTr. 9 — αὐτόν (read [him]) [τε] Tr). n — δὲ but TTra. o+ [τοῦτο] this [is] L. Ρ — τῷ TTrAW. Σ--- καὶ GLTTraAW. Ξ λέγειν ὁ ο Πέτρος, ΤΑ. t ἠκολουθήκαμέν v ἀποκριθεὶς (omit but) ὁ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν παμε ἔφη ὁ Ἰησοῦς wn μητέρα, ἢ πατέρα ΤΤΤΤΑ. = ἢ γυναϊκα LTTra. : μητέρα mother Ltr. ® — οἱ GLW. > οἱ δὲ 4 καὶ ἐμπτύσουσιν αὐτῷ, καὶ μαστιγώσουσιν αὐτὸν ΗΤΤ.Α. f μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας after three days LT Tra, ἕ -- οἱ Α. δὲ) ΤΑ. © — τοῖς L. ὡς, MARK. ε / υἱοὶ Ζεβεδαίου, λέγοντες", Διδάσν re, θέλομεν ἵνα ὃ ἐὰν sons of Zebedee, saying, Teacher, we de that whatever ᾽ ΓΙ , σ ντ « ᾿ Fy ~ γεν , αἰτήσωμε» ἢ ποιήσῃς ἡμῖν. 90 Ο.δὲ εἶπενα ic, Τί θέλετε we may ask thou wouidest ἄο for us. Andhe said tothem, What doyedesire k ~ , πε Ἂ: Ε « δὲ να ἢν. > ~ ee ε - Ἷ + ποιῆσαι pes υμίν; 37 Οι.9εεἰπον' αὐτῷ, Adc ἡμῖν, ἵνα εἷς το 34ο ‘me ΤΟΥ you? And they said tohim, Give tous, that one > ~ Ἢ ο 7? ! , mic δεξιῶν σου" καὶ εἷς ἃ ἐξ οεὐωνύμων' Ρσουϊ καθίσωμεν. ἐν at thy right hand and one at thy left hand Wwemaysit in ~ A ~ cy ? ~ "Ὁ , τῇ. δόξῃς. σου. 383 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Οὐκ.οἴδατε τί thy giory. But Jesus’ said tothem, Yeknow not what ~ : ~ ο ‘ Α ‘ ‘ ιαἰτεῖσθε, δύνασθε πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον΄ ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, “καὶ! τὸ re yeask. Are ye able todrink the cup which I drink, and *the arricna 6. ἐγὼ βαπτίζοµαι, βαπτισθῆναι; ®paptism "which *I ¥*am ’°baptized (*'with], "το *be *baptized [*with]? 99 Οἱ δὲ τεϊπονὶ αὐτῷ, Δυνάμεθα. Ὁ.-δὲ.Τησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Andthey said tohim, Weare able, But Jesus said tothem, To "μὲν! ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω, πίεσθε: καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα The “indeed ‘cup which I drink, yeshall drink ; and the baptism ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι, βαπτισθήσεσθε’ 40 τὸ .δὲ.καθί- which 1 am baptized [with], ye shall be baptized [with] ; but to sit > ς.- ὦ q 1Η 2 47 / { Il ? » Ω 3 4A σαι εκ δεξιῶν μου" καὶ" ἐξ εὐωνύμων μου" οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐμὸν at iny right hand . and at: my left hind is not mine δοῦναι, ἀλλ᾽ οἷς ἡτοίμασται. 4] Καὶ ἀκούσαν- τοµίνο, but [to those] for whom it has been prepared. And having TEC ot heard [this] the began Ἰωάννου 42 νὺ δὲ [ησοῦς προσκαλεσάμενος and 2 ‘ Π Le αὑτοὺς" λέγει ten to be indignant about James Johu. But Jesus having called *to [Shim] ?them says αὐτοῖς, Οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ δοκοῦντες ἄρχειν τῶν ἐθνῶν tothem, Yeknow that those whe are accounted toruleover the nations κατακυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν" καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι. αὐτῶν κατεξουσιάζου- exercise lordshipover them; and their great ones excercise authority σιν αὐτῶν. 43 οὐχ οὕτως δὲ Yéora ἐν ὑμῖν' ἀλλ over them: not thus however shall it be among you; but εν ΣΝ {I on Σ. [ή / Π ? « - wy 2 ΓΝ , ὃς. Σεὰν" θέλῃ Σγενέσθαι μέγας" ἐν ὑμῖν, ἔσται Ἰδιάκονος ‘whoever de-ires to become great among you, shall be *servant ὑμῶν." 44 καὶ ὃς "ἂν" θέλῃ Ῥὑμῶν' «γενέσθαι! πρῶτος, ἔσται γοῦν; and whoever’ desires of you to become first, shail be / σον Ξ = ‘ BY « κα δὰ τ" δ᾽, o> ? τ πάντων δοῦλος" 45 καὶ.γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.ᾖλθεν “of 5411 =*bondman., For even the Son of man came not διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι, καὶ δδῦναι τὴν ψυχἠν.αὐτοῦ το be served, but to serve, and togive his life ne λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν. &ransom for many. 46 Kai “ἔρχονται! εἰς “Ἱεριχώ"!" καὶ ἐκπορευομένου. αὐτοῦ And .theycome to Jericho ; and as he was going out - 2 ἢ Ἶ - » - \ ~ ἀπὸ "Ἱεριχώ,! καὶ τῶν μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὄχλου ἱκανοῦ, from Jericho, and his disciples, and a‘*crowd “large, [υἱὸς Τιμαίου Βαρτίμαιος £6" τυφλὸς ἃ ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν a@son of Timvzus, Bartimeus the blind [man], wassitting beside the h + αὐτῷ to him [1/]τττΑ. i+ oe thee ΙΤΤΙΑΥΓ. ποιήσω". ἰ εἶπαν LTTrA. .™ σου ἐκ δεξιῶν TTrA. 5 — σου (read [thy] left hand) [τ]ττια. 4 ἢ OY LTTrA. t — µου (read [my] left hand) eirtraw. 5 ἐστιν it is LTTrA. α ἂν LTTr, 5 ἐὰν Ctra, » ἐν ὑμῖν among you 1,. £+6the(son) 1 ηταν. Ε -- ὁ (readablind[man)]) titra, Ὁ + σου thy Τ. 7 μέγας γενέσθαι TTr. Φ/ » y ? ~ ΝΜ: , a céxa ἤρξαντο ἀγανακτεῖν περὶ ᾿Ιακώβου καὶ τ εἶπαν LTTrA. ν᾿ καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὃ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrA. 2 ὑμῶν διάκονος GLTTrAW. ὁ εἶναι {ο beutr. 4 ἔρχεται Ὦθ ΟὐΤΩ651,.. 8 Ἱερειχώ τ. ha + προσαίτης a beggar TTra. 123 saying, Master, we would that thou shouldest do for us whatsoever we shall desire. 36 And he said unto them, What would ye that I should do for you? 37 They said unto him, Grant unto us that we may sit. one on thy right hand, and the other on thy left hand, in thy glory. 38 But Jesus said unto them, Ye know not what ye ask: can ye drink of the eup that I drink of? and be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with? 39 And they said unto him, Wecan. And Je- sus said unto them, Ye shall indeed drink of the cup that I drink of ; and with the bap- tism that I am bap- tized withal shall ye be baptized: 40 but to sit on my right hand and on my left hand is not mine to give; but zt shall be given to them for. whom it is prepared, 4] And when the ten heard zt, they began to be much dis- pleased with James and John. 42 But Jesus called them to him, and saith unto them, Ye know that they which are accounted to rule over the Gen- tiles exercise lordship over them; and their great ones exercise authority upon them. 43 But so shall it not be. among you: but whosoever will be great among τοι, shall be your minister: 4: and whosoever of you will be the chief- est, shall be servant of all, 45 For even the Son of man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister, and to give his life a ran- som for many. 46 And they came to Jericho: and as he went out of Jericho with his disciples and a. great number of peo- ple, blind Bartimzus, the son of Timezeus, sat by the highway side begging. 47 And when κ ποιήσω I should do utr; µε ο ἀριστερῶν TTrA. 5 --- μὲν TTrA. 194 he heard that it was esus of Nazareth, he began to cry out, and say, Jesus, thou Son of David, have mercy on me. 48 And many charged him that he should hold his peace: but he cried the more agreat deal, Zhow Son of David, have mercy onme. 49 And Jesus stood still, and com- manded him to be called. And they call the plind man, saying unta him, Be of good comfort, rise; _ he calleth thée. 50 And he, casting away his garment, rose, and eame to Jesus. 51 And Jesus answered and said unto him, What wilt thou that Ishould Go unto thee? The blind man said unto him, Lord, that I might receive my sight. 52 And Jesus said unto him, Go thy way; thy faith hath made thee whole. And immediately he receiv- ed his sight, and fol- lowed Jesusintheway. XI. And when they came nigh to Jerusa- lem, unto Bethphage and Bethany. at the mount of Olives, he sendeth forth two of his disciples, 2 and saith unto them, Go your way into the vil- lage over against you: and as soon as ye be entered into it, ye shall find a colt tied, whereon never man sat; loose him, and bring Aim. 3 And if any man sayunto you, Why do ye this? say ye that the Lord hath need of him; and straightway he will send him hither. 4 And they went their way, and found the colt tied by the door without in a place where two ways met; and they loose him. 5 And certain of them that stood there raid unto them, What do ye, loosing the colt ? 6 And they said unto them even asJesus had commanded : andthey κεκάθικεν' “λύσαντες αὐτὸνὶ Ἰάγάγετε.! ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ὁδὸν ἱπροσαιτῶν.! 47 καὶ ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ὁ ΚΝαζωραϊος! way, begging. - And having heard that Jesus the Nazarzxan » wy ‘ ‘ / « en , ~ ἐστιν, ἤρξατο κράζειν καὶ λέγειν, 1Ο υἱὸς" "Δαβίδ," Ἰησοῦ, ἐν was, he began tocry out and tosay, Son of David, J@sus, (lit. it is) ἐλέησόν» µε. 48 Καὶ ἐπετίμων αὐτῷ πολλοὶ ἵνα σιωπήσῃ" have pity on me. And rebuked “him. that he should besilent; ὁ δὲ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἔκραζεν, Ὑἱὲ ™AaBid," ἐλέησόν µε. but he much more eried out, Son of David, have pity on me, 49 Kai στὰς ὁ Ἰησοῦς "εῖπεν αὐτὸν φωνηθήναι"" καὶ And *havying *stopped ‘Jesus askedfor him to be called. And φωνοῦσιν τὸν τυφλόν, λέγοντες αὐτῷ, Θάρσει" they call the blind saying tohim, Be of good courage; οἔγειραυ! φωνεῖ σε. 50 Ὁ.δὲ ἀποβαλὼν τὸ ἱμάτιον.αὐτοῦ, rise up, he calls thee. And he casting away his garment, Ρἀναστὰς! ἦλθεν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν" 51 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει *many {man], havingrisenuphecame to Jesus, And answering 2says αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Τί θέλεις ποιήσω σοί ;" Ὁ.δὲ τυφλὸς 350 *him 1Jesus, What dost ίποι desire Ishoulddotothee? Andthe blind © εἶπεν αὐτῷ, "Ῥαββονίμ ἵνα. ἀναβλέψω. δῷ Ὁ δὲ Τη- {man] βαϊᾶ to him, Rabboni, that I may receive sight. And Je- σοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε" ἡ.πίστιςσου σέσωκέν σε. Καὶ sus said tohim, Go, thy faith has healed thee, And teiPzwe! ᾿ ἀνέβλεψεν, καὶ ἠκολούθει “τῷ Ἰησοῦ" ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. immediately he received sight, and followed in the way. 11 Καὶ ὅτε ἐγγίζουσιν εἰς ὉἹερουσαλήμ,! *eic Βηθφαγὴ And when they drew near to Jerusalem, to Bethphage καὶ Βηθανίαν," πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ᾿Ἐλαιῶν, Σἀποστέλλειϊ δύο and Bethany, towards the mount of Olives, he sends two τῶν μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, 2 Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν of his disciples, ‘and says tothem, Go into the κώμην τὴν.κατέναντι ὑμῶν" Kai ᾿εὐθέωςὶ εἰσπορευόμενοι εἰς village, that opposite you, and immediately ~ entering into αὐτὴν εὑρήσετε πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφ’ ὃν οὐδεὶς ἀνθρώπων" it ye willfind acolt tied, upon which no one of men 3 καὶ ἐάν τις ὑμῖν lead {it]. And if anyone toyou ” , ~ ~ μ » ο, is , ᾽ ~ ΄, εἴπῃ, Τι ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; εἰπατε, © Ότι ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν say, Why ἄογθ this? say, The Lord. ®of *it need ἔχει καὶ εὐθέως! αὐτὸν βἀποστελεῖ! Β ὧδε. 4 13 Απῆλθον. δέ," thas, audimmediately it he willsend hither. And they departed, καὶ εὗρον **rov' πῶλον δεδεμένον πρὸς τὴν" θύραν ἔξω ἐπὶ and found the. colt tied at the door without, by τοῦ ἀμφόδου,.καὶ λύουσιν αὐτόν. 5 Kai τινες τῶν ἐκεῖ ἑστη- the cross way, and they loose it. And some of those there stand- κότων ἔλεγον αὐτοῖς, Τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες τὸν πῶλον; Θ᾽ Οἱ δὲ ing said tothem, Whatareyedoing loosing the colt? And they “ ο ‘ / - ‘ ~ ποεῖπον' αὐτοῖς καθως "ἐνετείλατο" ὁ Ἰησοῦς" καὶ ἀφῆκαν said to them as commanded 1 Jesus. And they allowed Jesus has sat: having looséd _ it i— προσαιτῶν ΤΤΙΑ, \ η εἶπεν, φωνήσατε αὐτόν said, call ye him TTra. leaped up ΓΊΤτΑΝΓ. 5 Ῥαββουνί GLTTraAW. χ καὶ εἰς Βηθανίαν LT. no one yet) LTr. bring τττΑ. e Ὦ + πάλιν back TTr. (read a door) Tra. — Ὅτι LTIrA. κ Ναζαρηνός LTTra. ι Ὑἱὲ ταττ. m Aaveid LTTrA; Δανΐδ Gw. said, ο 5 hir _ © ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. Ρ ἀναπηδήσας having 4 αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν Jesus said to him ΊΤιΑ. * σοι θέλεις ποιήσω; Τ. t εὐθὺς TTra. Σ αὐτῷ him GLTTrAW. τ Ἱεροσόλυμα LYTrAW. Υ ἀπέστειλεν he sent 1. + εὐθὺς ΤΤιΑ. 3 - οὔπω not yet (read Ὁ + οὔπω τ. © λύσατε αὐτὸν καὶ loose it and urtra. ἆ φέρετε τι LTITA. f εὐθὺς LTTrA. 8 ἀποστέλλει he sends GLTTraw. a καὶ ἀπῆλθον LITA. ka — τὸν (read a coli) GLiraw. m8 εἶπαν T. μα εἶπεν said ΤΤΤτΑ, XR: le — τὴν | all things, ΧΙ. MARK. ? / ο {| 4 Av BY A > Wes 4 αὐτούς. 7 και ἤγαγον" τὸν πῶλον πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν' καὶ them, And theyled {88 colt to , _Jerus, And Ρἐπέβαλον! αὐτῷ τὰ.ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπ᾽ «“αὐτῷ" they cast upon it their garments, and he sat on it ; 8 "πολλοὶ δὲ! τὰ Ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν" ἄλλοι δὲ and many their garments strewed on the way, and others βστοιβάδας"' [έκοπτονὶ ἐκ τῶν "δένδρων," “καὶ ἐστρώννυον "Ὅταησμες were cutting down from the trees, and were strewing _ εἰς τὴν ὁδόν." 9 καὶ οἱ ΄ προάγοντες καὶ οἱ ἀκολουθοῦν- fthem] on the way. And those going before and thosé follow- ' » αλ’ free Bo ? , - « vec ἔκραζον, ΛἈλέγοντες, ὩὭσαννά' εὐλογημένος ὁ ing were crying out, saying, Hosanna ! biessed [be] he who ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου. 10 εὐλογημένη ἡ ἔρχο- comes in {the] name of [the] Lord. Blessed f[be]the com- μένη βασιλεία: Τὲν ὀνόματι κυρίου τοῦ.πατρὸς ἡμῶν ing kingdom ‘in [*the] "name *%of[®the]*°Lord ᾿ ‘of *our “father *AaBio' *‘Qoavva ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις. 11 Kai εἰσῆλθεν εἰς *David. Hosanna in the highest ! , And entered into Ἱεροσόλυμα "ὁ Ἰησρῦς καὶ! εἰς τὸ ἱερόν" καὶ περιβλεψάμενος *Jerusalem 1Jesus and into the temple; and having looked round on πάντα, Ῥόψίας! ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας, ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν late already being the hour, hewentout to Bethany μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα. with the twelve. 19 Καὶ τῇ ἐπαύριον ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Βηθανίας, Andonthe morrow “having *gone*out ΠΟΥ from Bethany, ἐπείνασεν. 19 καὶ ἰδὼν συκῆν © μακρόθεν ἔχουσαν φύλλα, he hungered. And seeing a fig-tree afar off having leaves, + 2 ” ἃ « 7 il 3 3 πο i ἐλθ Ἐ 3 ᾽ ἦλθεν εἰ ἄρα Ὀεὑρήσε τι ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ἐλθων ἐπ he went if perhaps he will find anything on it. « And having come to ? i 7 A σα > Α / λ .6 6 > 4 στ A {| , αὐτήν, οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα”. οὐ. γὰρ.ἡν καιρὸς! σύκων. it, nothing he foundexcept leaves, forit was not[the]season of figs. a; os \ t 2 ees ? ~ / h2 hee 14 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς 0 Ἰησοῦς" εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Μηκετι "εκ σοῦ εἰς And answering i Jesus said toit, Nomore of thee for τὸν αἰῶνα" μηδεὶς" καρπὸν φάγοι. Καὶ ἤκουον οἱ μαθηταὶ ever “any “one “fruit ‘let“eat. And “heard *disciples (lit. no one) > ~ ‘ » > . , A > ‘ αὐτοῦ. 15 Καὶ ἔρχονται εἰς ᾿Ἱεροσόλυμα" καὶ εἰσελθὼν "his, And, theycome to. Jerusalem ; and “having “entered Κὸ Ἰησοῦς" εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς πωλοῦντας 1 Jesus into the temple hebegan tocastout those selling ee / ? νε ν A \ / ~ AX kai! ἀγοράζοντας ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ' καὶ τὰς τραπέζας τῶν κολλυ- διά. buying in the temple, and the tables ofthe money βιστῶν καὶ τὰς καθέδρας τῶν πωλούντων τὰς περιστερὰς changers and the . seats of those selling the doves κατέστρεψεν: 16 καὶ οὐκήφιεν ἵνα τις διενέγκη σκεῦος he overthrew, and suffered not that anyone shouldcarry a vessel διὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ. 17 καὶ ἐδίδασκεν, λέγων" “adroic," Οὐ through the temple. And he taught, saying tothem, Not 125 let them go. 7 And they brought the colt to Jesus, and cast their garments on him; and he sat upon him. 8 And many spread their garments in the Way: and others cut down branches off the trees, and strawed them inthe way. 9 And they that went before, and they that fol- lowed, cried, saying, Hosanna; Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord: 10 blessed be the king- dom of our- father David, that cometh in the name of the Lord: Hosanna in the high- est. 11 And Jesus en- tered into Jerusalem, and into the temple: and when he had look- ed round about upon all things, and now the eventide was come, he went out unto Beth- any with the twelve. 12 And on the mor- row, when they were come from Bethany, he was hungry : 13 and seeing a fig tree afar off having leaves, he came, if haply ‘he might find any thing thereon : and. when he came to it, he found nothing but leaves; for the time of figs was not yet. 14 And Jesus answered’ and said unto it, No man eat fruit of thee here- after for ever. And his disciples heard it. 15 And they come to Jerusalem : and Jesus went into the temple, and began to cast out them that sold and bought in the temple, and overthrew the tables of the money- changers, and the seats of them that sold doves; 16 and would not suffer that any man should carry any vessel through the temple. 17 And he taught, saying unto ο φέρουσιν they bring TTra. τ καὶ πολλοὶ Τττὰ. 5 στιβάδας LITrA: : Wa 5 ἀγρῶν fields TTra. * — καὶ ἐστρώνννον εἰς THY ὁδόν TTA, Σ — ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου GLTTraw. : Δανείδ LTTrA; Δαυΐδ ew. entered) στα. Ὁὀψὲτ. ο - ἀπὸ from LTTraw. > 4 ο « . « ‘ x » only L. { οὐ γὰρ ἣν ὃ καιρος L; 6 γὰρ καιρὸς οὐκ ἣν ΤΤτΑ. GLTITrAW. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα ἐκ Gov LTTrA. i οὐδεὶς Ἑ, | τοὺς these ΙΤΤΕΑΥΓ.. τι καὶ ἔλεγεν and said TIra, P ἐπιβάλλουσιν they cast upon GLTTraw. τκόψαντες having cut [them] down tra. * — λέγοντες [L]TTrA. & — ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ (read he a τι εὑρήσει LTTrAW. Ε — ὃ Ἰησοῦς (read he said k — 9 Ἰησοῦς GLTTraw: Ὁ -- αὐτοῖς [L]a. 9 αὐτόν LTTrA. 9 + [μόνα 190 them, Is it not writ- ten, My house shall be called of all nations the house of prayer? but ye have made it a den of thieves, 18 And the scribes and chief priests heard it, and sought how they might destroy him: fur they feared him, because all the people was asto- nished at his docirine. 19 And when even was come, he went out of the city. 20 And in the morn- ing, as they passed by, they saw the fig trce dried - u from the roots. 21 And Peter ealling to Tremem- brance saith untohim, Master, behold, the fig tree which thou eur-edst is withered away. 22 And Je-us answering saith unto them, Have faith in God. 23 For venly I say unto you, That whosoever shall say unto this mountain, Be thou removed, and be thou cast into the sea; and shall not doubt in his heart, but shall believe that tho-e things which he saith shall come to pass ; he shall have whitsoever he saith. 24 Therefore Isay unto you, What thingssoever ye desire, when ye pray, believe that ye recvive them, and yeshall have them. 25 And when ye stand raying, forgive, if ye ave ought against. any : that your Father also which is in heaven may forgive you your trespasses. 26 But if ye do not forgive, nei- ther will your Father which is in heaven for- give your trespasses. 27 And they come again to Jerusalem: and as he was walking in the temple, there come to him the chief priests, andthescribes, and the elders, 28 and say unto him, By what authority doest thou these things ? and who gave thee this au- thority to do these things? 29 And Jesus ο -υσὔδὍἥὔέθ--------------------------- Ρ πεποιήκατε have made TTrA. ο --- Ὅτι L. τ ἀπολέσωσιν they might destroy LrTraw. W ὅταν TTr. govTo T. 2 Ῥαββεί Pa. © λαλεῖ LTTrA. LITrA. M— τοῖς LA. a+ f — ὃ ἐὰν εἴπῃ ττή Αα]. i ἐλάβετε ye received LITrA, 2 ἔλεγον they said TTra. ΜΑΡΚΟΣ, ΧΙ, , ε/ i « ο D. ~ , γέγραπται, Ὁ Ὅτι' ὁ οἶκός.µου ὑἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται thas 315 been written, ΄ My house ahouse of prayer shall he called πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ; ὑμεῖς.δὲ Ῥἐποιῆσατεϊ αὐτὸν σπήλαιον forall the nations ? but ye a den ~ τ ον Ἂν « ~ « 5 +6 λῃστῶν. 18 Kai ἤκουσαν οἱ Typappareic καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς," σὲ robbers, And “heard [510] *the *seribes and *the >chief Spriests, καὶ ἐζήτουν πῶς αὐτὸν Τἀπολέσουσιν"" ἐφοβοῦντο. γὰρ "αὐτόν," andihey sought how- him they 5881] destroy; for they feered’ him, ef ~ ς 2/ Σο ΄ Α ἢ Ἆν ~ ” ‘ore πᾶς" ὁ ὄχλος "ἐξεπλήσσετοὶ ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῇ.αὐτοῦ. because all the crowd were astonished at his teaching. 19 Kai Wore" ὀψὲ ἐγένετο “ἐξεπορεύετο! ἔξω τῆς πόλεως. And when evening came he went forth qutof the city. 20 Kai πρωὶ παραπορευόμενοι" εἶδον τὴν συκῆν And in the morning passing by they -ῶῶν the fig-tree ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν. 31 καὶ ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος made it dried up from [the] roots. And "having *remembered Peter λέγει αὐτῷ, Ῥαβρι,! ἴδε, ἡ συκῆ ἣν κατηράτω ἐξήρανται. says to him Rabbi, see, the fig-iree which thou cursedst is dried.up. 22 Kai ἀποκριζεὶς *Inoove λέγει αὐτοῖς, Έχετε πίστιν θεοῦ. And “answering 1Jesus says tothem, Have faith in God. 23 ἀμὴν. ὑγὰρ' λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ Ὥτῷ.ῦρειτούτῳ, For verily Isay toyou, that whoever shalisay tothis mountzin, "AvOnre καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ μὴ.δια- Be thou taken away and Ῥο thoucast into the sea, and shall not κριθῇ ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ “πιστεύσῃ! ὅτι 338 ἑλέγει doubt in his heart, but shall believe that what hesays γινεται ἔσται αὐτῷ ἴὸ. ἐὰν. εἴπῃ." 24 διὰ τοῦτο λέγω takes place, there shall be to him whatever he shallsay. For thisreason I say | ὑμῖν, Πάντα bcatdv' προσευχόμενοι", αἰτεῖσθε, πιστεύετε toyou, All things whatsoever praying ye ask, believe ὅτι ἱλαμβάνετε,! καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν. 25 Καὶ vray Ἑστήκητεϊ. that ye receive, and [they] shall be toyou. And when ye muy stand προσευχόμενοι, ἀφίετε εἴ TL ἔχετε κατά τινος" ἕνα καὶ praying, forgive ifanything ye have against anyone, that also ὁ πατὴρ-ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς ἀφῇ ὑμῖν τὰ παρα- your Father who[is]in the heavens mayforgive you *of- πτώματα ὑμῶν. 26 |εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς οὐκ. ἀφίετε, οὐδὲ ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν fences your. Butif ye forgive not, neither your Father ὁ év™zoic! οὐρανοῖς ἀφήσει τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν." who[isJin the heavens will forgive your offences. 27 Kai ἔρχονται πάλιν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα" καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ And theycome ~again to Jerusalem. And in the temple περιπατοῦντος.αὐτοῦ ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ : as he is walking come to him thechief priests and οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι, 28 καὶ "λέγουσιν! αὐτῷ, the scribes and.the eldets, and they say to him, la [ή ~ ~ 4 / ᾿ \ 9 Ld Ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς; “Kai! τίς σοι Ῥ"τὴν ἐξουσίαν By what authority these things doest thou? and who thee “authority, την ἔ Mg ῦτα ἧς; 99. Ὁ. δὲ Ἰησοῦ ταύτην ἔδωκεν," ἵνα ταῦτα ποιῇς; «δὲ. ἴησους this gave, that these things thowshouldst do? And Jesus ᾳ ἀρχιερεῖς Kal οἱ γραμματεῖς LTTTAW. trasyapforallrtra. ¥ ἐξεπλήσ- } παραπορευόμενοι πρωί LTTrA, ο πιστεύῃ ΤΑ. 46 what ΤΤΤΑ. €— ἂν LTTrAW. ἢ προσεύχεσθε καὶ ye pray and κ στήκετε ye Stand LTTra. | — verse 26 TTn ος ἢ ΟΓ ΤΑ. Ρ8 ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην LTr. 5 [αὐτόν] L. χ ἐξεπορεύοντο they went forth Ltr. ὃ GLTTrAW. b — γὰρ for τα τυ]. ————— κυ μϑμ. ᾷ j : PT ΧΙ XII. MARK. is θ Soul Ϊ γ ~ "hE ΄ ss + ο λ , αποκρι εις ειπεν QUTOLC, περωτησω υμας Kayw Eva Λογο», answering said to then Will 5.51 *you ‘Lalso one thing, καὶ ἀποκρίθητέ΄µοι, καὶ ερῶ ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ: ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα απᾶ answer me, andI willtell you by what authority these things ποιῶ. 80 Το βάπτισμα ἵ᾿Ἱωάννου ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ Ido: The baptism of John from heaven wasit or from ἀνθρώπων; ἀποκρίθητέ μοι. 31 Kai "ἐλογίζοντο" πρὸς ἑαυ men? answer me, And they reasoned with them / [ή ᾽ \ ” > ? ~ ? ~ Ww ‘il τούς, λέγοντες, Eady εἴπωμεν. - Εξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ, Acari selves, saying, If weshouldsay, From heaven, hewillsay, Why Xobv" οὐκ.ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; 32 γἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν" εἴπωμεν, Ἔξ then did ye not believe -him ? but if weshould say, From ἀνθρώπων, ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν adv’ Ἰ᾽ἅπαντες'.γὰρ εἶχον τὸν men,— they feared the people; for all held Ἰωάννην “ὅτι ὄντως" προφητης ἦν. 33 καὶ ἀποκριθέντες Ὀλέ- John that indeed a prophet he was. And answering they γουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ," Οὐκ.αἴδαμεν. Kai “ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς" λέγει say to Jesus, Weknownot. And Jesus answering says αὐτοῖς, Οὐδὲ ἐγὼ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. to them, Neither “I tell you by what’ authority these things I do. 19 Kai ἤρξατο αὐτοῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς ἀλέγειν.' ᾽Αμπελῶνα And he began tothem in parables to say, *A ‘vineyard οἑφύτευσεν ἄνθρωπος»! καὶ περιέθηκεν φραγμόν, καὶ ώρυξεν ‘planted. 1a ?2man, and placed about [it] .a fence, and dug « / 3 ? , , ; ‘ f2v! Π δώ ὑπολήνιον, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν πύργον, καὶ [ἐξέδοτο αὐτὸν ὃ wine-vat, and built a tower, and let out it ᾿ γεωργοῖς, Kai ἀπεδήμησεν: 2 καὶ ἀπέοτελεν πρὸς τοὺς tohusbardmen, and left the country. | And he sent - to the γεωργοὺς τῷ καιρῷ δοῦλον, husbandmen atthe season a bondiman, λάβῃ he might reccive from ἵνα παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν that from the husbandmen ἀπὸ ἔτοῦ καρποῦ" τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 9 "οὶ.δὲ" λα- the fruit ofthe vineyard. But they having im Wed ? A ” \ ? / , Δ / βόντες αὐτὸν ἔδειραν, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν κενόν. 4 καὶ πάλιν taken “him ‘beat, and sent [him]away empty. And again ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἄλλον δοῦλον" κἀκεῖνον 'ALH0B0AH- he sent to them another kondman, and him having σαντες". ἠἐκεφαλαίωσαν,! καὶ Κἀπέστειλαν ἠτιμωμένον.! stoned they struck on the head, and sent [him] away having insulted [him]. δ᾽ καὶ Ἱπάλινὶ ἄλλον ἀπέστειλεν: κἀκεῖνον ἀπέκτειναν" καὶ And again another he sent, and him they killed ; also πολλοὺς ἄλλους, “rove! μὲν δέροντες, τοὺς! δὲ πάποκτείνον- many others, ?3s0me ‘beating, and *others ‘killing, We ” Ὁ. ene || a p ει » {| 7 A q ε ~ ll TEC. 6 ετι ουν Eva VLOYV EX WY αγαπΏτον αυτου, Yet therefore "0ης. “son ‘having “beloved *his own, ἀπέστειλεν τ᾿ καὶ" αὐτὸν “πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔσχατον," λέγων, Ὅτι he sent also him to ᾿ them last, saying, ἐντραπήσονται τὸν.υἱόν.μου. 7 ἐκεῖνοι.δὲ οἱ γεωργοὶ ἱδεῖπον They will have respect for my son. But those husbandmen said ¥— ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. LITrAW. Υ διελογίζοντο LTTrAW. ν Διὰ τί LTrA. should we say) LTTraw. πάντες L. 8 ὄντως ὅτι TTrA. ο [ἀποκριθεὶς] ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1,; --- ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. ἃ λαλεῖν LTTrA, Γἐξέδετο τα. 8 τῶν καρπῶν the fruits ΤΤτΑ. Β καὶ and ΤΤΤΤΑ. ) ἐκεφαλίωσαν T. κ ἠτίμησαν insulted Ltr; ἠτίμασαν TA. LTTrA. 2 ἀποκτέννοντες GLTTrA. ο--- οὖν [L]rTray 4 -- αὑτοῦ ΙΤΤΤΑ; αὐτοῦ W. ra — καὶ [L]TTrA. ἑαυτοὺς εἶπαν TIra ; εἶπαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς L. χ-- οὖν LTrAW. 5 κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς τι; --- κἀγὼ (read ἔπερ. I will ask) TTrA. 88 ἔσχατον πρὸς αὐτούς LITA, 197 answered and said un- to them, I will also ask of you one ques- tion, and answer me, and I will tell you by what authority I do these things. 30 The baptism of John, was at from heaven, or of men? answer me, 31 And they reasoned with themselves, say- ing, If we shall say, From heaven ; he will say, Why then did ye not believe him? 62 But if we shall say, Of men; they feared the people : for all men counted John, that he was a prophet indeed. 33 And they answered and said unto Jesus, Wecannot tell. And Jesus answering saith unto them, Neither do I tell you by what authority I do these things. Ἷ τ XII, And he began to speak unto them by parables. A certain man planted a vine- yard, and set an hedge about it, and digged a place for the winefat, and built a tower, and let it_ out to husband- men, and went intoa farcountry. 2 And at the season he sent' to the husbandmen a ser- vant, that he might reveive from the hus- bandmen of the fruit _of the vineyard. 3 And they caught him, and beat him, and sent him away empty. 4 And again he sent unto them another servant; and at him they cast stones, and wounded him in the head, and sent him away’shame- fully handled 5 And agiin he sent another ; and him they killed, and many others; beating some, and kill- ing some. 6 Having yet therefore one son, his wellbelored, «he sent him also last unto them, saying, They will reverence my son, 7 But those husband- men said among them- t+ τὸ Υ ἀλλὰ (read but br@ Ἰησοῦ λέγουσυν TTra, ε ἄνθρωπος εφύτευσεν T, i — λιθοβολήσαντες LTTYA. 1 — πάλιν GLTTrA. P ἔχων υἱὸν τι; εἶχεν υἱὸν TTrA. τὰ οὓς ta πρὸς 198 5ο1νο8, This is the heir ; come, let us kill him, and the inheritance shallbe ours. 8 And they took him, and killed Aim, and cast him out of the vine- vard. 9 What shall therefore the lord of the vineyard do? he will come and destroy the husbandmen, -and will give the vineyard unto others. have ye not read this seripture; The stone which the builders re- jected is become the head of the corner; 11 this was the Lord’s doing, and it is mar~ vellous in our eyes? 12 And they sought to lay hold on him, but feared the people: for they knew that he had spoken the parable a- gainst them : and they left him, and went their way. 13 And they send unto him certain of the Pharisees and of the Herodians, tocatch him in ἠῶ words, 14 And when they were come, they ‘say unto him, Master, we know that thou art true, and carest for no man: for thou regard- est not the person of men, but teachest the way of God in truth: ° Is it lawful to give tribute to Czsar, or not? 15 Shall we give, or shall we not give? But he, knowing their hypocrisy, said unto them, Why tempt ye me? bring mea penny, that I may see 1ὲ, 15 And they brought τ. And he saith unto them, Whose is thig image and superscrip- tion? And they said unto him, Czsar’s. 17 And Jesus answer- ing said unto. them, Render to Cesar the things that are Cx- sar’s, and to God the things that are God’s. a they marvelled at im, 18 Then come unto him the Sadducees, which say there is no fesurrection ; and they asked him, saying, v > ΄ > id απεκτειναν αντον TTrA. they say) LTTra. Ὁ ἰδὼν having known Ὁ. _ & Τὰ Καίσαρος ἀπόδοτε ΤΤΙΑ. © i ἐπηρώτων ἱτττΑ.. f— αὐτοῖς A. wondered τὶ 10 And’ MAPKOS. ΧΙΙ. πρὸς ἑαυτούς, Ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος" δεῦτε, ἀπο-. among themselves, This ΕΠ ou eir: come, let us ΄ ᾽ ’ , ¢ ~ » « , 8 ’ κτείνωμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ἡμῶν ἔσται ἡ κληρονομία. ὃ καὶ λαβόντες kill ; ‘hin, and ours willbethe inheritance. And having taken ταὐτὸν ἀπέκτειναν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον Ἷ ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος. himy they killed [παπα], and cast forth [him] outside the vineyard. 9 τί "οὖν" ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος; ἐλεύσεται καὶ Whatitherefore willdo the lord ofthe vineyard? He will come and ἀπολέσει τοὺς γεωργούς, καὶ δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα. ἄλλοις. ση] destroy the husbandmen, and willgive the vineyard. _ to others. 10 Οὐδὲ τὴν.γραφὴν.ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε; Λίθον ὃν Not *even Sthis “scripture 1414 *ye ‘read? [The] stone which ιἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν *rejected 1those *who %puild, this is become head γωνίας. 11 παρὰ κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, και ἔστιν θαυ- of [the] corner : from [86] Lord was this} and itis won- μαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς. ἡμῶν. 12. Καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι, derful ,in our eyes. And they sought .him tolayholdof, ‘kai ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον' ἔγνωσαν.γὰρ bri πρὸς αὐτοὺς and they feared the crowd; for they knew that against them τὴν παραβολὴν εἶπεν" καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἀπῆλθον. the parable he speaks, And leaving him they went away. 19 Kai ἀποστέλλουσιν πρὸς αὐτόν τινας τῶν Φαρισαίων And they send to him some ofthe Pharisees καὶ τῶν Ἡρωδιανῶν, ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν λόγῳ. 14 Σοἱ δὲ! and ofthe Herodians, that him they mightcatchindiscourse. And they ἐλθόντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς εἶ, havingcome say tohim, Teacher, we know that true thouart, 3 aa, | ? , 4 ? , ? 3 , ο: καὶ οὐ μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός" οὐ.γὰρ βλέπεις εἰς and .thereiscaretothee about noone; _ for “not ‘thoy *lookest on [the] “πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ appearance of men, but with truth the way of God διδάσκεις. *éeorw “κῆνσον Καίσαρι δοῦναι! ἢ οὔ; 15 δῶμεν teachest: Isitlawful tribute toCesar togive οὐ ποὺ Should wegive An 4 ~ « 1 b 4" Ἱ 7 ~ \ ε / ; ἢ μὴ.-δῶμεν ; 0.δὲ δείδωςὶ αὐτῶν.τὴν.ὑπόκρισιν εἶπεν or should we not give? Buthe Ikmowing their hypocrisy said ? ~ , , , , , «“ » αὐτοῖς, Ti με πειράζετε ; φέρετε μοι δηνάριον ἵνα ἴδω. tothem, Whyme doyetempt? Bring me adenarius that I maysee[it]. 16 Οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν. Kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Τίνος ἡ.εἰκὼν. αὕτη καὶ And they brought [it]. And he says tothem, Whose [13] thisimage and bd ΤῊΣ © ΣΣ: ας] Νο μή, é . ΕΚ αὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή; “Οἱ. δὲ" ἀεῖπον αὐτῷ, Καίσαρος. 17:: Καὶ the inscription? And they said to him, Ceesar’s. And τὰ Kat- ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ" Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν fabroic," δ᾿ Απόδοτε {ο them, Render the things of Ce- τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ. Kai "ἐθαύμασαν" said τὰ answering 1 Jesus σαρος" Καίσαρι, καὶ sar toCesar, andthethings ofGod toGod, And they wondered ? ? > ~ ἐπ αὐτῷ, at him. x 18 Καὶ ἔρχονται Σαδδοικαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, οἵτινες λέγουσιν And Ἄσοπιθ 1Sadducees to him, who say καὶ Ἰἐπηρώτησανὶ αὐτόν, λέγοντες; ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι" And they questioned him, saying, a@ resurrection there is not. * — οὖν ΤΑ. } καὶ and (read 2 - εἰπὲ οὖν ἡμῖν tell us therefore 1. 8 δοῦναι κῆνσον Καίσαρι LTr. ο [οἱ δὲ] L. 4 εἶπαν LTTrA. «6 δὲ and (Jesus) LrTra. b ἐθαύμαζον LTra; ἐξεθαύμαζον greatly π + αὐτὸν him LTTraAw. ὃν = ΧΙ]. ΜΑ / ; j = ~ ” ᾗ ahd OU. aa 19 Διδάσκαλε, ἘΜωσῆς" ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, Teacher, Moses wrote for us, ἀποθάνῃ ther should die RK OTL ἐάν τινος ἀδελ- that if of anyone a bro- καὶ καταλίπῃ γυναῖκα καὶ Ἰτέκνα μὴ. ἀφῇ." and leave behind a wife and children leave not, ἵνα λάβῃ ὁ. ἀδελφὺς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα" "αὐτοῦ! καὶ that ὅβ ποῦ] “take this “brother the wife of him and ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ-ἀδελφῷ.αὐτοῦ. 20 ἑπτὰ " ἀδελφοὶ raise up seed to his brother. Seven brethren ἦσαν καὶ 0 πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα, καὶ ἀποθνήσκων there were; and the first took a wife, and dying 7 τω , te , » ἥδε ν ‘ οὐκ.ἀφῆκεν σπέρμα" 21 καὶ ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν, καὶ left no seed ; and the second took her, and ἀπέθανεν, “καὶ οὐδὲ αὐτὸς ἀφῆκεν! σπέρμα" καὶ ὁ τρίτος died, and neither he left seed ; and the third ὡσαύτως" 22 καὶ Ῥέλαβον αὐτὴν" οἱ ἑπτά, “καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκαν likewise. And Stook *her ‘the *seven, and left no σπέρμα. τἐσχάτὴ! πάντων “ἀπέθανεν καὶ ἡ γυνή." 23 ἐν τῇ seed. Last of all died also the woman. In the ‘ovv' ἀναστάσει, Yoray ἀναστῶσιν,! τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται *therefore ‘resurrection, when they shall arise, of which of them shallshe be γυνή; οἱ.γὰρ ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα. 24 “Kai ἀποκριθεὶς wife? forthe seven had her as wife. And answering 4.2 ~ = ? ~ ll ? ‘ ρω ον \ 2 Ld ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς," Οὐ διὰ τοῦτο πλανᾶσθε, μὴ εἰδότες Jesus said tothem, °*Not “*therefore *do*yeerr, not knowing τὰς γραφὰς μηδὲ τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ θεοῦ; 25 ὕταν γὰρ ἐκ the scriptures ποτ the power of God? For when fromamong νεκρῶν ἀναστῶσιν, οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε *yapioKoyrat,| [the] dead they rise, neither dothey marry wor are given in marriage, ? / " » ει! ? ~ ~ ‘ κ᾿ ἀλλ εἰσὶν ὡς ἄγγελοι Foi" ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 20 περὶ δὲ but ‘are as angels who [are] in the heavens. But concerning τῶν νεκρῶν, ὅτι ἐγείρονται, οὐκ.ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῇ ' βίβλῳ the dead, that they rise, have ye not read in the book *Mwaiwe," ἐπὶ τῆς! βάτου, we" εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, of Moses, [inthe part] on, the bush, how *spoke *to*him God, λέγων, Ἐγὼ ὁ θεὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ “ὁ! θεὸς ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ: «ὁἳ saying, I [am]the God of Abraham and the God ofIsaac and the θεὸς ᾿Ἰακώβ: 97 Οὐκ ἔστι» °6" θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ “θεὸς! God of Jacob? Heisnot the God of{[the]dead, but God ζώντων: “ὑμεῖς οὖν" πολὺ πλανᾶσθε. 28 Καὶ προσελθὼν of{the]living. Ye therefore greatly err. And *having come 7up εἷς τῶν γραμματέων; ἀκούσας αὐτῶν ᾿συζητούντων, “δεἰδὼς" tone*of*the scribes, having heard them reasoning together, perceiving ὕτι καλῶς Βαὐτοῖς ἀπεκρίθη." ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν, Ποία ἐστὶν that well them heanswered, questioned him, Which is- Ἱπρώτη πασῶν ἐντολή! 29 **0.d2Incovg ἀπεκρίθη" {the} first 2of 3211 ‘1commandment ? And Jesus answered kare," “Ore πρώτη ™rasey τῶν ἐντολῶν," "Ακουε. hin, [109] first of all the commandments {is], Hear, φος κ Μωῦύσῆς LITrAW. 1 μὴ ἀφῇ τέκνον leave no child ΤΑ. therefore EW. ο μὴ καταλιπὼν having left behind no TTra. 9 — ‘Kat Ttra. τ ἔσχατον LITrA. ¥ — ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν [τ]ττ. LYTraw. --- οἱ GLT[Tr]W. 2 Μωύσέως LTTrAW. © — o LTraw. ἆ — θεὺς GLTTrAW. Γσυνζητούντων LTTrA. Ε ἰδὼν having seen LTTr. πάντων ἐντολή GLW ; ἐντολὴ πρώτη πάντων TTrA. π[ττ]α. (read [The] first is) TTra, M— αὐτοῦ TTrA. P — ἔλαβον αὐτὴν [U]rtra, 8 καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἀπέθανεν LTTrA. 5 ἔφη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς Jesus said to them Trra. Ά.του GLTTrAW. ε — ὑμεῖς οὖν (ead πλαν. ye err) T[Tr]A. Ἀ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς TTrA. i πρώ κα ἀπεκρίθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς τττὰ. ma πάντων ἐντολή ΑΝ} πάντων [ἐντολή ἐστιν] commandment of allis L; ἐστίν 129 19 Master, Moses wrote unto us, If a man’s brother die, and leave his wife behind kim, and leave no children, that his brother should take his wife, and raise up seed unto his bro- ther. 20 Now there were seven brethren: and the first took a wife, and dying left no seed. 21 And the second took her, and died, neither left he any seed: and the third likewise. 22 And the seven had her, and left noseed : last of all the woman died also. 23 In the resurrection there- fore, ν hen they shall rise, whose wife shall she be of them? for the seven had her to wite. 24 And Jesus answering said unto them, Do ye not there- fore err, because ye know not the scrip- tures, neither the power of God? 25 For when they shall rise from the dead, they neither marry, nor are given in marriage ; but areas theangels which are in heaven. 26 And as touching the dead, that they rise: have ye not readin the book of Moses, how in the bush God spake unto him, saying, I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob? 27 He is not the God of the dead, but the God of the living: ye therefore do greatly err. 28 And one of the scribes came, and hay- ing heard them rea- soning together, and perceiving that he had answered them well, asked him, Which is the first command- ment of all? 29 And Jesus answered him, The first of all the commandments és, Hear, O Israel; The DR + οὖν t — οὖν TTrA. x γαµίζονται Ὁ πῶς TTrA. 1 Tpw — αὐτῷ K 190 Lord our God is one Lord: 20 and thon shalt love the Lord thy God withall thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind, and with all thy strength: this zs the first commandment, 31 And the second 15 like, namely this, Thou shalt love thy neigh- bour as thyself. There is none other com- mandment greater than these. 32 And the scribe said unto him, Well, Master, thou hast said the truth : for there is one God; and there is none othcr but he: 33 and to love him with all the heart, and with all the understanding, and with all the soul, and with 8411 the strength, and to love. his neighbour as him- self, is more than all whole burnt offerings and sacrifices. 34 And when Jesus saw that he answered discreet- Ae he said unto him, hou art not far from the kingdom of God. And no man after that durst ask him any question, 35 And Jesus an- swered and said, while he taught in the tem- ple, How say the scribes that Christ is the Son of David? 36 For David himself said by the Holy Ghost, The LORD said to my Lord, Sit thou on m right hand, till I make thine enemies thy footstool, 37 David therefore himself call- eth him Lord; and whence is he fhen his son? And the com- mon people heard him gladly. 38 And he said unto them in his doctrine, Beware of the scribes; which love to go in long clothing, and love ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΧΠ. ΄ t 4 e ~ / » 3 / - κύριος ὁ.θεὸς.ἡμῶν κύριος εἰς ἐστιν. 80 καὶ {the] Lord our God “Lord 7one) 1s And ’ / 4 ή ? ε/ ~ / ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν.θεόν.σου ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.καρδίας-σου thou shalt love [the] Lord thy God with all thy heart ‘ ε/ ~ ~ ‘ { ~ ͵ καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς ψυχῆσσου καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.διανοίας.σου and with all thy soul and with all thy mind καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς. ἰσχύος.σου. "αὕτη πρώτη ἐντολή." and with all thy strength. This [isthe] first commandment. 31 οκαὶὶ δευτέρα Ῥόμοίαι arn," ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν πλη- And [the] second like [1ὐ 18] this: Thou shalt love *neigh- σίον σου we σεαυτόν. Μείζων τούτων ἄλλη ἐντολὴ bour, ‘thy 86. thyself. Greater thanthese another commandment οὐκ ἔστιν. 82 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ γραμματεύς, Καλῶς, διδάσ- Ἰσραήλ. 15186]: there is not. And 3said "ο *him ‘the *scribe, Right, teach- kane, ἐπ ἀληθείας τεῖπας" ὅτι εἷς ἐστιν "θεός," καὶ er, according to truth thou hast said that “one “15 1God, and 3 ” ” ~ \ > “Ὁ ‘ ΔΝ 2 Ling ? ‘ Iv οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλος πλὴν αὐτοῦ. 33 καὶ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν αὐτὸν εξ there isnot another besides him: and to love him with « ~ Ὁ \ ? e ~ . t ‘ 5. ἊΝ ὅλ e ὕλης τῆς καρδίας καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς συνέσεως ‘kat εξ ολης all the heart and with all the understanding andwith all τῆς ψυχῆς" καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς ἰσχύος, καὶ τὸ ἀγαπᾷν the soul and with all the, strength, and to love [one’s] τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτόν, πλεῖόν" ἐστιν πάντων τῶν ὑλοκάυ- neighbour 88 oneself, *more tis than all the burnt τωµάτων καὶ τῶν! θυσιῶν. 94 Καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἰδὼν ταὐτὸν" offerings and the _ sacrifices. And Jesus seeing him OTe νουνεχῶς ἀπεκρίθη, εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Οὐ μακρὰν εἶ that intelligently he answered, said tohim, Not far art thou > A ~ , ~ ~ A “κα 7 ’ ? , ? 4 ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. Καὶ οὐδεὶς.οὐκέτι ἐτόλμα αὐτὸν from the kingdom of God. And nooneany more dared shim ἐπερωτῆσαι. 1ο *question. 39 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν, διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, 9 And answering 1Jesus said, teaching in the temple, ~ [ή ~ « τ Πῶς λέγουσιν οἱ γραμματεῖς ὅτι ὁ χριστὸς υἱός Σέστι» Δαβίδ"; How say the scribes that the Christ son tis of David ? 96 αὐτὸς "γὰρ" *AaBid" Ῥεῖπενι ἐν «“τῷ" πνεύματι “τῷ" ἁγίῳ, Shimself ‘for David said by the Spirit the Holy, d cy | ε , ~ , ~ Ἀ y "Εἶπεν' °o! κύριος τῷ.κυρίῳ.µου, ᾿Κάθου" ἐκ δεξιῶν.μου ἕως. ἂν Ξραὶᾶ ‘the *Lord to my Lord, Sit until ~ ‘ ? « , ~ ~ ᾽ . θῶ τοὺς.ἐχθρούς.σου Σὑποπόδιον!ὶ τῶν ποδῶν. σου. 87 Αὐτὸς at my right hand Iplace thineenemies [85] afootstool ἡ for thy feet. “Himself | DF μ e ‘ 1 2 - οὖν" "Δαβὶδὶ λέγει αὐτὸν κύριον καὶ πόθεν Ἰἰυϊὸς. αὐτοῦ Stherefore ‘David calls him Lord, and «whence his son ? a fe ; ὦ ἐστιν ; Καὶ ὁ πολὺς ὄχλος ἤκουεν αὐτοῦ ἡδέως. is he? Andthe great crowd heard him = gladly. 38 Kai "ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ.διδαχῇ. αὐτοῦ," Βλέπετε ἀπὸ And he said tothem in his teaching, Take heed of ~ / τω 3 ~ ~ τῶν γραμματέων, τῶν θελόντων ἐν στολαῖς περιπατεῖν, καὶ the scribes, who like in robes to walk about, and ο a SE ee eee τσ 6 2 — αὕτη πρώτη ἐντολή TA. τ εἶπες T. 7 περισσότερόν abundantly more rrr. εστιν TIrA; ἐστιν Δανείδ L; ἐστιν Δαυΐδ Gw. Ὁ λέγει Says W. Ἡ ο ὑποκάτω (read beneath thy feet) a, * ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν TIrA, it) ur, * Aaviéd aw. { κάθισον TrA. υἱός TTrA, : | o— καὶ [L)rtra. Ρ -- ὁμοία τα. 4 αὐτῇ (read [is] ike — θεός (read he is one) GLTTrAW. -- καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς (LIT. W — τῶν GLTrAW. κ [αὐτὸν] tr. Υ Δαυείδ ane γὰρ [L]t[Tr]a. 3 Acvetd LTTrA ; 4 λέγει SLyS GTr. ἔ-- 6 (read [the] ῖτὰ. bh — οὖν [L]TTra. 1 αὐτοῦ ἐστιψ Cc τῷ GW. - - ἘΠ ΧΙ. MARK. 2: A ᾽ “ 9 Ξ ῷ ‘ 3 x ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀγθραις 39 καὶ πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς salutations in the market-places and first seats in the συναγωγαῖς καὶ πρωτοκλισίας ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις" 40 οἱ ἵκατεσ- synagogues and first places at the suppers ; who de- θίοντες"! τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει ακρὰ your the houses of widows, and asa pretext 7at great ‘length ΄ τ ΄ , , προσευχόμενοι" οὗτοι λήψονται" περισσότερον κρίμα. 1ΡΥΑΥ. These shall receive more abundant judgment. 41 Καὶ καθίσας 6 Ἰησοῦς" δκατέναντι" τοῦ γαζοφυλα- And *having “sat *down 1 Jesus opposite the treasury, iets ? rd ~ ‘ A , κίου ἐθεώρει πῶς ὁ ὄχλος βάλλει χαλκὸν εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλά- hesaw how the crowd east money into the treasury ; κιον᾿ καὶ πολλοὶ πλούσιοι ἔβαλλον πολλά. 42 καὶ ἐλθοῦσα and many rich were casting [in] much. And *having *come λεπτὰ δύο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης. *two, which is a kodrantes. pia χήρα πτωχὴ ἔβαλεν one *widow poor east [in] “*lepta 43 καὶ πρρσκαλεσάµενος τοὺς. μαθητὰς. αὐτοῦ Ῥλέγει" αὐτοῖς, And ἩΠανίηρ οβ]]εᾶ {ο [him] his disciples he says tothem, ? ‘ ~ , [2 ~ s Αμὴν λέγω ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἡ.χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ πλεῖον πάντων Verily Isay toyou, that this 7widow 1poor more than all “βέβληκεν' τῶν "Baddvrwry'" εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον. 44 πάν- hascast [in]ofthose casting into the treasury. 7All τες γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ περισσεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον: αὕτη.δὲ for out of that which wasabounding ἕο them cast fin], but she ἐκ τῆς .ὑστερήσεως.αὐτῆς πάντα ὅσα εἶχεν ἔβαλεν, out of her destitution 3411 *as®much*%as "she*had ‘east [in], ὅλον TOv.Biov.avric. °whole "Που livelihood, 13 Kai ἐκπορευομένου. αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ λέγει αὐτῷ | Απᾶ ashe was goingforth outof the temple ‘says “to "him εἷς " τῶν .μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, Διδάσκαλε, ἴδε, ποταποὶ λίθοι καὶ 10Π6 30Ε *his *disciples, Teacher, see, what stones: and a ? ὃ / 9 K A ee ? ~ > θ Ὁ ἢ], ῖ > ~ TOTATAL OLKOCOMAL. αι ο ]ησους αποκρισεις ειπεν αυτῳ, what buildings ! And Jesus answering said tohim, Βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς; ᾿ οὐμὴ ἀφεθῇ ἃ Seest thou these great buildings ἢ not at all shall be left λίθος ἐπὶ “λίθῳ! ὃς οὐ-μὴ.καταλυθῇ. 3 Kai καθημένου stone upon stone which shall not be thrown down. And as *was*sitting αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ, "ἐπηρώ- the upon the mount of Olives opposite the temple,’ ask- Π > A ” ἰδί x / ee / πο / ἘΝ των" αὐτὸν κατ᾽ «(ἰδίαν ΣΠετρος καὶ Ιάκωβος καὶ Ἰωάννης καὶ ed *him lOanart Peter “and “James ‘and ‘John ‘and ᾿ΑνΆρέας, 4 YEtzé' ἡμῖν πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; καὶ τί τὸ 7Andrew, Tell © us when *these*things*shallbe? and what’ the σημεῖον ὅταν µμέλλη Ἱπάντα ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι! ; sign when “should *be about ‘all ?these *things to be accomplished ? 5 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς δἀποκριθεὶς! δαὐτοῖς ἤρξατο λέγειν," Βλέπετε And Jesus answering to them began tosay, Take heed ’ « ~ λ , λλ Se 4 ll ἐλ / 7 ‘ ~ μη τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ. 6 πολλοὶ “γὰρὶ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ est anyone ου *mislead. For many will come in > Ν , ὀνόματί. μου, λέγοντες, εἰμι καὶ πολλοὺς πλανή- my name, saying, am [he],and many they will “Ort ο “say unto you, 131 salutations in the market-places, 39 and the chief seats in the synagogues, and the uppermost rooms at feasts: 40 which de- vour widows’ houses, and for a _ pretence make long prayers: these shall receive greater damnation, 41 And Jesus sat over against the trea- sury, and beheld how the people cast money into the treasury: and many that were ‘vich cast in much, 42 And there came a certain poor widow, and she threw in two mites, which make a farthing. 43 And he called unto him his disciples, and saith unto them, Verily I That this poor widow hath cast more in, than all they which have cast into the treasury: 44 for all they did cast in of their abundance; but she of her want did cast in all that she had, even all her living. XIII. And as he went out of the tem- ple, one of his disci- epee saith unto him, aster, see what man- ner of stones and what buildings are here! 2 And Jesus answer- ing said unto him, Seest thou these great buildings? there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. 3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives over against the temple, Peter and James and John and Andrew asked him privately, 4 Tell us, when shall __ these things be? and what shall be the sign when all these things shall be fulfilled? 5 And Je- sus answering them began to say, Take heed lest any man de- ceive you: 6 for many shall come in my name, saying, Ι am Christ; and shall deceive many. 7 And when ye shall hear of wars πι λήμψονται LTTrA. ᾳ ἔβαλεν did cast [in] Ltr. u + ὧδε here Ltr. ! κατέσθοντες TrA. P εἶπεν he said GLTTr. τ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς L; — ἀποκριθεὶς TTrA. ττῖὰα. στ τ. δ εἰπὸν LTTrA, τῖτας 8 -- ἀποκριθεὶς TIrA, δ ἤρξατο λέγειν αὐτοῖς LITra, 2 --- ὁ Ἰησοῦς [L]TTrA. τ βαλλόντων LTTrAW. ν λίθον TTr. 2 ταῦτα πάντα συντελεῖσθαι L; ταῦτα συντελεῖσθαι πάντα ¢— yap for Ta, ᾿ ΄ ᾿ | _ © amevavre Tr. ® + ἐκ of Tr[A].' Ν ἐπηρώτα 132 and rumours of wars, be ye uot troybled: for sxch things must needs be; but the end shall not be yet. 8 For nation shall rise a- gainst nation, and kingdom against king- dom: and there shall be earthquakes in di- vers places, and there shall be famines and troubles: these ave the beginnings of sor- rows. 9 But take heed toyourselves: for they shall deliver you up to councils ; and in the synagogues ye Shall be beaten: and ye shall be brought before ru- lers and kings for my sake, for a testimony against them. 10 And the gospel must first be published among all nations. 11 But when they shall lead you, and deliver you up, take no thought be- forehand what shall speak, neither do ye premeditate: but whatsoever shall be given you inthat hour, that speak ye: for it is not ye that speak, but the Holy Ghost. 12 Now the brother shall betray the bro- ther to death, and the father the son; and children shall rise up against their parents, and shall cause them to be put to death. 13 And ye shall be hated of all men for ray name’s sake: but he that shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved. 14 But when ye shall see the abomination of desolation, spoken of by Daniel the prophet, standing where ought not, (let him that readeth under- stand,) then let them that be in Judza flee to the mountains: 15 ape let him that is on the housetop not godowninto the house, neither enter therein, to take any thing out of his house: 16 and Tet him that is in the field not turn back again for to take up his garment. 17 But woe to them, that are ye. it ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. ΧΙΠΙ. ~ Wear bes , Il λε αἱ ο 4 λέ σουσιν. 7 ὅταν δὲ ἀκούσητε! πολεμοὺς καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων, mislead. But when ye shall hear of wars and rumours’ of wars, ).θροεῖσθε’ δεῖ evo" γενέσθαι ἀλλ᾽ οὔπω τὸ μη.θροεῖσθε θεῖ yao" γ : be not disturbed ; 318 *must ‘needs ‘for come to pass, but “ποὺ °yet [15] *the τέλος. 8 ᾿Ἐγερθήσεται.γὰρ ἔθνος fai" ἔθνος καὶ βασιλεία 7end. For *shall*rise*up ‘nation against nation and kingdom ἐπὶ βασιλείαν: ἕκαὶι ἔσονται σεισμοὶ κατὰ.τόπους, "καὶ" against kingdom; and there shall be earthquakes in different places, and ἔσονται λιμοὶ ἱκαὶ ταραχαί." Ἑἀρχαὶ ὠδίνων ταῦτα, there shall be famines απᾶ {τοιβ]εῬ, Beginnings of throes [are] these. 9 Ἠλέπετε.δὲ ὑμεῖς ἑαυτούς. παραδώσουσιν yap" ὑμᾶς εἰς Buttakeheed ye to yourselves; for they will deliver up you. πο . a y / ‘ \ € συνέδρια καὶ εἰς συναγωγὰς" δαρήσεσθε, καὶ ἐπὶ ἡγεμόνων sanhedrims and to synagogues: ye willbe beaten, and before governors καὶ βασιλέων σταθήσεσθε ἔνεκεν.ἐμοῦ. εἰς μαοτύριον αὐτοῖς" and kings ye will be brought formysake, for atestimony to them; 10 καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη δει πρῶτον! κηρυχθῆναι τὸ and to all the nations must first be proclaimed the ῥαγγέλιον. 11 πὕταν. δὲ! οἀγάγωσινὶ ὑμᾶ διδό εὐαγγελιον. ύταν.δε ἀγάγωσιν' υμᾶς παραδιδόντες, glad tidings. But whenever they may lead away you delivering [you] up, μὴ προμεριμνᾶτε τί λαλήσητε, Ῥμηδὲ μελετᾶτε" be not careful beforehand what yeshouldsay, nor meditate [your reply] ; ἀλλ᾽ δι ἐὰν!" δοθῇ ὑμῖν ἐν ἐκείνῃ.τῇ-ὥρα, τοῦτο λαλεῖτε" but whatever maybegiven toyou in that hour, that speak ; ᾽ / bd « ~ « ~ 7 4 4 -Ὁ δ 24 οὐ.γὰρ ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ λαλοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον. for*not 2215 tye ᾖἴ]Παογπ]πο 86Ρ84Σ, but the Spirit the Holy. 12 Σπαραδώσει.δὲι ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον, καὶ πατὴρ And ?will *deliver up ‘brother brother to death, and father Τέκνον" καὶ ἐπαναστήσυνται τέκνα ἐπὶ γονεῖς, καὶ θανατώ- child ; and “will ‘rise “πρ children against parents, and will put to σουσιν αὐτούς" 19 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ death them, And ye will be hated by all onaccount of τὸ.ὄνομά.μου' ὁ. δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰ τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσε- my name; but he ππο endures tp [the] end, he shall be ΄ η ~ , ‘ ται. 14 Ὅταν.δὲ ἴδητε τὸ βδέλυγμα ᾿ τῆς ἐρημώσεως "τὸ saved. But when yesee the abomination ofthe desolation which « ‘ « ‘ ~ 7 , ~ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου,! 'ἑστὸς" ὅπου οὐ. δεῖ" Wasspokenof by Daniel the prophet, standing where it should not c ? 7 ΄ ~ 4 ὁ ἀναγινώσκων γρυοείτω" τότε οἱ ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ φευ- (he who reads let him understand), then those in σπάθα let [ή > » - A ~ γέτωσαν εἰς τὰ ὄρη" 15 ὁ "δὲ" ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος μὴ κατα- them flee to themountains, “he ‘and upon the housetop "ποὺ ‘et *him βάτω “ic τὴν οἰκίαν," μηδὲ "εἰσελθέτω! Ydoat τι! ἐκ come down into the house, nor goin to take any thing out of ~ > / 2 ωμά ο ‘ 4 ΄ τῆς.οἰκίας αὐτοῦ" 16 καὶ ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν τῶν!" μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω his house ; andhethatin the field is let him not return > ἃ yews en , - 4 1 ο ἢ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω ἄραι τὸ ἱμάτιον.αὐτοῦ. 17 οὐαὶ δὲ ταῖς to the things behind to take his garment. But woe to those that ? πε] / Ν ~ ΄ > ~ ἐν.γαστρι.εχουσαις Kat ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς are with child and to those that give suck in those Se πο ses Te EE Eee 4 ἀκούετε ye hear of Tr i— καὶ ταβαχαί LTTr[A]. LTYTra. 4 ἂν L. t κ εἰσελθάτω LTTr, Ὁ καὶ ὅταν and when 1 ΤΊτΑ. ἂν 1 _* καὶ παραδώσει Ἱπττα. εστὼς EG; ἑστηκὸς L; ἑστηκότα TTrA. €—yapt[tr]a. κ ἐπ᾽ Ta. : rjA- ὃ — καὶ TTrA. Κ ἀρχὴ a beginning trv. : bh — καὶ T[TrJA. τρ — γὰρ ΤΟΥ Ὑ{τι]ῖ.. πὶ πρῶτον δεῖ ᾽αγωσιν GLTTrAW,. Ρ --- μηδὲ μελετᾶτε [τ]ττι[α]. 3.-- τὸ ῥηθὲν υπο Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου ο[1/]τΊτΑ. v — δὲ τ[τε].. Ὗ -α εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν [1]. 7 τι dpa *— ὧν (read [18]) Lrtr, t ΤΤΑ. ΧΙΙ. c , & κ᾿ ἡμέραις. 18 προσεύχεσθε. δὲ days! And pray χειμῶνος. 19 ἔσονται.γὰρ in winter ; for *shall *be [111] οὐ.γέγονεν τοιαύτη ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως Ac! ἔκτισεν ὁ hasnot been thelike Ίτοτα [{Π6] beginning of creation which 2created θεὸς ἕως τοῦ νῦν, καὶ οὐ.μὴ γένηται. 20 καὶ εἰ μὴ *God until now, and not αὖ 211 shall be; MARK. iva τ [ή «." ae ~ | μῆ-γενηται “η-.φυγη-υμῶν that την *not ρα ‘your “flight . ε [ή ~ [ή αι Ί]μεραι ἐκεῖναι θλίψις, οἵα “those “days tribulation, such as κύριος and unless [the] Lord ἐκολόβωσενϊ τὰς ἡμέρας, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη πᾶσα σάρξ’ hadshortened the days, there would not have been saved any flesh; ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς οὓς ἐξελέξατο. ἐκολόβωσεν τὰς but onaccount of the elect whom hechose, he hasshortened the ἡμέρας. 21 Kai τότε ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ΦΙδούι ὧδε ὁ days. And then if anyonetoyou say, Behold, here [is]the , ex II {{δ Pant] ? ~ 5 \ SF: Π 99 ? θη χρίστος, “1) ιοου, ξἕκέει, μ))-πιστευσητε. ἔγερ Ί]σογται Christ, or Behold, there, ye shall not believe [it] ?There *will *arise ao" Ἰψευδόχριστοι καὶ" ψευδοπροφῆται, καὶ ἱδώσουσιν" σημεῖα for false Christs and false prophets, and will give signs καὶ τέρατα, πρὸς τὸ ἀποπλανᾷν εἰ δυνατὸν Ἑκαὶ" τοὺς ἐκλεκ- and wonders, to deceive if possible even’ the elect. ’ ς ~ δὲ λε A 12 ’ Π , ε ~ , τούς. 23 ὑμεῖς. δὲ βλέπετε" ἰἰδού,) προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα. But “ye ‘take heed: lo, I have foretold to you all things, 24 ™AXX'! ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις, μετ τὴν.θλίψων. ἐκείνην, Β But in those days, afte that tribulation, ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται, καὶ ἡ σελήνη οὐ.δώσει τὸ φέγγος the sun shall be darkened, and the moon 5881] not give "light ~ Ν > / - -,»»ν αὐτῆς, 25 καὶ οἱ ἀστέρες "τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔσονται ἐκπίπτοντες," ther ; and the stars ofthe heaven shall be falling out, καὶ αἱ δυνάµεις αἱ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς σαλευθήσονται. and the powers which [are] ἵπ the heavens shall be shaken ; 26 καὶ τότε ὄψονται τὸν. υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν and then shalltheysee the Son . of man coming in νεφέλαις μετὰ δυνάμεως “πολλῆς καὶ δόξης." 27 καὶ τότε clouds with *power ereat and glory; and then ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους Ραὐτοῦ,! καὶ ἐπισυνάξει τοὺς he will send his angels, and will gather together ἐκλεκτοὺς. αὐτοῦ! ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων, aT ἄκρου his elect from the four winds, from [the] extremity ἄκρου; οὐρανοῦ. 28 ᾿Απὺ δὲ τῆς συκῆς μάθετε Ῥαῦ ἔσο the fig-tree learn ὁ κλάδος" ἁπαλὸς γένη- γῆς ἕως of earth to [the] extremity of heaven. τὴν παραβολήν" ὅταν Ταὐτῆο 107 the parable : when of it already the branch tender is be- ~ [ ται, καὶ Σἐκφυῃι τὰ φύλλα, ἱγινώσκετε! ὅτι ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος come, and it puts forth the leaves, yeknow that near’ the summer éoriy’ 29 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν ταῦτα ἴδητε" γινόμενα, 15, So also ye, when these things ye see coming to pass, es e ? / ? ? \ ’ ? \ { Suh. a γινώσκετε οτι ἐγγὺς εστιν επι θύραις. 90 ᾽Αμὴν λέγω. υμῖν, know that near itis, at [the] doors. Verily Isay to you, ὅτι οὐ. μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ.γενεὰ. αὕτη, μέχρις οὗ πάντα that in no wise will have passed away this generation, until all ‘ye in like 133 with child, and to them that give suckin those days! 18 And pray ye that your flight be not in the winter. 19 Forin those days shall be affliction, such as was not from the beginning of the creation which God created unto this- time, neither,shall be. 20 And except that the Lord Ὠαᾶ shertened those days, no flesh should be saved: but for the elect’s sake, whom he hath chosen, he hath shortened the days. 21 And then if any man shall say to you, Lo, here is Christ ; or, lo, he is there; be- lieve him not: 22 for false Christs and false prophets shall rise, and shall shew signs and wonders, to se- duce, if it were pos- sible, even the elect. 23 But take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all things. 24 But in those days, after that tribulation, the sun shall be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, 25 and the stars of heaven shall fall, and the powers that are in heaven shall be shaken. 26 And then shall they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and_ glory. 27 And then shall he send his angels, and shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from the utter- most part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven. 28 Now learn a parable of the fig tree; When her branch is yet tender, and puiteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is near: 29 so roanner, when ye shallsee these things come to pass, know that it is nigh, even at the dvors. 30 Verily I τας unto you, that this gene- ration shall not pass, till all these things be 8.--- ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν (read it may not be) urtra. Ὁ ἣν LTTr. ἃ ἴδε TTrA. 6--- ἢ ΤΑ. fide LTTrA. h δὲ and τ΄. i— ψευδόχριστοι καὶ A, { — ἰδού [LITTrA. πι ᾿Αλλὰ LITA. δόξης πολλῆς L. Ρ --- αὐτοῦ (τες the angels) [L]rtra. Σ ἤδη ὃ κλάδος αὐτῆς LTr. 5 ἐκφύη EG?, ταῦτα LTTr, τ ταῦτα πάντα ΤΤΙΑ, . ο ἐκολόβωσεν κύριος T. & μὴ πιστεύετε believe [15] not GLTTraw. J ποιήσουσιν will work TA. 2 ἔσονται ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πίπτοντες LTTrA. 4 --- αὐτοῦ (Ίεα the elect) TY 4. τ γινώσκεται it is known a, π[τε]Α. ο καὶ kK — καὶ ἃ ἔδητε 194 done, 31 Heaven and earth shali pass away: but my words shall not pass away, 32 But of that day and that hour knowethno man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father. 33 Takeye heed, watch and pray: for ye know not when the time is. 34 For the Son of man is as aman taking a far journey, who left his house, and gave authority to his servants, and to every man his work, and commanded the por- terto watch. 35 Watch e therefore: for ye now not when the master of the house comcth, at even, or at midnight, or at. the cockcrowing, or in the morning : 36 lest com- ing suddenly he find you sleeping. 37 And what I say unto you I say unto all, Watch. XIV. After two days was the feast of the assover, and of un- earened bread: and the chief priests and the scribes sought how they might take him by craft, and put him to death. 2 But they said, Not on the feast day, lest there be an uproar of the people. 3 And being in Beth- any in the house of Simon the leper, as he sat at meat, there came a Womnn having an alabaster box of oint- ment of spikenard very precious ; and she brake the box, and poured it on his head. 4 Aud there were some that had indignation Within themselves, and said, Why was this waste of the oint- ment made? 5for it’ might have been sold for more than three hundred pence, and have been given to the poor. And they mur- mured against her. 0 And Jesus said, Let heralone; why trou- ble ye her? she hath «960 μὴ ἐλθὼν ἐξαίφνης ΧΙΠΙ. XTY. ταῦτα" γένηται. γῆ Ὅπαρε- these things shall have taken place. shall « ‘ ΄ Al ν / Ἄ τι ΣΝ a λεύσονται"" οἱ δὲ.λόγοι.µου οὐ.“ μὴ" Σπαρέλθωσιν.! 32 Theoicé pass away, but my words inno wise shallpassaway. But concerning ~ ’ Sey ‘ ~ . ‘ 7s ? ‘ € ” τῆς-ἡμέρας.ἐκείνης "καὶ" τῆς ὥρας, οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ “οἱ ἄγ- that day and the hour, noone knows, noteventhe an- « - κι ΄ ε ’ r γελοι! oi! ἐν οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ 6 υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ πατήρ. 33 Βλέπετε, gels those in heaven, nor the Son, but the Father. Take heed, ἀγρυπνεῖτε «καὶ προσεύχεσθε" οὐκ.οἴδατε.γὰρ πότε ὁ καιρός ; when the time ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. 81 ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ The heaven and the earth . watch and pray ; for ye know not ᾽ - ΄ > . ‘ ΩΡ εστιν 34 we ἄνθρωπος ἀπόδημος άφεις THY οίκιαν is) as aman going out of the country, leaving “house ἀκαὶ ἑκάστῳ and tocach one yenyooy- ~ ~ wn ~ ‘ ᾽ ΄ αὐτοῦ, καὶ δοὺς τοῖς.δούλοις. αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, this, and givmg to his bondmen the authority, ” > ~ 4 ~ ~ , 7 τὸ ἔργον. αὐτοῦ, καὶ τῷ θυρωρῷ ἐνετείλατο ἵνα his work, and *the *door-keeper ‘commanded that he should watch. 35 γρηγορεῖτε οὖν' οὐκ.οἴδατε.γὰρ πότε ὑ-κύριος τῆς οἰκίας Watch therefore, for ye knownot when the master of the house ἔρχεται. «ὀψέ, ἢ ἱμεσονυκτίου," ἢ ἀλεκτοοοφωνίας, ἢ πρωΐ’ comes: atevening,or at midnight, or atcock-crowing, or morning; εὕρῃ ὑμᾶς καθεύδοντας. 37 Σὰ' δὲ lest coming suddenly he should find you sleeping. And what ὑμῖν λέγω, πᾶσιν λέγω, Γρηγορεῖτε. toyou Isay, toall 1 αγ, Watch. i A 4 , ‘ Δ » 4 , 14 Ἣν. δὲ τὸ πάσχα καὶ τὰ ἄζυμα μετὰ δύο Now it was the passover and the [feast of] unleavened bread after two ἡμέρας" καὶ ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς πῶς days. And 7were ®seeking 'the *chief “priests *and *the ®scribes how αὐτὸν ἐν δόλῳ κρατήσαντες ἀποκτείνωσιν" 2 ἔλεγον δέ," him by guile gettingholdof they might killfhim]. 3ΤΠογ *said ‘but, Μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, μήποτε Ἰθόρυβος. ἔσται! τοῦ λαοῦ. Not in the feast, lest a tumult there shall be of the people. 3 Kai ὄντος αὐτοῦ ἐν Βηθανίᾳ, ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ Σίμωνος τοῦ And *being ‘he in Bethany, in the house ofSimon the λεπροῦ, κατακειμένου. αὐτοῦ, ἦλθεν γυνὴ ἔχουσα ἀλά- leper, as he reclined {at table], *came δ “τοῦδ having an ala- βαστρον μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτελοῦς" Ὑκαὶὶ συν- baster flask of ointment of “nard ?pure of great price ; and having τρίψασα ‘roll ἀλάβαστρον, κατέχεεν αὐτοῦ "κατὰ! τῆς broken the alabaster flask, she poured [it] “his ton κεφαλῆς. 4 ἧσαν-δε τινες ἀγανακτοῦντες πρὸς ἑαυτούς, "καὶ head. And *were ‘some indignant within themselves, and , 2 / « ᾽ , ev ~ λέγοντες," Ἑϊς τί η.ἀπώλεια.αὕτη τοῦ μύρου γέγονεν: saying, For what *this “waste *of *the Sointment ‘has been made? > , A ~ ~ 3 , ghey δ ἠδύνατο.γὰρ τοῦτο 5 πραθῆναι ἐπάνω ΛὈτριακοσίών for it was possible [for] this to have been 5ο]ᾶ for above three hundred δηναρίων," καὶ δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς" Kai “ἐνεβοιμῶντο denarii, and tobave been given tothe poor. And they murmured > ~ « Ay at ~ 3 » » , ~ , αὐτῇ. 6 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, "Agere αὐτήν" τί αὐτῇ κόπους at her. But Jesus said, Let“alone ‘her; whytoher trouble a Oe he σὰ την τ. “ παρελεύσεται GW. ἃ --- μὴ Tra. Υ παρελεύσονται ΤττΆ. *%% OYGLTTrAW. ἃ ἄγγελος an angel a. Ὁ — θἱ TTrA. ς — και προσεύχεσθε LI[Tr]A. d—raiLtTrAo ¢€+% either τττΑ. μεσονύκτιον TTrA, δ ὃ LTTrA. 4 γάρ for LTTra. i ἔσται θόρυβος ΤττΑ. LTTrA. τριακοσίων LTTrAW, k — καὶ TA. Ὦ — καὶ λέγοντες T[Tr]A. l roy LTW; τὴν Tra, ; ™ — κατὰ (read αὐτοῦ on his) ; ᾿ 9 + τὸ μύρον Ointment GLTTraW, Ρ δηναρίων 5 ἐνεβριμοῦντο T, : guest-chamber) [L]rtra. ANY: MARK. παρέχετε; καλὸν ἔργον "εἰργάσατο! "εἰς ἐμέ." 7 mavrore-yio doyecause? agood work she wrought towards me. For always τοὺς πτωχοὺς ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, καὶ ὕταν θέλητε δύνασθε the poor ye have with you, and whenever ye desire ye are able ἰαὐτοὺς" εὖ ποιῆσαι" ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε. 8 ὃ τεϊχενι Sthem 3to?do good; butme not always yehave. What “could ναὕτη," ἐποίησεν προέλαβεν μυρίσαι “μου.τὸ σῶμα!" εἰς tshe, she did. She came beforehand to anoint my body for τὸν ἐνταφιασμόν. 9 ἀμὴν" λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅπου. ἂν") κηρυχθῇ the burial. Verily Isay to you, Wheresoever shall be proclaimed τὸ. εὐαγγέλιον."τοῦτοϊ εἰς ὅλον τὸν κόσμον, Kai ὃ this glad tidings in *whole'the world, also what αὕτη λαληθήσεται εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς. ‘this [7woman] shall be spoken of for awmemorial of her. 10 Καὶ δ! Ἰούδας 6" “Ἱσκαριώτης,! ἃ εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, And Judas the Iscariote, one ofthe twelve, ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς, ἵνα “παραδῷῥι αὐτὸν" went away to the chief priests, that hemightdeliverup him αὐτοῖς. 11 Οἱ. δὲ ἀκούσαντες ἐχάρησαν, καὶ ἐπηγγείλαντο to them, Andthey having heard rejoiced, and promised αὐτῷ ἀργύριον δοῦναι: καὶ ἐζήτει πῶς [εὐκαίρως αὐτὸν shim money ‘to *give. And hesought how ‘conveniently ‘him παραδῷ." the *might *deliver Sup. 12 Kai τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν ἀζύμων, ὅτε τὸ πάσχα And on the first day of unleavened [bread], when the passover ἔθυον, λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Τοῦ θέλεις ἐποίησεν “has *done theykilled, “say ‘*to*him this “disciples, | Where desirest thou [that] ἀπελθόντες ἑτοιμάσωμεν ἵνα φάγῃς τὸ πάσχα; 18 Kai going we should prepare that thou mayest eat the passover ? And > / δ ~ ~ ? ~ ‘ / > ~ « / ἀποστέλλει δύο τῶν. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ύ πάγετε he sends:forth two of his disciples, and says tothem, Go εἰς τὴν πόλιν" καὶ ἀπαντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος into the city, and “will*meet *you ta "man a pitcher of water / . a ᾽ rv 0 id ? ~ 14 \ « σα \ ll > EXO βαστάζων" ἀκολουθήσατε αὐτῷ, καὶ ὅπου. ΞἐὰνἹ εἰσέλθῃ, carrying ; follow hin ; and wherever he may enter, εἴπατε TY οἰκοδεσπότῃ, Ὅτι ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, Ποῦ say to the master of the house, The teacher says, Where ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα ἢ ὅπου τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν.μαθητῶν.μου 15 the guest-chamber . where the passover with ‘my disciples φάγω; 15 καὶ αὐτὸς ὑμῖν δείξει Ἰάνώγεον' μέγα ἐστρω- I may eat? and he you ‘will *shew an upper room large, fur- μένον ἕτοιμον." let! ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν. 16 Καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ nished ready. There prepare for us. And went away 0 ν m ᾽ ~ ή ‘ ἦλθ 2 A 1λ ‘ re 3 θ ι μαθηταὶ. “αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ εὗρον καθως his disciples, and came into the city, and found as εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. 17 Kai ὀψίας he had said tothem, and they prepared the passover. And evening γενομένης ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 18 καὶ ἀνακειμένων being come hecomes with the twelve. And as *were *reclining 135 wrought a good work onme. 7 For ye have the poor with you always, and whenso- ever ye will ye may do them good: -but me ye have not always. 8 She hath done what she could: she is come aforehand to anoint my body to the bury- ing. 9 Verily I say unto you, Wheresoever this gospel shall be preached throughout the whole world, this also that she hath done shall be spoken of for a memorial of her, ~ 10 And Judas Isca- riot, one of the twelve, went unto the chief priests, to betray him unto them, 11 And when they heard it, they were glad, and promised to give him money. And hesought how he might con- veniently betray him, 12 And the first day of unleavened bread, when they killed the passover, his disciples said unto him, Where wilt thou that we go and prepare that thou mayest eat the pass- over? 13 And he send- eth forth two of his disciples, and saith unto them, Go ye into the city, and there shall meet you a man bearing a pitcher of water: follow him, 14 And wheresoever he shall go in, say ye to the goodman of the house, The Master saith, Where is the guestchamber, where I shall eat the pass- over with my disciples? 15 And he will shew you a large upper room furnished and pre- pared: there make ready for us. 16 And his disciples went forth, ahd came into the city, and found as he had said unto them: and they made ready the passover. 17 And in the evening he com- eth with the twelve, 18 And as they sat and did eat, Jesus said, τ ἠργάσατο T. 5 ἐν ἐμοί tO Me GLTTrAW. GLTTraw. τ — αὕτη (read εἶχεν she could) [τι]τ[ττ]Α. and (verily) [L]tTra. ἐὰν TA. LTTraw. ο Ἰσκαριώθ ΤΑ. d+ othe TTra. — Ε αὐτὸν εὐκαίρως παραδοῖ LTTrA; αὐτὸν εὐκ, παραδῷ W. i ἀνάγαιον GLIT:AW. @ = αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) 1{?r], ξ ἂν ΗΤΤΑ. there Tra; κἀκεῖ T. τ αὐτοῖς LTrA ; — αὐτοὺς T. κ τὸ σῶμά μου LTr. α-. τοῦτο (read the glad tidings) [L]rtra. © παραδοῖ αὐτὸν L.; αὐτὸν παραδοῖ TTrA. k [ἕτοιμον 1, b + µου (read my leat ἐκεῖ and 196 Verily I say unto you, One of you which eat- eth with me shall be- tray me. 19 And they began to be sorrowful, and to say unto him one by one, {5 it J? and another sa/d, Js it 15 20 And he an- swered and said unto them, Jt is one of the twelve, that dippeth with me in the dish. 21 The Son of man in- deed goeth, as it is written of him: but woe to that man by whom the Son of man is betrayed! good were it for that man if he had never been Lorn. 22 And as they did eat, Jesus took bread, and blessed, and brake tt, and gave to them, and said, Take, eat: thisismy body. 23 And he took the cup, and when he had given thanks, he gave zt to them: and they all drank of it. 24 And he said unto them, This is my blood of the new test:ment, which is shed for many. 25 Verily I say: unto you, Τ will drink no more of the fruit of the vine, until that day that I drink it new in the kingdom of God. 26 And when they had sung an hymn, they went out into the mount of Olives. 27 And Jesus saith unto them, All ye shall be offended ‘be- cause of me this night: for it is written. I will suite the shepherd, and the ~heep shall be scattered. 28 But after that I am risen, I will go before you into Galilee. 29 But Peter said unto him, Al- though all shall be offended, yet will not I. 30 And Je-us saith unto him, Verily I say unto’ thee, That this ο eens ar te Oe ι Ms ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν ΤΑ. ἄλλος, My τι εγώ; Ττν, ' + τὴν χεῖρα the hand 1,. [1] T[TrJa. Ὁ — καινῆς TTrA. ματος TITAW. -Y — φάγετε GLTTraW. 5 ὑπὲρ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον ο ; “ — ev εμοι Tira, Τα πρόβατα τι; τὰ πρόβατα διασκορπισθήσονται TTra, MAPS OZ. ΧΙΥ.. ~ ‘ , - ς. - a 4 ΄ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐσθιόντων "εἶπεν ὁ Ιησοῦς,! ᾿Αμὴν λέγω' fat Stable] ‘they and: wereeating “said i Jesus, Verily Isay fe. ef - Ye ~ ΄ « ? οι. Bas) ~ ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει µε, ο ἐσθίων μετ ἐμοῦ., ίοτοα, that one of οι will deliver up me, who is eating with me. 3 δι » - - πα ’ ? ~ ae. Η pa > σ 19 οοἱ δὲ! ἤρξαντο λυπεῖσθαι, καὶ λέγειν αὐτῷ, εἴς Ῥκαθ᾽ εἷς, Απά 67 began to be gricved, and tosay tohim, one by one,. se / b Po ot « SA 3 Β Μή τι ἐγώ; «Καὶ ἄλλος, Μήτι ἐγώ; 20 Ο0.0ὲ "άπο- [510] 1Ὁ And another, [1515 But he an-° || i ” ~ 2 Μο] ~ ΔΑ Ν τ η) ae κριθεὶς" εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. Eic "εκ" τῶν ὀώόεκα, 0 ἐμβαπτό- swering)) said tothem, [Itis] one of the twelve, who is dip-- ey | ao ας Ἡν A Xt 91%G Loy ο. pave ΄ υ μενος μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἵ εἰς τὸ τρυβλίον. ὁ μὲν vlog του αὐνϑρωπο a ping with me 11 the dish. The indeed *Son *of “man - ’ ‘ > κ. > ‘ A - ὑπάγει, καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ" οὐαὶ.δὲ τῷ άσοςς, as it has been written concerning him; but woe ? , , 7 - εν ~ ? ο 2 ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι οὗ ἡ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται to that man by whom thé Son of man is delivered up ; καλὸν τἦν" αὐτῷ εἰ οὐκἐγεννήθη ὁ.ἀνθρωπος. κεῖνος. good wereit for him if “had *not *been ®born ‘that ?man. ‘ > , ~ ‘ © 2 ~ wy 22 Kai ἐσθιόντων.αὐτῶν, λαβὼν τὸ Ἰησοῦς" ἄρτον, And as they were eating, "having *taken Jesus a loaf, ? , ? y ὃν ᾽ ~ το ο΄ Ld εὐλογήσας ἐκλασεν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, καὶ εἶπεν, Λάβετε, having biessed hebrake, and gave tothem, and = said, Take, ΄ ~ 3 ~ τς \ Yoayere’! τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά.μου. 23 Kat λαβὼν ὅτὸὶ eat ; this is my body. And having taken the ποτήριον, εὐχαριστήσας ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς' καὶ ἔπιον ἐξ αὐτοῦ cup, having given thanks hegave tothem, andthey*drank*ef it VW ἘΞ ~ .0 \ er a x πάντες 24 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ.αἶἷμά.μου Ἀτὸ" tall And hesaid tothem, This is my blood that τῆς καινῆς" διαθήκης, τὸ «περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυνόμενον.! of the new | covenant, which for many is poured out. 25 ἀμὴμ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐκέτι.οὐ.μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ Verily Isay toyou, that not any more in any wise willI drink of the ἀγεννήματος! τῆς ἀμπέλου, ἕως τῆς. ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ὅταν αὐτὸ fruit of the vine, until that day when it πίνω καινὸν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ.. idrink new in the kingdom of God. \ te γεν 3 ~ r ~ 26 Καὶ ὑμνήσαντε ἐξῆλθον εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν. And having sung ἃ hymn they went out to the mount of Olives, 27 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, “Ori πάντες σκανδαλισθήσεσθε And “says *to *them Jesus, All ye will be offended ’ ’ η] ? ~ ‘ , ’ ‘ "ey ἐμοὶ" fey τῇ vuKri.ravry™ ὕτι γέγραπται, Πατάξω τὸν in me in this night ; for it has been written, I will smite the ποιμένα, καὶ Εδιασκορπισθήσεται τὰ πρόβατα." 28 ᾿Αλλὰ shepherd, and _ will be scattered abroad the sheep. But ‘ A 1 ~ ΄ ’ ο ~ 7 μέτὰ τὸ .ἐγερθῆναί-με. προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. after my arising, Iwill go before you into Galilee. 29 0.δὲ Πέτρος ἔφη αὐτῷ, "Kai εἰ! πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, But Peter said tohim, Even if all shall be offended, ᾽ ᾽ ᾽ ῃ ΄ ᾿ , Z ῃ ~ ~ αλλ οὐκ ἐγώ. 90 Καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω σοι, yet ποὺ I. And *says *to*him ‘Jesus, Verily Isay to thee, ο -- Οἱ δὲ (read ἤρξαντο they began) ΤΑ, Σ---αποκριθεις LTTrA. 7 + ὅτι for T[Tr]a. Ρ κατὰ TA. 4 -- καὶ ΑΞ ex (read τῶν of the) τ[ττ]. ἘΌΝ ης σης x — ὁ Ἰησοὺς το Τὸ (read a cup) LTTra: @— τὸ [L]TA. μενον L; ἐκχυννόµενρν ὑπὲρ πολλῶν TIra. ἃ γενή- εν τῇ νυκτὶ ταύτῃ [L|ttTraw. ε διασκορπισθήσονται Ὁ Ei καὶ TTra, | ας MARK. δὶς τη. ov i 7 1, é ~ ο ig Ἡ {| \ . n ὑλέκ οτι" σήμερον Jey τῃ-νυκτι.ταυτῃ;' πριν ἢ ἄλεκτορα that ἰο- day in this night, before that twice [the] cock φωνῆσαι, τρὶς Νἀπαρνήσῃ pe." 31 Ὁ δὲ ἱὲκ. περισσοῦ ἔλεγεν crow, thrice thou wilt deny me But he *vehemently ‘said μᾶλλον, ll Εάν Ἆμε δερ' συναποθανεῖν σοι, οὐ.μή σε the ποτε, If it were needful for me to die with thee, in no wise thee πἀπαργήσομαι.ὶ Ὡσαύτως.δὲ καὶ πάντες ἔλεγον. will I deny. And inlike manner also “all *they ‘spake. 32 Καὶ έρχονται εἰς χωρίον Cob τὸ" ὄνομα ΡΙεθσημανῆ"" And they come to apjace of whichthe name [15] καὶ λέγει τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ. Καθίσατε wee, ἕως προσεύξω- and he says to his disciples, Sit here, while I shall pa. 33 Καὶ παραλαμβάνει τὸν Πέτρον καὶ “τὸν! Ἰάκωβον Gethsemane; pray. And he takes Peter and James καὶ Ιωάννην μεθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ." Καὶ ἤρξατο ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι καὶ and John with hin ; and he began to be greatly amazed and ἀδημονεῖν. 34 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ-.Ψυχήςμου deeply depressed. And hesays tothem, Verysorrowful is my soul ἕως θανάτου" μείνατε ὧδε καὶ γρηγορεῖτε. 85 Καὶ προελ- evento death; reumiin here and watch. And having gone θὼνὶ μικρὸν 'ἔπεσενὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ προσηύχετο ἵνα, εἰ forward a little hefell upon the earth, and prayed that, if / ? / ? > ΔΑ ~ « “ Ὁ \ 5 δυνατόν ἐστιν, παρέλθῃ am αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα. 36 καὶ ἔλεγεν, possible itis, mightpass from him _ the hour. And he said, ABBA, ὁ πατήρ, πάντα δυνατά σοι" παρένεγκε τὸ ποτή- Abba, ye all νά [ατε] possible {ο thee; take away has ριον Yam ἐμοῦ τοῦτο" ἀλλ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλὰ τί σύ. Σάνον #me ‘this; but notwhat Ζ will, but what thou. 37 Kai ἔρχεται καὶ εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας καὶ λέγει τῷ And hecomes and finds them sleeping. And he says Πέτρῳ, «Σίμων, καθεύδεις ; οὐκ. ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν On: to Peter, Simon, _ sleepest thou? wast thou not able one hour γορῆσαι; 38 γρηγορεῖτε Kai προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ. νεἰσέλθητε! watch 2 Watch and pray, that ye enter not εἰς πειρασμόν. τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ.δὲ into temptation. The 7indced ‘spirit ready, but the flesh ἀσθενής. 89 Καὶ πάλιν ἀπελθὼν προσηύξατο, τὸν αὐτὸν weak, And again having gone away he prayed, *the “same λόγον εἰπών. 40 καὶ Σὑποστρέψας! εὗρεν αὐτοὺς ὑπάλιν" “πὰρ ‘saying. And having returned he ure them again (Aa SA a ll καθεύδοντας" ἦσαν. γὰρ "οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ. αὐτῶν" "βεβαρημένοι, sleeping, for *were 1their. “eyes heavy ; \ ? an ΄ b ? ~ θῶ tl 41 K Sic ae Kat ουκ-/ὀεισαν τι αυτ ἀποκρι ωσιν. αι έρχεται and they knew ποὺ what *him ‘they “should “answer. And he comes / A ‘A ‘ . τὸ τρίτον, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Καθεύδετε “τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ the third time, and says to them, ' Sleep on now and ἀναπαύεσθε. ἀπέχει: ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα" ἰδού, παραδίδοται. take goer rest. It is enough; has come the hour; lo, Sis Sdelivered Ss ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν. 42 ἐγεί- ithe “Son Sof*man into the hands of sinners. Rise, ρεσθε, ἄγωμεν" ἰδού, ὁ παραδιδούς µε “ἤγγικεν." let us go; behold, he who 15 delivering up me has drawn near. Lis] - named σάρξ᾽ 197 day, even in this night, Ῥοΐονο the voek crow twice, thou shalt deny me thrice. 31 But he spake the more vehe- mently, ΓΕ Ishould die with thee, I will not deny thee in any wise. Likewise also said they all, 32 And they came to a place which was Gethsemane : and he saith to his disciples, Sit ye here, while I shall pray. 33 And he taketh with him Veter and James and John, and began to be sore amazed, and to be very heavy ; 34 and saith unto them, My soul is ex- ceeding sorrowful un- to death: tarry ye here, and wateh, 35 And he went forward a little, and fellon the ground, and prayed that, if it were possible, the hour might pass from him. 36 And he said, Abba, Father, all things ave possible unto thee; tuke away this cup from me: nevertheless not what I will, but what thou wilt. 37 And he cometh, and find- eth them = sleeping, and saith unto Peter, Simon, sleepest thou? couldest. not .thou watch one hour? 38 Watch ye and pray, lest ye enter into temp- tation. The spirit truly is ready, but the flesh is weak, 39 And again he went away, anu prayed, and spake the same words. 40 And when he returned, he found them asleep a- gain, (for their eyes were heavy,) neither wist they what to an- swerhim. 4] And he cometh the third time, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and take your rest: it is enough, the hour is come ; behold, the Son of manis betrayed into the hands of sinners. 42 Rise up, let us go; lo, he that betrayeth me is at hand. i+ σὺ thoucLitraw. 1 ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ LTTrA. x ἐλάλει LTTraA. τὸ δέῃ we ταν. ἢ ἀπαρνήσωμαιτ. 9 ᾧ αὐττιανγ. ‘wer αὐτοῦ LTTrA. 5 προσελθὼν Tr. * emumTev ΤΑ. “éA@nTeTA. * πάλιν ἐλθὼν again coming La ; ἐλθὼν Tr. μοὶ τ.. 5 καταβαρυνόμενοι ΙΤΊτΑΥΥ. ἢ ἀποκριθῶσιν αὐτῷ LITrAW. με L ἀπαρνήσῃ LTTraAWw. Ρ Γεθσημανεῖ LETrAW. «τοῦτο ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ LTTraW, Υ --- πάλιν LTra. ¢— zd LTrAW. 1 ἐκπερισσῶς 4 --- τὸν 1 αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλ- 4 ἤγγισεν T. 198 43 And immediately, while he yet spake, cometh Judas, one of the twelve, and with him a great muiti-' tude with swords and staves, from the chief priests and the scribes and the elders. 44 And he that betrayed him had given them a token, saying, Whom- soever I shall kiss, that same is he;:take him, and lead him away safely. 45 And as soon as he was come, he goeth straightway to him, andsaith, Master, master; and kissed him. 46 And they laid their hands on him, and took him. 47 And one of them that stood by drew a sword, and smote a servant-of the high priest, and cut off his ear. 48 And Jesus answered and _ said unto them, Are ye come out, as against a thief, with swords and with staves to take me? 49 I was-daily with you in the tem- ple teaching, and ye took me not: but the scriptures must be ful- filled. 50 And they all forsook him, and fled. 51 And there followed him a certain young man, having a linen cloth cast abont his naked body; and the young men laid hold on him : 52 and he left the linen cloth, and fied from them naked. 53 And they led Je- sus away to the high priest: and with him were assembled all the chief priests and the elders and the scribes. 54 And Peter followed him afar off, even into the palace of the high priest : and hesat with the servants, and warmed himsclf ai the fire. 55 And the-chief priests and all the council sought for wit- 6 εὐθὺς LTTrA. 1 — πολὺς [1]ΤΎΤΑ. ῥαββεί T ; TTA, ἃ νεανίσκος τις LTr. τ — οἱ νεανίσκο: (read they seize) LYtra. "γραμματεις καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι L. f+ ὁ ΙΤΤΑΝΥ. ῥαββεί [ῥαββεί] Α. 9 — τις LTrAW. MAPKOS. XIV / 2 ~ ~ η Ξ 43 Καὶ «εὐθέωοὶ ἔτι αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος παραγίνεται ' Ἰοέ- And immediately *yet ‘as *he 315 speaking, comes up Ju- σ΄ h ba I ~ ὃ , ὃ \ 2 [ ~ » λ i λὺ il δαςξ, εἷς *Ov' τῶν δώδεκα, καὶ per αυτου ὄχλος Ιπολὺς das, one “being ofthe twelve, and with him a“crowd “great, ‘ / ~ , ᾿ ἣν» μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων, παρὰ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν with swords and = staves, from the chiefpriests ‘and the γραμματέων καὶ *rév" πρεσβυτέρων. 44 δεδώκει δὲ ὁ scribes and the elders. Now “had *given the who s 4 ᾽ A 3 - λέ Ὃ ἌΓΩΝ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, yay Swas *delivering up ‘him tothem, saying, Whomsoever ’ φιλήσω αὐτός ἐστιν κρατήσατε αὐτόν, καὶ ᾿᾿ἀπαγᾶ sere! Ishallkiss he mS = seize him, and lead [him] away ἀσφαλῶς. 45 Kai ἐλθών, “εὐθέως! προσελθὼν αὐτῷ λέγει, safely. And being come, immediately comingup to him he says, ™PaBBi, ῥαββί "Kai κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν. 46 Οἱ δὲ émeBarov! Rabbi, Rabbi; and ardently kissed him. And they laid Pir’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν," καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν. 47 Eic.dé upon him “hands ‘their, and seized him. But *one tovoonpov! a sign . ατιοῖ τῶν παρεστηκότων σπασάμενος τὴν μάχαιραν ἦι *certain of those standing by, having drawn the sword ἔπαισεν τὸν δοῦλον τοῦ. ἀρχιερέως καὶ ἀφεῖλεν αὐτοῦ τὸ struck the bondman ofthe highpriest and _ took off his twriov." 48 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὡς ἐπὶ ear. And answering Jesus said tothem, As against λῃστὴν ἐξήλθετε" μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συλλαβεῖν µε; arobber ατα το come out with swords and staves to take me? 49 καθ ἡμέραν ἤμην πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων, καὶ Daily. Iwas with you’ in the temple teaching, and οὐκ ἐκρατήσατέ με’ ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν αἱ γραφαί. γε did not seize me: but [itis] that *may *be Sfulfilled 1116 “scriptures. 50 Καὶ ἀφέντες αὐτὸν ἵπάντες ἔφυγον." 51 Kai πες τις And leaving him all fled. And one a certain νεανίσκος' YnKodobGet" αὐτῷ, περιβεβλημένος σινδόνα ἐπὶ young man was following him, having cast a linen cloth about γυμνοῦ" καὶ κρατοῦσιν αὐτὸν Σοὶ νεανίσκοι"" 52 ὁ δὲ [115] naked [body]; and *seize Shim the *young *men, but he, καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα γυμνὸς ἔφυγεν Σάπ᾽ αὐτῶ»." leaving behind the linen cloth, *naked fled from them, 53 Kai ἀπήγαγον τὸν Ἰησοῦν πρὸς τὸν ἀρχιερέα" καὶ And they led away Jesus to the high priest. And συνέρχονται Ταὐτῷ πάντες οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ "πρεσβύτεροι there come together to him all the chief priests and the elders ‘ ς - {| 54 4. Πέ ? \ 16 Σ δ / και οἱ γραμματεῖς." ὅ4 Και ὁ Πετρος ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἠκολού- and the scribes. And Peter from afar off fol- θησεν αὐτῷ ἕως ἔσω εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως" καὶ ἦν lowed him asfaraswithinto the court of the high priest; and he was δσυγκαθήµενος" μετὰ- τῶν ὑπηρετῶν, καὶ θερμαινόμενος πρὸς sitting with the Officers, and warming himgelf at τὸ" φῶς. 55 Οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον ἐζήτουν the it fire. And-the chief priests and *whole'the sanhedrim sought it. b light). & + ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης Iscariote ττ[τε]Α. h — ὧν LTTr[A]. 1 σύνσημον 1. ™ ἀπάγετε LTTrA. 2 Ῥαββί Ltr; _ 5 ἐπέβαλαν 1. Ρ τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τι; τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ ᾿ ὠτάριον LITrA. 8 ἐξήλθατε LITrAW. " ἔφυγον πάντες ΤΊνΑ. , 'συνηκολούθει was following with Lrtra; ἠκολούθησεν followed w. * — ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν [L]TTr. --- αὐτῷ Τε συγκαθήµενος 1. b— τὸ E, κ. τῶν Τ. mY MARK. κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ μαρτυρίαν, εἰς τὸ θανατῶσαι αὐτόν" καὶ οὐχ wainst Jesus testimony, to put to death hin, and not dels " 56 πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐψευδομαρτέ τοῦ Ρρισκογ. πο οι γαρ EWEV ομαρτυρουν ΚΑΤ αυτουυν χᾷ1ᾷ find [any]. For many bore false testimony against him, καὶ ἴσαι at μαρτυρίαι οὐκήσαν. 57 καί τινες ἀναστάντες and alike their testimonies were not. And some. having risen up ἐψευδομαρτί ᾿ αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, ὅ8 Ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠκούσα- ψευθομαρτύρουν κατ αὑτοῦ, λέγοντες, ὃ τι ἡμεῖς NKOVOA bore false testimony against him, saying, We heard μεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, Ότι ἐγὼ καταλύσω τὸν ναὺν τοῦτον τὸν him saying, 1 will destroy thi: temple the χειροποίητον, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν ἄλλον ἀχειροποίητον [οπε] made with hands, and in three days ‘another. not made withhands οἰκοδομήσω. 59 Kai οὐδὲ οὕτως ἴση ἦν ἡ.μαρτυρία.αὐτῶν. I will build. And neither thus. alike was their testimony. 60 Καὶ ἀναστὰς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰς τὸ" μέσον ἐπηρώτησεν And *having *stood δὰ *the *high “priest in .the midst questioned τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν, λέγων, Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν; τί οὗτοί σου Jesus, saying, Answerest thou nothing? What “these *thee καταμαρτυροῦσιν ; 61'0.0& ἐσιώπα, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο." ~itestify “against 2 But he was silent, and nothing answered. Πάλιν ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐπηρώτα αὐτόν, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Σὺ Again the high priest was questioning him, and says tohim, *Thou εἶ 0 Χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ εὐλογητοῦ; 62 ‘Océ. Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Jart the Christ, the Son ofthe blessed? And Jesus said, ” “hy 2 ‘ » “ 4 ca ~ > , 7 Ἐγώ εἰμι. καὶ ὄψεσθε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ξκαβήµενον af am. And ye shall see the Son of man sitting ἐκ δεξιῶν" τῆς δυνάμεως, καὶ ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν at [the] right hand of power, and coming with the clouds τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 63 ‘0.0 ἀρχιερεὺς διαῤῥήξας τοὺς.χιτῶνας.αὐτοῦ ofthe heaven. And the high priest having rent his garments λέγει, Τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων ; 64 ἠκούσατε "ric says, Whatany more need have we of witnesses? _ Yeheard the βλασφημίας" τί ὑμῖν φαίνεται; Οἱ δὲ πάντες κατέκριναν blasphemy : what Ξο σοὺ ‘appears? And they all condemned αὐτὸν ᾿εἶναι ἔνοχον" θανάτου. 65 Kai ἠρξαντό τινες ἐμπτύειν him tobe deserving of death. And. *began ‘some to spit upon αὐτῷ, καὶ περικαλύπτειν ἔτὸ. πρόσωπον. αὐτοῦ," καὶ κολα- him, and to cover up his face, and to buf- φίζειν αὐτόν, καὶ λέγειν αὐτῷ, Πρυφήτευσον΄ καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται fet him, and tosay tohim, Prophesy ; andthe officers e / ? \ τι” Π ῥαπίσμασι»ν αὐτὸν πέβαλλον. with the palm of the hand "Πίτα struck. 66 Kai ὄντος τοῦ Πέτρου "ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ κάτω," ἔρχεται pia And *being Peter in the court below, comes one ~ ~ ~ ? / ι 3 7 ~ A / τῶν παιδισκῶν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, 67 καὶ ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον ofthe ‘maids ofthe high priest, and seeing Peter θερμαινόμενον, ἐμβλέψασα αὐτῷ λέγει, Καὶ σὺ μετὰ τοῦ warming himself, having Ἰοοκεᾷ σῷ him says, And thou *with *the ἹΚαζαρηνοῦ “Ἰησοῦ ἦσθα." 68 ὋὉ δὲ ἠρνήσατο, λέγων, POVK' *Nazarene δεξι ‘wast. But he denied, saying, sNot οἶδα “οὐδὲ" ἐπίσταμαι Tri σὺ! λέγεις. Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἔξω ΣΤ *know noreven understand what thou sayest. And he went forth out ἃ ηὕρισκον LTrA. ε — τὸ (read [the]) GLTTrAw. δεξιῶν καθήμενον GLTTrTAW. —~ Ἀτὴν βλασφημίαν τι. πρόσωπον TTrA. ἐν τῇ αὐλῇ TTrA. Bor LTtraw. | ο ἦσθα τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ LTTrA. σὺ τί {τττλ,΄ { οὐκ ἀπεκρίνατο ουδέν TTr. i εροχον εἶναι TTA. πι ἔβαλον Ὑ ; ἔλαβον (read received him with buffets) Lrtra. P οὔτε neither (know 1) irra. 139 ness against Jesus to put him todeath; and found none, 56 For many bare false wit- ness against him, but their witness agreed not together. 57 And there arose certain, and bare false witness against him, saying, 58 We heard him say, 1 will destroy - this temple that is made with hands, and with- in three days I will build another -made without hands. 59 But mftither so did. their witness agree togéther. τ 60 And the high priest stood up in the midst, and asked Jesus, say- ing, Answerest thou nothing ? what is it which these witness against thee? 61 But he Held his peace, and answered nothing. A- gain the high priest asked him, and said unto him, Art thou the Christ, the Son of the Blessed? 62 And Jesus said, lam: and ye shall see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven. 63 Then the high priest rent His clothes, and saith, What need we any further witnesses 2 64 Ye have heard the blasphemy: what think ye? And they all condemned him to be guilty of death. 65 And some began to spit on him, and to cover his face, andl to buffet him, and to say unto him, Prophesy : and the servants did strike him with the palms of their hands. 66 And as Peter was beneath in the palace, there cometh one of the maids of the high priest: 67 and , when she saw Peter warming himself, she looked up- on him, and said, And thou also wast with Jesus of Nazareth. 68 But he deried, say- ing, I know not, nei- ther - understand I what thou sayest. And he went out into the & ἐκ κ αὐτοῦ τὸ 2 κάτω 4 οὔτε 140 porch; and the cock. crew. 69 And a maid saw him again, and began to say to them that stood by, This is one of them. 70 And he denied it again. And a little after, they that stood by said again to Peter, Surely thou art one of them : for thou art a Gali- lean, and thy speech agreeth thereto, 71 But he began to curse and to swear, saying, I know not this mah of whom ye speak. 72 And the second time the cock crew. And Peter called to mind the word that Jesus said unto him; Before the cock crow twice, thou shalt .deny me thrice. And when he thought thereon, he wept. XY. And straight- way in the morning the chief priests held a consultation with the elders and scribes and the whole council, and bound Jesus, and carried him away, and delivered him to Pilate. 2And Pilate asked him, Art thou the king of the Jews ? And he answering said unto him, Thou sayest zt. 3And the chief priests accused him of many things: but he answered nothing. 4 And Pilate asked him again, saying, An~ swerest thou nothing 2 behold how many things they witness a- gainst thee. 5 But Jesus yet answered nothing ; so that Pi- late marvelled. 6Now at that feast he re- leased unto them one prisoner, whomsoever they desired. 7 And there was one named Barabbas, which lay bound with them that had made insurrection with him, who had committed murder in the insurrection, 8 And thé multitude crying aloud began to desire him to do as he had ever done unto them, " [καὶ ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν) L. ¥ -- καὶ ἢ λαλιά σον ὁμοιάζει LTTrA. Σ τὸ ῥήμα ὡς LTTrA ; 5 εὐθὺς ΤΊτΑ. ξ --- τῷ LTTrA. E ἐπηρώτα ΤΊΤΑ. Ρ ὃν παρῃτοῦντο Ἱ, d — ἐπὶ τὸ (vead mpwi early) Lrtr[a]. ΜΑΡΚΟΣ. XIV, XV : = 3 > 1 Ας bye ὩΣ ΦΈΡΗΙΣ ο σεν.! 69 Καὶ ἡ παιδίσκ εἰς το προαύλιον καὶ ἀλέκτωρ ἑφωνήὴ ee a Ὁ ἢ into the porch, and acock crew. ~ μοι] 2 / ντ { Ἢ σ ἰδοῦσα αὐτὸν ἱπάλιν ἤρξατο" λέγειν τοῖς προ αν Οτι Β ᾽ sceing him again began to say to those A ~ τ ΄ ) δῶν - οὗτος ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐστιν. 70 Ο δὲ πάλιν ἠρνεῖτο. Kat μετὰ Andhe again denied. And after 118, παρεστῶτες ἔλεγον τῷ Πέτρῳ, ᾿Αληθῶς to Peter, Truly This [3οπδ] Sof *them μικρὸν πάλιν οἱ a little again those standing by said ή ‘ \ ~ 7 x ς Ἡ / ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶ καὶ γὰρ Γαλιλαῖος εἶ, "καὶ ἡ λαλιά from among them thou ατῦ, ἕοσ both aGalilean thouart, and *speech / Υ ? σου ὁμοιάζει.ὶ 71 Ὁ.δὲ ἤρξατο ἀναθεμᾳτίζειν καὶ Ξόμνύειν " ‘thy α4Ρ1085. But Βα began to curse and to.swear, ? ἢ ” 9 ~ " “ 4 Ὅτι οὐκ.οἶδα τὸν.ἄνθρωπον.τοῦτον ὃν λέγετε. 72 Καὶ} I know not this man whon? ye speak of. And ἐκ δευτέρου ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν. Kai ἀνεμβήσθη. ὁ Πέτρος "τοῦ the secondtime acock crew. And ?remembered *Peter the ῥήματος ot εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, “Ort πρὶν ἀλέκτορα word that said *to*him 1Jesus, Before [the] cock βφωνῆσαι δὶς! Ῥάπαρνήση pe τρίς" καὶ ἐπιβαλὼν crow twice thou wilt deny me thrice; and having thought thereon ἔκλαιεν. he wept. 15 Kai «εὐθέωςὶ “ἐπὶ τὸ! πρωῖ συμβούλιον “ποιήσαντες" And immediately in the morning °a ‘counsel *having *formed οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς μετὰ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ Σγραμματέων καὶ the *chief“priests with the elders and scribes ᾿ and ὅλον τὸ συνέδριον, δήσαντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπήνεγκαν καὶ *whole 11196 sanhedrim, having bound Jesus carried [him] away and ΠῚ e- 5! bE Aérea.! Ὁ καὶ ὁ : τὸν ἡ σπαῤρὲ ωκαν τῷ ιλατῳῷ. και ETNOWTHOEV αυτο» O delivered up [him] to Pilate. And *questioned *him Πιλάτος,ὶ Σὺ ef ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων; Ὁ.δὲ ἀπο- 1Pilate, 5Thou art the King of the Ὁ Jews? Andhe an- κριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ," Σὺ λέγεις. 3 Kai κατηγόρουν αὐτοῦ οἱ swering said tohim, Thou sayest. And “were *accusing ‘him ‘the ᾿ ἀρχιερεῖς πολλά" 4 ὁ δὲ Πιλάτος! πάλιν Κἐπηρώτησεν! αὐτόν, *chief “priests urgently. And Pilate again questioned him, ἰλέγων,! Οὐκ ἀποκρίνῃ οὐδέν; ἴδε, πόσα σου saying, Answerest thou nothing? See, of how many things *thee της. ~ Ι! ε ee ~ ? / ον 3 \ ae ΄ καταμαρτυροῦσιν." ὅ Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς οὐκέτι.οὐδὲν ἀπεκοίθη, 1they witness *against.. But Jesus ποῦ any more any thing answered, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν "Πιλάτον.ὶ 6 Κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν ἀπέλυεν 80 ἐπαῦ *wondered 1Pilate. Now at [the] feast he released > ~ e [ή ov ? ~ Ἱ Sh \ ς ΄ αὐτοῖς ἕνα δέσμιον, 9ῦνπερ ἡτοῦντο." 7 ἦνδὲ ὃ λεγό- tothem one prisoner, whomsoever they asked, And there was the [one] οα]]- μενος Βαραββᾶς μετὰ τῶν Ῥσυστασιαστῶνὶ δεδεμένος, ed Barabbas with the associates in insurrection bound, οἵτινες ἐν TH στάσει φόνον πεποιήκεισαν. ὃ καὶ ἀναβοήσας! who ἴῃ the insurrection murder had committed. And crying out. Ἢ ΤΕΣ , - καθὼς τἀεὶ" ἐποίει αὐτοῖς 88 always hedid τῸ them. ὁ ὄχλος ἤρξατο αἰτεῖσθαι the crowd began tobeg [him to do] t ἤρξατο πάλιν T; — πάλιν A. Y παρεστῶσιν ΤΤΓΑ, χ ὀμγύμαι αΙΤΊΝΑΥ. Y + εὐθὺς immediately Ltr. 8 δὶς φωνῆσαι LTA. > τρίς µε ἀπαρνήσῃ LTTrA, εἑτοιμάσαντες T. -ἰ τῶν the vr, j αὐτῷ λέγει to him say's ΤΊΓΑ, « Πειλᾶτον τ Fm ἀεὶ τ, τὸ ῥήμα ὃ W, 1 Πειλᾶτος 1. π κατηγοροῦσιν they accuse LTTra. 4 ἀναβὰς Coming Up LTTrA, h Πειλάτῳ 1. 1 — λέγων Ὁ. Ρ στασιαστων LTTra.. αν. MARK. 9 ὁ-δὲ "ΙΤιλάτος" ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Θέλετε ἀπολύσω But Pilate answered them, saying, Will ye I should release ὑμῖν τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Ιουδαίων; 10 Ἐγίνωσκεν.γὰρ ὅτι διὰ toyou the King of the Jews? for he knew that through φθόνον παραδεδώκεισαν αὐτὸν ot ἀρχιερεῖς. 11 οἱ δὲ ἀρχ- envy *had °delivered “up Shim ‘the ?chief “priests. But the chief ιερες ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον ἵνα μᾶλλον τὸν Βαραββᾶν priests stirred up the crowd that’ rather Barabbas ἀπολύσῃ αὐτοῖς' 12 ὁ.δὲ"Πιλάτος" ἵἀποκριθεὶς πάλιν! he might release {ο them. And Pilate answering again Yelzev' αὐτοῖς, Τί οὖν “θέλετε! ποιήσω ᾿'χὸν λέγετε! said to them, What then willye Ishoulddo[tohim] whom yecall ; Υ βασιλέα τῶν ᾿Τουδαίων; 19 Οἱ δὲ πάλιν ἔκραξαν,: Σταύρω- King of the Jews? But they again cried out Cruci- σον αὐτόν. 14 Ὁ δὲ "Πιλάτοο! ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Τί γὰρ "κακὸν fy Εἶτα. And Pilate said tothem, What *then ‘evil ἡ ἐποίησεν" ; Οἱ δὲ Ὀπερισσοτέρως! “ἔκραξαν," Σταύρωσον αὐ- didhe commit 2 But they much more cried out, Crucify him, τόν. 16 Ὁ.δὲ "Πιλάτος" βουλόμενος Ἱτῷ ὄχλῳ τὸ And Pilate, 7to ®the °crowd “that *which [ὅσα] ἱκανὸν ποιῆσαι," ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν' καὶ παρέ- Ssatisfactory ‘to 7do, released tothem Barabbas, and de- δωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, φραγελλώσας, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ." livered up Jesus, having scourged [him], that he might be crucified. 16 Οἱ δὲ στρατιῶται ἀπήγαγον αὐτὸν ἔσω τῆς αὐλῆς, ὃ : b Aas? desiring Andthe soldiers led away him within the court, which ἐστιν πραιτώριον, καὶ «συγκαλοῦσινὶ ὕλην τὴν σπεῖραν' is [the] pretorium, and they call together ?whole ‘the band. 17 καὶ fivddovow" αὐτὸν πορφύραν, καὶ περιτιθέασιν αὐτῷ And they puton him purple, and placed on him πλέξαντες ἀκάνθινον στέφανον, 18 καὶ ἤρξαντο ἀσπάζε- having platted [it] *thorny la crown, and they began to sa- σθαι αὐτόν, Χαῖρε, Ξβασιλεῦ" τῶν Ιουδαίων" 19 καὶ ἔτυπτον lute him, Hail, King of the Jews! And they struck ~ 9 ᾿ / A ~ ‘ / αὐτοῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν καλάμῳ, καὶ ἐνέπτυον αὐτῷ, καὶ τιθέντες his head with arced, and. spaton him, and _ bending τὰ γόνατα προσεκύνουν αὐτῷ. 20 Καὶ ὅτε ἐνέπαιξαν σὐτῳῷ, the knees did homage to him, And when they had mocked him, A ‘ A 2 ΞΞι A A) ἐξέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὴν πορφύραν, Kai ἐνέδυσαν αὐτὸν τὰ they took off him the purple, and put on him τι.» Ν 4 { , ᾿ πὲ μάτια.τὰ ἴδια" καὶ ᾿ἐξάγουσιν" αὐτὸν ἵνα “σταυρώσωσίν" his own garments; and they lead’out ‘him that they may crucify Ἰαὐτόν.! 21 καὶ ἀγγαρεύουσιν παράγοντά τινα Σίμωνα Κυ- him. And they compel 2passing *by ‘one, Simon aCy- ~ / ~ , 2 ΄ ᾿ ρηναῖον, ἐρχόμενον ™am'! ἀγροῦ, τὸν πατέρα ᾿Αλεξάνδρου καὶ renian, coming from afield, the father of Alexander and ‘Povdov, iva ἄρῃ τὸνο.σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ. Rufus, that he might carry his cross. \ A ~ ΄ « ? 22 Kai φέρουσιν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ "Γολγοθᾶ" τόπον, Ὁ ἔστιν And they bring him to SGolgotha ‘a7place, which is ᾽ / ? ~ μεθερμηνευόμενον, κρανίου τόπος. 23 Καὶ ἐδίδουν αὐτῷ being interpreted, 304 9a *skull ‘place. And they gave him 5 Πειλάτος T. t πάλιν ἀποκριθεὶς 11Τ:Α. v ἔλεγεν TT: A, λέγετε Ltr. Υ + τὸν the LTTraw. t + λέγοντες saying Τὰ. Ὁ περισσῶς GLTTrAW. ὁ ἔκραζον τ." 4 ποιῆσαι τὸ ἱκανὸν τῷ ὄχλῳ Τ. { ἐνδιδύσκουσιν LTTra. 8 ὃ βασιλεὺς GAW. " ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἱ ἄγουσιν they lead L, κ σταυρώσουσιν they shall crucify trtra. Ὁ απὸ LTr, ” τον Γολγοθᾶν τ; Τολγοθᾶν a ; [τὸν] Τολγοθὰ Tr, w [θέλετε] Tr. - a ἐποίησεν κακόν ΤΊτΑ. 141 9 But Pilate answered them, saying, Will ye that I release unto you the King of the Jews? 10 For he knew that the chief priests had delivered him for en- vy. 11 But the chief priests moved the peo- ple, that he should ra- ther release Barabbas unto them. 12 And Pilate answered and said again unto them, What will ye then that I shall do unto him whom yecall the King of the Jows? 13 And they cried out again, Crucify him, 14 Then Pilate said unto them, Why, what evil hath he done? And they cried out the more exceedingly, Crucify him, 15 And soPilate, willing to content the people, released Barab- bas unto them, and delivered Jesus, when he had scourged him, to be crucified. 16 And the soldiers led him away into the hall, called Preto- rium; and they call ‘ogether the whole band. 17 And they clothed him with pur- ple, and platted a crown of thorns, and put it about his head, 18 and began to salute him, Hail, King of the Jews! 19 And they smote him on _ the head with a reed, and did spit upon him, and bowing their knees worshipped him, 20 And when they had mocked him, they took off the purple from him, and put his own clothes on him, and led him out to crucify him. 21 And they compel one Simon a Cyrenian, who passed by, coming out of the country, the father of Alexander and Rufus, to bear his cross, 22 And they bring him unto the place Gol- gotha, which is, being interpreted, The place of a skull. 23 And they gave him to drink wine x — ὃν ε συγκαλοῦσιν Τ. L; ἴδια ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ τ. 1.«- αὐτόν 1. 145 mingled with myrrh: but he reccived τέ not. 24 And when they had crucified him, they parted his garments, casting lots upon them, what every man: should take. 25 And it was the third hour, and they crucified him, 26 And the superscrip- tion of his accusa- tion was written over, THE KING OF THE JEWS. 27 And with him they crucify two thieves ; the one on his right hand, and the other on his left. 28 And the scripture was fulfilled; which saith, And he was numbered with- the transgressors. 29 And they that passed by railed on him, wag- ging their heads, and saying, Ah, thou that destroyest the temple, and buildest τέ in three days, 30 save thyself, «and come down from the cross. 31 Likewise also the chief priests mocking saidamong theniselves with the scribes, He saved others ; himself he cannot save. 32 Let Christ the King of Is- rael descendnow from the cross, that wemay see and believe. And they that were cruci- fied with him,reviled him. 33 And when the sixth hour was come, there was dark- ness over the whole land until the ninth hour. 94 And at the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice, say- ing, ELOI, ELOI, LA- MA SABACHTHANI? which is, being inter- preted, My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken me? 35 And some of them that stood by, when they heard i, said, Be- hold, he calleth Elias. 36 And one ran and filled a spunge full of vinegar, and put zt on 8 reed, and gave him to drink, saying, Let alone ; let us see whe- ther Blias will come to take him down. . let ussee if © --- πιεῖν TTrA, him and ΤΤτΑ. Σ---- τοῦ LTTr. > καὶ f"EAwt ἑλωΐ LTA. Σ παρεστώτων 1. LTTra. : 1 ye διαµερίζονται they divide αττττΑτ’. Υ οἰκοδομῶν τρισὶν ἡμέραις LTTrA. γενομένης LTTra. ὃ λεμὰ ΙΤ; λαμὰ TrAw. 1 Ἴδε Tira. 48 Ἠλείας T, MAPKOS. οπιεῖν' ἐσμυρνισμένον οἶνον' Po.de* οὐκ.ἔλαβεν. 24 Καὶ to drink *medicated*with*myrrh twine; buthe didnot take [it] And ασταυρώσαντες αὐτὸν! τδιεμέριζον" τὰ ἱμάτια. αὐτοῦ, βάλλον- ΧΥΣ having crucified him they divided his garments, cast- τες κλῆρον ἐπ᾽ αὐτά, τίς τί ἄρῃ. 25 ἦν.δὲ ing alot on them, who([and] what(each]shouldtake. Andit was([the] ὥρα τρίτη, καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν. 26 Kai ἦν ἡ ἐπιγραφὴ 2hour ‘third, And they crucified him. And *was *the inscription τῆς. αἰτίας αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένη, Ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων. Sof *his accusation written up, he ‘King of the Jews. 27 Καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ σταυροῦσιν δύο λῃστάς, ἕνα ἐκ δεξιῶν ‘And with him they crucify two robbers, one at [the] right hand καὶ ἕνα ἐξ εὐωνύμων αὐτοῦ. 28 "καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ: γραφὴ left of him. And was fulfilled the scripture and one at [the] ἡ λέγουσα, Kai pera ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη." 29 Καὶ οἱ which says, And with [the] lawless he was reckoned. And those παραπορευόµενοι ἐβλασφήμουν αὐτόν, κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς passing by railed at him, shaking “heads αὐτῶν, καὶ λέγοντες, Ova," ὁκαταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ "ἐν their, and saying, Aha, thou who destroyest the temple and in τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν," 30 σῶσον σεαυτόν, "καὶ κατάβα" three diiys buildest [1], save thyself, and descend ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ. 31 Ὁμοίως." δὲ" καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, ἐμπαί- from the eross. And in like manner also the chief priests, mvck- A 5 / ‘ ~ [ή Py ” ζοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους μετὰ τῶν γραμματέων, ἔλεγον, Άλλους ing among one another with the scribes, said, Others ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ.δύναται σῶσαι. 320 χριστὸς ὁ βασιλεὺς hesaved, himself heis ποὺ able to save. The Christ the King ~y 2 s ο ~ ‘ ~ ~ Yrou' Ἰσραὴλ καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, ἵνα ἴδωμεν of Israel! let him descend now from the cross, that we may see καὶ TioTevowpmer®. Καὶ ot cuvecravowpévor® αὐτῷ ὠνείδιζον and believe. Andthey who were crucified with him ‘reproached αὐτόν. 99 ὃ Γενομένης. δὲ" ὥρας ἕκτης, σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ᾽ him. And *being *come [*the]*hour sixth, darkness came over ὅλην τὴν γῆν, ἕως ὥρας “ἐννάτης"" 94 καὶ «τῷ “ὥρᾳ all the land, παπί] [the] “hour and atthe hour the ἐννάτῃ" ἐβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, «λέγων,! ΓΕλωΐ, *ninth ; ninth Ξοτ]εᾶ αχε8δας withavoice ‘loud, saying, Eloi, ᾽ te ~ f / , Edwi," ξλαμμᾶ" Ἀσαβαχθανί:ὶ Ὁ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Eloi, lama sabachthani? which is being interpreted, ‘0:6 , « θ ’ > αμα 3 / ll ‘ & :-θεός. μου; ὀ.θεός.µου, εἰς.τί we ἐγκατέλιπες" ; 35, Καὶ τινὲς My God, My God, why me hast thou forsaken? And some 'τῶν Ἀπαρεστηκότων! ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον, Ιδού! π' Ἡλίαν!" of those standing by having heard said, Lo, Elias - \ \ Sane ‘ / φωνεῖ. 86 Δραμών δὲ "εἷς! ο" καὶ! γεμίσας σπόγγον ὄξους, he calls, And “having “run ?one and filed , asponge with vinegar, περιθείς _ Pre! καλάμῳ ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν, λέγων, Άφετε, "having *put([*it]°on Ἰαπᾶ areed gave*to°drink "him, saying, Let be, ἴδωμεν εἰ ἔρχεται 4" Ἠλίαςὶ καθελεῖν αὐτόν. 558 _eomes *Elias totake down him, P ὃς δὲ who however τής, 4 σταυροῦσιν αὐτόν, καὶ they crucify ; _ & — verse 28 T[Tr]A. τ Ova τ. SLITrA, ™ καταβὰς descending LTTra. x — δὲ and GLTTraw. * + αὐτῷ him 1, 3 + σὺν with (read crucified along with) LT. 5 ἐνάτης LITrA. 4 ἐνάτῃ ὥρᾳ 1ΤΊτΑ. © — λέγων TTra. h σαβαχθανεί TTr. i ἐγκατέλιπές µε 1 ΤΤιΑ. ας Ἠλείαν T. ἅτις ΤΤΤΑ, 98 - καὶ 1{ττ].». 19 --- τᾷ ™ XV, XVI. MARK. 37 Ὢ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἀφεὶξ φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐξέπνευσεν. And Jesus having utiered a 30τΥγ oud expired. 88 καὶ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, "ἀπὸ" ἄνω- And the veil ofthe temple wasrent into two, fram top θεν ἕως κάτω. 99 ᾿Ιδὼν. δὲ ὁ κεντυρίων ὁ παρεστηκὼς to bottom. Απά "Πατίτρ »56επ *the "centurion ΒΟ “stood *by ἐξ ἐναντίας αὐτοῦ ὅτι οὕτως "κράξας" ἐξέπνευσεν, εἶπεν, %oppusite 7him that thus havingcriedout he expired, said, ᾿Αληθῶς 'ὁ. ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος" υἱὸς ἦν θεοῦ. 40 “Hoaydé καὶ Truly this man 2Son ‘was of God. And there were also γυναῖκες ἀπὸ μακρόθεν θεωροῦσαι, ἐν αἷς τὴν" καὶ Μαρία women from afar off looking on, among whom was also Mary ἡ Μαγδαληνή, καὶ Μαρία τὴ! Στοῦ" Ἰακώβου τοῦ μικροῦ καὶ the Magdalene, and Mary the 2of*James ‘the ‘less ‘and Σ]ωσῆ" μήτηρ, καὶ Σαλώμη, 41 at “καὶ" ὅτε ἦν ἐν τῇ Γαλι- Ἴοξ °Joses ‘mother, and Salome ; wno also when hewasin Gali- λαίᾳ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ καὶ διηκόνουν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἄλλαι πολλα lee followed him and ministered tohim, and “others ‘maby αἱ συναναβᾶσαι αὐτῷ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. who cameupwith him to Jerusalem. 42 Kai ἤδη ὀψίας γενομένης, ἐπεὶ ἦν παρασκευή» And‘already evening beingcome, since it was [the] preparation, 0 ἐστιν ®“rpocdBBargy,' 43 Ῥήλθεν' Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ that_is [theday] before sabbath, came Joseph whofwas] from and εὐσχήμων βουλευτής, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν προσ- wait- Αριµαθαίας, Arimathza, [an] honourable counsellor, who also hiniself was δεχόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ" τολµήσας εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς: ing for the’ kingdom of God, having boldness he went in to ἁΠιλάτον! καὶ ἠτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 44 ὁ δὲ."Πιλάτος Pilate’ and begged the body of Jesus. And Pilate ἐθαύμασεν" εἰ ἤδη τέθνηκεν' καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος τὸν wondered it already he were dead; and having called to {him] the ΄ ΄ 2 ΄, 5 \ κεντυρίωνα ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτὸν εἰ Γπάλαιὶ ἀπεθανεν' 45 καὶ centurion he questioned him if long he had died. And 4 - ΄ ” .. η ~ ~ γνοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ κεντυρίωνος ἐδωρήσατο τὸ σῶμα! τῷ having known [it] from the centurion be granted the body κ᾿ ΄ λέγ ‘ ‘Iwond. 46 καὶ ἀγοράσας σινδόνα, "καὶ! καθελὼν to Joseph, And haying bought a linen cloth, and having taken *down αὐτὸν ἐνείλησε» τῇ σινδόνι, καὶ Ἱκατέθηκεν" αὐτὸν ἐν *him he wrapped [him] in the linen cloth, and laid him in Ἐμνημείῳ," ὃ ἦν. λελατομημένον ἐκ πέτρας καὶ προσ- atomb, which was cut’ out of arock, and το]]- εκύλισεν λίθον ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τοῦ μνημείου. 47 ἡ.-δὲ.Μαρία ἡ ed astone to the door ofthe tomb. And Mary the Μαγδαληνὴ καὶ Μαρία ν]ωσῆ! ἐθεώρουν ποῦ "τίθεται." Magdalene and Mary [mother] of 20588 saw where heis laid. 16 Kai διαγενομένου τοῦ σαββάτου, Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ And -being*past ‘the sabbath, Mary the Magdalene καὶ Μαρία ἡ ποῦ" Ἰακώβου καὶ Σαλώμη ἠγόρασαν Mary the [mother] of James and Salome - bought ἀρώματα, ἵνα ἐλθοῦσαι. ἀλείψωσιν αὐτόν. 2 kat λίαν πρωϊ aromatics, that havingcome they might anoint ~ him. And very early τ ἀπ᾽ τττα. %—«pagasT[Tr]A. tovros ὁ ἄνθρωπος LTTra. _ ν [ἢ] Tr. X— τοῦ LTTrA. ‘¥ Ιωσῆτος LTTrA. : — καὶ LI[Tr] Ὁ ἐλθὼν having come LITrAW. ο + τὸν ΤΊΓ. ἃ Πειλᾶτον Ty 1 ἥδη already LIr Καὶ πτῶμα ΟΟΥ̓ΏΒΒ LTTrA. 8 — Καὶ LTTrAW. 1 η Ἰωσῆτος ττγα. τα χέθειται μα has been laid Lrtra. 143 37 And Jesns cried “with a loud voice, and gave up the _ ghost. 38 And the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom. 39 And when the centurion, which’ stood over a- gainst him, saw that he so cried out, and gave up the ghost, ha said, Truly this man was the Son of God. 40-There were also wo- men looking on afar off : among whom was Mary Magdalene, and Mary the mother of James theless and of Joses, and Salome: 4] (who also, when he was'in Galilee, fol- lowed him, and minis- tered unto him ;) and Many other women which came up with him unto Jerusalem. . 42 And now when the even was come, because 1t was the preparation, that is, the day- before the sabbath, 43 Joseph of Arimathza, an ho- Rnourable counsellor, which also waited for the kingdom of God, came,. and went in boldly unto Pilate, and craved the body of Je~ sus. 44 And Pilate marvelled if he were already dead: and calling untd him the centurion, he asked him whether he had been any while dead. 45 And when he knew it of the centurion, he gaye the body τὸ Jo- seph. 46 And he bought fine linen, and took him down, and wrapped him in the linen, and laid him in a sepulchre which was hewn out of arock, and rolled a stone unto the door of the sepulchre. 47 And Mary Magda- lene and Mary the mo- ther of Joses beheld where he was laid. XVI. And when the sabbath was past, Ma- ry Magdalene, and Mary the mother οἵ James, and Salome, had bought sweet spices, that they might come and anoint bim. 2 And very early in the morning the first σαν of the week, they v — ἣν {read [was)]) T[Tra]. 3 πρὸς σάββατον LTr. © Πειλᾶτος ἐθαύμαζεν T. i ἔθηκεν LTr. a — τοῦ T[Tr]. Κ μνήματι & 144 came unto the sepul- chre at the rising of the sun, 3 And they said among them- selves, Who shall roll us away the stone from the door of the sepulchre ? 4 And when they _ looked, they saw that the stone was rolled a- way: for it was very great. 5 Andentering into the sepulchre, they saw a young nan sitting on the right side, clothed in a long white garment; and they were aifrighted. 6 And he saith unto them, Be not afiright- ed: Ye seek Jesus of Nazareth, which was crucified : he is risen ; he is not here: behold the place where they laid him. 7 But go your way, tell his dis- ciples and Peter that he goeth before you into Galilee: there shall ye sce him, as he said unto you. 8 And they went out quick- ly, and fled from the sepulchre; for they trembled and were a- mazed: neither said they anything to any man; for they were afraid. 9 Now when Jesus was risen early the first day of the week, he appeared first to Mary Magdalene, out of whom he had cast seven devils. 10 And she went and told them that had been with him, as they mourned and wept. . 1] And they, when they had heard that he was alive, and had been seen of her, be- lieved not. that he appeared in another form unto two of them, as they walked, and went into the country, 13 And they went and told it unto the residue: nei- ther believed they them. 14 Afterward he appeated unto the eleven as they sat at- meat, and upbraided them with their unbe- lief and hardness of heart, because they be- lieved ndt them which had seen him after he Was risen.. 15 And he Ὁ μιᾷ τῶν LTr; τῇ μιᾷ τῶν T " ἐλθοῦσαι having gone a. &—-~ οὐδὲν τὶ. Υ tidings ϑοοιτὐτοιν to © + δὲ and (afterwurds) wre. 12 After’ ΜΑΡ.» XVI. ~ , » ‘ ~ 2 } ric μιᾶς" σαββάτων ἔρχονται ἐπὶ τὸ Ῥμνημεῖον,"! ἀνατεί- on the first (day] of the week theycome to the tomb, shaving λαντος τοῦ ἡλίου. 8 καὶ ἔλεγον πρὸς ἑαυτάς, Tic ἀποκυλίσει 3ΥΊ56Ώ the “sun. And they said among themselves, Who will roll away « ~ Ἁ y ! ον ΄ -- , 5 Ν ? ἡμῖν τὸν λίθον “ἐκ' τῆς θύρας του μνημειοῦ ; 4 Καὶ ἀνα- forus the stone outof the ‘door οὗ the tomb? * And having βλέψασαι θεωροῦσιν ὅτι τἀποκεκύλισται! ὃ λιθος' ἦν.γὰρ looked up they see that has been rolled away the stone: for it was μέγας σφόδρα. ὅ καὶ εεἰσελθοῦσαι! εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, εἶδον “στραῦ ‘very. And having entered into the tomb, they saw ͵ , ~ ~ { \ νεανίσκον καθήμενον ἐν τοῖς δεξιοῖς, περιβεβλημένον στολὴν a young man sitting on the right, clothed with a *robe td A }. ’ὔ « . Le ~ λευκήν: καὶ ἐξεθαμβήθησαν. 6 ὁδὲ λέγει αὐταῖς, My ‘white, ang they were greatly amazed. Buthe says tothem, *Not ἐκθαμβεῖσθε. ᾿Ιησοῦν ζητεῖτε τὸν Ναζαρηνὸν τὸν ἑσταυ- ‘be amazed. sJesus lye ’seek the Nazarene, who has been ρωμένον' ἠγέρθη, οὐκ.ἔστιν ὧδε" ἴδε ὁ τόπος ὅπου ἔθηκαν crucified. Heisrisen, heisnot here; behold the place where they laid αὐτόν" 7 ἀλλ ὑπάγετε, εἴπατε τοῖς-μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ καὶ τῷ him. But go, say to his disciples ard Πέτρῳ, ὅτι προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν" ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν to Peter, that he goes before you into Galilee ; there him ὄψεσθε, καθὼς εἶπεν ὑμῖν. ὃ Kai ἐξελθοῦσαι shall ye see, as he said to you, And having gone out ἔφυγον ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου: εἶχεν. “δὲ αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ they fled from the tomb. And ‘possessed ὅμοια ‘trembling ?and ἔκστασις" καὶ οὐδενὶ *ovdév' εἶπον, ἐφοβοῦντο-γάρ.Σ Samazement, and tonoone anything they spoke, for they were afraid. (lit. nothing) 9” Avacrac.dé πρωὶ πρώτῃ σαββάτου ἐφάνη πρῶ- Now having risen early [πο] first [day] of the week he appeared first τον Μαρίᾳ τῇ Μαγδαληνῇῃ, "ἀφ᾽" ἧς ἐκβεβλήκει ἑπτὰ δαιμό- to Mary the Magdalene, from whom hehadcast out seven demons, νια. 10 ἐκείνην πορευθεῖσα ἀπήγγειλεν τοῖς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ γε- Yraxv" quickly She having gone told [107] ἕο those who with him had VOMEVOLC, πενθοῦσιν καὶ κλαίουσιν. 11 κἀκεῖνοι ἀκούσαντες been, [whowere] grieving and weeping. Andthey having heard e -" ‘ ? ΄ ε ᾽ 7 ~ ? , ‘ A ὅτι ζῇ καὶ ἐθεάθη ὑπ αὐτῆς ἠπίστησαν. 12 Μετὰ. δὲ her disbelieved [it]. And after ταῦτα δυσὶν ἐξ αὐτῶν περιπατοῦσιν ἐφανερώθη ἐν ἑτέρᾳ hese things totwo of them 85 they walked he was manifested in another μορφῇ, πορευομένοις εἰς ἀγρόν. 19 κἀκεῖνοι ἀπελθόντες ἀπ- orm, going into [the] country ; and they haying gone ΄ - - ὃν καὶ , , / ἤγγειλαν τοῖς λοιποῖς" οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις ἐπίστευσαν. 14 Ὕστερον “ told [it]tothe rest; neither them did they believe. Afterwards ? / ~ ~ ε/ ΄ Δ ἀνακειμένοις αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἕνδεκα ἐφανερώθη, καὶ ὠνεί- as “reclined [αὖ 4016] ‘they tothe eleven he was manifested} and re δισεν τὴν.ἀπιστίαν.αὐτῶν καὶ σκληροκαρδίαν, ὅτι τοῖς proached their unbelief and hardness of heart, because *those >who ’ ᾽ A 1 ᾽ ? ΄ ‘ θεασαμένοις αὐτὸν ἐγηγερμένον 4 οὐκ.ἐπίστευσαν. 15 Kai εἶπεν - ®had 7seen Shim °arisen ‘they *believed “not. And he said αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἅπαντα κηρύξατε τὸ εὐαγ- tothem, Having gone ἰπΐο 86 *world tall proclaim the glad that heis alireand has been seen by τ ἀνακεκύλισται, TTA. π γὰρ for LITr. 4 ἀπὸ from LTr. Ρ μνῆμα T. D1 v— Taxv GLTTrAW. t ἀλλὰ LTTrA, +- xara Mdpxoy according to Mark tr; [εὐαγγέλιον] κατὰ Μάρκον glad τν οὖν Ας A. z— verses 9 to 20 t[A]. δ παρ UTr. ὃ 4 δὲ and (580) 1» 4 + ἐκ νεκρῶν from: among [the] dead L, 1 tie U K 1 γα γέλιον πάσῃ τῇ κτίσει. 16 ὁ πιστεύσας καὶ βαπτισθεὶς σωθήσε- tidings toall thecreation. Hethat believes and is baptized shall be ται" ὁ δὲ ἀπιστήσας κατακριθήσεται. 17 σημεῖα.δὲ τοῖς saved, andhethat disbelieves shall be condemned, And signs ‘those *that πιστεήύσασιν “ταῦτα παρακολουθήσει". ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί-μου δαι- “believe these ὅσῃηα]] *follow : in my name de- µόνια ἐκβαλοῦσιν' γλώσσαις λαλήσουσιν ἱκαιναῖς Ἱ mons they shall cast out; with “tongues “they ‘shall Sspeak mew ; Ἰθέόφεις ἀροῦσιν᾽ κἂν θανάσιµόν τι πίωσιν od_py Ξᾷοαᾶ]σ ᾖῄΣαηγίΏϊηρ they ἀγὶπκ [ἢ πο wise ασε ' ~ ? , \ ἄρρωστους χεῖρας ἐπιθήσουσιν, καὶ i “hands *they *shall ‘lay, and serpents they shalitake up; and if αὐτοὺς βλάψει"! ἐπὶ them shallit injure; αροπ [086] infirm καλῶς ἕξουσιν. *well “they *shall “be. 19 Ὁ μὲν οὖν κύριοςϊ μετὰ τὸ λαλῆσαι αὐτοῖς Κάνελή- The*indeed *therefore *Lord after speaking tothem was taken gO" εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ" up into the heaven, and sat at [the] right hand of God. 20 ἐκεῖνοι-δὲ ἐξελθόντες ἐκήρυξαν πανταχοῦ. τοῦ κυρίου συνερ- And they having 6οπο Του preached everywhere, the Lord working γοῦντος, καὶ τὸν λάγον βεβαιοῦντος διὰ τῶν ἐπακολουθούν- with [them],and the word confirming by the *following ὍΡΟΣ των σημείων. ! Αμήν." [tit] *signs. Amen. "TO κατὰ Μάρκον εὐαγγέλιον." The *according*to °Mark ᾿ ‘glad “tidings. "TO KATA THE *ACCORDING *®TO SLUKE *HOLY ΕΠΕΙΔΗΠΕΡ πολλοὶ ἐπεχείρησαν ἀνατάξασθαι διήγησιν FORASMUCH AS many took in hand to draw up a narration LN ~ ~ , περὶ τῶν πεπληροφορημένων ἐν ἡμῖν πραγµά- concerning the *which ματα *been ‘fully ®believed 7among “us tmat- των, 2 καθὼς παρέδοσαν ἡμῖν οἱ an ἀρχῆς : ϱχ ters, as* they delivered [them] tous, they *from [*the] *beginning αὐτόπται Kai ὑπηρέται γενόμενοι τοῦ λόγου, 8 ἔδοξεν ®eye-witnesses 7and “attendants ‘having *been οὗ the Word, it seemed good κἀμοί, παρηκολουθηκότι ἄνωθεν “πᾶσιν ἀκριβῶς, κα- also to me, having been acquainted from ths first withall things accurately, with θεξῆο σοι γράψαι, κράτιστε Θεόφιλε, 4 ἵνα ᾿ ἐπιγνῷς method tothee to write, most excellent Theophilus, that thou mightest know περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων τὴν ἀσφάλειαν. ®concerning 7which ®thou °wast *°instructed *of[*the]°things‘the certainty. 5 ᾿Εγένετο ἐν ταῖς" ἡμέραις ‘Howdov ὕτοῦϊ! βασιλέως τῆς There was in the days of Herod the king Ἰουδαίας ἱερύς τις ὀνόματι Ζαχαρίας, ἐξ ἐφημερίας of Judea a priest ‘certain, by namé Zacharias, " of [the] course , he Fr ‘ Cc « ‘ > ~ | 3 ~ [ή > ’ ‘A 4A Αβιά" καὶ “ἡ.γυνὴ αὐτοῦ" ἐκ τῶν θυγατέρων Λαρών, καὶ τὸ of Abia, and his wife of the daughters of Aaron, and 145 said unto them, Go ye into allthe world, and preach the gospel to every creature. 16He that believeth and is baptized shall besaved; but he that believeth not shall be damned. 17 And these signs shall follow them that believe} In my nime shall they cast out de- vils ; they shall speak with new tongues; 18 they shall take up serpents; and if they drink any fleadly thing, it shall not hurt them; they shall lay hands on the sick, and they shall recover. 19 So then after the Lord had spoken unto them, he was received up into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. 20 And they went forth, and preached every where, the Lord working with them, and confirming the word with signs following. Amen, AOYKAN ATION ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΟΝ. 7GLAD “TIDINGS, FORASMUCH as many have taken in hand to set forth in order a declaration of those things which are most surely believed among us, 2 even as they delivered them unto us, which from the beginning were eyewitnesses, and min- isters of the word; 3 it seemed good to me also, having had per- feet understanding of all things from the very first, to write unto thee in order, most excellent Theo- philus, 4 that thou mightest know the certainty of thoe things, wherein thcu: hast been instructed. 5 THERE was in the days of Herod, the king of Judza, a cer- tain priest mamed © παρακολονθήσει ταῦτα L; ἀκολουθήσει ταῦτα Tr. χερσὶν and in the hands Tr. h βλάψῃ should it injure GLTraw. κ ἀνελήμφθη LTA. 1— ’Auyy EGLTrAW. Kara Μάρκον Tr; Εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Μάρκον [A]. 5 Εὐαγγέλιον ([Evay.] 4) κατὰ Aoveay Giiraw; κατὰ Λονιᾶρ T. ο γυνὴ αὐτῷ LTTrA. f — καιναῖς Tr. i + Ἰησοῦς Jesus irr. m— To κατὰ Μάρκον εὐαγγέλιον EGLTW ; & + καὶ ἐν ταῖς Β..«- τοῦ Tra]. i 146 Zacharias, of the course of Abia: and his wife was of the daughters of. Aaron, and her namé was Elisabeth. 6 And they were both righteous before God, walking in -all the commandments -and ordinances of the Lord blameless. 7 And they. had no child, because that Elisabeth was barren, and they both were now wellstricken in years. 8 And it came to pass, that while he executed the priest’s office before God in the order of his course, 9 according to the custom of the priest’s office, his lot was to burn incénse when he went into the. temple of the Lord. 10 And the whole mul- titude of the people were praying without at the time of incense. 11 And there appeared unto him an angel of the Lord standing on tue right side of the altar of incense. ]2 And when Zacharias saw him, he was troubled, and fear fell upon him, 13 But the angel said unto him, Fear not, Zacharias: for thy prayer is heard; and thy -wife Elisabeth shall bear thee a son, and thou shalt call his name John. 14,And thou shalt have joy and gladness; and many shall rejoice at his birth. 15 For he shall be great in the sight of the Lord, and shall drink neither wine nor strong drink ; and he shall be filled with the Holy Ghost, even from his mother’s womb. 16 And many of the children of Is- rael shall he turn to the Lord .their God. 17 And he shall go be- fore him in the spirit and power of Elias, to turn the hearts of the fathers tothe children, and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord. 18 And Zacharias said unto the an , A τ ‘ « » ” > ~ ἄνδρα οὐ-γινώσκω; 85 Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ἄγγελος εἶπεν αὐτῇ, a@ man I know not? And answering the angel said to her, ~ [7 ’ Δ μ A ε ΄ Πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ σέ, καὶ δύναμις ὑψίστου [The] “Spirit ἮΟΙΥ 5881] οοῖπθ uponthee, and power of [the] Highest ἐπισκιάσει σοι διὸ καὶ τὸ γεννώμενον" ἅγιον κληθή- shall overshadow thee; wherefore also the Sporn lholy 7thing shall be σεται υἱὸς θεοῦ. 86 καὶ ἰδού, ᾿Ελισάβετ ἡ συγγενής!.σου καὶ called _ Son of God. And lo, Elizabeth thy kinswoman [150 αὐτὴ «συνειληφυῖϊα) υἱὸν ἐν ἀγήρᾳ' αὐτῆς" καὶ οὗτος μὴν 1she has conceived ason in her old age, and this [the] *month > ‘ ~ ~ ῃ / δ μα ματ ἕκτος ἐστὶν αὐτῇ τῇ καλουμένῃ στείρᾳ" 97 ὅτι οὐκ ἀδυνα- 1sixth is to her who[{was] called barren ; for not “shall *be τήσει παρὰ “τῷ θεῷ' πᾶν ῥῆμα. 38 Εἶπεν. δὲ Μαριάμ, 5impossible ὅν 7God lany “thing. And ?said ‘Mary, (lit. every) > ΄» , « / / Ξ ‘ , Idov, ἡ. δούλη κυρίου γενοιτὸ μοι Behold, the bondmaid ΟΕ [the] Lord;, beit to me according to Καὶ ἀπῆλθεν am’ αὐτῆς ὁ ἄγγελος. And departed from her the angel. ~ 4 A ? ~ \ 39 ’Avacraca.cé Μαριὰμ ἐν ταῖς-ἡμέραις.ταύταις ἐπορεύθη And ?rising *up *Mary in those days went 2 Α ᾽ ‘ ι ~ 2 ’ ᾽ , ‘ εἰς τὴν ὀρεινὴν μετὰ σπουδῆς, εἰς πόλιν ‘Tovda, 40 καὶ into the hill-country with haste, to acity of Judah, and 7 ~ 3 ‘ - , ‘4 , 2. ‘ ? ’ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον 7αχαρίου καὶ ἠσπάσατο τὴν Ἐλισάβετ. entered into the house of Zacharias and _ saluted Elizabeth. 41 καὶ ἐγένετο ὡς ἤκουσεν ἰὴ Ἐλισάβετ τὸν ἀσπασμὸν τῆς Anditcametopassas “heard 1Hlizabeth the _ salutation Μαρίας," ἐσκίρτησεν τὸ βρέφος ἐν τῇ-κοιλίᾳ.αὐτῆς' καὶ ἐπλήπθη of Mary, Ξ]εαροᾶ ithe "babe in er womb; and *was “filled ιά ε ᾽ὔ ει. λ ed ς ‘ >? , “Ἰ} πνεύματος ἁγίου ἡ ᾿Ελισάβετ, 42 καὶ ἀνεφώνησεν ὄφωνῃ κατὰ τὸ.ῥῆμά.σου. thy word. “with [5086] "Spirit “Holy ‘Elizabeth, and ccriedout witha "τοῖσο μεγάλῳ καὶ εἶπεν, Βὐλογημένη σὺ ἐν γυναιξίν, καὶ εὐλο- “loud and said, Blessed {art]thou among women, and bless- γηµένος ὁ καρπὸς τῆς.κοιλίας.σου. 43 καὶ πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ed the fruit of thy womb. And whence tome this, e ἔλθ € ’ ~ , , h Π] > A / ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ.κυρίου.µου πρός "με"; 44 ιδοὺ.γάρ, that should come the mother of my Lord to me? ¥or lo, ες ? / ς ~ 2 ~ - ΄ ὡς ἐγένετο ἡ φωνὴ τοῦ.ἀσπασμοῦ.-σου εἰς τὰ ὦτά.μου ἐσκίρ- 88 came the voice of thy salutation into mine ears, leap- τήσεν έν ἀγαλλιάσει τὸ βρέφος" ἐν τῇ.κοιλίᾳ-μου. 45 καὶ leaped inmy wombfor eq i exultati h ι "ἢ ἱ : joy. 45 And blessed is UDA ee De oe caer απο that believed: for pakapia if πιστευσασα, OTL EOTAL τελείωσις τοις there shall be a perfor- blessed [is] she who. believed, for there shall be a fulfilment to the things mance of those things [ ας η , which were told her λέελαλήημενοις αὐτῇ παρὰ κυρίου from the Lord. spoken | toher from {the} Lord. * Δανείδ urtra ; Aavid Gw. 5. [ἐκ cou] of thee 1, t-ouyyevis LTW. ο συνείλη- φεν τι. ἃ γήρει GLTTrAW. 5 τοῦ θ.οὐ TIra. Γτὸν ἀσπασμὸν τῆς Μαρίας ἡ ᾿Ελισάβετ LTTrA. & κρανγῃ with a “cry TTrra. δ ἐεµέτ. iro βρέφος ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει GW. I LUKE. ” , ’ 46 Καὶ εἶπεν Μαριάμ, Μεγαλύνει ἡ-Ψυχή.μου τὸν κύριον, And καϊὰ Mary, *Magnifies my “soul the Lord, καὶ ἠγαλλίασεν τὸὺ.πνεῦμά.µου ἐπὶ τῷ θεῷ τῷ. σωτῆρί. μου" and *exulted lmy ?spirit in God my Saviour. Ore ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ τὴν ταπείνωσιν τῆς .δούλης.αὐτοῦ' ἰδοὺ For helooked upon the humiliation of his bon tmaid ; lo γάρ, ἀπὸ τοῦ.νῦν µμακαριοῦσίν.με πᾶσαι αἱ γενεαί. 49 ύτι 47 48 14ΟΥ, from henceforth *will *count *me “biessed 2.1] “generations. For ἐποίησέν μοι Ἐμεγαλεῖα! ὃ δυνατός, καὶ ἅγιον τὸ ὄνομα *has done Sto 7me ®great °things ‘the "mighty *one,and holy [is] 3Ώ8πιθ αὐτοῦ" 50 καὶ τὸ.ἔλεος αὐτοῦ εἰς γενεὰς Ἰγενεῶνὶ τοῖς this ; and his mercy ? ? , ? , / 3 / 2 Ὡς φοβουμένοις αὐτόν. 51 ἐποίησεν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι.αὐτοῦ [15] to generations of generations to those fearing him. He wrought strength with his arm, διεσκόρπισεν ὑπερηφάνούς διανοίᾳ καρδίας. αὐτῶν. he scattered [the] haughty in [the] thought of their heart. 52 καθεῖλεν δυνάστας ἀπὸ θρόνω», καὶ ὕψωσεν ταπεινούς. He put down rulers from thrones, and exalted {the] lowly : 538 πεινῶντας ἐνέπλησεν ἀγαθῶν, καὶ πλουτοῦντας [tke] hungry he filled with good things, and [the] rich ἐξαπέστειλεν κενούς. 54 ἀντελάβετο Ἰσραὴλ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ, he sentaway empty. He helped Israel ?servant this, ~ ? , ‘ ? / A 4 μνησθῆναι ἐλέους, 55 καθὼς ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τοὺς {in order] toremember mercy, according as he spoke to πατέρας. ἡμῶν, τῷ ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ τῷ σπέρµατι.αὐτοῦ ""εἰς τὸν our fathers, to Abraham and to his seed for αἰῶνα." δ6 Ἔμεινεν.δὲ Μαριὰμ σὺν αὐτῇ "ὡσεὶ! μῆνας τρεῖς, ever, And’abode "λατ with her about *months ‘three, καὶ ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς τὸν.οἶκον αὐτῆς. and returned to her house. 57 Τῃ.δὲ Ἐλισάβετ ἐπλήσθη ὁ χρόνος τοῦ.τεκεῖν. αὐτήν, Nowto Elizabeth was fulfilled the time thatsheshould bring forth, καὶ ἐγέννησεν υἱόν" 58 καὶ ἤκουσαν οἱ περίοικοι καὶ οἱ συγ- απᾶ shebore ason. And (heard ‘the *neighbours and *kins- yeveic αὐτῆς ὅτι ἐμεγάλυνεν κύριος τὸ ἔλεος.αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ folk ‘her that να» *magnifying [πα] ?Lord his mercy with αὐτῆς, καὶ συνέχαιρον αὐτῇ. 59 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῇ “ὀγδόῃ her, and they rejoiced with her. And itcametopass on the eighth ἡμέρᾳ! ἦλθον περίεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον καὶ ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ day they came to circumcise the little child, and were calling it 4 ~ ~ ~ / Ν ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ.πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ζαχαρίαν. 60 καὶ ἄπο- after the name of his father Zacharias, And 7an- ~ ΄ - - , ? / κριθεῖσα ἡ. μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Οὐχί, ἀλλὰ κληθήσεται ῬΊωάν- swering "his *mother said, No; but heshall be called John. ‘ 7 ? ~ νης." 61 Kai “εἶπον! πρὸς αὐτήν, Ὅτι οὐδείς ἐστιν "ἐν TY And they said to her, Noone is among the εν - -" ? / συγγενείᾳ" σου ὃς καλεῖται τῷ. ὀνόματι. τούτῳ. 62 Ἐνένευον kinsfolk of thee who is called by this name. “They “made *signs Ὁ “ow ‘ ~ cy / / ~ , ῥὲ τῷ.πατρὶ.αὐτοῦ τὸτί ἂν.θέλοι καλεῖσθαι "αὐτόν." 1απᾶ to his father [as to] what he might wish 7to “be *called *him. / , ? / HT 63 καὶ αἰτήσας πινακίδιον ἔγραψεν, λέγων, PIwavyne And having asked for a writing tablet he τοῦθ, saying, Jolin ‘ ~ . 2 ΄ A ἐστὶν ἰτὸ' ὄνομα αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐθαύμασαν πάντες. 64 Ανεῴχθη.δὲ 18 his name, And they “wondered ?all. And was opened Κ μεγάλα LTTr. 1 καὶ γενεὰς and generations TTrA. ο ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ LTTrA. Ρ Ἰωάνης Tr. 4 εἶπαν τττ. the kinsfolk Lrtra. 5 αὐτό it LTTcA. t — τὸ Tr[A]. πι ἕως αἰῶνος G. τ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας from among 149 46 And Mary said, My scul doth maenify the Lord, 47 and my spirit hath rejoiced in God my Saviour, 48 For he hath regarded the low estate of his hand- maiden: for, behold, from henceforth all generations shall eall me blessed. 49 For he that is mighty hath done to πιο great things ; and holy zs his name. 50 And his mercy is on them that fear him from genera- tion to generation, 51 He hath shewed strength with his arm; he hath scattered the proud in the imagina- tion of their hearts. 52 He hath put down the mighty from their seats,and exalted them of low degree. 53 He hath filled the hungry with good things ;‘and the rich he hath sent empty away. 54 He hath holpen his ser- vant Israel, in remem- brance of his mercy; 55 as he spake to our fathers, to Abraham, and to his seed for ever, 56 And Mary a- bode with her about three months, and re- turned to her own house, 57 Now Elisabeth’s full time came that she should be delivered ; and she brough# forth a son. 58 And her neighbours and her cousins heard how the Lord had shewed great mercy upon her ; and they rejoiced with her. 59 And it came to pass, that on the eighth day they came to circum- cise the child ; and they called him Zacharias, after the name of his father. 60 And his mother answered and said, Not so; but he shall be called John. 61 And they said unto her, There is none of thy kindred that is called by this naine. 62 And they madesigns io his father, how he would have him called. 63 And he asked for a writing table, ‘and wrote, saying, His name is John. And they marvelled all 64 And his mouth was opened immediately, Ὁ ὡς LTTre 150 and his tongue /oosed, and he spake, praised God, 65 And fear came on all that dwelt round about them: and all these siyings were noised abroad throughout all the hill country of Ju- dwa. 66 And all they that heard them laid them up in their hearts, saying, What manner of child shall this be! And the hand of the Lord was with him. 67 And his father Zacharias was filled with the Holy Ghost, an:l prophesied, say- ing, 68 Blessed be the Lord God of Israel; for he hath visited and redeemed his people, 69 and hath rai-ed up an horn of salvation for us in the house of his servant David; 70 as he spake by the moxth of his holy pro- phets, which have been since the world began: 71 that we should be saved from our ene- mies, and from the band of all that hate us ; 72 to perform the mercy promised to our fathers, and to remem- ber his holy covenant ; 73 the oath which he aware. to our father Abraham, 74 that he would grant unto us, that we being deliver- ed out of the hand of our enemies might serve him without fear, 75 in holiness and Tighteousness before him, all the days of our life. 76 And thou, child, shalt be called the pro- phet of the Highest: for thou shalt go before the face of the Lord to.prepare his ways; 77 to give knowledge of salvation unto his people by theremission of their sins,78 through the tender mercy of our God ; whereby the dayspring from on high hath visited us, 79 to give light to them that sit in darkness and in the shadow of death, to guide our feet -- w + γὰρ (read For also) 1ΤΤΓΑ. 5 Δανεὶδ LTTra ; Aavtd aw. ἃ — ἡμῶν (read of [our] enemies) [L]rtra. f + δὲ also rrra, and . θεὸς τοῦ Ισραήλ, ὅτι God ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. i, τὺ.στόµα.αὐτοῦ παραχρῆμα καὶ ἡ-γλῶσαα αυτοῦ, καὶ his mouth immediately and his tongue (loosed), and ἐλάλει εὐλογῶν τὸν θεόν. 65 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πάντας φόβος he spoke, blessing God. And “came ‘7upon ‘all ‘fear 4 ανά A « ~~ Fath ~ ~ τοὺς περιοικοῦντας αὐτούς" καὶ ἐν ὕλῃ τῇ ΄ ὀρενῇῃ τῆς those who dwelt around them; and in ?whole "the hill-country > / ~ a: Ain Rie ~ F ‘ Ιουδαίας διελαλεῖτο πάντα τὰ.ῥήματα.-ταῦτα" 06 καὶ of Judea *were °being δἰδικρᾷ 7of. ‘‘all And ἔθεντο πάντες οἱ ἀκούσαντες ἐν τῇῷ-καρδίᾳ.αὐτῶν, λέ- “laid [>them] Sup ‘all who *heard in their heart, say- yovtec, Ti ἄρα τὸ.παιδίον τοῦτο ἔσται; Καὶ" χεὶρ ing, What then “this*little child ‘will “be? And [the] hand κυρίου ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. of [the] Lord was with him. - 67 Καὶ Ζαχαρίας ὁ πατὴρ.αὐτοῦ ἐπλήσθη πνεύματο And Zacharias his father was filled _ with [the] “Spirit ἁγίου, καὶ "προεφήτευσεν," λέγων, 68 Ἐὐλογητὸς κύριος ὁ ‘Holy, and prophesied, saying, Blessed be [the] Lord the ἐπεσκέψατο καὶ ἐποίησεν λύτρωσιν wrought redemption “these *things. of Israel, because he looked upon and ~ ~ > ΡΝ ‘ 2/ [ή / « - 3 “" τῳι.λαῴ αὐτοῦ" 69 καὶ ἤγειρεν κερας σωτηρίας ἡμῖν ἐν 7τῳ for his people, and raisedup ahorn of salvation forus ‘in the οἴκῳ ΖΔαρὶδ' τοῦ" παιδὸς αὐτοῦ; 70 καθὼς ἐλάλησεν διὰ house of David his servant ; according as hespoke by [the] στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ὕτῶν" ἀπ᾿ αἰῶνος προφητῶν αὐτοῦ" mouth sholy >since ®time 7began *prophets 1 of “his ; 71 σωτηρίαν ἐξ ἐχθρῶν. ἡμῶν καὶ ἐκ χειρὸς πάντων salvation from our enemies and from([the] hand of all τῶν μισούντων ἡμᾶς" 72 ποιῆσαι ἔλεος μετὰ τῶν πατέρων those who hate us ; to fulfil merey with "fathers ἡμῶν, καὶ μνησθῆναι διαθήκης ἁγίας αὐτοῦ, 73 ὅρκον ὃν Jour, and toremember “covenant “holy this, [the] oath which ὤμοσεν πρὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ τὸν-πατέρα.ἡμῶν, τοῦ δοῦναι ἡμῖν heswore to Abraham our father, togive us [that] 74 ἀφόβως ἐκ χειρὸς “τῶν" ἐχθρῶν ἡμῶν!" ῥυσθέντας, without fear out οὗ [the] hand of our enemies being saved, , ~ , % X 2 , - λατρεύειν αὐτῷ 75 ἐν ὁσιότητι καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ weshouldserve him in holiness and righteousness before him, , ‘ ε [ή 6. 5 a | .ε ~ 5 3 1 £ ot πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας “τῆς.ζωῆς" ἡμῶν. 76 Kai ov', παιδίον, all the days of our life. And thou,’ little child, προφήτης ὑψίστου κληθήσῃ προπορεύσῃ-γὰρ πρὸ prophet οἱ [πε] Highest shalt Ῥο called; forthoushalt go before [the] προσώπου κυρίου ἑτοιμάσαι ὑδοὺς αὐτοῦ. 77 τοῦ δοῦναι :4809 of [the] Lord to prepare his ways ; 20 give γνῶσιν σωτηρίας τῷ.λαῷ. αὐτοῦ ἐν ἀφέσει ἁμαρτιῶμ.αὐτῶν, knowledge of salvation to his people in remission of their sins, 78 διὰ σπλάγχνα ἐλέοὺς θεοῦ ἡμῶν, ἐν οἷς ἐπεσκέψατο through [16] “ bowels of compassion of our God, in which has visited ~ ? Α 3 er ? ~ ~ ? , ac ἀνατολὴ ἐξ ὕψους, 79 ἐπιφᾶναι τοῖς ἐν " σκότει us [the] day-spring from on high, to shine upon those 7in *darkness καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου καθημένοις" τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς *and ‘in (*the] shadow °of ϑαθαίῃ sitting ; to direct ΄- x ἐπροφήτευσεν ETTrA. π Υ — τῷ (read [the]) LrTra. 8 — του LTTrA. b = or Trek. © — τῶν LITrA. 8 — τῆς ζωῆς (7'ead all our days) GLTTraw. ΕΠῚῚ, πόδας ἡμῶν εἰς our feet LUKE. « ‘ ΄ A ‘ a: ” ὁδὸν εἰρήνης. 80 Τὸ δὲ παιδίον ηὐξανεν into [the] way of peace. And the little child grew καὶ ἐκραταιοῦτο πνεύματι" καὶ ἦν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις Ewe aud was strengthened in spirit ; and he was in the deserts until [the] ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ἱσραήλ. any of his shewing to Isrvel. 2 "Ee ay aL 3 ο ας / καστ Een 66 y= ετο.ὀε ἐν ταις-]]μεοραις.εκειναις ἕξη εν ογμα And it came to pass in those days went *out 1 *decree παρὰ Καΐσαρός Αὐγούστου, ἀπογράφεσθαι πᾶσαν τὴν froin Cesar Augustus, that should be registered all the © ? [ή ε ‘ , t οἰκουμενην' 2 αὕτη Σἡ ἀπογοαφὴ "πρώτη ἐγένετο! ἡγε- habitable world; ΄ this registration first when μονεύοντος τῆς Συρίας i‘Kupnviov." 8 καὶ ἐπορεύοντο πάντες “was “governor ‘of *Syria ‘Cyrenius. And tall ἀπογοάφεσθαι, ἕκαστος εἰς τὴν Εἰζίαν" πόλιν. 4 ᾽Αγέβη δὲ καὶ to be registered, each to his own city : and “went “πρ “also ᾿Ιωσὴφ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ἐκ πόλεως ἹΝαζαρέτ! εἰς τὴν 1Joseph from Galilee out of [the] city Nazarcth to Ἰουδαίαν, εἰς πόλιν ™AaBid' ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλεέμ, διὰ ζυάσα, το α ιν of David which iscalled Bethlehem, because τὺ.εἶναι.αὐτὺν ἐξ οἴκου. καὶ πατοιᾶς Δαβίδ, 5 Ἀάπο- of his being of [the] house ἃ! ἃ family of David, to re- γράψασθαι" σὺν Μαριὰμ τῇ ομεμνηστευμένῃ" αὐτῷ Ῥγυναικί," gister himself with Mary who was betrothed to him as wife, οὔσῃ ἐγκύῳ. 6 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ ἐν τῷ εἶναι.αὐτοὺς she being great with child. Απὰ 1 cametopass in the[time] they were ἐκεῖ ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ.τεκεῖν αὐτήν" 7 καὶ ἔτε- there *were *fulfilled 6 “days for her bringing forth, and she brought KEY τὸν υἱὸν. αὐτῆς τὸν πρωτότοκον, καὶ ἐσπαργάνωσεν forth her son the first-born, and wrapped Ἰὼ “swaddling *clothes αὐτόν, καὶ ἀνέκλινεν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ" φάτνῃ, διότι οὐκ.ὴν him, and laid him in the manger, because there was not αὐτοῖς τόπος ἐν τῷ καταλύματι. forthem aplace in the inn, 8 Καὶ ποιμένες ἦσαν ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ αὐτῇ, ἀγραυλοῦντες And shepherds were in the “country ‘same, lodging in the fields καὶ φυλάσσοντες φυλακὰς τὴς νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὴν.ποίμνην.αὐτῶν. and kecping watch by night over their flock ; 9 καὶ "cot," ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη αὐτοῖς, καὶ δόξα and behold, anangel οὗ [1116] Lord stood by them, and [the] glory ’ Ἢ . ‘ ΄ Ἐπ γα κυρίου περιέλαμψεν αὐτούς" καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν φόβον of [the] Lord shone around them, and ‘theyfeared [with] “fear i ei δ εν ἆ ὤγγελας, Ma) Φοβεῖσθε”-. ἰδοὺ μέγαν. 10 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ἄγγελος, Μ1.φοβεισῦθε *vreat, And “said *to*them?the “angel, Fear not ; *behold 4 ~ 4 ιά ε͵ ” = γάρ. εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται tor, Iannounce glad tidings to you [of] *joy loreat, which shall be ς ~ ~ / : -» ΄ ΄ ε/ / παντὶ τῷ λαῷ" 11 ὅτι ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον» GwWTND, ὃς ἐστιν Το 411 the people; for was born toyou to-day aSuviour, who is ΄ ’ ‘ Ὁ» ε ~ χοιστὺς κύριος, ἐν mode "Δαβίδ." 12 καὶ τοῦτο ὑμῖν Christ [the} Lord, in([the] city of David. And this [is] to you " - ΄ if tv i τὸ σημεῖον εὑρήσετε βρέφος ἐσπαργαγωμένογ. κεί . the sign : ye shall find «babe wrapped in swaddling clothes, ly- ” took place “went 151 into the way of peace. 80 And the child grew, and waxed strong in spirit, and was in .the deserts till the day of his shewing unto Is- rael, II. And it came to pass in those days, that there went out a de- cree from Cesar Au- gustus, that all. the world should be taxed. 2 (And this taxing was ~ first made when Cyre- nius was governor of Syria.) 3 And all went to be taxed, every cne into his own city. 4 And Joseph alsowent up from Galilee. out of the city of Naza- reth, into Judza, unto the city, of David, which is called Beth- lehem; (because he was of the house and lineage of MDavid:) 5 to be taxed with Mary his espoused wife, being great with child. 6 And soit was, that, while they were there. the days were accomplished that she should be delivered. 7 'Απᾶ she brought forthher firstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and lai: him in a manger ; because there was no room for them in the inn, 8 And there were in the same country shep- herds abiding in tke field, keeping watch over their fluck by night. 9 And, lo, the angel of the Lord cari upon them, and the glory of the Lord shone round about them: and they were sore a- fraid. 10 And the an- gel said unto them, Fear not: for, behold, 1 bring yeu good ti- dings of great joy, which shall be to all people. 11 For unte you is born this day in the city of David a Saviour, which is Christ the Lord. 13 And this shall be a sign un- to yon; Ye shall jind the babe wrapped in swad‘’ling clothes, lying in & manger, pee ry i Κυρίνου Cyrenus 1. πι Δαυεὶδ LTTrA ; Δαυὶδ Gw. ναικί 111.Α. b+ καὶ and [111Α. Β -τ ἡ ΙΤΤτΑ. δ ἐγένετο πρώτη T. 1 NaGapad L; Ναζαρεθ TW. ὁ ἐμνηστευμένῃ LITrA. =P —¥ TLT-A], 8 Aaveid LETrA; Δαυίδ Gu. 4 — τῇ (read a Manger) LTTra. VY — κείμενον T. κ ἑαυτοῦ (read his city) LTTr. Ὁ ἀπογράφεσθαι Le ® — ἰδού 152 13 And suddenly there was with the angel a multitude of the heavenly host prais- ing God, and saying, 14 Glory to God in the highest, and ou earth peace, good will to- ward men. 15 And it came to pass, as the angels were gone away from them into hea- ven, the shepherds said one to another, Let us now ΡΟ even ‘unto Bethlehem, and see this thing which is come to pass, which the Lord hath made known untouns. 16 And they came with haste, and found Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in a manger. 17 And when they had seen it, they made known abroad the say- ing which was told them concerning this child. 15 And all they that heard ἐξ wondered at those things which were told then: by the shepherds. 19 But Mary kept all these things, and pondered them in her heart. 20 And the shepherds returned, glorifying and prais- ing God for all the things that they had heard and seen, as it was told unto them, 21 And when eight days were accomplish- ed for the circumcising of the child, his name was called JESUS, which was so named of the angel before he was conceived in the womb, 22 And when the days of her purifica- tion according to the law of Moses were accomplished, they brought him to Jeru- salem, to present him to the Lord ; 23 (49 it is written in the law of the Lord, Every male that openeth the womb shall be called holy to the Lord;) 21 and to offer a sacri- fice according to that ο ΕΝ, If, ~ ΄ σι 4 , / pies ᾿ από μενον" ἐν ὑτῇ" φάτνῃ. 18 Καὶ ἐξαιῤνῆς ἔγενετο σὺν τῷ ing in the manger. And suddenly. there was with the 2 , ~ ~ > eae ΄ Il ? , 2 4 θ , ἀγγέλῳ πλῆθος στρατιᾶς *ovpaviov," αἰνούντων τον θεὸν, angel amultitude of [the] *host 31ΠπεατεπΙγ, praising God, " ’ sy ’ « / θ ~ My ok 4 ~ καὶ λεγόντων, 14 Δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις θεῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς and saying, Glory in [the] highest toGod, and on earth / ᾽ , » Ώ / [ή « 3 - εἰρήνη, ἐν ἀνθρώποιςὸ σεὐδοκία.! 15 Καὶ ἐγένετο, ὡς ἀπὴλ- peace, in men good pleasure. And it came {0 0158, 35 “depart- θον ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν οἱ ἄγγελοι, καὶ οἱ ἀνθοωποιΐ ed “4γοπι ‘5them into7’the “heaven ‘the 7angels, that the men ε 4 \ ? / x ο ε/ οἱ ποιμένες “εἶπον! πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Διέλθωμεν δὴ ἕως the shepherds said to oneanother, Let us gothrough indeed asfaras Βηθλεέμ, καὶ ἴδωμεν τὸ .ῥῆμα.τοῦτο τὸ γεγονὸς ὃ ὁ Bethlehem, and let us see this thing that has come to pass which the , 7 , c τῷ \ Ὀ7ᾺΧΘ Π 4 *\ ‘ κύριος ἐγνώρισεν ἡμῖν. 16 Καὶ ἦλθον" σπεύσαντες καὶ Lord made known tous, And they came havinghasted and “ἀνεῦρον! τήν.τε.Μαριὰμ καὶ τὸν Ιωσήφ, καὶ τὸ βρεφός κεί- found both Mary and Joseph, and the babe ly- μενον ἐν τῇ φάτνῃ. 17 ἰδόντες δὲ ἀδιεγγώρισαν" ing in the manger. And having seen, they made known abroad περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τοῦ λαληθέντος αὐτοῖς περὶ τοῦ saying which had been told παιδίου τούτου. 18 καὶ πάντες ot ἀκούσαντες ἐθαύμασαν concerning the them concerning this little child. And all who heard wondered περὶ τῶν λαληθέντων ὑπὸ τῶν ποιμένων πρὺς concerning the things which had beenspoken by the shepherds to αὐτούς. 19 ἡ.δὲ. Μαριὰμ" πάντα συνετήρει τὰ .ῥήματα ταῦτα, them. But Mary 3411 *kept these sayings, Ισυμβάλλουσαὶ ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτῆς. 20 καὶ ξἐπέστρεψανι pondering {them] in her heart. And Sreturned ot ποιμένες, δοξάζοντες καὶ αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν 4the *shepherds, -glorifying and _ praising God for all things οἷς ἤκουσαν καὶ *eidor," καθὼς ἐλαλήθη πρὸς αὐτούς. which they had Ἡθατά δ ὃ. seen, as it wassaid to them. 21 Καὶ ore ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν ἱτὸ And when were fuliilled days ‘eight for the circumcising the παιδίον," καὶ ἐκλήθη τὸ .ὄνομα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦς, τὸ κλι]- little child, 3was *called *his *name Jesus, which fhe] was θὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀγγέλου πρὸ τοῦ Σσυλληφθῆναι! αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ called by the. angel _ before 2was °conceived the in the κοιλίᾳ. womb, 22 Kai ὅτε ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ- αὐτῶν! And when werefulfilled the days for their purification κατὰ τὸν νόμον Μωσέως," ἀνήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεροσό- according to the law of Moses, they brought him to erusa- λυμα παραστῆσαι τῷ κυρίῳ, 23 καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν" lem to present tothe Lord, 35 ithas been written in [the] νό κυρίου, Ὅτι πᾶν ἄρσεν διανοῖγον μήτραν ἅγιον law οξ[ίπε] οτᾶ, That every male opening a'womb ‘*holy ᾽τῷ κυρίῳ κληθήσεται" 24 καὶ τοῦ δοῦναι θυσίαν κατὰ δύο ®the 7Lord ‘shall *be called: and to offer a sacrifice according te ~ — τῇ (read a Manger) GLTTraW. pleasure xrtra, © ἀνεῦραν ΤΊτ. λονσα T. LiTra, ἆ ἐγνώρισαν they made kuown LTTrA. 8 ὑπέστρεψαν GLTTrAW. | αὐτῆς (read her purification) Ε. = οὐρανοῦ of heaven Tr. : --- καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωπρι [L]t[Tra]. 8 ἐλάλουν Τ. Ὁ ἦλθαν TTra, ἐ Μαρία LTTrA. ἴ συνβάλ: | αὐτόν him αΙΤΊΤΑΝΥΥ,. Κ συλλημφθῆναι τὰ Μωύσέως LTTrAW. η τῷ theL, 5 εὐδοκίας of good bh ἴδον Τ. II. LUKE. τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν “5. νόμῳ κυρίου, Ζεῦγος τρυγόνων that which has been said in [the] law οὗ [086] Lord, A pair of turtle doves ἢ δύο Ῥνεοσσοὺς" περιστερῶν. ΟΥ two young of pigeons. 25 Kai ἰδού, “ἣν ἄνθρωπος! ἐν Ἱερευσαλὴμ ᾧ ὄνομα And behold, there was aman in Jerusalem whose name Συμεών, καὶ ὁ ἄγθρωπος.οὗτος δίκαιος καὶ εὐλαβής, [πας] Simeon; and this man just and pious, προσδεχόμενος παράκλησιν τοῦ ᾿Ισραήλ, καὶ πνεῦμα waiting for {the] consolation of Israel, and [the] Spirit τᾶγιον ἦν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν" 26 καὶ ἦν αὐτῷ κεχοηµατισµένον ὑπὸ 1Holy was upon him. And it was to him divinely communicated by τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου ἡ ἰξεῖν θάνατον πρὶν δὴ) the Spirit the Holy thatheshouldnotsee death before ἴδῃ τὸν χοιστὸν κυρίου. 27 καὶ ἦλθεν ἐν τῷ πνεύματι he should see the Christ of [the] Lord. And he came in the Spirit εἰς τὸ ἱερόν" καὶ ἐν. τῷ. εἰσαγαγεῖν τοὺς γονεῖς τὸ intothetemple; and when 3%brought*in ‘the λλες the little child 986: σοῦν, τοῦ.ποιῆσαι.αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ. εἰθισμένον sus, that they mightdo ‘according *to Swhat Shad “become μας τοῦ νόµου περὶ αὐτοῦ, 28 καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδέξατο αὐτὸ εἰς τὰς ἀγκά- “by “the law ‘for “him, he also received him into “arms, ’ λας αὐτοῦ," καὶ εὐλόγησεν τὸν θεόν, καὶ εἶπεν, 29 Νῦν ἀπολύεις [was] x > παιδίον In- ‘his, and _ blessed God, and said, Now thoulettest go τὺν.δοὔλόν.σου, δέσποτα, κατὰ τὺῤῆμά.σου, ἐν εἰρήνῃ" thy bondman, O Master, accordingto thy word, in peace; 90 ὅτι . εἶδον οἱ.ὀφθαλμοίμου τὸ σωτήριόν.σου, 81 for *have ‘seen mine πα thy salvation, which ἡτοίμασας κατὰ πρόσωπον πάντων τῶν λαῶν" 32 φῶς thou hast prepared before [the] face ofall the peoples; alight εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν ἐθνῶν καὶ δόξαν Aaov.cov Ισραήλ. for “eigen of [{Π6] Gentiles and- glory of thy people Israel. 33 Καὶ ἦν * Iwo" καὶ ἡ. μήτηρ. ταὐτοῦ" θαυμάζοντες ἐπὶ Απά swore ‘Joseph 7and *his *mother wondering at τος λαλουμένοις περὶ αὐτοῦ. 84 καὶ εὐλόγησεν the things which werespoken concerning him. And “blessed αὐτοὺς Συμεών, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς Μαριὰμ τὴν.µητέρα αὐτοῦ, *them Simeon, and said to Mary his mother, ᾿Ιδού, οὗτος κεῖται εἰς πτῶσιν καὶ ἀνάστασιν πολλῶν Lo, ‘this (child) isset for[the] fall and rising up of many ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ εἰς σημεῖον ἀντιλεγόμενον" 8ὅ καὶ σοῦ “δὲ! in Israel, andfor asign spoken against ; (and of thee also αὐτῆς τὴν ψυχὴν διελεύσεται ῥομφαία" ὕπως ἂν.ἀποκαλυ- δ 7soul “%shall*go *through ‘+a “sword ;) so that “may be re- φθῶσιν ὁ ἐκ πολλῶν καρδιῶν διαλογισμοί. vealed of many hearts [the] reasonings. 36 Kai ἦν "Αννα προφῆτις, θυγάτηρ Φανουήλ, ἐκ And there was Anna a prophetess, of Phanuel, of [thej φυλῆς Aono’ αὕτη προβεβηκυῖα ἐν ἡμέραις πολλαῖς, ζήσασα trihe of aoe she was advanced in “days *many, having lived ἔτη μετὰ ἀνδρὸς" ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ τῆς “παρθενίας" αὐτῆς, 97 καὶ Ἄγρατα "γη ‘a *husband ‘seven from her virginity, and αερα 158 which is said in the law of the Lord, A pair of turtleioves, or two young pigeons. 25 And, behold, there was aman in Jerusa- lem, whose name was Simeon; and the same man was just and de- yout, waiting for the consolation of Israel: and the Holy Ghost Wasupon him. 26 And it was revealed unto him by the Holy Ghost, that he shouid not see death, before he had seen the Lord’s Christ. 27 And he came by the Spirit into the temple: and when the parents brought in the child Jesus, to do for him after the customof the law, 28 then took he him upinhi-arms, and blessed God, and said, 29 Lord, now lettest thou thy servant de- part in peace, accord- ing to thy word : 30 for mine eyes hare seen thy salvation, 31 which thou hast prepared be- fore the face of all people; 32 a light to lighten the Gentiles, and the glory of thy people Israel. 33 And Joseph and his mother marvelled at those things. which were spoken of him. 34 And Simeon blessed them, and said unto Mary his wmother, Behold, this child is set for the fall and rising again of many in Israel ; and for a sign which shall be spoken against ; 35 (yea, a sword shall pierce through thy own soul also,) that the thoughts of many hearts may be re- vealed, 36 And there was one Anna, a_prophetess, the daughter of Pha- nuel, ot the tribe of Aser: she was of a great age, and had lived with an husband seven years from her virginity ; 37 and she ° + τῷ the LTtr. P νοσσοὺς TA. 4 ἄνθρωπος ἦν Τ. τὴν ἅγιον GLTTrAW, 8) ἄντ; ἂν Tr. t— αὐτοῦ (read {his] arms) [1]t(Tra]. u+ ὁ 1, 7 ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ his father Gtrra. — αὐτοῦ (read [his] mother) era. Σ [δὲ] LTr, } μετὰ ἀνδρὸς έτη WAT. 5 sapterdigs A. 154 was a widow of about fourscore and four years, which departed not from the temple, but served God with tastings and prayers night andday. 38 And she coming in that in- stant gave thanks like- wise unto the Lord, and spake of him to all them that looked for relemption in Je- rusalem, . 39 And when they had performed all things according to the law of the Lord, they returned into Galilee, to their own city Nazareth. 40 And the child grew, and waxed strong in spirit, filled with wisdom: and the grace of God Was upon him. 41 Now his parents went to Jcrusalem every year at the feast ofthe passover. 42 And when he was twelve years old, they went up to Jerusalem after the custom of the feast. 43 And when they had fulfilled'the days, as they returned, the child Jesus tarried be- hind in Jerusalem; and Joseph and his mother knew not ofit. 44 Butthey, supposing him to have been in the company, went a day’s journey; and they sought him a- mong their kinsfolk and acquaintance, 45 And when they found him not, they turned back again to Jerusalem, seeking him. 46 Anditcameto pass, that after three days they found him in the temple, sitting in the midst of the doctors, both hearing them, andasking them questions. 47 And all that heard him were astonished at his un- derstanding and an- swers. 48 And when they saw him, they were amazed: and his mother said unto him, Son, why hast thou thus dealt with us? > αὐτὴ herself ΤΊΥΑ. — αὕτη (read ἀνθωμολ. she gave p-aise) LTTrA, Ἀ πάντα TTr. η Ναζαρέθ TTraw. τ — εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα T[Tr]a. purents knew it not 1 7ΤτΑ. (read Πω τη ]) a{uJrr a, ἢ μήτηρ aVTOWLITrA, [inj) τα τυ ΑἹ]. LITrAW. up LTTra. Λο κ AS. TT, , “eee ~ 4 * τ δαῦὕτη! χήρα “ὡς" ἐτῶν ὀγδοηκοντατεσσάρων, ἣ οὐκ she [was] ἃ widow “about *years lof Seighty-four, 5Swho “not ἀφίστατο tad" τοῦ ἱεοοῦ, νηστείαις καὶ δεήσεσιν λατρεύφυσα ®departed from the temple. with fastings and supplications serving νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραι"'. 88 καὶ cairn" αὐτῇ.τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐπιστᾶσα night day : and 518 at the same hour coming up ἀνθωμολογεῖτο τῷ ἱκυρίῳ," Kai ἐλάλει περὶ αὐτοῦ πᾶσιν gave praise to the Lord, and spoke concerning him to all ~ ἂν / / τοῖς προσδεχομένοις λύτρωσιν Siv" Ἱερουσαλήμ. those waiting for redemption in Jerusalem, 99 Kai ὡς ἐτέλεσαν λἅπανταϊ ira" And whentheyhad completed all things according to the κυρίου, ᾿Κὑπέστρεψαν' εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, εἰς ἱτὴν" πόλιν of [the] Lord they returned to Galilee, to scity an κατὰ τὸν νόμον law αὐτῶν" Ναζαρέτ." 40 Τὸ δὲ παιδίον ηὔξανεν καὶ ἔκρα- "their [own], Nazareth. And the littlechild grew, and became ταιοῦτο Crvetpart," πληρούμενον Poodiac," καὶ χάρις strong in spirit, being filled with wisdom, and[the] grace θεοῦ ἦν ἐπ᾽ αὐτό. of God was ἥροῃ him. 41 Kai ἐπορεύοντο οἱ. γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ Kar ἔτος εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ And 7 went *his *parents yearly to Jerusalem τῇ ἑορτῇ τοῦ πάσχα. 42 καὶ ὅτε ἐγένετο ἐτῶν δώδεκα, atthe feast of the passover. And when he was “years [3014] ‘twelve, αἀναβάντων"' αὐτῶν Τείς Ἱεροσόλυμα! κατὰ τὸ ἔθος τῆς Shaving ὅσοπο “up “they to erusalem according to the custom of the ἑορτῆς, 43 καὶ τελειωσάντων τὰς ἡμέρας, ἐν τῷ ὑποστρέφειν as “returned fea-t, . and havingeompleted the days, αὐτοὺς ὑπέμεινεν "Ιησοῦς! ὁ παῖς ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ 1they ‘remained “behind “Jesus “the “child in Jerusalem, and ἑούκ.ἔγνω ᾿Ιωσὴφ καὶ ἡ-μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ Ἱ 44 νοµίσαντες δὲ αὐτὸν 5knew [510] ποὺ *Joseph?and “his *mother; but supposing him έν τῇ συνοδίᾳ εἶναι ἦλθον ἡμέρας ὁδόν, καὶ ἀνεζήτουν in the company tobe they went aday’s journey, and svught. αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς συγγενέσιν καὶ “ἐν! τυῖς γνωστοῖς' 45 καὶ him among the relations and among the acquaintances: and e ‘ ε , /΄ ~ μὴ εὑρόντες "αὐτὸν ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, Σζητοῦντες! not havingfound him they returned to Jerusalem, seeking αὐτόν. 46 Καὶ ἐγένετο μεθ” ἡμέρας τρεῖς εὗρον αὐτὸν ἐν him, Anditcametopass after “days ‘three theyfound him in ~ ~ 3 , ? ~ eA ‘ ΄ τῷ ἱερῷ, καθεζόμενον ἐν μέσῳ τῶν διδασκάλων, καὶ ἀκού- the temple, sitting in [the] midst of the teachers, both hear- οντα αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπερωτῶντα αὐτούς. 47 ἐξίσταντο.δὲ πάντες ing them and questioning them, And *were “amazed [411 ε ? 7, ee} ~ 3 Δ ~ ‘ ~ / οἱ ἀκούοντες αυτυυ επι TH συνέσει καιταις ἀποκρίσεσιν "those “hearing/ ‘*him at fhi-) understanding and “answers αὐτοῦ. 48 Kai ἰδόντες αὐτὸν ἐξεπλάγησαν' καὶ “πρὸς αὐτὸν this, And seeing him they wereastonished: and to’ him ἡ.μήτηρ-αὐτοῦ εἶπεν, Τέκνον, τί ἐποίησας ἡμῖν οὕτως; his mother said, Child, = why hast thou dene tous thus? 6 ἕως up to Lrtra, 4 — ἀπὸ (read left not) TTra. ε αὐτὴ W; θεὼ (read to God) trtra. 8 — ἐν (read i—7aT. Κ ἐπέστρεψαν τ. 1--- τὴν LTTrA, ™ ἑαυτῶν °— πνεύματι 1ΤΊΤΑ. Ρ σοφίᾳ ττΑ. 4 ἀναβαινόντων going 5 ΕἸησοῦς] A. οὐκ ἔγνωσαν οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ his οὖ εἶναι ἐν τῇ συνοδίᾳ LtTrA. ὃ —éyGLTTrAW. 5 -- αὐτόν 7 ἀναζητοῦντες LTTrA, 5 μετὰ TTA, 5 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν κ... St Ῥεύθεῖαν,! ΠΠ. νοκ ΕἸ an κ « / 2058 7a ΄ 3 ~ / ‘ (00V, ὁ.πατηρ.σου κάγω ὀδυνώμενοι ἐζητοῦμεν σε. 49 Καὶ vehold, thy father and I distressed were seeking thee. And εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ti OTL ἐζητεῖτέ µε; οὐκ.ῄδειτε ὅτι 4esaid to them, . Why [isit]that ye were seeking me? knew ye not that ἐν τοῖς τοῦ. τατρός.µου δεῖ εἶναί µε; ὅθ Καὶ αὐτοὶ m ᾖὉπς[οβαῖΙτ] οἱ my Father it behoves 7to *be ?7me? And they ? ~ A tn τὰ 2 [4 ? ~ κ ’ οὐ συνῆκαν τὸ ρῆμα ὃ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς. 51 Καὶ κατεβη understood not the word which hespoke tothem. And he went down per αὐτῶν καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς "NaZapér'" καὶ ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος with them and came ἴο Nazareth, and he was subject αὐτοῖς. καὶ ἡ .μήτηρ.αὐτοῦ διετήρει “πάντα τὰ ῥήματα" “ταῦτα! tothem. And his mother kept ali these things ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτῆς. 52 καὶ Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν “ 'σοφίᾳ καὶ in. her heart. And Jesus advanced in wisdom and ἡλικίᾳ," καὶ χάριτι παρὰ θεῷ καὶ ἀνβρώποις. stature, and infavour with God and men. I” 2 Ν \ / ~ a il ΄ , Ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἠγεμονίας Τιβερίου 7In ‘year πουν [the] *fifteenth of the government of Tiberius Καίσαρος, ἡγεμονεύοντος ἨΠοντίου ΣΠιλάτου!ϊ τῆς Ἰουδαίας, Cesar, 3peing *governor Pontius “Pilate of Judea, καὶ Ἀτετραρχοῦντοβ! τῆς Γαλιλαίας Ἡβώδου, Φιλίππο».δὲ τοῦ and *being “tetrarch *of °Galilee *Herod, and Philip ἀδελφοῦ. αὐτοῦ "τετραρχοῦντος" τῆς Ἱτουραίας καὶ Τραχωνί- his brother being tetrarch of Iturza and of *T'racho- τιδος χώρας, καὶ Λυσανίου τῆς Αβιληνῆς "τετραρχοῦντος," uitis [‘the]*region, and Lysanias Sof*Abilene ‘being “tetrarch, 2 tea’ ἀρχιερέων! "Αννα καὶ Καϊάφα," ἐγένετο ῥῆμα -in [the] high-priesthood of Annas and Caiaphas, | came [the] word θεοῦ ἐπὶ "Ιωάννην! τὸν ™rov' Ζαχαρίου υἱὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ" of God upon John the 308 Zacharias *son in the wilderness. 3 καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς πᾶσαν "τὴν! περίχωρον τοῦ ᾿Ιορδάνου, Ίο And he went into all the country around the Jordan, κηρύσσων βάπτισμα μετανοίας εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν" proclaiming [the} baptism of repentance for remission of sins ; 4 ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λόγων Ἡσαΐου τοῦ as ithasbeen written in [the] book οἱ [με] words of Hsaias the ~ 7 ~ ? , προφήτου, “λέγοντος," Φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, prophet, saying, [The] voice ofonecrying in the wilderness, Ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους Prepare the way of [the] Lord; straight ‘make *paths αὐτοῦ. 5 πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν Όρος καὶ Shis. Every ravine shallbefilledup, and every mountain and > βουνὸς ταπεινωθῆσεται" καὶ ἔσται τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς hill shall be madelow; and “shall *become ‘the *crooked [*places] into καὶ αἱ τραχεῖαι εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας' 6 καὶ ὄψεται rough into?ways ‘smooth; and “shall *see 7 Ἔλεγεν οὖν a straight [path], and the πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ. τοῖς loll 6 "flesh ᾖἴπο salvation of God. He said therefore to the ἐκπορεύομένοις ὄχλοις βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ αὐτοῦ, Tevynpara “coming *out terowds to be baptized by him, Offspring re. , ~ ~ A ~ , 3 ~ ‘ ἐχιδνῶν, τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης OPyi}¢ ; οὗ vipeis, who forewarned you tofiee from the coming wrath? 155 behold, thy father and I have sought thee sor- rowing. 49 Andhesaid unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not ‘that I must be about my Fa- ther’s business? 50 And they understood not she saying which he spake unto them. 51 And he went down with them, and came to Nazareth, and was subject unto them: but his mother kept all these sayings in her heart. 52 And Je- sus increased in wis- dom and stature, and in favour with God and man. III. Now in the fif- teenth year of the reign of Tiberius Cz- sar, Pontius Pilate being governor of Ju- dea, and Herod being tetrarch of Galilee, and his brother Philip tetrarch of Iturea and of the region of Tra- chonitis, and Lysanias the tetrarch of Abi- lene, 2 Annas and Cai- aphas being the high priests, the word -of God came unto John the son of Zacharias in the wilderness. 3 And he came into all the country about Jordan, preaching the baptism oi repentance for the remission of sins; 4 as it is written in the book of the words of Esaias the prophet, saying, The voice of one crying in the wil- derness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make his - paths straight. 5 Every valley shall be filled, and every moun- tain and hill shall be brought low ; and the crooked shall be made straight, andtherough ways. shall be made smooth ; 6 andall flesh shall see the salvation of God. 7 Then said he to the multitude that came forth to be bap- tized of him, O gene- ration of vipers, who hath warned you to flee from the -wrath to come? 8 Bring forth therefore fruits wor- thy of repentance, and begin not tosay within yourselves, We have Abraham to our fa- See ee ο τὰ ῥήματα πάντα L. (wisdom) :r. f ἡλικίᾳ καὶ σοφίᾳ τ. 8 Πειλάτου T. ἀρχιερέως GLTTrAW. * Καΐφα L. 1 Ἰωάνην Tr. every country around) µη, = © = λέγοντος LTTraA, Ὁ Ναζαρέθ TTraw. d .... ταῦτα these [L]T{a]. h τετρααρχοῦντος T. 5 — τοῦ GLTTrAW. P εὐθείας straight [paths] Litra, e+ ἐν τῇ in : ἐπὶ Ὁ .-- την (read 156 ther: for I say unto you, That God is able of these stones to raise upchildren unto Abra- ham. 9 And now also the axe is laid unto the root of the trees: every tree therefore which bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire. 10 And the people asked him, saying, What shall we do then? 11 He an- swereth and saith unto them, He that hath two coats, let him im- part to him that hath none; and hethat hath meat, let him do like- wise. 12 Then came also publicans to be baptized, and said unto him, Master, what shall we do? 13 And he said unto them, Exact no more than that which is appoint- ed you. 14 And the soldiers likewise de- manded of him, say- ing, And what shall we do? And he said untothem, Do violence to no man, neither ac- cuse any falsely ; and be content with your wages. 15 And as the people were in expectation, and all men mused in their hearts of John, whether he were the Christ, or not ; 16 John answered, saying unto them all, I indeed bap- tize you with water; but one mightier than I cometh, the latchet of whuse shoes I am not worthy to unloose: he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire : 17 whose fan is in his hand, and he will throughly purge his floor, and will gather the wheat into his garner; but the chaff he will burn with fire unquench- able. 18 And many other things in his ex- hortation preached he unto the people. 19 But Herod the tetrarch, being reproved by him for Herodias his bro- ther Philip’s wife, and for all {πο evils which Herod had done, 20 added yet this above all, that‘ he shut up Jobn in prison. ΛΟΥΚΑΣ, ἘΠῚ 8 ποιήσατε οὖν καρποὺς ἀξίους τῆς μετανοίας" καὶ μὴ ᾿ Prodace therefure fruits worthy of repentance; and ?not » , ? € ~ μ » A ? ft eka ἄρξησθε λέγειν ἐν “ἑαυτοῖς. Πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν ᾿Αβραάμ ipegin tosay in yourselves, [*For] *father *we *have 3Abraham, λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ θεὸς ἐκ τῶν.λίθων τούτων for I say toyou, that “is 8016 1God from, these stones - > 2 , rena ea 7 ” δι κε doer 4 \ ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Αβραάμ. 9 ἤδη.δὲ καὶ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν to raise up children: to Abraham. Butalready alsothe axe to the ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται πᾶν οὖν δένδῥον μὴ ποιοῦν root ofthe’ trees isapplied:7every*therefore tree ποῦ producing καρπὸν καλὸν" ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται. 10 Καὶ “fruit 1g00d iscut down and into [the] fire is cast. And ¢ , ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ ὄχλοι, λέγοντες, Τί οὖν "ποιήσομεν" ; 3αβκοᾶ *him the?crowds, saying, What then shall we do? 11 ᾽Αποκριθεὶς δὲ λέγει! αὐτοῖς, ‘O ἔχων δύο χιτῶνας µετα- And answering hesays tothem, Hethat has two tunics let him δότω τῷ µμὴ.ἔχοντι καὶ ὁ ἔχων βρώματα ὁμοίως impart tohimthat has not; and hethat has victuals ‘likewise ποιείτω. 12 Ἦλθον.δὲ καὶ τελῶναι βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ et *him *do. And*came “also *tax-gatherers to be baptized, and ‘elroy πρὸς αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε, τί "ποιήσομεν" : 13 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν they said to him, Teacher, what shall we do? Andhe said πρὸς αὐτούς, Μηδὲν πλέον παρὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον to them, 7Nothing *more “beyond *that®which 715 *appointed ὑμῖν πράσσετε. 14 Ἐπηρώτων. δὲ αὐτὸν καὶ στρατευόμενοι, Sto you ‘exact. And asked him alsothose who weresoldiers, λέγοντες, "Kai ἡμεῖς τί ποιήσομεν"; Kai εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς," And hesaid to them, saying, And we what shall we do? δε , y δὲ Π is UJ ‘ ? ~ ~ Μηδένα διασείσητε ὑμηδὲ" 'συκοφαντήσητε, καὶ, ἀρκεῖσθε τοῖς 3Νο-οπο ‘oppress nor accuse falsely, and be satisfied ὀψωνίοις ὑμῶν. with your wages. 15 Προσδοκῶντος.δὲ «τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ διαλογιζοµένων πάν- But as*were*in °expectation'the *people, and were “reasoning tall των ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν περὶ τοῦ Iwavvov," μήποτε in their hearts ‘concerning Jobn, whether or not αὐτὸς εἴη ὁ Χριστός, 16 ἀπεκρίνατο *0 Ἰωάννης ἅπασιν, _he mightbethe Christ, “answered 1John all, , ? ‘ 4 e . / ~ λέγων," Ἐγὼ μὲν ὕδατι βαπτίζω ὑμᾶςὃ' ἔρχεται-δὲ ὁ saying, 1 indeed with water baptize you, but he comes who[is] 2 [ή , = κ᾿ ~ A ~ ἰσχυρότερός µου, οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς λῦσαι τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν mightier than I, of whom I am not fit toloose the thong « ’ ? ~ Pon ~ / ~ ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ" αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν πνεύματι of his sandals ; he you ‘will "baptize with[the] Spirit ε ΄ \ / ς - ~ ~ ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί: 17 οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, Holy and with fire; of whom the winnowing fan[is] in his hand, “καὶ διακαθαριεῖ! τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ, Καὶ συνάξει! τὸν and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and willgather the ~ 2 A ? / ~ A - σῖτον εἰς τὴν.ἀποθήκην.αὐτοῦ, τὸ. δὲ ἄχυρον ᾿κατακαύσει wheat into his granary, but the chaff he will burn ‘ 2 , ~ πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ. 18 Πολλὰ μὲν.οὖν καὶ ἕτερα παρακαλῶν with fire unquenchable. *Many “therefore and otherthings exhorting τ [καλὸν] L. στης, LTrA. "Iwavrns 1. b _* ποιήσωμεν Should we do Lrtraw. ἡ τί ποιήσομεν (ποιήσωμεν Should we do TAW) καὶ ἡμεῖς LTTrA. Υ μηδένα NO one T, 8 + εἰς μετάνοιαν to repentance ἃ σνναγαγεῖν to gather Τὶ v ς εἶπαν ἂν = αὐτοῖς to them Σο ‘Iwavys ἅπασιν λέγων Tr; λέγων πᾶσιν ὃ le ὁ διακαθᾶραι to thoroughly purge 1, t ἔλεγεν he said LITra. ας - “Iwavov Tr. ΠῚ. LUKE. τὸν λαόν. 19 Ὁ δὲ Ἡρώδης ὁ ἔτε- But Herod the te- εὐηγγελίζετο he announced the glad tjdings to the peopie. τράρχης" ἐλεγχόμενος ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ περὶ Ἡρωδιάδος τῆς trarch being reproved by hint concerning Herodias the η fp λί il αν x ~ sa ~ Seek \ , γυναικος tALTT TOU του.αςξ/ ῴου.αυτου, και περι παντων wife of Philip his brether, and concerning all ὦν ἐποίησεν «πονηρῶν ὁ Ἠοώδης, 20 προσέθηκεν καὶ" Swhich ‘had δίομπο ['the] “evils *Herod, added also τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν "καὶ! κατέκλεισε» τὸν ᾿Ιωάννην" ἐν τῇ! this | to all that he shut up John - in the φυλακῇ. prison. 21 ᾿Ἐγἐνετο.δὲ ἐν.τῷ βαπτισθῆναι ἅπαντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἢ rf p-P ᾽ Now it came to pass *having *been ®baptized Jali “the “people, and Ἰησοῦ βαπτισθέντος: καὶ προσευχομένου, ἀνεῳχθῆναι τὸν Jesus having been baptized and praying, “was *opened “the οὐρανόν, 22 καὶ καταβῆναι TO πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον σωματικῷ “heaven, - and descended the Spirit the Holy ina bodily εἴδει Ἰσεὶ' περιστερὰν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, καὶ φωνὴν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ form as a dove upon him, and avoice out of heaven γενέσθαι, "'λέγουσαν,! Σὺ εἴ ὁ.υἱός-µου ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἐν σοὶ cane, saying, Thou art mySon the beloved, in thee πῃηὐδόκησα." Ihave found delight. 23: Καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν °6" ᾿Ιησοῦς Ρὼσεὶ ἐτῶν. τριάκοντα And “himself *was 1Jesus ‘about *years[*°old] thirty ἀρχόμενος." αὤν, ὡς ἐνομίζετο, υἱὸς! Ἰωσήφ, τοῦ: Ἠλί,! *beginning [Sto 5061, being, as was supposed, son of Joseph, of Eli, 24 τοῦ "Ματθάτ," τοῦ ‘Aevi," τοῦ "Μελχι,' τοῦ "Ἱαννάνὶ τοῦ of Matthat, of Levi, of Melchi, of Janna, ~ ΄ ~ ΄ ~ , ~ Ἰωσήφ, 25 τοῦ "Ματταθίου," τοῦ Αμώς, τοῦ Ναούμ. τοῦ Eoni," of Joseph, of Maitathias, of Amos, of Naoum, ΟΕ Esli, τοῦ Ναγγαί, 26 τοῦ Μαάθ, τοῦ Ματταθίου, τοῦ *Zepei," τοῦ of Naggai, of Maath, of Mattathias, of Semei, *Twond," τοῦ Ῥ᾽ Ἰούδα," 27 τοῦ “Τωαννᾶ," τοῦ Ῥησά, τοῦ Ζορο- of Joseph, of Juda, of Joannes, of Rhesa, of Zoro- βάβελ, τοῦ Σαλαθιήλ, τοῦ 4Nnpi," 28 τοῦ "Medryi,! rove Addi," babel of Salathiel, of Neri, of Melchi; of Addi, τοῦ Κωσάμ, τοῦ ™ Ἑλμωοάμ,! τοῦ Hp, 29 τοῦ 85 Iwo," τοῦ Ἐλι- of Cosam, of Eimodam, of Er, of Joses, of Eli- éZep, τοῦ Ιωρείμ. τοῦ **MarOar," τοῦ ᾿ Λευΐ," 90 τοῦ Συμεών, ezer, of Joreim, of Matthat, of Levi, of Simeon, τοῦ Ἰούδα, τοῦ Ἰωσήφ, τοῦ ** way," τοῦ Ἑλιακ΄ίμ,91 τοῦ '*Me- of Juda, of Joseph, of Jonan, of Fliakim, of Me- dead," ™rov Maivay," τοῦ Ματταθά, τοῦ "Ναθάν," τοῦ 53Δα- leas, of Menna, of Mattatha, of Nathan, of Da- 157 21 Now when all the people were baptized, it came to puss, thut Jesus also being bap- tized, and vraying,.the heaven was opened, 22 and the Holy Ghost descended in a bodily shape like a dove upon him, and a voice came from heaven, which said, Thou art my be- loved Son; in thee I . 4m well pleased. 23 And: Jesus him- self began to be about ithirty years of: age, be- ing (as was supposeil) the son of Joseph, which was the son of Heli, 24 which was the son of Matthat, which was thé son of Levi, ‘which was the son of Melchi, which was the son of Janna, which was the son,of Joseph, 25 which was ihe son of Mattathias, which was the son of ‘Amoa, which was the son of Naum, which was the son of Esli, which was the son of Nagge, 26 which was the son of Maath, which was the sor of Mattathias, which was the son of Semei, which was the son of Joseph, which was the son of Juda, 27 which was the son of Joanna, which was theson of Rhesa, which was the son of Zoro- bahel, which was the son of Salathiel, which was the son of Neri, 28 which was the son of Melchi, which was the son of Addi, which was the son of Cosam, which - was the son of Elmo- dam, which, was. the son of Er, 29 which was the son of Jose, which was the son of Eliezer, which was the son of Jorim, which was theson of Matthat, which was the son of Levi, 30 which was the son of Simeon, which was the son of Juda, which was the son of Joseph, which was the son of Jonan, which was the son of pid," 82 τοῦ Ἱεσσαί, τοῦ Ρ"Ωρήδ.," τοῦ BodZ," τοῦ" Σαλμών," Fliakim, 31 which was vid, of Jesse, of Obed, of Booz, of Salmon, thesonof Melea, which e Τετραάρχης τὶ ἐ- Φιλίππου (read of his) curtraw. 8 [kat] L. h — καὶ TA]. κ-- τῇ ΗΤΤΑ. ἰὼς trtra. Ρ ἀρχόμενος ὡσεὶ ἐτῶν τριάκοντα TTY. 5 Μαθθάθτ:. t Λευεί ΤΊΤΑ. κ Μαθθαθίου Tr. Υ Ἔσλεί ΤΤτΑ. δεμεείν ΤΤΙΑ. ο Ἰωανάν LTTrA. ἃ Νηρεί tra. “8 "Added τττα. LTTrA. ha ἸΜαθθάθτ; Μαθθάτ Tra. ia Λευεί TTrA. y wa τοῦ Μεννά [L]TTrA. na Ναθάμ T.- eo Δαυείδ LTTrA; Aavid GW. LiTra. «ἢ BoosLiTra, [ὃ Rada Τ. i Ἰωάνην Tr. ᾿ m — λέγουσαν LTTrA. 9 --- ὁ ΤΊΓΑ. ; τ Ἡλεί τΊτΑ. 7 Μελχεί ττιΑ. 2 "Two Josech ΤΤΙΑ fa Ἐλμαδάμ ΙΤΤΙΑ. ka ᾿Ἰωνάμ τῦτα.: π εὐδόκησα LTTrA. ᾳ ὧν υἱὸς ὡς ἐνομίζετο LTTrA. - Ἰανναί LTTrA. Ὁ Ιωδά Ὑττὰ, 85 Ἰησοῦ Jesus la ελεά Τττ. ρα Ἰωβήδ Jobed 158 was the son of Monan, which was the son of Mattatha, which was the son of Nathan, which was the son of David, 32 which was the son of Jesse, which was the son of Obed, which was ‘he son of Booz, which was tie son of Salmon, which was ihesonof Naasson, 33 which was ile sor of Aminadab, which was the son of Aram, which was the son of Esrom, which was the son of Phares, which was the son of Juda, 34 which was the son of Jacob, which was the son of Isaac, which was the. son of Abraham, which was the son of Thara, which was the son of Nachor, 35 which was the son of Saruch, which was the son otf Ragau, which was the son of Phalec, which was the son ot Heber. which was the son of Sala, 36 which was the son of Cainan, which was theson of Arphax- ad, which wa; the son of Sem, which was tie son of Noe, which was the son of Lamech, 37 which was the son of Mathusala, which was the son of Enoch, which wa..the son oi Jared, which was the son of Maleleel, which was the son of Cainan, 33 which was tie son of Enos, which was the son of Seth, which was the son of Adam, which was the son of God. IV. And Jesus being full of the Holy Ghost returned from Jordan, and was led by the Spirit into the wilder- ness, 2 being forty days tempted of the devil. And in those days he did eat nothing: and when they wereended, he afterward hunger- ed. 3 And the devil said unto him, If thou be the Son of God, com- mand this stone that it be made bread. 4 And Jesus answered him, saying, It is writ- ten; That man shall not live by bread alone, but by every word of 5᾽Αμειναδάβ A. GLTTraAw. 56 εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA. ῥήματι θεοῦ τ[τε]α» nay LTrA. εἶπεν αὐτῷ T. «κ"Ἔβερ Tr. © πλήρης πνεύμ. ἁγίου LTTrA. h πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ ἴησους LTTrA. © ἐμοῦ LTTrAW. i : * ---Όπαγε ὀπίσω µου, σατανᾶ G[L]TTrA, τον θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις 11τ.΄’ Αθ Πες. III, IV. - δὰ Bae Shoah w 43 ieee go ; τοῦ Ναασσών, 33 τοῦ ᾿Αμιναδάβ," τοῦ 'Αράμ, τοῦ "Εσρώμι! of Naasson, of Aminadab, of Aram, of Msrom, ~ ~ © ~ . ΄ ~? / ~? ΄ τοῦ Φαρές, τοῦ Ἰούδα, 84 τοῦ Ἰακώβ, τοῦ Ἴσαάκ, τοῦ Αῤραάμ, of Phares, of Juda, of Jacob, ‘of Isaac, of Abraham, ~ / ~ ΄ » ~ 2 - ς ~ ~ t τοῦ θόρα,τοῦ Ναχώρ, 85 τοῦ "Σαρούχ, τοῦ Ῥαγαῦ, τοῦ Φαλεκ, of Τοταλι, of Nachor, of Saruch, of Ragau, of Phalek, me lh. , ~ - ο ~? - τοῦ : Εβερ.ὶ τοῦ Σαλά, 86 τοῦ ΥΚαϊνάν," τοῦ Αρφαξάδ, τοῦ of Eber, of Sala, of Cainan, of Arphaxad, , Te, ~ : - , ~w ? Σήμ, τοῦ Νῶε, τοῦ Λάμεχ, 87 τοῦ Μαθουσάλα, τοῦ Evwy, of Sem, of Noe, of Lamech, of Mathusala, of Enoch, τοῦ τἸαρέδ,! τοῦ "Μαλελεήλ," τοῦ 'Kaivay," 38 τοῦ Evwe, of Jared, of ΔΙᾺ [6166], of Cainan, ot Enos, τοῦ Σήθ. τοῦ Adam, τοῦ θεοῦ. of Seth, of Adam, of God. 4 ᾿Ιησοῦς δὲ «πνεύματος ἁγίου πλήρης" ὑπέστρεψεν ἀπὸ And Jesus, of [πε] *Spirit *Holy full, returned from τοῦ Ἰορδάνου" καὶ ἤγετο ἐν τῷ πνεύματι δεἰς τὴν ἔρημον", the Jordan, and wasled by the Spirit into the wilderness 2 ἡμέρας “τεσσαράκοντα,! πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου" “days ‘forty, being tempted by the deyil ; καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν ἐν ταῖς-ἡμέραις.ἐκείναις, καὶ συντέλεσ- and heate nothing in those days, and “being Aisi 2 ἔτι μι Σοκ 3 εκαὶ εἶπενι αὐτῷ. ee εισῶν αὐτῶν 'ὑστερον" ἐπείνασεν. καὶ εἶπεν" αὐτῳ ὦ ‘ended Ithey afterwards he hungered. And #said “το ‘him ‘the a ’ +? εν 5 - ~ > ‘ ~ αλ / er , διάβολος, Et vicg εἶ τοῦ θεοῦ," εἰπὲ τῷ-λίθῳ.τούτῳ ἵνα “devil, If Son thou art of God, speak © to this stone that [ή » ‘ ? Ὁ “ i γένηται ἄρτος. 4 Kai ἀπεκρίθη " Τησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν," 'λέγων," it become bread. And ?azswered ‘Jesus to him, saying, , ” ’ », Γέγραπται, Ὅτι οὐκ ἐπ᾽ ἄρτῳ μύνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, It has bcen written, That-not on bread alone | shall 2live Iman, > . ΄ ~ | r a ΄ τν ‘ Κάλλ᾽ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι θεοῦ." 5 Καὶ ἀναγαγὼν αὐτὸν ἰὸ but ΄ on every word of God. And ‘leading®up ‘him ‘tha διάβολος! εί ὄρος ὑψηλὸν! ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ πάσας τὰς βασι- “devil intoa*mountain thigh shewed him all the - king: / ~ ? [ή - εἰ - 4 στ ~ λείας τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐν στιγμῇ xpdvou' 6 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ doms of the habitabie world in amoment of time. And “said “to *him « oi , η te ΄ ὁ διάβολος, Σοὶ δώσω τὴν.ἐξουσίαν.ταύτην ἅπασαν καὶ ‘the ?devil, To thee will I give *this °authority tall and \ ο ? oo ν \ ἃ ν = τὴν. δόξαν αὐτῶν' ὅτι ἐμοὶ παραδέδοται, καὶ wav" θέλω their glory : for to me it has been delivered, and to whomsoever I wish / . ΄ \ 1 ΄ δίδωμι αὐτήν' 7 σὺ οὖν ἐὰν προσκυνήσῃς ἐνώπιόν "μου! I give it. Thou therefore if thou wilt worship before nie, ” ΄, ες, ‘ as ~ ἔσται σου. παντα. ὃ Καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς," shall *be *thine 121] "things. And answering him “said *Jesus, το ? ΄ ο Ύπαγε ὀπίσω µου, σατανᾶ" γέγραπται. "γάρ," ἵΠροσκυνή- Get thee behind me, Satan ; for it has been written, Thou shalt wors , 2 A , ‘ ~ “a σεις κύριο» τὸν. θεόν. σου, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. ship [the] Lord thy Goa, and him only shalt thou serve. va να αν ᾽ Η ‘ 9 "Καὶ ἤγαγεν! αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ ἔστησεν “abroy'! And ο ]εᾶ him to Jerusalem, and set him t Αδμείν, TOU ᾿Αρνεί of Admin, of Arni, ΤΑ. Ὁὗ ἨσρώνΕε, * Σερούχ y a Ta. 5 Ἱάρεθ L; Ἱάρετι. 8 Μελελεήλ τ. ὃ Καϊνάμ τ. “ev τῇ ἐρήμῳ ΤΤΤΤΑ, ὁἑτεσσεράκοντα ΤΊτΑ. ἴ-- ὕστερον ΗΤΤΑ. νου 1 — λέγων ΤΤτΑ, Κ--- ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ παντὶ — ὃ διάβολος (read he shewed) Tira. ™ — εἰς ὄρος ὑψηλὸν [τι]ττια. Ρ πᾶσα allGLITraw. 4[6] A; εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς L; ὁ Ἰησοῦς sa — yap for GLTTraw. ‘* κύριον va ἤγαγεν O@TTrA, δ — αὐτὸν (read [him)) τί τν]. 1Υ. LUKE. 159 , - ; » 2 ee Mee pane ; . δέτε ἐπὶ τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Εἰ τὸ" υἱὸς ef Cee βρες Θ᾽ upon the edge of the temple, and ae to him, If the Son thou art high mountain,shewed ~ ~ . , Η͂ 2 ~ , , ὃς : τοῦ Geov, βάλε σεαυτὸν ἐντεῦθεν κάτω. 10 γεγραπται γάρ, ynto him all the kking- : of Bed, rae ney ων η ‘down ; for it es been ο.” προ δν of time. Οτι τοῖς. ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, τοῦ δια- ig deve oat ἣν ὲ ο. φας nto hi is That ; to his angels x iS doe give ghartze pee thee, to power will I pirate, φυλάξαι σε" 11 καὶ ὅτι ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσιν σε, μήποτε andthe glory of them: keep thee ; and that in [their] hands shallthey bear thee, lest for that is delivered ν᾿ Ν ; aes i wae τος. unto me; απᾶ {ο whom- προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν.πόδα.σου. 12 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν soever Iwill I give it. thou strike against a stone thy fcot. And answering “said ae ne η ~ ~ ; , ΄ 5 αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ὅτι εἴρηται, Οὐκ. ἐκπειράσεις κύριον be thine, 8 Απὰ Jesus *to*him ‘Jesus, It has been said, Thou shalt not tempt [the] Lord ®0Swered and said un~- ‘ , ᾿ ἢ , ς ες to him, Get thee be- τὸν.θεὀν.σου. 19 Καὶ συντελέσας πάντα πειρασμὸν ὁ διά- hindmé, Satan: for it thy God. And having finished every temptation the de- is written, Thou shalt ΡΟΗ 925, gi ος ~ worship the Lord thy Bodog ἀπέστη ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἄχρι.καιροῦ. God, and him only vil departed from him for a time. shalt thouserve. 9 And ΑΝ ε2 ο αμ , = , he brought him {ο Je- 14 Kai ὑπέστρεψεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ πνεύματος rusalem, and set hiva And “returned 1fesus in the power ofthe Spirit on erp a of the > ͵ . ΄ ~ » ιοὴ ~ . temple,and said unto εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν: καὶ φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθ᾽ ὅλης τῆς περὶ- him Tfthou betheson to Galilee ; and arumour wentout into “whole ‘the country of God, cast thyself Η Η ns A NZ ἢ as down from hence: χώρου περὶ αὐτοῦ. 15 καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδίδασκεν ἐν ταῖς'συν- jo sorit ia writken. He around concerning him. and he taught in *syn- shall give his angels ο 4 > ‘oe ᾿ ε ΄ νὰν ᾽ h 7 ἀγωγαῖς αὐτῶν, δοξαζόμενος ὑπὸ πάντων. 16 καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Freres, Over thee, to augogues ‘their, being glorified by all, And hecame to their hands they shall we ος ο ee oe eg Se ἦν \ bear thee up, lest at στην’, Ναζαρέτ, ov ἣν τεθραμμένος καὶ εἰσῆλθεν κατα any time thou dash thy Nazareth, where hewas, brought up; and heenteredaccording to foot against a stone. ? ~ ~~ ¢ / -Ὁ / ση. πιὰ ,ὔ ἫΝ τὺ εἰωθὸς αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν, Plaga ο i α his cnstom onthe day ofthe sabbaths into ae synagogue, 15 said, Thou shalt not > ~ ries ? ’ ? , ΄ ᾿ . καὶ ἀνέστη ἀναγνῶναι. 17 κὰὶ ἐπεδόθη αὐτῷ βιβλίον tempt the Lord thy and stood up to read. And ‘there was given tohim([the] book devil had ended all-the “Hoaiov: τοῦ προφήτου," καὶ “ἀναπτύξας" τὸ βιβλίον εὗρεν eee κὰν τς of Hsaias the prophet, and having unrolled the book he found DEAR zn x / πε 5 Ls 7) 9 ἀτὸνὶ τόπον οὗ ην γεγθαμμενον; 18 Πνεῦμα κυριου i 14 And Jesusreturn- the place where it was written, [The] Spirit of [the] Lord [is] ed in the power of the «πώ : τ 3 : : ee ee ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, οὗ. “ἕνεκεν .. ἔχρισέν" pe. - δεὐαγγελίζεσθαι! _—_ Spirit, into’ Galilee : upon me, on account of which he anointed me to announce the glad tidings fame of him through ? , ; χὰ ‘ / ἘΠῚ πτωχοῖς, ἀπέσταλκεν µε, ξἰάσασθαι τοὺς. συντετριμμένους τονε, ο ο, to[the] poor, he has sent me to heal the broken taught in their syna- / 2 ’ bag ‘ ~ = ae = τὴν καρδίαν, κηρύξαι αἰχμαλώτοις ἄφεσιν καὶ τυφλοῖς οτι Bote lone in heart, to proclaim to captives οκ was to [the] ρα κε Nawareth: Dench ἀνάβλεψιν, ἀποστεῖλαι τεθραυσμένους ἐν ἀφέσει" 19 κηρύ- πο εν ο recovery of sight, to send forth [the] όλη in deliverance, to BES: “was, Har went tee the Eau ἐνιαυτὸν κυρίου δεκτόν. 20 Καὶ πτύξας τὸ synagogue on the sab- ing , and sto claim [the] *year Sof [6] μα πο μόμίη μα haying μα up the ey eae a. 17 and βιβλίον, ἀποδοὺς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ ἐκάθισεν, καὶ πάντων there was delivered book, having delivered [it] to the attendant hesatdown, and 308 “all ey Ghee pen τῷ bey τῇ συναγωγῇ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἦσαν" ἀτενίζοντες αὐτῷ. And ne ype, had : zal 1 2 a him, opene e Wook, he = aR ἘΥΕΒΕΌΒΤΗΙ πὰ ᾿ να , ἀνέρος , σα , η found the place where 21 "Ἠρξατο.δὲ λέγειν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ότι σήμερον πεπλήρωται it was written, 18 The And he began tosay to them, To-day is fulfilled Spirit of the Lord is Re er γ a5 ο ρα 4 , ’ , upon me, because he ἡ.γραφὴ.αὕτη ἐν τοῖς .ὡσὶν ὑμῶν. 22 Kai πάντες ἐμαρτύρουν hath anointed me to this scripture in your ears. And all bore witness preach the gospel to x — 6 GLTTrAW. Υ — την LTTrA. t Ναδαρέθ w ; Ναζαρά Nazara 7. 5 ἄνατεθραμ- μένος Τ. b τοῦ προφήτου Ἡσαΐου LTTrA. ¢ ἀνοίξας having opened trr. ἃ — τὸν τ΄ ε εἵνεκεν CLTTrAW. ΄Εεὐαγγελίσασθαι GLTTrAW. Ε --- ἰάσασθαι τοὺό συντετριμμένους τὴν καρδίαν Ο[1 [1τΑ. Β ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἦσαν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ 1; οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἐν τῇ συύαγωγῇ ἦσαν Tira, 100 the poor ; he hath sent me to heal the broken- hearted, to preach de- liverance to the cap- tives, and recovering of sight to the blind, το set at liberty thein that are bruixed, 19 to preach the acceptable ear of the Lord. 20 And he closed the book, and he. gave τέ again to the minister, andsatdown. Andthe eyes of all them that were in the synagogue were fastened on him. 21 And he began to say unto them, ‘This day is this scripture fulfilled in your ears, 22 And ali bure him witness, and wondered at the gracious words which proceeded out of his mouth, And they said, Is not this Joseph’s son? 23 And he said unto them, Ye will surely say unto me this proverb, Phy- sician, heal thyself: whatsoever we have heard done in Caper- naum, do also here in thy country. 24 And he said, Verily I say unto you, No prophet is accepted in his own country. 25 But I tell you of a truth, many widows were in Israel in the days of Elias, when the heaven was shut up three years and six months, when great famine was throughout all the land; 26 but unto none of them was Elias sent, save unto Sa- repta, a city of Sidon, unto,a woman that. wasa widow. 27 And many lepers were in Israel in the time of Eliseus the prophet ; and none of them was cleansed, saving Na- aman the Syrian. 28 And all they in the synagogue, when they héard these things, were filled with wrath, 29 and rose up, and thrust him out of the city, and led him unto the brow of the hill whercon their city was built, that they might cast him down head- long. 30 But he pass- ing through the midst of them went his way, $1 And came down i οὐχὶ LTTra, ® Καφαρναούμ LTTrAW. κ t Ῥάρεφθα ΥΥ. ᾿ LT) τοῦ προφήτου LItTra. 8 Ἡ λείας τ. αντων Tira, ® ὥστε SO aS GLTTrA.. ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. IV. 5 ~ 4 7 3 ᾿ ~ ο. ΕΒ , ‘a αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐθ. ύμιαζον ἐπὶ τοῖς λογὸις τῆς χαριτος τοις ἐκπορευο- tohim, and woudered at the words of grace which pro- , ? “ , ? ~ , 5 3 1 μένοις ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔλεγον, ᾿Οὐχ' “οὗτός ἐστιν eeeded ουίοξ his mouth ; and they said, *Not 3this lis 15! vide Ιωσήφ": 23 Kai εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Πάντως ἐρεῖτέ the of Joseph? And he said _ to them, Surely ye will say ‘ , ‘ / ) [ή ,- μοι τὴν.παραβολὴν’ ταύτην,’ Ἱατρέ, θεράπευσον σεαυτόν" to me this parable, Physician, heal thyself ; ἠκούσαμεν γενόμενα ἐν τῇ! "Καπερναούμ," ποίησον in Capernaum, do son ύσα whatsoever wehaveheard being done καὶ ὧδε ἐν τῇ.πατρίδισου. 24 Himev.cé, ᾿Αμὴν λέγω ἡμῖν, ὅτι also here in thine [own] country. But he said,. Verily Isay to-you, that οὐδεὶς προφήτης δεκτός ἐστιν ἐν τῇ.-πατρίδι αὐτοῦ." 25 ἐπ᾽ no prophet acceptable is in his [own] country. *In ix θ δὲ λέ € ~ p ΝΑ \ ~ ἥν 3 - «ε la ἀληθειας.δὲ λέγω ὑμῖν, Ῥ πολλαὶ χῆραι ἦσαν ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις *but truth Isay to you, many. Widows were in the . days αἩλίουϊ ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ, ὅτε ἐκλείσθη ὁ οὐρανὸς τἐπὶ" ἔτη of Elias in Israel, when *was *shut °up*the “heaven for *years τρία καὶ μῆνας ἕξ, ὡς ἐγένετο λιμὸς μέγας ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν 1three απᾶ “months ‘six, when there wasa*famine ‘great upon 841 the γῆν, 26 καὶ πρὸς οὐδεμίαν αὐτῶν ἐπέμφθη “Hriac! εἰ. μὴ εἰς land, and to none of them was sent Elias except to ἸΣάρεπτα" τῆς Σιδῶνος," πρὸς γυναῖκα χήραν. 27 καὶ πολλοὶ Sarepta of Sidonia, to a*woman ‘widow, And wany λεπροὶ ἦσαν “ἐπὶ ᾿Ἑλισσαίου τοῦ προφήτου ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ," lepers rere inthe time of Elisha the prophet in Israel, καὶ οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐκαθαρίσθη εἰ. μὴ 3Νεεμὰν! ὁ Σύρος. 23 Kai and none ofthem wascleansed except Naaman the Syrian. And ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες θυμοῦ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ, ἀκούοντες 5were °filled tall ‘with *indignation in *the “synagogue, hearing ταῦτα. 29 καὶ ἀναστάντες ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω these things ; and havingrisenup they cast. him out. of [the] πόλεως, καὶ ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἕως Στῆς' ὀφρύος τοῦ ὄρους ἐφ᾽ city, and led him unto the brow ofthe mountain upon οὗ ἡ.πόλις αὐτῶν ᾠκοδόμητο,! "εἰς τὸ" ΄ κατακρηµνίσαι which their city had been built, - for to throw *down “headlong αὐτόν' 90 αὐτὸς δὲ διελθὼν διὰ έσου αὐτῶν ἐπορεύετο *him ; but he passing through[the] midst ofthem went away. 91 Καὶ κατῆλθεν εἰς "Karepvaotp' πόλιν τῆς Γαλιλαίας" And he went down to Capernaum a city of Galilee, καὶ ἦν διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς σάββασιν. 82 καὶ ἐξεπλήσ- and was’ teaching them oon the sabbaths. And they were as- 3 ~ ~ ~ ε - σοντο ἐπὶ τῇ.διδαχῃ. αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ ἦν ὁ-λόγος. αὐτοῦ, tonished at his teaching, for with authority was his word. 33 Καὶ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἔχων πνεῦμα δαιμονίου And in the synagogue was 8 man: having aspirit of a demon 7. ᾿ 2 δ»: / ν΄ ἀκαθάρτου, καὶ ἀνέκραξεν μεγάλῃ, 94 ἑλέγων,! Ἔα, unclean ; loud, saying, Ah! φ κ ο αν ο ~ ~ τί ἡμῖν καὶ σοί, Ἰησοῦ Ναζαρηνέ; ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς; what tous andtothee, Jesus, Nazarene? Artthoucome todestroy us? ? a ς « ~ ~ ΠῚ , olda σε τίς΄ εἶ, ὁ ἅγιος τοῦ θεοῦ. 85 Kai ἐπετίμησεν I know thee who thou art, the Holy [One] of God. And #rebuked ~ φωνῃ and he cried out. with a*voice vids ἐστιν ᾿Ιωσὴφ οὗτος ΤΑ. 1 [ὃ] Tr. ο ἑαυτοῦ τ. P + ὅτι that τ. ¥ Σιδωνίας LTTrA. τ Ναιμὰν LTTrA. τω εἰς GLTr; εἰς τὴν ΤΑ, 4 Ἠλείουτ. τ -- ἐπὶ 1174} 5 ἐν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ ἐπὶ ᾿Ελισαίου (Ἑλισαίου ¥— τῆς (read a brow) GTTraw. 5 ᾠκοδόμητο > Καφαρναοὺμ LTTrAW. 6 --α λέγων Τε], ὁ ~ of God. And IV. ου Κα ~ a ; a αὐτῷ ὁ Inaove, λέγων, Φιμώθητι, καὶ ἔξελθε ἀἐξ' αὐτοῦ. shim 1 Jesus, saying, Hold thy peace, and come forth out of him. Καὶ ῥίψαν αὐτὸν τὸ δαιμόνιον εἰς “τὸ! μέσον ἐξῆλθεν And *having *thrown him “the 2demon into the midst came out ax αὐτοῦ, μηδὲν βλάψαν αὐτόν. 96 καὶ ἐγένετο θάμβος from him, in nothing having hurt him, And fcame *astonishment > ‘ / { A ? Η͂ ? ΄ , ΄ ἐπὶ πάντας, καὶ συνελάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, λέγοντες, Τίς upon _ alll, and they spoke to one another, saying, What ὁ λόγος οὗτος, ὕτι ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ καὶ δυνάμει ἐπιτάσσει τοῖς word [is] this, that withauthority and power hecommands the ἀκαθάρτοις πνεύμασιν, Kai ἐξέρχονται ; 97 Kai ἐξεπορεύετο unclean spirits, and they come out? And ‘went *out ἦχος περὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς πάντα τόπον τῆς περιχώρου. 1Α "ΤΙΤΩΟΙΙΣ concerning him into every place of the country around. 98 ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ fx" τῆς συναγωγῆς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν And rising up outof the synagogue ςθ οπἰεγεᾶ into the house Σίμωνος" δὴ" πενθερὰ δὲ τοῦ Σίμωνος ἦν συνεχομένη of Simon. ?The *mother-in-law ‘and of Simon was. oppressed with πυρέτῷ μεγάλῳ: καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν περὶ αὐτῆς. 39 καὶ a “tever ‘great;° and they asked him for her. And ἐπιστὰς ἐπάνω αὐτῆς ἐπετίμησεν τῷ πυρετῷ, καὶ ἀφῆκεν αὐτήν' standing over her herebuked the fever, and it left her ; παραχρῆμα.δὲ ἀναστᾶσα διηκόνει. αὐτοῖς. and immediately arising ‘sheserved them. 40 Δύνοντος-δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου πάντες ὅσοι εἶχον And at the going down ofthe sun all as manyas had [persons] ἀσθενοῦντας νόσοις ποικίλαις ἤγαγον αὐτοὺς πρὸς αὐτόν" sick with *diseases ‘various hrought them to him, ὁ δὲ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ αὐτῶν τὰς χεῖρας Ἀἐπιθεὶς' Ἰἐθεράπευ- and he ‘on one *each ~ “of *them “hands ‘having “laid healed Π ᾽ δὰ ὦ μὲσ Π Η \ ὃ ΄ ? Ν λλῶ sev" αὐτούς" 41 "ἐξήρχετο" δὲ καὶ δαιμόνια ἀπὸ πολλῶν, ‘them ; and*went *out “also ‘demons from many, Ike άζον \| Δ λέ Ὅ ‘ 7 πι Πο nea a ῦ Ὁ ταὶ καὶ λέγοντα, Ότι ov εἶ ™O χριστὸς! ὁ υἱὸς το erying out απᾶ saying, Thou art the Uhrist the Son θεοῦ. Καὶ ἐπιτιμῶν οὐκ.εα αὐτὰ λαλεῖν ὅτι ᾖδεισαν rebuking he suffered not them tospeak because they knew τὸν χριστὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι. ‘the °Uhrist ‘him to 2ο. 42 Γενομένης.δὲ ἡμέρας And “υαῖπς “come ‘day τόπον, καὶ οἱ ὄχλοι "ἐζήτουν" αὐτόν, καὶ ἦλθον ἕως αὐτοῦ place, and thecrowds. sought him, and came upto him καὶ κατεῖχον αὐτὸν τοῦ.μὴ.πορεύεσθαι am αὐτῶν. 43 ὁ.δὲ ἐξελθὼν having gone éut ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἔρημον he went into a desert 3nd were detaining ‘him that he might not go from them, But he εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὅτι καὶ ταῖς ἑτέραις πόλεσιν εὐαγ- said to them, Also tothe other cities. *to *announce γελίσασθαί ομε.δεῖι τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι *cthe Τε δα “tidings Pec τοῦτο ἀπέσταλμαι." for this ΊΏατε Ι been sent forth: συναγωγαῖς" τῆς "Γαλιλαίας." ΡΒΥΠΒΡΟΡΙΘΒ ot Galilee. it *behoves *me, the . kingdom of God; because 44 Kai ἦν κηρύσσων "ἐν ταῖς And he was preaching in the 161 to Capernaum, a city of Galilee, and taught them on the sabbath days. 32 And they were astonixhed at his doctrine : for his word was with -.power. 33 And in the syna- gogue there wasaman, which had a spirit of an unclean devil, and cried ovt with a loud voice, 34 saying, Let us alone; what have we to do with thee, thou Jesus of Naza- reth? art thou come to ‘destroy us? I know thee who thou art; the Holy One of God. 35 And Jesus rebuked him, saying, Hold thy peace, and come out of him. And‘ when the devil had thrown him in the midst, he came out of him, and hurt him not. 36 And they were all amazed, and spake among them- selves, saying, What a word 15 this! for with authority and power he commandeth the unclean spirits, and they comeout. 37 And the fame of him went out into every place of the country round about. 38 And he arose out of the synagogue, and entered into Simon’s house. And Simon’s wife’s mother was ta- ken with a great fever; and they besought him for her. 39 And he stood over her, and re- buked the fever; and it left her: and imme- diately she arose and ministered unto them. 40 Now when thesun was setting, all they that had any sick with divers diseases brought them unto him; and he laid his hands on every one of them, and healed them. 41 And devils also came cut of many, crying out, and saying, Thou art Christ the Son of God. And he rebuking them suf- fered them not to speak : for they knew that he was Christ. 42 And when it was day, he departed and went into a desert place: and the people sought him, and came unto him, and stayed 9--- τὸ α. ἵ ἀπὸ from ΤΊΓΑ. bh ἐπιτιθεὶς laying LTTrA. i ἐθεράπευεν ΤΊτΑ:, k ἐξήρχοντοτ. ™ — ὃ χριστὸς GLTTrA. Ὁ ἐπεζήτουν sought after GLIT: Aw. ο δεῖ 4 ἀπεσταλην 1 was sent forth ΙΤΊΤΑ. ‘* ets τὰς συναγωγὰς ΤΊΙΑ, 4 ἀπ᾽ from LTTra. pe L 5 ᾿Ιονδαίας of Judea a. Β — ἡ (read (the}) GLTTraw. | κραυγάζοντα LT. ν ἐπὶ ΙΤΊΤΑ. M 162 him, that he should not depart from them. 43 And he said unto them, I must preach the kingdom of God to other cities also: for therefore am -I sent. 44 And he preach- ed in the synagogues of Galilee. V. And it came to pass, that, as the peo- ple pressed upon him to hear the word of God, he stood by the lake of Gennesaret, 2 and saw two ships standing by the lake: but the fishermen were gone out of them, and were washing their nets. 3 And he enter- ed into one of the ships, which was Simon’s, and prayed him that he would thrust out a little from the land. And he sat down, and taught the people out of the ship. 4 Now when he had left speaking, he said unto Simon, Launch out in- to the deep, and let down your >ts for a draught. 5 And Simon answering said unto him, Master, we have toiled all the night, and have taken no- thing: nevertheless at thy word I -will let down the net. 6 And when they had this done, they inglosed a great multitude of fishes: and their net brake. 7 And they beckoned unto their partners, which were in the other ship, that they should come and help them. And the came, and filled both the ships, so that they. began tosink: 8.When Simon Peter saw it, he fell down at Jesus’ knees, saying, Depart from me; for 1 ama sinful man, O Lord, 9 For he was asto- nished, and all that were with him, at the draught of the fishes which they had taken: 10 απᾶ so was also James, and John, the sons of Zebedee, which were partners with Si- mon, And Jesus said unto Simon, Fear not; ΝῊ τὸν ὄχλον ἐπικεῖσθαι αὐτῷ crowd pressedon him A OY’ Κα 5 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν τῷ And it came to pass. during the ftime] the ἱτοῦ! ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θὲοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν ἑστὼς παρὰ tahear the word of God, that he was standing by τὴν λίμνην Γεννησαρέτ' 2-Kai Yeldey" δύο “πλοῖα! ἑστῶτα the lake «ΟΕ Gennesaret : and hesaw two ships standing ‘ ‘ ’ é « A x { - Π Υ ? ΄ 7 > ᾽ ~ il παρὰ τὴν λίμνην. οἱ. δὲ "ἁλιεῖς ἀποβάντες ἀπ᾽ αὐτῷν by the lake, but the fishermen having gone out from them ἢ ΄ η] εν ‘ ~ ΄ Ἰἀπέπλυναν" τὰ δίκτυα. 8 ἐμβὰς.δὲ εἰς ἕν τῶν πλοίων washed the nets. And having enteredinto one ofthe ships ὃ ἦν "τοῦ! Σίμωνος, ἠρώτησεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἔπαναγα- ' which was Simon’s, he asked him from the laad to put ~ λλί ὦ ὃν, ὃν 101 Π ? C2518 2 ~ πλ ΄, i ‘ Ύειν OALYOV και κασισας ἑθιθασκὲν EK του πλοιου τους off alittle; and havingsat down. hetaught from the ship the ὄχλους. 4 Ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν Σίμωνα, crowds. And when heceased . speaking hesaid to Simon, Ἐπανάγαγε εἰς τὸ βάθος καὶ χαλάσατε τὰ δίκτυα.ὑμῶν εἰς Put off into the deep and let down your nets for ἄγραν. 5 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς 46" Σίμων εἶπεν αὐτῷ," Ἐπιστάτα. a haul. And answering Simon said to him, Master, δι ὕλης ἱτῆς! νυκτὸς κοπιάσαντες οὐδὲν ἐλάβομεν" through “whole ‘the night having laboured, nothing have we taken, ? ‘ \ ~ ete, / ἕ Fr: ‘ ‘ ll \ [ναὶ ἐπὶ δὲ τῷ ῥήματίσου χαλάσω δτὸ δίκτυον." 6 Καὶ τοῦτο but at thy word 1 will let down the net. And this gx! x / λ h?2 θὐ λῆθι Π hv: ig σε, Il ποι]σαντες συνέκλεισαν "ιχθύων πλῆθος" modu "ὁιερρηγνυτο' having done theyenclosed οἵ fishes a*shoal ‘great; ὅπας “breaking . δὲ Jr δίκτυον! αὐτῶν. 7 Kai κατένευσαν τοῖς µετόχοις Sand Snet *their. And they beckoned tothe. partners Ετοῖς! ἐν τῷ ἑτέρῳ πλοίῳ, τοῦ.ἐλθόντας συλλαβέσθαι αὐτοῖς" “ those in the other ship, that coming they should help them; καὶ or," καὶ ἔπλησαν ἀμφότερα τὰ πλοῖα, ὥστε µβυθίζε- and they came, and filled both the ships, sothat *were*sink- σθαιαὐτά. ὃ ἰδὼν.δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος προσέπεσεν τοῖς γόνασιν ing ‘they. And*having*seen’Simon Ῥοεΐεγ fell at the knees χοῦ" Ἰησοῦ, λέγων, "Ἔξελθε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ἀνὴρ ἁμαρτωλός of Jesus, saying, Depart from me, for aman 8, sinner Υ εἰμι, κύριε. 9 Θάμβος.γὰρ περιέσχεν αὐτὸν καὶ πάντας τοὺς all those συνέλαβον" For astonishment laidholdon him and η γ ~ 2 x ~ » ~ ? θὐ n° !! συν αὐτῷ, επι ΤΏ αγρᾳ των ιχσυωγν a ατα 1, Lord. with -him, at the haul ofthe, fishes which they had taken; 10 ὁμοίως.δὲ καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον καὶ °lwavyny,' υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου, and in like manner also James and John, sons of Zebedee, οἱ ἦσαν κοινωνοὶ τῷ Σίμωνι. Καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν Σίμωνα who were ἍΤΡΗΓἴΠΘΤΒ with Simon, And ?said “to *Simon ” ~ \ ~ A ” ~ - Po" Ἰησοῦς, Μὴ φοβοῦ' ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν ἀνθρώπους ἔσ 119515, Fear not; from henceforth men thou shalt be ζωγρῶν. 11 Καὶ καταγαγόντες τὰ πλοῖα ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἀφέντες capturing. And having brought the ships ἕο and, leaving αἅπαντα! ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ. all they followed him. eee Ὁ ἢ καὶ 4180 ΤΊΓΑ. ἀποβάντες TTra. Ἰθίσας δὲ ΤΑ. 6 --- αὐτῷ τ. :1-- ἰχθύων GITrAW. breaxing) Trra. ο Ἰωάνην τε, > . a ΄ σα” ᾽ - ΄ σα, © ev (iN) τῷ πλοίῳ ἐδίδασκεν T ; ἐκ τοῦ πλοίου ἐδίδασκεν A. Ρ-- ὁ [τε]. : Vv ἴδεν 1. ~ πλοιάρια small ships ΤΑ. ΤΣ ' 1 Σ ἀλεεῖς τ΄ Yan’ αὐτῶν ἔπλυνον Were Washing LTra ; ἔπλυναν T. 5 — τοῦ LTTrA. > κα- ἆ — 6 TTra. 6 τὰ δίκτυα the nets trr. =» πλῆθος Jra δίκτυα nets (read dep. were M— τοῦ LTTrTAW,’ 2 dy Tra της (recal a whole night) Lrtra. | διερήγνυτο L; διερήσσετο TTrA. k — rots [L]tTra. ἦλθαν τ, 4 πάντα {1ττ.΄ LURE 4 2 ᾽ ψ ᾽ ~ ~ «13 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷεἶναι αὐτὸν ἐν μιᾷ τῶν πόλεων, And it came to pass as 7was the in one ofthe cities, 4 ἰδ ΄ ? 4 λή λέ ο ης. 4 ἰδὲ Π Η͂ , ”. , ‘ και ιού. ἀνὴρ πληρης λεπρας' "και (θων" τὸν Ἰησοῦν, πεσων that behold, a man full of leprosy, and seeing Jesus, . falling Vv ? ‘ ΄ 7S ΄ ᾽ ~ / -/ } A / ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἐδεήθη αὐτοῦ, λέγων, Κύριέ, ἐὰν θέλῃς: upon [his] face he besought him, saying, Lord, if thou wilt δύνασαί µε καθαρίσαι. 13 Καὶ ἐκτείνας τὴν χεῖρα thou art able me to cleanse. And having stretched out [his] hand ἥψατο αὐτοῦ, "εἰπών." Θέλω, καθαρίσθητι. Καὶ εὐθέως ἡ he touched him, saying, I will; be thou cleansed. And immediately the λέπρα ἀπῆλθεν ax αὐτοῦ. 14 καὶ αὐτὸς παρήγγειλεν αὐτῷ leprosy departed from him. And ᾽ he charged him 4 ? ~ e ? 4 2 ι ~ A ~ « ~ ‘4 μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν ἀλλὰ ἀπελθὼν δεῖξον σεαυτὸν τῷ ἱερεῖ, καὶ noone totell; but having gone shew thyself tothe priest, and προσένεγκε περὶ τοῦ.καθαρισμοῦ.σου, καθὼς προσέταξεν ἵΜω- offer for thy cleansing, as “ordered 1Mo- ~ Π ᾽ , ’ ~ 9 , A ~ ε onc," εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς. 15 Διήρχετο-δὲ μᾶλλον ὁ 565, for a testimony Το them. But was spread abroad still more the λόγος περὶ αὐτοῦ" καὶ δυνήρχοντο ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀκούειν, report concerning him; and *were*coming crowds ‘great to hear, τῶν ἀσθενειῶν αὐτῶν" ‘ / θ τ ες ? ? ~ ll ᾽ Ν καὶ θεραπεύεσθαι Yum αὐτοῦϊ ἀπὸ their infirmities. and «ο be healed by him from Y Π cs « ~ ~ ν ‘ 16 αὐτὸς .δὲ ἦν ὑποχωρῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις καὶ προσευχό- Buthe was retiring in the deserts and pray- μένος. ing. 17 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν καὶ αὐτὸς, ἦν διδάσ- And it came {ο pass on one of the days that he was_ teach- κων, καὶ ἦσαν καθήμενοι " Φαρισαῖοι καὶ νομοδιδάσκαλοι, ing, andtherewere sitting by Pharisees and _ teachers of the law, ot “ἧσαν τἐληλυθότες" ἐκ πάσης κώμης τῆς Γαλιλαίας ‘Kai who were come out of every’ village of Galilee and Ἰουδαίας καὶ Ἱερουσαλήμ' καὶ δύναμις κυρίου ἦν εἰς of Judea and οἵ Jerusalem: and power of [the] Lord was [there] for ee 6 y ? , Il 18 ‘ ie } » ὃ ’ ? ‘ λί: τὸ ἰίασσαι Ταυτοῦυς. και (Cov, ἄνθρες φεροντες επι κλίνης to heal them. And behold, men carrying upon acouch ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἦν παραλελυμένος, καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν εἰσενεγ- 8 man who was paraiysed, and theysought *him 1to “bring κεῖν καὶ θεῖναι: ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ" 19 καὶ μὴ εὑρόντες δ'διὰ! in and toplace [him] ς before him. And not having found by ποίας εἰσενέγκωσιν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸν ὄχλον, ἀναβάντες what way they shouldbringin him onaccount of the crowd, going up ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα, διὰ τῶν κεράμων καθῆκαν αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ on the housetop, through the tiles they letdown him with the , ? A ~ ~ 3 ι 4 κλινιδίῳ εἰς τὸ μέσον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 20 καὶ ἰδὼν τὴν little couch into the midst before Jesus, And seeing ιά ~ 7 ~ / πίστιν αὐτῶν εἶπεν δαὐτῷ,ὶ "Ανθρωπε, ἀφέωνταί σοι their faith hesaid tohim, Man, Shave *been *forgiven *thee αἱ ἁμαρτίαι.σου. 21 Καὶ ἤρξαντο διαλογίζεσθαι οἱ γραμματεῖς thy 7sins. And began to reason the scribes ἢ καὶ δὲ Φαρισαῖοι, λέγοντες, Τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὃς λαλεῖ βλασ- and the Pharisees, saying, Who [15 this _who speaks blas- ΄ ᾿ . ΩΝ ΄ \ , « Yin φημίας ; τίς δύναται “ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας," εἰ μὴ μόνος ὁ θεός: phemies? who [5 8016 to forgive sins, except “alone 1God? τ΄ ἰδὼν δὲ τ. 5 λέγων LIr; + Μωῦσῆς LTTraAWw. Σ συνεληλυθότες come toyether L. αὐτό Bima, 3. -- διὰ GLTTrAw. Ὁ .- αὐτῷ GLTTrA; ν -- ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTrA. Υ αὐτόν him (read was for his healing) ΤΑ. ς ἁμαρτίας ἀφεῖναι LTTrA, 1608 from henceforth thou shalt vatch men, 11 And when they had brought their ships to land, they forsook all, and followed him. 12 And it came to pass, when he was in a certain city, behold a man full of leprosy: who seeing Jésus fell on his face, and be- sought him, saying, Lord, if thou wilt, thou: canst make me clean. 13 And he put forth -his hand, and touched him, saying, I will: be thou clean. And immediately the leprosy departed from him. 14 And hecharg- ed him to tell no man: but go, and shew thy- self to the priest, and offer for thy cleansing, according as Moses commanded, for a tes- timony unto them, 15 But so much the more, went there a fame abroad of him: and great multitudes came together to hear, and to be healed by him of their infirmities. 16 And he withdrew himself into the wil- derness, and prayed. . 17 And it came to pass on ἃ certain day, as he was teaching, that there were Pha- risees and doctors of the law sitting by, which were come out of every town of Ga- lilee, and «πάσα, and Jerusalem: and the power of the Lord was present to heal them. 18 And, behold, men brought in a bed a man which was taken with a palsy: and they sought means to bring him in, and to lay him before him. 19 And when they could not find by what way they might bring him in because of the multi- tude, they went upon the housetop, and let him down through the tiling with his couch inte the midst before Jestis. 20 And when he saw their faith, he said unto him, Man, thy sins are forgiven thee. 21 And the scribes and the Pharisees began to reason, saying, Who is this which speaketh blasphemies? Whocan ‘forgive sins, but God alone? 22 But when Ἢ + οἱ the τ΄. z+ αὐτὸν 164 Jesus perceived their thoughts, he answer- ing said unto them, What reason ye in your hearts? 23 Whe- ther is easier, to say, Thy sins be forgiven thee ; or to say, Rise up and-walk? 24 But that ye may know that the Son of man hath power upon earth to forgive sins, (he said unto the sick of the palsy,) I say unto thee, Arise, and take up thy couch, and go into thine house. 25 And immediately he rose up before them, and took up that whereon he lay, and departed to his owii house, glorify- ing God. 26 And they were all amazed, and they glorified God, and were filled with fear, saying, We have seen strange things to day. 27 And after these things he went forth, aad saw a publican, named Levi, sitting at the receipt of custom : aud he said unto him, Followme. 28 And he left all, rose up, and gollowed him. 29 And Levi made hima great feast in his own house : and there was a great company of publicans and of others that sat down with them. 30 But their scribes and Pharisees mur- mured against his dis- ciples, saying, Why do ye eat and drink with publicans and sinners? 31 And Jesus answer- ing said unto them, They that are whole need not a physician ; but they that are sick. 32 I came not to call the righteous, but sin- ners to repentance, 33 And they said unto him, Why do the dis- ciples’ of John fast a ο |... 4 — ἀποκριθεὶς τ{ττ]. Εξ παραλυτικῷ paralytic L. K πάντα LTTrA. V. άπο- an- MOY BA 3, ᾷ , κι > ~ ‘ 4 2 ~ 22 ᾿Επιγνοὺς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς.διαλογισμοὺς.αὐτῶν But κηοσνΙης΄ 1 Jesus their reasonings κριθεὶς! εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Τί διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις d swering said to them, Why reason ye in “hearts , , ? ~ ) / , ὑμῶν; 23 τί ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν, Αφέεωνται σοὶ lyour? which is easier, tosay, Have been forgiven thee / n ~ 2’ \ 4 ν᾿ “ 4 αἱ ἁμαρτίαισου, ἢ εἰπεῖν, "Εγειραι" καὶ περιπάτει; 24 ἵνα. δὲ thy sins, or tosay, Arise and walk? But that ~ o ᾽ , χ « «.«»" “΄ ον ΄ η αν 3 ~ εἰδῆτε ὅτι [ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" ἐπὶ τῆς yemay knowthat authority has the Son of man on the ~ > , ᾿ ~ , A ’ γῆς ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἶπεν τῷ ἔπαραλελυμένφ,ἳ Σοὶ λέγω, earth to forgive sins, hesaid to the paralysed, To thee I say, Ἀέγειραι, καὶ ἄρας τὸ«κλινίδιόν-σου πορεύου εἰς τὸν οἶκόν ‘Arise, andhavingtakenup thy little couch go to “house σου. 25 Καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀναστὰς ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν, ἄρας thy. And immediately havingstoodup before them, havingtakenup ἐφ᾽ ἰῷ! κατέκειτο, ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὸν.οἶκον.αὐτοῦ, δοξάζων {that]on which he was lying, he departed to his house, glorifying τὸν θεόν. 26 καὶ ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας, καὶ ἐδόξαζον God. And amazement seized all, and they glorified τὸν θεόν, καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν φόβου, “λέγοντες, Ὅτι εἴδομεν God, and were filled with fear, saying, We have seen παράδοξα σήμερον. strange things to-day. : 27 Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξῆλθεν, καὶ ἐθεάσατο τελώνην, And after thesethings he went forth, and saw 8 tax-gatherer, ὀνόματι JAeviv," καθήμενον ἐπὶ TO τελώνιον, Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ, by name Levi, sitting at the taxoffice, and said tohim, ᾿Ακολούθει μοι. 28 Kai καταλιπὼν ἅπαντα," ἀναστὰς 'jKo- Follow nie. And having left “all, having arisen he fol- λούθησεν" αὐτῷ. 29 Kai ἐποίησεν δοχὴν μεγάλην ™o! lowed him. And ?made ‘entertainment ὃς *great n coe |e ~ 9 ~ 2 6 > ~ Η x » ο Agvic’ αὐτῷ εν τῇ.οἰκίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἦν ὄχλος τελω- Levi for him in his house, ‘ and therewas a*multitude of *tax- γῶν πολύς! καὶ ἄλλων ot ἦσαν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν κατακείμενοι. gatherers ‘great and others who were with them reclining 30 καὶ. ἐγόγγυζον οἱ Ργραμματεῖς αὐτῶν καὶ ot Φαρι- [αὖ table]. And murmured their scribes and the Phari- σαῖοι' πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, “Διατί! μετὰ 8665 at his disciples, saying, Why with Στελωνῶν "καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν" ἐσθίετε καὶ πίνετε; 31 καὶ ἀπο- tax-gatherers and sinners doyeeat and drink? And = an- κριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Od χρείαν ἔχουσιν οἱ swering Jesus said to them, Νο need have they who « ΄ ; ~ ? « 5 ~ ς ᾽ ὑγιαίνοντες ἰατροῦ, ἀλλ" οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες. 82 οὐκ are in health of a physician, but’ they who ill are. 2N Oty, ἐλήλυθα καλέσαι δικαίους, ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλοὺς εἰς µετά- *I*havecome tocall righteous [ones], but sinners to repent- νοιαν. 33 Οἱ δὲ "εῖπον" πρὸς αὐτόν, Διατί! οἱ μαθηταὶ ance, Andthey said to him, Why 7*the “disciples 5 Ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. £6 vids τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ΤΤτΑ. , Ἡ ἔγειρε GLTTraw. ο ΌΓΨΕΑΣ J Λενείν Α; Λευείν TTr. ! ἠκολούθει LTTra. τὰ — ὃ GLTTrAW,. = Λενεῖς A; Λευεὶς TTr. “ πολὺς τελωνῶν LTTrA. P Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς αὐτῶν ({αὐτῶν] τι) LITTAW. 4 Διὰ Tt LTrA. ‘.+ τῶν the @LTT:aw. .--καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν a. τἀλλὰ LTTraA, elmap ETtra./ ΟΥ̓ Διὰ τί Ltr]; — Διατί ΤΑ. ης ὃς ο. V, Vi. LUKE. *Twavvou' νηστεύουσιν πυκνα καὶ δεήσεις ποιοῦνται, 6- 304 John fast often and supplications make, in like µοίως καὶ οἱ τῶν Φαρισαίων, οἱ δὲ σοὶ ἐσθίουσιν καὶ manner also those of the Pharisees, but those of thee eat and 34 Ὁ.δὲΣ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Μὴ δύνασθε τοὺς drink ? And he said to them, ο. yeable *the υἱοὺς τοῦ νυμφῶνος, ἐνῷ ὁ νυμφίος per αὐτῶν ἐστιν *sons 598 Sthe “bridechamber ?°while *!the “bridegroom with *5them 1819 πίνουσιν ; ποιῆσαι ἸΤνηστεύειν! ; 85 ἐλεύσονται.δὲ ἡμέραι *xai! ὅταν 1to “make Sto *fast ? But will come days 2also *when ἀπαρθῇ an αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος, τότε νηστεύσουσιν ἐν shall be ας away from them the bridegroom, then in ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις. they will fast 96 Ελεγεν.δὲ καὶ παραβολὴν τ these days. And he spoke also a parable αὐτούς, Ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ὃ ἱματίου καινοῦ © ἐπιβάλλει ἐπὶ them, Noone apiece of a, pe ΤΟΙ͂Σ Jnew puts on ἱμάτιον παλαιόν" si.déunye καὶ τὸ καινὸν IoyiZe," καὶ Sgarment 2an 7old, otherwise both the new herends, and τῷ παλαιῷ "οὐ.συμφωνεῖ. [ἐπίβλημα τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ withthe old does not agree [the] piece which [is] from the ~ ᾿ ‘ ΑΦ ‘ , ~ , ᾽ > 4 / καινοῦ. 37 καὶ οὐδεὶς βάλλει οἶνον νέον εἰς ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς" new. And noone puts 2wine ‘new into skins old, εἰ δὲ μήγε ῥήξει £6 νέος οἶνος" τοὺς ἀσκούς, καὶ αὐτὸς otherwise *will*®burst‘the "που “wine the skins, and it ? , 3 ε ᾽ ᾿ 3 ~ é ᾽ 4 ~ / ἐκχυθήσεται, καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπολοῦνται: 88 ἀλλὰ οἶνον νέον will be poured out, and the skins will be destroyed; but wine ‘new εἰς ἀσκοὺς καινοὺς βλητέον, "kai ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται.! 1 into *skins new istobeput, and both are preserved together, 39 καὶ οὐδες πιὼν παλαιὸν Ἰεὐθέως" θέλει νέον" And noone having drunk old ας immediately desires new; ” λέγει.γάρ, Ὁ παλαιὸς Χχρηστότερός! ἐ ἐστιν. -- for he says, The old “better 115, τε ϐ ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ And it came to pass on ἐν σαββάτῳ ἰδευτεροπρώτῳ! διαπο- *sabbath ?second “first ®passed ρεύεσθαι αὐτὸν διὰ Ἀτῶνὶ καὶ ἔτιλλον οἱ along She through __ the and “were *plucking μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ "τοὺς στάχυας, καὶ 1σθιον,ὶ ψώχοντες *his 3ᾳἱ5οῖρ]οβ the ears, and were eating, rubbing [them] ταῖς χερσίν, 2 τινὲς.δὲ THY Φαρισαίων εἶπον Ῥαὐτοῖς," Τί [11Πε] σπορίµων' corn fields ; inthe hands. But some ofthe Pharisees said tothem, Why ~ εν » - ών] ~ , A ποιεῖτε ὃ οὐκ.ἔξεστιν “ποιεῖν ἐν' τοῖς σάββασιν; 3 Kai do γε that whichitisnotlawful todo on _ the sabbaths ? And ἀποκριθεὶς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς," Οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἀνέγνωτε, answering to them “said 1Jesus, Noteven this did ye read, ὃ ἐποίησεν "Δαβίδ," ᾿ὁπότε' ἐπείνασεν αὐτὸς καὶ ol that εν 2414 εν when he bungered, himself and those who per αὐτοῦ Yovrec'; 4 “ὡς! εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ, with him were? how heentered into the house of God, ‘ 4 ” ~ θε xarr ‘il ” ‘ καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς προθέσεως “Ξἔλαβεν, καὶ! ἔφαγεν, καὶ and the loaves ofthe presentation took, and ate, χ Ἰωάνου Tr. Y + Ingovs(And)JesusTTra. νηστεῦσαι TTrA. from (a garment) [L]rTra. will rend LTTra. ε οὐ συμφωνήσει will not p agree LTTrA. ὃ νέος ος h — καὶ ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται τ[Ττ]Α. good TTra ---δευτεροπρώτῳ [τ]τι[α]. " — τῶν LTTrA. 90 [αὐτῶν of them L. P — αὐτοῖς [L]rtra. “6 Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς L; ὃ ᾿Ιησοὺς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἶπεν 1. Sore ιτ, Ὁ — ὄντες LTr, ᾽ν πώς L; [ὡς] Tre and 8 [καὶ] L. 6 + σχίσας having rent (read oe Lit]) Tra. f+ τὸ the TTra, i_ εὐθέως TTrA. 2 καὶ ἤσθιον τοὺς στάχνας Tra. rae ἐν το ποιεῖν ἐν \7ead τοῖς ΟΠ the) LTrA. 5 Δαυΐδαν ; Δανείδ LITrA, 15. λαβὼν having taken Ltrs, ΄ 166 often, and make pray- ers, and likewise tre disciples of the Phari- sees ; but thine eat and drink? 34 And he said unto them, Can ye make the children of the bridechamber fast, while the bridegroom is with them? 35 But the days will come,s when the bridegroom shall be taken away from them, and then shall they fast in those days. 36 And hespake also a parable unto them ; Noman putteth a piece of a new gar- ment upon an old; if otherwise, then both the new maketharent, and the piece that was taken out of the new agreeth not with the old. 37 And no man putteth new wine into old bottles ; else the new wine will burst the bottles, and be spilled, and the bottles shall perish. 38 But new wine must be put into new bottles; and . both are preserved. 39 No man also hav- ing drunk old wine straightway desireth new : for he saith, The old is better. VI. And it came to pass on the second sabbath after the first, that he went through the corn fields ; and his disciples plucked the ears of corn, and did eat, rubbing them in their hands. 2 And certain of the Phari- sees said unto them, Why do ye that which is not lawful to do on the sabbath days ἢ 3 And Jesus answer- ing them said, Have ye not read so much as this, what David did, when himself was an hungred, and they which were with him ; 4 how he went into the hduse of God, and did take and eat the shewbread, and gave b τ ἀπὸ da σχίσει he ae ὁ οἶνος Κ χρηστος 106 also to them that were with him; which it is not lawtul to eat but for the priests alone? 5 And he said unto them, That the Son of man is Lord also of the sabbath. 6 And it came to pass also on another sabbath, that he en- tered into the syna- gogue and taught: and there was a man whose right hand was with- ered. 7 And thescribes and Pharisees watched him, whether he would heal on the sabbath day ; that they might find an accusation a- gainst him. 8 But he knew their thoughts, and’ said to the man which had the with- ered hund; Rise up, and stand forth in the midst. And he ose and stood forth. Then said Jesus unto them, I will ask you dne thing; Is it law- “fal on the sabbath days to do good, or to do evil? to save life, or to destroy it? 10 And looking round about upon them all, he said unto the man, Stretch forth thy hand. And he didso: and his hand was restored whole as theother. 11 And the were filled with mad- ness; and communed one with another what they might doto Jesus. 12 And it came to μα; in those days, that e went out into a mountain to pray, and 2ontinued all night in orayer toGod. 13 And when it was day, he ralled unto him his dis- ziples : and of them he those twelve,‘ whom also he named apo- stles; 14 Simon, (whom Xe also named Peter,) and Andrew his bro- sher, James and John, Philip and Bartholo- mew, 15 Matthew and Thomas, James the son --4the 7Son τη οὖκ.ἔξεστιν φαγεῖν εἰ μὴ it is ποῦ lawful toeat except A O VY RrAr: » ba ~ ? ? ~ a“ ἔδωκεν Σκαὶ' τοῖς per αὐτοῦ, οὓς which gave also tothose with him, αν « - . ΝΣ ~ e , ΄ ’ μόνους τοὺς ἱερεῖς; 5 Και ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, * Οτι’ κύριός ἐστιν Sonly tthe priests? And hesaid to them, ®SLord ‘is .6 υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ τοῦ σαββάτου: ο So9f*man alsoofthe sabbath. acai! ἐν ἑτέρῳ σαββάτῳ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτὸν Απᾶ it came {0 Ρ888 also on another sabbath “entered the 2 η ι ’ Ἧ 3 5 ? ω»ν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν καὶ διδάσκειν καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπος," into the synagogue and taught ; and there was there aman, καὶ ἡ χεὶρ' αὐτοῦ ἡ δεξιὰ ἦν ξηρά. ἢ “παρετήρουν! δὲ “αὐτὸν! 6 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ and his hand the right was withered. Anji“were ’watching “him -" ‘ ε ~ 2 ~ δ οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, εἰ ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ “θερα- 1the *scrihes 3and*the *®Pharisees, whetheron the sabbath he will πεύσει,ὶ ἵνα εὕρωσιν Ἱκατηγορίανὶ αὐτοῦ. 8 αὐτὸς δὲ heal, that -they might find an accusation against him. But he 70 ‘ ὃ λ 4 ? τας gz ‘ 7 Pe ~ h2 θ , il - Ώδει τοὺς. διαλογισμοὺς. αὐτῶν, Feat ξίπεν" TH "᾽αμορωπῳ τῷ knew their reasonings, and said tothe man who \ ~ i \ ~ , ἕηρὰν ἔχοντι τὴν χεῖρα, ὶ Ἐγειραι,' καὶ στῆθι εἰς τὸ μέσον. Swithered ᾿μαᾶ the hand, Arise, and stand in the midst. ΚΟ δὲ! ἀναστὰς ἔστη. 9 Εἶπεν ἰοὖν" ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτούς, And he having risen up stood. Said -'then * Jesus to them, πἘπερωτήσωϊ ὑμᾶς, Bri! ἔξεστιν “τοῖς σάββασιν" ἀγαθο- I will ask you, whether, itislawful onthe sabbaths to do ποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι; ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ Ρἀπολέσας; 10 Kai ’ 2 good or to do evil? 311496 ‘to*saveor to destroy? And περιβλεψάμενος πάντας αὐτοὺς εἶπεν “τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ," having looked around on all them hesaid tothe man, Ἔκτεινον τὴν.χεῖρά.σου. “O.0& ἐποίησεν τοὕτως"" καὶ "ἀπο- Stretch out thy hand. And he did 80, and ®was y κατεστάθη! ἡ.χεὶρ.αὐτοῦ ἵὑγιὴς! ᾿ὼς ᾿ἡἡἡ ἄλλη." 11 αὐτοὶ.δὲ “restored *his hand sound as the other. But they ἐπλήσθησα ἀνοίας, καὶ διελάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους τί were filled with madnéss, and consulted with oneanother[asto] what ἂν “ποιήσειαν! τῷ Ἰησοῦ. they should do “ὁ ἴο Jesus. 12 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ ἐν ταῖς-ἡμέραις ταύταις "ἐξῆλθεν! εἰς τὸ And it came to pass in those days he went out into the ” 5 ’ η) ~ ~ ὄρος προσεύξασθαι" καὶ ἦν διανυκτερεύων ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ mountain to pray, and he was spending the night in prayer τοῦ θεοῦ. 13 καὶ Ore ἐγένετο ἡμέρα προσεφώνησεν τοὺς of God. And when it became day he called to {him] μαθητὰς.αὐτοῦ' καὶ ἐκλεξάμενος am αὐτῶν δώδεκα, οὓς καὶ his disciples, and chose out from them twelve, whom also > / / τὰ ‘ , ἀποστόλους ὠνόμασεν, 14 Σίμωνα ὃν καὶ ὠνόμασεν Πέτρον Sapostles "he *named : Simon whom also he named Peter perf [ή 4 ~ κ᾿ >? καὶ ᾿Ανδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, ¥* Ἰάκωβον καὶ τ" Ἰωάννην," and Andrew his brother; James and John, 7" Φίλιππον καὶ Βαρθολομαῖον, 15 7" *Mar@aiov" καὶ Θωμᾶν, Philip and Bartholomew, Matthew and Thomas, Υ — καὶ LTrA. LTTraw. ὃ εἶπεν δὲ ΤΊτΑ. κτεῖναι to kill στ. μΙΤΤΤΑ. 2 [ὅτι] Tr. 4 — αὐτὸν LTTrAW. ὶ h ἀνδρὶ man ΤΊΤΑ. τῷ ᾿Ε περωτῶ I ask TTra. LT” * — ὑγιὴς GLTTrAW. αὐτὸν he went out 7TTra. ® — καὶ LTTr[A]. Ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ ΤΊτΑ. 5 θεραπεύει he heals 1ΤΤτΑ. f κατηγορεῖν to accuse ΤΤτΑ. a ' 1 Ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. κ καὶ ΙΤΊτΑ. ἰδὲ and τι. ἢ εἰ 1 Lrtra. ° τῷ σαββάτῳ on the sabbath LTTra. Ρ aro- 4 αὐτῷ to him GLrtraw. τ — οὕτως GTTrAW. 5 ἀπεκατεστάθη ὡς ἡ ἄλλη (u}r[trJa. *® ποιήσαιεν LTTra, Σ ἐξελθεῖν 15 + καὶ and LiTra, "8 ᾿Ιωάνην Tr, 38 δίαθθαϊον LITA, © παρετηροῦντο τι, LUKE. ϱ’]άκωβον τὸν τοῦ Αλϕαιου καὶ Σίμωνα ror James the [son] of Alpheus and Simon who [was] μενον Ζηλωτήν, 16 5 ᾿Τούδαν Ἰακώβου, καὶ ᾿Ιούδαν ed Zeulot, Judas [brother] of James, and Judas 4] ἴ Hh en ο με της : . σκαριωτην, ὃς “καὶ' ἐγενετο προδότης" 17 καὶ καταβὰς Iscariote, who also became [the] betrayer. And descending per αὐτῶν ἔστη ἐπὶ τόπου πεδινοῦ, καὶ ὄχλος f μαθητῶν with them hestood οὐ α-ρ]4σ ‘level, and acrowd of *disciples αὐτοῦ καὶ πλῆθος πολὺ τοῦ λαοῦ ἀπὸ πάσης τῆς Ἰουδαίας καλού- enll- "his and a’multitude*great of the people from all Judza καὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ τῆς παραλίου Τύρου καὶ Σιδῶνος, ot and Jerusalem and the sea coast of Tyre and Sidon, who’ ἦλθον ἀκοῦσαι αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰαθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν.νόσων αὐτῶν, came to hear him, and tobehealed of their diseases, 18 καὶ οἱ ξὀχλούμενοι. ὑπὸ" πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, ‘cai! and those beset by *spirits ‘unclean, and ἐθεραπεύοντο. 19 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος "ἐζήτει" ἅπτεσθαι αὐτοῦ" they were healed. And all the crowd sought to touch him ; ὅτι δύναμις παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐξήρχετο Kai ἰᾶτο πάντας. for power from him went out and healed all. 20 Καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπάρας τοὺς.ὀφθαλμοὺς.αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς μαθη- Απά he lifting up his eyes upon *disci-+ τὰς αὐτοῦ ἔλεγεν, Μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοί, OTL ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ples *his said, Blessed: [are] the poor, for yours is ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες νῦν, ὅτι the kingdom of God. Blessed [ye] who hunger now, for χορτασθήσεσθε. μακάριοι οἱ κλαίοντες νῦν, OTL γελάσετε. ye shall be filled. Blessed+ [ye] who weep now, for yeshalllaugh. 22 μακάριοί ἐστε ὅταν µισήσωσιν ὑμᾶς οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ὅταν Blessed are ye when “shall%hate “you *men, and when ἀφορίσωσιν ὑμᾶς, καὶ ὀνειδίσωσιν, καὶ ἐκβάλωσιν τὸ they shall cut *off ‘you, απά _ shall reproach [you], and cast out ὄνομα. ὑμῶν we πονηρόν, lévexa' τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" on account of the Son of man: καὶ σκιρτήσατε᾽ ἰδοὺ.γάρ. ὁ and leap for joy / for lo, πολὺς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷφ' κατὰ "ταῦτα! yap [158] great in the heaven, ?according*to ‘these *things 'for your name as 23 ™yaipere' ἐν ἐκείνῃ TH ἡμέρᾳ rejoice in that day wicked, μισθὸς. ὑμῶν your reward > / ~ ’ ε / ? ~ ‘ ᾽ ‘ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ.πατερες αὐτῶν. 24 Πλὴν οὐαὶ did Sto *the °prophets 1their *fathers. But woe ~ ~ / , \ / « ~ ὑμῖν τοῖς πλουσίοις, OTL ἀπέχετε τὴν.παράκλησιν.ὑμῶν. toyou the rich, for ye are receiving your consolation. 25 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν οἱ ἐμπεπλησμένοιὸ, ὅτι πεινάσετε. οὐαὶ Pupir" Woe to you who have been filled, for ye shall hunger. Woe to you οἱ γελῶντες νῦν. ὅτι πενθήσετε καὶ κλαύσετε. 26 οὐαὶ Wyir" who laugh now, for yeshall mourn and’ weep. Woe toyou ὅταν καλῶς τὑμᾶς εἴπωσιν" "πάντες" οἱ ἄνθρωποι: κατὰ when well of you speak all men, “according *to πταῦτα! γὰρ ἐποίουν τοῖς ψευδοπροφήταις οἱ.πατέρες.αὐτῶν. “these °things*for did %to*the false “prophets 1their *fathers, 27 «Αλλ”' ὑμῖν λέγω τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, ᾿Αγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς But toyou Isay who hear, Love “enemies ο + καὶ and LTTrA. ®+x«aiandt, Ὁ — τὸν τοῦ ΤΤΙΑ. Li[tr]a. f + πολὺς great T. & ἐνοχλούμενοι TTrA. and they) LiTra. κ ἐζήτουν TTrA. 1 ἕνεκεν L. sume things LTTrA. υ + νῦν now T[Tr}a. P — ὕμιν ΤΊΓΑ, Freimwow ὑμᾶς τ. 5 -- πάντες G, ε᾽Αλλὰ LTTrAW, 4 Ἰσκαριώθ LTTrA. b ἀπὸ GLTTFAW. m χάρητε GLTTrAW. 167 of Alpheus, and Simon called Zelotes, 16 and Judas the brother of James, and Judas Is- cariot, which also was the traitor. 17 And he came down with them, and stood in the plain, and the company of his disciples, and a great multitude of peo- ple out of all Judes and Jerusalem, and from the sea coast of Tyre and Sidon, which came to hear him, and to be healed of their diseases; 18 and they that were vexed with unclean spirits: and they were healed. 19 And the whole mul- titude sought to touch him: for there avent virtue out of him, and healed them all. 20 And he lifted up his eyes on his disci- les, and said, Blessed 6 yé poor: for yours is the kingdom of God. 21 Blessed are ye that hunger now: for ye shall be filled, Blessed are ye that weep now: for ye shall laugh. 22 Blessed are ye, when men shall hate you, and when they shall separate you from their company, and shall re- proach you, and cast out your name as evil, for the Son of man’s sake, 23 Rejoice ye in that day, and leap for joy : for, behold, your reward ts great in hea- ven: for in the like manner did their 18- thers unto the pro- phets. 24 But woe unto you that are rich! for ye have received your consolation. 25 Woe unto you that are full! for ye shall hunger, Woeunto you that laughnow! for ye shall mourn and weep. 26 Woe unto you, when all men shall speak well of yout for. so did their fathers to the false prophets. 27 But I say unto you which hear, Love your ene- mies, do good to them which hate you, 28 bless them‘ that ε --- καὶ i — καὶ (omit 2 τὰ αὐτὰ the 4 — ὑμῖν GITITAW, 168 curse you, and pray for them which de- spitefully use you. 29 And unto him that smiteth thee on the one cheek ofter also the other; and him that taketh away thy cloke forbid not to take thy coat also. 30 Give to every man that asketh of thee; and of him that taketh away thy goods ask them not again. 31 And as ye would that men should do to you, do ye alsoto them likewise. 32 For if ye love them which love you, what thank have ye? for sinners also love those that love them. 33 And if ye do good to them which do good to you, what thank have ye? for sinnersalso doeven the same, 34 And if ye lend. to them of whom yé hope to re- ceive, what thank have e? for sinners also end to sinners, to re- ceive as much again. 35 But love ye your enemies, and do good, and lend, hoping for nothing again; and your reward shall be great, and ye shall be the children of tho Highest : for heis kind unto the unthankful and tothe evil. 36 Be ye therefore merciful, as your Father also is merciful. 37 Judge not, and ye shall not be: judged : condemn not, and ye shall “ποῦ be condemned : forgive, and ye shall be for- given: 38 give, and it shall be given unto you; good mea- sure, pressed down, and shaken together, and‘ running over, shall men give into your bosom, For with the same measure that ye mete withal it shall be measured to you VI. « ~ ~ ~ “ ς ~ ᾿ ~ ὑμῶν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε μισοῦσιν ὑμᾶς, 28 εὐλογεῖτε ‘your, 4well 380 hate you, bless Ae Bt , τὰ ted iw SII / θ xt es (| ~ fove καταρωμένους. ὑμῖν," "και' προσεύχεσθε “UTED των those who curse you, and pray for those who ἐπηρεαζόντων ὑμᾶς. 29 τῷ µτύπτοντί σε ἐπὶ! τὴν σιαγόνα, ΛΟΥΚΑΣ, τοις to those who’ despitefully use you. Tohimwho strikes thee on _ the cheek, πάρεχε καὶ τὴν ἄλλην: καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντός σου . τὸ ofter also the other; and from him who takesaway thy 70 Ty" ἱμάτιον, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα μὴ.-κωλύσῃς. 90 παντὶ cloak, also the tunic do not forbid, ΞΤο Severy *one ‘and who αἰτοῦντί σε, δίδου: καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἴροντος τὰ,σά, asks thee, give; and from him who takes away what [is] thine, μὴ ἀπαίτει. 81 καὶ καθὼς θέλετε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ask [it] not back ; and according as ye desire that *should *do *to *you | ἄνθρωποι, καὶ ὑμεῖς! ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως. 32 καὶ εἰ ‘men, also “ye 140 1ο them in like manner, And if ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας ὑμᾶς, ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; ye love those who love you, what *to *you:'thank - “18 *it ? καὶ. γὰρ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ τοὺς ἀγαπῶντας αὐτοὺς ἀγαπῶσιν. for even sinners ?those *who *love *them love. τοὺς , to those who 33 καὶ > ἐὰν ἀγαθοποιῆτε And if ye do good ποία ὑμῖν “χάρις ἐστίν" ; ἀγαθοποιοῦντας ὑμᾶς, do good to you, ‘ d A Π ε « " Α > ‘ καὶ γὰρ" οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ what *to*you ‘thank isit? "even ‘for sinners *the %same ποιοῦσιν. 84 καὶ ἐὰν *davetZnre" παρ ὧν ἐλπίζετε do. And if *yelend [tothose) from whom ye hope farohaBety," ποία ὑμῖν χάρις ἐστίν; καὶ Syap" "οὶ" ἁμαρτωλοὶ to receive, what *to*you ‘thank isit? even “for sinners ε ~ Η ΄, ? - i ἁμαρτωλοῖς Ιδανείζουσιν,! ἵνα ἀπολάβωσιν τὰ ica." 35 πλην Στο “sinners end, that they may receive the like. But > ~ ~ ‘ ~ ‘ ἀγαπᾶτε τοὺς ἐχθροὺς. ὑμῶν, καὶ ἀγαθοποιεῖτε, καὶ Ιδανείζετεὶ love your enemies. and do good, | and lend, "undév" πάπελπίζοντες"Ἱ καὶ ἔσται ὁ μισθὺς ὑμῶν πολύς», Σπουμίηπς “hoping *foragain; and 3λλα]] 8 your *reward great, καὶ ἔσεσθε υἱοὶ Prov" ὑψίστου" ὅτι αὐτὸς χρηστός ἐστιν) ἐπὶ and yeshallbe sons ofthe Highest; for he 2ροᾶ «18 το ‘ ? ΄ \ / , ’ τοὺς ἀχαρίστους καὶ πονηρούς. 96 γίνεσθε «οὖν" οἰκτίρμονες, the unthankful, απᾶ wicked. Beye therefore compassionate, \ Ξ ΜΠ κι η « ~ ? , / \ ay a καθὼς "καὶ" ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν οἰκτίρμων ἐστίν. 37 Kai μὴ.κρίνετέ, as also your father *compassionate 115. And judge not, aes ΣΙ \ ~ \ , : ι ay καὶ οὐ" μὴ κριθῆτε' * μὴ.καταδικάζετε, καὶ οὔὐ-μὴ κατα- that in no wise ye be judged ; condemn not, that in no wise . ye be δικασθῆτε. ἀπολύετε, καὶ ἀπολυθήσεσθε 38 δίδοτε, καὶ condemned. Release, and ye shall be released. Give, a , ε ~ , η > c -- ( δοθήσεται ὑμῖν. μέτρον καλόν πεπιεσμένον "καὶ" σεσαλευ- it shall be given to you, *measure ροοᾶ, pressed down and shaken to- μένον “καὶ! "Ἀὐπερεκχυνόμενον" δώσουσιν εἰς τὸν κόλπον gether and running over bosom shall they give into « ~ . : ~ \ b ~ / τ ~ =" ὑμῶν" τῷ γὰρ αὐτῷ μέτρῳ ᾧ' μετρεῖτε," ἀντιμε- your: “with *the “for same measure with which, ye mete, .- it shall be Y vmas GLTTrA. [δε] τῷ Tr. i δανίζουσιν T. F — καὶ [(L)1[Tr]. ντα, π---καὶ GLTTrAW. 8 [καὶ ὑμεῖς] L. ¢ δανείσητε , ; δανίσητε T; δανείζετε TrA. 9 κ ἴσα LTAW. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς) in the heavens tL. “8 υπερέκχυννόμενον LTTrA,, χ περὶ ΤΑ. Y εἰς Τ. ' τ [δὲ τῷ] 1; — δὲτῷ τ, Ὁ + γὰρ (read tor if ye also) τ. Σ ς ἐστὶν χάρις τ. ἃ --- γὰρ 1. r Γλαβειν TrrA, &—yapT[Trla. ᾧ - οἱ LITrA. Ιδανίσετεπ. πὶ μηδένα Τ. π ἀφελπίζοντες 1. 5 - [ἐν 6 Ρ — τοῦ (read of [the]) @LTTraw. 4 — οὖν LTTrA. Suva ‘read that ye be not judged) 1, t+ καὶ δῃηᾶ TA νὰ — καὶ χϑ γὰρ μέτρῳ LTTT; ς VI. i U K τὰ. , cos 5 \ / η τ νας , τρηθήσεται ὑμῖν. 39 Εἶπεν. δὲ παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, Μήτι measured again to you. And he spoke a parable to them, δύναται τυφλὸς τυφλὸν ὁδηγεῖν ; οὐχὶ ἀμφότεροι εἰς 15 8015 ‘a blind {(*man] a blind [man] to lead ὃ “not Spoth πο βόθυνον πεσοῦνται"; 40 οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκα- 54. “pit twill fall ὃ ‘not “is ‘a “disciple above the teacher λον "αὐτοῦ"" κατηρτιγμένος.δὲ πᾶς ἔσται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος of him; but “perfected Tevery “one shall be as “teacher τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ *his, But why lookest thou onthe mote that [15] in the eye τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ.σου, .TIV.0& δοκὸν τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ ὀφθαλμῷ of thy brother, but the beam that([is] in thine own ~ eye οὐ-κατανοεῖς; 42 θὴ" πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν τῷ-ἀδελφῷ-σου, αὐτοῦ. 41 τί δὲ βλέπεις perceivest not 2 or how artthouable tosay to thy brother, ᾿Αδελφέ, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ Brother, ,sufiter [that] 1 maycastoutthe mote _ that [15] in σου, αὐτὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ.ὀφθαλμφῷ.σου δοκὸν οὐ βλέπων; ὑπο- ‘thine, thyself the Σπ “thine [town]*eye ἍΊθεαπι ποί seeing? Hypo- κριτά, ἔκβαλε πρῶτον τὴν .doKby ἐκ ' τοῦ.ὀφθαλμοῦ.σου. καὶ crite, cast out first the beam out of thine [own] eye, and τότε διαβλέψεις “ἐκβαλεῖν! τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ then thou wilt 586 clearly tocast out.the mote that[is]in the eye τοῦ. ἀδελφοῦ.σου]. 43 οὐ.γάρ ἐστιν δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν of thy brother. For “not ‘there “is +a *tree °good producing καρπὸν σαπρόν" οὐδὲ" δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλόν’ eye “fruit ‘corrupt; nor a*treei corrupt producing “fruit *good ; 44 ἕκαστον.γὰρ δένδρον ἐκ τοῦ.ἰδίου καρποῦ γινώσκεται" οὐ.γὰρ for each tree by itsown fruit is known, for not > > ~ ’ ~ ? A , , f. ΡΞ ἐξ ἀκανθῶν συλλέγουσιν σῦκα, οὐδὲ ἐκ βάτου ἱτρυγῶσιν from thorns do they gather figs, nor from a bramble gather they σταφυλήν.ῖ 45 ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ a bunch of grapes. The good man out of the ~ good treasure ~ , έν 2 la . ε τῆς. καρδίας. "αὐτοῦ" προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν" καὶ ὁ πονη- of his heart brings forth that which[is] good; andthe wick- pic Ῥάᾶνθρωποσϊ ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 'θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας ed man out of the wicked treasure of *heart αὐτοῦ! προφέρει τὸ πονηρόν" ἐκ.γὰρ "τοῦ" περισσεύ- this brings forth that which [is] wicked: foroutof the abun- ματος ἰτῆς" καρδίας λαλεῖ τὸ στόμα -αὐτοῦ.ὶ 46 Τί. δέ µε dance ofthe heart ’speaks this. “mouth. And why me ~ ᾽ /΄ κ᾿ - ε ; - ΓΜ. καλεῖτε Κύριε, κύριε, καὶ οὐ. ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω; 47 πᾶς ὁ ἐρ- doyecall Lord, Lord, and donot what Isay? Every one who , , Ν > ~ ΄ \ ~ ? , χόμενος προς µε και ἀκούων μου τῶν λόγων και ποιῶν αὐτοὺς, is confing to me and hearing my words and doing them, , c ~ ’ ‘ e ? ? ιά ὑποδείξω ὑμῖν τίνι ἐστὶν ὅμοιος. 48 ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ I willshew you {ο whom Τε 15 like. Like heis: toaman ~ eee εν / Ν » οἰκοδομοῦντι οἰκίαν, ὃς ἔσκαψεν καὶ ἐβάθυνεν, καὶ ἔθηκεν building a house, who dug” and deepened, and laid \ ‘ Ul A 4 αγ θεμέλιον ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν" "πλημμύρας" δὲ γενομένης "προσερ- afoundationon the - rock; _and a flood having come Spurst ῥηξενὶ ὁ ποταμὸς τῇ-οἰκίᾳ.ἐκείνφ, καὶ οὐκ. ἴσχυσεν σαλεῦσαι *upon ‘the 7stream that house, and could not shake - 169 again. 39 Ana hespake a parable -unto them, Can the blind lead the blind? shall they not both fall into the ditch ? 40 The disciple is not above his mas- ter: but every one that is perfect shall be as his master, 41 And why beholdest thou the mote that is in thy brother’s eye, but pur- ceivest not the beam that is in thine own eye? 42 Either how canst thou say. to thy brother, Brother, let me pull out the mote that is in thine eye, when thou thyself be- holdest not the beam that is in thine own eye? Thou hypocrite, cast out first the beam out of thine own eye, and then shalt thou see clearly to pull out the mote that is in thy brotker’s eye. 43 For a good tree bringeth not forthcorrupt fruit; neither doth a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit. 44 For every tree is known by his own fruit. For of thorns men do not gather figs, nor of a bramble bush gather they grapes. 45 A good man out of the good treasure of his heart bringeth forth that whichis good; and an : evil man out of the evil treasure of his heart bringeth forth that which is evil: for of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaketh. 46 And why call ye me, Lord, Lord, and do not the things which I say? 47 Who- soever cometh to me, and heareth my say- ings, and doeth them, I will shew you to whom heis like: 48 he is like a man which built an house, and digged deep, and laid the foundation on a rock: and when the flood arose, the stream beat vehemently upon that house, and could not shake it: for it NN eee Υ + καὶ also LTTrA. 2 ἐμπεσοῦνται LTTrA. © -- ἐκβαλεῖν τὰ. 4% 4 ἐκβαλεῖν to cast out TA. τρυγῶσιν ΤΊτΑ. Ε — αὐτοῦ (read [his] heart) T. τῆς καρδίας αὐτοῦ [L]ITra. k — τοῦ LITra. στόμα αὐτοῦ λαλεῖ 1, Ὦ πλημμύρης ΤΤΙΑ. ο προσέρηξεν ΤΎτ, 8. — αὐτοῦ LTTrA. e+ πάλιν again [τ,]τ[τε]Α. ἔ σταφυλὴν bh — ἄνθρωπος [L]TTrA. i 1 — τῆς (read of [the]) LTTra. b — ἢ T[Tr]A. vi — θησαυροῦ το 170 . was founded upon a rock. 49 But he that hearcth, and doeth not, is like a man_ that without a foundation built an house upon the earth; against which the stream did beat vehemently, and immediately it fell ; and the ruin of that house was great. VII. Now when he had ended all his say- ings in the audience of the people, he en- tered into Capernaum. 2 And a certain cen- turion’s servant, who was dear unto him, was sick, and ready to die. 3 And when he heard of Jesus, he sent unto him the elders of the Jews, besecching him that he would come and heal his ser- vant. 4 And when they came to Jesus, they besought him instant- ly, saying, That he avas worthy for whom he should do this: 5 for he loveth our nation, and he hath built us a synagogue. 6 Then Jesus went with them. And when he was now not far from the house, the centurion scnt fricnds to him, saying unto him, Lord, trouble not thyself: for 1 am not worthy that thou shouldest enter under my roof : 7 wherefore neither thought I my- self worthy to come unto thee: but say in a word, and my ser- vant shall be healed. 8 For I also am a man set under authority, having under me sol- diers, and I say unto oue, Go. and he goeth; and to another, Come, aud he cometh; and to my servant, Do this, and he docthit, 9When Jesus heard these things, he marvelled at him, and turned him about, and said unto the people that followed him, I say AOY KAZ. VI, Vi. αὐτήν" Ῥτεθεμελίωτο:γάρ ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν." 49 ὁ.δὲ ἀκούσαι it, for it had been founded upon the rock, Buthewho heard καὶ μὴ.ποιήσας ὑμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ “οἰκοδομήσαντι" οἰκία and did not *like 118 toa man having built a hous \ ‘ - ‘ / = ε ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν χωρὶς θεμελίου" ᾧ προσέῤῥηξεν" ὁ ποτα- on the earth‘without a foundation ; on which “burst the *stream, µός, καὶ "εὐθέως ἔπεσεν," καὶ ἐγένετο τὸ ῥῆγμα τῆς οἰκίας and immediately it fell, and ‘was ‘the ruin 308 “house ἐκείνης μέγα. “that great. 7 Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπλήρωσεν πάντα τὰ ῥήματα.αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς And when he hadcompleted all his words in the ἀκοὰς τοῦ λαοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς Καπερναούμ." 2 Ἑκατοντάρχου ears ofthe people heentered into Capernaum. ΟΥ̓ °a 7centurion δὲ τινος δοῦλος κακῶς ἔχων ἤμελλεν τελευτᾷν, ὃς ἦν ‘and ‘certain’a*bondman 1 “being was about to die, who was αὐτῷ ἔντιμος. 8 ἀκούσας.δὲ περὶ τοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς by him honoured, And having heard about Jesus he sent to αὐτὸν πρεσβυτέρους τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἐρωτῶν αὐτὸν ὕπως him elders of the Jews, begging him that 3 A , ‘ ~ : ? ~ € ‘ η ἐλθὼν διασώσῃ τὸν.δοῦλον.αὐτοῦ. 4 οἱ δὲ παραγενόμενοι having come he might cure his bondman. Andthey having come πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν Yrapexadevy! αὐτὸν σπουδαίως, λέγοντες, to Jesus besought him diligently, saying, “te » ΄ ? oe, w , Ἱ “ > ? ΄- ‘ τι ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξει! τοῦτο ὅ ἀγαπᾳ.γὰρ that “worthy "he 215 to whom he shall grant this, for he loves ἔθνος ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτὸς ᾠκοδόμησεν ἡμῖν. our nation and the synagogue he built . for us. « κ, ~ ? ‘ ~ "ἢ ~ 6 '0.δὲ ᾿'Τησοῦς ἐπορεύετο σὺν αὐτοῖς' ἤδη.δὲ αὐτοῦ ov μακρὰν And Jesus went with them; butalready he not “far > ’ » 4 ~ ο ἢ ” ‘ « ἀπέχοντος "ἀπὸ" τῆς οἰκίας, ἔπεμψεν ὑπρὸς αὐτὸν! τὸ ἑκατόν- αρείησ distant from. the house, Ssent “to Shim ‘the *cen~ ταρχος φίλους! λέγων "αὐτῷ," Κύριε, μὴ.σκύλλου' οὐ turion friends, saying tohim, Lord, trouble not (thyself), “ποῦ γάρ δείμι ἱκανὸς" ἵνα «ὑπὸ τὴν.στέγην.μου εἰσέλθῃς" *for Ἴϑαιη worthy that under my roof thou shouldest come ; 7 διὸ οὐδὲ ἐμαυτὸν ἠξίωσα πρός σε ἐλθεῖν: ἀλλὰ wherefore neither myself countedI worthy “to ‘thce *to “come; but εἰπὲ λόγῳ, καὶ ἀἰαθήσεται! ὁ. παῖς. μου. 8 καὶ.γὰρ ἐγὼ ἄν- say boy aword, and shall Ῥε Πεα]εᾶ my servant. Foralso* I a θρωπός εἰμι ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόµενος. ἔχων ὑπ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν man am under authority ‘appointed, having under myse ιά \ [ή ‘ στρατιώτας, καὶ λέγω τούτῳ Πορεύθητι, καὶ πορεύεται" soldiers, and Isay tothis [one] ‘Go, and he goes ; ‘ ” » Ὁ oF ‘ ~ ° ͵ καὶ ἄλλῳ, Ἔρχου. καὶ ἔρχεται: καὶ τῷ.δούλῳ.µου, Ποίησον A TO and toanother, Lome, and hecomes; and tomy bondman, Do τοῦτο, καὶ ποιεῖ. 9 ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐθαύ- this, and he does [10]. And having heard these things Jesus won- ? , ο \ ‘ ~ ~ ~ µασεν αὐτόν" καὶ στραφεὶς τῷ ἀκολουθοῦντι αὐτῷ ὄχλῳ deredat him; and turning tothe “following Shim ‘crowd P διὰ τὸ καλῶς οἰκοδομεῖσθαι (οἰκοδομῆσθαι τὴ αὐτήν because it was well built τττα. 4 οἰκοδομοῦντι building L. together rtra. ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην W. ; - Ὁ Ἐπειδὴ after that Lrtra. π΄ παρέξῃ he should grant ΗΤΤΑ. Σ φίλους ὃ ἑκατόνταρχος (ἑκατοντάρχης T) TTrA. τ προσέρήξεν TTr. 5 εὐθὺς συνέπεσεν inimediately it felt Εμ, Καφαρναούμ LTTrAW, “ ἠρώτων asked τ. * — ἀπὸ (read της from the) 1. Υ — πρὸς αὐτὸν Τ. έκατ 8--- αὐτῷ 1. “μον 4 ἑαθήτω let be healed TTra. . Ὁ ἑκανός εἰμι ΤΤτΑ., LUKE. ae) ς ~ A / / ᾿ εἶπεν, Λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ ᾿ΙΙσραὴλ τοσαύτην πίστιν εὗρον. said, Isay to you, noteven in Israel so great faith did I find. 10 Καὶ ὑποστρέψαντες' «οἱ πεμφθέντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον" εὗρον And ὁπατίπς “τειαχπθᾶ ‘those “sent to the house found τὸν ἀσθενοῦντα" δοῦλον. ὑγιαίνοντα. the sick bondman in good health. 11 Kai ἐγένετο ἐν Sry" ἑξῆς And it came topasson the next [day] καλουμένην Naty, καὶ συνεπορεύοντο αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ called Nain, and went with him his *disciples ἱκανοὶ! καὶ ὄχλος πολύς. 12 ὡςδὲ ἤγγισεν τῇ TAQ τῆς Imany and α ᾿οτοπᾶ ‘great. And as he drew near to the gate of the (πόλεως καὶ ἰδού. ἐξεκομίζετο κτεθνηκώς.! ἰυϊὸς povo- city also ‘behold, was being carried out {one] who haddied, an*son ‘only γενὴς" τῇ.μητρὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ aiirn ἦν" χήρα καὶ ὄχλος τῆς Vil. h2 ’ I τ»; ηλ ETTODEVETO ELC πολιν he went -into acity to his mother, and she Was a widow, and a*crowd *of*the , t 4 4 : > ~ ~ Oe νι “" 2 η « , πόλεως ἱκανὸς ™ σὺν αὐτῷ. 13 και ἰδὼν. αὐτὴν ὁ κύριος Scity ‘considerable[was]with her. -And seeing her the Lord ἐσπλαγχνίσθη ἐπ᾽ οαὐτῇ" καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Μἠ.κλαῖε. was moved with compassion on her and said to her, Weep not. 14 Kai προσελθὼν ἥψατο τῆς σοροῦ' οἱ-δὲ βαστάζοντες And comingup hetouched the bier, and those bearing {it} ἔστησαν" καὶ εἶπεν, Μεανίσκε, σοὶ λέγω, ἐγέρθητι. 15 Kai stopped. And hesaid, Young man, to thee I say, Arise. _ And ἀνεκάθισεν ὁ νεκρὸς καὶ ἤρξατο λαλεῖν" καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν τῇ ἦβαῦ αρ ‘the *dead and began to speak, and hegave him μητρὶ. αὐτοῦ. 16 ἔλαβεν δὲ φόβος Ῥἅπαντας," καὶ ἐδόξαζον to his mother. And seized ‘fear all, and they glorified τὸν θεόν, λέγοντες, Ὅτι προφήτης μέγας “ἐγήγεῤται! ἐν God, saying, A*prophet ‘great hasrisenup amongst ¢ ο ΄ δ A A ~ — ἡμῖν, καὶ “Ore ἐπεσκέψατο ὁ θεὸς τὸν.λαὸν αὐτοῦ. 17 Καὶ us; and *Has “visited *God his people. And ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος.οὗτος ἐν ὕλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ went out this report in all Judea concerning him, and Téy' πάσῃ τῇ περιχώρῳ. in all the country around. 18 Kai ἀπήγγειλαν "Ἰωάννῃ" οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ And ‘brought®word ‘to ?John Shis *disciples , 4 ~ πάντων τούτων. 19 καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος δύο τινὰς τῶν all _ these things. And having called to [him] *two ‘certain μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ὁ Ε]ωάννησὶ ἔπεμψεν πρὸς "τὸν Ἰησοῦν," περὶ concerning of hix disciples ohn sent {them] to Jesus, / ΄ Ὰ » » λέγων, Σὺ. εἶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἢ τἄλλον" προσδοκῶμεν ; saying, Artthou the coming [οπε] or another are we to look for? 20 Παραγενόμενοι.δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ot ἄνδρες Σεἶπον,' Ylwav- And having come to .him the men - paid, John « ᾿ « - , , νης! ὁ βαπτιστὴς ἀπέσταλκὲν ἡμᾶς πρός σε, λέγων, Σὺ εἶ the Baptist has sent ° us to thee, saying, Art thou « 3 , ve J ~ ~ \ ὁ épxopevoc ἢ ἄλλον προσδοκῶμεν; 21 Ἐν ταὐτῷ" "δὲ". : Yj the coming [one] or another are we to look for? *In *the *same ‘and in EF ΄ x ΄ \ / τῷ ὥρᾳ ἐθεράπευσεν πολλοὺς ἀπὸ νόσων καὶ μαστίγων καὶ ς ΒΟῸΣ he healed many of diseases and scourges: and 171 unto you, I have not found so great faith, no. not in Israel. 10 And they that were sent, returning to the house, found the ser- vant wholé that had been sick, 11 And it came to pass the day after, that he went into a city called Nain; andmany of his disciples went with him, and much people. 12 Now when he came nigh to the gate of the city, be- hold, there was a dead man carried out, the only son of his mother, and she was a widow: and much people of the city was with her. 13 And when the Lord saw her, he had com- passion on her, and said unto her, Weep not. 14 And he came and touched the bier: and they that bare him stood still And he said, Young man, I say unto thee, Arise. 15 And he that was dead sat up, and began to speak. d he de- livered him to his mo- ther. 16 And there came a fear onall: and they glorified God, saying, That a great prophet is risen up among us; and, That God hath visited his people. 17 And this rumour of him went forth throughout all Judea, and through- out all the region round about. 18 And the disciples of John shewed him of ail these things. 19 And Jchn calling unto him two of his disciples stnt them to Jesus, saying, Art thou he that should come ὃ or look we for 85" other? 20 When the men were come unto him, they said, John Baptist hath sent us unto thee, saying, Art thou he that should come? or look we for another? 21 And in that same hour he cured many of their infirmities and plagues, and of evil f — ἀσθενοῦντα LTT:[A]. | μονογενὴς vids TTrA. ™ αὐτὴ W ; 4 ἠγέρθη is risen LTTrA. τ εἰς τὸν οἶκον οἱ πεμφθέντες LTTr. i— ἱκανοὶ ities k [τεθνηκὼς]1,. Was EGT[TrA]. ο αὐτὴν τ. Ρ πάντας GTrA. 5 Ἰωάννει T; “Iwaver Tr. τ Ἰωάνης Tr.. 5 εἶπαν Litra. 7 Ἰωάνης Tr. πἔ ἐκείνῃ that tra, δ — δὲ LTTra. ὃ τῷ Tr. 7 τὸν κύριον the Li rd TTra. h ἐπορεύθη τ. -- ἣν Εαν’. 5 - ἦν τ--- ἐν [L]t[Tr]a. τ ἅτερον Tr, 172 spirits; and unto many that were blind he gave sight. 22 Then Jesus answering said unto them, Go your way, and tell John what things ye have scen and heard; how that the blind see, the lame walk, the lepers are cleansed, the deaf hear, the dead are raised, to the poor the gospel is preached. 23 And blessed is he, whoso- ever shall not be of- fended in me, 24 And when the messengers of John were departed, he began to speak unto the people concerning John, What went ye out into the wilderness for to sce? A reed shaken with the wind? 25 But what went ye out for to sce? A man clothed in soft rai- ment? Behold, they which are gorgeously apparelled, and live delicately,are in kings’ courts, 26 But what went ye out for to see? A prophet? Yea, I say unto you, and much more than a prophet. 27 This is he, of whom it is written, Behold, I send my messenger before thy face, which shall pre- pare thy way before thee. 28 For I say unto you, Among those that are born of women there is not a greater prophet than John the Baptist: but he that is least in the kingdom of God is greater than he. 29 And all the people that heard him, and the publicans, jus- tified God, being bap- tized with the baptism of John. 30 But the Pharisees and lawyers rejected the counsel of God against them- selves, being not bap- tized of him, 31 And the Lord said, Where-- unto then shall I liken the men of this gene- ration? and to what- are they like? 32 They are like unto children sitting in the market- place, and calling one to another, and say- ‘ ‘ Vit. b ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. ’ ‘ i: ~ eX ~ " α , = πνευμάτων πονηρῶν, καὶ τυφλοις πολλοις ἐχαρίσατο * spirits evil, and to “blind *many he granted ‘ > \ ~ ] - ? ~ [ή βλέπειν. 22 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς “ὁ Τησοῦς". εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθεν- {ο 566. And answering 1 Jesus said to them, Having τὸ" τες ἀπαγγείλατε “Ἰωάννῃ! ἃ εἴδετε καὶ ἠκούσατε' “ὅτι! gone relate to John what yehavescenand heard ; that 4 , Δ = \ / τυφλοὶ ἀναβλέπουσιν, χωλοὶ περιπατοῦσιν, λεπροὶ καθαρίζον- blind receive sight, lame walk, lepers are cleansed, ται, κωφοὶ ἀκούουσιν, νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται" deaf hear, dead are raised, poor are evangelized ; \ , ΄, ? εν 4 al θῇ ? ? / 23 καὶ μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ.σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί. and blessed is whoever shall not be offended in me. 24 ᾽Απελθόντων δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων Γ]ωάννου" ἤρξατο λέγειν Απά ‘having δᾷορατίεᾶ ‘the *messengers *of*John- he began to speak πρὸς τοὺς ὄχλους περὶ PIwavvov," Τί Σἐξεληλύθατεὶ εἰς το the crowds concerning Jobn : What have ye gone out into τὴν ἔρημον θεάσασθαι; κάλαμον ὑπὸ ἀνέμου σαλευό- the wilderness to look at? a reed ἡ by {the] wind shaken ? μενον; 25 ἀλλὰ τί Σἐζεληλήθατεϊ ἰδεῖν ; ἄνθρωπον ἐν µαλα- But what have ye gone out {ο 566 ὃ aman ποια κοῖς ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον; ἰδού, οἱ ἐν ἱματισμῷ ἐνδόξῳ clothing arrayed ? Behold, theywho in “clothing ‘splendid \ ~ ε 7 > ~ ΄ / 3 ᾽ ‘ ΄ καὶ τρυφῇ ὑπάρχοντες ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις εἰσίν. 26 ἀλλὰ τί and inluxury areliving “ἴθ *the “palaces 1416, But what ξἐξεληλύθατεὶ ἰδεῖν; προφήτην"; vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, καὶ have ye gone out tosee? a prophet ? Yea, Isay toyou, and [one] περισσότερον προφήτου. 27 οὗτός ἐστιν περὶ οὗ γέ- more excellent than ἃ prophet. This is he concerning whom it has γραπται, Ιδού, “tyw' ἀποστέλλω τὺν.ἄγγελόν.μου πρὸ been written, Behold, 1 send my messenger before προσώπου.σου, ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν.ὁδόν.σου ἔμπροσθέν σου. thy face, who shall prepare thy way before thee. 28 Λέγω Ἰγὰρὶ ὑμῖν, μείζων ἐν εννητοῖς γυναικῶν 31067 ‘for toyou, 58 greater 'among([7those] *born *of >women k κ all ΡῚ “ μεις >) Il ἠδ ΡΞ - . x δὲ προφητης' "]ωάνγνου" 'τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ" οὐδείς εστιν’ ὁ.δὲ prophet than John’ the Baptist noone is; buthethat[is] la ? = λ , ~ θ - (ζ ? ~ 3 99 K " μικροτερος ἐν ΤΊ; ασι ειᾳ του σεου μει ων αυτου εστιγ. αι less in the kingdom of God greater thanhe is, Aud τελῶναι ἐδικαίωσαν τὸν θεόν, justified = God, άπτισµα *lwavvov'" 90 οἱ δὲ Φα- baptism of John ; but the Pha- ρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ νομικοὶ τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ἠθέτησαν risees and the doctors of thelaw the counsel of God _ set aside , , ~ = A εἰς ἑαυτούς, μὴ βαπτισθέντες ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 91 πεῖπεν δὲ ὁ as to themselves, not having been baptized by him. And *said ‘the , . > « ’ 4 , ~ ~ κύριος,' Τίνι οὖν ὁμοιώσω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τῆς γενεᾶς *Lord, To what therefore shallI liken the men of “gencration , 4 ’ > A- ε ,’ ’ ταύτης: καὶ τίνι εἰσὶν ὅμοιοι; 82 Ὁμοιοί εἰσιν παιδίοις 1this 2 and to what are they like? Like are they tolittle children ~ 3 > ~ ’ ~ ΄ τοῖς εν ἀγορᾷ καθημένοις, καὶ προσφωνοῦσιν ἀλλήλοις in ἃ market-place sitting, and calling one to another πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἀκούσας καὶ οἱ all the people having heard and the tax-gatherers βαπτισθέντες τὸ β having been baptized [with] the ἅἁἀεφεἅὥ»»νυΗῪυον.π-͵.σσοσρστΤ“----ρὔ---ςς-ςς--΄πππῆηρῆ« νο τσι ο ο > — τὸ LTTrAW. 6 — ὅτι L[ Tr]. I send) 1ΤΊτΑ. ἸΏ — εἶπεν δὲ ὁ-κύριο { Ἰωάνου Tr. © — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he δα14) [L]rtra. 8 ἐξήλθατε Went ye out Ltr. & — προφήτης L[ Tras]. 4 Ἰωάννει T; ‘Iwaver Tr. bh — ἐγὼ (read ἀποστ. i — γὰρ TTrA, 1— τοῦ βαπτιστοῦ ΤΊτΑ. 5 GLTTrAW, mY. LUE τα, \ , ~ ‘ 5» td = bf Beat Eyovowy," Ἠὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐκ.ὠρχήσασθε' ἐθρη- and saying, We piped toyou, and ye did not dance; we ΄ Cola 1 ‘ 3 , ’ νήσαμεν ὑμῖν." καὶ οὐκ. ἐκλαύσατε. 88 ἐλήλυθεν.γὰρ P' lwavyne! mourned toyou, and ye did not weep. For *has *come 1John ὁ βαπτιστὴς “μήτε! τἄρτον ἐσθίων! "μήτε" toivoy πίνων," "the *Baptist neither “bread eating nor 2wine ‘drinking, καὶ λέγετε, Δαιμόνιον ἔχει. B4 ἐλήλυθεν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου and yesay, A demon he has. 5Has Scome ‘the 7Son Sof παπι ᾿ ‘ ? A , ? ων ’ ” , ‘ ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων, καὶ λέγετε, Ιδού, ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ eating and drinking, and yesay, Behold, - aman aglutton and Ἃ ~ / ‘ € ~ Ξ ‘ 238 οἰνοπότης, “τελωνῶν φίλος" καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν. 8 καὶ ἐδι- a wine-bibber, of tax-gatherers ἃ friend and of sinners ; and *was ’ « ’ ‘ ~ > ~ , 1 Ι καιώθη ἡ σοφία ἀπὸ "τῶν. τέκνων.αὐτῆς πάντων." Sjustified ‘wisdom by *her Schildren pala ᾽ , ar ΕῚ 4 ~ , er / Σ 36 Howra.ce τις αὐτὸν τῶν Φαρισαίων ινα φάγῃ μετ And *asked ‘one. Shim 208 6 “Pharisees that he should eat with “Ὁ ‘ / ~ / ν᾿ 2 αὐτοῦ" καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς Στὴν οἰκίαν! τοῦ Φαρισαίου Yave- him And having enteredinto the house ofthe Pharisee he re- κλίθη Ἱ 97 Καὶ ἰδού, γυνὴ "ἐν τῇ πόλει ἥτις -ἦν" clined (at table]; and behold, a woman in the city who was ἁμαρτωλός, " ἐπιγνοῦσα ὅτι Ὀάνάκειταιϊ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ a sinner, having known that he had reclined [at table] in the house ~ / Be Δ ~ τοῦ Φαρισαίου, κοµίσασα ἀλάβαστρον μύρου, 38 καὶ στᾶσα ofthe Pharisee, having taken an alabaster flask of ointment, and standing “παρὰ τοὺς.πόδας αὐτοῦ ὀπίσω" κλαίουσα, ἤρξατο βρέχειν at his feet _ behind weeping, began to bedew τοὺς πόδας.αὐτοῦ τοῖς .δάκρυσιν,' καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν τῆς κεφαλῆς his feet with tears, and with the hairs of head αὐτῆς “ἐξέμασσεν." καὶ κατεφίλει τοὺς. πόδας. αὐτοῦ, "her she was wiping [them], and ττας ατἀεπῖ]γ kissing his feet, καὶ Ίλειφεν τῷ μύρῳ. 89 ἰδὼν. δὲ ὁ Φαρισαῖος and was anointing [them] withthe ointment. But havingseen,the Pharisee « , Η͂ - ~ τ 5 ὁ καλέσας αὐτὸν εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, λέγων, Οὗτος εἰ who invited him spoke within himself, saying, This [person] if ἦν προφήτης, ἐγίνωσκεν.ᾶν τίς καὶ ποταπὴ ἡ γυνὴ he were aprophet, would have known who and what the woman [is] ἥτις ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν. 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς who touches him, for @ sinner she is. Aud -*answering ~ ~ 4 / 2 ~ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Σίμων, ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν. 1 Jesus said to him, Simon, Ihave to thee something to say. Ὁ.δε Ίφησιν, Διδάσκαλε, εἰπέ." 41 Δύο ξχρεωφειλέται ἦσαν Andhe says, Teacher, say [it]. Two debtors there were Maveory τινι’ ὁ εἷς ὤφειλεν δηνάρια πεντακόσια, ὁ.δὲ {ο 8 “creditor ‘certain; theone owed denarii ‘five “hundred, and the ἔ 5 , , Ἀν » 2 ἕτερος πεντήκοντα. 42 μὴ.ἐχόντων.δὲ' αὐτῶν ἀπο- other fitty. But “not *having 1they [wherewith] to ~ , ~ MA 5 ~ δοῦναι ἀμφοτέροις ἐχαρίσατο" τίς οὖν αὐτῶν, ᾿είπε," πλεῖον pay, -poth he forgaye: whichtherefore ofthem, say, “most ? ΄ ‘ Η A « / = « ἰαὐτὸν ἀγαπήσει"; 48 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς δὲ! πιὸ! Σίμων εἶπεν, Ὕπο- Shim ‘will ΞΊογο 2 And “answering 1Simon - said, I 178 ing, We hare piped unto you, and ye have not danced; we hare mourned to you, and ye have not wept. 33 For John the Bap- tist came neither eat- ing bread nor drinking wine ; and ye say, He hath a devil. 34 The Son of man is comes eating and drinking; and ye say, Behold a gluttonous man,and a winebibber, a frien ot publicans and sin- ners! 35 But wisdom is justificd of all her children. 36 And one of ths Pharisecs desired him that he would eat with him. And he went into the Pharisee’s house, and sat down to meat. 37 And, Ῥε- hold, a woman in the city, which was a sinner, when she knew that Jesus sat at meat in the Pharisce’s house, brought an alabaster box of ointment, 38 and stood at his feet behind him weep- ing, and began to wash his feet with tears, and did wipe them with the hairs of her head, and kissed his feet, and anointed them with the ointment. 39 Now when the Pharisee which had bidden him saw it, he spake within himself, saying, This man, if he were a pro- phet, would have known who and what manner of woman this is that toucheth him: for she is a sinner. 40 And Jesus answer- ing said unto him, Simon, I have some- what to say unto thee. And he saith, Master, sayon. 4] There wasa certain creditor which had two debtors: the one owed five hundred pence, and the other fifty. 42 And when they had nothing to pay, he frankly for- gaye them both. Tell me therefore, which of them will love him most? 43 Simon an- swered and said, Isup- 2 λέγοντες TTrA. ο — ὑμῖν TTr. P Ἰωάνης Tr. 4 μὴ not TA. ἐσθίων ἄρτον τ. 5 μηδὲ Ὁ. t πίνων οἶνον LTTrA. τῶν τέκνων αὑτῆς LTrA. α τὸν οἶκον LTTrA. Υ κατεκλίθη ΙΤΊτΑ. LTTrA. a+ καὶ aud LTTraw. > κατάκειται LTTrA. GLTTrA. ἃ τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἤρξατο βρέχειν τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ LTTrA. — δάσκαλε, ειπέ, φησίν TIra. 6 χρεοφειλέται LTTrA. | h δανιστῃῇ τ. Κ.-- εἰπέ LTTr[A]. | ἀγαπήσει αὐτόν LTTrA, m — ὃ T[Tr]. 7 φίλος τελωνῶν GLTTrAW. 2 ἥτις ἦν ἐν τῇ πόλει ὃ ὀπίσω παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ e ἐξέμαξεν 1. τ ἔσθων ἄρτον LTrA ; “ πάντων ΓΔι- i —- δὲ [1]11ι:Α. 174 25, that he, to whom e forgave most. And hesajd unto him, Thou hast rightly judged. 44 And he turned to the woman, and said unto Simon, Seest thou this woman? I entered into thine house, thou gavest me no water for ray feet : but she hath washed my feet with tears, and wiped them with the hairs of her head. 45 Thou gavest me no kiss: but this woman since the time I came in hath not ceaséd to kiss my feet. 46 My head with oil thou didst not anoint: but this woman hath anointed my feet with ointment. 47 Where- fore 1 say unto thee, Her sins, which are many, are forgiven; for she loved much: but to whom little is forgiven, the same lov- eth little. 48 And he said unto her, Thy sins are forgiven. they that sat at meat with him began to say within themselves, Who is this that for- giveth™ sins also? 50 And he said to the woman, “Thy faith hath saved thee; go in peace, VIII. And it came to pass afterward, that he went throughout every city and village, preaching and shew- ing the glad tidings of the kingdom of God: and the twelve were with him, 2 and cer- tain women, which had been healed of evil spirits and infirmities, Mary called Magda- lene, outof whom went seven devils, 3 and Joanna the wife of Chuza Herod’s stew- ard, and Susanna, and Many others, which ministered unto him of their substance. 4 And when much people were gathered together, and were come to him out of every city, he spake by a parable: 5 A sower went out to sow his seed: and as he sowed, some fell by the way side; and it was trod- den down, and the 49 And. AO YR AES, VII, Vit. λαμβάνω ὅτι τὸ πλεῖον ἐχαρίσατο. Ο.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, take it that(he]towhemthe ‘more heforgave. Andhe said to him, ᾿Ορθῶς ἔκρινας. 44 Καὶ. στραφεὶς πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα, τῷ Rightly thou hast judged_ And having turned to the woman, Σίμωνι ἔφην Βλόπεις ταύτην τὴν γυναῖκα; εἰσῆλθόν σου εἰς to Simon he said, Seest thou Οπῖς woman? Tentered *thy ‘into τὴν οἰκίαν, ὕδωρ "ἐπὶ τοὺς.πόδας. μου! οὐκ.ἔδωκας' αὕτη δὲ house, , water for my feet thou gavest not, but she τοῖς δάκρυσιν ἐβρεξέν µου τοὺς πόδας, καὶ ταῖς θριξὶν στῆς with tears bedewed my feet, and with the hairs κεφαλῆς" αὐτῆς ἐξέμαξεν. 46 φίλημά μοι οὐκ.ἔδωκας" “head ‘of #her wiped [them]. Akiss tome thou gavest not, " Ἂν ? ? τ 2 Πλθ > Pp EX ll λ >) ή αυτη.ε αφ ἧς εισήηλσον ου. ῥιέλιπεν καταφιλουσα but she from which [time] I[camein ceased not ardently kissing Guov τοὺς πόδας." 46 ἐλαίῳ τὴν.κεφαλήν.μον οὐκ.ήλειψας" ΤΟΥ͂ feet. With oil my head thou didst not anoint, αὕτη.δὲ μύρῳ ἤλειψέν μου τοὺς πόδας." 47 οὗ. χάριν but she with ointment anointed my feet. For which cause λέγω σοι, ἀφέωνται "αἱ ἁμαρτίαι.αὐτῆςὶ αἱ πολλαί, Oru Isay to thee, forgiven have been her 7sins" Imany ; for ἠγάπησεν πολύ ᾧ.δὲ ὀλίγον ἀφίεται ὀλίγον ἀγαπᾷ. she loved much; but towhom little is forgiven little he loves. 48 Εἶπεν δὲ airy, Αφέωνταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι. 49 Καὶ Απιᾶ [6 said 1ο Ἠοτ, Forgiven have been thy sins. And ἤρξαντο οἱ συνανακείµενοι λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, Tic "οὗτός began those reclining with (him) to‘say withinthemselves, Who this ἐστιν! ὃς καὶ ἁμαρτίας ἀφίησιν; 50 Ἐϊπεν δὲ πρὸς τὴν γυ- 118 whoeven “sins forgives ? But hesaid to . the wo ναῖκα, Ἡ.πίσχις.σου σἐαωκέν σε" πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην. man, Thy faith has saved thee; go in peace. 8 Καὶ «ἐγένετο ἐνιτῷ. καθεξῆᾳ καὶ αὐτὸς διώδευεν _ And it came to pass afterwards that he journeyed through κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην, κηρύσσων καὶ εὐαγγελιζό- city by city and village by village, preaching and announcing the glad μενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ" καὶ οἱ δώδεκα σὺν αὐτῷ, tidings, the kingdom of God; and the twelve [were] with him, 2 καὶ γυναϊκές τινες αἳ ἦσαν.τεθεραπευµέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων and “women ‘certain who had been cured from ..., *spirits ~ ‘ ? ~ , ς 2 Ἶ / πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν, Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή, 1wicked and infirmities, Mary who iscalled y& Magdalene, ere | Ke ὃ ΄ ς δα 7 ιν ν᾽ , Ἱ 4 ap ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει, 8. καὶ VIwavva’ γυνὴ from whom demons ‘seven had gone out; and Joanna wife Χουζᾶ ἐπιτρόπου Ἡρώδου, καὶ Σουσάννα, καὶ ἕτεραι πολλαί, of Chuza asteward oof Herod; and Susanna, and “others ‘many, wv ~ ~ ~ αἵτινες διηκόνουν ταὐτῷ" τἀπὸ! τῶν.ὑπαρχόντων.αὐταῖς. who were ministering to him of their property. 4 Συνιόντος-δὲ ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ τῶν «κατὰ πόλιν ἐπι- And *assembling 'a “crowd . 3ρτεαῦ, and those who from eachcity were πορευομένων πρὸς αὐτόν, εἶπεν διὰ παραβολῆς. 5 Ἐξῆλθεν coming to him, hespoke by a parable. SWent *out ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπεῖραι τὸν.σπόρον.αὐτοῦ: καὶ ἐν.τῷ-σπείρειν ‘the *sower to sow his seed ; and as “sowed αὐτὸν ὃ.μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν, καὶ κατεπατήθη, καὶ τὰ the some fell by the way, and.it was trampledupon, and the η µου ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας T : μοι ἐπὶ πόδας ΤΑ. P διέλειπεν T. . GLITraw. αι ἁμαρτίαι LT, * ἐστιν οὗτος 1,. ° — τῆς κεφαλῆς (read with her hairs) τ τοὺς πόδας µου GLTra. 5 αὐτῇ (avTys.T) τ αὐτοῖς tothemtTtTra. * ex out of LTTra, ἃ τοὺς πόδας µου L. τ ᾿Ἰωάνα Tr. VIII. LU Ss. πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατέφαγεν αὐτό. 6 καὶ ἕτερον ἔπεσεν" birds ofthe heaven devoured it. And _ other fell ‘ [ή A 4 ’ rit "ον ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν, καὶ φυὲν ἐξηράνθη, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν. upon the rock, and having sprung up it withered, because it had not ’ e ” ἰκμάδα. 7 καὶ ἕτερον ἔπεσεν ἐν moisture ; and other fell συμφνεῖσαι" at ἄκανθαι ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτό. ὃ καὶ ἕτερον having sprung up together the thorns choked ats and other ἔπεσεν “ἐπὶ! τὴν γῆν τὴν ἀγαβήν, καὶ φυὲν ἐποίησεν fell upon the ground the good, and having sprung up produccd καρπὸν ἑκατονταπλασίονα. Ταῦτα λέγων ἐφώνει, Ὃ ἔχων * fruit a hundredfoid. Thesethings saying hecried, He that has , ~ ? ~ μέσῳ τῶν ἀκανθῶν, καὶ in [the] midst οὗ the thorns, and ὦτα ἀκούειν ἀκουέτω. 9 Ἐπηρώτων. δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, ears tohear let him hear. And *asked *him ‘his “di ciples, ἡ-παραβολὴ αὕτη"; 10 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, saying, What may be this parable ? Andhe said, « ~ , ~ 4 , ~ , ~ Ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια. τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ Τογοὰ it has Ῥεοη σίσθρῃ toknow the mysteries of the kingdom θεοῦ" τοῖς.δὲ λοιποῖς ἐν παραβολαῖς, ἵνα βλέποιτες: μὴ Ὀλέγοντες,! Τίς “εἴη of God, but to the rest in parables, that secing “not βλέπωσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες μὴ-συνιῶσιν. 11 Ἔστιν.δὲ ‘they *may see, and hearing .they may not understand. Now “is οἱ δὲ and those αὕτη 1 παραβολή! ὁ σπόρος ἐστὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ" 12 *this,'the “parable: The seed is the word of God: 4 1 « ‘ ae ἢ, ΄ d ? , Il = ” « ’,ὔ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἰσὶν οἱ “ἀκούοντες," εἶτὰ ἔρχεται ὁ διά- by the way are those who hear ; then comes the _ de- ‘ » ‘ , > Ν ~ ᾿ ? ~ / ι βολος καὶ αἴρει τὸν λόγον ἀπὺ τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν, ἵνα-μὴ vil and takesaway the word from their heart, lest, / ν » © oN ? eel / i! εν πιστεύσαντες σωθῶσιν. 13 οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ “τῆς πέτρας, οἱ having believed they should be saved. Andthose upon the rock, those who Όταν ἀκούσωσιν, μετὰ χαρᾶς δέχονται τὸν λόγων, καὶ οὗτοι when they hear, with joy receive the word, and_ these ane ” « Δ ‘ , ἣν 3 ~ pilav οὖὐκ.έχουσιν, ot πρὸς καιρὸν πιστεύουσιν. καὶ ἐν καιρῷ a root have not, who tor a time belicve, and in time πειρασμοῦ ἀφίστανται. 14 τὸ. δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας πεσόν, of trial fall wey: Andihat which into the thorns fell, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἀκούσαντες, καὶ ὑπὸ μεριμνῶν καὶ πλούτου these are they who having heard, and under cares a rithes καὶ ἡδονῶν τοῦ βίου πορευόµενοι συμπνί ίγονται," Ἷ καὶ οὐ and pleasures of life moving along are choked, and “not τελεσφοροῦσιν. 15 τὺ.δὲ ἐν τῇ καλῇ γῇ. οὗτοί εἰσιν τ bring to perfection. And that in the good ground, these are οἵτινες ἐν καρδίᾳ καλῇ Kai ἀγαθῇ ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον they who in a heart right and good having heard the word κατέχουσιν, Kai καρποφοοοῦσιν ἐν ὑποιογῇ. 10 Οὐδεὶς δὲ keep {itl,and bring forthfruit with eudurance. And no one λύχνον ἅψας καλύπτει αὐτὸν σκεύει, ἢ ὑποκάτω κλίνης alamp having lighted covers it withavessel,or under a couch ‘ ? ‘ , ΄ / τίθησιν. arr" ἐπὶ λυχνίας Ἀἐπιτίθησιν ἵνα οἱ puts [it], but on a lamp-stand puts {it], that they who ΄ an ΄ ? εἰσπορευόμενοι βλέπωσιν TO φῶς. 17 οὔ-γάρ ἐστιν For not {anything] is «οὐδὲ ἀπόκρυφον ὃ secret which enter in the light. κρυπτὸν ὃ ov Φφανερὸν, γενήσεται" hidden which “ποῦ *manifest ‘shall “become j.. ΠΟΥ muy see 7 κατέπεσεν fell down TTra. t συνφυεῖσαι Τ. Στα]. © αὕτη εἴη 7 παραβολή Ἡ. 4 ἀκούσαντες heard TTr, f συνπνίγονται ΤΑ. BE ἀλλὰ Tey bh τίθησιν LTTrA. 5 εις into GLITraw. 175 fowls of the air de- voured it. 6 Andsome fell upon a rock; and assoonas it wassprung up, it withered away, because it lacked mois- ture. 7 And some fell among thorns; and the thorns sprang up with it, and choked it, 8 And other {611 on good ground, and sprang up, and bare fruit an hundredfold. And when he had said these things, he cried, He that hath cars to hear, let him hear. 9 And his: disciples asked him, saying, What might this parable be? 10 And he said, Unto you itis given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God: but to others in parables; that seeing they might not see, and hearing they might not under- stand. 11 Now the pa- rable 15 this: The seed is the word of God. 12 Those by the way side are they that hear; then cometh the devil, and taketh away the word out of their hearts, lest they should believe and be saved. 13 They on the rock ar2 they, which, when they hear, reccive the word with joy; and these have no root, which for a while be- lieve, and in time of temptation fall away. 14 And that which fell among thorns are they, which, when they have heard, go forth, and are choked with cares and riches and plea- sures of this Jife, and bring no fruit to per- fection. 15 But that onthe good pround are they, Which in an-ho- nest and good heart, having heard the word, keep it, and bring forth fruit with patience. 16 No man, wher he hath lighted a candle, covereth it with a ves- sel, or putteth ἐξ under a bed; but setteth ‘fon a candlestick, thatthey which enter in may see the light. 17 For no- thing is secret, that shall not be made Ὁ — λέγοντες ε τὴν πέτραν Ί. 176 manifest; neither any thing hid, that shall not be known and come abroad. 18 Take heed therefore how ye hear: for whosoever hath, to him shill be given; and whosoever hath not, from him shall be taken even that which he seemeth to have. 19 Then came tohim his mother and his brethrep, and could not come at him for the press. 20 And it was told him by cer- tain which said, Thy mother and thy breth- ren stand without, de- siring to 5606 thee. 21 And he answered and said unto them, My mother and my brethren are these which hear the word of God, and do it. ‘22 Now it came to pass on a certain day, that he went into a ship with his disciples: and he said untothem, Let us go over unto the other side of the lake. And they launch- ed forth. 23 But as they sailed he fell a- sleep: and there came down a storm of wind on the lake; and they were filled with water, and were in jeopardy. 24 And they came to him, and awoke him, saying, Master, mas- ter, we perish. Then he arose, and rebuked the wind and the rag- ing of the water: and they ceased, and there was a calm. 25 And he said unto them, Where is your faith? And they being afraid wondered, saying one to another, What man- ner of man is this! for he commandeth even the winds and water, and they obey him. 26 And theyarrived at the country of the Ga- darenes, which is over against Galilee. 27 And when he went forth to Jand, there met him out of the city a cer- which ΛΟΥΚΑΣ, ΥΙΠ. Ἰοὐ- γνωσθήσεται! καὶ εἰς φανερὸν ἔλθῃ. 18 βλέπετε οὖν shall not be known and to light come. Take heed therefore ? τὰ » 7 ΄ πῶς ἀκούετε Oc.¥ydp.av" ἔχῃ, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ" καὶ how ye hear ; for whoever may have, °shall *be *given *to*him; and ‘ ελ ~ ” ΄ ᾽ ? ~ ὃς ἂν! μὴ-ἔχη, καὶ ὃ δοκεῖ ἔχειν ἀρθήσεται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. whoever may not have, even what he seems to have shall be taken from him. \ . \ ς / . 19 "" Παρεγένοντο' δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡ μήτηρ" καὶ οἱ ἀδελ- And came to him [115] mother and 2preth- φοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οὐκ.ἠδύναντο συντυχεῖν αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ren this, and were not able to get to him because of the » \ ? , ’ Y / : « , ὄχλον. 20 “καὶ ἀπηγγέλη" αὐτῷ, Ρλεγόντων," 1 Ἡ µήτηρ.σου crowd. And it was told him, , saying, Thy mother \ 9 / ς / > Μο. ὃ - τ θελ ή και οἱ ἀδελφοί.-σου ἑστήκασιν εξω, wey "oe ϐελοντες. and thy brethren are standing without, *to°see *thee “wishing. 21 ‘0.6 ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν "πρὸς αὐτούς," Μήτηρ. μου᾽ καὶ Andhe answering said to them, My mother and ἀδελφοί. μου οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούοντες καὶ my brethren πους ‘are who the word of God arehearing and ποιοῦντες tavrov." doing it. 22 ‘Kai ἐγένετο" ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐνέβη And itcametopass on ont ofthe days that he cutered εἰς πλοῖον καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, into aShip, and his disciples, and he said to them, Διέλθωμεν" εἰς τὸ πέραν τῆς λίμνης" καὶ ἀνήχθησαν. Let us pass over {ο the other side ofthe lake; and they put off. καὶ and 23 πλεόντων.δὲ αὐτῶν ἀφύπνωσεν' And as they sailed he fell asleep ; κατέβη λαῖλαψ came down astorm ἀνέμου εἰς τὴν λίμνην, καὶ συνεπληροῦντο, καὶ ἐκινδύνευον. of wind on the , lake, and they were being filled, and were in danger, 24 προσελθόντες δὲ διήγειραν αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Ἐπιστάτα, And having come to [him]they aroused him, saying, Master, 3 id 2 LA « \ we θ ‘ Π ia ’ ~ ἐπιστατα, ἀπολλύμεθα. Ο δὲ ἐγεθ εις ἐπετιμησεν TW Master, we are perishing. Andhe having arisen rebuked the ἀνέμῳ καὶ τῷ κλύδωνι τοῦ ὕδατος" Kai ἐπαύσαντο, καὶ ἐγένετο wind andthe raging ofthe water; and they ceased, and there was γαλήνη. 25 εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς. Τοῦ *torw" ἡ.πίστις ὑμῶν ; a calm. And he said tothem, Where is your faith ? Φοβηθέντες δὲ ἐθαύμασαν, λέγοντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Tic ἄρα And being afraid they wondered, - saying to one another, Who then οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἀνέμοις ἐπιτάσσει καὶ τῷ ὕδατι, *this tis, that even the winds hecommands and the watcr, καὶ ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ; and they obey him? 26 Καὶ κατέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν χώραν τῶν ΣΓαδαρηνῶν," And they sailed down to the country of the Gadarenes, ἥτις ἐστὶν Ζἀντιπέραν! τῆς Γαλιλαίας. 27 ἐξελθόντι. δὲ αὐτῷ is over aguinst Galilee. And on his having gone forth ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὑπήντησεν δαὐτῷ! ἀνὴρ τις ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, tain man, which had upon the land 4met *him +a *man *certain out of the city, . Lp | οὐ μὴ γνωσθῇ in any wise should not be known Lrtra, κ ἂν yap TTrA. 1 ἐὰν L. ™ Παρεγένετο ΤΤΙ. 4 + ὅτι Ἱ. (read [bim)) τί τι Αα]. τ θέλοντές σε Tr. τ διεγερθεὶς having been aroused ΤΊτν. Gerasenes Ltra ; Γεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes 1. 2 + αὐτοῦ his T. οἀ έλη δὲ LTTrA. > ων ΤΉ τ > 5 auTots L. — αὐτόν GLTTrA. * — ἐστιν (read [15]) LTTraw, * ἀντιπέρα LTrAW ; ἀντίπερα T. P -— λεγόντων LTT: [A]. Υ ἐγένετο δὲ LITrA. 7 Τερασηνῶν *— αὐτῷ ο ΓΕ ΙΝ δὸς εἶχενὶ δαιμόνια "ἐκ χρύνων ἱκανῶν, καὶ ἱμάτιον οὖν who had demons * for a long time, and agarment “not > ὃ pnd 1 πεν ἡ γα 1 ἿΞ ” ΝΑ. Ἵ ~ / 4 EVEOLCUOKETO, και EV οἰκίᾳ OUK.EMEVEYV, ἃ Ἐν τοις μΡΉ μασιν. *was wearing, and in a house did notabide, but in the tombs. 23 ἰδὼν.δὲ τὸν Ιησοῦν “καὶ ἀνακράξας moocirecey αὐτῷ ον But having seen Jesus and having cried out hefelldown before him, καὶ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ εἶπεν, Τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, ᾿Ιησοῦ, υἱὲ τοῦ and with ἃ *voice ‘loud said, Whattome andtothee, Jcsus, Son ~ ~ c ‘ ’ ’ / ’ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου; δέομαί σου μή µε Bacaviore. ofGod the Mo.t High? Ihescech of thee ὁποὺ °me ‘thou “mayest *torment. ‘29 “Παρήγγελλεν»' γὰρ τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ ἐξελθεῖν For he was charging the spirit the unclean to come out ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" πολλοῖς.γὰρ χοόνοις συνηρπάκει αὐτόν, from the man. For many times it had seized him ; ‘ f? ~ Π « ο : ‘ “ , A a ᾽ καὶ ᾿εδεσμεῖτο,! ἁλύσεσιν καὶ πέδαις φυλασσύμεγ'ος. καὶ δριαρ- und he was bound,, with chains and -fetters being kept, and break- ῥήσσων' τὰ δεσμὰ ἠλαύνετο ὑπὸ τοῦ "δαίμονος" εἰς τὰς ing the bonds he was driven by the demon into the ? / 3 , ‘ ? A © 3 ~ ij - Π τη’ ἐρήμους. 30 ἐπηρώτησεν δὲ αὐτὸν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ἰλέγων,! Τί σοι deserts, And ?asked Shim 1 Jesus, saying, What *thy Κεστὶν ὄνομα" ; ὋὉ δὲ εἶπεν, Agyedy"" ὅτι Ἀδαιμόνια πολλὰ tis name? Andhe said, Legion, because demons many > ~ I > > , 3 ‘ n / Π > Ν τε ‘ ? εἰσῆλθεν" εἰς αὐτόν. 31 Kai "παρεκάλει! αὐτὸν ἵνα μὴ έπι- had entered into him. And he besought him that *not ‘he? would Oe > ~ ? oY ” 3 ~ < εἰ πλ ? ~ ταξῃ αὐτοῖς εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον ἀπελθεῖν. 82 ἦν δὲ ἐκεῖ command them into the abyss to go away. Now there was there ἀγέλη χοίρων ἱκανῶν “Bookopévwy" ἐν τῷ ὄρει καὶ Ῥπαρε- aherd of *swine ‘many feeding. in the mountain, and they be- η Ἱ γ ‘ .“ 3 ΑΝ : ε ᾽ ώς ” Ἴ ΄ ” λθ ~ κάλουν αυτον γα ἐπιτρέψ αυτοι” εις εκειγους εισε Ely. sought him that he would allow them into those to enter ; wh . , ? ~ 3) , A x ns , ? ‘ = καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν αὐτοῖς. 88 ἐξελθόντα δὲ τὰ δαιμόνια ἀπὸ τοῦ and heallowed them. And having gone out the demons from the ἀνθρώπου “εἰσῆλθεν! εἰς τοὺς χοίρους καὶ ὥρμησεν ἡ, ἀγέλη man they entered into the swine, and “rushed ‘the “herd κατὰ TOU κρημνοῦ εἰς THY λίμνην, καὶ ἀπεπνίγη 94 ἰδόντες. δὲ down the steep into the lake, and were choked. And ‘having °seen ot βόσκοντες τὸ Τγεγενημένον! ἔφυγον, καὶ "ἄπελ- 4those*who “fed (*them] what had taken place fled, and having , sll ᾽ ’ » A , a 4 > ‘ 4 ? / θόντες! ἀπήγγειλαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς. gone away related {it] 1ο the city and to the country. 9ὅ ἐξῆλθον.δὲ ἰδεῖν τὸ γεγονός Kai ἰἦλθον" πρὸς τὸν And they went out to see what had taken place, and came to: ~ ‘ ον , \ » » τ Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ‘etpov' καθήμενον τὸν ἄνθρωπον ad’ οὗ Jesus, and found seated the man from whom the , wie , Thy ? ‘ ᾿ ~ \ δαιμόνια "ἐξεληλύθει,! ἱματισμένον καὶ σωφρονοῦντα, παρὰ demons had gone out, clothed and of sound mind, at τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 36 ἀπήγγειλαν.δὲ the feet \of Jesus. And they were afraid. And ‘related ~ ε , ~ « αὐτοῖς “καὶ οἱ ἰδόντες πῶς ἐσώθη ὁ δαι- ®to*them also ‘those *who *had *seen [516] how was healed he who had been pos- - Ὁ ἔχων having T. put onagarment Της, 4— καὶ LTTrA. 1 ἀφ τα 177 devils long time, and ware no clothes, nei- ther abode in any house, but in the tombs. 28 When he saw Jesus, he cried out. and fell down before him, and with a loud “voice said, What have I to do with thee, Jesus, thou Son of God most high? I beseech thee, torment me not, 29(For he had commanied the unclean spirit to come out of the man. For oftentimes it had caught him: and he was kept bound with chains and in fetters; and he brake the bands, aud was driven of the devil into the wilder- ness.) 30 And Jesus asked him, saying, What is thy name? And he said, Legion: because many devils were entcred into him. 31 And they besought him that he would not command them to go out into the deep. 32 And there was there an herd of many swine feeding on the moun- tain: and they be- sought him that he would suffer them to enter intothem, And he suffered them. 33 Then went the de- vils out of the man, and entered into the swine: and the herd ran violently down a steep place into the lake, and were choked. 34 When they that fed them saw what was done, they fled, and went and toldit in the city and in the coun- try. 35 Then they went out to see what was done; and came to Je- sus, and found the man, out of whom the devils were departed, sitting at the feet of Jesus, clothed, and in his right mind: and they were afraid. 36 They also which saw it told them by what means he that was pos:essed of the devils © καὶ χρόνῳ ἱκανῷ οὐκ ἐνεδύσατο ἱμάτιον and for a long time did not 9 TlapyyyecAe he charged κα. { ἐδεσμ.εύετο TTr. 8 διαρήσσων LTTrA. Ἀ δαιμονίου LTTrA. 1 — λέγων L. κ ὄνομα ἐστίν LTTr. 1 Λεγιών Tir. ἢ εἰσῆλθεν δαιμόνια πολλὰ LT. π παρεκάλουν they besought LTTra, ° βοσ- κομένη 1. Ρ παρεκάλεσαν LITA. 4 εἰσῆλθον LITrAW. τ γεγονὸς GLYTrAW. * — απελ θόντες GLTTrAW. ᾖἵ ἦλθαν τι. Ὁ εὗραν tr. Ὑ ἐξῆλθεν Went out T. α--- καὶ τττι[4} Ν 178 was healed. 37 Then the whole multitude of the country of the Ga- darenes round about besought him to depart from them; for they were taken with great fear: and he went up into the ship, and re- turned back again. 38 Now the man out of whom the devils were departed besought him that he might be with him: but Jesus sent him away, saying, 30 Return tothine own house, and shew how great things God hath done unto thee. And he went his way, and published throughout tthe whole city how reat things Jesus had one unto him. 40 And it came to pass, that, when Jesus was returned, the peo- le gladly received im: for they were all waiting for him. 41 And, behold, there came a man named Jairus, and he was a ruler of the synagogue: and he fell down at Jesus’ feet, and be- sought him that he would come into his house: 42 for he had one only daughter, about twelve years of age, and she lay a dy- ing. But as he went the people thronged him. 43 And a wo- man. having an issue of blood twelve years, which had spent all her living upon phy- sicians, neither could be healed of any, 44 came behind him, and touched the bor- der of his garment: and immediately her issue of blood stanch- ed. 45 And Jesus said, Who touched me? When all denied, Pcter and they that were with him said, Master, the multitude throng thee and press thee, and sayest thou, Who touched me? 46 And Jesus said, Somebody hathtouched me: for I perceive that virtue is gone out of me. 47 And Υ ἠρώτησεν LTrA. Gene. a ship) LTTra. σοι ἐποίησεν LTTrA. i ο 3 Ὰ > - ΄ 5 Dw . και EYEVETO εν τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτὸν and it erme to pass as he proceeded 1, LTT A _ Lt αντῆς her 1. ν Τίς ο αψαμενός pov; Τ{ Ίνα], GLTTraw. AOYKAS. ΥΠ]. µονισθείο. 587 καὶ Σήρώτησαν! αὐτὸν ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῆς sessed by demons, And asked him . 811 the multitude of the , ~ 7 ὃ ~ Ἱ ? λθ - ? ? ᾽ ~ ev , , περιχώρου τῶν” Γαδαρηνών" ἀπελυειν AT αὐτῶν; οτι φόβ country around of the Gadarenes to depart from them, forwith*fear_ εγάλῳ συνείχοντο' αὐτὸς. δὲ ἐμβὰς εἰς "τὸ" πλοῖον ‘great they were possessed, Andhe having entered into the ship ὑπέστρεψεν. 88 Ὀἐδέετοϊ.δὲ αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀφ᾽ οὗ ἐξελη- returned. And *was }°begging **him ‘the *man *from*whom δᾶ λύθει τὰ δαιμόνια εἶναι σὺν αὐτῷ. ἀπέλυσεν δὲ αὐτὸν 8ροπο “the ®demons tobe [taken] with him, But *sent *away “him οὗ Ἰησοῦς," λέγων, 89 Ὑπόστρεφε εἰς τὸν.οἶκόν.σου καὶ διηγοῦ ‘Jesus, saying, Return to thy house and relate ὅσα “ἐποίησέν σοι! ὁθεός. Kai ἀπῆλθεν, καθ ὕλην τὴν all that 2has*done “for ‘thee .-'God. And he departed, through?whole ‘the πόλιν κηρύσσων ὅσα ἐποίησεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς. city proclaiming all that *had *done “for *him 1 Jesus. 40 “Ἐγένετο δὲ tv" τῷ ὑποστρέψαι! τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἆπ- _ It ὀσαπιο *to pass ‘and ‘on _*returning 7Jesus, gladly εδέξατο αὐτὸν ὁ ὄχλος' ἧσαν.γὰρ πάντες προσδοκῶντες received him the crowd, for they were all looking for ? , ‘ 2 , ο ᾽ 4 τ ” γ ‘ αὐτόν. 41 Καὶ ἰδού, ἦλθεν ἀνὴρ ᾧ ὄνομα Ίάειρος, και him. And behold, *came *a*man whose name [was] Jairus, and βαὐτὸςὶ ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς ὑπῆρχεν, καὶ πεσὼν παρὰ he aruler of the synagogue was, and having fallen at τοὺς πόδας "τοῦ" Ἰησοῦ παρεκάλει αὐτὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν the fect of Jesus he besought him to come to’ οἶκον.αὐτοῦ' 42 ὅτι θυγάτηρ μονογενὴς ἦν αὐτῷ ὡς ἐτῶν his house, because *daughter ‘an7’only was tohim, about *years . δώδεκα, Kai αὕτη ἀπέθνησκεν. 'Eydé.r@vumayey αὐτὸν" [5014] ‘twelve, and she was dying. And as ?went the « ” , ᾽ , ‘ πῶς πὴ > εν οἱ ὄχλοι συνέπνιγον αὐτόν. 43 Καὶ γυνὴ οὖσα ἐν ρύσει the crowds thronged him. And awoman being with a ης .“ ᾽ At ch , { 9 Ld αἵματος ἀπὸ ἐτῶν δώδεκα, ἥτις Κεὶς ἰατροὺς"! προσανπλώσασα of blood since *years *iwelve, who on physicians having spent ev A , ” ? ‘ ~ ὅλον τὸν βίον 1 obdk ἴσχυσεν ὑπ᾽! οὐδενὸς θεραπευθῆναι, “whole 3living [her] could by no one be cured, 44 προσελθοῦσα ὄπισθεν ατα τοῦ κρασπέδου τοῦ ἱματίου having come behind touched the border of “garment > ~ ‘ ~ » ε ~ ~ αὐτοῦ, καὶ παραχρῆμα ἔστη ἡ ῥύσις τοῦ-αἵματος.αὐτῆς. ; his, and immediately stopped the flux of her blood. 45 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Tic ὁ ἀψάμενός µου; ᾿Αρνουτ And “said « ?“Jesus, Who[isit] ἐμαῦὺ was touching me? *Deny- ’ ‘ , ε μὴ « σα μένων δὲ πάντων, εἶπεν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ οἱ πωετ᾽ αὐτοῦ," Ἐπι- ing sand 541], ®said *Peter °and Sthose’with him, Mas- στάτα, οἱ ὄχλοι συγεχουσίν σε καὶ ἀποθλίβουσιν, “Kai λέγεις, ter, the crowds throng thee and press, and sayest thou, / « « ’ Val ᾿ ~ , Τίς ὁ ἀψάμενός pov;" 46 Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, “Hparo Who [is it] that was touching me? And Jesus said, *Louched- inom \ Π -“ ~ > µου τίς éyw.yap ἔγνων δύναμιν Ῥἐξελθοῦσανὶ ἀπ me ‘some ’one, forl knew [that] power went out from * Τερασηνῶν Gerasenes Ltra; Τεργεσηνῶν Gergesenes T. a— τὸ Ὁ ἐδεεῖτο 1, ; ἐδεῖτο Tra, ς -- ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he sent) [L]TTra. 5 Ἔν δὲ Ἡτ ἔὑποστρέφειν τ. Βοὗτος ΙΠί6 τττ. Β — τοῦ Τ{ττ]. ὰ ἰατροῖς Man LITA. 2 σὺν αὐτῷ GLYLA, ο — και λέγεις, P ἐξεληλυθνίιαν bad gone out Trra, VIII, IX. LUKE. «ἐμοῦ. 47 ᾿Ιδοῦσα.δὲ η γυνὴ ὅτι οὐκιἔλαθεν, τρέμουσα ἦλ- me. Aud “seeing ‘the *woman that she was nothid, trembling she θεν, καὶ προσπεσοῦσα αὐτῷ, δι ἣν αἰτίαν ἥψατο came, ‘and having fallen down before him, αὐτοῦ ἀπήγγειλεν laity ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ ὡς ο him she declared to him before all the people, and how . ἰάθη παραχρῆμα. 48 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ,, Θάρσει," she was healed immediately. Andhe said toher, Be of good courage, θύγατερ,' ἡ. πίστις σου σέσωκέν oe πορεύου εἰς εἰρήνην. daughter, thy faith has cured thee: go in peace, 9 4 ’ ~ λ λ ~ Ν / . ΜΝ} “Ὁ ? 3: 49 Ἔτι αυτου λαλοῦντος ερχεταέτις παρα" τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώ- As yet he was speaking comes one from _ the ruler of the syna- you, λέγων ᾽αὐτφῷ,' Ὅτι τέθνηκεν ἡ.θυγάτηρ.σου “μὴ" σκύλλε gogue, saying to him, Has *died *thy "daughter; ‘not ‘trouble τὸν διδάσκαλον. 50 Ὁ δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἀκούσας ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ, the teacher. But Jesus having heard answered him, λέγων," Μἠ φοβοῦ µόνον Yrioreve." καὶ σωθήσεται. saying, Fear not; only believe, and she shall be restored. 51 Εἰσελθὼν' δὲ εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν οὐκ.ἀφῆκεν εἰσελθεῖν 3οὐδένα] And having entered into the house he did not suffer *to*go*in ‘any Ξοπθ (lit. no one) ’ εἰ μὴ Πέτρον καὶ δ᾿ Ἰάκωβον» καὶ Ιωάννην, καὶ τὸν πατέρα except Peter and James and John, and the father τῆς παιδὸς καὶ τὴν μητέρα. 52 ἔκλαιον.δὲ πάντες καὶ of the child and the mother. Andthey were*weeping ‘all’ and ὁ-δὲ εἶπεν, Μἡἠ κλαίετε' οὐκ] ἀπέθανεν, But he καἱᾶ, Weep not ; she is not dead, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει. 53 Kai κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ, εἰδότες ὅτι ἀπέ- but sleeps. And they laughed at him, knowing that she was θανεν. 54 αὐτὸς δὲ ἐκβαλὼν ἔξω πάντας, καὶ κρατήσας ἐκόπτοντο αὐτήν. bewailing her. dead. But he having put out all, and having taken hold τῆς. χειρὸς. αὐτῆς, ἐφώνησεν, λέγων, Ἢ παῖς, “ἐγείρου." 55 Kat of her hand, cried, saying, Child, -arise. And ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἀνέστη παραχρῆμα: καὶ “returned *her “spirit, and she arose immedjately; and διέταξεν αὐτῇ δοθῆναι φαγεῖν. ὅθ καὶ he directed [that] δΐο Sher [‘something] *should *be *given to eat. And ἐξέστησαν ol-yovetc.avTig’ 0.0& παρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς μηδενὶ 3Swere ‘amazed ‘her "ρατθηῖς” - and he charged them tonoone εἰπεῖν τὸ γεγονός. to tell what had happened. fi 9 ΙΣυγκαλεσάμενος! δὲ τοὺς δώδεκα ἔμαθητὰς αὐτοῦ" ἔδωκεν And having called together the twelve disciples ofhim hegave. αὐτοῖς δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια, καὶ to them power and authority over. all the demons, and , \ 4 ‘ νόσους θεραπεύειν' 2 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς κηρύσσειν τὴν diseases to heal, and sent them to proclaim the βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἰᾶσθαι rove ἀσθενοῦντας," 3 καὶ kingdom of God, απᾶ toheal those being sick. And εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς. Μηδὲν αἴρετε εἰς τὴν ὁδόν" μήτε ῥάβδους," Ὦο να]ᾶ to them,* Nothing take for the way; neither staves, 9 — αὐτῷ LITrA. ¥ — Θάρσει LTTrA. 5 θυγάτηρ Tr. tamoL. Ἢ μηκέτι no longer LTTr. * — λέγων LTT:[A]. Υ πίστευσον TTrA. gone GLTTrW. ἃ τινὰ σὺν αὐτῷ ANY one With him ΤΤΤΓΑ. Ἰάκωβον GLTTrAW. ο ov yap (read for she is not dead) LTra. kaLLTTrA. δ ἔγειρε LTrA. ἵ Συνκαλεσάμενος T. ἀσθενεῖς the sick Π|1]; --- τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ΤΑ. for what cause she touched- 179 when the woman saw that she was not hid, she came trembling, and falling down before him, she de- clared unto him be- fore all the people for what cause she had touched him, and how she was healed imme- diately. 48 And he said unto her, Daugh- ter, be of good comfort: thy faith hath made thee whole; goin peace. 49 While he yet spake, there cometh one from the ruler of the syna- gogue’s house, saying to him, Thy daughter is dead; trouble not the Master. 50 But when Jesus heard it, he answered him, say- ing, Fear not: believe only, and she shall be made whole. 51 And when he came into the house, he suffered no man to go in, save Peter, and James, and John, and the father and the mother of the maiden. 52 And all wept,and bewailed her: but he said, Weep not; she is not dead, but sleepeth. 53 And they laughed him to scorn, knowing that she was dead. 54 And he put them all out, and took her by the hand, and called, saying, Maid, arise. 55 And her spi- rit came again, and she arose straightway: and he commanded to gire her meat. 56 And her parents were astonish- ed: but he charged them that they should tell no man what was done. IX. Then he culled his twelve disciples together, and gave them power aud autho- rity over all devils, and to cure diseases. 2 And he sent them to preach che kingdom of God, and to heal the sick, 3 And he said unto them, Take no- thing for your journey, neither’ staves, nor ¥ —- αὐτῷ τ{ττ]. Σ ἐλθὼν having 5 Ἰωάννην (Ἰωάνην Tr) και d — ἐκβαλὼν ἔξω πάντας Ε --- μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ GTTrAW. i ῥάβδον stuff GLTTra, ὰ τους 180 serip, neither bread, ne ther money; neither have two couts apicce. 4 And _ whatsoever hyuse ye enter into, there abide, and thence depart, 5 And whoso- ever will not receive you, when ye go out of that city, shake off the very dust from your feet for a testi- mnony against them. 6 And they departed, and went through the towns, preaching the gospel, and healing every where, 7 Now Herod the tetrarch heard of all that was done by him: and he was perplexed, because that it was said of some, that John was risen from the dead; 8 and of some, that Elias had appear- ed; and of others, that one of the old pro- phets was risen again. 9 And Herod said, John have I beheaded: but who is this, of whom I hear such things? And he desired to see him. 10 And the apostles, when they were re- turned, told him all that they hud done. And he tookthem, and went aside privately into a desert place belonging to the city called Bethsaida. 11 And the people, when they knew it, followed him: and he received them, and spake unto them of the kingdom of God, and healed them that had need of healing. 12 And when the day began to wear away, then came the twelve, and said unto him, Send the multitude a- way, that they may go into the towns and country round a- bout, and lodge, and get victuals: for we are here in a desert place. 13 But he said unto them, Give ye them to eat. And they said, We have no more but five loaves and AOA RRS: IX. , » , ἊΣ ᾽ “ ΄ = k ᾽ Vii ou µητε ἄρτον, μητε ἀργύριον, µητε "ανα Ovo nor bread, nor money? nor each two ~ ” 4 εν /{ ὅν τῇ - , χιτῶνας ἔχειν. 4 καὶ εἰς ἣν ἂν οἰκίαν. εἰσέλθητε, ἐκεῖ μένετε, tunics to have. And into whatever house ye may enter, there remain, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐξέ θε. ὃ Sek? ἂν μὴ Σεξ "twa ἕέρχεσθε. 5 καὶ ὅσοι ἂν μὴ. ἐέξωνται' ὑμᾶς, μήτε πήραν, nor provision bag, and - thence go forth, And as many as may not receive you, ἐξερχόμενοι ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως.ἐκείνης “Kai! τὸν κονιορτὸν ἀπὸ going forth from that city even the. dust from τῶν ποδῶὼν.ὑμῶν π"ἀποτινάξατε," εἰς μαρτύριον ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς. your feet , shake off, for atestimony against them. 6 ᾿Εζεργόμενοι δὲ διήργοντο κατὰ τὰς κώμας, εὐαγγελιζό- 5 SEOK OPE OL.O€E tnOXOVTO κατα τος κ μ orm ἘΣ 9 And going forth they passed through the villages, announcing the μενοι καὶ θεραπεύοντες πανταχοῦ. glad tidings and healing every where. 7 Ἠκουσεν.δὲ Ἡρώδης ὁ °retpapyyg" τὰ γινόμενα Stetrarch |’ 7the *things *being ‘°done nN A ‘ , ε ’ διὰ τὸ λέγεσθαι ὑπό Απά ‘heard *of ‘Herod "με Pym αὐτοῦ" πάντα: Kai διηπόρει, Ἄν πα “all, and was perplexed, because it wassaid by τινων, Ότι VIwavyne' Τἐγήγερται! ἐκ νεκρῶν" some, John has been raised from among [the] dead; 8 ὑπό τινων δέ, Ὅτι “HXiac' ἐφάνη: ἄλλων : δέ, Ὅτι by some .also, that Elias had appeared; by others also, that προφήτης ‘sic! τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη. 9 "Καὶ εἶπεν" "πὸ! a prophet one ofthe ancients’ had arisen. And “said Ἡρώδης, “Ιωάννην" ἐγὼ amexepadioa’ ric.cé ἐστιν οὗτος *Herod, John 1 beheaded, but who “is’ this περὶ οὗ ἐγὼ" ἀκούω τοιαῦτα; Kai ἐζήτει ἰδεῖν αὐτόν. concerning whom 1 hear suchthings? And he soughttosce him. 10 Καὶ ὑποστρέψαντες οἱ ἀπόστολοι διηγήσαντο αὐτῷ And “#having“returned ‘the 2apostles related _ to him ὅσα ἐποίησαν: καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ὑπεχώρησεν whatsoever they had done. And having taken ~them he retired » 29) 3 7 , ” / / Wl θ 1) [4 κατ ἰδίαν εἰς τόπον ἔρημον πόλεως καλουμένης" Βηθσαϊδα. apart into ϱ ΄Ῥ]αςε ‘desert of a city called ‘ Bethsaida. 11 οἱ δὲ ὄχλοι γνόντες ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ" καὶ 3δεξά- But the crowds having known [it] followed him ; and = having pevoc' αὐτοὺς ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῖ., received them hespoke tothem concerning the kingdom of God, καὶ τοὺς χρείαν ἔχοντας θεραπείας ἰᾶτο. 12 Ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα and thase 3ποθόᾶ *having of healing he cured. But the day ἤρξατο κλίνειν' προσελθόντες.δὲ οἱ δώδεκα εἶπον αὐτῷ, Από- began todecline, anihavingcome the twelve said tohim, Dis- \ ” er > , ‘ , , . λυσον τὸν ὄχλον, ἵνα "ἀπελθόντες! εἰς τὰς κύκλῳ κώμας και miss the crowd, that having gone into the “around ‘villages and . 4 ? ‘ / ‘ ev ᾽ « “τοὺς" ἀγροὺς καταλύσωσιν, καὶ εὕρωσιν ἐπισιτισμόν: ὅτι ὧδε the country’ they may lodge, and may find provisions; for here ? ΄ , ? ρ 5 Η ‘ ? , , ᾽ ~ ἐν ἐρήμῳ τόπῳ ἐσμεν. 13 Ἐἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Δότε αὐτοῖς in *desert ‘a place we are. But hesaid to them, Give *to*them dt ~ ~ Ι ε ‘ : ν - nn ὑμεῖς φαγεῖν." Οἱ.δὲ “εἶπον," Οὐκείσὶν ἡμῖν πλεῖον ἢ ye to eat. But they said, There are not tous more than κ [ava] Tre, ὑμεῖς LTA. 1 δέχωνται LITrA,. Ρ -- ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ [1ι]ΤττΑ. ἔτις some One TA; τὶς Tr. Υ — ἐγὼ (read ἀκούω I hear) τ[ στ]. μενος having gladly received τττιΑ. © εἶπαν LTTrA. ‘A. ™-- kai[L}fra. 5 ἀποτινάσσετε ΤΑ. 4 Ἰωάνης Tr. τ ἠγέρθη was raised utr. 7 εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA: * — 0 GLTTraw. πόλιν καλουμένην a City Called ττε,.. Ὁ πορευθέντες GLTTra. 5--- τοὺς τίτε]Α. © τετραάρχης T- 5 Ἡλείας T. x Ἰωάνην τ΄. 4 ἀποδεξ {- 4 φαγν.ν - Le. f LUKE. , ” Ι i” κ σ κ) 3 θ , Π > h , Ι ᾽ὔ ἐ ~ πεντε ἄρτοι" και Sovo ἰχθύες," εἰ μήτι! πορευθέντες ἡμεῖς five loaves and two fishes, unless indeed having gone we 2 ᾿ » τ ~ , ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν.λαὸν. τοῦτον βρώματα. 14 Ἦσαν should buy fox. μα this people victuals ; 2they “were . ἜΜ ε » ν , ~ \ \ 3 ‘ γὰρ" ὡσεὶ ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι. Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς for about “men lfive *thousand. Buthesaid to 2disciples αὐτοῦ, Κατακλίνατε αὐτοὺς κλισίας * ἀνὰ πεντήκοντα. 15 Kai this, Make recline ‘them incompanies by fifties. And ’ ΄ e \ 1 / Π er ι Ὧν ἐποίησαν οὕτως, καὶ ᾿ἀνέκλινανὶ ἅπαντας. 16 Λαβὼν δὲ they did 5ο, and made ?recline all, And haying taken ν ; » 4 ᾿ , ? , > / ? . τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας, ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν the five loaves and the two fishes, having lookedup to the οὐρανὸν εὐλόγησεν αὐτοὺς καὶ κατέκλασεν, καὶ ἐδίδου τοῖς heaven he blessed them and broke, and gave tothe μαθηταῖς παρατιθέναι" τῷ ὄχλῳ. 17 Kai ἔφαγον καὶ ἔχορ- disciples to set before the crowd. And theyate and were τάσθησαν πάντες" καὶ ἤρθη τὸ περισσεῦσαν αὐτοῖς “satisfied tall; and was taken up that which was over and above to them κλασμάτων κόφινοι δώδεκα. of fragments *hand “baskets ‘twelve. 18 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ«εἶναι αὐτὸν προσευχόμενον "Kara- And itcametopass as*was ~ ‘he praying ο Α- μόνας," συνῆσαν αὐτῷ οἱ µαθηήταί' καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς, lene, Swere*with ‘him ‘the “disciples, and he questioned them, λέγων, Τίνα µε Ὀλέγουσιν οἱ ὄχλοι εἶναι; 19 Οἱ. δὲ ἀπο- saying, Whom *me ‘do*pronounce “the “crowds to be? And they an- κριθέντες Ῥεῖπον," “Ἰωάννην! τὸν βαπτιστήν᾽ ἄλλοι.δὲ swering said, John the Baptist ; and others, τἨλίαν") ἄλλοι δὲ. Ore ποοφήτης τις τῶν ἀρχαίων ἀνέστη. ? g ] Elias; and others, that “prophet ‘some ofthe ancients has arisen. *) Σ : ᾽ ~ «5 ~ ἂν ΄ ΓΑ τ 20 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς δὲ τίνα µε λέγετε εἶναι; And ο said to them, But ye whom *me ‘do “ye pronounce to be? Ξ᾽Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Πέτρος" εἶπεν, Tov χοιστὸὺν τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 Ὁ δὲ And answering Peter said, The Christ of God. And he ἐπιτιμήσας αὐτοῖς παρήγγειλεν μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν" τοῦτο, strictly enjoining them charged [them] to no one to tell this, 22 εἰπών, Ότι δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πολλὰ saying, It is necessary for the Son of man many things παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ ἀρχ- {ο suffer,, and to be rejected by the elders and chief ιερέων καὶ γραμματέων, καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ priests and scribes, and to be killed, and the third ἡμέρᾳ "ἐγερθῆναι." 23”ENeyev.d& πρὸς πάντας, Et τις θέλει day to be raised. And hesaid to all, If any one desires ὀπίσω µου “ἐλθεῖν, ἀπαρνησάσθω" ἑαυτόν, καὶ ἀράτω after me to come, let him deny himself, and let him take up τὸν .σταυρὸν. αὐτοῦ καθ. ἡμέρανει καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι. his cross daily, and let him follow me; ἀπολέσει αὐ- 24 ὃς γὰργᾶνὶ θέλῃ τὴν ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ σῶσαι, i shall lose it ; for whoever may desire his life to save, ῤ τ , ‘ ‘ ~ ’ ᾽ ~ < THY’ ὃς ὃ.ἂν ἀπολέσῃ τὴν ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ, οὗτος but whoever may lose his life onaccountof me, he ο χἄρτοι πέντετ. δ ἰχθύες δύο GLTTrAW. buy τι LTrA. about fifty each) [LTrJa. ἱ κατέκλιναν τττ | ™ παραθεῖναι TTrA. ο οἱ ὄχλοι λέγουσιν TTrA. Ρ εἶπαν LUTrA. 4 Ἰωάνην Tr. ἀποκριθεὶς ΤτταΑ. τ λέγειν GLTTrA. ν ἀναστῆναι to arise LA, GLTTra. x# καθ ἡμέραν L. 7 ἐὰν 1. 1 δὲ and 7. t Ἡλείαν T. W ἔρχεσθαι, ἀρνησάσθω 181 two fishes; except we should go and buy meat for all this peo- ple. 14 For they were about five thousand men. And he said to his “ disciples, Make them sit down by fif- ties in a. company. 15 And they did so, and made them all sit down. 16 Then he took the five loaves and the two fishes, and looking up to heaven’ he bless- ed them, and breke, and gave to the disci- ples to set before the nultitude. 17 And they did eat, and were all filled: and there was taken up of frag- ments that remainedto them twelve baskets. 18 And it came to pass, as he was' alone praying, his disciples were with him: and he asked them, saying, Whom say the people that I am? 19 They answering said, John the Baptist; but some say, Elias; and others say, that one of the old prophets is risen again. 20 He said unto them, But whom say ye that I am? Peter answering said, The Christ of God. 21 And he straitly charged them, and commanded them to tell no man that thing; 22 saying, The’ Son of man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the ciders and chief priests and _ scribes, and be slain, and be raised the third day. 23 And he said to them all, If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily, and follow me. 24 For whosoever will save his life shall lose it: but who-oever will lo.e his life for my sake, the same shall save it. κ + ὡσεὶ (read 2 κατὰ μόνας LTTr. 5 Πέτρος δὲ 182 25 For what is 4 man advantaged, if he gain the whole world, and lose himself, or be cast away? 26 For whoso- ever shall be ashamed of me and of my words, of him shall the Son of man be ashamed, when he shall come in his own glory, and in his Father’s, and of the holy angels. 27 But I tell you of a truth, there be some stunding here, which shall not taste of death, till they see the kingdom of God. 28 And it came to ass about an eight ae after these say- ings, he took Peter and John and James, and went up into a moun- tain to pray. 29 And as he prayed, the fa- shion of his: counte- nance was altered, and his raiment was white and glistering. 30 And, behold, there talked with him two men, which were Moses and Elias: 51 who appeared in glory, and spake of his decease which he should accomplish at’ 32 Jerusalem, But Peter and they that were with him were heavy with sleep: and when they were awake, they saw his glory, and the two men that stood with him. 33 And it came to pass, as they departed from him, Peter said unto Jesus, Master, it is good for us to be here: and let us make three taber- nacles; one for thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias: not knowing what hesaid. 34 While he thus spake, there came a cloud, and overshadowed them: and they feared as they entered into the cloud. 35 And there came a voice out of the cloud, saying, This is my beloved 1X. ἄνθρωπος, κερδήσας ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. σώσει αὐτήν. 95 τί.γὰρ ὠφελεῖται ς shall save it. For what is “profited ‘a *man, having gained τὸν κόσμον ὅλον, ἑαυτὸν-δὲ ἀπολέσας ἢ ζημιωθείς ; the world ‘whole, but himself having destroyed or suffered the loss of ? ~ ‘ τ ? τ ΄ 26 ὃς .γὰρ-ᾶν ἐπαισχυνθῃ µε καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους, For whoever may have been ashamed of me and my words, . ~ ν 8 ’ ᾽ / - Κ΄ ” τοῦτον ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐπαισχυνθήσεται ὅταν ἔλθῳ him the Son of man will be ashamed of when heshallcome ~ ‘ ~ ‘4 ‘ ~ ε , > , ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων. in the glory οὗ himself and ofthe Father and ofthe holy angels. ~ 27 Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν ἀληθῶς, εἰσίν τινες τῶν δε! Ἀἑστικό- ButIsay toyou ofatruth, there are some of those here stand- των," ot οὐ.μὴ ὑγεύσονται' θανάτου ἕως-ᾶν ἴδωσιν ing whoinnowise _ shull taste of death until they shall have seen τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. the kingdom of God. ι ’ , ε ‘ 28 ᾿Εγένετο.δὲ μετὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους ὡσεὶ ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ Α πᾶ it came {ο pass after these words about “days ‘eight “καὶ! παραλαβὼν ἁτὸνϊ Πέτρον καὶ “Ἱωάννην" καὶ ᾿Ιάκωβον that having taken Peter and John and James ἀνέβη εἰς τὸ ὄρος προσεύξασθαι. 29 καὶ ἐγένετο he went up into the mountain to pray. And it came to pass ἐν τῷ προσεύχεσθαι αὐτὸν τὸ εἶδος τοῦ.προσώπου-αὐτοῦ as *prayed the the appearance of his face ἕτερον, Kai ὁ ἱματισμὸς αὐτοῦ λευκὸς ἐξαστράπτων. (became] altered, and his clothing white effulgent. ‘ > "» ’ ~ / cE 30 Kai ἰδού, ἄνδρες δύο συνελάλουν αὐτῷ, οἵτινες ἦσαν And behold, *mén ‘two talked with hin, who were ἐμ ωσῆς" καὶ ΣἩλίας Ἱ 81 of ὀφθέντες ἐν δόξῃ ἔλεγον" τὴν Moses and Elias, _ who appearing in glory spoke of ” ᾽ ~ τι i” Π ~ b « ρ ἔξοδον αὐτοῦ ἣν ἔμελλεν! πληροῦν ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ. his departure which he wasabout to accomplish in Jerusalem. 92 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ ot σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημµένοι ὕπνῳ. But Peter and those with him were oppressed with sleep . διαγρηγορήσαντες.δὲ *eldov" τὴν.δόξαν.αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς δύο and having awokefully they saw his glory, and the two ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ. 88 καὶ ἐγενετο ἔν-τφ.δια- men who stood with ‘him, And it came to pass as *de- χωρίζεσθαι αὐτοὺς am αὐτοῦ, εἶπεν ὁ Πέτρος πρὸς τὸν parted these from him, *said Peter to. Ἰησοῦν, Ἐπιστάτα, καλάν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι" καὶ ποιήσωμεν Jesus, Master, good itis forus here tobe; and let us make σκηνὰς τρεῖς, μίαν σοί, καὶ ‘Mwoei μίαν," καὶ μίαν *tabernacles ‘three, one forthee, and for Moses one, and one m'HKia," μὴ εἰδὼς ὃ λέγει. 34 ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ.λέγοντος for Elias, not knowing what heissaying.. But these things as he was saying. ἐγένετο νεφέλη καὶ 3ἐπεσκίασενὶ αὐτούς" ἐφοβήθησαν δὲ ἐν.τῷ came ‘a*cloud and overshadowed them, and they feared as 02 , - > λθ ~ i > A , ‘ νε ? εκείνους εἰσελθεῖν" εἰς THY νεφελην. 3D καὶ φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ those entered into the cloud : and avoice came out of ~ ἐλ Pi <= PP ? « Gis & ? δ il τῆς νεφέλης, λεγουσα, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός.μου ὁ Ῥἀγαπητός" Son: hear him. 36 And the cloud, saying, This ‘is my Son the beloved ; Pi τ αὐτοῦ ΤΎΤΑ " ἑστώτων GLTrAW. > γεύσωνται should taste GLTTrAW. ο [καὶ] L. .- ΟΙΤΤΤΑΥΥ, 5 Ἰωάνην Tr. f Μωῦσῆς LTTrAw. & λείας T. h + [δὲ] and τ. 4 QuedAer τ. κ εἶδαν τ. ἱ μίαν Μωσεῖα ; μίαν Μωῦσεϊ ΙΤΤτΑΥΓ. m “Ηλείᾳ T. Ὦ ἐπεσκίαζεν TTra. «9 εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς they entered Trra, ν ἐκλελεγμένοφβομοβθι 1Tra, re. UKE, ? ~ > / ‘ Ἵ “" , \ A t , αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε. 86 Καὶ ἐν.τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνὴν εὑρέθη Shim =s "hear “ye. And ,as occurred the voice *was “found 461 Ἰησοῦς μόνος. Kai αὐτοὶ ἐσίγησαν, καὶ οὐδενὶ ἀπήγγειλαν ‘Jesus alone: and they weresilent, and tonoone they told ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις οὐδὲν ὧν ἹΤἑωράκασιν.ὶ in those days anything of what they had seen. 37 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ "ἐν" τῇ ἑξῆς ἡμέρᾳ, κατελθόντων.αὐτῶν And itcametopass on the next day, ontheir having come down ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους, συνήντησεν αὐτῷ ὄχλος πολύς. 38 Καὶ from the mountain, “met Shim 'a-crowd 7great. And ἰδού, ἀνὴρ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου tavEeBdnaer," λέγων, Διδάσκαλε; behold, aman from the crowd cried out, saying, Teacher, δέομαί σου "ἐπίβλεψον! ἐπὶ τὸὺν.υἱόν.μου, ὅτι µονογενής I beseech thee look upon my son, for an only child Σἐστίν pou! 39 καὶ ἰδού, πνεῦμα λαμβά τὸν καὶ ἐξ- ’ μα λαµβραγει αυτον και ἕξ heis tome: and behold, a spirit takes him and sud- αίφνης κράζει, καὶ σπαράσσει αὐτὸν μετὰ ἀφροῦ, ἀεπ] τε οτίθ οαὐ, and it throws 7into “convulsions ‘him with foaming, καὶ μόγις ἀποχωρεῖ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, συντρίβον αὐτόν: 40 καὶ and with difficulty departs from him, bruising him. And ἐδεήθην τῶν .μαθητῶν.-σου ἵνα Τἐκβάλλωσινϊ αὐτό, καὶ οὐκ I besought thy disciples that they might cast out . it, and “not ἠδυνήθησαν. 41 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Ὦ γενεὰ ‘they ?were able. And ?answering 1Jesus said, O generation ἄπιστος καὶ διεστραμμένη, ἕως πότε ἔσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ unbelieving and perverted, until when shallIbe with you and ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν; προσάγαγε Υὧδε τὸν υἱόν.σου." 42 "Ἔτι. δὲ bear with you? Bring « hither thy son. But *yet προσερχομένου.αὐτοῦ ἔῤῥηξεν αὐτὸν τὸ δαιμόνιον καὶ συν- tus *he “was coming near “dashed*down “μἰπι ‘the “demon and threw εσπάραξεν’ ἐπετίμησεν. ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ πνεύματι τῷ (him] intoconvulsions, And *rebuked Jesus the spirit the ἀκαθάρτῳ, καὶ ἰάσατο τὸν παῖδα, καὶ ἀπέδωκεν αὐτὸν τῷ unclean, and healed the child, and gave back him to πατρὶ. αὐτοῦ. 48 ἐξεπλήσσοντο.δὲ πάντες ἐπὶ τῇ µεγαλειότητι his father. And *were “astonished ‘all at the majesty τοῦ θεοῦ. of God. , ‘ ~ , ᾽ Πάντων.δὲ θαυμαζόντων ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς Ττἐποίησεν" δὸ Ἰη- Απά [45] 8481 were wondering αὖ all ‘which *did Je- σοῦς,! εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ, 44 Θέσθε ὑμεῖς εἰς τὰ sus, he said to his disciples, Lay *by ‘ye into -- e πω Ἡ ΄ / ὦτα.ὑμῶν τοὺς.λόγους.τούτους' ὁ.γὰρ.υὶὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μελ- For the Son of man is a- your ears these words : λει παραδίδοσθαι εες χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων. 45 Οἱ. δὲ ἠγνόουν bout to be delivered up into(the] hands of men. But they understood not καὶ ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον am αὐτῶν ἵνα and it was veiled from them _ that 4 » > Pie ‘ ? ~ b2 ~ Π > \ μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτό' καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο "ἐρωτῆσαι" αὐτὸν they should not perceive it. Ang they feared to ask him περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου. 46 Εἰσῆλθεν.δὲ διαλογισμὸς ἐν τὸ ῥῆμα.τοῦτο, this saying, 188 -when the voice was past, Jesus was found alone. And they kept it close, and told no man in those days any of those things which they had seen. 37 And it came to pass, that on the next day, when they were come down from the hill, much people met him, 38 And, behold, a man of the company cried out, saying, Mas- ter, 1 beseech thee, look upon my son: for he is mine only child, 39 And, lo, a spirit taketh him, and he suddenly crieth- out ; and it tearethhim that he foameth again, and bruising him hardly departeth from him. 40 And I besought thy disciples to cast him out; and they could not. 41 And Jesus answering said, ο faithless and perverse generation, how long shall I be with yon, and suffer you? Bring thy son hither. 42 and as he was yet a com- ing, the devil threw him down, and tare him. And Jesus re- buked the unclean spirit, and healed the child, and | delivered him again to his fa- ther. 43 And they were all amazed at the mighty power of God. But while they won- dered every one at all things which Jesus did, he said unto his disci- ples, 44 Let these say- ings sink down into your ears : for the Son of man shall be de- livered into the hands of men. 45 But they understood not this saying, and it was hid from them, that they perceived it not: and they feared to ask him of thnt saying. 46Then there arose a reasoning concerning 7saying this. But *came ‘up ‘a reasoning among among them, which of > ἘΣ , , n ” , op tae Gaines ~ ελ ‘oll them should he great- αὐτοῖς, τό, τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν. 47 ὁ.δὲ.Ἰησοῦς “tdwy" est. 47 And Jesus, per- them, this, who might be greatest of them. And Jesus havingseen ceiving the thought of 4 — δ LTTrAW. τ᾿ ἑώρακαν TTrA. .--ἐν T[Tr]a. t ἐβόησεν LTTrA. v ἐπιβλέψαι ΑΤΊΧΑΝ. δ μοι ἐστιν LTTrAW. 3 ἐκβόλωσιν GLTTrAW. Υ τὸν νὶόν σου ὧδε ον. ἷ ἐποίει GLTTra. 8.-- ὃ Ἰησοῦς (/εαἆ ἐποίει he was doing) TTra. περωτήσαι 1. δ εἰδὼς Tr’ 184 their heart, took ἃ child, and set him by him, 48 and said unto them, Whosoever shail receive this child in my name _ receiveth me: shall receive me re- ceiveth himu that sent me : for he that is least among you all, the same shall be great. 49 And John answered and said, Master, we saw ove casting out devils in thy name; and we forbad him, because he followeth not with us. 50 And Jesus said unto him, Forbid Aim not: for he that is not against as is for us, 51 And it came to pass, when the time was come that he should be received up, ke stedfastly set his face to go to Jerusa- lem, 52 and sent mes- 0 sengers before his face: and they went, and entered into a village of the Samaritans, to make ready for him. 53 And they did not receive him, because his face was as though he would go to Jeru- salem. 54 And when his disciples James and John saw this, they said, Lord, wilt thou that we command fire to come down from heaven, and con- sume them, even as Elias did? 55 But he turned; and rebuked them, and said, Ye kvow not what man- ner of spirit ye are of. 56 For the Son of man is not come to destroy men’s lives, but tosave them. And they went to another village. 57 And it came to pass, that, as they went in the way, a certain man said unto him, Lord, I will follow thee whithersoever. thou goest. 58 And Je- and whosoever A.O καν τς ἡ Ἢ ὴ η δὶ ἡγῶν. & λ (σῤμει d δί tl τὸν διαλογισμὸν τῆς.καρθίας.αυτῶν, ἐπιλαβόμενος "παιδίου the reasoning of their heart, having taken hold of a little child ” Y ? ε ~ ‘ - ο ? ~ [2] e2 A " ἔστησεν αυτὸ παρ᾽ ἑαυτῷ, 48 καὶ. εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ος.“ἐὰν he set it by “him, and said tothem, Whoever ’ ~ ͵ ~ , , , δέξηται τοῦτο τὸ παιδίον ἐπὶ τῷ. ὀνόματί. μου, ἐμὲ δέχεται" shall receive this little child in my name, me receives; a ‘ A ’ > ‘ ᾽ , , καὶ ὃς. ἐὰν" ἐμὲ δέξηται, δέχεται τὸν ἀποστείλαντά µε. and whoever me_ shall receive, receives him who sent me. ὁ γὰρ μικρότερος ἐν πᾶσιν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχων οὗτος ξἔσται" Forhe πο Ἴο5Ῥ. Samong ὅα1 .Ἴγοι lis he sha'l be 4 ‘ 3? , = μέγας. 49 ᾿᾽Αποκριθεὶς-δὲ δὸ" ᾿] άννης" εἶπεν, ᾿Επιστάτα, great. And answering John said, Master, εἴδομέν τινα ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί.σο» ἐκβάλλοντα "τὰ" δαιμόνια" we saw some one in thy name casting out the demons, \ > , ~ > ~ ΄ re καὶ ἐκωλύσαμεν αὐτόν, ὅτι οὐκ. ἀκολουθεῖ μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν 50'Kai and we forbade him, because he follows not “with us, And εἶπεν! πρὸς αὐτὸν ™o"’Incovc, Μἡ.κωλύετε ὃς. γὰρ οὐκ Ξβαϊα sto *him 1 Jesus, Forbidnot; for whosvever “not ἔστιν καθ "ἡμῶν," ὑπὲρ "ἡμῶν" ἐστιν. ‘is against us, for us . is. 51 ‘Eyeverodé ἐν.τῷ.συμπληροῦσθαι τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς And it came to pass when were being fulfilled the days of the σἀναλήψεως" αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς τὸ.πρόσωπον .Ραὐτοῦ" Yorn- recciving him up, that he his face sted- -» ll ~ la θ ” « λ. , FO ‘ ? , rx ἐξεν του πορευεσ αι εις Ιερουσα ημ. Ow και απεστειλει) fastly set to go to Jerusalem, And he sent ἀγγέλους πρὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ. Kai πορευθέντες εἰσῆλθον Messengers betore ᾿ *face aa... And having gone they entered εἰς κώμην Σαμαρειτῶν.! ὥστε ἑτοιμάσαι αὐτῷ. 53 καὶ οὐκ into avillage ofSamuaritans, soas to make ready for him. And *not ἐδέξαντο αὐτόν, ὅτι τὺ.πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ ἦν πορευό- 4they “did receive him, because his face was [as] 6ο- 3 « 7 - > "4 A ε θ a 8 ᾽ πο μενον εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. 54 ἰδόντες. δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ing to Jerusalem. And seeing [it] his disciples δε... ‘ a , , : ]άκωβος καὶ ᾿Ιωάννης" "εἶπον," Κύριε, θέλεις εἴπω- James John Lord, wilt thou[that] we shouid μὲν πῦρ καταβῆναι Σἀπὸϊ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἀναλῶσαι αὐτούς, call fire tocomedown from the heaven, and consume them, Σὼς καὶ Ἡλίας ἐποίησεν"; 55 Στραφεὶς δὲ ἐπετίμησεν αὐτοῖς, as also. Elias did? But turniag he rebuked them, 7 ‘ στ ᾽ we e , , ᾽ « με ην z< ‘ και εἶπεν, Ουκ.οἴδατε οἵου πνεύματός ἐστε ὑμεῖς" SE 0.yao and said, and said, -Yeknow not of what spirit “are tye. For tbe ea ee) a2 > = 3 > , > , υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.ῆλθε» ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων ἀπολέσαι, Son of man did not come [the] lives of men to-destroy, ἀλλὰ σῶσαι." Καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν εἰς ἑτέραν κώμην. but tosave. And they went to another village. 57 Ἐ Π δὲ! , 3 ~ Π ~et Cees , o YEVETO-CE πορευομενων. αυτων ἐν ΤΏ ὑδῷ ειπεν τις Anditcametopuss as they were going in the way ‘said ‘some 7one πρὸς αὐτόν, ᾿Ακολουθήσω σοι ὅπου av" ἀπέρχῳ, κύριε." το him, Lwillfollow thee wherever thoumayestgo, Lord. x ἃ παιδίον Tra. k — τὰ LTTraw. LTTrA. εἂν L. 1 εἶπεν δὲ LTTrA. Ρ [αυτοῦ] LTra. 5 — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) π[τιλ | 7 — ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν TI [A]. — ὁ γὰρ.... σῶσαι α. fav 7. 8 ἐστιν is LTTrA. h — 6 LTrA. 1 Ἰωάνης Tr. ™ — 6 τ[Α]. "Yuov YOUGLTIrA. 9 ἀναλήμψεως 4 ἐστήρισεν TTrA, τ πόλιν Σαμαριτῶν a city of Samaritans Ὁ. t Ἰωάνης Tr. “ εἶπαν TTrA. χ ἐκ out of L. ® — καὶ εἶπεν (verse 55) .... σῶσαι (verse 56) LTTrA ; ἃ Καὶ and Trra, Ὁ ἐὰν LTra. © — κύριε LITr[ A]. IX, X LUKE. 58 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Αἱ ἀλώπεκες φωλεοὺς ἔχουσιν, And ?said “to *him ‘Jesus, The foxes holes have, καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατασκηνώσεις 6.02 υἱὸς τοῦ and the birds ofthe heaven nests ; but the Son ἀνθρώπου οὐκ.ἔχει ποῦ τὴν κεφαλὴν κλίνῳ. 59 Εἶπεν δὲ of man has not where the head he may lay. And hesaid πρὸς ἕτερον, ᾿Ακολούθει wor. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Κύριε," ἐπίτρεψόν to another, Follow me. But he said, Lord, allow μοι ἀπελθόντι πρῶτον! θάψαι τὸν.πατέρα.µου. 60 Εἶπεν δὲ me going away first to bury my father. But *said Ἢ ~ ές ? ~ Π » ᾿ A / - ‘ ε ~ αὐτῷ ‘ov Ἰησοῦς, Αφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν 3to *him ‘Jesus, Leave {88 dead to bury their own νεκρούς σὺ δὲ ἀπελθὼν διάγγελλε τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. dead ; but thou going forth declare the kingdom of God. 61 Εἶπεν.δὲ καὶ ἕτερος, Ακολουθήσω σοι, κύριε πρῶτον. δὲ And?-aid “also ‘another, I willfollow thee, Lord, but first . ? κ. ΄, ᾽ oy ~ 2 " = ) ϱ UF Ἂν ἐπίτρεψόν μοι ἀποτάξασθαι τοῖς εἰς τον. οἴκον. μου. 62 Εἶπεν δὲ allow me totake leave of those at my house. But 7said Επρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς,! Οὐδεὶς ἐπιβαλὼν! τὴν. χεῖρα. λαὐτοῦ" *to *him ‘Jesus, No one having laid his hand ἐπ᾿ ἄροτρον, καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, εὔθετός ἐστιν upon [the] plough, and Ἰοοκίηρ ‘on thethings behind, *fit tis Κεἰς τὴν βασιλείαν!" τοῦ θεοῦ. for the kingdom of God. 10 Mera.cé ταῦτα ἀνέδειξεν ὁ κύριος ἱκαὶ" ἑτέρους ἑβδο- Now after {1656 {111 05 "appointed ‘the *Lerd ‘also ‘others “seven- µήκοντα"', καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς ἀνὰ.δύο πρὸ προσώπου ty, and sent ‘them twoand two before “face αὐτοῦ, εἰς πᾶσαν πόλιν καὶ τόπον οὗ "ἔμελλεν! αὐτὸς this, into every city and place where he was about himself ” ” ieee ΟΠ} ‘ ? / « \ ‘ ἔρχεσθαι. 2 ἔλεγεν “οὖν! πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὃ μὲν θερισμὸς to come, He said ‘therefore to them, The “indeed *harvest [is] / «Ἡκ«: ? A ? ’ - i Tr ~ , πολύς, οἱ δὲ ἐργάται ὀλίγοι δεήθητε οὖν τοῦ κυρίου great, but the workmen [are] few. Supplicate therefore the Lord τοῦ θερισμοῦ, ὅπως Ῥέἐκβάλλῃ ἐργάτας! εἰς τὸν θερισμὸν of the harvest, that he may send out workmen into “harvest > ~ tar / ἘΠ ραν ἢ 45 σπα, , ε ~ ” ? αὑτοῦ. ὃ Ὑπάγετε' ἰδού, “ἔγω" ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς we ἄρνας ἐν this. Go; lo, I send forth you as lambs in , / \ 4% τ / ή " / μέσῳ λύκων. 4 μὴ βαστάζετε βαλάντιον" μὴ πήραν tthe] midst of wolves. Neither carry purse nor provision bag μηδὲ" ὑποδήματα' ἵκαὶὶ μηδένα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀσπάσησθε, nor sandals, and no one on the way salute, 5 Εἰς. ἣν.δ᾽ ἂν "οἰκίαν εἰσέρχησθε," πρῶτον λέγετε, Εἰρήνη τῷ And into whatever house ye may enter, first say, Peace οἴκῳ.τούτῳ. 6 καὶ ἐὰν "pEr' ἐκεῖ Συϊὸς εἰρήνης, Σἐπανα- to this house. And if indeed be there ason of peace, “shall 4 , ~ mi ‘ , 3 « ~ παύσεται" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἡ.εἰρήνη. ὑμῶν" ‘eid? μήγε, ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς *rest *upon ον *your *peace ; butif notso, to you > ΄ a. > ~ St ~ AT / 2 θι es Ι ‘ ἀνακάμψει. 7 ἐν αὐτῇ δὲ τῇ οἰκίᾳ μένετε, Ἰἐσθίοντες! καὶ it shall return. ?In “πὸ *sume ‘and house abide, eating and 185 sus said unto him, Foxes have Ποῖος. and birds of the air have nests; but the Son of man hath not where to lay his head. 59 And he said unto another, Follow me. But he said, Lord, suffer me first to go and bury my father. 60 Jesus said unto him, Let the dead bury their dead: but go thou and preach the kingdoth of God. 61 And another also said, Lord, I will fol- low thee; but let me first go bid them fare- well, which are at home at my house. 62 And Jesus said unto him, No man, having put his hand tothe plough, and looking back, is fit for the kingdom of God. X. After these things the Lord appointed other seventy also, and sent them two and two before his face into every city and place, whither he himself would come. 2 There- fore said he unto them, The harvest truly is great, but the labour- ers are few: pray ye therefore the Lord of the harvest, that he would send forth la- bourers into his har- vest. 3 Go your ways: behold, I send you forth‘as lambs among wolves. 4 Carry nei- ther purse, nor scrip, nor shoes: and salute no man by the way. 5 And into whatsoever house ye enter, first say, Peace be to this house, 6 And if the son of peace be there, your peace shall rest upon it: if not, it shall turn to you again. 7 And in the same house remain, eating and drinking such things as they give: for the labourer is worthy 4 — Κύριετ. ᾿]ησοῦς (read he said) [τι]ττ A. | [αὐτοῦ] Tr. * τῇ βασιλεία LTTrA. ο δὲ and (he said) Lyra. ἀποσ. I send forth) Lrtra. οἰκίαν TTrA: οἰκίαν εἰσέλθητε τι. παήσεταυτ, 2 ἔσθοντες LTTrA, 1 [καὶ] ΤτΑ. m + [δύο] two L. τ βαλλάντιον LTTraAW. w — μὲν GLTTrAW, 5 μὴ TTra © πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν first to go away L; πρῶτον ἀπελθόντι τττ. & ὃ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν LTr; — πρὸς αὐτὸν A. Ρ ἐκβάλῃ ἐργάτας GLW ; ἐργάτας ἐκβάλῃ TTrA. t— καὶ τ. * + ὃ the (son) B f—_ ὃ h ἐπιβάλλων L. Ὁ ἥμελλεν LTTrAW. 9 — ἐγὼ (read 7 εἰσέλθητε Υ έπανα- 186 of his hire. Go not from house to house. 8 And into whatsoever city ye enter, and they receive you, eat such things as are set be- fore you: 9 and heal thesick that are there- in, and say unto them, The kingdom of God is come nigh unto you. 10 But into whatsoever city ye enter, and they receive you not, go your ways out into the streets of the same, and say, 11 Even the very dust of your city, which cleaveth on us, we do wipe off against you: notwithstanding be ye sure of this, that the kingdom of God is come nigh unto you. 12 But I say unto you, that it shall be more tolerable in that day for Sodom, than for that city. 13 Woeunto. thee, Chorazin! woe unto thee, Bethsaida ! for if the mighty works had been done in Tyre and Sidon, which hare been done in you, they had a great while ago repented, sitting in sackcloth and ashes. 14 But it shall be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the judg- ment, than for you. 15 And thou, Caperna- um, which art exalted to heaven, shalt be thrust down to hell. 16 He that heareth ou heareth me; and e that despiseth you despi-eth me; and he that despiseth me de- spiseth hi me, 17 And the seventy returned again with joy, saying, Lord, even the devils are subject unto us through thy name, 18 And he said unto them, I beheld Satan as lightning fall from heaven. 19 Behold, I give unto you power to tread on serpents and scorpions, and over all the power of the enemy: and nothing shall by any means hurt you. * ---ἐστιν (read [is]) LTTra. πόδας to the feet (-[ἡμῶν] ofus a) Lrtra. & Χοραξίν EGLW ; Χοραζείν TTrA. - μὴ LITrA. γαούμ. LTTrAW, 1 ϱ + τοῦ the Tra, that sent- ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. κ , > ᾽ ~ " ” 4 ε 3 ᾿ πίνοντες τὰ παρ αὐτῶν" ἄξιος.γὰρ ὁ ἐργάτης drinking the things [supplied] by them ; for worthy ?the "workman ~ ~ ᾽ ~ > ‘ / “τὴν ᾿ αμ). τοῦ.μισθοῦ αὐτοῦ "ἐστιν." μὴ-µεταβαίνετε ἐξ οἰκίας εἰς οἰκίαν. *of *his Shire tis. Remove not from house to _ house. ’ εν ᾽ ’ ᾽ ’ ‘ [ή « ~ 8 καὶ cic ἣν.Όδ”'.ἂν πόλιν εἰσέρχησθε, καὶ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, And into whatever “also ‘city ye may enter, and they receive you, , ‘ η ε - 4 , ἐσθίετε τὰ παρατιθέμενα ὑμῖν, 9 καὶ θεραπεύετε τοὺς ἐν eat the things set before you, and heal the “*in ’ mg ~ \ ; ? ~ 3 Σε ~ ε αὐτῇ ἀσθενεῖς, καὶ λέγετε αὐτοῖς, Ἠγγικεν ἐφ ὕμας η βασι- sit tsick, and say to them, Hasdrawnnearto you the king- λεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 εἰς.ἣν.δ᾽ ἂν πόλιν “εἰσέρχησθε," καὶ μὴ dom of God. But into whatever city ye mayenter, and ποῖ δέχωνται ὑμᾶς, ἐξελθόντες εἰς τὰς. πλατείας αὐτῆς, εἴπατε, ‘they *do receive you, having goncout into its streets, say, 11 Καὶ τὸν κονιορτὸν τὸν κολληθέντα ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Even the dust which clung to us out of 2city ὑμῶν ἃ ἀπομασσόμεθα ὑμῖν: πλὴν τοῦτο γινώσκετε, ὅτι tyour we wipe off against you; yet this know, that ἤγγικεν “ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς" ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 λεγω.ἰδὲῖ ὑμῖν, has ἀΓΑΥΏ ΠΟ to you the kingdom of God. And I say to you, ὅτι Σοδόμοις ἐν τῇ.-ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείνῃ ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται ἢ TY that forSodom in that day more tolerable it shall be than πόλει ἐκείνῃ. 19 Οὐαί σοι, ΣΧωραζίν,' ovai σοι, Βηθσαϊδά" for that city. Woe tothee, Chorazin! woe iothee, Bethsaida! ὅτι εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι Ἀἐγένοντο" αἱ δυνάμεις ai for if in Tyre and Sidon had taken place the works of power which γενύµεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ have been taking place in τοι, longago © in sackcloth and ashes ἱκαθήμεναιϊ μετενόησαν. 14 πλὴν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἀνεκ- sitting they had repented. But for Tyre and Sidon more τότερον ἔσται ἐν τῇ Rpicee ἢ ὑμῖν. 15 καὶ σύ, *Kazep- tolerable willit be in the judgment than for you. And thou, Caper- vaovp," ἰὴ! ἕως τοῦ! οὐρανοῦ "ὑψωθεῖσα, ἕως 9 adov naum, _who_ to the heaven hast been lifted up, to hades , « ᾽ , c ~ ? ~ ? , ‘ καταβιβασθήσῃφ. 16 Ὁ ἀκούων ὑμῶν ἐμοῦ ἀκούει" καὶ thou shalt be brought down. Hethat hears you 2me =i thears, and ὁ ἀθετῶν ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ ὁ.δὲ ἐμὲ ἀθετῶν ἀθετεῖ τὸν he that rejects you *me ‘rejects, andhethat*me ‘rejects rejects him Te? / , ἀποστείλαντα µε. who sent me, 17 Ὑπέστρεψαν. δὲ οἱ ἑβδομήκονταβ μετὰ χαρᾶς, λέγοντες, Ἁπά Ξτείιγηεᾶ ‘the *seventy with joy, saying, , Δ ‘ ε ᾽ - ~ ΄ “Κύριε, καὶ τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί Lord, even the demons tous through *name σου. 18 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς, Εθεώρουν τὸν σατανᾶν ὡς ἀστραπὴν thy. And he said to them,’ I beheld Satan 815 lightning ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα. 19 ἰδού, ἀδίδωμι" ὑμῖν τὴν ἐξουσίαν outofthe heaven falling. Lo, I give you the authority τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω ὄφεων Kai σκορπίων, Kai ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν totread upon serpents and ἍΒΟΟΓΡΙΟΩ6, and upon all the , ~ ? ~ 4 κι ~ ΄ δύναμιν τοῦ ἐχθροῦ" καὶ οὐδὲν ὑμᾶς οὐ.μὴ τἀδικήσῳ." Rower of the enemy, and nothing you inanywise_ shall injure. pees (lit. in no wise) ἵν κος (ὃ εἰσέλθητε LTTrA. ἆ + εἰς τοὺς Δ ΠΟΥ Bie ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς GLTT:A. f— §éand G[L]Traw. Β ἐγενήθησαν LITrA. 1 καθήμενοι LTTrA. k Kadap- . “—ToVLITr, 5 ὑψωθήσῃ ; wilt thou be lifted up? Lrtra, P+ [Ovo]twou, 4 δέδωκα 1 have given rtra, τ ἀδικήσει ΕΙΤΤΓΑ, are subject Ὁ — δ᾽ also ττττα. X. LUKE. 3 ~ 20 πλὴν ἐν τούτῳ μἡ.χαίρετε, ὅτι τὰ πνεύματα ὑμῖν ὑποτάσ- Yet in this rejoice not, that the spirits toyou are sub- σεται Χχαίρετε.δὲ "μᾶλλον" ὅτι τὰ.ὀνόματα ὑμῶν "ἐγράφη" jected, but rejoice rather that your names are written γ᾽ ~ ? ~ ? ? ~ ~ ΄“ ᾽ / Vv ~ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 21 Ey αὐτφῷ.τῇ ὥρᾳ ἠγαλλιάσατο τῷ in the heavens, sin thesame hour “rejoiced 81η *the , ) ~ ~ πνεύματι" “ὁ Ἰησοῦς," καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Ἐξομολογοῦμαί σοι, πάτερ, *Spirit Jesus, and said, I praise thee, O Father, κύριε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἀπέκρυψας ταῦτα ἀπὸ Lord of the heaven and of the earth, that thou didst hide these things from σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν, καὶ ἀπεκάλυψας αὐτὰ νηπίοις" Val, ὁπα- wise and prudent, and didstreveal them tobabes: yea, Fa- , ε/ e ele ? Foi ” Ls , 1 ᾿ THP, OTL οὕτως Σέγενετο εὐδοκία" ἔμπροσθεν σου. 22 *Kai ther, for thus was it well pleasing before thee. And ‘ ‘ ᾿ ᾿ - ή » a ὃ ,0 I στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶπεν," Πάντα “παρεδόθη μοι having turned to the disciples hesaid, All things were delivered to me ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός. μου" καὶ οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς εἰ μὴ by my Father, and noone knows who δ the Son except e ὁ πατήρ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱός, καὶ ᾧᾠ.δἐάνι the Father, and who ᾖ the Father, excepttheSon, δια hetowhomsoever βούληται ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψαι. 23 Καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς ®may *will ‘the *Son to reveal [him]. And having turned to ‘ ᾿ >? ’ στ , ε ᾽ ‘ τοὺς μαθητὰς Kar ἰδίαν εἶπεν, Μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ the disciples apart he said, Blessed [are] the eyes οἱ βλέποντες ἃ βλέπετε. 94 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι πολλοὶ which see what ye see. ForIsay toyou, that many προφῆται καὶ βασιλεῖς ἠθέλησαν ἰδεῖν ἃ ὑμεῖς βλέπετε, prophets and kings desired tosee what ye see, καὶ οὐκ "εἶδον'' καὶ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ ἀκούετε, καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν. and saw not; and tohear what yehear, and heard not. ς 5 4 ’ 4 ή [ή ? / 25 Kai ἰδού, γνομικὸς τις ἀνέστη, ἐκπειράζων And behold, a *doctor “of *the Slaw ‘certain stood up, tempting “καὶ λέγων, Διδάσκαλε, Ti ποιήσας ζωὴν αἰώνιον and = saying, Teacher, 3what ‘having 7done life eternal , 5 « ‘ = \ ? , ? ~ , , κληρονομήσω ; 26 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, Ev τῷ νόμῳ τί shall I inherit ? Andhe said to him, In the law what γέγραπται; πῶς ἀναγινώσκεις; 27 Ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν, has been written? how readest thou? Andhe answering said, , , , x θ , 3 ε/ ο οὐ Ὁ} δί Αγαπησεις κύριον τὸν.θεόν.σου εξ ὅλης "τῆς καρδίας Thou shalt love [the] Lord thy God with all *heart ‘ f? « ~ ~ A ? « ~ ᾽ ; " σου καὶ [ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς.σου καὶ ἐξ ὕλης τῆς.ἰσχύος"-σου ‘thy and with all thy soul and with all thy strength καὶ 82 ὅλης τῆς.διανοίας"!. σου" καὶ τὸν.πλησίον.σου ὡς σεαυ- and with all thy mind ; and thy neighbour as thy- τόν. 28 Ἐἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, Ὀρθῶς ἀπεκρίθης τοῦτο ποίει, self, Andhesaid tohim, Rightly thou hast answered: this do, καὶ ζήσῃ. 29 Ὁ.δὲ θέλων "δικαιοῦν!" ἑαυτὸν εἶπεν πρὸς and thou shalt live. But he desiring tojustify himself said to ~ 4 / , « |) io. τὸν Ἰησοῦν, Kai τίς ἐστίν µου πλησίον; 30 Ὑπολαβὼν ὁδὲϊ Jesus, And who is my neighbour? And taking [it] up ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Ανθρωπός τις κατέβαινεν ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ Jesus said, A’man ‘certain wasgoing down from Jerusalem αὐτόν, him, 187 20 Notwithstanding in this rejoice not, that the spirits are subject unto you; but rather rejoice, because your names are written in heaven. 21 In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit, andsaid, [thank thee, O Father, Lord of heaven and earth, that thou hast hid these things from the wise and prudent, and hast revealed them un- to babes: even so, Ba- ther ; for so it seemed good in thy sight. 22 All things are de- livered to me of my Father: and no man knoweth who the Son is, but the Father; and who the Father is, but the Son, anc , he to whom the Son will re- veal him. 23 And he turned him unto his disciples, and said pri- vately, Blessed are the eyes which see the things that ye see: 24 for I fell you, that many prophets and kings have desired to see those things which ye see, and have not seen them; and to hear those things which ye hear, and have not heard them. 25 And, behold, a certain lawyer stood up, and tempted him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life? 26 He said unto him, What is written in the law? how readest thou? 27 And he answering said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with. all thy strength, and with all thy mind;and thy neighbour as thy- self. 28 And he said unto him, Thou hast answered right: this do, and thou shalt live. 29 But he, willing to justify himself, said unto Jesus, And who is my _ neighbour? 30 And Jesus answer- ing said, Acertain man went down from Jeru- salem to Jericho, and S$ — μᾶλλον GLTTrAW. * τῷ ἁγίῳ the Holy titra. d ἐγένετο LTrA. 2 --- καὶ στραφεὶς πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εἶπεν Εοτη/ Α]. Ὁ ἂν LTrA. οἴδαν T; εἶδαν ΤιΑ. d — καὶ Ὑ{τι]Δ. ε[τῆς] Tr. t ἐνγέγραπται have been inscribed T; ἐγγέ. Tra. ¥ + ev in (the) 1. χ — 6 Ἰησοῦς (read nyad. he rejoiced) LTTra. 2 μοι παρεδόθη GLTTrAW. Γἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ σον Υ εὐδοκία καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ἰσχύϊ LIT. Ε ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ τῖττ,. ὃ δικαιῶσαι LTTrA. t= δὲ aud τὶ, 188 fell among thieves, which stripped him of his raiment, and wounded him, and de- arted, leaving him Εως dead. 31 And by chance there came down a.certain priest that way: and when he saw him, he passed by on the other side. 32 And likewise ἃ Le vite; when he was at the place, came ana looked on him, and passed by on the other side. 33 But a cer- tain Samaritan, as he journeyed, came where e was: and -when he saw him, he had com- passion on him, 34 and went to him,and bound up his wounds, pour- ing in oil and wine, and set him on his own beast,and brought him to an inn, and took care: of him. 35 And on the mor- row when he departed, . he took out two pence, and gave them to the host, and said unto ‘him, Take care of him; and whatsoever thou spendest more, when I come.again, I will re- pay thee. 36 Which now of: these three, thinkest thou, was neighbour unto him that fell among the thieves? 37 And he said, He that shewed mercy on him. Then said Jesus unto him, Go, and do thou like- wise. ; 38 Now it came to ge as they went, that e entered into a cer- sain village: and a sertain Woman named Martha -received him nto herhouse, 39 And she had a sister called Mary, which also sat at Jesus’ feet, and heard his word. 40 But Martha was cumbered about much serving, and came to him, and said, Lord, dost thou not care that my sis- ter hath left me to serve alone? bid her x. τι Ν 3 , ot καὶ ἐκδύσαντες ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. . ~ / καὶ λῃσταῖς . περιέπεσεν, and robbers’ ‘fell among, who both having stripped ΟὟ te , « xe ἐπιθέντες ἀπῆλθον, ἀφέντες ἡμιθανῆ ‘him and wounds having inflicted went away, leaving [him], half dead ΄ a ε , Ἰτυγχάνοντα.ὶ 81 κατὰ συγκυρίαν δὲ ἱερεύς τις κατ- ολα μμ 2By 34 *coincidence *now ὅ8 “priest ‘certain went « ~ , $ ‘ ᾽ 4 ? ~ έβαινεν ἐν τῇ.ὁδῷ ἐκείνῃ, καὶ ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἀντιπαρῆλ- down in that road, 3 and havingseen him he passed by on the op- / \ ή oe. ὃς, 32 ὁμοίως.δὲ καὶ ™Aevirne," "γενόμενος" κατὰ τὸν posite sid¢; andinlikemanneralso a Levite, being at the Our καὶ ἰδὼν 9 ἀντιπαρῆλθεν. 88 ΡΣα- . spot, having come and having seen passed by on the oppositeside. *A *Sa- / “ ε , = 5 , Ἂ Ψ μαρείτης" δὲ τις - ὁδεύων ἦλθεν κατ᾽ αὐτόν, καὶ ἰδὼν maritan 1but 3certain journeying, came to him, and having seen , ‘ ‘ 3 4«αὐτὸν! ἐσπλαγχνίσθη: 94 καὶ πρι κατέδησεν τὰ him wasmoved with compassion, and having approached bound up. ~ λ. > = , , A τραύματα. αὐτοῦ, ἐπιχέων ἔλαιον καὶ οἶνον' "ἐπιβιβάσας. δὲ" εἰς ΒἹεριχώ. to Jericho, αὐτὸν καὶ πληγὰς τόπον, his wounds, pouring on oil and wine; and having put αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον κτῆνος ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν εἰς 'πανδοχεῖον, Kat him on hisown “beast ‘brought ἢ to. an inn, and , ? ~ - 4 ‘ ps ” ‘ ἐπεμελήθη αὐτοῦ. 95 καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον "ἐξελθών,ὶ ἐκβαλὼν tookecare of him. And on the morrow goingforth, taking out δύο δηνάρια ἔδωκεν τῷ Ἱπανδοχεῖ, καὶ εἶπεν "αὐτῳ.' "νο _ denarii he gave[them]tothe innkeeper, and __ said to him, ΄ ~ ‘ . ‘ Ἐπιμελήθητι αὐτοῦ: καὶ ὅ.τιἂν πρῤοσδαπανήσῃς, ἐγὼ ἐν Take care of him, and whatsoever thou mayest expend more, Ι on ~? / / ? ὃ ” / χ.τ ἢ / τῷ ἐπανέρχεσθαί.µε ἀποδώσω σοι. 36 Τίς οὖν" τούτων willrepay thee. Which therefore of these τῶν τριῶν δοκεῖ σοι πλησίον" γεγυνέναι τοῦ ἐμπεσόντος three seems tothee ‘neighbour ‘to “have “been of him who fell εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς; 37 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν, ‘O ποιήσας τὸ ἔλεος among the robbers ? Andhe said, Hewho shewed .compassion my coming back per αὐτοῦ. Ἐἶπεν Ττοῦν! αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Πορεύου, καὶ ‘towards him, 3Said therefore “το *him 1 Jesus, Go 7and σὺ ποίει" ὁμοίως. 1ηοα do likewise. 38 *Eyévero.déiv! τῷ πορεύεσθαι αὐτοὺς cai" αὐτὸς εἰσῆλ- And it came to pass as “proceeded ithey .that he enter- , ‘ ν , Ἷ θεν εἰς κώμην τινά γυνὴ.δέε τὶς ὀνόματι Μάρθα ὑπ- ed into a*village ‘certain; anda*woman‘certain by name Martha re- , A ‘ = ~ ‘ ~ “Tt εδέξατο αὐτὸν εἰς “τὸν οἶκον! ἁαὐτῆς.! 99 καὶ τῇδε ἦν ἀδελφὴ ceived him into her house. And shehad asister , pis e ‘ , καλουμένη “Μαρία! ἣ καὶ ἱπαρακαθίσασα" Επαρὰϊ τοὺς πόδας called Mary, whoalso having sat down at the feet ~ 2 ~ ”/ εἶ ~ ὑτοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἤκουεν τὸν λόγον. αὐτοῦ. 40 ἡ.δὲ Μάρθα of Jesus was listening to his word. But Martha περιεσπᾶτο περὶ πολλὴν διακονίαν" ἐπιστᾶσα. δὲ εἶπεν, Κύριε, was distracted about much service ; and coming up shesaid; Lord, ? / a / Roe. , / 4 _ οὐ μέλε σοι ὅτι ἡ-ἀδελφή-μου μόνην µε ἱκατέλιπεν" δια- is it no concern to thee that my sister Salone ?me* *left to a. eee NE ναι αν eee κ Ἱερειχώτ. 1 him 1, δοκεῖ σοι ΟΤΤΙΑ ΥΓ. © τὴν οἰκίαν 1. a Tira, — τυγχάνοντα LTTr[ A]. : Ρ Σαμαρίτης T. t — ἐξελθών Lrtr[a]. ὃ πρὸς agaiust TTra, ., r[a m Λενείτης TTrA. 5 — γενάμενος ττ. ° + αὐτὸν x 4 — αὐτὸν [c]r[trja. _ Υ καὶ ἐπιβιβάσας th.’ 5 πανδοκίον T. . πανδοκεῖ T. “—avtw [1]Ττι[Α]. * e+ οὖν [τ,]τ[πτ]α. Υ πλησίον be and (Jesus) GLTTra. 8. Ἐν δὲ And as Tr. > [καὶ] Ltr. — αὐτῆς (γεα the house) t[ Tr}. © Μαριάμ. τ. f παρακαθεσθεῖσα » τοῦ κνρίον of the Lord LITraW, ὠἱἱκατέλειπεν Tra, αν κονεῖν; serve? LUK f&. ϕ ἢ " , 3 εἰπὲ" οὖν αὐτῇ ἵνα μοι συναντιλάβηται. 4] Απο Speak therefore toher that me she may help. 3An- κριθεὶς δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς,! Μάρθα, Μάρθα, μεριμνᾷς swering “but ‘said δύο «ποτ ? Jesus, Martha, Martha, thou art careful καὶ ™rupBacy" περὶ πολλά: 42 ἑνὸς. δέ ἐστιν χρεία: Μαρία and troubled about many things ; but of one thereis need; "Ματ \ \ \ sa 3 / , "Oe" τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο, ἥτις οὐκ. ἀφαιρεθήσεται k ‘and the good part chose, which shali not be taker 2, ᾽ ~ Cam! αὐτῆς, from her. ‘ ᾽ , ’ ~ > A , , ‘ 11 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐντῷ.εἶναι αὐτὸν ἐν τόπῳ τινὶ προσ- And it came to pass as >was the in a*place'certain pray- εὐχόμενον, ὡς ἐπαύσατο, εἶπέν τις τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ πρὸς ing, when he ceased, said one of his disciples to ? 7, , Ὁ ε ~ κ \ ‘ > / αὐτόν, Κύοιε, δίδαξον ἡμᾶς προσεύχεσθαι, καθως καὶ Ῥ]ωάν- him, Lord, teach us to pray, as also John νης" ἐδίδαξεν τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ. 2 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ὅταν taught his disciples. And he said tothem, When προσεύχησθε λέγετε, Πάτερ “ἡμῶν ὃ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς," ye pray say, “Father tour, who([artjin the heavens, ἁγιασθήτω τὸ. ὄνομά. σου" Τἐλθετω" Σἡ.βασιλεία.σου"' "γενηθήτω sanctified be thy name ; let come thy kingdom ; let be done τὺ.θέληµά.σου,' ‘we ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς." 3 τὸν thy will, as in heaven, [5ο] also upon the earth. » « ~ 4 ? / ΄ ᾿ ~ A ? € [ή e ‘ ἄρτον. ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον δίδοι ἡμῖν TO.Kal ἡμέραν" 4 καὶ Our bread the needed give us daily ; and ἄφες ἡμῖν τὰς. ἁμαρτίας-ἡμῶν, καὶ. γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἀφίεμεν" forgive us our sins, for also “ourselves ‘we forgive παντὶ ὀφείλοντι ἡμῖν' καὶ μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, every one indebted tous; and lead not us into temptation, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ." 5 Kat εἶπεν πρὸς but deliver us from evil. And he said to ? / , ? ς ~ er ᾿ Ν / αὐτούς, Τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἕξει φίλον, καὶ πορεύσεται πρὸς them, Who among you _ shall have afriend, and shall go to αὐτὸν μεσονυκτίου, καὶ Yetry" αὐτῷ, Φιλε, χρῆσόν μοι τρεῖς him at midnight, and say tohim, Friend, lend me three ” ? ‘ [ή ? τ ~ / ἄρτους, ϐ ἐπειδὴ φίλος µου. παρεγένετο ἐξ ὁδοῦ πρός µε, loaves, since 8 friend of mine is come off ajourney to me, καὶ οὐκἔχω ὃ παραθήσω αὐτῷ' 7 κακεῖνος ἔσωθεν and I have not what I shall set before him; andhe from within ἀποκριθεὶς εἴπῃ, Μή μοι κόπους πάρεχε ἤδη ἡ θύρα auswerinvg shouldsay, Νοῦ πιο “trouble 1815686: already the door κέκλεισται, καὶ τὰ.παιδία-µου PET ἐμοῦ εἰς τὴν κοίτην εἰσίν" has been shut, and my children with me in bed are ; οὐ.δύναµαι ἀναστὰς δὀόῦναί σοι. 8 Λέγω ὑμῖν, εἰ καὶ οὐ I cannot rise up to give to thee. Isay toyou, if even*not ΄ ~ \ 4 > ~ , δώσει αὐτῷ ἀναστάς, dia τὸ. εἶναι αὐτοῦ φίλον," *he ?will give to him, havingrisen up, because of[his] being his friend, διά γε τὴν.-"ἀναίδειαν" αὐτοῦ ἐγερθεὶς δώσει αὐτῷ yel because of his importunity having risen he will give him ὕσων χρῴζει. 9 Κἀγὼ ὑμῖν λέγω, Αἰτεῖτε, καὶ δοθήσεται as mony as he needs, AndI toyou say, Ask, and it shall begiven ™ θορυβάζῃ agitated Lrtra. κ εἰπὸν Τ. Ι ὃ κύριος the Lord τ. 9 -- am [L]tT[TrA]. Ρ Ἰωάνης Tr. .σου ἡ βασιλεία 6. t — γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου GTT.A. γῆς GLL]rtra. π ἀφίομεν LTTrA, Υ ἐρεῖ .. 2 φίλον αὐτοῦ ΤΤΓΑ. 8 ἀναιδίαν T. 4 — ἡμῶν ὃ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς GTTrA. ¥ — wes ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς τ — ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ GTTrA. 189 therefore that she help me. 41 And Jesus an- swered and said unto her, Martha, Martha, thou art careful and troubled about many things: ‘42 but one thing is needfal: and αλά hath chosen that good part, which shall not be taken away from her. ΧΙ. And it came to pass, that, as he was praying in a certain place, when he ceased, one of his disciples said uato him, Lord, ieach us to pray, as John also taught his disciples. 2 And he said unto them, When ye pray, say, Our Father which art in heaven. Hallow+ ed be thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done, as in heaven, so in earth, 3 Give us day by day our daily bread. 4 And forgive us our sins; for we also forgive every one that is indebted to us. And lead us rot into temptation; bus deliver us from οτί]. 5 And he said unto them, Which of you shall have a friend, and shall go unto him at midnight, and'say unto him, Friend, lend me three loaves; 6 for a friend of mine in his journey is come to me, and 1 have nothing to set before him? 7 And he from within shall answer and say, Trou- ble me not: the door is now shut, and my chil- dren are with me in bed; I cannot rise and givethee. 8 Isay unto you, Though he will not rise and give him because he is his friend, yet because of his im~ portunity he will rise and give him as many as he needeth. 9 And I say unto you, Ask, and it shall be given you; Ὁ γὰρ for τ; [δὲ] A. τ ἐλθάτω ITr. 190 seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you, 10 For every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh find- eth ; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened. 11 If a son shall ask bread of any of you that is a father, will ho give him a stone? or if Ae ask a fish, will he for a fish give him a serpent 2 12 Orif he shall ask an egg, will he offerhim a scorpion? 13Ifyethen, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children: how much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to them that ask him? 14 And he was cast- ing out a devil, and it was dumb. And it came to pass, when the devil was gone out, the dumb spake; and the people wondered. 15 But some of them suid, He casteth out devils through Bee!ze- bub the chief of the devils, 16 And others, tempting Aim, sought of him asign from hea- ven, 17 But he, know- ing their thoughts, said untothem,Every king- dom divided against itself is brought to desolation;anda house divided against a house falleth. 18 Jf Satan also be divided against himself, how shall his kingdom stand? be- cause ye say that I cast out devils through Beelzebub. 19 Andif I by Beelzebub cast out devils, by whom do your sons cast them out? therefore shall they be your judges. 20 But if I with the finger of God cast out devils, no doubt the kingdom of God is come upon you. 21 When a strong man armed keepeth his palace, his goods are in peace: 22 but when a stronger than he sha! ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. ΧΙ. ~ ‘ τὰ x ΄ \ αν] , oS a ὑμῖν" ζητεῖτε, καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε, κπι Ῥἀνοιγήσεται" ὑμῖν. toyou; seek, andyeshallfind; knock, and ἴῦ 584}} be opened to you. ~ ‘ « ~ / - A « Ὁ» ~ x , a ἃ 10 πᾶς. γὰρ ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει" και For every one that asks receives ; and he that seeks finds ; and ~ , ΄ a ΄ A d ε ~ 4 + κρούοντι «ἀνοιγήσεται.' 11 τίνα-δὲ * ὑμῶν τὸν tohimthat knocks it will be opened. And which of you who [15] ? / « ει ” ‘ / ? ’ > ~ 4 πατέρα αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ; a father shall °ask‘*for 'the 5οι bread, astone willhe vive to him? , \ > / ? ” > ~ Ξ an esi" καὶ ἰχθύν, μὴ ἀντὶ ἰχθύος ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ"; 127 if also a fish, instead of afish aserpent will he give to him? or καὶ εἐὰν' airnoy' wor, μὴ ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ σκορπίον; 19 εἰ also if he should ask an egg, will he give tohim a scorpion? ΤῈ « ~ so git / » 12 \ , οὖν ὑμεῖς πονηροὶ ὑπάρχοντες οἴδατε ‘ayaa δόματαϊ therefore ye, Zevil being, know [how] good . gifts ο - , ~ / ~ « A « ? διδόναι τοῖς.τέκνοις ὑμῶν, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ πατὴρ! ὁ ᾿ς ἐξ to give to your children, how much more the Father whol[is] of ~ , ~ τ - ~ , ᾿ nf οὐρανοῦ δώσει πνεῦμα ἅγιον τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν: heaven will give[the] *Spirit ‘Holy to those that ask him? 14 Kai ἦν ἐκβάλλων δαιμόνιον, ‘kai αὐτὸ jv" κωφόν" And he was casting out a demon, and it was dumb; \ ~ / } / « , ἧς ἐγένετο.δὲ τοῦ. δαιμονίου "ἐξελθόντος," ἐλάλησεν ὃ κωφός and it came to pass on the demon having gone out, “spoke ‘the “dumb. ‘ ? ’ ε A ‘ ~ Ὁ > «αὶ ἐθαύμασαν ot ὄχλοι. 15 τινὲς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν "εῖπον," Ἐν And ὁποπάεγεά ‘+the *crowds. Butsome of them said, By Βεελζεβοὺλ ° ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια. Beelzebul prince ofthe , demons he casts out the demons. 16 “Ετεροι.δὲ πειράζοντες σημεῖον Pap’ αὐτοῦ ἐζήτουν ἐξ And others, tempting, a sign from him were seeking from οὐρανοῦ." 17 Αὐτὸς δὲ εἰδὼς “αὐτῶν τὰ διανοήματα" εἶπεν heaven, But he knowing their thoughts said αὐτοῖς, Πᾶσα βασιλεία τέφ᾽ ἑαυτὴν διαμερισθεῖσαὶ έρη- tothem, Every kingdom against “itself *divided is brought to μοῦται" καὶ οἶκος ἐπὶ οἶκον πίπτει. 18 εἰ δὲ καὶ ὁ σατανᾶς desolation; and ἃ house against ἃ house falls. And if also Satan ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὸν διεμερίσθη, πῶς σταθήσεται ἡ-βασιλεία.αὐτοῦ ; against himself be divided, how shall stand his kingdom ? ὅτι λέγετε, ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλειν.με τὰ δαιμόνια. 19 εἰ δὲ because yesay, by Beelzebul 1 cast out the demons. And if ἐγὼ ἐν Βεελζεβοὺλ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, "οἱ" υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν πα ον Beelzebul castout the demons, your sous by τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν; διὰ τοῦτο Ἱκριταὶ ὑμῶν αὐτοὶ ἔσον- whom do they cast out? onaccountof this judges of you they -. shall ται." 20 εἰδὲ ἐν δακτύλῳ θεοῦ "ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, be. But if by [the] finger of God Icastout the demons, ” ” ? « ~ 4 , ~ ~ apa ἔφθασεν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 21 bray ὁ then iscome upon you the kingdom of God. When the ἰσχυρὸς καθωπλισμενος φυλάσσῃ τὴν .ἑαυτοῦ.αὐλήν, ἐν strong [man] being armed may keep his own dwelling, in εἰρήνῃ ἐστὶν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα.αὐτοῦ' 22 ἐπὰν δὲ πὸ! ἰσχυρό- peace are his goods ; but assoonas the = strunger ar ts ἐς απ ωπω .-ᾱ- υ ἀνοιχθήσεται ΤΑ f > “= 3 ΄ αὐτῷ ἐπιδώσει TTA. ἀγαθὰ GLTMAW. Βληθέντος having been οὐρανοῦ ἐζήτουν παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTVAW. 1 5--- οἱ 1, αυτοι κριταὶ ὑμῶν ἔσονται Tr. ἑαυτὴν Τ. 3 © ἀνοιχθήσεται LTAW. d+ ἐξ LTTraw. ε 7 ΟΥ GLTTrAW. ὃ — ἐὰν ΤΊ [a]. 4 αἰτήσει he shall ask ΕΤΤΙΑ. 1 δόματα K + ὑμῶν (read your father) x. ' [καὶ αὐτὸ ἦν] Tra. πὶ ἐκ- cast out 1,. Ὁ εἶπαν TrA. ο + τῷ the LTTraw. Ρ ἐξ ος 9 τὰ διανοήματα αὐτῶν 1,. ἕ αυτοι ὑμῶν κριταὶ ἔσονται LA Y + [ἐγὼ] αν, τ διαμερισθεῖσα «ff ; αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν Ty W— ὁ (read a strolyer) LTTra, ᾽ ~ 3 4 , λα 4 / τερος αὐτοῦ ἐπελθὼν νικήσῃ αὐτόν, THY πανοπλίαν than he coming upon [him] shall overcome him, *panoply αὐτοῦ αἴρει ἐφ᾽ ἐπεποίθει, καὶ τὰ σκύλα.αὐτοῦ δια- *his -hetakes abe ia which he had trusted, and his spoils he δίδωσιν. 23 ὁ μὴ ὢν per ἐμοῦ κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν’ καὶ ὁ divides. He that isnot with me against me is, and he that μὴ .συνάγων μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει. 24 Ὅταν τὸ ἀκάθαρτον gathers not with me scatters. When the unclean πνεῦμα ἐξέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, διέρχεται Ot ἀνύδρων apes nian, he goes τόπων, ζητοῦν ἀνάπαυσιν" καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκον is gone out from the through waterless Χλέγει, Ὑπο- places, ae rest ; and not finding (any) hesays, I will στρέψω εἰς τὸν.οἶκόν.μου ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον: 2 καὶ ἐλθὸν return to _ my house whence I came out. And ο λνΑ come εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον. 26 τότε πορεύεται he finds [it] swept and adorned, Then he goes καὶ παραλαμβάνει ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα πογηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ," and takes seven other spirits more wicked than himself, καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ καὶ γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ and having entered they dwell there; and becomes. the last ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. 27 ᾿Βγένετο δὲ ΔΗ tof “that worse than the first. And it came to pass ἐν. τῷ. λέγειν αὐτὸν ταῦτα, ἐπάρασά τις γυνὴ φωνὴν" as *spoke *he these things, ‘lifting Sup *certain ‘a woman [her] voice ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακαρία ἡ κοιλία ἡ βαστάσασά from the crowd said tohim, Blessed the womb that bore σε, καὶ μαστοὶ οὓς ἐθήλασας. 28 Αὐτὸς δὲ εἶπεν, 3Μεν- thee, απᾶ [πο] breasts which thou didst suck, But he said, Yea οὔνγε! μακάριοι οἱ ἀκούοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεφῦ καὶ rather blessed they who hear the word of God and φυλάσσοντες αὐτόν." keep it. 29 Τῶν.δὲ ὄχλων ἐπαθροιζομένων ἤρξατο λέγειν, Ἡ γενεὰ But the crowds being throngedtogether he began tosay, “generation αὕτη πονηρά ἐστιν' σημεῖον “ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον ov {this *wicked 318. ὃ 5ἶση it seeks after, ‘and asign not δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ.μὴ TO σημεῖον ᾿Ιωνᾶ “τοῦ προφήτου." 4shall be given toit except the sign of Jonas the prophet. 90 καθὼς.γὰρ ἐγένετο ᾿Ιωνᾶς ἰσημεῖον τοῖς Νινευΐταις," οὕτως For as was Jonas asign tothe Ninevites, thus ἔσται Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τῇ-γενεᾷ. ταύτῃ. 31 Βασίλισσα shallbe alsothe Son of man to this generation. A queen νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῆς of [the]south shallriseup in the judgment with the men γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτούς' ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν of this generation, and shallcondemn them; for shecame from the περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι THY σοφίαν ΞΣολομῶντος," Kai ἰδού, ends oftheearth tohear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, πλεῖον ΕΣολομῶντοςἳ woe. 82 ἄνδρες ἘΝινευὶϊ ἀναστήσονται more than Solomon here. Men of Nineveh shall stand up ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς. γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν' in the judgment with this generation, and shall condemn it, Υ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτά ΤΤτΑ. b — αὐτόν (read Γι |) GLTTrA. € — τοῦ προφήτου GLITrA. ὃ Σολομῶνος GLITrAW, x + [. τότε] then L. 3 μενοῦν TTr ; μὲν οὖν Α. 4 ζητεῖ it 566}.5 TTrA. σημεῖον ΤΤΤΑ. Νινενεῖται 1, 191 come upon him, and overcome him, he tak-' eth from him all his armour wherein he trusted, and divideth his spoils. 23 He that is not with me is against me: and he that gathereth not with ‘me _ scattereth, 24 When the unclean spirit is gone out of 8 man, he walketh through dry places, secking rest; “and find- .ing none, he saith, I will return unto my house whence I came out. 25 And when he cometh, he findecth it swept and garnished. 26 Then goeth he, and taketh to him seven other spirits more wicked than himself; and they enter in, and dwell there: and the last state of that man is worse than the first. 27 And it came to pass, 85: he spake _ these things, a certain wo- man of the company lifted up her voice, and said unto him, Blessed is the womb that bare thee, and the paps which thou hast suck- ed. 28 But he said, Yea rather, blessed are they that hear the word of God, and keep it. 29 And when the people were gathgr- ed thick together, he began to say, This is an evil generation: they seek a sign; and there shall no sign be given it, but the sign of Jonas the prophet, 30 For as Jonas was a sign unto the Nine- vitis, so shall also the Son of man be to this generation. 31 The queen of the south shall rise up in the judgment with the men ofthis generation, and condemn them: for she came from the utmost parts of the earth to hear the wis- dom of Solomon; and, behold, a greater than Solomon 15 here. 32 The men of Nineve shall rise upin the judgment ι with this generation, and shall condemn it: for they repented at 2 φωνὴν γυνὴ LTA. Ss yevea a generation LTTrA. f τοῖς Νινευείταις (Νινευΐταις TrA) h Νινευὴ A; Νινευῖται Ninevites Ltrw; 199 the preaching of Jo- nas; and, behold, a greater than Jonas 15 heré, 33 No man, when he hath lighted a can- dle, putieth it in a secret place, neither under a bushel, but on a candlestick, that they which come in may see the light. 34 The light of the body is the eye: there- fore when thine eye 1s single, thy whole body also is full of light; but when thine eye is evil, thy body also ts full of darkness. 35 Take heed there- fore that the light which is in thee benot τὶ darkness. 36 If thy whole body therefore be full of light, having no part dark, the whole shall be full of light, as when the bright shining of a candle aoth, give thee light. 37 And as he spake, a certain Pharisee be- sought him to dine withhim : and he went in, and sat down to meat. 38 And when the Pharisée saw it, he marvelled that he had not first washed before dinner. 39 And the Lord said unto him, Now do ye Pharisees make clean the outside of the cup and the platter; but your in- ward part is full of ra- vening and wicked- ness. 40 Ye fools, did not he that made that which is without make that which is within also? 41 But rather give alms of such things as ye have; and, behold, all things are clean untoyou. 42 But woe unto you, Phari- sees! for ye tithe mint and rue and all man- ner of herbs, and pass over judgment and the love of God: these ought ye to have done, and not to leave the other undone. 43 Woe unto you, Pharisees ! for ye love the upper- most seats in the syna- gogues, and greetings in the markets. 44 Woe unto you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! ὅπως ἀριστήσῃ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ" MERE SS: ΨΥ ε) , > κ᾿ ͵ ’ ” Ας ΟΣ τ ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήουγμα Ίωνα. καὶ ἰδοῦ, πλεῖον beeause they repented at the proclamation of Jonas: and’ behold, more ~ > στα ἦι , 5 ρ > ‘ Iwva ὧδε. 83 Οὐδεὶς ἰδὲ! λύχνον ἅψας εἰς Ἐκρυπτὸν" than Jonas here. But no one alamp having lit *in *secret , « 9 ο re ? ” 2 \ , τίθησιν, οὐδὲ ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, Ἰάλλ᾽" ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, sets “it, por. under the corn-nmieasure, but upon the lampstand, , . , / . ἵνα οἱ εἰσπορευόμενοι TO "ϕέγγος' βλέπωσιν. 84 ὁ λύχνος that they who enter in the lights may see. The lamp τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν 6 ὀφθαλμός" ὅταν οοὖν" ὁ ὀφθαλμός.σου ofthe body is the eye: when therefore thine cye ἁπλοῦς ἢ, Ῥκαὶ! ὅλον τὺ.σῶμά.σου φωτεινόν ἐστιν" ἐπὰν. δὲ - Ξβίησιο ‘be, - also *whole 1thy body light Asis but when πονηρὸς «ᾖ,'.καὶ τὸ σῶμά.σου σκοτεινόν. 35 σκόπει οὖν evil it be, also thy body [is] dark. See therefore ἢ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος ἐστίν. 86 εἰ οὖν τὸ σῶμά lest the light that [15]1π thee *darkness ‘is. If therefore Sbody σου ὕλον φωτεινόν, μὴ ἔχον “τὶ μέρος" σκοτεινόν, ἔσται 1thy “whole [is] light, not having any part dark, it shall be φωτεινὸν ὅλον, ὡς ὅταν ὁ λύχνος TY-doTpaTH φωτίζῃ σε.: “light tall, as when the lamp with [its]brightness may light thee, 37 Ἐν δὲ τῷ-λαλῆσαι: "Πρώτα" αὐτὸν Φαρισαῖός ric" Now as “was “speaking [*he] asked him ?a*Pharisee *cortain εἰσελθὼν δὲ ἀνέπεσ:εν. and having entered he reclined himself. ἐθαύμασεν ὅτι οὐ πρῶτον ἐβαπτίσθη that he woulddine with 98 ὁ δὲ Φαρισαῖος ἰδὼν him: Butthe Pharisee seeing [it] wondered that not first he washed πρὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου. 89 εἶπεν. δὲ ὁ κύριος πρὸς αὐτόν, Νῦν ὑμεῖς before the dinner. But said the Lord ἴο him, Νους. ye οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ πίνακος καθαρίζετε, Pharisees the outside οὔθ cup andofthe dish ye cleanse, τὸ. δὲ ἔσωθεν ὑμῶν γέμει ἁρπαγῆς καὶ πονηρίας. 40 ἄφρονες, butthe inside of you isfull ofplunder and wickedness. Fools, οὐχ ὁ ποιήσας τὸ ἔξωθεν καὶ τὸ ἔσωθεν ἐποίησεν; [414] not he who made the outside also the _ inside make ? 41 πλὴν τὰ ἐνόντα δότε ἐλεημοσύνην, καὶ ἰδού, But [of}the things which are within give alms, and lo, / ae μα ? τ > 2. ᾽ λε ~ ~ / πάντα καθαρὰ ὑμῖν ἐστιν. 42 ἀλλ" οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς Φαρισαίοις, allthings clean ἴο γοὰ are. But ποθ toyou Pharisees, ὅτι ἀποδεκατοῦτε TO ἡδύοσμον καὶ τὸ πήγανον καὶ πᾶν for yepay tithesof the mint and the rue and every λάχανον, καὶ παρέρχεσθε τὴν κρίσιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ" herb, and pass by the judgment and the love of God ταῦτα ἔδει ποιῆσαι, κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι." These things it behoved [you] todo, and those not to be leaving aside, ᾽ a) Ue. ~ ~ [ή , ~ \ ΄ 48 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς Φαρισαίοις, τι ἀγαπᾶτε τὴν πρωτοκαθεδρίαν Woe to you Pharisees, for yelove the first seat ? ~ ~ \ ? ‘ ~ ? ~ ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ τοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς ayopaic’. in the synagogues and _ the salutations in the market-places. ᾽ ἂν ἃὰ - - \ ~ ͵ ' 44 οὐαὶ ὑμῖν, ᾿γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαοισαῖόι, ὑποκριταί," ὅτι ἐστὲ Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites, for yeare i— δὲ but rrra. = + σου (read thine eye) LTtTra. ¥ + αὐτὸν he 1,, LTrA. w + δὲ now [1]τς, δείπνοις] and the first places at the suppers L. κριταί @[L]TTra, ~ ΄ Σ κρυπτὴν secret place EGLTTrAW. 1 ἀλλὰ EW. © — οὖν LTTrA. P— καὶ L. _ 8 ἐρωτᾷ asks LTA; ἐρώτα Tr. Σ παρεῖναι to pass by LTTrA, ’ m φῶς LTrA. 4 µέρος τι ([τι] A) περ 719 SEAL 7 ἀλλὰ τ. 9 9 ΄ > = Σ + [καὶ τὰς πρωτοκλισίας εν τοις Σ--- γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι ὑπο- ΧΙ, ΧΗ, LUKE. ὡς τὰ μνημεῖα τὰ ἄδηλα, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ! περιπατοῦντες as the “tombs tamseen, and the men who walk ? / ᾽ » - 32 ‘ [ή ~ ἐπάνω οὐκ.οἴδασιν. 45 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς δὲ τις τῶν γομι- over [them] do not know [it]. one of the doctors of the ~ / > ~ . ’ ~ [ή χα ~ ε ΄ κῶν λέγει αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ταῦτα λέγων καὶ ἡμᾶς ὑβοίζεις. law says tohim, ‘Teacher, these things saying 8150 ‘us thou insultest, 46 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Kai ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς oval, ὅτι φορτίζετ And answering Andhe said, Also toyou the doctors of thelaw woe, for ye burden τοὺς ἀνθρώπους φορτία δυσβάστακτα, καὶ αὐτοὶ evi men {with] burdens heavy tobear, and yourselves with one τῶν. δακτύλων ὑμῶν οὐ.προσψαύετε τοῖς φορτίοις: 47 οὐαὶ of your fingers do not touch the burdens. Woe Stew ε/ > ~ A ~ ~ -" b ε δὲ! Όμιν, OTL οἰκοδομεῖτε τὰ µνηµειά των προφητω»ν, "οι OE πα- to you, for ye build the tombs ofthe prophets, and *fa- τέρες ὑμῶν ἀπέκτειναν" αὐτούς. 48 ἄρα μαρτυρεῖτε"' καὶ thers tyour killed them. Hence yebear witness and συνευδοκεῖτε τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν. πατέρων.ὑμῶν' ὅτι αὐτοὶ μὲν consent tothe works of your fathers ; for they indeed ἀπέκτειναν αὐτούς, ὑμεῖς δὲ οἰκοδομεῖτε αὐτῶν τὰ μνημεῖα." killed them, and ye build their tombs, 4) διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἡ σοφία τοῦ θεοῦ εἶπεν, ᾿Αποστελῶ εἰς Because of this also the wisdom of God said, Iwillsend to αὐτοὺς προφήτας Kai ἀποστόλους, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποκτε- them prophets and apostles, and[{some]jof them they will ~ 4 ‘ e? ὃ , ell 50 “ 3 θῇ 4 - , νοῦσιν καὶ εεκδιώξουσιν ίνα ἐκζητηθῇ τὸ αἷμα πάντων kill and drive out, that may berequired the blood of all τῶν προφητῶν ἱτὸ ἐκχυνόμενον! ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου the « prophets poured ‘out from [the] foundation of [the] world, ? A ~ ~ / ? Ἁ ἈΕῚ] ε 3” « ~ II ἀπὸ τῆς.γενεᾶς.ταύτης, 51 ἀπὸ Srov' αἵματος Αβελ ἕως ἔτοῦ of this generation, . from the blood of Abel to the αἵματος Ζαχαρίου τοῦ ἀπολομένου μεταξὺ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου blood of Zacharias, who perished between the altar καὶ τοῦ οἴκου vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐκζητηθήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς and the house; yea, Isay toyou, itshallberequired of *zeneration ταύτης. 52 Οὐαὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς νομικοῖς, ὅτι ἤρατε τὴν this. Woe toyou the doctors of the law, for yetookaway the κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως" αὐτοὶ οὐκ. εἰσήλθετε," καὶ τοὺς εἶσερ- key of knowledge; yourselves did not enter, and those who were χοµένους ἐκωλύσατε. 53 'Aéyovroc.dé αὐτοῦ ταῦτα πρὸς entering ye hindered. And as *was*saying “he thesethings to αὐτοὺς" ἤρξαντο οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι δεινῶς ἐν- them began the scribes and the Pharisees urgently topress ἔχειν, καὶ ἀποστοματίζειν αὐτὸν περὶ πλειόνων, 54 ἐνε- upon [him], and to make *speak him about many things; watch- δρεύοντες Ναὐτὸν! ἱκαὶ! πζητοῦντες! θηρεῦσαί τι ἐκ τοῦ ing him tocatch something out of στόµατος.αὐτοῦ "ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ." his mouth that they might accuse him. | 19 Ἐν οἷς ἐπισυναχθεισῶν τῶν μυριάδων τοῦ During which [things] being gathered together the myriads ofthe » « ~ ? δ ” ᾿ ‘ ‘ ὄχλου, ὥστε καταπατεῖν ἀλλήλους, ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς crowd, soas totrampleupon one another, he began to say to and seeking 108 for ye are as graves which appear not, and the men that walk over them are not aware of them. 45 Then answer- ed one of the lawyers, and said unto him, Master, thus saying thou reproachest us also, 46 And he said, Woe unto you also, ye lawyers! for ye lade , Men with burdens grie- vous to be borne, and ye yourselves touch not the burdens with one of your fingers. 47 Woe unto you! for ye build the sepulchres of the prophets, and your fathers ‘killed them. 48 Truly ye bear wit- ness that ye allow the deeds of your fa- thers : for they indeed killed them, and ye build their sepulchres. 49 Therefore also said the wisdom of God, I will send them pro- phets and apostles, and some of them they shall slay. and persecute: 50 That the blood of all the prophets, which was shed from the foundation of the world, may be required of this generation; 51 from the blood of Abel unto the blood of Zacharias, which perished between the altar and the temple: verily I say unto you, It shall be required of this generation. 52 Woe unto you, lawyers! for ye havetaken away the key of knowledge: ye entered not in your- selves, and them that were entering in ye hindered. 53 Andas he said these things unto them, the scribes and the Pharisees began to urge him vehemently, and to provoke him to speak of many things: 54 laying wait for him, and seeking to catch something out of his mouth, that they might accuse him, ΧΤΙ, In the mean time, when there were gathered together an innumerable multi- tude of people, inso- much that they trode one upon another, he began to say unto his Ὁ καὶ οἱ T. & — οἱ (read περιπ. walking) L[a]w. ε [ἐκ]διώξουσιν Tra. ΤΊΓΑ. 4 — αὐτῶν τὰ μνημεῖα [L]TTrA. τὸ ἐκκεχυμένον Which has been poured out Tr. GLTTrA. 1— καὶ GLTTrAW. ο m — ζητοῦντες T[Tr]a- ς μάρτυρές ἐστε Witnesses ye are f τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον LTA ; ε — τοῦ (vead [the]) LTTra. i Κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντος αὐτοῦ and as he went out thence Trra. | R— ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ T[Tr]A. b εἰσήλθατε κ.- αὐτόν 1. 194 disciples first of all, Beware ye of the lea- ven of the Pharisees, which is hypocrisy. 2 For there is nothing covered, that shall not be revealed ; neither hid, that shall not be known. 3 Therefore whatsoever ye have spoken in darkness shall be heard in the light ; and that which ye have spoken in the ear in closets shall be proclaimed upon_ the housetops. 4 AndI say unto you my friends, Be not afraid of them that kill the body, and after that have, no more that they can do. 5 But I will forewarn you whom ye shall fear : Fear him, which after he hath killed hath power to cast into hell; yea, I say unto you, Fear him. 6 Are not five sparrows sold for two farthings, and not one of them is for- gotten before God? 7 But even the very hairs of your head are allnumbered. Fear not therefore: ye are of more yalue than many sparrows. 8 Also I say unto you, Whosoever shall confess me before men, him shall the Son of man also confess be- fore the angels of God: 9 but he that denieth me before men shall be denied before. the an- gels of God. 10 And whosoever shall speak & word against the Son of man, it shall be for- given him: but unto him that blasphemeth against the Holy Ghost it shall not be’ for- given. 11 And when they bring you unto the synagogues, and unto magistrates, and powers, take ye no thought how or what thing ye shall answer, or what ye shall say: 12 for the Holy Ghost shall teach you in the same hour what ye ought to say, 13 And one of the company said unto him, Master, speak to > P αποκτενόνγτων G; 5 πωλοῦνται TTrA, Μεριµνήσητε ye should not be careful rrr, AOY KAS. ΧΙ Προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς ζύμης Take heed toyourselves of the leaven οὐδὲν. δὲ συγκεκαλυµ- but nothing 2covered οὐ μαθητὰς.αὐτοῦ πρῶτον, his disciples first, ’ 4 ε [ή τῶν Φαρισαίων, ἥτις ἐστὶν ὑπόκρισις. 2 ofthe Pharisees, which [15 hypocrisy ; ’ A Ν ἐνον ἐστὶν ὃ οὐκιἀποκαλυφθήσεται, καὶ κρυπτὸν ὃ up lis which shall not be uncovered, nor hidden ‘which ?not γνωσθήσεται. 3 ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ὅσα ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε, ἐν τῷ wherefore whatever in the darkness yesaid, in the Ishall be known ; ‘ ? , 3 ᾿ εν 4 ᾿ τ ἐλ λή ᾽ anes wrt ἀκουσθήσεται καὶ Ὁ πρὸς TO οὓς ἑλαλῆσατε ἐν τοις light shall be heard ; and what in the ear ye spoke in , A ~ ΄ , ι δὰ ταμείοις, κηρυχθήσεται ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων. 4 Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν chambers, shall be proclaimed upon the housetops. But I say to you, ~ ~ ᾽ τοῖς φίλοις. μου, Μὴ.φοβηθῆτε ἀπὸ τῶν Ρἀποκτεινόντωνὶ my friends, Ye should not fear because of those who kill τὸ «σῶμα, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα μὴ.ἐχόντων Ἀπερισσότερόν!.τι the body, and after thesethings are ποῦ able anything more ~ ~ ’ ~ = 2 δε ποιῆσαι. 5 ὑποδείξω.δὲ ὑμῖν τίνα φοβηθῆτε. φοβήθητε to do. But I will shew you ‘whom jyeshould fear: Fear — τὸν μετὰ τὸ ἀποκτεῖναι Τἐξουσίαν ἔχοντα' ἐμβαλεῖν εἰς τὴν him who after having killed, authority has tocast into the γέενναν" vai, λέγω ὑμῖν, τοῦτον φοβήθητε. 6 Οὐχὶ πέντε gehenna; yea, Isay toyou, “him ‘fear. 2Not “five στρουθία "πωλεῖται! ἀσσαρίων δύο; Kai ἕν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐκ 4sparrows tare sold for *assaria *two? and one of them “7not ” 2 , ? ” “Ὁ ~e ᾽ 4 a 4 [ή ἔστιν ἐπιλελησμένον ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ" 7 ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ τρίχες 115 forgotten before God. Buteven the hairs δ αμ = 2.1 ον ἢ ~ Doe τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν πᾶσαι ἠρίθμηνται. μὴ οὖν" φοβεῖσθε of your head 3411 "have been numbered. 7Not*therefore ‘fear, πολλῶν στρουθίων διαφέρετε. 8 Λέγω.δὲ ὑμῖν, Πᾶς ὃςιἂν thanmany sparrows’ ye are better. But I say to you, Every one whoever ὁμολογήσῃ ἐν ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Kai ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ may confess me before men, also the Son ἀνθρώπου ὁμολογήσει ἐν αὐτῷ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ of man will confess him before the angels θεοῦ" 9 ὁ δὲ ἀρνησάμενός µε "ἐνώπιον" τῶν ἀνθρώπων of God; buthethat hasdenied | me before men ? / ’ ~ ~ ~ ~ ἀπαρνηθήσεται ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 καὶ πᾶς will be denied before the angels of God; and every one ὃς ἐρεῖ λόγον εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἀφεθήσεται who shall say ἃ word against the Son of man, it will be forgiven ᾽ τι ~ \ ‘ ϱ ἘᾺΝ ip αὐτφ' τῷ δὲ εἰ τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα βλασφημήσαντι him; buttohimwho against the Holy Spirit has blasphemed οὐκ. ἀφεθήσεται. 11 ὅταν.δὲ προσφέρωσιν" ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ τὰς it will not be forgiven. But when they bring you before the συναγωγὰς καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἐξουσίας, μὴ μεριμνᾶτεϊ synagogues and the rulers and the authorities, be not careful. ον n , ’ ῴ 3 ‘ πῶς %) ri! ἀπολογήσησθε ἢ τί εἴπητε 12 τὺ γὰρ how or vyhat γ8 5821] reply in defence, or what ye should say ; for the .“ ~ fey ἅγιον πνεῦμα διδάξει Holy —Swirit εἰπεῖν. to say. [ή - ~ ~ 13 Ἐϊπεν.δὲ τις Ἰαύτῷ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου,! Διδάσκαλε, εἰπὲ τῷ And ?said tone tohim from the crowd, Teacher, speak ὑμᾶς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἃ. δεῖ willteach you in that same hour what it behoves [you] > αποκτεννόντων LTTrA. y 9 περισσόν 1, * — οὖν [L]}rTra. Υ ἔμπροσθεν L. 3 5η τῇ Tra. τ ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν ΙΤΤτΑ. Ἢ εἰσφέρωσιν ΤΊτΑ. > μὴ Σεκ του ὄχλον αὐτῷ T, : ΧΙΙ. LUKE. ἀδελφφ.μου µερίσασθαι μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ τὴν κληρονομίαν. 14 Ὁ δὲ to my brother to divide with me _ the inheritance. But he εἶπεν αὐτῷ, AvOow7e, Tic με κατέστησεν δδικαστὴν" ἢ μερισ- said to Bin, Man, who*me ‘appointed a judge or a di- τὴν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς; 15 Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὁρᾶτε καὶ φυλάσ- vider over τοι ὃ And he said to them, See and keep your- σεσθε ἀπὸ ὕτῆς" πλεονεξίας. ὅτι οὐκ ἐν τῷ περισσεύειν selves from covetousness ; for not in the abundance τινὶ ἡ ζωή. αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων "αὐτοῦ." "to®anyone “his '°life Sis ‘of *that *which *he *possesses. 16 Εἶπεν δὲ παραβολὴν pe αὐτούς, λέγων, ᾿Ανθρώπου And he spoke a parable ae Pay ite, 304 τα "man τινὸς πλουσίου dency ησεν' ἡ χώρα" 17 καὶ Scertain Syich Sbrought *forth *°abundantly ‘the ας And διελογίζετο ἐν, ἑαυτῷ, λέγων, Τί ποιήσω, ὅτι οὐκ ἔχω he was reasoning within himself, saying, What shallI do, for I have not ποῦ συνάξω τοὺς.καρπούς.µου; 18 καὶ εἶπεν, Τοῦσο ποιήσω" where Ishalllay up my fruit? and hesaid, This willI do: καθελῶ μου τὰς ἀποθήκας, καὶ μείζονας οἰκοδομήσω, καὶ I will take way my. Ες, and greater will build, and συνάξω ἐκεῖ πάντα “τὰ.γενήματά! ἵμου! καὶ τὰ ἀγαθά.μου Y ἢ willlay up there all my produce and my good things, 19 καὶ ἐρῶ τῇ.ψυχῇ-μου, Ψυχή, ἔχει πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ and I will say to my soul, Soul, thouhast many good things κείµενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά’ ἀναπαύου, φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου. laid by for *years Renee take thy rest, eat, drink, be merry. 20 εἶπεν δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, Ε᾿Αϕρων,! ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν But *said*to*him God, Fool, this night “soul πάπαιτοῦσιν! ἀπὸ σοῦ" ἃ δὲ ἡτοίμασας τίνι they require of thee; and *what *thou ‘didst *prepare *to 7whom 21 οὕτως ὁ θησαυρίζων Ἰἑαυτῷ,!ὶ καὶ μὴ εἰς Thus [is] he who treasuresup for himself, and not toward σου thy ἔσται.; Sshall *be? θεὸν πλουτῶν. 22 Εἶπεν. δὲ πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ," Διὰ God is rich, Andhe said to his disciples, Because of τοῦτο ἰὑμῖν λέγω," μὴ μεριμνᾶτετῇ-ψυχῇ- ὑμῶν" τί φάγητε, this toyou Ι say, Be not careful as to your life what yeshouldeat, μηδὲ τῷ σώματα τί ἐνδύσησθε. 23 7° ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστιν nor astothe body what yeshould put on. The life more is τῆς τροφῆς. καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος. 24 Κατανοήσατε than the food, andthe body thanthe raiment, Consider τοὺς κόρακας, ὅτι Pou! σπείρουσιν «οὐδὲ! θερίζουσιν, οἷς the ravens, for “ποῦ 1they ΒΟΥ nor reap, ~ 12 ‘ ὁ = οὐκ.ἔστιν ταμεῖον οὐδὲ ἀποθήκη, Kai ὁ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς there isnot storehouse nor granary, and God = feeds them. πύσῳ μᾶλλον ute διαφέρετε τῶν πετεινῶν"; 25 τίς.δὲ ἐξ How much more : lare better than the birds? And who of ~ | ὑμῶν ΚΡ ΤΕΙ δύναται "προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ" you (byj being careful is able to add to. his stature πῆχυν teva; 26 εἰ οὖν Youre" ἐλάχιστον δύνασθε, “cubit ‘one? If therefore not even [the] least ye are able [to do], τί περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν μεριμνᾶτε; 27 Κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα, why about the rest are ye careful? Consider the lilies, to which | 195 ι my brother, that he divide the inheritance with me. 14 And he said unto him, Man, who made me a judge or a divider over you? 15 And he said unto them, Take heed, and beware of covetous- ness : for a man’s life consisteth not in the abundance . of the things which he pos- sesseth, 16 And he spake a parable unto them, saying, The ground of a certain richmanbrought forth plentifully : 17 and he thought within him- self, saying, What shall I do, because I have no room where to bestow my fruits? 18 And he said, This will I do: I will’ pull down my barns, and build great- er; and there will I be- stow all my fruits and my goods. 19 And I will say to my soul, Soul, thou hast much goods laid up for many years ; take thine ease, eat, drink, and be mer- ry. 20 But God said unto him, Zhou fool, this night thy soul shall be required of thee : then whose shall those things be, which thou hast provided ? 21 So is he that layeth up treasure for him- self, and is not rich toward God. 22 And he said unto his disciples, Therefore I say unto you, Take no thought for your life, what ye shall eat; neither for the body, what ye shall puton. 23 The life is more than meat, and the body is more than raiment, 24 Consider the ravens: for they neither sow nor reap ; which neither have storehouse nor barn; and God feedeth them: how much more are ye better than the fowls? 25 And which of you with taking thought can add to his stature one cubit ? 26 If ye then be not able to do that thing which is least, why take ye thought for the rest? 27 Consider the lilies how they grow: 8 Κριτὴν BETrAs Ὁ τα. alluTtraw. 5 αὐτῷ LTTrA. τὸν σῖτον the wheat Tr. -- ον TA]. 8 ἄφρον GW. my L. λέγω ὑμῖν Tra, — ὑμῶν (read as to the life) Lrrra. bo τ ig [γὰρ] (read for the) urra. P οὔτε neither ΤΑ. * ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι A. t — ἕνα (/έάά a Cubit) t[rrJa. h αἰτοῦσιν TrA. ἆ ηὐφόρησεν L. 4 οὔτε ΤΑ. ε τὰ “γεννήματα E3 5 Ι αὐτῷ τ. - * bape [ὑμῶν] (read 3 your τ [μεριμνῶν Α., σ οὐδὲ LTTrA. 196 they toil ποῦ. they spin not; andyetI say unto you, that Solomon in all his glory was not arrayed* like one of these. 28 If then God so clothe the grass, which is to day in the field, and to morrow is cast into the oven; how much more will he clothe you, O ye of lit- tle faith? 29 And seek not ye what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink, neither be ye of doubtful mind. 30 For all these things do the nations of the world seek after: and your Father knoweth that ye have need of these things. 31 But rather seek ye the kingdom of God ;, and all these things shall be added unto you. 32 Fear not, little flock; for it is your Father’s good pleasure to give you the kingdom. 33 Sell that ye have, and give alms; provide your- selves bags which wax not old; a treasure in the heavens that fail- eth not, where no thief approacheth, nei- ther moth corrupteth. 34 For where your trea- sure is, there will your heart be also. 35 Let your loins be girded about, and your lights burning; 36 and ye yourselyeS like unto men that wait for their lord, when he will re- turn from the wed- ding; that when he cometh and knock- eth, they may open unto himimmediately. 37 Blessed are those servants, whom the lord when he cometh shall find watching: verily I say unto you, that he shall gird him- self, and make them to sit down to meat, and will come, forth and serve them. 38 And if he shall comein the se- cond watch, or come in the third watch, and find them so, blessed are those servants. 39 And this know, that if the goodman of the house had known what hour the thief would ΧΙ, ὑμῖν," to you, we ἓν as one AOY KAS. οὐ.κοπιᾷ, they labour not, οὐδὲ «νήθει"" -΄ 4 πῶς αὐξάνει" ; λέγω. δὲ nor do they spin; how they grow ; but I say ’ ~ ή 7 “ὩΣ ’; οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ.δόξῃ.αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο Νοὺ οτοη Solomon in 811 his glory was clothed \ 4 / ~ - , τούτων. 28 εἰ δὲ τὸν χόρτον ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ σήμερον ὄντα," καὶ of these. Butif the grass “in*the ‘field ‘to-day ‘which *is, and αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον, ὁ θεὸς οὕτως" ἀμφιέννυσιν,' to-morrow into ΑΠ oven is cast, God thus arrays, NN ~ « ~ > , + 6 4 « ο» Α το ~ πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι; 29 καὶ υμεῖς μὴ.ξητεῖτε how much rather you, O[ye] of little faith? And ye seek ye not τί gaynre®y" τί πίητε, καὶ μὴ.µετεωρίζεσθε. 80 ταῦτα what ye mayeat or what yemay drink, and benotinanxiety; *these*things γὰρ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμον Ὀἐπιζητεῖ"' ὑμῶν. δὲ ὁ πατὴρ and your Father for all the nations ofthe world seek after ; οἶδεν ὅτι χοῄζετε τούτων. 31 πλὴν ζητεῖτε τὴν βασιλείαν But seek ye the kingdom knows that ye have need of these things, ετοῦ θεοῦ." καὶ ταῦτα" “πάντα! προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν.. 82 μὴ of God, and *these *things ‘all shall be added to you. ?2Not φοβοῦ, τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον᾽ ὅτι εὐδόκησεν ὁ.πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ‘fear, little flock, for took *delight tyour *Father δοῦναι ὑμῖν τὴν βασιλείαν. 33 πωλήσατετὰ ὑπάρχοντα ὑμῶν, in giving you the kingdom. Sell your possessions, μι / ? ” ο ’ « ~ e / Π ᾿ καὶ δότε ἐλεημοσύνην ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς “βαλάντια! μὴ and give alms; make to yourselves purses _ Dot παλαιούµενα, θησαυρὸν ἀνέκλειπτον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὅπου growing old, a treasure unfailing in the heavens, where κλέπτης οὐκ.ἐγγίζει, οὐδὲ σὴς διαφθείρει" 94 ὕπου.γάρ ἐστιν thief doesnotdrawnedar, nor moth destroy. For where is ς 4 Chew ιο. ον / εκ ” ‘ ” ὁ θησαυρὸς ὑμῶν, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ.καρδία.ὑμῶν ἔσται. ὁδ Ἔστωσαν your treasure, there also your heart will be. Let be fe ον oy 7 Ι ῃ «. δε / , 2 \ ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες" περιεζωσμέναι καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόµενοι’ 36 καὶ your _ loins - girded about and lamps burning; and ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις τὸν.κύριον ἑαυτῶν, ye like to men waiting for their lord, , 5 ? / Il ? ~ 4 / “ ? , ‘ / πότε ϑβἀναλύσει" ἐκ τῶν ΄ γάμων, ἵνα ἐλθόντος καὶ κρού- whenever he shall return from the wedding feasts, that having come and having σαντος, εὐθέως ἀνοίξωσιν αὐτῷ. 37 μακάριοι οἱ δοῦλοι knocked, immediately they may open Το him, Blessed *bondmen ἐκεῖνοι οὓς ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος εὑρήσει γρηγοροῦντας. ἀμὴν *those whom coming the Lord 58,81} πὰ +. watching. : Verily λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι περιζώσεται καὶ ἀνακλινε αὐτούς, καὶ 157 toyou, that he will gird himself and will make ?recline ‘them, and παρελθὼν διακονήσει αὐτοῖς. 88 "καὶ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ coming up willserve them. And if hecome in the second φυλακῇ, καὶ! ἐν τῇ τρίτη φυλακῇ ἔλθῃ, καὶ εὕρῃ οὕτως, watch, and in the third watch hecome, and find [them] thus, μακάριοί εἰσιν ‘oi δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι." 99 τοῦτο.δὲ γινώσκετε, ὅτι blessed are 2pondmen ‘those. But this ~ know, that 2 ” - ΄ ; , ἐξ ς εἰ δει ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης -ποίᾳ ὥρᾳ ὁ κλέπτης ἔρχεται, if “had “known "the *master *of*the*house inwhat hour the thief is coming, ns ὃ πὸ ων ee , οὔτε νήθει οὔτε ὑφαίνει they neither spin nor weave ΤΑ. ἄγρῳ TOV ᾿χόρτον ὄντα σήµερρν ΤΑ ; τὸν χόρτον σήμερον ἐν ἀγρῷ ὄντα LTr. 8 καὶ and TTr, 4 — πάντα [L]TTrA. he may return ΙΤΤτΑ. i Lot δοῦλοι] ἐκεῖνοι Tra; αμϕιέζει TTra, LTTrA. x + [ότι] that 1, Σ ἐν 2 ἀμφιάζει L; Ὁ ἐπιζητοῦσιν TTrA. 6 αὐτοῦ (read his kingdom) 6 βαλλάντια LTTrAW. f αἱ ὀσφύες ὑμῶν L. & ἀναλύσῃ _» κἂν ἐν τῇ δευτέρα, κἂν and if'in the second and if rrra. — οἱ δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι (read are they) 1.» ΧΙ]. Κἐγρηγόρησεν ἄν, Kai" he would have watched, LUKE. οὐκ ἂν" ἀφῆκεν ϑδιορυγῆναι" and would not have suffered to be dug through τὸν.οἶκον.αὐτοῦ. 40 καὶ ὑμεῖς "οὖν" γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι" ὅτι his house. And ye therefore beye ready ; ΣΟΥ er ? ~ « ελ -”. 2 , ” ιτ ‘ ὥρᾳ οὐ.δοκεῖτε, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἔρχεται. 41 Εἶπεν. δὲ in the hour ye think not, the Son of man comes. And *said δαὐτῳ! ὁ Πέτρος, Κύριε, πρὸς ἡμᾶς τὴν.παραβολὴν ταύτην Sto *him Peter, Lord, to us this parable λέγξις, ἢ καὶ πρὸς πάντας; 42 PEizeyoé! ὁ κύριος, Tic speakest thou, or also to all? Andsaid the Lord, Who ἄρα ἐστὶν ὁ πιστὸς οἰκονόμος “καὶ! φρόνιμος, ὃν καταστήσει then is the faithful steward and prudent, whom “will *set ὁ κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς.θεραπείας.αὐτοῦ, "τοῦ! διδόναι ἐν καιρῷ "τὸ" *the *Lord over his household, togive in season the σιτοµέτριον; 43 μακάριος ὁ.δοῦλος.ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἐλθὼν measure of corn? Blessed that bondman whom “having *come ὁ.κύριος.αὐτοῦ εὑρήσει ποιοῦντα οὕτως. 44 ἀληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν, ‘his "“Τιοτᾶ will find doing thus. Of a truth I say to you, ὅτι ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν. αὐτοῦ καταστήσει αὐτόν. that over all his possessions he will set him, 46 Εὰν.δὲ εἴπῃ ὁ.δοῦλος.ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ-αὐτοῦ, Xpo- But if *should*say ‘that *bondman in his heart, 3Ῥε- νίζει ὁ.κύριός-µου ἔρχεσθαι: καὶ ἄρξηται τύπτειν τοὺς lays Amy *Lord to come, and should begin to beat the παῖδας Kai τὰς παιδίσκας, ἐσθίειν.τε καὶ πίνειν καὶ µε- Mmen-servants and the maid-servants, andtoeat and todrink and tobe θὐσκεσθαι 46 ἥξει ὁ κύριος τοῦ-δούλου.ἐκείνου ἐν ἡμέρᾳ drunken, Swill”come ‘the *Lord 308 *that *bondman in aday “ἢ οὐ. προσδοκᾷ, καὶ ἐν ὥρᾳ ἢ οὐ.γινώσκει, καὶ in which he does not expect, and in anhour which heknowsnot, and διχοτοµήσει αὐτόν, καὶ τὺ.μέρος.αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀπίστων willcut“in*two ‘him, and his portion with the unbelievers θήσει. 47 ἐκεῖνος δὲ ὁ δοῦλος. ὁ γνοὺς τὸ θέλημα τοῦ will αρροϊηῦ, But that bondman who knew the will κυρίου ἑαυτοῦ," καὶ μὴ.ἑτοιμάσας "μηδὲ" ποιήσας πρὸς of his Lord, and prepared not nor did according to τὸ θέλημα.αὐτοῦ, δαρήσεται πολλάς' 48 ὁ δὲ μὴ his will, shall be beaten with many (stripes]; but he who ποῦ , A ” ~ Π 7 ΄ γνούς, ποιήσας.δὲ ἄξια πληγῶν, δαρήσεται ὀλίγας. knew, anddid [things] worthy of stripes, shall be beaten with few. παντὶδὲ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρ αὐτοῦ" And everyone to whom was given much, much will berequired from him; καὶ ᾧ παρέθεντο πολύ, περισσότερον αἰτήσουσιν αὐτόν. and to whom wascommitted much, the more will they ask of him, 49 Πῦρ. ἦλθον βαλεῖν “εἰς! τὴν γῆν, καὶ τί θέλω εἰ Ίδη Fire Icame tocast into the earth, and what willl if already ἀνήφθη; 50 βάπτισμα.δὲ ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ πῶς συν- it be kindled 2 But a baptism I have to be baptized [with],and ho¥ amI έχοµαι étwe.*od' τελεσθῇ. 6] δοκεῖτε ὅτι εἰρήνην παρε straitened until it be accomplished! Think ye that peace ~ , ~ ~ ’ ΄ «ς - ? > A γενόμην δοῦναι ἐν τῇ yy; οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀλλ ἢ came togive in the earth? No, Isay -toyou, but rather I i k — ἐγρηγόρησεν ἄν, καὶ (read he would not have suffered) Τ. xOnvat ΤΑ. 2 — οὖν LTTrA. ο — αὐτῷ Ltr[A]. καὶ ὃ and the w. ε. τοῦ L[Tra]. Litra, YHOrT, ἐπὶ πρι υττγαν, ἜΤ ὅτου LTTraW, Ρ καὶ εἶπεν TTrA. 8 -- τὸ (read a measure Of corn) Tra, 197 come, he would have watched, and not have suffered his house to be broken through. 40 Be ye therefore ready al- so : for the Sonof man cometh at an hour when ye think not, 41 Then Peter said un- to him, Lord, speakest thou this parabie unto us, or even to all? 42 And the Lord said, Who then is that faith- ful and wise steward, whom his lord shall make ruler over his household, togive them their portion of meat in due season? 43 Bless- ed is that servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. 44 OfatruthI say unto you, that he will make him ruler over all that he hath. 45 But and if that ser- vant say in his heart, My lord delayeth his coming; and shall be- gin to beat the menser- vants and maidens, and to eat and drink, and to bedrunken; 46 the lord of that servant will come in a day when he looketh not for him, and at an hour when he is not aware, and willcut himinsun- der, and will appoint him his portion with the unbelievers, 47 And that servant, which knew his lord’s will, and prepared not him- self, neither did accord- ing to his will, shall be beaten with many stripes, 43 But he that knew not, and did com- mit things worthy of stripes, shall be beat- en with few stripes. For unto whomsoever much is given, of him shall be much requir- ed: and to whom men have committed much, of kim they νι] ask themore, 49 1 ΒΠΙ come to send fire on the earth; and what will I, if it be already kin- dled? 50 But I havea baptism to be baptized with; and how am [ straitened till it be accomplished! 51 Sup- pose ye that Iam come to zive peace on earth? I tell you, Nay; but ra- ther division: 52 for ἂν ΤτΑ. αι διορυ- 46 the LrTra ; τ αὐτοῦ 198 from henceforth there shall be five in one house divided, three against two, and two against three. 53 The father shall be divided against the son, and the son against the father ; the mother a- gainst the daughter, and the daughter a- gainst the mother ; the mother in law against her daughter in. law, and the daughter in law against her mother in law. 54 And he said also to the people, When ye see a cloud rise out of the west, straightway ye say, There cometh a shower; and so it is. 55 And when ye see the south wind blow, e say, There will be eat ; and it cometh to pass. 56 Yehypocrites, ye can discern the face of the sky and of the earth; but how is it that ye do not discern this time? 57 Yea, and why even of yourselves judge ye not what is right? 58 When thou goest with thine adver- sary to the magistrate, as thou art in the way, give diligence that thou, mayest be deli- vered from him; lest he hale thee to the judge, and the judge deliver thee to the officer, and the officer cast thee in- to prison. 59 I tell thee, thou shalt not depart thence, till thou hast paid the very last mite, XIII. There were present at that season some that told him of the Galilwans, whose blood Pilate had min- gled with their sacri- Πορ 2 And Jesus answering said unto’ them, Suppose ye that. these Galilzans were sinners above all the Galileans, because they suffered such things? 3.1 tell you, Nay: but, except ye repent, ye shall all likewise perish. 4 Or ΧΙΙ, AIT. ἀπὸ .τοῦ.νῦν πέντε ἐν Yoixw henceforth five in “house A OPT AAS διαμερισμόν. δῷ εσονται.γὰρ division ; for there willbe from ἑνὶ" διαμεμερισμένοι, τρεῖς ἐπὶ δυσὶν καὶ δύο ἐπὶ *rpisiv. *one divided, three against two and two against three, ΄ 53 διαμερισθήσεταιὶ πατὴρ "ἐφ᾽" υἱῷ, καὶ υἱὸς ἐπὶ πατρί' ?Will ‘be *divided ‘father against son, and son against father’ \ i ant / ? Ν ΩΣ ΐ μήτηρ ἐπὶ "θυγατρί," καὶ θυγάτηρ ἐπὶ “μητρί"" πενθερὰ mother against daughter, and daughter against mother; mother-in-law ? \ \ ~ ‘ / Vs ἐπὶ τὴν νύμφην αὐτῆς, καὶ νύμφη ἐπὶ τὴν against daughter-in-law ‘her, and daughter-in-law against πενθερὰν "αὐτῆς." 2mother-in-law “her. ἢ δὅ4 Ἔλεγεν. δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις, Ὅταν ἴδητε ἱτὴν" νεφέλην Andhesaid also tothe crowds, When yesee the cloud | ? A ~ 7 3” ἀνατέλλουσαν Εἀπὸὶ δυσμῶν, εὐθέως λέγετε, " Ὄμβρος rising up from {the] west, immediately ye say, A shower ἔρχεται" καὶ γίνεται οὕτως. 5D καὶ ὅταν νότον πνέοντα, iscoming; and it happens 80. And when a south wind [15] biowing, λέγετε, Ὅτι καύσων tora’ Kai γίνεται. 56 ὑποκριταί, τὸ ye say, Heat there willbe; and it happens. Hypocrites, the πρόσωπον τῆς γῆς καὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ οἴδατε δοκιμάζειν" appearance ofthe earth and ofthe heaven yeknow [how] to discern, τὸν. δὲ καιρὸν τοῦτον πῶς Ἰοῦ.δοκιµάζετε"; 57 τί.δὲ Kai ag’ , but this time And whyeven of how do ye not discern? ἑαυτῶν οὐ.κρίνετε TO δίκαιον; 58 ὡς.γὰρ ὑπάγεις μετὰ yourselves judge ye not what [is] right ? For as thou goest with τοῦ.ἀντιδίκου.σου ἐπ᾿ ἄρχοντα, ἐν τῇ; ὁδῷ δὸς ἐργασίαν thine adverse party before a magistrate, in the way give, diligence ἀπηλλάχθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ" μήποτε κατασύρῃ σε πρὸς {ο beset free from him, lest he should drag away thee ἴο τὸν κριτήν, καὶ ὁ κριτής σε "παραδῷ" τῷ πράκτορι, καὶ the judge, and the judge theeshoulddelivertothe officer, and ὁ πράκτωρ σε ἰβάλλῃ" εἰς. φυλακήν. ὄ9 λέγω σοι, οὐ-μὴ' the officer thee should cast into prison. I say to thee, In no wise ἐξέλθῃς ἐκεῖθεν ἕως ποὺ" καὶ τὸ ἔσχατον λεπτὸν shalt’ thou come out _ thence © until even the last lepton ἀποδφο. thou shalt have paid. ee 19 Παρῆσαν.δὲ τινες ἐν αὐτῷ.τῷ καιρῷ ἀπαγγέλλοντες And *were present ‘some at the same time telling αὐτῳ περὶ τῶν Γαλιλαίων, ὧν τὸ αἷμα "Πιλάτος" ἔμιξεν him about the Galileans, of whom the blood Pilate mingled μετὰ τῶν .θυσιῶν αὐτῶν. 2 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς “ὁ ᾿Ιησοῖ'ς" εἶπεν with their sacrifices. And answering Jesus said αὐτοῖς, Δοκεῖτε ὅτι οἱ .Γαλιλαῖοι.οὗτοι ἁμαρτωλοὶ παρὰ πάν- tothem, Think το that these Galileans sinners beyond all τας τοὺς Γαλιλαίους ἐγένοντο, ὅτι Ῥτοιαῦτα! πεπόνθασιν; the Galileans were, because such things they have suffered? 3 οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν" ἀλλ᾽ ἐὰν μὴ Ἀμετανοῆτε," πάντες "ὡσαύ- No, 148 toyou; but if ye repent not, all 7in *like a ee ee αιώνα νο τε κα Υ ἑνὶ οἴκῳ LTTrA. 8 ἐπὶ TTrA. TIA. {L]1Tra, > θυγατέρα LTTrA. f — τὴν (read a cloud) irra]. δοκιμάζειν know ye not to discern? Tr, βαλεῖ shall cast Lrtra. P ταῦτα these things rrr, * τρισὶν διαμερισθήσονται" (read three will be divided :) LTTra. “μητέρα Ὁ; THY pyTépaLTrA. ἃ -- αὐτῆςτ. ε --- αὐτῆς Εεπιαῦτ. ἃ + orthat[L}rtra. ἷ οὐκ οἴδατε ὰ παραδώσει shall deliver LTtra. 1 βάλῃ GW; ἢ Ἠειλᾶτος 7. ° — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he said) 4 µετανοήσητε L, ; ὁμοίως LTTrA, mati, LUKE. τως" ἀπολεῖσθε. 4 ἢ ἐκεῖνοι οἱ "δέκα.καὶ ὀκτὼ" ἐφ᾽ οὓς “manner *yeshallpcrishh Or those eighteen on . whom ἔπεσεν ὁ πύργος ἐν τῷ Σιλωὰμ καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτούς, δοκεῖτε fell « the tower in Siloam and killed them, |. think ye ore ‘odrou! ὀφειλεται ἐγένοντο παρὰ πάντας * ἀνθρώπους that these debtors were beyond all men ‘ ~ w2 ll ε Xn ge ’ / “ « ae ? ? τοὺς κατοικοῦντας “ἐνὶ Ἱερουσαλήμ; ὃ οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν" ἀλλ who dwelt” in Jerusalem ? No, 1580 toyou; but ἐὰν μὴ.Σμετανοῆτε,! πάντες Youotwc' ἀπολεῖσθε. if ye repent not, all 7in “like *manner 179 shall perish. 6 Ἔλεγεν δὲ ταύτην τὴν παραβολήν" ᾿Συκῆν εἶχέν τις Andhespoke this parable: 5A ®fig-tree *had 1a “certain iy τῷ. ἀμπελῶνι.αὐτοῦ πεφυτευμένην"" Kai ἦλθεν Ἀκαρπὺν [ὕπαβη] in his vineyard planted ; and he came fruit ζητῶν" ἐν αὐτῇ Kat ovy-etper. 7 εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς τὸν ἆμ- secking on it and did not find{any].. Andhesaid to the vine- πελουργόν, Ιδού, τρία ἔτη ἔρχομαι ζητῶν καρπὸν iv τῇ dresser, Behold, three years I come seeking fruit on συκῇ-ταύτῃ καὶ οὐχ.εὑρίσκω ἔκκοψον © αὐτήν" this fig-tree and ἄο ποὺ find [any]: cut *down τη τὴν γῆν καταργεῖ ; 8 ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ, the ground does it render useless? Buthe answering says tohim, Κύριε, ἄφες αὐτὴν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔτος, ἕως ὅτου σκάψω περὶ Sir, let?alone Ὁ 4180 this year, until Ishalldig about αὐτὴν καὶ βάλω “κοπρίαν! 9 κἂν μὲν ποιήσῃ ᾿καρπόν' it and put manureé, and if indeed itshould bear fruit—; Ξε 4 iF 2 A / ll ? , ᾽ ’, εἰ δὲ μήγε, εἰς.τὸ μέλλον! ἐκκόψεις αὐτήν. butif not, hereafter thou shalt cut 7down 10, 10 Ἦν. δὲ διδάσκων ἐν μιᾷ τῶν συναγωγῶν ἐν τοῖς σάβ- Andhe was teaching in one ofthe synagogues on the sab- βασιν' 11 καὶ ἰδού, γυνὴ Εἠνὶ πνεῦμα ἔχουσα ἀσθενείας baths. And behold, ἃ woman there was “a *spirit ‘having of infirmity ἔτη "δέκα.καὶ ὀκτώ," καὶ ἦν Ἀσυγκύπτουσαὶ καὶ μὴ .δυναµένη “years eighteen, andshe was benttogether and “unable ; - ΄ 2 A / ᾽ A At ΝΥ ιν εὖ, ΤᾺ “ ἀνακύψαι εἰς.τὸ.παντελές. 12 ἰδὼν.δὲ αὐτὴν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς 300 “lift Sup Sherself 1wholly. And seeing her Jesus προσεφώνησεν καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Γύναι, ἀπολέλυσαι ἷ calledto [her] and said toher, Woman, thou hast been loosed from τῆς.ἀσθενείας.σοῦ. 19 Kai ἐπέθηκεν αὐτῇ τὰς χεῖρας" divari" καὶ why even thine infirmity. And helaid upon her [his] hands, 4,” ™ k ᾽ 0 , Π \ 27 \ / καὶ παραχρῆμα ἀνωρθώθη, καὶ ἐδόξαζεν τὸν θεόν. and immediately she was made straight, and glorified God. 14 ᾽Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ ὁ ἀρχισυνάγωγος, ἀγανακτῶν Ort But °answering ‘the 7ruler *of *the synagogue, indignant because ~ / aD / ερ ” ~ ” ] τῷ σαββάτῳ ἐθεράπευσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔλεγεν τῷ ὄχλῳ, onthe sabbath “healed 1 Jesus, said tothe crowd, “Εξ ἡμέραι εἰσίν, ἐν αἷς δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι" ἐν ™rav- Six days thereare, in which 16 behoves[men] to work; in these 199 those eighteen, upon whom the tower in Siloam fell, and slew them, think ye that they were sinners a- bove all men _ that dwelt in Jerusalem? 5 I tell you, Nay: but, except ye repent, ye shall all likewise perish. 6 He spake also this parable; A certain man had a fig tree planted in his vineyard; and he came and sought fruit thereon, and found none. 7 Then said he unto the dresser of his vineyard, Behold, these three years I come seeking fruit on this fig tree, and find none: cut it down; why cumbereth it the ground? 8 And he an- swering said unto him, Lord, let it alone this year also, till I shall dig about it, and dung tt: 9 and if it bear fruit, weil: and if not, then after that thou shalt cut it down. 10 And he was teach- ing in one of the syna- gogues on the sabbath. 11 And, behoid, there was a woman which had a spirit of infirmi- ty eighteen years, and was bowed together, and could in no wise lift up herself. 12 Arfd when Jesus saw her, he called ker to him, and said unto her, Wo- man, thou art loosed from thine infirmity. 13 And he laid his hands on her: and im- mediately she. was made - straight, and glorified God. 14 And the ruler of the syna- gogue answered with indignation, because that Jesus had healed on the Sabbath day, and said unto the peo- ple, There are six days in which men ought to work: in them there- Ἱ x ’ / , ᾿ η νο ~ fore come and he ταῖς! οὖν ἐρχόμενοι θεραπεύεσθε, καὶ μὴ τῇ Ίμερᾳ TOV healed, and not on the ᾿ therefore coming be healed, and notonthe “day sabbath day. 15 The 6 δέκα [καὶ] ὀκτὼ LTrA; δεκαοκτὼ T. tavroithey uta. + τοὺς the LTTrA. ᾗἩ --ἐν (vead [in]) Tra. x µετανοήσητε LTTrA. Υ ὡσαύτως TTrA. ἀμπελῶιι αὐτοῦ. ΤΤΎΤΑ. ζητῶν καρπὸν GLTTrAW. ο + οὖν therefore (cut) L. 4 ἵνα τί LTrA. 6 κόπρια EGLTTrAW. εἰ δὲ μήγε (read bear fruit hereafter; but if not) rtra, § — ἦν LTTrA. ὁ - ἀπὸ ἔγοτῃ τὰ, avopdéOyutrra. | + ὅτι that Ta, 2 πεφυτευµένην ἐν τῷ Ὁ + ἀφ᾽ οὗ since (three years) TTra. f καρπὸν εἰς TO μέλλον" συνκύπτουσα 1. ® αὐταῖς them LITra, 200 Lord then answered him, and said, Zhou hypocrite, doth not each one of you on the sabbath loose his ox or his ass fram the stall, and lead him away to watering? 16 And ought not this woman, being a daughter of Abraham, whom Satan hath bound, lo, these. eighteen years, be loosed from this bond on the sabbath day? 17 And when he had said these things, all his adversaries were ashamed: and all the people rejoiced for all the glorious things that were done by him, 18 Then said he, Unto what is the kingdom of God like? and whereunto shall I re- semble it? 19 Itis like a grain of mustard seed, which a man took, and cast into his garden ; and it grew, and waxed agreat tree; and the fowls of the air lodged in the branches of it. 20 And again he said, Whereunto shall I liken the kingdom of God? 21 It is like lea- ven, which a woman took and hid in three measures of meal, till the whole was lea- vened. 722 And he went through the cities and villages, teaching, and journeying toward Je- rusalem, 23 Thensaid one unto him, Lord, are there few that be saved? And he said unto them, 24 Strive to enter in at the strait gate : for many, I say unto you, will seek to enter in, and shall not be able.. 25 When once the master of the house is risen up, and hath shut to the door, and ye begin to stand with- out, and to knock at the door, saying, Lord, Lord, open unto us; and he shall answer and say unto you, 1 know you not whence ye are: 26 then shall ye begin to say, We have eaten and drunk in thy presence, and thou hast taught in ΛΟΥΚΑ & ΧΗ , , ~ e Ψ σαββάτου. 15 ᾿Απεκρίθη Cody" αὐτῷ ὁ κυριος, και εἶπεν, ‘sabbath. +Answered ‘therefore *him *the “Lord, and _ said, «Ἃ Δ , t ~ ~ , ? / x νὙποκριτά,! ἕκαστος ὑμῶν τῷ σαββάτῳ οὔ-λύε τὸν Hypocrite, -eachone of you onthe sabbath does he not loose ~ ? νὰ Λ " » \ ~ , \ ? ‘ βοῦν.αὐτοῦ ἢ τὸν ὄνον ἀπὸ τῆς φάτνης, καὶ ἀπαγαγὼν his ox or ass from the manger, and having led [it] away Γ ’ \ / ? ποτίζει; 16 ravrny.oé θυγατέρα ᾿Αβοαὰμ οὖσαν, give [10] drink 2 And this [woman], ?a*daughter “οἱ “Αὑγαπαπα *being, τι » ~ ᾽ ’ ’ ‘ ‘ ” ἣν ἔδησεν ὁ σατανᾶς, ἰδού, δέκα.καὶ.ὀκτὼ ἔτη, οὐκ. ἔδει whom “has *bound 1Satan, lo, eighteen years, ought [she] not ~ > A ~ ~ ~ « , ~ , λυθῆναι ἀπὸ τοῦ δεσμοῦ. τούτου TH ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ σαββάτου ; {ο be loosed from this bond onthe “day 1sabbath ? κ. ~ , - , , 17 Καὶ ταῦτα λέγοντας αὐτοῦ κατῃσχύνοντο πάντες οἱ ‘And *these Sthings ‘on “his “saying 7were ®ashamed fall who ἀντικείμενοι αὐτῷ' καὶ πᾶς ὁ ὄχλος ἔχαιρεν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν were opposed tohim; and all the crowd wererejoicing at all τοῖς ἐνδόξοις τοῖς γινομένοις ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. the glorious things which were being done by him. 18 Ἔλεγεν «δέ! Τίνι ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ; 2He *said Jand, To what “like lis the kingdom of God P καὶ τίνι ὁμοιώσω αὐτήν; 19 ὁμοία ἐστὶν" κόκκῳ σινάπεως, and ἰο what shalllliken it? Like itis toa grain of mustard, Hv! λαβὼν ἄνθρωπος ἔβαλεν εἰς κῆπον ἑαυτοῦ" καὶ Τ ι which “haying*taken ἃ 7*man cast into ?garden this ; and 2, yee) bd ἢ , \ ~ ηὔξησεν. καὶ ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον "μέγα," καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ itgrew and came into a “tree great, and the birds of the οὐρανοῦ κατεσκήνωσεν ἐν τοῖς.κλάδοις αὐτοῦ. 20 *Kai! πάλιν heaven roosted in its branches. And again εἶπεν, Τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ: 21 ὁμοίᾳ he said, Το what shallI liken the kingdom of God 2 Like ? ‘ ’ ελ λ Ὁ cae ὦ} πό. Il ? ᾽ / ἐστὶν ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα γυνὴ "ἐνέκρυψεν! εἰς ἀλεύρου itis +toleaven, which *having *taken’a*woman hid in of *meal σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον. 2661118 ‘three, until *was “leavened ‘all. : 22 Καὶ διεπορεύετο κατὰ πόλεις καὶ κώμας διδάσκων, καὶ And ο wentthrough by, cities and villages teaching, and πορείαν ποιούμενος εἰς Ἱ Περουσαλήμ.' 23 εἶπεν. δὲ τις αὐτῷ, “progress Imaking towards Jerusalem. And said one to him, Κύριε, εἰ ὀλίγοι οἱ σωζόμενοι ; Ὁ.-δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Lord, [are] *few ‘those *being “saved? Buthe said to them, 94 ᾿Αγωνίζεσθε εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης" ὅτι Strive with earnestness toenterin through the narrow gate ; for πολλοί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητήσουσιν εἰσελθεῖν, καὶ οὐκ.ἰσχύσουσιν. many, Tsay toyou, will seek toenterin, and will not be able. ? - » 25 ἀφ᾽ οὗ.ἂν ἐγερθῇ ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης, καὶ ἀπο- From the time ®shall 7have risen "αρ ‘the master 5ο *the *house, and 2.588} κλείσῃ τὴν θύραν, καὶ ἄρξησθε ἔξω ἑστάναι καὶ κρούειν τὴν haveshut the door, ,and τε begin without tostand andtoknockat the , { ” ~ ‘ 4 θύραν, λέγοντες, Κύριε, Υκύριε,' ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν" καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς door, saying, Lord, Lord; open tous; and he answering ? ~ « ~ = ε ~ , , ” ἐρεῖ ὑμῖν, Οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς πόθεν ἐστέ. 26 τύτε ἄρξεσθε | willsay to you, 1 ἄο ποὺ know you. whence yeare. Then will ye begin / ? / , wri , -- ! λέγειν, ᾿Εφάγομεν ἐνώπιόν.σου καὶ ἐπίομεν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς to say, We ate in thy presence and drank, and in © δὲ but LTTra, *— μέγα [L]T[Tra]. GLTTrA, 7 — κύριε [L]TTra, P Ὑποκριταί hypocrites LrTraw. : ς 4 οὖν therefore TTrA. TOE, *“— και W, 7 ἔκρυψεν TTra, W Ἱεροσόλυμα Τ. x θύρας door XIII, XIV. λ / « ~ γὼ» κα \ ἘΠῚ - , ΓΑ rare ay 9 πλατείαις ἡμῶν ἐδίδαξας. 27 καὶ ἐρεῖ, Λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ our strects thou didst teach. And he willsay, Itell you, Not οἶδα 3ὑμᾶςὶ πόθεν ἐστε ἀπόστητε ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ πάντες 11 *doknow you whence ye are; depart from me, all [ye] τή ο / αν κκ 7m , 98 ἐ ~ ” « λ Aud A οι εργαται της αὀὐικιας. εκει εσται ο κλαυ μος και the workers of unrighteousness, There shallbe the weeping and ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων, ὅταν “ὔψησθε" ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ Ισαὰκ the gnashing of the teeth, when ye see Abraham and Isaac καὶ ᾿Ιακὼβ καὶ πάντας τοὺς προφήτας ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ ind Jacob and all the prophets in the kingdom θεοῦ, ὑμᾶς δὲ ἐκβαλλομένους ἔξω. 29 καὶ ἥξουσιν ἀπὸ of God, but yourselves being cast out. And they shall come from ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν, καὶ ἀπὸ" βοῤῥᾶ καὶ νότου, καὶ ava- east and west, and from north and south, and _ shall κλιθήσονται ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 90 καὶ ἰδού, εἰσὶν recline in the kingdom, of God. And lo, there are ἔσχατοι οἱ ἔσονται πρῶτοι, καί εἰσιν πρῶτοι οἱ ἔσονται last who shall be first, and thereare_ first who shall be ἔσχατοι. last. ὃ 91 ᾿Εν. αὐτῇ τῇ “ἡμέρᾳ! ἱπροσῆλθόν" ay On the same d cameto [him] certain LUE #. τινες Φαρισαῖοι, Pharisees, λέγοντες αὐτῷ, Ἔξελθε καὶ πορεύου ἐντεῦθεν, ὅτι Ἡρώδης saying tohim, Goout and _ proceed hence, for Herod θελει σε ἀποκτεῖναι. 32 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες desires *thee 1to *kill. And hesaid tothem, Having gone » ~ ᾽ ’ , Α ΗΝ εἴπατε τῇ.ἀλώπεκι.ταύτῃ, Ιδού, ἐκβάλλω δαιμόνια καὶ ἰάσεις say to that fox, ο, 1 cast out demons and _ cures εἐπιτελῶ" σήμερον καὶ αὔριον, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃν τελειοῦμαι. I complete to-day and to-morrow, and the third [day] 1 am perfected ; ‘ ~ / ‘ ” ‘ ~ ’ / 99 πλὴν δεῖ µε σήμερον καὶ αὔριον καὶ TY ἐχομένῃ but it behoves me “to-day and to-morrow and the [day] following προφήτην ἀπολέσθαι ἔξω πορεύεσθαι" ὅτι οὐκ.ἐνδέχεται a prophet toperish out of to proceed ; for it is not possible [for] 7 7 ε ? / Ἱερουσαλήμ. 94 Ἱερουσαλήμ, Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἡ ἀποκτείνουσα Jerusalem, Jerusalem, Jerusalem, who killest / \ ~ ‘ ? / ‘ τοὺς προφήτας, καὶ λιθοβολοῦσα τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους πρὸς the prophets, and stonest those who have been sent to αὐτήν, ποσάκις ἠθέλησα ἐπισυνάξαι τὰ τέκνα.σου, ὃν.τρόπον her, how often wouldI have gathered thy children, in the way Pa ~ ο . . Ἰόρνις" Κγὴν" ἑαυτῆς Ἰνοσσιὰνὶ ὑπὸ τὰς πτέρυγας, ahen [gathers] her brood under [her] wings, ‘ ? , ¥ , ~ ι στ ε ~ ” καὶ οὐκ.ἠθελήσατε. 85 ἰδού, ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ.οἶκος-υμῶν EON and ye would not. Behold, isleft toyou your house de- \ A ~ , 2’ a beat | μος" πἀμὴν δὲ λέγω! ὑμῖν, οὔτι" οὐ.μή με ἴδητε! ἕως. "ἂν solate; ?verily'and Isay toyou, that ποῦ δὖ 811 me shallyesee until er » - δι , ? ? , HED," "ὅτε! εἴπητε, Εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνό- it come when ΥὙ6 5807, - Blessed [15] hewho _ comes in [the] name ματι κυρίου. of [the] Lord. 14 Kai ἐγένετο And it came to pass on ἐν τῷ.ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς οἶκόν τινος τῶν his having gone intoa house of one of the our streets. 201 27 But he shall say, 1 tell you, I know you not whence ye are; depart from me, all ye workers of iniquity, 28 There shall be weeping and gnash- ing of teeth, when ye shallsee Abraham, and Isaac, and Jacob, and all the prophets, in the kingdom of God, and you yourselves thrust out. 29 And they shall come from the east, and from the west, and from the north, and from the south, and shall sit down in the kingdom of God. 30 And, behold, thcre are last which shall be first, and there are first which shall be last, 31 The same day there came certain of the Pharisees, saying unto him, Getthce out, and depart hence: for Herod will kill thee. 32 And he said unto them, Go ye, and tell that fox, Behold, I cast out devils, and I do cures to day and to morrow, and the third day I shall be per- fected. 33 Nevertheless I must walk to day, and to morrow, and the day following: for it cannot be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem, 34 O Je- rusalem, Jerusalem, which killest the pro- phets, andstonest them that are sent unto thee; how often would [have gathered thy children together, as a hen doth ga:her her brood un- der her wings, and ye would not! 35 Behold, your house is left unto you desolate: and veri- ly I say unto you, Ye shall not see me, until the time come when Mie shall say, Blessed 7s he that cometh in the name of the Lord. XIV. And it came to pass, as he went into the house of one of the ————————————————— EEE aS 3 Ὁ — τῆς LTTrA. AP Ϊ « t— ὑμᾶς [L]Tra.' 8 — οἱ TTrA. Αν f προσῆλθάν TTra. 4 — ἀπὸ [1]1{ττΑ}.. © ὥρᾳ hour ΤΑ. day L. ‘1 opué π. κ τὰ τι. ἱνοσσία τ. τῷ --- ἔρημος GLITrAW. λέγω τ. ο -- ὅτι [L]T: [a]. Ρ ἴδητέ µε LTTrA, α -- ἂν ΤΤΓΑ, come LT[TrA, δ [ὅτε] Tra. \ ο ὄψεσθε ye Shall see rir. 8 ἀποτελῶ LITrA. » + [ἡμέρᾳ] Ὁ λέγω δὲ GLTrAW 5. τ ἥξει it shall 909 chief Pharisees to eat bread on the sabbath day, that they watched him. 2 And, behold, there was a certain man before him which had the dropsy. 3 And Jesus answering spake unto the lawyers and Pharisees, saying, Is it lawful to heal on the sabbath day? 4 And they held their peace. And he took him, and healed him, and let him go; 5 and an- swered them, saying, Which of you shall have an ass or an ox fallen into a pit, and will not straightway pull him out on the sabbath day? 6 And they could not answer him again. to these things. 7 And he put fortha parable to those which were bidden, when he marked how they chose out the chief rooms ; saying unto them, 8 When thou art bid- den of any man to a wedding, sit not down in the highest room ; lest a more honourable man than thou be bid- den of him; 9 and he that bade theeand him come and say to thee, Give this man place; and thou begin with shame to take the low- estroom. 10 But when thou art bidden, go and sit down in the lowest room; that when he that bade thee cometh, he may say unto thee, Friend, go up higher: then shalt thou have worship in the presence of them that sit at meat with thee. 11 For who- soever exalteth him- self shall be abased ; and he that humbleth himself shall be ex- alted. 12 Then said he also to him that bade him, When thou makest a dinner or a supper, A OY τα, XIV. σαββάτῳ φαγεῖν ἄρτον, καὶ αὐτοὶ onasabbath toeat bread, that they ἦσαν παρατηρούµενοι αὐτόν. 2 καὶ ἰδού, ἄνθρωπός τις were watching him. And behold, a*man ‘certain ἦν ὑδρωπικὸς ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ. 3 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ ]ησοῦς there was dropsical before him. And answering Jesus εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς νομικοὺς καὶ Φαρισαίους, "λέγων," “Et! spoke ἴο the doctors of the law and to(the]Pharisees, saying, ἔξεστιν τῷ σαββάτῳ "θεραπεύειν" Υ; 4 Οἱ δὲ ἡσύχασαν, Is it lawful onthe sabbath to heal? But they were silent. καὶ ἐπιλαβόμενος ἰάσατο αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπέλυσεν. ὅ καὶ And takinghold [ofhim]hehealed him, πᾶ let (him) go. And Ξἀποκριθεὶς" *xpoc αὐτοὺς εἶπεν," Τίνος ὑμῶν 9ῦνος! ἢ βοῦς answering to them hesaid, Of which of you 7an “ass ‘or 58η ος εἰς φρέαρ "ἐμπεσεῖται," καὶ οὐκ εὐθέως ἀνασπάσει αὐτὸν Sinto 34 ᾿ριὺ ‘shall 7411, πᾶ “ποὺ *immediately *he Ἐν] pullup him dy! ετῇ! ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ σαββάτου; 6 Καὶ οὐκ.ίσχυσαν ἀνταπο- on the “day sabbath ὃ And they were not able to re- κριθῆναι ἰαὐτῷ" πρὸς ταῦτα. ply tohim 88 to these things. 7 Ἔλεγεν δὲ πρὸς τοὺς κεκληµένους παραβολήν, ἐπέχων Απᾶ he spoke to those who were invited a parable, remarking πῶς τὰς πρωτοκλισίας ἐξελέγοντο, λέγων πρὸς αὐτούς, how the first places they were choosing out, saying to them, 8 Ὅταν κληθῇς ὑπό τινος εἰς γάμους, μὴ.κατακλιθῇς When thou art invited by anyone to wedding feasts, donot recline . εἰς τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν, μήποτε ἐντιμότερός σου {ᾖ.κεκλη- in the first place, lest amore honourablethanthou may have μένος vm αὐτοῦ, Θκαὶ ἐλθὼν ὁ been invited by him, andhavingcomehewhotheeand him invited ἐρῖ σοι, Δὸς τούτῳ τόπον’ Kai τότε ἄρξῃ Sper" shall say to thee, Give "το *this *one ‘place, and then thoubegin with αἰσχύνης τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον κατέχειν. 10 ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν κλη- shame the- last place to take, But when, thou art θῇς, πορευθεὶς Βἀνάπεσον! εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον" ἵνα invited, having gone recline in the last place, that ὕταν ἔλθῃ ὁ κεκληκώς σε, ᾿εἴπῃ! σοι, Φίλε, προσ- when he may come who has invited thee, he may say tothee, Friend, come ανάβηθι ἀνώτερον' τότε ἔσται σοι δόξα ἐνώπιον * τῶν up higher, Then shall be tothee glory __ before those who’ συνανακειµένων σοί. 11 ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινω- recline [αὖ table] with thee ; for everyone that exalts himself shall be θήσεται' καὶ ὃ; ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. humbled, and hethat Ἠαπιρ]θ himself shall be exalted. 3” A A ~ , ΄ ε - 12 Ελεγεν.δὲ καὶ τῷ κεκληκότι-αὐτόν, Ὅταν ποιῇς And Π6 said also tohim who hadinvited him, When thou makest ἄριστον ἢ δεῖπνον, μὴ.φώνει τοὺς.φίλους.σου μηδὲ τοὺς ἀδελ- ἀρχόντων trav’ Φαρισαίων rulers of the Pharisees \ . ? \ “ σὲ καὶ αὐτὸν καλέσας ΒΕ ΠΣ παν ο να 8 ων or a SUS, call not z thy friends nor *breth- ther thy kinsmen, nor POUG σου μηδὲ τοὺς.συγγενεῖς-σου μηδὲ γείτονας πλουσίους" τ toe Rights ᾿ — thy ΡΣ ee bg oe nor “neighbours lrich, again, and a recom- μήποτε καὶ αὐτοί 'σε ἀντικαλέσωσινι καὶ γένηταί πσρι pence be made thee. lest also they thee should invite in return, and “be*made ‘thee t [τῶν] a. ἡ [λέγων] L. ~ — Ei ΎΤΓΑ. * θεραπεῦσαι LTTrA. Υ + 7 ov or not {u}rtra. 7 — αποκριθεὶς LTr[A]. 8. εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς L. Ὁ yids ἃ SON LTTrAW. “πεσειται LTTra. 4 — ἐν (read τῇ On the) [απ]. © —7HT. f — αὐτῷ TTrA. & μετὰ LITrAW. ἢ ὀνάπεσαι 4; ἀνάπεσε LTTrAW. igpeche willsay rrr. ὀ * + πάντων all Mitra, =! ἀντικαλέσωσίν oe ΙΤΤιΑ. πι ἀνταπόδομά σοι TTra, . XIV. LUKE. ἀνταπόδομα." 19 ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν ποιῇς δοχήν, κάλει πτωχούς, ‘a ΄ΤΟΟΟΠΙΡΕΗΡΕ: but when thou makest a feast, -_ call poor, n2 ΄ il , Aly Δ , ” % avarnpouc,' χωλούς, τυφλούς" 14 καὶ μακάριος £07) crippled, lame, blind; and blessed thou shalt be; OT! οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνταποδοῦναί σοι ἀνταποδοθήσεται for they have not [wherewith] torecompense thee; 210 *shall *be *recompensed ογ4ρ" σοι ἐν TH ἀναστάσει τῶν δικαίων. ‘for thee in the resurrection ofthe just. 15 ᾿Ακούσας.δέ τις τῶν συνανακειµένων ταῦ- And "Πανίηρ '°heard ‘one 7of *those *reclining [δαί ®table}] 7with [*him] these τα εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Μακάριος Poe" φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ things said tohim, Blessed [he] who - shall eat bread in the βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 16 ὋὉ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ. ᾿Ανθρωπός τις kingdom of God. But he said tohim, A *man leertain “ἐποίησεν! δεῖπνον "μέγα," καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς" 17 καὶ ἀπέ- nade a*supper ‘great, and _ invited many. And he στειλεν τὸν.-δοῦλον. αὐτοῦ TH ὥρᾳ τοῦ δείπνου εἰπεῖν τοῖς sent his bondman at the hour of the supper tosaytothose who κεκληµένοις, Ἐρχεσθε, ὅτι ἤδη ἔτοιμά Story" ἱπάντα." 18 Kai had been invited, Come, for now “ready 318 tall. And ἤρξαντο ἀπὸ μιᾶς Ἱπαραιτεῖσθαι πάντες." ὁ πρῶ- “began “with ‘one (*consent] ®to’excuse *themselves ‘all. The first τος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ᾿Αγρὸν ἠγόρασα, Kai Σέἔχω ἀνάγκην" said tohim, 3Α 5Ββε]ά 1Ε΄ἨὭανε *bought, and Ihave need γἐξελθεῖν καὶ" ἰδεῖν αὐτόν" ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε µε παρῃτημένον. togoout and ἴο 866 1; Ipray thee hold me excused, 19 καὶ ἕτερος εἶπεν, Zevyn βοῶν ἠγόρασα πέντε, καὶ And another - said, 5Pairs Sot ‘oxen ‘I *have *bought “five, and πορεύομαι δοκιμάσαι αὐτά' ἐρωτῶ σε ἔχε με. παρῃτημένον. Igo to prove them ; 1 pray thee hold me excused. 20 καὶ ἕτερος εἶπεν, Γυναῖκα ἔγημα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο And another said, A wife Ihave married, and because of this οὐ.δύναµαι ἐλθεῖν. 21 Kai παραγενόμενος ὁ.δοῦλος." ἐκεῖνος" 1 απι ἈΠ 016 tocome. And having come that bondman ἀπήγγειλεν πῷ.κυρίῳ.αὐτοῦ ταῦτα. Τότε ὀργισθεὶς ὁ οἰκο- reported to his lord these things. Then beingangry the master δεσπότης εἶπεν τῷ-δούλῳ.αὐτοῦ, "Ἔξελθε ταχέως εἰς τὰς ofthehouse said to his bondman, Go out quickly into the πλατείας καὶ ῥύμας τῆς πόλεως, καὶ τοὺς πτωχοὺς καὶ δάνα- streets and lanes ofthe city, and the poor and crip- πήρους" καὶ χωλοὺς καὶ τυφλοὺς" εἰσάγαγε ὧδε. 22 Καὶ εἶπεν pled and lame and _. blind bringin here. And = said ὁ δοῦλος, Κύριε, γέγονεν “ὡς! ἐπέταξας, καὶ ἔτι the bondman, Sir, ithasbeendone as thou didst command, and still , ? / ‘ hee « , ᾿ A ~ τόπος ἐστίν. 23 Kai εἶπεν ὁ κύριο πρὸς τὸν δοῦλον, room _ there is. And said the lord to the bondman, Ἔξελθε εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς Kai φραγμούς, καὶ ἀνάγκασον εἰσελθεῖν, Goout into the ways and hedges, and compel to come in, ἵνα γεμισθῇ “ὑ.οἴκός. μου." 24 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδεὶς τῶν that may be filled my house; for I say to you, that not one ἀνδρῶν ἐκείνων τῶν: κεκλημένων -“γεύσεταί µου τοῦ δείπνου. of those men who have been invited shall taste of my supper. 2 ἀναπείρους LTrA. ο δέ but τ. Ρ ὅστις Whosoever TTrA. τ μέγαν 1. 5 εἰσιν are Τ. t — πάντα (read [all)) [1,]π[ττα]. LTTrA. w + [kat] and L. Σ ἀνάγκην ἔχω L. 2 — ἐκεῖνος (read the bondman) ΙΤΤΤΑ. 8 ἀναπείρους LTra, LfTra, ο ὃ which Tira, ἆ μον ὁ οἶκος TTra, -- 208 13 But when thou mak- est a feast, call the poor, the maimed, the lame, the blind: l4and thou shalt be blessed ; for they cannot recom- pense thee: for thou shalt be recompensed at the resurrection of the just. 15 And when one of them that sat at meat with him heard these things, he said unto him, Blessed is he that shall eat bread in the kingdom of God. 16 Then said he unto him, A ccrtain man made a great supper, and bade many: 17 and sent his servant at supper time to say to thcm that were bidden, Come; for all things are now ready. 18 And they all with one con- sent began to make excuse. ‘The first said unto him, I have bought a piece of ground, and I must needs go and see it: I pray thee have me excused. 19 And ano- thtr said, Ἰ have bought five yoke of oxen, and I go to prove them: I pray thee have me excused. 20 And another said, I have married a wife, and therefore I cannot come, 21 So that ser- vant came, and shewed his lord these things. Then the master of the house being angry said to his servant, Go out quickly into the streets an. lanes of the city, and bring in hither the poor, and the maimed, and the halt, and the blind. 22 And the ser- vant said, Lord, it "18 done as thou hast com- manded, and yet there is room. 23 And the lord said unto the ser- vant, Go out into the highways and hedges, and compel them to come in, that my house may be filled. 24 For I say unto you, That none of those men which were bidden shall taste of my supper. ᾳ ἐποίει ΤΤτΑ. ν πάντες παραιτεῖσθαι, y ἐξελθὼν having gone out TTra. b τυφλοὺς Kat χωλοὺς 204 25 And there went great multitudes with him: and he turned, and said unto them, 26 If any man come to me, and hate not his father, and mother, and wife, and children, and brethren, and sis- ters, yea, and his own life also, he cannot be my disciple. 27 And whosoever doth -not bear his cross, and come after me, cannot be my disciple. 28 For which of you, intend- ing to build a tower, sitteth not down first, and counteth the cost, whether he have suffi- cient to finish i? 29 Lest haply, after he _ hath laid the founda- tion, and is uot able to finish it, all that be- hold it begin to mock him, 30 saying, This man began to build, and was not able to finish. 31 Or what king, going to make war a- gainst another king, sitteth not down first, and consulteth whe- ‘ther he be able with ten thousand to meet him that cometh a- gainst him with twen- ty thousand? 32 Or else, while the other is yet a great way off, he sendeth an ambas- sage, and desireth con- ditions of peace. 33 50 likewise, whosoever he be of you that forsak- eth not all that he hath, he cannot be my disci- le. 34 Salt 8 good: ut if the salt have lost his savour, where- with shall it be sea- soned? 35 It is neither fit for the land, nor et for the dunghill; ut men cast it out. He that hath ears to hear, let him hear, XV. Then drew near unto him all the pub- Ticans and sinners for tohearhim. 2 And the /Pharisees and scribes murmured, saying, AOY KAS. XIV, XV. 95 Ῥυνεπορεύοντο.-δὲ αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοί καὶ στραφεὶς And *were*going νη ®him crowds ‘great; and having turned εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, 26 Ei τις ἔρχεται πρός µε, καὶ οὐ-μισεῖ he said to them, If any one comes to me, and haces not rov.rarépaféavrov! καὶ τὴν μητέρα καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ τὰ kis father and mother end wife and τέκνα καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τὰς ἀδελφάς, ἔτι:5δὲ" καὶ τὴν children and brothers and sisters, and besides also ε ~ , 7-00 ‘h θ οὐ ell i πο. ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν, οὐ.δύναταί "μου.μαθητὴς εἶναι" 27 kai" ᾿ ὅστις his own life, he cannot my disciple be ; and whosoever οὐ.βαστάζει τὸν.σταυρὸν.Καὐτοῦ,! καὶ ἔρχεται ὀπίσω µου, carries not his cross, and ΄ comes after me, οὐ .δύναταί μου εἶναι"! μαθητής. 28 τίς.γὰρ ἐξ ὑμῶν θέλων cannot my. ‘be: disciple. For which of you desiring td > ~ ‘ ~ , - πύργον οἰκοδομῆσαι, οὐχὶ πρῶτον καθίσας ψηφίζει τὴν a tower to build, Snot °first ‘shaving *sat*down *counts the , > A δαπάνην, εἰ ἔχει ™ra πρὸς" ἀπαρτισμόν; 99 ἵνα μήποτε cost, if he has the[means] for [its] completion? that lest θέντος αὐτοῦ θεμέλιον καὶ μὴ ἰσχύοντος ἐκτελέσαι, πάντες having laid ofit afoundationand ποῦ being able to finish, all οἱ θεωρούντες ἄρξωνται “ἐμπαίζειν αὐτῷ," 30 λέγοντες, Ότι who see [15] should begin tomockat him, saying, < « ” » ~ ‘ οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἤρξατο οἰκοδομεῖν, καὶ οὐκ ἴσχυσεν ἔκτελέσαι. This man began to build, and was not able to finish. n A ~ 81 Ἢ τίς βασιλεὺς πορευόμενος Ρσυμβαλεῖν ἑτέρῳ βασι- Or what king proceeding toengage witharother’ king ~ 2' , 5 \ ’ ~ λεῖ! εἰς πόλεμον οὐχὶ καθίσας πρῶτον “βουλεύεται" in war Snot “having ’sat?down “first Stakes 7counsel’ > ~ = εἰ δυνατός ἐστιν ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ᾽ἀπαντῆσαι! τῷ μετὰ whether able heis with ten thousand to meet him with εἴκοσι χιλιάδων ἐρχομένῳ ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν; 32 εἰ. δὲ μήγε, ἔτι twenty thousand whocomes against ἨὨϊπι 2’ Butif not, “still ~ yore , “΄- αὐτοῦ πόῤῥω" ὄντος, πρεσβείαν ἀποστείλας ἐρωτᾷ τὰ the *far -off “being, anembassy havingsent heasks the([terms] Ἆ ᾿Ξ [2 ~ ~ a πρὸς εἰρήνην. 33 οὕτως. οὖν πᾶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ὃς οὐκ ἀπο- for peace. Thus therefore everyone of you who “ποὺ *does take τάσσεται Taow τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ὑπάρχουσιν, οὐ.δύναταί ‘pou leave of all that he himself possesses, cannot “my εἶναι. µαθητής, 34 καλὸν τὸ "ἅλας"' ἐὰν.δὲΣ τὸ "ἅλας! “be disciple. Good [is] the salt, - butif the salt ~~ 3 ’ > ΄ ” ~ μωρανθῇ ἐν τίνι ἀρτυθήσεται; 35 οὔτε εἰς γῆν οὔτε become tasteless with what shall it be seasoned 2 Neither for land nor ᾽ / / εἰς κοπρίαν εὔθετόν ἐστιν ἔξω βάλλουσιν αὐτό. Ὃ ἔχων for manure fit isit: ‘out ‘they cast 310, Hethat has ὦτα Υἀκούειν! ἀκουέτω. ears tohear let him hear. Tr ΒΥ! ? ' ~ 15 ΄Ησαν-δὲ *éyyilovreg αὐτῷ" πάντες ot τελῶναι καὶ And were drawing near tohim all the tax-gatherers and ε 8 ee , ~ - ‘ οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ" 2 καὶ διεγόγγυζον οἱ" Φαρισαῖοι the sinners tohear him; and murmured the Pharisees *f αὐτοῦ LTTrA. LTA, counsel T, therefore Τ[Ίτ]Α. LITraw. ἐξ Sony 2 εἶναί µου TTrA. © αὐτῷ ἐμπαίζειν LTTrA. τ ὑπαντῆσαι LTTrAW. 8. + τε both (the) Lrtra. & τε LTrA,. h εἶναί μου μαθητής TTA. i — καὶ τὰ. ο 5 πὸ τὰ (read (the méans]) σττιὰ. Ρ ἑτέρῳ βασιλεῖ συμβαλεῖν 1ΤΤνΑ. 5 πόῤῥω αὐτοῦ W. « Σ + καὶ also LTTra, κ ἑαυτοῦ π εἰς tO GLTTrAW. 4 βουλεύσεται will take t εἶναί µου LTTr. v + οὖν w .” ΄ > ~ ΄ ἅλα 1. ) -- ἀκούειντ, 5 αὐτῷ ἐγγίζοντες ο ἈΚ. LUKE x“ / τ καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς, λέγοντες, Ὅτι οὗτος and the scribes, saying, This [man] προσδέχεται καὶ συνεσθίει αὐτοῖς. 8. Εἶπεν.δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς reccives and. eats with them. And ke spoke to them Δ \ , / ΄ » ολ « ~ τὴν.παραβολὴν.ταύτην, λέγων, 4 Tic ἄνθρωπος ἐξ υμῶν this parable, saying, What man of you ” κ ο: A Ye $ ‘ b ? λέ Π ΓΙ ᾽ » 7 ~ Il ? ἔχων εκατον πρόβατα. και "άπολεσας' "εν εξ αὐτῶν," οὐ having a hundred sheep, and having lost one of them, 2not καταλείπει τὰ “éevverncovraevvea! ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Kai πορεύεται ‘leaves the ninety nine in the wilderness and goes ἐπὶ τὸ ἀπολωλός, ἕως εὕρῃ αὐτό ; ὃ καὶ εὑρὼν . after that which has been lost, until he find it? And having found [it] 3 ἴθ Ἴ ‘ ‘ ” ΓΕ διῇ ΄, 6 = ‘ ἐλθ 4 ἐπιτίθησιν επι τοὺς ώμους. εαντου" χαίρων, Ὁ καὶ ελθων Ὦε lays [it] on his shoulders rejoiciyg, and having come εἰς τὸν οἶκον 'συγκαλεῖ! τοὺς φίλους καὶ τοὺς γείτονας, λέ- to the house he calls together friends and neighbours, say- γων αὐτοῖς, SLuyxapnré' μοι, ὅτι εὗρον τὸὺ.πρόβατόν.µου ing to them, Rejoice with me, for I have found my sheep A > , ’ ε - ev o A h” 3 ~ TO ἀπολωλός. 7 λέγω ὑμῖν, OTL οὕτως «χαρα Ἀέσται εν τῷ ἁμαρτωλοὺς sinters d that was lost. Isay toyou, that thus joy sshall’be in the οὐρανῷ! ἐπὶ Evi ἁμαρτωλῷ μετανοοῦντι, ἢ ἐπὶ έννενη- heaven over one sinner repenting, [more] than over ” ninety / / » ΄ οἵτινες οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν μετανοίας. who no “need ‘have of repentance, δραχμὴν drachma κονταεννέα" δικαίοις, nine righteous ones, 8 Ἢ τίς γυνὴ δραχμὰς ἔχουσα δέκα, ἐὰν ἀπολέσῃ Or what woman “drachmas ‘having “7ten, if sheshouldlose μίαν, οὐχὶ. ἅπτει λύχνον καὶ σαροῖ THY οἰκίαν καὶ ζητεῖ ἐπι- one, lights not alamp and sweeps the MKotse and seeks care- μελῶς ἕως ἰὑτουϊ εὕρῃ; 9 καὶ εὑροῦσα [συγκαλεῖται! fully she find [it]? 4 δι (Ἃ \ k 4 HT] / λέ sy ’ 2} « τας φιλας και “τας γείτονας, λέγουσα, υγχαρητε" μοι, Ότι friends and neighbours, saying, Rejoice with me, for εὗρον τὴν δραχμὴν ἣν ἀπώλεσα. 10 οὕτως, λέγω ὑμῖν, Ι Ἠανο found the drachma which 1 lost. Thus, Isay to you, apa γίνεται! ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀγγέλων τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ ἑνὶ ἁμαρ- until and having found [it] she calls together joy there is before the angels of God over one sin- Γωλῷ μετανοοῦντι. her repenting. 11 Εἶπεν δε, ”᾿Ανθρωπός τις εἶχεν δύο υἱούς" 19 καὶ εἶπεν And he said, A*man ‘certain had two sons; and said ὁ νεώτερος αὐτῶν τῷ-πατρί, Πάτερ, δός μοι τὸ ἐπιβάλ- the- younger ᾿ of them to(his]father, Father, give to me that *fall- λον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας. ™cai' διεῖλεν αὐτοῖς τὸν βίον. ing [Sto *me] ‘portion of the property. And he divided tothem the living, 19 καὶ per οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας συναγαγὼν ἅπαντα! And after ποῦ many days having gathered together all ὁ νεώτερος υἱὸς ἀπεδήμησεν εἰς χώραν μακράν, Kai ἐκεῖ the younger son went away into ἃ σοι ‘distant, and there διεσκόρπισεν τὴν.οὐσίαν. αὐτοῦ, ζῶν ἀσώτως. 14 δαπανή- wasted his property, living dissolutely. sHaying σαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐγένετο λιμὸς οἰσχυρὸς" κατὰ “spent ‘but “he all there arose a “famine 1violent throughout τὴν. χώραν ἐκείνην, καὶ αὐτὸς ἤρξατο ὑστερεῖσθαι. 15 καὶ that country, and he began to be in want. And 205 This mian receiveth sinners, and eateth with them. 3 And he spake this parable unto them, saying, 4 What man of you, having an hundred sheep, if he lose one of them, doth not leave the ninety and nine in the wilderness, and go after that which is lost, until he find it? 5And when he hath found ἐὲ, he layeth it on his shoulders, rejoicing. 6 And when he cometh home, he calleth toge- ther his friends and neighbours, saying un- to them, Rejoice with me; for 1 have found my sheep which was lost. 7 I say unto you, that likewise joy shall be in heaven over one sinner that repenteth, more than over ninety and nine just persons, which need no repent- ance. 8 Hither what woman having ten pieces of silver, if she lose one piece, doth not light a candle, and sweep the house, and seek diligently till she find zt? 9 And when she hath found 7, she calleth her friends and her neighbours toge- ther, saying, Rejoice with me; for-I have found the piece which Ihad lost. 10 Likewise, I say unto you, there is joy in the presence of the angels ot God, over one sinner that repent- eth, 11 And he said, A certain man had two sons: 12 and _ the younger of them said to his father, Father, give me the portion of goods that falleth to me. And he divided unto them his living. 13 And not many days after the younger son gathered all together, and took his journey into afar country, and there wasted his sub- stance with riotous living. 14 And when he had spent all, there arose a mighty famine in that land; and he began to be in want. 15 And he went and Ὁ ἀπολέσῃ should he lose Tr. ς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἕν ΤΊτΑ. ΤΊτΑ. fovveadet τ. Ε συνχάρητέτ. - ἢ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἔσται ΤΑ. I γίνεται χαρὰ TTrA, mode ΗΤΤΑ. ©" πάντα ἵπτὰ. 4 ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα LTTr. i οὗ Tr. 9 ἰσχυρὰ LTTrAW © αὐτοῦ k — τὰς LTTrA. 206 joined himself {ο a citizen of thatcountry; and he sent him into his fields to feed swine. 16 And he would fain hare filled his belly with the husks that the swine did eat : and no man gave unto him. 17 And when he came to himself, he said, How many hired ser- vants of my father’s have bread enough an ! to spare, and I perish with hunger ! 18 I wiil arise and go to my father, and will say unto him, Father, I have sinned against heaven, and _ before thee, ig and am no more ‘worthy to be called thy son: make me.as one of thy hired’ 20 And he servants. arose, and came to his father. But when he was yet a great way off, his father saw him, and had compassion, and ran, and fell on his neck, and kissed him. 21 Andthe son said un- to him, Father, 1 have sinned against heaven, and in thy sight, and @m no more worthy to be called thy son, 22 But the father said to his servants, Bring forth the best robe, and put ἐξ on him; and put a ring on his hand, and shoes on his feet: 23 and bring hither the fatted calf, and Kill it ; and let us eat, and be merry: 24 for this my son was dead, and is alive again ; he was lost, and is found. And they began to be merry. 25 Now his elder son was in the field: and as he came and drew nigh to the house, he heard musick and dancing. 26 And ne called one of the servants, and asked what these things meant. 27 And hesaid unto him, Thy brother is tome; and thy father hath killed the fatted ealf, because he hath ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XV. / ~ ~ - , ΄ πορευθεὶς ἐκολλήθη ἑνὶ τῷν πολιτῶν τῆς. χώρας. ἐκείνης" having gone he joined himself to one of the citizens of that country, sy ‘ ~ , ᾿ καὶ ἔπεμψεν αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς ἀγροὺς. αὐτοῦ βόσκειν χοίρους. and ο sent him into his fields to feed swine. 10 καὶ ἐπεθύμει γεμίσαι τὴνκοιλίαν.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν κερατίων And he was longing to fill his belly from the husks’ » « - ‘ ᾽ ‘ 1 / ᾽ “ ὧν ἤσθιον οἱ χοῖροι" καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐδίδου αὐτῷ. 17 Εἰς which *were*eating'the “swine; and noone βᾷγθ tohim, 4To ἑαυτὸν δὲ ἐλθὼν µῥΡεῖπεν, Πόσοι μίσθιοι τοῦ πατρός Shimself *but2having*come he said, How many hired servants 5father µου Ἀπερισσεύουσι! ἄρτων, éyw.dé* λιμῷ 5 ἀπόλλυμαι: ‘of my have abundance of bread, andI with famine am perishing? , A ’ A μ ‘ 1 ~ 18 ἀναστὰς πορεύσομαι πρὸς τὸν-πατερα-μου, καὶ ἐρῶ Having risen up I will go to my father, and I will say αὐτῷ, Πάτερ, ἥμαρτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώπιόν σου" tohim, Father, I have sinned against heaven and _ before thee ; 19 ‘kai! οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου" ποίησόν µε ὡς and nolonger amI worthy tobecalled thy 508: make me as ἕνα τῶν µισθίων.σου. 20 καὶ ἀναστὰς ἦλθεν πρὸς τὸν πα- one of thy hired servants. And havingrisenup he went to *fa- τέρα Yéavrov.' "Ἐτι.δὲ αὐτοῦ μακρὰν ἀπέχοντος εἶδεν αὐτὸν ther This. But “yet ‘he *far Speing distant “saw ‘him , A > ~ \ /{ \ ι , ὁ. πατὴρ.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐσπλαγχνίσθη, καὶ δραμὼν ἐπέπεσεν *his *father and was moved with compassion, and running fell ἐπὶ τὸν.τράχηλον.αὐτοῦ καὶ κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν. 21 εἶπεν. δὲ him. And “said upon his neck and ardently kissed αὐτῷ ὁ υἱός," Πάτερ, ἥμαβτον εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ ἐνώ- - *to*him ‘the ὅβοῦ, ‘Father, I have sinned against heaven δὰ be- / Χ ‘il ᾽ [ή > \ » λ On a 92 Ei πιόν σου, καὶ" οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός.σου. ίπεν fore thee, and nolongeramI σου tobecalled thy son. *Said δὲ ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς τοὺς:δούλους.αὐτοῦ, 7 ᾿Εξενέγκατε "τὴν! but the father to his bondmen, Bring out the ‘ ‘ 7 4 ᾽ [ή > » ‘A / / στολὴν τὴν πρώτην καὶ ἐνδύσατε αὐτόν, καὶ δότε δακτύλιον robe the best and clothe him, and give a@ ring εἰς τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτοῦ καὶ ὑποδήματα εἰς τοὺς πόδας" 23 καὶ for” his hand and sandals for the feet ; and “iveycavrec' τὸν μόσχον τὸν σιτευτὸν θύσατε, καὶ φαγόντες having brought the ‘calf fattened ἘΠῚ [it],and eating εὐφρανθῶμεν 24 ὅτι οὗτος ὁ.υἱός.µου νεκρὸς ἦν, καὶ ἀνέζη- let us be merry: for this my son *dead ‘was, and καὶ is alive Ὀκαὶ ἀπολωλὼς ἦν," καὶ εὑρέθ Kai ἠρξ y= : ρέθη. αἱ ἤρξαντο εὐ σεν" again; and "lost *was, απᾶ is found. And they began to , Ἂς \ ς eA >, ~ «ε / 7 ? ~ Φραίνεσθαι. 25 Ἣν.δὲ ὁ.υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ὁ πρεσβύτερος ἐν ἀγρῷ" be merry. And*was ‘his *son “the *elder in a field; καὶ ὡς ἐρχόμενος ἤγγισεν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἤκουσεν συμφωνίας and as coming [up] he drew near tothe house he heard music καὶ χορῶν" 26 καὶ προσκαλεσάμενος ἕνα τῶν.παίδων. αὐτοῦ," and dancing, And havingecalled near one of his servants, ἐπυνθάνετο τί ein ταῦτα. 27 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὅτι ΒΘ inquired what might be these things. Andhe said tohim, ὁ ἀδελφός. σου Ke καὶ ἔθυσεν ὁ.πατήρ.σου τὸν μόσχον τὸν Thy brother iscome, and “killed ‘thy “father the calf P ἔφη T. 4 περισσεύονται TrA, τ + ὧδε here Gtra. 5 + ὧδε here LT. t— καὶ > Le] c ει. > - ‘ “ - GLTTrAW. ΟΥ͂ αὐτοῦ LTTr. ν ὃ υἱὸς αὐτῷ A, = — καὶ LTTrA, Υ + Ταχὺ Quickly L[tr]a. : -- την (read a robe) trtra. 8 φέρετε bring TTra. Ὁ ἣν ἀπολωλὼς LTTrA ; ἀπολ. ἦν W. © — αὐτοῦ (read the servants) EGLTTraw. 4+ ἂν [L]rr[a]. LUKE. ὑγιαίνοντα αὐτὸν ἀπέλαβεν. ‘fattened, because safeand well “him ‘he ’received. δὲ ‘ ? ” > ~ « ΣΝ ὲ καὶ οὐκήθελεν εἰσελθεῖν. ὁ “οὖν ‘but and was not willing togoin. 2The ‘therefore \ / & ? \ τ ~ ἐξελθὼν παρεκάλει αὐτόν. 29 ὁ.δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν τῷ.πα- having gone besought him. But he answering said to *fa- rol’, ᾿Ιδού, τοσαῦτα ἔτη δουλεύω σοι καὶ οὐδέποτε ἐντολὴν somany years Iserve thee and never *commandment ther [‘his], Lo, a ~ ἣν \ > , » » [7 \ σου παρῆλθον, καὶ ἐμοὶ οὐδέποτε ἔδωκας ἔριφον ἵνα μετὰ XV, XVI. σιτευτόν, ὅτι 28 Ὠργίσθη "Ἠο was *angry πατὴρ αὐτοῦ father of him ‘thy ‘transgressed *I, and to me never didst thou give akid that with τῶν. φίλων.µου εὐφρανθῶ' 90 ὅτεδὲ ὁ.υϊόοσου οὗτος my friends I might make merry ; but when “thy “son ‘this ὁ καταφαγών σου τὸν βίον μετὰ 8 πορνῶν ἦλθεν, - ἔθυσας who devoured thy living with harlots came, thou didst kill ᾿αὐτῷ τὸν "μόσχον τὸν σιτευτόν.' 81 ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τέκνον, for him the “calf ‘fattened. But he said to him, Child, σὺ πάντοτε μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ei, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐμὰ σά ἐστιν, thou always with me art, and all that [is] mine *thine ?is. 32 εὐφρανθῆναι.δὲ καὶ χαρῆναι ἔδει, ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου But'to make merry απά rejoice was becoming, because *thy “Ὀτοίπογ οὗτος νεκρὸς ἦν, καὶ Ιἀνέζησεν'' ἕκαὶ' ἀπολωλὼς Ἰἦν,! καὶ πη ‘dead ναβδ, and isaliveagain; and “lost ‘was, and εὑρέθη. is found. . , A a ~ 3 16 Ἔλεγεν.δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς. μαθητὰς. "αὐτοῦ," ᾿Ανθρωπός And he said also to his disciples, A *man "τις ἦν πλούσιος, ὃς εἶχεν οἰκονόμον" καὶ οὗτος διε- ‘certain *there °was “rich, who had a steward, and he was βλήθη αὐτῷ we διασκορπίζων τὰ.ὑπάρχοντα.αὐτοῦ. 2 Kat accused tohim as wasting his goods, And φωνήσας αὐτὸν εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Τί τοῦτο ἀκούω περὶ having called him he said tohim, What [is] this Thear concerning σοῦ: ἀπόδος τὸν λόγον τῆς οἰκονομίας σου" οὐ γὰρ "δυνήσῃ" thee ? render the account of thy stewardship ; for thou canst not ἔτι οἰκονομεῖν. 8 Εἶπεν. δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ ὁ οἰκονόμος, any longer be steward. And “said *within *himself *the *steward, Τί ποιήσω, ὅτι ὁ. κύριός. μου ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν οἰκονομίαν am What shall I do, ‘for my lord is taking away the stewardship from ἐμοῦ; σκάπτειν οὐκ.ἰσχύω, ἐπαιτεῖν αἰσχύνομαι. 4 ἔγνων me? To dig I am unable ; to beg Tam ashamed. I know τί ποιήσω, ἵνα, ὅταν μετασταθῶ ο τῆς οἰκονο- what 1 willdo, that, when I shall have been removed [from] the steward- μίας, δέξωνταί pe εἰς τοὺς. οἴκους: Ῥαὐτῶν." 5 Kai προσ- ship, tney may receive me into their houses, And σα]]- καλεσάµενο ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν Ἰχρεωφειλετῶν! τοῦ κυρίου ing to {him]7one each of the debtors Slord ἑαυτοῦ ἔλεγεν τῷ πρώτῳ, Πόσον ὀφείλεις τῷ-κυρίφ.μου; 108 *his he said tothe first, How much owest thou to my lord? 6 Ὁ δὲ, εἶπεν, “Ἑκατὸν βάτους ἐλαίου. Καὶ" εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Andhe said; A hundred baths of oil. And he said tohim, Δέξαι σου "τὸ γράμμα! καὶ καθίσας ταχέως γράψον πεντή- α Take thy bill and sitting down quickly write fifty. 207 received him safe and sound. 28 And he was angry, and would not goin: therefore came his father out, and in- treated him. 29 And he answering said to his father, Lo, these many years do I serve thee, neither trans- gressed I at any time thy commandment ; and yet thou never gavest me akid, that 1 might make merry with my friends: 30 but as soon as this thy son was come, which hath devoured thy living with’ har- lots, thou hast killed for him the fatted calf. 31 And he said unto him, Son, thou art ever with me, and all that I have isthine. 32 It was mect that we should make merry, and be glad: for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again ; and was lost, and is found, XVI. And he said also unto his disciples, There was a certain rich man, which had a steward; and the same Was accused unto him that he had wasted his goods. 2 And he called him, and said unto hun, How is it that I hear this of thee? give an account of thy stewardship ; for thou mayest be no longer steward. 3 Then the steward said within himself, What shall I do? for my lord taketh away from .me the stewardship : I cannot dig; to beg I am ashamed. 41 am re- solved what to do, that, when I am put out cf the stewardship, they may receive me into their houses. 5 So he called every one of his lord’s debtors unto him, and said unto thé first, How much owest thou unto my lurd? 6 And he said, An hundred measures of oil. And he suid unto him, Take thy dill, and sit down uickly, and write fifty. 7 Then said he ES _¢ δὲ but LTTra. f 4+. αὐτοῦ his LTrA. & + τῶν the LTra. i έζησεν is alive ΤΤτΑ. k— καὶ 1. m — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) ΤΎτΑ. π δύνῃ TIrA. TTra. 4 χρεοφειλετῶν ΙΤΤΙΑ. τ ὃ δὲ LTTrA, Ἀ σιτευτὸν μόσχον TTrA. 1_ Fv (read ἀπολωλὼς had been lost) τττὰ. o + ἐκ from [1.1ΤΊΤΑ. 5 τὰ γράμματα bills Τ11τΑ. Ρ ἑαυτῶν 908 to another, And how much owest thou? And he said, An hundred measures of wheat. And he said unto him, Take thy bill, and write fourscore. 8And the lord commended thy the unjust steward, because he had done wisely : for the child- ren of this world are in their generation wiser than the children of light. 9 And I say un- to you, Make to your- selves friends of the mammon of unright- eousness ; that, when ye fail, they may re- ceive you into ever- lasting habitations. 10 He that is faithful in that which is least is faithful also in much: and he that is unjust in the least is uujust also in much. 11 If thereforey shave not been faithful in the unrighteous mam- mon, who will commit to your trust the true riches? 12 And if ye have not been faithful in that which is ano- ther man’s, who shall give you that which is your own? 13 No ser- vant can serve two masters: for either he will hate the one, and love the other; or else he will hold to the one, and despise the other. Ye cannot serve God and mammon. 14 And the Pharisces also, who were cove- tous, heard all these things: and they de- rided him. 15 And he said unto them, Yeare jthey which justify ‘yourselves before men; but God knoweth your hearts: for that which is highly esteemed a- mong men is abomina- tion in the sight of God. 16 The law and the prophets wereuntil John: since that time the kingdom of God is preached, and every man presseth into it. 37 And it is easier for heaven and earth to pass, than one tittle of the law to fail. 18 Who- Soever putteth away his wife, and marrieth another, comuinitteth t καὶ LTTrA, ® ἐκλίπῃ it shall fail ὑμῖν Ίτε. LTTra, ® — καὶ TTr[A |. ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. AVI, ” U - “κι [ή 1 7 Ἔπειτα ἑτέρῳ εἶπεν, Σὺ.δὲ πόσον ὀφειλεις; Then toanother he said, Andthou how much owest thou? ‘ τ ‘ , / \ / ᾽ ~ , ‘0.0: εἶπεν, Ἑκατὸν κόρους σίτου. ἵΚαὶ' λέγει αὐτῷ, Δεξαι κοντα. Απά ο said, A hundred cors of wheat. And hesays to him, Take \ , ‘ / ᾽ δν ’ ‘ / σου "τὸ γράμμα" καὶ γράψον ὀγδοήκοντα. 8 Καὶ ἐπήνεσεν bill and write eighty. And “praised ὁ κύριος τὸν οἰκονόμον τῆς ἀδικίας ὅτι φρονίμως ἐποίη- 1the “lord the “steward lunrighteous because prudently he had σεν’ ὅτι οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ.αἰῶνος τούτου φρονιμώτεροι ὑπὲρ τοὺς. done. For the sons of this age Smore 7prudent ‘than “*the υἱοὺς τοῦ φωτὸς εἰς τὴν γενεὰν τὴν ἑαυτῶν εἰσιν. 9 "Κἀγὼ" °sons ‘of '*the ‘“light *in Sgeneration *their*own ‘are, And I ὑμῖν λέγω, “Ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς" φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἴογοι δα”, Make to yourselves friends by the mammon ἀδικίας, ἵνα ὅταν Χἐκλίπητεϊ δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς of unrighteousness,:that when ye fail they may receive you into the αἰωνίους σκηνάσ. 10 Ὁ πιστὸς ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ καὶ eternal dwellings. -He that [is] faithful in [the] least also ἐν πολλῷ πιστός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ ἄδικος in much faithful is; and hethatin[the) . least [is] unrig!iteous καὶ ἐν πολλῷ ἄδικός ἐστιν. 11 εἰ οὖν ἐν τῷ ἀδικῳ also in much unrighteous is. If therefore in the unrighteous μαμωνᾷ πιστοὶ οὐκ.ἐγένεσθε, TO ἀληθινὸν τίς ὑμῖν πιστεύσει; mammon faithful ye have not been, the true who to you will enirust? 12 καὶ εἰ ἐν τῷ ἀλλοτρίῳ πιστοὶ οὐκ-ἐγένεσθε, τὸ And if in that which[is] another’s faithful ye have not becn, «- , / z+ ~ ᾽,ὔ iT] δ᾽. δ. 4 > / ’ με ὑμέτερον τίς τὑμῖν dwoe;" 18 Οὐδεὶς οἰκέτης δύναται δυσὶ yourown who toyou will give? No servant isable two κυρίοις δουλεύειν: ἢ-γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει, καὶ τὸν ἕτερον lords to serve, for either the one hewillhate, and’ the other / n 4 4 ~ ἀγαπήσει' ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται, καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει. he willlove; or one hewillholdto, and the other he will despise. av ~ ‘ ~ ov.duvacGe θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ. Yeareunable *God ‘to7serve and mammon. Ν ~ ‘ ~ , 14 Ηκουον.δὲ ταῦτα πάντα *caill ot Φαρισαῖοι, φιλάρ- And *heard ?these *things ‘all also the Pharisees, Σοοτεί- Jee , \ ay / κ᾿ γυροι ὑπάρχοντες, καὶ ἐξεμυκτήριζον αὐτόν. 15 καὶ εἶπεν ous *being, and they derided him, And he said ? ~ ε - - ~ ΄ έ ~ αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ δικαιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐνώπιον τῶν {ο them, Ye are they who justify themselves before ? ΄ « Η͂ ΄ \ , ~ / ἀνθρώπων, ὁ.δὲ θεὸς γινώσκει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν' ὅτι τὸ ἐν mien, knows , , ἀνθρώποις ΘΠ but God your hearts ; e ‘ a ? ΄ὔ ~ ~} __ ὑψηλὸν βδέλυγμα ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ eorw." "ΠΙΕΙΣ thought 308 anabomination before God 18, ε , ‘ € ~ 5 16 Ὃ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται ‘Ewe! ΦΙωάννου"" ἀπὸ The law and the prophets [were] until John: from τότε ἢ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ εὐαγγελίζεται, καὶ πᾶς εἰς that time the kingdom of God is announced, and everyone 7intc , 4 / ΄ αὐτὴν βιάζεται. 17 Ἐὐκοπώτερον.δὲ ἐστιν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ it forces, But easier itis [for] the heaven and \ ~ ~ n ~ ΄ eee την γην παρελθεῖν, ἢ τοῦ νόµου μίαν κεραίαν πεσεῖν. the earth topassaway, than ofthe law one tittle to fail. ~ c ? , ‘ ~ ~ A ~ 18 Πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν.γυναϊῖκα αὐτοῦ καὶ γαμῶν ἑτέραν Everyone who puts away his wife and marries another | LT ᾿ καὶ ἐγὼ ΤΊΤΑ. π ἑαυτοῖς ποιήσατε TA. : as [αὐτῶν] (read their eternal dwellings) L. z δώσει --εστιν (read [is]) GLITraw, ὃ µέχρι ΤΤιΑ. 4 Ἰωάνου Ir. for that *among ἃ τὰ γράμματα bills Lrtra. πι, LUKE. μοιχεύει" καὶ πᾶς" ὁ ἀπολελυμένην ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς vommits adultery; and everyone who -*her*put*away ‘from 5ᾳ “husband γαμῶν μοιχεύει. marries commits adultery. 19 ἼΑνθρωπος.δέ τις Now *a®man “certain ‘there 7was πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον, εὐφραινόμενος καθ. ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς. -ρατρ]θ and fine linen, making good cheer daily in splendour, 20 πτωχὸς.δέ τι; ἴἦν! ὀνόματι Λάζαρος, δὸς! ἐβέβλητο x ΄ - . / ἦν πλούσιος, καὶ ἐνεδιδύσκετο Srich, and he was clothed in And a “poor *man .'certain there was, by name Lazarus, who was laid πρὸς τὸν.πυλῶνα.αὐτοῦ )AKwyévoc," 21 Kai ἐπιθυμῶν χορ- ] ) μὼν χορ at -his porch being full of sores, and desiring to be -ασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν" πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης satisfied from the crumbs which fell from the table τοῦ πλουσίου" ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ κύνες ἐρχόμενοι Ἐἀπέλειχον" τὰ of the rich man; but even the dogs coming licked ἕλκη.αὐτοῦ. 22 ἐγένετο.δὲ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν πτωχόν, καὶ his sores. And it came to pass *died ‘the “poor “man, and ἀπενεχθῆναι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἰς τὸν κόλπον ἱτοῦ" *was “carried *away ‘he by the angels into the bosom ᾿Αβραάμ' ἀπέθανεν.δὲ καὶ ὁ πλούσιος, καὶ ἐτάφη. 23 καὶ ἐν of Abraham, And died alsothe rich man, and was buried. And in τῷ doy ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς.αὐτοῦ, ὑπάρχων ἐν βα- the hades having lifted up his eyes, being in tor- ΄ ε ~ m A {| "A A ? 4 40 \ A 12, ? σάνοις, ὁρᾷ "τὸν" Αβραὰμ ἀπὸ.µακρόθεν, καὶ Λάζαρον ἐν ments, he 5865 Abraham" afar off, and Lazarus in ~ , > ~ | ᾽ A , - / τοῖς.κόλποις. αὐτοῦ. 24 καὶ αὐτὸς φωνήσας εἶπεν, Ἱ]ατε his bosom. And he crying out said, Father ᾿Λβραάμ, ἐλέησόν με, καὶ πέμψον Λάζαρον,ἵνα βάψῃ Abraham, have compassion on me, ἃΠἃ send Lazarus, that he may dip τὸ ἄκρον τοῦ.δακτύλου.αὐτοῦ ὕδατος, καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσ- the tip of his finger in water, and cool “tongue σάν pou’ ὅτι ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ.φλογὶ ταύτῃ. 25 Εϊπεν δὲ Ίαν; for I am suffering in this flame. But “said ᾿Αβραάμ, Τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες "σὺ! τὰ 4Abraham, Child, that ?didst *fully *receive ‘thou ἀγαθά.σου ἕν τῇ.ζωῇ-σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ.κακά᾿ thy good things in thy lifetime, and Lazarus likewise evil things. νῦν δὲ 9ὔδεὶ παρακαλεῖται, σὺ.δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι. 26 καὶ Ῥεπὶ' But now he is comforted, and thou art suffering. And besides πᾶσιν ᾿τούτοις, μεταξὺ ἡμῶν καὶ ὑμῶν χάσμα μέγα ἐστήρικ- all thesethings, between us and you a“chasm ‘great has been ται, ὅπως ot θέλοντες διαβῆναι “ἐντεῦθεν! πρὸς ὑμᾶς fixed, sothat they who desire to pass hence to you recollect ᾽μὴ δύνωνται, μηδὲ τοὶ! ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς ἡμᾶς διαπερῶσί». are unable, nor they *thence *to us 1can “pass 27 Εἴπεν.δὲ, ᾿Ερωτῶ "οὖν σε," πάτερ, ἵνα πέμψῃς Απᾶ ο βαϊά, Ibeseech 7then 1thee, father, that.thou wouldest send ? A ? A “- - , ” \ , ἐδ λ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ.πατρός.µου, 38 ἔχω-γᾶρ πειτε AdEA~ him to the house of my father, for Ihave five bro- ~ U 3 φούς' ὅπως διαμαρτύρηται αὐτοῖς, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ thers, so that he may earnestly testify tothem, that *not *also ‘they & — ὃς [L]tTra. ε — πᾶς LTTrA. f — ἦν [L]TTrA. ! τ, ψιχίων] τῶν Tr. i — ψιχίων τῶν (read τῶν that which) {Π|ΤᾺ ; [τῶν ι.- χοῦ GLITrAW. ™—TovLTTraA. ἢ -- σὺ (7Ὲ ο ὧδε here (vead παρακ. he is comforted) LTTraw. Ρ ev before 1. ¥ οἱ (read διαπ. can they pass) ΜΑ]. δ σε οὖν LTrAW, h 209 adultery : and whoso- ever marrieth her that is put away from her husband committeth a- dultery. 19 There was a cer- tain rich man, which was clothed in purple and fine linen, and fared sumptuously every day: 20and there was a certain beggar named Lazarus, which was laid at his gate, full of sores, 21 and de- siring to be fed with the crumbs which fell from the rich man’s table: moreover the dogs came and licked his sores. 22 And it came to pass, that the beggar died, and was carried by the angels into Abraham’s bosom: the rich man also died, and was buried; 23 and in hell he lift up his 0 eyes, beingintormrnts, and seeth Abraaam afar off, and Lazar isin his bosom, 24 And he cried and said, F.ther Abraham, have )sercy on me, and send /aza- rus, that he m.y dip the tip of his fix zer in water, and col my tongue; for I a.n tor- mented in this flame, 25 But Abrahan: said, Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things, and likewise Lazarus evis things: but now he ix comfort- ed, and thou art tor- mented. 26 And beside allthis, between usand you thereisa great gulf fixed: so that they which would pass from hence to you cannot; neither can they pass to us, that would come from thence. 27 Then he said, I pray thee therefore, father, that thou wouldest send him to my father’s house: 28 for I have five brethren ; that he may testify unto them, lest they also come in- εἱλκωμένος LTTrAW. κ ἐπέλειχον LITA. ad ἀπέλαβες thou didst fully receive) GTTrA. ᾳ ἔνθεν GLTTrAW. P 210 tu this place of tor- ment, 29 Abraham saith unto him,: They have Moses and the prophets ; let them hear them. 30 And he said, Nay, father Abra- ham: but if one went unto them from the dead, they will repent. 31 And he said unto him, If they hear not Moses and the pro- phets, neither will they be -persuaded, though ore rose from the dead, XVII. Then said he unto the disciples, It is impossible but that of- fences will come: but woe unio him, through whom they come! 2 It were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and he cast into the sea, than that he shouid offend one of these lit- tle ones. 3 Take heed to yourselves: If thy brother trespass a- gainst thee, rebuke him; and if he repent, forgive him. 4 Andif he trespass against thee seven times in a day, and seven times in a day turn again to thee, saying, I repent; thou shalt forgive him, 5 And the apostles said unto the Lord, In- crease our faith. 6 And the Lordsaid, If ye had faith as a grain of mus- tard seed, ye might say unto this sycamine tree, Be thou plucked up by the root, and be thou planted in the sea; and it should obey you, 7 But which of you, having a servant plow- ing or feeding cattle, will say unto him by and by, when he is come from the field, Go and sit . own to meat? 8 And will not rather Bay unto him, Make ready wherewith lmay Sap, and gird thyself, and serve me, till I have eaten and drunk- ΛΟ Kiss. XVI, XVIL Δ , ~ ρω , . , ᾽ - ἔλθωσιν εἰς τὸν.τόπον.τοῦτον τῆς βασάνου" 29 λέγει" αὐτῷ" ‘may come to this piace © of torment. *Says ‘to "Πίτα ᾿Αβραάμ, Ἔχουσιν "Μωσέα" καὶ τοὺς προφήτας" ἀκουσάτωσαν 1Abraham, ‘They have Moses and the prophets : let them hear ? ~ « \ ? ΄ ΄ 2 , = ? κ. ο κ αὐτῶν.. 80 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Οὐχί, πάτερ “ABoaap’ ἀλλ ἐάν τις them. But he said, No, father Abraham, but if one > ‘ ~ ~ 4 > 4 ’ απο VEKOWYV πορευθῇ προς αὐυτοῦυς, μετανοήσουσιν, from [the] dead should go to them, they wiil repent. 31 Εϊπεν δὲ αὐτῷ, Ei "Μωσέως" καὶ τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ Andhesaid tohim, If Moses and the prophets Snot ? ‘ Tata ’ ~ > ~ ΄ ἀκούουσιν, Youd ἐάν τις ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ πεισθή- ‘they “hear, noteven if one from([the] dead should rise will they σονται. be persuaded, ς τ ks ‘ 4 , ΄ - 17 Εἴπεν.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς pabnrac,* ᾿Ανένδεκτόν ἐστιν "τοῦ!" Απάᾶ Ἡε said to the disciples, Impossible it is that A ~ ‘ / \ ? = 3. ὑμὴῆ.ἐλθεῖν τὰ σκάνδαλα"" “οὐαὶ. δὲ!" δι οὗ ἔρχεται. “should ὁποῦ *come offences, but woe [to him] by whom they come. 2 λυσιτελεῖ αὐτῷ εἰ ἁμύλος ὀνικὸςὶ περίκειται περὶ It is profitable for him if α millstone turned by an ass is put about κ᾿ , ~ » € > ‘ , a ev τὸν.τράχηλον.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔῤῥιπται εἰς. τὴν θάλασσαν, ἢ ἵνα than that his neck, and heiscast into the sea, σκανδαλίσῃ ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν. τούτων." 8. προσέχετε he should cause “to Ἰοξοπᾶ ‘one “of “these *little *ones. Take heed ἑαυτοῖς. ἐὰν δὲ ἁμάρτῃ etc σὲϊ ὁ.ἀδελφός.σου, ἐπι- to yourselves: andif “should ‘sin δᾳσαἰηςδῦ *thee 1thy *brother, re- τίμησον αὐτῷ καὶ ἐὰν µετανοήσῃ, ἄφες αὐτῷ. 4 καὶ ἐὰν buke him ; and if heshouldrepent, forgive him. And if ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας ἁμάρτῃ! εἰς σέ, καὶ ἷἿ ἑπτάκις *rijc seven times in the day he should sin against thee, and seven times in the ἡμέρας" ἐπιστρέψῃ Ἰἐπὶ σε! λέγων, Μετανοῶ, ἀφήσεις day shouldreturn to, thee, saying. Irepent, thou shalt forgive αὐτῷ. him. ὃ Kai “elzov" οἱ ἀπόστολοι τῷ κυρίῳ, Πρόσθες ἡμῖν And said‘ the apostles tothe Lord, Givemore “*to“*us , iy ἢ « / 2 n ” ll / « , πίστιν. ὁ Ἐϊπεν δὲ ὁ κύριος, Et ™etyere' πίστιν, ὡς κόκκον faith. But *said *the Lord, 1 yehad faith, as agrain σινάπεως, ἐλέγετε.ᾶν τῇ συκαμίνῳ.ταύτῃ, ᾿Εκριζώθητι, καὶ of mustard, ye might say to this sycamine tree, Be thou rooted up, and φυτεύθητι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ" καὶ ὑπήκουσεν. ἂν ὑμῖν. 7 Τίς δὲ be thou planted in the sea, and it wouldobey you. But which οἐξὶ ὑμῶν δοῦλον ἔχων ἀροτριῶντα ἢ ποιμαίνοντα, ὃς of you ὅδ *bondman ‘having ploughing or shepherding, who εἰσελθόντι ἐκ τοῦ ἀγροῦ ἐρεῖ Ῥ “εὐθέως, Παρελθών!. comein outof the field willsay immediately, Having come Teyana cy ll. ? ? χ RC, eee ας he , , ἀνάπεσαι! ; 8 ἀλλ οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, Ἑτοίμασον τί recline [δὖ table]? but willhe not say to him, Prepare what δειπνήσω, καὶ περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι, ἕως φάγω καὶ Imay sup on, and girding thyself about serve me, while LTeat and {to him] a Ἴ(Ἓιυ « - -....ο υ ο ο -υ- t + δὲ (read but Abraham) LTTrAW. Υ οὐδ᾽ LTrA, υ τὰ σκάνδαλα μὴ ἐλθεῖν TTrA. σέως LTTrAW. LTTrA. LTTraw. ᾿ , © τῶν μικρῶν τούτων ἕνα TTrA, Ὦ ἁμαρτήσῃ LTTraw. Ss Ὶ Eero LTT r Aj. 9 Εὐθέως παρελσὼν (read Haviug come immediately recline) LTT: 4. ¥—avre T[Tra]. τὸ Μωῦσέα LTTrAW. * Μωῦ- 2 + αὐτοῦ (read his disciples) LTTraw. 8 --- τοῦ Β. οπλὴην ovat yet Woe Ltr. 4 λίθος μυλικὸς a millstone f- δὲ and urrra. & — εἰς σὲ LITA. k —- τῆς ἡμέρας LTTrA. 1 ἐπὶ σέο ; πρός σε © " ἔχετε ye have Trra. ° [ἐξ] Tr. P + αὐτῷ to him [LjtTra. τ ανάπεσε LYTrYAW. i+ [ἐὰν] if 1, XVII. LUKE. 211 πίω" καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ; 9, Μὴ ore ο το drink; and after these things Lae au “and .*drink ‘thou? 9 Doth he thank that χάριν ἔχει! τῷ δούλῳ "ἐκείνῳ" ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διατά- servant bee oe Is he thankful tothat bondman _— because . he did 7 the things ao peed a him? tT χθέντα ταὐτῷ"; τοὐδοκῶ. 10 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὅταν trownot. 10Solikewise manded him? I judge not. Thus also ye ο. ες ος σος ποιήσητε πάντα τὰ διαταχθέντα ὑμῖν, λέγετε, = Οτι! δοῦ- which are commanded ye may have done all things commanded you, say, 2Bond- You, say, We are un- ἐν νο δν , profitableservants: we λοι ἀχρεῖοί ἐσμεν' Yoru! ὃ ὠφείλομεν ποιῆσαι πεποιή- have done that which men ‘unprofitable are we, for that which we were bound ἕο do we have Was our duty to do, καμεν. done. 11 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ.πορεύεσθαι "αὐτὸν" εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ And it came to pass in his going up to Jerusalem καὶ αὐτὸς διήρχετο διὰ "μέσου" ῬΣαμαρείας" καὶ Γαλι- δα σος «κος that he Bee ale {the] midst of Samaria and Gali- rusalem, that he passed λαίας. 12 καὶ εἰσερχομένου. αὐτοῦ εἴς τινα κώμην “ἀπήντησαν! through eae πι οἳ lee. πὸ πα on his operas uid per *met _ 12 And as he entered αὐτῷ"! δέκα λεπροὶ ἄνδρες, ot ἔστησαν πόῤῥωθεν" 13 καὶ κ... ο. 5]: 1 2 8 me im ten men ae : ten ΑἹερτοιβ met who propa oF afar ek And teak were legera wie αὐτοὶ ἦραν φωνὴν λέγοντες, Ἰησοῦ, ἐπιστάτα, ἐλξη-- stood afar off: 13 and they liftedup[their] voice saying, Jesus. Master, have compas- Ὃ τα ane Pees σον ἡμᾶς. 14 Kai ἰδὼν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Πορευθέντες Master, have mercy on sionon 8. And seeing [them] hesaid to them, Having gone us. 14 And when hesaw ? , « ῃ τε ~ η a ᾽ ~ et , them, he said unto ἐπιδείξατε ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν. Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὑπά- them, Go shew your- shew yourselves to the priests. And it came to pass in ?g0- selves unto the priests, ? δὴν τὰ γα « And it came to pass, yew αὐτοὺς ἐκαθαρίσθησαν. 16 εἷς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἰδὼν Ότι that, as they went, ing ‘their they were clcansed. And ὅπο of them, seeing that they were cleansed. ? μα ἊΝ ὃ \ 15 And one of them, ἰάθη, ὑπέστρεψεν, με ὰ φωνῆς μεγάλης οξάζων TOV when he saw that he he was healed, turned back, with a “voice Moud glorifying was healed, turned ~ back, and with a loud θεόν: 160 καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, τοῖος “slorified God, God, and {611 on {ΠῚ face at his feet, 16 and fell down on ‘ Τι η εὐχαριστῶν αὐτῷ" καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν “Σαμαρείτης.' 17 ἀποκριθεὶς τ rece ate ee giving thanks tohim: and he was’ aSamaritan. Answering he was a Samaritan. δὲ ὁ ]ηδοῦς εἶπεν, [Οὐχὶ" ot δέκα ἐκαθαρίσθησαν ; οἱ .Εδὲῖ 17 And. Jesus answer- = 3 5 - rn Ἴ 8 ing said, Were there and Jesus said, Not “the ‘ten were cleansed ? but “the not ten cleansed? but ἐννέα ποῦ; 18 οὐχ.ιεὑρέεέθησαν ὕὑποστρέψαντες δοῦναι ος “nine ος ee afer there not found [any] returning togive ip οτι» give δόξαν τῷ θεῷ εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὗτος; 19 Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ, glory to God, save this stranger. 19 And he glory “to God σερ. this stranger? . And hesaid to him, said προ πω να 2 ’ ’ ᾿Αναστὰς πορεύου" ἡ πίστις σου σἐσωκέν σε. go thy way: thy faith 9 ῃ ἡ. ς- hath made thee whole. Having risen up go forth; thy faith has cured thee. Sc Acad ρα ΦΕΡΕ 20 ᾿Ἐπερωτηθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Φαρισαίων, πότε ἔρχεται ἡ ος meee risees, when 6 = And having been asked by the Pharisees, when is coming the πα Gh το πκοτῖν βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐκ ἔρχεται 1) come, he answered ‘kingdom of God, heanswered them and said, SComes ποὺ 'the them and said, The kingdom of God com- βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παρατηρήσεως" 21 οὐδὲ ἐροῦσιν, eth not with observa- *kingdom 308 *God with observation ; nor shall they say, he : πο ὄνου; ᾽ ο ᾽ ᾿Ιδοὺ ὧδε, ἢ "ἰδοὺ" ἐκεῖ: ἰδοὺ. γάρ, ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐντὸς Ίο there! for, behold, Lo μὰς or Lo there; forlo, ᾿ the kingdom of Godinthemidst the kingdom of God is within you. 22 And he ὑμῶν ἐστίν. 22 Eley. δὲ πρὸς τοὺς pabyrac,' ᾿Ἐλεύσονται said unto the disciples, ofyou is. And he said to the disciples, *Will°come The days will come, 5 ἔχει χάριν LTTrA. t— ἐκείνῳ (read the bondman) LiTra. ¥ — αὐτῷ GLTTrAW. — ov δοκῶ [L]rtra. ®— ὅτι 1, y— ὅτι LTTrAW. z— αὐτὸν (read in the going up) apes A]. μέσον ΗΤΤΤΑ. Ὁ Σαμαρίας τ. 9 ὑπήντησαν τ. &— αὐτῷ (read [him] ) L[ Tra]. € Σαμαρίτης T. { οὐχ LTr. & — δὲ but 1Ὑ[Ὁ]. — ἰδοὺ ΤΑ. i + αὐτοῦ (γεαὼ } 118 disciples) 1.. 212 when ye shall desire to see one of the days of . the Son of man, and ye shall not see it, 23 And they shall say to you, Sce here; or, see there: go not after them, nor follow them. 24 For as the lightning, that lighteneth out of the one part under hea- ven, shineth unto the other part under hea- ven;‘so shall also the Son of man be in his day. 25 But first must he -uffer many things, and be rejected of this generation. 26 And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be alsa in the days of the Son of man, 27 They did eat, they drank, they married wives, they wéregiven in marriage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark, and the flood came, and destroyed them ll. 28 Likewise also as it was in the days of Lot: they did eat, they drank, they bought, they sold, they plant- ed, they builded; 29 but the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brim- stone from heaven, and destroyed 30 Even thus shall it be in the day when the Son of man is revealed. 31 In that day, he which shall be upon the housetop, and his stuff in the house, let him not come down totake it away: and he that is in the field, let him likewise not return back. 32 Remember Lot’s wife. 33 Whoso- ever shall seek to save his life shall lose it; and whosoever shall lose his life shall ‘pre- serveit. 94 [tell you, in that night there shall be two men in one bed; the one shall be taken, and the other shall be left. 35 Two women shall be grinding to- gether ; the one shall be tuken, and the other them all. ΔΟΥΚΑ 2. XVI. ’ ΄ ΄ ~ ε ; ~ ~ ἌΝ aa ᾿ ἡμέραι, ὅτε ἐπιθυμήσετε μίαν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ υἱοῦ ποῦ ἀν- when ye will desire one of the days of the Son of ? ~ 3 ” ‘ ? lo! ious eg θρώπου ἰδεῖν, καὶ οὐκ.ὄψεσθε. 28 καὶ ἐροῦσιν «ὑμῖν, ᾿Ιδοὺ man to see, and shall not see [it]. And they willsay to you, Lo κῶδε, ἢ ἰδοὺ ἐκεῖ" μὴ. ἀπέλθητε μηδὲ διώξητε. 24 ὥσπερ γὰρ ‘days, here, or Lo there; ‘go not forth nor follow. “η \Horiae « > ‘ ! , ~ ε a > > ἡ ἀστραπὴ ἰὴ" ἀστράπτουσα ἐκ τῆς πὺπἹ οὐρανὸν the lightning which lightens from the [one end] undex heaven eee ᾽ κι , ef πὸ ὯΙ UT ουρανον λάμπει, ουτως εσται "και 0 εἰς τὴν thus willbe also the .to the [otherend] under heaven shines, ex ~ ’ ιά ᾿ ~ ¢ ’ ᾽ “Ὁ ~ A -” υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὲν τῇ.ἡμέρᾳ αὐτοῦ." 25 πρῶτον.δὲ δεῖ Son of man in his day.. But first it behoves αὐτὸν πολλὰ παθεῖν, καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς him many things to suffer, and to be rejected of *generation / 96 ‘ Q ‘ ? 4 - at , p ~ II N DE ταυτης. και κασως ἐγένετο ἐν Ταις ἡμέραις του INWE, ‘this. And as it came to pass 1η the days of Noe, οὕτως ἔσται καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις “τοῦ" υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. thus shallitbe also in’ the days of the Son of man. 27 ἤσθιον, ἔπινον, ἐγάμουν, - πέξεγα- They were eating, they were drinking, they were marrying, they were being μίζοντο," ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας εἰσῆλθεν Νῶε εἰς τὴν κιβωτόν, given in marriage, until the day “entered -'Noe into the ark, 1, 5 « A , ee , sf 1] ε , καὶ ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμὸς καὶ ἀπώλεσεν ἅπαντας." 28 ὅμοίως and came the flood and destroyed all. ?InSlike*manner ‘kai ὡς! ἐγένετο ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Λώτ' ἤσθιον, ἔπι- ‘and as itcametopass ἴῃ the days of Lot; they wereeating, they were γον, ἠγόραζον, ἐπώλουν, ἐφύτευον, ᾠκοδό- drinking, they were buying, they were selling, they were planting, they were µουν 29 ᾖ.δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ἐξῆλθεν Λὼτ ἀπὸ Σοδόμων ἔβρεξεν building; butonthe day ΄ Ἀψεηῦ οαῦ. 1Τιοῦ from Sodom it rained πῦρ καὶ θεῖον ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἀπώλεσεν ᾽ἅπαντας") 30 κα- fire and sulphur from heaven and_ destroyed , all, In τὰ "ταῦτα! ἔσται ἡ. ἡμέρᾳ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπ- this way shallit be in the day the Son of man is revealed. τεται. 81 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῷ ἡμέρῃ ὃς, ἔσται ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, καὶ In that day [he] whoshallbe on the housetop, and τὰ.σκεύη.αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, µμὴ.καταβάτω ἄραι αὐτά" his goods in the house, let him not come down to take away them; ΜῊ ψ ΚΕ τα OTTLOW. καὶ ὁ ἐν “τῷ! ἀγρῷ ὁμοίως μὴ.ἐπιστρεψάτω εἰς let him not return to thethings behind, and he in the field . likewise (382 μνημονεύετε τῆς γυναικὸς Λώτ. 33 ὃς ἐὰν ζητήσῃ τὴν Remember the wife of Lot. Whoever may seek ι ᾽ οὐχ, Ὁ το) λέ ΡΈΕΙ ΟΝ τας αν φαν ΙΖ, , ll UX1V-AUTOU “OWOAL, απολεσει αυτην ‘Kal ος-εαν ἀπολεσῃ ή his life tosave , shall lose it ; and whoever tay lose © > , ’ εἶν ΄ - ~ ΔΝ ἢ "αὐτήν," ζωογονήσει αὐτήν. 94 λέγω ὑμῖν, ταύτῃ τῇ νυκτι it, shall preserve it. Isay toyou, In that night ἔσονται δύο ἐπὶ κλίνης Ὁμιᾶς"! «ὁ! εἷς 4 ληφθη λινης μιας ο΄. εἰς “παραληφύσησε- there shall be two[men]upon “bed one ; the one shall be ta- Tai," καὶ ὁ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται. 35 «δύο ἔσονται! . ἀλή- ken, andtne other shall be left. Twe [women] shallbe = grind- > ο aS ane τω μα ΘΟ σον κ ἐκεῖ, ἢ G[L]1Traw. Lttra, TTrA. Y ἂν Tra, © —oGLTT Aw. (— ἢ TTr) ἰδοὺ ὧδε TTrA. i — εν τῇ ημερα αυτον L: Se πανταςΊΤΓΑ. τὰ αὐτὰ in the same way TTrA. 4 παραλημφθήσεται LIT; A. 1— ἡ T[Tra]. ὑπὸ τὸν under the LTTrA. ™— καὶ P-—-7oUGLTTrAW. %— τοῦ Β, τ ἐγαμίζοντο t καθὼς according as ΤΤτΑ. ᾿ ταὐτὰ in the same way GLw ; ν — τῷ (read a field) TTra. * περιποιήσασθαι to gain : ἀπολέσει Shall lose 7. 3. — αὐτήν (read [it]) [LJrrra, " [μιᾶς |B © ἔσονται δύο LTTrA. avi ΧνΙ. L UE &. Όουσαι ἐπὶ τὸ.αὐτό' ! µία ἔπαραληφθήσεται,' "Kai ἡ! ing together ; one \ shall be taken, and -the ἀφεθήσεται.ὶ 37 Kai ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Tlov, shall be left. And answering they say tohim,' Where, κύριε; «Ο.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅπου τὸ σῶμα ἐκεῖ ἱσυναχθή- Lord?,; Ἀπᾶ πο said tothem,* Where the body [is] there will be gathered σονται οἱ ᾿αετοί." together the’ eagles | oh Nee nee? ἑτερα other ΕΣ : ny κ ΗΠ ς. x A ? ~ A ‘ Salen 18 ΄Ελεγεν δὲ "καὶ" παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὸ δεῖν And he spoke also a parable to them tothe purport that it bchoves πάντοτε “προσεύχεσθαι, | καὶ μὴ Ὠἐκκακεῖν,ι 2 λέγων, “always 3ο *pray {'them] and not to faint, saying, Κριτής τις ἦν ἔν τινι πόλει, τὸν θεὸν μὴ φοβούμενος A *judge ‘certain there was in ?certain ‘a city, God not fearing καὶ ἄνθρωπον μὴ ἐντρεπόμενος. 8 ynpadé™ ἦν ἐν τῇ and man not’. respecting.’ Anda widow there was in πόλει.ἐκείνη, καὶ ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγουσα, Ἐκδίκησόν that city, | andshe wascoming to him, saying, Avenge > A ~ > , \ ? ο ᾽ , Π ? | ή ὰ µε ἀπὸ τοῦ.ἀντιδίκου.μου. 4 Καὶ οὐκ. ήθελησεν" ἐπὶ χρόνον me of mine adverse party. And he would not for atime; ο ἢ Ρ A ~~ Π =f ? a ~ ? ‘ ‘ ‘ > ΄ ~ μετὰ.Ρδὲ ταῦτα" εἶπεν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, Εί καὶ τὸν θεὸν οὐ. φοβοῦμαι τας afterwards hesaid within himself, If even God I fear not {kai* ἄνθρωπον οὐκ" ἐντρέπομαι: 5 διά.γε τὸ παρέχειν μοι and man =not respect, ᾿ yet because — %causes *me \ , ? , / eA ? κόπον τὴν χήραν.ταύτην ἐκδικήσω αὐτήν, ἵνα.μὴ εἰς. τέλος 5trouble this 7widow Iwillavenge her, lest perpetually ἐρχομένη ὑπωπιάζῃ pe. 6 Εἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος, ᾿Ακούσατε τί coming she harass me. And said the Lord, Hear what ὁ κριτὴς τῆς ἀδικίας λέγει 7 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς οὐ.μὴ ποιήσει" τὴν the “judge ‘unrighteous says. And “God not :'shall execute the ἐκδίκησιν τῶν. ἐκλεκτῶν.αὐτοῦ τῶν βοώντων "πρὸς αὐτὸν" avenging of his elect who cry _ to him ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, καὶ ἵμακροθυμῶν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς; 8 λέγω day and night, and [is]; being patient over them? I say ὑμῖν, ὅτι ποιήσει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν αὐτῶν ἔν.τάχει. πλὴν to you, that he willexecute the avenging ofthem speedily. Nevertheless ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐλθὼν ἄρα εὑρήσει τὴν πίστιν the Son of man having come *indeed ‘will “he find faith ? ‘ πω Sa 2 επι της YC; ‘on the earth? 3 : A A ᾽ ᾽ { ~ 9 Πῖπεν.δὲ ‘cai! πρός τινας τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐφ ἑαυτοῖς And he spoke also to some . who trusted in themselves ὅτι εἰσὶν δίκαιοι καὶ ἐξουθενοῦντας τοὺς λοιποὺς τὴν παρα- that they are righteous and despised the rest “para- ‘ ΄ >- ? ‘ ε ‘ βολὴν ταύτην. 10 "Ανθρωποι δύο ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ble 1this: ?Men ltwo wentup into the temple Z εὖ ας ' , ‘ προσεύξασθαι" “ὸ" εἷς Φαρισαῖος kai ὁ ἕτερος τελώνης 11ο to pray ; the one aPharisee andthe other atax-gatherer. The ~ . ‘ ‘ ~ ΄ « ΄ Φαρισαῖος σταθεὶς “πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ταῦτα! προσηύχετο, Ὁ θεός, Pharisee standing, with himself thus was praying, God, 213 left. 36 Two menchall be in the field; the one shall be taken, and *he other left. 37 And they answered and said un- to him, Where, Lord ? And he said unto them, Wheresoever the body 15 thither will the eagles be gathered to- gether, XVIII. And he spake 8 parable unto them to this end, that men, ought always to pray, and ποῦ ἴο faint; 2 say- ing, There was in acity. a judge, which feared not God, ncither re- garded man: 3 and there was a widow in that city;and she came unto him, saying, A- venge me .of mine adversary. 4 And he would not for a while: but afterward he said within himself, Though I fear not God, nor regard man; 5 yet because this widow troubleth me, I will a- venge her, lest by her continual coming she weary me. 6 And the Lord said, Hear what the unjust judge saith. 7 And shall not God avenge his own elcct, which ery day and night untohim,though hoe bear longwith them? 8 I tell you that he will avenge them speedily. Nevertheless when the Son of man cometh, shall he find faith on the earth? ΄ 9 And he spake this parable unto certain which trusted in them- selves that they were righteous, and despised others: 10 Two men went up into the tem- ple to pray; the onea Pharisee, and the other apublican. 11 The Pha- risee stood and prayed thus with himself, God, I thank thee, that ον ο --ἊἊ...)ι. nn a mS eS ————E—EeEEeeEeeeE μα οσιο ρε... με νεεα f+ ἢ the EGLT[tTrJa. 6 παραλημφθήσεται LITA. | hy δὲ Ira. ἔσονται ἐν τῶ ἀγρῳ' ὃ εἷς παραληφθήσεται, καὶ ὃ ἕτερος ἀφεθήσεται, ficld: the one shall be taken, and the other left E. καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται TTrA. κ.-- καὶ LT[TrA]. a ἐγκακεῖν LTraAW 3 ενκακεῖν T. 2 + τις certain E. “οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπον Nor Man LTTr. ποιήσῃ ΥΤΤΙΑ. Ιπτια. [κα] ᾗὍ --ὁ Η1τΑ. 5 αὐτῷ ΤΤΙΑ. ο ἤθελεν LTTrAW. v1 t μακροθυμεῖ is patient α ταῦτα πρὸς ἑαυτὸν Tr; — πρὸς ἑαυτὸν T, i+ verse 36, Avo Two [men] shall bein the j συναχθήσονται [καὶ also] οἱ ἀετοί L 5 1+ αὐτοὺς them LTfraw. Ρ ταῦτα δὲ Tra. AOY KAS. XVII. 914 ~ ev ‘ 5 € 4 - > ΄ Tam ποὺ as other men εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι οὐκ.εἰμὶ γῴώσπερ" οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, sant τὰ ρα ταν I thank thee that Iam not as, the rest of men, just, ¢ erers, even as this publican. ἅρπαγες, ἄδικοι, μοιχοί, ἢ και ως οὗτος ὃ τελώνης. 12 νη- 13 ts athe Pag rapacious, unrighteous, adulterers, or even as_ this tax-gatherer. I week, give 5 Fe ας ΕΣ , ᾽ ο πο ΄ « ae all that I possess. στεύω δὶς τοῦ σαββάτου, Ζἀποδεκατῶ" πάντα Όσα κτῶμαι. 19 σα the ρα fast twiceinthe week, I tithe all things as many as I gain. standing afar oj, es . 2 4 ᾿ > » ΠΕΡΙ ; would not lift up so 13 "Καὶ ὁ! τελώνης μακρόθεν ἑστὼς οὐκ ἤθελεν οὐδὲ τοὺς much as his eyes vnto And the tax-gatherer afaroff standing would noteven the heaven, but smote up- , 4 Ἷ μα Ri oe A Cas on his breast, saying, ὀφθαλμοὺς δείς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐπᾶραι!" ἀλλ ἔτυπτεν “εἰς" τὸ God be mercifal to me eyes to the heaven ἰδ up, but was striking upon asinner. 14 I tell you δες a ; 2 , εν 7 , ak Ἢ this man wentdownto στῆθος. αὐτοῦ," λέγων, Ὁ θεός, ἱλάσθητί μοι τῷ ἁμαρτωλῷ. his house justified ra- his breast, saying, God, be propitious to me the sinner. ἢ : λα οὐ, ἃς Ξ Ω = 5 / \ ee ees eet: 14 Λέγω ὑμῖν, © κατέβη οὗτος δεδικἀιωµένος εἰς τὸν οἶκον for every one that yb το i exalteth himself shall Isay toyou, Went down this one justified to house a Ἢ h ~ n ~ ε ~ t τν « \ το σος μμ him, αὐτοῦ ff) ἐκεῖνος." ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὑψῶν ἑαυτὸν ταπεινω- self shall be exalted. Ahis rather than that. For everyone that exalts himself shall be θήσεται 86.0" ταπεινῶν ἑαυτὸν ὑψωθήσεται. humbled; andhethat humbles himself shall be exalted. 15 And they brought 15 Προσέφερον δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ τὰ βρέφη, ἵνα αὐτῶν ἅπτη- ce cane eect And they brought tohim also they babes, that them he might ae: δε ας ται ἰδόντες. δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἀἐπετίμησαν"αὐτοῖς. 16 ὁ δὲ see hom. 16 Bay touch; but having seen [it] the disciples rebuked them, But 1 ’ A 5 . ω ΄ Jesus called themunto ᾿]ησοῦς ἱπροσκαλεσάμενος αὐτὰ εἶπεν, '"Αφετε τὰ . παιδία η, ο ace Jesus having called “to Cabal Eben ο) : πας [ΒΒ little απλῥικα unto me, and forbid ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μῆ-κωλύετε αὑτὰ τῶν-γὰρ.-τοιούτων them not: for of such "49 come to me, and ‘donotforbid them; for of such ἢ is the kingdom of God, | ᾿ δι ή τὰ ος, , ἘῸΝ τ ον 5 17 Verily I say unto ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 17 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὃς. ἐὰνὶ μὴ you, Whosoever shall j, the kingdom of God. Verily Tsay toyou, Whoever not not receive the king- 2 i ᾿ = οὗ ὃς , > ἢ η, dom οἵ God asalittle δέξηται τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς παιδίον οὐ.μὴ εἰσέλθῃ child Shall in no wise ‘shalireceive the kingdom of God as a little child in no wise shall enter enter therein, 5 ripe εἰς αὐτὴν. into it. 18 Καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν τις αὐτὸν ἄρχων, λέγων, Διδάσκαλε 18 Andacertainruler And tasked ‘a certain *him ‘ruler, saying, ?Teacher asked him, saying, ἀγαθέ, τί ποιήσας ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω: 19 Εἶπεν Good Master, what ο 7 ἴσας 1 np OV : shall I do to inherit *g00d, “what *having “done life eternal shall I inherit ? 3Said eternal life? 19 And δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ti µε λέγεις ἀγαθόν; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς sus id to hi [ : - why ο... ἐπ νὼ πο τ ; Ὁ esus, το τῷ ρος thou gan No one [is] ape good? none is good, εἰ μὴ εἷς, ἰὁ" θεός. 90 τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας". Μὴ. μοι- save one, that is, God. 20 Thou knowest the ἢ : ξ : Ὲ commandments, Do . εὐσῃς" ὶ μη-φονευσῃς" μὴ. κλέψῃς' not commit adultery, ςογηγηῖν adultery ; thou shouldest not commit murder ; thou shouldest not steal ; Do not kill, Do not : J except one, God. The commandments thou knowest : Thou shouldest not steal, Do not bear false μὴ .ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς' τίμα τὸν πατέρα.σου καὶ «τὴν αμ ος thou shouldest not bear false witness ; honour thy father and 21 And he said, All μητέρα. σου." 21 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Ταῦτα πάντα "ἐφυλαξάμην" ἐκ these have I kept from thy mother. Andhe said, ?These ‘all havel kept from my youthup. 22 Now ? ᾿ a Ι Wie , δε ος ή ε» ~ τ whenJesusheardthese νεὀτητός "μου. 22 Ακούσας.δὲ Ρταῦταϊ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν things, he said unto 2youth my And haying heard these things Jesus said )him, Yet lackest thou Pe We εν , 2 , «“ ” , one thing: sellallthas αὐτῷ, Ere ἕν σοι λείπει πάντα ὕσα ἔχεις πώλη- thou hast, and distri- tohim, Yet onething totheeislacking; all as much as thou hast sell, bute unto the poor, . , Ι “ \ ¢ ee ee and thou shalt have σΟΥ, καὶ “διάδος! “πτωχοῖς, καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν *ov- treasure in heaven: and distribute to ἘΠῚ: poor, andthoushalthave treasure in hea- Υ ὡς τιῦτ. Σ ἀποδεκατεύω τ. δ ὁ δὲτ. δ ἐπᾶραι εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν TTrA, © — εἰς LTTr[A]. ἆ ἑαυτοῦ Tra. - [ὅτι] that τ, f παρ᾽ ἐκεῖνον LTrA 3 ἢ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος GTW. 8 καὶ ὃ Τὰ Ἀ ἐπετίμων LTTrA. i προσεκαλέσατο αὐτὰ λέγων Called thém to [him] saying Trra. κ ἂν LTTrA. 1_ ὃ τὰ. m— σου thy Law. 2 ἐφύλαξα LITrA. ο — µου T[Tr]a. P — ταῦτα LITrA, 4 δὸς give L, τ οὐρανοῖς 1; τοῖς οὐρανοῖς the heavens LTra, LUE ER, ~ 3 ts A , a καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι. 23 Ὁ.δὲ ἀκούσαι. ταῦτα and come follow me. But he having heard these things ἦν.γὰρ πλούσιος σφόδρα. 34 ᾿Ιδὼν δὲ for he was *rich ‘very. But “seeing αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἱπερίλυπον γενόμενον" εἶπεν, Πῶς δυσκό- Shim: Jesus ‘very 7sorrowful *having *become said, How diffi- Awe οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες "εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν cultly those “riches ‘having shall enter into the kingdom τοῦ θεοῦ." 25 Εὐκοπώτερον.γάρ ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ Ὑτρυμαλιᾶς of God. For easier it is acamel through aneye ῥαφίδος" “εἰσελθεῖν! ἢ πλούσιον εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ of a needle toenter than arich man into the kingdom of God εἰσελθεῖν. 26 ΥΕἴπον! δὲ ot ἀκούσαντες, Kai ric δύναται MV IT, ρανῷ"" ven, περίλυπος "ἐγένετο"" rw sorrowful became, to enter. And said those who heard, ?Then ‘who is able σωθῆναι; 27 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν. Ta ἀδύνατα παρὰ ἀνθρώποις to be saved? But he said, Thethings impossible with men δυνατά "ἐστιν παρὰ τῷ θεῷ." 28 Εἶπεν δὲ "ὁ! Πέτρος, ᾿Ιδού, ΒΑ tare with God. And ’said Peter, Lo ἡμεῖς "ἀφήκαμεν πάντα Kai! ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι. 29 τὸ δὲ we eft all and followed thee. And he εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾽Αμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, “ὅτι! οὐδείς ἐστιν ὃς ἀφῆκεν said tothem, Verily Isay ἴοσοι, That noone thereis who has left οἰκίαν “ἣ γονεῖς ἢ ἀδελφοὺς ἢ γυναῖκα" ἢ τέκνα «νεκεν' house or parents or brethren or wife or children for the sake of τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ, 30 ὃς fod! μὴ ξἀπολάβῃὶ πολ- the kingdom of God, who shall not receive mani- λαπλασίονα ἐν τῷ. καιρῷ. τούτῳ, καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ. ἐρχομένῳ fold more in this time, and in the’ age that is coming ζωὴν αἰώνιον. ‘life eternal... 31 Παραλαβὼν δὲ τοὺς δώδεκα εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, And having taken to Leis) the twelve hesaid to them, Ἰδού, ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ τελεσθήσεται Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and 3εΏα]] “Ρε ο ος πάντα -τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1411 *things which have been written by the prophets about the Son ἀνθρώπου. 32 παραδοθήσεται. γὰρ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καὶ ἐμπαι- of man; for he will be delivered up tothe Gentiles, and will be χθήσεται καὶ ὑβρισθήσεται καὶ ἐμπτυσθήσεται. 33 καὶ µα- mocked and willbeinsulted and willbe spt upon. And having στιγώσαντες ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ scourged — they will kill him ; and on the "Ἢ third ἀναστήσεται. 84 Καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν, καὶ he will rise again. And ae) nothing: of these things νο and ἣν» τὸ. ῥῆμα. τοῦτο κριμα an αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐκ. ἐγίνωσκον Swas this “saying. hid from them, and _ they knew not , τὰ λεγόμενα. that which was said. 35 'Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν.τῷ ἐγγιζειν.αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱεριχώ," τυφλός And it came to pass as he drew near to Jericho, a *blind τις ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν "προσαιτῶν | 96 ἀκούσας [°man]'certain sat beside the ‘way begging. “Having “heard t— περίλυπον γενόμενον T[Tr]A. | ῥευονται ΤΑ. Υ τρήματος βελόνης LITrA, ἃ διελθεῖν to pass 1, τῷ (-- τῷ L[Tr]) θεῴ ἐστίν ΕΤΊΤΑ. ἃ -- ὁ TA]. LIT A. © — ὅτι Ὑ. 4 ἢ γυναῖκα ἢ ἀδελφσὺς ἢ γονεῖς ΤΑ. Βλάβῃζα 4 Ἱερουσαλήμ Tra. { Ἱερειχώτ. 5 ἐπαιτῶν LTTrA, 5.εγενήθη TTrA. τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ. Q15 and come, follow me. 23 And when he heard this, he was very sor- rowful: for he was very rich. 24 And when Je- sus saw that he was very sorrowful, hesaid, How hardly shall they that have riches enter into the kingdom of God! 25 For itis easier for a camel to go through a ncedle’s eye, than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God. 26 And they that heard ἐξ said, Who then can _ be saved? 27 And he said, The things which are impossible with men are possible with God. 28 Then Peter said, Lo, we have left all, and followed thee. 29 And he said unto them, Verily I say unto you, There is no man that hath left house, or pa- rents, or brethren, or wife, or children, for the kingdom of God’s sake, 30 who shall not receive manifold more in this present time, and in the world to come life everlasting. 31 Then he took unto him the twelve, and said unto them, Be- hold, we goup to Jeru- salem, and ail things that are written’ by the prophets concern- ing the Son of man shall be accomplished, 32 For he shall be de- livered unto the Gen- tiles, and shall be mocked, and spitefully entreated, and spitted on: 33 and they shall scourge him, and put him to death: and the third day he shall rise again. 34 And they un- derstood none of these things: and this saying was hid frém them, neither knew they the things which were spo- ken. 35 And it eame to pass, that as he was come nigh unto Je- richo, a certain blind man sat by the way side begging ¢ 36 and Υ εἰς THY βασιλείαν τοῦ Baan εἰσπὸ- Υ εἶπαν T. b ἀφέντες τὰ ἴδια having left our own Ξ εἵνεκεν T. * παρὰ f οὐχὶ TA. 216 hearing the multitude pass by, he asked what it meant. 37 And they told him, that Jesus of Nazareth passeth by. 38 And he cried, say- ing, Jesus, thou Son of David, have mercy on me. 39 Andthey which went before rebuked him, ἐμεῦ he should hold his peace: but he cried so much the more, Thou Son of David, have mercy on me. 40 And Jesus stood, and commanded him to be brought unto him: and when he was come mear, he a . ‘ ‘ ΄ ᾽ ἤμελλεν διέρχεσθαι. 5 καὶ ὡς ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον, ἀνα- he was about to pass. And as hecame to the place, look- βλέψας ὁ Ἰησοῦς “eidey αὐτόν, καὶ! εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, ing up Jesus saw him, and said to him, Ζακχαῖε, σπεύσας κατάβηθι σήμερον.γὰρ ἐν τῷ.οἴκῳ.σου. “~accheus, making haste come down, for to-day in thy house δεῖ με μεῖναι. 6 Καὶ. σπεύσας κατέβη καὶ ὑπεδέξατο it behoreth me to remain. And making haste he camedown and _ received αὐτὸν χαίρων. 7 καὶ ἰδόντες him rejoicing. And having scen [it] λέγοντες, Ὅτι παρὰ ἁμαρτωλῷ ἀνδρὶ εἰσῆλθεν καταλῦσαι. saying, With a sinful man _ he has entered to lodge. 8 Σταθεὶς δὲ Δακχαῖος εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν κύριον, Ιδού, τὰ But standing Zacchzeus said to the Lord, Lo, the Ynpion" {τῶν ὑπαρχόντων.μου,! κύριε, 3δίδωμι τοῖς πτωχοῖς" Σἄπαντες! διεγόγγυζον, 1 muriured, poor; and if I have half of my possessions, ord, I give tothe poor, Po [αν] τ. m Δαυΐδ GW; Δανείδ LTTrA. 2 σιγήσῃ ΙΤΤΙΑ. ο [Ὁ] Tr. P — λέγων T[Tr]A, 4 Ἱερειχώ τ. τ αὐτὸς (-- ἦν [L]TrA) LTrA ; — οὗτος Τ. 8 + εἰς το to the (vead ἔμπρ. front,) TL]. ' συκοµορέαν EGTTrAW ; συκοµωρέαν 1. v— δι GLTTrAwW. ν W — εἶδεν αὐτόν, καὶ TTr[A]. "µου των υπαρχόντων ΤΤιΑ. χ πάντες LTTrAW. Γ x ma Y ἡμίσεα 1.; ἡμίσειά ΤΊτΑ. Ά τοις πτωχοῖς δίδωμι TITA, AX: ο κ, καὶ εἴ τινός τι ἐσυκοφάντησα, and if of anyone anything I took by false accusation, πλοῦν. 9 Εἶπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ιησοῦς, Ὅτι σήμερον σωτηρία fold. And said “to *him 1Jesus, To-day salvation τῷ.οἴκῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο, καθότι Kai αὐτὸς υἱὸς ᾿Αβραάμ to this house iscome, inasmuch as also he ason of Abraham ΠΝ ell τ ‘ « εν σῶν 5 , ~ AN ~ ἐστιν'' 10 ἦλθεν γὰρ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ζητῆσαι καὶ σῶσαι is: for °came ‘the *Son 308 *man toseek and tosave τὸ ἀπολωλός. that which has been lost. 11 ᾿Ακουόντων δὲ αὐτῶν ταῦτα, προσθεὶς εἶπεν παρα- But as *were “hearing ‘they these ἰΠΙΠΡΒ, adding hespoke a para- βολήν, διὰ τὸ ἐγγὺς "αὐτὸν εἶναι Ἱερουσαλήμ,! καὶ δοκεῖν ble, because “near *he , 7was Jerusalem, and *thought αὐτοὺς ὅτι παραχρῆμα μέλλει ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ava- ΒΟΥ that immediately was about the kingdom of God tobe ἀποδίδωμι τετρα- I return four- φαίνεσθαι" 12 εἶπεν οὖν, ᾿Ανθρωπός τις εὐγενὴς ἐπορεύθη.. manifested. He said therefore, A *man ? ») / ~ ε ~ ’ « ¥ / εἰς χώραν μακράν, λαβεῖν ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν καὶ ὑποστρέψαι. to ἃ “country ‘distant, toreceive forhimself akingdom and _ toreturn. 19 καλέσας.δὲ δέκα δούλους ἑαυτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δέκα μνᾶς, And having called ten of his bondmen he gave tothem ten minas, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἡραγματεύσασθε ἕως" ἔρχομαι. and -said to them, Trade until I come. 14 Οἱ δὲ πολῖται αὐτοῦ ἐμίσουν αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν πρεσ- But his citizens hated him and sent an em- βείαν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες, Οὐ.θέλομεν τοῦτον bassy after him, saying, Weare unwilling [for] this [παν] ~ ? ΑΔΓ ~ ‘ , / ? ~ ᾽ ~ βασιλεῦσαι ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς. 16 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν to reign over us, And itcametopass on *coming *back *again > A , \ / \ αὐτὸν λαβόντα τὴν βασιλεία», καὶ εἶπεν ‘his having received the kingdom, that hedirected tobecalled tohim , - » \ ᾽ , ' τοὺς. δούλους τούτους οἷς «εέδωκεν' τὸ, ἀργύριον, ἵνα these bondmen towhom hegave_ the money, inorder that γνῷ! δτίς.τί διεπραγματεύσατο.ὶ 16 παρεγένετο.δὲ ὁ he might know what θοῦ had gained by trading. Andcameup the a ~ [ή ’ ~ , , ~ πρῶτος, λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ-μνᾶ.σου Ἀπροσειργάσατο δέκα" μνᾶς. first, saying, Lord, thy mina has produced ten minas, 17 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, ἸΕὖ,! ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ ‘certain high born proceeded £ And hesaid tohim, Well! good bondman; because in a very little “ , , , , πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων. faithful thou wast, be thou ?authority ‘having over ten cities. 18 Καὶ ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος, λέγων, "Κύριε, ἡ-μνᾶ.σου ἐποίησεν And came the κεσοοπᾶ, saying, Lord, thy mina has made πέντε μνᾶς. 19 Εἶπεν. δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, Kai σὺ 'γίνου ἐπάνω" five minas. And he said also to thisone, And*thou ‘be over / ‘ ‘ ε 5 ΄ , 2> « πέντε πόλεων. 20 Καὶ Ἢ ἕτερος ἦλθεν, λέγων, Κύριε, ἰδοὺ ἡ) five cities. And another came, saying, Lord, behold ~ .. - > ’ " ’ ο Ψ, , μνᾶ-σου, ἣν εἶχον ἀποκειμένην ἐν σουδαρίῳ' 21 ώς 31 *feare thy mina, which I kept laid up in a handkerchief. yap σε, ὅτι ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρὸς εἶ" αἴρεις ὃ ‘for thee, because aman harsh thou art; thou takest up what b — ἐστιν (read [15]) T. 4 ἐν ᾧ LTTrA. 6 δεδώκει he had given LTTra. what they had gained by trading Tra. well done ΤΤΤΙΑ. κ ἠ μνᾶ σου, κύριε, ΤΤΤΑ. other) Litra, Γγνοι LTTrA. 1 ἐπάνω γίνου ΤΑ. φωνηθῆναι αὐτῷ. h δέκα προσηργάσατο (προσειρ. Tr) LTTrA. 217 taken any thing from any man by false agcu- sition, I restore him fourfold. 9 And Jesus said unto him, This day is salvation come to this house, forso- much as he also isa son of Abraham. 10 For the Son of man is come to seek and to save that which was lost, 11 And as they heard these things, he addcd and spake a parable, because he was nigh to Jerusalem, απᾶ be- cause they thought that the kingdom of God should imme- diately appear. 12 He said therefore, A cer- tain nobleman went into a far country to receive for himself a kingdom, and to re- turn, 13 And hecalled his ten servants, and delivered them ten pounds, and said unto them, Occupy till I come. 14 But his citi- zens hated him, and sent a message after him, saying, We will not have this man to reign over us, 15 And it came to pass, that when he was returned, having received the kingdom, then he com- manded these servants to be called unto him, to whom he had given the money, that he might know how much every man had gained by trading. 16 Then came the first, saying, Lord, thy pound hath gained ten pounds, 17 And he said unto him, Well, thou good servant: because thou hast been faithful in a very little, have thou authority over ten citics. 18 And the second came, saying, Lord, thy pound hath gained five pounds, 19 Anche said likewise to him, Be thou also over fivecities. 20 And another came, saying, Lord, behold, here is thy pound, which I have kept laid upina napkin: 21 for 1 fear- ed thee, because thou art an austere man: thou takest up that © εἶναι αὐτὸν Ἱερουσαλὴμ L ; εἶναι Ἱερουσαλὴημ αυτο; TTrA. Ε τί διεπραγµματεύσαντο νὰ 1 evye m + ὁ the (ἕτερος 215 thou layedst not down, ani reapest that thou didst not sow. 22 And he saith unto him, Out of thine own mouth ~vill I judge thee, thou wicked servant. Thou knewest that I was an austere man, taking up that I laid not down, and _ reaping that I did not sow: 23 wherefore then gav- est not thou my money into tne bank, that at my coming I might have required mine own with usury? 24 And he said unto them that stood by, Take from him the pound, and give it to him that hath ten pounds. 25 (And they said unto him, Lord, he hath ten pounds.) 26 For I say unto you, That unto every one which hath shall be given; and from him that hath not, even: that be hath shall be taken away from him, 27 But those mine ene- mies, which would not that I should reign over them, bring hither, and slay them before me. 28 And when he had thus spoken, he went before, ascending up to Jerusalem. 29 And it came to pass, when he was come nigh to Bethphage and Beth- any, at the mount called the mount of Olives, he sent two of his disciples, 30 say- ing, Go ye into the village over against you ; in the which at your entering ye shall find a colt vied, where- on yet never man sat: loose him, and bring him hither. 31 And if any man ask you, Why do ye loose Atm? thus shall ye say unto him, Because the Lord hath need of him. 32 And they that were sent went their way, and found even as he had said unto them. 33 And as they were loosing the colt, the owners thereof said nnto them, Why loose ye the colt? 34 And they said, The Lord hath need of him. 35 And they brought him to Jesus: and they » — δὲ but τττα. LTTraAw. ®* — an’ αὐτοῦ {u)rts[a]. τ᾿ κἀγὼ LTTrA. [uJva. τοῦ (read the disciples) 1[T: Ja. { εἶπαν LTTra, ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XIX. οὐκ. ἔθηκας καὶ θερίζες ὃ οὐκ.ἔσπειρας. 22 Λέγει tnou didst not lay down and thou reapest what thou didst not sow. *He *says "dé! αὐτῷ, “Ex τοῦ.στόματόο-σου κρινῶ σε, πονηρὲ δοῦ- 2but tohimn, Out of thy mouth I will judge thee, wicked bond-. λε. δεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος αὐστηρός εἰμι, αἴρων ὃ τάδ :ἴποι knewest that I “a *+man sharsh ‘am, taking up what ovKiOnka Kai θερίζων ὃ οὐκ.έπειρα. 23 Kai “διατί! I did not lay down and and why > ” ‘ ᾽ , ? A 4 , οὐκ.ἔδωκας Ῥτὸ ἀργύριόν. μου" ἐπὶ τὴν" τράπεζαν, kai ἐγὼ" didst thou not give my money to the bank, that 1 ἐλθὼν σὺν τόκῳ ἂν. ἔπραξα αὐτό"; 24 Καὶ τοῖς παρε- coming with interest might have required it? And tothose stand- στῶσιν εἶπεν, Αρατε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὴν μνᾶν, καὶ δότε τῷ ing by hesaid, Take from him the mina, and give [it]tohim τν πο τὰς δέκα μνᾶς ἔχοντι. 25 Kai ‘eizov' αὐτῷ, Κύριε, ἔχει reaping what I did not sow ! the ten minas has. (And they said to him, Lord, he has δέκα μνᾶς. 26 Λέγω."γὰρ" ὑμῖν, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ ἔχοντι ὃδο-. ten minas.) For I say to you, that toeveryone who has_ shallbe θήσεται: ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ μὴ.ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται given ; but from him who has not, even that which he has shall be taken Yam αὐτοῦ." 27 .Πλὴν τοὺς.ἐχθρούς-µου *éxeivouc' τοὺς from him. , Moreover *mine-“enemies those who \ nee ΄ ο - a2 5 ? , ge 2 > µὴ.θελησαντάς ‘pe βασιλεῦσαι ἐπ αὐτοὺς, ἀγάγετε ὧδε were unwilling [for] me to reign οτοι them, bring here καὶ κατασφάξατε7Σ ἔμπροσθέν µου. and slay [them] before me, 28 Καὶ εἰπὼν ταῦτα ἐπορεύετο ἔμπροσθεν, ἀναβαίνων And having said these things he went on before, going up εἰς Ἱεροσύόλυμα". 29 Καὶ ἐγένετο - we ἤγγισεν εἰς Βηθ- το Jerusalem. And itcametopass as hedrewnear to Beth- φαγὴ καὶ Βηθανίαν," πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον ἐλαιῶν, phage and Bethany, towards the mount called of Olives, ἀπέστειλεν δύο τῶν. μᾳθητῶν αὐτοῦ." 30 Petre," Ὕ πάγετε εἰς he sent two of his disciples, saying, Go into ’ ΄ ie > ΄ τὴν κατέναντι κώμην" ἐν ἢ εἰσπορευόμενοι εὑρήσετε the “opposite [you] ‘village, in which entering ye will find ὮΝ ὃ ἐν ’ εδ. εἲ 7 πον ΄ 7 Kf a) κα a πῶλον δεδεμένον, ἐφ ὃν οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἐκάθισεν a colt tied, on which noone “ever *yet tof *men sat: c λύσαντε αὐτὸν a a ETE 31 ‘ ἥν c ~ ? ~ ς γαγετε. και ἐᾶν τις Όμας ἐρωτᾷ, having loosed ἰΐ bring [it]. And if anyone “you ask, ἀΔιατί' λύετε; οὕτως ἐρεῖτε “αὐτῷ, “Ore ὁ κύριος Why dovye loose [it]? thus shallyesay tohim, Because the -οχᾶ > ~ , ” 2 , A « ? / αὐτοῦ χοείαν ἔχει. 32 ᾿Απελθόντεςδὲ οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι Sof *it “need thas, And having departed those who had been sent τ ‘ τ a ᾽ - ΄ ‘ > ~% Δ ~ εὗρον καθως εἶπεν αὐτοῖς. 858 λυόντων δὲ αὐτῶν τὸν πῶλον found as hehadsaid {ο them. And on their loosing the οσο] [εἶπον" οἱ κύριοι αὐτοῦ πρὸς αὐτούς, Ti λύετε τὸν πῶλον; ‘said "Πο πιβδιετ5 308315 to them, Why loose ye the colt ? ε ο Εν ΠΣ / 2 ~ , ” ἥν 94 Οἱ. δὲ Τεῖπον," ἔ Ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει. 85 Καὶ ἤγαγον And they said, The Lord of *it “nced ‘has. And they led αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν" καὶ Ἀἐπιῤῥίψαντες! Ἱἑαυτῶν! τὰ ἱμά- it to Jesus ; and having cast their gar- © διὰ τί {ττὰ. P µου τὸ ἀργύριον LTTrA. 5 αὐτὸ ἔπραξα LTTrA. ¢ εἶπαν LTTrA. * τούτους these Trra. 7 + αὐτοὺς them TTra. Ὁ λέγων LTr. © + καὶ Δ Tra. & + ὅτε because LTTra, a — την (read a bank) ν᾽ — yap for [τι]τ[ατ]α. ΣῬηθανιά A. * — av- 4 διὰ τί Lira. 5 — αὐτῷ h ἐπιρίψαντες LITra. | αὐτῶν ΗΤΤΑ. XIX. LUKE. ? ‘ ~ , : ‘ “ Tia’ ἐπὶ τὸν πῶλον, ἐπεβίβασαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 86 πορευο- ments on the colt, tney put*on [510] ‘Jesus. ἡ ~ ye ε , ὦ ? ~ ~ ~ μένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ὑπεστρώννυον τὰ.ἱμάτια.Καὐτῶν! ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ. ᾿ Απᾶ 88 ΒΘ went they were strewing their garments in the ? / ‘ ~ ~ / ~ 97 ᾿Εγγίζοντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ. ἤδη πρὸς τῇ καταβάσει τοῦ ὄρους And as he drew near already at the descent of the mount ~ ? ~ » A ~ ~ ~ / τῶν ἐλαιῶν ἤρξαντο ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν χαίρον- way. ° of Olives began all the multitude of the disciples, rejoic- τες αἰνεῖν τὸν θεὺν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ περὶ ἱπασῶνὶ ὧν ing, to praise God witha*voice ‘loud for all Swhich εἶδον δυνάμεων, 38 λέγοητες, Εὐλογημένος ὁ *they "had ®seen [the] ?works *of *power, saying, Blessed the ? , ΄ το ? πἐρχόμενος! βασιλεὺς ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου "εἰρήνη ἐν _ *coming ‘king ἢ in [the] sname of [the] Lord. Peace in "οὐρανῷ" καὶ δόξα ἐν ὑψίστοις. 99 Kai τινες τῶν Φαρισαίων heaven and glory in[the] highest. And some ofthe Pharisees ἀπὸ τοῦ/ ὄχλου “εἶπον! πρὸς αὐτόν, Διδάσκαλε, 'ἐπιτίμησον from the crowd said to him, Teacher, rebuke τοῖς. μαθηταῖς.σου. 40 Kai ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν Ραὐτοῖς,! Λέγω thy disciples. And answering heSgaid tothem, I say thw 4“ We es ὕ τ / τὶ ε λιθ 8 fe ll υμιν, οτι εαν ουτοι “σιωπησωσιν οι ισοι κεκράξονται. toyou, that if these should be.silent the stones will cry out. 41 Kai we ἤγγισεν, ἰδὼν τὴν πόλιν ἔκλαυσεν ἐπ᾽ "αὐτῇ," And as ο drew near, seeing the city he wept over - it, 42 λέγων, Ὅτι εἰ ἔγνως καὶ σύ, ἵκαί.γεῖ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ day saying, If thou hadst known, even thou, even at least in ¥oou! ταύ τὰ πρὸς εἰρήνην *cov'" νῦν δὲ ἐκρύβη ἀπὸ "thy ‘this, thethings for peace 4thy: but now they are hid from ὀφθαλμῶν.σου' 43 ὅτι ἤξουσιν΄ ἡμέραι ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ ὅπεριβα- thine eyes ; for *shall*come ‘days upon thee that *shall *cast λοῦσιν" οἱ ἐχθροί.σου χάρακά σοι, καὶ περικυκλώσουσίν σε Sabout thine “enemies 78 ®rampart Sthee, and shallclose around thee καὶ συνέξουσίν σε πάντοθεν, 44 καὶ ἐδαφιοῦσίν and keep in thee on every side, and shall level *with *the *ground σε καὶ τὰ.τέκνα.σου ἐν σοί, Kai οὐκ.ἀφήσουσιν “ἐν σοὶ λίθον thee and thychildren in thee, and 5881] not leave in thee astone ἐπὶ λίθῳ." ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὖὐκ.ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ay προπ astone, because thou knewest not the _ season of visitation 45 Kai εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν ἤρξατο ἐκβάλλειν τοὺς And having entered into the temple hebegan tocastout those πωλοῦντας δὲν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀγοράζονταςι 46 λέγων αὐτοῖς, selling in it and buying, saying tothem, Γέγραπται; ὃ Ὁ.οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς “ἐστίν"" ὑμεῖς δὲ It has been written, ‘My house ahouse of prayer is; but ye αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν. 47 Kai ἦν διδάσκων it have made a den of robbers. And he was teaching τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ" οἱ δὲ ἀοχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς day by day in the temple; and the chief priests and the scribes 219 east their garments upon the colt, and they set Jesus thereon. 36 And as he went, they spread their clothes in the. way. 37 And when he was come nigh, even now at the descent” of the mount of Olives, the whole multitude of the disciples began to re- joice and praise God with a loua voice for all the mighty works that they had seen; 38 saying, Blessed be the King that cometh in the name of the Lord: peace in hea- ven, and glory in the highest. 39 And some of the Pharisees from among the multitude said unto him, Master, rebuke thy disciples. 40 And he answered and said unto them, I tell you that, if these should hold _ their peace,the stones would immediately cry out. 41 And when he was come near, he beheld the city, and wept over it, 42 saying, If thou hadst known, even thou, at least in this thy day, the’ things which belong unto thy peace! but now they are’ hid from thine eyes. 43 For the days shall come upon thee, that thine enemies shall cast a trench about thee, and com- pass thee round, and keep thee in on every side, 44 and shall lay thee even with the ground, and thy chil- dren within thee ; and they shall not leave in thee one stone upon another; because thou knewest not the time of thy visitation. 45 And he went into the temple, and began to cast out them that sold therein, and them that bought; 46 saying unto‘them, It is writ- ten, My house is the house of prayer: but ye have made it a den of thieves, 47 And he taught daily ‘in the temple. But the chief priests and the stribes τὰ — ἐρχόμενος T. 9 [ὅτι] tr. 7 καίγε GT; — καί γε [L]Tr[A]. Κ ἑαυτῶν Tr. Ι πάντων LTr. LITrA. Ρ — αὐτοῖς T[Tr]a. 5 κράξουσιν ΤΤΙΑ. t αὐτήν LTTrAW. 3 [σου] LTrA. Υ παρεμβαλοῦσιν shall place near Ts LITrA. 5 — ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἀγοράζοντας ΤΊτΑ. .-- ἐστίν TIrAe 2 ἐν οὐρανῷ εἰρήνη TTrA. ¥ σιωπήσουσιν shall be silent LTTrA. © εἶπαν w — gov LTr[A]. z λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον (λίθῳ L) ἐν σοί b+ ὅτι Ὁ; + καὶ ἔσται δὰ shall be TTra, 220 and the chief of the people sought to de- stroy him, 48 and could not find wnat they might do: for all the people were very at- tentive to hear-him. XX. And it came to pass, that on one of those days, as he taught the peopie in the tem- ple, and preached the gospel, thechief priests and the scribes came upon him with the el- ders, 2 and spake unto him, saying, Tell us, by what authority do- est thou these things 2 or who is he that gave thee this authority? 3 And he answered and said unto them, I will also ask you one thing; and answer me: 4 The baptism of John, was it from heaven, or of men? 5 And they rea- soned with themselves, saying, If weshallsay, From heaven; he will say, Why then believ- elye him not? 6 But and if we say, Of mén; all the people will stone us: for they be persuaded that John was a prophet. 7 And they answered, that they could not tell whence 7 was. 8 And Jesus said unto them, Neither tell I you by what authority I do these things, 9 Then began he to speik to the people this parable; A certain man planted a vine- yard, and let it forth to husbandmen, and Went into a far coun- try for a long time. 10 And at the season he sent a servant to the husbandmen, that they should give him of the fruit of the vineyard: but the nus- bandmen beat him, and sent him away empty. 11 And again he sent another ser- vant: and they beat him also, and entreat- ed him shamefully, and sent him away empty. 12 And again he sent a third: and ΛΑΤ ΕΚ ΑΣ, ATX SAS ἐξήτ ουν αὐτὸν ἀπολέσαι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λαοῦ" 48 καὶ 7were ®secking ‘*him °to ση, land*the “first *of‘the “εμεις, ΒΒ οὐχ. ἀεύρισκον" τὸ τί ποιήσωσιν, ὁ-λαὺο. γὰρ ἅπας εἐξ ξεκρέματο". found not what they might do, for *the *people ‘all were hanging? on, ! αὐτοῦ ἀκούων. Shim *listening. 90 Καὶ ἐγένετο fi ~ ~ ~ πη ἐν μιᾷ τῶν.ἡμερῶν ἐκεένων,! διδάσκον- And it came to pass on one of those days, as *wus *teach- τος αὐτοῦ τὸν λαὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ εὐαγγελιζομένου, ing the the people πέστησαν οἱ ϑἀρχιερεῖς" καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς σὺν τοῖς πρεσβυ- in the temple and announcing the glad tidings, came up the chief priests and the scribes with the elders τέροις, 2 καὶ Βεῖπον" πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγοντες," Καίπὲ" ἡμῖν ἐν and spoke to hint, saying, Tell us oe ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, ἢ τίς ἐστιν ὁ δούς σοι τὴν wh: at authority these things thou doest, 9r who itis who gave to thee ἐξο 9 Α θεὶς. δὲ ὺς αὐτούς, Ἔ 5 υσίαν. ταύτην; σε ποκρισεις.0ε εἶπεν προς αυτους. ρω” this πε Andanswering hesnaid to them, Will τήσω ὑμᾶς κἀγὼ Ενα!" λόγον, καὶ εἴπατέ pou 4 Τὸ. βάπτισμα *ask 5you ‘I also one’ thing, and tell me, The baptism ™Twarvvou' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων; 5 Οἱ δὲ of John from heaven wasit or from men? And they οσυνελογίσαντο! πρὺς ἑαυτούς. λέγοντες, Ort ἐὰν εἴπωμεν reasoned among themselves, saying, lf weshould say "EE οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ «Διατί" τοῦνὶ οὐκ.ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ; From heaven, hewillsay Why then did ye not believe him? 6 ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν “EE ἀνθρώπων, πᾶς ὁ λαὸς! καταλιθάσει But if we should say From men, all the people will stone ἡμᾶς" πεπεισμένος.γάρ.ἐστιν ὉἹωάννην" προφήτην εἶναι. us ; for they are perstaded _ [that] John = μι ophet ‘was. 7 Kai ἀπεκρίθησαν μὴ εἰδέναι πόθεν. ὃ καὶ ὁ ᾿Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν And they answered they knew not whence. And Jesus said αὐτοῖς, Οὐδὲ ἐγώ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ. tothem, Neither “I ‘tell you by what authority these thinge:d aie θ΄ Ἤρξατο δὲ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγειν" τὴν.παραβολὴν.-ταύτην' And he began to the people to speak this parable : W"AvGowmdc ὅτις! ἐφύτευσεν ἀμπελῶνα," καὶ Σἐζεδοτο" αὐτὸν A ?man Xeertain planted ,avineyard, and let out it γεωργοῖς, καὶ ἀπεδήμησεν χρόνους ἱκανούς. 10 καὶ Σεν" - to husbandmen, and left the country for a long time. And in [the] ~ \ ‘ ας μα { ~ καιρῷ ἀπέστειλεν πρὸς τοὺς γεωργοὺς δοῦλον, ἵνα ἀπὸ τοῦ season he sent to the husbandmen a bondman, that from the καρποῦ τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ἅδῶσιν αὐτῷ' οἱ δὲ γεωργοὶ fruit ofthe vineyard they might give tohim; but the husbandmen b ΝΣ δείραντες αὐτὸν ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν. 11 καὶ προδέθετο having beat him sent [him] away empty. And he added Sree ἕτερον! δοῦλον' οἱ δὲ κἀκεῖνον δείραντες καὶ ἀτι- tosend another bondman; but they *also*him thaving *beat and ἀϊ5- µάσαντες ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν. 12 καὶ προσέθετο “πέμψαι honoured [him] sent [him] away empty. And he added to send ἃ ηὕρισκον LTr. priests ΤΑ. P + ἡμῖν to us 1, v λέγειν πρὸς τὸν λαὸν Τν } ἐξέδετο 5 A. LTT ra. h εἶπαν TTrA. ! — ἕνα (read [one]) urtra. z— ἐν 6 εἰ καιρώ at [the] season LT υ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν δείραψτες TA, © ἐξεκρέμετο T. f— ἐκείνων AG ead one of the days) LTTra. Ε ἱερεῖς i λέγοντες πρὸς αὐτὸν LT; --- λέγοντες Tra. κ Εἰπὸν TTra. Ξ δὶ παπι. π᾿]ωάνου Tr, ο συνελογίζοντο L. - οὖν [1]ΤΤτΑ. 8 ὁ λαὸς απας Tra. + t Ίωανην Tr. ων ναός, ἐφύτευσεν τος τορος 1, x — Tis) ΟΥ̓ΡΆ. 4 δώσουσιν they shall give © ἕτερον ος LT{ra, ἃ τρίτον πέμψαι LTTrA, 4 Διὰ τί ELT ΓΑ. XX. LUKE. ΄ ἔκ eet , / ᾿ γρίτον" οἱ δὲ «καὶ τοῦτον! τραυματίσαντες ἐξεβαλον. athird; and they “4150 him thaving “wounded cast [him] out, 13 εἶπεν. δὲ ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος, Ti ποιήσω; πέμψω Andsaid the lord ofthe vineyard, What shallI do? I will send τὸν.υἱόν.µου τὸν ἀγαπητόν" «ἴσως τοῦτον ἰδόντες" ἔντρα- my son the beloved ; perhaps him haying seen they will ’ ? , \ κά « ‘ ταν il πήσονται. 14 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ γεωργοὶ Σδιελογίζοντο respect, But having seen him the husbandmen reasoned πρὸς Ἀἑαυτούς,! λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ κληρονόμος ‘devre'! among themselves, saying, This is the heir ; come ! / πρ t Cet ee η ς ͵ ἀποκτείνωμεν αὐτόν, ἵνα ἡμῶν γένηται ἡ κληρονομία. ' let us kill him, that ‘ours *may*become'the “inheritance. 15 Καὶ ἐκβαλόντες αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ἀπέκτειναν. . And having cast forth him outside the vineyard they killed ; Τί οὖν ποιήσει αὐτοῖς ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος ; Πα], What therefore willdo tothem the lord of the vineyard ὃ 16 ἐλεύσεται καὶ ἀπολέσει τοὺς.γεωργοὺς.τούτους, καὶ δώσει Hewillcome and will destroy these husbandmen, and will give τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις. Ἀ Ακούσαντες δὲ" Ιεπον,ιι Μὴ the vineyard to others. And having heard [10] they said, *Not / \ ~ ” , cod ‘ γένοιτο. 17 Ὁ.δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν, Ti οὖν ἐστιν τὸ may “it be ! But he looking at then: said, Whatthen is 7that γεγραμμένον τοῦτο, Λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ Shas *been *written ‘this, [The] stone which *rejected Ithey *that οἰκοδομοῦντες; οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; 18 Πᾶς Spuild, this is become head of [the] corner? Everyone « ‘ ᾽ > 9 ~ A / , ? aw ?7 * ὁ πεσὼν ἐπ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν λίθον συνθλασθήσεται' ἐφ᾽ ὃν .ὃ.ἂν that falls on that stone will be broken, buton whomsvoever πέσ λικμήσει αὐτόν. 19 Kai "ἐζήτησαν" οἱ it may fall it willgrind *to*powder ‘thim. And 7s0ught πἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς! ἐπιβαλεῖν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας Schief “priests "δια 3μθ “scribes to lay 7on “him thands ἐν αὐτῇ.τῇ.ὥρᾳ, καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν λαόν’ ἔγνωσαν.γὰρ Ort in that hour, and theyfeared the people; iorthey knew that πρὸς αὐτοὺς ° τὴν.παραβολὴν ταύτην εἶπεν." against them this parable he speaks. 20 Kai παρατηρήσαντες ἀπέστειλαν Ρἐγκαθέτους,ἳ ὑπο- Απά having watched Παπ] they sent secret agents, feign- κρινοµένους ἑαυτοὺς δικαίους εἶναι, ἵνα ἐπιλάβωνται ing themselves “righteous ‘to“be, that they might take hold παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ Hs ~ x αὐτοῦ Ἀλόγου,! τεὶς τὸϊ him tothe power and of him in discourse, to the{end] to deliver up ~. ‘ naj ὁ Ὁ ΄ ‘ eee J ; 0 τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος. 21καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτόν, λεγον- to the authority of the governor. : And they questioned him, say- ’ » « ᾽ ~ / ‘4 Φ ‘ τες, Διδάσκαλε, οἴδαμεν ὅτι ὀρθῶς λέγεις καὶ διδάσκεις, καὶ ing, Teacher, we know that rightly thou sayest and teachest, and ᾽ ’ ΄ ? » 3 DET / A « A οὐ λαμβάνεις πρόσωπον, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας τὴν ὁδὸν acceptest not [any man’s] person, but with truth the way τοῦ θεοῦ διδάσκεις. 22 ἔξεστιν "ἡμῖν! Καίσαρι φόρον δοῦναι of God teachest: is itlawful for us’ “to 5Cesar “tribute 'to7give ἢ οὔ; 23 Κατανοήσας.δὲ αὐτῶν τὴν πανουργίαν εἶπεν πρὸς or not? But perceiving/ their craftiness he said to f — ἰδόντες LTTr[A]. & διελογίσαντο L. κ οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες L. | εἶπαν LTTrA. ο εἶπεν THY παραβολὴν ταύτην LTTrA. τς ὥστε 80 35 LITrA. ὃ ἡμᾶς ΤΊΤΑ. © κἀκεῖνον L. ι-- δεῦτε ΙΤΊτΑ. καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς LTTrA. φεαὼ of his discourse) Tr.. 1the. they wounded him alao, and cast him out. 13 Thon said the lord of the vineyard, What shall I do? I willsend my beloved son: it may be they will reverence him when they see him, 14 But when the husbandmen saw him, they reasoned among themselves, saying, This is the heir: come, let us kill him, that the inheritance may be ours. 15 So they cast him out of the vine- yard, and killed him. What therefore shall the lord of the vine- yard do unto them? 16 Hé shall come and destroy these husband- men, and shall give the vineyard to others. And when they heard it, they said, God for- bid. 17 And he beheld them, and said, What is this then that is written, The stone which the builders re- jected, the same is be- come the head of the corner? 18 Whosoever shall fall upon that stone shall he broken; but on whomsoever it shall fall, it will grind him to powder. 19 And the chief priests and the scribes the same hour sought to lay hands on him; and they feared the people: for they perceived that he had spoken this pa- rable against them, 20 And they watched him, and sent forth spies, which should feign themselves just men, that they might take hold of his words, that so they might de- liver him unto the power and authori- ty of the governor. 21 And they asked him, saying, Master, we know that thou sayest and _ teachest rightly, neither ac- ceptest thou the per- son of any, but teach- est the way of God truly: 22 is it lawful for us to give tribute unto Cesar, or no? 23 But he perceived their craftiness, and said unto them, Why h ἀλλήλους One another ΤΤ:Α. τὰ ἐζήτουν L. Ρ ἐνκαθέτους T. η γραμματεῖς, 4 λόγον' 922 tempt ye me? 24 Shew me a penny. Whose image and superscrip- tion hath it? They answered απᾶ said, Ceesar’s. 25 And he said unto them, Ren- der therefore unto Cesar the things which be Cesar’s, and unto God the things which be God’s. 26 And they could not take hold of his words before the ple: and they mar- velled at his answer, and held their peace. 27 Then came tohim certain of the Saddu- cees, which deny that there is any resurrec- tion; and they asked him, 28 saying, Mas- ter, Moses wrote unto us, If any man’s bro- ther die, having a wife, and he die with- out children, that his brother should take his wife, and raise up seed unto his brother. 29 There were there- fore seven brethren: and the first took a wife, and died with- out children. 30 And the second took her to wife, and he died childless. 31 And the third took her; and in like manner the seven also: and they left no children, and _ died. 32 Last of all the woman died _ also. 33 Therefore in the re- surrection whose wife of them is she? for seven had her to wife. 34 And Jesus answer- ing saiduntothem,The children of this world marry, and are given in marriage: 35 but they which shall beac- counted worthy to ob- tain that world, and the resurrection from the dead, neither marry, nor are given in marriage: 36 neither can they die any more: for they are equal unto the angels; and are the children of God, being the children of the resurrection. 37 Now that the dead are rnis- ed, even Moses shewed at the bush, when he 25 ΞΕ Wha ei Bi ἕ--- Te we πειράζετε TTrA. they shewed [10]. αὐτούς TTrA. (read who say there is not (μὴ) a resurrection) tr. & — ἔλαβεν TTra. LTTrA. τως] likewise L. LTTra, ise κ + καὶ even E. 2 ἢ γυνὴ οὖν ἐν τῇ the woman therefore in the Ta. 4 γαμίζονται LTTr ; γαμίσκονται A. AOYKAS. xs. , / ; δ. 7 ή , Ἂς αὐτούς, *Tt µε πειράζετε"; 24 γἐπιδείξατε" μοι δηνάριον ¥ them, Why me do ye tempt? Shew me a denarius ; ’ ” ’ ’ “5 , M x’ AroK ιθέντε αἱ! δὲ y Ϊ Π τίνος εχει εἰκόνα και ἐπιγραφην ; ρισεντες de Σεῖπον, whose “πας *it 1ἴπιαρο “and “inscription? And answering they said, \ oy ? ~ ? , 7 Καίσαρος. 96 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς,-Απόδοτετοίνυνὶ τὰ Ceesar’s. Andhe said tothem, Render therefore the things Καίσαρος ὃ Καίσαρι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῴ θεῷ. 26 Καὶ of Czsar to Cesar, and the things of God to God. And . , ? ~ er / ~ οὐκ ἴσχυσαν ἐπιλαβέσθαι “«αὐτοῦ" ῥήματος ἐναντίον τοῦ they were not able’ to take hold of his speech before the λαοῦ" καὶ θαυμάσαντες ἐπὶ τῇ .ἀποκρίσει.αὐτοῦ ἐσίγησαν. people; and wondering at his answer they were silent, 27 Προσελθόντες. δε τινες τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, οἱ Ἀάντι- And having come to [him] some of the Sadducees, who deny λεγοντες! ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι, ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτύν, 28 λέγον- 34, resurrection ‘there 35, they questioned him, say- τες, Διδάσκαλε, "Μωσῆς" ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν, ἐάν τινος ἀδελφὸς ing, Teacher, Moses wrote tous, If anyone’s' brother ἀποθάνῃ ἔχων γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἄτεκνος Ἰάποθάνφ,' ἵνα shoulddie having awife, and _ he childless shoulddie, that λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα 3ᾳηοι]ᾶΊακε ‘his *brother the wife and shouldraiseup see τῷ ἀδελφφ.αὐτοῦ. 399 ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν" καὶ ᾧ πρῶτος to his brother. Seven *then *brethren 'there*were;andthe first λαβὼν γυναῖκα ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος" 30 καὶ SéaBev" ὁ having taken a wife died childless ; and 3took ‘the δεύτερος "τὴν γυναῖκα, καὶ οὗτος ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος"' 31 καὶ “second the woman, and he died childless ; and ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν" ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ " οὐ.κατ- the third took her ; and likewise also the seven did not έλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον" 32 ὕστερον ἰδὲ πάντων! "'ἀπέ- leave children, and died ; 7last ‘and ofall died θανεν καὶ ἡ γυνή." 33 πἐν.τῇ. οὖν" ἀναστάσει τίνος αὐτῶν 8130 ἰηπεθ woman. Therefore in the resurrection of which of them γίνεται γυνή; οἱ γὰρ ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα. 34 Καὶ does she become wife? for the seven had her as wife. And οἀποκριθεὶς! εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος.τούτου answering *said to *them 1Jesus, The sons of this age γαμοῦσιν καὶ Pixyapiccovra" 35 οἱ δὲ καταξιωθέντες τοῦ marry and are given in marriage ; but those accounted worthy αἰῶνος ἐκείνου τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ Sthat *age 1to “obtain-and the resurrection which [15] fromamong νεκρῶν οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε “ἐκγαμίσκονται" 86 Toure" [086] dead neither marry ‘nor are given in marriage; 2neither γὰρ ἀποθανεῖν ἔτι δύνανται ἰσάγγελοι γάρ εἰσιν, καὶ *for Sdie Sany 7more *they *can; for equaltoangels they are, and υἱοί εἰσιν "τοῦ" θεοῦ, “τῆς ἀναστάσεως υἱοὶ ὄντες. 87 Ὅτι.δὲ sons are of God, *of *the ‘resurrection sons ‘being. But that ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί, καὶ “Μωσῆς" ἐμήνυσεν ἐπὶ τῆς areraised the dead, even Moses shewed [inthe part] on the ν δείξατέ GLTTrAW. w + [οἱ δὲ ἔδειξαν. καὶ εἶπεν ] and And he said L. ἃ οἱ (read and they said) τ. ᾿ Υ εἶπαν TIrA. 2 πρὸς 3 Τοίνυν ἀπόδοτε TTra. b + τῷ Tr. ¢ τοῦ (read [his]) a. ἃ λέγοντες ο Loar Μωῦσῆς LTTrAW. γυναικα, καὶ οὗτος ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος TTrA. 1— δὲ πάντων LTTrA. ; {ῇ should be i + [woav- ™ καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἀπέθανεν TTrA. Ὁ -- ἀποκριθεὶς 1 ΤΤτΑ. Ργαµίσκονται ; οὐδὲ LIra, 85 --- τοῦ ΤΤιΑ. | Ἀ — τὴν KX, XXI. βάτου, we λέγει κύριον τὸν θεὸν ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ trov" θεὸν bush, whenhecalled(the] Lord the God of Abraham and the God Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ἱτὸν" θεὸν Ιακώβ' 38 θεὸς δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν νεκρῶν, ofIsaac and the God _ of Jacob; but God heisnot of [the] dead, ἀλλὰ ζώντων. πάντεζ.γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν. 99 ᾿Αποκριθέν- but of [the] living ; for all for him live. 2 Answering . δέ ~ - το | 08 ὃ , λ ~ τες O& τινες τῶν γραμμάτεων Ἰεϊπον,ὶ Διδάσκαλε, καλῶς LUKE. and ‘some of the scribes said, Teacher, well εἶπας. 40 Οὐκέτι “δὲ! ἐτόλμων ἐπερωτᾷν αὐτὸν thou hast spoken. 7Not%any*more 'and did they ἄατο toask him οὐδέν. anything.- (lit. nothing.) Mid ἢ 41 Ἐϊπεν δὲ πρὸς αὐτούς, Πῶς λέγουσιν τὸν χριστὸν Συὶὸν Andhe said to them, How dotheysay the Christ 2Son *AaBid! siva'; 43 "καὶ αὐτὸς" *AaBid! λέγε ἐν βίβλῳ Sof*David is? and himself ‘David says in([the] book Ὀψαλμῶ», Εἶπεν “ὁ" κύριος τῷ.κυρίῳ. μου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, of Psalms,.~*Said ‘the *Lord to my Lord, Sit onmy right hand, 43 ἕως.ἂν ΄ θῶ τοὺς. ἐχθρούς.σον ὑποπόδιον τῶν. ποδῶν. σου. until I place thine enemies {as] a footstool for thy feet. 44 *AaBid" οὖν Ἀκύριον αὐτὸν! καλεῖ, καὶ πῶς “υἱὸς. αὐτοῦ" David therefore *Lord *him 1ρ8115, and how his son ἐστιν; is he? 45 ᾿Ακούοντος.δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λαοῦ εἶπεν ἱτοῖς μαθηταῖς And as were listening all the people he said to *disciples αὐτοῦ." 46 Προσέχετε ἀπὸ τῶν γραμματέων τῶν θελόντων this, Beware of the scribes who like περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς, καὶ φιλούντων. ἀσπασμοὺς ἐν ταῖς to walk in τοῦςῬ, and love ‘salutations in the ἀγοραῖς ᾿ καὶ πρωτοκαθεδρίας ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ πρω- market-places and first seats in the synagogues and first τοκλισίας ἐν τοῖς δείπνοις" 47 ξοὶ κατεσθίουσιν"! τὰς οἰκίας places in the suppers ; who devour the houses Pw ~ ΄ = τῶν χηρῶν, καὶ προφάσει ακρὰ Ἀπροσεύχονται.! οὗτοι of widows, and as ἃ pretext 7at great “length ‘pray. These 'λήψονται"- περισσότερον κρίμα. shall receive more abundant judgment. 9] ᾿Αναβλέψας δὲ: εἶδεν τοὺς βάλλοντας Κτὰ δῶρα.αὐτῶν And having looked up hesaw the 2casting ’their *gifts εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον" πλουσίους" 2 εἶδεν.δὲ Ἰκαί τινα! Sinto 5ἴπα 7treasury trich, and hesaw also a certain χήραν πενιχρὰν βάλλουσαν ἐκεῖ δύο λεπτά"! 8 καὶ εἶπεν, idow *poor casting therein two Ἱορία, And he said, ᾽Αληθῶς λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ χήρα πὴ πτωχὴ αὕτη! “πλεῖον! Ofatruth Isay toyou, that ‘widow 2poor this more πάντων ἔβαλεν: 4 Ῥᾶπαντες' γὰρ οὗτοι ἐκ τοῦ περισ- than all cast in; ; for all ‘these out of that which was σεύοντος αὐτοῖς ἔβαλον sic τὰ δῶρα “τοῦ θεοῦ," αὕτη. δὲ abounding tothem cast into the gifts of God; but she 223 ή calleth the Lord tha God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, 38 For he is not a God of the dead, but of the living : for all live unto him. 39 Then certain of the scribes answering said, Mas- ter, thou hast well said. 40-And after that they durst not ask him any question at all, 41 And he said unto them, How say they that Christ is David’s son? 42 And David himself saith in the book of Psalms, The LORD said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, 43 till Τ make thine enemies thy footstool, 44 Da- vid therefore calleth him Lord, how is he then his son? 45 Then in the audi- ence of all the people he said unto his disci- ples, 46 Beware of the scribes, which desire to walk in long robes, and love greetings in the markets, and the highest seats in the synagogues, and the chief rooms at feasts; 47 which devour wi- dows’ houses, and for a shew make long prayers: the same shall receive greater damnation. XXI. And he look- ed up, and saw the rich men casting their gifts into the trea- sury. 2 And he saw also a certain poor wi- dow casting in thither two mites. 3 And he said, Of a truth I say unto you, that this poor widow hath cast in more than they all: 4 for all these have of their abundance cast in unto the offer- ings of God: but she Υ εἶπαν LITrA. x γὰρ {ΟΥ ΤΥΤΑ. : Aavid Gw ; Δαυεὶδ LTTrA. 5 αὐτὸς γὰρ for *himself 1. (read [the]) utra. ‘4avrdy κύριον ΤτΑ. _ © αὐτοῦ vids TTA. Tir ; πρὸς αὐτούς to them a. 8 οἱ κατεσθίοντες those devouring L. praying L. i λήμψονται LTTrA. τινα Ι.; τινα [καὶ] A; — καὶ TTr, Ρ πάντες L. 4 — τοῦ θεοῦ T[Tr]A, t — τὸν LTTrA. πι λεπτὰ δύο Tr. Κ εἰς τὸ γαζοφυλάκιον τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν ΤΊτΑ. Ὁ αὕτη ἡ πτωχὴ LTr. Υ εἶναι Δανεὶδ υἱόν ΤΑ. b + τῶν the L. f — αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) ες... @ h loan τυ και ο πλείώ 1ΤΑ. 224 of her penury hath cast in all the living that she had. 5 And as some spake of the temple, how it wis adorned with goodly stones and gifts, he said, 6 As for the.e things which ye behold, the days will come, in the which there shall not be left one stone upon an- other, that shall not be thrown down. 7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things “be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass? 8 And hesaid, Take heed that ye be not deceived: for many shall come in my uame, saying, Γ am Christ; and the time drawcth near: go ye not therefore after them. 9 But when ye shall hear of wars and commotions, be not terrified: for these things must first come to pass; but the end zs not byand by. 10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise a- gainst nation, and kingdom against king- dom: 11 and great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pesti- lences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. 12 But before all these, they shall lay their hands on you, and persecute you, de- livering you up to the synagogues, and into prisons, being brought before kings andrulers for my name’s sake, 13 And it shall turn to you for a testimony. 14 Settle ἐξ therefore in your hearts, not to meditate before what e shall answer: 15 for will giveyoua mouth and wisdom, which all your adversaries shall not be able to gainsay nor resist. 16 And ye shall be betrayed both by parents, and breth- AD KAS. Xi. ἐκ τοῦ.ὑστερήματος αὐτῆς ἅπαντα! τὸν βίον by εἶχεν out of her poverty all the livelihood which she had ἔβαλεν. did cast. - , ~ ~ LU =~ 5 Kai τινων λεγόντων περὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, ὅτι λίθοις καλοῖς And αξ 80Π16 were speaking about the temple, that with “stones ‘goodly καὶ ἀναθήμασιν" κεκόσμηται, εἶπεν, 6 Ταῦτα ἃ θεω- and consecrated gifts it was adorned, he said, [As to] these things which ye ure ρεῖτε, ἐλεύσονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς οὐκ.ἀφεθήσεται λίθος ἐπὶ beholding, *will *come days in which shall not be left stone upon λίθῳ ὃς οὐ.καταλυθήσεται. 7 ᾿Επηρώτησαν.δὲ αὐτόν, λε- stone which shall not be thrown down. And they asked him, say- Διδάσκαλε, πότε οὖν ταῦτα ἔσται; καὶ τί TO Teacher, when then these *things 'willbe? and what the ὅταν μέλλῃ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι; ὃ Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν, when “are about ‘these “things to take place? And he said, μὴ .πλανηθῆτε πολλοὶ.γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ Take heed ye be not led astray ; for many will come in ὀνόματί. μου, λέγοντες, “Ὅτι! ἐγώ εἰμι’ καί, Ὁ καιρὸς Ίγ- my name, saying, I am [6]; and, The time is γικεν. μὴ "οὖν" πορευθῆτε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν. Ὁ ὅταν.δὲ drawn near. *Not *therefore ‘go ye after them. An: when ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκαταστασίας, μὴ.πτοηθῆτε δεῖ ye shall hear of wars and commotions, be not terrified; *must ἀρ “ταῦτα γενέσθαι! πρῶτον, ἀλλ οὐκ εὐθέως τὸ ‘for these *things take place first, but not immediately [is] the τέλος. 10 Τότε ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς, Ἐγερθήσεται ἔθνος γέπὶ! end, Then he was saying tothem, 7Shall*rise*up ‘nation against ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν' 11 σεισμοί.τε μεγάλοι nation, and kingdom against kingdom; also “earthquakes ‘great "kara τόπους καὶ! Ἀλιμοὶ καὶ λοιμοὶ" ἔσονται, Ὀφόβη- in different places and famines and pestilences 5881] there be, “fearful YOVTEC, ing, σημεῖον sign Βλέπετε toa" τε καὶ “σημεῖα ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ" μεγάλα ἔσται. 12 Πρὸ Ssights'and and signs “from ‘heaven loreat shalltherebe. *Before δὲ τούτων “ἁπάντων! ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς τὰς χεῖρας ‘but *these *things 3411 “hands αὐτῶν, καὶ διώξουσιν, παραδιδόντες εἰς ὁ συναγωγὰς καὶ ‘their, απᾶ will persecute [you], delivering up to Synagogues and φυλακάς, fayopévouc' ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς καὶ ἡγεμόνας. ἕνεκεν prisons, bringing [you]before kings and governors, onaccount ot τοῦ ὀνόματός. μου.. 13 ἀποβήσεται.ξδὲὶ ὑμῖν εἰς μαρτύριον" my name ; but it shallturn out toyou for a testimony. 14 "θέσθε! οὖν ‘ic τὰς καρδίας" ὑμῶν μὴ προμελετᾷν ἀπο- Settle therefore in your hearts not topremeditate to make λογηθῆναι' 15 ἐγὼ.γὰρ δώσω ὑμῖν στόμα καὶ σοφίαν, a defence ; forI will give you amouth and wisdom, which οὐ.δυνήσονται Κάντειπεῖν Ἰοὐδὲὶ ἀντιστῆναι" ππάντες" οἱ shall “ποῦ “be ®able “to ‘°reply ''to nor to ‘resist tall “those > , ς w ο , ᾿ , ἀντικείμενοι ὑμῖν. 16 παραδοθήσεσθε.δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ γονέων καὶ Ξορροξὶῃρ ἄγοι, But ye will be delivered upeven by parents and they willlay upon you a eee Γ᾿ πάντα LTr. Σ γενέσθαι ταῦτα Α. > φόβηθρά LTraA. f ἀπαγομένους leading [you] away trra. καρδίαις LTfra, κ ἢ ora, Σἀναθέμασιν LT. ἴ - ὧδε Ἠθίθ1, ΚΓ -- ὅτι [υ]π[τιΑ]. ~~ --- οὖν τὰ. : ) ἐπ’ LTTrA. 2 καὶ κατὰ τόπους TTrA. 5 ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ σημεῖα 1,, ἆ πάντων GLTTrAW. 8 --- δὲ but τ[ττα]. 8 λοιμοὶ καὶ λιμοὶ ΙΤΤΑ. 9 + τὰς the ΤῊ ΓΑ]. h θέτε LTTrA. i ἐν ταῖς . ἀντιστῆναι οὐδὲ ἀντειπεῖν 1, ; ἀντιστῆναι ἢ ἀντειπεῖν ([ἢ ἀντειπ.] Tr) TTra, ™ ἅπαντες TTA. met. νο κα, ἀδελφῶν καὶ συγγενῶν καὶ φίλων, καὶ θανατώσουσιν bretliren and _ relations and friends, and they will put to death [some] ἐξ ὑμῶν' 17 καὶ ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων διὰ fromamong you, and ye will be hated by all becau-e of τὺ.ὄνομά.μου. 18 καὶ θρὶξ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὑμῶν οὐ μὴ ἀπό- my name, And a hair of your head in no wise may ληται. 19 ἐν τῇ.ὑπομονῃ.ὑμῶν "κτήσασθε" τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν. perish. By your patient endurance gain your souls, { νι» ἂν ‘ τε 20 Ὅταν.δὲ ἴδητε κυκλουμένην ὑπὸ στρατοπέδων στὴν" Ἱερου - But when yesee *being “encircled *with Sarmies 1 Jeru- σαλήμ, τότε γνῶτε OTL ἤγγικεν ἡ.ἐρήμωσις αὐτῆς. 21 τότε salem then know that has drawn near her desolation. Then οἱ ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ φευγέτωσαν εἰς τὰ ὄρη" καὶ οἱ ἐν those in Judaxa let them flee to the mountains; and those in μέσῳ. αὐτῆς ἐκχωρείτωσαν' καὶ οἱ ἐν ταῖς χώραις μὴ εἰσερχέ- her midst Ict them depart out, and those in the countries “ποὺ ‘ict “thei σθωσαν εἰς αὐτήν. 22 ὅτι ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως αὗταί εἰσιν, τοῦ entcr into her; for days ofavenging these are, Ῥπληδωθῆναι" πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα. 23 οὐαὶ Ιδὲ' ταῖς that muy be accomplished all things that have becn written. But woe to those ἐγ. γαστρὶ. ἐχούσαις καὶ ταῖς θηλαζούσαις ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέ- with child and tothose givingsuck in those pate’ ἔσται.γὰρ ἀνάγκη µεγάλη ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ ὀργὴ Tv" for there shall be *distress ‘great upon the land and wrath among τῷ.λαφῷ.τούτῳ. 24 καὶ πεσοῦνται στόματι "μαχαίρας," καὶ this people. And they shall fall by [the] mouth -of [the] sword, and αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται εἰς ἵπάντα τὰ ἔθνη"" καὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ shall be led captive into all the nations; and Jerusalem ἔσται πατουμένη ὑπὸ ἐθνῶν ἄχρι" Ὁ πληρωθῶσιν shall be trodden down by [the] nations until be fulfilled {the} καιροὶ ἐθνῶν. 25 Καὶ Χέσται' σημεῖα ἐν ἡλίῳ καὶ oedipy times ο [the] nations. And thereshallbe signs in sun and moon καὶ ἄστροις, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς συνοχὴ ἐθνῶν ἐν ἀπορίᾳ, and stars, and upon the earth distress of nations with perpl xity, Σ]χούσης" θαλάσσης καὶ σάλου, 26 ἀποψυχόντων ἀνθρώ- roaring of [the] sea and rolling surge, “fainting “at *heart ?men ή ‘ ΄ ~ ? [ή ~ πων ἀπὸ φόβου καὶ προσδοκίας τῶν ἐπερχομένων τῇ from fear and expectation of that which is coming on the οἰκουμένῃ" αἱ γὰρ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται. habitable earth; for the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. 27 καὶ τότε ὄψονται τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν And then shalltheysee the Son of man coming in ιά \ , se ~ ? , >) νεφέλῃ μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ δόξης πολλῆς. 28 Αρχομενωγ.0ε acloud with power and *glory ‘great. But “beginning , A ’ A ‘ τούτων γίνεσθαι ἀνακύψατε καὶ ἐπάρατε τὰς κεφαλὰς 1these things to come to pass look up and lift up “heads ὑμῶν: διότι ἐγγίζει ἡ.ἀπολύτρωσις ὑμῶν. 29 Καὶ εἶπεν tyour, because draws near your redemption. And he spoke ‘4 > aon, ~ A ’ A πό παραβολὴν αὐτοῖς, Ίδετε τὴν συκῆν καὶ πάντα τὰ δένδρα. a parable tothem: Behold the fig-tree and all the trees: 90 ὅταν προβάλωσιν ἤδη, βλέποντες ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν when “they ὀπρτοαῦ Valready, looking {on them] of yourseives days,* 225 ren, and kinsfolks, and friends; and some of you shall they cause to be put to death. 17 And ye shall be hated of all men for myname’s sake. 18 But there shall not an hair of your head perish, 19 In your patience possess ye your souls. 20 And when ye shall sce Jcrusalem com- passed with armies, thou know that the de- solation thereof 15 nigh, 21 Then letthem Which are in Judea fice to the mountains ; and Τοῦ them whichare in the midst of it de- part out; and let not them that are in the countrics enter there- lito. 22 For thcse be the days of vengeance, that all things which are writtcn may be fulfilled. 23 But woe unto them that are with child, and to them that give suck, in those days! for there shall be great distress in the land, and wrath upon this people. 24 And they shall fall by the οσο of the sword, and shall be led away captive into all nations : and Jeru- salem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled. 25 And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and if the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with per- plexity ; the sea and the waves roaring; 26 men’s hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are com- ing on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall beshaken. 27 And then shail they see the Son of man coming in acloud with power and great glory. 28 And when these things be- gin to come to pass, then look up, and lifc up your heads ; for your redemption draweth nigh. 29 And he spake to them a pa- rable; Behold the fig tree. and all the trees; 30 when they now shoot forth, ye see and LL ae ee eee Ὁ er ρω... ο ---- η κτήσεσθε ye 51.11 gain LTrA. τὴν LTTrA. but 1 Ττγλ. r — ἐν (read to this people) GLTTraw. i πάντα LTTrA. 7 ἄχρις L. Ww + οὗ LTTrA. χα ἔσονται LITA, sound GLITrA. . ᾿ Ρ πλησθῆναι ΟΩΠΤΤΙΑΥ. 5 μαχαίρης TTr. 4 --- δὲ τ ra ἔθνη Υ ἤχους at [the] Q 296 know of your own selves that summer is now nigh at hand. 31 So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand. 32 Verily 1 say unto you, This generation shall not pass away, til. all be fulfilled. 33 Heaven and earth shall pass away: but my words shall not pass away. 34 And take heed to your- selves, lest at any time your hearts be over- charged with surfeit- ing, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and so that day come upon you unawares. 35 For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole earth, 36 Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that ye may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of man. 37 And in the day time he was teaching in the temple; and at night he went out,and abode in the mount that iscalled the mount of Olives. 38 And all the people came early in the morning to him in the temple, for to hear him. XXII. Now the feast of unleavened bread drew nigh, which is called the Passover. 2 And the chief priests and scribes sought how they might kill him ; for they feared the people. 3 Then entered Satan into Ju- das surnamed Iscariot, being of the number of thetwelve. 4 And he went his way, and communed with the chief priests and cap- tains, how he might betray him unto them, 5 And they were glad, and covenanted to give him money. 6 And he promised, ΛΟΥΚΑΣ, τχι σκι oO” ? ι oo ae 9 , ε/ ΠῚ να ἤδη ἐγγὺς τὸ θέρος ἐστίν. 31 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, the summer is. So 31ο ye, bray ἴδητε ταῦτα γιμόμενα γινώσκετε ὅτι ἐγγύς ἐστιν ἡ when yesee these thingscoming topass know that near is. the βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ. 82 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, OTL οὐ μὴ παρ- γινώσκετε ὅτι yeknow ὑδμαῦ already near kingdom of God. Verily Isay to you, that in no wise will have ἔλθῃ ἡ.γενεὰ. αὕτη ἕως.ἂν πάντα γένηται. 33.6 passed away this generation until all shall have taken place. The οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσονται, οἱ-δὲ.λόγοι-µου οὐ.μὴ heaven and the earth shall pass away, put my words inno wise trraptrAQwow." 34 Προσέχετε.δὲ ἑαυτοῖς, μήποτε "βαρυνθῶ- may pass away. But take heed to yourscives, lest _be laden ow" δὑμῶν αἱ καρδίαι" ἐν κραιπάλῃ καὶ μέθῃ καὶ μερίμναις your hearts with surfeiting and drinking and cares βιωτικαῖς, καὶ “αἰφνίδιος ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἐπιστῇ! ἡ-ἡμέρα.ἐκείνη" of life, and suddenly upon you _ should come that day ; ι 35 ὡς “παγὶς. γὰρ ἐπελεύσεται! ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς καθημένους for as a snare shallitcome spon 411 those sitting ἐπὶ πρόσωπον πάσης τῆς γῆς. 36 ἀγρυπνεῖτε “οὖν" ἐν upon the face ofall the earth. Watch therefore at \ ~ , i ~ ~ ~ παντὶ καιρῷ δεόμενοι, ἵνα ἱκαταξιωθῆτε! ἐκφυγεῖν ταῦ- every season praying, that ye may be accounted worthy toescape “these τα πάντα τὰ μέλλοντα γίνεσθαι, καὶ σταθῆναι ἔμπρο- Sthings ‘all which areabout tocometopass, and tostand before σθεν τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. the Son of man. 97 Ἡν δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας δὲν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων") τὰς δὲ. νύκτας Andhewas by day in the temple teaching, and by night 3 , > / ? 4 ” A 4 iy vom ἐξερχόμενος ηὐλίζετο εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ καλούμενον ἐλαιῶν" going out he lodged on. the mount ealled of Olives ; 38 καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ὤρθριζεν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ and all the people came early inthe morning . to him in the ἱερῷ ἀκούειν αὐτοῦ. temple to hear him, 29 ᾿"Ηγγιζεν δὲ ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν. ἀζύμων ἡ Φδλεγομένη And drew near the feast of unleavened (bread] which [15] called πάσχα" 2 καὶ ἐζήτουν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ γραμματεῖς passover ; and 7were ®seeking *the ?chief “priests *and ®the scribes © τὸ πῶς ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν" ἐφοβοῦντο.γὰρ τὸν λαόν. as to how they might put *to*death *him, for they feared the people. 3 Εἰσῆλθεν.δὲ '6" σατανᾶς εἰς ᾿Ιούδαν τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον" And “entered Satan into Judas who is surnamed ? , ” ᾽ ~ ? ~~ , : ᾿ 2 ἳ Ισκαριώτην, ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα" 4 καὶ ἀπελ- Iscariote, being of the number of the .twelve. And having gone ‘ / ~ ~ ~ ~ θὼν συνελάλησεν τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν ὃ καὶ ἱτοῖς! στρατηγοῖς away hespoke with the chief priests and the captains \ ~ ? A “Ὁ ‘ ~ ‘ τὸ πῶς “αὐτὸν παραδῷ αὐτοῖς." ὃ καὶ ἐχάρησαν, καὶ 88 {ο ΠΟῪ him he might deliver up to them. And they rejoiced, and ~ ἡ μι ι δοῦναι" ἃ "καὶ ἐξωμολόγησεν," καὶ to “give. And . he promised, and η ~ ? ΄ συνέθεντο αὐτῷ ἀργύριον agreed Shim *nioney 2 παρελεύσονται Shall pass away Lrtra. ὑμῶν 11. LITra, ὑ - © αἰφνίδιος ἐπιστῇ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς 1; ἐπιστῇ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς αἰφνίδιος TTA. ἐπεισελεύσεται γὰρ (read that day as a snare: for it shall come in) LTTra. 1 _ δ κατισχύσητε ye may prevail rrra. ' καλούμενον is called Trra, ™ αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν LTTrA, 8 βαρηθῶσιν GLTTrAW. b αἱ καρδίαι 4 παγίς" ε δὲ but (wa ch) bh — 6 GLTTrAW. 8 διδάσκων εν τῷ ἱερῷ Tr. 1 — τοῖς Τῖνὰ. k + Kal τοῖς γραμματεῦσιν and the esribes L. B — καὶ ἐξωμολόγησεν (read he sougi.t) L, XXIL LUKE. ἐζήτει εὐκαιρίαν τοῦ παραδοῦναι αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἄτερ sought opportunity to deliver up him tothem away trom [the] ὄχλου." crowd, 7 ᾿ΗἨλθεν.δὲ ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν.ἀζύμων Ρένι ἢ ἔδει Andcame the day of unleavened [bread] in which was needful θύεσθαι τὸ πάσχα. 8 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Πέτρον καὶ VLwavyny,": to be killed the passover. And he sent Peter and John, > , Ἢ θε ς / « ~ ‘ , Η wv Bie ειπὠν, IlopevGevreg ἑτοιμάσατε ἡμῖν τὸ πασχα, wa gayw- saying, Having gone prepare for us the passover, that we may μεν. 9 Οἱ.δὲ ‘elzov" αὐτῷ, Ποῦ θέλεις ἐἑτοιμάσωμεν"; eat [it], But they said tohim, Where willest thou we should prepare? 10 Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ιδού, εἰσελθόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν πόλιν -Andhe said tothem, Lo, onyourhavingentered into the city. συναντήσει ὑμῖν ἄνθρωπος κεράμιον ὕδατος βαστάζων" ἀκο- Swill*meet ‘you 18, *man, apitcher of water carrying; fol- λουθήσατε αὐτῷ εἰς τὴν. οἰκίαν "οὗ" εἰσπορεύεται" 11 καὶ low him into the house where he enters ; and ἐρεῖτε τῷ οἰκοδεσπότῃ τῆς οἰκίας, Λέγει σοι ὃ διδάσ- ye shall say to the master of the house, “Says *to *thee*the *teach- καλος, Ποῦ ἐστιν τὸ κατάλυμα ὕπου τὸ πάσχα μετὰ τῶν er, Where is the guest-chamber where the passover with μαθητῶν.-μου φάγω; 12 Κἀκεῖνος ὑμῖν δείξει τἀνώγεον" my disciples I may eat ? And he Syou ‘will “shew Supper /room μέγα ἐστρωμένον" ἐκεῖ ἑτοιμάσατε. 18 ᾿᾽Απελθόντες δὲ εὗρον ἢ *a°large furnished: there And having gone they found καθὼς εἴρηκεν" αὐτοῖς" prepare. καὶ ἡτοίμασαν τὸ πάσχα. as he had said tothem; and they prepared the passover, 14 Καὶ ὅτε ἐγένετο ἡ ὥρα ἀνέπεσεν, καὶ οἱ δώδεκα! And when was come the hour he reclined fattable],andthe twelve ἀπόστολοι σὺν αὐτῷ. 15 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ἐπιθυμίᾳ apostles with him. And hesaid to them, With desire ἐπεθύμησα τοῦτο τὸ πάσχα φαγεῖν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν πρὸ τοῦ-μεπα- I desired this passover toeat with you _ before’ 1 suf- θεῖν: 16 λέεγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι Σοὐκέτιι ΄ οὐμὴ φάγω "ἐξ fer. ForIsay toyou, that #any *more ‘not *at 411 will I eat of β ἀν Re (lit. no more) ~ e ε ~ a! ~ ΄ ~ ~ A αὐτοῦ" ἕως. ὅτου πληρωθῇ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ. 17 Καὶ it until it be fulfilled in the kingdom of God, And δεξάμενος * ποτήριον, εὐχαριστήσας εἶπεν, Λάβετε τοῦτο, having reeeived a cup, having given thanks he said, Take this, καὶ διαµερίσατε δἑαυτοῖςἹ 18 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, “ὅτι! οὐ.μὴ and divide [107 among yourselves, ForIsay toyou, that notatall πίω ἃ ἀπὸ τοῦ «γεννήματος!ἳ τῆς ἀμπέλου ἕως.ἰὅτου! ἡ will I drink of the fruit ofthe vine until the βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ἔλθῃ. 19 Kai λαβὼν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστή- kingdom of God be come. And having taken a loaf, having given σας ἔκλασεν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων, Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά thanks. he broke, and gave tothem, saying, This is “body µου, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον" τοῦτο ποιεῖτε Seg! τὴν ἐμὴν my, which for you is given: this do in the 7of *me ἀνάμνησιν. 20™“Qoatrwe καὶ τὸ ποτήριον" μετὰ τὸ.δειπνῆ- ‘remembrance. In like manner also the cup after having supped, Ῥ — ἐν (read ἡ in which) Tra. t εἰς ἣν IN Which LYTra. ¥ --- οὐκέτι [11.]Δ. δ αὐτὸ it LTTra. ὃ ἄτερ ὄχλου αὐτοῖς LTTrA, LTTra. . 5 + [σοι] tor thee 1.. τὰ. *— δώδεκα LTTrA. Ὁ εις ἑαυτούς LTTrA. ο — ὅτι TrA. Litraw.’ ἰοῦ τὰς, 8 [εἰ5] ἃ. 2 καὶ τὸ ποτήριον ὡσαύτως TTA, ᾳ Ἰωάνην Tr. ν ἀνάγαιον GLTTrAW. . 4 4 ἀπὸ τοῦ viv henceforth T[Tra]. 227 and sought opportu. nity to betray him unto them in the ab- sence of the multitude, 7 Then came the day of unleavened bread, when the _ passover must be killed. 8 And he sent Peter andJohn, saying, Go and pre- pare us the passover, that we may eat. 9 And they said unto hin, Where wilt thou that ‘we prepare? 10° And he-said unto them, Be- hoid, when ye are en- - tered into the city, there shall a‘man meet you, bearing a pitcher of water; follow him into the house where he entereth in, 11 And ye shall say unto the good man of the house, The Master saith unto thee, Where is the guestchamber, where I shall eat the pass- over with my disci- ples? 12 And he shall shew you a large up- per room furnished: there make ready. 13 And they went, and found as he had said unto them: and they made ready the pass- over. 14 And when the hour was come, he sat down, and the twelve apostles’ with him, 15 And he said unto them, With desire I have desired to eat this passover with you before I suffer: 16 for I say unto you, I will not any more eat thereof, until.it be fulfilled in the king- dom of God. 17 And he, took the cup, and gave thanks, and said, Take this, and divide it among yourselves: 18 for I say unto you, I will not drink of the fruit of the vine, until the kingdom of God shallcome. 19 And he took bread, and gave thanks, and brake ἐξ, and gave unto them, saying, This is’ my body which is given ‘for you: this do in re- membrance of me, 20 Likewise also the cup after supper, say- τ εἶπαν Υ εἰρήκει a - τὸ the (cup) L. ε γενήματος 228 ing, This cup 18 the new testament in my blood, which is shed for you. 21 But, be- hold, the hand of him that betrayeth me 18 with me on the table. 22 And truly the Son of man goeth, as it was determined: but woe unto that man by whom he is betrayed ! 23 And they began to inquire among them- selves, which of them it was that should do this thing. 24 And there was ‘also a strife among them, which of them should be accounted the greatest. 25 And he said -unto them, The kiags of the Gen- tiles exercise lordship over them; and they that exercise authority upon them are called benefactors. 26 But ye shall not be so: but he that is greatest among you, let him be as the younger; and he that is chief, as he that doth serve. 27 For whether is greater, he that sitteth at meat, or he that serveth? is not he that sitteth at meat? but I am among you as he that serveth. 28 Ye are they which have con- tinued with me in m temptations. 29 And I appoint unto you a kingdom, as my Fa- ther hath appointed unto me; 30 that ye may eat aad drink at my table in my king- dom, andsit on thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel. 31 And the Lordsaid, Simon, Simon, behold, Satan hath desired to have you, that he may* sift you as wheat: 32 but I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not: and when thou art converted, strengthen thy brcth- ren.. 33 And he said sunto him, Lord, I am ready to go with thee, both into prison, and to death. 34 And he said, I tell thee, Peter, ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. ΧΧΙ. ~ ΄ é , ’ ~ σαι, λέγων, Τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐν τῷ saying, This cup {is] the new covenant in αἵματί.μου, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ᾿ἐκχυνόμενον." 21 Πλὴν ἰδού, my blood, which for you is poured out. Moreover, behold, ε ‘ ~ . , ? τ - “ ? ‘ ~ , ἡ χεὶρ τοῦ παραδιδόντος µε μετ᾽ εµου ἔπι τῆς τραπέζης. the hand οἱ him delfvering up τη [is] with me on the table ; 22 Κκαὶ ὁ.μὲν υἱὸς' τοῦ ἀνθρώπου πορεύεται κατὰ and indeed the Son ἃ of man goes according as e ν , 4 ‘ met, £33 / > τ ὡρίσμένονἹ πλὴν οὐαὶ τῷ. ἀνθρώπῳ. ἐκείνῳ Ov οὗ παρα- it has been determined, but woe to that man by whom he is de- δίδοται. 23 Καὶ αὐτοὶ ἤρξαντο "συζητεῖνὶ πρὸς ἑαυτούς, livered up. And they began to.question together among themselves, 'τό, τίς ἄρα εἴη ἐξ αὐτῶν ὁ τοῦτο μέλλων πράσσειν. this, who then it might Ὦο οἱ them who this was about to do. 24 ’Eyévero.cé καὶ φιλονεικία ἐν αὐτοῖς, τύ, τίς αὐτῶν And there was also astrife among them, this, which of them δοκεῖ εἶναι μείζων. 25 6.08 εἶπὲν αὐτοῖς, Οἱ βασιλεῖς is thought to be [the] greater. Andhe said to them, The kings «τῶν ἐθνῶν κυριεύουσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἐξουσιάζοντες of the nations rule over them, and those exercising authority over > ~ ᾽ [4 ~ « ~ A ? e ὁ 2 ? αὐτῶν εὐεργέται καλοῦνται. 26 ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἀλλ τὸ them well-doers are called. Bytye not thus * (shall be}; but ὁ μείζων ἐν ὑμῖν "γενέσθωϊ ὡς ὁ νεώτερος καὶ ὁ the greater .among you let him be as the younger, aud he that ἡγούμενος ὡς ὁ διακονῶν. 27 τίς.γὰρ μείζων, ὁ leads as hethat . serves. For which [is] greater, he that ἀνακείμενος ὁ διακονῶν ; οὐχὶ ὁ ἀνακείμε- reclines+ [at table] or he that serves? {Is] not he that reclines γος; ἐγὼ.δὲ “εἰμι ἐν ἐσῳ ὑμῶν" ὡς ὁ. διακονῶν. {at table]? δια am in([the] midst ofyou ashethat serves. οἱ are they who 28 Ὑμεῖς.δέ ἐστε. διαµεµενηκότες μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐν τοῖς But το have continued with - me in πειρασμοῖς.μου' 29 κἀγὼ διατίθἐµαι ὑμῖν, καθὼς διέθετό my temptations. AndI appoint to you, as. 3appointed ε ΄ Xx ) “ Pp? ΄ Ἱ \ ΄ μοι ὁ.πατήρ.µου, βασιλείαν, 80 ἵνα Ῥέσθίητε! καὶ πίνητε *to®*me ἾΩΥ “father, akingdom, that yemayeat and may drink >? ~ , ~ , . ‘ , ‘ ἐπὶ τῆς.τραπέζης.µου ἐν τῷ.βασιλείᾳ.μου, καὶ Ἱκαθίσησθεϊ ἐπὶ εὖ my table in my kingdom, and may sit on ιά ’ , μή ‘ ~ θρόνων, κρίνοντες τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. thrones, judging the .twelve tribes of Israel. 31 ΣΕἶπεν.δὲ ὁ κύριος, Σίμων, Σίμων, ἰδού; ὁ σατανᾶς And “said *the “Lord, Simon, Simon, lo, Satan ? / ε ~ ~ 7 € ay ~ ἐξῃτήσατο ὑμᾶς, τοῦ σινιάσαι ὡς τὸν σῖτον' 32 ἐγὼ demanded to have you,- forthe sifting [you] as wheat ; ot aS / ‘ ~ , ‘ ? ΄ « , ‘ δὲ ἐδεήθην περὶ σοῦ, ἵνα μὴ Sixdeimry' ἡ.πίστις σου’ καὶ σὺ αραῦ besought for thee, that may not fail . thy faith ; and *thou = ? , ? / © ‘ ποτε ἐπιστρέψας Ἱστήριξονὶ τοὺς ἀδελφούς.σου. 33 Ὁ.δὲ when hast turned back confirm thy brethren. ~ And he 7 ᾽ ~ , if ‘ ~ : , \ ‘ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, μετὰ σοῦ ἕτοιμός εἰμι καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν καὶ said tohim,. Lord, with thee. ready Jam both to’ ‘prison and ? / 4 \ / εἰς θάνατον πορεύεσθαι. 84 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Λέγω σοι, ἨΠέτρε, το, death to go. Andhe said, 1 1611 thee. - Petcr. * ἐκχυννύμενον LTTra. ™ συνζητεῖν LTTra. 4 καθίσεσθε κύριος Τ[Ττ]Α.. “ ye shall Sit στὴν ; καθήσεσθε ye Shall sit TTr ; κάθησθε A. 5 ἐκλίπῃ LITrA.” στήρισον LITra, - c ες = Ξ 4 > « -: ΄ ΄ __ - ὅτι (for) ὁ υἱὸς μὲν Tra. | κατὰ τὸ ὡρισμένον πορεύεται LTTrA. - 2 γινέσθω TTrA. 9 ἐν µέσω ὑμῶν εἰμι TTrA. Ρ ἔσθητε LTTrA. τ -α Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ exit, LU Ε.Ε, οὐ “μὴ" φωνήσει σῆμερον ἀλέκτω ᾿Υπρὶν ἢ τρὶς τάπαρ- in no wise shall crow λος [119] . cock— before that thrice thou wilt won μὴ! εἰδέναι με." deny knowing me._ 3& ‘Kai εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, “Ore ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς ἄτερ Ἰ2βαλαν- νο And he said {ο them, When I sent you without / , purse τίου" καὶ ἡ πήρας καὶ ὑποδημάτων, μή τινος ὑστερήσατε: and provision bag and sandals, anything did ye lack? Οἱ δὲ Δεῖπον,' δΟὐδενός.ϊ 96 “Εἶπεν οὖν" αὐτοῖς; ᾿Αλλὰ Απά they said, Nothing. He said therefore tothem, *However νῦν ὁ ἔχων βαλάντιον" ἀράτω, ὁμοίως καὶ πήραν’ now he'whc has let him take (it), i in like manner also ο bagi καὶ ὁ μὴ έχων πωλησάτω τὺ.ἰμάτιογ.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀγορασάτω andhewho hasnot [one] let him sell his es and a a purse μάχαιραν" 37 λέγω.γὰρ ὑμῖν, ὅτι “ἔτι' τοῦτο τὸ γεγραμμένον. 8, sword; forIsay to es that yet ~ ~ 3 ? δεῖ τελεσθῆναι ἐν ἐμοί, fro" Καὶ μετὰ must beaccomplished in me, καὶ.Ξ γὰρ" τὸ] this that has been written ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη"- And with ο) lawless he was reckoned: περὶ ἐμοῦ τέλος ἔχει. 38 Οἱ δὲ δεῖπον," foralso the sence, concerning me anend have. And they said, Κύριε, ἰδού, μάχαιραι ὧδε δύο. Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Lord, _bebold, “swords ‘here [7416] *two. And he _ said to them. Ἱκανόν ἐστιν. 3Enough Pit 5215. κατὰ πα to 39 Kai ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη And going forth, he wen ? ~ των ἐλαιῶν" τὸ ἔθος εἰς τὸ ὄρος custom {ο the mount ἠκολούθησαν.δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰαὐτοῦ.! of Olives, and followed him also his disciples. 40 γενόμενος.δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ τύπον εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Προσεύχεσθε And having arrived at the place hesaid {Το them, Pray μὴ-εἰσελθεῖν εἰς πειρασμόν. 41 Καὶ αὐτὸς. ἀπεσπάσθη ἀπ’ not toenter’ into temptation. And he was withdrawn from αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λίθου βολήν, Kai θεὶς. τὰ.γόνατα .προσηύχετο, then: about astone’s throw, and falling on [his] knces he κε 49 λέγων, Πάτερ, εἰ βούλει ἄπαρενεγκεῖν' ἱτὸ ποτῄοιον ee mag μμ if thou art willing to take away 2cup τοῦτο" am ἐμοῦ" πλὴν μὴ τὺθέλημά.µου, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὺν ™yE- this from me—; but not my will, but cae be νέσθω.! 43 "Ὢφθη δὲ αὐτῷ ἄγγελος “ἀπ᾽! οὐρανοῦ ἐνισχύων done. And appeared tohim anangel from heaven eee αὐτόν. 44 καὶ γενόμενος ἐν ἀγωνίᾳ ἐκτενέστερον προσηύχετο. him. And being -in conflict moreintently he prayed. Ῥἐγένετο.δὲ ὁ! ἱδρὼς. αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ θρόμβοι αἵματος Ίκατα- And became his sweat as great drops of blood falling βαίνοντες: ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν." 45 Καὶ ἀναστὰς ἀπὸ τῆς down to the earth. And ‘Raving risen up from προσευχῆς; ἐλθὼν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς εὗρεν "αὐτοὺς κοιμω- prayer, coming to the disciples hefound them sleep- — μὴ (read shall not crow) ΤΤ:Α. ¥ ἕως until Lrtra. ο. LTr. J [μὴ] aA. 2 βαλλαντίου LTTrAW. 9 εἶπαν LITrA. ο ὃ δὲ εἶπεν but he said T; εἶπεν δὲ Tr. d βαλλάντιον LTTrAW. 8 [yap] LTr. h τὸ that (concerning me bas an end) TTra. ciples) TTra. Ἀπαρενέγκαι T; παρένεγκὲ take away LTr. τι γινέσθω TTrAW. ἢ verses 43, 44 in Γι. ὃ ({ὁ] A) ΤΑ. 4 καταβαίνοντος ΤΑ, αὐτοὺς TTra, ε — ἔτι LTTrA. i — αὐτοῦ (read the dis- 1 τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον TTrA. ο ἀπὸ τοῦ from the Ltr. τ 43 αὐτοῦ (read his disciples) E, | 229 the cock shall not crow this day, before that thou shalt thrice deny that thou know- est me 35 And he ssid unto them, When I sent you without purse, and scrip, and shoes, lacked ye any’ thing? And they said, Nothing. 36 Then said he unto ‘them, But now, he that hath a purse, let him take τί, and like- wise his scrip: and he that ‘hath no sword, let him sell his gar- ment, and buy one. 37 For I say unto you, that this that is writ- ten must yet be ac- somplished in me, And he was reckoned a- mong the transgres- sors: for the things concerning me have an end. 38 And they said, Lord, behold, here are two swords. And he said untothem, It is enough. 39 And he caine out, and went, as he was wont, to the mount of Olives; and his disci- ples also followed him. 40 And when he was at the place, he said unto them, Pray that ye enter not into temp- tation. 4] And he was withdrawn from them about a stone’s cast, and kneeled down, and prayed, 42 saying, Father, if thou be willing, remove this cup from me: aever- theless not my will, but thine, be done. 43 And there appeared an angel unto him from heaven, strength- ening him. 44 And being: in an agony he prayed more earnestly: and his sweat wus as it were great drops of blood falling down to the ground. 45 And when he rose up from prayer, and was coine to his disciples, he found them sleeping x µε ἀπαρνήσῃ Ὁ Οὐθενός TTrA. fore 1, Ρ καὶ ἐγένετο 5 κοιμωμένους «90 for sorrow, 46 and said unto them, Why sleep ye? rise and pray, lest ye enter into temp-. tation. 47 And while he yet spake, behold a multi- tude, and he that was called Judas, one of the twelve, went be- fore them, and drew near unto Jesus to kiss him. 48 But Jesus said unto him, Judas, betrayest thou the Son of man with a kiss? 49 When they which were about him saw what would follow, they said unto him, Lord, shall we smite withthe sword? 50 And one of them smote the servant of the high priest, and cut off his right ear. 51 And Je- sus answered and said, Suffer ye thus far. And he touched his ear, and healed him. 52 Then Jesus said unto the chief priests, and captains of the temple, and the elders, which were come to him, Be ye tome out, as against a thief, with swords and staves? 53 When I was daily with -you in the tem- ple, ye stretched forth no hands against me: but this is your hour, and the power of dark- ness. 54 Then took they him, and led him, and brought him into the high priest’s house. And Peter followed afar off. 55 And when they had kindled a fire in the midst of the hall, and were set down together, Peter Sat down among them. 56 But a certain maid beheld him as he sat by the fire, and earn- estly looked upon him, and said, Thisman was also with him, 57 And he denied him, saying, Woman, I know him not. 58 And after a. little while another Baw him, and said, ’ I 380 know him, ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XXII. . 3 > ~ , ΄ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τί καθεύδετε ; απᾶ» Ὦο said tothem, Why ἍεΙεερτοῦ > ᾿ \ ο νά 2 , ἀναστάντες προσεύχεσθε, ἵνα μὴ.είσελθητε εἰς πειρασμόν. Having risen up pray, that ye may not enter into temptation. 47 ἜΕτι δὲ αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος, ἰδοὺ ὄχλος, καὶ & λεγό- Απᾶ ἡγοῦ. ‘as "he *was speaking, behold acrowd, andhewho was μενος Ἰούδας, εἷς τῶν δώδεκα, προήρχετο αὐτῶν," καὶ called Judas, one ofthe twelve, was going before them, and ἤγγισεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ φιλῆσαι αὐτόν. 48 Σὸ.δὲ Ἰησοῦς' εἶπεν drew near to Jesus ἴο kiss him. - But Jesus said αὐτῷ, Ἰούδα, φιλήματι τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως ; tohim, Judas, withakiss the Son of man deliverest thou up ? 49 Ἰδόντες δὲ οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν τὸ ἐσόμένον γεῖπον" Απᾷ ‘seeing 'those?around “him what wasabouttohappen said ταὐτῷ," Κύριε, εἰ πατάζοµεν ἐν μαχαίρᾳ"; 50 Kai ἐπά. to him, Lord, shall we smite with [the] sword? And ‘smote ταξεν εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν “roy δοῦλον τοῦ ἀρχιερέως," καὶ Sone'a?certain*of ‘them the bondman ofthe high priest, and ἀφεῖλεν “αὐτοῦ τὸ οὖς" τὸ δεξιόν. 51 ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς . took off his 7ear right. . And answering. Jesus = ? ~ e , Δ ε / - 3 , d > ο.) εἶπεν, Eare ἕως-τούτου. Kai ἁψάμενος του ὠτιου “avToU said, Suffer thus far. © And having touched the 681. of him ΔΆ 7 , is Δ e ς Π 9 ~ A ; 3 ἰάσατο αὐτόν. 52 Εἶπεν δὲ “ὁ" Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τοὺς παρα» And ?said + Jesus to those who were μένους! ἀπὸ τῆς λύπης, 46 ing from grief, he healed him. γενομένους fi’ αὐτὸν ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ στρατηγοὺς τοῦ ἱεροῦ come against him, chief priests and captains of the temple καὶ πρεσβυτέρους, ‘Qc ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ϑἐξεληλύθατε! pera and elders, ‘As against arobber have ye come out with μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων ; 53 καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ὄντος-μου μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν swords and staves? Daily whenI was with you ? ἣν 65 ~ ? ? / ᾿ - ἣν ὁ 8 Φ' ή h ? "4 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ οὐκ.ἐξετείνατε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ ἐμε. MANA in the temple ye stretched not qut [your] hands against me; but αὕτη Ἰὑμῶν ior" ἡ ὥρα, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ σκότους. this "τουσ tis hour, andthe power of darkness. 54 Συλλαβόντες.δὲ αὐτὸν Ίγαγον,. καὶ εἰσήγαγον * . And having seized him they led [him away], and led Καὐτὸν" εἰς ἱτὸν οἶκον" τοῦ ἀρχιερέως" ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει him * into the house ofthe high priest. And Peter was following µακρόθεν. .55 πἁψάντων" δὲ πῦρ ἐν μέσῳ τῆς αὐλῆς, afar off. ‘And having kindled a fire in [the] midst of the court, καὶ "ovyrabicav7wy' “οαὐτῶν" ἐκάθητο ὁ Πέτρος Ρἐν μέσῳ" and *having *sat*down*together ‘they 18.0 ®Peter anong αὐτῶν. 56 ἰδοῦσα.δὲ αὐτὸν παιδίσκη τις καθήμενον πρὸς them, And *having *seen Shim JaSmaid “certain - sitting τν τὸ φῶς, καὶ ἀτενίσασα αὐτῷ, εἶπεν, Καὶ οὗτος σὺν the light, and having looked intently on him, said, And this one with > ~ F 7 Ὁ δὲ ? , 4 > , if , r , > αὐτῷ ἦν. ἢ .0& ἠρνήσατο αὐτόν," λέγων, τΓύναι, οὐκ him was. But he saying, Woman, “ποῦ olda αὐτόν." 58 Καὶ μετὰ βραχὺ ἕτερος ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ἔφη, And after alittle another seeing him. said, ae , denied. him, ‘ ¥— δὲ and trtraw.. 5-- αὐτῷ TTrA. ἃ — αὐτοῦ ΤΊτΑ. 1 ἐστὶν ὑμῶν LITA. ΤΊτΑ. Ρ µέσος TTrA, "3 μαχαίρῃ TIra. ὃ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τὸν δοῦλον TTrA © — ο LTIra. Ὁ περικαθισάντων, having sat around L; συνκαθισάντων T, 4 --- αὐτὸν LTr[a], ν αὐτούς GLTTrAW. Υ εἶπαν LTTrA. ο τὸ οὓς αὐτοῦ LTTrA. ᾿Ε πρὸς T. 8 ἐξήλθατε Came ye Out Ltr. Ἀ ἀλλὰ TrA. Κ--- αὐτὸν (read [him]) ΤΑ. 1 τὴν οἰκίαν ΤΊΣΑ. ™ περιαψάντων ‘0 — αὐτῶν LTTrA, x ᾿]ησοῦς δὲ TTrA. ; οὐκ οἶδα αὐτόν, γύναι TTA, XXII, XXIII. LUKE. Καὶ ov εξ αυτων el. Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος *eizev,'""AvOow7e, οὐκ.εἰμί. And thou of them rt. But Peter said, Man, ΟΖ τὰ not. BY Καὶ διαστάσης ὡσεὶ ὥρας μιᾶς, ἄλλος τις διϊσχυρίζετο, And havingelapsed about “hour ‘one, : *other °a*certain strongly affirmed, [ή / ‘ - ? 7 ο Σ ” ‘ 4 λέγων, Ἐπ᾽ ἀληθείας καὶ οὗτος μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἦν' καὶ. γὰρ Γαλι- saying, ᾽ In truth also this one with him was; foralso a Gali- λαῖός ἐστιν. 60 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος, Ανθρωπε, οὐκ οἶδα ὃ lean he 15, And “said Peter, Man, I know not what / ‘ ~ β » ᾿ ~ ~ ’ λέγεις. Καὶ παραχρῆμα, ἔτι λαλοῦντος. αὐτοῦ, ἐφώνησεν thou sayest. And immediately, yet ‘as he was speaking, Screw to" ἀλέκτωρ" 6] καὶ στραφεὶς ὁ κύριος ἐνέβλεψεν τῷ Πέτρῳ' 4the 7eock. And having turned, the Lord looked at Peter ; καὶ ὑπεμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ λόγου τοῦ κυρίου, we εἶπεν αὐτῷ, and *remembered 1Peter the word ‘ofthe Lord, how hesaid to him, Ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι ἀπαρνήσῃ µε τρίς. 62 Καὶ Before [the] cock crow thou wilt deny me thrice. And ἐξελθὼν ἔξω τὸ Πέτρος! ἔκλαυσεν πικρῶς. having gone forth outside Peter wept bitterly. 63 Kai οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ συνέχοντες “τὸν Ἰησοῦν" ἐνέπαιζον And the men _ who “were holding Jesus mocked αὐτῷ, δέροντες G64 καὶ περικαλύψαντες αὐτὸν ἔτυπτον him, beating [him]; and having.coveredup him _ they were striking αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπο», καὶ" ἐπηρώτων ταὐτόν," λέγοντες, Προ- his face, and were asking him, saying, Pro- / / 2 « / a A ε/ 3 Φήτευσον, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παίσας σε; 65 Καὶ ἕτερα πολλὰ phesy, who isit that struck thee? And ?other “things ‘many βλασφημοῦντες ἔλεγον εἰς αὐτόν. blasphemously they said to him, 66 Kai ὡς "ἐγένετο ἡμέρα συνήχθη τὸ πρεσβυτέριον And whenit became day were gathered together the elderhood τοῦ λαοῦ, ἀρχιερεῖς τε καὶ γραμματεῖς, καὶ "ἀνήγαγον" αὐτὸν of the people, both chief priests and . scribes, and- they led him εἰς τὸ συνέδριον θῬἑαυτῶν," λέγοντες, 67 Ei σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός, into ?sanhedrim their, saying, If thou art the Christ, ἘΠῚ δῇ »ν 7 " απ ε » ” ? \ εἰπὲ! ἡμῖν. Ἐϊπεν.δὲ αὐτοῖς, Ἐὰν ὑμῖν εἴπω, οὔ-μὴ tell us, And he said to them, If you I should tell, not at all musrevonre’ 68 ἐὰν.δὲ ἀκαὶ! ἐρωτήσω, οὐ.μὴ ἀποκρι- would ye believe; and if also I should ask [you], not at all would ye θῆτε «μοι, ἢ ἀπολύσητε.! 69 ἀπὺ.τοῦ.νῦν ' ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ answer me, nor let [me] go. Henceforth shall be the Son ἀνθρώπου καθήµενος ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάµεως τοῦ θεοῦ. of man sitting at[the]right hand ofthe power of God, 70 εΕἶήον' δὲ πάντες, Σὺ οὖν εἶ ὁ vide τοῦ θεοῦ; Ὁ δὲ And they 2βαϊᾶ 1411, Thou then art the Son of God? Andhe πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἔφη, Ὑ μεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. 71 Οἱ.δὲ λεῖπον," το them said, Ye say, that 1 am, Andthey said, Ti ἔτι Ἰχρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας"; αὐτοὶ. γὰρ ἠκούσαμεν What any more need havewe of.witness? for ourselves have heard ἀπὸ τοῦ.στόματος.αὐτοῦ. from his [own] mouth. ~ Σ ΄ ~ ” 93 Kai ἀναστὰν ἅπαν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν "ἤγαγεν" And havingrisenup all the multitude of them led 5 ἔφη ΤΊΤΑ. t — ὁ (read [the ]) GLTTraw. (read he wept) αττι[Α]. * αὐτὸν him LTTra. . — αὐτὸν ΤΊΤΑ. 6 ἀπήγαγον they led away TTra. @— καὶ LTTrA. 8 — μοι ἢ ἀπολύσητε 1 ΤτΑ]. Ἀ εἶπαν LITA, | ἔχομεν μαρτυρίας χρείαν Τ1ΓΑ» v + σήμερον to-day TTrA. ¥ — ἔτυπτον αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπο», καὶ (L}TTrA. Ὁ αὐτῶν TTrAW. f + δὲ however LTTrA, κ ἤγαγον GLITrAW, 99] Thou art also οὗ them. And Peter said, Man, Iam not. 59 And a- bout the space of one hour after another confidently affirmed; saying, Of a truth this fellow also was with him: for he is a Gali- lean. 60 And Peter said, Man, I know not what thousayest. And immediately, while he yet spake, the cock crew. 61 And the Lord turned, and looked upon Peter. And Peter remembered the word of the Lord. how he had said uuto him, Before the cock crow, thou shalt deny me thrice. 62 And Peter went out, and wept bitterly. 63 And the men that heldJesus motked him, and smote him. 64 And when they had blind- folded him,they struck him on the face, and asked him, saying, Prophesy, who is it that smote thee ? 65 And many other things blasphemously spake . they against him, 66 And as soon as it was day, the elders of the people and the chief priests and the scribes came together, and led him into their council, saying, 67 Art thou the Christ ? tell us. And he said unto them, If I tell you ye will not belicve: 68 and if I also ask you, ye will not answer me, nor let me go. 69 Here- after shall the Son of man sit the right hand of the power of God. 70 Then said they all, Art thou then the Son of God? And he said unto them, Ye say that 1 am. 71 And they said, What need we any further wit- ness? for we ourselves have heard of his own mouth, XXIII.- And the whole multitude of them arose, and led ~ — ὁ Πέτρος © εἰπὸν ΤΤΤΑ. 8 εἶπαν TTA, 232 him unto Pilate, 2 And they began to accuse him, seying, We found this feliow perverting the nation, and for- bidding to give tribute to Cesar, saying that he himself is Christ a King. 3 And Pilate asked him, saying, Art thou the King of the Jews ? And be answer- ed him and said, Thou sayest it. 4 Then said Pilate to the chief pricsts and to the peo- ple, I find vo fault in thisman. 5 And they were tne more fierce, saying, He stirreth up the people, teaching throughout all Jewry, beginning from Ga- lilee to this place. 6 When Pilate heard of Galilee, he asked whether the man were a Galilean. 7 And as soon as he knew that he belonged unto He- rod’s jurisdiction, he sent him to Herod, who himself also was at Jerusalem at that time. 8 And when Herod ‘saw Jesus, he was exceeding glad: for he was desirous to see him of a long season, because he had heard many things of him; and he hoped to have seen some mi- racle done by him. 9 Then he questioned with him in many words; but he answer- edhim nothing. 10 And the chief priests and scribes stood and ve- hemently accused him. 11 And Herod with his men of war set him at nought, and mocked him, and arrayed him in a gorgeous robe, and sent him again to Pilate. 12 And the same day Pilate and Herod were made friends together: for before th~y were at en- mity between them- selves - 13 And Pilate, when he had called together the chief priests and the rulers and the peo- le, 14 said unto them, e have brought this ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XXIIL αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸν 1Πιλάτον.ὶ 2 ἤρξαντο.δὲ κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ, him to Pilate. And they began to accuse hin, λέγοντες, Τοῦτον πιεύρομεν" διαστρέφοντα τὸ ἔθνος", καὶ saying, This [man] we found perverting the nation, and ͵ 3 ow , , Π ὃ ὃ , PE -@ ay a κωλύοντα “Καίσαρι φόρους" διδόναι, PAtyovra ἑαυτὸν χριστὸν forbidding “*to°Cxsar “tribute *?to *give, saying himself *Christ βασιλέα εἶναι. 3 Ο-δὲ.Πιλάτος" Σἐπηρώτησεν' αὐτόν, λέγων, δα *king lis, And Pilate questioned him, saying, Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων; Ὁ.-δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ποια ‘art the. king of the Jews? Andhe answering him ἔφη, Σὺ λέγεις. 4 Ὁ. δὲ. “Πιλάτος" εἶπεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς said, Thou sayest. _ And Pilate said to the chief priests καὶ τοὺς ὄχλους, Οὐδὲν εὑρίσκω αἴτιον ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. τούτῳ. and the crowds, Nothirz ἄπάΙ blamable in this man. 5 Οἱ δὲ ἐπίσχυον, λέγοντες, Ὅτι ἀνασείει τὸν λαόν, διδάσ- But they were insisting, saying, He stirs up the people, teach- ? ef ~ * 4 / 5 7 ’ ᾽ ‘4 ~ κων καθ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας, δ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλι- ing throughout,?whole ‘the of Judza, beginning from Gali- λαίας ἕως woe. 6 αΠιλάτος δὲ ἀκούσας ἵΓαλιλαίανὶ lee even to here. But Pilate having heard Galilee ᾖ[παπιθᾶ] ἐπηρώτησεν εἰ 0 ἄνθρωπος Γαλιλαῖός ἐστιν 7 καὶ ἔπι- asked whether the man ὃς °Galilean ‘is; and having γνοὺς ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρώδου ἐστίν, ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν known that from the jurisdiction of Herod heis, he sent up *him πρὸς " “Howdny, ὄντα καὶ αὐτὸν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν ταύταις to Herod, ‘being 7also ‘he at Jerusalem in those ταῖς ἡμέραις. 8 ὁ δὲ Ἡρώδης ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐχάρη λίαν days. And Herod seeing Jesus rejoiced greatly, ἦν. γὰρ Ὑθέλων ἐξ ἱκανοῦ"! ἰδεῖν αὐτόν, διὰ τὸ ἀκούειν for he was. wishing for long to see him, because of hearing πολλὰ" περὶ αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἠλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν ὑπ᾽ manythingsconcerning him; andhe was hopingsome sign tosee “by αὐτοῦ γινόμενον. 9 ἐπηρώτα.δὲ αὐτὸν ἐν λόγοις ἱκανοῖς" Shim *done. And he questioned him in ?words Imaby, αὐτὸς δὲ οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ. 10 εἱστήκεισαν. δὲ οἱ ἀρχ- buthe nothing answered him. And ‘had *stood ‘the , *chief ιερῖς καὶ OL γραμματεῖς, εὐτόνως κατηγοροῦντες. αὐτοῦ. *priests *and the ®scribes; violently accusing him, 11 εξουθενήσας-δὲ αὐτὸν 7 ὁ Ἡρώδης σὺν τοῖς στρατεύμασιν And “haying “set °at °nought *him 1Herod with .*troops αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐμπαίξας, περιβαλὼν ταὐτὸν" ἐσθῆτα λαμ- this, and having mocked [him], having put on bim ?apparel spien- πρὰν ἀνέπεμψεν αὐτὸν τῷ "Πιλάτῳ." 12 ἐγένοντο.δὲ φίλοι did he sent *back ‘him to Pilate. And became friends ὅτε." Πιλάτος καὶ ὁ Ἡρώδης" ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ per’ ἀλλήλων' both Pilate and Herod on thatsame day: with one another; προὐπηρχο».γὰρ ἐν ἔχθρᾳ ὄντες πρὸς «ἑαυτούς.! for before they were at. enmity ' between themselves. 19 αΠιλάτος' δὲ Ἰσυγκαλεσάμενος! τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τους And Pilate having called together the chief priests and the ἄρχοντας καὶ τὸν λαόν, 14 εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Προσηνέγκατε rulers and the people, said to them, Ye brought “MEL ee SS πο ο eee eee , 1Πειλατον 2. Καίσαρι LITrA, even τττ[α]. wishing Lrtra. ® Πειλάτω 1, ™ εὕραμεν TTrA. P + καὶ and [L]rrr[a]. t — Ῥαλιλαίαν [a]. 2 — πολλὰ TTrA. b “Hpwons κας ὁ Πιλάτος (Πειλ, 1) ΤΊΡΑ, 2 + ἡμῶν (read our nation) Lrtr[a]w. ο φόρους 4 ΠΠέειλᾶτος Τ. τ ἠρώτησεν ΤΊτΑ.: 8+ καὶ 7 τὸν 1. » εξ ἱκανῶν χρόνων θέλων Many times Υ καὶ also τ, *— αὐτὸν (ead [him)) [r.Ja[tr]a. Savrovs Tira. ἀσυνκαλεσάβενος Τ, XXTIT. LUKE. μοι τὸν. ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον, ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν’ καὶ to mae this man, as turning away the people; and ἰδού, ἐγὼ ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ἀνακρίνας εοὐδὲν" εὗρον ἐν τῷ behold, I before you having examined [him] nothing ‘found in ἀνθρώπῳ. τούτῳ αἴτιον ὧν κατηγορεῖτε this'man blamable [as to the things] uf which ye bring accusation κατ αὐτοῦ" 15 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ Ἡρώδης' ἰἀνέπεμψα.γὰρ ὑμᾶς πρὸς ageinst him ; nor even Herod, for I sent *up tyou to αὐτόν," καὶ ἰδού, οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον hin, and lo, nothing worthy of death is done αὐτῷ. 16 παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν ἀπολύσω. 17 Εξ Ανάγκην by him. Ἠατίης ?chastised@*therefore him I will release [him]. “Necessity δὲ εἶχεν ἀπολύειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ ἑορτὴν ἕνα." 18 Ἀάνέ- ᾿ ἔηον 6 “Πηαᾶ torelease tothem at [the] feast one. *they κραξαν" δὲ "παμπληθεί," λέγοντες, Aloe τοῦτον, ἀπόλυ- Seried *out but 7) ἴῃ a mass, saying, Away with this [man], *te- σον δὲ ἡμῖν τὸν Βαραββᾶν' 19 ύστις ἦν διὰ στάσιν lease ‘and to us Barabbas ; who was onaccount of *insurrection τινὰ γενομένην ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ φόνον |BEBAnpéVOC εἰς ‘a *certain made in the city and murder cast into φυλακήν." 20 Πάλιν "ποὖν" ὁ "Πιλάτος" προσεφώνησεν», prison. Again therefore Pilate called to [them], θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 21 οἱ.δὲ ἐπεφώνουν, λέγοντες, wishing to release Jesus. But they werecrying out, saying, ΡΣταύρωσον, σταύρωσον! αὐτόν. 22 Ο.δξὲ τρίτον εἶπεν 4 ρ Crucify, crucify him, _Andhe athird [time] said πρὸς αὐτούς, Τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος: οὐδὲν to them, What then ‘evil did “commit ‘this [παν] No αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν cause of death him. Having *chastised’therefore him ἀπολύσω. Ι will releage [him]. foundI in 23 Οἱ δὲ ἐπέκειντο φωναῖς μεγάλαις, αἰτού- But they were urgent with*voices ‘loud, asking μένοι αὐτὸν σταυρωθῆναι: καὶ κατίσχυον αἱ φωναὶ αὐτῶν tor him to be crucified. And prevailed the voices of them ακαὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων." 24 τὉ δὲ" "Πιλάτος! ἐπέκρινεν γενέσθαι and ofithe chief priests. And Pilate adjudged *to *be *done ‘ ” ᾽ ~ > [ή Δ 9 ᾽ ο] \ αν κ τὸ.αἴτημα. αὐτῶν. 25 ἀπέλυσεν. δὲ, "αὐτοῖς" τὸν διὰ their request. And he released tothem him who onaccount of στάσιν καὶ φόνον βεβλημένον εἰς 'τὴνὶ φυλακήν, ὃν insurrection and murder had beencast into’ the prison, whom ἠτοῦντο' τὸν.δὲ. Ἰησοῦν παρέδωκεν τφ-θελήματι.αὐτῶν. they asked for ; but Jesus he delivered up to their will. ἊΝ ’ ? , yo ’ ᾽ὔ , 26 Καὶ we ἀπήγαγον αὐτόν, ἐπιλαβόμενοι "Σίμωνός And as they led “away ‘him, having laid hold on “Simon / ~ ᾽ , ? > ~ > , τινος Κυρηναίου “rov' ἐρχομένου" “ἀπ᾽! ἀγροῦ, ἐπέθηκαν αρ 7certain a Cyrenian coming from afield, they put upon αὐτῷ τὸν σταυρὸν φέρειν ὄπισθεν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 27 Hrodovber him ; the cross to hear [it] behind Jesus. “Were “following δὲ αὐτῷ πολὺ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ γυναικῶν, al Σκαὶ' land him agreat multitude of the people and of women, who also 233 man unto me, as one that perverteth the people: and, behold, I, having examined him before you, have found no fault in this man touching those things whereof ye accuse him! 15 no, nor yet Herod: for Isent you to him; and, lo, nothing wor- thy of death is done unto him. 16 I will therefore.chastise him, and release him. 17 (For of necessity he must release one unto them at the feast.) 18 And they cried out all at once, saying, Α.- way with this man, and release unto us Barabbas: 19 (who for acertain sedition made in the city, and for murder, was cast in- to prison.) 20 Pilate therefore, willing to release Jesus, spake a- gain tothem. 21 But they cried, saying, Cru- cify him, crucify him. 22 And he said unto them the third time, Why, what evil hath he done? I have found no cause of death in him : I will therefore chastise him, and let him go. 23 And they were instant with loud voices, requiring that he miight be crucified. And the voices of them and of the chef priests prevailed. 24 And Pi- late gave sentence that it should be as they required. 25 And he released unto them him that for sedition and murder was cast into prison, whom they had desired; but he delivered Jesus totheir will. 26 And as they led him away, they laid hold upon one Simon, a Cyrenian, coming out of the country, and on him they laid the cross, that he might bear τς after Jesus. 27 And there followed hima great company of people, and of wo- men, which also Ῥε- a Sr ee f ἀνέπεμψεν yap αὐτὸν πρὸς ἡμᾶς for he sent Β ἀνέκραγον TTrA. Κ πανπληθεί 1. πι δὲ however ΤΤΤΤΑ. η Πειλᾶτος Τ. 4 --- καὶ τῶν ἀρχιερέων [L]T|TrA]. 9 οὐθὲν τττ. ς — verse 17 [1]ττι[Α]. ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ TTrA. P Σταύρου σταύρου LTTrA. ᾿ G[L]TTraw. t — την LTTrA,. 2 ἀπὺ,1., } --- καὶ LTTrA, τ᾿ καὶ LTTrA. ν Ξίμωνά τινα Κυρηναῖον ἐρχόμενον ΗΤΤΙΑ., him back to us τ. 1 βληθεὶς ([βληθεὶς] A) ο + αὐτοῖς them L. &— αυτοις 234 wailed and lamented him, 22 But Jesus turn- ing unto them said, Daughters of Jerusa- lem, weev not for me, but weep for your- selves, and for your children. 29 For, be- hold, the days are coming, in the which they shall say, Blessed are the barren, and the wombs that never bare, and the paps which never gavesuck. 30 Then shall they be- gin tosay tothe moun- tains, Fall on us ; and to the hills, Cover us. 31 For if they do these things in agreen tree, what shall be done in the dry 2 32 And there were also two other, malefactors, led with him to be put to death. 33 And when they were come to the place, which is called Cal- vary, there they cru- cified him, and the malefactors, one on the right hand, and the other on the left. 34 Then said Jesus, Father, forgive them; for they know. not what they do. And they parted his rai- ment, and cast lots. 35 And the people stood beholding. And the rulers also with them derided him, saying, He saved others; let him save himself, if he be Christ, the cho- sen of God. 36 And the soldiers also mock- ed him, coming to him, and offering him vinegar, 37 and saying, If thou be the king of the Jews, save thyself, 38 And a superscrip- tion also was written over him in letters of Greek, and Latin, and Hebrew, THIS IS THE KING OF THE JEWS 39 And one of the malefactors which were hanged railed on him, saying, If thou κο τς», ΧΙ, ‘ ’ , 4 4 ἐκόπτοντο καὶ ἐθρήνουν αὐτόν. 28 στραφεὶς δὲ πρὸς αὐτὰς were bewailing and lamenting him. And turning to them 25" Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, θυγατέρες Ἱερουσαλήμ, μὴ.κλαίετε ἐπ ἐμέ, Jesus said, Daughters of Jerusalem, weep not for me, / 4 4 ,ὔ « ~ { / > πλὴν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὰς κλαίετε καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ.τέκνα.ὑμῶν' 399 ὅτι ἰδού, but “for 3γοιβο]γος ‘weep and for your children : fori lo; , « , τ 2 ~ / ἔρχονται ἡμέραι ἐν αἷς ἐροῦσιν, Μακᾶριαι αἱ στεῖραι are coming days in which they will say, Blessed f[are]the barren Ὀοὐκ. ἐθήλασαν." \ , ε μ \ ‘ Ν καὶ ὃ κοιλίαι at οὐκ ἐγέννησαν καὶ μαστοὶ ot gave not suck, and wombs which did not bear and breasts which 30 τότε ἄρξονται λέγειν τοῖς ὄρεσιν, “Ilécere! ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς Then shall they begin tosay tothe mountains, Fall upon wus; καὶ τοῖς βουνοῖς, Καλύψατε ἡμᾶς. 81 ὅτι εἰ ἐν τῷ" ὑγρῷ and tothe hills, Corer us : for if in ithe? τον ξύλῳ ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν, ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ τί γένηται; 32° Ἡγοντο tree these things they do, inthe dry what maytakeplace? 2Were “led δὲ καὶ ἕτεροι δύο κακοῦργοι σὺν αὐτῷ ἀναιρεθῆναι. 33 Kai Σαπᾷ also other ‘two malefactors with him to be put to death. And ὅτε «ἀπῆλθον' ἐπὶ τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον κρανίον ἐκεῖ when theycame ἵο the place called a Skull there ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν, καὶ τοὺς κακούργους, ὃν μὲν ἐκ δεξιῶν they crucified him, and the malefactors, theone on [the] right ὃν δὲ ἐξ ἀριστερῶν. 94 ἰὁ.δὲ ᾿Τ[ησοῦς ἔλεγεν, Πάτερ, ἄφες and one on [the] left. And Jesus said, Father, forgive αὐτοῖς' οὐ.γὰρ. οἴδασιν τί ποιοῦσιν." Διαμεριζόμενοι.δὲ τὰ them, for they know not what they do. And dividing ἱμάτια.αὐτοῦ ἔβαλον Εκλῆρον.ὶ 8 καὶ εἱστήκει ὁ λαὺς OEw- | his garments they cast a lot. And stood *the *people behold- ρῶν' ἐξεμυκτήριζον.δὲ cai" οἱ ἄρχοντες Ισὺν αὐτοῖς," λέγον- ing, and *were *deriding also ‘the “rulers with them, say- τες, Άλλους ἔσωσεν, σωσάτω ἑαυτόν εἰ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστὸς ing, Qthers hesaved, let him save himself if this is the Christ ko τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐκλεκτός. 36) Ἐνέπαιζον" δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ στρα- the *of “God ‘chosen, And mocked him also the sol- τιῶται, προσερχόµενοι καὶ! ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ, 37 καὶ diers, coming near and “vinegar offering “him, and λέγοντες, "Et" od εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων, σῶσον σεαυ- of the saying, If thou art the king Jews, save thy- τόν. 38 ν.δ καὶ ἐπιγραφὴ “γεγραμμένη! ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ self. And ‘there was also an inscription written over him , ε ~ x .. ~ ~ Ργράμμασιν Ἑλληνικοῖς καὶ Ῥωμαϊκοῖς καὶ ‘“EBpaixoic,! in letters Greek and Latin and Hebrew : «Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων." δ» This is the king of the Jews. “ - A ~ , “eC 39 Ἠΐς δὲ τῶν κρεµασθέντων κακούργων, ἐβλασφήμει Now one of the *who *had *been *hanged 'malefactors railed at 2 , / 2 5 , ~ αὐτόν, *Aeywy," "Εϊ σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός,' σῶσον σεαυτὸν καὶ be Paha fares eae him, saying, If thou art the Christ, ” save thyself and and us. ἃ OD eee re da \ ‘ ς / ; ~ other answering re- μᾶς. 40 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ ὁ ἕτερος ᾿ἐπετίμα αὐτῷ, λέγων," buked him, saying, ug. But answering the other rebuked him, saying, ..- 0 Tira. Sash at the PEt φις οὐκ ἔθρεψαν nourished not urtra.. ο Πέσατε TTrA. 4 [τῷ] Tr. 6 ἦλθον LTra. f[o δὲ.... ποιοῦσιν] L. ὃ κλήρους lots TA. bh — καὶ LT. i — σὺν αὐτοῖς [L]TTra. Ὁ [Ec] 1. [Ljrtr[a J. him said tira, ° ἐπιγεγραμμένη Ltr]; — γεγραμμένη TA. Tra] 0 4 ὃ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων οὗτος (Γοὗτος] L) LTTrA. ® Οὐχὶ σὺ εἶ ὁ χριστός; Art not thou the Christ? rrra, 1 ἐνέπαιξαν ΤΑ. τα — καὶ [Π]Ὶ ΤᾺ. Ρ — γράμμασιν .... Ἑβραϊκοῖς “ F== λέγων T[TrJa ' ἐπιτιμῶν αὐτῷ ἔφη rebuking ! Κ τοῦ θεοῦ ὁ ΤΑ. ΧΧΊΠΙ. Οὐδὲ φοβῇ σὺ τὸν θεόν, 7Not “even ‘dost *fear *thou ΟΡ es ὅτι ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ κρίματι εἴ; God;[thou]that under the same judgment art? 41 καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν δικαίως" ἄξια.γὰρ ὧν ἐπράξαμεν And we indeed justly; for °a *due *recompense °of ’what ‘we °did ἀπολαμβάνομεν' οὗτος.δὲ οὐδὲν ἄτοπον ἔπραξεν. 49 Καὶ 1we “receive ; but this [man]*nothing “amiss did. And ἔλεγεν τῷ" Ἰησοῦ, Ἰάνήσθητί µου, “κύριε, ὅταν ἔλθῃς ἐν he said to Jesus, Remember me, Lord, when thoucomest in τῇ-βασιλείᾳ.σου. 43 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ "ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς,! ᾽Αμὴν Σλέγω thy kingdom. And *said #to *him 1 Jesus, Verily Isay σοι," σήμερον per ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ. Το thee, To-day with me _ thou shalt be in Paradise. 44 "Ἡν δὲ! ὡσεὶ And it was about [the] *hour'sixth, and darkness over *whole τὴν γῆν ἕως ὥρας Σἐννάτης"' 45 "kai ἐσκοτίσθη ὁ ἥλιος," *the land until[the]*hour ‘ninth; and *was*darkened'‘the sun; “καὶ ἐσχίσθη! τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον 46 καὶ and *was rent ‘the 2veil 30 *the *temple in [the] midst. And φωνήσας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὃ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν, Πάτερ. εἰς χεῖράς having cried witha*voice *loud Jesus said, Father, into “hands σου ἁπαραθήσομαι! τὸ. πνεῦμά µου. «Καὶ ταῦτα" εἰπὼν Athy I will commit my spirit. And these things having said ἐξέπνευσεν. 47 ᾿Ιδὼν. δὲ ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος) τὸ γενόμενον he expired. Now‘*having‘seen'the centurion that which took place Εἐδόξασεν! τὸν θεόν, λέγων, Όντως ὁ ἄνθρωπος.οὗτος δίκαιος glorified God, saying, Indeed this man 3just ἦν. 48 Καὶ πάντες οἱ *ovprapayevopevor" ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τὴν was, And all the ?who “were ‘come °together *crowds to θεωρίαν.ταύτην, Ἰθεωροῦντες! τὰ γενόµενα, τύπτοντες this sight, seeing the things which took place, beating Κἐαυτῶν! τὰ στήθη ὑπέστρεφον. 49 εἱστήκεισαν δὲ πάντες their breasts returned, And ®stood tall ot νωστοὶ αὐτοῦ! ™ μακρόθεν, καὶ γυναῖκες αἱ "συν- ®those*who “knew Shim afar off, also women who fol- ακολουθήσασαι! αὐτῷ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, ὁρῶσαι ταῦτα. lowed with him from Galilee, beholding these things. 50 Kai ἰδού, ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι ‘Iwond, βουλευτὴς ὑπάρχων, And behold,aman byname _ Joseph, δι counsellor being, ἜΡΟΝ 2 θὲ Η δί 1 τ μη θ -ᾱ i ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ δίκαιος, 51 οὗτος ovK-nyPovyKararebetpevoc aman good and just, (he had not assented τῇ βουλῷ καὶ τῇ πράξει αὐτῶν, ἀπὸ ᾿Αριμαθαίας πόλεως tothe counsel and the deed ofthem,) from Arimathwa a city τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὃς. καὶ" προσεδέχετο "καὶ αὐτὸς" τὴν βασι- of the Jews, and who *was *waiting °for‘also “himself the king- / ~ a5 1" = ~ ? 4 λείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, 52 οὗτος προσελθὼν τῷ "Πιλάτῳ" φτήσατο τὸ came_ dom of God, he having gone to Pilate begged the σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. ὅ8 καὶ καθελὼν αὐτὸ" ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ body of Jesus. And having taken *down 36 he wrapped = iit Υ — τῷ (read he said, Jesus, remember) ΤΤΓΑ. (read he said) t[tr]a. Υ σοι λέγω ΤΊτΑ. ® ἐνάτης LTTrA. ς ἐσχίσθη S€T. ἃ παρατίθεµαι 1 commit LTTrAW. : ἑκατοντάρχης TTr. 8 ἐδόξαζεν LTTrA. ἃ συνπαραγενόμενοι ΤΑ. seen LTTra. κ... ἑαυτῶν (read the breasts) TTrA. 1 αὐτῷ LTTrA, τι συνακολουθοῦσαι ΤΤΓΑ. ο + καὶ αλά Ὁ. 4 — καὶ and LITra. F— καὶ αὐτὸς LTTra. LttTra, 5 Πειλάτῳ 1, .dom, ε/ « 4 , ? / 8 γε " ὥρα ἕκτη, καὶ σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ ὕλην ταὶ δὲ. _ done, w — κύριε [L]TTraA. 2 καὶ ἦν ἤδη (Γήδη ] Tra) and it was now LTTrA. Ὁ τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλιπόντος (darkness came) from the sun failing T. ε καὶ τοῦτο and this L; τοῦτο δὲ ΤΤΤΑ. i θεωρήσαντες having 235 Dost not thou fear God, seeing thou art in the same condem- nation? 41 and we in- deed justly; for we receive the due reward of our deeds: but this man hathdone nothing amiss. - 42 And he said unto Jesus, Lord, re- member me when thou comest into thy king- 43 And Jesus said unto him, Verily I say unto thee, To day shalt thou be with me in paradise, 44 And it was about the sixth hour, and there was a darkness over all the earth until the ninth hour. 45 And the sun was darkened, and the veil of the temple was rent in the 46 And when Jesus had cried with a loud voice, he said, Father, into thy hands I commend my spirit : and having said thus, he gave up the ghost. 47 Now when the cen- turion saw what was done, he glorified God, saying, Certainly this was 2 righteous man, 48 And all the people that came together to that sight, beholding the things which were smote their breasts, and returned, 49 And all his ac- quaintance, and the women that followed him from Galilee, stood afar off, behold- ing these things. 50 And, behold, there was ἃ man named Joseph, 8. couuseller 5 and he wasagood man, and a just: 51 (the same had not consent- ed to the counsel and deed of them ;) he was of Arimathsa, a city of the Jews : who also himself waited for the kingdom of God, 52 This man went unto Pilate, and begged the body of Jesus. 53 And he took it down, and wrapped it in linen, x — ὁ Ἰησοῦς m + ἀπὸ from LT. P συνκατατιθέµενος τ'; συνκατατεθειµένος A. t— αὐτὸ (read [10}} 296 and laid it in ἃ sepul- chre that was hewn in stone, wherein never man before was laid. ot And that day was the preparation, and the sabbath drew on. 55 And the tvomen also, which came with him from Galilee, fol- lowed after, and be- held the sepulchre, and how his body was laid. 56 And they returned, and prepared spices and ointments; and rested the sabbath day according to the commandment. XXIV. Now upon the first day of the week, very early in the morn- ing, they came unto the sepulchre, bring- ing the spices which they had prepared, and certain others with them. 2 And they found the.stone rolled away from the sepul- chre. 3 And they en- tered in, and found not the body of the Lord Jesus. 4 And it came to pass, as they were much perplexed thereabout, behold, two men stood by them in shining gar- ments: 5 and as they were afraid, and bowed down their faces to the earth, they said unto them, Why seek ye the living among the dead? 6 He is not here, but is risen: remember how he spake unto you when he was yet in Galilee, 7 saying, The Son of man must be delivered into the hands of sinful men, and be crucified, and the third day rise a- gain. 8 And they re- membered his words, 9 and returned from the sepuichre, and told all these things unto the eleven, and to all the rest. 10 It was Mary Magdalene, and Joanna, and Mary the mother of James, and other women that were “vith them, which told these things unto the apostles. 11 And their ν αὐτὸν him Lrtra. Y— καὶ LTTrAW. © βαθέως LTTrAW. έοῦσαι δὲ LTTr#. 6 ἀπορεῖσθαι LITrA. shining raiment LTTra.. η σὺν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὅτι δεῖ ΤΊτΑ. r+ ἡ the (...] LTm[a]w. ΛΟΥΚΑΣ, IXXIII, XXIV, A 4 / σινδόνι καὶ ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ! ἐν μνήματι λαξευτῷ, οὗ in ἃ linen'cloth and placed it in atomb hewninarock, in which ‘ , 4 ΚΕ ΗΕ . οὐκ ἦν "οὐδέπω.οὐδεὶοϊ κείμενος. 84 καὶ ημερα ἦν Ἀπαρα- 3was ‘no 7one ever yet laid. And *day αἱ “was “pre- σκευή.! καὶ σάββατον ἐπέφωσκεν. paration, and Sabbath was coming on. ιά A Ν ~ ͵ 55 Κατακολουθήσασαι.δὲ Υὑκαὶ" Ζ γυναῖκες, αἵτινες ἦσαν And *having *followed Zalso. * *women, who were συνεληλυθυῖαι Δαὐτφ' ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας", ἐθεάσαντο τὸ come with him out of Galilee, saw the ~ ‘ ε 1 / 4 ~ ᾽ ~ 4 t / ‘ μνημεῖον, καὶ ὡς ἐτέθη τὸ σῶμα. αὐτοῦ. 56 ὑποστρέψασαι.δὲ tomb, and how was laid his body. And having returned ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα καὶ μύρα. καὶ τὸ-μὲν σάββατον ἠσύχα- they prepared aromatics and ointments, and on the sabbath remained σαν κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν. 94 τῇ.δὲ μιᾷ τῶν σαβ- quiet, according to the commandment. But on the first [day] of the week δα » θ 6 θέ I ἀβλθ > ‘ ‘ rie Π / ὣ βά: ων ορ ρου- βα εος 1Λσον επι το [I ἡμα, φεοουσαι at early dawn they came to the tomb, bringing *which ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα, “καί τινες σὺν αὐταῖς." 2 Εὗ- 3they *had prepared ‘aromatics, and 5οπ1θ [οὔ 005] τυ them. “They ρον δὲ τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου, 3 ἱκαὶ 3found*and the stone volled away from the tomb ; and εἰσελθοῦσαι! οὐχ.εὗρον τὸ σῶμα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. 4 και having entered they found not the body ofthe Lord Jesus. And ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ-Εδιαπορεῖσθαι' αὐτὰς περὶ τούτου, καὶ ἰδού, it came to pass as *were *perplexed they about this, that behold, Sto ἄνδρες" ἐπέστησαν αὐταῖς ἐν Ιἐσθήσεσιν ἀστραπτούσαις." two men stood by them in “garments shining. 5 ἐμφόβων δὲ γενομένων αὐτῶν καί κλινουσῶν ἔτὸ πρόσως And *filled *with °fear *becoming ‘they and bowing the facé πον" εἰς τὴν γῆν, Ἰεϊπονὶ πρὸς αὐτάς, Τί ζητεῖτε τὸν ζῶντα to the earth, they δαἷᾶ to them, Why seekye the living μετὰ τῶν νεκρῶν; 6 οὐκ.ἔστιν ὧδε, Πάλλ᾽' ἠγέρθη" μνήσθητε with the dead? He is not. here, . but is risen: remember ὡς ἐλάλησεν ὑμῖν, ἔτι ὧν ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ, 7 λέγων, '"Ότι how he spoke to you, yet being in Galilee, saying, δε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου" παραδοθῆναι εἰς χεῖρας It behoveth the Son of man to be delivered up into hands ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ σταυρωθῆναι, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ of *men sinful, and tobecrucified, and the third day ἀναστῆναι. 8 Καὶ ἐμνήσθησαν Τῶν.ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ" 9 καὶ to arise. And they remembered his words ; and ὑποστρέψασαι ἀπὸ τοῦ μνημείου ἀπήγγειλαν ὑταῦτα πάντα! having returned from the . -tomb they related *these*things ‘all τοῖς ἕνδεκα καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς. 10 Ρήσαν. δὲ" ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ tethe eleven and toall the rest. Now it was ?Magdalene Μαρία καὶ VIwavva' καὶ Μαρία τ ᾿Τακώβου, καὶ αἱ λοιπαὶ σὺν αλα and Joanna and, Mary of James, andthe rest with αὐταῖς, "αἱ" ἔλεγον, πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλοσς ταῦτα. 11 Καὶ them, who ἰοϊὰ to the’ ‘apostles ~ these things. And τ᾿ οὐδεὶς οὐδέπω T; οὐδεὶς οὔπω LTA. = παρασκευῆς ΙΤΤΤΑ, Ne * + at the Ltr. * — αὐτῷ T[Tr]A, 5 + αὐτῷ him ΤΑ. ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθον Τ. iat © — Kat τινες συν αὗταις LTTrA, {εἰσελ- ι ΤῪ ἄνδρες δύο GLTTrAW. ἐσθῆτι ἀστραπτούσῃ k τὰ πρόσωπα the faces TTr. ! εἶπαν LTT ra. ™ ἀλλὰ TTra, A. OmavTaTavTaT, Ὁ [ἦσαν δὲ] Tra. 4 Ἰωάνα Tr, 9 --- at LTT:[A], a >. ΧΧΙΥ, LUKE. 4. 6 -- , ~ ἐφάνησαν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ λῆρος τὰς ῥήματα "αὐτῶν," “appeared *before Sthem ‘like 7idle ®talk “words ‘their, καὶ ἠπίστουν αὐταῖς. 12 τὸ δὲ Πέτρος ἀναστὰς ἔδραμεν and they disbelieved them. ὶ But Peter hayingrisenup.- ran 3 ‘ ‘ ~ / , ἐπὶ TO μνημεῖον, καὶ παρακύψας βλέπε τὰ ὀθόνια το the tomb, and haying stooped down heseecs_ the linen clothes κείμενα μόνα" καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς Σἑαυτὸν) θαυμάζων τὸ lying alone, and went away home wondering at that which "γεγονός." had cone to pass, 19 Kai ἰδού, δύο ~ τ =a 5 ἐξ αὐτῶν ήσαν πορευόμενοι ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ And 1ο, two of them were going on’ ?same ‘the [ή , ΄ a ar t ’ ‘ ἡμέρᾳ" εἰς κώμην ἀπέχουσαν σταδίους ἑξήκοντα ἀπὸ Ἱερου- day to avillage being distant *furlongs sixty ‘from Jeru- σαλήµ, καὶ ὄνομα Ἐμμαούς' 14 καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡμίλουν πρὸς salem, whose name [15] Emmaus; and they were conversing with ἀλλήλους περὶ πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων τούτων. 15 καὶ one another about all *which *had *taken “place ‘these things. And ἐν τῷ-ὁμιλεῖν αὐτοὺς καὶ συζητεῖν," καὶ αὐτὸς “ὁ" as they conversed and reasoned, that *himself ἐγγίσας συνεπορεύετο αὐτοῖς" 16 οἱ δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ having drawnnear went with them ; but the eyes τοῦ μὴ ἐπιγνῶναι αὐτόν. 17 Εἶπεν. δὲ _not to know him, And he said ‘ ? , τ' « , ἐξ ελ ? , ‘ πρὸς αὐτούς, Tivec οἱ λόγοι οὗτοι οὓς ἀντιβάλλετε πρὸς το them, What words [are] these which ye exchange with ἀλλήλους περιπατοῦντες, PKai ἐστε σκυθρωποί 1" one another as ye walk, and are downcast in countenance ὃ ‘ A ε - = , - ‘ 18 ᾽Αποκριθεὶς. δὲ °6" εἴς, ἐῷ ὄνομα! Κλεύπας, εἶπεν πρὸς Απά answering the one, whose name [was] Cleopas, said to αὐτόν, Σὺ μόνος παροικεῖς fev" Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνως him, ?Thou “alone ‘sojournest in Jerusalem, and hast not known τὰ γενόμενα ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις ταὔταις ; the things which are come to pass in it in these days ? 19 Καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ποῖα; Οἱ.δὲ δεῖπον! αὐτῷ, Ta And ο βαϊᾶ tothem, Whatthings? Andthey said tohim, Thethings περὶ , Inoov τοῦ "Nafwoaiov,! ὃς ἐγένετο ἀνὴρ προφήτης, concerning Jesus the -Nazarzan, who was &man_ a prophet, δυνατὸς ἐν ἔργῳ Kai‘ λόγῳ ἐναντίον Tov θεοῦ Kai παντὸς τοῦ mighty in deed and word. before God απᾶ all the λαοῦ: 20 ὅπως τε παρέδωκαν αὐτὸν! οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ people ;~ andhow ‘delivered Sup %him ‘the “chief “priests *and ἄρχοντες ἡμῶν εἰς κρίμα θανάτου, καὶ ἐσταύρωσαν αὐτόν" ἐγένετο it came to pass Ἰησοῦς 1Jesus αὐτῶν ἐκρατοῦντο οὗ them were holden [5ο as] Sour rulers to judgment ofdeath, and crucified him. 21 ἡμεῖς δὲ ἠλπίζομεν ὅτι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι But we were hoping he itis who is about to redeem τὸν Ἰσραήλ. adda.ye! σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις τρίτην ταύτην Israel, -But then with all these things ‘third 3this ἡμέραν ἄγει "σήμερον" ἀφ᾽ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο. 22 ἀλλὰ καὶ Sday brings ‘to-day since these thingscame topass. And withal γυναϊκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξέστησαν ἡμᾶς, γενόμεναι “women ‘certain from amongst us astonished us, having been t ταῦτα these LTTrA. v — verse 12 [L]r[Tr]. Σ αὐτὸν Tr. ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἧσαν πορευόµεντοι Τ. 297 werds seemed to them as idle tales, and they believed them not, 12 Then arose Peter, and ran unto the sepul- chre; and stooping down, he beheld the linen clothes laid by themselves, and de- parted, wondering in himself at that which Was come to pass, 13 And, behold, two of them went that same day toa village called Emmaus, which was from Jerusalem about threescore fur- longs. 14 And they talked together of all these things which had happened. 15 And it came to pass, that, while they communed together and reasoned, Jesus himself drew near, and went with them. 16 But their eyes were holden that they should not know him. 17 And he said unto them, What manner of communications are these that ye have one to another, as ye walk, and are sad? 18 And the one of them, whose name was Cleopas, an- swering said unto him, Art thou onby a stran- ger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things which are come to pass there in these days? 19 And he said unto them, .What things? And they said unto him, Concerning Jesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people: 20 and how the chief priests and our rulers deliv- ered him to be con- demned to death, and have crucified him. 21 But we trusted that it had been he which should have redeeured Israel: and beside all this, to day is the third day since these things were done. 22 Yea, and certain Women also of our company made us astonished, which were early at π [κείμενα μόνα] A; — κείµενα Tr. 1 συνζητεῖν LTTrA. a -- ὃ ΤΊΤΑ. υ καὶ ἐστάθησαν ([; καὶ ἐσ-ά.] A) σκυθρωποί. (question ends at walk) And they stood down- ‘d+. [ἐξ αὐτῶν] of them 1. cast in countenance. TTra. -ο [TTrA. | 5 Nagap TrA. — ἐν (read [in]) GTTraAW. Β8 εἶπαν Τττ. k αὐτὸν παρέδωκαν L. | + καὶ also LTTrA. νοῦ TTrA. τὰ --- σήμερον (read it brings) T[Tra]. ε ὀνόματι by name i+ [ἐν] 1 τῷ 208 the sepulchre ; 23 and when they found not his body, they came, saying, that they had also seen a vision of augels, which said that he was alive. 24 And certain of them which were with us went to the sepulchre, and found it even so as the women had said: but him they saw not. 25 Then he said unto them, O fools, and slow of heart to believe al that the prophets have spoken: 26 ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory? 27 And beginning at Moses and all the pro- phets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself. 28 And they drew nigh unto the village, whi- ther they went : and he made as though he would have gone fur- ther. 29 But they con- strained him, saying, Abide with us: for it is toward everiing, and the day is far spent. And he went in to tarry with them. 30 And it came to pass, as he sat at meat with them, he took bread, and blessed 2έ, and brake, and gave t6 them. 31 And their eyes were opened, and they knew him; and he vanished out of their sight. 32 And they said one to an- other, Did not our heart burn within us, while he talked with us by the way, and while he opened to us the scriptures ? 33 And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together, and them that were with them, 84 saying, The Lord is risen indeed, and hath appeared to Simon. 35 And they told what things were done in the way, and how he was known of them in breaking of bread. Ὁ ὀρθριναὶ LTTrAW. σ αὑτοῦ EG ; αὐτοῦ LTr. ¥ + ἤδη already [L]TT:a. 8 ἡθροισμένους gathered LTTra. µήνευσεν TTrA,. 1 ΤΤΤΑ. ΛΟΥΚΑΣ. XXIV. " - 1 ~ A ~ ~ "ὄρθριαι! ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον" 23 καὶ μὴ ευροῦσαι τὸ.σῶμα.αὐτοῦ early to the tomb, and not having found his body ἦλθον, λέγουσαι καὶ ὀπτασίαν ἀγγέλων ἑωρακέναι, οἱ λέγουσιν came, declaring also a vision of angels to have seen, who say αὐτὸν ζῇν. 24 καὶ ἀπῆλθόν τινες τῶν σὺν ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τὸ he’ is living. And Swent lsome of *those*with °us to the μνημεῖον καὶ εὗρον οὕτως καθως PKai' αἱ γυναῖκες εἶπον, tomb and found[it] so as also the women said, ? 4 \ > 5 ~ “5 ? \ 7 \ ’ / κ αὐτὸν. δὲ οὖκ.εῖδον. 25 Καὶ αὐτὸς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, Q but him they saw ποῦ. And he said to them, ο ἀνόητοι καὶ βραδεῖς τῇ καρδίᾳ τοῦ πιστεύειν ἐπὶ πᾶσιν οἷς senseless and slow of heart to believe in all which ἐλάλησαν οἱ προφῆται" 26 οὐχὶ ταῦτα ἔδει spoke the prophets. 3Νοῦ ‘these '!things ‘was *it *needful *for παθεῖν τὸν Χριστόν, καὶ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν. δόξαν. αὐτοῦ ; 5to °suffer Sthe 7Christ, and toenter into his glory ? 27 Kai ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ ΡΜωσέως" καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν προ- And beginning from Moses and from all the pro- φητῶν “διηρμήνευεν"! αὐτοῖς ἐν πάσαις ταῖς γραφαῖς τὰ phets he interpreted tothem in all the scriptures the things περὶ ΛΤἑαυτοῦ.! 28 Καὶ ἤγγισαν εἰς τὴν κώμην od concerning himself. And they drewnear to the village where ἐπορεύοντο, καὶ αὐτὸς “προσεποιεῖτο! 'ποῤῥωτέρωϊ πορεύεσθαι. they weregoing,and he appeared “farther 1to Ρο “going. 29 καὶ παρεβιάσαντο αὐτόν, λέγοντες, Μεῖνον μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ὅτι And they constrained him, saying, Abide with us, for πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν, καὶ κέκλικεν ἡ ἡμέρα. Καὶ εἰσῆλθεν towards evening itis, and has declined the day. And heenteredin τοῦ μεῖναι σὺν αὐτοῖς. 90 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν.τῷ.κατακλιθῆναί to abide with them. And it came to pass as “reclined αὐτὸν per αὐτῶν, λαβὼν τὸν ἄρτον “Evdoynoer, (Sat *table] the with them, havingtaken the bread he blessed, \ , 3 ; ? ~ t > ~ ‘ ΄ « καὶ κλάσας ἐπεδίδου. αὐτοῖς. 81 αὐτῶν.δὲ διηνοίχθησαν οἱ and having broken he gave [it] to them. And their 2were “opened ὀφθαλμοί καὶ ἐπέγνωσαν αὐτόν" καὶ αὐτὸς ἄφαντος.ἐγένετο eyes and they knew him. And he disappeared ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν. 32 Καὶ *elrov' πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Οὐχὶ ἡ καρδία from them, And they said to one another, 7Not *heart ἡμῶν καιομένη ἦν δὲν ἡμῖν" ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, Sour ‘burning ‘was in us as he was speaking tous in the way, καὶ we διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς; 33 Kai ἀναστάντες and ashe wasopening tous the scriptures? And rising up αὐτῇ.τῇ ὥρᾳ ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ εὗρον *ovrn- thesame hour theyreturned to Jerusalem, and they found gathered θροισμένους" τοὺς ἕνδεκα καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς, 34 λέγοντας, together the eleven and those with them, saying, Ὥτι Ὀὴγέρθη ὁ κύριος ὄντως," καὶ ὠφθη Σίμωνι. 35 Kai 315 trisen ‘the *Lord αὐτρὶ ἐξηγοῦντο τὰ they related thethings in the way, ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου. in the breaking of the bread. indeed, And ? ~ ε - ‘ e > , > ~ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ, καὶ we ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς aud how he was known to them and appeared to Simon. ° — καὶ LTrA, P Μωύσέως LTTrAW. 4 διερµήνενεν 1,1 διερ- 5 προσεποιήσατο LTTrA. t ποῤῥώτερον LTrA. χ εἶπαν TIrA. Υ [ἐν ἡμῖν ] Tra. z— καὶ W ηὐλόγησεν 1, b ὄντως ἠγέρθη ὁ κύριος LTTra. ὦ ᾽ ~ ” , αὑτοῖς, Έχετε τι ΧΧΙΥ. LUKE. 36 Ταῦτα.δὲ αὐτῶν.λαλούντων, αὐτὸς “ὁ Ἰησοῦς! ἔστη ἐν And these things asthey πετε telling, “himself *Jesus stood in éow αὐτῶν “kai λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν." ε 37 Πτοηθέντες *midst ‘their and says tothem, Peace to you. =Terrified δὲ καὶ ἔμφοβοι γενόμενοι ἐδόκουν πνεῦμα θεωρεῖν. *but *and *filled ‘with "fear “being they thought aspirit they beheld. 38 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ti τεταραγμένοι ἐστέ; καὶ fdrari" δια- And he said tothem, Why troubled are ye? and wherefore 7rea- Royispoi ἀναβαίνουσιν ἐν &raicg καρδίαις" ὑμῶν; 99 ἴδετε sonings *do come up in “hearts your ?- see τὰς. χεῖράς. μου καὶ τοὺς πόδας.μου, ὅτι "αὐτὸς ἐγώ εἰμι." y my bands and my feet, that she τ 7am, ψηλαφήσατέ µε καὶ Were’ bri πνεῦμα ἰσάρκα! Kai ὀστέα οὐκ Handle me and ‘see, for a spirit flesh and bones not ἔχει, καθὼς ἐμὲ θεωρεῖτε ἔχοντα. 40 ‘Kai τοῦτο εἰπὼν thas, as %me ye “see having. And this having said ἐπέδειξεν. αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας." 41 ér16é he shewed to them [his] hands and feet. But yet ἀπιστούντων αὐτῶν "aro τῆς χαρᾶς καὶ θαυμαζόντων," εἶπεν whilethey weredisbelieving for joy and were wondering, he said βρώσιμον ἐνθάδε; 42 Οἱ.δὲ ἐπέδωκαν to them, eatable here ? » Andthey~ /) gave ? ~ , , ? ~ / n wo OF ‘ i at : ΄ η 4 αὐτῷ ἰχθύος ὁπτοῦ µέρος "καὶ ἀπὸ µελισσίου.κηρίου." 48 Kai to him *of *a *fish *broiled ‘part and of a honeycomb. And λαβὼν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ἔφαγεν. 44 Ἐϊπεν δὲ δαὐτοῖς,ὶ having taken [it] *before *them *he “ate, And he said tothem, Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι οὓς ἐλάλησα πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔτι ὧν σὺν ὑμῖν, These [816] the words which ᾖἸ εροκο to you yet being with you, ὅτι δεῖ πληρωθῆναι πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ. νόμφῳ that must be fulfilled all things that have been written in the law αΜωσέως' καὶ ᾿ προφήταις καὶ ψαλμοῖς περὶ ἐμοῦ. 45 Τότε Have ye anything of Moses and prophets and psalms concerning me. Then διήνοιξεν αὐτῶν τὸν νοῦν τοῦ συνιέναι τὰς γραφάς" he opened their understanding to understand the scriptures, 46 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι οὕτως γέγραπται, "καὶ οὕτως and = said to them, Thus it has been written, and thus ἔδει" παβεῖν τὸν χοιστὸν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ νεκρῶν it behoved “ἴο ᾿β του the “Christ and _ torise from among [the] dead τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, 47 καὶ κηρυχθῆναι. ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματι.αὐτοῦ the third day ; and should be proclaimed in his name μετάνοιαν ‘kai! ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, "ἀρξά- repentance and remis-ion of sins to all nations, begin- ᾽ ΄ « ~ / ’ μενον" ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλήμ. 48 ὑμεῖς "δέ ἐστε" μάρτυρες τούτων. ning at Jerusalem, “Ye ‘and are witnesses ofthese things. 49 “καὶ ἰδού, ἐγὼ"! Σἀποστέλλω" τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πατρός And lo, 1 send the promise of *Father A ’ ~ ΄ « ‘ μου. ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς" ὑμεῖς.δὲ καθίσατε ἐν τῇ πόλει ΣἹερουσαλὴμὶ 4my upon you; but “ye ‘remain in the city of Jerusalem .« - ? 4 Zz / ? er ll ἕως οὗ ἐνδύσησθε δύναμιν ἐξ ὕψους. till yebeclothed with power from ΟΠ ΠίΡΗ, © — ὃ Ἰησοῦς GLTTrA. Iam [he], fear Ποῦ 1. ἔἋδιὰ τί tra, i σάρκας T. k — verse 40 [τι]. | 3 τις χαρᾶς τ. 5 -- καὶ ἀπὸ µελισσίου κηρίου LI[Tra]. my words) [L]TTrA. 4 Μωύσέως LITraw. ‘+ [τοις] the Tr. τειςῖοτ. ἃ ἀρξάμενοι TT: A. * ἐξαποστέλλω send out Tira. «ὃ τῇ καρδία heart LTTra, 1 ἔδειξεν Ltr; [ἐπ]έδειξεν a. Υ.----Ἱερουσαλήμ GLTTra. Ὁ πρὸς αὐτούς ΤΊτΑ. S — καὶ οὕτως ἔδει [Π]ΤΤτὰ. v — δέ ἐστε ([ἐστε] tr) (γειά [ι1γο]) Trra. «ὦ ἐξ ὕψους δύναμιν Tira, 299 36 And as they thus spake, Jesus himself stood in the midst of them, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. 37 But they were terrified and affright- ed, and supposed that they had seen a spirit. 38 And he said unto them, Why are ye troubled? and why do thoughts arise in your hearts? 39 Behold my hands and my feet, that it is I myself: handle me,’ and sev; for a spirit hath not flesh and bones, as ye sce me have. 40 And when he had thus spo- ken, he shewed them his hands and his feet. 41 And while they yet believed not for joy, and wondered, he said unto them, Have ye here any meat? 42 And they gave him a piece of a broiled fish, and of an honeycomb. 43 And he took it, and did eat before them. 44 And he said unto them, These are the words which I spake unto you, while I was yet with you, that all things must be ~ful- filled, which were written in the law of Moses, and m the pro- phets, and im the psalms, concerning me. 45 Then opened he their understanding, that they might under- stand the scriptures, 46 and said unto them, Thus it is written, and thus it behoved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day : 47and that repentance and remis- sion of sins should be preached in his name among all nations, be- ginning at Jerusalem, 48 And ye are wit- nesses of these things. 49 And, behold, I send the promise of my Fa- ther upon you: but tarry ye in the city of Jerusalem, until ye be endued with power from on high, d — καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν τ. 6 + [ἐγώ εἰμι, μὴ φοβεῖσθε) η L εγώ εἰμι αυτός LTTrA. ™ καὶ θαυμαζόντων ἀπὸ Ρ + µου (read ν κἀγὼ and Lr, 240 1ΩΑΝΝΗΣ,. ia 50 And he led them 50. ᾿Εξήγαγεν.δὲ αὐτοὺς "ἔξω!" ἕως sic! Βηθανίαν, καὶ out as ΤᾺΣ as to Beth- αμα any, and he lifted up : And he a μμ. Ων ἊΣ τα 8ἃ5 to ει ea his hands, and blessed ἐπάρας τὰς«χεῖραυ.αὐτοῦ εὐλόγησεν αὕτους. 6561 καὶ them. 51 And it came having lifted up his hands he blessed them, And to puss, while he bless- ex, - si? δῇ δι ες α/ 3. 5. {κα edthem,hewasparted ἐγένετο, ΕΥ.τῷ-εὐλογεῖν αὑτὸν αυτους Οιεστὴ απ αὑτων from them, and car- 16 came {ο pass as 2was “blessing he them hewasseparatedfrom .them ried up into heaven. fees - 3 κ : Pps ο ‘ εὐ πον ὍΝ 52 And they worship- “καὶ ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν. δῷ και αὐτοι “προσκυνη- » ped him, andreturned απ wascarried upinto the heaven. And _ they having w to ‘Jerusalem with + ae ee: wae ἢ δ τῷ Pe Ἢ great joy:53and were σαντες αὐτὸν ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ μετὰ χαρᾶς μεγά- continualiy in the ghipped him returned to Jerusalem with joy ‘oreat, ° temple, praising an ne ‘ ane εξ aie ais A peste God. Amen, λης 53 καὶ ἦσαν «διαπαντὸς' ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, (αἰνοῦντες καὶ and were continually in the temple, praising and εὐλογοῦντες" τὸν θεόν. ἕ Αμήν." blessing God, Amen. “= Τὸ κατὰ το / : ~ might believe. 8 He 8 οὐκήν ἐκεῖνος TO φῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ bbe ας ἐπί aight, ?Was*not ‘he the light, but that he might witness concerning the witness of that Light. φωτός. 9 ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινόν ὃ φωτίζει πάντα at was the true 7); 4 1 Slike 2 i a iene erick Ughteth Heht. Wee : the Heat bras that whieh lightene Overy everymanthatcometh άνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 10 ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, into the world. 10 He man coming into the world. In the world he was, wes in the world, and 4 « , ᾽ ᾽ ~ > ) η « ΄ ᾽ κ the world was made και ο KOO HOE Ou αὐτου ΣΥΣΥΕΤΟ» και ο κοσμος αυτον by him, and the world ang the world through him came ἱπίο being, and the world him knew him not. 11 He ος αν 2 . τ εν eee > , came unto his own, Οὐκιἔγνω. 11 εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ.παρέλα- and his own received knew not. To hisown hecame, and hisown him received not ; him not. 12 But as συ \ » ? \ ” 2 ~ ? , : many as received him, Sov’ 12 ὕσοι.δὲ πἔλαβον" αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν to thermo gave he power but as many as_ received him he gave tothem authority *—éfo[L]rtr[a]. ὃ" πρὸς LTTrA. © — καὶ ἀνεφέρετο εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν τ. 4-~ πρασκυνή- σαμτες αὐτόν τ. ὁ διὰ παντὸς LA. {ΕΓαἰνοῦντες ο εὐλογοῦντες τι; --- καὶ εὐλογοῦντες T. & --᾿ ἀμήν @(L}rtra. Ὁ Κατὰ Λουκᾶν Tra ; --- Τὸ κατὰ Δουκᾶν εὐαγγέλιον EGLTW. Στ ἅνιον E; Εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ ᾿Ιωάννην (Ἰωάνην tr) GLTrAW ; κατὰ ᾿Ιωάννην T. ἕν. ὃ γέγονεν ἐν (read one [thing]. That which was in him was life) 1ης, ] ἐστιν is 11. Τωάνης Tr Ἀ ἔλαβαν τὸ, ΠΣ ο ΕΝ. δ᾽“ ~ , ή τέκνα θεοῦ γενέσθαι, πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα chiidren of God to be, believe on =name τοῖς to those that ? ο εν > ’ ὁ ο } νι 3 , ‘ > ‘ αὐτοῦ" 19 ot οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς οὐδὲ "his ; who nou of bloods nor of will of ftiesh nor . ἌΣ ‘ > ~ , ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐγεννήθησαν. of _wiil ofman but of God were born. ro 1 ‘ « δ , 3 - 3 ’ \ > / ᾿ « ~ 14 Καὶ ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν, 6 And the Word flesh became, and _ tabernacled among 118, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν.δόξαν. αὐτοῦ, δόξαν we μονογενοῦς παρὰ (and we discerned * his glory, aglory as of an only-begotten with πατρός, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας. 15° lwavyyc" μαρτυρεῖ. a father, full of oo and truih. John witnesses περὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ κέκραγεν, Δ γον Οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ee him, and cried, saying This was he of whom I said, Ὢ ὀπίσω µου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν" ὅτι Ἠο who after me comes, 2precedence *of *me has, for πρῶτός µου ἦν. 16 PKai" ἐκ τοῦ.πληρώματος.αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς before me he was. And of his fulness we / ΄ ‘ ΄ ‘ , er « πάντες ἐλάβομεν, καὶ χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος" 17 ὅτι ὁ νόμος all received, and grace upon grace. For the law διὰ «Μωσέως! ἐδόθη. ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ through Moses was given; the grace andthe truth through Jesus χοιστοῦ ἐγένετο. 18 θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακεν πώποτε" "ὁ! µονο- Christ came. *God *no“one “has *seen at πο σαν the “sh γενὴς Svidc," ὁ ὧν εἰς τὸν κύλπον τοῦ πατρός, ἐκεῖνος. έξη- begotten Son, whois in _ the bosom of the Father, he * de- γήσατο. 19 Καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Ἰωάννου," clared [him]. And _ this is the witness of John, ὅτε ἀπέστειλαν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι ἐξ “Ἱεροσολύμων ἱερεῖς καὶ when Ssent the *Jews from Jerusalem _ priests and “Aevirac,’ ἵνα ἐρωτήσωσιν αὐτόν, Σὺ τίς εἴ; 20 Καὶ Levites, that πα might ask him, Thou who art thou?: And ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ. ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν, Ὅτι “οὐκ εἰμὶ he coniessed and denied not, and confessed, %Not *um ἐγὼ" ὁ Χριστός, 21 Kai ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν, Τί οὖν; Ἡλίας 1 the Christ. And they asked him, What chen? Elias εἶ ot; *Kai" λέγει, Οὐκ.εμῖ. Ὃ προφήτης εὖ σύ; Kai art thou? And hesays, Iam not. The prophet art thou? And ~ ΄ 5 ε/ ᾽ ΄ ἀπεκρίθη, Οὔ. 99 “Εἶπον Ῥοῦν! αὐτῷ, Τίς εἶ; wa ἀπό- he answered, No. They said therefore to aun, Who art thou ? that an κοισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν Ἰμᾶς' τί λέγεις περι ansWer we inay give to those who yent us: What sayest thou about ~ ? Ke: POS σεαυτοῦ; 23 "Edn, Ἐγώ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, thyself ? He said, 1 [ατα] a voice erying in the wilderness, \ τ Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν κυρίου καθὼς εἶπεν Ἡσαΐας ὁ προ- Make straight the Te of [the] Lord, as, said Esaias the pro- φήτης. 24 Καὶ «οἱ! “ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρι- phet. And thoze who had been sent were from among the Phari- , x σαίων. 25 καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν καὶ “εἶπον! αὐτῷ,. Τί οὖν sees, Ane they asked him and said tohim, Why then Βαπτίζεις, εἰ σὺ οὐκ.εῖ ὁ χριστός, Cobre’ *HXiag," εοῦτεὶ baptizest thou, ‘if thou art not the Christ, nor _ Elias, nor ο τ αϑής Tr. P ore ἴον GLTTrA. q Moicews LTTrawW. God τι. ἳ Ἰωάνου Tr. v + πρὸς αὐτὸν to him ΗΤΤΑ. εἰμὶ LTTrA, δ τί οὖν; "Ηλείας et; τι τί οὖν; σὺ Ηλίας εἶ; τὸς: 7— καὶ τ. 3 εἶπαν LTTrA, b — οὖν L. LITA © οὐδὲ LTT:A. f"HaActas T, kK r — ὁ (ead [the]) Tr. w Λευείτας TTrA, σὺ οὖν TL; « --- οἱ (read [those who]) TTra. 241 ‘to become the sons of God, even to them that believe on his name: 14 which* were born, not of blood, nor of the will of the fiesh, nor of the will of man, but of God, 14 And the Word was miade flesh, and dwelt along us, (and we be- held his glory, the glory as of the only bezotten of the Fa- ther,) full of grace and truth. 15 John bare witness of him, and cricd, saying, This was he of whom I spake, He that coineth atter me 15 preferred before me: for he was before me. 16 And of his fulness have all we received, and grace for grace. 17 For the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ. 18 No man hath seen God at any time; the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, he hath declared him. 19 And this is the record of John, when the Jews sent priests and Le- vites from Jcrusalem to ask him, Who art thou? 20 And he con- fussed, and denied not; but confessed, I am not the Christ. 21 And th -y asked him, What then? Art thou Elias? Andhe saith, Iam not. Art thou that prophet? And he answered, No. 22 Then said they unto him, Who art thou? that we may give an answer to them that scot us. What sayest thou of thyself? 23 He said, I am the voice of one crying in the wil- derness, Make straight the way of the Lord, as said the prophet Τὸ οἷος. 24 And they which were sent were of the Phari-ees. , 25 And they asked him, and said unto him, Why baptizest thou then, if thou be not that Christ, nor Elias, neither that prophet? 5 θεὸς ve ἐγὼ ουκ Ἠλίας et; 2 Ad a εἶπαν 242 25 John answered them, saying, I bap- tize with water: but there standeth one a- mong you, whom ye know not; 27 he it is, who coming after me i- preferred before me, whose shoe’s latechet T am pot worthy to un- loose. 28 These things were done in Beth- abara beyond Jordan, where John was bap- tizing. 29 The next day John secth Jesus com- ing unto him, and saith, Behold the Lamb of God, which takcth away the sin of the world. 30 This is he οἵ whom 1 said, After me cometh a man which is preferred be- fore me: for he was befor: me. 31 And I kuew him not: but thar he =hould be made minifest to Israel, thererore am I come baptizing with waiter. 32 And John bare re- cor, snying, Τ saw the Spirit desecuding from heaven likea dove, and it abode upon him. 33 And I knew him not: but he that sent me to baptize with water, the same said unto me, Upon whom thou shalt sce the Spi- rit descending. and re- maining on him, the same is he which bap- tizeth with the Holy Ghost. 34 And Isaw, and bare reeord that this is the Son of God. 35 Again the next day after John stood, and two of his disci- ples; 36 and looking upon Jesus as he walk- ed, he saith, Behold the Lamb of God! 27 And the two Qisci- ples heard him speak, and they followed Je- Ε᾿Ἰωάνης τε. LTrA,. %— καὶ =. bh — δὲ but TTra. πιο ὃς ἔμπροσθέν µου γέγονεν G[L]TTraA. θαβαρᾶ E; Βηθανίᾳ Bethany Gurtraw. (read he sees) GLitraw. ¥ + [0 αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμον] Who iakes away the sin of the world κε. ἃ οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ T. : a + 1 ε]ώάννηςἳ λέγων, ᾿Εγὼ *John saying, I ὑμῶν ‘ornKer! ὃν ὑμεῖς ls 1 μεις stands ᾿ [016] whom το MOC TQANNH &. ὁ προφήτης; 326 Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ the prophet? *Answered *them βαπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι μέσος. δεῖ baptize with water; but in [the] midst of you ” ΄ , ε ΄ ἢ ¥ οὐκ.οἴδατε 97 Καὐτός ἐστιν" 16" ὀπίσω µου ἐρχόμενος, know not; ‘he ‘itis who after me comes, who ” ’ τ᾿ ‘ ee! » ’ ἔμπροσθέν µου γέγονεν" οὗ "ἐγὼ" οὐκ εἰμὶ 5 ἄξιος ἵνα 2precedence “of*me ‘*has, of whom I *not ‘am. worthy that ~ ‘ ε , ~ « r ~ λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος. 28 Ταῦτα ἐν Ishould loose οἵ εἶπα the thong οἵ the sandal. These things in ~ , , ~ , > 4 ἫΝ ; , ΡΏηθαβαρᾶ" ἐγένετο πέραν τοῦ Ιορδάνου; ὅπου ἦν 4" lway- Bethabara took place ‘the Jordan, where *was ‘Joun γης" βαπτίζων. baptizing. ~ ΄ ΄ ᾽ ~ 29 Ty ἐπαύριον βλέπει Ιωάννης! τὸν ᾿Τησοῦν ἐρχόμενον Οµ the morrow “sees ‘John Jesus coming A ᾽ , ‘ ’ 3 ς ᾽ A ~. ~ e ” πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ λέγει, “Ide ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων το him, and says, Behold the Lamb of God, who takesaway THY ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου. 30 οὗτός ἐστιν Ἱπερὶ' οὗ ἐγὼ the sin . of the world. He it is concerning whom { εἶπον, Οπίσω µου ἔρχεται ἀνήρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν µου γέγονεν, across said, After me comes aman, who “precedence *of*me has, er ~ , τ ? ‘ ᾽ » bY . ΄ > 3 ἄν, ὅτι πρῶτός µου ἦν. 81 κάγω οὐκ γδειν αὐτὸν" ἀλλ twa because before me he was. And I knew not him; but that τῷ Ισραήλ, διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθυν ἐγὼ ἐν "τῴ! φανερωθῇ to Israel, therefore clue I with he might be manifested ὕδατι βαπτίζων. 32 Kei ἐμαρτύρησεν "Ἰωάννης, λέγω», Ὅτι water baptizing. Aad “bore *witness John saying, τεθέαµαι τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον “woe περιστερὰν ἐξ ov- Ihave beheld the Spirit descending as a dove out of hea- ~ κ. Ἡ ᾽ ? ? , - 3 \ ᾽ Ψ η. = ? ᾽ ρανοῦ, καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν. 33 Kayw οὔκ.ῃδειν αὐτόν" ἀλλ ven, and itabode upon him. AndI knewnot him; but Cire ῃ , ’ ws ‘5 ae τ, ἀ Dig > > ὁ πέμψας µε βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός μοί εἶπεν, “Ed hewho sent me tobaptize with water, he to me said, Upon ὃν av ἴδῃς τὸ πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον καὶ μένον ἐπ᾽ whom thou shalt see the Spirit descending and abiding on αὐτόν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. him, he itis who baptizes with [the] p Spirit Holy. ‘ , ‘ ‘ rd ει 94 κἀγὼ ἑώρακα, καὶ μεμαρτύρηκα ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὺς AndI haveseen, and have borne witness that this is the Sen iF τοῦ θεοῦ. of God, - ~ [ή 30 Τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν On the morrow again « Ε] . . x6" τ]ωάννης,! καὶ ἐκ 1John, and “of τῶν.μαξητῶν αὐτοῦ δύο. 86 καὶ ἐμβλέψας τῷ Ἰησοῦ περιπα- εἱστήκει ?was “standing “his *disciples two. And looking at Jesus Wwaik- τοῦντι, λέγει, “Ide ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ θεοῦ7. 37 *Kai ἤκουσαν ing, he says, BeNold the Lamb of God! And *heard βαὐτοῦ οἱ δύο θηταὶὶ λαλοῦ καὶ ἠκολούθ Ἡ 10. µαθηται αλουντος, και ἠκολούθησαν τῷ Shim ‘the “two “disciples speaking, and foliowed . ἱ στήκει tira. Κ — αὐτός ἐστιν G[L]ttra. |! [6] Tra. σσ εἰ w[L]rtra. ο ο ἐγὼ τησ]. P Bye LT" 4 - ο LTTr|A]. τ Ἰωάνης Tr. s— ὁ Ἰωάννης t ὑπὲρ LITrA. *— τῷ LIT [A], “ ὡς GLTTrAW ‘—o 2 JOHN. Ἰησοῦ. 38 στραφεὶς “δὲ! ὁ ᾿Γησοῦς, καὶ θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς Jesus. “Having ‘turned *but εσας, and beheld them ἀκολουθοῦντας, λέγει αὐτοῖς, 39 Τί ζητεῖτε; Οἱ δὲ Φεῖπονὶ following, says tothem, What seek ye? And they said αὐτῷ, “Ῥαββί," ὃ «λέγεται ἱἑρμηνευόμενον! διδάσκαλε, ποῦ to him, Rabbi, whichis tosay. being interpreted Teacher, where 40 Λέγει αὐτοῖς, ἔρχεσθε. καὶ Scere." “H)Oor' He says {ο thera, Come and see. They went ‘ ? ~ ” ‘ « , καὶ παρ αὐτῷ ἔμειναν τὴν ἡμέραν μένεις; abidest thou? ‘kai Κεῖδονὶ ποῦ μένει" and saw where he abides; and with him _ they abode *day ἐκείνην" ὥρα ἰδὲ) ἦν ὡς δεκάτη. 41 Ἡν π' ᾿Ανδρέας ‘that. . [ ΠΕ] ΒΟῸΣ 'now was about [086] tenth. ™Was 1 Andrew ὁ ἀδελφὸς Σίμωνος Πέτρου εἷς ἐκ τῶν δύο τῶν ἀκουσάντων "the “brother ‘of*°Simon ‘Petcr one of the two who heard παρὰ "Ἰωάννου," καὶ ἀκολουθησάντων αὐτῷ. 42 εὑρίσκει (this] from John, and followed him. 3Finds οὗτος “πρῶτος" τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν ἴδιον Σίμωνα, καὶ λέγει the -*first ®prother *his own Simon, and says αὐτῷ, Ἑὑρήκαμεν τὸν µεσσίαν, Ὁ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον tohim; We have found the Messias, which is being interpreted Po" Χριστός 49 “καὶ! ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. the Christ. And he led him ‘to Jesus. ἐμβλέψας" δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς εἶπεν, Σὺ ef Σίμων ὁ vide And looking at him Jesus said, Thou art Simon the son *Iwva'' σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται Πέτρος. of Jonas; thou shalt be'called Cephas, which is interpreted Stone. 44 Ty ἐπαύριον ἠθέλησεν ‘o Ἰησοῦς" ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Onthe morrow 2desired 1 Jesus to go forth into Γαλιλαίαν" καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ", Ακολούθει Galilee, and he finds Philip and says tohim, Follow μοι. 45 Ἧν.δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως me. Now “was ‘Philip from bJBethsaida, of the . city ᾿Ανδρέου καὶ Πέτρου. 46 Ἐὐοίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ of Andrew and Peter. Finds Philip Nathanael a ” Ww ~ Ι Ἵ ~ , ᾿ \ καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Ον ε γραψεν Μωσῆς" εν τῷ νόμῳ καὶ and says ἴο him, Seas. whom “wrote “ot *Moses in the law and οἱ προφῆται, εὑρήκαμεν, Ιησοῦν "τὸν" υἱὸν τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ τὸν the prophets, wehavetound, Jesus the son of Joseph who ἀπὸ YNa€apér.' 47 "Kai εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ, Ἔκ [15] from Nazareth. And “said *to*him ‘Nathanael, Our of YNaZapér' δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν - εἶναι; Λέγει αὐτῷ " Φίλιππος, Nazareth can any goodthing " be? 2Says το *him *Philip, Ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε. 48 Elder 6!" Ἰησοῦς τὸν Ναθαναὴλ ἐρχόμενον Come -and see. *Saw 1Jesus Nathanael coming πρὺς αὐτόν, καὶ λέγει περὶ αὐτοῦ, "Ide ἀληθῶς ““Ἰσραὴηλ- το him, and says concerning him, Behold truly au Israel- ᾽ £5 a7 ” , ᾽ ~ , ιτης." ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ.έσιν. 49 Λέγει αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ, ite, in whom guile is not. *Says “to*him ‘Nathanael, Πόθεν µε γινώσκεις; ᾿Απεκρίθη “5ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Whence me knowest thou? Answered 1Jesus and said tohim, 243 sus. 38 Then Jesus turned, and saw them following, and saith unto them, What seek ye? They said unto him, Rabbi, (which is to say, being intcr- preted, Master,) where dwellest thou ? 39 He saith unto them, Come and see. They came and saw where he dwelt, and abode with him that day: for it was about the tenth hour. 40 One of the two which heard John speak, and followed him, was Andrew, Si- mon Peter’s brother. 41 He fir-t findeth his own brother Simon, and saith unto him, We have found the Messias, which is, be- ing interpreted, the Christ. 42 And he brought him to Jesus. And when Jesus be- held him, hesaid, Thou art’ Simon the son of Jona: thou shalt be called Cephas; which is by interpretation, A stone. 43 The day fol- lowing Jesus would go forth into Galilee, and findeth Philip, and saith unto him, Follow me, 44 Now Philip wasof Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter. 45 Philip findeth Na- thanael, and saith unto him, We have found him, of whom Moses in the law, and the prophets, did write, Jesus of Nazareth, the son of Josepn. 46 And Nathanael said unto him, Can there any geod thing come out of Nazareth? Philip saith unto him, Come and sce. 47 Jesus saw Nathanael coming to > him, and saith of him, Behold an Israelite in- decd, in whom is no guile! 48 Nathanael saithuntuhim, Whence knowest thou me? Je- sus answered and said unto him, Before that — eee C—e—e—OVO E OOOO —ke_—V—e το ο---- δὲ τ΄. d εἶπαν LTTrA. ε'Ῥαββείτ. f μεθερμηνευόµενον͵ LTrA. & ὄψεσθεγε shall see TTra. δ ἦλθαν TTrA. i + οὖν therefore [1]ΤΊνΑ, k εἶδαν LTTrA. 1— δὲ ‘GLITrAW. m + [de] and x. 2 *Iwavov Tr. © πρῶτον LTrA, P — ὁ GLTTrAw. 4 — καὶ [L]TTrA. τ — δὲ and GTTraw. 5. Ἰωάνου of John itr; Ἰωάννου ΤΑ. t—o ᾿Ιησοῦς (read he desired) GLTTraw. ¥ + ὁ Ἰησοῦς Jesus (finds) Lrfraw. ἡ Μωῦσης 1ΤΙΑΝ. x --- τὸν LT[Tr]. y Ναζαρέθ EGW. 2 — καὶ 1. 5 + ὁ LTrA. υ-- ὃ Litiaw, ca Ἰσραηλείτης TTr. da — ὃ GLTJraAW,. 244 Philip called thee, when thou wast under the fig tree, Isaw thee. 49 Nathanael answered and saith unto him, Rabbi, thou art the Son of God; thou art the King of Israel. 50 Jesus answered and said unto him, Because I said unto thee, I saw thee under the fig tree, believest thou? thou shalt see greater things than these. 51 And he saith unto him, Verily, verily, [say unto you, Hereafter ye shall see heaven open, and the angels of "God ascend- ing απᾷ descending upon tke Son of man. ΤΙ. Andthe third day there was a marriage in Cana of Galilee; anid the mother of Je- sus was there: 2 and both Jesus was called, and his disciples, to the marriage. 3 And when they wanted wine, the mother of Jesus saith unto him, They have no wine. 4 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, what have I to do with thee? mine hour is not yet come. 5 His mother saith un- to the servants, What- soever he saith unto you, doit. 6 Andthere were set there six waterpots of stone, after the manner of the purifying of the Jews, cqntaining two or three firkins apiece. 7 Jesus saith unto them, Fill the water- ts with water. And they filled them up to the brim. 8 And he saith unto them, Draw out now, and bear unto the governor of the feast. And they bare tt. 9 When the ruler of the feast had tasted the water that was made wine, and knew not whence it was: (but the servants whieh drew the water knew ;) the governor of the feast called the bridegroom, 10 and saith unto him, Every man at the beginning doth set forth good IQANNHS. I, 15 ‘ ~ ΄ ΄ ~ s ~ Πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα υπὸ τὴν συκῆν, Before that *thee *Philip “called, [thou] being under the fig-tree, εἶδόν σε. ὅ0 ᾿Απεκρίθηξ Ναθαναὴλ ἱκαὶ λέγει" ξαὐτφ,' "Ῥαββία Isaw thee. * Answered 1Nathanael and says tohim, Rabbi, = ‘ 3 ~ ~ ‘ . κ' « -} , σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, σὺ ‘et ὁ βασιλεὺς" τοῦ Ἱσραήλ. ‘thou art. the Son of Gud, thou art the King of Israel. > , ~ A τ -. , “ , τ ’ δΙ ᾿Απεκρίθη ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ; Ὅτι εἶπόν σοι; kEidov 2Answered ‘Jesus and said tohim, Because I said tothee, Isaw. e , ~ ~ : , , σε UTOKATW της συκης, πιστεύεις; είζω τουτων thee under the . fig-tree, believest thou? Greater things than these ” 1 4 ή ~ ? ‘ , « ~ ὄψει" 52 Καὶ λέγει. αὐτῷ, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, And hesays tohim, Verily verily Isay toyou, ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγ- thou shalt see. Mam ἄρτι" Henceforth yeshallste the heaven opened, and the an- γέλους τοῦ θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας ἐπὶ τὸν gels of God ascending and descending on the. υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. Son of man. \ ~ ~ , “ ~ ο Καν ry ἡμέρᾳ τῷ τρίτῃ! γάμος ἐγένετο ἐν Kang And onthe “day third amarriage took place in Cana ω 7 . ο , ~? ~ ~ ’ ‘ τῆς Γαλιλαίας" καὶ ἦν ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐκεῖ. 2 ἐκλήθη. δὲ of Gatilee, and*was'the “mother 304 *Jesus there. Anud*was*invited καὶ O’Inoove καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον. 8 καὶ ?also 1 Jesus and his disciples to the “marriage. And Ρὑστερήσαντος οἴνου" λέγει ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πρὸς αὐτόν, being deficient of wine *says ‘the *mother Sof *Jesus to him, αθἶνον οὐκ.ἔχουσιν.! 4 λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Τί ἐμοὶ καὶ Wine they have not. 7Says “to "πες 1Jesus, What tome and σοί, γύναι; οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα.μου. 5 Λέγει ἡ μήτηρ-αὐτοῦ tothee, woman? ποῦ γοί iscome mine hour. 3Says- his mother tay" , / n ae ~ ΄ τοῖς διακόνοις, “Ὅ.τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν, ποιήσατε. 6 Ἦσαν tothe servants, Whatever he may say to you, do. ?There “were δὲ ἐκεῖ ὑδρίαι λίθιναι ἕξ Ἱκείεναι κατὰ τὸν καθα- land there *water-vessels *of*stone ‘six standing according to the puri- A ~ ? / ~ > ‘ ~ ρισμὸν τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων!, χωροῦσαι ava μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς. fication of the Jews, “hoiding ‘each metretze two or three. , ~ α΄ 23. ~ / 3 « , ¢ 7 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Γεμίσατε τὰς ὑδρίας ὕδατος. "Says *to *them 1 Jesus, Fill the water-vessels with water. Καὶ ἐγέμισαν αὐτὰς ἕως ἄνω. 8 Καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Αν- And they filled them τιηἴο [{Π6] brim. And hesays tothem, Draw τλήσατε νῦν καὶ φέρετε τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ. Καὶ" ἤνεγκαν. out now and carry tothe master of the feast. And they carried [it]. 4 Φ ε 7 4 er ~ 9 ὡς δὲ ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον γεγενη- But when Shad “tasted *the master of *the *feast the water “wine ‘that “had ’ ‘ >? 4 , ? ‘ ε A WV a « μένον, και οὐκιῃδει πόθεν ἐστίν. οἱ δὲ διάκογοι ᾖδεισαν οι “become, and knewnot whence itis, (but the servants knew who ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ' φωνεῖ τὸν νυμφίον ὁ ἀρχιτρικλινος haddrawn the water,) ‘calls “the Sbridegroom ‘the 7master *of *the *feast 10’καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Πᾶς ἄνθρωπος πρῶτον τὸν καλὸν οἶνον Wine ; and when men and says tohim, Every man first the good wine » “ 3 9 Ἂς ΄ ο αὐτῷ him [L]TTra. f — καὶ λέγει [τ]τττα. 5 --- αὐτῷ LTTrA. h Ῥαββείτ. 1 ὃ βασιλεὺς εἶ τ,; βασιλεὺς εἶ TTrA. k + ὅτι that ὕτττγὰ. 1 όΡη GLTTrAW. m™ — ἀπ᾽ ἄρτι LTTra. Ὁ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ Tra. - A US > > ΄ ο Kava ELTTr. P οἶνον οὐκ εἶχον, ὅτι συνετελέσθη « > - ΄ - Ω - ὁ οἶνος τοῦ γάμου. εἶτα wine they had not, for the wine of the marriage feast was finished. Then τ. ὑδρίαι LTTrA. 4 οἷνος οὐκ ἔστιν Wile there is not 7. Γκείμεναι placed after lovéaiwy TTra, r+ καὶ πα (Jesus) (Ljtea. 5 λέθιναι 5 οἱ δὲ and they (carried) Trra, JOHN. ΄ ὰ ο» , / τίθησιν, και ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν Xrore! τὸν ἐλάσσω" ‘sets on, and when they may havedrunkfreely then the — inferior; σὺ τετήρηκας TOY καλὸν οἶνον ἕως ἄρτι. 11 Ταύτην ἐποίησεν thou hastkept the good wine until now. This ‘did στὴνϊ ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ᾿Κανᾷ! τῆς Γαλ’λαίας, ‘beginning “οὗ ἴθ ‘signs Jesus in |. Cana of Galilee, καὶ ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν. δόξαν.αὐτοῦ' καὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν and manifested his glory ; and Sbelieved fon *him οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. *his *disciples. 12 Mera τοῦτο ΄ κατέβη εἰς "Καπερναούμ,! αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ After this he went down to Capernaum, he and µήτηρ.αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ δαὐτοῦ! καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, Kai his mother and ?brethren *his and his disciples, and νο ον ᾽ \ ΕἸΣ ἢ Ἀν ταν μον ἃ 5 \ , ἐκεῖ ἐμειναν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας. 19 Καὶ ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ πάσχα there they abode ποῦ many days. And near was the’ passover τῶν Ιουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 14 καὶ of the Jews, and *went “up *to *Jerusalem 1 Jesus, And εὗρεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα Kai he found in the temple those who sold oxen and ~ sheep and περιστεράς, καὶ τοὺς κερματιστὰς καθημένους". 15 καὶ ποιή- ἄοτες, and the money-changers sitting ; and haying / 3 ΄ v4 ? / 3 ~ σας φραγέλλιον ἐκ σχοινίων πάντας ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τοῦ made A scourge of cords *all "he “drove *out from the ἱεροῦ, τά.τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας. καὶ τῶν κολλυβιστῶν temple, both the sheep’ and the oxen;' and ofthe money-changers ’ κ ». 4 Πρ \ ire. κὸν ἐξέχεεν “τὸ κέρμα! καὶ τὰς τραπέζας ἀνέστρεψεν. 16 καὶ he poured out the coin and the tables overthrew. And τοῖς τὰς. περιστερὰς πωλοῦσιν εἶπεν, ἼΑρατε ταῦτα to these who the Σάοτες tsold he said, Take these things il. ἐντεῦθεν" ἁμὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ.πατρός.µου οἶκον ἐμ- hence ; make not the house of my father a house of mer- ΄ ” ΄ ‘ « Ν ? ~ e πορίου. 17 ᾿Εμνήσθησαν.“δὲ! οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι γε- chandise. And “remembered "his *diseiples that writ- ἱκατέφαγεν! µε. γρᾳμμένον ἐστίν, Ὃ ζῆλος τοῦ.οἴκου.σου has eaten *up ‘me, ten itis, The zeal of thine house 18 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν οὖν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι καὶ ξεῖπονὶ αὐτῷ, Ti *Answered “therefore Πο *Jews and said tohim, What σημεῖον δεικνύεις ἡμῖν ὅτι ταῦτα ποιεῖς; 19 ᾿Απεκρίθη sign shewest thou. tous that these things thou doest 2 * Answered 46" ᾿Τησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἱὲν" Jesus and said tothem, Destroy this temple, and in τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν. 208Eizov' οὖν ot ᾿Ιουζαῖοι, three days Iwillraiseup it. *Said “therefore'the *Jews, ΚΤεσσαράκονταϊ «καὶ ἐξ ἔτεσιν Ἰφκοδομήθη! ὁ ναὸς.οὗτος, καὶ Forty and six years was building this temple, and 4 ? ‘ . 4 , ? ~ ? ΄ 1 91 a0 ~ δὲ EX σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν: κεῖνος-δὲ έλεγεν thou in three days wiltraiseup it? But he spoke περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ.σώματος.αὐτοῦ. 22 ὕτε οὖν ἠγέρ- concerning the temple of his body. When therefore he was θη ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ. αὐτοῦ ὅτι raised up from among [the] dead sremembered this “disciples that 245 have well drunk, then that which is worse: but thou hast kept tne good wine until now. 11 This beginning of miracles did Jesus in Cana of Galilee, and manifested forth hig glory'; and his discis ples believed on him, 12 After this he went down to Capernaum, he, and his mother, and:-his brethren, and his disciples: and they continued there not many days. 13 And the Jews’ passover was at hand, and Jesus went up toJerusalem, ldand found in the temple those that sold oxen and ‘sheep and doves, and the changers of money sitting: 15 and when he had made a scourge of small cords, he drove them all out of the temple, and the sheep, and the oxen; and poured out the changers’ money, and overthrew the tables ; 16 and said unto them that sold doves, Take these things hence; make not my Father’s -house an house of mer- chandise. 17 And his disciples remembered that it Was written, ‘The zeal of thine house hath eaten me up. 18 Then answered the Jews and said unto him, What sign shew- est thou unto us, see- ing that thou doest ‘these things? 19 Jesus answered and said un- to them, Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up. 20 Then said the Jews, Forty and .six years was this temple in building, and wiltthou rear it up in three days? 2k But hespake of the temple of his body. 22 When there- fore he wasrisen-from the dead, his disciples remembered that he ο ο ο μμ αμα ο. ο μμ... ae eEEESnEnnEEnEEnSnn τΓ, ἨἋΝχ,,χ,--:οὃὕῬ ττΤΤ νἀὌἌ ςἈὡἀἈῴὰἀλππσ, : Kava ΕΙΠΤς, Σ — την LTTrA. 1 4 + [καὶ] and 1, © τα κέρματα the coins Tra. Ε εἶπαν LTTra. κ--- τότε [L]T[TrA]. > — αὐτοῦ [1]ττ[Α]. { καταφάγεταί will eat up GLTT aw. κ Τεσσεράκοντα TIra, 1 οἰκοδοµήθη 1.. h — ὃ LTTcAW. ® Καφαρναούμ LTTrAW. ε — δὲ and [L]tTra. i Γεν] Tr. 2146 had said this unto them; and they be- lieved the scripture, and the word which Jesus had said. ' 23 Now when he was in Jerusalem at the pissover, in the feast day, many believed in his name. when they saw the miracles which he did. 214 But Jesus did not commit him- seif unto them, be- cruse he knew all men, 25 and necded not that any should testify of mnn: for he knew what was in man, III. There was a man of the Pharisees, mamed Nicodemus, a ruler of, the Jews: 2 the same came to Jesus by night, and said unto him, Rabhi, we know that thouart a ieacher come from God: for no man can do these miracles that thou doest. except God be with him. 3 Jesus answered and said un- to him, Verily, verily, 1 sy untothee, Except ain be born again, he cannot see the king- dom.of God. 4 Nico- derus ‘snith unto him, ‘How can a man be born when he is old ἢ ean he enter the second time into his mother’s womb, and be born? 5 Jesus answered, Ve- rily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit. he cannot enter intothe kingdom of God. 6 That which is born of the flesh igs flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit. 7 Marvel not that I said unto thee, Ye must be born again. 8 Tie wind bloweth where it listeth, and thou hearest the sound thereof, but canst not tell whence it cometh, and whither it goeth: 80 is every one that is born of the Spirit. 9 Nicodemus answered ™— αὐτοῖς GLITrAW. ® — τοῦ L. *— ὃ LITrAW. Ὁ γεγενημένον E, τ αὐτὸν ΤΡΎὙΓΑ ἢ τα σημεῖσ ΙΤΤΈΞΑ)Σ the heavens, Τὶ Το κ NS. 11, ΠΕ τοῦτο ἔλεγεν "αὐτοῖς,ὶ καὶ ἐπίστευσαν τῷ youpy καὶ τῷ this he had said to them, and believed the scripture and the λόγῳ "yp" εἶπεν ὁ Ιησοῦς. word which “had *spoken + Jesus. : ‘ = ? ~ , = 45 95 Ὡς δὲ ἣν ἐν 5 Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν τῷ πάσχα, Ῥὲν! τῇ But when he was in Jerusalem δῦ the passover, at the ~ ee ) ’ > ‘ ” > be ~ . - ἑορτῇ, πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ, θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ feast, many believed on his name, beholding his ‘ ~ * , A at ε ᾽ ~ , τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει. . 34 αὐτὸς. δὲ 40" ᾿Τησοῦς οὐκ ἐπίστευεν signs which he was doing. But “himself _ "Jesus did not trust ἑαυτὸν" αὐτοῖς, διὰ τὸ. αὐτὸὺν.γιγώσκεεν πάντας,. ὃ καὶ himself tothem, because of his knowing all [men], and ὅτί οὐ χρείαν εἶχεν ἵνα τις μαρτυυὴῆσῃ περὶ Srou' ἀνθρώ- that *no "ποσά ‘he “had {λα any should testify concerning man, που" αὐτὸς. γὰρ ἐγύ'ωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ. for he knew what was in man, 1 ” ~ “ , ” 3 ν δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα But there was 2 nan of the Pharisees, Nicodemus “name ~ » ~ , τ ‘ ? ~ αὐτῷ, ἄρχων τῶν Ιουδαίων’ 2 οὗτος ἦλθεν πρὸς troy Ιησοὺνϑ this, a ruler of the Jews; he came to Jesus νυκτός, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, VPa3Bt." οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἑλή- by night, and said ἴο him, Rabbi, we know that from God thou λυθας διδάσκαλος" οὐδεὶς γὰρ ταῦτα τὰ σημεῖα δύναται hast come ἃ teacher, for no one these signs is able ~ τι ‘ ~ 7A \ κε " ? ᾽ ~ > ποιεῖν ἃ ov ποιεῖς ἐὰν. μὴ ἢ ὁ θεὸς μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 3 Απεκριθη todo which ποὺ doest unless *be *God with . him. *Answered x Sil ? ~ εἶ = ” ~ ? \ ? A / “ a / ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν. μή 1Jesus and said tohim, Verily verily 1 αγ tothee, Unless - » ᾽ , 2 ~ A , ~ τις γεννηθὴ ἄνωθεν, οὐ.δύναται ἰδεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ anyone be born anew, he cannot see the kingdom θεοῦ. 4 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν Yo" Νικόδημος,. Πῶς δύναται ἄν- of God. “Says 5to *him Nicodemus,’ How can 8 θρωπος γεννηθῆναι γέρων ὦν; μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν man be born “old ‘being? can he into the womb τῆς. μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖι' καὶ γεννηθῆναι; ὃ Απε- of his mother asecondtime enter and be born? 7An- κοίθη τὸ" Ἰησόῦς, Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν. μή τις γεννηθῇ οι”) Dies ne μ γ ’ “μ x swered 1Jesus, Verily verily 151. tothee, Unless anyone be born ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ πνεύματος οὐ.δύναται εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν of water and οἵ Spirit he tannot enter into the ‘kingdom ατοῦ θεοῦ. 6 τὸ ὑγεγεννημένον" ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς σάρξ ἐστιν' of God. ἘΤπαῦ πνοὴ hasbeenborn of the flesh flesh is ; καὶ τὸ ὕγεγεννημένον" ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος πνεῦμά ἐστιν. and that which has been born of the Spirit spirit. ἴδ. 7 μὴ θαυµάσης ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, Δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι Do not wonder that 1 said to thee, It is needful for τοι to be born »” ay A ~ e , ~ ‘ εἶ ie: ? ~ ἄνωθεν. 8 τὸ πνεῦμα Όπου θελει πνεῖ, καὶ τὴν.φωνὴν. αὐτοῦ anew. The wind “where *it*wills 'blows, and its sound ἀκούεις, SAAN" οὐκ οἶδας πόθεν ἔρχεται ἀκαὶ που ὑπάγει and where it goes: thou hearest, but knowest not whence it comes οὕτως ἐστὶν πᾶς ὁ γεγεννηµένος ἐκ τοῦ πνεύ]ατος. 9 Απε- of the Spirit. ΞΔ": thus is everyone that has been born 9 — ὃ LTTrA, π δύναται ταῦτα 5 τῶν οὐρανῶν Οὗ η ὃν LTTrA. ο -- τοῖς ΕΙ ΤΤτΑ. Ρ [ἐν] itr. τ αὐτὸν him Girrraw. νυ Ῥαββεί τ. Υ -- ὃ τ. 2— ὃ ΕΙ/Τ| ΤΑ}. © ἀλλὰ Tr. dy orb. alt. IO ιν. 5 ν᾿ , 4 ~ ~ ~ ο ~ κριθη Νικόδημος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Tee δύναται ταῦτα swered ‘Nicodemus and said tohim, How can these things be? σθαι; 10 ᾿Απεκρίθη 0" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Σὺ εἶ ὁ and said διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ.γινώσκεις; 11 ἀμὴν _teacher of Israel, andthese things knowest not? Nerily ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ὅτι ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν, καὶ ὃ ἑωρά- verily 1 αγ to thee, That which we ΚΉΠΟΥ we spexk, and that which we καµεν μαρτυροὺμεν' καὶ τὴν.μαρτυρίαν.ἡμῶν οὐ λαμβάνετε. have seen we bear witness of ; and our witness ye receive not. 12 εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐ.πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω If earthly things Isaid toyou, and 7ο Ὀδιϊονθ ποῖ, how if 158. Cow Sc, Bo” ΄ , - Ρ \ ? \ > yr ; ὑμῖν τὰ ἑπουράνια πιστεύσετε; 13 καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν ἴο γοὰ heavenly things will ye believe? And no one has gone up εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς, ὁ υἱὸς into the heaven exccpthewhooutof the heaven came down, the Son ~ ο θ ’ « n ’ ~ ? το] ᾿ θά f nett του ἄνσόρωπου ὁ wy εν TH οὐρανῷ" 14 καὶ καθως "Νωσῆς ΞΑηδγνοχοᾶ 1 Jesus tohim, Thou art the of man who is in the _ heaven. And cven as Moses e ‘A ” ? ~ ? δ, er c δω. ~~ ὕψωσεν τὸν Όὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ thus ὁ- πιστεύων ξείἰς αὐτὸν" on- him liited up to be lifted up it behoves τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπρυ" 15 ἵνα πᾶς the Son of man, that everyone that believes μη ἀπόληται, ἀλλ᾽" ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 16. οὕτως. γὰρ may not perish, but may have life eternal, For “so ἠγάπησεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν κόσμον ὥστε TOY-vioyiadbrov' τὸν µονο- 3]ογοᾶ *God the world that ~ his Son the only be- γενῆ ἔδωκεν, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν μὴ ἀπόληται, gotten heguve, that everyone who believes on him may not perish, the- serpent in the wilderness, FOXN" «ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 17 οὐ.γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς Tov, but may-have life eternal, For “sent “not *God cf ? ~ η la / 8 ”” . 7 ” υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ" εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κὔσμον, ἀλλ his Son into the world that hemightjudge the world, but ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι αὐτοῦ. 18 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς that *might *be “saved *the *world. through him. He that believes on αὐτὸν οὐ.-κρίνεται' ὁ." δὲ! μὴ.πιστεύων Ίδη κέκριται, him is not judged; but he that believes not already has been judged, OTL μὴ.πεπίστευκεν εἰς TO ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ because he has not believed on the mnume ofthe only begotten Son ev ? ΄ A ~ ? ΄ ᾽ θεοῦ. 19 αὕτη.δέ ἐστιν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς of God. And this is the judgment, that the light hascome into TOV κόσμον, καὶ ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι μᾶλλον τὸ σκότος the world, and “loved 1men- 5yather “the *darkness ἢ τὸ φῶς' ἦν.γὰρ "πονηρὰ αὐτῶν! τὰ ἔργα. 20 πᾶς.γὰρ than the light; for?were ‘evil their. works, For everyone ὁ φαῦλα. πράσσων μισεῖ TO φῶς, καὶ «οὐκ έρχεται πρὸς τὸ that evil does hates the light, and comes not to the φῶς, ἵνα -μὴ.ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ.ἔργα αὐτοῦ 21 ὁ. δὲ ποιῶν τὴν light,. that may not be exposed but he that practises the ΄ ζ 4 ~ er Στ > ~ “ἂν ἀλήθειαν ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ . truth comes to the light, that may be manifested his ἔργα ὅτι ἐν θεῷ ἐστιν. εἰργασμένα. ' works that in God they have been wrought. - ~ FR « ~ ‘A , ~ 22 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ εἰς After these things came Jesus . and his disciples into his works ; f Μωῦὺσῆς LTTrAW. ν αὖ i.— αὐτοῦ (read the Son). ὀ Κ ἀλλὰ Tr, 2 αὐτῶν πονηρὰ LTTrA, ε-- δ GLTTrAW. ἀπόληται ἀλλ’ [Η]ΤΤΤΑ. | Son) 11,41, Ὁ -- δὲ but [1,1 Ει]Α. Ε ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν L; ἐν αὐτῷ in him ΤΤτΑ. 247 epe-,and said unto him, How can these things be? 10 Jesus answered and said unto him, Art thou a master of Is- rael, and knowest not these things? 11 Veri- ly, verily, I say unto thee, We speak that we do know, and testify that we have seen; and ye receive not our Witness. 12 If I have told you earthly things, and ye believe not, hew shall ye be- lieve, if I tell you of heavenly things? 13 And no man hath ascended upto heaven, but he that cairwe down from heaven, cven the Son of man which is in heaven. 14 And as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilder- ness, even so must the Son of man be lifted up: 15 that whoso- ever believeth in him should not prrish, but have cternal life. 16 For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believ- eth in him should not perish, but have ever- ‘lasting life. 17 For God sent not his Son into the world te condemn the world; but that the world through him might be saved. 18 He that believeth on him is not condemned: but he that believeth not is condemned already, because he hath not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God. 19 And -this is the condemna- tion, that light iscome into the world, and men loved darkness rather than light, be- cause their deeds were : evil. 20 For every one that docth evil hateth the light, neither com- eth to the light, lest his deeds should be reproved. 21 But he that doeth truth com- eth to the light, that his deeds may ke made manifest, that ο. are wrought in God. 22 After these things came Jesus and his disciples into the Jand ᾽ - > ος μὴ ἳ 1 — αὐτοῦ (/εαά the 248 of Judea; and there he tarried with them, and baptizéd: 23 And John also was bap- tizing in ΠΟΠ near to Salim, because there was much water there: and they came, and were baptized. 24 For John was not yet cast into prison, 25 Then there arose a question botween 80/16 of John’s disciples and the Jews about purifying. 26 And they came un- to John, andsaid unto him, Rabbi, he that was with thee beyond Jordan, to whom thou barest witness, behold, the same _ baptizeth, and all men come to him. 27 John answered and said, A man can receive nothing, except it be given him from heaven. 28:16 your- selves bear me witness, that I said, I am not the Christ; but that I am sent before him. 29 He that hath the bride, is the bride- groom : but the friend of the bridegroom, which standeth and heareth him, rejoiceth greatly because of the bridegroom’s voice: this my joy therefore is fulfilled. 30 He must increase, but 1 must decrease. 31 He that cometh from a- bove is above all: he that is of the earth is earthly, and speaketh of the earth: he that cometh from heaven is above all. . 32 And what he hath seen and heard, that he tes- tifieth ; and no man receiveth his testi- mony. 33 He that hath received his testimony hath set to his seal that God 15 true. 34 For he whom God hath sent speaketh the words of God: for God giveth not the Spirit by, measure unto him. 35 The Father loveth the Son, and hath giv- en all things into his hand. 36 He that be- lieveth on the Son hath everlasting life: and he that believeth not the Son shall not Τ9ΑΝΝ ΕΠΣ. ΤΙΣ. 4 ’ - 6 one - τ > > ~ oS , τὴν Ιουδαίαν.γῆν. καὶ ἐκεῖ διέτριβεν per αὐτῶν καὶ ἐβάπ-' the land of Judza ; and there he stayed with them and was bape τιζεν. 23 ἦν.δὲ καὶ °lwavyyc" βαπτίζων ἐν Αἰνὼν ἐγγὺς tizing. And *was ?also 1John baptizing in Atnon, near τοῦ Σαλείμ, ὅτι. ὕδατα. πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ" καὶ παρεγίνοντο καὶ Satim, because *waters ‘many were there; and they were coming and ? / » ‘ - a) δ > " Η͂ ἐβαπτίζοντο. 24 οὔπω.γὰρ ἦν βεβλημένος εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν being baptized. For not yet was “cast %into *the *prison PO! lwavyyc.||25 Eyévero οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν 119ἨἨ. Arose thenaquestionfonthepartjof τηε disciples. «Ἰωάννου! μετὰ τ᾿ ἸΙουδἀίων! περὶ καθαρισμοῦ" 26 καὶ δἦλθον" of John with [some] Jews about purification. And they came x 4 ~ ε , «- 5 πρὸς τὸν "Ἰωάννην" καὶ "εἶπον' αὐτῷ," PaBBi," ὃς ἦν μετὰ LO John and said to him, Rabbi, hewhowas with σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, .w σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε οὗτος thee beyond the Jordan, to whom thou hast borne witness, behold : he βαπτίζει, καὶ πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν. 27 ᾿Απεκρίθη baptizes, and all come to him. “Answered οΓ[ωάννης! καὶ εἶπεν. OV δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν οὐδὲν Joli and said, 315 “able ‘a “Iman toreceive nothing δε] ‘ τ , ? pe ? ο. > ond ’ 4 « - ἐὰν μὴ ἢ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 28 αὑτοὶ υμεῖς unless it be given to him from the heaven. Ye yourselves ~ ε/ 7 ’ J Ἢ ‘ ή ΄ μοι μαρτυρεῖτε Ore εἶπον, "Οὐκ.ειμε ἐγὼ" ὁ χριστός, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι tome bear witness that I said, *Am *not 1 the Christ, but that ? , ? 3 ? ΄ 6 « 4 4 , ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου. 29 ὁ ἔχων τὴν νυµ- Ssent εἰ ατα betore hiny, Hethat has the bride ony, νυμφίος ἐστίν' ὁ. δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου, ὁ ἑστηκὼς καὶ Ἀρτιάσοχγοοιι ‘is; but the friend of the bridegroom, who stands and τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου" voice of the bridegroom, 80 ἐκεῖνον δεῖ ἀκούων αὐτοῦ, χαρᾷ χαίρει διὰ hears him, with joy rejoices because of the αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται. this then “joy my is fulfilled. *Him ‘tit *behoves ᾽ , ? ‘ 3 “ « ” ᾽ , γ 7 αὐξάνειν, ἐμὲ δὲ ἐλαττοῦσθαι. 891 ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος ἐπάνω to increase, but me_ to decrease. He who fromabove comes, above ὁ. ὦν: ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ He whois Στοπὴ the earth from the earth is, and ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος επάνω heaven comes above πάντων ἐστίν. all i ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ: ὁ from the earth speaks. He who from the πάντων ἐστίν, 32 καὶ! ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν "τοῦτοϊ all is, and what he has seen and heard this paorupet’ καὶ τὴν.μαρτυρίαν- αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει. 33 ὁ he testifies; and his testimouy noone receives. He that λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐσφράγισεν ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀληθής has received his testimony hassettohissealthat God “true ? εν A ? / « x \ cer ~ ~ ἐστι». 84 ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀγα - for he whom 2sent ‘God the words of God λαλεῖ' οὐ.γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν δὺ θεὸς" τὸ πνεῦμα. 3d ὁ. speaks; fornot.by measure ᾿ gives 1God the Spirit. The πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ τὸν υἱόν, καὶ πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῷ. χειρὶ αὐ- Father loves the Son, and allthings has given into his hand, τοῦ. 96 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς TOV υἱὸν ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον: ὁ. δὲ" eternal; and he that Hethat believes on the Son has life ον νο ο ο ο ο ee ο "Iwarns Tr. Tra. πάντων ἐστίν 1. Go δὲ ατιὰ τ P—6 T[Tra]. t Ἰωάνην Tr. t—Ka.[L]vTra, α᾿Ἰωάνου tr. τ Ἰουδαίου a Jew GLTTraw. 5. ἦλθαν ν᾽ εἶπαν Tra. w Ῥαββεί τ. x ᾿Εγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ 1.. Σ — ἐπάνω &— τοῦτο T, b — ὃ θεὸς (read he gives) [1111 Τ.Α. ἣ III, IV. {0Η Ν. ἀπειθῶν τῷ υἱῷ 'οὐκ.ὄψεται ζωήν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ is not subject tothe Son shall ποῦ β06 life, but the wrath of God μένει ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. abides on him. « 3 » « d,.,’, Ι er 2” « ~ 4 Ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ "κύριος" OTL ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, When therefore *knew ‘the *Lord- that “heard ‘the “Pharisees, ὅτι Ιησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ © Iwar- that Jesus more disciples makes and baptizes than ᾿ John ς , ? ~ ? VA ? ? , y > ? ε νης 2 καίτοιγε ᾿Ιησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ.έβάπτιζεν, ἀλλ οἱ (although indeed Jesus himself was not baptizing but μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ: 3 ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ιουδαίαν, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν “Ἱ his disciples), he left Judza, and went away again εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 4 ἔδει.δὲ αὐτὸν διέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς into Galilee. Andit was necessary for him topass through fSapapeiac." 5 ἔρχεται οὖν εἰς πόλιν τῆς fLapapeiac! λεγο- amaria. He comes therefore to acity of Samaria eall- , , ~ ’ ”. we ? μένην ἐξυχάρ,, πλησίον τοῦ χωρίου Oo" ἔδωκεν ᾿Ιακὼβ ed Sychar, near the land which “gave ? Jacob Ἰωσὴφ τῳ-υἱῷ αὐτοῦ. 6 ἦν.δὲ ἐκεῖ πηγὴ τοῦ Ιακώβ. to Joseph his son. Now *was, *there fountain 1Jacob’s ; ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας ἐκαθέζετο οὕτως Jesus therefore, being wearied from the journcy, sat thus Ν μμ κ, ~ ¢ ἥν i ‘ 3 ἐπὶ τῇ πηγῇ. ὥρα ἦν Ἰὡσεὶ" ἕκτη. 7 Ἔρχεται γυνὴ at the fountain. [The] hour was about [the] sixth. Comes a woman ~ ‘ > ~ ε/ , ae eS ~ ἐκ τῆς Σαμαρείας" ἀντλῆσαι ὕδωρ. λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, out of Samaria to draw water. Says “to *her ‘Jesus, ΄ η | ε ι ᾿ ~ ᾽ Δύς μοι ἔπιεῖν"! 8 οἱ. γὰρ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν εἰς Give πιο {ο drink; for his disciples had gone away . into , / , 5 ae | > ~ τὴν πόλιν, ἵνα τροφὰς ἀγοράσωσιν. 9 Λέγει ἰοὖῦν" αὐτῷ ' the city, that provisions they might buy. 5Says *therefore °to "him ~ ~ ~ rn ? ? ‘~ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ ""Σαμαρεῖτις! Πῶς σὺ ᾿Ιουδαῖος ὧν παρ ἐμοῦ the Sxroman *Samaritan, How “thou ‘a‘Jew “being *from +*°me ~ ~ ” ‘ , ἈΝ δι ᾽ ‘ Mrieiy" αἰτεῖς, “οὔσης γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος"; Pov-yap 7to Sdrink ‘dost ὅ855, being a “woman 1Samaritan ? For *no ~ ~ ’ » . ’ ~ συγχρῶνται ᾿Ιουδαῖοι Σαμαρείταις.' 10 ᾿Απεκρίθη ᾿Ιησοῦς “have *intercourse ‘Jews with Samaritans. 2Answered ‘Jesus καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Εἰ ἤδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τίς and said toher, Ifthouhadstknown the ΕΙῦ of God, and who ῳ is ~ 5 n » ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι, Δός μοι ἔπιεῖν." σὺ ἂν.τησας itis that says tothee, Give me todrink, thou wouldest have asked » ~ wr > ~ « αὐτόν, καὶ ἔδωκεν.ἄν σοι ὕδωρ ζῶν. 11 Λέγει αὐτῷ “ἢ Ἠΐπα, and he would have given to thee “water ‘living. 3Says "το *him'the γυνή,"!. Κύριε, οὔτε ἄντλημα ἔχεις, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ εστιν 3ΤύΟΙΩΛΗ, Sir, nothing to draw with thou hist, and the well is . e 4 ~ ‘ A / βαθύ" πόθεν Ιοῦν" ἔχεις τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν ; 13 μὴ σὺ.μείζων εἶ deep ; whence then hastthou the *water living? Art thou greater a) ~ 7 τε c w A , ‘ > \ τοῦ. πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ιακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρεαρ, και αυτος th:in our father Jacob, .-who gave us the well, and himself ~ ” - ~ a , > LN ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ ὐἱοὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ.θ ἔμματα. αὐτοῦ; ἘΝ ἘΝ δι: drank, and his sons and his cattle? - « -΄ ~ ~. ~ « ’ ᾽ 19 ᾿Απεκρίθη "ὁ"! Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ, Πᾶς ὁ πινων εκ 2Answered 1Jesus and said toher, Everyone that drinks of 249 see life; but the wrath of God abideth on him, IV. When therefore the Lord knew how the Pharisees had heard that Jesus made and baptized more disciples than John, 2 (though Jesus himself baptized not, but his disciples,) 3he left Judea, and departed again into Galilee. 4 And he must needs go through βα- maria. 5 Then com- eth he to a city of Samaria, which is call- ed Sychar, near to the parcel of ground that Jacob gave to his son Joseph. 6 Now Jacob’s well was there. Jesus therefore, being wearied with Ais jour- ney, sat thus on the well: and it was about the sixth hour. 7 There cometh a woman of Samaria to draw wa- ter: Jesus saith unto her, Give me to drink. 8 (For his disciples were gone away unto the city to buy meat.) 9 Then saith the wo- man of Samaria unto him, How is it that thou, being a Jew, askest drink of me, which am a woman of Samaria? for the Jews have no dealings with the Samaritans, 10 Je- sus answered and said unto her, If thou knew- est the gift of God, and who it is that saith to thee, Give me to drink; thou wouldest have asked of him, and he would have given thee living water, 11 The woman saith unto him, Sir, thou hast no- thing to draw with, and the well is deep: from whence then hast thou that liv- ing water? 12 Art thou greater than our father Jacob, which gave us the well, and, drank thereof himself, and his children, an his cattle? 13 Jesus answered and said unto her, Whosoever drinketh of this water a ο ιο ο τπτ επεμτπμ στ πε ησπεττττστη: { Σαμαρίαςπ. 8 Σιχάρ Ε. ἃ Ἰησοῦς Jesus Τ. ε Ἰωάνης Tr. ο πι Σαμαρίτις T. LTTrAw. Κπεῖν TTA. 1 — οὖν T. Σαμαρείτιδος (Σαμαρίτιδος T) οὔσης LTTra, 4 [ἡ γυνή] A. f — 0 GLTTrAW, " πῖν 1,; πεῖν ΤΤτΑ. Ρ — οὐ γὰρ συγχρῶνται ᾿Ιονδαῖοι Σαμαρείταις T, h οὗ GL. i ὡς ο γυναικὸς 950 shall. thirst again: 1ι : but whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst; but the water that I shall. give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into ever- lasting life. 15 .The woman saith unto him, Sir. give me this water, that I thirst not, nei- ther come hither to draw. 16 Jesus saith unto her, Go, call thy husband, hither. 17 The woman answered and said, IL. have no husband. Je- gus said unto her, Thou hast well said, I have no husband: 18 for thou hast had five hus- bands ; and he whom thou now hast is not thy husband: in that saidst thou truly. 19 The woman saith unto him, Sir, d per- ceive that thou art a prophet. 20 Our fa- thers worshipped in this mountain; and ye gay, that in Jerusalem is the place where men ought to worship. 21 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, believe me, the hour cometh, when ye shall neither in this mountain, nor yet at Jerusalem,worship the Father. 22 Ye worship ἐξ know not what: we now what we wor- ship: for salvation is of the Jews. 23 But the hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshippers shall wor- ship’ the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeketh such to worship him. 24 God is a Spirit: and they that worship him must worship jum in spirit and in truth. 25 The woman saith unto him, I know that Messias cometh, which is called Christ: when he is come, he will tell usallthings. 26Jcsus saith unto her; I that speak unto thee am he, 27 And upouthis came “ [ov μὴ δωψήσει .... ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ] 1, *— δ LI[Tr]A. 5 + αὐτῷ to him [τ]Α. Ε προσκυνεῖν δεῖ LTTraAW. km αὐτὸν. Ὁ, διέρχωμαι τα. LTTraw. τοὺ. ὕδατος. τούτου. διψήσει πάλιν" 14 ὃςιὸ ἂν and come - Fy; ΙΩΑΝΝΗΣ. , ~ πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ this water will thirst again; but wheever may drinkof the ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ Yod.un "διψήσῃ εἰς τὸν. αἰῶνα" willgive him ἴῃ ΠῸ wise shall thirst for ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ" γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ him a fountain water which I ever, ἀλλὰ τὸ ὕδωρ but the water which I will give tohim shall become in ε « ’ > ‘ » - / 4 ? . ὕδατος ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 15 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν of water springing πρ into life eternal. 3Says *to Shim « , , , ~ κ 50 er A ~ ἡ. γυνή, Κύριε, δύς μοι τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, ἵνα μὴ-διψῶ 1the woman, Sir, this water, that I may. not thirst μηδὲ Σέρχωμαι" ἐνθάδε ἀντλεῖν. 16 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ" "Ἰησοῦς, nor come here to draw. ?Says “to ther 1 Jesus, , 4, » a ~ 4 a! , / Ὕπαγε, φώνησον ὑτὸν. ἄνδρα.σοῦ! καὶ ἐλθὲ ἐνθάδε. 11 Απε- Go, call thy hushand and come here. ναι» κρίθη ἡ γυνὴ καὶ εἶπεν", ἸΟὺκ.έχω ἄνδρα." Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ swered ‘the*woman and κοαΐᾶ, [have pot ahusband. 7Says *to *her ᾿]ησοῦς, Καλῶς “εἶπας! “Ort ἄνδρα οὐκ.έἔχω" 18 πέντε 116515, Well didst thou say, A husband I have not; ?five γὰρ ἄνδρας ἔσχες. Kai νῦν ὃν ἔχεις οὐκ.έστὶν σου ‘for husbands thou hast had, and nowhewhomthouhast is not thy ἀνήρ᾽ τοῦτο ἀληθὲς ῤ εἴρηκας. 19 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ. γυνή, husband: this truly thou hast spcken. 3Says *to *him *the 7woman, Κύριε, θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ ov. 20 οἱ. πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν Sir, I perceive that aprophet art thou. Our fathers in τούτῳ τῷ dpe προσεκύνησαν' και ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐν Ἱε- this mountain worshipped, and = ye say that in Je- ροσολύµοις ἐστὶν ὁ τόπος ὕπου ΕΣδεῖ προσκυνεῖν." 21 Λέγει rusalem is, the place whereitis necessary to worship. *Says αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, "Tiva, πίστευσόν μοι." ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα ὅτε Sto*her ‘Jesus, Woman, believe me, that is coming an hour when » ~ ” ΄ οὔτε ἐν τῷ.ὔρει.τούτῳ οὔτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις προσκὺνήσετε neither in this mountain nor in Jerusalem shall ye worship ὁ ~ Batts ς - ~ a ξ » 3 - τῷ πατρί. 22 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ-οῖδατε' ἡμεῖς προσ- the Father. Ye worship what ye know not: we wor- κυγοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν" ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ιουδαίων ἐστίν. ship what weknow; for salvation of the Jews is. 3? ᾽ ” = [ZA ‘ ~ > ‘ 23 'adX'" ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσ- But iscoming anhour and now is, when the true wor- κυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ" shippers will worship the Father in spirit and truth ; ‘ A « ‘ ’ - ‘ .” ᾽ ΄ και. γαρ ο πατ))ο τοιουτους ζητεῖ τους προσκυνοῦντας auTov. give me f for also the Father “such ‘seeks who worship him. O94 mn ~ oe 6 μον \ ‘ ~ k ο νευμα ο εος και τους προσκυνουντας "αυτον εν A spirit God [is], and they that worship him, in πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. ἰδεῖ προσκυνεῖν." 25 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ spirit and truth must worship. *Says *to “him ‘the ef e , ε , / γυνή, Οἶδα ὅτι µεσσίας ἔρχεται. ὁ λεγόμενος χριστός ὅταν 2woman, 1 Κπου; ὑπαὺ Messias 15 coming, who is called Christ ; when ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν "πάντα." WW Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰη- 7comes "Ἠθ he will tell us all things. *Says “to *her 116- - ᾽ va > Ρ « ~ Ν ’ σοὺς, Eyw εἰμι, “0 λαλῶν σοι. 27 Καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ sus, 1 am (‘he],-"who 7am “speaking *to *thee. And upon this τ διψήσει LITrA. αχ ἐγὼ 11. Υ ἔρχομαι ττ; ft Ἰησοῦς (read he says) [Σ,]τ[Ίτ]ἁ. ὃ σου τὸν ἄνδρα a. 4 ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω 1. ε εἶπες τ. Γ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ GLTTrAW. η Τύναι. πίστευέ μοι 1,; Πίστευέ μοι, γυναι: TTrA, i ἀλλὰ ! προσκυνεῖν δεῖ T, τὰ ἅπαγτα TIA, : IV JOHN. 251 "Gov" οἱ μαβηταὶ.αὐτωῦ, καὶ ἐθαύμασαν" ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς his disciples, and mar- came his disciples, and wondered that with 8. woman with this παν eee ἐλάλει: οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, Τί ζητεῖς; ἢ Τί λα- 3ο man said,- What ος 1 ep : Ὲ ς seekest thou ? or, Why = ο ο ς noone however said, What seekest thou? or Why speakest talkest thou with har? Nig per αὐτῆς; thou with her? ε 28 ᾿Αϕῆκεν οὖν τὴν ὑδρίαν αὐτῆς ἢ γυνὴ καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς 28 The woman then *Left - *then © *her°waterpot _ 'the 7woman and went away into Lodged eee αμ. τὴν πόλιν, καὶ λέγει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, 29 Δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρω-. city, and saith to the the city, and says tothe men, Come, sce aman Men, 29 Come, see a man, which told me all πον ὃς εἶπέν μοι πάντα Poca" ἐποίησα' μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν things that ever 1 did: who told me allthingswhatsoever I did: *perchance 20115 is 18 not this the Christ? « ΄ ἢ *s ee Ὁ a 2 Ἄγ, 30 Then they went out 0 χριστὸς; 90 αΕξῆλθον "οὖν" ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ Ἡρ- of the city, and came the Christ ! They went forth therefore outofthe city, and came unto him, χοντο πρὸς αὐτόν. unto him, 31 Ἐν. "δὲ" τῷ μεταξὺ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταί, λέ- , 31 In themean while But in: the meantime 3were ‘tasking ‘him ‘the “disciples, say- "τὶ pra Bip si ? ’ 3 γοντες, “PaBGi," φάγε. 82 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εγὼ βρῶσιν eat. 32 But he said i I ing, Rabbi, eat. But he said tothem, meat Untothem, Ihave meat EN - 0 titan ΕΣ ” ” ων . to eat that ye know ἔχω φαγεῖν ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ.οἴδατε. 88 Ἔλεγον οὖν" οἱ µαθη- not of. 33 Therefore have toeat which ye know not. “Said “therefore 'the 2disci- 884 the disciples one ‘ η ? , δ » ἐν A = to another, Hath an ταὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Mn τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν ; manbrought himought ples to one another, Anyone .‘did bring him [anything] toeat?. toeat? 34 Jesus saith rit. ολ.” shop; \ eA A νὰ “ = Μα ον ‘unto them, My meat is 34 Λεγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ος βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα "ποιῶ" τὸ ‘to do the will of him "Says *to*them ‘Jesus, y meat is that Ishould dothe that sent me, and to ἢ ~ , , 4 , ΝΕ ΤΝΤ” finish his work. 35 Say θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός µε, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον. not ye, There ate yet will of him who sent me, and should finish his work. four months, and { ᾽ « - / « » y ΄ ἘΣ 3 αρα. τα cometh harvest ὃ be- 35 οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε. ὅτι ἔτι Στετράμηνόν' ἐστιν καὶ ὁ θερισμὸς hold, I say unto you Νου ὅτο θῶ, that yet four months itis andthe harvest Lis up fags es, an n ~ ΄ ~ ‘ κ the ds; f ἔρχεται; ἰδού, λέγω ὑμῖν, Ἐπάρατε τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ they are white already comes? Behold, Isay to you, Lift up your eyes *and to harvest. 36 And he , A , , Ἢ , that reapeth receiveth θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμὸν τἤδη ." wages, poy gatharckh see the fields, for white they are to harvest already. fruit unto life eternal: 36 δκαὶ! ὁ θερίζων μισθὸν λαμβάνει, καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν Ὃ ig tage joa ἀν Andhethat reaps areward _ receives, and gathers fruit eth may rejoice to- εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον" ἵνα kai" ὁ σπείρων ὁμοῦ χαίρῃ ο κο τς μὰ harsh unto life eternal, that both hethat sows 7together *may -rejoice soweth, and another καὶ ὁ θερίζων. 97 ἐν.γὰρ τούτῳ ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν “ὁ' ἀλη- Teapeth. 881 sent you land *he *that “reaps. For in this the saying is true, νο πει ae: , a a ΩΝ . ’ 1 « ‘ ‘ ” ε / είρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων. other men laboured θινός, Ότι ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, ς ρίζ μονών ΜΒ That ; 3006 ο. a who SOWS, ᾿ and a ba who Boe aise μυ νικά 38 ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα" ὑμᾶς θερίζεν ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε᾽ τ sent you toreap on'which*not ‘ye *have laboured ; ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν, καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν.κόπον.αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύ- others hayelaboured, and ye _ into their labour have en- Gare. tered. t ι ~ ΄ 8 > > ., 39 Ἐκ.δὲ τῆς.πόλεως.ἐκείνης πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 39 And many of the But out of that city many believed on him Samaritans of that =e ~ i ‘ \ , = ν city believed on him τῶν εδαμαρειτῶν, διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς γυναικὸς µαρ- for the sa ing of the ef the Samaritans, because of the word of the woman tes- woman, which testi- Ὁ ἦλθαν Trr. 9 ἐθαύμαζον were wondering GLTTrAW. PawhichtT. 4 + [καὶ] and 1, τ οὖν GLTTrAW. 5... δὲ but [L]TTra. t ΄Ῥαββεί 1. Υ-- οὖν W. Σποιήσο. Lira, 7 τετράµηνός GLTTrAW. : ἤδη (vead already he that reaps) 7. &— καὶ GL irra, Ρ — και Tra], 6 --- ὃ TTr[a]. 4 ἀπέφταλκα have seul 1, © Σαμαριτῶν T, 252 ficd, He told me all that ever 1 did. 40 3ο when the Samaritans were come unto him, they besought him that he would tarry with them: and he abode there two days. 4] And many more be- lieved because of his own word; 42 and said unto the woman, Now we believe, ποῦ be- cause of thy saying: for we havc heard him ourselves, and know that this is indeed the Christ, the Saviovr of the world, 43 Now after two days he departed thence, and went into Galilee. 44 For Jesus himself testified, that a prophet hath no honour in his own country. 45 Then when he was come into Ga- lilee, the Galilzans received him, having seen all the things that he did at Jerusalem at the feast: for they also went unto the feast. 46 So Jesus came again into Cana of Galilee, where he made the water wine. And there was a certain no- bleman, whose son was sick at Capernaum. 47 When he heard that Jesus was come out of Judza into Gililee, he went-unto him, and besought him that he would come down, and heal his son: for he was at the point of death. 48 Then said Jesus unto him, Ex- cept ye see signs and wonders, ye will not believe. 49 The no- blemansaith untohin, Sir, come down ere ny ehild die. 50 Jesus saith unto him, Go thy way ; thy son liv- eth. And the man be- lieved the word %hat Jesus had spoken unto him, and he went his way. 51 Andas he was now going down, his servants met him, and ἃ which TTra, {Lirr. a, came GLTTraw. 5 --- αὐτὸν (LITTrA. (read the bondmeu) Ὁ, 1— 9 GLTTrraw. IQANNH Σ. 1. ε λαο) ΄ “ , , ε τυοούσης, Ὅτι εἶπεν μοι πάντα foca" ἐποίησα. 40 ‘Qe tifying, Hetold me allthings whatsocver I did. When οὖν ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ΞΣαμαρεῖται, ἠρώτων αὐτὸν therefore came to him the Samariians, they asked him ~ ~ » ΠΡ. , « / ‘ μεῖναι παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς" καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ δύο ἡμέρας. 41 καὶ {ο abide with thern, and heabode there two days. And ~ [ή ιά ο Ν ΄ ? a ~ πολλῷ. πλείους ἐπίστευσαν διὰ τὸν-λόγον-αὐτοῦ' 42 τῇ.τε many more believed because of his word ; and to the γυναικὶ ἔλεγον, Ore" οὐκέτι διὰ τὴν σὴν λαλιὰν πισ- woman they said, No longer because of thy saying we τεύομεν αὐτοὶ. γὰρ ἀκηκόαμεν, καὶ οἴδαμεν OTL οὗτός ἐστιν believe, for ourselves have heard,. and weknow that this is ἀληθῶς ὑ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου, 10 χριστός." truly the Saviour of the world, the Christ. . 43 Mera.dé τὰς δύο ἡμέρας ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν, ‘kai ἀπῆλ- But after the two days he went forth thence, and went θεν! εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 44 αὐτὸς.γὰρ 'o'’Inoovg ἐμαρτύρη- away into Galilee ; for “himself ‘Jesus testiticd, σεν, ὅτι προφήτης ἐν τῇ. ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ. ἔχει. that a prophet in his own coun.iry honour has not. 45 Ὅτε! οὖν ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν When therefore he came into Galilee Syreceived *him ε - , « μα” η ο] ἊΝ ΄ ᾽ ε οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι, πάντα ἑωρακότες "ἃ! ἐποίησέν ἐν Ie- lthe *Galileans, all things having seen which he did in Je- ροσολύμοις ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ καὶ.αὐτοὶ γὰρ "ἦλθον εἰς τὴν “rusalem during the ᾿ feast, for they also went to the ἑορτήν. feast. ; 46 Ἦλθεν οὖν οὐ Ἰησοῦδ' πάλιν Ρ εἰς τὴν Kava τῆς 5:3π1ο6. 3therefore 1 Jesus again to Cana Γαλιλαίας, ὅπου ἐποίησεν τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον. “καὶ ἦν!" τις of Galilce, Where hemade the water wine. And there was acertain βασιλικός, οὗ ὁ υἱὸς ἠσθένει ἐν ἹΚαπερναυύμ.ὶ 47 οὗτος courtier, whose son wassick in Capernaum., He > ΄ ἘΞ: ? A ~ ev ? ~ ? ΄ > A ἀκοῦσας Ότι Ἰησοῦς ἥκει ἐκ τῆς Ιουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλι- haying heard that Jesus had come out of Judza into Gali- λαίαν, ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ᾽αὐτόν, καὶ ἠρώτα "αὐτὸν" ἵνα κατα- lee, went to him, and asked him that he would ~ ly ας ~ ‘ ’ ” . ’ By καὶ ἰάσηται αὐτοῦ τὸν υἱόν" Ίμελλεν.γὰρ ἀποθνήσκειν. comedown and heal his son; forhe was about to die. 5 τὰ εν ~ , , \ γε 48 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν, ᾿Εὰν. μὴ σημεῖα καὶ “Said “therefore Jesus to hin, Unless © signs and , pes 10 . ? A ’ [ή 4 ᾽ εἰ « τέρατα LONTE οὐ-μη πιστεύσητε. 49 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ wonders yesee in no wise will ye believe, *Says *to *him ‘the βασιλικός, Κύριε, κατάβηθι πρὶν ἀποθανεῖν τὸ.παιδίον.µου. “courtier, Sir, come down before *dies tmy “little Schild, / ~ α δ ~ ~ r ‘ 50 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πορεύου: ὁ.υἱόςσου ζῇ. Καὶ" “Says “to *him ‘Jesus, Go, thy son lives, And . , £ ” ~ , e. ~ ~ ἐπίστευσεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῷ λόγῳ τῴ"! εἶπεν αὐτῷ 5 Ἰησοῦς, “believed ‘the “man the word which “said 3to*him ‘Jesus, ο 3 , ~ » ἣν ~ , ~ , καὶ ἐπορεύετο. δ] ἤδη δὲ αὐτοῦ.καταβαίνοντος οἱ .δοῦλοι.Σαὐ- and welt away. Butalready as he was going down his bondmen 6 Σαμαρῖται τ. Ἀ [ὅτι] L. 1— ὁ χριστός LTTrA. Κ -- καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ασ, " 0σα Whatsoever LTra, ο — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (eud he Ρ + ὃ Ἰησοῦς Jesus ΜΚ, 4 Ἦν δέ τ. τ Καφαρναούμ LITrAW. ἕ τε καὶ [Έτ] , YovLTtra, ο ὁ LTIrrayw, * — αὐτοῦ ον τν. JOHN. τοῦ! ἀπήντησαν! αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν" λέγοντες." met him, and reported, saying, « - ὁ παῖς σου" ζῇ. ὅ9 "Ἠπύθετο οὖν “παρ᾽ αὐτῶν τὴν ὥραν" της child lives, He inquired therefore from them the hour >? ~ 4 ἐν κομψότερον ἔσχεν. “καὶ εἶπονὶ αὐτῷ, Ὅτι ἐχθὲς! in which Sbetter -*he “got. And Bhey said to him, Yesterday ὥραν ἑβδόμην ἀφῆκεν αὐτὸν ὁ πυρετός. 53 Ἔγνω tat the] “hour ‘seventh left him the fever, ΞΚ ΠΟΥ οὖν ὁ πατὴρ ὅτι ἐνὶ ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥοᾳ ἐν ἢ εἶπεν *therefore'the *father that ες πολ at that hour in which 2said « Οτι αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, ἔ Οτι' ὁ υἱός.σου ζῇ. Καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς 8:0 *him Jesus, Thy son lives. And he “believed "himself Ξ ae? ~ ~ , ~ καὶ ἡ.οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη.. 54 τοῦτο ἃ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον and his *house whole. This again a second sign- ? , ~ ~ , ‘ ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἐλθὼν ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Ta- did ‘Jesus, having come out of Judea into Ga- λιλαίαν. lilee. ὃ Mera ταῦτα . ἦν: ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβη ΔΙ After these things was ἃ feast of the Jews, and *went *up Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. 2 ἔστιν. δὲ ἐν οἷς ἱΓεροσολύμοις 110515 το Jerusalem, And thereis in Jerusalem ἐπὶ τῇ προβατικῃ κολυμβήθρα, Ἰὴ ἐπιλεγομένη" Ἑβραϊστὶ _at the ρε a pool, which [15] ο: siled in Hebrew ™By9ecdd," πέντε στοὰς ἔχουσα. 3 ἐν ταύταις κατέκειτο Bethesda, five porches havi ing. In, , “these were lying πλῆθος "πολὺ τῶν ἀσθενούντων, τυφλῶν, χωλῶν, a *multitude *great of those who were sick, btind, ‘lame, ξηρῶν, 9ἐκδεχομένων ᾿τὴν τοῦ ὕδατος κίνησιν. 4 ἄγγελος withered, awaiting the 7o0f*the *water lmoving. 7An #angel yap? κατὰ.καιρὺν κατέβαινεν ἐν τῇ κολυμβήθρᾳ, καὶ ἐτά- ΔῸΣ from time to time descended in the pool, διά agi- ῥασσεν τὸ ὕδωρ' ὁ οὖν πρῶτος ἐμβὰς μετὰ τὴν ταραχὴν tated the water.-He who therefore first entered after the agitation τοῦ ὕδατος, ὑγιὴς ἐγίνετο, αῷ δήποτεὶ κατείχετο νοσήματι. ofthe water, πε] ‘became, ‘whatever “he *was ‘held “by ‘disease. ~ τι ? 5 Ἡν δὲ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ Ἱτριακονταοκτὠ' ἔτη ἔχων ἐν But*was’a*certain *man there “thirty "eight ‘years ‘being in τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ". 6 τοῦτον ἰδὼν ὁ Ιησοῦς κατακείμενον, καὶ infirmity. *Him seeing 1 Jesus lying, and er - ’ ~ ’ γνοὺς ὅτι πολὺν ἤδη χοόνον ἔχει, λέγει αὐτῷ, θέλεις kuowing that along’already ‘time hehas been, says to him, Desirest thou ὑγιὴς γενέσθαι; 7 ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ ἀσθενῶν, Κύριε, ἄν- well to become? *Answered Shim lthe “infirm (man), Sir, a θρωπον οὐκ.ἔχω, ἵνα bray ταραχϑῇὺ τὸ ὕδωρ 'βάλλῃ"! man Ihave not; that when 3has*been ὁ “agitated ‘the *water he may put µε εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν" ἐν.ᾧ.δὲ ἔρχομαι ἐγὼ ἄλλος πρὸ me into the pool ; but while 7am ~cgming ‘I another before ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει. ὃ Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, "'"Εγειραλ,' * ἄρον 118 descends. *Says *to *him 1 Jesus, ‘Arise, take up 253 told him, saying, Thy sonliveth. 52 Then in- quired he of them the hour when he beyan to amend. And they said unto him, Yester- day at the seventh hour the fever left him. 53 So,the father knew that it was at the same hour,.in the which Jesas said unto him, Thy son liveth: and himself believed, and his whole house. 54 This is again the second miracle that Jesus did, when he was come out of Jus dzea into Galilee, V. After this there wis a feast of the Jews: and Jesus went upto Jerusalem, 2 Now there is at Jerusalem by the sheep market a pool, which is called in the . Hebrew tongue .Bethesda, having five porches, 3 In these lay a great multitude of impotent folk,of blinil, halt, withered, wait- ing for the moving of the water. 4 For an angel went down at a certain season into the pool, and troubled the water: whosoerer then first after the troubling of the water stepped in was made whole of whatsoever disease he had. 5 And a cer- tain man was there, which hadan infirmity thirty and eight years, 6 When Jesus saiv him 116. and knew that he had been now a long time in thut case, he saith unto him, Wilt thou be made whole? 7 The impotent man answered him, Sir, I have noman, when the water is troubled, to put me into the pool: but while I am com- ing, another steppeth down before me. 8 Je- sus saith unto him, Rise, take up thy bed, Y ὑπήντησαν LITrA. 2 καὶ ἤγγειλαν T; [καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν] Tra. t αὐτοῦ (vead that his child lives) Lrrra. ς THY ὥραν Tap αὐτῶν LTTrA. fore they said TTra. ¢éx@és LTTraW. ζ-- ἐν 1{τ||.. Ε —Ore LTTra. ατα]. i+ ἡ the (feast) τ. Κι — ὁ LTTrAW. Ι τὸ λεγόμενον T. Zatha τὶ n — πολὺ [L]TTrA. of[the] Lordi 4 abies L. τοῦ his (infirmity) [LJrtra, Εβάλῃ @urrraw. ’Eyeipe LITraw, πὸ ἐκδεχομένων to end of verse 4 (e]rtra. - τ τριάκοντα καὶ (--- καὶ [L]Tr) ὀκτὼ GLTTrAW. -- λέγοντες τ. ἆ εἶπον οὖν there- h + δὲ now (this) τὰ Ῥηθζαθά Beth- P + [κυρίου] S+ap- ΝΕ [καὶ] and L, 254 and walk. 9 And im- metiately the man was made whole, and took up his bed, and walked: and on the same day was the sab- bath.. 10 The Jews therefore said unto him that was cured, It is the sabbath day: it-is not lawful for thee to carry thy bed. 11 He answered them, He that made me whole, the same said unto me, Take up thy bed, and walk. 12 Then asked they him, What man is that which said unto thee, Take up thy bed, and walk? 13 And he that was healed wist not who it was: for Jesus had conveyed himself a- way, a multitude be- ing in that place. 14 Afterward Jesus findeth him in the temple, and said unto him, Behold, thou art made whole: sin no more, lest a worse thing come unto thee. 15 The man departed, and told the Jews that it was Jesus, which had made him whole. 16 And therefore did the Jews persecute Je- sus, and sought to slay him, because he had done these things on the sabbath day. 17 But Jesus answer- ed them, My Father worketh hitherto, and I work. 18 Therefore the Jews sought the more to kill him, be- cause he not only had broken the sabbath, but said also that God was his Father, mak- ing himself equal with God. 19 Then answer- ed Jesus and saidunto them, Verily, verily, I say unto yousThe Son can do nothing of him- self, but what heseeth the Father do: for what things soever he doeth, these also do- eth the Son likewise.- 20 For the Father loveth the Son, and TQANNHE Σ. Y. ᾿ ὃ 3 f 3 ὲ ᾖ τὸν Σκράββατόν].σου, καὶ περιπάτει. 9 Καὶ γεύθεως" ἐγένετο thy bed, and walk. And immediately *became ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ἦρεν τὸν. κράββατον" αὐτοῦ, καὶ *well ‘the Στηβ, and took up his bed, and περιεπάτει: ἦν.δὲ σάββατον ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. 10 Ἔλεγον walked; anditwas- sabbath on that day. "Said οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ, Σἀάββατόν ἐστιν" to him wno had been healed, , Sabbath it is, τρὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἄραι τὸν Ἱκράββατον!”. 11 ὃ᾿Απεκρίθη it is not lawful for thee totake up the bed. He answered αὐτοῖς, ‘O ποιήσας µε ὑγιῆ, ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ᾿Αρον τὸν “therefore ‘the Jews them, Hewho made me well, he tome said, Take up εκράββατόν!.σου καὶ περιπάτει. 12 Ἡρώτησαν "οὖν" αὐτόν, ~ thy bed and walk. They asked *therefore *him, | Τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ εἰπών σοι, Αρον “τὸν «κράββατόν! Who is the man who said tothee, Take up *bed σου! καὶ περιπάτει; 13 ὋὉ δὲ flafeic' οὐκ.ῇδει τίς ἐστιν" ‘thy and walk? But he who had been healed knew not who it is, « ee ~ ryt ” » ἢ ~ , 4 ὁ.γὰρ. Ἰησοῦς ἐξένευσεν, ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. 14 Μετὰ for Jesus had moved away,.a crowd being in the place. , After ταῦτα εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, αἱ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, these things “finds ‘him 16585 in the temple,amd said tohim, ” ς A = 48 Φ - μ ~ Id: ὑγιὴς «Ὑέγονας µηκέτι ἁμάρτανε, ἵνα μὴ χεῖρόν Behold, well thou hast become: *no *more isin, that “ποῦ *worse ετί σοι! γένηται. 15 ᾿᾿Απῆλθεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ Ἰάνήγ- “something 5to °thee *happens, Went away the man and told γειλεν" τοῖς ᾿Ἰουδαίοις ὅτι ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὸν . the Jews “" that Jesus _itis who made him 4 ~. 3 ~ / ~ ~ ὑγιῆ: 16 Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐδίωκον τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι," well, And because of this “persecuted *Jesus ‘the . 7Jews, lkai ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι.) ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν σαβ- and sought him to kill, because these things hedid on a sab- 17 « δὲ ΡΤ ~ i ᾽ ΄ ? ~ « ΄ ee βάτῳ. Οὐδὲ Τησοῦς᾽ ἀπεκρίνατο αὑτοῖς, Ο.πατηρ.µου bath. But Jesus answered ‘them, My Father ae ? , 2 δν , \ ~ 1 ἕως ἄρτι ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι. 18 Διὰ. τοῦτο "οὖν until now works, and I work. Because of this therefore ~ ? / κ ~ ~ , μᾶλλον ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ot Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι, ὅτι οὐ µόνον the more sought ‘*him ‘the ?Jews 30ο ΠῚ, because not only ” / ‘ ” ἔλυεν τὸ σάββατον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγεν τὸν ἀἷᾶ he break the sabbath, but also ‘Father “his *own ‘called θεόν, ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ. 19 ἀπεκρίνατο οὖν 6 2God, equal “himself ‘making to God. 3Answered therefore ? ~ " ~ ? « -“ ]ησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς. ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ δύναται Jesus‘ and said tothem, Verily verily Isay ἴογοι, 515 *able « « ~ ~~ ὁ υἱὸς ποιεῖν ad ἑαυτοῦ οὐδέν, Ρἐὰν' μή τι βλέπῃ tthe 7Son todo from himself nothing, unless anything he may see 4 [ ~ ~ ~ ; ~ τὸν πατέρα ποιοῦντα" G.yap.1dy" ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ the Father doing : for whatever he does, these things also « eA « ΄ ~ "4 ~ ‘4 « ὁ υἱὸς τὁμοίως ποιεῖ." 20 ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν υἱόν, καὶ the Son inlike manner does. For the Father loves the Son, and * κράβαττον LTTrAW. τος © κράβαττόν L[Tr]w. bed) L. σου T[Tr]A. b + [καὶ] and 1, P ἂν T. q ἀποκτεῖναι α[1,]Τ1νΑ. ἂν] ΤΙ, ---- εὐθέως τ΄. z - καὶ and [n]T[Tr]a, δὲ who however Ltr. : ¢ — οὖν [τ,][τε]Α. α ἔ { ἀσθενῶν was impotent T. ' εἶπεν τ΄ Κ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν ΗΤΤΑ. 1 — καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν — Ἰησοῦς (read he answered) τ. 2 — οὖν T. ο ἔλεγεν Te Τ ποις! ὁμοίως T. / ® + σου (read thy d — τὸν κράββατόν & got Tt GLTTrAW. ν τ; JOHN. πάντα δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ ἃ αὐτὸς ποιεῖ" all pings shews to him which *himself *he does; and greater than των᾽ δείξει. αὐτῷ ἔργα, ἵνα ὑμεῖς "θάυμάζητε.! 21 ὥσπερ *these *he will shew “him ‘works, that ye may wonder. 2Even 508 ap ὁ- πατὴρ ἐγείρει τοὺς νεκροὺς καὶ ζωοποιεῖ, οὕτως Kai ὁ for the Father raiscsup the dead and quickens, thus. also the υἱὸς οὓς θέλει ζωοποιεῖ. 22 οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, Son whom he will quickens; for the Father sae no one, ἀλλὰ THY" κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ, 23 ἵνα πάντες but i ᾧ δῶν tall has given to the Son, that all τιμῶσιν τὸν υἱὸν καθὼς τιμῶσιν τὸν πατέρα. ὁ may honour the Son. 6Τεη 8.8 η honour the καὶ μείζονα rove τὸν υἱὸν οὐ.τιμᾷ τὸν πατέρα τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν. 94 ᾽Αμὴν the Son honoursnot the Father who sent him, Verily ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ τὸν.λόγον.µου ἀκούων, καὶ πιστεύων verily Isay to you, that hethat my word hears, and’ believes Te πέμψαντί pe, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ him who sent me, has life eternal, and intojudgment *not ἔρχεται, ἀλλὰ µεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν. comes, but has passed out of death into life. 25 ᾽Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, Verily verily Isay * you, that iscoming an hour and now is, OTE οἱ νεκροὶ ἵἀκούσονται' τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ when [88 dead shall hear the voice ofthe Son of God, and οἱ ἀκούσαντες Ἰζήσογται.ὶ 26 ὥσπερ γὰρ δ' πατὴρ ἔχει yu 1 those having heard shall live. Forevenas the Father has’ "έδωκεν καὶ τῷ vip' ζωὴν ἔχειν he gave also tothe Son life to have χκαὶ" κρίσιν also judgment ὅτι υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν. 28 μὴ .θαυµάζετε τοῦτο" of man he is. Wonder not at this, 7 ~ , ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα ἐν πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς μνημείοις ᾿ ἀκού - for “15 *coming'an*hour in which all those ἵπ the tombs shall σονται! τῆς-φωνῆς. αὐτοῦ, .ῶ9 καὶ ἐκπορεύσονται, οἱ τὰ hear his volee, and shallcome forth, those that ἀγαθὰ ποιήσαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς, οἱ δὲ τὰ φαῦλα good ory Sede to aresurrection of life, and those that evil πράξαντες εἰς ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως. 80 οὐ δύναμαι ἐγὼ ποιεῖν ζωὴν -ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως 1188 in himself, 5ο 7 « ~ ‘ 3 ΄ ” ᾽ - ἐν ἑαυτῷ. 27 καὶ ἐξουσία ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ in himself, and authority gave to him ποιεῖν, to execute, because Son did to aresurrection of Be eg Amable ‘I todo ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐδέν' καθὼς ἀκούω κρίνω, καὶ ἡ κρίσις ἡ from myself nothing; evenas 1Ι1εα I judge, end 2judgment ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν' ὅτι οὐ.ζητῷ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐ ἐμόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ Imy *just 31, | because I seek not ΄ Σπ] my, but the θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με Σπατρός.ὶ 31 ο ἐγώ μαρτυρῶ will ofthe ?who*sent *me ‘Father, 1 bear witness περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ. μαρτυρία.μου οὐκ.ἔστιν ἀληθής, 32 ἄλλος concerning mniyself, my witness is not true, . Another ἐμοῦ, καὶ *olda" ὅτι ἀληθής ἐστιν and I know that true ᾿ is ἐμοῦ. 33 Ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλ- μα ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τ is who bears witness concerning me, ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ the witness which he witnes-es ο me. κατε πρὸς Ῥ Ἰωάννην" καὶ μεμαρτύρηκεν ΤΏ ἀληθείᾳ: 94 ἐ ἐγὼ sent unto- John and hehas borne witness tothe truth. 53 θαυμάζετε Wonder τ. TTA. «-- καὶ LTTrA. GirtrAW. Α85 οἴδατε ye ΚΠΟΥ͂ Τ. t ἀκούσουσιν TTr. ν ζήσουσιν LTTrA. y — δὲ and [L]t(TrJa. b*Iwarvnv Tre μὴ.τιμῶν. Father. He that honours not 255 sheweth him all things that himself doeth , and he will shew him greater works than these, that ye may marvel, 21 For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and quickeneth them; even so the Son quickeneth whom he will. 22 For the Fa- ther judgeth no man, but hath committed all judgment unto the Son.: 23 that all men should honour the Son, even as they honour the Father. He that honoureth not the Son shonoureth not the Fa- ‘ther which hath sent him, 24 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation ; but is passed from death un- to life. 25 Verily, ve- rily, I say unto you, The hour is coming, and now is, when the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God: and they that hear shall iive. 26 For as the Father hath life in himself; so hath he given, to the Son to have life in himself; 27 and hath given him authority to execuie judgment also. le- cause he is the Son of man. 28 Marvel not at this: for the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves shall hear his voice, 29 and shall come forth; they that have done good, unto the resurrection of Hife; and they that have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation. 30,I can of mine own self do nothing: as‘I hear, I ' ‘judge : and my judg- ment is just; because I seek not mine own will, but the will of the Father which hath sent me. 31 If I bear witness of myself, my witness is not true. 32 There is another that beareth witness of me; and I know that the witness which he witne-seth of me is true. 33 Ye sent unto John, and he bare wits ness unto the truth. ——::0n Oe 5 καὶ τῷ υἱῷ ἔδωκεν t— πατρός (read of him who seut we} 256 34 But I receive ποῦ testimony from man: but these things I say, that ye might be saved. 35 He was a burning and a shining light: and ye were willing for a season to rejoice in his light. 36 But I have greater witness’ than that of John: for the works which the Father hath given me to finish, the same works that I do, bear" wiiness of me, tha the Father hath sent me. 37 And the Father himself, which lath sent me, hath borne witness of me. Ye have neither heard his voice at any time, nor seen his shape. 38 And ye have not his word abiding in you: for whom tc hath sent, him ye believe not. 39 Sear.h the scrip- turcs; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me. 40 And ye will not come to me, that ye might have life. 411, receive not honour from men. 42 But I know you, that ye have not the love of God in you. 451 am come in my Father’s name, and ye receive me not: if another shall come in his own name, him ye will receive. 44 How can ye believe, which receive honour one of another, and seek not the honour that com- eh from God only? 45 Do not think that I will accuse you to the Father: there is one that accuseth you, even Moses, in whom ye trust. 46 For had ye believed Moses, ye would have believed me: for he wrote of me. 47 But if ye be- lieve not his writings,. how shall ye believe my words? TQANNHS. ; Υ: οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω. ἀλλὰ ταῦ- 7man witness δχοσείτε, Ἐπὶ these - / ev € ~ -"»- = ? ~» στ . 7: « τα λέγω ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε. 98 ἐκεῖνος ην -ὁ λύχνος ὃ things Isay that ye may be saved. He was the “lamp. , eS ΄ « - a! 18 λη ο λλ Bay mi καιόμενος Kal φαίνων, vpEeic.ce ἠθελήσατε “αγαλλιασθηναι" Ipurning “and “shining, and ye were willing to rejoice ‘ ν᾽ ~ Ν ~ ‘ " ” “““- πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ-φωτὶ.αὐτοῦ. 36 ἐγὼ. δὲ ἔχω τὴν μαρτυρίαν for ΑΠ hour in his light. ButI have the witness ἀμείζω" τοῦ ᾿Ιωάννου"" τὰ.γὰρ ἔργα ἃ “δὲ -'but *not ®from fEdweév" μοι ὁ greater than John’s forthe works which *gave *me ‘the πατὴρ ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ.τὰ ἔργα ἃ 8éyw" “Father that Ishould complete them, the works themselves which I ποιῶ, μαρτυρε περὶ ἐμοῦ OTL ὁ πατήρ µε ἀπέσταλκεν, do, bear witness concerning me thatthe Father me has sent. 97 καὶ ὁ΄ πέμψας µε πατήρ, "αὐτὸς! μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ And the *who “sent *me *Father, himself has borne witness concerning ἐμοῦ. οὔτε φωνὴν.αὐτοῦ ‘axnkoare’ πώποτε," οὔτε εἶδος me, Neither his voice have ye heard at any time, nor form αὐτοῦ ἑωράκατε. 88 καὶ τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ οὐκ. ἔχετε Ἐμένοντα this have ye seen. And his word yehavenot aliding ἐν ὑμῖν." ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκέῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ.πιστεύετε. in you, for whom “sent the, him ye believ« not. 39 "Ἐρευνᾶτε" τὰς γραφάς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς δοκεῖτε ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν Yesearch the scriptures, for ye think in them life αἰώνιον ἔχειν, καὶ ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ eternal to Ἠβγθ, and they are they which bear witness concerning ᾽ ~ ἃ 7 a ? ~ , «“ 4 » Η ἐμοῦ: 40 καὶ οὐ.θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με, (να ζωὴν ἔχητε. me; and yeareunwilling tocome ἴο me, that life yemay have. 41 Δόξαν παρὰ ἀνθρώπων ob. apBarw: 42 ἀλλ᾽) ἔγνωκα Glory from men I receive not ; but I have known ε ~ « n \ ᾽ ie ~~ ~ 7 » Il ? € ~ ? 8.9 ὑμᾶς ὅτι "τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ.ἔχετε' ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. 48 ἔγω you that the love of God ye have not in yourselves. J > , 1 ~ 3) , -- ’ ‘ J 7 , / ἐλήλυθα ἐν΄τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ: πατρός. μου, καὶ οὐ.λαμβάνετέ με" have come in the name of my Father, and yereceivenot me; ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ, ἐκεῖνον δλήψεσθε.! if another should come in *name ‘his own, him ye will receive. επ - ~ , 44 πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν Ῥπαρὰ" ἀλλήλων How are ye able to believe, Selory *from ‘one another λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Ἰθεοῦ" lwho receive, and the glory which[is] from the only God οὐ. ζητεῖτε; 45 μὴ δοκεῖτε ὅτι ἐγὼ κατηγορήσω ὑμῶν πρὸς τὸν. ye seek not 2 Think not that If will accuse you to the πατέρα" ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν, τΜωσῆς," εἰς ὃν ‘Father: there is [one] who accuses you, Moses, in. whom € a ety ἦλ , ws \ ? , 5 - η ? 5 ra ὑμεῖς ἡλπίκατε. 46 εἰ γὰρ ἐπιστεύετε “Μωσῇ," επιστευετε. ὧν ye have hoped. Forif yebelieved Moses, yewouldhave believed ἐμοί" περὶ γὰρ ἐμοῦ ἐκεῖνος ἔγραψεν. 47 εἰ.δὲ τοῖς ἐκείνου me, forconcerning me he wrote. But if his ΄ ~ ~ ~ ΄ γράμμασιν οὐ.πιστεύετε, .πῶς τοῖς. ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύ- writings | ye believe not, how — my words shall ye σετε; believe ? 5 ἀγαλλιαθῆναι GLTTrAW. _ & — ἐγὼ (read ποιῷ I do) LrTraA ὑμῖν μένοντα TTrA. θεοῦ 1. 5 λήμψεσθε LTTrA, ἱτττα ; Μωύσῃ w. - “ἃ μείζων LTrA. . © ᾿Ἰωάνου Τε, f δέδωκέν has given TTra. ο) 1 ; ἃ ἐκεῖνος TTrA. i πώποτε ἀκηκόατε LTTrAW. κ ἐν 1 ἐραυνᾶτε TTrA. αι ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. Ὁ οὐκ ἔχετε τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Ρ παρ᾿ A, [cod] L. τ Μωῦσῆς 1 ΤΤΙΑΝ. * Μωῦσεϊ we. JOHN. 6 Μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης After these things *went *away 1 Jesus over the Bem τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος" 3 ‘kai ἠκολούθει! αὐτῷ ὄχλος of Galilee (of Tiberias), and “*followed Shim 1a %crowd πολύς, ὅτι Ἱἑώρωνὶ “αὐτοῦ! τὰ σ]μεῖα ἃ ἐποίει ἐπὶ *great,, because they saw ofhim the _ signs. which he wrought upon ~ 3 2 θ ’ὕ 2 ~ θ δὲ 2 A 1 x‘ Il ? ~ τῶν ἀσθενούντων. 3 ἀνῆλθεν. δὲ εἰς TO ὄρος τὸ" Ἰησοῦς, those who Ἅπετε sick. And *went *up *into *the “mountain Jesus, καὶ ἐκεῖ Σἐκάθητσϊ μετὰ τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ. 4 ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς and there sat with his disciples ; and “was “near τὸ πάσχα ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Jovdaiwy. 5 ἐπάρας οὖν *0'In- “the *passover, the feast of the Jews. *Having *lifted *up 7tHen 116- Le ‘ Dey / ll \ ΄ uv 4 » σοῦς τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς," καὶ θεασάμενος ὅτι πολὺς ὄχλος 515 [his] eycs, and havingseen that agreat crowd ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτόν, λέγει πρὸς *rov' Φίλιππον, Πόθεν is coming to him, he says to Philip, Whence "ἀγοράσομεν! ἄρτους ἵνα φάγωσιν οὗτοι: 6 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἔλεγεν shall we buy loaves that “may eat ‘these? But this he said πειράζων αὐτόν" αὐτὸς. γὰρ Ίδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν. 7 “ἀπε- trying . him, © for he knew what he was about to do. An- κρίθη" αὐτῷ 4 Φίλιππος, Διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι οὐκ swered him Philip, ?For *two *hundred ‘denarii ‘loaves 7not haBy. , ~ > ~ ev e e >? ~ Il ’ { Ἱ ἀρκοῦσιν αὐτοῖς ἵνα ἕκαστος “αὐτῶν" βραχύ. ἵἷτι some little may receive. ®sre sufficient for them that each of them 8 Λέγει αὐτῷ εἷς ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, Ανδρέας ὁ ἀδελφὸς Says tohim one of his disciples, Andrew the brother Σίμωνος Πέτρου, 9 Ἔστιν παιδάριον δὲν! ὧδε, 0" ἔχει πέντε of Simon Peter, ‘41s 2little “boy 64 here, who has five » ΄ Ν / ? / = ? A ~ / 1 2 ἄρτους κριθίνους καὶ δύο ὀψάρια" ἀλλὰ ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς “loaves 1barley and two small fishes; but ‘*these ‘what “are for τοσούτους: 10 Εἶπεν δὲ" ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ποιήσατε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους so Many? And “said 1 Jesus, Make the men ἀναπεσεῖν. ἦν.δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. Ἐἀνέπεσον" torecline. Now γαβ “grass ‘much in the place: reclined οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες τὸν ἀριθμὸν Ιὠσεὶ! πεντακισχίλιοι. 11 ἔλαβεν therefore the men, . the about five thousand. 3Τοο]ς πρὲ! τοὺς ἄρτους ὁ Ιησοῦς, καὶ "εὐχαριστήσας διέδωκεν!" 9τοῖς number land ‘the ‘loaves 2Jesus, and having giventhanks distributed to the μαθηταῖς, οἱ.δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ἀνακειμένοις ὁμοίως καὶ disciples, and the disciples to those reclining ; aud in like manner ἐκ τῶν ὀψαρίων ὕσον ἤθελον. 12 ὡς.δὲ ἐνεπλήσθησαν And when they were filled of the small fishes as much as they wished. λέγει τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ, Συναγάγετε τὰ περισσεύσαντα he says to his disciples, Gather together the over *and *above κλάσματα, ἵνα µή.τι ἀπόληται. 13 Συνήγαγον οὖν ‘fragments, that nothing may be lost. They gathered together therefore 4 ? , , “ / ιά ~ , καὶ ἐγέμισαν δώδεκα κοφίνους κλασμάτων ἐκ τῶν πέντε and filled twelve hand-baskets of fragments from _ the five ” ~ εἰ , εν Ἶῳ ~ ἄρτων τῶν κριθίνων ἃ ΡῬέἐπερίδσευσεν" τοῖς βεβρω- “loaves had ‘barley which were over and above to those who t ἠκολούθει δὲ LTTrA. 7 ἐθεώρουν LTrA. } ἐκαθέζετο τ. - τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTrAW. should we buy LTTraw. ο ἀποκρίνεται answers T. f — τι (vead a little) [L]tr[a]. &— . δὲ and [L]rrra. κ ἀνέπεσαν LITrA. {| ὡς TTrA- ® εὐχαρίστησεν καὶ ἔδωκεν gave thanks and distributed Ὁ, ταὶ LTTrA. P ἐπερίσσευσαν LITrA. d4 oT, π — αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. 8 — τὸν LTTrA. g — ὃν (read παιδ. a little boy) [L]}r7[a]. ™ οὖν therefore (took) Lrtra, ο — τοῖς μαθηταῖς, at δὲ µαθη- 257 VI. After these things Jesus went over the sea of Gali- lee, which is the sea of Tiberias, 2 Απά a great multitude fol- lowed him, because they saw his miracles which he did on them that were diseased. 3 And Jesus went up into a mountain, and there he sat with his disciples. 4 And the passover, a feast of the Jews, was nigh. 5 When Jesus then lifted up his eyes, and .6aW 8, great company come unto him, he saith unto Philip, Whence shall we buy bread, that these may eat? 6 And this he said to prove him: fer he himself knew what he would do. 7 Philip answered him, T'wo hundred pennyworth of bread is not suffici- ent for them, that every one of them may take a little. 8 One of his disciples, Andrew, Simon Peter’s brother, saith unto hkn, 9 There is a lad here, which hath five barley loaves, and two small fishes: but what are they a- mongsomany? 10 And Jesus said, Make the men sit down. Now there was much grass in the place. So the men sat down, in num- ber about five thou- sand. 11 And Jesus took the loaves; and when he had given thanks, he distributed to the disciples, and the disciples to them that were set down; and likewise of the fishes as much as they would. 12 When they were filled, he said unto his disciples, Ga- ther up the fragments that remain, that no- thing be lost, 13 There- fore they gathered them together, and fill- ed twelve baskets es the fragments of the five barley loaves, which remained over and above unto them that had eaten. 14 Then x— ὁ LTTrA. Ὁ ἀγοράσωμεν 8. — αὐτῶν LTTrA. bh ὃς LTTTAW 258 those men, when they kad scen the miracle that Jesus did, said, Vhis is of a truth that prophet that should come into the world. 15 When Jesus there- fore perceived that they would come and take him by force, to make him. a king, he departed again into a mountain himself a- lone 16 And when even Was now come, his dis- ciples went down unto the sea, 17 and entered into a ship, and went over the sea toward Capernaum. And it ‘was now dark, and Je- sus was not come to them. 18 And the sea arose by reason of a great wind that blew. 19 So when they had rowed about five and twenty or thirty fur- longs, they see Jesus walking on the sea, and drawing nighunto the ship: and they were afraid. 20 But he saith unto them, It isI; be. not afraid. 21 Then they willingly received him into the ship: and immediately the ship was at the land whi- ther they went. _ 22 The day following, when the peoplewhich stood on the other side of the sea saw that there was none other boat there, save that one whereinto his dis- ciples were entered,and that Jesus went not with his disciples into the boat, but that his disciples were gone a- way alone; 23 (howbeit there came other boats from Tiberias nigh un- to the place where they did eat bread, after th the Lord had given thanks:) 24 when the people therefore saw that Jesus .was not there, neither his disciples,they also took shipping, and came to Capernaum, sceeking 1ΩΑΝΝΗΣ, Vi ” a 4 ~ κὀσιν. 14 οἱ οὖν. ἄνθρωποι ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον eaten. The men therefore having seen what “had*done | ?’sign a4 εί ο ἢ} ἔλ Ὅ Came 4 ? aN θῶ « , ε ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔλεγον, Ότι οὗτος ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφητης ο *Jesus, said, This is truly the prophet who τἐρχόµενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον." 15 Ἰησοῦς. οὖν γνοὺς ὅτι µελ- iscoming into the world. Jesus therefore knowing that they λουσιν ἔρχεσθαι καὶ ἁρπάζειν αὐτόν, ἵνα ποιήσωσιν "αὐτὸν" are about tocome and seize him, that they may make -him βασιλέα, tavexwonoey' πάλιν εἰς τὸ Όὄρος αὐτὸς μόνος. king, withdrew again to the mountain himself alone. « \ >? / 1 , ε ‘ ? ~ ? a 16 Ὡς δὲ ὀψία ἐγένετο κατέβησαν οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ And when evening it became *went *down ’ this 7disciples to 4 , ΔΝ ? 4 > τ DS || λ - » τὴν θάλασσαν, 17 καὶ ἐμβάντες εἰς “τὸ! πλοῖον ἤρχοντο the sea, and haying entered into the ship they were going / - ing ? τν , I x be τ 2 πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης εἰς “Καπερναούμ.ὶ “καὶ σκοτία ἤδη over the sea to Capernaum, And ~ dark « already ἐγεγόνει" καὶ Youn! ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Inoove,",18 ἥ.τε it had become, and ὅθποῦ *had*come ‘to ‘them 1Jesus, and the θάλασσα ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος “διηγείρετο." 19 ἔληλα- sea by a“wind ‘strong blowing was agitated. Having κότες οὖν we" «σταδίους! εἰκοσιπέντε! ἢ τριάκοντα θεωροῦσιν rowed then about “*furlongs* twenty-five “or *thirty they sce τὸν Ἰησοῦν περιπατοῦντα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ ἐγγὺς τοῦ Jesus walking οη ~,the sea, and near the πλοίου γινόμενον" καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 20 ὁ.δὲ λέγει αὐτοῖς, ship coming, and they were frightened. But he says tothem, ? , ~ > ~ ᾽ ‘ ae μὴ.φοβεῖσθε. 21 Ἠθελον οὖν λαβεῖν αὐτὸν fear not. They were willing then to receive him εἰμι" am [he]; εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ εὐθέως “τὸ πλοῖον ἐγένετο! ἐπὶ ἱτῆς γῆς" into the ship, and immediately the ship was at the land εἰς ἣν ὑπῆγον. ‘ to which they were going. 4 22 Ty ἐπαύριον ὁ ὄχλος ὁ «ἑστηκὼς πέραν τῆς θα- Οἱ {πο morrow’ the crowd which βίοοῦ the other side of the λάσσης, ΕΣἰδὼνὶ ὅτι πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ εἰ μὴ ἕν τὸ having seen that “small*ship other "*no was there except one Ἀεκεῖνο εἰς ὃ ἐνέβησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦρὶ καὶ ὅτι οὐ that into which entered his disciples, and that *not συνεισῆλθεν τοῖς. μαθηταῖς. αὐτοῦ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ πλοιάριον.! “went *with “his ®disciples *Jesus into the small ship, ἀλλὰ μόνοι οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθον, 23 ἄλλα. δὲ" Ἰἠλθεν]!, but alone. his disciples went away, (but other %came m x , ΠΣ di 10 ? \ ~ , . a om” 5 πλοιάρια" ἐκ Τιβεριάδος ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπὀυ ὕπου ἔφαγον τὸν *small *ships from Tiberias near {6 place where theyate the ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ κυρίου 24 Ore οὖν εἶδεν ὁ bread, “having “given ‘thanks ‘the 7Lord;) when thercfore *saw “the ὄχλος. ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ οὐδὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐνέ- “crowd that Jesus “not 5 there nor’ his disciples, they βησαν "καὶ" αὐτοὶ. εἰς τὰ: ὁπλοῖα" καὶ ἦλθον εἰς PKazep- Sentercd ‘also *themselves into the ships and came _ to Caper- 4 — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he had done) trra. * φεύγει escapes T. * κατέλαβεν δὲ αὐτοὺς η σκοτία and darkness overtook them T. κ᾿ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτούς T. Thim ]) Letra. 9 ἐγένετο τὸ πλοῖον LTTrA, μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ΟΙ ΤΊτΑ. 2 -- καὶ GLTIrAW. ships L. τ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος τ. 3 — αὐτὸν (read 5 Καφαρναούμ LTTraw. Σ οὔπω not yet LTTrA. Ὁ ὡσεὶ L. ο στάδια τ. ἃ εἴκοσι πέντε LTTr. Ε εἶδον SaW LTTrA, 4 --" ἐκεῖνο εἰς ὃ ἐνέβησαν οἱ k— δὲ but ΤΤ[Α]. ἦλθον τι ™ πλοία © πλοιάρια Small ships LTTrA, Ρ Καφαρναούμ LTT:AW, ¥ — τὸ (read a ship) TTra, 5 διεγείρετο Tra. _ Pony γῆν τ. 1 πλοῖον Ship GLTTra. LA Τ a . 7 ~ 6) a νσούμ."' ζητοῦντες τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. 25 καὶ εὑρόντες αὐτὸν ete νο. Jesus. ‘And having found him πέραν ο 'τῆς θαλάσσης, εἶπον ᾽αὐτῷ, Ῥαββί," πότε ὧδε the = side of the sea, they said to him, Rabbi, when here ? ιό ? ~ Ὁ 3 ~ A τ ᾽ ‘ _yéyovac; 396᾿ Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, Αμὴν hast thou come 2 2Answered “them Jesus and _ said, Verily ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ζητεῖτέ με; οὐχ Gre εἴδετε σημεῖα, ἀλλ’ verily 1 αγ to σον Yeseek me, not because ye saw signs, but ὅτι ἐφάγετε ἐκ τῶν ἄρτων καὶ ἐχορτάσθητε. 27 ἐργάζεσθε because ve ate of the’ loaves and _ were satisfied. Work A A ~ μὴ τὴν βρῶσιν THY, ἀπολλυμένη», ἀλλὰ τὴν βρῶσιν not (for] the food which perishes, but [for] the food. τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου which , abides unto life eternal, whichthe Son of man εἡμῖν δώσει" τοῦτον.γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ θεός. to you will give; for him the Father sealed, {even] God. 28 Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτόν, Ti "ποιοῦμεν," ἵνα ἐργαζώμεθα Thgy said therefore to him, What do we, that we may work . ? iQ t ε I ᾽ Ὁ \ 1 ? ~ Τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ; 29 ᾿Απεκρίθη "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, the works of God? 2Answered 110818 and said tothem, Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύσητε! εἰς ὃν This is the work : of God, that ye should believe on him whom ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος. 90 Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ, Ti οὖν ποιεῖς 2sent *he, , They said therefore to him, What ον βᾷοορῦ σὺ σημεῖον, ἵνα ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμέν σοι; τί ἐργάζῃ; που ‘sign, that πιο and may believe ΦΑΜΕ ο ου, 9] οἱ πατέρες.ἡμῶν' τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καθώς Our fathers the manna ate in the wilderness, as ahd γεγραμμένον, “Aprov ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς 18 . written, Bread outcf the neaven he ahi them sey. 32 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω fe eat. *Said “therefore "το *them ijesus, pe verily I say ὑμῖν, Οὐ “Μωσῆς! Σδέδωκεν" ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ ovpa- to you, Νοῦ ‘Moses "has *given you the bread out of the hea- vou’ ἀλλ᾽ ὁ.πατήρ.µου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ ov- ven; but my Father gives you the “bread “out *of *the ®*hea- ~ ΄ Ξ » « ρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν. 33 ὁ.γὰρ ἄρτος Υ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ ven - true, For the bread - of God καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμφ. ‘ comes down out οἳ the Bearer: and life gives tothe world. 34 Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτόν, Κύριε, πάντοτε δὸς ἡμῖν τὸν _ They said therefore to him, Lord, always - give tous ἄρτον.τοῦτον. 35 Εἶπεν δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πα εἰμι ὁ ον, this bread. Said ‘and *to *them πει am the « ell ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρός aye! - οὐ μὴ ΜΕΥ ΒΝ bread of life: hethat comes ' me inno wise may hunger, καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ. μὴ cSabhey! πώποτε. 86 ἀλλ and hethat believes on me inno wise may ὑϊγϑὺ at any time, But εἶπον ὑμῖν ὅτι καὶ ἑωράκατέ Spe" καὶ οὐ.πιστεύετε. 37 πᾶν Isaid to you that also ye have scen me and believe not, All ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ πατὴρ πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει ἐρχό- and him that comes καὶ τὸν is he who- 259 for Jesus, 25 And when they had found him on the other side of the sea, they said unto him, Rabbi, when cam- est thou hither ? 26 Je- sus 2nswered themand said, Verily, verily, 1 say unto you, Ye seek me, not because yesaw the mairacles, but be- cause ye did eat of the loaves, and were filled, 27 Labour not for the meat which perisheth, but for that meat which endureth unto everlasting life, which the Son of man shall -give unto you: for him hath God the Father sealed. 28 Then said they unto him, What shall we do, that we might work the works of God? 29 Jesus an- swered and said unto them, This is the work of God, that ye believe on him whom he hath sent. 30 They said therefore unto him, What sign shewest thou then, that we may see, and believe thee ? what dost thou work? 31 Our fathers did eat manna in the desert; asit is written, He gave them bread from heaven to eat, 32 Then Jesus said na- to them, Verily, veriiy, I say unto you, Moses gave τοι ποῦ. that bread from heaven; but my Father giveth you the true bread from heaven. 33 For the bread of God is ne , which cometh down from heaven, and ρἰτ- eth life unto the world, 34 Then said they unto him, Lord, evermore give us this bread. 35 And Jesus said unto them, I am the bread of life: he that com- eth to me shall never hunger ; and he that believeth on me shall never thirst. 36 But I said unto you, That ye also have seen me, and believe not. 37 All that the Father giveth me shall come to me; and him that cometh that “gives ‘*me'the*Father to me shall come, q 'Ῥαββεί ην, r τ δίδωσιν ὁ ὑμῖν gives to you Τ. 5 ποιῶμεν Should we dc ΕΟΙΤΤΤΑΥΥ. t—or. ν πιστεύητε ΤΊΤΑ. ¥ Μωῦὺσῆς LITraw. x ἔδωκεν gave LTrA, y+ OT. 5 οὖν therefore τ; — δὲ [L]TrA. 8 ἐμὲ TIrAs Ὁ πεινάσει shallbungerL. ‘© διψήσει Shall thirst τ ἃ --αμε [ιήτ. ! 200 to me I will in no ee cast out. 38 For came down from i ven, not to do mine own will, but the will of him that sent me. 39 And this is the Fa- ther’s will which hath sent me, that'of all which he hath given me 1 should lose no- thing, but should raise it up again at the last day. 40 And this is the will of him that sent me, that every one which seeth the Son, and believeth on him, may have ever- lasting life: and 1 will raise him up at the last day. 41 The Jews then murmured at him, because he said, I am the bread which came down from heaven. 42 And they said, Is not this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mo- ther we know 2 how is it then that he saith, I came down from heaven ? 43 Jesus there- fore answered and said unto them, Murmur not among yourselves. 44 No man can come to me, except the Fa- ther which hath sent me draw him: and I will raise him up at the last day. 45 It is written in the pro- phets, And they shall be all taught of God. Every man therefore tiat hath heard, and hath learned of the Father, cometh unto me. 46 Not that any man hath seen the Fa- ther, save he which is of God, he hath seen the Father. 47 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me hath everlasting life. 48 I am that bread of life. 49 Your Fathers did eat manna in the wilderness, and are dead. 50 This is the bread which com- eth down from hea- ven, that a man may ΙΩΑΝΝΗΣ VI. μένον πρύῤ ue" οὐ. μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω: 98 ὅτι καταβέβηκα me ποὺ αἲ 811] willIcast out. For I have come down fix" τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ iva ϑποιῶ" τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμόν,- ἀλλὰ outof the heaven, not that I should do “will my, but τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός Ps 39 τοῦτο.δὲ ἐστιν τὸ the will of him who sent Andthis is_ the sl TOU πέμψαντός με Be ie Gye, πᾶν Ὁ, οδο wil of the *who?sent ‘*me ?7Father, that [of] all ἘΠῚ he has given ἐξ. αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω 5 αὐτὸ vl μοι, μὴ.ἀπολέσω me, I should not lose [any] of it, but shouldraiseup [10 -in τῇ ἐσχάτῃ οὐ τὴ κα 40 τοῦτο."δέ! ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα ἱτοῦ the last And this is the will’ of him who πέμψαντός ἤν ἵνα πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ πιστεύων sent me, that Bye Fane who 8665 the Son and believes εἰς αὐτόν, ἔχῃ δζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ""ἐγὼΝ on him, should have life eternal; and *will?raise*up Shim Sg αι οὖν. ot ‘loudaior περὶ γῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 41 ᾿Ἐγόγγυζον atthe last day. Were κι rs therefore the Jews about αὐτοῦ, ὅτι εἶπεν, Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ καταβὰς ἐκ τοῦ him, because he said, I am the bread which came down outof the ) vu. 42 καὶ ἔλ οοὐ I ὁ ουρανου. Kat € Eyov, ὐχ' lo ὑτός ἐστιν ησοῦς υἱὸς heaven. And were saying, Is not this Jesus the Son ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν TOY πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα ; of Joseph, of whom we know the father and the mother?, ~ ~ % Ξ ~ - πῶς Ῥοὖν" λέγει ποῦτος,! Ὅτε ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκας how therefore says he, Outofthe heaven I have come down? 43 ᾿Απεκρίθη Τοῦν! 80" Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Μἡ.γογγύζετε %Answered “therefore Jesus and said tothem, Murmur not ‘user ἀλλήλων. 44 οὐδεὶς δύναται “ἐλθεῖν πρός με" ἐὰν μὴ with one another. No one isable tocome to me unless’ ὁ πατὴρ ὁ πέμψας µε ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν, “καὶ ἐγὼ" ἀναστήσω the Father who sent me draw him, and Ι willraise up αὐτὸν * τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρα, 48 ἔ tka γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προ-, him atthe last written in the pro- φήταις, Kai ια, BY tte διδακτοὶ Yrov' θεοῦ. Πᾶς phets, And they shall be all taught of God. Everyone ζοῦν! ὁ ἀκούσας ae τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ μαθών, ἔρχεται therefore that has heard fr the ge and has learnt, comes ~ πρός "με"Ἱ 46 οὐχ ὅτι τὸν πατέρα ὕτις ἑώρακεν," εἰμὴ ὁ Ἰωσήφ, οὗ to me: not that *the *Father a iat 2has 3 ceo SxeeEE ae who ὧν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὗτος ἑώρακεν τὸν “πατέρα." .47 ἀμὴν is from God, he has x the Father. Verily ~ os 4 ει ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὁ πιστεύων “εἰς ἐμὲ" ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, verily cs to you, He that believes on me _ has _iife eternal, ΄ 48 Ae εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς. 49 οἱ πατέρες. ὑμῶν ἔφαγον am the bread of life. Your Fathers ate = " καὶ ἀπέθανον" 50 οὗτός ἐστιν ὃ ετὸ μάννα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, the manna in με desert, and died. This is = the ἄρτος ὃ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ bread which out of heaven comes down, that anyone of it ε ἐμὲτ SLTTrAw. my father LTTrA. f ἀπὸ from LTTrA. i — ἐν (ead at the) Tra. Ἔ ποιήσω a Ὁ — πατρός (read of him who sent) * yap for (this) GLTTraw. 1 τοῦ πατρός µου οὗ τὰ [ἐγὼ] L. n+ ἐν in (the) τα ο Οὐχὶ Tr. Ρ νῦν DOW TTrA. a— οὗτος (read λέγει says he) [L]tra. — οὖν G[L]TTraw. 8 — 9 TTr. t μετὰ Tr. YeueTra. Ἡ Kayo LTTrA, x + ἐν in (the) GLTTrAW. 7 — τοῦ GLTTraW. 2— οὖν GiLTTra. 3 ἐμέ TTrw. Ὁ ἑώρακέν τις ΙΤΊΤΑΥΓ. © @eov God Άι d — εἰς ἐμέ T[Tra]. © ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα LTTTA, ~ VI. JOHN. , 4 4 > ; bad ᾽ , ? « 3 ” ε ne ε φαγῃ καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ. δῚ ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν, 6 may οαὖ and not die, © Ἡ am“ the *bread ‘living, which ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς" ἐάν τις outof the heaven camedown: if anyone shall have eaten of this τοῦ ἄρτου ζήσεται! εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. καὶ ὁ ἄρτος δὲ ὃν ἐγὼ bread ΄ he shall live for ever ; andthe bread also which [ δώσω, δὴ σάρξ μου ἐστίν, hy ἐχὼ δώσω! ὑπὲρ τῆς. τοῦ will give, —s my flesh is, which will give for the 7of *the κόσμου ζωῆς." 62 Ἐμάχοντο οὖν Ἱπρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰου- ΄ δι f2 / gay, ἐκ TOUTOU *world ‘life. Were contending therefore with one another the Jews δαῖοι,' λέγοντες, Πῶς δύναται *otrog ἡμῖν" δοῦναι τὴν saying, How is “able the BUSS 510 ssive σάρκα] φαγεῖν; 53 Εἶπεν οὖν. αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Αμὴν 7flesh ([Shis] to eat? “Said *therefore *to them 1Jesus, Verily. ἐὰν μὴ φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ υἱοῦ verily Isay toyou, Unless yeshall have eaten the flesh of the Son τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα, οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν of man and shall have drunk his blood, yehavenot life ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. 54 ὁ τρώγων µου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων µου in yourselves. Hethat eats my flesh, and drinks my τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, "καὶ ἐγὼ" ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν " τῇ ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, blood, has life eternal, and I willraiseup him in the ’ / ε , = - ᾿ ’ 24 ο λ θ ο ‘eed ~ ‘ ἐσχατῃ Ίμερᾳ' 5D 1 γὰρ.σἀρξ-µου «ἀληθῶς' ἐστιν βρῶσις, καὶ last day ; for my flesh truly is food, and τὸ αἷμά.-μου «ἀληθῶςὶ ἐστιν πόσις. 56 ὁ τρώγων µου τὴν my blood truly is drink, He that eats my σάρκα καὶ πίνων µου τὸ αἷμά, ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ. flesh and drinks my blood, in me abides, andI in him, 57 καθὼς ἀπέστειλέν µε ὁ ζῶν πατήρ, κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ As ος Ssent ®me "the “living *Father, andI live because of τὸν πατέρα’ Kai ὁ τρώγων µε, κἀκεῖνος Ῥζήσεταιὶ du’ the Father, alsohe that eats me, healso shall live because of ἐμέ. 58 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ “ἐκ τοῦ" οὐρανοῦ καταβάς" me. This is the bread which out of the heaven came down, οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες ᾿ὑμῶν! "τὸ μάννα," καὶ ἀπέθα- Not as Sate ‘the fathers %of*you the manna, | and died : ΄ ~ cy ” ΄ τ ν᾿ I~ voy’ ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 'ζήσεται' εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. he that ‘ eats this bread shall live for ever. ~ = ~ , ΄ 59 Ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ διδάσκων ἐν ἹΚαπερναούμ.' These things he said in [the] synagogue teaching in Capernaum, ‘ ~ ~ ? “ 60 Πολλοὲ οὖν ἀκούσαντες ἐκ τῶν. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶπον, Many therefore *having *heard ‘of his *disciples said, — , . ζ ~ > / a Σκληρός ἐστιν τοῦτος ὁ λόγος" τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν; Hard is this word ; who is able, it to hear? 4 ~ ~ , = 61 Εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ Ort γογγύζουσιν περὶ *Knowing ‘but 2Jesus in himself that “murmur *concerning « ‘ ς ~ 5 ~ ~ « ~ τούτου οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδα- 5this this “disciples said tothem, This “you ‘does *of- / 4 ~ 4 L ~ > ΄ 7 λίζει: 62 ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀνα- fend? . If then yeshouldsee the Son of man ascend- / , 4 , 4 ~ ee ‘4 βαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον ; 63 τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ing up where he was before ? The Spirit itis which Γ ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσει Of my bréad, he shall live τ. σάρξ µου ἐστίν T. h — ἣν ἐγὼ δώσω LITrA. οὗτος τ΄. 1+ αὐτοῦ his 1.. m κἀγὼ LTTrA, 3 ἢ [ἐν] L. Ρ ζήσει LTTrA. ἆ ἐξ οὐ ο τα. — *— ὑμῶν LITrA. 7 Καφαρναούμ LITrAW. π ὁ λόγος οὗτος LITrA. ἜΤΓΑ, Ε ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμον ζωῆς, ἡ i οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους L. ο ἀληθής (18) true LTTrA. 8 — τὸ μάννα ΤτιΑ. 261 eat thereof, and not die. 51 I am the liy- ing bread which came down from heaven: any man eat of this bread, he shall live for ever: and the bread that I will give is my flesh, which I will give for the life of the world. 52 The ‘Jews therefore strove among themselves, saying, How can this man give us his flesh to eat? 53 Then Jesus _ Said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Except ye eat the flesh of the Son of man, and drink his blood, ye have no life in you, 54 Whoso eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, hath eternal life; and I will raise him up at the last day. 55 For my fleshis meat indeed, and my blood is drink indeed. 56 He that eateth my flesh, aud drinketh myblood dwelleth in me, dnd in him, 57 As.the liv- ing Father hath sent me, and 1 live by the Father: so he that eat- eth me, even he shall live by me. 58 This is that bread which came down from hea- ven: not as your fa- thers did eat manna, and are dead: he that eateth of this bread shall live for ever. 59 These things said he in the synagogue, as he taught in Caper- naum. 60 Many there- fore of his disciples, when they had heard this, said, This is an hard saying; who can hear it ? 61 When Jesus knew in himself that his disciples murmur- ed at it, he said unto them, Doth this offend you? 62 What and if ye shall see the Son of man ascend up where he was before ? 63 It is the spirit that ened - K ἡμῖν ἐφήσει 250 quickeneth ; the flesh profiteth nothing: the words that I speak unto you, spirit,and they are life. 64 But there are some of you that believe not. For Jesus knew from the beginning who they were that believed not, and who should betray him. 65 And he said, Thcre- fore said I unto you, that no man can come unto me, except it were given unto him of my Father. 66 From that time many of his dis- ciples went back, and walked no more with him, 67 Then said Je- sus unto the twelve, Will ye also go away 2 68 Then Simon Peter answered him, Lord, to whom shall we go? thou hast the words of eternal life. 69 And we believe and are sure that thou art that Christ, the Son of the living God. 70 Jesus answered them, Have not I chosen you twelve, and one of you is a devil? 71 He spake of Judas Isca- riot the son of Simon: for he it was that should betray him, being one of thetwelve, VII. After these things Jesus w@ked in Galilee: for he would not walk in Jewry, because the Jews sought-to kill him, 2 Now the Jews’ feast of tabernacles was at hand. 3 His brethren therefore said unto him, Depart hence, and go into Judea, that thy disciples also may see the works they are 1ΩΑΝ Ν Η Σ. VI, Vit. ῳ ἀνε . ~ πα er τὰ ὃν ζωοποιοῦν, ἡ σὰρξ οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδὲν" τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ quickens,. the flesh profits nothing; the words which αλαλῶ! ὑμῖν. πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν. 64 ἀλλ" εἰσὶν speak toyou, spirit are and life are; but there are « ~ ε , un 3 = ἐξ ὑμῶν τινες οἱ οὐ.πιστεύουσιν. Ώδει.γὰρ . ἐξ ἀρχῆς of τοι =~ some_who believe not. For *kuew *from [*the] *beginning, ὁ Ἰησοῦς τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ.πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὃ 1165158 who they are who believe not, and who is he whoa παραδώσων αὐτόν. 65 καὶ ἔλεγεν, Διὰ.τοῦτο ᾿ εἴρηκα "ὑμῖν, shall deliver up him. And -hesaid, Therefore - have I said to you, e ? ‘ ’ 3 ~ / 7 η] “-, Ὁ 4 4 ὃ ὃ δι , ὅτι οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός ὅμε", ξαν: μὴ Ὁ ὀεὐομενον that noone is able tocome to me unless it be given αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ-πατρός μοῦ. 66 Ἔκ τούτου πολλοὶ 5 to him from, my Father. From that [126] many | ἀάπῆλθον τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ" εἰς-τὰ.ὀπίσω, καὶ οὐκέτι μετ +went Saway lof “his disciples back, and nomore with ᾽ ~ ΄, = ο ©? ~ ~ aA? αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν. 67 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς δώδεκα, him walked. ?Said “therefore ‘Jesus tothe twelve, Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν: 68 ᾽Απεκρίθη «οὖνὶ αὐτῷ 3Also “ye ‘are *wishing to go away? *Answered “therefore Shim Σίμων Πέτρος, Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα ; ῥήματα ζωῆς 1Simon 7Peter, Lord, to whom _ shall-wego? words Οὗ life αἰωνίου ἔχεις" 69 καὶ ἡμεῖς πεπιστεύκαµεν καὶ ἐγνώκαμεν eternal thou hast; and we have believed and have known ὅτι σὺ ef £6 χριστὸς ὁ υἱὸς" τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος." 70 Ἆπε- that thou art the Christ the Son of °God ‘the “living. / ᾽ - ες 2 ~ γ ? τς ~ 8.5 , ? / κρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, swered them Jesus, *Not “I ‘you ‘the ‘twelve ‘did *choose, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν; 71 "Ελεγεν δὲ τὸν Ἰούδαν and of you one _ adevil is? But he spoke of Judas Σίμωνος ᾿Ισκαριώτην" οὗτος γὰρ ημελλεν! Καὐτὸν παρα- Simon’s [son], . ἸΙβδοατ]οίε, for he was about him. το dee διδόναι," εἷς Mav" ἐκ τῶν δώδεκα. liver πρ, one ‘being of the twelve. 7 ™Kai' Ἀπεριεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς pera ταῦτα! ἐν τῇ Γαλι- And πας *walking iJesus after these things in Gali- haig? οὐ γὰρ ἤθελεν ἐν τῇ Ιουδαίᾳ περιπατεῖν, Ort lee, *not ‘for *he *did desire in Judza to walk, because ? 7 > A ε ? .-” 7 ~ 7 4 > A c ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ιουδᾶῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι. 2 Ην.δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ 3were ‘seeking δῃΐῖπ ‘the *Jews to kill, Now was near the ἑορτὴ τῶν Ιουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία. 8 εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτὸν . feast of the. Jews, the tabernacles, %Said *therefore *to ‘Shim οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Μετάβηθι ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ ὕπαγε εἰς τὴν lov- *his *brethren, Remove hence, and = go _ into Ju- δαίαν, ἵνα καὶ οἱ µαθηταί.σου ὀθεωρήσωσιν! Pra.épya.cov' ἃ that thou docst. 4 For dea, that also thy disciples may see thy works which there is no man {λαέ ως γκιν 5 ᾽ ~ 1 @ ~ \ ~ doeth any thing inse- ~ ποιεις 4 οὐδεὶς. γὰρ ἐν κρυπτῳ τι TTOLEL, και ζητεῖ eret, and he himself thou doest; for no one in secret anything does, and _ seeks secketh to be known , » κι 4 3 ες eh x > ~ πὰ r openly. If thou do αὑτὸς εν παρρησιᾳ εἶναι. ει ταῦτα TOLELC, Φανερωσον these things, shew thy- himself ‘in public *to*be. Ifthese things thou doest, manifest 2 λελάληκα have spoken LTTrAW. YaAAaTrW. “ἐμὲτ. 5 — pov (vead the Father) LTTra,. © — οὖν GLTTrA. xapworov (read son of Simon Iscariote) LTTra. 1 — ὧν LTrA. 5 θεωρήσουσιν shall see ΤΤΓΑ,᾽ Lira, Ὁ + οὖν therefore τ. ο - ἐκ [L]Tr[A]. Σ ; ἆ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθον 1ΤΊΤΑ. f ὃ ἅγιος the holy [onel GLtTra. κ Ε — τοῦ ζῶντος GLTTrA. Ἀ Ἴσ- 1 ἔμελλεν LTTrA. k παραδιδόναι αὐτόν π μετὰ ταῦτα περιεπάτει ὁ ([6] Tr) ᾿Ιησοῦς LTTLAW. Ρ σου τὸ ἔργα μι 5τι ἐν κρυπτῷ Lita, 5 αὐτὸ 1 Ε, πι, καὶ τ. VII. JOUN. σεαυτὸν τῷ κόσμῳ. 5 Οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ" ἐπίστευον thyself- tothe world. For neitner “his *brethren "believed > ? , > , δ.» Ἱ ? ~ c? ~ « \ ΤῸ; A Etc αὑτον. Ὁ Λεγει "ούν' αὑτοῖς 9 Ἰησους, Ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς ου him. Says *therefore *to*them 1 Jesus, 7Time °my οὔπω πάρεστιν’ ὁ.δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος. not yet is come, but “time tyour always is ready.’ 7 οὐ.δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς" ἐμὲ.δὲ μισεῖ, Ore ἐγὼ 3Ts*unable ‘the *world tohate τοι, but me it hates, because I αρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν. ear witness Ὀουοστηϊης it, that the works ofit evil are, ~ ΄ . 4 » 8 ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε εἰς τὴν. ἑορτὴν ταύτην" ἐγὼ Τοὔπω" ἀνα- Ye, goyeup- to this feast. Ἑ not yet am Baivw εἰς τὴν.ἑορτὴν.ταύτην, ὅτι ὁ “καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς! οὔπω goingup to this feast, _ for *time tmy not yet 7 ~ x AI > ‘ ᾽ ~ ll ” ᾽ ~ πεπλήρωται. 9 Ταῦτα-Σδὲ εἰπὼν }αὐτοῖςὶ ἔμεινεν ἐν τῇ has been fulfilled. And these things having said tothem he abode in Γαλιλαίᾳ. 10 .Ὡς.δὲ ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ “τότε καὶ Galilee. But when were gone up his brethren then also αὐτὸς ἀνέβη εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν," οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλ" Pwe! ἐν he wentup ἴο the feast, not openly, but as in ~ ty ἣν ? ~ > , . ? 4 ᾽ ~ ¢ ~ κρυπτῷ. 11 Οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζητοὺν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ; secret. The *therefore ‘Jews wédreseeking him at the feast, καὶ ἔλεγον, Ilov ἐστιν «ἐκεῖνος ; 12 Kai γογγυσμὸς “πολὺς and said, Where is he? And *murmuring ‘much πε \ ? ο. = EY || 2 d ~ » λ ι} Qt αὑτοῦ ἢν ἐν “τοῖς ὄχλοις concerning him there was among the crowds, Some said, “Ort ἀγαθός ἐστιν ἄλλοι. δὲ" ἔλεγον, Οὔ: ἀλλὰ πλανᾷ τὸν Good 188 "15; but others said, No; but ‘he deceives the ὄχλον. 19 Οὐδεὶς perc παῤῥησίᾳ ἐλάλει “περὶ αὐτοῦ, crowd. No one owever publicly spoke concerning him, διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ιουδαίων. because of the fear ofthe Jews, 14 ᾿Ηδη.δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς μεσούσης ἀνέβη fo" ᾿Τησοῦς But now 5οξ 8 "feast [115] *being *the *middle went up Jesus εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκεν. 15 kai ἐθαύμαζον" ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι into the temple, and was teaching: and *were*wondering ‘the *Jews λέγοντες, Πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς; saying, How “this *one “letters knows, not having learned? 16 ᾿Απεκρίθη Ἀ αὐτοῖς 16" ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, Ἢ ἐμὴ. διδαχὴ οὐκ 2Answered Ὅμοια Jesus απᾶ said, My teaching not ἔστιν ἐμή, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός pe’ 17 ἐάν τις θέλῃ τὸ 118 mine, but his who sent me, If anyone desire οἱ μὲν ἔλεγον, 269 self to the world, ὃ For neither did his brethren believe in him. 6 Then Jesus said unto them, My time is not yet come: but your time 18 alway ready. 7 The world cannot hate you; but me it hateth, because I testify of it, that the works thereof areevil. 8Go ye up unto this feast: I go not up yet unto this feast; for my time is not yet full come. 9 When he had said these words unto them he abode still in Galilee. 10 But when his brethren were gone up, then went he also up unto the feast, not openly, but as it were in secret. 11 Then the Jews sought him at the feast, and said, Where ishe? 12 And there was much mur- muring among the people concerning him: for some said, He isa good man: others said, Nay; but he deceiveth the people. 13 How- beit no man _ spake openly of him for fear of the Jews. 14 Now about the midst of the feast Je- sus went up into the temple, and taught. 15 And the Jews mar- velled, .saying, How knoweth this man let- . ters, . having never learned ? 16 Jesus an- swered them, and said, My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent θέλημα.αὐτοῦ ποιεῖν, γνώσεται περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς πότερον me. 17 ΤῈ any man ' ο ο = ῬΕΘΟΊΛΗΘ, he stall now ο the rap Ἔ ον shall know of the ο. ἐκ "τοῦ" θεοῦ ἐστιν, ἢ ἐγὼ ἀπ᾽ ἐμαυτοῦ λαλῶ. 18 ὁ ἀφ᾽ trine, whether it be an from God itis, or from myself speak. He that from πειό γε τ μα ων β ἑαυτοῦ λαλῶν, τὴν.δόξαν τὴν. ἰδίαν ζητεῖ 0.08 ζητῶν τὴν speaketh of himasolf himself speaks, — his own glory seeks; buthethat seeks the ei gee preps 4 ee δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ his glory that sent glory of him that sent im, he true is, and him, the same is true, ᾽ ῃ 2 αν ο eit : η] ΔΝ; πα δε S " and no unrighteous- ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ.ἔέσιν. 19 οὐ ‘Mwone" "᾿δεδωκεν" ness isin him. 19 Did nurighteousness in him is not. 2Not *Moses thas given ποῦ Moses give you the 8 —‘ovy τ. t — ταύτην (read the feast) LTTraw. 7 οὐκ Not GITraA. ὀἥ ἐμὸς καιρὸς LTTrA. x — δὲ 'ἀπα attr. Υ αὐτὸς he (abode) T. ὀἧπ εἰς THY ἑορτήν, Τότε και αὐτὸς ἀνέβη LITrA. 9 ἀλλὰ LTrA. Ὁ.- ὡς τι ᾿ “περὶ αὐτοῦ ἣν πολὺς Lira ; ἣν περὶ αὐτοῦ πολὺς Τ. 4 τῷ ὄχλῳ the crowd T. e — δὲ and τν’. f— OLTTrs. ξ ἐθαύμαζον οὖκ were wondering therefore Lttraw. ™ - οὖν therefore LTTraW, 'Mwiojs LITTAW, ™ ἔδωκεν gave LTra, i— ὁ Tir, k— τοῦ τὶ 264 law, and yet none of you keepeth the law? Why go ye about to kill me? 20 The pco- ple answered and said, Thou hast a devil: who goethabout to kill thee? 21 Jesus an- swered and said unto them, I have done one work, and ye all mar- vel. 22 Moses there- fore gave unto you circumcision; (not be- cause it is of Moses,. but of the fathers ;) and ye on the sabbath day circumcise a man. 23 If a man on the sabbath day receive circumcision, that the law of Moses should not be broken ; are ye angry at me, because I have made aman every whit whole on the sabbath day ? 24 Judge not according to the appearance, but judge righteous judgment. 25 Then said some of them of Jerusalem, Is not this he, whom the seek to kill? 26 But, lo, he speaketh boldly, and they say nothing unto him. Do the rulers know indeed that this is the very Christ? 27 Howbeit we know this man whence heis: but when Christ cometh, no man knoweth whence he is. 28 Then cried Jesus in the temple as he taught, saying, Ye both know me, and ye know whence I am: and Iam not come of myself, but he that sent me is true, whom e know not. 29 But know him: for Iam from him, and he hath sent me. 30 Then they sought to take him: but no man laid hands on him, because his hour was not yet come. 31 And many of the people believed on him, and said, When Christ cometh, will he do more wiracles than these which this man 2 — καὶ εἶπεν LTTrA. GLTrW 1 — διὰ τοῦτο, + OT. 7 κρίνετε LTrA. z— δὲ but GLTTraw. πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν LTrA ; πολλοὶ δὲ ἐπίστευσαν ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου τ. © - τούτων (read ὧν than [these] which) trrraw, t+ oT, he comes Ε΄. LTTra, 1ΩΑΝΝ Η Σ, τη, . , His ? ab ~ ~ A , , ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον; τί you the law, and noone of you practises the law? Why µε ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι; 20 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ ὄχλος "καὶ εἶπεν," me do ye seek to kill? *Answered ‘the *crowd and said, Δαιμόνιον ἔχεις. τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι; 21 ᾿Απεκρίθη Ademon thou hast; who thee seeks to kill? Answered ς ~ \ στ ᾽ ~ “ / Η͂ οὐ! Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ev ἔργον ἐποίησα, καὶ πάντες 1Jesus and said tothem, One work I did, ἈΠῸ ου Ρθαυμάζετε. 22 διὰ. τοῦτο! «Μωσῆς" δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὴν περι- tye wonder. Therefore Moses has given you circum- ny ὅτι ἐ ῦ Μωσέως" ἐστίν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων" τομήν, οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ "Μωσέως" ἐστίν, κ τῶν πατέρων cision, not that of Moses it is, but of the fathers, καὶ "ἐνὶ σαββάτῳ περιτέµνετε ἄνθρωπον. 23 εἰ περιτομὴν and on sabbath ye circumcise aman. If *circumcision 7 ” 3 2 τ, ‘ 4 ~ λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν σαββάτῳ ἵνα μὴ-λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Ἀτορρῖτεξ ta*man on sabbath, that may not be broken the law Twotwe,"éuoi χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα of Moses, withme areyeangry because ΘΗ ΤΟΥ 7a*man ‘sound I made ἐν σαββάτῳ; 24 μὴ.κρίνεε Kar ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν on sabbath? Judge not according to sight, but righteous ΄ re / 1] » λ τ ἜΝ ~ σι κρίσιν κρίνατε." 25 Ἔλεγον οὖν τινες ἐκ τῶν "'Ίεροσο- judgment judge. 7Said therefore ‘some “of *those ‘of *Jeru- ᾽ - εν ~ 5. Ἐ ~ ‘ Y λυμιτῶν," Οὐχ.οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι; 26 καὶ salem, ‘Is not thishe whom they seek to kill? and a” 2-8 / ~ \ ? A ? ~ / / ἴδε, παῤῥησίᾳ λαλεῖ, καὶ οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν. μήποτε lo, publicly he speaks, and nothing to him they say. ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν , ot ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν *Truly ‘have ®recognized *those *who ‘rule, that _ this is Σἀληθῶςὶ ὁ Χριστός; 27 ἀλλὰ τοῦτον οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν" truly the Christ? But thisone weknow’ whence he is. ὁ δὲ χριστὸς ὅταν Yépynrat," οὐδεὶς γινώσκει πόθεν ἐστίν. But the Christ, whenever he maycome, noone knows whence ἍἨθ 15, 28 Ἔκραξεν ®Cried "ἴπετεξοτο *in *the ®temaple ‘teaching ᾽ δ » ‘\ wer , ? ae . ‘ > ? ? we > Kapé οἴδατε. καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί" ‘Kai am ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ic ΕῚ -ς ε ~ ,ὔ εκ ~ A / οὖν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων 0. Ἰησοῦς καὶ λέγων, 1Jesus and saying, Both me ye know, and yeknow whence Iam; and of myself Snot ἐλήλυθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστιν ἀληθινὺς ὁ πέμψας με ὃν ὑμεῖς 1] *have come, but Sis ®true the who “sent me, whom ye ? ” ο ? Δ 23h ΜῈ 2 , « δ ν ~ ; οὐκ.οἴδατε 29 ἐγώ. δὲ" οἶδα αὐτόν, ὅτι παρ αὐτοῦ εἰμι, know not. But I know him, kecause from him Iam, κἀκεῖνός µε "ἀπέστειλεν." 90 Ἐζήτουν οὖν αὐτὸν πιά- andhe me sent. They were seeking therefore him to σαι" καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα, ὅτι οὔπω take, but noone Jaid upon him [his] hand, because not yet ἐληλύθει ἡ.ὥρα.αὐτοῦ. 31 Πολλοὶ. δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου ἐπίστευ- had come his hour, But many of the crowd believed σαν" εἰς αὐτόν, καὶ ἔλεγον, «Ότι ὁ χριστὸς ὅταν ἔλθῃ ου =—ihim, and said, The Christ, when he comes, ἁμήτι' πλείονα σημεῖα frovrwy" ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος *more ‘signs ‘than “these ‘will “he *do which this {man} °—oTTrA. P θαυμάζετε διὰ τοῦτο. (read ye wonder therefore.) a Mwvons LTTrAW. τ Mwicéws LETrAW. 5 [ἐν] L. π Ἱεροσολυμειτῶν T. X — ἀληθῶς GLITrAW., γέρχεται 4 ἀπέσταλκεν has sent τ. Ὁ Ex τοῦ ὄχλον δὲ ο---- Ὅτι 1 ΤΊΤΑ. 4 μὴ τη. ος ἐποίησεν"; JOHN. 32 Ἠκυυσαν ot Φαρισαῖοι τοῦ ὄχλου γογγύζονγος did? SHearl ‘the “Pharisees ofthe crowd murmuring περὶ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα: καὶ ἀπέστειλαν Sot Φαρισαῖοι καὶ Sconucerning *him ‘these “things, and ?sent 1the *Pharisecs “and ~ « ῃ ΄ - ot ἀρχιερεῖς ὑπηνέτας,! ἵνα πιάσωσιν αὐτόν. 88 εἶπεν “the *chief δρτγ]οβίς officers. that they might take him. 3Snrid οὖν αὐτοῖς" ὁ Ἰησοῦς, "Ἔτι ipixpoy χρόνον" μεθ) ὑμῶν *therefore *to *them ‘Jesus, Yet alittle time with you εἰμι, καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά µε. 94 ζητήσετέ µε καὶ Iam, and Igo to him who sent me. Ye will seek me and ? « , κ. ‘ er > ‘ ? ‘ « ~ ’ ’ ? ~ οὐχ.ευρήσετε καὶ Όπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς οὐ.δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν. shall not find [me], and where "ατα I ye are unable to come, 30 Εἶπον οὖν ot Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς, Mov ἰοὗτος “Said ‘therefore ‘the 2Jews among themselves, Where *he μέλλει" πορεύεαθαι ὅτι "ἡ μεῖς" οὐχ-εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν ; μὴ εἰς is about to go that we shall not find him ? to τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ the dispersion among the Greeks is he about to go, and διδάσκειν τοὺς “EXAnvac; 86 τίς ἐστιν "οὗτος ὁ λόγος! ὃν teach the Greeks ? What [15 this word which εἶπεν, Ζήτήσετέ µε, καὶ οὐχ.εὑρήσετεξ" καὶ Ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ hesaid, Yewillseok me, and shallnot find [me]; and Where “am ‘J ὑμεῖς οὐ.δύνασθε ελθεῖν; ye are unable to come? 37 Ἐν δὲ τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ μεγάλῃ τῆς ἑορτῆς εἱστήκει Andin the last Sday ‘the great ofthe feast stood ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ “ἔκραξεν! λέγων, Ἐάν τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω Jesus, and cried, saying, If anyone thirst, let him come Ῥπρός pe! καὶ πινέτω" 38 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, καθὼς εἶπεν το me and drink. He that believes on me, as said ἡ γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς.κοιλίας.αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος the scripture, rivers out of his belly shall flow of *water ζῶντος. 39 Τοῦτο.δὲ εἶπεν περὶ τοῦ πνεύματος οὗ “ἔμελ- ‘living. But this hesaid concerning the Spirit which ‘°were λον" λαμβάγειν οἱ "πιστεύοντες' εἰς αὐτόν" οὕπω.γὰρ ἦν “about Τίο ®reccive ‘those “believing Son *him; for not*yet was πνεῦμα "ἅγιον! , ὅτι Yo" Ἰησοῦς “οὐδέπω! ἐδοξάσθη. {the] °Spirit *Holy, _ because Jesus not yet was glorified. 40 Σπολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ:τοῦ ὄχλου! ἀκούσαντες Στὸν λόγον" Many therefore outof the crowd haying heard the word ἔλεγον, ” Οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης. 41 "Αλλοιά ἔλεγον, said, This is truly the prophet. Others suid, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. »”AXow" «δὲ' ἔλεγον, Μὴ γὰρ ἐκ This is the Christ. “Others and - said, *Then Sout 5οξ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ χριστὸς ἔρχεται; 42 ἀοὐχὶ' ἣ γραφὴ εἶπεν, 7Galilee “the “Christ *comes ὃ °Not ?°the *'scripture “said, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος "Δαβίδ," καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλεὲμ τῆς κώμης that out of the seed of David, and from Bethlehem the village ὅπου ἦν “Aaid," 6 χριστὸς ἔρχεται;" 43 Σχίσμα οὖν Bev where “was ‘David, the Christ comes 2 A division therefore in ἔποιει Gves τ΄ 265 hath done? 32 The Pharisees heard that the people murmured such things concern- ing him; and the Pha- risces and the chief priests sent officers to take him. 33 Then said Jesus unto them, Yet a little while am I with you, and ther I go unto him that sent me. 34 Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me: and where I am, thither ye cannot come. 35 Then said the Jews amony them- selves, Whither will he go, that we shall not find him? will he go unto the dispersed among the Gentiles, and teach the Gen- tiles? 36 What man- ner of saying is this that he said, Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me: and where Τ am, thither ye cannot come ? 37 In the last day, that great day of the feast, Jesus stood and cried, saying, If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink. 38 He that be- lieveth on me, as the scripture hath said,out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water. 39 (But this spake he of the Spirit, which they that believe on him should receive’: for the Holy Ghost was not yet given; be- cause that Jesus was not yet glorified.) 40 Many of the peuple therefore, when they heard this saying, said, Of a truth thisis the prophet. 41 Others said, This is the Christ. But some said, Shall Christ come out σε Galilee? 42 Hatk not the scripture said, That Christ cometh of the seed of David, and out of the town of Bethlehem, where Da- vid was? 43 So there was a division among 6 οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ὑπηρέτας LTrAW ; ὑπηρέτας οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι T. Ἀ -- αὐτοῖς GLITrAW. + χρόνον μικρὸν LTTrA. ΚΕ + meme τα. ἱ μέλλει οὗτος τ. m --- ἡμεῖς (read εὑρή. we shall find) τ. 5 ὃ λόγος οὗτος LTTrA. ° ἔκραζεν Τ. P — πρός pe T. 4 ἤμελλον Τ. * πιστεύσαντες having believed tra. 5 — ἅγιον Lr[Tra]. t + δεδομένον given L. ¥ — 0 LTTrAW. “ οὔπω LTrA. ᾿ ἐκ TOU ὄχλου οὖν [sume] out of the crowd therefore LTTra. των W)LTTrAW. *+ Γδτι]α. 5 + [δὲ] and τι. Ἑ Aavid αν ; Δανεὶδ LTTra. fs ἔρχεται ὃ χριστός LTrA. Ὁ οἵ they τὰ. Υ τῶν λόγων τούτων these words (— τού- ς -- δὲ Τ. 88 ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ LITA. 4 οὐχ LTra 206 the people because of him. 44 And some of them would have ta- ken him; but no man laid hands on him, 45 Then came the offi- cers to the chief priests and °Pharisees; and they said unto ‘them, Why have ye_ not brought him? 46 The officers answered, Ne- ver man spake like this man, 47 Then answer- ed them the Pharisces, Are ye also deceived ? 48 Have any of the rulers or of the Pha- risees believed on him? 49 But this people who knoweth not the law ‘are cursed. 50 Nicode- mus saith unto them, (he that came to Jesus by night, being one of them,) 41 Doth our law judge any man, before it hear him, and know what he doeth? 52 They answered and _ said unto him, Art thou also of Galilee? Search, and look: for out of Galilee ariseth no pro- phet. 53 And every man went unto his own house, VIII. Jesus went unto ‘the mount of Olives. 2 And early in the morning, he came again into the temple, and ali the. people came unto him; and he sat down, and~ taught them. 3 And the scribes and Phari- sees brought unto him ᾿ 8. woman taken in a- dultery ; and when they had set her in the midst, 4 they say unto him, Master, this wo- man was taken in a- dultery, in the very act. 5 Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned: but what sayest thou? 6 This they said, tempting him, that ‘they might have to accuse him, IQANNHS. VII, Viti. τῷ ὄχλῳ éyévero" δι αὐτόν. 44 τινὲς δὲ ἤθελον ἐξ αὐτῶν the crowd occurred because of him, But some “desired tof “them πιάσαι αὐτόν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδεὶς "ἐπέβαλεν! ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας. to take him, but noone laid Zon “him *hands, 45 ἦλθον οὖν οἱ ὑπηρέται πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ Φαρι- Came therefore the officers to the chief prices and Phari- σαίους' καὶ εἶπον αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖνοι, ‘Asari! οὐκ. ἠγάγετε αὐτόν; 5668, and “said “to *them ο μα Why didyenotbring him? 4G ᾿Απεκρίθησαν ot. ὑπηρέται, Οὐδέποτε Κοὔτωο ἐλάλησεν" SAnswered ἡ ας ποσσε, Never thus spoke ἄνθρωπος we οὗτος ™ ὁ ἄνθρωπος." 47 ᾽Απεκρίθησαν ποὖν! man 886 this" man,“ * *Answered *therefore οαὐτοῖςἳ ot Φαρισαῖοι, Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε; 48 μή 5Sthem ‘the *Pharisees, Salso Shave been deceived 5 τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν. εἰς αὐτόν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Any Sone “οξ *the Srulers thas believed _ on him, or of the Φαρισαίων ; 49 Padd'" ὁ ὄχλος. οὗτος ὁ μὴ-γινώσκων τὸν Pharisees? But this crowd, which knows not the νόμον Ymucaraparol' εἰσιν. 50 Λέγει Νικόδημος πρὸς αὐτούς, law, accursed are. *Says “Nieedenins to them, τὸ ἐλθὼν "νυκτὸς! πρὸς αὐτόν," εἷς ὧν ἐξ αὐτῶν; 51 Μὴ {ΠΕ who came by σας το him, Zone being of themselves,) ὁ. μον “ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ ‘rap 3law 1does judge the mae, unless it have heard from αὐτοῦ πρότερον," καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ; 52 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν καὶ himself first, and known what he does? They answered and πε]πονὶ αὐτῷ, Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ; Σἐρεύνησον' ssid to τα 3Also Ξύμοι *of *Galilee art ? Search καὶ ἴδε, ὅτι προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας) τοὐκ.ἐγήγερται.Ἡ and look, that a oe out of Galilee has not arisen. 59 "Καὶ ἐπορεύθη ὃ ἕκαστος εἰς τὸν. .οἷκον.αὐτοῦ. And “*7went teach to his house, 8 ᾿]ησοῦς δὲ ἐπορεύθη εἰς τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν" 2 ὄρθρ ου. δὲ But J as went to the mount of Olives. And at‘dawn πάλιν παρεγένετο εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἤρχετο πρὸς agein hecame into the temple, and all the people came αὐτόν' καὶ καθίσας ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς. ὃ ἄγουσιν δὲ οἱ him; and having sat down he was teaching them, αν land *the «γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι πρὸς αὐτὸν γυναῖκα ἐν μοιχείᾳ Ἀβοτίρο “and *the °Pharisees ἴο΄ - @®womani in adultery κατειλημμένην, καὶ στήσαντες. αὐτὴν ἐν μέσῳ, 4 λέγουσιν having been taken, and Raving: set her in [the] midst, they say ΄ αὐτῷ, Διδάσκαλε, ot ἡ γυνὴ κατειλήφθη Ῥἐπαυτοφώρφ" to him, en woman was taken in the very act µοιχευοµένη. 5 ἐν.δὲ τῷ νόμῳ “Μωσῆς" ἡμῖν ἐνετείλατο ημάς αν εως Now in the Moses us conimanded τὰς τοιαύτας. ἀλιθοβολεῖσθαια, σὺ οὖν τί λέγει; such , to be stoned : thou ο what sayest thou? 6 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἔλεγον πειράζοντες αὐτὸν ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατη- Βαὺύ ὑμὶβ they said tempting him that they might have to ac- h ἔβαλεν LTTrA = L[Tra]. 4 ἐπάρατοί απΤτΑ. formerly 1πτΑ. 7 ἐκ τῆς Ταλιλαίας προφήτης LT-A. ρεύθη .... ἁμάρτανε (ση, 11) [G]LTTré. stone Ὑ, “τὰ + λαλεῖ speaks τ 9 + πορὶ αὐτῆς concerning her w. i Ava τί LTrAW. 1 — ὡς οὗτος ἃ ἄνθρω- ο [αὐτοῖς] Tr. Ρ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 5..- νυκτὸς LTrA. t + πρότερον 5 εἶπαν LTTrA. * ἐραύνησον ΤΎτΑ. Σ οὐκ ἐγείρεται does not arise LTTra. 8. — καὶ ἐπο- υ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοφώρῳ W. ο Μωϊσῆς Ww. 4 λιθάζειν to x ἐλάλησεν οὕτως LTTrA, ἘΠ Ξε εὖν TA. τ -- ὁ ἐλθὼν νυκτὸς πρὸς αὐτόν 1. Υ πρῶτον παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ LTTrA. ντ]. JOHN. ~ ᾽ πὸ ξ wat -- 2 ΄ ~ a 6 γορεῖν αὐτοῦ. ὁ δὲ.Ίησους Karw.KiWwac, τῷ δακτύλῳ cuse him, But Jesus having stooped down, with [his] finger ἔγραφεν εἰς τὴν γῆν. 7 ὡς. δὲ ἐπέμενον ἐρωτῶντες αὐτόν, wrote on the ground. But as they continued asking him, ἀνακύψας εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὁ ἀναμάρτητος ᾧὑ- having lifted up himself hesaid to them, The sinless one among μῶν πρῶτος τὸν λίθον ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ βαλέτω. 8 καὶ πάλιν you first *the ‘stone 7at ‘her (let “him “cast. And again κάτω.κύψας ἔγραφεν εἰς τὴν γῆν. 9 οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες, having stooped down he wrote on the ground. Butthey having heard, καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἐλεγχόμενοι, ἐξήρχοντο εἷς καθ’ εἷς, and by the conscience being convicted, wentout one by one, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἕως τῶν ἐσχάτων" καὶ beginning from the elder ones until the last; and κατελείφθη μόνος ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἐν μέσῳ ἑστῶσα." was left alone Jesus, andthe womanin([the] midst standing, 10 ἀνακύψας δὲ And "having *lifted *up *himself πλὴν τῆς γυναικός, εἶπεν αὐτῇ, 5 Ἡ γυνή." ποῦ εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι 1 & , μηδέγα θεασάμενος “no “one *seeing ? ~ ‘ ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Kai 119545, and but the woman, said to her, Woman, where are those ε ’ / 3 7 ᾿ , « ‘ οἱ κατήγοροί.σου, οὐδείς σε κατέκρινεν; 11 Ἡ δὲ εἶπεν, thine accusers, “no fone Sthee ‘did *condemn? And she - said, Οὐδείς, κύριε. Ἐἶπεν δὲ αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὐδὲ ἐγώ σε κατα- \Noone, Sir. And *said “to *her ‘Jesus, Neither “I *thee *do κρίνω πορεύου καὶ μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε." Scondemn : go, and, no more sin. 12 Πάλιν οὖν "ὸ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησεν," λέγων», Ἐγώ Again therefore Jesus tothem spoke, saying, 1 εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου ὁ ἀκολουθῶν Ἰἐμοὶὶ οὐ.μὴ am the light ofthe world; he that follows me in no wise Ἐπεριπατήσει' ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἕξει τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς. shall walk in the darkness, but shall have the light ofthe life. 19 Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ ot Φαρισαῖοι, Σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ Said *therefore Sto®him'the “Pharisees, Thou concerning thyself μαρτυρεῖς'. ἡ-μαρτυρία.σον οὐκ.ἔστιν ἀληθής. 14 ᾿Απεκρίθη bearest witness ; thy witness is not true. ΄ *Answered ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, Jesus and said tothem, Evenif I bear witness concerning myself, > ΄ ai ε ’ a , = ‘ ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ-.μαρτυρία.μου, ὅτι οἶδα πόθεν ἦλθον καὶ true is my witness, because Iknow whence Icame and ποῦ ὑπάγω" ὑμεῖς.δὲῖ οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἔρχομαι ™cai" ποῦ whither Igo: but ye know not whence Icome and whither ὑπάγω. 15 ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν σάρκα κρίνετε ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω 1 Ρο. Ye according to the flesh judge, if: judge , ‘ ‘ , 4 ΄ [ή ε ? 7 οὐδένα. 16 καὶ ἐὰν κρίνω δὲ ἐγώ, ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ "ἀληθής" no one, And if . *jadge also. Ἢ, Sjudgment *my true ἐστιν ὅτι μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας µε ὅπα- is, because alone ITamnot, but I andthe*who*sent*me ‘+Fa- , J ‘ ~ , Η͂ “ὦ έ 7 ῃ ε/ mo." 17 καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ Pyésyparrat," ὅτι ther. And in law also tyour it has been written, that δύο ανθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθὴς ἐστιν. 18 ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ oftwo men the witness true is. 1 am [one] who 4 a stone at her, 267 But Jesus stcoped down, and with hig fingcr wrote on the ground, as though he heard them not.. 7 Sd When they continued asking him, he lifted up himself, and said unto them, He; that 18 without = sin among γου, let Ἐν ο first cast 8 And again he stooped down, and wrote on th¢ ground. 9 And they which heard ἐξ, bein convicted by their ie conscience, went oug one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unta the last: and Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst. 10 When Jestg had lifted up himself} and saw none but the woman, he said unto her, Woman, where are those thine accusers? hath no man condemn- ed thee’ 11 She said, No maa, Lord. And Jesus said unto her, Neither do I condemn thee: go, and sin no more, 12 Then spake Jesus again unto them, say- ing, I am the light of the world: he that fol- loweth me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life. 13 The Pharisees therefore said unto him, Thou bearest re- cord of thyself; thy record is not true. 14 Jesus answered and said unto them Though I bear record of mysclf, yet my τε- cord is true: tor 1 know whence I came, and whither I go; but ο cannot tell whence come, aud whither I go. 15 Ye judge after the flesh ; I judge no man. 16 And yetif I judge, my judgment is true: for I am not nlone, but I and the Father that sent me. 17 It is also written in your law, that the testimony of two men is true. [181 am one that bear witness of εἴ οὖσα being w. 8 --- Ἣ γυνή Ww. μοι LTr. Κ περιπατήσῃ should walk LTTraw. η ἀληθινή LTTrA. ο--- πατήρ (ead he who sent me) 1, written τ. κ.α δὲ but 1. ἃ αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησεν ὃ ([ὁ] Tr) Ἰησοῦς LTTrA. m7 or ΟΊΊΤΑΥΤ. P γεγραμμένον ἐστὶν it is 908 myself, and the Father that sent me beareth witness of me. 19 Then said they unto him, Where is thy Father? Jesus answered, Ye neither know me, nor my Father: if ye had known me, ye should have known my Fa- ther also. 20 These words spake Jesus in the treasury, as he taught in the temple: andno man laid hands on him; for his hour was not yet come, 21 Then said -Jesus again unto them, I go my way, and ye shall peek me, and shall die in your sins: whither I go, ye cannot come. 22 Then said the Jews, Will he kill himself? because he saith, Whi- ther I go, ye cannot come. 23 And he said untothem, Ye are from beneath ; I am from above: ye are of this world; 1 am not of this world, 24 I said there- fore unto you, that ye shall die in your sins: for if ye believe not that I am he, ye shall die in your sins. 25 Then said they unto him, Who art thou? And Jesus saith unto them, Even the same that [ said unto you from the beginning. 26 [have many things to say and to judge of you: but he that sent me istrue; and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of him. 27 They understood not that he spake to them of the Father. 28 Then said Jesus unto them, When ye have lifted up the Son of man, then shall ye know that I am he, and that I do nothing of myself; but as my Father hath taught me, I speak these things. 29 And he that sent me is with me: the Father hath not left me alone; for I do ITQANNH Σ VIII. μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, καὶ μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ. ὁ bears witness concerning myself, and .Ώθατς 7witness ®concerning, *me "the πέμψας µε πατήρ. 19 Ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ, Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ Swho *sent “me ?Father. They said therefore tohim, Where is [4 Ι] 7 , 4 « ll ? ~ ” ? 4 10 » A πατήρ.-σου; ᾿Απεκρίθη “ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἰθατε οὔτε τὸν thy Father 2 2 Answered ‘Jesus, Neither me ye know nor maréoa.ou' εἰ ἐμὲ ᾖδειτε, καὶ τὸν-πατέραµου ὕδειτε. ἄν." my Father. If me yehadknown, also my Father yewouldhaveknown, 20 Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα ἐλάλησεν “ὁ Ἰησοῦς" ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ, These words spoke Jesus in the treasury, διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ' καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπίασεν αὐτόν, OTL οὔπω teaching in the temple; and noone took him, for not yet ἐληλύθει ἡ.ὥρα. αὐτοῦ. had come his hour. 21 Εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Ἔγω ὑπάγω, 2Said *therefore “ασαΐῃ ‘to *them 1 Jesus, καὶ ζητήσετέ µε, καὶ ἐν τῇ-ἁμαντάᾳ-ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε". ὅπου and το νη]] β6ε]ς me, and in your sin ye will die; where ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς οὐ-δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν. 22 Ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ 1 go ye areunable to come. *Said *therefore 'the ? ~ , ? ee ee εἰ ῃ «/ + A205 ΧΩ κ Ιουδαῖοι, Myre ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτόν, Ότι λεγει, Όπου εγω ὑπάγω 2Jews, Will he kill himself, that hesays, Where I go ὑμεῖς οὐ.δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν ; 23 Kai εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς ἐκ ye areunable tocome? And hegaid to them, Ye from τῶν.κάτω ἐστέ, ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν.ἄνω εἰμί: ὑμεῖς ἐκ *rov κόσμου beneath are, 1 from above am ; e of 2world τούτου! ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου. 24 εἶπον this are, I amnot of this world. ; I said οὖν ὑμῖν ὅτι ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν" ἐὰν.γὰρ go away, therefore toyou that ye will die in your sins ; for if μὴ πιστεύσητε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε-ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ye believe not that I am fhe], ye will die in 5815 ὑμῶν. 25 Ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ, Σὺ τίς εἴ; *Kai! εἶπεν your. They said therefore tohim, *Thou Ίππο art? And “said ᾽ - ey? ~ \ > A a ‘ ~ « ~ αὐτοῖς Yo" Ἰησοῦς, Τὴν.άρχην Ότι καὶ λαλῶ υμῖν. 300 *them 1Jesus, Altogether that which also Isay toyou. 26 πολλὰ ἔχω περὶ ὑμῶν λαλεῖν καὶ κρίνειν" ἀλλ ὁ Many things I have concerning yow but he who πέμψας µε ἀληθής ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα sent me_ true is, andI what Iheard from him, these things Z / " 7 A , 2 ” «-. A / > ~ λέγω" εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 27 Οὐκ. ἔγνωσαν ὅτι τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῖς Isay to the world. They knew not that the Father tothem ἔλεγεν. 28 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς" ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Όταν ὑψώ- he spoke of. *Said ?therefore *to ‘them *Jesus, When ye shall have σητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τότε γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι" lifted up the Son of man, then yeshall know that I am[hé], ‘ > ” 3 ” ~ > , ? A ‘ . , , « καὶ ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ποιῶ οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ καθὼς ἐδίδαξεν µε ὁ and from myself Ido nothing, but as taught me πατήρ." μου! ταῦτα. λαλῶ. 29 καὶ ὁ πέμψας µε, per’ 17 *Father, these things I speak. And he who sent me, with ἐμοῦ ἐστιν' οὐκ. ἀφῆκέν µε µόνον “ὁ πατήρ," ὅτι ἐγὼ τὰ me is; "left ποῦ πιο ‘alone *the *Father, because’ I the things tosay and to judge; 4 — ὃ GLTTrAW. t — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (ead he said) LTTraw. 5 — καὶ LITrAW. Father) 1 ΤΤΓΑ, ® — ὃ "Ingots (read he spoke) GLTTraw. v ἔλεγεν LTTrA. Ἢ τούτου τοῦ κόσμον LTrA. = λαλῶ LTTrA. ® — αὐτοῖς LTTrA. Ὁ — µου (read the τ ἂν δειτε LTTrA. y [Ὁ] τε. 6 — ὃ πατήρ (read he left not) LtTra. VIII. ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ ποιῶ πάντοτε, pleasing tohim do always. πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν. many believed on him, 91 Ἔλεγεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τοὺς πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ 3Said 1 "therefore ‘Jesus to the “who *had *believed 5on*him Ἰουδαίους, ᾿Εὰν ὑμεῖς µείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ, ἀληθῶς τε 2word 3 JOHN.. 30 Ταῦτα αὐτοῦ.λαλοῦντος *These °things 198 *he *spoke 1Jews, ye abide in *wor my, truly μαθηταί μου ἐστε 82 καὶ γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ ἡ *disciples τὴν ye are. And ye shall know the truth, ‘and the ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ἡμᾶς. 33 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν δαὐτῷ," Σπέρμα truth shall set free you. They answered him, "Seed Par ’ 3 \ ? A , ’ 5 ~ Αβραάμ ἐσμεν, καὶ οὐδενὶ δεδουλεύκαµεν πώποτε' πῶς *Abraham’s weare, and to anyone have been under bondage never; how ; : η (lit. to no one) ἳ : ; σὺ λέγεις, Ότι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε; 34 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς *thou ‘sayest, Free ye shall become ? “Answered “them “ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς, ᾽Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν 1Jesus, Verily verily Isay toyou, that everyone that practises τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 35 ὁ.δὲ δοῦλος sin abondman [18 of sin. Now the bondman οὐ-μένει ἐν τῇ "οἰκίᾳ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα”.ὁ υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν.αἰῶνα. abides ποῦ in the hosse for ever ; the Son abides for ever. 36 ἐὰν οὖν ὁ υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσ- If therefore the Son “you ‘shall “βοῦ ἔσθα,,θ really free ye εσθε. 37 οἶδα ὅτι σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ tore’ ἀλλὰ ζητεῖτέ µε shall be, 1 ποτ that seed 4Abraham’s yeare; but yeseek me ἀποκτεῖναι, ὅτι ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ-χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. 98 ἐγὼ _ το ΚΙ], because *word tmy hasnoentrance in you. it ὃ! ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ.πατρί.ἔµου! λαλῶ: καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν ὸ what I have seen with my Father speak; and ye _ therefore what ἑωράκατε! παρὰ ἱτῷ.πατρὶ ὑμῶν" ποιεῖτε. 39 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν ye have seen with your father do., They answered sk Π ᾽ ~ ¢ ‘ OV eta’ 2 , 9 ΓΖ ? ~ καὶ "εἶπον" αὐτῷ, Ὁ πατὴρ.ἡμῶν Αβραάμ ἐστιν. Λέγει αὐτοῖς and said tohim, *Our*Father Abraham 715. SSays ’to *them 16""Inovtc, Ei τέκνα τοῦ Αβραὰμ ™ijTe," τὰ ἔργα τοῦ. Αβραὰ 5165815, If children of Abraham ye were, the works of Abraham ἐποιεῖτε." ἄν"" 40 νῦν δὲ ζητεῖτέ µε ἀποκτεῖναι, ἄνθρωπον ὃς ye would do; but now yeseek me to kill, a&man who η > ΄ CP ins , εν » Π ~ “ν᾿ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα, ἣν ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ the truth toyou hasspoken, which [heard from God: τοῦτο ᾿Αβραὰμ οὐκ.ἐποίησεν. 41 ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ this Abraham did not. Ye do the works he ἅ κο ~ co ll p ἀρ | | ? ~ Ἢ ~ ᾽ ΄, πατρος-υμωγ. ἱπὸν ουν αυτῳ, μεις ἐκ πορνείας of your father. They said therefore to him, We of fornication ΄ Π « , ” A θ ΄ 49 ἘΠ rs ll γεγεννήµεθα. ἕνα πατερα ἔχομεν, τὸν θεὀν. ἶπεν "οὖν have been born; one Father’ we have, God. %Said therefore αὐτοῖς "ὁ" ᾿Τησοῦς, Ei ὁ θεὸς * πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε. ἂν “to *them Jesus, If God Father ofyou were, ye would have loved dow 2not “ὍΝ ae ? ‘ By ? ~ ~ γῳ Sr τε ὦ 2 ὃν A ae | ἐμε ἐγὼ.γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον καὶ ἥκω" οὐδὲ.γὰρ ἀπ forI from God came forth andamcome; for neither of me, ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνός µε ἀπέστειλεν. 43 "διατί" τὴν myself haveIcome, but he *me sent. Why ‘unto them, 269 always those things that please him, 30 As he spake these words, many belicved ou him, 31 Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on him, If ye continue in my word, then are ye my disci- ples indeed; 32 and ye ‘shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free, 33 They answered him, We be Abraham’s seed, and were never in bondage to any man: how say- est thou, Ye shall be made free? 34 Jesus answered them, Verily, verily, I.say. unto you, Whosoever commit- teth sin is the servant of sin. 35 And the servant abideth not in the house for ever: but the Son abideth ever. 36 If the Son therefore shall make you free, ye shall be free indeed, 37 I know that ye are Abraham’s seed; but — ye seek to kill me, be~ cause my word hath no placein you. 381 speak that which I have seen with my Fa- ther: and ye do that which ye have seen with your father. 39 They answered and Μ said unto him, Abra- ham is our father. Jesus saith untothem, If ye were Abraham’s children, ye would do the works of Abraham. 40 But now ye seek to kill me, a nian that hath told you the truth, which I have heard of God: this did not Abraham. 41 Ye do the deeds of your father. Thensaid they to him,We be not born of fornication; wa have one Father, ever God. 42 Jesus seid. If God were your Father, ye would love me: for I proceeded forth and came from God; nei- ther came 1.08 myself,: but he sent me. 43 Why a ρΤ΄-ΞΞΞ 4 πρὸς αὐτόν to him LTTra. ε --- ὃ τ{τι]. the Father) Lira. h ἃ ἠκούσατε What ye have heard LTtTra. LTT: A. κ εἶπαν LTTrA. [[Ὁ] Tr. m ἐστε ye are GLTTrA. Ρ -- οὖν LTTrA. 58 οὐκ ἐγεννήθημεν Were not born ΗΤΤΑ. t+ otber. - "διὰ τύ LTra. [ἃ ἐγὼ LTTr; ἐγὼ ἃ Α. i τοῦ πατρὸς the father n — ἄν GTTrA. τ. οὖν GLITrA.. Ε --- µου (read ο εἶπαν τ. 5 -- ὁ Ltr] 270 do ye not understand my speech? even be- cause ye cannot hear my word. 44 Ye are of your father the devil, , and the lusts of your father ye willdo. He was a murderer from the beginning, and a- bode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speakcth of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it. 45 And because I tell you thg truth, ye believe me not. 46 Which of you convinceth me of sin? And if I say the truth, why do ye not believe , me? 47 He that is of God heareth God’s words: τό therefore hear ¢hem not, because ye are not of God. 48 Then answered the Jews, and said unto him, Say we not well that thou art a Sama- ritan, and hasta devil? 49 Jesus answered, I have not a devil; but I honour my Father, and ye do dishonour me, 50 And I seek not mine own glory: there is one that seeketh and judgeth. © 51 Verily, verily, I say unto you, If a man kecp my say- ing, he shall never see death. 52 Then said the Jews unto him, Now we know that thou hasta devil. A- braham is dead, and the prophets; and thou sayest, If aman keep my saying, he shall never taste of death. 53 Art thou greater than our father Abra- ham, which is dead? and the prophets are dead: whom makest thou thyself? 54 Jesus answered, If I honour myself, my honour is nothing: it is my Fa-#i0 no wise shall he taste ther that honoureth me; of whom ye say, that he is your God: 55 yet ye have not known him; but I know him: and if I 1ΩΑΝΝ ΗΣ. Vi, 3 3 > . 3 , τ « 9 OF 0 > κ " λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ.γινώσκετε; ὅτι. οὐ ὑύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν *speech my doyenotknow? Because yeareunable to hear , A ’ « ~ A fe , ? - λόγον τὸν ἐμόν. 44 ὑμεῖς ἐκ» πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστέ, 2word Imy. Ye οἳ. [ιο] father ,the devil are, καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ.πατρὸς.ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν. ἐκεῖνος to do. He and the lusts of your father ye desire x Ἴ ~ DR ~ > , ? ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ Xo! a murderer was from [the] beginning, and in the truth 2not ἕστηκεν ὅτι οὐκ.έστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ. Όταν λαλῇ him. Whenever he may speak!. "has stood, because there is not truth in ‘ “Ὁ ῃ ~ Ὁ 7 - ε/ ’ ? ‘ Ν £ τὸ ψεῦδος, ἐκ τῶν.ἰδίων λαλεῖ: ὅτι ψεύστης ἐστὶν καὶ ὁ falsehood, from hisown hespeaks; for a liar heis and the πατὴρ αὐτοῦ. 45 ἐγὼ δὲ ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγων, οὐ father of it. Ἵ 4and *because the truth speak, “not πιστεύετέ μοι. 46 τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει µε περὶ ἁμαρτίας; ἦγο *do believe me. Whichof you convinces me concerning sin? ei70&" ἀλήθειαν λέγω, Ἀδιατί! ὑμεῖς οὐ.πιστεήετέ μοι; 47 ὃ But if truth Ispeak, why “ye ‘do®not believe me? He that ΓῚ 3 ~ ~ ‘ cr ~ ~ 2 , δ A ~ € ~ ὧν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ θεοῦ ἀκούει" διὰ τοῦτο ὑμεῖς is ΟΕ ‘God the words of God hears: therefore ye 3 ? [ή er 1 ~ ~ 2 1 [ή ? ’ οὐκ.ἀκούετε, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκιἐστέ. 48 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν hear not, because of God ye are not. Answered b = a || Cae ~ ges lj 3 ο. ? λῶ ’ κ « - οὖν" οἱ ᾿Τουδαῖοι καὶ “εἴπον" αὐτῷ, Οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς thereforetha Jews and said tohim, *Not “well ‘say “we ὅτι Σαμαρείτης" εἶ σύ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις ; 49 ᾿Απεκρίθη that 8 ϑδιδδυϊδῃ Ξαγὺ ‘thou, and a demon hast ὃ 2 Answered Ἰησοῦς, Εγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ.έχω, ἀλλὰ τιμῶ τὸν.πατέρα.µου, ‘Jesus, I ‘ademon havenot; but Ihonour my Father, ‘ « ~ ? / αν 3 ‘ δὲ 2 ~ ‘ . τὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀτιμάζετε με. 860 γε τ οὐ.ζητῶ τὴν.δόξαν.µου and ye dishonour me, ut I seek not my glory: ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων. 51 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐάν thereishe who seeks and judges. Verily verily Isay toyou, If τις τὸν “λόγον mele μον τηρήσῃ, θάνατον ov.un θεωρήσῃ anyone sword y *keep, death ino wise shall he see εἰς τὸν. αἰῶνα. 52 4Etrov' δοῦν! αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, Νῦν for ever. *Said therefore ‘to Shim “the #Jews, Now ἐγνώκαμεν ὅτι δαιμόνιον ἔχει. ᾿Λβραὰμ ἀπέθανεν καὶ οἱ we know that ademon thouhast. Abraham died and the προφῆται, καὶ σὺ λέγεις, “Edy τις τὸν. λόγον.μου τηρήσῃ, prophets, and thou sayest, If anyone 2my “word ‘keep, οὐ μὴ Ἀγεύσεται! θανάτου εἰς τὸν.αἰῶνα. 58 μὴ σὺ μείζων of death for ever. “Thou greater’ 5 ~ A « ~ 7 ; ε/ 3 [ή ‘A ε εἶ τοῦ.πατρὸς ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ, ὕστις ἀπέθανεν; καὶ οἱ προ- tart than our father Abraham, who died? and the pro- φῆται ἀπέθανον" τίνα σεαυτὸν iod! ποιεῖς; 54 ᾿Απεκρίθη phets . died | whom “thyself *thou ‘makest? > Answered 2 ~ , ‘ Inoovc, Edy ἐγὼ Ἐδοξάζω! ἐμαυτόν, ἡ.δόξα.µου οὐδέν ἐστιν" 4Jesus, Tf 1 glorify myself, my glory nothing is; ” € , ς , εν « - ’ a ἔστιν ὁ-πατήριμου ὃ δοξάζων με, ὃν Ὁυμεῖς λεγετε, OTE it is my Father who glorifies me, [of] whom ye say, that . \ ε ~, - 4 ‘ θεὸς Ἰὑμῶν" ἐστιν, 55 καὶ οὐκ.ἐγνώκατε . αὐτόν, ἐγὼ.δὲ οἶδα "ᾶοᾶ your δ is. _And ye have not known him, butI know 5 « ἐστιν ο : Ν τ ΕΕ ------..... ---------- -σ ὓῖ ὓᾶῆἓὭἩὭΏ μμ”... μμ μμ μαι μμμμμμωμωμω μμ. w + τοῦ the GLTTrA. ® διὰ τί LTra. εἶπαν τ. Ὁ.-- οὖν GLTTrA, ο ὃ — οὖν LTTrA. movers taakest thou) GLTTra. "οὐκ τ 5 + [ὑμῖν] to thee 1, Σ--- δὲ but GLTTra. 5 εἶπαν LTTrA, © Ῥαμαρίτης τ. 5 ἐμὸν λόγον LTTra. h γεύσηται should he taste GLTTraw. i— σὺ (read κ δοξάσω shall glorify Lrtra, 1 ἡμῶν Our TTraw. Witt 1X. ΙΟ ΠΕΝ, ? ΄ 3 m 4 ry) ΤΙ ” ϱ/ τ -Ὁ ? , ” ev avuTov και eav" ειπω OTL ουκ.οιοα αυτο}, εσομαι οµοιος him ; and if Isay that [know not him, Ishallbe like ~ ΄ ? ? > η , νι A , ? ~ οὑμῶν," ψεύστης" Card’! οἶδα αὐτόν, καὶ τὸν.λόγον αὐτοῦ you, a liar. But Iknow him, and his word ο 3 ε » 2 ΄ r ” τηρῶ. 56 Αβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ.ὑμῶν ἠγαλλιάσατο ἵνα Ρίἴδῃ! I keep. Abraham exulted in that he should see τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν" καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη. 57 Εἶπον" οὖν your Father “day ‘my, and hesaw and rejoiced. Said therefore ot Ιουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν, Πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, the Jews to him, Fifty years [old] not yet art thou, ΑΦ 4 ο - - - ? ~ rill 2 ~ ? ‘ καὶ Αθραὰμ ἑώρακας; 88 Ἐϊπεν αὐτοῖς τὸ ]ησοῦς, Αμὴν and Abraham hast thou seen? "Said %to *them *Jesus, Verily ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, πρὶν ᾿Αβραὰμ γενέσθαι ἐγώ εἰμι. 59 Ἦραν verily Isay to you, Before Abraham was i ἵπτα They took up οὖν λίθους ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν" Ἰησοῦς.δὲ ἐκρύβη, therefore stones that they might cast at him ; but Jesus \ PEALE ? at ~ 5) λθά ὃ ᾿Ὶ , ᾽ ~ τ καὶ ἑξηλγεν ἐκ τοῦ ιερου, ιελσωγ ια μέσου αυτων and went forth outof the temple, going through the midst of them, καὶ παρῆγεν οὕτως." and “passed ὁπ ‘thus. 9 Καὶ παράγων εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον τυφλὸν ἐκ γενετῆς. 2 καὶ And passing on he saw aman blind from birth. And ρώτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ λέγοντες, “PaBBi," ric Sasked *him *his *disciples saying, Rabbi, who e πα. Li ~ ~ U , ~ ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ. γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ ; sinned, this [man] or his parents, that blind heshouldbe born? ἥμαρτεν οὔτε οἱ .γονεῖς 3 Απεκριθη "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, Οὔτε οὗτος nor, parents *Answered Jesus, Neither this [man] sinned αὐτοῦ ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ. ‘his ; but that should be manifested the works of God in him, 4 "ἐμὲ! δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέἐμψαντὸς "με" *Me ‘it “bchoves to work the works of him who sent me ΄ ΄ . er n ‘ im. ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν" ἔρχεται νύξ, ὅτε οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐργάζεσθαι. while day it is; “comes ‘night, whennoone is able to work. ree : ? epi > ~ ? ~ ΄ 1 ΜΑ ὃ οταν EV τῷ κόσμῳ ὠ, ὥς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου. 6 Ταῦ While in the world I may be, [πε] light lam ofthe world. These Ta εἰπών, ἔπτυσεν χαμαί, καὶ ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ things having said, hespat on([the] ground, and made clay of ~ , $2 A A \ ? τοῦ πτύσµατος, καὶ ἐπέχρισεν * τὸν πηλὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς the spittle, and - applied the clay to the eyes ~ ~ «ll ‘ = ? ~ Bs 7 ᾽ὔ Ι > A Υτοῦ τυφλοῦ 7 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὕπαγε, "γίψαι' εἰς τὴν ofthe blind [man]. And hesaid Το Πῖπα, ο, wash in the κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ, ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος. ent, hid himself, 271 should say, I know him not, I shall be a liar like unto you: but I know him, and keep his saying. 56 Your father Abraham re- joiced to see my day: and he saw ?t, and was glad. 57 Then said the Jews unto him, Thou art not yet fifty years old, and hast thou seen Abraham? 58 Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto you, Before Abraham was, I am. 59 Then took they up stones to cast at him: but Jesus hid himself, and went out of the temple, going through the midst of them, and so passed by. IX. And as Jesus passed by, he saw a man which was blind from his birth. 2 And his disciples asked him, saying, Master, who did sin, this man, or his parents, that he was born blind? 3 Je- sus answered, Neither hath this man sinned, nor his parents: but that the works of God should be made mani- fest in him. 4 I must work the works of him that sent me, while it is day: the night cometh, when no man can work. 5 As long as I am in the, world, I am the light of the world. 6 When he had thus spoken, he spat on the ground, and made clay of the spittle, and he anoint- ed the eyes of the blind man with the clay, 7 and said unto him, Go, wash in the pool of Siloam, (which is by pool of Siloam, which ge mnpeEpreted, ϊ interpretation, Sent.) ἀπῆλθεν οὖν καὶ ἐνίψατο, καὶ ἦλθεν βλέπων. 8 Οἱ οὖν He went his way there- He went thercfore and washed, and came seeing. The *therefore adits, ceva re ΤΣ ae \ « ~ ? \ \ ΄ .“ a λ δ. Β " 0 προτερογν Οτι "τυφλος" neighbours therefore, Ύειτονες και οι θεωροῦντες αυτον a pe ‘neighbours and ee who ; -- him ‘ before that blind a pei heh ἢ πὴ ας ἦν. ἔλεγον, Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν; was blind, said, Is not he was, said, "Not 3018 115 he who wassitting and begging ? ερηδ geyser rai “ » «“ e ia, ϱ "Αλλοι ἔλεγον, Ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν" ἄλλοι." δέ," “Ore! ὅμοιος This is he: others said, Some said, ΞῊ 6 lit 7is, but others, “Like Heis like him: but he πι κἂν LTTr. ἃ ὑμῖν LTr. °a@AAGLTTrAW. PeldyT. 3 Εἶπαν τ. *—OTTr. 5 -- διελθὼν τ Ῥαββείτ. a ὁ GLTTrAW. ees. οὕτως GLTTrA. Ἶ ‘ Υ — τοῦ τυφλοῦ [L]TTrA. 1 + αὐτοῦ on him ΤΤΤΤΑ. GLTTrAw. Ὁ — δέ but [L]}rrra. ἔλεγον [Οὐχί, ἀλλ᾽] L. z μάς] L. v ἡμᾶς US TTr. 4 προσαίτης a beggar ο ἔλεγον, Οὐχί, ἀλλ᾽ (ἀλλὰ T) Said, No, but Ttra ; W ἡμᾶς US T. 272 said, Iam he, 10 There- fore said they unto him, How were thine eyes opencd? 11 He answered and said, A man that is called Je- sus made clay, and an- ointed mine cyes, and said unto me, Go to the pool of Siloam, and wash: and I went and washed, and I re- ceived sight. 12 Then said they unto him, Where is he? He said, 1 know noi. 13 They brought to the Pharisees him that aforetime was blind. 14 And it was the sabbath day when Jesus made the clay, and opened his eyes. 15 Then again the Pha- risees also asked him how he had received his sight. He said un- to them, He put clay upon mine eyes, and Ι washed, and do see, 16 Therefore said some of the Pharisees, This man is not of God, Ῥε- cause he keepeth not the sabbath day. Others said, How can & man that isa sinner do such miracles? And there was a division among them. 17 They say unto the blind man again, What sayest thou of him, that he hath opened thine eyes? He said, He is 8 prophet. 18 But the Jews did not believe concerning him, that he had been blind, and received his sight, un- til they called the pa- rents of him that had received his sight. 19 And they asked them, saying, Is this your son, who ye say was born blind? how then doth he now see? 20 His parents answer-— ed them and said, We know that this is our son, and that he was born blind: 21 but by what means he now [L]rtra. loam) GurTtra. α ἦν τυφλὸς TIA, εἶπαν TTrA, * + ὁ (read the man that is called) am) « πὰ οὖν therefore LTTrA, 4 ἐν ἢ ἡμέρᾳ in which day ττττΑ. παρὰ θεοῦ ὃ ἄνθρωπος LTTrA. ΙΧ. 10 Ἔλεγον They said IQANNHS. ~ y ~ 2, > αὐτῷ ἐστιν. ᾿ἙἘκεῖνος ἔλεγεν, εἰμι. “him ‘the “is. He said, am [he]. τμ ? ~ ~ - . εἰ | , κ. 2 οὖν αὐτῷ, Πῶς" favégyOnoay" ἔσου" οἱ ὀφθαλμοί; 11 Απ- therefore tohim, How were opened thine eyes? ?An- , δεν ος 1 - ΄ ? ~ ἐκρίθη ἐκεῖνος "καὶ εἶπεν," Ανθρωπος ἷ λεγόμενος ᾿Ιησοῦς swered the and said, A man called Jesus 4 , ‘ , 3 . » 4 τ ΄ πηλὸν ἐποίησεν καὶ ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς, καὶ εἶπεν clay made and appliedto mine eyes, and said t > ‘ , ον A ‘ 2 μοι," Ὕπαγε εἰς Ιτὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ" Σιλωὰμ καὶ νίψαι. to me, Go to the pool of Siloam and = wash: ἀπελθὼν "Ιδὲῖ καὶ νιψάμενος ἀνέβλεψα. 19 3" Εἰπονὶ Ροῦνὶ having *gone ‘and and washed I received sight. They said therefore αὐτῷ, Ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος; Λέγει, Οὐκ.οῖδα. tohim, Where [15 he? He says, I know not, 19 "Αγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε They bring “*him 1to 2the Pharisees, who once [was] τυφλόν. 14 ἠν. δὲ σάββατον Are" τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ blind. Now it was sabbath when “the *clay “made Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. 16 πάλιν οὖν ‘Jesus and opened*® his eyes. Again therefore 2 ΄ ? \ 3 ε - ~ ? , | { A 7 ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ αἱ Φαρισαῖοι πῶς ἀνέβλεψεν. ῥὁ.δὲ εἶπεν Ὅτι ἐγώ I asked him ‘alsothé Pharisees how hercceivyed sight. Andhe said ~ \ ΕΣ, ο ον ‘ ? x ' ᾿ αὐτοῖς, Πηλὸν ἐπέθηκεῖϊ τἐπὶ τοὺς. ὀφθαλμούς μου," καὶ Ever to them, Clay he put on mine eyes, anil τ ψάμην, καὶ βλέπω. 160 Ἔλεγον οὖν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων τινές, washed, and 1 seg »» “Said therefore?of *the ‘Pharisees ‘some, εΟὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐκ.ἔστιν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ," ὅτι TO σάββατον This man * - is not from God, forthe sabbath οὐ.τηρεῖ. "Αλλοι ἔλεγον, Πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς he does not keep. Others. said, How can aman a sinner ~ ~ ~ = / aN ? 2 ν / τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν; Καὶ σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς. 17 Λε such signs do? And adivision was among them. They γουσινἵ τῷ τυφλῷ πάλιν, Σὺ τί! λέγεις περὶ αὐτοῦ, say: tothe blind [man] again, *Thou ‘what Ξξαγοςί concerning him, (ee Ξ = Ort "ἠνοιξέν" σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς ; ὉΟ.δὲ εἶπεν, Ὅτι προ- for heopened thine eyes? Απάὰ Πο said, A Ῥτο- ’ 3 / ᾽ > , ey Μα αμ ἆ ‘ φητης ἐστίν. 18 Οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ιουδαῖοὶ περὶ phet he is. *Did *not ®believe *therefore ‘the 7Jews concerning αὐτοῦ, ὅτι “τυφλὸς ἦν" καὶ ἀνέβλεψεν, ἕως ὅτου ἐφώνησαν him, that *blind *he*wasand received sight, until they called τους γονεῖς αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀναβλεψαντος 19 καὶ ἠρώτησαν the . parents ofhim who had received sight. And they asked ? ‘ / ca , « εν ~ εν ~ αὐτοὺς λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς ὑμῶν ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε them saying, ?This lis yourson, ofwhom ye say «“ Η͂ ? , ~ ” , οτι τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη ; πῶς οὖν Σᾶρτι βλέπει" ; 20 ᾿Απεκρίθη- that blind hewasborn? how then now does Ἡθ 5οο 2 3 Answered ? ~ « ~ Φ ~ 4 “ » Ul - ΄ σαν” "αὐτοῖς" οἱ γονεῖς. αὐτοῦ καὶ Petrov," Οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὗτός *them his *parents and said, We know that this ? « ει ε ~ ~ ~ ἔστιν O.VLOC.NUGY, καὶ ὅτι τυφλος ἐγεννήθη" 21 πῶς.δὲ νῦν is our son, and that blind he was born; but how now en EES Ee ἃ + δὲ however t. © + οὖν then [1]τ[α]. 8 σοι Ἑ. ἃ -- καὶ εἶπεν TT:[A]. k + ὅτι τττ. [ τὸν (read Go to Si- n+ [καὶ] and tr. ο εἶπαν LTTrA. P — οὖν LTTrA. * MOU ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς GLTTTAW 5 Οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος fA. | * + οὖν therefore LTTrAW. τ Τί σὺ τι. 3 ἠνέωξέν Tra, Υ βλέπει ἄρτι ΙΤΊτΑ. 2. + οὖν therefore Lz. ® — αὐτοῖς [L]TTrA, f ν ΄ ΄ ηνεωχθησάν LTTrA. ΙΧ. JOHN. λέ > ΚΑ "ΔῊ a , » Be πε Se A ? θ λ 4 βλεπει οὐκ οἴδαμεν, ἢ τίς ἤνοιξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς he sees wekncow not, or who opened his eyes ἡμεῖς οὐκ.οἴδαμεν' δαὐτὸς ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσατε," we know not; he is of age, 7him Task, αὐτὸς περὶ “αὑτοῦ! λαλήσει. 22 Ταῦτα εἶπον οἱ γονεῖς he concerning himself shall speak. These things said “parents αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους" Ίδη.γὰρ συνε- "his, because they feared the Jews ; for already had agreed τέθειντο ot Ιουδαῖοι, ἵνα ἐάν τις αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ together the Jews, that if anyone him_ should confess [to be the] χριστόν, ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται. 23 διὰ τοῦτο οἱ γονεῖς Christ, put out of the 5 Άασοσαε he should be. Becauseof this “parents αὐτοῦ 'εἶπον," Ὅτι ἡλικίαν ἴχει, αὐτὸν ξἐρωτήσατε"" 94 Ἐφώ- ‘his said, He is of age, 7him ask, They γησαν οὖν Λλὲκδευτέρου τὸν ἄνθρωπον! ὃς ἦν τυφλός, καὶ cailed therefore asecondtime the man who was blind, and [εἶπον' αὐτῷ, Adc δόξαν τῷ θεῷ" ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι 16 ἄνθρω- said tohim, Give glory ᾽ toGod; we know that 2man πος οὗτος" ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν. 25 ᾿Απεκρίθη οὖν ἐκεῖνος ‘this a sinner is. %Answered therefore ‘he ]ς ‘ τ I 2 δ 7 2 » τὰ - a 4 ε καὶ εἶπεν," Et ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν οὐκ.οἶδα" ἕν οἶδα, ὅτι and said, lf a sinner he is I know not. One [thing] I know, that τυφλὺς ὧν ἄρτι βλέπω. 26 Εἶπον.δὲ' αὐτῷ π πάλιν," Τί *blind ‘being ΠΟ 1566. And they said to him again, What ἐποίησέν σοι; πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς ; 27 Απε- did he tothee? how opened he thine eyes ? He an- κρίθη αὐτοῖς, Εἶπον ὑμῖν ἤδη, καὶ οὐκ.ἠκούσατε' τί πάλιν swered them, I told you already,and yedidnothear: why again θέλετε ἀκούειν; μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς.θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι; do ye wish to hear? 3150 ‘do *ye wish his disciples to become? 28" ErXowWspnoay οὖν" αὐτόν, καὶ Ῥεῖπον," Σὺ “εἶ μαθητὴς! They “railed *at ‘therefore him, and βαϊᾶ, Thou art “disciple ἐκείνου" ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ "Μωσέως! ἐσμὲν μαθηταί. 29 ἡμεῖς οἴδα- npetc.0& του "Μωσεως" ἐσμὲν μαθηταί. ημεῖς O10 this, but we of Moses are disciples, We know μὲν ὅτι *Mwog" λελάληκεν ὁ θεός" τοῦτον δὲ οὐκ.οῖδαμεν that to Moses "ΠΒ8 *spoken 1God; but this [man] we know not , ᾽ / , / c ” ‘ στ ? ~ ? πόθεν ἐστίν. 30 Απεκρίθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ἐν whence Τε 18. 2Answered ‘the 7?man and said tothem, 7In γὰρ τούτῳ! θαυμαστόν ἐότιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ.οἴδατε πόθεν 4indeed this awonderfulthing is, that ye know not whence ἐστίν, καὶ τἀνέῳξέν! µου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. 31 οἴδαμεν." δὲ" ὅτι heis, and heopened mine eyes. But we know that ~ 5» 2 ZT Σἁμαρτωλῶν ὁ θεὸς" οὐκ.ἀκούει ἀλλ᾽ ἐάν τις θεοσεβὴς ἢ, sinners God doesnothear; but if anyone God-fearing be, καὶ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιῇ, τούτου ἀκούει. 32 ἐκ. τοῦ αἰῶνος and the will of him do, him Β6 hears. “Ever οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι Τήνοιξεν" τις ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ 4it *was*not heard that "ορεπεᾶ ‘anyone [the] eyes of fone) *blind γεγεννηµένου. 33 εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ θεοῦ οὐκ ἠ- having “been *born, If “τοὺ *were ‘this (*man] from God he ~ / A Ἂν ρω” 3 δύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν. 94 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν καὶ "εἶπον' αὐτῷ, Ἐν could do nothing. They answered and said tohim, In ἃ αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσατε, αὐτὸς (— αὐτὸς TTrA) ἡλικίαν ἔχει LTTrA, © ἑαυτοῦ Εξ ἐπερωτήσατεἹ. ἃ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐκ δευτέρου LTTrA. — LItraw. οὖν therefore (they said) ἹπττΑα. ™— πάλιν LTTrA. railed) Tr. 9 -- οὖν GLTTrAW. P εἶπαν T. 4 μαθητὴς εἶ LTTrA. ® Mwicet LTTrA; Μῳυσῇ Ἢ t τούτῳ γὰρ TTrA. — π ἠνοϊξέν LTTr. * — δὲ but LTTra. J ὃ θεὸς ἁμαρτωλῶν LTrA, i οὗτος 0 ἄνθρωπος L. n+ οἱ δὲ (read But they 273 seeth, we know not; or who hath opened his eyes, we know not: he is of age; ask him: he shall speak for him- self. 22 These words spake his parents, he- cause they feared the Jews: for the Jews had agreed already, that if any man did confess that he was Christ, he should be put out of the synagogue. 23 Therefore said his parents, He is of age; ask him, 24 Then a- gain called they the man that was blind, and said unto him, Give God the praise: we know that this man isasinner. 25 He answered and said, Whether he be a sin- ner or no, I know not: one thing I know, that, whereas I was blind, now I sce. 26 Then said they to him again, What did he to thee ἢ how open- ed he thine eyes? 27 He answered them, I have told you already, and ye did not hear: where- fore would ye hear ἐξ again ? will ye also be *his disciples? 28 Then they reviled him, and said, Thou art his dis- ciple; but we are Moses’ disciples. 29 We know that God spake unto Moses: as for this fellow, we know not from whence he is. 30 The man answered and said unto them, Why heyin is a mar- vellous thing, that ye know not from whence he is, and yet he hath opened mine eyes. 31 Now we know that God heareth not sin- ners: but if any man be a worshipper of God, and doeth his will, him he heareth. 32 Since the world be- gan was it not heard that any man opened the eyes of one that was born blind. 33 If this man were not of God, he could do no- thing. 34 They an- swered and said unto him, Thou wast alto- f εἶπαν LTTrA. a k,— καὶ εἶπεν τπτ, τ Μωυσέως LTTrAW. ν + τὸ the (wonderful thine’) rrr, Σ ἠνεωξέν Tr, 5 εἶπαν LTTrA. τ 274 gether born in sins, and dost thou teach us? And th:y cast him out. 35 Jesus heard that they had cast him out; and when he had found him, he said un- to him, Dest thou be- lieve on the Son of God? 36 He answered and said, Who is he, Lord, that I might be- lieve on him? 37 And Jesus said unto him, Thou hast both seen him, and it is he that talketh ' with thee. 38 And he said, Lord, Ibelieve. And he wor- shipped him. 39 And Jesus said, For judg- ment I am come into this world, that they which see not might sec; and that they which see might be made blind. 40 And some of the Pharisces which were with him heard these words, and said unto him, Are we blind also? 41 Jesus waid unto them, If ye were blind, ye should have no sin: but now ye say, We see; there- fore your sin remain- eth. X. Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that entereth not by the door into the sheep- fold; but climbeth up some other way, the game is a thief and a robber. 2 But he that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep. 3 To him the porter openeth ; and the sheep hear his voice: and he calleth his own sheep by name, and leadeth themout. 4 And when he putteth forth his own sheep, he gccth before them, and the shcep follow him: for they know his voice, 5 And a stranger will they not follow, but will flee from him: for they know not the voice of strangers. 6 This parable spake Jesus unto them: but they understood not what things they were wh'ch he spake unto them. IQANNHE. ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, τα. X, 3 ατα κα ε - νά καὶ συ ὀιῤασκεις ἡμας; Καὶ sins thon wast born wholly, and ?thou 'teachest τι» And we « ? ~ τε πο. ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω. 30 ὌἨκουσεν "ὁ" ᾿Ιησυῦς ὅτι ἐξέβαλαν they cast him out. *Heard Jesus that they cast ‘ ” \ ‘ 7 ? Ὁ Ν 4 ’ αὐτὸν ἔξω: καὶ εὑρὼν αὐτὸν εἶπεν "αὐτῷ, Σὺ πιστεῦεις him out, and having found him said tohim, ?Thou ‘'believe-t εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀθεοῦ 3" 86 ᾿Απεκρίθη ἐκεῖνος “καὶ εἶπεν," "Τις on the Son of God? 2Answered the αμᾶ said, Who ἐστιν, κύριε, ἵνα πιστεύσω εἰς αὐτόν; 37 Εἶπεν 5δὲ) αὐτῷ is he, Lord, that I may believe on him ? And ?’said *to *him ©? ~ 4 =z ? , ay ε x λ - ‘ ~ ὁ Τησοῦς, Καὶ εώρακας αυτον, και ο αλῶν μετὰ Gov 1Jesus, 7Both Sthou Shast scen him,’ and he who speaks’ with thice ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν. 88 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Πιστεύω, κύριε καὶ προσεκύνη- “he lis. And he said, I believe, Lord: and_ he worshipped ~ ~ ~ ’ ΄ , ‘ , ‘ σεν αὐτῷ. 99 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Eig κρίμα ἐγὼ εἰς τὸν him. And. ?said ~ 1Jesus, For judgment I _ into κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον, ἵνα οἱ. μὴ. βλέποντες βλέπωσιν, καὶ this world came, that they that see not might see, and οἱ βλέποντες τυφλοὶ γένωνται. 40 "Kai" ἤκουσαν ἐκ τῶν they that see blind might become. And ‘°heard 7of *the Φαρισαίων Ἱταῦτα" οἱ oyrec μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ," καὶ ἰεῖ- *Pharisees ?°these things ‘those*°who ὅπετο ‘with “him, and they πον" αὐτῷ, Μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖ λοί ἐ ; 41 Εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ υ, Μη Ίμεις τυφλοὶ ἐσμεν 5 ἰπε ὑτοις 0 said tohim, 3Also "νο *blind ‘are? Said tothem ? ~ ? \ ” ᾽ n ” « / - η , Inoovc, Et τυφλοὶ ἦτε, ovK.av-eiyere ἁμαρτίαν" viv.ce λε- Jesus, If blind ye were, ye would not have sin ; but now ya a / 2 « απ πο ῃ « / « » ’ γετε, Ότι βλέπομεν η "οὖν" ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν µενει. say We sce, the *therefore sin of you remains. 10 ᾽Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. ὁ μὴ. εἰσερχόμενος διὰ τῆς Verily verily Isay ίοτοι, He that enters not in by the θύρας εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων, ἀλλὰ ἀναβαίνων ἀλ- door ἴο the fold ofthe sheep, but mountsup,_ else- λαχόθεν, ἐκεῖνος κλέπτης ἐστὶν καὶ λῃστής" 2 Océ εἶσερ- where, he a thief is and arobber; but he that en- χόµενος διὰ τῆς θύρας ποιμήν ἐστιν τῶν προβάτων. 8 τούτῳ ters in by the door shepherd ᾿ 1 ofthe sheep. Ὁ him t / ‘ ~ ~ ~ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει, καὶ τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς. αὐτοῦ ἀκούει, the door-keeper opens, and the sheep his voice hear, καὶ τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα "καλεῖ! Kar’ ὄνομα, καὶ ἐξάγει αὐτά. and his own sheep hecalls by name, and leads *out ‘them, 4 cai! ὅταν τὰ ἴδια Ῥπρόβαταϊ ἐκβάλῃ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν And when his own sheep he puts forth before them ἡ / ‘ ’ ~ ~ « πορεύεται" καὶ τὰ πρόβατα αὐτῷ ἀκολουθεῖ, ὅτι οἴδασιν he goes ; and the sheep him follow, because they know \ 1 ~ ἘΝῚ Ἢ ΤΊ ον ” τὴν. φωνὴν αὐτοῦ. 5 ἀλλοτρίῳ. δὲ οὐ μὴ “ἀκολουθήσωσιν," his voice, But astranger in no wise they should follow, ? A / - 4 > ~ ” ~ ΄ ἀλλὰ φεύξονται ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ: ὅτι οὐκ οἴδασιν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων but will flee from him, because they know not of strang« rs THY φωνὴν. 6 Ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Τησοῦς, the voice. This allegory 2spoke 3ΐο *them 1Jesus, ? ~ 3 ve « ΄ ~ ἐκεῖνοι. δὲ οὐκ. ἔγνωσαν τίνα τήνὶ ἃ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς. but they knew not what it was which he spoke to them, Se ICG Ὁ -- ὁ τ[τ.]. f+ καὶ and GTTrAW. αὐτοῦ ὄντες LTTrA. TTra. it niight ba tr, Ρ πάντα all © — αὐτῷ τ[ττα]. 4 ἀνθρώπου of man Τ. ε — καὶ εἶπεν τα]. ο Ἐν δὲ and τπτ. Β-- καὶ ΤΤΤΑ, i— ταῦτα 1. k μετ’ = - εἶπαν τ. m — οὖν [L]TTra. Ὁ φωνεῖ he calls ττττα. 9--- καὶ (his own) LTTra. 4 ἀκολουθήσουσιν will they fullowLrtTraw. τή xX. JOHN. Ξ 7 ἘΠπεν οὖν "πάλιν αὐτοῖς! ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾽Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω “Said “therefore *again ‘to *them 1 Jesus, Verily verily 158. ὑμῖν, ‘ore ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων. 8 πάντες ὕσοι toyou, that I am the door ofthe sheep. All whoever "πρὸ ἐμοῦ ἦλθον! κλέπται εἰσὶν καὶ λῃσταί: ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ.ἤκουσαν before me came thieves are ‘and robbers; but did *not Shear αὐτῶν τὰ πρόβατα. ϑ ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα" δι ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις ‘them ‘the sheep. I am the door: by me if anyone εἰσέλθῃ σωθήσεται, καὶ εἰσελεύσεται καὶ ἐξελεύσεται, καὶ enter in he shall be saved, and shall go in and shall go out, and νομὴν εὑρήσει. 10 ὁ κλέπτης οὐκ.έρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ Pp2sture shall find, The thief comes not except that he may steal \ Ωω \ ? ’ Ἔ ? ‘ > wv \ » καὶ busy καὶ ἀπολέσῃ" ἐγὼ ἦλθον ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν, and may kill and may destroy: I ‘ A » > ’ > « A « , c και περισσὸν ἔχωσιν. 11 Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός" ὁ and abundaxzily might have [it]. if am the *shepherd ‘good. The ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβά- ?shepherd ασοοᾶ his life lays down for the sheep: των.: 12 ὁ μισθωτὸς. “δε, καὶ οὐκ ὧν ποιμήν, οὗ οὐκ but the hired servant, and who is ποῦ [the] shegherd, whose “not Σεἰσὶν' τὰ πρόβατα ἴδια, sade τὸν λύκον ἐρχόμενον, καὶ 16. 6. “sheep ἔρνη, see the wolf coming, and came that life they might have, ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα καὶ φεύγει καὶ ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ leaves the sheep, and flees; andthe wolf seizes them καὶ σκορπίζει τὰ πρόβατα. 13 ὁ. δὲ μισθωτὸς φεύγει! ὅτι and scatters the sheep. Now the hired servant flees because μισθωτός ἐστιν, καὶ οὐ-μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων. a hired servant heis, and is not himself concerned about the sheep. 14 ο εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός" καὶ γινώσκω τὰ ἐμά, J am the *shepherd *good; and Iknow those that [are] mine, καὶ ”γινώσκοµαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμῶν." 16 καθὼς γινώσκει and am known of those that [are] mine. As 2knows µε ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν πατέρα" καὶ τὴν.ψυχήν.µου *me ‘the “Father, I also know the Father; and my life τίθηµι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων. 16 καὶ ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω, Ilay down for the sheep. And other sheep Ihave, ἃ οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐκ τῆς αὐλῆς. ταύτης" Kaxeiva "με δεῖ" which are ποῦ of this fold ; those also “me 185 *behoves ἀγαγεῖν, καὶ τῆς φωνῆς. μου ἀκούσουσιν' καὶ ὑγενήσεται! µία το Ὠτίης, and my voice they willhear; and _ thereshallbe one ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν. 17 διὰ τοῦτο “ὁ πατήρ μεὶ ἀγαπᾷ, flock, one shepherd. On this account the Father me loves, / / ή ῥ ΄ ; / Ἢ αίἩ ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν.µου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν. because [ lay down my life, that again Imaytake it. 18 οὐδεὶς αἴρει αὐτὴν ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ᾽ Noone takes it from me, but 1 laydown it of ἐμαυτοῦ. ἐξουσίαν ἔχω θεῖναι αὐτήν, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω myself. Authority Ihavetolay down it, and authority I have πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν' ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴ», ἔλαβον παρὰ again to take it. This commandment I received from ~ , / πὶ πρὶ ή tr ? / ~ τοῦ. πατρός. μου. 19 Σχίσμα “οὖν" πάλιν έγενετο ἐν τοῖς my Father. A division therefore again there was among the 5 αὐτοῖς πάλιν L3 --- πάλιν αὐτοῖς Τ; — αὐτοῖς A. ἐμοῦ GLTrA ; — πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1. Nines δὲ but [Tr]. ([τὰ πρόβατα] A) ὃ δὲ μισθωτὸς φεύγει [L]rTra. rmoine know me 1 ΤΤΙΑ. 2 δεῖ we LTTrA. 4 — οὖν LTTrA. χ ἔστιν LTTrA. S γενήσονται τα. Δ. — ὅτι [L]Tr[a]. 275 7 Then said Jesus unto them again, Ve- rily, verily, 1 say unto you, I am the door of the sheep. 8 All that ever came before me are thieves and rob- bers: but the sheep did not hear them. 9 I am the door: by me if any man enter inthe shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture, 10 The thief cometh not,but fortosteal,and to kill, and to destroy: I am come that they might have life, and that they might have 5. more abundantly. 11 I am the good shep- herd: the good shep- herd giveth his life for the sheep. 12 Bui he that is an _ hireling, and not the shepherd, whose own the sheep are not, seeth the wolf coming, and leaveth the sheep, and fleeth: and the wolf catcheth them, and scattereth thesheep. 13 Thehire- ling fleeth, because he is an hireling, and car- eth not for the sheep. 14 I am the good shep- herd, and know my sheep, aid am known of mine. 15 As the Father knoweth me, even so know 1 the Fa- _ther: and I lay down my life for the sheep. 16 And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold : them also I must bring, and they shall hear my voice; and there shall be one fold, and one shep- herd. 17 Therefore doth my Father love me, becauscl lay down my lite, that 1 might take it again. 18 No man taketh it from me, but 1 lay it down of myself. I have power to lay it down, and I have power to take it again. This commandment have I received of my Father. 19 There was adivision therefore againamong the Jews for these 7 ἦλθον πρὸ 7 --- τὰ πρόβατα. : γινώσκουσίν µε τὸ ἐμά those that [are] © we ὁ πατὴρ LIT: A. 276 sayings. 20 And many of them said, He hath a devil, and is mad; why hear ye him? 21 Others said, These are not the words of him that hath a devil. Can a devil open the eyes of the blind? 90 And it was at Jerusalem the feast of the dedication, and it was winter. 23 And Jesus walked in the temple in Solomon’s porch, 24 Then came the Jews ronud about him, and said unto him, How long dost thou make us_ to doubt 2 If thou be the Christ, tell us plain- ly. 25 Jesus answered them, 1 told you, and ye believed not: the works that I doin my Father’s name, they: bear witness of ine, 26 But ye believe not, because ye are not of my sheep, as 1 said unto you. 27 My sheep hear my voice, and 1 Know them, and they follow me: 28 and 1 give unto them eter- nal life; and they shall never perish, nei- ther shall any man pluck them out of my hand, 29 My Father, which gave them me, is greater than all; and no man is able to luck them out of m ather’s hand.. 30 1 and my Father are one. 31 Then the Jews took up stones again to stone him. 32 Jesus answered them, Many good works have [ shewed you from my Father ; for which of those works do ye stoneme? 33The Jews answered him, saying, For a good work we bs Ἰουδαίοις 20 -ἔλεγον “δὲ! Jews said *but πολλοὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν, Δαιμόνιον ἔχει καὶ μαίνεται" τί αὐτοῦ many of _ them, Ademon hehas and ismad; why him ἀκούετε; 91 "Αλλοι ἔλεγον, Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ.ἔστιν do ye hear 2 Others said, These sayings are not [those] δαιμονιζομένου py δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν IQANWN HS. διὰ on account of τοὺς λόγους τούτους. these words ; of one possessed by a demon. 3Α Sdemon 115 able of [the] blind [the] ὀφθαλμοὺς favoiyey'; eyes to open ? 22 ᾿Ἐγένετο δὲ τὰ ΚΕἐγκαίνιαὶ ἐν Ἀτοῖςὶ Ἱεροσολύμοις, And took place the feast of dedication at Ἱκαὶὶ χειμὼν ἦν' 23 καὶ περιεπάτει ὁ! Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ and winter it was. And ?was “walking iJesus in the temple ἐν τῇ στοᾷ 'rov Σολομῶντος." 24 ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν in the porch of Solomon. *Encircled *therefore *him οἱ Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ ἔλεγον αὐτῷ, “Ewe πότε τὴν.ψυχὴν-ἡμῶν the σον, απᾶ said tohim, Until when our soul αἴρεις; εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστός, Πεἰπὲ" ἡμῖν παρ- holdest thou imsuspense? If thou art the Christ, tell 8 plain- ῥησίᾳ. 25 ᾽Απεκρίθη "αὐτοῖς" *6" Ἰησοῦς, Εἶπον ὑμῖν, καὶ ly. 2 Answered $them Jesus, 1 told you, and οὐ πιστεύετε. τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός Jerusalem, ye believe not. Theworks which I do in the name of 7Father µου, ταῦτα μαρτυρε περὶ ἐμοῦ: 26 οἀλλ" ὑμεῖς οὐ ‘my, these bear witness concerning me: but ‘ye *not πισ ΄ a p ? eae | Oe ? ~ , ~ 2 ~ ᾳ θὰ Τεύετε’ Ῥοὺ. γάρ" ἐστε ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν, "καύως believe, foryearenot of *sheep my, as 1 εἰ τὸ Ι 7 ‘ , Ya. ‘ ~ ~ τ, φ HH] εἶπον ὑμῖν." 27 τὰ πρόβατα Ta ἐμὰ τῆς. φωνῆς. μου τἀκούει, Isaid Το γοα. *Sheep Imy my voice hear, ? ‘ 7 > Lae ‘ > ~ , ? 4 5 A κάγω γινώσκω αὐτά" καὶ ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι, 28 κἀγὼ "ζωὴν and I know them, and_ they follow me; ΔΒ | ite αἰώνιον δίδωμι αὐτοῖς" καὶ οὐ-μὴ ἀπόλωνται εἰς τὸν eternal give them ; and innowise shall they perish for αἰῶνα, καὶ οὐχ.ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆςχειρός-µου. 29 ὁ ever, , and *shall ‘not 3βείσε "anyone them out of my hand, πατήρ ἵμουϊ "ὃς" δεδωκέν μοι "μείζων πάντων" ἐστίν' καὶ My Father who has given(them]tome greater than all is, and οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ-πατρός Σμου.! no one is able toseize outof the hand -of my Father. y 90 ἐγώ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν. 31 ᾿Εβάστασαν Σοῦνὶ πάλιν I andthe Father one are. 5Τοοκ ®up λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν. 82 ἀπεκρίθη 7Tstones ‘the *Jews that they might stone him, 7Answered αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Πολλὰ Ἰκαλὰ ἔργα! ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ *therefore *again them 1 Jesus, Many good works I shewed you from πατρός μου" διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον ῬὈλιθάζετέ με! ; my Father ; because of which ?of*them ‘work do ye stone me? 33 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι «λέγοντες,ὶ Περὶ καλοῦ 3Αποπγοτοᾶ *him ‘the 7Jews, saying, For agood a ass > = a 2 > - . 9 ε οὖν προ =. { ἀνοῖξαι to have opened tira. ξἐνκαίνια Τ. h — τοῖς T. 1— και TTra. [ὁ] τε. | Σολομῶνος GLTAW ; τοῦ Σολομῶνος Tr. ™ εἰπὸν Τ. 2 -- av- Tots T. 9 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. Ρ ὅτι οὐκ Τττ. 4 --- καθὼς εἶπον ὑμῖν [τ,]ττι[α]. τ ἀκούουσιν [are] hearing ΤττΑ. 5 ὃ what (he has given) τττΑ. : _ ὅ ἔργα καλὰ LT, ¢ — λέγοντες LTTrAW, } — οὖν τ[ττ]. vA. 5 δίδωμι αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ΤΊτΑ. τ-- μου (read The Father) tr. Ἢ πάντων μεῖζόν ΤΤΤΑ. 5 — µου (read the Father) t[TrJa, ἃ — µου (read the Father) [L]r[trJa. Ὁ ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 3X1. JOHN. ἔργου οὐ.λιθάζομέν σε, ἀλλὰ περὶ βλασφημίας, καὶ Ore work wedonotstone thee, but for blasphemy, and because σὺ ἄνθρωπος wy ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν θεόν. 84 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς thou ’a*man ‘being makest thyself God. ?Answered “them 49! Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ.ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ. ὑμῶν, “᾿Εγὼ 1 6885, Is it not written in your law, I } fla," θεοί ἐστε; 35 Ei ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεούς, πρὸς οὓς ὁ said, 3ροᾶςῬ tye 2are? Tf them hecalled gods, to whom the λόγος ἔτοῦ θεοῦ ἐγένετο," καὶ οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ γραφή: word of God came, {and cannot “be *broken ‘the ?scripture,) 36 ὃν ὁ πατὴρ ἡγίασει' καὶ ἀπέστειλεν. εἰς τὸν κόοµον, {of him] whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ὑμεῖς.λέγετε, Ὅτι βλασφημεῖο, ὅτι εἶπον, Ὑἱὸς "τοῦ" θεοῦ do ye say, Thou blasphemest, because Isaid, Son of God εἰμι; 37 εἰ οὐ ποιῶ τὰ ἔργα. τοῦ.πατρός.µου, μὴ.πιστεύετέ Iam? If Idonot the works of my Father, believe not por 38 εἰδὲ ποιῶ, κἂν ἐμοὶ μὴ πιστεύητε," τοῖς ἔργοις me; butif Ido, evenif me ye believe not, the works Κπιστεύσατε,ὶ ἵνα γνῶτε καὶ Ιπιστεύσητεϊ ὅτι ἐν ἐμοὶ believe, that ye may perceive and may believe that in me [is] ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ ἐν Παὐτφ.ι 99 ᾿Ἐζήτουν ποὖν" οπἀλινὶ the Father, andI in him. They sought therefore again ον , \ χο. ? ~ 4 ee ‘ αὐτὸν πιάσαι καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς.χειρὸς. αὐτῶν. 40 Καὶ him to take, and he went forth out of their hand ; and ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, εἰς τὸν τόπον ὕπου ἦν departed again beyond the Jordan, to the place where was P'Iwavyyc' τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων" καὶ ἔμεινεν" ἐκεῖ, 41 καὶ John first baptizing ; and heabode there. And πολλοὶ ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἔλεγον, Ὅτι ΡΙἸωάννης" μὲν many came to him, and said, John indeed σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν᾽ πάντα.δὲ ὕσα εἶπεν Ρ]ωάννησϊ Ssign ‘did ΞΏΟ; but 411 whatsoever *said 1 John περὶ τούτου, ἀληθῆ ἦν: 42 Καὶ Τἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ concerning this- [man], true were. And 2believed imany ἐκεῖ εἰς αὐτόν." there on him. ~ , 3 A / 11 Ἦν.δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας, Now there was acertain [man] sick, Lazarus of Bethany, ἐκ τῆς κώμης " Μαρίας καὶ Μάρθας τῆς. ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς. 2 ἦν of the village of Mary and Martha her sister, “It *was δὲ ‘Mapia' ἡ ἀλείψασα Τὸν κύριον μύῤῳ καὶ ἐκμάξασα land Mary who anointed the Lord withointment and wiped τοὺς.πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν. αὐτῆς, ἧς ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος his feet with her hair, whose brother Lazarus ἠσθένει. 8 ἀπέστειλαν οὖν at ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγου- “hath sanctified, 277 stone thee not; ‘but for blasphemy ; and. ὮῬε- cause that thou, being «a man, makest thyself God. 34 Jesus answer- ed them, Is it. not written in your law, I said, Yeare gods? 35If he called them gods, unto whom the word of God came, and the scripture cannot be broken ; 36 say ye of him, whom the Father and sent into the world, Thou blasphemest; be- cause I said, I.am the Son of God? 37 If I do not the works of my Father, believe me not. 38 But if I do, though ye belicve not me, believe the works: that yemay know, and believe, that the Fa- ther is in me, andI in him. 39 Therefore they sought again to take him: but he es- caped out of their hand, 40 and went away again beyond Jordan into the place where John at . first baptized; and there he abode. 41 And many resorted unto him, and said, John did no mi- racle: but all things that John spake of this man were true, 42 And many believed on him there, XI. Now a certain man was sick, numed Lazarus, of Bethany, the town of Mary and her sister Martha. 2 (It was that Mary which anointed the Lord with ointment, and wiped his feet with her hair, whose brother Lazarus was sick.) 3 Therefore - 8 1 ο - say- his sisters sent unto was sick. *Sent — τνεν: the es - Aim, τ νά him, saying, Lord. be- σαι, Κύριε, ide ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ. 4 ᾿Ακούσας δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς hold, he whom. thou ing, Lord, lo, he whom thou lovest is sick. But “having “heard 1 Jesus τα ον ο ας. Ἔ πιο εἶπεν, Αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ.ἔέστιν πρὸς θάνατον, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ said, This sickness is said, This sickness is ποῦ΄ unto death, but for per ante ας Ν δ ΝΑ -Ξ τὴν a ~ ‘9» for the glory ἃ, τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ δι, that the Son of God the glory of God, that may be glorified the Son of God by might be gloritied ἃ [ό]πτ. ϱ + ὅτι that yrtra. f εἶπον τι. Β ἐγένετο τοῦ θεοῦ Τ. ερθει τε) τς ο ρύετετ. k πιστεύετε LTTr. Εγινώσκητε May know LYTrA. — τῷ πατρί the Father ΤΤΤΤΑ. π [οὖν] TrA. ο -- πάλιν 1. Ρ Ἰωάνης Tr. 4 ἐμενεν 1.. ¥ πολλοὶ 5 ἐ τῆς Τ. . ΄ > x » a t . ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ LTTrA. Μαριὰμ. Tr. 278 thereby. 5 Now Jesus lored Martha, and her sister, and Lazarus. 6 When he hid heard therefore thit he was sick, he abode two days still in the same place where he was. 7 Then after that saith he to his disciples, Let us go into Judea again. 8 His disciples say un- to him, Master, the Jews of late sought to stone thee; and go- est thou thither again? 9 Jesus answered, Are bere not twelve hours mn the day? If any man walk in the day, he stumbleth not, be- cause he seeth the light of this world. 10 But if a man walk in the night, he stumbleth, because there is no light in him. 11 These things said he: and after that he saith unto them, Our friend Lazarus sleepeth ; but I go, that I may a- wake him out of sleep. 12 Then said his disci- ples, Ποτά, if he sleep, he shall do _ well. 13 Howbeit Jesus spake of his death: but they thought that he had spoken of taking of rest insleep. 14 Then paid Jesus unto them plainly, Lazarus is dead. 15 And I am giad for your sakes that I was not there, to the intent ye may believe ; nevertheless let us go unto him. 16 Then said Thomas, which is called Didy- mus, unto his fellow- disciples, Let us also go, that we may die with him, ~ 17 Then when Jesus came, he found that he had lain in the grave four days al- ready. 18 Now Beth- any was nigh unto Jerusalem, about fif- teen furlongs ο: 19 and many of the Jews came to Martha and Mary, to comfort them concerning their ITQANNHES. αὐτῆς. ὃ Ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς it. ®Loyed ‘now *Jesus Martha and sister ss ‘ Η , ε x 2’ « ᾽ a αὐτῆς καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον. 6 ὡς οὖν ἤκουσεν ὅτι ἀσθενεῖ, ther and Lazarus. When therefore heheard that he is sick, τότε μὲν ἔμεινεν ἐν ἦν τύπῳ δύο ἡμέρας. 7 Ἔπειτα then indeed Ἠετοπιθ]πεᾶ in which *he*was ‘place two days. Then ᾿ - λέ ~ θ ν τσ "A 2 κ... 7 μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς, γωμεν εἰς τὴν Ιουδαίαν after this hesays to the disciples, Let us go into Judza πάλιν. 8 Aéyovow αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταί, “Ῥαββί," νῦν ἐζή- again. sSay *to "him *the *disciples, Rabbi, - just now *were τουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ ; 4seeking 7thee ὅἴο 95ύοπε *the 2Jéws, and again goest thou thither? Q ᾿Απεκρίθη YO" Ἰησοῦς, Οὐχὶ δώδεκά ᾿εἰσιν ὧραι! τῆς 2 Answered 1 Jesus, © 5Not Stwelve are *there hours in the ε , ee: ~ 3 mye ΜΝ ; ἡμέρας; ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ.προσκόπτει, day 2 If anyone walk in the day, he stumbles not, a ‘ ~ We , , , 5 as | , ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ-κόσμου.τούτου βλέπει’ 10 ἐὰν.δὲ τις because the” light of this world he gees ; butif anyone περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτέ, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ. ἔστιν ἐν x τὴν Μάρθαν καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν walk in the night, he stumbles, because the light is not in αὐτῷ. 11 Ταῦτα εἶπεν, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει αὐτοῖς, Λά- him. These things he said; and after this hesays tothem, La- ζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται. ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξ- zarus our friend has fallen asleep; but I go that I may υπνίσω αὐτόν. 19 Εἶπον οὖν" οὶ. μαθηταὶ" αὐτοῦ, Κύριε, awake him. Said ‘therefore his disciples, Lord, > , , , A « ~ εἰ κεκοίμηται σωθήσεται. 13 Ἠϊρήκει δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς περὶ if he has fallen asleep he will get well. But *had *spoken 1 Jesus of τοῦ.θανάτου. αὐτοῦ" ἐκεῖνοι.δὲ ἔδοξαν ὅτι περὶ τῆς κοιμήσεως his death, _ butthey thought that of the rest ~ / , , ἤ -“ ~ τοῦ ὕπνου λέγει. 14 τότε 4ody' εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς of sleep he speaks. Then therefore “said *to *them 1 Jesus γε Μὰ A , " ᾽ ae) ᾿ ‘ , + Jai. ~ παῤῥησίᾳ, «Λάζαρος: ἀπέθανεν: 15 καὶ χαίρω δι ὑμᾶς, plainly, azarus died. .And 1 rejoice on your account, ev , - Ω , ~ 2 » 4 ‘ _ ἵνα πιστεύσητε, ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ: “ἀλλ᾽! ἄγωμεν πρὸς in order that ye may believe, that I πας ποῦ . there. But letus go to > ᾿ς is 3 ~ , / ~ αὐτόν. 16 Εἶπεν οὖν Θωμᾶς, ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, τοῖς him, *Said ‘therefore Thomas, called , Didymus, to the f ~ ll at ‘A ε ~ Ld συμμαθηταῖς,ὶ “Aywpev καὶ ἡμεῖς. ἵνα ἀποθάνωμεν per fellow-disciples, Let *go also ‘us, that we may die with αὐτοῦ. him. . A > ι ‘a ~ ~ 17 ΣἘλθὼνὶ οὖν ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς ἢ εὗρεν "αὐτὸν τέσσαρας *Having *come *therefore 1Jesus found him four ερ » ll. » “ / τ 1 if Ἱἡμέρας ἤδη" ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ. 18 ἦν.δὲ 3Η! Ῥηθανία days already having been in the tomb. Now *was 1Bethany ? A ~ ε a « Α = ’ ‘ ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 19 καὶ near to Jerusalem, about *off 7furlongs fifteen, and ‘ 3 ~ η - πολλοὶ". ἐκ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων ἐληλύθεισαν πρὸς “τὰς περὶ" many of the Jews had come unto those around A ‘ / κ. ΄ . Μάρθαν καὶ *Mapicy," wa παραμυθήσωνται αὐτὰς περὶ Martha and Mary, that they might console them concerning ¥ 4 [αὐτοῦ] (read his disciples) L. @+ αὐτῷ to him LT, LTTraw. αὐτῷ to him Tra. b+ καὶ and L, i ἤδη ημερας Τελ; — ἤδη 1. (/εαά had come to Martha) LTra. a Μαρι -ᾱ Ῥαββεί τ. > [οἱ μαθηταὶ] a. ε ἀλλὰ LTTrA. Υ --- ὃ GLTTrAW. { ὥραί εἰσιν © — αὐτοῦ (γεαᾶ the disciples) LT; f συνμαθηταῖς τα ε Ἦλθεν came 1,. : — ἡ τ. 1 πολλοὶ δὲ LTTYA. αι την Ὦ Μαριάμ, LiTra. 4 [οὖν] τ.. IP .λ.1. JOHN. τοῦ. ἀδελφοῦ.οαὐτῶν.ὶ 390 ἡ οὖν Μάρθα we ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ρὸν their brother. Martha therefore when she heard that ᾽ ~ ” ’ ~ / ~ ” ]ησοῦς ἔρχεται, ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ' Μαρία-δὲ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ ἐκα- Jesus is coming, met him ; but Mary in the house was θέζετο. 21 εἶπεν οὖν “ἡ" Μάρθα πρὸς στὸν! Ἰησοῦν, Κύριε, εἰ sitting. Then said Martha to Jesus, Lord, if NC ὧδε, ὁ.ἀδελφός µου οὐκ. ἂν ἐτεθνήκει." 22 adda" thou hadst been here, my brother had not died; Ῥαῦ 4 ~ . F ε ε νά ‘ , , και νῦν οἶδα ὅτι ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσῃ τὸν θεόν, δώσει even now Iknow that whatsoever thou mayest ask of σοι ὁ θεός. 23 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Αναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός *thee ‘God. Says to her Jesus, “Will +rise *again “brother σου. 24 Λέγει αὐτῷ Μάρθα, Οἶδα ὅτι ἀναστήσεται ἐν τῇ ‘thy. Says tohim Martha, I know that he willrise again in the > , ? eras , ἘΠῚ τ πω πε ~ ἀναστάσει ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 25 Εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, resurrection in the last day. “Said *to *her 1 Jesus, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ἀνάστασις καὶ ἡ ζωή. ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, i am the resurrection and the life: hethat believes on me, κἂν ἀποθάνῃ ζήσεται" 90 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων though hedie he shall live; and everyone who lives and _ bclicves εἰς ἐμέ, οὐ.μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. πιστεύεις τοῦτο: on me, innowise shall die for ever. Believest thou this? 27 Λέγει αὐτῷ, Nai, κύριε ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι od εἶ ὁ Shesays tohim; Yea, Lord; I have believed that thou art the χριστός, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος. Christ, the Son of God, who into’ the world comes, 28 Καὶ “ταῦτα! εἰποῦσα ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν *Maoviar' And these things having said she went away, and called Mary τὴν ἀδελφὴν.αὐτῆς Σλάθρα,"' Ξεἰποῦσα,ὶ Ὃ διδάσκαλος πάρ- her sister secretly, ‘ saying, The teacher is εστιν καὶ φωνεῖ σε. 99 Ἐκείνη ἃ we ἤ bey " ὲ . Ἴ ς Ίκουσεν Σγ (PETAL ταχυ come and calls thee. She when she heard risesup quickly καὶ “ἔρχεται! πρὸς αὐτόν. 30 οὕπω.δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς and comes to him. Now not yet had *come 1 Jesus εἰς τὴν κώμην, ἀλλ᾽ ἦν δ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ into the village, but was in the place where =met shim ἡ Μάρθα. 31 οἱ. οὖν. Ἰουδαῖοι οἱ ὄντες per αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αΜανγίΏα, The Jews therefore who were with her in the house, καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν, ἰδόντες τὴν «Μαρίαν! ὅτ: ταχέως and eonsoling her, having seen Mary that quickiy , ~ ~ , ov ἀνέστη καὶ ἐξῆλθεν, ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῇ, ᾿ἱλέγοντες," “Ore sheroseup and went out, followed’ her, saying, ὑπάγει εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον ἵνα κλαύσῃ ἐκεῖ. 82‘H.obySMapia' Sheisgoing to the tomb that she may weep there. Mary therefore » e 5 a x ὮΔΙ ἢ ~ id ~ fe Ὁλνς ” αλ. ὡς ἦλθεν Όπου ἦν "ὁ' Ἰησοῦς, ἰδοῦσα αὐτὸν ἔπεσεν 'είς when she came where *was 1Jesus, seeing him, fell at rove.76dac.avTov," λέγουσα αὐτῷ, Κύριε, εἰ ἧς ὧδε God, *will “give his feet, saying tohim, Lerd, if thou hast been here οὐκ. ἂν Κἀπεθανέν μου" ὁ ἀδελφός. 99 Ἰησοῦς οὖν. ὡς εἶδεν, Ξῃηδᾷ “ποῦ *died my “brother. Jesus therefore when hesaw ο... αὐτῶν (read [their] brother) rrra. P—OGLITTAW. Y—7G 5 οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν (ἐτεθνήκει A) ὁ ἀδελφός µου LITrA. π τοῦτο this TTrA. * Μαριὰμ LYTrA. YY λάθρᾳ 1. Ὁ ἠγέρθη rose up LTrA. ε ἤρχετο CAME TrA. f δόξαντες thinking TTra. § Ἀ[σριὰμ TTra. τοὺς πόδας GTTrAW. k µου ἀπέθανεν ΤΤιΑ. 2 εἴπασα Tr. ἃ Ὁ ἔτι yet LT:[A]. h — ὁ LTTrA. t ἀλλὰ [L]TIra. a + δὲ and (she) τ.{ Αα]. 279 brother. 20 Then Mar- tha, as soon as she heard that Jesus was coming, went and mvt him: but Mary sat sill in the house. 21 Then said Martha unto Jesus, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. 22 But I know, that even now, what- soever thou wilt ask of God, God will give it thee, 23 Jesus saith unto her, Thy bro- ther shall rise again. 24 Martha saith unto him, I know that he shall rise again in the resurrection at the last day. 25 Jesus said un‘o her, I am the resurrection, and the life: he that be- lieveth in me, though he were dead, yet shall he live: 26 and whoso- ever liveth and believ- eth in me shall never die. Believest thou this? 27 She saith un- to him, Yea, Lord: I believe that thou art the Christ, the Son of God, which should come into the world. 28 And when she had so said, she went her way, and called Mary her sister secretly, say- ing,, The Master is come, and calleth for thee. 29 As soon ag she heard that, she arose quickly, and came unto him. 30 Now Jesus was not τοῦ come into the town, but was in that place where Martha met him. 31 The Jews then which were with her in the house, and comforted her, when they saw Mary, that she rose up hastily and went out, followed her, saying, She goeth un- to the grave to weep there, 32 Then when Mary was come where Jesus was, and saw him, she fell down at his fect, saying unto him, Lord, if thou hadst been here, my brother had not died. -33 When Jesu. there- fore saw her wevping, L. r— τὸν Ί[τ.]. ¥ + ἡ ΙΤΤιΑ, ε ΔΙαριὰμ, LTT: A. i αὐτοῦ εἰς (πρὸς ΤΊτΑ) 980 and the Jews also weeping which came with her, he groaned in the spirit, and was troubled, 34 and said, Where have ye laid him? They said unto him, Lord, come and see. 35 Jesus wept. 36 Then said the Jews, Behold how he loved him! 37 And some of them said, Could not this man, which open- ed the eyes of the blind, have caused that even this man should not have died? 38 Jesus therefore a- gain groaning in him- self cometh to the grave. It wasa cave, and a stone lay upon it. 39 Jesus said, Take e away the stone. artha, the sister of him that was dead, saith unto him, Lord, by this time he stink- eth: for he hath been dead four days. 40 Je- sus saith unto her, Said I not unto thee, that, if thou wouldest be- lieve, thou shouldest see the glory of God? 41 Then they took a- way the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up his eyes, and said, Father, I thank thee that thou hast heard me. 42 And I knew that thou hear- est me always: but be- cause of the people which stand by I said it, that they may be- lieve that thou hast sentme. 43 And when he thus had spoken, he cried with a loud voice, Lazarus, come forth. ‘44 And he that was dead came forth, bound hand and foot with graveclothes: and his face was bound about with a napkin. Jesus saith unto them, Loose him, and _let him go, 45 Then many of tne Jews which came to Mary, and had seen the things which Jesus did, believed on him. 46 But some of them wert their ways to the Pharisees, _ and _ told 1 ἐδύνατο LTTrA. Ῥὄψῃ thou shouldest see LTTraw. ’ : ος 8.- αὐτὸν him T[trja: (ead he did) @urrraw. GTTrA. τεταρταῖος γάρ IQANNHS. κι | 8 , ᾿ . λθό .. » 1; δ ἐς αὐτὴν κλαίουσαν, και τοὺς συνελθοντας αὐτῇ Ἰουδαιους her weeping, and the ?who*came‘*with “her 1Jews , , ~ ’ ‘ ᾽ ΄ © , κλαίοντας, ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι, καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν, weeping, he groaned in spirit, and _ troubled ‘himself, . ~ ’ ή ~ ’ 94 καὶ εἶπεν, Ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν; Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Κύριε, and said, Where haveyelaid him; They say tohim, Lord, ἔρχου καὶ ἴδε. 85 ᾿Εδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 96 ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ come and see. *Wept 1 Jesus. -8Said *therefore ‘the Ἰουδαῖοι, Ἴδε πῶς ἐφίλει αὐτόν. 37 Τινὲς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν 2Jews, Behold how heloved him! But some Of them 7 Γι - ε 7 / εἶπον, OK ἠδύνατο! οὗτος ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς said, Was not 58.016 1this (7man] who opened the eyes τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ. ἀποθάνῃ; of the blind [man], to have caused that also this one should not have diec ? 38 Ἰησοῦς οὖν πάλιν "ἐμβριμώμενος" ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔρχεται Jesus therefore again groaning in himself comes εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον. ἦν.δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ᾽ to the tomb. Now it was a cave, and astone waslying upon αὐτῷ. 99 λέγει "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, “Apare τὸν λίθον. Λέγει αὐτῷ 18, *Says 1Jesus, Take away the stone. ‘Says ‘to *him ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ οτεθνηκότος" Μάρθα, Κύριε, ἤδη ὄζει" Sthe ‘sister 70f Shim*who ?}°has 11416ᾶ, *Martha, Lord, already hestinks, 8... . ἢ ? ~ 59: ~ ? = , ἐστιν. 40 Λέγει αὑτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οὐὖκ.εϊπόν *four *days δις. 2Says “to *her 1 Jesus, Said I not σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, Poe τὴν δύξαν τοῦ θεοῦ; to thee, that if thou shouldest believe, thou shalt see the glory: of God? 41 "Ἠραν οὖν τὸν λίθον οὗ ἦν ὁ τεθνηκὼς κείμενος." They took away therefore the stone where *was?the: *dead *laid. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω, καὶ εἶπεν, Πά- ‘for And Jesus lifted [his] eyes © upwards, and said, Fa- τερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι OTL ἤκουσάς pov. 42 ἐγώ δὲ ὑδειν ὅτι ther, Ithank thee that thou heardest me; and I knew that _ διὰ τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περι- me thouhearest; but onaccountof the crowd ὑπὸ stand εστῶτα εἶπον ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν’ ὅτι σύ µε ἀπέστειλας. around I said [it], that they might believe that thou me didst send. 43 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν, Λά- And these things having said, witha Ζνοίσο loud he cried, a- Cape, δεῦρο ἔξω. 44τΚαὶ" ἐξῆλθεν ὁ τεθνηκώς, δεδεμένος / [ή ᾽ , ᾧ > ‘ πάντοτε µου “ἀκούεις ἀλλὰ always ° Zarus, come forth. And came forth he who had been dead, bound τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαιςο, καὶ ἡ.ὄψις αὐτοῦ feet and hands with grave clothes, ‘and his face σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο. λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Λύσατε with a handkerchief boundabout. Says *to *them Jesus, Loose αὐτὸν καὶ ἄφετε ῥὑπάγειν. him and ες [him] go. 45 Πολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ τῶν Ιουδαίων οἱ ἐλθόντες πρὸς τὴν Many therefore of the Jews whq came to ‘Mapiav" καὶ θεασάμενοι "ἃ! ἐποίησεν τὸ ᾿Ιησοῦς,! ἐπίστευσαν Mary and saw what *did.. believed 4 ’ Μ A A ~ 9 ~ ‘A εἰς αὐτόν." 46 τινὲς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπῆλθον πρὸς τοὺς Φαρι- on him; ~butsome of them - went to the Phari- 1 Jesus, ----.... πα ἐμβριμούμεγος μα, ρα ὃ Πχ]. ο τετελευτηκότος LTTrAW. 2 — οὗ ἦν ὁ τεθνηκὼς κείμενος GLTTYA. τ- καὶ t Μαριὰμ, Ι1ΤιΑ. Υ ὃ ΤτΑ. 5 — ὁ Ἰησοῦς ΧΙ. J-O.H Ν. σαίους καὶ τεῖπον" αὐτοῖς Ya" ἐποίησεν τὸ" Ἰησοῦς. 47 συνήγα- recy and _ told them what *did 1 Jesus, Gathered γον οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι συνέδριον, καὶ ἔλεγον, therefore the chief priests andthe Pharisees acouncil, and = said, Τί ποιοῦμεν; ὅτι οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος πολλὰ "σημεῖα ποιεῖ." What do we? for this man many signs does, 48 ἐὰν ἀφῶμεν αὐτὸν οὕτως, πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτόν' If weletalone him thus, all will believe on him, καὶ ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ . ἀροῦσιν" ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον and willcome the Romans απᾶ willtakeawayfromus both the place καὶ τὸ ἔθνος. 49 EHicdé.ric ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας, ἀρχιερεὺς and the nation. But a certain one of = them, Caiaphas, high priest Ἀ - ~ ΄ τ “ ~ ” ὧν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς . οὐκ οἴδατε being of that year, said- tothem, Ye know οὐδέν, 50 οὐδὲ Ὁδιαλογίζεσθεὶ ὅτι συμφέρει “ἡμῖν! ἵνα εἷς nothing, nor consider that itis profitable forus that one ἄνθρωπος ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος man shoulddie for the people, and not *whole ‘the nation ” ~ \ > ~ ἀπόληται. 51 Τοῦτο δὲ ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ.επεν, ἀλλὰ ἀρχ- should perish. But this from himself he said not, but ‘ τι ” ω , d , | « 6" λλ ἤ ιερεὺς ὧν τοῦ.ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου, “προεφητευσεν' Οτι “έμελλεν priest being of that year, prophesied that ?was *about fu? ~ ᾽ ΄ « SL ~ » \ PN an: \ ὁ" Ἰησοῦς ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους, 52 καὶ οὐχ υπερ 1Jesus to die for“ the nation; and ποῦ for ~ ο , > au A ἢ, “ ~ ~ A τοῦ ἔθνους µόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ διεσκορ- the nation only, but that also the children , of God who have been πισµένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν. 53 ἀπ᾽ ἐκείνης οὖν scattered abroad he might gather together into one. From that therefore ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτόν. they might kill him. δά Ἰησοῦς οὖν" Ἰούκ. ἔτι! παῤῥησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Jesus therefore no longer. publicly walked among the Ω , > aif Ὁ ταὶ sepia > Se , 2 ἢ ~ αίοις, ἀλλὰ ἀπ i / Ιουδαίοις, ἀλλ ἤλθεν ἐκεῖθεν εἰς τὴν χώραν ἐγγὺς τῆς τῆς ἡμέρας εσυνεβουλεύσαντο] = ἵνα. day they took counsel together = that "Ὁ Jews, but wentaway thence into the country near the ἐρήμου, εἰς ᾿Ἐφραῖμ λεγομένην πόλιν," κἀκεῖ "διέτριβεν" desert, to *Ephraim Scalled la 2city,, and there he stayed μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ." Ὁ 2159} his disciples. " - ᾽ / 55 Ἡν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ πάσχα τῶν ᾿Ἰουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβησαν Now ‘was “near ‘the *passover “οὗ *the 506,5, and wentup πολλοὶ εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἐκ τῆς χώρας πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα, ἵνα many to Jerusalem outof the country before the passover, that ἁγνίσωσιν “ ἑαυτούς. 56 ἐζήτουν οὖν τὸν Ιησοῦν, καὶ they might purify themselves. They were seeking therefore Jesus, and πζλεγον! μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστηκότες, Ti δοκεῖ were saying among one another in the temple standing, What does itseem ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν ; 57 Δεδώκεισαν δὲ to you, that in no wise he willcome to the feast? Now had given ~ ‘ ~ / wv πὰ ν πκαὶ! οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι οἐντολήῆν," ἵνα ἐάν τις both the chief priests and the Pharisees acommand, that if anyone νῷ ποῦ ἐστιν μηνύσῃ, ὅπως πιάσωσιν αὐτόν. should know where he is ΄ he should shew [it], that they might take him, ® ποιεῖ σημεῖα LTTrAW. ε ἤμελλεν LTTrAW. ὁ οὖν ᾿Τησοῦς TrA. m ἔλεγαν T, τ εἶπαν Τ. Υ ὃ 1, ‘2 — OLTTrA. ο ὑμῖν for you TTrA. 4 ἐπροφήτευσεν LTTrAW. & ἐβουλεύσαντο they took counsel LTTr. — κ ἔμεινεν TrA, 1 - αὐτοῦ (read the disciples) Trra. ο ἐντολὰς commands TTra. high J 281 them what things Je= sus had done. 47 Then gathered the _ chicf priests and the Phari- sees a council, andsaid, What do we? for this man doeth many mi- racles. 48 If we let him thus alone, all men will believe on him: and the Rofhans shall come and take away both our place and na- tion. 49 And one of them, named Caiaphas, being the high priest that same year, said unto them, Ye know nothing at all, 50 nor consider that it is ex- pedient for us, that one man should die for the people, and that the whole nation perish not. 51 And thisspake he not of himself: but being high priest that year ,he prophesied that esus should die for that nation; 52and not for that nation only, but that also he should gather together in one the children of God that were scattered a- broad. 53 Then from that day forth they took counsel together for to put him to death. 54 Jesus therefore walked no more openly among the Jews; but went thence unto a country near to the wilderness, into a city ealled Ephraim, and there continued with his disciples. 55 And the Jews passover was nigh at hand: and many.went out of the country up to Jerusalem before the passover, to purify themselves. 56 Then sought they for Jesus, and spake among themselves, as they stood in the tempie, What think ye, that he will not come to the feast? 57 Now Ῥοία the chief priests and the Pharisses had given a command- ment, that, if any mal. knew where. he were he should shew δέ, tha: they might take him. Ὁ λογίζεσθε LTT: AW f— OGLTTrAW. i οὐκέτι GLTTr. n — καὶ LTT:AW, 282 1ΩΑΝΝ Ἡ Σ. ΧΙΙ. XII. Then Jesus six 12 Ο οὖν. Ἰησοῦς πρὸ ἐξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα ἦλθεν εἰς. days before the pass- 4 Pa Re ae fs ας over came to Bethany, Jesus therefore “*betore *six days the pazsover came to where Lazarus was Βηθανίαν, ὕπου ἦν Λάζαρος Ῥὸ τεθνηκώς, ὃν ἤγειρεν which had been dead » Η E SNe και ος ho raised eam ο” where yee oS who oe sie, i ποσα he ο. thedead. 2 There they ἐκ νεκρῶνα. 2 ἐποίησαν οὖν αὐτῷ δεῖπνον ἐκεῖ, made him a supper; from among [the] dead. They made therefore him 8 supper there, and Martha served: ΙΕ ἢ i is haem ο ες, but Lazarus was one καὶ ἡ Μάρθα διηκόνει" ὁ.δὲ. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν Σ τῶν Ἓσυνανα- of them thatsat atthe ang Martha served, but Lazarus one was of, those 10- table with him. 83 Then 5 i ος ‘ me η ee : igs took Mary a pound of κειμένων" αὐτῷ. 3 Ἢ οὖν. "Μαρία! λαβοῦσα λίτραν μύρου ointment of spike- ¢lining with him. Mary therefore having taken a pound of ointment nard, very, costly, and > δι r ” : - ; νο ο. = anointed thefectofJe- νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου, ἠλειψὲν τοὺς πόδας τοῦ" ᾿Ιησοῦ, sus,and wiped his feet of?nard ‘pure of great price, anointed the feet of Jesus, with her hair: and the . γφῳ ~ ι ο tess 4 ΄ ο ~, ε Ἢ neg house was filled with Kal ἐξέμαξεν ταῖς.θριξὶν.αὐτῆς τοὺς.πόδας.αὐτοῦ' ἡ.δὲ οἰκία the odour of the oint- and , wiped with her hair his feet ; and the house . 4 Thensaith , ον BS fas : ἢ Br his disciples Judas ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρον. 4 λέγει “οὖν! Σεῖς ἐκ Iscariot, Simon’s son, was ΒΙΙοά with the odour of the ointment. Says therefore .one of λα Die wae nes τῶν. μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, ᾿Ιούδας, Σίμωνος ᾿Ισκαριώτης, ὁ this ‘ointment sold for his disciples, - Judas, Simon’s [son] Iscariote, who μη ἐν νς ορ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι, ὃ ΥΔιατί' τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ 6 This he said, not that Was about him to deliver up, Why “this ‘ointment “ποῦ he cared for the poor s ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς ; 6 Εἶπεν thief, and had the bag, “Was sold for thret hundred denarii, and given to {the] poor? "ο *said and bare what was put : τ᾿ ποτα μα ~ word Oe ae Bd are ee ραν. δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ OTL περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν.αὐτῷ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι Jésus, Let her alone : “but this, Be stat toy the ] poor ; he was caring, but ποσα πε το κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον εἶχεν, καὶ" τὰ βαλλόμενα ο. For Ὑπὸ τ athief he was, and the bag had, and what was put into always ye have with ἐβάσταζεν. 7 εἶπεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, “Adgec αὐτήν" ἃ εἰς ἘΣ i ye have [it] carried. 3Said "therefore ‘Jesus, Let “alone ‘her: for τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ.ἐνταφιασμοῦ.-μου Prernonkev' αὐτό. ὃ τοὺς the day ΄ of my burial has she kept it: *the: πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ.δὲ οὐ πάντοτε *poor for always yebhave with you, butme not always EXETE. μμ. uc ΘΟ Θ 5 ; 2 ~ / ~~ Jews therefore πο 9 Ἔγνω οὖν © ὄχλος πολὺς ἐκ τῶν Ιουδαίων ὅτι ἐκεῖ that he was there: and 7Knew *therefore'a *ctowd 7great “οἵ *the Jews that there they came not for Je- 5 ; foie sus’sake only, butthat ἐστιν, καὶ ἦλθον, οὐ διὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν µόνον, ἀλλ᾽ wa they mightsee Lazarus heis; and they came, not because of Jesus only, but that also. whom he had μέν ΄ x Ὁ ” ἢ τ raised from the dead, Καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἴδωσιν ὃν ἤγειρεν ἐκ γεκρῶν. 10 But the chief priests also ᾿ Lazarus they might see whom he raised from among [the] dead. enhtpatLanerusal 10 ἐβουλεύσαντο.δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς ἵνα καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀπο- to death; 11 because But *took *counsel ‘the *chief*priests that also Lazarus they Ὃ ο the dows κτείνωσιν, 11 ore πολλοὶ δι αὐτὸν ὑπῆγον went away, and be- Might kill, because many “by reason Sof “him Ύπατο going *°away Hoved on Jesus. τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων kai ἐπίστευον« εἰς τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν. lof “the *Jews and were believing on ἡ Jesus, 12 On the next day 12.Τῃ.ἐπαύριον ὄχλος ποχὺς ὁ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν, much people that were On the morrow a*créwd great who came to the feast, cometothefeast,when , , εἶ άλας dil? ~ 248 ΄ » they heard that Jesus ἀκούσαντες ὅτι ἔρχεται “ὁ' ᾿Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, 18 ἔλα- was coming ἴο Jerusa- having heard that 315 °coming Jesus into Jerusalem, took lem, 13 took branches \ te ~ / ο... 2 Αα δν, δι hee ofpalmtrees,andwent Sov τὰ Baia τῶν φοινίκων καὶ ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν “αὐτῷ, forth to meet him, and branvhes of the palms and wentout to meet him, ; Ρ --- ὃ τεθϑη κὼς [L]T[TrA]. 4 Ὁ ὃ (--- ὁ τ))Τησοῦς Jesus (raised) LTTraw. “r+ ἐκ of (those) τα. 5 ἀνακειμένων σὺν GLTTrAW. ἵ Μαριὰμ Tr. VY [τοῦ] τν. 3 δὲ but (Says) τ. * Ιούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης εἷς ἐκ (-- ἐκ Tr) τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ TTrA. Υ Διὰ τί LTrA, 2 ἔχων having τα. ἃ + ἵνα that Lrvraw. Ὁ τηρήσῃ She may keep LITraw, 9 +o the (crowd) 1. ἃ -- ὃ GLITrAW, © αὐτῶν them w. | XIT. JOHN. Π [= ο ε καὶ 'ἔκραζον,' δ Ὡσαννά, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν and were crying, Hosanna, , blessed [is]he who comes in [the] ὀνόματι κυρίου, ἃ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἱόραήλ. 14 Eipwy δὲ name of [the] Lord, the king of Israel. *Having*found ‘and Cr ~ , ’ 5 F. > ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον ἐκάθισεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτό, καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμ- Ἀλθειβ a young ass sat upon it, as it i writ- La \ ~ 9 , 3 μένον, 15 Μὴ. φοβοῦ, Ἰθύγατερ' Σιών' ἰδού, ὁ. βασιλεύς. δου ten, _ Fear not, daughter of Sion: behold, thy king » θγ bd U5 we we ” 1 ~ k τ} ᾽ ἔρχεται, καθημενος ἐπὶ πῶλον ὄνου ϐ ταῦτα δὲ" οὐκ comes, sitting on acolt ofan 885. *These *things ‘now ποῦ ἔγνωσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ" τὸ πρῶτον, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη *knew *his *disciples at the first, but when was glorifiéd πὸ Ἰησοῦς τότε ἐμνήσθησαν bre ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ Jesus then . they remembered that thesethings were of im γεγραμμένα, καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ. 17 ἐμαρτύρει ὧν written, and thesethings they did to him. Bore witness therefore α λ ς bal ᾽ ? ο ek Π " / ? , 2 Ὁ ὄχλος ὁ wy μετ αὐτοῦ, "ὅτε! τὸν Λάζαρον ἐφώνησεν ἐκ the crowd that was with him, when Lazarus he called out of TOU µνηµείρυ, καὶ ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. 18 dia the, tomb, and raised him from among [the] dead. Onaccount of τοῦτο °Kkat' ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ ὁ ὄχλος, ὅτι Ῥήκουσεν! τοῦτο this also met him the crowd, because it heard >this αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον. 19 οἱ οὖν Φαρισαῖοι Ieizor" of *his “having *done sign. The *therefore *Pharisees said πρὸς ἑαυτούς, θεωρεῖτεῦτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν; ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος among themselves, Doyesee that yegain nothing? lo, the world ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν. after him is gone, 20 Ἠσαν δὲ τινες Ἕλληνες! ἐκ τῶν ἀναβαινόντων ἵνα And there were certain Greeks among: those coming up that »προσκυνησωσιν' ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 21 οὗτοι οὖν προσῆλθον they might worship in the feast; these therefore came Φιλίππῳ, τῷ ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἠρώτων to Philip, whowasfrom Bethsaida of Galilee, and they asked αὐτὸν λέγοντες, Κύριε, θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν. 22 Ἔρχε- him saying, Sir, we desire SJesus ‘to “see. >Comes ται ἵ Φίλιππος καὶ λέγει τῷ ᾿Ανδρέᾳ' “καὶ πάλιν! ᾿Ανδρέας *Philip and tells Andrew, and again Andrew καὶ Φίλιππος © λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ. 23 ὁ.δὲ. Ἰησοῦς Σάπε- and Philip tell Jesus. But Jesus an- κρίνατο! αὐτοῖς λέγων, Ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ swered them saying, *Has*come ‘the *hour that should be glorified ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 24 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν.μὴ ὁ the Son of man. Verily verily Isay toyou, Unless the κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος grain of wheat falling into the ground should die, it alone μένει" ἐὰν. δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει. 25 ὁ φιλῶν abides; butif [10 Βῃου]ᾶ die, much fruit itbears. Hethat loves τὴν ψυχὴν.αὐτοῦ γἀπολέσει! αὐτήν, καὶ ὁ ισῶν τὴν his life shall losé it, and hethat hates ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ.κόσμφ.τούτῳ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει life this in this world to life eternal shall keep & + [λέγοντες] saying L. » + καὶ and TTrA. 1 αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ T. m— ὃ TTrAW. P ἤκουσαν they heard GLTTraW. 4 εἶπαν TTr. t ὃ TrA. f ἐκραύγαζον LTTrA. & — δὲ [L]vtra. ο — καὶ Tr. 5 πρασκυνήσουσιν they shall worship LTra. 7+ καὶ 8μὰ ΗΤΤΑ, 5 ἀποκρίνεται ΔΏΒΥΥΘΤΒ TTr, 21 the 283 eried, Hosanna: Bless- ed ὦ the King of Israel that cometh in the name of the Lord. 14 And Jesus, when he had found a young ass, sat thereon; as it is written, 15 Fear not, daughter of Sion: be- hold, thy King cometh, sitting on anass’s colt. 16 These things under- stood not his disciples at the first: but when Jesus πας glorified, then remembered they that these things were written of him, and that they had done these things unto him. 17 The people therefore that was with him when he called Laza- rus out of his grave, and raised him from the dead, bare record, 18 For this cause the people also met him, for that they heard that he had done this miracle. 19 The Pha- risees therefore said a- mong themselves, Per- ceive ye how ye pre- vail nothing? behold, the world is gone after him, 20 And there were certain Greeks among them that came up to worship at the feast: same came therefore to Philip, which was of Bethsaida -of Galilee, and desired him, saying, Sirs we would see Jesus. 22 Philip cometh and telleth Andrew: and a- gain Andrew and Phi- lip tell Jesus. 23 And Jesus answered them, saying, The hour is come, that the Son of man should be glori- fied. 24 Vérily, verily, I say unto you, Except a corn of wheat fall in- to the ground and die, it abideth alone: but if it’ die, it bringeth forth much fruit, 25 He that loveth his life shall lose it; and he that hateth his life in this world shall keep it unto life eternal. 26 Lf i θυγάτηρ LTTrAW, Ὁ ὅτι because EGLTW, τ"Ἑλληνές τινες LTTTA, ¥ ἔρχεται (Andrew) comes LTTrA. 7 ἀπολλύει loses Tr, 284 any man serve me, let him follow me; and wherelam,thereshall , also my servant be: if any man serve me, him will my Father honour, IQANNH Σ, MG ‘ Η͂ ” > 3 ᾿ ὶ ν αὐτήν. 26 ἐὰν ἐμοὶ διακονῇ τις," ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω" καὶ 10. Τῇ “me “serve lanyone, me [οὖ him follow;. and « ων | ‘ 2 ~ eae , εν δν » " a aT κ οπου είμι ἐγὼ EKEL και ὁ διάκονος ο μις έσται και εαν where 7am 1 there also 2servant my shallbe. And if ‘ ~ > ‘A ε ’ τις ἐμοὶ διακονῇ, τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ πατήρ. _anyone me_ serve, “will®honour *him “πὸ *Father. Ὁ ε '; ΄ ‘ , » ᾿ 27 Νῦν ἡ ψυχή.µου τετάρακται, καὶ τί εἴπω; Πάτερ, 27 Now is my’ soul troubled; and what shall I say? Father, save me from this hour: but for this cause- came 1 unto this hour. 28 Father, glorify thy name. Then came there a@ voice from heaven, saying, I have both glorified it, and will glorify itagain. 29 The people therefore, that Stood by, and heard zt, said that it thundered: others said, An angel spake tohim. 30Jesus answered and _= said, This voice came not be- cause of me, but for your sakes. 31 Now is the judgment of this world: now shall the prince of this world be castout. 32 AndI,if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me. 33 This ΒΘ said, signifying what death he should die. 34 The people an-. swered him, We have heard out of the law that Christ abideth for ever: aud how sayest thou, The Son of man. must be ljfted up? who is this Son of man?; 35 Then Jesus said un- to them, Yet a little - while is the light with | 70: Walk while ye ave the light, lest darkness come upon you : for he that walk- eth in darkness know- '! eth not whither he go- eth. 36 While ye have light, believe in the ᾿ light, that ye may be the children of lighi.: These things spake Je- sus, and departed, and did hide himself from them. 37 But though he had done so many miracles before them, yet they believed not on him: 38 that the Baying of Esaias the prophet might be ful- Στις διακονῇ LTTrAW. ο [οὖν] Ltr. h + οὖν therefore ΤΑ. hour) ἴντα. LTIraw, bane LITA. m— 6 “not ‘darkness Now has been troubled, and what shallI say? Father, a ’ ~ ef , b AX Δ ὃ απ ον ἦλθ σωσογ με ἐκ της-ωρας.-ταυτΏης. ae? | a ta TOUTO NATOV save me from this hour. But on account of this I came ? 4 “ 4 , , ΄ Η͂ » εἰς τὴν.ὥραν.ταύτην. 28 Πάτερ, δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα. to this hour. Father, glorify thy” nanie. Ἦλθεν. οὖν φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, Kai ἐδόξασα καὶ πάλιν Therefore came a voice out of heaven, - 7Both ‘I glorified and again δοξάσω. 29 Ὁ «οὖν! ὄχλος ὁ ἀἑστὼςὶ ἐκαὶ! ἀκούσας will glorify [it]. Therefore the crowd which stcod [there] and _beard | my soul ” \ , ” 2 3 δ 7 ~ ἔλεγεν βροντὴν.γεγονέναι. ἄλλοι ἔλεγον, Αγγελος! αὐτῷ said, Thunder there has been: others Said, An angel | | to him λελάληκεν. 90 ᾿Απεκρίθη Τὸ! Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐ δι ἐμὲ Not because of me ὑμᾶς. 31 νῦν .κρίσις has spoken. 2Answered 1796515 and _ said, ἑαὕτη ἡ φωνὴ" γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ Ov ᾿ this voice has come, but because of you. Now judginent ἐστὶν τοῦ.κόσµου.τούτου" νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου.τούτου 15 of,this world ; now the prince” of this world ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω: 82 κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς, πάν- shall be cast out: andl. if Ibelifted up fromthe earth, 3411} € , 4 > ιά κό A » / τας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν. 33 Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων Iwill Ξάτανν to myself, . But tis he said, signifying ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν. 34 ἀπεκρίθη " αὐτῷ by what death he wasabout to die. ?Answered *him ὁ ὄχλος, ούσαμεν ἐκ τοῦ νόμου ὅτι ὁ χριστὺς 1the ?crowd, heard out of the law that the Christ ’ 2 3 I~ ‘ ~ j 4 ’ Π «“ ο κά - μένει εἰς τὸν. αἰῶνα, καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις," “Ore δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι abides for ever, and how “thou ‘sayest, that must be lifted up τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ; τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; the Son of man? Who is this Son of man? 35 Ἐἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς, "Ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον τὸ 3Said *therefore *to *them “1 Jesus, Yet alittle while the φῶς Ἐμεθ᾽ ὑμῶν! ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε Ewe" τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα light with you , is. Walk while the light ye have, that μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ" καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ ὅγοι may *overtake. And he who walks in the εκοτίᾳ οὐκ.οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει. 96 Ἰἕως" τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πισ- jarkness knows not where he goes, _ While the light ye have, be- revere Sic TO φῶς; ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε. Ταῦτα lieve in the light, that sons of light yemay become, These things ἐλάλησεν ™o" ᾿Τησοῦς, καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἐκρύβη am αὐτῶν. Ἡμεῖς «ἠκ We spoke Jesus, and goingaway washid from them. 37 Τοσαῦτα.δὲ αὐτοῦ σημεῖα πεποιηκότος ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν But [though]so many *he ‘signs had done before them οὐκ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτόν, 88 ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προ- they belisved not on. him, that the word of Esaias_ the pro- — καὶ GLTTrA. Ὁ ταυτης; (continue the question to the word d ἑστηκὼς L. ς — καὶ τ΄ f— ὃ ΤΊτΑ. : 8 ἡ φωνὴ αὕτὴ i λέγεις σύ ΤΤΤΑ, κ ἐν ὑμῖν among you ΟΙ ΤΣΥΑ, LTTra. Φ ἈΠΕ A TIT, JOHN. φῆτου πληρωθῇ, ὃν εἶπεν, Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ phet might be fulfilled, which hesaid, Jord, who believed κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη; of [the] Lord to whom was it revealed? ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν “becausg again said! ἀκοῃ ἡμῶν; καὶ ὁ βραχίων our report 2 and the arm 39 Aca.rovro οὐκ.ἠδύναντο πιστεύειν, On this account they could not believe, Ἡσαΐας, 40 Τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ὕπε- Esaias, He has blinded their eyes and has πώρωκεν" αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν’ ἵνα µμὴ-ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφ- hardened their © heart, that they should not see -with the θαλμοῖς καὶ νοῄσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ καὶ “ἐπιστραφῶσιν," καὶ eyes and understand withthe heart and be converted, and Piaowpa' αὐτούς. 41 Tatra εἶπεν. Ἡσαΐας, “ὅτε! εἶδεν Ishould heal them, These things said Esaias, when __ he saw A δόξ ᾽ ~ ασ. 7 ; Η 9 ~ «/ Pe aay) τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλάλησεν περὶ αὐτοῦ. 42 Όμως μέντοι _his glory, and spoke . concerning him. Although indeed Kai ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς: αὐτόν" even from among the rulers many believed on * him, 2 4 4 4 , ? e , ὃ 4 ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς Φαρισαίους. οὐχ-.ὡμολόγου», (να μὴ but onaccountof the Pharisees" they confessed not, that not ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται. 48 ἠγάπησαν.γὰρ τὴν δόξαν put out of the synagogue they might be; for they loved the glory τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 44 ‘Inoove of men more than the glory of God. ?Jesus δὲ ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν, Ὃ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, οὐ.πιστεύει εἰς *but cried and said, Hethat believes on me, believes not on ἐμέ, τἀλλ᾽" εἰς τὸν πέμψαντά pe 45 καὶ ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμέ, me, but on him who sent me; and hethat beholds me, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά µε. 46 ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον beholds him who sent me. I alight into the world ? ΄ / ~ « ” > ? Le τὰ ~ / A ἐλήλυθα, ἵνα πᾶς O πιστεύων εἰς EME ἐν τῇ ' σκοτίᾳ PN have come, that everyone that. believes on me in the darkness Σποῦ μείνῃ. 47 καὶ ἐάν τις µου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων καὶ μὴ *may abide. And if anyone‘*of*me ‘hear “086 Swords and not "πιστεύσῃ," ἐγὼ ov.Kpivw αὐτόν οὐ.γὰρ. ἦλθον ἵνα κρίνώ *believe, I donotjudge him, forI came not that I might judge τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον. 48 ὁ ἀθετῶν the world, .+ but ἢ that I might save the world. Hethat rejects ἐμὲ καὶ μὴ.λαµμβάνων τὰ ῥήματά.-μου, ἔχει τὸν κρίνοντά me and ἆἄἆοθβ ποὺ receive my words, has himwho judges , ή a ~ ~ . ? & αὐτόν' ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ him: the word which Ispoke, _ that shailjudge him in ο ο i ΄ ~ / ο ? ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 49 ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐις ἐλάλησα ἀλλ last day ; for I from myself spoke not, but « - / ᾽ , ? δὴ \ εδ |] / ο πέμψας με πατηθ, αυτος μοι EVTOANYV EOWKEV TL the “who sent “me ‘Father, himself mecommandment gave what , ‘ ε 4 ? ~ εἴπω καὶ τί λαλήσω" 50 καὶ οἶδα ὅτι ἡ. ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ I should say and what I should speak ; and I know that his commandment ο ie μπεβαθλθς, ἦν Rare ἐγώ." καθὼς εἴρηκέν μοι ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν ἃ οὖν & ἐγώ," καθὼς εἴρη μ life eternal is. What therefore *speak ‘ ‘I, _as ὁ πατήρ, οὕτως λαλῶ. the Father, 80 Ispeak. 13 Πρὸ.δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς του. πάσχα; Now before the feast ofthe passover, *knowing that + Jesus απ ἐπώρωσεν hardened Tira. στραφῶσιν LITA. 8 ὅτι because GLTTrA. | aAAa LTTrA, geven LeTraw, 7 ἐγὼ λαλω LTTra. has said to me εἰδὼς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι. ς η \8 φυλάξῃ keep [them] Lrtraw. 285 filled, which he spake, Lord, who hath be- lieved our report 2 and to whom hath the arm of the Lord been re- vealed? 39 Therefore they could not believe, because that Esaias said again, 40 He hath blinded their eyes, and hardened their heart; that they should not see with their eyes, nor understand with their heart, and be convert- ed, and I should heal them. 41 These things said Esaias, when he saw his glory, and spake of him. 42 Never- theless antong the chief rulers also many be- lieved on him; but be- cause of the Pharisees they did not confess him, lest they should be put out of the syna- gogue: 43 for they loved the praise of men more than the praise of God. 44 Jesus cried and _ said, He that believeth on me, believeth not on me, but on him that sent me, 45 And hethat seeth me seeth him that sent me. 461 am come a light into the world, that whosoever believeth on me should not abide in darkness, 47 And if any man hear my words, and be- ~ lieve not, I judge him not: for I came not to judge the world, but to save theworld. 48 He that rejecteth me, and receiveth not my words, hath one that judgeth him: the word that I havespoken, the :same shall judge him in the last day. 49 For I have not spoken of myself ; but the Father which sent me, he gave me a commandment, what I should say, and what I should speak. 50 And I know that his commandment is life everlasting: what- soever I speak there- fore, even asthe Father said- unto me, so I speak, -XIIT. Now before the feast of the passcver, when Jesus knew that P ἰάσομαι 1 shall heal ttTra. \t δέδωκεν has: 286 his hour was come that he should depart out of this world unto the Father, having loved his own which were in the world, he loved them unto the end. 2 And supper being ended, the devilhaving now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot, Si- mon’s son, to betray him; 3.Jesus knowing that the Father had given all things into his hands, and that he was come from God, and went to God; 4 he risethfrom supper, aud laid aside his gar- ments; and took a towel, and girded him- self. 5 After that he ‘ypoureth water into a pbason, and began to wash the disciples’ feet, and to wipe them with the towel wherewith he was girded. 6 Then cometh he to Simon Peter: and Peter saith unto him, Lord, dost thou wash my feet? 7 Jesus answered and said unto him, What I do thou knowest not now; but thou shalt know hereafter. 8 Pe- ter saith unto him, Thou shalt never wash my feet. Jesus answer- ed him, If I wash thee not, thou hast no part with me. 9Simon Peter saith unto him, Lord not my feet only, but also my hands and my head. 10 Jesus saith to him, He that is washed needeth not save to wash his feet, but is clean every whit: and ye are clean, but not all, 11 For be knew who should betray him; therefore said he, Ὑὸ are not all clean. 12 So after he had washed their feet, and had taken his gar- ments, and was set down again, he said unto them, Know ye what I have done to you? 13 Ye call me τ ἦλθεν Was Come LTTrA. καριώτης ΤΊτΑ ; ᾿Ιούδα Siu. Ἴσκ. ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτόν 1, . ἔδωκεν gave TTr. Τοὺς πόδας LTTrA. Ἀ εἰ μὴ except LTrA ™ + καὶ LTTra, ν ΤΩΑΝΝΗΣ. ΧΙ ’ μὲ: 6 ~ η σἐλήλυθεν! αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα ἵνα μεταβῇ ἐκ τοῦ.κόσμου.τού- has come his hour that he should depart out of this world Φ A , ” Ne \ Ὁ. - του πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ἀγαπήσας τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ to . tho Father, having loved his own which [wereJin the κόσμῳ εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς. 2 καὶ δείπνου *yevo- world to [the] end . δ ]Ἰονοᾶ them. And supper taking µένου,ὶ τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν place, the devil already having put into the heart YIovda Σίμωνος ἸἸσκαριώτου, ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ," of Judas, Simon’s [son] Iscariote, that him he should deliver up, 3 εἰδὼς *%6’Inoovg' ὅτι πάντα "δέδωκεν! αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ 2knowing ‘Jesus “that 3811 °things Shas ’given ‘him ‘the ®Father εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ ὅτι ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν into [his] hands, and that from God hecameout and _ to θεὸν ὑπάγει, 4 ἐγείρεται "ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν God goes, he rises from the supper and lays aside [his] ἱμάτια, καὶ λαβὼν λέντιον διέζωσεν ἑαυτόν" 5. εἶτα ᾿ βάλ- garments and having taken atowel hegirded himself: afterwards he λει ὕδωρ εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα, καὶ ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας pours water into, the washing-basin, and began towash {86 feet ~ ~ \ ~ ’ τῶν μαθητῶν, καὶ ἐκμάσσειν τῷ λεντι ἦν ofthe disciples, and towipe [them] withthe towel with which he was διεζωσµένος. 6 ἔρχεται οὖν πρὸς Σίμωνα Πέτρον" cai" girded, He comes therefore to Simon Peter, and λέγει αὐτῷ «ἐκεῖνος! Κύριε, σύ pov νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας; "says “to*him δ ‘he, Lord, *thou *of *me ‘dost wash the feet ? aoe ; A ἊΣ - uA Lan BS te, νὰ ~ \ > 7 ᾿᾽Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ο ἔγω ποιῶ σὺ οὐκ 2Answered 1Jesus and said tohim, What 1 do thou “ποῦ » 7 Η \ ~ ἣ / ? ~ / οἶδας ἄρτι, γνώσῃ.δὲ μετὰ.ταῦτα. 8 Λέγει αὐτῷ Πέ- 1knowest now, butthoushalt know hereafter. "Says “to*him 1Ῥε- τρος, Οὐ.μὴ νίψης “τοὺς πόδας μου! εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα. ter, In no wise mayest thou wash my feet for ever. ᾿Απεκρίθη “αὐτῷ ὁ ᾿Ἱησοῦς,! ᾿Εὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις Ἀληετνγοτοά Shim 1 Jesus, Unless I wash thee, thou hast not , ” Ἵ ~ / ᾽ ~ / / / 4 µερος per ἐμοῦ. 9 Λέγει αὐτῷ Σίμων Πέτρος, Κύριε, μὴ part with me. “Says ‘to*him ‘Simon ‘Peter, Lord, not τοὺς.πόδας.µου µόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν κεφαλήν. 4 Ta my feet only, but also the hands and _ the head. 10 Λέγει αὐτῷ f0'’Inoovc, Ὃ Ἅλελουμένος 80d χρείαν Says *to *him ‘Jesus, He that has beenlaved “7not “need ἔχει" δὴ" trode πόδας" νίψασθαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστιν καθαρὸς "has [other] than the feet to wash, but is clean ὕλος' καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, GAN οὐχὶ πάντες. 11 ὑδει.γὰρ wholly; and ye clean are, but not all. For he knew τὸν παραδιδόντα αὐτόν διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν, Οὐχὶ πάν- him who was delivering up him: onaccountof this: hesaid, Νοῦ “1 τες καθαροί ἐστε. 12"Ore οὖν ἔνιψεν τοὺς πόδας.αὐτῶν, ‘clean ‘ye “are. When therefore he had washed. their feet, Ikai! ἔλαβεν τὰ.ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ™ "ἀναπεσὼν! πάλιν, εἶπεν and taken his garments, having reclined again, hesaid αὐτοῖς, Γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν; 18 ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ µε tothem, . Do ye know what Ihave done to you? Ye eall me χα γινομένου TTr. ¥ ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν ᾿Ιούδας Σίμωνος Ἴσ- ό 2 --- ὃ Τησοὺς (read [Jesus] [L]TTra. 9 --- ἐκεῖνος (read λέγει he says) LT[Tr]a. 4 μον Γ-- 9 T[Tr]. 8, οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν LTTrAW. K + ὅτι LTTra. '— καὶ L, b -- καὶ TTrA. ο Ἰησοῦς αὐτῷ ΙΤΤΤΑ. > — HT. 1 — τοὺς πόδας T. 3 ἀνέπεσεν reclined TTra. XIII. JOHN. ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ ὁ κύριος, καὶ καλῶς λέγετε, εἰμὶ ἄρ. the Teacher and the Lord, and = well yesay, *I *am [*so]-'for. 14 εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ κύριος Kai ὁ If therefore I washed your feet, the Lord and the διδάσκαλος, καὶ ὑμεῖς ὀφείλετε ἀλλήλων νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας. Teacher, also ye ought ofone another to wash the feet ; 15 ὑπόδειγμα.γὰρ %dwxa" ὑμῖν, ἵνα καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, for an example I gave you, that as 1 did to you, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε. 16' ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος also Ὑ6 should do, Verily verily Isay toyou, 15 ποῦ ‘a 7bondman μείζων τοῦ.κυρίου.αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ.πέµψαν- greater - than his lord, nor amessenger greater than he whosent τος αὐτόν. 17 εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε; μακάριοί ἐστε ἐὰν ποιῆτε hin, If these things yeknow, blessed areye if yedo 7 , ? ‘ ΄ « ~ / 4 ? “Dp t α ελ ή αὐτὰ. 18 οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω" ἐγώδ οἶδα ove them. Not of all Ίγοα Ispeak. iE know whom ἐξελεξάμην" ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ, Ὃ τρώγων I chose, but that the scripture might be fulfilled, He that eats Tuer ἐμοῦ! τὸν ἄρτον "ἐπῆρεν' ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ. *with. πιο ‘pread lifted up against me his heel. 19 ᾿ἀπ᾽ ἄρτι! λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ.γενέσθαι, ἵνα Ὑύταν From this time Itell you, before it comestopass, that when ται, πιστεύσητε' ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. 20 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, to pass, ye may believe that I am [he]. Verily verily Isay to you, ‘O λαμβάνων εάν" τινα πέμψω, ἐμὲ λαμβάνει: ὁ δὲ Hethat receives whomsoever Ishallsend, me receives; and he that ἐμὲ λαμβάνων, λαμβάνει τὸν πέμψαντά µε. 21 Ταῦτα me reccives, receives him who sent me, These things εἰπὼν "ὁ" ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι, καὶ ἐμαρτύρησεν saying Jesus was troubled in spirit, and testified καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει and said, Verily verily Isay to you, that one of you _ willdeliver up ἵ γένη- it come µε. 2 Ἔβλεπον υοῦνὶ εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταί, ἀποροί- me. “Looked *therefore *upon “one ‘another ‘the “disciples, doubt- μενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει 23 ἦν. “δὲ ἀνακείμενος εἷς ὃ τῶν of whom he speaks, But there was reclining one ~ ~ ~ η ~ ~ 4 / ε ~ μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ.]ησοῦ, ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς" of his disciples in the bosom of Jesus, whom *loved ‘Jesus, 24 vever οὖν τούτῳ Σίμων Πέτρος ὑπυθέσθαι τίς ®Makes 78 “sign *therefore ὅἴο 1 Ἠΐπι ὁβΙΠΙΟΠ *Peter to ask who ἂν εἴηὶ περὶ οὗ λέγει. 25 «ἐπιπεσὼν' “δὲ! ἐκεῖνος" ἐπὶ τὸ it might be of whom he speaks, sHaving *leaned ‘and *he on the ing στῆθος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, λέγει αὐτῷ, Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν; 26 ᾿Απο- breast of Jesus, says tohim, Lord, who is it? 2An- κρίνεται: 86" ᾿Τησοῦς, ᾿Ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ᾧ ἐγὼ "βάψας" τὸ swers 1 Jesus, itis to whom ψωμίον Ἰἐπιδώσω." morsel, shall give [it]. Ιούδᾳ Σίμωνος to Judas, ο δέδωκα I have given T. ἢ 5 ἐπῆρκεν has lifted up T. t ἀπάρτι τ. Way ΙΤΊΤΑ. *— OTTrA. 7 --- οὖν Ἠ[τε]Α. . 2 — δὲ but rrra b καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ Εἰπὲ τίς ἐστιν and says to him, Say who it is Lrtra. leaned back LTrA. d — δὲ Tra ; οὖν therefore T. ; therefore [1.Ja. & [Ὁ] Tr. h ἐμβάψας L; βάψω shall dip rtra. sh:ll give to him TTra. καὶ he takes and TTra. | He {, having dipped the ΚΚαὶ ἐμβάψας" τὸ ψωμίον | δίδωσιν And having dipped the morsel he gives [it] π']σκαριώτφ.ὶ 27 καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον, Simon’s [son] Iscariote. And after the morsel, P + [γὰρ] for (1) L. 9 τίνας ΤΊτΑ. 6 + οὕτως thus Τί ΤΥ] ΑΝ. 987 Master and Lord: and ye say well; for so I am, 14 If I then, your Lord and Master, have washed your feet; ye also ought to wash one another’s feet. 15 For I have given you an example,that yeshould do as I have done to you. 16 Verily, verily, I say unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord; neither he that is sent greater than he that sent him, 17 If ye know the-e things, happy are ye if yedo them. 18 I speak not of you all: I know whom I have chosen: but that the scripture may be fulfilled, He that eateth bread with me hath lifted up his heel against me, 19 Now I tell you be- fore it come, that, when it is come to pass, ye may believe that I am he. 20 Verily, veri- ly, 1 βαγ unto you, He ~ that receiveth whom- soever I send receiveth me; and hethat recciv- eth me receiveth him that sent me. 21 When Jesus had thus said, he was troubled in spirit, and testified, and said, Verily, verily, I say unto you, that one of you shall betray me. 22 Then the disciples looked one on another, doubting of whom he spake. 23 Now there was leaning on Jesus’ bosom one of his disci- ples, whom Jesus lov- ed. 24 Simon Peter therefore beckoned to him, that he should ask who it should be of whom he spake. 25 He then lying on Jesus’ breast saith unto him, Lord, who is it? 26 Je- sus answered, He it is, to whom I shall givea sop, when I have dip- ped it. And when he had dipped the sop, he gave τὸ to Judas Is- cariot,the son of Simon, 27 And after the sop τ µου My Tra, ¥ πιστεύσητε (πιστεύητε Tr) ὅταν γένηται TTrA, @ + ἐκ of (his) GLTTrAW. ς ἀναπεσὼν having f+ οὖν . καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ and κ βάψας οὖν having dipped therefore TTra. τι Ἰσκαριώτον (read son of Simon Iscariote.) TTra, 1+. λαμβάνει 288 Satan entered into him. Then said Jesus unto him, That thou doest, do quickly. 28 Now no man at the table knew for what intent he spake this unto him, 29 For some of them thought, be- cause Judas had the bag, that Jesus had said unte him, Buy those things that we have need of against the feast; or, that he should give something tothe poor. 30 He then having received the sop went immediately out: and4at was night. 31 Therefore, when he was gone out, Jesus said, Now is the Son of man glorified, and God is glorified 32, 1 God be glorified in him, God shail also glorify him in himself, and shall straightway glorify him. 33 Little children, yet a little while I am with you. Ye shall seek me: and 851 saidunto the Jews, Whither I go, ye can- nut come; so now Isay to you. 34 A new com- mandment I give unto you, That ye love one another; as I have loved you, that ye also love one an- other. 35 By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to an- other. 36 Simon Peter said unto him, Lord, whither goest thou? Jesus answered him, Whither I go, thou canst not follow me now; but thou shalt follow me afterwards, in him... IQANNHS. ST ~ 7 >? ~ ε 4 ~ / ~ τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ σατανᾶς. λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ll then entered into him ‘Satan. 3Says *therefore*toShim ~ ᾿Ιησοῦς, Ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχιον. 28 Tovro.dé οὐδεὶς 11685, What thou docest, do quickly. But this noone ἔγνω τῶν ἀνακειμένων πρὸς τί εἶπεν αὐτῷ. 29 τινὲς.γὰρ knew of those reclining wherefore he spoke to him; for some ἐδόκουν, ἐπεὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον εἶχεν °0' Ἰούδας, ὅτι λέγει thought, since *the *bag 7had Judas, that 7is*saying αὐτῷ Po! ᾿]ησοῦς, ᾿Αγόρασον ὧν ρείαν ἔχομεν εἰς sto Shim 1 Jesus, Buy what things πορᾶ [of] we have for τὴν ἑορτήν' ἢ τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ. 90 λα- the feast ; or tothe poor that something he should give. Having βὼν οὖν τὸ ψωμίον ἐκεῖνος “εὐθέως ἐξῆλθεν." ἦν.δὲ received therefore the morsel he immediately. went out; and it was vue, night. 81 Ὅτε ἐξῆλθεν λέγει "ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, Νῦν ἐδοξάσθη When he was gone out “says ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπον, Kai ὁ θεὸς . ἐδοξάσθη Now has been glorified ἐν αὐτῷ. 32 ‘et ‘Jesus, the Son of man, and God has been glorified in him, If ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ," καὶ ὁ θεὸς δοξάσει. αὐτὸν ἐν God has been glorifiedin him, also God shall glorify him in γἑαυτῳφ,! καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν. 33 Texvia, τὶ himself, Little children, yet ικρὸν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι. ζητήσετέ µε, καὶ καθως εἶπον τοῖς alittle while with you Jam. Yewillseek me; and, as 1 sail tothe Ἰουδαίοις, “Ore ὅπου “ὑπάγω ἐγώ," ὑμεῖς οὐ. δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, 1, and immediately shall glorify him. Jews, That where *20 ye are notable to come, ‘ ε ~ , » 2 \ Ξ A ΄ « - ω καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι. 84 ἐντολὴν καινὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν, ἵνα also toyou Isay now. A *commandment *new Igive toyou, that καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς I loved you, that7’also ‘ye ? ~ 7 , ? , , / « ? ᾿ ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους. 98 ἐν τούτῳ γνώσονται πάντες OTL ἐμοὶ should love one another. * By this shall "know ‘all that to me μαθηταί ἐστε, ἐὰν ἀγάπην ἔχητε ἐν ἀλλήλοις., 96 Λέγει disciples yeare, if love ye have among one another. 3Says ? ~ ΄ , , ~ € 4 Ξ > iQ x ’ ~ αὑτῷ Σιμων Ἰετρος, Κυριε, που υπαγεις; ἄπεκριση "αὐτῳ *to®him ‘Simon 7?Peter, Lord, where goest thou? 7Answered “him cy? ~ ev ε / ᾽ / / ~ ? “ « ὁ" ᾿Τησοῦς, Ὅπου" ὑπάγω οὐ.δύνασαί μοι νῦν ἀκολουθῆσαι 1 Jesus, Where Igo thouartnotable me now to follow, τὕστερον.δὲ ἀκολουθήσεις μοι." 37 Λέγει αὐτῷ "ὁ" Πέτρος, but afterwards thou shalt follow me. 2Says. 3to *him Peter, Κύριε, Stari" οὐ.δύναμαί σοι “ἀκολουθῆσαι! ἄρτι; τὴν ψυχήν ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους" ye should love one another; according as κά θα κ απο. Lord, bi hes I nae able thee ον ες. ον A vere Lord, why cannot I µου ὑπὲρ σοῦ θήσω. 88 ΦΑπεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ!" Ἰησοῦς, Gad lay foe as my 1ος thee I will lay down, Answered “him 1 Jesus, for thysake. 38Jesus Τὴν.ψυχήν.σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις; ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω neh ους Thy life for me thou wilt lay down! Verily verily Isay- 116 , τ > , for my sake? Verily, σοι, οὐ. μὴ ἀλέκτωρ “φωνήσει! ἕως οὗ ἀπαρνήσῃ" µε verily, 5αγ unto thee, {ο thee, in πο wise[the] cock will crow until thou wiltdeny me The cock shall not / . crow, till thou hast de- Τρίς. nied me thrice. thrice, 0 — ὃ TTrA. ied OLTTrA, P — ὁ T[Tr]A. a ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς LTTrA. * + οὖν therefore ELTTrA. ® — ὃ ΤΊτΑ. t [et ὁ θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ] LTrA. 7 αὐτῷ TTr. τ ἐγὼ ὑπάγω GLTTrAW. ® — 0 GLITIAW. 5 φωνήσῃ LITrA. > at Σ — αὐτῷ 0 LTTrA. Σ ἀκολουθήσεις δὲ ὕστερον LTTrA. 7 + ἐγὼ I (go) T. 4 ἀποκρίνεται ALSWEIS LTTrAW. Ὁ διὰ τί LTrA. © ἀκολουθεῖν Tr. { ἀρνήσῃ LTTra. zy. JOIN, απ Ἱ ~ bia , . , 14 Μὴ.ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία" πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν θεόν, Let not be troubled your heart; ye believe on God, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε. 2 ἐν TH οἰκίᾳ τοῦ.πατρύς-µου μοναὶ also on me betieve. In the house of my Bacher “abodes πολλαί εἰσιν" εἰδὲμή, εἶπον.ὰν ὑμῖν" ἕπορεύομαι ἑτοι- ‘many there are; otherwise I would have told you; I go tu pre- µάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν. 3 καὶ ἐὰν πορευθῶ "Kai ἑτοιμάσω ὑμῖν pare aplace for you; and if I go and = prepare for you τύπον," πάλιν ἔρχομαι καὶ Σπαραλήψομαι" ὑμᾶς πρὸς ἐμαυ- ἃ place, again Lam coming and will receive you to my- Ld , er 7 ΄ ‘ « - o ‘ er , ‘ TOV’ ἵνα Όπου εἰμὶ ἐγώ, Kai ὑμεῖς ἦτε. 4 καὶ ὅπου Ιἐγωὶ self, that where “am ‘I *also 3ο may be. And where i « , ” M.S ll \ ene n 10 1 5 Aé ? ~ Θ ελα υΌπαγω οιόατε “καὶ τὴν οὐον “οιθατε. ἔγει αυτ ωμας, go yeknow and the way yeknow. “Says “to *him *Thomas, ee yn ~ « , ‘ ~ 4 ‘ Κύριε, οὐ κ.υἴδᾶμεν ποῦ ὑπάγειὸ Kai! πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν Lord, we know not where thou goest, and how can We the ὑσὸν ecérar;' ϐ Λέγει αὐτῷ 40" Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς way know ? *Says “to *him Jesus, 1 am the way καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια καὶ ἡ ζωή" οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν πατέρα and the truth and the life. Noone comes to the Father ᾽ ~ a ᾽ , , ‘ ‘ / εἰ μὴ ov ἐμοῦ. 7 εἰ Τἐγνώκειτέ pe," καὶ τὸν.πατέρα.µου but by me. If ye bad known me, also my Father . , ” ῃ ‘ ᾿ 2 » 1: ΄ ἊΝ ‘ « ’ δεγνώκειτε.ν"" ‘kai! Yam ἄρτιϊ γινώσκετε αὐτόν, καὶ ἑωρά- ye ποπ]ά αν known; and henceforth ye know him, and have 5 - ᾽ , , a: ~ “ --” c ~ Kare "αὐτόν | 8 Λέει αὐτῷ Φίλιππος, Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν seen him, 2Says “to*him -‘Philip, Lord, shew us Ν Δ 7 ~ e ~ ~ @ 2 ~ τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἀρκεῖ ἡμῖν. Y Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, the Father, and itsuifices 118. 2Says “to *him 1 Jesus, ~ , >» ~ ” / ΣΤοσοῦτον χρόνον" μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ.έγνωκάς µε, So long a time with you amJI, and thou hast not known me, Φίλιππε; ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμέ, ἑώρακεν τὸν πατέρα" }καὶὶ πῶς Philip? Hethat has seen me, hasseen the Father; and how σὺ λέγεις, Δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν πατέρα: 10 οὐ.πιστεύεις . ὅτι *thou ‘sayest, Shew us the Father? Believest thou not that ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν; τὰ ῥήματα Father, andthe Father 3 me) 1ο πε ποτ I [απο] in the in ἃ ἐγὼ 2λαλῶ' ὑμῖν, ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ.λαλῶ: ὁ. δὲ πατὴρ but the Fathcr which I speak” toyou, from myself I speak not ; 86" ἐν ἐμοὶ μένων δαὐτὸὺς παιεῖ τὰ ἔργα! ©. 11 πιστεύετέ μοι who in me abides he does the works. Believe me ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί, Kai ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοιῖ' εἰ. δὲ μή. that I{amjin the Father, and the Father in me; but if not, Ὁ ‘ v. ? ‘ ? ‘ > ‘ , διὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτὰ πιστεύετέ “μοι." 12 ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω because of the works themschves _ believe me. Verily verily Isay ~ ,ὔ > ε , ‘ ~ 9. Σ ~ Ἴ ὑμῖν, ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμέ, τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, κακεῖνος το you, Hethat believes on me, the works which I do, also he ‘ oe / ef > ‘ ‘ ‘ ποιήσει, καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιῆσει, OTL EYW πρὸς TOY shalldo, and greater than these heshalldo, because I to is / ‘ ε/ a Deut 3 ~ πατέρα μου" πορεύομαι. 19 καὶ O.TLaY alTHONTE ἐν TH my Father 89. And whatsoever yemayask in i τόπον ὑμῖν TTrA. Ov καὶ ΤΥ, h — καὶ Lis. Ε + ore for LTTrAW. Ἢ n — οἴδατε [1717 ΓΑ. 1 [ἐγὼ] L. m—at[L]TTraA. | know we the way LTTra. 4—oOT. ‘ tra; γνώσεσθε ye will know Το t — καὶ [1]1νΑ. τ ἃ χοσούτῳ χρόνῳ LT. }--- καὶ ΙΤ Τσ]. “λέγω ΤΑ. 9 [ὁ] LTra, αὐτοῦ does his works ΤΤιΑ. ο + [αὐτοῦ] (ad 15 works) 1. Ξ — μοι T Tr], £— μον. (vead the father) Lrira, τ ἐγνώκατε ἐμέ ye have known me 1. Y aiapTe T.° 289 XIV. Let not your heart he troubled: ye believe in God, believe alxo in me, 2 In my Father’s house are many mansions: if τὲ were not so, 1 would have told you. I goto prepare a piace for you. 3 Andif I go and pre- pure a place for you, I will come’ again, and reccive you unto my- self ; that where I am, there ye may be also. 4 And whithcr I go ye know, and the way ye know. 5 Vhomas saith unto him, Lord, we know not whither thou goest; and how can we know the way ? 6 Jesus saith unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by me; 7If ye had known me, ye should have kiown my Father also: and from henceforth ye know him, and have scen him, 8 Philip saith unto him, Lord, shew us the Father, and it sufficeth us. 9 Jesus saith unto him, HaveI been so Jong time with you, and yet hast thou not known me, Philip? he that huth seen me hath seen the Father ; and how sayest thou then, Shew us the Fa- ther? 10 Believest thou not taat I am in the Father, and the Father iu me? the words that I speak unto you I speak not of mysclf: but the Father that dwelleth in me, he do- eth the works. 11 Be- lieve me that] am in the Father, and the Fa- ther in me: or else be- lieve me for the very works’ sake. 12 Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that believeth on me, the works that I doshall he doalso; and greater works than these shall he do; be- cause 1 go unto my Father.’ 13 And what- soever ye shall ask in κ παραλήµψομαι LTTrA. Ρ οἴδαμεν THY ὁδόν 5 ἂν ἥδειτε π [αὐτόν] Lira. b ποιεῖ τὰ. ἔργα ἆ + ἐστίν is E, U 200 φ my name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified*in the Son. 14 If ye shull ask any thing in my name, [ will as itt. 15 If ye love me, keep my commandments. 16 And I will pray the Father, and he shail give you another Com- forter, that he may abide with you for ever; 17 even the Spirit of truth; whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth him not, neither knoweth him: but ye know him; for he dwelleth with you, and shall he in you. 18 I will not leave you comfortless: I will come to you. 19 Yet a little while, and the world sceth me no more; hut ye sce me: because I live, ye shall live also. 20 At that day yeshall know that I am in my Fa- ther, and ye in me, and 1 in you. 21 He that hath my command- ments, and kcepeth them, he it is that lovy- eth me: and he that loveth me shall be ]οτ- ed of my Father, and I will love him, and will manifest myself to him, 22 Judas saith unto him, not Iscariot, Lord, how is it that thou wilt manifest thyself unto us, and not unto the world? 23 Jesus answered and saiduntohim, Ifaman love me, he will keep my words: and my Fa- ther will love him, and we will come unto him. and make our a- bode with him. 24 He that loveth me not keepeth not my say- ings: and the word which ye hear is not Mine, but the Fa- ther’s which sent me. 25 These things have I spoken unto you, being yet present with you. 25 But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Fa- ther will send in my name, he shall teach σα all things, and ring all things to your remembrance, 4 , / ~ , “ 6 “« ¢ 4 .- ὀνόματί.μου, τοῦτο ποιήσω, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ πατήρ ἐν τῷ “my name, this willl do, that may be glorified the Father -in .the υἱῷ. 14 ἐάν τι αἰτήσητεξ ἐν τῷ-ὀνόματί-μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω. Son. Tf anything ye ask in my name, I will do [it] 15 ἐὰν ἀγαπᾶτέ pe, τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς Βτηρήσατε." If ye love me, “commandments my keep. 16 Ἱκαὶ ἐγὼ" ἐρωτήσω τὸν πατέρα, καὶ ἄλλον παράκλητον And Ἕ will ask the Father, and another Paraclete ἡ δώσει ὑμῖν, ίνα μένῃ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα," 17 τὸ he will give you, that he may remain with - you © for ever, the ~ ~ ’ ΄, ἂν « , πρ ~ e πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ.δύναται λαβεῖν, ὅτι Spirit of truth, whomthe world cannot receive, becatse οὐ θεωρεῖ αὐτό, οὐδὲ γινώσκει Ἰαὐτό"Ἱ ὑμεῖς." δὲ! γινώσκετε it does not see him, nor’ know him ; but ye know ? «“ 2) ει εν ley Sine ε, οἷς | saa : Π 7 3 αὐτό, ὅτι παρ᾽ ὑμῖν μένει, καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν πέσται." 18 οὐκ ἀφήσω him, for with you heabides, and in you shill be. I will not leave ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς' ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 19 ἔτι μικρὸν καὶ ὁ you orphans, ITamcoming to you. _ Yet a little while and the κόσμος µε CovK ἔτι! θεωρεῖ, ὑμεῖς.δὲ θεωρεῖτε pe ὅτι ἐγὼ ‘world me πο _ longer sees, but ye sce me: because I ~ \ ε ~ Ρ ’, ή αἱ 3 , ~ ε , » ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε." 20 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ “γνώσεσθε live, ?also ‘ye shall live. In that day shall *know ὑμεῖς! ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ.πατρί-µου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ 1ye that I [am]in my Father, and ye in me, and 1 ἐν ὑμῖν. 21 ὁ ἔχων τὰς.ἐντολάςο.µου καὶ τηρῶν αὐτάς, in you. He that has mycommandments and _ keeps them, ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαπῶν µε O00 ἀγαπῶν µε, ἀγαπηθήσε- he itis that loves me; but hethat loves mec, shall be loved ται ὑπὸ τοῦ.πατρός.µου' Ἱκαὶ ἐγὼ" ἀγαπήσω αὐτόν, καὶ by my Father ; andy iver will love him, and 2 , > ~~ 9 , ΣΧ ἢ o> ~ 3 ’ ᾽ ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν. 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ ᾿Ιούδας οὐχ willmanifest tolum ~-myself. "Says “to*him ‘Judas, (not, ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης, Κύριε. " τί γέγονεν ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις the Iscariote,) Nord, what has occurred that tous thou art about ? / ee: 3 ? A ae ΚΟῚ ’ ? ΠΕΣ μα] ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτόν, καὶ οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ: 28 ᾿Απεκρίδη ἴό to manifest thyself, and not tothe world? 2 Answered ? ~ . 1 κα, ~ ΄ ) ~ ‘ , = ]ησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ µε, τὺν.λόγον.μού Jesus and said ᾖἵο Πἶπι, If ‘anyone love nie, my word τηρήσει, καὶ ὁ πατήρ.µου ἀγαπήσει αὐτόν; καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν he will keep, and my Father will love him, and ο “him ἐλ , θ A 4 ? ? ee ΄ ll « Ἃ ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ αὐτῷ "ποιήσομεν." 24 ὁ μὴ we willcome, and an abode with him will make, He that “not ἀγαπῶν µε, τοὺςλόγους-μου οὐ τηρεῖ Kai ὁ λόγος ὃν loves me, my words does not keep; and the word which ἀκούετε οὐκ.ἔστιν ἐμός, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός µε πατρός. ye hear is not mine, but ofthe *who%sent Πιο ?Father. 25 Ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν παρ᾽ ὑμῖν μένων" 20 ὁ.δὲ παρά- These things [have said toyou, with τοι abiding; but the Para- Δ ~ \ ϱ/ εν , ς \ ? a κλητος, TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ clete, the Spirit the Holy, whom *will*send ‘the ?Father in ὀνόματί μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα. καὶ ὑπο- my name, e Syou ‘will “teach all things, and will bring to *re- nn a a es eee eee & + pe me [1 JT. αἰῶνα he may be with you for ever L; 1 [αυτό] L. 4 ὑμεῖς ([ὑμεῖς] L) γνώσεσθε LTrA. t— ὃ GLTTrAW, αἰῶνα Tra, P ζήσετε TTrA. then Gt[a]w, i κἀγὼ LTTrA. Κ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν 7 εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τ; 7 μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν m — δὲ but [L]t[Tr]a. η ἐστίν iS LTrA. ο οὐκέτι οἱ Τ. Γ κἀγὼ LTTrAW. $+ καὶ Ὁ τηρήσετε ye will keep τττ. ν ποιησόμεθα LITrA, XIV, XV JOHN. » » εν » ει», 5 τὲ} δ τε µνησει υμᾶς πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν. 27 εἰρηνην ἀφίημι membrance ‘your αἱ] things which Isaid to you. Peace I leave ὑμῖν, εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος with you ;, ο ο. 41my Igive toyou; not as the world δίδωσιν, ἐ ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑ ὑμῖν" μὴ.ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ gives, ad *give toyou. Letnotbe troubled your heart, nor δειλιάτω. 28 ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, Ὑπάγω καὶ let it fear. Yeheard that I \ said tp you, lam going away and ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. εἰ ἠγαπᾶτέ µε, ἐχάρητεἂν ὅτι Iamcoming to you. If ye loved me, ye would have rejoiced that Ψεῖπον,' Ἡορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα" ὅτι ὁ πατήρ Σμουϊ I said, I am going to the Father, for . my Father μείζων μου ἐστίν. 29 καὶ νῦν εἴρηκα ὑμῖν πρὶν γενέ- And now Ihave told | νὰ than Τ 18, you before it comes to σθαι, ἵνα ὑτὰν γένηται πιστεύσητε. 80 Youu ἔτι! pass, that when it shall have come to pass Ἂν may believe. No longer πολλὰ λαλήσω μεθ᾽ τὑμῶν"" ἔρχεται.γὰρ ὁ τοῦ κόσμου much I will speak with you, for comes the” 508 *world τούτου" ἄρχων, καὶ ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν᾽ 81 ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ’this Truler, and in .me he has πε but that vp ὁ κόσμος Ore ἀγαπῶ τὸν πατέρα, ὕκαὶ" καθὼς Smay Κπον 6 *world that 11]οτο the Father, and as εἐνετείλατό! μοι ὁ πατήρ, οὕτως ποιῶ" ἐγείρεσθε, ἄγωμεν Scommanded ‘*me'the *Father, thus I do. Rise up, let ug go ἐντεῦθεν. hence. 15 εν εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή, καὶ ὁ.πατήριμου ὁ am the “vine true, and my Father the γεωργός ἐστιν. 2 πᾶν" κλῆμα ἐν τω, μὴ φέρον καρπόν, hush: ndman is. Every branch in Pues bearing frvit, αἴρει αὐτό" καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον, καθαίρει αὐτὸ he takes away it; and ον that fruit pears, he cleanses it ὀπλείονα καρπὸν! φέρῃ. 8. ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε more fruit -it may bear. ποτ ye clean are διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν. 4 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, by reason of the word πας I have spoken to you, Abide in me, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν. καθὼς τὸ κλῆμα οὐ. δύναται καρπὸν φέρειν ag’ e ινα that and I in you. the branch is not able fruit to bear of ἑαυτοῦ ἐὰν.μὴ «μείνῃ' ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ, οὕτως οὐδὲ ὑμεῖς itself unless itabide in the μα so neither[can] ye ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ fueivyre." 5 oe εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος, ὑμες τὰ unless .in me _ ye abide. am the vine, ye [are] the κλήματα. ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος φέρει branches. Hethat abides in me, andI in him, he _— bears καρπὸν πολύν: ὅτι χωρὶς ἐμοῦ οὐ δύνασθε πὀιεῖν οὐδέν. *Pruit much ; for Beat from me yeareable todo nothing. 6 ἐὰν. μή. τις ἔμείνῃ! ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα, καὶ Unless ΒΥ abide in me, he is cast ont as the branch, and ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν Δαὐτὰϊ καὶ εἰς 1 πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ is dried ἂρ, and _ they gather them and into a fire cast, and καίεται. 7 ἐὰν µείνητε ἐν ἐμοί, καὶ τὰ ῥήματά.μου ἐν ὑμῖν it is burned. If yeabide in me, and my words in you 291 whatsoever I have said unto you. 27 Peacel leave with yoy, my peace I give unto you: not as the world giv- eth, give I unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be afraid. 28 Ye Have heard how I said unto you, I go away, and come again unto you. If ye loved me, ye would rejoice, because I said, I go unto the Father: for my Father is greater than 1. 29 And now I have told you beforeit come to pass, that, when it is come to pass, ye might believe. 30 Hereafter Τ ‘will not talk much with you: for the prince of this world cometh, and hath no- thing .in me. 31 But that the world may know that I love the Father; and as the Fa- ther gafe me com- mandment, even so I do. Arise, let us go hence, XV. I am the true vine, and my Father is the husbandman. 2 Every branch in me , that beareth not fruit "he taketh away: and every branch that beareth fruit, he purg- eth it, that-it may bring forth more fruit. 3 Now ye are ciean through the word which I have spoken unto you. 4 Abide in me,and Tin you. As the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine ; no more can ye, except ye abide in me, 5 1 am the vine, ye are the branches: he that a- bideth in me, and Lin him, the same bringeth forth much fruit: for without me ye can do nothing. 6 If a man abide not in me, he is east forth as a branch, and is withered ; and men gather them, and cast them into the fire, and they are burned. 7 If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, — εἶπον GLTTrAW. 8 — τούτου (read of the world) GLTTraW. mandment Ltr. 4 καρπὸν πλείονα LTTrA. Ὁ αὐτὸ it ’. i + τὸ the (fire) TTraw. — pov (ead the Father) [L]TTrA. b [και] ΤΩ © μένῃ T. Υ οὐκέτι GLT. ς ἐντολὴν ἔδωκέν gave (πια) com. μένητε LITra. 2 ὑμῖν W. ἐ μένῃ Wer 262 ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you. 8 Here- in is my Father glori- fied, that ye bear much fruit; so shall ye be my disciples. 9 As the Fa- ther hath loved me, so have I loved you: con- tinue ye in my love. 10 If ye keep my com- mandments, ye shall abide in my love; even as I have kept my Fa- ther’s commandments, and abide in his love. 11 These things havelI spoken unto you, that my joy might remain in, you, and that your joy might be full. 12 This is my com- mandment, That yé love one another, as I have loved you. 13 Greater love hath no man than this, that a man lay down his life for. his friends, 14 Ye are my friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you. 15 Henceforth I call you not servants ; for the servant knoweth not what his lord do- eth: but I have called’ you friends; for all things that I have heard of my Father I have made known unto you. 16 Ye have not chosen me, but I have chosen you, and or- dained you, that ye should go and bring forth fruit, and that your fruit should re- main: that whatsoever ye shall ask of the Fa- ther in my name, he may give it you. 17 hese things I com- mand you, that ye love one another. 18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. 19 If ye were of the world,the world would love his own: but be- cause ye are not of the world, but I nave cho- sen you out of the world, therefore the world hateth you. 20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. if they have persecut- ed me, they will also persecute you; if they kav L. ἠγάπησα LTrA. (vead the Father) 1ΤΑ. ὑμᾶς LITra. «πατέρα ἐν τῷ.ὀνόματί.μου TQANNHES. XV. = ‘ , ? ’ s ΄ a ~ μείνῃ, δι ἐὰνὶ θέλητε Ιαἰτήσεσθε,! καὶ γενήσεται ὑμῖν. abide, whatever yewill ye shall ask, and it shall come to Pass to you. 8 ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ. πατήρ.µου, ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε, In this isglorified τὴν Father, - that *fruit “much γο5ποα]ά bear, καὶ "'γενήσεσθε" ιαθηταί. 9 ο. ἠγάπησεν µε ὁ ἐμοὶ fp and γα 5821} pers 2to *me ‘disciples. loved me the πατήρ, κἀγὼ "ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς'' μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ Τῇ ἐμῇ. Father, 1 48]5δο loved or abide in “love my. 10 ἐὰν τὰς. ἐντολάς. μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ. ἀγάπῃ.µου᾽ If my commandments ye kecp, yeshallabide in rf love, καθὼς je Prac ἐντολὰς τοῦ-πατρός!. "μου" τετήρηκα, καὶ as the commandments of my Father have MEG et μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ. 11 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα abide *his tin love. Tne things I have spoken to you, that™ ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν τμείνῃ," καὶ ἡ. χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ. “joy ad in you mayabide, and your joy may be full. 12 αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ ἐμή, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους, This is Zcommandment ‘my, that ye love one another, καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς. 13 μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς 88 1 loved you. Greater than this love no one ” ε 9 ή ‘ A 2 “ θῇ « . ~ ΄ ἔχει, ἵνα ὅτις" τὴν ψυχἠν.αὐτοῦ ἢ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων ἐπὶ that one his life should lay down for “friends ir 3 ‘ 2A ~ te! i 3 ‘ αὐτοῦ. 14 ὑμεῖς φίλοι feu ἐστὲ ἐὰν ποιῆτε οσα ἔγω this, Ye friends "are if yepractise whatsoever 1 ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν. 15 οὐκέτι ὑμᾶς λέγω" δούλους; ὅτι ὁ δοῦ- command you. No longer you Ieall bondmen, for the bond- λος οὐκ.οῖδεν τί ποιεῖ αὐτοῦ ὁ κύριος" ὑμᾶς.δὲ εἴρηκα man knows ποῦ what *is*doing *his 2master. Butyou I have called φίλους, ὅτι πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ.πατρός.µου ἐγνώ- friends, for allthings which I heard of my Father I made ρισα ὑμῖν. 16 οὐχ ὑμεῖς µε ἐξελέξασθε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγ ἐξελεξάμην known to ἄρα. 3Νοῦ “ye “*me 2chose, but chose ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἔθηκα ὑμᾶς ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέ- you, and appointed you that ig shouldgo and fruit yeshouid ρητε, καὶ ὁ καρπὺο ὑμῶν μέν ἵνα ὕτιᾶἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν bear, and your fruit should abide ; that whatsoever ye may ask the 17 ταῦτα ἐντέλ- These things I com- δῷ ὑμῖν. Father he may give you. λομαι ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους. 18 Et ὁ κόσμος ὑμᾶς in my name mand you, that yelove one another, If the world you μισεῖ, γινώσκετε OTL ἐμὲ πρῶτον "ὑμῶν" µεµίσηκεν. 19 εἰ ἐκ hates, ye know that me before you it has hated. If of τοῦ κόσµου ἦτε, ὁ κόσμος ἂν.τὸ.ἴδιον.ἐφίλει' OTLOE ἐκ τοῦ the world ye were, the world would love itsown; but because of the κόσμου οὐκ.ἐστέ, ἀλλ᾽ ye ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, world yearenot, but ener you out of the world, διὰ τοῦτο μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος. 20 μνημονεύετε τοῦ onaccountof this “hates ‘you ‘the *world. Remember the| λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, Οὐκ.ἔδτιν δοῦλος. μείζων τοῦ' word which [ said to you, 315 ποῦ ‘%a*bondman greater. κυρίου αὐτοῦ. εἰ ἐμὲ ἐδίωξαν, καὶ ὑμᾶς διώξουσιν' εἰ than his master. If me they persecuted, also you they will persecute; if 1 αἰτήσασθε ask ye LTTraW. πι γένησθε ye should become Ltra. 5 ὑμᾶς ο κἀγὼ I alse T. ‘ P τοῦ πατρὸς (+ µου 1) τὰς ἐντολὰς ΤΑ. 9 -μὺν τ ἦ may be Lrtra, 8. — τις 1. τ ἃ what LITra, Υ Acyw Ν — ὑμῶν 1. ay, ΧΤΙ. τὸν.λόγον-µυυ ἐτήρησαν. JOHN. καὶ τὸν ὑμέτερον τηρήσυυσιν. 91 ἀλλὰ ‘my word they kept, also * yours they will keep, But ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν *ipiv'- διὰ τὸ ὔνομάμου,- "these *things 141] they will do to you on account of my name, e τ ? ” ‘ / / ? ΟΝ, ‘ Ότι οὐκοΐδασιν τὸν πέμψαντά µε. 22 εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ because they know not him who sent me, If Ihad not come and ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ. εῖχον" νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν spoken to them, sin they had not had; but now ᾿οὐκ.ἔχουσιν περὶιτῆς.ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν. 23 ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν; καὶ they have not for their sin, He that “me ‘hates, « %also τον.πατέρα.µου μισεῖ. 24 εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ.ἐποίησα ἐν 5my °Father *hates., If “the ®works:'l *had *not *done ‘among αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς. ἄλλος Σπεποίηκεν,! ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ." εἶχον" ‘them which no other one has done, sin they had not had ; νῦν δὲ καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ µεμισήκασιν καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν πατέρα but now both they have sen and have hated both me and *Father μου" 25 ἀλλ ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ὑγεγραμμένος ἐν my. But that might be fulfilled the -word that has been written in τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν," Ὅτι ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν. their law, They hated me without cause. a pretext But when 2 ε , tt ? Vee, / « ~ ‘ ~ ΄ ἔλθῃ ὁ παράκλητος, ὃν ἐγὼ πέμψω ὑμῖν παρᾶ του πατρος;- iscome the Paraclcte, whom I the Father, TO πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὃ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐκπορεύεται, willsend to you from the Spirit ot truth, who from the Father goes forth, ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ" 27 καὶ ὑμεῖς δὲ μαρ- he will bear witness concerning me; 3also "ye .Jand bear. τυρεῖτε, OTL ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς per ἐμοῦ ἐστε. witness, , because from [the] beginning with me 7ο 416, 16 Ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν ἵνα μὴ.σκανδαλισθῆτε. 2 ἀπο- These things I have spoken toyou that ye may not be offended, Out of συναγώγους ποιήσουσιν ὑμᾶς" ἀλλ᾽ ἔρχεται ὥρα ἵνα πᾶς the ΘΥΠΑΡΟΡΙΘΡ΄ they will put τοι; but is coming an hour that everyone ) ΄ ’ ~ ~ ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς δύξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ θεῷ. who kills you willthink © service to render to God ; 3 καὶ ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν ἁὑμῖν' ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν πα- and these things they will do toyou because they know not the Fa- ῃ Ἶ SIRO 9 DG ? Ἂ ~ / ε o~ “ ee τέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ. 4 ἀλλὰ ταῦτα“ λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ὅταν ther nor me. But these things Ihavesaid toyou, that. when ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα" μνημονεύητε [αὐτῶν ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπον may have come the hour yemayremember them that I said [them] « ὦ wl .> NA εαν, δὶ ἢ ies 2 ~ Pat: τ « μιν" ταῦτα δὲ υμιν ες αρχης OUKLELTTOV οτι to you. But these things to you {οτι [the] beginning’ I did not ~ay _ because μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἤμην. ὃ νῦν.δὲ ὑπάγω. πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά µε, with ὑψοῖ I was. But now Igo to him who sent me, ‘ > \ a eee ~ ~ ΄, iM ᾽ ᾽ “ καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ με, Ποῦ ὑπάγεις ; 6 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι and none of you -asks me, Where goest thou? But because ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν these things Ihavesaid ἴοτοα grief has filled your καρδίαν. 7 ἀλλ’ σα τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω ὑμῖν. ’ συμφέρει heart.. But the truth say to you, It is profitable ὑμῖν ἵνα ἐγὼ ἀπέλθω: ἐὰν.γὰρ ξ μὴ. ἀπέλθω ὁ παράκλη- for you thaé x should goaway; for if I go not away the Paraclete τος "οὐκ.ἐλεύσεται" πρὸς ὑμᾶς' ἐὰν.δὲ. πορευθῶ,. πέμψω will not come to you; but if 1 go, I will send- ¥ εἰς ὑμᾶς to you LTTrA. τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 111] {πείς hour; τὰ {αὐτῶν Tr. a. ¢— δὲ 1[ΤτΑ]. Ε + ἐγὼ LIAJW. 26 "Οταν. δὲ. 293 have kept my Saying, they wili keep yours also. 21 But all these things will they do un- to you for my name's Sake, because they know not him that sent me. 22 If I had not come aud spoken unto them, they ‘had not had sin: but now they have no cloke for their sin. 23 He that hateth me hateth my Father also, 24 If Thad ,not done among them ‘ the works which none -other man did, thvy had not had sin: but now have they both seen and hated -both me _ and my Father. 25 But this cometh to pass, that the word might be fulfilled that is written in their law, _ They hated me with- out a cause. 26 But when the Comforter is come, whom 1 will send unto you from the ‘Father, even the Spirit ot truth, which pro- ceedeth from the Fa- ther, he shall testify of me: 27 and ye also shall bear witness, be- cause .ye have been with me from the be- ginning. XV1. These things have I spoken unto you, that ye should not be offended. 2 They shall put’ you out of the synagogues: yea, the time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that he do- eth God service. 3 And these things will they do unto you, because they have not known the Father, nor me. 4 But these things have I told you, that when the time shall come, ye may remember that I told τοι οἳ them. And these things I said not unto you at the begin- ning, because I was with you. 5 Butnow 1 go my way to bim that sent me; and none of you asketh me, Whi- ther goest thou? 6 But because I have said these things unto you, sorrow hath filled your heart. 7 Nevertheless ‘I tell you the truth; It isexpedient for you that I go away: for if I go not away, the Comforter. will not ,come unto you; but if ᾳ. depart, I will :end } εἴχοσαν LTTYA. 2 ἐποίησεν did 1ΤΊτΑ. 5 εἴχοσαν LITrA. ὃ ἐν “— ὑμῖν GLTTrAW., + αὐτῶν (read δ ov μὴ ἔλθῃ in no Wise should come Tr, 204 hizu unto you. 8 And wheu he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righte- ousness, and of judg- ment: 9 of sin, because they believe not on me; 10 of righteousness, be- cause I go to my Fa- ther, and ye see me no more; 11 of judgment, because. the prince of. this world is judged. 12 1 ha vet many thingsto. _.untoyou, but ye cannot bear them now. 13 Howbeit when he, the Spirit of truth, is come, he will guide you into all truth: for he shall not speak of himsclf; but whatsoever he shall hear, that shall he speak: and he will shew you things to come. 14 He shall glorify mez for he shall receive of mine, and shall shew at unto you. 15 Ail things that the Father hath are mine: there- fore said I, that he shall take of mine, and shall shew ἐξ unto you., 16 A little while, and ye shall ποῦ- 566 me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me, because [ go to the Father. 17 Then said some of his disciples among themselves, What is this that he saith unto us, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me: and, Be- cause I go to the Fa- ther? 18 They said therefore, What is this that he saith, A little while? we cannot tell what hesaith. 19 Now Jesus knew that they were desirous to ask him, and said unto them, Do ye inquire among yourselves ΟΥ̓" that I said, A little while, and ye shall not see me: and again, a little while, and ye shall see me? 20 Verily, verily, I say unto you, That ye shall weep and Zament, but the world shall rejoice: and ye — Co ee ee eee ο ομιμμἙμµµυµµυµµµ-- i— pov (read the. Father) rrr[a]. ἀλήθειαν πᾶσαν LTrA ; ἐν TH ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ T. hear tra ; ἀκούει he hears T. k Σ οὐκέτι no longer (do ye behold) τὰ ; οὐκ ἔτι Tr. 8 TTrA; ὅτι ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα G[L]w. . ἵ ἐστιν τοῦτο LTr, W— τὸ (read a little [while], Tra, TQANNH ὋΣ, XVIL ? 4 « ~ ‘ > ‘ 3 - 3 ’ 4 , - αὐτὸν πρὸς ὑμᾶς" 8 καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐκεῖνας ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον him to you. And having come he willconvict the world περὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ περὶ κρίσεως. comcerning sin and coneerning righteousness and concerning judgment, 9 περ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ.πιστεύαυσιν εἰς ἐμέ" 10 περὶ Concerning sin, because they believe not on me; concerning Vs , π ee « ἢ - δικαιοσύνης δέ. ὅτι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα.Ίμου" ὑπάγω, καὶ *ovK righteousness beeause to my Father Igoaway, and no ἔτι" θεωρεῖτέ pre’ 11 περὶ δὲ κρίσεως, Ort longer ye behold me; and concerning judgment, because the rags ΄ ΥΩ 2 e” δ λλ \ ” ] κ. κοσµου-τουτου κἐέκριται. 19" ἔτι πολλα εχω λέγειν of this world has been judged. Yet many things I have to say ὑμῖν," ἀλλ᾽ οὐ.δΣύνασθε βαστάζειν ἄρτι" 13 ὕταν δὲ ἔλθῃ. toyou, but yeare not able to bear them now, But when *may “have *come ἐκεῖνος, τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς Ec πᾶσαν ruler "he, the Spirit of truth, hewillguide you into all τὴν ἀλήθειαν" ov γὰρ λαλήσει ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅσα." ἂν" the truth ; *not ‘for 7he *will speak from himself, but whatsoever ἀκούσῃ! λαλήσει, καὶ τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν. he may hear he Ὑν11}} speak; and the things coming he will announce to you. «14 ἐκεῖνος ἐμὲ δοξάσει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ" Ῥλήψεται," Kai avay- He me will glorify, for of ,Mnine he will receive, and will an- γελεῖ ὑμῖν. 15 πάντα boa ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ. ἐμά ἐστιν" nounce toyou. ’ Allthings whatsoever *has ‘the *Father *®mine ‘are; διὰ τοῦτο εἶπον, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ “λήψεται," καὶ avay- becauseof this Isaid, that of mine he willreceive, and will an- γελεῖ ὑμῖν. 16 Μικρὸν καὶ Σοὐ! θεωρεῖσέ µε, καὶ πάλιν nounce to you. A little [while] and ye donot behold me; and again ικρὸν , καὶ ὄψεσθέ µε, “ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πα- a little [while] and yeshallsee me, because 1 goaway to the Fa- , ~ ~ ~ ‘ tépa." 17 Ἐἶπον οὖν ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ πρὸς ther.. Said therefore [some] of his disciples to 7 ΄ : οι “ εν , cow e A \ ἀλλήλους, Tt ἐστιν τοῦτο ὃ Eyer ἡμῖν, Μικρὸν και one another, What is this which hesays tous, ἀ little [while] and ov θεωρεῖτέ µε, καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ µε; καὶ yedonot beholdme; and αριῖῃτ alittle [while] and Τε 588] 566 me? and “Ὁ t2 ‘ Π ς / ᾿ A , ” id τι "εγω" ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα; 18 EXeyor οὖν, Because I go away to the Father ? They said therefore, "Τοῦτο τί ἐστιν" ὃ λέγει, Ὑτὸ" μικρόν; οὐκ οἴδαμεν ΣΤΗΙΑ ἵνβαῦ is whichhesays, the little [while]? We do ποὺ know τί λαλεῖ. 19 Ἔγνω "οὖν" Υὸϊ! Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤθελον αὐτὸν what he speaks, *Knew *therefore 1Jesus that they desired *him 3 ~ 4 im ee ~ ἐρωτᾷν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε per 1ο ask, , and said tothem, Concerning this do ye inquire among > 4 / 4 ‘ ~ = ἀλλήλων, “ὅτι εἶπον, Μικρὸν καὶ οὐ.θεωρεῖτέ με, καὶ one another, that 1 καῖᾶ, A little [while] and ye do not behold me; and πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ µε; 20 ἀμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, again a little [while] and ye shall see me? Verily verily I say ‘to you, ὅτι κλαύσετε καὶ θρηνήσετε ὑμεῖς, ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται" that *will*weep tand ὅν1}} “lament ye, but the world will rejoice ; Χ οὐκέτι GLT. 1 ὑμῖν λέγειν TTrA. ™ εἰς τὴν r n — @y LITA. ο ἀκούσει he shall P λήμψεται LTTrA, 4 λαμβάνει receives GLTTrAW. Pr. — ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πατέρα — ἐγὼ (read ὑπάγω I go away) LITraAW.. YTé * -: οὖν GTT.AW. ¥—OTTrA, « » ~ 0 ἄρχων Tov’ τ XVI. JOHN. ~ ‘ , ’ / 5 ε ~ / ὑμεῖς. δὲ" λυπιθήσεσθε, λἀλλ᾽" ἡ. λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γεγη- Lut ye will be grieved, but your gricf to joy shall be- σεται. 21 ἡ γυνὴ ταν τίκτῃ, λύπην ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν colle, The woman when she gives birth, grief has, because is come ἡ.ὥρα.αὐτῆς' ὕταν.δὲ yennjoy τὸ παιδίον, ὃ ἔτι her hour ; but when she brings forth the child, longer μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως. διὰ τὴν χαρὰν ὅτι ἐγεννήθη οὐκ πο sne remembers the tribulation, on account of the joy that hasbeen born ἀνθρωπός εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 22 καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν “λύπην μὲν aman into the world. And ye therefore’ grief indeed viv: Ίέχετε" πάλιν.δὲ ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς, Kai χαρήσεται ὑμῶν now have ; but again Lwillsee you, and *shall *rejoice ‘your η καρδία, καὶ τὴν. χαρὰν ὑμῶν οὐδεὶς “αἴρει" ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν. 23 καὶ ‘heart, and your joy noone takes from τοι. And . ’ ’ ~ € / ω η) 4 ’ ? ‘ ’ οὐ ἐν ἐκείν) τῷ ἡμέρᾳ ἐμὲ οὐκ ἐρωτήσετε οὐδέν. ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν in that day of me ye shall ask nothing. Verily verily λέγω ὑμῖν, fore" Εὔσα ἂνὶ αἰτήσητε τὸν πατέρα ty τῷ 1 -ιΨ toyou, That whatsoever ye may ask the Father in ὀνόματί μου: δώσει ὑμῖν." 94 ἕως ἄρτι οὐκ ἠτήσατε οὐδὲν nly Name he will give you. Hitherto ye asked nothing ἐν τῷφ.ὀνόματί pov’ αἰτεῖτε, καὶ Ἰλήψεσθε, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν in my name: ask, and ye shall receive, that your joy Ὁ πεπληρωμένη. 2S ταῦτα ἐν παροιμίαις λελάληκα ὑμῖν: may be full. These things in allegories Ihave spoken toyou; Κάλλ”' ἔρχεται ὥρα ὅτε | οὐκ ἔτι" ἐν παροιμίαις λαλήσω but is coming an hour when no longer in allegories I will speak ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ παῤῥησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς "ἀναγγελῶ" ὑμῖν. tu you, but piainly , concerning the Father- I will announce to’you. 26 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ. ἐν τῷ.ὀνόματίμου αἰτήσεσθε' καὶ οὐ Ine παι day in my name © yeshallask; and “not λέγω «ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τὸν πατέρα περὶ ὑμῶν" 27 αὐ- *I*say toyou that Ι willbescech the Father for you, *him- τὸς γὰρ ὁ self ‘for “the you, ye have loved, and πεπιστεύκατε OTL ἐγὼ παρὰ "τοῦ θεοῦ" ἐξῆλθον. 28 ἐξῆλθον have belicved that I from God came out, I camic out οπαρὰ" τοῦ πατρὸς Kai ἐλήλυθα εἰς TOY κόσμον", πάλιν ἀφι]μι from the Father and havecomeinto the world; again 1 leave TOY κύσμον καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς TOY πατέρα. 399 Λέγουσιν °Father loves because me the world: and go to the Father. “Say Ραὐτῷ' οἱ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. 1δε, νῦν “παῤῥησίᾳ λαλεῖς, καὶ “τὸ “him *his “disciples, Lo, now plainly thou speakest, and , ᾽ ΄, , ~ ” er ~ παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν λέγεις. 90 νῦν οἴδαμεν ὅτι οἶδας “aliegory no speakest. Now weknow that thou knowest πάντα, Kai οὐ χρείαν ἔχεις ἵνα τίς σε᾽ ἐρωτᾷ. ἐν τούτῳ ‘allthings, and ποῦ “necd *hast that anyone thce shouldask. By ’ τε, ? ‘4 ~ λε - 7 ΄ > ~ πιστεύομεν OTL ἀπὸ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθες. 51 ᾿Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς we belicve that from God thou camest forth. 2Answered “them r t ΙΗ > ~ » / ἐν 9 > , ” “ ‘ 5 ~ ᾿ ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, Αρτι πιστεύετε; 82 ἰδού, ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν 'Jesus, ®Now "4ο 37ο ‘believe 2 Lo, 15 coming an hourand now f. .” ‘ ‘ ἕκαστος εἰς τὰ ἴδια, ‘kai ἐμὲ! each to hisown, and me this ἐλήλυθεν; ἵνα σκορπισθῆτε _ has come, that ye will be scattered τὰ 4 ~ ¢ ~ e « ~ 3 \ ΄ ΓΕ πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, OTL ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε, Kai now 295 shall he sorrowful, but your sorrow shall be turned into joy. 21A woman when she is in travail hath sorrow, because her hour is come: but as soon as -she is delivered of the child,sheremembercth no more the anguish, for joy that a man is born into the world. 22 And ye now thcre- fore have sorrow: ut I will see you again, and your heart shall rejoice, and your joy no man taketh from you. 23 And in that day ye shall ask me no- thing. Verily, verily, Isay unto you, What- soever ye shall ask the Father in my name, he will give it you. 24 Hitherto have ye asked nothing in my name: ask, and ye shall reccive, that your joy may be full. 25 These things have I spoken unto you in proverbs: but the time cometh, when I shall no more speak unto you in pro- verbs, but I shall shew you plainly of the Fa- ther. 26 At that day ye shall ask in my name: and I say not unto you, that I will pray the Father for you: 27 for the Father him- self loveth you,because ye have loved me, and have believed that I came out from God, 28 I came forth from the Father, and am come into the world; again, I leave the world, and go to the Father. 29 His «isci- ples said. unto him, Lo, speakest thou plainly, and spezkest no proverb. 30 Now are we sure that thou knowest all things, and needest not that any man should ask thee: by this we be- licve that thou camest forth from God, 31] Je- sus answered them, Do ye now believe? 32 Be- hold, the hour cometh, yea, is now comme, that ye shall be seattered, every man to his own, and shall leave me a- Ὁ οὐκέτι αι. f — or: [L]iTra. . λημψεσόθε wits. " — τοῦ L; τοῦ πατρὸς the Father 1:Α, 4+ ἐν LITrA, F—OTITA, 5 —— γὺν ΗΤΤΑ, τ-- δὲ but Livra. ἃ ἀλλὰ Ti A. have 1. ¢aoee Shall take νὰ. ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί µου IITA. πὶ ἀπαγγελῶ LITTAW. [Lytra, © γὺν μὲν λυπην 119νΑ. 8 ἄν τι 1 anythiug Lira. Σα αλλ. μετ, ὁ εκ Ι1ΤίΑ, κἀμὲ TTA, 4 ἕξετε shall " δώσει ὑμῖν ἱ οὐκέτι GLT, Ρ»-- αὐτῷ 296 Tone: and yet I am not alone, because the Fa- ther is with, we. 83 These things I have spokeh unto you, that in me ye might have peace. In the world ye shall have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world., XVIL” These words spake Jesus, and lifted up his eyes to heaven, and said, Father, the hour is come; glorify thy Son, that thy Son also may glorify thee: 2as thou hast given him power over all flesh, that he should give eternal life to as many as thou hast iven him. 3 And this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ, - thou hast sent. 4 [have glorified thee on the earth: I have finished the work which thou gavest meto do. 5 And now, O Father, glorify thou me with thine own self with the glory which I had with thee before the world was. 6 TIT have manifested thy name unto the men which thou gavest me out of the world: thine they were, and. thou gavest them me; and they have kept thy word. 7 Now they have known that all things whatsoever thou hast. given me are of thee. 8 For I have given unto them the words which thou vest me; and they ave ‘received them,” and havé known sure- ly that I came out from thee, and they have believed that thou didst send me. 9 1 pray for them: I pay not for the world, ut for them which thou hast given me; for they are thine. 10 And all mine are thine, and thine are mine:. and Iam blorified in them. 11 And now I am no more in the world, but these are in the world, whom. 4 ἐγώ σε ἐδόξασα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς" τὸ ἔργον ἀξτελείωσα" XVI, XVII: ύτι ὁ πατὴ ετ᾽ for the Father with ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ΙΩΑΝΝΗΣ. οὐκ.εἰμὶ μόνος, ’ ΄ ~ 3 wovov αφητε᾽ και ! φη alone, alone ye.willleave; and [yet] I am‘not ἐμοῦ ἐστιν. 88 ταῦτα λελάληκα Όμιν me is. These things J have spoken to you that in me peace’ , 13 ” ἧς > 4 - ἔχητε. ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ θλίψιν "εχετε | ἀλλὰ θαρσεῖτε, ye mayhave. In the world tribulation ye have; but be of good courage, ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον. I haveovercome the world. : , ε ~ 4 ΠῚ ~ ‘ : 17 Ταῦτα ἐλάλησεν *o" Τησοῦς, καὶ χἐπῆρεν" τοὺς ὀφθαλ- These things spoke Jesus; » and lifted up “eyes ‘ 4 ‘ : ΄ ’ , id μοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς “τὸν οὐρανὸν Yeai" εἶπεν, Πάτερ, ἐλήλυθεν ἡ this to the heaven and said, Father, “has *come ‘the 7 , , A er τι ‘ « ev , dpa’ δόξασόν σου τὸν υἱόν, ἵνα "καὶ" ὁ υἱός σου" δοξάσῃ hour; glorify thy Son, that also thy Son may gloriry ” ή ~ [ή , , τε͵ σε' 9 καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκὸς, ἵνα thee ; ὁ as thougavest him authority .over all ο that [of] πᾶν ὃ δέδωκας δώσῃ! αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. ὃ αὐτῷ, all which thou hast given him, he ΒΒουϊὰ give to them life eternal. 3 αὕτη.δὲ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωή, ἵνα “γινώσκωσίν" σε τὸν And this is the eternal. life, that they should know thee: the λ ? A ’ \ τ μ a ~ , µόνον ἀληθινὸν θεόν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας Ἰησοῦν χριστόν only true God, and *whom ‘thou *didst ®send *Jesus “Christ. > ο I thee glorified the earth; the I completed, which © δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω" 5 καὶ νῦν δόξασόν µε σύ. πάπ thou hast given me that Ishoulddo; and now glorify me thou, Fa- τερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, TY δόξῃ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον ther, with thyself, with the glory which Ihad before the world εἶναι παρὰ σοί. 6 ᾿Ἐφανέρωσά που τὸ ὄνομα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις -Was with, thee. Imanifested thy mame tothe men οὓς «δέδωκάςὶ μοι ἐκ: Τοῦ κόσμου σοὶ ἦσαν, καὶ ἐμοὶ" whom thou hast given’ me outof the world. Thine they were, and tome αὐτοὺς “δέδωκας"" καὶ τὂνλόγον.σου ξτετηρήκασιν.' 7 νῦν them thou hast given, and thy word they have kept. Now ἔγνωκαν ὅτι πάντα ὅσα Ἀδέδωκάςὶ μοι, παρὰ σοῦ they have known that all things whatsoever thou hast given me, of thee i “I gg ὃν ἃ ᾖἘδέδωκάσι : αὐτοῖι" ἐστιν ὅτι τὰ ῥήματα : ἐδωκάςὶ μοι δέδωκα αὐτοῖς are; for-the words which thouhastgiven me I have given. them, x > \ ἔλ 1 . om” : Ι 2 » ε/ ΟΣ - καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλαβον, καὶ ἔγνωσαν" ἀληθῶς ὅτι παρὰ σοῦ and they received [them], and knew , truly that from, thee ἐξῆλθον, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν ὅτι σύ µε ἀπέστειλας. 9 ἐγὼ περὶ ~ Icameout, and they believed that thou πιο didst send. I concerning ? ~ ? ~ > ‘ ~ ΄ ~ ἢ αὐτῶν ἐρωτῶ' οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλὰ them make request; not concerning the world makelrequest, but ‘ 7 “ / x wept ὧν δέδωκάς μοι, ὅτι σοί εἰσιν. 10 καὶ τὰ concerning whom thou hast given me, for thine they are: (and *things ? 4 ΄ ΄ 3 ‘ ἐμὰ πάντα σά ἐστιν, καὶ τὰ σὰ ἐμά: καὶ δεδόξασµαι my all ‘thine ‘are, _and thine [are] mine:) and I have been glorified ? 3 ~ 4 ” ο ~ ιά Ν H ἐν αὐτοῖς. 11 καὶ “οὐκ ἔτι" εἰμὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ "οὗτοι! ἐν in them, And no longer Iam in the, world, and these in 2 on. work ἘΠ ΡΠ“ ae aa a ο ως κο κο τος τς ακακ α v ἕξετε ye will have Ex. 4— καὶ LTTrAW. σκουσιν they know Trr. € κἀμοὶ Tr. Κ ἔδωκάς thou gavest LTTra. vest LTTr. εἰσίν TTrA, > » 5 αὐτοὶ they T. νυ -- ὃ τ, “ἐπάρας having lifted up LITrA. 5 — καὶ LTTrA ® — σου (read the Son) TTr[A]. Ὁ δώσει he shall give a. ς γινώ- _ 4 τελειώσας having completed trtra. ε ἔδωκάς thou & τετήρηκαν ο Υ h ἔδωκάς thou guvest 1, [καὶ ἔγνωσαν) L, ™ οὐκέτι LTW. ΄- XVII. J:0) τιν. ~ , > ‘ δ ΄ τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν, “Kai ἐγωἣ πρός σε ἔρχομαι. πάτερ ἅγιε, τηρη- the world are, ια Ἡ to thee come, “Father ‘Holy, keep σον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῳφ.ὀγοματίσου Ῥοὺς' δέδωκάς μοι. ἵνα them in thy name whom thouhast given me, that 3» e “ ι « ~ 9 er ” ? ᾽ ~ r? ~ ὦσιν εν, καθως 4 ημεῖς. 12 ore ny μετ΄ αὐτῶν Τεν τῷ they may be one, as we. When Iwas with them in the ἐγὼ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ.ὀνόματί-σου "οὓς! δέ- Τ them in thy name: whom thou Koo ῳ worid 4 t δωκάς κοι hast σῖνεα me Γη | νιος son ἐτήρουτ was keeping bad η ’ « ‘ ον. | ak ᾽ ~ ’ ΄ = 4 « ἐφηλαξα, καὶ οὐδεὶς εξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, ει μ! ὁ Iguard_d, and noone of them perished, except the ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ. 18 νῦν δὲ that the scripture might be fultilled. And now id ‘ ~ ~ ~ , / ” πρός σε ἔρχομαι, καὶ ταῦτα λαλῶ ἐν τῷ κύσμῳ ἵνα ἔχω- το thee Icome; and these Ciiee ener in the world that they way: σιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν μας πεπληρωμένην ἐν "αὐτοῖς." 14 ave have “Joy τοι τοῖν in them. δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν kd ee καὶ ὁ κόσμος ἐμίσησεν αὐτούς, have en them thy word, and the world hated them, τῆς ἀπωλείας, of perdition, ὅτι οὐκ.εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ. εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ becuuse they are not of the world, . as 1 am not of the κόσμου. 15 οὐκ ἐρωτῶ ἵνα a αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ world. I do not make request that thou shouldest take them outof the, κόσμου, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ. τοῦ πονηροῦ. world, but that thou shouldest keep them outof the evil. Ves ~ , . 2 ΄ 4 2 ‘ v2 ~ , ᾽ 10 ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ.είσίν, καθὼς ἐγὼ YéK τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ Of the world η are not, as iL of the world τοῦ ent." 17 ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ.ἀληθείᾳ.Ἱσου"' ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς" 4am, Sanctify them by thy truth ; 2word thy ἀλήθειά ἐστιν. 18 καθὼς ἐμὲ ο ρε κας εἰς τὸν κόσμον, truth is. As me thou didst send into the world, κἀγὼ ἀπέστειλα αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν κόσμον 19 καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν I also sent them into the world; and for them. τἐγω" ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ wow" ἡγιασμένοι ἐν 1 sanctify my-elf, that also they may be sanctified in ἀληθείᾳ. 20 Οὐ περὶ τούτων δὲ ἐρωτῶ µόνον, ἀλλὰ truth, 3Νοῦ “for *these ‘and 7make ®I request ‘only, but καὶ περὶ τῶν Ἀπιστευσόντωνὶ διὰ τοῦ.λόγου.αὐτῶν εἰς a'so for {ἴπο-ς who shall believe through their word on , - , εν - 9 Ἵ ; ἐμέ 91 ἵνα πάντες ἕν ὦσιν, καθως σύ, "πάτερ," ἐν ἐμοί, nie ; that all One may bes τη ε , καγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν Ὀὲγιὶ wow" ινα ὁ κοσµος ο. in we that also they in us one,maybe, thatthe world πιστεύσῃ" ὅτι σύ µε ἀπέστειλας. 22 καὶ ἐγὼ" τὴν δόξαν 85 thou, Father, [art] in me, may believe that thou me didst, send. And I the glory ἣν %dédwkdc" μοι δέδωκα αὐτοῖς, va wow ἕν, καθὼς which thou hast given me have or them, | that αν may be one, as ε - e f2 =H 4 . ? , er ἡμεῖς ev Ἰέσμεν' 23 ae ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ σὺ ἐν ἐμοί, ινα we οπθ are : τι them, and thou in me, that ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν, εκαὶὶ ἵνα ἐνώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος they may be perfected into one, and that *may*know ‘the *world “ κἀγὼ LTTrA. P @ W hich eurtraw. 4 - καὶ also Tr. winch Trra. τ and 1 guarded | tlem]) [LyrTra. — σου (read the truth) Lrt:. αὐτοὶ LTTrAW. 2 πιστευόντων believe GLTTraw. ἃ πατὴρ TIrA.- «πιστεύῃ τττ. 4 κἀγὼ ΙΤΤΓΑ. :ε ἔδωκας thou gavest 1,. 6 — καὶ LTTrA. ~ ἃ ἑαύτοις TTrA. — ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ LTTrA. t+ καὶ εὐ (read I was keeping: them in Ns name which thou hast given Υ οὐκ εἰμὶ εκ τοῦ μαμα αι AW. x — ἐγὼ (iad ay. I sanctity) [L]r. 297 and T come to thee, Holy Ἐπειοῦ, keep through thine own name those whom thou hast given me, that ae may be one, we are, 12 While I was with them in the worlds I kept them inthy name? those that thou gavest me I have kept, and none of them is lost, but the son of perdi- tion; that the scrip- ture might be fulfilled. 13 And now comcI to thee ; and these things I speak in the world, liar. ‘they might have my joy fulfilled in themselves. 14 Ihave given them thy word ; and the world hath hated them, because thy are not of the world, even as I am not ofthe world. 151 pray not that thou shotldest take them out of the world, but that thou ‘shouldest keep them from the evil. 16 They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world. 17 'Sanctify them _ through thy truth: thy word is truth, 18 As thou hast sent me intothe world,even so have I also sent them -into the world. “19 And for their sakes I sanctify myself, that they also might be sanctified through the truth. 20 Neither pray I for these alone, but for them also which shall believe on me through their word ; 21 that they all may be one ; as thou, Father, art in mie, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us: that the world may believe that thou hast sent me. 22 And the glory which thou gavest me I have given them; that they may be one, even as we are one: 23 I in them, and thou in me, that they may be made perfecc in one; and that the world may know that thou -- ὀ-----Ῥὺ-ο---ρρ----ς--ς--ορ-ρρρ---.ρρ΄ρ---------ς- Ἅ. 5 ᾧ Y ὦσιν καὶ ον [L}vT-a,: t — ἐσμεν (read jare]) TIrA, 298 bast sent me, and hast loved them, as thou hast loved me. 24Fa- ther, I will that they also, whom thou hast given me, be with me where Iam; thatthcy may behold my glory, which thou hast given me: for thou lovedst me before tne founda- tion of the world. 25 Ὁ righteous Father, the world hath not known thee: but 1 have kuown thee, and these have known that thou hast sent me. 26 And I have declared unto them thy name, and will declare it; that the: love whcrewith thou hast loved me may be in them, and I in them. XVIII. When Jesus had spoken these words, he went forth with his disciples over the brook Cedron, where was a garden,in- to the which he enter- ed, and his discip“es. 2And Judasalso,which betrayed him, knew the place: for Jesus ofttimes resorted thi- ther with his disciples. 3 Judas then, having received a band gf men and officers from the chief priests and Pha- risees, cometh thither with lanterns and torches and weapons. 4 Jesus therefore, knowing ali things that should come upan him, went forth, and said unto them,Whom seek ye? 5 They an- swered him, Jesus of Nazareth. Jesus saith unto them, I am he. And Judas also, which betrayed him, stood with them. 6 Assoon then as he had said unto them, I am he, ΒΗ went backward, and fellto the ground, 7 Then asked he them again, Whom seek ye? And they said, Jesus of Nazareth. 8 Jesus answered, I have told you that I am he: if therefore ye seek me, let these go their way: 1ΩΑΝΝΗ Σ. XVIL στης ἊΝ ᾿ ‘ ? ΄ 3 ἈΠ ἢ ἐν, λ ? \ ? ΄ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας, και ἡγάπησας αυτους καθὼς ἐμὲ ἠγά- that thou me didstsend, and lovedst them as me thou ’ ον ας ΥΓ / ε/ t yh πησας. 24 "Πάτερ," ἰοὺς" δέδωκάς" μοι θέλω ἵνα Όπου εἰμὲ lovedst. Father, whom thouha-t given me 1 desire that where “am . 9 as > ? ~ ev ~ \ ντε. ‘ ἐγὼ κἀκεῖνοι ὦσιν HET ἐμοῦ, ἵνα θεωρῶσιν τὴν ὑοξαν τὴν κ they also may be with me, that they may behold *ylory ἐμὴν ἣν ἔδωκάς" μοι, ὅτι ἠγάπησάς µε πρὸ καταβολῆς for thou lovedst me before [the] foundation my which thou gavest me, δίκαιε, 25 Πάτερ" καὶ ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω, trighteous, and the 2Pather world thee knew not, ‘ - » ” er καὶ οὗτοι ἔγνωσαν ὅτι σύ µε ἀπέστειλας" κόσμου of {the} world. ἐγὼ.δέ σε ἔγνων, butI thee knew, and_ these knew that thoume didst send. 26 καὶ ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ. ὄνομά.-σου, καὶ γνωρίσω" And Imade known Το {Ποιὰ thy nane, and will make [it] known ; « > , εν ς ΄ ᾽ ~ τ ἵνα ἡ «ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς µε ἐν αὐτοῖς ἢ, κἀγὼ that the love with which thoulovedst- me in them maybe; andl ἐν αὐτοῖς. in them. ῇ ~ ? « 2 ~ ’ ~ ~ ~ 18 Ταῦτα εἰπὼν "ὁ! Ἰησοῦς ἐξῆλθεν σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς *These *things “having “said Jesus went out with “disciples αὐτοῦ πέραν τοῦ χειμάῤῥου "τῶν Κέδρων," ὕπου ἦν κῆπος, this beyond the winter stream of Kedron, where was a garden, εἰς ὃν εἰσῆλθεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ.αὐτοῦ. 2 ᾖδει.δὲ καὶ into which entered ‘he and his disciples. And knew “also ” /΄ ν᾿ « A > A ‘ , ο « ’ Ἰούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν τὸν τόπον’ ὅτι πολλάκις 1Judas νο ‘was °delivering “up Shim the place, because “often συνήχθη “ὁ! ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐκεῖ μετὰ τῶν. μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ. 3 ὁ οὖν *was *gathered 1Jesus there with his disciples. *Vherefore ? / ‘ \ ~ ‘ ? ~ = \ Ἰούδας λαβὼν τὴν σπεῖραν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχιερέων Kai P 1Judas having received the band, and *from *the *chiet *priests Sand "ἢ « lA » ~ ‘ ~ Ν ΄ Φαρισαίων ὑπηρέτας, ἔρχεται ἐκεῖ μετὰ φανῶν καὶ λαμπάδων 7Pharisees ‘officers, comes there with torches and ‘ lamps ‘ « 2 ~ 3 . , ΄ καὶ ὕπλων. 4 ᾿Ιησοῦς Yotv" εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα and weapons. Jesus therefore knowing all things that were coming Ve , ᾽ ‘ ikaw το ͵ as ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, "ἐξελθὼν εἶπεν! αὐτοῖς, Τίνα ζητεῖτε; 5 Απε- upon him, having goneforth- said tothem, Whom seek ye? They ‘ ? ~ ? ~ A ~ η ~ κρίθησαν αὐτῷ, ‘Inoovy τὸν Ναζωραῖον. Λέγει αὐτοῖς “ὁ answered him, Jesus. the Nazareean. "Says *to *them ? ~ ” ’ 7 ε ‘ ον Ιησοῦς," Ἐγώ εἰμι. ἀῸἙἱστήκειιδὲεάλλ καὶ Ἰούδας ὁ παρα- Jesus, 1. am [6]. And *was “standing ?also 1Judas *who *was *de- διδοὺ ὑτὸ ᾿ αὐτῶν. 6 Ὡς οὗ ὐτοῖς, “Ore! ς αὐτὸν µετ αὐτῶν. ς οὖν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ἵ Οτι livering ΤΡ Shim with them. .When therefore he said to them, ν ’ ᾽ >? ~ ” / ἣν » a ἐγώ εἰμι, "ἀπῆλθον" εἰςτὰ.ὀπίσω καὶ “ἔπεσον! χαμαί. Iam [πε], they went ‘backward and fell to[the] ground, 7 πάλιν "οὖν Σαὐτοὺς ἐπηρώτησεν,! Τίνα ζητεῖτε; Οἱ δὲ Again therefore *them ‘he *questioned, “Whom seek ye? And they εἶπον, Ἰησσῦν τὸν Ναξωραῖον. 8 Απεκρίθη ¥6\ Ἰησοῦς, Εἶπον said, Jesus the Nazarzan. ? Answered Jesus, Ltold Re ε/ η , 2 > r ? " ~ ” ΄ ὑμῖν OTL ἐγώ εἰμι. εἰ. οὖν ἐμὲ ζητεῖτε, ἄφετε τουτους ὑπά- you that I amf[he]. Ifthereforeme Ὕθβοοκ, suffer these’ ' togo net Se ο ιαπ... Β πατήρ LTTrA. given LTTraw. io what Tra. j ἔδωκάς thou gavest τι. -. Κ δέδωκά μον. 8 : . Ε δέδωκάς thou hast ΤῺ — ὁ TTrA, per ε Ms ἃ τοῦ Κεδρών GL; τοῦ κέδρου T. > a: TTra. P+ τῶν LT:[A]; + ἐκ τῶν from the 7. α δὲ and ai esus) wr. 5 ἀξηλθεν iris. di ο... and says LTTra. 8 -οὸτ; — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he says) tra. * - ὅτι :. ἀπῆλθαν 1 ΤΊτΑ. Ὗ έπεσαν LTTr ς ἐπηρώ μμ, κ τοι τς τησεν. Ἢ, πο ον. : A. ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτούς LTrA ; αὐτὸς ἐπηρω- AVILE JOHN. ’ ~ ΄ εν τ / γειν 9 ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν. Ὅτι οὓς δέ- aAWLy ; that might be fulfiiied the word which he aid, Whom thou 10 Σίμων οὖν Simon “therefore ἔπαισεν τὸν δωκάς μοι οὐκ ἀπώλεσα ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐδένα. hast given me of thein not one. Πέτρος ἔχων μάχαιραν, εἵλκυσεν αὐτήν, καὶ 1 iost *Peter having a sword, drew it, and smote the τοῦ ἀρχιερέως δοῦλον, καὶ ἀπέκοψεν αὐτοῦ τὸ Ἰὠτίονὶ τὸ 308 *the *high *pricst 1bondman, and cut off his “ear δεξιόν. ἦν. δὲ ὄνομα τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος. 11 εἶπεν οὖν fright. Andtwas “name ‘the*bondman’s Malcius. Said “therefore ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ Πέτρῳ, Βάλε τὴν.µάχαιράν.Σσου! εἰς τὴν θήκ Ίσους τῷ Τετρῳ, Βάλε την-μαχαιραν σου" εἰς τὴν θικην. Jesus toPctcr, Put thy sword into the sheath; rO ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ πατὴρ οὐ μὴ-πίω αὐτό; the -cup which "Πας *given *me 'the “Fathcr should I nou drink it? 12 Ἡ οὖν σπεῖρα καὶ ὁ χιλίαρχος καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται τῶν τν “therefore 'band ‘and the chief captain and the oflicers of the ? 9 > ~ ‘ wn ΄ 4 ᾿Ιουδαίων συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἔζησαν αὐτόν, 18 καὶ Jews took hold of Jesus, and bound him ; and i ’ 1 ‘ 2 ~ ΄ Ἂν " ᾿ δάπή ayov αὐτὸν" προ Αγγαάαν πωῶτον' ἣν. («0 πενθε ο ; κο - they led away him to Annis first; for he was father-in-law τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ.ἐνιαυτοῦ.ἐκείνου. 14 ἦν.δὲ of Caiaphas, who was high priest that year, And it was Καϊάφας ὁ συμβουλεύσας τοῖς, Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι συμφέρει aes v7ho gaye counsel to the Jews, that it is profitable ἕνα ἄνθρωπον “ἀπολέσθαι! ὑπὲρ τοῦ λιοῦ. 15 Ἡκολούθει δὲ for one man to perish ἘΣ the pvople. Now there followed τῷ Ἰησοῦ Σίμων Πέτρος καὶ 46" ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς Jesus Simon Peter and the other disciple. And “disciple ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συγεισῆλθεν τῷ [ησοῦ ‘that was known tothe high priest, απᾶ entered with Jesus εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ. ἀρχιερέως" 16 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος εἱστήκει πρὸς into the court of the high priest, but Peter stood at τῇ θύρᾳ ἔξω. ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος “ὃς ἦν!" the door without. Went out. therefore the “disciple tother who was γνωστὸς frp ἀρχιερεῖ," καὶ εἶπεν τῇ θυρωρῷ Kai εἰσήγα- Κα tothe highpriest, and spoke tothe ο τω and brought ἐπ τὸν Πέτρον. 17 λέγει οὖν δὴ παιδίσκη ἡ θυρωοὸς τῷ Peter. ore “therefore‘the “maid “the 4door-kecper Πέν ow, Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου to Peter, 2=not ‘also *thou Sof ‘the Tdisciples art of “nan τούτου; Λέγει ἐκεῖνος, Οὐκ.είμί. 18 Εἰστήκεισαν. δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι ‘this 2 3ΘΑΥ5 *he, Tam not. But “were ’standing 'the“bondmen καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψύχος ἦν, Saud *the officers, a fire of coals baving made, for cold it was, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο" ἦν δὲ myer’ αὐτῶν ὁ ἸΤέτρος! ἑστὼς and were warming themselves; and *was *with *them *Peter standing 19 Ὁ οὖν ἀρχιερεὺς ἠρώτησεν τὸν Ἰη- and warming himself, The high priest therefore questioned Je- σοῦν περὶ τῶν.μαθητῶν. αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διξαχῆς 5115 concerning his disciples, and panceryire ΠΡΟΣ ΡῈ ὑτοῦ. 20 ἀπεκρίθη ἰαὐτῷ" *o" Ἰησοῦς, Le παῤῥησίᾳ *his. *Answercd "him 1 Jesus, openly καὶ ερμαινόμεγνος. 3 ὠτάριον TTrA. 2 — σου (read lis sword) GLTrraw. 1: ἤγαγον TTr: : [am ]ήγαγον αὐτὸν A. ο ἀποθανεῖν to die LTIra μαι a]. 6 ὁ TTra. ' τοῦ ἀρχιερέως Of the high priest Tira ἡ θυρωρός LTTrA, = ® καὶ (also) ὁ Πέτρος μετ᾽ αὐτῶν Lira, 299 9that the saying might bs: fullilled, which he spake, Of the: ml Which thou yavest me have I lost none. 10 Then Simon Peter having a sword drew it, and smote the high priest’s servant, and cut off his right car. The Scrvant’s name was Malchus. 11 Then said Jesus unto Peter, Put up thy sword into the sheath; the cup which miy lath r hath given se shall I not drink 1b 12 Then the bandand the captain and offi- curs of the Jews took Jesus, and bound him, 15. and led him away to Anuas first ; for he was father in law to Caiaphas, which was the high priest that same year. 14 Now Caiaphas was he,which guyve counsel to the ° Jews, tiat it Was ex- pedient that one man should die for the peo- ple. 15 And Simon Peter followed Jesus, and so did another dis- ciple: that distiple was known unto the high pri:st, and went in with Jesus into the pa- lace of the high priest. 16 But Peter stood at the door without. Then went out that other disciple, which was known unto the high priest, and spake unto her that kept the door,.and brought in Peter. 17 Then saith the damsel that kept the door unto Peter, Art not thou also one of this man’s disci- ples? He saith, I am not. 18 And the ser- vants and officcrs stood there, who had made a fire of coals; for it was cold: and they warmed themselves : and Peter stood with them, and warmed himself. 19 The high pricst then asked Je- sus of his disciples, and of his doctrine. 20 Je- sus answered him, I - spake openly to the Ὁ ἤγαγον [αὐτὸν] they led hing 4 — ὃ (read another) & τῷ Πέτρῳ ἡ παιδίσκῃ ἑ [αὐτώ } ι. & -- ἃ την. 900 world ; I ever taught in‘the synagogue, an in the temple, whither the Jews always re- sort; and in secret have I said nothing. 21 Why askest thou me? ask them which heard me, what I have said unto them: be- hold, they know what I said, 22 And when he had thus spoken, one of the officers which stood by struck - Jesus with the palm of his hand, saying, An-/ swerest thou the high priest so? 23 Jesusan- swered him, If I have spoken evil, bear wit- ness of the evil: butif well, why smitest thou me? had sent him bound unto Caiaphas the nigh priest. 95 And Simon Peter stood and warmed himself. They said therefore unto him, Art npt thou also one of his di-ciples? He denied it, and said, I am not. 26 One of the sorvants of the high priest, being /is kinsman whose ear Petor cut off, saith, Did not I sce thee in the garden with him ? 97 Veter then denied agein: and immedi- ately the cock crew. 28 Then led they Je- sus from (aiaphas unto the hall of judgment : and it was carly ; and they themselves went not into the judgment hall, lest they should be defiled: but that they might cat the passover. 29 Pilate then went out unto them, and said, What accusation bring ye against this man? 30 They answered and said unto him, If he were nota malefactor, we would not have de- livered him up unto thee, . 31 Then said Pilate unto them,Take ye him, and judge him according to your law, | The Jews therefore’ said unto him, It isnot 24 Now Annas, ΙΟΑΝΝΗΣ. XVITE ἐγὼ πάντοτε ἐδίδαξα ἐν ''τῇ' συνα- Ι ἐλάλησα" τῷ κόσμῳ" in the spoke tothe world; I always taught syna- ~ ε ~ ΜῊΝ ~ , γωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ὅπου ππάντοτε" οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι συνέρχυν- gogue and in the temple, where always the Jews come to- ‘ ~ ’ ar ΄ ᾽ = ~ ΤῊ ται, καὶ ἐν κρυπτῷ ἐλάλησα οὐδέν, 31 τι µε “ἑπερωτᾳς; gether, and in secret + 15ροκ nothing. Why me dost thou question ? ἐπερώτησον! τοὺς ἀκηκοότας τί ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς" ἴδε οὗτοι question those who haveheard what Ispoke tothem; lo, they ~ ~ . ~ ? = ~ οἴδασιν ἃ εἶπον é 92 Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ. εἰπόντος εἶς τῶν γώ. Ἶτ know what ?said But *these*things ‘on *his "saying one of the a , eer ts ὑπηρετῶν παρεστηκὠς' ἔδωκεν , ῥάπισμα τῷ officers standing by a blow with the palm of the hand . Ἰησοῦ, εἰπών, Οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ: τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ; 98 ᾿Απεκρίθη gave toJesus, saying, Thus answerest thou the high priest ? * Answered αὐτῷ 40" Ἰησοῦς, Ei κακῶς ἐλάλησα, μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ Shim 1 Jesus, If evil I spoke, bear witness concerning the ~ > A ~ ΄, / 2 , . κακοῦ" εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί µε δέρεις; 21 Απεστειλεν " αὐτὸν evil; but if well, why me strikest thou? *Sent shim a ‘ ra i OP ‘ act , ὁ Άννας δεδεμένον πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἄρχιερεα. Annas bound to Caiaphas’ the high priest. 25 Ἦν. δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ ἐερμαι)όμεγος ‘Now *was ‘Simon "Peter standing and warming him>:cif. εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ, Μὴ καὶ ov ἐκ τῶν.μαθητῶν.αὐτοῦ They said therefore tohim, *Not *al-o “thou ‘of Shis “disciples εἶ; ᾿Ἡρνήσατο.ἐκεῖνος, καὶ εἶπεν, Οὐκ.είμί. 26 Λέγει εἷς Mart? He denied, and said, I am not. Says one ἐκ τῶν δούλων τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, συγγενὴς ὧν οὗ of the bondmen ofthe high priest, kinsman being [of him] of whom ἀπέκοψεν Πέτρος τὸ ὠτίον, Οὐκ.ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ 2cut “off Peter the ear, ΞῚ Snot “περι, ‘saw in the garden per αὐτοῦ; 27 Πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο “δ' Πέτρος, καὶ εὐθέως with him? Again therefore *denied ‘Peter, andimmediatcly ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν. a cock crew. ” 4 J ~ ¥ ~ ρα Poe A 28 "Αγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα εἰς τὸ They lead therefore Jesus from Caiaphas into the πραιτώριον: ἦν.δὲ Ἱπρωίΐα” καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ.εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ pretorium, anditwas_ early. And they entered not into the , ev = ~ >? / ‘A πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ.μιανθῶσιν, Yard ἵνα! φάγωσιν τὸ pretorium, that they might ποῖ ρε defiled, but that they might eat the πάσχα. 29 ἐξῆλθεν. οὖν ὁ "Πιλάτος! Χ πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ passover. *Went *forth “therefore ‘Pilate to them, and Σεῖπεν," Τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε Ἱκατὰ" τοῦ. ἀνθρώπου.-τούτου; said, What accusation bring ye against this man ? ᾽ , ‘ ~ ~ > ‘ μα 30 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν καὶ λεῖπον" αὐτῷ. Et μὴ.ἦν οὗτος ὕκακο- They answered and said teohim, If *were“*not “he an evil , ? ” 3 , - ποιός," οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν. 31 Εἶπεν doer, Snot “to *thee 'we would have delivered up him. Said c ae ? ~ « ld ‘ ~ οὖν! αὐτοῖς 40" ΣΠιλάτος, Λάβετε αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς, καὶ “therefore *to Sthem Pilate, Take him ye, and 4 s , ~ , Ψ kar τὺν.νόμον.ὑμῶν κρίνατε «αὐτόν.ὶ Εἶπον ἰοὖνἱ" according to your law judge him. 4Said *therefore ! λελάληκα have spoken LTTraw. ali GLTTraAW: 49 — δ LTTrA. " Πειλατος Τ. » κακὺν ποιῶν ΤΊΓΑ, ἐρωτᾷς ; ἐρώτησον (ἑπερ. W) ETTraw. * + ovv therefore ELT[Trja. Γκ + εξω OUL LTTrA, m — τῇ (vead a) GLTTraW. η πάντοθεν E 3 πάντες Ρ παρεστηκὼς τῶν ὑπηρετῶν LYTrA. τ πρωΐ GLITrAW. Y ἀλλὰ ΙΤΊΤΑ.. 2—KaTaT. 3 εἶπαν LTTrA. ε — αὐτόν Τ. f — οὖν LTra,. S — δ LTTrAW. Υ φησίν says Tira. © lovyj 1, d— 6 Tra, Dey rex IX. αὐτῷ οἱ Ιουδαῖοι, Ἡμῖν οὐκ διο Shim τῆς. “Jews, Το us 93 ἵνα ὁ λόγος TOV Ιησοῦ that the word JOHN. ~ [ή ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα" it is permitted to put *to *death 1Πο”0Π6; TAnowOy ὃν εἶπεν σημαίνων of Jesus might be fulfilled which hespoke signifying ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἔ ἀποθνήσκειν. 33 Εἰσῆλθεν οὖν by what death he was about to die.- ?Entered “therefore Bic τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν! ὁ "Πιλάτος," καὶ ἐφώνησεν τὸν *into *the pretorium 7again Pilate, and calied 2 ~ ‘ 5 ? ~ 4 - « \ ~ ? Le Ἰησοῦν, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Σὺ ei ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων; Jesus, and said tohim,?Thou 7art the king of the Jews? 34 ᾿Απεκρίθη Ἰαὐτῷ 6" Ἰησοῦς, * Ag ἑαυτοῦ" σὺ τοῦτο 2Answered “him 1Jesus, From thyself thou 3this λέγεις, ἢ ἄλλοι Ἴσοι εἶπον" περὶ ἐμοῦ; 96 ᾿Απεκρίθη ‘sayest, “οτ 5οίμογ» Το ὅ:Π66 *did say [it] concerning me? 2 Answered ὁ WiwWaroc," Μήτι ἐγὼ ᾿Ιουδαῖός εἰμι; τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὺν καὶ 1Pilate, at 5a εν Sam ? ®Nation "thy and e 7 ~ ’ [4 ? ή 7 >? ’ ς » ’ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς παρεξωκάν σε ἐμοί", τί ἐποίησας: 86 Απεκρίθη the chief prie-ts dclivered up thee tome: what didst thou? “Answered η. ο) 1) ~ ‘HB λεί ε.α ‘ 3... Ὁ Ἀἢ ? Iga , ees ζ σους, | ἄασιλεια 1) é 7) ουκ.εστιν εκ του κοσμου.Ί οὐτου 17 655, *kingdom smy isnot of this world ; εἰ ἐκ τοῦ.κόσµου.τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία 1 ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται "ἂν \ if of this world were “kingdom my, *attendants > αν ͵ η \ ~ ~ ? , 5 οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο" ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις smy would fight that I might not be delivered up to the JCWS ; νῦν δὲ ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ.έστιν ἐντεῦθεν. 37 Ἐἶπεν οὖν butnow *kingdom ‘my is not from hence, *Said “therefore αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος,! Οὐκοῦν βασιλεὺς εἶ σύ; ᾿Απεκρίθη οὐ" “to δὨΐτα ‘7Pilate, Then a king art thou? *7An:wcred Ἰησοῦς, Σὺ λέγει, ὅὕτι βασιλεύς εἰμι Ῥέγώ." «ἐγὼ" εἰς τοῦτο 4Jesus, Thou sayest [10], το aking *am γι 1 ον ΙΒ γεγέννημαι. καὶ εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα have been born, and for this Ihave come into the world, that μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. πᾶς ow ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας Imay bear witness tothe truth. Everyone thatis of the truth ἀκούει µου τῆς φωχῆς. 88 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ "Πιλάτος," Τί ἐστιν hears my voice. “Says %to *him Pilate, What, is ἀλήθεια; Kai τοῦτο εἰπών, πάλιν ἐξῆλθεν πρὺς roid truth 2 And this having said, again hewentout’ to the ᾽ , Ν , 3 ~ ? 4 7 , rT, 3) «fl εν ’ . Ιουδαίους. καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν ταἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν Jews, and says tothem, ip not any fault find in ? || ” av κ΄ iG « ~ er cf st mere. > , τν αὐτῷ." 39 ἐστιν. δὲ"συνήθεια ὑμῖν ἵνα ἕνα "ὑμῖν ἀπολύσω" him. ii 3 - , < ὮΝ a > t « ~ > 5. , I ‘ λ ; ἐν τῷ πάσχα βούλεσθε οὖν αὑμῖν ἀπολύσω" τὸν βασιλέα at the passovcr; willye therefore to youl should release the king ~ ? ὃ ΄ . ? / - / u ΄ : Ι , τῶν Ιουδαίων: 40 Ἐκραύγασαν οὖν πάλιν ἁπάντες," λέ- ofthe Jews? They “cried *out *therefore *again Yall, say- γοντες, Μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν: ἦν.δὲ ὁ Βαραβ-. ing, Not . this one, but Barabbas. Now 2was 1Barab- Bac λῃστής. 19 Τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ "Πιλάτος" τὸν Ἰησοῦν Butitis acustom with youthat one toyou Ishould release, 301 lawful for us to put any mian to death: 32 that the saying of Jesus might be fnl- filled, which he spake, signifying what death he should die. 33 Then Pilate entered into the judgment hall again, and called Jesus, and said unto him, Art thou the King of the Jews? 34 Jesus an- swered him, Sayest thou this thing of thy- self, or did others tell it thee of me? 35 Pi- late answered, AmTa Jew? Thine own na- tion and the chief priests have delivered thee unto me: what hast thou done? 36Jc- sus answered, My kingdom is not of this world: if my kingdom were of this world, then would my 5οτ- vants fight, that I should not be dclivered to the Jews: but now is my kingdom not from hence. 37 Pilate therefore said unto him, Art thou a king then ? Jesus answered, Thou sayest that I am a king. To this end was I born, and for this cause came I into the world,that Ishould bear witness unto the truth. Evcryonethat is of the truth heareth my voice. 38 Pilate saith unto him, What is truth? And when he had said this, he went out again unto the Jews, and saith unto them, I find in him no fault at all. 39 But ye have a cus- tom, that I shonld τε- lease unto you one at »the passover: will ye therefore that I re- lease unto you the King of the Jews? 40 Then cried they all again, saying, Not this man, but Barabbas. Now Barabbas was a robber. XIX. Then Pilate therefore took Jesus, and scourged him. 2 And the sol- fdiers platted a crown bas = a robber. Then therefore *took , Pilate Jesus καὶ ἐμαστίγωσε». 2 Καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται πλέξαντες στέφανον and scourged [him]. And the soldiers having platted acrown μην : 1 Ε πάλιν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον LTrAW. h Πειλᾶτος T. i— αὐτῷ ὃ LTTrA; — αὐτῷ W. | εἶπόν σοι TrA. ™m — ὃ GLTTrAW. P — ἐγώ (read εἰμι 1 am) TTr[A]. 4 Γἐγὼ] 1. 5 ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν 111. t ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν LTTrW. κ ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ LTrA. ο - o[a]w. LITrAa. Ὁ οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἂν Tr. « ΄ > ᾽ - . ΄ F EUPLOKW εν αὐτῳ αἰτιαν u— παγτες T. . 902 of thorns, and put ἐξ on his head, and they put on him a purple robe, 3 and said, Hail, King of the Jews ! and they smote him with their hands, 4 Pilate therefore went forth again, and saith unto them, Behold, I bring him forth to you, that ye may know that I find no fault in him, 5 Then came Jesus forth, wearing the crown of thorns, and the purple robe. And Pilate saith unto them, Behold the man! 6 Whenthe chief priests therefore aud officers saw him, they cried out. saying, Cru- cify him, crucify him. Pilate saith unto them, Take ye him, and crucify him: forl find no fault in him. 7 the Jews answered him, We have a law, and by our Ίαν he ought, to die, hecausc he made himself the Son of God. 5 When Pilate therefor: heard that saying, he was the more afraid; 9and went again into the judgment hall, and sith unto Jesus, Whence art thou? But Jesus gave him no an- ewer. 10 Then saith Pilate unto hin, Speakest thou not nn- to me? knowest thou not that I have power to crucify thee, and h:uve power to release thee? 11 Jesus an- swered, Thou couldest have no power at all aginst me, except it were given thee from above: therefore he that delivered me un- to thee hath the great- er sin. 12 And from thenceforth Pilate sought to rclease him: but the Jews cried ont, saving, If theu let this man go, thou art --«- ὙΠ + καὶ ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν and came to him trtra. , — οὖν GLITrA. αιτιαν εν αὐτῷ οὐδεμίαν εὑρίσκω A; αἰτίαν οὐχ εὑρίσκω T. and Ltra. . αὐτῷ LTr 5 Tira. i 1 — οὖν τα]. [τι τή Αα]. δοµένον σοι LTTrA. 4 ἴδον T. 15 expavyagov LT; ἐκραύγασαν Tr. — ἡμῶν (read the law) LTTra. > - ΄ ν ΄ » - , 3 απολὺσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε LTTrA. Ὁ -͵πποὔἠΉφοΙ ΊΓΑ. Τ1ΩΑΝΝΗΣ, νο & - - ~ ε ῤ οὔ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορ- head, and acloak ‘pure 8.“ καὶ ἔλεγον, Χαῖρε, ὁ βασιλεὺς ple cast around him, and said, Hail, king bd ~ ε ΄ τῶν Ιουδαίων" καὶ ἐδίδουν" αὐτῷ ρωσ μα of the Jews! and they gave him blows with the palm of the hand. ~ , ver A ‘ [ή ~ 4 τ᾿ Εξῆλθεν σοῦν" πάλιν τέξω ὁ Πιλάτος,! καὶ «λέγει αὐτοῖς, 4Went “@thercfore “again ‘out 1Pilate, and says’ tothem, ” « ~ ‘ ne - ~ e ~ ἄγω ὑμῖν αὐτὸν έξω, ἵνα γνῶτε οτι πέν αὐτῷ αμα out, that yemay knowthat in him 56" Ἰησοῦς ἔξω, Jesus out, ἐξ ἀκανθῶν ἐπέθηκαν αὐτ οἵ thorns put [10] on - his ~ ’ ᾿; 2 φυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν, Ae) [δε, Behold, I bring “to *you οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω." 5 Ἔξηλθεν οὖν not any fault 1 find. Went therefore . > / Ν ~ € , φορῶν τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον. wenuring the thorny crown and the purple cloak ; ‘ ΄ ~ Yer ” ev , a τ καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, “Ἴδε! ὁ ἄνθρωπος. ϐ Ὅτε οὖν “εῖδον! and Ἡο says ἴο them, Behold the man! When therefore saw . ‘ ε > ~ ‘ ΄ « [ή ’ , : αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται ἐκραύγασαν ἐλέγοντες." him the chiet priests and the officers they cried out saying, ’ ~ ’ ΄ Σταύρωσον, σταύρωσογνΙ. Λέγει αὐτοῖὸ ὁ ΞΠιλάτος." Λάβετε “Says 510 *them Pilate, Take Crucify, crucify [him]. αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς καὶ σταυρώσατε' ἐγὼ.γὰρ οὐχ-εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ him ye and crucify {him (fort find not in him ΠΩΣ ? ’ μ.ο) “ἢ ©? ~ ε Ν anon , αἰτίαν. 7 ᾿Απεκρίθησαν Λαὐτφ' ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, ᾿Η μεῖς νόμον a fault. sAnswered “him ‘the “Jews, We a law ἔχομεν, καὶ κατὰ τὸν.νόμον ἡμῶνὶ ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, have, and according to our law he ought to die, e “ zy » ὅτι 8 “Ore οὖν ἤκουσεν because When therefore *heard ὁ ΕΠιλάτος!ὶ τοῦτον τὸν λόγο» μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη, 9 καὶ *Pilate this word [the] more he was afraid, and > ~ 4) 2 ‘ , ΄ ‘ [ή ~? ~ , εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ, Πόθεν went into the prztorium again, and suys to Jesus, Whence ~ πε] ~ , ” ~ / εἶ σύ; Ὁ «δὲ. Ἰησοῦς ἀπόκρισιν οὐκ.έἔδωκεν αὐτῷ. 10 λέγει art thou ? But Jesus ananswer didnotgive him. SSays τ nal κε , rs ‘ Ἂς -- ἰοῦ» αὐτῷ ὁ ἐΠιλάτος," Ἐμοὶ οὐ-λαλεῖο;, οὔκ.οῖδας *therefore *to *him *Pilate, Το me speakest thou vot ? Knowest not thou ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω Ἀσταυρῶσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπο- that authority Ihave to ε ~ = se ΄ λῦσαί σε"; 11 ᾿Απεκρίθη" οὐ" Ἰησοῦς, Οὐκ Ρεῖχες" ἐξουσίαν Κέαυτὸν υἱὸν θεοῦ" ἐποίησεν. himself Son ofGod hemade.. lease thee? ?Answered } Jesus, Thou hadst “authority 78 ΄ ? ? νι ? ι Ὁ» , Ἱούδεμίαν κατ ἐμοῦ" εἰ μὴ ἦν ἴσοι δεδομένον" ἄνωθεν" not ΠΥ against me if it were not to thee givcnu yfrom above, γ ~ ε ΠΑ “ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ παραδιδούςὶ μέ σοι μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν Ou this account he who i delivers up me tothee greater sin _ ἔχει. 12 Ex τούτου ᾿ἐζήτει ὁ Πιλάτος" ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν. has. From this sought Pilate to release him ; € A ? a ~ » ‘ ~ οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι éroaZor,' λέγοντες, Εὰν τοῦτον ἀπο- but the Jews cricd out, saying, “If this [man] thou re- Ἢ ἐδίδοσαν LITrA. χ καὶ 8 οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν κ αιτί υΓο] Tr. ς Ἰδοὺ + αὐτόν him ανν. & Πειλᾶτος τ. 4h — αὐτῷ τ. Κ' ἑαυτὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ἑ; υἱὸν θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν LITrA. 2+ αὐτῷ him 4 κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν LITrAW. Τ δε- ἢ ὁ Πιλάτος (Πειλᾶτος 1) ἐζήτει LITrAe : ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἔξω τ. ε--- λέγοντες τ. { Ρ ἔχεις thou hast 7, * παραδούς delivered up Lr. ΙΧ. JOHN. λύσῃς οὐκιεῖ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος. πᾶς ὁ βασιλέα lease. thou art not a friend of Ceesur, Everyone “the *king αὐτὸν" ποιῶν ἀντιλέγει τῷ Καίσαρι. 18 Ὁ οὖν ΣΠιλάτος" *himself tmaking speaks against Cesar. Pilate therefore rif ἀκούσας Στοῦτον τὸν λόγον," ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ having heard this word, led out Jesus, and ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ ττοῦ" βήματος, εἰς τύπον λεγόμενον Λιθό- satdown upon the judgment-seat, αὖ ἃ Ρ]ὰσς called Pave- στρωτο», Εβραϊστὶ.δὲ Tappaba 14 ἠν.δὲ παρασκευὴ ment, but iv Hebrew Gabbatha: (and it was [the] preparation τοῦ πάσχα. ὥρα *Cé ὡσεὶ! ἕκτη" καὶ λέγει τοῖς Ἰου- of the passover, [*the] “hour ‘and about the sixth;) and hesays tothe Jews, ΄ Ye / η ~ ν - ε δα / π δαίοις, “Ide ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑμῶν. 15 90ἱ .δὲ ἐκραύγασαν,' Αρον Behold your king! But they οσοι out, Away, ἄρον, σταύρωσον αὐτόν. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ “Πιλάτος," Τὸν awey, ney him, 2Says “to *them 1Pilate, βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω; ᾿Απεκρίθησαν ot ἀρχιερεῖς. Οὐκ Your king shall T'erucify? *Answered ‘the *chief “priests, 7Not ἔχομεν βασιλέα εἰ μὴ Καίσαρα. 16 Τότε οὖν παρέδωκεν 5we®have aking except Caesar. Then thercfore he delivered up ~ ” ~ ΄ eA ‘ ? αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἵνα σταυρωθῇ. Παρέλαβον “δὲ" τὸν In- him tothem that he might beerucified. "Τεν ‘took Jand Je- σοῦν “καὶ ἀπήγαγον Ἱ 17 καὶ βαστάζων “τὸν. σταυρὺὴν αὐτοῦ" sus* and led (him] away. And bearing his cross 2 ἕ ΛΘ > ‘ x , ’ έν 4} λ , EGNAVEVY ELC TOV EYOMEVOYV κραγιου Ττοπον, ος ἔγεται he went out to the 2called Sof *a skull ‘place, which js called ‘EBoaiort Γολγοθᾶ. 18 ὅπου αὐτὸν ἐσταύρωσαν, καὶ μετ᾽ in. Hebrew Golgotha: where him they crucified, and with ἈΠΟ γε κο » / 3 ~ \ ? ~ , \ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο ἐντεῦθεν Kai ἐντεῦθεν, μέσον δὲ him others ‘two onthisside and on that side [one], and in the middle τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 19 ᾿Ἐγραψεν.δὲ καὶ τίτλον ὁ ΣΠιλάτοςἳ καὶ _ Jesus. And *wrote 2also ὦ >title 'Pilate and ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ" ἢν.δὲ γεγραμμένον. ᾿Ιησοῦς ὁ put on the cross, And it was written, Jesus the Ναζωραῖος, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν. Ιουδαίων. 20 Τοῦτον οὖν Nazarean, the king of the Jews. This therefore τὸν τίτλον πολλοὶ ἀνέγνωσαν τῶν Ιουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν title *many “read of the Jews, for near “was ετῆς πύλεως ὁ τόπος»! ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς" καὶ ἦν ‘the πας the place, '- where was crucified Jesus ; and it was γεγραμμένον ᾿Εβραϊστί, ἈἙλληνιστί, Ῥωμαϊστί.ὶ 21, ἔλεγον written in Hebrew, in Greck, in Latin. “Said οὖν τῷ ἹΠιλάτῳ' οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, Μἠ.γράφε, ®therefore 310 '°Pilate ‘the ?chicf “priests *of >the SJews, Write not, Ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ιουδαίων ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεύς The king of the Jews, but that he ena King ᾽ - > , ha Κείμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων." 22 ᾿Απεκρίθη ὁ “Πιλάτος,) “O γέ- Iam of the Jews. Answered ‘Pilate, What I have γραφα γέγραφα. 2301 οὖν στρατιῶται, ὅτε ἐσταύρωσαν written Ihave written. The “therefore Pole aa ἐἲ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἔλαβον τὰ.ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐποίησαν ἱτέσσαρα" Jesus took his garments, and made four when they crucified 303 not Czesar’s friend: whosoever maketh himself a king speak- eth against Czesar. 13 When Pilate there- fore heard that saying, he brought Jesus forth, and sat down in the judgment seat in a place that is called the Pavement, but in the Hebrew ,Gabbatha, 14 And it was the pre- paration of the pass- over, and about the sixth hour: and he saith unto the Jews, Behold your King 1 15 But they cried out, Away with him, away with him, crucify him. Pilatesaith unto them, Shall I erucify your King? The chief priests answered, We have no king but Ca- sar. 16 Then delivered he him therefore unto them to be crucified. And they took Jesus, and led him away. 17 And he bearing his cross went forth into a place called the pluce of a skull, which is called in the Hebrew Golgotha: 18 where they crucified him, and two other with him,on either side one, and Jesus in the midst. 19 And Pilate wrote a title, and put ztonthe cross, And the writing was, JESUS OF NA- ZARETH,THE KING OF THE JEWS. 20 This title then rend many Οὗ the Jews: for the place where Jesus was crucified was nigh to the city: and it was written in Hebrew, and Greek, and Latin. 21 Then said the chief priests of the Jews to Pilate, Write not, The King of the Jews; but that he said, I am King of the Jews. 22 Pilate answered, What I ‘have written Ihave written, 23Then the soldiers,when they had crucified Jesus, took his garments, and made four parts, to ποσα πμ ών ο See Re κο πο μας π ἑαυτὸν GLITrAW. ἢ Πειλᾶτος, τ. (read a judgment seat) LTTrAW. they therefore cried out TTra.. LTTrA. ε αὐτῷ (ἑαυτῷ 1) τὸν σταυρὸν LITrA. ὃ Ῥωμαιστί, Ἑλληνιστί ΤΤιΑ. “ἷ Πειλάτῳ 1. a ἣν ὡς Was about LTTraWw. ς δὴν therefore LTTra. f 6 LTTrA, y TOV λόγων τούτων these are LTTrAW, Ὁ ἐκρσύγασαν οὖν ἐκεῖνοι ἀ καὶ ἤγαγον αλ καὶ ἀπήγαγον ΕἸ ὃ τόπος τῆς πόλεως GLIT: AW. κ τῶν Ιουδαίων εἰμί ΤτΑ. a — του 1 τέσσερα TIrA. 904 every soldier a part; and also dis cont: now the coat was without seam, woven from the top throughout. 24 They said therefore among themselves, Let us pot rend it, but cast lots for it, whose it shall be: that the scripture might be fulfilled, which saith, Vhey parted my rai- ment among them,antl for my vesture they did cast lots. These things therefore the soldiers « id. 25 Now there stood by the cross of Jesus his mother, and his mother’s sister, Mary the wife of Cleophas, and Mary Magdalene. 26 When Jesus there- fore saw his mother, and the disciple stand- ing by, whom he loy- ed, he saith unto his mother, Woman, be- hold thy son ! 27 Then saith he to the disciple, Behold thy mother! And from that hour that disciple took her unto his own home. 23 After this, Jesus knowing that all things were now ac- complished, that the scripture might be ful- filled, saith, I thirst. 29 Now therewas set a vessel full of vinegar : and they filled a sinunge with vinegar, and put it upon hys- sop, and put tt to his mouth. 30 When Je- sus therefore had re- ceived the vinegar, he raid, It is finished:and he bowed his head, and give up the ghost. 3 The Jews therefare, be ause it was the pre- paration, that the bo- dies should not remain upon the cross on the α bbath day, (for that erbbath day was an hich day,) besought Pilate that their legs might be broken, and that they might be ta- ken ‘away. 32 Then enme the soldiers, and brake the legs of the first, and of the other which was crucified with him. 33 But when they came to Je- XIX, ἦν.δὲ ὁ 1ΩΑΝΝΗ Σ. , , 4 4 ~ μέρη, ἑκάστῳ στρατιώτῃ µέρος, και τὸν χιτωνᾶ. parts, toeach -soldier apart, and _ the tunic; but *was *the J woe , ~ 1. . e ‘ Q 7 ef τ - χιτὼν "άῤῥαφος ἐκ τῶν ἄνωθεν ὑφαντὸς δι-ὅλον. 24 "εἷ- “tunic seamless, from the top woven throughout. They ~ κ ? , mf , ? ΄ ? : πονὶ οὖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Μη:σχισωμεν αὑτὸν, ἀλλὰ said therefore to one another, Let us not rend iE; but ‘ ~ ΄ ” - “ ε A λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ τίνος ἔσται" να ἢ γραφὴ πλη- let us cast lots for it whose it shallbe; that the scripture ‘might be e ΄ ΄ αντ 4 ΄ « ἘΞ ρωθῃ σὴ λέγουσα," Διεμερίσαντο τα.ἱματιᾶ-μου ἕαυτοις. fulfiiied which says, They divided my garments ainong them, ‘ γ᾽ ‘ | e ” ~ c A Ὕ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν.μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον. Οι μὲν οὖν and for my vesture they cast a lot. The 2therefore στρατιῶται ταῦτα ἐποίησαν. soldiers these things did. - , ΄ τον η ~ ~ ~? , ~ τε , > 25 Ἐιϊστήκεισαν.δὲ παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ του Ίησου η.μητηρ-αὺ- And stood by the cross of Jesus his mother, ~ ‘ ε .- ‘ ~ A ~ [ή ε ~ τοῦ, καὶ ἡ ἀδελφὴ τῆς.μητρὸς αὐτοῦ) PMapia' ἡ). τοῦ and the _ sister of his mother, Mary the [wife] Κλωπᾶ, καὶ PMapia" ἡ Μαγδαληνή. 26 Ἰησοῦς οὖν ἰδὼν of Clopas. and Mary: the Magdalene. Jesus therefore seeing «τὴν μητέρα, καὶ τὸν μαθητὴν παρεστῶτα ὃν ἠγάπα. λέγει [115] mother, and the disciple standing by whom he loved, says τῇ μητρὶ αὐτοῦ," Τύναι, τἰδοὺ" ὁ.υἱός σου. 27 Eira λέγει τῷ as to his mother, Woman, behold thy son. Then he says % the ~ ? ε / Δ > ΄ ~ μαθητῇ, τΙζοὺ" ἡ-μήτηρ-σου. Kai am ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας ἀϊρείρ]ε, Behold thy mother. And from that hour ἔλαβεν "αὐτὴν ὁ μαθητὴς" εἰς τὰ. ἴδια. 28 Μετὰ τοῦτο Stook *her the disciple to ‘his own [home]. After this, εἰδὼς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι πάντα ἤδη" τετέλεσται, ἵνα τελειωθῇ ?knowing ‘Jesus that all things now have been finished, that might be fulfilled ἡ γραφὴ λέγει Διψῶ. 39 Σκεῦος οὖν" ἔκειτο ὄξους the scripture he says, I thirst. A vessel therefore wasset 308 *vinegar μεστόν" τοὶ δὲ πλήσαντες σπόγγον ὄξους, καὶ ὑσσώπῳ" full, andthey having filled asponge with vinegar, and Shyssop περιθέντες προσήνεγκαν αὐτοῦ τῷ-στόματι. 90 ὅτε *having *put [*it] *on they brought it to [his] mouth. When καὶ he said, It has been finished ; ana © τὸ πνεῦμα. 81 Oi spirit. The οὖν ἔλαβεν τὸ ὄξος “ὁ Ἰησοῦς" εἶπεν, Τετέλεσται" therefore Ζίοοκς “the *vinegar iJesus κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν παρέδωκεν haying bowed the head he yielded up [his] ” ~ ev 4 ΄ ΕῚ κ᾿ ~ ~ ‘ Ιουδαῖοι, ἵνα μὴς.μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ 1Jews, that might notremain on the cross the σώματα ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ, γἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν." ἦν.γὰρ bodies on the- sabbath, Όεσοααςδε[{πθ] preparation it was, (for *was ’ ε « ’ ’ ~ 7 ’ ‘4 µεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα Τἐκείνου" τοῦ σαββάτου, ἠρώτησαν τὸν "Πι- *great sday 1that ?sabbath,) requested Pic ΄ ev ~ 3 ~ \ , Υ ~ λάτον" ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, Kai’ ἀρθῶσιν. late that *might *be *broken ‘(their legs, and taken away. 32 ἦλθον οὖν οἱ στρατιῶται, καὶ τοῦ μὲν πρώτου κατέαξαν Came therefore the soldiers, and ofthe first broke τὰ σκέλη καὶ τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ Ὀσυσταυρωθέντος! αὐτῷ" 88 ἐπι.δὲ the legs and ofthe other who wascrucified with him; but to οὖν *therefore πι ἄραφος TTrA. {his]) (x Jrrrfa}. * — οὖν LITrAW. therefore full of the vinegar, *hyssop LTT: a. σκευὴ ἦν pluced aster Ἰονδαῖοι TIra. * ἐκείνη E. 0 εἶπαν ον ο---ἢ λέγουσα LT. , P Μαριὰμ. π. ᾳ --- αὐτοῦ (read τ ide GLTTrA, 5 ὃ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν GTraW. t ἤδη πάντα LITrAW. “ σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ (— τοῦ Τ) ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ (ὑσώπῳ L) A Sponge x[o] τὸ; -- ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1. Υ ἐπεὶ παρα- 5 Πειλᾶτον T. ὃ συνσταυρωθέντος LTTrA. ο σας τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες, ὡς εἶδον «αὐτὸν ἤδη" τεθνηκότα, Jesus haying-come, when they saw he already was dead, , ~ ? - ~ ~ οὐ κατέαξαν αὐτοῦ τὰ σκέλη’ 34 ἀλλ᾽ εἷς τῶν στρατιωτῶν JOHN. they didnot break his legs, but one of the soldiers λόγχη αὐτοῦ τὴν πλευρὰν ἔνυξεν, καὶ Ἱεὐθὺς ἐξῆλθενὶ with aspear his side pierced, and immediately came out αἷμα καὶ ὕδωρ. 35 καὶ ὃ - ἑωρακὼς μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ blood and water. And he who hasseen hasborne witness, and ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία, “κἀκεῖνος" οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ true “his its witness, and he knows that true λε vu £ ε ~ 8 ’ - tl 396 2: [ή A Ε 2 tr EVEL, ινα” υμεις πιστευσΏητε. ΣγεΥετο-γαρ Ταῦτα ινα he says, that ye may believe. For *took *place ‘these *things that n γραφὴ πληρωθῇ, ᾿Οστοῦν.οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ. the -scripture might be fulfilled, Nota bone shall be broken of him. 37 καὶ πάλιν ἑτέρα γραφὴ λέγει, Ὄψονται εἰ ὃν And again another scripture says, They shalllook on him whom ἐξεκέντησαν. they pierced. 38 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἠρώτησεν τὸν ἘΠιλάτον" ἰδ ᾿Ιωσὴφ And after these things asked Pilate Joseph ὁ" ἀπὸ ᾿Αριμαθαίας, ὧν μαθητὴς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κεκρυμμένος.δὲ (from Arimathza, being a disciple of Jésus, but concealed διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, ἵνα ἄρ τὸ σῶμα through ‘fear of the Jews,) that he might take away the body τοῦ Ἰησοῦ: καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ ᾿Πιλάτος." Ἀἠλθενι οὖν καὶ - of Jesus: and *gave *leave 1Pilate. He came therefore and πηρεν! 9τὸ σῶμα" Prov Ιησοῦ." 39 ἦλθεν.δὲ καὶ Νικόδημος, took away the body of Jesus. Andcame also Nicodemus, ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς “τὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν' νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον, φέρων μίγμα who came to Jesus _ by night at first, bearing a mixture σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης ᾿ὡσεὶ" λίτρας ἑκατόν. 40 ἔλαβον οὖν Οἱ myrrh and aloes about *pounds ‘a “δΒιυπάαγοᾶ, They took therefore τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸ 5 ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν κ the body: ofJesus, and bound it in linen cloths. with the ἀρωμάτων, καθὼς ἔθος ἐστὶν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἐντα- aromatics, as acustom is - amongthe : Jews to prepare for ΄ pe ‘ ? ~ ΄ φιάζειν. 41΄ ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ burial. Now there was in the place +? ~ , ~ / ? - 7 OF ? \ My, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, Ev ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἐτέθη. and in the garden a *tomb new, in which nooneeyer was laid. 42 ἐκεῖ οὖν διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ιουδαίων, ὅτι ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος; where he was crucified a garden, There therefore onactount ofthe, preparation of the Jews, because ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν. near was the tomb, they laid Jesus. 20 τῇ. δὲ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων Μαρία! ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ But on the first [day] of the week Mary the Magdalene ἔρχεται πρωϊ σκοτίας ETL οὔσης εἰς τὸ" μνημεῖον, καὶ βλέπει comes early’ ‘dark ‘still tit*being to the tomb, and 5668 τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου. 2 τρέχει οὖν καὶ the stone taken away from the tomb. She runs therefore and ἔρχεται πρὸς Σίμωνα Πέτρον καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἄλλον μαθητὴν comes to Simon Peter απᾶ to the other disciple - 305 sus, and saw that he was dead already,they brake not his legs: 34 but one of the sol- diers with α spear pierced his side, and forthwith came there out blood and water. 35 And he that saw it bare record, and his tecord is true: and he knoweth that he saith true, that ye might-be- lieve. 36 For these things were done; that thescripture should be fulfilled, A bone of him shall not be broken, 37 And again another scripture saith, They shall look on him whom they pierced, 38 And after this Jo- seph of Arimathza, be- ing a disciple of Jesus, but secretly for fear of the Jews, besought Pi- late that he might take away the body of Je- sus: and Pilate gave him leave. He came therefore, and took the body of Jesus. 29 And there came also Nico- demus, which at the first came to Jesus by night, and brought a mixture of myrrh and aloes, about an hun- dred pound weight. 40 Then took they the body of Jesus, and wound it in linen clothes with the spices, as the manner of, the Jewsis to bury. 41 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden; and in the garden a new se- pulchre, wherein was never man yet laid. 42 There laid they Je- sus therefore because of the Jews’ pfepara- tion day; for the se- pulchre was nigh δῷ hand, XX. The first day of the week cometh Mary Magdaleneearly, when it was yet dar uuto the sepulchre,and seeth the stone taken away from the sepul- chre. 2 Then sherun- neth, and cometh to Simon Peter, and to the other disciple, . ο ἤδη αὐτὸν Trra. 4 ἐξῆλθεν εὐθὺς TTrA. © καὶ ἐκεῖνος LTr. f + καὶ 8ἱ5ο.ΟΙΤΤτΑΤΓ. & πιστεύητε T. h Πειλᾶτον T. i— 6 LTTrAW. k—outra. ὀ ἈἐΠειλάτος 2. πι ἦλθον they came T. . ἡραν T. ° — 70 σῶμα T. Ρ αὐτοῦ of him Lira; αὐτόν ‘vim Τὶ 4 αὐτὸν him-LrzTraw. T@sGLITrAW. -- ἐν W. 5 Μαριὰμ τ. x 906 whom Jesus loved, and saith unto them, They have taken away the Lord out of the sepul- chre, andwe know not where they have laid him. 3 Peter there- fore went forth, and that other disciple,and came to the sepulchre. 4 So {Πιν ran both to- gether : and the other discipie did outrun Pe- ter, and enme first to the sepulchre. 5 And he stooping down, and looking in, saw the li- nen clothes lying ; yet went he notin. 6Then comcth Simon Peter following him, and wont into the sepul- chre, and secth the li- nen clothes lie, 7 and the napkin, that was about his head, not ly- ing with the linen clothes, but wrapped tog: ther in a place by itself. 8 Then went in also that other disci- ple, which came first to the sepulchre, and he saw, and ΄ believed. 9 For as yet they knew not the scripture, that he must rise again from the dead. 10 Then the disciples went a- way again unto their own home. 1 But Mary stood without at the sepulchre weeping: and as she wept, she stooped down, and looked into the sepul- chre, 12 and sceth two angelsin white sitting, the one at the head, and the other at the feet, where the body of Jesus had lain, 13 And they say unto her, Woman, why Weepest thou? She saith unto them, Be- cause they have taken away my Lord, and I know not where they have Jaid him. 14 And when she had thus said, she turned her- self back, and saw Je- sus standing,:nd knew bot that it was Jesus, 15 Jesus saith unto her, Woman, why weepest thou? whom seekest thou? She, suppo-ing him to be the gardener, saith un- to him, Sir, have borne him hence, tell mc where thou ha-t Jaid him, and I will tyke him away. 16 Jesus saith unto her, Mary. She turned her- « ᾿ Yo δὲ 1, if thou: κ * τὰ ὀθόνια κείµενα τι. 2 τῳ μιτημείω GLIT: AW XX. τὸν κύριον TQANNH ΣΣ. HE ~ 3 ΄ - τ ὃν ἐῤίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Ἡραν whom “loved 1Jesus, and says to them, They tookaway the Lord , ‘4 ” a ” ? , ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου, καὶ οὐκ.οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν. out of the tomb, and weknownot where they laid him. A » ’ 28 38. Ἔξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής, καὶ ἤρχοντο 3Went *forth2therefore ‘Peter and the other disciple, and came > ‘ ~ y ” δὲ ε δύ « ans ν ‘ τη ἴλλ ο εις το μνΏημειογ. 4 ἐΤΡΕΧΟΥ- ε οι OVO ομου και OF αλλος to the tomb. And ran ithe *two together, andthe other [ή ’ ~ μ Μ' αυ ~ μαθητὴς προέδραµεν τάχιον τοῦ Πέτρου, και ἦλθεν πρῶτος disciple ran forward faster than Peter, and came xirst ~ 4 v4 ? , εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, 5 καὶ παρακύψας βλέπει "κείμενα τὰ ὀθόνια," tothe tomb, and stooping down he sees lying the linencloths; ~ ” la [ή ᾽ οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν. ϐ ἔρχεται οὖν * Σίμων Ἠετρος ἀκολου- 9ποῦ *however *he “entered. Comes then Simon Peter - follow- θῶν αὐτῷ, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς TO μνημεῖον, καὶ θεωρεῖ τὰ ing him, and entered into the tomb, and 5668 the ᾽ , , \ 4 δά ελ ΜΠ 2 ’ ~ λῆ ὀθόνια κείµενα, 7 καὶ τὸ σουδᾶριον Ὁ τν ἔπι της κεφαλ]ς linencloths lying, and the handkerchief which was upon "head αὐτοῦ, οὐ μετὰ τῶν ὀθονίων κείμενον, ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐν- this, not with the linen cloths lying, but by “itself ’ 2 e , , rT > ~ ‘ ε τετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον. 8 τότε οὖν εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ὁ α{ο]άσᾶ Ξπρ SiN τα Splace. Then therefore cntered also the ἄλλος μαθητὴς ὁ ἐλθὼν πρῶτος εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, καὶ εἶδεν other disciple who came first to the tomb, and saw καὶ ἐπίστευσεν: 9 οὐδέπω γὰρ Ίδεισαν τὴν γραφήν, ὅτι and believed ; for not yet knew they the scripture, ‘that δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι. 10 ἀπῆλθον it hehoves him from among [86] dead to rise. Went away οὖν πάλιν πρὸς Yeavrovc! οἱ μαθηταί. 11 "Μαρία! δὲ therefore again to their {home] the’ disciples. But Mary εἱστήκει πρὸς 3Ἀτὸ μνημεῖον" Ὀκλαίουσα ἔξω." ὡς οὖν stood at the tomb “weeping ‘outside. ‘ As therefore ἔκλαιεν, παρέκυψεν εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, 12 καὶ θεωρεῖ δύο ay- she wept, she stooped down into the tomb, and beholds two an- γέλους ἐν λευκοῖς καθεζομένους, ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ καὶ Eva gels in white sitting, cne at the head and one πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 19 “Kai at the feet, where waslaid the body of Jesus, And λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι, Τύναι, τί κλαίεις; Λέγει αὐτοῖς, say °to*her they, Woman, why weepest thou? Shesays to them, a oe s , \ 3 ~ Οτι ἦραν τὸν κύριόν.μου, καὶ οὐκ.οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν Because they took away my Lord, and I know not where they laid αὐτόν. 14 Καὶ" ταῦτα εἰποῦσα ἐστράφη εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, καὶ him, And these things having said she turned backward, and θεωρεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν éorw@ra’ καὶ ovK.yde ὅτι «ὁ' Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν. beholds Jesus standing, and knew not that Jesus it is. , ~ ε 7 ~ , ΄ , ~ 15 λέγει avTy*o" Ἰησοῦς, Γύναι, ri κλαίεις; τίνα ζητεῖς; "Says “to “Πες ‘Jesus, Woman, why weepest thou? Whom scekest thuu? ᾽ / “ / ‘ ΄ - ΄ Εκείνη δοκοῦσα ὅτι ὁ κηπουρός ἐστιν, λέγει αὐτῷ, Κύριε, εί She thinking thatthe gardener it is, says to him, Sir, if ? ΄ ΄ ~ 4 σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν, εἰπέ μοι ποῦ [αὐτὸν ἔθηκας" κἀγὼ thou didst carry off him, tell me where him _ thou didst lay, andI ᾽ ‘ > ~ ~ « ~ ΄ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ. 16 Λέγει αὐτῷ 0" Ἰησοῦς, ἈΜαρία." Στρα- him will take away. *Says 3toher 1 Jesus, Mary. Turn- ee αν ᾱ + καὶ also tra. ι Ἶ 7 αὐτοὺς TTr. 2 Μαριάμ T. Ὁ ἔξω κλαίουσα ΤΤΑ:; -- ἔξω L. © — καὶ T. ἆ — καὶ ΕΙ ΥΓ ΤΝ. *“—oCLTbaw. *—oLTTraw. ἴ ἔθηκας αὐτόν GLTTrAW. &—OLTTrA. © Μαριάμ. TIA, ΣΧ. Φεῖσα ing round JOHN. ν᾽ r ᾿ > ~ e ἐκείνη λέγει αὐτῷ], 'Ῥαββουνί: ὃ. λέγεται, διδάσκαλε. she says to him, Rabboni, that is to say, Teacher. , ~ Ee ~ ΄ . A 2 ΄ 17 λέγει αὐτῇ "ὁ! Ἰησοῦς, Μή µου ἅπτου, οὕπω.γὰρ ἀναβέ- “Says *to *her 1Jesus, "Not ®me ‘touch, for not yet have I βηκα πρὸς τὸν. πατέραἱμου"" πορεύου.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς ascended {ο my Father ; but go to “brethren µου, καὶ εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ᾿Αναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν.πατέρα.µου καὶ my, and say tothem, I ascend to my Father and / « ~ \ , ; ‘ « ~ πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ θεόν.µου καὶ θεὸν. ὑμῶν. 18 Ἔρχεται your Father, and my God and your God, *Comes Ὁ Μαρία! ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ πἀπαγγέλλουσα" τοῖς μαθηταῖς ore *Mary the *Magdalene bringing word tothe disciples °ewoaker' τὸν κύριον, καὶ ταῦτα εἶπεν αὐτῇ. 19 Οὔσης. οὖν she Ἠας seen the Lord, and these thingshesaid toher. It being therefore ? ΄ ~ « , ? ’ ~ ~ ~ 3} / 8 ~ ὀψίας τή-Ίμερᾳ εκεινΏ, ΤΏ μιᾷ ρτῶν' σαββάτων, καὶ τῶν evening on that day, the first [day] of the week, and the θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὕπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ Ἰσυνηγμένοι," διὰ doors having been shut where “were ‘the *disciples assembled, through τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἔστη εἰς τὸ fear ofthe Jews, *came 1Jesus- and stood “in the μέσον, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν. 20 Καὶ ταῦτο εἰπὼν midst, and says tothem, Peace toyou. And this having said ἔδειξεν Ταὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ." ἐχάρη- heshewed tothem the hands and the side of himself, *Rejoiced σαν οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ ἰδόντες τὸν κύριον. 21 εἶπεν οὖν *therefore ὑπ “disciples having seen the Lord. *Said ?therefore αὐτοῖς "ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς" πάλιν, Εἰρήνη ὑμῖν' καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν *to *them 1 Jesus again, Peace toyou: as Shas “sent *°forth ε ὁ πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέµπω. ὑμᾶς. “22 Kai τοῦτο εἰπὼν ®me ‘the ?Father, I also send you. And this having said ἐνεφύσησεν, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς, Λάβετε πνεῦμα ἅγιον. hebreathedinto[them], and says tothem, ΄ Receive [the] *Spirit ‘Holy: 23 ἵἄν'τιων ἀφῆτε τὰς ἁμαρτίας, “ἀφίενται! αὐτοῖς" of whomsoever ye may remit the sins, they are remitted to them ; εάν" τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται. 24 Θωμᾶς δέ, εἷς ἐκ of whomsoever ye may retain, they have been retained, But Thomas, one of τῶν δώδεκα ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, οὐκ ἦν per αὐτῶν OTE the twelve called Didymus, wasnot with them when ἦλθεν τὸ! Ἰησοῦς. 25 ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ οἱ ἄλλοι μαθηταί, came 1 Jesus. 4Said 5therefore Sto “*him*the other “disciples, Ἑωράκαμεν τὸν κύριον. Ὁ.δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, ᾿Εὰν. μὴ ἴδω ἐν We have seen’ the Lord. But he said tothem, Unless Isee in ταῖς .χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω "τὸν δάκτυ- his hands the mark ofthe nails, and put *finger λό ll ᾽ ἘΝ y / ll ~ ηλ ‘ tr Ζ 4 eee 2 Π] AOV μου εις τον JTUTOV" των WAWYV, και Ba ω την-χειρα-μου ‘my into the mark ofthe nails, and put my hand εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ.μὴ πιστεύσω. 2 Καὶ pel ἡμέρας into his side, not at all will I believe. And after 7days ὀκτὼ πάλιν ἦσαν ἔσω οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ Θωμᾶς μετ αρ]σηί ἀραὶ were *within *his “disciples, and Thomas with αὐτῶν. ἔρχεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων, καὶ ἔστη them, Comes Jesus, the doors having been shut, and stood i + Ἑβραϊστί in Hebrew [L]rtra. ™ Μαριὰμ. TTrA. η ἀγγέλλουσα LITrA. 4 — συνηγμένοι LTTra. ᾿Ιησοῦς (read he said) τ ῦν a]. W —o LITra. * μου τὸν δάκτυλον T. k — 0 LTTrA. ο ἑώρακα I have seen TTra. t ἐὰν L. } τόπον place LT. τ καὶ (— καὶ 1) τὰς χεῖρας καὶ THY πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς LTTrA. : ἀφέωνται they have been remitted 171. = µου τὴν χειρα TIrA, , 907 self, and saith unto him, Rabboni; which is to say, Master. 17Je- sus saith unto her, Touch menot;forlam not yet ascended to my Father: but go to my brethren, and say unto them, I ascend unto my Father, and your Father; and to my God,and your God. 18 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples that she had seen the Lord, and that he had spoken these things unto her. 19 Then the same day at evening, being the first day of the week, when the doors were shut where the disci- ples were assembled for fear of the Jews, came Jesus and stood in'the midst, and saith unto them, Peace be unto you. 20 And when he had sosaid, he shewed unto them jis hands and his side. Then were the disci- ples glad, when they saw the Lord; 21 Then said Jesus to them a- gain, Peace be unto ou: as my Father ath sent me, even 5ο send I you. 22 And when he had said this, he breathed on them, and saith unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost: 23 whose soever sins ye remit, they are remitted unto them ; and whose soever sins ye retain, they are re- tained. 24But Thomas, one of the twelve,cali- ed Didymus, was not with them when Jesus came. 25 The other disciples therefore said unto him, We have seen the Lord. But he said unto them, Except T shall see in his hands the print of the nails, and put my finger into the print of the nails, and thrust my hand into his side,J will not believe. 26 And after eight days again bis disciples were within, and Thomas’ with them: then came Je- sus, the doors being shut, and stood in the 1 — μου (read the Father) [u]rtra. P — τῶν LTTraw. τα 908 midst, and said, Peace be unto you. 27 Then saith he to Thomas, Reach hither thy fin-- er, and behold my Pee and reach hi- ther thy hand, and thrust it into my side: and be not faithless, but believing. 28 And Thomas answered and said unto him, y Lord and my God. 29 Jesus saith unto him, Thomas, because thou hast seen me, thou hast believed: blessed are they that have not seen, and yet μ have believed, 30 And many other signs truly did Jesus in the presence of his disciples, which are not written in this book: 31 but these are written, that yemight believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God ; and that believ- ing ye nlight have life through his name, -XXT. After these things Jesus shewed himself again to the disciples at the sea of Tiberias ; and on this wise shewed he him- self.- 2 There were to- gether Simon Peter, and Thomas cailed Di- dymus, and Nathanael Cana in Galilee, and the. sons of Zebedee, and two other of his disciples.. 3 Simon Peter saith unto them, I go a fishing. They say unto him, We also go with thee. They went forth, and en- tered into a ship im- mediately; and that night they caught no- thing. 4 But when the mornin was now come, Jesus stood on the shore : but the dis- ciples knew not that it was Jesus. 5 Then Jesus saith unto them, Children, have ye any meat? They answered him, No. 6 And he said unto them, Cast the net on the right side of the ship, and 2 i a ὁ ο ® — καὶ GLTTrAW. (read the disciples) Lrtra. * — ὁ Ἰησοῦς (read he manifested) a; — 6 rrr. τὰ — εὐθύς LTTrA. Ἰησοῦς Tr; GLITraw, 4 [ὁ Ἰησοῦς L; [ὁ] XX, ΧΧΙ. 27 Ἐἶτα λέγει τῷ θωμᾷ, 12ΩΑΝΝ Η Σ, εἰς τὸ μέσον καὶ εἶπεν, Ἑἰρήνὴ ὑμῖν. in ‘the midst and said, Peace to you. Then hesays to Thomas, Φέρε τὸν.δάκτυλόν.-σου © ὧδε, καὶ ἴδε τὰς.χεῖράς μου" καὶ Bring thy ‘finger here, and see my hands ;° and / κ / Φ φέρε τὴν.χεῖρά.σου, καὶ βάλε εἰς τὴν.πλευράν. μου" καὶ bring thy hand, and put [it] into my side; “and 4 » , 2 ‘ ? , ε μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός. 38 Καὶ! ἀπεκρίθη Pol Ῥο ποῦ unbelieving, but believing. And 7?answered ~ ‘ ο} 3 ~ ε LA / α 1& , 2 , Θωμᾶς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Ὁ.κύριός.µου καὶ ὁ.θεός.µου. 29 Λέγει 1Thomas and said to Πῖτα, My Lord and my God. *Says αὐτῷ “ὁ" Ἰησοῦς, “Ore ἑώρακάς ‘pe, Θωμᾶ," πεπίστευκας' 3to*him 1Jesus, Because thou hast seen me, Thomas, thou hast believed: ακάριο οἱ μὴ. ἰδόντες Kai πιστεύσαντες. blessed they who have notscen and have believed., "' » - ? 30 Πολλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἄλλα «σημεῖα ἐποίησεν ὃ Ἱη- Many 3therefore *also other “signs did Je- σοῦς ἐνώπιον {ῶν.μαθητῶν "αὐτοῦ," ἃ οὐκ.έστιν γεγραμ- sus in presence of his disciples, which are not written [ή ΡῈ ~ / / ~ A / . ev μένα ἐν τφ.βιβλίῳ.τούτῳ. 31 ταῦτα.δὲ γέγραπται wa in this boo but these have been written that πιστεύσητε! Ore 80! ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐστιν δ᾽ χριστὸς ὃ υἱὸς τοῦ . ? ye may believe that Jesus _ is the Christ the Son θεοῦ, καὶ ἵνα πιστεύοντες ζωὴν Β" ἔχητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι of God, and that believing , life ye may have in 2name αὐτοῦ. this.. 4 ~ ? 9 , e sy or is > Ὁ" ἢ ϱ] Mera ταῦτα ἐφανέρωσεν ἑαυτὸν πάλιν Ἰὸ Ἰησοῦς After these things anifested ‘himself again 1 Jesus τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος" ἐφανέρωσεν. δὲ tothe disciples at the sea of Tiberias, And he manifested ε/ me. « - , / 4 ~w -ε« οὕτως 2 ἦσαν ὁμοῦ Σίμων Πετρος, καὶ Θωμᾶς ὁ {himself] thus: There were together Simon Peter, and Thomas λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, καὶ Ναθαναὴλ ὁ ἀπὸ. Kava τῆς Γαλὶ- called Didymus, and Nathanael from Cana of Gali- λαίας, καὶ οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου, καὶ ἄλλοι ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν 166, and the [sons] of Zebedee, and “others 7of Sdisciples αὐτοῦ δύο. 3 λέγει αὐτοῖς Σίμων Πέτρος, Ὑπάγω ἁλιεύειν. *his ἧτο. *Says °*to*°them SSimon Ἅ᾿Ρείΐετ, 1ρο to fish, Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, Ἐρχόμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς σὺν σοί. Ἐ Ἐξῆλθον ΤΠεσεαγ to him, *Come “also “we with thee. They went forth καὶ 'avéBynoav" εἰς τὸ πλοῖον "εὐθύς,ὶ καὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ and went up into the ship immediately, and during that νυκτὶ ἐπίασαν οὐδέν. 4 “πρῳΐας.δὲ ἤδη "γενομένης! ἔστη 6" night they took nothing. And morning already being come 2stood Ἶ ~ p > 1} A 2 λό a ? / ” « Λο ησους Pec’ τὸν αἰγιαλόν" ov μέντοι Ώδεισαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι *Jesus on the shore; ‘not “however “knew 'the disciples that iy ~ / ~ ~ Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν. 5 λέγει οὖν αὐτοῖς 40’Inoovc," Παιδία, Jesus it is. *Says ?therefore *to *them 116518, Littlechildren, μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε; ᾿Απεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ, Οὔ. 6 50.δὲ any food have ye? They answered him, No. And he | ΄ ~ ’ 2 3 ~ , εἶπεν" αὐτοῖς, Βάλετε εἰς τὰ δεξιὰ µέρη τοῦ πλοίου τὸ δίκτυον, said tothem, Cast to the right side ofthe ship the ποῦ, b— ὃ GLTTrAW. ; ¢ [6] Tr. 4 — Θωμᾶ GLTTrAW. ε — αὐτοῦ ΓΣπιστεύητε T. 8 ---- ὃ GLTTrAW. . } + [αἰώνιον] eternal L. * E+ [xi] and 1 1 ἐνέβησαν entered ἃ γινομένης breaking trrw. © — OLTTra, P ἐπὶ LE. — OTA. τ᾿ λέγει he says 2, ΧΧΙ. JOHN. 4 Se (See 3 λ ΗΝ ΑΦ, ή aN ε ~ και εὑρήσετε. Ἐβαλον οὖν, καὶ “οὐκ ἔτι αὐτὸ ἑλκῦσαι and Τε shall find, They cast therefore, ‘and no longer it to draw t” Ι ? x ~ λήθ ~ ? θέ λέ τ ισχυσαν απο του πλησους των ιχσυωγ. | Σγει ουν were they able from the multitude ofthe fishes, Says therefore ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῷ Πέτρῳ, Ὁ κύριός that disciple whom “loved +Jesus to Peter, The Lord ἐστιν. Σίμων οὖν Πέτρος, ἀκούσας .ὅτι ὁ κύριός ἐστιν, it is. Simon *therefore ‘Peter, having heard that the Lord it is, τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο' ἦν.γὰρ γυμνός" καὶ ἔβαλεν {his} upper garment he girded on, for he was: naked, and . cast Σε ι ΣΥΝ, η , «δὰ 2/3 ᾗ κο αν ἑαυτὸν sic τὴν “θάλασσαν. 8 οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι μαθηταὶ τῷ himself into the 568. Andthe other disciples in the πλοιαρίῳ ἦλθον' οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλ᾽! small ship came, for not werethey far from the land, but as ‘ / . / ~ ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων, σύροντες τὸ δίκτυον τῶν somewhere about “cubits ὕπνο “hundred, dragging {88 net ἰχθύων. 9 Ὡς οὖν ἀπέβησαν εἰς τὴν γῆν βλέπουσιν of fishes, When therefore they wentup on the land they ses ἀνθρακιὰν κειμένην καὶ ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον, καὶ ἄρτον. 8. fire of coals lying and fish lying on {it],and bread, 10 λέγει αὐτοῖς "ὁ" Τησοῦς, Ἐνέγκατε ἀπὸ τῶν ὀψαρίων ὧν 2Says *to *them 1 Jesus, Bring of the fishes which ἐπιάσατε νῦν. 11. ΑνέβηΣ Σίμων Πέτρος, καὶ εἵλκυσεν τὸ -yetook just now. Went up Simon Peter, and drew the δίκτυον Σἐπὶ τῆς γῆς," μεστὸν Ἰἰχθύων μεγάλων" ἑκατὸν net ‘to the land, full of *fishes large a hundred [and] Ἀπεντηκοντατριῶν" καὶ τοσούτων ὄντων οὐκ.ἐσχίσθη τὸ fifty three ; and[though] so many, there were was not rent -the δίκτυον. 12 Λέγει αὐτοῖς 6" Ἰησοῦς, Δεῦτε ἀριστήσατε. net. 7Says %to*them 136618, Comeye, ᾿ dine, οὐδεὶς. “δὲ" ἐτόλμα τῶν μαθητῶν ἐξετάσαι αὐτόν, Σὺ τίς But none ‘ventured Jof “the “disciples to ask © him, *Thou *who el; εἰδότες ὅτι ὁ κύριός ἐστιν’ 13 ἔρχεται ἀρῦν ὁ!" Ἰησοῦς ?art? knowing that the Lord 1 15. Comes therefore 1 Jesus \ ΄, x » . Δ > ~ κι νι... ΄ 4 καὶ λαμβάνει τὸν ἄρτον καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὸ ὀψάριον and takes the .bread απᾶ gives tothem, and the fish ὁμοίως. 14 τοῦτο ἤδη τρίτον ἐφανερώθη "ὁ! Ιησοῦς in like manner, This . [is] now the third time*was *manifested 1 Jesus τοῖς. μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ ο νεκρῶν. to his disciples having been raised from among [the] dead. 16 Ὅτε οὖν ἠρίστησαν, λέγει τῷ Σίμωνι Πέτρῳ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, When therefore they had dined, *says | *to“*Simon "Ἐείετ 1Jesus, Σίμων Ε]ωνᾶ,ὶ ἀγαπᾷς µε "πλεῖον" τούτων; Λέγει αὐτῷ, Simon [son] of Jonas, lovest thou me more ‘than these? Hesays to him, Nai, κύριε σὺ ᾿οἶδας ὅτι ιλῶ σε. Λέγει αὐτῷ, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I have affection for thee. Hesays to him, Βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία-μου. 16 Λέγει αὐτῷ πάλιν δεύτερον, Σίμων Ἐεεᾶ my lambs. Hesays'tohim again asecondtime, Simon ε]ωνᾶ,' ἀγαπᾷς µε; Λέγει αὐτῷ, Nat κύριε σὺ οἶδας [εοπ] of Jonas, lovest thou me? Hesays tohim, Yea, Lord; thou knowest e ~ τ ~ / ἢ , - ὅτι ιλῶ σε. Λέγει αὐτῷ, Ποίμαινε τὰ Ἱπρόβατά"᾿ that I have affection for thee. Hesays tohim, Shepherd *sheep ‘ love thee. - 809 ye shall find. They cast therefore,and now they were not able to draw it for the multi- tude of fishes, 7 There- fore that - disciple whom Jesus. loved saith unto Peter, It is the Lord. Now when Simon Peter heard ‘that it was the Lord, he girt. his fisher’s coat unto him, (for he was naked,) and did cast himself into the sea. 8 And the other disciples came in a lit- tle ship; (for they were not far from land, but as it were two hundred cubits,) dragging the net with fishes. 9As soon then as they were come to land, they saw a fire of coals there, and fish laid thereon, and bre2d, 10 Jesus saith unto them, Bring of the fish which ye have now caught. 11 Simon Peter went up, and drew the net to land full of great fishes, an hundred and fifty and three: and forall there were 50 many, yet was not the ret broken. 12 Jesus saith unto them, Come and dine. And none of the disci- les durst, ask him, ΓΟ art thou 2 know- ing that it was the Lord. 13 Jesus then cometh, and taketh bread, and_ giveth them, and fish like- wise. 14 This is now the third time that Jesus shewed himself to his disciples, after that he was risen from the dead. 15 So when they had dined, Jesus saith to Simon Peter, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more thanthese? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord ο thou knowest that He saith unto him, Feed my lambs. 16 He saith to him again the second time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? He saith unto him, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I'love thee. He saith unto him, Feed my sheep.. 17 He saith eee ——— οπως t ἴσχυον LITrA. 7 ἀλλὰ TTrA. 5 Γὁ] Tr. ” μεγάλων ἰχθύων L. ἃ- οὖν α; — οὖν ὃ LTTrA. Ρ)]ωάνου John Ltr; Ἰωάννου TA, 8 οὐκέτι GLTW. εἰς THY γῆν LTTrA. e — δὲ but [τε]. disciples) LTTraW. little sheep χ. € — 9 LTTrA.” 5 πεντήκοντα τριῶν LTTr. f — αὐτοῦ (read the b πλέον LITrA. x + οὖν therefore TrA. Ὁ [Ὁ] Tr. i προβάτιά 910 unto him the third time, Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me ὃ Peter was grieved be- cause he said unto him the third time, Lovest thou me? And hesaid unto him, Lord, thou knowest all things ; thou knowest that I love thee. Jesussaith unto him, Feed my sheep. 18 Verily, ve- rily, I say unto thee, When thou wast young, thou girdcdst thyself, and walkedst whither thou would- est: but when thou shalt be old, thou shalt stretch forth thy hands, and another shall gird thee, and carry thee whither thou wouldest not. 19 This spake ο, sig- nifying by what death he shonld glorify God. And when he had spo- ken this, he saith un- to him, Follow me. 20 Then Peter, turning about, seeth the disci- ple whom Jesus loved following ; which also leaned on his breast at supper, and said,Lord, which is he that be- trayeth thee? 21 Pe- ter seeing him saith to Jesus, Lord, and what shall this man dv? 22 Jesus saith unto him, If I wiil that he tarry till I come, what is that to ' thee? follow thou me, 23 Then went this say- ing abroud among the brethren, that that disciple should not die: yet Jesus said not unto him, He shall not die ; but, if I will that he tarry til I come, what is that to thee? _ 24 This is the disci- ple which testifieth of these things, wrote these things: and we know that his testimony 1 true. 25 And there are also many other things which Jesus did, the which, if they should be written every one, I suppose that even the world itself could not contain the books that should be writ- ten. Amen, k Ἰωάνου John utr ; Ἰωάννου Ta. LTTrA ; — Ἰησοῦς (read he says) τ[πτ]. 8 — δὲ but LtTtraw. * οὗτος ὁ λόγος LTTrA, ἡ μαρτυρία ἐστίν TTrA, r+ [σε] ἴ]ου 1, {---᾽Αμήν GLTrA, and’ IQANNHS. ΧΕΙ, ~ A , / 7 -" μου. 17 Λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, Σιμων Ἰωνᾶ," φι-΄ my. He says tohim the thirdtime, Simon [son] of Jonas, hast thou λεῖς µε; ᾿ἈΕλυπήθη ὁ Πέτρος Ότι εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ affection for me? 7Was “grieved «.'Εείετ because hesaid tohim the τρίτον, Φιλεῖς pe; ἱκαὶ" πεῖπεν' αὐτῷ, Κύριε, "σὺ third time, Hast thouaffection forme? and said tohim, Lord, thou πάντα" oldag’ σὺ γινώσκεις ὅτι λῶ os Λέγει all things knowest; thou knowest that I have affectionfor thee. "5478 οὐ ο. νο 1 Ῥπρό ‘ll 18. ἀμὴν dus αὐτῷ οὐ ᾿Ἡῃσοῦς,! Ῥόσκε τὰ Ῥπρόβατά᾽.µου. ἀμὴν ἀμὴν 3ἴ0 *him Jesus, Feed my sheep. Verily verily λέγω σοι, Ore fe νεώτερος ἐζώννυες σεαυτόν, Kai Isay tothee, When thou wast younger ' thou girdedst thyself, and περιεπάτεις ὅπου ἤθελες: ὅταν. δὲ ᾿ γηράσῃς ἐκ- walkedst where thou didst desire ; but when thou shalt be old thou shalt τενεσς τὰς χεῖράς. σου, καὶ ἄλλος σε ζώσει,' καὶ oie * stretch forth thy hands, and another thee shall gird, and bring [thee} ὕπου οὐ-θέλειο. 19 Todro.cé εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ where thou dost not desire. But this he βεϊδλ signifying by what θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν θεόν. καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν λέγει αὐτῷ, death Β6 Βῃποι!ᾷ glorify God. And this having said he says to him, © ᾿Ακολούθει μοι. 20 ᾿Ἐπιστραφεὶς "δὲ! ὁ Πέτρος βλέπει τὸν Follow me, But having turned Peter sces the μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀκολουθοῦντα, ὃς καὶ ἀνέπεσεν disciple whom “Ἰονθᾶ 1 Jesus following, who also reclined ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶπεν, Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν at the supper on his breast and said, Lord, who isit ὁ παραδιδούς σε; 21 Τοῦτον ἵ ἰδὼν ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἱη- who is delivering up thee 2 sHim “seeing *Peter says to Je- σοῦ, Κύριε, οὗτος.δὲ τί; 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ᾿Εὰν sus, Lord, but of this one what; *Says “to *him ‘Jesus, lt αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, TL , πρός σε; σὺ Shim I "desire toabide till Icome, what[isit] to thee? ?Thou Ἰἀκολούθει μοι." 23 ᾿Εξῆλθεν οὖν τὸ λόγος. οὗτος" εἰς 1follow me, Went out therefore this word among 4 ἐδ λ ἃ e € A ? ~ ? 7 4. Ξ τ « τοὺς ἀδελφούς, Ort ὁ μαθητὴς.ἐκεῖνος οὐκ.ἀποθνήσκει' *Kai the brethren, That that disciple does not die. However οὐκ εἶπεν" αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνήσκει ἀλλ᾽, ᾿Εὰν Snot said “ἴο *him 1Jesus, That he does not die; but, 1 αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι,» Yri πρός σε" Shim +I *desire toabide till Icome, πια [ἰ5 11 tc thee? 24 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων, This is. the disciple who bears witness concerning these things. Ξ γράψας ταῦτα" καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθής these things: and weknow that true is ἄλλα πολλά “ὅσα! And there are also 7other*things'many whatsoever ? , : 7 ~ 7a a5 , εἴ ἆ ο δν ἐποίησεν ο Ἰησοῦς, ἅτινα ἐὰν γράφηται καθ᾽ ἕν, δοὺδὲ 3414 1Jesus, whicn 3ξ theyshould be written one by one, *not *even ? 4 , ~ ΄ αὐτὸν οἶμαι “τὸν κόσμον “χωρῆσαι! τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία. καὶ βἐστιν ὦ and[{who] wrote i µαρτυρία.αὐτοῦ.ὶ 25 Ὀέστιν δὲ καὶ his witness, “itself *I*supposeSthe ‘world wouldcontain the “written =pooks, ΓΑ μήν." lg Amen, ᾿ [καὶ] 1. ™AéyersaysT. πάντα σὺ ΙΤΊτΑ. °—6 Ρ προβάτιά little sheep Tira. a ζώσει σε Tra. It Li + '-+ οὖν therefore LrTray * μοι ἀκολούθει LYTrAW. Σ οὐκ εἶπεν δὲ Tr, 7 --- τί πρός σετ. *+ ὃ ΦΏο ΓΑ]. 3 αὐτοῦ b—verse257, ¢awhichitra. ὁ οὐδ᾽ urra. 8 χωρήσειν Tr. δ + κατὰ ᾿Ιωάνην (Ἰωάννην a) accurding to John Tra, ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ "TON ATION! ΑΠΟΣΤΟΛΩΝ.Ι ACTS OF THE HOLY APOSTLES, | . ΄ . , ΤῸΝ μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην περὶ πάντων, ὦ The *indeed ‘first Zaccount I made concerning allthings, O Θεόφιλε, ὧν ἤρξατο Jo" Ἰησοῦς ποιεῖντε καὶ διδάσκειν, Theophilus, which “began 1 Jesus bothtodo and to teach, 2 ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας ἐντειλάμενος until the day in which, having given command *to °the ~ ᾽ ’ Ἁ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις διὰ “apostles by πνεύματος ἁγίου οὓς ἐξελέξατο, Ἐἀνελήφθη." 3 οἷς [πε] *Spirit 3ΗοΙψ whom ς chose, he wastakenup: to whom καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν. αὐτόν, ἐν also hepresented himself living after he had suffered, with πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις, δι ἡμερῶν Ιτεσσαράκοντα! ὀπτανόμενος many proofs, , during “days forty being seen αὐτοῖς, καὶ λέγων τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. by them, and speaking the things concerning the kingdom of God: 4 καὶ συναλιζόµενος ππαρήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς" ἀπὸ Ἱερο- and beirg assembled with [himj he charged them from Jeru- ’ ‘ 2 ᾽ ‘A [ή Α γ , σολύμων μὴ χωρίζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ περιμένειν τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν salem not to depart, but to await the promise τοῦ πατρός, ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου" ὃ ὅτι "Ἰωάννης" μὲν of the Father, which{[said he] ye heard of me. For John ~ indeed ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς.δὲ 9βαπτισθήσεσθε ἔν ᾿πνεύµα- baptized with water, butye shall be baptized with[the] “Spirit τι" ἁγίῳ οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας. GO’ μὲν οὖν ‘Holy *not “after many days. They indced therefore λβό νο p2 , ! ᾽ ‘ λε Κύ = > ? συνελθόντες ἐπηρωτων" αὑτὸν λεγοντες, Kuore, εἰ ἐν having come together asked him, saying, Lord, 3at τῷ.χρόνῳ.τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ισραήλ; *this *time trestorest *thou the kingdom to Israel ἢ 7 Εἶπεν. Ιδὲ' πρὸς αὐτούς, Οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν γνῶναι χρόνους And he said to them, SNot yours’ 7it*is to know times n " εν Md ‘ ” ? »Ἕ γ᾽’ ’ ΄ ? A ἢ καιροὺς οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ὃ ἀλλὰ or seasons whichthe Father placed in hisown authority; but σλήψεσθε" δύναμιν, ἐπελθόντος τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ἐφ᾽ ye willreceive power, *having °come “the Holy “Spirit upon 4 τὰ κ τον θέ 5 I! ΄ » « . eel υμας, και εσεσσε μοι µαρτυρες ΕΡ.ΤΕ Περουσαλὴμ και εν you, and yeshallbe tome witnesses bothin Jerusalem and in πάσῃ τῇ" Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ “Σαμαρείᾳ! καὶ ἕως ἐσχάτου all Judea and Samaria and to [the] uttermost part τῆς γῆς. .9 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, βλεπόντων αὐτῶν of the earth, And these things having said, “bcholding [*him] ‘they > ’ ‘4 [ή ς ή ? 4 ? ‘ ~ ? ~ ἐπήρθη, καὶ νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν he wastaken up,and acloud withdrew him from 7eyes αὐτῶν. 1their. 10 Καὶ ὡς ἀτενίζοντες ἦσαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν πορευομένου And as “looking *iniently ‘they*wereintothe . heaven as “was “going h — ἁγίων α; — τῶν ἁγίων (read of [the]) LTTraw. Κ ἀνελήμφθη LTTrA. 1 τεσσεράκοντα LTTrA. 9 ἐν πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε ΕΤΤιΑ, P ἠρώτων LTTrA, 1ΤΤΙΑ, 5 µου Of Me LIT;AW, t—éeviftra], %'— τῇ ΔΑ. ᾿ i — ἀποστόλων T. ™ αὐτοῖς παρήγγειλεν AW. 4 — δὲ and TTr. π Σαμαρίᾳ Ἱ. THE former treatise have I made, O Theo- philus, of all that Jesus began both to do and teach, 2 until the day in which he Was taken ‘Up,, after that he through the Holy Ghost hud given ccmmandnments unto the apostles whom ‘he had chosen: 3to whom also heshewed himsclf alive after his pas- sion by wany infalli- ble proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: 4 and, being assem- bled together’ with them, commanded them that they should not depart from Jeru- salem, but wait for the promise of the Fa- ther, which, saith he, ye have heard of me, 5 For John truly bap- tized with water ; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost not many days hence. 6 When they therefore were come together, they asked of him, saying, Lord, wilt thou at this time re- store again the king.: dom {ο 15γαο] 7 And he said unto them, It is not for you to know the times or the sea- sons, which the Father hath put in his own power. 8 But yeshall receive powcr, after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in Jeru- salem, and in all Ju- dza, and in Samaria, and unto the utter- most part of the earth. 9 Aud when he had spokcn _ these things, while they be- held, he was taken up; and a cloud receive him out of their sight. 10 And while they looked stedfastly to- ward heaven as_ he j — o LTrAW. 2 ᾿]ωάνης Tr. ς λήμψεσθε 912 went up, bchold, two men stood by them in white apparel; llwhich also said, Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? this same Jesus,which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have secn him go into heaven. 12 Then returned they unto Je- rusalem from the mount called Olivet, which is from Jerusa- Jem a sabbath day’s journey. 13 And when they were come in, they went up into an upper room, where abode both Veter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip, and Thomas, Bartholo- mew, and Matthew, James the son of Al- phaus, and Simon Ze- lotes, and Judas the brother of James. 14 These all continued with one accord in prayer and supplica- tion, with the women, and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brethren. 15 And in those days Peter stood up in the raidst of the disciples, aud said, (the number of muames together were about an hun- dred «τὰ twenty,) 16 Men and brethren, this scripture must needs have been ful- filled, which the Holy Ghost by the mouth ot David spake before concerning Judas, which was guide to them that took Jesus, 17 Sor he was numbér- ed with us, and had obtained part of this ministry. 18 Now this man purchased a fic!d with the reward of Wiquity ; and falling headlong, he burst a- sunder in the midst, and all his bowels gushed out, 19 And it ΠΡΑΞΈΤΙΣ. i. ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο παρειστήκεισον αὐτοῖς ἐν “ἐσθῆτι αὐτοῦ, καὶ 7men “two stood by them in “apparel the, ‘also*behold λευκῇ," 11 οἱ καὶ γεῖπον," ”Ανδρες Γαλιλαῖοι, τί ἑστήκατε *éu- white, who also βαϊᾶ, Men Galileans, why doyestand look- . Ξ τ = 2? ~ ς βλέποντες" εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν ; οὗτος ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὁ "ἀναληφθεὶς" ing into the heaven? This Jesus who was taken up ag’ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν οὕτως ἐλεύσεται ὃν. τρόπον from τοι into the heaven thus wilicome ‘in the manner ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, 12 Τότε ye beheld him going into the heaven, Then ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἀπὸ ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου they returned to Jerusalem from (the] mount calied ἐλαιῶνος, ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἱερουσαλήμ, σαββάτου ἔχον of Olives, which is near Jerusalem, %a*sabbath’s "being *distant ὁδόν. 13 Καὶ ὅτε εἰσῆλθον aveBnoay εἰς TO: ὑπερῷον," journey. And when they had entered they went up to the upper chamber, οὗ ἦσαν καταµένοντες ὕ-τε.Πέτρος καὶ “Ἱάκωβος καὶ Ἰωάν- where were staying both Peter and James and John νης" καὶ ᾿Ανδρέας, Φίλιππος καὶ Θωμᾶς, Βαρθολομαῖος kai and Andrew, ο Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and IMarbatoc," ᾿Ιάκωβος ᾿Αλφαίου καὶ Σίμων ὁ ἸΖηλωτής, Matthew, James fsonjof Alphaus and Simon the Zealot, καὶ Ιούδας Ἰακώβου. 14 οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν προσκαρ- and dude [brother] of James. These all were “steadfastly τεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν τῇ προσευχῇ “καὶ τῇ δεήσει,“ σὺν Scontinuing ‘with “one “accord ΄ in prayer and supplication, with [the] γυναιξὶν καὶ “Μαρίᾳ! τῇ μητρὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ Εσὺν" τοῖς women and Mary the mother of Jesus, and with ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ. his brethren, 15 Kai ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραιςταῦταις ἀναστὰς Πέτρος ἐν And Peter in / h θ G2 Ι inf 3 “ 3 ’ EOW των μα των" ειπε» WV τε ὄχλος ονοματων [86] midst ofthe = disciples said, (Cwas'tand [*the]*number "ΟΕ *names ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ἰὼς" ἑκατὸν Σείκοσι»'' 10” Ανδρες ἀδελφοί, ἔδει Stogether about ἃ hundred and twenty,) Men brethren, it was neces- πληρωθῆναι τὴν.γραφὴν ἱταύτην," ἣν προεῖπεν τὸ sary *to *have *been °fulfilled *this “scripture, which προῖκα ®before ‘the πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον διὰ στόματος ™AaBid" περὶ ᾿Ιοὔδα τοῦ *Spirit “the *Holy by [the] mouth of David concerning Judas who γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν "τὸν" ᾿Ιησοῦν" 17 ὅτι became guide to those who took Jesus; for [ή se ε - 4 ~ ~ κατηριθµηµένος ἦν Covv' ἡμῖν, καὶ ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς numbered he was with us, and obtained a part ΄ , “- \ διακονίας. ταύτης. 18 Οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐκτήσατο χωρίον. in this service. This [man] indeed then ΄ got a field ἐκ τοῦ! μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας, καὶ πρηνὴς γενόμενος in those days “having “stood *up outof the reward of unrighteousness, and *headlong "having “fallen ? [4 . a ? , / ~ ἐλάκησεν µέσος, Kai ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ.σπλάγχνα.αὐτοῦ. burst in [the] midst, and*gushed °out ‘tall ‘2his *bowels. τ᾿ ἐσθήσεσι(ν A) λευκαῖς LTTrA. LTtIr A. 4 Ἀ]πθθατος LTTra.. Β ἀδελφῶν brethren utTraW. £eripture) ortrl aw. GLITrAW, Ὁ εἰς τὸ ὑπερώον ἀνέβησαν LTTrA. Υ εἶπαν LTTrA. Σ βλέποντες TTr. a ἀναλημφθεὶς η ο Ἰωάντης (Ἰωάνης Tr) καὶ Ιάκωβος LTTrAW. © — καὶ τῇ δεήσει GLTTrAW, f Μαριὰμ, Τττ. & — σὺν LT[TrJAW. . ως ὡσεὶ τσ. ο. E είκοσι LTA. 1-- ταύτην (read the = Δανεὶδ ὑττιὰ ; Δαυὶδ GW. 2 — τὸν LTTrA ο ἐν among Ρ --- τοῦ (read a reward) GLTTraw εντ, ACTS. q ‘ A Demo ~ ~ ~ ε , 19 4 καὶ γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἱερουσαλήμ; And known it Ώοσβπιθ toall those dwelling in Jerusalem, ὥστε κληθῆναι τὸ.χωρίον.ἐκεῖνο τῇ.αἰδίᾳ' διαλέκτῳ. αὐτῶν sothat was called that field in their own language 8’ 51 Ἑ / ll ; τ wi . Ακελδαμά, τουτέστιν χωρίον αἵματος. 20 γέγραπται.γὰρ Aceldama ; that is, field οἵ blood. For it has been written ἐν βίβλῳ ψαλμῶν, Γενηθήτω ἡ.έπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, in [86] book of Psalms, Let “become "his *homestead desolate, καὶ µμὴ.έστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ. καί, Τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν aud let {ποτε ποῦ be[one] dwelling in it; and, *Overscership αὐτοῦ λάβοι! ἕτερος. 21 Δεῖ οὖν τῶν συνελθόντων *his Met %take another. It bchoves therefore of those . *consorting € ~ ~ , 3 τα ᾽ ~ - ‘ ἡμῖν ἀνδρῶν ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ “εν! w εἰσῆλθεν καὶ 3with*us ‘men during all [the] time in which camein and ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ὃ κύριος ‘Inoove, 22 ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ went out among ἃ59 the Lord Jesus, beginning from the βαπτίσματος "Ἰωάννου" Yéwe" τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ᾿ἀνελήφθηὶ baptism of John until the day inwhich he was taken up ἀφ᾽ ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς.ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ: "γενέσθαι σὺν 9 from us, a °witness 1008 1119 }“resurrection . 4to *become ‘with ἡμῖν! ἕνα τούτων. 23 Καὶ ἔστησαν δύο, Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλού- us lone “of *these, And they set forth two, Joseph call- μενον ’BapoaBay," ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος, καὶ «Ματθίαν.! ed Barsabas, who wassurnamed Justus, and Matthias. 24 καὶ προσευξάμενοι “εἶπον, Σὺ κύριε καρδιογνῶστα And praying they said, Thou Lord, knower of the hearts , ? (δε 62 ΄ ~ δύ « ελ Σιν» NEE ή πάντων, ανα ειξον EK TOUTWY των ὀυο EVA OV εξελεξω of all, shew of these two 7one *which thou didst choose 25 λαβεῖν τὸν 'κλῆρον" τῆς διακονίας.ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς, to receive the part of this service and apostleship, siz" ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας, πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον from which *transgressing *fell *Judas, to go to his 7place τὸν ἴδιον. 26 Kai ἔδωκαν κλήρους Ναὐτῶν,! καὶ ἔπεσεν ὁ town. And they gave “lots ‘their, and “fell ‘the κλῆρος ἐπὶ «Ματθίαν,! καὶ Ἰσυγκατεψηφίσθη! μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα lot on Matthias, and he was numbered with the eleven ἀποστόλων. apostles, Q Καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἐσυμπληροῦσθαι! τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντη- And during the accomplishing of the day of Pente- κοστῆς ἦσαν Ἰἅπαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν" ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό. 2 καὶ cost they were all with one accord in the same place. And ἐγένετο ἄφνω ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης “came ‘suddenly out οἱ the heaven asound as rushing πνοῆς βιαίας, kai ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν οἶκον οὗ ἦσαν ‘of 7a *breath *violent, and filied “whole ‘the house where they were 313 was known unto ail the dwellers at Jeru- salem; insomuch as that field is called in their proper tongue, Aceldama, that is to say, The field of blood. 20 For it is written in the book of Psalins, Let his habitation be desolate, and let no man dwell therein: and his bishoprick let another take. 21 Wherefore of these men which have com- panied with us all the time that the Lord Je- sus weut in and out among us; 22 begin- ning from the baptism of John, unto that same day that he was taken up from us, must one be ordained to be a witness with us of his resurrection. 23 And they appointed two, Joseph called Barsabas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. 24And they prayed, andsaid, Thou, Lord, which knowest the hearts of all men, shew whether of these two thou hast chosen, 25 that -he may take part of this ministry and apostleship, from which Judas by trans- gression fell, that he might go to his own place. 26 And they gave forth their lots ; and tbe lot fell upon Matthias; and he was numbered with the eleven apostles. ΤΙ. And when the day of Pentecost was fully come, they were all with one accord in one place. 2 And sud- denly there came a sound from heaven as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. 3 And meaOnuevor ὃ καὶ ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς διαμεριζόµεναι γλῶσσαι there appeared unto sitting. And there appeared to them divided tongues them cloven tongucs Cee , n?,./ D πα “ ee oe , like as of fire, and it WOEL πυρος, ἐκάθισεν.τε εφ EVA ἑεκαστον αὐτῶν 4 και sat upon each of them. as of fire, and sat upon *one each of them, And 4 And they were all 4+ ὃ Τ. τ [ἰδίᾳ] Tra. 5᾽Ακελδαμάχ Aceldamach τὰ ; ᾿Αχελδαμάχ Acheldamach Tr. t pour’ ἔστιν GTTr. v λαβέτω LTTrAW. w — ἐν (read » in which) LiTra. 2 ἀνελήμφθη LTTrA. ο Μαθθίαν ττιΑ. ἆ εἶπαν LTTrAW. ἕνα GLTTrAW. Γ τόπον place 1/1ΤτΑ. Sab LTTrAW. i συν- Τ. κ συν- Ta,’ ἱ πάντες ὁμοῦ all together LTYrA, ἀὀκάθισεν LTTr, j . : x Ἰωάνου Tr. Υ ἄχρι τ. σαββᾶν LITrA. ἃ σὺν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι LTTrAW. "ὁ ὃν ἐξελέξω ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο bh αὐτοῖς On them 1ΤΊΤΑ. τὰ καθεζόµενοε L. 5 Bap- καὶ 914 filled with the Holy Ghost, and began to spenk with other tongues, as the Spirit gave them utterance. 5 And there were dwelling at Jerusalem Jews, devout men, out. of every nation under heaven, 6 Now when this was noised abroad, the multitude came together, and were confounded, because that every man heard them speak in his own language. 7 And they were all amazed and marvelled, saying one to another, Behold, are not all these which speak Galilwans ? 8 And how hear we every man in our own tongue, wherein we were born? 9 Par- thians, and Medes, and Elamites, and the dwellers in Mesopo- tamia, and in Judza, and Cappadocia, in Pontus, and Asia, 10 Phryyia, and Pam- phylia, in Egypt, and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and strangers of Rome, Jews and prosclytes, 11 Cretes and Arabi- ans! we do hear them speak in our tongues the wonderful works of God. 12 And they were all amazed, and were in doubt, saying one to another, What me:ineth this? 13 O- thers mocking said, These men are full of new wine. 14 But Ῥο- ter, standing up with the eleven, lifted up his voice, and said unto them, Ye men of Judma, and all ye that dwell at Jerusalem, be this known unto you, and hearken to my words: 15 for these are not drunken, as ye suppose, sceing it is but the third hour of the day. 16 But this is that which was spo- ken by the prophet Joel; 17 And it shall come to pass in the last days, saith God, I TTPA®EIS. ΤΙΣ , e - ε , ws ~ ἐπλήσθησαν οἅπαντες' πνεύματος ἁγίου, καὶ Ίρξαντο λαλεῖν they were “filled © tall with(the] “Spirit "Holy, and began tospeak re? , Pp ο εκ αν 2 πῆ 2 Ξ ἑτέραις γλώσσαις, καθὼς τὸ πνευμα ἐδίδου Ῥαὐτοῖς ἀποφθεγ- with other tongues, . as the Spirit gave to them to utter γεσθαι." 5 σαν. δὲ tev" Ἱερουσαλὴμ κατοικοῦντες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, forth. Now “were ?in Jerusalem dwelling Jews, ” ~ ‘4 A a” ~ « 4A ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν. ?men *pious from every nation of those under the heaven, ~ ~ , be bs ~ 6 γενομένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταυτης, συνῆλθεν τὸ πλῆθος But “having °arisen'the rumour “of *this, °came together “the *multitude τ ul ~ ? ΄ καὶ συνεχύθη ὅτι ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ. and were confounded, because “heard Ὅη6 ‘each in hisown language λαλούντων αὐτῶν. 7 ἐξίσταντο.δὲ Ἱπάντεςὶ καὶ ἐθαύμαζον, 2speaking ‘them. And “were *amazed tall and wondered, λέγοντες “πρὸς ἀλλήλους," 'Οὐκ' ἰδοὺ Ἱπάντες" οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ saying to one another, “Not Jo fall ‘these "are who ~ ~ ‘ ~ € ~ ’ ͵ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι; 8 καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος are speaking Galileans? and how “we "hear each ~ το’ ες « - ᾿ = 2 Af Ἢ ΄ x 3 τῇ-ἰδίᾳ.διαλεκτῳ ἡμῶν ἐν 3 ἐγεννήθημεν, ὃ Πάρθοι καὶ in our own language in which: we were born, Parthians and λΊῆδοι καὶ “EXapirac," καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν Μεσοπο- Medes and Elamites, and those who inhabit Mesopo- Bn 2 ω \ ὃν / , \ A ? ΄ ταμίαν, lovdatay.re καὶ Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον καὶ τὴν Ασίαν, tania, and Judea and Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia, 10 Φρυγίαν.τε καὶ Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον καὶ τὰ µέρη τῆς both Phrygia and Pamphylia, Egypt and the. parts Λιβύης τῆς κατὰ Κυρήνην, καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες of Libya which [is] about Cyrene, and the- *Sojourning [*here! Ῥωμαῖοι, Lovdaioi.re καὶ προσήλυτοι, 11 Κρῆτες καὶ Άραβες, Romans, both Jews and _ proselytes, Cretaus and Arabians, ἀκούομεν λαλούντων αὐτῶν ταϊῖςἡμετέραις γλώσσαις τὰ we hear “speaking them in our own tongues the μεγαλεῖα τοῦ θεοῦ ; 12 ᾿Εξίσταντο.δὲ πάντες καὶ *denzopovr," great things of God? And *were *amazed ‘all and were in perplexity, ι«ἄλλος.πρὸς.ἄλλον λέγοντες, Τί 7ᾶν.θέλοι τοῦτο εἶναι; one to another saying, What would this be? 13 "Έτεροι.δὲ Ζχλενάζοντεςὶ ἔλεγον, Ὅτι γλεύκους µεµεστω- But others mocking said, Of new wine Sfull / . A ‘ ἐν - ~ μένοι εἰσίν. 14 Σταθεὶς δὲ 5 Πέτρος σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα ἐπῆρεν they "απο, But *standing ἪΡ ‘Peter with the eleven lifted up τὴν φωνὴν.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπεφθέγξατο αὐτοῖς, “Avdpec ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, his voice and spoke forth to them, Men Jers, καὶ οἱ κατοικοῦντες Ἱερουσαλὴμ οἅπαντες! τοῦτο ὑμῖν and *ye*who ‘inhabit 5Jerusalem tall "this τα ‘you Σ : γνωστὸν ἔστω, καὶ ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ .ῥήματά,μου. 15 οὐ.γὰρ we *known let .ρο, διὰ give heed to my words: fornot as « - « , ~ ὑμεῖς ὑπολαμβάνετε, οὗτοι μεθύουσιν' ἔστιν.γὰ ὥρα ye take it, *these “are drunken, foritis [the] *hour ’ ~ « / ? ~ , ‘ τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας" 16 ἀλλὰ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον *third ofthe day; but this is that which has been spoken διὰ τοῦ προφήτου “Iwid," 17 “Καὶ! ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις by the prophet Joel, And itshallbe in the last 4 εἰς T. ¥ — πάντες (read they τ Ovx LT; Οὐχὶ ΤτΑ. τὶ ἅπαντες LTA. : Y θέλει LTTr. 2 ῥιαχλευάζοντες GLITIAW, 5 rad Kae A> ‘ a ; if. ACTS. 315 will pour out of my = ~ 2 » ,ὔ , > ὃν ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ.πνεύµατός-µου ἔπι «τρ αροῃ αἲἲ Λοσ]ς ays, says God, Iwill pour out of my Spirit UpoD and your sonsand your ~ πα ἢ , BS uA ew ας - daughters shall pro- πασαν σάρκα, Kat προφητευσουσιν Ol-VIGL UW a αι ο. chery, aad ταδ Ἴ ας ἐξ all flesh; and shall prophesy your sons an augh- men shall see visions, τέρες ὑμῶν" καὶ οἵ νεανίσκοι.ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ andysur old men shall ΤῸ dream dreams: 18απᾶ Ξ 1 i. ᾿ i death: because it was ἀνόμων προσπήξαντες “ἀνείλετε" and signs, which ?wrought *by ‘*him 'God in *midst ‘your, 24 ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἀνέστησεν, not possible that he "lawless, having crucified ye put to death. Whom God raised up, eae ie Sar ger λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου, καθότι οὐκῆν δυνατὸν eth concerning him, I having loosedthe throes of death, inasmuchas it wasnot possible foresaw the Lord al- τὰ ας τῷ σε ος ος γ ὙΠ. 3 - ways before my face, κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 25 'Δαβίὶδὶ γὰρ λέγει εἰς for he is on my right [for] *to*be+*heid *him by it; for David says asto hand,thatIshouldnot ὑτό 5 Ί ll “σὴ ᾿ δα , vs} y ἢ) be moved: 26 therefore αὐτόν, "ἹΠροωρώμην" τὸν κύριον ἵ ἐνώπιόν µου "διὰ παντός," did my heart rejoice, him, I foresaw the Lord before me continually, and my tongue was «“ 2 ~ ΜΟΥ, v yee ~ . - glad; moreover also ore ἐκ δεξιῶν μου ἐστίν, ἵνα μὴ.σαλευθῶ. 26 διὰ τοῦτο τῶν flesh shall rest in because at myrighthand heis, that I may not be shaken. Therefore hope: 27 because thou Woy tyvOn" χα οδί I ὶ ἠγαλλιά Ie ry , . Wilt not leave my soul ευφρανση" *1.Kapola_wou" και ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ-γλῶσσα. μου" in hell, neither wilt Srejoiced Amy “heart and Sexulted my “tongue ; ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ.σάρξ.µου κατασκηνώσει Σἐπ᾽' ἐλπίδι" 27 ὅτι οὐκ yeamore, 315Ο my flesh shall rest in hope, for *not "ἐγκαταλείψεις' τὴν.ψυχήν.µου εἰς "ἄδου,' οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν 1thou 7wilt leave my soul in ades, nor wilt thou give _ © ενυπνίοις with dreams GLTTrAw. {καίγε GT. & — ἢ LTTr. _ h— χὴν LTTrA, i— καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1. κ ἐὰν Tra. 1 Ἰσραηλεῖται T. πι ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ TTr. Ὡ.--- καὶ LTTrA. © — λαβόντες LTTrA. P χειρὸς hand (γεαᾶ by [the] hand of lawless [ones]) LTTra. 9 ἀνείλατε GLTTrAW. τ Δανεὶδ LTTrA; Aavid GW. 5 Προορώμην LTTrA, Ὁ + pov (read my Lord) τ. Υ διαπαντός GT. Ὁ' ηὐφράνθγ LTTrAW, Σ μου ἡ καρδία TIrA, Υ ἐφ᾽ 11. 5 ἐνκαταλείψεις T, δὅ ἄδην LTTrAW, 4 ν ‘ mh Ἢ η 916 thou suffer thine Holy One to see corruption. 28 Thou hast thade known to me the ways of life; thou shalt make me full of joy with thy countenance. 29 Men and brethren, let me freely speak unto you of the patri- arch David, that he is both dead and buried, and his sepulchre is with us unto this day. 30 Therefore being 8 prophet, and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to him, that of the fruit of his loins, according to the flesh, he would raise up Christ to sit on his throne; 351 he seeing this before spake of the resurrection of Christ, that his soul was not left in heli, neither his flesh did see corruption. 32 This Jesus hath God raised up, whereof we all are witnesses. 33 There- fore being by the right hand of God exalted, and having reccived of the Father the pro- mise of the Holy Ghost, he hath shed forth this, which ye now see and_ hear. 34 For David is not ascended into the hea- vens: but he saith him- self, The LORD said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, 35 until I make thy foes thy footstool. 36 Therefore let all the house of Israel know assuredly, that God hath made that same Jesus, whom ye have crucified, both «Lord and Christ. “ 37 Now when they ~ heard this, they were pricked in their heart, and said unto Peter and to the rest of the apostles, Men and brethren, what shall we do? 38 Then Peter said unto them, Re- pent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ IT. ee ψ 2 4 < ς ‘ ὅσιόν 28 ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς 3μοΙγ Sone ‘thy to 560 Thou didst make known to me paths ζωῆς' πληρώσεις µε εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ.προσώπου.σου. of life, thou wilt fill me with joy with thy countenance, 5 / 4 2 - A ae: 29 "Ανδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐξὸν εἰπεῖν μετὰ παῤῥησίας Men brethren, it is permitted (me]tospeak with freedom. πρὸς ὑμᾶς περὶ τοῦ πατριάρχου "Δαβίδ," ὅτι καὶ ἐτελεύτη- to you concerning the patriarch David, that both he died σεν καὶ ἐτάφη, καὶ τὸ.μνῆμα.αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἐν ἡμῖν ἄχρι and was buried, and his tomb is amongst us unto ~ « ’ τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης. 80 προφήτης οὖν ὑπάρχων, καὶ εἰδὼς this day. A prophet therefore being, and knowing ὅτι ὅρκῳ ὤμοσεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος that with δὴ oath *swore *to*him 1God, of [the] fruit of *loins αὐτοῦ “τὸ κατὰ σάρκα ἀναστήσειν τὸν χριστόν, καθίσαι ἐπὶ this asconcerning fiesh to raise up the Christ, tosit upon d ~ θ ’ | > ~ τδ ‘ ἐλ tr \ ~ > τοῦ θρόνου! αὐτοῦ, 31 mpotdwy ἐλάλησεν περι τῆς ἆνα- his throne, foreseeing he spoke concerning the resur- στάσεως τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅτι "οὐ" ἱκατελείφθη! 5ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ" εἰς rection ofthe Christ, that was not left his soul in hg dou," ἰοὐδὲ! ἡ σὰρξ. αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. 32 τοῦτον τὸν hades, nor his flesh saw corruption. This Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεὸς οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες. TIPAZ EIS. σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν. corruption. Jesus “raised *up *God whereof all we are witnesses. 83 τῇ δεξιᾷ: οὖν τοῦ θεοῦ ὑψωθείς, τήν.τε ἐπαγ- By the right hand therefore of God having been exalted, and the pro- γελίαν τοῦ *ayiov πνεύματοςὶ λαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ πατρός, mise of the’ Holy Father, ἐξέχεεν τοῦτο ὃ ἰἱνῦν! ὑμεῖς ἃ βλεπετε καὶ ἀκούετε. 34 οὐ he poured out this which now ye behold and hear. *Not yap ὑΔαβὶδι ἀνέβη εἰς΄ τοὺς οὐρανούς, λέγειδὲ αὐτός, {ΟΥ “David “ascended into the heavens, but he says himself, Εἶπεν "ὁ! κύριος τῷ κυρίῳ. μου, Κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν. μου" 35 ἕως Spirit having received from the Said the’ Jord to my Lord, Sit at my right hand, until nr ~ A ? ’ « , ~ ~ ? ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούςσου ὑποπόδιον τῶν. ποδῶν.σου. 36 Α- Iplace thine enemies «ὃ footstool of thy feet. As- σφαλῶς οὖν γινωσκέτω πᾶς 5 οἶκος Ισραήλ, ὅτι Ῥκαὶ! suredly therefore let know all [the] house ofIsrael, that both ’ ‘ A ‘A ’ ~ ‘A κύριον “καὶ χριστὸν αὐτὸν" τὸ θεὸς ἐποίησεν," τοῦτον τὸν Lord and Christ. him God made, this ? ~ τὶ ~ , Ἰησοῦν ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε. Jesus: whom ‘ye crucified, ? ~~ , 37 ᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ κατενύγησαν Στῇ-καρδίᾳ.ὶ εἶπόν. τε πρὸς And haying heard they were pricked in heart, and said to A , \ a , τὸν Πετρον καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀποστόλους, Ti Ἱποιήσομεν,ὶ Peter and the — other apostles, What shall we do, » ΄ x / Η͂ ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί; 98 Πέτρος. δὲ έφη" πρὸς αὐτούς, Μετανοή- men brethren ὃ And Peter said ἴο them, Repent, σατε", καὶ βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν "ἐπὶ! τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ and be baptized each ofyou in the name _ of Jesus Ὁ Δανεὶδ LITrA; Aavid αν’. is οὔτε LTTrAW. h ἄδην T. θρόνον LTTrA. GLTTrA. m + καὶ also T[a]. ιστον ΑΓ ΤΤΤΑΥΤΓ. TIraA. Υ — ἔφη LTTrA. ἆ τὸν x a 4 ” - ©— τὸ κατὰ σάρκα ἀναστήσειν τὸν χριστόῦ GLTTrA. "εξ — ἡ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ “= f εγκατελεέφθη LTrA 5, ἐνκ- τ Spt pide η Ἢ πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου LiTra. | 1 — νῦν GLTTrA, ean read : ιε]) TTra. © ioe o the L. Ῥ — καὶ Ἑ. 4 αὐτὸν και ἐποίησεν ὁ θεός Τ. 5 χὴν καρδίαν LTTrA, t ποιήσωμεν Βῃομια we π -ἵ- φησίν ΒΥ ΒΤ, *éyLtr, II, ΤΠ, ACTS. χριστοῦ, εἰς ἄφεσιν Yapaorioy," καὶ Ἰλήψεσθεϊ τὴν δωρεὰν Christ, for remission of sins, and ye willreceive the gift τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος. 89 ὑμῖν. γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία καὶ of the Holy Spirit. For to you is the promise and τοῖς.τέκνοις ἡμῶν, καὶ to your children, and προσκαλέσηται 5Ώ]αΥ ‘call πᾶσιν τοῖς εἰς μακράν, ὅσους" ἂν ἴο 811 those at adistance, as many as κύριος ὁ.θεὸς. ἡμῶν. 40 ἱἙτέροις.τε λόγοις [ἼΠ0] ΞΤιοτά “our "αοἀ. And with “other *words πλείοσιν Ὀδιεμαρτύρετο! καὶ παρεκάλει 5 λέγων, Σώθητε ἀπὸ tmany heearnestly testified and exhorted, saying, Besayved from τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς.σκολιᾶς ταύτης. 41 Οἱ μὲν.οὖν Sacpévwc' Σρεπογα!10Ἡ. this *crooked. Those therefore who gladly ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ ἐβαπτίσθησαν' Kai προσετέθη- had welcomed his word were baptized ; and were added σαν ὃ τῇ-ἡμέρᾳ.ἐκείν) ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλ-αι. 42 Ἦσαν δὲ that day *souls ‘about “three “thousand. And they were mpooxapreoovyrec! τῇ διδαχῇ «τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ steadfastly continuing inthe teaching of the apostles _ and in fellowship, Βκαὶ τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς. 48 Ἀἐγέγετοϊ and the breaking of bread and prayers. “There *came δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος, πολλά ἦτε! τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ ‘and uponevery soul fear, andmany wonders and _ signs through τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο.ὶ 44 " πάντες δὲ οἱ Ἰπιστεύοντες! ἦσαν the apostles took place, Andall who believed were ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ καὶ εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά, 45 καὶ τὰ κτήµατα together and: had all things common, and([their] possessions καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἐπίπρασκον, καὶ διεµέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν, and goods they sold, and ‘divided them toall, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν. 46 καθ᾽ ἡμέραν τε προσκαρ- according as anyone -ποθᾶᾷ *had, And every day steadfastly τεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, κλῶντέςτε κατ᾽ οἶκον continuing with one accord in the temple, and breaking in [*their]*houses ἄρτον, µετελάμβανον τροφῆς ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι ‘bread, they partook of food with gladness and simplicity καρδίας, 47 αἰνοῦντες τὸν θεὸν, καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον of heart, praising God, and having favour with *whole τὸν λαόν. 0.0 κύριος προσετίθει τοὺς σωζομένους 6. people; andthe Lord added “those *who “were *being °saved καθ. ἡμέραν ™ry ἐκκλησίᾳ." ‘daily tothe assembly. 3 " Ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ! οδὲ Πέτρος! καὶ Ρ]ωάννηςϊ ἀνέβαινον Together tand = *Peter Sand *John went up εἰς τὸ .ἱερὸν ἐπὶ THY ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς THY ϑἐννάτην." into the temple at the hour of prayer, the ninth ; 2 καί τις ἀνὴρ χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων and acertain man “lame “from Swomb ‘mother’s ‘his *peing > 7 ay 3 / . χὰ / A ‘ ’ ~ ἑβαστάζετο' ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ. ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ was being carried, whom they placed daily at the door of the ἱεροῦ τὴν λεγομένην Ὡραίαν, τοῦ αἰτεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην παρὰ temple called Beautiful, to ask. alms from 317 for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. 39 For the promise is unto you, and to your child- ren and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call. 40 And with many other words did he testify and exhort, saylog,Save yourselves from this untoward generation. 41 Then ‘they that gladly re- ceived his word were baptized: and ’ the same day there were added unto them about three thousand souls. 42 And they continued stedfastly in the apos- tles’ doctrine and fel- lowship, and in break- ing of bread, and in prayers. 43 And fear came upon every soul: and many wonders and signs were done by the apostles. 44 And all | that — believed weré together, and had all things com- mon ; 45and sold their possessions and goods, and parted them to all men, as every man had need. 46 And they, continuing daily with one accord in the temple, and breaking bread from house to house, did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart, 47 praising God, and haying favour with all the people. And the Lord added to the church daily such as should saved, III. Now Peter and John went up together into the temple at the ,hour of prayer, being the ninth hour. 2 And a certain man lame from his mother’s womb was carried, whom they laid daily at the gate of the tem- ple which is called Beautiful, to ask alms of them that entered / : 5:3 Υ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν Of your Sins LTTr. 5 χήμψεσθε LTTrA, 8 οὓς whom, Ὁ διεμαρ- τύρατο LTTrAW. ο + αὐτοὺς them LTTraW. d — ἀσμένως LTTrA. 7 Ὁ [ἐν] 1. © -- καὶ LTTra. Ἀ ἐγίνετο LTTrA. i δὲ τ΄. ὶ ν μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας. in Jerusalem, and great fear was upon all. τ. all also) T. 1 πιστεύσαντες Τ. ’ m --- τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ LTTrA. chapter Π.ΙΤΊΤΑ. 9 Πέτρος δὲ ΙΤΤΙΑ, P Ἰωάνης Tr. e + ἐν in LTTr[a]. ἡ + ἐν Ἱερονσαλήμ, φόβος τε K+. καὶ (read And ΓΑ. Ὁ ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό joined to, 4 ενάτην LTTrAW. 918 into the temple : 3who seeing Peter and John about to go into the temple asked an alms, 4 And Peter, fastening his eyos upon him with John, said, Look on us. 5 And he gave heed unto them, οχ- pecting to reccive something of them, 6 Then Peter said, Sil- ver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I thee: In the name of Jesus Christ of ~ Nazareth risc up and walk. 7 And he took him by the right hand, and lifted Avm up: and im- ‘mediately his feet and ancle bones recvived strength. 8 And he leaping up stood, and walked, and entered with them into the temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God, 9 And all the people saw hint walk- ing and praising God : 10 and they knew that it was he which sat for alms at the Beau- tiful gate of the tem- ple: and they were filled with wonder and amazement αὖ that which had happened unto him. 11 And as the lame man which was healed held Peter and John, all the peo- ple ran together unto them in the porch that is called Solomon’s, greatly wondering. 12 And when Peter saw tt, he answered unto the people, Ye men of Israel, why. marvel ye at this? or why look ye so earn- estly on us, as though by our owp power or holiness we had made this man to walk? 13 The God of Abra- ham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God ef our fathers, hath giorified his Son Je- sus; whom ye. de- livered up, and denied him in the presence of Pilate, when he was determined to let him Tl P A = E ΤΑ, ἯΙ: , \ > Ia τ - τῶν εἰσπορευομένων εἰς τὸ ἱερόν. 3 ὃς ἰδὼν Πέτρον καὶ those who were going into the temple; who seeing Peter and Plwaveny' μέλλοντας εἰσιέναι εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, ἠρώτα ἐλεημοσύ- John being about toenter intothe temple, asked 3alms ~ ? es A { 2 ee A A ~ τς ’ νην λαβεῖν. 4 ἀτενίσας. δὲ Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ " Ίωαν- ‘to Ξχοορίτο, And “looking ‘intently *Peter upon him with John " εἶ Βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς. 5 Ὃ δὲ ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖ δοκῶ νῃ" εἶπεν, Βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς. «δὲ ἐπεῖχ τοῖς, προσδοκῶν said, Look οἩπ us. Andhe gave heedtothem, expecting τι παρ᾽ αὐτῶν λαβεῖν. 6 εἶπεν δὲ Πέτρος, Αργύριο» καὶ something frem them to receive. But said Peter, Silver and χρυσίον οὐχ-ὑπάρχει port ὃ. δὲ ἔχω, τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι. gold thereis not tome, but what Ihave, this tothee Igive: ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναξζωραίου 'ἔγειραι καὶ" In the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarezan riseup and περιπάτει. 7 Καὶ πιάσας αὐτὸν τῆς δεξιᾶς 'χειρὸς ἤγειρεν"" walk, ‘And having taken him by the right hand he raised up παραχρῆμα.δὲ ἐστερεώθησαν “αὐτοῦ at βάσεις" καὶ τὰ (him), πα immediately were strengthened his feet and x ert 8 ᾧ ὧς λλό » ‘ cae ‘ δέω σφυρα καὶ ἐξαλλόμενος ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλ- ankle bones. And Ἱοπρίης πρ hestoodand walked, and entered θεν σὺν αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, περιπατῶν Kai ἀλλόμενος Frat! with them into the temple, walking and leaping and αἰνῶν τὸν θεόν. 9 καὶ εἶδεν ταὐτὸν πᾶς ὁ λαὸς" περιπα- praising God. And “*saw Shim tall "πε *people walk- τοῦντα καὶ αἰνοῦντα τὸν θεόν' 10 ἐπεγίνωσκόν ὅτε! αὐτὸν ing and = praising God. And they recognized him ὅτι Ὀούτος! ἦν ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐλεημοσύνην καθήμενος ἐπὶ that he it was who for alms [πας] sitting at Ὡραίᾳ πύλῃ τοῦ ἱεροῦ" καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ the Beautiful gate ofthe temple, and they were filled with wonder and ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ. 11 Κρατοῦντος δὲ amazement at that which hadhappened to him, Andas held ετοῦ ἰαθέντος wrov' τὸν Πέτρον καὶ “Ἱωάννην,! ‘the *who Shad ®been “healed 7lame [*man] Peter and John, συνέδραμεν ἱπρὸς αὐτοὺς πᾶς ὁ λαὸς! ἐπὶ τῇ στοᾷ τῇ ran together to them all the people in the porch καλουμένῃ ΣΣολομῶντος,' ἔκθαμβοι. 12 ἰδὼν.δὲ ὃ" Πέτρος called Solomon’s, greatly amazed. And seeing [it] Peter > / sy ‘ x , aa ὃ 1᾽ ~ Ι , ἀπεκρίνατο πρὸς Tov λαὸν, Ανδρες *TopanXirat," τί.θαυ- answered to the people, Men Israelites, why won- , ΠΥ ἢ , πι ο ον ος ; ᾽ / « 707 ,΄, μάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει derye :at this? or onus why look intently as if by [our]own power n ? “ ~ i“ ‘4 πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν; 19 ὁ θεὺς ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ ο: piety ᾖ[πε] had made Ξῖο Swalk *him ? The God ? 4 ‘ ? A ‘ A ~ ~ Αβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ, ὁ θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, of Abraham and Isaac and Jacob, the God of our fathers, Stor \ ~ ~ ~ εν - ΄ ἐδόξασεν τὸν παϊδα. αὐτοῦ ᾿ησοῦν' ὃν ὑμεῖς ὶ παρεδώκατε, . glorified his servant , Jesus, whom ye delivered up, Ee , ? Ν ΄ ,ὔ ΄ καὶ ἠρνήσασθε "᾿αὐτὸν" κατὰ .πρύσωπον "Πιλάτου," κρίναντος and denied him in the presence of Pilate, “having “adjudged τ᾿ Ἰωάνην Tr. him 1ΤΊτΑ. LTTraw. © Ἰωάνην Tr. 1᾿Τσραηλεῖται T. τα[ττα]. ¥ αἱ βάσεις αὐτοῦ ΙΤΤτΑ.. δὲ LTTrA. { πᾶς ὃ Aads πρὸς αὐτοὺς LTTrA. κ + θεὸς God L; + ὁ θεὸς 1. 2 Πειλάτου 1. ΄ ὃ ἔγειρε καὶ L[Tr]; — ἔγειραι καὶ π[Α1. x σφυδρά T. [καὶ] L. 5 αὐτοῦ he (held) GirtTraw. 8 Σολομῶνος GTrwW. 1+ μὲν indeed GLTTraw. 8 Ἰωάνῃ Tr. ¥ + αὐτόν 2 πᾶς ὃ λαὺς αὐτὸν d+ τὸν ΤΤΊΤτ, h + ὃ LTTrA. τῇ — αὐτὸν. b αὐτὸς LT. ACTS. , é ~ ‘ SF. ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν. 14 ὑμεῖς. δὲ τὸν ἅγιον καὶ δίκαιον lhe to release [him]. But ye the holy and righteous one ‘ , ” ’ - « ~ ἠρνήσασθε, καὶ ἠτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα Χχαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν, denicd, and requested aman amurderer to begranted to you, 15 τὸν δὲ ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀπεκτείνατε" but the Author of life yc killed, ἐκ νεκρῶν, οὗ ἡμεῖς μάρτυρές ἐσμεν. 10 καὶ ἐπὶ from. among [the] dead, whereof we wituesses are : and by τῇ πίστει τοῦ.ὀνόματος.αὐτοῦ τοῦτον ὃν θεωρεῖτε καὶ faith in his name this [man] whom jyebchold and η ce ~ Ν ε ΄ π οἴδατε ἐστερέωσεν τὸ. ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ πίστις ἡ δι know “made ‘strong ‘his "namie ; and the faith which [is] by αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν.ὁλοκληρίαν. ταύτην ἀπέναντι πάντων him gave to hii this complete soundness before all « ~ ‘ ~ ’ ΄ - er 4 » ? , ὑμῶν. 17 καὶ νῦν, ἀδελφοί, οἶδα ὅτι κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε, οἵ γου. And now, brethren, Iknowthat in ignorance γα acted, ὥσπερ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν" 18 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς ἃ προκατήγγειλεν as also your rulers ; but *God twhat before announced Out στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν αὐτοῦ" παθεῖν by [the] mouth of all his prophets (that] *should*suffer τὸν χριστόνΏ, ἐπλήρωσεν οὕτως. 19 µεταγοήῄσατε οὖν καὶ ‘the “Christ, he fulfilled thus. Repent therefore and ’ 4 ? ~ e ~ ‘ / « ἐπιστρέψατε, “εἰς! τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, ὅπως be converted, for the blotting out of your sins, so that ἂν. ἔλθωσιν καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου, may come times of refreshing from{[the] presence ofthe Lord, 20 καὶ ἀποστείλῃ τὸν προκεκηρυγμέγον" ὑμῖν, "Ἰησοῦν and (that] hc may send him who was before proclainicd to you, Jesus χοιστόν,ὶ 21 ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι χρόνων ἯΙ, ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν whom God raised up Christ, whom “must 'theaven indeed _ receive till times ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων, ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ of restoration of all things, of which ?spoke 'God = by [πα] στόματος ‘ravtwy' ἁγίων αὐτοῦ προφητῶν ἀπ᾽ αἰῶνος." mouth of all “holy this propkets from of old. 22 "Μωσῆς" μὲν *yap' Σπρὺς τοὺς πατέρας" εἶπεν, Ὅτι "Moses “Indced ‘for to the fathers said, προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει κύριος ὁ θεὺς ὑμῶν" ἐκ A prophet toyou will *raise ἀρ ['the] Lord *“God “your from among τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς EME’ αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα your brethren, like me: him = shallyehear in allthings ὅσα-ἂν λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 23 ἔσται. δὲ πᾶσα ψυχὴ whatsoever he ΠΩ τ to you, Anditshall be[thatjevery soul ἥτις "ἃν" μὴ. ἀκούσῃ τοῦ.προφήτου.ἐκείνου δἐξολοθρευθήσεται! which may not hear that prophet sha!l be destroyed ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ. 24 Καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται ἀπὸ from among the people. And indeed all the prophets ‘rom Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς, ὕσοι ἐλάλησαν καὶ πρακατήγ- spoke also before an- d ε ‘ ~ ~ υιοι των TPOPITWV Samuel γειλαν! τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας. 25 ὑμεῖς ἐστε and those subsequent, as many as nounced these days. Ye are sons ofthe = prophets καὶ τῆς διαθήκης ἧς “διέθετο ὁ θεὸς! πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας andofthe covenant which *appointed God to *fathers 319 go. 14 But ye deuicd the Holy One and the Just, and desired a murderer to be grant- ed unto you; l5and killed the Prince of life, whom God hath raiscd from the dead; whereof we are wit- nesses. 16 And his name through faith in his name hath made this man strong,whom ye 506 and know: yea, the faith which is by him hath given him this perfect soundness in the presence of you all. 17 And now, brethren, I wot that through ignorance ye did zt, as did alsoyour rulers, 1&8 But those things, which God before had shewed by the mouth of all his prophets, that Christ should suffer, he hath so fulfilled. 19 Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the pre- sence of the Lord; 20 and he shall send Jesus Christ, which before was preached unto you: 21 whom the heaven must re- ceive until the times of restitution of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all his holy prophets” since the world began, 22 For Moses truly said unto the fathers, A prophet shall the Lord your God raise up unto you of your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye hear in all things whatsoever he shall say unto you. 23 And it shall come to pzss, that every soul, which will not hear that pro- phet, shall be de- stroyed from among the pcople. 24 Yea, and all the prophets from Samuel and those that follow af- ter, as many as have spoken, have likewise forctold of these days. 25 Ye are the children of the prophcts, and of the covenant which God made with our fathers, saying unto ο — αὐτοῦ (vead the prophets) τΤΤτΑ. Σ προκεχειρισµένον Was foreordained GLTTraw. OLTTrAW. Ὁ ἀπ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν LTTrA. Ὑ Mwions GLITraw. Σ — πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας LTTrA. 2 ἡμῶν ΟΙΓ T. ἃ ἐὰν ΤΑ. © κατήγγειλαν aumounced GLTTraw. 4 + οἱ the GLTTraw. P + αὐτοῦ (γεαᾶ his Christ) LTTrAw. 5 χριστὸν Ἴησουν LTTrA. α πρὸς T. t τῶν (omit all) x — γὰρ GLTITrAaAW, Ὁ ἐξολεθρευθησεται LITrA, © ὃ θεὸς διέθετο 1.. 920 Abraham, And in thy { seed shali all the kin- dreds of the earth be blessed. 26 Unto you first God, having raised up his Son Je- sus, sent him to bless you, in turning away every one of you from his iniquities, IV. And as they spake unto the people, the priests, and the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees, came upon them, 2 being grieved that they taught the Ῥοο- ple, and _ preached through Jesus the re- surrection from the dead. 3 And they laid hands on them, and put them in hold un- to the next day : for it was now eventide. 4 Howbeit many of them which heard the word believed; and the number of the men was about five thou- sand. 5 And it came to pass on the morrow, that their rulers, and elders, απᾶ scribes, 6 and Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alex- ander, and as many as were of the kindred of the high priest, were gathcred toge- ther at Jerusalem, 7 And when they had set them in the midst, they asked, By what power, or by what name, have ye done this? 8 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Ghost, said unto them, Ye rulers of the peo- ple, and elders of Is- racl, 9 if .we this day be examined of the good deed done to the impotent man, by what means he is made whole; 10 be it known unto you all, and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus hrist of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by him doth this tx ὑμῶν your Tra, κ αὐτῶν their L, 9 + τοὺς the urtra. ᾿Αλέξανδρος LTTrA. Υ σέσωται 1. TIPABZEI &. ITT; tae ἡμῶν, "λέγων πρὸς ᾿Αβραάμ, Kai’ τῷ. σπέρματίσου ἔνευλο- ‘our, saying to Abraham, nd in thy seed shall be γηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς. 26 ὑμῖν πρῶτον blessed all the families of the earth. To you first , A ~ ~ , πὸ θεὸς ἀναστήσας!" τὸν παῖδα.αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦν," ἀπέστειλεν ΑΒΕ; having raised up his servant Jesus, sent τὸν εὐλογοῦντα ὑμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον' ἀπὰ ο. blessing you in turning each / ‘from τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν." ?wickedness ‘your. , η ~ ‘as , ay rx ~ 4 Λλαλούντων δὲ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν λαόν, ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς And as *were “speaking ‘they to the people, came upon them ot ἱερεῖς καὶ ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι, the priests and captain of the temple and the Sacducees, 2 διαπονούµενοι διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς τὸν λαόν, καὶ being distressed because 7teach they the pcople, and καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τὴν ἐκ announce in Jesus ‘the resurrection which [is] from among ἘΠ Ν 3 καὶ ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ ἔεεντο ὶ [the] dead; and theylaid on *them “hands and = put εἰς τήρησιν εἰς τὴν αὔριον: ἦν.γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη. (them] in hold till the morrow; for it was evening aiready, 4 πολλοὶ δὲ τῶν ἀκουσάντων τὸν λόγον ἐπίστευσαν, But many of those who had heard the word believed, καὶ ἐγενήθη ™O' ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν "ὡσεὶ" χιλιάδες πέντε. and ®*became the *nuinber 30 6 ‘*men about “thousand ‘five. 5 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν αὔριον συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν Anditcametopass on the morrow were gathered together their τοὺς ἄρχοντας καὶ ὃ πρεσβυτέρους Kai? γραμματεῖς Peic! Ἱε- rulers and elders Ἷ and scribes at Je- ρουσαλήµ, 6 καὶ “Ανναν τὸν ἀρχιερέα καὶ Καϊάφαν καὶ rusalem, and Annas the highpriest and Caiaphas and Ἰωάννην καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρον,!) καὶ ὅσοι ἦσαν ἐκ γένους John and spate τ and as seni as were of *family ἀρχιερατικοῦ. 7 καὶ στήσαντες αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ! μέσῳ ἐπυν- *high-priestly. And having pieced them in the midst they θάνοντο, Ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι "ποιήσαιτε πώς In what power or in what name τοῦτο" ὑμεῖς ; ; 8 Τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου *this tye? Then Peter, filled with [the] *Spirit ‘*Holy, εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, ΓΑρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ Kai πρεσβύτεροι said to them, Rulers of the people and , elders ἱτοῦ Ισραήλ," 9 εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα ἐ ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ of Israel, If we this day areexamined asto a good work aOpwrov.dobevoic, ἐν τίνι οὗτος 'σέσωσται," 10 γνωστὸν [to the] infirm man, by what he has been cured, Sknown ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ ᾿Ἱσραήλ, ὅτι ἐν τῷ "be 7it {ο all you and toall the people ofIsrael, that in the ὀνόματι ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου, ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυ- name of Jesus Christ the Nazarezan, whom ye eruci- ρώσατε, ὃν ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐν τούτῳ fied, whom God raised from among [the] dead, by him e+ ἐν GLTTrAW. 14. αὐτοὺς them w. P ἐν LTrAW. *— τῷ 6{Α]. h ἀναστήσας ὃ θεὸς ΤΑ. 1 — Ἰησοῦν 61ΤΤιΑ. m --- ὁ ΗΠ[ΤΕ]Α. π [ὡς] LTrA 3 — ὡσεὶ τι 4 "Avvas ὁ ο ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ Καϊάφας καὶ Ἰωάννης καὶ 5 τοῦτο ἐποιήσατε 1. τ..- τοῦ Ἰσραήλ LTTr[a]. IV. ΠΕΡ) 991 οὗτος παρέστηκεν ἐνώπιον ὑμῶν ὑγιής. 11. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ then steee εν this (man] μας Here eh ; μα sound, This ie the ae Bieri aks ate, . A ~ ~ λίθος ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν τῶν Νοἰκοδομούντων,' ον κο ον. A = . ? τ 2 wh s be- prone pitch has been Ἐθὺ αὖ ΘΟΉΘΕΙ by oi the πο ΝΕΙ͂Ν come the héad of the ὁ γενόμενος εἰς ; κεφαλὴν Ὑγωγίαο. 12 καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν corner. 12 Neither is which is become head of [the] corner. And there is there salvation in any other: for there is none 3 ἴλλ ? ὃ ‘ « ἡ ΄ . x ” ή \ ” ’ ? e tl d 1 δ εν a ῳ OUVOEVL 1) OWTIOLA OUTE -Ύαρ ονομα ἐστιν ἕτερον ο icr name uncer hea in other 7no one salvation, for neither ‘name ‘is2there “another Veo Siven among men, =i is : : 3 i Ἶ : 3 7 = ~ whereby we must be ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ἐν ᾧ saved, under the heaven -~which has been given among men, by which δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς. "must *be *saved ‘we. 13 Θεωροῖντες.δὲ τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παῤῥησίαν καὶ Σ]ωάν- But seeing the 508 *Pcter ‘boldness and ofJohn, 13 Now when they Ι ι , ε/ » ᾽ , , > saw the boldness of VOU, και καταλαβόμενοι οτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοι εἰσι» Peter and John, and and having perceived that 3men *unlettered 1they “are perceived that - they SE We ΤΕΣ ζ 2 /, τὰν γόνος αν τ re unlearned and και ἴδιώται, εθαυμαξον, ἐπεγινωσκογ.τε αυτους OTL συν Τῷ ignorant men, they aud uninstructced, they wondcred, and they recognized ὑπο that with marvelled; and they ? ~ ὦ Oo στη αλ ῃ ‘ ρα took knowledge of Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν. 14 τὸν." δὲ' ἄνθρωπον βλέποντες σὺν αὑτοῖς thom, that they had Jesus they were. But 7the 3man 1peholding ‘with “them cen with Jesus, J4And ἑστῶτα τὸν τεθεραπευµένον, οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν. 15 κελεύ- behowding the mas : τ ; which was _ healed *standiug who hadbeenhcaled, nothing they had to gainsay. *Having μεν with nee σαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἔξω τοῦ συνεδρίου ἀπελθεῖν συνέβαλον" pie pou ee pea ασυιπρᾶ Ἡρτιὺ them outside the sanhedrim togo thcyconferred when they had com- ‘ ’ ’ , a ~ ᾽ , o ἂν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, 10 λέγοντες, Τί ὕποιήσομεν" τοῖς ἀνθρώ- ο εὗδον ἐς toes with ane another, τ I saying,, What shall we do ἘΝῚ to “men they conferred among ποις τούτοις; OTL LEV. γὰρ γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν ἘΠΟΒΙΒΕΙΤΌΝΙ 16 saying, 1 Β E 9 ? wae ἜΝ that bauer ο. sign Her come to i these men? for that δι αὐτῶν, πασιν τοῖς KATOLKOVOLY Ιερουσαλὴμ avepoy, indecd 8 notable mira- through them, “to*all *those ‘inhabiting 7Jerusalem [15] *manifest, αρ ba οὐ τς vl ‘ ? , 3 er A 4 ~ 7 . καὶ οὐ.δυνάµεθα “ἀρνήσασθαι"" 17 ἀλλ ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον all them that dwell in and weare unable to deny [it]. But that not further Jerusalem ; and we ps iy : Ν ὡς cannot deny it. 17 But διανεμηθῇ εἰς τὸν λαόν, ἀἀπειλῇ" ἀπειλησώμεθα αὐτοῖς that it spread no fur- it may spread among the people, withathreat let us threaten them ther among the peo- ͵ ~ Pass ~> 2 , . 5 , ple, let us straitly μηκέτι λαλέῖν ἐπὶ τῷ.ὀνόματιτούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων. threaten them, that nolonger tospeak in this name ' “to any man, they speak henceforth (lit. to no) to no man in μας , , = iz 4 = 18 Καὶ καλέσαντες αὐτοὺς παρήγγειλαν “αὐτοῖς, 'τὸ" καθόλου πο them, and com, ο. κ calipa ὄνα they charged them Ξα0 581 manded them not to ‘ ῃ ΄ ~ ~? ~ sale μὴ φθέγγεσθαι μηδὲ διδάσκειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. Pe Te οἳ Jesus ή : οὐρα ον : ο. inthe. name of Jesus. 10 But Peter and John 4 / ‘ ΄ ? \ ᾽ -Ξἃ ; ἘΝ 19, ὁ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ Ε]ωάννης! ἀποκριθέντες "πρὸς αὐτοὺς apse ered μην ο But Peter and John answering ee them o them, e ώ eho aes ; right in the sight of εἶπον!" Et dtxatéy ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν ἀκούειν God to hearken unto said, nee ment it is before God *to “you 1to 7listen ad. sees ye. aber μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ θεοῦ κρίνατε. 26 οὐ.δυνάµεθα γὰρ ἡμεῖς ἃ we cannot but speak rather than God, judge ye; 3eannot το “we what the things which we i” Π ντ) , ἔ ΣᾺ 4 ΛΕ j nave seen and heard. ἰείδομεν" καὶ ἠκούσαμεν μὴ.λαλεῖν. 21 Οἱ δὲ προσαπειλη- 315ο when they had Twe*saw °and heard *put speak, But they having further further threatened ΄ λα, 2 , ἢ ε 5 ὦ , them, they let them σάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς, μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸ πῶς κολά- go, finding nothing threatened let *go 1them, nothing: finding as to how they might how they might punish > 4 5 sa Bas “he e , ο ον them, because of, the σωνται αὐτοὺς διὰ τὸν λαόν, ὅτι πάντες ἐδόξαζον people: for all men punish them onaccount of the people, because all were glorifying glorified God for that » οἰκοδόμων LTTrA. x οὐδὲ LTTrW. ¥-Iwevov Tr. 2 re and LTTr ἃ, ὃ συνέβαλλον: 1ΤΤΙΑ. b ποιήσωμεν Should we do ΤΊτΑ. ο ἀρνεῖσθαι LTTrA, 4 — ἀπειλῇ LIT [A}. * — αὐτοῖς (read [them]) LTTra. f— τὸ LT. & ᾿Ιωάνης Tr. b εἶπον (εἶπαν Tr) προς αντούς LTTrAW. i εἴδαμεν ΙΤΤΙΑ. xX $22 which was done, 22 For the ‘man was above forty years old, on whom this miracle of healing was shewed. 23 And being let go, they went to their own company, and reported all that. the chief priests and elders had said unto them. 24 And when they heard that, they lifted up their voice to God with one accord, and said, Lord, thou art God, which hsst made _ heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all that in thcemis: 25 who by the mouth of thy servant David hast said, Why did the heathen rage, and the people ima- gine vain things? 26 The kings of the earth stood up, and the rulers were ga- thered together a- gainst the Lord, and against his Christ. 27 For of a truth a- ainst thy holy child esus, whom thou hast anointed, both Herod, and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles, and the people of Israel, were gathered toge- - ther, 28 for to do what- soever thy hand and thy counsel determin- ed before to be done. 29 And now, Lord, behold their threat- enings: and grant unto thy servants, that with all boldness they may speak thy word, 30 by stretch- ing forth thine hand to heal; and that signs and wonders may be done by the mame of thy holy child Jesus, 31 And when they had prayed, the place was shaken where they were as- sembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and they spake the word of God with boldness, 32 And the multi- tude of them that be- lieved were of one WPA EET S. IV. ‘ A ~ , + ~ 4 4% τὸν θεὺν ἐπὶ τ γεγονότι. 22. ετῶν.γὰρ ἦν God for that which’ has taken place} for years [Το]ά] was , « » 2 εν . , πλειόνων Ἀτεσσαράκοντα! ὁ ἄνθρωπος εφ ὃν Ιἐγεγόνει" *above Sforty ithe “man on whom had taken place 4 ~ ~ εν ~ I? τὸ σημεῖον.τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως. this sign of healing. Ν τ Os . 23 ᾿Απολυθέντες.δὲ ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους, καὶ And having been let go they came to their own {company], and ἀπήγγειλαν boa πρὸς αὐτοὺς οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσ- reported whatever to them the chief priests and the el- βύτεροι πεῖπον.' 24 οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες, ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν ders said. And they having heard, with one accord lifted up φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, καὶ ""εἶπον,' Δέσποτα, σὺ πὸ {their] voice to God, and said, O master, thou [art] the θεὸς! ὁ ποιήσας τον οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν. γῆν Kat τὴν θάλασσαν God who made thé -heayen and the earth and the sea καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς, 25° διὰ στόματος" ῬΔαβὶδ' and all that[are]in them, αρ by [the] mouth of David ἡγοῦ! παιδόο.σου εἰπών, “Ivart! ἐφρύαξαν | ἔθνη, καὶ thy servant didst say, Why did “rage *haughtily ‘nations, and λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά; 26 παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς 2peoples ‘did meditate vain things ? Stoodup the. kings ofthe γῆς, καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ earth, and the rulers were gathered together against the κυρίου καὶ κατὰ τοῦ-χριστοῦ.αὐτοῦ. 27 Συνήχθησαν-γὰρ Lord and against his Christ. © For were gathered together ? > ? ‘ 5 1 \ εἶ [7 ~ , ? ~ a ἐπ᾿ ἀληθείας ἐπὶ τὸν ἅγιον maida σου Ἰησοῦ», ὃν of a truth against “holy servant “thy Jesus, whom ἔ Ἡρώδ ὶ Πό Πιλάτος,! σὺν ἔθ ἔχρισας, ρώδης.τε καὶ Πόντιος 'Πιλάτος,! σὺν ἔθνεσιν thou didst anoint, both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with nations καὶ λαοῖς Ἰσραήλ, 28 ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ.χείρ-σου καὶ ἡ βουλή and peoples οὗ Israel, todo whatever thyhand and “counsel You" προώ ἐσθ 20 καὶ τὰ νῦ f Verde ροωρισεν Ύεγεσ αι. και τα νυν, KUPLE, επιοξ ‘thy predctermined to come to pass. And now, Lord, look ᾽ ‘ \ ? 4 > ~ ‘ 4 ~ , A 5 ? ἐπὶ τὰς. ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ δὸς τοῖς.δούλοις.σου μετὰ παρ- upon ἐμοῖν threatenings, and give to thy bondmen with *bold- ῥησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν.λόγον.σου, 90 ἐν τῷ τὴν.χεῖρά.Ὑσου! ness tall tospeak thy word, in that thy hand ἐκτείνειν ὅσε! εἰς ἴασιν, καὶ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι *stretchest Sout ‘thou for healing, and signs and wonders take place διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ. 31 Καὶ through the name Sholy ‘servant ‘of *thy Jesus. And “δεηθέντων αὐτῶν ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος ἐν ἦσαν συνηγ- “having “prayed ‘they Όντας shaken *the 5place in which ὍΠΟΥ were assem- μένοι, καὶ ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες 'Σπνεύµατος ᾿ ἁγίου," καὶ bled, and they were “filled 141] with [the] *Spirit *Holy, and ? , x , ~ ~ \ fle τ , ‘ ἐλάλουν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ μετὰ παῤῥησίας. spoke the word of God with boldness. 32 Τοῦ.δὲ πλήθους τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν Τὴ"! καρδία And of the multitude of those that believed were ‘the “heart Κ τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. ἱττι[Α]Ἱ. ᾿ γεγόνει LTTrA, τὰ εἶπαν LTTrA. ἃ -- 6 θεὸς (/εαᾶ he who) 9 ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν διὰ j ἁγί 0 ivi by [the] mouth of our Sikes cuiea: she λα mt ας Ὃ αν ο αἱ Ρ Aaveid LTTrA; Δανϊδ απ. ἃ -- τοῦ GLTTrAW. σ ΄ > “ ΄ ΄ . . : dnt τί mere & + εν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ in this city @LTTraW. t Πειλᾶτος T. u— gov . Υ εφιδεῖ,. Ὑ -- σον (read [th LTr, - ὑ ἁγί j a ee a ( [thy ]) Ltr [oe] A, ὃ του αγιου πνεύματος IV, V. ACTS. καὶ δὴ" ψυχὴ pia? καὶ oddé" εἷς τι τῶν ὑπαρ- Sand *the *soul one, and not one “anything “of *that °which pos- » ᾽ ~ ” 5 ἀλλ᾽ ΐ΄ ᾽ - ο’ il χόντων αὐτῷ ἔλεγεν ἴδιον εἶναι, a ην αὐτοῖς “άπαντα sessed °he Isnid °%his?°own ®was, **but '*were '*to‘Sthem *all**things κοινά. 88 καὶ “μεγάλῃ δυνάμει! ἀπεδίδουν τὸ μαρτύριον common: And with great power 3gave *testimony οἱ ἀπόστολοι «τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ κυρίου Inoov," χάρις.τε 'the 7apoxtles of the resurrection ofthe Lord Jesus, and “grace ΄ 5 οκ ΄ > , ὃν 4 ᾽ , μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς. 94 οὐδὲ. γὰρ ἐνδεῆς τις λστοαῦ was upon all them. For neither in want “anyone ὑπῆρχεν! ἐν αὐτοῖς ὅσοιγὰρ κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν αγγ 15 among them; forasmanyas owners’ ofestates or houses ὑπῆρχον, πωλοῦντες ἔφερον τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρα- were, selling them] brought the values. of those sold, σκοµένων, 35 Kai ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀἄπο- and laid [them] at the feet of the apos- στόλων δδιεδίδοτο" δὲ ἑκάστῳ καθότιἀν τις χρείαν tles ; and distribution was made toeach accordingas anyone “need εἶχεν. "μα. 96 Ἰ᾿]ωσῆς! δὲ ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρνάβας ἰὑπὸ! τῶν απο- And Joses who wassurnamed Barnabas by the apos- στόλων, ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, υἱὸς παρακλήσεως, tles (which 15, being interpreted, Son of consolation), Κλευίΐτης,! Κύπριος τῷ-γένει, 87 ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ ἀγροῦ, a Levite, a Cypriot by birth, having land, πωλήσας ἤνεγκεν τὸ χρῆμα καὶ ἔθηκεν ἱπαρὰ! τοὺς πόδας having sold [10] brought the money and laid [it] at the feet τῶν ἀποστόλων 8 ᾿Ανὴρ-δὲξ τις ™Avaviac ὀνόματι," οὗ ὑπ6 apostles. But “man τα ?certain, Ananias by name, σὺν "Σαπφείρῃ' τῇ-γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, ἐπώλησεν κτῆμα, 2 καὶ with Sapphira his wife, sold & possession, and ἐνοσφίσατο ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς, 9συνειδυίας' καὶ τῆς γυναικὸς kept back from the value, being aware of [it] also *wife Pavrov,' καὶ ἐνέγκας µέροσ.τι παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν this, and having brought acertain part “at “the Sfeet Sof "the ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν. ο εἶπεν δὲ 4 Πέτρος, ᾿Ανανία, διατί!" Sapostles ‘aid (Pit). But said Peter, Ananias, why ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ σατανᾶς τὴν.καρδίαν.σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ did *fill Satan thy heart, Sto “116 to [*for] “thee the πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ὃ ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ Spirit the Holy, and to keep back from the value of the χωρίου; 4 οὐχὶ μένον oot ἔμενεν; καὶ πραθὲν estate 2 ΘΝ οὐ *semaining *to*thee *did 510 remain? and having becn sold, ἐν τῇ.σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν; τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ in thine own authority was it [riot]? why ,didst thou purpose in καρδίᾳ.σου τὺ πρᾶγμα.τοῦτο; οὐκ.ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ thy heart this thing? Thou didst not lie to men, but ~ ἊΣ 2 / Με ᾽ / A , , ‘ τῷ θεῷ. ὅ Ακούων δὲ" Avaviag τοὺς.λόγους.τούτους, πεσὼν toGod, And*heuring ‘*Ananias these words, falling down &®—yLTTrA. ove BE. CmavtalL. 4 δυνάμει μεγάλῃ LITA. [χριστοῦ Christ] τῆς ἀναστάσεως L; τῆς ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου T. h Ἰωσὴφ Joseph LTTraw. i ἀπὸ LTTrAW. Ὁ Ῥαπφείρα LTr. τ διὰ τί LTrA. Ε διεδίδετο LTTrA. 1 πρὸς Τ. τὸ ὀνόματι ᾿Ανανίας L. (ead [his]) ττΊτΑ. 4+ OLTTrA, b+ ὃ GLITrAW. ο συνειδυίης LTTrA. 5 + [σε] thee (to keep back) a, 823 heart and of one souls: neither said any of them that ought of the things which he pos- sessed was his own; but they had all things common. 33 And with great power gave the apostles witness of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was upon them all, 34 Neither was there any among them that lacked: for as many as were possess- ors of lands or houses sold them, and brought the prices of the things that were sold, 35 and laid them down at the apostles’ fect: and dis- tribution was made unto every man ac- cording as he had need, 36 And Joses, who by the apostles was surniumed Barnabas, (which is, being in- terpreted, The son of consolation,) a Levite, and of the country of Cyprus, 37 having land, sold ἐξ, and brought the money, and laid it at the apostles’ feet. V. But a certain man named Ananias, with Sapphi- ra his wife, sold a possession, 2and kept back part of the price, his wife also being privy /oit, and brought a certain part, and laid it at the apostles’ feet. 3 But Petersaid, Ananias, why hath Sa- tan filled thine heart to lie to the -Holy Ghost, and to keep back part of the price of the land? 4 Whiles it remained, wasit not thine own? and after it wassold, was it not in thine own power? why hast thou con- ceived this thing in thine heart? thou hast not lied unto men, but unto God. 5 And Ananias hear- ing these words fell down, and gave up the ε τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ {ἦν LITr. κ Λευεϊτης T\. Ρ -- αὐτοῦ 924 ghost : and great fear came on all them that heard these things. 6 And the young men arose, wound him up, and carried him out, and buried him. 7 And it was about the space , of three hours after, when his wife, not knowing what was done, came in. 8 And Peter answered ‘unto her, Tell me whether ye sold the land for so much? And she said, Yea, for so much. 9 Then Peter said un- to her, How is it that ye have agreed toge- ther to tempt the Spi- rit of the Lord? be- hold, the feet of them which have buried thy husband are at the door, and shall carry thee out. 10 Then fell she down straightway at his feet, and yielded up the ghost : and the young men came in, and found her dead, and, carrying her forth, buried her by her husband. 11 And great fear came upon all the churth, and upon asmany as heard these things. 12 And by the hands of the apostles were many signs and wonders Wrought among the people; (and _ they were all with one ‘ac- cord in Solomon’s porch. 13 And of the rest durst fo man join himself to them: but the people magnified them. 14 And beliey- ers were the more add- ed to the Lord, mul- titudes both of men and women.) 15 In- somuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets, and laid them on beds and couches, that at the least the shadow of Pe- ter passing by might ' overshadow some of them, 16 There came also a multitude out of the cities round about unto Jerusalem, bringing sick folks, and them which were vexed with unclean spirits : and they were healed every one, ᾽αὐτῶν. ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. γ. Π Π [ή 9 3 , καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας emt πᾶντας τοὺς And *came *fear lereat upon ail who συνέ- ἐξεψυξεν" expired, , ~ y 4] " « ᾿ ιν ἀκούοντας τταῦτα." 6 ἀναστάντες.δὲ οἱ νεώτεροι heard these things. And haying risen the younge: [men] swathed 4 ΄ 7 doy στειλαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν. 7 ᾿Πγεένετο.δὲ him, and having carried out. buried [him]. And it camc to pass , ~ ~ ‘ 4 ~ 3 ~ ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστηµα καὶ ἡ.γυνὴ αὐτοῦ μὴ εἰδυῖα τὸ about *hours ‘three afterwards also his wife, not knowing what γεγονὸς εἰσῆλθεν, 8 ἀπεκρίθη.δὲ “αὐτῇ *o" Πέτρος, had come to pass, came in, And answered her Peter, Εἰπέ μοι εἰ τοσούτον τὸ χωρίον ἀπέδοσθε; Ἢ δὲ εἶπεν, Tell me if for 80 much the estate ye sold? And she - said, , Nai, τοσούτου. 9 Ὁ. δὲ. Πέτρος Yelzev" πρὸς αὐτήν, Ti Yes, for so much. And Peter said to her, Why [is it} ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ πνεῖμα κυρίου; ἰδού, οἱ that πόδες ye agreed together totempt the Spirit of[the] Lord? Lo, the τῶν θαψάντων rov.avipa.cov ᾿ ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ, Kai feet of those who buried thy husband {are] at the door, and ἐξοίσουσίν σε. 10 Ἔπεσεν.δξ παραχρῆμα *zapa" τοὺς they shall carry out thee. And she felldown immediately. at , Μι ~ , 998 a ? , ‘ « , πόδας αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξέψυξεν' εἰσελθόντες. δὲ οἱ -νεανίσκοι his feet and expired, And having come in the young εεὗρον" αὐτὴν νεκράν, Kai ἐξενέγκαντες ἔθαψαν found her dead; τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς. 11 καὶ ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐφ᾽ ὅλην τὴν her husband. And *g¢ame "fear ‘great upon ?whole ‘the 2 / ΨΥ ’ ‘ ᾽ , ~ wees ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα. 12 Διὰ δὲ assembly, and upon αἱ] who heard these things. | And by τῶν ᾿χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων Ῥἐγένετοϊ σημεῖα" καὶ τέρατα [men] πρὸς and having carried out they buried που] by - the hands’ ofthe apostles came to pass signs .2and *wonders εἐν τῷ λαῷ πολλά" καὶ ἦσαν ὁμοθυμαδὸν *éravrec" 1411 - ~ :~ a ~ ‘ , ἐν τῇ στοᾷ “Σολομῶντος"" 18 {ῶν.δξ λοιπῶν οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα in the porch of Solomon, but of the rest noone durst κολλᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐμεγάλυνεν ἀὐτοὺς ὁ λαός" 14 μᾶλλον join them, -but “magnified “ποῖ ‘the *people; the °more δὲ προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ κυρίῳ, πλήθη ἀνδρῶν.τε Sand “were *°added ®believers tothe Lord, multitudes both of men καὶ γυναικῶν" 15 wore ‘kara’ τὰς πλατείας ἐκφέρειν τοὺς and women :) so as in the streets tobring out the ἀσθενεῖς καὶ τιθέναι ἐπὶ Εκλινῶνὶ καὶ Ῥκραββάτων," ἵνα sick, and put [them] on beds and couches, that ἐρχομένου Πέτρου κἂν ἡ σκιὰ ἸΙἐπισκιάσῃ' τινὶ Tcoming ‘of °Peter at “least “the *shadow might overshadow some one 16 συνήρχετο.δὲ καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πέριξ Απᾶ came together also the miultitude of the ?round *about an k > II ε , , > ~ ‘ ? πόλεων “eic' Ἱερουσαλήμ, φέροντες ἀσθενεῖς Kai ὀχλοι- cities to Jerusalem, bringing sick ones and those , A / μένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων, οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο beset by spirits *unclean, who were “healed ἅπαντες. ἘΠ’ Samong ὄπ “people “many; (and they were “with *one *accord f of them. LOLOL μου μαμα σσ Π ¥— ταῦτα LTTrA. [eaid] urtra. LTTraw. 1ΤΤΙΑ., 2 πρὸς LTTrA. 4 πάντες LTr. Ὦ κραβάττων ΙΤΤΙΑΥΓ. x — 6 LTTrA. Σ---- εἶπεν (read Ὁ ἐγίνετο EGLTTrAW, ο πολλὰ ἐν τῷ λαῷ καὶ εἰς even into LTTr. & κλιναρίων i ἐπισκιάσει Shall overshadow Tr. k — εἰς LITrA. Ὗ πρὸς αὐτὴν to her LTTrA. 8. εὗραν Tr. 5 Σολομῶνος GTrAW. τ. ACTS. 17 ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ ὁ ἀἆρχιερυς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, And having risen up the high pricst and all those with him, αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, which [the] sect of the Sadducees, were filled with anger, 18 καὶ ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν" ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ and laid “hands their on the apostles and ἔθεντο αὐτοὺς ἐν τηρήσει δημοσίᾳ. 19 ἄγγελος.δὲ κυρίου put them, in[the] “hold public. But an angel of [the] Lord διὰ Ἀιτῇςὶ νυκτὸς "Ἠνοιξενὶ τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, r ουσα is during the night opened the doors of the prison, ἐξαγαγών.τε αὐτοὺς εἶπεν, 20 Πορεύεσθε, καὶ σταθέντες and having brought “out ‘them βαϊᾶ, Go ye, and standing ~ ~ ε ~ ~ ~ > ΄ cs ~ ~ λαλεῖτε ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τῷ λαῷ πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς speak in the temple tothe people all the words of “life ΄ > / ‘ ? ~ « 4 A » 2 4 ταύτης. 21 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ εἰσῆλθον ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον εἰς τὸ this. And having heard they entered at the ,dawn into the ἱερόν, καὶ ἐδίδασκον. παραγενόμενος δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ οἱ temple, and were teaching. But having come the high priest and those σὺν αὐτῷ, συνεκάλεσαν TO συνέδριον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γερου- with him, they called together the sanhedrim and all the elder- σίαν τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραήλ, καὶ ἀπέστειλαν εἰς TO δεσμωτήριον hood ofthe sons ofIsrael, and sent to the prison ? ~ > / « η ο = ͵ A , il ᾽ ἀχθῆναι.αὐτούς. 22 οἱ δὲ οὑπηρέται παραγενόμεγοιϊ οὐχ to have them brought. But tho officers having come 2not εἷρον «αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ" ἀναστρέψαντες.δὲ ἀπήγγειλαν, 4didfind them in the prison; and having returned they reported, 23 λέγοντες, Ὅτι τὸ Ῥμὲν! δεσµωτή ὕ λεις γΟΥ7 ες; τι TO μεν εσμωτ]Ί]ριον EVPO MEV κεκλεισ- saying, The *indeed prison we found shut ’ ἘΝ ’ > / " 4 / α Π « ~ μένον ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ, καὶ τοὺς φύλακας Ίέξω" ἑστῶτας ‘with all security, and the keepers without standing τπρὸ" τῶν θυρῶν ἀνοίξαντες. δέ, ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν. before the doors; but having opened, withia | noonc we found. 24 Ὡς δὲ ἤκουσαν τοὺς.λόγους-τούτους ὕ.τε, δἱερεὺς καὶ And when ‘they heard these words both the priest and ὁ" στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς διηπόρουν περὶ the captain ofthe temple and the chief priests were perplexed concerning αὐτῶν, τί ἂν.γένοιτο τοῦτο. 25 παραγενόµενος.δέ τις them, ‘what “might *be 11115, But having come a certain one ἀπήγγειλεν αὐτοῖς ἱλέγων," Ὅτι ἰδοὺ οἱ ἄνδρες οὓς ἔθεσθε reported ito them, saying, Lo, the men whom ye put ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ εἰσὶν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστῶτες καὶ διδάσκοντες τὸν in the prison are in the temple standing and teaching the λαόν. 26 Τότε ἀπελθὼν ὁ στρατηγὸς σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις Ῥεορ]ο. ‘Then “having ΄ροπο πο captain wit the officers va I ? Vs > A / ? “Ὁ 4 A λ » Ἴγαγεν" αὐτους, οὐ µετα βίας, ἐφοβοῦντο.γὰρ τὸν λαόν, brought them, -not with violence, for they feared ithe people, σι i} κ ~ ? / ‘ 2 a » ἵνα! μὴ.λιθασθῶσιν. 27 ἀγαγόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς. ἔστησαν that they might not ke-stoned. And having brought them they set ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ" ικαὶ ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, Γ[{π6 01} πὰ thc sanhedrim. -And “tasked ‘them ‘the *high “priest, 28 λέγων, “Οὐ! παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαµεν ὑμῖν μὴ διδάσ- saying, 3Νοῦ “by "8 °charge ldid*wecharge you not to teach 1 — αὐτῶν LTTrAW. τὰ --- τῆς LTTrA. ὑπηρέται LITA, Ρ --- μὲν LTTrAW. qa — ἔξω GLTTraAW. καὶ ὃ LTTYA. t — λέγων GLTTrAW. ἡ ἦγεν T. stoned) στη}. 1 -- Οὐ (γεαά We did charge you by a charge, &c. 2 ἀνοίξας having opened f. τ ἐπὶ LITrA. w — ἵνα (read lest they shoul 325 17 Then the high priest rose up, and all they that were with him, (which is the sect of the Sadducees,) and were filled with in- dignation, 18 and laid their hands on the apostles, and put them in the common prison. 19 But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brought them forth and said, 20 Go, stand and speak in the tem- ple to the people all the words of this life. 21 And when they heard that, they en- teted into the temple early in the morning, and taught. But the high priest came, and they that were with him, and called the council together, and all the senate of the children of Israel, and sent to the prison to have them brought. 22 But when the offi- cers caine, and found them not in the prison, they returned, and told, 23 saying, The prison truly found we shut with all safety, and the keepers stand- ing without before the doors: but when we had opened, we found no man with- in. 24 Now when the high priest and the captain of the temple and the chief priests heard these things, they doubted of them whereunto this would grow. 25 Then cano one and told them, saying, Behold, the men whom ye put in prison are standing in the temple, and teaching the people, 26 Then went the cap- tain with the officers, and brought them without. violence: fur they feared the people, lest they should have been stoned. 27 And when they had brought them, they set them before the council: and the high priest asked them, 28saying, Did not we straitly com- mand you that ye should not teach in © παραγενόμενοι ® — ἱερεὺς d be ) LtTra, 996 this name? and, be hold, ye have filled Jerusalem with your doctrine, and intend to bring this man’s blood upon us. 29 Then Pe- ter and the other apos- ties answered and said, We ought to obey God rather than men. 30 The God of our fa- thers raised up Jesus, whom ye slew and hanged on a_ tree. 31 Him hath God exalted with his right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour, for to give repentance to 15- rael, and forgiveness ofsins. 32 And weare his witnesses of these things; and so is also he Holy Ghost, whom God hath given to them that obey him. 33 When they heard that, they were cut (ο the heart, and took eounsel to slay them. 31 Then stood there up one in the council, a Piarisee, named Ga- τι” Πε], adoctor of the law, had in reputation among all the pcople, and commanded to put the apostles forth a little space; 35 and said unto them, Ye men of Israel, take heed to yoursclves what ye intend to do as touching these men. 36 For before these days rose up Thcudas, boasting himself to be somebody ; to whom a nuwber of men, about four hundred, joined themselves : who was slain; and all, as many as obeyed him, were scattered, and brought to nought. 37 After this man rose up Ju- das of Galilee in the days of the taxing, and drew away much people after him: he also perished ; and all, evenas many as obeyed him, were dispersed. 38 And now I say unto you, Refrain from these men, and let them alone: for if this counsel or this ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. γ ~ Φ ‘ ᾽ ” κειν επι τῷ.ὀνόματι.τούτῳ; καὶ ἰδοὺ πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἱε- in this name? and lo, ye have filled Je- -ὉΦ ~ ~ A ’ 23 ἕω ρουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς. ὑμῶν, καὶ βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ rusalem with your teaching, and purpose to bring upon ἡμᾶς τὸ ai ὐῦ ἀνθρώ J 29 ᾽Αποκριθεὶς δὲ Yo" ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ-.ἀνθρώπου.-τούτου. ριθεὶς δὲ YO us the blood” of this man. But °answering Πέτρος καὶ ot ἀπόστολοι elroy," ' Ἠειθαρχεῖν δεῖ αῬροίος 2and ὅπ “apostles said, "Το “obey ἰὺ 316 “necessary θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις. 90 ὁ θεὸς τῶν.πατέρων ἡμῶν God rather than men. The God of our fathers ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε κρεµάσαντες. ἐπὶ raised up Jesus, Whom je. killed, having hanged . on ξύλου: 81 τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἀρχηγὸν καὶ σωτῆρα ὕψωσεν a tree. Him God achicf and Saviour exalted by the δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, " δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν right hand of him, to give repentance * to Israel and _ remission ἁμαρτιῶν. 83 καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑέσμεν αὐτοῦ μάρτυρες" τῶν ῥημάτων of sins. And we are ofhim witnesses of “things τούτων, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα Oe" τὸ ἅγιον, ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ θεὸς 1these, and “the Spirit ‘also the Holy, which “gave God τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ. 33 Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες διεπρίοντο, to those that obey him. But they having heard were cut καὶ ἐβουλεύοντο! ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς. 34 ἀναστὰς [to the heart], and tookcounsel to puttodcath them, *Having *riscn ‘up δε τις ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ Φαρισαῖος, ὀνόματι Τα- Xbut 2a Ξοογίαϊη [*man] in the sanhedrim ἃ Pharisee, by name Ga- µαλιήλ, νοµοδιδάσκαλος, τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἐκέλευσεν malicl, a teacher of the law, honoured byall the people, commanded ἔξω βραχύ-ετιὶ frove ἀποστόλους" ποιῆσαι, 88 εἶπέεν.τε 3out “ΤΟΥ *a “short 7while ®the %apostles to *put, and said ‘ ᾽ , » - - πρὸς αὐτούς, "Ανδρες δ᾽ Ἰσραηλῖται," προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς to them, Men Israclites, take heed to yourselves ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.τούτοις τί "μέλλετε πράσσειν. 36 πρὸ as regards these men whatye areabout todo; “before γὰρ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς, λέγων εἶναί τινα ‘for _ these days roseup Theudas, affirming *to*be *somebody ἑαυτόν, ᾧ "προσεκολλήθη ἀριθμὸς ἀ9δρῶν, ὡσεὶ" τετρα- *himself, to whom were joined anumber of men, about four κοσίων' ὃς ἀνῃρέθη, καὶ πάντες ὕσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ hundred ; who was put todeath,and αἱ] as many as were persuaded by him διελύθησαν καὶ ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν. 87 μετὰ τοῦτον ἀνέστη were dispersed and came to nothing. After thisone rose up ᾽ “nN ε ~ > ~ « [ή ~ > ~ ΓΙ Ιούδας ὁ Γαλιλαῖος ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς, καὶ Judas the Galilean in the days ofthe registration, and ? / 4 / ~ ~ 4 ἀπέστησεν λαὸν ἱἱκανὸν" ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ" κἀκεῖνος ἀπώλετο, drew away "Ῥοορ]α *much after -him; and he perished, / « / ~ καὶ πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διεσκορπίσθησαν. 38 καὶ and all as many as were persuaded by him were scattered abroad. And ~ , ~ A ~ 5 τὰ νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν.ἀνθρώπων τούτων, καὶ now Isay toyou, Withdraw from these men, and Le 2 ‘ , Kdoare" αὐτούς" ὅτι ἐὰν ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἡ.βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ lev alone them, ον ο “οσα Smen 1this 27counsel “or x is LTTra. — δου TTr. i — ἱκανὸν LTTrA, ¥— δ LITrA. Ξ ; ς — δὲ LTTr[A]. ανθρώπους the men LTTrA. 1 εἶπαν LTTrA. ἢ - τοῦ Τ. 4 ἐβούλοντο resolved utr. & Ἰσραηλεῖται T, * ἄφετε LTTrA, Ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μάρτυρές ἐσμεν L$ © — Tt LTTrAW. τους Ἀ προσεκλίθη ἀνδρῶν ἀριθμὸς ὡς LTTrAW V, VI ACTS. to.épyov.rovro, καταλυθήσεται: 39 εἰδὲ ἐκ θεοῦ ἐστιν, “this *work, it will be overthrown ; ~ but if from God it be, rie δύ Ξ θ Ι] λῦ χη 2 7 \ θ ’ ου.ουνασσε καταλυσαι αντοι μῆποτε και εοµαχοι ye arenotahle to overthrow it, εὑρεθῆτε. 40 ᾿Ἐπείσθησαν-δὲ ye be found, lest also fighters against God αὐτῷ Kai προσκαλεσάμενοι And they were persuaded by him; and having called to τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες παρήγγειλαν (them) the, apostles, ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἀπέλυσαν "αὐτούς." 41 Οἱ in the name of Jesus, and released them, They μὲν οὖν ἐπορεύοντο χαίροντες ἀπὸ προσώπου ᾽ τοῦ therefore: departed rejoicing from [the] presence of the συνεδρίου ὅτι οὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ κατηξιώθησαν" sanhedrim that for the name of him they were accounted worthy ἀτιμασθῆναιὶ 42 πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ’ οἶκον to be dishonoured. And every day in the temple and in the houses οὐκ.ἐπαύοντο διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι Ρ᾽ Ἰησοῦν having beaten they enjcined [them] not to speak they ceased not teaching and announcing the glad tidings— Jesus τὸν χριστόν." the Christ. ᾽ Π - « , , , ~ ~ ϐ Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις.ταύταις πληθυνόντων τῶν μαθητῶν But in those days smultiplying 1the disciples ἐγένετο γογγυσμὸς τῶν Ἑλληνιστῶν πρὸς τοὺς Ἑ βραίους, there arose ἃ murmuring of the Hellenists against the Hebrews, ὅτι παρεθεωροῦντο ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ αἱ because were overlooked in the ?ministration daily χῆραι.αὐτῶν. 2 προσκαλεσάµενοι.δὲ οἱ δώδεκα τὸ πλῆθος their widows. And “having *called *to (*them] ‘the “twelve the multitude τῶν μαθητῶν, 4εἶπον," Οὐκ ἀρεστόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς, καταλείψαν- of the disciples, said, Not seemly itis [for] us, leaving τν " , ~ ~ ~ / ? , τας τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, διακονεῖν τραπέζαις. 8 ἐπισκέψασθε the word of God, to attend tables. Look out Toby," Sadedgot,' ἄνδρας ἐξ ὑμῶν μαρτυρουμένους therefore, brethren, 2men “from *among ‘yourselves, °borne 7witness *to ἑπτά, πλήρεις πνεύματος ‘ayiouv' καὶ σοφίας, οὓς "κατα- isuren, full of (the] *Spirit ‘*Holy ‘and wisdom, whom we will στήόδομενὶ ἐπὶ τῆς-χρείας.Ταύτης' 4 ἡμεῖς. δὲ τῇ προσευχῇ ΒΡΡοΪπ , over this business ; but we to prayer καὶ τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου προσκαρτερήσοµεν. 5 Καὶ and the ministry of the word will steadfastly continue. And ἤρεσεν ὁ λόγος ἐνώπιον παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους: καὶ Swas *pleasing ‘the *saying before all the multitude; and ? , , » w , Π] , ᾿ ΄ ἐξελέξαντο Στέφανον, ἄνδρα πλήρη" πίστεως καὶ πγευ- they chose Stephen, aman full of faith and{[the] 7Spi- µατος ἁγίου, καὶ Φίλιππον, καὶ Πρόχορον, καὶ Νικάνορα, καὶ rit "Holy, and Philip, and Prochorus, and WNicanor, and Τίμωνα, καὶ Παρμενᾶν, καὶ Νικόλαον προσήλυτον ᾿Αντιοχέα, Το, . and Parmenas, and Nicolas a proselyte of Antioch, 6 οὓς ἔστησαν ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀποστόλων' καὶ προσευξάμενοι whom they set before the apostles ; and having prayed ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας. 7 καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ they laid 7on “them hands, And the word of God lov δυνήσεσθε ye will not be able trtr. πι αὐτούς them GLTTrA. [them)]) rtra. χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν LTTrA. 4 εἶπαν ΤΥ Ὰ. *—ayiovGLITrA. "καταστήσωμεν We May appoint EW, μὴ λαλεῖν. ο-- αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW ; κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος LTTrA. t δή indeed τ΄ς δέ but T. π πλήρης ἵν 327 work be of men, it will come to nought: 39 buf if it be of God, ye can- not overthrow it; lest haply ye be found even to fight against God. 40 And to him they agreed: and when they had called the apostles, and beaten them, they commanded that they should not speak in the name of Jesus, and let them go. 4] And they departed . from the presence of the council, rejoicing that they were count- ed worthy to suffer shame for his name. 42 And daily in- the temple, and in every house, they ceased not to teach and preach Jesus Christ, VI. And in those days, when the nume- ber of the disciples was multiplied, there arose ἃ murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews, because their widows were neglected in the daily ministration.. 2 Then the twelve called the multitude of the dis- ciples unto them, and said, It is not resscu that we should leave the word of God, and serve tables. 3 Where- fore, brethren, look ye out among you seven men of honest report, full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom, whom we may appoint over this business. 4 But we will give ourselves continually to prayer, and to the ministry of the word. 5 And the saying pleased the whole multi- tude: and they chose Stephen, a man full of faith and of the Holy Ghost, and Phi- lip, and Pyrochorus, and Nicanor, and Ti- mon, and Parmenas, and Nicolas a pros- elyte of Antioch: 6 whom they set be- fore the apostles: and when they had prayed, they laid thei hands on them. 7 And the word of God increased; n — αὐτούς (read P τὸν 5..“- ἀδελφοί Ly 928 and the number of the disciples multiplied in Jerusalem = greatly ; and a great compeny of the priests were obedient to the faith. 8 And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people. 9 Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is ealled the synagogue of the Libertines, and Cyrenians, and Alex- andrians, and of them of Ciliciaand of Asia, disputing with Ste- phen. 10 And they were not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he spake. 11 Then they suborned men, which said, We have heard him speak blasphe- mous words against Moses, and against God. 12 And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon Aim, and caught him, and brought him to the council, 13 and set up false witnesses, which said, This man ceaseth not to speak blasphemous words against this holy place, and the law: 14 for we have heard him say, that this Je- sus of Nazareth shall destroy this place, and shall change the cus- toms which Moses de- livered us. 15 And all that sat in the council, looking stedfastly on him, saw his face as it had been the fage of an angel, VII. Then said the high priest, Are these things so? 2 And he said, Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken ; The God of glory ap- peared untoour father Abraham, when he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Charran, 3and said: unto him, Get thee out of thy country, and from thy kindred, and TPA ETS. Wey ‘ Ἵ , € ? A ~ ηὔξανεν, καὶ ἐπληθύνετο ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν increased, and was 7multiplied ‘tne “number 30 *the ‘disciples VI, VII. μαθητῶν ἐν Ἱε- in Je- ‘ , . , ” ep) ῃ εἰς Αἱ on ρουσαλὴμ σφόδρα, πολύς-τε ὄχλος τῶν ἱερεων ὑπήκουον rusalem exceedingly, and a great multitude of the priests - were obedient τῇ πίστει. tothe faith. , ‘ [ή Ξ Μι 8 Στέφανος δὲ πλήρης . πίστεως" καὶ δυνάμεως ἐποίει And Stephen, full of faith and power, ᾿ wrought ’ ‘ Ὁ , . > ~ Χ ~ ? [ή as τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα μεγάλα ἐν τῷ λαῷ. 9 ἀνεστησαν. δὲ wonders and “signs lereat among»the people, And arose ~ ~ τ. ~ \ / ΄ τινες τῶν ἐκ τῆς συναγωγῆς ὑτῆς λεγομένης" Λιβερτίνων, certain of those of the synagogue ἡ called Libertines, \ , ‘ ? ἢ » > , καὶ Κυρηναίων, καὶ ᾿Αλεξανδρέων, καὶ τῶν. ἀπὸ Κιλικίας and ofCyrenians, and of Alexandrians, and of those from Cilicia τκαὶ ᾿Ασίας," Ἀσυζητοῦντες! τῷ Στεφάνῳ" 10 καὶ οὐκ.ἴσχυον and Asia, disputing with Stephen. And they were not able ἀντιστῆναι τῇ σοφίᾳ καὶ τῷ πνεύματι ἐλάλει. 11 τότε to resist the wisdom and the spirit Then ὑπέβαλον ἄνδρας, λέγοντας, Ότι ἀκηκόαμεν αὐτοῦ λαλοῦν- they suborned men, saying, We have heard him speaking τος ῥήματα βλάσφημα εἰς ὉΜωσῆν" καὶ τὸν θεόν. 12 Συν- ΘΗ by which he spoke, 2words ‘blasphemous against Moses and God. *They εκίνησάν τε τὸν λαὸν καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους καὶ τοὺς Ξοε]ττεᾶ ἋΡ ‘and the people διά the elders aud the γραμματεῖς, καὶ ἐπιστάντες συνήρπασαν αὐτόν, καὶ ἤγαγον scribes, and coming upon they seized him, and brought εἰς τὸ συνέδριον, 13 ἔστησάν.τε μάρτυρας ψευδεῖς, {him] to the sanhedrim, And they set witnesses ‘false, λέγοντας, Ὁ.ἄνθρωπος.οῦτος οὐ παύεται “ῥήματα βλάσφημα saying, This man docs not cease Swords “blasphemouy λαλῶν" κατὰ τοῦ τόπου τοῦ ἁγίου “τούτου! Kai τοῦ νόµου. tspeaking against 3place “holy this and the law; ? , ‘ ? ρω , ια ? ~ « 14 ἀκηκόαμεν.γὰρ αὐτοῦ λέγοντος, Ότι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζω- for we have heard him saying, That *Jesus “the *Naza- ραῖος οὗτος καταλύσει τὸν. τόπον τοῦτον, Kai ἀλλάξει τὰ rean ‘this will destroy this place, and willchange th: ἔθη ἃ παρέδωκεν ἡμῖν Mwione. 15 Καὶ ἀτενίσαντες εἰς customs which “delivered ὅἴο 8 ‘Moses, And looking intently on αὐτὸν “ἅπαντες" ot καθεζόμενοι ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ feldov" τὰ him all who sat in the sanhedrim Baw πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ πρόσωπον ἀγγέλου. his face 5 [the] face of an angel, 7 Εἰπεν.δὲ ὁ ἀρχιερεύς, Ei ξᾶραϊ ταῦτα οὕτως Ἀέχει!: And ‘said ‘the *high “priest, ®Then 7these things ὅ80 Fare? « A ” ή . 2 Ὁ δὲ ἔφη, Ανδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατε. ὁ θεός And he said, Men brethren and fathers, hearken, The God ~ , ” - ae ~ » ~ τῆς δόξης ὤφθη τῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραὰμ ὄντι ἐν τῇ Μεσο- of glory appeared to our father Abraham being in Meso- TOTAL, πριν ἢ κατοικῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐν Χαῤῥάν, ὃ καὶ εἶπεν potamia, before “dwelt the in Charran, and said ‘ > , a” ’ ~ ~ Ὡ ~ μ πρὸς αὐτὸν, Ἐξελθε ἐκ τῆς γῆς. σου καὶ ic" τῆς συγγενείας to him, Goout from thyland and from “kindred ----- ὁ ὁ ὁ ὁ EE σα... Σ χάριτος of grace GLTTrAW. Ὁ Mevony GLTTrAW. ο (rcad the holy place) eurtraw. 5 — ἔχει (read [are]) w. LTTrA. Y τῶν λεγομένων T. *% — καὶ Ασίας L. βλάσφημα GLTTrAW ; λαλῶν ῥήματα TTr. © πάντες LTTr, f εἶδαν Tr. A — 6X ,G)Tr[ A}. ® συνζητοῦντες d — τούτου δ -- ἄρα 11τ1|[4]- ΥΠ. ACTS. σου, καὶ δεῦρο εἰς γῆν ἣν ἄν σοι δείξω. 4 Τότε ἐξελθὼν ‘thy and come into land which to thee I willshew. Then ‘going out LJ ~ / ’ Ὁ . ΝΑ > ~ εκ γῆς Χαλδαίων, κατῴκησεν ἕν Xappay, κἀκεῖθεν from [the] land οἵ Chaldeans, he dwelt in Charran, and thence μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν.πατέρα.αὐτοῦ, μα - αὐτὸν εἰς after Sdied this *father, e removed him into τὴν.γῆν.ταύτην εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς νῦν κατοικεῖτε 5 καὶ οὐκ this land in which ye now dwell. . And not 3 ᾽ ~ / ο ? ~ 2 Or ~ , ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κληρονομίαν ἐν αὐτῇ, οὐδὲ βῆμα.ποδός' "he 3414 give tohim aninheritance in it, noteven a foot’s tread; καὶ ἐπηγγείλατο αὐτῷ δοῦναι" εἰς κατάσχεσιν αὐτήν," καὶ and promised tohim togive “*for *a *possession lit, and ~ , ~ ” ~ τῷ.σπέρµατι.αὐτοῦ μετ᾽ αὐτόν, οὐκιῦντος αὐτῷ τέκνου. to his seed after him, there not being to him a child. i! / , La ~ 6 ἐλάλησεν δὲ οὕτως ὁ θεός, Ὅτι ἔσται τὸ.σπέρμα αὐτοῦ And *spoke sthus God: That “shall *be 1his *seed , 3 ~ ᾽ , ‘ ’ > A A πάροικον ἐν γῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ, καὶ δουλώσουσιν αὐτὸ καὶ @sojourner in a “land strange, and they willenslave it and κακώσουσιν ἔτη τετρακόσια. ἢ καὶ τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ "ἐὰν" ili-treat [10] years ‘four *hundred ; and the nation to which οδουλεύσωσιν,! κρινῶ ἐγώ, Ῥεῖπεν ὁ θεός" καὶ μετὰ they may be in bondage will?judge Ὁ, said God ; and after ταῦτα ἐξελεύσονται καὶ λατρεύσουσίν μοι ἐν τῷ τόπῳ these things they shall come forth and serve me in place τούτῳ. ὃ Καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς" καὶ οὕτως this. And hegave tohim acovenant ofcircumcision; and thus Ἵ , ΔΝ / A / Ν ~ ~ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ισαάκ, καὶ περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ he begat Isaac, and circumcised him the: “day ὀγδόῃ" Kai «ὁ! Ἰσαὰκ τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ 96" Ἰακὼβ τοὺς Jeighth; and Isaac [begat] Jacob, and Jacob the δώδεκα πατριάρχας. 9 Kai ot πατριάρχαι ζηλώσαντες τὸν twelve patriarchs, And the patriarchs, enyying ’ , > ; ᾽ ” ‘ ιτ « 4 Ἰωσὴφ ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον' καὶ ἦν ὁ θεὸς per Joseph, sold {(him] into Egypt. And *was 1God with αὐτοῦ, 10 καὶ Σἐξείλετο" αὐτὸν ἐκ πασῶν τῶν θλίψεων αὐτοῦ, him, and delivered him outof all his tribulations, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ χάριν καὶ σοφίαν “ἐναντίον! Φαραὼ βασι- and gave him favour and wisdom before Pharaoh king [ή ᾽ Η͂ > ” λέως Αἰγύπτου, καὶ κατέστησεν αὐτὸν ἡγούμενον ἐπ᾽ Αἴγυπ- of Egypt, and heappointed him ruler over Egypt τον καὶ t ὕλον τὸν οἶκον. αὐτοῦ. 11 ἦλθεν δὲ λιμὸς ἐφ᾽ ὅλην and *whoile this house. But *came ‘a *famine upon “whole τὴν "γῆν Αἰγύπτου" καὶ Χαναάν, καὶ θλίψις μεγάλη" καὶ 1the land of Egypt and Canaan, and “tribulation ‘great, and οὐχ. “εὕρισκον! χορτάσματα οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν. 12 ἀκούσας.δὲ 3414 *not *find Ssustenance our “fathers, But *having *heard ? ‘ ” πώ ? ᾽ , Π ? , A , Ιακώβ ὄντα *oira ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ," ἐξαπέστειλεν τοὺς πατέρας 1Jacob Swas “corn in Egypt, sent forth ?fathers κ ἵνα Ν 19 κ ~ ὃ , τρ , θ Il T \ ἡμῶν πρωτον και εν τῳ εντερῳ ανεγνγωρισ n ωσηφ our first ; and at the secondtime wasmade known Joseph τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς.αὐτοῦ, καὶ φανερὸν ἐγένετο τῷ Φαραὼ τὸ γένος to his brethren, and "known ‘became to Pharaoh the family κ + τὴν the LTTraw. him w. π ἂν LTr. LTTraw. 4 --- ὃ LTTrA. t ἐξείλατο GLTTrAW. 7 Αἴγυπτον (read over all Egypt) Lrtra. W ηὕρισκον TrA. Σ ἐγνωρίσθη Tr. 5 ἔναντι T. 1 δοῦναι αὐτῷ LTTrA ; δοῦναι αὐτὴν to give it w. © δουλεύσουσιν they will be in bondage Tra. 329 come into the land which I shall shew thee, 4Then came he out of the land of the Chaldeans, and dwelt in Charran: and from thence, when his father was dead, he removed him into this land, Whercin ye now dwell. 5 And he gave him none inheritance in it, no, not so much as to set his foot on: yet he promised that he would give it to him for a possession, and to his seed after him, when as yet he had no child, 6 And Godspake on this wise, That his seed should sojournin a strange land; and that they should bring them into bondage,and entreat them cvil four hundred years. 7 And the nation to whom they shall be in bon- dage will I judge, said God: and after that shall they come forth, and serve me in this place. 8 And he gave him the covenant of circumcision: and so Abraham begat Isaac, and circumcised him the eighth day; and Isaac begat Jacob ; and Jacob begat the twelve patriarchs. 9 And the patriarchs,moved with envy, sold Joseph into Egypt: but God was with him, 10 and de- , livered him out of all his afflictions, and gave him favour and wisdom in the sight of Pharaoh king of Egypt; and he made him governor over Egypt and all his house. 11 Now there came a dearth over all the land of Egypt and Chanaan, and great af- fliction: and our fa- thers found no suste- nance. 12 But when Jacob heard that there was corn in Egypt, he sent out our fathers first. 13 And at the second time Joseph was made known to his brethren; and Jo- seph’s kindred was made known unto Pha- τὰ αὐτῷ to P ὁ θεὸς εἶπεν t + ἐφ᾽ over T. ασιτία εἰς Αἴγυπτον LTTrAW, $30 raoh, 14 Then sent Jo- seph, and called his fa- ther Jacob to him, and all his kindred, three- score and fifteen souls. 15 SoJacob went down into Egypt, and died, he, and our fathers, 16 and were carried over into Sychem, and laid in the sepulchre that Abraham bought for a sum of money of the sons of Emmor the futher of Sycheme 17 But when the time: of the promise drew nigh, which God had sworn to Abraham, the people grew. and mul- tipliedin Egypt, 18 till another king arose, which knew not Jo- seph, 19 The same dealt subtilly with our kindred, and evil entrented our fathers, so that they east out their young children, to the end they might not live. 20 In which time Mo- ses was born, and was exceeding fair, and nourished up in his father’s house three months: 21 and when he was cast out, Pha- raoh’s daughter took him up, and nourished him for her own son. 22 And Moses was learned in all the wis- dom of the Egyptians, and was mighty in words and in deeds. 23 And when he was full forty years old, it came into his heart to visit his brethren the children of Israel. 24 And seeing one of them sufier wrong, he defended him, and a- venged him that was oppressed, and smote the Egyptian: 25 for he supposed his breth- ren would have under- stood how that God by his hand would deliver them : but they under- stood not. .26 And the eal ΤΙ μ. As » --. BY VIL. trod! Δ Ἰωσήφ." 14 ἀποστείλας-δὲ ᾿Ιωσὴφ μετεκαλέπατα, Ὀτὸν οἳ Joseph. And haying sent Joseph he calleé for Ἂς: πατέρα αὐτοῦ Ἰακώβ," καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν. συγγένειαν. αὐγοῦ," ἐν his father Jacob, and all his kindred, in ~ e “ \ ? ‘ 7 ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε. 15 ἀκατέβη δὲ' ᾿Ιακὼβ εἰς Αἴγυπ- Ssouls 1seventy “five. And went down Jacob into Egypt ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ε , ο. 3 Η καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ. πατέρες. ἡμῶν" 16 καὶ and died, he and our fathers, and ’ > , ‘ ᾿ «θ ? ~, , esl] µετετέθησαν εἰς Συχέμ, «καὶ ἐτέθησαν ἐν τῷ ᾿μνηματι “Ὁ were carried over to Sychem, and were placed in_ the tomb j which ὠνήσατο ᾿Αβραὰμ τιμῆς ἀργυρίου παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν "Ἠμμὸρ' 2hought Abraham for ἃ ΠΠ ofmoney from the sons of Emmor Srov' " Συχέμ. 17 Καθὼς. δὲ ἤγγιζεν ὁ χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγ- of Sychem., But as drew near the time of the pro- γελίας ἧς Ἰώμοσενὶ ὁ θεὸς τῷ ᾿Αβραάμ, ηὔξησεν ὁ λαὸς καὶ mise © which *swore God to Abraham, *increased *the “people and ἐπληθύνθη ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, 18 ἔάχρις" οὗ ἀνέστη βασιλεὺς multiplied in Egypt, until arose." *king Ue | Weak 2 γὃ ᾿ Ἶ ΄ 19 τ , ἕτερος,' ὃς οὔκ-βδει τὸν Lwond. οὗτος κατασοφισᾶµενος tanother, who knew not Joseph. He having dealt subtilly with \ δ « ~ ? / 4 [ή A « ~ ~ ~ τὸ. γένος ἡμῶν, ἐκάκωσεν τοὺς.πατερας.' ἡμῶν, τοῦ ποιεῖν τον, our race, ill-treated our fathers; making πἔκθετα τὰ. βρέφη" αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ μὴ. ζωογονεῖσθαι. 20 Ἐν ᾧ Sexposed their “babes that they might not live. In which καιρῷ ἐγεννήθη οΜωσῆς," καὶ ἦν ἀστεῖος τῷ θεῷ: ὃς ἀνε- time was born Moses, and was beautiful to God; who was , ~ ~ ? ~ "» ~ ~ τράφη μῆνας τρεῖς εν τῷ οικῳ' τοῦ.πατρὺὸς Ῥαὐτοῦ." brought up *months ‘three in the house of his father, Q1 αἐκτεθέντα δὲ αὐτόν," τἀνείλετοὶ αὐτὸν ἡ θυγάτηρ Φαραώ, And “being “exposed ‘he, took up him the daughter of Pharaoh, F< ῃ γι, « ΩΝ ? er \ ’ , καὶ ἀνεθρέψατο αὐτὸν ἑαυτῇ. εἰς υἱόν. 22 καὶ ἐπαιδεύθη and brought up him forherself for a son. And ?was “instructed Μωσῆς" " πάσῃ σοφίᾳ Αἰγυπτίων" ἦν.δὲ δυνατὸς ἐν ? Moses in all [the] wisdom of [the] Egyptians, and he was mighty in λόγοις καὶ tiv" ἔργοιο. 23 Ὡς. δὲ ἐπληροῦτο αὐτῷ “reo words and in decds, And when was fulfilled tohim 3of σαρακονταετὴς' χρόνος, ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὴν.καρδίαν.αὐτοῦ ἔπι- “forty *years ta *period, itcame into his heart te σκέψασθαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς.αὐτοῦ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἱσραήλ. 24 καὶ look upon his brethren the sons of Israel; ana ἰδών τινα ἀδικούμενον, ἠμύνατο καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐκδίκησιν seeing ἃ certain one being wronged, he defended [him] and avenged ~ [ή z ’ 4A , τῷ καταπονουµένῳ, πατάξας τὸν Αἰγύπτιον. 25 ἐνόμιζεν. δὲ him being oppressed, having smitten the Egyptian. Fer he thought + ἢ Ξ - πι . συνιέναι τοὺς. ἀδελφοὺς. Χαὐτοῦ" ὅτι ὁ θεὸς διὰ χειρὸς Would *understand his “brethren that God by #hand αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν γαὐτοῖς σωτηρίαν" οἱδὲ οὐ.συνῆκαν. his is giving them salvation. But they ‘understood not, 2 — τοῦ LTTrA. τ — αὐτοῦ (read [his]) GLrTra. & — τοῦ TTr. h ) + én’ Αἴγυπτον over Egypt Lrvr. “ὁ Mwvons GLTTraW, 4 τ ἀνείλατο GLTTrAW. 7 αὐτοῦ (read his deeds) GLITraw. «κθετα LTTrA. αὐτοῦ LTTrA. {kis)) ΤΊ [4]. ) σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς LTTrAW. - b Ἰακὼβ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ LTTrAW. aT : ©wmGLTTrAW Ἐμμὼρ LTTrAw. | ὡμολόγησεν promised LTTraw. Κ ἄχρι LITA, m — ἡμῶν (read the fathers) Lrtra, ra βρέφη P — αὐτοῦ (read [his]) GLrtraw. ᾳ ἐκτεθέντος δὲ 8 + ἐν in (read πάσῃ all) Trraw. t — ἐν LYTrA. ἡ τεσσερακονταετῆς TTrA, x — αὐτοῦ (read ® αὐτοῦ (read his family) Τ. LT ἃ καὶ κατέβη LTTrAW. + εν ΙΏ LTTr. ΥΠ. > ~ 3 20 ryre" ἐπιούσῃ And on the foilowing ACTS. Εν We) ? - la ἡμέρᾳ ώφθη αὐτοῖς μαχομένοις, καὶ day | heappeared to those who were contending, and *ourndacer' αὐτοὺς εἰς εἰρήνην, εἰπών, Ανδρες ἀδελφοί ἐστε 2 urged them to peace, saying, Men %brethren are « - / - ᾽ ’ - \ > ~ δὑμεῖς"" εἱνατίὶ ἀδικεῖτε ἀλλήλους; 27 Ὁ δὲ ἀδικῶν . Pye; why wrong ye ome another? But he who was wronging [his] τὸν πλησίον ἀπώσατο αὐτόν, εἰπών, Tic σε κατέστησεν neighbour thrust away him, .saying, Who *thee ‘appointed ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἀἡμᾶςὶ;, 28 μὴ «ἀνελεῖν με ruier and judge over us? ν᾽ ᾿ΠῸ put to death me σὺ θέλεις, ὃν τρόπον ἀνεῖλες ἐχθὲς! τὸν Αἰγύπτιον; "thou ‘wishest, in the way thou puttest to death yesterday the 29 Ἔφυγεν δὲ ‘Mwaic' ἐν τῷ λόγῳ.τούτῳ, καὶ ἐγένετο Egyptian? And “fled Moses at this saying, and” became , ν ~ 2 τ 55 «ἢ 4 , πάροικος ἕν γῇ Μαδιάμ, οὗ ἐγέννησεν υιοὺς δύο. a@sojourner in [the] land οὗ Madiam, where he begat 39Ο1:8 1two. 30 Kai πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν Sreacapdkovra’ ὠφθη αὐτῷ ἐν ‘And “*being *fulfilled “years forty appeared tohim in ~ δι. ~ ” ἃ ~ » h / Π ? λ \ τῷ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ ὄρους Σινᾶ ἄγγελος "κυρίου ἐν φλογὶ the desert ofthe Mount Sina anangel of [the] Lord in a flame πυρὸς βάτου. 31 ὁ δὲ "Μωσῆς" ἰδὼν Ἰξθαύμασεν" τὸ of fire of a bush, And Moses seeing [it] wondered at the ὅραμα" προσερχομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι, ἐγένετο φωνὴ vision ; and *cominug *near the toconsider [it], there was a voice κυρίου "πρὸς αὐτόν," 82 Ἐγώ ὁ θεὸς τῶν. πατέρων σου, οὗ [the] Lord to him, I (am) the God of thy fathers, ὁ θεὸς ᾿Αβραὰμ καὶ 16 θεὸς" Ἰσαὰκ καὶ ‘6 θεὸς" ᾿Ιακώρ. the God of Abraham and the God ofIsaac and the God οἵ Jacob. Ἔντρομος.δὲ γενόμενος Μωσῆς" οὐκ ἐτόλμα κατανοῆσαι. And *trembling *having *become *Moses_ - he durst not consider [10]. 33 εἶπεν δὲ ᾽αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος. Λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν And “said *to him ‘the *Lord, Loose the sandal of *fect are. ‘ , m?,.li τς .“ Ὁ λεω κα ΄ 34 ἰδὲ σου" v.yap τόπος εν ῳᾧ ἕστηκας, YN ayia εστίν. ιδων Ithy, forthe place on whichthoustandest,*ground "ΠΟΥ 18. Seeing, εἶδον τὴν κάκωσιν ᾿τοῦ.λαοῦ.μου τοῦ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ, Kai τοῦ Isaw tbe ill-treatment of my people in Egypt, and “- ~ ” ‘ , στεναγμοῦ." αὐτῶν! ἤκουσα" καὶ κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς" their groaning heard, and came down to take “out ‘them; καὶ νῦν δεῦρο, ἀποστελῶ" σε εἰς Αἴγυπτον. 35 Τοῦτον τὸν and now come, Iwillsend thee to Egypt. This .. ~ a , , , , ” Μωῦὺσῆν ὃν ἠρνήσαντο εἰπόντες, Τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρ- Moses, whom they refused, saying, Who “thee ‘appointed ru- χοντα καὶ δικαστήν ; τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς Ρ ἄρχοντα καὶ λυτρωτὴν ler and judge? him God [fas] “ruler ‘and ‘deliverer αἀπέστειλεν ἐν χειρὶ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ὀφθέντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ tsent by [the] hand of [the] angel who appeared tohim in the Los ? , ? / , ‘ drw.. 96 οὗτος ἐξήγαγεν αὐτούς, ποιήσας τέρατα καὶ bnsh, This one led out them, having wrought wonders and ~ ~ > 4 Ἴ 5 ~ ΄ σημεῖα ἐν Typ" "Αἰγύπτου" καὶ ἐν ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάσσῃ, signs in [Πο] land of Egypt and in[the] Red ος, 991 next day he shewed himself unto them as they strove, and would have set them at one again, saying, Sifs, ye are brethren ; why do ye wrong one to an- other? 27 But he that did his neighbour wrong thrust him a- way, saying, Who made thee a ruler and a judge overus? 28 Wilt thou kill me, as thou diddest the Egyptian yesterday? 29 Then fled Moses at this say- ing, and was astranger in the landof Madian, where he begat two sons. 30 And when forty years were ex- pired, there appeared to him in the wilder- ness of mount Sina an angel of the Lord ina flame of fire in a bush. 31 When Moses saw it, be wondered at the sight : and as he drew near to behold ἐξ, the voice of the Lord came .unto him, 382 saying I am the God of th fathers, the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. Then Moses trembled, and durst not behold. 33 Then said the Lord to him, Put off thy shoes from thy feet : for the place where thou standest is holy ground. 34 1 have seen, I have scen the affliction of my people which is in Egypt, and I have heard their groaning, and am come down to deliver them. And now come, I will send thee into Egypt. 35 This Moses whom they refused, saying, Who made thee aruler anda judge? thesame did God send to be a ruler and a deliverer .by the hand of the angel which appeared to him in the bush, 26 He brought them out, after that he had shewed wonders and signs in the land of Egypt, and in the Red sea, aud in the wil- Εν τ τυ εν ὡς πινω μας μα σο " 060ὡος τὕὉ..0..:---..-.---- ---ς--::. : δὲ EGW. ἃ συνήλλασσεν ὑττιν,. LTra. ἃ ἡμῶν LITrW. © ἐχθὲς LTTrA.” b — κυρίου LTTrA. i ἐθαύμαζεν GTAW. τῷ ἐφ᾽ LITrA. 2 αὐτοῦ (read [their]) Ltr. _ Li[Tr]a. 4 ἀπέσταλκεν σὺν has sent with LTTraw. ® Αἰγύπτῳ GLTTrA. f Mwvors GLYTrAw. k — πρὸς αὐτόν LTTrA. b ὑμεῖς (read ἐστε ye are) LTTr[A]W. & τεοοεράκοντα ΤΎτΑ. ο ἀποστείλω LTTrAW. τ τῇ (read in Egypt) Ltr. ε ἵνα τί 1 — 6 θεὸς LTTra. P + καὶ both 332 derness forty years. 37 This is that Moses, which said unto the children of Israel, A prophet, shall the Lord your God raise upugto you of your brethren, like unto me; him shall ye _ hear. 38 This is he; that was in the church in the wilderness with the angel which spake to him in the mount Sina, and with our fa- thers: who received the lively oracles to give unto us: .39 to whom our fathers would not obey, but thrust fim from them, and in their hearts turned back again into Egypt, 40 saying unto Aaron, Make us gods to go before us: for as jor this ~ Moses, which brought us out of the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him. 4] And they made a calf in those days, and offered sacrifice unto the idol, and re- joiced in the works of their own hands. 42 Then God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven; as it is writ- ten in the book of the prophets,-O ye house of Israel, have ye οἳ- fered to meslain beasts and sacrifices by the space of forty years in the wilderness? 43 Yea, ye took up the ta- bernacle of Moloch, and the star of your god Remphan, figures which ye made to wor- ship them: and I will carry youaway beyond Babylon. 44 Our fa- thers had the taber- nacle of witness in the wilderness, as he had appointed, speaking unto Moses, that he should make it accor- ding to the fashion that he had seen. 45 Which also our fa- thers that came after brought in with Jesus into the possession of the Gentiles, whom God drave out before the face of our fathers, “who received 7oracles ΠΡραΑ 5ΕΙ Σ. VII. . ~ ’ μὰ τ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἔτη "τεσσαράκοντα"! 87 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ and in the wilderness *years lforty. This is the ow « ᾽ - co» , ΄ η Μωῦσῆς ὁ εἰπὼν! τοῖς υἱοῖς Ισραήλ, Ἡροφήτην ὑμῖν Moses who said tothe sons of Israel, A prophet’ to you ἀναστήσει χκύριος" ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν" ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 5will‘raise 7up [1116] *Lerd *God Syour from among ?brethren ὑμῶν we ἐμέ" ταὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε." 38 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενό- tyour like me, him yeshall hear. This is hewho wag μενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ μετὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ in the assembly in the wilderness with the angel who λαλοῦντος αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σινᾶ, καὶ τῶν. πατέρων ἡμῶν, “spoke tohim in the mount Sina, and with our fathers ; / / ~ tc w z= ὃς ἐδέξατο λόγια ζῶντα δοῦναι ἡμῖν 39 w οὐκ-ήθέλησαν lliving togive tous: towhom *would*not « , ’ ο « , t ~ -a Ὑλλὶ > » - . 3 ὑπήκοοι γενέσθαι οἱ.πατερες.- ἡμῶν, “a ἀπώσαντο, καὶ Ssubject ‘be tour *fathers, but thrust [him] away, and ἐστράφησαν ταῖς.καρδίαις. αὐτῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, 40 εἰπόντες turned back ‘their hearts to Egypt, saying τῷ ᾿Ααρών, Ποίησον ἡμῖν θεοὺς ot προπορεύσονται ἡμῶν" to Aaron, Make us gods who shall go before us; ε 4 ο ~ ΤΙ κά τι ᾽ , « ~ ᾽ ο 3 > A ὁ γὰρ “Μωσῆς" οὗτος ὃς ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς εκ γῆς: Αἰγύπ- for Moses 1that who brought “out ‘us from([the]land of Egypt, του, οὐκ.οἴδαμεν τί ἀγέγονεν' αὐτῷ. 41 Καὶ ἐμοσχοποίησαν we kngw not what has happened to him. And they made a calf ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις, καὶ ἀνήγαγον θυσίαν τῷ εἰδώλῳ, in those days, and offered sacrifice to the 140], ἜΘ. ΄ ᾽ τι τ» ~ ~ betes ». καὶ εὐφραίνοντο ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν. χειρῶν. αὐτῶν. 43 Ἔστρεψεν and rejoiced in the works of their hands. °Turned δὲ ὁ θεὸς καὶ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς λατρεύειν TY στρατιᾷ τοῦ αραῦ ?God «πᾶ deliveredup them toserve the host of the οὐρανοῦ" καθὼς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ. τῶν προφητῶν, heaven ; as it has been written in[the] book - of the prophets, Μὴ σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνἐγκατέ μοι ἔτη Ἱτεσσαρά- “Slain *beasts ®and “sacrifices (did “ye*offer to me *yéars forty κοντα! ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οἶκος Ισραήλ; 43 καὶ ἀνελάβετε τὴν in the wilderness, Ὁ house of Israel? And yetookup_ the σκηνὴν τοῦ Μολόχ, καὶ τὸ ἄστρον τοῦ.θεοῦ. ὑμῶν!" *Peugay," tabernacle of Moloch, andthe star of your god Remphan, τοὺς τύπους οὓς ἐποιήσατε προσκυνεῖν αὐτοῖς" καὶ μετοικιῶ the models which ye made to worship’ them; and I will remove τ ~ τη, ~ « ΝῊ ~ / - ὑμᾶς ἐπέκεινα Βαβυλῶνος. 44 Ἢ σκηνὴ τὸῦ μαρτυρίου ἦν you beyond Babylon. The tabernacle ofthe testimony was δὲν" roic.rarpacw.yuav ἐν τῷ ἐρήμῳ, καθὼς διετάξατα among our fathers in’ the wilderness, 88 commanded 6 λαλῶ Ὁ Μωσῇῃῇ," ῆ UT? ὶ τὸν τύ ο ων τῳ. WO, ποιῆσαι αυτην» κατα τοῦ τῦπον he who spoke to Moses, to make it according to the model ὃν ἑωράκει' 4δ.ἣν καὶ εἰσήγαγον διαδεξάµενοι which he had seen; which also “brought “in *having ‘received by *succession οἱ πατέρες.ἡμῶν μετὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῇ κατασχέσει τῶν ἐθνῶν, ‘our *fathers with Joshua in the taking possession of the nations, ὧν ᾖἸέξωσενὶ ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ προσώπου τῶν.πατέρων ἡμῶν, whom "ἀτοπο *out 1God from([the] face of our fathers, ¥ τεσσεράκοντα ΤΤτΑ, 5 - αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε LTTrA. ἆ ἐγένετο happeued Lrtra. ᾿Ῥομφάν Romphan T, ---- π εἴπας LTTrA. χ — κύριος LTTrA. 8 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. Ὁ + ἐν LTTrA. ες — ὑμῶν (read the God) LTTra, ὃ — ἐν (vead to Our) LTTra, Σ — ὑμῶν αΙΤΤτΑ, ο Μωύσῆς GLITrAW. { Ῥεφάν Rephan Ltraw ; 2 Μωύσῇ GLITraAW. 1 ἐξεωσεν 1. VIL. ACTS. ἕως τῶν ἡμερῶν ᾿ἸΔαβίδ'"" 40 ὃς εὗρεν χάριν ἐνώπιον τοῦ until the days of David; who found favour before θεοῦ, καὶ τήσατο εὑρεῖν σκήνωμα τῷ Meg" ᾿Ιακώβ. God, and asked to find atabernacle for the God of Jacob; 47 "Σολομῶν" δὲ δᾠκοδόμησεν! αὐτῷ οἶκον. 48 ᾿Αλλ᾽ οὐχ ὁ but Solonion built him ἃ house. But ποῦ ‘the ὕψιστος ἐν χειροποιήτοις Ῥναοῖς" κατοικεῖ, καθὼς ὁ προ- ?Most *High in hand-made temples dwells ; as the pro- , / « > , , cone ~ « φήτης λέγει, 49 Ὃ οὐρανός μοι: θρύνος 1.δὲ yi) ὑὕὑπο- phet says, The heaven [is]tomeathrone and the earth a foot- πόδιον τῶν ποδῶν μου" ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι; λέγει stool of my feet : -what house willye build me? _ says , , ~ 7 κύριος" ἢ τίς τόπος τῆς.καταπαύσεώς. μου ; 80 οὐχὶ {the] Lord, or what [the] place of my rest? =not 1].χείρ-µου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα; 51 σκληροτράχηλοι καὶ *my "Παπά 7made these 7things ‘all? O stiffuecked and ἀπερίτμητοι τῇ καρδίᾳ" καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν, ὑμεῖς ἀεὶ τῷ πνεύματι uncirsumcisod inheaft and ears, ye always the Spirit τῷ ἁγίῳ ᾽ἀντιπίπτετε, two" οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑμεῖς. 52 τίνα the Holy resist ; as your fathers, also ye. Which τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ.ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέοες ὑμῶν: καὶ ἀπέ- of the prophets did not *persecute ?your “fathers? and they κτειναν. τοὺς ᾿προκαταγγείλαντας περὶ τῆς ἐλεύσεως τοῦ killed | those who before announced concerning the coming of the δικαίου, οὗ νῦν ὑμεῖς προδόται Kai φογεῖς *yeyevnabe'! Just One, of whom now ye betrayers and murderers have become! - ev πὸ Δ ΤᾺ Α ld > A ? ἐν ἢ A 53 οἵτινες ἐλάβετε τὸν γοµον εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων, καὶ who τοεετοαᾶ the law by [the] disposition ofangels, and οὐκ. ἐφυλάξατε. kept [10] not. 54 ᾿Ακούοντες.δὲ ταῦτα διεπρίοντο ταῖς.καρδίαις αὐτῶν, And hearing these things they were cut to their hearts, ν᾿ ” a ‘ ? ΄ δυσὶ ? , - ταν , A , καὶ ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 55 Ὑπάρχων δὲ πλήρης and gnashed the teeth ‘at —s him. But being full πνεύματος ἁγίου, ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, εἶδεν of [the] “Spirit *Holy, having looked intently into herven, he saw δόξαν θεοῦ, καὶ Ιησοῦν ἑστῶτα ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ, [the] glory ofGod, and Jesus standing at the right hand of God, 56 καὶ εἶπεν, ᾿Ιδού, θεωρῶ τοὺς οὐρανοὺς ᾿ἀνεῳγμένους," καὶ and = said, Lo, Ibehold the heavens opened, and τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκ δεξιῶν ἑστῶτα τοῦ θεοῦ. the Son of man “at *the *right (Phang) ‘standing of God. 57 Κράξαντεςδὲ φωνῇ μεγάλῃ συνέσχον τὰ. ὦτα αὐτῶν - Anderying out witha*voice ‘loud they held their ears ‘ er δ A ? ? ᾽ , 4 > ’ καὶ ὥρμησαν ομοθυμαδὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, 58 καὶ ἐκβαλόντες and rushed ‘with oneaccord upon him, and having cast [him] We ~ , ? , 4 « , ’ , ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐλιθοβόλουγν. καὶ οἱ μάρτυρες ἀπέθεντο out of the city they stoned [him], And the witnesses laid aside τὰ ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας νεανίου καλουμένου their garments at the feet ofa young man called Σαύλον. 59 καὶ ἐλιθοβόλουν τὸν Στέφανον, ἐπικαλούμενον Saul. And they stoned - Stephen, invoking καὶ λέγοντα, Κύριε Ἰησοῦ, δέξαι τὸ. πνεῦμά.µου. 60 θεὶς δὲ Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. 1 Aaveid ΤΤΤΤΑ; Aavid Gw. τα οἴκῳ house LT. Ρ — ναοῖς (read [places]) GLTTrAW. 5 ἐγένεσθε Lecame LTTrAW. Ὁ Σαλωμὼν Ὁ. t διηνοιγμένους LTTrAW, And having bowed 4 καρδίαις hearts LTTr ; ταῖς καρδίαις W. 998 unto the days of Da- vid ; 46 who found fa vour before God, and desired to find ataber- nacle for the God of Jacob. 47 But Solo- mon built him an house. 48 Howbcit the most High dwelleth not in temples made with hands; as. saith the prophet, 49 Heaven 15 my throne, and earth ts my footstool : what house will ye build me? saith the Lord: or what is the place of my rest? 50 Hath not my hand made all these things ? 51 Yestiffnecked and uncircumcised in heart and ears, ye do always resist the Holy Ghost : as your fathers did, so do ye. 52 Which of the prophets have not your fathers ~ persecuted 2 and they have slain them which shewed be- fore of the coming of the Just One; of whom ye have been. now the betrayers and murder- ers: 53 who have re- ceived the law by the disposition of angeis, and have not kept zt, 54 When they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. 55 But he, being full of the Holy Ghost, looked up stedfastly into heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus stand- ing on the right hand of God, 56 and said, Behold, I see the heavens opened, and the Son of man stand- ing on the right hand of God. 57 Then they cried out witha loud voice,and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one accord, 58 and cast him out of the city, and stoned him: and the witnesses laid down their clothes at a young man’s feet, whose name was Saul. 59 And they stoned Stephen, calling upon Con and saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spi- rit. 60 And hekneeled © οἰκοδόμησεν Tr. τ καθὼς τ, 994 down, and oried with a loud voice, Lord, lay not this sin to their charge. And when he had said this, he fell asleep. VIII. And Saul was consenting anto his death. And at that time there was a great per- secution against the church which wag at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered a- broad throughout the regions of Juda and Samaria, except the apostles. 2 And devout men carried Stephen to his burial, and made reat lamentation over im. 3 As for Saul, he made havock of the church, entering into every house, and “ha- ling men and women committed them to pri- ΡΟΗ, 4 Therefore they that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the word. 5 Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria, and preached Christ unto them. 6 And the people with one accord gave heed unto those things which Philip spake, hearing and seeing the miracles which he did. 7 For unclean spirits, crying with loud voice, came out of many that were possessed with them: and many taken with palsies, and that were lame, were heal- ed. 8 And there was great joy in that city. 9 But there was a certain man, called Simon, which before- time in the same city used sorcery, and be- witched the people of Samaria, giving out that himself was some great one: 10towhom they all gave heed, from the least to the greatest, saying, This man is the great power . of God. 11 And tohim they had regard, be- cause that of long time he had bewitched them with sorccries. 12 But when they believed Philip preaching the things concerning the TIPASZ ELS. VII, VII. ty, Κύριε, μὴ.στήσῃς αὐτοῖ Pied,” ied, νε εἰπὼν ἐκοιμήθη. having said ος fell asleep, τὰ γόνατα ἔκραξεν φωνῇ the kmees’ hecried πα ἃ "γοίοο ᾿Ἰοβᾷ, υτὴν.ἁμαρτίαν. ταύτην. Καὶ τοῦτο this sin. And _this - na ~ > Vd 2 ~ 8 Σαὔλος.δὲ ἦν συνευδοκῶν τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὑτοῦ. ‘ And Saul was consenting tothe killing of him, / ‘ > ? / ~ ε A , ? ‘ ‘ Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ διωγμὸς μέγας emt τὴν Απᾶ took placeon that day apersecution ‘great against the le ’ / , ἐκκλησίαν τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις' πάντες."τεὶ διεσπάρησαν assembly which[was] in Jerusalem, and all were scattered ‘ \ ΄ τος, ὃν ὯΝ ἐδ op | ‘ ~ κατὰ τὰς χώρας τῆς Ιουδαίας καὶ "Σαμαρείας" πλὴν τῶν throughout the countries of Judea and Samaria except the la , A 4 , ” ? “- ἀποστόλων. 2 συνεκόμισαν δὲ τὸν Στέφανον ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς, apostles. And “buried *Stephen ?men pious, ‘ πο ’ ᾿ 4 πες ΝΒ 7 2 3. ρω. 3 Σ vA δὲ καὶ ἐποιήσαντοὶ κοπετὸν μέγαν επ αὐτῳφ. αὖλος δὲ and made 2Jamentation “great oven him. But Saul ers / ἈΠῈ > , ἐλυμαίνετο τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ.τοὺς.οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος, was ravaging the assembly, “house *by *housé entering, σύρων.τε ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας παρεδίδου εἰς φυλακήν. anddragging men and women delivered [them] up to prison. 4 Οἱ ἐν οὖν διασπαρέντες διῆλθον, εὐαγγελιζό- They who therefore had beén scattered passed through, announcing the μενοι τὸν λόγον. 5 Φίλιππος.δὲ κατελθὼν εἰς” πόλιν glad tidings— the word, And Philip, going down to a city τῆς Σαμαρείας" ἐκήρυσσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Χριστόν. 6 προσεϊχόν of Samaria, proclaimed tothem the Christ; “cave “heed Are! οἱ ὄχλοι τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου ὁμο- land “the Scrowds tothe things © spoken by Philip with θυµαδόν, ἐν.τῷ-ἀκούειν. αὐτοὺς καὶ βλέπειν τὰ σημεῖα ἃ one accord, when they heard and saw the - signs which ἐποίει. 7 ὑπολλῶν] γὰρ τῶν ἐχόντων πνεύματα ἀκά- he did, For of mahy of those who had spirits un- ~ σ 2. ~ ? ’ ell Δ κι θαρτα, βοῶντα “μεγάλῃ φωνῇ ἐξήρχετο πολλοὶ δὲ clean, *crying ‘with δα "loud voice ‘they *went 7out; and many λ λ , Ν ΟΣ ῪΣ / d \ 3.8 παραλελυμενοι καὶ χωλοὶ ἐθεραπεύθησαν. 8 "καὶ ἔγενετο having been paralysed and lame were healed. And 3was χαρὰ µεγάλη" ἐν τῇ.πόλει ἐκείνῃ. 2joy ‘great in that city. > \ , , ra ~ “-“ 9 ᾿Ανὴρ.δέ.ιτις ὀνόματι Σίμων προὐπῆρχεν ἐν τῇ πόλει Βαΐ acertainman, by name Simon, wasformerly in the city µαγεύων καὶ “ἐξιστῶν" τὸ ἔθνος τῆς "Σαμαρείας," λέγων using magic arts and amazing the nation of Samaria, saying εἶναί τινα ἑαυτὸν μέγαν 10 ᾧ προσεῖχον πάντες = t 7co*be *tsome ‘himself great one, To whom ?were *giving *heed ‘all 4 ~ er ’ , » & ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου, λέγοντες, Οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ δύναμις from small to great, saying, Thisone is the power ~ ~ ε , ~ \ ~ τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ =f µεγάλη. 11 ἩΠροσεῖχον δὲ αὐτῷ, διὰ of God which[is] great. And they were giving heed tohim, because δι - , ~ / τὸ ἱκανῷ χρόνῳ ταῖς ϑμαγείαις") ἐξεστακέναι αὐτούς. thatforalong time with the magic arts [he] had amazed them, wv ι / ~ ΄ 12 “Οτε.δὲ ἐπίστευσαν τῷ Φιλίππῳ εὐαγγελιζομένῳ But when they believed Philip announcing the glad tidings— a tS ο ασ ος ρτ ωτν οι "ταύτην τὴν ἁμαρτίαν LTrAW. [ΤΊ * + τὴν the (city) Lt. ἐξήρχοντο (ἐξήρχετο G) GLTTrAW. © + καλουμένη called GLrTraw. LTTrAW. Υ ἐποίησαν © φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 9 ἐξιστάνων LITA. w δὲ LTrA 3 — τετ. * Σαμαρίας τ. a δὲ LTTrAW. Ὁ πολλοὶ LTTrA, d ἐγένετο δὲ πολλὴ χαρὰ LTTrA. & μαγίαις Τ. ACTS. h ‘|| 4 τὰ λ , ~ θ ~ 4 τὰ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ the things concerning the kingdom of God and trov' ᾿[ησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐβαπτίζοντο ἄνδρες.τε of Jesus Christ, they were baptized both men 13 ὁ δὲ Σίμων καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπίστευσεν, καὶ And Simon also himself believed, προσκαρτερῶν τῷ Φιλίππῳ" θεωρῶν τε "σημεῖα καὶ steadfastly continuing with Philip; *beholding ‘and signs ες μεγάλας γινομένας," ἐξίστατο. 14 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ οἱ τὸ οὐδ αρτοαῦ being done, Was amazed, And *having Sheard 'the δέδεκται ἡ 'Sapapea" τὸν VIII. τοῦ the καὶ and ὀνόματος name γυναῖκες. women, ‘ τ βαπτισθεὶς ἦν and having been baptized was δυνά- and ?works “of ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀπόστολοι ὅτι 3in *Jerusalem “apostles that "had -received 'Samfria the λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸν! Πέτρον καὶ word © of God, they sent to them Peter and "Ἰωάννην" 15 οἵτινες καταβάντες προσηύξαντο περὶ John ; who having come down > prayed for ? ~ ε/ ’ ~ er 6 ο » ll ‘ αὐτῶν, πως λάβωσιν πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 16 οὔπω γὰρ them, that they might receive[the] “Spirit ‘Holy; for not yet ἦν ἐπ᾽ οὐδενὶ. αὐτῶν ἐπιπεπτωκός, μόνον.δὲ βεβαπ- was Ἠθ upon any of them fallen, but only Sbap- (lit. no one) ! . : [ή ε - 4 » ~ , ~ τισμενοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ Όνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. 17 τότε tized 1they “were to the name ofthe Lord Jesus, Then Ρἐπετίθουν! τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ ἐλάμβανον πνεῦμα they laid hands upon them, and they received [the] *Spirit ἅγιον. 18 ἀθεασάμενος'.δὲ ὁ Σίμων ὅτι διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως 1Ἠο]γ. But “having “seen Simon that by the laying on TOY χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων δίδοται τὸ πνεῦμα Ἱτὸ ἅγιον," ofthe hands ofthe apostles was given the Spirit the Holy, προσήνεγκεν αὐτοῖς χρήματα, 19 λέγων, Δότε κἀμοὶ τὴν he offered to them riches, saying, Give also to me ἐζουσίαν.ταύτην, ἵνα ᾧ-“ἂν' «ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμ- this authority, that on whomsoever I may lay hands, he may re- Bary πνεῦμα ἅγιον. 20 Πέτρος. δὲ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν, ecive [the] 7Spirit ‘Holy. - But Peter said to him, Τὸ ἀργύριόν.σου σὺν σοὺ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν' ὅτι τὴν Thy money with thee may it be to destruction, because the δωρεὰν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνόμισας διὰ χρημάτων κτᾶσθαι. 21 οὐκ gift of God thou didst think by riches ἕο be obtained. SNot ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ.λόγῳ.τούτῳ' ἡ.γὰρ ‘there 318 to thee part nor lot in this matter ; for the καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα ᾿ἐνώπιον" τοῦ θεοῦ. 22 µετανόη- heart of thee i- not right before God. Repent σον οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς κακίας. σου ταύτης, καὶ δεήθητι Ἱτοῦ θεοῦ," therefore of *thy *wickedness this, and supplicate God, εἰ ἄρα" ἀφεθήσεταί σοι ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς.καρδίας.σου. 99 εἰς if indeed may. be forgiven to {Πορ the thought of thy heart ; 31Ώ γὰρ χολὴν πικρίας καὶ σύνδεσμον ἀδικίας ὁρῶ σε for agall of bitterness and a boned of unrightcousness I see thee ὄντα. 24 ᾿Αποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Σίμων εἶπεν, Δεήθητε ὑμεῖς ὑπὲρ to be. And “answering 1Simon_ said, Supplicate ye on behalf ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὸν κύριον, ὅπως μηδὲν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ ὧν ofme ὁ the Lord, sothat nothing maycome upon me of which 335 kingdom of God, and the name of Jesus Christ, they were bap- tized, both men and women, 13 Then Si- mon himself believed also : and when he was baptized, he continued with Philip, and won- dered, beholding the miracles and signs which were done. 14 Now when the apo- stles which were at Jerusalem heard that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent unto them Peter and John: 15 who, when they were come down, prayed forthem, that they might re- ceive the Hcly Ghost : 16 (for as yet he was fallen upon none of them : only they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.) 17 Then laid they their hands on them, and they received the Holy Ghost. 18 And when Si- mon saw that through laying on of the apo- stles’ hands the Holy Ghost was given, he offered them money, 19 saying, Give me al- so this power, that on whomsoever I lay hands, he may τε- ceive the Holy Ghost, 20 But Peter said unto him, Thy money perish with thee, because thou hast thought that the gift of God may be purchased with money. 21 Thou hast neither part nor lot in this matter: for thy heart is not right in the sight of God. 22 Re- pent therefore of this thy wickedness, and pray God, if perhaps the thought of thine heart may be forgiven thee. 23 For 1 perceive that thou art in the gall of bitterness, and zn the bond of iniquity. 24 Then answered Si- mon, andsaid, Pray ye to. the Lord for me, that none of these things which ye have spoken come upon me, h — τὰ LTTrAW. i— τοῦ GLITrAW. ! Σαμαρία Τ. m — τὸν LTTrAW. LTTra 4 ἰδὼν GLTTrAW. ¥ τοῦ κυρίου the Lord LITraw. 2 Ἰωάνην Tr. τ--- τὸ ἅγιον T[Tr]A. 5 ἐὰν EGLTIrAW. Κ δυνάμεις καὶ σημεῖα μεγάλα γινόμενα GW, ο οὐδέπω LTTrAW. Ρ ἐπετίθεσαν ἕεναντι GLITrAW. 906. «5 And they, when they had testified and preached the word of the Lord, returned to Jerusalem, and preached the gospel in many villages of the Samaritans, 26 And the angel of the Lord spake unto DPhilip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jcrusalem unto. Gaza, which is desert. 27 And he arose απ’ἱ went: and, behold, a man of Ethiopia, an eunuch of great autho- rity under Candace queen of the Ithio- pians, who had the charge of all her trea- sure, and had come to Jerusalem for to wor- ship, 28 was returning, and sirting in his cha- riot read Essias the prophet. 29 Then the Spirit said unto Philip, Ge near, and join thy- self to this chariot. 30 And Philip ran thither to him, and beard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Understaundest thou what thou read- est? 31 And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would cone up and sit with him. 32 The place of the scripture which he read was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter ; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer, so opened he not his mouth: 33 in his huniiliation his judg- ment wastuken away: and who shall declare his generation? for his life is taken from the earth. 34 And the eu- buch answered Philip, and said, I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet this? of him- self, or of some other man? 35 Then Philip opened his mouth, and began at’ the same * ὑπέστρεφον were returning LTTraw. * ευηγγελίζοντο Were announcing the glad tidings Lrtraw. © — os Ἐπ] πη]: 5 ἀράγε GT. (γεαά the humiliation) utr, | LTTraw. 1ΤΤτΓΑ. ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ, ΥΙΠ. ~ 4 τς Ξ . εἰρήκατε. 25 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διαμαρτυράµενοι καὶ λαλή- ye have spoken. They therefore having earnestly testified and having Ν , ~ , w e , Ww ΠῚ ? xT λ , tt σαντες TOY λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, "υπεστρεψα» εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ, spoken the word ofthe Lord, returned to Jerusalem, , , ~ ~ ? fd 5 πολλάστε κώμας τῶν ΣΣαμαρειτῶνὶ ᾿εὐηγγελίσαντο." and [to] many villages of the Samaritans announced the-glad tidings, 26 "Αγγελος δὲ * κυρίου ἐλάλησεν πρὸς Φιλιππον, λέγων, But anangel οὗ [the] Lord- spoke to Philip, : saying, , ‘ . , / ? ‘ A ε ‘ ᾿Ανάστηθι καὶ “ποβεύου" κατὰ μεσημβρίαν, ἐπὶ τὴν ὑδὸν Niise up and go towards [the] south, on the way ‘ ΄ ? \ « A > ’ . .“ τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ εἰς Τάζαν' αἵτη which goes down, from Jcrusalem to Gaza: the same ? ‘ ΕΣ \ ? \ ? , - \ 2 Ba 2 oY ἐστὶν ἔρημος. 27 και ἀναστὰς ἐπορεύθη" καὶ ἰδού, ἀνὴρ 15 descrt. And haying risen up he went. And lo, aman Αἰθίοψ εὐνοῦχος δι'νάστης Κανδάκης Ὀτῆςἳ βασιλίσσης an Ethiopian, aeunuch, one in power under Candace the queen Αἰθιόπων, ὃς ἦν ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς.γάζης αὐτῆς, Soc" of [the] Ethiopians, who was over all _ her treasure, who ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς ἹΙερουσαλήμ, 28 ἣν. τε ὑποστρέφων had come “to *worship 1to «© * Jerusalem, and was” returning καὶ καθήμενος ἐπὶ τοῦ.ἅρματος-αὐτοῦ, «καὶ ἀνεγίνωσπεν 3 and sitting in his chariot, and he was reaaing τὸν προφήτην Ἡσαΐαν. 29 εἶπεν δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τῷ Φιλίππῳ, the prophet Esaias. Andsaid the Spirit to Pi.ilip, Πρόσελθε καὶ κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι.τούτῳ. 80 Προσδραμων. δὲ ἃ Gonear and jointhyself | to this chariot. And running up ὁ Φίλιππου ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ ἀναγινώσκοντος troy προφήτην Philip heard him reading the prophet ΕΑρά.γε" γινώσκεις ἃ ἀναγινώσκεις; Esaias, and said, *Then?dost *thou know what thou readest? 31 Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν, Πῶς γὰρ ἂν δυναίµην tav.py τις Ἀόδη- But he said, [No,] forhow shouldI beable unless someone should γήσῃ" µε; Παρεκάλεσέν.τε τὸν Φίλιππον ἀναβάντα καθισαι guide me? And he-besought Philip having comeup tosit σὺν αὐτῷ. 82 ἡ.ζὲ περιοχὴ τῆς γραφῆς ἣν ἀνεγίνωσκεν with him. Andthe passage of the scripture which he was reading ἦν αὕτη, Ὡς πρόβατον ἐπὶ σφαγὴν ἤχθη, καὶ we ἀμνὸς was this, As a sheep to slaughter he wasled, and as a lamb ἐναντίον τοῦ Ἰκείροντος! αὐτὸν ἄφωνος, οὕτως οὐκ.ἀνοίγει before him who shears him [15] dumb, thes he opens not τὺ.στόμα.αὐτοῦ. 33 ἐν τῇ.ταπεινώσει Καὐτοῦἳ ἡ.κρίσις-αὐτοῦ his mouth. In his humiliation his judgment Ἡσαΐαν," καὶ εἶπεν, » A ‘ ’ ~ / ΄ ἤρθη, τὴν. ἰδὲ) γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται; Ort wastakenaway, andthe generation ofhim who = shall declare? for ” > 4 ~ ~ ε ‘ ~ ‘ Nes ? ρω αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ.αὐτοῦ. 94 Αποκοιθεὶς.δὲ ὁ εὐνοῦχος 18 taken from the earth his life. Aud answering the eunuch τῷ Φιλίππῳ. εἶπεν, Δέομαί σου, περὶ τίνος ὁ προφήτης to °Philip ‘said, Ipray thee, concerning whom *the *prophet μ ~ 9 ε ~ n η ε to 3 λεγει τοῦτο ; περι. εαυτοῦ, ἢ περὶ ἐἑτέρου.τινός ; says this? concerning himself, or concerning some other? ? , | / 9 , ~ 35 ᾿Ανοίξας δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος τὺ.στόμα.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀρξάμενος Απά “having “opened 3ΣΡΗΙΗΡ -his mouth, and having begun x Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrA. Υ Σαμαριτῶν 1. ἃ πορεύθητι L. b— τῆς { Ἡσαΐαν τὸν προφήτην 1 κείραντος ΤΑ. k — αὐτοῦ ἆ — καὶ LT[Tr]w. 6 +. τε, and 1, h ὁδηγήσει shall guide Tir, 1— δὲ and tTT:[ A]. - ACTS. εὐηγγελίσατο.αὐτῷ announced to him the glad tidings— VIII, IX. ἄπὸ τῆς γραφῆς.ταύτης, from this scripture, Je- ~ ‘ « ΄ ς 2 ? ’ σοῦν. 86 ὡς. δὲ ἐπορεύοντο κατὰ τὴν ὁδόν, ἦλθον ἐπί sus. And as they were going along' the way, they came upon τι ὕδωρ' καί φησιν ὁ εὐνοῦχος, Ἰδοὺ ὕδωρ' τί κωλύει acertain water, and *says ‘the 3εαπαςῃ, Behold water; what hinders ~ απ A ΄ 2 £ = 2 µε βαπτισθῆναι ; 97 "Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος, Ei πιστεύεις ἐξ me _ to be baptized? And ?said 1Philip, If thou believest from ’ - ’ ‘4 ‘\ - / ὕλης "τῆς καρδίας, ἔξεστιν. ᾿Αποκριθεὶς.δὲ εἶπεν, Πιστεύω 2whole ‘the heart, it is lawful. And answering he said, I believe τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἶναι τὸν [ησοῦν Χριστόν." 38 Kai ἔκέλευ- ®the °Son 7of God *to*be 1Jesus Christ. And hecom- σεν στῆναι τὸ dopa’ καὶ κατέβησαν ἀμφότεραι εἰς manded 5ἴο *stand ὅ51111 'the chariot. And they went down both to , ‘ {/ e / ‘ « ? δὰ = Say: ΄ ? , τὸ ὕδωρ, ὅ.τε Φίλιππος καὶ ὁ εὐνοῦχος" καὶ ἐβάπτισεν αὐτόν. τὸν Ἰη- the water, both Philip andthe eunuch, and he baptized him. 39 ὅτε δὲ ἀνέβησαν ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος πνεῦμα κυρίου But when they came πρ out of the water [the]. Spirit of (the) Lord Fate ny: ͵ \ => ἣν μα αι Le ε ἥρπασεν τὸν Φίλιππον' καὶ οὐκ εἶδεν αὐτὸν οὐκέτι ὃ caught away Philip, and ssaw *him no οτε ithe εὐνοῦχος, ἐπορεύετο.γὰρ τὴν. ὁδὸν. αὐτοῦ χαίρων. 40 Φιλιππος eunuch, for he went - his way rejoicing. ?Philip δὲ εὑρέθη. εἰς “AZwrov* καὶ διερχόμενος εὐηγ- *but was found at Azotus, and passing through he announced the γελίζετο τὰς πόλεις πάσας, ἕως τοῦ.ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς glad tidings [{ο]3ἱ:π9 cities lal, till he camé to οΚαισάρειαν." Ceesarea. 9 Ὁ. δὲ Σαῦλος ἔτι Ῥἐμπνέων" ἀπειλῆς καὶ φόνου εἰς ; But Saul, ‘still breathing out threatenings and slaughter towards τοὺς μαθητὰς τοῦ κυρίου, προσελθὼν τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 2 YrHoaTo the ,disciples ofthe Lord, having come to the high priest asked παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐπιστολὰς εἰς Δαμασκὸν πρὸς τὰς. συναγωγάς, from him letters to Damascus, to the synagogues, ὅπως “ἐάν! τινας εὕρῃ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντας" ἄνδρας.τε καὶ Βο that if any hefound 7of*the *way ‘being bothmen and γυναῖκας, δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. ὃ ἐν. δὲ women, having bound he might bring [them] to Jerusalem. But in τῷ πορεύεσθαι ἐγένετο; αὐτὸν ἐγγίζειν τῇ Δαμασκῷ, "καὶ proceeding itcametopass he ᾿ drew near to Damascus, and ἐξαίφνης" ἵπεριήστραψεν αὐτὸν" φῶς "ἀπὸ! τοῦ οὐρανοῦ" suddenly shone round about him alight from the heaven, 4 καὶ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἤκουσεν φωνὴν λέγουσαν αὐτῷ, and having fallen on the earth heheard a voice saying to him, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί µε διώκεις ; 5 Ἐἶπεν.δε, Τίς εἶν; Saul, Saul, why me dost thou persecute? And he said, Who art thou, poe; Ὁ.δὲ “κύ ἵπεν,! Ἐγώ εἰμι ᾿Ιησοῦς Υ ὃν σὺ κύριε; -0& ἥὄκυριος εἶπεν," Eyw εἰμι Ἰησοῦς Υ ὃν σὺ Lord? Andthe Lord said, Ι am Jesus διώκεις" ᾿Ζσκληρόν' σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν. persecutest. [ς1ὐ15] ‘hard for thee against [the] goads to kick. 6 Τρέμων.τε καὶ θαμβῶν εἶπεν, Κύριε τί µε θέλεις Andtrembling and astonished he said, Lord, What me desirest thou whom thou’ 337 scripture,and preached nuoto him Jesus, 36 And as they went on their way. they came unto a curtain water: and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized ? 37 And Phi- lip said, If thou believ- est With all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God. 38 And he com- manded the chariot to stand still: and they went down both into the water, both Philip andthe eunuch; andhe baptized him, 39 And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip, that the eunuch saw him no more: and he went on his way re- joicing, 40 But Philip was found at Azotus: and passing through he preached in all the cities, till he came to Ceesarea. IX. And Saul, yet breathitg out threat- enings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest, 2 and desired of him letters to Damascus to the synagogues, that if ‘he found any of this way, whether they were men or women, he might bring them bound un- .to Jerusalem. 3 And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus : and suddenly there shined round* about him a light from hea- ven: 4 and he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why perse- cutest thou me? 5 And he said, Who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, lam Jesus whom thou persecutest : it is hard for thee to kick a- gainst the pricks. 6And he trembling and asto- nished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to Ὁ — verse 37 GLTTrA. P ἐνπνέων τ. ᾳ ἄν τ. " ἐξαίφνης τε LTTrAW, vex out of LTTrw. w+ [σύ] κ. Ναζωραῖος the Nazarene [L]w. Ζ © Καισαρίαν τ." ¥ ὄντας τῆς ὁδοῦ, τ. t περιέστραψεν αὐτὸν Ἐ; αὐτὸν περιέ- Τ,; αὐτὸν περιή- ΤΥΓΑΥ,. Σ-- κύριος εἶπεν (read he [said]) LTTraAw. ‘© — σκληρόν .... πρὸς αὐτόν (verse 6) GLTTrAW. y¥+o0 998 do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. 7 And the men which journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but secing no man, 8 And Saul arose from the eurth ; and when his eyes were opened, he saw noman: but they led him by the hand, aud brought him into Damascus, 9 And he Wus three days with- out sight, and neither did eat nor drink. 10 And there was a certain disciple at Da- miascus, Named Ana- nias ; and to him said the Lord in a vision, Auanias, And he said, Behold, I am here, Lord. 11 And _ the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tar-us: for, behold, he prayeth, 12 and bath seen in a vision a man named Ananias com- ing in, and putting his band on him, that he might receive his sight. 13 Then Ananias answered, Lord, 1 have heard by many of this man, how mucheyil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: 14 and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind allthat callon: thy name. 15 But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way : for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Isracl: 16 for 1 will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name’s sake. 17 And Ananias weut his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, Brother Saul,the Lord, IX, ‘ "ἢ ate , 9 4 πρὸς AUTOY, ναστηθι καὶ to do? And the Lord [said] to him, Rise up and ’ ‘ ΄ x / / / - εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ λαληθήσεταί σοι Pri σε δεῖ enter into the City, and it shall be told thee what thee it behoves ποιεῖν. 7 Οἱ.δὲ. ἄνδρες οἱ συνοδεύοντες αὐτῷ εἱστήκεισαν to do, But the men who were travelling with him stood Ciyveot," ἀκούοντες .μὲν τῆς φωνῆς μηδένα.δὲ θεωροῦντες. speechless, hearing - indeed the voice but no one seeing. / . ‘ an ~ > 4 - κ... 4 " - 8 ἠγέρθη.δὲ 46" Σαῦλος ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς" “ἀνεῳγμένων!".δὲ τῶν And rose up Saul from the earth, and having been opened ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ οὐδένα" ἔβλεπεν. χειραγωγοῦντες.δὲ αὐτὸν his eyes no one he saw. But leading *by *the*hand *him eee ’ , \ er ς , _~ \ ΄ εἰσηγαγον εἰς Δαμασκόν. ὃ καὶ ἦν ἡμέρας τρεῖς μὴ βλε- they brought [him]to Damascus. And he was 7*days ‘three not’ see- πων, καὶ οὐκ. ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν. 10 Ἢν. δέ τις μαθητὴς ing, and didnoteat nor drink. And there was acertain disciple ἐν Δαμασκῷ ὀνόματι Avaviac’ καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν $6 κύριος in Damascus by name Ananias. And *said *to ‘him ‘the *Lofd , c ΄ Π ? , « Ὧν “ Ἴδ 4 3 ᾽’ ’ ἐν ὁράματι, Ανανία. O.0& εἶπεν, οὐ ἐγώ, κύριε. ἴῃ a vision, Ananias. Andhe said, Behold [here am] I, Lord. 11 Ὁ. δὲ κύριος. πρὸς αὐτόν, Ν᾿ Αναστὰς" πορεύθητι ἐπὶ Andthe Lord to him ᾿ [said], Having risen up go into τὴν ῥύμην τὴν καλουμένην Εὐθεῖαν, καὶ ζήτησον ἐν οἰκί the street which [15 σα]]εᾷ Straight, and seek in [the] house Ἰούξα Σαῦλον ὀνόματι, Ταρσέα. ἰδοὺ.γὰρ προσεύχεται, οὗ Judas[one] Saul by name, of Tarsus: for lo he prays, 12 καὶ εἶδεν ἱὲν ὁράματι ἄνδρα! Κὀνόματι Ανανίαν! εἰσελθόντα ΠΡΑΞΕΙ Σ. ~ ee « + ποιῆσαι; Kat ο κυριος andhesaw in avision aman by name Ananias coming καὶ ἐπιθέντα αὐτῷ lyeioa," ὕπως ἀναβλέψη. 19 ᾿Απε- and putting onhim ahand, 5ο ὑμαῦ he should receive signt. *An- κρίθη δὲ τὸ" ᾿Ανανίας, Κύριε, "ἀκήκοα! ἀπὸ πολλῶν. "περὶ swered ‘and Ananias, Lord, I have heard from many concerning τοῦ.ἀνδρὸς.τούτου, ὅσα κακὰ “ἐποίησεν τοῖς. ἁγίοις. σου" ἐν this man, how many evils he did to thy saints in « κ oY ” , ~ ΡΣ Ιερουσαλήμ᾽ 14 καὶ ὧδε ἔχει ἐξουσίαν παρὰ τῶν. ἀρχιερέων Jerusalem ; and here he has authority from the chief priests δῆσαι πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους TO.dvopa.cov. 15 Εἶπεν. δὲ tobind all who call on thy name. And said πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος, Πορεύου, ὅτι σκεῦος ἐκλογῆς Ῥμοι *to Shim ‘the “Lord, Go, for avessel of election to me ? \ τ ~ , J ο ρω ἐστὶν" οὗτος τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄνομά.μου ἐνώπιον “ἐθνῶν Σ 18 this [man], to bear my name before Gentiles καὶ βασιλέων, vidy.re ‘Iopand. 16 ἐγὼ γὰρ ὑποδείξω and kings, and [the] sons of Israel: for 1 will shew ? ~ e -" A ρω ~ αὐτῷ ὕσα δεῖ αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ.ὀνόματός-μου παθεῖν. to him how much it behoves him for " * my name to suffer. > ~ A ? , ‘ ~ , 17 ᾿Απῆλθεν δὲ ᾿Ανανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, καὶ And*went*away ‘Ananias and entered into .the house; and ? \ ? ? ’ 4 ~ ~ κ « ἐπιθεὶς ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας εἶπεν, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, ὁ having laid upon him [his] hands -hesaid, 7Saul ‘brother, the SS 5. + ἀλλὰ but GLTTraw. μένων LA; ἠνοιγμένων 1". Ἀ᾽Ανάστα Rise up L. LTTra. heurd uttra. "τὰς (— τὰς TTr) χεῖρας the hands LTTr. ο τοις ἁγίοις σου ἐποίησεν LTTrA, Σ + τε both (Gentiles) Litraw. > ὅ τι LTTrA, ο ἐνεοί LTTrAW. 4 ὃ LTTrAW. ε ἠνεῳγ- εν f οὐδὲν nothing LiTrW. 8 ἐν ὁράματι ὃ κύριος LTTrAW. — €v ὁράματι EVA; ἄνδρα [ἐν ὁράματι] tr. Κ᾿ Ανανίαν ὀνόματι Veo CLIT. 2 Ἴκουσα I P ἐστίν μοι LTTrAw. 4 + τῶν the L. ΕΣ ACTS. κύριος ἀπέσταλκέν µε, ᾿ξησοῦς ὁ ὀφθείς σοι ἐν τῇ ὑδῷ Lord has sent me, Jesus who appeared totheec in the way ἑ τ » ε > ’ \ θη , ἤρχου, ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῃς πνεύ- in which thou camest, that thou mightestreceivesight and be filled with{the] an © , \ > , 5 2 , ? \ ~ ? 6 λ ~ ματος ἁγίου. 18 Καὶ εὐθέως "ἀπέπεσον ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν Spirit Ηο]γ. And immediately fell from “eyes αὐτοῦ" ὡσεὶ" λεπίδες, ἀνέβλεψέν.τε παραχρῆμα," καὶ ληϊβ as it were scales, and he reccived sight instantly, and ἀναστὰς ἐβαπτίσθη, 19 καὶ λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν" having risen up was baptized ; and having taken food he wasstrengthened, Ἐγένετο.δὲ τὸ Σαῦλος" μετὰ τῶν ἐν Δαμασκῷ μαθητῶν ἡμέρας And ?was Ὁ 4Saul with the 7in *Damascus ‘disciples days τινάς" 20 καὶ εὐθέως ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς ἐκήρυσσεν *certain. And immediately in the synagogues he was proclaiming τον Ἀχριστόν,' ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. 91 ἐξίσταντο. δὲ Christ, that he is the Son of God. And *were *amazed πάντες οἱ ἀκούοντες, καὶ ἔλεγον, Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας tall who heard, and said, 7Not “this ‘is hewho destroyed "ἐν" Ἱερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸὺ.ὄνομα.τοῦτο, καὶ in derusalem those who called on this name, and + > ~ > , uv - / ᾽ \ ιτ OF ὧδε εἰς τοῦτο ἐληλύθει ἵνα δεδεμένους αὐτοὺς ἀγάγῃ here_for—— this had come that *bound *them Πο *might “bring ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς ; 22 Σαὔλος.δὲ μᾶλλον ἐνεδυναμοῦτο, καὶ to the chief priests? But Saul more increasedin power, and Σσυνέχυνεν! “τοὺς! Ἰουδαίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν Δαμασκῷ, confounded the Jews who. dwelt in Damascus, συµβιβάζων ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ χριστός. 23 ὡς δὲ ἐπληροῦντο proving that this is the Christ. Now when were fulfilled ἡμέραι ἱκαναί, συνεβουλεύσαντο. οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀνελεῖν αὐ- “days *many, ‘consulted together *the “Jews to put to death him, τόν" 24 ἐγνώσθη.δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν. Όπαρε- But became known to Saul their plot. ?They *were τήρουν! re" τὰς πύλας ἡμέρας-τε καὶ νυκτός, ὅπως αὐτὸν *watching ‘and the ‘gates bothday and_ night, that: him ἀνέλωσιν’ 25 λαβόντες δὲ αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ" νυκτὸς they might put to death ; but taking him the disciples by night «καθῆκαν διὰ τοῦ τείχους" χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι. let down ?through *the ‘wall [him], lowering [him] in a basket. 26 Παραγενόμενος.δὲ £6 Σαῦλος" Ἀείο" Ἱερουσαλήμ, Ἰέπει- And “having *arrived Ὁ Saul at Jerusalem, - he at- ~ > {93 ~ ~' ~ \ , ~ ρᾷτοὶ κολλᾶσθαι τοῖς μαθηταῖς" καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο tempted tojoin himself to πὸ disciples, and all were afraid of ᾽ , ‘ , « ? . ΄, ΄ ῃ αὐτόν, μὴ πιστεύοντες ὅτι ἐστὶν μαθητής. 27 Βαρνάβας δὲ ‘him, not believing that heis_ a disciple. But Barnabas ἐπιλαβόμενος αὐτόν, ἤγαγεν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ having taken him, brought [him]: to the apostles, and διηγήσατο αὐτοῖς πῶς ἐν τῇ ὑδῷ εἶδεν τὸν κύριον, καὶ ὅτι related tothem how in the way he saw the Lord, and that ~ \ ma ~ ? , — » ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ, καὶ πῶς ἐν Δαμασκῷ ἐπαῤῥησιάσατο ἐν τῷ hespoke tohim, and how in Damascus he spoke boldly in the ὀνόματι ἔτοῦ" Ἰησοῦ. 28 καὶ ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτῶν εἰσπορευόμενος nanie of Jesus. And he was with them coming in 339 even Jesus, that ap- peared unto thee in the way as thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. 18 And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he re- ceived sight forth- with, and arose, and was baptized. 19 And when he had received meat, he was strength- ened. Then was Saul _certain days with the disciples which were at Damascus. 20 And straightway he preach- ed Christ in the syna- gogues, that he is the Son of God. 21 Butall that heard him were amazed, and said; Is not this he that de- stroyed them which called on this name in Jerusalem, and came hither for that intent, that he might bring them bound,unto the chief priests? 22 But Saulincreasgd the more in strength, and con- founded the Jews which dwelt at Damas- cus, proving that this is very Christ. 23 And after that many days were fulfilled,the Jews took counsel to kill him: 24 but their lay- ing await was known of Saul. And they watched the gates day and night to kill him. 25 Then the disciples took him by night, and let him down by the wall in a basket. 26 And when Saul Was come to Jerusa- lem, he assayed to join himself to the disci- ples: but they were all afraid of him, and be- lieved not that he was a disciple. 27 But Bar- nabas took him, and brought im to the a- postles, and declared unto them how he had seen the Lord in the way, and that he had spoken to him, andhow he had preached boldly at Damascus in the name of Jesus, 28 And he was with'them coin- ing in and going out 5 ἀπέπεσαν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν LTTrA. t ws LTTr. * — 6 Σαῦλος (ead lie was) GLITraw. x Ἰησοῦν Jesus GLITrAW. έχυννεν ΤΑ. 9 — τοὺς T. b παρετηροῦντο ΙΤΤι ΑΥΓ. μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ his disciples LTTrA. & — ὁ Σαῦλος GLTTrAW. hey in 1.. i ἐπείραζεν LTTr, ο δὲ καὶ and also LTTYrA. εδιὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν LTTraA. + f + αὐτὸν him LTTra, κ. τοῦ 1 ΤΈτΑ. Υ — παραχρῆμα ατΤΤ:Α. } εἰς αὖ τ. 2 guv- 4 of 9:0 at Jeruzalem. 29 And he spake boldly in the name of the Lord Je- sus, und disputed a- gainst the Grecians: but they went about to slay him. 30 Which when the _ brethren knew, they brought him down to Cesarea, and sent him forth to Tarsus. 31 Then had the churches rest throughout all Judea and Gililee and Sama- ria, and were edified ; and walking in the fear of the Lord, and in the comfort of the Holy Ghost, were mul- tiplied. 32 And it came to pass, as Peter passed throughout all guar- ters, he came down also to thesaints which dwelt at Lydda. 33 And there he found a cer- tain man nanied Atne- as, Which had kept his bed eight years, and was sick of the palsy. 34 And Peter said unto him, /Zneas, Jesus Christ maketh thee whole : arise, and wake thy bed. And he arose immediately. 35 And all that dwelt at Lydda and Saron saw him, aud turned to the Lord, 36 Now there was at Joppa a certain disci- ple uamed Tabitha, which by interpreta- tion is called Doreas : this woman was full of good works and alinsdceds which she did. 27 And it came to pass in those days, that she was sick, and dicd : whom when they had washed, they laid hey in an upper cham- ber, 38 And forasmuch as Lydda was nigh to Joppa, and the disci- les had heard that cier was there, they 5 untohimtwomen, desiring Ain that .he TP Lees. TX, , " , ‘ 2 καὶ ἐκπορευόμενος ‘iv Ἱερουσαλήμ: "καὶ παβρησιαζόµενος απᾶ going out in Jerusalem, and speaking boldly ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου "Ἰησοῦ"! 29 ἐλάλει.τε καὶ συνεζήτεε in the name ofthe Lord Jesus. And he spoke and discussed ‘ 4 « A A ? A πρὸς τοὺς Ἑλληνιστάς' οἱ δὲ ἐπεχείρουν "αὐτὸν ἀνε- with the Hellenists ; but they took in hand *him 1to 2put to λεῖν." 90 ἐπιγνόντες δὲ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ κατήγαγον αὐτὸν εἰς death. But having known [it]the brethren broughtdown him ἕο ΡΚαισάρειαν," καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν Iavrov" εἰς Ταρσόν. 31 ΣΑΙ! and scent away him to Tarsus, The ε/ - 2 δ ὕλης τῆς Ιουδαίας καὶ Ταλι- of Judea and Gali- Νοἰκοδομούμεναι καὶ being builtup and Coesarea, μὲν οὖν "ἐκκλησίαι" καθ᾽ Σμιάσσᾷ “then ‘assemblics throughout ?whole ‘the λαίας καὶ ᾿Σαμαρείας" Yeiyov" εἰρήνην, 1εο aud Βαανὰ had peace, πορευύμεναι! τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ τῇ παρακλήσει τοῦ going on inthe fear ofthe Lord, and in the comfort of the ἁγίου πνεύματος Σἐπληθύνοντο." Holy Spirit were increased. Z ‘ ‘ 7, 7 32 ᾿Ἐγένετο. δὲ Πέτρον διερχόµενον διὰ πάντων, Now it came to pass [that] Pcter, passing through all a et τ Η͂ . ε ͵ ~ κατελθεῖν καὶ πρὺς τοὺς ἁγίους τοὺς κατοικοῦντας (quarters], wentdown also το the saints that inhabited an = A ~ ” , > ’ γλύδδαν." 33 εὕρεν.δὲ ἐκεῖ ἄνθρωπόν.τινα *Alysay ὀνόματι," Lydda, And he found there a certain man, 4Eneas by name, 3 3 ~ > - A Ξ / > ‘ a 2 ’ "κι “- . ἐξ ἐτῶν ὀκτὼ κατακείμενον ἐπὶ κραββάτῳ," ὃς ἣν παρα- for “ycars ‘cight lying on a couch, who was para- w ~ κά / ~ λελυμένος. 94 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος, Αἰνέα, ἰᾶταί σε μένος ἴ pe ’ : lysed. And said “to *him *Peter, /Eneas, “heals *thee Ἰησοῦς 66" χριστός' ἀνάστηθι καὶ στρῶσον σεαυτῷ. Jesus “the “Christ; rise up, and spread [a couch] for thyself, A Ε] / ? , = 4 - Ν c ff) TT 4 4 ’΄ € Καὶ εὐθέως ἀνέστη 30 και "εἶδον'ὶ αὑτὸν πάντες οἱ And immediately he rose up. Απά" saw him all those ~ pul Ἧ YA ἠδ Ι 4 Ν dy ~ HT] er f 3 , κατοικουτγτες νοοαν και TOV αρωγαγν, OLTLVEC ἑπέστρεψαν inhabiting Lydda and the Saron, who turned ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον. to the Lord. 36 Ἐν Ἰόππῃ.δε And in Joppa ” ’ ’ ἦν μαθήτρια ὀνόματι Ταβιθά, disciple, by name Tabitha, τι ὃ ,ὔ λέ δὼ Ὁ “ sz Ni e 7 ~ ἣ διερμηνευομένη λεγεται Δορκάς' αὑτὴ ny πλ]ρης “ἀγαθῶν which beinginterpreted iscalled Dorcas, She was full ot good ἔργων" καὶ ἐλεημοσυνῶν wy ἐποίει" 37 ἐγένετο.δὲ ἐν ταῖς works and of alms which she did. And it came to pass in « > , ? , - ἡμέραις. ἐκείναις ἀσθενήσασαν αὐτὴν ἀποθανεῖν, λούσαν- τις 2a Ξοετίαϊη ‘was those days [that] having sickened 586 died ; “having TEC δὲ fabryy ἔθηκανὶ ἐν δ ὑπερῴῳ. 88 ἐγγὺς δὲ Swushed ‘and her they put [her] in) an upper room. And “near ” / ~?) ’ ε A > , οὔσης "Λύδδης" τῇ Lowry, οἱ μαθηταὶ ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Πέτρος “being ανά α to Joppa, the disciples having heard that Peter > ‘ ? ᾽ ~ / » ‘ , ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ ἀπέστειλαν δύο ἄνδρας πρὸς αὐτόν, παρα- is in it sent two men to him, besecch- a ne es Eee eee Ι εἰς at LTTrAW. Ρ Καισαρίαν 1. * Ῥαμαριας T. LETraAW. 1 ἔθηκαν αὐτὴν TTr, Vv εἶχεν LTVrAW. θύνετο Was increased LYTrAW. 6 —o LITrW. m — καὶ LTTrA, ᾽ a - / αὶ 1 n — Ἰησοῦ ΙΤΤΤΑΥΥ, ο ἀνελεῖν αὐτόν LTTrAW. 4 --- αυτον 1. τ΄ Ἡ LTTraw. 5 ἐκκλησία assembly Lat: ΑΥΓ. Ὁ οἰκοδομουμένη καὶ πορευομένη LTTrAW. χα ἐπλη- «7 Λύδδα LITA. 2 ὀνόματι Αἰνέαν LTTrAW. ἃ κραβάττον ὁ εἶδαν ἱττια.. 4 Σάρωνα ΚΑΙΛΎΓΑΥ,. ε ἔργων ἀγαθων LIrW, 6 + τῷ the, bh Λύδδας TIra. IX, X. AC ΤΕ. καλοῦντες μὴ ὀκνῆσαι! διελθεῖν ἕως Καὐτῶν.! 39 ἀναστὰς ing Πτα] not to delay tocome to them, *Having “risen “πρ τ , ~ ~ εν , 2 ΄ δὲ ἹΤέτρος συνῆλθεν αὐτοῖς" ὃν παραγενόμενον ἀνήγαγον 1ρηᾷ ΄ Peter went with they brought εἷς TO ὑπερῷον, καὶ παρέστησαν αὐτῷ πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι into the upperroom, and stood by him all the widows Κλαίουσαι καὶ ἐπιδεικνύμεναι χιτῶνας καὶ ἱμάτια ὅσα é- them, whom, having arrived weeping and shewing tunics and garments which *was ποίει μετ᾽ αὐτῶν οὖσα ἡ Δορκάς. 40 ἐκβαλὼν. δὲ ἔξω πάντας ®making °with ®them *being 1Doreas. But “having “put *out “all ὁ [έτρος, 1 θεὶς τὰ γόνατα προσηύξατο" καὶ ἐπιστρέψαό "Ῥεΐίετ, having bowed the knees he prayed. And haying turned πρὸς τὸ σῶμα εἶπεν, Ταβιθά, ἀνάστηθι. Ἢ .δὲ ἤνοιξεν to ‘the body hesaid, ‘Tabitha, Arise. And she ΄ opened 4 ? ‘ aero S38 ~ ‘ / ? , . τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτῆς" καὶ ἰδοῦσα τὸν Πέτρον ἀνεκάθισεν. her eyes, and . seeing Peter she sat up. 41 δοὺς δὲ αὐτῇ σχεῖρα ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν, φωγήσας δὲ Απᾶ Πατίηςρ σίντοη her [his] hand heraised up her, and having called τοὺς ἁγίους καὶ τὰς χήρας παρέστησεν αὐτὴν ζῶσαν. 42 γνω- the saints and the widows _ he presented her living. *Known στὸν δὲ ἐγένετο καθ ὅλης τῆς" Ἱόππης, καὶ "πολλοὶ land 310 “became throughout “whole ‘the of Joppa, and many ἐπίστευσαν! ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον 43 ἐγένετο. δὲ οἡμέρας helieved on bes Lord. And it came to pass [that] “days ικανὰς μεῖναι αὐτὸν" ἐν ᾿Ιόππῃ παρά τινι Σίμωνι βυρσεῖ. many “abode *he in Joppa with acertain Simon a tanner. 10 ᾿Ανὴρ.δετις Ῥἦν" ἐν “Καισαρεία" ὀνόματι Κορνήλιος, Butacertainman was in Caesarea by name Cornelius, ἑκατοντάρχης ἐκ σπείρης τῆς καλουμένης Ἰταλικῆς, 2 ev- a centurion of aband which is called Italic, pious σεβὴς καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν θεὸν σὺν παντὶ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ, and fearing God with all his house, ~ “pla ll pf / λλ ‘ ~ λ ~ 4 ὃ , ποιών."τε ἐλεημοσύνας πολλας τῷ aw, καὶ OFOMEVOC both doing “alms 1much tothe people, and _ supplicating τοῦ θεοῦ "διαπαντός." 8. εἶδεν ἐν ὁράματι φανερῶς, ὡσεὶ ἢ God continually, Hesaw in = avision plainly, ~ about ὥραν τἐννάτην' τῆς ἡμέρας, ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθόντα shour Ithe “ninth of the On: an angel of God coming πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ εἰπόντα αὐτῷ, Κορνήλιε. 4 Ὁ δὲ ἄτε- το him, and saying to sa Cornelius. But he haying looked γίσας αὐτῷ καὶ ἔμφοβος γενόμενος εἶπεν, Τί ἐστι", κύριε; intently onhim and afraid ‘becoming said, What is it, Lord? εἶπεν. δὲ αὐτῷ, Αἱ. προσευχαί.σου καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι.σου And he said to him) Thy prayers and thine alms ἀιέβησαν εἰς μνημόσυνον "ἐνώπιον" τοῦ θεοῦ. 5 καὶ νῦν aregoneup for 8, memorial before God. An now πέμψον *eic Ἱόππην ἄνδρας," καὶ µετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα ὃς send 3ο . *Joppa men, and send for Simon who ἐπικαλεῖται Πέτρος 6 οὗτος ζενίζεται παρά. τινι Σίμωνι 84] would not delay to come to them. 39 Then Peter arose and went with them. When he was come,they brought him into the upper chamber: and all the widows stood by him weeping, and shewing the coats and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them. 40 But Peter put them all forth, and kneeled down, and prayed; and turning him to the body said, Tabitha, arise. And she opened her eyes: and when she saw Pe- ter, she sat up. 41 And he gave her Ais hand, and lifted her up, and when he had called the saints and widows, presented her alive. 42 Andit was known throughout all Joppa ; and many believed in the Lord. 43 And it came to pass, that he tarried many days in Joppa with one Simon a tanner. X. There was acer= tain man in Caesarea called Cornelius, a cen- turion of ‘the band called the Italian band, 2 a devout man, and one that feared God with all his house, which gavemuch alms to the people, and prayed to God alway. 3 He saw in a vision evidently about the ninth hour of the day an angel of God com- ing in to him, and say- ing unto him, Corne- linus. 4 And when he looked on him, he was afraid, and said, What is it, Lord? And he said unto him, Thy prayers and thine alms are come up for a memorial before God. 5 And now send men to Joppa, and eull for one Simon, whose sur- name is Peter: 6 he is epee Peter. He lodges with ‘acertain Simon lodgethwithoneSimon ὌΝ , a tanner, who-e house θυρσεῖ, ἐστιν οἰκία παρὰ θάλασσαν" Τοῦτος λαλήσει σοι js dy the sca side: he tanner, ee 215 house by [the] sea ; he sball tell thee shall tell thee what 1 μὴ ὀκνήσῃς delay not LTTraw. ' κ ἡμῶν US LTTrAW. 14 καὶ αΏᾶ LTTraAW. ὦ [τῆς] Tr. Ὁ ἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ LTTrAW. ο αὐτὸν ἡμέρας ἱκανὰς μεῖναι τὺ; — αὐτὸν Τ. P— ἦν GLITraw. 9 Καισαρία 7. —veLTTraw.. * διὰ παντός LTrA. t 4 περὶ LTTrAW. w Gexpoten 1 LUTrA, |< * ἄγδρας εἰς Ἰόππην LITrAW. ν ἐνάτην LTTrAW. 2 --- οὗτος λαλήσει σοι τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν ΑΙΤΤΙΑΥΓ. (Simon) trtra. Υ + τινα a certain 945 Όποια. oughtest to do. 7 And when the angel which spake unto Cor- nelius was departed, he culled two of his house- hold servants, and a devout soldier of them that waited on him continually; 8 and when he had declared all these things untc them, he sent them to Joppa. 9 On the mor- row, as they went on their journey, and drew nigh unto the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to ray about the sixth our: 10 and he be- came very hungry, and would have eaten: but while they made ready, he fell into a trance, 11 and saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth: 12 wherein were all manner of fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and erceping things, and fowls of the air. 13 And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, andeat. 14 But Peter said, Not so, Lord ; for Ihave never eaten any thing that is common or unclean, 15 And the votee spake unto him again the second time, What God hath cleans- ed, that call not thou common. 16 This was done thrice : and the vessel was received up again into heaven. 17 Now while Peter doubted in himself what this vision which he had seen should mean, behold, the men which were sent from Cornelius had made inquiry for Simon’s house, and stood be- fore the gate, 18 and ealled, and asked whether Simon, which Was surnamed Peter, were lodged there, 19 While Peter thought on the vision, the Spi- tit said unto him, Be- TI PAe ETS. << ~ ~ ~ t ” i τί σε δεῖ ποιεῖν. 7 Ὡς. δὲ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ ἄγγελος ὃ what *thee ‘it *behoves to do, And when “departed ‘the “angel who ~ / ΄ ~ > ~ ~ λαλῶν "τῷ Κορνηλίῳ,! φωνήσάς δύο τῶν.οἰκετῶν δαὐτοῦ,ὶ spoke to Cornelius, having called two of his servants, , ᾽ ~ ~ , καὶ στρατιώτην εὐσεβῆ THY προσκαρτερούντων αὐτῷ, 8 καὶ and a “soldier 1pious ofthose continually waiting on him, and ἐξηγησάμενος “αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα! ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς" εἰς τὴν having related tothem all things he sent them to , ~ A 4 ? Ἰόππην. 9 Τῇ δὲ ἐπαύριον ὁδοιπορούντων ἀξκείνων" καὶ Joppa. And onthe morrow, as are “journeying 1these and τῇ πόλει ἐγγιζόντων,. ἀνέβη Πέτρος ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα προσ- tothe city drawing near, *went*up ‘Peter , on the housetop to , A .“ « a AND: εὐζασθαι, περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην. 10 ἐγένετο δὲ πρόσπεινος, pray, about “hour ‘the *sixth. And he became very hungry, , » ΄ e 4 δὲ 62 ͵ ΕΣ ᾿» καὶ ἤθελεν γεύσασθαι: παρασκευαξόντων.δὲ "ἐκείνων" 'ἔπδ- and wished to eat. But as *were *making *ready they τες]! πεσεν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις, 11 καὶ θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγ- Supon *him ‘a “trance, and he beholds the heaven opened, μένον, καὶ καταβαῖνον ἔἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν" σκεῦός τι ὡς ὀθόνην and descending upon him a“vessel‘certain, as a “sheet / ? ~ / ν μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς "δεδεμένον,. καὶὶ καθιέµενον ἐπὶ αρτοαΏ, by four corners bound, and let down upon ~ ~ Ὁ ~ / Sys ~ τῆς γῆς 19 ἐν ᾧ ὑπῆρχεν πάντα τὰ τετράποδα Ἱτῆς γῆς the earth ; in which were all the quadrupeds of tke earth καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ! καὶ ἔτὰ" πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐ- and the wild beasts and the creeping things and the birds ofthe hea- aw Aas / SY Ανα ? ἣν 2 id [ή ρανοῦ. 19 καὶ ἐγένετο φωνή πρὸς αὐτόν, Αναστᾶς, Ἠετρε, yen. And came avoice ἴο him, Havingrisen up, Peter, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. 14 Ὁ δὲ. Πέτρος εἶπεν, Μηδαμῶς, κύριε" ὅτι kill and cat. But Peter said, In no wise, Lord; for ᾽ Se ” 5 ~ 4 1 HT ? / Ν A οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν ‘7 ἀκάθαρτον. 15 Καὶ φωνὴ never did 1 eat anything common or unclean. And a voice πάλιν ἐκιδευτέρον πρὸς αὐτόν, “A ὁ θεὸς ™éxabaguoer," {came]again ithesecondtime to him, What God cleansed, σὺ μὴ κοίνου. 16 Τοῦτο δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τρίς" καὶ "πάλιν" *thou - “ποῦ *maké common, Andthis took place thrice, and again > ; ' A ~ ᾽ A ~ οἀνελήφθη" τὸ σκεῦος εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. 17 Ὡς.δὲ ἐν ἑαυτῷ wastakenup the vessel into the heaven. Andas *in *himself διηπόρει ὁ Πέτρος τί ἂν.εη τὸ ὅραμα ὃ εἶδεν, Prai! *was “perplexed Λ᾿Εεϊετ what might be the vision which hesaw, “also 28 / ε » . ο , ἰδού, οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἀπὸ" τοῦ Κορνηλίου, διε- *behold, the men who were sent from Cornelius, having ΄ A > ’ , ‘ ‘4 "» ρωτήσαντες τὴν οἰκιαν Σίμωνος, ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὸν πυλῶνα" inquired for the house of Simon, stood at the porch ; \ ’ 2 18 καὶ φωνήσαντες ἐπυνθάνοντο εἰ Σίμων ὁ ἐπικαλού- and havingcalledout they asked if Simon who[is] surnamed ͵ > , ͵ τὰ \ = μενος Ἠετρος ἐνθάδε ξενίζεται. 19 Τοῦ.δὲ Π[έτρου "ἔνθυμου- Peter “here lodges. But as Peter was think- ‘ ~ « / ~ . ~ μένου περὶ τοῦ ὁράματος, εἶπεν ἰαὐτῷ τὸ πνεῦμα," Ἴδού, ing over the vision, *said *to*him ‘the Spirit, Behold, SII nee θο ο κο ον σσοτοτττττς 5 αὐτῷ to him GLrTraw. 4 αὐτῶν they T. h — δεδεμένον καὶ LTTr[ A]. 1 καὶ and LITrA. LTTrA. GLTTraw. κ. τὰ LTTrA. ο ἀνελήμφθη ΙΠΤΙΑ. was pondering GLTTrawW. i Eas fae of the servants) LrTraw. 5 ἅπαντα αὐτοῖς Μὲ ς Ύενετο came LTTrAw. ; Bi -- ἐπ αὑτὸν ie και τὰ (— τὰ LTTrA) ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς LTTrAW. εκαθέρισεν Tr. Ὁ εὐθὺς immediately LTTrAW. QumoT. * + τοῦ LTTrAW. 3 διενθυμουμένου P — καὶ LTT:[ A]. 70 πνεῦμα αὐτῷ LTTrA. x. ACTS. στ a ~ ~ a , ἄνδρες τρεῖς! *Znrovoty" σε 90 ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι, ®men three seek thee ; but having risen go down, καὶ πορεύου σὺν αὐτοῖς, μηδὲν διακρινόµενος' "διότι" ἐγὼ and proceed with them, nothing doubting, because 1 ἀπέσταλκα αὐτούς. 21 Καταβὰς δὲ Πέτρος πρὸς τοὺς have sent them, And *having “gone *down ‘Peter to the ἄνδρας Στοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους ἀπὸ τοῦ Κορνηλίου πρὸς αὐτόν," men who were sent from Cornelius to him, εἶπεν, Ιδού, ἐγώ said, Behold, 1 πάρεστε; 22 οἱ δὲ τεῖπον," Κορνήλιος ἑκατοντάρχης, ἀνὴρ ye are come? And they - said, Cornelius a centurion, a *man δίκαιος καὶ φοβούμενος τὸν θεόν, μαρτυρούμενός.τε ὑπὸ ὅλου εἰμι ὃν ζητεῖτε τί ἡ αἰτία δι ἣν am whom yeseek; what[is]the cause for which "righteous and fearing God, and borne witness to by *whole τοῦ ἔθνους τῶν ‘lovdaiwy, ἐχρηματίσθη ὑπὸ ἀγγέλου ‘the nation of the Jews, was divinely instructed .by *angel ἁγίου, µεταπέμψασθαί σε εἰς τὸν οἶκον. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκοῦσαι *a *holy, to send for thee to his house, and to hear ῥήματα παρὰ σοῦ. 23 Ἐἰσκαλεσάμενος οὖν αὐτοὺς ἐξένισεν. words from thee, Having called *in “therefore 'them he lodged Τῷ.δὲ ἐπαύριον “ὁ Πέτρος" ἐξῆλθεν σὺν ᾽αὐτοῖς, καί [them]. And onthe morrow Peter went forth with them, and τινες τῶν ἀδελφῶν τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς" Ἱόππης συνῆλθον αὐτῷ. certain ofthe brethren those from Joppa went with him. 24 “cai ry" ἐπαύριον Δεἰσῆλθονὶ εἰς τὴν “Καισάρειαν"" ΤΏ And onthe morrow they entered into Ceesarea. ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτούς, ᾿συγκαλεσάμενος! τοὺς And Cornelius was expecting them, having called together 3 ~ ? ~ A 4 ? , , ε 9 συγγενεῖς αὑτοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἀναγκαίους φίλους. 25 ὭὩς δὲ his kinsmen and intimate friends. And as ἐγένετο ὃ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον, σύναντήσας αὐτῷ ὁ Κορνήλιος, was Scaming *in. Peter, Shaving ’*met ‘Shim 5Cornelius, 4 ? A A , , « A / πεσὼν ἐπὶ Tove πόδας προσεκύνησεν. 26 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος naving fallen at [his] feet did homage. But Peter | ae οι » Π , ? , θ ο. ΣΣ |i) | rp » ΄, αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν," λέγων, ᾿Ανάστηθι" ἱκάγὼ" αὐτὸς ἄνθρωπός *him 4raised, saying, Rise up: ITalso myself aman > ‘ ~ ~ Φ τὰ 4 « / εἰμι. 27 Καὶ συνομιλῶν αὐτῷ εἰσῆλθεν, καὶ εὑρίσκει συνελη- am. And talking with him hewentin, and finds ‘gathered to- λυθότας πολλούς. 28 ἔφη.τε πρὸς αὐτούς, Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε gether many. And he said to them, Ye know ὡς ἀθέμιτόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ᾿Ιουδαίῳ κολλᾶσθαι ἢ προσέρ- how unlawful itis foraman a Jew to unite himself or come χεσθαι ἀλλοφύλῳ: καὶ ἐμοὶ! 16 θεὸς ἔδειξεν! μηδένα near to one of another race. And tome God shewed =no 29 διὸ καὶ ἀναν- Wherefore also without πυνθάνομαι οὖν, τίνι I inquire κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον λέγειν ἄνθρωπον" Scommon Sor 7unclean “to “call “man. τιῤῥήτως ἦλθον µεταπεμφθείς. gainsaying 1 σαππθ, having been sent for. λόγῳ Ἀμετεπέμψασθεῖ pe; «90 Kai ὁ Κορνήλιος ἔφη, ᾿Απὸ reason did ye send for me? And Cornelius said, SAgo τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας ἤμην "νηστεύων, καὶ" 1four days until this hour Iwas fasting, and therefore, for what: 343 hold, three men seek thee, 20 Arise there- fore, and get. thee down, and go=with them, doubting ~ no- thing : for I have sent them. 21 Then Peter went down to the men which were sent unto him from Cornelius ; and said, Behold, I am he whom ye seek: what ts the cause wherefore ye arecome? 22 And they said, Cornelius the centurion, a just man,and one that fear- eth God, and of good report among all the nation of the Jews, was warned from God by an holy angel to send for thee into his house, and to hear words of thee. 23 Then called he them in, and lodged them. And on the morrow Peter went away with them, and certain brethren from Jopp2 accompanied him, 24 And the mor- row after they enter- ed into Cxwsarea. And Cornelius waited for them, and had called together his kinsmen and near friends, 25 And as Peter was coming in, Cornelius methim, and fell down at his fect, and wor- shipped him. 26 But Peter took him up saying, Stand up; I myself alsoam a man, 27 And as he talked with him, he went in, and found many that were come _ together. 28 And he said unto them, Ye know how that it is an unlaw- ful thing for a man that is a Jew to keep company, or come unto one of another nation ; but God hath shewed me that I should not call any man common or un- clean. 29 Therefore came I unto you with- out gainsaying, assoon asI wassent for: Lask therefore for what in- tent ye have sent for me? 30 And Corneliug said, Four days agol was fasting until this hour ; and at the ninth hour I prayed in my 7 — τρεῖς ΤΑ. W ζητοῦντές ΤΑ. α ὅτι GLTTrAW. Κορνηλίου πρὸς αὐτόν GLTTrAW. ᾖ εἶπαν LTTrA. GLITrAW. Ὁ --- τῆς ΟἸΤΎΓΑΥ,, © τῇ δὲ LTTrAW. ε Καισαρίανπ. f ovv-T & + τοῦ GLTTrAw. Κ κἀμοὶ 11ΤιΑ. | έδειξεν ὁ θεὺς τ΄. Mm μεταπέμψασθέ A, Υ — τοὺς ἀπεσταλμένους ἀπὸ τοῦ 8 ἀναστὰς having arisen (he went forth) ἃ εἰσῆλθεν he eutered Ltr; εἰσηλθαν Τ. h ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν LITrAW. DR — νηστεύων καὶ LTT:[A4], i καὶ ἐγὼ TTrA, 944 house, and, behold, a man stvod before me in bright clothing, 31 and said, Cornelius, thy prayer is heard, and thinealms are had in remembrance in the sight of God. 32 Send therefore to Joppa, and enll hither Sinton, whose surname is Pe- ter; he is lodged in the house of onc Simon a tanner by the sea side: who, when he cometh, shall speak unto thee. 33 Immediately there- fore I sent to thee ; aud thou hast well done that thou art come. Now therefore are we all here present before God, to hear all things that are com- manided thee of God, 34 Then Peter opened his mouth, and said, Of a truth I perccive that God is no respect- er of pcrsous: 35 but in every nation he that feareth him, and work- eth righteousness, is accepted with him. 36 The word which God sent unto the children of Israel, preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (he is Lord of all:) 37 that word, J say, ye know, which was published throughout all ο πάσα, and began from Gali- lee, after the baptism which John preached ; 38 how God anointed Jesus of Nazarcth with the Holy Ghost and with power : who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with him. 39 And we are wit- nesses of all things which he did both in the lund of the Jews, and in Jerusalem; whom they slew and hanged on a tree: 40 him God raised up the third day, and shewed him openly; 4] not to all ‘tthe Ῥοο- ple, but unto witnesses X. καὶ ἰδού, NPAZ ETS. .“ , 7 - ’ : εἰ τὴν δἐννάτην! Ρὥραν" προσευχύμενος EY Τῳ-ι Κῳι βου the ninth hour praying in my house ; and behold, ἀνὴρ ἔστη ἐνώπιόν µου ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμποᾷ, 9] καί φησιν, aman stood before me in apparel ‘bright, and said, ’ ΄ Ν επ. / Κορνήλιε, εἰσηκούσθη σου ἡ προσευχὴ καὶ αἱ ἐλεημοσύναι-σου Cornelius, 3was*heard ‘thy “prayer and Ahine alms 7 fa ? , = ~ 0) [ > ? ἾἼ , ἐμνήσθησαν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. 32 πέμψον οὖν εἰς Ἰόππην, were remeinbered before. God. Send therefore to Joppa, ‘ ΄ ΄ τν ? ~ ’ 2 = = . καὶ µετακάλέσαι Σίμωνα ὃς ἐπικαλεῖται 1Τέτρος' «οὗτος ξενίζε- and call for Simon who issurnamed Peter; he lodges ται ἐν οἰκίᾳ Σίμωμος βυρσέως παρὰ θάλασσαν" “ὃς in {the} house of Simon~ ἃ tanner by [the] sea ; who παραγενόμεμος λαλήσει σοι." 33 "Ἑξαυτῆς' οὖν ἔπεμψα having come will speak to thee. Atonce therefore I sent πρός σε σύ.τε καλῶς ἐποίησας παραγενόμενος. νῦν οὖν ‘to thee; andthou “well Tdidst having come, Now therefore πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ πάρεσμεν ἀκοῦσαι πάντα τὰ 811 we before God arepresent tohear allthings that προστεταγμένα σοι "ὑπὸ" trov θεοῦ." 91 ᾿Ανοίξας.δὲ Πέτρος have becn ordered, thee by God, And opening Peter τὸ στόμα εἶπεν, "Ew ἀληθείας καταλαμβάνοµαι Ori οὐκ [his] mouth said, Of a truth I perceive that ὁποῦ ἔστιν Ἱπροσωπολήπτης" ὁ θεός, 35 ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ ἔθνει ὁ 2is 14. *respecter “οἵ ‘persoiis -God, but in every nation he that φοβούμενος αὐτὸν καὶ ἐργαζόμενος δικαιοσύνην, δεκτὸς αὐτῷ fears him and works righteousness, acceptable to hii ἐστιν. 80 τὸν λόγον “ὃν! ἀπέστειλεν τοῖς υἱοῖς ᾿Ισραήλ, πε The word which he sent tothe sons of Israel, εὐαγγελιζόμενος εἰρήνην διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν announcing the glad tidings— peace by Jesus Christ, (he is πάντων κύριος, 37 ὑμεῖς οἴδατε TO γενόμενον ῥῆμα Ξ5 ο 1Lord), ye know; the ?which *came ‘declaration καθ᾽ ὕλης τῆς Ιουδαίας, Σἀρξάμενον! 7 ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας. through *whole ‘the of Juda, beginning from Galilee, μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν "Ιωάννης" 98 Ἰησοῦν τὸν after the baptism which “proclaimed +John : Jesus who ἀπὸ "Ναζαρέτ,". ὡς ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς. πνεύματι [was] from Nazareth, how “anointed *him *God with [the] *Spirit ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει, ὃς διῆλθεν εὐεργετῶν Kai ἰώμενος {Holy and with power, who wentthrough, doing good and , healing πάντας τοὺς καταξυναστευοµένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, ὅτι all that were being oppressed by the devil,” because ε στ ᾽ ~ - ue ~ ᾽ , ὁ θεὸς ἦν μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ" 89 καὶ ἡμεῖς δἐσμεν' μάρτυρες πάντων God was with him, And we are Witnesses of all things ὧν ἐποίησεν ἔν.τε τῇ χώυᾳ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων Kai “ἐν" ‘Te- _which he did both in the country ofthe Jews and in Je- ρουσαλήμ' ὃν 4 “ἀνεῖλον! κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου. rusalem ; whom they put todeath having hanged [him] on a tree. ~ € ‘ ” ~ ΄ « Ω ” 40 τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν ! τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν This one God ruisedup onthe third § day, and gave him ? ~ , ‘ ~ ~ ᾿ / ~ ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι, 41 οὐ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ, ἀλλὰ μάρτυσιν τοῖς *manifest ‘to *become, not toall the people, but to witnesses who ο ἐνάτην LTTrA. Ξ ἐξ αὐτης A. ν — ὃν 1{τ|ι]. 1ΤΤΙΑ. 5 ἀπὸ from La. χ ἀρξάμενος TTrA. b — ἐσμεν (v'ead [are]) GLYTraw. f+ ἐνῖ. ?—wpav LITrA, 4 — ὃς παραγενόµενυς λαλήσει σοι LIT:[A}, ‘ τοῦ κυρίου the Lord ττττ, Υ προσωπολήµπτης LTTrA. Υ + [γὰρ] 1.. 2 Ιωάνης Tr. a Ναζαρέθ ΕΙ/ΤΤΓΑ. ο--- ἐν [1 Γτ- 4+ καὶ also GLTTrAW. ε ἀγεῖλαν α κα. ACTS ποοκεχειροτονημένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἡμῖν, οἵτινες συγεφάγομεν had been chosen before by God, tous, who did eat with καὶ συνεπιομεν αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸ. ἀναστῆναι. αὐτὸν ἐκ and did drink with him after he had risen from among [the] νεκρῶν' 42 καὶ 'παρήγγειλεν ἡμῖν κηρύξαι τῷ Raw, καὶ dead, And he charged us toproclaim tothe Heople; and διαμαρτύρασθαι ὅτι ξαὐτύοὶ ἐστιν ὁ ὡρισμένος ὑπὸ τοῦ to testify fully that he itis who has been appointed by θευῦ κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν. 43 τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται God judge ofiiving and dead. Tohim αἱ the prophcts μαρτυροῦσιν, ἄφεσιν ἁμαοτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος bear witness, (that]®remission “of ‘’sins 7reccives ‘'through 13name αὐτοῦ πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτόν. ‘thie Ίετοιγ ὍΠη6 *that *believes yore, = Sgn 44 Ἔτι λαλοῦντος τοῦ Πέτρου τὰ ῥήματα.ταῦτα, "ἐπέπεσεν" *Yet ‘as *is speaking *Peter these words, 5fell TO πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας τὸν λόγον. *the iy the πας upon all those hearing the word. 45 καὶ ἐξέστησαν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς πιστοὶ όσοι! Ἑσυνῆλ- And wereamazed the 7of*the *circumcision ‘believers as many as came θον! τῷ Πέτρῳ, ὅτι καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ιἁγίου with Peter, that also upon the Gentiles the gift ofthe Holy πνεύματος" ἐκκέχυται: 46 ἤκουον.γὰρ αὐτῶν͵ λαλούν- Spirit had been poured out ; forthey heard them speak- των γλώσσαις Kai μεγαλυνόντων τὸν θεόν. τότε ἀπεκρίθη a with tongues and magnifying God. Then answered ὁ" Πέτρος, 47 Μήτι τὸ ὕδωρ "κωλῦσαι δύναταί" τις Eeter, 5The Swater *forbid ‘can Zany “one τοῦ μὴ: βαπτισθῆναι τούτους, οἵτινες τὸ πνεῦμα. τὸ ἅγιον that should not be σημα these, who the Spirit the Holy ἔλαβον “καθὼς! καὶ ἡμεῖς ; 48 προσέταξεν. re! «αὐτοὺς" "βαπ- received as also. we? And he ordered | them to be τισθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου." τότε ᾿ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν baptized in the name ofthe Lord.~ Then they begged him ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας τινάς. toremain ~?days 1960116. 11 Ἠκουσαν δὲ οἱ. ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ ὄντες κατὰ And“heard ‘the apostles and the brethren who were’ in ‘4 ? ὃ , er ‘ ‘ ἔθ EOE σ ‘ , ~ θ ~ τὴν Ιουδαίαν, ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ. Judza, that also the Gentiles received the word of God; 2 "καὶ ὅτε! ἀνέβη Πέτρος εἰς “Ἱεροσόλυμα," διεκρίνοντο πρὸς and when 7went*up ‘Peter ἴο Jerusalem, Secontended ‘with αὐτὸν οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς, 8 λέγοντες, ἡ Ὅτι" πρὺς ἄνδρας Thim ‘those 7of (*the]*circumcision, saying, To men axpoBvoriay.é ἔχοντας 3εἰσῆλθες,! καὶ "συνέφαγες' uncircumcised thou wentestin, and didst eat with 4 ᾿Αρξάμενος. δὲ τὸ! Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο αὐτοῖς καθεξῆς λέ- But “having *begun *Peter heset[it]forth tothem inorder say- yor, Oo Ἔχω ἤμην ἐν πόλει ᾿Ιόππῃ Πρρδειχόμεναε, καὶ ing, was in[the] city of Joppa praying and εἶδονὰ ἐν ἐκστάσει ὅραμα, καταβαῖνον σκεῦός αὐτοῖς. them. 345 chosen before of God, even to us, who did cat and drink with him after he rose from the dead. 42 And he com- manded us to preach unto the people, and to testify that it is he which was ordained of God to be the Judge of quick and dead. 43 Το him give all the pro- phets witness, that through his name who- soever believeth in him shall receive rse- mission of sins. 44 While Peter yet spake these words, the Holy Ghost fcilon all them which heard the word. 45 And they of the circumcision which believed were astonished, as many as came with Peter, because that on the Gentiles also was poured out the gift of the Holy Ghost. 46 For they heard them speak with tongues, and magnify God. Then answered Peter, 47 Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we? 48 And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they him to tarry certain days, Ν XI. And the apo- stlesand brethren that were in Judxa heard that the Gentiles had - also received the word of God. 2 And when Peter was come up to Jerusalem, they that were of the circumci- sion contended with him, 3 saying, Thou wentest in to men uncireumcised, and didst eat with them. 4 But Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and ex- pounded it by order unto them, saying, 5.1 was in the: city of Jop- pa praying: and in a trance I saw a vision, A certain vessel de- τι ὡς ὀθόνην seend, as it had beena Isaw in atrance a vision, 4descending” la 5yessel 2certain like a“sheet great sheet, let down 5 οὗτός LTr. h ἔπεσε L. 1 οἳ who L. k συνηλθαν TTr. 1 πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου τς ἣν m — ὁ LTTrA. Ὁ δύναται κωλῦσαί LTTrA. 4 αὐτοῖς T! Tov κυρίου Baw. A. 5 ὅτε δὲ LTTrA, : Ἱερουσαλήμ LTT:A. in 1τ) placed Lefore πρὸς LTTrAW. τ συνέφαγεν did eat with tr. ο ὡς LTTrA. τεν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ (Jesus Christ) βαπτισθῆναι LTTr; ἐν τῷ ὀνόματε Υ ace (econAder he weut. -— ὁ LITrAW. P δὲ TTr. ἦν 946 from ‘heaven by four corners; and it cameé even to me: 6 upon the which when I had fastened mine eyes, I considered, and saw fourfooted beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things; and fowls of theair. 7 AndI heard α voice saying unto me, Arise, Peter; slay andeat. 8 But I said, Not so, Lord; for no- thing common or un- clean hath at any time entered into my mouth. 9 But the voice answered me again from heaven, What God hath cleans- ed, that call not thou common. 10 And this was done three times: and all were drawn up again into heaven. 11 And, behold, im- mediately there were three men _ already come unto the house where I. was, sent from Csesarea unto me. 12 And the spi- rit bade me go with them, nothing doubt- ing. Moreover these gix brethren accom- panied me, and we entered into the man’s house: 13 and he shew- ed us how he had scen an angel in his house, which stood and said ἡ unto him, Send men to Joppa, and call for Si- mon, whose surname is Peter ; 14 who shall tell thee words, where- by thou and all thy houst ghall be saved. 15 And as I began to speak, the Holy Ghost fell on them, as on us at the beginning. 16 Then remembered I the word of the Lord, how that hesaid, John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost. 17 For- asmuch then as God gave them the like gift as he did unto us, who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I, that I could withstand God? 18 When they heard these things, they held their peace, and Υ ἄχρι TTrA. σεν Tr. σαρίας τ. k δὲ LiTr. © Ἰωάνης Tr, 2 + καὶ also LTTrA. 4 ἀνεσπάσθη πάλιν LTTrA. Ἀ τὸ πνεῦμά μοι LTTrA. 1 — αὐτῷ LTTr. Ρ — δὲ and LtTTr[A]. ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. ~ [ή μεγάλην, τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς καθιεµενην ‘great, * by four corners let down outof the heaven, and ἦλθεν Yaypic' ἐμοῦ. 6 εἰς ἣν ἀτενίσας κατενόούν, itcame asfaras me: on which having looked intently I considered, καὶ εἶδον τὰ τετράποδα τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶτὰ ἐἑρ- and saw the quadrupeds ofthe earth and the wild beasts gnd thecreeping πετὰ καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 7 ἤκουσα δὲ” φωνῆς λε- ΧΙ. ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. καὶ things and the birds ofthe heaven. AndIheard avoice say- γούσης μοι, ᾿Αναστάς, ἨΠέτρε, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. 8 εἶπον-δε, ing to me, Having risen up, Peter, kill and eat. But I said, Μηδαμῶς, κύριε ὅτι Ἀπᾶν' κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε In no wise, Lord, for anything common or ᾿ unclean never εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ.στόµα.µου. 9 ἀπεκρίθη.δέ "pou! φωνὴ éx.dev- entered into my mouth. But *answered ΄ππε 1 *voice the second τέρου ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, “A ὁ θεὸς “ἐκαθάρισεν,ὶ σὺ μὴ time out of the heaven, What God cleansed, Ἅ“ἙἭἝ _*thou “not κοίνου. 10 τοῦτο.δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ. τρίς, καὶ πάλιν ἀνε- *make common. And this took place _ thrice, and again was σπάσθη! ἅπαντα εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν. 11 καὶ ἰδού, “ἐξαυτῆς! τρεῖς drawn up all into the heaven. And lo, atonce ,_ three ἄνδρες ἐπέστησαν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐν ἢ ἰἤμην," ἀπεσταλμένοι men stood at the house in which I was, ‘sent ἀπὸ ἔΚαισαρείαςὶ πρός µε. 12 εἶπεν.δε "wor τὸ πνεῦμα," from Czesarea to me. And *said *to®me*the Spirit, , συνελθεῖν αὐτοῖς, Ἰμηδὲν διακρινόμενονἹ ἦλθον δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ togowith them, nothing doubting. And went with me. καὶ οἱ ἓξ ἀδελφοὶ οὗτοι, καὶ εἰσήλθομεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ also ?six “brethren ‘these, and weentered into the house of the 7 ὃ , 13 a , λέ k Il ε - ~ 5 A » > ανορος, απΏηγγειΛλεγ. τε ἡμῖν πως "εἶδεν τον ἄγγελον εν man, and he related tous how hesaw the angel in τῷ.οἴκῳ. αὐτοῦ σταθέντα καὶ εἰπόντα Ιαὐτῷ,! ᾿Απόστειλον εἰς his house standing and _ saying to him, Send 2to Ai , τω” ὃ Il ‘ , / A ᾽ ’ όππην τ ἄνδρας," καὶ μετάπεμψαι Σίμωνα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον sJoppa men, and serd for Simon who is surnamed τ ld εν ΄ εἰν] -. - 9 ΄ Πέτρον, 14 ὃς λαλήσει ῥήματα πρός σε ἐν.οἷῖς σωθήσῃ . Peter, who shall speak words to thee whereby shalt be saved 4 A ~ « , Ν ? A ~ »” , ~ σὺ καὶ πᾶς ὁ.οἶκόςσου. 15 ἐν. δὲ τῷ.ἄρξασθαί.με λαλεῖν thou and αἱ] thy house. And in my beginning to speak , ~ Ἢ ἕ . ? ἐπέπεσεν TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, ὥσπερ Kai ἐφ᾽ 51611 1the Spirit “the “Holy upon them, even as . also upon ε ~ ? ? ͵ A ῳ εἰ A / ἡμᾶς ev ἀρχῇ 16 ἐμνήσθην.δὲ τοῦ ῥήματος κυρίου, us in [the] beginning. And I remembered the word of [{πε] Lord, ὡς ἔλεγεν, Ilwavyncg" μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι, ὑμεῖς. δὲ how he said, ohn indeed baptized with water, butye ~ βαπτισθήσεσθε ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 17 Et οὖν τὴν ἴσην shall be baptized with[the] 7Spirit , ον. If then - the like δωρεὰν ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ὡς καὶ ἡμῖν, πιστεύσασιν ἐπὶ gift "gave *to*them ‘God as also tous, having believed on τὸν κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν Χριστόν, éywPdé" τίς ἤμην δυνατὸς the Lord Jesus Christ, and I, who wasI,[tobe] able ρω 4 / ? , A ~ ε , κωλῦσαι τὸν θεόν; 18 ᾽᾿ Ακούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα ἡσύχασαν, to forbid God? And having heard these things they were silent, ας πᾶν GLTTrAW. b6 — μοι ΤΤΤΙΑ. Ὁ ἐκαθέρι- ε ἐξ αὐτῆς Α. { ημεν We were LTTr. ε Και- 1 μηδὲν διακρίναντα LPtr ; --- μηδὲν διακρινόμενον A. m— ἄνδρας GLTTrAW, 2+ τοῦ of the GLTNAW, ΧΙ. ACTS. καὶ πἐδόξαζονἩ τὸν θεόν, λέγοντες, ""Αραγεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν and glorified God, saying, Then indeed also to the Gentiles ὁ θεὸς THY μετάνοιαν “ἔδωκεν εἰς ζωήν." God “repentance leave unto life. 19 Οἱ μὲν οὖν διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς They indeed therefore who were scattered by the tribulation that γενομένης ἐπὶ ᾿Στεφάνῳ," διῆλθον ἕως Φοινίκης καὶ Κύπρου took place upon Stephen, passedthrough to Phcenicia and Cyprus καὶ ᾿Αντιοχείας, μηδενὶ λαλοῦντες τὸν λόγον εἰ μὴ µόνον and Antioch, to no one speaking the word except ‘only Ἰουδαίοις. 20 ἦσαν. δέ τινες ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες Κύπριοι καὶ *to “Jews. But were certain 70f them 1men Cypriots and Κυρηναῖοι, οἵτινες “εἰσελθόντες! εἰς ᾽Αντιόχειαν, ἐλάλουν ¥ Cyrenians, who having come into Antioch, spoke A 4 x* 4 il A , A mL πρὸς τοὺς 3 Ἑλληνιστὰς εὐαγγελιζόμενοι τὸν κύριον to the Hellenists, announcing the glad tidings— the Lord Ἰησοῦν. 21 καὶ ἣν χεὶρ κυρίου μετ᾽ αὐτῶν" πολύςτε and a great Jesus, And ®was ['the] “hand “of [*the]*Lord with them, > ‘ y , ? µ | ? ‘ \ νι. 99 Ἠ ’ θ ἀριθμὸς πιστεισας ETTEOTPEVEV επι TOV Κυριον. κουσση number having believed turned to the Lord. *Was Sheard δὲ ὁ λόγος εἰς τὰ ὦτα τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς” ἐν ὉἹερο- tand "ἜλΠο 3γεροτί in the ears ofthe assembly which [was] in Jeru- σολύμοις" περὶ αὐτῶν' καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν Βαρνάβαν ὃδιελ- salem concerning them; and theysentforth Barnabas to go θεῖν! ἕως ᾿Αντιοχείας. 23 ὃς παραγενόμενος καὶ ἰδὼν through asfaras Antioch: who having come and having seen τὴν χάριν © τοῦ θεοῦ ἐχάρη, καὶ παρεκάλει πάντας τῇ.προθέσει the grace of God rejoiced, and exhorted all with purpose τῆς καρδίας προσμένειν τῷ κυρίῳ' 24 ὅτι ἦν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς ofheart toabide with the Lord; for hewasa*man ‘good καὶ πλήρης πνεύματος ἁγίου καὶ πίστεως. καὶ προσετέθη and full of [the] *Spirit "Holy and _ of faith. And was added ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ κυρίῳ. 25 ᾿Ἐξῆλθεν δὲ εἰς Ταρσὸν Δὸ Βαρ- a*crowd 1]4γρο6 tothe Lord. And *went *forth*to ®Tarsus 1Ῥατ- νάβας" ἀναζητῆσαι Σαῦλον, 26 καὶ εὑρὼν εαὐτὸνὶ ἤγαγεν nabas to seck Saul ; and having found him he brought εαὐτὸνϊ εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαγν. ἐγένετο.δὲ ἰαὐτοὺς" ἐνιαυτὸν him to Antioch, And it came to pass they a@ "year Ld ~ 3 ~ ? , A ’ » ὅλον συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, καὶ διδάξαι ὄχλον twhole were gathered togetherin the assembly, and taught a “crowd ἱκανόν, χρηµατίσαι.τε ἔπρῶτον! ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ τοὺς μαθητὰς ‘large: and “were *called *first τπτ *®Antioch 1the disciples Χριστιανούς. ®Christians, 5 27 Ἐν.ταύταις δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων And in these days came down from Jerusalem προφῆται εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν. 28 ἀναστὰς.δὲ εἷς ἐξ prophets to Aatioch ; and ‘having frisen 7up ‘one *from *among αὐτῶν ὀνόματι "Αγαβος, tonpavev" διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, “them, by name Agabus, he signified by the Spirit, Λιμὸν ἱμέγαν! μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι ἐφ᾽ ὅλην τὴν οἰκουμένην" 347 glorified God, saying, Then hath God also to the Gentiles grant- ed repentance unto life, 19 Now they which were scattered abroad upon the persecution that arose about Ste- phen travelled as far as Phenice,and Cyprus, and Antioch, preach- ing the word to none but unto the Jews only. 20 And some of them were men of Cy- prus and Cyrene, which, when they were come to Antioch, spake unto the Grecians, preaching the Lord Jesus. 21 And the hand of the Lord was with them: and a great number believ- ed, and turned unto the Lord. 22 Then tidings of these things came unto the ears of the church which was in Jernsalem: and they sent forth Barna- bas, that he should go as far as Antioch. 23 Who, when he came, and had seen the grace of God, was glad;-and exhorted them all, that with purpose of heart they would cleave unto the Lord. 24 For: he was a good man, and full of the Holy Ghost and of faith : and much peo- ple was added unto the Lord. 25 Then depart- ed Barnabas to Tar- sus, for to seek Saul: 26 and when he had found him, he krought him unto Antioch. And it came to pass, that a whole year they assembled themselves with the church, and taught much people. And the disciples were called Christians first in Antioch, 27 And in these days came prophets from Jerusalem unto Anti- och. 28 And _ there stood up one of them named Agabus, and signified by the spirit that there should be great dearth through- A*famine ‘great is about tobe over *whole ‘the habitable world; out all the world: 4 ἐδόξασαν LTTr. r*Apa then L1Tr; “Apa [ye] A. 5 εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν LTTrAW. t Στε- φάνου L. δ“ ἐλθόντες GLTTrAW. “+ KatalsOLTTrA. ΣΧ Ἕλληνας GreekSGLTTrA. ) - ὁ LTTrA. 5 - οὔσης Was τττ 8. Ἱερουσαλὴμ, LTTrAW. > -- διελθεῖν LTTr. © + τὴν which was] LTTrA._ 4 — ὁ Βαρνάβας (read he went forth) Lrtra. αὐτοῖς καὶ to them even LITra, ὃ πρώτως ΤΊτΑ. 8 ἐσήμαινεν τ. ε — αὐτὸν (read [Ὠ1}}]} τῦττα, i μεγάλην ὩΤΊΓΑ, 348 which came to pass in the days of Claudius Cesar. 29 .T'hen the dizciples, every man according to his abili- ty, determined to send relief unto the breth- ren which dwelt in Judea : 30 which also they did, and sent it to the elders by the hands of Barnabas and Saul. XII. Now about that time Herod the king stretched forth δ hands to vex certain of the church. 2 And he killed James the brother of John with the sword. 3And be- cause he saw it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to take Peter also. (Then were the days of unlcavened bread.) 4 And when he had apprehended him, he put him in rison, and delivered im to four quatcrni- ons of soldiers to keep him ; intending after Easter to bring him forth to the people. 5 Peter therefore was kept in prison: but prayer was made with- out ceasing of the church unto God for him. 6 And when Herod would have brought him forth, the same night Peter was sleeping between two soldiers, bound with two chains: and the keepers before the door kept the prison. 7 And, behold, the an- gel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison : and he smote Peteron the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. 8 And the an- gel said unto him, Gird thyself, and bind on thy sandals. And so he did. And he saith unto him, Cast thy garment about thee, and follow me. 9 And he went out, and fol- lowed him; and wist not that it was true which was done by the augel; but thought he saw a vision. κ ἥτις LTTrAW. ο ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης Τ. the GL[a]w. LTTrA, : t ἐκτενῶς fervently LTTrA. αὐτὸν LTA ; προάγειν αὐτὸν Tr, >’ — αὐτῷ LITrA, TQPAZETS. κύστις! ἱκαὶ! ἐγένετο . ἐπὶ Κλαυδίου "Καίσαρος." 29 τῶν. δὲ which also cametopass under Claudius Cesar. And the ~ ~ er e μαθητῶν καθὼς "ηὐπορεῖτόϊΠΗ τις, ὥρισαν ἕκαστος αὐ- disciples according as *was *prospercd ‘any “one, determined, each. , of τῶν εἰς διακονίαν πέμψαι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Τουδαίᾳ them, for ministration tosend tothe “*dwelling 3in 4Judea ἀδελφοῖς: 90 ὃ καὶ ἐποίησαν, ἀποστείλαντες πρὸς τοὺς ‘brethren ; which also they did, sending δι Το the, ; 4 A ‘ ’ πρεσβυτέρους διὰ χειρὸς Βαρνάβα καὶ Σαύλου. elders ‘ by [the] hand of Barnabas and Saul, 19 Kar ἐκεῖνον δὲ τὸν.καιρὸν ἐπέβαλεν “Ἡρώδης ὁ βασι- And at'that time *put °forth Herod #the *king τὰς χεῖρας κακῶσαί τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας. [his] “hands toill-treat some ofthose of the assembly; ο σεν δὲ 7? x δ Ν ᾿ p’ , Π 4 4 Π 2 ἀνειλεν δὲ Ιάκωβον TOV αὐὀε/ pov Ιωαννου μαχαιρᾳι. andhe put todeath James the brother of John with a sword. 8 καὶ ἰδὼν! ὅτι ἀρεστόν ἐστιν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις προσέθετο And having seen that pleasing itis -to the Jews he added συλλαβεῖν καὶ Πέτρον ἠσαν.δὲ " ἡμέραι τῶν. ἀζύμων' . to take also Peter: (and they were days ΟΥ̓ unleavened bread :) 4 ὃν καὶ πιάσας ἔθετο εἰς φυλακήν, παραδοὺς τέσσαρ- whom also having seized heput in prison, having delivered to four σιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν φυλάσσειν αὐτόν, βουλόμενος μετὰ sets of four soldiers to guard him, purposing after τὸ πάσχα ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ. 5 ὁ μὲν. οὖν. Πέτρος the passover to bring out him tothe people. Peter therefore indeed ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ' προσευχἠ.δὲ ἦν ἱἐκτενὴς"! γινομένη was kept in the prison; but *prayer “*was “fervent made ε 4 ~ . ΄ 4 A θ A vt eR (| ? ~ ev ν᾿ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπὲρ' αὐτοῦ. ΟὍτε.δὲ by the assembly to God concerning him, But when σσ aK Il x ? \ , Π ς ‘H 20 ~ ΕἸ ᾿Ξ / τ EPLE EV αυτον προάγειν ο ρωοτς, TY-VUKTUEKELV]) ην “was *about Shim ¢to °bring “forth Herod, in that night was ε / ’ 4 , . ~ t+ ς ’ ὁ Πέτρος κοιμώμενος μεταξὺ δύο στρατιωτῶν, δεδεμένος ἁλύ- Peter sleeping between two soldiers, bound with σεσιν δυσίν, φύλακές TE πρὸ τῆς θύρας ἐτήρουν THY φυλακήν. λεὺς" Σομαϊης ‘two, guards also before the .door kept the prison. 7 καὶ ἰδού, ἄγγελος κυρίου ἐπέστη, Kai φῶς ἔλαμψεν ἐν And behold, anangel of [the] Lord stood by, and a light shone in / A A A a / » πατάξας.δὲ τὴν πλευρὰν τοῦ Πέτρου ἤγειρεν , τῷ οἰκήματι. side of Peter he roused up the building. And having smitten the ? A , ? ή . Ἅ ‘ ? , { ᾽ ~ « αὐτὸν λέγων, ᾿Ανάστα ἐν τάχει. Καὶ γἐξεπεσον" αὐτοῦ αἱ him, saying, Riseup in _ haste. And fell off of him the « ~ ~ ” ‘ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν. ὃ εἶπέν τε! ὁ ἄγγελος πρὸς chains from [his] hands, And*said ‘the | tangel to - αὐτόν, "Περίζωσαι! καὶ ὑπόδησαι τὰ σανδάλιά.σου. Ἐποίη- him, αἰτὰ thyself about, and’ Ῥϊπᾶ οἱ thy sandals. *He did σεν δὲ οὕτως. καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ, Περιβαλοῦ τὸ ἱμάτιόν σου, land 50. And he saystohim, Cast about [thee] thy garment, καὶ ἀκολούθει μοι. 9 Kai ἐξελθὼν ἠκολούθει Ῥαὐτῷ"" καὶ and follow’ me. And going forth he followed him, and ” ‘ , Ε - ~ . οὐκ.Ἴδει ὅτι ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγ- did not know that real it is which is happening by means of the an- 1— καὶ LTTr[A]. m — Καίσαρος GLTTrAW. 2 εὐπορεῖτό LTTrA. P Ἰωάνου Tr. 4 μαχαίρῃ ΤτιΑ. τ ἰδὼν δὲ ΤΑ. 5. - at Τι Y wept LITr. W ἤμελλεν TTrA. προαγαγεῖν ἡ ἐξέπεσαν LTTrA, 5 δὲ Ltr, 5 Ζῶσαι gird thyself -- χι XIE ΧΙΙ. ACTS. γέλου, ἐδόκει. δὲ ὅραμα βλέπειν. 10 διελθόντες δὲ πρώτην gel, but thought a vision hesaw. And having passed through a first φυλακὴν καὶ δευτέραν, “ἦλθον! ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν guard and asecond, they came ito the *zate iron τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἀἠνοίχθη! αὐτοῖς" that leads into the city,. which of itself opened to them ; καὶ ἐξελθόντες προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν, καὶ εὐθέως and having pune out they went on through “street one, and immediately ἀπέστη ὁ ἄγγελος ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 11 καὶ ὁ Πέτρος «γενόμενος departed the angel from him, And Peter having come ἐν ἑαυτῷ! εἶπεν, Νῦν οἶδα ἀληθῶς ὅτι ἐξαπέστειλεν to himself said, Now I know of atruth that “sent *forth miptos τὸν. ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ, καὶ [ἐξείλετό" µε ἐκ ειρὸς his angel and ἡ * delivered me out of[the] hand ἐν καὶ πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ λαοῦ τῶν Ιουδαίων. of Herod and all the expectation of the people of the Jews. 12 συνιδώντε ἦλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν § Μαρίας τῆς μητρὸς And considering [it]hecame to the house of Mary the mother Ἰωάννου" τοῦ. ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου, οὗ ἦσαν ἱκανοὶ of John who is surnamed Mark, where were many συνηθροισμένοι καὶ προσευχόμενοι. 13 Κρούσαντος δὲ Ἱτοῦ gathered ees and praying. And “having *knocked Πέτρου" τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος, προσῆλθεν παιδίσκη ὑ ὑπα- *Peter fat] the door of the Cry came a “damsel to κοῦσαι, ὀνόματι Ῥόδη' 14 καὶ ἐπιγνοῦσα τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ listen, by name Rhoda; and having recognized the voice Πέτρου, ἀπὸ. τῆς χαρᾶς οὐκ Ίνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα, εἰσδρα- of Peter, from joy she opened not the porch, ne μοῦσα δὲ ἀπήγγειλεν ἑστάναι τὸν Πέτρον πρὸ τοῦ run‘in ‘but shereported to *be *standing Peter before the πυλῶνος. 15 οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὴν *eiroy," Maivy. ἯἩ δὲ porch, But they to her said, Thou art mad, But she δσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν. ᾿οἱ. δ᾽ ἔλεγον," Ὁ ἄγγελος ™ad- strongly affirmed πας itwas. Andthey said, The angel of τοῦ ἐστιν." 16 Ὁ.δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων' ἀνοίξαντες.δὲ him itis. But Peter continued knocking: and having opened πεῖδον" αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξέστησαν. 17 κατασείσας.δὲ αὐτοῖς they saw him, and were amazed. And having made a sign to them τῇ χειρὶ σιγᾷν διηγήσατο “αὐτοῖς" πῶς ὁ κύριος αὐτὸν with the hand {ο besilent herelated %tothem how the Lord him ἐξήγαγεν ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς. εἶπεν δὲ! ᾿Απαγγείλατε Ἰανώβῳ brought outof the prison. And he said, Report to James καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ταῦτα. Kai ἐξελθὼν ἐπορεύθη εἰς ἕτερον and tothe brethren these things. Bad ewe goneout he went to another τόπον. 18 γενομένης. δὲ ἡμέρας ἦὧν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος Bike And κι come ‘day there was*disturbance *no ?small ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο. 19 Ἡρώδης among the __ soldiers, what coed hee, *Peter ‘was become, Herod δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρών, ἀνακρίνας τοὺς Sand having sought after *him ‘and *not *having*found, having examined the φύλακας ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι" kai’ κατελθὼν guards he commanded [them] to be ledaway([to death]. And having gone down DP they, : gel, and hath delivered 349 10 When they were past the first and the second ward, they came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went > out, and passed on through -one street; and forthwith the an- gel departed from him. 11 And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his an-| me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of the people of {μθ΄ Jews. 12 And when he had considered the thing, he came to the house of Mary the mother of John, whose sur- mame was) Mark; where many were ga- thered together pray- ing. 13 And as Peter knocked at the door of the gate, a damsel came to _ hearken, named Rhoda. 14 And when she knew Peter’s voice, she opened not the gate for gladness but ran in, and d told how Peter stood before the gate. 15 And they said unto her, Thou art mad. But she constantly affirmed that it was even so. Then said they, It is his angel. ‘16 But Pe- ter continued knock- ing: and when they had opened the door, and saw him, they were astonished. 17But he, beckoning ‘unto them with the hand to hold their peace, de- . clared unto them how the Lord had brought him out of the prison. And he said, Go shew these things unto James, and to the brethren. And he de- parted, and went into another place. 18 Now as soon as it was day, there was no sma stir among the sol- diers, what was be- come of Peter. 19 And when Herod had sought for him, and found him not, he ex- amined the keepers, and commanded that they should be put to οἦλθαν Letra, ἃ ἠνοίγη LTTrA. ἘΠΕ τῆς LTTrAW. h ᾿Ἰωάνου Tr. εἶπαν L; δὲ μα GTIraAw. Ῥτε LITrA. ε ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος LTTTAW. i αὐτοῦ he GLTTrAW. | τῷ ἐστιν αὐτοῦ LITTA, π εἶδαν LTTrA, κ εἶπαν LTTrA. f ἐξείλατό GLTTrAW. 1 δὲ ο --- αὐτοῖς π[ τν]. ue 350 death, And he went down from Judza to Cesarea, and there a- bode. 20And Herod was highly displeased with them of Tyre and Sidon; but they came with one accord to him, and, having made Blastus the king’s chamberlain their friend, desired peace ; because their coun- try was nourished by the king’s country. 21 And upon a set day Herod, arrayed in royal apparel, sat up- on his throne, and made an oration uns to them. 22 And the people gave a shout, saying, Jt ts the voice of a god, and not ofaman. 23 Andim- mediately the angel of the Lord smote him, because he gave not God the glory: and he was eaten of worms, and gave up the ghost. 24 But the word of God grew and multiplied. 25 And Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem, when they had fulfilled their min- istry, and took with them John. whosesur- Name was Mark. XIII. Now there were in the church that was at Antioch certain prophets and teachers; as Barna- bas, and Simeon that was called Niger, and Lucius of Cyrene, and Manaen, which had been brought up with Herod the tetrarch, and Saul. 2 As they ministered to the Lord, and fasted, the Holy Ghost said, Separate me Barnabas and Saul for the work where- unto I have called them. 3 And when they had fasted and als and laid their ands on them, they sent them away. 4So they, being sent forth by the Holy Ghost, de- parted unto Seleucia ; and from thence they sailed to Cyprus. 5 And when they were at Sa- lamis, they preached the word of God in the synagogues of the ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. Ἂ ~ , ‘ / ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς ἀτὴν" ΣΚαισάρειαν! διέτριβεν. ΧΙ πα 90 Hy from Juda to Cesarea he stayed [there]. Was δὲ "ὁ Ἡρώδης" θυμομαχῶν Τυρίοις καὶ Σιδωνίοις" land *Herod in bitter hostility with [the] Tyrians and Sidonians; ὁμοθυμαδὸν.δὲ παρῆσαν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ πείσαντες Βλάστον but with oneaccord they came to him, and having gained Blastus τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ κοιτῶνος τοῦ βασιλέως, ἠτοῦντο εἰρήνην, whof{was]over the bedchamber ofthe’ king, sought peace, διὰ τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς. because wasunourished their country by {88 king’s. 21 Τακτῇ.δὲ ἡμέρᾳ ὁ Ἡρώδης ἐνδυσάμενος ἐσθῆτα βασιλικήν, Andonaset day Herod having puton *apparel ‘royal, ἰκαὶὶ καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος, ἐδημηγόρει πρὸς ad- and having sat on the tribunal, was makinganoration to them, τούς. 22 ὁ.δὲ δῆμος ἐπεφώνει, θεοῦ φωνὴ καὶ οὐκ And the people were crying out, 304 “ἃ δβιοᾶ [the] “voice and not ἀνθρώπου. 23 παραχρῆμα- δὲ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν ἄγγελος κυ- of ἃ man! And immediately Ssmote “him ‘an“angel “of (*the) piov, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν οὐκ ἔδωκεν "τὴν" δύξαν τῷ θεῷ" καὶ γενόμενος 5Ττᾶ, because he gave not the glory to God, and having been σκωληκόβρωτος ἐξέψυξεν. 24 ὁ δὲ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ηὔξανεν eaten of worms he expired. But the word of God grew καὶ ἐπληθύνετο. 25 Βαρνάβας δὲ καὶ Σαῦλος ὑπέστρεψαν ἐξ and ‘multiplied. And Barnabas and Saul returned from Ἱερουσαλήμ, πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίὰν, YoupTapadaBor- Jerusalem, having fulfilled the ministration, having taken with τες" καὶ" YIwavyny" τὸν ἐπικληθέντα Μάρκον. {them] also Jolin who was surnamed Mark. κι ’ 7 Il > ? ‘ 4 ‘ r 13 Ἤσαν.δε *rivec' ἐν ᾿᾽Αντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν Now there were certain ἢ Antioch in the *which “was (*there] ἐκκλησίαν προφῆται καὶ διδάσκαλοι, ὅ-τε.Ῥαρνάβας καὶ Συμεὼν Zassembly prophets αηᾶ _ teachers, both Barnabas and Simeon ὁ καλούμενος Νίγερ, καὶ Λούκιος ὁ Κυρηναῖος, Mavai.re who was called Niger, and Lucius the (Cyrenian, and Manacen, Ἡρώδου τοῦ ®*rerpapyou" σύντροφος, καὶ Σαῦλος. 2 λειτουρ- of Herod the tetrarch afoster-brother,and Saul, 7As*were *min- γούντων δὲ αὐτῶν τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ νηστευόντων, εἶπεν τὸ istering land “they tothe Lord and fasting, 5said ‘the ~ ‘\ [7 "A ΄ ὃ , ᾽ὔ b, i , ‘4 πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Αφορίσατε δή μοι τόν.ὕτε". Βαρνάβαν καὶ 2Spirit “the *Holy, Separate indeed tome both Barnabas and *rgv' Σαῦλον εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ προσκέκλημαι αὐτούς. 8 Τότε Saul for the work towhich lLhavecalled them. Then νηστεύσαντες καὶ προσευξάμενοι, καὶ ἐπιθέντες τὰς χεῖρας having fasted and prayed, and having laid hands > ~ ? ἐλ 4 do - " A τ ? ’ αὑτοῖς, ἀἄπελυσαν. ὑτοι μὲν οὖν ἐκπεμφθέντες on them, they let [them] go. They indeed therefore having been sent forth ὑπὸ τοῦ “πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου," nro ic τὴν! 9Σελεύ- ματος αγιου," κατῆλθον εἰς ἱτὴν" 3Σελεύ by the Spirit the Holy, went down to Seleu- κειαν,! ἐκεῖθέν τε ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν" Κύπρον. 5 καὶ γενό- cia, and thence sailed away to Cyprus. And having 7 ~ , ,ὕ ~ ~ ~ μενοι εν Σαλαμῖνι κατηγγελλον τὸν λόγον «τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ταῖς come into Salamis they announced the word of God in the 4 — την LTTrAW. {L)r[tr}. 3 τετρααρχου Τ. ματος LITra, ¥ — την GL. b— Te GLTTIAW. f— την LITrA. τ Ῥαισαρίαν τ. * σνν- Τ. t— καὶ 2— τι]ες LTTra. ε ἁγίου πνεύ- ® — ὁ Ἡρώδης (read he was) GLTTraw. *—xKovLTn[a). ¥ Ἰωάνην Tr. ©— τὸν LITrAW, 4 αὐτοὶ LTIra, ὃ Σελευκίαν 1. XIII. συναγωγαῖς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων᾽ ACTS. εἶχον δὲ Ἂ , ΄ καὶ "]ωάννηνϊ synagogues οὗ tiie Jews. And they had also John [85] « / , A i η ~ ” , ὑπηρέτην. 6 διελθόντες δὲ τὴν νῆσον ἄχρι Πάφου an attendant. Andhaving passed through the island as tar as Paphos stodv) τινα μάγον ψευδοπροφήτην ᾿Ιουδαῖον, ᾧ ὄνομα they found a certain magician, a false prophet whose name KBapinoovc," 7 ὃς ἦν σὺν τῷ ἀνθυπάτῳ Σεργίῳ Παύλῳ, [πας] Barjesus, who was with the proconsul Sergius Paulus, ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ. οὗτος προσκαλεσάμενος Βαρνάβαν καὶ Smin ‘an *intelligent.- He having called to {him} Barnabas and Lavrov ἐπεζήτησεν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ" 8 ἀνθίστατο.δὲ Saul desired tohear the word of God. But there withstood ~ ? ΄ ev Π , . ” αὐτοῖς Ἑλύμας ὁ μάγος" οὕτως.γὰρ μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα them Elymas the magician, (for so is interpreted “name αὐτοῦ" ζητῶν Φδιαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως. a Jew, *his), seeking to pervert the proconsul from the faith, 9 Σαῦλος.δέ, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, πλησθεὶς πνεύματος ἁγίου, But Saul, who 850 [158] Paul, being filled with [the] "Spirit ‘Holy, ἱκαὶ! ἀτενίσας ᾽ > 4 - μ 4 ΄ εἰς αὐτὸν 10 εἶπεν, ᾿Ω πλήρης παν- and having looked steadfastly upon him said, O full of « '~ & Ν , « , εν , ? \ , τὸς δόλδυ κα. πάσης ῥᾳδιουργίας, υἱὲ διαβόλου, ἐχθρὲ πάσης all guile απᾶ all craft, son of [the] devil, enemy ofall δικαιοσύνης, οὐ-παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς κυρίου righteousness, wilt thoanetcease perverting the ways %of [*the] "Τιοτᾶ τὰς εὐθείας ; 11 καὶ νῦν ιδού, χεὶρ τοῦ" κυρίου ἐπὶ σέ, 1straight 2 And now lo, [{Π6] hand ofthe Lord [15] upon thee, Kai ἔσῃ τυφλός, μὴ βλέπων τὸν ἥλιον ἄχρι καιροῦ. and thou shalt be blind, not seeing the sun for a season. Tlapayoipaoé" οἐπέπεσεν" ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ἀχλὺς καὶ σκότος, καὶ And immediatcly fell upon him awist avd darkness, and περιάγων ἐζήτει χειραγωγούς. 19 τότε ἰδὼν going about he sought some to lead [him] by the hand. Then *having *seen ὁ ἀνθύπατος τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπίστευσεν, Βἐκπλησσόμενος! ἐπὶ ‘the *proconsul what had happened believed, being astonished at τῇ διδαχῇ τοῦ κυρίου. the teaching ofthe Lord. 19 ᾿Αναχθέντες δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου οἱ περὶ τὸν!" « And having sailed from Paphos (*with] *those *about [shim] Παῦλον ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας. ΤΙωάννης! δὲ ΔΌΣ came to Perga of Pamphylia ; and John ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ὑπέστρεψεν εἰς Ἱεῥοσόλυμα. 14 αὐ- having departed from them returned to Jerusalem. *They \ \ Φ , ? 5 ~ , , θεν τοὶ δὲ διελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πέργης παρεγένοντο εἰς Αν- 1put, having passed through from Perga, came to An- τιόχειαν τῆς Πισιδίας," καὶ ᾿εἰσελθόντες" εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν» tioch 9 of Pisidia, and having gone into the synagogue ~ e ; ~ x Ἂν ’, - A ‘ ‘ ? ’ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἐκάθισαν. 15 Μετὰ δὲ τὴν ἀνά- on the “day tsabbath they sat down. Andaiter the read- γνωσιν τοῦ νόµου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν ἀπέστειλαν οἱ ἀρχισυνά- ing ofthe law andofthe prophets ®sent ‘the “rulers “οὗ ωγοι πρὸς αὐτούς, λέγοντες, ΓΑνδρες ἀδελφοί, εἰν ἔστιν the *synagogue to them, saying, Men brethren, if thereis 351 Jews: and they had also John to their min- ister. 6 And when they had gone through the isle unto Paphos, they found a certain sor- cerer, a false prophet, a Jew, whose name was Bar-jesus:7 which» ~ Was with the deputy” of the country, Sergius Paulus,a prudent man; who called for Barna- bas and. Saul, and de- sired to hear the word of God. 8 But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by inter- pretation) withstood them, seeking to turn away the deputy from the faith. 9 Then Saul (who also ὦ called Paul,) filled with the Holy Ghost, set his eyes on him, 10 and said, O full of all sub- tilty and all mischief, thou child of the de- vil, thou enemy of all righteousness, wilt thou not cease to per- vert the right ways of the Lord? 11 And now, behold, the hand of the Lord 8 upon thee, and thou shalt be blind, not seeing the sun for a season, , And immediately there fell on him a mist anda darkness ; and he went about seeking some to lead him by the hand, 12 Then the deputy, when he saw what was. done, believed, being astonished at the doc- trine of the Lord, 13 Now when’ Paul and his company loos- ed from Paphos, they came tu Pergain Pam- phylia; and John de- parting from them re- turned to Jerusalem. 14 But when they de- parted from Perga, they came to Antioch in Pisidia, and went into the synagogue on the sabbath day, and sat down. 15 And after the reading oi the law and the prophets the rulers of the syna- gogue sent unto them, saying, Ye men and brethren, if ye have b Ἰωάνην Tr. i + ὅλην (the) whole GLTTraw. ιησοῦ T. 1— καὶ LTTrAW. ™— τοῦ (read of [the]) GLTtmaw. P ἐκπληττόμενος Tr. 4 — τὸν LTTrAw. τ ]ωάνης Tr. " ἐλθοντες τις Υ + τις any (word) LTTraWw. j + ἄνδρα a man LITraw. εν τ αν 5 τὴν Πισιδίαν LTTra, k Bap- ὁ επεσεν LITr. 352 any word of exhorta- tion for the people, say on. 16 Then Paul stood up, and beck- oning with Ais hand said, Men of Israel, and ye that fear God, give audience. 17 The God of this people of Israel chose our fa- thers, and exalted the ople when they welt as strangers in the land of Egypt, and with an high arm brought he them out of it. 18 And about the time of forty years suffered he their man- ners in the wilderness. 19 And when he had destroy.d seven na- tions.in the land of Chanaan, he divided their land to them by lot. 20 And after that he gave unto them judges aboyt the space of four hundred and fifty ycars,until Samu- el the prophet. 21 And afterward they desired a king: and God gave unto them Saul the son of Cis, a man of the tribe of Benjamin, by the space of forty ‘eg 22 And when he ad removed him, he rai-ed up unto them J)avid to be their king; to whom also he gave testimony, and said, 1 have found David the son of Jesse,a man after mine own heart, which shall fulfil all my will. 23 Of this man’s seed hath God according to his pro- mise raised unto Is- τας] a Saviour, Jesus: 24 when John had first preached before his coming the baptism of repentance to all the people of Israel. 25 And as John ful- filled his course, he said, Whom ‘think ye that lam? I am not he. But, behold, there cometh one after me, whose shoes of his fect I am not worthy to loose. 26 Men and brethren, children of the stock of Abraham, and whasoever among you feareth God, to παν. ο μην αι oc 5 ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος LTTrw. κονταέτη ΤΊτΑ. GLTTraw. > ἐτροφοφόρησεν αὐτοὺς he nourished them GLTaw.. 4 — αὐτοῖς TIr[ a |. TPA EIS. XIII. "λόγος ἐν ὑμῖν" παρακλήσεως πρὸς τὸν λαόν, λέγετε: aword among you of exhortation to the people, speak, 16 ᾿Αναστὰς δὲ Παῦλος, καὶ κατασείσας τῇ χειρί, εἶπεν, And ΄Πατίηρ *risen*up δα], and making ἃ sign with the hand, said, ’ ~ ‘ ΄ / / ”Αγδρες Σ᾿Ισραηλῖται," καὶ οἱ φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, ἀκούσατε. Men and those fearing God, .hearken. ε 4 ~ ~ / ’ ‘ μ , 17 ὁ θεὸς τοῦ.λαοῦ.τούτου ΥἹσραὴλ" ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πατέρας The God of this people Israel chose *fathers « - 4 4 ~ , κ ἡμῶν" καὶ τὸν λαὸν ὕψωσεν ἐν τῇ παροικίᾳ ἕν tour, and “the “people ‘exalted in the sojourning in [the] land ᾽ ᾿ / - ΄ > ᾿Ξ 1 ΣΑἰγύπτῳ,! καὶ μετὰ βραχίονος ὑψηλοῦ ἐξήγαγεν αὐτοὺς ἐξ of Egypt, and with Sarm la "high brought them out of αὐτῆς 18 καὶ ὡς Ἀτεσσαρακονταετῆὶ χρόνον ϑέτροπο- 10, and about 7forty *years {the} “time he bore ’ ’ ας ~ 3 , ‘ θ λ ‘ HEY « s όρησεν αὐτοὺς" ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. 19 και καθελὼν εὔνη επτᾶα “manners ‘their in the desert. And having destroyed *nations *seven ἐν γῇ Χαναάν, «κατεκληροδότησεν" ἀαὐτοῖς' τὴν.γῆν.αὐ- in [the] land of Canaan, , he gave by lot to them their land, τῶν. 20 «καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα, we ἔτεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ And ‘after these things about ‘years ‘four “hundred *and πεντήκοντα! ἔδωκεν κριτὰς ἕως Σαμουὴλ frov" προφήτου" *fifty he gave judges until Samuel the pro} net, 21 κἀκεῖθεν yrncavro βασιλέα, Kai ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς Andthen they askedfor aking, and gave ‘to *them 1God τὸν Σαοὺλ υἱὸν &Kic," ἄνδρα ἐκ φυλῆς "Βενιαμίν," ἔτη Saul son of Cis, aman _ of([the] tribe of Benjamin, *years Israelites, ' Ἱτεσσαράκοντα.! 22 καὶ μεταστήσας αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν Καὐτοῖς αΓοτίγ. And having removed him he raised up tothem τὸν AaBid" εἰς βασιλέα, ᾧ καὶ εἶπεν µαρτυρήσας;' David for king, to whom also *he *said *having “borne *witness, Εὗρον ΙΔαβὶδὶ τὸν τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν Ifound David the [son] of Jesse, aman according to “heart μου, ὃς ποιήσει πάντα τὰ θεληματά.μου. 23 Τούτου my, who will do all my will. 305 >this [*man,} A ‘ ~ ’ » - ὁ θεὸς ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος κατ᾿ ἐπαγγελίαν "ἤγειρεν" τῷ 7God tof ihe ?sced according to promise raised up Ἰσραὴλ σωτῆρα “Incovy, 24 προκηρύξαντος "Ι]ωάννουϊ to Israel “having *before *proclaimed πρὸ a Saviour Jesus, 1John προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου.αὐτοῦ βάπτισμα μετανοίας before [the] face of his entrance abaptism of repentance παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραήλ. 25 ὡς δὲ ἐπλήρου ὁ" Ρ]ωάννης toall the people of Γ»ταε], Andas “was *tulfilling ‘John τὸν δρόμον. ἔλεγεν, ITiva με" ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι; οὐκ εἰμὶ [his] course, he said, Whom me doyesuppose tobe? “Not “am ἐγώ, ἀλλ’ ἰδού, ἔρχεται per ἐμέ, οὗ οὐκ.εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπό- *I [πα], but lo, hecomes after me, of whom 1 απαποί worthy the san-~ Onna τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι. 96 Ανδρες ἀδελφοί, υἱοὶ γένους dal ofthe feet to loose, Men brethren, sons of [the] race > ΄ κ € 3 ε - “ a , ri ~ on ΄ Αβραάμ, καὶ οἱ ἐν ὑμῖν φοβούμενοι τὸν θεόν, υμιν ο of Abraham, and those among you fearing God, toyou the > Ὧν 2 Αιγύπτου LTr. Ἀτεσσερα- © κατεκληρονόμησεν ἕως ετεσιν τετρακοσίοις καὶ πεντήκοντα" καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα (read χ Ἰσραηλεῖται τ. «7 -- Ἰσραὴλ α. ‘heir land about four hundred and fifty yews. And after these thinus he gave, &c.) LTTrw, πρὶ GLTTraw. f— τοῦ TTr[A]. ov Δανεὶδ σὐτοῖς LETra; Aavid Gw. Ae Ὁ ᾿Ἰωάνου Tr. 8 Kets Keis τΊττΑ. h Ἐεγιαμείν LTTrA. ἱ τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. 1 Δανειδ ΤΤΊΤΑ; AavidGw. ἢ ἤγαγεν brought °—oOLTTvA, ἡΕΡ Ἰωάνης τ 4 Ίέἐμὲ LTTrA. {ἡμῖν to US TA, οσο δι δ ον. ΧΠΙ. ACTS. ‘ ~ , ; oe ε 4 ~ λύγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης "ἀπεστάλη"" 27 οἱ γὰρ κατοικοῦν- word of this salvation was sent : for those dwelling τες ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες.αὐτῶν, τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες in Jcrusalem and their rulers, him not having known καὶ τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν τὰς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον ava- and the voices ofthe prophets who on οτε sabbath are γινωσκοµένας, κρίναντες ἐπλήρωσαν" 28 καὶ μηδεμίαν read, Shaving *judged [Shim] ‘they *fulfilled. And no one αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες ἠτήσαντο Πιλάτον" ἀναιρεθῆναι cause “ofdeath having found they- begged Pilate to put *to “death αὐτόν. 29 ὡς δὲ ἐτέλεσαν ἅπαντα! τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ γε- ‘him. And when they finished allthings that concerning him had γραμμένα, καθελόντες ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου, ἔθηκαν εἰς been written, having taken [him] down from the tree, they put [him] in μνημεῖον' 90 ὁ δὲ θεὸς ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ΄ νεκρῶν, a tomb ; but God raised him fromamong([the] dead, 31 ὃς ὠφθη ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους τοῖς συναναβᾶσιν αὐτῷ whoappeared for 7days Xmany tothose who came up with him ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, οἵτινές 3 εἰσιν μάρτυρες from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are “witnesses ᾽ ~ 4 ‘ λ , 9 πε ~ Ot e ~ ? 5 \ ’ θ αὑτοῦ πρὸς τὸν λαὀν. 92 Kat ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς εὐαγγε ιζόμεθα This to the people. And we to you announce the glad tidings— THY πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ἐπαγγελίαν γενομένην, ὅτι ταύτην the, “to the ‘fathers promise 2made, ‘that this ὁ θεὸς ἐκπεπλήρωκεν τοῖς τέκνοις YadTHY ἡμῖν." ἀναστήσας God has fulfilled *children “their ‘to 5, having raised up 1; ἘΣ τς as ey 7 ~ λ ~ ~ ὃ ’ , Il }OOUV we καὶ ἐν Ἰτῷ ψαλμῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ γέγραπται, Jesus ; as also in the “psalm 1second it has been written, ac / 4 ? |) , ’ / e A Υἱός µου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε. 34 Ὅτι.δὲ *Son 3my "που 7art, I ) to-day have begotten thee. And that ἀνέστησεν αὐτὸν ἐκ he raised νεκρῶν, μηκέτι μέλλοντα ὑπο- him from among [πε] dead, nomore_ to be about to μ ” / er ” «“ ΄ ο σὰ A στρέφειν εἰς διαφθοράν, οὕτως εἴρηκεν, Ὅτι δώσω ὑμῖν τὰ return to corruption, thus hespoke: I will give to you the ὅσια *AaBid! τὰ πιστά. 385 Ὁδιὸ Kai ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει, 2mercies ὁ *David lfaithful. Wherefore also in another he says, Οὐ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν.σον ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν. 36 ἈΔαρὶδὶ Thou wilt not suffer thy Holy One _ tosce corruption. “David μὲν γὰρ ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ βουλῇ 3indeed ‘for to his own generation having ministered bythe “οΕ “God *counsel ἐκοιμήθη, καὶ προσετέθη πρὸς τοὺς. πατέρας αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶδεν fellasleep, and was added to his fathers, and saw διαφθοράν. 87 ὃν δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἤγειρεν οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν. corruption. But he whom God raisedup didnotsee corruption. 98 Γνωστὸν οὖν ἔστω ὑμῖν, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, ὅτι διὰ τού- *Known “therefore ‘be7it ίογοα, men _ brethren, that through this του ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται 39 “καὶ! ἀπὸ one toyou remission of sins is announced, and from Zz = ? ? , ? d_,~*ll , e ; 1 ὃ πάντων ὧν οὐκ ἠδυνήθητε ἐν τῷ! νόμῳ “Μωσεως" ὁι- allthings from which γα could not in the law of Moses be ~ ? ΄ ~ ε "4 ~ , καιωθῆναι, ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται. 40 βλε- justified, in him’ everyone that believes is justified. Take τ ἸΤειλᾶτον τ. 8 ἐξαπεστάλη was sent forth LTTraw. ¥ ἡμῶν to our LTTr; NOW LTTraw. 4 νῦν now w. Δανϊὸ αν’. Ὁ διότι LTTrA, ο--- καὶ LT[TrA]. ἆ — τῴ LTTra. τ πάντα GLTTrAW. ἀυτῶν ἡμῶν W. (first) ψαλμῷ γέγραπται GTTr; τῷ ψαλμῷ γέγ. τῷ πρώτῳ (δευτέρῳ AW) LAW. * 4 ε Μωύσέως GLITrAW. reali WEE Sonn tor 2 00 υέστην ώς φλέ τττεν εις ο ιμωτ α AA 353 you is the word of this salvation sent. 27 For they that dwell at Je- rus:itlem, and their ru- lers, because they knew him not, nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day, they have fulfilled them in con- demning him. 28 And though they found no cause of death in him, yet desired they Pilate that he should be slain. 29 And when they had fulfilled all that was written of him, they took him down from the tree, and laid ‘him in asepulchre. 30 But God raised him from the dead: 3land he was seen many daysof them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem, who are his witnesses unto the people. 32 And we de- elare unto you glad tidings, how that the promise which was made unto the fathers, 33 God hath fulfilled the same unto us their children, in that he hath raised up Jesus again; as it is 4150 written in the second psalm, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee. 34 And as concerning that he raised him up from the dead, now no more to return to corrup- tion, he said on this wise, I will give you the sure mercies of David. 35 Wherefore he saith also in an- other psalm, Thou shalt not suffer thine Holy One to see cor- ruption. 36 For Dayid, after he had served his own generation by the will of God, fell on sleep, and was laid un- to his fathers,and saw corruption : 37 but he, whom God raised a- gain, saw no corrup- tion. 38 Be it known unto you _ therefore, men and brethren, that through this mas is preached unto you the forgiveness οἱ sins: 39 and by him all that believe are justified from all things, from which ye could not be justified by the law of Moses. w+ νῦν Σ τῷ πρώτῳ 8 Δανεὶδ LTT Ag $54 40 Beware therefore, lest that come upon you, which is spoken. of in the prophets ; 41 Be- hold, yedespisers, and wonder, aud perish: for I work a work in your days, a work which ye shall in no wise belicve, though a man declare it unto ou, 42 And when the ews were gone out of the synagogue. the Gentiles besought that these words might be ‘preached to them the next sabbath. 43 Now when the congregation was broken up, many of the Jews and reli- gious proselytes fol- lowed Paul and Bar- nabas : who, speaking to them, persuaded them to continue in the grace of God. 44 And the next ve XMM. wis / A ᾽ , ᾽ WETE. οὖν μὴ ἐπέλθῃ τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν heed therefore that it may not come upon that which has been ssid in τοῖς προφήταις, 41 Ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί, καὶ θαυμάσατε TPAZ HIS. Rg? ὑμᾶς! you the prophets, Behold, ye despisers, and wonder ‘ ? a ' »Ἤ ‘ 2 ΄ ? ~ « , καὶ ἀφανίσθητε: ὅτι ἔργον ξἐγὼ ἐργάζομαιὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις and peri-h ; for awork I work in *days ὑμῶν, ἔργον by! tyour, awork which inno Wise ye would believe if ε.α. πο ) ᾿ : ~ ~ a ? ᾿ ὑμῖν. 42 ᾿Εξιόντων.δὲ ἱὲκ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων," toyou. But “having *departed *from Sthe ‘synagogue ‘the *Jews, Ἶ / k \ » HF] ? A ξὺ ’ λ λ θὴ παρεκάλουν "τὰ ἔθνη" εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον λαληθῆναι °hesought Sthe °Gentiles on the next sabbath to *be ‘spoken αὐτοῖς τὰ ῥήματα.ταῦτα. 48 λυθείσης. δὲ τῆς συναγωγῆς, to 7them 1these 2words. And “having *broken Sup "the *synagogue, ἠκολούθησαν πολλοὶ THY ᾿Ιουδαίων καὶ τῶν σεβομένων 15followed Smany of *the Jews ?°and ‘of '*the ‘worshipping , ~ , ‘ ~ , = e προσηλύτων τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ τῷ Βαργάβᾳ' οἵτινες προσλα- 11ργοξο]γίες Paul and Barnabas, who ᾿ speak- λοῦντεο αὐτοῖς ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς ἐπιμένειν" τῇ χάριτι τοῦ ing to them persuaded them to continue inthe grace θεοῦ. of God. οὐ-μὴ πιστεύσητε ἐάν τις Ἐκδιηγῆται one should declare it bath day came almost) 44 Τῷ "δὲ! πἐρχομένφῳὶ σαββάτῳ σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις the whole city toge- ther to hear the word of God. 45 But when the Jews saw the mul- titudes, they were filled with envy, and spake against those things which were spoken by Paul, contradict- ing and blaspheming. 46 Then Paul and Bar- nabas waxcd bold, and said, It was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing ye put it from you, and judge your- selves unworthy of everlasting life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles, 47 For sohath the Lord commanded us, saying, 1 have set thee to be a light of the Gentiles, that thou shouldest be for salvation unto the ends of the earth. 48 And when the Gen- tiles heard this, they were giad, and glori- fied the word of the Lord: and as many as were ordained fo eter- mal life believed. 49 And the word of the Lord was published throughout all the re- gion. 50 Butthe Jews stirred up the devout and honourable wo- men, and the chief Andonthe coming sabbath almost all the city συνήχθη ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον “τοῦ θεοῦ." 45 ἰδόντες. δὲ was gathered together tohear, the word of God, But *having*seen οἱ Ιουδαῖοι τοὺς ὄχλους, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, Kai ἀντέλεγον the *Jews the crowds, were filled withenvy, and contradicted τοῖς ὑπὸ Prov" Παύλου “λεγομένοις," τἀντιλέγοντες Kat" the things *by sPaul *spoken, contradicting and βλασφημοῦντες. 46 παῤῥησιασάμενοι. δὲ" ὁ Παῦλος καὶ ὁ Βαρ- blaspheming. But *speaking °boldly ραπ “παπά *Bar- , Ἐπ μα & - στ ? ~ ~ Bie - γάβας ‘eizoy," Ὑμῖν ἦν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν nabas said, Toyou was necessary first to be spoken the λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ’ ἐπειδὴ.“ δὲ" ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτόν, καὶ οὐκ ἀξίους word ‘of God; butsince yethrustaway it, and not worthy κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς, ἰδοὺ στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ‘ye judge yourseives of eternal life, lo, Ἰ weturn to the ἔθ : ve ? / es ς , rm! , ἔθνη" 47 οὕτως.γαρ ἐντέταλται ἡμῖν ὁ κύριος, Τέθεικά σε Gentiles ; for thus hasenjoined us the Lord, I have set thee εἰς φῶῷᾳᾳῳ.Ὸρ ἐθνῶν. τοῦ εἶναί. σε εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχά- for ‘a light of [the] Gentiles, that thou be for salvation to [the] uttermost του τῆς γῆς. 48 ᾿Ακούοντα.δὲ τὰ ἔθνη ἔχαιρον, καὶ ἐδόξα- part of the earth. And hearing [it] the Gentiles rejoiced, and glori- Cov τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν ὕσοι ἦσαν fied the word of the Lord, and believed as many as were , 4 ‘ ., , \ .ε ΄ - τεταγμένοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 49 διεφέρετο.δὲ ᾿ὁ λόγος τοῦ appointed to life eternal, And was carried the word of the κυρίου δι" ὅλ ῆς χώρας: 80 οἱ δὲ ᾿Ιουδαῖ i 0 δ." oANC THE χώρας. ot.d& Ἰουδαῖοι παρώτρυναν Lord through *whole *the country. But the Jews excited 4 ΄ ~ ‘ [κα ᾽ ’ ‘ ΄ τὰς σεβομένας γυναῖκας καὶ! τὰς εὐσχήμονας καὶ τοὺς πρώ- the worshipping “women: ‘and honourable and the principal a τη τὸ ου μαμα λος: ο, ο ο) δή) ιο ως {.- ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς LTTr[A]. depa ) GLTTraw. ™ Te GA. ὦ Ἀαλουμέγτοις 1111, * — δὲ but τν, 5 ἐχομένῳ following GLAw. * καθ᾽ τ, & ἐργάζομαι ἐγὼ LTTrAW. h ὃ LTTrAW. 6 i αὐτῶν they (having Kk — τὰ ἔθνη (/εαᾶ they besought) GLTtraw. ἢ Ι προσμένειν GLTTYAW. Ε ° τοῦ κυρίου of the Lord τττι. Ρ — τοῦ LTMm[A}. τ — ἀντιλέγοντες καὶ LTr[A], 5 Τε LITrA. t εἶπαν Loara. B— καὶ GLITTAW,. ΧΙΙ, X1V. ACTS. ~ ae ‘ ? ΄ 4 κ ‘ 4 ~ τους τὴς πόλεως, και ἐπ]]γειραν διωγμὸν ἐπὶ τὸν Παὔλον men ofthe city, and = stirred up a persecution against Panl Δ y δ ll / x Beef. ? 4 ? . ~ ε 4 ? καὶ ὑτὸν" Βαρνάβαν, καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν. ὁρίων αὐὖὐ- and Barnabas, and _ cast out them from their borders. τῶν. 51 οἱ δὲ ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῶν" But they having shaken off the Gust of their feet ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς, ἦλθον εἰς Ἱκόνιον. 52 οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐπλη- against them, came to Iconium. Andthe disciples were ροῦντο χαρᾶς καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου. filled with joy and[the] “Spirit Holy. ? , . ᾿ ? ba , ᾿ς ΕἾΝ Φα ? ~ ? 4 14 ᾿Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν ᾿Ικονίῳ κατὰ.τὸ αὐτὸ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτοὺς Anditcameto passin Iconium *together Sentered they εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ιουδαίων, Kai λαλῆσαι οὕτως ὥστε into the synagogue of the Jews, and spoke sO that πιστεῦσαι Ιουδαίων.τε καὶ Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος. 9 οἱ δὲ ®believed ‘both “of “Jews *and ‘Hellenists ‘a 7great ®number. But the δἀπειθοῦντες" Ιουδαῖοι ἐπήγειραν καὶ ἐκάκωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς disobeying Jews stirredup . and made evil-affected the souls τῶν ἐθῶν κατὰ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 8 ἱκανὸν μὲν οὖν χρόνον of the Gentiles against the brethren, A long “therefore ‘time διέτριψαν παῤῥησιαζόμενοι ἐπὶ τῷ κυρίῳ, τῷ µαρτυ- they stayed, speaking boldly, [confiding]in the Lord, who bore wit- ροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς.χάριτος.αὐτοῦ, Ἱκαὶ" “διδόντι! σημεῖα καὶ ness to the word of his grace, and giving signs and τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν.χειρῶν αὐτῶν. 4 ἐσχίσθη.δὲ τὸ wonders ' to be done through their hands, And was divided the πλῆθος τῆς πόλεως" καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις multitude of the city, and some were with the Jews οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις. 5 Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ τῶν andsome with the apostles, * And when there was a rush of *the ἐθνῶν τε καὶ Ιουδαίων σὺν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν αὐτῶν, ὑβρίσαι *Gentiles ‘both and Jews with their rulers, to insult καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς, 6 συνιδόντες κατέφυγον εἰς τὰς and to stone them, being aware they fled to the >» ~ 5 , f 7 \ ’ \ ι , πόλεις τῆς Λυκαονίας, ' Λύστραν, καὶ Δέρβην, καὶ τὴν περί- cities of Lycaonia, ‘Lystra, and Derbe, and the country χωρον, 7 κἀκεῖ Σήσαν εὐαγγελιζόμενοι." around, and there they were announcing the glad tidings. 8 Kai tic ἀνὴρ δὲν Λύστροις ἀδύνατος" τοῖς ποσὶν ἐκά- Andacertain man in Τπεδίτε, impotent inthe feet, sat, θητο, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 'ὑπάρχων," ὃς lame from [the] womb of his mother being, who ἠδέ k “4 i] 9 κέ ‘ .. Il η ΤΙ ηλ οὐδέποτε Ἀπεριπεπατηκει. οὗτος ἤκουεν" τοῦ Παύλου never had walked. This [man] heard Paul λαλοῦντος" ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ. καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι "πίστιν speaking, who, having looked intently on him, and seeing that faith ἔχει" τοῦ σωθῆναι. 10 εἶπεν μεγάλῃ "Ty" φωνῇ, ᾿Ανάστηθι he has to be healed, said with a loud voice, Stand up ἐπὶ τοὺς πόξας.-σου ὀρθός. Kai Ῥήλλετοὶ καὶ περιεπάτει. on thy feet upright. And he sprang up and walked. Υ — τὸν LTTrA. zt — αὐτῶν (read of the feet) LTTra. «τε LTrA. d — καὶ GLTTrAW. Β ἀδύνατος ἐν Λήστροις T. ἤκουσεν LTTr. LTTrA. ¢ 4+ ἐπὶ to (the).7. 3 εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν LITrA,. Κ περιεπεπατήκει E; περιεπάτησεν Walked LTira. 5-- τῇ LTTr. Name of the Lord Jesus Christ L P ἥλατο GLITraWw. © διδόντος Τ. i — ὑπάρχων GLTTrAW. πὶ ἔχει πίστιν LTT-A. ο + Σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ To thce 1 say in the 355 mén of the city, and raised persecution a- gainst Paul and Bar- nabas, and expelied them out of their coasts., 51 But they shook off the dust of their feet against them, and came unto Iconium, 52 And the disciples were filled with joy, and withthe Holy Ghvst. XIV. And it came to pass in Iconium, that they went both together into the syna- gogue of the Jews, and so spake, that a great multitude both of the Jews and also of the Greeks believed. 2 But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles, and made their minds evil af- fected against the brethren. 3 Longtime therefore abode they speaking boldly inthe Lord, which gave tes- timony unto the word of his grace, and granted signs and wonders to be done by their hands, 4 But the multitude of the ‘city was divided: and part held with the Jews, and part with the aposties. 5 And when there was an as- sault made both of the Gentiles, and also of the Jews with their rulers, to use them de- spitefully, and tostone them, 6 they were ware of it, and fled un- to Lystra and Derbe, cities of Lycaonia, and unto the region that lieth round about: 7 and there’ they preached the gospel. 8 And there sat a certain man at Lystra, impotent in his feet, being a cripple from his mother’s womb, who never had walked: 9the same heard Paul speak: who stedfastly beholding him, and perceiving that hehad faith to be healed 10said with a loud voice, Stand upright ou thy feet. And he leaped and walked Ὁ ἀπειθήσαντες f4 εἰς ἴο 1,. 356 11 And when the peo- ple saw what Paul had done, they lifted up their voices, saying in the specch of uycaonia, The gods are come down to us in the like- ness of men. 12 And they called Barnabas, Jupiter; and Paul, Mercurius, because he was the chief speaker. 13 Then the priest of Jupiter, which was be- fore their city, brought oxen and garlands unto the gates, and would have done sacri- fice with the people. 14 Which when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of, they rent their clothes, and ran in among the peo- ple, crying out, 15 and saying, Sirs, why doye these things? Wealso are men of like pas- sions with you, and preach unto you that ye should ‘turn from these vanities unto the living God, which made heaven,’ and earth, and the sea, and all things thai are therein: 16 who in times past suffered all nations to walk in their own ways. 17 Ne- vertheless he left not himself without wit- ness, in that he did good,and gaveusrain from heaven, and fruitful seasons, fill- ing our hearts with food «πᾶ gladness. 18 And with these say- ings scarce restrained they the people, that they had not done sacrifice unto them, 19 And there came thither certain Jews from Antioch and Ico- nium, who persuaded the people, and,having stoned Paul, drew him out of the city, sup- posing he had been dead. 20 Howbeit, as the disciples stood round about him, he rose up, and came in- to the city: and the next day he departed with Barnabas to Der- be. 21 And when they had preached the gos- peltothatcity, and had taught many, they re- turned again to Lys- as Te LTA, city) GLTTraw. καίτοιγε GAW; — ye LTTr. Git[Tr]a, ZTTra, S— 6 LTTrAW. « ὑμῶν of you GLTTrA. Ἀ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτὸν LTTrA. ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. XIV. 11 Οἱ τδὲ! ὄχλοι ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν 80" Παὔλος, ἐπῆραν Αμᾷ ἴπο crowds having seen what “did *Paul, lifted up τὴν φωιὴν. αὐτῶν Λυκαονιστὶ λέγοντες, Οἱ θεοὶ ὁμοιωθέντες their voice in Lycaonian saying, The gods, having become like ἀνθρώποις κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς" 12 ἐκάλουν.τε τὸν 'μὲνὶ men, are come down to. us. And they called Βαρνάβαν Δία" τὸν.δὲ.- Παῦλον Ἑρμῆν, ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ Barnabas Zeus ; and Paul Hermes, because he was the ἡγούμενος τοῦ λόγου. 19 "ὁ δὲ' ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ ὄντος leader in speaking, And the priest of Zeus who was πρὸ τῆς.πόλεως. "αὐτῶν," ταύρους καὶ στέμματα ἐπὶ τοὺς before their city, oxen and garlands to the πυλῶνας ἐνέγκας, σὺν τοῖς ὄχλοις ἤθελεν θύειν. .14 Ακού- gates Πατίηρ brought, with the crowds wished {ο sacrifice. 7Having σαντες δὲ οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρνάβας καὶ Παὔλος, διαῤῥήξαντες Sheard ‘but Ξίπο apostles *Barnabas “διὰ °Paul, having rent τὰ.ἱμάτια αὐτῶν “εἰσεπήδησαν, εἰς τὸν ὄχλον, κράζὀντες their garments, rushed in to the crowd, erying 15 καὶ λέγοντες, Άνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε: καὶ ἡμεῖς and saying, Men, é why these things do ye? also we εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμὲν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι, announcing the glad tidings to Sof*like feelings ‘are ‘Swith7’you “men, ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Yrov' θεὸν you ἔσο _ these vanities to turn to God τὸν! ζῶντα, ὃς ἐποίησεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ THY the living, who made the heaven and the earth and the θάλασσαν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς" 16 ὃς ἐν ταῖς παρ- sea and all the things in them; who in the φχημέναις γενεαῖς εἴασεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πορεύεσθαι ταῖς past generations suffered all the ngtions to go 50 ~ ? ~ = 7 / 1] ? > ’ ει, τ 1] ? ~ ὁδοῖς αὐτῶν 17 Τκαί.τοι.γε' οὐκ ἀμάρτυρον "ἑαυτὸν ἀφῆ- in their [own] ways, though indeed not without witness himsclf he κεν δἀγαθοποιῶν,! οὐρανόθεν ἡμῖν! ὑετοὺς διδοὺς καὶ καιροὺς left, doing good, fromheaven tous ‘rains ‘giving and “seasons καρποφόρους, ἐμπιπλῶν τροφῆς καὶ εὐφροσύνης τὰς καρδίας ‘fruitful, ’ filling with food and gladness the hearts ἡμῶν." 18 Καὶ ταῦτα λέγοντες μόλις κατέπαυσαν τοὺς of us. And these things saying hardly they stopped the ὄχλους τοῦ.μὴ.θύειν αὐτοῖς. 19 «Ἐπῆλθον! δὲ ἀπὸ ᾿Αντιοχείας crowds from sacrificing to them. But thither came from Antioch καὶ Ἱκονίου Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πείσαντες τοὺς ὄχλους, καὶ λιθά- and Iconium Jews, and having persuaded the crowds, and having A Tl ῦλ » 3 ~ aN { / HH} σαντες τον IlavAoy, εσυρον ἕξω τῆς πόλεως, 'νομίσαντες stoned Paul, drew [him] outside the city, supposing sop SreOud | 90 wine κα ΣΡ ΟΝ ο. Ὁ αυτον STECVAVAL. KUKAWOQVTWYV_0E αυτον των μα ητων, Ἠϊτα ἕο have died. But *having *surrounded ‘him ‘the “disciples, ἀναστὰς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν’ καὶ τῇ ἐπαύριον ἐξῆλ- having risen up heentered into the city. And onthe morrow he went, θεν σὺν τῷ Βαρνάβᾳ εἰς Δέρβην. 21 Ἱεὐαγγελισάμενοίϊ τε away with Barnabas to Derbe. Andhaving announced the glad tidings to τὴν.πόλιν. ἐκείνην, καὶ μαθητεύσαντες ἱκανοὺς ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς that city, and having discipled many they returned to t — μὲν LTTrA. 5 ὅ Te LTTrA. π — αὐτῶν (read the ἐξεπήδησαν rushed out GLTTrAW. Υ — τὸν LTTrAW. 2 καίτοι LT3 ® αὐτὸν LTTr. Ὁ ἀγαθουργῶν LTTrAW. ς ὑμῖν to you ὁ ἐπῆλθαν LTTrA. fvouigovtes LITrA. δ τεθνηκέναι i εὐαγγελιζόμενοί announcing ὅτ. LT. XIV, XV. ACTS τὴν Λύστραν καὶ * Ἰκόνιον καὶ Ἐ᾿Αντιόχειαν" 22 ἐπιστηρίζοντες Lystra and Iconium and Antioch, establishing τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν, παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ the souls ofthe disciples, , exhorting {them ] to continue in the πίστει, καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς faith, and that through many tribulations must we enter into τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ. 23 χειροτονήσαντες.δὲ αὐτοῖς Ίπρεσ- the kingdom of God. And having chosen for them ]- βυτέρους κατ᾽ ἐκκλησίαν," προσευξάμενοι μετὰ νηστειῶν πα- ders in every assembly, having prayed with fastings they ρέθεντο αὐτοὺς τῷ κυρίῳ εἰς ὃν πεπιστεύκεισαν. 24 καὶ committed them tothe Lord, on whom they had believed. And διελθόντες τὴν Πισιδίαν ἦλθον εἰς αὶ Παμφυλίαν" 25 καὶ having passed through Pisidia they came to Pamphylia, and λαλήσαντες "ἐν Πέργῃ! τὸν λόγον κατέβησαν sic? Αττάλειαν" having spoken in Perga the word they came down to Attalia; 26 κἀκεῖθεν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν, ὅθεν ἦσαν παρα- and thence they sailed to Antioch, whence they had been δεδομένοι τῇ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὃ ἐπλήρωσαν. committed tothe grace of God for the work which they fulfilled. 27 παραγενόμενοι. δὲ καὶ συναγαγόντες τὴν ἐκκλησίαν And having arrived and having gathered together the assembly ρἀνήγγειλαν! ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς per αὐτῶν, καὶ ὅτι ἤνοιξεν they declared allthat did 1God with them, and that he opened ~ , ~ 9 / / αὐτούς, ἔταξαν ἀναβαίνειν Παῦλον καὶ Ῥαρνάβαν καί them, they appointed ‘to °go °up 1Paul “and “Barnabas and τινας ἄλλους ἐξ αὐτῶν πρὸς τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ eertain others from amongst them to the apostles and πρεσβυτέρους elders 3 οἱ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, περὶ τοῦ.ζητήµατος τούτου. to Jcrusalem, about this question, 4 x ῃ Εν a's , , ἐν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, διήρ- They indced therefore having been sent forward by the assembly passed χοντο τὴν Φοιίκην καὶ αΣαµάρειαν,! ἐκδι]γούμενοι τὴν through Phosnicia and Samaria, relating the ἐπιστροφὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν" καὶ ἐποίουν χαρὰν μεγάλην πᾶσιν conversion ofthe nations, Απᾶ ἴπον caused | *joy lercat to all τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. 4 παραγενόμενοι.δὲ εἰς Ἱερουσαλὴμ! ᾿ἀπε- the brethren. And having come to Jcrusalem they were δέχθησαν" "ὑπὸ" τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῶν ἀποστύλων καὶ τῶν 957 tra, and te Iconium, wud Antioch, 22 con- firming the souls of the disciples, and ex- horting them to con- tinue in the faith, and that we must through much tribulation en- ter into the kingdom of God. 23 And when they had ordained them elders in every church, and had pray- ed with fasting, they commended them to the Lord, on whom they believed. 24 And after they had passed throughout _ Pisidia, they came to Pam- phylia. 25 And when they had preached the word in Perga, they went down into Atta- lia: 96 απᾶ thence sailed to Antioch, from whence they had becn recommended to the grace of God for the work which they fulfilled. 27And when they were ceme, and had gathercvd the church together, they rehcarsed all that God had done with them, and how he had opened the door of faith unto the Gentiles. 28 And there they abode long time with the disci- ples. XV. Απά certain men which came down from Judea taught the brethren, and said, Except ye be circum- cised after the manner of Moses, ye cannot be saved. 2 When there- fore Paul and Barna- bas had no small dis- sension and disputa- tion with them, they determined that Paul and Barnabas, and certain other of thei, should go up to Jeru- saien. unto the ape- stlus and elders about this question. 3 And being brought on their way by the chvrch, they passed through Phenice and Smniuria, declaring the cony: r- sion of the Gentilcs : and they caused great ‘joy unto all the breth- ren. 4 And whenth Ὁ were come to Jerusa- lem,they were received welcomed by the assembly and _ the apostles and the of the church, and of κ + εἰς to LTTrA. 1 κατ’ ἐκκλησίαν πρεσβυτέρους LITrAW. =| ™ + THY TTr. 2 εἰς τὴν Πέργην 1. οΑτταλίαν ΤΑ. P ἀνήγγελλον ΓΑ. ᾳ — ἐκεῖ GLTTrAW. τ περι- τμηθῆτε ye have been circumcised ΗΤΤΤΑ. 8 + τῷ ΙΤΊΤΑ. piace) TTr. v ζητήσεως GLITrAW. Ww Τε hott: LTTrA. σόλυμα Tr. 2 παρεδέχθησαν they were received LTTraW. ἃ ἀπὸ Tr. τ δὲ but (having taken * Σαμαρίαν 1. Υ Ἱερο- 308 την apostles and elders, end they declared all things that God had doue with thein. 5 But there rose up certain ot the sect of the Pha- risees which believed, saying, That it was needful to circumcise them, and to command them to keep the law ot Moses. 6 And the apostles and_ elders came together for to consider of thismatter. 7 And when there had been much disputing, Peter rose up, and said unto them, Men and brethren, ye know how that a good while ago God made choice among us, that the Gentiles by my mouth should hear the word of the gospel, and be- lieve. 8 And God, which knowcth the hearts, bare them ‘wit- ness, giving them the Holy Ghost, even as he did unto us ; 9and put no difference be- tween us and them, purifying their hearts by faith. 10 Now therefore why tempt ye God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples, which nei- ther our fathers nor we were able to bear? 11 But we believe that throngh the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ we shall be saved, even as they. 12 Then all the multitude kept si- lence, and gave audi- ence to Barnabas and Paul, declaring what miracles and wonders God had wrought a- mong the Gentiles by them. 19 And after they had held their peace, James answer- ed, saying, Men and brethren,hearken unto me: 14 Simeon hath declared how God at the first did visit the Guutiles, to take out of then) a people for his name. 15 And to this agree the words of the prophets ; as it is written, 16 After this I will return, and will build again the tabernacle of David, whichis fallen down ; and I will build again the ruins thereof, and ΗΡΑΞΕΙΣ. ‘Vv: πα Ue , ε Ὶ ? ΄ τς πρεσβυτέρων, ἀνήγγειλάν.τε ὅσα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν per αὐτῶν. elders, and they declared allthat God did with them. © ~ ~ e , ~ , 5 ἐξανέστησαν.δέ τινες τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς αἱρέσεως τῶν Φαρισαίων And rose up certain of those of the sect of the Pharisees πεπιστευκότες, λέγοντες, “OTe δεῖ περιτέµνειν αὐτούς, It is necessary tocircumcise "them, παραγγέλλειν.τε τηρεῖν τὸν νύμον Μωῦσέως. ϐ Συνήχ- and charge {them]tokeecp the law of Moses. *Were *gathered θησαν dé! οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ *togethcr Ἰαμᾶ the apostles and the elders tosee about , ‘ ~ A / , > λόγου. τούτου. 7 πολλῆς.δὲ «συζητήσεως" γενομένης, ἀνα- who believed, saying, this matter, And much discussion having taken place, “having ‘ , στ Ἂ τ μά Σ > Η . Te στὰς Ilerpoc εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, Ar'cosc ἀδελφοί, υμεις Syisen “πρ ?Peter said to them, Men brethren, ye / ef > { ~ ᾽ ΄ « ‘ « ~ 9s ς ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἀφ᾽ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων 16 θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν ἐξελέξατο" know thatfrom “days learly God zmong us chose διὰ τοῦ.στόματός-µου ἀκοῦσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὸν λόγον τοῦ by my mouth [for] *to*hear ‘the *nations the word of the / ‘ ~ ‘ , ‘ ? εὐαγγελίου. καὶ πιστεῦσαι. ὃ Kai ὁ καρδιογνώστης θεὸς ἐμαρ- Εἰαά tidings, and ἴο believe. Andthe heart-knowing God bore ~ ~ Δ ~ 4 er τ τύρησεν αὐτοῖς, δοὺς "αὐτοῖς" τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, καθως καὶ witness tothem, giving tothem the Spirit the Holy, as also ἡμῖν" 9 καὶ foddév'duexpivey μεταξὺ ἡμῶν ὅτε" καὶ αὐτῶν, to us, and put no difference between “us ‘both and them, τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς. καρδίας. αὐτῶν. 10 νῦν οὖν τί by the faith having purified their hearts, Now therefore why πειράζετε τὸν θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν tempt ye God to put ayoke upon the neck of the μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ.πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν disciples, which neither our fathers nor we were able βαστάσαι; 11 ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος ἢ κυρίου ᾿Τησοῦ 'χριστοῦ! to bear ? But by the grace of[the] Lord Jesus Christ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι; καθ ὃν.τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι. 12 Ἐσίγησεν we believe . to be saved, in the same manner ΑΒ they also. *Kept “silence δὲ πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ ἤκουον Βαρνάβα καὶ Παύλου ἐξη- Jand all the multitude, and heard Barnabas and Paul re- γουµένων ὕσα ἐποίησεν ὁ θεὸς σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἐν τοῖς --- lating what Sdid *God *signs *and *wonders among the » ? ? ~ 4 $A Δ ~ ’ ‘ 2. / ἔθνεσιν δι αὐτῶν. 19 Μετὰ δὲ τὺ.σιγῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἀπεκρίθη nations by them. Andafter were “silent ‘they *answered Ιάκωβος λέγων, ΓΑνδρες ἀξελφοί, ἀκούσατέ µου. 14 Συμεὼν 4*Jamcs, saying, Men brethren, hear me. __. Simeon ἐξηγήσατο καθὼς πρῶτον ὁ θεὸς ἐπεσκέψατο λαβεῖν ἐξ related how first God visited totake out of ἐθνῶν λαὸν Ki! τῷ. ὀνόματι. αὐτοῦ. 15 καὶ τούτῳ συµφω- nations ἃ Ῥεορ]ο for his name, And with this agree νοῦσιν οἱ λόγοι τῶν προφητῶν, καθὼς γέγραπται, 16 Μετὰ the words of the prophets: as it has been written, After ταῦτα ἀναστρέψω καὶ ἀνοικοδομήσω τὴν σκηνὴν ἸΔαβὶδὶ these things Iwillreturn and will buildagain the tabernacle of David THY πεπτωκυϊαν' καὶ τὰ "κατεσκαμμένα! αὐτῆς ἀνοικοδομήσω, which [15 fallen; and the ruins of it J will build again, Ὁ τε TrA. LTTrAaw, LITra ; Aavié cw. ο συνζητήσεως LA ; ζητήσεως TTr. € — αὐτοῖς ΤΊΤΑ. ; i — χριστοῦ GTTrAW. d ἐν ὑμῖν you (ἡμῖν W) ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεὸς 1 οὐθὲν ΤΊΓΑ. 8. -τεν. h + τοῦ of the GLITraw. * — ἐπὶ (vead τῷ ov. αὐτοῦ for his name) LTTrAW. 1 Aaveid ™ κατεστραμμένα T; κατεστρεµµένα Tr, XV. ACTS. καὶ ἀνορθώσω αὐτήν, 17 ὕπως ἂν. ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι and willset up it, - so that Smay seek 7out ‘the “residue τῶν ἀνθρώπων TOY κύριον, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφ᾽ οὓς ἐπι- Sof *men the Lord, and. all the nations upon whom has κέκληται τὸ ὄνομά.μου ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς" λέγει κύριος "ὁ" ποιῶν been called my name upon then, says [the] Lord who does ταῦτα ὑπάντα.ὶ 18 ῬΓνωστὰ' am αἰῶνός “ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ “these *things 1411: kuown from eternity are to Ged πάντα τὰ.ἔργα αὐτοῦ. 19 διὸ ἐγὼ κρίνω μὴ παρενοχλεῖν all his works. Wheretne Hf judge not to trouble τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν" 20 ἀλλὰ those who from the nations turn to God ; but ἐπιστεῖλαι αὐτοῖς τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι τἀπὸ! τῶν αλισγηµάτων τῶν to write to them to abstain from the pollutions of the εἰδώλων καὶ τῆς πορνείας καὶ τοῦ" πνικτοῦ καὶ τοῦ αἵματος. idols and fornication and what isstrangled and blood. 21 ἵΜωσῆς' γὰρ ἐκ: γενεῶν ἀρχαίων κατὰ πόλιν τοὺς κη- For Moses from generations οἵ old in every city μονο *pro- ρύσσοντας αὐτὸν ἔχει ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς κατὰ πᾶν σάββατον claiming thim ‘has in the synagogues, every sabbath ἀναγιγωσκύμενος. being read, 22 Τότε ἔδοξεν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις Then it seemed good to the apostles and to the elders ‘ er ~ 3 ’ὔ > , » 3 ? ~ σὺν ὕλῃ τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἐκλεξαμένους ἄνδρας ἐξ αὐτῶν with “whole 'the assembly, chosen men fromamong them πέμψαι εἰς ᾽Αντιόχειαν σὺν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Βαρνάβᾳ, ᾿Ιούδαν tosend to Autioch with Paul and _ Barnabas, Judas τὸν "ἐπικαλούμενον" ὙΒαρσαβᾶν,! καὶ Σίλαν, ἄνδρας ἡγου- surnamed Barsabas, and Silas, 2men Nead- µένους ἐν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, 29 γράψαντες διὰ χειρὸς αὐτῶν ing among the brethren, having written by their hand τάδε Οἱ ἀπόστολοι καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καὶ οἱ" ἀδελφοί, thus: The *apostles and the elders and the brethren, ~ A \ ? , ‘ / A / 2 - τοῖς κατὰ τὴν ᾿Αντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς {ο those in Antioch and Syria and Cilicia, brethren τοῖς ἐξ ἐθνῶν, χαίρειν. 24 ᾿Ἐπειδὴ ἠκούσαμεν ὅτι 'from among [the] nations, greeting. Inasmuch as we have heard that τινὲς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξελθόντες ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις, certain from amongst us haying gone out’ troubled τοι by werds, ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν, λέγοντες περιτέµνεσ΄αι upsetting your souls, saying [ye must] be circumeiscd καὶ τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον," οἷς οὐ-διετειλάμεθα" 35 ἔδοξεν aud keep the law; to whom we gaveno(such] command; it seemed good ἡμῖν γενομένοις ὁμοθυμαδόν, "ἐκλεξαμένους' ἄνδρας ἀκ) ac tous having come with one accord, chosen men to 5. πρὸς ὑμᾶς, σὺν τοῖς ἀγαπητοῖς. ἡμῶν Βαρνάβα καὶ Παύλο, το you, with our beloved Barnabas and Paul, 26 ἀνθρώποις παραδεδωκόσιν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ men who have given up thcir lives for the ὀνόματος τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 27 ἀπεστάλκαμε» name * of our Lord Jesus Christ. We have sent 4 — ὃ LTTr. ο --- πάντα GLTTrAW. P γνωστὸν LW. 4 τῷ κυρίῳ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ to the 3809 I will set itup: 17 that the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the Gen- tiles, upon whom my name is called, saith the Lord, who do- eth all these things. 18 Known unto God are all his works from the beginning of the world. 19 Wherefore my sentence is, that we trouble not them, which from arsong the Gentiles are turned to God: 20 but that we write unto them, that they abstain from pol- lutions of idols, and Jrom fornication, and Jrom things strangled, and from blood. 21 For Moses of oldtime hath in every city them that preach him, being read in the synagogues every sabbath day. 22 Then pleased it the apostles and elders, with the wholechurch, to send chosen men of their own company to Antioch with Paul and Barnabas;namely, Judas surnamed Bar- sabas, and Silas, chief men among the breth- ren: 23 and they wrote letters by them after this manner; The apostles and elders and brethren serd greeting unio. the brethren which aro of the Gentilesin Antioch and Syria and Cilicia: 24 forasmuch as we have heard, that ter- tain which went out from us have ἴτοι- bled you with words, subverting your souls, saying, Ye must be circumcised, and keep the law: to whom we gave no such com- mandment: 25 it seem- ed good unto us, being assembled with one accord, to send chosen men unto you with our beloved Barnabas and Paul, 26men that have hazarded their lives for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ. 27 We have sent there- Lord his work L; ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ W ; -- ἐστιν τῷ θεῷ παντα τὰ έργα αὐτοῦ GITrA, τ- ἀπὸ (vead τῶν trom the) LTTr[A]. 3 -- τοῦ Ltr. called LtTTrAW. 3 Βαρσαββαν 1 Ττλ. ἢ — τάδε LTTrA. LITrA. t — λέγοντες περιτέµνεσθαι καὶ τηρειν τὸν νόμον LTTYA, chosen LTrw. τ Μωύσης GLTTrAW. Σ — καὶ οἱ (icad elder brethvei) 4 ἐκλεξαμένοις having Y καλοιµενον 860 ΠΡΑΞΈΙΣ. δη fore Judas and Silas, οὖν Ἰούδαν καὶ Σίλαν, καὶ αὐτοὺς διὰ λόγου ἀπαγγέλ- Ὃν hall also, ος | thercfore Judas and Silas, also ‘themselves by word telling by mouth. 28 For it λρντας τὰ αὐτά. 28 ἔξοξεν γὰρ ὕτῷ ἁγίῳ πνεύματι! fey Gh πο ane [you] the samethings. For it seemed good to the Holy Spirit 1) my «4 , ε - / ~ to lay upon you no καὶ ἡμῖν, μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος πλὴν “τῶν greater burden than ayq tous πο further *to *lay “upon °you ‘burden than these ntcessary things; , , : κ ἢ πα ei i i 29 that ye abstain ἐπάναγκες τούτων," 29 ἀπέχεσθαι εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ from meats offered to these necessary things : to abstain from things sacrificed to idols, and idols, and from blood, νι ee ἃ mo ἢ ἜΡΟΝ i. as andfrom thingsstran- αιµατος και TVUKTOVU Kal TOOVELAC ἐξ ων Ε]οᾶ, and from forni- {γοπι blood and from what 15 strangled, and from fornication; from which cation: from which τῷ Η ; = foes 3 wre ε A if ye keep your- διατηροῦντες ἑαυτούς, εὖ πράξετε ἔῤῥωσθε, 30 Οἱ μὲν selves, ye shall do keeping yourselves, well ye will do. Farewell. They well. Fare ye well. = > , ex ed ey cee 4 ι , 30 So when they were οὖν ἀπολυθεντες «ἠλθον' εἰς Αγτιοχειαν' και συναγαγὀντες dismissed, they came therefore, being let go went to Antioch, and having gathcred to Antioch: and when _, ν ΩΣ [ης ΠΣ G ? , τὸ Oe they had gathered the TO πλῆθος ἐπεδωκαν τὴν ἐπιστολήν. 81 ἀναγνόντες. δὲ ἐχά- multitude together,~the multitude delivered the epistle. And havingread they they delivered the 2 \ ~ ; ϱ 2 "ὃ f ΣΑ Ἶ x \ ᾽ epistle: 31 which when ρῆσαν ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει. 32 Ιουδας τε" καὶ Σιλας, και αυὐ- they had read, they rejoiced at the consolation. And Judas and Silas, ?also ‘them- rejoiced for the conso- ἢ τ » τι , lation, 3) Αμὰ Judas Τοὶ προφῆται ὄντες, διὰ λόγου πολλοῦ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς and Silas, being pro- sclves *prophets Speing, by discourse *much exhorted the: hets also themselves, 25 rn γι 5 ͵ G \ ͵ ᾽ Ες ted the brathvan ἀδελφούς, καὶ ἐπεστήριξαν. 988 Ποιήσαντες.δὲ χρόνον ἄπε- with many words,and brethren, and _ established [them]. Απά πανίης continued a time they’ ο ο αρα λύθησαν μετ᾽ εἰρήνης ἀπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν πρὸς Frode ἀποστό-- there aspace,they were Were let go in peace from the _ brethren to the apostles;; τ ο ας λους." 94 Ἀέδοξεν δὲ τῷ Σίλα ἐπιμεῖναι αὐτοῦ." 35 Παῖλος.δὲ apostles. 34 Notwith- but it seemed good toSilas toremain there, And Paul standing ἰδ Pleased καὶ Βαρνάβας διέτριβον ἐν ᾿Αντιοχείᾳ, διδάσκοντες καὶ εὔαγ- still, 35 Paul also and and Barnabas stayed in Antioch, teaching and, ‘an- Barnabas continuedin γελιζόμενοι μετὰ καὶ ἑτέρων πολλῶν, τὸν λόγον τοῦ ο tuawers of nouncing “the “glad *tidings *with *also “others *many— the word of the the Lord, with many κυρίου. others also, Tord. 36 And some days 90 Μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας εἶπεν Παῦλος πρὸς Βαρνάβαν," other Ἔτι μαῖα unto | But after certain days said Paul to Barnabas, arnabas, Let us go ‘ sa es Al res ιν ο a eral Ue ο a vit oe Ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς. ἡμῶν! κατὰ. brethren in every city Having turned back “indced ‘let *us look after our brethren in where we havepreach- ἰσᾷσαν πόλιν! ἐν αἷς κατηγγείλαμεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, th d of th : : : ford, ολο ον every city in which we hayeannounced the word ofthe Lord, do. 37 And Barnabas ῶ 4 ἐς el πὴ , ion i 4etermined to take ole a lib ata 37 Βαρνάβας δὲ ἐβουλεύσατο συµπαρα withthem John, whose how they are. And Barnabas purposed to take surname was Mark. λαβεῖν" 9 Ῥτὸν' Υ]ωάννην! τὸν καλούμενον Μάρκον" 88 Παῦ- 38 But Paul thought with [them] John ealled Mark; 2Paul not good to take him ι as : ᾿ ᾿ δα. pees with them, who de- λος δὲ ἠξίου τὸν ἀποστάντα ἀπ αὐτῶν ἀπὸ Ilap- parted from them ‘but thought it well him who withdrew from them from Pam- from Pamphylia, and ; λλες , ee ? κ» \ went not withthemto φυλίας, καὶ μὴ.συγελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ έργο», μὴ "συμπαρα- the work. ὃν Απά (Πο phylia, . and went not with them to the work, not ~ to take contention was so ~ - Side = αν , “ sharp between them, λαβεῖν τοῦτον. 39 ἐγένετο "οὖνὶ παροξυσµός. ὥστε that they departed ?with (Sthem] thim. Arose therefore a’sharp contention so that asunder one from the , ~ Σὐτενυνι τ γι» νιν, , , , other: and so Barna- ἀποχωρισθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἀπ᾽ ἀλλήλων, τόν.τε.Ῥαρνάβαν παρα- bas took Mark, and “departed "they from one another, and Barnabas having " τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ TIrw. ___ «τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες LTTr; --- τούτων A. ἆ πνικτῶν LITra, 6 κατῆλθον LTTrA. δὲ Ε. ὃ τοὺς ἀποστείλαντας αὐτούς thvse who sent thum ἀξ a h — verse 34 LTTrAW. i πρὸς Βαρνάβαν Παῦλος LT tra. k — ἡμῶν (read the brethren) GLTTrAW. 1 πόλιν πᾶσαν LTTYA. τὶ ἐβούλετο LTTrAW. ἢ συν- ΤΑ. + καὶ also GLTTrA. P — τὸν GLA, 4 ᾿Ιωάνην Tr. τ συµ-(συν- ΤΑ)παραλαμβάνειν LTTrA, 5 δὲ and (arose) LTTra, av, Χτ]. ATS. λαβόντα τὸν Μάορκον ἐκπλεῖσαι είς Κύπρον: 40 Παῦλος δὲ taken Mark sailed to Cyprus ; but Paul ἐπιλεξαμενος Σίλαν ἐξῆλθεν, παραζοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι having chosen Silas went forth, having been committed tothe grace ~ ~ τῷ νὰ ’ aA i ‘rou θεοῦ" ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 41 διήρχετο. δὲ of God by the _ brethren. And he passed through καὶ Ὁ Κιλικίαν, ἐπιστηοίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας. 16 Κατήντησεν δὲ" and Cohcin, establishing the - assemblies. And he arrived ᾽ 7 ‘ » ‘ ᾽ , yA στ 3 ~ εἰς Δέρβην καὶ Υ Λύστραν' καὶ ἰδού. µαθητής τις ἦν ἐκεῖ, αὖ Derbe and Lystra: and behold, a “disciple ‘certain was there, ὀνόματι Τιμόθεος, υἱὸς γυναικός Ίτινος" Ιουδαίας πιστῆς Syria by name Timotheus, son of a *woman ‘certain “Jewish “believing A i e εν ? ~ « Ss ~ ? , πατρὸς δὲ Ἕλληνος 2 ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Avo- but [the] father ἃ Greek, who was borne witness to by the 7in *Lys- τροις καὶ Ἱκονίῳ ἀδελφῶν. 8 τοῦτον ἠθέλησεν ὁ Παὔλος σὺν το “and *Iconium ‘brethren. This one *wished *Paul with ? ~ ? ~ ‘ ‘ , ? ‘ A ‘ αὐτῷ ἐξελθεῖν, καὶ λαβὼν περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν διὰ τοὺς him togoforth, and having taken hecircumcised him onaccountof the ? / 2; ~ , ’ 2 8 x Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς. τόποις ἐκείνοις" ῃθεισαν. γάρ Jews who were in those places, for they *knew al x , > ~ er eo ή ε ~ « ᾿ SA ἅπαντες τὸν.πατερα.αὐτοῦ Ότι ᾿Ἑλληνὶ ὑπῆρχεν. 4 ως δὲ all his father that a Greek he was. _And as inl 8 , ι , b ον ΠΤ ᾽ - pv , ὁιεπορεύοντο τὰς πόλεις ὑπαρεδιδουν' αὐτοῖς φυλᾶσσειν they passed through the cities they delivered to them to keep Ta δόγματα τὰ κεκριμένα ὑπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ Cray" the decrees decided on by the apostles and the πρεσβυτέρων) τῶν ἐν ἁἹερουσαλήημ.! ὃ at μὲν οὖν ἐκ- elders in Jerusalem. The “therefore ‘as- κλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο TH πίστει, καὶ ἐπερίσσευον τῷ ἀριθμῷ semblies were strengthened in the faith, and abounded in number καθ ἡμέραν. every day. 6 «Διελθόντεοὶ δὲ τὴν Φρυγίαν καὶ fryv" Γαλατικὴν *Having *passed *through ‘and Phrygia and_ the Galatian , 7 , ~ £ ΄, ~ χώραν, κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος λαλῆσαι country, having been Του θη by the Holy Spirit to speak τὸν λόγον ἐν τῇ Ασίᾳ, 7 ἐλθόντες ὃ κατὰ τὴν Μυσίαν ἐπείρα- the word in Asia, having come down to Mysia they at- Cov xara" Ἱτὴνὶ Βιθυνίαν Ἐπορεύεσθαιἳ καὶ οὖὐκ.εῖασεν tempted to -Bithynia to go; and *did *not *suifer αὐτοὺς τὸ πνεῦμα. 8 παρελθόντες.δὲ τὴν Μυσίαν κατέβη- Sthem the “Spirit; aud having passed by Mysia they came σαν εἰς Τρωάδα. 9 καὶ ὅραμα διὰ ™rijc' νυκτὸς πώφθη τῷ down to Troas. And avision during the night appeared Παύλῳ'' ᾿Ανήρ ὅτις ἦν Μακεδὼν"! ἑστώς, Ρ παρακαλῶν to Paul: A “man ‘certain *was *of *Macedonia standing, besceching αὐτὸν καὶ λέγων», Διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν βοήθησον him and saying, Having passed over into Macedonia help ἡμῖν. 10 Ὡς δὲ τὸ ὅραμα εἶδεν, εὐθέως ἐζητήσαμεν ἐξελθεῖν us. And when the vision he saw, immediately wesought ἴο go forth νυ τοῦ κυρίου Of the Lord Lrtraw. 2 — τινος GLTTrAW. ο- τῶν LTTrAW. w+ την Τὶ 4 Ἱεροσολύμοις LTTrAW. LTTraw. LYTrA W. f— τὴν LYTrA. 5 + δὲ and (having come) LTTraw. i—- την W. k πορευθῆναι LTTrA. 1 + Ἰησοῦ of Jesus GLTTrAw. 5 τῷ VavdAw ὠφθη Tra. ο Μακεδών τις ἦν (— ἦν A) LTTrAW. τὴν Συρίαν xX + καὶ also L[Tr}. ἃ πάντες (ἅπαντες Tr) ὅτι EAAnV ὃ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ LTr. η τὴρ e διῆλθον they passed through 901 sailed unto Cyprus; 40 and Paul chose Si- las, and departed, be- ing receminended by the brethren unto the grace of God. 41 And he went through Sy- rin and Cilicia, con- firming the churches, XVI. Then came he to Derbe and Lystra,: and, behold, a certain disciple was there, named Timotheus, the son of a certain wo- man, which was a Jewess, and believed; but his father was a Greek: 2 which was well reported of by the brethren that were at Lystra and Iconium, 3 Him would Paul have to go forth with him; and took and circumcised him be- cause of the Jews which were in those quarters: for they knew all that his fa- ther was a Greek. 4 And as they went through the cities, they delivered them the decrees for to keep, that were ordained of the apostles and elders which were at Jerusa- Jem. 5 Andso were the churches’ established in the faith, and in- creased in number daily. 6 Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the re- gion of Galatia, and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to preach the word in Asia, 7 af- ter they were come to Mysia, they assayed to go into Bithynia: but the Spirit suffered them not. 8 And they passing by Mysia came down to Troas. 9 And a vision appeared to Paul in the night; There stood a man of Macedonia, and pray- ed him, saying, Come over into Macedonia, and help us. 10 And after he had seen the vision, immediately we endeavoured to go Υ + εἰς at LTTr. Ὁ παρεδίδοσαν Β εἰς GLTTrAW. m — τῆς ΤΤΊΥΓΑ] Ρ + καὶ απὰ LYtr. 362 into Macedonia, as- suredly gathering that the Lord had called us for to preach the gospel unto them. 11 Therefore loosing from Troas, we came with a straight course to Samothracia, and the next day to Nea- polis; 12 and from thence to Philippi, which is the chief cily of that part of Mace- donia, and a colony: and we were in that city abiding certain days. 13 And on the sabbath we went out of the city by ariver side, where prayer was wont to be made; and we sat down, and spake unto the women which resorted thither. 14 And acertain woman nam- ed Lydia, a seller of purple, of the city of Thyatira, which wor- shipped God, heard us: whose hart the Lord opened, that she at- tended unto the things which were spoken of Paul. 15 And when she was baptized, and her houschold, she be- sought us, saying, If e have judged me to tie faithful to the Lord, come into my house, and abide there, And she constrained us. 16 Andit camcto pass, as we went to prayer, a certain damsel pos- sessed with a spirit of divination met us, which brought her musters much gain by sooithsaying: 17 the same followed Paul and us, and cried, say- ing, These men are the servants of the most high God, which shew unto us the way of salvation. 18 And this did she many duys. But Paul, being griev- ed, turned and said to the spirit, 1 command thee in the name of Jesus Christ to come oct of her. And he came out the same hour. 19 And when her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone, they caught ᾳ — γὴν LTTr. ν δὲ LTTrA. ἆ μένετε LIT rW. ΟὟ Νέαν πόλιν TTr. 8 πύλης gate ΙΤΊΤΑΥΥ. . © Ἑτὴν the [place for] Lrrraw. Ἀ κατακολουϑοῦσα following ττς, QTPASETS. xe εἰς τὴν" Μακεδονίαν, συμβιβάζοντες ὅτι προσκέκληται ἡμᾶς το Macedonia, concluding that “had "οα]]οᾶ us εὐαγγελίσασθαι αὐτούς. 11 ᾿Αναχθέντες to announce the glad tidings to them. Having sailed εὐθυδρομήσαμεν εἰς Σαμο- we came with ἃ strnzight course to Samo- ἐπιούσῃ εἰς “Νεάπολιν, 19 Σἐκεῖθεν τεῖ τὸ κύριος" 11ῃο *Lord βροῦν" ἀπὸ ἴτης, Τρωάδος thercfore from Troas Ana τα θρᾳκην, τῇ-"τε thracia, and onthe following day to Neapolis, and thence εἰς Φιλίππους, ἥτις ἐστὶν πρώτη τῆς μερίδος Στῆς" to Philippi, which is [the] first “of [Sthat] *part - ΄ ’ ’ >a \ bd ~ , Μακεδονίας πόλις, κολώγια. ᾿ Ἡμεν.δὲ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει δια- Sof “Macedonia ‘city, acolony. Απά wewere in this city stay- τρίβοντες ἡμέρας τινάς, 13 τῇττε ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ing 2days lcertain. Andonthe day οὗ the sabbath ἐξήλθομεν Ζἔξω" τῆς πόλεως" παρὰ ποταμόν, οὗ ἐνομίζετο by a river, ‘il a ‘ 01 ἐλ λ = ~ προσευχῇ εἰναι, καὶ κασισᾶντες ελα ουμεν ταις prayer tobe, and havingsatdown ‘we spoke θούσαις γυναιξίν. 14 Κα τις γυνὴ ὀνόματι Λυδία, πορ- *together ‘wonien, Andacertain woman, by'name Lydia, a seller φυρόπωλις πόλεως Θυατείρων, σεβοµέν τὸν θεόν, ἤκουεν" of purple of [the] city of Thyatira, who worshipped God, was hearing; ἧς ὁ κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν προσέχειν τοῖς of whom the Lord opened the heart to atteud to the things λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ “τοῦ! Παύλου. 15 ὡς δὲ ἐβαπτίσθη καὶ spoken- by ‘Paul. And wheu she was baptized and ὁ. οἶκος. αὐτῆς παρεκάλεσεν λέγουσα, Εἰ κεκρίκατέ µε πιστὴν her house she besought saying, If ye have judged me faithful τῷ κυρίῳ εἶναι, εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν.οἶκόν.μου, μείνατε" " tothe Lord tobe, having entered into my house, abide, καὶ παρεβιάσατο ἡμᾶς. 16 ᾿Ἐγένετο δὲ πορευομένων ἡμῶν And sheconstrained us. And it came-to pass as We were going εἰς ® προσευχήν, παιδίσκην τινὰ ἔχουσαν πνεῦμα Πύθωνος! to prayer, a “damsel certain, having aspirit of Python, ? ~ Ι tin hs ? / ι ΐ - ~ ξαπαντησαι' ἡμῖν, τις εργασιαν πολλὴν παρεῖχεν τοῖς met us, who “oain ‘much brought ο ΄ ᾽ ~ / er h , " ~ κυρίοις. αὐτῆς µαντευοµένη. 17 αὕτη "κατακολουθήσασα" τῷ to her musters by divining. She having followed Παύλῳ καὶ ἡμῖν ἔκραζεν λέγουσα, Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι δοῦλοι Panis and | us cried saying, These men bondmcn ~ ~ ~ ¢ / ‘ay τη , met ~ |! τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ὑψίστου εἰσίν, οἵτινες καταγγέλλουσιν ἡμῖν" city whcre was customary συγελ- to the ὄν ο “eame we went fuorih outside the of the “God *Most “High are, who announce tous [the] ὁδὸν σωτηρίας. 18 Τοὔτο.δὲ ἐποίει ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας" δια- way of salvation. Andthis shedid for many days. SBeing πογνηθεὶς δὲ ko" Παὔλος, καὶ ἐπιστρέψας τῷ πνεύματι εἶπεν, *distressed ‘but *Paul, © and having turned tothe spirit said, [ή ~ , ~ ~ λ Φ Παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν Ἰτῷ' ὀνόματι ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐξελθεῖν I charge thee in the name ot Jesus Christ to come out ? ? ~ ‘ v~ ~ ~ ‘ . a7 ‘ « ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς. Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ. 19 ᾿Ιδόντες.δὲ οἱ κύριοι from her. And it came out the same hour, And “seeing “masters ᾽ ~ er , ~ { ? ‘ ~ 1 ΄ > ~ , , αὐτῆς ore ἐξῆλθεν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς.ἐργασίας αὐτῶν, ἐπιλαβόμενοι *her that was gone the hope of their gain, having taken hold of ----..-.-.-. τ ὃ θεὸς God ΙΤΤτΑ. 5 δὲ and (having sailed) ra. Ἡ x κἀκεῖθεν LUTrAW. ) — της LTTr. t — ἔξω W. b ἐνομίζομεν προσευχὴν We Supposed prayer LT'Tr. ¢ — gov TTr. € tor ἔ ύθωνα LTTrA, & ὑπαντῆσαι ΤΤΙΑ. ὶύμιν ο γοα ΕΕΤΤ. Κα - ὁ τα, Ἱ-- τῷ Lira, XVI. ACTS. τὶ - , ids τὸν Παῦλον καὶ ™rov" Σίλαν εἵλκυσαν Paul and Silas they dragged (them) into ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας" 390 καὶ προσαγαγόντες αὐτοὺς τοῖς before the magistrates ; and having brought up them to the ~ ~ τ co” ? ΄ « ~ στρατηγοῖς "εῖπον," Οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταράσσουσιν ἡμῶν captains said, These men Sexccedingly *trouble our τὴν πόλιν, Τουδαῖοι ὑπάρχοντες" 21 καὶ καταγγέλλουσιν ἔθη Scity, *Jews ‘being, _ and announce customs εἰς τὴν Ayopay the market Ν ~ a ? " ~ « , ἃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν, “Pwpatorc which it is not lawful for us to recei¥e nor todo, “Romans οὖσιν. 22 Καὶ συνεπέστη ὁ ὄχλος κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ στρα- *being. And rose up together the crowd against thea, and ἰπο cap- - cs ~ ΄ , ε { ’ τηγοὶ ὁπεριῤῥήξαντες" αὐτῶν τὰ ἱμάτια ἐκέλευον ῥαβδί- tains having torn off «οἱ them the garments commanded to beat (them) ζει 399 πυλλάο-τε ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγάς ἔβαλον with rods. And*many *having *laid *on®them ‘stripes they cast [them] εἰς φυλακήν, παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν into) priscn, charging the jailor sately to keep - , 4 ” αὐτούς" 94 ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην Ῥεἰληφὼς" ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς them ; who “a “charge such =©having received thrust them ? \ ? / a ν᾽ ’ ‘ A 9 ὃ 4 ? ~ ? λί εἰς τὴν ἐσωτέραν φυλακὴν, καὶ τοὺς πὀδας αὑτῶν Ίσφαλι- into the inner prison, and their feet secured caro" εἰς τὸ. ξύλον. 25 Κατὰ δὲ τὸ μεσονύκτιον Παῦλος καὶ το the stocks. And towards midnight Paul and Σίλας προσευχόµενοι ὕμνουν τὸν Oo’ ἐπηκροῶντο Silas praying God, *listened °to δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ δέσμιοι. 26 ἄφνω.δὲ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας, tand *them “the “prisoners, And suddenly °earthquake ‘there *was *a*great, ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου" Τἀνεῴχθησάν" sothat wereshaken the foundations of the prison, “were “opcned Sve! παραχρῆμα αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι, καὶ πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη. αμηᾷ immediatcly “*the*doors all, and “ofall ‘the “bonds were loosed. 27 ἔξυπνος δὲ ' γενόμενος ὁ δεσμοφύλαξ, καὶ ἰδὼν avepy- And *awoke *out 5ο 7sleep “being ‘the “jailor; and seeing opened μένας τὰς θύρας τῆς φυλακῆς, σπασάμενος ἵ μάχαιραν "έμελ- the doors ofthe prison, having drawn a sword was λ ll ε A ? ~ / ας [ή 4 ὃ , EV" ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν, VOMIGWY ἐκπεφευγεναι τους ὀεσμιους. were singing praises to about himself to put to death, supposing had escuped the prisoners. 23 ἐφώνησεν δὲ ῴωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὁ Παῦλος! λέγων, Μηδὲν But “called ‘out *with*a‘voice ‘loud 1Paul saying, 4No | / ~ , 4 Ψ' ? > ΄ ? πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν" ἅπαντες.γάρ ἐσμεν ἐνθάδε. 29 Αἰ- 1ᾷο Ξίο “thysclf injury ; for *all 1we-are here. *Having τήσας δὲ φῶτα εἰσεπήδησεν, καὶ ἔντρομος.γενόµενος προσ- Ἀαρκοᾶ *for ‘and lights and fell ἔπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ *rp' Sika’ 90 καὶ προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς down before Paul and Silas. And having brought them “Se » / , ~ ~ ε ~ έξω ἔφη, Κύριοι, τί με.δεῖ ποιεῖν ινα σωθῶ; out he said, Sirs, what isnecessiry forme todo that I may be saved? 91 Οἱ δὲ Σεἶπον,' Πίστευσον ἐπὶ τὸν κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν Ζχριστόν,! And they said, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, καὶ σωθήσῃ, σὺ καὶ ὁ.οἶκός.σου. 82 Kai ἐλάλησαν αὐτῷ and thou shalt besaved, thouand thy house. And they spoke tohim he rushed in, trembling m — τὸν A, αὐτῶν LTTrA. v ἤμελλεν LYTrA. 2 — χριστόὀν LTTrA. Neivay LTTrA. © περιρήξαντες LTTrA. τ ἠνεώχθησαν LTrA; ἠνοίχθησαν Ί. 3 δὲ LTTrA. ~—oLTIr; Παῦλος φωνῇ μεγάλῃ L. .P λαβὼν LTTrAW. 363 Paul and Silas, and drew (Mem into the marketplacs uato the rulers, 20and brought them to the magis- trutes, saying, These men, being Jews,docx= cecdingly trouble our city, 9ἱ and teach cus=-. toms, which are not lawful for us to re- ceive, neither to ob- serve, being Romaus,’ 22 And the multitude rose up together a- gainst them: and the magistrates rent off their clothes, and com- manded to beat them. 23 And when they had laid many stripes up- on them, they cast them into prison, charging the jailor to keep them safely: 24 who, having receciv- ed such a charge,thrust them into the inner prison, and made their teet tust in the stocks, 25 And at midnight Paul and Silas prayed, aud sang praises unto God: andthe prisoners heard them. 26 And suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken: and imme- diately all the doors were opened, and every one’s bands were loos- ed. 27 And the keeper of the prison awaking out of his sleep, and secing the prison doors open, he drew out his sword, and would have killed himself, suppos- ing that the prisoners had ‘been fled. 28 But Paul cried with a loud voice, saying, Do thy- self no harm: for we are all here. 29 Then he called for a light, and sprang in, and came trembling, and fell down before Paul and Silas, 30 and brought them out, and said, Sirs, what must I do to be saved? 31 And they said, Be- lieve on the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou shalt be saved, and thy house, 32 And they spake unto him the 4 ἠσφαλίσατο t + τὴν the (sword) xtra: *— τῷ LTrA. Υ εἶπαν LTTrA, $64 word of the Lord, and to all that were in his house. 33 And he took them the same hour of the night, and washed _ their stripes ; and was bap- tized, he and all his, straightway. 34 And when he had brought them into his house, he set meat before them, and rejoiced, be- lieving in God with all his house. 35 And when it was day, the magistrates sent the serjeants, saying, Let those men go. 36 And the keeper of the pri- son told this saying to Paul, The magistrates have sent to let you go: now therefore de- part, and go in peace. 37 But Paul said unto them, They have beat- en us openly uncon- demned, being Ro- mans, and havecast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? nay verily ; but let them come themselves and fetch us out. 38 And the serjeants told these words unto the magis- trates: and they feared, when they heard that they were Romans. 39 And they came and besought them, and brought them out, and desired them to depart out of the city. 40 And they went out of the prison, and entered in- to the nouse of Lydia: ana when they had seen the brethren, they comforted them, and cleparted, XVII. Now when they had passed through Amphbipolis and Apol- lonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was ἃ synagogue of the Jews: 2 and Paul, as his manner was, wentinuntothem, and three sabbath days reasoned with them out of the scripsures, 3 opening and alleg- ing, that Christ must ‘needs have suffered, 8 σὺν πᾶσιν With all GLTTrAW. ε πανοικεὶ ΤΑ. ἆ ἡγαλλιᾶτο A. 4 ἔβαλαν ΙΤΤιΑ. απὸ to depart from (the) Τ1ΤνΥΑ. ἀδελφούς LITrA. t διελέξατο LTTr. ΠΡΆΞΑΣ, ΧΥΙ τοις τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου, "καὶ πᾶσιν" τοῖς ἐν τῇ.οἰκίᾳ.αὐτοῦ. the word ofthe Lord, and toall those in his house, 33 καὶ παραλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἐν ἐκείνῃ TH ὥρᾳ τῆς νυκτὸς ἔλου- And having ίακοι them in _ that hour of the night he wash- σεν ἀπὸ τῶν πληγῶν, καὶ ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ ed [(them]from the stripes; ard *was*baptized ‘the and “his. υπάντεςὶ παραχρῆμα. 84 ἀναγαγών.τε αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν οἶκον Nall immediately. And haying brought them into “house εαὐτοῦ! παρέθηκεν τράπεζαν, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο" ὅπαν- 1his he laid atable [for them], and exulted with all οικὶῖν πεπιστευκὼς τῷ θεῷ. 35 Ἡμερας.δὲ γενομένης ἀπέ- [his] house, saving believed in God. Andday having come « ‘ τ « / / 2 2 στειλαν οἱ στρατηγοὶ τοὺς ῥαβδούχους λέγοντες, ᾿Απόλυσον Ξᾳοπῦ 'the *captains the serjeants, saying, Let *go τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.ἐκείνους. 386 ᾿Απήγγειλεν δὲ 6 δεσμοφύλαξ 1those “men. And reported ‘the *jailor rovc-Aéyoucfrovrouc' πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον, Ὅτι ξἀπεστάλκασιν" these words to Paul, *Have “sent ε sy ids > ~ ~ r > , οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἵνα ἀπολυθῆτε νῦν οὖν ἐξελθόντες πο- 1the “captains that ye may be let go. Now thercfore having gone out de- ρεύεσθε ἐν εἰρήνῃ. 37 Ὁ δὲ. Παῦλος έφη πρὸς αὐτούς, Δείραντες part in peace. But Paul said to them, Having beaten ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ ἀκατακρίτους, ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχον- us publicly uncondemned, men . Romans being, τας, ἔβαλον" εἰς φυλακή», καὶ νῦν λάθρα ἡμᾶς ἐκβάλλου- they cast [us]into prison, and now secretly us dothey thrust σιν; ov yap’ ἀλλὰ ἐλθόντες αὐτοὶ ἡμᾶς ἐξαγαγέτωσαν. out? no indeed, but having come themselves’ us Jet them bring out. 38? Αγήγγειλαν! dé" τοῖς στρατηγοῖς οἱ ῥαβδοῦχοι τὰ ῥήματα And “reported *to*the ‘captains ,'the “serjcants “words » ταῦτα" Ἰκαὶ ἐφοβήθησαν" ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν. 7these, And they were afraid having heard that Romans they are. 39 καὶ ἐλθόντες παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐξαγαγόντες And having come. they besought them, and having brought out ἠρώτων τ ξξελθεῖν! τῆς πόλεως. 40 ἐξελθόντες.δε "ἐκ" they asked [them] togoout ofthe city. And having gone forth out of τῆς φυλακῆς εἰσῆλθον δείς" τὴν Λυδίαν" καὶ ἰδόντες Prove the prison they came to Lydia ; and having seen’ the ἀδελφούς παρεκάλεσαν αὐτούς," καὶ “εξῆλθον." brethren they exhorted them, and went away. 17 Διοδεύφαντες δὲ τὴν ᾽Αμϕίπολιν καὶ; Απολλωνίαν And having journeyed through Amphipolis and Apollonia ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην, ὅπου ἦν ἡ" συναγωγὴ τῶν Ἴου- they came to Thessalonica, where was the synagogue ofthe Jews. δαίων. 2 κατὰ.δὲ τὸ εἰωθὸς τῷ Παύλῳ εἰσῆλθεν πρὸς αὐτούς, And according to the custom with Paul he wentin to them, καὶ ἐπὶ σάββατα τρία διελέγετο! αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν γραφῶν, and for “*sabbaths “three reasoned with them from the scriptures, 3 διανοίγων καὶ παρατιθέμενος ὅτι τὸν χριστὸν ἔδει πα- opening and setting forth that*the “Christ +it *behoved to have Ὁ ἅπαντες T. ¢ -- αὐτοῦ (read the house) LT[Tr]a. f — τούτους (read the words) utr. & ἀπέσταλκαν LTTrA. ἱ ἀπήγγειλαν LTTrAW. ‘*7eT. | ἐφοβήθησαν δὲ LITrA. πι ἀπελθεῖν “ano from T. 05 πρὸς GLTTrAw. Ρ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς 4 ἐξῆλθαν τς, Σ- τὴν LTTr. 5. — ἡ (read a synagogue) ΕΤΤΙ]Α]- XVII. ~ Ν 4 - 3 θεῖν καὶ ἀναστῆναι ἐκ suffered and to have risen from among [the] dead, ACTS. ~ ,e id Ld 3 VEKOWYV, .KAL οτι ουτος εστιν and that this is Ww « Il ‘ κ. 2 ~ εν ? 4 ’ « ~ , : ὁ! χριστὸς Σ᾿Ιησοῦς, ὃν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. 4 Καί τινες the Christ Jesus, whom I announce toyou. And some ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν, καὶ προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ of them πετο obedient, and joined themselves to Paul and τῷ Σίλα, τῶν.τε σεβοµένων Υ Ἑλλήνων πολὺ πλῆθος," to Silas, and of the worshipping Grecks a grtat multitude, ὃ ~nrAwoayTEec.vé But *having *become Senvious γυναικῶν.τε τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι. andof*women ‘the “chief not afew. οἱ ἀπειθοῦντες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ προσλαβόμενοι" τῶν 4the disobeying 3Jews, and having taken to [them] of *the ἀγοραίων ὕτινὰς ἄνδρας" πονηρούς, καὶ ὀχλοποιήσαντες ᾿ *market-loungers ‘certain 8ΊΠΘΠ Sevil, and having coilected a crowd ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν: “ἐπιστάντες. τε! τῇ οἰκίᾳ Ἰάσονος roused “in *tumult “the city; and having assaulted the house of Jason ἐζήτουν αὐτοὺς ἀγαγεῖν" εἰς τὸν δῆμον᾽ 6 μὴ .εὑρόντες.δὲ they sought “πο ‘to*bring out to the people; but not having found αὐτοὺς ἔσυρον «τὸν! Ἰάσονα καί τινας ἀδελφοὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς them they dragged Jason and certain brethren before the ~ / πολιτάρχας, βοῶντες, Ότι οἱ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀνα- city magistrates, crying out, Those who *the ®habitable 7world *have 7set στατώσαντες οὗτοι καὶ ἐνθάδε πάρεισιν, 7 οὓς ὑποδέδεκται 3in *confusion . these *also πετο lare *come, whom “has “received ᾿Ιάσων: καὶ οὗτοι πάντες ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων Καίσαρος Jason; and these all contrary to the decrees of Ceesar ἐπράγτουσιν,' βασιλέα Ελέγοντες ἕτερον" εἶναι, ᾿Ιησοῦν. do, *king 1saying “another there is— Jesus. 8 ᾿Ἐτάραξαν. ξὲ τὸν ὄχλον καὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας ἀκούοντας And they troubled the crowd and the _ city magistrates hearing ταῦτα. 9 καὶ λαβόντες τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος καὶ these things. And having taken security from Jason and τῶν λοιπῶν ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς. 10 Οἱ.δὲ ἀδελφοὶ εὐθέως διὰ the rest they let *go ‘them, But the brethren immediately by hrc! νυκτὸς ἐξέπεμψαν τόν.τε Παῦλον καὶ τὸν Σιλαν εἰς Βέ- night sent away both Paul and Silas to Be- ροιαν᾽ οἵτινες παραγενόμενοι, εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν τῶν Ἴου- Teg ; who, being arrived, into the “synagogue ofthe Jews δαίων ἀπῄεσαν.ὶ 11 οὗτοιδὲ ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι τῶν ἐν went, And these were ‘more noble than those in Θεσσαλονίκῃ, οἵτινες ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον μετὰ πάσης προθυ- Thessalonica, who received the word with all readi- μίας, "τὸ! καθ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς γραφὰς εἰ ἔχοι 365 and risen again from the dead ; and that this Jesus, whom I preach unto you, is:Christ. 4 And some of them believed,and consortéd With Paul and Silas; and of the devout -Greeks a great multi- tude, and of the chief women nota few. 5 But ‘the Jews which be- lieved not, moved with envy, took unto then: certain lewd fellows of the baser sort, and ga- thered a company, and set all the city on an uproar, and assaulted the house of Jason, ard sought to bring them out to the people. 6 And when they found them not, they drew Jason and certain bre- thren unto the rulers of the city, crying, These that have turned the world upside down are come hithcr also; 7 whom Jason hath re- ceived: and these all do contrary to the de- crees of Cesar, saying that there is another king, one Jesus. 8 And they troubled the peo- ple and the rulers of the city, when they heard these things, 9 And when they had taken security of Ja- son, and of the other, they let them go, 10 And the brethren immediately sent a- way Paul and Silas by night unto Berea: who coming thither went into the synagogue of the Jews. 11 These were more noble than those in Thessalonieca, in that they received the word with all rea- diness of mind, and searched the εοτῖρ- tures daily, whether those things were so, 12 Therefore many of them believed; also of honourable women which were Grecks, ness, daily examining the scriptures if were and of men, nota few. ταῦτα οὕτως. 12 πολλοὶ μὲν οὖν εξ αὐτῶν ἐπί πο ο τὉ these things 580. Many indeed therefore from among them be- knowledge that the στευσαν, καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνίδων γυναικῶν τῶν εὐσχημόνων καὶ Word, of God was lieved, and ofthe 7’Grecian swomen *honourable and rea, they came thi- ἀνδρῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι. 19 ὡς.δὲ ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Θεσσαλο- men not afew. But when Sknew ‘the *from *Thessalo- νίκης- Ἰουδαῖοι ὅτι καὶ ἐν τῇ Βεροίᾳ κατηγγέλη ὑπὸ τοῦ nica 2Jews that also -in Berea was announced by W—oOLTTr ΞΦ- δὰ. ¥+ καὶ 1. 2 πλῆθος πολύ LTTrAW. 5 προσλαβόμενοι δὲ Ὁ ἄνδρας τινὰς LTrAW. ‘f πράσσουσιν LTTrAW. κ. τὸ LTTr. οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι α; --- ἀπειθοῦντες LTTrAW. d προαγαγεῖν LTTrA, 5 --- τὸν Lrtr{ a]. Ὁ. τῆς στὰς i ἀπῄεσαν τῶν Ἰονδαίων A. ο καὶ ἐπιστάντὲς LTTrA- & ἕτερον λέγοντες LTTr. 906 ther also, and stirred up the people, 14 And then immediately the brethren sent away Paul to go as it were to the sea: but Silas and ‘limotheus abode there still. 15 And they that cénducted Paul brought him unto Athens: and receiving a conumandment unto, Silas and Timotheus for tocometohim with a speed, they depart- e 16 Now while Paul waited for them at Athens, his spirit was stirred in him, when he saw thecity wholly given to _ idolatry. 17 Therefore dispute 1 he in the synagogue with the Jews, and with the devout pcr- sons, and in the mar- ket daily with them that met with him, 18 Then certain philo- sophers of the Epicu- reans, and of the Sto- icks, encountered him, And some said, What will this babbler say 2 Other some, He seem- eth tobeasetter forth of strange gods: be- cause he preached un- to them Jesus, and the resurrection. 19 And they took him, and brought him unto A- reopagus, saying, May we know what this new. doctrine, whereof thou sp.akest, ts? 20 For thvu bringest certain strange things to our ears we would know therefore what these things mean. 21 (For allthe Athenians and strangers which were there spent their time in nothing else, but either to tell, or to hear some new ‘thing. } 22 Then Paul stood in the midst of Mars’ hill. and said, Ye men of Athens, I perceive that in all things ye 1+ καὶ ταράσσοντες and troubling brtra. © καθιστάνοντες LTTrA. ¥ θεωροῦντος LTTrAW. x εὐηγγελίζετο αὐτοῖς ([αὐτοις] A) ΤΑ; ᾿ -- αὐτοῖς rs Ὁ τίνα θέλει what meal 1.1Ὁ:. © + τι something L7[tTr]. ve LTTrA. * Srotkwv LTA, 5---η L[Tr]. nians ΠΡΑΞΕΙ Σ. Παύλου ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ, ἦλθον Paul the word of God, they came also there stirring up ὄχλους. 14 εὐθέως δὲ τότε τὸν Παὔλον ἐξαπέστειλαν οἱ crowds, And immediately then δρα] "sent *away =? the ἀδελφοὶ πορεύεσθαι ™we' ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν" Ἀὑπέμενον δὲ! *brethren to go as to the sea ; but remained 0.76. Σίλας καὶ ὁ Τιμόθεος ἐκεῖ. 15 Οἱ δὲ Οκαθιστῶντες! τὸν both Silas and Timothcus there. But those conducting Παῦλον ἤγαγον Ραὐτὸν' ἕως ᾿Αθηνῶν; καὶ λαβόντες ἐντολὴν Paul brought him unto Athens; and havingreceived acommund πρὸς TOY Σίλαν καὶ 1 Τιμόθεον, ἵνα ὡς τάχιστα ἔλθω - to Silas and Timotheus, that as quickly as possible they should σιν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐξῴεσαν. come to him, they departed. 16 Ἐν δὲ ταῖς ᾿Αθήναις ἐκδεχομένου αὐτοὺς τοῦ Παύλου, XVI 7 ~ λ , 1 . κακεῖ σαλευοντες τοὺς the But in Athens “waiting “for *them *Paul, παρωξύνετο τὺ πγεῦμα.αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ τθεωροῦντι" κατ- “was ®painfully "εκοῖεοᾶ Shis °spirit in him seeing *full ‘4 = 3 ~ είδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν. 17 διελέγετο μὲν οὖν ἐν τῇ Sof “idols Speing ‘the “city. He reasoned indeed therefore in the συναγωγῇ τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις καὶ τοῖς σεβοµέγοις, καὶ ἐν τῇ synagogue with the Jews and those who worshipped. and in the ἀγορᾷ κατὰ.πᾶσαν.ἡμέραν πρὸς τοὺς παρατυγχάνον- market-place every day with those who met with tac. 18 τινὲς δὲ " τῶν ἵ Ἐπικουρείων" καὶ "τῶν" "Στωϊκῶνὶ Πάπα], Βαῦ some ofthe Epicureans and the Stoics, φιλοσόφων συνέβαλλον αὐτφ' καί τινες ἔλεγον, Τί ἂν .θέλοι philosophers, encountered him, Απά some οαῖᾶ, What may “desire ὁ σπερμολόγος.οὗτος λέγει’; Οἱ.δε, Ξένων δαιμονίων δοκεῖ 1this *chatterer to say? And some, Of foreign gods he seems κ (lit. de mons) καταγγελεὺς εἶναι: ὅτι τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ τὴν ἀνάστασιν Α proclaimer to be, because [of] Jesus and the rgsurrection χαὐτοῖς εὐηγγελίζετο.! 19 ἐπιλαβόμενοί. τε" αὐτοῦ, το {πετ} he announced the lay μα, And having taken hold of him, ἐπὶ τὸν *"Apsoyv" πάγον ἤγαγον λέγοντες, Δυνάμεθα to the Mars’ hill ΩΣ ών ght {him], saying, Are we able γνῶναι τίς ἡ.καινὴ αὕτη "ἡ" ὑπὸ σοῦ λαλουμένη διδαχή: toknow what[is] this new ιά, ὃυγ “6ο ‘is © bt lass teaching 2 20 ζενίζοντα.γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς. ἀκοὰς. ἡμῶν. pak For “strange *things ?certain thou bringest to our ears, We λόμεθα. οὖν γνῶναι ὑτί ἂν.θέλοι! ταῦτα εἶναι. 21 ᾿Αθη- wish therefére toknow what *may *mean 'these *thing:. 7A the- ~ 4 { ναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον Snow δα] and the sojourning strangers in nothing else εεὐκμίρουνϊὶ ἢ λέγεν τι “καὶ ἀκούειν © καινότερον. spent their leisure than Το 1611 *something ‘and Το *hcar newer, 22 Σταθεὶς-δὲ ‘'o'TatvXoc ἔν μέσῳ τοῦ & Apsiov' πάγου And *having “stood 1Ῥαα] in (the) midst of Mars’ hill ἔφη, ᾿ Ανδρες ᾿Αθηναῖοι, κατὰ πάντα we δεισιξαιµογεστέρους said, Men Athenians, in allthings very religious (lit. very reverent to demons) ™ ἕως as far as LTTr, Ρ — αὐτὸν (read [him ]) LTTra. s+ Kat also LTTraw. t Ἐπικουρίων τ 5 ὑπέμεινέν (-νάν TYr) q + τὸν TTr. ¥ — τῶν LTITrA. Σ δὲ τι. 3 Δριον τ. © ηὐκαίρουν LTTrA. 4} ΟΥ LITrA. f—oxtir. &’ApiovT. XVII AC TS. « » ~ , A ‘ 2 ~ 4 ς , ὑμᾶς θεωρῶ. 23 διερχόμενος. γὰρ καὶ ἀναβεωρῶν τὰ σεβάσ- τοι Ibchold; for, passing through and beholding 2objccts “οὗ « ~ = \ 4 ᾽ τε , para ὑμῶν, εὗρον καὶ βωμὺν ἐν ᾧ ἐπεγέγραπτο, “veneration ‘your, Ifound also δὴ altar on which had teen inscribed, ᾽Αγνώστῳ θεῷ dv! οὖν ἀγνοοῦντες εὐσεβεῖτε, τοῦτον" Το απ unknown God. Whom therefore not knowing ye reverence, him ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν. 24 ὁ θεὺς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον καὶ 1 announce to you. The God who made the world and πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς "κύριος all things that Γατο] in it, he of heaven and earth Lord ὑπάρχων," οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ, 25 οὐδὲ ὑπὸ being, not in hand-made temples dwells, nor by χειρῶν Ἰἀνθρώπων" θεραπεύεται προσδεύµενός τινος, αὐτὺς hands ofinen | is served as needing anything, himself διδοὺς πᾶσιν ζωὴν καὶ πνοὴν "κατὰ -πάντα"' 26 ἐποίησέν τε giving toall life and breath in every [respect]; and he made ἐξ ἑνὸς "αἵματος" πᾶν ἔθνος ἀνθρώπων, κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ “πᾶν of one blood © every nation of mcn, todwell upon all τὸ πρόσωπον! τῆς γῆς, ῥρίσας προτεταγμένους" και- the ροὺς καὶ τὰς ὁροθεσίας τῆς. κατοικίας. αὐτῶν" 27 ζητεῖν “τὸν and the boundaries οἱ their dwelling— toseek the , » ΄, . \ κύριον," εἰ ἄρα.γε ψηλαφήσειαν αὐτὸν ‘kai! εὕροιεν, Lord ; if perhaps they might fcelafter him and might find him, Σκαίτοιγε' οὐ μακρὰν ἀπὸ ἑνὸς. ἑκάστου ἡμῶν ὑπάρχοντα. though indeed ποὺ “far ‘from ὅοπο Feach “ot Sus *being ; 28 ἐν αὐτῷ-γὰρ ζῶμεν καὶ κινούμεθα καί ἐσμεν ὡς καί τινες for in him we live and move and . are; as also some τῶν καθ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν εἰρήκασιν, Τοῦ.γὰρ καὶ γένος of the "among “you ‘poets have said, For of him -*also ‘offspring ? [ή ς ’ “- ε , . - ~ ᾽ 3 ΄ ἐσμέν. 29 Γεγος οὖν ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ. ὀφείλομεν we are, Offspring therefore being of God, we éught not γομίζειν χρυσῷ ἢ ἀργύρῳ ἢ λίθῳ, χαράγµατι τέχνης καὶ tothink togold or tosilver or tostonc, agraventhing ofart and ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου, τὸ θεῖον εἶναι ὅμοιον. 80 Τοὺς imagination of man, ᾿ that which [is] divine tobe like. The μὲν οὖν χούνους τῆς ayveiaé ὑπεριδὼν ὁθεός, ἵτὰ *indced *thercfore ‘times of ignorance *having “overlooked God, νῦν!" Ἱπαραγγέλλει! τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πᾶσιν" πανταχοῦ µετα- now charges "men all every where to re- een x7 Wem ε / ? jaa , ΄ ‘ votiv’ 31 Ἀδιότι ἔστησεν ἡμέραν ἐν ἢ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν pent, because Βὸ set aday in which he is about to judge the οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν, habitable world in righteousness, by aman whom he appointed ; παρασχὼν πᾶσιν ἀναστήσας αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. having *given toall [in] havingraised him ΤΓΟΠΙ ΑΠΠΟΠΡ [πο] dead. ? / κι ' ~ « . ΄ 82 ᾿Ακούσαντες. δὲ ἀνάστασιν νεκρῶν, οἱ μὲν ἐχλεύαζον' face of the earth, having determined fore-arranged times πίστιν Sproof And having heard a resurrection of [the} dead, some mocked, ε ἂν τ ἷ il ” , θ , 1 , Η͂ , η οἱ δὲ Σεῖπον,' ᾿Ακουσύμεθά σου πάλιν περὶ τούτου. δα -οπο said, Wewillhcar thee again concerning this. 367 are too superstitious. 23 For as I passed by, and beheld your devo- tions, I found an altar with this inscriptio TO THE UNKNOW GOD. Whom therefore ye ignorantly worship, him declareI unto you. 24 God that made the world and all things thercin, secing that he is Lord of heaven and earth, dwelleth not in temples made © with hands; 25 neither is worshipped with men’s hands, as though he needed any thing, sce- ing he giveth to all life, and breath, and all things; 26 and hath made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth, and hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their ha- bitation ; 27 that they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after him, and find him, though he be not far from every one of us: 28 for in him we live, aud move, and have our being; as ecrtain also of your own poets have said, For we are also his off- spring. 29 Forasmuch then as we are the offspring of God, we ought not to think that the Godhead is like unto gold, or sil- ver, or stone, graven by art and man’s de- vice. 30 And the times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commandecth all men every Where torepent : 31 because he hath ap- pointed a day, in the which he will judge the world in 1ight- eousness by that man whom he hath ordsain- ed; whereof he hath givel! assurance unto all men, in that he hath raised him from the dead, 32 And when they heard of the re- surrcction of the dead, some mocked: and others said, We will hear thee again of this ὃ what LTTraw. i τοῦτο this LTTraw. (vead Auman hands) LTtra. (Qveud made from one) ΤΊΤι[α]. GvtrAW : προς τεταγμένους L. καιγετ. τ τανὺν GW. * καθοτι luasmuch us LTTraw. 9 παντὸς προσώπου LTTrA. 4 τὸν θεόν God GLTTrA. ἡ ἀπαγγέλλει sends word (to all) τ. 7 εἶπαν Τ1.Α. k ὑπάρχων κύριος LTTrA. τι καὶ τὰ πάντα and all things EGLTTrAw. lag ἀνθρωπίνων n — αιματος P προστεταγµένους arranged τη Or L. 5 καὶ ye LTra 5 W πάντας LTTrA. 2 περὶ τούτου καὶ (4189) πάλιν LT Tra. 358 matter. 33 So Paul de- parted from among them, 34 Howbeit cer- tain men clave unto him, and believed: a- mong the which wus Dionysius the Areopa- gite, and a woman named Damaris, and others with them. XVIII. After these things Paul departed from Athens,and came toCorinth; 2and found a certain Jew named Aquila, born in Pon- tus, lately come from Italy, with his wife Priscilla; (because that Claudius had com- manded all Jews to depart from Rome :) ‘and came unto them. 3 And because he was of the same craft, he abode with them, and wrought : for by their occupation they were tentmakers. 4 And he reasoned in the syna- gogue every sabbath, and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks. 5 And when Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia, Paul was pressed in the spi- rit and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ.6And when they opposed themselves, and blasphemed, he shook his raiment, and said unto them, Your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go unto the Gen- tiles. 7 And he de- parted thence, and en- tered into a certain man’s house, named Justus, one that wor- shipped God, whose house joined hard to the synagogue. 8 And Crispus, the chief ru- ler of the synagogue, believed on the Lord with all his house; and many of the Co- rinthians hearing be- lieved, and were bap- tized. 9 Then spake the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision, Be not afraid, but speak, and hold not thy peace: 10 for. I am with thee, nt eS. πὸ ES ee ® — καὶ LTTrA, LTT:r[A]. from LITraW. Ὁ συνείχετο τῷ λόγω κα εἰσῆλθεν τα, :also [was] Dionysius © — ὁ Παῦλος (read he having departed) titra. “was “engrossed *with °the ‘word GLTrraw. 2 + Τιτίου Titius τ[ττ]. ἡ XVII, XVIII. µέσου αὐτῶν. ΤΠΤΡΑ ΞΕΙ Σ. 33 Καὶ οὕτως ὁ Παῦλος ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ And thus Paul went out from {the] midst of them. 34 τινὲο δὲ ἄνδρες κολληθέντες. αὐτῷ ἐπίστευσαν' ἐν οἷς But some joining themselves to him believed ; among whom , ε ᾽ , : A 4 5 , , Διονύσιος Ρδὸϊ «᾿Αρεοπαγίτης, καὶ γυνὴ ὀνόματι Δά- the Areopagite, and a woman by name Da- µαρις, καὶ ἕτεροι σὺν αὐτοῖς. men καὶ maris, and others with them. ) ως ς τ hes 4 4 « ~ πο ~ 18 Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα χωρισθεὶς “ὃ Παῦλος". ἐκ τῶν Andafter these things 7having “departed *Paul from ~ > , 4 c ’ 7 ~ ᾿Αθηνῶν ἦλθεν εἰς Κόρινθον" 2 καὶ εὑρών τινα: Ἰουδαῖον Athens, came to Corinth; and having found a certain Jew ὀνόματι ᾿Ακύλαν, Ποντικὸν τῷ «γένει, προσφάτως ἐληλυθύτα by name Aquila, of Pontus by race, lately come ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ιταλίας, καὶ Πρίσκιλλαν γυναϊκα.αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὸ from Italy, and Priscilla his wife, because τν ῃ ’ nS ἰδιατεταχέναι! Κλαύδιον χωρίζεσθαι πάντας τοὺς Ιουδαίους “had “ordered *Claudius to depart all the Jews εέκ"' τῆς Ῥώμης, προσῆλθεν αὐτοῖς" Ὁ καὶ διὰ τὸ ὁμό- out of ome, he came to them, and because of *the *same τεχνον εἶναι, ἔμενεν Tap αὐτοῖς Kai "εἰργάζετο" ἦσαν.γὰρ *trade ‘being, heabode with them and worked ; for th.y were σκηνοποιοὶ ἱτὴν. τέχνην." 4 διελέγετοδὲ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ tent makers by trade, And he reasoned in the synegogue ~ , a 7 a κατὰ πᾶν.σάββατον, ἔπτειθέν τε ᾿Ιουδαίους καὶ Ἓλληνας. every sabbath, ‘and persuaded Jews and Greeks, 5 Ὡς δὲ κατῆλθον ἀπὸ τῆς Μακεδονίας ὕ.τε.Σίλας Kai ὁ Τι- And when came down from Macedonia both Silas and Ti- µόθεος Ἐσυνείχετο τῷ πνεύματι". ὁ Παῦλος διαμαρτυρόμενος motheus ?was “pressed *in Sspirit *Paul earnestly testifying BO Lieb Soe 3 ”. τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις! τὸν χριστὸν ᾿]ησοῦν. 6 ἀντιτασ- tothe Jews [ἴο *be]*the °Christ 1Jesus. "Ας πο }°themselves "in σοµένων δὲ αὐτῶν καὶ βλασφημούντων, ἐκτιναξάμενος opposition δραῦ ®they and were blaspheming, having shaken [his] τὰ ἱμάτια, εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς, Τὸ.αἷμαὑμῶν ἐπὶ τὴν garments, he said to them, Your blood [be] upon κεφαλὴν ὑμῶν" καθαρὸς your head : “pure ([*from *it] πορεύσομαι. 7 Καὶ μεταβὰς ἐγὼ ἀπὸ τοῦ.νῦν εἰς τὰ ἔθνη I from henceforth to the nations ἐκεῖθεν πιΐλθεν! εἰς οἰκίαν will go. And having departed thence hecame to [the] house τινὸς ὀνόματι" Ἰούστον, σεβοµένου τὸν θεόν, οὗ ofacertain one by name Justus, who worshipped God, of whom ἡ οἰκία ἦν συνομοροῦσα τῇ συναγωγῇ. 8 Κρίσπος.δὲ ὁ the house was adjoining the synagogue. But Crispus the ἀρχισυνάγωγος ἐπίστευσεν τῷ κυρίῳ σὺν Sw τῷ οἴκφ.αὐ- ruler of thesynagogue believed inthe Lord with “whole *his house ; τοῦ" καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν Κορινθίων ἀκούοντες ἐπίστευον καὶ. and many ofthe Corinthians hearing believed and ἐβαπτίζοντο. 9 Ἐἶπεν. δὲ ὁ κύριος “δι᾿ ὁράματος ἐν νυκτὶ" were baptized. Andsaid the Lord by avision in([the] night τῷ Παύλῳ, Μἠ φοβοῦ, ἀλλὰ λάλει καὶ μὴ σιωπήσφς 10 διότι to Paul, Fear not, but gpeak and be not silent; because Ὁ — ὃ τ[ττ]. d — δὲ and Στεταχέναι T. & ἀπὸ i τῇ τέχνῃ LITrAW, + εἶναι to be Litr. 9 ἐν νυκτὶ δι ὁράματος LITrA. 5᾿Αρεοπαγείτης T; ᾿Αρειοπαγίτης W. h ἠργάζετο LTrA: ἠργάζοντο they worked Ὁ. ΚΥΤΙΠ. 3 ’ ἔγω 1 ACTS. > 4 ” 4 > ‘ ’ ΄ , ~ TAC , Ἢ εἰμι μετὰ σου, και οὐδεὶς ἐπιθήσεταί σοι τοῦ κακῶσαί σε am with thee, and noone _ shallset on thee to ill-treat thee ; διότι λαός ἐστίν μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ.πόλει. ταύτῃ. 11 ᾿Ἐκάθισέν cecause people thezs istome much in this city. *He “remained Pre! ἐνιαυτὸν καὶ μῆνας ἕξ διδάσκων ἐν αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον ‘and a year and “months ‘six, teaching among them the. word. Γοῦ θεοῦ. of God. 12 Γαλλίωνος.δὲ ἀάνθυπατεύοντος" τῆς Αχαΐας, κατεπ- But Gallio being proconsul of Achaia, Srose ὁμοθυμαδὸν οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι τῳ Παύλῳ, ‘kai ἤγαγον γιίὮ tone °accord ‘the “Jews Paul, and led ? \ ? ‘ A , “ i) \ ΄ αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὸ 18 λέγοντες, Ότι παρὰ τὸν γόμον him saying, That contrary to the law ος Ἰναπείθειῖ +: a GEN LBest Ἐν Ώεὸ OUTOC GAVATELCEL τους αν βωπους σεώεσσαι Τον CEOV. this [man] persuades men to worship God. 14 Ἰελλοντος.δὲ τοῦ Παύλου ἀνοίγειν τὸ στόμα, εἶπεν ὁ But “being *about 1Paul to open [his] mouth, said Γαλλίων πρὸς τοὺς Ιουδαίους, Ei μὲν “οὖν! ἦν ἀδί-- *Gallio to the Jews, If indeed therefore it was 7unrighteous- κηµά τι ἢ ῥᾳδιούργημα πονηρόν, ὦ Ἰουδαῖοι, κατὰ λόγον ness 1βοπιοος “criminality wicked, O Jews, n { Il ε - Ξ | δὲ τὸ Lal] ? ‘ av ἡνεσχόμὴν ὑμῶν, 15 εἰ δὲ ᾿ζητημὰ" ἐστιν περὶ I should have borne “.th you, but if a question itbe about λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου τοῦ καθ ὑμᾶς, ὄψεσθε aword and names and alaw which[is] among you, ye willsee κριτὴς. γὰρ! ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ.βούλομαι εἶναι. for a judge I of these things donot wish to be. 16 Kai ἀπήλασεν αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος" 17 ἐπιλαβό- And he drove them from the judgment seat. SHaving “laid δὲ ’ Χ i’ EAA 1 θε A ? ΄ ενοι επαντεςΖοι ηνες' Σωσθενην TOY ἀρχισυνᾶγωγον hold®on'and all “the *Greeks Sosthenes the ruler of the synagogue, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος" καὶ οὐδὲν τού- they beat [him] before the judgment seat. And “nothing ®ahout ’these των τῷ Ῥαλλίωνι ἔμελεν. ®things *to *Gallio tit mattered. 18 Ὁ δὲ Παῦλος ἔτι προσμείνας ἡμέρας ἱκανάς, τοῖς ἀδελ- But Paul yet havingremained *days ‘many, 7the ®breth- φοῖς ἀποταξάμενος, ἐξέπλει εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ ren “haying “taken ®leave Sof sailed away to Syria, and with him Πρίσκιλλα καὶ ᾿Ακύλας, κειράµενος Υτὴν κεφαλὴν ἐν Κεγ- ᾿ Priscilla and Aquila, having shorn [his] head in Cen- χρεαῖς" εἶχεν. γὰρ εὐχήν. 19 κατήντησεν! δὲ εἰς "Ἔφεσον, Ka- chrea, for he had avow: and he came to Ephesus, and / , 2 ag. ~ell > A A 2 4 2 A κείνους κατέλιπεν Σαὐτου αὐτὸς.δὲ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν ®*them Nett there, But he himself having entered into the συναγωγὴν dtehéxOn! τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις. 20 ἐρωτώντων. δὲ synagogue reasoned with the Jews. And ?asking [Shim] αὐτῶν ἐπὶ πλείονα χρόνον μεῖναι “παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς" οὐκ. ἐπένευσεν' ΠΟΥ for 8 ΙΟΏΡΕΣ time toremain with them he did not accede, 21 ἀλλ᾽ ἀπετάξατο αὐτοῖς,! εἰπών, “Δεῖ µε πάντως τὴν but ὕοοκ Ίεατο of them, saying, It behoves me by all means the la soTnOaAy "against βῆμα, to the judgment seat, αὐτοί" (to it] yourselves ; 4 ἀνθυπάτου ὄντος LTTrA. τ ἀναπείθει οὗτος LTTrAW. v ζητήµατά questions LTTrA. LTTraWw. Ὺ ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς (Κενχρεαῖς 1) τὴν κεφαλή» LTTrA. ETirA. ® ἐκεῖ Le Ὁ διελέξατο LTTr. © -- παρ᾽ εὐτοῖς LTTrA. καὶ but taking leave’and Lrtra, e — Δεῖ we.... Ἱεροσόλυμα LITA. P δὲ LTTrA. ὃ ἀνεσχόμην LTTr. according to reason Y Ww — γὰρ LTTrAW. 309 and no man shall set on thee to hurt thee: for I have much peo- ple in this city. 11 And he continucd there a year and six months, teaching the word of God among them, 12 And when Gallie was the deputy of A- chaia, the Jews made insurrection with one accord against Paul, and brought him to the judgment seat, 13 saying, This fellow persuadeth men _ to worship God contrary to the law. 14 And when Paul was now about to open his mouth, Gallio said un- to the Jews, If it were a matter of wrong or. wicked lewdness, O ye Jews, Yreason would that Ishould bear with ou: 15 but if it bea question of words and names, and of your law, look ye to zt ; for I will be no judge of such-matters. 16 And he drave them from the judgment, seat. 17 Then all the Greeks took Sosthenes, ths chief ruler of the syu- agogue, and beat him before the judgment seat, And Gallio cared for none of those things. 18 And Paul after this tarried there yet a good while, and thon took his leave of the brethren, and sail- ed thence into Syria, and with him Priscilla and Aquila; having shorn fis head in Cen- chrea: for he had a vow. 19 And he came to Ephesus, and left them there: but he himseif entered into the synagogue, and reasoned with the Jews. 20 When they desired him to tarry longer time with them, he consented not; 21 but bade them fare- well, saying, I must by all means keep-this 8 — οὖν LTTr[A]W. χ — οἱ Ἕλληνες 2 κατήντησαν they came ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενοφ BB 370 feust that cometh in Jerusalem : but I will return again unto you, if God will. And he sailed from Ephesus. 22 And when he had landed at Czsarea, and gone up, and saluted the church, he went down to Antioch. 23 And after he had spent some time here, he departed, and went over allthe country of Galatia and Phrygia in order, strengthen- ing all the disciples, 24 And α certain Jew wamed Apollos, botn at Alexandria, an eloquent man, and mighty in the seriptures,. came to Ephesns. 25 This man Was instructed in the way of the Lord; and being fervent in the spirit, he spake and taught diligently the thines of the Lord, knowing only the bap- tism of John. 26 And he bcgan to speak boldly in the syna- gogsue: whom when Aquila and Priscilla had heard, they took him unto them, and expounded unto him the way of God more perfectly. 27 And when he was disposed to pass into Achaia, the breth- ren wrote, exhorting the disciples to reccive him: who, when he was coine, helped them much which had be- lieved through grace: 28 for he mightily con- vinecd the Jews, and that publickly, shew- ing by the scriptures that Jesus was Christ, . XIX, Andit came to pass, that, ΕΞ was αὖ Corinth; aul having passed through the upper foasts came to Ephe- sus’: and finding cer- tain disciples, 2 he said unto them, Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye belicy- ed? And they said un- to him, We have not so much as heard whe- ther there be any Holy Ghost. 3 And he said while A-. λον Ἡρλ E12. a VITT, ΝΣ ῃ - ᾽ ε αν ιτ” ρα - ἑορτὴν την ἐρχομένην ποιῆσαι εἰς Ἱεορσόλυμα": πάλιν toe" *feast coming tokecp at Jerusalem, ‘put again ἀνακάμψὼ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, τοῦ θεοῦ θέλοντος. ΞΚ αὶ" ἀνήχθη ἀπὸ 1 will return to you, God willing, And he sailed from ~ ’ , στ \ ι ? hz , iT} 2 . τῆς Ἐφέσου" 22 καὶ κατελθὼν εἰς "Καισάρειαν, ἀναβὰς Ephesus. And having landed at Czesarea, haying gone up ‘ Ps ’ A ΄ ’ ᾽ ’ καὶ ἀδπασάμενος τὴν ἐκκλησίαν κατέβη εἰς ᾿Αντιόχειαν. and haying saluted the assembly he went down to Antioch. 23 καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ “ἐζῆλθεν, διερχόμενος καθεξὴς And having stayed “time ‘some he went forth, passing through °in order 4 nee η ι ΠΥ 1) ΄ Il , τὴν Γαλατικὴν χώραν καὶ Φρυγίαν, Ἰἐπιστηρίζων" πάντας 1the *=Galatian Scountry “and *Phrygian, establishing, all τοὺς μαθητάς. the ἀῑδοῖρ]ος. ~ > ~ 24 ᾿Ιουδαῖος δὲ τις ᾿Απολλὼς ὀνόματι, ᾿Αλεξανδρεὺς τῷ Buta*Jew ‘certain, Apollos by name, an Alexandrian 3 \ , ” 4 γένει, ἀνὴρ λόγιος, κατήντησεν εἰς Ἔφεσον, δυνατὸς ὧν by birth, *man ‘an “eloquent, came to Ephesus, “mighty ‘being ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς. 25 οὗτος ἦν .κατηχηµένος τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ in the — scriptures. He was’ imstructedin the way oithe κυρίου, καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι, ἐλάλει καὶ ἐδίδασκεν Lord, and being fervent in spirit, he spoke and taught © ἀκριβῶς Ta περὶ *rov κυρίου, ἐπιστάμενος µόνον το accurately the things concerning the Lord, knowing - only the , 1’ , wil sc , » “2 Le , ? βάπτισμα ᾿Ἰωάννου"" 26 οὗτός.τε ἤρξατο παῤῥησιάζεσθαι ἐν baptism of John. And he began tospeak boldly in τῇ συναγωγῇ. ἀκούσαντες.δὲ αὐτοῦ ™AxtXac καὶ Πρίσκιλλα" the synagogue. And*having*heard Shim 1Aquila ?and “Priscilla προσελάβοντο αὐτόν, καὶ ἀκριβέστερον αὐτῷ έξεθεντο τὴν they took 7to [παπι] ‘him, and more accurately to him expounded the πτοῦ θεοῦ ὁδόν." 27 βουλομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν “of Ξα οὔ ‘way. And “being *minded 119: to pass through into "Ayat roewWapey’ ἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς χαῖαν, προτρεψάμενοι οἱ ἄδέελφοι ἐγρα τοῖς μαθηταῖς Achaia, 7exhorting (Sthem] 'the *brethren “wrote “to "πο “disciples ἀποδέξασθαι αὐτόν" ὃς παραγενόμενος συνεβάλετο πολὺ τοῖς to welcome him, who having arrived helped much those who πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 28 εὐτόνως.γὰρ τοῖς ‘lov- believed threugh grace. For powerfully the Jews δαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ, ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν γραφῶν, he confuted publicly, shewing by the _ scriptures εἶναι τὸν χριστὸν InoovY. ΞΟ *be*the *Christ 1 Jesus. 19 ᾿Ἐγένετο δὲ ἐν τῷ τὸν ᾽Απολλὼ εἶναι ἐν Κορίνθῳ, Παῦ- Andit came to pass, while Apollos was in Corinth, Paul, διελθόντα τὰ ἀνωτερικὰ μέρη, "ἐλθεῖν" εἰς Ἔφεσον' having passed through the upper parts, came to’ Ephesus, καὶ Ῥεὺὑρών" τινας μαθητὰς 2 εἶπεν ἃ πρὸς αὐτούς, Et and having found certain disciples he said to them, [Τ]1ο] πνεῦμα ἅγιον ἐλάβετε πιστεύσαντες ; Οἱ δὲ τεῖΐπον" πρὸς *Spirit ‘Holy did ye receive, having believed? Andthey said to αὐτόν, ᾿Αλλ᾽ 5οὐδὲῖ εἰ πνεῦμα ἅγιόν ἐστιν, ἠκούσαμεν. him, Not eren 14 [the] “Spirit 1Holy is, did we hear. f — δὲ but LTTra. Ἰησοῦ Jesus LTTraw. LITr ; — τοῦ θεοῦ A. Σ — εἶπον (read [said]) LTTraw,. 6 — καὶ LTTrA, 1 "Iwavov Tr. ο κατελθεῖν T. Β Καισαρίαν τ. i στηρίζων LTTYA. Κ τοῦ πι Πρίσκιλλα καὶ Ακύλας LTTrA. π ὁδὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ῥ εὑρεῖν found 1ΤΊτΑ. 4 - τε and (he said) LTira. 5 οὐδ᾽ LTA ή , τας, ACTS. 5 'Εἶπὲν τεῦ "πρὸς αὐτούς," Εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε; Οἱ.δὲ And he said to them, To what then were ye baptized? And they “elzov," Εἰς τὸ *Iwayvvov' βάπτισμα. 4 Εἶπεν δὲ Παῦλος, said, To the 2of 37081. *baptism. And *said Paul, 7 Ιωάννης" "μὲν" ἐβάπτισεν βάπτισμα μετανοίας, τῷ John indeed baptized [with].abaptism of repentance, to the λαῷ λέγων, εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετ’ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν, people saying, "On *him ‘coming ‘after ‘him ‘that they should belicve, "τουτέστιν' εἰς τὸν Ὀχριστὸν" Ἰησοῦν. ὅ ᾿Ακούσαντες δὲ ἐβαπ- that is, on *the Christ 1 Jesus, And having heard they τίσθησαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. 6 καὶ ἐπιθέντος were baptized to the name ofthe Lord Jesus, And *having “laid αὐτοῖς τοῦ Παύλου ετὰς" χεῖρας ἦλθεν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Fon them *Paul *hands came the Spirit the Holy ἐπ᾿ αὐτούς, ἐλάλουν.τε γλώσσαις καὶ “προεφήτευον." upon them, and they were speaking with tongues and prophesying, 7 ἦσαν δὲ οἱ πάντες ἄνδρες ὡσεὶ δεκαδύο." 8 Εἰσελθὼν δὲ And‘were"the 181] 3men about twelve. And having entered εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπαῤῥησιάζετο, ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς διαλεγό- into the synagogue he spoke boldly, for *mouths ‘three reason- μενος καὶ πείθων τὰ! περὶ τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ. ing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God, 9 Ὡς δέ τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν, κακολογοῦντες τὴν But θη some werehardened and disobeyed, speaking evil of the ΄ - ΄ ο αν Ανν ? ΄ ὁδὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους, ἀποστὰς ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ἀφώρισεν way before the multitude, having departed from them he separated τοὺς μαθητάς, καθ᾽ ἡμέραν διαλεγόμενος ἐν τῇ σχολῇ Τυράν- the disciples, daily reasoning . in the school of *Tyran- νου ἔτινός."' 10 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἐγένετο ἐπὶ ἔτη δύο, ὥστε πάντας nus 2 *certain. And this was for “years 'two, so that all τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν ᾿Ασίαν ἀκοῦσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ κυρίου those who inhabited Asia heard the word ofthe Lord Ι’[ησοῦ,) ᾿Ιουδαίους.τε καὶ Ἑλληνας' 11 Δυνάμειςτε οὐ τὰς Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And works of power not τυχούσας Ἰἐποίει ὁ θεὸς" διὰ τῶν χειρῶν Παύλου, 12 ὥστε καὶ. common “*wrought ‘God by the hands of Paul; so that even ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἐπιφέρεσθαι! ἀπὸ τοῦ-χρωτὸς.αὐτοῦ to those being sick were brought from his skin σουδάρια ἢ σιµικίνθια, καὶ ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι an’ αὐτῶν τὰς handkerchiefs or aprons, and departed from them the , J ? ? ~ νόσους, τά τε πνεύματα τὰ πονηρὰ 1ἐξέρχεσθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν." diseases, and the “spirits wicked wentout from them. , , ~ , ’ 19 ᾿Ἐπεχείρησαν.δε τινες ἀπὸ τῶν" περιερχοµένων Ιουδαίων But ‘took in °hand ‘certain 7from *the *wandcring “Jews, ~ ΄ " ‘ , 4 ἐξορκιστῶν ὀνομάζειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἔχοντας τὰ πνεύματα τὰ ®exorcists, to name over those who had the 2spirits ‘ ~ ΄ ~ ’ τ , πονηρὰ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ, λέγοντες, " Ορκιζομεν" twicked the name ofthe Lord Jesus, saying, We adjure < ~ ‘ ᾽ - ε ~ ’ τσ [ή ὑμᾶς τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν 9ὁ" Παῦλος κηρύσσει. 14 Ἦσαν δέ you [by] Jesus. Whom - Paul proclaims, And there were t ὃ δὲ εἶπεν Τ, 7 — πρὸς αὐτούς LTTrAW. * εἶπαν ΙΤΤτΑ. 871 unto them, Unto what then were ye bapt.z- ed? And they said, Unto John’s baptism. 4 Thensaid Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repeut- ance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. 5 When they heard this, they Were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. 6 And when Paulhad laid Ais hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came’ on them ; and they spake with tongues, and prophesi- ed. 7 And all the men were about twelve, 8 And he went intothe synagogue, and spake boldly for the space of three months, disput- ing and persuading the things concerning the kingdom of God, 9 But when divers were hardened, and be- lieved not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he ᾱ-- parted from them. and separated the discipies, disputing daily in the school of one Tyran- nus. 10 And this con- tirued by the space of two years ; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks, 11 And God wrought special miracles by the hands ef Paul: 12 so that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the dis- euses departed from them, and the evil spi- rits went out of them. 15 Then certain of the vagabond Jews, exorcists, took upou them to call owr them which had evil spirits the name of the Lord Jesus, say- ing, We adjure you by Jesus whom Paul preacheth. 14 And there were seven sons x Ἰωάνου Tr. ¥ Ἰωάνης Tr. 2—meyGLITrA. ἃ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. Ὁ — χριστὸν GLTTrA,. ς-- τὰς LTTrA. 4 ἐπροφήτευον LITra. ε δώδεκα LTITrAW. -- τὰ Ltr. Β — τινός LTTra. h — Ἰησοῦ GLITrAW. i 6 θεὸς ἐποίει LTTrAW. κ ἀποφέρεσθαι LTTrA. | ἐκ- πορεύεσθαι (— an’ αὐτῶν) GIATrAW. τ καὶ τῶν also of the LrtTra. GLITraw. © — ὃ LTTra. Ὁ Ὁρκίόω I adjure 872 of one Sceva, a Jew, andcli: f of the priests, which didso. 15 And the evil spirit answer- ed and said, Jesus I know, and Paul I know; but who are ye? 16 And the man in whom the evil spirit was leaped on them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them, so that they fied out of that house na- ked and wounded. 17 Andthis was known to all the Jews and Greeks also dwelling at Ephesus ; and fear fell on them αἱ], and the name of the Lord Jesus was magni- fied. 18 And many that believed came, confessed, and shewed their deeds. 19 Many of them also which used curious arts brought their books together, and burned them before all men: and they counted the price of them, and found zt fifty thousand pieces of silver. 20 So mightily grew the word of God and pre- vailed, 21 After these things were ended, Paul pur- posed in the spirit, when he had passed through Macedonia aud Achaia, to go to Jerusalem, saying, Af- ter I have been there, I must also see Rome. 22 So he sent into Ma- cedonia two of them that miuistered unto him, Timotheus and Erastus ; but he him- self stayed in Asia for aseason. 23 And the same time there arose no small stir about that way. 24 For a certain man named Demetrius, a_ silver- smith, which made sil- ver shrines for Diana, and » MPAZEIS XER. Wioi” Σκευᾶ ᾿Ιουδαίου ἀρχιερέως ἑπτὰ ἃ τοὶ" τοῦτο δᾳ SJew, ‘a ση *priest Ἓβετεα who this Ρτινεςὶ certain [men] “sons 508 *Sceva ποιοῦντες. 15 ἀποκριθὲν.δὲ TO πνεῦμὰ τὸ πονηρὸν εἶπεν», were doing. But answering the spirit lwicked said, ‘ ~ \ Δ ~ 3 , e ~ Τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι ὑμεῖς Jesus Iknow, and Paul I am acquainted with; -ye δὲ τίνες ἐστέ; 16 Kai ᾿ἐἐφαλλόμενος" “ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἄνθρω- "but, who are ye? And leaping on them-* the man πος! ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πονηρόν, “καὶ! κατακυριεύσας in whom was the “spirit 1wicked, and haying mastered χαὐτῶν" ἴσχυσεν κατ᾽ αὐτῶν, ὥστε γυμνοὺς καὶ τετραυµατισ- them prevailed against them, sothat naked and wounded μένους ἐκφυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ.οἴκου-ἐκείνου. 17 τοῦτο. δὲ" ἐγένετο they escaped out of that house. Andthis became γνωστὸν πᾶσιν Ἰουδαίοις.τεκαὶ Ἕλλησιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν τὴν. known to all both Jews and Greeks, those inhabiting Εφεσον, καὶ Σἐπέπεσεν' φόβος ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς, καὶ ἐμεγα- Ephesus, and “fell lfear upon all them, and was mag- λύνετο τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. 18 Πολλοίτε τῶν nified the name ofthe Lord Jesus. And many of those who πεπιστευκότων ἤρχοντο ἐξομολογούμενοι καὶ ἀναγγέλλοντες believed came confessing and declaring τὰς πράξεις αὐπῶν. 19 ἱκανοὶ δὲ τῶν τὰ περίεργα πρα- their deeds. And many of those who the curiousarts prac- ἕάντων συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους κατέκαιον ἐνώπιον tised having brought the books burnt [them] before πάντων καὶ συνεψήφισαν τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ εὗρον 811. And they reckonedup the prices ofthem, and found [it} ἀργυρίου μυριάδας πέντε. 90 οὕτως κατὰ κράτος Τὸ λόγος τοῦ 3of*silver "myriads ‘five. Thus with might the word of the κυρίου" ηὔξανεν καὶ ἴσχυεν. Lord increased and prevailed. 21 Ὡς δὲ ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύ- And when were fulfilled these things “Ῥαχροδᾶ *Paul in the spirit, part, διελθὼν!" τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ Ὁ ᾿Αχαΐαν. πορεύε- having passed through Macedonia and Achaia, to > οἷ 7 {| > ’ “ ‘ LY , - ? ~ σθαι εἰς “Ἱερουσαλήμ," εἰπών, Ότι μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι µε ἐκεῖ go to Jerusalem, saying, After “having “been *my there δε με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν. 22 ᾽᾿Αποστείλας.δὲ εἰς ἀτὴνι it behoves me also Rome ἴο see, And having sent into / ~ ~ , Μακεδονίαν δύο τῶν διακονούντων αὐτῷ, Τιμόθεον καὶ _ Macedonia two of those who ministered tohim, Timotheus and ἜἛραστον, αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν" 23 ‘Eyéverd Erastus, he remained atime in Asia. 2Came “to *pass δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς land δὖ that time Sdisturbance ‘no small about the ὁδοῦ. 24 Anpyrproc-yap τις ὀνόματι, ἀργυροκόπος, way. For *Demetrius Τα *certain[*man] by name, a silversmith, ~ ~ ie , ~ ΄ ποιῶν ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς ᾿Αρτέμιδος, παρείχετο" τοῖς τεχνίταις brought no small gain making *temples 1silver of Artemis, brought tothe artificers unto the craftsmen ἢ ϱ) , > 5 4 ἐς, όν / ) ν 25 whom hecalled to- ἐργασίαν οὐκ ὀλίγην" 25 οὓς συναθροίσας, και τους gether with the work- ξραῖτι ‘no little’; whom having brought together,and the P τινος (read seven sons of a certain one) LTr. 4 viol placed after ἑπτὰ LTTrA. "*—ot LTT:[A}. LTITra, λόγος LTTrA, ΓΝ ΑΝ, 5 + αὐτοῖς to them LTTraw. W — καὶ LTTrAW. ἃ διελθεῖν to have passed through 1. a — τὴν τ, t ἐφαλόμενος LTTrA? 7 ὃ ἄνθρωπος ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς : : Ρ * ἀμφοτέρων both Lira, Υ ἔπεσεν LTr: 2 τοῦ κνρέου ὃ «Ἃ. ε ΄ b+ Τὴν L. ¢ Ἱεροσόλυμα © παρεῖχε τι. οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν LTTrA, ΧΙΧ. ACTS. περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας, εἶπεν, Ανδρες, ἐπίστασθε ὅτι ἐκ 2in «such *things workmen, he said, Men, ye know that from , ~ ? ͵ « ? , ση πώ. ᾿ ΄ \ ~ ταύτης τῆς ἐργασίας ἡ εὐπορία )]μῶν' ἐστιν" 26 καὶ θεωρεῖτε this i gain the wealth of us τσι and ye see ‘4 er ? ’ ~ καὶ ἀκούετε ὅτι οὐ µόνον ᾿Εφέσου ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν πάσης τῆς and hear that not only of Ephesus but almost of all μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν. ὄχλον, ᾿Ασίας ὁ Παῦλος. οὗτος πείσας ὃ great multitude, Asia this Paul having persuaded turned away λέγων ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοὶ οἱ διὰ χειρῶν γινόμενοι. 27 οὐ saying that they are not gods which by hands are made. 2Not µόνον δὲ τοῦτο κινδυνεύει ἡμῖν τὸ µέρος εἰς ἀπελεγμὸν Zonly ‘now ‘this 15 dangerous ᾖΤο τας [1650] {πο business*into “disrepute ἐλθεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἱ Αρτέμιδος ἱερὸν" εἰς 100116, but alsothe*of*the “great *goddess ®Artemis ‘temple for Κοὐδὲν" ᾿ἰλογισθῆναι, μέλλειν" δὲ" καὶ καθαιρεῖσθαι "τὴν µεγα- nothing be reckoned, and be about also tobe destroyed the ma- λειότητα! αὐτῆς, ἣν ὅλη %)'’Acia καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται. jesty ef her, whom 41] Asia andthe habitable world worships. 28 ᾿Ακούσαντες.δὲ καὶ γενόμενοι πλήρεις θυμοῦ. έκρα- And having heard, and having become full of indignation, they cried ζον λέγοντες, Μεγάλη ἡ Αρτεμις ᾿Εφεσίων. 29 Καὶ out saying, Great the Artemis’ of [the] Ephesians. ἃ And ? , « aX POX I! q / ὸ ε/ 7 = ε, 0 ἐπλήσθη ἡ πόλις Ῥολη! 4 συγχύσεως. ὥρμησάν.τε ὅμοθυ- and they rushed with one NY ? Ν , / fee ‘ ? / μαδὺν εἰς τὸ θέατρον, συναρπάσαντες | Taiov καὶ ᾿Αρί- accord to ο _ theatre, having seized with [them] Gaius . and Ari- σταρχον Μακεδόνας, συνεκδήμους *rov" Παύλου. 90 τοῦ" "δὲ starchus, Macedonians, fellow-travellers of Faul. Παύλου" βουλομένου εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον, οὐκ.εἴων αὐτὸν Paul intending togoin to the people, *did*not *suffer *him οἱ μαθηταί: 31 τινὲς. δὲ καὶ τῶν ᾿Ἀσιαρχῶν ὄντες αὐτῷ ‘the *disciples, and some also of the chiefs of Asia being to *him φίλοι, πέμψαντες πρὸς αὐτόν, παρεκάλουν μὴ δοῦναι ἑαυτὸν friends, having sent to him, urged [him] not toventure himself εἰς τὸ θέατρον. 382 ἄλλοι μὲν οὖν. ἄλλο.-τί ἔκραζον. " iuito the theatre. Some therefore one thing and some another were crying out ; ἦν. γὰρ ἡ «ἐκκλησία "συγκεχυμένη,! καὶ οἱ πλείους οὐκ.ῄδεισαν was *filled'the ‘city *whole with confusion, for *was"the “assembly contused, and the most did not know τίνος ἕνεκεν! συνεληλύθεισαν. 383 ἐκ δὲ τοῦ ὄχλου for what - they had come together. But from among the crowd ὑπροεβίβασαν" ᾿Αλέξανδρον, Ἀπροβαλόντωνἳ αὐτὸν τῶν they put forward Alexander, ’thrusting *forward *him 1the Ἰουδαίων" ὁ.δὲ᾽ Αλέξανδρος κατασείσας ' 2Jews- And Alexander, having made a sign with the hand, ἤθελεν ἀπολογεῖσθαι τῷ δήμῳ. 34 Τἐπιγνόντων' δὲ ὅτι wished to make a defence to the people. But having recognized that Ἰουδαϊῖός ἐστιν, φωνὴ ἐγένετο pia ἐκ πάντων, ὡς ἐπὶ ὥρας a Jew heis,. ‘ery ‘there*was *onefrom all, for about “hours δύο Ἰκραζόντων,' Μεγάλη ἡ Αρτεμις ᾿Ἐφεσίων. 35 Κατα- 4two | crying out, Great the Artemis of [the] Ephesians. *Having / ερ 4 ‘ ” , ” a ᾽ / στείλας δὲ ὁ γραμματεὺς τὸν ὄχλον φησίν, Άνδρες ᾿Ἐφέσιοι, ‘calmed ᾿απᾶ “μ6, “recorder the crowd 5808, Men Ephesians, cause & ἡμῖν to 48 LTTrA. h + καὶ also τι. ! λογισθήσεται (Shall be counted), μέλλει τι. τι τε EGLTTrA. ο [ἡ] Tr. P— ὅλη LTTrA. 4% + τῆς GTTrAW. ¥ — τοῦ GLTTrAW,. ἔσνν- τ. "ἕνεκα LTTra.. 3 συνεβίβασαν they instructed Lrtr, J ἐπιγνόντες GLITrAW. δἔ κράζονγες Τὶ But. τὴν χεῖρα, i ἑερὸν ᾿Αρτέμιδος ΤΑ. 2 τῆς µεγαλειότητος 1ΤΤιΑ. 5 Παύλου δὲ LTTraw. Σ προβαλλόντων EGL. 973 men of like occupa- tion, and said, Sirs, ye know that by this craft we have our wealth. 26 Moreover ye see and hear, that not alene at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this Paul hath per- suaded and turned a- way much people, say- ing that they be no gods, which are made with hands: 27 so that not only this our craft is in danger to be set at nought; but also that the temple of the great goddess Diana should be despised, ᾿ and her magnificence should be destroyed, whom all Asia and the world worshippeth. 28 And when they heard these sayings, theywere full of wrath, and cried out, saying, Great is Diana of the Ephesians. 29 And the whole city was filled with confusion: and having caught Gaius and Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, Paul’s companions in travel, they rushed with one accord into the thea- tre. 30 And when Paul would have entered in unto the people, the disciples suffered him not. 31 And certain of the cnief of Asia, which were his friends, sent unto him, desiring him that he would not au- venture himself into the theatre. 32 Some therefore cried one thing, and some an- other: for the as- sembly was confused ; and the more part knew not wherefore they were come to- gether. 33 And they drew Alexander out of the multitude, the Jews putting him for- ward, And Alexander beckoned with the hand, and would have mace his defence unto the people. 34 But when they knew that he was a Jew, all with one yoice about the space of two hours cried out, Great is Diana of the Ephe- sians. 35 And when the townclerk had ap- peased the people, he said, Ye men of Epke- κ οὐθὲν LTTrA,. 972 sus, what man is there that knoweth not how that the city of the Hphesians is a wor- shipper of the great goddess Diana; and of the zmage which fell down from Jupiter? 36 Sceing then that these things cannot be spokn against, ye ought to be quiet, and to de nothing rashly. 37 For ye have brought hither these men, which are neither rob- bers of churches, nor yetblasphemersofyour goddess, 38 Wherefore if Demetrius, and the eraftsinen which are with him, have a mat- ter against any man, the law is open, and there are deputies: let them implead one ano- ther. 39 But if ye in- quire any thing con- cerning other matiers, it shall be determined in a lawful assembly. 40 For we are in dan- ger to be called: in question for this day’s uproar, there being no cause whereby we may give an account of this concourse. 41 And when he had thus spoken, he dismissed the assembly. XX. And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and em- braced them, and de- parted for to go in- to Macedonia. 2 And when he had gone over those parts, and had given tiem much ex- hortation, he came into Greece. 3 And there abode three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Ma- eedonia. 4 And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea ; and- of the Thessa- lonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus ; and of A- sia, Tychicus and Tro- himus. 5 These going efore tarried for us at —_— 2 ἀνθρώπων (read τις Who) of men LTTrA. ἃ θεὸν GLTTrAW. & περαιτέρω further Ltr, κ μεταπεμψάμενος having sent for rrr. “ πορεύεσθαι LTTr. 4 — ἄχρι τῆς Ασίας τ[ττ]. TPAZET-S. ΧΊΧ 2 ric γάρ ἐστιν "ἄνθρωπος" ὃς οὐ.γινώσκει τὴν ᾿Ἐφεσίων 2what ‘for *is “there Sman who knowsnot the 7of [586] *Ephesians , / ~ / ~ ? , , πόλιν νεωκόρον οὖσαν τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς" ᾿Αρτέμιδος καὶ teity 7temple-kcepers 588 “being of the great goddess Artemis, and τοῦ Διοπετοῦς; 36 ἀναντιῤῥήητων οὖν ὄντων τούτων» of that fallen from Zeus? Undeniable therefore being these things δέον ἐστὶν ὑμᾶς κατεσταλµένους ὑπάρχειν, καὶ μηδὲν προ- necessary itis for you calm to be, and “nothing *head- Α ’ ’ » / meric «πράττειν.!' 97 ἠγάγετε.γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους. long το 34ο. For ye brought these men, {who are] οὔτε ἱεροσύλους οὔτε βλασφημοῦντας τὴν ἀρεὰν" Sonor." neither temple plunderers nor are defaming “goddess _ *your. 98 εἰ μὲν οὖν Δημήτριος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ τεχνῖται ἵπρός Tf indeed therefore Demetrius andthe ἤν “ἢ ‘artificers against τινα λόγον ἔχουσιν," ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται; καὶ ἀνθύπατοί εἰσιν" anyone amatter have, courts are held, and proconsuls there are: , ’ 3 “ 4 ε ιν ἐγκαλείτωσαν ἀλλήλοις. 39 ede τι ϑβπερὶ ἑτέρων" let them accuse one another. But if anything concerning other matters ἐπιζητεῖτε, ἐν τῇ ἐννόμῳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἐπιλυθήσεται. 40 καὶ γὰρ yeinquire, in the lawful © assembly ἰἴΐ shall be solved. For also κινδυνεύομεν ἐγκαλεῖσθαι στάσεως περὶ τῆς σήμερον, we are in danger tobe accused of insurrection in regard to this day, περὶ οὗ " δυνησόμεθα ἀπο- not one cause existing concerning which we shall be able to δοῦναι λόγον rnc.ovorpogice.ratryg. 41 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, give a reason for this concourse. And these things having said, ἀπέλυσεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. he dismissed the assembly. 90 Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον, *rposcarecapevoc" But after Sceased tne tumult, Shaving called 7to ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς μαθητάς, καὶ) ἀσπασάμενος. ἐξῆλθεν (®him] *Paul the disciples, and saluted [them], went away ππορευθῆναι! εἰς "τὴν" Μακεδονίαν. 2 διελθὼν δὲ τὰ to go to Macedonia. . And having passed through 7 1 ~ 4 / 2 J 4 , ~ τσ μέρη ἐκεῖνα, καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῳ, ἦλ- those parts, and havingexhorted them with *discourse *miich, . he θεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα 3 ποιῄσας.τε μῆνας τρεῖς, γενο- came to Greece. And having continued “months “three, having been , ο > ~ ᾽ ~ ΤΠ ε A ~ ” ΄ ἐλλ μένης “αὐτῷ ἐπιβουλῆς" ὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων μέλλοντι made against them a plot by the Jews being about ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, ἐγένετο Ῥγνώμη" τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν to sail into Syria, Sarose a *purpose to return διὰ Μακεδονίας. 4 συνείπετο.δὲ αὐτῷ “ἄχρι τῆς Ασίας" through Macedonia. And accompanied him as far as Asia Σώπατρος * Ῥεροιαῖος' Θεσσαλογικέων.δὲ ᾿Αρίσταρχος. καὶ Sopater a Bercean, and of Thessalonians Aristarchus and Σεκοῦνδος, καὶ Tatoc Δερβαῖος καὶ Τιμόθεος" ᾿Ασιανοὶ.δὲ Secundus, and Gaius οἵ Derbe and Timotheus, and of Asia Τυχικὸς καὶ Τρόφιμος. 5 οὗτοι» Ἱπροελθόντεςὶ ἔμενον ἡμᾶς Tychicus and Trophimus. These having gone before waited for us μηδενὸς αἰτίου ὑπάρχοντος b — θεᾶς GLTTrAW. ο πράσσειν LTTrA. : { ἔχουσιν πρός τινα λόγον GLTTrAW. i+ περὶ concerning (this concourse) LTTr. 1+ παρακαλέσας having exhorted [and] LTTra, n — την LTTr[A]. ο ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ LTTr. Ρ γνώμης TTrAs τ Πύῤῥου of Py:rrhusGirtraw. 5 + δὲ and (these) ἱττι[4}. ε ἡμῶν Our LTTrA. ΒΕ οὐ TTr[A]. * προσελθόντες having gone Tr. xX X. ACTS. Ἡ , ε - ‘ » ἐν “Τρωάδι"" 6 ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν in Troas ; but we sailed away after the days ofthe ? 4 > ἂν , ‘ » ‘ ? ἢ > ἀζύμων ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὺς αὐτοὺς εἰς unleavenéd bread from _ Philippi, and came to them at \ wT τὸ ll x ” tl « ~ / y κα]} ὃ AY « [ή τὴν "αρωαθα” ἔαχρις" ἡμερῶν πέντε, YOU ὀιετρίψαμεν Ί]μερας Troas in 34878 ‘five, where we stayed "days τῶν σαββάτων, συνηγμένων And on the first [day] of the week, Shaving *been °assembled τῶν μαθητῶν τοῦ" κλάσαι ἄρτον, ὁ Παῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς, *the *disoiples {ο break bread, Paul discoursed to them, μέλλων ἐξιέναι τῇ ἐπαύριον, παρέτεινέν.τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι about todepart onthe morrow; and he continued the discourse till μεσονυκτίου" 8 ἦσαν δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ οὗ midnight. And*were “lamps tmany in the upper room where ajoav! συνηγμένοι. 9 ὑκαθήμενος!.δὲ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι they were assembled. Aud was sitting acertain youth, by name Ἐὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος, καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ, δια- ἑπτά. 7 Ἐν δὲ τῇ μιᾷ 4seven, Eutychus, by the window, overpowered by *sleep ‘deep, as λεγομένου τοῦ Παύλου ἐπὶ πλεῖον, κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ *discoursed Paul for a longer time, having been overpowered by τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω, Kai ἤρθη the sleep he fell "from “the *third °story ‘down, and was taken up , A δὲ « ~ ? ’ > ~ κ᾿ σ 3 νεκρός. 10 καταβὰς. δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἴσυμ- dead. But “having *descended Paul fellupon him, and having περιλαβὼν εἶπεν, Μὴ θορυβεῖσθε ἡ.γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν embraced {him] said, Donotmakeatumult, forthe life ofhim in αὐτῷ ἐστιν. 11 ᾿᾽Αναβὰς δὲ καὶ κλάσας ἃ ἄρτον καὶ γευσά- him is. And having gone up and having broken bread and _ having μενος, ἐφ᾽ ἱκανόνιτε ὁμιλήσας «ἄχριοὶ αὐγῆς, οὕτως ἐξῆλ- eaten, and for long havingconversed’ until day-break, so he de- θεν. 12 1γαγον.δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα, καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ parted. Andthey brought the boy alive, and werecomforted not μετρίως. 13 Ἡμεῖς. δὲ Γπροελθόντες! ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἀνήχθημεν a little. But we having gone before to {πε ship sailed Seic' τὴν Accor, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦ- to Assos, 5there being ?about to take in Paul; λον" οὕτως. γὰρ Ῥήν.διάτεταγμένος,' μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν. for so he had appointed, “being “about ‘himself to goon foot. 14 ὡς δὲ Ἰσυνέβαλεν! ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Ἄσσον, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν And when he met with us at Assos, having taken η *him ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην' 15 κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες τῇ wecame ἴο Mitylene ; and thence having sailed away, on the ἐπιούσῃ κατηντήσαµεν Σάντικρὺϊ Χίου. τῇ.δὲ ἑτέρᾳ following [day] arrived opposite Chios, andthe next [day] παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον" ἱκαὶ μείναντες ἐν Τρωγυλλίῳ," ry™ we arrived at Samos; andhavingremainedat ‘Trogyllium,_ the ἐχομένῃ ἤλθομεν εἰς Μίλητον. 16 "ἔκρινεν". γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος next [day] wecame to Miletus: for “had *decided *Paul παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον, ὅπως µμὴ-γένηται αὐτῷ χρονο- to sail by Ephésus, so that it might not happen to him to spend τριβῆσαι ἐν τῇ Ασίᾳ' ἔσπευδεν γὰρ εἰ δυνατὸν οἡν! αὐτῷ time in Asia; for hehastened if possible it was for him ” Τρῳάδι LT. ν Τρῳάδα LT, assembled) GLTTraw. d+ τὸν the LTTraw. ἢ διατεταγµέγος ἦν LITrA. μείναντες ἐν Tow, LTTr. Σ ἄχρι LTTrA. Υ ὅπου Τ. 9 ἦμεν We Were GLTTrAW. ε ἄχρι TTrA. 1 συνέβαλλεν LETra. * ἄντικρυς LITrA, m+ S¢and(the)LTtr. 5 κεκρίκει GLTTrAW, 375 Troas. 6 And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of un- leavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we abode seven days. 7 And upon the first day of the week, when the _ disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, ready to depart on the morrow ; and continued his speech until midnight. 8 Andthere were many lights in the wpper chamber, where they were gathered to- gether. 9 And theresat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into.a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken updead. 10 And Paul went down, and fell on him, and em- bracing him _ said, Trouble not your- selves; for his life is in him. 11 When he therefore was come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. 12 And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little com- forted. 13 And we went before to ship, and sail- ed unto Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, minding himself to go afoot. 14 And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. 15 And we sailed thence, and came the next day over against Chios ; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllinm ; and the next day we came to Miletus. 16 For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: for he hasted, if it were pos- sible for him, to be at 2 ἡμῶν we (having been Ὁ καθεζόμενος LTTrAW. f προσελθόντες having yone Tr. σσυγ- T. & ἐπὶ LTTrA. 1 Τρωγυλίῳ A; — καὶ ο εἴη it might be LTTra. 376 Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. 17And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. 18 And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, 19 serving the Lerd with all humi- lity of mind,and with many tears,and temp- tations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews: 20 and how I kept back* no- thing that was profit- able unio you, but have shewed you, and have taught you publickly, and from house to house, 21 testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. 22 And now, behold, I go bound in the spi- rit unto Jerusalem, not knowing thethings that shall befall me there: 23 save that the Holy Ghost wit- nesseth in every city, faying that bonds and aftlictions abide me. 24 But none of these things move me, nei- ther count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which 1 have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. 25 And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. 26 Wherefore I take you to record this day, that L am pure from the blood of all men. 27 For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the coun- TPA se Ts: babe τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς P'lepooddupa." the day of Pentecost to be in Jerusalem, A A ~ / | » » 17 ᾿Απὸ δὲ τῆς Μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς Ἔφεσον µετεκαλέσατο And from Miletus having sent to Ephesus he called for τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας. 18 ὡς δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς the elders of the assembly. And when.they were come _ to αὐτὸν ἃ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας him he said to them, Ye know, from the first | fay ἀφ’ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν ᾿Ασίαν, πῶς μεθ ὑμῶν τὸν-πάντα on which Iarrived in Asia, how with you all the χρόνον ἐγενόμην, 19 δουλεύων τῷ κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινο- time I was, serving the Lord with all humi- Φροσύνης καὶ πολλῶν" δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν, τῶν -συμ- lity and many tears and ‘temptations, which huap- / ? ~ 7 ~ ~ ? / ε βάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων' 20 ὡς pened to me through the plots of the Jews ; how οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συµφερόντων τοῦ.μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι nothing Ikeptback ofwhat isprofitable soas not. toannounce [it] ὑμῖν, καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ᾽ οἴκους, 21 διαµαρ- to you, and toteach του publicly and from house to house, earnestly , ? ΕΥ̓ / πὸ οφ λ \ 2 Socal A τυρόµενος ᾿Ιουδαίοις. τε καὶ Ἑλλησιν τὴν εἰς "τὸν! θεὸν testifying both to Jews and Greeks “toward °God ετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν ἵτὴνι εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν repentance and faith toward our Lord Jesus Yyptorév." 22 καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ "ἐγὼ δεδεμένος" τῷ πνεύματι Christ. - And now, lo, I, , bound in the spirit, πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά Ρο to Jerusalem, the things which in it shall happen Xuou' μὴ εἰδώς, 23 πλὴν ὅτι TO πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον κατὰ.πόλιν tome not knowing ; except thatthe Spirit the Holy inevery city διαμαρτύρεταῦ λέγον" ὅτι δεσμά *ye καὶ θλίψεις" μένουσιν. fully testifies, — saying that bonds *me'and “tribulations “await. 24 adr’ οὐδενὸς ὕλόγον" “ποιοῦμαι, οὐδὲ ἔχω" τὴν ψυχήν But *of "ποίῃϊηρ *account 1T *make, nor holdI *)ite “μου" τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ, ὡς τελειῶσαι τὸν.δρόµον.µου “μετὰ my dear tomyself, so 486 to finish my course with χαρᾶς," καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου "In- joy, and the ministry which Lreceived from the Lord Je- gov, διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ. sus, to testify fully the gladtidings ofthe grace of God. 25 καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν.µου And now, lo, 1 know that no more *will*see Smy *face t ~ ΄ ? - , ὑμεῖς πάντες, ἐν οἷς διηλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν ye 2411, among whom Ihave goneabout proclaiming the kingdom ~ ~ Il ‘4 , c ~ ~ , c frov θεοῦ." 26 8010" μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν iv τῇ.σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ, of God. Wherefore I testify to you in thisday — / ‘ \ ~ τ , - ὅτι καθαρὸς ἐγὼ" ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων" 27 οὐ.γὰρ that pure 1 [am)from the blood of all, for “not « , ~ ‘ ~ Σε ~ ~ ‘ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν! πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν 11 “κερί back from announcing to you all the counsel P Ἱερουσαλήμ, T. 5 — τὸν TIra. t — την LTTrA. 4 + ὁμοῦ ὄντων αὐτῶν they being together τ,, 1 τ — πολλῶν GLTTrAW. ¥ — χριστόν LiTr]Aa. * δεδεμένος ἐγὼ GLTTrAW, ἃ ἐμοὶ τ Y+portomeGLIT:aWw, 5 λέγων Α. 4 καὶ θλίψεις µε LTTrA. ὃ λόγου TTrA. 9 ἔχω, οὐδὲ ποιοῦμαι L; — οὐδὲ ἔχω TTra. 4 — μου LItra. 86 — μετὰ χαρᾶς LTTrA. {— τοῦ θεοῦ LITrAW. & διότι ΤΑ. δ εἰμι AM ΙΤΤΤΑ. i— ὑμῖν 1ΤΤΓΑ. ‘eX XT. ACTS. τοῦ θεοῦ). 28 προσέχετε Κοῦνὶ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ of God. Take heed therefore to yourselves and toall the ποιμνίῳ. ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, flock, wherein 7you ‘the “Spirit “the *Holy ‘did ®set overseers, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ,ὶ ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ toshepherd the assembly of God, which he purchased with τοῦ ™idlov αἵματος." 29 ἐγὼ." γὰρ" οἶδα τοῦτο," ὅτι εἰσελεύ- the “of *his*own ‘blood. For [ know this, that will σονται μετὰ τὴν ἄφιξίν.μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ comein after my departure “wolves ‘grievous amongst you, not φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου" 30 καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀνα- sparing the flock ; and from amongst your own selyes’ will στήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα, τοῦ ἀποσπᾷν τοὺς rise up men speaking perverted things, to draw away the μαθητὰς ὀπίσω Ῥαὐτῶν." 9] διὸ γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες disciples after themselves. Wherefore watch, remembering ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ.ἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων that three years night and day I ceased not with tears νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. 82 καὶ Iraviy" παρατίθεµαι ὑμᾶς, admonishing “one ‘each. And now I commit you, r ? 4 ΄ || ~ ~ 3 ~ ’ ~ » ? ~ ~ ἀδελφοί," τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς.χάριτος αὐτοῦ, τῷ δυνα- brethren, to God and to the word of his grace, which is évw Σεποικοδομῆσαιὶ καὶ δοῦναι ὑμῖν" Υ κληρονομίαν ἐν μὴ able to build up and to give you aninheritance among τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. 88 ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ *the “sanctified Nall, Silver or gold or clothing Ww > ὃ 4 iT] > θ / ἂ 9.4 ᾿ ‘ Ἃ δι Il ’ ε/ ~ OVOEVOC επε υμ]σα αυτοι. OE γινώσκετε οτι TALC of no one I desired. But yourselves know that χρείαιςµου καὶ τοῖς οὖσιν per ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ {ο ΤΥ needs and tothose who were with me did “minister χεῖρες αὗται. 30 πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας these *hands, Allthings Ishewed you that thus labouring δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων, μνημονεύειν.τε it behoves [us] to aid those being weak, and to remember τῶν λόγων τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν, Μακάριόν ἐστιν the words ofthe Lord Jesus that himself said, 2Blessed “1:0 *is Υδιδόναι μᾶλλον" ἢ λαμβάνειν. 36 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπών, 5to “give Imore than_ to receive. And these things having said θεὶς τὰ.γόνατα.αὐτοῦ σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο. having bowed his knees with all them he prayed. 37 Ἱκανὸς δὲ *éyévero κλαυθμὸς" πάντων’ Kai ἐπιπεσάντες And*much ‘there “was weeping of all: and falling ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου κατεφίλουν αὐτόν" 38 ὀδυνώ- upon the neck of Paul thoy ardently kissed him, dis- μενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλ- tressed most of all for the word which he had said, that nomore they λουσιν τὺ.πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν. προέπεμπον.δὲ αὐτὸν are about his face to see. And they accompanied him εἰς TO πλοῖον. to {πο ship. £ ‘ fas 3 - « - ᾽ ’ > ’ 21 Ὡς δὲ ἐγένετο ἀναχθῆναι ἡμᾶς ἀποσπασθεντας ἀπ And when it was *sailed ‘we, having drawn away from 377 sel of God. 28 Take heed therefore unto yours selyes, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath pur- chased with his own blood. 29 For I know this, that after wy de- parting shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. 30 Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking per- verse things, to draw away disciples aiter them. 31 Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one night’ and day with tears. 352 And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified. 33 I have coveted no man’s sil- ver, or gold, or ap- parel. 34 Yea, ye your- selves know, that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. 35 I have shewed you all things, how that so labouring ye ought to support the weak, and to re- member the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to rec-ive. 36 And when he had thus spsken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all, 37 Aud they all wept sore, and fell on Paul’s neck, and kissed him, 38 sorrowing most of all for the words which he spake, that they should see his face no more. - And they ac- companied him unto the ship. XXI. And it cameto pass, that after we were gotten from ee | Ἴἧἶ-----------μ------ οσα κ τσ ji + ὑμῖν to you LiTrA. κ. οὖν [L]ttr. τοῦ ἰδίου GLTTrAW. u — γὰρ for LTTrAW. νῦν LITrA. ™— ἀδελφοί LTTrA. 5 οἰκοδομῆσαι to build LTTraw. (read the inheritance) ‘rrra. π οὐθενὸς T. Σ — δὲ but GLTTraw. GLITraw. 2 κλαυθμὸς ἐγένετο LTTrAW. © — τοῦτο LTTrAW. 1 τοῦ κυρίου of the Lord GLrTTr. Ρ ἑαυτῶν ΤΤΤΑ. & — ὑμῖν LITrA. τὰ αἵματος ars Y+ την Υ μᾶλλον διδόναι 378 them, and had launch- ed, we came with a straight course unto Coos, and: the day fol- lowing unto Rhodes, and from thence unto Patara: 2 and find- ing a ship sailing over unto Phenicia, we went aboard, and set forth. 3 Now when we had discovered Cyprus, we left it on the left hand, and sailed into Syria, and landed at Tyre: for there the ship was to unlade her burden. 4 And finding disciples, we tarried there seven days: who said _ to Paul through the Spi- rit, that he should not go up to Jerusalem. 5 And when we had accomplished those days, we depurted and went our way; and they all brought us on our way, with wives and children, till we were out of the city: and we kneeled down on the shore, and pray- ed. 6 And when we had taken our leave one of another, we took ship; and they returned home again. 7 And when we had finished our course from Tyre, we came to Ptolemais, and sa- luted the brethren, and abode with them one day. 8 And the next day we that were of Taul’s company de- parted, and came unto Cesarean: and we en- tered into the house of Philip the evangel- ist, Which was one of the seven; and abode with him. 9 And the same man had four daughters, virgins, which did prophesy. 10 And as we tarried there many days, there came down from Ju- dea a certain pro- phet, named Agabus. 11 And when he was come unto us, he took Paul’s_ girdle, and bound his own hands and feet, and said, Thus saith the Holy Ghost, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that XXI, τῇ.δὲ ἑξῆς and on the next PAZ ETS: αὐτῶν, εὐθυδρομήσαντες ἤλθομεν εἰς τὴν "κῶν;' them, having run direct wecame to Cos, εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Πάταρα. 2 καὶ εὑρόντες [άαγ] to Rhodes, and thence to Patara, And having found ~ ~ ’ / “¢ πλοῖον διαπερῶν. εἰς Φοινίκην, ἐπιβάντες ἀνήχθημεν. a ship passing over into Pheenicia, having gone on board we sailed ; 3 Ῥάναφάναντες".δὲ τὴν Κύπρον, καὶ καταλιπόντες αὐτὴν and having sighted Cyprus, and having left it εὐώνυμον ἐπλέομεν εἰς Συρίαν, καὶ “κατήχθημεν" εἰς Τύρον" onthe ἰοῦ wesailed to Syria, and brought to at Tyre, κεῖσε γὰρ ήν τὸ πλοῖον" ἀποφορτιζόμενον τὸν γύμον. 4 “καὶ ὌΝ there was the ship discharging the aoa And ἀνευρόντες" τοὺς μαθητάς, ἐπεμείναμεν αὐτοῦ" ἡμέοας ἑπτά' \ having found out the α disciples, we remained there *days ‘seven; οἵτινες τῷ Παύλῳ ἔλεγον διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος, μὴ αμα who to Paul said by the Spirit, not to go up εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ." 5 ὅτε δὲ ἐγένετο ἡμᾶς ἐξαρτίσαι' τὰς ἡμέ- to Jerusalem. But when it was we compas the days, pac, ἐξελθόντες ἐπορευόμεθα, προπεμπόντων ἡμᾶς πάντων having set out Wwe journeyed, “accompanying “us tall σὺν γυναιξὶν καὶ τέκνοις ἕως ἔξω τῆς πόλεως" καὶ θέντες with wives and children as far as outside the city. Andhaving bowed τὰ γόνατα ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὺν Ἐπροσηυξάμεθα. 6 καὶ ἀσπασά- the knees on the shore we prayed, And having μενοι" ἀλλήλους éreBnpev" εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ἐκεῖνοι-δὲ ὑπε- saluted one’another Wwe wentup into the — ship, and they re- « ~ ‘ 4 “Ὁ ’ στρεψαν εἰς τὰ.ἴδια. 7 'Ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸν πλοῦν διανύσαντες turned to their own [homes]. Audwe, the voyage having completed ἀπὸ Τύρου κατηντήσαµεν εἰς Πτολεμαΐδα, καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι from Tyre, arrived at Ptolemais, and having saluted τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐμείναμεν ἡμέραν μίαν παρ᾽ αὐτοῖς. the brethren we abode *day one with them. ? / ἐξ λθ / n ‘ ‘ Π vA ll ἐπαυριον εξε OVTEC οἱ περὶ τὸν. αυλον morrow ‘having Ίσοπε ®*forth *Paul?and “those *with °him they ΡΚαισάρειαν"" καὶ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὸν οἶκον Φιλίππου τοῦ Ceesarea ; and having entered into the house of Pane the εὐαγγελιστοῦ, Irov" ὄντος ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά, ἐμείναμεν παρ᾽ αὐτῷ. evangelist, being of the seven, weabode with him. , A - , , η " 9 τούτῳ δὲ ἦσαν θυγατέρες παρθένοι τέσσαρες" προφη- Now to this [man] there were 7daughters ὙΠΕΊΒΗ *four who pro- 8 τῇ δὲ And on the οᾖλθον' εἰς came το τεύουσαι. 10 ἐπιμενόντων δὲ cs ἽΒΕΘΟΕ πλείους κατῆλθεν phesied. And *remaining days Any Scame *down τις ἀπὸ τῆς Ιουδαίας προφήτης ὀνόματι "Αγαβος" 5a Scertain 7one from Judza, a prophet, by name Agabus ; 11 καὶ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ and-having come to us, and having taken the ἘΠῚ Παύλου, δήσας 'τε' ταὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τοὺς πόδας" of Paul, andhaving bound of himself the hands and _ the feet εἶπεν, Τάδε λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, Tov ἄνδρα οὗ ἐστιν said, Thus says the Spirit the Holy, The man of whom 15 ® Κῶ GLITrAW. πλοιον ἦν LTTrAW. Ὁ “Ἱεροσόλυμα GLTTrAW. having prayed we oe our leave ἀνέβημεν TAW. dajrey Tr, LTIraw. Ρ «κλαις t τ — τε aud LTITrAW, b ἀναφανέντες EGLTrAW. © ἀνευρόντες δὲ LTTrAW. 5 κατήλθοµεν landed LTTra. ἃ τὸ Γ αὐτοῖς With them 1. 8 ἐπιβαίνειν LTTrA. ἱ εξαρτίσαι ἡμᾶς LTrAW. κ προ ἅ ἀπησπασάμεθα LTTrAW. 14+ καὶ and urrrew. πι ἐνέβημεν LTr 5 — οἱ περὶ τὸν Παῦλον GLTTraw. ο ἤλθομεν We CAME EGLTAW ; ηλ- 4— τοῦ GLTTrAW, τ τέσσαρες παρθένοι LITrA, --- ἡμῶν ν ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας LITrAW, ΧΙ: Ἂ ο Τη « A ’ὔ er ε/ δή 3 « η εξ - 4 ἡ ζώνη αὕτη οὕτως δήσουσιν ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ ot Τουδαῖοι, καὶ this girdle thus. shall*bind ‘in ‘Jerusalem ‘the 7Jews, and παραδώσουσιν εἰς εἴρας ἐθνῶν. 12 Ὡς δὲ ἠκούσαμεν deliver up into [the] hands of [the] nations, And when we heard ταῦτα, παρεκαλοῦμεν ἡμεῖςτε καὶ οἱ ἐντόπιοι τοῦ these things, Shesought *both *we #and *those %of [Sthe] 7place δολ , > ΠῚ ΄ ΄ ι μὴ ἀναβαίνειν αὐτὸν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ. 13 Υ ἀπεκρίθη." δὲ! ὁ ΟΣ το 12ρο”5αρ ~.*him Το Jerusalem, But 7answered Παῦλος,7 Τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές µου τὴν 1Poul, What doye weeping and breaking my ΄ ᾽ ᾿ A > ͵΄ - - > 4 4 > ~ ’ καρδίαν: ἐγὼ.γὰρ οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν εἰς heart 2 for I not only tobebound but also to die at Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἑτοίμως.ἔχω ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιὴσοῦ. Jerusalem am ready for the name of the Lord Jesus. 14 Μἠἡ πειθομένου.δὲ αὐτοῦ ἠσυχάσαμεν εἰπόντες, 7TO θέλημα And ὁποὺ *being *persuaded *he weweresilent, saying, The πι] τοῦ κυρίου γενέσθω." of the Lord be done. 16 Μετὰ.δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας “ἀποσκευασάμενοι" ave- And after these days,* having packed the baggage we βαίνοµεν εἰς Ὁ Ἱερουσαλήμ.ὶ 16 συνῆλθον δὲ καὶ τῶν went up to Jerusalem. And went also fsome] of the θ ~ ? " CK , Il 4 ε ~ » τ΄ μαθητῶν απὸ αισαρειας" σὺν ἡμῖν, ἄγοντες 2 παρ disciples from Cesarea with us, bringing [one] with whom ξενισθῶμεν, Μνάσωνί.τινι Κυπρίῳ, ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ. 17 Tevo- we might lodge, ἃ certain Mnason, aCypriot, anold _ disciple. *Having μένων δὲ ἡμῶν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀσμένως “ἐδέξαντο! ἡμᾶς οἱ “arrived ‘and *we αὖ Jerusalem Seladly “received Sus ‘the ἀδελφοί. 18 τῇ. δὲ ἐπιούσῃ εἰσήει ὁ Παῦλος σὺν ἡμῖν *brethren. And on the following (day]*went “in 1Paul with us πρὸς ᾿Ἰάκωβον, πάντες.τε παρεγένοντο οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. 19 καὶ το James, and all Sassembled ‘the 7elders, And ἀσπασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἐξηγεῖτο καθ ἕν. ἕκαστον ὧν ἐποίησεν having saluted them he related one by one what things wrought « 8) 1 ~~ » ‘ ny / ᾽ ~ ε 94 ὁ θεὸς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν διὰ τῆς διακονίας αὐτοῦ. 20 οἱ δὲ Ἰᾳοᾶ among the nations by his ministry. And they ? , ? ο. f A / 4 g =, ή Il ? ~ ~ ἀκούσαντες ἐδόξαζον ἱτὸν κύριον εἰπον τε' αὑτῷ, Θεωρεῖς, having heard’ glorified the Lord. And they said tohim, Thou seest, ἀδελφέ, πόσαι μυριάδες εἰσὶν "Tovdaiwy' τῶν πεπι- brother, how many myriads’ there are of Jews who _ have he- στευκότων, Kai πάντες ζηλωταὶ τοῦ νόµου ὑπάρχουσιν. lieved, and all zealous ones of the law are. 21 κατηχήθησαν δὲ περὶ σοῦ, bri ἀποστασίαν διδάσκεις And they were informed concerning thee, that *apostasy 1thou *teachest ἀπὸ iMwoéwe' τοὺς κατὰ τὰ ἔθνη πάντας!) ᾿Ιουδαίους, *°from 111Τοξε5 *the ©among 7the ®nations 3411 5Jews, λέγων μὴ περιτέμνειν. αὐτοὺς τὰ τέκνα, μηδὲ τοῖς ἔθεσιν telling . 7not “to*circumcise ‘them the children, nor inthe customs “περιπατεῖν. 22 τί οὖν ἐστι; πάντως ἰδεῖ πλῆθος to walk. What then [15 it? certainly ‘must ‘a “multitude w+ τότε then LTTrAW. 5 — δὲ but LrTraw. τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω LTTrAWw. 8 επισκενασάµενοι LTTrAW. ο Καισαρίας Τ. d ἀπεδέξαντο welcomed LTTraw. 6 re T. Ε εἰπόντες SAYING L; εἶπάν τε TTr. δαίων 7. 1 Μωύσέως GLITrAW,. πλῆθος συνελθεῖν Tr. k — πάντας L{Tr]. Υ + καὶ εἶπεν and said τ. Ὁ Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrAW-~ f cov θεόν God GLTTraW. h ἐν τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαιοῖς among the Jews LTraw; — Ἴου- 1 δεῖ συνελθεῖν πλῆθος LTA ; — Set 379 owneth this girdle, and shall deliver hiza into the hands of the Gentiles. 12:And when we heard these things; both we, and-they of that place, besought him not to go up to Jerusalem. 13 Then Paul answered, What mean ye to weep and to break mine heart? fur 1 am ready not to be bound only, but al- so to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus. 14 And when he would not be persuaded, we ceased, saying, The will ofthe Lord be done. 15 And after those days we took up our carriages, and went up to Jerusalem. 16 There went with us also certain of tHe disci- ples of Czsarea, and brought with them one Mnason of Cy- prus, an old disciple, with whom we should lodge. 17 And when we were come to Je- rusalem, the brethren received ας gladly. 18 And the day fol- lowing Paul went in with us unto James; and all the elders were present. 19 And when he had saluted them, he declared particu- larly what things God had wrought among the Gentiles by his ministry. 20 And when they heard it, they glorified the Lord, and said unto him, Thou seest, brother,’ how many thousands of Jews there are which believe; and they are all zealous of the law : 21 .and they are in- formed of thee, that thou teachest all the Jews which areamong the Gentiles to for- sake Moses, saying that they ought not to circumcise their chil- “dren, neither to walk after the customs. 22 What is it therefore? the multitude must 2 Tov κυρίου ι 980 needs come together: for they will hear that thou art come. 23 Do therefore this that we say to thee: We have four men whith havea vow onthem ; 24them take, and purify thy- self with them, and be at charges with them, that they may shave their heads: and all may know that those things, whereof they were informed con- cerning thee, are no- thing; but that thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law. 25 As touch- ing the Gentiles which believe, we have writ- ten and concluded that they observe no such thing, save only' that they keep themselves from things offered to idols, and from blood, and from strangled, and from fornication. 26 Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishmentof the days of purification, until that an offering should be offered for every one of them. 27 And when the seven days were almost end- ed, the Jews which were of Asia, when they saw him in the temple, stirred up all the people, and laid hands on him, 28 cry- ing out, Men of Israel, help: This is the man, that teacheth all men every: where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further brought Greeks also into the temple, and hath pol- luted this holy place. 29 (For they had seen before with him in the city Trophimus an Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple.) 30 And all the city was moved, and the people ran to- gether : and they took Paul, and drew him out of the temple: and forthwith the doors were shut. 31 And as they went about to kill him, tidings came un- ™ — yap for Tr. GLTTraw. 5 χε ANd Lttra. P νλάσσων τὸν νόμον LITrAW. τηρεῖν αὐτούς, ει μὴ LTTr. αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας GLTTrAw, WPASEIS. ΧΧΙ. συνελθεῖνἹ ἀκούσονται. γὰρ" ὅτι ἐλήλυθας. 23 τοῦτο οὖν come together; for they willhear that thou hast come. This therefore ποίησον ὕ σοι λέγομεν" do thou what *to*thee "we “say: There are with us ἔχοντες ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν' 24 τούτους παραλαβὼν ἁγνίσθητι σὺν having on themselves; these having taken be purified with > ~ ‘ , i 3 2.) 7 - Cris ὩΣ , tl 4 αὐτοῖς, καὶ δαπάνησον ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς, wa "ξυρησωνται! τὴν εἰσὶν ἡμῖν ἄνδρες τέσσαρες εὐχὴν 2men ‘four a vow them, and beat ση for bint that they may shave the κεφαλήν, καὶ ογνῶσινὶ πάντες ὅτι ὧν κατήχηνται head ; and ?may*know ‘all that of which they have been ce περὶ σοῦ οὐδέν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ στοιχεῖς καὶ αὐτὸς ahout thee *nothing 115, but thou *walkest *orderly ?also ‘thyself Prov νόμον φυλάσσων. 25 περὶ δὲ τῶν πεπιστευκότων Σκοορίης., But concerning those who have believed ἡμεῖς αἐπεστείλαμεν.ὶ κρίναντες "μηδὲν τοιοῦτον we wrote, judging *no *such ®thing ®the 7law ἐθνῶν of the nations τηρεῖν αὐτούς, εἰ μὴ! φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς τό τε εἰδωλό- 200 ϑοῦβοσυ ‘them, except to keep “from ‘themselves things offered θυτον καὶ “τὸ! αἷμα καὶ πνικτὸν καὶ πορνείαν. 26 Τότε to idols, and blood, and what is strangled, and fornication. Then ὁ Παῦλος παρὰλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας, τῇ ἐχομένῃ αν σὺν Paul having taken the men, on the next with αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς εἰσήει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, ες, τὴν them having been purified entered into the temple, declaring the ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ, ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη fulfilment ofthe days ofthe purification, until was offered « x ©. ἘΠΕ ᾽ » « / ε \ ” ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά. 27 ὡς. δὲ. ἔμελλον for 01:86 leach ofthem the offering. But when *were *about € « sy ς μ ~ ς 7 ‘ ~ ᾽ , ? ~ αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι συντελεῖσθαι ot ἀπὸ τῆς ᾿Ασίας ᾿Ιουδαῖοι the “seven “days tobecompleted the ?from 3Asia 1Jews θεασάμενοι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, 'συνέχεον" πάντα τὸν ὄχλον, having seen him in the temple, _ stirred up all the crowd, καὶ ἐπέβαλον" “rac χεῖρας ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν," 28 κράζοντες, Ανδρες and laid hands upon him, crying, Men α']σραηλῖται,! βοηθεῖτε. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ κατὰ Israelites, help! this is the man who against τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ τοῦ νόµου καὶ τοῦ.τόπου.τούτου πάντας ὕπαν- the people and the law απᾶ this place all every- ταχοῦ! διδάσκων" ἔτι.τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερόν, where teaches, .andfurtheralso Greeks he brought into the temple, καὶ κεκοίνωκεν τὸν ἅγιον τόπον τοῦτον. 29 Ἦσαν γὰρ.προ- and defiled - ey 3place — this. For they had before εωρακότες Τρόφιμον τὸν Ἐφέσιον ἐν τῇ πόλει σὺν αὐτῷ, ὃν seen πας the el bears in the- city with him, whom ἐνόμιζον ὅτι εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν εἰσήγαγεν ὁ Παῦλος. 80 ἐκινήθη they ενα that into the oe “brought αρα]. *Was Σιποτεᾶ τε ἡ πόλις ὅλη, καὶ ἐγένετο συνδρομὴ τοῦ λαοῦ" καὶ ἔπι- 3and °the “city “whole, and there was α concourse of the people; and having λαβόμενοι τοῦ Παύλου, εἷλκον αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ ἱεροῦ" καὶ laid hold of Paul, they drew him outside the temple, and εὐθέως ἐκλείσθῆσαν ai θύραι. 81 fyrotvrwr7dé! αὐτὸν immediately were shut the- doors, But as they were geeking him ἃ ξυρήσονται they shall shave ΤΤτΑ, ο γνώσονται will know q ἀπεστείλαμεν LTr. — μηδὲν τοιοῦτον 5.-- 70 LTTr[A ]w. t συνέχεαν L. Vv ἐπέβαλαν Tre wer * Ἰσραηλεῖται T, Σ πανταχῇ LIr; πανταχῆ TAW, XXI, XXII. ACTS. > ~ 2 ve , ~ , -- ,ὔ ἀποκτεῖναι ἀνέβη φασις τῷ χιλιάρχῳ TH? σπείρης, to kill there came a representation to the chief captuin of xe band, Ore ὕλη Ἀσυγκέχυται' Ἱερουσαλήμ. 82 ὃς “éEauryc' “παρα- that all *was*in*a*tumult ‘Jerusalem : who at once having ‘ , \ , Ὁ λαβὼν! στρατιώτας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους" κατέδραμεν ἐπ᾽ taken with [him] soldiers and centurions randown upon ? / ε \ , 5 , Δ ’ αὐτούς. οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες τὸν" χιλίαρχον καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας them. Andthey havingscen the -chiefcaptain and the soldiers ᾽ , κι ~ , Ν ΄ Επαύσαντο τύπτοντες τὸν Παῦλον. 33 τότε ἐγγίσας ceased beating Paul. Then *having °drawn ®near « λί ? \ , ᾽ ~ A > , ~ ὃ χιλίαρχος ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκέλευσεν δεθῆναι ‘the *chief Ξοαρίβίη laidhold ofhim, and commanded [him] {ο he bound / Η , , n ” \ / ἁλύσεσιν δυσίν' καὶ ἐπυνθάνετο τίς fay'ein, καὶ τί with *chains ‘two, and inquired who he might be, and what ἐστιν πεποιηκώς. 34 ἄλλοι δὲ ἄλλο.τι εἐθόωνὶ he had been doing. But some “one *thing *and ®some 7another ‘were 3οτγίηρ rd ~ » \ / \ ~ ‘ \ ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ" ᾿μὴ.δυνάμενος.δὲ" γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς διὰ in the crowd. And not being able to know the certainty on account of τὸν θόρυβον, ἐκέλευσεν ἄγεσθαι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν παρεµ- the tumult, he commanded *to“*be*brought ‘him into the for- , - ὦ Η ψ ὁ, (Ἢ ? ‘ 4 ? 1 , βολήν. 85 bredé ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀναβαθμοὺς συνέβη tress. But when hecame on the stairs it happened i .) ‘ ε ‘ ~ ~ \ - βαστάζεσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν διὰ τὴν βίαν *was *borne the by the soldiers because of the violence τοῦ ὄχλου. 86 ἠκολούθει.γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ λαοῦ Ἱκράζον,! of the crowd. For followed- the multitude ofthe people, crying, Aloe αὐτόν. 37 Μέλλων.τε εἰσάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν Away with him. But being about to be brought into the fortress ὁ Παῦλος λέγει τῷ, χιλιάρχῳ, Et ἔξεστίν μοι εἰπεῖν τι Paul says tothechief captain, Is it permitted tome tosay something moog σε; ὉΟ.δὲ ἔφη, Ἑλληνιστὶ γινώσκεις; 38 οὐκ doa to thee? Andhe said, Greek dost shou know ? °Not *then σὺ εἶ ὁ Αἰγύπτιος ὁ πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀναστα- thou ‘art the Egyptian owhobefore these days caused a τώσας Kai ἐξαγαγὼν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους confusion and ledout into the desert the four thousand ἄνδρας τῶν σικαρίων ; 89 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, ᾿Εγὼ ἄνθρωπος men ofthe assassins ? But *said Paul, I aman ῃ ᾽ ᾽ ~ r , -᾿ ΄ ? ae 3 ΄ μέν εἰμι Ιουδαῖος 'αρσεύς, τῆς Κιλικίας οὐκ ἀσήμου πόλεως indeed am aJdew οὗ Tarsus, 7of Cilicia “πο 30 ‘insignificant “city πολίτης δέοµαι.δὲέ σου, ἐπίτρεψόν. μοι λαλῆσαι πρὸς τὸν 1a "citizen, and I beseech thee, allow me tospeak to the λαόν. 40 ᾿Ἐπιτρέψαντος.δὲ αὐτοῦ, ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ people. And “having “allowed [*him] ‘*he, Paul standing on τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν κατέσεισεν τῇ χειρὶ τῷ Aap πολλῆς. δὲ the stairs niadeasign with the hand tothe people; and great ~ z , ~ a , σιγῆς γενομένης προσεφώνησεν τῇ Εβραϊΐδι διαλέκτῳ silence having taken place hespoketo [them]inthe Hebrew language λέγων, 939 Ανδρες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ πατέρες, ἀκούσατέ µου τῆς saying; en, brethren and _ fathers, hear my πρὸς *noaw you _ And having heard that inthe Hebrew 1defence, Ὁ ἐξ αὐτῆς A. 8 συγίσυν- τ)χύννεται LTTrA ; συγχύνεται W. : f — ἂν LrTrfaiw. 4 ἑκατοντάρχας LTTrAW. ε — τὸν W. h μὴ δυναµένου δὲ αὐτοῦ he not being able Lttraw. GLIT ο ο ὑμᾶς Χνῦν! ἀπολογίας. 2 Ακούσαντες.δὲ ὅτι τῇ Εβραϊδε΄ 381 to the chief captain of the band, that all Je- rusalem was in an up- roar. 32 Who imme- diately took soldiers and centurions, and ran down unto them: and when they saw the chief captain and the soldiers, they left heat- ing of Paul. 33 Then the chief captain came near, and took him, and commanded him to be bound with two chains ; and demanded who he was, and what he had done. 34 And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude: and when he could not Know the certainty for the tumult, he com- manded him to be carried into the castle. 35 And when he came upon the stairs, so it was, that he was borne of the soldiers for the violence of the people.: 36 For the multitude of the people followed after, crying, Away with him. 37 And as Paul was to be led in- to the castle, he’ said untg the chief captain, May I speak unto thee? who said, Canst thou speak Greek? 38 Art not thou that Egyptian, which before these days madest an u roar, and leddest out into the. wilderness four thousand men that were murderers ? 39 But Paul said, Iam a man whichamaJew of Tarsus, a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city : and, I be- seech thee, suffer Mme to speak unto the peo- ple. 40 And when he had given him licence, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was madea great silence, he spake un- to them in the He- brew tongue, saying, XXII. Men, brethren, amd fathers, hear ye my defence which I make now unto you. 2 (And when they heard that he spake in the Hebrew tongue to ς λαβὼν having taken 1,. 8 ἐπεφώνουν I-ITraAW, i κράφοντες LITrAW. k νυν) 982 them, they kept the more silence: and he saith,) 3 1 am verily a man which ama Jew, born in Tarsus, αἱ cily in Cilicia, yet brought up in this city at the feet of Gamaliel, and taught according to the perfect manner of the law of the fathers, and was zealous to- ward God, as ye all are this day. 4 Απᾶ Τ persecuted this way unto the death, bind- ing and delivering into prisons both men and women. 5 As also the high priest doth bear me witness, and all the estate of the elders: from whom also I re- ceived letters unto the brethren, and went to Damascus, to bring them which were there bound unto Jerusalem, for to be punished. 6 And it came to pass, that, as I made my journey, and wascome nigh unto Damascus about noon, suddenly there shone from hea- ven agreat lightround about me. 7 And I fell unto the ground, and heard-a voice say- ing unto me, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? 8 And Ταῃ- gwered, Who art thon, Lord? And he said un- to me,I am Jesus of Nazareth, whom thou persecutest. 9 And they that were with me saw indeed the light, and were afraid; but they heard not the voice of him that spake to me, 10 And I said, What‘ shallI do, Lord? And the Lord said unto me, Arise, and go into Da- mascus; and there it shall be told thee of all things which are appointed for thee to do. 11 And when I could not see for the glory of that light, . being led by the hand of them that were with me, I came into Damascus. 12 And one Ananias,a devout man according to the law, having a good report of all the Jews which - dwelt there, 13 came unto me, and stood, and said unto me, Brother Saul, receive thy sight. Azid the Lt μέν LTTrAW. 2 εὐλαβὴς LTTrA, TIPAS EIS. XXIT. , > ~ ~ / ε , , διαλέκτῳ προσεφώνει αὐτοῖς, μᾶλλον παρέσχον ἡσυχίαν. Kat language he spoketo them, “the *more ‘they “kcpt quiet; and > ? ~ / é 3 φησιν, 8 Ἐνγὼ ἱμέν" εἰμι ἀνὴρ Ιουδαῖος, γεγεννήημενος ἐν he says, " indeed am aman ‘a Jew, born in ᾿ ? / A 3 i? ~ / , “ Ταρσῷ. τῆς Κιλικίας, ἀνατεθραμμένος.δὲ ἐν τῇ-πόλει ταύτῃ Tarsus of Cilicia, but brought up in this city , / : παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιηλ; πεπαιδευμένος «κατὰ αὖ the _ feet of Gamaliel, having been instructed according to [the] ~ , ‘ ς 4 ~ ~ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόµου, ἕηλωτῆης ὑπάρχων του θεοῦ, exactness ofthe ancestral Ίαν, 528 °zealous*one ‘being for God, , ο τ᾿ ’ A « ‘4 καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς tore σήμερον’ 4 ὃς ταυτην THY ὁδὸν even as all ye are this day ; who this , way ’ ” / ‘ ἐδίωξα ἄχρι θανάτου, δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς persecuted unto death, binding and delivering up to _ prisons ” ‘ ~ λε > 4 ~ ἄνδρας.τε καὶ γυναῖκας, 5 ὡς καὶ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς μαρτυρεῖ μοι, both men and women; as alsothe high priest bears: witness to me, ‘ ~ \ ? a 4.3 Δ / καὶ πᾶν τὸ πρεσβυτέριον' παρ᾽ ὧν καὶ ἐπιστολὰς δεξάμενος and all the elderhood ; from whom also letters having received A , ‘ πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφούς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν ἐπορευόμην, ἄξων καὶ τοὺς to the brethren, to Damascus I went, ‘to bring also those ~ ? ΄ / ἐκεῖσε ὄντας, δεδεμένους εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, twa τιμωρη- there who were, bound to Jerusalem, in order that they might θῶσιν. Ὁ ἐγένετοδέ μοι πορευομένῳ καὶ ἐγγίζοντι τῇ be punished. And it came to pass to me journeying and drawing near Δαμασκῷ περὶ μεσημβρίαν ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ περι- to Damascus, about mid-day suddenly outof the heaven / ~ ε " 1 a m” ls Π ? A £6 αστράψαι φῶς ἱκανὸν περὶ ἐμέ" 7 "ἐπεσόνϊ.τε εἰς τὸ ἔδαφος, shone alight ‘great about me. AndIfell to the ground, ow ~ ἡ, αἷς ΄, / / , καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, τί µε διώ- and heard κα voice saying to’me, Saul, - Saul, why me perse KELC 5 8 Ἐγὼ δὲ ἀπεκρίθην, Tic ef, κύριε; Εϊπέντε cutest thou ? AndI* amswered, Who artthou, Lord? And he said , n ΙΙ ? ’ > > ~ ε ~ a 4 , moog "με, Εγώ εἰμι Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος ὃν σὺ διώκεις. το me, I am Jesus the Nazarwan, whom thou persecutest, 9 Οἱ δὲ σὺν ἐμοὶ ὄντες τὸ μὲν φῶς ἐθεάσαντο, “καὶ ἔμ- But those *with “me ‘being the “indeed ‘light beheld, and a . «ll \ δὲ \ ? » on: _™ ~ , φοβοι ἐγένοντο" τὴν.δὲ φωνὴν οὐκ]κουδαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός larmed were, but the voiee did not hear ofhim speaking μοι. 10 εἶπον.δε, Τί ποιήσω κύριε; Ὁ δὲ κύριος εἶπεν to me, Απά 1 said, What shall I do, Lord? And the Lord said , > τ / - πρός µε, ᾿Αναστὰς πορεύου εἰς Δαμασκόν, κἀκεῖ σοι λα- to me, Having risen up go to Damascus, and there thee it ληθήσεται περὶ πάντων ὧν τέτακταί σοι ποιῆσαι. shallbe told concerning all things whichit has been appointed thee ᾖ{ο do. ε ‘ / 4 > ΄ ~ A / 11 Ὡς δὲ οὐκ.ἐνέβλεπον ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τοῦ φωτὸς ἐκείνου, And as I did not see from the glory of that light, , nA Ee : 3 5 χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασ- being led by thehand by those being with mine, ITcame to Damas~ ΄ ” κὀν. 12 ᾿Ανανίας δέ.τις, ἀνὴρ Ῥεὐσεβὴς" κατὰ τὸν γόμον, cus. And a certain Ananias,a*man. pious according to the law, , « ~ , μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων, borne witnessto by all the ?dwelling [there] ‘Jews, 3 ‘ , ‘ ? 13 ἐλθὼν πρός “μεὶ καὶ ἐπιστὰς εἶπέν μοι, Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ, coming to me and standing by sajd tome, *Saul ‘brothers πι ἔπεσά LTTrA, ἐπε “Ὁ ἐμέ LTTr, “ἐμὲ LTTr. 9 — Kai ἔμφοβοι ἐγένοντο LTTr[A]- ΧΧΧ. AGTS ἀνάβλεψον. Κἀγὼ αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἀνέβλεψα εἰς αὐτόν. 14 ὁ δὲ look up. AndI inthesame hour lookedup on _ him. And he εἶπεν, Ὁ θεὸς τῶν.πατέρων ἡμῶν προεχειρίσατό GE γνῶναι said, The God of our fathers appointed thee to know τὸ.θέληµα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἰδεῖν τὸν δίκαιον καὶ ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν his will, and tosee the Just One, and tohear ἃ voice ~ - / 3 / ? ~ ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος αὐτοῦ: 16 ὅτι ἔσῃ μάρτυς αὐτῷ out of his mouth ; for thou shalt be a witness for him πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὧν ἑώρακας καὶ ἤκουσας. 16 καὶ to all men of what thou Hast seen and heard. And νῦν τί μέλλεις ; ἀναστὰς ΄ βάπτισαι καὶ ἀπόλουσαι τὰς now why delayest thou? Having arisen be baptized and wash away , ἊΝ ~ / ? ἁμαρτίας.σου, ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα "τοῦ κυρίου." 17 E- thy sins, calling on the name ofthe Lord. 3Τ0 *came Φ , ‘ évera δὲ μοι ὑποστρέψαντι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, καὶ προσευ- ο ‘pass ‘andtome havingreturned to Jerusalem, and on ΄ρταγ- χοµένου µου ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, γενέσθαι.µε ἐν ἐκστάσει, 18 καὶ "ἰδεῖν" ing tiny in thetemple, I became in a trance, and saw ὅ ΄ ~ ‘ , 227 ε αὐτὸν λέγαντά μοι, Σπεῦσον καὶ ἔξελθε ἐν τάχει ἐξ ἹΊε- hina saying tome, Makehaste and goaway with speed outof Je- Ῥουσαλήμ, διότι οὐ.παραδέξονταίἰ σοῦ «ἴτὴν' μαρτυρίαν rusalem, because they will not receive thy testimony \ ? ~ 2 \ , > Δ ? / ϱ περὶ ἐμοῦ. 19 Κἀγὼ εἶπον; Κύριε, αὐτοὶ ἐπίστανται, concerning me, AndI said, - Lord, themselves know ὅτι ἐγὼ ἤμην φυλακίζων καὶ δέρων κατὰ τὰς συναγωγὰς τοὺς that I was imprisoning and beating in every synagogue those πιστεύοντας ἐπὶ σέ" 90 καὶ ὅτε Τἐξεχεῖτο" τὸ αἷμα Στεφάνου believing on thee; and when was poured out the blood of Stephen τοῦ µάρτυρός.σου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἤμην ἐφεστὼς καὶ συνευδοκῶν thy witness, ‘also myself* was standing by and consenting "τῷ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ," καὶ φυλάσσων τὰ ἱμάτια τῶν te the putting todeath ofhim, and keeping the garments of those who ἀναιρούντων αὐτόν. 21 Καὶ εἶπεν πρός µε, Πορεύου, ὅτι ἐγὼ killed him. And hesaid to me, Go, for 1 εἰς ἔθνη μακρὰν ἐξαποστελῶ σε. 22 Ἠκουον δὲ αὐτοῦ ἄχρι to nations afar off will send forth thee, Andthey heard him until τούτου, τοῦ λόγου, καὶ ἐπῆραν τὴν.φωνὴν.αὐτῶν λέγοντες, this word, and lifted παρ: their voice, saying, Αἷρε ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς τὸν.τοιοῦτον' οὐ γὰρ "καθῆκον" αὐτὸν AWay with *from *the ‘earth ‘such 2a 3019, for *not 10 215 fit he ζην. 23 Κραυγαζόντων δὲ αὐτῶν, καὶ ῥιπτούντων should live. And as *were °crying*out ‘they, and _ casting off [their] τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα, 34 ἐκέλευσεν garments, and 2dust throwing intothe air, *commanded ZavTov ὁ λί Ίγεσθαι! εἰ Ὶ Ni. ΣΌΣ ΕἾ χιλίαρχος ἄγεσθαι" εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν, “εἰπὼν Shim ‘the *chief*captain to be brought into the fortress, ᾿ bidding μάστιξιν ἀνετάζεσθαι αὐτόν, ἵνα ἐπιγνῷ Ov ἣν αἰτίαν ®by ®scourges *to*be*examined thim, that he might know for what cause οὕτως ἐπεφώνουν αὐτῷ. 25 ὡς δὲ ὑπροέτεινενὶ αὐτὸν thus they cried out against him, But as he stretched forward him τοῖς ἱμᾶσιν εἶπεν πρὸς τὸν . ἑστῶτα ἑκατόνταρχον “ὁ with the thongs said Sto "πο who ‘stood *by *centurion 383 same hour I looked up upon him, 14 And he said, The God of our fathers hath chosen thee, that thou should- est know his will, and see that Just One, and shouldest hear the voice of his mouth. 15 For thou shalt be his wit- ness unto all men of what thou hast seen and heard. 16 And now why tarriest thou? arise, and be haptized, and wash away thy sins, calling on the mame of the Lord. 17 Andit came to pass, that, whenI was come again to Jerusalem, even while I prayed in the temple, I wasina trance; 18 and saw him saying unto me, Make haste, and get thee quickly out of Jerusalem : for they will not receive thy testimony concerning me. 19 And I said, Lord, they know that Iimprisoned and beat in every synagogue them that believed on thee: 20 and when the blood of thy mar- tyr Stephen was shed, I also was standing by, and consenting unto his death, and kept the raiment of them that slew him. 21 Andhesaiduntome, Depart: for I will send thee far hence unto the Gentiles. 22 And they gave him audi- ence unto this word, and then lifted up their voices, and said, Away with such a Jellow from the earth : for it is not fit that he should live. 23 And as they cried eut, and cast off their clothes, and threw dust into the air, 24 the chief cap- tain commanded him to be brought into the castle, apd bade that he should be examined by scourging ; that he might know wherefora they cried so against him. 25 And as they bound him with thongs, Paul said un- to the centurion that τ αὐτοῦ (read his name) GLITrAW. Ὁ — τῇ ἀναιρέσει αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. ᾿εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν GLTTrAW, GLTTYAW. © [ὁ Παῦλος] a 8 ἴδοι’ T. t — την Lrtr[a]. ἔκαθηκεν GLTTrAw. ὃ evas LITrAW. Υ τε LTrAW. ὃ προέτειναν they stretched torward ἐξεχύννετο LTTrA., - 2 ὃ χιλίαρχος 984 stood by, Is it lawful for you to scourge a man that is a Roman, and uncondenimed ? 26 When the centurion heard that, he went and told the chief cap- tain, saying, Take heed what thou doest: for this man is a Ro- man, 27 Then the chief captain came, andsaid unto him, Tell me, art thou a Roman? He said, Yea, 28 Aud the chief captain qnswer- ed, With a great sum obtained I this free- dom. And Paul said, But I was 776 born. 29 Then straightway they departed from him which = shouid have examined him: and the chief captain also was afraid, after he knew that he was a Roman, and because he had bound him. 30 On the morrow, be- cause he would have kuown the certainty wherefore he was ac- cused of the Jews, he loosed him from his bands, and command- ed the chief priests and all their council to appear, and brought Paui down, and set him before them. XXITI. And Paul, earnestly beholding the council, said, Men and brethren, I have lived in all good con- science before God un- til this day. 2 And the high priest Ananias commanded them that stood by him to smite him on the mouth. 3 Then said Paul unto him, God shall smite thee, thou whited wall: for sittest thou ‘to judge me after the law, and commandest me tohe smitten contrary to the law? 4 And they that stood by said, Revilest thou God’s high priest 2 5 Then said Paul, I wist not, brethren,that he was the high priest: for it is written, Thou shalt not speak evil of the ruler of thy Ῥοο- ple. 6 But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees, —_—-- 4 ἑκατοντάρχης LT. GLTTraw. δεσμῶν GLTTrAW. ο — αὐτῶν (ead the sanhediim) G@LTTraw. + ὅτι TT [A} Ἀ δὲ LTTr; — τε A. fiPAZ EIS. XXII, XXII, Tlatdoc," Ei ἄνθρωπον Ῥωμαῖον καὶ ἀκατάκριτον ἔξεστιν ‘Paul, A man a Roman and wuncondemned is it lawful ὑμῖν µαστίζειν: 26 ᾽Ακούσας. δὲ ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος," προσ- for you toscourge? And *having *heard [510] *the “centurion, having . ‘ > / ~ / Π / {- | , , ελθὼν «ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ χιλιάρχῳ λέγων», “Ooa" τί μέλ- gone he reported [it] to the chief captain saying, See what — art ‘ ” Σ τῷ « ~ ev λεις ποιεῖν; ῥὁ.γὰρ.ἄνθρωπος.οὗτος Ῥωμαῖος ἐστιν. thou about todo? For this man a Roman is. ” / Ὦ ~ , 27 Προσελθὼν.δὲ ὁ χιλίαρχος εἶπεν αὐτῷ, Λέγε pot, εἰ! σὺ And having come up the chief captain said tohim, Tell me, “thou c [ἂψ ΄ ? / « ΄ Ῥωμαῖος εἶ; ‘0.08 ἔφη, Ναί. 28 ᾿Απεκρίθη."τε" ὁ χιλίαρχος, 3a4*Roman ‘art? Andhe said, Yes. And “answered ‘the “chief *captain, Ἐγὼ πολλοῦ κεφαλαίου τὴν.πολιτείαν.ταύτην ἐκτησάμην. 1 with a great sum this citizenship τ bought. « \ ~ » ? ‘ δὲ ‘ ’ 29 Ei θέ - Ο.δὲ Παῦλος ἔφη, Eyw.dé καὶ γεγεννημᾶαι. ὑθέως οὖν And Paul said, ButI also was([free}born. Immediately therefore ἀπέστησαν ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ot μέλλοντες αὐτὸν ἀνεταζειν' καὶ departed from him those beingabout “him ‘to *examine, and c / ΦΉΣ ΄ ’ ‘ « « -͵7ὔ ᾽ ὁ χιλίαρχος δὲ ἐφοβήθη, ἐπιγνοὺς Ότι “Pwpatog ἐστιν, the chief captain also was afraid, having ascertained that aRoman heis, καὶ ὅτι ἰῃν.αὐτὸν!" δεδεκώς. 80 Τῇ. δὲ ἐπαύριον BovdcuEvog and because he had bound him, And onthe morrow, desiring γνῶναι τὸ ἀσφαλὲς τὸ.τί κατηγορεῖται παρὰ" τῶν lovcaiwy, {ο know the certainty wherefore he is accused by the Jews, ἔλυσεν αὐτὸν lard τῶν δεσμῶν," καὶ ἐκέλευσεν ™:Oeiv" τους heloosed him from _ the bonds, and commanded tocome the ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ "ὅλον" τὸ συνέδριον. αὐτῶν" ' καὶ καταγαγὼν chief priests and ?whole *their sanhedrim, and having brought down τὸν Παῦλον ἔστησεν εἰς αὐτούς. Paul heset [him] among them. 93 ᾿Ατενίσας δὲ PO Παῦλος τῷ -And “having “looked *intently: Paul on the sanhedrim said, 4 a > ἃ ‘ ΄ , ? ~ , Άνδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ πάσῃ συνειδήσει ἀγαθῇ πεπολίτευμαι Men brethren, I inall ‘conscience ‘good have conducted myself ~ ~ ” , ~ ε ; t \ τῷ θεῷ ἄχρι ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας. 2 Ὁ.δὲ ἀρχιερεὺς ᾿Ανα- towards God unto this day. But the high priest Ana viac ἐπέταξεν τοῖς παρεστῶσιν αὐτῷ τύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα nias ordered those standing by him tosmite his mouth, 3 τότε ὁ Παῦλος πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν, Τύπτειν σε μέλλει ὁ συνεδρίῳ! εἶπεν, Then Paul to him said, Τὸ *smite Sthee 7is *about θεός, τοῖχε κεκονιαμένε' καὶ σὺ κάθῃ κρίνων µε κατὰ 1God, ®wall Twhited. And thou dost thou sit judging me according to τὸν νόμον, καὶ παρανομῶν κελεύεις µε τύπτεσθαι; 4 Οἱ δὲ the law, and contrary to law commandest me to be smitten 2 And those who παρεστῶτες “εἶπον, Tov ἀρχιερέα τοῦ θεοῦ λοιδορεῖς ; stood by said, *The ‘high °priest 7of God Jrailest *thou Sat? Ν « ~ Yn , ᾿ ‘ ᾿ ὅ Ἔφη.τε ὁ Παῦλος, Οὐκῴδειν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀρχ- And “said *Paul, I was not conscious, brethren, that heis a high , = 4 ’ ” - ~ ἱερεύς" γέγραπται.γάρ, "΄Αρχοντα τοῦ λαοῦ.σου οὐκ έ- priest ; for it has been written, A ruler of thy people “not ‘thou *shait ρες κακῶς. ϐ Γνοὺςδὲ ὁ Παῦλος ὅτι τὸ ἕν µέρος ἐστὶν speak "οξ ‘evil. But “having *known *Paul thatthe one part consists ε τῷ χιλιάρχῳ ἀπήγγειλεν GLTTrA. f —°Opa GLTTraw. ης. πως > eas sim a 1 αὐτὸν ἣν LTTrAW. κ ὑπὸ LYTrAW. 1 — ἀπὸ τῶν ™ συνελθεῖν to come together GLTTraw. η παν all GLTTrAW. P τῷ συνεδρίῳ ὁ Παῦλος LTTr. 4 εἶπαν ΤΊτ. XXITI. ACTS. Σαδδουκαίων τὺ δὲ ἕτερον Φαρισαίων "ἔκραξεν" ἐν τῷ συν- of Sadducees andthe other of Pharisees cried out in the sanhe- eet 3” ἃ « > Ν , ? ‘ -- ἢ ? εν { ΄ ell εὐρίῳ, Ανδρες ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ Φαρισαϊός εἰμι, υἱὸς ἱΦαρισαίου drim, Men” brethren,” & aPharisee am, son ofa Pharisee: περὶ ἐλπίδος Kai ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν ἐγὼ κρίνομαι. concerning ahope- and resurrection of([the]dead I am judged. 7 Τοῦτο.δὲ αὐτοῦ Ἱλαλήσαντοςὶ ἐγένετο στάσις τῶν Φαρι- And this he having spoken _ there was a dissension of the Phari- σαίων καὶ τῶν" Σαδδουκαίων, καὶ ἐσχίσθη * τὸ πλῆθος" secs and the Sadducees, and wasdivided the multitude. ὃ Σαδδουκαῖοι μὲν" γὰρ λέγουσιν μὴ. εἶναι ἀνάστασιν ᾿μηδὲ" *Sadducees indeed ‘for say there isno resurrection nor ἄγγελον μήτε πνεῦμα: Φαρισαῖοι.δὲ ὁμολογοῦσιν τὰ ἀμφότερα. angel nor spirit ; but Pharisees confess both, 9 ἐγένετο.δὲ κραυγὴ µεγάλη" καὶ ἀναστάντες *ot" Όγραμ- And there was a*clamour ‘great, and hayingrisenup the scribes ματεῖς τοῦ μέρους" τῶν Φαρισαίων διεμάχοντο λέγοντες, ofthe part ofthe Pharisees they were contending, saying, Οὐδὲν κακὸν εὑρίσκομεν ἐν τῷ.ἀνθρώπῳφ.τούτῳ' εἰ. δὲ πνεῦμα Nothing evil we find in this man ; andif a spirit ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ ἢ ἄγγελος“, μὴ .θεομαχῶμεν.ὶ 10 Πολλῆς δὲ spoke tohim or anangel, Ἰοῦ us not fight against God. And a great ἁγενομένης στάσεως, εὐλαβηθεὶς" ὁ χιλίαρχος μὴ δια- arising ‘dissension, °fearing “the *chicf *captain lest ?should *be σπασθῇ ὁ Παῦλος ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἐκέλευσεν τὸ στράτευμα *torn 31η ®pieces *Paul by them, commanded the troop καταβὰν ἁρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἐκ μέσου αὐτῶν, ἄγειν.τε having gone down totake by force him from *midst ‘their, and to bring εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν. 11 Τῇ.δὲ ἐπιούσῃ νυκτὶ ἐπιστὰς Thimjinto the fortress, But the following night *standiug *by κύριος εἶπεν, Θάρσει “Παῦλε"" ὡς γὰρ διε- Shim ‘the *Lord said, Be of good courage, Paul; foras thou didst µαρτύρω τὰ περὶ ἐμοῦ εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, οὕτως σε.δεῖ fuily testify the thirgs concerning me at Jerusalem, so thou must καὶ εἰς Ῥώμην μαρτυρῆσαι. 12 Γενομένης δὲ ἡμέρας, ποιή- also at Rone bear witness. » And it being day, Shaving σαντές ἴτινε τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων συστροφὴν" ἀνεθεμάτισαν διηαᾶθ *some 308 “the *Jews a combination put *under *a *curse ἑαυτούς, λέγοντες μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε πιεῖν ἕως οὗ ἀποκτεί- *themselves, declaring neither toeat ΠΟΙ todrink till they should vwow τὸν Παὔλον᾽ 19 ἦσαν.δὲ πλείους ἔτεσσαράκονταὶ οἱ kill Paul. And they were more than forty who ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν Ἀπεποιηκότες"Ἱ 14 οἵτινες προσελ- this conspiracy had made ; who having θόντες τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις εῖπον,' “Ava- come tothe chicf priests and the elders said, Witha θέματι ἀγεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτούς, "μηδενὸς! γεύσασθαι ἕως.οῦ curse we have cursed ourselves, nothing to taste until ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον. lo νῦν οὖν ὑμεῖς ἐμφανίσατε we should kill Paul. Now therefore ye make arepresentation c αὐτῷ ὁ 385 and the other Phari- sees, he cricd out in the council, Men and brethren, Iam a Pha- risce, the son of a Pha- risee : of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question. 7 And when he had so said, there arose a dissension be- tween the Pharisees and the Sadducees : and the multitude was divided. 8 For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrcec- tion, neither angel, nor spirit: but the Pharisees confess both. 9 And there arose a great cry: and the scribes that were of the Pharisces’ part a- rose, and strove, say- ing, We find no evil in this man: but if a spirit or an angelhath spoken to him, let us not fight against God. 10 And when there a- rose ἃ great dissen- sion, the chief cap- tain, fearing lest Paul should have been pull- ed in pieces of them, commanded the sol- diers tou go down,and to take him by force from among them, and to bring him into the eastle. 11 And _ the night following the Lord stood by him, and said, Be of good cheer. Paul: for as thou hast testified of me in Jerusalem, 50 must thou bear wit- ness also at Roine, 12 And when it was day, certain of the Jews banded together, and bound themscives under a curse, saying ἐμεῦ they would nei- ther eat nor drink till they had killed Paul. 13 And they were more than forty which had made this conspiracy. 14 And they came to the chicf priests and elders, and said, We have bouvd ourselves under a great curse, that we will eat no- thing until we have slain Paul.; 15 Now therefore ye with the 5 ἔκραζεν TTrA. t Φαρισαίων of Pharisees LTTraw. LTTraw. x + μὲν indeed L. Υ — μὲν L[ τν]. 2 μήτε LTTrAW. Ὁ τῶν γραμματέων τοῦ μέρους TTTA ; — Ύραμ. τοῦ μέρους L. ο --- the sentence mconiplete) GLYTrAW. Ἵ στάσεως φυβηθεὶς ΤΤΤΑ. ξ τεσσερακοντα Tra. e — Παῦλε GLITraAWw. Β ποιησάμενοι LITrAW, ᾖ εἶπαν LiTra, 5 εἰπόντος LTrW. »"-- τῶν ἃ τινὲς SOME LTTrA, μὴ θεομαχῶμεν (εαν ἆ στάσεως γινομένης φοβηθεὶς τ, ; γενομένης (γιν- 1) f συστροφὴν οἱ Ιουδαίοι GLY AW. Χι μηθενὸς A. cc 986 council signify to the chief captain that he bring him down unto you to morrow, as though ye would in- quire something more rfectly concerning im : and we, or evcr he come near, are ready to kill him. 16 And when Paul’s sister’s son heard of their ly-' ing in wait, he went and entered into the castle, and told Paul. 17 Then Paul called one of the centurions unto him, and said, Bring this young man unto the chief cap- tain: for he hath a certain thing to tell him. 18 So he_took him, and brought Aim to the chief captain, and said, Paul the prisoner called me un- to him, and prayed me το bring this young m:n unto thee, who h: th something to say unio thee. 19 Then the chief captain took him by the hand, and went with him aside Eeerely, and asked him, What is that thou hast to tell me? 20 And he said, The Jews have agreed to desire thee that thou wouldest bring down Paul to morrow into the couucil, as though they would inquire somewhat of him more perfectly. 21 But do not thou yield unto them: for there lie in wait for him of them more than forty men, which have bound themselves with an oath, that they will neither eat nor drink till they have killed him: and now are they ready, looking for a promise from thee. 22 So the chief captain then let the young man de- art, and charged him, ee thou tell no man that thou hast shewed these things to me, 23 And he called unto him two centurions, saying, Make ready two hunvred soldiers to go to Cxsarea, and NPAZET &. XXII. ~ , . ~ , a Ls Π ὧν μεν τῷ χιλιάρχῳ σὺν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, Όπως ᾿αὐριον" “MabTor to the chicf captain with the sanhedrim, sothat to-morrow him ‘ cl“ ε , ν ΄ 5 ᾽ καταγάγῃ πρὸς" ὑμᾶς, ὡς μέλλοντας διαγινώσκειν ακρι- he may bring down’ to you, as_ being about to examine more ‘ ΓΝ ε - [ή A ~ 3 , βέστερον τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ" ἡμεῖς-δε, πρὸ τοῦ ἐγγίσαι and we, before ?drawing *near accurately the things concerning him, ? ‘ .«“ ας. ~ > ~ ? [ή 1 6 "A / OF αὐτὸν ἕτοιμοί ἐσμὲν τοῦ ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν. κοὺσας:ὸ this Sready *are to put to death him. But having "heard 1908 ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀδελφῆς Παύλου "πὸ ἔνεδρον," παραγενόμενος Ithe *son %of*the sister Sof 7Paul the lying in wait, having come near ‘ > η η ι ᾽ ΄ are , καὶ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἀπήγγειλεν τῷ Παύλῳ. and entered into the fortress he reported [it] to Paul. ΄ " ε - .“ ~ ee ΄ > 17 προσκαλεσάμενος.δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἕνα τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων, And “having %called +to [Shim] 1Paul ove of the centurions, ” ‘ ͵ ~ ? / | a ‘ / ” ” έφη, Τὸν.νεανίαν.τοῦτον °amayayé' πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον ἔχει said, 2This “young *man Itake to πο chicf captain, “he *has po ? ~ ~ « ι ᾿ ‘ γάρ Ότι ἀπαγγεῖλαι! αὐτῷ. 18 Ὁ μὲν οὖν παραλαβὼν ‘for something ἴο report to him. He indeed therefore having taken ᾽ 5 » A A / / « / ἐ αὐτὸν ἤγαγεν πρὸς τὸν χιλίαρχον, καί φησιν, Ὃ δέσμιος him brought [him] to the chief captain, and says, The prisoner Παῦλος προσκαλεσάμενός µε ἠρώτησεν τοῦτον τὸν Paul having called 7to [Shim] *me asked [πας] this ἀγεανίαν' ἀγαγεῖν πρός σε, ἔχοντα τι λαλῆσαί σοι. young man to lead to thee, having something tosay ἴο thee. , AL ~ A ? -“ wae 4 19 ᾿Ἐπιλαβόμενος δὲ τῆς χειρὸς.αὐτοῦ ὁ χιλίαρχος, καὶ And *having ‘taken ‘hold 70 *his "hand "the “chief:“captain, and , > 29/ , , εἴ ” ἀναχωρήσας κατ᾽ ἰδίαν ἐπυνθάνετο, Ti ἐστιν ὃ ἔχεις having withdrawn apart inquired, What isit which thou hast ἀπαγγεῖλαί por; 20 Ἐϊἶπεν δὲ, Ὅτι οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι συνέθεντο to report to me? And he said, The Jews agreed τοῦ ἐρωτῆσαί σε, ὕπως αὔριον Tic τὸ συνέδριον κατα- torequest thee, that to-morrow into the sanhedrim thou mayest yayne τὸν Παἴλον, we pédNovtic' τι ἀκριβέστερον bring down Paul, as being about *something *more *accurately πυνθάνεσθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ. 91 σὺ οὖν µμὴ.πεισθβο αὐτοῖς" *to7inquire concerning him, Thou therefore be not persuaded by them, ἐνεδρεύουσιν.γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἄνδρες πλείους STEcoapa- for lie in wait for him , of them *men ‘more *than 3forty KovTa,' οἵτινες ἀνεθεμάτισαν ἑαυτοὺς μήτε φαγεῖν μήτε who put “under “a *curse ‘themselves neither to eat nor πιεῖν ἕως. οὗ ἀνέλωσιν αὐτόν" καὶ νῦν 'ἕτοιμοί εἰσιν", to drink till they put to death him; and now ready ᾽ they are προσδεχόμενοι τὴν ἀπὸ σοῦ ἐπαγγελίαν. 22 Ὁ μὲν οὖν waiting the *from *thee ‘promise. The ‘therefore χιλίαρχος ἀπέλυσεν τὸν Iveaviay," παραγγείλας μηδενὶ ‘chief “captain dismissed the young man, having charged [him] to no one ἐκλαλῆσαι ὅτι ταῦτα ἐνεφάνισας πρός "με. 28. Καὶ to utter that these things thou didst represent to me. - And προσκαλεσάμενος "δύο τινὰς" τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων εἶπεν, having called to {him].?two ‘certain ‘of the centurions he said, ε ’ , ΄ e ah, eat Ἐτοιμάσατε στρατιώτας διακοσίους ὕπως πορευθῶσιν ἕως Prepare soldiers twohundred, that they maygo as far as 1 — αὔριον GLTTrAW. ο ἄπαγε TTr. Υ ἐμέ Tir, : P ἀπαγγεῖλαί τι LTrAW. εις TO συνέδριον ὡς μέλλων LTTrAW, ἡ τινας Ovo TTr, 2 την ἐνέδραν EGLTTrA. τ τὸν Παῦλον καταγάγης Σεισιν ἕτοιμοι LITAW +> «ον ™ καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς LTTTAW. 4 νεανίσκον LTTrA, δ τεσσεράκοντα ΤΊΧΑ, XXIII. ACTS. τ Καισαρείας," καὶ ἱππεῖς ἑβδομήκοντα, καὶ δεξιολάβους δια- Ceesarea, and horsemen seventy, and spearmen two , ͵΄ -“ ~ ρ/ , ω κοσίους, ἀπὸ τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός" 24 κτήνη.τε παραστῆ- hundred, for thethird hour of the night. « And *beasts ‘to “have *pro- σαι, ἵνα ἐπιβιβάσαντες τὸν Παῦλον διασώσωσιν vided, that having set 7on *Paul they may carry [him] safe through ‘ - Hi. \ ε , ΄ > ‘ πρὸς Φήλικα τὸν ἡγεμόνα" 325 γράψας ἐπιστολὴν ὅπερι- {ο Felix the governor, having written: a letter hav- { ll ‘ ’ ~ " / « / ~ ΄ ἔχουσαν τὸν. τύπον. τοῦτον᾽ 26 Κλαύδιος Αὐσίας τῷ κρατίστῳ ing this form : Claudius lLysias tothe most excellent ἡγεμόν: Φήλικι χαίρειν. 27 Τὸν.ἄνδρα.τοῦτον "συλληφθεντα' governor, :Felix, gréeting. This man, having been seized ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, καὶ μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν, by the Jews, and being about to be put to death by them, ἐπιστὰς σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι 3ἐξειλόμην" Ῥαὐτόν,! μαθὼν having come up with the troop I rescued him, having learnt « « -” ᾽ , ο -" ~ i ‘ > , ὅτι Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν. 28 βουλόμενος. δὲ γνῶναι" τὴν αἰτίαν that a Roman .[κδὰ8 ἰδ, And desiring toknow the ckarge δι᾽ ἣν ἐνεκάλουν αὐτῷ κατήγαγον αὐτὸν! εἰς τὸ on account of which they accused him 1 broughtdown him to συνέδριον αὐτῶν" 29 ὃν εὗρον ἐγκαλούμενον περὶ ἕζητη- their sanhedrim : whom Ifound tobeaccused concerning ques- μάτων τοῦ.νόμου.αὐτῶν, μηδὲν δὲ ἄξιον θανάτου ἢ δεσμῶν tions of their law, but πο ‘worthy ‘of “death Τους. *%of *bonds εἔγκλημα ἔχοντα." 30 µηνυθείσης.δέ μοι ἐπιβουλῆς εἰς Saccusation ‘having. Andit having beenintimated tome ofaplot against τὸν ἄνδρα {μέλλεινὶ ἔσεσθαι ἐἑὑπὸ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαιων " the man about tobe [carried out] by the ’ Jews λεξαυτῆς!ἳ ἔπεμψα πρός σε, παραγγείλας καὶ τοῖς κα- at once Isent [him] to thee,» having charged also the ac- τηγόροις λέγειν ra" Ἀπρὸς αὐτὸν! ἐπὶ σοῦ. Ἰ' Εῤῥωσο.! cusers tosay thethings against him before thee. Farewell. 91 Οἱ μὲν οὖν͵ στρατιῶται, κατὰ τὸ διατεταγμένον The *therefore soldiers, according to the orders given αὐτοῖς, ἀναλαβόντες τὸν Παῦλον ἤγαγον διὰ "τῆς! νυκτὸς tothem, having taken Paul brought (him] by night εἰς τὴν ᾿Αντιπατρίδα. 32 τῇ. δὲ ἐπαύριον ἐάσαντες τοὺς to Antipatris, and on the morrow having left the ἱππεῖς "πορεύεσθαι" σὺν αὐτῷ, ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς τὴν παρεµ- horsemen to go with him, theyreturned to the for- βολήν' 33 οἵτινες εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν “Καισάρειαν," καὶ tress. Who having entered into Czesarea, and ἀναδόντες τὴν ἐπιστολὴν τῷ ἡγεμόνι, παρέστησαν καὶ τὸν given up the letter tothe governor, presented also Παῦλον αὐτῷ.. 34 ἀναγνοὺς δὲ Ρὸ ἡγεμών," καὶ ἔπερω- Paul to him, And *having *read [510] ‘the “governor, and having τήσας EK ποίας Ἰἐπαρχίαςὶ ἐστίν, καὶ πυθόμενος ὅτι ἀπὸ asked of what province heis, and havinglearnt that from Κιλικίας, 986 Διακούσομαί cov, ἔφη, ὅταν καὶ οἱ κατήγοροί Cilicia (he is], I will “hear ‘fully thee, he said, when also *accuscrs * Καισαρίας T. ἃ ἐξειλάμην LITrAW. τὸν (cad [hina]) 1{ττ]. τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων LITA. fer thes: (to speak) LT. away Lira, Υ ἔχουσαν LITr; [περι]έχουσαν A. Ὁ — αὐτόν LTTr[A]W. © ἔχοντα ἔγκλημα LITrAW. h ἐξ αὐτῶν by them αὐ τ; ἐξ αὐτῆς A. 1 —"Eppwoo LTTrA. m — τῆς LTTrAW. ο Καισαρίαν 1. Ρ---- ὃ ἡγεμών GLTTrAW 987 horsemen threescore and ten, and spearmen two hundred, at the third hour of the night ; 24and provide them beasts, that they may set Paul on, and bring him safe unto Felix the governor. 25 And he wrote a let- ter after this manner: 26 Claudius Lysias un- to the most excellent governor Felix send- eth greeting. 27 This man was taken of the Jews, and should have been killed of them: then came I with an army,and rescued him, having understood that he was a Roman. 28 And when I would have known tke cause wherefore they ac- cused him, I brought him forth into their council: 29 whom I percvived to be accused of questions of their law, but to have no- thing laid to his charge worthy of death or of bonds. 30 And when it was told me how that the Jews laid wait for the man, 1 sent straightway to thee, and gave com- mandment to his ac- cusers also to say be- fore thee what they had against him. Farewell. 31 Then the soldiers, as it wascom- manded them, took Paul, and brought him by night to Anti- patris. 32 On the mor- row they left the horsemen to go with him, and returned to the castle: 33 who, when they came td Cesarea, and delivered the epistle to the go- vernor, presented Paul also before him. 34And when the governor had read the letter.he asked of what pro- vince he was. And when he understood that he was of Cilicia; 35 I will hear thee, said he, when thine ac. 2 συλλημφθέντα LITrA. οτε (δὲ W) ἐπιγνῶναι LTTrAW. f — μέλλειν LTTrA. d — av- ὃ --πἀᾧἰπὸ 1 — 7q LTTr. Κ αὐτοὺς Ὁ ἀπέρχεσθαι tu zo 4 ἐπαρχείας 1. 988 eusers are also come. And he commanded him to be kept in He- rod’s judgment hall, XXIV. And after five days Ananias the high priest descended with the elders, and with a certain orator named Tertullus, who informed the gover- nor against Paul. 2And when he was called forth, Tertullus began to accuse him, saying, Seeing that by thee we enjoy great quietness, and that very worthy deeds are done unto this nation by thy providence, 3 we accept it always, and in all places, most noble Felix, with all thankfulness, 4 Not- withstanding, that I be not further tedious unto thee, I pray thee that thou wouldest hear us of thy cle- mency a few words, 5 For we have found this man a pestilent fellow, and a mover of acdition among all the Jews’ throughout the world, and a ring- leader of the sect of the Nazarenes : 6 who also hath gone about to profane the temple: whom we took, and would have judged according to our law. 7 But the chief cap- tain Lvsias came upon us, and with great vio- lence took him away out of our hands, 8 commanding his ac- cusers to come unto. thee: by examining of whoin thyself may- est tuke knowledge of all the-e things, where- of we accuse him. 9 And the Jews also assented, saying that these things were so. 10 Then Paul, after that the governor had beckoned unto him to speak, answered, For- astmuch as I know that thou hast been of many years a judge unto this nation, I do the more cheerfully answer for myself: 1] because that thou mayest understand, that there are yet but twelve days since I ΠΡΑΞΕΙ͂Σ. ΧΧΊΗ, XXIV. Ἐκέλευσέν τε αὐτὸν" ἐν τῷ πραιτωρίῳ σου παραγένωνται". And he commanded him in the pratorium 4thine may have arrived. τοῦ Ἡρώδου φυλάσσεσθαι. of Herod to be kept. 4 A « ε - > ΄ 94 Μετὰ δὲ πέντε ἡμέρας κατέβη ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ᾿Ανανίας And after five days came down the high priest Ananias ~ ’ πώ Ὁ ul μετὰ ‘rev πρεσβυτέρων" καὶ ῥήτορος Τερτύλλου τινός, οἵτινες with the elders and anorator “Tertullus ‘a certain, who ’ , ~ ε , 4 ~ , , ἐνεφάνισαν τῷ ἡγεμόνι κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου. 2 κληθεν- made arepresentation tothe governor against Paul. *Having *been mA > ~ » ~ « , τος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἤρξατο κατηγορεῖν ὁ Τέρτυλλος λέγων, 5οαἱ]εᾶ *and “he 7began | ®to “accuse °Tertullus, saying, 3 Πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες διὰ σοῦ. καὶ "κατορθωμάτων!" *Great Speace lobtaining through thee, and excellent measures γινομένων τῷ.ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆςσῆς.προγοίας, πάντφ.τε being done for this nation through thy forethought, bothinevery way καὶ πανταχοῦ ἀποδεχόμεθα, κράτιστε Φὴλιξ, μετὰ πάρης and everywhere we gladly accept [it], most excellent Felix, with all εὐχαριστίας. 4 tva.dé μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν σε σἐγκόπτωϊ thankfulness. But that "ποὺ Το “longer *thee *I *may *be ὅδ Shindrance παρακαλῶ ἀκοῦσαί σε ἡμῶν συντόμως τῇ.σῇ-ἐπιεικείᾳ.. ὅ εὑ- Ibeseech *to*hear 'thee us briefly in thy clemency. *Having ρόντες γὰρ τὸν. ἄν ὃρα.τοῦτον λοιμόν, καὶ κινοῦντα ΄Ὑστάσιν" “found for this man apest, and moving insurrection πᾶσιν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην, πρωτοστάτην among 411 the Jews in the habitable world, 7a “leader τε τῆς τῶν Ναζωραίων αἱρέσεως" 6 ὃς καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν tand of the 70f *the *Nazarzans sect ; who also the temple καὶ ἐκρατήσαμεν Yeai Kara we seized, and according to ἐπείρασεν βεβηλῶσαι, ὃν attempted to profane, whom also τὸν ἡμέτερον νύμον ἠθελήσαμεν *Kpivey.' 7 παρελθὼν δὲ our law wished to judge; but *having come 7up Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος μετὰ πολλῆς βίας ἐκ τῶν.χειρῶν ἡμῶν 1Lysias "the %chief*captain with great ‘force out of our hands ἀπήγαγεν, 8 κελεύσας τοὺς. κατηγύρους. αὐτοῦ ἔρχεσθαι took away [him], having communded his accusers to come ees χε ? τ ΄ . ? ΄ ‘ Δεπὶ σε’' tap od δυνήσῃ αὐτὸς ἀνακρίνας περὶ to thee, from whom thou wilt be able thyself, having examined concerning πάντων τούτων ἐπιγνῶναι ὧν ἡμεῖς κατηγοροῦμεν 411 these things δίο 7know ‘of*whicth “we *accuse > ~ ’ \ ε - - αὐτοῦ. 9 ὑΣυνέθεντο" δὲ καὶ οἱ ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, φάσκοντες ταῦτα Shim. And*agreed “also'the -*Jews, declaring these things e ” ᾽ ‘ Ν « - ΧΕ οὕτως ἔχειν. 10 ᾿Απεκρίθη. “δὲ! ὁ Παῦλος, νεύσαντος β3δὩπ8 ‘to be. But ?answered Paul, “having “made 7a ®sign αὐτῷ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος λέγειν, Ἐκ. πολλῶν ἐτῶν ὄντα σε *to*°him “the *governor tospeak, ‘For |!*many ‘years 3as*being ποθ κριτὴν τῷ.ἔθνει. τούτῳ ἐπιστάμενος, Ἱεὐθυμότερον! τὰ παρθ Ότο 15 πβίίου ‘knowing, more cheerfully [as to] the things ‘ de ~ ? ~ / ‘ ~ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἀπολογοῦμαι. 11 δυναμένοὺ σου γνῶναι" concerning myself I make defence. “Being “able ?thou to know πλείους εἰσίν μοι ἡμέραι [ὴ" ἀδεκαδύο! ἀφ᾽ ἧς ᾷ { ὅτι. οὐ that “not *more ‘than ‘there 7are δἴο 3πωθ 7days ®twelve since τ κελεύσας having commanded ittra. certain elders LTTrA. insurrections LTT: w. Ὁ συγεπέθεντα joined in attack GLTMAW. 6 ἐπιγνῶναι LTTra. : 5. + αὐτόν him ΠΤΎΤΑ. t πρεσβυτέρων τινῶν " διορθωμάτων reforms LTTrA, Ἢ ἐνκόπτω T. αχ στάσεις Υ - καὶ κατὰ..... ἐπὶ σέ (verse 8) LTTr[A]. Σ κρῖναι A. Ἀ πρὸς. A. οτε und LTTra, 4 εὐθύμως cheerfully LrtTra, f— 7 GLITraw. ὃ δώδεκα LITra. —E—————————— ll Oe ῃ ν» XXIV. ACTS. 3 , »” γ᾽ - ἀνέβην προσκυνήσων "ἐν! Ἱερουσαλήμ 12 καὶ οὔτε ἐν τῷ -I went up to worship at Jerusalem, and neither in the ἱερῷ εὗρόν µεπρός τινα διαλεγόμενον = 'ertovoracww" temple did they find me with anyone reasoning, or a tumultuous gathering ποιοῦντα ὄχλου οὔτε ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς οὔτε κατὰ τὴν making of acrowd neither in the synagogues nor in the πόλιν" 19 Κοῦτε"' παραστῆσαί lye" δύνανται τὰ περὶ city ; neither “ἴο *prove tare *they “able [the things] conccrning ὧν Ἀνῦνὶ κατηγοροῦσίν µου. 14 ὁμολογῶ.δὲ τοῦτό σοι, which now they accuse me. But I ¢onfess this to thee, ‘ « A εν ͵ er ’ ~ ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἣν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν, οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ that in the way which they call sect, 50 Iserve the πατρῴῳ θεῷ, πιστεύων πᾶσιν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν νόμον καὶ» encestral God, believing all things which throughout the law and τοῖς προφήταις γεγραμμένοις, 15 ἐλπίδα ἔχων Peic' τὸν θεόν, the prophets have been written, ahope having in . God, ἣν καὶ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι προσδέχονται, ἀνάστασιν μέλλειν which also they themselves receive, ΓΕ αἵ] aresurrection is about ” ~ HT] [ 4 Bee a ’ 7 r δι Il ἔσεσθαι νεκρῶν," δικαίων.τε καὶ ἀδίκων. 16 ἐν. τούτῳ. 0 to be οἱ {the] dead, both ofjust and of unjust. And in this αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ, ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν myself I exercise, δι πουῦ Soffence *a *conscience ‘to “have towards God ‘ ‘ 2 , ο , 1 ὃ ἽΝ. ~ aA λ , καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους διαπαντός. 17 δι ἐτῶν. δὲ πλειόνων and men continually. And after *years 1many ἱπαρεγενόμην! ἐλεημοσύνας ποιήσων εἰς τὸ ἔθνος.μου * καὶ 1 arrived alms 1pringing to my nation _ and ~ - , , ~ « ~ Ἱροσφοράς' 18 ἐν τοῖς" εὗρόν µε ἡγνισμένον ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, offerings. Amidst which they found me purified in the teinple, as 1 » λ γι 3 θ ΄ Η wd ΜΠ ? ‘ ~ ov μετὰ ὄχλου οὐδὲ μετὰ θορύβου, τινὲς.“ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς not with ¢rowd ποῦ with tumult. But [it was] certain *from ᾿Ασίας Ἰουδαῖοι, 19 οὓς “δεῖ! ἐπὶ σοῦ παρεῖναι καὶ κατηγορεῖν 3 Asia 1Jews, who ought before thee touppear and_ to accuse εἴ τι ἔχοιεν πρός ὕμε"" 20 ἢ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι εἰπάτωσαν, if anything they may have against me; or these themselves let them say, 1εἴ τι εὗρον δὲν ἐμοὶ! ἀδίκημα, στάντος.-µου ἐπὶ τοῦ if any *they *found “ἢ °me ‘unrightcousness, whenIstood before the συνεδρίου, 2] ἢ περὶ μιᾶς.ταύτης φωνῆς, ἧς "ἔκραξα" sanhedrim, [other] than concerning this one voice, which 1 cried out ~ Π ~ “ἑστὼς ἐν αὐτοῖς, Ὅτι περὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν aye standing among them: Conccrning aresurrection of [the] dead ΄ , d ε 71] « ~ e’ ΄ ὃ \ ~ « κρίνομαι σήμερον Sud" υμῶν. 22 © Ακούσας.δὲ ταῦτα Ὁ #zmjudged {15 day by you. And “having “heard *these *things ~ uo ? ‘ ‘ Φῆλιξ ἀνεβάλετο αὐτούς," ἀκριβέστερον εἰδὼς τὰ περὶ Felix he put *off ‘them, more accurately knowing the things concerning ma οὐ" ~ ” ” ἷς ΄ - τῆς ὁδοῦ, [εἰπών," Ὅταν Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ, the way, saying, When Lysias the chief captain may have come down, διαγνώσομαι τὰ καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς" 23 διαταξάµενός ἔτε' τῷ ἑκα- I willexamine the things asto you; having ordered the τοντάρχῃ τηρεῖσθαι roy Παὔλον,ὶ ἔχειν.τε ἄνεσιν, καὶ centurion to keep Paul, andto{lethimjhave ease, and h ? 2 i > ΄ κ xy ar εἰς LTTrAW. ἐπίστασιν LTTrA. οὐδὲ LT. thee LTrraw. D νυνὶ LITrA. ο - évyin ΕΙΝ; + τοῖς ἐν 4111] Α]. 4 — νεκρῶν LTTrA. ¥ καὶ LTTrAW. 5 διὰ παντός LTrA. LTTra. Υ ais LTTrA. w — δὲ but E. x ἔδει EGLITrAW. τι What) GLTTraw. 3 --- ἐν ἐμοὶ LT[TrA]. υ ἐκέκραξα TTA. 4 ἐφ᾽ LTTraw. «᾿Ανεβάλετο δὲ αὐτοὺς ὁ Φῆλιξ ΟΙ/ΓΊΥἈΝ. τ TTraw- ‘ba αὐτὸν him ΟἸΤΊΓΑΥ, ι "ο --µε EGLTTrAW. 389 went up to Jerusalem forto worship, 12 And they neither fonud me in the temple disput- ing with any man, neither raising up the people, neitner in the synagogues, nor in the city: 13 neither can they prove the things whereof they now ac- cuse me. 14 But this I confess unto thee, that after the way which they call heresy, so worship I the Go¢ of my tathers, be- lieving 811 things which are written in the, law and in the prophets: 15 and have hope toward God, which they themselves also allow, that there shall be a _ resurrec- tion of the dead, both of the just and un- just. 16 And herein do I excrcise myself, to have always a con- science void οἵ offence toward God, and ἴο- ward men. 17 Now after many years I came to bring alms to my nation, and offer- ings. 18 Whereupon certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple, neither with multitude, nor with tumult. 19 Who oughttohave been here before thee, and ob- ject, if they had ought againstme. 20Orelse let these same here say, if they have found any evil doing in me, while I stood before the council, 2] except it be for this one voice, that I cried standing among them, Touching the resur- rection of the dead 1 am called in ques- tion by you this day. 22 And when Felix heard these things, having more yertect knowledge of that way. he deferred them, aud said, When Lysias the chief cap- tain shall come down, I will know whe utter- most of your watter, 23 And hecommandd ὦ centurion to keep Paul, and to ἰοῦ him have liberty, and that m+ σοι to P πρὸς towards τ΄. τ παρεγενόμην placed aster µου 7 Cpe LITA. ος ἴ ξεν αντοις ἐστῶς LTTrAW. { εἴπας LTTrAW, *— εἴ (read ᾿δ)᾽.- 78 500 he should ferbid none of his acquaintance to minister or come unto him. 24 And after certain days, when [e- lix came with his wife Drusilla, which was a Jewess, he sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the faith in Christ. 25 And as he reasoned of right- eousness, temperance, and judgment tocome, Felix trembled, answered, Go thy way for this time; when I have a convenient season, I will call for thee. 26 He hoped also that money- should have been given him of Paul, that he might loose him : wherefore he sent for him the oftener, + and cam- muned with him. 27 But aftertwo years Porcius Festus came into Felix’ room: and Felix, willing to shew the Jews a pleasure, left Paul bound XXV. Now when Festus was come into the province, after three days he ascerded from Cesaren to Jeru- salem. 2 Then the high priest and the chicf of the Jews in- formed him against Paul, and besought him, 3 and desired fa- vouragainst him, that he would send for him to Jerusalem, laying wait in the way to kill him. 4 But Festus answered, that Paul should be kept at Cesarea, and that he himself would de- part shortly thither. 5 Let them therefore, said he, which among you are able, go down with me, and accuse this man, if there be any wickedness in him. 6 And when he had tarried amon them more than ten days, he went down and. TIPAZEIS. XXIV, ΧΣΥ. as “ἢ > ~ € ~ απ , μηδένα κωλύειν τῶν ἰδίων. αὐτοῦ ὑπηρετεῖν 1] προσέρχεσθαε! Snone το *forbid of his own to minister or to come αὐτῷ. 24 Μετὰ δὲ Ἑἡμέρας τινὰς! παραγενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ to him. And after “days Acertain 4having *arrived 3Felix ΄ ~ 4 κα / 2 la οὖν Δρουσίλλῃ τῷ. γυναικὶ "αὐτοῦ οὔσῴ Ἰουδαίᾳ, pere- with Drusilla his wife, who was a Jcwess, he , 4 ~ ‘ ΄ῳ 4 ~ 3 πέμψατο τὸν Παῦλον, καὶ ἤκουσεν αὐτοῦ περὶ τῆς εἰς sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the ?in χριστὸν πίστεως. 25 διαλεγομένου-δὲ αὐτοῦ περὶ δδικαιο- SChrist faith. And as “reasoned ™e concerning right- ’ 3 / ‘ ~ ΄ ~ ’ » σύνης καὶ ἐγκρατείας καὶ τοῦ κρίματος τοῦ μέλλοντος “ἔσεσθαι," eousnessand self-control and the judgment about to be, ” δεν ε - ? / A ~ » , ν ἔμφοβος γενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ ἀπεκρίθη, Τὸ.νῦν ἔχον πορεύου “afraid ‘becoming Felix answered, For the present go, καιρὸν δὲ μεταλαβὼν µετακαλέσομαί og 26 ἅμα Pel and an opportunity having found I will call for thee ; withal too καὶ ἐλπίζων ὅτι χρήματα δοθήσεται αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου, alsc hoping that fiches will be given him by Paul, αὕπως λύσῃ αὐτόν" διὸ καὶ πυκνότερον αὐτὸν µετα- that hemight loose him: wherefore also oftencr him send- ’ e ΄ ; ~ , 4 ντ πεμπόμενος ὡμίλει αὐτῷ. 27 Διετίας δὲ πληρωθείσης ing for he conversed with him. But two years being completed ἔλαβεν διάδοχον ὁ Φῆλιξ 'Πόρκιον Φῆστον θέλων.τε ?received [585] *successor Felix Porcius Festus ; and wishing σχάριταςὶ καταθέσθαι τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις ὁ Φῆλιξ κατέλιπεν favours toacquirefor himself withthe Jews Felix left τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον. εῬαα] bound. ᾿ 95 Φῆστος οὖν ἐπιβὰς τῇ "ἐπαρχίᾳ," μετὰ τρεῖς Festus therefore beihg come into the province, after three ε [ή ᾽ ae > ε Δ > ‘ t , ll 9 > ημέρας ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσύλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας. εγε- days owentup to Jerusalem from Ceesarea. ?Made *a *re- φάνισαν di" αὐτῷ Yo ἀρχιερεὺς" καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν presentation *before ‘and him the highpriest and the chief of the Ιουδαίων κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου, καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτόν, 3 αἰτού- Jews against Paul, and besought ‘him, ask- μενοι χάριν Kar αὐτοῦ, ὅπως µεταπέµψηται αὐτὸν εἰς ing a favour against him, that he would send for him to Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἐνέδραν «ποιοῦντες ἀνελεῖν αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν Jerusalem, an ambush forming toputtodeath him on the ὁδόν. 4 ὁ μὲν οὖν Φῆστος ἀπεκρίθη, τηρεῖσθαι τὸν Παῦλον way. Festus therefore answered, *should *be *kept 1Paul x2 K ΄ ll ε A δὲ ελλ γ / ? ΄ εν Καισαρείᾳ," εαυτὸν δὲ μελλειν ἐν τάχει ἐκπορεύεσθαι. at Cesarea, and himself was about shortly to set out. 5 Οἱ οὖν Υδυνατοὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, φησίν," Ζσυγκαταβάντες,! Those therefore in-power among you, says he, having gone down too, ” ‘ Ἵ ~ ‘ x ~ εἴ τι ἐστὶν ἐν τῷ ἀνδρὶ Ἀτούτῳ," κατηγορείτωσάν αὐτοῦ. if anything is in 7man 1this, let them accuse him. g , y ᾽ - ΄ / n , 6 Διατρίψας δὲ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡμέρας Ὀπλείους ἢ" δέκα, κατα- And having spent among them *days more than “ten, having a eee 1 - ἢ προσέρχεσθαι LTTrAW. " + Ἴησουν Jesus Lt. 4 — ὅπως λύσῃ αυτόν LTTrAW. ὅτε LTTrA. σαρίαν Τ. ΠΤΤΙΑ; -- τούτω G, sy οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς the chief priests L1Tra. 7 ev ὑμιγ, φησίν, δυνατοὶ G@LTTrAW. _ Κ τινας ἡμέρας 1. 1+ ἰδίᾳ LTTr. τὰ — αὐτοῦ GLTTrA. ° — ἔσεσθαι (read μέλλοντος COMINg) GLTTrAW. Ρ — δὲ GLTTrAW. τ χάριτα ἃ favour LTTrAW. 5 ἐπαρχείῳ T. ὃ Καισαρίας 7 * εἰς Καισάρειαν LTrAW; τὶς Kat- , ατοὶ ᾿ 2 συν- T. 3 ἄτοπον amiss (in the man) > ov πλείους ὀκτὼ ἢ Dot More than eight or GLTTraw. - δν. βὰς εἰς “Καισάρειαν, τῇ gove down to Ceesarea, on the ACTS. καθίσας having sat ΄ pen 3 ‘ ~ ε.- ~ ΄ βήματος ἐκέλευσεν τὸν Παῦλον ᾿ἀχθῆναι. 7 παραγενομένου judgment seat he commanded Paul to be brought. “Being *come δὲ αὐτοῦ, περιέστησαν ἃ οἱ ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων καταβε- αμα αι Ἡς, | stood round the *from sJerusalem ὙΠῸ ®had ®come βηκότες ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, πολλὰ καὶ βαρέα “αἰτιάματαὶ Ἰφέροντες 7down Jews, many and weighty charges bringing \ ρω ηλ Il εν ? ” 7 ὃ =e 5 } κατὰ του JIavXov," ἃ οὐκ.ἴσχυον ἀποδεῖξαι, ὃ ξάπο- against Paul, which they were not able to prove: 2said *in λογουμένου αὐτοῦ," Ὅτι οὔτε εἰς τὸν νόμον τῶν Ιουδαίων *defence the, _ Neither against the law of the Jews οὔτε εἰς TO ἱερὸν οὔτε εἰς Katoapa τι ἥμαρτον. nor against the temple nor against Cesar ([in]anything sinned I. 9 Ὁ Φῆστος.δὲ "τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις θέλων' χάριν κατα- But Festus, 7with*the °Jews ‘wishing Sfavour "το *acquire *for θέσθαι ἀποκριθεὶς τῷ Παύλῳ εἶπεν, Θέλεις εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα Shimself answering Paul said, Art thou willing to Jerusalem ἀναβάς, ἐκεῖ περὶ τούτων ἱκρίνεσθαι! ἐπ᾽ ἐμοῦ; naving gone up there concerning these things to be judged before me? 10 Εἶπεν δὲ ὁ Παῦλος, " Ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρος *é- But *said *Paul, Before the judgment seat of Cesar stand- στώς! εἰμι, οὗ με δεῖ κρίνεσθαι. Ιουδαίους οὐδὲν. Ιἠδί- ἐπι τοῦ on - the ἐπαύριον morrow d ing I am, where it behoves me to be judged. ToJews “nothing 11 *did κήσα,! ὡς καὶ σὺ κάλλιον ἐπιγινώσκεις 11 εἰ μὲν “yao! Wrong, 885 also thou very well knowest, “If “indeed ‘for ἀδικῶ καὶ ἄξιον θανάτου πἐπραχά τι, οὐ.παραιτοῦμαι Ido wrong and worthy of death have done anything, I do not deprecate τὸ ἀποθανεῖν: εἰ δὲ οὐδέν ἐστι ὧν οὗτοι κατηγοροῦσίν to die ; but if nothing there is of which they accuse µου, οὐδείς µε δύναται αὐτοῖς χαρίσασθαι. Καίσαρα ἔπι- me, { noone me can to them give up. Το Crsar Lap- καλοῦμαι. 12 Tore ὁ Φῆστος "συλλαλήσας" μετὰ τοῦ συμ- peal. Then Festus, having conferred with the _ coun- “ὦ > / ΄ 3 [ή ? ‘ , βουλίου, ἀπεκρίθη, Καίσαρα ἐπικέκλησαι, ἐπὶ Καίσαρα cil, answered, To Cesar thou hast appealed, to Cesar πορεύσῃ. thou shalt go. 13 Ἡμερῶν.δὲ διαγενομένων τινῶν, ᾿Αγρίππας ὁ βασιλεὺς And “days Shaving *passed ‘certain, Agrippa the king καὶ Βερνίκη κατήντησαν εἰς ᾿Καισάρειαν,! Ῥἀσπασόμενοι" τὸν and LBernice came down to Czesarea, saluting Φῆστον. 14 ὡς δὲ πλείους ἡμέρας διέτριβον ἐκεῖ ὁ Φῆστος Festus. And when many days they stayed there Festus τῷ βασιλεῖ ἀνέθετο τὰ κατὰ. τὸν Παῦλον λέγων, 3.6 *king 1aid *before the things relating to Paul, saying, 2 ΄ ? Ν ῃ © ‘ , , Ανὴρ τις εστιν καταλελειμμένος ὑπὸ Φήλικος δέσμιος, A *man ‘certain there is left by Felix a prisoner, 16 περὶ οὗ, γενομένου µου εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ἐνε- concerning whom, *being on "my in Jerusalem, 4made *a ®re- φάνισαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων, presentation ‘the *chiet “priests and the eiders of the Jews, ‘and said, 391 unto Cmsarea; and the next day sitting on the judgment seat commanded Paul to be brought. 7 And when he wes come, the Jews which came down from Jerusalem stood round about, and laid many and griev- ous complaintsagainst Paul, which they could not prove. 8 Whilehe answered for himself, Neither against the law of the Jews, nei- ther against the tem- ple, nor yet against Cesar, have 1 offend- ed any thing at all. 9 But Festus, willing to do the Jews a plea- sure, answered Paul, Wilt thou go up to Jerusalem, and there be judg- ed of these things before me? 10 Then said Paul, I stand at Ceesar’s judgment seat, where I ought to be judged: to the Jews have I done no wrong, as thou very well knowest. 11 For if I be an offender, or have committed any thing worthy of death, I refuse not to die: but if there be none of these things where- of these accuse me, no man may deliver me unto them. I appeal unto Cesar. 12 Then Festus, when he had conferred with the council, answered, Hast thou appealed unto Cesar? unto Cesar shalt thou go, 13 And after certain days king Agrippaand Bernice came unto Czesarea to salute Fes- tus. 14 And when they had been there many days, Festus de- clared Paul’s cause unto the king, saying, There is accrtain man left in bonds by Felix: 15 about whom, when I was at Jerusalem, the chief priests and the elders of the Jews in- formed me, desiring to ς Καισαρίαν T. ἆ + αὐτὸν him LTTraw. (— κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου) LTTra. b θέλων τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις LTTrAW. 1 ἠδίκηκα I have done wrong TTr. 6.Ναισαρίαν 1, Ρ ἀσπασάμενοι ΤΤΓΑ, i κριθῆναι LYTrAW. πι οὖν therefore LTTrAW, 6 αἰτιώματα GLTTrAW. & τοῦ Παύλου ἀπολογουμένου Paul said in defence ΥΤΤΙΑ. k ἑστὼς placed before Em 1. Γ καταφέροντες 2 συγλαλήσας Ty 992 havejudgment against him. 16 To whom I answered, It is not the manner of the Ro- mans to deliver any man to die, before that he which is ac- cused have the ac- cusers face to face, and have licence to an- swer for himself con- cerning the crime laid against him. 17 There- fore, when they were come hither, without any delay on the mor- row I sat on the judg- ment seat, and com- manded the man to be brought forth. 18 A- gainst whom when the accusers stood up, they brought none accusdtion of such things as I supposed : 19 but had certain questions against him of their own supersti- tion, and of one Jesus, which was dead, whom Paul affirmed to be alive. 20 And because I doubted of such man- ner of questions, I asked him whether he would go to Jerusa- lem, and there be judged of these mat- ters. 21 But when Paul had appealed to be reserved unto the hearing of Augustus, I commanded him to be kept till I might send him to Cesar. 22 Then Agrippa said unto Festus, I would also hear the man my- eclf. To morrow, said he, thou shalt hear him. 23 And on the mor- row, when Aocrippa Was come, and Ber- hice, with great pomp, and was entered into the place of thearing, with the chief cap- tains, and principal men of the city, at Festus’ commandment Paul was brought forth, 24And Festus said, King Agrippa, and all) men, which are here present with us, ye see this man, about whom all the multitude of the Jews have dealt with me, both at Jerusa- lem, and also here, crying that he ought ® — εἰς TTr[a]. he) τΤΤνΑ. d τ with me in both 4 καταδίκην LTTrAW. 7 ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν LTTrAW. ‘ Υ τούτων these things LTTraw. I might send up trtraw. L — τοῖς LTTrA. ® βοῶντες crying Lr: ; [ἐπι]βοῶντες ΠΡΑΞΈΙΣ. ΧΧΥ. > , 2 ᾽ ᾽ - αὃ - ell 16 A ελ 3 (θ αἰτούμενοι κατ αυτου ικην προς οὓς ἀπεκριθηνι asking against “him ‘judgment: to - whom I answered, ὅτι οὐκ.έστιν ἔθος Ῥωμαίοις χαρίζεσθαί τινα ἄνθρωπον Itisnot acustom with Romans’ togiveup any man , s a , τες ἀπώλειαν,! πρὶν ἣ ὁ κατηγορούμενος κατὰ.πρόσωπον ίο destruction, before he’ being accused face to face , , ἔχοι τοὺς κατηγόρους, τόπον-τε ἀπολογίας λάβοιν may have the accusers, and opportunity . of defence he may get περὶ τοῦ ἐγκλήματος. 17 συνελθόντων οὖν Σαὐτῶνὶ concerning the accusation. *Having *come *together Stherefore ‘they / / . 7, / ~ ε ~ , ἐνθάδε, ἀναβολὴν μηδεμίαν ποιησάμενος, τῇ ἑξῆς καθίσας. here, delay none having made, the next [day] having sat , η καν ἐπ , “9 / 7 ~ A » ὃ a 9 ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα" 18 περὶ on the judgment seat Icommanded tobebrought the man; concerning οὗ σταθέντες οἱ κατήγοροι οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν ᾿ἐπέφερον" " ὧν whom standing up the accusers 3πο Scharge ‘brought of which τ « , ? “il we / Os 3 τον δ ἰδί υπεγοουν εγω 19 ζητήματα. ξ τινα περι THC-LOLAC ; itp but *questions ‘certain concerning their own supposed δεισιδαιμονίας εἶχον πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ περί τινος ᾿Ιησοῦ system of religion they had against him, απᾶ οοπορΓΏΙΏΡ acertain Jesus (lit. demon-worship) : . , τὰ » ~ ~ τεθνηκότος, ὃν ἔφασκεν ὁ Παῦλος ζῇν. whoisdead, whom ?affirmed Paul to be alive. ἐγὼ "εἰς"! τὴν περὶ Yrovrou' ζήτησιν ἔλεγον, εἰ βούλοιτο 20 ἀπορούμενος. δὲ And *being *perplexed ἢ asto theconcerning “this linquiry said, Wouldhe be willing πορεύεσθαι εἰς “Iepovoadnp," κἀκεῖ κρίνεσθαι περὶ to go ‘to Jerusalem, and there to be judged concerning , ~ aR / ᾽ ; » ᾽ τούτων. 21 τοῦ.δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι ade these things. But Paul having appealed for to *be*kept *him- τὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν, ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι self for the “of “Augustus ‘cognizance, I commanded *to *be*kept αὐτὸν ἕως οὗ "πέμψω"! αὐτὸν πρὸς Καίσαρα. 22 ᾿Αγρίππας thim till’ I might send him: to Ceesar. 2Agrippa δὲ πρὸς τὸν Φῆστον Ῥέφη,ὶ Ἐβουλόμην καὶ αὐτὸς τοῦ tand ο Festus ‘said, 1 was desiring also myself the ? θ ’ ? ~ οἵ ἐν Ἢ} » / δι ὩΣ ΒΑ, ‘> ~ ἀνθρώπου ἀκοῦσαι. “Ὁ. δε," Αὔριον, φησίν, ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ. man __—ito hear, And he To-morrow 16478, thou shalt hear him. 23 Ty οὖν ἐπαύριον ἐλθόντος τοῦ) Αγρίππα καὶ τῆς On the *therefore ‘morrow “having Scome 3A grippa and Βερνίκης pera πολλῆς φαντασίας, καὶ εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὸ Bernice, with great pomp, ‘and ‘having entered into the ? , ’ ~ ~ ἀκροατήριο», σύν τε “τοῖς! χιλιάρχοις καὶ ἀνδράσιν τοῖς hall of audience, with both the. chief captains and men Oe Ὁ ‘ ~ , A “ ~ ’ κατ . ἐξοχὴν “οὖσιν! τῆς πόλεως, καὶ κελεύσαντος τοῦ Φήστου of eminence being ofthe city, and *having “commanded Festus » ε - , ε ~ ἤχθη ὁ Παῦλος. 24 καί φησιν ὁ Φῆστος, ᾿Αγρίππα βασι- ὄγνας °brought *Paul. And *says” Festus, *Agrippa sking λεῦ, καὶ πάντες οἱ 'συμπαρόντες" ἡμῖν ἄνδρες, θεωρεῖτε τοῦ- and αἱ the *being *present*with *us men, ye see this τον περὶ οὗ Επᾶν' τὸ πλῆθος τῶν Ιουδαίων ἐνέτυχόν one concerning whom all the multitude of the Jews pleaded μοι ἔν τε Ἱεροσολύμοις καὶ ἐνθάδε, Ἀἐπιβοῶντες μὴ ς Jerusalem and here, crying out [that] τ — εἰς ἀπώλειαν GLITrAW. 5 [αὐτῶν] A. t ἔφερον LTTrAW. “ + πονηράν (read evil charge) Lt[a]w ; πονηρῶν of evils Tr. ᾿ : Σ Ἱεροσόλυμα LTTrAW. ® ἀναπέμψω > — ἔφη (read [said]) τιτττα. ο--- Ὁ δέ (read φησίν says © ---οὖσιν ‘LTTraAW, f oup- T, & ἅπαν LTTrAW, A. RAV XXVE pe iad Ws ~ τν ᾽ Δ A ‘ δεῖν ἰζὴν αὐτὸν" μηκέτι 25 ἐγὼ δὲ Κκαταλαβόμεγος" μηδὲν Z7ought “to “live ‘he no longer. But I having perceived nothing ἄξιον Ἰθανάτου αὐτὸν" πεπραχέναι, "καὶ! αὐτοῦ δὲ τούτου worthy of death he had done, Salso *himself*and *this 7one ἐπικαλεσαμένου τὸν Σεβαστόν. ἔκρινα πέμπειν "αὐτόν" Raving appealed to Augu-tus, Idetermined tosend him, οι: ‘ τ 7 Lge ΄ ΕΟ ΒΡ ͵ 2) a Ε 20 περι οὗ ἀσφαλὲς τε. γράψαι τφ.κυρίῳ οὔκ.έχω concerning whom “certain ‘anything towrite to [my] lord I have not. διὸ προήγαγον αὐτὸν ἐφ᾽ ὑμῶν, καὶ μάλιστα ἐπὶ σοῦ, Wherefore 1 brought *terth ‘him before you, and specially before thce, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, ὕπωο τῆς ἀνακρίδεως γενομένης king Agrippa, so that the examination having taken place ~ ο , tl ” , é ~ / σχῶ τι γράψαι." 27 ἄλογον.γάρ μοι δοκεῖ πέμ- I may have something to write ; for irrational tome it seems send- 4 ‘ 3 ? ~ Bin be ~ ποντα δέσμιον, μὴ καὶ τὰς κατ αὐτοῦ αἰτίας σημᾶναι. ing aprisoncr, not also the “against “him ‘7charges to signify. / A ~ ? , fe 26 ᾿Αγρίππας δὲ πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη, Επιτρέπεταί σρι And Agrippa to Paul said, It is allowed thee Ρὐπὲρ' σεαυτοῦ λέγειν. Tore ὁ Παὔλοά Ἱάπελογεῖτο," ἐκτείνας for thyself tospeak. Then Paul made a defences, stretching out τὴν χεῖρα, 2 Περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐγκαλοῦμαι ὑπὸ Ἴου- the hand: Converning all of which Lam accused by Jews, δαίων, βασιλεῦ ᾽Αγοίππα, ἥγημαι ἐμαυτὸν μακάριον "μέλλων.. king Agrippa, JLesteem myself happy being about ἀπολογεῖσθαι ἐπὶ σοῦ σήμερον." 8. μάλιστα γνώστην "ὄντα to make defence before thee to-day, especlilly “acquainted being σε! πάντων τῶν κατὰ Ἰουδαίους ἐθῶν τε καὶ ζητημάτων. "thou οἵ all the *among SJews * ‘customs ?and ‘also “questions ; διὸ δέομαί ἴσου' μακροθύμως ἀκοῦσαί µου. 4 τὴν μὲν οὖν wherefore 1 beseech thee p:utiently tohear ine, * The Sthen βίωσίν μου τὴν" ἐκ νεότητος, τὴν ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς Manner “of *life “my from youth, which from [its] commencement / 8m oo 7 , yevopevny ἔν τῷ ἔθνει. μου ἐν" Ἱεροσολύμοις, ἴσασιν πάντες was among wWyuation in Jorusnlem, know all Σοὶ" Ἰουδαῖοι, 5 προγινώσκοντές µε ἄνωθεν, ἐὰν θέλωσιν the Jews, who before knew 1186 from the first, if” they would μαρτυρεῖν, Ότι κατὰ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αἵρεσιν τῆς bear witness, that according to the strictest sect e / ο , ti ” a 4 - 3 ᾽ Ἰμετέρας θρησκείας" ἔζησα Φαρισαῖος" Ο καὶ νῦν ἐπ of our religion 1 lived a Phagisee. And how for [the] ἐλπίδι τῆς πρὸς" τοὺς πατέρας " ἐπαγγελίας γενομένης ὑπὸ hope ofthe “to *the. >fathers *pramise “made .by “ ~ er , 3 ελ ane , t ~ τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκα κρινόµενος, 7 εἰς ἣν τὸ .δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν God, Istand being judged, to which our twelve tribes ρ [ή ‘ ~ ΄ ~ e ἐν ἐκτεγείᾳ νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι intently “night and day serving hope to arrive ; περὶ =e ἐλπίδος ἐγκαλοῦμαι, ὑβασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα," ὑπὸ concerning which hope Tam accused, O king Agrippa, by σ ~ " ? ’ὔ d , » , ἘΠ: ~ 3... Ὁ θ A τῶν" ᾿Ιουδαίωνδ, 8 τί ἄπιστον κρίνεται παρ ὑμῖν εἰ ὁ θεὸς the Jews. Why incredible is it judged by you if God νεκροὺς ἐγείρει; 9 ἐγὼ “μὲν οὖν ἔδοξα ἐμαυτῷ πρὸς [{Π0] dead raises ? 1 indeed therefore thought inmyself ‘to 1 αὐτὸν ζῇν LITrAW. Κκατελαβόµην LIT:AW.. » — αὐτὸν (read [him]) LTTra. ο γράψω I shall write LrTraw. λογεῖτο placed after χεῖρα LTTrAW.” ὄντα T. t — gov LITrA. 7 --- την Tr[A]. Υ θρησκίας τ. 2 εἰς LTTrAW. ᾽Αγρίππα LITrA; ---᾽Αγρίππα Ww. ¢ — τῶν GLITrAW. ‘before thee, 1 αὐτὸν θανάτου LTTrAw. P περὶ LTTrA. τ ἐπὶ σοῦ μέλλων αήµερον ἀπολογεῖσθαι GLTTrA. π - τε and (in) LTTrAw. a+ ἡμῶν (vead our fathers) LTTraw. d + βασιλεῦ O king Lrtra- 904 not to live any longer. 25 But when L[ found that he had committed nothing worthy of death, and that he himself hath appealed to Augustus, 1 have determined to send him. 260f whom I have no certain thing to write unto my lord. Wherefore I have brougl.t him forth be- fore you, and specially O king Agrippa, that, after examination had, I might bave somewhat to write. 27 For it scemeth to me unrea- sonable to send a pri- sover, and not withal to signify the crimes laid against him, XXVI. Then Agrip- pa said unto Paul, Thou art permitted to speak forthyself. Thon Paul stretched forth the hand, and an- swered for himself: 21think myself happy, king Agrippa, because 1 shall answer for my- self this day before thee touching -all the things whereof I am aceu-sed of the Jews: 3 especially because 2 know ghee to be expert in «wll customs and questions which are minong. the Jews: wherefore Τ beseech thee to hear me pa- ticntly. 4 Mymanner of πῆς from my youth, which was at the first amohg Mine own na- tion at Jcrusalem, know all the Jews; 5 which knew me from the beginning, if they would testify, that after the most strait- est sect of our religion I lived a Dharisee, 6 And now Istandand am judged for the hope of the promise made of God unto our fathcrs: 7 unto which promise our twelve tribes, in tant- ly serviug God day and night, hope to come. For .. which hope’s sake, king A- grippa, I am accused of the Jews. 8 Why should it be thought a thing incredible with you, that God should raise the dead? 91 verily thought with Δ — καὶ LTTrAW. 4 ἄπε- S ae χα οὐ LIrA, Ὁ — βασιλεῦ 994 myself, that I ought to do many things contrary to the name of Jesus of Nazareth. 10 Which thing I also did in Jerusalem: and many of the saints did I shut up in prison, having received au- thority from the chief priests; and when they were put to death, I gave my voice a- gainst them. 11 And I punished them oft in every synagogue, and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them, I per- secuted them even unto strange cities. 12 Whereupon as went to Damascus with authority and commission from the chief priests, 13 at midday, O king, I saw in the way a light from heaven, above the brightness of the sun, shining round about me and them which journeyed with me. 14 And when we were all fallen to the earth, I heard a voice speaking unto me, and saying in the He- brew tongue, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? 7ὲ ws hard for thee to kick a- gainst the pricks. 15 And I said, Who art thou, Lord? And he said, I am Jesus whom thou persecut- est. 16 But rise, and stand upon thy feet: for, 1 have appeared unto thee for this pur- pose, to make thee a minister and a wit- ness both of these things which thou hast seen, and of those things in the which I will appear unto thee; 17delivering thee from the- people, and from the Gentiles, unto whom now I send thee, 18to open their eyes, and to turn them from darkness to light, and from the power of Satan unto God, that they may recekve forgiveness of sins, and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith thatisin me. 19Where- upon, O king Agrippa, 9 + re also LTTra, (read τῶν from the) L; — τῆς [Triw ; — Tapa TTr. 1 — καὶ λέγουσαν Ltrs. 9 + ἐκ from among irra. 8 + τε (7eGd and also, LrTra. ΣΧ ιά TPA EIS. AEN Sole A » ᾿ ? ~ ~ Π a wn λλ « 4 : ᾿ τὸ ὄνομα ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου δεῖν πολλα εναντια ιηο δηλ Yof '°Jesus 11ο 3 ΝΑΖΙΥΦΑΠ 11 λοαρ]λὲ *many *things *contrary ~ εν \ , 7 η ἘΣ τς ‘ ή πρᾶξαι: 10 ὃ καὶ ἐποίησα ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις, καὶ πολλοὺς © to do. Which also I did in Jerusalern;- and many ~ , ~ / \ ΕἾ » 7 τῶν ἁγίων ἐγὼ ᾿ φυλακαῖς κατέκλεισα, τὴ» παρα τῶν ἀρχ- of the saints it in prisons shut up, the “from “the chief ιερέων ἐξουσίαν apwr' ἀναιρουμέγωγν.τε αὐτῶν Spri i i ived; and “being *put *to *death the priests authority having received ; aD y κατήγεγκα.ψἠφον. 11 καὶ κατὰ πάσας τὰς '.συναγωγὰς I gave [my] vote against [them]. And in all the — synagogues πολλάκις τιμωρῶν αὐτούς, ἠνάγκαζον βλασφημεῖν" περισ- often punishing them, I compelled [them] to blaspheme, *Exceed- ~ , ~ ΄ ! ‘ σῶς TE ἐμμαινόμενος αὐτοῖς ἐδίωκον ἕως καὶ εἰς ingly 'and “being "furious against them I persecuted [them] even as far as to 4 » / ? Ce ‘ , > \ τὰς ἔξω πόλεις. 12 ἐν οἷς &kat' πορευόμενος εἰς τὴν Aa- foreign cities. During which also journeying to Da- μασκὺν μετ᾽ ἐξουσίας καὶ ἐπιτροπῆς Ἁτῆς παρὰ! τῶν ἀρχ- mascus, with authority and a commission from the chief ιερέων, 13 ἡμέρας-μέσης κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν εἶδον, βασιλεῦ, priests, at mid-day in the way 1 saw, O king, 2: , € A \e ' ; ~ ε , ΄ οὐρανόθεν ὑπὲρ Τὴν λαμπρότητα του ἡλίου περιλάμψαν from heaven above the bmMghiness ofthe sun “shining *round ‘about µε φῶς καὶ τοὺς σὺν ἐμοὶ πορευομένους. 14 πάντων ide" ®me ‘a *light and those with’ me journeying. And all καταπεσόντων ἡμῶν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἤκουσα φωνὴν Κλαλοῦσανϊ “having *fallen “down ‘of *us to the ground Iheard a voice speaking πρός με]καὶ λέγουσιν" τῇ Εβραϊδι διαλέκτῳ, Σαούλ, Σαούλ, to me and sayingt inthe Hebrew language, Saul, Saul, τί µε διώκεις; σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν. why me persecutest thou? [itis] hard for thee against goads to kick. 15 ᾿Εγὼ δὲ elroy," Tic εἴ κύριε; Ὁ δὲ" εἶπεν, ᾿Εγώ εἰμι Απά Ι said, Who art thou, Lord? Andhe said, i am Ἰησοῦς. ὃν σὺ διώκεις. 16 ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι, καὶ στῆθι ἐπὶ Jesus whom thou persecutest : but rise up, and stand on , > - » ΄ τοὺς πόδας. σου εἰς τοῦτο.γὰρ ὥφθην σοι, προχειρίσασθαί thy feet ; for, for this purpose I appeared to thee, to appoint ε 4 ’ cod - σε ὑπηρέτην καὶ μάρτυρα ὧὦντε εἶδες ὦν.τε thee anattendant and awitness both of what thou did-tsee and in what > Ul / / ~ ~ ‘ ὀφθήσομαί σοι, 17 ἐξαιρούμενός σε ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ I shall appear to thee, taking out thee from among the pcople and ~ ? ~ 2 - ~ ? / > ~ τῶν ἐθνῶν, εἰς οὓς Ῥνῦν σε ἀποστέλλω," 18 ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς the nations, to whom now thee 1 send, to open 7eyes ? ~ ~ 7 / 2 A [ή ᾽ ~ ‘A ~~ ‘ αὐτῶν, τοῦ ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας their, that(they] may turn from darkness to light and the authority τοῦ σατανᾶ ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, τοῦ λαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρ- of Satan to God, that *may “receive ‘they remission ofsins ~ Ἁ ~ 3 ~ ε , ΄ τιων και κλῆρον EV τοις Ίγιασμεγοις πιστει and inheritance among those that have been sanctified by faith that [is] ? ? / a ~ 2 , Ἴ , \ ἢ εἰς ee. 19 “Οθεν, βασιλεῦ ᾿Αγρίππα, οὐκ.ἐγενόμην ἀπειθὴς in me, Whereupon, O king Agrippa, I was not disobedicnt ~ > , ᾽ ΄ ~ ~ ~ ΤΏ οὐρανίῳ ὀπτασίᾳ, 20 ἀλλὰ ταῖς ἐτ Δαμασκῷ πρῶτον 4 to the heavenly vision ; but to those in Damascus first f + ἐν in (prisons) GLTTraw. ο 8 — καὶ LTTrA. h — τῆς παρὰ quit ‘Te LTTrAW, Κ λέγουσαν LTTra. εἶπα LTTrA. 2 + κύριος (read the Lord said) LTtTraw. Ρ ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω σε (onil LOW) LTMA; ἐγὼ σε ἀποστ. GW. XXVI. ACTS. καὶ" Ἱεροσολύμοις, δείς) πᾶσάν τε τὴν χώραν τῆς Ιουδαίας and Jerusalem, "to 34ll ‘and the region of Judza καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἰἀπαγγέλλων! μετανοεῖν καὶ ἐπιστρέφειν and tothe nations declaring [tothent] torepent and to turn ἐπὶ τὸν θεόν, ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πράσσοντας. 21 ἕνεκα \ to God, *worthy ‘of °repentance *works *doing. On account of τούτων pe You! Ἰουδαῖοι συλλαβόμενοι ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἔπει- these things me the Jews having seized in the temple, at- ρῶντο διαχειρίσασθαι. 22 ἐπικουρίας οὖν τυχὼν τῆς tempted to kill. Aid therefore having obtained: Σπαρὰ" τοῦ θεοῦ ἄχρι τῆς. ἡμέρας. ταύτης ἕστηκα. Σμαρτυρού- from God unto this day Ihave stood, bearing wit- μενος" µικρῷ-τε καὶ μεγάλῳ, οὐδὲν ἐκτὸς λέγων ὧν τε ness both to small and to great, nothing else saying than what both οἱ προφῆται ἐλάλησαν μελλόντων γίνεσθαι καὶ *Mwoije,! the prophets Ssaid Άννας °about ‘to-7happen ‘and “Moses, 23 εἰ παθητὸς ὁ χριστός, εἰ πρῶτος ἐξ ἀναστά- whether *should “suffer ‘Christ ; whether [πε] first through resurrec- σεως νεκρῶν φῶς μέλλει καταγγέλλειν τῷ ὃ λαῷ καὶ τοῖς tion of [the] dead *light ‘is?about %to*announce tothe people and {ο the ” “Ὁ A > ~ > / c ~ ἔθνεσιν. 24 Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ.ἀπολογουμένου, ὁ Φῆστος µε- nations. And *these “things ‘uttering in his defence, Festus with γάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ gn," Maivy ἨΠαῦλε' τὰ πολλά σε γράµ- loud voice said, Thou artmad, Paul; much *thee *learn- ? , [ή « δ᾽ σ 3 / [ή ματα εἰς μανίαν περιτρέπει. 25 ὋὉ δὲ“, Οὐ μαίνομαι, φησι», ing *to Smadness “turns. But he, *I%am “ποῦ *mad, ‘says, ΄ ~ d ? »ι 7 , \ , er κράτιστε Φῆστε, ἀλλ" ἀληθείας καὶ σωφροσύνης ῥήματα most noble Festus, but of truth and discreetness words ἀποφθέγγομαι' 206 ἐπίσταται γὰρ περὶ τούτων 6 βασι- I utter ; for *is *informed *concerning *these "things the king λεύς, πρὸς ὃν Kai παῤῥησιαζόμενος λαλῶ: λανθάνειν. γὰρ to whom also using boldness I speak, For hidden from οὐ γάρ αὐτόν τι τούτων οὐ πείθομαι «οὐδὲν Αποῦ “for him any of these things [are] not I am persuaded ; ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο. 27 πιστεύεις βασιλεῦ 7in 88. %corner “has *been 5ἄοπο “this, Believest thou, king ᾿Αγρίππα τοῖς προφήταις; οἶδα Ore πιστεύεις. 28 Ὁ δὲ Agrippa, the prophets ? I know that thou believest. And ᾽Αγρίππας πρὸς τὸν Παῦλον ἔφη," Ἐν ὀλίγῳ µε δπείθεις! Agrippa to Paul said, In a little *me ‘thou *persuadest χριστιανὸν "yevécOat." 29 Ὁ δὲ. Παῦλος ᾿εἶπεν,ὶ ΚΕὐξαίμην' ἂν a Christian to become. And Paul said, I would wish τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐν ὀλίγῳ καὶ ἐν Ιπολλφὶ οὐ µόνον σε ἀλλὰ καὶ to God, both in alittle and in much not only thou but also πάντας τοὺς ἀκούόντάς µου σήμερον γενέσθαι τοιούτους 811 those hearing me thisday should become such ὁποῖος κἀγώ εἰμι, παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν. τούτων. 90 ™Kai 88 Talso am, except these bonds. And ~ 4 ? , ? sedi [lng tered ἡ ns 4 hee ς ‘ ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ," ἀνέστη " ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν these things μαυΐπρ “said “he, Srose 7up *the ‘king and the governor ἥ τε Βερνίκη καὶ οἱ ὀσυγκαθήμενοι! αὐτοῖς" 31 καὶ ava- also Bernice and those who sat with them, and having ΤΙ ἐν111. 8 — ets LTT: [A]. τ + ὄντα being Τ. α ἀπὸ ΙΤΊΚΓΑΥΓ. Y μαρτυρόμενος LTTrAW. τ ἀπήγγελλον I was declaring EGLTTraw. 2 Mwions GLTTrAW. 395 1 was not disobedient unto the heavenly vi- sion: 20 but shewed first unto them of Da- mascus, and at Jeru- salem, and throughout all the coasts of Ju- dza, and then to the Gentiles, that they should repent and turn to God, and do works mect for re- pentance, 21 For these causes the Jews caught me in the temple, and went about to kill me. 22 Having therefore obtained help of God, I continue unto this day, witnessing both to small and great, saying none _ other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come: 23 that Christ should suffer, and that he should be the first that should rise from the dead, and should shew light unto the people, and to the Gentiles. 24And as he thus spake for himself, Festus said with a loud voice, Paul, thou art beside thyself ; much learn- ing doth make thee mad. 25 But he said, I am not mad, most noble Festus; but speak forth the words of truth and sober- ness, 26 For the king knoweth of these things, before whom also I speak freely : for I am_ persuaded that none of these things are hidden from him; for this thing was not done in a corner. 27 King Α- grippa, believest thou the prophets? I know that thou _ believest. 28 Then Agrippa said unto Paul, Almost thou persuadest me to be α Christian. 29 And Paul said, I would to God, that not only thou, but also all that hear me this day, were both almost, and altogether such as I am, except these bonds, 30And when he had thus spos ken, the king rose up, and the governor, and Bernice, and they that sat with them : 81 and when they were gone Vv — οἱ TTr. at re (read both to the) ttTra. ὃ φησίν says LTTrA. © + Παῦλος (vead Paulsays) LITrw. ἢ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. © — οὐδέν L; οὐθέν T[Tr]a. ἴ — ἔφη (read [said]) LTTraw. Β ποιῆσαι to make (mea Christian) uttra. γάλῳ LITrA, δὶ — καὶ ταῦτα εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. i — εἶπεν (vead [said]) LTTra, Ὁ τε both GLTTraw. & πείθῃ thou persuadest thyself a. *evéapynvt. | µε- ° συν» T. 306 aside, they talked be- tween themselves, say- ing, This man doeth nothing worthy of death or of bonds. 32 Then said Agrippa unto Festus, This man might have been set at liberty, if hevhad not appealed unto Car Bar, XXVII. And when it was determined that we should sail into Italy, they delivered Paul and certain other prisoners unto one named Julius, a cen- turion of Augustus’ band. 2 And entering into a ship of Adra- myttium, we launched, meaning to sail by the corssts of Asia; one Aristarchus, a Mace- donian of Thessalo- nica, being with us. 3 And the next day we touched at Sidon. And Julius courteously en- treated Paul, and gave him liberty to go unto his friends to refresh himself. 4 And when we had launched from thence, we sailed un- der Oyprus, because the winds were con- trary. 5 And when we had sailed over the sea of Cilicia and Pamphylia, we came to Myra, « city of Ly- cia. 6 And there the centurion found aship ef Alexandria sailing into Italy ; and he put us therein. 7 And when we had sailed slowly many days, and scarce were come over against Cnidus, the wind not suffering us, we sailed under Crete, over against Salmone; 8 and, hardly passing it, came unto a place which is called The fair havens; nigh whereunto was the city of Lasea. 9 Now when much time was spent, and when sail- ing was now danger- ous, because the fast was now already past, Paul admonished them, 10 and said unto them, Sirs, I perceive that this voyage will be with hurt and much damage, not only of Ρ η δεσμῶν ἄξιον LTTr. LITraw. Σ κατήλθαμεν TTr. Ὁ Αλασσα Alassa L; w+ εἰς in LTTr[A]. ΠΡΑΞΕΙΣ. XXVI, Σπα ‘ 7 / « a: χωρήσαντες ἐλάλουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους λέγοντες, “Ort οὐδὲν withdrawn they spoke to one another saying, Nothing θανάτου Ῥἄξιον. ἢ δεσμῶν" 4 πράσσει ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος. 308 “death lworthy or of bonds does this man. ? , ‘ ~ / ” ? x > / θ ri} / Ἱ ε 32 ᾿Αγρίππας δὲ τῷ Φήστῳ ἔφη, ᾿Απολελύσῦαι "εὀύνατο ὃ And Agrippa to Festus said, *Have *been Slet "go *might ἄνθρωπος. οὗτος εἰ μὴ ἐπεκέκλητο" Καίσαρα. this *man if he had not appealed to Czesar. Q7 Ὡς δὲ ἐκρίθη τοῦ.ἀποπλεῖν. ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν Ιταλία But when it was decided that *should “sail “we to Italy παρεδίδουν τόν. τε Παῦλον καί τινας ἑτέρους δεσμώτας éxa- they delivered up- both Panl and certain other prisoners’ 4a τοντάρχῃ, ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ, σπείρης Σεβαστῆς. 2 ἐπιβάτ- centurion, by name Julius, of the band of Augustus. ?Having *gone*on τες δὲ πλοίῳ ᾿Αδραμυττηνῷ 'μέλλοντες"! πλεῖν " τοὺς κατὰ 5poard'!and aship of Adramyttium about to navigate the along τὴν ᾿Ασίαν Τόπους ἀνήχθημεν, ὄντος σὺν ἡμῖν ᾿Αριστάρχου 3Asia ‘places we set sail, being with us Aristarchus Μακεδόνος Θεσσαλονικέως. 8. τῇ.τε.ἑτέοᾳ κατήχθημεν εἰς α Macedonian of Thessalonica. And the next [day] we landed αὖ Σιδῶνα: φιλανθρώπως. τε ὁ Τούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος Sidon. And °kindly 1Julius *Paul having “treated ἐπέτρεψεν πρὸς φίλους πορευθέντα" ἐπιμελείας allowed [him] “to [his] *friends leoing (’their] Scare τυχεῖν. 4 κἀκεῖθεν ἀναχθέντες ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κύπρον Sto Sreceive. And thence setting sail we sailed under Cyprus A A 4 ? / 3 / , [ή διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἀνέμους εἶναι ἐναντίους. 5 τό.τεπέλαγος τὸ because the winds were contrary. And the sea κατὰ τὴν Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν διαπλεύσαντες ἹκατήλθομενΏ along Cilicia and Pamphylia having saiied over we came εἰς ΥΜύρα! τῆς Λυκίας. 6 Κάκε εὑρὼν ὁ Σἑκατόντάρχος" to Myra of Lycia. Andthere *having *found the ?centurion πλοῖον ᾿Αλεξανδρῖνον πλέον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐνεβίβασεν a ship of Alexandria sailing to Italy he caused *to *enter e ~ ᾽ ᾽ , γ᾽ « - A ε A ~ 8 ‘ ἡμᾶς εἰς αὐτό. 7 ἐν ἱκαναῖς δὲ ἡμέραις βραδυπλοοῦντες καὶ “πει into, it; And for many days sailing slowly and μόλις γενόμενοι κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον, μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς hardly having come over against Cnidus, “not *suffering * 3518 ~ ‘ τοῦ ἀνέμου, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην κατὰ Σαλμώνην' the wind, we sailed under Crete over against . Salmone; , 5 , 8 µόλιςτε παραλεγόμενοι αὐτὴν ἤλθομεν εἰς τόπον᾽ τινὰ and hardly coasting along it wecame to a *place?certain / καλούμενον Καλοὺς Λιμένας, ᾧ ἐγγὺς δὴν πόλις! δλασαία.ὶ called Fair Havens, _ near which was acity_ of Lasea. ε ~ ‘ 3 ~ 9 Ἱκανοῦ δὲ χρόνου διαγενομένου καὶ ὄντος ἤδη ἐπισφαλοῦς And much time having passed and being already dangerous ~ , ἣν ΄ - τοῦ πλοός, διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν νηστείαν ἤδη παρεληλυθέναι, the voyage, because also the fast already had past, ’ «ε ~ ~ ~ παρύνει ὁ Παῦλος 10 λέγων αὐτοῖς, Ανδρες, θεωρῶ ὅτι μετὰ exhorted 1Paul ‘saying “them, Men, I perceive that with ef 4 ~ ’ ~ ~ ὕβρεως καὶ πολλῆς ζημίας οὐ µόνον τοῦ “φόρτου! καὶ τοῦ disaster. and much loss not only ofthe cargo and of the 4 Ἔ τι τ. τ ἠδύνατο LW. 5 ἐπικέκλητο L. t μέλλοντι A]. 5 + τοὺς the GLTTrAW. - πορευθέντι LTTrA, 5 Μύῤῥα Lrtra, 2 ἑκατοντάρχης LTTTA, ® πόλις ἦν Te Δασέα Lasea Tra, 5 φορτίου GLITrAW XXVII. ACTS. πλοίου ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν Ψυχῶν ἡμῶν μέλλειν ἔσεσθαι τον πλοῦν. ship ‘but also of our lives is about tobe the voyage. 11 Ὁ δὲ ἁἑκατόνταρχος! τῷ κυβερνήτῃ καὶ τῷ ναυκλήρῳ But the centurion by the steersman and the ship-owner εἐπείθετο μᾶλλον" ἢ τοῖς ὑπὸ frov' Παύλου λεγο- was persuaded rather than by thethings Ὁ Paul 4spoken. μένοις. 12 ἀνευθέτου.δὲ τοῦ λιμένος ὑπάρχοντος πρὸς παρα- And ill-adapted the port being to * winter ’ ε , Ew > ~ > ~ It χειµασίαν, οἱ S7AEioug" ἔθεντο.βουλὴν ἀναχθῆναι PKaKeider, in, the most counselled td set sail thence also, ‘ei zrwe' δύναιντο καταντήσαντες εἰς Φοίνικα παρα- if by any means they might be able havingarriveh αὖ Phoenice to χειµάσαι, λιμένα τῆς Κρήτης βλέποντα κατὰ ‘hiBa winter {there], a port of Crete looking towards south-west καὶ κατὰ χῶρον. 19 ὑποπνεύσαντος.δὲ νότου, δόξαν- and towards north-west. And *blowing *gently ‘a ?south*wind, think- TEC τῆς προθέσεως κεκρατηκέναι, ᾿ ἄραντες ἄσσον ing the purpose to have gained, having weighed [anchor] ‘close *by παρελέγοντο τὴν Κρήτην. 14 per’ ob πολὺ δὲ ἔβαλεν 4they “coasted “along Crete. *After *not “long *but there came Kar αὐτῆς ἄνεμος τυφωνικός, ὁ καλούμενος }Νεὐροκλύδων." down it a“wind ‘tempestuous, ‘called — Euroclydon, 15 συναρπασθέντος.δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντ- And “having *been δοδιρῦ ‘the “ship, and not able to bring οφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ, ἐπιδόντε ἐφερόμεθα. 16 νησίον {her} head δέ τι but *a Scertain to the giving (her] up we were driven along, “Small island ὑποδραμόντες καλούμενον "Κλαύδην' Ἀμόλις “running *under called Clauda “hardly ἰσχύσαμεν! περικρατεῖς γενέσθαι τῆς σκάφης" 17 ἣν ἄραν- 4we were able macters to become of the boat; which having taken τες βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον" φοβούμενοί πο. \ helps they used, undergirding the ship; “fearing τε -μὴ εἰς THY σύρτιν ἐκπέσωσιν, χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος wind, 4and lest into the quicksand they should fall, having lowered the gear er ? / . ~ ‘ [ή « ~ οὕτως ἐφέροντο. 18 Σφοδρῶς-δὲ χειμαζομένων ἡμῶν 80 they were driven. But “violently “being *tempest-tossed ‘we τῇ ἑξῆς ἐκβολὴν ἐποιοῦντο᾽ 19 καὶ τῇ on the next [day] ὃᾳ ‘casting δουὺ [of 7cargo] ‘they *made, and on the τρίτ αὐτόχειρες τὴν σκευὴν τοῦ πλοίου πἐῤῥίψαμεν ' third [day] with [our] own hands the equipment ofthe ship we cast away. 20 μήτε.δὲ ἡλίου μήτε ἄστρων ἐπιφαινόντων ἐπὶ πλείονας And neither sun nor stars appearing for many τ , ~ , ΄ A ἡμέρας, χειμῶνός τε οὐκ ὀλίγου ἐπικειμένου, λοιπὸν. περιῃ- days, and “tempest ‘no small lying on [us], henceforth was taken ρεῖτο °rdoa ἐλπὶς" τοῦ.σώζεσθαι ἡμᾶς. 21 πολλῆς Ρδὲ" ἀσιτίας away all hope of our being saved. And “a *long ®abstinence ὑπαρχούσης, τότε σταθεὶς ὁ Παῦλος ἐν μέσῳ.αὐτῶν εἶπεν, 1there “being, . then. ?standing *up Paul in their midst said, Ἔδει μέν, ὦ ἄνδρες, πειθαρχήσαντάς μοι μὴ ἀνά- It behoved [you] indeed, O men, having been obedient to me not to have γεσθαι ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης κερδῆσαί.τε τὴν ὕβριν. ταύτην καὶ set sail from Crete and to have gained this disaster and 4 ἑκατοντάρχης GLTTrA. © μᾶλλον ἐπείθετο LTTrA,. LTTrA. ἃ ἐκεῖθεν thence LTTrA. 1 εἴ πῶς LTrA. κλυδων EuryclydonG.. 1 Katéa Cauda utr; KAatéa τ; Κ[λ]αῦδα A ἔστιν. ἃ ἔλλιψαν they cast away GLTrAW ; ἔριψαν τ. f — τοῦ LTT: [a]W. k εὐρακύλων Euracylon LTTrAw ; evpv- 397 the lading and ship, but also of our Hives, 11 Nevertheless the centurion believed the master and the owner of the ship, more than those things which were spoken by Paul. 12 And because the ha- ven was not commo- dious to winter in, the more part advised to depart thence also, if by any means they might attain to Phe- nice, and there to win- ter ; which is anhaven of Crete, and licth to- ward the south west and north west. 13 And when the south wind blew softly, supposing that they bad obtained their purpose, loosing thence, they sailed close by Crete. 14 But not long after there arose against it a tempestuous wind, called Eurocly don. 15 And when the ship was caught, and couid not bear up into the wind, we let her drive. 16 And run- ning under a ccrtain island which is called Clauda, we had much work to come by the boat: 17 which when they had taken up, they used helps, un- dergirding the ship; and, fearing lest they should fall into the quicksands,strake sail, and so were driven, 18 And we being ex- ceedingly tossed with a tempest, the next day they lightened the ship; 19 and the third day we cast out with our own hands the tackling of the ship. 20 And when neither sun nor stars in many days appeared, and no small tempest lay on us, all hope that we should be saved was then taken away. 21 But after long ab- stinence Paul stood forth in the midst of them, and said, Sirs, ye should have heark- ened unto me, and not have loosed from Crete and to have gained this harm and loss, --....--- .-.-..ὄ -ὠ΄-ὕ--ς.ς-Ο.. \ & πλείονες M (σχύσαμεν μόλις ο ἐλπὶς πᾶσα LITrA. P TE LIsAW, 398 22 And now I exhort you to be of good cheer: for there shall be no loss of any man’s life among you, but of theship, 23 For there stood by me this night the angel of God, whose Lam, and whom I serve, 24 saying,Fear not, Paul; thou must be brought before Cx- sar: and, lo, God hath given thee all them that sail with thee. 25 Wherefore, sirs, be of good cheer: for I believe God, that it shall be even as it was told me. 26 Howbeit we must be cast upon acertain island, 27But when the fourteenth night was come, as we were driven up and down in Adria, about midnight the shipmen deemed that they drew near to some country ; 28 and sounded, and found it twenty fa- thoms : and when they had gone a little fur- ther, they sounded again, and found 7 fif- teen fathoms. 29 Then fearing lest we should have fallen upon rocks, they cast four anchors out of the stern, and wished for the day. 30 And as the shipmen were about to flee out of the ship, when they had let down the boat into the sea, under colour as though they would have cast an- chors out of the fore- ship, 31 Paul said to the centurion and to the soldiers, Except these abide in the ship, ye cannot be saved. 32 Then the soldiers cut off the ropes of the boat, and let her fall off. 33And while the day was coming on, Paul besought them all to take meat, saying, This day is the fourteenth day that ye have tarricd and con- tinued fasting, hav- ing taken nothing. 34 Wherefore I pray you to take some meat: for this is tor your XXVITI. εὐθυμεῖν" to be of good cheer, ὑμῶν, πλὴν τοῦ oniy of the TIPAS EIS. ‘ ~ ~ « ~ τὴν ζημίαν. 22 καὶ “τανῦν! παραινῶ υμας loss : and now I exhort you ἀποβολὴ.γὰρ ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ for “loss *of "1116. ‘not“any shall be from among you, , / bss ~ s / i ” - πλοίου. 23 παρέστη.γάρ μοι ἵτῷ.νυκτὶ. ταύτῃ" "ἄγγελος" τοῦ ship. For stood by me this night ἍΠ angel θεοῦ, οὗ εἰμι! ᾧ.καὶ λατρεύω, 24 λέγων, Μἠ.φοβοῦ Παὔῦλε, of God, whose Iam and whom 1 serve, saying, Fear not, Paul ; Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι' καὶ ἰδοὺ κεχάρισταί σοι ὁ θεὸς *God Cesar thoumust standbefore; and lo “has *granted *to *thee πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ. 2 Διὸ εὐθυμεῖτε ἄνδρες" all those sailing with thee. Wherefore be of good cheer, men, ὃν τρόπον the way ἔσται καθ᾽ it shall be according to τινα δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν. it has been said to me, 1a certain We must fall. 27 Ὥς δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη νὺξ ἐγένετο διαφερομένων And when the fourteenth night was come “being “driven *about ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ ᾿Αδρίᾳ, κατὰ έσον τῆς νυκτὸς ὑπενόουν ‘we in the Adriatic, towards [the] middle of the night supposed οἱ ναῦται προσάγειν τινὰ αὐτοῖς χώραν" 28 καὶ βολίσαντες 1the sailors ®neared *some 7them *country, and having sounded - εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι βραχὺ.δὲ διαστήσαντες καὶ πάλιν they found *fathoms ‘twenty, and “a *little ‘having *gone *farther and again βολίσαντες εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε' 29 Φφοβούμενοί-τε having sounded they found *fathoms fifteen ; and fearing Ἱµήπως" είς" τραχεῖς τόπους “ἰκπέσωσιν," ἐκ πρύμνης lest on rocky places. they should fall, out of [the] ~ stern ῥίψαντες ἀγκύρας τέσσαρας ηὔχοντο" ἡμέραν γενέσθαι. having cast ?anchors four they wished day to come. 30 τῶν δὲ ναυτῶν ζητούντων φυγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ πλοιου, καὶ Βαύ the sailors seeking to flee out of the ship, and χαλασάντων τὴν σκάφην εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, προφάσει we ἐκ having let down the boat into the sea, with pretext as from . πρώρας!ὶ Ἀμελλόντων ἀγκύρας" ἐκτείνειν, 31 εἶπεν ὁ Παῦ- {the] prow being about *anchors ‘to *cast %out, ®said >Paul λος τῷ ἑκατοντάρχῃ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, ᾿Εὰν.μὴ οὗτοι to the centurion and tothe soldiers, Unless _— these μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ.δύνασθε. 32 Τότε oi abide in the _ ship πο be *saved ?cannot. Then the στρατιῶται ἀπέκοψαν" τὰ σχοινία τῆς σκάφης καὶ εἴασαν soldiers cut away the ropes ofthe boat and let αὐτὴν ἐκπεσεῖν. 33 ἄχρι.δὲ οὗ “ἔμελλεν ἡμέρα" γίνεσθαι, her fall. Anduntil ?was*about ‘day *to *come, , « ~ ~ ww ᾿ , παρεκάλει ὁ Παῦλος ἅπαντας μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς, λέγων, 7exhorted ®Paul all to partake of food, saying, Τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες ἄσι-. *The *fourteenth *to-*day [158] day watching without TOL διατελεῖτε, ἁμηδὲν! ἐπροσλαβόμενοι.! 34 διὸ παρα- taking food yecontinue, nothing having taken. Wherefore 1 ex- ~ ε ~ ~ ~ ~ A ἔς καλῶ ὑμᾶς ἱπροσλαβεῖν! τροφῆς: τοῦτο γὰρ πρὸς τῆς hort you to take fooe, for this for ὅτι οὕτως that thus εἰς νῆσον. Σε But on “island πιστεύω.γὰρ τῷ θεῷ for I believe God λελάληταί μοι. 26 rr 4 τὰ νῦν LTTrA. t + ἐγώ ττ[Α]. ΕΤΤΓΑ, LTTrA, ; Ἱμήπω L; μήπου TTr; μή που A. πέσωµεν We should fall GLrtraw. Ὁ απέκοψαν οἱ στρατιῶται LTTrA, © προσλαμβανόμενοι taking .. 5 ἄγγελος placed after λατρεύω LTTrAW. Ὑ κατὰ against LTTraw. χ ἐκ- 2 πρῴρης LT, 3 ἀγκύρας μελλόντων 6 ἡμέρα ἤμελλεν (ἔμελλεν τ) LTTrA. 4 μηθὲν { μεταλαβεῖν to partake οὗ GLTTraW. ᾿ ταύτη τῇ νυκτὶ GLTTrAW. Υ εὔχοντο TTrA. ΧΧΥΙ. XXVIII. ὑμετέρας σωτηρίας ὑπάρχει' your safety te τῆς κεφαλῆς Ἱπεσεῖται.! 35 ΕΕἰπὼν".δὲ the head shall fail, ἄρτον εὐχαρίστησεν τῷ θεῷ ἐνώπιον πάντων, καὶ κλάσας aleaf he gave thanks {ο αοᾶ _ before all, and having broken [10] ἤρξατο ἐσθίειν. 86 εὔθυμοι.δὲ ενόµενοι πάντες καὶ av- began to eat. And ‘of Σροοᾷ Scheer 7having *hecome ‘all also them- τοὶ προσελάβοντο τροφῆς 37 lipev'dé πὲν τῷ πλοίῳ at food, ACTS. Εοὐδενὸς' γὰρ ὑμῶν θρὶξ Mex" for of no one ofyou ahair of ταῦτα καὶ λαβὼν And having said these things and having taken selves took Andwewere in the ship‘ *the πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ" διακόσιαι "ἑβδομηκονταέζ." 88 κορεσθέντες δὲ tall souls two hundred {and} _ seventy six. And being satisfied τροφῆς ἐκούφιζον τὸ πλοῖον, ἐκβαλλόμενοι τὸν σῖτον εἰς τὴν with food they lightened the _ ship, casting out the wheat into ‘the θάλασσαν. 89 Ὅτε δὲ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο τὴν γῆν οὐκ.ἐπεγίνωσκον' sea. And when “day Vit*was the land they did not recognize ; κόλπον.δξ τινα κατενόουν ἔχοντα αἰγιαλόν, εἰς ὃν “ἔβου- but α αγ ‘certain they perceived having a shore, on which they λεύσαντοὶ εἰ δύναιντο ἐξῶσαι τὸ πλοῖον. 40 καὶ τὰς purposed if they should be able todrive the ship ; and ‘the ἀγκύρας περιελόντες εἴων εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. ἅμα Sanchors the at the same time ἀνέντες τὰς ζευκτηρίας τῶν πηδαλίων" καὶ ἐπάραντες τὸν having loosened the bands of the rudders, and having hoisted the Papréuova" τῇ πνεούσῃ κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν. 41 περι- foresail tothe wind they made for the shore. *Having πεσόντες δὲ εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον “ἐπώκειλαν" τὴν ναῦν' *having “οαῦ away they left in sea, 5fallen tand into a place where two seas-met they ran aground the " vessel; καὶ ἡ μὲν πρώρα ἐρείσασα ἔμεινεν ἀσάλευτος, 17-08 and the prow having stuck fast remained immovable, but the πρύμνα ἐλύετο ὑπὸ τῆς βίας ττῶν κυμάτων." 42 τῶν δὲ stern was broken by the violence of the waves. And of the στρατιωτῶν βουλὴ ἐγένετο ἵνα τοὺς δεσμώτας ἀποκτείνωσιν, soldiers {the] counsel + was that the prisoners’ they should kill, µήτις ἐκκολυμβήσας "διαφύγοι 48 ὁ δὲ ἱἑκατόνταρχος" lest anyone ἨὨατίης ΑπαΏι out should escape. But the centurion βουλόμενος διασῶσαι τὸν Παὔῦλον ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ desiring to save Paul hindered them of [their] , ay , a r . ~ ? ? βουλήματος, ἐκέλευσέν.τε τοὺς δυναμένους κολυμβᾷν, ᾿ἀποῤ- purpose, and commanded those being able to swim, having ε, ΄ \ i ~ \ \ ῥίψαντας" -πρώτους, ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἐξιέναι, 44 καὶ τοὺς cast [themselves] off first, on the land to go out; and the λοιπούς, οὓς μὲν ἐπὶ σανίσιν οὓς δὲ ἐπί τινων τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ rest, some indeed on boards andothers on somethings «from the πλοίου" καὶ οὕτως ἐγένετο πάντας διασωθῆναι ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν. ship; and thus itcametopass all werebroughtsafely to the land. 28 Καὶ διασωθέντες τότε ἐπέγνωσαν" ὅτι Μελίτη ἡ And having been saved then they knew that Melita the νῆσος .καλεῖται. 2 Οἱ3δὲ βάρβαροι Σπαρεῖχονὶ οὐ τὴν island is called. And the barbarians shewed no τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν' Ξἀνάψαντες' γὰρ πυράν προσ- common philanthropy tous; for having kindled a fire they 399 health : for there shall not an hair fall from the head of any of you. 35 And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks ‘to God in presence of them all: and when he had broken 7/, he be- gan to eat. 36 Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. 37And we -were in all in the ship two hundred thréescore and sixteen souls, 38 And when ’ they had eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast out the wheat into the sea. 39 And when 165 was day, they knew not the land:: but they discovered a certain creek with a shore, into the which they were minded, ifit were possible, to thrust in the ship. 40 And when they had taken up the anchors, they commit- ted themselves unto the sea, and loosed the rudder bands, and hoised up the mainsail to the wind, and made toward shore, 41 And falling into a place where two seas met, they ran the ship a- ground ; and the fore- part stuck fast, and remained unmoyveable, but’ the hinder part was broken with the violence of the waves. 42And the soldiers’ counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, and escape. 43 But the centurion, willing. to save Paul, kept them from their pur- pose ; and command- ed that they which could swim should cast themselves first into the sea, and get to land: 44and the rest, some on boards, and some on oken pieces of the ship. And so it came to pass, that they escaped all safe to land. XXVIII. And when they were escaped,then they knew that the island was called Me- lita. 2 And the barbar- ous people shewed us no little kindness: for they kindled a fire, Εξ οὐθεψὸς L. ς h ἀπὸ LTTrA. i ἀπολεῖται Shall perish GLTTraw. 1 ἤμεθα LTTraw. I ™ αἱ πᾶσαι ψυχαὶ ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ LTTrAW. ο ἐβουλεύοντο ΙΤΤτΑΥΓ. Ρ ἀρτέμωνα LTT: AW. ΕΤ Τ.Α]. 3 διαφύγῃ ΟΙΤΤ:ΑΥΓ. We kuew Lrtraw. Στε LTTrAW. q επέκειλαν LTTrA. ἕ ἑκατοντάρχης LTTrA, παρειχαν LITrA, ν ἀπορίψαντας 1. 2 ἅψαντες LTTrAW. k εἴπας LTTrA. Ὁ ἑβδομήκοντα ἕξ GLTTrW. το τῶν κυμάτων > ΄ W επεγνωµεν 400 and received us every one, because of the pre- gent rain, and because of the cold. 3And when Paul had ga- thered a bundle of sticks, and laid them on the fire, there came ἢ viper out of the heat, and fastened on his hand. 4 And when the barbarians saw the venonous beast hang on _ his hand, they said among themselves, No doubt this man is a mur- derer, whom, though he hath escaped the sea, yet vengeance suffereth not to live. 5 And he shook off the beast into the fire, and felt no harm. 6 How- beit they looked when he should have swol- len, or fallen down dead suddenly: but after they had looked a great while, and saw no harm come to him, they changed their minds, and said that he was a god. 7 In the same quarters were possessions of the chief man of the island, whose nanie was Pub- lius ; who received us, and lodged us three days courteously. 8 And it came to pass, that the father of Pub- lius lay sick of afever and of a bloody fiux: to whom Paulentered in, and prayed, and laid his hands on him, and healed him. 9 So when this was done, others also, which had diseases in the island, came, and were healed: 10 who also honoured us with many hon- ours; and when we departed, they laded us with such things as were necessary. 11 And after three months we departedin a ship of Alexandria, which had wintered in the isle, whose sign was Castor and Pol- lux. 12 And landing at Syracuse, we tar- ried there three days, 13 And from thence we fetched a compass,and came to Rhegium: and ” J ‘ , ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν. IPAS EIS. XXVIII , , € ~ ‘ 4 Ἐὰν τὴς ‘ 3 - 4 ελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς, διὰ τὸν ὑετὸν τὸν ἐφεστῶτα καὶ reccived all ofus, becauseof the rain that was present ana ‘ δι ~ 7 ἧς διὰ τὸ ψύχος. 8 Συστρέψαντος.δὲ τοῦ Παύλου φρυγάνων because of the cold. And “having *gathered 1 Pal Sof ‘sticks ~ ‘ ? , ? \ ‘ A ” ὃ “Ὁ ή -» πλῆθος, καὶ ἐπιθέντος ἐπὶ τὴν πυρὰν ἔχιδνα "ἐκ" τῆς 4a°quantity,and having laid [them] on the’ fire ayviper out of the θέρμης “ἐξελθοῦσα! καθῆψεν τῆς.χειρὸς αὐτοῦ. 4 ὡς δὲ “sidov" heat having come wound about his hand, And when “saw οἱ βάρβαροι κρεμάμενον τὸ θηρίον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ © ‘the “barbarians Shanging *the ‘*beast from his hand ” ‘ , / , ΄ς » εἔλεγον πρὸς ἀλλήλους, Πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος they said to oneanother, By allmeansa murderer is 7inan τ εν / ? ~ , ε , yt ᾽ οὗτος, ὃν διασωθέντα ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ δίκη ζῇν οὐκ ‘this, whom having been saved from the sea justice *to *live “not εἴασεν. ὃ Ὁ μὲν οὖν ἰἀποτινάξας" τὸ θηρίον εἰς TO TU ‘permitted. He, indeed, then having shaken off the beast in.o the fire 6 οἱ δὲ προσεδόκων αὐτὸν μέλλειν : τ " But they were expecting him _ to be about ἐπίμπρασθαι' ἣ καταπίπτειν ἄφνω νεκρόν. — émi-mortwé to become inflamed or tofalldown suddenly dead. But for a Ίος time: suffered no injury. αὐτῶν προσδοκώντων καὶ θεωρούντων μηδὲν ἄτοπον εἰς αὐτὸν they expecting and seeing nothing amiss to him γινόμενον, Ἀμεταβαλλόμενοιϊ ἔλεγον Ἰθεὺν αὐτὸν εἶναι." happening, changing their opinion suid a god he was. 7 Ἐν δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὸὺν.τόπον ἐκεῖνον ὑπῆρχεν χωρία Νου in the [parts] about that place were lauds τῷ πρωτῳ τῆς νήσου, ὀνόματι Ποπλίῳ, ὃς ἀνα- belonging tothe chief of the island, by name Publius, who having δεξάμενος ἡμᾶς Ἀτρεῖς ἡμέρας" Φφιλοφρόνως ἐξένισεν. received us three days in a friendly way lodged [8]. 8 ἐγένετο.δὲ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ Ποπλίου πυρετοῖς Kai ἰδυσεν- Απᾶ 165 happened the father of Publius *fovers Sand ®dysen- τερίᾳ! συνεχόμενον κατακεῖσθαι: πρὸς ὃν ὁ Παῦλος εἰσελ- tery oppressed *with ay, to whom Paul having en- |) ‘ ve? ~ ~ [ο θὼν καὶ προσευξάµενος, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῷ ἰάσατο tered and having prayed, having laid on [*his] Shands 7Vhim cured ΄, \ ε ‘ , αὐτόν. 9 τούτου “oby' γενομένου καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ "ἔχοι- him, This therefore haying taken place alsothe rest who had is / 7 ~ / τες ἀσθενείας ἐν τῇ νήσῳ" προσήρχοντο καὶ ἐθεραπεύοντο infirmities in the island came and were healed : an ‘ ~ ~ ᾽ , ε ~ ‘ ? f 10 ot καὶ πολλαῖς τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἀναγομένοις who also with many: honours honoured us, and on setting sail ἐπέθεντο τὰ πρὸς “τὴν χρείαν." they laid on [us] the things for [our] need. 11 Μετὰ δὲ τρεῖς μῆνας ἀνήχθημεν ἐν πλοίῳ παρακεχει- 2 ͵ Andafter three months we sailed in aship which had / ? ~ ’ ᾽ , ΄ μακότι ἐν τῇ νήσῳ, ᾿Αλεξανδρίνῳ, παρασήμῳ Διοσκούροις" wintered in the island, an Alexandrian, withanensign [{Π0] Dioscuri. 12 καὶ καταχθέντες εἰς Συρακούσας ἐπεμείναμεν Ῥὴμέρας And having been brought to at Syracuse we remained “days ee { , , ? / ‘ τρεῖς" 19 ὅθεν περιελθόντες κατηντήσαµεν εἰς Ῥήγιον, καὶ ‘three, Whence having goneround wearrived at RBhegium; and * + τι (read a certain quantity) Lrrraw. © πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔλεγον LITrA. h ΄ ve μεταβαλόμενοι Tra, 4 εἶδαν Tr. LTTrAw. r ™ δὲ and (this) trrra. χρείας needs LTT: AW. Ὁ ἀπὸ from LTTrAW. ο διεξελθοῦσα AW. IS | { ἀποτιναξάµενος W. 8 ἐμπιπρᾶσθαι T. 1 αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν LTTrAW. Κ ἡμέρας τρεῖς Α. 1 δυσεντερίῳ } τ΄ Ὁ ἐν τῇ νήσῳ ἔχοντες ἀσθενείας Ι.ΊΤΓΑ. ο τὰς Ρ ἡμέραις τρισίν L. ACTS. νότου XXVIII. μετὰ μίαν ἡμέραν ἐπιγενομένου δευτεραῖοι after one day, *having °come Soa ‘a *south *wind. on the second day , τ πες 5 > ἤλθομεν εις Ποτιόλους 14 οὗ εὑρόντες ἀδελφοὺς παρε- wecame to Puteoli ; where having found brethren we were 7 > ~ ~ « ia { Lor ‘ ef > κλήθηµεν "ἐπ᾽" αὐτοῖς ἐπιμεῖναι ἡμέρας ἑπτά: καὶ οὕτως "εἰς entreated Swith *them 'to’remain ‘days ‘seven, And thus to τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλθομεν." 15 κἀκεῖθεν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ἀκούσαντες Rome we came, Andtbence the brethren having heard ‘ « ~ ~ ? ? / ς - » τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν "ἐξῆλθον" εἰς ἀπάντησιν ἡμῖν ἱάχρις" the things concerning us came out to meet us as far as , - ΄ 4 ~ ~ εν 2 3 ε ~ ᾽Αππίου Φόρου Kai Τριῶν ΓΤαβερνῶν' οὓς ἰδὼν ὁ Παῦ- Γίπο] market-place of Appius and Three Taverns; whom seeing ‘Paul, λος, εὐχαριστήσας τῷ θεῷ ἔλαβεν θάρσος. having given thanks to God hetook courage. 16 “Οτεδὲ "ἠλθομεν" εἰς ἡ Ῥώμην Σὸ ἑκατόνταρχος παρέ- And when πο came to Rome __ the centurion de- ὃ ὺς δεσμί ῷ δάρχῃ"" στῷ δὲ Παύλ WKEV τους εἔσμιους τῷ στρατοτπε αρχΏ τῳ.οεχιαὺ ῳ livered the prisoners to the commander of the camp, but Paul ἐπετράπη" μένειν καθ’. ἑαυτόν, σὺν. τῷ φυλάσσοντι αὐτὸν wasallowed toremain by himself, with the *who “Κορὺ *him , ? A ς ~ [ή στρατιώτῃ. 17 ᾿Ἐγένετο.δὲ μετὰ ἡμέρας τρεῖς 7συγκαλεσασ- *soldier. Anditcametopass after “days ‘three *called *to- Oa" ὅτὸν Παῦλον! τοὺς ὄντας τῶν ᾿ουδαίων πρώτους" those who were “of *the 5Jews 1chief *ones. αὐτῶν ἔλεγεν πρὸς αὐτούς, >” Ανδρες gether 7Paul συνελθόντων δὲ And having *come *together ‘they he said to them, Men ἀδελφοί, ἐγὼ! οὐδὲν ἐναντίον ποιήσας τῷ λαῷ ἢ τοῖς brethren, I ®nothing ‘against ‘having 34οπθ the people ος the » ~ ’ “ ? ε , , ἔθεσιν τοῖς πατρῴοις δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην 2customs ‘ancestral a prisoner from Jerusalem was delivered εἰς τὰς χεῖρας THY Ῥωμαίων" 18 οἵτινες ἀνακρίναντές µε into the hands ofthe Romans, who having examined me ? ‘ ᾽ ~ 4 4 / > / , ἐβούλοντο ἀπολῦσαι, διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου wished to let [me] go, because not one cause of death « ΄ ? ? / ? / \ ~ ᾽ / ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί. 19 ἀντιλεγόντων. δὲ τῶν ᾿Ιουδαίων was there 1η me. _ But “speaking ‘against [516] ‘the 2Jews ἠναγκάσθην ἐπικαλέσασθαι Καίσαρα, οὐχ ὡς τοῦ.ἔθνους.μου I was compelled to appeal to Cesar, not as Smy 7nation ἔχων τι -«κατηγορῆσαι.ὶ 20 διὰ ταύτην οὖν τὴν αἰτίαν thaving “anything “to *lay °against. For this therefore *cause d παρεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς ἰδεῖν καὶ προσλαλῆσαι' ἕνεκεν" γὰρ «1 called for you tosee and tospeak to [you]; for on account of γῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ Ισραήλ τὴν.ἄλυσιν.ταύτην περίκειµαι. the hope of Israel this chain I have around [me]. 21 Οἱ δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν "εἶπον,ὶ Ἡμεῖς οὔτε γράμματα Γπερὶ Andthey to him said, We neither letters concerning σοῦ ἐδεξάμεθα" ἀπὸ τῆς Ιουδαίας οὔτε παραγενόµενός τις thee received from Judea, nor having arrived any one ~ > ~ ? / Ἅ 3 ’ / ΔΝ ὌΝ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπήγγειλεν ἢ ἐλάλησέν τι περὶ σοῦ ofthe brethren reported or said anything concerning *thee πονηρόν. 22 ἀζιοῦμεν.δὲ παρὰ σοῦ ἀκοῦσαι ἃ φρονεῖς" evil, But we think well from _ thee to hear what thou thinkest, α παρ᾽ ΗΤΤΑ. ” ἤλθαμεν εἰς Ῥώμην L; εἰς την Ρώμην ἤλθαμεν TTrA. ἦλθον 1. ΦἀῸἧἄχρι ΤΊτΑ. ἰ * — ὃ ἑκατόνταρχος .... στρατοπεδάρχῃ ΙΤΊΤΑ. * συν- π. 3 αὐτὸν he @LTTraw. υ ᾿Εγώ, ἄνδρες ἀδελφοί, LITra, 4 εἵνεκεν T. ο εἶπαν LTTrA, f ἐδεξάμεθα περὶ σοῦ L 401 after one day the south wind blew, and we came _ the next day to Puteoli: 14 where we found brethren, and were de- sired to tarry with them seven days: and so we went toward Rome. 15 And from thence, when the bre- thren heard of us, they came to meet us as far as Appii forum, and The three taverns: whom when Paul saw, he thanked God, and took courage, 16 And ,when we came to ome, the centurion delivered the ‘prisoners to the captain of the guard: but Paul was suffered to dwell by himself with a soldier that kept him. 17 And it came to pass, that after three days Paul called the chief of the Jews together: and when they were come toge- ther,hesaid unto them, Men and _ brethren, though I have com- mitted nothing against the people, or customs of our fathers, yet was I delivered pri- soner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans, 18 Who, when ‘they had examined me, would have let me go, because there was no cause of death in me, 19 But when the Jews spake against 7¢, I was constrained to appeal unto Ceesar ; not that 1 had ought to accuse my nation of. ‘20 For this cause thercfore have I called for you, to see you, and to speak with you: be- cause that for the hope of Israel I am bound with thischain. 21 And they said unto him, We neither received letters out of Judzxa concerning thee, nci- ther any of the bre- thren that came shew- ed or spake any harm of thee. 22 But we desire to hear of thee what thou thinkest: 8 ἦλθαν Came ΤΎΤΑ : Σ εἰσήλθομεν WE CaMe ill LTA; εἰσήλθαμεν Tr. ν + τὴν Τ. Υ ἐπετράπη τῷ Παύλῳ (omit but) LrTra. ο κατηγορεῖν 11ΤιΑ. DD 405 for as concerning this seet, we know that every where it is spo- ken against. 23 And when they had ap- pointed him a day, there came many to him into his lodging ; to whom he expounded and testified the king- dom of God, persuad- ing them concerning Jesus, both out of the lnw of Moses, and out of the prophets, from morning till evening. 21 And some believed the things which were spoken, and some be- lieved not. 25 And when they agreed not anonug themselves, th-y departed, after that Paul had spoken one word, Well spake the Holy Ghost .by Esiuias the prophet un- to our fathers, 26 say- inz, Go unto this peo- ple, and say, Hearing ye shall hear, and shall not understand; and secing ye shall see, and not perceive: 27 for the lieart of this Ῥεο- ple is waxed gross, and. their ears are dull of hearing, and their eyes have they closed; test they should see with thew eyes, und hear -with their ears, and understand with their heart, and should be converted, and I should heal them. 28 Be it known therefore unto you, that the salvation of God is sent unto the Gentiles, and that they will hear it. 29 And when he had said these words, the Jews departed, and had great reasoning among themselves. 30 And Paul dwelt two whole years in his own hired house, and received all that came in unto him, 31 preach- ing the kingdom of God,and tenching those things which concern the Lord Jesus Christ, with all confidence, no man _ forbidding him. 8 ἡμῖν ἐστιν LTTrA, τὸ ὑμῶν your LTTrA, η ὑμῖν ἔστω A, τ ἨἘνέμειγεν TTrA. πρΡΑ ΕΡΙΣ, XKVHE ~ . ψ' ᾽ - τῆς.αἱρέσεως.ταύτης γνωστόν ξέστιν ἡμῖν" this sect known it is tous 23 Ταξάμενοι.δὲ αὐτῷ ἡμέραν that ΟΥ̓́Θ Ποῦ itis spoken against. And having appointed him a day Νήκον" πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Eeviay πλείονες" οἷς. ἐξετίθετο came to him to the lodging many, to whom he expounded, διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, πείθων.τε αὐτοὺς fully testifying the kingdom of God, and persuading them irq" περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ἀπύ.τε τοῦ νόµου ἘΜωσέως" the things concerning Jesus, both from the law of Moses ‘ ~ ~ 4 M ' « / < καὶ τῶν προφητῶν, ἀπὸ Tpwi ἕως ἑσπέρας. 24 καὶ οἱ περὶ. μὲν». γὰρ for indeed as concerning / - , OTL πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται. andthe prophets, from morning te evening. And some A , “ / € ι ΄ μὲν ἐπείθοντο τοῖς « λεγομένοις, οἱ δὲ ἠπίστουν. indeed were persuaded of the things ΒΡΟΚΕΠ, but some disbelicved. νε 5” ‘ ». ’ ’ > ’ 25 ἀσύμφωνοι δὲ'.ὄντες πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀπελύοντο, εἰπόν- And disagrecing with one another they departed; ‘having τος τοῦ Παύλου ῥῆμα ἕν, Ὅτι καλῶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ΞΕ ΡΟΚΘΩ 1Paul ~- ‘word. *one, Well the Spirit the Holy ? ΄ ‘ “ ~ , 4 ‘ , ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἡσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου προς τοὺς πατερας. spoke by Esaias the prophet to “fathers mov," 26 "λέγον," Πορεύθητι πρὸς τὸν λαὸν. τοῦτον καὶ *our, saying, Go to this people, and ο > ᾿ Π > ~ >? ’ ‘ > ~A ~ - \ λέ εἰπε," ᾿Ακοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ. μὴ συνῆτε' καὶ βλέποντες say, In hearing 7ο shall hear, and in no wise understand, and seeing βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 27 ἐπαχύνθη.γὰρ ἡ καρδία ye shall see, and in no wise perceive. For has grown fat the heart τοῦ.λαοῦ. τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ of this people; and with the ears heavily they have heard, and τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς.αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν' μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς their eyes they have closed, lest theyshouldsee with the ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ eyes, and with the ears they should hear, and with the heart συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν, καὶ Ῥίάσωμαι" αὐτούς. they should understand, and should be converted, and 1 Βῃοι]ὰ heal them. 28 Γνωστὸν οὖν “ἔστω ὑμῖν," ὅτι τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη Σ Known therefore beit toyou, that tothe nations is sent τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, αὐτοὶ καὶ ἀκούσονται. 29*Kai ταῦτα the salvation of God; and they will hear. And these things αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος ἀπῆλθον ot ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, πολλὴν ἔχοντες ἐν he having said *went*away 86 Jews, ®‘much ‘having Samong ἑαυτοῖς, συζήτησιν." Σέποιηςο]γες ‘discussion. 90 "Ἔμεινεν δὲ Yo Παῦλος" διετίαν ὅλην ἐν ἰδίῳ µισ- And “abode 1Paul two “years ‘whole in his own hired θώματι, καὶ ἀπεδέχετο πάντας τοὺς εἰσπορευομένους πρὸς house, .| and welcomed all who came ἐπ to αὐτόν. 31 κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ διδάσκων him, proclaiming the kingdom of God, and teaching ‘ ‘ ~ , ? we w νι Π , εἰ τα περι του κυριου Inoov χριστοῦ," μετὰ πάσης the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ, with τ all παῤῥησίας ἀκωλύτως. 3 freedom unhinderedly, Β ἦλθον LITTA, ἷ -- τὰ LTTrA, Ὁ λέγων ΤΊτΑ. 5 εἰπόν GLTTrAWe ¥ + τοῦτο (read this salvation) LTTrA. *¥ — ὃ Παῦλος (read he abode) @Lrrraw. Κ Mwicéws GLTTrAW. ἴἧἴτε τ. P ἰάσομαι I shall heal ΤΤτΑ. 8 — verse 29 LTTrA, W — χριστοῦ T, Σ + Πραξεις Αποστόλων Tra, "ΠΑΥΛΟΥ TOY ἈΠΟΣΤΌΛΟΥ Ἡ ΠΡΟΣ ΡΩΜΑΙΟΥΣ 40Ε ‘PAUL ‘THE ©APOSTLE “THE "TO [ΤΗΕ] *ROMANS ENIZTOAH.", *EPISTLE: ΠΑΥΛΟΣ δοῦλος 'Inood χριστοῦ," κλητὸς ἀπόστολος, ἀφω- Paul, bondman of Jesus Christ, a called apostle, sepa- ρισµένος εἰς εὐαγγέλιον θεοῦ, 2 ὃ προεπηγγείλατο διὰ rated to glad tidings of God, τῶν. προφητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν γραφαῖς ἁγίαις, J περὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ his prophets in “writings ‘holy, concerning ?Son αὐτοῦ, τοῦ γενομένου ἐκ σπέρματος «Δαβὶδὶ κατὰ ‘his, who came of [the] seed of David according to σάρκα, 4 τοῦ ὁρισθέντος υἱοῦ θεοῦ ἐν δυνάμει, κατὰ flesh, who was marked out Son of God in power, according to [the] Ὁ ’ ? ? Ss .~ 2 ~ ~ πνεῦμα ἁγιωσύνης, ἐξ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν, ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ Spirit of holiness, by | resurrection of [the] dead— Jesus Christ τοῦ. κυρίου ἡμῶν, ὃ δι οὗ ἐλάβομεν χάριν καὶ ἀποστολὴν our Lord; by whom we received ΄ grace and _ apostleship εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ὑπὲρ τοῦ unto obedience offaith among all the nations, in behalf of ὀνόματου: αὐτοῦ, 6 ἐν οἷς ἐστε καὶ ὑμεῖς, κλητοὶ ᾿Ιησοῦ his name, among whom 419 also ye, called of Jesus χριστοῦ". 7 πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν Ῥώμῃ ἀγαπητοῖς, θεοῦ, hrist Σ toall Ό]οςο Πο are in Rome ‘beloved of God, κλητοῖς ἁγίοις" χάρις ὑμῖν Kai εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν called saints: grace toyou and peace from God our Father καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. and Lord Jesus. Christ. ~ x : cs ~ ~ - ᾽ - ~ ὃ Πρῶτον μὲν εὐχαριστῶ τῷ θεῷ-μου διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ First, 1 thank my αοᾶ through Jesus Christ - ’ Ἱ , A ~ ε / ς ~ , ? ὑπὲρ' πάντων ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἡ.πίστις ὑμῶν καταγγέλλεται ἐν {ου 2411 *you, , that your faith is announced in t ~ ΄ > ‘ € , © , Ap τῷ κόσμῳ" 9 µάρτυς.γάρ = ἐστὶν ὁ θεός, ᾧ λατρεύω *whole'the world; for *witness ye ΙΕ 7God, whom 1 serve ἐν τῷ.πνεύματίµου ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ. υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, WC ip my spirit in the glad tidings of his Son, how 7 ΄ , ~ ~ / 2 ‘ ~ ἀδιαλείπτως μνείαν ὑμῶν ποιοῦμαι, 10 πάντοτε ἐπὶ τῶν uneea: ingly mention of you I make, always at προσευχῶν.μου δεόμενος, “εἴπως" ἤδη ποτὲ εὐοδωθήσομαι bly prayers beseeching, if by any means now at lengthI shall be prospered ~ , ~ Ίων ὦ ΕΞ 4 ε aS 3 - η ἐν τῷ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς" 11 ἐπιποθῶ.γὰρ by the will of God tocome _ to you. For I long ἰδεῖν ὑμᾶς, ἵνα τι μεταδῶ χάρισμα ὑμῖν πνευματικὸν; tosee you, that some°Il*may impart gift Sto 7you Mspiritual,. εἰς TO στηριχθῆναι ὑμᾶς, 19 τοῦτο. δέ. ἐστιν, 'συμπαρα- to the [επά] *be*established ‘ye, that is, to be comforted d ® Παύλου Ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους α; Πρὸς Ῥω. v5 x Epistles of Paul. Ίο [the] Romans ttr. Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ τς, Δαυὶδ ανν. ἆ περὶ LITrAW. ε εἴ πως LTrA. Γσυν- TA, which he before promised through. TAW ; ᾿Ἐπιστολαὶι Παύλου. PAUL, a servant of Jesus Christ, called to be an apostle, separat- ed unto the gospel of God, 2 (which he had promised afore by his prophets in the holy scriptures,) 3 concern- ing his Son Jesus Christ our Lord, which was made of the seed of David according to the flesh; 4 and de- clared to be the Son of God with power, ac- cording to the spirit of holiness, by the resur- rection from the dead : 9. by whom we have received grace and apostleship, for obedi- ence to the faith a- mong all nations, for his name: 6 among whom are ye also the called of Jesus Christ: 7 to all that be in Rome, beloved of God, called to be saints: Grace to youand peace fron: God our Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ. 8 First, I thank my God through Jesus Christ for you all, that your faith is spoken of throughout the whole world. 9 For God is my witness, whom 1 serve with my spirit in the gospel of his Son, that without ceasing I make men- tion of you always in my prayers; 10 mak- ing request, if by any means now at length I might have a pros- perous journcy by the will of God to come unto you. 1 For J long to see you, that Τ may impart unto you some spiritual gift, to the end ye may be es- tablished ; 12 that is, that I may be com- forted together with Πρὸς ‘Pw. ο Δανειὸ Lidra ς 404 you by the mutual faith both of you and me. 13 Now I would not have you ignorant, brethren, that often- times I purposed to come unto you, (but was let hitherto,) that I might have some fruit among you also, even as among other Gentiles. 141 am debtor both to the Greeks, and to the Barbarians ; both to the wise, and to the - unwise. 15 So, as much as in me is, lam ready to preach the gospel to you that are at Rome also. 16 For I am not ashamed of the gospel 7 of Christ : for it is the power of God unto salvation to every one that believeth ; to the Jew first, and also to the Greek. 17 For therein is the right- eousness of God re- vealed from faith to faith: asit is written, The just shall live by faith. 18 For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and un- righteousness of men, who hold the truth in unrighteousness ; 19 because that which may be known of God is manifest in them; for God hath shewed tt unto them, 20 For the invisible things of him from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things that are made, even his eternal power and Godhead ; so that they are with- out excuse : 2] because that, when they knew God, they glorified him not as God, nei- ther were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened. 22 Pro- fessing themselves to wise, they became fools, 23 and changed “ the glory of the un- corruptible God into an image made like to corruptible man, and to birds, and fourfoot- ed beasts, and creep- ing things. 24 Where- fore God also gave them up to unclean- ness through the lusts of their own hearts, to - ΠΡΟΣ ΡΟΜΑΙΟΥ Σ, 1. κληθῆναι" ἐν ὑμῖν διὰ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις πίστεως ὑμῶν.τε together among you, through the *in “one ‘another ‘faith, both yours ᾿ ω > δ pte ~ ~ ᾽ Πα ἢ καὶ ἐμοῦ" 19 οὐ.θέλω.δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι πολ- and mine. But Ido not wish you~ tobe ignorant, brethren, that many ι , ῃ > ~ 4 ε ~ oy ? / » / ~ λάκις προεθέμην ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἐκωλύθην ἄχρί τοῦ times Iproposed tocome to you, ‘and,was hindered until the ο. ~ / , ~ A 3 « ~ 4 δεῦρο, ἵνα Εκαρπόν Twa" σχῶ καὶ εν ὕμιν, καθως present, that “fruit 1some I might have also among you, according as ‘ ~ ~ 3” / ΄ ‘ , καὶ ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς ἔθνεσιν., 14 “Ἑλλησίν. τε καὶ βαρβάροις, also among the other nations, Both toGreeks and barbarians, ~ η ? / . / «“ \ a τα σοφοῖς.τε καὶ ἀνοήτοις, ὀφειλέτης εἰμί" 16 οὕτως τὸ κατ ἐμὲ bothtuwise and unintelligent, adebtor Lam: so asto. me , \ ~ ~ ε , ? πρόθυμον καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς ἐν Ῥώμῃ εὐαγ- readiness “also ο γοθι who [8410] “in ὝἜοπιο “to *announce 16 οὐ γὰρ. ἐπαισχύνομαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον "τοῦ For I am not ashamed of the gladtidings of the τῷ salvation {ο every one that (there is] γελίσασθαι. the glad tidings. χριστοῦ" δύναμις.γὰρ θεοῦ ἐστιν εἰς σωτηρίαν παντὶ Christ : for power οὗ God itis unto πιστεύοντι, ᾿Ιουδαίῳ.τε Ἰπρῶτον" καὶ Ἕλληνι." 17 δικαιοσύνη believes, both to Jew first and to Greek: ?righteousness ap θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀποκαλύπτεται ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν, ‘for of God in it is revealed by faith to faith; A , ε ι , η , , καθὼς γέγραπται, -Ὁ-δὲ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται. according as it has been written, But πο just by faith shall live: 18 ᾽Αποκαλύπτεται.γὰρ ὀργὴ θεοῦ ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν For there is revealed wrath of God from heaven upon all ΕΝ, \ ? / 2 κ ~ \ 17 ? ἀσέβειαν καὶ ἀδικίαν ἀνθρώπων τῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν ungodliness andunrighteousness of men who the truth in ἀδικίᾳ κατεχόντων, 19 διότι τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ unrighteousness hold. Because that which is known of God φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὁ ξγὰρ.θεὸς" αὐτοῖς ἐφανέρωσεν" “manifest ‘is among them, for God tothem manifested [it]; 20 τὰ γὰρ ἀόρατα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ κτίσεως. Κκύσµου τοῖς forthe invisiblethings ofhim from _ creation ο [πε] world by the ποιήμασιν. νοούμενα καθορᾶται, ἥ.τε ἀΐδιος αὐτόῦ δύνα- things made being understood areperceived, both “eternal ‘his power µις καὶ θειότης, εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτοὺς ἀναπολογήτους. 21 διότι and divinity; for "to “be *them without excuse. Because ΄ ‘ ΄ ἔμ , / γνόντες τὸν θεόν, οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν ἢ Ἱεὐχαρίσ- having known God, not as God they glorified [him] or were thank- τησαν,! ™adX’" ἐματαιώθησαν ἐν τοῖς. διαλογισμοῖς. αὐτῶν, καὶ ful; but became vain in their reasonings, - and ἐσκοτίσθη ἡ ἀσύνετος αὐτῶν καρδία" 32 φάσκοντες was dark-ned the *without *understanding *of *them “heart: professing εἶναι σοφοὶ ἐμωράνθησαν, 23 καὶ ἤλλαξαν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ tobe wise they became fools, and changed the glory ofthe ἀφθάρτου θεοῦ ἐν ὁμοιώματι εἰκόνος φθαρτοῦ ἀνθρώπου incorruptible God into alikeness of an image of corruptible man καὶ πετεινῶν καὶ τετραπόδων Kai ἑρπετῶν. 24 διὸ "καὶ" and oofbirds and quadrupeds and creeping things. Wherefore also 4 \ « ‘ ~ / ~ ~ παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν.καρδιῶν.αὐ- 2gave *up them God in the desires of their hearts τῶν εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν, τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι τα.σώµατα αὐτῶν ἐν to uncleanness, %to*be *dishonoured ‘their “bodies between - Ε τινὰ καρπὸν GLTTrAW. πὐχαρίστησαν GLTTrA. & — τοῦ χριστοῦ GLTTrAW. -- τὸ ἱ [πρῶτον] L, “* θεὸς γὰρ GLITrAW ™ αλλα Tr, 2 — καὶ LTTr[a]. — ἕω Ι, ΤΊ. ROMANS. δἑαυτοῖς"Ἱ 25 οἵτινες μετήλλαξαν τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν themselves : who changed the truth of God into ~ / " ? , 4 3 / ~ Γ τῷ ψεύδει, καὶ ἐσεβάσθησαν καὶ ἐλάτρευσαν τῇ κτίσει falsehood, and reverenced and served the created thing παρὰ τὸν κτίσαντα, ὅς ἐστιν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. beyond jhim who created [it],who is blessed to the ages. 2 , 4 P= η 3 Η͂ « ‘ ᾽ ΄ ἀμὴν. 26 διὰ τοῦτο παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς πάθη Amen, For this reason “gave “πρ >them God to passions ἀτιμίας" at τε' γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν ofdishonour, both ‘for “females their changed the natural ~ ? A / A ε » « χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν" 27 ὁμοίως Pre" “αἱ οἱ «ἄῤῥενες" use into that contrary to nature; andinlike manner αἶβο 6 males ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν τῆς θηλείας, ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν ΤΏ having left the natural use ofthe female, were inflamed in 7 ἐξ 2 ~ > Ἰλλήλ τ ” I! > 32 Ἱ ‘ ὀρεςει αυτων εἰς adAndAovc, "ἄρσενες' ev Ιἄρσεσιν' τὴν their lust towards one another, males with males ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόµενοι, καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν ἣν ἔδει *shame working “out, and the recompense which was fit τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν ἐν «ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες. 28 καὶ of their error in themselyes receiving, And , [,} καθὼς οὐκ ἐδοκίμασαν τὸν θεὸν ἔχειν ἐν ἐπιγνώσει, according as they did not approve °God ‘to *have in {their] knowledge, παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς ὁ θεὸς εἰς ἀδόκιμον νοῦν, ποιεῖν τὰ μὴ "gave *up 3them *God to anunapproving mind, todo things not καθήκοντα, 29 πεπληρωμένους πάσῃ ἀδικίᾳ, πορνείᾳ," fitting ; being filled with all unrighteousness, fornication, “πονηρίᾳ, πλεονεξίᾳ, κακίᾳ"' μεστοὺς φθόνου, φόνου, ἔριδος, wickedness, covetousness, malice; full ofenvy, murder, strife, δόλου, κακοηθείας" Ψιθυριστάς, 80 καταλάλους, θεοστυγεῖς, guile, evil ἀἱεροβίέίοιι5; whisperers, slanderers, hateful to God, ὑβριστάς, ὑπερηφάνους, ἀλαζόνας, ἐφευρετὰς κακῶν, insolent, prond, vaunting, inventors of evil things | γονεῦσιν ἀπειθεῖς, 31 ἀσυνέτους, ἀσυνθέτούς, a- to parents disobedient, without understanding, perfidious, without , ε A στόργους, Ῥάσπόνδους,, ἀνελεήμονας. 82 οἵτινες τὸ natural affection, implacable, unmerciful ; who the δικαίωµα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπιγνόντες, ὅτι οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα righteous judgment of God having known, that those απο things πράσσοντες ἄξιοι θανάτου εἰσίν, οὐ µόνον αὐτὰ ποιοῦσιν, doing worthy ofdeath are, not only “them ‘practise, ἀλλὰ καὶ συνευδοκοῦσιν τοῖς πράσσουσιν. but also ατα οοπβεη{ίηρ to those that do {them]. 2 Διὸ ἀναπολόγητος el, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, πᾶς ὁ κρίνων" Wherefore inexcusable thou art, O man, every one who judgest, τ , , ‘ 4 / ε ἐν ᾧ.γὰρ κρίνεις τὸν ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν κατακρίγεις for in that in which thou judgest the other, thyself thou condemnest : τὰ.γὰρ αὐτὰ πράσσεις ὁ κρίνων. 2 οἴδαμεν Σδὲ" ὅτι τὸ for the same things thou doest who judgest. “We πον ‘but that the κρῖμα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν κατὰ ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα judgment ofGod is accordingto truth uponthosethat such things πράσσοντας. 3 λογίζῃ. δὲ τοῦτο, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, ὁ κρίνων do. And reckonest thou this, ο man, who judgest ~ ~ { τοὺς τα.τοιαῦτα πράσσοντας καὶ ποιῶν αὐτά, ὅτι those that such things do, and practisest them [thyself], that ο αὐτοῖς LTTrA. Ρδὲτ. 4 ἄρσενες ELTrAW. τ ἄῤῥενες Τ. *— πορνείᾳ GLTTrAW. σπόνδους LTTrAW. 2 γὰρ for η. Jlignity ; 7 κακίᾳ πονηρίᾳ πλεονεξίᾳ, L; πονηρίᾳ κακίᾳ πλε. T. 408 dishonour their own bodies between them- selves: 25 whochanged the truthof Godinto a lie, and worshipped and served the crea- ture more than: the Creator, who is blessed for ever. Amen. 26 For this cause God gave them up unto vile af- fections: for even their women did changethe natural use into that which is against na- ture: 27 and likewise also the men, leaving the natural use of the woman, burned . in their lust one toward another; men with men working that which is unseemly, and receiving in them- selves that recompence of their error which ‘was meet. 28 Andeven as they did not like to retain God in their knowledge, God gave them over to a repro- bate mind, to dothose thing's which are not convenient; 29 being filled with 42] unright- eousness, fornication, ‘wickedness, covetous- ness, maliciousness; full of envy, murder, debate, deceit, ma- whisperers, 30 backbiters, haters of God, despiteful, proud, boasters, in- yentors of evil things, disobedient to parents, 31 without under- standing, covenant- breakers, without na- tural affection, im- placable, unmerciful: 32 who knowing the judgment of God, that they which commit such things are worthy of death, not only do the same, but have pleasure in them that do them, Il. Therefore thou art inexcusable, O man, whosoever thou art that judgest: for wherein thou judgest another, thou con- demnest thyself; for thou that judgest doest the same things. 2 But we are sure that the judgment of God is ac- cording to truth a- gainst them which commit such things. 3 And thinkest thou this, O man, that judgest them which do such things, and doest the same, that thou 5 ἄρρεσιν T. wo a- 406 shalt escape the judg- ment of God? 4 or despisest thou the riches of his good- ness and forbearance and longsuffering ; not knowing that the goodness of God lead- eth thee to repentance? 5 But after thy hard- ness and impenitent heart treasurest up un- to thyself wrath a- gainst the day of wrath and revelation of the rimhteous judg- ment of God; 6 who will render to every man according to his deeds : 7 to them who by patient continu- ance in well doing seck for glory and honour and immortal- ity, eternal life : 8 but unto them that are contentious, and do not obey the truth, but obey unrighteousness, indignation andwrath, 9 tribulation and an- guish, upon every soul of man that doeth evil, of the Jew first, and also of the Gentile; 10 but glory, honour, and peace, to every man that worketh good, to the Jew first, and also to the Gen- tile: 11 for there is no respect of persons with God. 12 For as many as have sinned with- out law shall also perish without law: and as many as have sinned in the Jaw shall be judged by the law; 13 (for not the hearers of the jaw are just before God, but the doers of the law shall be justified. 14 For when the Geutiles, which have not the law, do by nature the things contained in the law, these, having not the law, are a law unto themselves : 15 which shew {πο work of the Jaw writ- ten in thcir hearts, their conscience’ also bearing witness, and their thoughts. the mean while accusing or else excusing one another ;) 16 in the day when God shall judge the secrets of. men by Jesus Christ according to my gos- pel. 17 Behold, thou art called a Jew, and restest in the law, and Σ — μὲν τ. LITraw. 6 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1, * ὀργὴ καὶ θυμός GLTTrAW. δος πω] ης, ΠΡΟΣ ο ο 3: YY. 3 te ‘ ~ ~ ~ n ~ , ~ σὺ exgengy TO κρῖμα τοῦ θεοῦ: 4 ἡ τοῦ πλούτου τῆς χρη- thou shalt escape the judgment of God? οἵ the riches of the kind- ’ ~~ ‘ ~ ~ 4 ρω ἅ στότητος αὐτοῦ καὶ THE ἀνοχῆς καὶ τῆς μακροθυμίας -κατα- ness of him and the forbearance and the long-suffering despisest ~ > ~ Ἀ Α ~ ~ ) , , φρονεῖς, ἀγνοῶν ὅτι τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς µετάνοιάν σε, thou, not knowing that the kindness of God to repentance thee ἄγει; 5 κατὰ δὲ τὴν.σκληρότητά.σου καὶ ἀμετανόητον leads ? but according to thy hardness and impenitent , , ~ € , η ~ 4 8 καρδίαν θησαυρίζεις σεαυτῷ ὀργὴν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς καὶ ἀπο- heart treasurest up tothyself wrath in aday of wrath and re- καλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ θεοῦ. 6 ὃς ἀποδώσει ἑκάστῳ velation of righteous judgment ot God, who willrender’ toeach ἴ ” ~ ~ ? « κατὰ τὰ ἔργα. αὐτοῦ. 7 τοῖς μὲν καθ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου according to his works : to those that with endurance in *work ἀγαθοῦ, δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν ζητοῦσι», ζωὴν good, glory and honour and incorruptibility are seeking— life αἰώνιον. 8 τοῖς δὲ ἐξ ἐριθείας, καὶ ἀπειθοῦσιν Σμὲν' τῇ eternal, But to those of contention, and who disobey the η , θ , δὲ ἐδ τὴ 28 αὖ 2 A ? | ἀληθείᾳ, πειθοµενοις-δε τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, vpoc καὶ ὀργη, truth, but obey unrighteousness— indignation and wrath, 9 θλίψις καὶ στενοχωρία, ἐπὶ πᾶσα: ψυχὴν ἀνθρώπου τοῦ tribulation and strait, on every soul of man that κατεργαζοµένου! τὸ κακόν, Ιουδαίου.τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἑλληνος works out evil, both of Jew first and of Greck; 10 δόξα δὲ καὶ τιμὴ καὶ εἰρήνη παντὶ τῷ ἐργαζομένῳ τὸ but glory and honour and _ peace to everyone that works _ ἀγαθόν, ᾿ἸΙουδαίῳ.τε πρῶτον καὶ Ἕλληνι 11 οὐ.γάρ.ἐστιν good, bothto Jew first, and to Greek: for there is not "προσωποληψία! παρὰ τῷ θεῷ. 12 ὃσρι.γὰρ ἀνόμως ἥμαρτον, respect of persons with God. For as many as without law sinned, ἀνόμως καὶ ἀπολοῦνται" καὶ oor ἐν νόμῳ ἥμαρτον, διὰ withoutlaw also shall perish ; andasmanyasin law ~ sinned, by νόµου κριθήσονται, 19 οὐ.γὰρ ot ἀκροαταὶ ὕτοῦ" νόµου δίκαιοι law shall be judged, (for not the hearers ofthe law [are] just πα a Cr be | θ ~ AN’ « 4 b ~ Il ΄ ὃ Oy, ρ ῳ σερ,α οι ποιῆται “TOV, νομοῦ ὀικαιωσησογνται. with God, but the doers ‘ofthe law shall be justified. / \ ” \ , ” 14 “Οταν. γὰρ ἔθνη ,τὰ μὴ νόμον ἔχοντα φύσει τὰ For when . nations which “not “law *have by nature the things τοῦ νόμου Ἱποιῃ,' οὗτοι νόμον μὴ ἔχοντες, ἑαυτοῖς εἰσιν ofthe law practise, these, law not haying, tothemselves are νόμος" 15 οἵτινες ἐνδείκνυνται τὸ ἔργον τοῦ νόµου γραπτὸν a law ; who shew the work ofthe law written 3 ~ / > ~ ~ ~ έν ταῖς. καρδίαις αὐτῶν, «συμμαρτυρούσης! αὐτῶν τῆς συνει- in their hearts, *bearing *witness °with ‘their 2con- δήσεως, καὶ μεταξὺ ἀλλήλων τῶν λογισμῶν κατηγορούντων science, and between one another the reasoRings accusing n ‘ ? , ε ε ~ 4 η καὶ ἀπολογουμένων, 16 ἐν ἡμέρᾳ fore" κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς or also defending ;) in aday . when *shall%judge ‘+*God \ ‘ ~ 9 γ . Ta κρυπτὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ τὸ. εὐαγγέλιόν.μου, διὰ ως secrets of men, according to my glad tidings, by δ᾽ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." Jesus Christ. h” ᾽ ~ sy κα 17 5 Ἴδε! σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ἐπονομάζῃ, καὶ ἐπαναπαύῃ irq" Lo, thou a Jew art named, and restest in the 8 προσωποληµψία LITrA. © συν- τ. '— τῷ the Litiaw, 3 : Τ b — τοῦ the ποιῶσιν LTTrA. f4 in which La, 5 εἰ dabut if Gurtraw, x νὰ " IT, ΠΠ. ROMANS. / ‘ ™~ Ἵ ~ \ , ‘ μ 3 νόμῳ, καὶ καυχᾶσαι ἐν θεῷ, 18 καὶ γινώσκεις τὸ θέλημα, καὶ law, aud boastest in God, and knowest the will, and , \ . 9 ΔΑ δοκιμάζεις τὰ διαφέροντα, κατηχούμενος ἐκ τοῦ approvest the things that are more excellent, being instructed out of the νόµου" 19 πέποιθάς τε 'σεαυτὸν ὁδηγὸν εἶναι τυφλῶν, law; ‘and art persuaded [that] thyself aguide art of [086] blind, φῶς. τῶν ἐν σκότει, 20 παιδευτὴν ἀφρόνων, διδάσκαλον 8 light of those in darkness, an instructor of [the] foolish, ° a teacher νηπίων, ἔχοντα τὴν μόρφωσιν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ofinfants, having the form of knowledge andofthe truth ἐν τῷ νόμῳ" 21 δοῦν διδάσκων ἕτερον, σεαυτὸν οὐ δι- in the law: thou then that teachest -another, thyself ‘not *dost δάσκεις; ὁ κηρύσσων μὴ κλέπτειν, κλέπτεις; 22 ὁ *thouteach? thou that proclaimest not tosteal, dost thousteal? thou that λέγων μὴ μφιχεύειν, μοιχεύεις: ὁ sayest not to commit adultery, dost thou commit adultery? thou that βδελυσσόµενος . τὰ εἴδωλα, ἱεροσυλεῖς ; 23 ὃς ἐν abhorrest idols, dost thou commit sacrilege? thou who in , x ~ ~ , ~ / Δ A »όμῳ καυχᾶσαι, διὰ τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ νόµου τὸν θεὸν law ‘boastest, throughthe transgression ofthe law , 3God ἀτιμάζεις; 24 Τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ dt ὑμᾶς βλασ- *dishonourest, *thou? Forthe name of God through you is blas- φημεῖται ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, καθὼς γέγραπται. 25 Περι- phemed among the nations, according as it has been written. 7Circum- τομὴ μὲν. γὰρ ὠφελεῖ ἐὰν νόμον πράσσῃς" ἐὰν δὲ cision “ἰμᾶθοα ‘for profits if [the] law thou doest ; but if παραβάτης νόµου ἧς, ἡπεριτοµή.σου ἀκροβυστία “γέγονεν. a@ transgressor 26 ἐὰν οὖν ἡ ἀκροβυστία τὰ δικαιώµατα τοῦ νόμου φυλάσ- If therefore the uncircumcision the requirements of the law keep, πὰ ε . / ~ - \ , oy, "οὐχὶ" ἡ ἀκροβυστία. αὐτοῦ εἰς περιτομὴν λογισθήσεται; “not Shis*uncircumcision ‘for ‘circunicision ‘shall be reckoned? 27 καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ ἐκ φύσεως ἀκροβυστία, τὸν νόμον τελοῦσα, and *shall*judge the *by *nature *uncircumcision, *the “law | *fulfilling, a , ‘ ~ fx / σὲ τὸν διὰ γράμματος καὶ περιτομῆς παραβάτην νόµου; thee who with letter and circumcision [art] atransgressor of law? 28 οὐ γὰρ ὁ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἸΙουδαῖός ἐστιν, οὐδὲ ᾿ For not he that [isone] outwardly 2a, ον. lis, neither ἡ ἐν τῷ φανερῷ ἐν σαρκὶ περιτομή" 29 ἀλλ ὁ that outwardly in flesh [is] circumcision ; but he that [is] ἐν. τῷ κρυπτῷ ᾿Ιουδαῖος, καὶ περιτομὴ καρδίας ἐν πνεύ- hiddenly a Jew [is one]; and circumcision [is] of heart, in spi- ματι, οὐ.γράμματι οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος οὐκ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, rit, not inletter; ofwhom the praise. [is] not of men, πὸ ἀλλ᾽" ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ. but οἵ God. 3 Τί οὖν τὸ περισσὸν τοῦ Ἰουδαίου, ἢ Tic ἡ ὠφέλεια What then [is] the superiority of the Jew? or what the profit τῆς περιτομῆς; 2 πολὺ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον. πρῶτον μὲν of the circumcision ? Much in every way: *first Γι] Lt || er ? , 4 η ~ τ ~ , ’ 2 ap" ὅτι ἐπιστεύθησα» τὰ λόγια τοῦ θεοῦ. ὃ τι.γάρ, εἰ for that they were entrusted with the oracles of God. For what, if ἠπίστησάν .TLVEC; μὴ ἡ.ἀπιστία αὐτῶν τὴν πίστιν τοῦ θεοῦ Snot Zbelieved *some? “their unbelief ‘the 7**faith 1508 “σοῦ of law thou art, thy circumcision uncifcumcision has become. ' 407 makest thy boast of God, 18 and knowest his will, and approv- est the things that are more exccllent, being instructed out of the law; 19 and art con- fident that thou thy- self art a guide of the blind, a light of them which are in darkness, 20 an instructor of the foolish, a teacher of babes, which hast the form of knowledge and of the truth in the law. 21 Thou thcre- fore which teachest another, teachest thou not thyself ? thou that preachest a manshould not steal, dost thou steal? 22 thou that sayest a man should not commit adultery, dost thou commit a- dultery? thou that abhorrest idols, dost thou commit sacrilege? 23 thou that makest thy boast of the law, through breaking the law dishonourest, thou God? 24 For the name of God is blasphemed among the Gentiles through you, as it is written. 25 For circum- cision verily profiteth, if thou kecp the law but if thou be 4 break- er of the law, thy cir- cumcision is madeun-~ circumcision. 26 There- fore if the uncircum- cision keep the right- eousness of the law, shall not his uncir- cumcision be count- ed for circumcision ? 27 And shall not un- cércumcision which is by nature, if it fulfil the law, judge thee, who by the letter and circumcision dost transgress the law ? 28 For he isnot aJew, which is one outward- ly; neither is that circumcision, which is , outward in the flesh : 29 but he is a Jew, which is one inward- ly ; and circumcision is that of the heart, in the spirit, and not in the letter; whose praise 7s not of men, but of God. III. What advan- tage then hath the Jew? or what profit is there of circumci- sion? 2 Much every way : chiefly, because that unto them were committed the oracles Se ο. ἼἽ«“ι ο --υ-υἅἤ-Ὅἴ-ἔ----------ις στ ο ξοὐχ tTTr, [ἀλλὰ Ltr, ™ ἀλλὰ τε, α--- γὰρ τ"1[4]. x 408 of Ged, 3 Τον whatif some did mot believe ? shall their unbelief make the faith of God without effect? 4 God forbid: yea, let God be true, but every mana liar ; as it is written, That thou mightcst be justified in thy say- ings, and mightest overcome when thou art judged. 5 Butif our unrighteousness com- mend the righteous- ness of God, what shall we say? Js God un- rightecus who taketh vengeance? (I speak as a man) 6 God for- bid: for then how shall God judge the world? 7 For if the truth of God hath more abounded through my lie unto his glory; why yet am I also judged as a sinner?’ 8 And not rather, (as we be slanderously re- ported, and as some af- firm that we say,) Let us do evil, that good may come? whose damnation is just. 9 What then? are we better than they? No, in no wise: for we have before proved both Jews and Gen- tiles, that they are all under sin; 10 as it is written, There is none righteous, no, notone: 1] there is none that understandeth, there is none that seeketh after God. 12 They are all gone out of the way, they are together become unprofitable; there is none that do- eth good, no, not one. 13 Their throat is an open sepulchre ; with their tongues they have used deceit ; the poison of asps {8 under their lips: 14 whose mouth zs full of curs- ing and bitterness: 15 their feet are swift to shed blood 16 de- struction and misery are in their ways: 17 and the way of ee have they not own: 18 there is no fear of God _ before y:- their eyes. 19 Now we / know that what things | Boever the law saith, | it saith to them who | are under thelaw: that every mouth may be stopped, and all the world may become guilty before God, 9 καθάπερ TTr. * ἠχρεώθησαν τττ. ῬΩΜΑΊΟΥΣ. (IT. κ [ή δι e 4 > , 4 μὴ.γένοιτο" γιγέσθω.δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἀληθής, may it not be! but let “be "God, true, | ΠΡΟΣ καταργήσει; *shall 7make of πο ‘°effect ? ~ A ” , ‘ , [ἢ 7 πᾶς. δὲ ἄνθρωπος ψεύστης, “καθως' γέγραπται, “Ὅπως and every man false, according as it has been written, That ~ ~ ’ ‘ , " ᾿ ~ ἂν δικαιωθῇς ἐν τοῖς.λόγοις-σου, καὶ Ῥνικήσῃς' ἐν τῷ thou shouldest be justified in thy words, and overcome in / , ? ‘ a / « ~ ~ / ΄ κρίνεσθαί.σε. 5 Εἰ δὲ ἡ.ἀδικία ἡμῶν θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην συνί- thy being judged. Butif our unrighteousness 7God’s “righteousness ‘com- / ~ 4 we « ‘ « ᾽ [ή " στησιν, τί ἐροῦμεν; μὴ ἄδικος ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐπιφέρων τὴν mend, what shallwesay? [is]?unrighteous *God who intlicts ΄ » ΄ ‘ [ή . ? ~ ὀργήν; κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω. 6 μὴ.γενοιτο᾽ ἐπεὶ πῶς wrath? According to man I speak, Mayit notbe! since how ~ ς Α A ae 3 > q A il ς ir ΄ θ ~ θ ~ κρινεῖ ὁ θεὸς τὸν Κόσμον ; 7 εἰ yap" ἡ ἄληθεια τοῦ θεοῦ βΏα]] πᾶρθ 4οᾶ the ~ world? 31Ε ‘for the truth of God ἐν τῷ.ἐμῷ.ψεύσματι ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὴν .δόξαν αὐτοῦ, τί ἔτι in my lie abounded to his glory, why yet ‘ ε A . ‘ κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; 8 καὶ μὴ καθως βλασ- 34150 1 “as ὃς “sinner | ‘am judged? and not, according as weare ‘ ’ ~ , .“ φημούμεθα, καὶ καθώς φασίν τινες ἡμᾶς λέγειν, Ότι injuriously charged ayd according as “affirm 1βοπιε [{π40}] we say, ποιήσωμεν τὰκακὰ ἵνα ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀγαθάι ὧν τὸ κρῖμα Let us practise evil things that *may *come ‘good “things? whose judgment ἔνδικόν ἐστιν. 2just lis. , , 9 Τί οὖν; προεχόµεθα; οὐ πάντως προητιασάμεθα.γὰ 2 ρ χ μ ᾽ vi What then? are we better? not at all: for we before charged Ἰουδαίους.τε kai Ἕλληνας πάντας ὑφ᾽ ἁμαρτίαν εἶναι, both Jews and Greeks all Sunder ‘sin ['with]) *being: 10 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν δίκαιος οὐδὲ according as it has been written, There is not a righteous one, not even εἶσ' 11 οὐκ ἔστιν τὸ συνιῶν, οὐκ.έστιν So" ἐκζητῶν one: there is not [one] that understands, there is not [one] that seeks after ‘ ή , ? , ε/ { ? , θ τὸν θεόν. 12 πάντες ἐξέκλιναν, ἅμα ἠχρειώθη- God. All did go out of the way, together they became unprofit- σαν" οὐκ.έστιν ποιῶν χρηστότητα, οὐκ έστιν ἕως able; there is not [one] practising kindness, there is not so much as « ΄’ ’ ? [ή « / ? ~ ~ ’ ἑνός. 19 τάφος ἀνεῳγμένος ὁ.λάρυγξ αὐτῶν, ταῖς γλώσσαις v one; ’sepulchre ‘an “opened [is] their throat, with *tongues ᾽ ~ ? ~ r ΕΣ ? / © - A / > ~ αὐτῶν ἐδολιοῦσαν ἰὸς ἀσπίδων ὑπὸ τὰ χείλη αὐτῶν' *their they used deceit: poison ofasps [is] under their lips: 14 wy τὸ στόμα ἀρᾶς καὶ πικρίας γέμει 15 ὀξεῖς οἱ of whom the mouth οἳ cursing and of bitterness is full; swift πόδες αὐτῶν ἐκχέαι αἷμα" 16 σύντριμμα καὶ ταλαιπωρία their feet toshed blood; ruin and misery [ατο] ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς. αὐτῶν' 17 καὶ ὁδὸν εἰρήνης οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν. in their ways ; and away ofpeace they did not know: 18 οὐκ.ἔστιν φόβος θεοῦ ἀπέναντι τῶν.ὀφθαλμῶν. αὐτῶν. there is no fear of God before their eyes. 19 Οἴδαμεν.δὲ ὅτι ὅσα ὁ νόμος λέγει, τοῖς ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Now we know that whatsoever the law says, tothose in the law ~ eo ~ , -“ , λαλεῖ: ἵνα πᾶν στόμα φραγῇ, καὶ ὑπόδικος γένηται it speaks, that every mouth may be stopped, and under judgment _ πᾶς ὁ κύσμος τῷ θεῷ. 20 διότι ἐξ all, the world to God. be ἔργων νόµου οὐ δικαιω- Wherefore by works of Ίαν ποὺ ‘shall ba ’ P νικήσεις Shalt overcome T, ® — ὃ Τ[ττ]. 5 [ὃ] 1. ¥ + ὁ (read that practises) Τ. Be a + [αὐτῶν] (read their mouth) ως III, IV. ROMANS. θήσεται πᾶσα σὰρξ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ" διὰ γὰρ νόµου ἐπί- justified any flesh before him; forthrough -law [is] know- (lit. all) γνωσις ἁμαρτίας. ledge — of sin. Γ΄ 21 Νυνὶ δὲ χωρὶς νόµου δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ πεφανέρωται, Butnow apartfrom law righteousness of God has been manifested, μαρτυρουµένη ὑπὸ τοῦ νόµου καὶ τῶν προφητῶν" 22 δι- being borne witnessto by the law and the prophets : 2right- καιοσύνη δὲ θερῦ διὰ πίστεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς πάντας eousness ‘evyenofGodthrough faith oof Jesus Christ, towards all Σκαὶ ἐπὶ πάντας! τοὺς πιστεύοντας οὔὐ.γάρ-ἐστιν διαστολή’ and upon all those that believe : for thereisno difference: 23 πάντες γὰρ ἥμαρτον καὶ ὑστεροῦνται τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ, for all sinned and come short ofthe glory of God; 24 δικαιούµενοι δωρεὰν -τῇῃ.αὐτοῦ χάριτι, διὰ τῆς ἀπολυ- being justified gratuitously by his grace, through the re- τρώσεως τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, 25 ὃν προέθετο ὁ θεὸς demption which [15] in Christ Jesus ; whom ’set *forth God can ἱλαστήριον διὰ ὑτῆς" πίστεως ἐν τῷ.αὐτοῦ.αἵματι, εἰς ἔν- ‘ amercy seat through faith in his blood, for a shew- δειζιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης. αὐτοῦ, διὰ τὴν πάρεσιν τῶν ing forth of his righteousness, in respect of the passing by the προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων 20 ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ Ξιμαὺ *had *before *taken ®place sins in the forbearance θεοῦ, πρὸς 3 ἔνδειξιν τῆς δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ νῦν of God; for [the] shewing forth of his righteousness in the present καιρῷ, εἰς τὸ εἶναι. αὐτὸν δίκαιον καὶ δικαιοῦντα τὸν ἐκ time, for his being just and justifying him that [is] of [the] πίστεως Ἰησοῦ. 27 Ποῦ οὖν ἡ καύχησις; ἐξεκλείσθη. faith of Jesus. Where then[is]the boasting? It was excluded. διὰ ποίου νόµου; τῶν ἔργων; οὐχί, ἀλλὰ διὰ νόµου - Through what law ? of works? No; but through alaw πίστεως. 28 λογιζόμεθα δοὖν" ὑπίστει δικαιοῦσθαι' ἄνθρω- of faith. ' 2We reckon ‘therefore *by '°faith *to "be *justified *a°man πον, χωρὶς ἔργων νόµου. 297 Ιουδαίων ὁ θεὸς µόνον; apart from works of law. Of Jews [ishe]the God only? οὐχὶ.“δὲ! καὶ ἐθνῶν; vai καὶ ἐθνῶν. 80 “ἐπείπερ! εἷς and not also of Gentiles? Yea, also of Gentiles: since indeed one ὁ θεὸς ὃς δικαιώσει περιτομὴν ἐκ πίστεως, καὶ God [itis] who will justify [the] circumcision by faith, and ἀκροβυστίαν διὰ τῆς πίστεως. 31 νόμον οὖν καταργοῦ- uncircumcision through faith. SLaw “then 'do?we*make of no: μὲν διὰ τῆς πίστεως; μὴ.γένοιτο' ἀλλὰ νόμον. «ἱστῶμεν.! effect through faith? May it not be! but ‘law ‘we “establish. 4 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν ῬΑβραὰμ τὸν πατέρα. ἡμῶν εὑρηκέναι! What then shallwesay Abraham our father has found 4 ΄ 7 4 ᾽ A ? ” ? , μὴ κατὰ σάρκα; 2 εἰ. γὰρ ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἔχει according to flesh? Forif Abraham by works was justified, he has i ‘ > ” A 8 A " ;» , 4 « A καύχημα, ἀλλ’ ov πρὸς Srov' θεόν. 3 τί.γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ ground of boasting, but not towards God, For what Απο “scripture λέγει; ᾿Επίστευσεν.δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ ‘says 2 And *believed 1Abraham God, and it was reckoned to him Χ.--- καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας ΙΤΤΙ[Α]. 7 - τῆς ΙΤΤτΑ. *% + τὴν the LTTrA. 409 20 Therefore by the deeds of the law there shall no flesh be justi- fied in his sight: for by the law ts the know= ledge of sin. / 21 But now the right- eousness of God with- out the law is mani- fested, being witness- ed by the law and the prophets ; 22 even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ unto all and upon all them that believe: for there is no difference: 23 for 811 have sinned, and come short of the glory of God ; 24 being justi- fied freely by his grace through the redemp- tion that isin Christ Je- sus: 25 whomGod hath set forth to be a pro- pitiation through faith in his blood, to declare his righteousness for the remission of sjns that are past, through the forbearance of God; 26 to declare, Z say, at this time his righteousness : that he might be just, and the justifier of him which believeth in Jesus, 27 Where ts boasting then? It is excluded, By what law? of works? Nay: but by the law of faith. 28 Therefore we con- clude that a man is justified by faith with- out the deeds of the law. 29 Js he the God of the Jews only? is he not also of the Gentiles ? Yes, of the Gentiles also: 30 see- ing it is one God, which shall justify the gqir- cumcision by faith, and uncircumcision through faith. 31 Do we then make void the law through faith? God forbid: yea, we establish the law. IV. What shall we say then that Abraham our father, as pertain- ing to the flesh, hath found? 2 For if Abra- ham were justified by works, he hath whereof to glory ; but not be- fore God. 3 For what saith thescripture? A- braham believed God, and it was counted unto him for right- eousness. 4 Now to him that worketh is the 5 yap ‘for ΟΙΤΤΤΑΥΓ. Ὁ δικαιοῦσθαι πίστει GLTTrA. 5 --- δὲ and GLTTrA. d εἴ περ LTTrA. 6 ἱστάνομεν LTTrA. “ἢ εὑρηκέναι (Γεύρηκέναι] a) ᾿Αβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα (forefather) ἡμῶν LiTra, Ἐ -Ξ τὸν LTITrAW,. 410 reward not reckoned of.grace, but of debt. 5 But to him that worketh not, but be- lieveth on him that justifieth the ungoilly, his faith is counted for righteousness. 6 Even as David also de- scribeth the blessed- ness of the man, unto whom God impuieth righteousness without works, 7 saying, Bless- ed are they whose in- iquitics are forgiven, and whose sins are covered. 8 Ble-sed is the man to whom the Lord will not impute sin. 9 Cometh this bless- edness then upon the cireumcision only, or upon the uucircumci- sion also? for we say that faith was reckon- ed to Abraham _ for righteousness. 10 How was it then reckoned ? when he was in cir- cumcision, or in un- circumcision? Notin circumcision, but in uncircumcision.11And he received the sign of circumcision, a seal of the righteousness of the faith which he Had yet being uncireumcis- ed: that he might be the father of all them that believe, though they be not circumcised ; that righteousness might beimputed unto them also: 12 and the father of circumcision to them who are not of the circumcision only, but who also walk in the steps of that faith of our fa- tker Abraham, which he had being yet uncir- cumcised, 13 For the promise, that he should be the heir of the world, was not to Abraham, or to his seed, through the law, but through the righteousness of faith. 14 For if they which are of the Jaw be heirs, faithis made void, and the promise made of none effect: 15 be- cause the law worketh wrath: for where no law is, thereis no trans- gression. 16 Therefore wt is of faith, that it might be by grace ; to the end the promise might be sure to all the seed ; not to that only which is of the POMATOY ΣΝ TV. ἐργαζομένῳ ὁ μισθὺς οὐ.λογίζεται works the reward is not reckoned iro" ὀφείλημα 5 τῷ δὲ debt: but to him that / \ 3 A A “- x k > πιστεύοντι δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν δικαιοῦντα τὸν “a= but believes on himthat justifies the un- ἡ.πίστις.αὐτοῦ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 6 καθάπερ for righteousness. Even as — ρου εἰς δικαιοσύνην. (4) Τῷ. δὲ for rightcousness. Now to him that χάριν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ but according to Kara according to μὴ ἐργαζομένῳ, does not work, σεβῆ,! λογίζεται grace, godly, 7is *reckoned this “faith A +S / ᾿ ‘ a 9 ΄ = « ‘ καὶ Ἰλαβὶδ' λέγει τὸν μακαρισμὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου w ὁ θεὸς also. David declares the Dblessedness ΟΕ the man towhom God wy , ’ A ” ’ λογίζεται δικαιοσύνην χωρις έργων, 7 Μακαοιοι reckons righteousness apart from works: Blessed [they] of whom > , , , ‘ or ’ { Sao ἀφέθησαν at ἀνομίαι, καὶ ὧν ἐπεκαλύφθησαν αἱ ἁμαρτιαι. are forgiven the lawlessnesses, and of whom are covered . {πὸ sins : αἱ ΄ τ ᾽ \ τι. 1 , 'άς--------.. σι — Ὁ ‘ 8 µακάοριος ἀνὴρ “wp οὐ μὴ λογίσηται KUOLOC αµαρτιαν. bles-ed [the] man to whom in no wise *will *reckon ["the] *Lord sin. « ‘ - = 3 Δ ‘ 4 n ‘ 1 9 Ὁ μακαρισμὸς οὖν. οὗτος Em την περιτομὴν, ἡ και επι [15] this blessedness then on the circumcision, or also on > ΄ , ς .“ ΄ “,}) , ‘ τὴν ἀκροβυστίαν; λέγομεν.γὰρ "ὅτι" ἐλογίσθη τῷ Αθραὰάμι the uncireumcision ? For we say that was reckoned to Abraham / > ~ ? / ? ἡ πίστις εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 10 πῶς οὖν ἐλογίσθη; ἐν περι- faith for rightcousness. How then was it reckoned? *in 3circi.m- τομῇ ὄντι, ἢ ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ; οὐκ ἐν περιτομῇ. ἀλλ ἐν ἀκρο- Not incircumcision, but in uncir- cision ‘being, or in uncircumcision? βυστίᾳ' 11 καὶ σημεῖον ἔλαβεν περιτομῆς, σφραγῖζα cumcision. And [the] sign he received of circumcision, [as] seal τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῆς πίστεως τῆς' ἐν τῇ ἀκροβυστιᾳ, of the righteousness of the faith which [he had]in the uneireunicision, εἰς τὺ.εἶναι.αὐτὸν πατέρα πάντων τῶν πιστευόντων dL" for him to be father ofall those that believe in . yy ΄ ? ‘ λ On ο η ᾽ ares q ‘ ΗΠ ὲ Η ακροβυστίας, εἰς τὸ λογισθῆναι και" αὐτοῖς “την ικαιο- uneircunmcision, for *to °be reckoned “also 7to ®them ‘the “rightcous- σύνην 12 καὶ πατέρα περιτομῆς τοῖς οὐκ ἐκ περιτομῆς ne-s ; and father of circumcision tothose not of circnimelision , ᾽ ‘ ~ ~ ~ , ~ . µόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς στοιχοῦσιν τοῖς ἴχιεσιν τῆς εν only, but also to those that walk inthe steps of the *during "τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ πίστεως τοῦ.πατρὸς ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ. Suncircumcision ‘faith of our father Abraham, 13 Οὐ γὰρ διὰ “νόμου ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῷ Αβραὰμ ἢ τῷ Fornot by law the promise to Abraham or σπέρµατι.αὐτοῦ, τὸ κληρονόμον αὐτὸν εἶναι τοῦ" κόσμου, to his seed, that heir he should be of the world, ἀλλὰ διὰ δικαιοσύνης πίστεως. 14 εἰγὰρ οἱ ἐκ νόµου [was] but by righteousness of faith. Forif those of law [6] , ΄ ΄ \ , ? κληρονόμοι, κεκένγωται ἡ πίστις,καὶ κατήργητα ἡ ἐ- heirs, *has *been *mmade*void ‘faith, and °made*of “πὸ “effect 'the “pro / Pes | ε ‘ , 2 . ΄ ἊΣ ‘ παγγελία" 16 0-yap-vopog ὀργὴν κατεργάζεται οὗ Ιγὰρὶ οὐκ mise. Forthelaw ‘wrath ‘works“out; ‘where “for “not ” ΄ > ¢ ~ 2 ἔστιν νόμος, οὐδὲ παράβασις. 10 διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ πίστεως, Tis “aw, neither [is] transgression, Wherefore of faith .“ 4 ΄ > ‘ ΄ ‘ ᾿ς «να κατὰ χάριν, εἰς τὸ εἶναι βεβαίαν τὴν [it is], that according to grace [it might be], for Sto *be -sure *the ? ΄ ‘ ~ / ᾽ ~ ~ ἐπαγγελίαν παντὶ τῷ σπέρµατι, οὐ τῷ ἐκ τοῦ νόµου µόνον, “promise toall the seed, not to that of the law only, EE Ee ποια 4: a ee Pa 0 1 — τὸ GLTTraw. ® — orc [ΤΊΣ Se τοῦ (Τεαᾶ [the]) αι Ί ταν, Κασεβήν 1. 1 Δανεὶδ LTTrA ; Δουΐδ Gw. ο διὰ 1,. Ρ — καὶ Τττ[Α]. 4 -- τὴν T, τ δὲ but ΕΤΤΤΑΥΕ, ™ of whose (sin) TTr, τ -- τῇ GLITrAW, yp _—_ ROMANS. > \ “tN ioe Ree Ὦ κῇ , ᾽ ; ΄ ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐκ πίστεως ᾿Αβραάμ, but also to that of [the] faith of Abraham, πάντων ἡμῶν, 17 καθὼς γέγραπται. τος us all, (according as it has been written, λῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε, κατέναντι οὗ Many nations Ihave made thee,) before *whom τοῦ ζωοποιοῦντος τοὺς νεκρούς, καὶ καλοῦντος IV, Υ. ἐστιν πατὴρ is father « ος who Ὅτι πατέρα πολ- A father of ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ, “he *helicved ἰαοᾶ, πο uy who quickens the dead, and calls the things not ὄντα ὡς ὄντα. 18 Ὃς παρ᾽ ἐλπίδα "ἐπ᾽" ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν, being 8δὃ8 being; who against: hope in hope believed, εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸν πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν, κατὰ τὸ for ‘him father of many nations, according to that which εἰρημένον, Οὕτως ἔσται τὸ σπέρµα.σου᾽ 19 καὶ μὴ aos “ενήσας had been said, -So shall De thy seed: and not being*weak τῇ πίστει, “ou κατενόησεν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα "ἤδη! νενεκρω- inthe faith, ?not *he Ξοοηβιάετοᾶ his own body already Wecome , 1 v \ \ μένον, ἑκατονταέτης που ὑπάρχων; καὶ τὴν νέκρωαιν dead, 32 *hundred ‘years ®old ?about heing, and .the deadening τῆς μήτρας Σάῤῥας, 20 εἰς.δὲ τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ θεοῦ οὗ of the womb οἱ Sarah, andat the proniise of God Ξποῦ διεκρίθη τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, Υγἀλλ᾽" ἐνεδυναμώθη τῇ πίστει, 4doubted through unbelief; but was strengthened in faith, δοὺς δόξαν τῷ θεῷ, O° καὶ πληροφορηθεὶς ὅτι ὃ ἐπήγ- giving glory to God, and being fully assured what he has ,- ? ‘4 9 διὸ Zz γελται, δυνατός ἐστιν καὶ ποιῆσαι. 22 διὸ kai" ἐλογίσθη promised, able heis also todo; wherefore also it was reckoned αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 23 Οὐκ. ἐγράφη δὲ δι αὐτὸν tohim for righteousness. 310 “was *not *written *but on account of him µόνον, ὅτι ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ 24 ἀλλὰ καὶ δι ἡμᾶς, ouly, that it was reckoned to hi but also on account of, us, 7 / , = ~ x 2 ‘ \ οἷς μέλλει λογίζεσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν to whom it isabout tobe reckoned, to ἴποβο {παν believe on him who / - 4 / α- ~ τν ἐγείραντα. Ἰησοῦν τὸν.κύριον. ἡμῶν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 25 ὃς raised Jesus our Lord from among [the] dead, who παρεδόθη διὰ τὰ παραπτώματα.ἡμῶν, καὶ ἠγέρθη διὰ τὴν was delivered for our offences, and was raised for δικαίωσιν. ἡμῶν. our justification. 5 Ἀικαιωθέντες οὖν ἐκ πίστεως, εἰρήνην Having been justified therefore by faith, peace πρὸς τὸν θεὸν διὰ τοῦ. κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, ΟΣ ΟΝ, toward God through our Lord ; Jesus Christ, through ᾽ ᾽᾿ A / οὗ καὶ τὴν προσαγωγὴν ἐσχήκαμεν ὕτῇ πίστει" εἰς τὴν χάριν whom also. access we have by faith into “grace ταύτην ἐν ἢ ἑστήκαμεν' καὶ καυχώµεθα ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι τῆς δόξης 72to *become δεχομεν! we have ‘this in which we stand, and- weboast in hope ofthe glory τοῦ θεοῦ. 3 ov-povovoé,. ἀλλὰ καὶ «καυχώμεθαὶ ἐν ταῖς of God, And not only [so], but ~ also we boast in θλίψεσιν, εἰδότες ὅτι ἡ θλίψις ὑπομονὴν κατεργάζεται, knowing that the tribulation %endurance 4Wworks *out; ἡ-δὲ δοκιμὴ ἐλπίδα, 5 ἡ δὲ ἐλπὶς tribulations, 4 ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ δοκιμήν, and the endurance proof; andthe proof hobe ; and the hope οὐ.καταισχύνει ὕτι =) ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκκέχυται ἐν Goes not make ashamed, beeause the love of God has been poured out in — ov (read εἰς δὲ, verse 20, but at) LrTr[A]. ved L. 5 ἔχωμεν We Should have TTra, * [eat] LTrA. boasting Tra, -eousness, x — dy [1|71[4]. Se τῇ πίστει [LTrJA, 411 law, but to that also which is of the faith of Abraham; who is the father of us all, 17 (as it is writ- ten, I have made thee a father of many na- tions,) before him whomhe believed, even God, who quickenetk the dead, and ealleth those things which be not as though they were. 18 Who against hope believed in hone, that he might become the father of many nations, according to that which was spoken, So shall thy seed be, 19 And being not weak in faith, he considered not his own body now @ead, when he was about an hundred years old, neither yet the deadness of Sarah’s womb: 20 he stag- gered not at the pro- mise οἵ. God through unbelief; but was strong in faith, giving glory to God; 21 and being fully persuaded that, what he had pro- mised, he was able al- soto perform. 22 And therefore it was im- puted to him for right- 23 Now it was not written for his sake alone, that it was imputed to him ; 24 but for us also, to whom it shall be im- puted, if we believe on him that raised up Jesus our Lord from the dead ; 25 who was delivered for our of- fences, and was raised again for our justifi- cation, V..Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Je- sus Christ: 2 by whom also we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand, and rejoice in hope of the glory of. God. ‘% Απά not only so, but νο glory in tribulations alse: knowing that tribula- tion worketh patience; 4 and patience, ex- perience ; and experi- ence, hope : 5 and hope miuketh not ashamed ; because the love of God is shed abroad in Υ ἀλλὰ Tr. © καυχώμενοι 412 our hearts by the Holy Ghost which is given unto us. 6 For when we were yet without strength, in due time Christ died for the un- godly. 7 For scarcely for a righteous man will one die : yet per- adventure for a good man some would even dare to die. 8 But God commendeth khis love toward us, in that, while we were yet sin- ners, Christ died for us. 9 Much more then, being now justified by his blood, we shall be saved from wrath through him. 10 For if, when we were en- emies, we were recon- ciled to God by the death of his Son, much more, being reconciled, we shall be saved by his life. 11 And not only so, but we also joy in God through our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom we have now received the atone- ment. 12 Wherefore, as by One man sin extered into the world, and death by sin; and so death passed upon all men, for that all have sinned: 13 (for until the law sin was in the world: but sin is not imputed when there is no law. 14 Never- theless death reigned from Adam to Moses, even over them that had not sinned af- ter the similitude of Adam's transgression, who is the figure of him that was to come, 15 But not as the of- fence, so also {8 the free gift. For if through the offence of one many be dead, much more the grace of God, and the gift by grace, which is by one man, Jesus Christ, hath abounded unto many. 16 And not as it was by one that sinned, so is the gift : for the judgment was wk sa ae men SS eee 4 εἴ ye if indeed a. mends) a. & [ὁ θάνατος] A. various Editors do not mark this as a question : and substitute [is] for [be]. ΠΡΌΣ ῬΟΜΔΤΟΥΣ Υ. - ΄ » oF ~. , Pee ταῖς καρδίαις. ἡμῶν διὰ πνεύματος ἁγίου τοῦ" δοθέντος ἡμῖν. our hearts by the *Spirit *Holy which was given tous: ὃ «Ἔτι γὰρὶ χριστὸς ὄντων ἡμῶν ἀσθενῶν " κατὰ.καιρὺν for still >Christ being lwe without *strength in duc time « A > ~ ? , , A .ε \ SAD ae ὑπὲρ ἀσεβῶν ἀπέθανεν. 7 μόλις.γὰρ ὑπὲρ ὀικαιου for [the] ungodly died. For hardly for ajust [man] > ~ ς A ~ ? ~ / τις ἀποθανεῖται. ὑπὲρ.γὰρ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ταχας ἈΠΕ Zany ὍΠ6 twill die ; for on behalf of the good [man] perhaps some one καὶ τολμᾷ ἀποθανεῖν" 8 συνίστησιν-δὲ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγάπην even might ἆατο ο die; but *commends Shis town 5]οτο ἣν « / = e ~ " tew εἰς ἡμᾶς “ὁ θεός! ὅτι ἔτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὄντων ἡμῶν χριστὸς Stony | TES 1God, that still *sinners Syeing ‘we Christ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν. 9 πολλῷ οὖν μᾶλλον, δικαιωθεντες “for 348 died. Much therefere more, having been justified ~ ~ / ~ ? ~ ? A ~ νῦν ἐν τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ, σωθησόμεθα dv αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς now by his blood, we shall be saved by him from | ὀργῆς. 10 εἰ γὰρ ἐχθροὶ ὄντες κατηλλάγημεν τῷ θεῷ -διὰ wrath. For if, enemies *being we were reconciled to God through ~ ta ~ ε - ᾽ ~ ~ ~ , τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ.υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, πολλῷ μᾶλλον καταλλαγέντες the death of his Son, much more, having been reconciled σωθησόμεθα ἐν τῇ. ζωῇ αὐτοῦ: 11 οὐ.μόνον.δε, ἀλλὰ καὶ we shall be saved by his life. And not only [so], but also καυχώμενοι ἐν τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ.κυρίου-.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, boasting in God through our Lord Jesus Christ, ? - - 4 4 3 , δ οὗ νῦν τὴν καταλλαγὴν ἐλάβομεν. through whom now the reconciliation we received. . 12 Διὰ τοῦτο ὥσπερ Ov ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἡ ἁμαρτία εἰς τὸν On this account, as by one man sin into the , ? ~ A A ~ : ε / c , ‘ [2 κόσμον εἰσῇλθεν, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἁμαρτίας ὁ θάνατος, καὶ οὕτως world entered, and by ° sin death, and . thus εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους £6 θάνατος! διῆλθεν, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ πάντες to all men death passed, for that all ἥμαρτον. 19 ἄχρι.γὰρ νόµου ἁμαρτία ἦν ἐν κόσμῳ" sinned : (for until law sin was in [the] world; ἁμαρτία.δὲ οὐκἐλλογεῖται, µμὴ.ὄντος νόμου: 14 "add'l but sin is not put to account, there not being law ; but ἐβασίλευσεν ὁ θάνατος ἀπὸ ᾿Αδὰμ μέχρι ἸΜωσέως! καὶ ἐπὶ 7reigned death from Adam _ until Moses even upon τοὺς μὴ .ἁμαρτήσαντας ἐπὶ τῷ ὁμοιώματι τῆς παραβάσεως those who had not sinned in the likeness ofthe transgression ᾿Αδάµ, ὃς ἐστιν τύπος τοῦ μέλλοντος. 16 ᾽Αλλ᾽ οὐχ of Adam, who [15 a figure of the coming [one], But [shall] not ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα." εἰγὰρ τῷ as the offence, so also [be]the free gift? For if by the ~ ε κ. , ε ‘ ? [ή . ~ TOU ἐνὸς παραπτώματι οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπέθανον, πολλῷ μᾶλλον 308 3ΐἴπο *one offence the many died, much more c te ~ ~ A ε ~ ~ ‘ ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι τῇ τοῦ ἑνὸς the grace of God, andthe gift in grace, which[is] ofthe one ? ’ ? ~ ~ , ἀνθρώπου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐπερίσσευσεν. man Jesus Christ, to the many did abound. 16 καὶ οὐχ ὡς δι ἑνὸς ἁμαρτήσαντο τὸ δώρημα ἢ And [shall]not as by one haying sinned [he] the gift? ε + ἔτι stil’ GLTTrAW. LTTr £— ὃ θεός (read συνίστησιν he com- Β ἀλλὰ TTrAW. _ it Μωῦσέως αι.' τιῖτν. κ The to read it as poinied ο the Greck omit [shall] ROMANS. 4 é 4 ? , ἐξ ἑνὸς εἰς κατάκριμα, τὺ.δὲ χάρισμα to condemnation, but the free gift a VI. 4A a ‘ ~ τὸ μὲν. γὰρ κρίμα For the “indeed ‘judgment [πας] of one ἐκ πολλῶν παραπτωµάτων εἰς δικαίωµα. 17 εἰγὰρ τῷ [is] of many offences to justification. Forif by the Ὁ { ‘ ’ « ’ ? / Λ. ο ε ’ του ενὸς παραπτωµατι ὁ θάνατος ἐβασίλευσεν διὰ τοῦ ἑνός, 304 “the *one offence death reigned by the one, πολλῷ μᾶλλον οἱ τὴν περισσεέαν τῆς χάριτος καὶ “τῆς much more those the abundance of grace, and ofthe δωρεᾶς" τῆς δικαιοσύνης λαμβάνοντες, ἐν ζωῇ βασιλεύσουσιν gift of righteousness receiving, in life shall reign διὰ τοῦ ἑνὸς ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 18”Apa οὖν we δι ἑνὸς παρα- by the one Jesus’ Christ:) so ‘hen as by one of- πτώματος εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους εἰς κατάκριμα, fence {it was] towards all men to condemnation, οὕτως καὶ δι ἑνὸς δικαιώματος εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώ- 8ο also by one accomplished righteousness towards αἱ] men πους εἰς δικαίωσιν ζωῆς. 19 ὥσπερ.γὰρ διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς to justification of life. For as by the disobedience τοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἁμαρτωλοὶ κατεστάθησαν ot πολλοί, of the one man 5sinners 3were ‘constituted “the *many, οὕτως καὶ διὰ τῆς ὑπακοῆς τοῦ ἑνὸς δίκαιοι κατασταθήσονται 80 also by the obedience of the one ‘righteous “shall *be *constituted οἱ πολλοί. 20 Νόμοςδὲ παρεισῆλθεν, ἵνα πλεονάσῃ τὸ 4the "πΠ]αΥΥ. But Ίαν; camein by thebye, that might abound the παράπτωμά. οὗ. δὲ ἐπλεόνασεν ἡ ἁμαρτία, ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν offence ; but where abounded sin, overabounded a , Z Ue «/ 2 / ε ς [ή 3 ~ id ἢ χάρις 21 ἵνα ὥσπερ ἐβασίλευσεν ἡ ἁμαρτία ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ, πο Υ πη) that as “reigned 1sin’ in death, a | A = \ « , ’ 4 ’ ᾽ 4 οὕτως καὶ ἡ χάρις βασιλεύσῃ διὰ δικαιοσύνης εἰς ζωὴν 80 also grace might reign through righteousness to life ~ a ~ / ε ~ αἰώνιον, διὰ “Inoov χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν. eternal, through Jesus Christ our Lord. G Ti οὖν ἐροῦμεν ; Ἀἐπιμενοῦμεν" τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἵνα ἡ χάρις What then shall we say? Shall we continue insin that grace πλεονάσῃ; 2 μὴ.γένοιτο. οἵτινες. ἀπεθάνομεν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, may abound 2 May it not be! We who died to sin, πῶς ἔτι ζήσομεν ἐν αὐτῇ; Ὁ ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε ὅτι ὕσοι how still shallwelive in it? Or are ye ignorant that 7as *many *as ἐβαπτίσθημεν εἰς χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν, εἰς τὸν. θάνατον αὐτοῦ 1we were baptized unto Christ Jesus, unto his death ἐβαπτίσθημεν; 4 συνετάφηµε» οὖν αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦ βαπ- we were baptized? We were buried therefore with him by bap- τίσµατος εἰς τὸν θάνατον ἵνα ὥσπερ ἠγέρθη χριστὸς tism unto death, that as was “raised *up ‘*Christ ἐκ νεκρῶν διὰ τῆς δόξης τοῦ πατρός, οὕτως καὶ from among [the] dead by the glory ofthe Father, so also ἡμεῖς ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατήσωµεν. 5 Εἰ γὰρ σύμφυτοι we in newness of life should walk. Forif ‘conjoined γεγόναμεν τῷ ὁμοιώματι τοῦ.θανάτου.αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ we have become in the likeness of his death, so also τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐσόμεθα" 6 τοῦτο γινώσκοντες, ὅτι ὅ παλαιὸς of [his] resurrection we shall be; this knowing, that 2old ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος συγνεσταυρώθη, ἵνα καταργηθῇ τὸ σῶμα our man was crucified with [him], that might beannulledthé body 419 by one to condemna- tion, but the free gift 15 of many offences unto justification, 17 For if by one man’s offence death reigned by one; much more they which receive a- * bundance of grace and of the gift of right- eousness shall reign in life by one, Jesus Christ.) 18 Therefore as by the offence of one judgment came up- onall men to con- demnation; even so by the righteousness of one the free gift came upon all men un- to justification of 1146, 19 For as by one man’s disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous. 20 More- over the law entered, that the offence might abound. But where sin abounded, grace did much more abound: 21 that as sin hath reigned unto death, even so might grace reign through right- eousness unto eternal life by Jesus Christ our Lord. VI. What shall we say then? Shall we continue in sin, that grace may abound? 2 God forbid. How shall we, that are dead to sin, live any longer therein? 3 Know ye not, that so many of us as were baptized into Jesus Christ were baptized into his death ? 4 Therefore we are buried with him by baptism into death: that like as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father, even 80 we also should walk in newness of life. 5 For if we have been planted together in the likeness of his death, we shall be also in the likeness of his resurrection : 6 know- ing this, that our old man is crucified with him, that the body of sin might be destroyed. τὰ [τῆς δωρεᾶς] Le 2 ἐπιμένωμεν Should we continue GLTTraW. 414 that henceforth we should not serve sin. 7 For he that is dead is freed from. sin. 8 Now if we be dead with Christ, we believe that we shall also live with him: 9 knowing thatChrist being raised from the dead dicth no more; death hath no more dominion over him. 10 For in that he died, he died unto sin once: but in that he liveth, he liveth unto God. 11 Like- wise reckon ye also yourselves to be dead indeed unto sin, but alive unto God through Jesus Christ our Lord. 12 Let not sin therefore reign in your mortal body,that ye should obey it in the lusts thereof. 13 Neither yield ye your members as in- strumenis of unright- eousness unto sin: but yield yourselves unto God, as those that are alive from the dead, and your members as instruments of right- eousness unto God. 14 For sin shall not have dominion over you: for ye are not under the law, but un- der grace. 15 What then? shall we sin, because we are not under the law, but under grace? God forbid. 16 Know ye not, that to whom ye yield yourselves ser- vants to obey, his ser- ταπίς ye are to whom ye obey; whether of sin unto death, or of obedience unto right- eousness? 17 ButGod be thanked, that ye were the servants of sin, but ye have o- beyed from. the heart that form of doctrine which was dclivered you. 18Being then made free from sin, ye became the ser- vants of righteous- ness. 19 I speak after the manner of men because of the infirmi- ty of your flesh: for as ye have yielded your members ἍΕΒΟΓ- vants to uncleanness and to iniquity unto iniquity ; evenso now yield your members servants to righteous- ness unto holiness, 20For when ye were ΠΡῸΣ ΡΩΜΑΙΟΥΣ. VI. ~ ε , ~ / , . ~ ~ ἘΣ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν ἡμᾶς τῇ ἁμαρτιᾳ. of sin, * that ?no “longer *be ‘subservient ‘we to sin. 7 ὁ γὰρ ἀποθανὼν δεδικαίωται ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας. 8 Εἰ δὲ Forhathat died has been justified from sin. Now if ἀπεθάνομεν «σὺν χοιστῷ, πιστεύομεν ὅτι καὶ “συζήσομεν" we died with Christ, we believe that also we shall live with ~ > , er ‘ γ᾽ αὐτῷ, 9 εἰδότες ὅτι χριστὸς ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ him, knowing that Christ having been raised up from among [the] νεκρῶν, οὐκέτι ἀποθνήσκει" θάνατος αὐτοῦ οὐκέτι κυριεζει. dead, no more dies : death Shim ‘no *more “rules ὍΤΟΥ, 10 Ρὺ". γὰρ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ. PO" δὲ Forinthat he died, to sin ΄ he died once for ail ; but inthat ~ - ~ ~ A er ‘ ε ~ / ς 3 ζῇ, ζῇ τῷ θεῷ. 11 οὕτως και υμεῖς λογίζεσθε ἑαυτοὺς ἃ he lives, he lives to God. So . also -το reckon yourselves γεκροὺς μὲν τεῖναι! τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ, ζῶντας. δὲ τῷ θεῷ, ἐν χριστῷ dead ‘indeed ‘to *be to sin, but alive to God, in’ Christ Ἰησοῦ "τῷ κυρίῳ. ἡμῶν." 19 Μὴ οὖν βασιλευέτω ἡ ἁμαρτία ο] Jesus our Lord. 2Wot*therefore let °reign 3sin ἐν τῷ θνητῷ ὑμῶν. σώματι, εἰς τὸ ὑπακούειν "αὐτῇ ἐνὶ ταῖς in your mortal body, for to obey it in . ,ὔ ? aH 4 , ‘4 [ή e ~ e ἐπιθυμίαις. αὐτοῦ"" 13 μηδὲ παριστάνετετὰ μελη ὑμῶν Όπλα ' its desires. Neither be yielding your members instruments ἀδικίας τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ: ἀλλὰ παραστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς τῷ of unrighteousness to sin, but yield yourselves θεῷ, σὼςὶ ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας, καὶ τὰ μέλη. ὑμῶν toGod as’ *from *among [*the] *dead ‘alive, and your members ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ θεῷ. 14 ἁμαρτία.γὰρ ὑμῶν οὐ instruments of righteousness to God, For sin 9γοι “not κυριεύσει οὐ.γάρ ἐστε ὑπὸ νόμον, *a\N'" ὑπὸ χάριν. 15}}}] Srule *over, for “not *are'ye under law, but’ under grace. 15 Τί οὖν; ἡὰἁμαρτήσομεν" ὅτι οὐκ.ἐσμὲν ὑπὸ νύµον, What then? shall we sin. because, we arenot under law > > ε \ , A 7 ἔ / aa ce arr! ὑπὸ χάριν; µμὴ.γένοιτο. (16/οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτε ᾧ but under grace? May it not be! “= Know ye not that to whom , € a , ~ , παριστάνετε ἑαυτοὺθ δούλους εἰς. ὑπακοὴν, δοῦλοί ἐστε ye yield yourselves bondmen for obedience, bondmen ye are to him whom ye obcy, whether of sin to death, or of obedience εἰς δικαιοσύνην; 17 χάρις.δὲ τῷ, θεῷ, ὅτι ἦτε δοῦλοι τῆς to righteousnexs 2 But thanks [be] to God, that ye were bondmen € Bid € ’ A ? / τν Ν ἁμαρτίάς, ὑπηκούσατε.δὲ ἐκ καρδίας εἰς ὃν παρεδόθητε of sin, but ye obeyed from([the] heart *to*which ye ®were *dclivered , é > ~ 18 ἊΝ θ / 5 \ 2 \ ~ « ΄ τυπον ιόαχιις. ἑλεὺ ερωθέντες δὲ απο τις αµαρτιας» 1a *form “of *teaching. And having been set free from sin, ἐδουλώθητε τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ. 19 Ανθρώπινον λέγω διὰ ye became bondmen to righteousness, Humanly I speak on account of \ ? , ~ ‘ « ~ a ΄ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τὴς. σαρκὸς υμῶν. ὥσπερ. γὰρ TAPLOTHOATE the weakness of your flesh. or as ye yielled ‘ , ε ~ ~ ~ 9 , ᾧ - , ‘ τὰ μελη. ὑμῶν δοῦλα τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ καὶ τῇ ἀνομίᾳ εἰς τὴν your members in bondage to uncleanness and to Jawlessness unto > ΄ ev ~ , A ε ~ ον ἀνομιαν, οὕτως νῦν παραστήσατε τὰ μέλη. ὑμῶν δοῦλα lawlessness, so now yield your membcrs in bondage , > « , ή - ” ~ δικαιοσύνῃ εἰς αγιασμὀν. 20 οτεγὰρ δοῦλοι ἦτε τῆς to righteousness unto sanctification. For when bondmen ye were © συνζ- LTTrA, κυρίῳ ἡμῶν GLTTrAW. Χ ἀλλὰ LITrAW. LTTra. PoE. ει ate εἶναι to be T[ Tr]. τος εἶναι GLTTrAW. t— αὐτῇ ἐν GLITrAW. Υ -- ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις αὐτοῦ α. 7 ἁμιαρτήσωμεν Should we sin ΙΤΤΙΑΥΥ. « ΄, ν ” , a ~ ὑπακούετε, ἤτοι ἁμαρτίας εἰς θάνατον, ἢ ὑπακοῆς. VI, VIL. ἁμαρτίας, ἐλεύθεροι ἦτε τῇ δΖΔικσιοσύνῃ. ROMANS. 21 τίνα οὖ» of sin, free ye were as to righteousness, Whit “therefore καρπὸν εἴχετε τότε, 7 ie νῦν ἐπαισχύγεσθε: fruit had ye then, inthe[thing»]of which now ye are ashamed? τὸ" γὰρ τέλος ἐκείνων θάνατος. 22 vide ἐλευθερω- for the end of those things [is] denth. But now having been δουλωθέντες δὲ and having become bondmen τὺ.δὲ τέλος ζωὴν αἰώνιον. τῷ θεῷ, ἔχετε θέντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἁμαρτίας, to God, ye have set free from am TOV. καρπὸν. ὑμῶν εἰς ἁγιασμόν, ΣΝ fruit unto sanctification, andthe end life eternal. 23 τὰ γὰρ ὀψώνια τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατος" τὸ.δὲ χάρισμα For the wages of sin [is] death; but the free gift τοῦ θεοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ ο ; of God life eternal in Christ Jesus our Lord. ~ ~ / 7 Ἢ «ἀγνοεῖτε, ἀδελφοί, γινώσκουσιν.γὰρ νόμον λαλῶ, ὅτι Are ye ignorant, brethren, for to those knowing law Ispeak, that e ’ » ὁ νόμος κυριεύει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐφ᾽ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ; the law rules over the man foraslong 35 ‘time he may live? 2 ἡ γὰρ ὕπανδρος γυνὴ τῷ ζῶντι ἀνδρὶ δέδεται νόμῳ" For the marricd woman to the living Satie is bound by law; ἐὰν. δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ κατήργηται ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου" τοῦ butif should die the husband, 5810 1» οἰδασοᾶ from the law _ of the ἀνδρός. 3 ἄρα.οὖν ζῶντος τοῦ ἀνδρὸς μοιχαλὶς χρηματίσει, husband : δηνιηςσ 2A ͵ > απ, Β ἐὰν γένηται ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ if she be to *man ‘another; so then, 1the “husband, an adulteress she shall be called, dA a ET , ο get 7 ? ; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἀνήρ, ἐλευθέρα but if should dic the husband, free 5 ‘ ᾿ ~ 3 ~ / ἐστὶν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόµου, τοῦ.μὴ.εἶναι.αὐτὴν µοιχαλίδα, γενο- sheis Ίτοτ the law, soasforhernot tobe an adulteress, having μένην ἀνδρὶ ἑτέρῳ. 4 ὥστε, ἀδελφοί.μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐθανατώ- become to*man ‘another. Sothat, mybrethren, also ye ‘were made θητε τῷ νόμῳ διὰ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι dead tothe law by the body of the Christ, for “to *be ὑμᾶς ἑτέρῳ, τῷ ἐκ νεκρῶν ἐγεῤθέντι, ἵνα καρπο- ατοι to another, who from aniong [the] dead was raised, that weshould φορήσωμεν τῷ θεῷ. 5 ὅτε.γὰρ ἦμεν ἐν τῇ σαρκί, τὰ παθή- bring forth fruit to God. For when we were in the flesh, the μας ματα τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τὰ διὰ τοῦ γόμου ἐνηργεῖτο ἐν sions of sins, which([were]throughthe law, wrought in τοὶς μέλεσιν ἡμῶν εἰς τὸ καοποφορῆσαι τῷ θανάτῳ" 6 νυνὶ δὲ our members to the bringing forth fruit to death ; but now κατηργήθηµεν ἀπὸ τοῦ νόµου, «ἀποθανόντες' ἐν κατει- we werecleared fromthe law, having died (in that]in which we were χόµεθα, ὥστε δουλεύειν 4 ἡμᾶς" ἐν καινότητι πνεύματος, καὶ ~ held, so that “should “serve ‘we in newness of spirit, and οὐ παλαιότητι γράμματος. not in oldness of letter. ΄ > ~ « , , . 7 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; ὁ νόμος ἁμαρτία; μὴ-γένοιτο What then shall we Ὃ [15] the law sin ? πο it not be! ἀλλὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ.ἔγνων εἰ.μὴ διὰ νόμου" τήν.τε.γὰρ But sin I knew not ss ia by law : for also ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ. δειν εἰ μὴ ὁ νόμος ἔλεγεν, Οὐκ lust I had not been conscious of unless the law said, Not > δν 2 rom κ᾿ « ἐπιθυμήσεις" ὃ ἀφορμὴν. δὲ λαβοῦσα ἡ ἁμαρτία διὰ τῆς *thou “shalt lust; but “Απ occasion "having *taken by the 415 the servants of sin, ye were free from richt- eousness. 21 What fruit had ye then in those things whereof ye are now ashamed ? for the end of those things 18 death, 22 But now heing made free from sin, and become servants to God, ye have your fruit unto holiness, and the end everlasting life, 23 For the wages of sin’ 18 acath ; but the gift of God 7s eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord. VII. Know ye not, brethren, (for I speak to them that know the law,) how that the law hath domi- nion over a man as long as he liveth? 2 For the woman which hath an hus- band is bound by the law to her husbind so long as he liveth; .but if the husband be dead, she is loosed from the law of her husband. 3So then if, while her husband liveth, she be married to another man, she shall be called an a- dulteress: but if her husband be dead, she is free from that law; so that she is no adul- teress, though she be marricd to another man. 4 Wherefore, my brethren, ye also are become dead to the law by the body of Christ; that yeshould be married to another, even to him who is raised from the dead, that we should bring forth fruit unto God, 5 For when we were in the flesh, the motions of sins, which were by the law, did work in our members to bring forth fruit unto death. 6 But now we are de- livered from the law, that being dead where- in we were held; that we should serve in newness of spirit, and not in the oldness of the letter. 7 What shall we say then? Js thelaw sin? God forbid. Nay, I had not known sin, but by the law: for I had not known lust, except the law had said, Thou shalt not covet. 8 But sin, τ, the question ends at then LTA. © ἀποθανόντος (read as A.V.) Ε. a+ μὲν indeed La, 4 [ἡμᾶς] ντε. ἳ Ὁ .-- τοῦ νόµου E, 416 taking occasion by the commandment, wrought in me all manner of concupis- cence, For without the law sin was dead. 9 For I was alive without the law once: but when the com- mandment came, sin revived, and I died. 10 And the command- ment, tvhich was or- daincd to life, I found to be unto death. 11 For sin, taking oc- casion by the com- mandment, deceived me, and by itslew me. 12 Wherefore the law ts holy, and the com- mandment holy, and just, andgood. 13 Was then that which is good made death unto me? God forbid. But sin, that it might appear sin, working death in me by that which is good; that sin by the com- mandment might be- eome exceeding sinful. 14 For we know that the law. is spiritual: but I am carnal, sold under sin. 15 Forthat which I do I allow not: for what I would, that do I not; put what I hate, that do I. 16 If then I do that which I would not, I consent unto the law that it is good. 17 Now then it is no more I that do it, but sin that dwell- eth in me. 18For I know that in me (that is, in my flesh,) dwelleth no good thing: for to will is present with me; but how to perform that which is good I find not, 19 For the good that I would I do not: but the evil which I would not, that I do. 20 Now if I do that I would not, it is no more 1 that do it, but sin that dwell- eth in me, 211 find then a law, that,when 1 would do good, evil is prescnt with me, 22 For I delight in the law of God after the inward man: 23 but I see another law in my Προς POQOMATOYS. VII. ἐντολῆς «κατειργάσατο" ἐν ἐμοὶ πᾶσαν ἐπιθυμίαν. χωρὶς. γὰρ commandment . worked out in me every lust ; for apart from , 7, / ‘ νόμου ἁμαρτία νεκρά: 9 ἐγὼ. δὲ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου law sin [was] dead. ButI wasalive apartfrom law ποτέ ἐλθούσης. δὲ τῆς ἐντολῆς, ἡ ἁμαρτία ἀνέζησεν, ἐγὼ. δὲ once; but having come the commandment, sin revived, but f δι θονον: 10 καὶ εὑρέθη μοι ἡ ἐντοὴ ἡ died. And was found to me [that} the ο μας which [was] εἰς ζωήν, fabrn' εἰς θάνατον. 11 η. 18 Ὁ ἁμαρτία ἀφορμὴν νο life, this [tobe] to death : ο for sin 2an *oceasion λαβοῦσα διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς ἐξηπάτησέν µε, καὶ Ov αὐτῆς ‘having “taken by thecommandment, deceived me, and by it ἀπέκτεινεν. 12 ὥστε Opivvopoc ἅγιας, καὶ ἡ ἐντολὴ slew {me]. Sothat the law indeed [is] holy, and the commandment ayia καὶ δικαία καὶ ἀγαθή. 19 Τὸ οὖν ἀγαθὸν ἐμοὶ holy and just and good. That which then Cis} good, to me Byéyover' θάνατος; μὴ-γένοιτο" adda! ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἵνα has it become death ? May it not be! But sin, that φανῇ ἁμαρτία, διὰ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοι KarEepyad 14167" it might appear a by that which [is] good tome workiuz cut θάνατον,ίνα γένηται καθ “ὑπερβολὴν ἁμαρτωλὸς ἡ ἡ ἁμαρτία, death ; that *might “become Pe λα *sinful yin διὰ τῆς ἐντολῆς. 14 Οἴδαμεν.γὰρ ὅτι ὁ νόμος πνευµ.:τικός ο. the commandment, For we know thatthe law πια ἐστιν" ἐγὼ. δὲ Ἰσαρκικός" εἰμι; πεπραμένος ὑπὸ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν. is; but I *fleshly lam, Ετος been sold under sin. 15 ὃ γὰρ κατεργάζοµαι, οὐ.γινώσκω' οὐ γὰρ ὃ θέλω, τοῦτο For what 1 work out, Idonotown: fornot whcetI will, this ’ ο 7 » ‘ τι ᾽ , ape cee ἀλλ᾽ ὃ μισῶ, τοῦτο ποιῶ. 16 εἰδὲ ὃ οὐ.θέλω, do ; but what [hate, this I practise. But if what I do not will, τοῦτο ποιῶ, τῷ νό ὅτι καλός. 17 νυνὶ δὲ this I practise, tothe law that [it is} right. Now then ’ / ? ‘ 1 > »ι c m ? “Ὁ il 7 > ΠῚ OUKETL ae κατεργάζοµαι αὐτό, ἀλλ”' ἡ ποἰκοῦσα! ἐν ἐμοὶ no ionger ; ‘am working “out ‘it; but the dwelling “in *me ἁμαρτία. 18 Οἶδα.γὰρ' ὅτι οὐκ.οἰκεῖ ἐν ἐμοί, "τουτέστιν" ἐν 1sin, For I ee that theredwells notin me, that is in τῇ.σαρκί.µου, ἀγαθόν' τὸ γὰρ.θέλειν παράκειταί μοι, τὸ δὲ my flesh, good : for to will is present with me, but θελω Ἀσύμφημι' I consent κατεργάζεσθαι τὸ καλὸν ϑοὐχ.εὑρίσκω." 19 οὐ γὰρ ὃ to work out the right I find not. For not what *i Γ᾿ ~ ? . θ χιτ Ρ > ay ἃ ? / ποιῶ ἀγαθόν" Ράλλ"' ὃ οὐ.θέλω κακόν, τοῦτο πράσ- “4ο Ἵ Spractise ‘good; but what Ἵ 5ᾷο “ποὺ will ‘evil, this Ido. ? ‘ εν ᾽ Υ͂ 4 ? , i ~ ~ ow. 20 εἰ δὲ ὃ οὐ-θέλω τν, τοῦτο ποιῶ, οὐκέτι But if what *do “πού *will this 1 Braptie, {it is] no longer ἐγὼ κατεργάζομαι αὐτό, PANN’! ἡ οἰκοῦσα ἐν ἐμοὶ ἁμαρτία. I {who} work Ξουαὺ “it, but the ποσα Ξε “πιο 1sin. 21 Ἑὑρίσκω ἄρα τὸν νόμον τῷ θέλοντι ἐμοὶ ποιεῖν τὸ καλόν, Ifind then the law “who ‘will ‘to me topractise the right, ὅτι ἐμοὶ τὸ κακὸν παράκειται. 22 συνήδοµαι.γὰρ τῷ νόμῳ that me evil is present with. For ? delight in the : τοῦ θεοῦ κατὰ τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον' 28 βλεπω.δὲ ἕτερον of God according {ο the inward man: but fsee another : 5 κατηργάσατο TTrA. { αὐτὴ αγγ. g ἐγένετο did it become Lrtraw. bh ἀλλ La. σάρκινός fleshy GLTTrAW. κσύν- τ. 1 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. πα ἐνοικοῦσα T, 2 τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν ατ. ατι[Α]ν. ο οὔ [is] ποῦ LrTra. Ρ ἀλλὰ ΤΊτΑ. a -- ἐγώ (read οὐ θέλω I do not will) ° J ἵ VI, VII. ROMANS. νόμον ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν.μου ἀντιστρατευόμενον τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ law in my members warring against the law vooc.uov, καὶ αἰχμαλωτίζοντά µε" τῷ νόμῳ τῆς ἁμαρτίας of my mind, and leading *captive me tothe law of sin τῷ ὄντι ἐν τοῖς μέλεσίν.μου. 34 ταλαίπωρος ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπος" which is in my members. O wretched ΞΕ tman ! τίς µε ῥύσεται ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τοῦ.θανάτου.τούτου: who *me ‘shall deliver out of the body of this death ? 25 "εὐχαριστῶ" τῷ θεῷ διὰ ᾿ἸἸησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου. ἡμῶν' 1 thank God through Jesus’ Christ our Lord. ἄρα.οὖν αὐτὸς ἐγὼ τῷ μὲν! vot δουλεύω νόμῳ θεοῦ" Sothen ?myself I withthe indeed ‘mind = serve “law ‘God’s; τῇῷ-δὲ σαρκὶ νόμῳ ἁμαρτίας. but with the flesh “law *sin’s. 8 Οὐδὲν. ἄρα.νῦν κατάκριμα τοῖς ἐν χριστῷ “In οὔ, “wy (There is] then now no condemnation tothose in Christ Jesus, ποῦ κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦμα." 2 ὁ. γὰρ “according *to “flesh +who *walk, but according to Spirit. For the νόμος τοῦ πνεύματος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν χριστῷ ‘Inoov ἠλευθέρωσέν law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus set *free με! ἀπὸ τοῦ νόµου τῆς ἁμαρτίας Kai τοῦ θανάτου. 3 Τὸ γὰρ ‘me from the law of sin and of death. For / - , ? zr ’ - , ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόµου, ἐν ῳ ἠσθένει διὰ τῆς σαρκός, *powerless [*being] ‘the in that it was weak through the fiesh, ὁ θεὸς τὸν ἑαυτοῦ υἱὸν πέμψας ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκὸς ἁμαρτίας God, “his*own Son ‘having Ξρεηῖ, in likeness of flesh of sin, Kal περὶ ἁμαρτίας κατέκρινεν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν τῇ σαρκί, 4 ἵνα and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh, that TO δικαίωµα τοῦ νόµου πληρωθῇ ἐν ἡμῖν, τοῖς μὴ κατὰ the requirement ofthe law should be fulfilled in us, who notaccordingto σάρκα περιπατοῦσιν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ πνεῦμα. 5 Οἱ γὰρ flesh walk, but according to Spirit. For they that κατὰ σάρκα ὄντες, τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς φρονοῦσιν' οἱ δὲ according to flesh are, thethingsofthe flesh mind; and they κατὰ πνεῦμα, τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος. 6 τὸ γὰρ φρόνημα according to Spirit, the things ofthe Spirit. For the mind τῆς σαρκὸς θάνατος" τὸ.δὲ φρόνημα τοῦ πνεύματος, ζωὴ ofthe flesh [is] death; but the mind of the Spirit, life καὶ εἰρήνη. ἢ Διότι τὸ φρόνημα τῆς σαρκὸς ἔχθρα εἰς and peace Because the mind ofthe flesh [15] eninity towards θεόν: τῷ.γὰρ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ.ὑποτάσσεται, οὐδὲ.γὰρ δύνα- Σ]ανν, God: fortothe law of God it is not subject; for neither can ο « A , ‘ nH” ~ » , ? 7, ται ὃ οἱ δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ὄντες, θεῷ .ἀρέσαι οὐ.δύνανται. it Πε]; απᾶ they that 7in “flesh lare, SGod please *cannot. « ~ Ξ 7 x / ? » 9 Ὑμεῖς.δὲ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σαρκί, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐν πνεύματι, εἴπε Butye *not ‘are in flesh, but in Spirit, if indeed [the] πνεῦμα θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. εἰ δὲ τις πνεῦμα χριστοῦ Spirit of God dwells in you; butif anyone [086] Spirit of Christ > ” ” wail ᾽ Η Ἢ ἀν fis ‘ οὐκ.ἔχει, οὗτος οὐκ. ἔστιν αὐτοῦ. 10 εἰ δὲ χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν, TO 417 members, warring a- gainst the law of my mind, and bringing me into captivity to the law of sin which is in my members, 24 Ο wretched man that I am! who shall deliver me from the body of this death? 25... Ὁ thank God through Jesus Chriss our Lord. So then with the mind I my- self serve the law of God; but with the flesh the law of sin. VIII. There is there- fore now no condem- nation to them which are in Christ Jesus, who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit. 2 For the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus hath made me free from the law of sin and death. 3 For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God sending his own Son in the likeness of sin- ful flesh, and for sin, condemned sin in the flesh : 4 that the right- eousness of the law might be fulfilled in us, who walknot after the flesh, but after the Spirit. 5 For they that are after the flesh do mind the things of the flesh; but they that are after the Spirit the things of the Spirit. 6For to be carnally minded 18 death ; but. to be spi- ritually minded 18 life and peace. 7 Because the carnal mind 18 enmity against God: for it isnot subject to the law of God, nei- ther indeed can be. 8So then they that are in the flesh can- not please God. 9 But ye are not in the ficsh, put in the Spirit, if so be that the Spirit of God dwell in you. Now if any man have not the Spirit of Christ, he is none of his. 10 And if Christ be in you, the body 18 dead because of sin; but the Spirit zs life because of rightéous- has not, he is not of him: but if Christ [be]in you, the : Ὁ τῷ " ι ε , . Δι αὖ . ness, 11 But if the ἐν σῶμα νεκρὸν “δι ἁμαρτίαν, τὸ. δὲ πνεῦμα ζωὴ Spirit of him that 3Ίπᾶεεᾶ *body [is] dead on account of sin; butthe Spirit , life ος ἘΝ J pet oes , 2 Or 4 ~ ~ ΄ the ea we διὰ δικαιοσύνην. 11 εἰ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ ἐγείραντος you, he that rais- on account of righteousness. But if the. Spirit of him who raised up ed up Christ from ® + ἐν in (the) Tra]. 5 χάρις thanks (to God) LrTra. t — μὲν T. u— μὴ κατὰ to end of verse GLTTrAW. YoetheeT. ᾿ * ἀλλὰ ΤΊτΑ. Σ διὰ LTTra. 7 + τὸν ΤΤ[Α]. EE: 418 ἜΡΟΝ ΡΟΜΑΙΟΥΣ. ταις the dead shall also Ἰησοῦν ἐκ νεκρῶν οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν" icken your mortal Ἵ Ἔ ΠΕΣ : 5 ος by his Spirit Jesus fromamong{[the] dead dwells in you, hewhe riiscdup the that dwelleth in you. Αγριστὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν" ζωοποιήσει καὶ τὸ θνητὰ σώματα ΖΞ πώ ἐς οὐ λοὴ pares Christ from among [the] dead will quicken also 4mortal bodies é are ; : 3 1 4 Ἢ the flesh, sy te “rigs ὑμῶν διὰ υτὸ ἐνοικοῦν αὐτοῦ πνεῦμα! ἐν ὑμῖν. 12 Ἄρα the flesh. 13Forif ye 1 : F Kip thi agp irit ἐξ a ΤῈ live after the flesh, ye eee or gah rates es μις ἘΠ ΕἾ : is 3 Ῥ ᾿ y ἡ shall die: but if ye οὖ, ἀδελφοί, ὀφειλέται ἐσμὲν οὐ τῇ σαρκι του κατά σάρκα through the Spirit do then, brethren, debtors weare, nottothe flesh, 3accourding *to *flesh mortify the deeds of 3! ir : 4 3 : i - the body, ye shall ζῇν" 19 εἰγὰρ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆτε, μέλλετε ἀποθνήσκειν" live, 14 For as many to live; for if according to flesh ye live, ye are about to die; asareled by theSpirit , ., ᾿ : αρ ΜΗ. ες 3 of God, they are the εἰ. δὲ πνεύματι τὰς πράξεις τοῦ σώματος θανατοῦτεν ζήσεσθε. sons of God. 15 For putif by [the] Spirit the deeds ofthe body ye put to death, ye willlive: ye have not reccived “ 1 , - » αν ασ rie “ἢ the spirit of bondage 14 Όσοι. γὰρ πνεύματι θεοῦ ἄγονται, οὗτοί “εἰσιν υἱοὶ θεοῦ. again to a ; iin bg for as many as by [the] Spirit of God are led, these are sons of God. ξ i theSpiri ’ > ΄ - , , , ᾿ Pr tortien, whereby 16 οὐ. γὰρ ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα δουλείας" πάλιν εἰς φόβον, “ἀλλ᾽ we cry, Abba, Father. For “not 17ο “received aspirit of bondage again unto fear, but ο irit itself ΄ ~ ε , ές: , ? 2” , 16 The Spiness with. ἐλάβετε πνεῦμα υἱοθεσίας, ἐν. ᾧ κράζοµεν, ABBA, ὃ πατήρ. our spirit, that we are ye received ἃ Spirit of adoption, whereby wecry, Abba, Father. the children of’ God: π > A ‘ ~ f 1 ~ ; « ~ ipa 7 And if children, 10 Αὐτὸ TO πνεῦμα ᾿συμμαρτυρεῖ τῳ-.πνευματιιημων, Ότι ἆ irs: heirs of “Itself ‘the Spirit bears witness with our spirit, that then heirs; h ο Ῥ God, and joinr pers ἐσμὲν τέκνα θεοῦ. 17 εἰ δὲ τέκνα, καὶ κληρονόμοι’ κληρονόμοι that we suffer with We are children of God. And if children, also heirs : _ heirs him, that we may be μὲν θεοῦ, ἰσυγκληρονόμοι" δὲ χοιστοῦ' εἴπερ ξσυμπάσχομεν,' also glorified together. ig peony a ης PES eee he : ας, µ χομενν 5 indeed of God, and joint-heirs of Christ ; ifindeed we suffer together, 18 For I reckon that « \ Ratan the sufferings of this (γα και συγθοξασνωμµεγ. Ῥγοβοιῦ time are not that also we may be glorified together. cl he Ke gue ae ee 18 Λογίζομαι.γὰρ ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα τοῦ viv shall be revealed in For Τ reckon that not worthy [are]the sufferings of the presert us. 19 For the earnest ~ 5 ι Ly , Β a expectation of the Καιρου πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι creature waiteth for time [to το οοπιρατθᾶ] with the : 2abhout lelory to be revealed the manifestation of .?, 5,,7 ε A ? ἢ ~ ἢ \ ἢ 4 the sons of God, εἰσ τ ημά 19 Ἡ γὰρ ἀποκαραδοκία της κτίσεως την αποκαά 20 For the creature to For the earnest expectation of the creation the ‘reve- was made subject to ed τα, = ay ὃν «ΔΆ es φον ο ο ay st λυψιν τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἀπεκδέχεται. 20 τῇ.γὰρ-µαταιότητι but by reason of him 1 108 *of *the sons 7of°God ‘awaits; for to vanity nau ding τῳ ἡ κτίσις ὑπετάγη, οὐχ ἑκοῦσα, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν ὑπο- ᾽ 9] because the crea- the creation was subjected, not willingly, but byreasonof him who sub- ture itself also shall γάξαντα, én’! ἐλπίδι 21 ‘dre καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ κτίσις ἐλευθερω- ene ieee, in ορ that also “itself the creation shall be into the glorious li- θήσεται ἀπὸ τῆς ἱδρυλείαςὶ τῆς φθορᾶς εἰς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ο πα oe oven freed from the bondage of corruption into the freedom know that the whole τῆς δόξης τῶν τέκνων τοῦ θεοῦ. 22 οἴδαμεν γὰρ ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ creation groaneth and of the glory ofthe children of God. For we know that all the travaileth in pain to- gether until now. κτίσις ἔσυστε)άζειὶ καὶ συνωδίνει ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν: 23 οὐ 23 And not only they, creation groans together and travails together until now. “Not but ourselves also, which have the first- µόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὶ τὴν ἀπαρχὴν τοῦ πνεύματος fruits of the Spirit, “only +and(so], but even ourselves the βγβί-σαϊ of the Spirit even we _ ourselves , k κ η : ae : ΑΙ ΠΝ ἕ ; groan within our- ἔχοντες, "καὶ ἡμεῖς" αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς στενάζοµεν, υἱοθεσίαν selves, waiting forthe haying, also we ourselves *in “ourselves ‘groan, Sadoption adoption, to wit, the , , : ; , ο. ες - redemption of | our ἀπεκδεχόμενοι, τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν τοῦ.σώματος ἡμῶν. 34 τῇ body. 34 For we are *awaiting— the redemption of our body. saved by hope : but ‘ > aN Sec ee S ? ‘ \ / ᾽ ” 2 Pa hope that is seen is γάρ. ἐλπίδι ἐσώβημεν' ἐλπὶς δὲ βλεπομένη οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλπίς not hope: for what a Forin hope we were saved; but hope secn isnot 10ρ8; * — τὸν LTTIA. 5 χριστὸν [Ἰησοῦν] (Jesus) ἐκ νεκρῶν L; ἐκ νεκρῶν χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν Τ. - » - 2 - ΄ « ΄ 9 o 5 τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος αὐτοῦ πνεύματος (read as A.V.) ET, © υἱοί εἰσιν θεοῦ LitraWw. 4 δου- λίας τ. © ἀλλὰ LYTrA. {συν- τπτ. ὃ συν- TA, Ἀ ἐφ᾽ τ. i διότι T. ) δουλίας Te k ἡμεῖς καὶ TA; [ἡμεῖς| καὶ 115, VIII. ROMANS. ὃ. γὰρ βλεπει me τί "καὶ ἐλπίζε; 25 εἰδὲ ὃ οὐ for what “*sces ‘anyone why also does he hope for? But if what "ποὺ βλέπομεν ἐλπίζομεν, δι ὑπομονῆς ἀπεκδεχόμεθα. 26 Ὡσαύτως 4we *sce we hope for, in endurance . we await, *In*like *manner δὲ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα συναντιλαμβάλεται "ταῖς. ἀσθενείαις" ἡμῶν' Nand also the Spirit jointly helps our weaknesses ; τὸ γὰρ τί προσευξώμεθα καθὸ δεῖ, οὐκ.οἴδαμεν, “ἀλλ᾽ for that which we should pray for according as it behoves, we know not, but αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα ὑπερεντυγχάνει Ῥὑπὲρ ἡμῶν" στεναγμοῖς 51ἱεοεΙξ πο Spirit makes intercession for us with groanings ἀλαλήτοις' 27 ὁ δὲ Ἱερευνῶν" τὰς καρδίας οἶδεν τί τὸ inexpressible But he who searches the hearts knows what [is] the φρόνημα τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅτι κατὰ θεὸν ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ mind of the Spirit, because according to God heintercedes for ἁγίων. 28 Οἴδαμεν δὲ ὅτι τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν τὸν θεὸν πάντα 410 man seeth, why doth he yet hope for? 25 But if we hope for that we see not, then do we with patience wait for et. 26 Likewise the Spirit also helpeth our infirmities: for we know not what we should pray for as we ought: but the Spirit itself maketh inter- cession for us with groanings which can- not be uttered. 27 And he that searcheth the .hearts knoweth what ts the mind- of the Spirit, because he maketh intercession for the saints accord- ing to the will of God. saints, But we know that to those who love God allthings 28 And we know that - ; ᾽ , ~ , ALL i ς = Touvepyet' εἰς ἀγαθόν, τοῖς κατὰ πρόθεσιν κλητοῖς ther for’ goed to thea work together for good, tothose who according to purpose 7ealled that love God, to οὖσιν. 29 ὅτι οὓς πβοέγνω, καὶ προώρισεν συμμόρ- οσα πας) το 199. Because whom he foreknew, also he predestinated [to be] conformed fis purpose. 29 For ῥους τῆς εἰκόνος τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ εἶναι αὐτὸν πρω- Nrembegitforeinew, ἴο the image of his Son, for (ο νε ‘him [the] first- pate PORES RSE to τότοκον ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς' 90 οὓς δὲ προώρισεν. τούτους δ ος born among many brethren. But whom he predestinated, these. βτείροτη afta many καὶ ἐκάλεσεν' καὶ οὓς ἐκάλεσεν, τούτους καὶ ἐδικαίωσεν' οὓς brethren. 30 Moreover also hecalled; and whom he called, these also he justified; ?whom ἡ μὰ Re aid predes- δὲ ἐδικαίωσεν, τούτους Kai ἐδόξασεν. *but he justified, these also he glorified. / re ? ~ A ~ ae \ - ᾿ « ~ 31 Ti οὖν ἐροῦμεν πρὸς ταῦτα; εἰ ὁ θεὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, What then shallwesay to thesethings? If God [be] for us, τίς καθ ἡμῶν; 82 ὅς γε τοῦ.ἰδίου.υἱοῦ οὐκ.ἐφείσατο, "ἀλλ᾽" who against us? Who indeed his own Son spared not, but ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πάντων παρέδωκεν αὐτόν, πῶς οὐχὶ καὶ σὺν αὐτῷ for us all gave up him, how “not *also *with Shim τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν χαρίσεται; 33 τίς ἐγκαλέσει κατὰ Sall'°things ‘us ‘will *he Ίρταπῦ 2 Who shall bring an accusation against ἐκλεκτῶν θεοῦ ; θεὸς ὁ δικαιῶν. 84 τίς ὁ κατα- [the] elect of God ? [Τὸ is}God who justifies: who he that’ con- κρίνων; ριστὸς ἵ ὁ ἀποθανών, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ! ἐγερθείς, demns? ΓΙ 15] Christ’ who died, butrather also is raised up; ὃς "καὶ" ἔστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃς καὶ ἐντυγχάνει ὑπὲρ who also is at (thel right hand of God;who also interccdes for ἡμῶν. 35 τίς ἡμᾶς χωρίσει ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ χριστοῦ ; us: who us_ shallseparate from the love οἵ Christ ? a / a , ’ n θλίψις, ἢ στενοχωρία, ἢ διωγμός, ἢ λιμός, ἢ γυµνότης, ἢ tribulation, or strait, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or κίνδυνος, ἢ μάχαιρα; 96 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ὅτι ξνεκά" σου danger, ' or sword? According as it has been written, For thy sake θανατούμεθα ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν' ἐλογίσθημεν ὡς πρόβατα we are put to death *whole ‘the day ; we were reckoned as sheep σφαγῆς. 87 Αλλ᾽ ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν ὑπερνικῶμεν διὰ of slaughter, But in these “things ‘all we more than overcome through τὰ — καὶ LTr[A]. 2 σῇ ἀσθενείᾳ (read our weakness) LTTrAW. P — ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν LTTrAW. 4 ἐραυνῶν ΤΈΣ. 5 ἀλλὰ LYTrA. t Ἰησοῦς Jesus [L]T. GLTLraw. ¥— καὶ LTTrLA]. tinate, them he also called: and whom he called, them he also justified : and whom he justified, them he also glorified. 91 What shall we then say to these things? If God le for us, who can be against us? 32 He that spared not his own Son, but deliver- ed him up for us all, how shall he not with him also freely give us all things? 33 Who shall lay any thing to the charge of God’s elect ? Jt is God that justifi- eth. 34 Who ts he that condemneth? ,/t is Christ that died, yoa rather, that is risen again, who is οτεπ at the right handof God, who also maketh in- tercession 107 us, 35 Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? shali tribula- tion, or distress, or persecution, or fam- ine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword ἢ 36 As it is written, For th sake we are killed all the day long ; we are ο ἀλλά TIrw. Γ συνεργεῖ ὃ θεὸς God works together 1, Ἡ — καὶ [τ]τ. Σ ἕνεκεν 420 accounted as sheep for the slaughter. 37 Nay, in all these things we are more than con- querors through him that loved us. 38 For I am persuaded, that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor prin- cipalities, nor powers, nor things present,nor things to come, 39 nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to sepa- rate us from the love of God, which is in: Christ Jesus our Lord. TX. I say the truth in Christ, I lie not, my conscience also bear- ing me wituess in the Holy Ghost, 2 that I have great heaviness and continual sorrow in my heart. 3 For I could wish that my- self were accursed from Christ for my trethren, my kinsmen according to the flesh: 4 who are Israelites; to whom pertaineth the adoption, and the glo- ry, and the covenants, and the giving of the law, and the service of God, and the pro- mises; 5 whose ατς the fathers, and of whom as concerning the flesh Christ came, who is over all, God blessed for ever. A- men. 6 Not as though the word of God hath taken none effect. For they are not all Israel, which are of Israel: 7 Neither, because they are the seed of Abra- 811 chil- dren: but, In Isaac shall ae be call- t is, They which are the chil- dren of the flesh, these are not the children of God: but the children of the promise are counted for the seed. 9 For this is the word of promise, At this time will I come, and Sarah shall have a son. 10 And not only this; but when Re- becca also had con- ceived by one, even by our father Isaac ; 11 (for the children being not yet born, neither having done any good or evil, that the purpose of God according to election might stand, not of works, but cc him that Υ οὔτε δυνάμεις placed after μέλλοντα GLITrAW. b Ἰσραηλεῖται τ. { φαῦλον LTTrA, LITraw, πω LTr, ‘becca ΠΡῸΣ (POMATO VS. VIII, 1X. ~ , ~ , 4 τ » τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντος ἡμᾶς. 88 πέπεισμαι.γὰρ ὅτι οὔτε him who loved us. For I am persuaded that neither θάνατος, οὔτε ζωή, οὔτε ἄγγελοι, οὔτε ἀρχαί, Youre du- death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, mor νάµεις,! οὔτε ἐνεστῶτα, οὔτε μέλλοντα» 39 οὔτε ὕψωμα, οὔτε powers, nor things present, nor things to be, nor height, nor βάθος, οὔτε τι; κτίσις ἑτέρα δυνήσεται ἡμᾶς χωρίσαι depth, nor any “created*thing ‘other willbeable us to separate ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ κυρίῳ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ θεοῦ, τῆς Christ Jesus ?Lord from the love of God, which [is] in ἡμῶν. tour. 9 ᾿Αλήθειαν λέγω ἐν χριστῷ, οὐ.ψεύδοµαι,συμμαρτυρούσης! Truth Isay in Christ, 1 lie not, bearing witness with μοι τῆς.συνειδήσεώς.μου ἐν πνεύματι᾽ ἁγίῳ, 2 ὅτι λύπη {π [086] 7Spirit 1Holy, that ?grief me my conscience ? ‘ rf 3 ο , ? / ~ / μοι ἐστὶν µεγάλη, καὶ ᾿ἀδιάλειπτος ὀδύνη τῇῷ-καρδίᾳ.μου" 300 “πιο 38 αστοᾶῦ, and unceasing SOrrow in my heart, 3 ηὐχόμην γὰρ "αὐτὸς ἐγὼ ἀνάθεμα εἶναι! ἀπὸ τοῦ χριστοῦ for [was wishing "πιγεει ᾖ3Ι 9 curse tobe from.the Christ ὑπὲρ τῶν. ἀδελφῶν.μου, τῶν.συγγενῶν-μου κατὰ σάρκα" for my brethren, my kinsmen according to flesh ; 4 οἵτινές εἰσιν Ῥσραηλῖται,) ὧν ἡ υἱοθεσία καὶ ἡ δόξα, who are Israelites, whose [is] the adoption and the glory, κ Gee ὃ θῇ Π \ ε θ , ‘ « / 3 ε καὶ “αἱ διαθῆκαι" καὶ ἡ νοµοθεσία, καὶ ἡ λατρεία καὶ αἱ and the covenants and the lawgiving, and the service and the ἐπαγγελίαι, ὅ ὧν οἱ πατέρες, καὶ ἐξ WY 0 χριστὸς τὸ promises ; whose[are]the fathers; and of whom [is]the Christ κατὰ σάρκα, ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων θεὸς εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς according to over all God blessed to the I~ ? / ᾽ id Sie 7 ὁ » / « , ~ αἰῶνας. ἀμήν. 6 Οὐχ οἷον.δὲ ὅτι ἐκπέπτωκεν ὁ λόγος τοῦ flesh, who is ages, Amen, Not however that has failed the wor θεοῦ. οὐ.γὰρ πάντες οἱ ἐξ Ἱσραήλ, οὗτοι. Ισραήλ" of God; for not all “which [5816] ®of ‘Israel ‘those [fare] “Israel: : 95 «“ Ψ aa , ? / ’ ᾿ ? ? 7 οὐδ᾽ ὅτι εἰσὶν σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ, πάντες τέκνα, ἀλλ nor because they are seed of Abraham [are] all children: but, 9 δ ἢ ἃ On , , oO dr ῃ il ? 4 ἐν Ισαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα. ὃ “Τουτεστινὶ οὐ τὰ In Isaac’ shall be called to'thee ἃ seed. That is, Snot ‘the , ~ ier ~ / - - ? τέκνα τῆς σαρκός, ταῦτα τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ" ἀλλὰ τὰ τέκνα ΞΟΠ ἄτῃ *of*the *fiesh ®these [7ατε] children of God; but the children τῆς ἐπαγγελίας λογίζεται εἰς σπέρμα. 9 ἐπαγγελίας.γὰρ ofthe promise are reckoned for seed, For of promise ὁ λόγος.οὗτος, Κατὰ . τὸν.καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐλεύσομαι, καὶ this word [is], According to this time Iwillcome, and ἔσται τῇ Σάῤῥᾳ υἱός. 10 Οὐ.μόνον.δὲ, ἀλλὰ καὶ Ῥε- there shall be to Sarah ason, And not only [that], but also Re- , > ε / » " ? ~ ~ βέκκα ἐξ ἑνὸς κοίτην ἔχουσα, ᾿Ισαὰκ τοῦ. πατρὸς ἡμῶν" . *by “Ὅπ6 conception "Πατίης, Isaac our father, 6,” 1. 11 ἁμήπω" γὰρ γεννηθέντων, μηδὲ πραξάντων not *yet [*the *children] *for being born, nor having done τι ἀγαθὸν ἢ ἱκακόν," ἵνα ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν ἔτοῦ θεοῦ anything good ος οτί], (that the *according Sto Selection 308 “God πρόθεσις! μέ κ ἐξ ἔργων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ ὔ τρ ς μένῃ, οὐκ εξ εργών, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος, purpose mightabide, not of works, but of him who calls), ο 2 συνμ.- τ. ο ἡ διαθήκη the covenant 1, ὃ πρόθεσις τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTraW. az 1) > ae ατα ανασεµα ειναι αυτος εγω ~ 5» ΄ ἆ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν ΑΤΊτΑ. 8 μή ΙΧ. ROMANS. 12 "ἐῤῥήθη" αὐτῇ, “Ore ὁ μείζων δουλεύσει τῷ ἐλάσσονι" it was said to her, The greater shall serve’ the lesser : 13 καθὼς γέγραπται, Τὸν ᾿Ιακὼβ ἠγάπησα, τὸν δὲ Ἡσαῦ according as it has been written, Jacub I loved, and Esau ἐμίσησα. I hated. . 14 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; μὴ ἀδικία παρὰ τῷ θεῷ; What then shall we say? Unrighteousness with God [is there]? peRerctr "16 τῷ ἰγὰρ.Μωσῇ' λέγε, ᾿ἘΕλεήσω ὃν ἂν ay it not be! For to Moses he says, Iwill shew mercy to whomsoever ἐλεῶ, καὶ οἰκτειρήσω ὃν ἂν οἰκτείρω. I shew mercy, and I will feel compassion on whomsoever I feel compassion. 16"Apa οὖν οὐ τοῦ θέλοντος, οὐδὲ τοῦ τρέχοντος, So then [itis] not of him that wills, nor of him that runs, ἀλλὰ τοῦ Χἐλεοῦντος! θεοῦ. 17 λέγει γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ τῷ Φαραώ, but “who *shews *mercy ‘of 7God. For says thescripture to Pharaoh, Ότι εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐξήγειρά σε, ὅπως ἐνδείξωμαι ἐν σοὶ For this same thing 1 raised out thee, so that Imightshew in thee τὴν δύναμίν. μου, καὶ ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ.ὄνομά μου ἐν πάσῃ my power, and so that should be declared my name in- all τῇ γῇ. 18 “Apa οὖν ὃν θέλει ἐλεεῖ" ὃν δὲ θέλει the earth. So then to whom he wili he skews mercy, and whom he will σκληρύνει. : he hardens, 19 Ἔρεῖς ἰοὖν pou," Tim ἔτι “ μέμφεται; τῷ "yap" βου- Thou wilt say then tome, Why yet does he find fault? for *the Spur- λήματι αὐτοῦ τίς ἀνθέστηκεν; 20 9Μενοῦνγε, ὦ ἄνθρωπε," pose Sof "him 'who *has *resisted 2 Yea, rather, O - man, σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ ἀνταποκρινόμενος τῷ VED; μὴ ἐρεῖ τὸ thou 'who 7art that answerest against God? Shall *say *the πλάσμα τῷ Ἠπλάσαντι, Τί µε ἐποίησας οὕτως; thus? ἐκ τοῦ out of the 0-08 and another *thing “formed tohim who formed ([it], Why me madest thou 21 Ἢ οὐκἔχει ἐξουσίαν; ὁ κεραμεὺς τοῦ πηλοῦ, Or has not authority the potter overthe clay, αὐτοῦ φυράματος ποιῆσαι ὃ μὲν εἰς τιμὴν σκεῦος, same lump tomake one 2to ‘honour ‘vessel, εἰς ἀτιμίαν ; 22 εἰ δὲ θέλων ὁ θεὸς ἐνδείξασθαι τὴν ὀργήν, to dishonour? And if ?willing God to shew wrath, καὶ γνωρίσαι τὸ δυνατὸν. αὐτοῦ, ἤνεγκεν ἐν πολλῇ µακρο- and to make known his power, bore in much long- , ~ ’ 5 Cf θυµίᾳ σκεύη ὀργῆς κατηρτισµένα εἰς ἀπώλειαν" 23 καὶ ἵνα suffering vessels of wrath fitted for destruction ; and that νωρίσφ τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς. δόξης αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ σκεύη he might make known the riches of his glory upon ' vessels ἐλέους. ἃ προητοίµασεν εἰς δόξαν; 24 οὓς καὶ ἐκάλεσεν of mercy, which he before prepared for glory, 2whom “also *he ‘called « Lewd > , ? ? ΄ > A Ν > ἡμᾶς ov µόνον ἐξ Ιουδαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ us not only fromamong([the] Jews, but also from among [the] ἐθνῶν: 25 ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ Ὡσηὲ λέγει, Καλέσω τὸν οὐ nations? As also in Hosea he says, I will call that which [is] not λαόν.µου, λαόν.μου" καὶ THY οὐκ ἠγαπημένην, ἠγαπημένην. my people, My People; and that not beloved, Beloved. 26 Kai ἔσται, ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ *266n6n" Ραὐτοῖς,' Οὐ λαός And it shall be, in the place where it wassaid tothem, Not *people 421 calleth ;) 12 it was said unto her, The elder shall serve the younger. 13 As it is written, Jacob have I loved, but Esau have I hated. 14 What shall we say then? Js there unrighteousness with God? God _ forbid. 15 For hesaith to Mo- ses, I will have mercy on whom I will have mercy, and I will have compassion on whom I will have compas- sion. 16 So then τέ 18 not of him that will- eth, nor of him that runneth, but of God that sheweth mercy. 17 For the scripture saith unto Pharaoh, Even for this same purpose ‘have I raised thee up, that I might shew my power in thee, and that my name might be de- clared throughout all the earth. 18 There- fore hath he mercy on whom he will have mercy, and whom he will he hardeneth. 19 Thou wilt say then unto me, Why doth he yet find fault? For who hath resisted his will? 20 Nay but, O man, who art thou that repliest against God? Shallthe thing formed say to him that formed zt, Why hast thou made me thus ? 21 Hath not the potter power over the clay, of the same lump to make one vessel unto honour, and another unto dis- honour? 22 What τῇ God, willing to shew his wrath, and to make his power known, en- dured with much longsuffering the ves- sels of wrath fitted to destruction: 23 and that he might make known the riches of his glory on the ves- sels of mercy, which he had afore prepared unto glory, 24 even us, whom he hath called, not of the Jews only, but also of the Gentiles? 25 As he saith also in Osee, I will call them my people, which were not my people; and her beloved, which was not beloved. 26 And it shall come Β ἐρῥέθη LTTrA. κ ἐλεῶντος LTTrA. 1 μοι οὖν LTTrAW. m + οὖν then L[A]w. ϱ ὦ ἄνθρωπε, μενοῦνγε (μενοῦν ye LTr) UTTrA, Ρ — αὐτοῖς [L]tr, ἱ γὰρ Μωῦσῇ α; Μωσῇ γὰρ LA; Μωῦσεϊ γὰρ ΊΤε;΄ Μωῦσῃ γὰρ W. n — γὰρ for Ε, 422 to pass, ‘Act in the plave where it war said unto them, Ye arc not my people ; there shall they be called the children of the living God. 27 Esaias also cri- eth concerning Isracl, Though the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea, ἃ remnant shall be saved: 28 for he will finish the work, and eut it short in right- eousness: because a short work will the Lord make upon the earth, 29 And as E- saias said before, Ex- cept the Lord of Sa- baoth had left us a secd, we had been as Sodoma, and _ been miade like unto Go- morrha. 30 What shall we say then ? That the Gentiles, which followed not after righteousness, have attained to rightcous- ness, even the right- eousness which is of faith. 31 But Israel, which followed after the law of righteous- ness, hath not attain- ed to the law of right- eousness. 32 Wherc- fore? Because they sought it not by faith, Lut as it were by the works of the law. For they stumbled at that stuuiblingstone ; 33 as it is written, Behold, I lay in Sion a stum- blingstone and rock of offence: and who- soevér believeth on him shall not be a- shamed: X. Brethren, my heart’s desire and preyer to God for srael is, that they might be saved, 2 For I bear them record that they have a zeal of God, but not accord- ing to knowledge. 3 For they being ig- norant of God’s right- cousness, and going about ἴο establish their own righteous- Ress, have not sub- mitted themselves un- to the righteousness of God, 4 For Christ is the end of the law for righteousness to every onc that believeth. 5 For Moses describ- IX ζῶντος. 27 Ἡ- ΠΡΟΣ ΡΟΝ ΕΑ 0 YS. ὑμεῖς, ἐκεῖ κληθήσονται υἱοὶ θεοῦ there they shall be called sons of *God [’the] *living. 2E- \ , « 1 ~ ? ΄ 7 ‘ 7 t ᾽ ον σαΐας δὲ κράζει. ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἱσραήλ, Eav.g ὃ ἀριθμὸς saias ‘but cries concerning Israel, If ®should *be *the *number ~ εν \ ε ἔν + ~ / ‘ ΄ τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραὴλ ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης. τὸ Ἱκατάλειμ- 308 *the Ssons “οἵ 7Israel as the sand of the ‘sea, the remnant μα! σωθήσεται" 28 λόγον γὰρ συντελῶν καὶ συντέµνων shall be saved: for [the] matter fhe is]concluding and cutting short Sty δικαιοσύνῃ bre λόγαν συντετμημένονὶ ποιῆσει in righteousness: because a matter cut short will *do ['the] , ? ‘ ~ ~ ‘ ‘ / « se 4 κύριος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 29 Καὶ καθὼς προείρηκεν “Ἡσαΐας, *Lord upon the earth. And according as said before Esaias, Εὶ μὴ κύριος Σαβαὼθ ᾿ἐγκατέλιπεν" ἡμῖν σπέρμα, ὡς Σόδομα Unless [the] Lord οἵ Hosts had Jeft us aseed, as Sodom ἂν.ἐγενήθημεν, καὶ ὡς Γόμοῤῥα ἂν ὡμοιώθημεν. we should have become, απ as Gomorrha we should have been made like. 90 Τί οὖν ἐροῦμεν; ὅτι ἔθνη τὰ μή.διώκοντα δικαιο- What then shall wesay? That Gentiles that follow not after right- σύνην, κατέλαβεν δικαιοσύνην, δικαιοσύνην. δὲ THY ἐκ πίστεως eousness, attained righteousness, but righteousness that[is)by faith. 9] ᾿Ισραὴλ.δὲ διώκων νόμον δικαιοσύνης, εἰς νόμον γδι- But Israel, following after alaw of righteousness, to a law of καιοσύνης" εοὐκ.ἔφθασεν. 32 διατί" ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ πίσ- righteousness did not attain. Why? Because [it was] not by faith, τεως, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων *vdpov'" προσέκοψαν Σγὰρ' τῷ λίθῳ but as by works of law. For they stumbled at the stone τοῦ προσκόμματος; 88 καθὼς γέγραπται, ᾿Ιδοὺ τίθημι ἐν of stumbling, according as it has been written, Behold I place in 4 / , ‘ ’ ‘ ~ Σιὼν λίθον προσκόμματος καὶ πέτραν σκανδάλου" καὶ *7ac! Sion ἃ stone of stumbling and rock of offence : and every one ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐ. καταισχυνθήσεται. that believes on him shall not be ashamed. > - , ε \ ΄, ~ > ~ , 10 ᾿Αδελφοί, ἡ μὲν εὐδοκία τῆς ἐμῆς καρδίας, Kai ἡ Brethren, the good pleasure of my own heart, and δέησις “ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὑπὲρ ῥὑτοῦ Ἱσραήλ ἐστιν! εἰς supplication to God on behalf of Israel is for ΄ ~~ ~ ev ~ 7. ρω σωτηρίαν. 2 μαρτυρῶ. γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὅτι ζῆλον θεοῦ ἔχουσιν, salvation, For I bear witness tothem that zeal for God they have, ἀλλ οὐ κατ᾽ ἐπίγνωσιν. 8 ἀγνοοῦντες. γὰρ τὴν τοῦ θεοῦ but ποῦ according to knowledge. For being ignorant of the “of “God δικαιοσύνην, καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν “δικαιοσύνην" ζητοῦντες στῆσαι, righteousness, and their own righteousness seeking to establish, ~ n ΄ ~ ~ ε / ΄ ΤΏ ὀικαιοσυνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐχ. ὑπετάγησαν. 4 τέλος γὰ to the righteousness of God they submitted not. For [°the] *end / ᾿ ᾽ oer ~ : νόμου χριστὸς εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστξύοντι. οἱ Ίαν ‘Christ [315] for righteousness to every one that _ believes. d καὶ} \ ΄ ~ ὃ "Μωσῆς"' γὰρ γράφει 5 τὴν δικαιοσύνην τὴν ee frov" bie Moses writes [of] the righteousness which [is] of the [4 M ς ιά ᾽ ‘ » ΠΝ νόμου, 8 Ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ" ἄνθρωπος ζήσεται ' law, That the “having *practised *those *things Iman shall live 1 ? ~ | ε ᾿ > ͵ ἐν αὐτοῖς 6 Ἡ δὲ ἐκ πίστέως δικαιοσύνη οὕτως λέγει, by them. But the ?of Sfaith ‘righteousness thus speaks: μου 4my [are] ye, Doe eee τ ὑπόλειμμα LTTrA. ¥ — δικαιοσύνης (read to [that] law) trrraw. ¥ — yap for Tra. [15] GLTTraw. £ — τοῦ ΤΤτΑ, Ε --- ὅτι 1. Οτι λόγον συντετμημένον LTT:[A]. a W διὰ τί LTra, * — πᾶς (read ὃ he that) LTtraw. — δικαιοσύνην GLTr[A]w. h — αὐτὰ [L]T. 5 — ἐν δικαιοσύνη tév- τ΄ : x — νόμου LTT:[A]W. Sy ΓΑ αν, Ὁ αὐτῶν them 4 Μωῦσῆς GLITraw, © + ὅτι thac 1, } αυτῃ it Lira, ROMANS Μὴ.εἴπῃς ἐν *ry"_kapdia.cov, Τίς ἀναβήσεται εἰς τὸν Thou mayest not say in thy heart, Who = shall ascend tq the οὐρανόν ; τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν χριστὸν καταγαγεῖν" 7 ἤ, Tic κατα- Χ. heaven ? that is, Christ ἴο bring down. Or, Who shall \ » μιὰς δα ἄν. Δ βήσεται εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον; τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν χριστὸν ἐκ descend into the abyss ? that is, Christ from among [the] τον ~ 6 / ? / ‘ tn / νεκρῶν ἀναγαγεῖν. ὃ ἀλλὰ τι λέγει; ᾿Ἐγγύς σου τὸ ῥῆμά dead to bring up. But what says it? Near thee the word ἐστιν, ἐν τῷ.στόματί.σου καὶ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ. σου. τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν τὸ is, “ὅπ thy mouth and in thy heart: that is the ῥῆμα τῆς πίστεως ὃ κηρύσσοµεν' 9 ὅτι ἐὰν ὁμολογήσῃς word of faith which we proclaim, that if thou confess ἐν τῷ.στόματί.σου κύριον Ἰησοῦν, καὶ πιστεύσῃς ἐν TY with thy mouth (the! Lord Jesus, and believe in: καρδίᾳ.σου ὅτι ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, thy heart that God him raised from among [the] dead, σωθήσῃ" 10 καρδίᾳ. γὰρ πιστεύεται εἰς δικαιοσύνην. thou shalt he saved. For with{the]heart is belief to righteousness ; στόματι.δὲ ὁμολογεῖται εἰς σωτηρίαν. 11 Λέγει γὰρ ἡ aud with [the] mouth is confession to salvation. , For says the γωαφή, Πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐ.καταισχυνθήσεται. scripture, Everyone that believes on him shall not be ashamed. 12 Οὐ.γάρ.ἐστιν διαστολὴ ᾿Ιουδαίου τε Kai Ἕλληνος' ὁ.γὰρ For ἵποτε ἶ5 ποῦ adifference of Jew and Greek ; for the αὐτὸς κύριος πάντων πλουτῶν εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἐπικαλου- same Lord ofall [is] rich toward = all that call Fe καὶ ᾽ / ~ κὃ 4) 1ἢ του-μ] β ETTELY, και τον.νωτογ-αυτων ιαπαγτος ΧΙ. ἰσύγ- so as πού «ο see, and their back continually bow thou καμψον." down. 11 Λέγω οὖν, μὴ ἔπταισαν ἵνα πέσωσιν; μὴ.γένοιτο' Isay then, Did they stumble that they might fall? May it not be! ἀλλὰ τῷ αὐτῶν παραπτώματι ἡ σωτηρία τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, εἰς but by their ~ offence salvation [is]tothe nations, for τὸ παραζηλῶσαι αὐτούς. 12 εἰ δὲ τὸ.παράπτωμα.αὐτῶν to provoke to jealousy them. But if their offence {be the] πλοῦτος κόσμου, καὶ τὸ ἥττημα.αὐτῶν πλοῦτος ἐθνῶν, wealth οΥ̓Γ[{Π6] world, and their default [the] wealth of[the] nations, πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ πλήρωμα αὐτῶν; 13 Ὑμῖν ™yap" λέγω how much more their fulness 2 2To *you ‘for I speak, ~ ” ο 1 Σε/ { uu > ) ‘ ” ~ ? ΄ λ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν" ἐφ᾽ ὅσον μὲν " εἰμι ἐγὼ ἐθνῶν ἀπόστολος, the nations, inasmuch as 2am 4of [>the] nations Sapostle, τὴν. διακονίαν.µου δοξάζω, 14 εἴπως παραζηλώσω my service I glorify, if by any means I shall provoke to jealousy µου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ σώσω τινὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν. 15 εἰγὰρ my fle~h, and shall save some from among them, For if 1] ἀποβολὴ αὐτῶν καταλλαγὴ κόσμου. τίς ἡ “πρόσ- their casting away [06 {Π67 reconciliation of [the] world, what the recep- ληψις»! εἰ μὴ ζωὴ ἐκ γεκρῶν : tion, except life from among [the] dead? ‘16 εἰ δὲ ἡ ἀπαρχὴ ayia, καὶ τὸ φύραμα" καὶ εἰ ἡ ῥίζα x” Now if the first-fruit [be] holy, also the lump; _ and if the root , \ ε / ~ 7 - , ἁγία, καὶ οἱ κλάδοι. 17 εἰ δὲ τινες τῶν κλάδων ἐξεκλάσθη- [be] holy, also the branches. But if some of the branches were broken σαν, σὺ δὲ ἀγριέλαιος ὧν ἐνεκεντρίσθης ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ off, απᾶ thou, a wild olive tree being, wast graftedin amongst them, and Ἰσυγκοινωνὸς! τῆς ῥίζης Ῥκαὶ" τῆς πιότητος τῆς ἐλαίας a fellow-partaker of the root and of the fatness of the olive tree ἐγένου, 18 μὴ κατακαυχῶ τῶν κλάδων' εἰ. δὲ κατακαυχᾶσαι, became, boast not against the branches; but if thou boastest against οὐ σὺ τὴν ῥίζαν βαστάζεις, «ἀλλ᾽" ἡ ῥίζα σὲ. 19 Ἔ- [them], *not?thou*the ‘root 2bearest, put the root thee, Thou ρες οὖν, Ἐξεκλάσθησαν τοὶ" κλάδοι, ἵνα ἐγὼ "ἐγκεντρισθῶ.! wilt say then, Were brokenout the Ῥταποπος, that I might be grafted in. 20 Καλῶς" τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ ᾿ἐξεκλάσθησαν, σὺ δὲ τῇ πίστει Well: by unbelief they were broken out, and thou by faith ἕστηκας. μὴ “ὑψηλοφρόνει,! ἀλλὰ φοβοῦ" 21 εἰγὰρ ὁ θεὸς standest. Be not high-minded, but fear : for if God ~ \ 1 ’ ’ Ἂ , τῶν κατὰ φύσιν κλάδων οὐκ. ἐφείσατο, "μήπως οὐδὲ σου the *according *to*nature ‘branches spared not— lest neither thee x / ή » ὃ + , ‘ 2 , θ μας φείσηται." 22 Ide οὖν χρηστότητα καὶ ἀποτομιαν ὄεου he should spare. Behold then[the] kindness and severity of God: ‘ , J ΄ / ’ ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς πεσόντας, ἡἀποτομίαν"" ἐπὶ. δὲ σε, ἔχρηστό- 425 of slumber, eyes that they should not see, and ears that they should not hear;) unto this day. 9 And David saith, Let their table be made a snare, anda trap, and a stumbling= block, and a recom- pence unto them: 10 let their eyes be darkened, that they may not see, and bow down their back al- way. 11 I say then, Have they stumbled that they should fall? God forbid: but ra- ther through their fall salvation 73 come unto the Gentiles, for to provoke them to jea- lousy. 12 Now if the fall of them be the riches of the world, and the diminishing of them the riches of the Gentiles; how much more their ful- ness? 13 For I speak to you Gentiles, inas- much as I am the a- postle of the Gentiles, I magnify mine office : 14 if by any means I may provoke to emu- lation them which are my flesh, and might save some of them. 15 For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world, what shall the receiving of them be, but life from the dead ? 16 For if the first- fruit be holy, the lump 2s also holy. and if the root be holy, so are the branches. 17 And if some of the branches be broken off, and thou, being a wild olive tree, wert graffed in among them, and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree; 18 boast not against the branches, But if thou boast, thou bearest not the root, but the root thee 19 Thou wilt say then, The: branches were broken off, that 1 might be graffed in. 20 Well; because of unbelief they were broken off, and thou upon those that fell severity ; and upon thee kind- standest by faith. Be sie 95 a? / κ ~ τὰς ᾽ ον \ ‘ says not highminded, but TTA, εάν Σεπιμεινῃς τῇ χρηστότητι" ἔπει και συ eEK~"fear: 21 for if God ness, if thou continue in [his] kindness, else also thou wilt spared not the natural k διὰ παντὸς LTrA. 1συν- τ. πι δὲ and LTTrA. n + οὖν then Lt[tr]aw. P — καὶ T[Tr]JA. ᾳ ἀλλὰ ΤΤΤΑ. ν ὑψηλὰ φρόγει TTr. } ἀποτομία ΙΤΤΙΑ. ο πρόσληµψις LTTrA. t ἐκλάσθησαν broken off utr. he will spare GLTTraw, 8 ἐπιμέγῃς Tr, ¥ — οἱ GLITrAW. Ww — μήπως LTTr[A]. 2 χρηστότης θεοῦ kindness of God LiTra, 3 ev- Τ᾿ χ φείσεται 450 branches, take heed lest he also spare not thee. 22 Behold there- fore the goodness and severity of God: on them which fell, seve- rity ; but toward thee, goodness, if thou con- tinue in Ais goodness: otherwise thou also shalt be cut off. 23 And they also, if they a- bide not still in un- belief, shall be graffed in: for God is able to graff them in again. 21 For if thou wert cut out of the olive tree which is wild by nature, and wert graff- ed contrary to nature into a good olive tree: how wuch more shall these, which be the natural branches, be graffed into their own Olive tree? 25 For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ig- norant of this mys- tery, lest ye should be Wise in your Own con- ceits ; that blindness in part is happened to Israel, until the ful- nes» of the Gentiles be come in. 26 And soall Israel shall be saved: as it is written, There shallcome out of Sion the Deliverer, and shall turn away un- godliness from Jacob: 27 for this # my covenant unto them, when Ishall take away their sins. 28 As con- cerning the gospel, they are enemies for your sakes: but as touching the election, they are beloved for the fathers’ sakes. 29 For the gifts and ealling of God are without repentance, 30 For as ye in-times past have not believed God, yet have now ob- tained merey through their unbelief: 31 even 50 have these also now not believed, that through your mercy they also may obtain merey. 32 For God hath concluded them all in unbelief, that he might have mercy up- onall, 33 Othe depth of the riches both of the wisdom and know- ledge of God! how unsearchable are his* καὶ judgments, and his ig i past finding out! 34 For who hath known the mind of the Lord? Ὁ κἀκεῖνοι GLTTrAW. ΠΡΟΣ ΡΩΜΑΤΟΥΣ. “1: Σ ‘ ~ , ? ‘ ᾽ ’ {| ~ 3) , κοπήσῃ. 23 ὑκαὶ ἐκεῖνοι" δέ, ἐὰν µὴ- ἐπιμείνωσιν τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ, be cut off, SAlso “they ‘and, if they continue not in unbelief, , ‘ ’ ε ‘ 7 > ἀεγκεντρισθήσονταιὶ δυνατὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς πάλιν Ἀέγκεν- shall be grafted in ; for able is God again to graft / ᾽ ” ‘ ~ J / ? τρίσαι! αὐτούς. 394 εἰ.γὰρ σὺ ἐκ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐξε- in For if thou out of the *according *to Snature 7wast ΄ Pot / ‘ ‘ , ? py , = / κόπης ἁἀγριελαίου, καὶ παρα φύσιν ἐνεκεντρίσθηο εἰς Βραὺ "οβ wild “olive “tree, and, contrary to nature, wast grafted in to ΄ ~ -- / πόσῳ μᾶλλον οὗτοι οἱ κατὰ φύσιν, these who according to nature [are], them. καλλιέλαιον, a good olive tree, how much more 7 ~ IQ? ’ 4 ᾽ a , ε ~ ἀεγκεντρισθήσονται' τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐλαίᾳ; 25 Ὀὐ.γὰρ θελω ὑμᾶς shall be grafted into their own olive tree ? For “net *do*I wish you ? ~ s ‘ / - 7] . αὶ ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὸ.μυστηριον.τοῦτο, ινα µμµη-ήτ to be ignorant, brethren, of this mystery, that ye may not be ~ , ε ΄ 2 A ’ ~? 4 / ἑαυτοῖς φρόνιμοι; ὕτι πώρωσις ἀπὸ μέρους τῷ Ἰσραὴλ γε- yourselves wise, that hardness in part toIsrael has ” <= 4 ΄ »Ἥ ~ ΝΣ, - ο γονεν, ἄχρις οὗ τὸ πλήρωμα τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰσέλθῃ" 26 καὶ happened, until the fulness of the nations be come in; and er ~ ‘ , ‘ [ οὕτως πᾶς ᾿Ισραὴλ σωθήσεται, καθὼς γέγραπται, 50 all Israel shall be saved, according as it has been written, e - ? A « « ΄ f ἢ > / ᾽ ͵ Hie ἐκ Σιὼν ὁ ῥυόμενος, ἱκαὶ! ἀποστρέψει ἀσεβείας Shall come out of Sion the deliverer, and he shallturn away ungodliness ἀπὸ Ἰακώβ' 27 καὶ αὕτη αὐτοῖς ἡ παρ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη, επαρ" in from Jacob. And this [is] *to*them’the *from “*me “covenant, ὅταν ἀφέλωμαι τὰς.ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν. 28 Κατὰ μὲν when Imay have taken away their sins. * As regards indeed ‘ / ‘ wae ~ e ‘ ‘ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἐχθροὶ δι᾽ ὑμᾶς κατὰ.δὲ τὴν the gladtidings, [they are] enemies on your account; but as regards the ἐκλογήν, ἀγαπητοὶ διὰ τοὺς πατέρας. 29 ἀμεταμέλητα election, beloved onaccountofthe fathers. *Not *to *be *repented Sof ap τὰ χαρίσματα καὶ ἡ κλῆσις τοῦ θεοῦ. 90 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ‘for [are] the gifts and the calling of God. For as Exai ὑμεῖς ποτε ἠπειθήσατε τῷ θεῷ, νῦν δὲ ἠλεήθητε also ye once were disobedient to God, but now have been shewn mercy ~ ΄ er ‘ sae - - , τῃ τούτων ἀπειθείᾳ' 81 οὕτως καὶ οὗτοι νῦν ἠπείθησαν through their disobedieuce ; so also these now were disobedient ~ « , > , / ‘ \j ~ τῷ-"ὑμετέρῳ) ἐλέει, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθῶσιν. to your mercy, that also they may have mercy shewn [them], 32 συνέκλεισεν. γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς πάντας εἰς ἀπείθειαν, ἵνα τοὺς For “shut “up *together God all in disobedience, that / / a , ‘ 9 Σ πάντας ἐλεήσῃ. 99. Q βάθος πλούτου καὶ σοφίας 811 he might shew mercy to. O depth ofriches both of wisdom καὶ γνώσεως θεοῦ. we ἀγεξερεύνητα" τὰ κρίµατα. αὐτοῦ, καὶ διὰ knowledge of God! How unsearchable his judgments, and ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὑδοὶ αὐτοῦ. 94 τίς. γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν untraceable his ways? For who did know [the] mind ‘ n / ᾽ὔ ~ a ΄ κυρίου; ἢ τίς σύμβουλος αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο ; 85 ἢ τίς προξ- of [the] Lord, or who his counsellor became ? Or who first ᾽ ~ ‘ / - . ~ δωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀνταποδοθήσεται αὐτῷ; 36 ὅτι ἐξ αὐτοῦ gave tohim, «and it shall be recompensed to him 2 For of him n>? ? ~ ‘ > ᾽ ; , ~ ΄ Ot αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν τὴ.πάντα" αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα ἈΠ through him and unto him [are] allthings: to him [be] the glory εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας. ἀμὴν. to the nges, Amen, 5 ἐπιμένωσιν τττ. d ἐν. τ΄ ε ἐν Tra. f— καὶ LTTrAV ae σι he ΄ 3 . i Φ ᾽ § B—KaLGLITAW, ἃ ἡμετέρῳ (read toour mercy) Ε. i+ νῦν now [1]. Κανεξεραύνητα ΤΊ. XII. ROMANS. ~ ~ 7 , A ~ 3 ~ Παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν τοῦ i Med : Texhort therefore you, brethren, by the compassions “Ὁ ~ ιά « - ΄ ~ « , θεοῦ, παραστῆσαι τὰ.σώματα ὑμῶν θυσίαν ζῶσαν, ἁγίαν, ot God, to present your bodies a *sacrifice ‘living, holy, Ἰεὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ," τὴν λογικὴν λατρείαν ὑμῶν" 3 Kai μὴ well-pleasing to God, 7intelligent *service tyour. And ποῦ m (ζ θε! ~ 5 . 99: 1λλ .} n = 9 Π ~ συσχηματιζεσθε" τῷ. αιῶνι.τοῦτιρ, ἀλλα "μεταμορφοῦσθε τῇ 1fashion yourselves to this age, but - be transformed by the ἀνακαινώσει τοῦ.νοὸς οὑμῶν,' εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τί renewing of your mind, for to prove by you what [is] τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ εὐάρεστον καὶ τέλειον. Twill Sof °God tthe “good Sand *well-pleasing ‘and perfect. 3 λέγω. γὰρ dia’ τῆς χάριτος τῆς δοθείσης μοι, παντὶ ForIsay through the _ grace which isgiven tome, to everyone τῷ ὄντι ἐν ὑμῖν, μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρ ὃ δεῖ thatis among you, ποῦ to be high-minded above what it behoves [you] . φρονεῖν, ἀλλὰ φρονεῖν εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὃ tobe minded; but tobe minded soas {Το besober-minded toeach as θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως. 4 Καθάπερ.γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι God divided a measure of faith. For even as in one body p ἐλ λ' 1 ” A A ἐλ ’ ἘΞ ᾽ ‘ > We µέλη πολλὰ! ἔχομεν, τὰ δὲ µέλη πάντα οὐ τὴν αὐτὴν ?members ‘many wehave, butthe members all 7not *the *same ἔχει πρᾶξιν' 5 οὕτως οἱ πολλοὶ ἕν σῶμά ἐσμεν ἐν χριστῷ, have function; . thus the *many ‘one “body ‘we*are in Christ, 90" δὲ καθ εἷς ἀλλήλων μέλη. 6 ἔχοντες. δὲ χαρίσματα and each one 3ο8 “each *other ‘members. But haying 2cifts κατὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν διάφορα". εἴτε Saccording “to *the ‘grace 7which ‘is °given το 1115 ‘different, whether προφητείαν, κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως' 7 εἴτε δια-. prophecy— accordingto the proportion of faith; or ser- κονίαν, ἐν τῇ διακονίᾳ" εἴτε ὁ διδάσκων, ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ" vicc— in service ; or hethat teaches— in teaching ; 8 εἴτε ὁ παρἀκαλῶν, ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει: ὁ µεταδιδούςο, ἐν or that exhorts— in exhortation; hethat imparts— in c .. , ~ 3 ~ ἁπλότητι: ὁ προϊστάμενος, ἐν σπουδῇ ὃ ἐλεῶν, simplicity, hethat takes ἐμ lead— with diligence; he that shews ΤΙΕΤΟΣ--- ἐν ἱλαρότητι. 9 Ἡ ἀγάπη ἀνυπόκριτος' ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ with chcerfulness, [1.60] love [be] unfeigned ; abhorring πονηρόν, κολλώµενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ" 10 τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ εἰς ἀλ- evil, cleaving to good ; in brotherly love towards one λήλους Φφιλόστοργοι TH τιμῇ ἀλλήλους προηγούμενοι" another kindly aifectioned ; in[giving]honour*one*another ‘going “before ; 11 τῇ σπουδῇ μὴ ὀκνηροί, τῷ πνεύματι ζέοντες, ττῷ καιρῷ! in diligence, not slothful ; in spirit, fervent ; “in *season δουλεύοντες" 12 τῇ ἐλπίδι χαίροντες, TH θλίψει ὑπομένον- 4Iscrving, In hope, rejoicing ; in tribulation, . endur- TEC, TY προσευχῇ προσκαρτεροῦντες' 13 ταῖς χρείαις τῶν tothe needs ofthe ing; in prayer, stedfastly continuing; ἁγίων κοινωνοῦντες, THY φιλοξενίαν διώκοντες" 14 εὐλογεῖτε saints communicating ; * hospitality pursuing. Bless τοὺς διώκοντας ὑμᾶς" εὐλογεῖτε, καὶ μὴ.καταρᾶσθε. 15 χαί- these that persecute‘ you; bless, and curse not. Re- ρειν μετὰ χαιρόντων, “καὶ! κλαίειν. μετὰ κλαιόντων. 16 τὸ joice with rejoicing ones, and weep with weeping ones; the 1 τῷ θεῷ εὐάρεστον 1. ματίζεσθε Τ. ™ μεταμορφοῦσθαι to be transformed 1/Α. Ρ πολλὰ µέλη LTTrAW. 458 τὸ ΤΊΓΑΜ, ἢ τῷ κυρίῳ the Lord ELTTraAw. Ν ' ™ συ(συν- Α)σχηματίζεσθαι to fashion yourselves) LA; συνσχη- ο — ὑμῶν (read the mind) LTTraw, 427 ot who hath been his counseller 2 35 or who' hath first given to him, and it shall be recom- _ pensed unto himagain? ° 36 For of him, and through him, and to him, ave all things: to whom be glory for ever. Amen. XII. I beseech you therefore, brethren, by the mercies of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacri- fice, holy, acceptable unto God, which is your reasonable ser- vice. 2. And be not conformed to this world: but be ye trans- formed by the renew- ing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, and accept- able, and perfect, will of God. 3 Hor I say, through the grace given unto me, to every man that is a- mong you, not tothink of himself more highly than he ought to think; but to think soberly, according as God hatn dealt to every manthe measure of faith. 4 For as we have many mem- bers in one body, and all members have not the same office: 5,50 we, being many, are one body in Christ, and every one members one ofanother. 6 Having then gifts differing ac- cording to the grace that is given to us, whether prophecy, /et us prophesy according to the proportion of faith; 7 or ministry, let us wait on our ministering : or he that teacheth, on teaching ; 8 or hethat exhorteth, on exhor- tation : he that giveth, let him do it with sim- plicity; he that ruleth, with diligence; he that sheweth mercy, with cheerfulness. 9 Let love be without dissi- mulation. Abhor that which-is evil; cleave tothat which is good. 10 Be kindly affee- tioned one to another with brotherly love ; in honour preferring one another; 11 not slothful in business ; fervent in spirit ; serv- ing the Lord; 12 re- joicing in hope; pa- tient in tribulation ; eontinuing instant in ® — καὶ LTTrAW, 428 prayer; 13 distribut- ing to the necessity of saints ; given to hospi- tality. 14 Bless them which persecute you : bless, and curse not. 15 Rejoice with them that do rejoice, and weep with them that weep. 16 Be of the same mind one toward another. Mind not high things, but con- descend to men of low estate. Be not wise in your own conceits. 17 Recompense to no man evil for evil. Pro- vide things honest in the sight of all men, 18 If it be possible, as much as lieth in you, live peaceably with all men.19 Dearly beloved, avenge not yourselves, but rather give place unto wrath: for it is written, Vengeance ts mine; I will re- pay, saith the Lord. 20 Therefore if thine enemy hunger, feed him ; if he thirst, give him drink: for in so doing thou shalt heap coals of fire on his head, 21 Be not over- come of evil, but over- come evil with good. XIII. Let every soul be subject ynto the higher powers. For there is no power but of God: the powers that be are ordained of God. 2 Whosoever therefore resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God: and they that resist shall receive to themselves damnation. 3 For ru- ers are not aterror to good works, but to the evil. Wilt thou then not be afraid of the power? do that which is good, and thou shalt have praise of the same: 4 for he is the minister of God to thee tor good. Butif thou do that which is evil, be afraid ; for he bear- - eth not the sword in vain: for he is the Minister of God, a revenger to execule wrath upon him that doeth evil. 5 Where- fore ye must needs be subject, not only for wrath, but also for conscience sake. 6 For for this cause pay ye tribute also: for they are God’s ministers, attending continually ΠΡΟ POsArO Τι ΧΙ XIII. ἀλλήλους φρονοῦντες" μὴ τὰ ὑψηλὰ Φρο- αὐτὸ εἰς minding, not highthings mind- same thing toward one another νοῦντες, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ταπεινοῖς συναπαγοµενοι. μὴ.γίνεσθε ing, but with the lowly ” going along: be not φρόνιμοι map’ ἑαυτοῖς. 17 μηδενὶ κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἀποδι- wise in yourselves: tonoone evil for evil ren= δόντες" προνοούµενοι καλὰ" ἐνώπιον Ἱπάντων' ἀνθρώπων" dering : providing right [things] before all men: 18 εἰ δυνατόν, τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν, μετὰ πάντων ἀνθρώπων εἰρη- if possible, as to yourselves, with all men being νεύοντεςο. 19 μὴ ἑαυτοὺς ἐκδικοῦντες, ἀγαπητοί, ἀλλὰ δότε at peace ; not yourselves avenging, beloved, but = give τόπον τῇ ὀργῇ γέγραπταιγάρ, Ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις, ἐγὼ avra- place to wrath; for ithas been written, Το me vengeance! 1 will ποδώσω, λέγει κύριος. 203 Ἐὰν οὖν" πεινᾷ ὁ ἐχθρός recompense, says [the] Lord. If therefore shouldhunger *enemy σου, ψώμιζε αὐτόν' ἐὰν διψᾷ, πότιζε αὐτόν" τοῦτο α1/Πΐπθ, feed him; if he should thirst, give drink *him ; *this yao ποιῶν, ἄνθρακας πυρὸς σωρεύσεις ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν Sfor doing, coals of fire thou wilt heap upon head αὐτοῦ. 21 μὴ νικῶ ὑπὸ τοῦ κακοῦ, ἀλλὰ νίκα ἐν τῷ αμ]ς, Be not overcome by evil, but overcome *with ἀγαθῷ τὸ κακόν. 3ροοᾶ evil. 13 Πᾶσα ψυχὴ ἐξουσίαις ὑπερεχούσαις ὑποτασσέσθω. 2Every ὃροι] “to ‘authorities Sabove (®him] *let *be *subject, > , ? 3 [ή > 4 x ᾽ A |] θ ο « A .“ οὐ.γάρ.ἐστιν ἐξουσία εἰ μὴ Σαπὸ" θεοῦ αἱ δὲ οὖσαι For there is no authority from God; and those that ΥΣ , ll ε A Ζ ~ II θ - / ος Κ “ « ἐξουσίαι! ὑπὸ 2τοῦ! θεοῦ τεταγμέναι.είσίν. 2 ὥστε oO authorities, by “God have been appointed. So that he that ἀντιτασσόμενος τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, τῇ τοῦ θεοῦ διαταγῇ ἀνθέστηκεν' sets himself against the authority, the of °God ‘erdinance resists ; οἱ δὲ ἀνθεστηκύτες, ἑαυτοῖς κρῖμα λήψονται." 3 οἱ and they that resist, to themselves judgment shall receive. ?T he ap a υκ.εἰσὶ ) ὑτῶν ἀγαθῶν = " ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἄρχοντες οὔκ.είσίιν φόβος "τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων, ἄλλα for rulers are not a terror to good works, but ἐτῶν κακῶν." θελεις δὲ ᾿μὴ φοβεῖσθαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν ; τὸ to evil [ones]. Dost thou desire not to be afraid of the authority? *the ἀγαθὸν ποίει, καὶ ἕξεις ἔπαινον ἐξ αὐτῆς" 4 θεοῦ.γὰρ good ‘practise, and thoushalt have praise from it; for of God διάκονός ἐστίν σοι εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν. ἐὰν δὲ τὸ κακὸν ποιῇς, aservant itis ἴο thee for good,, But if evil thou practisest, φοβοῦ" ov-yap εἰκῆ τὴν μάχαιραν φορεῖ" θεοῦ.γὰρ διάκονός fear ; for not in vain the sword tt wears; forofGod a servant ? » ι κατ ‘ ἐστιν, ἔκδικος εἰς ὀργὴν τῷ τὸ κακὸν πράσσοντι. 5 διὸ itis, anavenger for wrath to him that evil does, Wherefore ἀνάγκη ὑποτάσσεσθαι, οὐ µόνον διὰ τὴν ὀργήν, necessary cit is] to be subject, not only on account of: wrath, ἰλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴ 3 ἡ φῦ sae ἀλλὰ καὶ ιὰ τὴν συνείδησιν. Θ διὰ τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ but also on account of conscience, * For on this account also φόρους τελεῖτε' λειτουργοὶ. γὰρ θεοῦ εἰσιν, εἰς αὐτὸ.τοῦτο tribute pay ye; for ministers of God they are, on this same thing προσκαρτεροῦντες. 7 ἀπόδοτε Δοῦνὶ πᾶσιν τὰς ὀφειλάς' attending continually, Render therefore toall their dues : except are | 6 4+ [ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ] before God and :,, 9 Υ — ἐξουσίαι GLITrAW. fovw to a good work ΙΤΊΤΑΝ. © x ΚΦ ΤΟ LTTr. ᾿ Υ τῶν L. 5 ἀλλὰ ἐὰν But if LTTrA. _ Έτ τοῦ ΕΤΤΤΤΑΝ’. 5 λήμψονται ἱτττα. ὃ τῷ ἀγαθῷ ς τῷ κακῷ toanevil{one] LtTraw, 4 -- οὖν ΙΙΤΊΤΑΥ. Σα XIV. ROMANS ~ ‘ , ‘ , ο ~ τῷ τὸν φόρον, τὸν φόρον τῷ τὸ τέλος, τὸ τέλος τῷ to whom tribute, tribute; towhom custom, custom ; to whom τὸν φόβον, τὸν φόβον' τῷ. τὴν τιμήν, THY τιμήν. ὃ Μηδενὶ fear, fear; to whom honour, honour. To no one ‘ /' > ‘ ‘ ? ~ 3 ’ el « ‘ μηδὲν ὀφείλετε, εἰ μὴ τὸ “ἀγαπᾷν ἀλλήλους ὁ.γὰρ anything οπετσε, unless to love one another: for he that (lit. uothing) : ἃ ἢ ὲ ᾿ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἕτερον, νόμον πεπλήρωκεν. 9 τὸ yap, Ov loves the other, law has fulfilled. For, Not μοιχεύσεις, οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ.κλέψεις, 1¢hou “shalt commit adultery, Thoushalt not commit murder, Thou shalt not steal, [οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσειο,' οὐκ.ἐπιθυμήσεις, καὶ εἴ τις ἑτέρα Thou shalt not bear false witness, Thou shalt not lust; and if any other com- , ? / - ,ὔ » ~ 3 ~ 7 ἐντολή. ἐν τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ" ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται, bev τῷ," ᾿Αγα- mandment, in this word it is summed up, in this, Thou πήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς Ἰἑαυτόν.' 10 Ἡ ἀγάπη τῷ πλη- shalt love thy neighbour 35 thyself. Love to the neigh- σίον κακὸν οὐκ.ἐργάζεται' πλήρωμα οὖν νγύµου ἡ ἀγάπη. bour, evil does not work : fulness *therefore Sof [1116] 7law ‘love [*is]. 11 Καὶ τοῦτο, εἰδότες τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι ὥρα "ἡμᾶς Also this, knowing the’ time, that [the] hour *we [it 315] ἤδη" ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι: νῦν.γαρ ἐγγύτερον ἡμῶν ἡ Σα]τεπᾶγσ out of sleep should be roused; for now nearer [15] of us the ΄ n er ’ « A , « \ σωτηρία, Ore ἐπιστεύσαμεν. 12 ἡ νὺξ προέκοψεν, δὲ salvation, than θη we believed. The night is advanced, and the ἡμέρα ἤγγικεν. ἀποθώμεθα οὖν τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους, day has drawn near; πο should cast off therefore the works of darkness, καὶ ἐνδυσώμεθα" τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτός. 19 ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, and should puton the armour of light. As in([the] day, εὐσχημόνως περιπατήσωµεν, μὴ κώμοις καὶ μέθαις, μὴ κοί- becomingly we should walk; ποῦ inrevels and drinking, not in cham- ταις Kai ἀσελγείαις, μὴ ἔριδι Kai ζήλῳ' 14 ™aXdX'! ἐνδύσασθε beringand v\antonness, not instrife and emulation. But put on τὸν κύριον Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν, Kai τῆς σαρκὸς πρόνοιαν μὴ the Lord Jesus Christ, and “of *the °flesh *forethought “ποὺ ποιεῖσθε εἰς ἐπιθυμίας. αᾷο ίηΚκο ‘for ‘desire. 14 Τὸν.δὲ ἀσθενοῦντα τῇ πίστει προσλαμβάνεσθε, μὴ εἰς Buthim being weak inthe faith receive not for διακρίσεις διαλογισμῶν. 2 Ὃς μὲν πιστεύει φαγεῖν πάντα, l decisions of reasonings. One believes toeat all things; ε A ? ~ tke ? ’ € ? ’ Α Ν ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν λάχανα ἐσθίει. 8 ὁ ἐσθίων, τὸν μὴ another being weak “herbs eats. He that eats, Shim *that "ποῦ ἐσθίοντα μὴ.ἐξουθενείτω' "καὶ ὁ! μὴ.ἐσθίων, τὸν é- 7eats ‘et “him “ποὺ *despise; and hethat eats not, Shim *that σθίοντα µμὴ.κρινέτω ὁ θεὺς γὰρ αὐτὸν προσελάβετο. 4 σὺ 7eats et “him "ποῦ "πᾶσα: for God him received, ποια τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων ἀλλότριον οἰκέτην ; τῷ.ἰδίῳ κυρίῳ στήκει *who “art judging another’s servant? tohisown master he stands ἢ πίπτει. σταθήσεται δε" οδυνατὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θεὸς" or falls. And he shall be made to stand; for able is God στῆσαι αὐτόν. ὅ Ὃς μὲν Ρ κρίνει ἡμέραν παρ᾽ ἡμέραν, to make “stand "Ἠΐπι, One judges 8 day ; aday [to be] above 42% upon this very thing. 7 Render therefore to alltheir dues : tribute to whom tribute ὦ due ; custom to whom custom ; fear to whom fear ; honour to whom honour. 8Owe noman any thing, but to love one another: for he that loveth another hath fulfilled the law. 9 For this, Thou shalt not commit adultery, Thou shalt not kill, Thou shalt not steal, Thou shalt not bear false witness, Thou shalt not covet; and if there be any other commandment, it is briefly comprehended in this saying, namely, Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself. 10 Love worketh no ill to his neighbour : therefore love is the fulfilling of the law. 11 And that, know- ing the time, that now at is high time to a- wake tut of sleep: for now 7 our salvation nearer than when we believed. 12 The night is far spent, the day is at hand: let us there- fore cast off the works ‘of darkness, and let us put on the armour of light. 13 Let us walk honestly, as inthe day; not in rioting and drunkenness, not in chambering and wan- tonness, not in strifs and envying. 14 But put ye onthe Lord Je- sus Christ, and make not provision for the flesh, to fulfil the lusts thereof. XIV. Him that is weak in the faith re- ceive ye, but not to doubtful disputations, 2 For one believeth that he may eat all things : another, who is weak, eateth herbs. 3 Let not him that eateth despise him that eateth not; and let not him which eat- eth not judge him that eateth : for God hath received him. 4 Who art thou that judgest another man’s. ser- vant? to his own master he standeth or falleth. Yea, he shall be holden up: for God is able to make him stand. 5 One man es- ε ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν GLTTrAW. {--- οὐ ψευδομαρτυρήσεις GLTTrAW. LIT: Aw. h [ἐν τῷ] LTA. i σεαυτόν LITrA. you ῬΑ. | ἐνδυσώμεθα δὲ LTTrAW. πι ἀλλὰ ΤΤΤΑΥΓ. κύριος for able is the Lord Lita ; δυνατεῖ γὰρ ὁ θεὸς W. - / ΄ Ε τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ K ἤδη ἡμᾶς Lirw ; ἤδη ὑμᾶς already Ὁ ὃ δὲ LTTrA. ΡῬἙ + γὰρ for (one) (LJ. ο duvaret yap ὃ 430 teemcth one day above another: another es- tecmcth every day a- dike. Let every man be fully persuaded in his own mind. 6 He that regardeth the day, regardeth ἐξ unto the Lord ; and he that re- gardeth not the day, to the Lord.he doth not regard tt He that eateth, eateth to the Lord, for he giveth God thanks; and he that eateth not, to the Lord he eateth not, and giveth God thanks. 7 For none of us liveth to himself, and no man dieth to himself, 8 For whether we live, we live unto the Lord ; and whether we die, we die unto the Lord : whether we live therefore, or die, we are the Lord’s. 9 For to this end Christ both died, and. rose, and revived, that he might be Lord both of the dead and living. 10 But why dost thou judge thy brother? or why dost thou set at nought thy brother? for we shall all stand before the judgment seat of Christ. 11 For it is written, As 1 live, saith the Lord, every knee shall bow to me, and every tongue shall confess to God. 12 So then every one of us shall give account of himself toGod. 13 Let us not therefore judge One another any more: but judge this rather, that no man put a stumbling block oran occasion to fallin his brother’s way. 141 know, and am _ per- suuded by the Lord Jesus, that there ts no- thing unclean of it- self: but to him that esteemeth any thing to be unclean, to him it is unclean. 15 But if thy brother be grieved with thy meat, now walkest thou not charitably... Destroy not him with thy meat, for whom Christ died. 16 Let not then your good be evil spohen of: 17 for the kingdom of God is not meat and drink; but righteousness, and προς ΡΟ Aa OY =. ὃς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν. another jndges every day [to be alike]. ΄ « ~ ‘ ε [ή πληροφορείσθω. 60 φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, et be fully assured. Hethat regards the day, to[the] Lord regards [it]; Xai ὁ μὴ φρονῶ» τὴν ἡμέραν, κυρίῳ οὐ-φρονεῖ." τὺ and hethat χοσανᾷβ πού ὑπ day, to[the] Lordregards [10] ποῦ. He that ἐσθίων, κυρίῳ ἐσθίει, εὐχαριστεῖ.γὰρ τῷ θεῷ' καὶ ὁ μὴ eats, ἴο [086] Lord eats, for he gives thanks to God ; and he that που ἐσθίων, κυρίῳ οὐκ.ἐσθίει, καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ θεῷ. 7 οὐδεὶς χραῦ5, ὕο [116] Lord he eats not, and gives thanks to God, 7No %one γὰρ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῷ Cy, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἑαυτῷ ἀποθνήσκει. ὃ ἐάν.τε lfor ofus tohimself lives,and noone ἴο ΠΙΠΙΡΟΙΕ dies. “Both 318 γὰρ ζῶμεν, τῷ κυρίῳ ζῶμεν: ἐάντε Σἀποθνήσκωμενι! lfor we should live, tothe Lord πο Βποι]ᾶ Ἠτο; and if we shoul die, τῷ κυρίῳ ἀποθνήσκομεν. ἐάν τε οὖν ζῶμεν, ἐάν.τε "ἀπο- tothe Lord wedie: _ both if then we should live, and if we should θνήσκωμεν," τοῦ κυρίου ἐσμέν. 9 εἰς τοῦτο.γὰρ χριστὸς ‘kai! die, the . Lord’s weare. For, for this Christ both ἀπέθανεν καὶ Yavéorn καὶ ἀνέζησεν," ἵνα και νεκρῶν καὶ died and rose and livedagain, that both{the] dead and ζώντων κυριεύσῃ. 10 Σὺ δὲ τί κρίνεις τὸν ἀδελφόν “living he might rule over. But thou why judgést thou *brother σου; ἢ καὶ σὺ τί ἐξουθενεῖς τὸν. ἀδελφόν. σου; πάντες.γὰρ ‘thy? or also thou why dost thou despise thy brother? _ For 7all παραστησόµεθα τῷ βήματι "τοῦ χριστοῦ." 11 γέγραπται twe shall stand before the judgment seat of the Christ. *It*has *becn *written γάρ, 7ῶ ἐγώ, λέγει κύριος" ὅτι ἐμοὶ κάμψει πᾶν γόνυ, το | Τνο Ἵ, says '(the] Lord, thatto me shall bow every knee, καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα ἐξομολογήσεται" τῷ θεῷ. 12 Αρα Τοῦνὶ and = every tongue shall confess to God. So then ἕκαστος ἡμῶν περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λόγον *dwoe' "τῷ θεῷ." 13 Mn- κ 9 ~ ’ ἕκαστος ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ νοὶ *Each in *his ὕοννῃ ®mind κυρίῳ ρονεῖ" each of us concerning himself account shall.give to God, No , > ? ‘ , ? A ~ / ~ κέτι οὖν ἀλλήλους κοίνωμεν" ἀλλὰ τοῦτο κρίνατε μᾶλλον, longer therefore one another should we judge; but this - judgeye ταί]ος, πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ ἣ σκάνδαλον. ποῦ {ο ραῦ an occasion of stumbling tothe brother or a cause of offence, 14 οἶδα καὶ πέπεισμαι ἐν κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ, ὅτι οὐδὲν Ί know and am persuaded in [πε] Lord Jesus, that nothing [is] κοινὸν δι ϑέαυτοῦ"" εἰμὴ τῷ λογιζομένῳ τι µκουὸν unclean | of itself: except tohim who reckons anything unclean εἶναι, ἐκείνῳ κοινόν" 15 εἰ “δὲ! διὰ βρῶμα ὁ tobe, to that one unclean [it is]. “If ‘put ‘on account of ‘meat ἀδελφός. σου λυπεῖται, οὐκέτι κατὰ ἀγάπην περιπατεῖς. thy brother is grieved, no longer according to love thou walkest. ‘ ~ , Π > ~ « Η - ‘ μὴ τῷ. βρώματί.σου ἐκεῖνον ἀπόλλυε ὑπὲρ οὗ χριστὸς ἀπέ- “Not “with *thy *meat Shim 1destroy for whom Christ died, θανεν. 16 Μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ὑμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν' 17 οὐ Let not *be *evil spoken Ἰοξ therefore “your ϑροοᾶ ; ®not , ? t , ~ ~ ~ 3 , 2 4 γάρ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις, ἀλλὰ ‘ A [ή τὸ µὴ.τιθεναι ®for is the kingdom of God eating and drinking; but δικαιοσύνη καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ χαρὰ ty πνεύματι ἁγίῳ' 18 ὁ righteousness and peace and joy in [the] “Spirit ‘Holy. *He *that a ο -----ἅ-Ἱ..-- κά ἃ -- καὶ ὁ μὴ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν, κυρίῳ οὐ φρονεῖ ΤΤΤΙΓΑ]. 5 ἀποθνήσκομεν We die L. i of God LrTraw. ἰαπο]δώσει a. x ἐξομολογήσεται πᾶσα γλῶσσα LTr. 8 [τῷ θεῷ [1. © +4 καὶ and GLITrAw. v ἔζησεν lived GLTTrAW, \ τοῦ θεοῦ Υ --- οὖν ΙΤΙΑ]. ἀποδώσει τν j ο γαρ for ΗΤΊΝΑΥΓ. τ και LITrAw. Ὁ αυτου GLT:IW. ROMANS. IF wv ~ εὐάρεστος τῷ θεῷ, XIV, XV. do ἐν τούτοις! δουλεύων «τῷ' χριστῷ or in these things serves the Christ [is] well-pleasing to God, καὶ δόκιμος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. 19 dpa ody τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης and approved by men, So then the things of peace δ , " Ἁ ‘ ~ > a ay ~ 2 > , ιώκωμεν,' Kai τὰ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους. we should pursue, and the things for building up one another. 20 Μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ. Not for the sake of meat destroy the work: of God. πάντα μὲν καθαρά, ἀλλὰ κακὸν. τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τῷ All things indeed fare] pure; but [itis] evil tothe man who διὰ προσκόμματος ἐσθίοντι. through stumbling eats. {It is] right flesh, " ~ = A ? - ε ὁ ’ , n μηδὲ πιεῖν οἶνον, μηδὲ ἐν ᾧ ὁ.ἀδελφός σου προσκόπτει Fi nor drink wine, nor in what’ thy brother stumbles, or σκανδαλίζεται ἢ ἀσθένεϊ.! 22 Σὺ πίστιν "ἔχεις; κατὰ! Ισαυτὸν! ποῦ toeat isoffended, or is weak. “Thou “faith ‘hast? To thyself ἔχε ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ: μακάριος ὁ μὴ κρίνω» ἑαυτὸν have [1] before , God. Blessed [is] hethat judgesnot himself ΕΣ τὴ , ε ‘ , ; Σι wan ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει. 23 ὁ. δὲ διακρινόµενος, ἐὰν φάγῃ, κατα- in what he φΡΡΤΟΥΘΒ. But he that doubts, if heeat, has been κέκριται, . ὅτι , οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως πᾶν δὲ ὃ οὐκ ἐκ condemned, because [itis] ποῦ of faith; and everything which [is] not of πίστεως, ἁμαρτία ἐστίν. * faith, 2sin 118, 15 ᾿Οφείλομεν.δὲ ἡμεῖς οἱ δυνατοὶ τὰ ἀσθενήματα τῶν . But we ought, we who(are]strong, the infirmities of the 2 ΄ / Η aye : ~ ἄν ἃ 4 a 1 ΑΗ ἀδυνάτων βαστάζειν, καὶ μὴ ἑαυτοῖς ἀρέσκειν" 2 ἕκαστος. γὰρ weak to bear, and not ourselves to please. For ’each ἡμῶν τῷ πλησίον ἀρεσκέτω εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν «πρὸς οἰκοδομήν. 30.8 Sthe 7neighbour ‘let ‘please unto good for building up. 3 καὶ γὰρ ὃ χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ἤρεσεν, ἀλλά, καθὼς γέ- For also the. Christ ποῖ *himself ‘pleased; but, according as it has γραπται, Οἱ ὀνειδισμοὶ τῶν ὀγειδιζόντων σε "ἐπέπεσον" been written, The reproaches of those reproaching thee fell ? ν 4 , \ / ἐπ᾿ ἐμέ. 4 Ὅσα γὰρ προεγράφη, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν on me. Foras many things as were written before for our διδασκαλίαν Ἀπροεγράφη.ὶ ἵνα διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ Ὁ τῆς instruction were written before, that through endurance and παρακλήσεως τῶν γραφῶν τὴν ἐλπίδα ἔχωμεν. 45 ὁ δὲ encouragement οὗ the scriptures hope we might have.» Now the θεὸς τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως δῴη ὑμῖν τὸ αὐτὸ God of endurance and encouragement give you *the*same *thing ~ ? ad) , ι \ p \ ? 44} Ἢ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις κατὰ χριστὸν Ιησοῦν" 6 wa to ταϊπᾶ with one another according to , Christ Jesus ; that ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι δοξάζητε τὸν θεὸν καὶ πατέρα with one accord with'one: mouth yemay glorify the God and Father τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ ΧριΟΤΟΗ: 7 Διὸ προσλαμβάνεσθε of our Lord Jesus hrist. Wherefore receive ye ς Δ ~ ἀλλήλους, καθὼς καὶ ὁ χριστὸς προσελάβετο αἡμᾶςὶ εἰς one another, accordingas 8180. 86 Christ received us to δόξαν τ θεοῦ. [the] glory of God. 4 τούτῳ this GLTTrAW. 6 -- τῷ {{τ||. { διώκομεν we pursue 1. ἀσθενεῖ Τ. GLIT+AW. πεσαν Ι.ΤΤΙΑ., χριστὸν Tr. κ Place here verses 25—27 of chapter Xvi. Ο. Ὁ ἐγράφη Were written LITrAW. — 4 ὑμᾶς YOU GLITrAW. τ + τοῦ LITrA. 21 καλὸν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα; 431 peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost. 18 For he that in these things serveth Christ ἐδ ac- ceptable to God, and approved of men. 19 Let ας therefore follow after the'things which urake for peace, and things wherewith one may edify another. 20 For meat destroy not the work of God. All things indeed are pure; but ἐΐ is evil for that man who eateth with offence. 21 Jt is good neither to» eat flesh, nor to drink wine, nor any thing whereby thy brother stumblieth, or is of- fended, or is made weak. 22 Hast thou faith? have τέ to thy- self before God. Hap- py is he that con- demueth not himself in that thing which he alloweth. 23 And he that doubteth is damn- ed if he eat, because he eateth not of faith: for whatsoever is not of faith is sin. XV. We then that are strong ought to bear the infirmities of the weak, ‘and not to please our- selves. 2 Let every one. of us please his neigh- bour for his good to edification. 3 For even Christ pleased not him- self ; but, as it is writ- ten, The reproaches of them that reproached thee fellon me. 4 For whatsoever things were written afore- time were written for our learning, that we through patience and comfort of the serip- tures might have hope. 5 Now the God of patience and conso- lation grant you to be likeminded one to- ward another accord- ing to Christ Jesus: 6 that ye may with ove mind and one mouth glorify God, even the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ. 7 Wherefore receyve ye one another, as Christ also received us to the glory of God. ~ & — ἢ σκανδαλίζεται ἣ bh ἣν ([ἣν] A) ἔχεις κατὰ (read faith which thou hast, to 4ο.) LTTra. ὲ 1 — γὰρ for GLTTrAW, ο + διὰ through LITraw. i σεαντὸν ἴῃ ἄγτέ- > - P Ἴησουν 432 8 Now I say that Jesus Christ was a minister of the cir- cumcision forthe truth of God, to confirm the made unto promises the fathers: 9 and that, the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy ; as it is written, For this cause I will confess to thee among the Gentiles, and sing unto thy name. 10 And again he saith, Rejoice, ye Gentiles, with his peo- le. 1] And again, raise the Lord, allye Gentiles; and laud him, all ye people. 12 And again, Esaias saith, There shall be a root of Jesse, and he that shall rise torcign over the Gentiles ; in him shall the Gentiles trust. 13 Now the God ef hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing, that ye may abound in hope, through the power of the Holy Ghost. 14 AndI myself al- 50 am persuaded of you, my brethren, that ye also are full of goodness, filled with ail knowledge, able also to admonish one another. 15 Neverthe- less, brethren, I have written the more bold- ly unto you.in some fort, as putting you in mind, because of the grace that is given to me of God, 16 that I should be the minister of Jesus Christ to the Gentiles, ministering the gospel of God, that the ofier- ing up of the Gentiles might be acceptable, being sanctified by the Holy Ghost. 17 I have therefore whereof I may glory through Je- sus Christ in those things which pertain to God. 18 For I will not dare to speak of any of those things which Christ hath not wrought by me, to make the Gentiles o- bedient, by word and deed, 19 through migh- . ty signs sand wonders, by the power of the Spirit of God ; so that προς ΡΟΠΑΤΟΥΣ, ΧΥ. 8 Λέγω "δε, "Ἰησοῦν" χριστὸν διάκονον ᾿γεγενῆσθαι" περι- ΞῚ 8.7 ‘but, Jesus Christ a servant has become οἵ cir ~ « ‘ ᾽ , ~ > 4 ~ 4 3 τομῆς ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ἐπαγ- cumcision for [the] truth of God, for to confirm the pro- γελίας τῶν πατέρων’ 9 τα δὲ ἔθνη ὑπὲρ ἐλέους δοξάσαι τὸν mises of the fathers ; andthe nations for mercy toglorify θεόν, καθὼς γέγραπται, Δια τοῦτο ἐξομολογήσομαί God; according as it has been written, Because of this 1 will confess ? ” ‘ Gu ae , ’ ~ a σοι εν ἔθνεσιν, καὶ τῷ.ὀνόματί.σου ψαλῶ. 10 Kai to thee among [the] nations, and thy name will I praise, And πάλιν λέγει, Εὐφράνθητε, ἔθνη, μετὰ τοῦ.λαοῦ.αὐτοῦ. 11 Kai again it says, Rejoice ye, nations, with his people. And πάλιν”, Αἰνεῖτε Ἰτὸν κύριον πάντα τὰ ἔθνη," καὶ γἐπαινέσατε" again, Praise the Lord, all the nations, and praise A , / ‘ ΄ Ὁ , Ν αὐτὸν πάντες οἱ λαοί. 12 Καὶ πάλιν, Ἡσαΐας λέγει, “E- him, all the peoples, And again, Esaias says, There σται ἡ ῥίζα τοῦ Ἰεσσαί, καὶ ὁ ἀνιστάμενος ἄρχειν shall be the root of Jesse, and he that arises tornle [the} ἐθνῶν, ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἔθνη ἐλπιοῦσιν. 19 Ὁ. δὲ θεὸς τῆς nations: in him [the] nations shall hope, Now πο *Go ἐλπίδος πληρώσαι ὑμᾶς πάσης χαρᾶς καὶ εἰρήνης ἐν τῷ 30 Ὥορο may fill you with all joy and pence in πιστεύειν, εἰς τὸ περισσεύειν «ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἐλπίδι, ἐν δυνάμει believing, for “to *abound you in hope, in power πνεύματος ἁγίου. of [the] *Spirit ‘Holy. 14 Πέπεισμαι.δέ, ἀδελφοί.μου, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ περὶ But *am *persuaded, 5πΠιΥ brethren, 8150 *myself ᾖ3Ι concerning ὑμῶν, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ μεστοί ἐστε ἀγαθωσύνης, πεπληρωμένοι you, that also yourselves full are of goodness, being filled ΐ ”γνώ δυνά i ἀλλήλ θετεῖν. 15 ὅτολ- πασης YVWOEWC, υναµεγοι και @ Ίλους Ψνουῦξτειν. 19 ΤΟ with 411. knowledge, being 8015 also oneanother to admonish. *More μηρότερον" δὲ . ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, Ῥάδελφοίιι ἀπὸ μέρους, ὡς 3ρο]ᾶ]γ *but 1 αἰὰ write to you, brethren, in part, as ἐπαναμιμνήσκων ὑμᾶς, διὰ τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι reminding you, becauseof the grace which was given tome ευπὸϊ τοῦ θεοῦ, 16 εἰς τὸ εἶναί µε λειτουργὸν 3 ]ησοῦ χριστοῦ" by God, for *to*be ‘me a minister of Jesus Christ εἰς τα ἔθνη, ἱερουργοῦντα τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ, to the nations, administering in sacred service the glad tidings of God, ἵνα γένηται ἡ προσφορα τῶν ἐθνῶν εὐπρόσδεκτος, ἡγιασμένη that might be the offcring up of the nations acceptable, sanctified ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ. 17 ἔχω οὖν “ καύχησιν ἐν χριστῷ by [the] Spirit *Holy. Ihave therefote boasting in Christ Ἰησοῦ τὰ πρὸς Τθεόν' 18 οὐ γὰρ τολμήσω ἔλα- Jesus [as to] the things pertaining to God. For not will I dare to λεν τι ὧν οὐ κατειργάσατο χριστὸς δι ἐμοῦ, εἰς speak anything of what*not “worked *out Christ by me, for [the] ὑπακοὴν ἐθνῶν, λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ, 19 ἐν δυνάμει ση- obedience of [the] nations, by word and work, in [the] power of μείων καὶ τεράτων, ἐν δυνάμει πνεύματος “Oeod"" ὥστε με signs and wonders, in[the] power οἵ [86] Spirit of God; so as for me LL SSS 5 yap for LrTraw. says L[a]. ® τολμηροτερῶς Tr. 9 + την LITraw. οι τα]. Σ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τὸν κύριον LTTrA, v γενέσθαι became Ltr. } επαινεσάτωσαν LTTrA. © ἀπὸ ΤΤι. ὃ τι λαλεῖν ΙΤΊΧΑΥΓ. t — Ἰησοῦν LTTrA. w+ λέγει it a 2+ τηςτ[Α] 4 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTT:AW. Ἀ ἁγίου Holy (Spirit) Ὁ — ἀδελφοί LITr[a ]. £4. τὸν GLTTraw. ΝΥ, ROMANS. 2 1 ty 1 A , ’ ~? ~ ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ κύκλῳ μέχοι τοῦ Ἰλλυρικοῦ πεπληρω- from Jerusaiem, and inacircuit unto Illyricum, to have fully κέναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ χριστοῦ" 20 οὕτως δὲ Ιφιλοτιμού- preached the gladtidings ofthe Christ; and so being am- μενον" εὐαγγελίζεσθαι, οὐχ ὅπου ὠνομάσθη Χριστός, bitious to announce the glad tidings, not where *was *pamed ‘Christ, ἵνα μὴ ἐπ᾽ ἀλλότριον θεμέλιον οἰκοδομῶ: 21 ἀλλὰ καθὼς that not upon = another’s foundation I might build; but according as γέγραπται, Οἷς ovKx.aynyyéAn περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὄψον- it has been written, Το whom it was ποῦ announcedconcerning him, they shall ται καὶ οἱ οὐκαάκηκόασίν, συνήσουσιν. 22 Διὸ καὶ ἐνε- see; and those that have not heard, shall understand. Wherefore also I was ) Κτὰ πολλὰ! ῦ ἐλθεῖ ὺς ὑμᾶς. 23 ὶ δὲ KOTTTOLIYV τα πολλα TOV-E ει’ προς Όμας. νυγνι.0ε hindered many times from coming to you, But now, μηκέτι τόπον ἔχων ἐν τοῖς κλίμασιν.τούτοις, ἐπιποθίαν.δὲ no longer eae? haying in these regions, and 7a peice ως ; ἐλθεῖ λλῶν! ἐ 24 ὡς "ὲ ἔχων ἱτοῦ" ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ πολλῶν" ἐτῶν, ὡς ἐὰν! eee tocome to τοι for many years, ne πορεύωμαι εἰς τὴν Σπανίαν, ἐλεύσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς Ἱ ἐλπίζω I may go to Spain, I will come to you ; 31 Shope γὰρ διαπορευόμενος θεάσασθαι ὑμᾶς, καὶ Ῥύφ᾽" ὑμῶν προπεμ- ‘for jes through to see you, and by you to be set φθῆναι ἐκεῖ, ἐὰν ὑμῶν πρῶτον ἀπὸ μέρους ἐμπλησθῶ. forward thither, if of you first in part I should be filled. 25 Νυνὶ δὲ πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, διακονῶν τοῖς ἁγίοις. But now I go to Jerusalem, doing service tothe saints; 26 Ἱεὐδόκησαν" «γὰρ Μακεδονία καὶ Αχαΐα. κοινωνίαν τινὰ for *were wees *Macedonia “and *Achaia δα *contribution "certain ποιήσασθαι εἰς τοὺς πτωχοὺς THY ἁγίων τῶν ἐν Ἱερουσα- to make for the poor ofthe saints who [are] in Jerusa- λήμ᾽ 27 Ἱεὐδόκησαν" γὰρ καὶ ὀφειλέται "αὐτῶν εἰσιν." εἰ γὰρ lem, For they were pleased and “debtors their they are; forif τοῖς. πνευματικοῖς. αὐτῶν ἐκοινώνησαν τὰ έθνη, ὀφείλουσιν in their spiritual things Sparticipated 1the *nations, they ought καὶ ἐν τοῖς σαρκικοῖς λειτουργῆσαι αὐτοῖς. 28 τοῦτο οὖν also in the fleshly things to minister to them. This therefore ἐπιτελέσας, καὶ σφραγισάμενος αὐτοῖς τὸν.καρπὸν.τοῦτον, having finished, and having sealed to them this fruit, ἀπελεύσομαι Ol ὑμῶν εἰς "τὴν" Ὑπανίαν. 29 οἶδα.δὲ ὅτι I will set off by you _ into Spain. And I know that ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας 'τοῦ εὐαγγελίου Ἔαρος το you, in fulness of blessing of the glad tidings τοῦ" χριστοῦ ἐλεύσομαι. 30 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς; "ἀδελφοί," διὰ of Christ I shall come. But I exhort you, brethren, by τοῦ κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀγάπης τοῦ our Lord Jesus Christ, and by the love ofthe πνεύματος, συναγωνίσασθαί por ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς ὑπὲρ Spirit, to strive together with me in prayers for ἐμοῦ πρὸς τὺνθεόν' 31 ἵνα ῥυσθῶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀπει- me to God, that I may be delivered from those’ being θούντων ἐν τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ, καὶ “ἵνα! ἡ "διακονία' μου ἡ disobedient in Judea ; and = tHat 2service 1my which [is] i Σφιλοτιμοῦμαι Tam ambitious Lrr. κ πολλάκις L. - ἂν ΣΤΤΤΑΥΓ. 9 --- ἐλεύσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς GLIT AW. ο Σεἰσὶν αὐτῶν LITrAW. — την LTTYA. — ἕνα LTTrA, 2 ο δομίς offering of gifts x. Ρ ἀφ᾽ LA. 1 [τοῦ] L. τ — τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τοῦ GLTTrAW. 433 from Jerusalem, and round about ufito Il- lyricum, I have fully preached the gospel of Christ. 20 Yea, so huve I strived to preach the gospel, not where Christ was named, lest I should build upon another man’s founda- tion: 21 but as it is written, To whom he was not spoken of, they shall see: and they that have not heard shail understand. 22 For which cause also I have been much hindered from coming to you. 23 But now having no more place in these parts, and having a great desire these many years to come unto you ; 24 whensoever [ take my journey into Spain, I will come to you : for I trust to see you in my journey, and to be brought on my way thitherward by you, if first I be somewhat filled with your company. 25 But now I go unto Jerusa- lem to minister unto the saints. 26 For it hath pleased them of Macedonia ard Achaia to make a certain con- tribution for the poor saints which are at Jerusalem. 27 It hath pleased them verily ; and their debtors they are. For if the Gen- tiles have been made partakers of their spi- ritual things, their duty is also to mini- ster unto them in car- nal things. 28 When therefore I have per- formed this, and have sealed to them this fruit, I will come by you into Spain, 29 And I am sure that, when I come unto, you, I shall come in the ful- ness of the blessing of the gospel of Christ. 30 Now 1 beseech you, brethren, for the Lord Jesus Christ’s sake, and for the love of the Spirit, that ye strive together with me in your prayers to God for me; 31 that Imay be delivered from them that do not be- lieve in Judza; and that my service which ™ ἱκανῶν Tra. 9 ηὐδόκησαν τν. ¥ [αδελφοί] As Fr 484 I have for Jerusalem may be accepted of the saints; 32 that I May come unto you with joy by the will of God, and may with you be refreshed. 33 Now the God of peace be with you all, Amen, XVI. I commend unto you Phebe our sister, which is a ser- vant of the church which is at Cenchrea: 2that ye receive her in the Lord, as be- cometh saints, and that ye assist her in whatsoever business she hath need of you: for she hath been a succourer of many, and of myself also. 3 Greet Priscilla and Aquila my helpers in Christ Jesus: 4 who have for my life laid down their own necks: unto whom not only I give thanks, but also all the churches of the Gentiles. 5 Like- wise greet the church that is in their house, Salute my wellbe- loved Epznetus, who is the firstfruits of Achaia unto Christ. 6 Greet Mary, who be- stowed much labour on us. 7 Salute An- dronicus and Junia my kinsmen, and my fellowprisoners, who are of note among the apostles, who also were in Christ before me. 8 Greet Amplias my beloved in the Lord. 9 Salute Ur- bane, our helper in Christ, and Stachys my beloved. 10Salute Apelles approved in Christ. salute them which are of Aris- tobulus’ household. 11 Salute. Herodion my kinsman. Greet them that be of the household of Narcissus, which arein the Lord, 12 Salute Tryphena and Tryphosa, who labour in the Lord. Salute the beloved Persis, which laboured ¥ ἂν at 1, GLTTraw. 1ΤΤιΑ. : συγγενῆν Tr. Σ τοῖς ἁγίοις γέ ται LTTrA. of [the] Lord J esus ών να {Γπροσδέξησθε αὐτὴν LTrA. k’Acias Asia GLTTraw. ο) Αμπλίατον Ampliatus TTra. προ PM aio FS. XV, πο Yeic' Ἱερουσαλὴμ εὐπρόσδεκτος *yEvnTat τοῖς ἁγίοις" 82 ἵνα for Jerusalem aeceptatle maybe tothe saints; that δὲν χαρᾷ ἔλθω! πρὸς ὑμᾶς διὰ θελήματος υθεοῦ,! “καὶ in joy ο. come to you by [the] will of God, and - ~ ~ ” / συναναπαύσωµαι ὑμῖν." 95 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης μετὰ I may berefreshed with you. Andthe God of peace [be] with πάντων ὑμῶν. ἁάμήν." 31] tyou. Amen. 16 Συνίστημι δὲ ὑμῖν Φοίβην τὴν.ἀδελφὴν ἡμῶν, οὖσαν But Icommend toyou Phebe, our sister, being διάκονον τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν “Κεγχρεαῖς " 2 ἵνα αὐτὴν προσ- servant of the pemcrnbly in αρα» that her yemay δεζησθεῖ ἐν κυρίῳ ἀξίως τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ παραστῆτε αὐτῇ receive in{the] Lord worthily of saints, and yemay assist her ἐν φ-ᾶν ὑμῶν xenon πράγματι" καὶ γὰρ ξαὕτη" προ- she στάτις πολλῶν ἐγενήθη, καὶ 9 ᾿Ασπάσασθε courer ofmany hasbeen, and Salute ἹΠρίσκιλλαν! καὶ ᾿Ακύλαν τοὺς.συνεργούς-µου ἐν χριστῷ Ἰη- Priscilla and Aquila my fellow-workers in Christ Jc-' σοῦ" 4 οἵτινες ὑπὲρ τῆς. ψυχῆς. µου τὸν. ἑαυτῶν τράχηλον sus, (who for _ ny life their own neck ὑπεθηκαν, οἷς οὐκ ἐ — μόνος εὐχαριστῶ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαι αἱ laid down: whom not only thank, but also all the ἐκκλησίαι τῶν ἐθνῶν' 5 καὶ τὴν κατ᾽ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίαν. assemblies of the nations,) and the at ‘house “their ‘assembly. ἀσπάσασθε ᾿Ἐπαίνετον τὸν.ἀγαπητόν-μου, ὕς ἐστιν ἀπαρχὴ Salute Hpfnetus my beloved, -who 85 a first-fruit τῆς * Ayatac' εἰς χριστόν. 6 ἀσπάσασθε Mapiap," ἥτις πολλὰ of Achaia for Christ. Salute Mary, who much ἐκοπίασεν εἰς "ἡμᾶς.ὶ 7 ἀσπάσασθε ᾿Ανδρόνικον καὶ ᾿Ιουνίαν matter ; for also ἃ suc- Reins ἐμοῦ." Smyself ‘of *me. in whatever *of *you *she “may °need *Jaboured for us, Salute Andronicus and Junhias τοὺς συγγενεῖς. μου καὶ συναιχµαλώτους μου" οἵτινες εἰσιν my kinsmen and esllon, EusOnens νον who are ἐπίσημοι ἐν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις, οἱ καὶ πρὸ ἐμοῦ "γεγόνασιν" of note among the apostles ; who also before me were ἐν χριστῷ. 8 ἀσπάσασθε ° Αμπλίαν! τὸν. ἀγαπητόν.μου ἐν in Christ. Salute Aouplins my beloved in food κυρίῳ. 9 ἀσπάσασθε Οὐρβανὸν τὸν συνεργὸν ἡμῶν ἐν Ῥχριστῷ," Lord. Salute Urbanus our fellow-worker in Christ, καὶ Στάχυν τὸν.ἀγαπητόν.μου. 10 ἀσπάσασθε ᾽Απελλῆν τὸν and Stachys my beloved. Salute Apelles the δόκιμον ἐν χριστῷ. ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐκ τῶν Ἂρι- approved in Christ. Salute those of the [household] of Ari- στοβούλου. 11 ἀσπάσασθε VHpodiwva' τὸν. συγγενῆ!.µου. stobulus, Salute Herodion my kinsman. ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ἹΝαρκίσσου, τοὺς ὄντας ἐν Salute those of the [household] of Narcissus, who are in([the κυρίῳ. 12.ἀσπάσασθε Τρύφαιναν καὶ Τρυφῶσαν τὰς κοπιώσας Lord. Salute Tryphena and MTryphosa, who labour ᾽ / 5 » , ΄ ‘ ? , oe ο ἐν κυρί ἀσπάσασθε Περσίδα τὴν ἀγαπητήν, ἥτις πολλὰ in [86] Lord. Salute Persis the beloved, who much 5 ἐλθὼν (having come) ἐν χαρᾷ τ ἢ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ©—KalT; -- καὶ eee ὑμῖν π[α]. @ [αμήν] Ltr. 8 Key-T & αὐτὴ GLTAW. Ἀ ἐμοῦ αὐτοῦ. 1ΤΤΤΑ. i Ἠρίσκαμ Prisca 1 Μαρίαν ΗΤΤΑ. m ὑμᾶς YOU LTTrA. Ὁ γέγοναν P κυρίῳ [the] he L. 4 Ἡρωδίωνα GLTTraAWw. 5 [ἀσπάσασθε..... κυρίῳ] 1, XVI. ROMANS. ἐκοπίασεν ἐν κυρίῳ." 13 ἀσπάσασθε Ῥοῦφον τὸν ἐκλεκτὸν laboured in/the] Lord. Salute ‘Rufus . the chosen ἐν κυρίῳ, καὶ τὴν.μητέρα.αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐμοῦ. 14 ἀσπάσασθε in [the] Lord, and his mother and mine. Salute ? [2 τ ow ή τ ~ ‘ ὉΑσύγκριτον," Φλέγοντα, “Ἑομᾶν," Πατρόβαν, Ἑρμῆν," καὶ Asyncritus, Phlegon, Hermas, Patrobas, Hermes, and τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀδελφούς. 15 ἀσπάσασθε Φιλόλογον καὶ he with “them *pbrethren, Salute Philologus and Ἰουλίαν, Νηρέα καὶ τὴν.ἀδελφὴν.αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾿Ολυμπᾶν, καὶ Julias, Nereus and his sister, and Olympas, and A ‘ ? ~ 4 ε / μα 2 ΄ ᾽ ’ τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς πάντας ἁγίους. 16 ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους 3:86 *with *°them tall 3saints. Salute one another ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ. ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς at ἐκκλησίαι * τοῦ with a ’kiss tholy. 7Salute Syou “the ‘assemblies ριστοῦ. of °Christ. 17 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, σκοπεῖν τοὺς τὰς διχο- But I exhort you, brethrer to consider those who *divi- στασίας καὶ τὰ σκάνδαλα, Taya τὴν διδαχὴν ἣν ὑμεῖς sions "and ‘causes Sof °offence 7contrary *to °the *°teaching **which }7ye ἐμάθετε, ποιοῦντας" καὶ Σἐκκλίνατεϊ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν. 18 οἱ γὰρ 3]earnt, make, and turnaway from them. For εκ ~ / « ~ τ᾽ “ΠΗ - ? ὃ λ ΄ 1λλ bY τοιοῦτοι τῴ κυρίῳ. ἡμῶν τ Τησδῦ᾽ χριστῷ οὗ δουλεύουσιν, ἀλλὰ such Four *Lord SJesus ®Christ 1serve “μοῦ, but τῇῷ.ἑαυτῶν κοιλίᾳ: καὶ διὰ τῆς χρηστολογίας καὶ εὐλογίας their own belly, and by kind speaking and praise ἐξαπατῶσιν τὰς καρδίας τῶν ἀκάκων. 19 ἡ γὰρ ὑμῶν ὑπακοὴ. deceive the hearts ofthe innocent. For the 70f?you ‘obedience > / 7 ΄ δ δ / ἈΝ την. ? ς - I] , A εἰς πάντας apixero’ χαίρω οὖν τὸ ἐφ ὑμῖν." θέλω. δὲ Sto Sall “reached. I rejoice therefore concerning you; but I wish ὑμᾶς σοφοὺς ὑμὲν! εἶναι εἰς τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἀκεραίους δὲ εἰς τὸ you wise to be [as] to good, and simple to , « 4 te ~ Pie / x ~ € A κακόν. 20 ὁ.δὲ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης συντρίψει τὸν σατανᾶν ὑπὸ evil. But the God of peace will bruise Satan under τοὺς πόδας ὑμῶν ἐν τάχει. ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν "Inood your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus “χριστοῦ! μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 4 Christ [be] with you. 21 «'Ασπάζονται' ὑμᾶς 2Salute you ‘ ” ΄ - A , « =! ? 7 καὶ Ιάσων καὶ Σωσίπατρος οἱ συγγενεῖς.µου. 22 ἀσπάζομαι Sand 7Jason ‘and °*Sosipater 2°my '*kinsmen. 20Salute ὑμᾶς ἐγὼ Τέρτιος ὁ γράψας τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἐν κυρίῳ. 2you , *I ‘Tertius 1θγνΏο τοῦδ *the 1Sepistle in [πε] Lord. 2 / « ~ yee « , , fi~ > / 23 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Γάΐος ὁ ξένος. µου καὶ frie ἐκκλησίας 7Salutes Syou ‘Gaius, the host ofme and ofthe assembly ὅλης." ΄ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς ΈἜραστος ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πόλεως, twhole. 13Salutes you Erastus *the ‘steward ‘ofthe ‘city, καὶ Κούαρτος ὁ ἀδελφός. 24 SH χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Sand ?°Quartus ‘the "Σρτοίμετ, The grace of our Lord Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. ἀμήν." Jesus Christ [be] with 2411 ἴγοα, Amen, Τιμόθεος ὁ συνεργός µου καὶ Λούκιος 1Timotheus ?my *fellow-worker*and *Lucius 435 much in the Lord. 13 Salute Rufus chosen in the Lord, and his mother and mine, 14 Salute Asyncritus, Phlegon, Hermas, Pa- trobas, Hermes, and the brethren which are with them. 15 Salute Philologus, and Julia, Nereus, and his sister, and Olympas, and alli the saints which are with them. 16 Salute one another with an holy kiss. The churches of Christ salute you. 17 Now I beseech you, brethren, mark them which cause di- visions and offences contrary to the doc- trine which ye have learned; and avoid them, 18 For they that are such serve not our Lord Jesus Christ, but their own belly; and by good words and fair. speeches deceive the hearts of the sim- ple. 19 For your obe- dience is come abroad unto all men. I am glad therefore onyour behalf: but yet [would have you wise unto that which is good, and simple concerning evil. 20 And the God of peace shall bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen. 21 Timotheus ᾿ my workfellow, and Lu- cius, and Jason, .and Sosipater, my Kkins- men, salute you. 231 Tertius, who wrote this epistle, salute you in the Lord. 23 Gaius mine host, and of the whole church, saluteth you. Erastus the chamberlain of the city saluteth you, and Quartus a _ brother. 24 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen. w Ἕρμᾶν LTTrAW. 2 — Ἰησοῦ GLTTraw. ¢4+ ἀμὴν Amen Ε, & — verse 24 LTTrx[Al]. :᾿Ασύν- τ΄ νυ Ἑρμῆν LTTrAW. GLTTrAW, “JY ἐκκλίνετε TTr. Ὁ — μὲν LTTrA. ς — χριστοῦ τ[ττα]. LITrAW. ὅλης τῆς ἐκκλησίας LTITA, x + πᾶσαι all (the assemblies) 8 ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν οὖν χαίρω LTTrAw. ε᾽Ασπάζεται Salutes 436 25 Now to him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel, and the preach- ing of Jesus Christ, according to the reve- lation of the mystery, which was kept secret since the world began, 26 but now is made manifest, and by the scriptures of the pro- phets, according tothe commandment of the everlasting God, made - known to all nations for the obedience of faith : 27 to God only wise, be glory through Jesus Christ for ever. Amen, ROEN GTO Y 2. OA; 1. « ~ .. - δυναµετῳ υμας στηριξαι κατα is able you to estailish according to 2elad κατὰ ἀπο- ΠΕ ΟἿΣ 95 ἃ Τῷ δὲ Now to him who γέλιόν μου καὶ τὸ κήουγμα ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, | Stidings ‘my απᾶ ὑπὸ proclamation of Jesus Christ, according to ἃ reve- ΄ , ΄ , , ) κάλυψιν μυστηρίου χρονοις αιωγιοις σεσιγηµενου, lation of [the] mystery intimes of the ages having been kept secret, , ᾿ - 8 ~ ν ~ ” 20 φανερωθέντος δὲ νῦν, διᾶ-τε γραφών προφητικῶν, κατ but made manifest now, and by “scriptures 1prophetic, according to ~ ~ ᾽ ’ > , τοῦ αἰωνίου θεοῦ, εἰς ὑπακοὴν πίστεως εἰς παντα x ? το ευαγ- ἐπιταγὴν commandment of the eternal God, for obedience offaith to ᾿ all 3 , / , ~ ~ ‘ ? τὰ ἔθνη γνωρισθεντος. 27 μόνῳ σοφῷ θεῷ, διὰ “In- the nations having been made known— [the] only wise God, through Je- ~ ~ πο ε , ν΄ τῳ ‘ I~ 1. 3 ΄ σοῦ χριστοῦ, ᾧ ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας". apn. sus Christ, to whom be glory to the ages. — Amen, 4 ε ἌΡ ΄, ᾽ A 7, \ / ~ ἘΠρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Κορίνθου, διὰ Φοίβης τῆς To [the] Romans written from Corinth, by Phebe διακόνου τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς ἐκκλησίας servant ofthe7in “*Cenchrea ‘assembly. Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ TOYS ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΡΩΤΗ. Tue το PAUL, called to be an apostle of Jesus Christ through the will of God, and Sosthenes our brother, 2 unto the church of God which is at Corinth, to them that are sanctified in Christ Jesus, called to be saints, with all that in every place call up- on the name of Je- sus Christ our Lord, both theirs and ours: 3 Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. 4 I thank my God always on your behalf, for the grace of God which is given you by Jesus Christ; 5 that in every thing ye are enriched by him, in all utterance, and in all knowledge; 6 even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you: 75ο that γο come behind in no gift ; waiting for the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ: 8 who h Verses 25—27 placed at end of chapter xiv. α. subscription GLTW ; *THE SCORINTHIANS ΞΕ PISTLE FIRST. ΠΑΥΛΟΣ Ὀκλητὸοἳ ἀπόστολος “Inoot χριστοῦ, διὰ θελή- Paul a called apostle of Jesus Christ, by [the] will ματος θεοῦ, καὶ Σωσθένης ὁ ἀδελφός, 2 τῷ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ of God, and ἈῬοδίμεπος the brother, to the assembly θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν KopivOw," ἡγιασμένοις ἐν χριστῷ Ἰη- of God which is in OQorinth, having beensanctified in Christ Je- σοῦ. κλητοῖς ἁγίοις, σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐπικαλουμένοις τὸ ὄνομα sus, called saints, with all _ those *calling °on ®the ‘namie ToU.kupiov.nuay Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, αὐτῶν re! 508 Pour *°Lord NjJesus 7Christ “Vin "τει “place, both cvheirs καὶ ἡμῶν' 8 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς. ἡμῶν and ours: grace toyou and peace from God our Father καὶ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. and [the] Lord Jesus Christ. ? ~ ~ ~ , ~ ~ 4 Ἐὐχαριστῶ τῷ-θεῷ.μου πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ τῷ I thank my God always concerning you, for the , ~ ~ ~ ΄ - ~ ~ χάριτι τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ δοθείσῃ ὑμῖν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, 5 ὅτι ἐν grace of God that was given toyou in Christ Jesus, that in παντὶ ἐπλουτίσθητε ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐν παντὶ λόγῳ καὶ πάσῃ everything yewereenriched in him, in 8411 discourse and all , ‘ 4 ~ ~ 3 , γνώσει, 6 καθὼς τὸ μαρτύριον τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐβεβαιώθη ἐν knowledge, accordingasthe testimony ofthe Christ was confirmed in πο σας 7 ©.) ε ~ 4 ’ ὑμῖν" 7 ὥστε ὑμᾶς μὴ ὑστερεῖσθαι ἐν μηδενὶ χαρίσματι, ἀπεκ- you, sothat ye are behind in not one gift, ος , ~ Π - - - δεχομένους τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" awaiting the revelation of our Lord Jesus Christ; i+ τῶν αἰώνων ofages LT. *— the Πρὸς Ῥωμαίους Tra. 5. + Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of Paul the Apostle FE; + Παύλου 6” -- τοὺς EG‘ Πρὸς Κορινθίους ά LTTraw. Ἐορίνθῳ placed after ᾿Ιησοῦ Ltra, Ὁ Γκλητος] La. © χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw. 4 τῃ οὔσῃ ἐν 6 ---τε both ΤΤΤ/[Α]. κος Ὁ — να i; ἘΘΘῚ ὃ ὃς καὶ βεβαιώσει ὑμᾶς ἕως NTHIANS. τέλους, ἀνεγκλητους ἐν τῇ ‘who glso will confirm 7 to [the], end, unimpeachable in the ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 9 πιστὸς ὁθεύς, Ov day of our Lord Jesus Christ. Faithful [is} God, by οὗ ἐκλήθητε εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ. υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ whom ye were called into fellowship of his Son Jesus Christ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν. our Lord. 10 Παρακαλῶ δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Now I exhort you, ee by the name κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿]ησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα τὸ αὐτὸ λέγητε πάντες, of our Lord Jesus Christ, that *the °same *thing "ye “say all, καὶ μὴ ἐν ὑμῖν σχίσματα, ἦτεδὲ 'κατηῤτισμένοι and “no 'there*be*among ὅγοα ‘divisions; but ye be knit together ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ voi. καὶ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ γνώμῃ. 11 ἐδηλώθη.γάρ in the same mind and in the same judgment, For it was shewn μοι περὶ to me concerning you, ὅτι ἔριδες ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί μου, ὑπὸ τῶν Χλόης, my brethren, by those of [the house 6 Chloe, ? ε ~ 2 ’ ἐν ὑμῖν εἰσιν 12 λέγω δὲ τοῦτο, ὅτι ἕκαστος that strifes among you there are. But I sed this, that each ὑμῶν λέγει, ἘΝ μὲν εἰμι Παύλου, ἐγὼ δὲ ᾿Απολλώ, ἐγω.δὲ of you μπα, am of Paul, andI of mpolloy, and I Κηφᾶ, ἐγὼ.δὲ χριστοῦ. 19 Μεμέρισται ὁ Χριστός; μὴ Παὔῦ- of Cephas, 8:5. 1 of Christ Has *been*divided 'the “Christ ? >Paul λος ἐσταυρώθη 'ὑπὲρ' ὑμῶν; ἢ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα Παύλου ἐβαπ- ᾿ Ξγγ835 Οὐ ἢ for you? or to the name of Paul wereye τίσθητε; 14 εὐχαριστῶ ἔτῷ θεῷ" ὅτι οὐδένα ὑμῶν ἐβάπτισα, Peres? I thank God that noone ofyou_ [I baptized, εἰ μὴ Κρίσπον καὶ Γάϊον" 15 ἵνα pn τις εἴπῃ ὅτι εἰς τὸ rae Crispus and Gaius, that not anyone should say that unto ἐμὸν ὄνομα Ῥἐβάπτισα.ϊ 16 ἐβάπτισα.δὲ καὶ τὸν Lrepava my name I baptized. And I baptized also the *of *Stephanas οἶκον' λοιπὸν οὐκιοῖδα εἴ τινα ἄλλον ἐβάπτισα. 17 Οὐ.γὰρ "house ; as to the rest Iknow not if any other I baptized. For *not ο... με] χριστὸς βαπτίζειν, adr’ ' εὐαγγελίζεσθαι" Ξεοῃῦ 3πωο +Christ to ——, but toannounce the glad tidings ; οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ λόγου, ἵνα μὴ κενωθῇ ὁ σταυρὸς τοῦ χριστοῦ. not in wisdom of apap that *not *bemadevoidthe cross ofthe Christ. 18 ὁ λόγος γὰρ ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῖς μὲν ἀπολλυμένοις μωρία Forthe word ofthe cross to those perishing foolishness ἐστίν, τοῖς δὲ σωζομένοις ἡμῖν δύναμις θεοῦ ἐστιν. 19 γέ- *is, but “who ‘are *being Ssaved *to*us Ῥονγεῦ 198" οᾶ ‘it “is. srt Saas γραπται γάρ, ᾿Απολῶ τὴν σοφίαν τῶν σοφῶν, καὶ τὴν ‘been **written ‘*for, I willdestroy the wisdom ofthe wise, and the σύνεσιν τῶν συνετῶν ἀθετήσω. 20 Ποῦ σοφός ᾿ understanding of the wiieptanding ones I will set aside. Where [is the] wise 2 ποῦ γραμματεύς; ποῦ ἰσυζητητὴς" τοῦ.αἰῶνος τούτου; where [the] scribe? where (the] disputer of this age? οὐχὶ ἐμώρανεν ὁ θεὸς τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ.κόσμου. πτούτουϊς did not *make *foolish 'God the wisdom of this world? 21 ᾿Επειδὴ.γὰρ ἐν τῇ σοφίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ. ἔγνω ὁ κόσμος διὰ For since, in the wisdom of God, *knew ®not ‘the *world “by τῆς σοφίας τὸν θεόν, εὐδόκησεν ὁ θεὸς διὰ τῆς μωρίας τοῦ *wisdom God, *was*pleased *God by _ the foolishness of the & — τῷ θεῷ (read εὐχαριστῶ I give thanks) T. [περὶ τι. i+ [δ]. ‘*adadarttra. 1 συνζητητης LTTrA. baptized LTTraw. the world) LTTraw. 437 shall also confirm you unto the end, thai ἢ ye may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ. 9 God is faithful, by whom ye were called unto the fellowship of his Son Jesus Christ our Lord. 10 Now I beseech you, brethren, by the name of our Lord Je- sus Christ, that ye all speak the same thine, and that there be no divisions among you; but-that ye be per- fectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment. 11 For it hath been declared unto me of you, my brethren, by them which are of the house of Chloe, that there are contentions among you. 12 Now this I say, that every one of you saith, I am of Paul; and I of Apollos ; and I of Ce- phas ; and I of Christ. 13 Is Christ divided? was Paul crucified for you? or were ye bap- tized in the name of Paul? 141 thank God that I baptized none of you, but Crispus and Gains; 15 lest any should say that I had baptized in mine own name. 16And I bap- tized also the house- hold of Stephanas ; besides, I know not whether I baptized any other. 17 For Ohrist sent me not to bap- tize, but to preach the gospel: not with wis- dom of words, lest the cross of Christ should be made of none effect. 18 For the preaching of the cross isto them that perish foolish- ness; but unto us which are sayed it is the power of God, 19 For it is written, I will destroy the wis- dom of the wise, and will bring to nothing the understanding of the prudent. 20 Where is the wise? where 18 the scribe? where is the disputer of this world? hath not God made foolish the wis- dom of this world ἢ 21 For after that in the wisdom of God the world by wisdom knew not God, it pleased God by the h ἐβαπτίσθητε ye phe m — τούτου (1744 438 foolishness of preach- ing to save them that believe. 22 For the Jews require a sign, and the Greeks seek after wisdom: 23 but we preach Christ crucified, unto the Jews a stumbling- block, and unto the Greeks foolishness ; 24 but unto them which are called, both Jews and_ Greeks, Christ the power of God, and the wisdom of God. 25 Because the foolishness of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is stronger than men. 26 For ye see your calling, brethren, how that not many wise men after the flesh, not many mighty, not many noble, are call- ed: 27 but God hath’ chosen the foolish things of the world to confound the wise ; and God hath chosen the weak things of the world to confound the things which are mighty; 28 and base things of the world, and things which are despised, hath God chosen, yea,and things which are not, to bring to nought things that are: 29 that no fiesh should glory in his presence. 30 But of him are ye in Christ Jesus, who of God is made unto us wisdom, and right- eousness, and sanctifi- eation, and redemp- tion : 31 that, accord- ing as it is written, He that glorieth, let him glory in the Lord. If. And I, brethren, when I came to you, came not with excel- lency of speech or of wisdom, declaring un- to you the testimony of God. 2 For I de- termined not to know any thing amongyou, save Jesus Christ, and him crucified. 3 And I was with you in weakness, and in fear, and in much trem- bling. 4 And my speech and my preaching was not with enticing words of man’s wis- dom, but in demon- κηρύγματος σῶσαι ΠΡΟΣ ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ Α, τι ΄ as τ τοὺς WLOTEVOVYTAC® 99 ἐπειδὴ καὶ Ἴου- proclamation tosave those that believe. Since both Jews ~ ~ ~ ‘ Ty 7, ~ δαῖοι "σημεῖον" αἰτοῦσιν, καὶ Ἕλληνες σοφίαν ζητοῦσιν. 3q *sign task for, and Greeks 2wisdom 1seek ; ~ τ ‘ 3 τ. / 23 ἡμεῖς δὲ κηρύσσοµεν χριστὸν ἐσταυρωμένον, ᾿Ισυδαίοις but we proclaim Christ crucified, to Jews μὲν σκάνδαλον, °“EXAnow" δὲ μωρίαν" 24 αὐτοῖς δὲ τοῖς indeed a cause of offence, 2ο “Greeks *and foolishness ; but to these the ~ 7 / κε A ~ , 4 κλητοῖς, ᾿Ιουδαίοις.τε καὶ “Ἕλλησιν, χριστὸν θεοῦ δύναμιν καὶ called, both Jews and Grecks, Christ God’s power and θεοῦ σοφίαν. 25 ὅτι τὸ μωρὸν τοῦ θεοῦ σοφώτερον τῶν God’s wisdom. Because the foolishness of God wiser ἀνθρώπων ἐστίν' καὶ τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ ἰσχυρότερον τῶν than men is, and the weakness of God stronger ἀνθρώπων Pioriv." 26 Βλέπετε.γὰρ τὴν.κλῆσιν ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί, than men is. For ye see your calling, brethren, e ? A A A , ? ἣ ὅτι οὐ πολλοὶ σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα, οὐ πολλοὶ δυνα- thatnot many wise according to flesh ([thereare],not many power- Tol, ov πολλοὶ εὐγενεῖς 27 ἀλλὰ τὰ ωρὰ τοῦ κόσμου ful, not many high-born. But the foolish things of the world ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός, αἵνα τοὺς σοφοὺςο καταισχύνῃ " "Kai τὰ *chose 1God, that the wise hemight put toshame; and the ~ ~ 7 7 / « , ev ἀσθενῆ τοῦ κόσμου ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός," ἵνα καταισχύνῃ weak things of the world ?chose *God, that he might put to shame τὰ ἰσχυρά 398 Kai τὰ ἀγενῆ τοῦ κόσμου καὶ τὰ ἐξουθενη- the strong things; and thelow-born of the world, and the de- / ? / « » 5 ‘Il ‘ Ac ἊΨ τ 4 μένα ἐξελέξατο ὁ θεός, "καὶ τὰ ἡ. ὄντα, ἵνα τὰ spised “chose "God, and thethingsthat arenot, thatthe thingsthat ὄντα καταργήση' 29 ὅπως μὴ tkavynonra" πᾶσα σὰρξ are he may annul; sothat *not “might “boast tall *flesh ἐνώπιον Yavrov." 90 ἐξ αὐτοῦ.δὲ ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, before him, But of him ye are in Christ Jesus, εν ? / θ Ww € -” ΄ η] ? A θ ~ ὃ ’ ‘ ες ὃς ἐγενηθη “rv σοφια". ἀπὸ θεου ὀικαιοσυνη.τε καὶ ἀγιασ- who wasmade tous wisdom from God andrighteousness and βαμποῦϊ- μὸς Kai ἀπολύτρωσις 31 ἵνα, καθὼς γέγραπται, fication and redemption ; that, according as it has been written, Ὅ καυχώμενος, ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω. He that boasts, in {the} Lord let him boast. ? ‘ " « ~ , 2 Κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, ἦλθον οὐ καθ᾽ AndI ἨὨατίης σοῦ to you, brethren, came not according to ὑπεροχὴν λόγου ἢ σοφίας καταγγέλλων ὑμῖν τὸ μαρτύριον excellency οὗ word or wisdom, announcing to you the testimony τοῦ θεοῦ. 3 οὐ γὰρ ἔκρινα “τοῦ! Σείδεναι τι ἐν ὑμῖν, . of God. For “not 11 “decided to know anything among you,’ εἰ μὴ Ἰησοῦν χριστόν, καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον. 8 Ἰκαὶ ἐγὼ" except Jesus Christ, “ and him crucified, And 1 ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ καὶ ἐν φόβῳ καὶ ἐν τρόμῳ πολλῷ ἐγενό ) ἐν. α καὶ ἐν φόβῳ καὶ ἐν τρόμῳ πολλῷ ἐγενόμην πρὸς in weakness and in fear and in *trembling ‘much was with ὑμᾶς" 4 καὶ ὁ λόγος.μου καὶ τὸ κηρυγµά.-µου οὐκ ἐν πειθοῖ τοι; and my word and my preaching [was] not in persuasive "ἀνθρωπίνης! σοφίας λόγοις, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐν ἀποδείξει πνεύματος Shuman 2of *wisdom ‘words, but in demonstration of [the] Spirit η σημεῖα SiIZNS GLTTrAW. καταισχύνῃ τοὺς σοφούς [LITTrA. σεται Ἐ. εἰδέναι GLTrAW, Σ κἀγὼ LITrA, ο ἔθνεσιν to nations ΟΙΤΤΤΑΤΓ. Ρ — ἐστίν τττ. 4 ἵνα σοφοι . [καὶ τὰ...«ὃ θεός]τ. 5. - καὶ ΓΊΤτΑ. ἕκαυχή- Υ τοῦ θεοῦ God GLTTraw. Ὑ σοφία ἡμῖν LITra, τ-- τοῦ GLTTrAW. στι 3.- ἀνθρωπίνης GLTTrAW. | Ὁ ἀλλὰ Tr. 1]. 1 CORINTHIANS. καὶ δυνάμεως" 5 ἵνα ἡ.πίστις ὑμῶν μὴ. ἐν σοφίᾳ ἀνθρώ- and of power ; that your faith might not be in wisdom of men, πων, ard’! ἐν δυνάμει θεοῦ. but in power of God. 6 Σοφίαν.δὲ λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις" σοφίαν δὲ οὐ τοῦ But wisdom wespeak among the perfect; but wisdom, not αἰῶνος. τούτου, οὐδὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων τοῦ.αἰῶνος. τούτου. τῶν of this age, nor ofthe rulers of this age, who [ή Ξ 2 AJ “- c / |] ? / καταργουμένων' 7 ἀλλὰ λαλοῦμεν “σοφίαν θεοῦ" ἐν μυστηρίῳ, are coming to nought. But: we speak wisdom of God in a mystery, τὴν ἀποκεκρυμμένην ἣν προώρισεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸ τῶν the hidden {wisdom] which predetermined ‘God before the αἰώνων εἰς δόξαν ἡμῶν, 8 ἣν οὐδεὶς THY ἀρχόντων τοῦ ages for our glory, which noone of the ‘rulers αἰῶνος.τούτου ἔγνωκεν' εἰ γὰρ of this age has known, (for if they had known, *not ~ η 9 ’ ᾽ A τῆς δόξης ἐσταύρωσαν" 9 ἀλλὰ Sof *the glory “they 7would have crucified,) but τι ? \ ᾽ = Δ τ ᾽ » δὴ ται, Α ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ.εῖδεν, καὶ οὖς οὐκ ἤκουσεν, καὶ written, Things which eye saw not, and ear hearc and ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου οὐκάνέρη, “ἃ! ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς into heart of man came not, which prepared 1God ~ ? ~ ? , 5 10 « ~ δὲ 6 c θ ‘ 3 ir ll τοις ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτὸν Ἰμῖν δὲ «ὁ θεὸς ἀπεκάλυψεν for those that love him, but to us God revealed [them] διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος. αὐτοῦ" τὸ. γὰρ πνεῦμα πάντα ξἐρευνᾷ," by his Spirit ; forthe Spirit allthings searches, 4A 4 , ~ ~ , A a > , A καὶ τὰ βάθη τοῦ θεοῦ. 11 τίς γὰρ οἶδεν ἀνθρώπων τὰ even the depths of God. For who *knows tof ?men the things τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, εἰ μὴ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τὸ ἐν of man, except the spirit of man which [is} in αὐτῷ; οὕτως καὶ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐδεὶς' oider," εἰ μὴ τὸ him ὃ so also the things of God noone knows, except the πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ. 12 ἡμεῖς.δὲ οὐ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ κόσμου ἐλά- Spirit of God. But we not the spirit of the world re- βομεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα TO ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ceived, but the Spirit which [is] from God, that we might.know ~ ~ ~ a ‘ ~ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ χαρισθέντα ἡμῖν. 19 °A καὶ λαλοῦμεν, the things by God granted to us: which also we speak, ἔγνωσαν, οὐκ ἂν τὸν κύριον ‘the Lord καθὼς γέγραπ- according as it has been aoe 25 τὸ πνεῦμα οὐκ ἐν διδακτοῖς ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας λόγοις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν δι- not in taught Sof*human ‘wisdom ‘words, but in [those] δακτοῖς πνεύματος Ἰἁγίου,! πνευματικοῖς πνευματικὰ taught of [the] *Spirit *Holy, Spy ‘spiritual (Smeans] *spiritual things Ἐσυγκρίνοντες." 14 ψυχικὸς δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐ.δέχεται τὰ scommunicating, But [the] natural man receives not the things τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ θεοῦ: µμωρία.γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐστιν, καὶ of the Spirit of God, for foolishness to him they are; and οὐ.δύναται γνῶναι, ὅτι πνευματικῶς ἀνακρίνεται. he cannot know {them], because spiritually they are discerned ; 15 0.6% πνευματικὸς ἀνακρίνει wiv" πάντα, αὐτὸς δὲ ὑπ᾽ * but the spiritual discerns all things, but he by οὐδενὸς ἀνακρίνεται. 16 τίς γὰρ ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, no one is discerned. For who did know [the] mind of [the] Lord? ὃς συµβιβάσει αὐτόν; ἡμεῖς δὲ νοῦν "'χριστοῦ! ἔχομεν. who shall.instruct him? But we [the] mind of Christ have. 439 stration of the Spirit and of power: ὃ that your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God. 6 Howbeit we speak Wisdom among them that are perfect: γυς not the wisdom of this world, nor of the princes of this world, that come to nought: 7 but we speak the wisdom of God ina mystery, even the hid- den wisdom, which God ordained before the world unto our glory: 8 which none of the princes of this world knew : for had they known it, they would not have cruci- fied the Lord of glory. 9 But as itis written, Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that lovehim. 10 But God hath revealed them unto us by his Spirit : for the Spirit search- eth all things, yea, the deep things of God. 11For what man know- eth the things of a man, save the spirit of man which is in him ? even so the things of God knoweth no man, but the Spirit of God. 12 Now we have re- ceived, not the spirit of the world, but the spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God. 13 Which things also we speak, not in the words which man’s wisdom teacheth, but which the Holy Ghost teacheth ; comparing spiritual things with spiritual. 14 But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned. 15 But he that is spiritual judg- eth all things, yet he himself is judged of no man, 16 For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may instruct him? But we have the mind of Christ. © ἀπεκάλυψεν ὁ θεὸς Ὁ ἀλλὰ τι. ο θεοῦ σοφίαν GLTTrAW. 4 ὅσα whatsoever LTrA. LTtraw. ἴ-- αὐτοῦ (read theSpirit) trtr[a]. 6 ἐραυνᾷ Trra. ὃ ἔγνωκεν has known LT/:aW, 4 — “Aviov GLTTrAW. κ συν- Τ. 1[γὰ] 1: - μὲν T[Tra]. πι κυρίου of [the] Lord 1, 440 117, ΑπᾶΤ, brethren, could not speak unto you as unto spiritual, but as unto carnal, even as unto babes in Christ. 2 I have fed you with milk, and not with meat: for hitherto ye were not able to bear it, neither yet now are ye able, 3 For ye are yet carnal: for whereas there is among you envying, and strife, and divi- sions, are ye not car- nal, and walk asmen ? 4 For while one saith, Tam of Paul; andan- other, I am of Apollos; are ye not carnal? 5 Who then is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom ye believed, even as the Lord gave toevery man? 61 have planted, Apollos watered ; but God gave the increase. 7 So then neither is he that planteth any- thing, neither he that watereth; but God that giveth the in- crease. 8 Now hethat planteth and he that watereth are one: and every man shall re- ceive his own reward according to his own labour. 9 For we are labourers together with God: ye are God’s husbandry, ye are God’s building. 10 Ac- cording tothe grace of God which is given unto me, as a wise masterbuilder, I have laid the foundation, and another buildeth thereon. But letevery man take heed how he buildeth thereupon. 11 For other foun- dation can no man lay than that is laid, which is Jesus Christ. 12 Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, sil- ver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble, 18 every man’s work shall be made mani- fest : for the day shall declare it, because it shall be revealed by fire; and the fire shall try every man’s work of what sort it is. 14 If any man’s Ὁ Kayo GLTTrAW. GLTTrA. transposed LTTraAW. Ὁ λήμψεται LTTrA. {read the fotindation) Lrtr{a]. ® μενεῖ shall abide cLTaw. τ οὐδὲ GLTTrAW. ἄνθρωποί not men LTTraw. προς KOPIN OTOTS A. 111: 5 , ΄ is ΄ ‘ ~: τς »ν - 3 "Καὶ ἐγώ," ἀδελφοί, οὐκ.ἠδυνήθην λαλῆσαι υμῖν ὡς And i brethren, was not able tospeak toyou ag κω ΄ 7, . » πνευματικοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς “σαρκικοῖς,' ὡς νηπίοις ἐν χοιστῷ. to spiritual, but as to fleshly ; as tobabes in Christ. , ~ ‘ ~ a ” 4 ? / ϱ γάλα ὑμᾶς ἐπότισα, Ῥκαὶ" οὐ βρῶμα: οὕπω.γὰρ Ἰἠδύνασθειϊ Milk *you 11 3ρατο ἴο drink; and not meat, for not yet were ye able, ἀλλ᾽ τοὔτε! 5ἔτι! νῦν δύνασθε 3 ἔτιγὰρ σαρκικοί ἐστε. but neither yet now are ye able; for yet fleshly ye are. ὅπου γὰρ ἐν ὑμῖν ζῆλος καὶ ἔρις ‘kai διχοστασίαι." For where among you emulation and strife and divisions [there are], οὐχὶ σαρκικοί ἐστε. καὶ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον περιπατεῖτε; Snot “fieshly ‘are *ye, and *according *to *man ‘walk? Ἢ ’ / e , 2 ‘ 4 ὕταν γὰρ λέγῃ Tic, ᾿Εγὼ μέν εἰμι Παύλου, ἕτερος.δε, Eyw For when *may*say tone, I am οἱ Paul, and another, I , 3 / / > ? ~ 1 ᾿᾽Απολλώ, τοὐχὶ σαρκικοίὶ ἐστε; 5 *Tic! οὖν ἐστιν “Παῦλος, of Apollos, Snot *fleshly ‘are *ye? Whd then is Paul, f Λ ’ ᾽ + Meee / ~ , Wric'! δὲ Υ ¥AzmroAXwe," ἀλλ᾽ ἢ" διάκονοι Ov ὧν ἐπιστεύ- 2who ‘and Apollos? but servants through whom ye be- A , , \ ’ care, καὶ ἑκάστῳ ὡς “ὁ κύριος ἔδωκεν: 6 ἐγὼ ἐφύτευσα, lieved, and toeach 85. the Lord gave? I planted, ιά >’ e ” ᾽Απολλὼς ἐπότισεν, "ἀλλ᾽! ὁ θεὸς ηὔξανεν' 7 ὥστε οὔτε Apollos watered ; but God gave growth. So that neither « 4 7 , ” ς ΄ ? 2 ε 2 ’ ὁ φυτεύων ἐστίν TL, οὔτε ὁ ποτίζων, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ αὐξά- he that plants is anything, nor hethat waters; but *who “gives ὁ ποτίζων ἕν εἰσιν' ἕκαστος Zone ‘are; ‘each τὸν ἴδιον κόπον. his own labour, νων θεός. 8 ὁ. φυτεύων δὲ καὶ *crowth ‘God. But he that plants and hethat waters δὲ τὸν ἴδιον μισθὸν Ὀλήψεται κατὰ %put his own reward shall receive according to ~ ΄ ~ , ~ , 9 Θεοῦ.γάρ ἐσμὲν συνεργοί' θεοῦ γεώργιον, θεοῦ οἰκοδομή For God’s *we *are ‘fellow-workers ;God’s husbandry, God’s building tore. 10 Κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν pot, ὡς ye are. According tothe = grace of God which was given tome, as σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων θεμέλιον «τέθεικα,' ἄλλος δὲ ἐποικοδομεῖ" a wise architect [the] foundation I have laid, and another builds up. ἕκαστος.δὲ βλεπέτω πῶς ἐποικοδομεῖ: 11 θεμέλιον. γὰρ ἄλλον But “each ‘let take heed how he builds up. For 7foundation ‘other οὐδεὶς δύναται θεῖναι παρὰ τὸν κείμενον, ὅς ἐστιν *In- noone is able tolay besides that which islaid, which is Je- ~ « , ll 2 , . 9 ~ > ‘ A 0 ’ σοῦς ὁ Χριστός." 12 εἰδέ “Tic ἐποικοδομεῖ ἐπὶ τὸν θεμέλιον sus the Christ. Now if anyone build up on *foundation ἐτοῦτον" ᾿χρυσόν, ἄργυρον," λίθους τιμίους, ξύλα, χόρτον, this gold, silver, “stones ‘precious, wood, grass, καλάμην, 13 ἑκάστου τὸ ἔργον φανερὸν γενήσεται" ἡ.γὰρ straw, ofeach the work manifest willbecome; for the ἡμέρα δηλώσει’ ὅτι ἐν πυρὶ ἀποκαλύπτεται' καὶ ἑκάστου day will declare [it], becausein fire it is revealed ; and ofeach TO ἔργον ὁποῖόν ἐστιν, τὸ Tips δοκιμάσει. 14 εἴ τινος τὸ the work whatsort it is, the fire will prove. If of anyone the ἔργον Ἀμένει ὃ Ἰἐπῳκοδόμησεν,ὶ μισθὸν Χλήψεται"' 18 εἴ work abides which he built up, a reward he shall receive. ΤΕ © σαρκίνοις to fleshy GLTTraw. P — καὶ GLTTrAW. ᾳ ἐδύνασθε 5 Γέτι] τ.. t — καὶ διχοστασίαι LTTrA. 7 οὐκ (οὐχὶ W) ν τί what LITr; τῆς] a. Σ᾿Απολλώς and Παῦλος ¥ + ἐστιν is LTTrA. 2 — ἀλλ᾽ ἢ GLTTrAw. 4 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 5 ἔθηκα 1 ]αϊά ΙΤΤτΑ. 4 χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς Ι,; --- OCTTrAW. 5 -- τοῦτον f χρυσίον, ἀργύριον TTr. & + αὐτὸ itself LTTraw. i ἐποικοδόµησεν ΤΊτΑ. K λήμψεται LTTrA, πι iv. τισ τα τα κ, τινος τὸ ἔργον κατακαήσεται. ζημιωθήσεται" αὐτὸς δὲ of anyone the work — shall be consumed, he shall sufter loss, but Himself , a ‘ ΄ va 8 , - mn ε . σωθήσεται, οὕτως.δὲ we διὰ πυρὸς. 16 Οὐκιοἴδατε Ότι ναὸς shall be saved, but so as through fire. Know ye not that *temple ~ ‘ Ν ~ ~ ~ » ~ ε - θεοῦ ἐστε, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ οἰκεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν ; 17 εἴ τις 'God’s ycare, and ἐπα Spirit of God dwells in you? If anyone ‘ ‘ ~ ~ ο ~ ~ μ ε τὸν ναὺν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, φθερεῖ ἰτοῦτον" ὁ the temple of God corrupt, ?shall *bring °to Scorruption thim , « ‘ ‘ ~ ~ , , ev ~ θεός" ὁ.γὰρ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἅγιός ἐστιν, οἵτινές ἐστε ὑμεῖς. σοι; forthe temple of God holy tis, which are ye. . « ‘ ᾽ ’ ” ~ ‘ 18 μηδεὶς ἑαυτὸν ἑξαπατάτω. εἴ τις δοκεῖ σοφὸς *No°one “Thimsclf διοί Sdeceive: if anyone “thinks [*himself] 7wise « ~ ~ I~ ‘ ev εἶναι ἐν ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ αἰῶνιτούτῳ, μωρὸς γενέσθω, ἵνα Sto ®be.'among *you in this age, foolish let him become, that γένηται σοφός. 19 ἡ.γὰρ σοφία τοῦ.κάσμου.τούτου μωρία he may be wise. For the wisdom of this world foolishness παρὰ τῷ θεῷ ἐστιν γέγραπται.γάρ. ‘O δρασσόμενος τοὺς with God is; for it has been written, He takes the ‘ > ~ ’ 7 ~ ς ‘ ’ , σοφοὺς ἐν τῇ.πανουργίᾳ.αὐτῶν. 20 καὶ πάλιν, Κυριος wise in their craf{tiness. And again, [The] Lord γινώσκει τοὺς διαλογισμοὺς τῶν σοφῶν, OTL εἰσὶν μάταιοι. knows the reasonings ofthe wise, that they are vain. { ΧΑ ΄ ? ? ΄ Ν᾽ , 4 « » οἱ “Ὥστε μηδεὶς καυχάσθω ἐν ἀνθρώποις" πάντα.γὰρ υμῶν So that *no Ὅπο = “Jet boast in micn ; for allthings *yours ἐστιν, 22 εἴτε Παῦλος, etre ᾿Απολλώς, εἴτε Κηφᾶς, εἴτε 1116, Whether Paul, or Apollos, or Cephas._ or [the] κύσμος, εἴτε ζωή, εἴτε θάνατος, εἴτε ἐνεστῶτα, εἴτε μέλλοντα" world, or) µία, ος death, or present things, or eoming things, ΄ “ὦ . ἂν ‘ - 3 κι ~ πάντα ὑμῶν Meorw*" 23 ὑμεῖς δὲ χοιστοῦ" χριστὸς δὲ θεοῦ. all yours ‘are; andye Christ’s, and Christ God’s. 4 Οὕτως ἡμᾶς λογιζέσθω ἄνθρωπος ὡς ὑπηρέτας χριστοῦ So *of Sus ‘let *reckon “a “man as attendants of Christ και οἰκονόμους μυστηρίων θεοῦ. 2 9ὺ dé" λοιπόν, ζητεῖται and stewards “mysteries tof *God’s. But as to the rest, it is required ἐν τοῖς οἰκονόμοις ἵνα πιστός τις εὑρεθῇ. 8 ἐμοὶ δὲ εἰς ἐλά- in stewards that faithful one be found. Buttome thesmall- χιστόν ἐστιν ἵνα ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν ἀνακριθῶ, ἢ ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνης est matter “itis that by you Ibeecxamined, ο by man’s ε μ ἃ 2 ᾽ ᾽ \ ? \ ? ‘ ᾽ ‘ a) ᾽ ~ ἡμέρας" ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ἐμαυτὸν ἀνακρίνω. 4 ovdév-yap ἐμαυτῷ day. But neither myself ἆο 1 οχαπιῖπα, Forof nothing in myself / 2 ? ᾽ ? / / ε " ? σύνοιδα ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν τούτῳ δεδικαίωμαι" ὁ δὲ ἀνα- Iameconscious; but not by this havel beenjustified: but he who οχ- κρίνων µε κύριός ἐστιν. ὃ ὥστε μὴ πρὸ καιροῦ τι amines me(the] Lord is, So that not before [the] time anything κρίνετε, ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ ὁ κύριος, ὃς καὶ Φφωτίσει «τὰ judge, until may have come the Lord, who both will bring to light the «κρυπτὰ τοῦ σκότους, καὶ φανερώσει τὰς βουλὰς τῶν hidden things of darkness, and will mike manifest the counsels καρδιῶν' καὶ τότε ὁ ἔπαινος γενήσεται ἑκάστῳ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ. ofhearts; and then praise shall be toeach from God. ~ . , ΄ ‘ \ 2 6 Ταῦτα.δέ, ἀδελφοί, µετεσχηµάτισα εἰς ἐμαυτὸν καὶ ΡΑ- Now these things, brethren, I transterred to myself and A- AX . Π ὃ ” ε ~ ev 3 ε ~ 10 4 A « ‘ πο ω ι υμας, ινα εν’ μιν μα τε "το μ υπερ pollos on account of you, that in 8 yemay learn not *above 1 αὐτὸν L. m—7o L[A]. P ᾽Απολλὼν TTr, ; » — ἐστιν (read [are]}) LTTra. 44] work abide which he hath built therenpon, he shall receive a re- ward. 15 If any man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss: but ‘he himself shall be saved ; yet so as by fire. 16 Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you? 37 ΤΕ πας man éGefilethe temple of Ged, him shall God destroy ; for the tem- ple of God is holy, which temple ye are. 18 Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seemeth to be wise in this world, let him become a fool, that he may be wise. 19 For the wisdom of this world is foolish- ness with God. For itis written, He taketh the wise in their own craftiness, 20 And again,The Lord know- eth the thoughts of the wise, that they are vain. 21 Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours; 22 whether Paul, or Apoilos, or C.phas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things to come; all are yours ; 23 and ye ανα Chrisl’sis) pana Christ ts God’s. 1V. Let a man so account of us, as of the ministcrs of Christ, and stewards of the mysteries of -God. 2 Moreover it is re- quired in stewards, that a man be found faithful, 3 But with me it is a very small thing that I should be judged of you, or of man’s'judgment: yea, 1 judge not mine own self. 4 For I know nothing by myself; yet am 1 not hereby justified: but he that judgeth me is the Lord. 5 Therefore judge nothing before the time, until the Lord come, who both will bring to light the hidden things of dark- ness, and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then shall every man have praise of God. 6 And these things, brethren, I have in a figure transferred to myself and to Apollos for your sakes; that ο ὧδε here LTTrAa, 443 ye might learn in us not to think ef men abore that which is written, that no one of you be puffed up for one against aAn- other. 7 For who maketh thee to differ from another? and what hast thou that thou didst not receive? now if thou didst re- ceive it, why dost thou glory, as if thou hadst not received tt ? 8 Now ye are full, now ye are rich, ye have reigned as kings with- out us: and 1 would to God ye did reign, that we also might reign with you. 9 For I think that God hath set forth us the apos- tles last, as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle unto the world, and to angels, and to men. 10 We are fools for Christ’s sake, but ye are wise in Christ; we are weak, but ye are strong; ye are ho- nourable, but we are despised. 11 Even un- to this present hour we both hunger, and thirst, and are naked, aud are buffeted, and have no certain dwell- ingplace ; 12 and la- bour, working with our own hands: being reviled, we bless; being persccuted, we suffer it:13 being defamcd,we intrest: we are made as the filth of the world, and are the off- scouring of all things unto this day. 14 I write not these things to shame you, but as my beloved sons I warn you. 15 For though ye have ten thousand instructors in Christ, yet have ye not many fathers; for in Christ Jesus I have begotten you through the gospel. 16 Where- fore I beseech you, be ye followers of me, 17 For this cause have I sent unto you Timotheus, who is my beloved son, and faith- ful in the Lord, who shall bring you into remembrance of my ways which be in Christ, as I teach every where in every church. 18 Now some are puffed up, as ᾳ ἃ LTTrAW. admouishing T. Σ — φρονεῖν (read μὴ Nothing) LTTraw. Ὁ γυμνιτεύομεν LTTrAW. * + αὐτὸ very [thing] 1, WP Os. ΒΝ > > A. IV ~ cf ‘ - e ‘ ~ ΄ ‘ 4 δ" γέγραπται τῴὠρονεῖν." ἵνα μὴ εἷς υπερ τοῦ εγὸς 4 what “°has*been written ‘to “think, that ποῦ one for one Φυσιοῦσθε κατὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου. 7 τις-γάρ σε διακρίνει; ye be puffed up against the other. For who thee makes to differ? ‘ » 2 ‘ Ἂν x ” 4 ᾿ τί δὲ ἔχεις ὃ οὐκιἔλαβες; εἰ.δὲ καὶ ἔλαβες, and what hast thou which thou didst not receive? but if also thou didst receive, ’ ~ , ‘ , » ὃς ͵ Ἵ ΑΣ τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; 8 Ίδη κεκορεσµενοι ἔστε, why boastest thou as ποῦ having received? Already satiated ye are; ” ? , 4 ε ~ ? λ / oe A aes ” ny ΄ ἤδη ἐπλουτήσατε, χωρὶς ἡμῶν ἐβασιλεύσατε" καὶ οφελόν already ye were enriched; apart from us ye reigned ; and 1 wouid ’ ‘ c ~ « ~ ’ γε ἐβασιλεύσατε, ἵνα καὶ ἡμεῖς υμιν Σσυμβασιλεύσωμεν.ὶ surely ye did reign, that also we *you might “reign *with. ef ~ , . ’ ’ , 9 δοκῶ γὰρ tore' ὁ θεὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀποστόλους ἐσχάτους ἀπε- For [think that God us the apostles last set . ΄ [ή ,’ , ~ ’ δειξεν ὡς ἐπιθανατίους' ὅτι θέατρον ἐγενήθημεν τῷ κόσμῳ, forth as appointed todeath. For aspectacle we became tothe world, τ 4 ᾽ , a ? , « - ‘ A καὶ ἀγγέλοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις. 10 ἡμεῖς μωροι διὰ both toangels and to men. We [are] fools on account of χριστόν, ὑμεῖς δὲ φρόνιμοι ἐν χριστῷ" ἡμεῖς ἀσθενεῖς, ὑμεῖς. δὲ Christ, but ye prudent in Christ; we weak, but ye ἰσχυροί" ὑμεῖς ἔνδοξοι, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἄτιμοι. 11 ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι strong ; ye glorious, but we without honour. To the present ὥρας καὶ πεινῶμεν καὶ διψῶμεν, καὶ ᾿γυμνητεύομεν," καὶ hour both wehunger and thirst, and are naked, and κολαφιζόµεθα, καὶ ἀστατοῦμεν, 12 καὶ κοπιῶμεν, ἐργα- are buffcted, and wander without a home, and labour, work- ζόμενοι ταῖς ἰδίαις χερσίν' λοιδορούμενοι, εὐλογοῦμεν' διω- ing with our own hands. Railed at, we bless ; per- [7 19 Ὑ“βλασφημούμενοιυ" παρακαλοῦμεν" evilly spoken to, we beseech : ὡς περικαθάρµατα τοῦ κόσμου ἐγενήθημεν, πάντων as [the] refuse ofthe world we are become, ofall [the] περίψημα ἕως ἄρτι. 14 Οὐκ ἐντρέπων ὑμᾶς γράφω ταῦτα, off-scouring until now. Not shaming you dol write these things, ann" we τέκνα µου ἀγαπητὰ }νουθετῶ." 15 ἐὰν.γὰρ but as *children ‘my “beloved I admonish [you]. For if μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν χριστῷ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πολ- ten thousand tutors ye should have in Christ, yet not ‘many λοὺς πατέρας" ἐν.γὰρ χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου fathers ; for in Christ | Jesus through the — glad tidings κόµενοι, ἀνεχόμεθα" secuted, we bear ; ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς ἐγέννησα. 16 παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς, μιμηταί μου 1 you did beget. 1 exhort therefore you, “imitators *of *me γίνεσθε. "become. 17 Διὰ τοῦτο ἔπεμψα ὑμῖν Τιμόθεον, ὅς ἐστιν Ἀτέκνον On account of this I sent Schild κυρίῳ, ὃς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει “beloved and faithful in([the) Lord, who “you ‘will*remind of ‘ ε ’ ‘ ~ ~ ? ’ τὰς ὑδούς.μου τὰς ἐν χριστῷ,ὸ καθὼς πανταχοῦ ἐν πάσῃ my ways that [are]in Christ, according.as everywhere in every ἐκκλησίᾳ. διδάσκω. 18 ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου δέ µου πρὸς ὑμᾶς assembly I teach, 7As*to *not°coming ‘now *my ο you 3 , θ ᾽ὔ i. ? ’ Δ , ‘ ε ~ μμ] ἐφυσιώθησάν τινες" 19 ἐλεύσομαι.δὲ ταχέως πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν *were “puffed *up ‘some; but I shall come shortly to you, if to you Timotheus, who is μου" ἀγαπητὸν καὶ πιστὸν ἐν my 5συν- T. t — ὅτι LTTrAW. > ἀλλὰ Tr. } νουθετῶν > + Ἰησοῦ Jesus LT, Ὁ δυσφημούμενοι defamed Ta. ® µου τέκνον LTTrA, \ IV, V. I CORINTHIANS. ὃ κύριος θελήσῃ, καὶ γνώσομαι, οὐ τὸν λόγον the Lord will, and Iwill know, ποῦ the word πεφυσιωμένων, ἀλλὰ τὴν δύναμιν. 20 οὐ.γὰρ ἐν λόγῳ ἡ τῶν of those who are puffed up, but the power. For not in word the βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν δυνάμει. 21 τί θέλετε ; ἐν kingdom of God [is], but ᾿ in power. What wiilye? with ῥάβδῳ ἔλθω. πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἢ ἐν ἀγάπῃ πνεύματί. τε «πρᾳό- arod Ishouldcome to you, or ἵπ love andaspirit of meek- TNTOC' 5 ness? / - A ἢ Ὅλως ἀκούεται ἐν ὑμῖν πορνεία, καὶ τοιαύτη πορνεία Commonly 315 *reported*among °you “fornication, and such fornication ἥτις οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν Δὀνομάζεται," which noteven among the nations is named, τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔχειν. 2 Kai ὑμεῖς πεφυσιωμµένοι ἐστέ, Jone (*his} Sfather’s to “have. And το “puffed “up tare, ‘ 2 ‘ ~ ? , a e? ~I| 2 / ε ~ καὶ οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐπενθήσατε, wa “ἐξαρθῇ ἐκ μεσου ὑμῶν and not , rather did mourn, that might be taken out of your midst / ~ 4 ὥστε γυναῖκά so as Swife ὁ τὸ ἔργον. τοῦτο [ποιῆσας :" 3 ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ δὼ." ἀπὼν τῷ he who this deed did! Ξ᾿ 10» as being absent σώματι, παρὼν δὲ τῷ πνεύματι, ἤδη κέκρικα ὡς παρών, in body, but being present in spirit, already have judged as being present, τὸν οὕτως τοῦτο κατεργασάµενον, 4 ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ him who 50 ‘this = “worked “out, in the name κυρίου. ἡμῶνὶ ᾿Ἱησοῦ χριστοῦ συναχθέντων ὑμῶν καὶ of our Lord Jesus Christ, being gathered together ye and ~ ~ ~ , ~ / -¢ ~ ? ~ τοῦ ἐμοῦ πνεύματος, σὺν TH δυνάμει τοῦ .κυρίου."ἡ μῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ my spirit, with the power of our Lord Jesus Ἰχριστοῦ,! ὃ παραδοῦναι τὸν τοιοῦτον τῷ σατανᾷ εἰς ὄλεθρον Christ— to deliver such a one toSatan for destruction τῆς σαρκός, ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα σωθῇ ἐν TH ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου of the flesh, that the spirit may besavedin the day ofthe Lord ῬΙησοῦ.! ὃ Οὐ καλὸν τὸ.καύχημα.ὑμῶν' οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτι μικρὰ Jesus, Not good [is] your boksting. Know ye not that a little ζύμη Or ὃ φύραμα ζυμοῖ; 7 ἐκκαθάρατε "οὖν! τὴν πα- µη ὅλον τὸ φύραμα ὄυμοι; εκκασθαρατε ''οὐν' την π leaven *whole *the *lump ‘#leavens? Purge out therefore the λαιὰν ζύμην, ἵνα ἦτε νέον φύραμα, καθώς ἐστε ἄζυμοι ola leaven, that yemaybeanew lump, according as yeare unleavened, καὶ. γὰρ τὸ πάσχα. ἡμῶν "ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν! σἐτύθη! χριστός. For also Zour *passover or ™us “was ‘sacrificed +*Christ. & wore ἑορτάζωμεν, μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ, μηδὲ ἐν So that we should celebrate the feast, not with *leaven ‘old, nor with ζύμῃ κακίας καὶ πονηρίας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἀζύμοις Ρείλι- leaven of malice and wickedness, but with unleavened [bread] of 'κρινείας" καὶ ἀληθείας. sincerity and of truth. 9 Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ,. μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι Iwrote toyou in the epistle, not to associate with , ‘ ’ ~ , ~ ΄ ’, πόρνοις 10 “καὶ οὐ πάντως τοῖς πόρνοις τοῦ.κοσμου.του- fornicators ; and not altogether with the fornicators of this world, του, ἢ τοῖς πλεονέκταις, τὴ" ἅρπαξιν, ἢ εἰδωλολάτραις' ἐπεὶ or withthe covetous, or rapacious, or idolaters, since 443 thongh. I would not come to you. 19 But I will come to you shortly, if the Lord will, and will know not the speech of them which are puffed up, but the power, 20 For the kingdom of God is not in word, but in power. 21 What will ye ? shall Τ come unto you with a rod, or in love, and im the spirit of meeckness ? . It is reported commonly that there 15 fornication among you, and such fornica- tion as is not so much as named among the Gentiles, that one should have his fa- ther’s wife. 2And ye are puffed up,and have not rather mourned, that he that hath done this deed might be taken away from a- mong you. 3 For I verily, as absent in body, but present in spirit, have judged al- ready, as though I were present, concern-= ang him that hath so done this deed, 4 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, when ye are gathered toge- ther, and my spirit, with the power of our Lord Jesus Christ, 5 to deliver such an one unto Satan for the de- struction of the fiesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus. 6 Your glorying i not good. Know ye not that a little lea- ven leaveneth the whole lump? 7 Purge out therefore the eld leaven, that ye may be a new lump, as ye are unleavened. For even Christ our pass- over is sacrificed for us: 8thercefore let us keep the feast, not with old leaven, nei- ther with the leaven of malice and wicked- ness; but with the un- leavened bread of sin- eerity and truth. 9 I wrote unto you in an epistle not to company with forni- cators: 10 yet not al- together with the for- nicators of this world, or with the covetous, or extortioners, or ee TU EEE NII Ηρ ΠΟ π- ο πραὔτητος LTTrA. 4 — ὀνομάζεται (read [15]) GLTTrAW. & — ὡς LTTrAW. h — ἡμῶν (read the Lord) (L]t. © ἀρθῇ GLTTrAWw. i — χριστοῦ LTTrA. f πράξας; Τ. κ [ἡμῶν] πα 1 [ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ] (read our Lord Jesus Uhrist) L; — Ἰησοῦ a; ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Ww. ™—opy GLTTrAW. Κ5 -- ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν LTTrAW, ο ἐθύθη E. LITraAW, ΤᾺ xatand LTTraw. Ρ εἰλικρινίας 1. 8 --και 444 with idolaters; for then must ye needs go out of the world. 11 But now I have written unto you not to keep company, if any nran that iscalled a brother be a forni- cator, or covetous, or an idolater, or a rail- er, or a drunkard, or an extortioner; with such an one no not to eat. 12 For what have 1 to do to judge them also that are without? donot ye judge them that are within? 13 But them that are without God judgeth, There- fore put away from aniong yourselves that wicked person. VI. Dare any of you, having a matter ας gainst another, go to law before the un- just, and not before the saints? 2 Do ye not know that the saints shall judge the world? and if the world shall be judg- ed by you, are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters? 3 Know ye not that we shall judge an- gels? how much more things that pertain’ to this life? 4 ΤΕ then ye have judgments of things pertaining to this life, set them ἰο judge who are least esteemed in the church. 5 I speak to your shame, Is it so, that there is not a wise Man among you? no, not one that shall be able to. judge be- tween his brethren? ' 6 But brother gocth to law with brother, and that before the unbelievers. 7 Now therefore there is ut- terly a fault among he because ye go to aw one with another. Why do ye not rather take wrong? why do ye not rather suffer yourselves to be de- frauded? 8 Nay, ye do wrong, and de- fraud, and that your brethren. 9 Know ye not that the unright- eous shall not inherit the kingdom of God? Be not deceived : nei- ther fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adul- terers, nor effemin- . to, you not ἢ µέθυσος,. ἢ ἅρπαξ' προς EOPTNOLO ς A: LP se εὀφείλετεὶ doa ἐκ τοῦ κύσµου ἐξελθεῖν. 11 ἱνυνὶ" δὲ ἔγραψα yeought then outof the world to go. But now, I wrote ὑμῖν μὴ συναναµίγνυσθαι, ἐάν τις ἀδελφὸς ὀνομαζόμενος to associate with ([him],if anyone *brother designated YH" πόρνος, ἢ πλεονέκτης, ἢ εἰδωλολάτρης, ἢ λοίδορος, [00] either a fornicator, ΟΥ covetous, or idolater, or raiier, τῷ τοιούτῳ * μηδὲ συνεσθίειν. 12 τί or ἃ ἀταπκατᾶ, or rapacious; withsucha one noteven ἴο 68Η, 2What γά μοι "καὶ! τοὺς ἔξω κρίνειν ; οὐχὶ τοὺς ἔσω ὑμεῖς for [1510] ὕο me also those outside tojudge, ‘not ‘those "within ‘ye κρίνετε; 18 τοὺς δὲ ἔξω ὁ θεὸς Σκρίνει.ὶ Σκαὶ ἐξαρεῖτε" *do γα *judge? But those outside God judges. And ye shall put ont τὸν πονηρὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶγ. the wicked person ΣΓΟΠ1 among ywurselves, ~ ς ~ ~ εἰ ϐ Τολμᾷ τις ὑμῶν, πρᾶγμα ἔχων πρὸς τὸν ἕτερον, Dare anyone of you, amatter having against the other, κρίνεσθαι ἐπὶ τῶν ἀδίκων, καὶ οὐχὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἁγίων; 2* οὐκ gotolaw before the unrighteous, and not before the saints? ΞΝοῦ οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ ἅγιοι τὸν κόσμον κρινοῦσιν; καὶ εἰ ἐν ὑμῖν ‘know “yethat the saints *the *world ‘will*judge? and if by you κρίνεται ὁ κόσμος, ἀνάξιοί ἐστε κριτηρίων ἐλαχίστων; 8 οὐκ is judged the world, “unworthy ‘are *ye of judgments the smallest? =Not οἴδατε ὅτι ἀγγέλους κρινοῦμεν; "μήτι.γεῖ βιωτικά; 1know 3γο ἰπαῦ angels we shall judge? much more then things of this life 2 4 βιωτικὰ ἐν οὖν κριτήρια ἐὰν ἔχητε, τρὺς ®Things 5οξ }°this 11116 *then ‘judgment [45 700] “if 3γο *have, who 3 , 5) ~ 5) / ,ὔ , ‘ ἐξουθενημένους ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, τούτους Ὀκαθίζετε.ὶ 5 πρὸς are least esteemed in the assembly, *those ‘set “ye *up. For ἐντροπὴν ὑμῖν “λέγω." οὕτως odKSéoTW" ἐν ὑμῖν “σοφὸς shame to you Ispeak. Thus istherenot among τοι a wise[man] οὐδὲ εἴς," ὃς δυνήσεται διακρῖναι ἀνὰ.μέσον τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ποῦ evenone, who shallbeable ἴο decide between *brother αὐτοῦ; 6 ἀλλὰ ἀδελφὸς μετὰ ἀδελφοῦ κρίνεται, καὶ this [and brother]? But brother with brother goestolaw, and τοῦτο ἐπὶ ἀπίστων; 7 ἤδη μὲν ἰοὖν! ὅλως ἥττημα this before unbelievers ! Already indeed therefore altogether a default θέν! ὑμῖν ἐστιν, ὅτι κρίματα ἔχετε μεθ᾽ ἑαυτῶν. "διατί! οὐχὶ among you is, that law-suits ye have among yourselves. Why not μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθε; "διατί! οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἀποστερεῖσθε; 8 ἀλλὰ rather βου σου why not rather be defrauded ? But « - ~ 3 ~ " Η ~ ὑμεῖς ἀδικεῖτε καὶ ἀποστερεῖτε, καὶ Ἱταῦτα" ἀδελφούς. ye do wrong and defraud, and these things [to your] brethren, n . ” τι ” ? τὸ 9 ἢ οὐκ.οἴδατε OTL ἄδικοι Κβασιλείαν θεοῦ" οὐ κληρονο- Or know ye not that unjust οηος [86] kingdom of God*not ‘shall in. µήσουσιν; Μἡ πλανᾶσθε' οὔτε πόρνοι, «οὔτε εἰδωλολάτραι, herit 2 Be not misled; neither fornicators, nor idolaters, ” ’ ” , 2, ουτε µοιχοι, οὔτε μαλακοί, οὔτε ἁρσενο- nor adulterers, KOLTaL, selves with men, nor abusers of themselves as women, nor abusers of {5 9}}» ” , ” ’ ᾿»᾿ / 10 οὔτε κλέπται, οὔτε πλεονέκται, Ιοὔτε" µέθυσοι, ΠΟΙ __ thieves, nor covetous, ΠΟΙ͂ drunkards, ᾽ Ἆν ᾽ ev , ~ οὐ λοίξοροι, οὐχ ἅρπαγες, βασιλείαν θεοῦ “od κληρονο- nor railers, nor rapacious, [the], kingdom of God shall _ ® ὠφείλετε LITrA. judge Gtr. f — οὖν T[ Tr}. y ἐξάρατε put ye out GLTTrAw. (read do ye set up those, &c.) crw. i _ ὃ — ἐν (read ὑμῖν with you) GLTTraw. K θεοῦ βασιλείαν GLTTraw. χ κρινεῖ (; LTr) will ἃ µήτιγεατ. ὃ καθίζετε; 4 ἔνι GLTTrAw. δὅ οὐδεὶς σοφός LTTrA. Ἀ διὰ τί LTrA. + τοῦτο this LTTrAW, ὑ νῦν ττὰ, Υ ἢ Ὀο EGLTTrAW. --- καὶ LTTYA. 2. + 7 ΟΥ̓ GLITrAW. ο λαλῶ L. lov ΤΑ. Γκ oy LITrA. VI, ΙΙ. μήσουσιν. inherit. B SCOR TNT HPA NS: "ἀλλὰ" but οἀλλ᾽" ἐδικαιώθητε, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι but γ8 were justified, in the name ~ ’ ? ~ ~ , ~ ~ { ~ του κυριου Ῥ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ .θεοῦ ἡμῶν. ofthe Lord Jesus, and by the = Spirit of our God. 4 ” ’ ’ 12 ἸΙᾶντα μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει: πάντα ‘All things {0 me are lawful, but not allthings ἆοσ ρτοβί; all things μοι ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐγὼ ἐξουσιασθήσομαι ὕὑπό τινος. ἀπελού- ye were 1] καὶ ταῦτά τινες ἦτε: And these things some of you were; σασθε, ἀλλὰ ἡγιάσθητε, washed, but ye were sanctified, tome are lawful, but “not +I will be brought under the power of any. 13 Ta βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ, καὶ ἡ κοιλία τοῖς βρώμασιν" Meats for the belly, and the belly for meats; ὁ. δὲ θεὸς καὶ ταύτην καὶ ταῦτα ΄ καταργήσει. τὸ.δὲ σῶμα but God both this and these will bring to nought: but the body [15] οὐ τῇ πορνείᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ ὁ κύριος τῷ σώματι" not . forfornication, but for the Lord, andthe Lord forthe body. 14 ὁ δὲ θεὺς καὶ τὸν κύριον ἤγειρεν, καὶ τἡμᾶς" Séeyeoet" διὰ And God: both the Lord ταὶδεᾶ πρ, and us will raise out by τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ. 15 οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι τὰ σώματα.ὑμῶν μέλη his power, Know ye not that your bodies members χριστοῦ ἐστιν; ἄρας οὖν τὰ µέλη τοῦ χριστοῦ, ποιήσω of Christ are? Having taken then the members οὗ the Christ, shall I make πόρνης µέλη; μὴ γένοιτο. 16 i) οὐκοῖδατε ὅτι ὁ [them] 2οξ °a*harlot'members? May it ποῦ be! ΟΥ knowye not that he that HON ’ ~ , τι ~ wy | . Ὧι ΤῊ vA t , Π κολλώμενος τῇ πόρνῃ, ἕν σῶμά εστιν; Ἐσονται.γαρ, φησιν, isjoined tothe harlot, ἔοπο *body (is? For shall be, he says, ot δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 17 ὁ. δὲ κολλώμενος τῷ κυρίῳ, ἕν the two for “flesh ‘one. But hethat is joined tothe Lord, ?one πνεῦμά ἐστιν. 18 Φεύγετε τὴν πορνείαν. πᾶν ἁμάρτημα ὃ Ξβρισγὶῦ ἘΠῚ Flee fornication. Every sin which ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἄνθρωπος, ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν' 6.08 35may ‘practise 4a *man, without the body is, but he that πορνεύων, εἰς τὸ ἴδιον σῶμα ἁμαρτάνει. 19 ἢ οὐκ commits fornication, against his own body sins, Or *not οἴδατε ὅτι τὸ σῶμα.ὑμῶν ναὸς τοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν ἁγίου πνεύματός 1know ἦγ that your body atemple of the 7in *you ’7Holy *Spirit ἐστιν, οὗ ἔχετε ἀπὸ θεοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐστὲ ἑαυτῶν; 20 ἠγορά- is, which ye have from God; and “ποὺ *are ‘ye your own? “ye *were σθητε yao τιμῆς" δοξάσατε δὴ τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ σώματι *pought ‘for withaprice; glorify indeed 1God in “body ὑμῶν, "καὶ ἐν τῷ. πνεύματι. ὑμῶν, ἅτινά ἐστιν τοῦ θεοῦ." 4your, - and in your spirit, which are God’s. 7 Ἱτερὶ δὲ ὧν ἐγράψατέ "μοι! καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ But concerning whatthings yewrote tome: [It 15] good for aman ἢ ‘4 th 5 9 A A AJ ’ a υναικὸς μὴ ἅπτεσθαι 2 διὰ δὲ τὰς πορνείας ἕκαστος πι 5woman ‘not “to%touch; but on account of fornication 7each τὴν ἑαυτοῦ. γυναῖκα ἐχέτω, καὶ ἑκάστη τὸν ἴδιον ἄνδρα ἐχέτω. -*his °own Swife 1et*have,and 7each *her °own °husband ‘let *have. 3 τῷ γυναικὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ τὴν "ὀφειλομένην ἀπο- To the wife “the *husband Sdue ‘Net ΄ 7 ‘ ~ ‘ ~ as διδότω" ὁμοίως." δὲ" καὶ ἡ γυνὴ τῷ ἀνδρί. 4 ἡ γυνὴ τοῦ ἰδίου “render, and likewise also the wife tothe husband. The wife ΠΟΙ ΟΠ ΄ ᾽ « > / « , ‘ « σώματος οὐκ.ἐξουσιάζει, ἀλλ" ὁ ἀνήρ' ὁμοίως.δὲ καὶ ὁ εὔνοιαν" 8ρεποτο]εποῬ body has‘not authority over, but the husband; and likewise also the π ἀλλ᾽ L. ο ἀλλὰ TTrA. P+ [ἡμῶν] (read our Lord) L. τ ὑμᾶς you E. 8 ἐξεγείρει raises out L. t [φησιν] L. : QLTTraW. π — μοι T[Tr]A, Σ ὀφειλὴν [her] due GiitTraw. [δὲ] 1. 445 ate, nor abusers of themselves with man- kind, 10 nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor re- vilers, nor extortion- ers, shall inherit the kingdom of God. 11 And such were some of you: but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God. { 12 All things are lawful unto me, but! all things are not éx- pedient: all things are lawful for me, put I will not be brought under the power of any. 13 Meats for the. belly, and the belly for meats: but God shall destroy both it and them. Now the body 15 not for fornication, but for the Lord; and the Lord for the body. 14 And God hath both raised up the Lord, and will also raise up us by his own power. 15 Know ye not that your* bodies are the members of Christ? shall I then take the members of Christ, and make them the members of.an har- lot? God _ forbid. 16 What? know ye not that: he which is joined to an harlot is one body? for two, saith he, shall be one flesh. 17 But he that is joined unto the Lord is one spirit. 18 Flee fornication. Every sin that a man doeth is without the body; but he that committe ἢ fornica- tion siuneth against his own body. 19What! know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost: which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? 20 For ye are bought with a price: there- fore glorify God in your body, and in your spirit, which are God’s. VII. Now concern- ing the things where- of ye wrote unto me: It is good for a man not to touch a wo- man. 2 Nevertheless, to avoid fornication, let every man have 4 + χριστοῦ Christ τττν. νυ — καὶ ἐν to end of verse : ἀλλὰ LTTraA. 446 his own wife, and let every woman have her own husband. 3 Let the husband render unto the wife due be- nevalence: and like- wise also the wife un- to the husband, 4 The wife hath not power of her own body, but the husband: and like- wise also the husband hath ‘ot power of his own body, but the wife. 5 Defraud ye not one the other, except ἐξ be with consent for a time, that ye may give. yourselves to fasting and prayer; and come together again, that Satan tempt you not for your incontinency. 6 But I speak this by permission, and not of commandment. 7 For I would that all men were even as I myself. But every man hath his proper gift of God, one after this manner, and another after that. 8 I say therefore to the - unmarried and widows, It is good for them«if they abide even/as I. 9 But if they ‘cannot contain, let them marry: for it is better to marry than to burn. 10 And unto the married I command, yet not I, but the Lord, Let not the wife depart from her husband: 11 but and if she depart, let her remain unmar- ried, or be reconciled to her husband: and let not the husband put away Ais wife. 12 But to the rest speak I, not the Lord: If any brother hath a wife that believeth not, and she be pleased to dwell with him, let him not put her away. 13 And the woman which hath an hus- band that believeth not, and if he egg to dwell.with are, er, let her not leave him. 14 For the un- believing husband is sanctified by the wife, and the unbelieving wife is sanctified by the husband: else were your children unclean ; but now are they holy. 15But if the unbelieving de- 5 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. - κρειττον 1 τής, Ῥ αυτη LTAW. 8 σχολάσητε GLTTrAW. συνέρχεσθε E; ἐπὶ τὸ αὑτὸ ἦτε together may be GLTTraw. Εχει χάρισμα GLTTrAW. 1— €or W. a 4 et τις if any τ. 5 ἀδελφῷ brother tTtraw. WPOS KOPINGIOYS A. VII. οὐκ. ἐξουσιάζει, τἀλλ᾽" ἡ γυνή. 5 μὴ has not authority over, but the wife. : “Not εἰ μή τι ἂν ἐκ συμφώνου πρὸς καιρόν, by consent for a season, ἀνὴρ τοῦ. ἰδίου σώματος husband his own body ἀποστερεῖτε ἀλλήλους, 1defraud one another, unless 4 ~ ‘A ~ “Ὁ Α / ἵνα "σχολάζητεϊ ὕτῇ νηστείᾳ καὶ" τῇ προσευχῇ, και πάλιν that ye may be at leisure for fasting and for prayer, and again ‘ ; ‘ , ε ~ « ~ εἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ,συνέρχησθε,' iva μὴ πειράζῃ ὑμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς into one place come together, that Snot *may *tempt ‘you Satan διὰ τὴν.ἀκρασίαν ὑμῶν. 6 τοῦτο.δὲ λέγω κατὰ “ovy- because of your incontinence. But this Isay by way of per- , Π ? ? ? , θ / λ 6 | ’ > θ , vouny,' οὐ Kar ἐπιταγὴν. 7 θελω "γαρ" πᾶντας ἀνῦρω- mission, not by wayof command. 51 Swish *but all men ε - Vala ο Ζάλλ᾽} ε/ δ τα πους εἶναι ως.και EMAUTOV a ἑἕκαστος LOLoYV χάρισμα “ tobe evenas myself: but each his own gift ἔχει! ἐκ θεοῦ, Soc" μὲν οὕτως, ΞὺςΙ.δὲ οὕτως. 8. Λέγω. δὲ has from God; one sd, and another ~- s0. _ ButI say τοῖς ἀγάμοις καὶ ταῖς χήραις, καλὸν αὐτοῖς Ἀἐστινὶ ἐὰν ἦὦ to the unmarried and tothe widows, good for them it is if είνωσιν ὡς κἀγώ. 9 εἰ-δὲ οὐκ.ἐγκρατεύονται, γαμησά- they should remain as even I. But if they have not self-control, let them h τωσαν' Κκρεῖσσον' γάρ ᾿ἐστινὶ " ™yapijoa' ἢ πυροῦσθαι. marry ; for better it is tomarry than to burn. 10 Τοῖς. δὲ γεγαµηκόσιν παραγγέλλω, οὐκ ἐγώ, "ἀλλ" ὁ But to the married I charge, not 1 but the κύριος, γυναῖκα ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς μὴ "χωρισθῆναι" 11 éay.dé καὶ Lord, wife from husband ποῦ to be separated; (butif also χωρισθῇ, μενέτω ἄγαμος, ἢ τῷ ἀνδρὶ καταλλαγήτω" she be séparated, let her remain unmarried, or to the ‘husband be reconciled ;) ὶ dvd ica μὴ ἀφιέναι. 19 Τοῖς. δὲ λοιποῖς yw λέγω καὶ ἄνδρα γυναῖκα μὴ ἀφιέναι. 12 Τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς "ἔγω λέγω, and husband ‘wife ‘not "το ‘leave. But tothe rest I say, οὐχ ὁ κύριος, εἴ τις ἀδελφὸς γυναῖκα ἔχει ἄπιστον, καὶ not the Lord, If δ brother *wife thas ?an -unbelieving, and Ραὐτὴϊ συνευδοκεῖ οἰκεῖν per αὐτοῦ, μὴ.ἀφιέω αὐτήν" she consents to dwell with him, let him not leave her. 19 καὶ γυνὴ “ἥτις" ἔχει ἄνδρα ἄπιστον, καὶ ‘avroc! And Αα woman who has “husband ?an “unbelieving, and he συνευδοκεῖ οἰκεῖν μετ᾽ αὐτῆς, μὴ ἀφιέτω "αὐτόν." 14 ἡγίασται consents -todwell with! her, let hernotleave him. 215 “sanctified dp ὁ ἀνὴρ ὁ ἄπιστος ἐν τῇ γυναικί, καὶ ἡγίασται ἡ γυνὴ for the "husband ‘unbelieving in the wife, © and is sanctified the *wifd ἡ ἄπιστος ἐν τῷ 'ἀνδρί"" ἐπεὶ ἄρα τὰ. τέκνα ὑμῶν ἀκάθαρτά *unbelieving in the husband; else then your children unclean 3 - \ - \ ε » / be ἐστιν, νῦν δὲ ἅγιά ἐστιν. 15 εἰ δὲ ὁ ἄπιστος χωρίζεται, but now “holy ‘are. χωριζέσθω. οὐ δεδούλωται ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἡ ἀδελφὴ ἐν let him separate himself; isnot under bondage the brother orthe sister in ~ / - > δὲ aye ὦ , κ νυν," ἘΔ ς , , τοῖς τοιούτοις ἐν δὲ εἰρήνῃ κέκληκεν ἡμᾶς" ὁ θεός. 16 τί such [68565], butim peace has %called “*us 1God. What γὰρ οἶδας, γύναι, εἰ τὸν ἄνδρα σώσεις; ἢ τί οἶδας, for knowest thou, Owife, if the husband thou shalt save? or what knowest thon, But if the unbeliever separates himself, ς ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτο ‘ede but LrTraw, i + [οὕτως L. ο λέγω ἐγώ LTTraW. 5 τὸν ἄνδρα the husband LITraw., b — τῇ νηστεία καὶ GLTTrAW. 4 συν- Τ. h — ἐστιν (read [it is]) GLrTraw. m γαμεῖν Τ. Ὦ χωρίζεσθαι L. τ οὗτος LTTrAW. τ ὑμᾶς you 5. 6 ὁ LTTrAW. Vil. ἀν C@ORINTHALA NS. ἄνερ, εἰ τὴν -γυναῖκα Ὁ husband, if the wife "ἐμέρισεν! Σὺ θεός," ἕκαστον ὡς κέκληκεν τὸ κύριος," οὕτως “divided *God, each as “has*ealled ‘the “Lord, so περιπατείτω᾽ καὶ οὕτως ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις πάσαις διατάσ- σώσεις ; ‘ e ’ 17 εἰ μὴ. ἑκάστῳ ὡς thou shalt save ? Only to euch as € let him walk ; and thus in "πο “assemblies Ἐ211 I order. σοµαι. -18 Περιτετμημένος τις ἐκλήθη: μὴ) ἐπι- Having been circumcised 7any “one ‘twas called? let him not be σπάσθω. ἐν ἀκροβυστίᾳ ὅτι ἐκλήθη" μὴ περι- let him not be / « ε ‘ 5 ΝΗ͂ 3 ‘ c ? , > ar τεμνέσθω. 19 ἡ περιτομὴ οὐδὲν ἐστιν, καὶ ἡ ἀκροβυστία οὐδέν circumcised. Circumcision “nothing ‘is, and uncircumcision 7nothing ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ τήρησις ἐντολῶν θεοῦ. 20 ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ κλήσει uncircumcised: in uncircumcision *any *one “was called? sis: but keeping ?commandments ’God’s, Each in the calling ) ἐκλήθη, ἐν ratty μενέτω. 9] δοῦλος ἐκλή- in which he was called, in this let him abide. Bondman [being] wast One; μή σοι μελέτω ἀλλ᾽ εἰκαὶ δύνασαι ἐλεύθερος thou called, not to thee let it be acare; but andif thou art able °free γενέσθαι, μᾶλλον χρῆσαι. 22 ὁ. γὰρ ἐν κυρίῳ κληθεὶς ‘to*become, ‘rather “use [516]. For he *in [*the] *Lord ‘being ?called δοῦλος, ἀπελεύθερος κυρίου ἐστίν" ὁμοίως *kai' ὁ a freedman likewise ἐλεύθερος κληθείς. free [being] a bondinan, of [the} Lord also he δοῦλός ἐστιν χριστοῦ. 23 τιμῆς ἠγορά- being called, a bondman is of Christ. With a price ye were σθητε’ μὴ.γίνεσθε δοῦλοι ἀνθρώπων. 24 ἕκαστος tv. ἐκλή- is ; bought; become not bondmen of men, Each wherein he was θη, ἀδελφοί, ἐν τούτῳ μενέτω παρὰ ὅτῳ" θεῷ. called, brethren, in that let himabide with God. 25 Περὶ δὲ τῶν παρθέγων ἐπιταγὴν κυρίου οὐκ. ἔχω" But concerning virgins, commandment of [the] Lord I have not; γνώμην δὲ δίδωμι, ὡς ἠλεημένος ὑπὸ κυρίου πιστὸς *faithful τὴν ἐν- but judgment TIgive, as having received mercy from [the] Lord εἶναι. 26 νομίζω οὖν τοῦτο καλὸν ὑπάρχειν διὰ to *be. Ithink then this 7good aks because of the pre- εστῶσαν ἀνάγκην, ὅτι καλὸν ἀνθρώπῳ τὸ οὕτως εἶναι. sent necessity, that [itis] good for ἃ man so to be. 27 δέδεται γυναικί ; μὴ ζήτει λύσιν. λέλυσαι ἀπὸ seek not to be loosed. Hast thou been loosed from γυναικός; μὴ ζήτει γυναῖκα. 28 ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ϑγήμῳῃς," a wife? seek not a wife, But if also thou mayest have married, οὐχ.ἥμαρτες' καὶ ἐὰν γήμῃ ἡ} παρθένος, οὐχ thou didst notsin; and if ὅπιαγ *have *married ‘the “virgin, Snot er 5 θλ , ὃ \ ~ \ els Ὶ ~ σ ? \ ὃ \ Ί]μαρτεν ίψιν.δὲ τῇ σαρκὶ ἕξουσιν οἱ τοιοῦτοι" ἐγὼ δὲ ®she 7did sin: but tribulation ἴῃ {πὸ flesh ?shall πα τὸ ‘such ; but I ὑμῶν φείδομαι. 29 Τοῦτο.δέ φημι, ἀδελφοί, ἃ ὁ καιρὸς συν- Hast thou been bound to a wife 2 “you 1spare, But this Isay, brethren, the season strait- ev \ « » - εσταλμένος" “τὸ λοιπόν ἐστιν," ἵνα καὶ fot" ἔχοντες γυναῖκας, ened {is]. For the rest 15, that even those having wives, ὡς μὴ ἔχοντες ὦσιν" 90 καὶ οἱ κλαίοντες, ὡς μὴ κλαίοντες" καὶ "as “not *having ‘be; and those wecping, as not weeping; and οἱ χαίροντες, ὡς µη χαίροντες" καὶ οἱ ἀγοράζοντες, ὡς μὴ those rejoicing, as not rejoicing; and those buying, as not * µεμέρικεν has divided Trr. τις has any one been called LTTraw. 2 — καὶ LTTrAW. 1 1ΤτΑ. ¢ [ἢ] LTra. 44 ὅτι E, the vost joined to straitened) ΕΊτΑΝ ; ἐστίν' τὸ λοιπὸν LP, ὅ -- οἱ Ε, τ ὁ θεός and ὃ κύριος transposed αΙΤΤΤΑΝ. a — τῷ GLITrAW. 447 part, let him depart. A brother or a sister is not under bondage in such cases: but God hath called us to peace. 16 For what knowest thou, O wife, whether thou shalt save thy husband ? or how knowest thou, O man, whether thou shalt save thy wife? 17 But as God hath distributed to every ‘man, as the Lord hath called .every one, so let him walk. And so ordain I in all churches. 18 Is any man called being cir- cumcised? let him not become uncircum- cised. Is any called in uncircumcision ὃ let him not be cir- cumcised, 19 Circum- cision is nothing, and uncircumcision is no- thing, but the keep- ing of the command- ments of God. 20 Let every man abide in the same ealling wherein he was called, 21 Art thou called be- ing a servant? care not for it: but if thou mayest be made free, use it rather. 22 For he that is called in the Lord, being a servant, is the Lord’s freeman: likewise also he that is called. being free, is Christ’s servant. 23Ye are bought with a price ; be not ye the servants of men, 24 Brethren, let every man, wherein he is called, thercin abide with God. 25 Now concerning virgius I have no commandment of the Lord: yet I give my judgment, as one that hath obtained mercy of the Lord to be faithful. 26 I suppose therefore that this is ‘good for the preset distress, 7 say, that it is good for a man soto be. 27 Art thou bound unto a wife? seek not to be loosed. Art thou loosed from a wife? seck not a wife. 28 But and if thou marry, thou hast not sinned; and if a virgin marry, she hath not sinned. Ne- vertheless such shall have trouble in-:-the flesh: but I spareyou. 20. But this) lin save } κέκληταί > γαμήσῃς ε ἐστὶν τὸ λοιπόν, (τὸ λοιπόν ἐστιν Ε) (read is for 448 brethren. the time ts shert: it remaineth, that both they that have wives be as though thy had none; 30 and they that weep, as though they wept not; and they that re- joice, as though they rejoiced not ; and they that buy, as though they possessed not; 31 and they that use this world, as not a- busing tw: for the fashion of this world assecth away. 32 But would have you without carefulness. He that is unmarried eareth for the things that belong to the Lord, how he may please the Lord: 33 but he that is married eareth for the things that are of the world, how he may please his wife. 34 Thereis dif- ference also between a wife and a virgin. The unmarried woman car- eth for the things of the Lord, that slice may be holy both in body and in spirit: but she that is married careth for the things of the world, how she may pléase her husband. 35 And this I speak for your own profit ; not that I may cast a snare upon you, but for that which is comely, and that ye may attend upon the Lord without distrac- tion. 36 But if any man think that he behaveth himself un- comely toward his vir- gin, if she pass the flower of her age, and need so require, let him do what he will, he sinneth not: let them marry. 37 Ne- vertheless he that standcth stedfast in his heart, having no necessity, but hath power over his own will, and hath so de- erecd in his heart that he will keep his virgin, docth well. 38 Sothen he that giveth her in marriage doeth well; but he that giveth her & τὸν κόσμον the world 1Τ1:Α. kat and has become divided. divided are also Taw. (ead the virgin cares for) Tr. Ρρισται. please Lttra. ° — τοῦ LTTrA. GLITraw. LTTra, P σύμφορον LTTrA, (in his heart) ἑδραῖος Lrtra. * ποιήσει he shall do trrra. παρθένον T) marries his own virginity LTTr; * γαμίζων Marries GLITr ; KOPIN OTOY > A. 91 καὶ οἱ χρώμενοι and those using παράγει.γὰρ τὸ for Ῥιιδ5ο5 away the ΠΡΟΣ κατεγχο,τες Possessing ; καταχρώμµενοι. Vii. στῷ.κόσιιῳ τούτῳ," we μὴ τῳ-κοσμῳ.τοῦύτῳ, ως μὴ this world, 5. not σχῆμα τοῦ.κήσµου.τούτου. using (it) as their own ; fashion of this world. 32 θέλω δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους εἶναι. ὁ ἄγαμος µεριμνᾷ τὰ" But I wish you withoutcare tobe, The unmarried cares for the things ~ ΄ ~ ’ ~ / - Π « A τοῦ κυρίου, πῶς Mdapéce’ τῷ κυρίῳ' 33 ὁδὲ γαμήῆσας ofthe Lord, how heshallplease the Lord; but he that is marricd ~ ~ , ~ ᾽ ᾿ ~ ΄ μεριινᾷ τὰ τοῦ κόσμου, πως Βάρέσει! τῇ γυναικί. cares for the things of the world, how he shall please the wife. F Ὡ , « ‘ _ ay ye , 1.« » Π ἃ 94 'μεμερισται" ἢ γυνή! καὶ ἡ παρθένος. η ἄγαμος" μεριμτᾷ Divided are the wife andthe ταση. The unmarried cares for ~ ΄ η « ΄, ‘ τὰ τοῦ κυρίου, ἵνα ὦ ἁγία "καὶ" copare καὶ" the things of the Lord, that she may be holy both inbedy and πν:ύµατι noe γαμήσασα μεριμυᾷ τὰ Tov κόσμου, spirit ; but she that is marricd cares for the things of the world, πῶς ἀρέσει" τῷ ἀνδρί. 35 τοῦτο-δὲ πρὸς το.ὐμῶν.αὐτῶν how she shall please the husband. But this for your own Ῥσυμφέρον" λέγω" οὐχ ἵνα βρόχον ὑμῖν ἐπιβάλω, ἀλλὰ profit I say ; not that anovose οι ‘I *may “cast *before. but πρὸς TO εὔσχημον καὶ Ἱεὐπρόσεδρον" τῷ κυρίῳ ἀπερι- for what[is] see-ly, and waiting onthe Lord without σπάστως. 80 εἰ. δέ. τις ἀσχημονεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν παςϑένον distraction. But if anyone [Πα] *behaves *un-cemly *to 7vir trinity ᾽ ~ ΄ Zz \ e , , αὐτοῦ νομίζει, ἐὰν ἢ ὑὕὑπέρακμος, καὶ οὕτως ὀφείλει γίνε- Ἢ ‘thinks, if he be beyond [115]ρτίπαο, and so it ought ‘to σθαι. ὃ θέλει ποιείτω, οὐχ.ἁμαρτάνει' yapeitwoar. 37 ὃς. δὲ be, what hewills let himdo, he does not sin: let them marry. But he who ἕστηκεν Ἱἑδραῖος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ," μὴ ἔχων ἀνάγκην, ἐξουσιαν. δὲ stands firm in heart, not having necessity, but authority ἔχει περὶ τοῦ ἰδίου θελήματος, καὶ τοῦτο κέκρικεν ἐν τῇ ὃ has over his own will, and this has judged in καρδίςι "αὐτοῦ" Ἱτοῦἳ τηρεῖν τὴν.ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον, καλῶς his heart to keep his own virginity, well Ὑποιεῖ.' 88 ὥστε καὶ ὁ "ἐκγαμίζων καλῶς ποιεῖ; Υὸ δὲ" he does. So that also he that givesinmarriage “well ‘does; and he that μὴ ᾿ἐκγαμίζων" κρεῖσσον "ποιεῖ.' 99 Γυνὴ δέδεται νόμῳ!" “ποὺ 1ρΐνες ἵη marriage *better 14065, Α wife 15 bound Dy law’ > > eo , ~ ᾽ ι - Σι \ ἐφ ὅσον χρόνον ζῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ.αὐτῆς' ἐὰν δὲ κοι- for aslong’as ‘time ‘may “Ἰἷνθ “her *husband; but if may hare fallen θ gut ᾽ εἰ b ? ~ | ἐλ θέ 3 \ / μηθῇ ὁ ἀνὴρ "αὑτῆς," ἔλευθερα ἐστὶν θελει γαμη- asleep the husband of her, free she is towhom she wills ἔο be ~ [ή > , θῆναι, µόνον ἐν κυρίῳ. 40 μακαριωτέρα δέ ἐστιν ἐὰν οὕτως married, only in([the] Lord, But happier she 15 if so ’ A ‘ 1 A ΄ ~ μείνῃ. κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην" δοκῶ.δὲ κἀγὼ she should remain, according to my judgment; and I think I also πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἔχειν. “Spirit °*God’s thuve. 4 ἀρέσῃ be should please tTTra. 1, καὶ µεμέ- : ided. Also Ltr; καὶ (— καὶ w) μεμέρισται καὶ And γυνὴ ἡ ἄγαμος UnMarried woman LTr. 1— ἡ ἄγαμος "ἢ [καὶ] Ltr. "+7othe LTtra, ὁ ἀρέσῃ she shouid __ ἃ εὐπάρεδρον GLITAW. τ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 3. + ἰδίᾳ (read his own) TTrA. τ — αὐτοῦ LTTra. : 2X Ὑαμίζων τὴν παρθένον ἑαυτοῦ (ἑαυτοῦ 1 [εκ]γαμίζων [τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον]Α. κ᾽ καὶ ὃ [ἐκ]γαμίζων Α. *— νόμῳ ΕΙ ΤΊΓΑΥΝ. » — αὐτῆς ΨΙΠ. 8 Περὶ δὲ But coucerning things sacrificed to idols, we know, (for I CORINTHIANS. τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων, οἴδαμεν, ὅτι πάντες γνῶσιν 3411 *knowledge ἔχομεν. ἡ γνῶσις φυσιοῖ, ἡ δὲ ἀγάπη οἰκοδομεῖ. 2. εἰ δει απο Ὥατε: knowledge puffs up, but love builds up. But if δοκεῖ ας δω ΘΟ» δὲ δὲ ᾿ ll τις OKEL εἰδέναι Tl, OVOETTW.OUOEV EYVWKEV anyone thinks to have known anything, nothing yet he has known καθὼς δεῖ γνῶναι. 8 εἰ-δε τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν θεόν, according as it is necessary to know. But if anyone love God, οὗτος ἔγνωσται ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 4 περὶ τῆς βρώσεως οὖν τῶν he, is known by: him:) concerning the eating then εἰδωλοθύτων, οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, of things sacrificed to idols, w¢ know that nothing an idol [is] in [the] world, καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς θεὸς ἕτερος" εἰ μὴ εἷς. ὅ καὶ γὰρ εἴπερ and that [there is] no 2Ged ‘other except one. For evén if indeed εἰσὶν λεγόμενοι θεοί, εἴτε ἐν οὐρανῷ εἴτε ἐπὶ ἔτῆο! there are [those] called heaven or on the γῆς" ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί" 6 badd’! earth, as there are gods many and lords many, but ἡμῖν εἷς θεὸς ὁ πατήρ, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ ἡμεῖς to us [there is] one God the Father, of whom [are] allthings~» and we εἰς αὐτόν" καὶ εἷς κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, δι οὗ τὰ.πάντα, gods, whether in for him; andone Lord Jesus’ Christ, by whom [are] all things, καὶ ἡμεῖς δι αὐτοῦ. 7 ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐν πᾶσιν ἡ γνῶσις" τινὲς and we by him. But not ἵπ all _ [15] the knowledge: *some k τοῦ εἰδώλου ἕως ἄρτι" ὡς εἰδωλό- ofthe idol, until now 3983083 ‘thing ®sacrificed θυτον ἐσθίουσιν, καὶ ἡ.συνείδησις αὐτῶν ἀσθενὴς οὖσα 7to ®an 140] leat, and their conscience, 2weak 1heing, µολύνεται. 8 βρῶμα δὲ ἡμᾶς οὐ.ἱπαρίστησινὶ τῷ θεῷ: οὔτε is defiled. But meat us does not commend to God; ?neither Ν A ” [4 πιγὰρ" ἐὰν "φάγωμεν µπερισσεύοµεν οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν δὲ τῇ Ἰσυνειδήσει! ‘but with conscience κου”. olf weeat have wean advantage; neither if we eat not t , a" / \ ΄ ἜΣ / « ~ er ὑστερούμεθα.ὶ 9. βλέπετε.δὲ μήπως ἡ ἐξουσία ὑμῶν αὕτη do we come short. But take heed lest - Spower your ‘this “πρόσκομμα γένηται Ἑστοὶς ἀσθενοῦσιν." 10 ἐὰν.γάρ to those For if τό ἴδῃ Poe," τὸν ἔχοντα γνῶσιν, ἐν Ἱείδωλείῳ" κατακείμενον, anyone see thee, who hast knowledge, in an idol-temple reclining z ~ ~ > οὐχὶ ἡ συνείδησις αὐτοῦ ἀσθενοῦς ὄντος οἰκοδο- an occasion of stumbling become being weak. [at table], μοῦ *the “conscience ‘of ®him Sweak Theing 1will be μηθήσεται εἰς. τὸ τὰ εἰδωλόθυτα ἐσθίειν ; 11 "καὶ ἀπο- uilt up soas “things *sacrificed Sto Sidols *to *eat? and will λεῖται! ὁ ἀσθενῶν "ἀδελφὸς ἐπὶ τῇ .σῇ.γνώσει,' δι ὃν χριστὸς perish the weak brother on thy knowledge, forwhom Christ ἀπέθανεν. " 12 οὕτως δὲ ἁμαρτάνοντες εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφούς, died. Now thus sinning against the brethren, = ~ ΄ ~ > ‘ καὶ TUTTOYTEC αὐτῶν τὴν συνείδησιν ἀσθενοῦσαν, εἰς χριστὸν and wounding their conscience \ tweak,, against Christ ἁμαρτάνετε. 13 Σδιόπερὶ εἰ βρῶμα σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν ye sin. Wherefore if meat cause *to *offend ?prother ¢ — δὲ but urtraw. ἆ ἐγνωκέναι LTTrAW. f — ἕτερος ΙΤΤτΑ. & — τῆς GLITrAw. h [ἀλλ᾽ L. respect to the idol) 1τττ. κ ἕως ἄρτι Tov εἰδώλου LTTrAW. commend 1/ΤΊτΑ.΄ m — γὰρ for LTTrA. οὔτε ἐὰν φάγωμεν περισσεύοµεν (ὑστερούμεθα L περισσευύµεθα Tr) ΗΤΤΑ. to the weak Lrtraw. Ρ [σὲ] L. 9 εἰδωλίῳ T. ἀπόλλυται AW. 8 ἐν τῇ σῇ γνώσει, ὃ ἀδελφὸς LTTrAW. Σδιό περ ‘tr. 449 not in marriage doeth better. 39 The wife is bound by the law as long as her hus- band liveth; but if her husband be dead, she is at liberty to be married to whom she will; only in the Lord. 40 But she is happier if she so abide, after my judgment: and I think also that I have the Spirit of God. VIII. Now astoucn- ing things offered un- to idols, we know that we all have know- ledge. Knowledge puffeth up, but cha- rity edifieth. 2 And if any mah think that he knoweth any thing, he knoweth nothing yet as he ought to know. 3 But if any man love God, the same is known of him, 4 Asconcerning there- fore the eating of those things that are offered in _ sacrifice unto idols, we know that an idol zs nothing in the world, and that there is none other God but one. 5 For though there be that are called gods, whe- ther in heaven or in earth, (as there be gods many, and lords many,) 6 but to us there is but one God, the Father, of whom are all things, and we in him; and one Lord Jesus Christ, by whom are all things, nnd we by him. 7 Howbeit there is not in every man that knowledge : for some with con- science of the idol un- to this hour eat it as a thing offered unto an idol ; and their con- science being weak is defiled. 8 But meat commendeth us not to God: for neither, if we eat, are We the bet- ter ; neither, if we eat not, are we the worse. 9 But take heed lest by any means this li- berty of yours become a stumblingblock to them that are weak. 10 For if any man see thee which hast know- ledge sit at meat in ε οὔπω ἔγνω not yet did he know Lrtra. i συνηθεία from custom (with ! παραστήσει Shall not n μὴ φάγωμεν ὑστερούμεθα (περισσεύοµεν 1)" ο τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν τ ἀπόλλυται γὰρ for perishes LrTr; καὶ ες (read verse 11 as a question) a. GG 450 she idol’s temple, shall not the conscience of him which is weak be . emboldened to eat those things which are offcred to idols ; 11 and through thy knowledge shall the wenk brother perish, for whom Christ died ? 12 ut when ye sin so against the breth- ren. and wound their weak conscience, ye sin against Christ. 13 Wherefore, if meat make my brother to offend, I will eat no flesh while the world stundeth, lest I make my brother to offend. 1X. Am [I not an apostle? am I not fre? have I not seen Jesus Christ our Lord? are not ye my work in the Lord? 2 If I be not an apostle unto others, yet doubtless Τ am to you: for the seal of mine apostle- ship are yein the Lord. 3 Mine auswer tothem that do examine me is this, 4 have we not power to eat and to driuk? 5 have we not power to lead about a sister, a wife, as well as other apostles, and as the brethren of the Lord, and Cephas ?6 or I only and Barnahas, have not we power to forbear working 2 7 Whe goctha warfare any time at his own charges? whoplanteth a vineyard, and eateth not of th: fruit there- of? or who feedeth a flock, and cateth not of the milk of the flock ? 8 Say I these things as a man? or saith not the law the same also? 9 for it is written in the law of Moses, Thou shalt not muzzle the mouth of the ox that treadeth out the corn. Doth God take care for oxen? 10 or saith he it altogether for our sakes? For our sakes, no doubt, this is writ- ten: that he that ploweth should plow in hope; and that he that thresheth in hope should be partaker of his hope. 11 If we have s0wn unto you spi- ritual things, is it a great thing if we ΚΥΡΙΟΣ oe τας Ὁ , , ΔΝ I~ ev tin a? τ φάγω κρεα εἰς τὸν.αἰῶνα. ἵνα μὴ τὸν ἀδελφόν. for ever, that “not ®brother ThP Os µου, οὐ. μὴ my, not αὖ 411] shouldI eat flesh µου σκανδαλίσω. “my ‘I *may *cause to offend. ? > " > , 7 + , ~ 9 Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος"; οὐκ.εἰμὶ Σἐλεύθερος!; οὐχὶ Ἰησοῦν Απι Ι πού δ αροβί]ο 2 am I not free Ὁ. Snot Jesus ΄ σχριστὺν" τὸν. κύριον.ἡμῶν “ἑώρακα!; ov τὸ.ἔργον.µου ὑμεῖς ©Christ “our *Lord ‘have “I *seen? '°not ‘my ‘?work Nye ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ; 2 εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ.είμὶ ἀπόστολος,. ἀλλά are in [the] Lord? If toothers Lam not an apostle, yet ~ ‘ ~ ~ ? ~ « ~ ye ὑμῖν εἰμι ἡ-γὰρ σφραγὶς ατῆς ἐμῆς. ἀποστολῆς" ὑμεῖς at any rate to you Iain; for the seal of my apostleship ye ἐστε EV κυρίῳ. 8 ἡ ἐμὴ.ἀπολογία τοῖς ἐμὲ ἀνακρίνουσιν in Γ1πε] Lord. 1who “examine bairy goriv," 4 Μὴ οὐκ.ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ “πιεῖν" 5 >this Have we not authority toeat and to drink? -- » ΄ 4 ~ , τ 5 μὴ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀδελφὴν γυναῖκα περιάγειν, ὡς καὶ have wenot authority a sister, a wife, to take about, as also οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπόστολοι, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ Κηφᾶς; are Mv defence to those *me ΑΔΕ the other apostles, and the brethren of the Lord, and Cephas? 6) μόνος ἐγὼ καὶ Βαρνάβας οὐκέχομεν ἐξουσίαν ἀτοῦ' μὴ ος only 1 and” Barnabas have we ποῦ authority not ἐργάζεσθαι; 7 Tic στρατεύεται ἰδίοις ὀψωνίοις ποτε: to work 2 Who serves as ἃ soldier at hisown charges atany_timc? τοῦ καρποῦ" αὐτοῦ οὐκ. ἐσθίει ; the — fruit of it does not eat ὃ ἐκ τοῦ γάλακτος τῆς ποίμνης τίς φυτεύει ἀμπελῶνα, καὶ “ἐκ who plants a vineyard, and of a , ΄ , 4 [ἢ" τίς ποιμαίνει ποίμνην, καὶ or ΠΟ shepherds a flock, and of the milk of the flock οὐκ. ἐσθίει; 8 μὴ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον ταῦτα λαλῶ; ἢ Σοὐχὶ does not cat? according to aman these things do I speak, or “not τῷ "Μωσέως" νόμῳ 3also *the Sthese “things 'says 2 Forin the 7of “Moses Naw γέγραπται, Οὐ 'φιμώσει!" βοῦν ἀλοῶντα. μὴ τῶν it has been written, Thou shalt not muzzle an ox treading out corn. 4For *the βοῶν μέλει τῷ θεῷ; 10) δι ἡμᾶς πάντως λέγει: Soxen tis “there °care τὶ God? orbecauseof 15 altogethersays he [it]? »ε ~ A Ἴ , ε/ : 7 ͵ » ᾿ς δι ἡμᾶς γὰρ ἐγράφη, ὅτι ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι ὀφείλει; ὁ ἀροτριῶν For because of us it was written, that in hope ought hethat ploughs ? ~ ‘ « ’ ~ ~ ΄ - ἀροτριᾷν, καὶ ὁ ἀλοῶν τῆς ἐλπίδος. αὐτοῦ μετέχειν to plough, and he that treads out corn, Sof Shis 7hope Sto *partake > ΚΔ) /. ll Σ΄ Ae ~ « ~ \ ? , ἐπ ἐλπίδι." 11 Εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῖν τὰ πνευματικὰ ἐσπείραμεν, tin, “hope. If we toyou spiritual things did sow, [is it] ͵ Chg ἃ ο τὸ τὰ \ τς = µεγα εἰ ἡμεῖς ὑμῶν τὰ σαρκικὰ θερίσοµεν; 12 εἰ ἄλλοι a great thing if We your fleshly things shall reap? If others ~ * 12 - , « ~ , ~ ~ «τῆς εξουσίας ὑμῶν" μετέχουσιν, οὐ μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς; of *the *authority ‘over ὅγοα ‘partake, ᾖ{[αποι]ᾶ]ποῦ rather we? ? ” ? τὰ us ~ 3 ’ / ? ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ. ἐχρησάμεθα τῇ. ἐξουσίᾳ. ταύτῃ: ἀλλὰ πάντα στέ- But we did not use this authority ; but all things ~ we e ‘ , / ~ ~ / -. γομεν, ινα μὴ '"ἐγκοπῆν twa! δῶμεν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ bear, that not “hindrance ‘any we should give’ tothe glad tidings of the χριστοῦ. 13 οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐργαζόμενοι, ® Christ. Know ye not that those [at] °sacred*things ‘labouring, [the ς ΄ ~ I! , ? \ ὁ νόμος ταῦτα! λεγει; 9 ἐν.γὰρ Slaw Kal ee 2 ? ΄ 5 απόστολος and ελεύθερος transposed GLTTrAW, μον της αποστολής LITrA. καρπὸν the fruit LTTraAw. GLITrAW. Vv pep ς Υ — χριστὸν LTTrA. * ἑόρακα T. εστιν αὕτη LTTrA. ὃ πεῖν ΤΑ. 4 .— τοῦ LTTr[A]. © τὸν eee L[Tr]AW. 5 καὶ ὁ νόμος ταῦτα οὐ LTTrAW. h Mwiccws J ὀφειλει ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι LITrA. Κ ἐπ᾽ ἐλπίδι τοῦ μετέχειν GLI: ΑΝ. ™ τινα, εγκοπὴν (εκκ- 1) LITTAW. . ® + τὰ the things 1r.[a]. tis φῇ Γιο ντ PANS, 1 “ε΄ “ } θί 3 « ~ θ , ο ὃ εκ του ιερου εσσιουσι οι τι υσιαστΏηριῳ προσε = things}of the temPpte eat ; those 7at “the *altar tattend- ρεύοντες,ὶ τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ συµµερίζονται; 14 οὕτως Kai ὃ ing, with the altar partake ? So also the κύριος διέταξεν τοῖς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον καταγγέλλουσιν, ἐκ τοῦ Lord did order tothosethe glad tidings announcing, of the εὐαγγελίου ζῇν. 15 ἐγὼ.δὲ Poddert ἐχρησάμην" τούτων" glad tidings to live. But I none ‘used of these things. οὐκ.ἔγραψα.δὲ ταῦτα ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί" Now 1 didnot write thesethings that thus ἰὐ εποα]άᾷ be with me; [18 *were] καλὸν γάρ μοι μᾶλλον ἀποθανεῖν, ἢ τὸ καὐχημά.μου “ἵνα *good ‘for forme rather to die, than 3mv *boasting that τις ‘"kerwoy.' 16 ἐὰν γὰρ εὐαγγελίζωμαι, οὖὐκ.στιν ?anyone should make void. For if Iannounce the glad tidings, there is not μοι καύχημα' ἀνάγκη.γάρ μοι ἐπίκειται: οὐαὶ. “δέ" μοι *to “me ‘boasting ; for necessity *me Vis *laid *upon; Swoe *but tome ? Ν 3. νε.” ἘΝ ἃ Il ? \ eS ~ εστιν ἐὰν μὴ εὐαγγελίζωμαι. 17 εἰ γὰρ ἑκὼν τοῦτο Atis if I should not announce the glad tidings. For if willingly this. πράσσω, μισθὸν ἔχω" εἰδὲ ἄκων οἰκονομίαν πεπί- I do, areward I have; but if unwillingly an administration I am en- στευµαι. 18 τίς οὖν ‘pou ἐστὶν ὁ μισθός; ἵ ὑαγ- μαι. τίς οὖν “pou! ἐστὶν ὁ μισθός ; ἵνα εὐαγ trusted with. What then *my tis reward? That in announcing λ , ? / / ῃ .. / w ~ γελιζόµενος ἀδάπανον θήσω τὸ εὔαγγελιον: “τοῦ the glad tidings *without *expense ®I should *make °the '°glad '*tidings ‘of *the χριστοῦ," εἰς τὸ μὴ καταχρήσασθαι τῇ.ἐξουσίᾳ.μου ἐν τῷ “Christ, so as not using as my own my authority in the εὐαγγελίῳ. 19 ᾿Ἐλεύθερος.γὰρ ὧν ἐκ πάντων, πᾶσιν ἐμαυτὸν glad tidings. For free being from all, to all myself ἐδούλωσα, ἵνα τοὺς πλείονας κερδήσω᾽ 20 καὶ ἐγενόμην I became bondman, that the more I might gain. And I became τοῖς ᾿Ιουδαίοις we Ιουδαῖος, ἵνα Ιουδαίους κερδήσω τοῖς to the Jews as a Jew, that Jews I might gain: to those ὑπὸ νόμον ὡς ὑπὸ νόμον," ἵνα τοὺς ὑπὸ νόμον κερδήσω" under law as under law, that those under- law 1 might gain: 21 τοῖς ἀνόμοις ὡς ἄνομος, μὴ ὧν ἄνομος Yew," ἀλλ᾽ to those without law as without law, (mot being without law toGod, but ἔννομος Ἔχριστῷ,' ἵνα *kepdnow' ἀνόμους. 22 ἐγενόμην within law toChrist,) that I might gain those without law. I became τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν Ywe' ἀσθενής, ἵνα τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς κερδήσω. to the weak as weak, that the weak 61 might gain. τοῖς πᾶσιν γέγονα “τὰ! πάντα, ἵνα πάντως τινὰς σώσω. Το xllthese Ihave become allthings, that by 841}" 185 some 1 might save. 23'rovro! δὲ ποιῶ διὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἵνα «συγκοινωνὸςὴ *This ‘and Ido onaccountofthe gladtidings, that a fellow-partaker αὐτοῦ γένωμαι. with it I might be. 24 Οὐκ οἴδατε ὅτι οἱ Know ye not that those who in a-race-course , - \ ye αν” cy ~ oe , σ ἀρέχουσιν, εἷο δὲ λαμβάνει τὸ βραβεῖον ; οὕτως τρέχετε, (να run, but one receives the prize ? Thus run, ‘that , ~ A « > , , > καταλάβητε. 25 πᾶς δὲ ὁ ἀγωνιζόμενος, πάντα ἐἔγκρα- ye may obtain. But everyone that istrives, in all things controls ἐν σταδίῳ τρέχοντες πάντες μὲν run all 451 shall reap your carnx things? 12 If others be partakers of this power over you, are not we rather 2 Never- theless we have not used this power ; but suffer all things, lest we should hinder the gospel of Christ. 13 Do ye not know that they which minister about holy things live of the things of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are par- tukers with the altar? 14 Even so hath the Lord ordained that they which preach the gospel should live of the gospel. 15 But I have used none of these. things : neither have I written these things, that it should ‘be so done unto me: for it were better for me to die, than that’ any man should make my glorying void. 16 For though I preach the gospel, I have nothing to glory of: for ne- cessity is laid upon me; yea, woe is unto me, if I preach not the gos- pel! 17 For if I do this thing willingly, I have a reward: but if a- gainst my will, a dis- pensation of the gospel is committed unto me. 18 What is my reward then? Verily that, when I preach the gos- pel, I may make the gospel of Christ with- out charge, that I a- buse not my power in the gospel. 19 For though I be free from all men, yet have I made myself servant unto all, that I might gain the more. 20 And untorthe Jews I he- came as ἃ Jew, that I might gain the Jews; to them that are under the law. as under the law, that I might gain them that are under the law; 21 to them that are without law, as without law, (being not without law to God, but under the law to Christ,) that I might gain them that are without law. 22 To the weak became [ as weak, that I might gain the weak: I am made all things to all men, that I might by el ο παρεδρεύοντες LTTrAW. LTtr. τ κενώσει Shall make vain LTtra. "µου TTrA. W — τοῦ χριστοῦ LTTrAW. under law GLTTraw. Υ θεοῦ of God LTTraw. τοὺς LIWAW. ὃ — ὡς [L)ITraw. 5 yap for GLTTrAW. P ov κέχρημαι οὐδενὶ have not used any GLTTrAWw. τ εὐαγγελίσωμαι LTraAW. Χ μὴ dv αὐτὸς ὑπὸ νόμον not being’ mysclf 2 χριστοῦ Of Christ LTTraw. ¢—7a<TrAW. -4 πάντα all things LTTraw. 4 οὐδεὶς 8 κερδάνω © gur- τὸ 452 all means save some. 23 And this I do for the gospel’s sake, that I might be partaker thereof with you. 24 Know ye not that they which run in a race run all, but one receiveth the prize? So run, that ye may obtain. 25 And every man that striveth for the mastery is temper- ate in allthings. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown ; but we an incorrupti- ble. 26 I therefore so run, not as uncertain- ly; so fight I, not as one that beateth the air: 27 but I keep under my body, and bring it into subjec- tion : lest that by any means, when I have preached to others, I myself should be a castaway. X. Moreover, breth- ren, I would not that ye should be ignorant, how that-all our fa- thers were under the cloud, and all passed through the sea; 2 and were all baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea; 3 and did all eat the same spi- ritual meat ; 4and did all drink the same spi- ritual drink: for they dfank of that spiritual Rock that followed them: and that Rock was Christ. 5 But with many of them God was not well pleased : for they were over- thrown in the wilder- ness. 6 Now these things were our ex- amples, to the intent we should not lust after evil things, as they alsolusted. 7 Nei- ther be ye idolaters, as were some of them; as it is written, The people sat down to eat and drink, and rose up to play. 8 Neither let us commit fornication, 88 some of them com- mitted, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand. 9 Neither let us tempt Christ, as some of them also tempted, and were de- stroyed of serpents. 10 Neither murmur ye, as some of them also murmured, and were & ἀλλὰ Tr. Ὁ πέτρα δὲ LTTrA, 8 —- ἐν LTTr[A}. λυντο TTr. ὃ συνέβαινεν TTr, h γὰρ for @LTTrAW. ματικὸν ἔφαγον βρῶμα (βρῶμα ἔφαγον Tir) LITr. ο ηυδόκησεν LTrAW. t κύριον Lord LTTra. 7 καθάπερ TTr. MPOS ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ A. 1X, & , Ἴ ~ ι ο 4 7 ντ ἃ τεύεται" ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὖν ἵνα φθαρτὸν στέφανον λάβωσιν, himself : they indeed then that a corruptible crown they may receive, ε - εἶ » Γ Pi / [72 ἰ Py ἡμεῖς δὲ ἄφθαρτον.: 26 ἐγὼ τοίνυν οὕτως τρέχω, ὡς ᾿οὐκ but we an incorruptible. 1 therefore 80 run, as not , e ? a? , Ξ ἀδήλως: οὕτως πυκτεύω, ὡς οὐκ ἀέρα δέρων' 27 Sadr’! uncertainly; so Icombat, as not [the] air beating. But ὑπωπιάζω µου τὸ σῶμα, καὶ δουλαγωγῶ, μήπως ἄλλοις I buffet my body, and bring [it]intoservitude, lest to others κηρύξας αὐτὸς ἀδόκιμος γένωμαι. having preached *myself ‘rejected 31 *might *be. 10 Οὐ.θέλω "δὲ! ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι οἱ πατέρες 2] 3wish*not πο you {οτε ignorant, brethren, that *fathers ἡμῶν πάντες ὑπὸ τὴν νεφέλην ἦσαν, καὶ πάντες διὰ τῆς Jour all under the cloud were, and all through the θαλάσσης διῆλθον, 2 καὶ πάντες εἰς τὸν ὶΜωσῆν! Σἐβαπτίσαντοϊ 568, “ passed, διὰ all to Moses were baptized ? ~ / i ~ θ λ , 3 ‘ ’ 5 ? A ] ~ ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῳ, 3 καὶ πάντες τὸ αὐτὸ 'Bowpa in the cloud and in the sea, and all the same ?meat πνευματικὸν ἔφαγον," 4 καὶ πάντες τὸ αὐτὸ “πόμα πνευ- 1spiritual ate, and all the same drink tspi- ματικὸν Emov'" ἔπινον γὰρ ἐκ πνευματικῆς ἀκολουθούσης ritual drank ; for they drank of a spiritual *following “ ’ Rs « n A , " ἡ ε , ᾽ ᾽ > Ἵ - πέτρας ἡ. "δὲ πέτρα" ἦν ὁ χριστός. 5 ἀλλ οὐκ ἐν τοῖς rock, and the rock was the Christ: yet not with the πλείοσιν αὐτῶν “εὐδόκησεν" ὁ θεός" κατεστρώθησαν.γὰρ ἔν most of them was ?well*pleased ‘God; for they were strewed in τῇ ἐρήμῳ. 6 ταῦτα.δὲ τύποι ἡμῶν ἐγενήθησαν, εἰς τὸ μὴ the desert. But these things types forus became, for “not εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἐπιθυμητὰς κακῶν, καθὼς κἀκεῖνοι ἐπεθύμη- 3to*be ‘us desirers of evil things, according as they also desired, δὲ εἰδωλολά (νεσθ θά τῶν" Pwe'l σαν. 7 μηδὲ εἰδωλολάτραι γίνεσθε, καθως τινες αὑτῶν" Pwo Neither idolaters be ye, according assome ofthem; as γέγραπται, ᾿Ἐκάθισεν ὁ λαὸς φαγεῖν καὶ Imei," καὶ av- it has been written, *Sat*down ‘the *people toeat and todrink, and. tose έστησαν παίζειν. 8 μηδὲ πορνεύωµεν, καθώς τινες up toplay. Neither should wecommit fornication, according 88 some αὐτῶν ἐπόρνευσαν, καὶ "ἔπεσον" Sév" μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ εἰκοσιτρεῖς of them committedfornication,and fell in one day twenty-three δ 10 Ἂ 9 δὲ Fie 12 A t , Ι θὰ τ “ χιλιάδες. 9 μηδὲ ἐκπειράξωμεν τὸν ἵχριστον," καθως: "και thousand. Neither should we tempt the' Christ, according as also τινες αὐτῶν "ἐπείρασαν," καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ὄφεων “ἀπώλοντο. of them someé tempted, . and by the serpents perished. 10 μηδὲ γογγύζετε, Σκαθὼςὶ καί" τινες αὐτῶν ἐγόγγυσαν, Neither murmur ye, accordingas also~ some of them murmured, | καὶ ἀπώλοντο ὑπὸ τοῦ ὀλοθρευτοῦ. 11 ταῦτα.δὲ Ἀπάνταὶ and perished by the destroyer, Now these things all [as] , , ΄ ΄ 8 ‘ ΄ ατύποι! Ὀσυνέβαινονὶ ἐκείνοις ἐγράφη.δὲ πρὸς νουθεσίαν types happened tothem, andwere written for admonition € ~ ? ΠῚ ’ ~ , / ἡμῶν εἰς οὓς τὰ τέλη τῶν αἰώνων «κατήντησεν.ὶ 12 ὥστε Your on whom the ends ofthe ages are arrived, _So that i Μωῦσῆν GLTTrAW. κ ἐβαπτίσθησανΙπ. | mvev- / τ πνευματικὸν ἔπιον πόμα LTTrAW, Ρ ὥσπερ ΙΤΊΤΑ. 4 πεῖν TA. τ ἔπεσαν LTTrAW. Υ — καὶ LTTraw. π ἐξεπείρασαν T. x ἀπώλ- I * — πάντα [L]tTr[A]. ® τυπικῶς typically LiTraw. © κατήντηκεν have come LTIraw, Χ. ΕΣ ΙΘΟοΕΡΙΝΤΗΙΑΝΕ, « ~ e , , A [ή 4 ὁ δοκῶν ἑστάναι, βλεπέτω μὴ πεσῃ. 19 Πειρασμὸς hethat thinks tostand, let him take heed lest he fall. Temptation ὑμᾶς οὐκ.εἴληφεν εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος: πιστὸς δὲ ὁ θεός, ὃς τοι has ποῦ taken except what belongs to man; and faithful [15] God, who οὐκ.ἐάσει ὑμᾶς πειρασθῆναι ὑπὲρ ὃ δύνασθε, ἀλλὰ ποιήσει will not suffer you to be tempted above what yeareable, but will make σὺν τῷ πειρασμῷ καὶ THY ἔκβασιν, τοῦ.δύνασθαι «ὑμᾶς" with the temptation αἱο the issue, for *to *be “4018 1you ὑπενεγκεῖν. 14 Διόπερ, ἀγαπητοί.μου, φεύγετε ἀπὸ τῆς to bear [10]. Wherefore, + my beloved, flee from εἰδωλολατρείας. lb ὡς φρονίμοις λέγω" κρίνατε ὑμεῖς ὅ idolatry. As to intelligent ones Ispeak: judge ye what φημι. 16 τὸ ποτήριον τῆς εὐλογίας ὃ εὐλογοῦμεν, οὐχὶ 1 say. The cup of blessing which we bless, Snot Koivwvia ἱτοῦ αἵματος τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐστιν;' τὸν ἄρτον ὃν *fellowship Sof Sthe “blood %of °the ?°Christ 115 7it? The bread which κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία τοῦ σώματος τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐστιν; we break, *not ‘fellowship δοῖ 6 "body ‘of *the *°Christ is *it? 17 ὅτι εἷς ἄρτος, ἕν σῶμα οἱ πολλοί ἐσμεν" οἱ γὰρ πάντες Because *one ‘loaf, 7one ®body *the ὅπιαπγ ‘we ‘are; for all ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄρτου µετέχοµεν. 18 βλέπετε τὸν Ἰσραὴλ. κατὰ Sof *the one ‘loaf ‘we partake. See Israel according to σάρκα Bovyi! οἱ ἐσθίοντες τὰς θυσίας, κοινωνοὶ flesh : 3ποῦ “those “eating 5the sacrifices, 7fellow-partakers =~ θ - ΄ ΝΕ, é 1 / Ἐπ Ps ε h 10 VS Π / τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου εἰσίν; 19 τί οὖν φημι; ὅτι "εἴδωλον" τί *with “tHe Δ] ΑΓ Tare? What then say 12 that anidol anything ἐστιν; ἢ ὅτι δείδωλόθυτον" τί ἐστιν; 20 ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι is, - or that what is sacrificed to‘an idol anything is? but that ἃ ἰθύει' "τὰ ἔθνη," δαιμονίοις Ove," Kai οὐ θεφ": What “sacrifice ‘the *nations, todemons they sacrifice, and not to God. οὔὐ-θέλω.δὲ ὑμᾶς κοινωνοὺς τῶν δαιµονίων γίνεσθαι. ButIdonot wish you _ fellow-partakers with demons to be. 21 οὐ δύνασθε ποτήριον κυρίου πίνειν,. καὶ ποτήριον Yecannot [the] cup of [the] Lord drink, and[the] cup δαιμονίων" οὐ.δύνασθε :Tpamélnc ᾿ κυρίου μετέχειν καὶ of temons: ye cannot of [the] table of [the] Lord partake and τραπέζης δαιμονίων... 227). παραζηλοῦμεν τὸν κύριον; of [the] table of demons. Or, do we provoke to jealousy the Lord? μὴ ἰσχυρότεροι αὐτοῦ «ἐσμεν; ‘stronger thanhe are we? ΄ νά , 5 29 Πάντα "por! ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει All things for me are lawful, but ‘not ‘all *things πάντα "μοι! ἔξεστιν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πάντα οἰκοδομεῖ. 24 μηδεὶς all things forme are lawful,, but “not ‘all 34ο build up. “No one ‘ 2 ~ ΄ ᾷ κ᾿ - « « τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ζητείτω, ἀλλὰ τὸ τοῦ ἑτέρου ἕκαστος." ®that Sof 7himself ‘let *secek, ’΄ but ‘that “οὗ πο Δδοίπετ ‘each “one. ~ ‘4 / A ? 25 Πᾶν τὸ ἐν μακέλλῳ πωλούμενον ἐσθίετε, μηδὲν ava- Everything that in’ a market is sold eat, nothing in- κρίνοντες διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν' 26 Tov-Pyap. κυρίου" quiring on account of conscience. For *the SLord’s [315] « ~ ‘ A ιό ᾽ - > αδεῖ Ὰ - { ~ ἢ γῆ καὶ τὸ πληρωμα αὐτῆς, 27 εἰ “δε τις καλεῖ UMA ‘the “earth and the fulness of it. But if anyone *invite “°you Sare profitable ;- 453 destroyed of the de- stroyer. 11 Now all these things happened unto them for en- samples: and they are written for our ad- monition, upon whom the ends of the world are come. 12 Where- fore let him that think- eth he standeth take heed lest he fall, 15 There hath no temptation taken you but such as is com- mon to man: but God 8 faithful, who. will not suffer you to be tempted above that ye are able ; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may. be able to bear ἐξ. 14 Wherefore, my dearly beloved, flee from idolatry. 15 I speak as to wise men ; judge ye what I say. 16 The cup of blessing which we bless, isit not the communion of the blood of Christ ? The bread which we break, isit not the communion of the body of Christ ? 17 For we being many are one bread, and one body: for we are all partakers of that one bread. 18 Behold Israel after the flesh: are not they which eat of the sacrifices parta- kers of the altar? 19 What say I then? that the idol is any thing, or that which is offered in sacrifice to idols is any thing? 20 But J say, that the things which the Gen- tiles sacrifice, they sacrifice to devils, and not to God: and I would not that ye should have fellow- ship with devils. 21 Ye cannot drink the cup of the Lord, and the cup of devils: ye can- not be partakers of the Lord’s table, and of the table of devils. 22 Do we provoke the Lord to jealousy ? are we stronger than he ? 23 ’ 2 ὃ ’ ? ῶ 2 / ν 2 ‘4 υπαρχωγ yu). ε δόξα αν poc ἑστιν 8 ου γαρ ἑστιν avijp , being ; Lut woman glory of man is: For not is man Ss — τοῦ γὰρ to end of verse GLTTrAW. t— δὲ Α. ΟΝ σύμφορον LiTra. x -- ἀδελφοί CI'TraW, * αὐτῆς LTTrA, 9 ἢ the (wonmal) LITraw, ΧΙ τΤ οσο LEN ατα NS. > , ᾽ ) \ ? ΘῈ , ‘ 4 ? ? , ἐκ γυναικός, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ ἐξ ἀνδρός" 9 καὶ γὰρ οὐκ ἐκτίσθη of woman, but woman of man, For also not was created ἀνὴρ διὰ τὴν γυναῖκα, ἀλλὰ γυνὴ διὰ τὸν ἄνδρα" man on account of the_ woman, but, woman on account of the man. 10 διὰ τοῦτο ὀφείλει ἡ γυνὴ ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐπὶ τῆς KE- Because of this ought the woman authority tohave on the φαλῆς, διὰ τοὺς ἀγγέλους. 11 πλὴν οὔτε ὕάνὴρ head, onaccount of the angels. However neither [is] man \ , ” ο χωρὶς γυναικός, οὔτε γυνὴ χωρὶς ἀνδρός," ἐν κυρίῳ apart from woman, nor woman apartfrom man, in [the] Lord. 12 ὥσπερ.γὰρ ἡ γυνὴ ἐκ-τοῦ ἀνδρός, οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ For as the woman of the man fis], 50 also the man διὰ τῆς γυναικός, τὰ.δὲ πάντα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ. 19 ἐν ὑμῖν .αὐτοῖς by the woman [is]; butallthings of God. In yourselves κρίνατξ' πρέπον ἐστὶν γυναῖκα ἀκατακάλυπτον τῷ θεῷ judge : becoming isit for a woman uncovered to God προσεύχεσθαι; 14 “ἢ! οὐδὲ αὐτὴ ἡ φύσις! διδάσκει ὑμᾶς, to pray? Or *not *even “itself *nature ‘does teach you, Ore ἀνὴρ μὲν ἐὰν κομᾷ. ἀτιμία αὐτῷ ἐστιν' 15 γυνὴ that 56 *man 11 have long hair a dishonour to him itis? 7A “woman δὲ ἐὰν κομᾷ, δόξα αὐτῇ ἐστιν; ὅτι ἡ «κόμη ἀντὶ 4hut 7if havelonghair; glory toher itis; for the long hair instead περιβολαίου δέδοται αὐτῇ" 16 εἰδὲ τις δοκεῖ φιλόνεικος of a covering is given to her. But if anyonéthinks “contentious εἶναι, ἡμεῖς τοιαύτην συνήθειαν οὐκ.ἔχομεν, οὐδὲ αἱ ἐκκλησίαι "to "be, we ?such *custom *have “πού, nor the assemblies τοῦ θεοῦ. of God. 17 Τοῦτο.δὲ ἱπαραγγέλλων οὐκ. ἐπαινῶ," ὅτι οὐκ But [fas *to] *this ‘charging [τοι] I do not praise [you], that not εἰς τὸ Εκρεῖττον,! Βάλλ᾽" εἰς τὸ ἱἥττον' συνέρχεσθε. 18 πρῶτον for the batter, . but for the worse ye come together. “First μὲν γὰρ συνερχομένων ὑμῶν ἐν ἔτῇ". ἐκκλησίᾳ, ἀκούω σχίσ- 3indeed ‘for comingtogether ye in the assembiy, I hear di- para ἐν ὑμῖν ὑπάρχειν, καὶ μέρος.τι πιστεύω" 19 δεῖ. γὰρ visions among you to be, | and partly I believe [it]. For there must καὶ αἱρέσεις ἐν ὑμῖν εἶναι, iva! οἱ δόκιμοι φανεροὶ γένωνται also sects among you. be, that the approved manifest may become ἐν ὑμῖν. 20 συνεργοµένων οὖν ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ. τὸ αὐτό, οὐκ μ μ among yon. Coming together therefore ye into one place, *not ἔστιν κυριακὸν δεῖπνον φαγεῖν" 21 ἕκαστος.γὰρ τὸ ἴδιον it 7is [the] Lord’s supper to eat. For each one his own δεῖπνον προλαμβάνει ἐν τῷ φαγεῖν, καὶ ὃς μὲν πεινᾷ ὃς δὲ supper takes first in eating, and one ishungry and another µεθύει. 22 μὴ ἘΠ οἰκίας οὐκ ἔχετε εἰς τὸ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν ; is drunken. or houses have ye not for eating and drinking? ἢ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ καταφρονεῖτε, Kai καταισχύνετε or the assembly of God doye despise, and put to shame τοὺς μὴ ἔχοντας; τί "ὑμῖν εἴπω": "ἐπαινέσω" ὑμᾶς οἐν them that have not ? What to you should I say ? shall 1 praise you in τούτῳ; this? eS ......-... -Ὀς.ς.ςς.ςαἑ»ς-ς- -[.-----------΄- Ὁ οὐκ' ἐπαινῶ. 38 Ἐγὼ.γὰρ παρέλαβον ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου, I do not praise. Fort received from the Lord Ὁ γυνὴ χωρὶς ἀνδρὸς οὔτε ἀνὴρ χωρὶς γυναικὸς GLTTrAW. . αὐτὴ LTTrAW. ε [αὐτῇ] a. f παραγγέλλω οὐκ ἐπαινῶν LTrAW. | Β ἀλλὰ TTrA. { ἧσσον LTTra. * — τῇ GLITrAW. Litraw. AénawwpraiseIy. °; ο — ἣ LTTrAW. 7 1 + καὶ also [L]Tr[A]. - εν τούτῳ οὐκ (read In this I do not praise) er, 455 7 For a man indeed ought not to cover his head, forasmuch as he is the image and glory of God: but the woman is the glory of the man. 8 For the man is not of the wo- man; but the woman of the man. 9 Neither was the man created for the woman; but the woman for the man. 10 For this cause ought the woman to have power or ἦ or head because of the angels. 11 Nevertheless nei- ther is the man with- out the woman, nei- therthe woman with- out the man, in the Lord. 12 For as the woman is of the man, even so is the man al- ΒΟ by the woman; but all things of God. 13 Judge in yourselves: is if comely that a wo- man pray unto God uncovered? 14 Doth not even nature itself teach you, that, if a man have long hair, it is ashame unto him ? 15 But if a woman have long hair, it is a glory to her: for her hair is given her fora covering, 16 Butif any man seem to be con- tentious, we have no such custom, neither the churches of God. 17 Now in this that I declare unio you I praise you not, that ye come together not for the better, but for the worse. 18 For first of all, when. ye come to- gether in the church, 1 hear that there. he divisions among you ; and I partly believeit. 19 For there must be also heresies among you, that they which are appreved may be made manifest among you. 20 When yecome together therefore in- to one place, this is not to eat the Lord’s supper. 21 For in eat- ing every one taketh before other his own sapper: and one is hungry, and another is drunken: 22 What? haye ye not houses to eat and to drink in? or despise ye the church of God, and shame them that have not? What shall I say to _ δὴ φύσις & κρεισσον ΤΤΤ.Δ, ™ εἴπω ὑμῖν 456. Ὁ ἢ shall I praise you this? I praise you not. 23 For 1 have re- ceived of the Lord that which also I delivered unto you, That the Lord Jesus tho same night in which he was betrayed took bread : 24 and when he had given thanks. he brake at, andsaid, Take, eat: this is my body, which is broken for you : this do in remembrance of me, 25 After the same manner also he took the cup, when he had supped, saying, This cup is the new testa- ment in my blood: this do ye, as oft as ye drink at, in remembrartce of me, 26 For as often as ye eat this bread, and drink this cup, ye do shew the Lord’s death till he come. 27 Where- fore whosoever shall αν this bread, and’ drink this cup of the Lord, unworthily, shall be guilty of the body and blood of the Lord. 28 But let a man examine himself, and so let him eat of that bread, and drink of that cup. 29 For he that eateth and drink- eth unworthily, eateth and drinkethn damna- tion to himself, not discerning the Lord’s body. 30 For this cause many are weak and sickly among you, and many sleep. 31 For if we would judge our- selves, we should not tbe judged. 32 But when we are judged, we are chastened of the Lord, that we should not be condemned with the world. 33 Wherefore, my brethren, when ye come together to eat, tarry one for another. 34 And if any man hunger, let him eat at home; that ye come not together unto con- demnation. And the rest will I set in order when I come, XII. Now concern- ing spiritual gifts, brethren, I would not have τοι ignorant, 2 Ye know that ye were Gentiles, carried away unto these dumb idols, even as ye were led. 3 Wherefore I give you tounderstand,that P παοεδίδετο LTTrA. t — τοῦτο (read the cup) LTTraw. bread) GLTTraw. Υ + τοῦ of the GLTTraW. Ὁ — τοῦ κυρίου LTTrA. ΡΟ BOP TW Se EOYs. |.A. XI, XII. ὃ καὶ παρέδωκα ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ κύριος ᾿Ιησοῦς ἐν TH νυκτὶ that which also I delivered toyou,thatthe Lord’ Jesus in the night Ρπαρεδίδοτο,! ἔλαβεν ἄρτον, 24 καὶ εὐχαριστήσας in which he was delivered up took bread, and having given thanks ” \ = , / ell “Ὁ , ? ‘ ‘ ἔκλασεν, καὶ εἶπεν, IAaBere, φάγετε'ὶ τοῦτό µου ἐστὶν TO he broke [it], and said, Take, eat, ‘this ofme - is the σῶμα τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τκλώμενον". τοῦτο ποιεῖτε εἰς τὴν body which ‘for you [is] being broken: this do in ‘ ΄ \ as , ε ἐμὴν ἀνάμνησιν. 25 Ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ ποτήριον, μετὰ τὸ remembrance of me. > Inlike manner also the cup, after δειπνῆσαι, λἐγών, Τοῦτο τὸ ποτήριον ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη ἐστὶν. having supped, saying, This “cup the new covenant is ἐν τῷ.ἐμφ αἵματι τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, ὁσάκις “ἂν! “πίνητε, in my blood: this do, as often as ye may drink [it}, εἰς τὴν. ἐμὴν. ἀνάμνησιν. 26 Ὁσάκις γὰρ "ἂν! ἐσθίητε τὸν in remembrance of me. _For as often as ye may eat ” ~ 9 4 , Ὁ κα ~ τῇ ΑΝ ἄρτον τοῦτον, καὶ τὸ.ποτήριον. τοῦτοἳ πίνητε, τὸν θάνατον this bread, and this cup may drink, the death τοῦ κυρίου καταγγέλλετε, “ἄχρις! οὗ “ἂν ἔλθῃ. 327 “Ὥστε of the Lord ye announce, until he may come. So that ὃς ἂν ἐσθίῃ τὸν. ἄρτον “τοῦτον! ἢ πίνῃ τὸ ποτήριον whosoever should eat this bread or should drink the cup ~ [ή ~ , ε τοῦ κυρίου ἀναξίως, ἔνοχος ἔσται τοῦ σώματος καὶΣ αἵματος ofthe Lord unworthily, guilty shall be of the body aud blood τοῦ κυρίου. 28 δοκιμαζέτω.δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἑαυτόν." καὶ οὕτως of the Lord. But let *prove 2a *man himself, and thus ἐκ τοῦ ἄρτου ἐσθιέτω, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ποτηρίου πινέτω" 29 ὁ.γὰ of the bread let him eat, and of the cup let him drink. Forhe that ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων "ἀναξίως,ὶ κρίμα ἑαυτῷ ἐσθίει καὶ πίνει, eats and drinks unworthily, judgment tohimself eats and drinks, μὴ διακρίνων τὸ σῶμα ὑτοῦ κυρίου." 90 διὰ τοῦτο ἐν ὑμῖν not discerning the body ofthe Lord. Because of ‘this among you πολλοὶ ἀσθενεῖς καὶ ἄῤῥωστοι, Kai κοιμῶνται tKavot. many [are] weak and infirm, and are fallen asleep many. 91 εἰ «γὰρ! ἑαυσοὺς διεκρίνοµεν, οὐκ.ἂν ἐκρινόμεθα: 82 κρινό- “If ‘for ourselves. we scrutinized, we should not be judged. *Being ῃ «ε vd , , w ἐ A ES μενοι δε. ὑπὸ κυρίου παιδευόµεθα, ἵνα μὴ σὺν τῷ Sjudged *but, by [the] Lord wearedisciplined, that not with the κόσμῳ κατακριθῶμεν. 88 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί.μου, συνερχόµενοι world .we should be condemned. Sothat, my brethren, coming together εἰς τὸ φαγεῖν, ἀλλήλους ἐκδέχεσθε' 94 εἰ «δεῖ τις πεινᾷ, for to eat, one another wait for. But if anyone be hungry, ἐν οἴκῳ ἐσθιέτω" ἵνα μὴ εἰς κρίμα συνέρχησθε. τὰ.δὲ athome lethimeat, that not for judgment ye may come together ; and the λοιπά, ὡςἂν ἔλθω, διατάξοµαι. other things whenever I may come, I will set in order, 19 Περὶ δὲ τῶν. πνευματικῶν, ἀδελφοί, οὐ. θέλω ὑμᾶς But concerning spirituals, . brethren, Idonot wish you 2 - » ε/ f » = 4 SS ὧν cea ἀγνοεῖν. 2 οἴδατε ore’ ἔθνη Fre, πρὸς τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ ἄφωνα to be ignorant. Ye know that Gentiles ye were, “to 514918 “dumb ὡς ἂν.ήγεσθε ἀπαγόμενοι 8 διὸ γνωρίζω ἡμῖν, ὅτι Sas Ἴγο ®might *be 19163, ‘led 38πνΒΥ. Therefore I give *to *knew “you, that ᾳ — Λάβετε, φάγετε GLTTTAW. τ --κλώμενον LTTrA. 5 ἐὰν LTTrA. 7 ἄχρι T. ν — ἂν GLTTrA. x — τοῦτον (read the Σ ἑαυτὸν ἄνθρωπος W. 8 -- ἀναξίως LTTrA. εδὲ but LTTraw. ἃ + τοῦ the rrr[a]w, e — δὲ but GLTTrAW. f+ ὅτε when [LJrTra. 1, CORINTHIANS: πνεύματι θεοῦ λαλῶν λέγει ἀνάθεμα Ἀ]ησοῦν" nooné ἴῃ [{Π6] Spirit of Godspeaking says _ accursed [is] Jesus ; καὶ οὐδεὶς δύναται εἰπεῖν ἹΚύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν," εἰ μὴ ἐν πνεύ- and noone can gay Lord Jesus, except in([the] *Spirit ματι ἁγίῳ. 4 διαιρέσεις-δὲ χαρισμάτων εἰσίν. τὸ. δὲ αὐτὸ 1Holy. But diversities of gifts there are, but the same πνεῦμα" 5 καὶ διαιρέσεις διακονιῶν εἰσίν, Kai ὁ αὐτὸς κύριος" Spirit ; and diversities of services there are,andthe same Lord; ὃ καὶ διαιρέσεις ἐνεργημάτων εἰσίν, *6.6é' αὐτός Ιἐέστιν' θεός, and diversitics of operations thereare, butthe same “it *is ‘God, ὁ ἐνεργῶν τὰ. πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν. 7 ἑκάστῳ.δὲ δίδοται ἡ φανέ- who operates αἱ] ΠΗ͂ΡΕ in all. But to each 15 sive the mani- ρωσις τοῦ πνεύματος πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον. ὃ φ.μὲν.γὰρ διὰ festation of the Spirit for profit. For to one by τοῦ πνεύματος δίδοται λόγος σοφίας, ἄλλῳ δὲ λόγος the Spirit is given ‘A ποτᾶ of wisdom; and to another a word γνώσεως, κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα" πίστις,, of knowledge, according tothe same _ Spirit ; faith, ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι" ἄλλῳ.δὲ χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων, ἐν τῷ in the same Spirit ; and to another gifts of healing, in the παὐτῷ' πνεύματι: 10 ἄλλῳ.δὲ ἐνεργήματα δυνάμεων, same Spirit ; and to another operations of works of power ; ἄλλῳ δὲ" προφητεία, ἄλλῳ.Ῥδὲ" Αδιακρίσειοὶ πνευμάτων, and to another prophecy ; and to another’ discerning of spirits ; wey r gil = / » ~ ἄλλ σελ st Le | Ν τερῳ.'ὁε γένη γλωσσῶν, ἄλλῳ.δε δερμηνεία" γλωσ- aud to ἃ different one kinds of tongues; and to another interpretation of σῶν" 11 πάντα.δὲ ταῦτα ἐνεργεῖ τὸ ἐν καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦ- tongues, But all these i 7opcrates ‘the *one *and *the *same “Spirit, μα, διαιροῦν ἰδίᾳ ἑκάστῳ καθὼς βούλεται. 12 Καθάπερ dividing άνω to each arene! as he wills. νου “as γὰρ τὸ σῶμα ἕν ἐστιν καὶ µέλη [ἔχει πολλά," πάντα.δὲ τὰ ‘for the body 3οπο ‘is and ‘members ‘has “*many, but all the ’ » / ~ µέλη τοῦ σώματος Yrov ἑνός," πολλὰ ὄντα, ἕν ἐστιν σῶμα" membersofthe “body Jone, ‘many “being, Sone ‘are body: οὕτως Kai. ὁ Χριστός. 19 καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι ἡμεῖς 5ο also [15] the Christ. Foralso by one Spirit we νυ ἐς 2 εν ~ ? / ” πάντες εἰς tv σῶμα ἐβαπτίσθημεν, εἴτε ᾿Ιουδαῖοι εἴτε EX- all into one body were baptized, whether Jews or ληνες, εἴτε - δοῦλοι εἴτε ἐλεύθεροι καὶ πάντες “εἰς ἕν πνεῦμα Greeks, whether bondmen or free and ail into one Spirit ? , ay 4 A » > » εν , , 4 ἑποτίσθημεν. 14 Καὶ γὰρ τὸ σῶμα οὔκ.έστιν ἐν µέλος, ἀλλὰ were made to drink, For also the body isnot one member, but , 3 ” « ΄ “ ? αν ΄ > mee πολλά. 16 ἐὰν εἴπῃ ὁ πούς, Ὅτι οὐκ εἰμὶ χείρ, οὐκ.εἰμὶ many. If should say the foot, Because 1am not a hand, I am not ἐκ τοῦ σώματος οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστιν EK τοῦ σώματος»; of the pale on account of this isitnot of the body? 16 καὶ ἐὰν εἴπῃ τὸ οὖς, “Ore οὐκ.εἰμὶ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ And if should say the Mg Because Iam not an eye Iam not of τοῦ σώματος οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐκ.έστιν ἐκ τοῦ σώματος; ΣΙ. οὐδεὶς ἐν 9 ο. and to ἃ different one the body: on account of this isitnot of the body 2 17 εἰ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα ὀφθαλμός, ποῦ ἡ akon; εἰ ὕλον If *whole*the body [were] aneye, where the hearing? if [the] whole Spirit ; 45? no man speaking by the Spirit of God call- eth Jesus accursed: and that no man can say that Jesus is the Lord, but by the Holy Ghost. 4 Now there are diversities of gifts, but the same Spirit. 5 And there are differ- ences of administra- tions, but the same Lord. 6 And there are diversities of opera- tions, but it is the same God which work- eth all in all. 7 But the manifestation of the Spirit is given toevery man to profit withal. 8 For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom ; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit; 9to another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same 10 to another the working of mira- cles; to another Ργο- phecy ; to another dis- cerning of spirits ; to another divers kinds of tongues ; to another the interpretation of tongues: 11 but all these worketh that one and the selfsame Spi- rit, dividing to every man severally as he will. 12 For as the body is one, and hath many members, and all the members of that one body, being many, are one body: 5ο also is Christ. 13 For by one Spirit are we all bap- tized into one body, whether we be Jews or Gentiles, whether we be bond or free ; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit. 14 For the body is not one member,but many. 15 If the foot shall say, Because I am not the hand, I am not of the body; is it there- fore not of the body 2 16 And if the ear shall say, Because I am not the eye, I am not of the body ; is it there- fore not ot the body? 17 If the whole body were an eye, where were the hearing? If the whole were hear- Ὁ Ἰησοῦς LTTraw. . ἷ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς LrTraw. Κ καὶ ὃ and the a. 1 ἐστιν GLTTrAW. τῷ — δὲ and [L]tTr[a]. 0 ἑνὶ ONE LTTrA. ο — §€and Ltr. nee δὲ and Ltr. 8 διά- κρισις 1. Γ--- δὲ and LTTr. Ξ διερμηνεία 1. t πολλὰ ἔχει LTTrA. — του ενός LITTAW, Υ --- εἰς ΗΤΤΙΑΥ. * —;(7cad it is not on account of this not of τι body.) Lr. 408 ing, where were. the smelling? 18 But now hath God set the mem- bers every one of them in the body, as it hath pleasedhim. 19 Andif they were all one mem- ber, where were the body ? 20 But now are they many members, yet but one body. 21 And the eye can- not say unto the hand, I have no need of thee: nor again the head to the feet, I have no need of you. 22 Nay, much more those members of the body, which seem to be more feeble, are necessary : 23 and those members of the body, which we think to be less honourable, upon these we bestow more abundant hon- our; and our uncome- ly paris have more abundant comeliness. 24 For our comely parts have no need : but God hath tempered the body together, having given more abundant honour to that part which lacked: 25 that there should be no schism in the body; but that the members should have the same care one for another. 26 And whether one member suffer, all the members suffer with it ; or one member be honoured, all the mem- bers rejoice with it. 27 Now ye are the body of Christ, and mem- bers η particular. 28 And God hath set some in the church, first apostles, second- arily prophets, thirdly teachers, aiter that miracles, then gifts of healings, helps, go- vernments, diversities of tongues, 29 Are all apostles ? are all pro- phets? are all teach- ers? are all workers of, miracles? 30 have 811 the gifts of heal- ing? doall speak with tongues ? do all inter- pret? 31 But. covet earnestly the best gifts: and yet shew I unto you a more ex- cellent way. XIII. ThoughI speak with the tcngues of Σ νῦν LTra, ἆ ἀτιλώτερα Ἐ. Β εἴ τι if anything rr. B® ἔπειτα Lira. Σ [τὰ] τὰ. Ὁ ἀντιλήμψεις τττὰ. ΠΡΌΣ ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ A. αν 0}: ἀκοή, ποῦ ἡ ὄσφρησις; 18 Σνυνὶ! δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη, hearing, wherethe smelling? But now God set the members, τι .« > τη ty ~ , θ A > θελ : 19 > mt ἕν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ σωµατι, κασως σελῆσεν. εἰ δὲ Zone each of them in the body, according as he would. But if ἦν, ττὰ! πάντα ἕν µέλος, ποῦ τὸ σῶμα; 20 νῦν.δὲ πολλὰ Ξ ΤΟΥ͂Θ tall one member, where the body? But now many ev" έλη, ἓν δὲ σῶμα. 21 οὐ. δύναται.' δὲ ο Ὁ ὀφ- {are the] members, but one body. And is not able (the) 4 2 ~ » / / ᾽ 2 Pa n ΄ « θαλμὸς εἰπεῖν. τῇ χειρί, Χρειαν σου οὐκ-ἔχω" ἢ πάλιν ἡ eye tosay tothe hand, Need of thee [have not; or again the ~ ῃ - 7 x ~ κεφαλὴ τοῖς ποσίν, Χρείαν ὑμῶν οὐκ.ἔχω. 22 ἀλλὰ πολλῷ head {ο the feet, Need of you I have not. But much ~ ~ / ~ , , « ΄ βᾶλλον τὰ δοκοῦντα µέλη τοῦ σώματος ἀσθενέστερα ὑπάρ- rather the®which*scem!members”of*the *body ®weaker to “ὦ ἢ’ ‘ τ εὐ... > χειν, ἀναγκαῖά ἐστιν 23 καὶ ἃ δοκοῦμεν ἀἀάτιμότερα" be, necessary are; and those which we think more void of honour εἶναι τοῦ σώματος, τούτοις τιμὴν περισσοτέραν περιτίθεµεν' tobe ofthe body, *these “honour *more Sabundant ‘we *put “δου; καὶ τὰ ἀσχήμονα ἡμῶν εὐσχημοσύνην περισσοτέραν ἔχει" and the tuncomely [parts] of us comeliness more abuudant haye; 24 τὰ δὲ εὐσχήμονα ἡμῶν οὐ χρείαν ἔχει. “ἀλλ᾽! ὁ θεὸς but the comely {[parts]ofus "πο Sneed “*have, But God συνεκέρασεν τὸ σῶμα, τῷ ἰὑστεροῦντι! περισσοτέραν tempered together the body, to that being deficient more abundant πα. ΄ - δοὺς τιμήν, 25 ἵνα μή. ἐσχίσμα" ἐν τῷ Ἅλανίηρ “given ‘honour, ‘that there might not be division in the ? , Noes ία ἴα νον A ? ΄, =: ‘ σώματι, ἀλλὰ τὸ αὐτὸ ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων μεριμνῶσιν τὰ body, but ‘the-‘same for "οπο ‘another *might *have 7concern ‘the aN . ν η Π / 4 τι ἐλ i ώ Il / µέλη" 26 καὶ etre" πάσχει ἕν μέλος, "συμπασχει πάντα *members. And if suffers one member, suffers with [10] all τὰ μέλη" etre δοξάζεται *éy" µέλος, Ἰσυγχαίρει' πάντα τὰ the members; if beglorified one member, rejoice with [it] “all the µέλη. 27 sist ἐστὲ σῶμα Χριστοῦ, καὶ μέλη ἐκ members, ow ye are [the] body of Christ, and members in / ᾿ τι A a” € ΔΝ ? ~ 2 / ~ μέρους. 28 Καὶ οὓς μὲν ἔθετο ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ πρῶ- particular. And ‘certain 3414 *set ‘4God in the assembly: first, τον ἀποστόλους, δεύτερον προφήτας, τρίτον διδασκάλους, apostles ; secondly, prophets ; thirdly, teachers ; » ὃ ᾽’ m,7 i] / ? ΄ η} ΄ Π ἔπειτα δυνάμεις, "εἶτα! χαρίσματα ἰαμάτων, "ἀντιλήψεις, then works ΟΕ power; then gifts of healings ; helps ; κυβερνήσεις, γένη γλωσσῶν. 29 μὴ πάντες ἀπόστολοι; μὴ governments; kinds of tongues, [Are] all apostles ? πάντες προφῆται; μὴ πάντες διδάσκαλοι; μὴ πάντες δυνά- all prophets ? all teachers? [have] 811 works of μεις: 90 μὴ πάντες χαρίσματα ἔχουσιν ἰαμάτων ; μὴ πάντες power 2 381 gifts *have of healings? 3411 γλώσσαις λαλοῦσιν ; μὴ πάντες διερμηνεύουσιν ; 81 Ζηλοῦτε 14ο speak with tongues? all ?do interpret? ?Be *emulous *of δὲ τὰ χαρίσματα τὰ °Kpsirrova’' καὶ ἔτι καθ ὑπερβολὴν put the *cifts ‘better, and yet more %surpassing ὁδὸν ὑμῖν δείκνυμι. 8, *way toyou Ishew. 8 [μὲν] LTr. b — δὲ and GfL]. ο + 6 the GLTTraW. Γὑστερουμένω LTTrA. 8 σχίσματα divisions T. k — ἕν (read a member) ττι[Α]. 1 συν- τ, 9 μείζονα greater LTTrA, ε ἀλλὰ ΙΤΤιΙΑ. loupe TA. XIII, XIV. { CORINTHIANS. 19 ᾿Εὰν ταῖς γλώσσαις τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαλῶ καὶ τῶν If withthe tongues of men I speak and ? , 3 ΄ ” \ ~ ἀγγέλων, ἀγάπην. δὲ μὴ ἔχω, γέγονα χαλκὸς ἠχῶν ἢ οἵ angels, but love have not, Ihave become “brass ‘sounding or ΄ ’ἅ ‘ 2) ΄ ΄ Δ ~ κύμβαλον ἀλαλάζον. 3 Ῥκαὶ ἐὰν! ἔχω προφήτείαν, καὶ εἰδῶ a “cymbal Ielanging. And if TI have prophecy, and know - Α ΄ Δ ~ oY ~ ‘ , τὰ μυστήρια πάντα καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γνῶσιν, “καὶ ἐὰν" ἔχω “mysteries tall and all knowledge, and if I have πᾶσαν τὴν πίστιν, ὥστε ὄρη τμεθιστάνειν,! ἀγάπην δὲ ail faith, so as mountains to remove, but love μὴ έχω, "οὐθέν" εἰμι. 8 καὶ ἐὰν! ψωμίσω" πάντα τὰ ave not, nothing Iam. And if. Igiveawayinfood αἱ] ὑπάρχοντά.μου, “kai ἐὰν! παραδῶ τὸ σῶμά μου iva Ἰκαυθή- my goods, and if I deliver up my body that I may be σωμαι," ἀγάπην δὲ μὴ .ἔχω, Yovdiv' ὠφελοῦμαι: 4 Ἢ ἀγάπη burned, butlove ΄ havenot, nothing Iam profited. Love μακροθυμεῖ, χρηστεύεται' ἡ ἀγάπη οὐ.ζηλοῖ: τὴ ἀγάπη! ov has patience, is kind; love is not envious; love not περπερεύεται, οὐ .φυσιοῦται, 5 οὐκ ἀσχημονεῖϊ, οὐ ζητεῖ τὰ ‘is vain-glorious, is not puffed up, acts not unseemly, seeks not the things ἑαυτῆς, οὐ.παροξύνεται, οὐ.λογίζεται τὸ κακόν, 6 οὐ.χαίρει οὗ 108 own, is not quickly provoked, reckons not evil, rejoices not ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, 3Ἀσυγχαίρει' δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, 7 πάντα στέγει, at unrighteousness, but rejoices with the truth; allthings covers, πάντα πιστεύει, πάντα ἐλπίζει, πάντα ὑπομένει. 8 Ἡ ἀγάπη allthings believes, allthings hopes, allthings endures. Love οὐδέποτε Ὀἐκπίπτει.! . εἴτε. “δὲ! προφητεῖαί, καταργηθήσονται’ never fails; but whether prophecies, they shall be done away ; εἴτε γλῶσσαι, παύσονται" " εἴτε γνῶσις, καταργηθήσεται. whether tongues, ~ they shallcease ; whether knowledge it shall be done away. 9 ἐκ μέρους γὰρ γινώσκομεν, καὶ ἐκ μέρους προφητεύομεν' Forin part ~ ‘we know, and in part we prophesy ; 10 ὅταν. δὲ’ ἔλθῃ τὸ τέλειον, Ἱτότε' τὸ ἐκ μέρους ᾿ κατ- but when may come that which is perfect, “then that in part 5881] be . ev ” Ξ = ΄ ΄ ΄ ε αργηθήσεται. 11 ὅτε ἤμην νηπιος, “ὡς νήπιος ἐλάλουν," ὡς done away. When Iwas aninfant, as aninfant I spoke, as νήπιος ἐφρόνουν, ὡς “νήπιος ἐλογιζόμην Ἡ OreSde! γέγονα an infant I thought, as aninfant I reasoned; but when I became , f * 4 ~ , , 9 “νὴ ἀνήρ, κατήῤγηκα τὰ τοῦ νηπίου. 12 βλέπομεν.γὰρ aman, 1 αῑά away with thethings ofthe infant. ‘For we see » ἣ , ο ’ " ΄ A ἄρτι Ot ἐσόπτρου ἐν αἰνίγματι, τότεδὲ πρόσωπον πρὸς now through aglass obscufely, ‘but then face to πρόσωπον" ἄρτι γινώσκω ἐκ μέρους, τότε.δὲ ἐπιγνώσομαι face ; now I know in φασί, butthen Ishall know Ἡ \ ? ΄ ἕ wee , ΄ ν΄ καθὼς καὶ ἐπεγνώσθην. 18 νυνὶ δὲ μένει πίστις, ἐλπίς, according as also I have been known. And now abides faith, hope, ἀγάπη, τὰ.τρίἰα.ταῦτα' μείζων δὲ τούτων - ἡ ἀγάπη. love ; these three things; but the greater of these [is] love. 14 Διώκετε τὴν ἀγάπην. ἔζηλοῦτε δὲ τὰ πνευματικά, Pursue love, , and be emulous of spirituals, ~ ae , <5 A ~ ἊΣ ᾽ μᾶλλον. δὲ ἵνα προφητεύητε. ὁ. γὰρ λαλῶν γλώσσῃ, οὐκ but rather that yemay prophesy. Forhethat speaks witha tongue, ποῦ 459 men and of angels, and have not charity, lam become as sounding brass, or a tinkling cymbal, 2 And though I have the gift of pro- phecy, and understand all mysteries, and all knowledge; and though I have all faith, so that I could remove mountains, and have not cha- rity, I am nothing. 3 And though I be- stow all my goods to feed the poor, and though I give my body to be burned, and have not charity, it profiteth me nothing. 4 Charity suffereth long, and is ‘kind ; charity envieth not ; charity vaunteth not itself, is not puff- ed up, 5 doth not be- have itself unseemly, seeketh not her own, is not easily provoked, thinketh no evil; 6 re- joiceth not in iniquity, but rejoiceth in the truth ; 7 beareth all things, believeth all things, hopeth all things, endureth all things, 8 Charity never faileth: but whether there be prophecies, they shall fail; whe- ther there be tongues, they shall cease ; whe- ther there be know- ledge, it shall vanish away. 9 For we know in part, and we pro- phesy in part. 10 But when that which is perfect is come, then that which is in part shall be done away. 11 When I was achild, I spake as a child, I understood as a child, I thought as a child’: but when I became a man, I put away child- ish things. 12 Fornow we see through a glass, darkly ; but then face to face: now I know in part ; but then shall I know even as also l am known. 13 And now abideth faith, hope, charity, these three ; but the great- est of these ts charity. XIV. Follow after charity, and desire spiritual ~ gifts, but rather that ye may prophesy. 2 For he that speaketh in an wun- known tongue speak- eth not unto men, but P Kay LA. 4 Kay ΤτΑ. τ μεθιστάναι τῦττ. 5 οὐδέν EGW. ὃ κἂν LTrA. σψωµίζω Ε. Ὑ κἂν LA. ακαυθήσοµαι I shall be\burned T. Υ οὐθὲν T. [ἢ ἀγάπη] LTra. ἐμ συν- Τ. Ὁ πίπτει τττὰ. ο[δὲ] tr, ἃ --Ο τότε Lrtraw. 5 ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος ΙΤΤΓΑΥ. ἐφρόνουν ὡς νήπιος, ἐλογιζόμην ὡς νήπιος LTTra, δ -- δὲ but LTTra, 460 unto God: for noman understandeth him; howbeit in the spirit she speaketh mysteries. 3 But he that pro- phesieth speaketh un-. to men to edification, and exhortation, and comfort. 4 He that speaketh in an wn- known tongue edifieth himself ; but he that prophesieth _edifieth the church. 5 I would that ye allspake with tongues, but rather that ye prophesied : for greater is he that prophesieth than he that speaketh with tongues, except he interpret, that the church may receive edifying. 6 Now, bre- thren, if I come unto you speaking with tongues, what shall I profit you, except I shall speak to you either by revelation, or by knowledge, or by prophesying, or by doctrine? 7 Andeven things -without life giving sound, whether pipe or harp, except they give a distinction in the sounds, how shall it be known what is piped or harped? 8 For if the trumpet give an uncertain sound, who shall pre- pare himself to the battle ? 9 So likewise ye, except ye utter by the tongue words easy to be understood, how shallit be known what is spoken? for ye shall speak into the air. 10 There are, it may be, so many kinds of voices in the world, and none of them is without signification. 11 Therefore if I know not the meaning of the yoice, I shall be unto him that speaketh a barbarian, and he that speaketh shall be a barbarian unto me. 12 Even so ye, foras- much as ye are zealous of spiritual gifts, seek that ye may excel to the edifying of the church. 13 Wherefore let him that speaketh in an unknown tongue pray that he may in- terpret. 14 For if I pray in an unknown harped ? MPOS ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ A. XIV. ἀνθρώποις λαλεῖ, ἀλλὰ Ἀτῷ' θεῷ" οὐδεὶς, γὰρ ἀκούει, πνεύματι to men speaks, but toGod: fornoone hears; “ἴῃ ‘spirit δὲ λαλεῖ μυστήρια" 3 6.6 προφητεύων, ἀνθρώποις λαλεῖ ‘but he speaks mysteries. Buthethat prophesies, to men speaks οἰκοδομὴν καὶ παράκλησιν καὶ παραμυθίαν. 4 ὁ λαλῶν [4ος] building up and encouragement gnd . consolation. He that speaks Ὑλώσσῃ, ἑαυτὸν οἰκοδομεῖ; 6.68 προφητεύων, ἐκκλησίαν with a tongue, himself “builds αρ; but hethat prophesies, {the] assembly οἰκοδομεῖ. 5 θέλω.δὲ πάντας ὑμᾶς λαλεῖν γλώσσαις, μᾶλλον builds up. Now I desire all you tospeak withtongues, “rather δὲ ἵνα προφητεύητε' μείζων γὰρ" ὁ προφητεύων ἢ ‘but that ye should prophesy: "greater ‘for [is] hethat prophesies than ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσαις, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ διερμηνεύῃ, ἵνα ἡ ἐκ- he that speaks with tongues, ‘unless he should interpret, that the - 98- Κλησία οἰκοδομὴν λάβῃ: 6 "Νυνὶ" δέ, ἀδελφοί, ἐὰν ἔλθω sembly building up may receive. And now, brethren, if Icomeé πρὸς ὑμᾶς γλώσσαις λαλῶν, τί ὑμᾶς, ὠφελήσω, ἐὰν μὴ to you withtongues speaking, what σοι shall I profit, unless ἀποιαλύψει, ἢ ἐν γνώσει, ἢ ἐν προ- revelation, or in knowledge, or in pro- φητείᾳ, ἢ ᾿ὲν" διδαχῇ; 7 ὅμως τὰ ἄψυχα φωνὴν διδόντα, phecy, or in teaching? Even lifeless things a sound giving, εἴτε αὐλὸς εἴτε κιθάρα, ἐὰν διαστολὴν ™roic φϑόγγοις" whether pipe or harp, if distinction to the sounds ° μὴ .δῷ, πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ αὐλούμενον ἢ τὸ κιθαρὶ- they give not, ΒΟ 5881] ΡῈ known that being piped or being ζόμενον; Sxai-yap ἐὰν ἄδηλον "φωνὴν σάλπιγξ' δῷ, τίς For also if anuncertain sound atrumpet’ give, who διὰ τῆς by means of the ὑμῖν λαλήσω ἢ ἐν to you I shall speak either in παρασκευάσεται εἰς πόλεμον ; 9 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς shall prepare himself for war? So also. ye, γλώσσης ἐὰν.μὴ εὔδημον λόγον δῶτε, πῶς γνωσθήσεται τὸ . tongue unless an intelligible speech ye give, how shall be known that λαλούμενον; ἔσεσθε γὰρ εἰς ἀέρα λαλοῦντες. 10 Τοσαῦτα, being spoken? for ye will be*into[*the]*air ‘speaking. So many, εἰ τύχοι, γένη φωνῶν ἐστιν ἐν κόσμῳ, καὶ οὐδὲν Ῥαὺ- it may be, kinds of sounds there are in[the] world, and none of Troy" ἄφωνον" 11 ἐὰν οὖν μὴ. εἰδῶ τὴν δύναμιν them without [distinct] sound. If therefore I know not the power τῆς φωνῆς, ἔσομαι τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβαρος" καὶ ὃ of the sound, I shall be tohimthat speaks abarbarian; and he that λαλῶν, ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος" 12 οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἐπεὶ ζηλωταί speaks, ΟΣ *me ‘a *barbarian. ‘ So also ye, since -emulous 3 / A ‘ ~ [ή ἐστε πνευμάτων, πρὸς τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ζητεῖτε 706406 of spirits, for the buildingup ofthe assembly — séek t ΄, / « ~ η , ἵνα περισσεύητε. 19 “Διόπερ' ὁ λαλῶν γλώσσῃ, προσευ- that ye may abound. Wherefore he that speaks withatongue, let him / ev , ι ν᾽ χέσθω ἵνα διερμηνεύφ. 14 ἐὰν. "γὰρ' προσεύχωμαι γλώσσῃ, τι pray that he may interpret. For if pray with a tongue, A ~ / , ~ τὸ πνεῦμά μου προσεύχεται, ὁ. δὲ νοῦς. μου ἄκαρπός ἐστιν. my spirit prays, but my understanding unfruitful is. / κα Ἵ ΓΞ U ~ ¥ 15 τί οὖν ἐστιν; προσεύξομαι τῷ πνεύματι, προσεύξομαι tongue, my spirit pray- What then is it i i iri i τά cre Gade ns os it? τ ae pray ἘΠΕ the ες ἡ 11311 “pray standing isunfruitful, δὲ καὶ τῷ vot" ψαλῶ τῷ πνεύματι, ψαλῶ 15 What isitthen? I *but also with the understanding. Iwill praise withthe Spirit, 31 "11 ‘praise bh = SAR Ea τς Ὁ ης τ το 7 ae — τῷ LTTr[A]. i δὲ and LTtra κ νῦν LTTrAW 1— ἐν τ[ττ] πι τοῦ φθό ἃ ἷ ΤΊΤΑ, νι : ς τοῦ φθόγγου οὗ the sound 1, Ὁ σάλπιγξ φωνὴν ΤΣ. ° εἰσὶν LTTrAW. Ῥ-- αὐτῶν LTTrAW, 4 διὸ ΗΤΤΑ. * [yap] Ltr. ΧΙΥ. 1. CORIN.THIA NS. δὲ" καὶ τῷ!" vot. 16 ἐπεὶ ἐὰν “εὐλογήσῃς" Yre" "hut also with the understanding. Else if thou bless with the πνεύματι, ὁ ἀναπληρῶν τὸν τόπον τοῦ ἰδιώτου πῶς spirit, he that fills the place of the uninstructed how ἐρεῖ τὸ ἀμὴν ἐπὶ τῇ.σῃ.εὐχαριστίᾳ, ἐπειδὴ τί λέγεις shallhesay the Amen at οὐκ.οἶδεν; 17 σὺ μὲν. γὰρ καλῶς εὐχαριστεῖς, *adX"" ὁ ἕτερος he knows πού ? For thou indeed well givest thanks, but the other οὐκ.οἰκοδομεῖται. 18 εὐχαριστῶ τῷ θεῷ ὕμου," πάντων ὑμῶν is not built up. I thank "God "my, ~ “than! πα ος νου μᾶλλον *yAwooatc λαλῶν" 19 "ἀλλ᾽" ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ θέλω πέντε more Άη °tongues “speaking ; but in [the] assembly I desire five λόγους Sia τοῦ νοός! ου λαλῆσαι, ἵνα καὶ ἄλλους words with understanding ‘my tospeak, that also others κατηχήσω, ἢ μυρίους λόγους ἐν γλώσσῃ. 20 ᾿Αδελφοί, μὴ I may-instruct, than ten thousand words in a tongue. Brethren, *not thy giving of thanks, since what thou sayest παιδία γίνεσθε ταῖς φρεσίν ἀλλὰ τῇ κακίᾳ νηπιάζετε, 3children "be in (your) minds, but in malice be babes ; ταῖς. δὲ φρεσὶν τέλειοι γίνεσθε. 21 ἐν τῷ νύμῳ γέγρα- but in [your] minds 7full “grown "be. In the law it has been a ? « ’ 3 3 ὯΝ i cs , Il λ πται, Ότι ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις, καὶ ἐν χείλεσιν “ἑτέροις. α- written, By other tongues, and by *lips ‘other I will λήσω τῷ-λαφ.τούτῳ, καὶ οὐδ᾽ οὕτως εἰσακούσονταί µου, speak to this people, and noteven thus will they hear λέγει κύριος. 92 Ὥστε ai γλῶσσαι εἰς σημεῖόν εἰσιν, ov saith [the] Lord. Sothat the tongues for a sign are, not τοῖς πιστεύουσιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀπίστοις" ἡ δὲ. προφητεία, to those that believe, but to the unbelievers; but prophecy, οὐ τοῖς ᾿ἀπίστοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. 23 ἐὰν οὖν not tothe unbelievers, but to those that believe. Tf therefore ἀσυνέλθῃ! ἡ ἐκκλησία ὕλη ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό, καὶ πάντες “γλώσ- me, *come ®together 'the 7assembly ?wholé inone place, and all with λ λ ~ 1 2 ἐλθ ὃ 4 ἰδ ~ n ” σαις αλώσιγ., ELOE WOLY 0οε ιοιωται 1 απιστοι, tongues should speak, and come in uninstructed ones or unbelievers, οὐκ.ἐροῦσιν ὅτι µαίνεσθε; 24 ἐὰν δὲ πάντες προφητεύωσιν, will they not say that ye are mad? But if all prophesy, ? / Ν ” ’ “ 4 A ’ εἰσέλθῃ.δὲ τις ἄπίστος ἢ ἰδιώτης, ἐλέγχεται ὑπὸ πάν- and should come ih some unbeliever or uninstructed, he is convicted by all, ? , ‘ ἣν ‘ e ‘ των, ἀνακρίνεται ὑπὸ πάντων, 25 [καὶ οὕτως" τὰ κρυπτὰ he is examined by all; and thus the secrets ~ , ~ ° , ‘ ‘ ? ‘ τῆς.καρδίας.αὐτοῦ φανερὰ γίνεται καὶ οὕτως πεσὼν ἐπὶ of his heart manifest become; and thus,s falling upon , ΄ ~ θ » ᾽ ἐλλ τ σὴ θ 4 δ προσωπον, προσκυνήσει τῷ θεῴ, ἀπαγγελλων οτι 850 θεὸς {his] face, he will do homage to God, declaring that God ὄντως" ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. indeed amongst you is. 26 Ti οὖν ἐστιν, ἀδελφοί; ὅταν συνέρχησθε, ἕκαστος What then brethren ? each \ ‘ ἢ - “ / Βὑμῶν" ψαλμὸν ἔχει, διδαχὴν ἔχει, Ἰγλῶσσαν ἔχει, ἀποκά- of you apsaim has, a teaching has, atongue . has, a reve- λυψιν ἔχει," ἑρμηνείαν ἔχει πάντα πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν *ye- is it, when ye may come together, 461 will pray with the spi« rit,and I willpray with the understanding al- so: I will sing with the spirit, and I will sing with the under- standing also. 16 Else when thou shalt bless with the spirit, how shall he that occupieth the room of the un- learned say Amen at thy giving of thanks, seeing he understand- eth not what thousay- est ? 17 For thou verily givest thanks well, but the other is not edified. 18 I thank my God, I speak with tongues more than ye all: 19 yet in the church I had rather speak five words with my under- standing, that by my voice I might teach others also, than ten thousand words in an unknown tongue. 20 Brethren, be not children in under- standing : howbeit in malice be ye children, but in understanding be men, 21 In the law it is written, With men of other tongues and other lips will I speak unto this Ῥοο- ple; and yet for all that will they not hear me, saith the Lord, 22 Wherefore tongues are for a sign, not to them that believe, but to them that believe not : but prophesying serveth not for them that believe not, but for them which be-~ lieve. 23 If therefore the whole church be come together into one place, and all speak with tongues, and there come in those that are unlearned, or unbelievers, will they not say that ye are mad? 24 But if all prophesy, and there come in one that be- lieveth not, or one un- learned, he is convinc- ed of all, he is judged of. all: 25 and thus are the secrets of his heart made manifest ; and so falling down on his face he' will worship God, and re- port that Godisin you of a truth. 26 How is it then, brethren? when ye lation has, aninterpretation has. Allthings for buildingup let be ong together, every s— δὲ τ[πτ]. ὅ - τῷ [ῃ6 Ee. ¥% εὐλογῇς LTTrA. w — τῷ (read πνευ. with [the] Spirit) LTTrA. χα ἀλλὰ Tr. Y—pmovGLTTrAW. 2 γλώσσῃ λαλῶ I speak with a tongue ΙΤΤΓΑ. ®qad\AaLTtraA. Ὁ τῷ vOLLTTrAW. δ ἑτέρων ‘others’ LTTra, γλώσσαις LTTrA. ' - Kal οὕτως GLTTrAW. Lrrr[a]. 1 ἀποκάλυψιν ἔχει, γλῶσσαν ἔχει LTTrAW. ἃ ἔλθῃ Come L, Β ὄντως ὁ (— ὁ T) θεὸς LTTrAW, Χ γινέσθω ΟΙΤΊΤΑΥ. ε λαλῶσιν b — ὑμῶν 402 one of you hath a Μο hath a doctrine, ath a tongue, hatha revelation, hath an in- terpretation. - Let all things be done unto edifying. 27 If any man speak in an ur- known tongue, let tt be by two, or at the most by three, and that by course; and let one interpret. 28 But if there be no interpreter, let him keep silence in the church; and let him speak to himself, and to God. 29 Let the prophets speak two or three, and let the other judge. 30 If any thing be revealed to another that sitteth by; let the first hold his peace. 31 For ye may all prophesy one by one, that all may learn, and all may be comforted. 32 And the spirits of the prophets are subject to the pro- phets. 33 For God is not the author of con- fusion, but of peace, as in all churches of the saints. 34 Let your women keep silence in the ehurches : for it is not permitted unto them to speak ; but they are commanded to be un- der obedience, as also saiththe law. 35 And if they will learn any thing, let them ask their husbands at home : for it is ashame for women to speak in the church. 36 What? came the word of God out from you 2 or came it unto you only? 37 If any man think himself to be a prophet, or spi- ritual, let him ac- knowledge that the things that I write un- to you are the com- mandments of the Lord. 38 But if any man be ignorant, let him be _ ignorant. 39 Wherefore, breth- ren, covet to prophesy, and forbid not to speak with tongues. 40 Lot all things be done de- omy and in order, XV. Moreover, bre- thren, I declare unto ο the gospel which preached unto you, ΠΡΟ ορια, XIV, XV. νέσθω." 27 sire γλώσσῃ τις λαλεῖ, κατὰ δύο ἢ τὸ done. If withatongue anyone speak, [letit be] by two or the πλεῖστον τρεῖς, καὶ ἀνὰ μέρος, καὶ εἷς διερµηνευέτω. 28 ἐὰν δὲ most three, and insuccession, and7one ‘let interpret; and if μὴ. duppnvevtyjc," σιγάτω ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ. ἑαυτῷ. δὲ there be not aninterpreter, let him be silent in an assembly; and to himself λαλείτω καὶ τῷ θεῷ. 29 προφῆται.δὲ δύο ἢ τρεῖς λαλεί- let him speak and to God. And prophets two or *three let τωσαν,΄ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι διακρινέτωσαν' 90 ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλῳ speak, and the “others Met discern. But if to another ἀποκαλυφθῇ καθημένῳ, O° πρῶτος σιγάτω. 31 δύ- 3should “ηο 54 γρτο]αθῖοη ‘sitting *by, *the *first "let. be silent. “Ye νασθε γὰρ καθ ἕνα πάντες προφητεύειν, ἵνα πάντες µαν- Scan ‘for one by one all prophesy, that all may θάνωσιν, καὶ πάντες παρακαλῶνται 32 καὶ πνεύματα learn, and all may be exhorted. And spirits ~ / ε ΄ ει / ? ? προφητῶν προφήταις ὑποτάσσεται" 33 οὐ γὰρ ἐστιν ἄκατα- of prophets to prophets are subject. For “not *he7ig ‘of 7dis- στασίας ὁ θεός, ἀλλ᾽" εἰρήνης, ὡς ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις order “the °>God, but of peace, as in all the assemblies τῶν "ἁγίων. of the saints. 34 Αἱ! γυναῖκες υὑμῶν' ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις σιγάτωσαν' 7Women your in_ the assemblies let them be silent, οὐ.γὰρ.Ῥέπιτέτραπται' αὐταῖς λαλεῖν, ἀλλ᾽} αὑποτάσσεσθαι,! for it is not allowed to them to speak; but to be in subjection, καθὼς Kai ὁ νόμος λέγει. 8ὅ εἰδὲ τι μαθεῖν θέλουσιν, according as alsothe law says. But if anything to learn they wish, ἐν οἴκῳ τοὺς.ἰδίους ἄνδρας ἐπερωτάτωσαν' αἰσχρὸν.γάρ ἐστιν athome theirown husbands. let them ask; forashame itis τγυγναιξὶν ἐν ἐκκλησία λαλεῖν. γ Ἰσίᾳ λαλεῖν. for women in assembly to speak. n ” ~ ε ΄ ~ ~ ~ ~ 96 Ἢ ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν; ἢ εἰς ὑμᾶς Or *from “you *the °word Τοῦ °God ‘went *out, or to you μόνους κατήντησεν; 37 εἴ τις δοκεῖ προφήτης εἶναι ἢ only did it arrive ? If anyone thinks a prophet tobe or πνευματικός, ἐπίγινωσκέτω ἃ άφω ὑμῖν, ὅτι "τοῦ" spiritual, let him recognize the things I write toyou, that of the κυρίου ‘eiaiy" "ἐντολαί" 38 εἰ δὲ τις ἀγνοεῖ, Yayvoeirw." Lord they are commands, But if any be ignorant, let him be ignorant. / ? : ρω Δ \ Δ - 99 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοίξ, ζηλοῦτε τὸ προφητεύειν, καὶ τὸ λαλεῖν “., Sothat, brethren, be emulous to prophesy, and to speak Σγλώσσαις μὴ.κωλύετε.' 40 πάντα ” εὐσχημόνως καὶ κατὰ with tongues donot forbid. All things becomingly and with τάξιν γινέσθω. order let be done. / ‘ χ ~. » 4 15 Γνωρίζω. δὲ υμῖν, ἀδελφοί, τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ὃ εὐηγ- But 1 make known toyou, brethren, the gladtidings which I an- γελισάµην ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ παρελάβετε, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἑστήκατε, nounced to you; which also ye received, in which also yestand, 1 ἑρμηνευτής Ltr. τὰ ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 2 ἁγίων, αἱ (read verse 83 joined to verse 34) GLT. °— ὑμῶν LITrA. 3 ἐπιτρέπεται LTTrAW. ἃ ὑποτασσέσθωσαν]αί them be in subjection LTTr. Σ γυναικὶ (@ woman) λαλεῖν ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ LTTrA. 18 LTTrAW. Υ ἐντολή 8. command LTr[A]W ; — ἐντολαί T. * + µου my (brethren) [1|πττιτ|Α]. [ 1). ; t ἐστὶν it | ; ae Ἢ ἀγνοεῖται he is ignored LT. Σ μὴ κωλύετε (+ ἐν [L]A) γλώσσαις LTYrA. : -ΞἮ δὰ 8 — τοῦ (read of [the]) GLTTraw. But (all things) crrtraw. ον, ΠΙΟ ισα πο, Η > ΘΝ ’ ’ ~ 260 οὗ καὶ σώζεσθε, τίνι λόγῳ δεύηγγελισάμην' ὑμῖν by which also ye are being saved, °what Sword ΤΙ Sannounced BLOM σοι > ’ A ᾽ ~ ’ , εἰ κατέχετε, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ εἰκὴ ἐπιστεύσατε. 3 Παρέδωκα γὰρ 4if ye “hold *fast, unless in vain ye believed. For I delivered e ~ εν \ / ΄ ὑμῖν ἐν ποώτοις, ὃ καὶ παοέλαβον, ὅτι χοιστὸς ἀπέθανεν to you in the first place, what also I recvived, that Christ dicd κατὰ Tac γραφάς' 4 καὶ ὅτι ὑπὲρ τῶν.ἁμαρτιὼν ἡμῶν, | for our sins, accordiug to the scriptures ; and that ? ΄ , oe Ζ ΄ , ο , ς “ ΗΠ \ \ εταφη, και οτι EyIyEOTAL TH “TPITH Ί]μεοα, κατα τας he was buried; and that he was raised the γοαφάς" 5 καὶ ὅτι «ὤφθη third Κηφᾷ, “εἶτα" τοῖς δώδεκα. 6 ἔπειτα rer.ptures; απά that he appeared to Cuphas, then tothe twelve. Then ὠφθὴ ἐπάνω πεντακοσίοις ἀδελφοῖς ἐφάπαξ, ἐξ wy οἱ he appeared toabove five hundred brethren at once, of whom the αν ef ” η \ ‘ ᾽ / “πλείους" μένουσιν ἕως ἄρτι, τινὲς. δὲ ἱκαὶ" ἐκοιμήθησαν. greater part remain until now, but some also are fallen usleep. ” ” , ~ - ᾽ , ~ ἔπειτα ὠφθη ᾿Ιακώβῳ, *eira' τοῖς ἀποστύλοις πᾶσιν. Then he appeared to James ; then to “the “apostles tall; 8 ἔσχατον.δὲ πάντων, ὡσπερεὶ τῷ.ἐκτρώµματ.. ώφθη Kapol. and last of all, as to an abortion, he appeared also to me. 9 ἐγὼ.γάρ εἰμι ὃ ἐλάχιστος τῶν ἀποστόλων, ὃς οὐκ εἰμὶ For I am the least of the apostles, who am not ἱκανὸς “καλεῖσθαι ἀπόστολος, διότι ἐδίωξα τὴν ἐκκλησίαν fit to be called apostle, because I persecuted the assembly τοῦ θεοῦ. 10 χάριτιδὲ θεοῦ εἰμι ὃ εἰμι, καὶ ἡ χάρις. αὐτοῦ of God. But by grace of God Lam what Iam, and his grace ἢ εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ κενὴ ἐγενήθη, ἀλλὰ περισσότερον αὐ- which [was]towards me not void has been, but more abundantly than τῶν πάντων ἐκοπίασα οὐκ.ἐγὼ.δε, FUAX'" ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ them all I laboured, but not I, but the gruce of God hy σὺν ἐμοί. 11 εἴτε οὖν ἐγὼ εἴτε ἐκεῖνοι, οὕτως κηρύσ- with me. Whether therefore I or they, so we ‘ er Ἵ ΄ κ δι ‘ re σοµεν, καὶ οὕτως ἐπιστεύσατε. 12 Ει.δὲ χριστὸς κηρυσσεται, day, according to the preach, and SU ye believed. Now if Christ is preached, οτι ἐκ νεκρῶν' ἐγήγερται, πῶς λέγουσίν ἔτινες that from among [ίπο] dead he has been raised, how say some 3 ~ . er . ά ~ ᾽ » ? A > ιά ἐν ὑμῖν" ὅτι ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ.εστιν; 19 εἰ δὲ ἀνα- among you thata resurrection of [the] dead thcre is ποῖ ὃ But if aresur- στασις νεκρῶν οὐκ.στιν, οὐδὲ χριστὸς ἐγήγερται' 14 ει δὲ rection οἱ [ίπο] dead there is not, neither Christ has been raised: but if χριστὸς οὐκ .ἐγήγερται, KEvov.dpa! τὺ.κηρυγμα.ἡμῶν, κενὴ Christ has ποῖ becn raised, thenvoid [15] our proclamation, “void at a « , ~ ~ ε ’ ‘ . ‘ πε , πρὲῖ καὶ ἡ. πίστις. ὑμῶν. 1d εὑρισκόμεθα.δὲ Καὶ ψευδομάρτυρες land also your faith. And we are found also false witnesses τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι ἐμαρτυρήσαμεν κατὰ τοῦ θεοῦ ὅτι ἤγειρεν of God; for we witnessed concerning God that he raised up τὸν Χριστόν, ὃν οὐκιἤγειρεν εἴπερ ἄρα νεκροὶ οὐκ the Christ, whom he raised not if then [the] dead 2not ἐγείρονται" 16 εἰγὰρ νεκροὶ οὐκ.ἐγείρονται, οὐδὲ χριστὸς ‘are raised. For if [86] dead are not raised, neither Christ ἐγήγερται' 17 εἰ.δὲ χριστὸς οὐκ.ἐγήγερται, ματαία ἡ πίστις has been raised: butif Christ has not beenraised, vain "faith / ‘we 463 which also ye have re- ceived, and wherein ye stand; 2 by which al- so ye are saved, if ye kecp in memory what I preached unto you, unless ye have believed in vain. 3 For I[ de- livered unto you first of all that which 1 also received, how that Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures ; 4 and that he was buried, and that he rose again the third day according to the scriptures : 5 and that he was seen of Cephas, then of. the twelve: 6 after that, he was seen of above five hundred brethren at once; of whom the greater part re- main unto this pre- sent, but some are fallen asleep. 7 After that, he was seen of James ; then of allthe apostles. 8 And last of all he was seen of me also, as of one born out of due time. 9 Tor Iam the least of the apostles, that am not meet to be called an apostle, because I per- secuted the church of God. 10 But by the grace of God [I am what I am: and his grace which was ὑρ- stowed upon me was not in vain; but I laboured more abun- dautly than they all: yet not Τὶ but the grace of God which was with me. 11 Therefore whe- ther zt were 1 or they, so we preach, and so ye believed. 12 Now if Christ be preached thst he rose from the dead, how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead? 13 But if there be no resurrection of the dead, then is Christ not risen:14 and if Chri-t be not risen, then 8 our preaching vain, and your faith zs also vain. 15 Yea, and are fuund false witnesses of God; be- cause we have testified of God that he rai-ed up Christ: whom ke raised not up, if so be that the dead rise ποῦ, 16 For if the dead rise not, then is not Christ raised: 17 and if Christ ὃ σὐαγγελισάμην L. ο ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ LTTrAW. LTTrAW. £— καὶ LITr[A]. * ἔπειτα TA γεκρὼν OTL A, κ ἐν ὑμῖν τινὲς LITrAW. 8 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 14 καὶ also [L]vaw. ἆ ἔπειτα τ. h — y LTTrA. m — δὲ LYTIAW- © πλείονες i ἐκ 464 be not raised, your faith is vain; ye are yet im your = sins. 18 Then they also which are fallen asleep in Christ are perished, 19 If in this life only we have hope in Christ, we are of all men most miserable, 20 But now is Christ risen from the dead, and become the first- fruits of them that slept. 21 For since by man came death, by man came also the re- surrection of the dead. 22 For asin Adam all die, even so in Christ shall all be made a- live. 23 But every man in his own order: Christ the firstfruits ; afterward they that are Christ’s at his coming. 24 Then com- eth the end, when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God, even the Father ; when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power, 25 For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet. 26 The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death, 27 For he hath all things under is feet. But when he saith,all things are put under him, it is mani- fest that he is except- ed, which did put all thidgs under him. 28 And when all things shall be subdued unto him, then shall the Son also himself be subject unto him that pe all things under im, that God may be all in all. 29 Else what shall they do which are baptized for the dead, if the dead rise not at all? why are they then baptized for the dead? 30 and why stand we in jeopardy every hour? 31 I pro- test by your rejoicing wnhichI have in Christ Jesus our Lord, I die daily. 32 If after the manner of men I have 9 + [ἐστίν] is 1,. τ.- o LTTr[A]w. LTTrA. ® — καὶ [17ττ ΑἹ. ἡ ἄχρι ΤΑ. ς 8.-- ¢a LTA, @+ ἀδελφοί brethren trtra, ΤΡ πο ETN Se OY ΣΣ ᾱ, XV. ἔτι ἐστὲ ἐν ταῖς.ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν" 19 ἄρα.καὶ οἱ your sins. And then those that κοιµηθέντες ἐν χριστῷ ἀπώλοντο. 19 εἰ ἐν τῇ.ζωῇ.ταύτῃ fell asleep in Christ perished. ΤΕ ise this life , \ ? ay Ὁ ) , ΄ ᾽ Ρηλπικότες ἐσμὲν ἐν χριστῷ" μόνον, ἐλεεινότεροι πάντων ἀν- 2we Shave *hope Sin Christ. ‘only, more miserable than all θρώπων ἐσμέν. nen we are. ‘ ‘ 9 ~ ᾽ 20 Νυνὶ δὲ χριστὸς ἐγήγερται ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἀπαρχὴ ο Ῥαέπουν Christ has been raised fromamong[the] dead, first-fruit / ᾽ ‘ 4 ? ? ιά τῶν κεκοιμημένων 3ἐγένετο.ὶ 91 ἐπειδὴ .γὰρ δι ἀνθρώπου ὑμῶν" * tyour [is]; still ye’are in of those fallen asleep he became, For since by man [15] τὸ" θάνατος, καὶ δι ἀνθρώπου ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν. 22 ὥσπερ death, also by man resurrection of [the] dead. “As γαρ ἐν τῷ ᾿Αδὰμ πᾶντες ἀποθνήσκουσιν, οὕτως καὶ ἐν τῷ ‘for in -Adam all die, 80 aiso in the ~ ’ θη 98 er OL δὲ 9 ~ ἰδί χριστῷ πάντες ζωοποιηθήσονται. 28. ἕκαστος δὲ ἐν τῷ. ἰδίῳ Christ αἱ shall be made alive. But each in his own τάγµατι’ ἀπαρχὴ Χριστός, ἔπειτα οἱ ὃ χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ rauk : (?the] *first-frnit Christ, then those of Christ «at παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ" 24 εἶτα τὸ τέλος, ὅταν ἐπαραδφὶ τὴν his coming, Then the end, when he shall have given up the βασιλείαν τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί, ὅταν καταργήσῃ kingdom tohimwho[is] God and Father; when he shall have annulled πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν καὶ δύναμιν" ‘25 δεῖ.γὰρ all rule and all authority and power, For it behoves ᾽ ᾿ γἢ ’ τ » " < wi ΙΙ θ ~ [4 , A αὐτὸν βασιλεύειν, ἄχρις" οὗ “ἂν . πάντας τους him to reign, until he shall have put all ? θ 4 x € A 4 0 ? ~ 296 ” ᾽ θ . ἔχσρους” υπὸ τους.ποδας.αύτου. έσχατος ἐχθρὸς καταρ- enemies under his feet. {The} last enemy an- ~ = x / , A e , Me « 4 4 γεῖται 0 θάνατος. 27 ilavra.yao ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς nulled [is] death. For all things he put in subjection under πόδας. αὐτοῦ" ὅταν δὲ εἴπῃ Yoru πάντα ὑποτέτακται, his feet, But when it be said that all things have been put in subjection, δῆλον ὅτι ἐκτὸς τοῦ ὑποτάξαντος αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα" (it is] manifest that [it is]except him who put in subjection to Ἠϊπι 81] things, 28 ὅταν δὲ ὑποταγῇ αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα, τότε But when shall have been put in subjection to him all things, then Ἰκαὶὶ αὐτὸς ὃ υἱὸς ὑποταγήσεται τῷ i isa: αντι also “himself ‘the ΄Βοπ will be put in subjection to him who put in subjection ~ , Π / ᾿ - αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα, ἵνα ὁ θεὸς ὅτὰ" πάντα ἐν πᾶσιν. tohim allthings, that 7may*be ‘God all in all. ? ‘ 2 , ε ’ \ ~ -»" 29 Ἐπεὶ τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν Since what shallthey do who ατα baptized for the dead > / A > ’ ΄ ‘ ad A εἰ ὅλως νεκροὶ οὐκ ἐγείρονται; τί καὶ βαπτίζονται ὑπὲρ if *at ‘all (‘the] *dead “not areraised? why also are they baptized for ὑτῶν νεκρῶν" ; 90 τί καὶ ἡμεῖς κινδυνεύομεν πᾶσαν ὥραν: the +dead? Why also‘ “we are in danger every hour? 31 καθ. ἡμέραν ἀποθνήσκω, νὴ τὴν “ἡμετέραν" καύχησιν, ἃ Daily I die, by our boasting, a » ? ~? ~ ~ , ε ~ ην ἔχω ev χριστῳ Ἰησοῦ τῷ. κυρίῳ.ἡμῶν. 82 εἰ κατὰ which I have in Christ Jesus our Lord. If according to Ρ ἐν χριστῷ ἠλπικότες ἐσμὲν LTTrAW. 5. + του (read of the Christ) GLTTraw. w — ἂν LTTraw. 4 — ἐγένετο GLTTrAW. ἕ παραδιδοί he may give up * + [αὐτοῦ] his (enemies) 1, Υ [ὅτι] L. " αὐτῶν them GLITraw. © ὑμετέραν your EGLTTraW. 2h δ ΕΟ ΕΝ ΙΑ ΝΕ, » θρα 20 ’ Le Τρ Hi / A e” λ ἀνσρωπον εθηριομαχησα εν Ἐφέσῳ,. Ti μοι τὸ “οφελος; man I fought with beasts in Ephesus, what tome the profit, εἰ νεκροὶ οὐκ.ἐγείρονται 3" φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν. if [the] dead are not raised ? We may eat and we may drink; αὔριον.γὰρ ἀποθνήσκομεν. 33 μὴ-πλανᾶσθε' φθείρουσιν ἤθη for to-morrow we die. Be not misled: Scorrupt *manners / / , ΄ . Yee \ A fyono@! ᾿ ὁμιλίαι κακαί. 34 ἐκνήψατε δικαίως, καὶ μὴ “σοοᾶ ?companiouships ‘evil. Awake up righteously, and *not ἁμαρτᾶνετε' ἀγνωσίαν γὰρ θεοῦ τινες ἔχουσιν' πρὸς ἐντροπὴν 151} ; forignorance of God some have: to “shame ὑμῖν ἕλέγω.! tyour 1 speak, 35 MAAN! ἐρεῖ τις, Πῶς ἐγείρονται οἱ νεκροί; ποίῳ But willsay some one, How areraised the dead? *with *what a. , ” Ἔ 1 » Il 4 εν ’ > δὲ σώματι ἔρχονται; 36 Ἰάφρον, σὺ ὃ σπείρες, OU lund body do they come 2 Fool; thou what sowest, not ζωοποιεῖται ἐὰν.μὴ ἀποθάνῃ" 97 καὶ ὃ σπείρεις, οὐ τὸ σῶμα lis quickened unless it die. And what thou sowest, notthe body TO γενησόμενον σπείρες, ἀλλὰ γυμνὸν κόκκον, εἰ τύχοι, that " shall be thou sowest, but a bare grain, it may be σίτου ἤ τινος τῶν λοιπῶν' 38 ὁ.δὲθεὸς Ἰαὐτῷ δίδωσιν!" and God to it ~ ‘ ? / τε , ~ , k wed σῶμα καθὼς ἠθέλησεν, καὶ ἑκάστῳ τῶν σπερμάτων "τὸ" ἴδιον a body according as he willed, and toeach of the seeds its own σῶμα. 39 οὐ πᾶσα σὰρξ ἡ αὐτὴ σάρξ: ἀλλὰ ἄλλη μὲν body. Not every flesh [15] the same flesh, but one Ἰσὰρξ' ἀνθρώπων, ἄλλη.δὲ σὰρξ κτηνῶν, ἄλλη. δὲ ™ πἰχθύων, flesh of men, and another flesh of beasts, and another οἷ fishes, ἄλλη. δὲ πτηνῶν." 40 καὶ σώματα ἐπουράνια, καὶ and another of birds. And bodies heavenly, and σώματα ἐπίγεια" ἀλλ" ἑτέρα μὲν ἡ τῶν ἐπουρανίων hodies earthly : but different [is] the *of #the *heavenly δόξα, ἑτέρα.δὲ ἡ τῶν ἐπιγείων. 41 ἄλλη δόξα ἡλίου, *glory, and different that of the earthly: one glory of [the] sun, καὶ ἄλλη δόξα σελήνης, καὶ ἄλλη δόξα ἀστέρων ἀστὴρ and another glory οὗ [the] moon, and another glory of [the] stars; *star γὰρ ἀστέρος διαφέρει ἐν δόξῃ. 42 οὕτως καὶ ἡ ἀνάστασις for “τοπ °star ‘differs in glory. So also [is] the resurrection τῶν νεκρῶν. σπείρεται ἐν φθορᾷ. ἐγείρεται ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ᾽ ofthe dead. Itissown in corruption, it is raised in incorruptibility. 43 σπείρεται ἐν ἀτιμίᾳ, ἐγείρεται ἐν δόξῃ" σπείρεται ἐν ἀ- Itissown in dishonour, itisraised in glory. It issown in weak- σθενείᾳ, ἐγείρεται ἐν δυνάμει: 44 σπείρεται σῶμα ψυχικόν, ness, itisraised in power. Itissown 8. Ροᾶγ απαϊατα], ἐγείρεται σῶμα πνευματικόν. Ῥἔστιν σῶμα ψυχικόν, “καὶ of wheat or of some one of the χοβῦ ; gives {there are] it israised a “body spiritual : there is a*body ‘natural, and ~ " ’ , x ἔστιν! τσῶμα᾽ πνευματικόν. 45 οὕτως καὶ γέγραπται, thereis a βοὰν So ᾿Εγένετο ὁ πρῶτος "ἄνθρωπος" ᾿Αδὰμ εἰς ψυχὴν ζῶσαν" ὁ ‘spiritual. also it has been written, >Became “the “first eman *Adam a’soul ‘living; the ἔσχατος ᾿Αδὰμ εἰς πνεῦμα ζωοποιοῦν. 46 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ πρῶτον last Adam a spirit ‘quickening. But not first [was] τε ὄφελος ; .... ἐγείρονται, (end the question at profit) GLTTrA. LTTrA,. bh ἄλλα TTr. i ἄφρων LITrA. 1 — σὰρξ GLTT. aw. m + σὰρξ flesh [L]TTra. © ἀλλὰ LIT AW. P+ εἰ if LoTraw. LTiraw. 5 |άνθρωπος] 1.. f χρηστὰ GTTrAW. ) δίδωσιν αὐτῷ LTTrAW. 465 fought with beasts at Ephesus, what ad- vantageth it me, if the dead rise not ; ‘let us eatand drimk ; for to morrow we die. 33 Be not deceived : evil communications corrupt good manners. 34 Awake to righteous- ness, and sin not ; for some have not the knowledge of God: I speak this to your shame, 35 But some man will say, How are the dead raised up? and with what body do they come? 36 Thou fool, that which thou sowest is not quicken- ed, except it dic: 37 and that which thou sow- est, thou sowest not that body that shall be, but bare grain, it may chance of wheat, or of some other grain: 38 but God giveth it a body as it hath pleas- ed him,’ and’ to every seed his own body. 39 All flesh is not the same flesh: but there ‘ais one kind of flesh of men, another flesh of beasts, another of fishes, and another of birds. 40 Thereareal- so celestial bodies, and bodies terrestrial: but the glory of the celes- tial 7s one, and the glory of the terrestrial 15 another. 41 Zhere is one glory ofthe sun, and another glory of the moon, and another glory of the stars: for -one star differeth from another star in glory. 42 So 4130 8 the resur- rection of the dead. It is sownin corruption ; it is raised in incor- ruption : 43 itis sown in dishonour; it is raised in glory: itis sown in weakness ; it is raised in power: 44it is sown a natural body ; it is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body, and there is a spiritual body. 45 And so it is written, The first man Adam was made a liy- ing soul; the last A- dam was madeéa quick= ening spirit. 46 How- beit that was not. first which 1 spiritual, 6 λαλῶ k — τὸ LTTrA. 2 πτηνῶν, ἄλλη δὲ ἰχθύων LITYAW, ᾳ ἔστιν καὶ there is also LTTraWw. Σ-- σῶμα Εἰ Ἡ 4060 but that which is na- tural: and afterward that which is spiritual. 47 The first man is of the earth, earthy : the second man is the Lord frow heaven. 48 As ὦ the earthy, such are they also that are ear:hy : and as is the heavenly, such are th:y also that are heavenly. 49 And as we hare borue the image of the carthy, we shall also bear the image of the heavenly. 50 Now this I say, brethren, that ficsh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; nei- thr doth corruption inhcrit' incorruption, 51 Behold, I shew you a mystery; We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be chang- ed, 52 in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incor- ruptible, aud we shall bechanged, 53 For this eorruptible must put en inecorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality. 54 So wheu this corruptible shall have put on in- corruption, and this mortal shall have put on immortality, then shall be brought to pass the saying that is written, Death is swallowed up in vic- tory. 550 death, where ts thy sting ? O grave, where is thy victory ? 56 The sting of death issin; and thestrength of sin is the law. 57 But thanks be to God, which giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ, 58 Therefore, ny be- loved’ brethren, be ye stedfast, unmoveable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, forasmuch as ye know that your labour is not in vain in the Lord. XVI. Now concern- ine the collection for the saints, as I have Pas hi Ew GO Σ Ά XV, XVI. Ψυγικόν, ἔπειτα τὸ πνευµατικόν. the spiritual, but the natural, then the spiritual : τῆς ” ~ sat SRS « , “ 47 ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος ἐκ γῆς. χοϊκος" oO δεύτερος ἄν- the first nian out of earth, made of dust; the second ε , ~ τ ἜΝΙΑ «κ SS ~ θρωπος, ‘bo κύριος" ἐξ οὐρανοῦ. 48 οἷος ὁ χοίκος, τοιοῦτοι man, the Lord outof heaven. Such as he made of dust, such Kat οἱ γοϊκοί καὶ οἷος ὁ ἐπουράνιος, τοιοῦτοι καὶ οἱ also[are] those made of dust; and such asthe heavenly (one), such also the ΄ " ? » , ~ ἐπουράνιοι: 49 καὶ καθως ἐφορέσαμεν τὴν εἰκόγα TOU heavenly [ones]. Απά according as we bore the image of the [one] χοϊκοῦ, "φοβέσομενὶ καὶ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ ἐπουρανίου. made of dust, weshallbear also the image οὗ ὑπὸ [5068] “heavenly. 50 Τοῦτο.δέ φημι, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αμα βασιλείαν But this Isay, brethren, that flesh and Ὀ]οοά [[Π0] kingdom ~ ~ ᾽ - 4 ε θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ-“ρύνανται," οὐδὲ ἡ φθορὰ τὴν ἀ- of God “inherit 2eunnot, nor ?corruption *incor- Φθαρσίαν Ἀκληρονομεῖ." ruptibility ‘does *inherit. 51 ᾿Ιδοὺ μυστήριον ὑμῖν λέγω" Πάντες Σμὲν' οὐ κοιµηθη- Lo amystery toyou [I tell: All Snot ‘we “shall σόμεθα" πάντες δὲ ἀλλαγησόμεθα, 52 ἐν ἀτόμῳ, ἐν fall asleep, but all we shall be changed, in an instant, in [the] ῥιπῇ ὀφθαλμοῦ, ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι' σαλπίσει.γάρ, twiukling of an eye, at the last trumpet ; for a trumpet shall sound, ‘ e ‘ ’ ΄ ” ay ς ~ Ψ καὶ οἱ νεκοοὶ “ἐγερθήσονται! ἄφθαρτοι, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀλλαγησό- andthe dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be μεθα. 53 δεῖ.γὰρ τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀφθαρσίαν, ‘ , ᾽ A ‘ τὸ πνευματικόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ changed. For it behoves this corruption to put on incorruptibility, ‘ . ‘ ~ 3 ΄ ᾽ ’ er \ A καὶ τὺ.θνητὸν.τοῦτο ἐνδύσασθαι ἀθανασίαν. 54 drav.dé τὸ and this mortal to put on immortality. But when > 9 , ry ‘ ~ ἀφθαρσίαν, καὶ τὸ θνητὸν.τοῦτο this mortal > a7 ενὀυσηται φθαρτὸν τοῦτο shall haye put on incorruptibility, and this corruptible ἐνδύσηται ἀθανασιαν, τότε γενήσεται ὁ λόγος ὃ γε- shall have puton immortality, then 5Π8]}] ουπιθ Το pass the word that has γραμμένος. Κατεπόθη ὁθάνατος εἰς νῖκος. 55 Ποῦ σου, been written: *Was *swallowed *up *death Where of thee, θάνατε. τὸ KevTpov"; ποῦ σου, Sadn," τὸ ὕνῖκος" ; 56 Τὸ δὲ Odeath, {6 sting? where of thee, O hades, the victory? Now the κέντρον τοῦ θανάτου ἡ ἁμαρτία: ᾖ.δὲ δύναμις τῆς ἆμαρ- _sting of death [is] sin, and the power of sin τίας ὁ νόμος" 57 τῷ δὲ θεῷ χάρις τῷ διδόντι ἡμῖν TO νῖκος the law; but to God{be]thanks, πο gives 8 the victory A ~ ‘ ε ~ ? ~ ~ / > ry διὰ τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 58 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί.μου by our Lord Jesus Christ. Sothat, my trethren ἀγαπητοί, ἑδραῖοι γίνεσθε, ἀμετακίνητοι, περισσεύοντες ἐν τῷ beloved, * firm ‘be, immovable, abounding in the ἔργῳ τοῦ κυρίου πάντοτε, εἰδότες ὅτι ὁ. κόπος ὑμῶν οὐκ.έστιν work ofthe Lord always, knowing that your toil is not KEVOC EV κυρίῳ. void in(the] Lord. 16 Περὶ. δὲ τῆς λογίας τῆς Now conccrning the collection which [is] tor in victory. εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους, ὥσπερ the saints, Cg a rr SS ‘hens ὃ κύριος LTTrA, νοµήσει shall inherit 1, sleep, but not all &€.) τὶ. π δύναται Την. /* KAnpo- 2 κοιμηθησόµεθα. ov (vead we shall all Ὁ νίκος und κέντλον transposed LITr. Υ φορέσωμεν we should bear trvr. } — μὲν [1,]ΤΤνΑ. ἃ ἀναστήσονται L. οθανατε Ο death 1 ΤΊτΑ. Bey I: ΓΟ RN LEA NS διέταξα Taig ἐκκλησίπις τῆς Γαλατίας, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 ἀἰγθοιδᾶά the assemblies of Galatia, so also ye / ΄ ’ wv ς ~ ? ποιήσατε. 2 κατὰ.μίαν σαββάτων" ἕκαστος ὑμῶν παρ 4ο. Every tirst [day] ofthe week “each of “you Si y ἑαυτῷ τιθέτω, θησαυρίζων ὅτι ἂν εὐοδῶται' ἵνα μὴ Thim ἰοῦ *put, treasuring up whatever he may be prospered in, that not ὅταν ἔλθω τότε λογίαι γίνωνται. 3 ὅταν. δὲ παραγένω- when I may come then collections there should be, And when = [ shall have μαι, fav" δοκιμµάσητε δι ἐπιστολῶν τούτους πέμψω οὓς ἐὰν arrived, whomsoever yemay approve by epistles these I will send > ~ 4 ΄ ε - > τ ’ A A τ ἀπενεγκεῖν τὴν. χάριν ὑμῶν εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ' 4 ἐὰν. δὲ 5 to carry your bounty to Jerusalem: andif it be ἄξιον" τοῦ κἀμὲ πορεύεσθαι. σὺν ἐμοὶ πορεύσονται. 5 Ἐλεύ- suitable for me also- to go, with me they shall go. 51 3will σοµαι δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς Όταν Μακεδονίαν διέλθω" ‘come ‘but to you when Macedonia 1 shall have gone through ; Μακεδονίαι’.γὰρ διέρχοµαι. 6 πρὸς ὑμᾶς δὲ τυχὸν παραμενῶ, for Macedonia I do go through. And with you it may be I shall stay, ἢ καὶ παραχειµάσω, ἵνα ὑμεῖς µε προπέµψητε οὗ.ἐὰν or even I shall winter, that ye me mayset forward wheresoever πορεύωµαι. 7 οὐ.θέλω. γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἄρτι ἐν παρόδῳ ἰδεῖν" ἐλπίζω Ι ΠΙΔΥῪ go. Έοχ Ι 11 ποῦ “you “μον Sin ας Ρο ee ST *hope ΝδὲΙ χρόνον τινὰ ἐπιμεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν ὁ κύριος Ἰέπι- 7but atime ‘certain toremain with you, if the Lord per- μ -" A ? ? , / ~ = τρέπῃ.! 8 ἐπιμενῶ.δὲ ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ ἕως τῆς πεντηκοστῆς" mit. But I shall remain in Ephesus till, Pentecost. Y θύρα.γάρ por ἀνέῳγεν µεγάλη καὶ ἐγεργής, καὶ ἀντι- Έοχ α door tome has been ορεποᾶᾷ great and = efficient, and op- πολλοί. «κείμενοι [αντε] many. posers 10 ᾿Εὰν δὲ ἔλθῃ Τιμόθεος, βλέπετε ἵνα ἀφόβως γένηται Nowif come 'Timotheus, see that without a he nay, Ἢ ποὺς ὑμᾶς" τὸ γὰρ ἔργον κυρίου ἐργάζεται, ὡς "καὶ ἐγώ." ΟΝ you; forthe work of{(the] Lord Ίο ΝΟΚ. 4 even 1. 11 μή τις οὖν αὐτὸν ἐξουθενήῆσῃ" προπέμψατε.δὲ αὐτὸν *Not tanyone ‘therefore him should despise ; but -et forward him ἐν stony, ἵνα ἔλθῃ πρός we" ἐκδέχομαι.γὰρ αὐτὸν μετὰ in peace, that hemay come to me; for L await him with τῶν ἀδελφῶν. 12 Περὶ δὲ ᾿Απολλὼ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, πολλὰ the brethren, Andconcerning Apoljs the brother, much παρεκάλεσα αὐτὸν ἵνα ἔλθῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς μετὰ τῶν 1 exhorted him that he should go to you with the ἀδελφῶν" καὶ πάντως οὐκ ἦν θέλημα ἵνα νῦν ἔλθῃ, was [his] will that now he should come ; 13 Γρηγορεῖτε, στήκετε Watch τε; stand fast 14 πάντα “All *things brethren; and not at all ἐλεύσεται δὲ ὅταν εὐκαιρήσῃ. but he will come when he shall have opportunity. ἐν τῷ πίστει, ἀνδρίζεσθε, 3 κραταιοῦσθε. in the faith, quit yourselves like men, be strong. ὑμῶν ἐν ἀγάπῃ γινέσθω. your ἐπ “love ‘es be done. 15 Παρακαλῶ.δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί: οἴδατε την οἰκίαν Στεφανᾶ, But 1 exhort you, brethren, (ye know the house of Stcphanas, ὅτι ἐστὶν ἀπαρχὴ τῆς ᾿Αχαΐας, καὶ εἰς διακονίαν τοῖς ἁγίοις that itis “first-fruit tAchaia’s, and ‘for ®service *to *the “s..ints 467 given order to the churches of Gaiatia. even so do ye. 2 Upon the first day of the weck iet every one of you lay by him in store, as God hath prospered him, that there be no _ gather- ings when I come. 3 And when I come, whomsoever ye shall approve by οι" let- ters, them will I send to bring your liberal- ity unto Jerusalem. 4 And if it be meet that I go also, they one go with me. 5 Now I will come un- to you, when TI shall pass through Mace- σπα. ος 42 tide pass through Mace- donia, 6 And it may be that I will abide, yea, and winter with you, that ye may bring me on my journey whithersoever I go. 7 For I will not see you now by the way ; but I trust to tarry a while with you, if the Lord permit. 8 But I will tarry at Ephesus until Pentecost. 9 For a great door and ef- fectual is opened unto me, and there are many adversaries, 10 Now if Timo- theus come, see that he may be with you without fear: for he worketh the work of the Lord, as I also do. 11 Let no man thervc- fore despise him: but conduct him forth in peace, that he may come unto me: for Τ look for him with the brethren. 12 As touch- ing our brother Apoi- los, I greatly desired him,to come unto you with the brethren: but his will was not at ail to come at this time; but he will come wh.n he shall have conveni- ent time. 13 Watch ye, stand fast in the faith, quit you like men, be strong. 14 Let all your things be done with charity. 15 I beseech you, brethren, (ye know the house of Stephanas, that it is the first- fruits of Achaia, and that they have α- auicted themselves το the ministry of the ἔ ἂν LTr. Ε ἄξιον ἢ LTrA. | ἐμὲ LTr. ε ἐὰν Tr. Κκαγώ Ι1ΊτΑ. ἆ σαββάτου 1. ΤΤΤΑΥΥ, 1 ἐπιτρέψῃ εὐ νΑ. h γὰρ for GLTTraw. m + [καὶ] and 1, 468 saints,) 16 that ye sub- mit yourselves unto such, and to every one that helpeth with us, and laboureth. 17 I am glad of the coming of Stephanas and For- tunatus and Achai- cus: for that which was lacking on your part they have sup- plied. 8 For they have refreshed my spirit and yours: therefore acknowledge ye them that are such: 19 The churches of Asia salute you. A- quila and Priscilla salute you much in the Lord, with the church that is in their house. 20 All the breth- ren greet you. Greet ye one another with an holy kiss. 21 The salutation of me Paul with mine own hand. 22 If any man love not the Lord Jesus Christ, let him be Anathema Maran- atha, 23 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. 24 My love le with you all in Christ Jesus, Amen, ΠΡΟΣ ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ 8. ὰ { ‘ ~ 4 ~ ἔταξαν ἑαυτούς" 16 ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ὑποτάσσησθε τοῖς 11ου “appointed *themselves,) that also ye bed subject τοιούτοις, καὶ παντὶ τῷ συνεργοῦντι καὶ κοπιῶντι. 17 Χαίρω tosuch, andtoeveryone working with [5] Δ! ἃ labouring. 31 *rejoice δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ παρουσίᾳ Στεφανᾶ καὶ "Φουρτουνάτου" καὶ ᾿Αχαϊκοῦ, 1butat the coming οὗ Stephanas and Fortunatus and Achaicus ; ὅτι τὸ οὑμῶν" ὑστέρημα Ροῦτοι! ἀνεπλήρωσαν' 18 ἀνέπαυ- your deficiency these filled up. ?They *re- σαν γὰρ τὸ ἐμὸν πνεῦμα καὶ τὸ ὑμῶν, ἐπιγινώσκετε οὖν freshed ‘for my spirit and yours ; » recognize therefore ‘ ’ ? ΡΞ , Be « ~ Ag λ / ~ ο ΄ cs τοὺς τοιούτους. 19 Ασπιάζονται ὑμᾶς at ἐκκλησίαι τῆς Ασίας such. : *Salute τοι ‘the ?assemblies Sof *Asia, αἀσπάζονται! ὑμᾶς ἐν κυρίῳ πολλὰ ᾿Ακύλας καὶ "Πρίσ- οδα]πίο Nyou ‘in [the] **Lord **much ~-7Aquila ‘and *Pris- Π 4 ~ ? ? ~ ? / . > , κιλλα,! σὺν τῇ κατ᾽ οἶκον.αὐτῶν ἐκκλησίᾳ 20 ἀσπάζονται cilla, with the 7in Stheir *house ‘assembly. “Salute ὑμᾶς οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πάντες. .ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν φιλήματι τοι 2.89 “brethren ‘all. Salute ye oneanother with a *kiss ἁγίῳ. holy. 21‘O ἀσπασμὸς τῇ ἐμῇ The salutation *by *my [5ου] “hand ‘of ?Paul. τὸν κύριον "Ἰησοῦν χριστόν ἤτω ἀνάθεμα" μαρὰν ἀθά. the Lord Jesus Christ, let him be accursed: Maran atha. ε ΄ \ ~ , ? ~ ε “ἢ Ἂ ες ~ € 23 ἡ χάρις τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ 'χριστοῦ. μεθ ὑμῶν. 24 ἡ The grace ofthe Lord Jesus Christ [be] with you. ἀγάπη-μου μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. "ἀμήν." Mylove [6] with Yall tyou in Christ Jesus. Amen. "Πρὸς Κορινθίους πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, διὰ 2To [3086] *Corinthians ‘first written from Philippi, by Στεφανᾶ καὶ Φουρτουνάτου καὶ ᾿Αχαϊκοῦ καὶ Τιμοθέου." Stephanas and Fortunatus and [ή ~ ~ ~ ” 3 καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφός, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν and Timotheus the brother, tothe assembly of Godwhich 18 in Κορίνθῳ, σὺν τοῖς ἁγίοις πᾶσιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐν ὅλῃ τῷ ᾿Α- Corinth, with *the “saints all who are_ in ?whole "the [of] A- χαϊᾳ' 3 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ “θεοῦ" πατρὸς. ἡμῶν καὶ chaia. Grace toyou and peace from God our Father and κυρίου ‘Incov χριστοῦ. {the] Lord Jesus Christ. 8 Εὐλογητὸξ ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Blessed [be] the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Ρ αὐτοὶ they Law. t — χριστοῦ TTrA. ᾳ ἀσπάζεται ΤΑ. ο ὑμέτερον LTTrAW. ¥ — ἀμήν Β----᾿Ιησοῦν χριστόν LTTrA. 5. Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of Paul the Apostle Ε; + Παύλου of Paulu; -- τοὺς Ρα; Πρὸς Κορινθίους β΄ LYTraw. Ὁ χριστοῦ ᾿]ησοῦ τΊτΑ. © — θεοῦ xp no ΤΑ. — θεοῦ w. 1. πρ σος κ Bl es: ριστοῦ, ὃ πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ θεὸς πάσης παρακλή- Christ, the Father of parE sions, and God of all SeeetP AES: σεως, 4 ὁ παρακαλῶν ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ πάσῃ TH θλίψει ἡμῶν, εἰς ment ; who encourages us in all our tribulation, for τὸ δύνασθαι ἡμᾶς παρακαλεῖν τοὺς ἐν πάσῃ θλίψει, διὰ "to *be “able ‘us toencourage those in every tribulation, through τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούµεθα αὐτοὶ . ὑπὸ “τοῦ the encovragement with which we are nigerian ourselves by θεοῦ" 5 ὅτι καθὼς περισσεύει τὰ παθήματα τοῦ χριστοῦ God. Because ΘΟΘΟΞΕΠΗΒΗΝΙ abound the sop aad of the Christ εἰς ἡμᾶς, οὕτως διὰ ὁ χριστοῦ περισσεύει καὶ ἡ “παράκλησις toward us, 80 through Christ abounds also encouragement ἡμῶν. θεἴτεδὲ θλιβόμεθα, ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν. παρακλήσεως Jour. But whether we are troubled, [it is] for your encouragement καὶ σωτηρίας, “τῆς ἐνεργουμένης ἐν ὑπομονῇ τῶν αὐτῶν and salvation, τς μας in [the] endurance of the same παθημάτων ὧν καὶ ἡμεῖς πάσχομεν" feire παρακαλούµεθα, sufferings which also ‘we suffer, whether we are encouraged, ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν .παρακλήσεωςξ Exar σωτηρίας"Ἡ καὶ ἡ ἐλπὶς {it is] for your encouragement and salvation; (and *hope ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν". εἰδότες ὅτι "ὥσπερ" κοινωνοί ‘cur [is] sure for you ;) knowing that as partners ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως. 8 Οὐ γὰρ yeare of the suffcrings, so also of the encouragement. For *not θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, Ἰὑπὲρ" τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν 34ο ‘we wish you ο: be ον. brethren, as to our tribulation τῆς γενομένης ἡμῖν" ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ, ὅτι καθ ὑπερβολὴν ἰἐβαρή- which ποια tous in Asia, that eeeereely. we were θηµεν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν," ὥστε ἐξαπορηθὴναὶι. ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ. ζῇν" burdened ay sien four] oe νά, s0 as for us to despair even of pens 9 ™adra" αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς TO ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχή- But ourselves in ourselves the sentence of death we have καµεν, ἵνα μὴ.πεποιθότες ὦμεν ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτοῖς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τῷ had, that we shduld not have trust in ourselves, but in θεῷ τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς" 10 ὃς ἐκ τηλικούτου θανάτου God who χϑίβθθ the dead ; who from _ so great a death τν ας ο) ae I εἰα ὃ “Ar ί μμ ΤΡῚΣ ἐρρυσατο μας και ρυεται, ες ον ἢ πικαµε} οτι και delivered us and does lade in whom we have noe that also ἔτι ῥύσεται, 11 συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν still he will deliver ; labouring όν 38199 tye for us τῇ δεήσει, ἵνα ἐκ πολλῶν προσώπων τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς a se by supplication, that by _many persons the *towards *us gift διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστηθῇ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. 12 Ἢ *through *°*many ‘might *be “subject ’of thanksgiving for us. γὰρ κανχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν, τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως For our re this is;. the testimony of “conscience ἡμῶν, ὅτι ἐν ἁπλότητι! καὶ τεἰλικρινείᾳ! 5 θεοῦ, οὐκ ἐν σοφίᾳ tour, that in- ο όνᾳ and sincerity of God, (not in *wisdom σαρκικῇ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν χάριτι θεοῦ, ἀνεστράφημεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, fleshly, but in grace ofGod,) we had ourconduct in the world, περισσοτέρως. δὲ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 13 οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν end more abundantly towards you, For not other things do we write + τοῦ the GLTTraw. © τῆς ἐνεργουμένης .. f are παρακαλούµεθα .... σωτηρίας placed after ὑ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν LTrAW. Ἀ ὡς LTTraW. ' περὶ LTTr. --ἡμῖν LITrAW. τὸ ἀλλ᾽ L π ἐρύσατο Tr. 4 ἁγιότητι holiness LTTra. ςτεἰλικριγίίατ. 5 + τοῦ LTTraw. 409 Father of mercies, and the God of all come- fort; 4 who comfort- eth us in all our tri- bulation, that we may be able to comfort them which are in any trouble, by the com- fort wherewith we ourselves are comfort- ed of ‘God. 5 For as the sufferings of Christ ‘abound in us, so our consolation also a- boundeth by Christ. 6 And whether we be afflicted, it is for your consolation and sal- vation, which is ef- fectual in‘the endur- ing of the same suffer- ings which we also suffer : or whether we be comforted, ἐξ 18 for your consolation and salvation. 7 And our hope of you {5 sted- fast, knowing, that as ye are partakers of the sufferings, so shall ye be also of the consolation. 8 For we would not, brethren, haye you ignorant of our trouble which came to us in Asia, that we were pressed out of measure, above strength, insomuch that we despaired even of life: 9 but we had the sentence of death in ourselves, that we should not trust in ourselves, but in God which raiseth the dead: 10 who delivered us from so great a death, and doth deliver: in whom we trust that he will yet deliver us ; 11 ye also helping to- gether by prayer for us, that for the gift bestowed upon us by the meats of many persons thanks may be given by many on our behalf. 12 For our rejoicing is this, the testimony of our conscience, that in simplicity and godly sincerity, not with fleshly wisdom, but by the grace of God, we have had our conver- sation in the world, and more abundantly te you-ward. 13 For we write none other things unto you, than :»πάσχοµεν placed after πα ακλήσεως GT. & — καὶ σωτηρίας GT. lumép δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν LT Tra. ο καὶ ῥύσεται and will deliver [L]rTra, P [ὅτι] εὖτε ή” 470 what ye read or ac- Kknuowledge: and IT trust ye shall acknowlidge even to the end; l4as also ye have acknow- ledyed us in part, that we ure your rejoicing, even as ye also are ours in the day of the Lord Jesus. 15 And in this confidence I wis minded to come unto you before, that ye might have a se- cond benefit; 16 and to pass by you into Macedonia, and to come again out of Macedonia unto you, and of you to be brought on my way to- ward Juda. 17 When I therefore was thus minded, did 1 use lightness ? or the things that I purpose, do 1 purpose accord- ing to the flesh, that with me there should be yea yea, and nay nay? 18 But as God ts true, our word to- ward you was not yea and nay. 19 For the Son of God, Jesus Christ, who was preached among you by us, even by me and Silvanus and Timo- theus, was not yea and nay, but in him was yea. 20 For all the promises ef God in him are yea, and in him Amen, unto the giory of God by us. 21 Now he which sta- biisheth us with you in Christ, and hath anointed us, ὦ God; 22 who hath also seal- ed us, and given the earnest of the Spirit in our hearts, _23 Moreover I call God for a record upon my soul, that to spare you I came not as yet unto Corinth. 24 Not for that we have do- minion over your faith, but are helpers of your joy: for by faith ye stand, II. But I determined this with myself, that I would not come again to you in heaviness. 2 For if lt make you sorry,who is he thenthat maketh dae glad, but the same t [ἀλλ᾽ τ, ; ἀλλὰ Ww. πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν LTTrA ; πρό. ἐλθ. πρὸς ὑμᾶς W. 5 βουλόμενος LTTrAW. ᾿Ιησοῦς τ. ἡσοῦς ο ὃ διὸ καὶ δι αὐτοῦ wherefore also through him Lrt:aw. ὃ ev λύπῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν GLTTrAW. ENCE Oe ΚΟ σα ος 0, ᾿ν {th ὑμῖν ἀλλ" ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε, ἢ καὶ ἐπιγιωώσκετε, ἐλπίζω. δὲ to you but what ye read, or eyen recognize ; and 1 hope Π , , τ ‘ . , ὅτι καὶ Ewe τέλους ἐπιγνώσεσθε, 14 καθὼς καὶ ἐπέ- that even to [the] end ye will recognize, according as also τα did ε ~ ᾽ ‘ , ε ~ , YVWTE ἡμᾶς απὸ μέρους, ὅτι καύχημα. ὑμῶν ἐσμεν, καθάπερ recognize us in part, that “your*boasting ἵνα ἔσθ, evcenas ‘ ~ ~ ~ ε , ~ ΄ > ~ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἡμῶν ἐν TY ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ κυρίου" Ἰησοῦ. 16 Καὶ also. ye [are] ours in the day ofthe Lord Jesus. And ταύτῃ τῇ πεποιθήσει ἐβουλόμην “πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλθεῖν πρότερον," with this confidence I purposed to *you *to7come previously, , ” ‘ ? « ~ ~ ἵνα δευτέραν χάριν γἔχητε"" 16 καὶ δι ὑμῶν ᾖ᾿διελθειν" _ that asecond favour ye might have ; and by you to pass through “ἢ a , ‘ , ? A / ? ~ ‘ ε ~ ο εἰς Μακεδονίαν, καὶ πάλιν ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, to Macedonia, and again from Macedonia tocome Το you, κε Aves ~ ~ ᾽ \ ? / d ~ > καὶ ὑφ᾽ ὑμῶν προπεμφθῆναι εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν. 17 τοῦτο.οὖν and by you tobeset forward to Judza. This therefore *Bouevomevoc,' μή τι ἄρα τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ ἐχρησάμην; ἢ ἃ purposing, 7indeed ‘lightness ‘did*I*use? or what βουλεύομαι, κατὰ σάρκα βουλεύομαι, ἵνα παρ I purpose, according to flesh dol purpose, that there should be with ᾽ η ‘ νι ; ν ny n » ‘ x « , e « ἐμοὶ TO ναὶ val, Kat τὸ OV οὔ; 18 πιστὸς. δὲ ὁ θεύο. ὕτι ὃ me yea yea, and may nay ? Now faithful God [is], that λόγος ἡμῶν ὁ πρὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἐγένετο" vai καὶ οὔ 19 ὁ. “γὰρ γος-Ι! His γαι our word to you not lwas yea and nay. For the ~ “4 ει Γι ~ ‘ Π « 1 « - ? « ~ τοῦ θεοῦ" υἱὸς ΦΙησοῦς χριστὸς" ὁ ἐν, ὑμῖν δι ἡμῶν κη- *of 3ᾳοὰ ‘Son, Jesus Christ, whoamongyou by us was , 8 - ‘ ~ ‘ / ᾽ | , ν ρυχθείς, δι ἐμοῦ καὶ Σιλουανοῦ καὶ Τιμοθέου, οὐκ. ἐγένετο ναὶ proclaimed, (by me and Silvanus and Timotheus,) . was not yea καὶ οὔ, ἀλλὰ vai ἐν αὐτῷ γέγονεν" 20 ὕσαι γὰρ ἐπαγγελίαι and nay, but yea in him has been. For whatever prolnises θεοῦ, ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ.ναί, “καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ! τὸ ἀμην, of God {there are], in him [is] ὑπ yea, and in him the Amen, τῷ θεῷ πρὸς δόξαν δι ἡμῶν. 21 ὁ. δὲ βεβαιῶν ἡμᾶς σὺν 8ο “4οᾶᾷ ‘for *glory by us. Now he who eonfirms us with ὑμῖν εἰς χριστόν, καὶ χρίσας ἡμᾶς, θεός" 22 ὁ καὶ σφραγι- you unto Christ, and anointed us, [is] God, who also sealed σάμενος ἡμᾶς, καὶ δοὺς τὸν Ἰάῤῥαβῶνα" τοῦ πνεύματος ἐν us, and gave the earnest of the Spirit in ταῖς.καρδίαις ἡμῶν. | our hearts. 23 ᾿Εγὼ.δὲ μάρτυρα τὸν θεὸν ἐπικαλοῦμαι ἐπὶ τὴν ἐμὴν ButI as *witness *God reall upon my ψυχήν, ὅτι φειδόμενος υμῶν οὐκέτι ἦλθον εἰς Κόρινθον" soul, that sparing you notyet didIcome to Corinth. 24 οὐχ ὅτι κυριεύοµεν ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως, ἀλλὰ συνεργοί Not that weruleover your faith, but fellow-workers ἐσμεν τῆς χαρᾶο ὑμῶν, τῇ.γὰρ.πίστει ἑστήκατε. ἔκρινα δὲ ’ ’ 1) ρ are of your joy: for by faith ye stand. But I judged ἐμαυτῷ τοῦτο, TO μὴ πάλιν ξἐλθεῖν ἐν λύπῳ πρὸς ὑμᾶς." with myself this, not again tocome in. grief to you. : 2 εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς orw' ὁ εὐφραίνων µε, εἰ μὴ Forif I grieve you, 7also’who isit that gladdens me, except * + ἡμῶν (read our Lord) [1]ΤΑ. 5 πρότερον Y σχῆτε TTra. 2 ἀπελθεῖν tO pass On L. © τοῦ θεοῦ yap LTTrAW. 4 χριστὸς f ἀραβῶνα LT. ν- καὶ LTTrA. Ὁ ἔστιν iS LTTrAW. Ἀ — ἐστιν LITIAW, If. Il CORINTHIANS. « λ / ’ :} we ¢ ες » 1." 2-11 ~ ? , ὃ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ; 3 καὶ ἔγραψα Vipin" τοῦτο αὐτό. hewho is grieved by me? And Iwrote to you this same, ἵνα μὴ ἐλθὼν λύπην Χξχω" a ὧν ἔδει με lest havingcome grief Ι might have from [those] of whom it behoves me χαίρειν. πεποιθὼς ἐπὶ πάντας ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ἡ ἐμὴ.χαρὰ to rejoice ; trusting in 3411} ΟΠ). - ἐπε my joy (?that] LW, ΄-. 4A ~ 4 ἢ ο πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν. 4 ἐκγὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως καὶ συνοχῆς Sof ®all ‘*tyou 119, For out of much tribulation and distress καρδίας ἔγραψα ὑμῖν διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων, οὐχ ἵνα λυπη- ofheart Iwrote toyou through many tears ; not that ye might θῆτε, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα νῶτε ἣν ἔχω περισ- be grieved, but πο Slove ‘that ye might know which I have more σοτέρως εἰς ὑμᾶς. ὅ Είδε τις λελύπηκεν, οὐκ ἐμὲ abundantly towards you. But if anyone has grieved, Snot me λελύπηκεν, .'add’" ἀπὸ.μέρους, ἵνα μὴ ἐπιβαρῶ, πάντας "he *has*grieved, but in‘part (that I may not overcharge) all ὑμᾶς. 6 ἱκανὸν τῷ.τοιούτῳ ἡ.ὀπιτιμία αὕτη ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν tyou. Sufficient tosuchaone [is] this rebuke which [is] by the πλειόνων" 7 ὥστε τοὐναντίον μᾶλλον"! ὑμᾶς χαρίσασθαι greater part ; so that on the contrary rather ye should forgive καὶ παρακαλέσαι, μήπως τῇ.περισσοτέρᾳ iT κατα- and encourage, lest with more abundant grief should be swal- ποθῇ ὁ.τοιοῦτος. 8 διὸ παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς κυρῶσαι εἰς lowed up such a one, Wherefore 1 exhort you toconfirm *towards αὐτὸν ἀγάπην. 9 εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ καὶ ἔγραψα, ἵνα νῶ Shim love. For, for this also did I write, that I-might know τὴν δοκιμὴν ὑμῶν, εἰ εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε. 10 ᾧ δὲ the proof of you, if to everything obedient ye are. But to whom τι χαρίζεσθε, "καὶ ἐγώ"" καὶ γὰρ ἐγὼ δεῖ κεχάρισ- for also 1 anything ye forgive, also... Ts pa, ᾧ κεχάρισμαι," δι ὑμᾶς, ἐν προσώπῳ χριστοῦ, given, of whom 1 have forgiven, [is]forsakeof you, in[the] person of Christ ; 11 ἵνα µμὴ.πλεονεκτηθῶμεν ὑπὸ τοῦ σατανᾶ" οὐ.γὰρ αὐτοῦ that we should not be overreached by Satan, for not of his τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν. thoughts are we ignorant, A ‘ 4 12 ᾿ἘΕλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὴν PTowada" εἰς τὸ Now having come to Troas for .the | ' ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν χριστοῦ, καὶ Kes μοι Christ, also. adoor to me having been opened in [the] Lord, τι εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ glad tidings, of the ΄ ? κυρίῳ, 19 οὐκ 5ποῦ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί.μου τῷ. μὴ.εὑρεῖν.με Τίτον τὸν δι had Titus ἀδελφόν. μου; ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς, ἐξῆλθον εἰς Μακε- my brother ; but having taken leave of them, I went out to Mace- δονίαν. 14 Τῷ.δεθεῷ άρις τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι donia. But to God [be] thanks, who always leads in triumph ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ χριστῷ, Kai THY ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ us in the Christ, and the odour of the knowledge of him φανεροῦντι δι ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ. 15 ὅτι χριστοῦ makes manifest through us in every place. For of Christ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ θεῷ ἐν τοῖς σωζομένοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀπολ- δ, sweet perfume we are toGodin those being saved and in those perish- λυμένοις" 16 οἷς. μέν. ὀσμὴ 1θανάτου εἰς θάνατον’ οἷς δέ, ing; tothe ones, anodour of death - to death, but to the others, ease in my spirit at my not finding if anything I have for-. 471 which is made sorry by me? 3 And I wrote this same unto you, lest, when I came, I should have sorrow from them of whom I ought to rejoice; hav- ing confidence in you all, that my joy is the joy of you all. 4 For out of much affliction and anguish of heart I wrote unto you with many tears ; not that ye should be grieved, but that ye might know the love which I have more abundant- ly unto you. 5 Butif aay have caused grief, he hath not grieved me, but in part: that I may not overcharge you all. 6 Sufficient to such 8. man 18 this punishment which was inflicted of many. 7 So that contrariwise «πο ought rather to for- ive him, and comfort im, lest perhapssucha oneshould be swallow- ed up with overmuch sorrow. 8 Wherefore I beseech you that ye would confirm your love toward him. 9 For to this end als6 did I write, that I might know the proof of you, whether ye be obedient in ail things. 10 To whom ye forgive any thing, I forgive also: for if I forgave any thing, to whom I forgave it, for your sakes forgave J it in the person of Christ ; 11 lest Satan -should get an advantage of us: for we are not ig- norant of his devices. 12 Furthermore,when I came to Troas to preach Christ’s gospel, and a door was opened unto me of the Lord, 13 I had no rest inmy spirit, because Τ found not Titus my brother: but taking my leave of them, I went from thence into Macedo- nia. 14 Now thanks be unto God, which always causeth us to triumph in Christ, and maketh manifest the savour of his know- ledge by us in every place. 15 For we are unto God a sweet ΒΑ- vour of Christ, in them that are saved, and in them that pe- rish: 16 to the one we i — ὑμῖν LTTrAW. ὰ σχῶ TTrA. 1 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. LTTraw. 9 ὃ κεχάρισµαι, εἴ τι κεχάρισµαι GLTTrAW. from death) trtra, m Γμᾶλλον] Tra. P Τρῳάδα LT, 2 κἀγώ 9 + ἔκ (read 472 αγ πο savour of death unto death; and to the other the savour of life unto life. And who ὦ sufficient for these things ? 17 For we are not as many, which corrupt the word of God: but as of sincerity, but as of God, in the sight of God speak we in Christ. III, Do we begin again to commend ourselves ? or need we, as some others, epis- tles of commendation to you, or letters of commendation from your 2 Ye are our epistle written in our hearts, known and read of all men: 3/for- asmuch as ye are man- ifestly declared to be the epistle of Christ ministered by us, written not with ink, but with the Spirit of the living God; not in tables of stone, but in fleshy tables of the heart. 4 And such trust have we through Christ to God-ward : 5 not that we are sufficient of our- selves to think any thing as of ourselves; but our sufficiency zs of God; 6 who also hath made us able ministers of the new testament ; not of tim letter, but of the spi- rit: for the letter kill- eth, but the spirit giveth life. 7 But if the ministration of death, written and en- graven in stones, was glorious, so that the children of Israci could ποῦ stedfastly behold the face of Mo- ses for the glory of his eountenance ; which glory was to be done away: 8how shall not the ministration of the spirit be rather glorious? 9 For if the ministration of condemnation be glo- ry, much more doth the ministration of righteousness exceed in glory. 10 For even that which was made glorious had no glory iPod) KerpineToy >: 8. II, Πι. ‘ ~ ΄ ‘ A .. ο, / « 3 ᾿ ste ὀσμὴ ἃ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν. καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα τις κανοῦς anodour oflife to life ; and for thcse things who [is] competent ? 17 οὐ.γάρ ἔσμεν we οἱ πολλοί, καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον For not we 2are as the many, meking gain by corrupting the word τοῦ θεοῦ, TAAN! ὡς ἐξ "εἰλικρινείας," ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐκ θεοῦ, ἵκατ- of God, but ‘as οὗ sincerity, but as of God. be- ενώπιον! τοῦ" θεοῦ, ἐν χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν. fore God, ἴῃ Christ we speak, , ΄ « ’ , 3 ᾿Αρχόμεθα πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς συνιστάνειν" ; Wet" μὴ χρῄή- Do we begin again ourselves to commend 2 unless we ~ ~ A € ~ n ? ζομεν, We* τινες, Υσυστατικῶν'. ἐπιστολῶν πρὸς υμᾶς, ἢ ἐξ need, as some, commendatory epistles to you, or *from c ~ ~ € A « ~ « ~ ? ? ὑμῶν Σσυστατικῶν!; 2 ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν υμεῖς ἔστε, "ἐγγεγραμ- ἄγου ‘commendatory (?ones}? Our epistle ye are, having been / ᾿ bd ~ / ~ , Δ μένη! ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ἡμῶν, γινωσκοµένη καὶ ἀναγινω- inscribed in our hearts, being known and being σκοµένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων' 3 φανερούμενοι ὅτι ἐστὲ read by all men, being manifested that ye are 3 ~ ~ her ΠΗ. τὰ , ἐπιστολὴ χριστοῦ διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν, 3"ἐγγεγραμμένη" Σορί»ι]ο 1Christ’s, ministered by us; having been inscribed, ov μέλανι, ἀλλὰ πνεύματι θεοῦ ζῶντος, οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν not withink, but with[the] Spirit of *God[*the] *living; not on tablets λιθίναις, PAN" ἐν πλαξὶν «καρδίας! σαρκίναις. 4 Πεποί- of stone, but on “tablets 308 (*the)°heart ‘fleshy. 7Confi- Anow δὲ τοιαύτην ἔχομεν διὰ τοῦ χριστοῦ πρὸς τὸν θεόν" dence “and such have we through the Christ towards God: > er da‘ = , 1 > ? ε ~ XN / θ ΄ Ι e .μ ὃ οὐχ οτι “ικανοι ἐσμεν ap εαυτῶν λογίσασθαι τι «ως εξ not that competent we are frem ourselves toreckon anythingas of e ε ~ Π ? > Ε ΝΕ. , « ~ ? ~ τς wn ‘4 ἑαυτῶν," ἀλλ᾽ ηἱκανότης ἡμῶν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ" 6 ὃς καὶ ourselves, but our competency [15] of God ; who also ἱκάνωσεν ἡμῖῶς διακόνους καινῆς διαθήκης, οὐ γράμ- made “competent ‘us [5] servants of anew covenant; not οἵ Iet- ματος, ἀλλὰ πνεύματος" τὺ.γὰρ γράμμα famoxreiver,"” τὺ.δὲ ter, but of Spirit ; for the letter kills, but the πνεῦμα ζωοποιεῖ. ἢ Εἰ.δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου ἐν ἐγράμ- Spirit quickens. But if the service of death in let- il ? , h2 ΠῚ λίθ . , μασιν, ἔντετυπωμενη Dev" λίθοις, ἐγενήθη ters, having been engraven in so as μὴ.ἐύνασθαι ἀτενίσαι τοὺς υἱοὺς ᾿Ισραὴλ εἰς τὸ πρόσω- Snot Sto 706 Sable 51ο 19]οο]ς ''intently ‘the *children 508 *Isracl into the face πον Ἱλωσέως, διὰ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ. προσὠπου.αὐτοῦ, τὴν of Moses, on account of the’ glory of his face, which καταργουμένην" ὃ πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ πνεύµα- is being annulled ; how not rather the _ service ofthe Spirit τος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ; 9 εἰ.γὰρ *) διακονία! τῆς κατακρίσεως shall be in glory 2 Forif the — service of condemnation [be] n7 ~ ~ ’ « a ’ ~ /΄ δόξα, πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης 3 , .“ ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε stones, was produced with glory, glory, much rather abounds the — service of righteousness lev" δόξῃ. 10 καὶ γὰρ "οὐδὲ!" δεδόξασται τὸ in glory. Foreven neither "Πας ®been *made }°glorious ‘that *which 4+ ἐκ (read from life) 1 ΤτιΑ. Υ συνιστᾶν LTr. % — συστατικων LTTrAwWw. =" — τοῦ 117 [4]. τ ἀλλὰ Tr. 5 εἰλικρινίας Τ. "ἡ (vead or need we) GLiTra. Ὁ ἀλλὰ EGW. t κατέναντι LTTrA. Χ +[mép|L. Y cuvo- Tr. 2 ἐν- Τ. © καρδίαις hearts Lrtra. 4 txavot ἐσμεν λογίξεσθαί (λογίσασθαί AW) τι ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν LAW; ἀφ᾽ ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί ἐσμεν λογίσασθαί πι ας ἢ Service LTTr. © αὐτῶν them LTr. f — εν (vead λίθοις OM Stones) LYTraW. 1 — ἐν (xeud δόξῃ in glory) Lira. > ΄ . ΄ αποκταινει L 5 αποκτεννει TTrA. ἔ γράμματι ΝΥ λυ" ΗΤΤΑ. 1 Μωυσέως ΑΙΊΤΙΑΝΜ, ; Κ cy διακονίᾳ with the ov Not GLTTraw. . Ill, Iv. PMErveORIN THT A , ~ ’ δεδοξασμένον ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει. Shas*heen “inade “glorious in this βαλλούσης δόξης. 11 εἰ γὰρ pissing glory. δόξης, πολλῷ μᾶλλον glory, nich rather NS. Mevexey'! τῆς ὑπερ- respect, on account of the sur- TO καταργούµενον διὰ For if that igen is being annulled [was] through TO évov ἐν δόξῃ. that which remains Cis) in glory. 12 Ἔχοντες Having 13 καὶ and οὐ καθάπερ “Μωσῆς" ἐτίθει κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον Ρέαυ- οὖν τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα, πολλῇ παῤῥησίᾳ χρώμεθα" therefore such hope, much boldness we use: not according as Moses put a veil on the face of him- τοῦ," πρὸς TO μὴ ἀτενίσαι τοὺς υἱοὺς Ισραὴλ εἰς τὸ τέλος sclf, for “not Sto 7look “intently ‘the sons of *Israel to the end τοῦ καταργουµέγου 14 Πάλλ”' ἐπωρώθη τὰ νοήματα αὐτῶν. ofthat being annulled. But were hardencd their thoughts, ἄχρι.γἀρ τῆς σήμερον "τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ TH ἀναγνώσει for unto the prescot the -same veil αὖ the reading τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει, μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, of the old covenant remains, rot uncovered, ἐν χριστῷ καταργεῖται" 15 ἀλλ᾽ ἕως σήμερον, ἴάνα- in Christ 15 being annulled. But unto this day, is " κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν.καρδίαν.αὐτῶν κεῖται" δῦ τι! which ἡνίκα when γινώσκεται! OMwaie,! read Moses, aveil upon their heart lies, 160 ἡνίκα." δ᾽ ἂν" ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς κύριον, περιαιρεῖται τὸ But when it shail have turned to [the] Lord, is taken away the κάλυμμα. 17 Ὁ.δὲ κύριος TO πνεῦμά ἐστιν" οὗ δὲ τὸ πνεῦμα veil, Now the Lord the _ Spirit is; and where the Spirit κυρίου, Wixet! ἐλευθερία. 19 ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες ἀνακεκα- of (the] Lord [is], there [is] freedom. But we all with un- λυμμέγῳ προσώπῳ τὴν δόξαν κυρίου κατοπτριζόµενοι. covered Tace the glory of [the] Lord beholding as ina mirror, [to} τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν, the same image are being transtormed from glory to — glory, καθάπερ ἀπὺ κυρίου πνεύματος. ΘΟ 45 from{[the] Lord [the] Spirit. 4 Διὰ τοῦτο ἔχοντες τὴν.διακονίαν.ταύτην, καθὼς ἠλεή- Therefore, having this service, according as we re- οὐκ. Σἐκκακοῦμεν"" 2 Σάλλ" θ t 3 μεν a ἀπειπάμεθα τὰ κρυπτὰ we faint not. But we renounced the hidden things τῆς αἰσχύνης. μὴ περιπατοῦντες ἐν πανουργίᾳ μηδὲ δολοῦν- of shame, ποῦ walking ἴῃ craftiness, nor falsify- ~ 4 ~ ~ ? τες τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ τῇ φανερώσει τῆς ἀληθείας ing the word of God, but by manifestation of the truth Ἴσυνιστῶντεοὶ ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων commending “ourselves to every conscience of men 3 , ~ ~ > A A ” , A ? EVWTLOYV του θεοῦ. 9 ἘΠ.δὲ και εστιν κεκαλυμμένον το ευαγ- hefore God, But if also is covered Σριπᾶ γέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον" 4 ἐν tidings ‘our, in those Bee AES it is covered ; in θημεν, evived τῆμοναν ᾿οχοε]]αί]ι, 473 in this respect, by rea- son of the glory that 11 For if that which is done a- way was _ glorious, much more that which remaincth zs glorious, 12 Secing then that we have such hope, we use great plainness of sp ech: 13and not as Moses, which put a vail over his face, that the children of Israel could not stedfastly look to the end of that which is abolished: 14 but their minds were blinded: for un- tilthis day remaineth the same vail untaken' away in the reading of the old testament; which vail is done a- way in Christ. 15 Buf even unto this day, when Moses is read, the vail is upon their heart. 16 Nevertheless when it shall turn to the Lord,the vail shall be taken away. 17 Now the Lord is that Spirit: and where the Spirit of the Lord zs, there is liberty. 18 But we all, with open face behold- ing 1s in a glass the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord. TV. Therefore see- ing we have this min- istry, as we have re- ceived mercy,we faint not; 2 but ‘have re- nounced the hidden things of dishonesty, not walking in crafti- ness, vor handling the word of God deccit- fully; but by mani- festation of the truth commending ourselves to every man’s con- science in the sight of God. 3 But if our gos- pel be hid, it is hid to them that are lost: 4in whom the god of this world nath blinded the , ~ minds. of them which οἷς ὁ θεὸς τοῦ.αἰῶνος τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τῶν Yelicve not, let the whom the god of this age biiuded the thoughts. of the light of the glorious . , - > 4 " ᾽ , 1 > “ἢ a ‘ ~ gospel of Chr ist, who απιστω», εἰς τὸ μὴ) αυγασαι “avroicg' TOY φωτισμὸν του Ἱ “the image of unbelieving, soas ποῦ to beam forth {ο them the radiancy of the God, should shine η εἵνεκεν LITA, ο Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW. a αὐτοῦ (read his face) Lrraw. 4 ἀλλὰ Tr. Sore that lit] GLTTraW, Wo — ἐκεῖ LITrAW. 4— αὐτοῖς GLI Tra w, Fo ημερας day ΙΤΤΙΑΥ. 5 δὲ ἂν Tr; δὲ ἐὰν Τ. LTITrAW. * ἐγκ- LTITraAw. ‘av ἀναγινώσκηται may be reid ΤΟΥ. } ἀλλὰ LTTra. Σσννγισταντες 474 NPOS ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ 8. IV; unto them. 5 For εὐαγγελίου «τῆς! δόξης τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὃς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ bs tne Chives aa glad tidings ofthe glory of the Christ, who is [the] image sus the Lord; andour- θερῦ, 5 οὐ.γὰρ ἑαυτοὺς κηρύσσομεν, ἀλλα “χριστὸν “In- ne Ελ μην ο. of God. For not ourselves do we proclaim, but Christ Je- Ξ Ἶ a Σ xb ? ~ God, who commanded σοῦγὶ κύριον ἑαυτοὺς.δὲ δούλους ὑμῶν διὰ Ιησοῦν. the light to shine out κῃ Lord, and ourselves your bondmen for the sake of Jesus. of darkness, hath 8 Σ ἈΝ ΤᾺΣ δι ἅ ε Μη λα shined in our hearts, 6 ὅτι , 6 θεὸς ὁ εἰπὼν ἐκ σκότους φῶς “λάμψαι,' ὃς to give thelight of the Because [it is] God who spoke ὁπῖ οὗ darkness light toshine, who knowledge of theglory , a δὴ Ἀ Ses ᾿ 3 ας A of God in the face of ἔλαμψεν ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ἡμῶν, πρὸς φωτισμὸν της γνω- Jesus Christ. 7 But ghone in our hearts, for [the] radiancy ofthe know- we have this treasure - , ε- το ~ 3 ee δ᾽ ΟἹ ns in earthen vessels, σεως της δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ" εν “προσώπῳ Ιησου χριστοῦ. μύρῳ the ο πο a! ledge of the glory _ of God in [the] face of Jesus Christ. w 8 εο % ῃ ‘ ~ 3 η , , ανα. σι mae 2 Εχομεν.δὲ τὸν. θησαυρὸν-τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις" σκεύεσιν, 8 We are troubled on But we have this treasure in earthen vessels, every side, yet not dis- υ hse \ ~ /͵ τ ~ ~ : \ 2 tressed; we are per- (να 1) ὑπερβολὴ τῆς δυνάμεως gy τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ μὴ εξ plexed, but ποῦ in de- that the surpassingness of the power may be of God, and not from spair;, 9 persecuted, « ~ , 2 ι ἢ ᾽ ? ᾽ , ος αστοί forsaken; cast. POY’: Θ.ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι, ἀλλ οὐ στενοχωρούµετοι down, but ποὺ de- ws: in every [way] oppressed, but not straitened ; ο νο always ἀπορούμενοι, ἄλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐξαπορούμενοι' .9 διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ body the dying of . perplexed, but not. utterly at a loss; persecuted, but not the Lord Jesus, that ἐγκαταλειπόμενοι καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι" sus might be made forsaken ; cast down, but not destroyed ; manifest in our body. 10 πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἀκυρίου! Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι are alway jiclivered ao oe cyan ον. a ae in the αν unto death for Jesus ᾿ ns ~ SS Fare ve ~ ato ἄραι lige cles περιφέροντες, ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν 'τῷ σώµατι ἡμῶν of Jesus might be bearing Sy ae that “μα. ἈΠῸ : "με Je in ὃ f *body Four ο ee φανερωθῇ. 11 ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες εἰς θάνατον παρα- Sect ο ΓῬ may be manifested ; for always we who live to death are de- us, but life in you. διδόμεθα διὰ Ἰησοῦν, ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ιησοῦ φανε- 19 We having thesame Jivered onaccount of Jesus, that also the life of Jesus may be spirit of faith, accord- δ: ᾿ ὃν ἣν μα κ᾿ + A ἕ ᾿ ing as it is written,I ρωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν. 12 Ὥστε ὁ Ἐμὲν" θάνατος believed, and there- manifested in mortal “flesh ‘our; so that aor death fore Ὠβτο Τ spoken;we , εἐ ~ = = eink να Ὁ ον " , «κ ων 9]θο Ὀο]]ετο, andthere- ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ). δὲ. ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν 19 ἔχοντες.δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ forespeak;14knowing in us works, andlife in you. And having the same that he which raised = SE A 4 , παν up the Lord Jesus πγεῦμα τῆς πίστεως, κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον. Ἐπίστευσα, shall raise up us also spirit of faith, according to what has been written, I believed, by Jesus, and shall ὃ \ Ι ἐλ aN κε ~ , ‘ ‘ ~ present «19 with you. ιὸ ἐλάλησα, καὶ ἡμεῖς πιστεύομεν, διὸ καὶ λαλοῦμεν" 15 For all things are therefore Ispoke; also ‘we believe, therefore also we speak ; for your sakes, that 11 ελος ε/ EAST ΑΠ, a πας "’ ~ + wee ἘΠῚ οπασκαι απ εἰδότες OTL ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν Πκύριονὶ ᾿Ιησοῦν, καὶ ἡμᾶς etc through the knowing that he whoraised up the Lord Jesus, also 8 thanksgiving of man ν 2 ον τὺ ᾿ . ΄ ~ redound to the glory διὰ Ἰησοῦ ἐγερεῖ, Kai παραστήσει σὺν ὑμῖν. 15 τὰ of God, through Jesus wWillraiseup, and will present. with τοι, 4 / ? { ~ ῃ ΄ γὰρ πάντα δι ὑμᾶς, ἵνα ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα or all things [are] for the sake of you, that the grace, abounding διὰ τῶν πλειόνων τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ εἰς τὴν ‘through the most, *thanksgiving ‘may “cause toexceed to the δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ. glory of God. 16 For which cause we faint not; but 16 Διὸ ovdk.°&xkaxovpev*" > ~ ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄν- though our outward Wherefore we faint not; but if indeed *outward ‘our man perish, yet the’ θ ἢ θεία αν. τς ¥ ἼΣΩΣ a inward man isrenew- θρωπος ὀιαφθείρεται, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ Ῥέσωθενὶ ἀνακαινοῦται ed day by day. 17 For man is being brought to decay, yet the inward is being renewed © τὸν the Ε. d Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1,. © λάμψει shall shine Lrtra. { αὐτοῦ (read his glory) x. & — Ἰησοῦ Litra. ® — κυρίου GLITraw. ἀποῖς σώμασιν bodies τ. ’ — μὲν GLTTrAW. 14 καὶ also τ, τι [κύριον] Tra. Ὦ σὺν with LITrAW, 9 εγκ- LITrAW, P ἔσω ἡμῶν (read our inward [man]) LrTr ; ἔσω[θεν] ἡμῶν a, iv, Υ. II CORINTHIANS, ε / ‘ ’ κ ‘ ~ ΄ ἡμέρᾳ. καὶ ἡμέρᾳ. 17 τὸ. γὰρ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως day by day. Forthe momentary lightness of *tribulation ἡμῶν καθ᾽ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς. ὑπερ]βολὴν αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης Your *excessively *surpassing San eternal weight of glory , Rina \ G Chany ae ‘ / κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν, 18 μὴ σκοπούντων ἡμῶν τὰ βλεπό- works out for us ; “not *considering we thethings .seen, 2 4 i) ᾿ , Β Ν 4 , μενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα τὰ γὰρ βλεπόμενα but the things not seen ; for the things seen [ατα] πρόσκαιρα" ' τὰ δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα αἰώνια. 5 οἴδαμεν.γὰρ temporary, but the things not seen eternal. For we know ὅτι ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἶκο- that “if “earthly ‘our house of the tabernacle ,be destroyed, a build- δομὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ἔχομεν, οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον, αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς -ing from God wehave, ahouse not made with hands, eternal in the ᾿οὐραγοῖς. 2 καὶ.γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ στενάζοµεν, τὸ.οἰκητήριον. ἡμῶν heaveus.. For indeed in this we groan, our dwelling x ? ? ρω ? » 9 ~ 5 ” iH} TO ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες" 3 Δεῖγε which [15] from heayen to 309 *clothed °with ‘longing; if indeed καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι, οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα. 4 καὶ γὰρ οἱ also beingclothed, not naked we shall be found. For indeed who ὄντες, ἐν τῷ σκήνει στενάζοµεν βαρούμενοι τἐπειδὴ! οὐ Sore ‘in ‘the ‘tabernacle ἵνα groan being burdened ; since *not θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι, "ἀλλ᾽" ἐπενδύσασθαι, ἵνα καταπὸθῇ 1πνο "40 wishtobeunclothed, but io be clothed upon, that may be swallowed up τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς. 5 ὁ- δὲ κατεργασάμενος ἡμᾶς εἰς the mortal by life. Now he who wrought out us for αὐτὸ τοῦτο θεός, ὁ ἵκαὶὶ δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν YappaBdva" τοῦ this same thing [is] God, who also gave ἴοῦβ the earnest of the πνεύματος. 6 θαῤῥοῦντες οὖν πάντοτε, καὶ εἰδότες ὅτι Spirit. Being “confident *therefore ‘always, and knowing that ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι ἐκδημοῦμεν ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου being αὖ home in the body wearefrom home away from the Lord, 7 διὰ. πίστεως. γὰρ περιπατοῦμεν, οὐ διὰ εἴδους" 8 θαῤῥοῦμεν δέ, (for by faith we walk, not by sight;) wearaconfident, καὶ εὐδοκοῦμεν μᾶλλον ἐκδημῆσαι ἐκ τοῦ σώματος Kai διὰ are pleased rather tobe from home out of the body and ἐνδημῆσαι πρὸς τὸν κύριον. 9 Διὸ καὶ φιλοτιμούμεθα, tobe athome with the Lord. Wherefore also we are ambitious, εἴτε ἐνδημοῦντες εἴτε ἐκδημοῦντες, εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι. whether being athome or being from home, well-pleasing to him {ο be. 10 τοὺς.γὰρ.πάντας ἡμᾶς φανερωθῆναι δεῖ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ For all “we *be *manifested “must before the βήματος τοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα κομίσηται ἕκαστος τὰ judgment seat of the Christ, that *may “receive ‘each the things [done] Ιδιὰ τοῦ σώματος, πρὸς ἃ ἔπραξεν, εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε in the body, according to what he did, whether good or κακόν." 11 Εἰδότες οὖν τὸν φόβον τοῦ κυρίου, ἀνθρώπους evil. Knowing therefore the terror ofthe Lord, Smen πείθομεν, θεῷ.δὲ πεφανερώμεθα: ἐλπίζω.δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς Awe “persuade, but {ο God we have been manifested, andIhope also in συνειδήσεσιν.ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι. 19 οὐ.“ γὰρ' πάλιν ἑαυτοὺς your consciences. to have been manifested. For not ᾿ again ourselves συνιστάνοµεν ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ ἀφορμὴν διδόντες ὑμῖν καυχήματος 4ο 6 οοπιωιθηᾶ toyou, but occasion 816 giving ἴοτοα ΟἿ boasting τ ἐφ᾽ ᾧ for that EGLITraW. 5 ἀλλὰ Tre ᾳ εἴ περ LTr. : : Ἢ φαῦλον Tir. Σ--- γὰρ for LTTraw, 5 ἀραβῶνα Τι. 470 our light affliction, which is but for a moment, werketh for us afar more exceed- ing and eternal weight of glory; 18 while we look not at the things which are seen, but at the things which are not seen: for the things which are seen ase temporal; but the things which are not seen are eternal. V. For we know that if our earthly house of this tabernacle were dissolved, we have a building of God, an house not made with hands, e- ternal in the heavens. 2 For in this we groan, earnestly desiring to be clothed upon with our house which is from heaven: 3 if so be that being clothed we shall not be found naked. 4 For we that are in this tabernacle do groan, being bur- dened : not for that we would be unclothed, but clothed upon, that mortality might be swallowed up of life. 5 Now he that hath wrought us for the selfsame thing 7 God, who also hath given unto us_ the earnest of the Spirit. 6 Therefore we are al- ways confident, know- ing that, whilst we are at home in the bo- dy, we areabsent from the Lord: 7 (for we walk by faith, not by sight |) 8 we are con- fident, say, and will- ing rather to be absent from the body, and to be present with the Lord. 9 Wherefore we labour, that, whether present or absent, we may be accepted of him. 10 For we must all ‘appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that -every one may receive the things done in his bo- dy, according to that he hath done, whether at be good or bad, 11 Knowing therefore, the terror of the Lord, we persuade men; but we are made manifest unto God; and I trust also are made mani- fest .In your con- sciences, 12 For we commend not oure selves again unto you, 1..- καὶ LTTraW, 470 but give you occasion to glory on our be- half, that ye may have somewhat to answer them which glory in appearance, and not in heart. 13 For whe- ther we be beside our- selves, tt is to God: or whether we be so- ber, it ts for your eause. 14 For the love of Christ constrainecth us; because we thus judge, that if one died for all, then were all dead: 15 and that he died for all, that they which live should not henceforth live unto themselves, but unto him which died for them, and rose a- gain. 16 Wherefore henceforth know we no mau after the flesh: yea, though we have known Christ after the fiesh, yet now henceforth know we him vo more, 17 There- fore if any man ὧς in Christ, leis a new crea- ture: old things are passed away; behold, ali things are become hew. 18 Andall things are of God, who hath recoueciled us to him- self by Jesus Christ, aud hath given to us the ministry of recon- ciliation; 19 to wit, that God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto himsclf, not imputing their trespasses unto them ; and hath committed unto us the word of reconciliation. 20 Now then we are ambassa- dors for Christ, as though God did beseech you by us: we pray you in Christ’s stead, be ye reconciled to God. 21 For he hath made him to be sin for us, who knew no sin; that we might be made the righteousness of God in him, VE. We then, as Workers together with him, ‘wseech you al-o that νο reeeive not the grace of God in vain. 2 (For he saith, I have heard thee in a time accepted, and in the day of salvation have I suecoured thee: be- hold. now is the πο- cepted time; behold, low és the day of sal- Vaiion.) 3 Giving no οπου in anything, that the ministry be a Ss oie ea ie er :- εἰ LTT:AW. d γὰρ for LTrraw. Σ μὴ ἐν LTTr. LITraw, ΠΡΟ TOP NOLO. YS Ἡ. Vow ‘ ~~ ev ” 4 ‘ 5 4 ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ἔχητε προς τοὺς ἐν προσωπῳ in behalf of us, that ye may have [such] towards those “in *appcarance , A ? » Α ? , καυχωµένους καὶ Σοὐϊ καρδιᾳ. 19 εἴτε.γὰρ ἐξέστημεν, *boasting For whether we were beside ourselves, ~ » - e ~ c ale ’ ΄ tai 2 θεῷ" εἴτε σωφρονοῦμεν, ὑμῖν. 14 ἡ-.γὰρ ἀγάπὴ {it was} toGod; or are sober-minded [it is] for you. For the love ~ ~ , « - , ~ e ? 3 ς . τοῦ χριστοῦ συνεχει NMAC, κριναγτας τούτο; OTL 7el gig ὑπὲρ of the Christ constrains 8, having judged this, that if one “for ? ” ε ΄ , - =~ et). « " πάντων ἀπέθανεν, ἄρα οἱ πάντες ἀπεθανον' 15 καὶ ὑπὲρ and not in heart. Sal] died, then all dic:l; aud for - > , tr Be ~ is ΕΞ, « ~ 2 ~ πάντων ἀπέθανεν, ἵνα οἱ. ζῶντες μηκέτι EAUTOIC ζῶ- 4}} he died, that they who live uno longer to themselves should ow, ἀλλὰ τῷ. ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποθανόντι καὶ ἐγερθέντι. live, , but to him who for them died and was raised again, Ff ε ~ ᾽ ‘ ~ ~ ar / ΄ A 16 Wore ἡμεῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ νῦν οὐδένα οἴδαμεν κατὰ σάρκα Sothat τὸ from now noone know according to flesh ; εἰ “δὲ! καὶ ἐγιώκαμεν κατὰ σάρκα Χριστόν, ἀλλὰ νῦν but if even we have known according to ficsh Christ, yet now οὐκέτι γινώσκομεν 17 ὥστε εἴ Tic ἐν χοιστῷ, no longer we know [him]. Sothat if anyone [beJin Chri-t [there is” καινὴ κτίσις τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν, ἰδοὺ γέγονεν καινὰ anew creation: the old things passed away; lo, have become new υτὰ πάντα." 18 τὰ δὲ πάντα ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦ καταλλάξαν- all things: and all things [are] of God, who ἃ \ reconciled τος ἡμᾶς ἑαυτῷ διὰ ΦΙησοῦ! χοιστοῦ, καὶ δύντος ἡμῖν την us tohimself by Jesus Christ, and gave tous the διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς" 19 we ὅτι θεὺς ἦν ἐν χριστῷ service of reconciliation : how that God was in Christ. (the) κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ, μὴ λογιζόμενος αὐτοῖς τὰ world reconciling -to himself, not reckoning to them παραπτώματα αὐτῶν, καὶ θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς their offences, and having put in us the word ~ ἐξ ‘ ~ , καταλλαγὴς. 20 ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν, ὡς of reconciliation, For Christ therefore we are anbassadors, as it were τοῦ θεοῦ παρακαλοῦντος δι ἡμῶν: δεόμεθα ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ, God exhorting by us, We beseech for Chrisc, καταλλάγητε τῷ θεῷ" 21 τὸν γὰρ' μὴ.γνόντα ἁἅμαρτιαν Be reconciled to God. For him who | knew not sin € Δ « ~ € , 3 ΄ | ΄ ~ ΄ x υπερ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν, Ὁ α΄ ἡμεῖς «γινώμεβα" ὃι- “for 5115 δια "he “made, that we wight become right- ’ - . ~ ἔν καιοσύνη θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ. eousness of God in him. 6 Συνεργοῦντες δὲ καὶ But working together “also , ~ = hex χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ δέξασθαι ®erace τοῦ "God °to !°reccive > . εἰς κενὸν τὴν “ins Avain πο Καιρῷ δεκτῷ In atime accepted ’ , ΄ ‘ ? ε , ’ , η , ~ ἐπ]]κουσα σου. καὶ ἐν MENA σωτηρίας ἐβοήθησά oor ἰδοὺ νῦν Tlistened to, thee, and in aday οὗ saivation IThelped thee: Jo, new . ᾽ , ’ 4 ~ « ’ ΄ , καιρὸς εὐπρύσδεκτος, ἰδοὺ νῦν ἡμέρα σωτηρίας 3 μηδεμίαν {the] time well-accepted ; behold, now [thelday ΟΕ salvation ἢ) uot one ἐν μηδενὶ διδύντες προσκυπήν, ἵνα μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία" παρακαλοῦμεν μὴ twe exhort “not « ~ ’ , υμᾶς' 2 λέγει γάρ, 1,- . ᾿ Ξ = you: (for he says, Sin “anything “giving otlence, that be not blamed the service; (lit. nothing) / > ? ? τ ~ ῃ ΄ - 4 ἀλλ ἐν παντὶ 'συνιστῶντες" ἑαυτοὺς ὡς θεοῦ διάκονοι, but in everything commending ourselves as God's servants, a --- δὲ but LTTra. ‘ Ὁ —tanmavraLttra. 53 -- Ἰησοῦ ὁ γειώμεθα LITrAW, ; Γσυνισταντες LITrAWs Vi. Il CORINTHIANS. ? « ~ ~ 3 ΄ ? > ’ 3 ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενο- in endurance ‘much, in tribulations, in necessities, in straits, , ~ ~ @ ’ χωρίαις, ὃ ἐν πληγαῖς, ἐν φυλακαῖς, ἐν ἀκαταστασίαις, ἐν in stripes, in imprisonments, in commotions, in δ . , ε , κόποις, ἐν ἀγωυπνίαις, ἐν νηστείαις, 6 ἐν ἁγνότητι, ἐν γνώσει, labours, ἴθ Ὑγα οἰ ηρ8, in fastings, in pureness, in knowledge, ἐν μακροθυμίᾳ. ἐν χρηστότητι, ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, ἐν ἀγάπῃ in long-suffering, in kindness, in[the] “Spirit Holy, ἵπ love . / ᾽ / ? , ? / - ἀνυποκρίτῳ, 7 ἐν δΔλόγῳ ἀληθείας, ἐν. δυνάμει θεοῦ, unfeigned, in [the] word of truth, in [the] power of God; διὰ τῶν ὕπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν, through the arms of righteousness og the right hand and left, 8 διὰ δόξης καὶ ἀτιμίας, διὰ δυσφημίας καὶ εὐφημίας" ὡς through glory and dishonour, through evilreport and good report: as πλάνοι, καὶ ἀληθεῖς' 9 ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι, καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι! deceivers, and true; as being unknown, and well-known ; ὡς ἀποθνήσκοντες, καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶμεν ὡς παιδευόμενοι, καὶ as dying, and lo welive; as disciplined, and μὴ θανατούμενοι' 10 we λυπούμενοι, ἀεὶ. δὲ χαίροντες" ὡς ποῦ puttodeath; as sorrowful, butalways rejoicing; as πτωχοί, πολλοὺς.δὲ πλουτίζοντες ὡς μηδὲν ἔχοντες, καὶ Ῥοος, but many enriching ; as nothing having, and πάντα κατέχοντες. allthings possessing. | : 1] Τὸ στόμαἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, Κορίνθιοι, ἡ Our mouth has keen opened to you, Corinthians, καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται' 12 οὐ.στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, our heart. has been expanded. Ye are not straitened in us, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν. 13 τὴν.δὲ αὐτὴν but γε are straitened in your bowels ; but the same ἀντιμισθίαν, ὡς τέκνοις λέγω, πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς. [45] recompense, (as tochildren Ispeak,) beexpanded also ye. 14 Μὴ.γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις τίς. γὰρ µε- e not diversely yoked with unbelievers; for what par- TOXN δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀνομίᾳ; Ῥτίς δὲ" κοινωνία φωτὶ ticipation [has] righteousness and lawlessness? and what fellowship light πρὸς σκότος; 15 τίς δὲ συμφώνησις χριστῷ" πρὸς ΧΒελίαρ!; With darkness 2 and what concord Christ with Deliar, ἢ τίς μερὶς. πιστῷ μετὰ ἀπίστου; 16 τίς.δὲ Ἰσυγκατά- or what part toabeliever with an unbelicver? and what agrce- θεσιοὶ ναῷ θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων; πιὑμεῖς" γὰρ. ναὸς θεοῦ ment atemple of God with idols? 3γ9 ‘for atemple of *God Nore! ζῶντος, Καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ θεός, Ὅτι ἐνοικήσω ἐν “are ['the] “living, according as ?said 1God, I will dwell among αὐτοῖς, καὶ δἐμπεριπατήσω" καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῶν' θεός, καὶ them, and walk among [them]; and Iwilibe their God, and αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί Ῥμοι" λαός. 17 διὸ WEENOETE" ἐκ μέσου they shallbe tome apeople. Wherefore comeout from the midst αὐτῶν Kai ἀφορίσθητε, λέγει κύριος, καὶ ἀκαθάρτου ofthem απᾶ 6 separated, says [the] Lord, and [the] unclean εἰσδέξομαι ὑμᾶς, 18 καὶ ἔσομαι ὑμῖν εἰς willreceive you; and I willbe to you for » 4 , , ἔσεσθέ μοι εἰς υἱοὺς καὶ θυγατέρας, λέγει shallbetome for sons and daughters, says κἀγὼ and I ὑμεῖς and ye μὴ -ἅπτεσθε΄ , touch not, πατέρα, καὶ a father, i χριστοῦ οἱ Christ LTTrA. Ὁ ἢ τίς or what LTTrAw. οἐν-Ἱ. Ρ μον of me LTTr. πι ἡμεῖς We LITr. Ὁ ἐσμὲν LIT, κ Βελίαλ Belial Ex. 4 ἐξέλθατε LTTrA, 477 not blamed : 4 but in all things approving ourselves as the minis- ters of God, in much patience, in afflictions, in -necessities, in dis- tresses, 5 in stripes, in imprisonments, in tu- mults, in labours, in watchings, in fast- ings; 6 by pureness, by knowledge, by long- suffering, by kindness, by the Holy Ghost, by love unfeigned, 7 by the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armour of right- eousness on the right hand and on the left, 8 by honour and dis- honour, by evil report and good report: as deceivers, and yet true ; 9 as unknown, and yet well known; as dying, and, behold, we live; as chastened, and not killed; 10 as sorrowful, yet alway rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich ; 2s havivg nothing, and yet possessing all things. 11 O ye Corinthians, our mouth is open unto ou, our heart is en- arged. 12 Ye are not straitened in us, but ye are straitened in your own bowels, 13 Now for a recom- pence in the same, (I speak as unto my chil- dren,) be ye also en- larged. 14 Be ye’not un- equally yoked toge- ther with unbelievers ; for what fellowship hath righteousness with unrighteousness ὃ and what communion hath light with dark- ness? 15 and what concord hath Christ with Belial? or what part hath he that be- lieveth with an infi- del? 16 and what a- greement hath the temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk ἫΝ them; and I will be their God, and they shall be my people. 17 Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing ; and I will receive you, 18 and willbe a 1συν- τι 478 Father unto you, and ye shall be my sons and daughters, saith the Lord Almighty. VII. Having therefore these promises, dearly beloved, let us cleanse ourselves from all fil- thiness of the flesh and spirit, perfecting holiness in the fear of God. 2 Receive us; we have wronged noman, we have corrupted no man, we have defraud- ednoman, 3] speak not this to condemn 1/Ο1έ 5 for I have said before, that ye are in our hearts to die and live with you. 4 Great ts my boldness of speech toward you, great {5 my glorying of you: I am filled with com- fort, I am exceeding joyful in all our tri- bulation. 5For, when we were come into Ma- cedonia, our flesh had no rest, but we were troubled on = every side; without were fightings, within were fears. 6 Nevertheless God, that comforteth those τπαῦ τε cast down, comforted us by the cominy of Ti- tus; Zand ng: by his coming only, but by the consolation where- with he was comfort- ed in you, when he told us your earnest desire, your mourn- ing, your fervent mind toward me; so that I rejoiced the more. 8 For though I made you sorry with a let- ter, I do not repent, though I did repent: for I perccive that the same ¢pistle hath made you sorry, though it were but for a season. 9 Now I rejoice, not that ye were made sorry, but that ye sor- rowed to repentance: for ye were made sor- ry after a godly man- ner, that ye might re- ceive damage by us in nothing. 10 For godly sorrow worketh τος pentance to salvation not to be repented of : but the sorrow of the world worketh death. 1] For behold this selfsame thing, that ye sorrowed after a godly sort, what care- fulness it wrought in you, yea, what clear- Vit: οὖν ἔχοντες rite *therefore ‘having προς HOPING TOYS: "Ὁ. κύριο; παντοκράτωρ. YF Ταύτας {the] Lord Almighty. °These ἐπαγγελίας, ἀγαπητοί, καθαρίσωµεν ἑαυτοὺς ἀπὸ παντὸς pronuises, beloved, we should cleanse ourselves from every ~ 4 ‘ , ? ~ ε μολυσμοῦ σαρκὸς και π}ευµατος; ἐπιτελοῦντες ἁγιωσύνην ἐν defilement offlesh and spirit, perfecting holiness ia φόβῳ θεοῦ. fear of God. 9 Χωρήσατε ἡμᾶς' ovdéva ἠδικήσαμεν, οὐδένα ἐφθείραμεν, Receive ἯΙ noone ἀϊᾶ wewrong, noone did wecorrupt, οὐδένα ἐπλεονεκτήσαμεν. 8. τοὺ πρὸς Karakorow" λέγω" no one did we overreach, Not for condemnation I speak, προείρηκα γὰρ ὅτι ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε εἰς τὸ συν-- for I have before said that in our hearts ye are, for to die ~ ‘ ~ ;» ε ΄, αποθανεῖν καὶ "συζῇν" 4 πολλή μοι παῤῥησία πρὸς together and to live together. Great [is] tome boldness towards ὑμᾶς, πολλή μοι κσύχησις ὑπὶρ ὑμῶν πεπλήρωμαι tome boasting I have been filled τῇ παρακλήσει, ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ ἐπὶ πάσῃ TY with encouragement ; I overabound with joy at all θλιΨει ἡμῶν. 5 Kai.yap ἐλθύντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, our tribulation. For indeed, “having “come ‘we into. Macedonia, οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν" ἄνεσιν ἡ.σὰρξ ἡμῶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ ts = pes /μω ν] Τ τοι, great in respect of you; “not “any “had Sease tour *flesh, but in every [way] θλιβόμενοι: ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι. 6 ἀλλ ὁ beiug oppressed ; without contentions, within fears. But he who παρακαλῶν τοὺς ταπεινοὺς παρεκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ encourages * those brought low encouraged us— God— by the παρουσιᾳ Τίτου" 7 οὐ-μόνον.δὲ ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ coming of Titus ; and notonly by his coming, bus καὶ ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει 4 παρεκλήθη ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν, also by the encouragement with which he wasencouraged asto you; ἀναγγέλλων ἡμῖν τὴν. ὑμῶν. ἐπιπόθησιν, τὸν .ὑμῶν.ὀξυρμόν, relating to us your longing, your mourning, ‘ € ~ ~ « A ’ ne eer ~ ~ «“ τὸν. ὑμῶν. ζῆλον ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ, ὥστε.με μᾶλλο» χαρῆναι. ὃ Ὅτι your zeal for me; 80 48 forme the more to be rejoiced. For | ? , > , € ~ ~ 2 κα 8 εἰ καὶ ἐλύπησα ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ, οὐ.μεταμέλομαι, εἰ καὶ if also Igrieved you in the epistle, Ido not regret [it], if even / / ε ο ο ‘ vr , ν᾿ ετεμελόμην᾽ βλέπω. γὰρ! ὅτι ἡ. ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη εἰ καὶ πρὸς Pos I did regret ; for Isec that that epistle, if even for er 1 4, « ~ ~ e . ΄ ὥραν ἐλύπησεν ὑμᾶς. 9 νῦν χαίρω, οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε, ἀλλ᾽ anhour, grieved you, Now 1 το]οίσθ, not that ye were grieved, but er ? , > , , ‘ , ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε εἰς μετάνοιαν" ἐλυπήθητε.γὰρ κατὰ θεύν, that ye were grieved {ο repentance; for ye were grieved according to God, e ? Ό ‘ ~ ~ wa ἐν pncevi ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν. 10 ἡ γὰρ Kara that in nothin; ye might suffer loss by us. For the “according *to θεὸν λύπη μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἀμεταμέλητον Ἱκατερ- "αοᾶ ‘gricf repentance to salvation not to be regretted werks ΄ οἱ « ‘ ~ , ΄ ΄ ; γάζεται"' ἡ. δὲ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη θάνατον κατεργάζεται. OUL ; but the 7of *the “world grief death works out. 1] ἰδοὺ-γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τὸ κατὰ θεὸν λυπηθῆναι κὑμᾶς," Ῥων lo, this same thing, according to God *to *have *been ®grieved you, πόσην Ἱκατειργάσατο" 5 ὑμῖν σπουδήν, ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν; how much *it“worked*out ‘in “you ‘diligence, but [what] defence, OS EEE ES Γ πρὸς κατάκρισιν οὐ LTTrA, Ὑ ςργάζεται Works LTTraw. 5 συνζην LTTrA. συ t ἔσχεν LTr. ᾱ-- Όμας LIT:[A], v¥ — γὰρ for (L}Tr. 7 κατηργασατο T. t+ [ἐν] 1, CORINTHIANS. φύβον, ἀλλὰ ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀλλὰ VII, VITTI. It ἀλλὰ ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀλλὰ but indignation, but fear, but longing, but Cnr a tA’! ? ot a ? ‘ , e 4 ζῆλον, *a EKOLKIOLY 5 ἐν παντι συνεστήσατε ἑαυτοὺς zeal, but vengeanve! in every Cway] ye proved yourselves « = ᾽ Ἡ » ΄ ἀγνοὺς εἶναι δὲν" τῷ πράγματι. 12 ἄρα εἰ καὶ ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, Spure "to*be in the matter. Then if also I wrote to you, ΄ ~ ’ ss οὐχ «εἴγεκενὶ τοῦ ἀδικήσαντος. οὐδὲ “εἵνεκεν τοῦ not for the sake of him who did wrong, nor for the sake of him who ῃ ry ε/ ~ ~ ‘ \ ἀδικηθέντος" ἀλλ᾿" Setvexer" τοῦ day ρωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν suffcred wrong, but for the sake of ΗΕ manifested “diligence « ~ 4 « \ « ~ ~ ~ ὑμῶν! τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμὼνὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. tyour which [15] ος ®us to you before God. 13 Διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήµεθα ἐπὶ ὅ τῷ παρακλήσει On account of this we have been encouraged in encouragement περισσοτέρως ᾿δὲϊ and the more abundantly OTL ἀγαπέπαυται because has been refreshed 14 οτι εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ Because if anything to Πα about ἀλλ᾽ ὡς πάντα but as ail things ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν! the boasting of us 15 καὶ τὰ σπλάγχνα.αὐτοῦ περισσοτέρως and his bowels more abundantly εἰ ὑμᾶς ἐστιν, ἀναμιμνήσκομένου τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν towards you are, remcmbering the Zo£ sally 7ot Py ot « , e 4 ΄ ‘ , “δ΄ ? , ὑπακοήν, ὡς μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν. obedience, how with. fear and trembling ye received him, , ! a ” ‘ ~ ~ 16 χαίρὼ αὶ ὅτι ἐν παντὶ θαῤῥῶ ἐν ὑμῖν. Trejoice that in everything LTamconfident in τοι. 8 Γνωρίζομεν.δὲ ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί. τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν But we make known toyou, brethren, the grace of God which δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας" 2 ἱ ὅτι ἐν πολλῇ has been given in the assemblies of Macedonia τ thatin much Σοκιμῇ θλίψεως ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς.αὐτῶν Kai ἡ κατὰ πὑμῶν your, Τίτου. of Titus, ὑμῶν" ot you. «κατῃσχύνθην" ‘Te “Was Bue to‘shame ; ὑμῖν, οὕτως καὶ to you, so also ἀλήθεια ἐγε}'ήθη: truth hecame ; μᾶλλον ἐχάρημεν ἐπὶ τῇ χαρᾷ rather We rejoiced at the joy τὸ πνεῦμα.αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων his spirit by all € ~ ὑμῶν κεκαύχηµαι. σοι [I have bo:.sted, οὐ not ἐν ἀληθείᾳ ἐλαλήσαμεν in truth we spoke 1)! ἐπὶ Τίτου 1) which [was] to Titus proof of tribuJation the abundance of their joy and βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς "τὸν πλοῖτον" τῆς *deep Spoverty Itheir abounded to the riches ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν. 8 ὅτι κατὰ δύναμιν, μαρτυρῶ, I bear witness, 4 μετὰ πολ- with much of their liberality. For according to[their] power, καὶ οὑπὲρ! δύναμιν αὐθαίρετοι, and beyond [their] power [they bhi willing of ος ον λῆς παρακλήσεως δεόμενοι ἡμῶν τὴν χάριν καὶ τὴν κοινωνίαν entreaty beseeching of us, *the pce 7and *the *fellowship τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους Ρδεζασθαι ἡμᾶς" ἳ of the service 13τυμίοἩ [1 τ 85] 154ουΥ 1911ο ἀαΤραϊπίς ‘for 7us “to *receive. ὃ καὶ οὐ καθὼς ἠλπίσαμεν, αλλ" ἑαυτοὺς ἔδωκαν πρῶ- And not Conly] seamen as we hoped, but themselves they gave first τον τῷ κυρίῳ, καὶ ἡμῖν διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ 6 εἰς τὸ παρα- tothe Lord, and tous. by [the] will of God. So that *ex- 4 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. < παν our EG, ημων our LITrAW. m + οὖν .beretore ΒΕ. GLTIraw, 4 ἀλλὰ TTr. b — ἐν (vead τῷ in the) [L]TTraw. ὑμῶν you EG i — δὲ and Lrtraw, η τὸ πλοῦτος ΙΤΤΙΑ. ο παρὰ LITrAW, ο ἕνεκεν LTTrA. & + δὲ and (in) commencing a sentence at ἐπὶ LTTraw. κ ὑμῶν of you La. 479 ing of yourselves, yea, what indignation, yea, what fear, yea, what vehement "desire, yea, what zeal, yea, what revenge! Inall things ye have approved your- selves to be clear in this matter. 12 Where- fore, though I wivcte unto you, { did it not for his cause that had done the wrong, nor for his cause that suf- fered wrong, but thet our care for you in the sight of God might appear unto you. 13 Therefore we were comforted in τοις comfort : yea, and ex- ceedingly the more joyed we for the joy of Titus, because his spi- rit was refreshed by you all, 14 Forif [ have boasted anything to him of you, I am not ashamed; but as we spike all things to you in truth, even so our boasting, which Γ made before Titus, is found atruth. 15 And his inward affection is more abundant toward you, whilst he remem- bereth the obedience of you all, how with fear anc trembling ye received nim. 16 1 re- joice th ‘fore that I have co: fidence in you in all things. VITt; Moreover, brethren, we do you to wit of the grace of God bestowed on the churches of Macedo- nia; 2 how that in a great trial of affliction the abundanceof their joy and their deep po- verty abounded unto the riches of their li- berality. 3 For to their power, I bear re- cord, yea, and beyond their power they were willing of themselve-; 4 praying us with much intreaty that we would receive the gift, and take wpon us the fel- lowship of the minis- tering to the saints. 5 And this they did, not as we hoped, but first gave their own selves to the Lord, and unto us by the will of God. 6 Insomuch that we desired ‘Titus, that ἆ ἀλλὰ Tr. -- ἡ ΤΙΤ 1. Ρ --- seal ἡμᾶς 480 as he had begun, so he would also finish in you the same grace also. 7 Therefore, as ye abound in every thing, in faith, and ut- terance, and know- ledge, and in all dili- gence, and in your love to us, sce that ye a- bound in this grace also. 8 I speak not by commandment, but by occasion of the for- wardness of others, and,to prove the sin- cerity of your love. 9 For ye know the grace of our Lord Je- sus Christ,that,though he was rich, yet for your sakes he became or, that ye through is poverty might be rich. 10 And herein I give my advice: for this is expedient for 79: who have begun efore, not only to do. but also to be forward ἃ year ago. 11 Now therefore perform the doing of it; that as there was a readiness to will, so there may be a performauce also out of that which ye have. 12 For if there be first α willing mind, it is accepted ac- cording to that a man hath, and not accord- ing to that he hath not. 13 For 7 mean not that other men be eased, and ye be bur- dened: 14 but by an equality, that now at this time your abun- dance may be a supply: for their want, that their abundance also may be a supply for your want: that there may be equality : 15 as itis written, He that had gathered much had nothing over ; and he that had gathered little had no lack. 16 But thanks be to God, which put the Bume earnest care into the heart of Titus for ou. 17 For indeed e accepted the exhor- tation; but being more forward, of his own accord he went unto you. 18And we have sent with him the brother, whose praise ts in the _— gospel throughout churches; 19 and not that’ only, but who was alsochosen of the τ ἡμετέρας Of our Β, Ν δόντι gave τῇ, but τα τε ΑἹ]. NEOs ΟΝ οσο δα. ὙΠ. καλέσαι ἡμᾶς Τίτον, ἵνα καθὼς προενήοξατο, οὕτως καὶ horted lwe Titus, that according as he before began, ΄ so also ? U ? ε ~ ‘ ‘ / / 7 ώρα ἐπιτελέσῃ εἰς ὑμᾶς καὶ τὴν.χάριν.ταύτην. 7 AN ὥσπερ he might complete with you also this grace. But even as ἐν παντὶ περισσεύετε, πίστει, καὶ λόγῳ, καὶ γνώσει, καὶ in every [way] yeabound, infaith, and word, and knowledge, and / ~ ‘ ~ { - « ~ ‘ . πάσῃ σπουδῇ,. καὶ τῇ ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐν ἡμῖν ἀγάπῃ, ἵνα καὶ ἐν all diligence, andinthe?from *you ‘to 58 “love, that also in ταύτῃ τῇ χάριτι περισσεύητε' Bod κατ᾽ ἐπιταγὴν λέγω, this grace yeshould abound. Not according to acommand do I speak, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἑτέρων σπουδῆς καὶ TO τῆς "ὑμετέρας" ἀγάπης but through the *of*others ‘diligence and the “of *your ΠῚ γνήσιον δοκιμάζων" 9 γινώσκετε.γὰρ' τὴν χάριν τοῦ κυρίου 1eenuineness proving. For ye know the grace of *Lord ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ὅτι δι ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν tour Jesus Christ, that *for ‘the ‘sake Sof 7you “he *becime *°poor πλούσιος ὦν, ἵνα ὑμεῖς ᾿ τῇ ἐκείνου.πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσητε. *rich ‘being; that ye by his poverty might be enriched, 10 καὶ γνώμην ἐν τούτῳ δίδωμι" τοῦτο.γὰρ ὑμῖν συμφέρει, And ajudgment in this I give, for this for you is proi.able, οἵτινες οὐ µόνον τὸ ποιῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ θέλειν προενήρ- who not only the doing, but also the being willing began ἕασθε ἀπὺ.πέρυσι 11 νυνὶ δὲ καὶ τὸ ποιῆσαι ἐπιτελέσατε, before a year ago. But now also?the doing *complrie; ὅπως καθάπερ ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν, οὕτως καὶ sothat evenas [there was]the readiness ofthe being willing, so, also τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν. 12 Ἐί γὰρ ἡ προθυμία πρό- the completing out of that [ye] have. For if the readiness is pre- κειται, καθὸ "ἐὰν"! ἔχῃ ‘ric’ εὐπρόσδεκτος, οὐ καθὸ sent, - according as 2may “have ‘anyone (he 15] accepted, not according as οὐκ ἔχει. 18 οὐ γὰρ ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν." δὲ" he has not. For [it is] not that to others [there may be] .case, but for you θλίψις" ἀλλ᾽ ἐξ ἰσότητος, ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ τὸ ὑμῶν περίσ- pressure, but of equality, in the present time your abun- σευµα εἰς τὸ.ἐκείνων.ὑστέρημα, 14 ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσ- dance for their deficiency, 4 that also their abun- σευµα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμών.ὑστέρημα ὅπως γένηται dance may be for your deficiency, so that there should be Ie . ‘ 4 « x 4 ? ἰσότης" 15 καθως . yeyoarrat, ο τὸ πολὺ οὐκ equality. According as it has been written, He that [gathered] much “not ἐπλεόνασεν καὶ ὁ τὸ ὀλίγον οὐκ.ήλαττόνησεν. had over, and he that [gathered] little did not lack. 16 Χάρις.δὲ τῷ θεῷ, τῷ VOdvrTe' τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ But thanks to God, who gives the same diligence for ε ~ 3 ~ ΄ , A er κ᾿ " ’ὔ ? ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου" 17 ὅτι τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν é- you in the heart οἱ Titus. For the “indeed ‘exhortation he δέξατο, σπουδαιότερος.δὲ ὑπάρχων, αὐθαίρετος received, but more diligent being, πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 18 συνεπέμψαμεν.δὲ Σμετ᾽ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφόν" ἴο you. But we sent with him the brother οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκ- of whomthe praise [is]in the gladtidings through all the as- κλησιῶν' 19 οὐ.μόνον.δέ, ἀλλὰ καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν semblies ;_ and not only [so], but alsohaving been chosen by the ἐξῆλθεν of his own accord he went out. 8 ἂν T. t — τις (read ἔχῃ he may have) LTTrAW. Υ͂ -- δὲ - Tov ἀδελφὸν μετ΄ αὐτοῦ T, VIII, ΙΧ. πι σοΕ ατα Αα Νε, ἐκκλησιῶν συνέκδημος.ἡμῶν σὺν" τῇ.χάριτιταύτῃ τῇ assemblies [is] our fellow-traveller with this grace, which [is] διακονουμένῃ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν πρὸς THY ταὐτοῦ" τοῦ κυρίου δόξαν μεν ] ς ΤΗΝ, ( served by us to the himself 7of*the *Lord ‘glory προθυμίαν "ὑμῶν. 20 στελλόμενοι τοῦτο, μή readiness tyour; avoiding this, lest τις ἡμᾶς µωμήσηται ἐν τῇ.ἁδρότητι.ταύτῃ τῇ διακονου- anyone 8 shouldblame in this abundance which [is] served μένῃ ὑφ᾽ ἡμῶν' 21 ὑπρονοούμενοιὶ καλὰ οὐ µόνον ἐνώπιον by us; providing things right not only before κυρίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων. 22 Συνεπέμψαμεν. δὲ [πε] Lord, but also before men, And we sent with ? ~ Α > A « ~ a 3 κ > ~ αὐτοῖς τὸν. ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν ὃν ἐδοκιμάσαμεν ἐν πολλοῖς πολ- them our brother whom we proved in many things often λάκις σπουδαῖον ὄντα, νυνὶ. δὲ πολὺ σπουδαιότερον πεποι- καὶ aod (a witness of] diligent tobe, andnow much more diligent by the 7con- θήσει πολλῇ τῇ εἰς ὑμᾶς. 25 εἴτε ὑπὲρ Τίτου, fidence ‘great which[is] towards you. Whether asregards Titus, κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς {he is] partner my ἡμῶν, four, καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός" εἴτε ἀδελφοὶ and for you afellow-worker; vor brethren ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν, δόξα. χριστοῦ. 24 Τὴν {they are] messengers ofassemblies, “glory ‘Christ’s. The οὖν ἔνδειξιν τῆς ἀγάπης ὑμῶν, καὶ ἡμῶν καυχήσεως ὑπὲρ *therefore αρτοοξ of your love, and of our boasting about [4 ~ ? ? Nia 1 ὃ / θ ld ‘tla? ή ? >t ~ ὑμῶν, εἰς αὐτοὺς ᾿ἐνδείξασθε' “καὶ εἰς πρόσωπον τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν. you, “to #them 1shew 7ye and in face of the assemblies. Ὁ Περὶ μὲν γὰρ τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους For concerning the service which [is] for the saints περισσόχγ μοι ἐστὶν τὸ γράφειν ὑμῖν. 2 οἶδα.γὰρ τὴν προθυ- superfluous for me itis writing toyou. For I know *readi- μίαν ὑμῶν ἣν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καυχῶμαι Μακεδόσιν, ὅτι ness *your which concerning you I boast of to Macedonians ; that ? te » ? A ’ Ξ s ef Ε.νι -« τὴ Αχαΐα παρεσκεύασται ἀπὸ πέρυσι" καὶ “ὁ! [ἐξὶ ὑμῶν ζῆλος Achaia has been prepared 8 year ago, and the *of syou ‘zeal Ψ ‘ {2 ἠρέθισεν τοὺς πλείονας. 8 ἔπεμψα. δὲ τοὺς ἀδελφούς, ἵνα μὴ provoke the greater number, But I sent the brethren, lest τὸ καύχημα. ἡμῶν τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κενωθῇ ἐν τῷ our boasting which [is] about you should be made void in μέρει τούτῳ" ἵνα καθὼς ἔλεγον, παρεσκευασμένοι ἦτε, this respect, that according as I said, prepared ye may be; 4 μήπως ἐὰν ἔλθωσιν σὺν ἐμοὶ Μακεδόνες, καὶ εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς lest perhaps if should come with me Macedonians, and find you , ~ ~ “ A [ή ἁπαρασκευάστους, καταισχυνθῶμεν ἡμεῖς, ἵνα μὴ λέγωμεν unprepared, ?should *be *put *to®shame ‘we, (that wemay notsay ὑμεῖς, ἐν τῇ.ὑποστάσει ταύτῃ ἔτῆς καυχήσεως." 5 ἀναγκαῖον πο) in this confidence of boasting. Necessary - ec , ; « 10 λ , a EX ουν ηγησαμην παρακαλεσαι τους ACE φους ινα προελ”- therefore 1 esteemed [it] to exhort the brethren that they should θωσιν sic! ὑμᾶς, καὶ προκαταρτίσωσιν τὴν 'προκατηγ- gobefore to you, and should complete beforehand ’fore- γελμένην! εὐλογίαν ὑμῶν ταύτην ἑτοίμην εἶναι οὕτως ὡς announced ‘blessing "τουσ this Tready 5to®be thus as ? 481 churches {ο travel with us _ with this grace, which is ad- ministered by us to the glory of the same Lord, and declaration of your ready mind: 20 avoiding this, that no man should blame us in this abundance which is administered by us: 21 providing for honest things, not only in the sight of the Lord, but also in the sight of men. 22 And we have sent with them our bro- ther, whom we have oftentimes proved di- ligent in many things, but now much more di- ligent, upon the great confidence which J have inyou. 23 Whe- ther any do inquire of Titus, he is my part- ner and fellowhelper concerning you: or our brethren be in- quired of, they are the messengers of the churches, and the glo- ry of Christ. 24 Where- fore shew ye to them, and before the church- es, the proof of your love, and of our boast- ing on your behalf, IX. For as touching the ministering to the saints, it is superfluous for me to write to you: 2 for I know the forwardness of your mind, for which [I boast of you to them of Macedonia, that Achaia was ready a year ago; and your zeal hath provoked very many. 3 Yet have I sent the breth- ren, lest our boasting of you should be in vain in this behalf; that, as I said, ye may be ready: 4 lest haply if they of Ma- cedonia come with me, and find you un- prepared, we (that we say not, ye) should he ashamed in this same confident boasting. 5 Therefore I thought it necessary to exhort the brethren, that they would go before unto you, and make up beforehand your bounty, whereof ye had notice before,that the same might be ready, as ἃ matter of 5 ἐν in LTraw. = — αὐτοῦ LTrAW. Wwe provide LTTrA ; προνοούµενοι yap G. GLTTrAW. ο τὸ TTr. {-- ἐξ (read ὑμῶν ος you) LTTr[A]. Ὁ πρὸς LTrW. i προεπηγγελµένην before promised LTTraw. 5 ἡμῶν ΟΥ GLTTrAW. Ὁ προνοοῦμεν γὰρ for ο ἐνδεικνύμενοι ShEWING LTTrA. & -- της καυχήσεως GLTTréW, a — καὶ If 482 bounty, and not as of covetousness. 6 But this 7 say, He which soweth sparingly shall renp also sparingly; and he which soweth .- bountifully shall reap aisu bountifully. 7 E- very man according as he purposeth in _ his heart, so let him give ; not grudgingly, or of necessity: for God loveth ἃ cheerful giver. 8 And God zs able to make’all grace abound toward you ; that ye, always having all sufficiency in a things, may abound to every good work: 9 (as it is written, He hath dispersed abroad ; he hath given to the poor: his righteousness re- maineth for ever. 10 Now he that mi- nistereth seed to the sower both minister bread for your food, ‘and multiply your seed sown, and in- crease the fruits of your righteousness ;) 11 being enriched in every thmg to all bountifulness, which causeth through us thanksgiving to God. 12 For the administra- tion of this service not only supplieth the want of the saints, but is abundant also by many thanksgivings unto God; 13 whiles by the experiment of this ministration they glo- rify God for your pro- fessed subjection unto the gospel of Christ, and for your libe- ral distribution pinto them, and unto all men ; 14 and by their ayer for you, which ong after you for the exceeding. grace of God in you. 15 Thanks be unto God for his unspeakable gift. xX Now .I Paul myself beseech you by the meekness and gentleness of Christ, who in presence am base among you, but being absent am bold toward you: 2 but I beseech you, that I may not be bold when I am present with that confidence, wherewith I think to be bold a- gainst some, which li αὐτάρκειαν ἔχοντες, περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν ΠΡΟΣ ΚΟΡΙΝΘΙΟΥΣ B. 1 Κι / ‘ ‘ ” ! oe’ eA “ < εὐλογίαν, καὶ! μὴ Ἰώσπερ' πλεονεξίαν. 6 Τοῦτο-δε, ὁ ablessing, and ποῦ as [of] coyctousness. But this [I say], he that σπείρων φειδομένως, φειδομένως καὶ θερίσει: καὶ ὁ σπείρων SOWS sparingly, sparingly also shallreap; and he that sows ἐπ᾽ εὐλογίαις, ἐπ᾽ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει. 7 ἕκαστος καθὼς on blessings, on blessings also shallreap: each according as τι γροαιρεῖται" τῇ καρδίᾳ' μὴ ἐκλύπης ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης" ἱλαρὸν 6 purposes inthe heart; ποῦ grievingly, or of necessity ; *a “cheerful γὰρ δότην ἀγαπᾷ ὁ θεός. 8 "δυνατὸς.δὲ' ὁ θεὸς πᾶσαν χάριν for giver loves 1God. Forable [ς[15] God every grace “ ~ 3 ~ of hd ~ περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς, ἵνα iv παντὶ πάντοτε πᾶσαν to make abound towards you, that in every [way] always all ἔργον ἀγαθόν" sufficiency having, to every work good: 9 καθὼς γέγραπται, Ἑσκόρπισεν, ἔδωκεν τοῖς πένησιν" according as it has been written, He scattered abroad, he gave tothe poor, ἡ δικαιοσύνη αὐτοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν.αἰῶνα. 10 Ὁ.δὲ ἐπιχορηγῶν his righteousness abides for ever. Now he that. supplies οσπέρμα! τῷ σπείροντι καὶ ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν Ῥχορηγήσαι! seed to him that sows and bread for eating may he supply καὶ απληθύναι' τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν, καὶ "αὐξήσαι' τὰ γεννή- and may he multiply your sowing, and may he increase the fruits para" τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν. 11 ἐν παντὶ πλουτιζόµενοι of your righteousness : in every [way] being enriched 2 ~ e ᾿ « / ? « ~ ? εἰς πᾶσαν ἁπλότητα, ἥτις κατεργάζεται δι ἡμῶν εὐχαρισ- ye may abound to all liberality," which works out through us thanks- τίαν ‘rp! θεῷ' 12 ὅτι ἡ διακονία. τῆς.λειτουργίας.ταύτης giving ᾿ to God. Because the service of this ministration ov µόνον ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν ἁγίων, ποῦ only 18 completely fillingup the deficiencies ofthe saints, ἀλλὰ Kai περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ θεῷ" but also abounding through many thanksgivings to God ; 13 διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς. διακονίας.ταύτης δοξάζοντες τὸν _ through, the _— proof of this service {they} glorifying θεὸν ἐπὶ TH ὑποταγῇ τῆς.ὁμολογίας.ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον .God at the subjection, by your confession, to the glad tidings τοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ ofthe Christ, and liberality of thecommunication towards them and sic πάντας, 14 καὶ αὐτῶν.δεήσει ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἐπιποθούν- towards all; and in theirsupplication for you, a longing ε ~ x ’ ~ ~ των ὑμᾶς διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐφ᾽ for you, on account of the _ surpassing grace of God upon δ΄ ise ἃ ΄ x ~ ~ eh ~ 3 ~ ~ ὑμῖν. 16 χάρις."δὲ" τῷ θεῷ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ. you. Now thanksf{be] to God for ?indescribable. this free gift. A \ ? Ἃ ~ - ~ ~ ‘ ~ as 10 Αὐτὸς δὲ ἐγὼ Παῦλος παρακαλῶ ὑμᾶς διὰ τῆς Ἱπρᾳό- Now “myself *I Paul exhort you - by the meek- τητος" καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ χριστοῦ. ὃς κατὰ πρόσωπον μὲν ness and gentleness ofthe Christ, who asto appearance [am] wy ~ ? A εν ~ Η͂ ταπεινὸς ἐν ὑμῖν, ἀπὼν δὲ θαῤῥῶ εἰς ὑμᾶς" 2 δέομαι. δὲ mean among you, butabsent ambold towards you; but I beseech 4 A ‘ δε, “ τὸ μὴ παρὼν θαῤῥῆσαι τῇ - πεποιθήσει confidence PP that δποῦ *being “present *I *should be bold with the wi k ---ττ καὶ τη. For is able irra. will multiply GLTAW ; πληθύνει multiplies Tr. * [τῷ] 1» Mata GLITrAW, 1 ὡς GLTTrAW. Ὁ δυνατεῖ δὲ 4 πληθυνεῖ "αυξήσει wiil tucrease GLITrAW, 5 γενή- ἡ πραὔτητος LITrAW. ™ προῄρηται he has purposed LTtraw. ο σπόρον LTr. Ρ χορηγήσει Will supply GLTtTraw. vy — δὲ now LiTTra. » it ' CORINTHIANS. λογίζομαι τολμῆσαι ἐπί τινας τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς I reckon te be daring towards some who reckon of us as κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας. 9 ἐν.σαρκὶ.γὰρ περιπατοῦντες, 4according °to *flesh walking. For in flesh walking, οὐ κατὰ σάρκα στρατευόµεθα’ 4 τὰ. γὰρ ὅπλα τῆς *oTpa- not according to flesh do we war. Forthe arms of “war- τείας". ἡμῶν - οὐ σαρκικά, ἀλλὰ δυνατὰ τῷ θεῷ πρὸς fare 7our [are] not fleshly, but powerful through God to [the] καθαίρεσιν ὀχυρωμάτων" 5 λογισμοὺς καθαιροῦντες καὶ πᾶν overthrow ofstrong-holds; — *reasonings overthrowing and every ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai αἰχμα- high thing liftingitself up against the knowledge of God, and leading λωτίζοντες πᾶν νόημα εἰς τὴν ὑπακοὴν τοῦ χριστοῦ, 6 καὶ captive every thought into the obedience ofthe Christ; and ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχοντες ἐκδικῆσαι πᾶσαν παρακοήν, ὅταν πλη- 3in “readiness *having to avenge all disobedience, when may have ωθῇ ὑμῶν ἡ ὑπακοή. 7 Τὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον mtulfilled your obedience. The things according to appearance βλέπετε; εἴ τις πέποιθεν ἑαυτῷ χριστοῦ εἶναι, τοῦτο do ye look at? If anyone is persuaded in himself of Christ to be, this λογιζέσθω πάλιν Σάφ᾽' ἑαυτοῦ, ὅτι καθὼς αὐτὸς χριστοῦ, let him reckon again of himself, that accordingas he [15] of Christ, οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς Ζχριστοῦ.' 8 ἐάν. ὅτε" γὰρ καὶ" περισ-: 80 also [are] we of Christ. For and if even more a- σότερον τι “καυχήσωμαι περὶ τῆς.ἐξουσίας ἡμῶν, ἧς bundantly somewhat I should boast concerning our authority, which ἔδωκεν ὁ κύριος Ἰὴἡμῖν" εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν Sgave ‘the *Lord tous for buildingup and not for overthrowing ¢ ον ᾽ ? , } eo ι ΄ ε ΤΙ ~ ὑμῶν, οὐκ.αἰσχυιθήσομαι Diva μὴ.δόξω we ἂν ἐκφοβεῖν you, Ishallnot be puttoshame; that I may not seem 88 if frightening ὑμᾶς διὰ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν. 10 ὅτι αἱ “μὲν ἐπιστολαί, you by means of epistles : because the epistles, φησίν! µβαρεῖαι καὶ ἰσχυραί: ἡ.δὲ παρουσία τοῦ΄ σώματος sdys he, [are] weighty and strong, butthe presence ofthe ~~ body ἀσθενής, καὶ ὁ λόγος [ἐξουθενημένος.ὶ 11 τοῦτο λογιζέσθω weak, and the speech naught. This let *reckon ὁ τοιοῦτος, ὅτι οἷοί ἐσμεν τῷ λόγῳ δι ἐπιστολῶν ἀπόντες, *suck 7a Sone, that such as we are in word by epistles being absent, τοιοῦτοι καὶ παρόντες τῷ ἔργῳ. 12 Οὐ.γὰρ τολμῶμεν such f[weare] also being present in deed. For *not dare ‘we εἐγκρῖναι! ἢ YovyKpivat' ἑαυτούς τισιν τῶν ἑαυτοὺς συν- rank among or compare ?with ‘ourselves some who themselves com- ιστανόντων, ἀλλὰ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἑαυτοὺς μετροῦντες, καὶ mend ; but these by themselves themselves measuring, and Ἀσυγκρίνοντες! ἑαυτοὺς ἑαυτοῖς, οὐ 'συνιοῦσιν." 13 ἡμεῖς *We comparing themselves with themselves, do not understand. δὲ Konyi" εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα καυχησόµεθα, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ‘now not to the things beyond measure will boast,’ but according to ~ - “ « ~ ε A ’ τὸ μέτρον τοῦ κανόνος οὗ ἐμέρισεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς μέτρου the measure ofthe rule which divided ‘to 7us *the "God “of *measure 9 , ” ἢ ἢ ~ 1 ? 4 et Il ας , ᾽ ἐφικέσθαι ἄχρι καὶ ὑμῶν. 14 “οὐ γὰρ ὡς" μὴ ἐφικνουμεγοι εἰς to reach to ‘also you. 2Not 4ος as not reaching to 483 think of us as if we walked according to the flesh, 3 For though we walk in the flesh, we do not war after the flesh: 4 (for the weapons of our war- fare are not carnal, but mighty through God to the pulling down of strong holds;) 5 casting down imagi- nations, and every high thing that exalt- eth itself against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivi- ty every thought to the obedience of Christ ; 6 and having in a Teadiness to revenge all disobedience, when your obedience is ful- filled. 7 Do ye look on things after the outward appearance ? If any man trust to himself that he is Christ’s, let him of himself think this a- gain, that, as he {8 Christ’s, even so are we.Christ’s. 8 For though I should boast somewhat more of our authority, which the Lord hath given us for edification, and not for your destruction, 1 should not be asham- ed: 9 that I may not seem as if I would terrify you by letters. 10 For his letters, say they, are weighty and powerful ; but his bo- dily presence is weak, and his speech con- temptible..11 Let such an one think this, that, such as we are in word by letters when we are absent, such “will we be also in deed when we are present. 12 For we dare not makeour- selves of the number, or compare ourselves with some that com- mend themselves: but they measuring them- selves by themselves, and comparing them- selves among them- selves, are not wise. 13 But we will not boast of things with- out our measure, but according to the mea- sure of the rule which God hath distributed to us, ἃ measure to reach even .unto you. 14 For we stretch not ourselves beyond dur measure, as though we ο. ἱἱ--ἅὑἅµ-ύἅµὐἅὔ-ὕἥἧιίιἒυἧἥώἒιώἧἥἒώὖῦυΨὅῬῬἘὐῆθθ ο -------------------------- ¥ στρατιᾶς T. Σ ἐφ᾽ TTr. Σ--- χριστοῦ GLTTrAW. LTTra. © καυχήσομαι I shall boast τ. ἆ — ἡμῖν LTTrA. (φασιν say they L) LTT-. { ἐξουδενηµένος L. 8 ἐν- T. h συγ- T. κ οὐκ LTIraw. 1 ὡς γὰρ (reading the sentence as α question) 1, 8 — τε and [τ]τι[α]. ε ἐπιστολαὶ μέν φησιν b — καὶ i συνιᾶσιν LTTra, 484 reached not unto you: for we are come as far as to you also in preaching the gos- pel of Christ: 15 not boasting of things without our measure, that is, of other men’s labours; but having hope, when your faith js increased, that we shall be enlarged by you according to our rnle abundantly, 16 to preach the gospel in the regions beyond ou, and not to boast in another man’s line of things made ready to our hand, 17 But he that gYorieth, let him glory in the Lord. 18 For not he that commendeth him- self is approved, but whom the Lord com- mendeth. XI. Would to God ye could bear with me a little in my folly: and indeed bear with me. 2 For I am jea- lous over you yith godly jealousy: for I have espoused you to one husband, that 1. may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ. 3 But 1 fear, lest by any means, as the serpent beguiled Eve through his sub- tilty, so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ. 4 For if he that cometh preacheth another Je- sus, whom we have not preached, or 7 ye receive another spirit, which ye have not re- ceived, or another gos- pel, which ye have not accepted, ye might well bear with him. 5 For I suppose I was not a whit be- hind the very chiefest apostles. 6 But though 1 be rude in speech, yet not in knowledge ; but .we have been throughly made mani- fest among you in all things. 7 Have I com- mitted an offence in akasing myself that ye might be exalted, because [have preach- ed to you the gospel of God freely ἢ 8Lrobbed other churches, taking wages of them, to do. you service. 9 And ΠΡΟΣ KOPINOIOY®S OB. x, ο ~ « , ΄ » ‘ e ~ ΄ ὑμᾶς ὑπερεκτείνομεν ἑαυτούς" ἄχρι.γὰρ καὶ ὑμῶν ἐφθάσαμεν you do we overstretch ourselves, (forto also “you we came ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ χριστοῦ" 1ὅ οὐκ εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα in the glad tidings of the Christ ἢ not *to *the *things "beyond *measure καυχώμενοι ἐν ἀλλοτρίοις κόποις, ἐλπίδα.δὲ ἔχοντες, αὐξανο- αροαδίίης in others’ labours, but hope having, Sincreas- μένης τῆς.πίστεως ὑμῶν; ἐν ὑμῖν μεγαλυνθῆναι κατὰ to beenlarged according to ing lyour *faith, among you τὸν.κανόνα ἡμῶν εἰς περισσείαν, 16 εἰς τὰ ὑπερέκεινα ὑμῶν our rule to abundance, to that beyond you > , ? 3 2 , , η Π εὐαγγελίσασθαι, οὐκ ἐν ἀλλοτρίῳ κανόνι εἰ τὰ to announce the glad tidings, not ‘in ‘*another’s 5Srule as 7to ®things ἕτοιμα καυχήσασθαι. 17 Ὁ δὲ καυχώμενος, ἐν κυρί Στομᾶάγ ‘to "boast. But he that boasts, in [the] Lord καυχάσθω: 18 οὐ γὰρ 6 ἑαυτὸν "συνιστῶν," ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν let him boast, For not he that himself commends, this [one] is δόκιμος, °aAX'! ὃν ὁ κύριος συνίστησιν. approved, but whom the Lord commends. 11 Ὄφελον Ῥάνείχεσθε! μου μικρὸν 4 Ἱτῇ ἀφροσύνῃ" - Iwould ye were bearing with τὴθ 8 little in folly ; ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνέχεσθέ µου. 3 ζηλῶ.γὰρ ὑμᾶς θεοῦ ζή- but indeed bear with me. For] am 1881015 85 to you “οὗ °God'with [*the] Aw" ἠἡρμοσάμην.γὰρ ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἀνδρὶ παρθένον ἁγνὴν 3jealousy, for I have espoused you towne man *aSvirgin ‘chaste παραστῆσαι τῷ χριστῷ" 8 φοβοῦμαι δὲ μήπως ὡς ὃ 1to “present [*you] tothe Christ, But I fear lest by any means as the ὄφις "Εὔαν ἐξηπατησενὶ ἐν τῇ.πανουργίᾳ.αὐτοῦ, 'οὕτως" serpent 7Eve 1deceived ΕἸ his craftiness, 5ο φθαρῇ should be corrupted τὰ.νοήµατα ὑμε ν ἀπὸ τῆς ἁπλότητος τῆς your thoughts from simplicity which [is] εἰς ὑτὸν" χριστόν. 4 εἰ μὲν. γὰρ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἄλλον Ἰησοῦν asto the Christ. For if indeed he that comes another Jesus κηρύσσει ὃν οὐκ.ἐκηρύξαμεν, ἢ πνεῦμα ἕτερον λαμβάνετε proclaims whom πε ἀῑά ποῦ proclaim, or a’spirit ‘different ye receive τὰ > aN / n ? , er “a > γ΄) ὃ οὐκ ἐλάβετε, ἢ εὐαγγέλιον ἕτερον ὃ οὐκ ἐδέξασθε, which ye did not receive, or “glad *tidings ‘different which ye did not accept, καλῶς *nvetyecbe." 5 Λογίζομαι γὰρ! μηδὲν ὕστερη- well were ye bearing with [it]. 31 “reckon for in nothing to have been ’ ne « « ΄, , 3 ‘ κέναι τῶν τ᾿ὑπὲριλίαν! ἀποστόλων. 6 εἰ δὲ καὶ ἰδιώτης behind those ἴπ ἃ surpassing degree _— apostles. But if even unpolished τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ TH γνώσει ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ ἅφανε- in speech(Iam], yet ποῦ in knowledge; but in every [way] made , ? ~ 2 e ~ ’ 4A ρωθέντες! ἐν πᾶσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς. 7 ἢ ἁμαρτίαν.ἐποίησα, ἐμαυτὸν manifest in allthings to you. Or did I commit sin, myself ταπεινῶν ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑψωθῆτε, Ore δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ lhumbling that ye might be exalted, because gratuitously the 30 *God ? , ΄ « ~ » > ΄ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν; 8 ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα, τρΙβὰ “tidings I announced to you? Other assemblies I despoiled, |) ΄ ~ ΄ λαβὼν ὀψώνιον πρὸς τὴν ὑμῶν διακονίαν" 9 καὶ having received wages for “towards “you ‘service. And ‘ A « ~ A ε / παρων προς ὑμᾶς και ὑστερηθείο, οὐ κατενάρκησα being present with τοι and having been deficient, 33 did lazily burden 2 συνιστάνων LTTrAW. Fs E; ἀφροσύνης ELTTrAW. τῆς ἁγνότητος and the purity LTraw. y δὲ but 1, bear with La. manilest Lira, 9 ἀλλὰ LTr. Ρ ἠνείχεσθέ Ε. 5 ἐξηπάτησεν Εὔαν LTTraAw. ~ -- τὸν Τ. : ὑπερλίαν GLTAW, 4 + τι some (little) ELTTraW. t— οὕτως LTTrA. *% + καὶ Σ ἀνείχεσθε GTTrW ; ἀνέχεσθε ye 3 φανερώσαντες having made [it] ΧΙ. πμ Οσο τα I A ννς, δούὐδενόε Ἱ τὸ γὰρ ὑστέρημά µου προσαγεπλήρωσαν οἱ ἀδελ- no one, (forthe deficiency of me *completely *filled °up ‘the *breth- got ἐλθόντες ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας" καὶ ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ ren whocame from Ἰποθᾷοπί8,) and in everything not burdensome εὐμῖν ἐμαυτὸν! ἐτήρησα ᾿καὶ τηρήσω. 10 ἔστιν ἀλήθεια to you mmysels na and will keep. Pige) . [the]! = +trath χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ OTL ἡ. καύχησις. αὕτη Δοὐ.σφραγίσεται" εἰς ἐμὲ οἱ *Christ in me that this boasting shall not be sealed up as to me ἐν τοῖς κλίμασιν τῆς Αχαΐας. 11 διατί"; ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ in 6 regions of Achaia. Why? because I do.not love ἡμᾶς; ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν: 12 662 ποιῶ, καὶ ποιήσω, ἵνα ἐκ- you? God knows. But what Ido, also I wt do, that I may κόψω τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῶν θελόντων ἀφορμήν, ἵνα ἐν. ᾧ καυ- cut off the occasion ‘of those wishing an occasion, that wherein they χῶνται εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς. 19 οἱ γὰρ.τοιοῦτοι boast they may be found accordingasalso we. For such [are] ψευδαπόστολοι, ἐ ἐργάται δόλιοι, μετασχηματιζόµενοι εἰς ἀπο- false apostles, *workers ‘deceitful, transforming themselves into apo- στόλους χριστοῦ" 14 καὶ fod θαυμαστόν" αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ stles of Christ. And not wonderful ([isit], for *himself σατανᾶς μετασχηματίζεται εἰς ἄγγελον φωτός" 15 οὐ 1Satan transforms himself into an angel of light. [It is] not éya οὖν εἰ καὶ οἱ διάκονοι.αὐτοῦ µετασχηµατίζον- 8 great thing therefore if also ται ὡς διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης, as his servants transform themselves ὧν τὸ τέλος ἔσται κατὰ servants of righteousness; οἳ whomthe end εΏα]] be according to τὰ ἔργα.αὐτῶν. : their works. 16 Πάλιν λέγω, μή τίς µε ἄφρονα εἶναι" εἰ δὲ eens I Ns hink afool tobe; but " μήγε, κἂν ὡς ἄφρονα δέξασθέ με, ἵνα Εμικρόν τι κἀγὼ" otherwise, even as afool . receive me, that “little ‘some 1 aiso καυχήσωμαι. 17 ὃ λαλῶ, οὐ "λαλῶ κατὰ. κύριον ,} may boast. What I Teak, %not *do ‘I speak according to [the] Lord, ἀλλ᾽ we ἐν ἀφροσύνῃ, ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ὑποστάσει τῆς καυχήσεως. this δόξῃ Not anyone *me ‘should but as in. folly, in confidence of boasting. 18 ἐπεὶ πολλοὶ καυχῶνται κατὰ irny' σάρκα, κἀγὼ καυ- Since many boast according to flesh, 1 also will χἠσόμαι. 19 ἡδέως.γὰρ ἀνέχεσθε τῶν ἀφρόνων, φρόνιμοι boast. _ For “gladly σα Spear Swith 7fools ‘intelligent ὄντες' 20 ἀνέχεσθε γὰρ εἴ τις ὑμᾶς καγαδουλοῖ, εἴ τις *being. For ye bear [it] if anyone “you ‘bring into bondage, if anyone κατεσθίει, εἴ τις λαμβάνει, ἐΐ τις ἐπαίρεται, - devour Hee if auyeue take {from you], if ae exalt himself, εἴ τις ‘ypc εἰς πρόσωπον" δέρει. 21 κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω, if anyone “you ὅοηπη “the *face aap As to dishonour ο μα ὡς ὅτι ἡμεῖς Ἰἠσθενήσαμεν'' ἐν.ῷ.δ ἄν τις τολμᾷ, ἐν as that we were weak ; but wherein anyone may be daring, (in ἀφροσύνῃ λέγω, τολμῶ κἀγώ. 22 Ἑβραϊοί εἰσιν; κἀγώ" . folly I speak,) 7am roaring 1 also. Hebrews are ‘hey? Ἴ also! ™TopanXirai! εἰσιν; κἀγώ" σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ εἰσιν; κἀγώ" Israelites’ are ‘they ? Lalso, of Abraham are ‘hey ? 1 α]εο, Ὁ οὐθενός LTTrA. EGLTTrAW. ¢ διὰ τί Ι.ΤτΑ. η κατὰ κύριον λαλῶ LITrAW. καµεν have been’ weak Lrtr. 5 ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν oLETrA, f ov θαῦμα no wonder LITraW. i— την Τ τ: m ᾿Ισραηλεῖται τν 485 when I was present with you, und wanted, I was chargeable to no man: for that which was lacking tome the brethren which came from Macedonia sup- plied: and inall things I have kept myself from being burden- some unto you, and so will I keep myself. 10 As the truth of Christ is in me, no man shall stop me of this boasting in the regions of Achaia, 11 Wherefore ? because I love you not ? God knoweth. 12 But what I do, that I will do, that I may cut off ocea- sion from them which desire occasion; that wherein they glory, they may be found even as we. 13 For such are false apos- tles, deceitful workers, transforming them- selves into the apostles of Christ. 14 And no marvel; for Satan him- self is transformed into an angel of light. 15 Therefore τὸ is no great thing if his min- isters also be trans- formed as the minis- ters of righteousness ; whose end shall be ac- cording to their works, 161 say again, Let no man think mea fool; if otherwise, yet as a fool receive me, that I may boast my- self a little. 17 That which I speak, I speak zt not after the Lord, but as it were foolish- ly, in thisconfidence of boasting. 18 Seeing that many glory after the flesh, I will glory also. 19 For ‘ye suffer fools gladly, seeing ye yourselves are wise. 20 For ye suffer, if a man bring you into bondage, if a man de- vour you, if a man take of you, if a man exalt himself, if aman smite you on the face. 21 I speak as concern- ing reproach,as though we had been weak. Howbeit whereinso- ever any is bold, (I speak foolishly,) I am boldalso. 22 Are they Hebrews?soamiI. Are they Israelites ? so am I, Are they the seed of 4 ov φραγήσεται͵ shall not be stopped ἕξ κἀγὼ μικρόν τι ΟΙ ΤΊΤΑΥΥ. κ εἰς πρόσωπον ὑμᾶς LTTrAW. 1 ἠσθενή- 486 Avraham? so am I, 23 Are they mini-ters of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abun- dunt, in stripes above Measure, in prisons more frequent, in deaths oft. 24 Of the Jews five times re- ecived I forty stripes save one. 25 Thrice was I beaten with rods,once was I stoned, thrice I suffered ship- wreck, a night and a day I have been in the deep; 26 in journeyings often, in perils of waters, in perils of robbers, in perils by mine own countrymen, in perils by the heathen, zm pe- rils in the city, 2 pe- rils in the wilderness, in perils in’ the sea, in perils among false brethren ; 27 in weari- ness and painfulness, in watchings often, in hunger and thirst, in fastings often, in cold and nakedness. 28 Be- sidethose things that are without, that which cometh upon me daily, the care of all the churches. 29 Who is weak, and I am not weak? who is offended, and I burn not? 30 If I must needs glory, I will glory of the things which concern mine infirmities, 31 The God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which is blessed for evermore, knoweth that I lie not. 32In Damascus the govern- or under Aretas the king kept the city of the Damascenes with & garrison, desirous to apprehend me: 33 and through a windowina basket was I let down by the wall, and escap- ed his hands, ΄ XII. It is not expe- pedient for me doubt- less to glory. I will come to visions and revelations of the Lord. 21 knew aman in Christ above four- teen years ago, (whe- ther in the body, I can- not tell; or whether out of the body, I can- not tell: God know- eth;) such'‘an one προ PEON hoy Ἡ, XI, Se 23 διάκονοι χριστοῦ εἰσιν; παραφρονῶν λαλῶ, "ὑπὲ Servants of Christ are they? (as beiug beside myself Ispeak,) above ἐγώ"" ἐν κόποις περισσοτέρως, ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερ- [π'οπςαχο] I [too];‘in labours πιοτο θα Πα ΠΥ, ἷἰπ stripes above βαλλόντως, ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως," ἐν θανάτοις πολ- “measure, in imprisonments more abundantly, in deaths often. λάκιο. 24 ὑπὸ Ιουδαίων πεντάκις Ῥτεσσαράκονταὶ From Jews five times forty {stripes} 2, Α « , [74 ᾽ ’ aa παρὰ μίαν ἔλαβον, 25 τρὶς “ἐῤῥαβδίσθην." ἅπαξ ἐλιθάσθην, except one I received. Thrice I was beaten with rods, once I was stoned, τρὶς ἐναυάγησα, νυχθήμερον ἐν τῷ βυθῷ πεποίηκα" three times I was shipwrecked, a night andadayin the deep I have passed : 26 ὁδοιπορίαις πολλάκις κινδύνοις ποταμῶν, κινδύνοις in journcyings often, in perils of rivers, in perils λῃστῶν, κινδύνοις ἐκ ΄ γένους, κινδύνοις ἐξ ἐθνῶν, ΟΥ robbers, inperils from[my own] race, in perils from [the] nations, , εἶ ΄ ’, ᾽ ? ΄ , 3 κινδύνοις ἐν πόλει, κινδύνοις ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, κινδύνοις ἐν in perils in [the] city, in perils in [the] desert, in perils on θαλάσσῃ, κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις' 27 "ἐν" κόπῳ καὶ [6] sea, in perils among false brethren ; in labour and μόχθῳ, ἐν ἀγρυπνίαις πολλάκις, ἐν λιμῷ καὶ δίψει, ἐν νη- toil, in watchings - often, in hunger απᾶ thirst, in fast- στείαις πολλάκις, ἐν ψύχει καὶ γυμνότητι. 2B χωρὶς τῶν ings . often, in cold and nakedness, Besides the things ? / « 8 , ς ’ παρεκτός, "ἡ ἐπισύστασίς μου ἡ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, ἡ μέριμνα without, the crowding on me daily, the scare πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν. 99 τίς ἀσθενεῖ, καὶ οὐκ.ἀσθενῶ: τίς concerning allthe assemblies.’ Who is weak, and Iam not weak? who σκανδαλίζεται, καὶ οὐκ. ἐγὼ πυροῦμαι; 30 εἰ καυχᾶσθαι is offended, and “not ‘I *do burn ? ‘If to *boast δεῖ, τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας-μου καυχήσομαι. 81 Ὁ “lit *behoves, [in] the things coneerning my infirmity I will boast. The θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου "ἡμῶν" Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" οἶδεν, ὁ God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ knows, he who ὧν εὐλογητὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας, ὅτι οὐ.ψεύδοµαι. 82 ἐν Aa- is blessed to . the ages, that Ido not lie. In Da- ~ « 2 ΄ ση age ν ~ / η , ῃ µασκῷ ὁ ἐθνάρχης ᾿Αρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν mascus the ethnarch of Aretas " the king was guarding the πΔαμασκηνῶν πόλιν," πιάσαι µε Σθέλων"" 99 καὶ διὰ 308 the *Damascenes_ ‘city, Sto 7take “me ‘wishing. And through θυρίδος ἐν σαργάνη ἐχαλάσθην διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καὶ a window ἢ a basket I was let down through the ‘wall, and ἐξέφυγον τὰς.χεῖρας.αὐτοῦ. escaped his hands. | 12 Καυχᾶσθαι 1δὴ οὐ.συμφέρει por ἐλεύσομαι.γὰρ' 3 εἰς Το Ῥο8βξῦύ indeed is not profitable tome; 12ος 1 will come to ὀπτασίας Kai ἀποκαλύψεις κυρίου 2 olda ἄνθρωπον ἐν visions and revelations of (the) Lord. I know 8 man in χριστῷ πρὸ ἐτῶν δεκατεσσάρων, εἴτε ἐν σώματι ovK.olda, Christ “years *ago *fourteen, . (whetherin[the] body 1 know not, » η ~ Do a e078 . η έ εἴτε ἐκτὸς "τοῦ" σώματος οὐκ οἶδα" ὁ θεὸς οἶδεν' ἁρπαγέντα or ουὐὔοξ ἐῃ8 body I know not, God knows,) *caught ‘away τ ἃ ὑπερεγώ L. 9 ἐν φυλακαῖς περισσοτέρως, ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως LTrA ; ἐν πλη.περισ. ἐν φυλ. ὑπερβ. τ. Ρ τεσσεράκοντα LTTrA. 4 ἐραβδίσθην LTTra. τ -- ἐν LTTrAW. 5 ἡ ἐπί- στασίς μοι my anxiety LTTraw. -- ἡμῶν (read the Lord) trtraw. % — χριστοῦ LETrA. * πόλιν Δαμασκηνῶν LTTrA. * — θέλων LTT:[ A]W. y δεῖ, ov συμφέρον μέν, eAevco;zat δὲ it behoves [me], not profitable [is it], but I will come Litr, ++ καιθίδοῖ, 8 -- τοῦς AIT. τὸν. τοιοῦτον ἕως PE? CORINTHIANS. τρίτου οὐρανοῦ. 3 καὶ οἶδα τὸν τοιοῦτον ‘such *a Ἴοπθ to [the] third heaven. Απά I know such ἄνθρωπον, εἴτε ἐν ασσώματι εἴτε ἐκτὸς" τοῦ σώματος “οὐκ aman, (whether in[the] body or outof the body Snot _olda’" ὁ θλὸς οἶδεν' 4 ὅτι ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν παράδεισον, 11 που, Gdd knows:) that he was caught away to Paradise, καὶ ἤκουσεν ἄῤῥητα ῥήματα, ἃ οὐκιἐξὸν ἀνθρώπῳ and heard unutterable sayings, Which itis not permitted to man λαλῆσαι. 5 ὑπὲρ τοῦ.τοιούτου καυχήσομαι: ὑπὲρ.δὲ ἐμαυτοῦ tospeak. Concerning sucha one I will boast, but concerning. myself οὐ καυχήσοµαι, εἰ.μὴ ἐν ταῖς.ἀσθενείαις μου" 6 ἐὰν γὰρ I will not boast, unless in my weaknesses. For if θελήσω καυχήσασθαι, οὐκ.ἔσομαι ἄφρων" ἀλήθειαν.γὰρ I should desire to boast, Ishall not be a fool; for truth ἐρῶ" µφείδοµαι.δὲ, μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ 1 willsay;- ῬαΌΓῚΙ ΈοτΌθας, lest anyone asto me should reckon above what βλέπει µε, ἢ 'ἀκούει “τι! ἐξ ἐμοῦ. 7 Καὶ τῇ ὑπερβολῇ hesees me, or hears anything of me. And by the surpassingness ~ ? λύ ευ “πὰς , ? ή / τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων Siva μὴ .ὑπεραίρωμαι, ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ ofthe revelations that I might not be exalted, was given to me a thorn τῇ σαρκί, ἄγγελος Εσατᾶν' ἵνα µε κολαφίζῃ, "ἵνα μὴ for the flesh, amessenger ofSatan, that me je might buffet, that *not ε ΄ 3 4 ΄ ’ ὑπεραίρωμαι." 8 ἷ ὑπὲρ τούτου τρὶς τὸν κύριον παρεκάλεσα, 11 *might be exalted. For this thrice the Lord I besought ε . ~ ~ ~ iva ἀποστῇ ἀπ᾽ ἐμοῦ" 9 καὶ εἴρηκέν μοι, ᾿Αρκεῖ σοι ἡ that it might depart from me, And hesaid tome, Suffices thee χάρις-µου' ἡ.γὰρ δύναμίς ἔμου! ἐν ἀσθενείᾳ Ἰτελειοῦται.! my grace ; for the power of me in weakness is perfected. ἥδιστα οὖν μᾶλλον καυχήσομαι ἐν ταῖς. ἀσθενείαις μου" Most gladly therefofe rather willI boast in e ᾽ ΄ . ? ? ? A € , -- oe A ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπ᾽ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τοῦ χριστοῦ. 10 διὸ my weaknesses that may dwell upon me the power of the Christ. Wherefore εὐδοκῶ ἐν ἀσθενείαις, ἐν ὕβρεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν διωγ- I take pleasure in weaknesses, in insults, im necessities, in _perse- μοῖς, ™év'" στενοχωρίαις, ὑπὲρ χριστοῦ" ὅταν.γὰρ ἀσθενῶ, cutions, in straits, for Christ : for when I may be weak, τότε. δυνατός εἰμι. then powerful Iam. 11 Γέγονα ἄφρων Οκαυχώμενος Ἱ ὑμεῖς µε ἠναγκάσατε. I have become a fool boasting ; ye me compelled : > ‘ \ ” ε 3 « ~ , η 7 Or A ἐγω.γὰρ ὤφειλον vd ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι οὐδὲν. γὰρ for 1 ought ορ you tohave beencommended; for nothing ὑστέρησα τῶν Ῥὺπὲρ.λίαν! ἀποστόλων, εἰ καὶ οὐδὲν εἰμι. I was behind those in a surpassing degree if also nothing I am. 12 Τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου Ἀκατειργάσθη" ἐν ὑμῖν The *indeed ‘signs of the apostle were workedout among you ἐν πάσῃ ὑπομονῇ, "ἐν" σημείοις "καὶ" τέρασιν καὶ δυνάμεσιν. in all endurance, in signs and wonders and works of power. ‘ 3 19 τί.γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἱἡττήθητε! ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκ- Forin what isit that yo were inferior beyond the rest [of the] as- κλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ.κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν; χαρί- cemblies, unless that *myself +I did notJazilyburden you? Ῥοτ- ooo apostles, ‘ utter. d— µου my LTr[A]. 487 caught up to the third heaven. 3 And I knew such a man, (whether in the body, or ont of the body, I cannot tell: God knoweth;:) 4 how thathe was caught u into paradise, an heard unspeakable words, which it is not lawful for 4 man to 5 Of such an one will I glory: yet of myself I will not glory, but in mine in- firmities. 6 For though I would desire to glo- ry, 1 shall not bea fool ; forI willsay the truth: but now I for- bear, lest any man should think of me above that which he seeth me {ο be, or,that he heareth: of me. 7 And lest I should be exalted above mea- sure through the a- bundance of the re- velations, there was given to mea thorn in the flesh, the messen- ger of Satan to buffet me, lest I should be exalted above mea- sure, 8 For this thing I besought the Lord thrice, that ἐξ might depart from me, 9 And he said untoime, My grace is sufficient for thee: for my strength is made per- fect in weakness, Most gladly therefore willl rather glory in my infirmities, . that the power of Christ may rest upon me. 10 Therefore 1 take pleasure in infirmities, in reproaches, in ne- cessities, in persecu- tions, in distresses for Christ’s snke: for when I anf weak, then am 1 strong. 11 I am become a fool in glorying; ye have compelled me: for I ought to have been commended of you: for in nothing am 1 behind the very chiefest apostles, though I be nothing, 12 Truly the signs of an apostle were wrought among you in all patience, in signs, and wondcrs, aud mighty deeds. 13 For what is it wherein τὸ were infe- rior to otherchurches, 6 — τι LTTr[A]. Ὁ χωρὶς apart from ΤΤΤΙΑ. © — οὐκ οἶδα L. ὦ ; 1. f4 ἂν therefore LT[A]. 8 σατανᾶ ΙΤΤΙΛ. h — ἵνα μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι [τ]τι[α]. | -- [καὶ ] and L. k — µου LTTrA. 1 τελεῖται LTTrA. Ὦ [μον] τι. 5 καὶ δ) τ. 09 -- καυχώ- μενος GLTTrAW. P ὑπερλίαν GLTAW. 4 κατήργασθη T, Γ --- ἐν LTTrAW, 5 Τε καὶ and also Ta, τ ἡσσώθητε LITrA, 4 . 88 except tt be that I myself was not bur- densome to you? for- give me this wrong. 14 Behold, the third time I am vready to come to you; and 1 will not be burden- some to you: for I seek not yours, but you: for the children ought not to lay up - for the pareuts, but the parents .for the ebildren. 15 And Iwill, very gladly spend and be spent for you; though the moreabun- dantly I love you, the less [be loved. 16 But be it so, I did not bur- den you: neverthe- less, being crafty, I caught you with guile. 17 Did I make a gain of you by any of them whom I sent unto you? 181 desired Titus, and with him I sent a brother. Did Titus make a gain of you? walked we not in the same spirit? walked we not in the same steps ? 19 Again, think ye that we excuse our- selves unto you? we speak before God in Christ : but we do all things, dearly beloved, for your edifying. 20 For I fear, lest, when I come,!I shall not find you such as I would, and that I shail be found unto you such as ye would not: lest there be debaies, en- vyings, wraths, strifes, backbitings, whisper- ings, swellings, tu- mults : 21 and lest, when I come again, my God will humble me among you, and that I ‘shall bewail many which have sin- ned already, and have not repented of the uncleanness and for- nication and lascivi- ousness which they have committed. XIII. This is the third time I ατα com- ing to you. In the mouth oftwoor three witnesses shall every word be established. 2 I told you before, and foretell you, as if I were present, the se- cond time; and being absent now I write u + τοῦτο this (thi 5 — καὶ ταῦτα. and —; (read Long LITraW. LITraw. 1 ἀγαπῶ I love v. f ἔρις strife LT. i τΤαπεινώσει Shall humble itrrra, προς ΘΙ ΝΘ ΘΟ ΣΙ SB: ΧΙ]. ΧΙΠ. σασθε μοι τὴν. ἀδικίαν. ταύτην. 14 ἰδοὺ τρίτον “ ἑτοίμως ἔχω give. 10 this injustice. Lo, athirdtime ready Iam ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ οὐ καταναρκήσω ᾿ὑμῶν"" οὐ.γὰρ-ζητῶ tocome <0 σοι, andIwillnot lazily burden you; for I do not secz τὰ ὑμῶν, "ἀλλ᾽" ὑμᾶς. οὐ.γὰρ ὀφείλει τὰ τέκνα τοῖς the things of yon, but you ; for*not “ought ‘the *children for the γονεῦσιν θησαυρίζειν, *adX’" οἱ γονεῖς τοῖς τέκνοις. 16 ἐγὼ δὲ parents to treasure up, but the parents for the children. Now I «ἤδιστα δαπανήσω καὶ ἐκδαπανηθήσομαι ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν most gladly willspend and_ will be utterly spent for “souls ὑμῶν' εἰ Σκαὶ" περισσοτέρως ὑμᾶς *ayar Gy," Hrrov' θἀγαπῶ- 1your, if even moreabundantly “you loving, ‘less I am loved. μαι." 16 Ἔστω. δέ, ἐγὼ οὐ.κατεβάρησα ὑμᾶς" ἀλλ ὑπάρχων But Ῥοϊσδεο, I did not burden you; but being ~ a7 ε ~ ¥ 7 , - > πανοῦργος δόλῳ ὑμᾶς ἔλαβον. 17 pn Twa ὧν ἀπέσταλκα . cratty with guile you 1 took. Any of whom 1 have sent ‘ εν πω ; ~ , ~ ) πρὸς ὑμᾶς, δι αὐτοῦ ἐπλεονέκτησα ὑμᾶς ; 18 παρεκάλεσα to you, by him did I overreach you? ° I besought Τίτον, καὶ συναπέστειλα τὸν ἀδελφόν" μή τι ἐπλεονέκτησεν Titus, and sent with (him) the . brother: Did 7overreach ὑμᾶς Τίτος: οὐ τῷ αὐτῷ πνεύματι περιεπατήσαµεν; οὐ Syou ‘Titus? Not by the same spirit walked we? Not τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσιν ; inthe same steps ? 19 “Πάλιν" δοκεῖτε Ore ὑμῖν ἀπολογούμεθα 3° Ἱκατενώ- Again do ye think that to you we are making a defence? be- ή 6 ~ II ~ ? ~ ~ 3 A \ / > ’ πιον" “τοῦ" θεοῦ ἐν χριστῷ λαλοῦμεν' τὰ δὲ πάντα, ἀγαπητοί, fore God in Christ wespeak; and all things, beloved, ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν. οἰκοδομῆς. 20 φοβοῦμαι.γάρ, μήπως ἐλθὼν for your building up. ForI fear, lest perhaps having come , ev ~ ? ᾿ « ~ ε ~ - οὐχ οἵους θέλω εὕρω ὑμᾶς, κἀγὼ εὑρεθῶ ὑμῖν οἷον not such as Iwish 1 επου]ὰ ἅμ you, andI_ be found by you such as οὐ θελετε’ μήπως Γέρεις,! ἔζηλοι, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, ye do not wish: lest perhaps [there be]strifes, jealousies, indignations, contentions, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισµοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι 21 μὴ evil speakings, whisperings, puffings up, commotions ; lest πάλιν Ἀἐλθόντα pe" ἱταπεινώσῃ" " ὃ θεός µου πρὸς ὑμᾶς, again. having come *me “should *humble 7God ‘my asto you, καὶ πενθήσω πολλοὺο τῶν προημαρτηκότων, καὶ and μὴ. µετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ καὶ πορνείᾳ Kai ἀσελ- and Ishouldmournover many ofthose who have before sinned, have not repented upon the uncleanness and fornication and licen- γείᾳ ἢ ἔπραξαν. tiousness which they practised. 13 Τρίτον.τοῦτο ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς. ἐπὶ στόματος This third time Iam coming τὸ you. In [the] mouth δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα. 2 προεί- of two witnesses or of three shall be established every matter. I have be- ρηκα καὶ προλέγω, ὡς παρὼν τὸ δεύτερο», καὶ fore declared and Isay beforehand, as ἀπὼν ‘viv Ἰγράφω" τοῖς being absent now Iwrite to those who ee rd time) GLTTr[A]W. Y% — ὑμῶν LTTrA. being present the second time, and προηµαρτηκόσιν, καὶ τοῖς have before sinned, and to *the π ἀλλὰ LTTrTAW. Χ ἀλλὰ TTr. ἃ ἧσσον Ι1ΤνΑ. ὃ ἀγαπῶμαι; απ. 1 ]οτεᾶ ὃ τ. ¢ Πάλαι ago ye are thinking, &c.) ΙΤΤΤΑ. 4 κατέναντι LTTrAW. €— τοῦ Ε ζῆλος Jealousy LTTrAW. h ἐλθόντος μον 1 having come k + με “Me LTTraWw. | — γράφω GLYTraWw. XIII. ir CORINTHIANS. λοιποῖς πᾶσιν, ὅτι ἐὰν ἔλθω εἰς τὸ πάλιν οὐ.φείσομαι. 8 ἐπεὶ Srest tall, that if Icome ‘again JIwillnotspare. Since δοκιμὴν ζητεῖτε τοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ λαλοῦντος χριστοῦ, ὃς εἰς a proof ye seek 4in, ὅπως “speaking tof ?Christ, (who towards ὑμᾶς οὐκ ἀσθενεῖ, ἀλλὰ δυνατεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν' 4 καὶ γὰρ ™et' you is not weak, but is powerful in you, for indeed if ἐσταυρώθη ἐξ ἀσθενείας, ἀλλὰ CH ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ" no τὴ crucified in weakness, yet he lives by ᾿ power 1God’s; eai.yap™ ἡμεῖς ἀσθενοῦμεν ἐν αὐτῷ, ἀλλὰ “ζησόμεθα! σὺν for indeed we | are weak in = him, but we shall live with αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ Ῥεὶς ὑμᾶς'' “5 ἑαυτοὺς πειράζετε him by 2power *God’s towards you,) yourselves try ye εἰ ἐστὲ ἐν TH πίστει, ἑαυτοὺς δοκιμάζετε. ἢ οὐκ.ἐπιγινώσκετε i? yeare in the faith; yourselves prove: or do ye not recognize ἑαυτούς, ὅτι VInoove χριστὸς! ἐν ὑμῖν τέστιν! ; εἰ μή τι ἀδό- yourselves, that Jesus hrist in you is, unless re- (AME ? ΄ τὴν εἴ , « een ᾽ ? A πιμοί ἐστε. 6 ἐλπίζω-δὲ ὅτι γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἐσμὲν jected ye are? Νου 1 hope that ye will know that we are not ἀδόκιμοι. ἢ "εὔχομαι" δὲ πρὸς τὸν θεὺν μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς rejected, But 1 pray to God [that] 2may 34ο ye ον / ᾽ τ « ~ , ~ ? au « - κακὸν μηδέν, οὐχ ἵνα ἡμεῖς δόκιμοι φανῶμεν. GAN ἵνα ὑμεῖς Sevil ‘nothing; not that we approved mayappear, but that ye TO καλὸν ποιῆτε, ἡμεῖς. δὲ ὡς ἀδόκιμοι ὦμεν. 8 οὐ.γὰρ what [is] right -.may do, and we as _ rejected be. For not δυνάµεθά τι κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας, ‘adr ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας. have we “power ‘any against the truth, but for the truth, 9 χαίρομεν.γὰρ ὅταν ἡμεῖς ἀσθενῶμεν, ὑμεῖς δὲ δυνατοὶ ἧἦτε' For πετο]οῖοσ when we may be weak, andye powerful may be. τοῦτο." δὲ" καὶ εὐχόμεθα, τὴν ὑμῶν.κατάρτισιν. 10 διὰ τοῦτο But this also we pray for, your perfecting. On this account ταῦτα ἀπὼν Ὑγράφω, ἵνα παρὼν μὴ ἀποτόμως χρή- these things being absent [ write, that bejng present not with severity I may σωµαι, «κατὰ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἣν “ἔδωκέν μοι ὁ κύριος" εἰς treat [σοι], according tothe authority which ‘“%gave ‘me ‘the *Lord for οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν. building up and not for overthrowing. 11 Λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί, χαίρετε, καταρτίζεσθε, παρακαλεῖσθε, For the rest, ‘brethren, rejoice; be perfected ; «ρε encouraged ; τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖτε, εἰρηνεύετε' καὶ ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ Sthe °same*thing ‘mind; beatpeace; and the God oflove and εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 12 ᾿Ασπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν ἁγίῳ peace shall be with , you. Salute one another with a holy ͵΄ ? , ᾿ cow ει eres , ε ΄ φιλήματι. ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς οἱ ἅγιοι πάντες. 18 Ἢ χάρις kiss. *Salute Syou the “saints 141], The prace τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ- χριστοῦ, καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεου, Kai ἡ ofthe Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the / ~ , , e ~ ? , , κοινωνία ToU'ayiov πνεύματος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. *apny.! fellowship of the Holy Spirit [be] with “all you. Amen, σῃΠρὸς Κορινθίους δευτέρα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Φιλίππων τῆς ato [5868] *Corinthians ‘second written from Philippi Μακεδονίας, διὰ Τίτου καὶ Λουκᾶ." of Macedonia, by Titus and Lucas, 485 to them which hereto- fore have sinned, and to all other, that, if I come again, I will not spare: 3 since ye seek a proof of Christ speaking in me, which to you-ward is not weak, but is mighty in you. 4 For though he was crucified through weakness, yet he liveth by the power of God. For we also are weak in him, but we shall live with him by the power of God toward you. 5 Examine your- -selves, whether ye be in the faith; prove your own selves, Know ye not your own selves, how that Jesus Christ is in you, except ye be reprobates’ 6 But I trust that ge shall - know that we are not reprobates. ’ Now I pray to God that ye do no evil; not that we should appear approv- ed, but that ye should do that which is ho- nest, though we be as reprobates. 8 For we can do nothing against the truth, but for the truth. 9 For we are glad, when we are weak, and ye are strong: and this also we wish, even your perfection. 10 There- fore I write these things being absent, lest being present I should use sharpuess, according to the power ‘which the Lord hath given me to edifica- tion, and not to de- struction. 11 Finally, brethren, farewell. Be perfect, be of good comfort, be of one mind, live in peace ; and the God of love and peace shall be with you. 12 Greet oné another with an holy kiss. 13 All the saints salute you. 14 The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the love οὗ God; and the communion of the Holy Ghost, be with you all, Amen, m — εἰ [L]TTrA. h+-aialsO Ε. ° ζήσομεν LTTrAW. Ἰησοῦς την. τ.--- ἐστιν (read [is]) (L}rt[a]. v — δὲ but LTTrAW. * ὁ κύριος ἔδωκέν μοι ΤΤΊΤΤΑ. subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Κορινθίους β΄ ΤιΑ. Ρ [εἰς ὑμᾶς] Α. 5 εὐχόμεθα We pray LTTraW. Σ — ἀμήν GLITrAW. 4 χριστὸς τ ἀλλὰ TTrA. y— the Ἡ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΗΕ “Το PAUL, Απ΄ apostle, (not of men, neither by raan, but by Jesus Christ, and God the Father, who raised him from the dead ;) 2 and all the brethren which are with me, unto the churches of Galatia: 3 Grace be to you and peace from God the Father, and from our Lord Jesus Christ, 4 who gave himself for our sins, that he might deliver us from this present evil world, according to the will of God and our Father: 5to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen. 6 I marvel that ye are so soon removed from him that called you into the grace of Christ unto another gospel : 7 which is not another ; but there be some that trouble you, and would pervert the gospel of Christ. 8 But though we, or an angel from heaven, preach any other gospel unto you than that which we have preached unto you, let him be ac- cursed. 9 As we said before, so say I now again, If any man preach any other gos- pel unto you than that ye have received, let him be accursed. 10 For do I now per- suade men, or God? or do I seek to please men? for if I yet pleased men, I should not be the servant of Christ. TAAATAS ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ. ΤΗΕ] *GALATIANS *HPISTLE 30Ε “PAUL. ov through ΠΑΥΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος, οὐκ an ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ ἀν- Paul apostle, not from men nor θρώπου, ἀλλὰ διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ θεοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ man, but through Jesus Christ, and God [the] Father, who ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 2 καὶ οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ raised him from among([the] dead, and ‘*the*with ὅπιθ πάντες ἀδελφοί, ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Γαλατίας" 3 χάρις ὑμῖν tall °brethren, tothe assemblies " of Galatia. Grace. to you καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿]ησοῦ χρισ- and peace from God [the] Father and “Lord ‘our Jesus Christ, τοῦ, 4 τοῦ δόντος ἑαυτὸν drip" τῶν. ἁμαρτιῶν. ἡμῶν, ὕπως who gave himself for our sins, so that der ε - Ἢ ὲ ~ . ~ ~ ~ ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ ‘Tov “ἐνεστῶτος αἰῶνος" πονηροῦ, he might deliver us out of the present "age ατα, κατὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ὅ ᾧ according to the will of °God?and *Father ‘our; to whom [be] ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. the glory to the ages ofthe -ages. Amen. / er er ’ ΄ 6 Θαυμάζω ὅτι οὕτως ταχέως μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ I-wonder that thus quickly ye are being changed from him who , € ~ ᾽ , ~ καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς ἔν χάριτι, χριστοῦ, εἰς ἕτερον evay- called you in “grace *Christ’s, to a different glad yéduov? 7 0° οὐκ ἔστιν ἄλλο, εἰμή τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσ- tidings, which is not another; but “some ‘there 7are who trou- a] ε ~ ‘ U , ‘ σοντες ὑμᾶς, Kai θέλοντες µεταστρέψαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ ble you, and desire to pervert the glad tidings of the ~ ? ‘ ‘ αν «ς ~ n ” χριστοῦ. 8 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐὰν ἡμεῖς ἢ ἄγγελος ἐξ οὐρανοῦ “εὐαγ- Christ : but even if we or anangel outof heaven should an- ’ Ἱ 6.- ~ sll ᾽ εν / κ ~ 4 fi yerignra' "ὑμῖν' παρ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα ὑμῖν, ἀνάθεμα nounce glad tidings to youcontrary towhat weannounced ογοι, accursed ἔστω. 9 ὡς προειρήκαμεν, καὶ ἄρτι πάλιν λέ ἴ i : εγω, ει τις let him be. As we have said before, *also ‘now again 1 pe 1 anyone « ~ > ‘ ? εν ὑμᾶς εὐαγγελίζεται παρ ὃ παρελάβετε, ἀνάθέμα [to],you announces glad tidings contrary to what ye received, accursed ἔστω. 10 ἄρτι.γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν θεόν; ἢ let him be. For now men do [ persuade or God?’ or ~ ? ’ ESL A 2 . » ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν ; εἰ γὰρ" ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἢ ( Ἴρεσκον, do I --- oe to Bye ? For if yet men I were pleasing, χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ.ἂν ἤμην. Christ’s bondman I should not be. 11 But Icertify you, 11 Γνωρίζω de" ὑμῖν ἀδελφοί, τὸ εὐ 3 ὸ εὖ : ης τὸ εὔαγγελι - brethren, that the gos- 3] °make *known ‘but to you, ee ; the bed: ise τῷ εν ο. me ee was ea γελισθὲν ae ἐμοῦ ε/ Pipe ΣῈ : ϱ ἘΞ ΤΩ ed of me is ποῖ Αξίες UV, OTL οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον' δὲ wnan. 12 For I nei- announced by me, that itisnot according to a Ἂ δεν 5» + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle Ε; Πρὸς Γαλάτας ΙΤΤΤΑΥΓ. Ὁ περὶ GLTTrAW. δ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος LTTrA. Ε yap for Tra. 4 εὐαγγελίσηται T. 9 --- ὑμῖν Τ.- f — γὰρ for LTTraw. FAL GALATIANS. yap γὼ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου παρέλαβον αὐτό, "οὔτε" ἐδιδάχθην, for from man received it, nor was I taught [it], ἀλλὰ δι ἀποκαλύψεως ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 19 Ἡκούσατε.γὰρ τὴν but by a revelation of Jesus Christ. For ye heard of ? ‘ ? ’ γ᾽ ~? .. ~ e re 5} ἐμὴν. ἀναστροφήν ποτε ἐν τῷ Ιουδαϊσμῷ, ore καθ ὑπερβολὴν myconduct ᾿ once in Judaism, that excessively ἐδίωκον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἐπόρθουν αὐτήν' I was ο σας the assembly se and was ravaging it: 14 καὶ προέκοπτον ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιουδαϊσμῷ ὑπὲρ πολλοὺς τ λιν nnd was advancing πι" Judaism beyond many contemporaries ἐν τῷ.γένει.μου, περισσοτέρως ζηλωτὴς ὑπάρχων τῶν πατρι- in myfown]race, more abundantly zealous being *of fathers κῶν µου παραδόσεων. 15 ὅτεδὲ εὐδόκησεν ἰὁ θεὸς" ὁ ταν ‘for [5 thes *traditions, But when “was “pleased 1God, who ἀφορίσας µε ἐκ κοιλίας μητρός μου, καὶ καλέσας διὰ τῆς selected mefrom “womb: ‘my “mother’s, and called [me] OF χάριτος.αὐτοῦ, 16 ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν. αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί, ἵνα his grace, to reveal his Son in me, that εὐαγγελίζωμαι.αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν' εὐθέως 1 should announce hini as the glad ασ among the nations, emg οὐ.προσανεθέµην σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι, 17 οὐδὲ "ἀνῆλθον! εἰς I conferred not with flesh and blood, nor wentIup_ to Ἵ ix A 4 ‘ ‘ ’ ~ ? ᾽ν, ΄ 1 aN »ι εροσόλυµα πρὸς τοὺς πρὸ ἐμοῦ ἀποστόλους, ἀλλ Jerusalem to those [who were] *before “me μες but ἀπῆλθον εἰς ᾿Αραβίαν, καὶ πάλιν ὑπέστρεψα εἰς Δαμασκόν.' Zwentaway into Arabia, gnd again returned to Damascus, 18 Ἔπειτα μετὰ "έτη τρία! ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἱσ- Then after years ‘three Iwentup to Jerusalem to make τορῆσαι "Πέτρον," καὶ ἐπέμεινα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἡμέρας acquaintance with ᾿ Peter, and I remained with him μμ. δεκαπέντε 19 ἕτερον.δὲ τῶν ἀποστύλων οὐκεῖδον, εἰ μὴ fifteen ; but other " of the apostles " Isaw not, except ΣῊ τὸν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ κυρίου. 20 ἃ δὲ άφω ὑμῖν, James the brother of the -Lord. Now what [things] I write to you, ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι οὐ ψεύδοµαι. 21 Ἔπειτα ἦλθον εἰς 1ο, before’ God, 1 lie not. Then I came into τὰ κλίματα τῆς Συρίας καὶ τῆς Κιλικίας 3935. ἤμην δὲ a- Ῥιΐ 1 was un- the megions of Syria and Cilicia ; pipeneN ac τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας ταῖς by face to the assemblies of Judza which . χριστῷ" 23 μόνον.δὲ ἀκούοντες ἦσαν, Ὅτι ὁ [ατα] in Christ, only Shearing ‘they *were, That he who διώκων ἡμᾶς ποτε, νῦν εὐαγγελίζεται τὴν. πίστιν persecuted 7us 101086, now announces the glad ee the faith, la 8 διῶ , ‘ σος ΄ ἥν ποτε ἐπόρθει. 34 καὶ ἐδόξαζον οἱ τὸν θεόν. which once - he ravaged: and they were glorifying * in *me “God. Q "Ἔπειτα διὰ δεκατεσσάρων ἐτῶν πάλιν ἀνέβην εἰς Ἱε- Je- Then _ after fourteen years again LIwentup to ροσόλυμα μετὰ Βαρνάβα, συμπαραλαβὼν" καὶ Τίτον" rusalem with Barnabas, taking with (mejalso Titus ; 2 ἀνέβην δὲ «κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν, καὶ ἀνεθέμην αὐτοῖς τὸ but I went up according to | revelation, and laidbefore them _ the εὐαγγέλιον. ὃ κηρύσσω ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν, κατ’ ἰδίαν.δὲ τοῖς glad tidings whichI proclaim among the nations, but privately to those 491 ther reccived it of Man, neither was 1 taught it, but by the revelation of Jesus Christ. 13 For ye have heard of my conver- sation in time past in the Jews’ religion, how that beyond measure I persecuted the church of God, anil wasted it: 14 and profited in the Jews’ religion above many my equals in mine own nation, be- ing more exceedingly zealous of the tradi- tions of my fathers. 15 But when it pleased God, who separated me from my mother’s womb, and called me by his grace, 16to re- veal his Son in me, that I might preach him among the hea- then; immediately I conferred not with flesh and blood: 17 nei- ther went I up to Je- rusalem tothem which were apostles before me; bus I went into Arabia, and returned again unto Damascus. 18 Then -after three years I went up to Je- rusalem to see Peter, and abode with him fifteen days. 19 But other of the apostles saw [none, save James the Lord’s brother. 20 Now the’ things which I write unto you, behold, before God, Ilie not. 21 Af- terwards I came into the regions of Syria and Cilicia; 22 and was unknown by face unto the churches of Judza which were in Christ: 23 but they had heard only, That he which persecuted us in times past now préacheth the faith which once he de- stroyed, 24 And they glorified God in me, II. Then fourteen years after T went up again to Jerusalem with Barnabas, and took Titus with me also. 2 And I went up by revelation, and communicated unto them that gospel which I preach among the Gentiles, but pri- vately to them which were of reputation, lest by any means I should run, or had run, in vain. 3 But neither Titus, who b οὐδὲ LTr, ἀλλὰ LTTra. i— ὃ θεὸς (read he was pleased) [L]Ta. ™ τρία ἔτη T. 5 ηφαν Cephas LrTraw. κ ἀπῆλθον went I away La, ° guy- ΤΑ. 492 was with me, being ἃ Greek, was compelled to be circumcised: 4 and that because of false brethren una- wares brought in, who came in privily to spy out our liberty which we have in Christ Jesus, that they might bring us into bondage: 5 to whom we gave place by sub- jection, no, not for an our; that the truth of the gospel might continue with you. 6 But of these who seemed to be some- what, (whatsoever they were, it maketh no matter to me : God accepteth no man’s person::) for they who seemed to be somewhat in conference added nothing to me: 7 but contrariwise, when they saw that the gos- pel of the uncircumci- sion was committed unto me; as the gospel of the circumcision was unto Peter ; 8 (for he that wrought ef- fectually in Peter to the apostleship of the circumcision, the same Was mighty in me to- ward the Gentiles :) 9 and when James, Cephas, and John,who seeined to be pillars, perceived the grace that was given unto me, they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellow- ship; that we should go unto the ‘heathen and they unto the cir- cumeision. 10 Only they would that we should remember the poor ; the same which I also was forward to do. 11 But when Peter was come to Antioch, I withstood him to the face, because he was to be blamed. 12 For before that cer- tain came from James, he did eat with the Gentiles: but when they were come, he withdrew and _ sepa- rated himself, fear- ing them which were of the circumcision. 12 And the other Jews .dissembled likewise with him; insomuch that Barnabas also Was carried away with their dissimula- tion. . 4 3 τοὺς ἐκ προ PAA ATA S. IT. δοκοῦσιν, μήπως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον" 3 ἀλλ’ of repute, lest somehow in vain I should be running or had run; (but οὐδὲ Τίτος ὁ σὺν ἐμοί, Ἕλλην: ὦν, ἠναγκάσθη περι- noteven Titus who[was]with me, 78 “Greek 1Ρ6ἱΠ6, was compelled tobe τμηθῆναι. 4 διὰ δὲ τοὺς παρεισάκτους - Ψευὸ- circumcised ;) and [this] on account of the -*brought ‘in *stealthily (false αδέλφους, οἵτινες παρεισῆλθον κατασκοπῆσαι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν 2brethren, who came in by stealth to spy out *freedom ἡμῶν ἣν ἔχομεν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ἵνα ἡμᾶς νλκακαδουλώ- Your which wehave in Christ Jesus, thas us they might bring σωνται ὄὅ οἷς οὐδὲ πρὸς ὥραν εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ, into bondage; towhomnoteven for 81} ΠΟῸΪΣ did we yield in subjection, iva ἡ ἀλήθεια τοῦ εὐαγγελίου διαμείνῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 6 ᾿Απὸ thatthe truth ofthe gladtidings might continue with you. *From δὲ τῶν δοκούντων εἶναί τι, ῥὁποϊῖοίποτε ἦσαν οὐδέν ‘but those reputed πο be sqgmething, whatsoever they were “no ot διαφέρει" πρόσωπον “θεὸς ἀνθρώπου οὐ λαμ- “to ὅΠ16 'makes difference : [the] >God lof*man ‘not *does βάνει: ἐμοὶγὰρ ot δοκοῦντες οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο, 7 ἀλλὰ accept ; fortome those ofrepute nothing conferred ; but τοὐναντίον, ἰδόντες ὅτι πεπίστευµαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον on the contrary, having seen that I have been entrusted with the glad tidings τῆς ἀκροβυστίας, καθὼς Πέτρος τῆς περιτομῆς ὃ ὁ of the uncircumcision, according as Pcter [that] of the circumcision, (πο *who ’ / > > \ ~ ~ ΄ γὰρ ἐνεργήσας Πέτρῳ εἰς ἀποστολὴν τῆς περιτομῆς, ἐνήργη- "for wrought in Peter for apvostleship of the circumcision, wrought σεν Ἱκαὶ ἐμοὶ! εἰς τὰ ἔθνη" 9 καὶ γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν also in me towards the nations,) and having known the’ grace which δοθεῖσάν pot, Ιάκωβος καὶ Κηφᾶς καὶ “Ιωάννης," ot do- was given to me, James and Cephas and John, those re- κοῦντες στῦλοι εἶναι, δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν ἐμοὶ καὶ Βαρνάβ puted Spillars ‘to *be,(the]right hands *they *gave *to *me Ἰαπᾶ *Barnabas ’ e ε ~ ᾽ ‘ ” a7 s κοινωνίας, ἵνα ἡμεῖς " εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν tof *fellowship, that we {should go] to the nations, andthey to the mepirounyv’ 10 µόνον τῶν πτωχῶν ἵνα μνημονεύωμεν, ὃ circumcision : only the poor that we should remember, which καὶ ἐσπούδασα αὐτὸ. τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. person Salso Ἵ ὅπας *diligent ‘very “thing todo, 11 Ὅτε δὲ ἦλθεν Πέτρος" εἰς ᾿᾽Αντιόχειαν, κατὰ. πρόσωπον But when “*came 1Peter tB Antiach, to [the] face αὐτῷ ἀντέστην, ὅτι κατεγνωσµένος ἦν. 12 πρὸ.τοῦ.γὰρ for before that ? ~ ? A , 4 ~ ~ ’ er 4 ἐλθεῖν τινας ἀπὸ Ιακώβου, μετὰ τῶν ἐθνῶν συνήσθιεν’ ὅτε-δὲ “came ‘some from James, with the nations he waseating ; but when "ἠλθον ὑπέστελλεν καὶ ἀφώριζεν ἑαυτόν, φοβούμενος they came, he was drawing back and was separating himself, being afraid of περιτομῆς' 13 καὶ συνυπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ those of [the] circumcision ; and conjointly dissembled with him also the ‘ ? ~ ¢. ‘ , ~ λοιποὶ Ιουδαῖοι, ὥστε καὶ Βαρνάβας συναπήχθη αὐτῶν him I withstood, because ,to becondeianed he was: rest of {the] Jews, sothat even Barnabas wascarried away “their τῇ ὑποκρίσει. 14 ᾿Αλλ᾽ ὅτε Eidow- ὅτι οὐκ ὀρθοποδοῦσιν ‘by dissimulation.’ But when I saw that they walk ποῦ uprightly 4 ‘ ? ΄ ~ , ~ ~ ΄ 14 But whenI πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, εἶπον τῷ "Πέτρῳ! saw that they walked according to the truth of the glad tidings, 1 said to Peter P καταδουλώσουσιν they shall bring into bondage Lrtraw. 4 - 0T. τ κἀμοὶ Τη Ww. «᾿]ωάνης Tr. t+ μὲν G[L]. τ Κηφᾶς Cephas LTTraw. * ἦλθεν he came LTr, Σ Kn¢g Cephas LtTtraw. 1, Il. GALATIANS. ἔμπροσθεν πάντων, Ei ov, ᾿Ιουδαῖος ὑπάρχων, ἐθνικῶς before all, If thou, *a‘Jew 1peing, nation-like σζῆς καὶ οὐκ ᾿Ιουδαϊκῶς," ττί! τὰ ἔθνη ἀναγκάζεις Ἴου- livest and not Jewishly, why the nations dost thou compel to ju- δαΐζειν; 15 Ἣμεϊς φύσει ᾿Ιουδαῖοι, καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν daize ? We, *by “nature ‘Jews, and not “of [*the]*naticns ε Ἂ , ? ΄ at ᾽ ~ ” τσ» » ἁμαρτωλοί, 16 εἰδότες "" ὅτι οὔ δικαιοῦται ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ἔργων ‘sinners, knowing that “is “πού *justified 4a?man by works γόμου, ἐὰν. μὴ διὰ πίστεως Ὁ [ησοῦ χριστοῦ," καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς of law, but through faith of Jesus Christ, also we on χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν ἐπιστεύσαμεν, ἵνα δικαιωθῶμεν ἐκ πίστεως Christ Jesus believed, that we might be justified by faith χριστοῦ, καὶ οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων νόµου’ “διότι! “οὐ.δικαιωθήσεται of Christ, and not by works of law; because Shall not be justified ἐξ ” ΄ ΙΙ ~ ΄ 14 ? δὲ mare ὃ θῇ ἐξ έργων νόμου! πᾶσα σάρξ. εἰ.δὲ ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι by works of law ; aah flesh, Nowif seeking to be justified (lit. al ἐν χριστῷ εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμάρτωλοί, “ἄρα! χριστὸς in Christ we*were *found “also ‘ourselves sinners, [18] then Christ ἁμαρτίας διάκονος» μὴ.γένοιτο. 18 εἰγὰρ ἃ κατέλυσα "908 δ3βῖτι 1minister ? May it not be! For if what I threw down ταῦτα πάλιν οἰκοδομῶ, παραβάτην ἐμαυτὸν ϑσυνίστημι." these things again I build, a transgressor myself I constitute. 19 ᾿Εγὼ.γὰρ διὰ νόµου νόμῳ ᾿ἀπέθανον, ἵνα θεῷ ζήσω. ΕΟ through law to law died, that to God I may live. ~ * , ἐν τ; 3 ~ Oi 20 χριστῷ συνεσταύρωμαι" ζῶ.δέ, οὐκέτι ἐγώ, ζῃ.δὲ . ®Christ ‘I *have ‘been “crucified *with, yet I live, nolonger I, but “lives ἐμοὶ χριστός" ὃδὲ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί, ἐν πίστει “me ‘Christ; but that which now I live in flesh, in faith ζῶ τῇ “Tov υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ," τοῦ ἀγαπήσαντός µε καὶ παρα- T live, that of the Son of God, who loved me and gave δόντος ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ. 21 οὐκ. ἀθετῶ τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ" up himself for me, I do not set aside the grace of God ; εἰ γὰρ διὰ νόµου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν for if through law righteousness [is], then Christ “for “nought ἀπέθανεν. Mdied. 3. Ὦ ἀνόητοι Γαλάται, τίς ὑμᾶς ἑβάσκανεν ‘ry ἀληθεί Ο senseless Galatians, who you bewitched, “the ‘truth μὴ πείθεσθαι ;} οἷς κατ᾽ ὀφθαλμοὺς ᾿Ιησοῦς χριστὺς προε- not 39ο 30Ρ6Υ 2 whose ®before eyes Jesus Christ was openly γράφη ἐν ὑμῖν" ἐσταυρωμένος; 2 τοῦτο µόνον θέλω μαθεῖν set forth among you— crucified ὃ This only Iwish to learn ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, ἐξ ἔργων νόµου τὸ πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε, ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς from you, by works oflaw the Spirit receive ye, ΟΥ̓ by_ report πίστεως; ὃ οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε; ἐναρξάμενοι πνεύματι, νῦν of faith? So senseless are ye? *Having begun inSpirit, low σαρκὶ ἐπιτελεῖσθε; 4 τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῆ; εἴγε in flesh are ye being perfected? So many things did ye suffer in vain? if indeed καὶ εἰκῆ. 5 ὁ οὖν ἐπιχορηγῶν ὑμῖν τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ also in vain. He who therefore supplies to you the Spirit, and ἐνεργῶν δυνάμεις ἐν ὑμῖν, ἐξ ἔργων νόµου ἣ ἐξ ἀκοῆς works works of power among you, [15 15] υγ works oflaw or by report 2 εν 511 Υ καὶ οὐχ (οὐκ TrA) Ἰουδαϊκῶς ζῇς LTTrA. 25 πῶς how GLTTraw. 498 not uprightly accord-, ing.to the truth of the gospel, I said unto Pe- ter before them all, If thou, being a Jew, livest after the man- ner of Gentiles, and not. as do the Jews, why compellest thou the Gentiles to live as do the Jews? 15 We who are Jews by na- ture, and not sinners of the Gentiles, 16 knowing that. a man is not justified by the works of the laws but by the faith of Jesus Christ, even we have believed in Jesus Christ, that we might be justified by the faith of Christ, and not by the works of the law: for by the works of ‘the law shall no flesh “be justified. 17 But if, while we seek to be justified by Christ, we ourselves also are found sinners, 18 therefore Christ the minister of sin? God forbid. 18 For if I build again the things which I destroyed, I make myself a trans- gressor. 19 For I through the law am dead to the law, that I might live unto God. 20 I am crucified with Christ : nevertheless I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave himself for me. 21 I do not frustrate the grace of God: for if righteousness come by ᾧ the law, then Christ is dead in vain. III. O foolish Gala- tians, who hath be- witched you, that ye should not obey the truth, before whose eyes Jesus Christ hath been evidently set forth, crucified among you? 2 This only would I learn of you, Received ye the Spirit by the works of the law, or by the hearing of faith? 3 Are yeso foolish ? having be- gun in the Spirit, are ye now made perfect by the flesh. 4 Have ye suffered so many things in vain? if 2 a + δὲ but (knowing) GLTTraw. Ὁ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τττ. ο ὅτι LTTrA. a ἐξ ἔργων νόμου οὐ δικαιωθήσεται GLTTrAW, ἐἄρατ. ἴ--; (read Christ [is] then ἆτο.) 1. Εσυνιστάνω GLTTrAW. h τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ χριστοῦ of God and Christ Ltr, ἰ — τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι GLTTIAW, = ὑμῖν LITA, . 494 be yet in vain. -5 Ha - therefore that minis- tereth to you the Spi- rit, and worketh mira- cles among you, doeth he it by the works of the law, or by the hearing of faith? 6 Even as Abraham believed God, and. it was accounted to him for righteousness, 7 Know ye therefore that they which are of faith, the same are the children of-Abra- ham. 8 And the scrip- ture, foreseeing that God would justify the heathen through faith, preached -before the gospel unto Abraham, suying, In thee shall all nations be blessed. 9 So then they which be of faith are blessed with faithful Abra- ham. 10 For as many as are of the works of the law are under the curse: for it is writ- ten, Cursed is every one that continueth not in all things which are written in the book of the law to do them. 11 Butthat no man is justified by the law in the sight of God, it ws evident: for, : The just shall live by faith. 12 And the law is not of faith: but, The man that doeth them shall live in them. 13Christ hath redeemed us from the curse of the law, being made a curse for us: for it is written, Cursed is every one that hangeth on a tree: 14 that the blessing of Abraham might come on the Gentiles through Je- sus Christ ; that we might receive the pro- mise of the- Spirit through faith. 15 Brethren, I speak after the manner of men; Though it be but 4 man’s covenant, yet if it be confirmed, no man disannulleth, or addeth thereto. 16 Now to Abraham and his seed were the promises made. He saith τοῦ, And to seeds, as of many; but as of one, And to thy seed, which is Christ. 17 And thisI say, that the covenant, that was confirmed before of God in Christ, the law, which was four hun- Χ υἱοί εἰσιν LTTr. πᾶσιν in all things) rrr. GLT?Iraw. ξαλλὰ Tr. VYOMOC οὐκ.ἀκυροῖ, εἰς τὸ καταργῆσαι 4 ὅτι γέγραπται LTTrAW. ¥ — εἰς χριστον LITrA, TESS, ol Aa ΤΑ 2. τα, ‘ 4 ? , ~ ~ 3 3 , πίστεως; 6 καθὼς ᾿Αβραὰμ ἐπίστευσεν τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη of faith? Evenas Abraham believed God, and it was reckoned ~ ? , ” “ ε ? ΄ αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην. 7 γινώσκετε ἄρα ὅτι οἱ ἐκ πίστεως, tohim for righteousness. Know then that they that of faith - , k > es i{ ? / 16 ~ δὲ ς ‘ οὗτοί Νείσιν υἱοὶ ᾿Αβραάμ. 8 προϊἰδοῦσα.δὲ ἢ γραφὴ {are], these are sons of Abraham; and *foreseeing ‘the *scripture ὅτι ἐκ πίστεως δικαιοῖ τὰ ἔθνη ὁ θεός, προευηγγελί- that by faith 2justifies ὅθ *nations *God, before announced glad σατο τῷ ABoadp, “Ore ἐνευλογηθήσονται" ἐν σοὶ πάντα τὰ tidings to Abraham : Shall be blessed in thee 41 the ἔθνη. 9 ὥστε οἱ ἐβ πίστεως εὐλογοῦνται σὺν τῷ πιστῷ nations, So that those of faith are being blessed with the believing , e 4 y ” , > « ᾿ ’ ᾿Αβραάμ. 10 ὅσοι.γὰρ ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἰσίν, ὑπὸ κατάραν Abraham. For asmany as of works ο law are, under a curse ΄ , tse a , ~ εν ? ? εἰσίν' γέγραπται.γάρ."' Ἐπικατάρατο πᾶς ὃς οὐκ ἐμ-. are. For it has been written, Cursed [15] everyone who “ποῦ ‘does μένει "ἐν" πᾶσιν τοῖς γεγραμμένοις ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τοῦ νόµου, continue in all things which have been written ‘in the book ofthe law ~ ~ ᾽ , er X ? / ? ‘ ~ τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά. 11 “Οτιδὲ ἐν νόμῳ οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται {ο ο them. But that ἴῃ virtue οἱ Ίαν no one is being justified παρὰ τῷ θεῷ δῆλον. ὅτι ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται" with God [is] manifest ; because the just by faith shall live ; 12 ὁ δὲ νόμος οὐκ έστιν ἐκ πίστεως, ἀλλ" ὁ ᾿ποιήσας but the law is not of faith ; but, the who “did αὐτὰ Ῥᾶνθρωπος! ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς. 19 χριστὸς ἡμᾶς *these *things Iman shall live in virtne of them. Christ us ἐξηγόρασεν ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόµου, γενόμενος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ransomed from the curse ofthe law, having become for ᾽ us κατάρα αγέγραπται.γάρ,' ᾿Ἐπικατάρατς πᾶς ὁ κρεµά- acurse, (for it has been written, Cursed {is] everyone who hangs μένος ἐπὶ ξύλου" 14 ἵνα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Αβραὰμ ΟἹ a tree,) that to the nations the blessing of Abraham γένηται ἐν Τχριστῷ "Inood," ἵνα τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ πνεύµα- mightcome ἢ Christ Jesus, that the promise -of the Spirit τος λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως. we might receive through . faith. 15 Αδελφοί, κατὰ ἄνθρωπον λέγω, ὅμως ἀνθρώπου Brethren, (according {ο man of man κεκυρωµένην διαθήκην οὐδεὶς a confirmed covenant no one I am speaking,) even ~ na ΄ ' ἀθετεῖ ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεται. sets aside, or adds thereto, 16 τῷ δὲ Αβραὰμ "ἐῤῥήθησαν". αἱ ἐπαγγελίαι, καὶ τῷ σπέρματι But to Abraham werespoken the promises, and to *seed αὐτοῦ' οὐ.λέγει, Kai τοῖς σπέρµασιν, ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν, ἀλλ’! "his: 6 does ποῦ say, And to seeds, as of many; but e ? 48 ‘ ~ , ε/ - ὡς ἐφ᾽ ἑνός, Καὶ τῷ. σπέρματί, σου, ὅς ἐστιν χριστός. 17 τοῦτο as of one, And to thy seed ; ‘which is Christ. “This 4 , , Π « 4 ~ ~ δὲ λέγω, διαθήκην προκεκυρωμένην ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ Τείς χρισ- 1now I say, [the] covenant confirmed beforehand by God to Christ, τὸν! ὁ μετὰ “érn τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα! γεγονὼς the ‘after '°years *four “hundred ®and *thirty “which *took *place τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν. 18 εἰ ‘law doesnotannul soas to make of πο effect the promise. aE 1 εὐλογηθήσονται EB. ο ἀλλὰ TTr. m+ ὅτι that GLTTrAaW. n — ἐν (read P — ἄνθρωπος (read ὃ ποιήσας he who ἃ...) > - - ..) ΄ * Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ Tr. 5 ἐρῥέθησαν ΙΊΊΤΑ. Y τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη GLITrAW. ΤΠ. ΤΥ, GALATIANS. γὰρ ἐκ νόµου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας" for by law [be]the inheritance, [it is] no longer by promise ; τῷ-δὲ Αβραὰμ δι ἐπαγγελίας κεχάρισται ὁ θεός. 19 Τί but to Abraham through proniise “granted [511 “God. Why οὖν ὁ νόμος; τῶν παραβάσεων χάριν Σπροσετεέθη ,"} then the law? ‘transgressions ‘for *the “sake *of it was added, ἄχρις ov ἔλθῃ τὸ σπέρμα Ww ἐπήγγελται, until should have come the seed to whom promise has been made, διαταγεὶς δι ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ µεσίτου. 20 ὁ δὲ having been ordained through in “hand 'a*mediator’s, But the µεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ έστιν, ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν. angels mediator *of*one ‘is “not, but God one fis. οἱ Ὁ οὖν. νόμος κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν Yrov θεοῦ" ; Thelawthen [1510] against the promises of God? ‘ ’ 2 \ ? , , ε / ~ μή.γενοιτο᾽ εἰ γαρ ἐδόθη νομος ο δυνάμενος ζωοποιῆσαι, was given alaw which was able to quicken, ὄντως *av ἐκ νόµου ἢν" ἡ δικαιοσύνη" 22 ἀλλὰ συνέ- indeed by law would havebeen righteousness ; but Sshut κλεισεν ἡ γραφὴ τὰ πάντα "ὑπὸ" ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα ἡ ἐπαγγελία *up ‘the *scripture allthings under sin, that the promise ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. by faith of Jesus. Christ might ve given tothose that believe. 23 Πρὸ τοῦ.δὲ ἐλθεῖν τὴν πίστιν, ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, But before came 1faith, under law we were guarded, Ὀσυγκεκλεισμένοι" εἰς τὴν μέλλουσαν πίστιν ἀποκαλυφθῆναι" having been shut up to the, *being tabout ‘faith to be revealed. 24 ὥστε ὁ νόμος παιδαγωγὸς ἡμῶν γέγονεν εἰς χριστόν, ἵνα May it ποῦ be! Forif Sothat the law “tutor Jour hasbeen({up]to Christ, that 2 / ~ 7 , ‘ ~ , ἐκ πίστεως δικαιωθῶμεν' 25 ἐλθούσης.δὲ τῆς πίστεως, by faith we might be justified. But “huving *come ‘faith, οὐκέτι ὑπὸ παιδαγωγόν ἐσμεν. 26 πάντες. γὰρ υἱοὶ θεοῦ no longer under a tutor we are; for all sons of God nN 4 ~ , “" ~. / 4 ? ἐστε διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν χριστῷ “Inoov’ 27 ὕσοι γὰρ εἰς ye are through faith in Christ Jesus. For as many as to Ξ 2 χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε, χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε. 28 οὐκένι Ἴου- Christ were baptized, Christ ‘ye did *put *on. Thereisnot Jew ~ ~ ἈΔΝῚ - » δαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην' οὐκ.ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος" οὐκ ἔνι nor Greek; there ἰβ ποῦ bondman nor free ; there is not ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ᾽ «πάντες! .γὰρ ὑμεῖς εἷς ἐστε ἐν χοιστῷ Ἰησοῦ" male and female; for all ye one are in Christ Jesus: \ See | ~ ” ~ ? A , ? , 29 εἰ δὲ ὑμεῖς χριστοῦ, apa τοῦ ᾽᾿Αβραὰμ σπέρμα tore, butif ye [210] Christ’s, then Abraham’s seed ye are, ἀκαὶὶ "kar ἐπαγγελίαν κληρὀνόμοι. and according to promise heirs. , 3 er , “ , δ , , ᾽ 4 Λέγω.δέ, ἐφ’ ὕσον χρόνον ὁ κληρονόμος νηπιὸς ἔστιν, NowlIsay, for aslong’as ‘time the heir aninfant is, / πα, ΄ ν > ἢ οὐδὲν διαφέρει δούλου, κύριος πάντων wy 2 ἀλλὰ 495 dred and thirty years after,cannot disannul, that it should make the promise of none effect. 18 For if the inheritance be of the law, ii is no more of promise: but God gaveit to Abraham by promise. 19 Wherefore then serveth the law? It was added because of transgressions, till the seed should come to whom the promise was made; and it was ordained by angels ia the hand of a media- tor. 20 Now a media- tor is not α mediator of one, but God is one. 21 Js the law then against the promises of God? God forbid: for if there had been a law given which could have given life, verily righteousness should have been by the law. 22 But the scripture hath con- cluded all under sin, that the promise by faith of Jesus Christ might be given to them that believe. 23 But before faith came, we were kept “under the law, shut up unto the faith which should after- wards be revealed. 24 Wherefore the law was our schoolmaster to bring us unto Christ, that we might be justified by faith. 25 But after that faith is come,:we are no longer under a school- master, 26 For ye are all the children of God by faith in Christ Je-' sus. 27 For as many of you as have been baptized into Christ have put on Christ 28 There is neither Jcw nor Greek, there is neither bond nor free, there is neither male nor female: for ye are all one in Christ Jesus, 29 And if ye be Christ’s, then are ye Abraham’s _ seed, and heirs according to the promise. IV. NowI say, That nothing he differs trout = ομαδα, ο η ee C3 4411 *being ; ; but the heir, as long 88. he ὑπὸ ἐπιτρόπους ἐστὶν και οἰκονόμους ἄχρι τῆς προθεσμίας ΤΕ μι κα ος i i i i i ling from a under Guandlans he is and ος ΠΡΌ the ο before ο μμ, though he be lord oF του πατρὸς. 3 οὕτως καὶ ἡμεῖς, OTE μὲν νήπιοι, VTO Τὰ all; 2 but is under of the father. So also we, | when we were infants, under the ear uuiiea oe ot 7 « " ια Ν until i ἣν στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου μεν! δεδουλωμένοι" 4 ὅτε.δὲ ἦλθεν τὸ ed οὐ the father. elements ofthe world were held in bondage ; but when came the 3 Even so we, when 3 ΄ ” > > ” a ς > L . 2 ἐκ νόμον av ἦν (ἦν ἂν Τ) LTTrA. vd L. κ ἐτέθη iu was appointed G. 7 [τοῦ θεοῦ] 1, υ συγίσυν- Τ)κλειόµενοι being Shut up LTTra. © κατὰ 1. ἔημεθα 1. ο ἅπαντες TTra. 4 --- καὶ LTTrA. 496 we were children, were in bondage under the elements of the world: 4 but when the fulness of the time Was come, God sent forth his Son, made of δι Woman, made under the law, 5 to redeem them that were under the law,that we might receive the adoption of sons. 6 And because yeare sons, God hath seut forth the Spirit of his Son into your hearts, crying, Abba, Futher. 7 Wherefore thou art no more a servant, but a son; andif a son, then an heir of God through Christ. 8 Howbeit then, when ye knew not God, ye did ser- vice unto them which by nature are no gods. 9 But now, after that ye have known God, or rather are known of God, how turn ye again to the weak and beggarly elements, whereunto ye desire again to be in bondage? 10 Ye observe days, and months, and times, and years. 111 am afraid of you, lest I have be- stowed upon you la- bour in vain. : 12 Bréthren, 1 be- geech you, be asl am; for Iam as ye are: ye have not injured me atall. 13 Ye know how through infirmity of the fleshI preached the gospel unto you at the first. 14 And my temptation which was in my flesh ye despised not, nor rejected ; but received me as an an- el of God, even as hrist Jesus. 15 Where is then the blessed- ness ye spake of? for I bear you record, that, if τὸ had been ieee ye would ave plucked out your own eyes, and have given them to me, 16 Am I therefore be- come your eneny, be- cause I tell you the truth? 17 They zeal- ously affect you, but not well; yea, they would exclude you, that ye might affect them. 18 But it is good to be zealously affected always ina good thing, and not only when I am pre- & ἡμῶν our GLTTrAw. μὴ (read are nut &c.) GLTTraw. Ὁ ὑμῶν your LTTrA ; ὑμῶν τὸν W.. had giveny ΙΤΤΙΑΥΓ. LPO ΣΝ AAA AA A ΤΣ, IV. ΄ - , Σο , ε 3 ‘ εν ? ~ πλήρωμα τοῦ χρόνου, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸν.υἱὸν.αὐτοῦ, fulness of the time, sent *forth *God his Son, γενόμενον ἐκ γυναικός, γενόμενον ὑπὸ νόμον, 5 wa τοὺς come of woman, come under law, that those ὑπὸ νόμον ἐξαγοράσῃ, ἵνα τὴν υἱοθεσίαν ἀπολάβωμεν. under law hemight ransom, that adoption we might receive. G ὅτιδέ ἐστε υἱοί, ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ But because ye are sons, “sent *forth *God the Spirit « ~ ᾽ ~ ᾽ 4 δί αι ~ 1] ’ ? Με ΄ υἱοῦ. αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς καρδίας δὑμῶν," κράζον, ᾿Αββᾶ ὁ πατήρ. of hisSon into “hearts tyour, crying, Abba, Father. 7 ὥστε οὐκέτ, εἶ δοῦλος, "ἀλλ᾽" υἱός" εἰ. δὲ υἱός, καὶ So no longer thouart bondman, but son; andif son, also κληρονόμος Ἰθεοῦ διὰ χριστοῦ." 8 ᾿Αλλὰ τότε μὲν οὐκ heir of God through Christ. But then indeed not ar , ΓΟ , “ - k τ , sh ᾿ εἰδότες θεόν, ἐδουλεύσατε τοῖς μὴ φύσει" οὖσιν knowing God, ye were in bondage to those who not by nature are ~ ~ , fe , ~ A / θεοῖς" 9 νῦν.δέ γνόντες θεόν, μᾶλλον.δὲ γῬωσθέντες gods ; but rather having been known ὑπὸ θεοῦ, πῶς ἐπιστρέφετε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὰ ἀσθενῆ καὶ πτωχὰ by God, how do ye turn again to the weak and beygarly στοιχεῖα οἷς πάλιν ἄνωθεν ἰδουλεύειν" θέλετε; 10 ἡμέρας elements to which again anew τὸ be in bondage ye desire ὃ Days παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιρούς, καὶ eviavrove.™ 11 φο- ye observe, and months, and times, and years.. lam βοῦμαι ὑμᾶς, μήπως εἰκῆ κεκοπίακα εἰς ὑμᾶς. afraid of you, lest somehow in vain 1 have laboured asto you. 12 Γίνεσθε ὡς ἐγώ, ὕτικἀγὼ we ὑμεῖς, ἀδελφοί, δέο- but now, having known God, Be as I fam], for I also [am] as ye, brethren, Lbe- ε ~ / a , ” by € μαι ὑμῶν: οὐδέν µε ἠδικήσατε. 18 οἴδατεδὲ ὅτι δι seech you: in nothing me το wronged. But ye know that in ἀσθένειαν τῆς σαρκὸς εὐηγγελισάμην ἡμῖν τὸ.πρότερον, weakness of the at the first ; 14 καὶ τὸν πειρασμόν "μου τὸν! ἐν τῇ-σαρκί-μου οὐκ ἔξου- flesh I announced the glad tidings to you and 2temptation ‘my in my flesh Snot ‘ye 7de- θενήσατε οὐδὲ ἐξεπτύσατε, add’ ὡς ἄγγελον θεοῦ ἐ- spised nor rejected with contempt; but as anangel of God ye δέξασθέ µε, ὡς χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν. 15 ric" οὖν Ρήν! ὁ μακαρισμὸς received me, as Christ Jesus, What then was “blessedness ὑμῶν; μαρτυρῶ.γὰρ ὑμῖν ὅτι, εἰ δυνατόν, τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς tyour? «Ίοχ 1 bear ?witness ‘you that, if possible, 30798 ς ~ ΄ n 3 , [ή 4 ὑμῶν ἐξορύξαντες Iav' ἐδώκατέ μοι. 16 ὥστε ἐχθρὸς ‘your having plucked out yewouldhave given [them] to me. So 7enemy ε ~ / , « - - « ~ ὑμῶν γέγονα ἀληθεύων ὑμῖν; 17 Ζηλοῦσιν υμᾶς ‘your Ίατε 1 Ῥεσοπιθ speaking truth toyou? They are zealous after ᾽ ~ ? ~ € ~ , ov καλῶς, ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι τὑμᾶς" θέλουσιν, ἵνα αὐτοὺς not rightly, but toexclude you [from us] they desire, that them ζηλοῦτε. 18 καλὺν.δὲ "τὸ" ζηλοῦσθαι ἐν καλῷ ye may be zealous after. But right [it is] to be zealous in aright [thing] πάντοτε, καὶ μὴ μόνον ἐν τῷ.παρεϊῖναί.µε πρὸς ὑμᾶς, 19 ἵτεκ- atalltimes, andnot only in my being present with you— τ little via" ov, οὓς πάλιν ὠδίνω "ἄχριςὶ οὗ ορφωθῇ Schildren ‘my, of whom again Itravail until ave been formed you shall ἃ ἀλλὰ urtra. ἈἜἠἰΞδιὰ θεοῦ through God titra. 1 δουλεῦσαι TTr. ο ποὺ Where LItraw. Ρ-- TO LITrA, κ φύσει m; (read Do ye observe ὥς.) Gut. P— ἦν LTTrAW. 4 -- ἂν (read ye τ ἡμᾶς US Ε. ‘ τέκνα Couldren LTTr τ μέχρις ΤΤει GALATIANS. A 3. ε ως » x ~ 4 ε ~ ” 4 χοιστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν" 20 ἤθελον. δὲ παρεῖναι πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἄρτι, καὶ Christ in you: andI was wishing tobe present with you now, and ἀλλάξαι τὴν φωνήν.μου, ὅτι ἀποροῦμαι ἐν ὑμῖν. to change my voice, for Iam perplexed asto you. 21 Λέγετέ μοι, οἱ ὑπὸ νόμον θέλοντες εἶναι, τὸν νόμον IV, V. Tell me, yewho under law wish tobe, the law x ? , , / ev ? \ ἧς « ‘ οὐκ. ἀκούετε; 22 γεγραπται.γάρ, ὅτι ᾿Αβραὰμ δύο υἱοὺς do ye rot hear? For it has been written, that Abraham two _ sons ” , ” ~ / Νε ~ ? , ἔσχεν" ἕνα ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης, καὶ ἕνα ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας" had ; one of the maid-servant, and one of the free (woman). 23 Yard" ὁ Σμὲν' ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης. "κατὰ σάρκα 7γε- But he of the maid-servant, according to flesh has γέννηται"" ὁ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἐλευθέρας, διὰ τῆς! ἐπαγγελίας. been born, andheof the free [woman], through the promise. 24 ἅτινά ἐστιν ἀλληγορούμενα᾽ αὗται.γάρ εἰσιν "αὶ! δύο Which things are allegorized ; for these are the two διαθῆκαι" µία μὲν ἀπὸ ὄρους Σινᾶ, εἰς "δουλείαν" γεννῶσα, covenants; one from mount Sina, to bondage bringing forth, , ‘ ν - ‘ ‘ ” ~ ” ? ‘ ~ ἥτις ἐστὶν Ayap. 25 τὸ γὰρ © Ayap" Σινᾶ ὄρος ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ which is Agar, For Agar SSina mount lis ᾿Αραβία, ἀσυστοιχεῖ δὲ τῇ νῦν Ἱ λή ραβιᾳ, τοιχει .0& _TY νυν Ἱερουσαλημ, Arabia, and correspgqnds to the now Jerusalem, in δουλεύει *she 5315 *in *bondage εδε' μετὰ τῶν. τέκνων αὐτῆς. 26 ἡ δὲ ἄνω Ἱερουσαλήμ, ἐλευ- ‘and with her children ; but the 2above = 4Serusalem, *free θέρα ἐστίν, ἥτις ἐστὶν μήτηρ ἱπάντων" ἡμῶν" 97 γέγραπται Sis, which is mother of ali ofus. 7It Shas *been *written γάρ, Ἐὐφράνθητι στεῖρα ἡ οὐ.τίκτουσα ῥῆξον καὶ βόησον ΤΟΥ, Rejoice, Obarren that bearest not; break forth and cry, ἃ 2 8’ ο, 4 Ka δῶν ~ ιν ~ Ἂ 1) οὐκ. ὠδίνουσα ὅτι πολλὰ τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐρῆμον μᾶλλον ἢ that travailest not; because many the childrea of the desolate more than τῆς ἐχούσης τὸν ἄνδρα. 28 Ἡμεῖς". δέ, ἀδελφοί, κατὰ Ἰσαάκ, ofherthat has the husband, But we,, brethren, like Isaac, ? , , h2 λα ? δ} ερ , ε Η͂ ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα "έσμεν'' 29 ἀλλ΄ ὥσπερ τότε. ὁ κατὰ Sof *promise “children ‘are. But as then he who according to σάρκα γεννηθεὶς ἐδίωκε» τὸν κατὰ πγεῦμα, οὕτως καὶ flesh was born persecutea him [born] accordingto Spirit, also νῦν. 90 ἀλλὰ τέ λέγει ἡ γραφή; Ἔκβαλε τὴν παιδίσκην now. But what says the scripture? Cast out the maid+servant καὶ τὸν.υἱὸν.αὐτῆς, οὐ.γὰρ.μὴ ἸἹκληρονομήση! ὁ υἱὸς τῆς and her son, for in no wise may “inherit ithe *son “of *the παιδίσκης μετὰ τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἐλευθέρας. 91 *”Aoa," ἀδελ- Smaid-servant with the son ofthe free [woman]. So then, breth- pol, οὐκ.ἐσμὲν παιδίσκης τέκνα, ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας. 50 ren, weare not *of*a*maid-servant *children, but of the free [woman]. Τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ Ἰοῦνὶ πὴ! πγριστὸς ἡμᾶς! ἠλευθέοω- Ώ ρις Ώ Χριστός ἡμᾶς : Inthe freedom therefore wherewith Christ us made free, σεν, ϑστήκετε," Ῥ καὶ μὴ πάλιν ζυγῷ Ἀδουλείας" ἐνέχεσθε. 2 ide stand fast, and ποῦ again inayoke of bondage be held. Lo, ἐγὼ Παῦλος λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε, χριστὸς ὑμᾶς τ Ῥ ΔΙ say toyou,that ξ yebecircumcised, Christ *you οὐδὲν ὠφελήσει' 3 μαρτύρομαι.δὲ πάλιν παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ *nothing ‘shall *profit. And I testify again to every man 3 ‘ π ἀλλὰ Tr. Σ [μὲν] L. Υ γεγένηται W. : δι᾿ Tr. ο. ἼΑγαρ τπ|1τ|. ἆ συνσ-τ. 8 γὰρ for GLTTraw. ἴ --- πάντων Θ[ΤΙ͂ΤΤΤΑ. i k διό wherefore Lrtra. 2 ἡμᾶς χρνστὸς GLTTIAW. 9. b ἐστέ τττὰ. i κληρονομήσει Shall inherit LTTr. GLTtraw. ™— 7 (read With treedom ο.) trtra. (commencing ᾧ sentence a Stand fast) Lrtra, 8 — αἱ GLTTrAW. P + οὖν therefore UrTraW. 497 sent with you. 19 My little children, of whom I travail in birth again until Christ be formed in you, 20 I desire to be present with you now, and to change my voice ; for I stand in doubt of you. 21 Tell me, ye that desire to be under the law, do ye not hear the law ? 22 For it is written, that Abra- ham had two sons, the one by a bondmaid, the other by a freewoman, 23 But he who wus οἱ the bondwoman was born after the flesh ; but he of the fréewo- man was by promise. 24 Which things are an allegory : for these are the two covenants; the one from the mount Sinai, which gender- eth to bondage, which is Agar. 25 For this Agar is mount Sinai in Arabia, and answer- eth to Jerusalem which now is, and is in bon- dage with her child- ren. 26 But Jerusalem which is above is free, which is the mother of usall. 27 For it is written, Rejoice, thou barren that bearest not; break forth and ery, thou that travail- est not: for the deso- late hath many more children than _ she which hath an hus- band. 28 Now we, bre- thren, as Isaac was, are the children of promise. 29¢But as then he that was born after the flesh perse- cuted him that was born after the Spirit, even so 72 it now, 30 Nevertheless what saith the scripture? Cast out the bond- woman and her son: for the son of the bondwoman shall not be heir with the son of the freewonan. 31 So then, brethren, we are not children of the bondwoman, but of the free. V. Stand fast there- fore in the liberty wherewith Christ hath made us free, and be not entangled again with the yoke of bon- dage. 2 Behold, I Paul b δουλίαν T. & ὑμεῖς YOU LTTrA. 1 _ οὖν στήκετε ᾳ δουλίας τ΄ KK 498 say unto you, that if ye. be circumcised, Christ shall profit you nothing. 3 For I tes- tify again to every man that is circum- cised, that he is a debtor to dothe whole law. 4 Christ is be- come of no effect un- to you, whosoever of you are justified by the law ; ye are-fallen from grace. 5 For we through the Spirit wait for the hope of. righteousness by taith, 6 For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing, nor ‘wncircumcision ; but faith which work- eth by love. 7 Ye did run well; who did hinder you that ye should not obey the truth? 8 This per- suasion cometh not of him that calleth you. 9 ‘ ~ “me e ? , 4 κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Στοῦ! χριστοῦ, οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ ὃι- Ye are deprived of δὴ οβεσῦ from the Christ, whosoever in law are ~ ~ , , « ~ AJ , καιοῦσθε, . τῆς χάριτος. ἐξεπέσατε' ὅ ἡμεῖς.γὰρ πνεύματι being justified ; grace ye fell from. For we, by [the] Spirit ΄ ᾿ αν 18 =e ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα. 6 ἐν.γὰρ by faith [the] hope of righteousness await. For in χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ οὔτε περιτομή τι ἰσχύει, οὔτε ἀκροβυστία, Christ Jesus neither circumcision *any ‘is*offorce, nor uncircuméision ; ? ‘ res ? 2 , Ϊ᾽ / 2 πο ~ ἀλλὰ πίστις δι ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμενη. 7 ΄Έτρεχετε καλῶς but faith “by Slove ' Iworking. Ye were running well: ric ὑμᾶς "ἀνέκοψενὶ trp" ἀληθείᾳ μὴ πείθεσθαι; 8 ἡ πεισ- svho Bae thindered ®the 7truth “not “Το obey? The persua- ἊΝ, ἢ ? 2 μι ω ᾿ ~ : ὃν a , ε μονὴ οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ καλοῦντος ὑμᾶς. Ὁ Μικρὰ ζύμη ὅλον sion [is] not of him who calls you. A little leaven *whole τὸ φύραμα ζυμοῖ. 10 ἐγὼ πέποιθα εἰς ὑμᾶς ἐν κυρίῳ, 3.86 ἀρ ‘ileavens. I ampersuaded asto you in [the] Lord, ὅτι οὐδὲν. ἄλλο φρονήσετε, ὁ δὲ ταράσσων ὑμᾶς βαστάσει τὸ that -yo will Ώατο no other mind, andhe troubling you shallbear the κρίμα, ὕστις “ἂν' 4. judgment, whosoever he may be. 11 ᾿Εγὼ. δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώ- περιτεμνομένῳ, being circumcised, that ButI, brethren, if circumcision yet I proclaim, why yet amI κοµαι; ἄρα κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ. persecuted? Then has been done away’ the offence of the cTOss, 12 ὄφελον καὶ ἀποκόψονται οἱ ἀναστατοῦντες I would ἔσθ ‘they would cut themselves off who throw *into *confusion ε ~ ? / ’ ὑμᾶς. 19 Ὑμεῖς γὰρ ἐπ᾽ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε, ἀδελφα μόνον *you. For ye for freedom were called, brethren; only μὴ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν εἰς ἀφορμὴν τῷ σαρκί, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς [ase] not the freedom for .an occasion tothe flesh, but by 7 , 2 « - ὦ ἀγάπης δουλεύετε ἀλλήλοις. 14 .ὁ.γὰρ.πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ love serve ye one another. For the whole law in one λόγῳ "πληροῦται," ἐν τῷ, ᾿Αγαπήσεις τὸν. πλησίον. σου ὡς word is fulfilled, in Thou shalt love thy neighbour as «ς ’ al 2 / ἵ γέαυτόν." 15 εἰ δὲ ἀλλήλους δάκνετε καὶ κατεσθίετε, βλέπετε thyself ; but if oneanother yebite and devour, take heed ‘ 6 ο Ἀ 3 ΄ ~ μὴ ὑπὸ" ἀλλήλων ἀναλωθῆτε. not ‘by ‘one ‘another ‘ye *be *eénsumed. 16 Λεγω.δε, Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε, καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς Βυῦ1 580, ΒΥ [{86] Spirit walkye, ~*~ and *desire ‘flesh’s 2 \ / a ~ ~ οὐ μὴ τελέσητε. 17 ἡ γὰρ, σὰρξ ἐπιθυμεῖ κατὰ τοῦ πνεύ- in no wise should ye fulfil. Fortho flesh desires against the Spirit, ματος, τὺ.δὲ πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σαρκός: ταῦτα δὲ! δἀντί- andthe Spirit against the ἍΛΏθβΏ; “these *things 7and are op- 2 ΄ ev \ ~ 2 ~ κειται ἀλλήλοις," iva μὴ ἃ «ἂνὶ θέλητε ταῦτα ποιῆτε. posed to one another, that not whatsoever ye may wish those things yeshould do; > \ = » τς « ἮΝ ji 18 εἰ δὲ “πνεύματι ἄγεσθε, οὐκ.ἐστὲ ὑπὸ νόμον. 19 φανερὰ but if by [the] Spirit yeareled, γα are*no‘under law. *Manifest (sme) ὌΡΗ ρω , 4 ΄ δέ ἐστιν τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός, ἅτινά ἐστιν ἁμοιχεία," πορνεία, now are the works of the flesh, which are adultery, fornication, ? γ / 2 ’ 4 ’ ’ ” ἀκαθαρσία, ἀσέλγεια, 20 εἰδωλολατρεία, φαρμακεία, ἔχθραι, uucleanness, licentiousness, idolatry, sorcery, enmities, ‘—7y Tifa}. γ' + [δὲ] but τ, π ἐὰν ΊΤτΑ. ) σεαυτόν GLITrAW. «ὑπ LTTr. ὃ γὰρ for ο ἐαν [L|tTra.. ἃ — μοιχεία GLTTrAW. 5 ἐνέκοψεν GLTTrAW, ον. εέρεις, strifes, GALATIANS. ~ , , ἐριθεῖαι, διχοστασίαι, αἱρέσεις, contentions, divisions, sects, ζῆλοι," jealousies, θυμοί, indignations, 21 φθόνοι, ‘povor," μέθαι, κῶμοι, καὶ τὰ ὅμοια τούτοις" envylugs, murders, drunkennesses, revels, and things like these ; a προλέγω ὑμῖν, καθὼς Skat" προεῖπον, ὅτι οἱ as to which I tell “Ρε{οτεπααᾶ 'you, evenas also I said before, that they who τὰ τοιαῦτα πράσσοντες βασιλείαν θεοῦ οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν. such things do “kingdom ‘'God’s shall not inherit. 22 ὁ δὲ καρπὸς τοῦ πγεύµατός ἐστιν ἀγάπη, χαρά, εἰρήνη. But ἴπε fruit of the Spirit is love, - joy, peace, , ΄ ᾽ ’ / , Ἱ.συμία, χρηστότης, ἀγαθωσύνη, πίστις, 23 Ἀπραότης,! ong-suffering, kindness, goodness, faith, meekness, > ΄ - ΄ » ’ « A ἐγκράτεια" κατὰ τῶν τοιούτων οὐκ ἔστιν νόμος. 94 οἱ δὲ self-control: against such things thereisno law. But they that [are] ~ να ‘ , γ᾽ [4 - , Ν τοῦ χριστοῦ τὴν σάρκα ἑσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ of the Christ "the “flesh ‘crucified with the passions and ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις. 25 εἰ ζῶμεν πνεύματι, πνεύματι καὶ the desires. If welive by [the] Spirit, by [the] Spirit also στοιχῶμεν. 26 μὴ.γινώμεθα µκενόδοξοι, ἀλλήλους προκα- we should walk. Weshould not become vain-glorious, one another provok- λούμεγοι, ξἀλλήλοις" φθονοῦντες. ing, one another envying. > / ‘ ‘ ~ » 6 ᾿Αδελφοί, ἐὰν καὶ ἱπροληφθῇ" ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παρα- Brethren, if even be taken aman in some of- πτώματι, ὑμεῖς οἱ πνευματικοὶ καταορτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον ἐν fence, ye, the spiritual [ones], restore such a one in πνεύματι ™rpaorntoc,' σκοπῶν σεαυτὸν μὴ καὶ σὺ πει- a spirit of meekness, considering thyself lest also thou be ῥρασθῇς. ἀλλήλων τὰ βάρη βαστάζετε, καὶ οὕτως “ava- tempted. One auother’s burdens bear ye, and thus ful- πληρώσατε! τὸν νόμον τοῦ χριστοῦ. 3 εἰ γὰρ δοκεῖ τις fil the law of the Christ. Forif “thinks ‘anyone εἶναί τι, μηδὲν ὦν, δἑαυτὸν φρεναπατᾷ"" 4 τὸ. δὲ ἔργον to be something, *nothing*being, himself he deceives: but the work ἑαυτοῦ δοκιµαζέτω ἕκαστος: καὶ τότε εἰς ἑαυτὸν µόνον TO of himself let τοτε ‘each, and then asto himself alone the καύχημα ἕξει, καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν ἕτερον 5 ἕκαστος. γὰρ τὸ boasting hewillhave, and not as to ” , ’ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει. hisown load shall bear. 6 Κοινωγνείτω.-δὲ ὁ κατηχούµενος τὸν λόγον τῷ Let ’share ‘him “being “taught*in ‘Sthe ‘word with him that κατηχοῦντι ἐν πᾶσιν ἀγαθοῖς. 7 μὴ πλανᾶσθε, θεὸς ov µυκ- teaches in all good things. Be not misled ; God “not tis τήρίζεται Ὁ.γὰρΡἐὰνὶ σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερί- niockee ς for whatsoever *may *sow ‘a *man, that also he shall oa’ 8 ὅτι ὁ reap. For he that sows θερίσει φθοράν: ὁἁ.δὲ shallreap corruption; but he that another, For each to from the flesh σπείρων εἰς τὸ πνεῦμα, ἐκ τοῦ sows to the Spirit, from the , ΄ κ 1 ‘ ‘ ‘ ο πνεύματος θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 9 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες Spirit shall reap 116 eternal : but (in) well doing his own flesh, σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ, ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς 409 the works of the flesh are manifest, which are these; Adultery, fornication, unclean- ness, laseciviousuess, 20 idolatry, witchcraft, hatred, variance, emu- lations, wrath, strife, seditions, heresies, 21 envyings, murders, drunkenness, τθτο]- lings, and such like: of the which I tell you before, as I have also told you in time past, that they which do such things shall not inherit the king- dom of God. 22 But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering, gentte- ness, goodness, faith, 23 meekness, temper- ance: against such thereis no law. 24 And they that are Christ’s have crucified the flesh withthe affections and lusts. 25 If we live in the Spirit, let us also walk in the Spirit. 26 Let us nos be de- sirous of vain glory, provceking one another, euvying one another. VI. Brethreo if 8 man be overtaken ina fault, ye which are spiritual, restore such an one in the spirit of meekness ; considering thyself, lest thou also be tempted. 2 Bear ye one another’s hurdctis, and so fulfil the law of Christ. 3 For if a man think himself to he somcthing. when he is nothing, he deceiveth himself. 4 But let every man prove his own work, and theu shall he have rejoicing in himself alone, and not in another. 5 For every man shall bear his own burden. 6 Let him that is taught in the word communicate πυτο him that teacheth in all good things. 7 Be not deccived; God is not mocked: for whai- soever 8. man soweth, that shall he also reap. 8 For he that soweth to his flesh shall of the flesh reap corruption ; but he that soweth tothe Spirit shall of the Spirit reap life evcr- lasting. 9 And let us i -- -φθθθ- © ἔρις, ζῆλος strife, jealousy utTtraw. -- φόνοι [L]T[TrA]. LTTrAW. i + Ἰησοῦ Jesus [L]1Tra. * ἀλλήλους 1, πι πραύτητος ΤΤΤΑΥΓ. η ἀναπληρώσετε ye Shull fulfil Lr. LYTrA. P av LTr, Ε — καὶ [L]TTr. h πραύτης 1 rpoAnudhOy ii a. © φρενόπατᾳ ἑαυτον δ00 not be weary in well doing : fér in due sea- son we-shall reap, if we faint not. 10 As we have therefore op- portunity, let us do good unto all men, es- pecially unto them who are of the house- hold of faith. 11 Ye see how large a letter I have written unto you with mine own hand. 12 As many - as desire to make afair shew. in the flesh, they constrain you to be circumcised ; only lest they should suffer per- secution for the cross of Christ. 13 For nei- ther they themselves who are circumcised keep the law; but de- sire to have you cir- cumcised, that they may glory in your flesh. 14 But God for- bid that Ishould glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world. 15 For in Christ Jesus neither circumcision availethany thing, nor uncircumcision, but a new creature. 16 And as many as walk ac- cording to this rule, peace be on them, and mercy, and upon the Israel οὐ God. 17 From henceforth let no man trouble me: for I bear in my ody the marks of the ord Jesus. 18 Bre- thren, the grace of our Lerd Jesus Christ be with your spirit. A- men, ΠΡΟΣ ‘TO PAUL, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, to the saints which are at Ephesus, and to the 4 ἐγ- LTrAW ; ἐν- T. ὃ διώκονται are being persecuted τ (read to (the}) τι. ¥ — κυρίου LTTraw. ® + τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle BE; Πρὸς Ἐφεσίους Litraw, 5 [ἐν Ἐφέσφ] ta, ΠΡΟΣ ΓΡΑΛΑΤΑΣ, VI. μὴ Δἐκκακῶμεν"" καιρῷ γὰρ ἰδίῳ θερίσοµεν, μὴ ἐκλυόμενοι. we should not lose heart; for in *time ‘due Swe "εμα]] Ίτοαρ *not “fainting. 10 dpa οὖν we καιρὸν Τἔχομεν' ἐργαζώμεθα τὸ ἀγαθὸν πρὸς So then as otcasion wehave ὙὙ6 should work good towards πάντας, μάλιστα.δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως. all, πᾶ ερεοἰα!]γ towards those of the household of faith. 11 Ἴδετε πηλίκοις ὑμῖν γράμμασιν ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ. χειρι. See ἴῃ how large*to*you ‘letters 51 -wrote with my [own] hand. 19 ὕσοι θέλουσιν εὐπροσωπῆσαι ἐν σαρκί, οὗτοι ΑΘΙΙΑΠΥ 45 wish to have a fair appearance in [the] flesh, these ἀναγκάζουσιν ὑμᾶς περιτέµνεσθαι, μόνον wa Spy τῷ conipel you to be circumeised, only that not for the σταυρῷ τοῦ χριστοῦ" "διώκωνται." 19 οὐδὲ γάρ οἱ cross of the Christ they may be persecuted. . For neither they who απεριτεμνόμενοι! αὐτοὶ νόμον φυλάσσουσιν ἀλλὰ θέ- are being circumcised themselves [the] law keep ; but they λουσιν ὑμᾶς περιτέµνεσθαι, ἵνα ἐν τῇ-ὑμετέρᾳ.σαρκὶ καυ- wish you tobecircumcised, that in your flesh they χήσωνται. 14 ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ.γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι εἰ μὴ. ἐν τῷ might boast. But for me may it not be to boast except in the σταυρῷ τοῦ κυρίου-ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" δι οὗ ἐμοὶ cross of our Lord Jesus Christ; through whom to me [the] κόσμος ἐσταύρωται, κἀγὼ τῷ" κόσμῳ. 15 τὲν γὰρ χριστῷ world has been crucified, andI tothe world. “In’ *for (Christ ” - : , ]ησοῦ ovre' περιτομή Fre ἰσχύει! οὔτε ἀκροβυστία, Jesus neither circumcision “%any ‘is *of force, nor wuncircumcision ; ἀλλὰ καινὴ κτίσις. 16 καὶ ὅσοι τῷ.κανόνι.τούτῳ στοι- but χήσουσιν, εἰρήνη walk, peace [06] upon them τοῦ θεοῦ. of God. 17 Τοῦ λοιποῦ, κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω" ἐγὼ.γὰρ τὰ For the rest, “troubles Sto 7me*no%one ‘let *give, forI the στίγματα τοῦ Yeupiov" Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ.σώματί.μου βαστάζω. _ brands of the Lord Jesus in my body bear. « , ~ ΄ 4 ~ ? ~ ~ ~ 18 Ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύ- And as many as shall ay > \ ΒΞ. «ioe sigs Se ᾽ ΙΝ ἐπ᾽ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ισραὴλ and mercy, and upon the Israel anew creation. by this rule The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ [be] with *spi- ματος ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοί. ἀμήν. rit “your, brethren, Amen. 7IIodc Γαλάτας ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης." To {the} Galatians written from Rome. ΕΦΕΣΙΟΥΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ. [ΤΗΕ] «ΕΡΗΕΡΙΑΝΕ ‘EPISTLE 20Ε *PAUL. ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος Ὁ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ, Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ by will of God, τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῖς οὖσιν «ἐν ᾿Εφέσῳ" καὶ πιστοῖς. ἐν χριστῷ tothe saints who are’ at Ephesus and faithful in Christ : 5 μὴ placed after χριστοῦ LTTrA. ἃ περιτετμημένοι have been circumcised L. κ' -- τῷ 5 οὔτε yap For neither Tra. Στι ἐστὶν is anything GLTTraw. t — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Ταλάτας Tra. F Ὁ χριστοῦ Ingoy LITrA, τ ἔχωμεν We May have Tf. ον EPHESIANS. ? ~ ΄ ε ~ \ SEP > 4 ~ κ «- ~ 4 [ησοῦ: 2 χάρις υμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς. ἡμῶν καὶ Jesus. Grace toyou and peace from God our Father and κυρίου Inoov χριστοῦ. {the] Lord Jesus Christ. 3 Ἐὐλογητὺς ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿ησοῦ Biessed [πα] the God and Father of our Lord Jesus χριστοῦ, ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ ἐν Christ, who. blessed us with every “blessing spiritual in - ~ ? ΄ d ~ ‘ ? , « ~ ᾽ ᾽ ~ τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις © χριστῷ, 4 καθως ἐξελέξατο ἡμᾶς ἐν αὐτῷ the heavenlies with Christ; according as he chose us in him πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώ- before (the] foundation οἵ [πε] world, for us to be holy and blame- ihe κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ «ἐν ἀγάπῃ." 5 προορίσας ἡμᾶς εἰς 655 before him in?” ‘love’; having predestinated us for υἱοθεσίαν διὰ ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ εἰς αὐτόν, κατὰ τὴν εὐδο- adoption through Jesus Christ to himself, according to the good κίαν τοῦ.θελήµατος αὐτοῦ, Ο εἰς ἔπαινον δόξης τῆς χάρι- pleasure of his will, to [the] praise of[the} glory of *grace τος σὐτοῦ, fv." ἐχαρίτωσεν ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ ἠγαπημένῳ" ‘his, wherein he made “cbjects °of *grace ‘us in the Beloved : 7 ἐν ᾧ ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν διὰ τοῦ αἱματος.αὐτοῦ, in whom we have redemption through his blood, THY ἄφεσιν τῶν παραπτωµάτω», κατὰ ἔΣτὸν πλοῦτον' the remission of offences, according to the riches χάριτος αὐτοῦ" 8 ἧς ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐν πάσῃ τῆς of his grace ; which he caused to abound toward us in all σοφιᾳ καὶ φρονήσει, Ὁ γνωρίσας ἡμῖν TO μυστήριον τοῦ wisdom and intelligence, having made known tous the mystery Ν ᾽ ’ - τι , τὴν εὐδοκίαν. αὐτοῦ, ἣν προέθετο his good pleasure, which he purposed θεληµατος αὐτοῦ, κατὰ of his will, according to ἐν αὐτῷ 10 εἰς οἰκονομίαν τοῦ πληρώματος τῶν καιρῶν, in himself for [the] administration of the fulness of times ; ἀμακεφαλαιώσασθαι τὰ. πάντα ἐν τῷ χριστῷ, : rare! itp to head up allthings in the Christ, both the things in τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς" 11 ἐν αὐτῷ, ἐν ᾧ the heavens and the things upon the earth; in hin, in whom και ἐκληρώθημεν, " προορισθέντες κατὰ πρό- also we obtained an inheritance, being predestinated according to [the] θεν τοῦ τὰ πάντα ἐνεργοῦντος κατὰ τὴν βουλὴν pose of him who 2411 *things _ works according to the counsel ~ , ~ 3 > ~ ” τοῦ. θελήματος αὐτοῦ, 12 εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς εἰς ἔπαινον of his will, for 2to*be ‘*us to [the] praise ρω Ὁ ~ ~ =a , τῆς! δόξης αὐτοῦ, τοὺς προηλπικότας ἐν τῷ χριστῷ' 13 ἐν of his glory; who have fore-trusted in the Christ: in = ‘ ~ ‘ ~ , " ? ᾧ καὶ ὑμεῖς, ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας, TO εὔαγ- whomalso_ ye, having heard the word ofthe truth, the glad γέλιον τῆς σωτηρίας ὑμῶν, ἐν ᾧ καὶ πιστεύσαντες ἐσφρα- tidings of your salvation— in whom also, having believed, ye were ΄ ~ ~ ΄, ~ ¢ ΄ τη ᾽ γίσθητε τῷ πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῷ ἁγίῳ, 14 ''Ός" ἐστιν sealed with the Spirit of promise the Holy, who is ~ ΄ ~ ΄ - ἀῤῥαβὼν τῆς.κληρονομίας. ἡμῶν, ες ἀπολύτρωσιν τῆς earnest of our inheritance, to [the] redemption of the pur- (the] td 2 ” ~ ὃ , μὰ ? ~ περιπο:ησεως, εἰς ETALVOV τ]ς-ὀοξης-αυτου. acquired possession, to praice of his glory. ἃ + ἐν in (Christ) =GLTTrAW. ἧς which (read ἐχα. he freely bestowed on) LiTra. sLTTrAW. ἵ ἐπὶ Upon ΕΤΤΙΑ. 501 faithful in Christ Je- sus : 2 Grace be to you, and peace, from God our Father, and from the Lord Jesus Christ. 3 Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ : 4according as he hath chosen us in him beforethe founda- tion of the world, that we should be holy and without blame before him in love : 5 haying predestinated us unto the adoption of chil- dren by Jesus Christ to himself, according to the good pleasure of his will, 6 to the praise of the glory of his grace, wherein he hath made us accepted in the beloved. 7 ln whom we have redemption through his blood, the forgiveness of sins, ac- cording to the riches of his grace; 8 where- in he hath abounded toward us in all wis- dom and prudence; 9 having made known unto us the mystery of his will, according to his good pleasure which he hath purpos- ed in himself: 10 that in the dispensation of the fulness of times he might gather to- gether in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; éven in. him: 11 τα whom also we have obtained an _ inherit- ance, being predesti- nated according to the purpose of him who worketh 411] things after the connsel of his own will: 12 that we should be to the praise of his glory, who first trusted in Christ. 13 In whom ye also trusted, after that ye heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation: in whom also after that ye believed, ye were sealed with that holy Spirit of promise, 14 which is the earnest of our inheritance un- til the redemption of the purchased posses- sion, unto the praise of his glory. ε, ἐν ἀγάπῃ (read in love having predestinated us) GLT. Ε τὸ πλοῦτος LTTrAW. κ ἐκλήθημεν we were called L. '— της LITrAW. 3 ὅ Which La, h — ze both 502 15 Wherefore T also, after I heard of your faith in the Lord Je- sus, and love unto all the saints, 16 cease not to give thanks for you, making mention of you in my _ prayers ; 17 that the God of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of glory, may give unto you the spi- rit of wisdom and re- velation in the know- ledge of him: 18 the eyes .of your under- stunding being en- lightened; that ye may know what is the hop: of his calling, and what the riches of the glory of his in- heritance in the saints, 19 and what 2s the ex- ceeding greatness of his power to us-ward who believe, accord- ing to the working of his mighty power, 20 which he wrought in Christ, when he raised him from the dead, and set him at his own right hand in the heavenly places, 21 far above all princi- pality, and ‘power, and might, aud dominion, aud every name that is named, not only in this world, but also in that which is to come: 22 and hath put all things under his feet, aud gave him to be the head over all things to the church, 23 which is his body, the fulness of him that fillethallin all. II. And you hath he quicken- ed, who were dead in trespasses and sins; 2 wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this world, according to the priuce of the power of the air, the spirit that now work- eth in the children of disobedience : 3 among whom also we all had our conversation in times past in the lusts of our flesh, ful- filling the desires of the flesh and of the mind; and were by nature the children of 2 — την ἀγάπην LA]. τ ἐνήργη 7 + αὐτὸν him Τ, (read yuur offences and sins) LtT:[4], κεν he has wrought ΙΑ. EOE IO 7 &. T, ΤΙΣ “: ? \ ? , 4 δ: - ’ 7 15 Διὰ τοῦτο κἀγὼ ἀκούσας " τὴν καθ᾽ ὑμᾶς πίστιν ἐν Because σὲ υμί Ialso having heard οἳ the 7among *you ‘faith in <= , ? ~ , ’ ᾽ ΄ ‘ ? eset 4 τῷ κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην" τὴν εἰς πάντας τοὺς the Lord Jesus, and_ the love -᾿ which[is} toward all the é 7 / ΄ ~ 4 ε ~ , ε ne) «αν ἁγίους, 16 οὐ.παύοµαι εὐχαριστῶν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, μνείαν "υμὸν saints, donot cease giving thanks for you, mention of you ‘ ~ ~ ” « 4 ὃ - ΄ ποιούμενος ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν. μου" 17 ἵνα ὁ θεὸς τοῦ κυρίου making in my prayers, that the God of “Lord ~ ~ ~ « ‘ ~ , / e ~ ~ ἡμῶν Inood χριστοῦ, ὁ πατὴρ τῆς δόξης, δῴη ὑμῖν πνεῦμα τοι} Jesus Christ, the Father cf glory, may give to you [the] spirit ᾿σοφίας Kai ἀποκαλύψεως ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ, 18 πεφω- of wisdom and revelation in [the] knowledge of him, ®being / ‘ ? gh ~ ΄ Bion: ὃ V. ome τισµένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς Ῥδιανοίας" ὑμῶν, εἰς τὸ εἰδέναι 7enlightened ‘the “eyes >mind Sof*your, for to *know ὑμᾶς Tic ἐστιν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς.κλήσεως αὐτοῦ, βκαὶ" Tic ὁ πλοῦ- tyou what is the hope of his calling, and what the riches τος τῆς δόξης τῆς κληρονομίας.αὐτοῦ΄ ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις, 19 καὶ ofthe glory of his inheritance in the _ saints, _ and τί τὸ ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τῆς δυνάµεως.αὐτοῦ εἰς «ἡμᾶς HP Ore what the surpassing greatness of his power towards us τοὺς πιστεύοντας κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ κράτους τῆς who believe according to the working ofthe might ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ, 20 ἣν 1ἐνήργησεν' ἐν τῷ χριστῷ ἐγείρας of his strength, which he wrought in the Christ, having raised αὐτὸν ἐκ 5 νεκρῶν, καὶ Ἰἐκάθισεν' % ἐν δεξιᾷ him from απιοης [86] dead, and heset {him]at right *hane αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς .Yérovpavioc," 21 ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς ‘ κ απ ἴπθ heaveulies, above every principality καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ δυνάμεως καὶ κυριότητος, καὶ παντὸς ὀνό- and authority and power and lordship, and every name ματος ὀνομαζομένου οὐ µόνον ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι.τούτῳ, ἀλλὰ καὶ named, not only in this age, but also ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι" 22 καὶ πάντα ὑπέταξεν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας in the coming [one]; and allthings he put under “feet αὐτοῦ" καὶ αὐτὸν ἔδωκεν κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα τῇ ἐκ- this, and “him - ‘gave [tobe] head over all things to the as κλησίᾳ, 23 ἥτις ἐστὶν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ sembly, which is his body, the fulness of him who Yravraivy πᾶσιν πληρουμένου Q καὶ ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς all things in all fills— and you being dead τοῖς παραπτώµασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαισ 9 ἐν αἷς ποτε in offences and sins, in which once περιεπατήσατε κατὰ TOY αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσµου.τούτου, κατὰ ye walked according to the age of this world, ~ according to τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος, τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ νῦν the ruler ofthe authority of the air, the spirit that now ἐνεργοῦντος ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς τῆς ἀπειθείας: 8 ἐν οἷς καὶ ἡμεῖς works in the sons of disobedience: among whom also we ’ > , ή 9 ~ ᾽ , ~ 4 TAVTEC ἀνεστράφημεν ποτε ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις τῆς σαρκὸς all had our conduct once in the f(lesires of “flesh « ~~ ~ id ~ a Αν ἡμῶν, ποιοῦντες τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς Kai THY διανοιῶν, tour, doing the things willed of the flesh and ofthe thotghts, 4 — καὶ LTTrA. Γκαθίσας having set L1Tra. | ¥ + τὰ GLTTIAW. 2+ ὑμῶν P καρδίας heart GLaTraw. T 3 + τῶν the w. Ν οὐρανοῖς heavens L, Σ τ τὰ Ἡ. © — ὑμῶν LTTrA. ΤΙ. τι σα ANS: καὶ yer" Ὀτέκνα φύσει! ὀργῆς. ὡς καὶ οἱ λοιποί" 4 ὁ.δὲ θεός, and were children, by nature, of wrath, as even the rest: but God, πλούσιος ὧν ἐν ἐλέει, διὰ THY πολλὴν ἀγίπην αὐτοῦ “rich *being in mercy, because of *ereat Slove his ἣν ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, 5 καὶ ὄντας ἡμᾶς νεκροὺς τοῖς wherewith’ he loved wees Zalso *being 1we dead παραπτώµμασιν, συγεζωοποίησεν τῷ χριστῷ" χάριτί ἔστε in offences, quickened [us] with; the Christ, (by grace ye are σεσωσµενοι" 6 καὶ συγήγειρν, καὶ συνεκάθισεν Ev τοῖς saved,) and raised [us] up together, and seated [5] together in the ἐπουρανίοις ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 7 ἵνα ἐνδείξηται ἐν τοῖς heavenlies in Christ Jesus, that he might shew in the αἰώσιν τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις τὸν" ὑπερβάλλοντα πλοῦτον" ages that [are]: coming the surpassing * riches ~ ᾽ ~ , ? < ~ ~ » ~~. τῆς.χάριτος.αὐτοῦ ἐν χοηστότητι ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ of his grace in kindness toward us in Christ Jesus, 8 τῇ γὰρ -χάριτί ἐστε σεσωσμένοι διὰ ἑτῆς' πίστεως" καὶ For by grace Υθ 8Τθ saved through faith ; and ~ ~ ~ 4 ~ ” , τοῦτο οὐκ ἐξ ὑμῶν, θεοῦ τὸ δῶρον" 9 οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἵνα this ποῦ of yourselves; [it is] God’s gift : not of works, that μή τις καυχήσηται. 10 αὐτοῦ.γάρ ἐσμεν ποίημα, κτισθέν- not anyoné might boast. For his ?we *are 'workmanship, created τες ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐπὶ ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς, οἷς προητοίµασεν ὁ in Christ Jesus for *works 'good, which *before “prepared θεὸς ἵνα ἐν αὐτοῖς περιπατήσωμεν. *God that in them we should walk. 11 Δεὸ μνημονεύετε ὅτι [ὑμεῖς wore" τὰ ἔθνη ἐν Wherefore remember that ye once the nations in [the] σαρκί, οἱ λεγόμενοι ἀκρυβυστία ὑπὸ τῆς λεγομένης περιτο- flesh, who arecalled uncircamcision by that called circum- μῆς ἐν σαρκὶ χειροποιήτου, 12 dre Ίτε δὲν" τῷ.καιρῷ.ἐκείνῳ cisionin [the] flesh made by hand— that ye were at that time χωρὶς χριστοῦ, ἀπιλλοτριωμένοιτῆς πολιτείας τοῦ Ισραήλ, apart from Christ, alienated from the commonwealth of Israel, καὶ ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ἐλπίδα μὴ ἔχον- and strangers from the covenants of promise, hope not, hav- τες, καὶ ἄθεοι ἐν τῷ κόσμφ' 13 νυγὶ δὲ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ing, and without God in the world: but now in Christ Jesus, ὑμεῖς οἱ ποτὲ ὄντες μακρὰν ἐγγὺς ἐγενήθητε" ἐν τῷ αἵματι ye who once were afar off pear are become by the _ blood τοῦ χριστοῦ. 14 αὐτὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ἡ.εἰρήνη.ἡμῶν, ὁ ποιήσας ofthe Christ. For he is our peace, who made τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν, καὶ τὸ µεσότοιχον τοῦ φραγμοῦ λύσας" both one, and the middle wall ofthe fence broke down, 15 τὴν ἔχθραν ἐν τῇ.σαρκὶ.αὐτοῦ, τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν the 7enmity *in *his °flesh, , Sthe law 1908 74commandments ἐν δόγμασιν καταργήσας" ἵνα τοὺς δύο Kriog ἐν Ἱέαυ- 331 4Sdecrees ‘having “annulled, that the twohemightcreatein him- τῷ" εἰς ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, ποιῶν εἰρήνην" 16 καὶ ἀπο- self into one new man, making . peace; and might καταλλάξῃ τοὺς ἀμφοτέρρυς ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι τῷ θεῷ διὰ τοῦ reconcile both in .one body to God through the σταυροῦ, ἀποκτείνας τὴν ἔχθραν ἐν αὐτῷ 17 καὶ ἐλθὼν the and having come . from the “wealth of Israel, and 503 wrath, even as others, 4 But God, whois rich in mercy, for his great love wherewith he loved us, 5 even when we were dead in sins, hath quickened us to- gether with Christ, (by grace Ye are saved ;) 6 and hath raised us up together, and made us sit together in hea- venly places in Christ Jesus: 7 that in the ages to come he might shew the . exceeding riches of his grace in his kindness toward us throuch Christ Je- sus. 8 For by grace are ye saved through faith; and that not of yourselves : it is the gift of God: 9 not of works, lest any man should boast. 10 For we are his workman- ship, created in Christ Jesus unto good works, which God hath be- fore ordained that we should walk in them, 11 Wherefore re- member, that ye being in time past Gentiles in the flesh, who are called Uncircumcision by that whichis called the Circumcision in the flesh made by -hands ; 12 that at that time ye were without Christ, being alicns common- strangers from the co- venants of promise, having no hope, and without God in the world: 13 but howin Christ Jesus ye who sometimes were far off are made nigh by the blood of Christ. 14 For he is our peace, who hath made both one, and hath broken down the middle wall of partition between us ; 15 having’abolish= ed in his flesh the en- mity, even the law of commandments con- tained in ordinances ; for to make in himself of twain onenew man, so making peace; 16and that he might recon- cile both unto God in one body by the cross, having slain the en- mity thereby: 17 and came and preached cross, having slain eumity by it; 3 ἥμεθα TTrA. Ὁ φύσει τέκνα L. ο + [ἐν] L. 4 τὸ ὑπερβάλλον πλοῦτος LTTrAW. f ποτὲ ὑμεῖς LTTrA. © — τῆς LTT:[A]. με 1 αντῳ LITra, 5 ἐγενήθητε ἐγγὺς LTTrA, ὃ --- ἐν (read τῷ κ. ἐκ. at that time) LTTraw. δ04 peace to you which were afar off, and to them that were nigh. 18 For through him we both have access hy one Spirit unto the Fa- ther. 19 Now there- fore ye are no more strangers and foreign- ers, but fellowcitizens with the saints, and of the household of God; 20 and are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ himself being the chief corner sfone; 21 in whom all the building fitly framed together groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord : 22 in whom ye also are builded toge- ther for an habitation of God through the Spirit. III. For this cause I Paul, the prisoner of Jesus Christ for you Gentiles, ‘2 if ye have heard of the dispensa- tion of the grace of God which is given me to you-ward: 3 how that by revelation he made known unto me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words, 4 whereby, when ye read, ye may understand my know- ledge in the mystery of Christ) 5 which in other ages was ποῦ made known unto the sons of men, as it is now revealed unto his holy apostles and pro- phets by the Spirit ; 6 that the Gentiles should be fellowheirs, and of the same body, and partakers of his promise in Christ by the gospel : 7 whereof: I was made a minister, according to the gift of the grace of God given unto me bythe effectual working of his power. 8 Unto me, who am less than the least of all saints, is E®ESIOYS. ΤΊ, ΠῈ εἰρήνην ὑμῖν τος μακρὰν" καὶ Ἑ he announced the glad tidings— peace to you who [were] afar off and / ~ » ΝΥ τοῖς ἐγγύς, 18 ὅτι.δι αὐτοῦ ἔχομεν τὴν προσαγωγὴν οἱ to those néar. For through him we have access ‘ 4 A 7 » ἀμφότεροι ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. 19 ἄρα οὖν both by one Spirit to the Father. So then ει Sete ‘ : Ὶ - Ιἀλλὰ" πι η λῖ Kee οὐκέτι ἐστὲ ἕενοί καὶ πάροικοι, ᾽ἄλλα συμπολῖται" τῶν no longer are ye strangers amd sojourners, but fellow-citizens of the ιο. εὐηγγελίσατο ἁγίων καὶ οἰκεῖοι τοῦ θεοῦ, 20 ἐποικοδομηθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ saints and of the household of God, being built up on -the / ~ ΄ ‘ ~ ” θεμελίῳ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ προφητῶν, ὀντος ἄκρο- foundation of the apostles and prophets, *being (*the] *corner- ΄ ~ ~ ~ - ~ € ? γωνιαίου αὐτοῦ “Ἰησοῦ χοιστοῦ," 21 ἐν ᾧ πᾶσα Ῥὴ" οἰκοδομὴ stone Shimself ‘Jesus “Christ, in whom all the building συναρμολογουμένη αὔξει εἰς ναὸν ἅγιον ἐν κυρίῳ, 22 ἐν fitted together increases to a*temple “holy in[the] Lard; Ui καὶ ὑμεῖς συνοικοδομεῖσθε εἰς κατοικητήριον τοῦ θεοῦ whom also το 8416 being-built together for a habitation of God ἐν πνεύματι. in [the] Spirit. 3 Τούτου χάριν ἐγὼ Παῦλος ὁ δέσμιος τοῦ χριστοῦ VIn- For this cause 1. Paul prisoner of the Christ Je- σοῦ! ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν τῶν ἐθνῶν" 2 εἴγε ἠκούσατε THY οἰκονομίαν sus for you nations, if indeed ye heard of the administration τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς, 8. ὅτι" ofthe grace of God which was given to me towards you, that κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν "ἐγνώρισένὶ μοι τὸ μυστήριον, καθὼς by revelation he made known to me the mystery, (according as mootyoawa ἐν.ὀλίγῳ, 4 πρὸς ὃ δύνασθε ἀναγινώσκοντες I wrote before briefly, by which ye are able, reading [10], “νοῆσαι τὴν. σὐνεσίν.μου ἐν τῷ μυστηρίῳ τοῦ. χριστοῦ" ὃ ὃ to perceive my understanding in the mystery ofthe Christ,) which tty" ἑτέραις γενεαῖς οὐκ.ἐγνωρίσθη τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώ- in other generations was not made known’'to the sons of men,. πων. ὡς νῦν ἀπεκαλύφθη τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀποστόλοις αὐτοῦ καὶ as now it was revealed to “holy Sapostles this and ἡ 2 / ο A » Vv λ , " προφήταις ἐν πνεύματι" 6 εἶναι τὰ ἔθνη ᾿συγκληρονόμα prophets ἴῃ [86] Spirit, 5to “Ρο ‘the *nations joint-heirs καὶ "σύσσωμαὶ καὶ Ἱσυμμέτοχα" τῆς ἐπαγγελίας. "αὐτοῦ"! ἐν and ajoint-body and joint-partakers of his promise in τῷ" χριστφ", διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 7-00 3Ἀἐγενόμην! διάκονος the Christ throughthe glad tidings; of which I became servant κατὰ τὴν δωρεὰν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ ὑτὴν δοθεῖσάν" according to the gift ofthe grace of God given μοι κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῆς.δυνάμεως. αὐτοῦ: 8 ἐμοὶ to me, according to the working . of his power. To me, ~ , ~ / , Ω τῷ ἐλαχιστοτέρῳ πάντων “τῶν! ἁγίων ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις. αὕτη, \this grace given, that the lessthan the least οὗ all the saints, was given this grace, Ishould preachamong 4. ἢ Seer > ͵ Series. / the Gentiles the un- “ev τοῖς ἔθνεσιν εὐαγγελίσασθαι ἐτὸν" ἀνεξιχνίαστον searchable riches of among the nations {ο announce the gladtidings— the unsearchable ος εἰρήνην peace LtTraw. ἀλλ᾽. ™ - ἐστὲ ye are LTTrA, ovv- ΤΑ. 5 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LITrA, --- ἡ (read [the]) Lotraw. 4ᾳ --- Ἰησοῦ π[α]. τὸ [Ere] 1, 5 ἐγνωρίσθη was made known GLTTraw. ὃ -- ἐν (read ἑτέραις to other) GLTTrAW. συν Ἱ. δ σύν- ΙΤ ΤΤΓΑ., 5 ἐγενήθην LTTrAW. to the) LTTra, * --- αὐτοῦ (read of the promise) LTTra, Υ — τῷ LTTrA. © — τῶν GLTTrAW.. « + Ἰησοῦ Jesus LTTra. Ὁ τῆς δοθείσης GLTTrA, d — ἐν (read τοῖς ε τὸ LITrAW, III, IV. EPHESIANS. frrovrov' τοῦ χριστοῦ, 9 καὶ φωτίσαι ἔπάντας" τίς riches of the Christ, and to enlighten 411 {as to) what [15] « a ~ , 3 ~ ? ‘ ~ ἡ "κοινωνία! τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ ἀποκεκρυμμένου ἀπὸ τῶν the fellowship ofthe mystery which has been hidden from the αἰώνων ἐν τῷ θεῷ, τῷ τὰ.πάντα κτίσαντι 'διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ ,' ages ‘in God, who all things created by Jesus Christ, / . ~ ~ ~ ~ ‘ ~ 9. ΄ 10 ἵνα γγνωρισθῇ νῦν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐξουσίαις ἐν that might be known now tothe principalities and the authorities in τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις διὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἡ πολυποίκιλος σοφία the heavenlies through the assembly the multifarious wisdom τοῦ θεοῦ, 11 κατὰ πρόθεσιν τῶν αἰώνων, ἣν ἐποίησεν of God, according {ο [{ρθ] purpose ofthe ages, which he made 3 ~ ~ ~ ΄ « ~ ἐν " χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ τῷ.κυρίφῳ.ἡμῶν, 12 ἐν ἔχομεν τὴν παῤ- ῳ in Christ Jesus our Lord, in whom we have bold- ῥησίαν καὶ Ιτὴν' προσαγωγὴν ἐν πεποιθήσει διὰ τῆς πίστεως ness and access ‘ in confidence by the fafth αὐτοῦ. 13 διὸ αἰτοῦμαι μὴ éxxaxeiv" ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσίν of him Wherefore I beseech [you] not to faint at “tribulations pou ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν δόξα ὑμῶν. 14 τούτου.χάριν my for you, which is your glory. For this cause κάµπτω τὰ.γόνατά.μου πρὸς τὸν πατέρα "τοῦ.κφῳρίου. ἡμῶν I bow my knees to the Father f our Lord ? ~ σ ἢ 1 ive - δ γ ᾽ ~ ‘ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ," 15 ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς και Jesus Christ, of whom every family in([the] heavens and > ‘ ~ >? , ev ο ’ Π « ~ A Ῥ κ᾿ επι γης ὀνομάζεται, 16 wa δῴη υμιν κατα τὸν on earth is named, that he may give you according to the πλοῦτον" τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, δυνάμει κραταιωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ riches of his glory, with power tobestrengthened by πνεύματος.αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον, 17 κατοικῆσαι. τὸν his Spirit in the inner man ; [for] *to*dwell ‘the ριστὸν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις.ὑμῶν' 18 ἐν ἀγάπῃ “Christ, through © faith, in your hearts, in love ey Μὰ 1 “ ‘ / “ ? ’ ἐῤῥιζωμένοι καὶ τεθεμελιωμένοι ἵνα ἐξισχύσητε being rooted and founded, that ye may be fully able λαβέσθαι σὺν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἁγίοις τί τὸ πλάτος καὶ μῆκος prehend with all the saints what{[is] the breadth and length καὶ «βάθος καὶ ὕψος," 19 γνῶναί τε τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν and depth and height ; and to know the surpassing \ τῆς γνώσεως ἀγάπην τοῦ χριστοῦ, ἵνα. πληρωθῆτε εἰς πᾶν knowledge love of the Christ; that ye may be filled unto all τὸ πλήρωμα τοῦ θεοῦ. 20 τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ ὑπὲρ πάντα the fulness of God. Buttohim who [15 able above all things ποιῆσαι τὑπὲρ. ἐκ. περισσοῦ" ὧν αἰτούμεθα ἢ νοοῦμεν,. κατὰ κατα- to ap- to do excvedingly above what weask or think, according to τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἐνεργουμένην ἐν ἡμῖν, 21 αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα the power which works in us, to him [ρε] glory ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ" ἐν χριστῷ Inoov, εἰς πάσας τὰς γενεὰς τοῦ in the assembly in Christ Jesus, to all the generations of the I~ ~ γ Ὁ ? , ~ > c ~ , 1 αἰῶνος τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 4 Παρακαλῶ οὖν ὑμᾶς εγω age of the ages. Amen. Iexhort therefore you, I ὁ δέσμιος ἐν κυρίῳ, ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσεως the prisoner ἰπ [πε] Lord, “worthily 1to “walk of the calling —— € πλοῦτος LITrAW. & — πάντας [LI]T. a ets - -- a 1 — διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ GLTTrAW. k + τῷ LTTrA. ἐν- Τ. 5 — τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστου LTTrAW. LITrAW. 3 ὕψος και βάθος LTrA, τ ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GLTTrAW, δ0ὅ Christ ; 9 and tomake all men see what its the fellowship of the mystery, Which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in ,Ged, who created all things by Jesus Christ: 10 to the intent that now unto the princi- palities and powers in heavenly places might be known by _ the church the manitold wisdom of God, 11 ac- cording to the eternal purpose which he pur- posed in Christ Je- sus our Lord: 12 in whom we have bold- ness and access with confidence by the faith of him. 13 Wherefore I desire that ye faint not at my tribulations for you, which is your glory. 14 For this cause I bow my knees unto the ‘Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, 15 of whom the whole fa- mily in heaven and earth 15 named, 16 that he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with might by his Spirit in the inner man 317 that Christ may dwell in your hearts by faith; that ye, being rooted and grounded in love, 18 may be abletocom- prehend withall saints what is the breadth, and length, and depth, and height; 19 and to know the love of Christ, which passeth knowledge, that ye might be filled with all the fulness of God, 20 Now unto him that is ableto do exceeding abundantly above all that we ask or think, according to the power that worketh in us, 21 unto him be glory in the church by Christ Jesus throughout all ages, world without end, -Απαθα ΠΕ therefore, the prisoner of the Lord, beseech youthat ye walk wor- ' thy of the vocation wherewith ye are call- h οἰκονομία administration GLTTraw. 1 — τὴν LTTr[A]. ο δῷ LITra. 5 + καὶ and Ιπτι[Α]. πὶ ἐγ- LTrAW$ Ρ τὸ πλοῦτος 506 ed, 2 with all lowli- ness and meckness, with lovgsuffering, forbearing one an- other in love; 3 en- deavouring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. 4 There is one body, and one Spirit, even as ye are called in one hope of your calling ; 5 one Lord, one faith, one baptism, 6 one God and Father of all, who is above all, and throughall, and inyou all. 7 But unto every one of us is given grace according to the mea- sure of the gift of Christ. 8 Wherefore he saith, When he as- ceended up on high, he led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. 9 (Now that he ascended, what is it but that he also de- scended first into the lower parts of the earth? 10 He that de- scended is the same also that ascended up far above all heavens, that he might fill all things.) 11 And he gave some, apostles; and some, prophets ; and some, evangelists; and some, pastors and teachers; 12 for the per- fecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edi- fying of the body of Christ: 13 till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the*Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the mea- sure of the stature of the fulness of Christ : 14 that we henceforth be no more children, tossed to and fro, and earried about with every wind of doctrine, by the sleight of men, and cunning crafti- ness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive; 15 but speaking the truth in love, may grow up into him in all things, which is the head, even Christ : 16 from whom the whole body fitly join- ed together and com- pacted by that which every joint supplieth, according to the ef- fectual working inthe measure of every part, t πραύτητος ΤΤΤΑ, Σ — πρῶτον GLTTrAW. 4 συν- 1}, © — ὃ LTTraw, ΠΡΟΣ E@ESIOYS. 1¥; ἐκλήθητε, 2 μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ 'πρᾳό- with αἱ humility and meek- ? , ν ly ’ ’ / ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων ἐν ἀγάπῃ, bearing with one another in love ; ωΐ ης wherewith ye were called, τητος," μετὰ μακροθυμίας, ness, with longsuffering, 3 σπουδάζοντες τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ πνεύματος ἐν τῷ being diligent to keep the unity of the Spirit in the συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης. 4 Ev σῶμα καὶ ἕν πνεῦμα, καθὼς καὶ bond of peace. One body and one Spirit, evenas also ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς. κλήδεως ὑμῶν" 5 εἷς κύριος, µία ye were cailed in one hope of your calling ; one Lord, one πίστις, tv βάπτισμα" 6 εἷς θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ πάντων, ὁ, faith, one baptism; one God and Father ofall, tho [is] ἐπὶ πάντων, καὶ διὰ πάντων, καὶ ἐκ πᾶσιν VYupiv.! over all, and through all, and in Fall you, « ‘ κος / € ~ 1 ΄ cy ’ 4 7 ἑνὶ δὲ ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἐδόθη “ἡ χάρις κατὰ τὸ μέτρον grace according to the measure λέγε, ᾿Αναβὰςο εἰς Wherefore he says, Having ascended up on But to cach one of us was given τῆς δωρεᾶς τοῦ χριστοῦ. 8 διὸ of the gift of the Christ. ὕψ ᾽ λ , . λ , > Oe | a) ΄ ~ ὕψος Ίχμαλώτευσεν αιχµαλωσιαν, "και εὀωκεν δόµατα τοῖς high he led “captive leaptivity, and gave gifts ἀνθρώποις. 9 Τὸ δὲ ἀνέβη, τί ἐστιν εἰ μὴ ὅτι καὶ κατέβη to men. But that he ascended, what isit but that also he descended Σπρῶτον' εἰς τὰ κατώτερα Σμέρη" τῆς γῆς; 10 ὁ KaraBag first into the lower parts of the earth? Hethat descended αὐτός ἐστιν καὶ ὁ ἀναβὰς ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν, *the%same ‘is also who ascended above all the heavens, ἵνα πληρώσῃ τὰ.πάντα. 11 καὶ αὐτὸς ἔδωκεν τοὺς μὲν ἀπο- that he might fill all things; and he gave some apo- στόλους, τοὺς.δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς.δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς, τοὺς δὲ stles, and some prophets, and some evangelists, and some ποιμένας καὶ διδασκάλους, 12 πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὺν τῶν shepherds and teachers, with a view to the perfecting of the ε ’ » ΄ 3 ᾽ - ~ ΄ ~ ἁγίων, εἰς ἔργον διακονίας, εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος TOU saints; for work of(the]service, for buildingup of the body ofthe χριστοῦ" 19 μέχρι καταντήσωμεν οἱ πάντες εἰς τὴν ἑνότητα Christ ; until we *may “arrive tall at the unity τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς ἄνδρα of the faith andofthe knowledge ofthe Son of God, at a 7man τέλειον, εἰς μέτρον ἡλικίας τοῦ πληρώματος τοῦ ‘full-grown, at [the] measure ΟΕ [[Π6] stature of the fulness of the ~ id ’ κ. ΄ ΄ χριστοῦ" 14 ἵνα μηκέτι ὦμεν νήπιοι, κλυδωνιζόµενοι καὶ Christ ; that no longer we may be infants, being tossed and περιφερόμενοι παντὶ ἀνέμῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἐν τῇ "κυβείᾳ" curried about by every wind ofthe teaching in the sleight τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐν πανουργίᾳ πρὸς τὴν ὁὉμεθοδείαν' τῆς of men, in craftiness withaviewto the systematizing λ ’; Ὁ 15 ir θ ᾽ὔ τ: δὲ ᾽ ᾽ 4 ᾽ ΄ > > 4 πλαγνης ἀληθεύοντες.δὲ ἐν ἀγάπῃ αὐξήσωμεν εἰς αὑτὸν of error ; but holding the truth in love wemaygrowup into him τὰ πάντα, ὃς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλή, 6d" χριστός, 16 ἐξ οὗ πᾶν in allthings, who ᾗἹ the _ head, the Christ: from whom all τὸ σῶμα συναρμολογούμενον καὶ Ἰσυμβιβαζόμενον!ϊ διὰ πάσης the body, fitted together and compacted by every ε ~ ~ η) / ᾽ » ἁφῆς τῆς ἐπιχορηγίας κατ ἐνέργειαν ἐν μέτρῳ joint of supply according to [the] working in [its] measure x — Kal LTW. b µεθοδίαν T, ¥— ὑμῖν LTTrA 3 ἡμῖν US GW. - w — ἢ LTr[a]. 2 — µέρη (read [parts]) w. ἃ κυβίᾳ 1, 1Υ. EPHESIANS. x te ~ ΄ »- 2 ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους, τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ σώματος ποιεῖται εἰς of exch one part, the increase of the body makes for itself to _ οἰκοδομὴν «ἑαυτοῦ! ἐν ἀγάπῃ. {the] building up ofitself in ἴοτο, ~ ; ‘ / “ 17 Τοῦτο οὖν λέγω καὶ μαρτύρομαι ἐν κυρίῳ, μῆκετι This therefore I say, and testify in [the] Lord, πο *longer ὑμᾶς. περιπατεῖν. καθὼς καὶ τὰ ford ἔθνη περιπατεῖ ἐν Ithat 7ye walk evenas also the’ rest, [the] nations, are walking in ματαιότητι τοῦ νοὺς αὐτῶν, 18 Βἐσκοτισµένοι" τῇ δια- {the} vanity of their mind, being darkened in the under- νοίᾳ, ὄντες ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ θεοῦ, «διὰ standing, keing aliénated from the life of God, on account of τὴν ἄγνοιαν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς, διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν the ignorance which is in them, onaccount of the hardness 'τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 19 οἵτινες ἀπηλγηκότες ἑαυτοὺς of their heart, who having cast off all feeling, themselves παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ εἰς ἐργασίαν ἀκαθαρσίας πάσης gave up to licentiousness, for [the] working of 7uncleanness tall ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ" 20 ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε TOY Χριστόν, with craving. Butye *not “thus ‘learned the Christ, 21 εἴγε αὐτὸν ἠκούσατε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐδιδάχθητε, καθώς ifindeed him ye heard and in him were taught, according as yes ? ne, 4 “ἋΣ - ) / et ~ η ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ 22 ἀποθέσθαιὑμᾶς κατὰ is the}. truth in Jesus ; for you to have put off according to τὴν προτέραν ἀναστροφήν τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν the former conduct the old man, which te = φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίὰς τῆς ἀπάτης" 23 ava- is corrupt according to the desires of deceit; ‘ *to *be *re- νεοῦσθαι "δὲ" τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ.νοὸς ὑμῶν' 24 καὶ ἐνδύσασθαι newed tand inthe spirit of your mind ; and to have put on τὸν καινὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν κατὰ θεὸν κτισθέντα ἐν δι- the new man, which according to God was created in right- καιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας. 25 Διὸ ἀποθέμενοι τὸ vousness and holiness of truth. Wherefore having put off ψεῦδος, λαλεῖτε ἀλήθειαν ἕκαστος μετὰ τοῦ-πλησίον αὐτοῦ" falsehood, speak truth each with his neighbour, ὅτι ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων µέλη. 26 ᾿Οργίζεσθε καὶ μὴ ἁἆμαρ- because we are of one another members, Beangry, . and “ποῦ ‘sin; τάνετε' ὁ ἥλιος μὴ-ἐπιδυέτω ἐπὶ τῷ". παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν, 56 ‘sun 31οὺ *not set upon your provocation, 27 Κμήτε! δίδοτε τόπον τῷ διαβόλῳ. 28 ὁ κλέπτων μηκέτι neither give place tothe devil. He that steals “πο *moro , ~ A ’ ? , ] A ? 4 κλεπτέτω, μᾶλλον δὲ κοπιάτω, ἐργαζόμενος τὸ ἀγαθὸν Net *him “steal, but rather let him labour, working what [is] good 'ταῖς χερσίν, ἵνα ἔχῃ μεταδιδόναι τῷ χρείαν ἔχοντι. with(his]hands,that Ὦθ τὺ have toimpart tohimthat “need has. 29 πᾶς λόγος σαπρὸς ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος ὑμῶν μὴ ἐκ- - 5Any ‘word ‘corrupt ?°out lof 12vour ‘Smouth *not “let (lit. every) , 3 ᾽ ? ‘ ? \ ρω / πορευέσθω, adr εἴ τις ἀγαθὸς πρὸς οἰκοδομὴν τῆς χρείας, ®go °forth, but if any good for building up in respect of need, wa ὃῷ χάριν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν. 30 Kai μὴ.λυπεῖτε τὸ that it may give grace to them that hear. And grieve not the πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἐν ᾧ ἐσφραγίσθητεεί ἡμέραν Spirit the Holy of God, by which ye were sealed ffor(the] day ο αὐτοῦ τ. { --- λοιπὰ Ι/ΤΊτΤΑ. 8 ἐσκοτωμένοι LTTrA. Β [δὲ] τι. Ettraw. - }ταῖς ἰδίαις with his own (— ἰδίαις A) χερσὶν τὸ ἀγαθόν LTTraw, i — τῷ LTTr[A]. 667 maketh increase of the body unto the edifying of itself in love, 17 This Τ say theree fore, and testify in the Lord, that ye hence- forth walk vot as other Gentiles walk, in the vanity of their mind, 18 having the under- standing darkened, being alienated from the lifeof God through the ignorance that is in them, because of the blindness of their heart: 19 who being past feeling have given themselves over unto lasciviousness,to work all uncleanness with greediness. 20 But ye have not 5ο learned Christ; 21 if so be that ye have heard him, and have been taught by him, as the truth is in Jesus: 22 that το put off concerning the former conversation the old man, which is corrupt according to the deceitful lusts; 23 and be renewed in the spirit of your mind ; 24 and that ye put onthe new man, which after God is created in righteous- ness and true holiness. 20 Wherefore putting away lying, speak every man truth with his neighbour : for we are members one of another. 26 Be ye an- ‘gry, and sin not: let ‘not the sun go down upon your wrath: 27 neither give place to the devil. 28 Let him that stole steal no more: but rather let him labour, working -with Ais hands the thing which is good, that he may have to give to him that need- eth. 29 Let no corrupt communication ‘pro- ceed out of our mouth, but that which is good to the use of edifying, that it may Minister grace unto the hearers. 30 And grieve not the holy Spirit of God, where~ ye are sealed unta by the day of redemptian, fal. μαι αι αλλά LiTr, 508 31 Let all bitterness, and wrath, and anger, and clamour, and evil speaking, be put away from you, with all ma- lice : 32 and beye kind one to another, ten- der-hearted, forgiving one another, even as God for Christ’s sake hath forgiven you. V. Be yetherefore fol- lowers of God, as dear children ; 2 and walk in love, as Christ also hath loved us,and hath given himself for us an offering and a 88- crifice to God for a sweetsmelling savour, 3 But fornication, and all uncleanness, or covetousness, let it not be once named a- mong you, as becom- eth saints; 4 neither filthiness, nor foolish talking, nor jesting, which dre not conve- nient: but rather giv- ing of thanks. 5 For this ye know, that'no whoremonger, nor un- clean person, nor cove- tous man, who is an idolater, hath any in- heritance in the king- dom of Christ and of God. 6 Let no man deceive you with vain words: for because of these things cometh. the wrath of God upon the children of disobe- dience. 7 Be not ye therefore partakers with them. 8 For ye were sometimes dark- ness, but now are ye light in the Lord: walk as children of light: 9 (for the fruit of the Spirit zs in all goodness and right- eousness and truth ;) 10 proving what is acceptable unto the Lord. 11 And have no fellowship with the unfruitful works of darkness, but rather reprove them: 12 For it is a shame even to speak of those things which are done of them.in secret. 13 But all things that are re- μέν are made mani- est by the light: for whatsoever doth make manifest 1 light, 14 Wherefore he saith, Awake thou that sleep- est, and arise from the dead, and Christ shall E®ESIOYS. IV, V. ἀπολυτρώσεως. 81 πᾶσα πικρία καὶ θυμὸς καὶ ὀργὴ καὶ of redemption. All bitterness, and indignation, and wrath, and / ᾽ ’ 3 ~ , κραυγὴ καὶ βλασφημία ἀρθήτω ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν, σὺν πάσῃ clamour, and evilspeaking let be removed from you, with all κακίᾳ" 82 γίνεσθε."δὲ! εἰς ἀλλήλους χρηστοί, εὔσπλαγχνοι, ΠΡΟΣ malice ; and be to one another kind, tender-hearted, , ~ ε ~ ΄ χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς; καθὼς καὶ ὃ θεὸς ἐν χριστῷ ἐχαρί- forgiving each other, according as also God in Christ for- caro οὑμῖν.ὶ ϐ Γίνεσθε οὖν μιμηταὶ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς τέκνα gave you. Beye therefore imitators of God, as thildren ἀγαπητά" 2 και περιπατεῖτε ἐν ἀγάπῃ, καθὼς καὶ ὁ χριστὸς beloved, and walk in love, evenas alsorthe Christ ἠγάπησεν Ρὴμᾶς,! καὶ παρέδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ “ἡμῶν! προσ- loved us, and gave up himself for us, an of- φορὰν καὶ θυσίαν τῷ θεῷ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας. fering and ἃ sacrifice to God for an odour of a sweet smell, 3 Πορνεία.δὲ καὶ ᾿πᾶσα ἀκαθαρσία! ἢ πλεονεξία μηδὲ But fornication and all uncleanness or covetousness not even ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν, καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις" 4 "καὶ! αἰσχρό- let it be named among you, cven as is becoming to saints ; and filthi- της ‘kai μωρολογία ἢ εὐτραπελία, τὰ οὐκ ἀνήκοντα,' ἀλλὰ ness and foolish talking ΟΥ̓ jesting, which are not becoming; but μᾶλλον εὐχαριστία. 5 τοῦτο.γάρ Σἐστε.γινώσκοντες! ὅτι πᾶς rather thanksgiving. For this ye know that any » a aed Ἅ / εκ Ι 5 > (lit. erery) πόρνος, ἢ ἀκάθαρτος, ἢ πλεονέκτης, *oc' ἐστιν εἰδωλολά- fornicator, or unclean person, ος . covetous, who is an idolater, 7 » / ~ / ~ ὑ - 4 τρης, οὐκ. ἔχει κληρονομίαν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ χριστοῦ καὶ has not inheritance in the kingdom ofthe Christ and θεοῦ. 6 μηδεὶς ὑμᾶς ἀπατάτω κενοῖς λόγοις" διὰ of God. *No Sone you ‘let *deceive withempty words; 7on account ‘of ταῦτα γὰρ ἔρχεται ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς TIE 5these διΠίησς ‘for comes the wrath of God upon the sons ) θ , 7 η x , θ y , Wl ae ἀπειθείας. 7 μὴ οὖν γίνεσθε συμμέτοχοι" αὐτῶν. 8 ἦτε of disobedience. *Not *therefore ‘be joint-partakers with them; 379 Swere γάρ ποτε σκότος, νῦν.δὲ φῶς ἐν κυρίῳ" we τέκνα φωτὸς ‘for once darkness, but now light in [the] Lord; as children of light περιπατεῖτε: 9 ὁ γὰρ καρπὸς τοῦ “πνεύματος" ἐν πάσῃ walk, (for the fruit of the Spirit - [is] in all ? / . / / , ἀγαθωσύνῃ καὶ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ" 10 δοκιμάζοντες τί goodness and righteousness and _ truth,) proving what ? 4 ~ / ἐστιν εὐάρεστον τῷ κυρίῳ. 11 καὶ μὴ: συγκοινωνεῖτεϊ τοῖς 18 well-pleasing to the Lord; and have no fellowship with the ” ~ ? / . ~ ~ 4 ἔργοις τοῖς ἀκάρποις τοῦ σκότους, μᾶλλον.δὲ καὶ ἐλέγχετε" *works lunfruitful of darkness, - butrather also reprove; 4 4 Β “Η" LAP Ss « ~ ᾽ , \ 12 τὰ γὰρ ὕὑκρυφῆ" γινόμενα ὑπ’ αὐτῶν αἰσχρόν ἐστιν καὶ for the things in secret being done by them shameful ‘itis even λέγειν. 19 τὰ.δὲ πάντα ἐλεγχόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ φωτὸς φανεροῦ- to say. But allofthem being reproved by the light aremade mani- é ~ A 4 , ~ ται πᾶν γὰ τὸ φανερούμενον φῶς ἐστιν' 14 διὸ fest ; for *everything ‘that which *makes*manifest “light ‘is, Wherefore ͵ » « ,ὔ 4 / ~ λέγει, © Εγειραιϊ ὁ καθεύδων, καὶ ἀνάστα ἐκ τῶν he says, Arouse,, [thou] that sleepest, and riseup from among the Ώου ος SSE n— δὲ ΔΑ 1, « “ A“ - ο ἡμῖν US L. Ρ ὑμᾶς yOu TTrA. 4 ὑμῶν you a. τ ἀκαθαρσία πασα ΤΤΤτΑ, 8% Or L. τη or LT ἃ οὐκ ἀνῆκεν LTTrA wt ύ “s : με Ξὸ . ιστε γινωσκοντες ye are aware of, knowing GLTTraw, x 6 that LTTra. 7 συν- ΤΑ. ο ο hi ht G.TTraw. 8 συν- T. Ὁ κρυφῃ L. « Ἔγειρε GLTTrAW. | " V. EPHESIANS. ~ 4 4 ’ « ΄ ΄ τ νεκρῶν, καὶ ἐπιφαύσει σοι ὁ χριστός. 15 Βλέπετε οὖν dead, and shall shine upon thee the’ Christ. Take heed therefore πῶς ἀκριβῶς" περιπᾶτεῖτε, μὴ ὡς ἄσοφοι, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς σοφοί, how accurately ye walk, not as unwise, but as_ wise, 16 εξαγοραζόµενοι τὸν καιρόν, ὅτι at ἡμέραι πονηραί εἰσιν. ransoming the time, because the days Zevil 139, 17 διὰ τοῦτο μὴ.γίνεσθε ἄφρογες, ἀλλὰ «συνιέντεοὶ τί τὸ On this account be not foolish, but understanding what the θέλημα τοῦ κυρίου. 18 καὶ μὴ .μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ, ἐν ᾧ d ~ will of the Lord [is]. And be not drunk with wine, in which ῃ 2 , ? ι id ~ ? , ἐστιν ἀσωτια ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν πνεύματι, 19 λα- 15 dissoluteness; but be filled with [the] Spirit, speak- λοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς f ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ φδαῖς ἔπνευματι- ing to each other inpsalms and hymns and “songs 'spiritual, ~ eZ \ , ἕ ? α κα κε. ἢ «ἢ ~ ~ ΄ καῖς, GCOVTEC Kal ψάλλοντες μέν! ing καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν τῷ κυρίῳ, singing ayd praising with “heart ‘your tothe Lord; 20 εὐχαριστοῦντες πάντοτε ὑπὲρ πάντων ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ giving thanks atalltimes for allthings in [the] name κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρί" 21 ὑπο- of our Lord Jesus Christ to him who [is] God and Father, subinit- Τασσόµενοι ἀλλήλοις ἐν φόβῳ "θεοῦ." ting yourselves to one another ἴῃ [the] fear of God, 22 At γυναῖκες, τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν Ἰὑποτάπσεσθε,' ὡς τῷ Wives, toyourown husbands. submut yourselves, as to the Le Φ « m € Il > , 1 A ~ (4 e ‘ κυρίῳ" 23 Ότι οὶ ἀνὴρ ἐστιν κεφαλὴ τῆς γυναικός, ὡς καὶ Lord, for the husband is head of the wife, 48 also ὁ χριστὸς κεφαλὴ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, "καὶ! αὐτός ἐστιν! σωτὴρ the Christ fis] head ofthe assembly, and he is Saviour ~ ’ a D4 Parr’! αὦ are ἐκκὰ , « / ~ Tov σώματος 24 Pa WOTED 1) εκκλησια ὑποτάσσεται τῷ of the body, But evenas the assembly is subjected tothe χριστῷ, οὕτως καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες τοῖς "ἰδίοις" ἀνδράσιν ἐν παντί. Christ, so also wives totheirown husbands in everything. 25 Οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς .γυναϊκας ἑαυτῶν,! καθὼς καὶ ὁ Husbands, love your own wives, even as also the χριστὸς ἠγάπησεν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν ὑπὲρ Christ loved the assembly, and himself gave up for αὐτῆς 20 ἵνα αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ, καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ ΑΝ that it he mightsanctify, having cleansed [it] by the washing τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι, 27 ἵνα παραστήσῃ 'αὐτὴν" ἑαυτῷ of water by [πε] word, that he might present it to himself ἔνδοξον τὴν ἐκκλησίαν μὴ ἔχουσαν σπῖλον ἢ ῥυτίδα ἤ τι 3e¢lorious ‘the assembly, ποῦ having spot, or wrinkle, or any τῶν.τοιούτων, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος. 38 οὕτως of such things ; but that itmight be holy’ and blameless, So τὀφείλουσιν Ὁ οἱ ἄνδῥες" ἀγαπᾷν τὰς ἑαυτῶν. γυναῖκας we ought husbands to love their own wives as τὰ ἑαυτῶν σώματα ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα ἑαυτὸν their own bodies: hethat loves: bis own wife “himself ἀγαπᾷ' 29 οὐδεὶς γάρ ποτε τὴν.ἑαυτοῦ σάρκα ἐμίσησεν, "loves. For noone at any time his own flesh hated, { 509 give thee light. 15 See theu that ye walk cir- cumspectly, not as fools, but 5 wise, 16 redeeming the time, because the days are evil, 17 Wherefore be ye not unwise, but understanding what the will of the Lord is. 18 And be not drunk with wine, wherein is excess; but be filled with the Spi- rit; 19 speaking to yourselves in psalms and hymns and spiri- tualsongs, singing and making melody in your heart to the Lord; 20 giving thanks al- ways for all things unto God and the Fa- ther in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ; 21 submitting your- selves one to another in the fear of God. 22 Wives, -submit yourselves unto your own husbands, as unto the Lord. . 23 For the husband is the head of the wife, even as» Christ is the head of the church: and he is the saviour of the bo- dy. 24 Therefore as the church is subject unto Christ, so let the wives be tu their own husbands in every thing. 25 Husbands, love your wives, even as Christ also loved the church, and gave him- self for it; 26 that he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word, 27 that he might present it to bimself ἃ glorious church, not having spot, or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish, 28 So ought men to love their wives as their own bodies. He that loveth his wite loveth himself. 29 For no man ever yet hated his own flesh; but f + [ἐν] LA. ἃ ἀκριβῶς πῶς τ. © συνίετε understand LTTrA. i ταῖς καρδίαις hearts L, h — ἐν (read with your heart) 7[Tra]. GLTTraw. - submit themselves) urr. © — ἐστιν LITrAW. Ρ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. | LTTra. 5 — ἑαυτῶν (read the wives) LTTrA. GLITrAW. τ καὶ (also) οἱ ἄνδρες ὀφείλουσιν LW. m -— ὁ (vead a husband) GLTTraw. 4 ὡς 38 LITrA. 8 [πνευματικαῖς] LA. k χριστοῦ of Christ 1 — . ὑποτάσσεσθε ΤΑ; ὑποτασσέσθωσαν (iead to their own husbands let them 2 — καὶ GLTTrAW. ® — ἰδίοις, (γεαα to the husbands) t αὐτὸς (read he might himself present) WwW + καὶ also Tra, 510 nourisheth and che- rishcth it, even as the Lord the church: 30 for we are members of his beady, of his flesh, and of his’ bones, 31 For this cause shall aman leave his father and mother, and shall be joined unto his wife, and they two shall be one flesh. 32 This is agreat mys- tery : but I speak con- cerning Christ and the church, 33 Neverthe- less let every one of es in particular so ove his wife even as himself; and the wife see that she reverence her husband, VI. Children, obey your parenis in the Lord: for this is right. 2 Honour thy father and mother ; which is the first commandment with promise; 3 that it may be well with thee, and thou maycst live long on the earth. 4 And, ye fathers, pro- yoke not your chil- dren to wrath: but bring them up in the nurture and admoni- tion of the Lord, 5 Servants, be obedi- ent to them that are your masters accord- ing to the flesh, with fear and trembling, in singleness of your heart, as unto Christ; 6 not with eyeservice, as menpleasers; but as the servants of Christ, doing the will of God from the heart; 7 with good will doing service, as to the Lord, and not to men: 8 knowing that whatsoever good thing any man doeth, the same shall he re- ceive of the Lord,whe- ther he be bond or free. 9 And, ye mas- ters, do the same προς οφ, ΕΗ , ’ ‘ ΄ ΄ A ἀλλ’! ἐκτρέφει καὶ θάλπει αὐτήν, καθὼς καὶ ὁ Σκύριος' τὴν but nourishes and cherishes it, even as also the Lord the Π od , \ ~ ΄ μα ; ἢ ἐκκλησίαν. 80 ὅτι μέλη ἐσμὲν τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, Τεκ τῆς assembly : for members we are of his body, of σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν. ὀστέων. αὐποῦ.! 81 ᾿Αντὶ τούτου his tiesh, and of his bones. Beeause of this λεί 7νθ Ae asl : ba—ov!! ete x καταλειψει AVUPWTOC TOV πατερα αυτου" και “THY µητερα, Sshall *leave απ, “man ®father Shis and mother Η 7 ‘ ~ τ - ᾽ καὶ προσκολληθήσεται πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα! “αὐτοῦ," "καὶ ἔσον- and shall be joined to 2wife this, “ and “shall ε -α / ᾽ ΄ [ή 4 ~ ται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν. 82 Τὸ μυστήριον. τοῦτο μέγα ἐστίν" 406. 1the?two for flesh ‘one. ' This mystery ' 2great 25, ἐγὼ.δὲ λέγω εἰς χριστὸν καὶ feic' τὴν ἐκκλησίαν. 88 πλὴν but I speak asto Christ and as to the assembly. However ‘ « ~ ε »Σε/ f A ~ ~ καὶ ὑμεῖς οἱ καθ ἕνα, ἕκαστος τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγα- also ye everyone, “each *his °own’ Swife 7390 Net πάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν: ἡ. δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τὸν ἄνδρα. 3love as himself; andthe wife that she may fear the husband, ’ « ’ ~ ων ~ ϐ Ta τέκνα, ὑπακούετε τοῖς γονεῦσιν.ὑμῶν Fev κυρίῳ" Children, obey your parents in {the} Lord, τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν δίκαιον. 2 Τίμα τὸν. πατέρα.σου καὶ τὴν for this is just. Honour thy father and / Ὁ er ? \ ? \ , / 2 μητέρα" ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐντολὴ πρώτη ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ" 8 ἵνα mother, which is *commandment 'the *first with a promise, that ~ ΄ ~ ΄ μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου, ἐν ἁπλότητι τῆς" καρδίας. ὑμῶν, ὡς with fear and trembling, in simplicity of your heart, as ~ ~, \ ? ? 9 , 5 ὲ τῷ χριστῷ" 6 μὴ κατ Κὐφθαλμοδουλείαν! ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι, tothe Christ; not with eye-service as men-pleasers ; ? ay ε ~ 1 σαὶ ~ ~ ‘ ~ ~ ἀλλ᾽ ὡς δοῦλοι ἱτοῦ" χριστοῦ, ποιοῦντες τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ but as bondmen ofthe Christ, doing the will of God a] ~ ? ? / - Γ a7 ἐκ ψυχῆς, 7 per εὐνοίας δουλεύοντες ' τῷ κυρίῳ καὶ from [the] soul, with goodwill doing service tothe Lord and ? 2 , ΣΟ. εν , οὐκ ἀνθρώποις" 8 εἰδότες ὅτι "ὃ. ἐάν.τι ἕκαστος) ποιήσῃ ποῦ to men ; knowing that whatsoever “each ?may *have *done ? , ~ ~ A ~ ot ” ~ ἀγαθόν, τοῦτο “κομιεῖται! παρὰ Prov' κυρίου, εἴτε δοῦλος “good, this he shall receive from the Lord, whether bondman » ? / \ ε , εἴτε ἐλεύθερος. 9 Kai οἱ κύριοι, τὰ.αὐτὰ ποιεῖτε πρὸς or free, And masters, the same things do towards > / > [ή A / αὐτούς, ἀνιέντες τὴν ἀπειλήν" εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ «ὑμῶν αὐτῶν things unto them,for- them ivi i i nee ο ος ΝΣ Silas up κ gi ώς ποσα that also your own knowing that. your 0 κυριός ἐστιν εν οὐρανοῖς, καὶ Ιπροσωποληψίαϊ οὐκ.έστιν aster also is in hea- master is i h ave 5 i en ος is thet ae n [the] heavens, and respect of persons there is not respect of persons with παρ GUT@. him. | ! with him, χ ἀλλὰ Se κ᾿ χριστὸς Christ GLITrAW. ὅ — ἐκ τῆς to end of verse LTTr[A}]. 3 — τὸν Lr. — αὐτοῦ LTTrA. ¢ — τὴν LTvA. ἃ τῇ γυναικὶ to the wife trtr. “ — αὐτοῦ T. [εις] La. ἢ - ἐν κυρίῳ L[TrA]. ἃ κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις LTTr. ἱ- τῆς τ. * ὀφθαλμο- δουλίαν Τ. — τοῦ the LTTraw. τι + ὡς aS GLITrAW. η ἕκαστος ὃ (— ὃ (read if any- thing) TA) ἐάν (ἂν Tr) τι (--- τι 1} LTTraw. GLITrAW. ᾳ αὐτῶν καὶ ὑμῶν ὃ οἵ them and of you the LiTraw, ο κοµίσεται LTTrA. Ρ --- τοῦ (red [the]) Σ προσωπολημψία LITrA, VI. EPHESIANS. 10 "Τὸ λοιπόν," "ἀδελφοί μου," ἐνδυναμοῦσθε ἐν For the rest, my brethren, be empowered καὶ ἐν τῷ κράτει τῆς ἰσχύος αὐτοῦ. and in the might of his strength. οπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι ὑμᾶς στῆναι πρὸς τὰς oply of God, for 2to *be table oes ε to stand egainst the μεθοδείας" τοῦ διαβόλου’ 12 ὅτι οὐκ έστιν τἡμῖν" ἡ πάλη artifices ofthe devil: because “is “πού Sto°us ‘the ?wrestling πρὸς αἷμα καὶ σάρκα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὰς ἀρχάς, πρὸς τὰς against blood απᾶ flesh, but against prnaipaliven against ἐξουσίας, πρὸς τοὺς κοσμοκράτορας τοῦ σκότους ὕτοῦ αἰῶνος" authorities, against the world-rulers of the darkness of “age Στούτευ,' πρὸς τὰ πνευματικὰ κυρίῳ, in [{Π6] Lord, 11 ἐνδύσασθε τὴν παν- Put on the pan- this, against the spiritual [powers] of wickednessin the hea- ρανίοις. 13 διὰ τοῦτο ἀναλάβετε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ θεοῦ, τρ Because of this take ae the panoply of God, ἵνα δυνηθῆτε ἀντιστῆναι ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Τῇ πονηρᾷ. καὶ ἅπαντα that ye many be able to withstand in the evil, and allthings κατεργασάμενοι στῆναι. 14 στῆτε οὖν περιζωσάμεγοι τὴν having worked out to stand. Stand-thercfore, having girt about ὀσφὺν ὑμῶν ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ ἐνδυσάμενοι τὸν θώρακα τῆς your loins with truth, and having puton the _ breastplate δικαιοσύνης, 15 καὶ ὑποδηαάμενοι τοὺς πόδας ἐν éTOL- of righteousness, and having shod the feet with([the] pre- µασίᾳ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου τῆς εἰρήνης' 16 5ἐπὶ! πᾶσιν ἀναλα- paration of the glad tidings of peace: besides all having βόντες τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως, ἐν δυνήσεσθε πάντα, takenup the shield of faith, - with which ye will be able all τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ ὑτὰϊ πεπυρωμένα σβέσαι: 17 καὶ the *darts “of *the *wicked Sone *burning to μας Also τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε, καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν the helmet of saivation receive, and the sword τοῦ πνεύματος, Ὁ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ" 18 διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς of the . Spirit, which is ?word 'God’s; by all prayer καὶ δεήσεως προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐν πνεύματι, and supplication praying in every season inf[the) Spirit, καὶ εἰς αὐτὸ “τοῦτο" ἀγρυπνοῦντες ἐν πάσῃ προσκαρτερήσει and unto this very thing watching with all perseveran?ée καὶ δεήσει περὶ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων, 19 Kai ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ. ἵνα and supplication for all saints ; and for me _ that μοι ἀδοθείη λόγος ἐν ἀνοίξει τοῦ.στόματός.μου ἐν tome may be given utterance in [the] opening of my mouth’ ‘with παῤῥησίᾳ, γνωρίσαι τὸ μυστήριον “τοῦ εὐαγγελίου," 90 ὑ ὑπὲρ boldness tomake known the maestery of the gla σε, οὗ πρεσβεύω ἐν ἁλύσει, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῷ παῤῥησιάσωμαι which Iam anambassador in achain, that in it I may be bold ὡς δεῖ ε λαλῆσαι. as it behoves me_ tospeak. 21 Ἵνα.δὲ [εἰδῆτε καὶ ὑμεῖς" But ὑμαῦ, ὅπιαγ *know also tye the things coneemning me, ΄ J. πρασσω, πάντα Εὐμῖν yvwpice' Tuy lam doing, all things toyou willmake known Tyc τί what Koc ὁ ἀγαπητὸς isus the beloved ‘ ? LA Td, κατ ἔμε, δι 10 Finally, my bre- thren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might. 11 Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be ablé to stand against the wiles of the devil. 12 For we _ wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the dark- ness of this world, a- gainst spiritual wick- edness in high places. τῆς πονηρίας ἐν τοῖς ἐπου- Ν18 Wherefore take un- to you the whole ar- mour of God, that ye may be able to with- stand in the evil day, and having done all, to stand. 14 Stand therefore, having your lgins girt about with truth, and having on the breastplate of righteousness; 15 and your feet shod with the preparation of the gospel of peace; 16 a- bove all, taking the shield of faith, where- with ye shall be able to quench all the fiery darts of the wicked. 17 And take the helmet of salvation, and the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God: 18 praying al- ways with all prayer and supplication in the Spirit, and watch- ing thereunto with all perseverance and supplication for all saints ; 19 and for me, that utterance may be given unto me, that I may open my mouth boldly, tomake known the mystery of the gospel, 20 for which I am an ambas- sador in bonds: that therein I may speak boldly, as I ought to speak, Rel But that ye also y know my affairs, roe how I do, Tychi- cus, 8 beloved brother t τοῦ λοιποῦ LTTrA. — ἀδελφοί µου LTTrA. ¥ — τοῦ αἰῶνος (read of this darkness) GLTTraAW. fn LYTr, > — τὰ L[Tra]. γελίου] Le ν᾿ µεθοδίας T. — τοῦτο very thing LTTrA. { καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰδῆτε LTTr, 8&8 γνωρίσει ὑμῖν LTTr. * — τούτου (eud of darkness) w. 4 δοθῇ GLITrAW. x ὑμῖν to you Ik 8 ἐν 6 [τοῦ εὔαγ. 512 and faithful minister in the Lord. shall make known to you all things: 22 whom [I have sent unto yoy for the same purpose, that ye might know our affairs, and that 1ο might comfort ycur hearts, 23 Peace be to the brethren, and _ love with faith, from God the Father and the Lord Jesus. Christ. 24 Grace be with all them that love our Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity. Amen, Προς @TAIT WAST OY &. 1, νι 4 5) / ᾽ / > « ἀδελφὸς καὶ πιστὸς διάκονος ἐν κυρίῳ, 22 ὃν ἔπεμψα brother and faithful servant in [the] Lord; whom Isent ‘ ~ ’ ‘ ~ { ~ πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ἵνα γνῶτε τὰ περὶ to for this very thing, that ye might know the things concerning you ἡμῶν καὶ παρακαλέσῃ τὰς.καρδίας ὑμῶν. us and he might encourage your hearts. 23 Εἰρήνη τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς καὶ ἀγάπη μετὰ πίστεως ἀπὸ Peace tothe brethren, and love with faith from θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. 24 Ἡ. χάρις μετὰ God [the] Father and Lord Jesus Christ. Grace with πάντων τῶν ἀγαπώντων τὸν.κύριον.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν 811 those that love our Lord | Jesus Christ 3 7 / ἢ > / ᾿ ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ.. "ἀμὴν. in incorruption. Amen, ΠΠρὺς Ἐφεσίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, διὰ Τυχικοῦ." To [the] Ephesians written from Rome, by Tychicus, ΚῊ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΦΙΛΙΠΠΗΣΙΟΥΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ.Ι ΤΗΕ PAUL απᾶ Timotheus, the servants of Jesus Christ, to all the saints in Christ Jesus which are at Philippi, with the bishops and dea- cons: 2 Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and Jrom the Lord Jesus Christ. 3 I thank my God upon every remem- brance of you, 4al- ways in every prayer of mine for you all making request with joy, 5 for your fellow- ship in the gospel from the first day until now; 6 being confident of this very thing, that he which hath be- gun a good work in you: will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ : 7 even as it is Meet for me to think this of you all, be- cause 1 have you inmy heart; inasmuch as both in my bonds, and in the defence and confirmation of the gospel, ye all are par- takers of my grace,, 8 For God is my re- “πο ΞΤΗΕ *PHILIPPIANS *EPISTLE. ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ καὶ Τιμόθεος δοῦλοι Ι]ησοῦ χριστοῦ," πᾶσιν τοῖς ~ Paul and Timotheus, bondmen of Jesus Christ, toall the ἁγίοις ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῖς αὖσιν ἐν Φιλίπποις, σὺν saints in Christ Jesus who are in Philippi, with (the] ἐπισκόποις καὶ διακόνοις 2 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ- εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ overseers and those wkoserve. ‘ Grace toyou and peace from God πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίου ™ Inoov χριστοῦ." our Father and ({the] Lord Jesus Christ. 9 Εὐχαριστῶ τῷ-θεῷ.-μου ἐπὶ πάσῃ.τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν, [ thank my God on the whole remembrance of you, 4 πάντοτε ἐν πάσῃ δεήσει µου ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν μετὰ always in every “supplication ‘my for “all τοι with χαρᾶς τὴν δέησιν ποιούμενος, 5 ἐπὶ τῇ.κοινωνίᾳ.ὑμῶν εἰς joy “supplication ‘making, for your fellowship in τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἀπὸλ πρώτης ἡμέρας ἄχρι τοῦ νῦν" 6 πε- the gladtidings, from [the] first day until now ; being ποιθὼς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅτι ὁ ἐναρξάμενος ἐν ὑμῖν ἔργον persuaded of this very thing, that he who began in you a “work ἀγαθόν ἐπιτελέσει °axprc' ἡμέρας ]ησοῦ χριστοῦ" 1σοοᾶ will complete [1] until [the] day of Jesus Christ :. 7 καθώς ἐστιν δίκαιον ἐμοὶ τοῦτο φρονεῖν ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν, _ as itis righteous forme this tothink as to “all you, διὰ τὸ ἔχειν µε ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμᾶς, ἔν.τε τοῖς δεσμοῖς-μου because *have “me 4in *the Sheart tye, both in my bonds καὶ Ῥ τῇ ἀπολογίᾳ καὶ βεβαιώσει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, «συγ- and inthe defence and confirmation of the glad tidings, felluw- κοινωνούς" µου.τῆς.χάριτος πάντας ὑμᾶς ὄντας. 8 µάρτυς.γάρ partakers of my grace a ye are, For *witness. h— ἀμήν GLTTrA. i — the subscription GLTW; Πρὸς Ἐφεσίους TrA. K + Παύλου τοῦ ᾽᾿Αποστόλου of Paul the Apostle E; + Παύλου G; --τοὺς FA* Πρὺς Φιλιππησίους LTTrAW. ο ἄχρι LTA, the ΕΤΤΙΑ. Ι χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw. ο χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ WwW. ἢ AW. We “των P + ev in (read τῇ the) [Π]τΊγανν. 4 συν- T. Ἰ PAA LIP PT ANS, ~ ς , ~ 3 µου Σἐστὶν! ὁ θεός, ὡς ἐπιποθῶ πάντας ὑμᾶς ἐν - σπλάγ- ‘my 7is 1God, how I long after all tyou in([the] bowels ~ ~ A ~ ’ / « χνοις "Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ." 9 καὶ τοῦτο προσεύχομαι, ἵνα ἡ ἀγάπη of Jesus Christ, And this I pray, that “love « ~ ” ~ 4 ~ t / tl ae 3 ’ ‘ ὑμῶν ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ μᾶλλον ἱπερισσεύῃ" ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ Ίγοιτ yet more and more may abound in knowledge and [ή ? ΄ ? κ᾿ , « ~ ἌΝ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει, 10 εἰς τὸ δοκιμάζειν ὑμᾶς τὰ δια- all intelligence, for *to Sapprove tyou thethingsthat are ~ ‘ , εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοποι εἰς ἡμέραν pure and without offence for [the] day χοιστοῦ, 11 πεπληρωμένοι καρπῶν" δικαιοσύνης ὕτῶν" of Christ, being filled with fruits of righteousness which [are] διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον θεοῦ. by Jesus Christ, to “glory and ‘praise 14983, 12 Γινώσκειν.δὲ ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, ἀδελφοί, ὅτι But*to°*know you ἾἿ 3ψϊ5α, ἦτε that ye may be φέροντα, ἵνα excellent, τὰ κατ᾽ brethren, that the (Πίπας concerning 3 ‘ ~ ᾿ 4 er > , > / ὦ ἐμὲ μᾶλλον εἰς προκοπὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ἐλήλυθεν me rather to [the] advancement of the glad tidings have turned out, {4 4 bY , Ξ 4 5 ~ / 13 ὥστε τοὺς δεσµούς.µου φανεροὺς ἐν χριστῷ γενέσθαι so as ®Christ ‘to “have *become ὅλῳ τῷ πραιτωρίῳ καὶ τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν' 14 Kai τοὺς my bonds *manifest in ? εν in *whole ‘the pretorium and ἕο 89 rest all; and the πλείονας τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἐν κυρίῳ πεποιθότας τοῖς δεσμοῖς most of the brethren in [the] *Lord trusting by *bonds µου περισσοτέρως τολμᾷν ἀφόβως τὸν λόγον “λαλεῖν. 15 Τινὲς ‘my *more*abundautiy “dare fearlessly *the ®°word δἱο speak. Some μὲν καὶ διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν, τινὲς.δὲ καὶ δι εὐδοκίαν τὸν indeed even from envy and strife, but some also from good-will the χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν. 16 οἱ μὲν Y2E ἐριθείας *rdv' χριστὸν Christ are proclaiming, Those indced out of contention the Christ ’ ? ς ~ »/ ΄ a? [ή | καταγγέλλουσιν οὐχ ἁγνῶς, οἰόμενοι θλίψιν ἐπιφέρειν are announcing, not purely, supposing tribulation — to add Toic.ceopoicuou"" 17 οἱ δὲ Σἐξ ἀγάπης, εἰδότες ὅτι εἰς ἀπο- to my bonds, but these out of love, knowing that for de- λογίαν rou εὐαγγελίου κεῖμαι." 13 τί, γάρ; πλὴν © παντὶ fence of the gladtidings I am set. What then? nevertheless in every τρόπῳ, εἴτε προφάσει εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται’ way, whether in pretext ον in truth, Christ is announced ; καὶ ἐν τούτῳ χαίρω, ἀλλὰ καὶ χαρήσοµαι. 19 οἶδα.γὰρ ὅτι and in this’ Irejoice, yea, also I will rejoice: for lknow that τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν δεήσεως, this for me shallturnout ἴο salvation through your supplication, καὶ ἐπιχόρηγίας τοῦ πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, 20 κατὰ and [the] supply of the Spirit of Jesus ‘Christ: according to τὴν ἀποκαραδοκίαν καὶ ἐλπίδα µου, ὅτι ἐν οὐδενὶ αἰσχυνθή- 3ρατηεςῦ “expectation *and ‘hope my, that in nothing I shall be σοµαι, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν πάσῃ παῤῥησίᾳ, ὡς πάντοτε, καὶ νῦν µεγα- ashamed, but in all boldness, as always, also néw_ shall be λυνθήσεται χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί.μου εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ magnified Christ in my body whether by life or by θανάτου. 21 Ἐμοὶ.γὰρ τὸ ζῆν χριστός, καὶ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν death. For to me to live [is] Christ, and to die r ἐστὶν (read [is]) [τι]τττΑ. 5 χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ GLTTraw. mov (with) fruit αΙΤΊΤΑΥΥ. ™ tov (read which {is]) G[ujrtraw. Υ verses 16 and 17 transposed, except οἱ μὲν and ot δὲ GLITraw. to arouse LTTrAW. b + ὅτι that (read πλὴν except) LETrA. . body, Γπερισσεύσῃ 1. Χ + τοῦ θεοῦ of God ΙΤτΤιΑ. [τὸν] Lire. 618 cord, bow greatly I long after you all in the bowels of Jesus Christ. 9 And this I pray, that your love may abound yet more and more in know- ledge and in all judg- ment; 10 that ye may approve things that are excellent ; that ye may be sincere and without offence till the day of Christ; 11 being filled with the fruits of right- eousness, which are by Jesus Christ, unto the glory and praise of God. 12 But I would ye should understand, brethren, that the things which happencd unto me have fallen out rather unto the furtherance of the gos- pel; 13 so that my bonds in Christ are manifest in all the pa- lace, and in all other places; 14 and many of the brethren in the Lord, waxing confi- dent by my bonds, are much more bold to speak the word without fear. 15 Some indeed preach Christ even of envy and strife; and some also of good will: 16 the one preach Christ of contention, not sincerely, suppos- ing to add affliction to my bonds: 17 but the other of love, knowing that I am set for the defence of the go-vel. 18 What then? not- withstanding, every way, whether in pre- tence, or in truth, Christ is preached ; and I therein do re- joice, yea, and will re- joice. 19 For I know that this shall turn to my salvation through your prayer, and the supply of the Spirit of Jesus Christ, 20 ac- cording to my carnest expectation and my hope, that in nothing I shall be ashamed, but thatwith all bold- ness, as always, 80 now also Christ shall be magnified in my whether it .be by life,»or by death. 21 For to me to live #3 Christ, and to die is * Kap- > ΄ 8 εγειρειν LL 514 gain. 22 But if I live in the flesh, this 15 the frnit of my labour: yet what'I shall choose Ἷ wot not. 23 Forlam in a strait betwixt two, having a desire to depart, and to be with Christ ; which is far better: 24 never- theless to abide in the flesh is more needful for you. 25And hay- ing this confidence, I know that I shall a- bide απᾶ continue with you all for your furtherance and joy of faith; 26 that your rejoicing may be more abundant in Jesus Christ for me by my coming to you again. 27 Only Jet your con- versation be as it. be- cometh the gospel of Christ : that whether I come and see you, or else be absent, I may hear of your af- fairs. that ye stand fast in one spirit, with one mind striving to- gether for the faith of the gospel; 28 and in nothing terrified by your adversaries, which is to thew an evident token of per- dition, but to you of salvation, and that of God. 29 For unto you itis given in the behalf of Christ, not only’ to helicve on him, but also to suffer for his sake; 30 hav- ing the same conflict which ye saw in me, and now hear to ve in me, ΤΙ. If there be there- fore any consolation in Christ, if any com- fort of love, if any fellowship of the Spi- rit, if anyxbowels and mercies, 2 fulfil ye my joy, that ye be like- minded, having the same love, being of one accord, of one mind, 3 Let nothing be done through strife or vain- MTlPOS ΦΙΛΙΠΠΗΣΙΟΥΣ. 1, κέρδος. 22 εἰ δὲ τὸ ζῇν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτό por καρπὸς ἔργου" gain ; butif ° tolive in flesh, this for me[is] fryit of labours: καὶ «τί αἱρήσομαι οὐ.γνωρίζω" 39 συνέχομαι “γὰρ' ἐκ τῶν and what Τ ελα]] «Ἀοοδο I know not. 31 5am ‘pressed ‘for ‘by’ the δύο, τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἔχων εἰς τὸ ἀναλῦσαι, καὶ σὺν χριστῷ two, “the 3desire ‘having for to depart, and with Christ εἶναι, πολλφα μᾶλλον κρεῖσσον" 24 τὸ. δὲ ἐπιμένειν Pv! to be, [for it is] very much better ; but toremain, in τῇ σαρκὶ ἀναγκαϊότερον δι ὑμᾶς' 396 καὶ τοῦτο the flesh [is] more necessary forthesakeof you; and this ᾽πεποιθὼς οἶδα ὅτι μενῶ καὶ Ἰσυμπαραμενῶὶ πᾶσιν 3411 ὑμῖν εἰς τὴν. ὑμῶν προκόπὴν καὶ χαρὰν τῆς πίστεως, 26 ἵνα ππους. ΟΣ your advancement and joy of faith ; that ~ ~ ? ~ τὸ καύχημα. ὑμῶν περισσεύῃ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ διὰ your boasting may abound in Christ Jesus in me through τῆς ἐμῆο παρουσίας πάλιν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. 27 Μόνον ἀξίως τοῦ my presence again with you. Only worthily of the ᾽ / ~ ~ , - ” 3 ‘ 4 εὐαγγελίου τοῦ χριστοῦ πολιτεύεσθε, ἵνα εἴτε ἐλθὼν καὶ glad tidings of the Christ conduct yourselves, that whether having come and ἰδὼν ὑμᾶς, εἴτε ἀπὼν B8aKxotow' τὰ περὶ ὑμῶν, having 6οση you, or being absent I might hear the things concerning τοι, ὅτι στήκετε ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες that ye stand fast in one spirit, with one soul striving together “τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 28 καὶ μὴ πτυρόµενοι "ἐν µη- with the faith of the glad {ἱάΐπρς; and being frightenedin no- devi ὑπὸ τῶν ἀντικειμένων" ἥτις Mabroic μέν ἐστιν' ἔν- thing by those who Oppose ; which tothem is a demon- Gakic ἀπωλείας, ἰὑμῖν"! δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ θεοῦ" being persuaded of, I know that I shall abide and continue with stration of destruction, Στο *tyou ‘but of salvation, aud this from God; ια ε - 3 ΄ ‘ \ ~ eee 29 ὅτι. ὑμῖν ἐχαοίσθη τὸ ὑπὲρ χοιστοῦ, οὐ μόνον τὸ because to you it was granted concerning Christ, not only εἰς αὐτὸν πιστεύειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πάσχειν" ὅρω ‘*him ‘to “believe, but 8150 ’ concerning him to sutfer, 80 τὸν αὖ \ 2 » y ” = , kid fie 2 ? , ‘ ~ TOV αγωνα EXOVTEC O10) LOETE EV EMOL, και νυν the same conflict having suchas yesaw in me, and now 7 / ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί. hearof in me. ” ᾿ ~ Q Ei τις οὖν παράκλησις ἐν χριστῷ, εἴ τι παρα- If *any ‘then encouragement [there be] in Christ, if any conso- / > ig ” / , id µύθιον ἀγάπης, εἴ τις κοινωνία πνεύματος, εἴ Ίτινα" σπλάγ- lation otlove, if any fellowship of [the] Spirit, if any bowels Ν Φ.Α ΄ , 3 χνα Kai οἰκτιρμοί, 2 πληρώσατέ µου τὴν χαράν, ἵνα and compassions, fulfil my joy, that τὸ. αὐτὸ φρονῆτε, τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγάπην ἔχοντες, σύμψυχοι," ye may beof thesame mind, ΤΠ same love having, joined in soul, τὸ ἕν φρονοῦντες" 3 μηδὲν "xara" ἐριθείαν °F" κενο- the one thing minding— nothing according to contention or vain- glory; but in low- ι ᾽ 5 ἐν : Ά i lines’ of mind let δοξίαν, ἀλλὰ τῇ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ ἀλλήλους ἡγούμενοι ὑπερ- each esteem other bet- glory, but in humility one another esteeming ae ter fhan themselves. Ἅ τὰ Ἶ 5 Ἐ ᾿ 4 Look not every man EXOVTAC EAUTWY, 4 μὴ τα ἑαυτῶν Ρξκαστος! on hisown things, but bove themselves, “not ‘the ‘things ‘of 7themselves Seach ο δὲ but GuTTraw. 4 + γὰρ for EGLTTrAW. © — ἐν (read τῇ in the) T. f mapa- μενῶ oontinue (read πᾶσιν with all) LrTra. i ὑμῶν (read but of your salvation) LITT: AW. 5 κατ᾽ ΤΤΙΑΥΥ, ό μηδὲ κατὰ ΠΟΥ uccording to Lira, 3 ΄ .Ἑ ακουω LTTr. ΠΕΣ ἃ ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW. εἴδετε LTTrAW. ᾿ Στις GLTTra. ἴω συν- Τ. P εκαστοι LTTrA, If. PHILIPPIANS. ασκοπεῖτε,! ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ 4consider, but “also *the “things δ5οξ °others γὰρ φρονείσθω! ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ καὶ ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ, “for ‘let πιϊπᾶ be in you whichalso in Christ Jesus [was]; ἐν μορφῃ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων, οὐχ ἁρπαγμὺν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι in [the} form ofGod subsisting, “not *rapine ‘esteemed 7it to be εἶσα" θεῷ, 7 "ἀλλ᾽" ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν, μορφὴν δούλου equal with God; but “himself ‘emptied, "form Sa Sbondman’s λαβών, ἐν ὁμοιώματι ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος" ὃ Kai σχή- Shaving *taken, in [the] likeness of men having become; and in ματι εὑρεθεὶς ὡς ἄνθρωπος, ἐταπείνωσεν ἑαυτόν, γενό- figure having been found as aman, he humbled b'mself, having μενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θανάτου, θανάτου.δὲ σταυροῦ. 9 διὸ become obedient unto death, even death of [thej cross. Wherefore καὶ ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸν ὑπερύψωσεν Kai ἐχαρίσατο αὐτῷ ἡ ὄνομα also God him highly exalted and granted ‘tohim aname τὸ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα" 10 ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ πᾶν which [is] above every’ name, that at the name of Jesus every γόνυ Kappy ἐπουρανίων καὶ ἐπιγείων καὶ καταχθονίων" knee should bow of [beings] in heaven and onearth and under the earth, 1] καὶ πᾶσα γλῶσσα Σἐξομολογήσηται! ore κύριος Ἰησοῦς ἑτέρων τἕκαστος." 5 Τοῦτο teach. *This 6 ὃς who, and every tongue should confess that [315] *Lord 1Jesus χριστὸς εἰς. δόξαν θεοῦ πατρός. 2Christ to [the] glory of God [the] Father. 12 “Qore, ἀγαπητοί μου, καθὼς πάντοτε ὑπηκούσατε, μὴ So that, my beloved, evenas always ye obeyed, not 2, ~ aes) ΄ 2 4 ~ ~ ~ 3 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ.µου µόνον, ἀλλὰ νῦν πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐν in my presence only, but now much rather in τῇ.ἀπουσίᾳ.µου, μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν my ΘΌΞΘΠΟΒ,' with fear .and trembling your own ἡ salvation κατεργάζεσθε' 13 Υὁ".θεὸς. γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ἐνεργῶν ἐν ὑμῖν καὶ τὸ work out, for God itis who works in you both θέλειν καὶ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν ὑπὲρ. τῆς εὐδοκίας. 14 πάντα το will and to work according to [his] good pleasure. 2411 %things ποιεῖτε χωρὶς γογγυσμῶν καὶ διαλογισμῶν, 15 ἵνα "γένησθεϊ 14ο apart from murmurings and reasonings, *that ye may be, ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι, τέκνα θεοῦ *aywpunra' ivy μέσῳ!" faultless and simple, children of God unblamable_ in [the] midst γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραµµένης, ἐν οἷς φαίνεσθε ὡς οὗ ageneration crooked and perverted ; among whom yeappear as φωστῆρες ἐν κόσμῳ, 16 λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες, εἰς καύχημα luminaries in [the] world, [πε] word οἵ 149 holding forth, for a boast ἐμοὶ εἰς ἡμέραν χριστοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον οὐδὲ εἰς tome in *day *Christ’s, that not in vain Iran, nor in κενὸν ἐκοπίασα. 17 ἀλλ” εἰ καὶ σπένδοµαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ vain laboured. But if also Iam poured out on. the sacrifice and λειτουργίᾳ τῆς. πίστεως ὑμῶν, χαίρω καὶ ἀσυγχαίρω" πᾶσιν ministration of your faith, Irejoice, and rejoice with all ὑμῖν' 18 τὸ.«δ αὐτὸ καὶ ὑμεῖς χαίρετε καὶ “ovyyaioeré" μοι. ὡς 85 you. And iu the Same also “ye ‘rejoice and rejoice with me. 19 Ἐλπίζω.δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ! ᾿Ιηαοῦ Τιμόθεον ταχέως πέμψαι ButIhope in([the] Lord Jesus *Timotheus 4s00n ‘to “send 515 every man also on the things of others. 5 Let this mind be in yon, which was also in Christ Jesus: 6 who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God: 7 but made himself of no repnta- tion, and took upon him the form of ¢a servant,and wasmade in the likeness of men: 8 and being found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, and became obedient unto death, even the death of the cross. 9 Where- fore God also hath highly exalted him, and given him a name which is above every name: 10 that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; ll .and that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father. 12 Wherefore, my beloved, as ye have always obeyed, not as in my presence only, but now much more in my absence, work out your own salvation with fear and, trem- bling. 13 For it is God which worketh in you both to will and to do of his good pleasure. 14 Do all things with- out murmurings and disputings : 15 that ye may be blameless and harmless, the sons of God, without rebuke, in the midst of a crooked and perverse nation, among whom ye shine ‘as lights in the world ; 16 holding forth the word of life ; that I may rejoice in ‘the day of Christ, that I have not run in vain, neither laboured in vain. 17 Yea, and if I be offered upon the sacrifice and service of your faith, I joy, and rejoice with you all. 18 For the same cause also do ye joy, and re- joice with me, 19 But I trust in. the Lord Jesus to send Timo- theus shortly unto τ ἕκαστοι GLTTrAW. w + τὸ the (name) LTTr[A]w. 1 ῆτε L, 4 ἄμωμα LTTrA. a συν- νι e δὲ ΤΊΣ. 4 σκοποῦντες considering GLTTraw. tiga LTAW. ν ἀλλὰ LITrAW. shall confess TAW. Σ — ὃ LTTraw. midst LTTraw. © ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. Γ χριστῷ 5 φρονεῖτε (omit for) UTTra. κ ἐξομολογήσεται "Ὁ μέσον [in the] Christ 1, 116 rou, that T also may ve of .good comfort, when 1 know your state, 20 For I have no man likeminded, who will naturally care for your state. 21 For all seck their own, not the things which are Jesus Christ’s. 22 But ye know the proof of hin, thai, as a son withthe father, he hath served with me in the gospel. 23 Him therefore I hope to send presently, so soon as 1 shall see how it will go with me, 24 But Τ trust in the Lord that I also myself shall come shortly. 25 Yet I sup- poscd it necessary to send to you Epaphro- ditus, my brother, and companion in labour, and fellowsoldicr, but your messenger, and he that ministered to my wants. 26 For ho longed after you all, and was full of heavi- ness. because that ye had heard that he had been sick, 27 For in- decd he was sick nigh unto death: but God had mercy on him ; and not on him only, but on me also, lest I should have sorrow up- on sorrow. 23 I scent him therefore the more ecurefully, that, when ye see him again, ye may rejoice, andthat I may be the less sorrow- ful. 29 Receive him therefore in the Lord with allgladness ; and hold such in reputa- tion: 30 because for the work of Christ he Was nigh ἀπο death, not regarding his life, to supply rour lack of service toward me, Hi.) Binally;. my brethren, rejoice in the Lord. To write the same things to you, to mie indee:l 8 not griev- ous, but for you it is safe. 2 Beware of dogs, beware of evil workers, beware of the concision. 3 For weare the circumcision, which Worship Goi in the spirit, and rejoice in Christ Jesus. and have no confidence in the fiesh. 4 Though I might also have confidence in προ StATHOHStOY S. I], 1f. ~ , 3 ~ τὰ ‘ ὑμῖν, ἵνα κἀγὼ εὐψυχῶ, γνοὺς τὰ περὶ to you, that 1 85ο may be of good courage, having known the things concerning ὑμῶν" 20 οὐδξένα.γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον, ὅστις γνησίως τὰ you, For noone have 1 like-minded, who genuinely the things περὶ ὑμῶν μεριμνήσει" 21 οἱ πάντες γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτῶν relative to τοι will care for. For all the things of themsclres ζητοῦσιν, οὐ τὰ τοῦ" Ἰχοιστοῦ Ἰησοῦ" 22 τὴν. δὲ δοκιμὴν are seeking, not the things of Christ Jesus, But the proof ᾽ ~ , e e [ 3 ᾽ , αὐτοῦ γινώσκετε, ότι ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν that, as 3to *a *father ‘a “child, with me he served εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον. 23 τοῦτον μὲν οὖν ἐλπίζω πέμψαι ὡς ofhim το know, for the glad tidings, Him therefore I hope tosend *when n ᾽ mn BY \ , ᾿ ος Π ἂν *arricw" τὰ περὶ ἐμέ, ἐξαυτῆς: 3 πέ- 41 5shall Shave seen ®the *things }°concerning 119196 ‘at *once: 15] '4am ποιθα δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι. 15persuaded ‘*but in [the] Lord *soon 25 ᾿Αναγκαῖον. δὲ. ἡγησάμην ᾿Ἐπαφρόδιτον τὸν ἀδελφὸν καὶ but necessary Iesteemed [it] *Epaphroditus, "brother ®and συνεργὸν καὶ, Ισυστρατιώτην! µου, ὑμῶν.δὲ ἀπόστολον καὶ *fellow-worker *°and }1){ε]]οιγ-εο]άϊετ ‘my, “but ‘your ‘*messenger **and ‘ ~ ΄ [ή ‘ ~ λειτουργὺν τῆς. χρείας.µου, πέμψαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς" 396 ἐπειδὴ 16minister Mof '®my **need, 1to*send to “you, since ἐπιποθῶν ἣν πάντας ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἀδημονῶν διότι ϑ]οηρίηρ *after *he *was ®all ὅσοι, and [was] deeply depressed because ἠκούσατε ὅτι ἠσθένησεν" 27 καὶ γὰρ ἠσθένησεν παραπλήσιον ye heard that he was sick; for indeed he was sick like θανάτῳ" αλλ"! ὁ θεὸς δαὐτὸν ἠλέησεν," οὐκ.αὐτὸν. δὲ µόνον, that also *myself 11 Sshall come: to death, but God hjm hadmereyon, andnothim alone, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμέ, ἵνα μὴ λύπην ἐπὶ λύπῃ σχῶ. 98 σπυυ- but also me, that not sorrow upon sorrow I might have. The more δαιοτέρως οὖν ἔπεμψα αὐτόν, twa ἰδόντες αὐτὸν πάλιν diligently therefore Isent him, that seeing him again χαρῆτε, κἀγὼ ἀλυπότερος ὦ. 29 προσδέχεσθε οὖν ye might rejoice, andI the less sorrowful might be. Receive therefore αὐτὸν ἐν κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς, καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους him in{the) Lord with al joy, and such ἐντίμους ἔχετε" 30 ὅτι διὰ τὸ ἔργον “τοῦ" Σχριστοῦϊ inhonour hold; because for the sake of the work of the Christ µέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν, "παραβουλευσάμενος τῇ ψυχῇ, unto death he went near, having disregarded is] life, ἵνα ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα τῆς πρός µε λειτουργίας. that he might fill up yourdeficiency ‘ofthe *towards*me ‘ministration, ‘ ᾽ ΤΣ , ; 3 ν 7 3 Τὸ λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί.μου, χαίρετε ἐν κυρίῳ' τὰ αὐτὰ For the rest, my brethren, rejoice in([the] Lord: thesame things γράφειν ὑμῖν, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ὀκνηρόν, ὑμῖν δὲ ἀσφαλές. towrite to you, to me [15] not irksome, and for you safe. 2 βλέπετε τοὺς κύνας, βλέπετε τοὺς κακοὺς ἐργάτας, βλέπετε See to ogs, see to evil workers, see to τὴν κατατομήν’ 3 ἡμεῖςο γάρ ἐσμεν ἡ περιτομή, οἱ πνεύματ the concision, For we are the circumeision, who 311 *spirit ἴθεῷὶ λατρεύοντες, καὶ καυχώμενοι ἐν χριστῷ Ιησοῦ, καὶ οὐκ “God 1serve, and boast in Christ Jesus, and not bh — τοῦ GLTTrAW. m + [ἰδεῖν to see L. 9 — τοῦ the LTTra. i Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ GLTrAw. π ἀλλὰ LTITrAW. ¥ — χριστοῦ A. κ ἀφίδω LTTrA. 1σννσ- LTTrA. © Ἰλέησεν αὐτον LTTrAW. Ρ λυπην GLITrAW,. 5 παραβολευσάμενος Naving hazarded GLITraw. © θεοῦ (7eud serve in [the] Spirit of God) Lrtraw. IIT, Pant LPP PANS. ? ‘ , γ᾿ 5) ” ’ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες,.Ὀ 4 καίπερ ἐγὼ ἔχων πεποίθησιν καὶ ἐν in flesh trust. Though I have trust even in a τ » nx ~ MH , 4 , ? A ~ = σαρκι' "εἴ τις δοκεῖ ἄλλος πεποιθέναι ἐν σαρκί, ἐγὼ μᾶλλον flesh ; if any *thinks ‘other to trust in flesh, I rather : Ww τη ? ΄ ? ΄ ? ΄ - Oo “περιτομὴ ὀκταήμερος, ἐκ γένους Ἰσραήλ, φυλῆς {as to] circumcision. on [the] eighth day; of [the] race of Israel, of [the]tribe "Βενιαμίν," Ἕβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων, κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος, of Benjamin, Hebrew of Hebrers; accordingto[the]law a Pharisee; 6 κατὰ Υζῆλον" διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, κατὰ δικαιοσύ- according {ο zeal, persecuting the assembly; according to righteous- νην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος. 7 7a\X’" -ἄτινα ness which [is] in[the] law, having become blameless; but what things av μοι" κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν χριστὸν were tome. gain, these Ihave esteemed, on account of Christ, ζημίαν" 8 ἀλλὰ Puevotyyel καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν ο loss. But yearather, also ITamesteeming all things loss εἶναι διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως “ χριστοῦ ᾿]ησοῦ to be on account of the . excellency of the knowledge ofChrist Jesus τοῦ.κυρίου.µου, δι ὃν τὰ-πάντα ἐζημιώθην, καὶ ἡγοῦ- my Lord, eon account of whom all things I suffered loss of, and esteem μαι σκύβαλα ἀεΐναι ἵνα χριστὸν κερξήσω, 9 καὶ εὑρεθῶ {them] refuse tobe, that Christ I may gain; and be found ἐν αὐτῷ, μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν.ξικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐκ νόµου, ἀλλὰ in him, not having my righteousness which [is] of law, but τὴν διὰ πίστεως χριστοῦ, τὴν EK θεοῦ δικαιοσύνην ἐπὶ that which by faith of Christ [is], the *of “God ‘righteousness on τῇ πίστει, 10 τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτὸν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἄνα- faith, to know him and the power of *resur- στάσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ “τὴν" κοινωνίαν frdv".rabnuarwr_adrou, rection his, and the _ fellowship of his sufferings, Εσυμμορφούμενος! τῷ.θανάτῳ.αὐτοῦ, 11 εἴπως καταντήσω being conformed to his death, if by any means I may arrive εἰς τὴν ἐξανάστασιν τῶν" νεκρῶν. 12 οὐχ ὅτι ἤξη ἔχλαβον, at the resurrection of the dead. Not that ?already 'I received, ἢ ἤδη τετελείωμαι" διώκω. δὲεὲ εἰ καὶ" καταλάβω or already have been perfected; Ὀπὺ 1 δὴ pursuing, if also I may lay hold, ἐφ᾽ ᾧ καὶ Χκατελήφθην" ὑπὸ ἱτοῦ' χριστοῦ ™ Πησοῦ." 19 «δελ- for that also Iwas laid holdof by the Christ Jesus, Bre- poi, ἐγὼ ἐμαυτὸν "οὐ" λογίζομαι κατειληφέναι" év.cé, thren, I myself “not ‘doreckon to have laid hold; but one thing— τὰ μὲν ὀπίσω ἐπιλανθανόμενος, τοῖς. δὲ ἔμπροσθεν the things behind forgetting, and to the things betore σκοπὸν διώκω “ἐπὶ; τὸ βραβεῖον ἐπεκτεινόμενος, 14 κατὰ I pursue for the prize stretching out, towards([the] goal ἧς ἄνω κλήσεως τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 15 Ὅσοι of the °on “high ‘calling of God ἵπ Christ Jesus. AS many as οὖν τέλειοι τοῦτο.φρονῶμεν' καὶ εἴ τι ἑτέρως therefore [are] perfect should be of this mind ; and if [in] amything differently φρονεῖτε, καὶ τοῦτο ὁ θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει. 16 πλὴν εἰς.ὃ ye are minded, also ‘this God toyou__ will reveul. But whercto ΄ 617 the flesh. If any other man thinketh that he hath whereof he might trust in the flesh, I more: 5 circumcised the eighth day, of the stock of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, an Hebrew of the He- brews; as . touching the law, a Phari-ee ; 6 concerning zeal, per- secuting the church ; touching the right- eousness Which isin the law, blameless. 7 But what things were gain to me, those I counted loss for Christ. 8 Yea doubtless, and I count all things Jut loss for the exceliency of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord: for whom I have suffered the loss of all things, and do count them but dung, that I may win Christ. 9 and be found in him, not Πατ- ing mine own right- eousness, which is of the law, but that which is through the faith of Christ, the righteous- ness which is of God by faith: 10 that I may know him, and the power of his resur- rection, and the fel- lowship of his suf- ferings, being made contormable unto his death ; ll if by any meaus [ might attain unto the resurrection of the dead. 12 Not as though I had al- ready attained, either were already per- fect: but I follow after, if that I may apprehend that for wlich also I am ap- prehended of Christ Jesus, 13 Brethren, I count not myseif to have apprehended: but this one thing J do, forgettiug those things which are behind, and reaching forth unto those things which are before, 14 I press to- ward the mark for the prize of the high call- ing of God in Christ Jesus, 15 Let us there- tore, as many as be perfect, be thus mind- ed: and if in any thing ye be otherwise ν To read as pointed in the Greek joen though I have &c. to what precedes, commencing a sentence at εἴ τις. Ψ περιτομῇ GLITAW. κ Βενιαμείν LiTr. [ujtrLA]; το ἀλλ τ. 2yorny L. ὃ μὲν οὖν then indeed GLTraw. Christ) L. d — εἶναι LTT. e€ — τὴν LIT: [a]. f — τῶν TTr. (συν- T) LTTrAW. h την ex from among [the] ..TTraw. LTTra. i— τοῦ GLTTraw. mw — Ἴησου GLT:AW, Υ ζηλος LTTraW. ο + τοῦ (read of the 1— καὶ T. ο οὕπω not yet 1, - 2 ἀλλὸ. Ε συμμορφιζόμενος κκατελήμφθην ο εἰς Ι1ΤΑ, 518 minded, God shall re- veal even this unto you. 16 Nevertheless, whereto we have al- ready attained, let us walk by the samerule, let us mind the same thing. 17 Brethren, be followers together of me, and mark them which walk so as ye have us for an en- sample. 18 (For many walk, of whom I have told you often, and now tell you even weeping, that they are the enemies of the cross oi Christ: 19 whose end is destruction, whose God ὦ their belly, and whose glory is in their shame, who mind earthly things.) 20 For . our conversation is in heaven ; from whence also we look for the Saviour, the Lord Je- sus Christ: 21 who shall change our vile body, that it may be fashioned like unto his glorious body, accord- ing to the workirfg whereby he is ableeven to subdue all things unto himself, IV. Therefore, my brethren dearly be- loved and longed for, my joy and crown, so stand fast in the Lord, my dearly beloved. 2 1 beseech Euodias, and beseech Syntyche, that they be of the same mind in the Lord. 3 And I entreat thee also, true yokefellow, help , those women ‘which laboured with~ me in the gospel, with Clement also, and with other my fellowla- bourers, whose names are in the book of life. 4 Rejoice in the Lord : alway: and again I say, Rejoice. 5 Let your moderation be known unto all men, The Lord is at hand. € Be careful for no- thing ; but in every thing by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known unto God. 7 And the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, shall keep your hearté and minds through Christ Jesus. 8 Finally, breth- ren, whatsoever things P — κανόνι, τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν GLTTrA. * Ενοδίαν ΕΟΙΤΤΤΑΥΓ, 5 αὐτῷ LITrA, Σσνυν- ΤΤΙΑ, Til: ee ὸ αὐτὸ iy." “πο. αὐτο. φρονεῖν. ΠΡΟΣ ΦΙΛΙΠΠΗΣΙΟΥ ἋΣ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ: στοιχεῖν Ῥκανόνι, we attained, by the same 2to -walk trule,_—- to be of the same mind, 17 ISvppynrai' μου γίνεσθε, ἀδελφοί, καὶ σκοπεῖτε Γοὺς “Imitators “together *of *me lbe, brethren, and consider ‘ those τ - ” € '~ οὕτως περιπατοῦντας καθὼς ἔχετε τύπον ἡμᾶς. 18 πολ- thus walking as ye have [*for]*a*pattern *us; ®many ‘ ~ a x = wy ε - ~ . Aoi γὰρ περιπατοῦσιν οὓς πολλάκις ἔλεγον ὑμῖν, νῦν. δὲ ®for are walking [of] whom often I told you, and now τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῦ χοῦ, they are] the enemies ofthe cross ~ - ᾿ / ? Se ᾿ Ok ᾿ « , χριστοῦ" 19 ὧν τὸ τέλος ἀπώλεια, wy ὁ θεὶς ἡ κοιλία, of Christ: whose end Gis] destruction, whose God [is] the belly, καὶ ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ. αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν, οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες. and the glory in their shame, who earthly things mind : 20 ἡμῶν γὰρ τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει, ἐξ οὗ forofus the commonwealth in [the] heavens exists, from which καὶ σωτῆρα ἀπεκδεχόμεθα κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστόν, 21 ὃς also [as] Saviour we are awaiting [the] Lord’ Jesus Christ, who μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα. τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν, Teg τὸ γε- . Will transform 2body 308 *humiliation ‘our, for *to [ή θ > " il q / ll , ~ ὃ jE ? ~ 4 γέσθαι αὐτὸ" ἀσύμμορφονὶ τῷ σώματι τῆς.δόξης αὐτοῦ, κατὰ 4 ’ [ή καὶ κλαίων λέγω, even weeping I tell Sbpecome ἰδ conformed to *body 398 this *glory, according to τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ.δύνασθαι αὐτὸν Kai ὑποτάξαι "ἑαυτῷ" the working of his power even tosubdue_ to himself τὰ πάντα. all things, 4 Ὥστε, ἀδελφοί.μου ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι, χαρὰ καὶ So ὑμαῦ, my brethren beloved and longed for, joy *and στἐφανός μου, οὕτως στήκετε ἐν κυρίῳ, ἀγαπητοί. ῶ ᾿Εὐω- beloved. *crown my, thus standfast in [the] Lord, δίαν' παρακαλῶ, καὶ Συντύχην παρακαλῶ, τὸ.αὐτὸ φρονεῖν dia I exhort, and Syntyche Iexhort,, to be of the same mind ᾽ ΤΩΣ, - sy 2 , σι,» ΄ ll x ἐν κυρίῳ’ 3 "καὶ! ἐρωτῶ Kai σε, "σύζυγε γνήσιε! *ovA- in [the] Lord. And fask also thee, *yoke-fellow ‘true, as: λαμβάνου! adraic, ‘ αἵτινες ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ συνήθλησάν sist these [women}, who in the glad tidings strove together. μοι, μετὰ καὶ Κλήμεντος, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν συνεργῶν.µου, Euo- With me; with also Clement, and the _ rest of my fellow-workers, wy τὰ ὀνόματα ὧν βίβλῳ ζωῆς. whose mames f[are]in [the] book of life. — 4 Χαίρετε ἐν κυρίῳ πάντοτε πάλιν ἐρῶ, χαίρετε. Rejoice in [{86] Lord always: again I will say, rejoice, 5 τὸ ἐπιεικὲς ὑμῶν γνωσθήτω πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις. ὁ κύριος *Your ‘gentleness ‘let be known toall men. The Lord [is] ἐγγύς. 6 Μηδὲν μεριμνᾶτε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν παντὶ τῇ.προσευχῇ near. Nothing becareful about, but in everything by prayer καὶ τῷ-δεῆσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωρι- and by supplication with thanksgiving “your requests ‘let be made ζεσθω πρὸς τὸν θεόν" 7 καὶ ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ θεοῦ ἡ ὑπερέχουσα known to God ; and the peace of God which — surpasses πάντα νοῦν φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα every understanding shall guard your hearts and *thoughts ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. 8 Τὸ λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί, ὅσα ‘your in Christ Jesus. For the rest, brethrén, whatsoever [things]. 4 συν- T. τ — εἰς τὸ γενέσθαι αὐτὸ GLTTrAW. 7 vat yea ΟΙΤΊΤΑΥΓ. ἢ γνήσιε σύνζυγς LTTrA. IV. ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ, are true, όσα whatsoever Pit 1 oP PEAS: ὅσα σεμνά, ὅὕσα whatsoever venerable, whatsoever whatsoever pure, προσφιλῆ, ὕσα εὔφημα, εἴ τις ἀρετὴ καὶ εἴ τις lovely, whatsoever of good report; if any virtue and if any ἔπαινος, ταῦτα λογίζεσθε" 9 ἃ καὶ ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε praise, these things consider. What also ye learned and received καὶ ἠκούσατε καὶ εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοί, ταῦτα πράσσετε" καὶ ὁ θεὸς and heard and saw in me, these things do; and the God τῆς εἰρήνης ἔσται μεθ’ ὑμῶν. 10 ᾿Εχάρην.δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ of peace shall be with you, But 1 rejoiced in [86] Lord μεγάλως, ὅτι Ίδη ποτὲ ἀνεθάλετε τὸ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ φρονεῖν" δίκαια. ef { 4, οσα αγνα, just, greatly, that now at length ye revived [your] “of “me’ ‘thinking ; ? , ie ‘ ~ ~ , ev ἐφ᾿ ᾧ καὶ ἐφρονεῖτε, ἠκαιρεῖσθε. δε. 11 οὐχ ὅτι although also ye were thinking, but ye were lacking opportunity. Not that 2 ε , Πῃ " " - καθ᾽ ὑστέρησιν λέγω" ἐγὼ. γὰρ ἔμαθον ἐν οἷς εἰμι, ἃ5 ἴο destitution I speak; for I learned in what [circumstances] I am, αὐτάρκης εἶναι. 12 οἶδα." δὲ" ταπεινοῦσθαι, οἶδα. καὶ content to be, ‘And I know (how] to be brought low, and I know [how] περισσεύειν" ἐν παντὶ καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν μεμύημαι καὶ χορτά- to abound, In everything and in all things I am initiated both to be ζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾷν, καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι' 13 πάντα full and tohunger, both toabound and tobedeficient. ‘*All®*things ἰσχύω ἐν τῷ ἐνδυναμοῦντί µε ᾿χριστῷ. 14 πλὴν ΣΙ "am “strong *for in the *who*%empowers “πιο ᾖ}ΟΠτί56. But λῶς ἐποιή a ἡσαντές! ) θλίψει. 16 οἵδ καλῶς ἐποιήσατε, "συγκοινωγησαντες" µου TY θλίψει. οἰδατε well ye did, ‘having fellowshipin my tribulation. =Know δὲ καὶ ὑμεῖς, Φιλιππήσιοι, ὅτι ἐν ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, ‘and αἶδα ye, O Philippians, that in [the] beginning of the glad tidings, e 2 ~ 2 4 Φ / ᾽ / ? , ? Ore ἐξῆλθον ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας, οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἔκοι- when Icame out from Maccdonia, not any *with*me ‘assembly had νώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ ὕλήψεως," εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς 3Εο]]ονν5Πῖρ with regard to an account of giving and receiving, except ye μόνοι; 16 ὅτι καὶ ἐν θεσσαλὀνίκῃ καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δὶς gic! τὴν alone ; because also in Thessalonica both once and twice for , ? « τὸ ~ ‘ 7 ? χρείαν.-µοι ἐπέμψατε. 17 οὐχ ὅτι ἐπιζητῶ τὸ δόμα, “ἀλλ᾽ my need ye sent. Not that I seek after gift, but ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν" 1 seck after fruit that abounds to your account. 18 ἀπέχω.δὲ πάντα καὶ περισσεύω- πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος But I have ali things and abound; -Lam full, having received παρὰ ἙἘπαφροδίτου τὰ παρ ὑμῶν, ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, from Epaphroditus thethings from you, au odour of a sweet smell, θυσίαν δεκτήν, εὐάρεστον τῷ θεῷ. 19 ὁ δὲ θεός µου πληρώσει a sacrifice acceptable, well-pleasing to God. But my God will fill up πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν κατὰ “τὸν. πλοῦτον! αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν all your need according to his riches in glory in ~ ? ~ ~ A ~ ‘ A c ~ « ;»»ς, > χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. 20 τῷ δὲ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ ἡμῶν ἡ δόξα εἰς Christ Jesus, But tothe God and Father of us [be] glory to τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. ‘the ages ofthe ages. Amen. 21 ᾿Ασπάσασθε πάντα ἅγιον ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. ἀσπάξζον- are true, whatsoever things are houest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, what- soever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good re- port; if there be ΠΥ virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. 9-Those things, which ye have both learned, and re- ceived, and heard, and seen in me, do: and the God of peace shall be with you. 10 But I rejoiced in the Lord greatly, that now at the last your care of me hath flotirished again; wherein ye were also careful, but ye lacked opportunity. 11 Not that I spak in respect of want: Του Τ have learned, in what- soever state [I am, therewith to be con- tent. 12 I know both how to be abased, and I know how {ο abound: every where and in all things I aim instructed both to be full and ta be hungry, both to abound and to suffer need, 13 I can do all things through Chrisu which strengthem th me. 14 Notwithstand- ing ye have well done, that ye did commu- nicate with my aftlic- tion. 15 Now ye Phil- ippians know also, that in the beginning of the gospel, when I ve- parted from Muacc- donia, no church coni- miunicated with meas concerning giving aud receiving, but ye vuly. 16 For even in Thes- salonica ye scent once and again unto my necessity. 17 Not be- cause I desire a gift: but I desire fruit that may abound to your account. 18 But [have all, and abound: Iam full, having received of Epaphroditus the things which were sent from you, an odourof a sweet smell, a sacrifice acceptable, wellpleas- ing to God. 19 But my God shall supply all your need according to his riches in glory by Christ Jesus, 20 Now unto God and our Fa- ΕΝ : να. Te sty Sature every saint οι ΑΕ Σ Jesus. is ἘΞ ther be glory for ever ται ὑμᾶς οἱ σὺν ἐμοὶ ἀδελφοί. 22 ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς πάν- and ever. Amen. lute ‘you ‘the *with “me “brethren. 1°Salute 11γοα. 1.1 21 Salute every saint Υ καὶ GLTTrAW. - -- χριστῷ (read τῷ him) GLTtraAW. Άσυν- Te ὃ λήμψεως Ι1ΤιΑ. ε[είσ]τ. ἀλλὰ ΙΤΤΤΑΝ. © τὺ πλοῦτος ΗΤΤΤΑΥΓ. = 520 in Christ Jesus. The brethren which are With me greeb you. ©» All the saints salute you, chiefly they that are of Cresar’s house- hold. 23 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all, A- men, ‘Hn ΠΡΟΣ THE *TO PAUL, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God, and Ti- motheus ou brother, 2 to the saints and faithful brethren in Christ which ,are at Colosse: Grace be un- to you, «nd _ peace, from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ. 3 We give thanks to God and the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, praying always for you, 4 since we heard of your faith in Christ Jesus, and of the love which ye have to all the saints, 5 for the hope which is laid up fur you in heaven, whereof ye heard be- fore in the word of the truth of the gos- pel; 6 which is come unto you, as it isin all the world; and bring- eth forth fruit, as it doth also in you, since the day ye heard of itt, and knew the grace of God jn truth : 7 as ye also learned of Epa- phras our dear fellow- servant, who is foryou a faithful minister of Christ ; 8 who also declarcd unto us your love in the Spirit. 1. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας. ῶ8 Ἡ προς ΚΟΛΑΣΣΑΕΙ ΑΣ, τες οἱ ἅγιοι, μάλιστα.0ὲ Sthe ϑεαϊηῦβ, απᾶ especially those of the “of Ὅσραν "household, The ΐ ῦ ίου ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ ῦ ιετὰ ἘἙπάντων ἄρις τοῦ.κυρίου. ἡμῶν 1ησοῦ ἆχριστου μει ee of our Lord Jesus i Christ [be] with 2411} ὑμῶν." Ῥάμήν." 1γοι. Amen. = ἔξω 1 \ ῃ ? , ? x ‘p , ὃ ᾽ ἜἘ Προς Φιλιππησίους ἐγράφη απὸ Ῥώμης, ov Ἔπα- To [the] Philippians written from Rome, by Epa- φροδίτου." phroditus, Η KOAASSAEIS ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ. [ΤΗΕ] SCOLOSSIANS EPISTLE Ξ20Ε *PAUL, ΠΑΥΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ". διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ, καὶ Paul apostle of Jesus Christ by 2will *God’s, and Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφός, 2 τοῖς ἐν ™KoXaocaic" ἁγίοις καὶ πισ- Timotheus the brother, to the 7in ®Colosse ‘saints “and “faith- τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἐν χριστῷ" χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ ful *brethren “in “Christ. Grace toyou and‘ peace from God πατρὸς ἡμῶν Kal κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χοιστοῦ.! our Father and [the] Lord Jesus Christ. 3 Εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῷ Pai πατρὶ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ‘In- We givethanks tothe God and Father of our Lord Je- σοῦ χριστοῦ, πάντοτε Ἀπερὶ' ὑμῶν προσευχόμενοι: 4 ακού- sus Christ, continually “for “you tpraying, haying σαντες τὴν.πίστιν.ὑμῶν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην heard of your faith in Christ Jesus, and _ the love τ ‘ η] ? , 4 « / 5 ὃ a! io ‘ ἐλ (ὃ THY εἰς πάντας τους aylove, ια τὴν έλπιδα which [ye have] towards all the saints, onaccount of the hope τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ἣν προηκούσατε which [is] laid up foryou in the heavens; which ye heard of before ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀληθείας τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 6 τοῦ παρόντος εἰς in the word ofthe truth ofthe glad tidings, which are come to ὑμᾶς, καθὼς καὶ ἐν παντὶ τῷ κύσμῳ, "καὶ" ἔστιν καρποφορού- τοι, evenas also in all the world,. and are bringing forth μενονῖ, καθὼς Kai ἐν ὑμῖν, ἀφ’ ἧς ἡμέρας ἠκούσατε καὶ fruit, evenas alsoamong you, from the day in which Ὑτο heard and ἐπέγνωτε τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ: 7 καθὼς “Kai! knew the grace of God in truth : evel as also ‘ ? ~ ~ ? ~ % - « ~ ε ἐμάθετε ἀπὸ ᾿Επαφρᾶ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὃς ye learned from ΕΡρΙΡΗΓΗΡ “beloved °fellow-bondman ‘our, who ‘ « " € ~ ~ ~ ἐστιν πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν" διάκονος τοῦ χριστοῦ, 8 ὁ καὶ is “faithful for 7you ta “servant “of *Christ, who also δηλώσας ἡμῖν τὴν. ὑμῶν. ἀγάπην ἐν πγεύµατι. signified tous your love in [the] Spirit. f — ἡμῶν (read of the Lord) LtrTraw. bh — ἀμήν [L]ri{a]. | 8 τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν your spirit LTTrAW. i — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Φιλιππησίους TrA. k + τοῦ ᾽᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle Ε; Πρὸς Κολοσσαεῖς ET; Παὔλου ἐπιστολὴ πρὸς Ἐολοσσαεῖς G ; Πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς LTrAW. Ὁ Ἰησοῦ Jesus 1. to God [the] Father) La. Ἐπ ο: LTTrAaw, us LTra, t+ καὶ αὐξανόμενον and growing GLTTraw. 1 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LiTraw. ο — καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ G[L]ITraw. 4 ὑπὲρ LTr. ™ Ίκολοσσα:ς Ρ --- καὶ (vead την ἔχετε Which ye have LtTtraw. 3-- καὶ Bm καὶ LTTTAW. τ ἡμῶν COLOSSIANS. τοῦτο καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀφ᾽ ἧς. ἡμέρας ἠκούσαμεν, this also we from the day in which we heard (of it], οὐ παυόμεθα ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν προσευχόμενοι καὶ αἰτούμενοι ἵνα do not cease “for Syou ‘praying and asking that πληρωθῆτε τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ.θελήµατος.αὐτοῦ ἐν πάσῃ ye may be filled with the knowledge of his will in) alt σοφίᾳ καὶ συνέσει πνευματικῇ, 10 περιπατῆσαι ὑμᾶς!" wisdom and 7understanding ‘spiritual, >to Swalk (Sfor] *you ἀξιως τοῦ κυρίου εἰς πᾶσαν Σἀρέσκειαν"" ἐν παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ worthily of the Lord to all pleasing, in every “work ‘good καρποφοροῦντες καὶ αὐξανόμενοι Yeic τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν" τοῦ bringing forth fruit and growing into the knowledge θεοῦ" 11 ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει δυναμούμενοι κατὰ τὸ κράτος ef God; with all power being strengthened according tothe might τῆς.δόξης. αὐτοῦ εἰς πᾶσαν ὑπομονὴν καὶ μακροθυμίαν μετὰ of his glory to all endurance and longsuffcring with χαρᾶς" 12 εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ πατρί, τῷ” ἱκανώσαντι "ἡμᾶς! Joy; giving thanks to the Father, who made *compctcnt tus εἰς τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρου τῶν ἁγίων ἐν τῷ φωτί, 13 ὃς for the share oftheinheritanceofthe saints in the light, who ᾽ « ~ ~ © ΄ ~ , ὑυεῤῥύσατοϊ ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους, καὶ µετέστη- 1. 9 Ata On account of ell delivered us- from the authority of darkness, and traus- σεν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ, 14 ἐν lated [usJinto ἴπο' kingdom οὗ ἴπο Son of his love: in THY the ᾧ ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν «διὰ τοῦ.αἵματος. αὐτοῦ," whom we have redemption through his blood, ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν' 15 ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ reniission of sins ; who is_ [the] image of God the ἀοράτου, πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως" 16 ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐ- invisible, firstborn of all creation ; because by him were κτίσθη τὰ πάντα, “τὰ" ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς καὶ “τὰ! ἐπὶ τῆς created allthings, the thingsin the heavens and thethings upon the γῆς, τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ τὰ ἀόρατα, εἴτε θρόνοι εἴτε κυριότητες earth, the visible and the invisible, whether thrones, or lordships, εἴτε ἀρχαὶ εἴτε ἐξουσίαι' τὰ. πάντα ov αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν or principalities, or authorities: allthings by him andfor him ἔκτισται: 17 καὶ αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων, καὶ τὰ πάντα have been created. And he is before all, and all things ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν' 18 Kai αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώμα- in him subsist. And he is the head ofthe body, ~ , ? τος τῆς ἐκκλησίας" ὃς ἐστιν ἀρχή, πρωτότοκος ἐκ the assembly; who is_ [the] beginning, firstborn from among τῶν νεκρῶν, ἵνα γένηται ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτὺς πρωτεύων" the dead, that “might *be *in 5811 ®things ‘he holding the first place; 19 ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ εὐδόκησεν πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα κατοικῆσαι, because in him ‘was *pleased ‘all 2.886 3fulness to dwell, A ~ > , > 20 καὶ Ov αὐτοῦ ἀποκαταλλάξαι τὰ. πάντα εἰς αὐτόν, εἰρη- and by him to reconcile all things to itself, having ~ ~ ~ ~ ? ~ ψοποιήσας διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ.σταυροῦ.αὐτοῦ, ἴδι αὐτοῦ," made peace by the blood of his cross, by him, εἴτε Ta ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἴτε τὰ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς. 2] καὶ whether thethingson the earth, or thethingsin the heavens. And ὑμᾶς ποτε ὄντας ἀπηλλοτριωμένους Kai ἐχθροὺς τῷ διανοίᾳ you once being alienated and enemies in mind χ ἀρεσκίαν T. 8 ὑμᾶς You T. e — τὰ [LJT[Tr]. W — ὑμᾶς ΟΙΤΤΤΑ. Z + καλέσαντι καὶ called and L. αὐτοῦ GLTTrAW. ἆ — τὰ LITr, Ὁ ἐρύσατο TTr. ἂν 521 9 For this cause we also, since the day we heard it, do not cease to pray for you, and to desire that ye might be filled with the knowledge of his will in all wisdom and spiritual understand- ing ; 10 thatye might walk worthy of the Lord unto all pleas- ing, being fruitful in every good work, and increasing in _ the knowledge of God; 11 strengthened with all might, according to his glorious power, unto all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness; 12 giving thanks unto the Fa- ther, which hath made us meet to be par takers of the inherit- ance of the saints in light : 13 who hath ἆθ- livered us from the power of darkness, and hath translated us into the kingdom of his dear Son: 14 in whom we have re- demption.tkrough his blood, even the for- giveness ofsins:15 who is the image of the in- visible God, the first- born of every crea- ture: 16 for by him were all things cre- ated, that are in hea- ven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible, whether they δὲ thrones, or dominions, or princi- palities, or powers: all things were cre- ated by him, and for him: 17 and he is be- fore all things, and by him all things con- sist. 18 And he is the head of the body, the church: who is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead; thatin all things he might have the pre- eminence. 19 For it pleased the Father that in him should all fulness dwell; 20 and, having made peace through the blood of his cross, by him to Τε- concile all things unto himself; by him, 7 say, whether they be things in earth, or things in heaven. 21 And you, that were sometime alienated and enemies in your mind by wicked works, Υ τῇ ἐπιγνώσει by the knowledge cLrtraw. ς — διὰ τοῦ αἵματος {.- δι αὐτοῦ LTr. © » 692 yet now hath he re- conciled 22 11 the body of his fleh through death, to present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in his sight : 23 if ye con- tinue in the faith grounded and settled, and le not moved a- way from the hope of the gospel, which ye have beard, and which was preached to every creature which is uns der heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister ; 24 who now rejoice in my sufferings for you, and fill up that which is behind of the afflictions of Christ in my fiesh for his body’s sake, which is the church : 25 whereof I am made a minister, aécording to the dis- pensation of God which is given to me for you, to fulfil the word of God; 26 even the mystery which hath been hid from ages aud from gene- rations, but now is made manifest to his saints: 27 to whom God would make known what is the riches of the glory of this mys- tery among the Gen- tiles ; which is Christ in you, the hope of glory: 28 whom we preach, warning every man, and teaching every man in all wisdom; that we may ,present every man perfect in Christ Jesus; 29 whereunto I also labour, striv- ing according to his working, which work- eth in me mightily. ΤΙ, For I would that ye knew what great conflict I have for you, and for them at ,Lao- dicea, and for as many as have not seen my face in the flesh; 2 that their hearts might be comforted, being knit Προς ACO LAS SALE. S. i, Tk ” ~ ~ ‘ . ᾽ ΄ τω es ον ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς πονηοοις. νυνὶ δὲ ξἀποκατήλλαξεν' 92 ἐν υγ “works ‘wicked, yet now he reconciled in τῷ σώματι τῆς.σαρκὺς αὐτοῦ διὰ τοῦ θανάτοῦν, παρα- the body of his flesh through death, to pre- ς ~ , . \ ? ’ A ? ΄ Ws ΄ στῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους και ἀνεγκλήτους κατενώ- sent you holy and unblamable and unimpeachable befere ἐπιμένετε τῇ πίστει τεθεμελιωμένοι πιον αὐτοῦ" 23 εἴγε in the faith: founded him, if indeed ye continue ~ ‘ \ τ 5 ~ 3 / “ καὶ ἑδραῖοι, καὶ μὴ μετακινούμενοι ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ and firm, and not being moved away from _ the hope of the ΄ - > , ~ / 1 , 1 ~ εὐαγγελίου οὗ ἠκούσατε, TOU κηρυχθέντος ἐν πάσῃ τῇ" glad tidings, which ye heard, which were proclaimed in all the ~ 4 -*% , , ‘ ~ κτίσει TH ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν, . οὗ ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ Παῦλος creation which [is] under heaven, of which *became τ Σραι] διάκονος. servant, ώ ~ / ῃ - ἜΑ Τα ΠΡ Ὁ κ 94 Νῦν χαίρω ἐν τοῖς παθήμασίν-ἔμου" ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, καὶ Now, I am rejoicing in my sufferings for you, and ~ A ¢ ΄ ~ A ~ ~ ἀνταναπληρῶ τὰ ὕστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ χριστοῦ of the tribulations of the Christ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκ- is -the as- τὴν οἰκονο- adminis- Iam fillingup that which is behind ἐν τῇ σαρκίµου ὑπὲρ τοῦ.σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ > . - in my flesh for his body, which κλησία' 25 ἧς ἐγενόμην ἐγὼ διάκονος - κατὰ sembly ; of which *became ἘἘΠ servant, according to the μίαν τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν δοθεῖσάν por εἰς ὑμᾶς πληρῶσαι τὸν tration of God which [18] given me towards you tocomplete the λόγον τοῦ θεαῦ, 267d μυστήριον τὸ ἀποκεκρυμμένον ἀπὸ word of God, the mystery which has been hidden from τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν, ἱνυμὶ". δὲ ἐφανερώθη ages and from generations, but now was madé manifest τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ" 27 οἷς ἠθέλησεν ὁ θεὸς γνωρίσαι Ἀτίς to his saints ; to whom did *will ‘God to make known what 6" πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ.μυστηρίου.τούτου ἐν τοῖς ἔ- the riches ofthe glory of this mystery {are]Jamong the na- θνεσιν, "ὅς" ἐστιν χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης" 28 ὃν tions, which is Christ in you the hope of glory: whom ἡμεῖς καταγγέλλομεν, νουθετοῦντες πάντα ἄνθρωποκ, καὶ we announce, ᾿ admonishing every man, and διδάσκοντες πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ, ἵνα παρα- teaching every ‘man in all wisdom, that we may στήσωμεν πάντα ἄνθρωπον τέλειον ἐν χριστῷ “᾿Ἰησοῦ." present every man perfect in Christ Jesus. 29 εἰς ὃ Kai κοπιῶ, ἀγωνιζόμενος κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαι Whereunto also Ilabour, ¢ οεἰγίνίης according to 2working αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐνεργουμένην ἐν ἐμοὶ ἐν δυνάμει. "his which works in me in_ power. Θέλ A ε ~ ἰδὲ ὁλί > ~ ” p ‘II « ~ 2 Θέλω.γὰρ ὑμᾶς εἰδέναι ἡλίκον ἀγῶνα ἔχω Prepi! ὑμῶν For I wish you toknow how great conflict I have for you, καὶ τῶν ἐν ἁλαοδικείᾳ,' καὶ ὅσοι οὐχ. ἑωράκασιν! τὸ πρόσω- and those in’ ° Laodicea, and asmanyas have not seen 35409 πόν µου ἐν σαρκί, 3 ἵνα παρακληθῶσιν αἱ.καρδίαι.αὐτῶνη my in flesh; that may be encouraged their hearts, 6 ἀποκατηλλάγητε were ye reconciled L. LTTraw. Ὁ δ LTrA, eer 5 εορακαν τ. ᾿ τά κ — μου (read the sufferings) GLTTraw, © — Ἰησοῦ GLTTraw. h + Γαὐτοῦ] (read hi’ death) L. 1 -- τῇ | νῦν τὐττὰ. ™ τί τὸ LTTrAW. Ρ ὑπὲρ ΙΤΤΙΑ. 4 Λαοδικίᾳ 1. τ ἑώρακαν LTrAWj iL. COLOSSIANS. 8 θε ῃ 9 > ; nd ‘ ᾽ { ’ x ~ { ~ συμβιβασ εγτων' ἐν ἀγαπῃ, και εἰς πάντα πλουτο» της being knit together in ove, and to all riches of the πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως; εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ μυστηρίου full yssurance of understanding; to [the] knowledge of the mystery τοῦ θεοῦ ‘kai πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ" χριστοῦ," ὃ ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν of God and of [the] Father and of the Christ ; in which are πάντες ot θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς! γνώσεως ἀπόκρυ- all the treasures of wisdom and 4 of knowledge hid, got. 4 τοῦτο." δὲ" λέγω, ἵνα ἡμὴ τις" ὑμᾶς παραλογίζηται ἐν And this Isay, that not anyone you may beguile by πιθανολογίᾳ' 5 εἰγὰρ καὶ Ty σαρκὶ ἄπειμι, ἀλλὰ τῷ per-uasive speech, For if indeed inthe flesh Iam absent, yet πνεύματι σὺν ὑμῖν εἰμί, χαίρων καὶ βλέπων ὑμῶν τὴν τάξιν, in spirit with you Iam, rejoicing and seeing your order, καὶ τὸ στερέωμα τῆς εἰς χριστὸν πίστεως ὑμῶν. ϐ ὡς οὖν and the firmness 4in = °Christ of “your “faith. As therefore παρελάβετε τὸν χριστὸν ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν κύριον, ἐν αὐτῷ περιπα- ye received the Christ, Jesus the Lord,. in® him walk, τεῖτε, 57 ἐῤῥιζωμένοι καὶ ἐπρικοδρμούμενοι ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ having been rooted sand being built up in him, and βεβαιούμενοι *év" τῇ πίστει, καθὼς ἐδιδάχθητε, περισσεύοντες being confirmed in the faith, evenas ye were taught, abounding δὲν αὐτῇ' ἐν εὐχαριστίᾳ. in it with thanksgiving. 8 Βλέπετε μή τις “ὑμᾶς ἔσται! 0 συλαγωγῶν Take ‘heed lest tanyone ‘°you *there *shall 506 5who Smakes 7a ®prey %of διὰ τῆς φιλοσοφίας καὶ κενῆς ἀπάτης, κατὰ τὴν παρά- through philosophy and empty deceit, according to the tra- ~ , . - - \ 4 δοσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, κατὰ» τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ dition of men, according to the elements of the world, and οὐ κατὰ Χριστόν’ 9 ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα not accordingto Christ. For in him dwells all the fulness τῆς θεότητος σωματικῶς,' 10 καί ἐστε ἐν αὐτῷ πεπληρωμένοι" of the Godhead bodily ; and yeare 7in *him λοοπαρ]είο, ate tl 2 « Ν 7 2 “ ΑΔ... ΄ ἑ > σ ὅς! ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας" 11 ἐν ᾧ who is’ the head of all principality and authority, in whom καὶ περιετµήθητε περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ, ἐν TY ἀπ- also ye were circumcised with circumcision not made by hand, in the put- εκδύσει τοῦ σώματος «τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν! τῆς σαρκός, ἐν τῇ περι- ting off of the body of the sins ofthe flesh, in the circum- τομῇ τοῦ χριστοῦ, 12 συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτίσματι" cision of the Christ; having been buried with him in baptism, ἐν καὶ συνηγέρθητε διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῆς ἐνερ- in which also ye were raised with [him] through the faith ofthe work- γείας τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν ἐκ Srey" νεκρῶν. ing of God who raised him from among the dead. 19 καὶ ὑμᾶς νεκροὺς ὄντας δὲν" τοῖς παραπτώµασιν καὶ τῇ And you, *dead ‘being in offences and in the ἀκροβυστίᾳ rie.capkoc.upay, Ἰσυνεζωποίησεν" * σὺν αὐτῷ, uncircumcision of your flesh, he quickened together with him, 523 together in love, and unto all riches of the full assurance of uns derstanding, to the acknowledgement of the mystery of God and of the Father, an of Christ ; 3 in whom are hid all the trea- sures of wisdom and knowledge. 4 And this I say, lest any man should begnile you with enticing words, 5 For ‘though I be absent,in the flesh, yet am I with you in the “spirit, joying and be- holding your order, and the stedfastness of your faith in Christ, 6 As ye have there- fore received Christ Jesus the Lord, so walk e in him: 7 rooted and built up in him, and stablished in the faith, as ye have been taught, abounding therein with thanks- giving. 8 Beware lest,an man spoil you σόι, philosophy and vain ieceit, after the tra- dition of men, af- ter the rudiments of the world, and not after Christ. 9 Forin him dwelleth ali the fulness of the God- head bodily. 10 And ye are complete in him, which is the head of all principaiity and power : 11 in whom al- so ye are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands, in putting off the body of the sins of the flesh by the circumcision of Christ : 12 buried with him in baptism, where- in also ye are risen with him through the faith of the operation of God, who hath rais- ed him from the dead. 13 And you, being dead in your sins and the uncircunicision of your flesh, hath he quickened _ together ‘with him, having for- ® συμβιβασθέντες GLTTrAW. Ἱ καὶ τοῦ (read [even] Christ) GLTTraw. Ὁ--- χριστοῦ Ga. T[T: A]. 2 μηδεὶς LTTrAW. a — ἐν (read τῇ in the) urtrfa}. © ἔσται ὑμᾶς L.. ἃ ὅ Γ. 9 — τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν GLTTrAW. (vead [1116 |) Gr[A]w. h — ἔν (read παραπ. in offences) rrr. Κ ὑμᾶς you LIT:AW. t πᾶν (+ τὸ the 1[Tr]W) πλοῦτος LTTrAW. x — τῆς LTTrA. ἔ βαπτισμῷ TrA. i συνεζωοποίησεν ΟἸΤΊΤΑ W, 5 — καὶ πατρὸς y -- δὲ διὰ b — ἐν αὐτῇ tTr[a]. 5-- τῶν 524 ΡΟΣ ΚΟΛΑΣΣΑΕΙ Σ. Th τὸ μὴν δε ἢ δ οὐρα χαρισάμενος ἡμῖν! πάντα τὰ παραπτώματα" 14 ἐξαλείψας “SSeS : Ὰ ae ἄ Β out the handwriting τρόμος μα us : 81 the τ ἀρ τὸ Rear: hous out of ordinances thatwas τὸ καθ ἡμῶν χειρογραφον τοις δόγμασιν, ὃ ἣν ὑπεναν- ee bs άρα, be the against °us handwriting *in*the ‘decrees, which was adverse took itout oftheway, τίον ἡμῖν, καὶ αὐτὸ ἦρκεν ἐκ τοῦ μέσου, προσηλώσας nae - ας ἜΡΙΣ tous, also it hehastaken outof the midst, having nailed σα a = = gs , ed principalities and αὐτὸ τῷ σταυρῷ, 15 ἀπεκδυσάμενος τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς powers, he made Α΄’ τ tothe cross; having stripped the principalities and the shew of them openly, , 3 5 , ᾽ γε ͵ , triumphing over them ἐξουσίας ἐδειγμάτισεν ἐν.παῤῥησίᾳ, θριαμβεύσας in it. authorities, he made a show [of them] publicly, leading in triamph αὐτοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ. them in it. 16Letnomanthere- 16 Mo) οὖν τις ὑμᾶς κρινέτω ἐν βρώσει "ἢ" ἐν πόσει, ΑΗ ο. ατα, ο 2Not *therefore anyone ‘you “let *judge in meat or in drink, pg a oe en Holy ἢ ἐν μέρει ἑορτῆς ἢ "νουμηνίας" ἢ σαββάτων' 17 dd" ἐστιν ΟΡ Leger the sab- ΟΥ̓ in respect of feast, or new moon, or sabbaths, which are ; £2 bath days: 17 which σκιὰ τῶν µελλόντων, TO.0& σῶμα τοῦ" χριστοῦ. 18 µη- 3Νο ο ου ας ροᾶν a shadow οὗ thingstocome; but the body [18] ofthe Christ. is of Christ. 18 Letno δεὶς ὑμᾶς καταβραβευέτω θέλων ἐν ταπεινοφροσύνῃ καὶ caus shay aon ae Sone ὅγοι Ict*defraud of the prize, doing [his] will in humility and luntary humility and “θρῃσκείᾳ! τῶν ἀγγέλων, ἃ * δἑώρακεν!" ἐμβατεύων, worshipping ofangels, Ἱποχαμὶρ, of the angels, *things*which intruding into those , | Ee εἰ τς ~ Rte ὼ ᾽ ο πῶ ery things which he hath δἰ 1) φυσιούμενος υπο του VOLE της-σαρκος-αυτου; 19 καὶ ov not seen, vainly puffed ypinty puffedup “ by the mind of his flesh, and not up by his fleshly mind, Po ‘ ΄ dy - -_~ 4 ~ ὃ A ~. ε ~ 19 and hot holdingthe κρατῶν τὴν κεφαλήν. ἐξ οὗ πᾶν TO σῶμα dla τῶν αφῶν Head, from which all holding fast the head, from whom all the body, by the joints the body by joints and ; ᾿ bands having nourish- καὶ συνδέσμων ἐπιχορηγούμενον καὶ ἱσυμβιβαζόμενον," αὔξει not he Shas ®seen ‘intruding ?into, ment ministered, and and _ bands being supplied and knit together, increases knit together, increas- ἢ » + Dent eth with the increase τὴν αὔξησιν Tov θεοῦ. of God, ‘[with] the increase of God. 20 Ei τοῦν" ἀπεθά yy τῷ! χριστῷ ἀπὸ τῶ είϊ 20 Wherefore if ye t ovr" ἀπεθαάνετε σὺ ᾧ" χριστῷ ἀπὸ τῶν στοιχείων be ,dead with Christ 1 then ye died with the Christ from the elements i ~ , , ε ~ ? , , ο σόοι ες τοῦ κόσμου, τί ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμε δογματί- though living in the ofthe world, why asif alive in [the] world do ye subject yourselves 1d, bj ; eH ὲ γεύ ἐ.θίγης' world, areyesubjectto Ζεσβε.χ 9] Μὴ ἅψῃ, μηδὲ.γεύσῃ, μηδὲ.θίγης ' ἘΦ ΤΟΙ αμα αμα τας to decrees 2 Thou mayest not handle, Thou mayest not taste, Thou mayest πού touch, ο πέν κο]. 32 ἅ ἐστιν πάντα εἰς φθορὰν τῇ ἀποχρήσει" κατὰ using ἢ) after the com- oe Sane are aw unto aa tecaines πας ; using,) μας mandments and doc τὰ ἐγτάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας τῶν ἀνθρώπων" * 23 ἅτινά things have indeed a Bue A and peaenes of λεν, μα Se on a tor ..: λόχον piv ἔχοντα σοφίας ἐν Υἐθελοθρησκείᾳϊ ο ας are 7anSappearance “indeed “having of wisdom in * voluntary worship ’ ot / ο δι τιοῦ ἀπ καὶ ταπεινοφροσύνῃ και δδἀφειδίᾳ! σώματος, οὐκ ἐν any honour ‘the 111 ΕΣ : i siitelying of the flech. and humility and unsparing treatment of[the] body, not in ~ a © λ ~ , τιμῇ τινε πρὸς πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός.Σ III. ΤΕ ye then beythonour 'a*certain for satisfaction ofthe flesh. risen with Christ, seek Ἱ. " ἐξ - ο . 4 BS . those thingswhichare @ Εἰ οὖν συνηγέρθητε τῷ χριστῷ, τὰ ἄνω ζητεῖτε, above, where Christ If therefore ye were raised with Christ, *the*things‘*above ‘seek, sitteth on the right x , ἢ η τ ~ = WW hand of God. 2 Set οὗ ὁ χριστὀς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θεοῦ καθήμενος" your aiiection on where’ the Christ is 2at (Sthe]*right *hand ‘of 7God sitting: things above, not on ᾿ » - ι 4 eee ee ~ ᾽ ΄ Mason τ ths earth, τῶ ἄνω φρονεῖτε, μὴ τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 3 ἀπεθάνετε 3 For ye are dead, and *the*°things 114Ώογο ®*mind, notthethings on the earth;- 37ο “died 1 ὑμῖν you Ε. τι καὶ ἃ A. Ἡ νεομηνίας Ltr. 9ὅ ΤΑ. Ρ --- τοῦ (read of Christ) ow. 1 θρησκίᾳ Τ. τ--- μὴ (read ἐμβ. ‘standing *on) [L]TTra. 5 ἑόρακεν TA. τσυν- ΤΑ. ¥ — οὗν GLTTrAW. Ὁ — τῷ GLTTrAW. x Continue question to end of verse 21 GW; to end of verse 221,10; to end of verse 23 a, } ἐθελοθρησκίᾳτ. *[kar]L. 8 ἀφειδείᾳ L. -- ΠῚ. COLOSSIANS. γάρ, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν κέκρυπται σὺν τῷ χριστῷ ἐν τῷ θεῷ" for, and your life has beeh hid with the Christ in God. 4 ὅταν ὁ χριστὸς φανερωθῇ ἡ.ζωὴ ἡμῶν," τότε καὶ When the Christ ‘may *be *manifested our “life, then also « ~ 4 3 ~ ’ ? ’ ὑμεῖς σὺν αὐτῷ φανερωθήσεσθε ἐν δόξῃ. ye with him‘ shall be manifested in glory. 5 Νεκρώσατε οὖν τὰ µέλη «ὑμῶν' τὰ ἐπὶ Put to death therefore 2members ‘your which [are] on τῆς γῆς, the earth, πορνείαν, ἀκαθαρσίαν, πάθος, ἐπιθυμίαν κακήν, καὶ τὴν fornication, uncleanness, passion, *desire evil, and πλεονεξίαν, ἥτις ἐστὶν εἰδωλολατρεία, 6 δι ont covetousness, which igs idolatry. On account of which things ἔρχεται “ἡ" ὀργὴ τοῦ θεοῦ [ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας" comes the wrath of God upon the sons of disobedience. 7 ἐν οἷς καὶ ὑμεῖς περιεπατήσατέ ποτε Bre ἐζῆτε ἐν Among whom also ye walked once when ye were living in Badroic’’ 8 νυνὶ δὲ ἀπόθεσθε καὶ ὑμεῖς τὰ πάντα, ὀργήν, these things, But now, put off also ye, 8} [{11656] things, wrath, θυμόν, κακίαν, βλασφημίαν, αἰσχρολογίαν ἐκ τοῦ στόµα- indignation, malice, blasphemy, foul language - out of 2mouth τος ὑμῶν. 9 Μὴ ψεύδεσθε εἰς ἀλλήλους, ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν 1your. “Do not he to one another, having put off the παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν. αὐτοῦ, 10 καὶ ἔνδυσά- old man with his deeds, and having μενοι τὸν νέον τὸν ἀνακαινούμενον εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν κατ᾽ puton the new that[is] being renewed into knowledge according to εἰκόνα τοῦ κτίσαντος αὐτόν' 11 ὅπου οὐκ ἔνι (the] image of him who created him ; where there is not Ἕλλην καὶ Ἰουδαῖος, περιτομὴ καὶ ἀκροβυστία, βάρβαρος, Greek and Jew, circumcision and uncircumcision, barbarian, Σκύθης, δοῦλος, ὃ" ἐλεύθερος' ἀλλὰ Ἱτὰ' πάντα καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν Scythian, bondman, free ; but Sall*things ‘and Sin ‘all ριστός. [318] ‘Christ. 12 Ἐνδύσασθε οὖν, ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ ἔτοῦ" θεοῦ, ἅγιοι καὶ Put on therefore, as elect of God, holy and ἠγαπημένοι, σπλάγχνα Ἰοἰκτιρμῶν.! χρηστότητα, ταπεινο- beloved, bowels ~humi- φροσύνην, “πρᾳότητα, μακροθυμίαν' 13 ἄνεχόμενοι ἆλ- lity, meekness, long-suffering ; bearing with one λήλων, καὶ χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς, ἐάν τις πρός τινα’. ἔχῃ another, and forgiving each other, if any against any should have μομφήν᾽ καθὼς καὶ ὁ "χριστὸς" ἐχαρίσατο ὑμῖν, οὕτως καὶ of compassions, kindness, | acomplaint;evenas alsothe Christ forgave you, so 8150 [40] ὑμεῖς" 14 ἐπὶ πᾶσιν.δὲ τούτοις τὴν ἀγάπην, οἥτις" ἐστὶν ye. And to all these [add] love, which is [the] σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος" 15 καὶ ἡ εἰρήνη Prov θεοῦ" βρα- bond of perfectness. And the peace of God let βευέτω ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ὑμῶν, εἰς ἣν καὶ ἐκλήθητε ἐν ἑνὶ σώ- preside in your hearts, to which also ye were called in one pare’ καὶ εὐχάριστοι γίνεσθε. 16 ὁ λόγος τοῦ χριστοῦ ἐνοικείτω body, and thankful be. The word ofthe Christ let dwell Ὁ ὑμῶν (read your life) την, e [ἡ] x. f — ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς τῆς ἀπειθείας (read ἐν ols In which things) [L]r7ra. τοις LTTrAW. Ὦ + καὶ and L. i — τὰ τ. r—— τοῦ 1, GLITrAW. τὰ πραύτητα LTTrAW. Ὁ κύριος Lord ira, ° 6 LTTrAW. of the Christ GLTTraWw. - tion, ο — ὑμῶν (read thé members) ΤΤτΑ. 525 your life is hid with Christ in God. 4 When Christ, whe is our life, shall appear, then shall ye also appear With him in glory. 5 Mortify therefore your members which are upon the earth; fornication, unclean- ness, inordinate affec- evil concupis- cence, and covetous- ness, which 18 idola- try: 6 for ‘which things’ sake the wrath of God cometh on the children of disobedi- ence: 7in the which ye also walked some time, when ye lived in them. 8 But now ye also put off all these ; anger, wrath, malice, blasphemy, filthy com- munication out of your mouth. 9 Lie not one to another, secing that ye have put off the old man with his deeds; 10 and have put on the new moan, which is renewed in knowledge after the image of him that created him. 11 where there is neither Greek nor Jew, circumcision nor uncircunicision, Barbarian, Scythian, bond nor free: but Christ is all, and in all. 12 Put on therefore, “as the elect of God, holy and_ beloved, bowels of mercies, Kindness, humbleness of mind, ,meekness, longsuffering ; 13 for- bearing one another, and forgiving one another, if any man have a quarrel against any: even as Christ forgave you, so also do ye. 14 And above all these things put on, charity, which is the ~ bond of perfectness. 15 And let the peace of God rule in your hearts, to the which also ye are called in one body; and be ye thankful. 16 Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all 46 which a. δ τού- 1 οἰκτιρμοῦ of compassion Ρ τοῦ χριστοῦ 526 wisdom ; teaching and adinonishiig one an- other in ypsalins and hymns and_ spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. 17 And whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do-all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and the Father by him, 18 Wives, submit yourselves unto your own husbands, as it is fit in the Lord, 19 Hus- bands, love your wives, and be not bitter against them. 20 Children, obey your parents in all things: for this is well pleasing unto the Lord, 21 Fathers, provoke not your children {ο anger, lest they be discouraged. 22 Ser- vants, obey in all things your masters according to the flesh; not with eyeservice, as menpleasers; but in singleness of heart, fearing God: 23 and whatsoever ye do, do a. heartily, as to the Lord, and not unto men ; 24 knowing that of the Lord ye shall receive the reward of the inheritance : for ye serve the Lord Christ. 25 But he that doeth wrong shall receive for the wrong which he hath done: and there is no respect of persons. IV. Masters, give unto your ser- vants that which is just and equal; knqw- ing that ye also have a Master in heayen, 2 Continue in prayer, nnd watch in the same with thanksgiving ; 3 withal praying also for us, that God would Dpen unto us adoor of utterance, to speak the mystery of Christ, for which I am also in bonds: 4 that I may make it manifest, 4 — καὶ LTTrAW. GLTTrAw. Σ — καὶ LTTrAW. Wives) L. Lord GLtTTraw. LTTraAW. ἡ τῷ θεῷ to God GLTTraw. Ὁ εὐάρεστόν ἐστιν LTTrA. © ὀφθαλμοδουλείᾳ eye-Service LW 3 ὀφθαλμοδουλίαις Τ.- h ὃ (read whatever) LrTraw 1 yap (read for he that) LTrraw. ο οὐρανῷ heaven LTTraw, προς LONE SARIS III, Iv. ος. / , ‘ ‘ ἐν ὑμῖν πλουσίως, ἐν πάσῃ cogia’ διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθε- in you richly, in all wisdom; teaching and admon- τοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ψαλμοῖς καὶ! ὕμνοις kai" woaic, πνευµατι- ishing each other inpsalms and hymns ant “songs spiritual καῖς ἐν " χάριτι ἄδοντες ἐν ἱτῇ καρδίᾳ! ὑμῶν τῷ κυρίῳ" With grace singing in *heart tyour tothe Lord. 17 καὶ πᾶν ὅτιπᾶνὶ ποιῆτε ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ, πάντα And everything, whatsoever ye may do in word or in work, [do] all ’ , / > ~ . δω ~ ~ ἐν ὀνόματι Χκυρίου Ἰησοῦ, εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ θεῷ’ Frat" in[{the] name οὗ [16] Τιοτᾶ Jesus, giving thanks to God and πατρὶ «δι αὐτοῦ. {the] Father Ὁ him. « --” μ᾿ = « ϑ' θ ~ 7704 "| " ᾽ ὃ Φ « 18 Αἱ γυναῖκες, ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς.Τιδιοις" avdpacw, ὡς Wives, subject yourselves to your own’ husbands, as ἀνῆκεν ἐν κυρίῳ. 19 Οἱ ἄνδρες, ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναΐκας is becoming in [the] Lord. Husbands,, love the wives, ‘ ‘ ͵ 4 > / 3 7 « 7 καὶ μὴ.πικραίνεσθε πρὸς αὐτάς. 20 Τὰ τέκνα, ὑπακούετε and be not bitter against them, Children, obey τοῖς γονεῦσιν κατὰ.πάντα' τοῦτο.γάρ Ῥέστιν εὐάρεστον" ral the parents ‘in all things; for this is well-pleasing to the , ε / \ a? θί 3 , « ~ ε κυρίῳ. 21 Οἱ πατέρες, μὴ. ερεθίζετεῖ τὰ τέκνα. ὑμῶν, ἵνα μὴ Lord. ‘Fathers, do not provoke your children, that *not ἀθυμῶσιν. 22 Οἱ δοῦλοι, ὑπακούετε. κατὰ πάντα τοῖς 1they *be disheartened. Bondmen, obey inallthings the A , / oe e2 θ λ ὃ ͵ “ell ε ? κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις, μὴ ἐν "ὀφθαλμοδουλείαις' ὡς ἀν- “according *to *fiesh ‘masters, ποῦ with eye-services, as θρωπάρεσκοι, fadX'! ἐν ἁπλότητι καρδίας, φοβούμενοι ἔτὸν men-pleasers, but in simplicity of heart, fearing , 1 ‘ ~~ er ΜΑ] ~ ? ~ ? / θεόν." 23 "kai πᾶν. ὅ.τι! ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐκ ψυχῆς ἐργά God. And whatsoever ye may do; “heartily ‘Ww τῷ- κυρίῳ καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώποις" 24 εἰδότες ὅτι απὸ κυρίου tothe Lord and ποῦ tomen; knowing that from [the] Lord 12 λ ᾽, θ Ι \ 7 . ὃ ~ 9 λ / > ~ k ᾿ ll ἀαποληψεσύυε" THY ἀγταποδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας" τῳ."γὰρ « εσθε, ὡς ΓΚ, 88 ye shall receive the reconipense ofthe inheritance, for the ‘ ~ ὃ δ UJ 95 « 1δ λῃ > ὃ ~ m ‘ ~ .. κυρίῳ χριστῳ OUVAEUVETE. -0O-0€ QAOtKWY κοµιειται 5 Lord = Christ ye serve. But he that does wrong shall receive [for] ὃ ἠδίκησεν, καὶ οὐκ.ἔστιν "προσωποληψία." 4 Οἱ κύριοι, what he did wrong, -and there is no respect of persons. Masters, TO δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα τοῖς δούλοις that which [is] just and that which [is] equal to bondnien παρέχεσρε, εἰδότες ὅτι και ὑμεῖς ἔχετε Κύριον ἐν 9οὐρανοῖς.! give, knowing that also ye have a Master in [the] eavens. 2 Ty προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε, γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῷ ἐν In prayer _ stedfastly continue, watching in it with εὐχαριστίᾳ' 8 προσευχόμενοι ἅμα «καὶ περὶ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ὁ θεὸς thanksgiving ; praying withal also for us, that God ? ‘ € ~ , ~ ~ “ ἀνοίξῃ ἡμῖν θύραν τοῦ λόγου λαλῆσαι τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ may open tous adoor ofthe word tospeak the wystery of the > .. a? 5" χριστοῦ, δι Pol καὶ δέδµαι 4 ἵνα ανε- Christ, οἱ account οἳ which also I have been bound, that I may make τ τς KOULTIrAW. 5 + τῇ LTTrAW. t ταῖς καρδίαις hearts A 5 ἐὰν LTr. 5 Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ of Jesus Christ Lw. z — ἰδίοις (read to the husbands) αι Έτ Αγ, a+ ὑμῶν (read your ¢ ἐν in [the] G.TTraw. ἃ παροργίζετε L. ης 1 ἀλλὰ Tr. ‘8 τὸν κύριον the 1 απολήµψεσθε LTTrA, ' k — γὰρ tor i ™ κομίσεται L. 2 προσωπολημψία LITra, P ov whom) L, ἵν. ρώσω αὐτὸ ὡς COLOSSIANS, µε χαλῆσαι. ὃ Ἔν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖτε δεῖ manifest it as it behoves me_ to speak, In wisdom Ὁ -~walk πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω, τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι 6 ὁ λόγος towards those without, *the ‘time transoming. [6 7word ὑμῶν πάντοτε ἐν χάριτι, ἅλατι ἠρτυμένος, εἰδέναι πῶς 1τουσ [be} always with grace, 2with 5861 seasoned, to know how δε ὑμᾶς ἑνὶ ἑκάστῳ ἀποκρίνεσθαι. it Ώσποτος you 7each *one *to *answer. 7 Ta κατ ἐμὲ πάντα γνωρίσει ὑμῖν Τυχικὸς ?The *things *concerning 6 ‘all 7will make “known !°to '!you ®Tychicus ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἀδελφὸς καὶ πιστὸς διάκονος καὶ “σύνδουλος the beloved «brother and faithful servant and fellow-bondman ἐν κυρίῳ, 8 ὃν ἔπεμψα πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ἵνα in [the] Lord; whom Isent to you for this very thing, that dy" τὰ περὶ ὑμῶν" καὶ παρακαλέσῃ τὰς ι he might know the things concerning you, and might encourage καρδίας ὑμῶν, 9 σὺν Ὀνησίμῳ, τῷ πιστῷ καὶ ἀγαπητῷ your hearts ; with Oncsimus, the faithful and beloved ἀδελφῷ, ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν: πάντα :ὑμῖν Σγνωριοῦσιν! brother, who is of you. ΑΙ things *to*you ‘they *wili *make 7known τὰ ὦδε. "here. 10 ᾿Ασπάζεται ὑμᾶς ᾿Αρίσταρχος ὁ.συναιχµάλωτός µου, καὶ *Salutes *you ‘Aristarchus 2my *fellow-prisoner, and Μάρκος ὁ ἀνεψιὸς Βαρνάβα, περὶ οὗ ἐλάβετε ἐντολάς" Mark, the cousin of Barnabas, coricerning whom ye received orders, ἐὰν ἔλθῃ "πρὸς ὑμᾶς, δέξασθε αὐτόν' 11 καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ λεγό- (if hecome to you, reccive him,) and Jesus called μενος Ἰοῦστος, οἱ ὄντες ἐκ περιτομῆς" * οὗτοι μόνοι Justus, who απο of [the] circumcision. These [are the] enly συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, οἵτινες ἐγενήθησάν fellow-workers for the kingdom of God, who were μοι παρηγορία. 12 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Ἐπαφρᾶς ὁ ἐξ ὑμῶν to me ἃ consolation. "Salutes *you ‘*Kpaphras who [is] of you, δοῦλος χριστοῦ, πάντοτε ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς απ bondman of Christ, always striving for you in προσευχαῖς, iva VYorijre" τέλειοι καὶ “πεπληρωμένοι! ἐν prayers, that ye may stand perfect and complete in παντὶ θελήματι τοῦ θεοῦ. 13 μαρτυρῶ.γὰρ αὐτῷ ὅτι ἔχει every will of God. For I bear witness to him that he has Σζῆλον πολὺν! ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν Kai τῶν ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ! καὶ τῶν 3τεα] much for you and them in Laodicea and them 2 < , ? / « ~ ~ « ‘ « ? ἐν Ἱεραπόλει. 14 ἀσπάζεται ὑμᾶς Λουκᾶς ὁ ἰατρὸς ὁ aya- in Hierapolis. *Salutes ®you 1Luke *the *physician *be- πητός, καὶ Δημᾶς. 15 ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἐν YAaoduccia' ἀδελ- loved, and Demas, _ Salute the *in *Laodicea *breth- φούς, καὶ 3Νυμφᾶν" καὶ τὴν κατ᾽ οἶκον. Ξαὐτοῦ! ἐκκλησίαν" ren, and: Nymphas, and _ the *in “his *house lassembly. 16 καὶ ὅταν ἀναγνωσθῇ παρ᾽ ὑμῖν ἡ ἐπιστολή, ποιήσατε And when may beread among you, the _ epistle, cause ἵνα καὶ ἐν ty Λαοδικων ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀναγνωσθῇ, καὶ that also in the 7of [*the] *Laodiceans ‘assembly it may be read, and 027 as I onght to speak, 5 Walk in wisdom to- ward them that are without, © redeeming the time. 6 Let your speech be alway with grace, seasoned with salt, that ye may know how ye ought to an- swer every man, 7 All my state shall Tychicus declare unto you, who js a beloved brother, and a faith- ful minister and fel- lowservant in the Lord : 8 whom I have sent unto you for the same purpose, that he might know your es- tate, and comfort your hearts; 9 with Onesimus, a faithful and beloved brother, who is ome of you. They shall make known unto you all things which aye done here, 10 Aristarchus my fellowprisoner salut- eth you, and Marcus, sister’s son to Barna- bas, (touching whom ye received command- ments :-if he come un- to you, receive him ;) 11 and Jesus, which is called Justus, who are of the circumcision, These only are my fellowworkers unto the kingdom of God, which have been a comfort unto me, 12 E- paphras, who is one of you, a servant of Christ, saluteth you, always labouring fer- vently for you in prayers, that ye may stand perfect and com- plete in all the will of God. 13 For 1 bear him record, that he hatha great zeal for you, and them that are in Laodicea, and them in Hierapolis. 14 Luke, the beloved physician, and Demas, greet you. 15 Salute the brethren which are in Laodicea, and Nymphas, an¢@the church which is in his house. 16 And when this epistle is read a- mong you, cause that it be read also in the church of the Laodi-- ceans; and that ye 4 γνῶτε ye might know Lrtr. Τὸ ἡμῶν USLTTr. 5 γνωρίσουσιν 1, read These only who are of the circumcision [are the] &c. ura. ¥ σταθῆτε ΤΊτ. “ πεπληροφορημένοι fully assured LTTraw. GLTTra ; πόνον πολὺν W. ¥ Λαοδικίᾳ.τ. : Νύμφαν Nympha 1, house) Lg αὐτῶν (read their house) Trra. t Punctuate so as to Ὁ + Ἰησοῦ Jesus LTTra. χ πολὺν πότον Much labour 4 αὐτῆς (γειά her 528 likewise read tha 6” mistle from Laodicea, 17 And say to Archip- pus, Take heed to the ministry which thou hast received in the Lord, that thou fulfil ΠΡΟΣ ΘΒΕΒΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΕΙΣ A. 1. \ "πὰ Iba .- , We ny) Ὲ-: ~ 3 A ~ + 17 ‘ ” THY ἐκ Ααοῤικειας (να και υμεις ανα γνὼτε και ειπατε that from Laodicea that also ye may read. And say ῃ ‘ / e [ή 3 ᾿Αρχίππῳ, Βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν ν᾽ service which thou didst receive in [the] € ? A ane ied 3 Ο ἀσπασμὸς τῇῃ-έμῃ-χειρι to Archippus, Take heed to the κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς. 18 it. 18 The salutation Τιοχᾶ, “that it thou fulfil. The salutation *by *my [Sown] Shand by the hand of me pe Agar mae ἢ “τ ‘ , θ᾽ Paul. Remember my Παύλου. μνημονεύετε µου τῶν ὀεσμων. 1) χαρις με bonds. Grace be with 1ος *Paul, Remember my bonds. Grace [be] with you. Amen, Pinned eae π ἢ υμῶν. “ἀμὴν. you, Amen. ~ , ” 4 ~ ἀΠρὸς Κολασσαεῖς ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Ῥώμης, διὰ Τυχικοῦ καὶ To [the] Colossians written from Rome, by ‘ Tychicus and ᾿Ονηδίμου." Onesimus, eH ΠΡΟΣ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΗΙΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ ΕΓ πο ΤΗΕ] TTHESSALONIANS 7EPISTLE 50Ε *PAUL ΗΡΩΤΗ.' *FIRST. PAUL, and Silvanus, and Timotheus, unto the church of the Thessalonians which is in God the Father and in the Lord Jesus Christ: Grace be unto you, and peace, from God our Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ. 2 We give thanks to God always for you all, making mention of you in our prayers ; 3 remembering with- out ceasing your work of faith, and labour of love, and patience of hope in our Lord Je- sus Christ, in the sight of God and our Fa- ther ; 4 knowing, bre- thren beloved, your election of God. 5 For our gospel came not unto you in word only, but also in power, and in the Holy Ghost, and in much assurance; as ye know what manner of men we were a- mong you for your sake. 6 And ye be- vame followcrs of us, ΠΑΥΛΟΣ καὶ Σιλουανὸς καὶ Τιμόθεος, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ Θεσ- Paul and Silvanus and Timotheus, tothe assembly of Thes- σαλονικέων ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ" salonians in God {the] Father and([the] Lord Jesus Christ. χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη fad θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν καὶ Grace toyou and peace from God our Father Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." Jesus Christ. 2 ~ ~ ~ a7 4 ’ ε ~ 2 Ἐὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν, We give thanks toGod always concerning αἱ] you, ~ ΚΕΑ ~ ~ ~ νείαν ξὑμῶν' ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ TOY_TPOTEVYOV.yUaY, 8 ἀδια- “mention ὅο στοὰ ‘making at our prayers, un- λείπτως μνημονεύοντες ὑμῶν τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως καὶ TOU eeasingly remembering your work of faith and κόπου τῆς ἀγάπης καὶ τῆς ὑπομονῆς τῆς ἐλπίδος τοῦ κυρίου labour oflove and endurance of hope of “Lord ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς ἡμῶν" tour Jesus Christ, before *God Sand *Father our ; 4 εἰδότες, ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ " θεοῦ, τὴν ἐκλογὴν. ὑμῶν. Knowing, brethren beloved by God, your election. 5 ὅτι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον-ἡμῶν οὐκ. ἐγενήθη isic' ὑμᾶς ἐν λόγῳ κυρίου and [the] Lord Because our glad tidings came not to you η word µόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει καὶ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ, καὶ Σέν’ only, but also in. power and in[the) Spirit ‘Holy, and in πληροφορίᾳ πολλῇ, καθὼς οἴδατε οἷοι ἐγενήθημεν Ἰὲν! “full “assurance -*much, even as ye know what we were among « - ? ς ~ ~ ~ ὑμῖν δι ὑμᾶς. ϐ καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἡμῶν ἐγενήθητε you forthe sake οὗ you: an ye imitators of us became πα μις ια πμ μονο ο συμμοριών νο. Ὁ Λαοδικίας τ. GLTw ; Πρὸς Κολασσαεῖς Tra. . © + του Αποστόλου the apostle E; Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεις α΄ LTTrAW. of verse [L]rtra. 1 Γεν Tr. ς — ἀμήν GLTTrAW. ἃ Πρὸς Κολοσσαεῖς &c. Ε; — the subscription f — ἀπὸ θεοῦ to end Ε -- ὑμῶν LTTr[{A]. 1 πρὸς 1,. k — ἐν τ[τε], bh + τοῦ τ. i, Il. I THESSALONIANS. καὶ τοῦ κυρίου, δεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον ἐν θλίψει πολλῇ and of the Lord, having accepted the word im tribulation ‘much μετὰ χαρᾶς πνεύματος ἁγίου, 7 ὥστε γενέσθαι ὑμᾶς Ὀτύπους! with joy of [the] *Spirit “Holy, sothat "became ‘ye patterns πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐμ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ καὶ " τῇ ᾿Αχαΐᾳ. toall those believing Macedonia and Achaia: ? ως ~ ? [4 / ’ 5 ἀφ. ὑμῶν.γὰρ ἐξήχηται ὁ λόγος τοῦ κυρίου οὐ μόνον ἐν forfrom you hassoundedout the word of the Lord not only in in τῷ Μακεδονίᾳ Kai°’Ayaig, Padda" «καὶ! ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ ἡ Macedonia and Achaia, but also in every place πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἐξελήλυθεν, ὥστε μὴ your faith which [is] towards God has gone abroad, soas ΠΟ τε anything ; χρείαν Ἱἡμᾶς ἔχειν"! λαλεῖν 9 αὐτοὶ γὰρῥ περὶ need ‘for “us *to thave {ο 580 for themselves concerning ἡμῶν ἀπαγγέλλουσιν ὁποίαν εἴσοδον "ἔχομεν" "πρὸς ὑμᾶς, us relate what entrancein we have to you, ‘ ~ ? / « A A > 4 ~ ? ιά καὶ πῶς ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δου- and how ye turned to God from idols, to λεύειν θεῷ ζῶντι και ἀληθινῷ, 10 καὶ ἀναμένειν τὸν υἱὸν 4 JULY, 4 serve’ 2 *God Vliving 7and ‘true, and to await 7Son αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν, ὃν ἤγειρεν οἐκ Σνεκρῶν, Ἱη- "his from the heavens, whom he raised from among [the] dead— Je- σοῦν τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς "ἀπὸ" τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης. sus, who delivers us from the *wrath Xcoming, 2 Αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε, ἀδελφοί, τὴν. εἴσοδον-ημῶν τὴν For *yourselves 'ye know, brethren, ourentrancein which[wehad] πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὅτι οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν. 2 ἀλλὰ “καὶ προπαθόν- το you, that not void it has been; but also having before suf- Δ ε, / 1 ΒΩ ? / Ξ ᾽ > τες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες, καθὼς οἴδατε, ἐν Φιλίπποις, ἔπαρ- fered and having been insulted,evenas yeknow, at Philippi, we ΄ 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ * Α ~ A ’ ῥησιασάμεθα ἐν τῷ.θεῷ.ἡμῶν λαλῆσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον were bold in our God tospeak to you the glad tidings ~ ~ ὦ ~ ο ~ « 4 ’ e ~ ? τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι. ὃ Ἡ γὰρ παράκλησις ἡμῶν οὐκ of Godin much _ conflict. For exhortation ‘our [was] not ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, Ξοὔτε! ἐν δόλῳ, 4 ἀλλὰ καθὼς ου error; nor of wuncleanness, nor in guile; but evenas ΤᾺ ΄ « A ~ ~ ~ [ή 5 δεδοκιµάσµεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πιστευθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, we have been approved by God tobe entrusted with the glad tidings, οὕτως λαλοῦμεν, οὐχ ὡς ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκοντες, ἀλλὰ Στφ! 5ο we speak ; not as *men ‘pleasing, but θεῷ, τῷ δοκιµάζοντι τὰς καρδίας "ἡμῶν." 5 Οὔτεγάρ ποτε God, who proves the _ hearts of us. For neither at any time ἐν λόγῳ *xodaxeiac" ἐγενήθημεν, καθὼς οἴδατε, οὔτε with word of flattery were we {with you], evenas yeknow, nor ἐν προφάσει πλεονεξίας, θεὸς μάρτυς, 6 οὔτε ζητοῦντες with apretext of covetousness, God [is] witness; nor seeking > , ΄ ~ ” > » ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δόξαν, οὔτε ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν οὔτε ἀπ᾽ ἄλλων, from men glory, neitherfrom you nor from others, [though]. . ΄ e ~ ? a > > δυνάμενοι ἐν βάρει εἶναι ὡς χριστοῦ ἀπόστολοι; 7 δάλλ" having power “burdensome 110396 as Christ’s apostles ; but ἐγενήθημεν “ἤπιοι" ἐν μέσῳ ὑμῶν, ὡς ἂν" τροφὸς θάλπφ we were gentle in yourmidst, as a nurse would cherish before," 529 and of the Lord, hev- lag received the werd in much affliction, with joy of the Holy Ghost: 7 so that ye were ensamples toall that believe in Mace- donia and Achaia, 8 For from you sound- ed out the word of the Lord not only in Ma- cedonia and Achaia, but also in every place your faith to God- ward is spread abroad; so that we need not to speak any thing. 9 For they themssives shew of us what man- ner of entering in we had unto you, and how ye turned to God from idols to serve the liv- ing and true God; 10 and to wait for his Son from heaven, whom he raised from the dead, even Jesus, which delivered us ' from the wrath to come, It. For ο i> brethren, ow our ‘entrance in unto you, that it was not in vain: 2 but even after that we had suffered and were shamefully entreated, ‘as ye know, at Phi- lippi, we were bold in our God to speak unto you the gospel of God with muchcontention. ‘3 For our exhortation was not of deceit, nor of uncleanness, nor in guile: 4 but as we were allowed of God to be put in trust with the gospel, even so we speak ; not aspleasing men, but God, which trieth our hearts. 5 For neither at any time used we flattering words, as ye know, nor a cloke of:,covet- ousness; God is wit- ness: 6 nor of men sought we glory, nei- ther of you, nor yet of others, when we might ave been burden- some, as the apostles of Christ. 7 But we were gentle among ou, even as 8 nurse cherisheth her chil- ~ τι τύπον a pattern LTTrAW. n+ éyin LITraw. . » c a 9 — και LTTraWw, T exety ημας ΤΤΤΓΑΥΥ, αΤ,ΤΤΙΑ. "ἐκ out of τιν. π ---καὶ GLTTrAW. ὑμῶν of you w. ® κολακίας T. Ὁ ἀλλὰ TTr. x οὐδὲ LITrAW, © νήπιοι Simple 1. ο + ἐν (in) τῇ 11. 5 ἔσχομεν we had GLTTrAW. P ἀλλ᾽ LA. t + τῶν the Σ — τῷ [L}rTra. ἃ ἐὰν LTTIA. M ut 630 dren: 8 s0 being af- fectionately desirous of you, we were will- ing to have imparted unto you, not the gos- pel of God only, but also our own souls, because ye were dear unto us. 9 For ye re- member, brethren, our labour and travail: for labouring night and day, because we would not be charge- able uwuto any of you, we preached unto you the gospel, of God. 10 Ye are witnesses, and God also, bow holily and justly and unblameably we be- haved ourselves a- mong you that be- lieve : 11 as ye know how we exhorted and comforted and charged every one of you, as a father doth his chil- dren, 12 that ye would walk worthy of God, who hath called you unto his kingdom and glory. 13 For this cause also thank we God without ceasing, because, when ye re- ceived the word of God which ye heard of us, ye received it not as the word of men, but as it is in truth, the word of God, which effectually worketh also in you that believe. 14 For ye, brethren, became followers of the churches of God which in Judza are in Christ Jesus: for ye also have suffered like things of your own countrymen, even as they have of the Jews: 15 who both killed the Lord .Jesus, and their own prophets, and have persecuted us; and they please. τν God, and are con- trary ΄ {ο all ‘men: 16 forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they might be saved, to fill up their sins alway: for the wrath is come upon them to the utter- most, 17 But we, brethren, bey:g taken from you for a short time in 6 ὁμειρόμενοι GLTTrAW. Ὦ μαρτυρόμενος TIrAW. αὐτὰ GLITIAW. ο έφθακεν has come ΠΡΟΣ ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΕΙΣ A. IL τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα. 8 οὕτως “ἱμειρόμενοι" ὑμῶν, εὐδοκοῦμεν herown children. Thus yearning over you, we were. picased μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν οὐ µόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ to have imparted toyou not only the glad tidings of God, but καὶ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς, διότι ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν fyeyévnoOe." ‘also our own lives, because beloved tous ye have become, 9 μνημονεύετε.γάρ, ἀδελφοί, τὸν.κόπον-ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον" For yeremember, brethren, our labour and the ‘ toil, νυκτὸς. γὰρ" καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι, πρὸς τὸ μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί for night and day working, for not to burden τινα ὑμῶν, ἐκηρύξαμεν εἰς ὑμᾶς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ θεοῦ. anyone of you, we proclaimed to you {πθ glad tidings of God. 10 ὑμεῖς µάρτυρες καὶ ὁ θεός, ὡς ὁσίως καὶ δικαίως καὶ Ye [816] witnesses, and God, how holily and righteously and αμέμπτως ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν ἐγενήθημεν, 11 καθάπερ. blamelessly with you that believe we were: even as οἴδατε, we ἕνα. ἕκαστον ὑμῶν, ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ, παρα- ye know, ΒΟ eath one of you, as a father *children *his 7own, ex- καλοῦντες ὑμᾶς καὶ παραμυθούμενοι 12 καὶ "μαρτυρούμενοι," horting you and consoling ‘and testifying, εἰς τὸ Ἱπεριπατῆσαιὶ ὑμᾶς ἀξίως τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ καλοῦντος for 2to *have *walked 1γοαι worthily of God, who ealls ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν.ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν. 18 Ἐ Διὰ τοῦτο τοι to his own kingdom aand_ glory. Because of this καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως, OTL παραλα- also we give thanks toGod unceasingly, that, having re- βόντε λόγον ἀκοῆς παρ ἡμῶν τοῦ θεοῦ ἐδέξασθε ov ceived [the] word of [the] report *by *us of “God, ye accepted not λόγον ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ καθώς ἐστιν ἀληθῶς, λόγον θεοῦ, ὃς 2word men’s, but evenas itis truly, 2word *God’s, which καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν. 14 ὑμεῖς γὰρ μιμηταὶ also works in you who believe. For ye imitators ἐγενήθητε, ἀδελφοί, THY ἐκκλησιῶν τοῦ θεοῦ τῶν οὐσῶν ἐν τῇ became, brethren, of the assemblies of God which are in ? , ~? ~ { , - Ιουδαίᾳ ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ, ὅτι ἱταὐτὰ! ἐπάθετε καὶ ὑμεὶς Judza in Christ Jesus ; because the same things *suffered "also ‘ye € 4 ~ , ~ ‘ x ~ ὑπὸ πῶν ἰδίων συμφυλετῶν καθὼς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἴου- from yourown countrymen 88 also they from the Jews, δαίων, 15 τῶν καὶ τὸν κύριον ἀποκτεινάντων ᾿Ιησοῦν καὶ who *both *the *Lord ‘killed Jesus and τοὺς "ἰδίους" ἷ i πὑμᾶς" ἐκδιωξά i θεῷ 6: γυς" προφήτας, καὶ "ὑμᾶς" ἐκδιωξάντων, καὶ θεῷ their own prophets, and ου drove out, and *God μὴ.ἀρεσκόντων, καὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἐναντίων, 16 κω- 14ο “not “please, and “all 3t0°men [8416] ?contrary, | for- λυόντων ἡμᾶς τοῖς ἔθνεσιν λαλῆσαι ἵνα σωθῶσιν, εἰς bidding us tothe nations to speak that they may besaved, for τὸ ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 9ἐφθάσεν' δὲ to fill up their Bins always: but-is come ἐπ᾿ αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς.τέλος. upon them the wrath to the uttermost. 17 Ἡμεῖς.δέ, ἀδελφοί, ἀπορφανισθέντες ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν πρὸς But we, brethren, having been bereaved of you for 8 — γὰρ for GLTTraw. Κ + καὶ and LTT:A. ι τὰ * B ἡμᾶς US EGLITrAW. f ἐγενήθητε ye became LTTraw. 1 περιπατεῖν “to “walk LTTraw. m — ἔδιους (read the prophets) GLTTraW L. 9 I THESSALONIANS. καιρὸν ὥρας προσώπῳ ov καρδίᾳ, περισσοτέρως ἐἔσπου- time of anhour in face, not inheart, more abundantly were δάσαμεν τὸ πρόσωπον ὑμῶν ἰδεῖν ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ" 18 διὸ" diligent your face to see with much desire ; wherefore ἠθέλήσαμεν ἐλθεῖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἐγὼ μὲν Παῦλος καὶ ἅπαξ _ we wished tocome to you, 1 indeed Paul, koth once καὶ δίς, καὶ ἐνέκοψεν ἡμᾶς ὁ σατανᾶς. 19 τίς γὰρ ἡμῶν and twice, and “hindered “8 ‘Satan ; for what [is] our ἐλπὶς ἢ χαρὰ ἣ στέφανος καυχήσεως; ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς hope or joy ΟΥ̓ crown of boasting? orf[are] not even ye ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ *xpicrov" ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ before our Lord Jesus Christ at his ος , ς - , ? « 4 ε x « / παρουσίᾳ ; 20 ὑμεῖς γάρ ἐστε ἡ δόξα ἡμῶν και ἡ χαρά. coming? for ye are our glory’ and joy. Ὁ Διὸ μηκέτι στέγοντες, ᾿εὐδοκήσαμενὶ καταλειφθῆναι Wherefore πιο longer enduring, we thought good to be left a / ‘ v4 A 4 ἐν ᾿Αθήναις μόνοι, 2 καὶ ἐπέμψαμεν Τιμόθεον τὸν ἀδελφὸν in Athens alone, and sent Timotheus ?prother ς ~ " ~ ~ 4 ‘ 6 ~ ? ~ ἡμῶν καὶ ἴδιάκονον" τοῦ θεοῦ Ἱκαὶ συνεργὸν ἡμῶν" ἐν τῷ κου” and servant of God and *fellow-worker ‘our in the εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλέσαι glad tidings ofthe Christ, for toestablish you and _ to encourage ὑμᾶς" Ἀπερὶ' τῆς.πίστεως ὑμῶν 8 Στῷὶ Ἰμηδένα σαίνεσθαι! you concerning your faith that no one be moved ἐν ταῖς.θλίψεσιν ταύταις" αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε ὅτι εἰς τοῦτο by these tribulations. (For yourselves know that for this κείμεθα" 4 αν OTE πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἦμεν, προελέγομεν ὑμῖν weareset; foralso, when with you wewere, wetold “Ρεξοτεπαπᾶά ‘you ὅτι μέλλομεν θλίβεσθαι, καθὼς καὶ ἐγένετο καὶ οἵ- we are about tosuffer tribulation, evenas also itcametopass and ye dare. 5 διὰ τοῦτο κἀγὼ μηκέτι στέγων, ἔπεμψα εἰς τὸ know.) Because of this. ITalso nolonger enduring, sent for γνῶναι τὴν. πἰδτιν. ὑμῶν, . μήπως ἐπείρασει ὑμᾶς ὁ to know your faith, lest perhaps *did°tempt ‘you ‘he *who πειράζων, καὶ εἰς κενὸν γένηται ὁκόπος ἡμῶν. 6 ἄρτι.δὲ tempts, and void should become our labour. But now ? γ / A ε ~ aes ae he eae 3 ᾽ ἐλθόντος Τιμοθέου πρὸς ἡμᾶς ad’ ὑμῶν, καὶ εὐαγγελισα- “having "come *Timotheus to us from you, and having announced μένου ἡμῖν τὴν πίστιν kai τὴν ἀγάπην ὑμῶν, καὶ ὅτι giad tidings to us [of] "faith 7and *love tyour, and that ἔχετε μνείαν ἡμῶν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε, ἐπιποθοῦντες ἡμᾶς ye nave “remembrance *of*us “good lalways, longing Sus ἰδεῖν, καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς ὑμᾶς, 7 διὰ τοῦτο παρεκλή- ἦϊο “see, evenas also we you: becauseof this we were encou- θηµεν, ἀδελφοί, ἐφ᾽ ὑμῖν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ “θλίψει Kai ἀνάγκῃ" raged, brethren, asto you, in all 2tribulation “and *necessity ἡμῶν, διὰ τῆς ὑμῶν. πίστεως 8 ὅτι νῦν ζῶμεν ἐὰν ὑμεῖς tour, through your faith, because now weiive if ye ὑστήκητε' ἐν κυρίῳ. 9 τίνα γὰρ εὐχαριστίαν δυνάμεθα should stand fast in [the] Lord. For what thanksgiving are we able τῷ θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι περὶ ὑμῶν, ἐπὶ πάσῃ TH χαρᾷ 3to*God = 4to “render concerning you, for 41 _—itthe joy 531 presence, not in heart, endeavoured the more abundantly tosee yous face with great desire. 18 Wherefore we would have come unto you, even I Paul, once and again ; but Satan hindered us. 19 For what zs our hope, or joy, or crown of re- joicing ? Are noteven ye in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming ? 20 for ye are our glory and joy. 111. Wherefore when we could no longer forbear, we thought it good to be left at Athens alone; 2 and sent Timotheus, our brother, and minister of God, and our fellow- labourer in the gospel of Christ, to establish you, and to comfort you concerning your faith: 3that no man should be moved by these afflictions: for yourselves know that we are appointed there- unto. 4 For verily, when we. were with you, we told you be- fore that we should suffer tribulation ; even as it came to pass, and ye know. 5 For this cause, when 1 could no longer for- bear, I sent to know your faith, lest by some means the temp- ter have tempted you, and our labour be in vain. 6 But now when Timotheus came from you unto*us, and brought us good tid- ings of your faithand charity, and that ye have good remem- brance of us always, desiring greatly to see us, as we also to seé you. 7 therefore, bre- thren, we were com- forted over you in all our affliction and dis- tress by your faith: 8 for now we live, if ye stand fast in the Lord. 9 For what thanks can we render to God again for you, for all the joy where- ————— eee το} - α διότι because LTTrAW. ¥ — χριστοῦ LTTrA. fellow-worker (read τοῦ θεοῦ under God) GLaw. δ — ὑμᾶς LITrAW. x ὑπὲρ GLTTrAW, Υ τὸ LTTrAW. θαι 1. 5 ἀνάγκῃ nat θλίψει LTTraw. Ὁ στήκετε Stand fast ΤΤΓΑ. 5 ηὐδοκήσαμεν TTr. ¥ — καὶ συνεργὸν ἡμῶν GLTTrAW. 2 μηδὲν (nothing [ye]) ἀσαίνεσ- t συνεργὸν 632 with we joy for your sakes before our God; 10 night and day pray- ing excecdingly that we might see your face, and might per- fect that which is lacking in your faith? 11 Now God himself and our Father, and our Lord Jesus Christ, direct our way unto you. 12 And the Lord make you to increase and abound in love one toward another, and toward 411 men, even as we do toward you : 13 to the end he may stablish your hearts unblameable in holiness before God, even our Father, at the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with all his saints. IV. Furthermorethen we beseech you, bre- thren, and exhort you by the Lord Jesus, that as ye have received of us how ye ought to walk and to please God, so ye would a- bound more and more, 2 For ye know what commandments we gave you by the Lord Jesus, 3 For this is the will of God, even τς sanctification, hat ye should abstain from fornication : 4 thatevery one of you should know how to possess his vessel in sanctification and ho- nour ; 5 not inthe lust of conetpiscence, even as the Gentiles which know not God: 6 that no man go beyond and defraud his brother in any matter: because that the Lord its the avenger of all such, as we also have fore- warned you and testi- fied. 7 For God hath τοῦ called us unto un- cleanness, but unto holiness. 8 He there- fore that despiseth, de- Spiseth not man, but God, who hath also given unto us his holy Spirit. ᾿Ξ ΞΞ ΞΘ οἱ ee ee ee ee 55 (ending the question at ἡμῶν) Ga. f — χριστοῦ LTTraw. K + καθὼς καὶ περιπατεῖτε even as also ye are walking LrTraw. m — ὃ (read [(the]) LTTra. ἃ διδόντα gives LTTr, of God) t. MPOS ΘΕΣΣΑΛΔΟΝΜΙΓΚΕΙΣ A. , ? χαίρομεν δι wherewith we rejoice on account of you 10 νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἀὑπὲρ.ἐκπερισσοῦ" δεόμενοι εἰς τὸ ἰδεῖν night and day exceedingly beseeching for to see ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον, καὶ καταρτίσαι τὰ ὑστερήματα τῆς πίστεως your face, and toperfect the things Jacking in *faith ὑμῶν; 11 Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ ἡμῶν καὶ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν Ill, 17. ὑμᾶς ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν," before our God, 1your ὃ But himself 3ᾳοᾶ “and our °Father ‘and Sonr *Lord ~ ‘ ᾿ ε ‘ ~ 4 « ~ Ἰησοῦς “χριστὸς! κατευθύναι τὴν.ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. toFesus 1 Christ may direct our way ο τοι. πλεονάσαι 12 ὑμᾶς. δὲ ὁ κύριος καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ lmay *make to exceed and But °you *the *Lord to abound ἀγάπῃ εἰς ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας, καθάπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς in love toward one another and toward all, evenas also we εἰς ὑμᾶς, 18 εἰς τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας ἀμέμπτους toward you, for toestablish your hearts biameless ἐν ἁγιωσύνῃ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, ἐν τῇ in holiness before 7God °and *Father- ‘our, at the παρουσίᾳ τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ ἰχριστοῦ" μετὰ πάντων τῶν coming of our Lord Jesus Christ with © all ἁγίων.αὐτοῦ. 5 his saints. 4 Τὸ! λοιπὸν οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρα- Fortherest then, brethren, we beseech you and we καλοῦμεν ἐν κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ,ὶ καθὼς παρελάβετε παρ᾽ ἡμῶν exhort in {the] Lord Jesus, evenas yereceived from us τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν καὶ ἀρέσκειν θεῷ, * ἵνα περισ- how it behoves you to walk and please God, that yeshould σεύητε μᾶλλον. 2 οἴδατε.γὰρ τίνας παραγγελίας ἐδώκαμεν. abound more. For yeknow what injunctions we gave ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ. 3 τοῦτο.γάρ éoriy! θέλημα τοῦ you through the Lord Jesus, For this is *will θεοῦ, ὁ. ἁγιασμὸς ὑμῶν, ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τῆς πορνείας, *God’s, yoursanctification, *to*abstain ['for]“you from fornication, 29/ ͵ ε ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι ἐν *to "know *each of “you [how] *his*own ‘vessel to “possess in « ~ ‘ ~ ΄ , ’ ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ, ὃ μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας καθάπερ καὶ sanctification and honour, (mot in passion of lust even as 8150 τὰ ἔθνη τὰ μὴ εἰδότα τὸν θεύν' 6 τὸ μὴ ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ the nations who know not God,) not togo beyond and πλεονεκτεῖν ἐν τῷ πράγματι τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, διότι ἔκ- to overreach in the , matter his brother ; because [the] a- « , Z ‘ ‘ « δικος __™o" κύριος περὶ πάντων τούτων, καθὼς καὶ venger [is] the Lord concerning all these things, even as_ also , e ~ 4 , , "προείπαμεν! ὑμῖν καὶ διεµαρτυράµεθα. 7 οὐ. γὰρ ἐκάλεσεν we told “before ‘you and fully testified. For *not cailed « ~ « A ? \ ? / , ~ ~ ἡμᾶς ὁ θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, οἀλλ'" ἐν ἁγιασμῷ. 8 τοιγαροῦν *us God to uncleanness, but in sanctification. So then « 3 ~ ᾽ » a ~ ‘ / Ν 0 ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν θεόν, τὸν he that sets aside, “ποὺ ο Sman 1sets aside, but God, who Ρκαὶ" Wovra" στὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ" τὸ ἅγιον εἰς ἡμᾶς." also gave his “Spirit *Holy to us. ἆ ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GLTTrAW. ιῶν , © — χριστὸς LTTrA. Ε + ἀμήν Amen [τ]τ. bh — Τὸ GLTTraw. i+ ἵνα that LTTra. 1 + [τὸ] (read the will πομ ο ἀλλὰ TTr. Ρ — καὶ LT:[A]. δυμας you LT?Traw. the. Ὁ προείπομεν 6. F αντου τὸ πνεῦμα 1. I THESSALONIANS. τῆς φιλαδελφίας ob χρείαν ἴἔχετε" brotherly love “no ‘need ye “have [for me] IV, V. 9 Περὶ.δὲ Now concerning c ~ > A A « ~ , 7ὔ 7 > ‘ ? ἐδ φειν ὑμῖν, αὐτοὶ. γὰρ ὑμεῖς θεοδίδακτοί ἐστε εἰς τὸ ἀγαπᾷν write toyou, for*yourselves ‘ye ‘*taught *of °God “are for to love > ἢ ἊΝ ‘ A ~ 7 4 > / 4 ? ἀλλήλους" 10 καὶ γὰρ ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελ- one another. For also ye do this towards all the bre- A τ 4 all ? « ~ ὃ ͵ ~ ἈΝ ~ φοὺς ‘Tove ἐν ὕλῃ.τῇῃ. Μακεδονίᾳ. παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, thren who [are] in the whole of Macedonia ; but we exhort you, 29 s [2 ~ ‘ ~ < , ἀδελφοί, περισσεύειν μᾶλλον, 11 καὶ φιλοτιμεῖσθαι ἡσυχάζειν γρά- το brethren, to abound more, and endeavour earnestly to be cuiet καὶ πράσσειν τὰ ἴδια, Kat ἐργάζεσθαι ταῖς "ἰδίαις" χερσὶν and to do your own things, and to work with *own *hands ὑμῶν, καθὼς ὑμῖν παρηγγείλαµεν, 12 ἵνα περιπατῆτε εὖ- your, evenas on you we enjoined, that yemaywaik be- σχηµόνως πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω, καὶ μηδενὸς χρείαν ἔχητε. comingly towards those without, and ofnoone need ‘may “have. 13 Οὐ θελω" δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν, ἀδελφοί, περὶ *Not *I%do‘wish *but you’ to be ignorant, brethren, concerning «τῶν Σκεκοιμημένων, ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε, καθὼς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ those who have fallen asleep, that ye be not grieved, even as also the rest οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα. 14 εἰ γὰρ. πιστεύομεν ὅτι ᾿Ιησοῦς ἀπέ- who have no hope. Forif webelieve that Jesus died θανεν. καὶ ἀνέστη, οὕτως Kai ὃ θεὸς τοῦς κοιμηθέντας᾽ and rose again, 80 also God those who are fallen asleep διὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἄξει σὺν αὐτῷ. 15 τοῦτο.γὰρ ὑμῖν λέ- through Jesus willbring with him. For this to you we γοµεν ἐν λό κυρίου, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες, οἱ περι- Bay in [the] word of[the] Lord, that we the living who re- λειπόμενοι εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ κυρίου, οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν main to the coming ofthe Lord, in no wise may anticipate τοὺς κοιµηθέντας' 16 ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος ἐν. κελεύσ- those who are fallen asleep; because “himself *the *Lord with a shout of com- ματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχπαγγέλου Kai ἐν σάλπιγγι θεοῦ κατα- mand, with γοῖσος ‘archangel’s and with trumpet of God shall βήσεται ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται. descend from heaven, and the dead in Christ shall rise πρῶτον" 17 ἔπειτα ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες οἱ περιλειπόμενοι, ἅμα first ; then we the. living who ἶ remain, together σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν with them shall be caught away in[the] clouds’ for [the} meeting . τοῦ κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα, καὶ οὕτως πάντοτε σὺν + κυρίῳ ἐσό- ofthe Lord in{the] air; and thus always with [the] Lord we shall µεθα. 18 ὥστε παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους ἐν τοῖς λόγοιε τούτοις. be. So encourage one another with these words, 5 Περὶ δὲ τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν, ἀδελφοί, οὐ χρείαν But concerning the times and the seasons, brethren, *no ‘need ἔχετε ὑμῖν γράφεσθαι 2 αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἀκριβῶς οἴδατε ὅτι απο “have for you to be written [to], for *yourselves “accurately tye *know that τὴ" ἡμέρα κυρίου we κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως ἔρχεται" the day οἱ [Πε] Lord δα. κα thief by night 80 comes, 3 ὅταν. "γὰρ" «λέγωσιν, Ἑἰρήνη καὶ ἀσφάλεια, τότε αἰφνί- For when they maysay, Peace απᾶ ρεουτίόγ, then sud- διος αὐτοῖς Ῥέφίσταται! ὄλεθρος, ὥσπερ ἡ.ὠδν τῇ den “upon *them 2comes ldestruction, as travail to her 533 9 But as touching brotherly love ye need not that I write unto you: for yeyourselves . are taught of God’ to love one another. 10 And indeed ye do it toward all the bre- thren which arein all Macedonia: but we beseech you, brethren, that ye increase more and more; ll and that yestudy to be quiet,and to do your own busi- ness, and to work with your own hands, ag we commanded you; 12 that ye may walk honestly toward them that are without, and that ye may have lack of nothing, 13 But I would not have you to be igno- rant, brethren, con- cerning them which are asleep, that ye sor- Tow not, even as others which have no hope. 14 For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so them also which sleep _in Jesus will God bring with him. 15 For this we say unto you by the word of the Lord, that we which are a- live and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not prevent them which are _ asleep. 16 For the Lord him- self shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of , God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first : 17 then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever he with the Lord. 18 Wherefore comfort one arfother with these words, V. But of the times and the seasons, bre- thren, ye have no need that I write unto you. 2 For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so com- eth as a thief in the night. 3' or when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sud- den destruction com- eth upon them, as travail upon a woman v — τοὺς LI[Tr]. Υ κοιμωμένων are falling asleep LTTra. Ὁ ἐπίσταται TTr. t €xous we have L. 3do °wish GLITraWw. 8 — yap for ezira ; [δὲ] but L. w— ἰδίαις OWN LTTrAW. 2 — ἡ (read [the]) trt:[a]w. x θέλομεν 3νυθ 534 with child; and they shall notescape. 4 But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. 5 Ye are all the children of light, and the child- ren of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness. 6 Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober. 7 For they that sleep sleep in the night; and they that be drunken are drunken in the night. 8 But let us, who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation. 9 For God hath not appoint- Βα us to wrath, but to obtain salvation by our Lord Jesus Christ, 10 who died for us, that, whether we wake or sleep, we should live together with him. 11 Wherefore comfort yourselves. together, and edify one another, even as also ye do. 12 And we beseech you, brethren, to know them which labour a- mong you, and are over you in the Lord, and admonish τοι; 13 and to esteem them very highly in love for their ποτ] sake. And be at peace among yourselves, 14 Now we exhort you, brethren, warn them that are unruly, com- fort the feebleminded, support the weak, be patient toward all men. 15 See that none render evil for evil unto any man ; but ever follow that which is good, both amcng your- selves, and to all men. 16 Rejoice evermore, 17 Pray without ceas- ing. 18 In every thing give thanks: for this is the will of God in Christ Jesus con- cerning you. 19 Quench not the Spirit. 20 De- προς ESS ANON TRE TS A. hig ἐν γαστρτ. ἐχούσῃ, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐκφύγωσιν. 4 ὑμεῖς-δε, ἀδελ- that is with child; and in no:wise shall they escape. But ye, bre- poi, οὐκ.ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει, ἵνα “ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς" ὡς ἀκλεπτηςὶ thren, are not in darkness, that the day you as a thief καταλάβῃ" 5 πάντες " ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας" should overtake: ail ye sons oflight are and sons of day ; οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους. 6 dpa οὖν μὴ καθεύδωµεν wearenot ofnight nor of darkness, So then we should not sleep Γκαὶὶ οἱ λοιποί, ἀλλὰ γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν. also the _ rest, but we should watch and we should be sober ; 7 οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες νυκτὸς καθέύδουσιν, καὶ οἱ εθυ- for they that sleep *by *night sleep, and they that are σκόµενοι νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν' ὃ ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες νήφω- drunken “by *night ‘get 7drunk; but we ’of*day ‘being should be μεν, "ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ sober, having put on [the] breastplate of faith and love, and [as] περικεφαλαίαν ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας 9 ὅτι οὐκ ἔθετο ἡμᾶς helmet “hope 4salvation’s ; because not *has *set ‘us ὁ θεὸς εἰς ὀργήν, SaXX'! εἰς περιποίησιν σωτηρίας διὰ τοῦ 1God for wrath, but for obtaining salvation through κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, 10 τοῦ ἀποθανόντος Νὑπὲρ' ἡμῶν, our Lord Jesus Christ, who died for us, ἵνα εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωµεν, ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ that whether we may watch or wemay sleep, together with him ζήσωμεν. 11 διὸ παρακαλεῖτε ἀλλήλους, καὶ οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς we may live. Wherefore encourage one another, and build up one τὸν ἕνα, καθὼς καὶ ποιεῖτε. the other, evenas also ye are doing. 12 ᾿Ερωτῶμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας But we beseech you, brethren, to know thosewho labour ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ προϊσταμένους ὑμῶν iv κυρίῳ, καὶ νουθε- among you, ‘and take the lead of you in{the} Lord, and admo- τοῦντας ὑμᾶς, 13 καὶ ἡγεῖσθαι αὐτοὺς Ιὑπὲρ.ἐκπερισσοῦ! ἐν ὡς 85 nish you, and toesteem them exceedingly in ἀγάπῃ διὰ τὸ ἔργον.αὐτῶν. εἰρηνεύετε ἐν "ἑαυτοῖς." love οἱ δοοοπῃῦ of their work. Be at peace among yourselves. 14 παρακαλοῦμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοί, νουθετεῖτε τοὺς ἀτάκτους, But weexhort , you, brethren, admonish the disorderly, ~ ‘ ? /΄ ? / ~ ? ~ παραμυθεῖσθε τοὺς ὀλιγοψύχους, ἀντέχεσθε τῶν ἀσθενῶν, µα- console ‘the faint-hearted, sustain the weak, be κροθυμεῖτε πρὸς πάντας. 15 ὁρᾶτε μή τις κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ. patient towards all. See that not’anyone evil for 6011 τινὶ . ἀποδῷ Ἱ ἀλλὰ πάντοτε τὸ ἀγαθὸν διώκετε ™eai" εἰς to anyone render, but always the good pursue both towards ? , Ν aes , ; , / ? ἀλλήλους καὶ εἰς πάντας. 16 πάντοτε χαίρετε. 17 ἀδια- one another andtowards all; always rejoice ; unceas- λείπτως προσεύχεσθε. 18 ἐν παντὶ εὐχαριστεῖτε: τοῦτο.γὰρ" ingly pray ; in everything give thanks, for this , ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ θέλημα θεοῦ ἔν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς. 19 τὸ πνεῦμα {isthe} will’ of God in Christ Jesus towards you; the Spirit spise not prophesy- \ , τ ings. 31 Ps ee μὴ. “σβέννυτε." 20 προφητείας μὴ ἐξουθενεῖτε. 21 πάντα things; hold fastthat do not quench ; prophecies do not set at naught; all thingy © ὑμᾶς ἡ ἡμέρα Lw. 4 κλέπτας thieves L. 5 + γὰρ for (all) GLTTrAw. f— καὶ LTTr[A]. wUTE @. 8 ἀλλὰ ΤΤτΑ. κ αὐτοῖς (read With them) Tr Ρ + δὲ but (all things) @urtraw, h περὶ TTr. ες ΠΝ - - 1 υπερεκπερισσώς LTTrA 3 ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ GW. ! ἀποδοι T, m — καὶ LTTr, X+eoTwisL, 9 ζβέν- I, II THESSALONIANS. δοκιμάζετε. τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε. 22 ἀπὸ παντὸς εἴδους πονη- prove, the right hold fast ; from every form of wicked- ~ ᾽ / ᾽ A SA y \ ~ ae « A pov ἀπέχεσθε. 23 Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης ἁγιάσαι ness abstain, Now ‘himself ?the *God *of °peace tmay sanctify ε ~ « ~ A « 7 « ~ A ~ ‘ ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς' καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ you wholly ; and Sentire ?your ‘spirit Sand ‘soul ‘ 4 ~ ? [ή ? ~ , ~ ’ ε ~ και TO σωµα ἀμέμπτως εν TH παρουσίᾳ του.κυρίου ημῶν 7and ®body ‘blameless ‘at the pane +o f Sour ma ? ~ ~ , 4 ~ / ~ ]ησοῦ χριστοῦ τηρηθείη. 24 πιστὸς 0 καλῶν ὑμᾶς, Jesus ‘*Christ ‘may °be ᾿ϑργϑβοσνοᾶ, [He 15] faithful who calls you, ὃς καὶ ποιήσει. 25 ᾿Αδελφοί, προσεύχεσθε περὶ ἡμῶν. who. also will perform [it]. Brethren, pray for us, 26 ἀσπάσασθε τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς πάντας ἐν φιλήματι ἁγίῳ. Salute “the . *brethren 1411 with 2 7kiss holy. « / ε ~ ‘ ~ 27 "ὁρκίζω" ὑμᾶς τὸν κύριον ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἔπιστο- Tadjure you [by] the Lord [that] be read the epistle Any πᾶσιν τοῖς "ἁγίοις" ἀδελφοῖς. “28 ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν toall the holy brethren. The grace of our Lord Inoov χριστοῦ μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. 'ἀμήν." Jesus Christ [be] with τοι, Amen, 7 Πρὸς θεσσαλονικεῖς πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ ᾿Αθηνῶν." "Το [519] “Thessalonians ‘first written from Athens, Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ ΠΠ το ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΕΙΣ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ [ΞΕ] STHESSALONIANS *EPISTLE ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ καὶ Σιλουανὸς καὶ Τιμόθεος, τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ Θεσ- Paul and Silvanus and Timotheus, to the assembly of Thes- σαλονικέων ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίῳ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστῷ" salonians in God Father ‘our and _ Lord Jesus Christ. 2 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς Ῥήμῶν" καὶ κυρίου Grace toyou and peace from God "Βαΐπεσ tour and Lord ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. Jesus Christ. 3 Εὐχαριστεῖν ὀφείλομεν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, 3ο *thank we 7ought God always concerning ‘you, ᾽ , ι » , ? ε « , « / ἀδελφοί, καθὼς ἄξιόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑπεραυξάνει ἡ πίστις brethren, evenas meet itis, ,because increases exceedingly *faith ὑμῶν, καὶ πλεονάζει 1) ἀγάπη ἑνὸς ἑκάστου πάντων ὑμῶν your, and abotnds the’ love of 7one leach of 5811 you " ἐν εἰς ἀλλήλους" 4 ὥστε «ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς" ἐν ὑμῖν καυχᾶσθαι in to oneanother; soasfor us _ ourselves 3in *you 14ο “boast ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὑμῶν καὶ πίστεως the assemblies of God for your endurance and = faith ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ΓΝ. , ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς διωγμοῖς ὑμῶν καὶ ταῖς θλίψεσιν αἷς ave- in all your persecutions and the tribulations which ye are χεσθε, 5 ἔνδειγμα τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως τοῦ θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ bearing; a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God, for 635 which is good, 22 Ab- stain from all appear- ance of evil. 23 And the very God of peace sanctify you wholly ; and I pray God your whole spirit and soul and body be preserved blameless unto the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ. 24 Faith- fulis he that calleth you, who aiso will da at, 25 Brethren, pray for us. 26 Greet allthe brethren with an holy kiss. 27 I charge you by the Lord that this epistle be read unto al] the holy brethren. 28 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen, ΔΕΥΤΕΡΑ.' ΣΦΗΕΟΟΝΡΟ, PAUL, and Silvanns, and Timotheus, unto the. church of the Thessalonians in God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ: 2 Grace unto you, and ace, from God our ather and the Lord Jesus Christ, 3 We are bound to thank God always for you, brethren, as itis meet, because that your faith groweth exceedingly, and the charity of every one of you all toward each other aboundeth ; 4 so that we ourselves glory in you in .the churches of God for your pa- tience and faith in all your persecutions and tribulations that ye endure: 5 which 4s a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God, that ye may bé 4 + [καὶ] also τ΄. ¥ ἐνορκίζω LTTrAW. 8 — ἁγίοις LTTrA. . ΄ SS = ’ ν--- the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεις α ττὰ. t — ἀμήν GLITrAW. ® + Παύλου τοῦ Αποστόλου of the Apostle Paul Ε; + Παύλου 6; Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς β΄ LTTraw. b — ἡμῶν (read [the]) [LtrJa ο αὐτοὺς ἡμᾶς TIrA. (ἐν- 1) LTTra, ἃ ἐγκανχᾶσθαν 536 counted worthy of the kingdom of God, for which ye also suffer: 6 seeing it isa right- eous thing with God to recompense tribu- lation to them that trouble you; 7 and to you who are trou- bled rest with us, when the Lord Je- sus shall be revealed from heaven with his mighty angels, 8 in fiaming fire taking vengeance on them that know not God, and that obey not the gospel of our Lord Je- sus Christ: 9 who shall be punished with ever- lasting destruction from the presence of the Lord, and from the glory of his power; 10 when he shall come to- be glorified in his saints, and to be ad- mired in all them that believe (because our testimony among you was believed) in that day. 11 Wherefore al- so we pray always for you, that our God would count you worthy of this calling, and fulfil all the good pleasure of his good- ness, and the work of faith with power: 12 that the name of our Lord Jesus Christ may be glorified in you, and ye in him, according to the grace of our God and the Lord Jesus Christ, II. Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our. Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto him, 2 that τε be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by Ictter’ as from us, as that the day of Christ is at hand. 3 Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day shall not come, except there come a falli away first, and that man of sin be reveal- ed, the son of perdi- tion ; 4 who opposeth and exaltceth himself above 41} that is called * φλογὶ πυρὸς a flame of tire Ltrw. eternal) 1. ΠΡΟΣ OESSAAONIKEIS ΜΒ. : ] 4 πιστεύσασιν believed GLTTraw. * κυρίου Lord ΟΙΤΤΤΑΥΥ. 1, πὶ. ὑμᾶς τῆς βασιλείας τοῦ θεοῦ, ὑπὲρ ἧς καταξιωθῆναι kingdom of God, for which 2to *be *accounted Sworthy ‘you of the καὶ πάσχετε' 6 εἴπερ δίκαιον παρὰ θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι also ye suffer ; if at least righteous [itis] with God to recompense τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλίψιν, 7 καὶ ὑμῖν τοῖς θλιβο- to those who oppress you tribulation, and to you that are ΟΡ- μένοις ἄνεσιν μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ pressed repose with 8, at the revelation of the Lord Jesus ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ per ἀγγέλων δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, 8 ἐν “πυρὶ φλογός, from heaven ‘with(the] angels of his power, in afire of flame, διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσιν θεόν, καὶ τοῖς μὴ awarding vengeance ΟΠ ἔλοςε that “not *know God, and those that *not ὑπακούουσιν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ.κυρίου-ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" 10Ώογ the glad tidings of our Lord Jesus Christ, 9 οἵτινες δίκην τίσουσιν. Εὔλεθρονὶ αἰώνιον, ἀπὸ who [the] penalty shall suffer, 7destruction ‘eternal, from [the] προσώπου τοῦ κυρίου, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς δόξης τῆς ἰσχύος.αὐτοῦ, presence of the Lord, and from πο glory of his strength, 10 ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς. ἁγίοις. αὐτοῦ καὶ when heshallhavecome ἴο ΡῈ ϱ]οτίβοαᾶά in his saints and θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς "πιστεύουσιν," ὅτι ἐπιστεύθη to be wondered at in all them that believe, (because *was Shelieved τὸ. μαρτύριον ἡμῶν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, ἐν τῇ. ἡμέρᾳ. ἐκείνῃ. 11 εἰς ὃ 1017 ?testimony 51ο του) + in that day. For which καὶ προσευχόµεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν, ἵνα ὑμᾶς ἀξιώσῃ also we pray always for you, that *you *may ‘count *worthy τῆς κλήσεως ὁ.θεὸς ἡμῶν, καὶ πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν 708 ®the "ορβ]]ΐηπς *our *God, and may fulfil every good pleasure ? ’ » ή a id ue ἀγαθωσύνης καὶ ἔργον πίστεως ἐν δυνάµει' 12 ὅπως ἐν- of goodness and work of faith with power, so that may δοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ Ἰχριστοῦ" ἐν ὑμῖν, be glorified the name of our Lord Jesus Christ in you, ‘ « ~ > ~ 4 ’ ~ ~ ε ~ ‘ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ, κατὰ THY χάριν τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ and ye in him, accordingto 8 9 grace of our God and κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. οὗ [1πε] Lord Jesus Christ. 2 Ἐρωτῶμεν δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελφοι, ὑπὲρ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming / « » ? ~ ~ ‘ «- ~ ~ κυριου.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ ἡμῶν ἐπισυναγωγῆς ἐπ᾽ of our Lord Jesus Christ and our gathering together to ? , ᾽ x μ ~ ~ ~ ΄ αὐτόν, 3 εἰς τὸ μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ νούς, hin, for Ξποῦ ‘*quickly “*to*be®shaken Ίτοα in mind, μήτε" θροεῖσθαι, μήτε διὰ πνεύματος, μήτε διὰ λόγου, μήτε nor ἴο Ὀ6 ἰτοιαρ]εᾶ, neither by spirit, nor by word, nor ? , ~ ε > ε ~ e ev ~ δι᾿ ἐπιστολῆς ὡς δι ἡμῶν, ὡς ὅτι ἐνέστηκεν ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ by‘ epistle, as if by us, as that ispresent the day ofthe 1 - ~ , « ~ ᾿ - / 4 , χριστοῦ." 3 Mn τις ὑμᾶς ἐξἀπατήσῃ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον’ Christ. Not, anyone *you ‘shonld *deceive in any way, ᾿ 5 ; a γι (Ut. no) ieee . ἐὰν. μὴ ἔλθῃ Ἢ ἀποστασία πρῶτον ng because [it will not be] unless shall have cgme the apostasy first, ‘ ? see » ~ , ‘ καὶ ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἁμαρτίας," ὁ υἱὸς and shall have been revealed the man of sin, ‘the son τῆς ἀπωλείας, 4 ὁ ἀντικείμενος καὶ ὑπεραιρόμενος ἐπὶ πάντα of perdition, he who opposes and exaltshimself above all f — χριστοῦ (L]7Tra, 8 ὀλέθριον», (read fatal, λ *— xptorvov,(L]tTraw. Καὶ μηδὲ LTTrAW. ™ ἀνομίας Of lawlessness TTr, 11. λεγόμενον θεὸν ἢ ὥστε.αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν ναὸν called God in the temple τοῦ θεοῦ "ὡς θεὸν" καθίσαι, ἀποδεικνύγτα ἑαυτὸν ὅτι ἐστὶν οἱ God as God tositdown, setting forth himself that he is θεός. 5 οὐ μνημονεύετε ὅτι ἔτι ὧν πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ταῦτα God. Do ye not remember that, yet being with you, these things ἔλεγον ὑμῖν: Θ καὶ viv τὸ κατέχον οἴδατε, εἰς τὸ ἀπο- Isaid to you? And now that which restrains ye know, for 2to *be καλυφθῆναι αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ" καιρῷ. 7 τὸ γὰρ μυστήριον ‘revealed *him in his own timie, For the mystery ἤδη ἐνεργεῖται τῆς ἀνομίας, µόνον ὁ κατέχων ‘already “15 °working lof *lawlessness; only [there is] he who restrains ἄρτι ἕως ἐκ μέσου γένηται" ὃ καὶ τότε ἀποκαλυ- at present until out of [the] midst he be [gone], and then will be re- Φθήσεται ὁ ἄνομος, ὃν ὁ κύριος" “ἀναλώσει! τῷ vealed the lawless [onc], wkom the Lord will consume with*the πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος. αὐτοῦ, καὶ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ breath of his mouth, and annul by the appearing τῆς.παρουσίας αὐτοῦ" 9 οὗ ἐστιν ἡ παρουσία κατ of his coming ; whose ?is ‘coming according to [the] ἐνέργειαν τοῦ σατανᾶ ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει καὶ σημείοις καὶ τέρασιν working of Satan in every power and_ signs and wonders tA ‘ ? ἦν > ’ τ ~ iT] ” ΄ 5} ll ~ ψεύδους, 10 καὶ ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ττῆς" ἀδικίας ἐν" τοῖς of falsehood, and in every deceit of unrighteousness in them that ἀπολλυμένοις, ἀνθ᾽ ὧν τὴν ἀγάπην τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ. ἐδέξαντο perish, because the. love ofthe truth _ they received not ? A An 2 ρε ‘ 4 - t , il εἰς. τὸ σωθῆναι αὐτοὺς" 11 καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἵπέμψει for “to *be *saved ‘them. And on account of this 2will *send αὐτοῖς ὁ θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς *to *them 1God a working oferror, for 2to *believe 1them ~ 8 ὃ 5 τ θῷ τ “2 ll e ‘ , τῷ φψεύδει' 12 ἵνα κριθῶσιν πάντες!" οἱ μὴ.πιστεύσαντες what [15] false, that may be judged all who believed not τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλ᾽" εὐδοκήσαντες *év' τῇ ἀδικίᾳ. the truth, but delighted in unrighteousness, 13 Ἡμεῖς δὲ ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν τῷ θεῷ πάντοτε περὶ II THESSALONIANS. σέβασμα, or object of reneration: so as for him But we ought togive thanks toGod always concerning ὑμῶν, ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ κυρίου, ὅτι Υεϊλετοὶ ὑμᾶς you, « brethren beloved by [the] Lord, that chose syou ὁ θεὸς Zar’ ἀρχῆς" εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 1God from [the] beginning to καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας. salvation in sanctification of [the] Spirit 14 εἰς ὃ 3 ἐκάλεσεν Ὀὑμᾶς' διὰ τοῦ and belief of [the] truth; whereto he called you by εὐαγγελίου. ἡμῶν, εἰς περιποίησιν δόξης τοῦ κυρίου our glad tidings, to [the] obtaining of [the] glory ὁ of *Lord ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. 15 dpa οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε, καὶ ‘our Jesus Christ. So then, brethren, stand firm, and κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις ἃς ἐδιδάχθητε, εἴτε διὰ λόγου hold fast the traditions which ye were taught, whether by word εἴτε δι ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν. 16 αὐτὸς.δὲ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς or ὃν our epistle. But *himself 7Lord ‘our sJesus © χριστός, καὶ 40! θεὸς ai" πατὴρ ἡμῶν, ὁ ἀγαπήσας ἡμᾶς *Christ, and *God ὅδ Father our, who loved us, 537 God, or that is wor- shipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shew- ing himself that he is God. 5 Remember ye not, that, when I was yet with you, I told you these thidgs? 6 and now ye know what withholdeth that he might be revealed in his time. 7 For the mystery of iniquity doth already work: only he who now let- teth will let, until he be taken out of the -way. 8 And then shall that Wicked be reveal- ed, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of bis mouth, and shall destroy with the brightness of his coming: 9 even him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power. and signs and lying won- ders, 10 and with all deceivableness of un- righteousness in them that perish; because they reccived not the love of the truth, that they might be saved. 11 And for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie : 12 that they all might be damned whe believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unrighteousness, 13 But we are bound to give thanks alway to God for you, bre- thren beloved of the Lord, because God hath from the begin- ning chosen you to sal- yation through sanc- tification of the Spirit and belief of the truth: 14 whereunto he called you by our gospel, to the obtain- ing of the glory of our Lord Jesus Christ. 15 Therefore, brethren, stand fast, and hold the traditions which ye have been taught, whether by word,,or our epistle. 16 Now our Lord Jesus Christ himself, and God, even our Father, which hath Ίοτοὰ us, and hath Ὁ — ὡς θεὸν GLTTrAW. 8 ἀνελεῖ Will slay LTTra. ὃ πέμπει 581145 LTTrAW. iteousness) |L]TTr[A]. ἐς US L. ο + othe L. ο αὐτοῦ (read his time) Trr. © — τῆς LTTrAW. ν ἅπαντες ΤΤτΑ. Σ εἵλατο GLTTrAW. 8 — ὁ [L}tr, εὁ LITrA, 5 ἀλλὰ Tir. 1 ἀπαρχὴν 1, Ρ + Ἰησοῦς Jesus GLTTraw. 8 — ἐν (read τοῖς to them that) Lrtraw. x — ἐν (read ἀδικίᾳ in 5. -ἰ xavaulso T, 538 given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace, 17 comfort your hearts, and stablish you in every good word and work. ΤΙΙ. Finally, bre- thren, pray for us, that the word of the Lord may have free course, and be glorified, even as it is with you :2and that we may be de- liyered from unreason- ableand wicked men: for all men have not faith. 3 But the Lord is faithful, who shal! stablish you, and keep you from evil. 4 And we have confi- dence in the Lord touching you, that ye both do and will do the things which we command you. 5 And the Lord direct your hearts into the love of God, and into the patient waiting for Christ. 6 Now we command you, brethren, in the name of our Lord Je- sus Christ, that ye withdraw yourselves from every brother that walketh disorder- ly, and not after the tradition which he re- ceived of us. 7 For yourselyes know how ye ought to follow us: for we behaved not ourselves disorderly . among you; 8 neither did we eat any man’s bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day, that we might not be chargeable to any of you: 9. not because we have not power, but to make ourselves an ensample unto you to follow us, 10 For even when we were with you, this we commanded you, that if any would not work, neither should he eat. 11 For we hear that there are some which walk among you disorderly, working not at all, MPOS ΘΕΣΣΑΛΟΝΙΚΕΙΣ B. 1, HE καὶ δοὺς παράκλησιν αἰωνίαν καὶ.ἐλπίδα ἀγαθὴν ἐν χάριτι, and ρατο [1.5] "encouragement ‘eternal and “*hope ασοοά Ὁγ σταοθ, 17 παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι ᾿ὑμᾶςὶ may he encourage hearts, and may heestablish you 8 ‘ , ‘ » iH] 2 ~ ἐν παντὶ ϑλόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ" ἀγαθῷ. in every “word “and *work ‘good. 3 Τὸλοιπόν, προσεύχεσθε, ἀδελφοί, περὶ ἡμῶν, ἵνα ὃ For the rest, pray, brethren, for us, that the λόγος τοῦ κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς word ofthe Lord may run and may-be glorified, even as also with ὑμᾶς, 3 καὶ ἵνα ῥυσθῶμεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀτόπων καὶ πονηρῶν you;> and that we may be delivered from perverse and wicked ἀνθρώπων' οὐ.γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις. 9 πιστὸς men, for*not ‘ofall [11] ‘faith ([*the Sportian]. °Faithfui δὲ ἐστιν 6 κύριος, ὃς στηρίξει ὑμᾶς καὶ φυλάξει Shut as the Lord, who Will establish you and _ will keep [you] ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ. 4 πεποίθαμεν.δὲ ἐν κυρίῳ ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς, your from evil. But we trust in [the] Lord asto τοι, ὅτι ἃ παραγγέλλομεν ἰὑμῖν," Ε Ἰκαὶὶ ποιεῖτε καὶ that the things which we charge you, both ye are doing and ποιήσετε. 5 ὁ δὲ ᾿ κύριος κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας εἰς will do. But the *Lord *may direct your hearts into τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai εἰς ™ ὑπομονὴν τοῦ χριστοῦ. the love of God, «πᾶ into [the] endurance ofthe Christ. 6 Παραγγέλλομεν-δὲ ὑμῖν, ἀδελφοί, ἐν Now we charge you, brethren, κυρίου "ἡμῶν! Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ὀνόματι τοῦ in [the] name στέλλεσθαι ὑμᾶς ἀπὸ παν- of our Lord Jesus Christ, [that] ?withdraw tye from every TOC ἀδελφοῦ ἀτάκτως περιπατοῦντος, καὶ μὴ κατὰ τὴν brother disorderly walking, and not according to the παράδοσιν ἣν “παρέλαβεν! παρ ἡμῶν. 7 αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε tradition which he received from ius. For “yourselves 'ye know ~ ~ ~ e ~ ε , πῶς δεῖ μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς" ὅτι οὐκ-ἠτακτήσαμεν how it behoves[you] to imitate us, because we behaved not disorderly ? « ~ νι ‘ » , ’ ? ἐν ὑμῖν, 8 οὐδὲ δωρεὰν ἄρτον ἐφάγομεν παρά τινος, Padr" among you; nor for nought bread did weeat from anyone; but > , ‘ ΄ ΄ ἘΝ ΕΣ , ΄ \ ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ, “νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν" ἐργαζόμενοι, πρὸς TO in labour and _ toil, night and day working, for μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν' 9 οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ.ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν, not to be burdensome to anyone of you. Not that wehave not authority, > ἐν « 4 ΄ - { ~ A ~ ~ ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἑαυτοὺς τύπον δῶμεν ἡμῖν εἰς τὸ μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς. but that ourselves a pattern we might give to you for to imitate us. 10 καὶ γὰρ ὅτε ἦμεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς τοῦτο παρηγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν, For also when we were with τοι this we charged you, .“ » 3 / ? ΄ Η͂ " ὅτι εἴ τις οὖ-θελει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω. 11 ἀκούομεν that if anyone doesnot wish to work, neither let him eat, *We “hear id ΄ ? e ~ ? , ‘ 4 γὰρ τινας περιπατουντας ἐν ὑμῖν ἀτάκτως, μηδὲν ἐργαζο- for some are walking among you _ disorderly, not at ail work- μένους, ἀλλὰ περιεργαζοµένους. 12 τοῖς δὲ.τοιούτοις παραγ- but are busybodies. in but bei : ee Wala dapsone δ, ! eing busy ee Now such we such we commandand Ύέλλομεν καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν "did τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ exhort by our LordJe- charge and exhort by our Lord Jesus f — ὑμᾶς (read [you]) LTTraw. Ε ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ LTTrAW. 1 6 θεός God L. i — ὑμῖν [τ]ττια. received Ltr. κ + [καὶ ἐποιήσατε] ye did 1, 5.--- ἡμῶν (read the Lord) [1)]Α. Ρ ἀλλὰ Tr. Lord Jesus Christ Litra, = — καὶ [τ]1{ττ].᾿ m + τὴν the GLTTraw. _ ° παρελάβοσαν they received, caTw ; παρελάβετε ye I γυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας LTTr, * ἐν κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ χριστῷ in [the] a I TIMOTHY. χριστοῦ," ἵνα μετὰ ἡσυχίας ἐργαζόμενοι, τὸν.ἑαυτῶν ἄρτον Christ, that with quictness working, their own bread ἐσθίωσιν. 13 ὑμεῖς δὲ, ἀδελφοὶ, μὴ. ἐκκακήσητεϊ καλοποιοῦν- they may eat. But ye, brethren, donot lose heart [in] well-doing. τες. 14 εἰδε τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ.λόγῳ ἡμῶν διὰ τῆς ἐπι- But if anyone obey not our word by the epis- στολῆς, τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε ἱκαὶ" Yun .συναναμίγνυσθε' αὐτῷ, tle, “that (Sman) ‘mark and associate not with him, or ? ᾿ ~ \ \ ε ? A ς - 7 : ινα ἐντραπῇ᾽ 15 καὶ μὴ ὡς ἐχθρὸν ἡγεῖσθε, ἀλλὰ that he may be ashamed ; and not as an enemy esteem [him], but νουθετεῖτε ὡς ἀδελφόν. 16 αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης admonish [him]as a brother. But Shimself “the *Lord *of *peace δῴη ὑμῖν τὴν εἰρήνην διὰ. παντὸς ἐν παντὶ τρόπῳ." ὁ ΑΥ͂ give you peace continually in _ every way. The ἱκύριος μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. Lord [be] with all 17 Ὁ ἀσπασμὸς τῇ-ἐμῇ.χειρὶ Παύλου, 6 ἐστιν σημεῖον The salutation *by*my(Sown]°hand 'of*Paul, which is [the] sign ἐν πάσῃ ἐπιστολῇ' οὕτως γράφω. 18 ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν you. in every epistle ; 50 I write. The grace of our Lord ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν. "ἀμήν." Jesus Christ [be] with 3411 *you. Amen, Πρὸς Θεσσαλονικεῖς δευτέρα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ ᾿Αθηνῶν." 3Το [Pthe] *Thessalonians ‘second written from Athens. 539 sus Christ, that, with quietness they work, and eat their own bread. 13 But ye, bre- thren, be not ‘weary in well doing. 14 And if any man obey not our word by this epistle, note that man, and have no company with him, that he may be ashamed. 15 Yet count him not as ap enemy, but admonishhim as a brother. 16 Now the Lord of peace himself give you peace always by all means. The Lord δε with you all, 17 The salutation of Paul with mine own hand, which is the to- ken in every epistle: so I write. 18 The grace of our Lord Je- sus Christ be with you all. Amen. Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ TIMOOEON ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΠΡΩΤΗ. THE 3TO “TIMOTHY 2HPISTLE κατ᾽ ἐπιταγὴν according to [the] command ΠΑΥΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος " Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" Paul, apostle “of Jesus Christ θεοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, καὶ "κυρίου" Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ! τῆς of God our Saviour, and of [the] Lord Jesus Christ ἐλπίδος. ἡμῶν, 2 Τιμοθέ νησίῳ τέκνῳ ἐν πίστει χάρις το ἡμῶν, ος να κω in faith; ος our hope, to Timotheus, [my] true grace, / A ~ Ν « ~ Ν ~ 2 - ἔλεος, εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς "ἡμῶν" καὶ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ mercy, peace, from God our Father and Christ Jesus τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν. our Lord. ~ ? , 8 Καθὼς παρεκάλεσά σε προσμεῖναι ἐν . Ἐφέσῳ, Even as I besought thee toremain in Ephesus, [when I was] % , ; τ ν ’ A ‘ \ πορευόμενος εἰς Μακεδονίαν, ἵνα παραγγείλῃς τισὶν μὴ going to Macedonia, that thou mightest charge some not ~ ‘ / Δ ’ ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν, 4 μηδὲ προσέχειν μύθοις καὶ γεγεαλογίαις to teach other doctrines, nor togive heed tofables and 2c7enealogies 7 , ~ n ? ἀπεράντοις, αἵτινες 'Cnrnsec' παρέχουσιν μᾶλλον ἢ Εοίκονο- ‘interminable, which “questionings ‘bring rather than *adminis- \ / Py \ A , ~ / μίαν! θεοῦ τὴν ἐν πίστει 5 τὸ.δὲ τέλος τῆς παραγγελίας tration 'God’s which [15] in faith. But the end of the charge t — καὶ LTTrA. 5 éy- LTTrAW. a xX — apyv ΤΤΓΑ. with LTra. ν τόπῳ place L. σαλονικεῖς β΄ TrA. 8 + Παύλου τοῦ ᾿Αποστό Ὁ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ TTrAW. (read [1}}6]} Lrtraw, © — κυρίου GLTTrAW. f ἐκζητήσεις ττς. ‘FIRST. PAQYL, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the commandment of God our Saviour, and Lord Jesus Christ, which ts our hope; 2 unto Timothy, my own son in the faith: Grace, mercy, and peace, from God our Father and Jesus Christ our Lord. 3 AsT besought thee to abide still at Ephe- sus, when I went into Macedonia, that thou mightest charge some that they teach no other doctrine, 4 nei- ther give heed to fables and endless genealo- gies, which minister questions, rather than godly edifying which is in faith: 9ο do. 5 Now the end of the commandment is cha- v μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι not to associate yourselves y — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Θεσ- λου of the Apostle Paul 5; + Παύλου G; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον α΄ LITrAW. 4 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ GLTTraW, € οἰκοδομίαν building up Ε, 9 -- ἡμῶν 540 rity ovt of a pure heart, and of a good conscience, faith unfeigned:6 from which some having swerved have turned aside unto vain jang- ling ; 7 desiring to be teachers of the law; understanding neither what they say, nor whereof they affirm. 8 But we know that the law is good, ifa man use it lawfully; 9 knowing this, that the law is not made for a. righteous man, but for the lawicss and disobedient, for the ungod!y and for sinners, for unholy and profane, for mur- derers of fathers and murderers of mothers, for manslayers, 10 for whoremongers, for them that defile them- selves with mankind, for menstealers, for liars, for perjured persons, and if there be any other thing tHat is contrary to ,sound doctrine ; 11 according to the~ glorious gospel of the blessed God, which was committed to my trust. 12 And I thank Christ Jesus our Lord, who hath enabied me, for that he counted me faithful, putting me into the ministry ; 13 who was before a blasphemer, and a per- secutor, and injurious: but I obtained mercy, because I did ἐξ igno- rantly in unbelief. 14 And the grace of our Lord was exceed- ing abundant with faith and love which is in Christ Jesus. 15 This is a faithful saying, and worthy of all acceptation, that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sin- ners; of whom I am chief. 16 Howbeit for this cause I obtained mercy, that in me first Jesus Christ might shew forth all long- suffering, for a pat- tern to them which should hereafter be- lieve on him to life everlasting. 17. Now untothe King eternal, immortal, invisible, the only wise God, be honour and glory for ever and ever. Amen. 18 This charge I com- Β χρήσηται L. LTTrA. LTTraw, and of i πατρολῴαις LTTrA. n+ µε me (being) 1». *— σοφῷ GLITrAW, A. καὶ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς and a “conscience good ΠΡΟΣ TIMGGEON i. ἐστὶν ἀγάπη ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας is love outof “pure ta heart καὶ πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου' 6 ὧν τινες ἀστοχήσαντες, and faith unfeigned ; from which some, having missed the mark, ἐξετράπησαν εἰς µαταιολογίαν, 7 θέλοντες εἶναι νοµοδιδάσ- turned aside to vain talking, wishing to be law-teachers, ‘ ~ , ’ ‘ ek’! καλοι, μὴ νοοῦντες [NTE ἃ λέγουσιν, μήτε περὶ τίνων understanding neither what they say, nor concerning what ~ wn Qi e ‘ ες , 3 yf διαβεβαιοῦνται. ὃ οἴδαμεν.δὲ ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος, ἐάν τις they strongly affirm. Now we know that good [is]the law, if anyone αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται," 9 εἰδὼς τοῦτο, OTe δικαίῳ 315 lawfully 1156, knowing this, that for a righteous [one] νόμος οὐ κεῖται, ἀνόμοις.δὲ καὶ ἀνυποτάκτοις, ἀσεβέσιν law is not enacted, but for lawless and insubordinate [ones], for [the] ungodly καὶ ἁμιαοτωλοῖς, ἀνοσίοις καὶ βεβήλοις, Ἱπατραλφαις! απᾶ ἐπ ἔα], for [the] unholy απᾶ profane, _ .for smiters of fathers καὶ "πητραλῴαις," ἀνδροφόνοις, 10 πόρνοις, ἀρσενο- and smiters of mothers; forslayers of man, fornicators, abusers of them- ἀνδραποδισταῖς, ψεύσταις, ἐπιόρκοις, καὶ εἴ men-stealers, liars, perjurers,, and if κοίταις, selves with men, τι ἕτερον τῇ ὑγιαινούσφ διδασκαλίᾳ ἀντίκειται, 11 κατὰ any *thing ‘other to sound teaching is opposed, according to τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς δόξης τοῦ μακαρίου θεοῦ, ὃ ἐπιστεύ- the glad tidings οὗ τΏο glory ofthe blessed God, which *was*entrusted θην ἐγώ. 12 ἱκαὶ" χάριν ἔχω τῷ ἐνδυναμώσαντί µε χριστῷ *with ΤΙ. And Ithank him who strengthened me, Christ ᾿]ησοῦ τῷ. κυρίῳ. ἡμῶν, ὅτι πιστόν µε ἡγήσατο, θέμενος εἰς Jesus our Lord, that faithful me he esteemed, appointing [me] to διακονίαν, 19 ™rov" πρότερον dvra™ βλάσφημον καὶ διώκτην service, “previously *being ablasphemer and persecutor Δ 3 , ee AX’! ar 70 ε/ 7 ~ ? , και ὑβριστὴν" Ca ἠλεησην, Οτι ἀγνοῶν εποίησα διὰ insolent ; but Iwas shéwn mercy, because beingignorant I did ἐν ἀπιστίᾳ" 14 ὑπερεπλεόνασεν.δὲ ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν [it] in unbelief. But superabounded the grace of our Lord μετὰ πίστεως καὶ ἀγάπης τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ. 16 πιστὸς with faith and love which [is],in Christ Jesus. Faithful ὁ λόγος καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος, ὅτι χριστὸς ᾿]ησοῦς [15] the word, and ofall acceptation worthy, that Christ Jesus ἦλθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἁμαρτωλοὺς σῶσαι, ὧν πρῶτός came into the world sinners to save, of whom [the] first εἰμι ἐγώ. 16 ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο ἠλεήθην, ἕνα ἐν ἐμοὶ Fam (20, But for this reason I was shewn mercy, that in me, (the) πρώτῳ ἐνδείξηται PF Inoove χριστὸς!" τὴν πᾶσαν" µακρο- first, *might *shew *forth 1 Jesus “Christ the whole long- θυµίαν, πρὸς ὑποτύπωσιν τῶν μελλόντων πιστεύειν ἐπ᾽ suffering, for adelineation of those being about tc believe on ~ ᾽ . ., “ ‘ ἐς ~ ~ ΄ αὐτῷ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 17 τῷ. δὲ βασιλεῖ τῶν αἰώνων, | him to life eternal. Nowtothe King of the ages, [the] ἀφθάρτῳ, ἀοράτῳ, μόνῳ 'σοφφ' θεῷ, τιμὴ καὶ δόξα εἰς τοὺς incorruptible, invisible, only wise God, honour and glory to the αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 18 ταύτην τὴν παραγγελίαν ages of the ages, Amen. This charge παρατίθεµαί σοι, τέκνον Τιμόθεε, κατὰ τὰς προ- I commit to thee, [my] child Timotheus, according to the ‘going πι Τὸ 4 απασαν 1 — καὶ LTTrA, Κ µητρολωαις LTTrA. Ρ χριστὸς ᾿]ησοῦς LTra, ο ἀλλὰ LTTrAW, ἘΞ ΕΜ ΟΣ ¥. = -- ΄ ͵ 3 ? ~ 4 σε προφητείας, ἵνα στρατεύῃ' ἐν αὐταῖς τὴν 545 *to *thee ‘prophecies, that thou mightest war by them the καλὴν στρατείαν, 19 ἔχων πίστιν καὶ ἀγαθὴν συνείδησιν, good warfare, holding faith and “good 2a conscience; ἥ τινες ἀπωσάμενοι, περὶ τὴν πίστιν ἐναυάγησαν' ἥν which [conscience] some, having cast away, as to faith made shipwreck ; 20 ὧν ἐστιν Ὑμέναιος καὶ ᾿Αλέξανδρος, οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ of whom are Hynorenzus and Alexander, whom I delivered up σατανᾷ, ἵνα παιδευθῶσιν μὴ βλασφημεῖν. to Satan, that they may be disciplined not to blaspheme. 2 Παρακαλῶ οὖν πρῶτον πάντων .ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, 1 exhort therefore, first of all, to be made supplications, ΤΕ. αγούσας ἐπί ©before προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας, ὑπὲρ πάντων avOpw- prayers, intercessions, thunksgivings, for all men ; πων, 3 ὑπὲρ βασιλέων καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐν ὑπεροχῇ ὄντων, for kings and all that in dignity are, ἵνα ἤρεμον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον διάγωµεν ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ that atranquil and quiet life wemaylead in all ‘ piety and σεµνότητι' ὃ τοῦτο.'γὰρὶ καλὸν καὶ ἀποδεκτὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ gravity ; for this [15] good and _ acceptable before σωτῆρος ἡμῶν θεοῦ, 4 ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι our Saviour God, who all smen 2wishes to be saved ' ‘ > ? ? ΄ > ~ ἡ η] ΄ - ‘ καὶ εἰς ἐπιγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν. ὃ εἷς γὰρ θεός, εἷς. καὶ and ‘to “knowledge Sof [586] 7truth ‘to “come. μεσίτης θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων, [the] mediater of God and men, ἄνθρωπος χριστὸς “In- {the] man Christ Je- -σοῦς, 6 ὁ δοὺς ἑαυτὸν ἀντίλυτρον ὑπὲρ πάντων, ‘TO µαρ- sus, who gave himself 8 ransom for all, the tes- , Π ~ > “ > a > 44) > ‘ τύριον καιροῖς ἰδίοις, 7 εἰς ὃ ἐτέθην ἐγὼ timony [to be rendered] in “times ‘its *own, to which ?was “appointed ‘I κήρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος" ἀλήθειαν λέγω δὲν χριστῷ," οὐ a herald and apostle, ({the] truth I speak in Christ, «ποῦ ψεύδοµαι' διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν, ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ. ΣΤ 54ο lie,) ateacher of[the] nations, in faith and truth. 8 Βούλομαι οὖν προσεύχεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, τιν I will therefore 5το *pray the 7men in every place, ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας χωρὶς ὀργῆς καὶ διαλογισμοῦ' lifting up holy | hands apart from wrath and reusoning. 9 ὡσαύτως "καὶ" Yrac' γυναῖκας ἐν καταστολῃ κοσμίῳ μετὰ In like manner also the wonien in "guise Iseomly with αἰδοῦς Kai σωφροσύνης κοσμεῖν ἑαυτάς, μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν, modesty and discreetness toadorn themselves, not with plaitings, 7m *ypvow,' ἢ µαργαρίταις, ἢ ἱματισμῷ πολυτελεῖ, 10 barn’! or gold, or pearls, or “clothing costly, but a / λ 2 λλ ὭΣ θ εβ ὃ 7 ὃ πρέπει γυναιξὶν ἐπαγγελλομέγαις εοσεβειαν, δι what is becoming to women professing {the] fear of God, by , U ? / ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ µανθανέτω ἐν πάσῃ 2works good, - 3Α °woman 7in Squietness “let “learn in all ~ ‘ ‘ ΄ 4 , > Or ᾽ ὑποταγῇ" 19 “γυναικὶ δὲ διδάσκειν" οὐκ. ἐπιτρέπω, οὐδὲ αὐ- subjection ; but a woman to teach Idonotallow, nor toexercise ~ , γἉ αν 2 - 7 ς ΄ ? ‘ \ θεντεῖν ἀνδρός, “ἀλλ᾽! εἶναι ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ. 19 ᾿Αδὰμ.γὰρ authority over man, but tobe in quietness ; for Adam ~ ᾽ 4.2 " ? ? , ate X πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη, εἶτα Eva. 14 καὶ -Αδὰμ οὐκ.ἠπατήθη 1-08 first was formed, then Hve: and Adam was not deceived ; but the ἔργων ἀγαθῶν. 11 Γυνὴ For “one ‘God 318], and one- 541 mit unto thee, son Ti- mothy, according to the prophecies which went before on thee, that thou by them mightest war a good warfare; 19 holding faith, and a good con- science; which some having put away con- cerning faith have made shipwreck : 20 of whom is Hymenzus and Alexander ; whom I have dclivered unto Satan, that they may learn not to blas- pheme. II. I exhort there- fore, that, first of all, supplications, prayers, intercessions, and giv- ing of thanks, be made for all men; 2 for kings, and for all that are in authority ; that we may lead a quiet and peaceable life in all godliness and ho- nesty. 3 For this {8 good and acceptable in the sight of God our Saviour; 4 who will have all men to be saved, and to come unto the knowledge of the truth. 5 For there 73 one God, and one mediator between God and men, theman Christ Jesus; 6 who gave himself a ransom for all, to be testified in due time. 7 Where- unto I am ordained a preacher, and an apo- stle, (I speak the truth in Christ, and lie not ;) a teacher of the Gen- tiles in faith and ve- Υ. % I will therefore that men pray every where, lifting up holy hands, without wrath and doubting. 9 In like manner also, that Women adorn them- selves in modest ap- parel, with shamefac- edness and sobriety ; not with broided hair, or gold, or pearls, or costly array; 10 but (which becometh wo- men professing godli- ness) with good works, 11 Let the woman learn in silence with all subjection. 12 But I suffer not @ woman to teach, nor to usurp authority over the man, but to be in si- lence. 13 For Adam was first formed, then Eve. 14 And Adam was not deceived, but t— γὰρ for LTTr. τ -- τὸ μαρτύριον 1. JI — τὰς LIV: AW. 2 καὶ aud LTTrA, 4 ἀλλὰ Lir. 5 στρατεύσῃ ΤΊτ. Σ -- καὶ τπ[ττ]. © διδάσκειν δὲ γυναικὶ ΤΎΤΑ, Σ--- ἐν χριστῷ GLITrAW, 8 χρυσίῳ 1.. Ὁ ἀλλὰ Μ΄. 542 the woman being de- ceived. was in the transgression. 15 Not- withstanding she shall be saved in childbear- ing, if they continue in faith and charity and holiness with so- briety. III. This 8 a true saying, If a man de- sire the office of a bishop, he desireth a good work. 2 A bishop then must be blame- less, the husband of one wife, vigilant, so- ber, of good behaviour, given to hospitality, apt to teach; 3 not given to wine, no striker, not greedy of filthy lucre; but pa- tient, not a brawler, not covetous; 4 one that ruleth well his own house, having his children in sub- jection with all gra- vity ; 5 (for if a man know not how torule his own house, how shall he take care of the church of God?) 6 not a novice, lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil. 7 Moreover he must have a good re- port of them which are without; Icst he fall into reproach and the snare of the devil. 8 Likewise must the deacons be grave, not doubletongued, not given to much wine, not greedy of filthy lucre; 9 holding the mystery of the faith in a pure conscience. 10 And let these also first be proved ; then Jet them use the of- fice of a deacon, be= ing found blameless. 11 Even so must their wives be grave, not slanderers,sober,faith- ful in all things. 12 Let the deacons be the husbands of one wife, ruling their children and their own houses well. 13 For they that have used the office of a deacon well pur- chase to themsclves a good degree, and great boldness in the faith which is in Christ Je- sus. 14 These things write I unto thee, hoping to come unto thee short- ly : 15 but if I tarry long, that thou mayest ΠΡΟΣ ΤΙΜΟΘΕΟΝ A. [I, 111, γυνὴ «ἀπατηθεῖσαὶ ἐν παραβάσει γέγονεν" 15 σωθήσεται. δὲ woman, having been deceived, in transgression has become. But she shall be saved διὰ τῆς τεκνογονίας, ἐὰν μείνωσιν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ through the childbearing, if theyabide in faith and love καὶ ἁγιασμῷ μετὰ σωφροσύνης. and sanctification with discreetness. . ‘ , ~ µ , 3 Πιστὸς ὁ λόγος εἴ τις ἐπισκοπῆς ὀρέγεται, Faithful [is]the word: if any “*overseership 1stretches "forward *to καλοῦ ἔργου ἐπιθυμεῖ. 2 δε οὖν τὸν ἐπίσκοπον 'ἀνεπί- of “good 19 work he is desirous, It behoves then the overseer irreproach- ληπτον' εἶναι, μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα, Σνηφάλεον,' σώφρονα, able tobe, 20f 3οπο6 “*wife ‘husband, sober, discreet, ΄ κόσμιον, φιλόξενον, διδακτικόν᾽ 3 μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, decorous, hospitable, apt to teach; not given to wine, not a striker, πι αν dn" ἀλλ 2 etek Oud . μὴ αἰσχροκερόήι' ᾱ ἐπιεικῆ, ἄμαχον, αφιλαάργυρον not greedy of base gain, but gentle, not contentious, not loving money; 4 τοῦ ἰδίου. οἴκου καλῶς προϊστάμενον, τέκνα ἔχοντα ἐν his own house well ruling, Πας] children having in ὑποταγῇ μετὰ πάσης σεμνότητος" ὅ εἰδε τις τοῦ. ἰδίου.οἴκου subjection with all gravity ; (but if one his own house προστῆναι οὐκ.οἶδεν, πῶς ἐκκλησίας θεοῦ ἐπιμελήσεται : {how] torule knows not, how(the]assembly of God shall he take care of ?) 6 μὴ. νεόφυτον, ἵνα.μὴ τυφωθεὶς εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ, ποῦ a novice, lest being puffed up, into [the] crime -*he *may “fall τοῦ διαβόλου. 7 δεῖ. δὲ αὐτὸν" καὶ μαρτυρίαν καλὴν lof 386 3άεν]]. But it behoves ‘him also a testimony ‘good ἔχειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἔξωθεν, ἵνα μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ καὶ to have from those without, lest into reproach he may fall and [the] παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου. 8 Διακόνουυ ὡσαύτως σεμνούς, μὴ snare ofthe devil ‘Those who serve, in like manner, grave, not , ~ / ~ διλόγους, μὴ οἴνῳ πολλῷ προσέχοντας, μὴ αἰσχροκερδεῖς, double-tongued, not to*wine ‘much given, not greedy of base gain, 9 ἔχοντας τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως ἐν καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει. holding - the mystery ofthe faith in *pure 1a conscience. 10 καὶ οὗτοι.δὲ δοκιμαζέσθωσαν πρῶτον, εἶτα διακονείτωσαν, Απά these also let them be proved first, then let them serve, ἀνέγκλητοι ὄντες. 11 γυναῖκας ὡσαύτως σεµνάς, μὴ δια- 2unimpeachable *being. Women inlike manner grave, not slan- aN 1 x: 1 Ra? ~ Came ” βόλους, 'νηφαλέους," πιστὰς ἐν πᾶσιν. 12 διάκονοι ἔστω- derers, sober, faithful in allthings. ?Those *who “serve let σαν μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄμδρες, τέκνων καλῶς προϊστάμενοι 5pe 7of one νθ ‘husbands, [their] }%children *4well °ruling καὶ τῶν ἰδίων οἴκων. 13 οἱ γὰρ καλῶς διακονήσαντες, βαθμὸν and theirown houses. Forthose well having served, a *degree ἑαυτοῖς καλὸν περιποιοῦνται, καὶ πολλὴν παῤῥησίαν ἐν “for *themselves *good - acquire, and much boldness ‘in πίστει TH ἐν χριστῷ Inoov. faith which{[isJin Christ Jesus. 14 Ταῦτά σοι γράφω, ἐλπίζων ἐλθεῖν πρός σε Bray" These thingstothee 1 write, hoping tocome to thee more quickly; 15 ἐὰν δὲ βραδύνω, wa εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἐν but if I should delay, that thou mayest know how it behoves [one] in [the] οἴκῳ θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι, ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία θεοῦ house of God to conduct oneself, whieh is [the] assembly of *God [the] © ἐξαπατηθεῖσα LTTrAW. αἰσχροκερδὴ GLTTrAW. Ἰνηφαλίους EGLITrAW. __ f ἀνεπίλημπτον LTTrA. i ἀλλὰ LTTr. τὰ ἐν τάχει quickly Ltr. 8 νηφάλιον EGLTTrAW.. h— μὴ * — αὐτὸν (read δεῖ it is necessary) LTTra. ΠῚ, IV. Ee re Paro: ης, ~ νε , ~ ? / τε ζῶντος, στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας. 16 καὶ ὅμολο- living, pillar and base of the truth. Απά confes- ‘ » ~ ’ ’ ‘ γουμένως μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον" "θεὸς" sedly great is the 398 Spiety ‘mystery: God ? ο ? , > , ’ ΄ ” ? ἐφανερώθη ἐν σαρκί, ἐδικαιώθη ἐν πνεύματι, ὠφθη ἀγ- Was manifested in flesh, wasjustified in [the] Spirit, Was seen by , ᾽ ΄ > 3” ? ” > , γέλοις,. ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν, ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσ angels, was proclaimed among [the] nations, was believed on in [the] world, οἀνελήφθη! ἐν δόξῃ. Wasreceivedup in glory. 4 Τὸ δὲ πνεῦμα ῥητῶς λέγει, ὅτι ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς ἀπο- Butthe Spirit expressly speaks, that in latter times “shall στήσονταί τινες τῆς πίστεως, προσέχοντες πνεύμασιν πλάνοις Sdepart *from ‘some the faith, giving heed to *spirits ‘deceiving καὶ διδασκαλίαις δαιμονίων 2 ἐν ὑποκρίσει ψευδολόγων, and teachings of demons in hypocrisy of speakers of lies, Ῥκεκαυτηριασμένων' τὴν.ἰδίαν συνείδησιν, 3 κωλυόντων being cauterized {as to] their own conscience, forbidding γαμεῖν, ἀπέχεσθαι βρωμάτων, ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἔκτίσεν εἰς to marry, [bidding] to abstain from meats, Which God created ' for αμετάληψιν' μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τοῖς πιστοῖς καὶ ἐπεγνωκόσιν reception with thanksgiving forthe faithful and who know τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 4 ὅτι πᾶν κτίσμα θεοῦ the truth, Because every creature of God [15] good, > , Ἶ τ ? ή , ο « , ἀπόβλητον, μετὰ εὐχαριστίας λαμβανόμενον" 5 ἁγιάζεται to be rejected, with thanksgiving being received ; “it *is *sanctified γὰρ διὰ λόγου θεοῦ καὶ ἐντεύξεως. 6 Ταῦτα ὑποτι- ‘for by "γοτᾶ ‘God’s and intercourse [with Ἠϊτα], These things laying θέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, καλὸς ἔσ διάκονος ἵ]ησοῦ before the, brethren, Ξροοά “ποὺ *wilt ο *a*servant of Jesus χριστοῦ, ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς hrist, being nourished with the words ofthe faith, and of the καλῆς διδασκαλίας ἢ παρηκολούθηκας. 7 Τοὺς.δὲ βεβήλους good teaching which thou hast closelyfollowed. Butthe profane καὶ «γραώδεις μύθους παραιτοῦ" γύμναζεδὲ σεαυτὸν πρὸς and οἱὰ wives’ fables refuse, but exercise thyself to εὐσέβειαν'- 8 ἡ γὰρ.σωματικὴ γυμνασία πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐστὶν piety ; for bodily exercise for: a little is ὠφέλιμος" ἡ δὲ εὐσέβεια πρὸς πάντα ὠφέλιμός ἐστιν, ἔπαγγε- 1 , ‘ > κ᾿ καλόν, καὶ οὐδὲν and nothing profitable, but piety for everything “profitable is, pro- λίαν ἔχουσα ζωῆς τῆς «νῦν καὶ τῆς μελλούσης. mise having of life, of that which [is]now and of that which [is] coming. ὁ λόγος καὶ πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος. 10 εἰς τοῦτο.γὰρ ϱ πιστὸς acceptation worthy ; for, for this Faithful [is]the word and of all Ν ~ ‘ > ΄ 5 ? ‘ ~ Scai! κοπιῶμεν καὶ ᾿ὀνειδιζόμεθα,"' ὅτι ἠλπίκαμεν ἐπὶ θεῷ both welabour and arereproached, because we have hope in ἃ "αοᾶ ζῶντι, ὃς ἐστιν σωτὴρ πάντων ἀνθρώπων, μάλιστα πιστῶν. MNiving, who is Preserver ofall men, specially of believers. 4 ~ ‘ , ο ΄ ~ 11 Παράγγελλε ταῦτα καὶ δίδασκε 12 μηδείς σου τῆς Charge these things and teach. “No one ‘thy , ᾽ 4 / ΄ - ~ ~ ? Ψεότητος καταφρονείτω, ἀλλὰ τύπος γίνου τῶν πιστῶν ἐν be of the believers in Syouth let *despise, but a pattern . - = - , \ 9 β λόγῳ, ἐν ἀναότροφῇ, ἐν ἀγάπῃ, ἔν πφγεύματι," ἐν πίστει, word, in conduct, in love, in[the) Spirit, in faith, ο ἀνελήμφθη LTTrA. 2 ὃς ὙΠῸ GLTTrAW. ‘ 8 — καὶ LTT: [4]. LTTrA. τ χριστοῦ ᾿]ησοῦ LTTraW. Vv — ἐν πνεύματι GLITrAW. P κεκαυστηριασµένων TTr. τ ἀγωνιζόμεθα We Combat Litr, 543 know how thou ought- est to behave thyself in the house of God, which is the church of the living God, the pillar and ground of the truth. 16 And with- out controversy great is the mystery of gqd- liness : God was mani- fest in the flesh, jus- tified in the Spirit, seen of angels, preach- ed unto the Gentiles, believed on in the world, received up in- to glory. IV. Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that ia the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils; 2 speaking lies in hy- pocrisy ; having their conscience seared with a hot iron; 3 for- bidding to marry, and commanding to abstain from meats, which God hath created to be received with thanks- giving of them which believe and know the truth. 4 For ever creature of God ὦ good, and nothing to be re- fused, if it be received with thanksgiving : 5 for it is sanctified by the word of God and prayer. 6 If thou put the brethren in re- membrance of these things, thou shalt bea good minister of Jesus Christ, nourished up in the words of faith and of good doctrine, whereunto thou hast attained. 7 But re- fuse profane and old wives’ fables, and ex- ercise thyself rather unto godliness. 8 For bodily exercise profit- eth little: but godliness is profitable unto all things, having promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come. 9 This is a faithful saying and worthy of all accepta- tion. 10 For therefore we both labour and suffer reproach, he- cause we trust in the living God, who is the Saviour of all men, specially of, those that believe. 11 These things command and teach. 12 Let no man despise thy youth; but be thou an example of the be- lievers, in word, in α µετάλημψιν 544 conversation, in cha- rity, in spirit, in faith, in purity. 13 ΤΙ I come, give attendance to reading, to exhor- tation, to doctrin& 14 Neglect not the gift that is in thee, which was given thee by pro- phecy, with the laying on of the hands of the presbytery. 15 Medi- tate upon these things; give thyself wholly to them ; that thy profit- ing may appear to all. 16 “Take heed unto thyself, and unto the doctrine; continue in them: for in doing this thou shalt both save thyself, and them that hear thee. V. Rebuke not an elder, but intreat him as a father; and the younger men as bre- thren; 2 the elder women as mothers; the younger 85 sis- ters, with all purity. 3 Honour widows that are widows indeed. 4 But if any widow . have children or ne- phews, let them learn first to shew piety at home, and to requite their parents : for that is good and acceptable before God. 5 Now she that is a widow indeed, and dasolate, trusteth in God, and continueth in suppli- cations and prayers night and day. 6 But she that liveth in pleasure is dead while she liveth. 7 And these things give in charge, that they may be blameless. 8 But if any provide not for his own, and specially for those of his own house, he hath denied the faith, and is worse than an infidel. 9 Let not a widow be taken into the number under threescore years old, having been the wife οἵ one man, 10 well reported of for good works; if she have brought παρ child-- ren, if she have lodged ~strangers, if she have washed the saints’ fect. if she have relieved the. afflicted, if she have diligently followed every good work. 1] But the younger widows re- fuse: for when they have »vegun to wax MPOS TIMOOEON A. IV, V. ’ or Μ ΄ ~ , ~ ἐν ἁγνείᾳ. 18 ἕως ἔρχομαι. πρόσεχε TY ἀναγνώσει, τῇ παρα- in purity. Till Icome, give heed to reading, to exhor- , ~ 9 , ἣν καν \ κλήσει, τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ. 14 μὴ ἀμέλει τοῦ ἐν σοὶ χαρίσματος, tation, to teaching. Be not negligent of the 7in “thee 1eift, , μ ' / ‘ , ~ ὃ ἐδόθη σοι διὰ προφητείας μετὰ ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χει- which was givento thee through prophecy with laying on of the hands ρῶν τοῦ πρεσβυτερίου. 15 ταῦτα μελέτα, ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι" of the elderhood, These things meditate on,in them be, ἵνα σου ἡ.προκοπὴ φανερὰ ἢ “ev! πᾶσιν. 16 ἔπεχε that thy advancement manifest may be among all. Give heed σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ" ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς" τοῦτο.γὰρ to thyself and tothe teaching; continue in them ; for this ποιῶν, καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις Kai τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου. doing, both thyself thoushalt save and those that hear thee. 5 ἹΠρεσβυτέ ). ἐπιπλήξ ἀλλὰ παρακάλε 5 ρεσβυτερῳ µμή.ἐεπιπληξῃς, ρακάλει ὡς An elder do not sharply rebuke, but exhort [him] as πατέρα’ νεωτέρους ὡς ἀδελφούς" 2 πρεσβυτέρας ὡς a father; younger [men]as_ brethren; elder [women] as μητέρας" νεωτέρας ὡς ἀδελφάς, ἐν πάσῃ ἁγνείᾳ. 3 χήρας mothers; younger as sisters, with all purity. “Widows τίµα τὰς ὄντως χήρας. 4 εἰ.δέ τις χήρα τέκνα ἢ ἔκγονα *honour that [are] 2indeéd *widows; but if any widow *children *or*descvendants ἔχει, µανθανέτωσαν πρῶτον τὸν.ἴδιον οἶκον εὐσεβιῖν, καὶ "have, let them learn first [ς85 01 theirown house tobe pious, and ἀμοιβὰς ἀποδιδόναι τοῖς.προγόνοις' τοῦτο.γάρ ἐστιν “καλὸν 3ΥΕΦΟΠΙΡΟΠΞΟΘ ‘to7render ᾖ{ο[ύβείσ]ρατεηίς; for this is good ΄ καὶ" ἀποδεκτὸν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. 5 ἡ δὲ ὄντως χήρα and acceptable before God. Now she who [is] “indeed ‘a *widow, καὶ μεμονωμένη ἤλπικεν ἐπὶ Yrov' θεόν, καὶ προσμένει ταῖς and left alone, has [her] hope in God, and continues δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας" 6 ἡ.δὲ in supplications and prayers * night and day. But she that σπαταλῶσα, ζῶσα τέθνηκεν. 7 καὶ ταῦτα παράγγελλε, lives in self-gratification, living is dead. And these things charge, ἵνα ᾽ἀνεπίληπτοι' ὦσιν. ὃ εἰ δὲ τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα that irreproachable they maybe. Butifanyone hisown and specially τῶν! οἰκίων οὐ Ὀπρονοεῖι τὴν πίστιν ἠρνηται, καὶ [115] household does not provide for, the faith he has denied, and ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων. 9 Χήρα καταλεγέσθω μὴ is *than San *unbeliever *worse. 5Α 7widow *let be put on the list “not ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα γεγονυῖα, ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή, 10 ἐν 31655 *than *years Ssixty being, ofone man wife, in ἔργοιὸ καλοῖς µαρτυρουµένη, εἰ ἐτεκνοτρόφησεν, εἰ ἐξενο- 2works: 'good being borne witness to, if she brought up children, if she enter- δόχησεν, εἰ ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν, εἰ θλιβομένοις ἐπήρ- tained, strangers, if saints’ feet she washed, if to the oppressed she inapart- κεσεν, εἰ παντὶ ἔργῳ ἀγαθῷ ἐπηκολούθησεν. 11 Νεωτέρας.δὲ edrelief, if every “work ‘good she followed after. But younger χήρας παραιτοῦ' ύταν.γὰ εκαταστρηγιάσωσιν' τοῦ widows refuse ; for when they may have grown wanton against χριστοῦ, γαμεῖν θέλουσιν, 12 ἔχουσαι κρίμα ὅτι τὴν Christ, to marry they wish, having judgment because [their] πρώτην πίστιν ἠθέτησαν. 19 ἅμα δὲ καὶ ἀργαὶ µανθά- first faith they cast off. And withal also [to be] idle they a - ἐν (read πᾶσιν to all) LTTraw. Σ ανεπιληµπτοι LTTrA. they shuil grow wanton against a, “ - Σ — τὸν (LIT. © καταστρηνιασουσιν X — καλὺν Kal GLTTrAW. 4 — τῶν ΙΤΤΙ{Α]. Ὁ προνοεῖται Tir. V, Vi. I TIMOTHY. νουσι», περιερχόµεναι τὰς οἰκίας" οὐ.μόνον.δὲ ἀργαί, ἀλλὰ learn, going about to the houses; and not only idle, but καὶ φλύαροι καὶ περίεργοι, λαλοῦσαι Ta µμὴ.δέοντα. 14 βού- also tattlers and busy-bodies, speaking things [they] ought not. I λομαι οὖν. νεωτέρας γαμεῖν, τεκνογονεῖν, οἰκοδεσποτεῖν, will, therefore younger [ones] {ο marry, tobearchildren, {ο rule the house, μηδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν διδόναι τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ λοιδορίας χάριν. 3πο *occasion: 1{07μρϊΐνο tothe adversary “of *reproach 'on “account, 15 ἤδη.γάρ τινες ἐξετράπησαν ὀπίσω τοῦ σατανᾶ. 16 Εἴ τις For already some areturnedaside after Satan. If any ἀπιατὸς ἢ" πιστὴ ἔχει χήρας, “ἐπαρκείτω! αὐ- believing [Δ ΟΡ believing [woman] have widows, let him impart relief to ταῖς. καὶ μὴ βαρείσθω ἡ ἐκκλησία, ἵνα ταῖς ὄντως χήραις them, and not let be burdened the assembly, that tothe *indeed widows ἐπαρκέσῃ. it may impart relief, 17 Οἱ καλῶς + The well ἀζιούσθωσαν., πρεσβύτεροι διπλῆς τιμῆς προεστῶτες αρ]ᾷ6γβ of double honour ‘*who “take *the °lead ’ 5 ~ 3 , ‘ μάλιστα οἱ κοπιῶντες ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασ- let be counted worthy, specially those labouring in word and _ teach- καλίᾳ. 18 λέγει γὰρ ἡ γραφή, 'Βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ Φι- ing ; for says the scripture, An ox treading out corn “ποὺ ‘thou , ell fh. σ 9 , ~ θ - > ~ ‘ μώσεις kat, Άξιος ὁ ἐργάτης τοῦ μισθοῦ. αὐτοῦ. 19 Κατὰ shalt muzzle, and, Worthy [is]the workman of his hire, Against πρεσβυτέρου κατηγορίαν μὴ.παραδέχου, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ ἐπὶ an elder an accusation reccive not, unless on [the testi- δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων. 20 Τοὺς Κ ἁμαρτάνοντας ἐνώπιον mony of] two or three witnesses. Those that sin *before πάντων ἔλεγχε, ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν. 21 Διαμαρ- 3411 αροπνἰοῦ, that also the rest “fear ‘may *have. I earnestly τύροµαι ἐνώπιον Tov θεοῦ καὶ ΛὈκυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" καὶ testify before God and{the] Lord Jesus Christ and τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων, ἵνα ταῦτα φυλάξῃς χωρὶς the elect angels, that these things thou shouldest keep, apart from προκρίµατος, μηδὲν ποιῶν κατὰ Ιπρόσκλισιν.' prejudice, nothing doing by partiality. 22 Χεῖρας ταχέως μηδενὶ ἐπιτίθει, μηδὲ κοινώνει ἁμαρτίαις Hands quickly on no one lay, nor share in sins / ‘ , ’ / « > >: ἀλλοτρίαις. σεαυτὸν ἁγνὸν τήρει. 98 μηκέτι ὑδροπότει. Kadd'! of others. Thyself pure keep. No longer drink water, but οἴνῳ ὀλίγῳ χοῶ διὰ τὸν στόμαχόν ἰ σου" καὶ τὰς πυκνάς *wine 38 “110016 ‘use on account of thy stomach and “frequent σου ἀσθενείας. 24 Τινῶν ἀνθρώπων αἱ ἁμαρτίαι πρόδηλοί ‘thy infirmities. Of some men the sins manifest εἰσιν, προάγουσαι εἰς κρίσιν" τισὶν.δὲ καὶ ἐπακολουθοῦσιγ. are, going before to judgment; andsome also _ they follow after. 25 ὡσαύτως 3 καὶ τὰ "καλὰ ἔργα! πρόδηλά “ἐστιν! καὶ τὰ In like manner algo good works manifest are, and those that ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι ob-Pduvvarat.' otherwise are, ρο “hid “Ieannot. ‘ πον - ar / ϐ Ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι, τοὺς ἰδίους δεσπότας Ας many 85 τὸ *under ‘yoke ‘*bondmen, their own masters her impart relief) LTTr[A]. g + δὲ but (those that) L[a]. Ἀ yp κ ἀλλὰ LTTrA. 0 ἔργα τὰ καλὰ LTTrAW. d - πιστὸς ἣ (read ἐπαρ. let σεις βοῦν ἀλοῶντα 1. πρόσκλησιν advocacy L. but (in like manner) LW- Ρ δύνανται LITrAW. ε ἐπαρκείσθω LTTr. ιστοῦ Ἰησοῦ ΙΤΊΤΑΥ. 1 — σοῦ (read [thy]) LTTra. 3 © — ἐστιν LTTrA4 εἰσιν Ἡ. 545 wanton against Christ, they will marry; 12 having damnation, because they have cast off their first faith. 13 And withal they learn to be idle, wan- dering about from house to house; and not onl idie, but tattlers also and busy- bodies,speaking things which they ought not. 14 I will therefore that the younger wo- men marry, bear chil- dren, guide the house, give none occasion to the adversary to speak reproachfully. 15 For some are already turn- ed aside after Satan. 16 If any man or wo- man that believeth have widows,.let them relieve them, and Jet not the church be charged ; that it may relieve them that are widows indeed. 17 Let tHe elders that rule well counted worthy of double honour, espe- cially they who labour in the word and doc- trine. 18 For the scrip- ture saith, Thou shalt not muzzle the ox that treadeth out thacorn. And, The labourer is worthy of his reward. 19 Against an elder receive not an accusa- tion,. but before two or three witnesses. 20 Them that sin re- buke before all, that others also may fear. 21 T charge thee before God, and the Lord Je- sus Christ, and the elect angels, that thou observe these things without preferring one before another, doing nothing by partiality. 22 Lay hands sud- denly on no man, nei- ther be partaker of other men’s sins ; keep thyself pure. 23 Drink no longer water, but use a, little wine for thy stomach’s sake and thine often infir- mities. 24 Some men’s sins are open before- hand, going before to judgment ; and some men they follow after. 25, Likewise also the good works of some are manifest before- {οὐ m + δὲ NN 546 liand; and they that are otherwise cannot be hid. : VI. Let as many servants as are under the yoke count their own masters worthy of all hdnour, that the name of God and his doctrine be not blas- µ phemed, 39 Απᾶ they that have believing masters, let them not despise them, because they are brethren ; but rather do thém ser- vice, because they are faithful and beloved, partakers of the bene- fit. These things teach and exhort. 3 If any man teach otherwise, and consent not to wholesome words, even the words of our Lord Jesus Christ, and to the doctrine which is according to godliness; 4 he isproud, knowing nothing, but doting about questions and strifes of words, whereof cometh envy, strife, railings, evil surmisings, 5 perverse disputings of men of corrupt minds, and destitute of the truth, supposing that gainis godliness: from such withdraw thy- self. 6 But godliness with contentment is great gain. 7 For we brought nothing into this world, and it is certain we can carry nothing out. 8 And having food and: rai- ment let us be there- with content. 9 But they that will be rich fall into temptation and asnare, and into many foolish and hurt- ful lusts, which drown men in destruction and perdition. 10 For the love “f money is the root of all evil: which while some -coveted after, they have erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with many sorrows. 11 But thou, O man of God, flee these things ; and fol- low after righteous- ness, godliness, faith, love, patience, meek- ness, 12 Fight the good fight of faith, lay hold on eternal life, where- unto thou art also call- ed, and hast professed a good profession before many witnesses. 13 I 4 μὴ προσέχεῖαι Cleavesnot T. 5 --- ἀφίστασο ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων LTTrAW. LTTr[A]. 7 πραὔπάθειαν mevkness of spirit LTraw ; πραὐπαθίαν T. TIMOOEON A. Vi. # ~ ~ ἵνα μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ worthy let themesteem, that not the name of God 2 οἱ δὲ πιστοὺς ἔχοντες προ» πάσης τιμῆς of all honour καὶ 1) διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται. Το: and the’ teaching be blasphemed. And they that *believing ‘have δεσπότας, μὴ.καταφρονείτωσαν, ὅτι ἀδελφοί εἰσιν' ἀλλὰ masters, let them not despise [them], because brethren they are; but “Ὁ ’ , ͵ , > >? ἄλλον δουλευέτωσα»ν, OTL πιστοὶ lol. καὶ ἀγα- rather let them serve [them], because believing fones] they are and be- πητοὶ οἱ τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι. ταῦτα δίδασκε loved who ‘the 5ροοᾶ ‘service ‘are *being “helped *by. Thesethings teach καὶ παρακάλει. 3 Εἴ τις ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖ, καὶ Ἱμὴ.προσέρχεταε" and exhort. If anyone teaches other doctrine,and draws not near « , , ~ ~ / ε ~ 2 ~ ~ ὑγιαίνουσιν λόγοις τοῖς TOV.KUPLOV.1) MWY Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ sound 1to words, those of our Lord Jesus Christ, and TQ. κατ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλίᾳ, 4 τετύφωται, μηδὲν the ?according *to “piety iteaching, he is puffed up, nothing ἐπιστάμενος, ἀλλὰ νοσῶν περὶ ζητήσεις καὶ λογομαχίας, knowing, but sick about questions and disputes of words, ἐξ ὧν γίνεται φθόνος, ἔρις, βλασφημίαι, ὑπόνοιαι πονηραί, out of which come envy, strife, evilspeakings, “suspicions ‘wicked, 5 Ἱπαραδιατριβαὶ" διεφθαρμένων ἀνθρώπων τὸν νοῦν, καὶ vain argumentations 3corrupted tof *men in mind, and ἀπεστερημένων τῆς ἀληθείας, νομιζόντων πορισμὸν εἶναι τὴν destitute ofthe truth, holding *cain 2to *be ? / ία ᾽ , > A ~ ΄ I! 3 γι κι x εὐσέβειαν" "ἀφίστασο ἀπὸ τῶν τοιούτων." Θ΄ Eorty.dé πορισμὸς piety ; withdraw from such. But *is ®gain έγας ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας. 7 οὐδὲν.γὰρ εἰσηνέγκαμεν great ‘piety with *contentment. For nothing we brought εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἰδήλον!" ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνά- into the world, [itis] manifest that neither to carry out anything are we μεθα’ 8 ἔχοντες.δὲ διατροφὰς καὶ σκεπάσματα; τούτοις ἀρ- able, But having ‘sustenance and coverings, with these we shall κεσθησόµεθα. 9 Οἱ δὲ βουλόμενοι πλουτεῖν, ἐμπίπτουσιν εἰς be satisfied. Butthose desiring to be rich, fall into πειρασμὸν καὶ παγίδα Kai ἐπιθυμίας πολλὰς ἀνοήτους καὶ temptation and asnare- and 5desires 4many Sunwise “δᾶ βλαβεράς, ἁἵτινες βυθίζουσιν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους εἰς ὄλεθρον *hurtful, which sink men into destruction καὶ ἀπώλειαν. 10 ῥίζα.γὰρ πάντων τῶν κακῶν ἐστιν ἡ Φιλ- διὰ perdition. For ἃ root of all evils is the love apyuoia’ ἧς τινες ὀρεγύμενοι ἀπεπλανήθησαν ἀπὸ τῆς of money; which some stretching after were seduced from the πίστεως, καὶ ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς. 11 Σὺ ἀξίους ἡγείσθωσαν. faith, and themselves pierced with "sorrows ‘many. *Thou δε, ὦ ἄνθρωπε "τοῦ" θεοῦ, ταῦτα. φεῦγε" δίωκε.δὲ δικαιο- Σνυας, Ὁ man of God, these things flee, and pursue__—iright- μα Pas pmo 2 , , ἕ σύνην, εὐσέβειαν, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, ὑπομονήν, "πρᾳότητα" " eousness, piety, faith, love, “endurance, meekness, 12 ἀγωνίζου τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα τῆς πίστεως" ἐπιλαβοῦ τῆς Combat the good .comba. of the faith. Lay hold 2 / nw ? τὰ Δ κ. \ e αἰωνίου ζωῆς, εἰς ἣν kat". ἐκλήθης, καὶ ὡμολόγησας of eternal life, to which didst confess τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν ἐνώπιον πολλῶν μαρτύρων..18 Παραγ- the good confession before many witnesses. I also thou wast called, and τ᾿ διαπαρατριβαὶ constant quarrellings QLTTrAW, ἵ — δῆλον (read ὅτι so that) LITra. u— τοῦ W — «at GLITrAW, VI. τ ΤΥ ΟΗ “ - - ~ , γέλλω “σοι! ἐνώπιον ὑτοῦ! θεοῦ τοῦ Τζωοποιοῦντος" τὰ πάντα, charge thee before God who quickens all things, καὶ Χριστοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου “Πι- and Christ .Jesus who witnessed before Pontius Pi- λάτουϊ τὴν καλὴν ὁμολογίαν, 14 τηρῆσαί.σε τὴν ἐντολὴν late the good confession, that thou keep the commandment ἄσπιλον, θἀνεπίληπτον,! μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ κυρίου spotless, irreproachable, until the _ appearing of *Lord ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, 15 ἣν καιροῖς. ἰδίοις δείξει ὁ Jour Jesus Christ ; which initsowntimes ‘shall 7shew ‘the μακάριος και μόνος δυνάστης, ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν βασιλευόν- “blessed “and ‘only 5Ruler, the King of those being kings των και κύριος τῶν κυριευόντων, 16 ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἆθα- and Lord of those _ being lords; who alone has im- νασίαν, ῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον, ὃν εἶδεν οὐδεὶς nortality, ?in *light ‘dwelling “unapproachable, whom ‘did ‘see ‘no ?one 2 ’ 7 9. Iv ~ / τ ‘ ‘ ’ ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲ ἰδεῖν δύναται, ᾧ τιμὴ καὶ κράτος Sof *men ΠΟΥ to see is able; to whom honour, and might αἰώνιον. ἀμήν. eternal. Amen, 17 Τοῖς πλουσίοις ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι παράγγελλε, μὴ To the rich in the present age eharge, not εὐψηλοφρονεῖν,! μηδὲ ἠλπικέναι ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι, tobe high-minded, nor tohavehope in “of *riches ['the] *uncertainty ; ἀλλ᾽ ἀεν' ετῴ!ὶ θεῷ frp ζῶντι,ὶ τῷ παρέχοντι ἡμῖν ὃ ἔπλου- but in 3God ‘the living, who gives us richly σίως πάντα" εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν. 18 ἀγαθοεργεῖν, πλουτεῖν ἐν all things for enjoyment ; to do good, toberich in ἔργοις καλοῖς, εὐμεταδότους εἶναι, κοινωνικούς, 19 ἀπο- 2works ‘4good, liberal in distributing to be, ready to communicate, trea- θησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον, ἵνα suring up ἢ for themselves a “foundation ‘good for the future, that ἐπιλάβωνται τῆς]αἰωνίονῦ ζωῆς. they may lay hold of eternal life. 20 Ὦ Τιμόθεε τὴν παρακαταθήκην" φύλαξον, O ‘Timotheus, the deposit committed [to thee] keep, ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας, καὶ ἀντιθέσεις τῆς avoiding profane « empty babblings, and oppositions ψευδωνύµου.γνώσεως' 21 ἥν τινες ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, περὶ. of falsely-named knowledge, which some professing, in reference to τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν. Ἡ χάρις μετὰ σοῦ." "ἀμήν." the ᾿ faith missed the mark. Grace [be] with thee. Amen, "Mode Τιμόθεον πρώτη ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Λαοδικείας, ἥτις "Το ΣΤ ταοῦἩγ *first written from Laodicea, _ which ἐστιν μητρόπολις Φρυγίας τῆς Πακατιανῆς.' 547 give thee charge in the sight of God, who quickeneth all things, and before Christ Je- sus, who before Pon- tius Pilate witness- ed a good confession: 14 that thou keep this commandment with- out spot, unrebuke- able, until the appear- ing of our Lord Jesus Christ : 15 which in his times he _ shall shew, who is the bless- ed and only Potentate, the King of kings, and Lord of lords ; 16 who only hath immortality, dwelling in the light which no man can ap- proach unto; whom no man hath seen, nor can see: to whom be honour and power everlasting. Amen, 17 Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be not high- minded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy; 18 that they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to dis- tribute, willing to com- municate; 19 laying up in store for them- selves a good founda- tion against the time to come, that they may lay hold on eternal life. 20 O Timothy, keep that which is com- mitted to thy trust avoiding profane an vain babblings, ‘and oppositions of science falsely 850 called: 21 which some profess- ing have erred con- cerning the faith. Grace be with thee. Amen, is the chief city of Phrygia Pacatiana. a RN ye ee OF Se τρυν δ ae ee eee rm LE ΈΞΞΕΘΘΘ. τ — σοι (read [thee}) τ΄. Σ-- τοῦ τ. 3 ζωογονοῦντος preserves alive LTTrA. 3 Tlec- λάτου T. ὮὉ ἀνεπίλημπτον LTTrA. ε ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν to mind high things Τ. ἃ ἐπὶ LTTr.! € — τῷ TTr. £ — τῷ ζῶντι LTTrA. 85. -- τὰ τ΄. h πάντα πλουσίως GLTTrAW. i ὄντως (read of that which [is] truly life) aurtraw. Κ παραθήκην GLTTrAW. you LTTr, mM — ἁμήν GLTTrAW. ’ 1 μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν With n — the subscription GLTW}; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον a TrA. Δ ΠΡΟΣ ΡΙΜΟΘΕΟΝ, ΕΠΙΣΤΟΑΗ ΔΕΎΤΕΡΑ. THE *TO PAUL, an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will-of God, according to the promise of life which is in Christ Je- sus, 2 to Timothy, my dearly beloved son: Grace, mercy, and ace, from God the ather and Christ Je- sus our Lord. 31 thank God, whom I serve from my fore- fathers with pure con- science, that without ceasing I have remem- brance of thee in my prayers night and day; 4 greatly desiring to see thee, being mind- ful of thy tears, that I may be filled with joy : 5 when I call to remembrance the un- feigned faith that is in thee, which dwelt first in thy grandmo- ther Lois, and thy mo- ther Eunice; and I am persuaded that in thee also. 6 Where- fore I put thee in re- membrance that thou stir up the gift of aod, which is in thee by theputting on of my hands. 7 For God hath not given us the spirit of fear ; but of power, and of love, and of a scund mind. 8 Be not thou therefore asham- ed of the testimony of our Lord, nor of me his prisoner: but be thou partaker of the afflictions of the, gos- pel according to the pee of God: 9 who ath saved us, and called us with an holy calling, not according to our works, but ac- cording to his own purpose απά grace, which was given us in Christ Jesus before the world began, 10 but is now made manifest- by the appearing of our Saviour Jesus Christ, who hath abo- lished death, and hath brought life and immortality to light through the gospel: 11 whereunto I am 5 + Παύλου τοῦ ᾽᾿Αποστόλου of the Apostle Paul E; Ὁ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ Trraw. LTTrAW. &c. Ltr. ἆ Aa Boor Lilia. Ἀ χριστοῦ *TIMOTHY 2EPISTLE *SECOND ΠΑΥ͂ΛΟΣ ἀπόστολος Ῥ᾿ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" διὰ θελήματος θεοῦ Paul, apostle of Jesus Christ by [the] will of God / ~ ~ ~ 2 ~ kar ἐπαγγελίαν ζωῆς τῆς ἐν χριστῷ Inoov, 2 Τι- according to promise of life which [isJin Christ Jesus, to Ti- μοθέῳ ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ" χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ motheus [my] beloved child : peace from God [the] πατρὸς καὶ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν. Grace, mercy, Father and Christ Jesus our Lord. 8 Χάριν ἔχω τῷ θεῷ, ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων ἐν' I am thankful to God, whom Iserve from[my] forefathers with καθαρᾷ συνειδήσει, ὡς ἀδιάλειπτον ἔχω τὴν περὶ σοῦ μνείαν pure conscience, how unceasingly Ihave the of *thee 'remembranee ἐν ταῖς δεησεσίν.µου “νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας,! 4 ἐπιποθῶν σε in my supplications night and day, longing “thee ἰδεῖν, μεμνημένος σου τῶν δακρύων, ἵνα χαρᾶς πληρωθῶ' 1403566, remembering thy tears, that with joy I may be filled; 5 ὑπόμνησιν λαμβάνων" τῆς “ἐν σοὶ ἀνυποκρίτου πίστεως, “remembrance ‘taking of the *in που ‘unfeigned *faith, ἥτις ἔνῴκησεν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ. μάμμῃισου Λωΐδι καὶ τῇ μητρί which dwelt first in thy grandmother Lois and in *mother eR; / Π / δὲ ε/ Oe.) ; 6 δι εν 4. Ὃν σου υγεικΏ) πεπεισµαι. € οτι και ἐΨ σοι. ι Ὧν αιτιαν thy Eunice, and I am persuaded that .also in thee, For which cause ἀναμιμνήσκω σε ἀναζωπυρεῖν τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅ “ἐστιν I remind thee tokindleup the gift of God which is ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν.χειρῶν.μου᾽ 7 οὐ-γὰρ ἔδωκεν in thee by the ἍἸαγίηρ on of my hands. For*not gave « ~ « ‘ ~ / 2 b) , ‘ 3 ls ἡμῖν ὁ θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας. ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης Sus 'God aspirit ‘of cowardice, , but of power, and _ of love, Kai σωφρογνισμοῦ. ὃ μὴ οὖν ἐπαισχυνθῇς τὸ *Not *therefore *thou *shouldest be ashamed of the μαρτύριον τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν, μηδὲ ἐμὲ τὸν. δέσμιον.αὐτοῦ' ἀλλὰ testimony of our Lord, nor me his prisoner ; but ff be θ I ke λ ς \ ὃ , θ » - συγκακοπάθησον" τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ κατὰ δύναμιν θεοῦ, 9 τοῦ suffer evils along with the glad tidings according {ο *power *God’s; who σώσαντος ἡμᾶς Kai καλέσαντος κλήσει ἁγίᾳ, οὐ κατὰ and of wise diserction. saved us and called [us] with a *calling "holy, not according to Ta.toyanuay, ἀλλὰ §k8kar" ἰδίαν πρόθεσιν καὶ χάριν" τὴν our works, but according to his own purpose and grace, which δοθεῖσαν ἡμῖν ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ πρὸ χρόνων.αἰωνίων, {was} given us in Christ Jesus before the ages of time, 10 φανερωθεῖσαν.δὲ νῦν διὰ τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν but made manifest now by the appearing of our Saviour ? ~ ~ wu / ‘ Ν ΄ ,ὔ Ὀ᾽Τῃσοῦ χριστοῦ," καταργήσαντος μὲν τὸν θάνατον, φωτίσαν- Jesus Christ, who annulled death, brought *to τος δὲ ζωὴν καὶ ἀφθαρσίαν διὰ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου, 11 εἰς ὃ ‘light ᾽απᾶ life and incorruptibility by the glad tidings; to which aul E; + Παύλου G; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον β’ © νυκτὸς και ἡμέρας (read night and day longing ‘having taken ΗΤΤΑ. ε Ἐυνίκῃ EGLYTrAW. {συν- Τ. 8 κατὰ Ίησου LITr, 11]. ΤΠ EEM Ot? Bey ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κήρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος καὶ διδάσκαλος Ἅγας Sappointed ‘I a herald and apostle and teacher ἐθνῶν" 12 δι «ἣν αἰτίαν καὶ ταῦτα πάσχω" ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ of [the] nations. For which cause Snot ἐπαισχύνομαι, οἶδα.γὰρ 1Τ *am ashamed ; but ᾧ πεπίστευκα, καὶ πέπεισμαι ὅτι for I know whom Ihave believed, and am persuaded that δυνατός ἐστιν τὴν παραθήκην µου φυλάξαι εἰς ἐκείνην able heis the deposit committed [tohim] ofme tokeep for that τὴν ἡμέραν. 19 ὑποτύπωσιν ἔχε ὑγιαινόντων λόγων, ὧν : εὐ πανὶ 7A Sdelineation *have of sound words, which [words] ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀγάπῃ τῇ me thoudidst hear, in faith απᾶ love ᾿Ιησοῦ. 14 τὴν καλὴν παρακαταθήκην" φύλαξον διὰ Jesus, The good deposit committed [to thee] keep by [the] πνεύματος ἁγίου τοῦ ἐνοικοῦντος ἐν ἡμῖν. 15 Οἶδας τοῦτο, also these things I ΒΟΥ ; παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἤκουσας, ἐν χριστῷ from which [are]in Christ *Spirit *Holy which dwells in ‘us: ‘Thou knowest this, ὅτι ἀπεστράφησάν µε πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ασία, ὧν ἐστιν that turned away from me all who [are] in Asia, of whom is Εφύγελλος" καὶ Ἑρμογένης.! 16 Δῴη ἔλεος 6 κύριος τῷ Phygellus and Hermogenes, May “grant *mercy 'the *7Lord to the ? ΄ eet d « ΄ Tee ‘ \ Ονησιφόρου οἴκῳ' ὅτι πολλάκις µε ἀνέψυξεν, καὶ τὴν ?of “Onesiphorus "house, because oft me herefreshed, and ἅλυσίν.μου οὐκ. "ἐπῃσχύνθη, 17 ἀλλὰ γενόμενος ἐν Ῥώμῃ, _my chain / was not ashamed of ; but having been in Rome, πσπουδαιότερον! ἐζήτησέν µε καὶ εὗρεν' 18 δῴη αὐτῷ more diligently he sought out me and found [ππο]-- may “grant *to Shim ὁ κύριος εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ κυρίου ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ" καὶ ‘the "]οτᾶ tofind mercy from [the] Lord ἴθ that day— and ὅσα ἐν Ἐφέσῳ διηκόνησεν βέλτιον σὺ γινώσκεις. Βοτν muchinEphesus heserved ‘“better[*than *I®need’say]*thou ?knowest, 2 Σὺ οὖν, τέκνον.-µου, ἐνδυναμοῦ ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ Thou therefore, my child, be strong in {8 6 grace which [15] ~ ~ ΔΝ e 2 ᾽ - ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 2 καὶ ἃ Ίκουσας παρ ἐμοῦ in Christ Jesus, And the things which thou didst hear of me διὰ πολλῶν μαρτύρων, ταῦτα παράθου πιστοῖς ἀνθρώποις, with sanany witnesses, these commit to faithful men, οἵτινες ἱκανοὶ ἔσονται καὶ ἑτέρους διδάξαι. 3 Ὁσὺ οὖν suchas competent shallbe also others to teach, Thou therefore , e ΄ ? ~ ~ ‘ κακοπάθησον! we καλὸς στρατιώτης P Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ." 4 οὐδεὶς [ suffer hardship as “good ‘a soldier of Jesus Christ. No one στρατευόμενος ἐμπλέκεται ταῖς τοῦ βίου ἀπραγµατείαις,' serving as ἃ soldier entangles himself with the “of “life ‘affairs, ἵνα τῷ στρατολογήσαντ ἀρέσῃ. 5 ἐὰν.δὲ καὶ ἀθλῇ that him who enrolled him as a soldier he may please. And if also *contend TIC, οὐ.στεφανοῦται ἐὰν. μὴ νομίμως ἀ- (in *the 5games] ‘anyone, he is not crowned unless lawfully he shall θλήσῃ. 6 τὸν κοπιῶντα γεωργὸν δεῖ πρῶτον τῶν have contended. The labour ‘thusbandman ?must before of the καρπῶν μεταλαμβάνειν. fruits partaking. 7 Noe τὰ! λέγω" yn" γάρ΄σοι ὁ κύριο σύνεσιν Consider the things 1 say, ?may °give ‘for thee *the *Lord understanding 549 appointed a preacher, and an apostle, and a teicher of the Gen- tiles. 12 For the which cause I also suffer these things: never- theless I am not a- shamed: for I know whon I have believed, and «um persuaded that he is able to keep that which [ have commit- ted unto him against that day. 13 Hold fast the form of sound, words, which thou hast heard οἵ me, in faith, and love which is in Christ Jesus. 14 That’ good thing which was committed unto thee keep by the Holy Ghost which dwelleth in us. 15 This thou knowest, that all they which are in Asia be turned away from me; of whom are Phygel- lus and Hermove- nes. 16 The Lord give mercy unto the house of Onesiphorus ; for he oft refreshed me, and was not ashamed of my chain: 17 but, when he was in Rome, he sought me out very diligently, and found me. 18 The Lord grant unto him that he may find merey of the Lord in that day: and in how many things he ministered unto me at Ephesus,thou know- est very well. ΤΙ. Thou therefore, my.son, be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus. 2 And the things that thou hast heard of me a- mong many witnesses, the same committhou to faithful men, who shall be able to teach others also. 3 Thou thereforeendure hard- ness, as a good soldier of Jesus Christ. 4 No man that warreth en- tangleth himself with the affairs of this life ; that he may please him who hath chosen him to be a soldier. 5 And if a man also strive for masteries, vet is he not crowned, ex- cept he strive lawfully. 6 The husbandman that laboureth must be first partaker of the fruits. 7 Consider what I Deanne eee ee ee ee θθθθθθθθβ” 1— ἐθνῶν T. } παραθήκην GLTTraw., of Ermogenes?. πὸ ἐπαισχύνθη LITA. δ σπουδαίως diligently LTTr. (συνκ- T) suffer hardship with [me] trrraw. ἃ ἃ what LrTraw, 5 δώσει will give LiTraw, κ Φύγελος Phygelus LTTrAW. Ρ χριστοῦ Ἴησου LITrAW, 1 Ἔρι.ονενης ο συγκακο»;’.όησον ἃ πραγκαάτιαις T, 550 ay; and the Lord give thee understanding in all things. 8 iiemem- ber that Jesus Christ of the seed of David was raised from the dead according to my gospel; 9 wherein I suiler trouble, as an evildoer, even unto bonds ; but the word of God is not bound. 10 Therefore I endure all things for the elcct’s sakes, that they may also obtain the salvation which is in Christ Jesus with eter- nalglory. 11 Jt isa faithful saying: For if we be dead with him, we shallalso live with him: 12 if we suffer, we shall also reign with him: if we deny him, he also will deny us: 13 if we believe not, yet he a- bideth faithful: he cannot deny himself. 14 Of these things put them inremembrauce, eharging them before the Lord that they strive not about words to no profit, but to the subverting of the hearers, 15 Study to shew thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly di- viding the word of truth. 16 But shun pro- fane and vain bab- blings ; for they will increase unto more un- godliness. 17 And their word will eat as doth a canker : of whom is Hynmenzus and Phile- tus; 18 who concern- ing the truth have erred, saying that the resurrection is past al- ready ; and overthrow the faith of some. 19 Nevertheless the foundation of God standeth sure, having this seal, The Lord knowcth them that are his. And, Let every one that nameth the name of Christ depart from iniquity. 20 But in a great house there are not only vessels of gold andof silver, but also of wood and of earth; and some to honour, and some to dishonour, 21 If ἃ man therefore purge him- self from these, he I Posy PLO Ss EOIN 8. ~ , ? ~ ‘ ? ῃ ἐν πᾶσιν. ὃ Mynuoveve Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν ἐγηγερµενον in all things. Remember Jesus Christ raised νεκρῶν, ἐκ σπέρματος "Δαβίδ," τὸ εὐαγγελιόν {the] dead, of [the] seed of David, Ξσ]αᾷ *tidings µου: Div ᾧ κακοπαθῶ μέχρι δεσμῶν ὡς κακοῦργος" "ἀλλ" bonds as amnevildoer: but *my, in which I suffer hardship unto « , ~ ~ ᾽ / \ ~ ΄ « ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ οὐ.δέδεται. 10 διὰ τοῦτο πάντα ὑπο- Because of this allthings Ien- the word of God is not bound. διὰ σωτηρίας τύ- , Ἢ ? , / \ \ μένω τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ dure forsakeof the elect, that also they [the] salvation ‘may χωσιν τῆς ἐν χριστῷ: Ιησοῦ μετὰ δόξης αἰωνίου. 11 πιστὸς obtain which [is] in Christ Jesus with “glory ‘eternal. Faithful ὁ λόγος" εἰ γὰρ συναπεθάγομεν, καὶ "συζήσομεν"' [15] the word ; for if νε died together with [him], also we shall live together; “Me ΝΕ , \ x / x / ell ? y > , θ Π 12 εἰ ὑπομένομεν, καὶ συμβασιλεύσομεν"' εἰ Yaovovpeba, if ὅπ endure, also weshallreigntogether; if we deny κἀκεῖνος ἀρνήσεται ἡμᾶς" 19 εἰ ἀπιστοῦμεν, ἐκεῖνος {him], he also will deny Us ; if we are unfaithful, he πιστὸς péver’ ἀρνήσασθαι ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται. faithful abides ; to deny himself he is not able. 14 Tavra ὑπομίμνησκε, διαμαρτυρόμενος ἐνώπιον ?These *things *put Sin Sremembrance 108, testifying earnestly before τοῦ κυρίου" Ὁμὴ λογομαχεῖν' “εἰς! οὐδὲν χρήσιμον, ἐπὶ the Lord not to dispute about words *for *nothing ‘profitable, to καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων. 15 σπούδασον σεαυτὸν subversion of those who hear. Be diligent Sthyself δόκιμον παραστῆσαι τῷ θεῷ, ἐργάτην ἀνεπαίσχυντον, ὀρθο- *approved ‘to *present to God, a workman not ashamed, _-— straight- τομοῦντα τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας" 16 τὰς δὲ. βεβήλους κενο- ly cutting the word of truth ; but profane empty φωνίας περιϊστασο' ἐπὶ πλεῖον γὰρ προκόψουσιν ἀσεβείας, babblings stand aloof from, *to *more for they will advance of ungodliness, 17 καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτῶν ὡς γάγγραινα νομὴν ἕξει ὧν ἐστιν and their word as agangrene pasture will have; of whom is ina , \ , ev A ‘ ? ΄ Ὑμέναιος καὶ Φιλητός, 18 οἵτινες περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν Ἡσπιειθας and Philetus; who concerning the truth ἠστόχησαν, λέγοντες τὴν" ἀνάστασιν ἤδη γεγονέναι, missed the nark, asserting the resurrection already to have taken place ; ? , ’ ‘ « » Η͂ καὶ ἀνατρέπουσιν τήν τινων πίστιν. 19 ὁ Ξμέντοι". στερεὸς and areoverthrowing the of*some ‘faith. Nevertheless firm θεμέλιος τοῦ θεοῦ ἕστηκεν, ἔχων τὴν.σφραγῖδα.ταύτην, Ἔγνω foundation 1God’s stands, having this seal, *Knows κύριος τοὺς ὄντας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ᾿Αποστήτω ἀπὸ ἀδι- [‘the] *Lord thosethat are his, and Let depart from unright- κίας πᾶς ὁ ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα ΙἸχριστοῦ.! 90 ἐν μεγάλῃ eousness everyone who names the name οἵ Christ. 7In ‘great 4 δὲ οἰκίᾳ οὐκ.έσιν μόνον σκεύη χρυσᾶ καὶ ἀργυρᾶ, ἀλλὰ αχραῦ *ahouse therearenot only vessels golden and silver, but καὶ ξύλινα καὶ ὀστράκινα, καὶ ἃ μὲν εἰς τιμήν, ἃ δὲ εἰς also wooden and earthen, and some to honour, dthers to ἀτιμίαν. 21 ἐὰν οὖν τις ἐκκαθάρῃ ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τούτων, dishonour, If therefore one shallhave purged himself from these, IT. 3 εκ from among κατὰ according to Ὁ Δανείδ LTTrA; AaviéGw. YadAGLTTrAW. Wovuy-LTTrA. ἃ συν- τ. Y ἀρνησόμεθα we shall deny titra. λογοµάχει Dispute thou not about words L. Γκυρίον of [the] Lord eirrraw, © μεν τοι Tr. z + yap for (to deny) LTTrAW. © ἐπ᾿ LTTrA, b x. 8 τοῦ θεοῦ God ττ;, μη ΤΙ, a — τὴν (read [the]) BES EMO πω, ἔσται σκεῦος εἰς τιμὴν; ἡγιασμένον, he shall be ἃ vessel to honour, having been sanctified, τῷ δεσπότῃ, εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἡτοιμασμένον. to the τσηδλβίου, for every *work *good having been prepared. 22 τὰς .δὲ.νεωτερικὰς ἐπιθυμίας φεῦγε" δίωκε.δὲ δικαιοσύνην, But youthful lusts flee, and pursue righteousness, πίστιν, ἀγάπην, εἰρήνην pera® τῶν ἐπικαλουμένων τὸν πι ΠΠ. Εκαὶ! εὔχρηστον and serviceable faith, love, peace with those that call on the κύριον ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας. 23 τὰς.δὲμωρὰς καὶ ἀπαι- Lord outof 2pure δῷ heart. But foolish and undis- δεύτους ζητήσεις παραιτοῦ, εἰδὼς ὅτι γεννῶσιν μάχας" ciplined questionings refuse, knowing that they beget contentions, 24 δοῦλον" δὲ κυρίου οὐ δε μάχεσθαι, Ἰάλλ᾽" ἤπιον And 958. *bondman *of [516] ΤΤιοτᾶ 115 3Ῥεποτες ποῦ tocontend, but gentle εἶναι πρὸ 1 διὸ ἦν, ἀνεξί 25. ἐν * ) " ρὸς πάντας, διδακτικόν, ἀνεξίκακον, 25 ἐν "πρᾳότητι to be towards all; apt toteach; forbearing; in meekness παιδεύοντα τοὺς ἀντιδιατιθεμένους, μήποτε ἰδῷϊ! αὐτοῖς disciplining those that oppose, if perhaps *may “give *them ὁ θεὸς μετάνοιαν εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας, 26 καὶ ava- ‘God repentance to acknowledgment of [the] truth, and they may νήψωσιν ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος, ἐζωγρημένοι UT Απνακο αρ outcf the *of*the ‘devil tsnare, having been taken by αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα. him for his will. 9 Τοῦτο.δὲ γίνωσκε," ὅτι ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις ἐνστή- But this know thou, that in [the] last days Swill *be σονται καιροὶ χαλεποί. 2 ἔσονται.γὰρ οἱ ἄνθρωποι φίλαυτοι, Spresent "times ‘difficult; for will “be men lovers of self, φιλάργυροι, ἀλαζόνες, ὑπερήφανοι, βλάσφημοι, γονεῦσιν lovers of money, vaunting, proud, evil speakers. to parents ἀπειθεῖς. ἀχάριστοι, ἀνόσιοι, 3 ἄστοργοι, ἄσπονδοι, disobedient, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, implacable, διάβολοι, ἀκρατεῖς, ἀνήμεροι ἀφιλάγαθοι, 4 προδόται, slanderers,. incontinent, savage, not lovers of good, betrayers, προπετεῖς, τετυφωμένοι, φιλήδονοι μᾶλλον ἢ φιλόθεοι, headlong, puffed up, lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of Ged ; 5 ἔχοντες μόρφωσιν εὐσεβείας, τὴν.δὲ δύναμιν αὐτῆς Ίρνη- having a form of piety, but the power of it deny- μένοι. καὶ τούτους ἀποτρέπου. Ὁ ἐκ. τούτων.γάρ εἰσιν οἱ ing: and these turn away from. For of these are those who ἐνδύνοντες εἰς τὰς οἰκίας καὶ "αἰχμαλωτεύοντες τὰ! γυναικάρια [ατα] entering into houses and leading captive silly women σεσωρευμένα ἁμαρτίαις, ἀγόμενα ἐπιθυμίαις ποικίλαις, 7 πάν- laden with sins, led away by 7lusts 1various, al- τοτε μανθάνοντα καὶ μηδέποτε εἰ ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ways learning and never to [the] knowledge of [the] truth ? ~ ἂν» εν , ae J ~ κι Ὁ ~ 2 ’ ἐλθεῖν δυνάµενα. 8 ὃν.τρόπον.δὲ Ἰαννῆς καὶ ᾿Ιαμβρῆς ἀντέ- 2to*come ‘able, Nowintheway Jannes and Jambres with- .. ~ cu \ = 22? θί ~ aN θ / στήσαν Mwvosi, οὕτως και οὗτοι ᾽ανριστανται Ty ἄλησειᾳ, stood Moses, = thus. also these withstand the truth, ἄνθρωποι κατεφθαρμένοι τὸν. νοῦν, ἀδόκιμοι περὶ men utterly corrupted in mind, found worthless as regards τὴν πίστιν. 9 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον" ἡ γὰρ ἄνοια the faith. But they shall not advance farther, ‘for *folly a ώἔ ο h + πάντων 811] τ. 1 ἀλλὰ LTTrA. D αἰχμολκυτίζοντες GLTTrAW, & — καὶ LTTrA, B γινώσκετε KUOW Ye ἂν k πραὔτητι LTTrAW, 551 Shall be a vessel unto honour, sanctified, and meet for the master’s use, and prepared un- to every good work. 22 Flea also youth- ful lusts: but follow righteousness, faith, charity, peace, with them that call on the Lord ont of a pure heart. 23 But foolish and unlearned ques- tions avoid, knowing that they do gender strifes. 24 And the servant of the Lord must not strive; but be gentle unto allmen, apt to teach, patient, 25 in meekness in- structing those that oppose themselves ; if God peradventure will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth; 26 and that they may recover themselves out of the snare of the devil, who are taken captive by him at his will. III. This know α]- so, that in the last days perilous times shall come. 2 For men shall be lovers of their own selves, eovetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, 3 without natural at« fection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incon- tinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, 4traitors, heady, high- minded, lovers of plea- sures more than lovers of God; 5 having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn away. 6 For of this sort are they which creep into houses, and lead cap- tive silly women laden with sins, led away with divers lusts,7 ever learning, and never able to come to the knowledge of the truth. 8 Now as Jan- nes and Jambres with- stood Moses, so do these also resist the truth : men of corrupt minds, reprobate con- cerning the faith. 9But they shall proceed no further: for their folly I διύη ΚΤΤΓΑΥ 552 shall be manifest unto all men, as theirs also was. 10 Butthou hast fully known my doc- trine, manner of life, purpose, faith, long- suffering, charity, pa- tience, 11 per=ecutions, afflictions, which came unto meat Antioch, at Iconium, at Lystra; what persecutions I endured: bus out of them all the Lord de- livered me. 12 Yea, and all that will live godly in Christ Jesus shall suffer persecu- tion. 13 But evilmen and seducers shall wax Worse and worse, de= ceiving, and being ἆθ- ceived. 14 But con- tinue thou in the things which thou hast learned and hast been assured of, knowing of whom thou hasilearn- μα ed them; 15 and that from achild thou hast Known the holy scrip- tures, which are able to make thee wise un- to salvation through faith whichis in Christ Jesus. 16 All scrip- ture is given by inspi- ration of God, and ὦ profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correc- tion, forinstructionin righteousness : 17 that the man of God may be perfect, throughly furnished unto all good works, IV. 1 charge thee therefore before God, and the Lord Jcsus Christ, whoshalljudge the quick and the dead at his appearing and his kingdom; 2 preach the word; be instant in season, out of season; reprove, re- buke, exhort with all longsuffering and doc- trine. 3 For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to them- selves teachers, having itching ears; 4 and they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be PANO O.8 ON 8: IIT, IV. ~ A. ” ~ ‘ ε 7 αὐτῶν ἔκδηλος ἔσται πᾶσιν, ὡς Kai ἡ ἐκείνων ἐγένετο. αιΏοῖγ fully manifest shall be toall, as also that of those: became, 10 σὺ δὲ παρηκολούθηκάς" µου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ, τῇ ἀγωγῇ, προ» But thou hast closely followed my teaching, conduct, ~ ’ ~ , ~ ἢ ’ ~ > 7 ~ ε “ἅ τῇ προθέσει, τῇ πιστει, Τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ, TY ἀγάπῃ; τῇ ὑπομονῇ, purpose, faith, patience, love, endurance, 11 τοῖς διωγμοῖς, τοῖς παθήμασιν, οἷά μοι ἐγένετο ἐν ᾿Αν- persecutions, sufferings: suchastome happened in Ans [ή ? ΄ , / τιοχείᾳ, ἐν Ἱκονίῳ, ἐν Λύστροις" οἵους διωγμοὺς wire tioch, in Iconium, in Lystra ; what manner of persecutions I en- ἤνεγκα, Kai ἐκ πάντων µε Ῥὲῤρύσατο" ὁ κύριος. 12 καὶ dured ; and out of all *me “delivered” “the Lord. , And ’ ᾿ tf , q ᾽ ~ ~ ll ? eed ~ πάντες δὲ οἱ θέλοντες “εὐσεβῶς ζῇν" ἐν χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ all indeed who wish piously tolive in . Christ Jesus διωχθήσονται' 19 πονηροὶ δὲ ἄνθρωποι καὶ γόητες προ- will be persecuted. But wicked men and impostors shall κόψουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον; πλανῶντες καὶ πλανώμενοι. 14 σὺ δὲ advance to worse, misleading and _ being misled. But thou éve ἐν οἷς ἔμαθες . καὶ ἐπιστώθης, εἰδὼς παρὰ abide in the things thou didst learn, and wast assured of, having known from r δὰ Il ” θ 15 ‘ Lee 2 Ν ’ 5 ‘ Il τ 3 τινος έµασες, και Οτι ATO ῥρεφους ἵτα" ερα whom thou didst learn [them]; and that from a babe the sacred γράμματα οἶδας, τὰ δυνάμενά σε σοφίσαι εἰς letters thou hast known, which [are] able Sthee ‘to *make wise to σωτηρίαν, διὰ πίστεως τῆς ἐν χριστῷ ᾿Ιησοῦ. 16 πᾶσα salvation, through faith which [15] 1 Christ Jesus, Every γραφὴ θεόπνευστος καὶ ὠφέλιμος πρὸς διδασκαλίαν, πρὸς scripture [is] God-inspired απᾶ φῳγοβύδο]θ for teaching, for ttheyxov,' πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν, πρὸς “παιδείαν! τὴν ἐν conviction, for correction, for discipline which [is] in δικαιοσύνῃ" 17 ἵνα ἄρτιος ὁ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος, πρὺς righteousness ; that complete may be the of °God ‘man, to πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἐξηρτισμένος. every *work ‘good fully fitted. 4 Διαμαρτύρομαι “οὖν ἐγὼ" ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ΞΕαγποςί]γ “testify *therefore (+I before God and the κυρίου" YInoov χριστοῦ," τοῦ μέλλοντος κρίνειν ζῶντας καὶ Lord Jesus Christ, who is about to judge living and νεκροὺς “kara! τὴν.ἐπιφάνειαν.αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν dead according to his appearing and “kingdom αὐτοῦ, κήρυξον τὸν λόγον, ἐπίστηθι εὐκαίρως ἀκαίρως, this, proclaim the word; be urgent inseason, out of season, ἔλεγξον, “ἐπιτίμησον, παρακάλεσον," ἐν πάσῃ μακροθυμίᾳ convict, rebuke, _ * encourage, with all patience καὶ διδαχῇ. 8 ἔσται.γὰρ καιρὸς ὅτε τῆς ὑγιαινούσης ὃι- and teaching. For there willbe atime when sound teach- δασκαλίας οὐκ.ἀνέζονται. ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὰς Ὀἐπιθυμίας ing they will not bear ; but according to 3desires ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους, κνηθό- τὰς ἰδίας" ἑαυτοῖς will heap up teachers, : ltheir 70wn to themselves μενοι.τὴν. ἀκοήν" 4 καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀπο- having anitchingear; and from the truth the ear they will ο παρηκολούθησάς didst closely follow LTTra. ¥ τίνων What. [persons] -LTTrA. * — οὖν ἐγὼ GLTTrAw. and [by] Girtraw, P ἐρύσατο LTTr. α ζῇν εὐσεβῶς TTr. t ἐλεγμόν LTTrA, ¥ παιδίαν τ. Υ χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTraw. : καὶ Ὁ ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας GLTTraw, s — τὰ [L]}t[TrA]. χα — τοῦ κυρίου GLTTrAWw. 3 παρακάλεσον, επιτίµησον T. ΙΤ. fi: TEM Ore BY: , ‘ \ , στρέψουσιν, ἐπὶ δὲ τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται. turn away, and to fables will be turned aside, νῆφε ἐν πᾶσιν, κακοπάθησον, be sober in allthings, suffer hardships, ὅ σὺ δὲ But thou, ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγ- {the] work do of an γελιστοῦ, τὴν διακονίαν.σου πληροφόρησον. Θ Ἐγὼ γὰρ ἤδη evangelist, thy service fully carry out. ForI already , ‘ x ~ ~ 2 σπένδομαι, καὶ ὁ καιρὸς τῆς."ἐμῆς.ἀναλύσεως!" ἐφ- am being poured out, and the time of my release is ἑστηκεν. 7 τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν καλὸν"! ἠγώνισμαι, τὸν «δρόμον come. The combat *good = Ihavecombated, the course / / - ’ A ? Ld , τετέλεκα, τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα' 8 λοιπὸν ἀπόκειταί μοι Ihave finished, the faith Ihave kept. Henceforth islaid up for me t ~ , , ελ » ὁ τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος, ὃν ἀποδώσει μοι ὁ κύριος the οί “righteousness ‘crown, which °will’render το *me ‘the *Lord 2 ? / μὴ ῃ « , Ἐ ΄ ry ὧν εκεινη τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, ὁ δίκαιος κριτής" οὐ-μόνον-δὲ ἐμοί, °in ἰδὲ day 35ίπο *righteous Sjudge ; and not only to me, 7 4 ‘ ~ ~ , sy , ᾽ “ ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσιν τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν. αὐτοῦ. but also toall who * love his appearing. 9 Ὑπούδασον ἐλθεῖν πρός µε ταχέως. 10 Δημᾶς.γάρ µε Be diligent tocome ἴο me quickly ; for Demas *me , 7 a ‘ ~ I~ ‘ / ἐγκατέλιπεν, ἀγαπήσας τὸν νῦν αἰῶνα, καὶ ἐπορεύθη εἰς forsook, having loved the present age, and is. gone to Θεσσαλονίκην" Ἐρήσκης εἰς Γαλατίαν," Τίτος εἰς Δαλματίαν" Thessalonica ; Crescens to Galatia, Titus to Dalmatia, 1] Λουκᾶς ἐστιν μόνος per’ ἐμοῦ. Μάρκον ἀναλαβὼν ἄγε Luke ig talone with me. Mark having taken bring ETA σεαυτοῦ" ἔστιν.γάρ μοι εὔχρηστος εἰς διακονίαν. 12 Τυ- with thyself, forheis *to*me ‘useful for service. 2Ty- χικὸν δὲ ἀπέστειλα εἰς "Ἔφεσον. 19 Τὸν ἔφαιλόνηνὶ ὃν chicus ‘but Isent to ‘Ephesus. The cloak which ? ἐλ 3 h 10 Ι BY ΄ ? ’ Ω ‘ ‘ ἀπελιπον εν "Towadt' παρα Καρπῳ, ἐρχόμενος φέρε, και τα 1 left in Troas with Carpus, [when]coming bring, and the βιβλία, μάλιστα τὰς μεμβράνας. 14 Αλέξανδρος ὁ χαλκεὺς books, especially the parchments. Alexander the smith πολλά μοι κακὰ ἐνεδείξατο' Ἰάποδφη" αὐτῷ ὁ “many ‘against °me “evil *things idid. May “render *to *him ‘the κύριος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα.αὐτοῦ' 15 ὃν καὶ σὺ φυλάσσου, 2Lord according to his works, Whom also thou _ be ware of, λίαν.γὰρ Κάνθέστηκενὶ τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις. 16 Ἐν τῷ for exceedingly he has withstood our words. In πρώτῃ.μου ἀπολογίᾳ οὐδείς μοι ἰσυμπαρεγένετο," ἀλλὰ πάντες my first defence no one *me stood *with, but all µε ἐγκατέλιπον' μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 17 6.0 κύριός me forsook, Not tothem may it be reckoned. But the Lord oe παρέστη, καὶ ἐνεδυνάμωσέν με, ἵνα Ov ἐμοῦ τὸ κή- e ‘stood*by, and strengthened me, that through me_ the .pro- ρυγμα πληροφορηθῇ, καὶ “ἀκούσῃ' πάντα τὰ ἔθνη" καὶ clamation might be fully made, and “should *hear ‘all , cer ΄ πἐῤῥύσθην" ἐκ στόματος λέοντος. 18 “καὶ ῥύσεταί µε I was delivered out of [the] “’mouth lion’s. And *will*deliver *me ν᾽ ᾽ \ 6 κύριος ἀπὸ παντὸς ἔ εἰς τὴν ἔργου πονηροῦ, καὶ σώσει lthe “Lord from every “work ‘wicked, and will preserve[me)] for 2the *nations; and. 503 turned -unto fables. 5 But watch thou in all things, endure af- flictions, do the work of an evangelist, make full proof of thy mi- nistry. 6 For I am now ready to be of- fered, and the time of my departure is at hand. 7 I have fought a good fight, I have finished my course, I have kept the faith: 8 henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous judge, shall give’me at that day: and not to me only, but unto all them also that love his appearing. 3 9 Do thy diligence to come shortly unto me: 10 for Demas hath forsaken me, having loved this present world, and is depart- ed unto Thessalonica ; Crescens to Galatia, Titus unto Dalmatia. 11 Only Luke is with me. Take Mark, and bring him with thee: for he is profitable to me for the ministry. 12 And Tychicus have I sent to Ephesus. 13 The cloke that I left at Troas with Carpus, when thou _ comest, bring with thee, and the books, but especi- ally the parchments, 14 Alexander the cop- persmith did me much evil: the Lord reward him according to his works: 15 of whom be thou ware also; for he hath greatly with- stood our woids. 1% At ny firstanswe numan stood with me, but all men forsook me: ᾖ pray God that it may not be laid to their charge. 17 Notwith- standing the Lord stood with me, and strengthened me; that by πιο the preaching might be fully known, and that all the Gen- tiles might hear : and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion. 18 And theLord shall deliver me from every evil work, and will preserve me unto his πιω μμ EERE ο ἀναλύσεώς µου LTTr. ἃ καλὸν ἀγῶνα LTTr. Ε φελόνην EULTTrAW. h Ἔρϑαδι LT. : he withstood Lrtraw. | συν- A; παρεγένετο stood by LTTr.- B ἐρύσθην LTTrA. ο — καὶ LITrA. ε Ταλλίαν Gallia τ. i ἀποδώσει Shall render LITrAW. τ ἀκούσωσιν LITrAW, f Δελματίαν L. κ αντέστη rr vu heavenly kingdom: to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen. 19 Salute Prisca and Aquila, and the house- hold of Onesiphorus. 20 Erastus. abode at Corinth: but Trophi- mus have I left at Mi- Iectum sick. 21 Do thy diligence to come be- fore winter. Eubulus greeteth thee, and Pu- dens, and Linus, and Claudia, and all the brethren. 22 The Lord Jesus Christ be with thy spirit. Grace be with you. Amen, 1 ἡ δόξα εἰς τοὺς ΤΡ ΘΟ ΟἿ: βασιλείαν.αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπουράνιον" his kingdom the heavenly ; to whom [be] glory unto the αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἁμήν. ages of the ages. Amen. 19 "Ασπασαι Πρίσκαν καὶ ᾿Ακύλαν, καὶ τὸν ᾿Ονησιφόρου Salute Prisca and Aquila, and the of *Onesiphorus 9 » ” 2 / = ΄ 5) pale οἶκον. 90 Ἔραστος ἔμεινεν ἐν Κορίνθῳ" Τρόφιμον.δὲ ἀπέλιπον *house, Erastus remained in Corinth, but Trophimus “T left ἐν Μιλήτῳ ἀσθενοῦντα. 21 Ὑπούδασον πρὸ χειμῶνος ἐλθεῖν. in Miletus sick. Be diligent before winter to come. / , »» ᾿ / 4 ~ ‘ ᾿Ασπάζεταί σε Εὔβουλος, καὶ Πούδης, καὶ «Λῖνος," καὶ *Salutes thee *Eubulus, and Pudens, and Linus, and Κλαυδία, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ πάντες. 22 Ὁ κύριος τ᾿ Ἰησοῦς"! Claudia, and “the *brethren 1411, The Lord Jesus ‘ ~ , c / ᾽ ~ χριστὸς" μετὰ τοῦ.πνεύματός.σου. ἡ χάρις μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν. Christ [be] with thy spirit. Grace [be] with you. tauny." Amen, Πρὸς Τιμόθεον δευτέρα, τῆς Ἐφεσίων ἐκκλη- 2To %Timotheus ‘second, 3508 *the *of[?*the]'*Ephesians *°assem- σίας πρῶτον ἐπίσκοπον χειροτονηθέντα, ἐγράφη ἀπὸ bly Ἅᾖ[δίπε] ‘first 7overseer *chosen, written from Ῥώμης, ὅτε ἐκ.δευτέρου παρέστη Παῦλος τῷ Καίσαρι Rome, when asecondtime *was*placed*before δὰ] Cesar Νέρωνι." Nero. Ἡ ΠΡΟΣ TITON ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ IIAYAOY.!' THER PAUL, a servant of God, and an apostle of Jesus Christ, accord- ing to the faith of God’s elect, and the acknowledging of the truth which is after godliness; 2 in hope of eternal life, which God, that cannot lie, promised before the world began; 3 but hath in due times manifested his word through preaching, which is committed unto me accordiug to the commandment of God our Saviour ; 4 to Titus, mine own son after the common faith: Grace, mercy, and peace, from God the Father and tHe Lord Jesus Christ our Saviour, 5 For this cause left I thee in Crete, that 4 Λίνος LTW. v— the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Τιμόθεον B’ (— β΄ A) Tra. * + τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου the apostle E ; Πρὸς Τίτον LTTraw. ἆ ἀπέλιπόν LTTrAW, , - Ιησοῦ LTTrA, “το STITUS 7EPISTLE 30Ε *PAUL. ΠΑΥΛΟΣ δοῦλος θεοῦ, ἀπόστολος.δὲ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ κατὰ Paul bondman of God, and apostle of Jesus Christ according to πίστιν ἐκλεκτῶν θεοῦ Kai ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας τῆς (the) faith Select ‘of*God’sand knowledge of [the] truth which [is] κατ εὐσέβειαν, 3 ἐπ ἐλπίδι ζωῆς αἰωνίου, ἣν ἐπηγ- according to piety; in{the] hope oflife eternal, which ‘pro- / « A 4 , , γείλατο. ὁ ἀψευδὴς θεὸς πρὸ χρόνων.αἰωνίων, 8 é- mised 1the *who *cannot 5116 *God before the ages of time, [ή \ ~ ΄ , ~ Φανέρωσεν.δὲ καιροῖς.ἰδίοις τὸν.λόγον.αὐτοῦ, ἐν κηρύγματι but manifested in its own seasons © ‘his word in [the] proclamation a ? , 4 ~ ~ ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ κατ᾽ ἐπιταγὴν τοῦ σωτῆρος which ὄντα επίταξίεα “with *I according to[the] commandment of ?Saviour ἡμῶν θεοῦ, 4 Τίτῳ γνησίῳ τέκνῳ κατὰ κοινὴν our God ; to Titus [my] true child according to [our] common ; , ” ? /. 9 ~ la ‘ πίστιν, χάρις, Edeog," εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατοός, καὶ faith: Grace, mercy peace. from God [the] Father, and [the} , ? ~ ~~. ~ ~ « ~ “κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" τοῦ. σωτῆρος.ἡμῶν Lord Jesus’ ΄ Christ our Saviour. , , , , 5 Τούτου.χάριν ἁκατέλιπόν" σε ἐν Κρήτῃ, ἵνα τὰ.λείποντα For this cause I left thee in Crete, thatthe things lacking τ — Ἰησοῦς τττὶ ΑἹ. 8 — χριστὸς LTTr[A]. t — ἀμήν GLTTrAW. Ὁ καὶ διὰ TTraw. ‘© χριστοῦ ἘΠῚ, ἘΠ Cs: ἐεἐπιδιορθώσῃ ." καὶ καταστήσῃς κατὰ.πόλιν πρεσ- thou mightest go on to set right, and mightest appoint in every city βυτέρους, ὡς ἐγώ σοι διεταξάµην' 6 εἴ τις ἐστὶν ἀνέγ- elders, as I thee ‘ordered : if anyone [158 unim- ~ A Bi Gh » 2 η κλητος, μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ. τέκνα ἔχων πιστά, μὴ ἐν peachable, 70f*o0ne ‘wife *husband, “children Shaving *believing, not under κατηγορίᾳ ἀσωτίας ἢ ἀνυπότακτα. 7 δεῖ γὰρ τὸν ἐπί- accusation of dissoluteness or insubordinate. For it behoves the over- σκοπον ἀνέγκλητον εἶναι, ὡς θεοῦ οἰκονόμον: μὴ αὐθάδη, seer unimpeachable tobe, as God’s steward ; ne: selfwilled, μὴ ὀργίλον, μὴ πάροινον, μὴ πλήκτην, μὴ αἰσχροκερδῆ, not passionate, not giventowine, not astriker, ποῦ greedy of base gain, 8 ἀλλὰ φιλόξενον, φιλάγαθον, σώφρονα, δίκαιον, ὅσιον, ἐγ- but hospitable, a lover of good, discreet, just, holy, tem- κρατῇ, 9 ἀντεχόμενον τοῦ κατὰ τὴν διδαχὴν πιστοῦ perate, holding to the *according *to ‘the ‘teaching ‘faithful λόγου, iva δυνατὸς καὶ παρακαλεῖν ἐν τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 2word, that 8016 he may be both toencourage with *teaching τῷ ὑγιαινούσφ, καὶ τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας ἐλέγχειν. 10 εἰσὶν. γὰρ ρου, and those who gainsay to convict. For there are πολλοὶ ‘kai! ἀνυπότακτοι µαταιολόγοι καὶ φρεναπάται, µά- many and insubordinate vain talkers and mind-deceivers, espe- λιστα ξ οἱ ἐκ ἃ περιτομῆς, 11 οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστο- cially those of [the] circumcision, whom itis necessary to stop the pigew* οἵτινες ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν, διδάσκοντες mouths of, who whole houses overthrow, teaching a μὴ. δεῖ, αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν 19 εἶπεν things which [they] ought not, “0456 gain ‘for sake 308, 4Said τις ἐξ αὐτῶν ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης, Κρῆτες ἀεὶ Sone Ἰοξ 3ἴΠεπιςο]γοβ 1108 "their ‘*own °a ?°prophet, Cretans always [are] ψεῦσται, κακὰ θηρία, γαστέρες ἀργαί. 18 ἡ μαρτυρία. αὕτη liars, evil wild beasts, *gluttons ‘lazy. This testimony ἐστὶν ἀληθής' δι ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως, ἵνα 18 true ; for which canse convict them with severity, that ὑγιαίνωσιν ἐν τῇ πίστει, 14 μὴ προσέχοντες ᾿Ιουδαϊκοῖς they may Ὀ6 «οαπᾶ in the faith, not’ giving heed to Jewish μύθοις καὶ ἐντολαῖς ἀνθρώπων ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλή- fables and commandments of men, turning away from the truth. ΄ 3 4 ~ ΩΝ a \ θειαν. 15 πάντα Ιμὲνὶ καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς" τοῖς δὲ All things [are] pure tothe pure; _ but to those who Κμεμιασμένοις' καὶ ἀπίστοις οὐδὲν καθαρόν, ἀλλὰ μεμίαν- are defiled and unbelieving nothing [is] pure; but are de- ται αὐτῶν καὶ ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἡ.συνείδησις. 16 θεὸν ὁμολογοῦσιν filed their *both mind and _ [their] conscience. God ___ they profess ~ ~ ” ‘ εἰδέναι, τοῖς δὲ ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται, βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες καὶ {ο know, but in works deny {him], ?abominablé ‘being and ? ~ 3 4 ~ 3 ᾽ A > , ἀπειθεῖς, καὶ πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἀδόκιμοι. disobedient, and asto every “work *g00d found worthless, ϱ Σὺ δὲ λάλει ἃ πρέπει τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ διδασ- But *thou *speak the things that become sound teach- ΄ , , , ’ καλίᾳ" ο) πρεσβύτας νηφαλίους εἶναι, σεμνούς, σω- ing: [the] aged {men] Ssober 1to *be, grave, dis- φρονας, ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει. TH ἀγάπῃ, TH ὑπομονῇ" creet, sound in faith, in love, in endurance ; 555 thou shouldest set in order the things that are wanting, and or- dain elders in eve city, as [had appointed thee: 6 if any be blameless,the husbaird of one wife, having faithful children not accused of riot or un- ruly. 7 For a bishop must be blameless, as the steward of God; not selfwilled, not soon angry, not given to wine, no striker, not given to filthy lucre ; 8 but a lover of hospitality, a lover of good men, sober, just. holy, temperate ; 9 holding fast the faithful word as ha hath been taught, that he may be able by sound doctrine both te exhort and to con- vince the gainsayers. 10 For there are many unruly and vain talkers and deceivers, specially they of the circumcision : 11 whose mouths must be stop- ped, who subvert whole houses,teaching things which they ought not, for filthy lucre’s sake. 12 One of themselves, even a prophet of their own, said, The Cre- tians are alway liars, evil beasts, slow bel- lies. 13 This witness is true. Wherefore re- buke them sharply, that they may be sound in the faith; 14 not giving heed to Jewish fables, and command- ments of men, that turn from the truth. 15 Unto the pure all things are pure: but unto them that are de- filed and unbelieving is nothing pure; but even their mind and conscience is defiled. 16 They profess that they know God; but in works they deny him,being abominable, and disobedient, and unto every good work reprobate. II. But speak thou the thiags which become sound doctrine: 2 that the aged men be 8ο» ber, grave, temperate, sound in faith, in cha- rity, in patience. 3The qe μου μμ μμ Ἱ...)ΐΐ.-----------καύς {--- καὶ τπτ Αα]. g + [δὲ] but (especially) 1. ὃ ἐπιδιορθώσῃς L. : : ξ μεμιαμμένοις LITr; μεμμαμένοις A, §— μὲν LITraw. h + τῆς the IT, 556 aged women likewise, that they δά in be- haviour as becometh holiness, not false ac- cusers, not given to much wine, teachers of good things ; 4 that they may teach the young women to be sober, to love their husbands, to love their children, 5 to be dis- creet, chaste, keepers at home. good, obe- dient to their own hus- bands, that the word of God be not blas- phemed. 6 Young men likewise exhort to be sober minded. 7 Inall things shewing thy- self a pattern of good works: in doctrine shewing uncorrupt- ness, gravity, since- rity, 8 sound speech, that cannot be con- demned ; that he that is of thecontrary part may be ashamed, hav- ing no evil thing to say of you. 9 Exhort servants to be obe- dient unto their own masters, avd to please them wellin all things; not answering again ; 10 not purloining, but shewing all good fide- lity ; that they may adorn the doctrine of God our Saviour in all things. 11 For the grace of God that bringeth salva- tion hath appeared to all men, 12 teaching us that, denying un- godlintss and worldly jiusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly, in this pre- sent world ; 13 looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious ap- pearing of the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ; 14 who gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from alP iniquity, and purify unto him- self a peculiar people, zealous of good works, 15 These things speak, and exhort, and re- buke with all autho- rity. Let no man de- Bpise thee. TII. Put them in mind to be subject to principalities and ΠΡΟ TITON. ὡσαύτως ἐν καταστήματι [πποπαθπ] in like manner in deportment II, 1]. i€00- as becomes 3 πρεσβύτιδας {the] aged πρεπεῖο, μὴ διαβόλους, ἱμὴ οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωµένας, sacred ones, ποῦ slanderers, not *to *wine *much *enslaved, / [ή ΄ i [ή καλοδιδασκάλους, 4 ἵνα "σωφρογίζωσινἩ τὰς νέας teachers of what is right ; that they may school tae young [women] φιλάνδρους εἶναι, φιλοτέκνους, 5 σώφρονας, lovers of [their] husbands to be, lovers of [their] children, discreet, ἁγνάς, "οἰκουρούς! ἀγαθάς, ὑποτασσομένας τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀν- chaste, keepersat home, good, subject to theirown hus- δράσιν, ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ βλασφημῆται. 6 Τοὺς bands, that not the word of God may be evil spoken of. The νεωτέρους ὡσαύτως παρακάλει σωφρονεῖν, 5 7 περὶ younger [men] in like manner exhort to be discreet ; in πάντα σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος τύπον καλῶν ἔργων," ἐν τῷ all things thyself holding forth a pattern of good works; in διδασκαλίᾳ Σἀδιαφθορίαν, σεμνότητα, "ἀφθαρσίαν," 8 λόγον teaching uncorruptness, gravity, incorruption, 2speech ὑγιῆ, ἀκατάγνωστον, ἵνα ὁ. ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ. μηδὲν 1sound, not to be condemned ; that he who is opposed may be ashamed, *nothing ἔχων ‘rept ὑμῶν λέγειν"! φαῦλον. 9 Δούλους "ἰδίσις thaying Sconcerning 7you Το *say Sevil. Bondmen to their own δεσπόταις" ὑποτάσσεσθαι, ἐν πᾶσιν εὐαρέσταυς εἶναι, μὴ masters to be subject, in everything well-pleasing tobe, not ἀντιλέγοντας, 10 μὴ νοσφιζοµένους, ἀλλὰ ‘rior πᾶσαν" 9 contradicting ; not purloining, but *fidelity 3241} ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθήν᾽ ἵνα τὴν διδασκαλίαν τοῦ σωτῆρος 1shewing Sood, that the teaching sSaviour σὑμῶνὶ θεοῦ κοσμῶσιν ἐν πᾶσιν. 11 ᾿Ἐπεφάνη.γὰρ ἡ lof Ἴγοις God they mayadorn in all things. For ttappeared ‘the χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ χ σωτήριος πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις, Ἄρταοθ Sof *God ‘which ‘brings ’salvation ®for 5.11 10men, 12 παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς ἵνα ἀρνησάμενοι τὴν ἀσέβειαν καὶ τὰς instructing us that, having denied ungodliness and κοσμικὰς.ἐπιθυµίας, σωφρόνως καὶ δικαίως καὶ εὐσεβῶς ζή- worldly desires, discreetly and rigiteously and piously σε σωµεν ἐν τῷ νῦν αἰῶνι, 19 προσδεχόμενοι τὴν μακαρίαν should live in the present age, awaiting the’ blessed ? ‘ Aes. ‘4 ~ , ~ bd ~ ‘ ~ ἐλπίδα καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆ- hope and appearing of the glory Sereat “Ἂἀοᾶ Sand °Sae ~ ᾽ ~ ~ a 4 ‘ ~ ρος ἡμῶν Σ]ησοῦ χοιστοῦ," 14 ὃς ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν, viour*of7our Jesus Christ ; who gave himself for us, { , ~ ? ΄ ἮΝ ΄ ἵνα λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας, καὶ καθαρίσγ that he mightredeem us from all lawlessness, .and might purify ἑαυτῷ λαὸν περιούσιον, ζηλωτὴν καλῶν ἔργων. 15 Ταῦτα to himself a people peculiar, zealous of good works, These things λάλει, καὶ παρακάλει, καὶ ἔλεγχε μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς. speak, and exhort, and convict with all command, , μηδείς σου περιφρονείτω. "Noone ‘thee ‘let *despise. ε ’ ~ ‘ 3 Ὑπομίμνησκε αὐτοὺς ἀρχαῖς Ἱκαὶὶ ἐξουσίαις ὑποτάσ- Put *in *remembranee ‘them torulers and _ to authorities to be 1 μηδὲ or TTrA. home LTtTra. Tats ἰδίοις L. ο Read to be discreet in all things, τ. 4 -- ἀφθαρσίαν EGLITrAW. τ λέγειν περὶ ἡμῶν (US) LTTrA ; περὶ ἡμῶν λέγειν GW. ᾿ πᾶσαν πίστιν LTTrA. *— ἡ (vead σωτή. bringing salvation) ΙΤΊτΑ. ™ σωφρονίζουσιν they school ΤΊτΑ. Ὁ οἰκουργούς workers at P ἀφθορίαν incorruption LTTPraw. 5 δεσπό- T “ ἡμῶν of our EGLTT. aw, 7 χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ Tir, 5 -- καὶ ΗΤΤΑ. ¥ + την which [is] LTTraw. 111. ere s&s σεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν, πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι, subject, tobe obedient, ‘*to Severy ‘work ®zood Sready ‘to 7be, 2 μηδένα βλασφημεῖν, ἀμάχους εἶναι, ἐπιεικεῖς, noone’ to speak evil of, not *contentious Σο *be, [tobe] gentle, πᾶσαν ἐνδεικνυμένους πρᾳότητα" πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους. 3411 ᾽αεΏοινίης meekness towards all mien, 9 ἦμεν.γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀνόητοι, ἀπειθεῖς, πλανώ- For *were “once *also ‘we without intelligence, disobedient, led μενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις, ἐν κακίᾳ astray, serving *lusts Sand *pleasures ‘various, in malice καὶ φθόνῳ διάγοντες, στυγητοί, μισοῦντες ἀλλήλους" 4 ὅτε. δὲ and envy living, hateful, hating one another. But when ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ.σωτῆρος ἡμῶν the kindness and the love to man Sappeared tof "οι “Saviour θεοῦ, 5 οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων τῶν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ δῶν" ἐποιήσαμεν *God, not by works which[were]in righteousness which “practised « ~ 4 . . ‘ > ~ ἢ ” « ~ ‘ ἡμεῖς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ “τὸν αὐτοῦ. ἔλεον" ἔσωσεν ἡμᾶς, διὰ Ίπνο, but according to his mercy he’saved us, tarough [the] λουτροῦ παλιγγενεσίας" καὶ ἀνακαινώσεως πνεύματος ἁγίου, washing of regeneration and renewing of [the] *Spirit ?*Holy, er ? c ~ ΄ > ~ ~ ~ 6 οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ which he poured out on us richly through Jesus Christ ~ ~ , / ~? , Go: σωτῆρος.ἡμῶν' ἢ ἵνα δικαιωθέντες TH-EKElvoU-XapLTL, κληρο- our Saviour ; that having been justified by his grace, heirs , ΄ ~ > [ή νόμοι “γενώμεθα! ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου. ΚΑΤ we should become according to [the] hope of life eternal, 8 Πιστὸς ὁ λόγος, καὶ περὶ τούτων βούλομαί σε δια- Faithful [15] the word, and concerning these'things Idesire thee to βεβαιοῦσθαι, ἵνα φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι affrm strongly, that “may “take Scare 13ροοᾶ ‘*works *to "ρε **forward **in ol πεπιστευκότες fre θεῷ. ταῦτά ἐστιν Sra" καλὰ καὶ πο 2who “have *believed 5God. These things are good and ὠφέλιμα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις" 9 μωρὰς.δὲ ζητήσεις καὶ γενεαλο- profitable to men ; but foolish questions and genealo- γίας καὶ Βέρεις' καὶ μάχὰς νομικὰς περιΐστασο' εἰσὶν gies and strifes and contentions about [the] law stand aloof from; *they 818 ‘ ~ ‘ / « ‘ ” . 4 γὰρ ἀνωφελεῖς καὶ μάταιοι. 10 Αἱρετικὸν ἄνθρωπον μετὰ for unprofitable and vain, A sectarian man after ’ 4 ‘ , η ~ 3 ‘ e ? , μίαν Kai δευτέραν νουθεσίαν παραιτοῦ, 11 εἰδὼς ore ἐξέ- | one and a second admonition reject, knowing that is στραπται ὁ τοιοῦτος, καὶ ἁμαρτάνει, perverted such a one, .and sins, a , ~ ’ “a £ 7 19 Ὅταν πέμψω ᾿Αρτεμᾶν πρός σε ἢ Τυχικόν, σπούδα- When Ishallsend Artemas to thee, or Tychicus, be dili- , ~ ‘ A σον ἐλθεῖν πρός µε εἰς Νικόπολιν' ἐκεῖ.γὰρ κέκρικα gent to come το. me’ {ο Nicopolis ; for there -I have decided παραχειμάσαι. 18 Ζηνᾶν τὸν νομικὸν καὶ " Απολλω" σπου- ὢν αὐτοκατάκριτος. being self-condemned, to winter. Ζεηπα5 the lawyer and Apollos dili- δαίως πρόπεµψον, ἵνα μηδὲν αὐτοῖς "λείπῃ." 14 pa et gently that nothing tothem may be lacking; θανέτωσαν δὲ καὶ οἱ ἡμέτεροι καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι set forward, Slearn 4and also Sours ιοσροᾷ 434 works ‘to “be “forward *in x ΄ 4 »” ? εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας, ἵνα μὴ.ὧσιν ἄκαρποι. 15 Ao- for necessary wants, that they may not be unfruitful. 5Sa- ο τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος LTTrAW. §— 7a LITrAW, Ὁ @LTTra. ἃ πραύτητα LITrA, L ἴ τα τῷ LITAW, ε γενηθῶμεν LTTrAW, λὼντι ὅ λύπῃ Τὶ Β ἔριν strife T, 557 powers, to obey magis- trates, to be ready to every good work, 2 to speak evil of no man, to be no brawlers, but gentle, shewing all meekness untoallmen. 3 For we ourselves al-. sO were sometimes foolish, disobedient, deceived, serving di- vers lusts and plea- sures, living in malice and envy, hateful, and hating one another. 4 But after that the kindness and love of God cur Saviour to- ward man appeared, 5 not by works of righteousness which we have done, but ac- cording to his mercy he saved us, by the washing of regenera- tion, and renewing of the Holy Ghost; 6 which he shedon us abundantly through Jesus Christ our Sa- viour; 7 that being justified by his grace, we should be made heirs according to the hope of eternal life, 8 This is a faithful say- ing, and these things I will that thou affirm constantly, that they which hare believed in God might be care- ful to maiutain good works. These things are good and profitable unto men. 9 But a- void foolish questions, and gencalogies, and contentions, and striv- ings about the law; for they are un- profitable and vain. 10 A man that is an heretick after the first and second admonition reject; 11 knowing that he that is such is subverted, and sin- neth, being condemned of himself, 12 When I shallsend Artemas unto thee, or Tychicus, be diligent to come unto me to Nicopolis: for I have determined there to winter. 13.Bring Ze- nas the lawyer and Apollos on their jour- ney diligently, that nothing be wanting unto them. 14 And let ours also learn to maintain good works for necessary uses.that they be not unfruitful, 15 All that Are with 4 παλινγενεσίας Τ. | Απολε -ὦ 508 me salute thee. Greet them that love us in the faith. Grace -be with youall. Amen, ΠΡΟΣ ΦΙΛΗΜΟΝΑ. ’ ~ / » 4 οἱ per ἐμοῦ πάντες. ἄσπασαι τοὺς Φι- ey , παζονταί σε lute Sthee “those *with *moe tall. Salute those who ΄ ς ’ 4 , « ~ λοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει. ἡ χάρις μετὰ παντων ὑμῶν. love ae in [the] faith. Grace [be] with 7all you. launy." Amen, ἐκκλησίας πρῶτον ἐπί- *first . Ύογετ- πἹτρὸφ Τίτο», τῆς Κρητῶν Το Titus “08 5ἱπο9 708 [%the] °Cretans ‘assembly [ή τ , > 4 ’ ~ a σκοπον χειροτονηθέντα, ἐγραφη ἀπὸ Νικοπόλεως τῆς Μακε- seer 1chosen. written from Nicopolis of Mace- doviac." donia. Ἢ ΠΡΟΣ ®IAHMONA ΕΠΙΣΤΟΔΗ ΠΑΥΛΟΥ. THE PAUL, a prisoner of Jesus Christ, and Ti- . mothy* our brother, unto Philemon our dearly beloved, and fellowlabourer, 2 and to our beloved Apphia, and Archippus our fellowsoldier, and to the church’ in thy house : 3 Grace to you, and peace, froma God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ. 4 1 thank my God, making mention of thee always in my prayers, 5 hearing of thy love and faith, which thou hast to- ward the Lord Je- sus, and toward all saints; 6 that the communication of thy faith may become ef- fectual by the ac- knowledging of every good thing which is in you in Christ Jesus. 7 For we have great joy and consolation in thy love, because the bowels of the saints are refreshed by thee, brother. 8 Wherefore, though 1 might be much bold in Christ to en- join thee that which 16 convenient, 9 yet for love’s sakeI rather beseech thee, being such an one as Paul the aged, and now also 8 prisoner of Jesus Christ. 10 I beseech thee for my son One- πο ΣΕΗΙΤΕΜΟΝ *EPISTLE 70OF “PAUL, " - ~ . , ΠΑΥΛΟΣ δέσμιος χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφός, Paul, prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timotheus the brother, , ~ 7 = ~ ‘ ane ~ ‘ ” , τι Φιλήμονι τῷ ἀγαπητῷ καὶ συνεργῷ. ἡμῶν, 2 καὶ Απφίᾳ τῇ to Philemon the beloved and our fellow-worker, and to Apphia the ᾽ ~ ‘ “ ~ , « ~ a ~ δάγαπητῷῥ,! καὶ ᾿Αρχίππῳ τῷ. συστρατιώτη" ἡμῶν, καὶ τῇ ‘beloved, and to Archippus our fellow-soldier, and to the κατ᾽ οἶκόν.σου ἐκκλησίᾳ' 8 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ θεοῦ 235 ‘thy *house ‘assembly: Grace to you and peace from God πατρὸς. ἡμῶν καὶ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. our Father and [the] Lord. Jesus Christ. ~ ~ ~ = 4: , 2 4 Εὐχαριστῶ τῷ.θεῷ.μου, πάντοτε μνείαν σου ποιούμενος 1 thank my God, always mention of thee making ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν.μου, 5 ἀκούων σου THY ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν at my prayers, . hearing of thy love and / a a” ΔΝ A ΄ ~ ‘ ’ πίστιν ἣν ἔχεις “πρὸς" τὸν κύριον ᾿Ιησοῦν καὶ εἰς πάν- faith which thou hast towards the Lord Jesus, andtowards all τας τοὺς ἁγίους, 6 ὅπως ἡ κοινωνία τῆς.πίστεώς:σου ἐνεργὴς the _ saints, so that the fellowship of thy faith efficient γένηται ἐν ἐπιγνώσει παντὸς ἀγαθοῦ ετοῦ! ᾿ ἐν may become in [the] acknowledgment of every good (thing) which [is] in fupiv' εἰς χριστὸν 5]ησοῦν.! 7 "χάριν" γὰρ ᾿ἰἔέχομεν πολλὴν" you towards Christ Jesus, *’Thankfulness ‘for ?we*°have “great καὶ παράκλησιν ἐπὶ τῇ ἀγάπῃςσου, ὅτι τὰ σπλάγχνα and encouragement by occasion of thy love, because the bowels τῶν ἁγίων ἀναπέπαυται " διὰ σοῦ, ἀδελφέ. ofthe saints have been refreshed by thee, brother. 8 Διὸ πολλὴν ἐν χριστῷ παῤῥησίαν, ἔχων ἐπιτάσσειν σοι Wherefore much, in “Christ ‘boldness having toorder thee τὸ ἀνῆκον, 9 διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην μᾶλλον. παρακαλῶ" what [is] becoming, for the sake of love rather I exhort, τοιοῦτος ὧν ὡς Παῦλος πρεσβύτης, νυνὶ.δὲ καὶ δέσμιος such 3 ο0πο6 being as Paul [the] aged, and now also prisoner ΝἹησοῦ χριστοῦ" 10 παρακαλῶ σε περὶ τοῦ ἐμοῦ τέκνου, ὃν of Jesus Christ, Iexhort thee for my child, whom 1 --ἁμήν G[L]TTrAw. 5 4- τοῦ ᾿Αποστόλου the Apostle E; Πρὸς Φιλήμονα LTTraw. 4 εἰς LTrA. U Ὁ χαρὰν joy EGLTTrAW. 6 συνσ- LTTrA. m — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Τίτον Tra. Ὁ ἀδελφῇ sister LTTrA & ---Ἰησοῦν ittr[a] * χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ LTTra, © — τοῦ Ltr. f ἡμῖν US GLTTAW. * πολλὴν ἔσχον I had great LrTraw. PHILEMON. ? , ~ ~ Ἢ , ἐγέννησα ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς sou," ᾿Ονήσιμον, 11 τόν ποτέ σοι I begot in “bonds ‘my, Oncsimus, once to thee ἄχρηστον. vuvi.dé ™ σοι καὶ ἐμοὶ εὔχρηστον, ὃν ἀνέπεμ- unserviceable, but πον tothee and tome _ serviceable: whom 1 sent wa 12 ὑσὺ δὲ! αὐτόν, Ῥτουτεστιν! τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα, back [to thee]: but thou him, (that is, my bowels,) ἡπροσλαβοῦ"" 18 ὃν ἐγὼ ἐβουλόμην πρὸς ἐμαυτὸν κατέχειν, receive : whom [ was desiring with myself to keep, ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ τδιακονῇ μοι! ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου" that for thee hemightserve me in the bonds of the glad tidings; ‘ ‘ ~ ~ , >? ‘ > ΄ ~ ev 14 χωρὶς.δὲ ric.cij¢e.yrwpne οὐδὲν ἠθέλησα ποιῆσαι, ἵνα μὴ but apart from thy mind nothing I wished to do, that not > ’ ᾿ ΄ τ ᾽ ὌΝ x ὡς κατὰ.ἀνάγκην τὸ ἀγαθόν.σου ἢ, ἀλλὰ κατὰ. ἑκούσιον. as of necessity thy good might be, but of willingness: 15 τάχα.γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν, for perhaps because of ‘this he wasseparated[from thee] for atime, e ψ ᾽ Ν , tva αἰωνιον αὐτὸν ἀπέχῃς' that eternally him thou mightest possess ; Sa\X'' ὑπὲρ δοῦλον, ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν, μάλιστα ἐμοί, but above a bondman, a brother beloved, specially to me, πόσῳ.δὲ μᾶλλόν σοι καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ καὶ ἐν κυρίῳ; and how much rather to thee both in [the] flesh and in[the] Lord? 17 εἰ οὖν ᾿ἐμὲὶ ἔχεις κοινωνόν, προσλαβοῦ αὐτὸν ὡς If therefore me thou holdest a partner, receive him as ee’ 18 εἰδὲ τι ἠδίκησέν σε 7 ὀφείλει, τοῦτο ἐμοὶ. ἐλλόγει.' me ; but if anything he wronged thee, or _ owes, this put tomy account. € ? ‘ ~ ” ὋΣ ~ , ? ‘ ? / ώ /“ 19 ἐγὼ Παῦλος ἔγραψα τῇ-ἐμῃ χειρί, ἐγὼ ἀποτίσω᾽ Wa 1 Paul wrote [10] withmy[own]hand; Ζ willrepay; that μὴ. λέγω σοι OTL καὶ σεαυτόν μοι προσοφείλεις. 20 Ναί, 1 may not say totheethat even thyself to me thou owest also. Yea, ’ ᾽ Sy ,ὔ / 4 , ἀδελφε, ἐγώ σου ὀναίμην ἐν κυρίῳ: ἀνάπαυσόν µου brother, ΞΊ 3of *thee ’may have profit in [the] Lord: refresh my 72 ? / ι ~ ¢ ~ τὰ σπλάγχνα ἐν κυρίῳ." 2] πεποιθὼς τῇ-υπακοῃ-σου 16 οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον, no longer as ἃ bondman, bowels in [the] Lord. Being persuaded of thy obedience ἔγραψά σοι, εἰδὼς ὅτι καὶ ὑπὲρ 3δ' λέγω ποιήσεις. Iwrote to thee, knowing that even above what I may say thou wilt do, A ‘ ΄ , , ᾽ , / 90 “Αμα.δὲ καὶ ἑτοίμαζε μοι ξενίαν" ἐλπίζω. γὰρ ὅτι διὰ But withal also prepare me alodging; forlhope’ that through τῶν προσευχῶν.ὑμῶν χαρισθήσοµαι ὑμῖν. 23 7 Ασπάζονταί' your prayers I shall be granted to you. 13Salute ~ ε ’ , ᾽ ~ > ~ σε ᾿Ἐπαφρᾶς ὁ συναιχµάλωτός µου ἕν χριστῷ ἴησου, Mthee ‘4Epaphras *fellow-prisoner amy, πα "Christ ®Jesus ; 24 Μάρκος, ᾿Αρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς, οἱ συνεργοί.µου. 7Mark, ®Aristarchus, *Demas, Tuke, my '*fellow-workers. ΄ ~ η ~ ~ ~ 4 ~ 25 ἡ χάρις τοῦ.-κυρίου ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ [be] with πνεύματος. ὑμῶν. *auny." your spirit. ὑΠρὸς Φιλήμονα ἐγράφη ἀπὸ Το Philemon written from Ῥώμης, διὰ ᾿Ονησίμου Rome, by Onesimus > [ή i οικετου. ἃ servant, 559 simus, whom I hare begotten in my bonds: 11 which in time past was to thee unprofit- able, but now profit- able to thee and tome: 12 whom I have sent again: thou therefora receive him, that is, mine own bowels: 13 whom I would have retained with me, that in thy stead he might have ministered unto me in the bonds of the gospel: 14 but without thy mind would I do nothing; that thy benefit should not be as it were of necessity, but willing- ly. 15 For perhaps he therefore departed for a season, that thou shouldest receive him for ever; 16 not now as ὃ servant, but a- bove a servant, a bro- ther beloved, specially to me, but how much more unto thee, both in the flesh, andin the Lord? 17 If thou count me thereforea partner, receive him as myself, 18 If he’ hath wronged thee, or oweth thee ought, put that on mine account; 19 I Paul have written it with mine own hand, I will repay zt: albeit I do not say to thee how thou owest unto me even thine own self besides. 20 Yea, brother, let me have joy of thee in the Lord: refresh my bow= elsin the Lord. 21 Hav- ing confidence in thy obedience I wrote un- to thee, knowing that thou wilt also do more than I say. 22 But withal prepare me al- so a lodging: for I trust that through your prayers I shall be given unto you. 23 There salute thee Epaphras, my fellow- prisoner in Christ Je- sus; 24 Marcus, Aris- tarchus, Demas, Lucas, my fellowlabourers. 25 The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit. Ae men. 2 a a A a al m+ καὶ also T. n + σοι to thee LTTraw. 4 — προσλαβοῦ LTTrA. ν ἐλλόγα LTIrA. “ χριστῷ Christ GLTTra w. 1 — µου ΤΤΤΤΑ. Ρ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. t we GLTTrAW. ¥ ἀσπάζεταί (read Epaphras my fellow-prisoner salutes thee) GLTTrAW. Ὁ : i b — the subscription GLTW ; Πρὸς Φιλήμονα Tra. of the Lord) +, ® — ἀμήν GLTTrAW. τ μοι διακονῇ GLITrAW. x ἃ the things which Lrtra. 9 — σὺ δὲ LITrA, 5 ἀλλὰ TTr. 1 --- ἡμῶν (read ην ΡΟΣ PEELE το GOD, who at sundry times and in divers manners spake in time past unto the fathers by the prophets, 2 hath in these last days spoken unto us by his Son, whom he hath appointed heir of all things, by whom also he made the worilds ; 3 who being the bright- ness of his glory, and the expressimage of his person, and upholding all things by the word of his power, when he had by himself purged our sins, sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high ; 4 being madesomuch better than the angels, as he hath by inherit- ance obtained a more excellent name than they. 5 For unto which of the angels said he at any time, Thou art my Son. this day have I begotten thee? And again, I will be to him a Father, and he shall be to me a Son? 6 And again, when he bring- eth iu the firstbegotten into the world, he saith, And let all the angels of God worship him. 7 And of the angels he saith, Who maketh his angels spi- rits, and ‘his minis- ters a flame of fire. 8 But unto the Son he saith, Thy throne, O God, is for ever and ever: a sceptre of righteousness 7s the sceptre of thy king- dom. 9 Thou hast lov- ed righteousness, and hated iniquity ; there- fore God, even thy God, hath anointed‘ thee with the oil of gladness abeve thy fellows. 10 And, Thou, Lord, in the beginning hast laid the founda- tion of the earth; and the heavens are the works of thine hands: 11 they shall perish ; ΕΠΙΣΤΟΔΗ TWAYAOY.s *EPISTLE 308 *PAUL. ΕΒΡΑΙΟΥΣ ΤΗΕ] ‘HEBREWS ΠΟΛΥΜΕΡΩΣ καὶ πολυτρόπως πάλαι ὁ θεὸς λαλήσας In many parts and inmany ways οἱ old God having spoken ~ , > ~ / py ? , ~ e ~ τοῖς πατράσιν ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, ἐπ᾽ “ecydrwy" τῶν ἡμερῶν to the fathers in the prophets, in “last Sdays / ? , He τα ? εν εν » δ Es , τούτων ἐλάλησεν ἡμῖν evvig, 2 ὃν ἔθηκεν κληρονό-. these spoke tous inSon, whom he appointed heir > - ᾿ 4 I~ bal ον πάντων, Ol οὗ Kai “τοὺς αἰῶνας ἐποίησεν," ὃ ὃς ὧν of allthings, by whom also the worlds he made: who being ΄ ~ , ‘ \ ~ € ’ ἀπαύγασμα τῆς.δόξης καὶ χαρακτὴρ τῆς ὑποστάσεως {the] effulgence of [his] glory and(the] exact expression of “substance ~ , ~ er ~ ΄ ~ αὐτοῦ, φέρων,τε τὰ.πάντα τῷ ῥήματι τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ, this, andupholding allthings by the word of his power, ἀδι ἑαυτοῦ" καθαρισμὸν “ποιησάμενος τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν" by himself [{Π6] purification having made ,Ot “sins { ε ~ ΤΙ / 2 ὃ - ~ ~ λ ; Ψ Ἐν λ ~ ἡμῶν," ἐκάθισεν ἐν εξιᾷ τῆς μεγαλωσύνης ἐν ὑψι,λοῖς, tour, sat down on([the]right hand ofthe greatness on i 4 τοσούτῳ κρείττων γενόμενος τῶν ἀγγέλων, vow by so much better having become than the angels, as much as διαφορώτερον παρ᾽ αὐτοὺς κεκληρονόµηκεν ὄνομα. ὃ Τίνι.γὰρ 3more *excellent *beyond *them “he *has inherited ‘a *name, For to which εἶπεν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Ὑἱός µου εἶ ov, ἐγὼ σήμερον ieee *said *he Sever ‘of 7the “angels, *Son my art thou: I to-day γεγέννηκά σε; καὶ πάλιν, Ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς πατέρα, have begotten thee? and again, E -Will be tohim for Father, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς υἱόν; 6 ὅταν δὲ πάλιν εἰσαγάγῃ and he shall be tome ἔδυ Son? and *when ‘again he brings in τὸν πρωτότοκον εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην, λέγει, Καὶ προσκυνη- the first-born into the habitable world, he says, And let wor- σάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι θεοῦ. 7 Καὶ πρὸς μὲν ship him all {the] angels of God. And asto τοὺς ἀγγέλους λέγει, Ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύ- the angels he says, Who wakes his angels spi- ματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα" 8 πρὸς δὲ rits, and ‘ his ninisters 304 *tire ἃ “flame ; but as to τὸν υἱόν, Ὁ.θρόνος-σου, ὁ θεός. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος" the Son, Thy throne, O God, [is] to the age ofthe age. ε > / Η ς ~ / ᾽ ΄ & ῥάβδος " εὐθύτητος ἰὴ" ῥάβδος τῆς. βασιλείας.σου. 9 ἠγά- asceptre of uprightness [is] the sceptre of thy kingdom. Thou πησας δικαιοσύνην καὶ ἐμίσησας Ἑἀνομίαν. διὰ τοῦτο didst love righteousness and didst hate lawlessness; because of this , « 4 » > 4 ἔχρισεν σε ὁ θεὸς ὁ.θεός σου ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς “anointed *thee ‘God “thy *God with[the]oil οὗ exultation above µετόχους.σου. 10 Kai, Σὺ κατ’ ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἔθε- thy companions. And, Thou in the beginning, Lord, the earth didst , , ” ~ Vibe : « . / ‘ µελίωσας, καὶ ἔργα τῶν. χειρῶν.σου εἰσὶν οἱ οὐρανοί" 11 αὐτοὶ found, and works of thy hands are the heavens, They 8 — Παύλου EG; Πρὸς Ἑβραίους LTTrAw. 6 ἐποίησεν τοὺς αἰῶνας LTTrAW. GLTTraw. ποιησάμενος LTTrA, B. + τῆς LTTr, i= ἡ (read [the]) τπτ. Ὁ ἐσχάτου (read at the end of these days) 4 —. δι ἑαυτοῦ LTTrA. ε τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 6 - καὶ διὰ 1,; + καὶ ἡ aid the (sceptre) TTra, k ἀδικίαν unrighteousness τ. yey f — ἡμῶν LTTrAW. ΤΠ. HEBREWS. ἀπολοῦνται, σὺ δὲ διαμένεις᾽ καὶ πάντες ὡς ἱμάτιον παλαιω- shall perish, butthou continuest; απᾶά [{Π6Υ} all as a garment shall grow θήσονται, 12 καὶ ὡσεὶ περιβύλαιον ἰἑλίξεις! αὐτοὺς, καὶ old, and as acovering thou shalt rollup them, and ? [ή κ A A « ; ‘ ΄ ae Ag ah ? γ᾽ 4 ἀλλαγήσονται σὺ.δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ, καὶ TA-ETN.COU οὐκ ἐκλεί- they shall be changed; but thou the same art, and not ‘shall Ψουσιν. 13 Πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε, Κάθου ἐκ fail. But as to which of the angels said Ἡθ ever, Sit at δεξιῶν.μου, ἕως.ἂν. θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούςσου ὑποπόδιον τῶν my right hgud until I place thine enemies [45] a footstool for “ποδῶν σου; 14 οὐχὶ πάντες εἰσὶν λειτουργικὰ πνεύματα, εἰς "feet thy? ®Not Tall +are*they ministering spirits, for διακονίαν ἀποστελλόμενα διὰ τοὺς μέλλοντας κληρονο- service being sent forth onaccount ofthose being about to inherit μεῖν σωτηρίαν; salvation ὃ ϱ διὰ τοῦτο δεῖ On account of this it behoves more abundantly τος ἀκουσθεῖσιν, μήποτε οπαραῤῥυῶμεν." 2 εἰ γὰρ to the things heard, lest at anytime we should slip away. For if ὁ δι ἀγγέλων λαληθεὶς λόγος ἐγένετο βέβαιος, καὶ πᾶσα the *by “angels 2spoken lword , was confirmed, and every ΄ ‘ . ” ” - ΄ ~ “παράβασις Kai παρακοὴ ἔλαβεν ἔνδικον μισθαποδοσίαν, 3 πῶς transgression and disobedience received just recompense, how ~ , , [ή / ἡμεῖς ἐκφευξόμεθα τηλικαύτης ἀμελήσαντες σωτηρίας; ἥτις thy years 4 ιν. : 4 " περισσοτερως "μας ' προσέχειν us to give heed *we Ishall escape 5so creat [118 wel “have *neglected a salvation ? which ? A ~ ~ be | ~ , ε Γ ἀρχὴν λαβοῦσα λαλεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ κυρίου, ὑπὸ: 3a “commencement *haying “received tobe spoken[of] by the Lord, ‘by τῶν ἀκουσάντων εἰς ἡμᾶς ἐβεβαιώθη, 4 συνεπιµαρτυ- ®those 7that Sheard Sto 8 twas “confirmed; bearing ‘witness ροῦντος' τοῦ θεοῦ σημείοις τε καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ ποικίλαις ? with [**them] °God 1507 ‘signs *both and wonders, and various δυνάμεσιν, καὶ πνεύματος ἁγίου μερισμοῖς, κατὰ τὴν acts of power, and of [ὍΠ0] ϑρισιὺ ἪΟΙΥ ‘distributions, according to αὐτοῦ θέλησιν. his will. - iY 4 ? , [ή ὅ Οὐ.γὰρ ἀγγέλοις ὑπέταξεν τὴν οἰκουμένην τὴν μελ- Fornot toangels did hesubject the habitable world which isto λουσαν, περὶ ἧς λαλοῦμεν' 6 διεμαρτύρατο.δξ που τὶς cone, of which we speak; but “fully ‘testified *somewhere ‘one λέγων, Ti ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνήσκῃ αὐτοῦ" ἢ υἱὸς saying, What is man, that thou art mindful of him, or son ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ Pairoy;' 7 ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν of man, that thou visitest him? Thou didst make*lower ‘him βραχύ τι παρ ἀγγέλους" δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ ἐστεφάνωσας 3little "some than[the] angels; with glory and honour thou didst crown (or for a little) ; / ας. ~ ~ ol αὐτόν, «καὶ κατέστησας αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν.σου him, and didst set him over the works of thy hands ; [ή ~ ~ ~ ? A 8 πάντα ὑπέταξας ὑποκάτω τῶν.ποδῶν.αὐτοῦ. Ἐν. γάρ all things thou didst subject under his feet. For in ~ t ~ ~ » [ή τῷ" ὑποτάξαι ᾽αὐτῷ' τὰ πάντα, οὐδὲν ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ ἀνυπότακ- subjecting tohim allthings, nothing he left to him unsubject. i ~ ~ - / , τ τον: νῦν δὲ οὔπω ὁρῶμεν αὐτῷ τὰ.πάντα ὑποτεταγμένα But now ποὺ τοῦ dowesee tohim all things ‘snbjected ; 1 ἀλλάξεις thou shalt change Τ. ἡμᾶς LITraW. 9 παραρνῶμεν LTTrA. @[L]t[Tr]a. Σ τῷ yap LTTrAW, P αὐτοῦ W, 9 [αὐτῷ] ἴω m+ ὡς ἱμάτιον as a garment {{0 Ἱ. ; 4 — καὶ κατέστησας to end Of νει 96 561 but thou remainest ; and they all shall wax old as doth a garment; 12 and as 8 vesture shalt thou:fold them up, and they shall be changed: but thou art the same, and thy years shall not fail. 13 But to which of the angels said he at any time, Sit on my right hand, until I make thine enemies thy footstool? 14 Are they not all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation ? II. Therefore, we ought to give the more earnest hecd to the things which we have heard, lest at any time we shotild let them -slip. 2 For if the word spoken by angels was stedfast, aud every transgression and dis- obedience received a just recompence of re- ward; 3 howshall we escape, if we neglect so great salvation ; which at the first be- gan to be spoken by the Lord, and was con- firmed unto us by them that heard him; 4 God also bearing them witness, both with signs and won- ders, and with divers miracles, and gifts of the Holy Ghost, ac- cording to his own will? 5 For unto the angels hath he not put in subjection the world to come, whereof we speak, 6 But one in a certain place testified, saying, What is man, that thou art mindful of him 2 or the son of man, that thou visit- est him? 7 Thou mad- ext him a little lower than the angels ; thou crownedst him with glory and honour, and didst set him over the works of thy hands: 8 thou hast put all things in subjection under his feet. For in that he put all in sub- jection under him, he left nothing that is not put undcr him. But now we: see not yet all thing~ put un- η προσέχειν Q0 562 der him. 9 But we see Jesus, who was made a little lower than the angels for thesuffering of death, crowned with glory and honour; that he by the grace of God should taste death for every Man. 10 For it became him, for things, and by whom are all things, in bringing many sons unto glory, to make the captain of their sal- vation perfect through sufferings. 11 For both he that sanctifieth and they who are saneti- fied are all of one: for _ which cause he is not ashamed to call them brethren, 12 saying, I will declare thy name unto my brethren, in the midst of the church will I sing praise unto thee. 13 And again, I will put my trust in him, And again, Be- hold I and the chil- dren which God hath given me. 14 Foras- much then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood, he also himself likewise took part of the same; , that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death, that is, the devil; 15 and deliver them who through fear of death were all their lifetime subject to bondage. 16 For verily he took not on him the nature of an- els; but he took on hin the seed of Abra- ham. 17 Wherefore in all things it behoved him to be made like unto Ais brethren, that he might be a merci- ful and faithful hign priest in things ger- taining to God, to make reconciliation for the sins of the peo- ple. 18 For in that he himself hath suffered being tempted, he is able to succour them that are tempted. 111. Wherefore, holy brethren, partakers of the heavenly calling, consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession, Christ Je- sus ; 2 who was faith- ful to him that ap- pointed him, as also Moses was faithful in all his house, 3 For 7 αἵματος καὶ σαρκός LTTrAW. 5 λζωὺσῆς GLTYraw.- whom are all. . ing, ΕΒΡΑΙΟΥΣ. “π΄. ἠλαττωμένον βλέπομεν ΤΟΣ 9 τὸν.δὲ βραχύ τι παρ᾽ . ἀγγέλους but *who διιυϊῖο 7some "ία [1 80] ‘angels [*was]®made *lower ‘we see τ (or for a little) ὴ : : ~ \ 4 { ~ ~ ]ησοῦν διὰ τὸ πάθημα τοῦ θανάτου δόξῃ καὶ τιμῇ 5769818 onaccountof the suffcring of death with glory and with honour ἐστεφανωμένον, ὕπως χάριτι θεοῦ ὑπὲρ παντὸς γεύσηται crowned ; so that by [the] grace qf God for everyone he might taste (or every thing) ~ > τι Ay / θανάτου. 10 Ἔπρεπεν.γὰρ αὐτῷ, δι ὃν τὰ.πάντα καὶ δι death, For it was becoming tohim, for whom [are] allthings and by ov τὰ πάντα, πολλοὺς υἱοὺς εἰς δόξαν ἀγαγόντα, τὸν whom [are] all things, many sons to glory bringing, the ἀρχηγὸν τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτῶν διὰ παθημάτων τελειῶσαι. leader of their salvation through sufferings | to make perfect, 11 ὅτεγὰρ ἁγιάζων καὶ οἱ ἁγιαζόμενοι, ἐξ ἑνὸς πάντες" For both he who sanctifies and those sanctified of one [are] all; Ou ἣν αἰτίαν οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοὺς καλεῖν, 12 λέ- for which cause ο 5 not ashamed “brethren ‘them “to 7call, say- you, ᾿Απαγγελῶ τὸ.ὄνομά.σου τοῖς. ἀδελφοῖς µου,. ἓν ἐσ I will declare thy name to my brethren ; in (the] midst ἐκκλησίας ὑμνήσω.σε. 19 Καὶ πάλιν, Ἐγὼ ἔσομαι ‘of[the]assembly I willsing praise {ο thee. And again, I will be πεποιθὼς ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ. Καὶ πάλιν, Ιδοὺ ἐγὼ καὶ τὰ παιδία ἅ trusting in him. And again, Behold I and the children which » « , ᾽ " η A ὔ , μοι ἔδωκεν ὁ θεός. 14 ᾿Ἐπεὶ οὖν τὰ παιδία κεκοινώνηκεν 3πιθ “gave 1God. Since therefore the children have partaken Υσαρκὸς καὶ αἵματος," καὶ αὐτὸς παραπλησίως péréc yer of flesh and blood, also he in like manner took part in τῶν αὐτῶν, ἵνα διὰ τοῦ θανάτου καταργήσῃ τὸν τὸ κράτος the same, that through death he might annul him who “the *might ἔχοντα τοῦ θανάτου; Ἱτουτέστιν' τὸν διάβολον, 15 καὶ ἀπαλ- ‘has of death, that is, the devil; and might set λάξῃ rovtove ὅσοι φόβῳ θανάτου διὰ παντὸς τοῦ.ζῇν free those whosoever by fear of death through all their lifetime ἔνοχόι ἦσαν *dovdsiac.' 16 οὐ γὰρ δήπου ἀγγέλων ἐἔπιλαμ- 2subject ‘were to bondage. For not indeed of angels takes he βάνεται, ἀλλὰ σπέρματος Αβραὰμ ἐπιλαμβάνεται. 17 ὅθεν hold, but of[the]seed of Abraham he takes hold. Wherefors ” A / ~ ~ ~ ΄- ώφειλεν κατὰ πάντα τοῖς. ἀδελφοῖς ὁμοιωθῆναι, ἵνα ἐλεή- it behoved [him] in all things to [his] brethren to be made like, that a merci- , A ? ‘ ἧς µων γένηται καὶ πιστὸς ἀρχιερεὺς τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ful ®he Smight 708 ‘and "faithful *high *priest [in] things relating to God, εἰς τὸ ἱλάσκεσθαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ λαοῦ. 18 ἐν ᾧ.γὰρ for tomake propitiation for the sins of the people; for in that πέπονθεν αὐτὸς Ἠπειρασθείο, δύναται τοῖς πειραζομένοις he *has “suffered "himself having been ἑοπιρθοᾶ, πο 15 8016 those being tempted βοηθῆσαι. to help. a ? a 6 , ? 3 Ὅθεν, ἀδελφοὶ ἅγιοι, κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου μέτοχοι, Wherefore, *brethren ‘holy,. of [the] “calling κατανοήσατε τὸν ἀπόστολον καὶ ἀρχιερέα theavenly partakers, τῆς ὁμολογίας ἡμῶν consider the apostle and high priest of our confession, 8 i? ~ 7 A ~ , Σχριστον ἴησοῦν" 2 πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν, we Christ - Jesus, *faithful ‘being to him who appointed him, as Ἁ 7 ~ οἱ ? « - _~ ΄ } καὶ "Μωσῆς" ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ. οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ. 8 πλείονος. γὰρ «δόξης also Moses μα 5481] his house, For *of 3πιοτθ “glory Ἢ τοῦτ' ἔστιν GT, ATCAW, r . ἃ δουλίας τ. 5 οὗτος δόξης GLIGraw. ¥ — χριστὸν ΑΙΤΤΓΑΥΗΥ, 111. οὔὗτοθἳ παρὰ Μωσῆν" HEBREWS. ἠξίωται, καθ᾽ ὅσον πλείονα τιμὴν the than Moses hasbeencounted worthy, by how much more honour 3 ~ ws ~ ‘ ~ ἔχει τοῦ οἴκου ὁὃ κατασκευάσας αὐτόν" 4 πᾶς. γὰρ οἶκος has *than Sthe “house *he who Spuilt “it: For every house ts , « A , ’ κατασκευάζεται ὑπό τινος ὁ δὲ “γὰ! πάντα κατασκευᾶσας is built by someone; buthewho all things built [is] θεός. ὃ καὶ Μωσῆς" μὲν πιστὸς ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ.οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ ὡς God. And Moses’ indeed[was] faithful in all his house as θεράπων, εἰσ μαρτύριον τῶν λαληθησομένων' 8. ministering servant, for atestimony of the things going to be spoken ; 6 χριστὸς.δὲ we υἱὸς ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον. αὐτοῦ, οὗ οἶκός ἐσμεν but Christ as Son over his house, whose house are ἡμεῖς, «ἐάνπερ' τὴν παῤῥησίαν καὶ τὸ καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος we, ifindeed the boldness and the boasting of the hope ἱμέχρι τέλους βεβαίαν" κατάσχωμεν. unto [the] end firm we should hold. 7 Διό, καθὼς λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα TO ἅγιον, Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς Wherefore, even as _ Says. the Spirit the Holy, To-day if φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε, 8 μὴ σκληρύνητε τὰς.καρδίας ὑμῶν, his voice ye willhear, harden not your hearts, ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπικρασμῷ, κατὰ τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ ἐν as in the provocation, in the day of temptation, in τῇ ἐρήμῳ, 9 οὗ ἐπείρασάν Sue" οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν, Νἐδοκίμασάν the wilderness, where “tempted ‘*me ‘your “fathers, proved με." καὶ εἶδον τὰ.έργα-μου Ἱτεσσαράκοντα' ἔτη: 10 διὸ προσ- me, and saw my works forty years. Wherefore Iwas ώχθισα Ty γενεᾷ Jéxeivy," καὶ Νεῖπον,' ᾿Αεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ indignant . with “generation "that, and said, Always they err ,΄ Δ ‘ ” A ε " » καρδίᾳ". αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ.ἔγνωσαν τὰς. ὁδούς. μου" 11 ὡς ὦμοσα ἐν inheart; andthey did not know my ways; so Iswore in τῷ.ὀργῦ-μου, Ei εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσίν.µου. 12 Βλέ- my wrath, If they shallenter into my rest.. Take πετε, ἀδελφοί, μήποτε ἔσται ἔν τινι ὑμῶν καρδία πονηρὰ heed, brethren, lest perhaps 5Ώα]1] ο in anyone of τοι a“heart ‘wicked ἀπιστίας ἐν τῷ ἀποστῆναι ἀπὸ θεοῦ: ζῶντος" 13 ἀλλὰ of unbelief in , departing from *God(['the] “living. But παρακαλεῖτε ἑαυτοὺς καθ ἑκάστην. ἡμέραν, ἄχρις.οὗ τὸ σήμερον encourage yourselves every day as long as “to-day ~ \ ~ ? « ~ ? / ~ καλεῖται, ἵνα μὴ σκληρυνθῇ. Ἶτις ἐξ ὑμῶν" ἀπάτῃ τῆς it 515 Scalled, that not may be hardened any of τοι by([the] deceittulness , / ΄ ~ ~ μμ» | ἁμαρτίας" 14 μέτοχοι. γὰρ ™yeyovapev τοῦ χριστοῦ," "ἐάνπερ" if indeed of sin. For companions we have become of the Christ, 1 Δ ~ / / ΄ [2 τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς ὑπσστάσεως μέχρι τέλους βεβαίαν κατά- the beginning of the assurance . unto [the] end firm we σχωµεν' 15 ἐν τῷ λέγεσθαι, Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆςφωνῆς.αὐτοῦ should hold 3 ‘in "τες being said, To-day ip”) his voice ? aN 9 ρ ΡΥ ΄, € ~ « 3 ~ ° ἀκούσητε, μὴ .σκληρύνητε Τὰς.καρδίας.ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐν τῷ παραπι- ye will hear, harden not your hearts, as in the proyoca- ~ 4 : / 3 ? ? κρασµφ. 16 “τινὲς. γὰρ ἀκούσαντες παρεπίκραναν," ἀλλ ov tion. For some having heard provoked, but not πάντες ot ἐξελθύντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου διὰ ῬΜωσέως." 17 τίσιν. δὲ" all who cameout from Egypt by Moses. And with whom Ὁ Μωὐσὴν GLITrAW. ©—TaLTTrAW. 4% Μωύσῆς GLIT:AW. f — µέχρι τέλους βεβαίαν A. Ε — pe LITrAW. LTTraw. i τεσσεράκοντα TTrA. ji ταύτῃ this Lrtraw. GLAW. ™ τοῦ χριστοῦ γεγόναμεν GLTTIAW. Ὁ ἐάν περ LTr. κράὔαν; For who, having heard, provoked? GLTTraw. as ἃ question bue[was it] not all, ὅσο. 3) GLuTraw, P Μωῦσέως GLTTrAW. t+ [at] also L, 563 this man was counted worthy of more glory than Moses, inasmuch as he who hath build- ed the house hath more honour than the house. 4 For every house is builded by some man; but he that built all things 5 God. 5 And Moses verily was faith- ful in all his house, as aservant, for a testi- mony of those things which were to be spoken after; 6 but Christ as a son over his own house ; whose house are we, if we hold fast the confi- dence and the rejoic- ing of the hope firm unto the end, 7 Wherefore (as the Holy Ghost saith, To day if.ye will hear his voice, 8 harden not your hearts, as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness: 9 when your fathers tempted me, proved me, and saw my works forty years, 10 Whercfore I was grieved with that generation, and said, They do alway err in their heart ; and they have “not known my ways. 11 So Iswarein my wrath, They shall not enter intomy rest.) 12 Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God, 13 Rut exhort ong an- other daily, while itis called To day ; lestany of you be hardened through the deceitful- ness. of sin. 14 For we are nade partakers of Christ. if we hold the beginning of our con- fidence. stedfast unto the end; 15 whileit is said, To day'if ye will hear his voice, harden not your -hearts, as in the provocation. 16 For some, when they had heard, did provoke: howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. 17 But with ε ἐάν[περ] L; ἐὰν if TTra. ἃ ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ by proving [me] k εἶπα 1, : ῶ © τίνες γὰρ ἀκού. παρεπί- ἐξ ὑμῶν τις 95 (read 564 whom was he grieved forty years? was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcases fell in the wilderness? 18 And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest, but- to them that be- lieved not? 19 So we see that they could not enter in because of unbelief. IV. Let us therefore fear, lest, a promise being left us of entcring into his rest, any of youshould seem to come short of it. 2 For unto us was the gospel preached, as well as unto them: but the word preached did not profit them, not being mixed with faith in them that heard ἐξ, 3 For we which have believed do enter into rest, as he said, As I have sworn in my wrath, if they shall enter into my rest: althougn the werks were finished from the foundation of the world, 4 For he spake in a certain place of theseventh day on this wise, And God did rest the seventh day from all his works. 5 And in this place again, If they shall enter into my rest. 6 Seeing therefore it remaineth that some must enter therein, and they to whom it was first preached, entered not in becausg of unbc- lief: 7 again, he li- miteth a certain day, saying in David, To day, after so long a time; as it is said, Το day if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts. 8 For if Jesus had given them rest, then would he not afterward have spok- en of another day. 9 There remaineth therefore a rest to the people of God. 10 For he that is entered into his rest, he also hath ceased from his own works, as God did from his. 11 Let us labour therefore to en- ter into that rest, lest any man fall after the same example of un- 8 τεσσεράκοντα TTrA,. united in faith with those, &c.); cuvKexepacpeévos:T. Litra ; Δαυὶδ Gy, ΠΡῸΣ ΕΒΡΑΙΟΥΣ. Ill, IV. ἔτη 5 οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁἅμαρ- προσώχθισεν "τεσσαράκοντα" years ἢ [Was it] not with those who was he indignant forty ’ haz! 4 ~ ” ? Ae PP γα ΄ 4 τήσασιν, ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ; 18 τίσιν. δὲ sinned, of whom the carcases__ fell in the wilderness? And to whom ὤμοσεν ἡ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσιν. αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ swore he [that they] 5181] ποῦ enter into his rest, except - ᾽ , Ν , e ᾽ ᾽ ΄ τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν; 19 καὶ βλέπομεν ὅτι οὐκ.ἠδυνήθησαν tothose who disobeyed? And wesee that they were not able εἰσελθεῖν δι ἀπιστίαν. 4 Φοβηθῶμεν οὖν μήποτε to enter in on account of unbelief. We should fear therefore lest perhaps ΄ 3 ~ \ Ud : καταλειπομένης ἐπαγγελίας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν. κατάπαυσιν. αὖ- ϑθοϊηρ *left Ja *promise to enter into his rest, ~ ~ € ~ ε μ ‘ , 3 τοῦ, δοκῇ τις ἐξ ὑμῶν ὑστερηκεναι. 2 καὶ γάρ ἐσμεν.εὐηγ- 4might *seem any 70f ὅγοα to come short. For indeed we have had γελισµέναι, καθάπερ κἀκεῖνοι" ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ὠφέλησεν ὁ not ἀαϊᾶ profit *the τῇ πίστει also they; but ἱσυγκεκραμένος" glad tidings announced (to us] even as λόγος τῆς ἀκοῆς ἐκείνους, μὴ Sword *of*the ‘report ‘them, ποῦ having been mixed with faith τοῖς ἀκούσασιν. 8 εἰσερχόμεθα. γὰρ εἰς τὴν" κατάπαυσιν inthose who heard. For we enter into the rest, , ‘ ” ~ re οἱ πιστεύσαντες; καθὼς εἴρηκεν, Ὡς ὤμοσα ἐν τῷ.ὀργῇ-μου, who believed ; as hehassaid, So Iswore in my wrath, Εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσίν.µου᾽ καίτοι τῶν ἔργων If they shall enter into works ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου γενηθέντων. 4 Ἐϊρηκεν.γάρ που from [the] foundation of [the] world were done. * For he has said somewhere περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης οὕτως, Kai κατέπαυσεν ὁ θεὸς ἐν τῇ concerning the seventh [day] thus, And “rested 4God onthe ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν.ἔργων. αὐτοῦ 5 καὶ ἐν τού- *day *seventh from all his works : and in this , > , / 3 4 ΄ , ? ci τῳ πάλιν, Εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν.καταπαύυσιγ. μοῦ. 6 ΕἘπεὶ [Ρ1466] again, If they shall enter into my rest. Since οὖν ἀπολείπεταί τινας εἰσελθεῖν εἰς αὐτήν, καὶ οἱ πρό- therefore it remains [for] some toenter into it, and those who ? ᾿ λ θε > ? Πλθ : σ "} ᾽ ΄ ΄ τερον εὐαγγελισθέντες οὐκ.εἰσῆλθον de" ἀπείθειαν, 7 πά- formerly heard glad tidings did not enter in onaccountof disobedience, again 4 ε ͵ « , , 3 Η λιν τινὰ ὁρίζει ἡμέραν, Σήμερον, ἐν ΣΔαβὶδ' λέγων, μετὰ 8 certain 3:6 Ξ4εἴογιαῖπος ‘day, To-day, in David saying, after τοσοῦτον χρόνον, καθὼς Yeionrat," Σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς solong atime, (according as ithas beensaid,) To-day, if 2voice αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε, μὴ-σκληρύνητε τὰς.καρδίας ὑμῶν. 8 Εἰ γὰρ “his ye will hear, harden not your hearts. For if αὐτοὺς Ἰησοῦς κατέπαυσεν, οὐκ ἂν περὶ ἄλλης ἐλά- ‘them ᾿δοβὰβ *gave*rest, not concerning another ?would “he *have (t.e. Joshua) my rest ; though verily the ~ c , , ~ λει μετὰ.ταῦτα ἡμέρας" 9 doa ἀπολείπεται σαββατισμὸς τῷ 5spoken Safterwards day. Then yemains asabbatism to the λαῷ τοῦ.θεοῦ. 10 ὁ.γὰρ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν.κατάπαυσιν.αὐτοῦ, people of God. For hethat entered into his rest, ‘ ’ \ / ~ ~ καὶ αὐτὸς κατέπαυσεν ἀπὸ τῶν.ἔργων. αὐτοῦ, ὥσπερ ἀπὸ also he rested from ’ his works, as Sfrom τῶν ἰδίων ὁθεόο. 11 Σπουδάσωμεν οὖν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς shis δον ἢ 1God [2414]. Ὑ͵6 βΒῃου]ᾶ be diligent therefore toenter into ἐκείνην τὴν κατάπαυσιν, ἵνα μὴ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τις ὑποδείγ- that Ao al ReSh lest ‘after Sthe °same tanyone ‘example t συγκεκερασµέγόυς ΙΑ, συγκεκραµένους W, (read them not : : ἡ [τὴν] τὸ, wdaa, * Δανεὶδ ἡ) προείρηται it has-been said before Lrtraw, | HEBREWS. ματι πέσῃ τῆς ἀπειθείας. 12 ζῶν γὰρ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ 2may “fall of disobedience. For living [is] the word of God and , ‘ ’ € ~ ΄ ’ Π ἐνεργής; καὶ τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν δίστομον, καὶ IV, V. efficient, and sharper than every sword 1two-edged, even διϊκνούμενος ἄχρι μερισμοῦ Wryijc.2re" καὶ πνεύματος, ἁρ- penetrating to [the] division bothofsoul and spirit, "of κριτικὸς ἐνθυμήσεων καὶ ἐννοιῶν μῶν τε καὶ μυελῶν, καὶ j intents Joints *both and marrows, and(is] a discerner of [the] thoughts and καρδίας" 13 καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν κτίσις ἀφανὴς ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ" of [the] heart, And there is not acreatedthing unapparent before him; πάντα δὲ γυμνὰ καὶ τετραχηλισμένα τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτοῦ, but all things [are] naked and laid bare to the eyes of him, πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος. with whom [is] our account, . , 4 14 "Eyovrec.oty ἀρχιερέὰ μέγαν διεληλυθότα τοὺς Having therefore a*high*priest ‘great [who] has passed through the ’ ~ A ~ ~ ~ ~ e οὐρανούς, ᾿Ιησοῦν τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, κρατῶμεν τῆς ὁμο- heavens, Jesus the Son of God, weshould hold fast the con- λογίας. 15 οὐ-γὰρ ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα μὴ δυνάμενον Άσυμπα- 108510Ἠ, For not have we a ΠΙΡῊ priest not able to sym- θῆσαι! ταῖς. ἀσθενείαις ἡμῶν, Ὀπεπειραμένον' δὲ κατὰ πάντα pathise with our infirmities, but [who] has been tempted in all things καθ᾽ ὁμοιότητα χωρὶς ἁμαρτίας. 10 προσερχώμεθα «οὖν according to(our] likeness, apartfrom sin. We should come therefore / ~ , ~ ere Ὑἱ / ὰ ” Π μετὰ παῤῥησίας τῷ θρόνῳ τῆς χάριτος, ἵνα λάβωμεν “ἔλεον, with boldness tothe throne of grace, that wemay receive mercy, καὶ χάριν εὕρωμεν εἰς εὔκαιρον βοήθειαν. and “grace ‘may “find for opportune help. ~ « A 5 Πᾶς γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος, ὑπὲρ For every high priest from among ᾿ men being taken for πρὸς τὸν θεόν, ἵνα προσφέρῃ God, that he may offer 2 μετριοπαθεῖν δυνά- 300 *exercise *forbearance being ἀνθρώπων καθίσταται τὰ men is constituted in things relating to ~ ‘ / € ε ~ δῶρά ἅτε! καὶ θυσίας ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν, both gifts, andsacrifices for sins ; a od . ῃ ? \ ‘ re μένος τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν Kai πλανωμένοις, ἐπεὶ καὶ αὐτὸς able with those being ignorant and erring, since also himself , κ 2 / wnt ‘ e> i / Il ? ὮΝ περίκειται ἀσθένειαν" 8 καὶ διὰ ταύτην ὀφείλει, is encompassed with infirmity ; and on account of this [infirmity] he ought, ΄ - ϱ) ~ ‘ ε 1 , καθὼς περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ, οὕτως καὶ περὶ Ιἑαυτοῦ" προσφέρειν even as for the wpeople, 80 also for himself - to offer ~ ‘ Ὁ / ‘ / εὑπὲρ! ἁμαρτιῶν. 4 Καὶ οὐχ ἑαυτῷ τις λαμβάνει τὴν τιμήν, takes the honour, for sins, And not to himself anyone 2 ~ ~ 4 ‘ ε ᾽ ’ ἀλλὰ "ὁ" καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἱκαθάπερ" καὶ "ὁ" ᾽ Λαρών. but ‘he being called by God, even as also Aaron, ῃ 4 , ~ 2 δ οὕτως καὶ ὁ χριστὸς οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν. γενηθῆναι ἀρχ- Thus alsothe Christ not himself didglorify tobecome 8 ΠἱρΙ ο ΄ ce / ? \ ΄ ιερέα, ἀλλ᾽ ὁ λαλήδας πρὸς αὐτόν, Yidc- μου εἶ -σύ, ἐγὼ σή- priest; but he πο 8814 to him, “Son ‘my ertthou, Ι ἴο- ‘ ‘ , * , 4 μερον γεγέννηκά σε. θ καθὼς καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει, Σὺ day have begotten thee. Evenas also in another [place] he says, Thou [art] a , ΄ ; an, > ἱερεὺς εἰς.τὸν αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ. 7 Ὃς ἐν a priest - for ever according to the order of Melchisedec, Who in Deena arTEETEEEEEEEIEEEEEEREERRnERnEEE γῆ ,. τἘττρ-ῆ-, ΕΟ ἃ συν- ΤΑ. Ὁ πεπειρασμένον EGLTTrAW. ε δι αὐτὴν on account of it LrTraw. i καθὼς L; καθώσπερ TA; Καθώς περ Tr. t — τε both LTTrAw. 4 — re both [Tr]. h — ὃ GLTTrAW. f avrov L. 565 belief. 12 For the word of God is quick, and powerful, and sharper than any twoedged sword, piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit, and of the joints and mar- row,and is a discerner of the thoughts and intehts ‘of the heart. 13 Neither is there any ereature that is not manifest in his sight: but all things are na- ked and opened unto the eyes of him with - whom we have to do. 14 Seeing then that we have a great high priest, that is passed into the heavens, Je- sus the Son of God, let us hold fast our pro- fession, 15 For we have not an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirm- ities ; but was in all points tempted like as we are, yet without sin. 16 Let us there- fore come boldly unto the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need, V. For every high priest taken from a- mong men is ordained for men in things per- taining to God, that he may offer both gifts and sacrifices for sins: 2 who can have com- passion on the igno- rant, and on them that are out of the way; for that he himself al- Ρο is compassed with infirmity. 3 And by reason hereof he ought, as for the people, so also for himself, to of- fer for sins. 4 And no man taketh this ho- nour unto himself, but he that is called of God, as was Ahron. 5 So also Christ glori- fied not himself to be made an high priest ; but he that said unto him, Thou art my Son, to day hayeI begotten thee. 6 As he saith al- so in another place, Thou art a priest tor ever after the order of Melchisedec. 7 Who in © ἔλεος LYTrAW. & περὶ LTTrAW, 566 the days of his flesh, when he had offered up prayers and supplica- tions with strong cry- ing and tears unto him that was able to save him from death, and was heard in that he feared ; 8 though he were a Son, yet learn- ed he obedience by the things which he suf- fered; 9 and being made perfect, he be- came the author of eternal salvation unto all them that obey him ; 10 called of God an high priest after the order of Melchise- dec. 11 ‘Of whom we have many things to say, and hard to be attered, seeing ye are dull of hearing. 12 For when for the time ye ought to be teachers, ye have need that one teach you again which be the first principles of the oracles of God; and are becoma such as have need of milk, and not of strong meat. 13 For every one that useth milk és unskil- fui in the word ‘of righteousness: for he is a babe. 14 But strong meat belongethtothem ' that are of full age, even those who by rea- son of use have their senses exercised to dis- cern both good and evil. VI. Therefore leay- ing: the principles of the doctrine of Christ, let us go on unto per- _ fection ; not laying a- gain the foundation of repentance from dead works, and of faith toward God, 2 of the doctrine of bap- tisms, and of laying on of hands, and of resur- rection of the dead, and of-eternal judg- ment. 3 And this will we do, if God permit. 4 For tt is impossible for those who were once enlightened, and have tasted of the hea- venly gift, and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost, 5and have tasted the good word of God. and the powers of the world to come, 6 if they shall fall a- way, to renew them again untorepentance; ντ τε καὶ ἱκετηρίας πρὺς προς οτε νου», ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ δεῆσεις.τε the days of his flesh both supplications and entreaties “to , ‘ 7 ‘ TOV δυνάμενον σώζειν αὐτὸν ἐκ θανάτου, μετὰ κραυ- “him ‘who [*was] ‘able ὅΐο βαυθ ᾖἨίπι ‘from ‘*death, ‘*with 150ΥΥ- γῆς ἰσχυρᾶς καὶ δακρύων προσενέγκας, καὶ εἰσακουσθεὶς ἀπὸ ing “strong “and tears ‘having “offered, and having been heard in ὦ i: , Ν 2 > Ὁ» τῆς εὐλαβείας, 8 καίπερ ὧν υἱός, ἔμαθεν ad ὧν ὦ that [he] feared ; though being a son, he learned, from the things which ’ A ‘ Sen 8 ~ ἔπαθεν τὴν ὑπακοήν, 9 καὶ τελειωθεὶς ἐγένετο "τοῖς. he suffered, obedience ; and having been perfected became to *those *that > ~ -- » / 7 / ο ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ πᾶσιν! αἴτιος σωτηρίας αἰωνίου" 10 προσ- *obey Shim 1411, author of *salvation ‘eternal ; having ‘ 4 - - 2 ‘ τ 3 ον αγορευθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἀρχιερεὺς κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελ- been saluted ~ by God [as] high priest according to the order of Mel- xicedéx. 11 Περὶ οὗ ᾿ πολὺς ἡμῖν.ὑ.λόγος καὶ δυσερµή- chisedec. Concerning whom [315] *much ‘our “discourse and difficult in inter- ‘ ἐν , ~ ? ~ - ‘ 4 νευτος λέγειν, ἐπεὶ νωθροὶ γεγόνατε ταῖς. ἀκοαῖς. 12 καὶ. γὰρ pretation to speak, since sluggish yehave become ἴῃ hearing. For truly , 4 , 4 ιὀφείλοντες εἶναι διδάσκαλοι διὰ τὸν χρόνο», πάλιν [when ye] gught to be teachers becauseof the time, , again ” - ῤ « ~ { A ~ ~ χρείαν ἔχετε τοῦ.διδάσκειν ὑμᾶς τίνα τὰ στοιχεῖα THC need ye have of [one] to teach you what [are]the elements of the ἀρχῆς τῶν λογίων τοῦ θεοῦ" καὶ γεγόνατε χρείαν ἔχοντες béginning of the oracles of God, and haye become “need . “*having / 3 ΄ ~ ~ 4 « ΞΕ γάλακτος, ἱκαὲ" οὐ στερεάς τροφῆς. 19 πᾶς.γὰρ ὃ μετέχων ef milk, ‘and not of solid food ; for everyone that -partakes άλακτος ἄπειρος λόγου : δικαιοσύνης" νήπιος γάρ ἐστιν" of milk [is] unskilled in [the] word of righteousness, for an infant he is; 7 . ree ~ A ‘ 14 τελείων. δέ ἐστιν ἡ στερεὰ τροφή, τῶν διὰ τὴν but ‘for [Sthe] *fully "grown “is αβο]ᾶ © *food, who on account of ἕξιν τὰ αἰσθητήρια γεγυμνασμένα ἐχόντων πρὸς διάκρισιν habit *the 3senses *exercised *have for distinguishing καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ. Ἄσοοᾶ ‘bothand evil. A ῃ ~ ~ an ~ ’ Η δι ϐ Διὸ ἀφέντες τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς τοῦ cova ob λόγον, ἐπὶ Wherefore, having left the “of *the “beginning Sof *the “Christ ‘discourse, . to τὴν τελειότητα φερώμεθα" μὴ πάλιν θεμέλιον καταβαλλόμενοι the ‘full growth we shouldgoon; not again a foundation laying μετανοίας ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, καὶ πίστεως ἐπὶ θεόν, 2 βαπ- of repentance from dead works, and _ faith in God, *of*wash- = . ~ ra ~ ? , , τισμῶν πδιδαχῆς," ἐπιθέσεώς.τε χειρῶν, ἀναστάσεώς."τεὶ νε- ings ‘of(*the)*doctrine, and of laying on of hands, and of resurrection of [the] κρῶν, καὶ κρίµατος αἰωνίου. 3 καὶ τοῦτο Φαιώσομεμ, ρἐάνπερ" dead, andof?judgment ‘eternal; °* and this will we do, if indeed ? , ς κ. > ΄ A ‘ δ’ Ξ θε ie ἐπιτρέπῃ .ὁ θεός. 4 ἀδύνατον.γὰρ τοὺς ἅπαξ φωτισθέντας, “permit 1God. For [it is] impossible, those once enlightened, γευσαµένους.τε τῆς δωρεᾶς τῆς ἐπουρανίου, καὶ μετόχους απᾶ [νο] tasted of the gift ‘heavenly, .and: partakers γενηθέντας πνεύματος ἁγίου, 5 καὶ καλὸν γενσαµένους became of [the] Spirit -*Holy, and [πε] 3ροοᾶ tasted θεοῦ ῥῆμα δυνάμεις.τε μέλλοντος αἰῶνος, 6 καὶ Sof °God *word and [the] works of power of [the] 35ο 3οοτηθ lage, and παραπεσόντας, πάλιν ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν, ἀνασταυ- {who] fell away, again to renew to repentance, crucify- κ πᾶσιν τοῖς ὑπακούουσιν αὐτῷ LTTrA ο ἐάν περ LIrW. 3 ® [τε] Tr. } — καὶ τἴττ]. τὸ διδαχήν [the] ducirine La HEBREWS. ἑαυτοῖς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ παραδειγ- for themselves [as they do] the Son of God, and exposing µατίζοντας. 7 γῆ-γὰρ ἡ πιοῦσα τὸν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῆς Ῥπολλάκις chim] publicly. For ground which drank the *upon “it Soften ἐρχόμενονὶ ὑετόν, Kai τίκτουσα βοτάνην εὔθετον ἐκείνοις “coming ~ train, and produces “herbage fit for those δι οὓς καὶ γεωργεῖται, μεταλαμβάνει εὐλογίας ἀπὸ τοῦ for sake of whom also it is tilled, partakes of blessing from θεοῦ: 8 ἐκφέρουσα.ξὲ ἀκάνθας καὶ τριβόλους, ἀδόκιμος καὶ God ; but [that]bringing forth thorns and thistles [is] rejected and κατάρας ἐγγύς, ἧς τὸ τέλος εἰς καῦσιν. 9. Πεπείσμεθα δὲ ἃ *curse ‘near ἦτο, of which the end{[is]for burning. Βιυύννο ἅτ persuaded περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀγαπητοί, τὰ.Ἱκρείττογνα" καὶ ἐχόμενα concerning you, beloved, better things, and [things] connected with σωτηρίας, εἰ καὶ οὕτως λαλοῦμεν. 10 οὐ.γὰρ ἄδικος ὁ θεὸς Salvation, "ΙΓ even thus we speak, For not unrighteous [15] God ἐπιλαθέσθαι τοῦ.ἔργου.ὑμῶν καὶ τοῦ κόπου" τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς to forget your work and the labour of love which ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ.ὄνομα.αὐτοῦ, διακονήσαντες τοῖς ἁγίοις καὶ πο ἀῑᾶ shew to his name, having served tothe saints and διακο}οὔντες. 11 ἐπιθυμοῦμεν δὲ ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὴν αὐτὴν [5011] serving. But we desire s each of you the same ἐνδείκνυσθαι σπουδὴν πρὸς τὴν πληροφορίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἄχρι “to “shew ‘diligence to the fullassurance ofthe hope unto , τ/ A \ / \ η A τέλους" 12 ἵνα μὴ νωθροὶ γένησθε, μιμηταὶ. δὲ τῶν διὰ {the] end; that“uot*sluggish ‘ye*be, but imitators of those who through πίστεως καὶ μακροθυμίας κληρονομούντων τὰς ἐπαγγελίας. faith and lony patience inherit , the promises, 19 Ἰφ.γὰρ. Αβραὰμ ἐπαγγειλάμενος ὁ θεός, ἐπεὶ κατ᾽ οὐδενὸς For *to *Abraham “having *promised God, since by no one ? ΄ ” ος - λέ ΤΗ! \ εἶχεν µειζονος ὀμόσαι, ὤμοσεν καθ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ, 14 λέγων, μὴν he had greater toswear, swore by himself, saying, Surely ’ ~ ? ΄ ᾿ , ~ a ‘ εὐλογῶν εὐλογήσω σε, καὶ πληθύνων πληθυνῶ Ge 15 καὶ blessing I will bless thee, and multiplying I will multiply thee; and οὕτως µμακροθυµήσας ἐπέτυχεν τῆς ἐπαγγελιας. 16 ἄνθρω- thus having had long patience he obtained the promise. “Men ποι 'μὲν' γὰρ κατὰ τοῦ µειζονος ὀμνύουσιν, καὶ πάσης αὐτοῖς Sindced ‘for “by ‘the “greater “swear, and ofall *to *them , ΄ ε/ τ , ἀντιλογίας πέρας εἰς βεβαίωσιν ὁ ὄρκος' 17 ἐν.ᾧ περισσό- ‘painsajing. anend for confirmation [is] the oath, Wherein “more *a- , « be) ? ~ ~ / ~ ? tepov βουλόμενος ὁ θεὸς ἐπιδεῖξαι τοῖς κληρονόμοις τῆς ἐπαγ- bundantly “desiring ‘God toshew tothe heirs of pro- , A > / ~ ~ ~ > / e γελίας τὸ ἀμετάθετον τῆς. βουλῆς αὐτοῦ, ἐμεσίτευσεν ὄρκῳ, of his counsel, interposed by an oath, VE ροῦντας ing mise the unchangeableness 18 ἵνα διὰ δύο πραγμάτων ἀμεταθέτων, ἐν οἷς ἀδύνατον that by two *things tunchangeable, in which [it was] impossible εὔσασθαι τ θεόν, ἰσχυρὰν παράκλησιν ἔχωμεν οἱ κατα- “to 4116 [207] 7God, strong encouragement we might have who fled φυγόντες κρατῆσαι τῆς προκειμένης ἐλπίδος" 19 ἣν ὡς for refuge tolay holdon the 2set “before ([*us] "hope, which as ἄγκυραν ἔχομεν τῆς ψυχῆς "ἀσφαλῆ". τε καὶ βεβαίαν, καὶ εἰσ- ananchor webhave ofthe soul both certain and firm, and en- ἐρχομένην εἰς τὸ ἐσώτερον τοῦ καταπετάσματος, 20 ὅπου tering into that within the veil ; where ‘could 567 seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh, and put Aim to an open shame, 7 For the earth which drinketh in the rain that cometh oft upon it, and bringeth forth herbs meet for them b whom it is dressei, 1 ceiveth blessing fro God : 8 but that whith beareth thorns and briers ts rejected, and 18 nigh unto cursing; whose end 8. to be burned. 9 But, belov- ed, we are persuaded - better things of you, and things that ac- company = salvation, though we thus spent. 10 For God is not un- righteous to forget your work and labour of love, which ye have shewed toward his nanie, in that ye have ministered to the saints, and do mini- ster. 11 And we desire that every one of you do shew the same dili- gence to the full as- surance of hope unto the end: 12 that ye be not slothful, but fol- lowers of them who through faith aiid’ pa- tience inherit the pro- mises. 13 For when God made promise to Abraham, because he sware by no greater, he sware by himself, 14 saying, Surely blessing I will bless thee, and multi- plying I will multiply thee. 15 And so, after he had patiently en- dured, he obtained the promise. 16 For men verily swear by the greater : and an oath for confirmation 18 to them an end of all strife. 17 Wherein God, willing more abun- dantly to shew unto the heirs of promise the immutability of his counsel, confirmed it by an oath : 18 that by two immutable things, in which it was impossible for God to lie, we might have a strong consolation, who have fled for re- fuge to lay hold upon the hope set before us: 19 which hope we have as an anchor of the soul, both sure and stedfast,and which en- tereth into that with- in the veil; 20 whi- 4 κρείσσονα LTTrAW. P ἐρχόμενον πολλάκις LTTrAW. t — μὲν υΤΤΙ[Α]. the love) cirtraw. 8 Ei LITra, σ + τὸν Τὶ ¥— τοῦ κόπον (read τῆς ay. πὶ ἀσφαλην Ltr, 568 ther the forerunner js for us entered, even Jesus, made an high priest for ever after the order of Melchise- ec. VII. For this Mel- chisedec, king of Sa- lem, priest of the most high God, who met Abraham 1 turning from the slaughter of the kings, and blessed him ; 2 to whom also Abraham gave atenth αι of all; first being y interpretation King of rightcousnéss, and after that also King of Salem, which is, King of peace ;3 with- out father, without mother, without de- scent, having neither beginning of days, nor end of life; but made like unto the Son of God ; abideth a priest continually. 4 Now consider how great this man was, unto whom even the patri- arch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoils.. 5 And verily they that are of the sons of Levi, who receive the office of the priesthood, have a commandment to take tithes of the peo- le according to the aw, that is, of their brethren, though they come out of the loins of Abraham: 6 but he whose descent is not counted from them received tithes of A- braham, and blessed him that had the pro- mises. 7 And without Ύ all contradietion the less is blessed of the better. 8 And here men that die receive tithes; but there he receivet them, of whom it is witnessed that he liy- eth. 9 And as I may 60 say, Levi also, who recciveth tithes, payed tithes in Abraham. 10 For he was yet in the loins of his father, when Melchisedec met him., 11 If therefore perfection were by the Levitical priesthood, (for under it the peo- ple received the law,) what further need was there that another priest should rise after the order of Melchise- dec, and not be called δυϊῶν" Ὀλευϊ' τὴν ἱερατείαν Vi, Vite κατὰ τὴν τάξιν according to the order προς “ESP AP ΟΣ πρόδρομος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν εἰσῆλθεν ᾿Ιησοῦς, [45] forerunner for us Zentered 1Jcsus, ‘ ’ ᾿ 9 I~ Μελχισεδὲκ ἀρχιερεὺς γενόμενος εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. of Μοϊομίβθαθς a high priest having become for ever. ἢ Οὗτος. γὰρ ὁ Μελχισεδέκ, βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ἱερεὺς τοῦ θεοῦ For this Melchisedec, king of Salem, priest of God x ~ II - Ω Σρι / Α ᾿ « σ “ 2 a ~ τοῦ! ὑψίστου, 70" συναντήσας Αβραάμ υποστρεφοντι ἀπὸ τῆς the most high, who met Abraham returning from the κοπῆς τῶν βασιλέων, καὶ εὐλογήσας αὐτόν" 2 w καὶ δεκάτην smiting of the kings, and having blessed him; to whom also *a *tenth ἀπὸ πάντων ἐμέρισεν ᾿Αβραάμ’ πρῶτον μὲν ἑρμηνευόμενος Sof 5411 divided ‘Abraham; first being interpreted βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης, ἔπειτα.δὲ καὶ βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, 0. ἐστιν king of righteousness, and then . also king of Salem, which is aE ΄ , - ae, / τ βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης. 3 ἀπάτωρ, ἀμήτωρ, ἀγενεαλόγητος king of peace ; without father, without mother, without genealogy ; μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν, μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων" ἀφωμοιωμένος.δὲ neither beginning of days nor *of*life ‘end having, but assimilated τῷ υἱῷ τοῦ θεοῦ, μένει ἱερεὺς εἰς. τὸ διηνεκές. 4 Θεωρεῖτε. δὲ to the Son of God, abides apriest in perpetuity. Now consider ΄ - 8 Lg 4 4 x ” πηλίκος οὗτος, Ἰκαὶ! δεκάτην Αβραάμ ἔδωκεν ἐκ how great this [ome was], to whom Seven *a “tenth ‘Abraham ‘gave *out %of τῶν ἀκροθινίων ὁ΄ πατριάρχης. ὃ καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐκ τῶν °the Mspoils 7the *patriarch. And they indeed from among the λαμβανοντες, ἐντολὴν ἔχουσιν .sons of Levi, *the “priesthood (*who] “receive, commandment have 2 ~ Ἵ μ 4 s 4 ‘ ΄ εἀποδεκατοῦν! τὸν λαὸν κατὰ τὸν νόμον, ἀτουτέστιν.! {ο take tithes from the peopleaccording tothe law, thatis (from) ‘ > ‘ > ~ . / ? La μὴ ~ ? ΄ τοὺς.ἀδελφοὺς.αὐτῶν,. καίπερ ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος their brethren - though having come out of the loins ᾿Αβραάμ' 6 ὁ.δὲ μὴ γενεαλογούμενος ἐξ αὐτῶν δεδεκάτω- of Abraham ; but he [who] -réckons πο genealogy from them has tithed kev’*rov' ᾿Αβραάμ, καὶ τὸν ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ᾿εὐλό- Abraham, and *him*who °had ‘the 7promises, thas ηκεν' 7 χωρὶς-δὲ πάσης ἀντιλογίας τὸ ἔλαττον. ὑπὸ τοῦ “blessed. But apart from all gainsaying _the inferior ΙΙ by the κρείττονος εὐλογεῖται. 8 καὶ ὧδε μὲν δεκάτας ἀποθνήσκοντες superior is blessed. And here 5tithes [*that] 3419 ἄνθρωποι λαμβάνουσιν᾽ ἐκεῖ.δ, μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ. men *receive ; ‘but there [one] witnessed of that he lives; ‘9 καί, ὡς ἔπος.εἰπεῖν; Σδιὰϊ ᾿Αβράάμ- καὶ *Aevi" ὁ δεκάτας and, through Abraham, also who “tithes λαμβάνων δεδεκάτωται' 10 ἔτι γὰρ ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τοῦ.πατρὸς receives, has been tithed. For yet in the loins of (his) father ἦν, ὅτε συνἠντήσεν αὐτῷ ὁ Μελχισεδέκ. 11 Ei μὲν οὖν he was when met shim *Melchisedec. If indeed then τελείωσις διὰ τῆς Κλευϊτικῆς! ἱερωσύνης ἦν, ὁ.λαὸς. γὰ perfection by the Levitical priesthood were, for the people ([*based] ἐπ ἰαὐτῇ! πινενομοθέτητο," τίς ἔτι χρεία κατὰ Supon ‘it 3λΠαᾶ *received (*the]*law, what.still need [was there] according to τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδὲκ ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα. καὶ οὐ the order of Melchisedec [for] another *to *arise *priest; and not so to speak, Levi, z— TOU E. [sons }) L. {ηὐλόγηκεν L. ¥ ὃς (read who, having met) LTra. Ὁ Λευεὶ TTra. Ε δι LITra. | 1 αὐτῆς (ead on the ground of it) trraw. & — νἱῶν (read ἃ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT, ε--- τὸν LTTrA, i—oumttra. Κ λευειτικῆς ΤΑ. ™ νενομοθέτηται has received [the]law LTTraw. 2 — καὶ LTr. © αποδεκατοῖν TTrA. Β Aevis UL; Λευεὶς TTrA. wil. HEBREWS. κατὰ τὴν τάξιν ’Aapwy λεγεσθαὶ; 19 μετατιθεμένης. γὰρ according to the order of Aaron tobe παπιοά | For *being *changced τῆς ἱερωσύνης, ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ νόµου μετάθεσις γίνεται. *the *pricsthood, from necessity also of law achange takes place. 13 ἐφ᾽ ὃν γὰρ λέγεται ταῦτα, φυλῆς ἑτέρας µετέσχηκεν, AG ἧς For he of whom are said these things, a?tribe ‘different haspartin, of which οὐδεὶς προσέσχηκεν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ' 14 πρόδηλον.γὰρ ὅτι πο one has given attendance at the altar. For [it is] manifest that 3 ? ΄ 9 ᾽ ἀν" « ~ \ 2 Or ἐξ ᾿Τούδα ἀνατέταλκεν ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν, εἰς ἣν φυλὴν "οὐδὲν out οὗ Juda has sprung our Lerd, astowhich tribe *nothing περὶ ἱερωσύνης" οΜωσῆς" ἐλάλησεν. 15 Kai περισσότερον *concerning °pricsthood 1Moses “spoke. And more abundantly ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν, εἰ κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισεδὲκς yet quite manifest itis, since according to the similitude of Melchiscdec ἀνίσταται ἱερεὺς ἕτερος, 16 ὃς οὐ κατὰ νόμον ἐντο- arises a “priest ‘different, who not according to law of*command- λῆς Ῥσαρκικῆο" Eyovey, ἀλλὰ κατὰ δύναμιν ζωῆ jae ) μιν ζω; nk ot *fleshly has been constituted, but according to power of “life ἀκαταλύτου' 17 Ἀμαρτυρεῖ'.γάρ, Ὅτι σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν 4indi-soluble, For he testifies, Thou [art] a priest for αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ. 18 ᾿Αθέτησις μὲν γὰρ ever αἴ the order of Melchisedec. *A δρυ ης *away for ᾿ ΄ 3 ~ ‘ ᾽ ~ ᾽ ‘ γίνεται προαγούσης ἐντολῆς, διὰ τὺ.αὐτῆς.ἀσθενὲς there is of the “going ‘before leommandment, because of its weakness καὶ ἀνωφελές, 19 οὐδὲν.γὰρ ἐτελείωσεν ὁ νόμος. ἐπεισ- and unprofitabk ness, (for *nothing perfected ‘the 7law,) (°the] 7intro- . ‘ . ~ ? ry > ΄ - fa ~ 6 r ‘ αγωγὴ δὲ κρείττονος ἐλπίδος, δι ἧς ἐγγίζομεν τῷ θεῷ. 20 Και duction -and of ἃ better hope by which we draw near to God. And καθ ύσον οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας οἱ μὲν γάρ, by how much [it was] not apart from (the) swearing of an oath, (*they ‘for ‘ . > A ε ~ , ή χωρις ὀρκωμοσιας εἰσιν ἱερεῖς γεγονοτες, 21 ὑεδε, without [the] swearing of anoath are *priests become, but he τμετὰ" ὁρκωμοσίας, διὰ τοῦ λέγοντος πρὸς αὐτόν, with [the] swearing of anoath, by him who says, as to him, "Quocev κύριος καὶ οὐ-μεταμεληθήσεται, Σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν ‘swore [186] "]μοτὰ, and will not repent, Thou [art] a priest for as : ; Ε ἈΝ αἰῶνα "κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισεδέκ᾽" 22 κατὰ "τοσοῦτον" " ever according ἰο the order of Melchiscdec,) by so much ΄ ’ , » ? ~ ‘ « κρείττονος διαθήκης γέγονεν ἔγγυος Ἰησοῦς. 238 Kat οἱ of a bettcr covenant *has~“become ‘surety 1 Jesus. And they μὲν πλειογές εἰσιν." γεγονότες ἱερεῖς" διὰ τὸ θανάτῳ κω- *many Tare priests on account of by death being ’ ‘ , 8 ‘ 2 λύεσθαι παραμένειν: 24 0.08, διὰ - τὺμενειν.αὐτὸν εἰς hindered from continuing ; but he, because of his abiding for ‘ I~ ? ΄ , 3 - ΄ 9 τὸν αἰῶνα, ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην' 25 ὅθεν καὶ ever, *intransmissible ‘has *the ~priesthood. Whence also > ‘ ‘ [ή ᾽ σώζειν εἰς τὸ παντελὲς δύναται τοὺς προσερχομέτους δὶ to save completely heis able those who approach by ~ ~ Ἂν ~ ‘ , « ‘4 > ~ αὐτοῦ τῷ θεῷ, παντοτε ζῶν εἰς.τὸ ἐντυγχάνειν ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν. him toGod, always living to intercede for them. ~ e ~ > , e » 90 τοιοῦτος.γὰρ ἡμῖν © ἔπρεπεν ἀρχιερεὺς, Όσιος, ἄκακος, For such sus 4pecame a“high “priest, holy, harmless, 569 after the orderof Aar- on? 12 For the priest- hood being changed, there is made of ne- cessity a change also of the law. 13 For he of whom these things are spoken per- taineth to another tribe, of which no man gave attendance at the altar. 14 For it 7s evi- dent that our Lord sprang out of Juda; of which tribe Moses spake nothing con-! cerning | priesthood. | 15 And it is yet far| more cyident : for that after the similitude of Melchisedee there a- riseth another priest, 16 who is made, not after thelaw of a car- nal commandment, but after the power of an endless life, 17 For "6 testifieth, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec. 18 For there is verily a dis- annulling of the com- mandment going be-~ fore for the weakness and unprofitableness thereof. 19 For the law made nothing perfect, but the bringing in of a better hope did; by the which we draw nigh unto Got 20 And inasmuch as not with- out an oath he was made priest: 21 (for those priests were made without an oath; but this with an oath by him that said unto him, The Lord sware and will not repent, Thou art a priest for ever after the order of Melchisedec :) 22 by so much was Jesus made a surety of a het- ter testament. 23 And they truly were many priests, because they were not suffered to continue by reason of death: 24 but this man, because he con- tinueth ever, hath an unchangeable, priest- hood. 25 Whercfore he is able also to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by him, seeing he ever liveth to make in- tercession for them. 26 For such an high priest became us, wha a “-----ρ-- 2 περὶ ἱερέων (priests) οὐδὲν LTTraw. ο Μωῦσῆς GLTTrAW. Ρ σαρκίνης fleshy LITrAWw. 4 μαρτυρεῖται (read for he is testified of) LTTraw. Σµεθτ. § - KaTa THY T αξιν Μελ- χισεδέκ TTrA. ὑ τοσοῦτο ΥΤΤΙΑΝ, ἢ + και 85ο ΤΑ. ἱερες γεγονότες LAW. ™ ++ καὶ ~ also [L]rTraw, \ 570 ws holy, harmless, un- defiled, separate frum sinners, and made higher than the hea- vens ; 27 who needeth not daily, as those high priests, to ος up 8α- crifice, first for hisown sins, and then for the people’s: for this he did ounce, when he offered up himself. 28 For the law maketh men high priests which have infirmity; but the word of the oath, which was since the law, maketh the Son, who is consecrated for evermore, VIII. Now of the things which we have spoken this 7s the sum: We have such an high priest, who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens; 2 4 minister of the sanctu- ary, and of the true tabernacle, which the Lord pitched, and not man, 3 For every high priest is ordained to offer gifts and sacri- fices: whereforé it is of necessity that this man have somewhat also to offer. 4 For if he were on earth, he should not be a priest, seeing that there are priests that offer gifts according to the law: 5 who serve unto the example and shadow of heavenly things, as Moses was admo- nished of God when he was about to make the tabernacle: for, See, saith he, that thou make all things according to the pat- tern shewed to thee in the mount. 6 But now hath he obtained a more excellent mini- stry, by how much al- so he is the mediator of a better covenant, which was established upon better promises, 7 Forif that first co- venant had been fault- less, then-should no place have been sought for the second. 8 For finding fault with * ἐφ᾽ ἅπαξ Tr. if then indeed) LTtraw. ἆ Μωῦσης GLTTrAW. / αὐτοὺς (vead finding fault with them) 17 προς LE PALO YT &. VII, VIIT. ἀμίαντος, κεχωρισμένος ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν, καὶ ὑψηλότερος undefiled, separated from sinners, and “higher τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος" 27 ὃς οὐκ.ἔχει καθ᾽ ἡμέραν ἀνάγ- β ἤδη *the *heavens ‘become : who has not day by day neces- κην, ὥσπερ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς, πρότερον ὑπὲρ τῶν.ἰδίων ἁμαρτιῶν sity, as the high priests, rst for his own sins θυσίας ἀναφέρειν, ἔπειτα τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ' τοῦτο.γὰρ *sacrifices ‘to “offer *up, then for those of the people; for this 28 ὁ.νόμος.γὰρ ἀν- ’ / Ν , ἐποίησεν Σἐφάπαξ,' ἑαυτὸν Τἀνενέγκας." For the law .he did once for all, *himself ‘having “offered *up. θρώπους καθίστησιν ἀρχιερεῖς, ἔχοντας ἀσθένειαν' ὁ.λόγος. δὲ “men leonstitutes high priests, [who] have infirmity; but the word THC ὁρκωμοσίας THC μετὰ τὸν νόμον, υἱὸν εἰς τὸν of the swearing of the oath, which [is] after the law, aSon for αἰῶνα τετελειωμένογ. ever has perfected. 8 Κεφάλαιον.δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις, τοιοῦτον Now a summary of the things being spoken of [is], 3such ἔχομεν ἀρχιερέα, ὃς ἐκάθισεν ἐν δεξιᾷ τοῦ θρόνου τῆς lwe “have a high priest, who sat down on([thejright hand ofthe throne of the μεγαλωσύνης ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, 2 τῶν ἁγίων λειτουργός, καὶ greatness in the heavens; 304 “the *holies Aminister, and τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, Ἕκαὶ' οὐκ of the “tabernacle 1true which *pitched ‘the *Lord and not ἄνθρωπος. man. 3 Πᾶς. γὰρ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰς τὸ προσφέρειν δῶρά.τε καὶ θυσίας Forevery high priest for to offer both gifts and sacrifices καθίσταται" ὅθεν ἀναγκαῖον ἔχειν τυ “kee τοῦ- is constituted ; whence [it is] necessary “to *have ‘something 7also [*for] *this τον ὃ προσενέγκῃ. 4 εἰμὲν "Ὑὰρὶ ἦν ἐπὶ γῆς, οὐδ᾽ 3019 which he niay otter. *Ifsindeed ‘for he were ΟΠ earth, noteven ἂν ἦν ἱερεύς, ὄντων ray ἱερέων! τῶν προσφερόντων would he be apriest, there being the priests who offer κατὰ “τὸν" νόμον τὰ δῶρα, 5 οἵτινες ὑποδείγματι καὶ according {ο the law the gitts, Avho [088] representation and σκιᾷ λατρεύουσιν τῶν ἐπουρανίων, καθῶς κεχρηµάτισ- shadow serve ofthe heaveniies, according as *was “uivinely *in- d creel || έλλ ? — ~ ‘ ΄ « ᾿ ται Μωσῆς" μελλων ἐπιτελεῖν τὴν σκηνὴν, Όρα,.γάρ structed ?Moses being about to construct the tabernacle ; for, see, φησιν, “ποιήσῃς, πάντα κατὰ τὸν τύπον τὸν δειχθέντα says he, thoumake 81] things according to the pattern which was shewn σοι ἐν τῷ dpe. 6 ἵνυνὶ δὲ διαφορωτέρας δτέτευχεν" thee in the mountain, But now amoreexcellent he *has *obtained λειτουργίας, ow καὶ κρείττονός ἐστιν διαθήκης μεσίτης; Iministry by somuchasalso of abetter “*he*is ‘covenant mediator, ἥτις ἐπὶ κρείττοσιν ἐπαγγελίαις νενομοθέτηται. 7 Εἰ.γὰρ which upon better promises has been established. For if ἡ πρώτη.ἐκείνη ἦν ἄμεμπτος, οὐκ ἂν δευτέρας ἐζητεῖτο that first [one]were faultless, not for a second would “pe “sought 8 μεμφόμενος. γὰρ "αὐτοῖς" λέγει, ᾿Ιδού, ἡμέραι ἔρ- For finding fault, *to*them ‘he ’says, Lo, days 810 τόπος. place. Σ προσενέγκας having offered 7. 5. οὖν (read ¢ — τὸν LITrA. g TETUXEV LTAW, ς ha * — καὶ LTTrAW. > — τῶν ἱερέων (read τῶν those who) LTTraw. € ποιήσεις thou shalt make tr7rew, f pov 1. HEB RE W-S8: συντελέσω L wiil ratify VIII, IX. χονται, λέγει coming, saitn {the' Lord, and ? \ ‘ = ‘ \ Ισραήλ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον of [srael and asregards the house τὸν" οἶκον the house Ιούδα διαθήκην καινήν" 9 οὐ of Juda a "οοτοηαιιῦ Mew ; not κατὰ τὴν διαθήκην ἣν ἐποίησα τοῖς-πατράσιν.αὐτῶν, according to the ccvenant which I made with their fathers, ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιλαβομένου Ίμου] τῆς.χειρὸς αὐτῶν ἐξαγαγεῖν ἴῃ [the] day of my taking hold of their hand to lead αὐτοὺς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου" ὅτι αὐτοὶ οὐκ.ἐνέμειναν ἐν them out of[the]land of σγρῦ; because they did not continue’ in TH-OvaInKY-pwovV, κἀγὼ ἠμέλησα αὐτῶν, λέγει κύριος. 10 ὅτι my covenant, and I disregarded them, saith [086] Lord. Because αὕτη ἢ διαθήκη" ἣν διαθήσομαι τῷ οἴκῳ ᾿Ισραὴλ this [is] the covenant which I will covenant with the house of Israel τὰς. ἡμέρας. ἐκείνας, λέγει those days, says ’ A επι as regards κύοιος, καὶ μετὰ after κύριος, διδοὺς νόμους. µου εἰς {the] Lord, giving my laws into τὴν. διάνοιαν αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ ἱκαρδίας" αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς" their mind, alsoupon “hearts ‘their I willinscribe them; καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτοῖς εἰς θεόν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔσονταί μοι εἰς λαόν. and ΤΙ willbe tothem for God, and they shall be to me for people. 11 καὶ οὐ.μὴ διδάξωσιν ἕκαστος τὸν ™rAnoiov' αὐτοῦ, καὶ And ποῦ atallshall they teach each 2neighbour this, and ἕκαστος τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, λέγων, Γνῶθι τὸν κύριον’ ὅτι each his brother, saying, Know the Lord; because , , 4 ~ ~ / πάντες εἰδήσουσίν µε, ἀπὸ ικρῦ "αὐτῶν" ἕως 811 shall know me, from (the] little [one] of them to [the] μεγάλου αὐτῶν 12 ὅτι ἵλεως ἔσομαι ταῖς. ἀδικίαις. αὐτῶν, great [one] of them. Because merciful I will be to their unrighteousnesses, καὶ τῶν .ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν “καὶ τῶν.ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν! οὐ.μὴ and their sins and their lawlessnesses in no wise μνησθῶ ἔτι. 19 Ἐν τῷ λέγειν καινήν, πεπαλαίωκεν willl remember more.. In the saying New, he has made old τὴν πρώτην τὸ δὲ παλαιούμενον καὶ γηράσκον ἐγγὺς the first; but that which grows old and aged near ἀφανισμοῦ. disappearing. : 9 PEiyev" μὲν οὖν “καὶ ἡ πρώτη σκηνὴ" δικαιώματα *Had 7indeed Stherefore δα]5ο ‘the “first “tabernacle ordinances ΄ ΄ ’ , \ ‘ λατρείας, τότε ἅγιον κοσµικόν. 2 σκηνη.γαρ κατε- of service, and the sanctuary, a worldly [onc]. For a tabernacle was , , τ e , ο « ’ σκευάσθη ἡ πρώτη, ἐν _ ντε λυχνία καὶ ἡ τρά- prepared, the first, in which [were] both the lampstand and the ta- , ~ ” e / ς , ‘ πεζα καὶ ἡ πρόθεσις τῶν ἄρτων, ἥτις λέγεται "ἁγία." 3 μετὰ [15] ble and the presentation of the loaves, which iscalled holy; “after δὲ τὸ δεύτερον καταπέτασμα σκηνὴ ἡ λεγομένη "ἅγια" αραῦ the second veil a tabernacle which [is] called holy ἁγίων, 4 χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα θυμιατήριον, καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν τῆς of hoiies, - 4a 3golden “having censer, and the ark of the , ’ ’ ΄ ? » - , μις , «περι WY ουκ.εστιν νυν λέγειν κατά.µερος. concerning which it is not now [the time] to speak in detail ΄ ‘ ad , 2 \ ‘ ΄ 6 Τούτων. δὲ οὕτως κατεσκευασμένων, εἰς μὲν THY πρώτην Now these things thus having been prepared, into the first ‘ α ‘ ’ ο] ~ [ή 3 ~ σκηνὴν διαπαντὸς" εἰσίασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς τὰς λατρείας ἐπιτελουν- tabernacle at all times enter the priests, the services accomplish- ‘ , “ μα 9 ~ ΄ « > rec’ 7 εἰς δὲ τὴν δευτέραν ἅπαξ τοῦ.ἐνιαυτοῦ μόνος ὁ ἀρχιε- ing; butinto ἴπθ second once in the year alone the high ’ Α ev " [ή ε ‘ € ~ 9 ρεύς, οὐ χωρὶς αιµατος, ὁ προσφξοει υπέρ ἑαυτοῦ και priest, not apart from blood, which he offers for himseif and τῶν τοῦ λαοῦ ἀγνοημάτων' 8 τοῦτο δηλοῦντος τοῦ πνεύ- the “οξ *the δροεοΡ]ο ‘sins “of “ignorance: Uthis ‘signifying ‘the “Spirit ~ « ‘ ΄ ν / Δ ~ ε ΄ ματος τοῦ ἁγίου, μήπω πεφανερῶσθαι τὴν τῶν ἁγίων *the 19ῇο]γ, [that] not yet has been made manifest the “of *the *holies ὁδὸν ἔτι τῆς πρώτης σκηνῆς ἐχούσης στάσιν. 9 ἥτις lway, 35.111 5086 ®first 7tabernacle “having a standing; which [is] παραβολὴ εἰς TOY καιρὸν τὸν ἐνεστηκότα, καθ τὸν" δῶρά.τε ὦ simile for the “time present, in’ which both gifts καὶ θυσίαι προσφέρονται, μὴ δυνάμεναι κατὰ συνείδησιν τε- and sacrifices are offered, ποῦ being able as to conscience to λειῶσαι τὸν λατρεύοντα, 10 µόνον ἐπὶ βοώμασιν καὶ perfect him who serves, {consisting} _ only in nicats and πόµασιν καὶ διαφόροις βαπτισμοῖς, "καὶ" ἡδικαιώμασιν" σαρκός, drinks and_ divers washings, and ordinances of flesh, , ~ ’ ’ μι ‘ \ EY pL καιροῦ διορθώσεως ἐπικείμενα. 11 Χριστὸς.δὲ 2until [the] *time ‘of ®setting things fright ‘imposed. But Christ παραγενόμενος ἀρχιερεὺς τῶν μελλόντων" ἀγαθῶν, διὰ τῆς being come high priest of the coming good things, by the μείζονος καὶ τελειοτέρας σκηνῆς; οὐ χειροποιήτου, "τουτέστιν greater and ΊΠοτε perfect tabernacle, not made by hand, (that is, ov ταύτης τῆς κτίσεως, 12 οὐδὲ δι αἵματος τράγων Kai of this creation,) nor by blood of goats” and μόσχων, διὰ.δὲ τοῦ.ἰδίου.αἵματος εἰσῆλθεν ΛῬἐφάπαξὶ εἰς calves, but by his own blood, entered once for all into τὰ ἅγια, αἰωνίαν λύτρωσιν “εὑράμενος." 19 εἰ. γὰρ τὸ αἷμα the holies, eternal redemption having found. For it the blood ἀταύρων καὶ τράγων', καὶ σποδὸς δαμάλεως ῥαντιζουσα τοὺς of bulls and οἵ goats, and _ ashes of a heifer sprinkling the κεκοινωµένους, ἁγιάζει πρὸς τὴν τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότητα, defiled, sanctifies for the *of*the “flesh purity, 14 πόσῳ μᾶλλον τὸ αἷμα τοῦ χριστοῦ, ὃς διὰ πνεύματος how much rather the blood οὗ the Christ who through(the] *Spirit αἰωνίου ἑαυτὸν προσήνεγκεν ἄμωμον τῷ θεῷ, καθαριεῖ τὴν teternal "ἨίπηςθιΕ 3οβετοὰ spotless to God, shall purify συνείδησιν ὑμῶν" ἀπὸ νεκρῶν ἔργων, εἰς τὸ λατρεύειν θεῷ *conscience your from dead works for to serve *God ['the] ζῶντι; 15 Kai διὰ.τοῦτο διαθήκης καινῆς μεσίτης ἐστίν, And for this reason of ἃ "covenant ‘new mediator *he “18, t χερουβεὶν LTTr; χερουβὶν A. {simile]) LrTraw. 8 τοῦτ᾽ ἐστιν GT. ἡμῶν our Law. 7 διὰ παντὸς LTrA. π ἣν (read according to which x — καὶ GLT[Tr]aw. Y δικαιώµατα LTTrAW. 2 γενομένων L. Ὁ ἐφ᾽ ἅπαξ Tr. © εὑρόμενος E. 4 τράγων καὶ ταύρων Ι.ΤΤΙΑΝ, { + Kai ἀληθινῷ and true L, re IX. HEBREWS. ’ β [ή > ~ ~ ὅπως θανάτου γενομένου, εἰς ἀπολύτρωσιν τῶν ἐπὶ τ so That, death having taken place for réedeinption οἱ the ποτ *the πρώτῳ διαθήκῃ παραβάσεων, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν λάβωσιν *first Scovenant transgressions, the promise 1°mient receive οἱ κεκλημένοι τῆς αἰωνίου κληρονομίας. 16 ὕπου γὰρ ®*hey “who ΊΠατο ®been “called 'of*the “eternal *imheritance. (For where διαθήκη. θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ (there is] ἃ testament, [*for the] Sdeath [it “is] “necessary 1960 11σοπιθ !“in 7of *the 9 , ΄ 4 ? Ν ~ , > Δ διαθεμένου" 17 διαθήκη.γὰρ ἐπὶ νεκροῖς βεβαία, ἐπεὶ ®testator. For a testament in the case of [the] dead [is] affirmed, since ’ ~ , e > μήποτε ἰσχύει ὅτε ζῇ ὁ διαθέμενος.ξ 18 ὅθεν odd’! in no way it is of ferce when “is*living ‘the testator.) Whence neither ἡ πρώτη χωρὶς αἵματος Ἰἐγκεκαίνισται.' 19 λαληθείσης the first apartfrom blood has been inaugurated. *Having ‘been ®spoken γὰρ πάσης ἐντολῆς κατὰ Ἐ νόμον ὑπὸ Μωῦσέως παντὶ for "Ἔεπετγ *commandment according to law by Moses to all τῷ λαῷ, λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα τῶν μόσχων καὶ Ἱτράγων, μετὰ the pvopie, having taken the blood of calves and οἱ goats, with ὕδατος καὶ ἐρίου κοκκίνου και υσσώπου, αὐτό.τε τὸ βιβλίον ] water and “wool *searlet and hyssop, both *itself'the *book ‘ , x ‘ τὰ Ἔν i / πι “ ‘ καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν πέῤράντισεν," 3209 λέγων, Τοῦτο τὸ and all the people he sprinkled, saying, This [is] the αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ἐνετείλατο πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὁθεός. 21 καὶ blood of the covenant which “enjoined 5το "τοι ἰᾷοα. And τὴν σκηνὴν δὲ καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη τῆς λειτουργίας τῷ the tabernacle too and all the vessels of the ministration with e ΄ 5 ᾿ / αἵματι ὁμοίως "ἐῤῥάντισενἸ 22 καὶ σχεδὸν ἐν αἵματι ‘ plood inlike manner he sprinkled ; and almost “with “*biood πάντα καθαρίζεται κατὰ τὸν νόμον, καὶ χωρὶς αἵματ- 1411 "τ]ήησς5 are purified according to the law, and apartfrom blood- εκχυσιας οὐ-γίνεται ἄφεσις. 23 ᾿Ανάγκη οὖν τὰ μὲν shedding there is no remission. [It was] necessary then [for] the ὑποδέιγματ τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς τούτοις καθαρίζεσθαι, representations of tke thingsin the heavens with these αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ ἐπουράνια κρείττοσιν θυσιαις παρὰ ταύτας. but “themselves ‘the “heavenlies with better sacrifices than these. 24 οὐ.γὰρ εἰς χειροποίητα Maya εἰσῆλθεν" °d' χριστός, ἀντί- For not into *made *by *hands ‘holies entered the Christ, fi- τυπα τῶν ἀληθινῶν, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν οὐρανόμ, νῦν ἐμφα- gures of the true [ones], but into “itself heaven, now to ~ ~ , ~ ~ η a ν = ες νισβῆναι τῷ.προσώπῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν. 395 οὐδ᾽ ἵνα appear before the face of God for us: ΠΟΙ͂ that πολλάκις προσφέρῃ ἑαυτόν, ὥσπερ ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς εἰσέρχεται εἰς often he should offer himself, evenasthe highpriest enters into ο κα >» Δ 2 δα > x ἈΝ ο ο 3 ” Ta ἅγια κατ ἐνιαυτὸν ἐν αἱματι ἀλλοτρίῳ' 26 ἐπεὶ é- the holies year by year with “blood ‘another's; since it was neces- δει αὐτὸν πολλάκις παθεῖν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου" sary for him often tohavesufferdd from [the] foundation of[the] world. Ῥνὺν «δὲ ἅπαξ ἐπὶ συντελείᾳ τῶν αἰώνων, εἰς ἀθέτη- Butnow once {π [the] consummation of the ages, for ({the] putting σινὰ ἁμαρτίας, διὰ τῆς.θυσίας αὐτοῦ πεφανέρωται. 27 καὶ away of sin by his sacrifice he has been manifested. And καθ ύσον ἀπόκειται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἅπαξ ἀποθανεῖν, μετὰ for as muchas it is apportioned to men once to die, “after to be purified, 578 the new testament, that by means of death, for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first testament, they which are called might re- ceive the promise of eternal inheritance. 16 For where a testa- ment is, there must al- so of necessity be the death of the testator. 17 For a testament 18 of force after men are dead otherwise it is of πο strength at all while the testator liveth. 18 Whereupon neither the first testa- ment was dedicated without blood. 19 For when Moses had spok-. en every precept to all the people ac- cording to the law, he took the blood of calves and of goats, with water, and 5οατ- _let wool, and hyssop, and sprinkled both the book, and all the peo- ple, 20 saying, This is © the blood of the tes- tament which God hath enjoined unto you. 21 Moreover he sprinkled with blood both the tabernacle, and all the vessels of the ministry. 22 And almost all things are by the law purged with blood ; and without shedding of blood isno remission. 23 Jt was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these; but the hea- venly things them- selves with better sac- rifices than _ these. 24 For Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us: 25nor yet that he should offer himself often, as the high priest entereth into the holy place every year with blood of others; 26°for then must he often have suffered since the foun- dation of the world: but now once in the end of the world hath he appeared to put a- way sin by the sacri- fice of himself. 27 And as it is appointed unto Ὁ οὐδὲ LTrAW. i ἐν- Τ. & Read the sentence as a question L. AW. 1 Ὁ εἰσῆλθεν ἅγια ΤΊτΑ. 1 4 τῶν LTTrAW. Ὁ ἐράντισεν LITrA. Ῥ νυνὶ LTTrA, 4 + τῆς LTTr. k + τὸν the LTraw, 9 — ὃ LTTraw. 574. ν men once to die, but after this the judg- ment: 28 so Christ Was once offered to bear the sins of many; and unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto sal- vation, X. For the law hay- ing a shadow of good things to come, and not the very image of the things, can never with those sacrifices which they offered year by year continually make the comers there- unto perfect. 2 For then would they not have ceased to be of- fered? because that the worshippers once purged should have had no morecouscience of sins. 3 But inthuse Saerijices there is a remembrance again made of sins cvery year. 4 For it is not possible that the blood of buils and of goats should take away sins, 5 Wherefore when he cometh intothe world, he saith, Sacrifice and offering thou wouldest not, but a body hast thou prepared me: 6 in burnt offerings and Sacrifices tor sin thou hast had no pleasure. 7 Then ‘said 1, Lo, I come (in the volume of the book it is writ- ten of me,) to do thy will, O God. 8 Above when he said, Sacrifice _ and offering and burnt offerings and offering for sin thou wouldest not, neither hadst plea- sure therein; which are offered by the law; 9 then said he, Lo, I eome to do thy will, OGod. He taketh a- way the first, that he may establish the se- cond, 10 By the which will we are sanctified through the offering of the body, of Jesus Christ once for ail. 11 And-every priest standeth daily mini- stering and offering oftentimes the same sacrifices, which can ΠΟΥ. take away sins: T+ καὶ 4150 GLTTrAW. the sentence not as a question) Ε. * προσφορὰν καὶ θυσίαν W. 5 προσφορὰς Offerings LTTrAW. € — οἱ EGLTTrAW, GLTTrawW. high priest La, ~ ΠΡΟΣ EBPAIOYS. ie δὲ τοῦτο κρίσις 28 οὕτως} ὁ χριστὸς ἅπαξ προσενεχθεὶς 1απᾷ this, judgment ; thus the Christ, once having been offered ? ‘ » ~ ΄ ῃ 4 εἰς τὸ πολλῶν ἀνενεγκεῖν ἁμαρτίας, ἐκ.δευτέρου χωρὶς for Sof many 1to*bear [Sthe] 4sins, asecond time *apart “from { ’ ’ ~ ‘ [ή ἁμαρτίας ὀφθήσεται τοῖς αὐτὸν ἀπεκδεχομένοις εἰς in Ishall “appear °*to *those *that “him Sawait for σωτηοίαν. salvation. 10 Σκιὰν.γὰρ ἔχων ὁ νόμος τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν, οὐκ For *a 5 shadow “having *the 7law of the coming govod things, not > , ~ / ᾽ ‘ ~ - αὐτὴν τὴν εἰκόνα τῶν πραγμάτων, κατ’ ἐνιαυτὸν ταῖς. αὐταῖς ‘itself “the “image of the things, year by year with the same θυσίαις Sac" προσφέρουσιν εἰς.τὸ. διηνεκὲς οὐδέποτε ‘dvvarat! sacrifices which they offer in perpetuity never is able τοὺς προσερχομένους τελειῶσαι. 3 ἐπεὶ Τοὺκ'.ἂν.ἐπαύσαντο Ξ.Ποβϑ *who Sxpproach 1to *pertect. Since would they not have ceased προσφερόµεναι, διὰ τὸ µηδεµίαν ἔχειν “ἔτι συνείδησιν to be offered, on account of ™mo*any ‘having longer ?°conscience ~ t , ᾽ ἁμαρτιῶν τοὺς λατρεύοντας, ἅπαξ "κεκαθαρμενους!; 3 ἀλλ Mof 13ρ]ης ‘those “who “serve *once Spurged ? But ~ > , ~ ? ἐν αὐταῖς ἀνάμνησις ἁμαρτιῶν κατ᾽ ἐνιαυτόν. 4 ἀδύ- in these aremembrance οὗ sins year by year ([thereis]. ‘*Impos- αἷμα ταύρων καὶ τράγων ἀφαιρεῖν apap- vaTov γὰρ of goats to takeaway sins, sible [315 315] ‘for [for the] blood of bulls and τίας. 5 Διὸ εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον λέγει, Θυσίαν καὶ Wherefore coming into the world hesays, Sacrifice and προσφορὰν" οὐκ.ἠθέλησας, σῶμα.δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι" Ὁ ὁλο- offering thou willedst not, but a body thou didst prepare me. Burnt καυτώµατα΄ καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας οὐκ. εὐδόκησας." offerings and [sacrifices] for sin thou delightedst not in, 7 τότε εἶπον, ᾿Ιδοὺ ἥκω. ἐν κεφαλίδι βιβλίού γέγραπται Then I said, Lo, Icome, (in [the] roll of [086] book it is written περὶ ἐμοῦ, τοῦ ποιῆσαι, ὁ θεός, τὺὸ.θέλημά.σου. 8 ᾿Ανώτερον ot me,) to do, O God, thy will. Above λέγων, Ὅτι Σθυσίαν' καὶ “προσφορὰν, καὶ ὁλοκαυτώματα saying, Sacrifice and ofiering and burnt offerings καὶ περὶ ἁμαρτίας οὐκ.ἠθέλησας, οὐδὲ Ὀεὐδόκησας,! and [sacrifices] for sin thou willedst not, nor delightedst in, αἵτινες κατὰ ‘rov' νόμον προσφέρονται, 9 τύτε εἴρηκεν, (which according to the law are offered) ; then he said,. ? η « ~ ~ as , Π A r / 2 - ᾿ Ιδοὺ ἥκω τοῦ ποιῆσαι, “ὁ θεός." τὸ.θέληµά.σου. ἀναιρεῖ τὸ Lo, 1 σοπ1ο, to do, O God, thy will. He takes away the πρῶτον, iva τὸ δεύτερον στήσῃ᾽ 10 ἐν ᾧ θελήματι first, that the by which ἡγιασμένοι ἐσμὲν “οἱ διὰ τῆς προσφορᾶς τοῦ σώματος frovl second he may establish; wall, “sanctified ‘we “are through -the offering of the body ? ~ ~ 5 ΄ » | a ἦν κ᾿ ἢ“ αν. | π ο ]ησοῦ χοιστούυ Σἐφάπαξ.' 11 Και πᾶς μὲν Νιεῥεὺς' ἕστηκεν of Jesus Christ once for all. And every priest stands Kal’ ἡμέραν λειτουργῶν, καὶ τὰς αὐτὰς πολλάκις προσφέρων day by day ministering, and the same *ofren Soffering θυσίας, αἵτινες οὐδέποτε δύνανται περιελεῖν ἁμαρτιας' tsacrifices, which never areable to take away SINS)4 ως 6 αἷς TA. t δύνανται they are able trr. ¥ -- οὐκ not (read ἡ κεκαθερισµένους L; κεκαθαρισµένους TTrAW. 7 ηὐδόκησας LTTra. 2 θυσίας sacrifices LTT: AW. Ὁ ηὐδόκησας LTTr. © — ror ΙΤ ΑΙ. d — ὁ θεός f—. τοῦ GLTTrAW. & ed’ ἅπαξ Tr. 4 ἀρχιερεὺς -- xe 3 But he, one τὸ διηνεκὲς ἐκάθισεν ἐν at [the] right hand 1 / ev ~ ε 3 A ? ο ἐκδεχόμενος ἕως τεθῶσιν οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτοῦ his enemies perpetuity sat do awniting until ποδῶν αὐτοῦ. for *feet ‘this. ‘for wn be placed For by HEBREWS. ς i frees, Ἡ { / έ A ε ~ ; ’ ᾽ 12 Ἰαὐτὸς' δὲ μίαν ὑπὲρ ἁμαρτιῶν προσενέγκας θυσίαν, εἰς 58115 one oft δε τς δι ering *having 7offered *sacrifice, in τοῦ θεοῦ, 13 τὺλοιπὸν of God, henceforth he has perfected ὑποπόδιον τῶν [45] a footstool 14 μιᾷ.γὰρ προσφορᾷ τετελείωκεν εἰς τὸ διη- in perpe- νεκὲς τοὺς ἁγιαζομένους. 16 Μαοτυρεῖ.δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα And bears witness to us also the tuity the sane tified. i$ ef = ‘ Ἁ ‘ k , Il er ΤΟ uylov’ µετα.γαο το “προειρηκεναι, 16 Αὔτη the Holy; for aft er the haying said before, This [is] Spirit ἡ δια- the cove- θήκη ἣν διαθήσομαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας, nant λέγει κύριο says [the] Lord: 1 “minds 1their 18 ὅπου δὲ and my laws ἄφεσις τούτων, But where remission of these [is], no longer [is there] an offering which I will covenant towurds them into after their hearts, and τ νη σθῶ" those days, ο, διδοὺς νόµους.µου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ giving also into ~ Ὁ ! ~ ‘ ~ ~ τῶν διανοιῶν" αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς" 17 καὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν *their Iwillinscribe them; > ~ ΔΝ ~ ~ "ν |) αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἀνομιῶν αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ their lawlessnesses 2sins ἔτι. in ΠΟ wise will [remember any more. 5 ἘΣ ουκετι προσφορὰ περὶ for ἀδελφοί, παῤῥησίαν εἰς τὴν εἴσοδον boldness for entrance into ~ e ’ ? ~ ε/ ? ~ ς ελ oy ΄ ς ον τῶν αγιων ἐν τῷ αιµατι Ἰησοῦ, 20 ἣν ἐνεκαίνισεν Ἰμῖν ἁμαρτίας. sin. 19 Ἔχοντες οὖν, Having therefore, brethren, the holies by the blood of Jesus, 7which ®he “dedicated 10for tus ὁδὸν ποόσφατο»ν καὶ ζῶσαν διὰ τοῦ καταπετάσµατος, “TOUT- 1a 2way ΘΙ *made °and ‘living through the veil, that ἐστιν' τῆς. σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ, 21 καὶ ἱερέα μέγαν ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον 15, τοῦ θεοῦ, of God [having], 9 ~ πληροφορίᾳ πίστεως, δἐῤῥαντισμένοι" full assurance of faith, having beensprinkled [as to} the ειδήσεως πονηρᾶς science twicked, his flesh ; and a *priest αστυαῦ over the house , A » ~ Ὁ’ ? 2 προσερχώµεθα μετὰ ἀληθινῆς καρδίας ἐν we should approach ) καὶ Ῥλελουμένοι) with a true hearts τὸ σῶμα heart, in τὰς καρδίας ἀπὸ συν- from a7con- ὕδατι and having been washed [as to] the body with *water καθαρῷ" 23 κατέχωµεν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀκλινῆ, 1 pure. πιστὸς.γὰρ ὁ for [is] faithful he who We should hold fast the ἐπαγγειλάμενος" 24 καὶ promised ; confession of the κατανοῶμεν ἆλ- hope unwavoring, and weshould consider one λήλους εἰς παροξυσμὸν ἀγάπης Kai καλῶν ἔργων, 2 μὴ another for ἐγκαταλείποντες forsaking ” ΄ ἔθος τισίν, custom [is] with some; prov μᾶλλον vow βλέπετε ἐγγίζουσαν drawing near {the] more as ΄ A « , - ~ \ x ~ Ν 2 σίως yap se A η ἡμῶν μετὰ τὸ.λαθεῖν τὴν ἓ 51 ingly ‘for oking THY the ἀλλὰ παρακαλοῦντες" encouraging but ye see to love ἐπισυναγωγὴν and to good works ; ἑαυτῶν, not καθὼς assembling together of ourselves, cven as [the] “we after τὴν ἡμέραν. 26 the day. receiving the καὶ τοσούτῳ {one another], and Ὦσ 5ο πας έκου- (* Where] *will- πίγνωσιν knowledge τῆς ἀληθείας, οὐκέτι περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν ἀπολείπεται θυσία" of the truth, no longer “for *sins i ®remains a “sacrifice, 575 12 but this man, after he had offered one sac- rifice for sins for ever, sat down on the right hand-of God; 13 from heneeforth expecting till his enemies be made his footstool. 14 For by one offcring he hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified. 15 Whereof the Holy Ghost also is a witness to us: for after that he had snid before, 16 This 18 the covenant that I will make with them after those days, saith the Lord, I will put my laws into their hearts, and in their minds will I write them; 17 and their sins and iniquities will I re- member no more. 18 Now where remis- sion of these is, there 7s DO more Offering for sin, 19 Having therefore, brethren, boldness to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus, 20 by a new and liv- ing way, which he hath conseerated for us, through the veil, that is to say, his flesh; 21 and having au high priest over the house of God; 22 let us draw near with atrue heart in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from anevil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water. 23 Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wav-r- ing; (for he {8 faith- ful that promised ;) 24 and let us consider one another to pro- yoke unto love and to good works: 25 not forsaking the assem- bling of ourselves to- gether, as the manner of some ws; but ex- horting one another: aud so much the more, as ye see the day ap- proaching. 26 For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more xacrifice for sins, 27 but a certain fearful looking tor of ‘i οὗτος (read But this one LTTraw. mind LTTraw. P λελουσμένου τ. m μνησθήσομαι LTTrA. κ εἰρηκέναι having said LTTrAW. Ὦ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. ο 1 τὴν διάνοιαν ῥεραντισμένοι LTTYA. a Punctuate so as to join we should hold fast with what precedes GLTIr, 576 judgment and fiery indignation, which shall devour the ad- versaries. 28 He that de-pised Moses’ law diel without mercy under two or three witnesses: 29 of how much v , ? 3 ΄ ἐνυβοίσας; 80 οἴδαμεν.γὰρ τὸν εἰπόντα, ᾿Εμοὶ ἐκδίκησις, insulted! For we know him who = said, To me *vengeance | ἐγὼ ἀνταποξώσω, “λέγει κύριος" Kadi πάλιν, [{belongs]; I will reccmpense, says [the] Lord: and again, [The] Κύριος κρινεῖ! τὸν λαὸν. αὐτοῦ. 31 Φοβερὸν τὸ ἐμτεσεῖν Lord will judge his people. [10 is] a fearful thing tu fall εἰς χεῖρας θεοῦ ζῶντος. into the] hands of *God [᾿{86] Αντίς. 93 ᾿᾽Αναμιμνήσκεσθε δὲ τὰς πρότερον ἡμέρας, ἐν αἷς φυτισ- But call to remembrance the former days inwhich, having θέντες πολλὴν ἄθλησιν ὑπεμείνατε παθημάτων" 89 τοῦτο been enlightened,*much ‘conflict ‘ye “endured of sutferings; partly, μέν, ὀνειδισμοῖς. τε καὶ θλίψεσιν θεατριζύµενοι' τοῦτο. δέ, both in reproaches and tribulations being made a spectacle; and partly, κοινωνοὶ τῶν οὕτως ἀναστρεφομένων γενηθέντες" Sparmers “Οὗ *those ‘thus 7passing Sthrough ([°them] *having *become, 94 καὶ. γὰρ τοῖς. Ἱδεσμοῖς-μου' συνεπαβήσατε, καὶ THY ἁρπαγὴν For both with my bonds ye sympathized, and the plunder τῶν ὑπαρχόντων.ὑμῶν μετὰ χαρᾶς προσεδέξασθε, γινώσκοντες of your possessions with joy ye received, knowing ἔ Ww ? 1x ς ~ " ε/ Zz y ? > ~ il α χει’ εν EAUTOLC κρειττονα υπαρσιν. εν ουραγνοις και to have in yourselves a better “possession “ἴῃ [5086] Sheavens ‘and μένουσαν. 85 μὴ.ἀποβάλητε οὖν τὴν.παῤῥησίαν. ὑμῶν, ?abiding. Cast not away therefore your boldness ἥτις ἔχει μισθαποδοσίαν μεγάλην." 36 υπομονῆς γὰρ ἔχετε which has “recompense αστοαῦ. For of endurance ye have χρείαν, ἵνα τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ ποιήσαντες κοµίσησθε τὴν need, thatthe will of God having done yemayreceive the ἐπαγγελίαν. 37 ἔτι γὰρ "μικρὸν.ὕσον ὕσον, ὁ ἐρχόμενος promise. For yet avery little while, he,who comes ἥξει, καὶ οὐ. χρονιεῖ.ὶ 38 ὁ δὲ Ὀδίκαιοσϊ ἐκ πίστεως ζήσε- willcome, and will not delay. But the just by faith shall ται’ καὶ ἐὰν ὑποστείληται, οὐκ εὐδοκεῖ ἡ Ψυχή.μου ἐν αὐτῷ. live; and if he draw back, “delights *not *my. 7soul in him. 39 ἡμεῖς δὲ οὐκ. ἐσμὲν ὑποστολῆς εἰς ἀπώλειαν, ἀλλὰ But we are not of [those] drawing back to destruction, but πίστεως εἰς περιποίησιν ψυχῆς. of faith to saving {the soul, τ Μωύσέως GLTTrAW. ® — λέγει κύριος TTr. t κρινεῖ κύριος LTTrAW. 7 δεσ- µίοις (ead with prisoners) GLTTraw. 5 — ἐν GLTIraw. χα ἑαυτοὺς κρείσσονα LTT: ; ἑαυτοῖς (for yourselves) κρείσσονα Α. Υ — ἐν οὐρανοῖς LTTraw. : μεγάλην μιαθαποδοσίαν Ι.ΤΤτΑΥΓ. 3 χρονίσει TTr. Ὁ δίκαιός µου (read my just [one]) LTTra. ΧΙ. HEBREW 5. 11 Ἔστιν δὲ πίστις ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις, πραγμά- Now 215 faith of [things] hoped for [the] assurance, of things των ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων. 2 ἐν.ταύτῃ.γὰρ ἐἔμαρτυ- [the] *conviction ‘not ?seen. For by this *were *borne ρήθησαν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι. 8 Πίστει νοοῦμεν κατηρτίσθαι witness ὅῖο ‘the “elders. By faith we apprehend to have been framed τοὺς αἰῶνας ῥήματι θεοῦ, εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων the worlds by([the] word of God, so that "ποὺ 7from [Sthings]) *appearing “τὰ λεπό Ἰ γεγονέναι. 4 Πί λείου θυσί τα εποµενα Ύξεγονεναι. ίστει TAELOVEA υσιαν ‘the *things sseen *have “being. By faith 7a “more *excellent *sacrifice ’ 4 fee , ΄ ~ ~ ? τ ? Αβελ παρὰ Κάῑν προσήνεγκεν τῷ θεῷ, Ov ἧς έμαρτυ- 1ΑΏθἱ than Cain offered to God, by which he was borne wit- ρήθη εἶναι δίκαιος, μαρτυροῦντος ἐπὶ τοῖς δώροις.αὐτοῦ “τοῦ ness to as being righteous, “bearing “witness *to Shis ®gifts θεοῦ" καὶ δι αὐτῆς ἀποθανὼν ἔτι «λαλεῖται.! 5 Πίστει Ἐνὼχ 1ᾳοᾶ, andthrough it, having died, yet speaks. By faith Ἐποςη μετετέθη τοῦ μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον, καὶ obyfeioioxero," διότι was translated not tosee death, and was not found, because μετέθηκεν αὐτὸν ὁ θεύς" πρὺ.γὰρ τῆς. μεταθέσεως ξαὐτοῦ! µε- “translated Shim God; for before his translation he has µαρτύρηται θεὐηρεστηκέναι! τῷ θεῷ. 6 χωρὶς δὲ πίστεως been borne witness to to have well pleased God. But apart from faith ἀδύνατον εὐαρεστῆσαι πιστεῦσαι γὰρ δεῖ τὸν {it is] impossible to well please [him]. For *to "ρε]ετο ‘it *behoves *him *who mpocepyouevoy'ry' θεῷ. ὅτι ἐστίν, καὶ τοῖς ἐκζητοῦσιν Sapproaches ®to’God, that heis, and({that]forthose who seek 7out αὐτὸν µισθαποδότης γίνεται. 7 Πίστει χρηµατισ- *him a rewarder he becomes. By faith "having *been *divinely 51π- θες Νῶε περὶ τῶν μηδέπω βλεπομένων, εὐλαβη- structed ‘Noah concerning thethings not yet seen, having been moved θεὶς κατεσκεύασεν κιβωτὸν εἰς σωτηρίαν τοῦ οἴκου with fear, prepared anark for [the] salvation of *house αὐτοῦ: Ov ἧς κατέκρινεν TOY κόσμον, καὶ τῆς κατὰ πίστιν "his; by whichhecondemned the world, and ofthe “according *to *faith δικαιοσύνης ἐγένετο κληρονόμος. 8 Πίστει * καλούμενος ᾿Α- trighteousness became heir. By faith being called A- : ε ΄ 29 λθ ~ ο | ee | , εν τι λλ ll βραὰμ ὑπήκουσεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς Ἱτὺνὶ τόπον ὃν "ἤμελλεν braham obeyed togoout into the place which he was about λαμβάνειν εἰς κληρονομίαν, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν, μὴ ἐπιστάμενος ποῦ to receive for aninheritance, and went out, not knowing where ἔρχεται. 9 Πίστει παρῴκησεν εἰς "τὴν" γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, he is going. By faith hesojourned in the land of the promise, ώς ἀλλοτρίαν, ἐν σκηναῖς κατοικήσας μετὰ ᾿Ισαὰκ καὶ as (in) astrange [country], in tents having dwelt with Isaac and ᾿Ιακὼβ τῶν οσυγκληρονόμων" τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῆς αὐτῆς" Jacob, the joint-heirs of the *proniise 1same ; 10 ἐξεδέχετο.γὰρ τὴν τοὺς θεμελίους ἔχουσαν πόλιν, ἧς for he was waiting for the foundations “having ‘city, of which [the] τεχνίτης καὶ δημιουργὸς ὃὁθεός. 11 Πίστει καὶ αὐτὴ Σάῤῥα artificer and constructor [is] God. By faith also “herself ‘Sarah δύναμιν εἰς καταβολὴν σπέρματος ἔλαβεν, καὶ παρὰ καιρὸν - power for[the] conception of seed received, and beyond age 577 XI. Now faithis the sub-tince of things hoped for, the evi- dence of things not seen. 2 For by it the - elders obtained a good report. 3 Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear, 4 By faith Abel offered un- to Goda more cxcel- lent sacrifice than Cain, by which he ob- tained witness that he was righteous, God testifying of his gifts: and by it he being dead yet speaketh. 5 By faith Enoch was trans- lated that he should not see death; and was not found, be- cause God had trans- lated him : for before his translation he had this testimony, that he pleased God. 6 But without faith it 7s im- possible to please him: for he that cometh to God must believe that he is, and that heisa rewarder of them that diligently seek him. 7 By faith Noah, be- ing warned of God of things not seen as yet, moved with fear, pre- pared an ark to tbe saving of his houses by the which he con- demned the world, and became heir of the righteousness which is by faith. 8 By faith Abraham,wheun he was called to go outintoa place which he should after receive for an in- heritance, obcyed; and he went out, not know- ing whither he went. 9 By faith he sojourn- ed in the land of pro- mise, as im a strange country, dwelling in tabernacles with Isaac and Jacob, the heirs with him of the same promise: 10 for he looked for a_ city which hath founda- tions, whose builder aud maker is God. 11 Through faith also Sara herself received strength to conccive seed,and was delivered of a child when she 9 τὸ βλεπόμενον that seen (read yey. *has *being) LTTra. ness by his gifts to God) utr. © AaAec GLTTraw. the translation) Lrtra. ἃ εὐαρεστηκέναι LA, 1 ---τὸν (read a place) LTTraA. Ὦ ἔμελλεν LA. i -. τώ τ[ττ]. Γηύρισκετο LTTrAW. i κ + ὃ the [one] L{tr]. a — τὴν (read [the]) Lrtra. ἆ τῷ θεῷ (read bearing wit- ξ — αὐτοῦ (read ° συν- T. BP 578 WAS past age, because bhe jaxiged him faith- ful who had promised. 12 Therefore sprang there even of one, and him as good as dead, so many as the stars of the sky in multi- tude. and as the sand which is by the sea shore innumerable, 13 These all died in faith, not having re- ceived the promises, but having seen them afar off, and were per- suaded of them, and embraced them, and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth. 14 For they that say such things declare plainly that they seek @ country. 15 And truly, if they had been mindful of that coun- try from whence they came out, they might have had opportunity to have returned. 16 But now they desire a better country, that is, an heavenly: where- fore God is not a- shamed to be calied their God: for he hath prepared for them a city. 17 By faith Abra- bam, when he was tried, offered up Isaac: and he that had re- ceived the promises of- fered up his only be- gotten son, 18 of whom it was said, That in Isnac shall thy seed be called : 19 account- ing that God was able to raise him up, even from the dead ; from whence also he received him in a figure. 20 By faith Isanc blessed Jacob and Esau concerning things to come. 21 By faith Jncob, when he was a dying, blessed both the sons of Jo- seph ; and worshipped, leaning upon the top of his staff. 22 By faith Jo=eph. when he died, made mention of the departing of the children of Israel ;and gave commandment concerniug his bones. 23 By faith Moses, when he was born, was προς EBPAITIOY &. ἜΣ, , 3 ‘ ε , ‘ 4 ’ ἡλικίας Ῥέτεκεν,! ἐπεὶ πιστὸν ἡγήσατο τὸν ἐπαγγειλάμενον. Iseasonable gave birth; since faithful she cstccmed him who promised, 12 διὸ καὶ ad’ ἑνὸς “ἐγεννήθησαν," καὶ ταῦτα νενεκρω- Wherefore also from one were born, and that too of [one] having A ” ~ ᾽ ~ ~ / 9 A μένου, καθὼς τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τῷ πλήθει, Kai τὡσεὶ! become dead, evenas the stars ofthe heaven in multitude, and ps ἄμμος παρὰ τὸ χεῖλος τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ἀναρίθμητος. Ssand *which [515] °by “the ἔββοσγα °of '°the sea the countless. 13 Κατὰ πίστιν ἀπέθανον οὗτοι πάντες, μὴ "λαβόντες" τὰς ΤᾺ faith ?died 2these tall, not having received the ? η > ο roe θ ᾽ . 6 , t ‘ P θε ἐπαγγελίας, ἀλλὰ πόρρωθεν αὐτὰς LOOYTEC, “καὶ πεισθεν- promises, but from afar them having seen, and having been per- τες,! καὶ ἀσπασάμενοι, καὶ ὁμολογήσαντες ὅτι ἕένοι καὶ suaded, and having embraced [them],and having-confessed that strangers and η , ? ᾽ η ~ ~ 4 - ; παρεπίδηµοί εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 14 ot-yap τοιαῦτα λε- sojourners they are on the earth. For they who such things γοντες, ἐμφανίζουσιν ὅτι πατρίδα ἐπιζητοῦσιν. 15 καὶ εἰ say, m#ke manifest that [their] own country they are seeking. And if η ΄ ? , ATE. = 2 - μὲν ἐκείνης “ἐμνημόνευον! ἀφ᾽ ἧς "ἐξήλθον," εἷ- indeed “that ‘they were remembering from whence they came out, they might χον ἂν καιρὸν ἀνακάμψαι" 16 Χνυνὶ' δὲ κρείττονος ὀρέ- have had opportunity to have returned ; but now a better they stretch yovrat, Yrouréorw,' ἐπουρανίου: διὸ οὐκ. ἐπαισχύνεται forward to, that is, aheavenly; wherefore “is “ποῦ *ashamed *of αὐτοὺς ὁ θεός, θεὸς ἐπικαλεῖσθαι αὐτῶν ἠτοίμασεν.γὰρ αὐτοῖς them 1God.''God “to®be°called ?°their; for he prepared for them πόλιν. a city. 17 Πίστει προσενήνοχεν ᾿Αβοαὰμ τὸν Ἰσαὰκ πειραζόμενος, By faith “9889 ®offered°up *Abraham 7Tsaac *peing “tried, καὶ τὸν.μονογενῆ προσέφερεν ὁ τὰς ἐπαγγελίας ava- δια ([°his] !°only-begotten “was ‘offering ®up the *who “the Spromises Face δεξάμενος, 18 πρὸς ὃν ἐλαλήθη, Ὅτι ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί cepted, as to whom it was said, In Isaac _ shall be called σοι σπέρμα 19 λογισάμενος ὅτι καὶ ἐις γεκρῶν thy seed ; reckoning that even fromamong([the] dead Ζἐγείρειν δυνατὸς" « ΄ er > ‘ ‘A ? ~ ὁθεός, ὅθεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν παραβολῇ *to Ταΐβθ able ([*was] God, whence him also in a simile ἐκομίσατο. 20 Πίστει * περὶ μελλόντων δεὐλόγησενὶ Ἰσαὰκ he received. By faith concerning things coming “blessed ‘Isaac τὸν Ἰακὼβ καὶ τὸν ᾿Ἡσαῦ. 21 Πίστει ᾿Ιακὼβ ἀποθνήσκων Jacob and Esau, By faith Jacob dving ἕκαστον τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ιωσὴφ εὐλόγησεν! καὶ προσεκύνησεν 7each 46 Sof *the ὅοπς “Sof 7Joseph "blessed and worshipped , ‘ ‘ »” ~ er Da > ~ , ? ‘ ~ ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον τῆς. ῥάβδου.αὐτοῦ. 22 Πίστει ᾿Ιωσὴφ τελευτῶν on the top of his staff, By faith Joseph, dyiny, περὶ τῆς ἐξόδου τῶν υἱῶν ᾿Ισραὴλ ἐμνημόνευσεν, καὶ concerning the goingforth of the sons ΟΕ Israel made meution, and περὶ τῶν.ὀστέων.αὐτοῦ ἐνετείλατο. concerning his bones gave command, 23 Πίστει “Μωσῆς γεννηθεὶς ἐκρύβη τοίµηνον ὑπὸ By faith Moses, having been born, was Bid three montns by P — ἔτεκεν (read and [that] beyond a seasonable age) GLTTrA. τ ws ἡ GLTTrAW. 7 μνημονεύουσιν they are mindful Trr. Υ τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. b ηὐλόνησεν LAx GLYTrAW. 1[trjaw. 4 ἐγενήθησαν LA, 5 προσδεξάμενοι τ,; κομισάμενοι TTr. t — καὶ πειοθέντες GLTTraw. w ἐξέβησαν they went out Lrtraw. x pop 2 ἐγεῖραι δύναται is able to raise 1. 3 + καὶ also 5 Μωύσης GLTTrAW. XI. τῶν πατέρων αὐτοῦ διότι HEBREWS. εἶδον ἀστεῖον τὸ παιδίον" καὶ his parents because they saw *beautiful ‘the “little “child; and οὐκ.ἐφοβήθησαν τὸ ἁδιάταγμαὶ τοῦ βασιλέως. 24 Πίστει did not fear the injunction of the king. By faith «Μωσῆς! μέγας γενόμενος ἠρνήσατο λέγεσθαι υἱὸς θυγατρὸς Moses, ‘great having become, refused tobecalled son of *daughter Papaw, 55 μᾶλλον ἑλόμενος ᾿συγκακουχεῖσθαιὶ τῷ λαῷ 1Ῥβαταοἳ)8 5Srather “having *chosen to suffer affliction with the people TOU θεοῦ, ἢ πρόσκαιρον ἔχειν ἁμαρτίας ἀπόλαυσιν" of God, than [31πΠε] ope 1to *have ‘of ’sin Senjoymeut ; 26 μείζονα πλοῦτον ἡγησάμενος τῶν ϑὲν" Αἰγύπτῳ" θη- greater riches having esteemed Sthan 786 *%in “Egypt ®trea- σαυρῶν τὸν ὀνειδισμὸν τοῦ χριστοῦ" ἀπέβλεπεν.γὰρ εἰς τὴν sures 1the ?reproach %of*the *Christ; for he had πα to the μισθαποδοσίαν. 27 Πίστει κατέλιπεν Αἴγυπτον, μὴ φοβηθεὶς recompense, By faith he left Egypt, not having feared τὸν θυμὸν τοῦ βασιλέως" τὸν. γὰρ ἀόρατον ὡς ὁρῶν the indignation ofthe king ; for *the *invisible [Sone] ‘as oe ἐκαρτέρησεν. 28 Πίστει πεποίηκεν τὸ πάσχα Kai τὴν πρόσ- he persevered. By faith _hehaskept the passover and the affu- χυσιν τοῦ αἵματος, ἵνα.μὴ ὁ ἱὀλοθρεύωνὶ τὰ πρωτότοκα θί- sion of the blood, lest the destroyer of the firstborr [ones] might yp αὐτῶν. 29 Πίστει διέβησαν τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν touch them. By faith they passed through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ Enpac* ἧς πεῖραν.λαβόντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι as through dry Παπᾶ]; οἳ which ὁπατίηρ *made ‘trial ‘the 7Egyptitans κατεπόθησαν. 30 Πίστει τὰ τείχη "Ἰεριχὼ" ™érecev", κυ- were swallowed up. By faith the walls of Jericho fell, having κλωθέντα ἐπὶ ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας. 31 Πίστει Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐ been encircled for seven days. By faith Rahab the harlot ?not συναπώλετο τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν, δεξαμένη τοὺς κατασκό- 1414 *perish *with thosewho disobeyed, having received the spies πους μετ᾽ εἰρήνης. with ping 32 Kai τί ἔτι λέγω; ἐπιλείψει. "γάο pel διηγούμενον ὁ And what: more do I say? For *will ae >me frelating ‘the χρόνος περὶ Γεδεών, “Βαράκ Pre καὶ! Σαμψὼν “καὶ Ἰεφθάε, ἀξίτηθ of Gedeon, Barak also and Sampson and cs εΔαβίδ' τε καὶ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν προφητῶν" 33 οἱ διὰ πίστεως David also and Samuel and of the prophets : who by faith κατηγωνίσαντο βασιλείας, "εἰργάσαντο" δικαιοσύνην, ἐπέτυχον overcame kingdoms, wrought righteousness, obtained ἐπαγγελιῶν, ἔφραξαν στόματα λεόντων, 34 ἔσβεσαν δύναμιν promises, stopped mouths of ons, quenched [the] power “πυρός, ἔφυγον στόματα ἱμαχαίρας," ἐνεδυναμώθησαν! ἀπὸ of fire, escaped [the] mouths of([the]sword, acquired strength outof ἀσθενείας, ἐγενήθησαν ἰσχυροὶ ἐν πολέμῳ, ως. weakness, became mighty in war, Sarmies ἔκλιναν ἀλλοτρίων" 35 ἔλαβον ἔνε, «τὸ ἐξ ἀνα- α1τηαᾶε “ἴο "give ®*way ‘of Baginsky °Received °women by resur- στάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν" ἄλλοι δὲ ἐτυμπανίσθησαν, ov rection their dead ; and others were tortured, 4 δόγμα decree L. 5 Μωῦσῆς GLTTraw. =f συν- τι of Egypt GLTTraw. 1 OAcOperviwy LA. τι ἔπεσαν LTTrA. Ὦ µε γὰρ LITrA. τ Δανείδ LTTrA ; Aaviéd Gw. strengthened LITr. their dead L. not ο -τ καὶ and τν. 5 ἠργάσαντο TTr. + µαχαίρης LTTrA. & — ἐν GTTrawW. κ + γῆς land trtraw. P — τε καὶ LTTrW. 579 hid three months of his parents, because they saw he was a proper child ; and they were not afraid of the king’s commandment. 24 By faith Moses, when he was come to years, re- fused to be called the son of Pharaoh’s daughter ; 25 choosing rather to suffer afflic- tion with the people of God, than toenjoy the pleasures of sin fora season; 26 estecming the reproach of Christ greater riches than the treasures in Egrpt:for he had respect unto the recompence df the reward. 27 By faith he forsook Egypt, not fearing the wrath of the king: for he en- dured, as seeing him who is invisible. 28 Through faith he kept the passover, and the sprinkling of blood, lest he that destroyed the firstborn should touch them, 29 By faith they passed through the Red sea as by dry land : which the Egyp- tians assaying to do were drowned. 30 By faith the walls of Je- richo fell down, after they were compassed about seven days. 31 By faith the harlot Rahab perished not with them that believ- einot, when she had received the spies with peace, 32 And what shall I more say ? for the time would fail me to tell of Gedeon, and of Ba- rak, and οὗ Samson, and of Jephthae; of David also, and Sam- uel, and of the pro- phets : 33 who through faith subdued king- doms, wrought right- eousness, obtained promises, stopped the mouths’ of lions, 34 quenched the vio- lence of fire, escaped the edge of the sword, out of weakness were made strong, waxed valiant in fight, turn- ed to flight the armies of the aliens. 35 Wo- men received their dead raised to life a- Ἀ Αιγύπτου 1 Ἱερειχὼ τν 4 — και LITr. 7 εδυναμώθησαν were π γυναίκας (read they received by resurrection women [that is] 580 gain: and others were tortured, not ‘accept- ing deliverance ; ; that they might obtain a better resurrection : 36 and others had trial of «cruel mockings and scourgings, yea, moreover of bonds and imprisonment : 37 they were stoned, they were sawn asun- der, were tempted, were slain with’ the sword: they wander- ed about in sheepskins and goatskins ; being destitute, afflicted, tor- mented ; 38 (of whom the world was not worthy:) they wander- ed in deserts, and in mountains, and in dens and caves of the earth. 39 And these all, having obtained a good report through faith, received not the promise : 40 God hayv- ing provided some bet- ter thing for us, that they without us should not be made perfect. XII. Wherefore see- ing we also are com- passed about with so great a cloud of wit- nesses, let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth soeasily beset us, and let us run with patience the race that is set before us, 2 looking unto Jesus the author and finish- er of our faith; who µ for the joy that was set. before him επ- dured the cross, de- spising the shame, and is set down at’ the right hand of the throne of God. 3 For consider him that en- dured such contradic- tion of sinners against himself, lest ye be wearied and faint in your minds, 4 Ye have not yet resisted unto blood, striving against sin. 5 Andye have for- gotten the exhortation which speaketh unto ou as unto children, y son, despise not thou the chastening of the Lord, nor faint when thou art rebuk- ed of him: 6 for whom the Lord loveth he chasteneth, and Scourgeth every son whom he receiveth. 7 If ye endure chas- tening, God dealeth x ἐπειράσθησαν, ἐπρίσθησαν π. promises 1, Gs a question 1, Ὁ κεκάθικεν has sat down GLTTraw. © παιδίας T. - f εἰς (read ye endure for discipline) Lttra. ΠΡΟΣ ΕΒΡΑΙΟΥΣ. XI, ΧΙΙ. προσδεξάµενοι τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, ἵνα κρείττονος ἀναστάσεως having accepted redemption, that a better resurrection τύχωσιν 86 ἕτεροι. δὲ ἐμπαιγμῶν καὶ μαστίγων πεῖραν they ‘might dbtain ; and others οὗ *mockings *and ‘of ®scourgings “trial ἔλαβον, ἔτι δὲ δεσμῶν καὶ φυλακῆς' 37 ἐλιθάσθησαν, received, yea,-moreover, of bonds and of imprfsonment, κ: ρίσθ αν eit) “U2 ή γ ΄ ή ? έθα- ἐεπρισθησαν, ἐπειρασθησαν, εν Φον µαχαιρας" αἄπεσα were sawn asynder, - were tempted, τα ρα of [the] sword ΝΥ voy’ περιῆλθον ἐν μηλωταῖς, ἐν αἰγείοὶς δέρμασιν, ὑστερού- died; they wandered in sheep- σπα in goats’ ο being des- μενοι, θλιβόμενοι, κακουχούµενοι, 88 ὧν οὐκιἦν ἄξιος ὁ titute, being = being evil treated, (of whom *was “ποὺ >worthy ‘the κόσμος" *év" ἐρημίαις πλανώμενοι καὶ ὄρεσιν καὶ σπηλαίοις 2world,) in deserts wandering and in mountains and in caves καὶ ταῖς ὀπαῖς τῆς γῆς. 39 Καὶ οὗτοι πάντες µαρτυρή- and in the . holes of the earth. And these all, having been borne θέντες διὰ τῆς πίστεως, οὐκ.ἐκομίσαντο "τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν," They were stoned, witness to through faith, did not receive the = 40 τοῦ θεοῦ περὶ ἡμῶν κρεῖττόν τι προβλεψαμένου, ἵνα μὴ God for us ?better “something having foreseén, that not χωρὶς ἡμῶν τελειωθῶσιν. apartfrom ἃ8 they should be made perfect, 19 Τοιγαροῦν καὶ ἡμεῖς τοσοῦτον ἔχοντες περικείμενον Therefore also we 38ο ®great *having “once ἡμῖν νέφος μαρτύρων, ὄγκον ἀποθέμενοι πάντα καὶ 508, “4 δοϊομᾶ Sof ‘witnesses, **weight 19Ἠανίης *'laid?aside βουνοῦ -and τὴν εὐπερίστατον ἁμαρτίαν, δι ὑπομονῆς τρέχωμεν τὸν the easily- Burecnnding sin, with _ endurance weshouldrun the προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἀγῶνα, 2 ἀφορῶντες εἰς τὸν τῆς πίστεως “lying *before *us ‘race, looking awey to “the Sof "faith ἀρχηγὸν καὶ τελειωτὴν Ἰησοῦν, ὃς ἀντὶ τῆς προκει- “leader *and ‘completer Jesus: ‘who inviewof the . *ly- μένης αὐτῷ χαρᾶς ὑπέμεινεν σταυρύν, αἰσχύνης ing *before *him 11ο endured [the] cross, {the} shame καταφρονήσας, ἐν.δεξιᾷτε τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ Ὀἐκάθι- having despised, andat([the]righthand οὗ ἴπο throne - of God sat σεν." 3 ἀναλογίσασθεγὰρ τὸν τοιαύτην ὑπομεμενηκότα down. For consider well him who %s0 *great — “endured ὑπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν. εἰς εαὐτὸν' ἀντιλογίαν, . ἵνα μὴ κά- ®from 7ginners ®acainst *himself , Sgainsaying, that ‘not 'ye “be pyre, ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὑ υμῶν ἐκλυόμενοι. 4 Οὔπω μέχρις αἵμασας *wearied, Sin “your ®souls ee. Not yet unto blood . ἀντικατέστητε πρὸς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι, ὅ καὶ resisted ye "against aR and ἐκλέλησθε τῆς αμα ἥτις ὑμῖν ὡς υἱοῖς διαλέ-- ye have quite forgotten the exhortation, which to you, as tosons, he ad- γεται ἃ Yiépov, μὴ .ὀλιγώρει παιδείας" κυρίου, μηδὲ ἐκ- dresses : Μγ a despise not [the] discipline of[the] Lord, nor λύου ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ ἐλεγχόμενος. 6 ὃν γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ κύριος faint, by him’. being πας, for whom ‘loves [11σ] αρα παιδεύει: μαστιγοῖ δξ πάντα υἱὸν ὃν παραδέχεται: 7 ‘Ei! he disciplines, and ἘΘΡΕΙΧΕΈΝ every 805 whom he receives, 1 ὡς Sas Επαιδείανὶ ὑπομένετε, υἱοῖς discipline ye endure, ε - υ μι Vv -Twith ®sons *with *you: προσφέρεται 215 Sdealing 3 τὰς ἐπαγγελίας the ἆ Read the sentence ε παιδίᾳν 1. Ypaxatpns LITrA. 5 ἐπὶ LTTrA. © ἑαυτὸν LTTrA. HEBREWS. υἱὸς ὃν οὐ παιδεύει πατήρ; {the] son whom disciplines *not ['the] 7Father? 8 εἰ δὲ χωρίς ἐστε Ἱπαιδείας, ἧς μέτοχοι γεγόνασιν πάν- But if *witheut *ye*are discipline, of which *partakers “have *become ‘all, τες, doa νόθοι diaré καὶ οὐχ υἱοί." 9 εἶτα τοὺς μὲν τῆς σαρκὸς then bastards yeare and not sons. Moreover the *flesh ἡμῶν πατέρας εἴχομεν παιδευτάς͵, καὶ’ Κένετρε- 7of Sour fathers we have had [as] those who discipline [us], and we respected πόμεθα"" οὐ Ιπολλῷ! μᾶλλον ὑπυταγησόμεθα τῷ πατρὶ {them];*not *much Srather ‘shall Swe be in subjection to the Father τῶν πνευμάτων, καὶ ζήσομεν; - 10 οἱ. μὲν.γὰρ πρὸς ὀλίγας of spirits, and = shall live? For they indeed _ for a few ἡμέρας κατὰ τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτοῖς ἐπαίδευον' ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ days according to that which seemed good tothem disciplined; but he for τὸ συμφέρον, εἰς τὸ μεταλαβεῖν τῆς. ἁγιότητος. αὐτοῦ. 11 πᾶσα protit, for{us] ! to partake of his holiness. τ Ay: (lit. every) αρας εἶναι, ΧΙΙ. ε } e , , h ’ 1 ὁ θεὸς" τίς.γάρ "ἐστιν 1God; ‘for who is τι δὲ παιδεία" πρὸς μὲν τὸ παρὸν οὐ.δοκεῖ *but discipline for the present scems ποὺ (*matter] *of *joy *to “be, ἀλλὰ λύπης" ὕστερον.δὲ καρπὸν εἰρηνικὺμ τοῖς OL αὐτῆς but “fruit “peaceable Sto ’those **by ?7it γεγυμνασμένοις ἀποδίδωσιν δικαιοσύνης. Shaving *been !’exercised ‘renders *of Srighteousness. 2 Ν ~ Δ ‘ [ή 12 Διὸ τὰς παρειµέγας χεῖρας καὶ τὰ παραλελυμένα γόνατα Wherefore the “hanging “down *hands and the enfeebled knees ΄ ‘ , ~ ‘ « ~ ἀνορθώσατε 18 καὶ τροχιὰς ὀρθὰς Ἀποι]σατε' τοῖς.ποσὶν ὑμῶν, of grief; but afterwards lift up; and paths ‘straight make for your feet, ἵναμὴ τὸ ωλὸν ἐκτραπῇ» ἰαθῃ.δὲ lest . that which [is] lame be turned aside; but that 7it “may *be *Healed ~ η , , 5) ΄ \ ‘ ς , μᾶλλον. 14 εἰρήνην διώκετε μετὰ πάντων, καὶ τὸν ἁγιασμὸν, rather. Peace pursue with all, and sanctification, οὗ χωρὶς οὐδεὶς ὄψεται τὸν κύριον’ 15 ἐπισκοποῦντες μή 3which ‘apart from noone shallsee the Lord; looking diligently lest « ~ ? ‘ ~ ’ ~ παν ΄ cs / ο τις ὑστερῶν ἀπὸ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ" μή τις ῥίζα πικρίας any lack the grate of God; lest any root of bitterness ” ’ ~ Δ Se / ~ ἄνω φύουσα ἐνοχλῷ. καὶ Οδιὰ ταύτης" μιανθῶσιν P “up ‘springing, should trouble [you],and by this be defiled / ΄ ΄ na μ «ς 7 2 | «πολλοί: 16 μὴ τις πόρνος ἢ βέβηλος, ὡς Ἡσαῦ, ὃς many ; lest [there be] any fornicator or profane person, as Esau, who ἀντὶ βρώσεως μιᾶς IarrédoTo" τὰ πρωτοτόκια "αὐτοῦ." 17 ἴστε for 2meal lone sold *pirthright this ; Άγο *know γὰρ ὅτι καὶ μετέπειτα θέλων κληρονομῆσαι τὴν εὐλογίαν ἀπε- for that also afterwards, wishing to inherit the blessing, he was τὰ / A / Ψ Ψ . ‘ δοκιμάσθη" µετανοίας.γὰρ τόπον οὐχ.εὗρεν, καίπερ μετὰ δακ- rejected, for 298 *repentance ‘place he found not, although with ρύων ἐκζητήσας αὐτήν. tears having earnestly sought it. ,ὔ [ή ν ‘ 18 Οὐ γὰρ προσεληλύθατε ψηλαφωμενφ βύρει,! καὶ For “ποῦ 1γο “have come to “being ‘touched ['the] *mount and κεκαυμένῳ πυρί, καὶ γνόφῳ, καὶ 'σκότῳ,' καὶ θυέλλῃ, having been kindled with fire, and to obscurity, and to darkness, and totempest, 19 καὶ σάλπιγγος ἤχῳ, καὶ φωνῇ ῥημάτων, ἧς οἱ and 7trumpet’s ‘to sound, and to voice of words; which [voice]they that e8i with you as with sous: for what son is he whom the father chas- teneth not? 8 But if ye be without chastise- ment, whereof all are partakers, then are ye bastards, and notsons, 9 Furthermore we have had fathers of our flesh which correc.ied us, and we gave them reverence: shall we not much rather be in subjoction unto the Father of spirits, and live? 10 For they ve- rily for a few days chastened wus after their own pleasure; but he for our profit, that we might be par- takers of his holiness, 11 Now no chastening for the present scem- eth to be joyous, but grievous : nevertheless afterward it yieldeth the peaceable fruit of righteousness unto them which are ex- ercised thereby. 12 Wherefore lift up the hands which hang down, and the fecble knecs; 13 and muke straight paths for your feet, lest that which is lame be turned out of the way; but let it rather be healed. 14 Follow peace with all men, and holiness, without which no man shall see the Lord: 15: looking diligently lest any man fail of the grace of God ; lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble. you, and thereby many be defiled ; 16 lest there be any fornicator, or profane person, as E- sau, who for one mor- sel of meat sold his birthright. 17 For ye know how that after- ward, when he would have inherited the blessing, he was re- jected: for he found no place of repentance, though he sought it carefully with tears. 18 For ye are not come unto the mount that might be touched, and that burned with fire, nor unto black- ness, and darkness, and tempest, 19 and the sound ofatrumpet, and the voice of words; er tea ana i ETE ELLA A EL A ππανπαπες εἶ παιδίας T. j καὶ οὐχ υἱοί ἐστε LTTrA. m μὲν παιδία discipline incecd 1, 4 απέδετο LA. τ ζόφῳ LITraw, Β.-- ἐστιν ΙΤτι[Α]. respect E. 1 πολὺ LITrA. αὐτῆς through it 1., P + οἱ the LI'TraAw. 5. — ὄρει (read [that] being touched) Lira, η ποιεῖτε TTr. τ ἑαυτοῦ his own ΓΑ, κ ἐντρεπόμεθα We ο δι 582 which voice they that heard intreated that the word should not be spoken to them any more: 20 (for they could not endure that which was command- ed, Andif somuchasa beast touch the moun- tain, it shall bestoned, or thrust through with a dart: 21 and so ter- rible was the sight, that Moses said, I ex- oedingly fear and quake :) 22 but ye are come unto mount Sion, and unto the city of the living God, the heavenly Jerusa- lem, and to an in- numerable company of angels, 23 to the general assembly and enurch of the first- born, which are writ- ten in heaven, and to God the Judge of all, and to the spirits of just men made per- fect, 24 and to Jesus the mediator of the new covenant, and to the blood of sprink- ling, that speaketh better things than ‘hat of Abel. 25 See that ye refuse not him that speaketh. For if they escaped not who re- fused him that spake on earth, much more shall not we escape, if we turn away from him that speaketh from heaven : 26 whose voice then shook the earth: but now he hath pro- mised, saying, Yet once more I shake not the earth only, but also heaven. 27 And this word, Yet once more, signifieth the remov- ing of those things that are shaken, as of things that are made, that those things whichcannot be shaken may remain. 28 Wherefore we re- ceiving a kingdom whichcannot be mov- ed, let us have grace, whereby we may serve God acceptably with reverence and godly fear : 29 for our God 15 a consuming fire, XIII. Let brotherly love continue. 2 Be not forgetful to enter- tain strangers: for thereby some have en- tertained angels una- προς BBPAHOY =. ΧΙ, τις, ἀκούσαντες παρῃτήσαντο μὴ προστεθῆναι αὐτοῖς heard excused themselves [asking] *not *to *be ®addressed “to *them [the] λόγον" 20 οὐκ ἔφερον.γὰρ τὸ διαστελλόμενο», Κἂν θηρίον 2word ; (for they could not bear that [which] was commanded: And if a beast θίγῃ τοῦ ὄρους λιθοβοληθήσεται, “yp βολίδι κατατοξευ- should touch the mountain, it shall be stoned, or with a dart shot θήσεται" 21 καί, οὕτως φοβερὸν ἦν τὸ φανταζόμενον, through ; and, so fearful was the spectacle {that] Μωσῆς" εἶπεν, ᾿Εκφοβός εἰμι καὶ ἔντρομος" 22 ἀλλὰ προσ- Moses said, “greatly *afraid 1 ΄απι and trembling:) but ye have εληλύθατε Σιὼν ὄρει, καὶ πόλει θεοῦ ζῶντος, Ἱερου- come to “Sion ‘mount; and [the] city of *God ['the] “living, Jerus σαλὴμ ἐπουρανίῳ, καὶ μυριάσιν “ἀγγέλων 23 πανηγύρει, salem *heavenly; and tomyriads ofangels, [the] universal gathering; καὶ ἐκκλησίᾳ. πρωτοτόκων *éy οὐρανοῖς ἀπογεγραμ- and to[the]assembly of [the] firstborn [ones] in [the] heavens regis- μένων," καὶ κριτῇ θεῷ πάντων, καὶ πνεύμασιν δικαίων tered ; and to[*the]*judge'God ofall; and to([the] spirits of [the] jus+ τετελειωμένων, 24 καὶ διαθήκης νέας µεσίτῃ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ [who] have been perfected; and *of°a7’covenant °fresh “mediator ‘to “Jesus; and αἵματι ῥαντισμοῦ ὑκρείττονα" λαλοῦντι παρὰ τὸν Αβελ {ο [the] blood of sprinkling, *better*things ‘speaking than Abel. 25 Βλέπετε μὴ.παραιτήσησθε τὸν λαλοῦντα. εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι Take heed yerefuse not him who _ speaks, Forif they ovK7éguyov," Ἀτὸν! ἐπὶ Ὀτῆς" γῆς παραιτησᾶμενοι" νρη- escaped not, “him*that*on ‘the ‘earth [80] ?refused divine- , c “Ἱ ~ € ~ « A ? ? > ~ ο σα πολλφῷ' μᾶλλον ἡμεῖς οἱ τὸν ἀπ οὐρανῶν who *him *from (*the) “heavens τὴν γῆν ἐσάλευσεν τότε, y instructed [them], much more we ἀποστρεφόμενοι, 26 οὗ ἡ φωνὴ 1turn ?away “from ! whose voice *the “earth *shook then ; ~ ‘ ῃ ΄ , » er ? ‘ da , ἤ ’ ΄ γῦν. δὲ ἐπήγγελται, λέγων, Ἔτι ἅπαξ ἐγὼ “σείω! οὐ μόνον but now hehas promised, saying, Yet once I shake not only τὴν γῆν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν. 27 Τὸ.δὲ Ἔτι ἅπαξ, δηλοῖ the earth, but also the heaven. ο Butthe Yet once, signifies ετῶν σαλευοµένων τὴν" μετάθεσιν, ὡς πεποιημένων, 30 *the [Sthings] ®shaken ‘the ?removing, as having been made, ἵνα μείνῃ τὰ μὴ σαλευόμενα. 28 διὸ βασιλείαν that ‘may Sremain 'the [(*things] Snot *shaken. Wherefore akingdom ee ΄ » ΄ ἃ πτ ἀσάλευτον παραλαμβάνοντες, ἔχωμεν χάριν, δι ἧς not to be shaken receiving, may we have ~~ grace, by which λατρεύωμεν εὐαρέστως τῷ θεῷ μετὰ faidove Kai εὐλαβείας." we may serve “well *pleasingly iGod with reverence and fear, 29 καὶ.γὰρ ὁ.θεὸς ἡμῶν πῦρ καταναλίσκον. For also our God [15] a *fire *consuming. 13 Ἡ Φιλαδελφία μενέτω. 2 τῆς φιλοξενίας μὴ ἔπιλαν- *Brotherly “love ‘let abide ; of hospitality ποῦ ‘be fore θάνεσθε᾽ διὰ.ταύτης.γὰρ ἔλαθόν τινες ζενίσαντες ἀγγέλους. getful ; for by this unawares some _ entertained angels, 3 µιμνήσκεσθε τῶν δεσμίων, ὡς συνδεδεμένοι" τῶν κακου- Be mindful of prisoners, as bound with [them]; those being χὀυµένων, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ ὄντες ἐν σώματι. 4 τίμιος evil-treated, as also yourselves being in [the] body. Honourable [let] a — ἢ βολίδι κατατοξευθήσεται GLTTrAW. of angels by @ comma GLTrA. better thing GLTTraw. Ὁ —- τῆς GLTTrAW. µενων LITrA, Γ ἡ Μωῦσῆς GLTTraw. Separate myriads from ᾿ς ἦ ἀπογεγραμμένων ἐν οὐραναῖς GLTTrAW. _Y κρεῖττον 8, : ἐξέφυγον LTTrA. 4 τὸν placed aster παραιτησάμενοι LTTrA, ο πολὺ LTTrA. ἃ σείσω will shake ἱτττγὰ, © τὴν τῶν σαλενρ- { εὐλαβείας καὶ δέους fear and awe LTTrA, ΕΤ. 0 γάμος ἐν πᾶσιν, marriage (be held) in HEBREWS. καὶ ἡ κοίτη ἀμίαντος" πὀρ- every [way], and the bed [be] undefiled; *for- νους %0é' καὶ μοιχοὺς κρινεῖ ὁ θεός. 5 ἀφιλάργυρος nicators ‘but and adulterers *will*judge ‘+God. Without love of money [let ὁ τρόπος" ἀρκούμενοι τοῖς παροῦσιν" αὐτὸς your] manner of life [be], satisfied with present [circumstances]; "πο γὰρ εἴρηκεν, Οὐ.μή σε avd, οὐδ᾽ οὐ.μή σε λἐγκαταλίπω.ὶ *for” has said, In no wise thee will I leave, norinany wise thee will I forsake. 6 ὥστε θαῤῥοῦντας ἡμᾶς.λέγειν, Κύριο ἐμοὶ βοηθός, So that we may boldly say, [Τπε] Lord fis] tome a helper, ἱκαὶ" ob .goBnOjncopar* τί ποιήσει μοι ἄνθρωπος: and Iwillnotbe afraid: what shall *do *to *me 1man ? 7 Μνημονεύετε τῶν.ἡγουμένων ὑμῶν, οἵτινες ἐλάλησαν Remember your leaders, who spoke ὑμῖν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ ὧν ἀναθεωροῦντες THY ἔκβασιν to you the word of God; of whom, considering the issue τῆς. ἀναστροφῆς, μιμεῖσθε τὴν.πίστιν. 8 ᾿Ιησοῦς χριστὸς of [their] conduct, imitate [their] faith. Jesus Christ Ἰχθὲςὶ καὶ σήμερον ὁ αὐτός, καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶναο.. 9 διδα- yesterday and to-day [15] the same, and {ο the ages. With χαῖς ποικίλαις καὶ Eévarc μὴ. περιφέρεσθε'" καλὸν.γὰρ “tenchings ‘various ?and “strange be ποῦ carried about; for [it is] good [for] χάριτι βεβαιοῦσθαι τὴν καρδίαν, οὐ βρώμασιν, ἐν οἷς οὐκ Swith "grace *to*be °confirmed ‘the "πεατίῦ, . not meats; in which “ποῦ / ’ ” ὠφελήθησαν οἱ Ἀπεριπατήσαντες.' 10 Ἔχομεν θυσια- ‘were profited those who walked {therein}. We have an al- é ‘oz ~ » , ~ στήριον ἐξ - οὗ φαγεῖν οὐκ.ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν οἱ τῇ tar of which toeat they havenot authority who the tabernacle λατρεύοντες. 11 ὧν.γὰρ εἰσφέρεται ζώων τὸ αἷμα serve ; for of those *whose ‘is *brought ‘animals 5ρ]οοᾶ [as sacri- οπερὶ ἁμαρτίας" εἰς τὰ ἅγια διὰ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως, τούτων 8οοξ] for sin into the holies by the highpriest, of these τὰ σώματα κατακαίεται ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς" 12 διὸ καὶ σκηνῇ the bodies are burned outside the camp. Wherefore also Ἰησοῦς, ἵνα ἁγιάσ διὰ τοῦ. ἰδίου αἵματος τὸν λαόν, Jesus, that he might sanctify by his own blood the people, ἔξω τῆς πύλης ἔπαθεν. 18 τοίνυν ἐξερχώμεθα πρὸς αὐτὸν outside the gate suffered: therefore we should goforth to him ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς, τὸν.ὀνειδισμὸν.αὐτοῦ φέροντες" 14 οὐ outside the camp, his reproach bearing ; *not γὰρ ἔχομεν ὧδε μένουσαν πόλιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μέλλουσαν ἔπι- ‘for *we°have here an abiding city, but the comingone weare ζητοῦ 15 Δι αὐτοῦ «οὖν! ἀναφέ θυσί [νέσεω ητουμεγ. ι αυτου τουν ἀναφερωμεν νσιαν αιγὲ G seeking for. By him _ therefore we should offer [the] sacrifice of praise εδιαπαντὸς! τῷ θεῷ, "τουτέστιν," καρπὸν χειλέων ὁμολογούν- continually to God, that is, fruit of [the] lips confess- των τῷ ὀνόματι.αὐτοῦ. 16 τῆς.δὲ εὐποιῖας καὶ κοινωνίας ing to his name, But of doing good and of communicating μὴ.ἐπιλανθάνεσθε' τοιαύταις γὰρ θυσίαις εὐαρεστεῖται ὁ θεός. be not forgetful, for with such sacrifices is *well*pleased ‘God. 17 Πείθεσθε τοῖς ἡγουμένοις.ὑμῶν, καὶ ὑπείκετε' αὐτοὶ.γὰρ Obey your leaders, and besubmissive: for they h ἐγκαταλείπω do I forsake ΤΑ. Ε γὰρ for LTTrA. TA. 1 ἐχθὲς LTTrAW. Receptus is punctuated as in Authorized version. away GLTTrAW. 2 περιπατοῦντες wall LTTr. ἁμαρτίας for sin 1. 4 [οὖν] tr, © διὰ παντὸς ΙΤΑ, i — καὶ [{]1{ττΑ]. δ89 wares; 3 Remember them that are in bonds, as bound with thein ; and them which suffer adversity, as being yourselyts also in the body. 4 Marriage is honourable in all, and the bed undefiled : but whoremongers and a- dulterers God _ will judge. 5 Let your con- versation be without covetousness ; and be content with such things as ye have: for he hath said, I will never leave thee, nor forsake thee. 6So that we may boldly say, The Lord is my helper, and I will not fear what man shall do un- to me. 7 Remember them which have the rule over you, who have spoken unto you the word of God: whose faith follow, consider- ing the end of their conversation. 8 Jesus Christ the same yester- day, and to day, and for ever. 9 Be not carried about with di- vers and strange doc- trines, For τί ts agood thing that the heart be established, with grace ; not with meats, which have not profit- ed them that have been occupied therein. 10We have am altar, where- of they have no riglit to eat which serve the tabernacle. 11 For the bodies of those beasts, whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high priest for sin, are burned without the camp. 12 Where- fore Jesus also, that he might sanctify the people with his own blood, suffered with- out the gate. 13 Let us go forth therefore unto him without the camp, bearing his re- proach. 14 For here have we no continuing city, but we seek one to come. 15 By him therefore let us offer the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips giving thanks to his name. 16 But to do good and to com- municate forget not: for with such sacrifices κ Textus ™ παραφέρεσθε carried ο.-- περὶ ἁμαρτίας LA. 5 Τοντ εστιν ΟἹ, P + περὶ o8t God is well pleased. 17 Obey them that have the rule over you, and submit yourselves: for they watch for your souls, as they that must give ac- count, that they may do it with joy, and not with grief: for that zs unprofitable for you. 18 Pray for us: for we trust we have a good conscience, in all things willing to live honestly. 19 But I be- seech you the rather to do this, that I may be restored to you the sooner. 20 Now the God of peace, that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great Shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the everlasting covenant, 21 make you perfect in every good work to do his will, working in you that which is well- pleasing in his sight, through Jesus Christ ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen, 22 And I beseech you, brethren, suffer the word of exhortation : for I haye written a letter unto you infew words. 23 Know ye that our brother Timothy is set at liberty; with whom, if he come shortly, I will see you. 24 Salute allthem that havethe rule over you, and all the saints. They of Italy salute you. 25 Grace be with you all, Amen, ΣΙΑΚΩΒΟΥ *OF 50ΑΜΕΣ ['THE] JAMES, a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ, to the twelve tribes which are scattered abroad, greeting. t πειθόµεθα We persuade ourselves LTTrAW. Υ ἀνέχεσθαι to bear L. 4 ἡμῖν US T. XIII. « λ , ᾽ ΄ ὡς λόγον ἀποδώσον- as *account ‘about "το *ren- καὶ μὴ στενάζοντες' and ποῦ groaning,’ τοῦτο. 18 Προσεύχεσθε περὶ Pray for ΠΡΟΣ ΒΗ ΡΑ ΤΟΥΣ, ἀγρυπνοῦσιν ὑπὲρ τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν, watch for your souls, τες ἵνα μετὰ χαρᾶς τοῦτο ποιῶσιν, der; that with joy this they may do, ἀλυσιτελὲς. γὰρ ὑ | for unprofitable for you [would|be], this. « » ΄ , τ ᾿ ΄ » ἡμῶν: Ιπεποίθαμεν!.γάρ, ὅτι καλὴν συνείδησιν ἔχομεν, ἐν us: for we are persuaded, that, a good conscience wehave, in ~ ~ , ? / [ή 3 πᾶσιν καλῶς θέλοντες ἀναστρέφεσθαι 19 περισσοτέρως.δὲ allthings *well lwishing *to *conduct *ourselves, But more abundantly παρακαλῶ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, ἵνα τάχιον ἀποκατασταθῷ Iexhort [you] this to do, that more quickly I may be restored ὑμῖν. 20 Ὁ δὲ θεὸς τῆς εἰρήνης, ὁ ἀναγαγὼν ἐκ to you. And the God of peace, who brought again from among [the] νεκρῶν τὸν ποιμένα τῶν προβάτων τὸν μέγαν ἐν dead the Shepherd of the sheep the great [one] in [the power of { , . > / ‘ € ~ ~ αἵματι διαθήκης αἰωνίου, τὸν.κύριον-ἡμῶν ᾿Ἰησοῦν, the] blood of[the]*covenant ‘eternal, our Lord Jesus, , ς ~ ? ‘ ” 2 ~ > ~ 21 καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς ἐν παντὶ "ἔργῳ" ἀγαθῷ, εἰς τὸ ποιῆσαϊ perfect you η every *work *good, for to do τὺ.θέληµα αὐτοῦ, “ποιῶν ἐν ὑμῖν! τὸ εὐάρεστον ἐνώ- his will, doing in you _ that which[is] wellpleasing be- πιον αὐτοῦ, διὰ ‘Inoov χριστοῦ w ή δόξα εἰς τοὺς fore him, through Jesus Christ ; to whom [be] glory to the I~ ~ >” ’ ~ ~ αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. 22 Παρακαλῶ-δὲ ὑμᾶς, ἀδελ- ages ofthe 8688. Amen. But I exhort you, breth- / By oF ~ , ~ , “it φοί, 7ἀνἐχεσθεϊ τοῦ λόγου τῆς παρακλήσεως" καὶ γὰρ διὰ ren, bear the word of exhortation, for also in , ~ βραχέων ἐπέστειλα ὑμῖν. few words 1 wrote toyou. 23 Γινώσκετε τὸν ἀδελφὸν 5 Τιμόθεον ἀπολελυμένον, μεθ᾽ Know το the brother Timotheus has been released; with 2A , ” ~ . οὗ, ἐὰν τάχιον ἔρχηται, ᾿ ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς. 24 ᾿Ασπάσασθε whom, if sooner heshould come, I willsee τοι, Salute / 4 « / ~ ‘ / ΄ πάντας τοὺς. ἡγουμένους. ὑμῶν, καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους. all your leaders, and all the saints, ἀσπάζονται ὑμᾶς ot ἀπὸ τῆς Ιταλίας. 25 ἡ χάρις pera *Salute Syou ‘they *from SItaly. Grace [be] with πάντων ὑμῶν. "ἀμήν."" 341} 1γοι. Amen, b Δ ε / ? , 4 ~ , Πρὸς Ἑβραίους ἐγράφη ἀπὸ τῆς Ἱταλίας, διὰ Τιμοθέου." To [the] Hebrews written from Italy, by Timotheus, ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΚΑΘΟΛΙΚΗ.' SEPISTLE 2GENERAL. ? ~ \ ΄ 2 ~ ~ ~ ΙΑΚΩΒΟΣ θεοῦ καὶ κυρίου ᾿Ιησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ταῖς James of *God *and ‘of [(*the] "Lord °Jesus *Christ *bondman, to the δύδεκα φυλαῖς ταῖς ἐν τῇ διασπορᾷ χαίρειν. twelve tribes which{are] in the dispersion, greeting. ο λος Τα π + αὐτῷ to himself L, 2 + ἡμῶν (read our brother) Lrtraw. 5 — ἀμήν T. b — the subscription GLTW; Πρὸς Ἑβραίους Tra. ς + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the Apostle E; ᾿Επιστολαὶ ( —’Emor. L) καθολικαί. "lake ἐ : Εν αν . ικαί. Ἰ - στολή General Epistles, Epistle of James Ghw; Ἰακώβου ἐπιστολή ΤΊτΑ, ‘a JAMES. ἀδελφοί.μου, ὅταν πειρασμοῖς my brethren, when ‘temptations I. 2 Πᾶσαν χαρὰν ἡγήσασθε, All joy esteem [{1{]7, περιπέσητε. ποικίλοις, 8 γινώσκοντες ὅτι τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν 4ye *may “falitinto ‘various, knowing that the proving of your τῆς πίστεως κατεργάζεται ὑπομονήν" 4 ἡ δὲ ὑπομονὴ ἔργον faith works out endurance. But 7endurance [*its] Swork τέλειον ἐχέτω, ἵνα ἦτε τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι, ἐν μηδενὶ λει- ®perfect ‘let ‘have, that ye may Le perfect and complete, in nothing lack- πόµενοι. ὃ εἰ.δὲ τις ὑμῶν λείπεται σοφίας, αἰτείτω παρὰ τοῦ ing. But if anyone of you lack wisdom, let him ask from πο διδόντος θεοῦ πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς, καὶ μὴ ὀνειδίζοντος, καὶ δοθήσε- Ξρῖνοβὀ ‘God toall freely, and reproaches not, and it shall be ται αὐτῷ. 6 αἰτείτω.δὲ ἐν πίστει, μηδὲν διακρινόµενος' ὁ.γὰρ given tohim: butlethimaskin faith, nothing doubting, For he that διακρινόµενος ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης «ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ doubts is like awave of [the] sea being driven by the wind and τ ’ ‘ > ” Ἵ ~ τ , ῥιπιζομένῳ. 7 μὴ.γὰρ οἰέσθω ὁ.ἄνθρωπος.ἐκεῖνος, ὅτι ἁλή- being tossed ; for *not *let “suppose Sthat *man that he ψεταίὶ τι παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου" 8 ἀνὴρ ῥδίψυχος, shallreceive anything from the Lord; fheis] a?man *double-minded, ? ιά > 7 ~ « ~ ? Lead ΄ A ἀκατάστατος ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ὁδοῖς αὐτοῦ. 9 Καυχάσθω δὲ unstable in all his ways. But let Sboast ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὁ ταπεινὸς ἐν τῷ ὕψει.αὐτοῦ" 10 ὁ δὲ πλούσιος 1the “brother 5ο “low *degree in his elevation, andthe rich ἐν τῷ.ταπειγώσει.αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου παρελεύ- in his humiliation, because as “flower ['the] “grass’s he will pass σεται. 11 ἀνέτειλεν. γὰρ ὁ ἥλιος σὺν τῷ-καύσωνι, καὶ ἐξή- away. For *rose ‘the sun with [its] burning heat, and dried ρανεν τὸν χόρτον, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος αὐτοῦ ἐξέπεσεν, καὶ ἡ εὖὐ- up the grass, and the flower ofit fell, and the πρεπεια τοῦ. προσώπου αὐτοῦ ἀπώλετο" οὕτως καὶ ὁ πλούσιος comeliness of its appearance perished : thus. also the rich ἐν ταῖς πορείαις. αὐτοῦ µαρανθήσεται. 12 Μακάριος ἀνὴρ in his goings shall wither. Blessed [isthe] man ὃς ὑπομένει πειρασµόν' ὅτι δόκιμος γενόμενος “λήψεται" who endures temptation; because “proved "having “been he shall receive τὺν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς, ὃν ἐπηγγείλατο Εὸ κύριος" τοῖς the crown of life, which *promised 1the *Lord tothose that ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν. love him. Ll 9 ~ ~ 13 Μηδεὶς πειραζόμενος λεγέτω, Ὅτι ἀπὸ βτοῦ" θεοῦ πειρά- ΣΝο 3οπο *being *tempted ᾿ἰθῦ say, From God Tam ζομαι' ὁ γὰρ.θεὺς ἀπείραστός ἐστιν κακῶν, πειράζει δὲ αὐτὸς tempted. ΈἘοχ God *not*io*be*tempted ‘is by evils, and “tempts ‘himself , , « A ’ « Ν ll ~ >a . ,ὔ οὐδένα. 14 ἕκαστος.δὲ πειράζεται, "ὑπὸ! τῆς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας no one. But each one is tempted, by his own lust ἐζελκόμενος καὶ δελεαζόµενος' 15 εἶτα ἡ ἐπιθυμία συλλαβοῦσα being drawnawayand being allured; then lust having conceived τίκτει ἁμαρτίαν" ἡ.δὲ ἁμαρτία ἀποτελεσθεσα ἀποκύει gives birth to sin ; but sin having been completed brings forth θάνατον. 16 Μὴ πλανᾶσθε, ἀδελφοί µου ἀγαπητοί: 17 πᾶσα h death, Be not misled, %prethren 'my “beloved. Every δόσις ἀγαθὴ καὶ πᾶν δώρημα τέλειον ἄνωθέν ἐστιν Sact%oftgiving ‘good and every “gift tperfect from 7above Sig ε λήµψεται LTTrA. ἆ λήμψεταί LTTrA. Ἀ ἀπὸ A. §— τοῦ GLTTrAW. 585 2 My brethren, count it all joy when ye fall into divers tempta- tions ; 3 knowing ths, that the trying of your faith worketh pa- tience. 4 But let pa- tience- have her perfect work, that ye may be perfect and _ entire, wanting nothing. 5 If any of you lack wis- dom, let him ask of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and up= braideth not; and it shall be given him. 6 But let him ask in faith, nothing waver- ing. For he that wa- vereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed, 7 For let not that man think that heshall re- ceive any thing of the Lord. 8 A double mind- ed man 8 unstable in all his ways. 9 Let the brother of low degree rejoice in that he is exalted: 10 but the rich, in that he is made low: because as the flower of the grass he shall pass away. 11 For the sun is no sooner risen with a burning heat, but it withereth the grass, and the flower thereof falleth, and the grace of the fashion of it perisheth: ‘so also shall the rich man fade away in his ways. 12 Blessed 7s the man that endureth temptation : for when he is tried, he shall receive the crown of life, which the Lord hath promised tothem ~ that love him. 13 Let no man say when he is tempted, I am tempted of God: for God cannot be tempted with evil, nei- ther tempteth he any man: 14° but every man is tempted, when he is drawn away of his own lust, and en- ticed. 15 Then when lust hath conceived, it bringeth forth sin: and sin, when it is fi. nished, bringeth forth death. 16 Do not err, my beloved brethren, 17 Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above, and com- eth down from the Fa- ther of lights, with f — ὁ κύριος (read ἐπηγ. he promised) trtra, 586 whom is no variable- ness, neither shadow of turning. 18 Of his own will begat he us with the word of truth, that we should be a kind of firstfruits of his crea- tures, 19 Wherefore, my be- loved brethren, let every man be swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath: 20 for the wrath of man worketh not the righteousness of God. 21 Wherefore lay a- part all filthiness and superfluity of naughti- ness, and receive with meekness the engraft- ed word, which is able to save your souls, 22 But be ye doers of the word, and not hearers only, deceiving your own selves. 23 For if any be a hearer of the word, and not a doer, he is like untoa man _ beholding his natural face inaglass: 24 for he beholdeth himself, and goeth his way, and straightway forgetteth what man- ner of man he was. 25 But whoso looketh into the perfect law of πλῷ and continu- eth therein, he being not a forgetful hearer, but a doer of the work, this nian shall be bless- ed in his deed. 26 If any man among you seem to be religious, and bridleth not his tongue, but deceiveth his own heart, this man’s religion zs vain. 27 Pure ‘religion and undefiled before God and the Father is this, To visit the father- less and widows in their affliction, and to keep himself unspot- ted from the world. ΤΙ. My brethren, have not the faith of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Lord of glory, with respect of persons, 2 For if there come un- { Ἴστε Ye know [it] titra. ™ ἀκροαταὶ µόνον LTrAW. 4 ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. 7 προσωποληµψίαις LTTrA, GLTTraw. t — τῷ TW. ἐν ἐσόπτρῳ' 24 κατενόησεν.γὰρ ἑαυτὸν mapa ‘ry θεῷ καὶ ΙΑΚΩΒΡΟΣ. I; ~ ‘ ~ ‘ ~ , 3 ἊΝ καταβαῖνον ἀπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς τῶν φώτων, παρ ῳ οὐκ ἔνι *coming*down from the Father of lights, with whom there is rot παραλλαγή, ἢ τροπῆς ἀποσκίασμα. 18 βουληθεὶς ἀπε- variation, or of *turning 1 shadow. Having willed [it] he be- , « ~ , ? / c ~ κύησεν ἡμᾶς λόγῳ ἀληθείας, εἰς τὸ εἶναι ἡμᾶς ἀπαρχήν gat us by([the] word oftruth, for *to*be ‘us ‘first-fruits τινα τῶν.αὐτοῦ.κτισμάτωγ. *a δβογύϑοῖ of his creatures. 19 Ὥστε," ἀδελφοί µου ἀγαπητοί, ἔστω ὃ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος So that, *brethren ‘my “beloved, let *be ‘every 2man ταχὺς εἰς τὸ ἀκοῦσαι, βραδὺς εἰς τὸ λαλῆσαι, βραδὺς εἰς ὀργήν. swift to hear, slow to speak, slow to wrath; 20 . ὀργὴ.γὰρ ἀνδρὸς δικαιοσύνην θεοῦ Ἰοὐ.κατεργάζεται.! for 7wrath 1man’s Trighteousness ®God’s 3works *not Sout. 21 Aw ἀποθέμενοι πᾶσαν ῥυπαρίαν καὶ περισσείαν κα- Wherefore, having laid aside all filthiness and abounding of wicks κίας, ἐν πρᾳὔτητι δέξασθε τὸν ἔμφυτον λόγον, τὸν δυνά- edness, in meellness accept the implanted word, which [is] μενον σῶσαι πὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν. 22 γίνεσθε.δὲ ποιηταὶ λόγου, able to save your souls, But be ye doers of [thej word, καὶ μὴ μόνον ἀκροαταί," παραλογιζόµενοι ἑαυτούς. 23 ὅτι and not only hearers, beguiling yourselves, Because εἴ τις ἀκροατὴς λόγου ἐστὶν καὶ οὐ ποιητής, οὗτος if any man ahearer of [the] word is and not a docr, this one ἔοικεν, ἀνδρὶ κατανοοῦντι τὸ πρόσωπον τῆς γενέσεως αὐτοῦ is like toaman_ considering 3face “natural his καὶ ἀπελήλυθεν, καὶ in amirror: for he considered himself and has goneaway, and εὐθέως ἐπελάθετο ὁποῖος ἦν. 25 ὁ.δὲ παρακύψας εἰς immediately forgot what “like *he*was. Buthethat looked into νόμον τέλειον τὸν τῆς ἐλευθερίας, Kai παραμείνας, [086] απ *perfect, that of freedom, and continued in [it], "ρὕτος" οὐκ ἀκροατὴς ἐπιλησμονῆς γενόμενος, ἀλλὰ ποιητὴς thisone not a *hearer ‘forgetful having been, but a doer ἔργου, οὗτος μακάριος ἐν τῷ.ποιήσει.αὐτοῦ ἔσται. 26 ἘΠ of [the] work, thisone blessed in his doing shall be. If οτις δοκεῖ θρῆσκος εἶναι Ῥὲν ὑμῖν, μὴ χαλιναγωγῶν anyone “seems religious *to*be ‘among “yeu, not bridling γλῶσσαν. αὐτοῦ, “ἀλλ᾽! ἀπατῶν καρδίαν Ταὐτοῦ,ὶ τούτου his tongue, but deceiving his heart,- of this one ΄ « 50 , 9 50 ΄ i] 4 ‘ 2 , 4 μάταιος ἢ Ἱθρησκεία. 27 “θρησκεία! καθαρὰ καὶ ἀμίαντος vain [is] the religion, Religion pure and undefiled πατρὶ αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι ὀρ- before God and [the] Father “this ais’: to visit or- φανοὺς καὶ χήρας ἐν τῇ.θλίψει.αὐτῶν, ἄσπιλον ἑαυτὸν τηρεῖν phans and widows in their tribulation, unspotted “oneself *to *keep ἀπὸ τοῦ κόσμου. from the world. ? ΄ Q ᾿Αδελφοί. μου, My brethren, τοῦ. κυρίου. ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ of our Lord Jesus Christ, [Lord] 4 ᾽ , ‘ ’ μὴ ἐν Ἱπροσωποληψίαις! ἔχετε τὴν πίστιν “not *with ‘respect 508 7persons 'do*have the faith ~. , ry’ s τῆς δόξης" 2 ἐὰν γὰρ of glory ; for if κ + δὲ but (let) ΙΤΤτΑ. ἰἸούὺκ ἐργάζεται works not LTTrA. Ὁ — οὗτος LTTrA. ο + δὲ but (101. Ρ --- ἐν ὑμῖν τ ἑαυτοῦ (read his own heart) L. 5 6pynoKia T. JAMES. εἰς στὴν συναγωγὴν ὑμῶν ἀνὴρ χρυσοδακτύλιος may have come into your synagogue aman with gold rings ἐν ἐσθῆτι λαμπρᾷ, εἰσέλθῃ.δὲ καὶ πτωχὺς ἐν ῥυπαρᾷ in *apparel “splendid, anidmay have comeinalso ἃ poor [πια] 1η vile. ? »ῳ x ‘4 > z | ’ Wi εἰ ‘ s ~ ‘4 ? ~ ἐσθῆτι, 8 Ξκαὶ ἐἔπιῶβλεψητε ἐπὶ τὸν φοροῦντα τὴν ἐσθῆτα apparel, and ye may have looked upon him who weurs the apparel τὴν λαμπράν, καὶ εἴπητε αὐτῷ," Σὺ κάθου ὧδε καλῶς, καὶ ΠΠ. εἰσέλθῃ ‘splendid, and mayhavesaid tohim, Thousitthou here well, and τῷ πτωχῷ εἴπητε, Σὺ στῆθι ἐκεῖ, ἢ κάθου *wdE" ὑπὸ tothe poor may have said, Thou stand thou there, or sitthou here under διεκρίθητε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, my footstool: *also “πού *did*ye mzke a difference among yourselves, καὶ ἐγένεσθε κριταὶ διαλογισμῶν πονηρῶν ; ὅ ᾿Ακούσατε, and became judges (having) 7reasonings evil? Hear, ‘9 ΄ ? ‘ > ε " ? μ Ἁ ‘ ἀδελφοί µου ἀγαπητοί, οὐχ 0 θεὸς ἐξελέξατο τοὺς πτωχοὺς Sbrethren ‘my “beloved: ποῦ ®God *did choose the poor ὑτοῦ κόσμου" ετούτου,' πλουσίους ἐν πίστει, καὶ κληρονόμους world of *this, rich in faith, and heirs τῆς βασιλείας ἧς ἐπηγγείλατο τοῖς τὸ ὑποπόδιόν. μου" 43καὶ οὐ ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν ; of the kingdom which hepromised ἐγ those that love him? 6 ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠτιμάσατε τὸν πτωχόν. ἀρὐχἹ οἱ πλούσιοι But ye dishonoured the poor [man}j. "Νου “the “rich καταδυναστεύουσιν «ὑμῶν,ὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἕλκουσιν ὑμᾶς 14ο oppress τοι, and [που] *they *do drag you εἰς κριτήρια: Ἶ οὐκ αὐτοὶ βλασφημοῦσιν. τὸ καλὸν before [the] tribunals 2 “not *they 1do blaspheme the good ὄνομα τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς; 8 Ei μέντοι νόμον τελεῖτε mame which wascalled upon you? If indeed [the] "Ίαν 3γε “keep βασιλικόν, κατὰ τὴν γραφήν, Αγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον.σου troyal _ according {ο the scripture, Thou shalt love thy neighbour ὡς σεαυτόν, καλῶς ποιεῖτε" 9 εἰ δὲ ἔπροσωποληπτεῖτε,! ἆμαρ- as thyself, ~*weil tye 7do. But if ye have respect of persons, 3531} τίαν ἐργάζεσθε, ἐλεγχόμενοι ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου ὡς παραβάται. tye*work, beingconvicted by the law 85 transgressors. 10 ὅστις γὰρ ὅλον τὸν νόμον Ἐτηρήσει, πταίσειὶ δὲ ἐν ἑνί, For whosoever “whole 'the law shall keep, *shall *stumble ‘but in one γέγονεν πάντων ἔνοχος. 11 ὁ γὰρ εἰπών, Μὴ µοι- Γροί or = leu * For he who said, ὁποὺ ?Thou [point], he hasbecome 7of “all guilty. or he said, χεύσῃς, εἶπεν καί, Μὴ φονεύσῃς' εἰ δὲ *mayest commit adultery, said also, Thou mayest not commit murder, Now if οὐ Ἀμοιχεύσεις, φονεύσεις! δέ, γέγονας thou shalt not commit adultery, *shalt “commit *murder *but, thou hast become παραβάτης νόµου. 12 Οὕτως λαλεῖτε καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε, ὡς atransgressor of [the] law. So speak ye and so ο ‘as ΄ / / ο ε ‘ / διὰ νόμου ἐλευθερίας μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι" 19 1].γὰρ.κρίσις by [the] law οἵ freedom being about to be judged; for judgment lavirewc" τῷ ἡ ποιήσαντι ἔλεος" ἕκαὶ! κατα- [will be] without mercy tohimthat wroughtnot mercy. And .. “boasts καυχᾶται ἔλεος κρίσεως. Sover lmercy judgment. A , , , 14 Ti ἰτὸ! ὄφελος, ἀδελφοί μου, ἐὰν πίστιν λέγῃ τις" What [is]the profit, my brethren, if ‘faith say ‘anyone -- τὴν ΙΤΊτΑ. αἐπιβλέψητε δὲ A. b τῷ κόσμῳ (as regards the world) LTTraw. { προσωπολημπτεῖτε LTTrA. bled) Lrtra wy. murder) LTT-a. π -- αὐτῷ GLTTrA. “¢ τούτου GLTTrAW. 1 aveAcos pitiless LTTrAW. * — xatGLTTraw. 587 to your assembly a man with a gold ring, in gaodly apparel, and there come in also a poor man in vile rai- ment; 3and ye have respect to him that weareth the gay cloth- in’, and say unto him, Sit thou here in a good place ; and say to the poor, Stand thou there, or sit here under my footstool: 4 are ye not then partial in your- selves, and are be- come judges of evil thoughts? 5 Hearken, my beloved brethren, Hath not God chosen the » poor of this world rich in faith, and heirs of the king- dom which he hath promised to them that love him? 6 But ye have despised the poor. Do hot rich men op- press you, and draw you before the judg- ment seats 2 7 Do not they blaspheme that worthy name by the which ye are call- ed? 8 If ye fulfil the royal law according to the scripture, Thou shalt love thy neigh- bour as thyself, ye do well: 9 but if ye have respect to persons, ye commit sin, and are convinced of the law as transgressors. 10 For whosoever shall keep the whole law, and yet offend in one point, he is guilty of all. 11 For he that said, Do not commit adultery, said also, Do not kill. Now if thou commit no adultery, yet if thou kill, thou art becomea transgressor of the law. 12 So speak ye, and so do, as they that shall be judged by the law of liberty. 13 For he shall have judgment without mercy, that hath shewed no mercy; and mercy rejoiceth against judgment, 14 What doth tt profit, my brethren, t*— ὧδε LTTrA. %— καὶ LTTrA, 4 οὐχὶ LW. & τηρήσῃ; πταίσῃ (read shall have kept, but shall have stum- h µοιχεύεις, Povevers (vead if thou committest not ο ὰ but committest — TOL. © ὑμᾶς τ΄ ™ Tus λέγῃ in . 588 TARO OS. II, II. though a man say he ἔχειν, ἔργα δὲ μὴ ἔχω; μὴ δύναται ἡ πίστις σῶσαι αὐτόν; hath faith, and have not works? can faith [πο] *has, but works have not? is “able ‘faith tosave him? save him? 15 If a 15 ἐὰν "δὲ" ἀδελφὸς ἢ ἀδελφὴ γυμνοὶ ὑπάρχωσιν, καὶ λειπό- 1 b brother or sister be : naked, and destitute Now if abrother or asister “naked 6, and desti- of daily food, 16 and µεγοι Wow" τῆς ἐφημέρου τροφῆς, 16 εἴπῃ.δὲ τις αὐτοῖς one of you say unto them, Depart in peace, tute may be of daily food, and *say ‘anyone ὅτο 7them be ye warmed and fill- ἐξ ὑμῶν, Ὑπάγετε ἐν εἰρη»; θερμαίνεσθε καὶ χορτά- ed; notwithstanding 2from Samongst “you, Go in peace; bewarmed and be fill- ye give them not those ες. ο ote) ας “5 5 : Σ things which are ποοᾶ- ζεσθε, μὴ-.δῶτε.δὲ αὐτοῖς τὰ ἐπιτηδεια TOV σώματος, τί ful το the body ; what eq doth it profit? 17 Even but give not tothem the needful thingsforthe body, what [15] 3 so faith, if ithathnot Prd! ὄφελος ; 17 οὕτως καὶ ἡ πίστις ἐὰν μὴ “ἔργα ἔχῃ! νεκρά works, is αν being the profit? So also _— faith, if ὅπου *works ‘it *have, dead lone. 18 Yea, a man , ᾽ = , may say, Thou hast ἐστιν καθ ἑαυτήν. 18 ἀλλ᾽ ἐρεῖ τις Σὺ πίστιν ἔχεις, 5; t faith, and I have is by itself, But *will*say 'some*one, Thou “faith ‘hast works: shew me thy faith without ? A » » . - , ‘ / r2 1: ~ ” ‘thy κάγω έργα εχω δεῖξόν μοι την-πιστινισου "εκ' τῶν ἔργων, works, ΔΙ willshew andI “works ‘have. Shew me thy faith from “works thee my faith by my 5 Ι DENG αν, " 2 ν. » \ . κα u works. 19 Thon be. σου! κἀγὼ 'δείξω σοι' ἐκ τῶν-ἔργωγ.μου THY πίστιν "μου. lievest that there is ‘thy, and I will shew thee from my works "faith ‘my. ins a eee 19 σὺ πιστεύεις ὅτι “ὁ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν." καλῶς ποιεῖς" καὶ τὰ believe, and tremble. Thou believest that God “one 8. *Well *thou *doest; even the 20Butwiltthouknow, δαιμόνια πιστεύουσιν, καὶ φρίσσουσιν. 20 θέλεις δὲ γνῶναι, O vain man, that faith without works is dead? demons believe, and shudder. But wilt thon know, 21 Was not Abraham ὦ ἄνθρωπε KEVE, ὅτι ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν έργων “vEKpa" ἐστιν; our father justified by ο works, when he had “man ‘empty, that faith apart from works dead is? offered Isaac his son 2] ᾿Αθραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ-ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνε- upon the altar ? 22 Seest thou how faith SA braham *our *father “not “by ‘works *was ‘justified, having wrought with ‘his γέγκας Ισαὰκ τὸνιυἱὸν.αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον; 22 βλέ- works, and by works offered Isaac his son upon the altar ? Thou was faith made per- fect? 23 And the πεις ὅτι ἡ πίστις συνήργει" τοῖς.ἔργοις. αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν scripture was fulfilled seest that faith was working with his works, and by which saith, Abraham , ἄρ ὦ ᾿ ΄ 9 Nits ‘ - ; . believed God, and it ἔργων ἡ πίστις ἐτελειώθη :7 23 καὶ ἐπληρώθη ἡ γραφὴ ἡ was imputed untohint works faith was perfected. And was fulfilled the scripture which for righteousness:and , , ? , ae Us λ ἣν ~ ᾿ ἢ ἜΡΙΝ he was called the λέγουσα, ᾿Ἐπίστευσεν.δὲ ᾿Αβραὰμ τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐλογίσθη. Friend of God. 24 Ye says, Now “believed Abraham God, and it was reckoned see then how that b stn) SD , , ~: = , - works a man is justi. αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην, καὶ φίλος θεοῦ ἐκλήθη. 24 Ὁρᾶτε fied, and not by faith to him for righteousness, and friend of God he was ealled. Ye see ouly. 25 Likewi: ls ΄ ? ” ~ ” η , y mew nse 3Ο στρίνυν' ὅτι ἐξ ἔργων δικαιοῦται ἄνθρωπος, καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεω was not Rahab the ᾽ harlot justified by then that by works is justified aman, and not by = faith works, when she had ” received the messen- μόνον." 25 ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ 'Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔ γων gts, and had sent them only. But in like manner also *Rahab *the ‘harlot ?not "by works Ou; another way? 2 ΄ « ΓΑΕ ΛΜΝ . ee eo ο ΤΕ Cyn 96 For as the boy ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ without the spirit is lwas ‘justified, having received the messengers, and by another way dcad, so faith without ἐ Υ . ς Ως \ Ne oan ἢ , αμα ἐκβαλοῦσα; 26 ὥσπερ.γὰρ τὸ σῶμα χωρὶς πνεύματος Til. My brethren, be not many masters, having put [them] forth ? Foras the body apart from spirit νεκρόν ἐστιν, οὕτως καὶ ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν" ἔργων νεκρά *dead 115. 5ο also faith .apart from works dead ἐστι». lig, knowing thatwe shali @ Μὴ πολλοὶ διδάσκαλοι γίνεσθε, ἀδελφοί. μου, εἰδότες ὅτι Teceive the greater condemnation.’ 2:For in many things we of- fend all. If any man "Not “many, *teachers *be, my brethren, knowing that μεῖζον κρίµα "ληψόμεθα”' 2 πολλὰ γὰρ πταίοµεν ἅπαντες. greater judgment we shall receive. For*otten ‘we*stumble ull n — δὲ now TTr. from GLTTraAW. © θεός LTTr3 εἷς ὁ θεός ἐστιν AW. π ἀργή idle Lrtra. Σ Read verse 22 interrogativilu, as pointed in the Greek, EGLTrw. ο -— ὦσιν TTA, Ρ -- τὸ 1. 4 ἔχῃ ἔργα GLTTrAW. τ χωρὶς apart 8 — σου LTTrAW. t σοι δείξω TTr. u— μου TTrAW. ν εἷς ἐστὶν * συνεργεῖ works with Trr. * --- τοίνυν GLITrAW. ο Read, verse 24 as a question Gir. Ὁ — τῶν T[Tr]. © λημψόμεθα LTTra, τὸ ὁ ἡ JAMES. » / ” ” 4 εἴ τις τέλειος ἀνήρ, δυνατὸς If anyone in word man, able - ~ Ν ε/ \ ~ ? - ~ τε χαλιναγωγῆσαι καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα. 8 “᾿Ιδοὺ! τῶν ἵππων to bridle also ?whole ‘the body. Lo, Sof "the horses τοὺς χαλινοὺς εἰς τὰ στόματα βάλλομεν “πρὸς! τὸ πείθεσθαι 1the “bits δν *the ‘mouths we put, for 2to obey αὐτοὺς ἡμῖν," καὶ ὅλον τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν µετάγοµεν. 4 ᾿Ιδοὺ 1them us, and *whole ‘their body we turn about. Lo, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα τηλικαῦτα ὄντα, καὶ ὑπὸ ἔσκληρῶν ἀνέμων" also the ships, “so °ercat Ipeing, and by violent winds ἐλαυνόμενα, µετάγεται ὑπὸ ἐλαχίστου πηδαλίου, ὅπου being driven, areturned about by a very small rudder, wherever hoy! i ε A ~ Od j DN {| 5 τ νι ) ορμ του εὐθύυνοντος 'βούληται. οὕτως καὶ the impulse of him who steers may will. Thus 8150 e λῶ = \ ἐλ ? , ‘ k λ ~ | ? ὃ ή, 7) vA ωσσα μικρον pes ος ἐστιν, και μέγα; αυχει. J OU, the tongue alittle member is, and boasts great things, Lo, ἰὀλίγον' πῦρ ἡλίκην ὕλην ἀνάπτει: 6 "καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα a little fire how large a wood it kindles; and the tongue [15] πῦρ, ὁ κόσμος τῆς ἀδικίας. "οὕτως" ἡ γλῶσσα καθίσταται fire, the world ofunrighteousness. Thus the tongue -is set ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν. ἡμῶν, οἡ" σπιλοῦσα ὅλον τὸ σῶμα, καὶ φλο- in our members, the defiler [of] *whole*the body, and setting γίζουσα τὸν τροχὸν τῆς γενέσεως, καὶ φλογιζομένη ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν λόγῳ οὖ.πταίει. οὗτος stumble not, this one [is] a perfect on fire the course ofnature, and beingsetonfire by γεέννης 7 πᾶσᾶ.γὰρ φύσις θηρίων.τε καὶ πετεινῶν, ἑρπε- gehennua, For every species both of beasts and of birds, 3ο °creeping τῶν τε καὶ évariwy, δαμάζεται καὶ δεδάµασται τῇ *things ‘both and things of the sea, ᾿ issubdued and has been subdued by φύσει τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ ὃ τὴν.δὲ γλῶσσαν οὐδεὶς Ῥδύναται species 1116 2human ; but the tongue no one “is *able ἀνθρώπων δαμάσαι"" Iakaracyeroyv' κακόν, μεστὴ ἰοῦ tof ?men tosubdue; [it 15] an unrestrainable evil, full of *poison θανατηφόρου. 9 ἐν.αὐτῇ εὐλογοῦμεν ‘TOY θεὸν! καὶ πατέρα, 1death-bringing. Therewith we bless God and [the] Father, καὶ ἐν.αὐτῇ καταρώµεθα τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς καθ᾽ and therewith we curse “men who according to [the] ὁμοίωσιν θεοῦ γεγονότας 10 ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ στόματος ἐξέρ- likeness of God are made. * Out of the same mouth goes χεται εὐλογία καὶ κατάρα. οὐ χρή, ἀδελφοί-μου, ταῦτα forth ®Not °ought, ‘my “brethren, *these *things οὕτως γινεσθαι. 11 μήτι ἡ πηγὴ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ὀπῆς thus to be. The *fountain Sout Sof 7the “same *%opening βρύει τὸ γλυκὺ καὶ τὸ πικρόν; 12 μὴ δύναται, ἀδελφοί αρουτς *forth sweet and bitter ? Is able, *brethren μου, συκῆ ἐλαίας ποιῆσαι, ἢ ἄμπελος σῦκα ; Σοὕτωςἢὶ Ἰούδεμία my, afig-tree olives toproduce, or 8 vine figs? Thus no ἁλυκὸν καὶ! γλυκὺ ποιῆσαι ὕδωρ. blessing and cursing. πηγὴ fountain [15 8016] salt and sweet *to *produce ‘water. 13 Τίς σοφὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων ἐν ὑμῖν; δειξάτω ἐκ τῆς Who [is] wise and understanding among you; let himshewout of 589 offend not in word, the same 7s a perfect man, and able also to bridle the whole body. 3 Be- hold, we put bits in the horses’ mouths, that they may obey us ; and we turn about their whole body. 4 Be- hold also the ships, which though they be so great, and are dri- ven of fierce winds, yet are they turned about with a very small helm, whithersoever the governor listeth. 5 Even so the tongue is a little member, and boastcth great things, Behold, how great a matter a little fire kindJeth! 6 And the tongue is a fire, a world of iniquity : so is the tongue among our members, that it defileth the whcle body, and setteth on fire the course of na- ture ; and it is seton fire of hell. 7 For every kind of beasts; and of birds, and of serpents, and of things in the sea, is tamed, and hath been tamed of mankind: 8 but the tongue can no man tame ; 7¢ is an unruly evil, full of deadly poi- son. 9 Therewith bless we God, even the Fa= ther; and therewith curse wexmen, whicu are made after the si- militude of God. 10 Qut of the same mouth pro- ceedeth blessing and cursing. My brethren, these things ought not so to be. 1] Doth a fountain send forth at the same place sweet water and bitter? 12 Can the fig tree, my brethren, bear olive berries? either a vine, figs? αο’ can’ fountain both salt water and fresh, ες 13 Who is 84 wise man and endued with knowledge among you? dide G@; εἰ δὲ but if (read καὶ also) trtraw. © εἰς LTTrA,. & ἀνέμων σκληρῶν LTTrAWw. h — ἄν (read where) TTr. κ μεγάλα αὖχει LTTIA, τὰ --- καὶ (read the tongue kindles. A fire, &c.) Τ. (read both defiling) τ. Ρ δαµάσαι δύναται ἀνθρώπων LTrA. LTTraw. τ τὸν κύριον the Lord LiTra. 5 — οὕτως LTTrAW. salt [water is able] GLTTraw. f ἡμῖν αὐτούς A. i βούλεται wills TTr. 1 ἡλίκον literally how great (some translate how small) Lrtraw. 2 — οὕτως LTTrAW. 4 ἀκατάστατον an unsettled t οὔτε ἁλυκὸν Deither ο καὶ 590 IAKQBOS. - let him shew out of @ καλῆς ἀναστροφῆς τὰ ἔργα. αὐτοῦ ἐν πρᾳὕτητι σοφίας. 14 εἰ. δὲ good conversation his . . i a 2 Fi works with meekness good οπου i file Works 1m ον Of weston : but if of wisdom. 14 But if ζῆλον πικρὸν ἔχετε καὶ ἐριθείαν ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν. μὴ κατα- ο ος “emulation ‘bitter ye have and contention in your heart, “not *do hearts, glory not,and καυχᾶσθε “καὶ ψεύδεσθε κατὰ τῆς ἀληθείας." 15 Οὐκ ἔστιν lie not against the yoast against and lie against the truth. SNot -7is truth. 15 This wisdom ᾿ς, : Z ὡς ας a Gs descendeth not from αὕτη ἡ σοφία ἄνωθεν κατερχοµένη, “ἀλλ᾽! ἐπίγειος, ψυ- above, but ts earth- ithis the wisdom from above coming down, but earthly, - na- ly, sensual, devilish. ; A τ ο = ΤΣ Fs anes 16 For where envying χική, δαιμονιώδης. 16 Όπου.γὰρ ζῆλος καὶ ἐριθεία, ἐκεῖ and strife is, there 15 tural, devilish. For where emulation and contention [are]; there confusion and every Ε é Ὁ τ fe Ces = evil work, 17 Butthe ἀκαταστασία καὶ πᾶν φαῦλον πρᾶγμα. 17 ἡ.δὲ ἄνωθεν wisdom that is from [js] commotion and cvery evil thing. But the from ?above above is first pure, δ κῃ : 3 piel Β ἐς ο ης , then peaceable, gentle, σοφία πρωτον μεν αγνη εστιν’, ἔπειτα ειρηνική, ETTLELKNC, and easy 4 be ος 1wisdom Sfirst Spure tis, then peaceful, gentle, r an , , \ ~ ? ~ ? ΄, αὶ reeset an Without εὐπειθής, μεστὴ ἐλέους καὶ καρπῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἀδιάκριτος “Kal! partiality, and with- yielding, full of mercy and of *fruits ‘good, impartial and i . 18 Α΄ ᾱ , A A ~ ΓΔ > , ΄ Be ce iehicous. ἀνυπόκριτος. 18 καρπὸς δὲ "τῆς" δικαιοσύνης ἐν εἰρήνῃ σπεί- ness.is sown in peace of unfcigned. But [the] fruit of righteousness in peace 18 them that makepeace. ρεται τοῖς ποιοῦσιν εἰρήνην. 4 Πόθεν πόλεμοι καὶ Y wars and fightings a- sown for.those that make peace, Whence [come] wars and ’ ec a= ᾽ ~ ω ε ~ ~ ο ου ractsac μάχαι ἐν ὑμῖν; οὐκ ἐντεῦθεν, ἐκ τῶν.ἡδονῶν.ὑμῶν ists that war in your fightings among you? [Is it] not thence, from your pleasures, ᾿ ~ [ ᾽ ~ , « ~ 3 - Η͂ members? 2 Xe lust, τῶν στρατευομένων ἐν τοῖς μέλεσιν. ὑμῶν; 2 ἐπιθυμεῖτε, καὶ end πανε tohave, nad "ο war ‘ ant ας ας ne μα Ye deste, is ιο λα or yok YS οὐκ.ἔχετε' φονεύετε καὶ ζηλοῦτε, καὶ οὐ-.δύνασθε ἐπιτυχεῖν. have not, ΠΕ ΤΙΝ γα have not ; : ye kill 3 and + omnes, 686 αμ. ane to ola eo Se ος μάχεσθε καὶ πολεμεῖτε, Ζοὐκ.ἔχετε 706," διὰ τὸ μὴ αἰτεῖσθαι ecelve not, ause 2 3 4 1 2 ask amiss, that ye may δε παν ane Ἢ war, ae chi not *but αμα ἡμῶν ᾿ δεῖς consume ἐξ upon your ὑμᾶς" 3 αἰτεῖτε, καὶ οὐλαμβθάνετε, διότι κακῶς αἰτεῖσθε ἵνα lusts. 4 Ύο adulterers ὕσρῃ, Yeask, and receive not, because evilly yeask. that andadulteresses,know , ate πι ον ξ b Ἢ Σο ποῦ thatthe friend- ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ὑμῶν δαπανήσητε 4 ’Moryoi καὶ" µοιχα- Bayo Bet oe a? in your pleasures ye may spend [it]. Adulterers and aduite- eamity Ww ο ῇ a ; = ᾿ 8 Whosoever therefore λίδες, οὐκ.οἴδατε ὅτι ἡ Φιλία τοῦ κόσμου, ἔχθρα ετυῦ will be a friend of resses, know γε ποὺ that the friendship of the world enmity [with] the world is. the age. lS ἆλ ἢ aah ΕΞ ΟΣ: enemy of God. 5 Do θεοῦ ἐστιν »' ὃς ἂν! οὖν βουληθῇ φίλος εἶναι τοῦ κόσμου, ye think that the God is? Whosoever therefore be minded afriend tobe of the world, scripturesaithinvain, , ι ~ ~ , n Ἐν ε/ fo ε The spirit that dwell. ἐχθρὸς τοῦ θεοῦ καθίσταται. 5 ἢ δοκεῖτε ὅτι κενῶς ἡ γρα- eth in us lusteth to an enemy of God is constituted. Or think ye that in vain the scrip- envy? 6 But he giveth η / .6 x / 2 nin οὖν ~ τὰ f , ἢ more grace. Wherefore 97) λέγει; προς φθόνον ἐπιποθεῖ τὸ πνευμα ὁ “KATWKHOEYV' he saith, God resisteth ture speaks? with envy does*long *the 7Spirit which tookup [his] abode d ή i ~ / A / / Δ ‘ ο ο eH ie ἐν ἡμῖν 8 6 μείζονα.δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν’ διὸ λέγει, Ὁ θεὸς 7 Submit yourselves in us? But “greater *he gives grace. Wherefore he says, God ο cad ce ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς. δὲ δίδωσιν χάριν. will flee from you. [086] Sproud ‘sets “himself *against, but to[the] lowly he gives grace. ree πο Ἑποτάγητε οὔν.τῷθεφ. ἀντίστητε ἢ τῷ διαβόλῳ, καὶ to you. Cleanse your Subject yourselves therefore toGod. Resist the devil, and hands, ye sinners ; and ΐ ΤΥ ΣΝ» 2 / ~ ~ \ ἢ ἘΞ eS ας ο αι ae φεύξεται ad ὑμῶν 8 ἐγγίσατε τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐγγιεῖ υμιν. double minded. 9 Be be Willfiee from you. Draw near ἴο God, and he will draw near to you. Sk orn, κἀθαρίσασε χεῖρας, ἁμαρτωλοί, καὶ ἁγνίσατε καρδίας, Sud weep: ἰθὺ YOUr pave cleansed [your] hands, sinners, and have purified [your] hearts, δίψυχοι. 9 ταλαιπωρήσατε καὶ πενθήσατε ἱκαὶ! κλαύσατε. νο double minded. Be wretched, and mourn, and weep. ἃ τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ ψεύδεσθε 1. 5 ἀλλὰ TTr. W — καὶ LTTrA. α — τῆς GLTTraw. 7 + πόθεν whence Lrtraw. 7+ καὶ and T. 5. — δέ @LTTrA. b — Μοιχοὶ καὶ LITrAW ; join adulteresses to what precedes T. ε ἐστὶν τῷ θεῷ is with God τ΄ 4 ἐὰν LT. © —; Text. Rec.andts. κατῴκισεν he made to dwell trrra, ὃ --- 9 τ. h + δὲ but, (resist) Lira. i— καὶ Ἑ. FY, ¥; JAMES. ὁ.γέλως ὑμῶν εἰς πένθος µεταστραφήτω, καὶ ἡ;:χαρὰ εἰς 2Your ‘laughter *to *mourning ‘et be turned, and [your] joy to κατήφειαν. 10 ταπεινώθητε ἐνώπιον *rov' κυρίου, καὶ ὑψώ- heaviness. Humble yourselves before the Lord, and he will σει ὑμᾶς. exalt you. 11 Μἠ.καταλαλεῖτε ἀλλήλων, ἀδελφοί ὃ καταλαλῶν Speak not against brethren. He that speaks against ἀδελφσῦ, ἱκαὶ!" κρίνων τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, καταλαλεῖ [his] brother, and judges kis brother, speaks against [the] νόμου, καὶ κρίνει νόμον" εἰδὲ νόμον κρίνεις, οὐκ law, and judges [the] law. But if [the] law thou judgest, *not εἶ ποιητὴς νόµου, ἀλλὰ κριτής. 12 εἷς ἐστιν ὃ νοµο- ‘thou “art adoer of [theJlaw, but a judge. One is the w= Oérnc™, ὁ δυνάμενος σῶσαι Kai ἀπολέσαι" od" τίς εἴ οὓς giver, who [18 8016 tosave and todestroy: *thou*who “art that κρίνεις! τὸν Ῥξτερονϊ- judgest the other? 13 “Aye νῦν οἱ λέγοντες, Σήμερον “καὶ" αὔριον Ίπορευ- Go to now, ye who say, To-day and to-morrow we may σώμεθα" εἰς τήνδε τὴν.πόλιν, καὶ "ποιῆσωμεν! ἐκεῖ ἐνιαυτὸν go into such a city e and may spend there year το ll τν. ΄ θ i Ww on ell 14 ἐν > ενα” και ἐμπορευσωμε a, και κερ NOW MEV OLTLVEC OUK tone and may traffic, and may make gain, ye who ?not ἐπίστασθε Στὸϊ τῆς αὔριον" ποίαΣγὰρὶ η. ζωὴ ὑμῶν; one another, ‘know what on the morrow [will be], (for what [is] your life? ἀτμὶς γάρ! Δἐστινὶ ἡ πρὸς ὀλίγον φαινομένη, ἔπειτα A vapour eren it is, which for alittle [while] appears, "then Ὀδὲ; ἀφανιζομένη" 15 ἀντὶ τοῦ λέγειν.ὑμᾶς, Bay ὁ κύριος Jand disappears,) instead of your saying, Ié the Lord θελήσῃ, καὶ “ζήσωμεν," καὶ ποιήσωμενὶ τοῦτο ἢ ἐκεῖνο. should will and weshouldlive, also we may do this or that. 16 νῦν δὲ καυχᾶσθε ἐν ταῖς ἀλαζονείαις" ὑμῶν" πᾶσα καύχη- But now yeboast in your vauntings : all boasting , id ? 3 , A ~ σις τοιαύτη πονηρά ἐστιν. 17 εἰδότι οὖν καλὸν ποιεῖν, βίῃ evil is. To [him] knowing therefore good to do, καὶ μὴ ποιοῦντι, ἁμαρτία αὐτῷ ἐστιν. and not doing [it], sin tohim itis. 5 "Aye νῦν οἱ πλούσιοι, κλαύσατε ὀλολύζαντες ἐπὶ ταῖς Goto now, [ye] rich, weep, howling over 6 ιά ~ ~~ ~ ταλαιπωρίαις ὑμῶν ταῖς ἔἐπερχομέναι. 3 ὁ πλοῦτος ?miserics ᾿ tyour that [are] coming upon [you]. *Riches ὑμῶν σέσηπεν, καὶ τὰ ἱμάτια ὑμῶν σητόβρωτα γέγονεν" ΟΣ haverotted, and your garments moth-eaten have become. 3 ὁ χρυσὸς ὑμῶν καὶ ὁ ἄργυρος κατίωται, καὶ ὁ.ἰὸς αὐτῶν Your gold and silver has been eaten away, and their canker εἰς μαρτύριον ὑμῖν ἔσται, καὶ φάγεται τὰς.σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς for atestimony against you shall be, and shall eat your fiesh as πῦρ' ἐθησαυρίσατε ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις. 4 ἰδού, ὁ μισθὸς fire. Yetreasuredup in{[the] last days. Tio, the hire κ. τοῦ (read [the]) LrTra. ΟΥ̓ LTTrA. | n+ 6ébut(who)GLtTtTra. 5 ὃ κρίνων LTTrA. 4 OY ELTTr. - πορευσόμεθα We will go ELTTrAW. t — ἕνα (read a year) LTTr. 7 ἐμπορευσόμεθα will traffic ELTTrAW. make gain ELTTraw. ΣΧ τὰ 1, Υ [γὰρ] Tr. 2 - γάρ L. Ὁ καὶ LTTrA ; — δὲ W. ο ζήσομεν We shall live LTTraw. ELTTrAW. 6 ἀλαζονιαις τ΄ 591 laughter be turned to mourning, and your joy to heaviness. 10 Humble yourselves in the sight of ,the Lord, and he shall lift you up. 11 Speak not evil one of another, brethren. He*that speaketh evil of Azz brother, and judgeth his brother, speaketh evil of the law, and judgeth tha law : but if thou judge the law, thou art not 8 doer of the law, but a judge. 12 There is one lawgiver, who is able to save and to destroy: who art thou that judgest another? 13 Go to now, ye that say, To day or to mor- row we will go into such a city, and con- tinue there a year, and buy and sell, and get gain: 14 whereas ye know 'not what shall be on the mor- row. For what 18 your life? It is even a va- pour, that appeareth for a little time, and then vanisheth away. 15 For that ye ought to say, If the Lord will, we shalllive, and do this, or that. 16 But now ye rejoice in your boastings: all such re- joicing is evil.17 There- fore to him that know- eth to do good, and -doeth ἐΐ not, to him it is 51, V. Go to now, ye rich men, weep and howl for your miseries that shall come upon you. 2 Your riches are corrupted, and your garments are moth- eaten. 3 Your gold and silver iscankered ; and the rust of them shall be a witness a- gainst you, and shall eat your flesh as it were fire. Ye have -heaped treasure to- gether for the last days. 4 Behold, the m+ καὶ κριτής and judge, GLTTrA. ἢ Ρ πλησίον (read [thy] neighbour) LTTra. 5 ποιήσομεν Will spend ELTAW. * κερδήσοµεν will 8 ἐστε ye are LTT:AW. ἃ ποιήσομεν We shall do 5S2 IAKQBOS. Vv. hire of the labourers τῶν ἐργατῶν τῶν ἀμησάντων τὰς-χώρας ὑμῶν, ὁ ᾿άπεστερη- eae Rolie hee jg Of the workmen who harvested your fields, which has been a ate ta ΤΑ μένος" ἀφ᾽ ὑμῶν κράζει, καὶ αἱ Boat τῶν θερισάντων εἰς val πο, kept back by you, cries out, and the cries of those who reaped, into have reaped are en- τὰ ὦτα κυρίου Σαβαὼθ ξεἰσεληλύθασιν.ὶ 5 ἐτρυφήσατε tered into the ears of. the ears of [the] Lord of Hosts have entered. Ye lived in indulgence the Lord of sabaoth. τ ὁ i ie ok sere P p ag 5 Yo have lived in ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐσπαταλήσατε. ἐθρέψατε τὰς.καρδίας ὑμῶν pleasure on the earth, yyon the earth, and lived in self-gratification; ye nourished your hearts and been wanton; ye ΤΈΣ τὴν sf Ἔ a ἡ 2 ση have nourished your "ως εν Ί]μερᾳ σφαγῆς. 6 κατεδικάσατε, ἐφονευσατε τον Ol= hearts,asin adayof as in ἃ day of slaughter ; ye condemned, ye killed, the slaughter. 6 Ye have rs , ie condemned and killed καιον' οὐκ ἀντιτάσσεται υμιν. the arent and hedoth just; he does not resist you. not resist you, ε μὲ ο. ΑΦ ο Υ Μακροθυμήσατε οὖν, ἀδελφοί, ἕὼς τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ e - Ε : 8 ὩΣ ον fore, Brctned, unto Be patjent therefore, brethren, till the coming of the thecomingoftheLord. Κυρίου. ἰδού, ὁ γεωργὸς ἐκδέχεται τὸν τίμιον καρπὸν τῆς" Behold, the husband- τ γᾷ, Lo, the husbandman awaits the precious frit of the man waiteth for the | μα ἢ on 4 Ε κ ye 2 precious fruit of the γῆς, μακροθυμῶν ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ ἕως 'av" λάβῃ ἡυετὰν" "πρώ- earth, and hath long garth, being patient ‘for it until it receive [the] ‘rain “ear- atience for it, until , ᾿ ar , ες , e receive the early ἐμονὶ καὶ ὄψιμον 8 μακροθυμήσατε καὶ ὑμεῖς, στηρίξατε and latter rain.’8 Be jy Zand = “latter. Be patient also ye: esta lish ye also patient; sta- Ν ; wan ε/ ε , ~ , » blish your hearts: for τὰς. καρδίας ὑμῶν, ὅτι 'ἡ παρουσία τοῦ κυρίου ἤγγικεν. ea eae ἕ a se your hearts, because the coming of the Lord hasdrawu near, or rawe nigh. , , rye 9 Grudge not one ἃ. 9 Μἡ.στενάζετε ‘kar’ ἀλλήλων, ἀδελφοί," ἵνα μὴ κατακρι- gainst another, bre- Groan not against one another, brethren, that*not ‘ye *be con- thren, lest ye be con- Gaye Are , n \ ᾿ » ~ ε’ ε , denmecds.nohuld. the ΤΕ ἰδου, κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν. 10 Ὑπό- judge standeth before demned. Lo, [the] judge before the door stands. [As] an ex- the door. 10 Take, m , τὸ > PS ο. ο Shocrophets, δειγµα λάβετε στῆς κακοπαθείας, ἀδελφοί.μου,' καὶ τῆς who have spoken in .ample 98 ΚΘ of suffering “evils, 7my “brethren, “and ο. ὉΠ ΞΟ Ἀβεμδν μακροθυμίας, τοὺς προφήτας οἱ ἐλάλησαν Ῥ τῷ ὀνόματι κυ- fering affliction, and ‘of patience, the prophets who spoke inthe name of[the] δὲ patlence, nti, βίου. 11 ἰδού, μακαρίζομεν τοὺς «ὑπομένοντας." τὴν ὑπο- happy which endure, ,Lord. Lo, wecailblessed those who endure, The en- ο heard of the μονὴν “Iw ἠκούσατε, καὶ τὸ τέλος κυρίου τεῖδετειὶ ὅτι have seen the end of durance of Job ye have heard of, and the end of [the] Lord yesaw; that the Lord; that the πολύσπλαγχνός ἐστιν ὁ κύριος καὶ οἰκτίρμων. 12 Πρὸ ο ΜΕΡΑ ae full of tender pity is the Lord and compassionate, *Before - [4 [ή 4 ’ ‘ / ο ο ent things, πάντων δὲ, ἀδελφοί μου, μὴ.ὀμνύετε, μήτε τὸν οὐρανόν, ᾽ ἔ 3 44h; 1 ὦ Ξ not, neither by hea- ae things bot ἀεὶ ρε ΕΥ̓ΕΑΣ not, eign!” [by] Ω προ. ven, neither by the μήτε τὴν γῆν, μήτε ἄλλον.τινὰ ὅρκον ἠτω.δὲ ὑμῶν τὸ Val, he engl “les a. nor the earth; nor any other oath; but let be of you the yea, by / Η ” 3 e η ? ε , , your yea be yea; val, καὶ TO οὔ, οὔ" ἵνα μὴ “εἰς ὑπόκρισιν! πέσητε. "18 κακο- and your nay, DAY; yea, aiid the nay, nay, that not into hypocrisy ye may fall, Dots,suf- lest ye fall into con- Ἔ : Cae 3 4 5 demnation. 13 Is any παθεῖ τι ἐν ὑμῖν; προσευχεσθω' εὐθυμεῖ τις; among you afflicted? fer hardships ‘anyone “among “you? jet him pray: is *cheerful ‘anyone? let him pray. Is any ᾿ κ Ε ελ , merry? let him sing Ψαλλέτω. 14 ἀσθενεῖ τις ἐν ὑμῖν; προσκαλεσάσθω psalms. 14 Is any sick let him praise ; is*sick ‘anyone among you? let him callto him) among you? let him ‘ , λος: \ , 5 call for the elders of τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ προσευξάσθωσαν ἐπ' the church; and let the elders of the assembly, and let them pray over them pray over him, ae ἊΝ - ἐσ πῇ 2 , > ror OR ἐν v ~ II , ς anointing him with αὐτόν, ἀλειψαντες αὐτὸν! ἐλαίῳ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἱτοῦ! κυρίου Oilinthe name of the him, having anointed him withoilin the name of the Lord; f ἀφυστερημένος TTr. & εἰσελήλυθαν LTTrAW. h—@oLTTrAW. ' i— ἂν TTrA. ὃ — ὑετὸν (read [rain]) LTTra. Κ πρόϊμον TTr. 1 ἀδελφοί, kar’ ἀλλήλων LTrA. m κρι- θῆτε ‘ye *be judged GLTTraw. n + ὃ the GLTTrAW. ο, ἀδελφοί µου, τῆς κακοπαθείας (-— µου My LTTraw) GLTTrAW. P + ἐν in (the) irr. 4 ὑπομείναντας endured LTTrA. Fiéeresee ye A. * ὑπὸ κρίσιν under judgment ECLrTraw. Ὁ — αὐτὸν (read [him]) T. Υ͂ .- τοῦ (vead of [the]) uf[tr]a. I. Γ PETER: 15 καὶ ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει ᾿τὸν κάμνοντα, καὶ ἐγε- and the prayer of faith shallsave the exhausted one, and will pet αὐτὸν ὁ κύριος' κἂν ἁμαρτίας ᾖ. πεποιηκώς. raise*up ‘him "the *Lord; andif "sins *he*be([%one*who]*has committed, ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ. 16 ἐξομολογεῖσθε ἡ ἀλλήλοις it shall be forgiven him. Confess to one another [your] "τὰ παραπτώματα," καὶ γεὔχεσθε! ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων, ὅπωό ἰαθῆ- offences, and pray for oneanother, that yemaybe τε. πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη. healed. "ΜαοἩ ®prevails ['the] supplication ‘of °a*righteous[’man] “operative. 17 "Ἡλίαςὶ ἄνθρωπος «ἦν ὁμοιοπαθὴς ἡμῖν, καὶ προσευχῇ Elias 7a Sman *was oflike feelings tous, and with prayer / ον A [ή ‘ > » ? 4 ~ ~ προσηύξατο τοῦ μὴ βρέξαι" καὶ οὐκ. ἔβρεξεν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς he prayed [for it] not torain; and itdidnotrain upon the earth ἐνιαυτοὺς τρεῖς καὶ μῆνας ἕξ. 18 καὶ πάλιν προσηύξατο, καὶ 3γθβτ8 ‘three and *months 'six; and again he prayed, and ὁ οὐρανὸς “ὑετὸν ἔδωκεν,ὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐβλάστησεν τὸν the heaven 7rain gave, and the earth caused *to ‘sprout καρπὸν αὐτῆς. *fruit 1108. 19. ᾿Αδελφοὶ, ἢ ἐάν τις ἐν ὑμῖν πλανηθῇ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀλη- Brethren, if anyone among you err from the truth, θ [ή ‘ ? / ᾽ , c / It er e είας, καὶ ἐπιστρέψῃ τις αὐτόν, 90 “γινωσκέτω! ὅτι ὁ and Ρρτίπρ *back ‘anyone him, let him know that he who ἐπιστρέψας. ἁμαρτωλὸν ἐκ πλάνης ὁδοῦ. αὐτοῦ, σώσει brings back & sinner from [the] error of his way, shall save ψυχὴν ἃ ἐκ θανάτου, καὶ καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. ᾿ 8 οι] from death, and shall cover a multitude of sins, ε]ακώβου ἐπιστολή." 70f5James epistle. 593 Lord: 15 and the prayer of faith shall save the sick,. and the Lord shall raise him up; and if he have committed sins, they shall be for- given him. 16 Con- fess your faults one to another, and pray one for another, that ye may be healed. The effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much. 17 Elias was a man subject to like pas- sions as we are, and he prayed earnestly that it might not rain: and it rained not on the earth by the space of three years and six months. 18 And he prayed again, and the heaven gave rain, and the earth brought forth her fruit. ’ 19 Brethren, if any of you do err from the truth, and one convert him ; 20 let him know, that he which con- verteth the sinner from the error of his way shall save a soul from death, and shall hidea multitude of sins, ‘TIETPOY ΚΑΘΟΛΙΚΗ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΔΗ ΠΡΩΤΗ.' *OF °PETER *GENERAL sHPISTLE ΠΕΤΡΟΣ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήµοις Peter, apostle of Jesus Christ, to [the] elect sojourners διασπορᾶς Ἰ[όντου, Γαλατίας, Καππαδοκίας, ᾿Ασίας, καὶ of [the] dispersion of Pontus, of Galatia, of Cappadocia, of Asia, and Βιθυνίας, 2 κατὰ πρόγνωσιν θεοῦ πατρός, ἐν ἁγιασ- Bithynia, according to [the] foreknowledge of God [the] Father, by sanctifi- ‘ e 4 iif πνεύματος, εἰ ὀ ὑπακοὴν Kai ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος cation of [the] Spirit, unto[the] obedience and sprinkling of [the] blood Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ" χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη. of Jesus Christ: Grace toyou and peace _ be multiplied. 4 £ cy 4 ~ , € ~ ? ~ 3 Ἐὐλογητὸὺς ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Blessed [be]the God and Father of our Lord Jesus ~ « A ~ 3” , τς ~ ριστοῦ, ὁ κατὰ τὺ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήῆσας δὴ μᾶς" Christ, who according to his great mercy begat again us *FIRST. PETER, an apostle of Jesus Christ, to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus, Galatia, Cappadocia, Asia, and Bithynia, 2 elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father, through sanctification of the Spirit, unto o- bedience and sprink- ling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace unto you, and peace, be multiplied. 3 Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, which according to w + οὖν therefore LrTra, 8 ἔδωκεν ὑετὸν LTTr, 4 + αὐτοῦ (read his soul) LT. * τὰς ἁμαρτίας Sins LTTr. Ὁ + µου my (brethren) LTTrA. ¥ προσεύχεσθε L. ο γινώσκετε know ye A. e — the subscription EGLTW ; Ἰακώβου Tra. 2 Ἡλείας Ὑ, { 4+. τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle E; — καθολικὴ Ο ; Πέτρου ἐπιστολὴ α΄ Tr; Πέτρου α LTaw. 6 ὑμᾶς you Ε. ο 594 his abundant mer- cy hath begotten us again unto a lively hope by the resurrec- tion of Jesus Christ from the dead, 4to an inheritance incorrup- tible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away, reserved in hea- του for you, 5 whoare kept by the power of God through faith un- to salvation ready to be revealed in the last time. 6 Wherein ye greatly rejoice, though now for a season, if need ‘be, ye are in heaviness through ma- nifold temptations: 7 that the trial of your faith, being much more precious than of gold that perisheth, though itbe tried with fire, might be found uuto praise and ho- nour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ: 8 whom hav- ing not seen, ye love; in whom, though now e see him not, yet be- ieving, ye rejoice with joy unspeakable and full of glory: 9 re- ceiving the end ofyour faith, even the salva- tion of your souls. 10 Of which salvation the prophets have in- quired and searched diligently, who pro- phesied of the grace that should come unto you: llsearching what, or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did _ signify, when it testified be- forehand the suffer- ings of Christ, and the glory that should fol- low. 12 Unto whom it was revealed, that not unto themselves, but unto us they did mini- ster the things, which are now reported unto you by them that have preached the gospel unto you with the Holy Ghost sent down from heaven; which things the angels de- sire to look into. 15 Wherefore gird up the loins of your mind, be sober, and hope to the end for the grace that is to be brought unto you at the revelation of Je- sus Christ ; 14 as obe-* dient children, not fa- shioning yourselves h ὑμᾶς you GLTTraWw. τιμήν LTTrAW, P ὑμῖν to you GLTTraw. MNETPOY , ~ > oe ~ 3 εἰς ἐλπίδα ζῶσαν Ov ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐκ to a*hope ‘living through [116] resurrection of J esus Christ from among ~ ΄ » ‘ ? 4 4 νεκρῶν, 4 εἰς κληρονομίαν ἄφθαρτον καὶ αµιαντον και Α. I. [080] dead, to aninheritance incorruptible and undefiled and , ~ > « ~ ΕἾ ᾽ ἀμάραντον, τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς "ἡμᾶς," 5 τοὺς ἔν unfading, reserved in ({the] heavens for ue, who by , ~ , > δ δυνάμει θεοῦ φρουρουμένους διὰ πίστεως, εἰς σωτηρίαν [86] power of God[are] being guarded through faith, for salvation ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι ἐν καιρῷ ἐσχάτῳ" 6 ἐνφ ἀγαλ- ready to be revealed in [the] 7time last. Whercin ye ex- λιᾶσθε, ὀλίγον ἄρτι, εἰ δέον «ἐστίνιὶ λυπηθεντες — ult, for a little while at present, if necessary itis, having been put to grief / ‘ , € ~ ~ ΄ ἐν ποικίλοις πειρασµόϊς, ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιὸν ὑμῶν τῆς πιστεως in various trials, that the proving of your faith, πολὺ τιμιώτερον" χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς δὲ (much more precious than gold that perishes,) *by “fire though ~ > » ‘ , 3 δοκιμαζομένου, εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον καὶ Ἰτιμὴν καὶ δόξαν," ἔν being proved, be found to praise and honour απᾶ glory, in ? , ? ~ πό εἰ > m ἰδό i] 2 oy ἀποκαλύψει ᾿Τησοῦ χριστοῦ" ὃ ὃν οὐκ "εἰδότες! ἀγαπᾶτε, {the] revelation of Jesus Christ, whom not having seen ye love; εἰς ὃν ἄρτι μὴ ὁρῶντες, πιστεύοντες. δέ, ἀγαλλιᾶσθε on whom now [though] not looking, but believing, ye exult χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ, 9 κομιζόμενοι τὸ τέλος with joy unspeakable and glorified, receiving the end. τῆς.πίστεως ὑμῶν, σωτηρίαν ψυχῶν: 10 περὶ ἧς of your faith, {the] salvation of [your] souls ; concerning which σωτηρίας ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ "sEnoevrvnoay" προφῆται οἱ περὶ salvation *sought}°out ‘and searched *%out ‘prophets, *who ‘of τῆς εἰς ὑμᾶς χάριτος προφητεύσαντες, 11 ϑἐρευνῶντες! εἰς 5the “towards ὅγοα ‘grace sprophesied ; searching to τίνα ἢ ποῖον καιρὸν ἐδήλου τὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς πνεῦμα what or what mannerof time ‘was ‘signifying "119 Sin “ὑπο 2Spirit χριστοῦ, προμαρτυρόμενον τὰ εἰς χριστὸν παθήματα, καὶ Sof *Christ, testifying beforehand of the{*helonging]*to *Christ ‘sufferings, and τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα δόξας" 12 οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη ὅτι οὐχ ἑαυτοῖς, the "αξίετ “these ‘glories; Το whom it was revealed, that not to themselves Ρημῖν' δὲ διηκόνουν αὐτά, ἃ νῦν ἀνηγγέλη ὑμῖν διὰ 50ο Sus *but were serving those things, which now were announced to you by TOY εὐαγγελισαμένων ὑμᾶς “ἐν'Ὶ πνεύματι ἁγίῳ ἀπο- those who announced the gladtidingsto you in [the] Spirit 1Πο]γ , ? ~ ? ~ » σταλέντι ἀπ᾽ οὐρανοῦ, εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι. sent from heaven, intowhich “desire angels to look, 19 Aw ἀναζωσάμενοι τὰς ὀσφύας τῆς.διανοίας ὑμῶν, νή- Wherefore having girded up the loins of your mind, ἡ be- Φοντες, τελείως ἐλπίσατε ἐπὶ THY φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν ἐν ing sober, perfectly hope in the "being *brought *to you ‘grace at ’ by ? ~ ~ ’ ε - ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. 14 ὡς τέκνα ὑπακοῆς, μὴ revelation of Jesus Christ ; as children of obedience, not '"συσχηματιζόµενοι ταῖς πρότερον ἐν τῇ.ἀγνοίᾳ ὑμῶν ἐπιθυ- fashioning yourselves tothe former in “your ignorance *de- µίαις, 15 ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν καλέσαντα ὑμᾶς ἅγιον Kai sires ; but according as he who called you [is] holy, also ? ‘ er γ᾽ , ~ αὐτοὶ ἅγιοι ἐν πάσῃ ἀναστροφῇ γενήθητε' 16 διότι Ἀγουχεε]νος “holy ‘in fall ("your] *conduct ‘be “ye; because {the} Ὁ >, i — ἐστίν ΤΥ. ye K πολυτιµότερον GLTTrA. Ὦ (δόντες LTTrAW. ; ο ἢ ἐξηραύνησαν ΤΤιΑ. 4 — ἐν (read ἁγίῳ by Πε] Holy) irra. 1 δόξαν καὶ ° εραυνωντες ΤΊΤΑ. Σσυνσ- Tra, ‘ ETT, Ἑ ΕΒΕ ΕΝ ΕΣ γέγραπται, Άγιοι γένεσθε," tore" ἐγὼ ἅγιός "εἰμι." 17 Καὶ 10 has been written, “Holy "be “ye, because 1 “holy ‘am, And εἰ πατέρα ἐπικαλεῖσθε τὸν "ἀπροσωπολήπτως! κρίνοντα if [851] Father κατὰ τὸ ἑκάστου ἔργον, ἐν φόβῳ τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν according tothe “of*vach ‘work, in’ fexr the 7of “your *sojourn χρόνον ἀναστράφητε' 18 εἰδότες ὅτι οὐ φθαρτοῖς, ἀρ- ‘time pass ye, knowing that not by¢orruptible things, by γυρίῳ ἢ χρυσίῳ, ἐλυτρώθητε ἐκ τῆς. ματαίας ὑμῶν ἀναστροφῆς silver or by gold, yc wereredeemed from your vain manuer of life πατροπαραδύτου, 19 ἀλλὰ τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ handed down from [your] fathers, but by precious blood as ofa lamb ἁμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου χοιστοῦ᾽ 0 προεγγωσ- without blemish and without spot [the blood] of Christ: having been fore- 4 Δ ‘ ~ , , να ᾽ μένου μὲν πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου, φανεριυθέντος.δὲ ἐπ known iudecd before [the] foundation of [the] world, but manifested at 7 ΜΝ ' ~ ΄ ε ~ ‘ » - Σεσχάτων' τῶν χρόνων δι ὑμᾶς, 21 τοὺς δι αὐτοῦ (the] last times forthe sake of you, who by him Yriorevovrac! εἰς θεόν, τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν, believe ἡ in God, who raised up him fromamong([the] dead, καὶ δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα, ὥστε τὴν.πίστιν ὑμῶν καὶ ἐλπίδα εἶναι and glory tohim gave, 85ο 88 for your faith and hope to be Α 5) ~ ΄ ἘΠῚ ¢ ~ ~ εἰς θεόν. 22 Τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς in God. Your souls having purified by obedience to the 7 : 16 ) if ή x ὃ λῴφί ᾽ 1. 2... ἀληθείας διὰ πνεύματος" εἰς φιλαδελφίαν ἀνυπόκριτον, ἐκ truth ὉὮτοιβ] Πποε] Spirit to brotherly love unfeigned, outof ~ . ΄ ΄, τ μας ? Ἀκαθαρᾶς' καρδίας ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς" 23 ἀναγε- “pare ta heart one another love ye fervently. Having been ~ ~ ? > , A γεννηµένοι οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου, διὰ begotten again, not of seed ‘corruptible, but ofincorruptible, by τὶ ~ ~ A ‘ I~ SF λόγου ζῶντος θεοῦ καὶ μένοντος ὕεἰς. τὸν αἰῶνα." 94 διότι {the] word “living ‘of “God and abiding for ever. Because ~ , ΄ ‘ ~ ο ᾽ , "Π , πᾶσα σὰρξ «ὡς' χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα δόξα ἀνθρώπου" ὡς ali flesh [fis] as grass, and all [the] glory of nan as [the] ἄνθος ᾿χόρτου. ἐξηράνθη ὁ χόρτος, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος "αὐτοῦ" flower uf grass. SWithered ‘the “grass, and the flower «ο it - - . \ cw , ᾽ ‘ I~ ~ , ἐξέπεσεν" 25 τὸ δὲ ῥῆμα κυρίου μένει εἰς.τὸν. αἰῶνα. Tovro.dé fell away ; but the word of [the} Lord abides for ever. But this ‘ ~ A A > ε ~ ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα TO εὐαγγελισθὲν εἰς ὑμᾶς. is the word whiclf was announced to you. / ~ ‘ ‘ / ιά A Q ᾿Αποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν καὶ πάντα δόλον καὶ Having laid aside therefore all malice and all guile and Ν , ‘ ’ ’ Φ , , ὑποκρίσεις καὶ φθόνους καὶ πάσας καταλαλιᾶς, 2 ὡς ἀρτιγεν- hypocrisies and envyings and all evil speakings, as new- \ ΔΝ ” , ? / ε ? νητα βρέφη, τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε, Wa ἐν born babes, the ?mental ‘genuine milk long ye after, that by ” / ε/ ‘ « “ἢ αὐτῷ αὐξηθῆτει 8 ξεΐπερ' ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος. it ye may grow, if indeed ye did taste that [015] *good ‘the *Lord. , , ~ ε ‘ ? ’ ‘ 4 πρὸς ὃν προσερχόµενοι, λίθον ζῶντα, ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν Το whom coming, a-stone ‘living, by men indeed . mi 49. ΄ ” - κ Ν ΔῈΝ ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον, παρὰ.δὲ θεῷ ἐκλεκτόν, ἔντιμον, ὃ καὶ αὖ rejected, but with God chosen, precious, also your- νον γῶν ἀν Gd RE es συ 5 ἔσεσθε ye Shall be LTTraw. t διότι T. ωπολήμπτως LTTrA. χ ἐσχάτου (μεάά end of the times) L1T:aw. lievers LTTrA. t— διὰ πνεύματος LTTrAW. Ὁ — εἰς τον αἰῶνα GLTTrAW. ο -- ὡς 1. τοῦ LTT:[A]W. yecallon him who without regard of persons judges 2 + εἰς σωτηρίαν unto salvation GLTTraWw. v — εἰμι (vead [am]) LTTraw. 595 according to the form- er lusts in your ignor- ance: 15 but as he which hath called you is hoiy, so be ye holy in all manner of con- versation ; 16 because it is written, Be ye holy ; for I am holy. 17 Aud if ye call on the Father, who with- out respect of persons jJudgeth according Lo every man’s work pass the time of your so- journing here in fear: 18 forasmuch as το know thatye were hot redeemed with cor- ruptible things, «5 silver and gold, from your vain conversi- tion received by tradi- tion from your fathers; 19 but with the pre- cious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot: 20 who verily was foreordained be- fore the foundation of the world, but was manifest in these last times for you, 21 who by him do believe in God, that raised him up from the dead, and gave him glory; th:.t your faith and hope might be in God. 22 Seeing ye have puri- fied your souls in obcying the truth through the Spirit un- to unfeigned love of the brethren, see that ye love one another with a pure heart fer- vently : 23 being born again, not of corrupti- ble seed, but of incor- ruptible, by the word of God, which liveth and abideth for ever. 21 For all flesh is as grass, and all the glory of man as the flower of grass. The grass withereth, and the flower thereof falleth away: 25 but the word of the Lord endureth forever. And this is the word which by the gospelis preach- ed unto you. 11. Wherefore lay- ing aside all malice, and all guile. and hy- pocrisies, and envies, and all evil speakings, 2 as new born babes, desire thesincere milk of the word, that ye may grow therchy : ¥ άπροσ- Υ πιστοὺς [are] be- a - καθαρᾶς (read from [the] heart) titra. ἆ αὐτῆς (read its glory) GLTTrAW. δ «tif LTT. © — aus 596 3 if so be ye have tasted that the Lord is gracious. 4 Το whom coming, as unto a liv- ing stone, disallowed indeed of men, but chosen of God, and recious, 5 ye also, as ively stones, are built up a spiritual house, an holy priesthood, to offer up spiritual sac- rifices, acceptable to God by Jesus Christ. 6 Wherefore also it is contained in the scrip- ture, Behold, I lay in Sion a chief corner stone, clect, precious : and he that believeth on him shall not be coufounded. 7 Unto you therefore which believe he is precious: but unto them which be disobedient, the stone which the build- ers disallowed, the Same is made the head of the corner, 8 and a stone of stumbling, and a rock of offence, even to them which stumble at the word, being disobedient : whereunto also they were appointed. 9 But ye are ichosen gene- . ration, a royal priest- hood, an holy nation, 8 peculiar people ; that ye should shew forth the praises of him who hath called you out of darkness into his mar- vellous light: 10 which in time past were not a people, but are now the people of God: which had not ob- tained mercy, but now have obtained mercy. 11 Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strang- ers and pilgrims, ab- stain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul ; 12 having your conversation honest a- mong the Gentiles: that, whereas they speak against you as evildoers, they may by your good works, which they shall behold, glorify God in the day of visi- tation. 13 Submit yourselves to every ordinance of man for the Lord’s sake : whether it be to the king, as supreme ; 14 or unto governors, as unto trem that are 1 ἐποικοδομεῖσθε τ. = — τῇ TTrA ; ἢ γραφή (read the scripture contains) L. unbelieving) rrr. ovres Witnessing LTTraw. ΠΕΤΡΟΥ A.. τ τοὶ ὧς λίθοι ζῶντες ᾿οἰκοδομεῖσθε,) οἶκος πνευματικός, * selves, as stones ‘living, are being built up, a “house spiritual, , , [ή A κά ? [ή ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον, ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας εὐπροσδέκτους a priesthood ‘*holy to offer spiritual sacrifices acceptable ~ ~ A ~ ~ ‘ ‘ [ή ~ Ιτῷ' θεῷ διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ. Ὁ "Διὸ καὶ περιέχει "ἐν τῇ toGod by Jesus Christ, Wherefore also it is contained in the γραφῇ," ᾿Ιδοὺ τίθημι ἐν Σιὼν λίθον ἀκρογωνιαῖον, ἐκλεκτόν, scripture: Behold, Iplace in Sion a *stone ?corner, chosen, ἔντιμον" καὶ ὁ πιστεύων ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ οὐ μὴ καταισχυνθῇ. precious: and hethat believes on him inno wise should be put toshame, 7 Ὑμῖν οὖν ἡ τιμὴ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν" οἀπειξ To you therefore [15] *the ‘preciousness *who *believe; 7to[®those] 34 15: θοῦσινὶ δέ, λίθον! ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν' οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, obeying ‘but, [the] stone which Srejected those 7building, ΄ οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας, 8 καὶ λίθος προσκὸμ- this became head of [the] corner, and astone of stum- ματος καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου οἱ προσκόπτουσιν τῷ λόγῳ bling and arock of offence ; who stumble at the word, ? ~ ? εν . ἐν τῷ: Ξ .“.ε - A ae: ἀπειθοῦντες, εἰς ὃ καὶ ἐτέθησάν' 9 ὑμεῖς δὲ γένος ἐκ- being disobedient, to which also they were appointed. But γα [876] 8 *ryce λεκτόν, βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα, ἔθνος ἅγιον, λαὸς εἰς]περι- ?chosen, a kingly priesthood, a*nation ‘holy, a people for* a pos- ποίησιν, ὅπως τὰς ἀρετὰς ἐξαγγείλητ τοῦ ἐκ σκότους session, that the virtues yemight set forth of him who out of darkness ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος εἰς τὺ.θαυμαστὸν.αὐτοῦ φῶς" 10 οἱ ποτὲ ΐγοι lealled to his wonderful light ; who , ouce ᾽ ΄ - ῃ Δ αν ε ᾽ ? / 3 οὐ λαός, νῦν.δὲ λαὸς θεοῦ" οἱ οὐκ.ἠλεημένοι, [were] not a people, but now [are] *people 'God’s; who had not received mercy, νῦν δὲ ἐλεηθεντες. but now received mercy ? , ~ , [ή ‘ , 11 Αγαπητοί, παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδή- Beloved, Iexhort [you] ‘as strangers and sojourners, ~ ~ ~ 7 , μους, ἀπέχεσθαι! τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν, αἵτινες στρατεύον- to abstain from fieshly desires, which war ται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς" 19 τὴν.ἀναστροφὴν.ὑμῶν τοῖς against the soul; 2your *manner ‘of 5116 5.88 ἔθνεσιν ἔχοντες καλήν, ἵνα ἐν.ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν ὑμῶν ὡς ®nations *having fright that wherein they speak against you as κακοποιῶν, ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων Τἐποπτεύσαντες'! δοξά- evil doers, through [your] good works haying witnessed they σωσιν τὸν θεὸν ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς. may glorify God in[the] day of visitation. 13 Ὑποτάγητε Σοῦνὶ πάσῃ ἀνθρωπίνῃ κτίσει, διὰ Be in subjection therefore toevery human _ institution for thesake of τὸν κύριον εἴτε βασιλεῖ, ὡς ὑπερέχοντι" 14 εἴτε ἡγεμόσιν, the Lord; whether to[the] king as supreme, or to governors ὡς δι αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις εἰς ἐκδίκησιν μὲν" κακοποιῶν, as by him sent, for vengeance [on] evil doers, » " ᾽ - ο « ef ? Ν Ν , ἔπαινον. δὲ ἀγαθοποιῶν 16 ὅτι οὕτως ἐστὶν τὸ θέλημα ἐν Tamong and praise [to] well doers ; (because so is the will τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων of God, [by] well doing to put tosilence the 304 “senseless τα διότι because GLTTrAW. ο ἀπιστοῦσιν (read but to [those] 4 + ὑμᾶς (read that ye abstain) L. τ ἐποπτεύ- 5.-- οὖν LITrA, t — μὲν GLTTrAW. _k + ets for LTTra. 1 — τῷ LTTrA. Ρ λίθος LTrA. PETER. 16 we ἐλεύθεροι, καὶ μὴ ὡς ἐπικά- 88 free, and not *as 3, λυμμα ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ἀλλ’ ὡς "δοῦλοι ®cloak *having Sof 7malice *freedom, but as bondmen θεοῦ." 17. πάντας τιμήσατε, τὴν ἀδελφότητα ἀγαπᾶτε, τὸν of God. *All ‘+shew “honour 36ο, the “brotherhood love, θεὸν φοβεῖσθε, τὸν βασιλέα τιμᾶτε. Σαοά fear, “the ‘king ?°honour. 18 Οἱ οἰκέται, ὑποτασσόμενοι ἐν παντὶ φόβῳ τοῖς δεσ- Servants, being subject with all fear to [your] πόταις, οὐ µόνον τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ masters, not only tothe good and gentle; but 8150 τοῖς σκολιοῖς. 19 rovro yap yapic, εἰ διὰ συνείδησιν tothe crooked. For this [15] acceptable if for sake of conscience θεοῦ ὑποφέρει τις λύπας, πάσχων ἀδίκως. 20 ποῖον.γὰρ towardsGod “endures ‘anyone griefs, ϱαΏετίης unjustly. For what κλέος, εἰ ἁμαρτάνοντες καὶ κολαφιζόµενοι ὑπομενεῖτε; glory [is it], if sinning and being buffeted ye endure it ? ἀλλ᾽ εἰ ἀγαθοποιοῦντες καὶ πάσχοντες ὑπομενεῖτε, τοῦτο ¥ but if doing good and suffering yeendure [it], this [15] χάρις παρὰ θεῷ. 21 εἰς τοῦτο.γὰρ ἐκλήθητε, ὅτι καὶ acceptable with God. For to this ye were called; because also χριστὸς ἔπαθεν ὑπὲρ Σἡμῶν,! ἡμῖν! ὑπολιμπάνων ὑπογραμ- Christ , suffered for us,. “us leaving a model μόν, ἵνα ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς: ἴχνεσιν.αὐτοῦ" 22 ὃς ἁμαρτίαν that ye should follow after in his steps ; who $sin οὐκ.ἐποίησεν, οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ-στόματι.αὐτοῦ' 23 ὃς did "πο, neither was “found ‘guile in his mouth ; who, ’ ? / , ᾽ ᾽ , λοιδορούμενος οὐκ.ἀντελοιδόρει, πάσχων οὐκ.ἠπείλει, II, Π1. I ἀνθρώπων *men ’ ΄ ἀγνωσιαν" *ignorance ;) being railed at, railed notinreturn; [when] suffering threatened not; παρεδίδου. δὲ τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως" 24 ὃς τὰς but gave (himself) over tohim who judges righteously ; who Υ̓͂ ~ ‘ ? , ~ , ? ~ ? ‘ 4A ἁμαρτίας.ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ-σώματι.αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ our sins himself bore in his body on the ~ , ’ ~ . , ΄ ξύλον, ἵνα ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ἀπογενόμενοι, τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζή- tree, that, to sins [πε] being dead, to righteousness we 25 ἦτε.γὰρ ὡς πρό- σωμεν᾽ οὗ τῷ .µώλωπι. αὐτοῦϊὶ ἰάθητε. For ye were as may live; by whose bruise ye were healed. ιά / ~ ‘4 ‘ ’ Bara "πλανώμενα"" ἀλλ᾽ ἐπεστράφητε νῦν ἐπὶ τὸν ποιμένα sheep going astray, but arereturned now to the shepherd τν , ~ 3 ~ « -Ὁ καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν. and overseer of your souls, ΄ ~ ΄ ~ 29/ > 3 Ὁμοίως, Yai" γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς.ἰδίοις ἀν- Likewise, wives, being subject to yourown hus- δράσιν, ἵνα καὶ εἴ τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ, διὰ τῆς τῶν bands, that, evenif any are disobedient tothe word, by the “of *the γυναικῶν ἀναστροφῆς ἄνευ λόγου “κερδηθήσωνται," 2 ἔπο- *wives Xconduct without [the] word they may be gained, Γ] ή Ἁ ? ‘4 4 ~ 4 πτεύσαντες τὴν ἐν φόβῳ ἁγνὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ine witnessed [‘carried Sout] Sin "fear chaste Sconduct your ; 8 ὧν ἔστωοὐχ 6 ἔξωθεν ἐμπλοκῆς “τριχῶν," «καὶ! whose “let 315 “πού *be ®the “outward [5016] “of °braiding “of **hair, and περιθέσεως χρυσίων, ἢ ἐνδύσεως ἱματίων κόσμος" 44putting ‘Saround ‘of 11ρο]ᾶ, "5ος *°putting *°on *of **garments ‘adorning ; 5 θεοῦ δοῦλοι ΤΊΤΑ. 5 + γὰρ for (this) La. EGLTTrAW. * — αὐτοῦ LTr[A]. b—oiLtT:[A]. © κερδηθήσονται they will be gained Lrtra, hav-. x ὑμῶν you EGLTTrA. 3 πλανώμενοι (read ye were going astray as sheep) LTTrA, 4 --τριχῶν 1» 597 sent by him for the punishment of evil- doers, and for the praise of them that do well, 15 For so is the will of God, that with well doing ye may put to silence the ignor- ance of foolish men: 16 as free, and not using your liberty for a cloke of malicious- ness, but as the ser- vants of God. 17 Ho- nour all men. Love the brotherhood. Fear God. Honour the king, 18 Servants, be sub- ject to your masters with all fear; not ouly to the good and gentle, but also to the froward. 19 For this as thankworthy, if a man for conscience to- ward God endure grief, suffering wrongfully. 20 For what glory is zt, if, when ye be buffeted for your faults, ye shall take it patiently? but if, when ye do well, and suffer for it, ye take it patient- ly, this is acceptable with God. 21 For even hereunto were ye called: because Christ also suffered for us, leaving us an ex- ample, that ye should follow his steps: 22 who did no sin, neither was guile found in his mouth: 23 who, when he was reviled, reviled not again; when he suffered, he threatened not; but committed himself to him that judgeth righteously : 24 who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree, that we, being dead to sins, should live un- to righteousness: by wuidse stripes ye were healed. 25 For ye were -as sheep going astray ; but are now returned unto the Shepherd and Bishop of your souls, 11. Likewise, ye wives, be in subjection to your own husbands; that, if any obey not the word, they also may without the word be won by the conver- sation of the Wives; 2 while they behold your chaste conversa~ tion coupled with fear. 3 Whose adorning let it not be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair, and of wear- Σ ὑμῖν you e7 orl, 098 ing of gold, or οὗ put- ting on of apparel ; 4 but let it be the hid- den man of the heart, in that which is not corruptible, even the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit, which is in the sight of God of great price. 5 For after this manner in the old time the holy women also, whotrust- ed in God, adorned themselves, being in subjection unto their own husbands: 6 even as Sara obeyed Abra- ham, calling him lord: whose duughters ye are, as long as ye do well, and are not a- fraid with any amaze- ment. 7 Likewise, ye huskinds, dweli with them according to hunowledge, giving ho-- nour unto the wife, as unto the weaker ves- sel, and as being hcirs tegether of the grace of life; that your prayers be not hin- dered. 8 Finally, be ye all of one mind, having compassion oneof an- other, loveas brethren, be pitiful, be court- eous: 9 not rendering evil for evil, or railing for railing : but con- trariwise blessing ; kuowrmg that ye are thereunto called, that ye should inherit a blessing. 10 For he that will love life,and see good days, let him refrain his tongues from evil, and his lips that they speak no guile: 11 let him es- chew evil, and do good; let him seek peace, and ensue it. 12 For the eyes of the Lord are over the righteous, and his ears are open unto their prayers : but the face of the Lord is a- gainst them that do evil. 13 And whozs he that will harm you, Σε ye be followers of that which is good? 14 But and if ye suf- fer for righteousness’ sake, happy are ye: and he not afraid of their terror, neither be troubled; 15 but sanctify the Lord God in your hearts : and be { ἠσυχίου kat πραέος 1, ; πραέως (πραέος A) καὶ ἡσυχίου TTrA. “ συγκληρονύµοις Τ; GLTraWw ; ἐν- T. because) 111τΑ, P —oi (read [the] Lord’scyes),LTTrA, 4 ζηλωταὶ zealous LTTrAW. ΠΕ ΡΟ ας, Tit. e ‘ ~ . ” ᾽ ~ > ΄ 4 ἀλλ᾽ ὁ κουπτὸς τῆς καρδιας ἄνθρωπος, ἐν τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ but the hidden “of *the *heart ‘man, in the incorruptible ~ \ , { ? , τοῦ ἱπρᾳέος καὶ ἡσυχίου" πνεύματος, ὕ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον {ornament]ofthe meek απᾶ quiet spirit, which is before τοῦ θεοῦ πολυτελές. 5 οὕτως.γάρ ποτε καὶ αἱ ἅγιαι γυναῖκες God of great price. For thus formerly also the holy women αἱ ἐλπίζουσαι %imi τὸν" θεὸν ἐκόσμουν ἑαυτάς, ὑποτασσό-. those hoping in God adorned themselves, being sub- μεναι τοῖς. ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν' 6 we Σάῤῥα ὑπήκουσεν' τῷ ject to their own husbands ; as Sarah obeyed ᾽Αβραάμ, κύριον αὐτὸν καλοῦσα, ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα" ἀγα- Abraham, “lord *7him ‘calling; of whom ye became children, do- μηδεμίαν πτόησιν. ἢ Οἱ _any consternation. (lit. no) ἄνδρες ὁμοίως, συνοικοῦντες κατὰ Husbands likewise, dwelling with [them] according to knowledge, as νεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν, ὡς weaker «[even] *vessel*with*the “female, rendering [them] honour, as Ἰσνγκληρογόμοι" χάριτος ζωῆς, εἰς τὸ μὴ Κἐκκύπτεσ- joint-heirs of [the] grace of life, so as Snot *to *be Scut θοποιοῦσαι καὶ μὴ φοβούμεναι ing good and not fearing {with} γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθε- witha καὶ also [being] θαι! τὰς. προσευχὰς ὑμῶν. Toff your *prayers. 8 Τὸ δὲ. τέλος, πάντες ὁμόφρονες, συμπαθεῖς, Φιλ- Finally, all {being] of one mind, sympathizing, loving 10 y » λ } 6 , sell 9 ‘ ? ὃ ὃ ΄ αὐελφοι, ευσπλαγχγνοι, ᾿Φιλοφρονες µη αποὀιὀθοντες the brethren, tender hearted, friendly, not rendering κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας" τοὐναντίον δὲ evil for evil, or railing for railing; but on the conirary, rv ~ m ἰδ , νἢ « > ~ ’ / “ > ΄ εὐλογοῦντες, "εἰδότες" ὅτι εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε, ἵνα εὐλογίαν blessing, knowing that to this 3ο werecalled, that blessing κληρονομήσητε. 10 ὁὃ.γὰρ θέλων ζωὴν ἀγαπᾷν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ye should inherit. For he that wills 91406 4to7love, and ἴο 860 ἡμέρας ἀγαθάς, παυσάτω τὴν. γλῶσσαν."αὐτοῦ! ἀπὸ 34878 good, let him cause to cease his tongue from κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη "αὐτοῦ" τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον. 11 ἐκκλι- evil, and “lips *his not tospeak guile, Let him turn νάτω 5 ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ ποιησάτω ἀγαθόν" ζητησάτω εἰρήνην, aside from’ evil, and _ let him do geod. Let him seek peace καὶ διωξάτω αὐτήν. 12 ὅτι Pou! ὀφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ἐπὶ and let him pursue it: because the eyes of [the] Lord [are] ‘on δικαίους, καὶ ὦτα.αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν.αὐτῶν' πρόσωπον.δὲ [086] righteous, and hisears towards their supplication. But [the] face κυρίου ἐπὶ ποιοῦντας κακά. 19 καὶ τίς ὁ κακώ- of [the) Lord [is] against those doing οτί]. And who [is] he that shall in- σων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ Ἀμιμηταὶ' γένησθε; jure you, if of *that *which [515] ‘good Ximitators ye shoul1 be? 14 ἀλλ εἰ καὶ πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην, μακάριοι. But if also ye should suffer on account of righteousness, __ blessed [are ye]; A x 4 ? ~ A ~ \ τ τὸν δὲ φόβον. αὐτῶν μὴ-φοβηθῆτε, μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε" but their fear yeshould not be afraid of, neither should ye be troubled ; 15 κύριον.δὲ τὸν "θεὸν' ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις ὑμῶν" but *Lord the *God ‘sanctify in your hearts, 5 Ε εἰς LTTrAW. Ὦ ὑπήκουεν L. συγκληρονόµοις to joint-heirs tra. κ ἐγκόπτεσθαι to be hindered 1 ταπεινόφρονες humble minded GLrTraw. m — εἰδότες (read ὅτι 8 — αὐτοῦ (read [his]) LTTra. 9 + δὲ and (let him turn aside) Ltra, Σχριστον Christ Lrvraw, ba, IV. Ε = ay St al a er , ‘ ~ ~ ε 9 ἕτοιμοι. “δὲ! ἀεὶ πρὸς ἀπολογίαν παντὶ τῷ αἰτοῦντι ὑμᾶς and ready [be]always for adcfeuce to everyone that asks you η ~ ~ , κα Δ λόγον περὶ τῆς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐλπίδος, ' μετὰ πρᾳῦὔτητος καὶ 8} account coucerning the 7in *you thope, with mevkness and , ΄ , τη ~ φόβου: 16 συνείδησιν ἔχοντες ἀγαθήν, ἵνα ἐν.ᾧ "καταλαλῶ- fear ; *a*conscience ‘having “good, that whereas they may speak ow" “judy ὡς κακοποιῶν," καταισχυνθῶσιν οἱ ἐπηρεάζοντες against you as evil doers, they may be ashamed who calumniate ε ~ ‘ ~ , ~ ὑμῶν τὴν ἀγαθὴν ἐν χριστῷ ἀναστροφήν. 17 κρεῖττον. γὰρ your good ‘in °*Christ *manner ’of “life. For [it is] better, Ψ θ ~ > xO; Il Α θέ ~ θ ~ , ἀγαθοποιοῦντας, εἰ θέλει τὸ θεληµα τοῦ θεοῦ, πάσχειν, (®fon®you]!°doing''good, ‘if ‘wills (7it]*the ὅψ1}} tof 5ᾳοᾶ, to suffer, ἢ κακοποιοῦντας" 18 ὅτι καὶ. thar doing evil; because 7indeed ‘+Christ τιῶν ἔπαθεν. δίκαιος ὑπὲρ ἀδίκων, ἵνα ἡμᾶς προσαγάγῃ suffered, [the] just for [the] unjust, that us he might bring Ζτῷ' θεῷ θανατωθεὶ ἐν σαρκί, ζωοποιηθεὶς δὲ ὅτῳ" ο τα, ς μ OKL, ησεις. ῳ to God; having been put to death in flesh, but made alive by the πνεύματι, 19 ἐν καὶ τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν πορευθεὶς Spirit, in which also tothe *in “prison spirits having gone ” ane - 9 ? , , er b . 9 ο. / ἢ « ἐκήρυξεν, 20 ἀπειθήσασίν ποτε, ore drag ἐξεδέχετο! ἡ he preached, [who] disobeyed sometime, when once was waiting the τοῦ θεοῦ µακροθυµία ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευα- *of3God ‘longsuffering in{the] days of Noe, [while was] being pre- ζομένης κιβωτοῦ, εἰς ἣν “ὀλίγαι," Ἱτουτέστιν' ὀκτώ, ψυχαὶ pared ᾖ{[ἴπε] ark, into which few, that is eight souls, διεσώθησαν δι’ ὕδατος, 21 “ὃ! καὶ ἡμᾶς" ἀντί ῦ 5 ἡμᾶς" ἀντιτυπον νυν once for sins were saved through water, which ?also Sus figure “now σώζει βάπτισμα, οὐ σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου, ἀλλὰ “saves [even] baptism, not of flush a putting away of {the] filth, but συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς ἐπερώτημα εἰς θεόν, δι ἀνα- Sof ®a.®conscience 7g00d ['the] “demand “towards *God, by([the] re- στάσεως ᾿]ησοῦ χριστοῦ, 22 ὃς ἐστι» ἐν δεξιᾷ Frou" θεοῦ, surrection of Jesus Christ, who is. at([the] right hand of God, πορευθεὶς εἰς οὐρανόν, ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ ἀγγέλων καὶ gone into heaven, Shaving 7been ®subjected °to'°him ‘angels “and “ἐξουσιῶν καὶ δυνάμεων. Sauthorities “απά ΄ρονναις, ad 7 3 A ~ , ον 1 ~ 4 Χριστοῦ οὖν παθόντος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν" σαρκί, καὶ ὑμεῖς τὴν Christ ποια havingsuffered for us in{(the]flesh,also ye “the αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὑπλίσασθε ὅτι ὁ παθὼν ev" σαρκί, Ssame Smind ‘arm “yourselves “with; for he that suffered in [the] flesh πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας" 2 εἰς τὸ μηκέτι ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις, has done with sin ; no longer 1°men’s Στο | lusts, Ιἀλλὰ θελήματι θεοῦ τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν σαρκὶ βιῶσαι χρόνον. ᾿ϑηαῦ 13ο ‘will '*God’s*the *remaining “in [7080] ®fiesh ‘to “live time. 8 ἀρκετὸς.γὰρ Κἡμῖν' ὁ παρεληλυθὼς χρόνος ἱτοῦ βίου, τὸ For [15] sufficient for us the past time of life the / ῃ ; ~ 3 ~ / , ? πιθέλημα" τῶν ἐθνῶν "κατεργάσασθαι, πεπορευµενους ἐν will of the nations to have worked out, having walked in Se EE ee τπεππος ν καταλαλοῦσιν they speak against ν — ὑμῶν ws κακοποιων ΤΑ. ἃ — τῷ (read [10 the]) GLTTraw. 5-- δὲ and ττττ[α]. t + ἀλλὰ but LTTrAW. Lirw; καταλαλεῖσθε ye are spoken against Ta. may willeitTtraw. Y ἀπέθανεν died ittr. 2 -- τῷ W. Ὁ ἀπεξεδέχετο (omit OnCe) GLTTr.W. εῴ to which E. [ὑμᾶς YOU LTTrA, i — ἐν (vead [in]) LTTrA. k — ἡμῖν LTA. 2 κατειργάσθαι LTTrAW. 6 — τοῦ ΤῊ ΓΑ]. 1— τοῦ βίου LITrAW. χριστὸς ἅπαξ περὶ ἁμαο-. ο ὀλίγοι few [persons] ΤΡ ΡΡΑΥΝ. ~ 599 ready always to give an answer to every man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you with meekness and fear: 16 having a good con- science; that, where- as they speak evil of you, as of evildoers, they may be ashamed that falsely accuse your good convarsa- tion inChrist. 17 For tt is better, if the will of God be so, that ye suffer for well doing, than for evil doing. 18 For Christ alsohath once suffered for sins, the just for the un- just, that he might bring us to God, being put to death in the flesh, but quickened by the Spirit : 19 by which also he went and preached unto the spi- rits in prison; 20 which sometime were disobe- dient, when once the longsuffering of God Waited in the days of Noah, while the ark was a preparing, wherein few, that, is, eight souls were saved by water. 21 The like figure whereunto cven baptism doth alsonow save us (not the put- ting away of the filth of the flesh, but the answer of a good con- science toward God,) by the resurrection of Jesus Christ: 22 who is gone into heaven, and is on the right hand of God; angels and au- thorities and powers being made-subject un- to him. IV. Forasmuch then as Christ hath suffered for us in the flesh, arin yourselves likewise with the same mind; for he thet hath suf- fered in the flesh hath ceased fro-n sin; 2 that he no lenger should live the re-t of his time in the fle,h to the lusts of men, but to. the will of God. 3 For the time past of our ο may suffice us to have wrought the will of the Gentiles, when we κ θέλοι d τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν GT. α.- ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ΗΤΤΑ. 5 βουληµα ΙΤ ΤΤΑΛΥ͂, 600 walked in lascivious- ness, lusts, ‘excess of wine, revellings, bin- quétings, and abo- minable _ idolatries : 4 wherein the: -hink it strange that yerunnot with them to the same excess of riot, speak- ing evil of you: 5 who shall give account to him that is ready to judge the quick and the dead. 6 For for this cause was the gospel preached also to them that are dead, that they might be judged according to men in the fiesh, but live according to God in the spirit. 7 But the end of all things is at hand: be ye therefore sober, and watch unto prayer. 8 And above all things have fervent charity among yourselves : for charity shall cover the multitude of sins. 9 Use hospitality one to another without grudging. 10 As every man hath received the gift, even so minister the same one to an- other, as good stewards of the manifold grace of God. 11 Ifany man speak, let him speak as the oracles of God ; if any man minister, let him doit as of the ability which God giv- eth: that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ, to whom be praise and dominion for ever and ever. Amen, 12 Beloved, think it not strange concern- ing the fiery trial which is to try you, as though some strange thing happened unto you: 13 but rejoice, inasmuch as ye are par- takers of Christ’s suf- ferings; that, when his glory shall be revealed, ye may be glad also with exceeding joy. 14 If yebe reproached for the name of Christ, happy are ye; for the spirit of glory and of God resteth upon you: on their part he is evil spoken of, but on your ‘part he is glorified. 15 But let none of you suffer as a murderer, or as a thief, or as an evildoer, or as a busy- body in other men’s miatters. 16 Yet if any ° — τὰς LTTrAW. γυσμοῦ murmuring LTTraw. μεν to end of verse LTTra. ieee, Orr, “Ἂς IV. ΄ η ’ ? ΄ ¢ , . ἀσελγείαις, ἐπιθυμίαις, οἰνοφλυγίαις, κωμοις, πότοις, καὶ licentiousness, lusts, wine-drinking, revels, drinkings, and ἀθεμίτοις εἰδωλολατρείαις' 4 ev. Eevifovrar, μὴ συν- unhallowed idolatries. Wherein th¢y thinkitstrange “not *run- , € ~ > ‘ ~ ’ ’ τρεχόντων ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν, ning *with(*them] ‘your to the same 308 *dissoluteness ‘overflow, βλασφημοῦντες" ὅ οἱ ἀποδώσουσιν λόγον τῷ ἑτοίμως speaking evil [ofyou]; who shall render account to him ready ἔχοντι κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς. ϐ εἰς.τοῦτο.γὰρ καὶ ἀν ῆο “is {ο Ἰαᾶρο [88] living and([the] dead. For-to this [end] also νεκροῖς εὐηγγελίσθη, ἵνα κριθῶσιν μὲν to [the] dead were the glad tidings announced, that they might be judged indeed κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκί, ζῶσιν. δὲ κατὰ θεὸν πνεύματι. as regards men, in[the] flesh; but might live as regards God in [the] Spirit. 7 Πάντων.δὲ τὸ τέλος Ίγγικεν σωφρονήσατε οὖν Butofallthings the end has drawn uear: be sober-minded therefore, καὶ νήψατε εἰς στὰς" προσευχάς" 8 πρὸ πάντων Pde" τὴν and be watchful unto prayers ; “before “411 *things ‘but εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀγάπην ἐκτενῆ ἔχοντες, ὅτι ἀγάπη "kahve among yourselves Slove fervent ‘having, because love will cover πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν. 9 φιλόξενοι εἰς ἀλλήλους ἄνευ "γογγυσ- Α multitude of sins; hospitable -to oneanother, without murmur- μῶν" 10 ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα, εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ings ; exch according as he received 8 gift, to each other αὐτὸ διακονοῦντες, ὡς καλοὶ οἰκονόμοι ποικίλης χάριτος it Iserving, as good stewards of [the] various grace θεοῦ" 11 εἴ τις λαλεῖ, ὡς λόγια θεοῦ" εἴ τις διακονεῖ, ὡς of God. If anyone speaks— as oracles ofGod;if anyone serves— as ἐξ ἰσχύος ἧς χορηγεῖ ὁ θεός" ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοζάζηται ὁ of strength which “supplies ‘God; that in all things may be glorified θεὸς διὰ ᾿Ιησοῦ χοιστοῦ, ᾧ ἐστιν ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος God through Jesus Christ, towhom is’ the glory and the might εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. to the. ages ofthe ages. Amen. 12 Αγαπητοί, μὴ-ζενίζεσθε τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει « loved, take ποῦ as strange the ‘amongst °you ‘fire ("of *persecution] πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινοµένῃ, ὡς ἕένου ὑμῖν for trial to you [which is] taking place, asif a strange thing to you συμβαίνοντος" 13 ἀλλὰ ἱκαθὸ) κοινωνεῖτε τοῖς τοῦ χρισ- [15] happening; but according as ye haveshare inthe 20f τοῦ παθήμασιν, χαίρετε, ἵνα καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης 3Christ ‘sufferings, rejoice, thatalso in the revelation of “glory αὐτοῦ χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι. 14 εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν *his ye mayrejoice exulting. If yeare reproached in [the] ? , ~ , ‘ ~ A ὀνόματι χριστοῦ, μακάριοι" ὅτι τὸ τῆς δόξης" καὶ name of Christ, blessed [are ye]; because the [spirit] of glory and τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πνεῦμα ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται" “κατὰ μὲν αὐτοὺς the 70f SGod ‘Spirit upon you rests; on their part ~ \ i ο ~ / - βλασφημεῖται, κατὰ δὲ ὑμᾶς δοξάζεται.ὶ 15 μὴ. γαρ τις he is blasphemed, but on your part he is glorified. Assuredly *not 7anyone c ~ [ή ε ΄ an / ὑμῶν πασχετω ὡς φονεύς, ἢ κλέπτης, ἢ κακοποιός, ἢ ὡς *of σοι ‘let suffer as 8 murderer, or thief, or evil doer, or a3 *a\Xorpioetioxoroc.' 16 εἰ δὲ ὡς χριστιανός, μὴ αἰσχυ- overlooker of other people’s matters; butif as achristian, ποῦ ‘let *him ο πια ἡ EG. ος Υ καλύπτει Covers ΙΤΤΓΑΤΥ. οὗ καθὼς ξ. ᾗἹ + καὶ δυνάμεως and of power 1. Σ αλλοτριεπίσκοπος LTTr, Ρ --- δὲ Tira. - yoy- π -- κατὰ IV, V. I PETER. νέσθω, δοξαζέτω.δὲ τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ Σμέρειι τούτῳ. 17 ὅτι be ashamed, but let him glorify God in 2respect this. Because ὁ καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι τὸ κρίμα ἀπὸ τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ θεοῦ" the ‘time([for] ἴο Βαυθ Ῥθριῃ ὑπ judgment from the house of God εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ ἡμῶν, Ti τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων [is come]; but if first from us, whatthe end ofthose disobeying τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ ; 18 καὶ εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σώζεται, the 308 *God ‘glad “tidings? And if therighteous with difficulty is saved, ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ 5 ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται; 19 ὥστε καὶ Sthe *ungodly δαμᾷ ®sinner twhere *shall appear ὃ Wherefore also / 4 , ~ ~ e ~ οἱ πάσχοντες κατὰ το θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, *we' πιστῷ they who suffer accordingtothe will of God 8685 toa faithful κτίστῃ παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς. ψυχὰς. ἑαυτῶν" ἐν “ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ." Creator let them commit their souls in well doing. 5 Πρεσβυτέρους ἃ τοὺς! ἐν ὑμῖν παρακαλῶ ὁ ἴσυμ- Elders who [are] among you Iexhort who[am] a πρεσβύτερος" καὶ µάρτυς τῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ παθηµάτων, ὁ fellow elder and witness ofthe *of*the *Christ 1sufferings, who καὶ τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης κοινωνός; 2 ποι- also of the about “to *be revealed tglory [am] partaker: shep- µάνατε τὸ ἐν ὑμῖν ποίμνιον τοῦ θεοῦ, Εἐπισκοποῦντες! μὴ herd the *among *you flock *of *God, exercising oversight not ava ὥς, Ῥάλλ᾽" ἑ ἰωςἶἷ" μηδὲ ai δῶς, ἀλλὰ - γκαστῶς; "ἃ ἐκουσίιως µηὸε αἰσχροκερόωώς, ἀλλὰ προ by constraint, but willingly ; rot for base gain, but. readi- Ovuwe' 3 pnd ὡς κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων, — vt ly; not as exercising lordship over [your] possessions, τύποι γινόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου. 4 καὶ φανερωθέντος patterns being of the fiock. And *having *been “manifested τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος, κομιεῖσθε τὸν ἁἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης *the Ἅσομιεε “shepherd, 9 5881] τεοεῖτο the unfading 301 “glory στέφανον. *crown. 5 Ὁμοίως, νεώτεροι, ὑποτάγητε πρεσβυτέροις" πάντες Likewise, [ye] younger [ones], besubject to[theJelder[ones], all δὲ ἀλλήλοις ὑποτασσόμενοι" τὴν ταπεεοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώ- Jandonetoanother being subject *humility *pind σασθε' ὅτι ὁ θεὸς 7on; because God [the] δὲ didwow χάριν. 6 ταπεινώθητε Be humbled ὑπερηφάνοις ἀντιτάσσεται, ταπεινοῖς proud sets himself against, *to[*the]*humble οὖν ὑπὸ THY κραταιὰν therefore under the mighty “but gives grace. Ἰχεῖρα! τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ὑμᾶς ὑψώσῃ ἐν Kapy™ 7 πᾶσαν hand of God, that you he may exalt in [due] time; all τὴν.μέριμναν ὑμῶν "ἐπιῤῥίψαντες" ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, ὅτι αὐτῷ your care having cast upon hin, because with him μέλει περὶ ὑμῶν. 8 νήψατε, γρηγορήσατε, Ort" ὁ ἀντίδικος thereiscare about you, Be sober, watch, because “adversary ε ~ ὃ ’ λ e λέ 2 , ΄ ~ 74 ~ Ῥ ΄ li υμων ιάβο OC, ως AEWV ωρυοµεγος, περιπατει, ητων τινα 4your [the] « devil, as a "lion lroaring, goes about, seeking whom ακαταπίῃ 9 ᾧ ἀντίστητε στερεοὶ τῇ πίστει, εἰδότες τὰ he may swallow up, Whom resist, firm in faith, knowing the αὐτὰ τῶν παθημάτων τῷ ἐν ἢ κόσμῳ ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι same sufferings 7which [515] °in [?°the] 1 world *in 5your *brotherhood Σ ὀνόματι Name LTTrAw. 7+ other. ® — ὡς LTTrA. ο ἀγαθοποιῖαις LW. d + οὖν then Lrtra. 9 — τοὺς LTrA. σκοποῦντες TIA]. » ἀλλὰ TTra. μενοι LTTrAW. 1 χείραν τ. ψαντες ΙΤΤΤΑ. ©— ὅτι GLTTrAW. καταπίειν Tre Σε τῷ the Trr, Ρ τινὰ some One L, i+ κατὰ θεόν according to God LTtTr. τὰ - ἐπισκοπῆς (read in time of visitation) L. 4 καταπιεῖν to swallcw up LTa; 601 man suffer as a Chris- tian, let him .not be ashamed ; but let him glorify God on this behalf. 17 For the time is come that judgment must begin at the house of God: and if it first begin at us, what shall the end be of them that obey not the gospel of God? 18 And if the righteousscarce- ly be saved, where shall the ungodly and the sinner appear? 19 Wherefore let them that suffer according to the will of God commit the keeping of their souls to him in, well doing, as unto a faithful Creator, VY. The elders which are among you I ex- hort, who am also an elder, and a witness of the sufferings of Christ, and also a par- taker of the glory that shall Ῥο revealed: 2 Feed the flock of God which is among you, taking the over- sight thereof, not by constraint, but wil- lingly ; not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind; 3 neither as being lords over God's heritage, but being en- samples to the flock. 4 And when the chief Shepherd shall appear, ye shall receive a crown of glory that fadeth not away. 5 Likewise, ye young- er, submit yourselves unto the elder. Yea, all of you be subject one to another, and be clothed with humility: for God resisteth the proud, and_ giveth grace to the humble, 6 Humble yourselves therefore under the mighty hand of God, that he may exalt you in due time: 7 casting allyour care upon him; for he careth for you, 8 Be sober, be vigilant; because your adver- sary the devil, as a roaring lion, walketh about, seeking whom hemay devour: Jwhom resist stedfast in the faith, knowing that the same afflictions are Ρ αὐτῶν LTTrAW. ἔσυν- τ. ὃ --- ἀπι- « ΄ k — ὑποτασσό- η ἐπιρί- ους accomplished in your brethren that are in the world. 10 But the God of all grace, who hath called us unto his eternal glory by Christ Jesus, after that ye have suffered a while, make you perfect, sta- blish, strengthen, set- tle you. 11 Το him be glory and dominion for ever andever, A- men, 12 By Silvanus, a faithful brother unto you, as I suppose, I have written briefly, exhorting, and testify- ing that this is the true grace of God wherein ye stand.13 ‘Lhe church that ts at Babylon, elected together with you, saluteth you ; and so doth Marcus my son, 14 Greet ye one an- other with a kiss of charity. Peace be with you all that are in Christ Jesus. Amen, πΕΤΡΟΥ 8. 1. ~ « 4 ‘ 2 ΄ « , ἐπιτελεῖσθαι. 10 ὁ δὲ θεὸς πάσης χάριτος, ὁ καλέσας 1ργο 2being “accomplished. Butthe ἀοά ofall grace, who. called ὃ ¢ ~ \ η, ~ ὃς ? ~ ? ~ i] . ‘ ἡμᾶς. εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δύξαν ἐν χριστῷ "Ἰησοῦ," ολίγον us to “eternal ‘this glosy in Christ Jesus, alittle while παθόντας, αὐτὸς "καταρτίσαι ὑμᾶς." στηρίξαι, σθενώ- [σε] having suffered, *himsclf *may perfect you, mayheestablish, may he ν.« ΄ Vi 4 , ᾽ 51 δόξα καὶ" τὸ κράτος εἰς to 11 αὐτῷ σαι. Ἀθεμελιώσαι"' to him [be] the glory and the might, strengthen, may he found [you]: τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν. the ages ofthe ages. Amen, 12 Διὰ Σιλουανοῦ ὑμῖν Ττοῦ" πιστοῦ ἀδελφοῦ, ὡς λογίζο- By Silvanus, *to*you ‘the “faithful “brother, as Ireckon, pat, δι. ὀλίγων ἔγραψα, παρακαλῶν καὶ ἐπιμαρτυρῶν ταύτην briefly 1 wrote, exhorting and testifying this ἀληθῆ χάριν Tov θεοῦ, εἰς ἣν δέἑστήκατε." 13 ᾿Ασπά- grace of God, in which ye stand, 7Sa- ζεται ὑμᾶς ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι συνεκλεκτή, καὶ Μάρκος lutes Syou ‘she %in ®Babylon Zelected *with [*you], and Mark « cr > , ? , ? , ’ / 3 ὁ υἱόςρ.μου. 14 ἀσπάσασθε ἀλλήλους ἐν φιλήματι ἀγάπης. my son. Salute one :nother with a kiss of love. εἰρήνη ὑμῖν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν χριστῷ "ἢ Ἰησοῦ." “ἀμήν." Peace [06] withyou all who [areJin Christ Jesus, Amen, ἁΠέτρου ἐπιστολὴ καθολικὴ πρώτη." *Of°Peter “Epistle *General First. εἶναι το be [the] true «ΕΠΙΣΤΟΔΗ ΠΕΤΡΟΥ ΚΑΘΟΔΙΚΗ ΔΕΥΤΕΡΑ.' sEPISTLE x SIMON Peter, a ser- vant and an apostle of Jesus Christ, to them that have obtained like precious faith with us through the righteous- ness of God and our Saviour Jesus Christ: 2 Grace and peace be multiplied unto you through the know- ledge of God, and of Jesus our Lord, 3 According as his divine power hath giv- en unto us all things that pertain unto life and godliness, through the knowledge of him that hath called us to glory and virtue: 4 whereby are given unto us _ exceeding great and precious promises: that by these ye might be partakers of the divine nature, having escaped the 4Α0Ε SPETER *GENERAL ‘SECOND. ΣΥΜΕΩΝ" Πέτρος δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, Simeon Peter, bondman and apostie of Jesus Christ, τος ἰσότιμον ἡμῖν λαχοῦσιν πίστιν ἐν δικαιο- to those who “like *precious °with ὰ8 ‘obtained “faith through([the] right- σύνῃ τοῦ.θεοῦ.ἡμῶν Kai σωτῆροςξ ᾿]ησοῦ χριστοῦ" 2 χάρις epusness of our God and Saviour Jesuy Christ : Grace ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ toyou and peace bemultiplied in{[the] knowledge of God, and Ἰησοῦ τοῦ .κυρίου.ἡ μῶν. of Jesus our Lord. 3 ‘Qc πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ τὰ As 5211 things 510 7us *divine Spower this !°which ["'pertain] πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν δεδωρηµένης., διὰ τῆς ἐπιγνώσεως 14109 2 life ατα 15piety *has *given, through the knowledge τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς ἰἸδιὰ δόξης καὶ ἀρετῆς," 4 δι ὧν οὗ him who galled us by glory and _ virtue, through which : φ ~ ‘ , , τὰ Ἐμξγιστα ἡμῖν καὶ τίμια"! ἐπαγγέλματα δεδώρηται, ἵνα Sthe ‘greatest “το δας *and *precious 2°promises "he “has given, that διὰ τούτων γένησθε θείας κοινωνοὶ φύσεως, ἀπο- through these ye may begome 308 [the] *divine *partakers nature, hav- 5 ὑμᾶς you LTTrAw. Ὑ στηρίξει. σθενώσει Will establish, will strengthen cLrrraw. GTAW; — θεμελιώσαι LTr. ye LITrA. b— 1]έτρου a’ Tra. Ἰησοῦ LTTra. Ὁ — Ἰησοῦ T[Tr].» Υ καταρτίσει Will perfect [you] LTrraw. χ θεμελιώσει Will found 2— τοῦ L. ἃ στῆτε stand 4d — the subscription EGLTW ; 7 — ἡ δόξα καὶ LTTrA. © — ἀμήν GLTTrA. © + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle F; — καθολική 6; Πέτρου β΄ ΗΤΑΝ; Πέτρου ἐπιστολὴ β’ τε. 1 Σίμων Simon i. _ ὃ + ἡμῶν our (Saviour) Ε. own glory and virtue LTrraw. 7 _ Ἔ τα τ. 1 ἰδίᾳ δόξῃ καὶ ἀρετῇ by [his] ᾿ μέγιστα καὶ τίμια ἡμῖν LITA; τίμια ἡμῖν καὶ μέγιστα T, 8 ΠΤ τομ ΝΣ φυγόντες τῆς ἐν 1 κόσ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ φθορᾶς. ὅ καὶ ingescaped the in [6] ‘world *through “lust 1391989 πιαὐτὸ. τοῦτο" έ, σπουδὴν πᾶσαν ®for *this }°very 'treason “but, ‘®diligence, τα] τες. ἐπιχορηγήσατε ἐν τὴ). πίστει. ὑμῶν τὴν ἀρετήν, sides, supply ye in your faith virtue, ‘ ~ ~ ΄ \ ° ‘ ~? τὴν γνῶσιν, 6 ἐν.δὲ τῇ γνώσει τὴν ἐγκράτειαν, ἐν.δὲ τῇ ἐγκρα- λοοντιιρβίοη. παφρεισενέγκαν- “having **brought ‘in 18Ρε- ἐν δὲτῃ ἀρετῇ and in virtue knowledge, andin knowledge self-control, andin 5 self-con- TEA τὴν ὑπομονήν, ἐν. δὲ τῇ ὑπομονῇ τὴν εὐσέβειαν, 7 ἐν-δὲ trol endurance, and in endurance piety, and in » 7 , ‘ ᾿ ᾿ - ‘ ? / τῇ εὔσεβείᾳ τὴν φιλαδελφίαν, ἐν δὲ τῇ φιλαδελφίᾳ τὴν ἀγαπην. piety brotherly love, and in brotherly love love : ~ 4 « ~ η « / ή A ο ᾽ 8 ταυτα.γαρ υμῖν "υπάρχοντα και πλεονάζοντα, οὐκ for these things *in *you *being and abounding [*to *be] *neither ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν εἰς τὴν τοῦ.κυρίου-ἡμῶν 51416 ‘nor ®unfruitful Imake ([*you] as to the 308 “our *Lord 9 ~ ~ / τ ᾿ ‘ , ~ [ησοῦ χριστοῦ ἐπίγνωσιν' 9 ᾧ γὰρ µμὴ.-πάρεστιν ταῦτα 5Jesus °Christ knowledge ; τυφλός ἐστιν, µυωπάζων, λήθην.λαβὼν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν blind - heis, short sighted, Ἠανίηςσ forgotten the purification πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν." 10° Διὸ μᾶλλον, ἀδελφοί, σπου- ‘fof 5ο]ᾶ ‘of his Ssins, Wherefore rather, brethren, be dili- Ὁ 7 p , « - . κ 3 λ η 4 ~ θ ο δάσατε Ρ βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν “ποιεῖσθαι gent 7sure Syour *calling °and ‘election 1to “make, ταῦτα γὰρ ποιοῦντες οὐμὴ πταίσητε ποτε. 11 οὕτως for these things Thus yap πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς THY αἰώ- for Syichly %shall “ο supplied to you the entrance into πο eter- viov βασιλείαν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν καὶ δωτῆρος ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ. nal kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. 1» Διὸ Ἱ"οὐκάἀμελήσωϊ ὑμᾶς ἀεὶ" ὑπομιμνήσκειν Wherefore I willnot neglect “you “always το Ῥαῦ in remembrance περὶ τούτων, καίπερ εἰδότας, καὶ ἐστηριγμένους ἐν concerning these things, although knowing [them] and having been established in ~ > η ΄ a ~ Pw Ls ν᾿ τῇ παρούσῃ ἀληθείᾳ. 18 δίκαιον.δὲ ἡγοῦμαι, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν doing inno wise shall ye stumble at any time. the present truth, But right LTesteemit, aslongas Iam in τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι, διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει" this tabernacle, tostirup you by putting[you]inremembrance, 14 εἰδὼς ὅτι ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ.σκηνώματός.µου, kmowing that speedily is the putting off of my tabernacle καθὼς καὶ ὁ.κύριος ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦς χριστὸς ἐδήλωσέν μοι. [to be], 88 also our Lord Jesus Christ signified to me; 16 σπουδάσω.δὲ καὶ ἑκάστοτε ἔχειν. ὑμᾶς μετὰ but I will be diligent also at every time for you to have [it in your power] after τὴν ἐμὴν ἔξοδον τὴν τούτων μνήμην.ποιεῖσθαι. 16 οὐ.γὰρ my departure Sthese things ‘to have *in *remembrance, For not σεσοφισµένοις μύθοις ἐξακολουθήσαντες ἐγνωρίσαμεν ὑμῖν THY “cleverly-imagined “fables *having *followed *out we made known to you the τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν, ἀλλ᾽ “of >our “Lord 7Jesus *Christ ‘power and Scoming, but ἐπόπται γενηθέντες τῆς ἐκείνου µεγαλειότητος. 17 λαβὼν eye-witnesses having been of his majesty. ΣΠανίηρ “received γὰρ παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς τιμὴν καὶ δόξαν, φωνῆς ἔνεχθεί- for from God[the] Father honour and glory, 7a 3γοΐορ *having “been for with whom are not present these things | 603 corruption that is in the world through 1196, 5 And beside this, giv- ing all diligence, add to your faith virtue ; and to virtue know- ledge ; 6and to know=- ledge temperance ; and to temperance pati- ence ; and to patience godliness; 7 and to godliness —_ brotherly kindness; and to bro- therly kindness cha- rity. 8 For if these things be in you, and abound, they make you that ye shall nei- ther be barren nor un- fruitful in the know- ledge of our Lord Je- sus Christ. 9 But he that lacketh these things is blind, and cannot see afar off, and hath forgotten that he was purged from his old _ sins, 10 Wherefore the ra- ther, brethren, give diligence to make your calling and election sure: for if ye do these things, ye shall never fall: 1] for so anen- trance shall be mini- stered unto you abun- dantly into the ever- lasting kingdom of our Lord and Saviour Je- sus Christ. 12 Wherefore I will not be negligent to put you always in remein- brance of these things, though ye know them, and be established in the present truth, 13 Yea, J think it meet, as long asI amin this tabernacle, to stir you up byputting youinre- membrance; 14 know- ing that shortly I musi put’ off this my tabernacle, even as our Lord Jesus Christ hath shewed me, Τὸ More- over I will endeavour that ye may be able after my decease to have these things al- Ways in remembrauce, 16 For we have not followed cunningly devised fables, when we made known unto you the power and coming of our Lord Jesus Christ, but were eyewitnesses of his majesty. 17 For he re- ceived from God the Father honour and glory. when therecame such a voice to him from the _ excollent glory; This is my Ὅσα 1 + τῷ the LTTr. τω αὐτοὶ (read but ye also) 1, ο ἁμαρτημάτων GTTr. 4 ποιεῖσθε ye make 1,» Σ μελλήσω I will take care LTTrAW. η παρόντο being present L. P + ἵνα διὰ τῶν καλῶν ὑμῶν ἔργων that by your good works L, ® gel υμας GTTrTAW, 604 loved Son, in whom I am wellpleased. 18And this voice which came from heaven we heard, when we were with himin the holy mount. 19 We have also a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well that ye take heed, as unto a light that shinethina dark place, until the day dawn, and the day star a- rise in your hearts: 20 knowing this first, that no prophecy of the scripture is of any private interpretation, 21 For the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost. II. But there were false prophets also a- mong the people, even as there shall be false teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable heresies, even denying the Lord that bought them, and bring upon them- selves swift destruc- tion. 2 And many shall follow their pernicious ways; by reason of whom the way of truth shall be evil spoken of. 3 Aud through co- vetousness shall they with feigned words muke merchandise of you : whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not, and their damnation slum- bereth not. 4 For if God spared not the angels that sinned, but cast them down to hell, and _ delivered them into chains of darkness, to be reserv- ed uuto judgment ; 5 and spared not the old world, but saved Noah the eighth per- gon, a preacher of righteousness, bring- ing in the flood upon the world of the un- godly; 6 and turning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrha into ashes condemned them with an overthrow, making them an ensample unto those that after should live ungodly; 7 and Gelivered just Lot, vexed with the filthy conversation of the SARS SEIS νεο ἃ ο Ia EE σσ τ Ὁ vids µου ὁ ἀγαπητός μον οὗτός ἐστιν My Son my beloved thisis a. ὄρει ΤΥΑ. (read 11εη from God) τὰ. to deus Lt ; σειροῖς to dens Tra. Ίο keep, to be punished 1, ΠΕΤΡΟΥ. B. τα, ~ ~ a « 4 ~ ~ , ΄ σης αὐτῷ τοιᾶσδε ὑπὸ τῆς μεγαλοπρεποῦς δόξης, ἸΟῦτός Sprought 7to*him ‘such by the very excellent glory: This « ερ « , ελ 2 \ , ἐστιν ὁιυἱός. μου ὁ ἀγαπητός," εἰς ὃν ἐγὼ εὐδόκησα. 18 καὶ is my Son the beloved, in whom I have found delight. And ‘ \ ~ τ ? ig ? ~ ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐνεχθεῖσαν, this voice we heard “from “heaven ‘brought, ~ ή ~ ~ / να Ὁ σὺν αὐτῷ ὄντες ἐν τῷ Τδρει τῷ ἁγίῳ." 19 καὶ ἔχομεν βεβαι- Swith Shim ‘being on the 7mount holy. and we hare more ΄ ‘ ΄ - » ~ , ότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον, ᾧ καλῶς ποιεῖτεπροσεχοντες, sure the prophetic word, towhich *well ‘ye do taking heed, ε , - , « ολλ. , ΄ ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ, ἕως.οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ. as toalamp shining in anobscure place, until day should dawn, / - / « ~ ~ καὶ φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς.καρδίαις.ὑμῶν' 20 τοῦτο and [the] morning star should arise in your hearts ; this, ~ ΄ ε - ΄ ~ 8. πρῶτον γινώσκοντες, ὅτι πᾶσα προφητεία γραφῆς ἰδίας that’ any “prophecy “of *scripture 7of 5115 9own (lit. every) , ᾽ ΄ ‘ ’ , , ἐπιλύσεως οὐ.γίνεται. 21 οὐ γὰρ θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη αλο]η{ογρτοϊπτίοη Sis ‘not, for not by [the] will of man was*brought Ὑποτὲ προφητεία," Χάλλ’' ὑπὸ πνεύματος ἁγίου φερό- δαῦ”πΏΥ "6 ‘prophecy, but, Sby [*the] *Spirit ‘Holy ‘being μενοι ἐλάλησᾶν Yo." *dytor'! ἃ θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι. “borne, spoke 7the ‘holy '°of *God ‘*%men. 9 Ἐγένοντο.δὲ καὶ ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ aw, we καὶ But there were also false prophets among the people, as also ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι, οἵτινες παρεισάξουσιν among τοι will be false teachers, who will bring in stealthily αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας, καὶ τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς δεσπότην ap- “sects ‘destructive, and *the *who°bought ‘them SMaster , 148- VOUMEVOL, ἐπάγοντες ἑαυτοῖς ταχινὴν ἀπώλειαν" 2 καὶ πολλοὶ nying, bringing upon themselves swift destruction ; and many ΠῚ θ , ᾽ ~ ~ b ? x , Ι ὃ » εν « ὁδὸ ἐξακολουθήσουσιν αὐτῶν ταῖς δἀπωλείαις, ι οὓς 7) 000g will follow out their destructive ways, through whom the way τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται' 8 καὶ ἐν πλεονεξίᾳ πλασ- ofthe truth will be evil spoken of, And through covetousness with τοῖς λόγοις ὑμᾶς ἐμπορεύσονται οἷς τὸ κρίμα ἔκπαλαι well-turned words you they willmakegainof:forwhom judgment of old οὐκ. ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἠ.ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει. 4 Εἰγὰρ ὁ θεὸς 15 ποῦ 1416, and their destruction slumbers not. For if God . ἀγγέλων ἁμαρτησάντων οὐκ ἐφείσατο, ἀλλὰ Coepaic" [πε] angels who sinned spared not, but Sto °chains ζόφου ταρταρώσας παρέδωκεν 1908 1 ἀδχκηεςς *having cast [Sthem] *to *the 5ἄθεροςί 7abyss delivered [them] εἰς κρίσιν Ἀτετηρημένους" 5 καὶ ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ for judgment having been kept ; and [the] ancient world “sot U / ο aN bal} " n ~ , ΄ > Φ ἐφείσατο, “ἀλλ ὄγδοον Νῶε δικαιοσύνης κήρυκα ἐφύ- Σαρατεᾶ, but [*the]*cighth *Noe 7of*righteousness δα θἨρτα]ά “pre- λαξεν, κατακλυσμὸν Koo ἀσεβῶν ἐπάξας" 6 καὶ served, [the] floodupon [{Π6] world of [the] ungodly having brought in; and πόλεις Σοξόμων καὶ Toudppac | τεφρώσας κατα- [πε] cities of Sodom and Gomorrha having reduced Το ashes with an στροφῃ κατέκρινεν, ὑπόδειγμα ελλόντων ἀσε- overthrow condemned [them], *an *example [Sto 5έΠος9] 7being®about το !live first knowing, v ἁγίῳ “ προφητεία ποτέ TrA. * ἀλλὰ TTrAW. ἡ — οἱ GLTTrAW. 2 ἀπὸ 4+ 7TovL. Ὁ ἀσελγείαις licentiousnesses GLTTrAW. © σιροῖς ,. 1 τηρουµένους te be kept Grtraw; κολαζομένους τηρεῖν. © ἀλλὰ ΤΤΤΑ. ih TT. PSPs ος. . , ’ , ~ ev Ἅµτεθεικώς' 7 καὶ δίκαιον Λώτ, καταπονούµενον ὑπὸ τῆς "ungodly ‘having *set; and righteous Lot, oppressed by the ~ 10s Ἂ , > ’ ? ~ 62 > 52 ell , τῶν ἄθεσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς, Ιἐῤῥύσατο”ἳ ὃ βλέμ- *of *the “lawless 7in *licentiousness leonduct he delivered, (through 4 ‘ 3 ~ { nr ? ~ ~ art yap καὶ ἀκοῇ 5ὁ" δίκαιος, Ῥέγκατοικῶν! ἐν αὐτοῖς, seeing ‘for and hearing, the righteous [man], dwelling among them, ε ᾽ [ή A ’ > 7 » ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας ψυχὴν δικαίαν ἀνόμοις ἔργοις day by day [Phis] “soul Srighteous Swith “Stheir] 7lawless ®*works κύριος εὐσεβεῖς ἐκ Ἰπειρασμοῦ! *tormented,) 1tknows [°the]*°Lord [how the] pious outof temptation ev ’ A ? ey ΄ βύεσθαι. ἀδίκους.δὲ εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως κολαζομένους to deliver, and [the] unrighteous to aday ofjudgment “to *be *punished τηρεῖν" 10 µάλιστα.δὲ τοὺς ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ "to “keep; and specially those who after [the] flesh in [the] lust μιασμοῦ πορευομένους, καὶ κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας. of pollution walk, and lordship despise. They Τολμηταί, αὐθάδεις, δόξας οὐ.τρέμουσιν βλασφημοῦντες" are] daring, self-willed; “glories ‘they *tremble*not “speaking ‘evil Sof; ἐβασάνιζεν' 9 οἶδεν 11 Όπου ἄγγελοι ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες ὄντες, οὐ φέ- where angels *in*strength°and ‘power 2greater ‘being, ®not 7do ρουσιν κατ αὐτῶν "παρὰ κυρίῳ"! βλάσφημον κρίσιν. bring against them, before [the] Lord, a railing charge. 12 οὗτοι.δε, ὡς ἄλογα ζῶα Ἰφυσικὰ γεγενημένα" εἰς ἅλω- But these, as “irrational %animals ‘natural born for cap- ow καὶ φθοράν, ἐν oi¢ ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες, ἐν ture and corruption, *in *what >they °are 7ignorant °of in τῇ-φθορᾷ.αὐτῶν ᾿καταφθαρήσονται," 18 their corruption shall utterly perish, being about to receive [the] μισθὸν ἀδικίας, ἡδονὴν ἡγούμενοι τὴν ἐν-ἡμέρᾳ τρυφήν, reward of unrighteousness;*pleasure ‘esteeming ephemeral 7indulgence ; σπῖλοι καὶ μῶμοι, ἐντρυφῶντες ἐν ταῖς "ἀπάταις" αὐτῶν, συν- spots andblemishes, ἹἸαχκιτίαθίηςσ in 2deceits ‘their, feast- , ε - 2 4 » ‘ { ευωχούµενοι ὑμῖν, 14 ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντες μεστοὺς μοιχαλίδος ing with you; eyes having full of an adulteress, καὶ °dkararavorouc" ἁμαρτίας, δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκ- and that cease not from sin, alluring souls unestablish- τους, καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην Ῥπλεονεξίαις" ἔχοντες, κατάρας ed ; 2a sheart *exercised 5in Scraving "having, *of.%curse ᾿ τέκνα, 15 ἀκαταλιπόντες! στὴν" εὐθεῖαν ὁδόν, ἐπλανήθησαν, ispeaking “evil, κομιούμενοι᾽ children ; having left the straight way, they went astray, ἐξακολονθήσαντες TH ὁδῷ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ τοῦ Boodp, ὃς having followed inthe way of Balaam, [son] of Bosor, who[the] ισθὸν ἀδικίας ἠγάπησεν, 16 ἔλεγξιν.δὲ ἔσχεν ἰδίας reward of unrighteousness loved ; but reproof had of his own παρανομίας" ὑποζύγιον ἄφωνον, ἐν ἀνθρώπου "φωνῇ wickedness, [86] θοαβὺ “of *burden dumb, in man’s voice φθεγξάμενον, ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν. speaking, forbade the 7of *the *prophet madness. 17 οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι, "νεφέλαι" ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυ- These are fountains withoutwater, clouds by storm being νόµεναι, οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους ‘sic. αἰῶνα! τετήρηται. driven, to whom the gloom of darkness for ever is kept. f ἐρύσατο TrA. 6 — ὃ (read [the]) L. Ἀ ἐν- τ. κ — παρὰ κυρίῳ L[Tr]. : tional animals, born naturally) LTTraw. ™ καὶ ἢ ἀνάπαις Zlove “feasts Ltr. 9 ἀκαταπάστους insatiable (for sin) L. ἢ Καταλείποντες leaving T. τ — την (read [the]) GLTTraw. Q@LITrAW, t — εἰς αἰῶνα LITrA. 605 wicked: 8 (for that righteous man dwell- ing among them, in secing and hearing, vexed his righteous soul from day to day with their unlawful deeds ;) 9 the Lord knoweth how to de- liver the godly out of temptations, and to reserve the unjust un- tothe day of judgment to be punished : 10 but chiefly them that walk after the flesh in the lust of uncleanness, and despise govern- ment. Presumptuous are they, selfwilled, they are not afraid to speak evil of dignities, 11 Whereas’ angels, which are greater in power and might bring not railing ac cusation against them before the Lord. 12 But these, as natural brute beasts, made to be taken and destroy- ed, speak evil of the things that they un- derstand not; and shall utterly perish in their own corruption ; 13 and shall receive the reward of unright- eousness, as they that count it pleasure to riot in the daytime. Spots they are and blemishes, sporting themselves with their own deceivings while they feast with you ; 14 having eyes full of adultery, and that cannot cease from sin ; beguiling unsta- ble souls: an heart they have exercised with covetous practi- ces; cursed children : 15 which have forsaken the right way, and are gone astray, following the way of Balaam the son of Bosor, who lov- ed the wages of un- righteousness; 16 but was rebuked for hisin- iquity : the dumb ass speaking with man’s voice forbad the mad- ness of the prophet, 17 These are wells without water, clouds that are carried with a tempest; to whom the mist of darkness is reserved for ever. 18 For when they speak great swelling words of vanity, they i πειρασμῶν temptations T. 1 φυσικὰ γεγεννηµένα ΕΞ; γεγεννημ. (γεγενημ. T) φυσικὰ (read irra- Φθαρήσονται shall even perish LTTraw. P πλεονεξίας GLTTrAW. 5 καὶ ὀμίχλαι and mists 606 allure through the lusts of the flesh, through much wanton- ness, those that were clean escaped from them who live in error. 19 While they promise them liberty, they themselves are the ser- vents of corruption: for of whom a man is overcome, of the same is he brought in bon- dage. 20 For if after they have escaped the pollutions of the world through the know- ledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, they are again en- tangled therein, and overcome, the latter end is worse with them than the beginning. 21 For it had been bet- ter for them not to have known the wey of righteousness, than, after they have known zt, to turn from the holy commandment delivered unto them. 22 But it is happened unto them according to the true proverb, The dog is turned to his own vomit again; and the sow that was washed to her wallow- ing in the mire. 111. This second e- pistle, beloved, I now write unto you; in both which I stir up your pure minds by way of remembrance: 2 that ye may be mind- ful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets, and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord,and Saviour: 3 knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scof- fers, walking after their own lusts, 4and saying, Where is the rage of his coming? or since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. 5 For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing out of the water and in the water : 6 where- by the world that then was. being overflowed with water, perished : 5 + ἐν E. 7 — καὶ T[Tr]. [things] behind t. LTTrA. GLYTrAW. ® ὀλίγως scarcely GLTTraW. 2 + ἡμῶν (read our Lord) LT. _ ἢ κυλισμὺν rolling τττΑ. (readin the last days) Lri-aw. κ ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν SLTrA, ΤΥΡΟΥ͂ § B. ff. Iff. 18 ὑπέρογκα γὰρ ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι, δελεάζαυσιν For great swelling [words] of vanity speaking, they allure ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκός, δ ἀσελγείαις, τοὺς YovTwe! with [the] desires of [the] flesh, by licentiousnesses, those who indeed τά όντας! τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ a εφομένους, 19 ἔλευ- ἀποφυγοντας' τοὺς ἐν πλανῃ ἄναστρ φοµενους, έλευ escaped from those who 7in “error walk, ®free- θερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες dom Sthem *promising, themselves *bondmen *being τῆς φθορᾶς w.yap TIC ἥττηται, τούτῳ Υκαὶ" δε- of corruption; for by whom anyone has been subdued, by him also he is δούλωται. 20 εἰγὰρ ἀποφυγόντες τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου held in bondage. For if having escaped the pollutions of the world ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ κυρίου καὶ σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, through [the] knowledge of the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, ‘ / , € ~ / τούτοις. δὲ πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες γττῶνται, γέγονεν but ®by *these ‘tagain “having *bcen ‘entangled *thcy Sare “subdued, has hecome αὐτοῖς Ta ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. 21 κρεῖττον)" tothem the last [state] worse than the first. Better πας ᾽ ~ \ , η 4 ~ , γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς μὴ ἐπεγνωκεναι τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης, ‘for it were for them not to have known the way of righteousness, ἢ. ἐπιγνοῦσιν ὃ ἐξπιστρέψαι" 4x" τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐ- than having known [it] to have turned from the sdelivered *to ~ € / 7 x ~ 99 3 / εξ AI] ? ~ 4 ~ τοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς. συμβεβηκεν.“δὲ" αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς But has happened to them the[word] of the Κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα' ‘them ‘holy *commandment. ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας. true proverb: [The] dog having returned to hisown vomit; kai, “Yc λουσαμένη, εἰς Γεύλισμαὶ βοοβόρου. and,{The]?sow ‘washed, to [ber] rolling place in [the] mire. 8. Ταύτην ἤδη, ἀγαπητοί, δευτέραν ὑμῖν γράφω ἐπιστολήν, This now, beloved, asccond *to*you *I°write ‘epistle, ἐν αἷς διεγείρω ὑμῶν ἐν ὑπομλ'ήσει τὴν εἰλικρι- in [both] which Istirup your *in*putting [°you] °in 7remembrance *pure νῆ διάνοιαν, 2 μνησθῆναι τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων ὑπὸ τῶν ?mind, to be mindful of the “spoken *before ‘words by the ἁγίων προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων Σξἡμῶνὶ ἐντολῆς, holy prophets, and of the *%the 2°apostles “by ®us ‘commandment τοῦ κυρίου καὶ σωτῆρος" ὃ τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες, ὅτι οἱ “16 “Τιοχᾶ ‘and ‘Saviour ; this first knowing, that ἐλεύσονται ἐπ᾽ "ἐσχάτου" τῶν ἡμερῶν i ἐμπαῖκται, κατὰ will come at the close of the days mockers, according to τὰς.ἰδίας "αὐτῶν ἐπιθυμίας" πορευόμενοι, 4 καὶ λέγοντες, Ποῦ their own lusts walking, and saying, Where ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς. παρουσίας αὐτοῦ ; ἀφ᾽ ἧς. γὰρ οἱ πατέ- is the promise of his coming ὃ for since the : fa- ρες ἐκοιμήθησαν, πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς κκτί- thers fell asleep, allthings thus continue from [the] beginning of[the] σεως. ὃ λανθάνειγὰρ αὐτοὺς τοῦτο θέλοντας, Ort creation. For 515 *hidden *from ‘them this, [they] willing [it], that ? ‘ “Ἢ » 4 ~ ? [72 ‘ > ee οὐρανοὶ ἦσαν ἔκπαλαι, καὶ γῆ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι ὕδατος heavens were of old, and anearth out of water and in water . συνεστῶσα, τῷ τοῦ θεοῦ λόγῳ 6 δι ὧν ὁ τότε subsisting, bythe , "of °God ‘word, through which [waters] the then * ἀποφεύγοντας are escaping from LTTraw. ; ἷ 8 κρεῖσσον τ. ὃ + εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω tothe © ὑποστρέψαι to have turned-back urtra. ἃ ἀπὸ L. e — δὲ but 5 ὑμῶν (read by your apostles) LrTraW. Β ἐσχάτων * 4: ev εμπαιγµονῇ (read mockers, with mecking) ΠῚ. ΙΕ κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλύσθεὶς ἀπώλετο" 7 οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ world with water having been deluged perished. But the now heavens καὶ ἡ γῆ Ιαὐτοῦἳ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσίν, πυρὶ τηρού- and the earth ὮὉὮΥ Πϊ word “treasured *up tare, for fire μενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων. Κορὺ to aday ofjudgment and destruction of ungodly men. 8 ἓν.δὲ τοῦτο µμὴ-λανθανέτω ὑμᾶς, ἀγαπητοί, ὅτι µία ἡμέρα But this one thing let not be hidden from you, beloved, that one day παρὰ κυρίῳ ὡς χίλια ἔτη, καὶ χίλια ἔτη ὡς ἡμέρα with (the) Lord [15] 85 athousand years, and a thousand years as “day ‘ ? , m « Ἱ , ~ ? / “ μία. 9 οὐ.βοαδύνει Πὸ" κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, ὥς τινες βρα- 1018. 5Does δποῦ 7delay *the *Lord the promise, as some 2de- δυτῆτα ἡγοῦνται" ἀλλὰ μακροθυμεῖ "είς" οἡμᾶς,' μὴ βουλό- lay esteem, but is longsuffering towards us, not will- µενός τινας ἀπολέσθαι, ἀλλὰ παντας εἰς μετάνοιαν χωρῆ- ing {for] any to perish, but all to repentance to σαι. 10 ἥξει δὲ Px" ἡμέρα «κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης “ἔν νυκτί," come. Butshallcomethe day οἑ [πε] Lord as .a thief in (the) night, ἐν y τοὶ" οὐρανοὶ ῥοιζηδὸν παρελεύσονται, --στοιχεῖα. δὲ in which the heavens with rushing noise shall passaway, and [the] elements καυσούµενα λυθήσονται,' Kat. καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ έργα burning with heat shall be dissolved, and[theJearth and the “in Ὁ ‘works ἱκατακαήσεται.ὶ shall be burnt up. 11 Τούτων Τοῦνὶ πάντων λυομένων, ποταποὺς These things then all __ being to be dissolved, what kind of [persons] δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις, ought to “be ye in holy conduct and piety, 12 προσδοκῶντας καὶ σπεύδοντας τὴν παρουσίαν τῆς τοῦ expecting and hastening the coming of the θεοῦ ἡμέρας δι ἣν οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι λυθή- 05 Ξ6οὦ ‘day by reason of which [the] heavens, . being on fire, shall be dis- σονται, καὶ. στοιχεῖα καυσούµενα τήκεται»! 13 καινοὺς solved, and [the] elements burning with heat shall melt? 2New δὲ οὐρανοὺς καὶ “γῆν καινὴν" Yeara' “τὸ ἐπάγγελμα! αὐτοῦ “but heavens and %earth ‘a *new according to “promise this, ~ - ~ ? ? προσδοκῶμεν, ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ. 14 διό, ἀγαπη- we expect, in which righteousness dwells. Wherefore, Ῥε]οτ- ~ ~ ή ’ὕ » a ? ” τοί, ταῦτα προσδοκῶντες, σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι και ἅμω- ed, these things expecting be diligent withoutspot and unblam- µητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι ἐν εἰρήνῃ, 15 καὶ τὴν τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν able by him {ο δε 2οαπᾶ ir-~- peace; and the 308 our *Lord . ΄ « ~ ’ Ἷ ‘ ς ? ‘ µακροθυµιαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε καθως καὶ ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ‘longsuffering, salvation ‘esteem ὟΘ ; according as also 2peloved ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος κατὰ τὴν "αὐτῷ δοθεῖσαν" σοφίαν ‘our brother Paul accordingto the *to *him ?given wisdom ἔγραψεν ὑμῖν, 16 ὡς καὶ ἐν πάσαις braic! ἐπιστολαῖς, λαλῶν wrote toyou, as also in all [815] epistles, speaking ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων ἐν “οἷς" ἐστιν δυσνόητά in them concerning these things, among which are *hard *to*be Sunderstood being: 602 7 but the heavens and the earth, which are now, by the same word are kept in store, τε- served unto fire a- gainst the day of judg- ment and perdition of ungodly -men. 8 “But, beloved, be not igno- rant ofthis one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a. thousard years, and a thousand years as one day. 9 The Lord is not slack con- cerning his promise, as some men count slack- ness; but is long- suffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to re- pentance. 10 But the day of the Lord will come as a thicf in the night; in the which the heavens shail pass away with a great noise, and the ele- ments shall melt with fervent heat, the earth also and the works that are therein shall be burned up. li Seeing then that all these things shall be dissolved, what manner of , persons ought ye to be in all holy conversation and godliness, 12 looking for and hasting unto the coming of the day of God, wherein the heavens being on fire shall be dissolved, and the elements shall melt with fervent heat? 19 Nevertheless we, according to his pro- mise, look for new hea- vens and a new earth, wherein dwelleth righ- teousness. 14 Where- fore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be foundof him in peace, without spot, and blameless. 15 And account that the long- suffering of our Lord is salvation; even as our beloved brother Paul also according to the wisdom given unto him hath written unto you; 16 as also in all his epistles, speaking in them of these things; in which are some things hard to be πο eS SS eee 1 τῷ αὐτῷ (read by the same word) ELT ; τῷ αὐτοῦ GTrAW. LTTrAW. n § because of LT. ., © ὑμᾶς you ΙΤΤΤΑ. q — ἐν νυκτί GLTTrAW. τ — οἱ (read |the]) Ta. θήσεται shall be detected Tr. ¥ οὕτως thus A. Υ καὶ Δα 1, 2 τὰ ἐπαγγέλματα promises LT. LTraw. ς αἷς 111; ΑΥ̓͂. π τακήσεται L. 8 δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ LTTrAW. “τὰ — 9 (read [the]) Ρ — ἡ (read [the]) LTT:aw. 5.λυθήσεται LTTr. t evpe- ne "= καινὴν γην Ὁ. b— ταις ο08 understood, whichthey that are unlearned and unstable wrest, as they do also the other scrip- tures, unto their own destruction. 17 Ye therefore, be- loved, sceing ye know these things before, be- ware lest ye also, being led away with the er- ror of the wicked, fall from your own sted- fastness. 18 But grow in grace, and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To him be glory both now and for ever. Amen, Ιω ΑΘ BAe: 1. .“" « ’ ~ ‘ ? ” = - ~ ere ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν, ὡς unestablished wrest, “as τινα, 4some *things, which the untaught and ‘ ’ ‘ ‘ ον ~ ᾽ καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς γραφάς, πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν. αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν. also the other scriptures, to their own destruction, 17 Ὑμεῖς οὖν, ἀγαπητοί, προγινώσκοντες φυλάσσεσθε, Ye therefore, beloved, knowing beforehand, beware, πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες, ἐκπέ- ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων terror having been led away, ye should lest with the 2of *the*lawless [Pones] σητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 18 αὐξάνετεδὲ ἐν χάριτι καὶ fallfrom yourown steadfastness: but grow in grace, and ’ ~ ΄ « ~ ‘ ~ ? ~ ~ VWOEL TOUV.KUOLOU.1) LWV Kat σωτ]]ορος 1ησοῦ χριστρυ. Christ, ἡμέραν αἰῶνος. Scapuny." ε μερ ς. “μην. day of eternity. Amen, in [the] knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ νῦν καὶ εἰς Tohim [be] glory both now and Το [{Π0] ΕΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ KAOOAIKH ΠΡΩΤΗ. sEPISTLE THAT which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; 2 (for the life was manifest- ed, and we have seen tt, and bear witness, and shew unto you that eternal life,which ‘was with the Father, ‘and was manifested unto us;) 3 that which we have seen and heard declare we unto you, that ye also may have fellowship with us: and truly our fellow- ship is with the Fa- ther, and with his Son Jesus Christ. 4 And these things write we unto you, that your joy may be full. 5 This then is the message which we have heard of him, and declare unto you, that God is light, and in him is no darkness atall. 6 If we say that we have fellowship with him, and walkin darkness, we lie, and do not the truth: 7 but if we walkin the light, as he is in the light, we φ have fellowship one @ — ἁμήν π[ττα]. 30Ε *JOHN "GENERAL ‘FIRST. τι τ > ? , ~ a > , a ε ο ην απ ἀρχῆς, 0 ἀκηκόαμεν, oO εω- That’ which was from [the] beginning, that which we have heard, that which we ράκαμεν τοῖς. ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν, ὃ ἐθεασάμεθα καὶ αἱ χεῖρες haye seen with our eyes, that which we gazed upon and “hands ἡμῶν ἐψηλάφησαν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 2 καὶ ἡ ζωὴ tour handled concerning the Word of life; (and the life ἐφανερώθη, καὶ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν, καὶ ἀπαγγέλ- Was manifested, and wehaveseen, and bear witness, and re- λοµεν ὑμῖν τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον, ἥτις ἦν πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, port toyou the “life eternal, whichwas with the Father, A 3 , ~ ελ « ΄ ‘ > ’ καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν 8 ὃ ἑωράκαμεν καὶ ἀκηκόαµεν, and was manifested tous :) that which we have seen and have heard ἀπαγγέλλομενξ ὑμῖν, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς κοινωνίαν ἔχητε μεθ᾽ we réport toyou, that also ye fellowship may have with ἡμῶν' καὶ ἡ κοινωνία δὲ ἡ ἡμετέρα μετὰ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ Us ; and *fellowship “indeed Jour [is] with the Father, and μετὰ τοῦ.υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ" 4 καὶ ταῦτα ἸἈγράφο- with his Son Jesus Christ. And these things we μεν ὑμῖν," ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν! ἢ πεπληρωμένη. write toyou that *joy our may be full, 5 Kai Βαὕτη ἐστὶν" ἡ ἐπαγγελία! ἣν ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπ᾽ And this is the message which we have heard from αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναγγέλλομεν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ὁ θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν, καὶ him, and announce to you, that God ?light tis, and σκοτία πέν αὐτῷ ovK.éoriv'.ovdenia. 6 ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ὅτι darkness in him is not any at all, If weshould say that κοινωνίαν ἔχομεν per αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν, fellowship wehave with him, and in darkness should walk, ψευδόµεθα, καὶ οὐ.ποιοῦμεν τὴν ἀλήθειαν. 7 ἐὰν.δὲ ἐν τῷ we lie, and donot practise the truth, Butif in the wri περιπατῶμεν, ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί, κοινωνίαν light weshould walk, as he is in the light, fellowship aca - e + Πέτρου β' 2 Peter Tra. # + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle E; — καθολικὴ α; Ἰωάννου a LTAW; ᾿Ἰωάνου ἐπιστολὴ ΄ α Tr. Κ εστιν αὕτη TIrAW, ξ + καὶ also LTTraW. h γράφομεν ἡμεῖς We Write ΤΤΙΑ. 8 ἱ ὑμῶν ‘your EGW. 1 ἀγγελια GLTTraAW. τὰ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ Tr. . # I, ΤΠ. I JOHN. ἔχομεν μετ᾽ ἀλλήλων, καὶ τὸ αἷμα ᾿Ιησοῦ "χριστοῦ" τοῦ υἱοῦ We have with one another, and the blood of Jesus Christ “Son ~ ΄ © ~ ‘ ve { ΄ 8 , αὐτοῦ καθαρίζει ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἁμαρτίας. 8 ἐὰν εἴπωμεν ‘his cleanses us from every sin. If we should say OTe ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ.ἔχομεν, ἑαυτοὺς πλανῶμεν καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια that sin we have not, ourselves wedeceive, andthe truth , - Dis « ~ 4 ε / « ~ υοὐκ.ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν." 9 ἐὰν ὑμολογῶμεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας. ἡμῶν, 15 ποῦ in us. If we should confess our sins, ΄ Η ΄ ev ᾽ ~ ΓΑ tas € / πιστός ἐστιν καὶ δίκαιος, (γα apy Ρὴμϊν" τὰς ἁμαρτίας, faithful heis and rightcous, that he mayforgive us the sins, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας. 10 ἐὰν εἴπωμεν and maycleanse us from all unrighteousness, If we should say ὅτι οὐχ.ἡμιαρτήκαμεν, ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτόν, καὶ ὁ λόγος that wehave uot sinned, a liar we make him, and “7word αὐτοῦ οὐκ.έστιν ἐν ἡμῖν. "his iz uot αι Serie, 4 , » , € ν tr ε , 5 2 Vexvia pov, ταῦτα γράφω ὑμῖν, ἵνα μὴ -ἁμάρτητε “Little “children ‘my, these things lwrite toyou, that ye may ποῦ sin; καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ, παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς TOY πατέρα, nud if anyone shouldsin, a Paraclete wehave with the Father, δίκαιον’ 2 καὶ αὐτὸς Ἀἱλασμός ἐστιν" Christ [the] righteous; and he [the] propitiation is περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν οὐ περὶ τῶν.ἡμετέρων δὲ µόνον Ιμ ( 2 ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν Jesus for our sins ; *not “for Sours *but only, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ὅλου τοῦ κόσμου. but also for 7whole ‘the world. 3 Καὶ ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν, ἐὰν And by this we know that we have known him, if Τὰς.ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν. 4 ὁ λέγων," Ἔγνωκα αὐτόν, his commandments we keep. He that says, Ihave known him, καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ μὴ.τηρῶν, ψεύστης ἐστίν, καὶ ἐν τούτῳ apd hiscommandments isnot keeping, a liar is, and in kim ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ.έστιν' ὃ O¢.0.av τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον, the truth is not ; but whoever may keep his word, ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ τετελείωται. ἐν τούτῳ truly in him the _ love of God has been perfected. By this γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν. ὁ ὁ λέγων ἐν αὐτῷ we know that in him we are. He that says in him fhe] μένειν, ὀφείλει, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησε», Fai αὐτὸς "οὕτως! abides, ought, evenas he walked, also himself 80 περιπατεῖν. 7 ᾿ἀδελφοί," οὐκ ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν, to walk. Brethren, nota“commandment ‘new 1 write to you, ἀλλ᾿ ἐντολὴν παλαιάν, ἣν εἴχετε ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς ἡ but %commandment ἴδῃ “ο1Ϊἅ, which yehad ἔγομι [{Π6] beginning: the ἐντολὴ ἡ παλαιά ἐστιν ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε aT’ 2commandment told is the word which yeheard from([the] ἀρχῆς." 8 πάλιν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν, ὕ ἐστιν beginning, Again a7commandment ‘new 1 write to you, which is ἀληθὲς ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἡ σκοτία παράγεται, true in him and in you, because the darkness is passing away, καὶ τὸ φῶς TO ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει. 9 ὁ λέγων ἐν τῷ and the “light ‘true already shines, Hethat says in the wri εἶναι, καὶ τὸν.ἀδελφὸν.αὐτοῦ μισῶν, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν light [πε] is, and *his *brother "hates, inthe darkness _ is % — χριστοῦ LTTrA. ο ἐν ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔστιν LTrW. ἑλασμὸς 1.. r+ ὅτι (L]TTra. 8 — οὕτως LTr[A]. Veramt ἀρχῆς LTTrAs Ρ ἡμῶν our (sins) W. t ἀγαπητοί beloved GLTTraW 609 with another, and the blood ot Jesus Christ ~ his Son cleanseth us from all sin. 8 If we say that we have no sin, we deceive our- selves, and the truth is not in us. 9 If we confess our 8115, he is faithful and just to forgive us ou? sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. 10 ΤΕ we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar, and his word is not in us. II. My little chil- dren, these’ things write] unto you. that ye sin not. And if any man 511, we have an advocate with the Fa- ther, Jesus Christ the righteous: 2 and he is the propitiation for our sins: and not for ours only, but also for the sins of the whole world. 3 And hereby we do know that we know him, if we keep his commandments, 4 He that saith, 1 know him, and keepeth not his commandments, is a liar, and the truth is not inhim, 5 But who- so keepeth his word, in him verily is the love of God perfected : hereby know we that we are inhim. 6 He that saith he abideth in him ought himself also so to walk, even as he walked. 7 Bre- thren, I write no new . commandment unto you, but an old come mandment which ye had from the begin- ning. The old com- mandment is the word which ye have heard from the beginning. 8 Again, a new com- mandment I write un- to you, which thing is true in him and iu you: because the darkness is past, and the true light now _ shineth. 9 He that saith he is in the light, and hateth his brother, is in darkress even until 4 ἐστιν RR 610 now. 10 He that lov- eth his brother abideth in the light, and there is none occasion of stumbling ia him. 11 But he that hateth his brother is in dark- ness, and walketh in darkness, and know- eth not whither he goeth, because that darkness hath blinded his eyes. 12 I write unto you, little children, because your sins are forgiven you for his namte’s sake, 13 I write unto you, fathers, because ye ’ have known him that is from the beginning. I write unto you, young men, because ye have overcome the wicked one. I write unto you, little chil- Gren, because ye have known the Father. 14 I have written unto you, fathers, be- cause ye have known him thaé zis from the beginning. I have written unto you, young men, because ye are strong, and the word of God abideth in you, and ye have overcome the wicked one. 15 Love ‘not the world, neither the things that are in the world. [f any man love the world, the love of the Father is notin him. 16 ¥orall that zs in the wold, the lust of the flesh, and the lust of the eyes, and the pride of life, is not of the Fa- ther, but is of the world. 17 And the world passeth away, and the lust thereot : but he that doeth the will of God abideth for ever. 18 Little children, it is the last time: and as ye have heard that antichrist shall come, even now are there many anti- christs; whereby we know that it is the last time. 19 Theywent out from us, but they were not of us; for if they had been of us, they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out, that they might be ITQANNOY A. iI. ἕως dort. 10 ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἔν τῷ φωτι until now. He that loves his brother, in the light μένει, καὶ σκάνδαλον δὲν αὐτῷ οὐκ.ἔστιν.' 11 ὁ. δὲ abides, and *cause %of offence, 7in ‘him ‘there “15 “πού, But he that μισῶν τὸν. ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστίν, καὶ ἐν TY σκοτίᾳ hates his brother, in the darkuess 15, and in the darkness περιπατεῖ, καὶ οὐκ.οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει, OTL ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφ- walks, and knowsnot where hegoes, because the darkness blind- λωσεν τοὺς. ὀφθαλμοὺς. αὐτοῦ. ed his eyes. 12 Τράφω ὑμῖν, recvia, ὅτι ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν Τ write ἕο you, little children, because have been forgiven you [your] αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὀνομα.αὐτοῦ. sins for the sake of his name, 53 ~ 2 19 Τράφω ὑμῖν, πατέρες, ὅτι Iwrite to you, fathers, ἐγνώκατε τὸν an because ye have known him who [is] from ἀρχῆς. Γράφω ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, ὅτι νενικήκατε τὸν [the] beginning. Iwrite toyou, youngmen, because ye have overcome the πονηρόν. Γράφω! ἡμῖν, παιδία, ore ἐγνώκατε τὸν wicked [one]. Iwrite to you, little children, because ye have known the πατέρα. Father. 3 - [ή , 4 14 Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, πατέρες, ὅτι ἐγνώκατε τὸν Iwrote toyou, fathers, because ye have known him who [is] ΩΜΟ] - ν ο, Sa ͵ 5 ἀπ ἀρχῆς. Ἔγραψα ὑμῖν, νεανίσκοι, ὅτι ἰσχυροί ἔστε, from [the] beginning. Iwrote toyou, young men, because strong yeare καὶ ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν μένει, καὶ νενικήκατε τὸν and the word of Goi in you _ abides, and yehaveovercome the πονηρόν. 15 μὴ.ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον, μηδὲ τὰ ἐν τῷ wicked [one]. Love not the world, nor the things in the κόσμῳ' ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη world. If anyone shouldluve the world, not is ‘the #love τοῦ πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ' 16 ὅτι πᾶν τὸ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, 30f*the *Father in him; because all that which [is] in the world; ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκός, καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν, καὶ the desire ofthe flesh, andthe desire of the eyes, and ἡ σἀλαζονεία" τοῦ τῶ οὐκ.έστιν ἐκ τοῦ πατρός, ταλλ᾽" ἐκ the vaunting of life, is not of the Father, but of τοῦ κύσμου ἐστίν. 17 καὶ ὁ κόσμος παράγεται, Kai ἡ ἔπι- the world Sis and the world is passing away, and the / ? ~ { A ~ οὐ ’ ~ ~ > θυµία αὐτοῦ ὁ.δὲ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ μένει εἰς τὸν lust of it, buthethat does the will of Ged abides for 18 Παιδία, ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν' καὶ καθὼς Little children, [the] last hour itis, and according as ? / e Lan 99 , ‘ ~ . ἠκούσατε OTL "ὁ'. ἀντίχριστος ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἀντιχοιστοι αἰῶνα. ever, ye heard that the antichrist iscoming, even now ‘“antichrists πολλοὶ ο μες ὅθεν γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν Imany ave arisen, whence we know that [the] last hour itis. >? « ~ ᾽ ~ > ~ 19 ἐξ ἡμῶν ὑἐξηλθον," ἀλλ᾽ οὐκῆσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν' εἰ. γὰρ From among ἃ8 they wentout, but they werenot of us; for if = ? ς ~ a ? ~ » , “ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν," μεμενήκεισαν. ἂν μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν' ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα φανε- they wereof us, they wouldhaveremained with us, but that they ~ ε/ δι , ~ ~ made manifest that ρωθῶσιν OTL οὐκ.εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν. 20 καὶ ὑμεῖς they were not all of might be made manifest that “are *not tall of us. And ye 5 οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ LTA. x ἔγραψα I wrote LTTraw. Y ἀλαζονία T. : ἀλλὰ TIrW. ®&— ὁ LTTrAW. Ὁ ἐξῆλθαν LTTrAW, ς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν τι. ΠΠ. 1 οἴσμα [the] anointing JOHN. 3 10. = ἃ ? fl και OLOATE “παῦτα. holy [one], and ye know all things. 21 οὐκ. ἔγραψα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι I wrote not toyou because ye know not the truth, but because οἴδατε αὐτήν, καὶ ὅτι, πᾶν ψεῦδος ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας οὐκ ἔστιν. ye know it, and that 7any | “lie ‘of the 7truth *not” *is. (lit. every) 22 Τίς ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ ἁγίου, have from the Who is’ the liar but he that nies that Jesus ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός; οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀντίχοιστος ὁ ἀρνούμενος is the Christ? He is the antichrist who denies τὸν πατέρα Kai TOY υἱόν. 23 πᾶς ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν υἱόν, the Father and the _ Son. Everyone that denies the. Son, οὐδὲ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει. 24 Ὑμεῖς fodv" ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ᾽ neither *the *Father ‘has “he, Ye therefore what yeheard from ἀρχῆς, ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω. ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ὃ ἀπ [{Π6] beginning,in you letitabide: if in you should abide what from ἀρχὴς ἠκούσατε, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ δεν! τῷ πατρὶ [the] beginning yeheard, also ye in the Son and in the Father eveire. 95 καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐπαγγελία, ἣν αὐτὸς ἐπηγ- shall abide. And this is the promise which he pro- γειλατο ἡμῖν, τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον. 26 ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν mised us, life eternal. These things I wrote to you περὶ τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς. 27 καὶ ὑμεῖς τὸ χρῖσμα concerning those who lead ?astray tyou: and you the anointing ὃ ἐλάβετε ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, "ὲν ὑμῖν μένει," καὶ οὐ χρείαν ἔχετε which ye received from him, in you. abides, andnot need ye have ἵνα τις διδάσκῃ ὑμᾶς" ἀλλ᾽ ὡς τὸ Ἰαὐτὸ" χρῖσμα διδάσκει that anyone shouldteach you; but as the same anointing teaches = ‘ / ‘ , Δ ” ? ~ ὑμᾶς περὶ πάντων, καὶ ἀληθές ἐστιν, καὶ οὐκ έστιν ψεῦ- you concerning allthings. and true is, and is not a doc’ καὶ καθὼς ἐδίδαξεν ὑμᾶς, Jpevetre! ἐν αὐτῷ. lie; and evenas ittaught you, yeshallabide in him. Ν - ΄ , ~ e er Π 28 Καὶ νῦν, rexvia, μένετε ἐν αὐτῷ" ἵνα ὅταν" φανερω- And now, little children, abide in him, that when he be mani- θῇ, ΛἸέχωμεν' παῤῥησίαν, καὶ μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ, fested we may have oldness, and not be put toshame from before him ἐν τῇ-παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ. at his coming. > ~ , ~ c 29 ᾿Εὰν εἰδῆτε ὅτι δίκαιός ἐστιν, γινώσκετε ὅτι ἃ πᾶς ὁ If ye know that righteous” he is, ye know that everyone who ἘΣ - ῃ χιὉ ποιῶν τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ἐξ αὐτοῦ, "γεγέννηται." 8. Ίδετεπο- practises righteousness of him _ has been begotten. See ταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ πατήρ, ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ that children of God what love “has *given *to®us ‘the 7Father, ~ , ΄ ε ~ κληθῶμεν"" διὰ τοῦτο ὁ κόσμος οὐ.γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, we should be called. On account of this the world knows not us, ” Φ 2 , ~ , ~ 3 ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν. 2 ἀγαπητοί, νῦν τέκνα θεοῦ ἐσμεν, because it knew ποῦ him. Beloved, now children of God are we, - fi ” 3 ΄ θ , γ ’ θ - 10 POs tl « ο καὶ οὕπω ἐφανερωση τι εσομεῦα᾽ οιὀαµεν-'ὁε OTL εαν and ποῦ yet wasit manifested what weshallbe; but weknow that if ~ « pul ed ΄ ε Ld ᾽ ‘ ’ φανερωθῇ, ὅμοιοι αὐτῷ ἐσόμεθα, ὅτι ὀψόμεθα αὐτὸν καθώς he be manifested, like him weshall be, for weshallsee him as d πάντες (read ye all know) τ. confesses the Son has tie Father also GLtTraw. ἐν ὑμῖν ΙΤΤΙΑ. i αὐτοῦ (read as his anointing) ΤΤΤΑ. 16 LTTra. Ι σχῶμεν LTTrA. τὸ + καὶ also ΤΤΓΑ. ἐσμέν aud we are(such] ΗΤΤΑ, ο P— δὲ but LTTraw. f — οὖν LTTrA. 611 us. 20 But ye havean unction from the Holy One, and ye know all things. 21 I have not written unto you be- cause ye know not the truth, but because ye know it, and that nolie is of the truth. 22 Who is a liar but he that denieth that Jesus is the Christ? He is an- tichrist, that denieth the Father and the Son. 23 Whosoever de- nieth the Son, the same hath not the Father: [but] he that acknow- ledgeth the Son hath the Father also, 24 Let that therefore abide in you, which ye have heard from the begin- ning. If that which ye have heard from the beginning shall remain in you, ye also shall continue in the Son, and in the Father. 25 And this is the promise that he hath promised us, even eternal life. 26 These things have I written unto you con- cerning them that se- duce you. 27 But the anointing which ye have received of him abideth in you, and ye need notthat any man teach you : but as the same anointing teach- eth you of all things, and is truth, andis no lie, and even asit hath taught you, ye shall abide in him. $8 And now, little children, abide in him; that, wher he shal) appear, we may have confidence, and nos’ be ashamed before him at his coming. : 29 If ye know that he is rightcons, ye know that every one that doeth rightcous- ness is born of him, 111. Behold, what :uan- ner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knoweth us not, be- cause it knew him not. 2 Beloved, now are we the sons of God,’ and it. doth not yet appear what we shall be: but we know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him ; for we shall see him € + 6 ὁμολογῶν τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἔχει he that ξ--ενι. j-wévere abide LTTraW. η γεγένηται in Stephens. b μένει κ ἐὰν 9 + και 612 ns Πο is. 3 And every man that hath this hope in him purifieth himself, even as he is pure. 4 Whosoever com- mitteth sin transgres- seth also the law : for sin is the transgres- sion of the law. 5And ye know that he was mauifested to take a- Way our sins; and in him is no sin. 6 Who- soever abideth in him sinneth not: whoso- ever sinneth hath not seen him, neither known him. 7 Littlechildren, let no man deceive you: he that doeth right- eousness is righteous, even as heis righteous. 8 He that committcth sin is of the devil ; for the devilsinneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifest- ed, that he might de- stroy the works of the devil. 9 Whosoever is born of God doth not commif sin; for his seed remaineth in him: and he cannot sin, be= cause he is born of God. 10 In this the children of God are manifest, aud the children of the devil: whosoever do- eth not righteousness is not of God. neither he that loveth not his brother. 11 For this is the message that ye heard from the begin- ning, that we should love one _ another. 12 Not as Cain, who was of that wicked one, and slew his bro- ther. And wherefore slew he him 2 Because his own works were evil, and his brother’s righteous. 13 Marvel not, my brethren, if the world hate you. 14 We know that we have passed from death unto life, because we love the brethren. He that loveth not Ais bro- ther nhideth in death. 15 Whosoever hateth 4 — ἢ τ, (misinformed as to codex 8). t+ καὶ And τ. righteous) 1. TQANNOY A. ΠΠ. ΒΕ ~ 4 , / 7 - ἐστιν. Ὁ καὶ πᾶς 6 ἔχων τὴν.ἐλπίδα.ταύτην ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ, he is. And everyone that has this hope in him, ἁγνίζει ἑ ἑαυτόν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος ἁγνός ἐστι». purifies himself, evenas he pure ας, 4 Πᾶς ὁ ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ τὴν ἀνομίαν ποιεῖ; sin, also lawlessness practises ; ; 5 καὶ οἴδατε ὅτι ἐκεῖνος Everyone that ως, καὶ 4n' ἁμαρτία αν. ἡ ἀνομία. and sin lawlessness. And yeknow that he ἐφανερώθη, ἵνα τὰς ἁμαρτίας τὴ μῶν!" ἄρῃ" καὶ he ei take ον Os ; and = αὐτῷ μένων οὐχ 2sins Jour ϐ πᾶς 0 was a that ἁμαρτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ. ἔστιν. sin in him is not. 2Anyone *that °in Shim ‘abides 'not (lit. everyone) ἁμαρτάνει: πᾶς ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ εώρακεν αὐτόν, οὐδὲ sins: 3ππγοηπο *that *sins "not has seen him, nor (lit. everyone) 3 ? ΄ ἔγνωκεν αὑτὸν. has known him. ε ” ~ 7 = Texvia, μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς" ὁ ποιῶν τὴν Little children, ο Sone ‘let *lead σεν ὅγοα; he that practises δικαιοσύνην, δίκαιός ἐστιν, καθὼς ἐκεῖνος δίκαιός ἐστιν. 8 ὁ righteousness, righteous τ evenas he maces is. He that ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν; ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστίν' ὅτι ἀπ’ practises sin, of the devil is; because from ἘΠ ἀρχῆς ὁ διάβολος ἁμαρτάνει. εἰς τοῦτο ἐφανερώθη ὁ υἱὸς beginning the devil sins. For this was manifested the Son τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα λύσῃ Ta ἔργα τοῦ διαβόλου. 9 πᾶς ὁ of God, that he might undo the works ofthe devil. ?Anyone “that (it. everyone) γεγεννηµένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἁμαρτίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, ὅτι σπέρμα *ha» *been οσο Τοῦ ξαοᾶ, 1ος! αποῦ ὃ ο because seed sin αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ μένει" καὶ οὐ δύναται ἁμαρτάνειν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ this in him abides, and heis not able to sin, because of θεοῦ γεγέννηται. 10 ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ God _ he has been begotten. In_ this manifest are the children θεοῦ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου. πᾶς ὁ μὴ "ποιῶν of God and the children of the devil, ?Anyone *that Snot “practises (lit. every one) ? ~ A δικαιοσύνην" οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ὁ μὴ.ἀγαπῶν τὸν Srighteousness ‘not is of God, a he that loves not ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ. 11 ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγγελία ἣν ἠκούσατε 2brother this, Because this is the message Which ve heard an ἀρχῆς. wa ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους" 12 οὐ καθὼς from [86] beginning; that weshould love one another: not as Κάῑν ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ ἦν, καὶ ἔσφαξεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν Cain [who] of the wicked [one] was, and slew *brother αὐτοῦ" καὶ χάριν τίνος ἔσφαξεν αὐτόν; ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ this; andonaccountof what’ slew he him? because his works πονηρὰ ἦν, τὰ.δὲ τοῦ.ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ δίκαια. 2wieked ‘were, and those of his brother ap σα 19 'Μὴ θαυμάζετε, ἀδελφοί pou," εἰ μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος. Wonder not, brethren ‘my, if *hates *you ‘the ?world. 14 Tass οἴδαμεν ὅτι µεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς THY We know that wehavepassed from death to ζωήν, ὕτι ἀγαπῶμεν τοὺς ἀδελφούς: ὁ μὴ. ἀγαπῶν life, because we love the brethren. Hethat loves not στὸν ἀδελφόν," μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ. 15 πᾶς brother, —_ in death. — ημών LITA, v— µου LITrAW, Chis] ὁ μισῶν τὸν Everyone that hates 8 ὧν δίκαιος (read.that is nat πο ποιος LITraAw. ΜΠ ΤΥ. το ΘΗΝ. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀνθρωποκτόνος εστίν, καὶ οἴδατε ὅτι πᾶς ?brother *his a niurderer 15, and yeknow that ?any (lit. every) / ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν ταὐτῷ" μένουσαν. smurderer not has 1176 eternal “in “him labiding. 16 Ἐν τούτῳ ἐγνώκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην, ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ὑπὲρ ΒΥ this we have known love, because he for πο τὴν. ψυχὴν. αὐτοῦ ἔθηκεν" καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ὑπὲρ τῶν his life laid down; and we ought for the ἀδελφῶν τὰς ψυχὰς ἌΝ ΠΡΟ 17 δὲ παν ἔχῃ τὸν brethren [our] lives to lay down. But whoever may have βίον τοῦ κόσμου, καὶ θεωρῇ τὸν. ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ χρείαν βγ64}}5 *of “16 ‘the 7world’s, and may see his brother “need ἔχοντα, καὶ κλείσῃ τὰ.σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ ἀπ᾽ αὐτοῦ, πῶς ἡ *having, and may shut up : his bowels from him, how ’the ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ; Slove *of °God'tabidesin him? 18 Texvia pov," μὴ. ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ γλώσσῃ, “Little °children ‘my, δάλλ᾽" «ἔργῳ Kai ἀληθείᾳ. 19 ἀκαὶ" ἐν τούτῳ «γινώσκομεν! we should not love inword, nor with tongue, but inwork and _ in truth. And by _ this we know ὅτι ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν, καὶ ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πείσομεν that of the truth we are, and before him shall persuade τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν' 20 fort" ἐὰν καταγινώσκῃ ἡμῶν ἡ καρδία, our hearts, that if %should*condemn ‘our “heart, ὅτι μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ ος τῆς καρδίας ἡμῶν καὶ γινώσκει πάντα. that greater is God than our heart and knows all μμ. 21 ἀγαπητοί, ἐὰν Ἰ καρδία ἡμῶν" μὴ.καταγιγώσκῃ ἡμῶν, Beloved, if “heart Your should not condemn us, παῤῥησίαν ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν θεόν, 23 καὶ Otay αἰτῶμεν, boldness we have towards God, ὅτι τὰς ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ τηροῦμεν, his commandments we keep, and whatsoever we may ask, λαμβάνομεν παρ”) αὐτοῦ, we receive from him, because καὶ τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ ποιοῦμεν. 23 καὶ αὕτη and the things pleasing before him we practise. And _ this ἐστὶν ᾖ.ἐντολὴ. αὐτοῦ, ἵνα Ἱπιστεύσωμενὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ is hiscommandment, that weshould believe onthe name ε ~ ~ ~ ~ ‘ ~ / ι υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, καὶ ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους, καθὼς of his Son Jesus Christ, and should love oneanother, even as ἔδωκεν ἐντολὴν ἡμῖν. 24 καὶ ὁ τηρῶν τὰς ἐντολὰς. αὐτοῦ, he gave commandment to us. ‘And he that Eo his commandments, ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν αὐτῷ" καὶ ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν in him’ = and he in* him: and by this we know ὅτι μενει ἐν ἡμῖν, ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος οὗ ἡμῖν ἔδωκεν. that he abides in us, by the νο, which tous he gave. 4 ᾿᾽Αγαπητοί, μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε, ἀλλὰ δοκιμά- Beloved, “ποῦ τι *spirit *believe, but prove ζετε τὰ πνεύματα, εἰ ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὅτι πολλοὶ ψΨευδο- the spirits, if of God they are; because many false προφῆται ἐξεληλύθασιν εἰς τὸν κόσμον. 2 ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκετε ντα have gone out into πὸ world. By this ye know τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ" πᾶν πνεῦμα ὃ ὁμολογεῖ Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν the Spirit of God: every spirit which confesses Jesus Christ x ἑαυτῷ himself ae, Υ θεῖναι LTTrAW 2 — μου LTTrAW. tongue) GLTTrAW. ὃ ἀλλὰ τν. 5 + ἐν in (work) GLTTraw. μεθα we shall know LTTrAW. Γὅ τι (read whatever our heart) 1, the heart) utr[a]. ban’ LITrA, 613 his brother is a‘ mur- derer: and ye know that no murderer hath eternal life abiding in him, 16 Hereby perceive we the love of God, because he laid down his life for us: and we ought to lay down our lives for the Ὦις- thren. 17 But whoso hath this world’s good, and seeth his brother’ have need, and shur- teth up his bowels of compassion from him, how dwelleth the love of God in him ὃ 18 My little chil- dren, let us not love in word, neither in tongue; but in decd and in truth. 19 And hereby we know that we are of the truth, and shall assure our hearts before him, 20 For if our heart condemn us, God is greater than our heart, and knoweth all things. 21 Beloved, if our heart condemn us not, then have we con- ge toward God. 2 And whatsoever we as we receive of him, because we keep his commandments, and do those things that are pleasivg in his sight. 23 And this is his commandment, That we should be- lieve on the name of his Son Jesus Christ, and love one another, as he gave us com- mandment. 24 And he that keepeth his com- mandmeunts dwelleth in him, and heinhim, Aud hereby we know that he abideth in us, by the Spirit which he hath given us, IV. Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits whe- ther they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world. 2 Here- by know ye the Spirit of God: Every spirit that confesseth that Jesus Christ is come a+ τῇ (read pe the ἃ — καὶ L[TrA]. © γνωσό- 8 — ἡμῶν (read i πιστεύωμεν We believe LTIr; πιστεύ[σ]ωμεν a, 614 in the flesh is of God: 3 and every spirit that tonfesseth not that Jesus Christ is come in the ficsh is not of God: and this is that spirit of antichrist, where- of ye have heard that it should come; and even now already is it in the world. 4 Ye are of God, little children, and have overcome them: because preater is he that is in you, than he that is in the world. 5 They are of the world: therefore speak they of the world, and the world heareth them. 6 We are of God: he that knoweth God heareth us; he that is not of God heareth not us. Hereby know we the spirit of truth, and the spirit of error. 7 Beloved, let us love one another: for love is of God; and every one that loveth is born of God, and knoweth God. 8 He that !oveth not know- eth not God; for God is love. 9 In this was manifested the love of Gou toward us, be- cause that God sent his only begotten Son into the world, that we might live through him. 10 Hercin is love, not that we loved God, but that he loved us, and sent his Son to be the propitiation for our sins. 11 Beloved, if God so loved us, we ought also to love one another. 12 No man hath seen God at any time. If we love one another, God dwelleth in us, andhis love is perfected in us. 13 Hereby know we that we dwell in him, and he in us, because he hath given us of his Spirit. 14 And we have secn and do testi- fy that the Father sent the Son fo be the Sa- viour of the world, IQANNOYT A. ΤΥ: ? ΔΝ , ΑΣ 4 "κ ~ ~ ᾽ 9 4 ~ ~ ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ εστιν. καὶ πᾶν πνεῦμα 31η “flesh lcome, of God isis and ’any “spirit (lit. every) \ ~ ‘ ~ ὡς η ? κ 3 / ? ὃ μὴ .ὁμολογεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν Σχριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα,. ἐκ *which °confesses “ποῦ 7 Jesus ®Christ }°in '*flesh ®come, 130f ~ ~ ” ‘ ~ , ‘ ~ ? ΄ τοῦ θεοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν" καὶ τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ τοῦ ἀντιχρίστοι, 144God ‘not 1316: απᾶ {815 is that[power]ofthe antichrist, - » ‘ ~ ~ v4 1 ‘ 2” ὃ ἀκηκόατε ὅτι ἔρχεται, καὶ νῦν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐστὶν ἤδη. [08] which ye heard that it comes, and now in the world isit already. ~ ~ ~ , ΔΝ / ᾽ [4 4 Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστε, τεκνία, καὶ νενικήκατε αὐτοὺς" Ye of God are, little children, and have overcome them, / ‘ « - n « ᾽ - , Ore μείζων ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν ἢ ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ. because greater is hewho[is]in you than he who([is]in the world. ὃ αὐτοὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἰσίν, διὰ τοῦτο ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου λα- They of the “world are; because of this of the world they λοῦσιν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει. 6 ἡμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ talk, and the world *them thears. We of God éopev’ ὁ γινώσκων τὸν θεόν, ἀκούει ἡμῶν' ὃς οὐκ.ἔστιν are; ο ἰπαῦ knows God, hears us; hethat is not ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ, οὐκ.ἀκούει ἡμῶν. ἐκ τούτου γινώσκομεν TO πνεῦμα of God, hears not us, By this weknow the spirit τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πλάνης. οἵ σα ἢ andthe - spirit of error. > 2 ΄, ? ~ > , = « « ) , 1 oo 7 Αγαπητοί, ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους Ότι ἢ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Beloved, weshouldlove one another; because love 30Ε θεοῦ ἐστιν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται, Ξβᾳοα matt and everyone that loves, of God has been begotten, καὶ γινώσκει τὸν θεόν. 8 ὁ μὴ.ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ.ἔγνω τὸν θεόν" and knows God. He that loves not, knew not God; ὅτι ὁ θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν. 9 ἐν τούτῳ ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη because God love it} In _ this ws manifested the love τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι τὸν.υἱὸν αὐτιῦ τὸν μονογενῆ ἀπέ- of Godasto us, that his Son the only-begotten *has σταλκεν ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα ζήσωμεν de αὐτοῦ. Ssent *God into the world, that we might live through him. 10 ἐν τούτῳ ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη, οὐχ ὅτι ἡμεῖς ἠγαπήσαμεν τὸν Ίπ this is love, not that we loved θεόν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τὸν υἱὸν God, but that he loved us, and sent 3501 αὐτοῦ ἱλασμὸν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν. ἡμῶν. 11 ἀγαπητοί, εἰ this apropitiation for our sins, Beloved, if οὕτως ὁ θεὸς ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ἀλλήλους. 36ο ‘God loved us, also we ought one another ἀγαπᾷν. 12 θεὸν οὐδες πώποτε τεθέαται' ἐὰν ἀγαπῶμεν to love. °God ‘no “one fat “any *time *has*seen; if we should love ἀλλήλους, ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει, καὶ ἡ ἀγάπη. αὐτοῦ Ίτετελειω- one another, God in us abides, and his love *perfect- , ? Δ 3 ἘΣ δὰ ? ΄ ’, ~ μένη ἐστὶν ἐν ἡμῖν." 13 ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ed Ct pas be} us. By this weknow that in him 4 ‘ ~ - - μένομεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν, ὅτι ἐκ τοὔ.πνεύματος αὐτοῦ we abide, and he in us, because of his Spirit δέδωκεν ἡμῖν. 14 καὶ ἡμεῖς τεθεάμεθα καὶ μαρτυροῦμεν ὅτι he has given to us, And we have seen and bearwitness that ὁ πατὴρ ἀπέσταλκεν τὸν υἱὸν σωτῆρα τοῦ κόσμου. the Father has sent the Son [as] Saviour of the world. a ας ο οσο ος --ο--υ----Ἡ- k — χριστὸν Ὑ ; — χριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα (read the Jesus) ΘΟἸΤΎΤΑ, Τετελειωμένχ ἐστίν L, τετελ, εν ἡμὶν ἐστίν ΤΊΓΑ, 1 ἐν ἡμῖν / ον. DSO NN: 15 Ὃς ἂν ὁμολογήσῃ ore Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ. ὁ Whosoever rage confess that Jesus is the Son of God, θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ θεῷ. 16 καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐγνώ- God in him abides, and he in God. And we have καµεν καὶ πεπιστεύκαμεν τὴν ἀγάπην ἣν ἔχει ὁ θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν. known and have believed the love which *has ‘God asto us. ὁ τὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν, καὶ ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, ἐν τῷ θεῷ Gd 2love 115, and hethat abides in love, in God μένει, καὶ 6 θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ, 17 ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη abides, and God in him. π ἐπὶ has been perfected love μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν, ἵνα παῤῥησίαν ἔχωμεν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς κρίσεως, With us, that boldness να πῶς have in the day of judgment, ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ. κόσμῳ. τούτῳ. that even as he a; also we are in this world. 18 φόβος οὐκ.έστιν ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ, "ἀλλ᾽" ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω *Fear ‘there “is *not in love, but perfect love out , « ΄ , ” ε \ ) βάλλει τὸν φόβον, ὅτι ὁ φόβος κόλασιν ἔχει ὁ. δὲ φοβού- Teasts fear; because fear torment saa andhethat fears μενος οὔ.τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ. 19 ο ἀγαπῶμεν has not been made perfect in love. ᾽ ε Ραὐτὸν' ort love ααὐτὸς' πρῶτος ο ἐν ἡμᾶς. him because he on t loved us. 20 Ἐάν τις εἴπῃ, Ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν θεόν, καὶ τὸν ἀδελ- If anyone should say, Τ love God, and *bro- gov αὐτοῦ μισῇ, ψεύστης ἐστίν' ὁ γὰρ μὴ. ἀγαπῶν τὸν ther Shis ‘should *hate, a liar he is. For he that loves not ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν θεὸν ὃν οὐχ.ἑώρακεν, his brother 7God *whom "Πο ?°has ?'not **seen, "rac" we ΟΣ ἀγαπᾷν; 21 καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔχο- Thow sche*able ‘to Slove? And this commandment we μεν am αὐτοῦ, ἵνα ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν θεὺν ἀγαπᾷ καὶ τὸν have from him, that he that loves God should love also ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ. § Πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ “brother ‘his. reer one that believes that Jesus is the χριστὸς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ γεγέννηται Kai πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν τὸν Christ, of God has bcen begotten; and ος that loves him that γεννήσαντα ἀγαπᾷ "καὶ; τὸν γεγεννημένον ἐξ αὐτοῦ. 2 ἐν ig ees) loves also him that has been begotten of him. By τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἀγαπῶμεν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅταν τὸν ταῖς we know that we love the children of God, when θεὸν ἃ ἀγαπῶμεν καὶ τὰς. ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ ἵἹτηρῶμεν.' 3 αὕτη. γάρ God welove and his ο ενας keep. For this ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα τὰς. ἐντολὰς.αὐτοῦ τὴρῶμεν' is the love of God, that his commandments we should keep; καὶ αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ.εσίν. 4 Ore πᾶν τὸ γε- and hiscommandments burdensome are not. Because all that has γεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον" καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν been begotten of God overcomes the world; and _ this is ἢ νίκη ἡ νικήσασα τὸν κόσμον, ἡ.πίστιο ἡμῶν" 5 tic’ the Victory which overcame the world, our faith, Who { ἐστιν ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον, εἰ μὴ ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς is hethat overcomes the world, but hethat believes that Jesus ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ; is the Son of God? whom he has seen, αἱ + μένει abides [nJra. Ὦ ἀλλὰ Tr. 9 + οὖν therefore I. 96 θεὸς God L. τ οὐ (readheis notable) LTTra, 5 [και] LTr, ¥ + [δέ] but (who) τε, 615 15 Whosocver shall confess that Jesus is the Son of God, God dwelleth,in him, and he in God. 16 And we have known and be- lieved the love that God hath to us. God is love; and he that dwelleth in love dwell- eth in God, and God in him. 17 Herein is our love made perfect, that we may have boldness in the day of judgment : because as he is, so are we in this world. 18 Thcre is no fear in love ; but per- fect love casteth out fear: because fear hath torment. He that fear- ethis not made per- fect in love. 19 We love him, because he first loved us, 20 If a man say, I love God, and hateth his brother, he is 8 liar: for he that loveth not his brother whom he hath seen, how can he love God whom he hath not seen? 21 And this commandment have we from him, hat he who loveth God love his brother also. V. Whosoever be- lieveth thatJesusis the Christ is born of Gods and every one that lov- eth him that begat loveth him also that is begotten of him. 2 By this we know that we love the children of God,, when we love God, and keep his com- mandments. 3 For this is the love of God, that we keep his com- mandments: and his commandments are not gricvous. 4 For whatsoever is born of God overcometh the world: and this is the victory that overcom- eth the world, even our faith. 5 Who is he that overcometh the world, but he that be- lieveth that Jesus ig the Son of God? P — αὐτὸν LTTrAW. + ποιῶμεν May do LITrAW. 616 6 This is he that came by water and blood, even Jesus Christ ; not by water only, but by water and blood, And it is the Spirit that beareth witness, be- cause the Spirit is truth. 7 For thcre are three that bear record in heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost : and these three are one. 8 And there are three that bear witness in earth, the Spirit, and the . water, andthe blood: and these three agree in one. 9 ΤΕ we receive the witness of men, the witness of God is greater: for thisis the witness of God which he hath testified of his Son. 10 He that be- lieveth on the Son of God hath the wit- ness in himself: he that believeth not God hath made him a, liar ; because he believeth not the record that God gave of his Son. 11 And this is the re- cord, that God hath given to us eternal life, and this life is in his Son. 12 He that hath the Son hath life ; and he that hath not the Son of God hath not life, 13 These things have I written un- to you that believe on the name of the Son of God; that ye may know that ye have eternal life, and that ye may believe on the name of the Son of God. 14 And this is the confidence that we have in him, that, if we ask any thing according to his will, he heareth us: ‘6 and if we know chat he hear us, what- soever we ask, we know that we have the petitions that we de- sired of him. 16 If any man see his brother sin a sin which is not unto death, he shall ask, and he shall give ΓΟ ΝΘ. ΤΑ, Vv. - ’ Ἵ ” "4 τ ᾽ - 6 Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος, Ἰησοῦς This is hewho came by water and blood, Jesus wil , - > . -ἢ vO , x 1AN’!! > ~ fn ες ἊΨ ο΄ χριστος οὐκ EV τῳυ ατι μονον, α ἐν Tw υόατι και the Christ ; not by water only, but by water and ~ ‘ ‘ ~ δ i A [εν er ‘ ~ , τῷ αἵματι" και TO πνεῦμα ἐστιν το µαρτυρουν OTt TO πνευμα blood. Andthe Spirit it is that bears witness, because the Spirit ἐστιν ἡ ἀλήθεια. ἢ ὅτι τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες”Ζὲν τῷ is the truth, Because three there are who bear witness in οὐρανῷ, ὁ πατήρ, ὁ λόγος, Kai τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα" καὶ οὗτοι heaven, the Father, the Word, and the Holy Ghost; and these οἱ τρεῖς ἕν εἰσιν. ὃ καὶ τρεῖς εἰσιν οἱ μαρτυροῦντες ἐν τῇ three one are. And three thereare who’ bear witness oon γῇ," τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ, καὶ τὸ αἷμα, καὶ οἱ τρεῖς εἰς τὸ earth, the Spirit, and the water, andthe blood; and the three to the ἕν εἰσιν. 9 εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνο- one [point] are. If the witness of men we re- μεν, ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ μείζων ἔἐστίν' ὅτι αὕτη ἐστὶν ceive, the witness of God *greater 18, Because this is ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ θεοῦ, "ἣν" μεμαρτύρηκεν περὶ τοῦ.υἱοῦ. αὐτοῦ. the witness of God which he has witnessed concerning his Son. 10 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν " ἐν Hethat believes on the Son of God has the witness in εἑαυτῷ''. ὁ μὴ πιστεύων “τῷ θεῷ! ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν, himself; he that believes not God τα ας *has?made “him, OTL οὐ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὴν μαρτυρίαν, ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ because he has not believed in the witness which "πας “witnessed 4 A ~ ε - ~ Ν [72 A « ΄ θεὸς περὶ τοῦ.υἱοῦ.αὐτοῦ. 11 καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία ‘God concerning his Son, And this is the witness, ’ » - ε , A ε/ ‘ ~ ὅτι ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ θεός" καὶ αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ that life eternal "gave ΟΞ *God; and this life ?in υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν. 12 ὁ ἔχων τὸν υἱόν, ἔχει τὴν ζωήν" ὁ 4305 “his ος hethat has the Son, has 1119: he that μὴ-ἔχων τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, THY ζωὴν οὐκ. ἔχει. hasnot the Son of God, life has not. 13 Ταῦτα ἔγραψα ὑμῖν "τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ “ὄνομα These things Iwrote toyou. who believe on the name τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ," ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι ζωὴν [έχετε αἰώνιον," καὶ of the Son of God, that yemay know that *life "ye “have ‘eternal, and ἵνα πιστεύητεϊ εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ. 14 καὶ αὕτη that ye may believe on the name ofthe Son of God. And this ἐστὶν ἡ παῤῥησία ἣν ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν, ore ἐάν τι" is the boldness which we have towards him, that if anything αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ.θέλημα.αὐτοῦ, ἀκούει ἡμῶν' 15 καὶ we may ask according to his will, he hears us. And ‘dy οἴδαμεν Ore ἀκούει ἡμῶν, ὃ. Κἂν" αἰτώμεθα, οἴδαμεν ὅτι RPE we know tnat hehears us, whatsoever we may ask, we know that ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ἃ ἠτήκαμεν ‘rag’! αὐτοῦ. we have the requests which we have asked from him, 10. Ἐάν rig toy! τὸν.ἀδελφὸν. αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντα If anyone should see his brother sinning ε , η \ ’ , ΔΝ ’ ~ , ἁμαρτίαν μὴ πρὸς θάνατον, αἰτήσει, καὶ δώσει αὐτῷ ζωήν, him life for them that a sin not to death, heshall ask, and he shall give him life ν — 6 TTraw. x ἀλλὰ Tr Υ + ἐν by LTTraw. t— ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ... .. τῇ γῇ verse 8 GLTTrAW. viw the Son 1.. EXETE G. ® ore that LTTraAW. e Ὁ - τοῦ θεοῦ οἵ God 1. «αὐτῷ himitra. 470 ~ . » Ν » - « - - col ? — τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTraAW. [ἔαἰώνιον ETE G 8 οἱ πιστεύοντες [ye] believers GLW ; τοῖς πιστεύουσιν to [you] who believe tTra, Ἀ ότι ἂν whatever L. tay 1, κ ἐὰν T, | ἀπ᾿ LYTr. τὰ ϱ(δῇ L, απ ο ἘΝ: μὴ πρὺς θάνατον. ἔστιν ἁμαρτία for those that sin not to death. There is a sin πρὸς θάνατον’ ov περὶ ἐκείνης λέγω ἵνα ἐρωτήσῃ" το death ; not concerning that doIsay that he should beseech. 17 πᾶσα ἀδικία ἁμαρτία ἐστίν, καὶ ἔστιν ἁμαρτία οὐ πρὸς Every unrighteousness *sin lis; and thereis asin not θάνατον. 18 οἴδαμεν ὅτι πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ death. We know that ?anyone 3that “has *been ®begotten 7of God (lit. everyone) ? ᾽ € ‘ ? ~ ~ ~ ε πἀλλ ὁ γεννηθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ τηρεῖ “εαυ- but hethat was begotten of God keeps him- Tov," καὶ ὁ. πονηρὸς οὐχ. ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ. 19 οἴδαμεν ὅτι - ἐ ΄ τοις αμαρτανονυσιν « ’ οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει" *not sius, self, and the wicked [one] does not touch him. Weknow that ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐσμεν, καὶ ὃ κόσμος ὅλος ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖται. of God weare, andthe *world *whole in the wicked [one] 1165. 20 Ροΐδαμεν δὲ! ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἥκει, καὶ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν And we know that the Son of God iscome, and hasgiven us διάνοιαν ἵνα Ἁγινώσκωμενὶ τὸν ἀληθινόν" καί ἐσμεν an understanding that wemight know him that [15] true ; and weare ἐν τῷ ἀληθινῷ, ἐν τῷιυἱῷ αὐτοῦ ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστῷ. οὗτός in him that [15] true, in his Son Jesus Christ. He 3 - 2 A , ΔΝ τ ε " A Ld ἐστιν ὁ ἀληθινὸς θεός, Kai τὴ" ζωὴ αἰώνιος. is the true God, and life eternal. ϱ] Texvia, φυλάξατε δἑαυτοὺς" ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων. tapnry." Little children, keep yourselves from idols, Amen, Ἰωάννου ἐπιστολὴ καθολικὴ πρώτη." ωαννου ἔπιστολ)) κασο κ πρωτη. 408 5John “epistle “general first. 617 sin not unto death. There is a sin unto death: I do not suy that he shall pray for it. 17 All unright- eousness is sin: and there is a sin not unto death. 18 We know that whosoever is born of God sinneth not ; but hethat is be- gotten of God keepeth himself, and that wic- ked one toucheth him not. 19 And we know that we are of God and the whole world lieth in wickedness,’ 20 And we know that the Son of God is come, and hath given us an understanding, that we may know him that is true, and we are in him that is true, even in his Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God, and eternal life. 21 Little children, keep yourselves from idols. Amen. aEDIZSTOAH ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ AEYTEPA." 2EPISTLE ΔΟΕ *JOHN 1SECOND. Ὃ πρεσβύτερος Ῥέκλεκτῃ εκυρίᾳὶ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς, The elder to (the] elect lady and her children, οὓς ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ οὐκ ἐγὼ μόνος, ἀλλὰ καὶ whom I love in truth, and not I only, but also , ε ᾽ , ‘ ? / 4 ‘ ? id πάντες οἱ ἐγνωκότες τὴν ἀλήθειαν, 2 διὰ τὴν ἁλή- 811 those who have known’ the truth, for sake of the καὶ ped’ ἡμῶν ἔσται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα" and with us_ shallbe for ever. εἰρήνη παρὰ θεοῦ πατρὸς peace, from God [the] Father, Ἰησοῦ χοιστοῦ τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ πατρός, ἐν Jesus Christ, the Son of the Father, in θειαν τὴν μένουσαγ ἐν ἡμῖν, truth which abides in us, 8 ἔσται μεθ᾽ ἡμῶν! χάρις, ἔλεος, 2Shall 06 *with Sus Ἄρταςθ, mercy, καὶ παρὰ "κυρίου" and from [116] Lord 2 ή ‘ , ἀληθείᾳ καὶ ἀγάπφ. truth and _ love. , / ~ , 4 ᾿Ἐχάρην λίαν ὅτι εὕρηκα ἐκ τῶν.τέκνων.σου περιπα- I rejoiced exceedingly that I have found of thy children walk- ~ ? ’ ‘ α κ ? 4 nt rovvrac ἐν ἀληθείᾳ, καθὼς ἐντολὴν ἐλάβομεν παρα ing in truth, as commandment we received from τοῦ the P καὶ οἴδαμεν GL. t — ἀμήν GLITrAW. ο αὐτόν him TTrA. 5 ἑαυτὰ LTTr. Ἰωάννου α΄ Α. the apostle EB; + καθολικὴ general E ; Ὁ Stephens puts ὦ capital Ἔ, reading the 0 ἀλλὰ Tr. = — ἡ LITrA. Ἰωάνου a Tr} 9 + τοῦ ἀποστόλου ἐπιστολὴ β΄ Tr. ο Κυρίᾳ Cyria (reading the word as a proper name) GLT. ρίου LITrAW., THE elder unto the elect lady and her children, whom I love in the truth ; and not I only, but also all they that have known the truth; 2 for the truth’s sake, which dwelleth in us, and shall be with us for ever. 3 Grace be with you, merey, and peace, from God the Father, and from the Lord Je- sus Christ, the Son of the Father, in truth and love. 41 rejoiced greatly that I found of thy ehildren walking in truth, as we have re- ceived a command- ment from the Father. ᾳ γινώσκομεν We know TTra. v — the subseription EGLTW ; Ἰωάννου β΄ LTAW; ᾿Ἰωάνου word as ἃ proper name, 4 ὑμῶν you EGLW. oaks 618 5 And now I beseech thee, lady, not as though I wrote a new commandment unto thee, but that which we had from the be- ginning, that we love one another. 6 And this is ilove, that we walk after his com- muandmeuts. This is the commandment, That, as ye have heard from the beginning, ο should walk in it. } For many deceivers are entered into the world, who confess not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh. This is a deceiver and an antichrist. 8 Look to yourselves, that we lose not those things which we have wrought, but that we receive a full reward. 9 Whosoever trans- gresseth, and abideth not in the doctrine of Christ, hath not God. He that abideth in the doctrine of Christ, he hath both the Father and the Son. 10 If there come any unto you, and bring not this doctrine, reteive him not into your house, neither bid him God speed: 11 for he that biddeth him God speed is partaker of his evil deeds, 12 Having many things, to write unto you, I would not write with paper and ink: but I trust to come unto you, and speak face to face, that our joy may be full. 13 The children of thy elect sister greet thee, A- men. LOA SN ONY. ἘΣ πατρός. ὃ καὶ νῦν ἐρωτῶ σε, ‘eupia," οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν Father. And now LIbeseech thee, lady, not as ἃ “commandment εγράφω σοι καινὴν," ἀλλὰ ἣν πεῖχομεν' ἀπ᾽ ἀρ- 31 +write δΐο thee ‘new, but that which we werc having from [1168] begin- χῆς, wa ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους. 6 καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἀγάπη; ning, that weshould love one another. And this is * love, ἵνα περιπατῶμεν κατὰ τὰς.ἐντολὰς.αὐτοῦ. αὕτη Ιἐστὶν ἡ that weshould walk according to his commandments. This is the ᾽ ΑΥ̓ΑΝ ἢ ι ? , ae ᾽ ~ / ? ᾽ - ἐντολὴ. καθὼς ἠκούσατε. ἀπ ἀρχῆς, ινα ἐν αὐτῷ commandment, even as yeheard from([the] beginning, that in it περιπατῆτε 7 ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι Ιεἰσῆλθον! εἰς τὸν ye might walk. Because many deceivers entered into the κόσµο», οἱ μὴ.ὁμολογοῦντες Ἰησοῦν χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν world, thosewho donot confess Jesus Christ coming in σαρκί: οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος. 8 βλέπετε flesh— this is the deceiver andthe antichrist. See to ἑαυτούς, ἵνα μὴ ἀπολέσωμεν ἃ πεἰργασάμεθα," ἀλλὰ yourselves, that "ποῦ lwe?may lose whatthings we wrought, but μισθὸν πλήρη ἀπολάβωμεν." 9 πᾶς ᾿ὁ Ῥπαραβαίνων,' καὶ a "reward ‘full we may receive. “Anyone*who ‘“transgresses, ‘and (lit. everyone) FA ~ 5 ᾽ ε τοῦ χριστοῦ, θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει ὁ μὴ.-µένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ 15ᾳοἆ ‘not ‘has. He that Sabides 7not ®in *the *°teaching tof ?*the ‘*Christ, μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῃ “τοῦ χριστοῦ,' οὗτος καὶ τὸν πατέρα abides in the teaching of the Christ, this [ene] both the Father καὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἔχει. 10 εἴ τις ἔρχεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ ταύτην and the Son has, If anyone comes to you, and this \ ἂν ‘ ’ ‘ “ \ φ ὃς τὴν διδαχὴν οὐ-φέρει, μὴ λαμβάνετε αὐτὸν εἰς οἰκιαν, teaching doe, not bring, do not receive him into [the] house, καὶ χαίρειν αὐτῷ μὴ.λέγετε' 11 ὁ "γὰρ λέγων" αὐτῷ χαίρειν, and “Hail! *to*him ‘say ?not; for he who says tohim ἘΠ κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς. partakes ie ο Εις “evil. 12 Πολλὰ ἔχων ὑμῖν γράφειν, οὐκ.Σἠβουλήθην" διὰ χάρ- Many things having *to *you ‘to “write, I would not with pa- του καὶ μέλανος" ἀλλὰ έλπιζω" "ἐλθεῖν! πρὸς ὑμᾶς, καὶ στόμα per and ink; but hope to come to you, and mouth πρὸς στόμα λαλῆσαι, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ "ἡμῶν" 1/.πεπληρωμένη." to mouth tospeak, that ον our may be full. 13 ἀσπάζεταί σε τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἀδελφῆς σου τῆς YékEK- "Salute Sthee ‘the *children Ssister “°of *thine elect. Tic." Ζάμῆην.! Amen. a’ Φ 3 [ή HH] Ιωάννου ἐπιστολὴ δευτέρα. 305 *John “epistle 1second. [Κυρία Cyria (see verse 1) GLT. εἴχαμεν TTr. θαν (-θον TAW) Went forth Ltr, σοι LTTr. ye wrought LIT w. LTTrAW. t ἐλπίζω yap for I hope Gt. ἢ y See note Ὁ verse 1. ὠμένη ἢ 0. 4 --- τοῦ χριστοῦ LTTrAW. ος 8 γράφων (writing) σοι καινὴν EGAW; καινὴν γράφων in ἐντολή ἐστιν ΙΤΤιΑΥΝ. κ + ἵνα that τ. | ἐξηλ- πι ἀπολέσητε ye may lose LTTraw. η εἰργάσασθε P προάγων goes forward τ λέγων γὰρ LTTrA. 5 ἐβουλήθην LITrAW. ἡ ὑμῶν your LTrA. χ πεπλη- 8. — the subscription EGLTW ; ο ἀπολάβητε ye May receive LTTraw. " γενέσθαι LTTrAW. :-- ἀμήν ΟΙ/ΓΊΤΑΥΓ. Ἰωάνου β΄ Tr; Ἰωάννου β΄ A. ΡΕΠΙΣΡΟΛΗΠ {ΙΟΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΡΙΤΗ! “EPIsSt Lk “OF *JOLLN *THLRD. ‘O εσβύτε Γαΐῳ τῷ ἀγαπητῷ, ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν πρεσβύτερος ἵῳ τῷ ἀγαπητῷ, ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ & The elder to Gaius the beloved, whom [ love in ἀληθείᾳ. truth. ” , » a ~ πάντων εὔχομαί σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ all things Iwi-h thee toprosper and ς ’ ᾽ ~ ’ « ΄ ’ ν» ὐγιαίνειν, καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή. 8. ἐχάρην “γὰρ" ‘ περι eoncerning 2 ᾿Αγαπητέε. Beloved. be in health, even as prospers thy soul. For L rejoiced λίαν ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν καὶ μαρτυρούντων σου τῇ exceedingly, ~coming (‘the] *brethren πὰ bearing witness of thy ἀληθείᾳ, κἀθὼς σὺ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ περιπατεῖς. 4 µειζοτέραν τού- truth, even as thou in truth walkest. Greater ®than των οὐκ.έχω χαράν, ἵνα ἀκούω τὰ ἐμὰ τέκνα ἐν ἃ "these Sthings 11 παγνο ‘not ‘joy, that Ishould hearof mychildren in i ΄ - > / Δ - « ἀληθείᾳ περιπατοῦντα. ὃ ᾿Αγαπητέ, πιστὸν ποιεῖς ὃ ἐὰν truth walking, Beloved, faithfully thou doest whatever εἐργάσμ' εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ feic τοὺς! thou mayést have wrought towards the brethren and towards ξένους, 6 ot ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον straugers, (who witnessed of thy love κλήσιας' οὓς καλῶς ποιήσεις προπεµψας sembly) whom °well ®thou ’wilt *do ‘setting *forward *worthily ἐκ- before [the] as- ἀξίως τοῦ θεοῦ" _ tof °God; 7 ὑπὲρ. γὰρ τοῦ ὀνόματος 5 Λἐξηλθον!' μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες for, tor the name they went forth, “nothing taking ἀπὸ τῶν Over." 8 ἡμεῖς οὖν ὀφείλομεν Κάπολαμβάνειν] from the _ nations, Ίο therefore ought to receive ‘ , e «να ΄ ~ ? ‘ ” τοὺς τοιούτους, ινα συνεργοὶ ΄ γινώμεθα τῷ ἀληθείᾳ. 9 Ἔ- such, that fellow-workers we may be withthe truth. I yoala! τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ' ἀλλ᾿ ὁ Φφιλοπρωτεύων αὐτῶν wrote but πι Διητοεφὴς" οὐκ.ἐπιδέχεται ἡμᾶς. 10 διὰ" *Diotrephes, receives not us. On account of this, if I come, ὑπομνήσω αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔογα ἃ ποιεῖ, λόγοις I wili bring to remembrance of him the works which he does, with “words ~ ν ~ ‘ oY ’ 2 ‘ / πονηροῖς φλυαρῶν ἡμᾶς" καὶ μὴ ἀρκούμενος. ἐπὶ τούτοις, ο πη prating against us; and not satisfied with these, ” 7 A . al 4 Στ oN ιά ‘ ‘ λ , οὔτε αὐτὸς ἐπιδέχεται τοὺς ἀδελφούς, καὶ τοὺς βουλομεέ- neither himsclf receives the brethren, and those who would ν ~ ’ ΄ >? νους κωλύει, καὶ "ἐκὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐκβάλλει. 11 “Aya- he forbids, and from the assembly casts [them] out. Be- ‘ ~ ‘ , ‘ 9 , « πητέ, μὴ-.μιμοῦ τὸ κακόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἀγαθόν. ὁ loved, do notimitate that which [is] evil, but what{[is] good. He that ~ ~ σαφή "3, ς εἰ ~ <7 ἀγαθοποιῶν, ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ9δὲ' κακοποιῶν οὐχ ἑώ- does good, of God isis but he that does evil “not tothe. assembly ; *who “loves *to *be ®first 7among *them τοῦτο, ἐὰν ἔλθω, thas . , ΄ , c ‘ , \ ρακεν τὸν θεόν. 12 Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων, καὶ secn God. To Demetrius witnessis borne by all, and Ὁ + τοῦ ἀποστόλου the apostle E; + καθολικὴ general E; Ἰωάννου γ΄ ε ἐργάζῃ thou workest τ᾿. h ἐξῆλθαν LYTr. ἱ κ ὑπολαμβάνειν to sustain LYTraw. ¢ — γὰρ 1[Tr]. d + τῇ the LTTraw. ἐπιστολὴ γ΄ Tr. hee ; & + αυτοῦ (read his name) E. f τοῦτο that LYTrAW. (read those of the nations) LTTraw. somewhat LTrraw. πι ΑΔιοτρέφης LA. n — ἐκ (read [from]) τ. THE elder unto the wellbeloved Gaius, whoin I love in the truth. 2 Beloved, I wish a- bove all things that thou mayest prosper and be in health, even as thy soul prospereth. 3 For I rejoiced great. ly, when the brethren came and testified of the truth that is in thee, even as thon wulkest in the truth. 4 I have no greater joy than to hear that my children walk in truth. 5 Beloved, thou doest faithfully what- soever thou doest to the brethren, and to strangers; 6 which have borne witness of thy .charity before the church : whom if thou bring forw.ird on their journey after a godly sort. thou shalt do well: 7 because that for his name's sake they went forth, tak- ing nothing of the Gentiles. 8 We there- fore ought to receive such, that we might be fellowhelpers to the truth. 9 I wrote unto the church: but Diotrephes, who loy- eth to have the preeminence ‘among them. receiveth us not. 10 Wherefore, if I come, I will remember his deeds which he do- eth, prating against us with munalicious words: and not con- tent therewith, nei- ther doth he himself receive the brethren, and forbiddeth them that would, and cast- eth them out of the ehurch, 11 Beloved, follow not that which is evil, but that which is good. He that doeth good is of God: but he that docth evil hath not seen God. 12 De- metrius hath good report of all men, LTAW; ᾿Ἰωάνου i ἐθνικῶν ἐς σε 9 — δὲ but GLTrraw, 620 and of the truth it- self: yea, and we also bear record; and ye know that our record is true. 131 had many things to write, but I will not with ink and pen write untothee: 16 but T trust I shall shortly see thee. and we shall speak face to face. Peace δα ἕο thee. Our friends salute thee. Greet the friends by uame IOYAAS. ~ ~ ? , « - ‘ » ~ 4 Pir’! αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας" καὶ ἡμεῖς δὲ μαρτυροῦμεν, καὶ by Sitself ‘the "truth; and we also _ bear wituess, and v " τή} , « ~ / ᾽ αοἴδατε] ὅτι ἡ.μαρτυρία.ἡμῶν ἀληθῆς ἐστιν. ye know that our witness *true pie 19 Πολλὰ εἶχον 'γράφειν,! ἀλλ᾽ οὐ-θελω διὰ μέλανος καὶ Many things Ihad towrite, but Iwill not with ink and καλάμου ὅσοι γράψαι" 14 ἐλπίζω-δὲ εὐθέως "ἰδεῖν σε, pen 3to *thee ‘to *write ; but Lhope immediately tosce the®@, ΄ ‘ , ? ’ ᾽ ss καὶ στόμα πρὸς στόμα λαλήσομεν. 15 Ἐιρήνη σοι. ἄσπα- and mouth to mouth we shall speak. Peace to thee, *Sa- 4 ε / ᾽ / ‘ /' 3 - ζονταί σε οἱ Φίλοι. ἀσπάζου τοὺς φίλους κατ ὄνομα. lute 4thee 'the *friends. Salute the friends by mame, VIwavvovu ἐπιστολὴ καθολικὴ τρίτη." 30Ε57ομιπ epistle *general ολ, «ΏΠΙΣΤΟΛΗ TOY ΙΟΥΔΑ ΚΑΘΟΛΙΚΗ.' JUDE, the servant of Jesus Christ, and bro- therof James, to them that are sanctified by God the Father, and preserved in Jesus Christ, and called: 2 Mercy unto you, and peace, and love, be multiplied. 3 Beloveé, when I gave all diligence to write unto you of the common salvation, it was needful for me to write unto you, and exhort you that ye should earnestly con- tend for ‘the faith which was once deliv- ered unto the saints. 4 For there are cer- tain men crept in una- wares, who were be- fore of old ordained to this condemnation, ungodly men, turning the grace of our God into _lasciviousness, and denying the only Lord God, and our Lord Jesus Christ. 5 I will therefore pak you in remem- rance, though ye once knew this, how that the Lord, having saved the people out of the land of Egypt, afterward destroyed them that believed 2EPISTLE 30Ε *JUDE 1GENERAL, "IOYAAS ᾿Γησοῦ χριστοῦ δοῦλος, ἀδελφὸς.δὲ Ιακώβου, τοῖς Jude, of Jesus Christ bondman, and brother of James, tothe ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ ἡγιασμένοις! καὶ ᾿Ιησοῦ χοιστῷ τετηρη- 41η God [5186] 7Father “sanctified Sand }°%in ''Jesus +*-Christ °*kept μένοις κλητοῖς' 2 ἔλεος ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ ἀγάπη ‘ealled {[οπθ5]. Mercy πληθυνθείη. be multiplied. ? / ~ 4 , ’ ε - 9 ᾿Αγαπητοί, πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος γράφειν ὑμῖν Beloved, 2all -diligence lusing to write to you περὶ τῆς κοινῆς “ σωτηρίας, ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι ὑμῖν, concerning the cominon salvation, necessity Ihad towrite to you, to you and peace, and love παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ ἅπαξ παραδοθείσῃ τοῖς exhorting [you] tocontendcatnestly forthe “once 7delivered ‘*to°the ἁγίοις πίστει. 4 παρεισέδυσαν.γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι, οἱ Ssaints ‘faith. For came in stealthily certain men, they wha πάλαι προγεγραμµένοι εἰς τοῦτο TO κρίμα, ἀσεβεῖς of old have been before marked out to _ this sentence, ungodly [persons] τὴν τοῦ. θεοῦ. ἡμῶν ἀχάριν! μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν καὶ TOY “the *of Sour God “grace changing into licentiousnessand “the µόνον δεσπότην “θεὸν καὶ κύριον ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦν χριστὸν Zonly *master— δᾳοᾶ ‘and ‘our Lord *Jesus *°Christ ἀρνούμενοι. ‘denying. 5 Ὑπομνῆσαιδὲ ὑμᾶς βούλομαι, εἰδότας ὑμᾶς" ἅπαξ But *put *in®remembrance *you ‘I ?would, ®knowing ‘you once Erovro," ὅτι "δ᾽ ἱκύριος" λαὸν ἐκ ἧς Αἰγύπτου σώ- this, that the Lord apeople out of [the] land of Egypt having σας, τὸ δεύτερον τοὺς μὴ.πιστεύσαντας ἀπώλεσεν. 6 ἀγ- saved, in the second place those who believed not he destroyed. Ρ ὑπὸ T. LTTraw. {.- ὑμᾶς LTTraw. 4 οἶδας thou knowest LTTra. Ἀ γράφειν σοι lL; σοι γράφειν TIraw. ‘ iwavov γ΄ Tr; ᾿Ιωάννου γ΄ A. 3 αποστόλου apostle E ; Ιούδα ἐπιστολὴ GLTrW ; Ιούδα ΤΑ. 6 + ἡμῶν (γεαά our common) LTTra, ¢ τ γράψαι σοι to write to thee LTTraw. t σε ἰδεῖν LTTrAW. v — the stbscription EGLTW; > ἠγαπημένοις beloved © — θεὸν GLTIrAW. 1 ]ησοῦς Jesus ΤΑ. 4 χάριτα LTTrAW. Β πάντα all things Lrrraw, bh — ὃ ΤΤΙΑ. ΠΤ Dik. γέλους τε τοὺς μὴ.τηρήσαντας τὴν. ἑαυτῶν ἀρχήν, ἀλλὰ Angels ‘and who kept not their own first-state, but ἀπολιπόντας τὸ ἴδιον οἰκητήριον; εἰς κρίσιν μεγάλης left their own dwelling, unto[the] judgment of [the] great ἡμέρας δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν' 7 ὡς Σόδομα day in *bonds ‘eternal under darkness he keeps; as Sodom \ , ε 4 , [ή , καὶ Τόμοῤῥα, καὶ αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις, τὸν ύμοιον ἱτού- and Gomorrha, and the ?around *them 1018165, inlike ?with τοις τρόπον" ἐκπορνεύσασαι. καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι Jmanner %them having given themselves to fornication and ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας, πρόκεινται δεῖγμα, after flesh tother, aresetforthas an example, δίκην ὑπέχουσαι. ὃ ὁμοίως. μέντοι καὶ (?the] 3ρεπα]ίσ ‘undergoing. Yet in like manner also ζόμενοι, ers having gone πυρὸς αἰωνίου *of °fire eternal οὗτοι ἐνυπνια- these dream- σάρκα μὲν µιαίνουσιν, κυριότητα.δὲ ἀθετοῦσιν, [2086] *flesh defile, _ and “lordship set 7aside, δόξας. δὲ βλασφημοῦσιν. 9 Ἀπὸ δὲ Μιχαὴλ ὁ ἀρχάγγελος, απᾶ "ρ]οτίες ‘speak evil “οἵ. But Michael the archangel, Nore" τῷ διαβόλῳ διακρινόµενος διελέγετο περὶ τοῦ ὑΜω- when withthe devil disputing he reasoned about the 20f σέως" σώματος, οὐκ.ἐτόλμησεν κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασ- Moses *body, did not dare ‘a 7charge 7to*bring *against [*him] ‘rail- / p 1AX'!! 5 ἪΝ ΄ / 10 oe δὲ φημίας, Τά εἶπεν, Ἐπιτιμησαι σοι κύριος. οὗτοι. δὲ ing, but said, 3Rebuke ‘thee [‘the] "Τιοτᾶ, But these, ee A ? ” “Ὁ er ‘ ὅσα μὲν οὐκ.οἴδασιν βλασφημοῦσιν" ὅσα. δὲ whatever things they know not theyspeakevilof; but whatever things φυσικῶς, ὡς τὰ ἄλογα ζῶα, ἐπίστανται, ἐν τούτοις naturally, the Φθείρονται. they corrupt themselves. as irrational animals, they understand, in these things 11 οὐαὶ αὐτοῖς ὅτι τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάῑν Woe tothem! because in the way of Cain ἐπορεύθησαν, καὶ τῇ πλάνῃ τοῦ Βαλαὰμ μισθοῦ ἐξεχύθησαν, they went, | and tothe error of Balaam for reward rushed, καὶ "τῇ ἀντιλογίᾳ τοῦ Κορὲ ἀπώλοντο. 12 οὗτοί εἰσιν ἐν and inthe gainsaying of Korah perished. These are in ταῖς. AyaTalc-ULWV σπιλάδες, συνευωχούμενοι ἀφόβως," your love feasts sunkenrocks, feastingtogether [with you] fearlessly, e , , » « 4 ? / ἑαυτοὺς ποιμαίνοντες νεφέλαι ἄνυδροι, ὑπὸ ἀνέμων themselves *pasturing; clouds without water, by winds , ” " 2 Ξπεριφερόμεναι"" δένδρα φθινοπωρινὰ ἄκαρπα δὶς ἀποθα- being carried about, trees lautumnal, without fruit, twice , 3 / Δ ΄ » θ λ / 3 ιζ γνόντα ἐκριζωθέντα" 19 κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης ἑπαφριζοντα rooted up ; 2waves ‘wild of{[the]sea, foaming out ~ , ὃ ’ πον “- « ~ τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας" ἀστέρες πλανῆται, οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ their own shames ; 2stars lwandering, to whom the gloom σκότους εἰς τὸν! αἰῶνα τετήρηται. 14 προεφήτευσεν" δὲ καὶ of darkness for ever has been Ἐερξ, And prophesied ‘also 4 , , τούτοις ἕβδομος ἀπὸ ᾿Αδὰμ ᾿Ενώχ, λέγων, Ιδού, Sas °to these [2.86] ‘seventh ‘from "Αάαπι, ‘Enoch, , saying, Behold, ἦλθεν κύριος ἐν "μυριάσιν ἁγίαις" αὐτοῦ, 15 ποιῆσαι Scame ['the] *Lord amidst πιστ]αᾶς “holy this, to execute κρίσιν κατὰ πάντων, καὶ "ἐξελέγξαι" πάντας τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς judgment against all, and toconvict all the ungodly 1 τρόπον τούτοις LTTrAW. πι ὅτε when L. LTTraw. P ἀλλὰ LTTrAW. tr place the comma after συνευ- GLITrAW. "ἐπροφήτευσεν Τη. ἁγίαις μυριάσιν GLTTrAW, dead, ‘dam, n τότε at that time L. 4 + οἱ (read the sunken rocks) LTTra, 6 παραφερόµεναι being carried along GLTTraw. ἐλέγξαι LTTrA,. 621 not. 6 And the angels which kept not their first estate, but left their own habitation, he hath reserved in everlasting chains un- der darkness unto the judgment of the great day. 7 Even as Sodom and Gomorrha, and the cities about them in like manner, giving themselves over to fornication, and going after strange flesh, are set forth for an ex- ample, suffering the vengeance of eternal fire. 8 Likewise also these filthy dreamers defile the flesh, despise dominion, and speak evil of dignities.9 Yet Michael thearchangel, when contending with the devil he disputed about the body of Mo- ses, durst not bring a- gainst him a railing accusation, but said, The Lord rebuke thee. 10 But these speak evil of those things which they know not: but what they know na- turally, as brute beasts, in those things they corrupt them- selves. 11 Woe unto them ! for they have gone in the way of Cain, and ran greedily after the error of Balaam for reward, and perished in the gainsaying of Core. 12 These are spots in your feasts of charity, when they feast with you, feeding them- selves without fear: clouds they are with- out water, carried a- bout of winds; trees whose fruit withereth, without fruit, twice dead, plucked up by the roots; 13 raging waves of the sea, foam- ing out their own shame ; wandering stars, to whom is re- served the blackness of darkness for ever. 14 And Enoch also, the seventh from A- prophesied of these, saying, Behold, the Lord cometh with ten thousands cf his saints, 15 to execute judgment upon all, and to convince all LN eee en L———L—— ο Μωύσέως τ Text. Rec. and τω» τὸν 622 that are ungodly a- mong them of all their ungodly deeds which they have un- godly committed, and of all their hard speeches which ungod- ly sinners have spoken against him, 16 These are murmurers, coni- plainers, walking af- ter their own lusts ; and their mouth speak- eth great swelling words, haying men’s ersons in admiration ecause of advantage. 17 But, beloved, re- member ye the words which were spoken be- fore of the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ; 18 how that they told you there should be mockers in the last time, who should walk after their own ungodly lusts, 19 These be they who separate them- selves, sensual, hay- ing not the Spirit. 20 But ye, beloved, building up yourselves on your most holy faith, praying in the Holy Ghost, 21 keep yourselves in the love of God, looking for the mercy of our Lord Je- sus Christ unto eternal life. 22 And of some havecompassion, mak- ing a difference: 23 and others save with fear, pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted by the flesh. 24 Now unto him thatis able tokeep you from falling, and to .-- you faultless fore the presence of his glory with exceed- ing joy, 25 to the only wise God our Saviour, be glory and majesty, dominion and power, both now andever. A- men, 7 — αὐτῶν LTTrA. μάτων words having been spoken before t. Tr[a]W) χρόνου at the end of the time Lrtraw. κοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς τῇ ἁγιωτάτῃ ὑμῶν πίστει LTTrAW. dispute, convict LTTraw. IOYAAZ. Yairév" περὶ πάντων τῶν ἔργων ἸΤἀσεβείαςὶ αὐτῶν ὧν of them concerning all 2works 70f *ungodliness ‘their which ἠσέβησαν, καὶ περὶ πάντων τῶν σκληρῶν ὃ ὧν they did ungodlily, and concerning all the hard [things] which ? / ? ? ~ ς ‘ 7 ~ <= ΄ ? ἐλάλησαν Kar αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτωλοὶ ἀσεβεῖς. 16 οὗτοί εἰσιν 3spoke *against ‘him 2sinners lungodly. These are γογγυσταί, μεμψίμοιροι, κατὰ τὰς.ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευό- murmurers, complainers, 7after stheir #lusts twalk- μενοι" καὶ τὸ στόµα.αὐτῶν λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα, θαυμάζοντες ing; and their mouth speaks greatswelling[words], admiring πρόσωπα ὠφελείας χάριν. 17 ὑμεῖς. δέ, ἀγαπητοί, µνή- persons Sprofit ‘for *the 3sake 503. But ye, beloved, re- σθητε τῶν ὑῥημάτων τῶν προειρημένων! ὑπὸ τῶν ἀπο- member the words which have been spoken before by the apo- στόλων τοῦ.κυρίου.ἡμῶν Inoov χριστοῦ" 18 ὅτι ἔλεγον ὑμῖν, stles of our Lord Jesus Christ, that they said toyou, Core! dey ἐσχάτῳ χρόνῳ" ΄ ἔσονται ἐμπαῖκται, κατὰ τὰς that 10 [86] last time there will be mockers, ?after ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν. 19 οὗτοί εἰσιν 3their*own desires lwalking of ungodlinesses, These are οἱ ἀποδιορίζοντες, | ψυχικοί, πνεῦμα μὴ they who set apart {themselves}, natural (men], (Sthe] *Spirit “not ἔχοντες. 90 ὑμεῖςδέ, ἀγαπητοί, ΙἹτῇ-ἁγιωτάτῃ.ὑμῶν πίστει “having. t But ye, beloved, on your most holy faith ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτούς," ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ προσευχό- building up yourselves, in [the] Spirit 1Holy pray- µενοι, 21 ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ θεοῦ τηρήσατε, προσδεχό- ing, 2yourselves in [tthe] “love ‘Sof 7God 1keep, await- μενοι TO ἔλεος τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν ᾿Ιησοῦ χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν ing the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ unto life αἰώνιον. 22 καὶ οὓς μὲν Εἐλεεῖτε διακρινόμενοιἳ 23 Βοὺς. δὲ eternal. And some ‘pity, making a dsference. but others “ἐν φόβῳ σώζετε, ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες," μισοῦντες with fear save, outof the fire snatching [them]; hating καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα. even the “by “006 ‘flesh 2spotted ‘garment, 24 Τῷ δὲ δυναμένῳ φυλάξαι αὐτοὺς! ἁπταίστους, καὶ But to him who is able to keep them without stumbling, and στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς. δόξης. αὐτοῦ ἀμώμους ἐν ἀγαλ- to set [them] before his glory blameless with exul- λιάσει, 25 μόνῳ ἔσοφῷ" θεῷ σωτῆριἡμῶν,ὶ δόξα ™cat'! tation, to [the] only wise God our Saviour, [be] glory and μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος καὶ "ἐξουσία, " καὶ νῦν καὶ εἰς πάντας greatness, might and authority, .both now, and to all τοὺς αἰῶνας. .apny. the ages. Amen, «'Ἠπιστολὴ Ἰούδα καθολική." “Epistle *of*Jude ‘general. 3 + λόγων speeches Τ. Ὁ προειρημένων ῥη- ς — ὅτι αὐτί Tr]. ἃ ἐπ᾽ ἐσχάτου τοῦ (— τοῦ e - ἑαυτοὺς themselves EG f ἐποι- ι Ἐ ἐλέγχετε διακρινομένους [who] Ἀ οὓς δὲ σώζετε ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες, οὓς δὲ ἐλεᾶτε (ἐλεεῖτε W) { [ἀσεβείας] Tr. ἐν φόβῳ but others save, from [the] fire snatching [them], and others pity in fear LTTrAw. LTTrAw. Σὑμᾶς you (and read set [you] before) EGLTTrw. 1+ διὰ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν through Jesus Christ our Lord Gittraw. Ὁ + πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος before the whole age (read καὶ and) LTTraw. eubscriptian EGLTW ; k — σοφῷ GLTTraw. m— καὶ o— the Ἴουδα Tra, ᾽ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ ΤΟΥ ΘΕΟΛΟΓΟΥ.’ REVELATION OF JOHN THE ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ Ἰησοῦ χριστοῦ, ἣν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ θεός, Revelation of Jesus Christ, which gave “to*him ‘God, δεῖξαι τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν.τάχει, καὶ to shew to his bondmen * what things must take place shortly: and ἐσήμανεν ἀποστείλας διὰ τοῦ.ἀγγέλου.αὐτοῦ τῷ. δούλῳ αὐτοῦ he signified [it], having sent by his angel to his bondman db’ ᾿ὔ ἢ εν ? , ‘ , ~ ~ \ ‘ Iwavyy," 2 ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ THY John, who testified the word of God and the μαρτυρίαν Inoov χριστοῦ, doa ετεῖ ἀεῖδεν." 8 µακά- testimony of Jesus Christ, *whatsoever*things4and he saw. Bless- ριος ὁ ἀναγινώσκων, καὶ οἱ ἀκούοντες «τοὺς λόγους" ed [is] he that reads, and they that hear the words τῆς προφητείας, καὶ τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα" of the prophecy, and keep the things ἢ it written ; ὁ.γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς. forthe time [is] near. : 4 Ἰωάννης" ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίᾳ' John. to the χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη ἀπὸ Grace toyou and peace from seven assemblies Asia: Srov' 6 ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν kai ὃ him who is and who was and who(is] ἐρχόμενος" καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων Ἀἅ i’ Ιἐστιν' ἐνώπιον to come ; and from the seven Spirits which are before τοῦ.θρόνου αὐτοῦ" 5 καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ὁ μάρτυς ὁ his throue ; and from Jesus Christ, the *witness πιστός. ὁ πρωτότοκος ἔἐκ' τῶν νεκρῶν. καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν 1faithful, the firstborn from among the dead. and the ruler of the βασιλέων τῆς γῆς τῷ ἰἀγαπήσαντι" ἡμᾶς, καὶ Πλού- kings loved us, and wash- which [are] in of the earth, To him who σαντι ἡμᾶς "ἀπὸ" τῶν .ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν" ἐν τῷ αἵματι.αὐτοῦ' ed us from our sins in his blood, 6 καὶ ἐποίησεν Ρὴμᾶς' “βασιλεῖς καὶ" ἱερεῖς τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ and made us kings and priests to7God *“and*Father αὐτοῦ" αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν ‘This: ἴο Ηἷτῃ [067 {Πε glory and the might ἰὸ the ages ofthe αἰώνων." ἀμήν. ages. Amen, 7 Ιδού, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς Behold, hecomes with the clouds, and shallsee him _ every ὀφθαλμός, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν" καὶ κόψονται DIVINE THE Revelation of Je- sus Christ, which God gave unto him, toshew unto his servants things which must shortly come to pass ; and he sent and signi- fied ἐξ by his angel un- to his servant John: 2 who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw. 3 Blessed {5 he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand. 4 JOHN tothe seven churches which are in Asia: Grace be unto you, and peace, from him which is, and which was, and which is to come ; and from the seven Spiritswhich are before his throne ; 5 and from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the firstbegotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood, 6 and hath made us kings and priests unto God and his Father; to him beglory and do- minion .for ever and ever. Amen. 7 Behold, he cometh with clouds;andevery eye shall see him, and they also which pierc- eye,” and they which “him " βοᾶ Τα wall th Σῖς, ἐπ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς. vat, ἀμὴν. — wail because of him. on °account*of **him all the “tribes tof *the Searth. Yea, amen. Even so, Amen. 8 Ἔγώ εἰμι τὸ "Α' καὶ τὸ 'Q," "ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος" λέγει θε Μο I am the A and the Q, beginning and ending, says and the ending, saith α᾿᾽Αποκάλυψις α; ᾽Αποκάλυψις Ἰωάννου (Ἰωάνου Tr) LTTrAw. Ὁ Ἰωάνῃ Tr. ςε--- τε GLTTrAWw. 4 ἴδεν Τ. ε τὸν λόγον the word Ὁ. { Ἰωάνης Tr. 8 — τοῦ (read [him]) GLITrAW, Β τῶν Tr. i — ἐστιν (read [are]) LTtTraw. k — ἐκ (read τῶν of the) GLTTrAw. | ἀγαπῶντι loves GLTTraw. τὰ λύσαντι freed Ἱττν; λ[ο]ύσαντιΑ. 5 ἐκ LTTrA. ο [ἡμῶν] A. Ρ ἡμῶν τι; ἡμῖν for us Tr. 4 βασιλείαν, a kingdom, GLTTrAW. *— τῶν αἰώνων A, 5 ἄλφα Alpha LiTraw. Oia, ¥ — ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος GLTTrAW,. 624 the Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty. 9 I John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribula- tion, and in the king- dom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God, and for the testimony ,of Jesus Christ. 10 I was in the Spirit on the Lord’s day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet, 11 saying, Iam Alpha and Ome- ga, the first and the last: and, What thou seest, write in a book; and send it unto the seven churches which are in Asia; unto Eph- esus, and unto Smyr- na, and unto Perga- mos, and unto Thya- tira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea, 12 And I turned tosee the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks ; 13 and in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt a- bout the paps witha golden girdle. 14 His head and ἠῶ hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and his eyes were as a flame of fire ; 15 and his feet like unto fine brass, as if they burn- ed in a furnace; and his voice as the sound of many waters.16 And he had in his right hand seven stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp two-edged sword : and his coun- tenance was as_ the sun shineth in his strength, 17 And when I saw him, 1 fell at his feet as dead. And he ΑΤΜ ΠΟ ΟΛΑ OY TS. Ι. « ᾿ « - ‘ sea πὸ κύριος" ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ο ερχύμενος, ὁ παντο- the Lord, who is and whowas andwho[is] tocome, the Al- κοάτωρ. mighty. 9 ᾿Εγὼ *Iwavyne,' ὁ Σκαὶ" ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν καὶ 7συγκοινωνοσὶ i John, also “brother ‘your and fcellow-partaker ἐν τῇ θλίψει καὶ δὲν τῇ βασιλείᾳ καὶ ὑπομονῇ b ΦΙῃσοῦ χρισ- in the tribulation απᾶ in the kingdom and endurance of Jesus Christ, τοῦ,! ἐγενόμην ἐν τῇ νήσῳ τῇ καλουμένῃ Πάτμῳ, διὰ was in the island which [is] called Patmos, because of τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀδιὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ᾿Ιησοῦ “χρισ- the word of God and because of the testimony of Jesus Christ. ουδ 10 ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι ἐν τῇ κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ" καὶ became in([the] Spirit on the Lord’s day, and ἤκουσα ὀπίσω µου φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος, 11 λεγού-' Iheard behind: me a voice *loud as. of a trumpet, say- σης, Ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ A καὶ τὸ Q, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος" Kai," ing, Ι am the A and the Ω, the first and the last ; and, τι / > / , ‘ / - ? , O βλέπεις γράψον εἰς βιβλίον, καὶ πέμψον ταῖς 8 ἐκκλησίαις What thou seest write in abook, and send tothe 8.55.1 1165 ~ ? ’ A ? j 4 Βγαῖς ἐν ᾿Ασίᾳ," εἰς Ἔφεσον, καὶ εἰς ᾿Σμύρναν," καὶ εἰς which [are] in Asia: to Ephesus, and to Smyrna, und to Πέργαμον, καὶ εἰς Σθυάτειρα,! καὶ sic Σάρδεις, καὶ εἰς ἰφιλα- Pergamos, and to Thyatira, and to Sardis, and to Phila- δέλφειαν,! καὶ εἰς Λαοδίκειαν." 12 καὶ ἐπέστρεψα βλέπειν delphia, and to Laodicea. And I turned to see τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις "ἐλάλησεν" per’ ἐμοῦ" καὶ ἐπιστρέψας εἶδον the voice which spoke with me, and havingturned I saw « ΄ ~ ‘ ~ F ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς, 13 καὶ ἐν έσῳ τῶν “ἑπτὰ! λυχ- seven 7lampstands ‘golden, and in[the] midst ofthe seven lamp- ~ eo Δ ΕΣ} ιά ’ νιῶν "ὅμοιον Ρυϊῷ! ἀνθρώπου, ἐνδεδυμένον stands [056] like [the] Son of man, elothcd in [a garment] ποδήρη, καὶ περιεζωσμένον προς τοῖς ἁμαστοῖς' ζώνην reaching to the feet, and *girt δαῦοαῦ ὅν ‘at the Spreasts 7a *girdle Red Z « ‘ ? ~ \ / e ‘ χρυσῆν" 14 ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ.αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες λευκαὶ "ὡσεὶ" ®golden : and his head and hair white as if ” , e , r \ 8 ~ 4 , ἔριον λευκόν, ὡς χιών" καὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ.αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός' 2wool ‘white, as snow; and his eyes as aflame of fire; 15 καὶ οἱ πόδες:αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν Kapiv and his feet like fine brass, asif in *a°furnace[*they] , “2 ‘ ~ « 4 « 4 ἱπεπυρωμένοι"" καὶ ἡ-φωνὴ.αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν" Ἄσ]ονγες ; απᾶ his voice as [the] voice of “waters ‘many, Ry ? ~ - Ἢ , ε ΄ 16 καὶ ἔχων ἐν τῷ δεξιᾷ "αὐτοῦ χειρὶ" ἀστέρας ἑπτά" καὶ ἐκ and having in "right ‘his hand stars seven, and out of ~ , >? ~ e , , ~ τοῦ στόματος. αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη" καὶ 9 his mouth ‘asword *two-edged ‘sharp going forth, and 3” > ~ e c ev / α ~ , ~ Ἢ ἡ. ὄψις αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ.δυνάµει.αὐτοῦ. 17 καὶ his countenance as the sun shines in its power. And ef = ? , » ‘ ar. ὅτε εἶδον αὐτόν, ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὡς νεκρός" καὶ when Isaw him, Ifell at his feet as dead: and ——— OO ———— ''.οοο' .. * κυριος ὃ θεός [the] Lord God Girtraw. &® — ἐν τῇ GLITrAW. LTTrA, GLTTrAw. κ Θνάτειραν LAW. ο — ἑπτὰ ΙΤ[ΤτΑ]. 8.3 GLITraW. -@— διὰ τττ[Α]. & + ἑπτὰ seven GLTTrAW. * πεπυρωµένης (-ένῳ T) [it] glowed της. Υ -- καὶ ΙΤΊΤΑΥ. συν T. © χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ W; — χριστοῦ ᾿ κ ον, ὅτ Ἐγώ εἰμι.... ἔσχατος" καὶ — ταῖς ev Ασία GLITrAW. 1 Ζμύρναν τ. ™ Λαοδικίαν T. 2 ἐλάλει Was speaking LrTraw. 4 μαζοῖς L; μασθοῖς Τ. τ᾿ χρυσᾶν LTTrA. 5 ὡς Vv χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ΙΤΤΙΑ. ΟἹ = ᾿]ωάνης Tre b + ἐν in (Jesus) LTTrAW. 6 - χριστοῦ LITrA. 1 Φιλαδελφίαν π. Ρ υἱὸν T. aie REVELATION. . ~ ~ 1 3 7 . [ή [ή i) πἐπέθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν. αὐτοῦ *yeipa' ἐπ᾽ ἐμέ, λέγων ὕμοι, he laid his right hand upon me, saying tome, ~ , > ~ « » ‘ « ΔΙ) φοβοῦ" ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, 18 καὶ ὁ Fear not ; f am the first and the last, and the ? , , ‘ > A ~ ? ᾽ = ‘ ζῶν, καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρός, καὶ ἰδοὺ ζῶν εἰμι εἰς «τοὺς living Γοπο]: απᾶ I became dead, and behold 4alive 11 “am to the .~ ~ ? , xt ο ¥ \ ~ ~ 2 fa κι αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων" Τάἀμήν"" καὶ ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ *adoU καὶ [4 ages οὗ the ages, Amen; and haye the keys of hades and τοῦ θανάτου." 19 γράψον" ἃ εἶδες. καὶ alt of death. Write the things which thou sawest and the things εἰσιν, καὶ ἃ Ede “γίνεσθαι! μετὰ ταῦτα" 20 τὸ which are, and thethings which are about totake place after these. The . Αν} ΄ Ξ “Ὁ >? ‘ ~ ο μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων “ὧν! εἶδες “ἐπὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest on ?right *hand { ‘ ο A bad c € ‘A > / µου. καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ λυχνίας τὰς χρυσᾶς. οἱ επτὰ ἁστερες ‘my. and the seven *lampstands ‘golden, The seven stars ” ~ ‘ ~ ᾽) ο A ε 1 ε J "η ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν εἰσιν" καὶ fai! ξἑπτὰ λυχνιαι ?angels 7of*the ὄδοτοη Sasscmblies tare; and the seven lampstands “" an 3 η Πρ Mic εἶδες! ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαι εἰσίν. which thou sawest “seven *assemblies ‘are. ~ 4 ’ η ~ ῃ ? ΄ ? , ia , 2 Τῷ ἀγγέλῳ Ἱτῆς' * Ἐφεσίνης! ἐκκλησίας γράψον, Τάδε Tothe angel ofthe Ephesian assembly write: Thesethings , € ~ AY ? , ? ~ a ? how 4 λέγει ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ says he who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν Ιχρυσῶν'" walks in [the] midst of the seven *lampstands ‘golden. 5” ‘ > \ \ ΄ ‘ ‘ «- , 2 Οἶδα τὰ.έργα.σου, και TOV κοπον πσρουμι και τὴν υπομονην T know thy works, and “labour ‘thy, and "endurance ‘ er as 7 /΄ Ἁ ᾽ 7 σου, καὶ ὅτι οὐ.δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς., καὶ επειράσωϊ ‘thy. and that thou canst not bear evil (ones]; and thou didst try ΄ (τα ’ ‘ ? ΄ τοὺς φάσκοντας εἶναι ἀποστόλους" καὶ οὐκ. εἰσίν: those who declare [themselves] to be apostles and are not, . = ᾽ " δ΄ Ν Pp? , \ ε Ν καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς, 3 καὶ Ῥέβάστασας Kai ὑπομονὴν and didstfind them liars ; and didst bear and endurance ἔχεις, καὶ διὰ τὸ.ὄνομά.-μου Ἱκεκοπίακας καὶ οὐ.κέκμηκας.! thast, and forthesake of my name hast laboured and hast not wearied: 4 'aXXN" ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι τὴν.ἀγάπην-σου τὴν πρώτην but Ihave against thee, that thy “love first ἀφῆκας." 5 μνημόνευε οὖν πόθεν Ιἐκπέπτωκας,' καὶ thou didst leave. Remember therefore whence thou hast fallen from, and , ‘ ‘ ~ ” ΄ Ε ? ‘ ‘ » μετανοῆσον; και τα πρωτα εργα ποιησον εἰ δὲ μ᾽)» ερχοµαι repent, and the first works do: but if not, lam coming σοι τάχει, καὶ κινήσω τηνιλυχνίαν.σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου tothee quickly, and I will remove thy lampstand out of ?place , ? \ ~ ” αὐτῆς, ἐὰν. μὴ μετανοήσῃς. 6 ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις, ο except thou shouldest repent. But this ‘ ” ~ .. ~ > ‘ μισεῖς τὰ ἔργα τῶν Νικολαϊιτῶν, ἃ κἀγὼ thou hatest the works ofthe Nicolaitanes, which I also ὅτι thou hast, that μισῶ. 7 ὁ hate. He that 625 laid his right hand up- on me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last : 18 J amhe that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, 1 am alive for evermore, Amen ; and have the keys of hell and of death. 19 Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter; 20 the mystery of the seven stars which thon saw- est in my right hand. and the seven golden candlesticks, The se- ven stars are the an- gels of the seven churches : and the se- ven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven churches, II. Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things saith he that holdeth the seven stars in his right hand, who walk- eth in the midst of the seven golden candle- sticks ; 2 know thy works, and thy labour, and thy patience, and how thou canss not bear them which are evil: and thow hast tried them whi:h say they are apostles, and are not, and hast feund them liars : 3 and hast borne, and hast pa- tience, and for my name’s sake hast la- boured, and hast not fainted. 4 Neverthe- less I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love. 5 Remember therefore frem whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come untc thee quick- ly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place. except thou repent. 6 But thisthou hast, that thou hatest the deeds of the Nico- laitanes, which I also hate. 7 ‘He that hath ————————————$—$$$ LLL -------------- * ἔθηκεν GLTTrAW. = — χεῖρα (read δεξιὰν right hand) GLTTraw. : — ἀμήν GLTTraw. ® θανάτου καὶ τοῦ adov GLTTrAW ο γενέσθαι TA. 4 οὓς ΤΎΤΑ. ε ἐν (in) τῇ δεξιᾷ L. GLTTraWw. h — ἃς εἶδες GLTTrAW. Ἐφέσω in Ephesus GLItraw. f— αἱ w. 1 χρυσέων LTra. ἢ — σου LTTrA 1 τῷ (read ἐκκλ. of the assembly) itr. y — por GLTTrAW, Ὁ + οὖν therefore GLTTrA Ww. 6 λυχνίαι αἱ ἑπτὰ K ἐν Ὁ ἐπείρασας GLTTrAW. * λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους εἶναι declare themselves to be apostles (— εἶναι LTTrA) GLTTrAw. P ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις καὶ ἑβάστασας ΟΙΤΤΤΑΤΓ. wearied LTTrA ; καὶ οὐκ ἐκοπίασας aid didst not weary Gw. επέπτωκας thou hast fallen GLTrAW; πέπτωκες Τ. 4 καὶ ov κεκοπίακες and hast not τ ἀλλὰ ΤΤΕΥΝ. Υ ταχὺ EGW ; — τάχει LTTra, 5 ἀφῆκες της. 85 626 an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches ; Το him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God. 8 And unto the an- gcl of the church in Smyrna write ; These things saith the first and the last, which was dead, and is a- live; 9 1 know thy works, and tribula- tion, and poverty, (but thou art rich) and J know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews, and are not, but are the synagogue of Satan. 10 Fear none of those things which thou shalt suffer : be- hold, the devil shall cast some of you into prixon, that ye may be trid ; and ye shall have tribulation ten days: be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life. 11 He that hath an ear, Iet him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches ; He that overcometh shall not be hurt of the second death. 12 And to the angel of the church in Per- gamos write; These things saith he wHich hath the sharp sword with two edges; 13 I know thy works, and where thou dwellest, even where Satan’s seat 7s: and thou hold- est fast my name, and hast not denied my faith, even in those days wherein Antipas was my faithful mar- tyr, who was slain a- mong you, where Sa- tan dwelleth. 14 But I have a few things a- gainst thee, because thou hast there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balac to cast a stum- blingblock before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed unto idols, and to com- mit fornication. 15 So * + ἑπτὰ seven 1, (read of my God) c{a]w. T.) ἐκκλησίας assembly in Smyrna GLTTraw. 6 + ἐκ of (those who) GLTTraw. GLTTraw. Ἀ βάλλειν LTrA. ἔργα σου καὶ LTTrA. [was] Antipas) Lrtr[a]. τ ὃ σατανᾶς κατοικεῖ GLTTrAW. ΑΠΟΚΑΑΥΨΙΣ. τί. ει ΄ πι ο tre. ’ - 3 , ‘ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ νεῦμα λέγει ταῖς" ἐκκλησίαις has anear, let him hear whatthe Spirit says tothe assemblies, τῷ “νικῶντι' δώσω αὐτῷ φαγεῖν ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς Tohim that overcomes, Iwillgivetohim toeat οὗ the tree of life ὁ ἐστιν ἐν Σµέσῳ τοῦ παραδείσου" τοῦ θεοῦ”. which is in {the] midst of the paradise of God. ι ~ ? ῃ ~ | ’ , , , 8 Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ Ἀτῆς) δἐκκλησίας Σμυργαίων" γράψον, And tothe angel of the assembly of Smyrnveans write: ΓΝ, ’ - Α «ε ” .. , ’ . Ίαδε λέγει ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ EGXATOC, OC ἐγένετο γεκρος These things says the first and the last, who became dead ‘ , Ge , . ἌΝ ‘ a} ΄ . καὶ ἔζησεν Ὁ Οἶδά σου «τὰ ἔργα καὶ" τὴν θλίψιν καὶ τὴν and © lived. I know thy works and tribulation and πτωχείαν" ἱπλούσιος.δὲ" εἶ καὶ τὴν βλασφημίαν 5 τῶν. poverty ; but rich thou art;and the calumny of those who λεγόντων Ιουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς. καὶ οὐκ.είσίν, ἀλλὰ συν- declare 4Jews to *be 'themselves, and are not, but asyn- αγωγὴ τοῦ σατανᾶ. 10 fundév" φοβοῦ ἃ μέλλεις agoguc of Satan. 2Not “at tall ‘tear the things which thou art about πάσχειν. ἰξού,δ μέλλει "βαλεῖν" εξ ὑμῶν ὁ διάβολος! to suffer. Lo, 3istabout °to°cast [7some]®of “you *the devil we eee Dare: ὶ kezere! θλίψ « ~ εἰς φυλακην, wa πειρασθητε' καὶ "εξετε ACU ἡμερῶν into that ye may be tried; and yeshall have tribulation δέκα. prison, 7days γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου, καὶ δώσω σοι τὸν στέ- 1ten. ο ἰποα faithful unto death, and I will give to thee the φανὸν τῆς ζωῆς. 11 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα crown of life. He that has anear, let him hear what the Spirit λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ὁ νικῶν οὐ-.μὴ ἀδικηθῃ ἐκ says tothe assemblies, Hethat overcomes innowise shallbeinjured of τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου. the “death *second, A ~ ~ , PI , 19 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον, And tothe angel of the 7in *Pergainos tassembly write : Τάδε λέγει ὁ ἔχων τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν These things says he ΠΟ has the ssword *two-edged ? ~ ο = 1 . ΧΗ ~ ~ σ « ὀξεῖαν. 18 Οἶδα ἱτὰ.ἔογα.σου καὶ! ποῦ κατοικεῖς, ὅπου ὁ ‘sharp, I know thy works and where thou dwellest, yhere the θρόνος τοῦ σατανᾶ, Kai κρατεῖς τὸ.ὄνομά.μου, καὶ οὐκ throne of Satan [is]; and thou holdest fast my ngme, and *not ἠρνήσω τὴν.πίστιν.µου ™Kat" ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις "ἐν!" οαἷς" ΡΑν- ldidst “deny wy faith even in the days in which An- τίπας' ὁ µάρτυς.µου ὁ πιστός, ὃς ἀπεκτάνθη παρ᾽ ὑμῖν, tipas my “witness ‘faithful [was], who waskilled among you, e r ae ε ~ ῄ 5 ? 2. » 4 ~ ? ΄ Όπου κατοικεῖ ὁ σατανᾶς. 14 "ἀλλ΄" ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα, where dwells Satan. But Ihave against thee afew things; tore! Ἔχεις ἐκεῖ κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ, ὃς because thou hast there [those] holding the teaching of Balaam, who ἐδίδασκεν Yév' δάσο! Βαλὰκ βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον ἐνώπιον τῶν taught Balak to cast 8 snare before the εν ” , ~ ? , κ ~ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα Kat πορνεῦσαι. sons of Israel, toeat things sacrificed toidols and to commit fornication. τ γικοῦντι L. Υ τῷ παραδείσῳ the paradise GLTTrAW. 8 τῷ (read ἐκκλ. of the assembly) x. © — τὰ ἔργα καὶ LTTrA. f μη Not Ltraw. 10 διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν GLTTrAW. m — καὶ T[TrA}. Ρ᾽Αγτείπας Τ. 5 ἀλλὰ We ΞΕ µου > εν Σμύρνῃ (Ζμύρνῃ ἆ ἀλλὰ πλούσιος 6 + δὴ indeed [a]w. k ἔχητε ye may have 1,.' l— τὰ π — ἐν LTTrAW. ο — ais (read in those days 4 + wgu (εαά my faithful [one]) Lt[Tra]w. t—rnL. ¥—颫yEGLTTrAW. "8 τὸν E, II. 15 οὕτως ἔχεις καὶ σὺ REVELATION. κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Στῶνὶ So hast also thou[those] holding _the teaching of the Νικολαϊτῶν YO μισῶ." 16 μετανόησον Τ᾽ εἰ.δὲ μή, ἔρχομαί Nicolaitanes, which thing I hate. Repent ! but if not, Iam coming σοι ταχύ, Kai πολεμήσω μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ to thee quickly, and willmake war with them with the sword στόµατός.µου. 17 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα of my mouth, Hethat has anear, Iet him hear what. the Spirit [ή - ᾽ ΄, ~ ~ ~ ~ λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαι" τῷ νικῶντι" δώσω αὐτῷ ὑφαγεῖν says tothe assemblies. Το him that overcomes, Iwillgivetohim tocat > f Vf ~ , ~ 2 ‘ ’, ? ~ ~ ἀπὸ" τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου, καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ ψῆφον of the manna "hidden ; and I will give to him a “pebble λευκήν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ψῆφον ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον, ὃ Awhite,. and on the pebble ἃ. δθθ ‘new written, which οὐδεὶς “ἔγνω! εἰμὴ ὁ λαμβάνων. no one knew except he who receives [it]. 18 Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ ἀτῆς" ἐν Θυατείροις ἐκκλησίας γράψον, Andtothe angel ofthe ἢ *Thyatira ‘assembly write : Τάδε λέγει ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς These things says. the Son of God, he who has 36708 ἑαὐτοῦ! ὡς Ιφλόγαϊ πυρός, καὶ οἱ.πόδες. αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολι- ‘his as aflame of fire, and his feet like fine βάνῳ' 19 Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα καὶ τὴν ξἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν δια- brass. I know thy works, and love, and ser- κονίαν, καὶ τὴν πίστιν! καὶ τὴν" ὑπομονὴν σου," καὶ τὰ ἔργα Vice, and faith, and “endurance ‘thy, and “works σου, ‘kai τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων. 20 λάλλ” ‘thy, and the last [tobe] more than the first. But ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ “dXiya,! ὅτι édc’ τὴν γυναῖκα ΡΊ]εζα- I have against thee afew things that thou sufferest the woman Jeze- Bnd," «τὴν λέγουσαν" τἑαυτὴν" προφῆτιν, "διδάσκειν καὶ πλα- bel, her who ealls herself aprophetess, to teach and to γνᾶσθαι! ἐμοὺς δούλους, πορνεῦσαι καὶ ἱείδωλό- mislead my bondmen tocommniit fornication and *things «sacrificed Sto θυτα φαγεῖν." 21 καὶ ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον ἵνα µετανοήσῃ YéK Sidols ‘to eat. And Igave_ her time thatshe might repent of τῆς. πορνείας. αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐ.µετενόησεν.! 22 ἰδού, "ἐγώ" βάλλω her fornication ; and she repented ποῦ. Lo, I cast αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην, καὶ τοὺς μοιχεύοντας μετ᾽ αὐτῆς εἰς her into abed, and those who commitadultery with her into θλίψιν μεγάλην, ἐὰν.μὴ pEeravonowow" ἐκ τῶν ἔργων 3tribulation ‘great, except they should repent of “works σεαὐτῶν.' 23 καὶ τὰ.τέκνα.αὐτῆς ἀποκτενῶ ἐν θανάτῳ' καὶ ἀξ ποτ, And her children Iwillkill with death; and νώσονται πᾶσαι ai ἐκκλησίαι ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ᾿Δἐρευνῶν" shall®know all the “assemblies that I am he who _ searches 627 hast thou also them that hold the doctrine of the Nicolaitancs, which thing I hate. 16 Repent; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will fight against them with the sword of my mouth. 17 He that hath anear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; To him that overcomcth willl give to eat of the hidden manna, and will give him a white stone, and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth sav- ΠΕ he that receiveth τί. 18 And unto the an- gel of the church in Thyatira wrife ; These things saith the Son of God, who hath his eyes like unto a flame of fire, and his feet ave like fine brass; 19 I know thy works, and charity, and service, and faith, and thy pa- tience, and thy works; and the last to be more than the first. 20 Not- withstanding I havea few things against thee, because thou sufferest that woman Jezebel, which calleth herself a prophetess, to teach and to seduce my servants to commit fornication, and toeat things sacrificed unto idols. 21 And I gave her space to repent of her fornication; and she repented not. 22Be- hold, I will cast her’ into a bed, and them that commit adultery with her into great tribulation, except they repent of their deeds. 23 And I will kill her children with death; and all the churches. shall know that I am ke which searcheth the ¥ — τῶν the L[Tr JAW. Σ ὁμοίως in like manner GLTTrAwW. GQLTr[A]w. 8 νικοῦντι LTTr, Ὁ -- φαγεῖν ἀπὸ ΟΥΤΎΓΑΥ. ἃ τῷ (read ἐκκλ. of the assembly) L. ὀ[Ι[Ἑ}ε᾿ὃῖἌ-- αὐτοῦ 1. f φλὸξ τ. πίστιν καὶ τὴν διακονίαν GLTA; πίστιν καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν διακονίαν Tr. h 1 ἀλλὰ TraAW. ο + σου (read thy wife) GL[a]w. 4 ἡ λέγουσα she who calls GLTTraw. 5 καὶ διδάσκει καὶ πλανᾷ τοὺς and she teaches and misleads GLTTraw. σ καὶ οὐ θέλει μετανοῆσαι ἐκ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς and she * — ἐγὼ (read βάλλω I cast) GLTTraw. 28 ἐραυνῶν LTIr, i— gov Τ. k — καὶ (read thy last works) GLTTraw. GLTTrsW. 2 ἀφεῖς thou lettest alone GLTTrAw. ρ τὴν Ἱεζάβελ 1; Ἰεζάβελ GT; ᾿Ιεζαβὲλ TrAW. τ αὐτὴν Τ. t φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα GLTTrAW. wills not to repent of her fornication GLTTraw. 12 µετανοήσουσιν they shallrepent Trra. 58 αὐτῆς her GLTTrAW. z 4- οὖν therefore ο οἶδεν knOWS GLTTraw. > ΄ ‘ Ν ξ ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν . 628 reins and hearts : and 1 will give unto every one of you according to your works. 24 But unto you I say, and unto the rest in Thya- tira, as many as have not this doctrine, and which have not known the depths of Satan, as they speak; I will put upon you none other burden. 25 But that which ye have already hold fast till I come. 26 And he that overcometh, and keep- eth my works untothe end, to him will I give power over the na- tions : 27 and he shall rule them with a rod of iron ; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to. shivers: even as I received of my Father. 28 And I will give him _ the morning 'star. 29 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. III. And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things saith he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and _ the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name _ that thou livest, and art dead. 2 Be watch- ful, and strengthen the things which re- main, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works per- fect beforeGod. 3 Re- member therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If there- fore thou shalt not watch, I will comeon thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee. 4 Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their gar- _Inents; and they shall walk with me in white: for they are worthy. 5. He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I ATIOKAAY WISE: «δώσω ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ κατὰ each according to λοιποῖς τοῖς ἐν το [the] τοῦ who [8416] in οὐκ.ἔχουσιν τὴν.διδαχὴν.ταύτην, Kai" have not this teaching, and οἵτινες οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰ “βάθη! τοῦ σατανᾶ, ὡς λέγουσιν, Οὐ who knew not the depths of Satan, as they say; “not ἀβαλῶ" ἐφ᾽ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος" 25 πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε κρατή- II, III. : τὰ νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίας" καὶ reins and hearts; and I will give to you ἔργα ὑμῶν. 24 ὑμῖν.δὲ λέγω καὶ" ?works 'your. But to you” I say, and Θυατείροις, ὕσοι Thyatira, as many as 1J “will *cast upon you any other burden ; but whatyehave ‘hold care, “ἄχρις! οὗ ἂν ἥξω. 26 καὶ ὁ νικῶν καὶ ὃ fast till I shall come. And he that overcomes, and he that τηρῶν ἄχοι keeps until [the] ἐπὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν" over the nations, τέλους τὰ.ἔργα.μου, δώσω αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν end my works, Iwillgive tohim authority 9) ᾿ - 2 A ? ef ὃ 97 καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σι- and heshallshepherd them with rod lan δηρᾷ ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ.κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται, ὡς κἀγὼ 7iron, as vessels of pottery " are. broken in pieces; as Jalso εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ.πατρός.μου 28 καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ τὸν have received from my Father ; and Iwillgive tohim the ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν. 29 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ *star imorning, Hethat has anear, let him hear what the πνεῦμα λέγει ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. Spirit says tothe assemblies, 9 Kai τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον, Andtothe angel of the 7in ’Sardis tassembly write : Τάδε λέγει ὁ ἔχων raf πνεύματα τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοὺς These things says he who has_ the Spirits of God and the ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας" Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι ὅτὸ" ὄνομα ἔχεις ὅτι seven stars. ITknow thy works, that *the *name ‘thou *hast that ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ. 2 γίνου γρηγορῶν, καὶ Ἀστήριξονϊ thou livest,and dead ‘art. Be watchful, and _ strengthen τὰ.λοιπὰ ἃ μέλλει! ἀποθανεῖν. οὐ.γὰρ.εὕρηκά the things that remain, which are about to dfe, for I have net found σου Ira! ἔργα πεπληρωμένα ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦξ. 3 μνημόνευε thy works complete before God. Remember Ἰοῦνί πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας, καὶ τήρει. καὶ therefore how thou hast received and heard, and- keep [it] and μετανόησον᾽ ἐὰν οὖν μὴ.γρηγορήσης, ἥξω ᾿ξπὶ σὲϊ repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch. I willcome upon thee e / A 4 ~ / { ὡς κλέπτης, καὶ οὐ.μὴὰ "γνῷς" ποίαν ὥραν ἥξω 88 8 thief, and inno wise shaltthouknow what hour Ishall come 3 Ld ” ΄ , A ἐπὶ σε. 4 95 Ῥέχεις ὀλίγα" ὀνόματα “καὶ! ἐν Σάρδεσιν, ἃ οὐκ upon thee, Thou hast afew names also in ‘Sardis which “ποῦ ἐμόλυναν τὰ.ἱμάτια.αὐτῶν᾽ καὶ περιπατήσουσιν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐν 1defiled their garments, and they shall walk with me in λευκοῖς, Orv ἄξιοί εἰσιν. 5 ὁ νικῶν, τοῦτος" περι- white, because worthy they are. He that overcomes, he shall βαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς" καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα will not blot out his beclothed in “garments ‘white; and in no wise willI blot out 2name 5 τοῖς to the (rest) GLTTrAW. b — καὶ GLTTrAW. © βαθέα GLTTrAW. ἆ βάλλω I cast (not) LTTraw. © ἄχρι LTTr. f+ ἑπτὰ seven EGLTTrAW. Ε — τὸ (read a name) GLTTraw. Ἀ στήρισον GLTTrAW. i ἔμελλον were about GLTTrAw. ) - τὰ L{Tra]. k + µου (read my God) Guittraw. [οὖν] a. τι — ἐπὶ σὲ LTTrA. π γνώσῃ TTr. ο + ἀλλὰ (ἀλλ᾽ ο) But LrTraw. Ρ ὀλίγα ἔχεις τ. 4.— καὶ GLTTraw. τ οὕτως thus τπτ, ΤΠ. REVELATION, ᾽ πον 8 ” , ~ ~ A . , ‘ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς βίβλου τῆς ζωῆς, καὶ "ἐξομολογήσομαι! τὸ ὄνομα 4his from'the book of life, and will confess 2name 9 ~ ~ , : ΄ ~ , αὐτοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ.πατρός-µου καὶ ἐνώπιον THY ἀγγέλων 1818 before my Father and before “angels αὐτοῦ. 6 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω Ti τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει this, Hethat has anear, let himhear what the Spirit says ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. to the assemblies, 7 Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν ἴΦιλαδελφείᾳ " ἐκκλησίας γράψον, Andtothe angel ofthe*in *Philadelphia Jassembly write: Τάδε λέγει Τὸ ἅγιος, ὁ ἀληθινός, ὁ ἔχων τὴν “κλεῖδα! These things says the. Holy, the True; he who has_ the key τοῦ! YAaBid," ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς Ζκλείει,! καὶ" Ὀκλείει! καὶ of David, who opens and* noone — shuts, and shuts. and οὐδεὶς «ἀνοίγειὶ 8 Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα" ἰδού, δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν no one opens. , } know thy works. Lo, I have set before σου θύραν ἀνεῳγμένην," ai" οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν' thee “door δι ?opened, and noone _ is able to shut it, ort μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν, καὶ «ἐτήρησάς µου τὸν λόγον; because “a *little ‘thou *hast power, and didstkeep my word, καὶ οὐκ.ἠρνήσω τὺ.ὄνομά.μου. 9 ἰδού, fdidwyu" ἐκ τῆς συνα- and didst not deny my name, Lo, Igive of the syna- γωγῆς τοῦ σατανᾶ τῶν λεγόντων ἑαυτοὺς Ἰουδαίους εἶναι, gogue of Satan thosethat declare themselves 2Jews 11ο *be, ‘ ᾽ δ..." ἢ ᾽ \ , ? , ͵ 2 4 e καὶ οὐκ.είσίν, ἀλλὰ ψεύδονται" ἰδού, ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα and are not, but do lie; lo, I will cause them that εῄξωσινὶ καὶ Ἀπροσκυνήσωσινὶ ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν.σου, they should come and αποι]ά do homage before thy feet, καὶ γνῶσιν ὅτι ἐγὼ ἠγάπησά σε. 10 ὅτι ἐτήρησας τὸν and should know that I loved _ thee. Because thou didst keep the λόγον τῆς ὑπομογῆς.μου, κἀγώ σε τηρήσω ἐκ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ word of my endurance, ITalso thee willkeep outof the hour πειρασμοῦ τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης of trial ‘which [is] about tocome upon the *habitable “world ὕλης, πειράσαι τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 11? Iéod," 4whole, totry themthat dwell upon the earth. Behold, ἔρχομαι rayv' κράτει ὃ ἔχεις, ἵνα μηδεὶς λάβῃ τὸν come quickly: hold fast what thou hast, that no one take στέφανόν σου. 12 ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω αὐτὸν στύλον ἐν τῷ 7ecrown =e ' thy. He that overcomes, Ι willmake him apillar in the ναῷ τοῦ.θεοῦ.µου, καὶ ἔξω οὐ.μὴ ἐξέλθῃ ἔτι, καὶ γράψω temple of my God, and out not at all shall he go more; and I will write ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ.θἐοῦ.µου, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς πόλεως upon him the name of my God, andthe name ofthe city τοῦ.θεοῦ-μου, τῆς καινῆς Ἱερουσαλήμ, "ὴ KaraBaivovea' of my God, the . new Jerusalem, which comes down ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ.θεοῦ.μου, καὶ τὺ.ὄνομά.μου τὸ out of heaven from my God, and my “name καινόν. 13 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει ‘new. He that has an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. tothe assemblies. 5 ὁμολογήσω G ν Ὁ Φιλαδελφίᾳ τ. «.- τοῦ LTr[A.] Δαυείδ ΙΤΊτΑ; Aavid aw. Ὁ κλείων shutting Lrrr. ο ἀνοίξει Shall open ΤΊΓΑΥ͂.. which GLTTraw,. (διδῶ I will give LTA; δίδω Tr. 2 προσκυνήσουσιν shall do homage LrTra, ¥ ὁ ἀληθινός, ὃ ἅγιος A. i -- Ἰδού .GLTTraw, 2 κλείσει Shall shut LTTraw. 4 ηνεωγμένην T. & ἥξουσιν they shall come Lrtra, Κὴ καταβαίνει B, 629 name out of the book of life, but I will con- fess his name before my Father, and before his angels. 6 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spi- rit saith unto the churches, 7 And to the angel of the church in Phil- adelphia write ; These things saith he that is holy, he that is true, he that hath the key of David, he that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shut- teth, and no man openeth ; 8I know thy works : behold, I have set before thee an open door, andno man can shut it: for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept my word, and hast not denied my name. 9 Behold, Τ will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie ; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee. 10 Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation; which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth. 11 Behold, I come quickly : hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown. 12 Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of my God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, which is new Jcrusa- lem, which cometh down out of heaven from my God: and J will write upon him my new name. 13 He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches, W κλεῖν GLTTrAW. ® [kat] L. ε ἣν 630 14 And untothe an- el of the church of he Laodiceans write; These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the crea- tion of God; 151 know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: [would thou wert cold or hot, 16 So then because thou art luke- Warm,and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth. 17 Because thou say- est, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of no- thing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miser- able, and poor, and. blind, and naked: 15 I counsel thee to buy of me goid tried in the fire, that thou πὶ ayest ve rich; ana white rai- ment, that thou may- est be clothed, and that the shame of thy uakedness do not. ap- ear; and anoint thine yes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see. 19 As many as 1 love, 1 rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent. 20 Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me. 21 To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne. 22 He that hathan ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches. Iv. After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven: and the first yuice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up hither, and I will shew thee things which must be here- after. 2 And imme- Ι ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ (Λαοδικίᾳ T) ἐκκλησίας assembly in Laodicea GLTTraw η ζεστὸς οὔτε ψυχρός GTTrAW. τ ἐλεινος A. ἔγχρισαι αλοιιιῦ with rrr. Υ ἀνεῳγμένη GLY. whatsoever things L, GL{[a]. x ἴδον T. a — καὶ LITrAW. ἌΠΟ RY 1. 11 τους . ~ ᾽ , ~ . , “ , 1 ο 14 Καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς Ἰἐκκλησίας _ Λαοθικέω»' γρᾶψυν, And tothe angel of the assembly of [the] Laodiceans write: Τάδε λέγει ὁ ἀμήν, ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστὸς καὶ ἀληθινός, ἡ These things says the Amen, the witness faithful and truc, the ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ θεοῦ: 15 Οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα. ὅτι οὔτε beginning o the creation of God. I know thy works, that neither ψυχρὸς εἶ, οὔτε ζεστός' ὄφελον ψυχρὸς Meine,’ ἢ ζεστός) cold thou art, nor hot ; I would cold thou wert or hot. 16 οὕτως ὅτι χλιαρὸς εἶ, καὶ οὔτε "ψυχρὸς οὔτε ζεστός," Thus because lukewarm thou art, and neither cold nor hot, μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ.στόματός-μου. 17 ὅτι λέγεις, I απι about *thee ‘to Ἔ-ραε out of my mouth. Because thou say est, "Ore πλούσιός εἰμι καὶ πεπλούτηκα καὶ Ῥοὐδενὸς" χρειαν έχω, Rich Iam, and have grown rich and “of *nothing 7need ‘have, καὶ οὐκ.οἶδας ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος καὶ 4 Σἐλεεινός,' καὶ and knowest not that thou art the wretched, and miserable, and πτωχὸς καὶ τυφλὸς καὶ γυμνός 18 συμβουλεύω σοι ἀγοράσαι poor, and blind, and naked; I counsel thee to buy παρ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρός, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, from ime gold purified by fire, that thoumayest be rich; καὶ ἱμάτια λευκά, ἵνα περιβάλῃ καὶ μὴς φανερωθῇ and “garments }white, that thou mayest be clothed, and may not be made manifest ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου" καὶ ᾿κολλούριον!' "έγχρισον" the shame ot thy nakeduess ; and *eye-sulve ‘anoint -thou*with τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς.σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς. 19 ἐγὼ ὕσους ἐὰν φιλῶ, thine eyes, that thou mayest see. 1 as many as I love ἐλέγχω καὶ παιξζεύω: "ζήλωσον' οὖν καὶ µετανόησον. I rebuke and discipline; bethou zealous therefore and repent. 20 ἰδού, ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω' ἐάν τις ἀκούσῃ Behold, Istand at the door and knock; if anyone hear τῆς φωνῆςμου, καὶ ἀνοιξῃ τὴν θύῤαν, Ὁ εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς my voice and open the door, I will come in to αὐτόν, καὶ δειπνήσω per αὐτοῦ, καὶ αὐτὸς per ἐμοῦ. 21 ὁ him, and willsup with him, and he with me. He that ~ Φ ο ~ , , ~ ~ ’ ιά νικῶν, δώσω αὐτῷ καθίσαι μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ.θρόνῳ.µου, ὡς overcomes, I willgivetohim tosit with me in my throne, as κἀγὼ ἐνίκησα, καὶ ἐκάθισα μετὰ τοῦ.πατρός.µου ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ Ialso overcame, and satdown with my Father in *throne αὐτοῦ. 22 ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω τί τὸ πνεῦμα λέγεὶ this. He that has anear, let him hear what the Spirit says ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις. to the assemblies. ι ~ A > 1 ~ 4 Μετὰ ταῦτα "εἶδον," καὶ ἰδοὺ θύρα Σήνεφγμένη" ἐν τῷ After these things Isaw, and behold ἃ door opened in οὐρανῷ, Kai ἡ φωνὴ ἡ πρώτη ἣν ἤκουσα ὡς σάλπιγγος heayen, andthe “voice ‘first which Iheard [was] ἃ8 of a trumpet λαλούσης μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, λέγουσα," *AvaBa' ὧδε, καὶ δείξω speaking with me, saying, Come αρ hither, and I will shew σοι ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα." 2 ἀκαὶ" εὐθέως b a to thee what things must take place aftcr these things. And immediately : Tra’ πι ἧς GLTTrAW. _ P οὐδὲν “in 0 *wi ΓΑ. 4+ othe 5 κολλύριον TTrA. * ἐγχρίσαι GW ; ἐγχρῖ ο anoint with La; v ζήλευε LTTrAW.” Υ + καὶ (7ead 1 will both come in) T[A]w. : λέγων GLTTrAW. 8 Ανάβηθι L. υ ὅσα ο Punctuate 80.α8 to read Immediately after these things L. © — ὅτι [A]w. [V. Rak τ ΕΙ ΑΕΡΙΟ Ν. Δ . Ωω) » ᾽ ye ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἰδού, θρόνος ἔκειτ ἐν τῷ I became in [the]. Spirit; and behold, athrone wasset in the οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ «τοῦ θούνου καθήμενος" 8 καὶ ὁ καθη- throne [one] sitting, λίθῳ Γι ΕΞ heaven, and he who[was] sit st ς A μενος fv’ ὅμοιος ὁράσει and upon the ἰάσπιδι καὶ ἔσαρδινῳ"' καὶ ting was like in appearsnce toa “stone ‘jasper and asardius; and , ~ , [22 « , Ἶρις κυκλόθεν τοῦ θρύνου ὅμοιος" ὁράσει σµαραγ- &@ rainbow [was] around the throne like in appearance to an eme- Keai' ἱτέσ- =and δίνῳ. 4 καὶ κυκλόθεν τοῦ θρόνου Ἰθρόνοι" εἴκοσι rald. And around the throne “thrones ‘twenty ‘ ‘ , ne ” 3 [2 1 σαρες,' καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἀθρύνους εἶδον τοὺς εἴκοσι καὶ τέσσαρας "four, and on the thrones Isaw twenty and four , , ’ὔ τὰ ' ιό . πρεσβυτέρους καθημένους, περιβεβλημένους "ἐνὶ ἱματίοις elders sitting, clothed in *yarmenis λευκοῖς' Kai oxo! ἐπὶ τὰς. κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν στεφάνους Ῥχρυσ- ‘white; and they had on their heads “crowns *zold- ν η . ~ , , ? ‘ ‘ ouc.' ὃ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου ἐκπορεύονται ἀστραπαὶ καὶ en. And out of the throne go forth lightnings and βρονταὶ καὶ φωναί" καὶ ἑπτὰ λαμπάδες πυοὺς καιόμεναι thunders and τνοῖοες : and seven lamps of fire burning ᾿ , ~ \ > ‘ { ‘ , ~ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνουΣ, Sat! "είσιν" Ἱτὰ! ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ before the throne, which are the seven Spirits ’ ~ , ’ « , κ θεοῦ: 6 καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου * θάλασσα ὑαλίνη, ὁμοῖα of God; and before the throne a *sea 1σ]ιιςς, like κρυστάλλῳ. καὶ ἐν ἐσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου erystal. And in [the] midst of the throne and around the throne ατέσσαραλ ζῶα γέμοντα ὀφθαλμῶν Σἔμπροσθεν" καὶ four living creatures, full of eyes before and ὄπισθεν. 7 καὶ τὸ ζῶον τὸπρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, behind ; and the “living “creature ᾽ ‘first [was] like a lion, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῶον ὕμοιον μύσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῶ- and the second ἹΠτίηςσ οτοεαῦατο like acalf, and the third living ov ZEyov" τὸ πρόσωπον *we' θάνθρωπος," καὶ τὸ τέταρτον creature having the face as a man, and the fourth ζῶον ὕμοιον ἀετῷ “πετωμένῳ.ὶ 8 καὶ 4 «τέσσαραὶ living creature like Zeagle ta *flying. And [the] four ζῶα, ἕν καθ ἑαυτό," Εεϊχονὶ ἀνὰ πτέρυγας ἕξ. living creatures, each for itself had respectively “wings I sixis κυκλόθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν ᾿λγέμοντα" ὀφθαλμῶν, καὶ ἀνάπαυσιν οὐκ around and _ within full of eyes ; and ‘cessation ποὺ ‘ , 1 Ud “ er , ἔχουσιν ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός, λέγοντα," Ἅγιος, ἅγιος, ἅγιος 1they “have day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, 4 ΄ 5 ‘ « n Ν « κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ Lord God Almighty, who was, and who is, and who[is] ; ‘ , aul ~ , ἐρχόμενος. 9 καὶ ὅταν δώσουσιν τὰ ζῶα δόξαν καὶ to come, And when ‘shall *give ‘the “living *creatures glory and τιμὴν καὶ εὐχαριστίαν τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου," τῷ honour and thanksgiving to him who sits upon the throne, who 681 diately I was in the Spirit; and. behold, a throuc was set in hea- yen, and one sat en the throne, 3 And he that sat. was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rain- bow round about the throne, in sight like unto 4η emerald. 4 Androundabout the throne were four and twenty seats: and up- on the seats I saw four and twenty elders sit- ting, clothed in white raiment; aud they had on their heads crowns of gold. 5 And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thun- derings and voices: and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God. 6 And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal: and in the midst of the throne, and round a- bout the throne, were four beasts full of eyes before and behind. 7 And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast iike a ealf, and the third beast had a face asa man, and the fourth beast was like a fiying eagle. 8 And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night. saying, Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which Was, and is, and is to come. 9 And when those beasts give glory and honourand thanks to him that sat on the eer I SS © τὸν θρόνον LITrAW. £— ἦν GLTTrAW. δ8 σαρδίῳ GLTTrAw. “ — καὶ GLTTrAW. 1 τέσσερας τι; τέσσαρας 1. -"ἔσσαρας GTTrw ; εἴκοσι τέσσερας (τέσσαρας A) θρόνους LA. sarments) L. 9 — ἔσχον GLTTrAW. Ρ ᾶχρυσέους Tr. τ + [αὐτοῦ] (read his throne) a. ἢ Sa LT. ἢ ἐστιν L. GLTTraw. χ τεσσερα LTTr. } ενπροσθεν T. 2 ἔχων TTrA. που Of @ Man GLTTraw. © πετοµένω GLTTrAW. της. ἢ TTra) having ΟΙ, θρόνῳ LITra. ha γέμουσιν are lull @LTTraw. 4 ὁμοία E. τὰ θρόνους τοὺς (— τοὺς GTT ) εἴκοσι 1 — ἐν (vead ἱματίοις with 4 φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί GLTTraw. νυ [τὰ] A. 3 -- ὡς G[A]w. ἆ + τὰ the GLTTraw. fa καθ’ ἕν αὐτῶν (ἕκαστον αὐτῶν Tr) (read each of them) GLTa. ἰδ λέγοντες GLTTrAW,. i θρόνους LT. * + ὡς as Ὁ ἀνθρώ- ε τέσσερα 8 ἔχον (ἔχων ka τῷ 632 throne, who liveth for ever and ever, 10 the four an:i twenty elders fall down before him that sat on the throne, and worship him that liveth for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne, saying, 11 Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour and power: for thou hast created allthings, and for thy pleasure they are and were created. V. And I saw in the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside, sealed with seven seals. 2 And I sawa strong angel proclaim- ing with a loud voice, Who is worthy to open the book, and to loose the se: ls. thereof ὃ 3 And no man in hea- ven, nor in earth, nei- ther under the earth, was able to open the book, neither to look thereon. 4 And I wept much, because no man was found worthy to open and to read the book, neither to look thereon. 5 And one of the elders saith unto me, Weep not: behold, the Lion of the tribe of Juda, the Root of David, hath prevailed to open the book, and to loose the seven seals thereof, 6 And I beheld, and, lo, in the midst of "the throne and of the four beasts, and inthe midst of the elders, stood a Lambasit had been slain, having seven horns and seven eyes, which are the seven Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth. 7 And he came and took the book out of the right hand of WOK κ», IVY: ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, 10 πεσοῦνται ot εἴκοσι ‘kai! lives (ο the ages ofthe ages, shall fall the twenty and ~ Ls τ, " ~ τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι ἐνώπιον τοῦ καθημένου, ἐπὶ τοῦ four elders before him who sits upon the θρόνου, καὶ προσκυνοῦσιν! τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν throne, and they worsnip him who lives {ο the ages of the pL 2 ‘ , , ~ 3 , ~ αἰώνων, καὶ "βάλλουσιν" τοὺς.στεφάνους.αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ ages; and cast their crowns before the θρόνου, λέγοντες, 11 Άξιος ei, οκύριε,! λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν throne, saying, Worthy art thou, O Lord, to receive glory καὶ τὴν τιμὴν Kai Prov" δύναμιν' ὅτι σὺ ἔκτισας τὸ and honour and power: because thou didst create πάντα, καὶ διὰ τὸ. θἐληµά.σου Yelciv" καὶ ἐκτίσθησαν. allthings, and for thy will they are, and were created. 5 Καὶ εἶδον ἐπὶ τὴν δεξιὰν τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ And Isaw on the righthand of him who sits upon the θρόνου βιβλίον γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν, κατεσφρα- throne a book, written within and on([the] back, having been, γισμένον σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά. 2 καὶ εἶδον ἄγγελον ἰσχυρὸν κη- sealed With “seals ‘seven. And I saw “angel la “strong pro- ρύσσοντα "5 φωνῇ μας Tic Σἐστιν! ἄξιος. ἀνοῖξαι τὸ claiming with a “voice *loud, Who is Worthy toopen the βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ; 8 καὶ οὐδεὶς ᾿ηδύ- book, and toloose the seals ~ of it? And: no one was varo' ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, "οὐδὲ" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, “οὐδὲ! ὑποκάτω τῆς able in the heaven, nor upon the earth, nor under the ~ 7 ~ A / \ , Δι \ γῆς, ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, Yovde" βλέπειν αὐτό. 4 καὶ Σἐγωϊ earth, 3ἵοορεαπ the book, nor to look at it. And 1 ἔκλαιον πολλά," ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἄξιος εὑρέθη ἀνοῖξαι “καὶ ἀνα- Wasweeping much because noone worthy wasfound toopen and to ~ Π] A ΄ λ / Wine « λ Ll ἢ ? , 5 " = ? a ~ γνωγναι To ι tOV, ουτε επειν αυτο. και εις EK των» read the book, nor to look at it. And one of the πρεσβυτέρων λέγει pot, Μὴ.κλαῖε' ἰδού, ἐνίκησεν ὁ λέων ἜΗΝ says tome, Do ποῦ is Behold, “overcame ‘the ?Lion ὁ "ὧν! ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα, ἡ ῥίζα Δαβίδ," ἀνοῖξαι which is of the tribe of Juda, the root of David, [soas] to open τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ "λῦσαι' τὰς ἑπτὰ σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ. 6 καὶ the book, , and toloose the seven seals of it. And εἶδον ‘kai! εἰδού,! ἐν éow τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν τεσσάρων Isaw, and behold, in([the] midst ofthe throne and of the ον ζώων, καὶ ἐν éow τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, ἀρνίον !ἑστη- φας creatures, and in [the] midst of the λαο aLamb κσιαηπ- κὸς' ὡς ἐσφαγμένον, Séyov' κέρατα ἑπτὰ καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς ing as having beenslain, having "horns ‘seven and "eyes ἑπτά, Pot" εἰσιν τὰ Ἱἑπτὰ! τοῦ θεοῦ πνεύματα! ra παάπε- seven, which are the seven 2of “God 1Spirits which have σταλμένα! εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν. 7 Kai ἦλθεν, καὶ εἴληφεν ™7d been sent into all the earth: and he came and took the 1— καὶ GLTTrAW. EGLTTrAW. they were GLTTraw. t ἐδύνατο T. Σ πολύ LTTrAW. 1ΤΊτΑ: Δαυὶδ Gwe { ἑστηκὼς Τττ. la τὰ (read ἀπεστ. being sent w. 9 ὃ κύριος καὶ ὃ θεὸς ἡμῶν O Lord and our God ον LA Y ουτε Τ. :--- καὶ ἀναγνῶναι GLTTrAW. Ε ἔχων TTra. a βαλοῦσιν shall cast Ρ--τὴντ. ἃ ἦσαν r 4 ἐν ἰὴ (ἃ loud ο. GLTTraw. — ἐστιν (read [is]) LTTraw. * οὔτε LTTr. es (read ελλ I was weeping) τ[ττ]. - ὢν (read [is]) ο. Ὁ Δανείδ _ &— καὶ GTTraw. — ἰδού GLITrAW. i— ἑπτὰ L. ee τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrA, πα ἀπεσταλμένοι LTr ; ἀποστελλόμενα fare] τι προσκυνήσουσιν shall worship EGLTTraw. © — λῦσαι GLTTrAW. baw. having been sent) LTTra. na — Τὸ βιβλίον (2 ead [it]) LTTra. Wi VI. REV ELA TION. βιβλίον"! ἐκ τῆς δεξιᾶς τοῦ καθημένου επὶ τοῦ θρόνου. book outof the right hand of him who sits on the throne. 8 καὶ ὅτε ἔλαβεν τὸ βιβλίον τὰ °ricoapa" ζῶα καὶ οἱ And when hetook the book the four living creatures and the Ρεἰκοσιτέσσαρες" πρεσβύτεροι Ίέπεσον' ἐνώπιον τοῦ ἀρνίου, four-and-twenty elders fell before the Lamb, ἔχοντες ἕκαστος Τκιθάρας! Kai φιάλας Σχρυσᾶςὶ γεμούσας θυ- having each harps and *bowls *solden full of ev ε ‘ ~ , » μιαμάτων, αἵ εἰσιν αἱ προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων" 9 καὶ ἄδουσιν incenses, which are the prayers ofthe saints, And they sing ῳδὴν καινήν, λέγοντες, Αξιος εἶ λαβεῖν τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ a “song Mew, saying, Worthy art thou totake the book, and ἀνοῖξαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ" ὅτι to open its seals ; ἐσφάγης καὶ ἠγόρασας because thou wast slain, and didst purchase τῷ θεῷ ἡμᾶς) ἐν τῷ-αἵματί.σου, ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς καὶ γλώσ- 7to°"God ‘us by thy blood, out of every tribe and tongue σης καὶ λαοῦ καὶ ἔθνους, 10 καὶ ἐποίησας τἡμᾶς" πτῷ.θεφ.ἡμῶνὶ and people and nation, and didst make us to our God Σβασιλεῖο! καὶ ἱερεῖς" καὶ Σβασιλεύσομεν' ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 11 Kai kings and priests; and weshall reign over the earth. And εἶδον, καὶ ἤκουσαξ φωνὴν ἀγγέλων πολλῶν *kuKdObEv" τοῦ Isaw, and L[heard [the] τοῖς of “angels 1many around the θρόνου καὶ τῶν ζώων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων" καὶ χιλι- throne and of the living creatures and of the elders ; and thou- άδες χιλιάδων, 12 λέγοντες φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, :᾿Αξιόνὶ ἐστιν sands of thousands ;_ saying witha voice ‘loud, Worthy is τὸ ἀρνίον τὸ ἐσφαγμένον λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν καὶ ἃ πλοῦτον the Lamb that hasbeenslain to receive power, and riches, A ΄ ‘A “ ‘4 ‘ A , ‘ καὶ σοφίαν καὶ ἰσχὺν καὶ τιμὴν καὶ δύξαν καὶ εὐλογίαν. and wisdom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing. 13 Kai πᾶν κτίσμα 6 Sori" ἐν τῷ οὐραγῷ, Kai fév τῇ yg," And every creature which is in the heaven and in theearth καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης 8a" ory," διὰ under the earth,and ‘on *the Ssea "those *that are, καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς Ἱπάντα,' " ἤκουσα λέγοντας! Τῷ and *the *things*in °them tall, heard I saying, καθημένῳ ἐπὶ ™rov θρόνου! καὶ τῷ aoviw ἡ εὐλογία καὶ ἡ sits on the throne, and tothe Lamb, Blessing, and τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ TO κράτος εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. honour,and glory, and might, to the ages of the ages, ‘ ΜΕΝ “ Π ~ έλ oa’ A ‘ ‘ € pa > 14 Kai ra "τεσσαρα ζῶα ἔλεγον, μην’ καὶ οἱ Ῥδείκοσι- And the four living creatures said, Amen; andthe four-and- τέσσαρες" πρεσβύτεροι ἔπεσαν, καὶ προσεκύνησαν twenty elders felldown and worshipped {him who) SZovre εἰς rove αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων." ' lives to the ages ofthe ages. ϐ Καὶ ™eidov' ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὸ ἀρνίον μίαν ἐκ τῶν 55 opoa- And tIsaw. when “opened "the “Lamb one of _ the seals, To him who P 633 him that sat upon the throne. 8 And when he had taken the book, the four beasts and four and twenty el- ders fell down before the Lamb, having every one of them harps, απᾶ golden vials full of odours, which are the prayers of saints. 9 And they sung a new song, say- ing, Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals there- of: for thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and peo-; ple, and nation; 10 απᾶ hast made us unto our God kings and priests: and we shall reign on the earth. 11 And I beheld, and I heard the voice of many an- gels round about the throne and the beasts and the elders: and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousandsoft thou- sands; 12 saying with a loud voice, Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wis- dom, and strength and honour, and glory, and blessing. 13 And every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, heard iIsaying, Blessing, and honour, and glory, and ower, be unto him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever. 14 And the four beasts said, Amen. And the four and twenty elders tell down and worshipped him that liveth for ever and ever, VI. And I saw when the Lamb opened one 4 ἔπεσαν LTTrAW. ο τέσσερα LTTr. Ρ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες LTA. Y αὐτοὺς them GLTTraw. 5 χρυσέας Tr. t — ἡμᾶς LTAW. « βασιλείαν a kingdom ΗΤΤΑ. shall reign er. 2 + ὡς as ΤΤΙ[Α]. ἃ κύκλῳ GLTTrAW. ἆ + τὸν w. ε --- ἐστιν (read [15]) Lem AW. ε — ἅτιτττα. h — ἐστιν TTr. 1, πάντας (read I heard all) w. 1 λέγοντα L. πι τῷ θρόνῳ LTA. π τέσσερα LTTr. ος 4 τὸ W. τέσσαρες GLTTrAW, seven GLTTrAW. 48 — ζῶντι to end of verse GLTTrAW, Ta , τ/ κά , τ « θ ’ ᾽ > x . ~|l ” καὶ ἰδού, ἵππος λευκός, καὶ ὁ καθήµενος ἐπ Σαὐτῳ'! ἔχων and behold, a“horse ‘white, and he sitting ou it having τόξον" καὶ ἐδύθη αὐτῷ στέφανος, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν νικῶν, καὶ abow; and was giventehim acrown, ἵνα νικήσῃ. that he might overcome, 3 Καὶ ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὴν δευτέραν σφραγῖδα" ἤκουσα τοῦ and he went forth overcoming and And when he opened the second seal Iheard ithe δευτέρου ζώου λέγοντος, Ἔρχου καὶ βλέπε." 4 Καὶ second living cr eure saying, Come and see, And ἐξῆλθεν ἄλλος ἵππος πυῤῥός' καὶ τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ᾽ ἜΣ went forth another horse red; ,and to iG sitting on ἐδόθη Δαὐτῷ" λαβεῖν τὴν εἰρήνην Yard" τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἵνα was given {ο him to take peace from the earth, and that ἀλλήλους “σφάξωσιν"" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη. one another they should slay ; and was given to him a “sword loveat, 5 Kai ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὴν Ἱτρίτην σφραγῖδα" ἤκουσα τοῦ τρίτου And when he opened the third seal Iheard the third. ζώου λέγοντος, Ἔρχου "καὶ βλέπε." Kai Veidor," καὶ living creature saying, Come and eee a I saw, and ἰδού, ἵππος μέλας, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾽ Σαὐτφ' ἔχων ζυγὸν behold, a “horse ‘black, and he sitting on) it πο a balance ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ. 6 Kai ἤκουσα © φωνὴν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν in his hand. And Iheard avoice in([the] midst of the τεσσάρων λέγουσαν, Χοῖνιξ σίτου δηναρίου, four sayiug, Achcenix of wheat for a denarius, καὶ τρεῖς χοίνικες ἱκριθῆς! δηναρίου' καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν and three chonixes of barley fora ἀεματ]αδ: and the oil and the οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς. wine thou mayest uot injure. 7 Καὶ ὅτε Ίνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην, ἤκουσα ζώων living creatures, And when he opened the “seal 1fourth, Iheard [the] βφωνὴν" τοῦ τετάρτου ζώου Ἀλέγουσαν, Ἔρχου ‘kai voice οἵ the fourth living creature saying, Come and βλέπε." 8 Καὶ πεἶδον,! καὶ ἰδού, ἵππος χλωρός, καὶ ὁ καθήµενος see, And Isaw, and behold, a *horse tpale, and he mo ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ιῥ' Θάνατος, και ὁ done Νάκο- on it, 9 “his [was] Death, and hades fol- Aovet" per αὐτοῦ" καὶ ἐξόθη Ιαὐτοῖς' ἐξουσία ™amoxreivat lows with him; and was given to them αν to kill ἐπὶ τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς" ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ καὶ ἐν λιμῷ καὶ ἐν over the fourth of the earth with sword and with famine and with θανάτῳ, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς. death, and by the beasts of the earth, 9 Kai ore ἤνοιξεν τὴν παρ σφραγῖδα Σεῖδον" ὑποκάτω And when he opened the fifth seal 1 saw under t φωνὴ (read without the numerals) GLTTrAW. LTTrA. W ἴδον T. Erte GLTTraw. 4 σφραγίδα τὴν τρίτην GLTTraW. (vead I heard the fourth) c[tr]w. ζώου) GLTTraW. 7 καὶ ἴδε and behold ew; — καὶ βλέπε 7 σφραγίδα τὴν δευτέραν GLITrAW. — καὶ > ἐκ GLTTrAW. 5 σφάξουσιν they shall ies LTTrA. © + ὡς as LTTrA. ἔ κριθῶν LTTrAW. & --- φωνὴν h λέγοντος (connect λέγουσαν with φωνὴν ; λέγοντος with κ ἠκολούθει followed GLITrAW. 1 αὐτῷ to him G, Σ αὐτὸν a 8 [αὐτῷ] 1, i_ ὃ τίΑ]. Ὦ ἐπὶ τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς, ἀποκτεῖναι GLTTraw, σι. REVELATION. τοῦ θυσιαστηρἰου-τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν the altar the souls λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ta τὴν µαρτυρίαν ἣν word of God, and becauseof the testimony which they held; and ” = ‘ ΄ / . ΄ Ῥέκραζον" φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, λέγοντες, Ἕως πότε, ὁ' δεσ- they were crying with α “voice ‘loud, saying, Until when, O Mas- ΄ t . \ « > ’ φ ~ πύτης ὁ ἅγιος Kai 46" ἀληθινός, οὐ.κρίνειο καὶ ἐκδικεῖς ter, the holy and the true, dost thou not judge and = avenge τὸ. αἷμα ἡμῶν τἀπὸ" τῶν κατοικούντων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆος 11 Καὶ our blood on those who dwell οι the earth? And "ἐδόθησαν" * Yéxdoroty' “στολαὶ λευκαί,' καὶ ἐῤῥέθη αὐτοῖς ἵνα were given to each ?robes *white; and it was said το them that ἐσφαγμένων διὰ τὸν of those having been slain because of the’ elyov, 10 καὶ ἀναπαύσωνται Χέτι χρόνον! ὑμικρόν," ἕως τοῦ! "πληοώσονται' they should rest yet ἃ “time 0016, until shali be fulfilled ‘ ε / Φ ν᾽ ~ ‘ ε ? Ν ᾽ ~ € , καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες both their fellow-bondmen and their brethren, those being about Ῥάποκτείνεσθάι! ὡς καὶ αὐτοί. to be killed as also. they. Δ - ῃ - ‘ ’ - " 12 Kai «εἶδονὶ ὅτε ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην" καὶ And 19581 when he opened the “seal ‘sixth, .and d 29 , Ἱ . ΄ 7 [ή A « HA Σ e2 ’ aN il ἰοου. σεισμὸς µεγας ἐγένετο, και ὁ HALOg “εγένετο µελας Ῥε]λο]ᾶ, Searthquake *a *great ‘there πας, andthe sun became black 4, ΄ ‘ , , e - © ’ ὡς σάκκος τρίχινος, Kai ἡ σελήνη ἷ ἐγένετο ὡς αἷμα, 13 καὶ as sackcloth "hair, and the moon became as_ blood, and 3 , ~ ᾽ --» > \ ~ . ~ , οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔπεσαν εἰς τὴν γῆν, ὡς συκὴ 5βάλλει' the stars of the heaven fell unto the earth, as a fig-trce casts A ? [ή ᾽ ~ « A h aN > / il [ή Η 14 A τοὺς ὀλύνθους. αὐτῆς, υπο μέγα; ου ανεµμου σειομενῇ και its untimely figs, by a great wind being shaken, And i ? δα 2 , θ 6-: Xi k ὃν , Π \ ~ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον “εἱλισσόμενον," καὶ πᾶν heaven departed as a book being rolled up, and every ὄρος Kai νῆσος ἐκ τῶν.τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν" 15 καὶ mountain and island out of their places were moved, And t ~ ~ ~ - ~ ε ’ A οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες, καὶ οἱ Ιπλούσιοι, καὶ the kings of the earth, and the great, and the rich, and ΄ " ~ ~ A ~ οἱ χιλίαρχοι," καὶ οἱ ™duvarot," καὶ πᾶς δοῦλος καὶ "πᾶς" the chief captains, and the powerful, and every bondman, and every’ , > , ? ‘ ἐλεύθερος ἔκρυψαν ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰ σπήλαια καὶ εἰς τὰς free (man) hid themselves in the caves and in the ~ - , . ~ ή ~ πέτρας τῶν ὀρέων, 16 Kai λέγουσιν τοῖς ὄρεσιν καὶ ταῖς rocks of the mountains ; and theysay tothe mountains and tothe [ή / ? ~ A / « ~ 7 x πέτραις, “Ilécere' ἐφ᾽ ἡμᾶς, καὶ κρύψατε ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ προσ- rocks, all on us, and hide us from [the] face ~ [ A ~ , ‘ > 4 ~ ? ~ ώπου τοῦ “καθημένου ἐπὶ Ρτοῦ θρόνου," καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ὀργῆς of him who sits on the throne, and from the wrath ~ > , ε/ ” « « ΄ ε tr ~ ? ~ τοῦ ἀρνίου" 17 ore ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἢ µεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς of the Lamb ; because iscome the «αγ tereat wrath αααὐτοῦ,! καὶ τίς δύναται σταθῆναι ; 30Ε *his, and who is able to stand? 6556 I saw under the altar the souls of them that ‘were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held: 10 and they cried with a loud voice, saying, How long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? 11 And white robes wefe given unto every one of them; aud it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fel- lowservants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled, 12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a gréat earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; 13 and the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely _ figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind. 14 And the heaven de- parted as. ἃ scroll when it is rolled to- gether; απᾶ every mountain and island Were moved out of their places. 15 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the deus and in the rocks of the mountains; 16 and said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of-him that sit- teth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: 17 for the great day of his wrath is cf#me; and who shall ‘be able to stand ? ns ο --- διὰ 1{41. P ἔκραξαν they cried ΟἸΤΎΤΑΎ. ᾳ — ὃ GLTTrAW. 8 ἐδόθη Was given GLTTrAw. t + αὐτοῖς to them GLTTraw. each LTT: [A]. Ν στολὴ λευκή a White robe GLTTraw. Kpov G. 2 — οὗ GLITrAW. 5 πληρωθῶσιν should be fulfilled Lw ; fulfil [it] ατΈτΑ. Ὁ ἀποκτέννεσθαι GLTTrA. ο ἴδον T. Ἐ μέλας ἐγένετο GT. f + ὅλη whole (moon) GLTTraw. Ὁ ἀνέμου μεγάλου GLTTrAW. i + ὁ the GLTTrAw. καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι GLTTrAW. τὸ ἰσχυροὶ strong GLTTrAW. Law. φΡδτῷ θρόνῳ ΤΑ, 45 αὐτῶν "οἱ “their TTr, τ ἐκ from LTTrAW. v — ἑκάστοις GW ; ἑκάστῳ Σ χρόνον ἔτι L. y¥— μι- πληρώσωσιν should 4 — ἰδού @LTTrAW. 8 βάλλουσα casting T. κ ἑλισσόμενον LITrAW. 2 — πᾶς LITrAW, 1 χιλίαρχοι, o@ Tlegare 636 VII. And after these things I saw four an- gels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree. 2 And I saw auother angel ascend- ing from the east, hav- ing the seal of the living God: and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea, 3 saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads. 4 And-I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed an hun- dred and forty and four thousand of all the tribes of the chil- dren of Israel. 5 Of the tribe of Juda were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Reuben were . sealed twelve thou- sand. Of the tribe of Gad weresealedtwelve thousand. 6 Of the tribe of Aser were sealed twelve thou- sand. Of the tribe of Nepthalim were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Manasses were seale twelve thousand. 7 Of the tribe of Simeon were sealed twelve thou- sand. Of the tribe of Levi were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Issachar were sealed twelve thousand... § Of the tribe of Zabulon were sealed twelve. thou- sand. Of the tribe of Joseph were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Benjamin were sealed twelve thousand, 9 After this I be- held, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and ATE OE A ATES. Vil. a 4 5 - ΠῚ t 1δ iT] ΄ > ἐλ -“ε - µετα “ταυτα εἰοον τεσσαρας αγγέλους ἕστωτας after these things I saw four angels standing γι τζαι! And ἐπὶ τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς, κρατοῦντας τοὺς τέσσαρας upon the four corners of the earth, holding the four / : ~ ~ \ / » pee, | ~ ~ ἀνέμους τῆς γῆς, ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, μήτε winds ofthe earth, that πο ?might*blow ‘wind on the earth, nor ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, μήτε ἐπὶ "πᾶν" δένδρον. 2 Kai ‘eidov" ἄλ- on the sea, nor upon any tree. And Isaw an- ᾿ (lit. every) Σἀνατολῆς" ἡλίου, ἔχοντα rising of{the] sun, having φωνῇ μεγάλῃ λον ἄγγελον “ἀναβάντα" ἀπὸ other angel having ascended from [the} σφραγῖδα θεοῦ ζῶντος: καὶ ἔκραξεν {the] seal of 3ᾳοᾱ ['the] “living; and hecried witha’voice~ "loud τοῖς τέσσαρσιν ἀγγέλοις, οἷς ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἀδικῆσαι τὴν to the four angels towhom itwasgiven tothem toinjure the γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, 3 λέγων, Μὴ. ἀδικήσητε τὴν γῆν, earth and ὑπὸ sea, saying, Injure not the earth, μήτε τὴν θάλασσαν, μήτε τὰ δένδρα, Yaxorc" "οὗ" "σφραγίζω- nor the sea, nor the _ trees, until we μεν! τοὺς δούλους τοῦ.θεοῦ. ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῶν. μετώπων αὐτῶν. seal the bondmen of our God on their foreleads. 4 Καὶ ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων' "ond"! χιλιάδες, And 1 Πεατᾶ the number of the _ sealed, 114 ~— thousand, ΕΣ [ή ? / ~ tw~ ? , - > ἐσφραγισμένοι ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς υἱῶν Topanrt' 5 ἐκ sealed outof every tribe of [the] sons of Israel; « out of [the] φυλῆς Ἰούδα, “ιβ΄1 χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι' ἐκ φυλῆς tribe of Judah, 12 thousand sealed; out of [the] tribe Ῥουβήν, “ιβ΄" χιλιάδες δἐσφραγισμένοι"" ἐκ φυλῆς Tad, of Reuben, 12 thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Gad, ει’! χιλιάδες ἀἐσφραγισμένοι" 6 ἐκ φυλῆς ᾿Ασήρ, ιβ 12 thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Aser, 12 χιλιάδες “ἐσφραγισμένοι"" ἐκ φυλῆς “Νεφθαλείμ," ιβ thousand séaled ; out of [the] tribe of Nepthalim, 12 χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι ἐκ vine Μανασσῆ," ειβ’ thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Manasses, 12 χιλιάδες ἀἐσφραγισμένοι" 7 ἐκ φυλῆς Συμεών, “ιβ! χιλι- thousand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Simeon, 12 thou- άδες téodoayiopévor" ἐκ φυλῆς δλευΐ," «ιβ΄. χιλιάδες sand sealed ; out of [the] tribe of Levi, 12 thousand ἀξσφραγισμένοι" ἐκ φυλῆς *Ioaydo," “ιβ΄ " χιλιάδες Ἰέσφρα- sealed ; outof[the]tribe of Issachar, 12 thousand seal. γισμένοι"" 8 ἐκ φυλῆς Ζαβουλών, 5ιβ’! χιλιάδες ἀἐσφρα- ed ; out of [the] tribe of Zabulon, 12 thousand seal- γισμένοι"" ἐκ φυλῆς Ιωσήφ, «ιβ’' χιλιάδες Φἐσφραγισμένοι" ed; outof [the] tribe ofJoseph, 12 thousand sealed ; : ary λα ΠῚ} wpe 2 , ἐκ φυλῆς Βενιαμίν." ιβ’! χιλιάδες ἐσφραγισμένοι. out οὗ [the] tribe of Benjamin, 12 thousand sealed. 9 Mera ταῦτα teldor,! Ἐκαὶ" Ιδού," πιόχλοο πολύς," ὃν After these things I saw, and bchold, a*ecrowd ‘great, which ἀριθμῆσαι αὐτὸν οὐδεὶς "ἠδύνατο," ἐκ παντὸς ἔθνους καὶ 5to “number τ πο ὍΘ 4was*able, outof every nation and r— καὶ Lf tra]. vovra ascending GLTTrAw. γίσωµεν We may have sealed EGLTTraw. a hundred and forty-four GLTTraw. © Νεφθαλὶμ a. LTTraW. Tra ; Ἰσσάχαρ T. ® ἐδύνατο LTT / Τεν Ἀμήν" ἡ εὐλογία καὶ ἡ δόξα καὶ ἡ σοφία καὶ ἡ εὐχαριστία ing, Amen Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς τῷ.θεῴ. ἡμῶν εἰς τοὺς and honour,.and power, and _ strength, to our God to the αἰῶνας τῶν αἴωνων. Χάμήν." ages ofthe . 8668. Amen, 13 Καὶ ἀπεκρίθη εἷς ἐκ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, λέγων μοι, Οὗτοι And” Sanswered ‘one 208 *the *elders, saying to me, These ‘ot περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς τὰς λευκάς, τίνες εἰσίν, καὶ who areclothed with the robes ‘white, who are they, and πόθεν ἦλθον; 14 Καὶ εἴρηκα αὐτῷ, Κύριε», σὺ οἶδας. Καὶ whence came they? And Isaid tohim,[My] lord, thou knowest. And τ / re / ? ε ? , 2 ~ θλι ~ Π εἶπεν μοι, Οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐρχόμενοι Τὲκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς hé saidtome, These are they who come out of the “tribulation μεγάλης, καὶ ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλεύκαναν _ great, and they washed their robes, ahd made white ἑστολὰς' δαὐτῶγ) ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ ἀρνίου. 15 διὰ τοῦτό robes ‘their “ in the blood ofthe Lamb. Because of this εἰσιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ, Kai λατρεύουσιν αὐτῷ are they before the throne of God, and serve him \ ‘ ~ ~ ~ 4 ε / ? \ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ἐν τῷ.ναφ-αὐτοῦ' καὶ ὃ καθήµενος ἐπὶ day and night in his temple ; and he who sits on “τοῦ θρόνου" σκηνώσει ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς. 16 οὐ.πεινάσουσιν the throne shalltabernacle over them. They shall not hunger ? \ ΄ » ‘ ‘ ΄ ? ? ? ἔτι, οὐδὲ διψήσουσιν ἔτι, “οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ αὐ- any more, neither shall they thirst any more, ΠΟΙ͂ at ali shall fall upon τοὺς ὁ ἥλιος, οὐδὲ πᾶν καῦμα 17 ὕτι TO ἀρνίον TO _ them the sun, nor any heat ; because the Lamb which [is] [ἀνάμεσον' τοῦ θρόνου ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς, καὶ ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς in [the] midst of the throne willshepherd them, απά _ will lead them ? ΔΝ , Π A « ΄ ‘ > x , ε θ A ~ ἐπὶ Σζώσας' πηγὰς ὑδάτων, καὶ ἐξα είψει ὁ θεὸς πᾶν το living fountains of waters, and *will*wipe‘away ‘God every δάκρυον "ἀπὸ" τῶν .ὀφθαλμῶν «αὐτῶν. tear from their eyes. 637 kindreds, and peo- ple, and toagues, stvod before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands; 10 and cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb. 11 And all the angels stood round , about the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God, 12 saying, Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honour, and power, and might, be unto our God for ever and ever, Amen, 13 And one of the elders answered, day- ing unto me, What are these which are arrayed inwhite robes? and whence came they? 14 And I said unto him, Sir, thou kuowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. 15 There- fore are they be- fore the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple: and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them. 16 They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light onthem, nor any heat. 17 For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters: and God ‘shall wipe away all tears from their eyes, Ge υ ἑστῶτας AW. ΄α φοίνικας T. GLTTrAW. on the throne EGLTTrAW. * τὰ πρόσωπα faces GLTTrAW. θλίψεως from “tribulation L. θρόνῳ T. d+ μὴ (read neither at all) L. 6 ζωῆς (read to fountains of waters of life) euTTraw. P περιβεβλημένους GLTTrAW. t εἱστήκεισαν LTTrA ; ἐστήκεισαν W. Σ--- ἀμήν L. & — στολὰς GLITrAW. ε οὐδ᾽ ov A. 5 τῷ θεῷ ἡμῶν τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ (τοῦ θρόνου EG) to Σ + µου my (lord) G[LJrtraw. Ὁ αὐτὰς them GLTTr[A]W. f ava μέσον EGLTAW. h ἐκ GLTTrAW. τ κράζουσιν they cry our God who sits ν ἔπεσαν LITrAW. Σ ἀπὸ ο τῷ 638 VIII. And when he had opened theseventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour. 2 And I saw the seven angels which stood be- fore God; and to them Were given = seven trumpets. 3 And ano- ther angel came and stood at the altar, hav- ing a golden censer ; and there was given unto him much in- cense, that he should offer τ with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne. 4 And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel’s band. 5 And the an- gel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast ἐξ into the earth: and there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake. 6 And the seven an- gels which had the peven truimpets pre- pared themselves to sound. 7 The first angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast up- on the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up. 8 And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great moun- tain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood; 9 and the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed. 10 And the third an- gel sounded, and there ---------- --------------.-.---: -------.ἘἠἘἤ -.---.--- i ὅταν LTTrA,. @LTTraw. burnt up ΘΙ ΤΥ k ἡμίωρον LTTrA. σει he shall give LTTrA, ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ 1; βρονταὶ καὶ ai καὶ ἀστραπαὶ ΤΤτΑ. Ξ αὐτοὺς LTTr. with (blood) exttraw. Απο σσ Vill 8 Kai Ἰύτε' ἤνοιξεν τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην, ἐγένετες And when he opened the 2seal tseventh, *was σιγὴ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ we Ἑἡμιώριον.' 2 Kai εἶδον"' τοὺς ἑπτὰ 3silence in the heaven about half-an-hour. And Isaw the _ seven ~ ε ΄ A ? , ἀγγέλους, ot ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ ἑστήκασιν, και ἐδόθησαν angels, who before *God *stand, and were giveb αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες. 8 Kai ἄλλος ἄγγελος ἦλθεν, καὶ tothem seven trumpcts. Aud another angel came and ἐστάθη ἐπὶ "τὸ θυσιαστήριον,! ἔχων λαο χρυσοῦν" καὶ stood «οὖ the altar, having a *censer ος and ἐδόθη αὐτῷ θυμιάματα πολλά, ἵνα *dwog' ταῖς 3was ‘given ὅΐο Shim “incense 1much, that he might give [it]to the προσευχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων πάντων ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ prayers _ of 6 “saints lall upon the Σα]ίατ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου. 4 καὶ ἀνέβη ὁ καπνὸς ‘golden which [was] before the throne. And went up the smoke τῶν θυμιαμάτων ταῖς προσευχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων, ἐκ ειρὸς of the incense with the prayers of the saints, outof[the] hand τοῦ ἀγγέλου, ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ. 5 καὶ εἴληφεν ὁ ἄγγελος οτὺ" ofthe angel, before God. And “took ‘the “angel υπο λιβανωτόν, καὶ ἐγέμισεν Ῥαὐτὸ! ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς τοῦ θυσιαστη- censer, and filled it from the fire of the altar, ριου, καὶ ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν γῆν καὶ ἐγένοντο “φωναὶ καὶ and east. [it] into the earth: and _ there were voices, and βρονταὶ καὶ ἀστραπαὶ καὶ σεισμός. thunders, and _ lightnings, and an earthquake. 6 Kai ot ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγας ἡτοί- And the seven angels having the seven trumpets pre= ’ , µασαν Σἑαυτοὺς! ἵνα σαλπίσωσιν. pared themselves that they might sound [their] trumpets@ 7 Kai ὁ πρῶτος άγγελος! ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐγένετο And the first angel μον εκ trumpet; and there was χάλαζα καὶ πῦρ μεμιγμένα" αἵματι. καὶ ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν fire hail and minyled with blood, and it was cast προ the γῆν" 5 καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν δένδρων κατεκάη, καὶ πᾶς χόρτος earth: andthe third ofthe trees Wwasburntup, and all *grass χλωρὸς κατεκάη. lgreen was burnt πρ. ὃ Kai ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, Kai ὡς And 11ο second angel sounded [his] le gid and as [it were} ὕρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν' καὶ a?mountain πρ αμ” fire *burning wascast into the sea, and ἐγένετο τὸ τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα. 9 καὶ ἀπέθανεν τὸ ®became ‘the “third “of *the sea lood ; and “died ‘the τρίτον τῶν κτισμάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα “third *of*the ‘creatures Swhich[’were] 31η ΠΣ 1°sen which ‘have ψυχάς, καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν πλοίων }διεφθάρη." 1316; andthe third ofthe ships, was-destroyed, 10 Kai ὁ τρίτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἔπεσεν ἐκ And the third angel sounded [his] trumpet;and ‘“feil Sout Sot 1 ἴδον T. ο τὸν EGUTTrAW. πι τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου TTra. 2 δώ- Ρ' αὐτὸν EGLTTrAW. 4 βρονταὶ καὶ ς + οἱ (read who have) -- “ἄγγελος GLITrAW. Υ μεμιγμένον T. w+ ἐν x + καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκάη, and the third of the earth was Σ διεφθάρησαν were destroyed LrTra, VIII, IX. REVELATION. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ μέγας καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς, καὶ ἔπεσεν 7the ®hcaven ‘a%star “great, burning as alamp, and it fell ἐπὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν ποταμῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς πηγὰς τ ὑδάτων. uponthe third of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters. 11 καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται Αψινθος' καὶ ὃ τ Andthe name ofthe star iscalled Wormwood; and “becomes τὸ τρίτον 5 εἰς ἄψινθον, καὶ πολλοὶ ἃ ἀνθρώπων ἀπέθανον ‘the “third into wormwood, and “many 10 “men died ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι ἐπικράνθησαν. of the waters, because they were made bitter. 12 Kai ὁ τέταρτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐπλήγη And the fourth angel sounded [his] trumpet; and was smitten TO τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῆς σελήνης καὶ τὸ τρίτον the third ofthe sun, and the third ofthe moon, and the third τῶν ἀστέρων, ἵνα σκοτισθῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν, καὶ ἡ of the stars ; that should be darkened the _ third of them, and the ἡμέρα μὴ "φαίνῃ" τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως. day “not 'should appear [for]the third of it, and the night likewise. 13 Καὶ feidov," καὶ ἤκουσα ἑνὸς «Σἀγγέλου πετωμένου" ἐν And Isaw, and heard one \ angel flying in µεσουρανήµατι, λέγοντος φωνῇ μεγάλῃ, Οὐαί, ovat, οὐαί, mid-heaven, saying witha voice ‘loud, Woe, Woe, woe, Ἀτοῖς κατοικοῦσιν" ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν to those who dwell on the earth,from the remaining voices τῆς σάλπιγγος τῶν τριῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μελλόντων σαλ- ofthe trumpet of the three angels who [are] about tosound πίζειν. [their] trumpets. ‘ « » - ἕῳ 9 Καὶ ὁ πέμπτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ Ἰεϊδονὶ Απά {86 fifth angel sounded (his] trumpet; and Isaw ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐδό- ἃ star outof the heaven fallen to’ the earth, and there was θη αὐτῷ ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς ἀβύσσου. 2 Kai ἤνοιξεν given toit the key ofthe pit of the abyss. And it opened τὸ φρέαρ τῆς ἀβύσσου. καὶ ἀνέβη καπνὸς ἐκ τοῦ φρέατος the pit ofthe abyss; andthere went up smoke out of the pit ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου μεγάλης, καὶ Κἐσκοτίσθη! ὁ ἥλιος as [the] smoke ofa“*furnace ‘great; and *was ‘darkened ‘the *sun Kai ὁ ἀὴρ EK TOU καπνοῦ τοῦ φρέατος. 8 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ καπνοῦ andthe air by the smoke ofthe pit. And out of the smoke ἐξῆλθον ἀκρίδες εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἐδόθη Ιαὐταῖςοὶ ἐξουσία, came forth locusts unto the earth, and was given tothem power, ὡς ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν ot σκορπίοι τῆς γῆς" 4 καὶ ἐῤῥέθη 88 Shave 7power *the scorpions %of *the ‘earth; and it was said Ἰαὐταῖςὶ ἵνα μὴ ™adunowow" τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ πᾶν Το ἔπεπι, that “ποῦ “they *shouldinjure the grass of theearth, nor any χλωρόν, οὐδὲ πᾶν δένδρον, εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους "μόνου". green thing, nor any tree, but the men only οἵτινες οὐκ.ἔχουσιν τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐπὶ. τῶν μετώπων who have not the seal of God on "foreheads οαὐτῶν." 5 καὶ ἐδόθη Padraic" ἵνα μὴ.ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτούς, , 1πεῖν, Anditwasgiven tothem that they should not kill them, 5. + τῶν of the (waters) GLTTraw. 5 + ὁ GLTAW. 639 fell a great star from eaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters; 11 and the name of the star is called Wormwoo:l: and the third part of the waters became wormwood; and many men died of the wa- ters, because they were made bitter. 12 And the fourth angel sounded, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars; so as the third part of them was darkened, and the day shone not-for a third part of it, and the night likewise. 13 And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven, saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three angels which are yet to sound! TX. And the fifth an- gel sounded, and Isaw a star fall from hea- ven unto the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottom> less pit. 2 And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arouse a smoke out of the pit, as thesmoke of a great furnace ; and the sun and the air were dark- ened by reason of the smoke of the pit. 3 And thtre came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth: and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power. 4 And it was commanded them that they should. not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree ; but only those men which have not the seal of God in their foreheads, 5 And to them it was given > ἐγένετο became LTTraW. 9 + τῶν ὑδάτων of the waters EGLTTrAw. ἀ - τῶν of the (men) GLTTraw. εφάνῃ LTW 3; φανῇ ΊτΑ. {ἴδον τ. ; ἀετοῦ πετομένου eagle flying GLTTrAW. — ‘h tous κατοικοῦντας ΤΤΤΑ. Σἴδον Τ. κ ἐσκοτώθη LTA. 1 αὐτοῖς T. ™ ἀδικήσουσιν 'ἴηθν *shall injure 1ΤΑ. n—- μόνους GLTTrAW. Ῥ αὐτοῖς LT. ο — αὐτῶν (read on the foreheads) Lrtrf, 640 that they should not kill them, but that they should be tor- mented five months and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when he striketh a mau. 6 And in those days shall men seek death, and shall not find it; and shall desire to die,and death shall flee from them. 7 And _ the shapes of the locusts were like unto horses prepared unto battle ; and on thcir heads were as it were crowns like gold, and their faces were as the faces of men. 8 And they had hair as the hair of women, and _ their teeth were as the tecth of lions. 9 And they had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron; and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses run- ning to battle. 10 And they had tails like unto scorpions, and there were stings in their tails: and their power was to hurt men five months. 11 And they had 'a king over them, which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongues Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue hath his name Apol- lyon. 12 One woe is past ; and, behold, there come two woes more hereafter. 13 And the sixth an- gel sounded, and heard a voice from the four horns of the gold- en altar which is be- fore God, 14 saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four angels. which are bound in the great river Eu- 15 And the angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, = ΔΙ - αυτων who had the ATIOKAAY VI 2. 1x, ~ ~ 2 ‘ « ο αΔασανισθῶσιν" μῆνας πέντε" Kai ὁ βασανισμὸς that they should be tormented *months ‘five; and “torment ὡς ββασανισμὸς σκορπίου, ὅταν παίσῃ ἄν- {was] as [the] torment of ascorpion, when it may strike a θρωπον᾽ 6 καὶ ἐν ταῖς. ἡμέραις.ἐκείναις ζητήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρω- ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα - but Atheir man. And in those days “shall #seck ‘men ποι τὸν θάνατον, καὶ "οὐχ "εὑρήσουσιν" αὐτόν' καὶ ἐπιθυμή- death, and που ‘shall find it ; and shall ? 6 ~ ‘ t δι 6 {| Vv € θ , > ᾽ > ~ il σουσιν ἀποθανεῖν, καὶ ἱφεύξεται" Yo θάνατος am αὑτῶν. desire to die, and -εἨπΗ "Πορ: ‘death from «οτι, 7 καὶ τὰ ὁμοιώματα τῶν ἀκρίδων σόµοια" ἵππὸις ἡτοι- And the likenesses ofthe locusts [were] like to horses pre- / ’ κ νὰ ‘ A ‘ > ~ , ’ µασμένοις εἰς πόλεμον, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς. κεφαλάς. αὐτῶν ως στεφάνοι pared’ ! for war, and upon their heads as crowns ὅμοιοι Σχουσῷ," καὶ τὰ. πρύσωπα.αὐτῶν ὡς πρόσωπα ἀνθρώ- like gold; and their faces as faces of πων" 8 καὶ Yelyor' τρίχας we τρίχας γυναικῶν' καὶ οἱ ὀδόντες men ; and they had haw as “hair women’s; and “teeth αὐτῶν we λεόντων ἦσαν" 9 καὶ εἶχον θώρακας ὡς θώρακας "(πο πας “of Clions . “were; and they had breastplates as "ντους: plates σιδηροῦς" Kai ἡ φωνὴ τῶν.πτερύγων.αὐτῶν ὡς ὀὀωνὴ τσ τεῦς and the sound of their wings {was] as (the! sound ε 4 εἰ » ; ἁρμάτων ἵππων πολλῶν τρεχύντων εἰς πόλεμον. 10 καὶ of chariots of “horses many running to war: and ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς Ἰὐμοίας" σκορπίοις, καὶ κέντρα”. jv! ἐν ταῖς they have tails like scorpions, and stings; 2 *was ‘in ? ~ ? ~ CG Ma e ἐξ ’ ᾽ ~ 10 a Η >? , οὐραῖς αὐτῶν «καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία.αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους "tails Stheir and 2their *power to injure men Hvac πέντε. 11 “Rei ἔχουσιν %d αὑτῶν" βασιλέα frov" “months ‘five. And they have over them aking, the ἄγγελον τῆς ἀβύσσου" ξ ὄνομα αὐτῷ Εβραϊστὶ ᾿Αβαδδών, καὶ angel ofthe abyss: his name in Hebrew Abaddon, and ἐν τῇ Ἑλληνικῇ ὄὔνομα ἔχει ᾿Απολλύωγ. in the Greek {for] name he has Apollyon. e ᾽ ‘ ε ΄ ? ~ ? ” 12 Ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ µία ἀπῆλθεν" ἰδού, Νέρχονται! ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ 3Woe ‘the *first [18 past. Lo, *come tyet *two *woes era ταῦτα. after these things. 13 Kai ὁ ἕκτος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν And the sixth angel sounded [his] trumpet;and Iheard voice [ή ? ~ 1 ΄ ΄ ~ , ~ ” I μίαν ἐκ τῶν τεσσάρων" κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ four horns one from the of the “altar *golden τοῦ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ, 14 Κλέγουσαν' τῷ ἕκτῳ ἀγγέλῳ which Cis] before God, saying tothe sixth angel ἰὸς εἶχε! τὴν σάλπιγγα, Λῦσον τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους τοὺς ' trumpet, Loose the four angels who , 4 ~ ~ ~ ΄ ᾽ ’ ‘A δεδεμένους ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ τῷ μεγάλῳ Εὐφράτῃ. 15 Καὶ ἑλύ- are bound at the “river lereat Euphrates. And were θησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς τὴν ὥραν καὶ loosed the four angels whohad been preparedfor the hour and 4 βασανισθήσονται they shall be tormented trtra. 3 εὕρωσιν should find 1. Σ χρυσοῖ golden α. stings were in their tails Text. Rec. and α. ἆ — καὶ GLTTrAW. whom T. who has GLTTraAW. - ., , . οὗ μὴ in no wise GLTTrAW. A. Yan’ αὐτῶν ὁ θάνατος 6. π ὅμοιοι Τ. 2 ὁμοίοις Tr. 5 Puxctuate so as to read and Ὁ καὶ and LTTraw. 5 ---- καὶ LITrAW. t φεύγει “flees LTTrA. y εἶχαν LITrA. τ 6 ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν ΗΤΊΤΑ. f — τὸν (read an angel) a. &+ ᾧρα b ἔρχεται LTTrA. --τεσσάρων LIr[A]. k λέγοντα LTTrAW. 16 ἔχων X; ΣΧ, REY £ LATION. ἡμέραν καὶ μῆνα καὶ ἐνιαυτόν, ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν τὸ τρίτον day ‘and month and | year, that they might kill , the third τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 16 Kai ὁ ἀριθμὸς ἃ στρατευμάτων τοῦ ἵππι- of men; and the number . of [the] armies ofthe caval- κοῦ οδύο μυριάδες" μυριάδων" Pweet! ἤκουσα τὸν ἀριθμὸν ry [πας] ἴπο . myriads of myriads, and MJIheard the number - αὐτῶν. 17 καὶ οὕτως Δεῖδονὶ τοὺς ἵππους ἐν τῷ ὁράσει, καὶ of them, And thus \Isaw the horses in the Vision, and τοὺς καθημένους ἐπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ἔχοντας θώρακας πυρίνους καὶ those ἡ sitting on them, having breastplates fiery, and ε 8 4 4 5 ‘ « . ‘ '~ ev ὑακινθίνους καὶ Oewdec*’ καὶ; at κεφαλαὶ. τῶν ἵππων hyaciuthine, and brimstone-like; and the heads ofthe horses [were] « 3 LN ve ‘ ~ ΄ > εν ? : /, ὡς κεφαλαὶ λεόντων, καὶ ἐκ τῶν.στομάτων. αὐτῶν ἐκπορεύε- as heads of lions, ‘and out of their mouths ~ i A ς ‘ Y δῶν Ἐν « Ν ~ ~ 4 , ται πῦρ καὶ καπνὸς καὶ θεῖον. 18 τὑπὸ" τῶν τριῶν τούτων out fire and smoke and brimstone. : By *three\— ‘these ν 7 A / ~ ’ ? ον 4 ‘ ἀπεκτάνθησαν τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ were killed the . third ofthe men, by the fire .and ~ ~ ‘ ~ ἢ aed ν , ᾽ τέκ' τοῦ καπνοῦ καὶ ttc" τοῦ θείου, τοῦ ἐκπορευομένου ἐκ by the smoke and. by: ‘the brimstone, which goes forth out of ~ ~ Viz , > ~ > pe! τῶν.στοµάτων.αὐτῶν, 19 Yai-yap ἐξουσίαι αὐτῶν ἐν τῳ theirmouths.. , - For the powers ofthem 7in ~ ἢ ε ‘ ~ « 3” στόματι αὐτῶν εἰσιν'' αἱ γὰρ.οὐραὶ. αὐτῶν ὅὕμοιαι ὄφεσιν, *mouth 3their are; for their tails {are] like ~ serpents, a ι - ᾽ ~ δι \ \ ἔχουσαι κεφαλάς, καὶ ἐν αὐταῖς ἀδικοῦσιν. 20 καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ having heads, and with them they injure. And the rest 2 ΄ τι / ~ ~ , τῶν ἀνθρώπων ot οὐκ.ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαϊῖς.ταύταις, ofthe men ‘who were not killed by these plagues, ~ ~ ~ 7 ~ er ‘ ποῦτε" μετενόησαν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν, ἵνα μὴ *not seven ‘repented of the ‘works _of their hands, that "ποὺ 3 ~ ‘ Σπρρσκυνήσωσιν! τὰ δαιμόνια, καὶ εἴδωλα τὰ χρυσᾶ καὶ 4they *should do homage to the -demons, and “idols ‘the golden and‘ τὰ ἀργυρᾶ καὶ τὰ χαλκᾶ καὶ τὰ λίθινα καὶ τὰ ξύλινα, silver and brazen and stone and wooden, ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν Ἰδύναται, οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν" which neither *to *see 4are*able, nor tohear, nor to walk. ~ ~ 3” > ~ 21 καὶ οὐ.μετενόησαν ἐκ τῶν.φόνων.αὐτῶν, οὔτε ἐκ τῶν And they repentednot of _their murders, ; nor of . ως oe “ ~ / ᾽ ~ » ? εφαρμακειῶν! αὐτῶν, οὔτε ἐκ τῆς.πορνείας.αὐτῶν, οὔτε ἐκ *sorceries 1their, nor . of their fornications, ποτ of τῶν.κλεμμάτων.αὐτῶν. their thefts. 10 Καὶ εἶδον ἄλλον ἄγγελον ἰσχυρὸν καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ And Isaw another *angel strong coming down out of the ~ ; [ή x ? Ν C= pe οὐρανοῦ, περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην, καὶ ἢ Ἶρις ἐπὶ "τῆς κεφ heaven, clothed with acloud, and arainbow ΟΠ the < Η ΄ -.ε ‘ « , ᾿ ? ~ αλῆς" Δ, καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος; καὶ οἱ πόδες. αὐτοῦ head, and his face .as the sun, and. his feet j te ~ ‘ > ~ , ὡς στῦλοι πυρός" 2 καὶ εἶχεν' ἐν τῇιχειρὶ αὐτοῦ βιβλαρίδιον as pillars οὗ fire, and hehad in” his hand a little book pit ee SS Se --- = + τῶν of the (armies) ΟἸΤΊΓΑΥ. © δισμυριάδες LTA. ᾳ ἴδον T. ς ἀπὸ from ΟΙ/ΓΤΕΑΥΓ. GLTTraw. ap ἐξο ν᾿ W) ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν ἐστιν καὶ ἐν ται GLTTraW. ν ov not αν; οὐδὲ ΤΑ. 7 + τὰ GLITrAW. * δύνανται LITrA. (rainbow) GLTTraW. ο τὴν κεφαλὴν LITrAW. ΄ 4 ἔχων having GLTTrAW. ἆ + αὐτου (read goes” 5. + πληγῶν “plagues GLTTraW. ste ¥ ἡ γὰρ ἐξουσία τῶν ἵππων For the power of the horses (αὐτῶν for τῶν ἵππων ς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν' is in their mouth and in their tails x προσκυνήσουσιν they shall do homage to LTTraw. 4 φαρμακιῶν T; φαρμάκων A. 641 and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men. 16 And the number of the army of the horsemen were two hundred tkou- sand thousand: and I heard the number of them. 17 And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, hav- ing breastplatesof fire, and of jacinth, and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions ; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone, 18 By these three was the third part of men killed, by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the brimstone, which issued out of their mouths. 19 For their power is in their mouth, and in their tails: for their tails were like unto ser- pents, and had heads, and with them they do hurt. 20° And the rest of the men which were not killed by these plagues yet repented not of the works of their hands, that they should not worship devils, and idols of gold, and sil- ver, and brass, and stone, and of wood: which neither can see, nor hear, nor walk: 21 neither repented they of their murders, nor of their sorccries, nor of their fornica- tion, nor of their theft xX. AndI saw an- other mighty angel come down from heéa- ven, clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face was as it were the’sun, and his feet as pillars of fire: 2 and he had in his hand a little book ‘P — καὶ GLTTrAW. t— ἐκ > + ἡ the 118 head) GLrTraw ἜΝ 642 open: and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth, 3 and cried witha loud voice, as when a lion roar- eth: and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices. 4 And when the seven thundcrs had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from hea- ven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thun- ders uttered, and write them not. 5 And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaycn, 6 and sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heayen, and the things that thercin are, and the earth, and the rhings that there- in are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer: 7 but in the days of the voice of " the scventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his ser- vants the prophets. 8 And the _ voice which I heard from hcayen spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth, 9 And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take τέ, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it ~hall bein thy mouth sweet as honey. 10 And I took the little book out of the angel’s hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth swees as honey: and as soon ATTORA AT Mf 5. ae Γἀνεῳγμένον"" καὶ ἔθηκεν τὸν.πόδα.αὐτοῦ τὸν δεξιὸν ἐπὶ ἐτὴν open. And he placed his “foot *right upon the θάλασσαν," τὸν δὲ εὐώνυμον ἐπὶ Ὁτὴν γῆν." 8 καὶ ἔκραξεν sea, and the left upon the earth, and cried φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ὥσπερ λέων μυκᾶται' καὶ ὅτε ἔκραξεν, with a “voice ‘loud as a lion roars. And when hecried, 3 , « { A " A « ~ ’ ‘ e ἐλάλησαν at ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ τὰς.ἑαυτῶν φωνας" 4 καὶ ὅτε 4spoke the “seven “thunders their voices. And whea ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ ἱτὰς φωνὰς ἑαυτῶν," Σἔμελλον" *spoke 1the "seven *thunders their voices, I was about γράφειν" καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, λέγουσάν ἱμοι," {ο write: And Iheard avoice out οἵ the heaven, saying to me, , " ? ΄ e ε , ‘ ~ Σφράγισον ἃ ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταί, καὶ μὴ ταῦτα!" Seal what (things] *spoke ‘the “seven “thunders, and *not them γράψῃο. 5 Kai ὁ ἄγγελος. ὃν εἶδον ἑστῶτα ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης Iwrite. And the angel whom Isaw standing on the sea καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, moeEY τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτοῦ " εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, and on the earth, lifted up his hand to the heaven, ve ᾽ ~ ~ ~ ~ . 6 καὶ ὤμοσεν ἐν τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων, ὃς and sware by him who lives ἵο the ages ofthe ages, who ἔκτισεν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ THY γῆν καὶ created {πα heaven and the things in it, and the earth and “τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ, “καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὰ ἐν aury," the things in it, and the sea and the things in it, / με ΄ p . ” ” ell 7 4 tAX ‘ ή] > ~ € Ud ~ τι χρόνος PouK έσται ETL αλλα” ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τὴς Delay *no ‘shall *be longer ; but in the days of the ~ wk a7 ? tf er , . φωνῆς τοῦ ἑβδόμου ἀγγέλου, ὅταν μέλλῃ σαλπίζειν, voice ofthe seventh angel, when he is about to sound [186] trumpet, Kat στελεσθῃ" τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ θεοῦ, ὡς εὐηγ- also should be completed the mystery of God, as he did announce έλισεν στοῖς ἑαυτοῦ.δούλοις τοῖς προφήταις." the glad tidings to his bondmen the prophets, 8 Kai ἡ φωνὴ. ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, πάλιν And the vaice which Iheard outof the heaven [was] again ἱλαλοῦσα" per’ ἐμοῦ, καὶ "λέγουσα,' Ὕπαγε λάβε τὸ Σβιῤλα- speaking with me, and saying, Go, take the little ρίδιον' τὸ ἠνεῳγμέγον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ Σ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ἑστῶτος book which is open in the hand of {the] angel who is standing 5] ‘ ~ θ λ / αν ο ‘ ~ ~ 9 Ν y > ~ Π ι Η͂ ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. 9 Καὶ Σάπῆλθόν'" πρὸς τὸν on the sea and on the earth. And I went to the ἄγγελον, λέγων αὐτῷ, *Adc' μοι τὸ βιβλαρίδιον. Καὶ λέγει angel, saying tohim, Give me the little book, And he says μοι, Λάβε καὶ κατάφαγε αὐτό" καὶ πικραμε σου τὴν tome, Take απᾶ eat *up tit: and it shall make bitter thy κοιλίαν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τῷ.στόµατι.σου ἔσται γλυκὺ ὡς μέλι. 10 Kai belly, but in thy mouth it shall be sweet as honey. And ἔλαβον τὸ βιβλαρίξιον ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου, καὶ κατέ- Itook the little book outof the hand ofthe angel, and ate Φαγον αὐτό: καὶ ἦν ἐν τῷ.στόματί-µου ὡς μέλι γλυκύ" καὶ “up ‘it; and it was in my ΠΙΟΣ ἢ "as Ποπεγ ‘sweet; and i .΄΄“Ἕ“ ΄ “ ἿἝ ΖΎῪὙΓἝὙἿ΄΄ ΄ ΄““Ἕ“͵ ͵ ͵ -ἝἕὮὃςῖΞἝἷἝ΄-ς-.--- τ--- -΄΄π“ τ΄ ἃ.ν΄΄΄ο “ο΄ ὖῦ6ῦ69ὲ0Οὅὃ0 ῦΤ“΄“΄΄. τ“ ΄ Ἐ ΓΡΤ ῆΡῆὙῆῆ ͵ -- f ἠνεωγμένον LTTrA. φωνὰς ἑαυτῶι GLTTrAW. = + τὴν δεξιὰν the right GLTTraw. 4 ἀλλ᾽ LTTrA. δούλους τοὺς προφήτας GLTTrAW. ἔσται αΙ,ΤΤι ΑΥΓ. λίον book 1. ΤιΑ. 8 τῆς θαλάσσης GLTTrAW. : k ήμελλον LTraw. Ὁ τῆς γῆς GLTTrAW. i— τὰς 1— pou GLTTraW. τὸ αὐτὰ LTTrAW. ο [καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῃ] L. Ρ οὐκέτι τ ἐτελέσθη Was completed GLTTraw. 5 τοὺς Ear TOU t λαλοῦσαν LITrAW. | ἡ λέγουσαν LTTrAWw. 8. βιβ- * τοῦ of the GLIT AW. Σ ἀπῄλθα LT, : Sevva: (vead telling him to give) GLTTraw, - X, ΧΙ. e $32 οτε εφαγον auUTO, when I did eat it, ~ / . - ? ‘ ~ id ἔθ " μοι, Δεῖ.σε πάλιν προφητεῦσαι ἐπὶ λαοῖς καὶ “ ἔθνεσιν καὶ to me, Thou musi again prophesy as to peoples, and nations, and γλώσσαις καὶ βασιλεῦσιν πολλοῖς. tongues, and *kings ‘many. 11 Kai ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ, © λέγων, : Ἔγει- And was given to me .a reed like a stafi, saying, Rise, pat," καὶ µέτρησον τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, and measure the temple of God, and the- altar, καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν αὐτῷ" 2 Kai. τὴν αὐλὴν τὴν and those who worship in it. And the court which ” | ~ ~ Bae μμ» | ‘ \ ᾽ | ἐδ βέσωθεν! τοῦ ναοῦ ἔκβαλε "ἔξω," καὶ μὴ αὐτὴν μετρήσῃς, REVELATION. ἡ κοιλία. μου. 11 καὶ “λέγει! ἐπικοάνθη γὴν “belly. And . he says Swas *made *bitter [15] within the temple cast out, and “not *it tmeasure ; ὅτι ἐδόθη τοῖς ἔθνεσιν καὶ τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίαν because it was given [up] tothe nations, and the city tholy Hvac ἱτεσσαράκοντα! Κ δύο. 8 καὶ δώσω μῆνας forty 2two. And I will give πατήσουσιν shall they trample upon “months τοῖς.δυσὶν.µάρτυσίν.µου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν ἡμέρας [power] to my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy 7Tdays λ ΄ ὃ - , ε ἐξ , ψὰ 1 Ὰ [ή Π] , 2s χιλίας ιακοσίας ἑξήκοντα, περιβεβλημένοι' oak ἢ *thousand "πο “Παπάχθα [Sand] ‘sixty, clothed in sack- κους. 4 οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι, καὶ ™ δύο λυχνίαι cloth. These αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ" 9θεοῦ" τῆς γῆς Ῥέστῶσαι." 5 καὶ εἴ τις are ‘the two olivetrees,. and [the] two lampstands which “before 3the *God Sof °the “earth ‘stand. And if anyone αὐτοὺς 3θελῃ" ἀδικῆσαι, πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 5ίπεπι ‘should *will *to*injure, fire goes out of “mouth αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς.αὐτῶν' καὶ εἴ τις "αὐτοὺς ‘their, and devours their enemies. And ifanyone *them θέλῃ! ἀδικῆσαι, οὕτως δεῖ αὐτὸν ἀποκτανθῆναι. 6 οὗτοι %should “will *to*injure, thus must he be killed. These ΄ - A , MY ἔχουσιν" ᾿ἰξουσίαν κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν," ἵνα μὴ “βρέχῃ have authority toshut - the heaven, that no ?may “fall ὑετὸς ἐν ἡμέοαις αὐτῶν τῆς προφητείας"! καὶ ἐξουσίαν train in [the] days of their prophecy ; ant =e thority ἔχουσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδάτων, στρέφειν αὐτὰ εἰς αἷμα. καὶ τατά- they have over the waters, to turn them into blood, and to Eau τὴν γῆν Ἑπάσῃ πληγῇ, ὁσάκις ἐὰν θελήσωσιν." 7 καὶ smite the earth withevery plague, as often as they may will. And ὅταν τελέσωσιν τὴν. μαρτυρίαν. αὐτῶν, τὸ θηρίον τὸ when they shall have completed their testimony, the beast who ts , , ᾽ ~ ἀναβαῖνον ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου ποιήσει Σπύλεμον μετ᾽ αὐτῶν," comesup outof the abyss will make war with them, καὶ νικήσει αὐτούς, καὶ ἀποκτενεῖ αὐτούς. ὃ καὶ *ra and’ will overcome them, απᾶ νι} kill them : and ἐπὶ τῆς πλατείας ** πόλεως τῆς µε- πτώματα! αὐτῶν {will be] on the street of *city ‘the bodies ‘their α λέγουσίν they say LTTrA. the aigel stood E. _ [Ἔγειρε LTTrAW. outside LTTr, 1 τεσσεράκοντα LTTrA. m + ai the GLTTrAW: 2 — τοῦ L. 4 θέλει wills GLTTrAW- should have willed them T} αὐτοὺς θελήσῃ Tr. ἐξουσίαν κλεῖσαι α. (read [during] the days) Οὐττταν. ΟΠ + σωσιν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ GW. } μετ᾽ αὐτῶν πόλεμον GLTTraW. 45. + τῆς LTTrAW. ἀ ἐπὶ ἃ5 to T. κ + καὶ Δηα LAw. 9 κυρίου Lord G@LTTraw. w + ἐν with (every) LTTrA. & ἔξωθεν outside EGLTTrAw. | περιβεβλημένους Tr. 645 as I had eaten it, my belly was _ bitter. 11 And he said unto me, Thou must pro- phesy again before many peoples, and na- tions, and tongues, and kings, ΧΙ. And there was given me a reed like unto ὦ rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein. 2 But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not ; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. 3 And I will give power unto my two Witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thou- sand two hundred and threescore days, cloth- ed insackcloth. 4Thesa are the two olivetrees, and the two candle- sticks standing before the God of the earth. 5 And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devourcth their enemies : and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be . killed. 6 These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy :and have power over wa- ters to turn them ta blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will. 7 And when they shall have finish- ed their testimony, tha beast that ascend- eth out of the bottom- less pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and killthem. 8 And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which ε + καὶ ὁ ἄγγελος εἱστήκει aud η ἔξωθεν Ρ ἑστῶτες GLTTrAW. τ αὐτοὺς θέλει them wills ᾳ ; θέλει αὐτοὺς LAW ; θελήσῃ αὐτοὺς 5 -- τὴν the LT:[a]}w. Ray. νυ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς προφητείας αὐτῶν (αὐτῶν τῆς προφ. ΑΝ) ἔτον οὐρανὸν * ὁσάκις ἐαν θελη- : τὸ πτῶμα body GLTTraw,. 644 spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where: also our Lord Was crucified. 9 And they of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and an half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves. 10 And they that dwell upon the eatth shall rejoice o- ver them, and make merry, and'shall send gifts one to another ; because these two pro- phets tormented them that dwelt the on éarth. 11 And after three days and an half the Spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet ; and great fear fell upon them which saw them. 12 And they heard a great voice from hea-. ven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in acloud; and their enemies beheld them. 13 And the same hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake were slain of men seven thou- sand: and the rem- nant were aftrighted, . and gave glory to the God of heaven. 14 The second woe! is past; and, behold, the third woe cometh quickly. 15 And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms’ οὗ this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign for ever andever. 16 And the four and twenty el- ders, which sat before ATE OR AA Yo FS: ΧΙ, γάλης, ἥτις καλεῖται πνευματικῶς Σόδομα καὶ Αἴγυπτος, great, «which is called spiritually Sodom and -Egypt,. . ὅπου καὶ ὁ κύριος ἐσταυρώθη. 9 καὶ “βλέψουσινὶ where also ?Lord was crucified. Απά ?'shall??see ['some] ? ~ ~ ‘ ~ ‘ η ‘ 20 ~ dA ΄ ἐκ τῶν λαῶν καὶ φυλῶν καὶ γλωσσῶν καὶ ἐθνῶν “τὰ πτώ- 308 *the *peoplesSand ‘tribes “and “tongues απᾶ ‘nations “bodies ματα"! αὐτῶν ἡμέρας τρεῖς “καὶ" ἥμισυ, καὶ τὰ πτώματα. αὐτῶν. 13their ‘Sdays ‘three and ahalf, and their bodies ᾽ f ἂν , ll An 2 [η ΄ It 10 . ἊΣ ε οὐκ ᾿ἀφησουσινὶ τεθῆναι εἰς ἄμνηματα." καὶ. οἱ κατ- βηοῦ ‘they *willsuffer tobe put into tombs. And they that οικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς *yapovaw" ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς, καὶ Ἱεὐφρανθή- dwell on the earth willrejoice over them, and will make σονται" καὶ δῶρα πέμψουσιν! ἀλλήλοις, ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ δύο merry, and gifts will send to one another, because these, the two προφῆται ἐβασάνισαν τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς. prophets, tormented them that dwell upon the earth.\ 11 καὶ μετὰ τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας Καὶ ἥμισυ, πνεῦμα ζωῆς And after .the three days, and ahalf, [the] | spirit of life ee | ~ ώ 73 > ~ 12 ” 2 , I A ” 7 ‘ 4 ἐκ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν “ex αὐτούς, καὶ ἔστησαν ἐπὶ τοὺς from ἡ God did enter into them, and they stood upon πόδας αὐτῶν, καὶ φόβος μέγας "ἔπεσεν" ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας DS ρον ἡμῶν να _ *feet ‘their; and “fear ‘great fell upon those beholding £. \ : , a. i. αὐτούς. 132 καὶ ἤκουσαν "φωνὴν μεγάλην" ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ) them: and they heard a *yoice great outof the heaven, — ολέγουσαν! αὐτοῖς, PAvaSnre" ὧδε. Καὶ ἀνέβησαν εἰς “τὸν saying to them, Come up hither. And they wentup to ‘tha οὐρανὸν ἐν τῇ νεφέλῃ, Kai ἐθεώρησαν αὐτοὺς οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτῶν. heaven -in the cloud; and Sbeheld *them 1their “enemies. 13 Kai ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐγένετο σειόμὸςξ μέγας, καὶ τὸ And in . that hour there was “earthquake ‘a *great, and the «δέκατον τῆς πόλεως ἔπεσεν, καὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῷ σεισμῷ tenth ofthe city fell, and there werekilled in the earthquake ? ΄ ? , zs £ ’ \ « ‘ » ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδες ἑπτά". καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἔμφοβοι Snames *of *men “thousand ‘seven. And the _ rest *afraid ἐγένοντο; καὶ ἔδωκαν δόξαν τῷ θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 4pDecame, and gave glory tothe God ofthe heaven. ‘14 Ἡ οὐαὶ «ἡ! δευτέρα ἀπῆλθεν" ἰδού, ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη cae SWoe “the second is past : lo, the *woe third ἔρχεται ταχύ. comes quickly. 15 Kai ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος ἐσάλπισεν, καὶ ἐγένσντο And 86 seventh angel sounded (his]trumpet; and “*were— ᾿ . ο so οἱ φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, τλέγουσαι," "Ἐγένοντο at 3νοῖοθς lereat in the ᾿ heaven, saying, SAre 7become *the βασιλεῖαι"! τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ.κυρίου ἡμῶν, καὶ τοῦ.χριστοῦ. αὐτοῦ, “kingdoms *of *the *world our Lord’s, an his Christ’s, καὶ βασιλεύσει" εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. 16 Kai tot! and heshallreign Το ἵἴπθ ages of the ages. And the’ εἴκοσι "καὶ" τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι “οὶ! ἐνώπιον τοῦ θεοῦ Σκαθή- twenty and four elders, who before God sit ο αὐτῶν their GLTTraW. ε [καὶ] A. youons Tra. f ἀφίουσιν they suffer LTTrA ; ἀφιοῦσιν W. Ἀ χαίρουσιν rejoice GLTTrAW. 1 ἐν ( — ἐν Ττ[Α]) αὐτοῖς GLTTrAW. P’AvaBare LTTrAW. Βασιλεία “is "become 'the “kingdom GLTTraw. ¥ -- οἱ (read καθή. sitting) 14]. ς βλέπουσιν see GLTTrAW. ἃ τὸ πτῶμα body GLTTraW. ξ 8 μνῆμα a tomb @LTTraw. Ι εὐφραίνονται Make merry LTTrAW. Κ πέμπουσιν send T. τὰ ἐπέπεσεν 1 ΤΑ. 2 φωνῆς μεγάλης Tra. ο λε- qa -- ἡ Ww. τ: λέγοντες GLTAW. ἔδκ᾿Εγένετο ἡ τ-- οἱ 1[4]. ¥ — καὶ GLTTrAW, * of κάθηνται (read who [are] bsfore God who sit) TTnf ΧΙ, ΧΙΙ. REVELATION. μενοι! ἐπὶ τοὺς θρόνους αὐτῶν, ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ. πρόσωπα αὐτῶν, on their thrones, fell upon their faces, καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ θεῷ, 17 λέγοντες, Ἐὐχαριστοῦμέν σοι, eand worshipped God, saying, We give thanks to thee, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν Υκαὶ ὃ Lord God Almighty, [Η 6] who is, and whowas, and who [15] ἐρχόμενος," 5 ὅτι εἴληφας τὴν δύναμίν σου τὴν μεγάλην. coning, that thou hast taken Spower 1thy Ἄστοφῦ, καὶ ἐβασίλευσας. 18 καὶ τὰ ἔθνη ὠργίσθησαν, καὶ ἦλθεν ἡ and reigned. And the nations were angry, and is come ὀργή σου, Kai 6 καιρὸς τῶν νεκρῶν, κριθῆναι, καὶ δοῦναι τὸν *wrath ‘thy, andthe time οἳ the dead tobe judged, and togive the μισθὸν τοῖς.δούλοις.σου τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ τοῖς ἁγίοις καὶ reward to thy bondmen the prophets, and tothe saints, and τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ.ὄνομά.σου, “τοῖς μικροῖς καὶ τοῖς to those who fear thy name, the small and the ‘oe, καὶ διαφθεῖ ie υδιαφθεί " τὴν γῆ μεγάλοις," και ιαφθεῖραι τοὺς "διαφθειροντας" τὴν γην. great; and to bring tocorruption those who corrupt the earth. 19 K ‘ ᾽ ΄ « " ~ θ ος ~ ᾽ ~ νο at ἡνοίγη ὁ ναὸς του θεου © ἐν TH ουρανῳ, και ὠωφ- And was opened the temple of God in the heaven, and was θη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς.διαθήκης. αὐτοῦ" ἐν τῷ.ναφ-αὐτοῦ' καὶ seen the ark of his covenant in his temple: and ἐγένοντο ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταὶ καὶ σεισμὸς καὶ there were lightnings and voices and thunders and an earthquake and χάλαζα µεγάλη. “hail great. ‘ ~ ” ~ ~ ‘ 19 Καὶ σημεῖον μέγα ὤφθη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, γυνὴ περι- And a/’sign ‘great wasseen in the heaven; a woman cloth- βεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω TOY.TQOWY.AUTIC, ed with the sun, andthe moon under her feet, ‘ ’ ‘ ~ ~ ᾽ ~ , > [ή ΄ A ‘ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς.αὐτῆς στέφανος ἀστέρων δώδεκα’ 2 καὶ and on her head a crown of “stars twelve; and ? \ ” e f / ll 2 , 4 , ἐν. γαστρὶ ἔχουσα, ὃ ἱκράζει ὠδίνουσα καὶ βασανιζομένη being with child she cries being in travail, and being in pain τεκεῖν. ‘to bring forth. 3 Καὶ ὤφθη ἄλλο σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, Kai ἰδού, δρά- And was seen another sign in the heaven, and behold, a *dra- κων ϑμέγας πυῤῥός," ἔχων κεφαλὰς ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα" καὶ gon ‘great “red, having “heads ‘seven and “horns ‘ten, and 1 “ A 4 η ~ hg δὴ ε , ell ‘ « bs ‘ ’ ~ ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς.αὐτοῦ "διαδήματα ἑπτὰ" 4 καὶ η.οὐρα αὐτοῦ upon his heads *diadems seven ; and his tail σύρει τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀστέρων τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἔβαλεν αὐτοὺς drags the third ofthe stars ofthe heaven, and ο cast them εἰς τὴν γῆν. Kal ὁ δράκων ἕστηκεν ἐνώπιον τῆς γυναικὸς τῆς to the earth. Απᾶ {πο dragon stands before the woman who μελλούσης ᾿τεκεῖν, ἵνα ὅταν τέκῃ» τὸ τέκνον. αὐτῆς is about to bring forth, that when she should bring forth, her child καταφάγῃ. 5 καὶ ἔτεκεν υἱὸν ἱἄῤῥενα," ὃς μέλλει ποι- he might devour. Andshe brought fortha*son ‘male, who is about. to ΄ , A ” ’ =. ‘ « oe µαίνειν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ καὶ ἡρπάσθη shepherd all the nations with “rod lan *iron: and was caught away 645 God on their seats, fell upon their fares, and worshipped God, 17 saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty, which art, and wast, and art to come; because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and h:st reigned, 18 And the na- tions were angry, and thy wrath iscotue, aud tne time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and should- est destroy them which destroy the earth. 19 And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were light- nings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail, XII. And there ap- peared a great-wonder in heaven ; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under . her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars: 2 and she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. 3 And there ap- peared another won- der in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven headg and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. 4 And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven,. and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to de- vour her child as soon as it was born. 5 And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her i OO Υ --- καὶ ὃ ἐρχόμενος GLTTrAW. :--- καὶ πα τσ. ο. LTrA. Ὁ διαφθείραντας corrupted L. ο + 6 which [is] LTTr. the covenant of the Lord) G. ε 4+ καὶ ἃπὰ 1104]. ή μέγας LITrA, b ἑπτὰ διαδήματα GLITYAW, 1 ἄρσεν LITTAW, t ἔκραζεν was crying L, ἃ τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ TOUS μεγάλους 4 τοῦ κυρίου (read 8 πυβῥος 646 child was caught up unto God, and {ο his throne. 6 And the wo- man fled into the wil- -crness, where she «ath a place prepared «of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. 7 And there was war in heaven: Mi- ολο] and his angels fought against the dragon ; and the dra- gon fought and his xngels, 8 and pre- vailed not; neither Was their place found auy more in heaven. 9 And the great dra- gon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and = Satan, Which deceiveth the Whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels: were cast out with him, 10 And 1 heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and_ the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for. the ac- cuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. 11] And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony ; and they loved not their lives unto the death. 12 -Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he kuoweth that he hath but a short time. 13 And when the dragon saw that he Was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brovght forth the mau child, 14 And to k + πρὸς to GLTTrAW. ἐκτρεφωσιν W. ΟΙ ΤΤΓΑΥΓ. GLYTrAW. * οὐχ L. P ἴσχυσεν he prevailed α. 5 εβλήθη is cast [out] LTTra. α — οἱ TTrA. ATO ΓΑ TS. XII, τὸ τέκνον. αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ Χ τὸν.θρόνον.αὐτοῦ. 6 καὶ her child to God and his throne. And ἡ γυνὴ ἔφυγεν εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, ὅπου ἔχει] τόπον ἧτοιμασ- the woman 6] into the wilderness, where she has a place pré- k μένον ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα ἐκεῖ ™rpépwow' αὐτὴν ἡμέρας pared of God, that there they should nourish her Tdays . χιλίας διακοσίας ἑξήκοντα. 4a *thousand “two *hundred [Sand] “sixty. 7 Kai ἐγένετο πόλεμος ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ" "πὸ" Μιχαὴλ καὶ And there was war in the heaven: Michael and οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ “ἐπολέμησαν Kara" τοῦ δράκοντος, Kai ὁ his angeis warred against the dragon, and the , > , . <1 oe. > ~ ‘ ” ι δράκων ἐπολέμησεν, καὶ οἱ. ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ 8 καὶ οὐκ Ῥἴσχυ- dragon warred, and his angels ; and μοῦ ‘they *pre- σαν," Δοῦτε' τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ. 9 καὶ vailed, nor Splace ‘was *found *their any morein the heaven. And ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλού- was cast [out] the *dragon 1ereat, the “serpent ancient, who is μενος διάβολος, Kai ὁ σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην called Devil, and the Satan, who misleads {86 “habitable ε/ 3 , ? ‘ ~ μὰ ε > ~ ὅλην, ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι. αὐτοῦ (Sworld] 'whole, he wascast into the earth, and his angels per αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν. 10 Kai ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην τλέ- Swith *him *were “cast. And Iheard a “voice ‘great γουσαν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ," "Apri ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία Kai ἡ δύνα- saying in the heaven, Now iscome the salvation and the - power µις καὶ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν, Kai ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ χριστοῦ and the kingdom of our God, and the authority $Christ 1 τραβᾷ e s , θ ή ε t , " ~ 10 λ ~ « ~ αὐτοῦ" ὅτι κατεβλήηθηὶἳ ὁ ἱκατήγορος" τῶν. ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν, lof 7his; because iscast down the accuser of our brethren, ὁ κατηγορῶν “αὐτῶν! ἐνώπιον τοῦ.θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἡμέρας Kai who ' accuses them before our God day and νυκτός. 11 καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐνίκησαν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ night. And they overcame him by reason of the blood of the ἀρνίου, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς.μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν, καὶ Lamb, and by reasonof the word of their testimony, and σ ᾽ ll ? , ‘ \ > ~ » , ὃ ‘ οὐκὶ ἠγάπησαν τὴν.ψυχὴν.αὐτῶν ἄχρι θανάτου. 12 ιὰ 3ποῦ α1]ογεά their life unto death. Because of τοῦτο εὐφραίνεσθε "οὶ" οὐρανοὶ καὶ οἱ ἐν αὐτοῖς σκηνοῦντες. this rejoice ye heavens and[ye]whoin them tabernacle, οὐαὶ Yroic κατοικοῦσιν! τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν," ὅτι Woe tothose who inhabit the earth and the sea, because κατέβη ὁ διάβολος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἔχων θυμὸν μέγαν, εἰ- ig come down the devil to you having “fury ‘great, know- δὼς ὅτι ὀλίγον καιρὸν ἔχει. ing that ashort time he has, 19 Kai ὅτε εἶδεν ὁ δράκων ὅτι ἐβλήθη εἰς THY γῆν," And when “saw 'the “dragon that he wascast into the earth, ἐδίωξεν τὴν γυναῖκα ἥτις ἔτεκεν τὸν "ἄῤῥενα." 14 καὶ he persecuted - 86 woman which brought forth the male [child]. And 1+ ἐκεῖ there GTAW. πι τρέφονσιν they nourish TTr ; η ὅ τε both x. ο τοῦ ( — τοῦ T[A]) πολεμῆσαι μετὰ Warred with 4 οὐδὲ GLTTrAW. τ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαν τ κατήγωρ GLTA. ν αὐτοὺς LTA, } -- τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν ΑΙ.ΤΤΤΑΥΥ, : τῇ γῇ καὶ τῇ θαλάσσῃ GW, 8 ἄρσεναν L; ἄρσενα TIrA, ΧΙ, XIII. REVELATTLO:N. ? , ~ 4 ΄ - ~ ~ , ἐδόθησαν τῇ γυναικὶ" δύο πτέρυγες τοῦ ἀετοῦ τοῦ μεγάλου, were given tothe woman two wings of the “eagle great, e ‘ ᾿ , ~ { , “ ἵνα πέτηται εἰς τὴν ἔρημον εἰς τὸν. τόπον αὐτῆς, Ὁπου΄ τρὲ- that she might fly into the wilderness into her place, where sheis φεται ἐκεῖ καιρόν, καὶ καιρούς, καὶ ἥμισυ καιροῦ, ἀπὸ nourished there 8, ὑϊπηθ, - and πιο απᾶ half atime, from [the] ΄ ~ ” ‘A » 5 « 2 αλ ΄ ~ προσώπου τοῦ ὄφεως. 15 καὶ ἔβαλεν ὁ ὄφις “ὀπίσω τῆς face of the serpent. And cast ‘the serpent ®after °the γυναικὸς ἐκ Tov.crdmaroc.avrou' ὕδωρ ὡς ποταμόν, ἵνα woman ‘out Sof Shis 7mouth ~ water as ariver, that ταύτην". ποταμοφόρητον᾽ ποιήσῃ. «16 καὶ *her [545 Sone] "carried ®away *by '°a triver *he *might *make. And 3 ΄ c ~ ~ , A ~ 4 , ἐβοήθησεν ἡ γῆ τῷ γυναικί, καὶ ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα Shelped ‘the ὅϑασίῃ [ῈῪ woman, and. *opencd ‘the *earth Smouth αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων 4105, and swallowed πρ the river which cast ‘the *dragon ἐκ τοῦ .στόµατος.αὐτοῦ. 17 καὶ ὠργίσθη ὃ δράκων “ἐπὶ! out of his mouth. And *was‘*angry ‘the “dragon with Ty γυναικί, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ποιῆσαι πόλεμον μετὰ THY λοιπῶν the woman, and went to make war , with the rest τοῦ.σπέρµατος.αὐτῆς, τῶν τηρούντων τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ of: her seed, who keep the commandments d θεοῦ, καὶ ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν frov" ᾿Ιησοῦ δχριστοῦ." οἵ God,and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. 18 Καὶ "ἐστάθην" ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον τῆς θαλάσσης 13 καὶ And Istood upon the sand ofthe sea ; and εἶδον ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης θηρίον ἀναβαϊνον, ἔχον Ἰκεφαλὰς isaw outof the sea a beast rising, having “heads ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα"" καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κεράτων αὐτοῦ δέκα δια- ‘seven and “horns ‘ten, and on its horns ten dia- δήµατα, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτοῦ ἈΧθνομαἳ βλασφημίας. ἄοιηβ, aud upon its heads {the] name of blasphemy. 2 καὶ τὸ θηρίον ὃ εἶδον ἦν ὅμοιον παρδάλει, καὶ οἱ πόδες - And the beast ΦΙΠΙσΠ 1 547 was like to a leopard, and *feet αὐτοῦ ὡς Ἰάρκτου," καὶ τὸ.στόμα.αὐτοῦ ὡς στύμα Ἀλέοντος." ‘its as ofabear, and its mouth 8.5 [88] mouth of alion; καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν.δύναμιν.αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον and “gave “ἴο 5180 'the 7dragon his power, and *throne αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην. 8 καὶ "eidov" μίαν 5 τῶν κεφα- ‘his, and “authority ‘great. And Isaw one Sheads ~ ~ ιά ή / ε ~ λῶν αὐτοῦ ὡς ἐσφαγμένην εἰς θάνατον’ καὶ ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ 195 its as slain to death ; and the -wound θανάτου αὐτοῦ ΄ἐθεραπεύθη, καὶ Ῥἐθαυμάσθη" “ἐνὶ τόλῃ τῷ 3death 1083118 was healed: and there was wonder in whole ‘the γῇ" ὀπίσω τοῦ θηρίου. 4 καὶ προσεκύνησαν “τὸν δράκοντα" earth after the beast. And they did homage to the toc! ἔδωκεν “ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ, Kai προσεκύνησαν “TO who gave authority tothe beast; and they didhomageto the θηρίον," λέγοντες, Tic ὅὕμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ; Στίς δύναται beast, saying, Who([is] like tothe beast? who [15 able dragon, 4 Ὁ + ai the LTT:[A]w. σ f — τοῦ GLIT: AW. ο ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ὀπίσω τῆς γυναικὸς GLTTrAW. 647 the woman were given two wings of a great eavle, that she might fly intothe wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half atime, from the face of the serpent. 15, And the serpent east out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be earried away of the flood. 16 And the earth helped the wo- man, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth. 17 And the dragon was wroth with the wo- min, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the com- mandments of God, and have the testi- mony of Jesus Christ. XIII. And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. 2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth ofa lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great au- thority. 3 And 1 saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death ; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world won- dered after the beast. 4 And they worship- ped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they wor- shipped the beast, say- ing, Who ὦ like unto the beast? who is able 4 αὐτὴν GLTTrAW. e — ἐπὶ (read τῇ with the) L. ὃ — χριστοῦ GLTTrAW. h ἐστάθη it stood LTra. i κέρατα δέκα καὶ κεφαλὰς ἑπτά GLTTrAW. ΚὈνόματα names GLTTrw. 1 ἄρκου GLTTrAW. m λεόντων of lions Τὶ are εἶδον GLTTrAW. ο -- ἐκ of (105) GLTTrAW» Ρ ἐθαύμασεν (read the whole earth wondered) EGTAW. 4 -- ἐν " EGLTAW. F ὅλη ἢ γῆ EGLTAW. " τῷ δράκοντι GLITrAW. tore (read because he gave) GLTTrAW. v + την the GLTT:AW. ἡ τῷ θηρίῳ GLITrAW, 5. + kat aud GLTTraw 648 «ο make war with him ? 5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphe- mies ; and power was given unto-him to coutinue forty and two months. 6 And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his - mame, and his taber- Nacie, and tiem that dwellin heaven. 7 And it Was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations, 8 And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose Dames are not writ- ten in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. 9 If any man have an ear, let him hear. 10 He that leadeth into captivity shall gointo captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints, 11 And TI beheld an- other beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as adragon. 12 Andhe exerciseth all the pow- er of the first beast before him, and caus- eth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. 13 And he do- eth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from hea- ven on the earth in the sight of men, 14 and deceiveththem that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which } βλάσφημα blasphemous [things] ba. σαρακονταδύο E; τεσσεράκοντα δύο LTTrA. ε — καὶ ἐδόθη.. λαὸν and people @LTTraw. not been written) LrTra. ἆ — καὶ LTTraW. ATITIOKAAY VIS. XIIT, πολεμῆσαι per’ αὐτοῦ; 5 καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν to make war with it? And was given toit a mouth. speaking μεγάλα καὶ Σβλασφημίας". καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία τ᾽ ποιῆ- great things. and ~ BEER OTs : and was given to it ας te σαι μῆνας Ἀτεσσαράκοντα © δύο ἳ 6 καὶ ἤνοιξεν τὸ. στόμα. αὐτοῦ act *months forty 2~wo. And it opened its mouth εἰς βλασφημίαν" ὦ ὃν θεόν, βλασφημῆσ ὸ ὃν ς “βλασφημίαν! πρὸς τὸν , βλασφημῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα ΤΟΥ blasphemy against God, to blaspheme “name αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν.σκηνὴν. αὐτοῦ, deci! τοὺς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ this, and his tabernacle, those who *in “the *heaven and σκηνοῦντας. 7 “καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἱπόλεμον ποιῆσαι' μετὰ τῶν ‘tabernacle. And was given to it 3war 1to*make with the ‘aylwy, καὶ νικῆσαι αὐτούς" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία ἐπὶ saints, and ἴο ΟΥΤ6ΥΟΟΠΙΘ them; and was given toit author over πᾶσαν φυλὴν 8 καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ ἔθνος. ὃ καὶ προσκυνήσου- every tribo, and tongue, and nation; and shall do homage ow Ῥαὐτῳ! πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Ἰών' ov to it all who esas on the earth of whom ‘not γέγραπται *ra ὀνόματα! ἐν ἱτῇ βίβλῳ! τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ "have becn written the Names 7in το, “book 190Ε ‘life 1304 13119 ἀρνίου ™ ἐσφαγμένου ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. 9 Εἰ 15Lamb Mslain ‘from [286] “founding ‘of [*the] world. τε τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω. 10 Ei τις ™ «δαϊχμαλωσίανὶ anyone has anear, let him hear. If anyone [into] *captivity Ῥσυνάγει, " εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν ὑπάγει" εἴ τις ἐν «μαχαίρᾳ! 1gathers, into captivity he goes. If anyone with [the] sword σάποκτενεῖ,! δεῖ" αὐτὸν ἐν αμαχαίρᾳ! ἀποκτανθῆναι' ὧδέ will kill, “must ‘he with[the] sword be killed, Here ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονὴ Kai ἡ πίστις τῶν ἁγίων. is the endurance and the faith ofthe saints. 11 Καὶ εἶδον ἄλλο θηρίον avaBaivoy ἐκ τῆς γῆς, And Isaw another beast rising out of the earth, * μ / « ? , Δ᾽ Ὁ ΄ e , εἶχεν κέρατα δύο Όμοια ἀρνίῳ, καὶ ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων. 12 ithad horns ‘two liketo alamb, and spoke as ἃ dragon; τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ πρώτου θηρίου πᾶσαν ποιεῖ ἐνώπιον 2895 “authority *of *the Sirst Zbeast tall itexercises before αὐτοῦ" καὶ ποιεῖ τὴν γῆν καὶ τοὺς Ἱκατοικοῦντας ἐν αὐτῃ' it, and causes the earth and those who dwell in it ἵνα Ἱπροσκυνήσωσιν' τὸ θηρίον τὸ πρῶτον, οὗ ἐθερα- that they should do pornge to the beast ‘first, of whom παν πεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ-θανάτου.αὐτοῦ' 19 καὶ ποιεῖ σημεῖα healed the wound of its death. And it works “signs μεγάλα, “iva καὶ πῦο ποιῃ" χκαταβαίνειν :ἐκ τοῦ οὐ- 1ereat, that even fire itshouldcause tocome down out of the hea- ρανοῦ" εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐνώπιον τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 14 καὶ πλανᾷ ven to the earth before mea. And it misleads τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, διὰ τὰ σημµεῖα ἃ those who dwell on the earth, by reasonof the signs which Kat and καὶ and 2 + πόλεμον war (read moun. to make) Ε. b η [καὶ] and τ.. 3 TEG- ς βλασφημίας LTTrAW. νικῆσαι αὐτούς, ἃ ποιῆσαι πόλεμον ΤΤΙΑ.Σ Ε - καὶ ss αὐτὸν GLTTrAW. i οὗ (read [everyone] of whom has K τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ his name LTTra ; τὸ ὄνομα the name Gw. ‘Tw βιβλίῳ ο ο m + τοῦ (read which was slain) GLTTrAW. D + εἰς Lis] for LTAW. -- αἰχμαλωσίαν (vead εἰς for) Tr. P — συνάγει LTTrAW. 4 μαχαίρῃ LTTra. τ᾿ ἀποκταίνει kills τὶ ; ἀποκτανθῆναι. το be killed a. 5 — deta. τ ἐν ᾿ αὐτῇ ος QTTrA. ον. ἡ προσκυνήσουσιν they shall do homage ΤΤΤτΑ. π καὶ πῦρ ἵνα Σ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνειν (καταβῇ 8; καταβαίνῃ should come down W) GLTraw mill, XIV. REVELATION, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ποιῆσαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ θηριου, λέγων τοῖς itwas given toit towork μοίοιθ the beast, saying to those who κατοικοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ποιῆσαι εικόνα" τῷ θηρίῳ δ" dwell on the earth, to make an.image to the beast, which ἔχει τὴν πληγὴν τῆς ὑμαχαίρας" καὶ ἔζησεν. 15 καὶ ἐδόθη has , the wound of the sword, and lived. And if Was given μην a ο - ἢ ~ ΓΝ ie ~ eo ἑαὐτῳ' ἀδοῦναι πνεῦμα! τῇ εἰκόνι του θηρίου, ἵνα καὶ λα- ἰοῦ , togive breath tothe image of the beast, thit7also®should λήσῃ ἡ εἰκὼν τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ποιήσῃ, ὅσοι fav" μὴ ®speak tthe *imuge %o0t*the “beast, and should cause as many as “not ι \ > ’ " ~ : 4 ᾽ ~ "τὴν εἰκόνα" τοῦ θηρίου ‘iva ἀποκτανθῶσιν. the image ofthe beast that they should be kilied. 16 καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας, τοὺς μικροὺς καὶ τοὺς μεγάλους, καὶ And it causes all, the suiall and the great, and τοὺς πλουσίους καὶ τοὺς πτωχούς, καὶ τοὺς ἐλευθέρους καὶ ἔπροσκυγήσωσιν twould do homage to the rich and the poor, and the free and τοὺς δούλους, ἵνα ἔἘδώσῃ! αὐτοῖς χάραγμα ἐπὶ τῆς χειρὸς the bondmen, that itshoulu give them a mark on "hand αὐτῶν τὴς δεξιᾶς, 1) ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων" αὐτῶν, 17 "καὶ" ἵνα ‘their *yight, or on “foreheads ‘their ; and that , ΄, ? ΄ . ~ ? ‘ ε ” Δ μὴ.τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἔχων TO no one shonid be able το buy or to sell, except he who has the χάραγμα "ὴ' “τὸ ὄνομαὶ τοῦ θηριου, ἢ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ mark or the Dame’ of the beust, or the number οῬόματος ᾽ αὐτοῦ. 18 ‘Qce ἡ copia ἐστιν. ὁ ἔχων τὸν" flume τος its, Here “Wisdom ‘is. He who nas ~ , : ? ν - ? ‘ ‘ νοῦν, ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηριου" ἀριθμὸς. γὰρ understanding let him count the of the beast: lor “number ἀνθρώπου ἐστιν, καὶ ὁ-ἀριθμὸς. αὐτοῦ 4 τχξς΄." μι" *a “man’s itis; and its number [15] υθθ, 14 Καὶ "εἶδον," καὶ ἰδού, * ἀρνίον “ἑστηκὺς! ἐπὶ τὸ ὑρος Aud Isaw, and beliold, (the) Lamb stanuing upon mount Σιών, Kai per αὐτοῦ ἑκατὸν Ῥτεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες" Sion, and with him a hundred [and] forty tour χιλιάδες, ἔχουσαὶ TO dvopa* τοῦ.πατρὸς.αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένον Lhousand, having the name of his Father written ἐπὶ «τῶν.µετώπων αὐτῶν. 2 καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐ- on their foreheads. And Iheard avoice outof the hea- ρανοῦ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῆς ven as avoice of “waters ‘many, and as avoice ot “thunder μεγάλης" καὶ Yowvijy ἤκουσα" 7" κιθαρῳδῶν κιθαριζόντων ἐν *great : aud a voice 1 heard of harpers harping with ~ , ? ~ ‘ 10 aa,’ Ι 0 ‘ ‘ ? ΄ ταῖς.κιθάραις. αὐτῶν. ὃ καὶ ᾳδουσιν "ως" φὸην καινὴν ενώ- their harps, And they sing as a7song ‘new be- πιον τοῦ θρόνου, Kai ἐνώπιον τῶν τεσσάρων ζώων καὶ fore the throne, and _ betore the four living creatures and τῶν πρεσβυτέρων" καὶ οὐδεὶς Ῥδἠδύνατο! μαθεῖν THY φδήν, the elders. And noone was able tolearn the song 649 he had power to da in the sight of the beast ; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live. 15 And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as Inany as would not worship the image of the beast should be Rilled. 16 And he caus- eth all, bothsmall and great, rich and poor, tree und bond, to re- cclve a mark in their right hand, or in taoeir torecheads : 17 and that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. 18 Here is wis- dom, Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: tor itis the number of ἃ Man ; and his number is 31x hundred —_ threescore and 31x. XIV. And 1 looked, and, lo, a Lamb stood on the mount Sion, and with him an hun- dred forty and four thousand, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads, 2 And 1 heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice ot a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps: 3 and they sung as it were 8 new song betore the throne, and before the four beasts, and the elders: and no man could learn that song’ but the hundred and 2 ὃς who LTTraw. > µαχαίρης LTTrA. e+ ἵνα that LTr[A]w. { ἐὰν 1 ΤΤτΑ. 1 — ἵνα (omit that they) LTTraw. m— καὶ LILA]. 4 + ἐστιν 15 Tr. « εἰκόναν L. ἁ πνεῦμα δοῦναι w. homage 1, Β τῇ εἰκόνι GITrw. give GLITraw. 170 μέτωπον furehead GLTlraw. ο τοῦ ὀνόματος Of the name L. +? — τὸν GLTIrAW. ἕξ six buudred [and] sixty-six LA. 5 ἴδον 1. ν τεσσαρακοντατέσσαρες EGW ; τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες LTTrA. (read his uame and ihe name) ΟΠ ΤΡΙΑ ΥΝ. [was] GLItraw. τῷ + ὡς uS GLITrAW. 82 — ὡς 11 Tra]. t + τὸ the @LTTraw. © αὐτῇ (that is, the image) 1,. Ε προσκυνήσουσιν shall do 4 δῶσιν tuey should 3 — ἢ GLITraAW, τ ἑξακόσιοι ἑξήκοντα Υ ἑστὸς ΧἹῬΟΛΎ. χα + αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα } ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα the voice which 1 heud ba ἐδύνατο 111.Α. 650 | forty and four thou- gand, which were re- deemed from the earth. 4 These are they which were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he go- eth. These were re- deemed from among men, Leing the first- fruits unto God and to the Lamb. 5 And in their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God. 6 And Isawanother angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the. everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on theearth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people,. 7 saying with a ,loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; for the our of his judgment‘ is come : and worship him that thade hea- ven, and earth, ‘and the sea, and the foun- tains of waters. 8 And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, 9 And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If apy man worship the beast and his image, and receive Ais mark in his forehead, or in his hand, 10 the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indig- nation ; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy uugels, aud in the pre- sence of the Lamb: ATF OR AA Yo 1%. ΧΙΥ, ετεσσαράκοντα τέσσαρες!. χιλιάδες, - οἱ forty four thousand, who ot μετὰ they who with εἰ μὴ αἱ ἑκατὸν except the hundred [and] ἠγορασμένοι ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς. 4 οὗτοί εἰσιν have been purchased from the earth. These are γυναικῶν οὐκ.ἐμολύνθησαν' παρθἐνοι.γάρ εἰσιν" οὗτοί “siow" women were not defiled, for virgins they are: these are οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν curayy.' οὗτοι they who follow the Lamb wheresoever he may go. These ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀπαρχὴ τῷ θεῷ καὶ were purchased from among men [845] firstfruits to God and τῷ ἀρνίῳ. 5 καὶ ἐν τῷ.στόματι.αὐτῶν οὐχ-εὑρέθη ᾿δόλος"" tothe Lamb: and in their mouth was notfound guile; ἅμωμοι ἔγάρ'!΄ εἰσιν Ἀἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ.! for blameless they are before. the throne of God. 6 Kai εἶδον Ἰἄλλον' ἄγγελον ὑπετώμενονὶ ἐν µεσου- And I saw another angel flying in mid- ρανήματι, ἔχοντα εὐαγγέλιον αἰώνιον εὐαγγελίσαι heaven, having [the] *glad “tidings ‘everlasting to announce [to] τοὺς Ἱκατοικοῦντας' ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ' πᾶν έθνος καὶ φυλὴν those who dwell on the earth, and ‘every nation and tribe καὶ γλῶσσαν καὶ λαόν, 7 "λέγοντα! “ἐν! φωνῇ μεγάλῳ, and tongue and people, saying with a “voice loud, Φοβήθητε τὸν θεόν, καὶ δότε αὐτῷ δόξαν, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα Fear God, and give tohim glory, because is come the hour τῆς κρίσεως.αὐτοῦ' καὶ προσκυνήσατε τῷ ποιήσαντι τὸν οὗ hisjudgment; ΄ and dohomageto him who made the οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν Kai? θάλασσαν καὶ πηγὰς ὑδάτων. heaven and the earth and sea and fountains of waters. 8 Καὶ ἄλλος Iayyedoc" ἠκολούθησεν, λέγων, Ἔπεσεν Τέπε- And another angel ~ followed, saying, Is fallen, ‘is σεν" "Βαβυλὼν" ᾿ὴ πόλις" ἡ µεγάλη: ὅτι" ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ fallen Babylon Scity ‘the “great, because of the wine of the θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς Ἠπεπότικε πάντα" ἔθνη. fury of her fornication she has given “to *drink ‘all “nations. 9 Καὶ * Ἱτριτος ἄγγελος" ἠκολούθησεν αὐτοῖς, λέγων ἐν And a third angel followed them, saying, with φωνῇ µμεγάλφ,' Et τις 770 θηρίον προσκυνεῖ! καὶ τὴν a “voice ‘loud, If anyone ‘the ΄ *beast ‘dées “homage *to and “ἔν ᾽ - 4 , 9 ~ ΄ ~ εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, Kai λαμβάνει χάραγμα ἐπὶ τοῦ.µετώπου.αὐτοῦ, *image ‘its, and receives 8 mark on hus torehead Ἅ ? ‘ ‘ ~ ~ ‘ 4 ΄ ~ » ἢ ἐπὶ τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτοῦ, 10 καὶ αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου or upon his hand, also he shalldrink of the wine τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ, τοῦ κεκερασµένου ἀκράτου ἐν τῷ of the fury of God .which is mixed undiluted in the ~ 3 ~ ? ~ \ ΄ . ᾽ \ ποτηριῳ τῆς.ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ βασανισθήσετὰι ἐν πυρὶ καὶ cup of his wrath, — and heshallbetormented in fire and ἃ ’ , “- ε ΄ . ᾽ ͵“ ‘ , ~ θείῳ, ἐνώπιον "τῶν" ἁγίων ἀγγέλων," καὶ ἐνώπιον τοῦ brimstune, before the holy angels, and _ before the © τεσσαρακοντατέσσαρες EGW ; τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες LITrA. © ὑπάγει he goes LTrA. bh — ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrAW. κ + ἐπὶ uNLO LITraW. LTTrA. SLTTraw, πόλις GLTTrAW. LITraw. τὸ θηρίον GLTTraw. 3 ο — ἐν (read φωνῇ With a voice) L. ἄγγελος ἃ Second angel LTrawW.; ay. dev. τ΄ * + ἄλλος another GLTTraw. 4 — εἰσιν (read [are]) . & --- yap for La, J πετόμενον GLTTrAW. m + ἐπὶ untO @LTTraW. 4 λέγων 9 Ρ + τὴν the ατνν. 4 δευτερος ὑπ ᾿ τ [ἔπεσεν] a. 5 Βαβουλὼν Ε. ‘ty 9 Which (read wer. has given to drink) trtraw. ' + τὰ the , 5 ἄγγελος τρίτος GLTTraw. * προσκυνε; > ἀγγέλων ἁγιων LITr; — ἁγίων A, Γψεῦδος falsehood GLrtraw. 1 [ἄλλον] A. ! καθημένους Sit GLTTrAW. 8 — τῶν LTTr. ΧΙΥ. πΕτΕΕΑ TION. ᾽ \ ~ ~ ᾽ ~ ey 2 ἀρνιου" 11 καὶ ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ. βασανισμοῦ.αὐτῶν “ἀναβαίνει Lanib. And the smoke of their torment goes up , sem ΄ ‘ ” . ΄ « / ‘ εἰς αἰῶνας αἰώνων'' καὶ οὐκ.ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν ἡμέρας και to ages of ages, and _they have no respite day and . « ~ Ν \ ‘ η > , ~ ‘ νυκτὸς οἱ προσκυνοῦντες τὸ θηριον καὶ τὴν-εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ night who ἆο homage to the beast and its image, and εἴ τι; λαμβάνει τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ.ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ. 13 Ὧδε 4 ifanyone receives’ the mark of its Dame. Here [?the] ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστιν' “ὦδε! οἱ τηροῦντες τὰς ἐν- Sendurance “of *the ®saints ‘is, here they who keep the command- τολὰς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τὴν πιστιν ᾿Ιησοῦ. ments of God and the- faith of Jesus. 13 Kai ἤκουσα φωνῆς ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, λεγούσης μοι, And 1 Ἱεατᾶ avoice outof the heaven, saying to me, Upawoy, Μακάριοι οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ ἐν κυρίῳ ἀποθνήσκοντες rite, Blessed the dead who in[the] Lord Φε, ψἀπάρτι.ὶ Nai, λέγει τὸ πνεῦμα, ἵνα Νάναπαύσωνται! ἐκ from henceforth. Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from τῶν.κόπων αὐτῶν τὰ ἰδὲ" ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ᾽ αὐτῶν. their labours ; ~ and ?works ‘their follow with , « A , ~ ἔδωκεν τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλοις ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, gave tothe seven angels seven “bowls ‘golden, full of tke fury of God, who lives to the ages τῶν αἰώνων. 8 καὶ ἐγεμίσθη ὁ ναὸς καπνοῦ ἐκ τῆς δόξης ofthe ages. And *was.*filled ‘the *temple with smoke from the glory τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ ἐκ τῆς δυνάµεως.αὐτοῦ' καὶ οὐδεὶς "“ἠδύνατοϊ of God, and from his power : and noone was able εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὸν ναόν, ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν , toenter into the temple until were completed the seven plagues of the ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων. seven angels. τα 16 Καὶ ἤκουσα "φωνῆς μεγάλης! ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ, λεγούσης ‘And Iheard 8, *voice loud . outof the temple, saying ~ ε CN Ss ἔπ Σ « , + 92 / Ι rp Sy ~ τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλοις, Ὕπαγετε, καὶ °Exyeare' τὰς Ῥ φιάλας τοῦ to the seven angels, ‘Go, and pourout the bowls of the θυμοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰς τὴν γῆν. fury of God into the earth. 2 Καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ὁ πρῶτος, καὶ ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην. αὐτοῦ And ‘departed “the “first, and poured out his bowl eri" τὴν γῆν" καὶ ἐγένετο ἕλκος κακὸν Kai πονηρὸν Tic" τοὺς onto the éarth;and came asore, evil and grievous, upon the ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ἔχοντας τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ τοὺς men who had the mark ofthe beast, and those τῇ εἰκόνι.αὐτοῦ προσκυνοῦντας." Sto this °image 1doing *homage. 3 Kai ὁ δεύτερος ᾿ἄγγελος" ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην.αὐτοῦ εἰς And the second angel poured out his bowl into τὴν θάλασσαν" καὶ ἐγένετο αἷμα ὡς νεκροῦ, Kai πᾶσα ψυχὴ the sea ; and it became blood, as of [one]dead; and every soul ζῶσα" ἀπέθανεν Σ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ. {living died in the sea. 4 Kai ὁ τρίτος “ἄγγελος! ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην αὐτοῦ εἰς And the third angel poured out his bowl into τοὺς ποταμοὺς καὶ Yeic' τὰς: πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων' καὶ Ξἐγένετο" the rivers, and into the fountains of waters; and they became αἷμα. ὃ καὶ ἤκουσα τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων λέγοντος, blood. And T'heard the angel of the waters saying, Δίκαιος, “κύριε, εἶ, ὁ ὧν καὶ ὁ ἦν Kai ὁ! ὅσιος, ὅτι Righteous, O Lord, ατὸ ἴποι, whoart andwhowast and the holy one, that ταῦτα ἔκρινα. ϐ ὅτι οαἶἷμαὶ ἁγίων καὶ προ- these things thou didst judge; because {the} blood ofsaints and of pro- φητῶν ἐξέχεαν, καὶ αἷμα αὐτοῖς Ἀέδωκας" “πιεῖν"" ἄξιοι phets they poured out, ἀπ blood {ο {ποτὰ thou αἰαδὺ give to drink ; *worthy fyao' εἰσιν. 7 Kai ἤκουσα Εἄλλου ἐκὶ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέ- for they are. And Iheard another outof the altar Bay- jovToc, Nai, κύριε ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ, ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι ing, Yea, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous αἱ κρίσεις.σου. {are] thy judgments. ‘4 « ‘ ’ , ~ 3 ‘4 8 Kai ὁ τέταρτος Σᾶγγελος! ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην. αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Andthe fourth angel poured out his bowl upon 653 four beasts gave unto the seven angels seven golden vials full of the wrath of God, who liveth for ever and ever. 8 And the tem- ple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from nis power; and no msn was able to enter into the temple, till the se- ven plagues of the se- ven angels were ful- filled. XVI. And Iheard a great voice out of the temple saying to the seven angels, Go your Ways, and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth. 2 And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noi- some. and grievous sore upen the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worship- ped his image. 3 And the second angel poured out his vial upon the sea ; and it became as theblood of a dead man: and every living soul died in the sea, .4 And the third an- gel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters ; and they beeame blood. 5 And I heard ‘the angel of the waters say, Thou art right- eous, O Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because thou hast judged thus. 6 For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink ; forthey are worthy. 7AndI heard another out of the al- tar say, Even so, Lord, God Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments. 8 And the fourth angel poured out his πι ἐδύνατο LTTrA. 2 μεγάλης φωνῆς LTAW. ο ἐκχέετε LTA. GLTTrAW. 4 εἰς into LTTrAW. τ ἐπὶ UpON LTTrAW. GLT1raAW. ὅ- ἄγγελος LTITTAW. Υ ζωῆς (read soul of life) aurtra, LITrAW. 5 -- GyyeAosGLTtraW, Y— εἰς LITra. ὃ ἐγένοντο L. Ὁ — καὶ GT; — καὶ ὁ (read ὅσιος holy) LTraw. ο αἵματα bloods τ. given τὰ: ΑΥ̓͂, STL; Tey 1, [Φ{π-- γάρ GLITFAW, Ρ + ἑπτὰ Seven 5 προσκυνοῦντας τῇ εἰκόνι αὐτοῦ * + τὰ the [things] ® — κύριε GLTTrAW. 4 δέδωκας thou hast 6 --ὄλλου ἐκ ΦΗΤΤΙΑΜΙ 654 vial upon thé sun; and powér was given unto him to scorch men with fire. 9 And men were scorched with great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which hath power over. these plagues: and they repented not to give him glory. 10 And the fifth an- gel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain, 11 and blas- phemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds. _ 12 Andthe sixth an- gel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates ; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepar- ed. 13 AndI sawthree unclean svirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth ofthe beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. 14 For they are the spirits of devils, working mi- racles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to ga- ther them to the bat- tle of that great day of God Almighty. 15 Behold, I come as a thief: Blessed is he that watcheth, and Keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame. 16 And he ga- thered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon, 17 And the seventh angel poured out his ΑΠΟΚΑΛΟΥΨΙΣ. τς τὸν ἥλιον" καὶ ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυµατίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐν the sun; and it was given to it to scorch men wi: f ‘ ’ ε » - [ή πυρί 9 καὶ ἐκαυματίσθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καῦμα μέγα, Ke fire. And were *scotched 1 men with *heat ‘great, ar ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ.ἔχοντος ἢ ἐξουσίαν ἐπ' they blasphemed the name of God, who has authority over τὰς.πληγὰς ταύτας, καὶ οὐ.µετενόησαν δοῦναι αὐτῷ δόξαν. these plagues, and did not repent togive him glory. 10 Kai ὁ πέμπτος idyyedoc' ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην.αὐτοῦ ἐπι And the fifth angel poured out his bowl upon τὸν θρόνον τοῦ θηρίου" καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ.βασιλεία.αὐτοῦ ἔσκοτω- the throne ofthe beast; and “became tits *kingdom dark- μένη" καὶ *tuacowyro! τὰς γλώσσας. αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ πόνου, ened; and they were gnawing their tongues for the distress, 1] καὶ ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸν θεὸν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐκ τῶν πόνων απᾶ blasphemed the God ofthe heaven for ?distresses αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἑλκῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ οὐ.μετενόησαν ἐκ τῶν ‘their and for their sores, and did not repent of ἔργων αὐτῶν. works ‘their. 12 Kai ὁ ἕκτος Ἰᾶγγελος! ἐξέχεεν τὴν-φιάλην αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸν And the sixth angel poured out his bowl upon the ποταμὸν τὸν μέγαν ἱτὸν" Ἐὐφράτην' καὶ ἐξηράνθη τὸ ὕδωρ "river ‘great, ¢ the Euphrates; and was dried up *water αὐτοῦ. ἵνα ἑτοιμασθῇ ἡ ὁδὸς τῶν: βασιλέων τῶν ἀπε lits, that might be prepared the way of the kings "the ‘from ™avarodwy' ἡλίου. 19 Kai "εἶδον" ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ rising of [the] sun, And Isaw outof the mouth of the δράκοντος, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the στόματος τοῦ ψευδοπροφήτου, πνεύματα τρία ἀκάθαρτα mouth of the false prophet, Sspirits “three “unclean ούμοια βατράχοις" 14 εἰσὶν.γὰρ πνεύματα, Ῥδαιμόνων! ποι- like frogs ; for they are spirits of demons do- οὔντα “σημεῖα ἐκπορεύεσθαι" ἐπὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς Ἱτῆς γῆς καὶ ing signs, to go forth to the kings of the earth and τῆς οἰκουμένης ὕλης, συναγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς" πόλεμον ofthe “habitable [*world] ‘whole to gather together them unto battle τῆς μέρας ἐκείνης τῆς μεγάλης" τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ παντοκράτορος. of “day that *great of God the Almighty. 15 Ιδού, ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης. μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν, Behold, Icome 885 a thief. Blessed [is] he that watches, καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, καὶ and keeps his garments, that not naked he may walk, and βλέπωσιν τὴν.ἀσχημοσύνην.αὐτοῦ. 16 καὶ συνήγαγεν they see his shame, And he gathered together > a > x , ᾿ , ε .. x ? αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον Ἑβραϊστὶ Ἱ Άρμα- them to the place which is culled in’ Hebrew Arma- γεδδών." geddon. 17 Kai ὁ ἕβδομος “ἄγγελος! ἐξέχεεν τὴν.φιάλην.αὐτοῦ And the seventh angel poured out his bowl h + τὴν LITrw. τὸ ἀνατολῆς TTrA. i — ἄγγελος GLTTraw. k ἐμασῶντο LTTrAW. 2 ἴδον Τ. ο ὡς (as) βάτραχοι GLTTrAW. 1— τὸν ατ[τι] Ρ δαιμονίων GLTTrAW 4 σημεῖα ἃ ἐκπορεύεται Signs which go forth EGTTrAW; σημεῖα" ἐκπορεύεται Sigus: they καὶ forth L. : ᾿ τ — τῆς γῆς καὶ GLITrAW. ἡμέρας τῆς μεγάλης Tira, 8 + τὸν the ΟΙΤΤΤΑΤΓ. : τ μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1. v Αρμαγεδών GLTITraw, 5 — ἄγγελος GLTTrAW. XVI, XVII. REVELATION. “εἰς! τὸν ἀέρα" καὶ ἐξῆλθεν φωνὴ Υμεγάλη! τἀπὸ" τοῦ ναοῦ into the air; and cameout a “voice ‘loud from the temple *rov οὐρανοῦ, ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου, λέγουσα, Γέγονεν. 18 Kai of the heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done. And ἐγένοντο φωναὶ καὶ βρονταὶ καὶ ἀστραπαί," καὶ σεισμὸς there were voices and thunders and lightnings; and Searthquake ἐγένετο μέγας, οἷος οὐκ ἐγένετο ἀφ᾽ οὗ “οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐγέ- *there *was “a *great, such as was not since men νοντο' ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, τηλικοῦτος σεισμὸς οὕτως μέγας. 19 καὶ were on the earth somighty anearthquake, so great. And ἐγένετο ἡ πόλις ἡ µεγάλη εἰς τρία µέρη, καὶ αἱ πόλεις τῶν “became ‘the “city "great into three parts; and the cities ofthe 0 ~ a” ell \ A « , ? , 9 ? , ἐθνῶν "επεσον"' καὶ Βαβυλὼν ἡ µεγάλη ἐμνήσθη ἐνώπιον nations fell ; and Babylon the great wasremembered before τοῦ θεοῦ, δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς God, togive her the cup ofthe wine ofthe fury ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ. 20 καὶ πᾶσα νῆσος ἔφυγεν, καὶ don οὐχ Swrath ‘of “his. And every island fled ; and ?mountains "πο εὑρέθησαν. 21 καὶ χάλαζα µεγάλη ὡς ταλαντιαία καταβαίνει were found; and a *hail ‘creat asofatalent weight comes down ~ ~ ‘ ΄ αν ΄ ε ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους" καὶ ἐβλασφήμησαν οἱ ontof the heaven upon men ; and *blasphemed ” A , = ~ - ~ , ore ἄνθρωποι τὸν θεόν, ἐκ τῆς πληγῆς τῆς χαλάζης' ὅτι µε- men God, because of the plague of the hail, for > 2 \ ε ‘ » ὦ ’ yarn εστιν ἡ-πληγὴ. αὐτῆς σφόδρα. “great is *its >plague ‘exceeding. \ ~ ? ~ ? , J 17 Kai ἦλθεν εἷς ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐχόντων τὰς And came one or the seven angels ofthose having’ the , ‘ , ~ , ~ ἑπτὰ φιάλας, καὶ ἐλάλησεν per ἐμοῦ, λέγων uot," Δεῦρο, seven bowls, and spoke with me, saying tome, Come here, δείξω σοι TO κοίµα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης, τῆς καθη- Iwill shew thee the sentence of the "Πατ]οῦ great, who j sits ΔΝ ~ , ~ ~ . 2 τ ᾽ , μένης ἐπὶ τῶν" ὑδάτων frev" πολλῶν" 2 μεθ ἧς ἐπόρνευ- upon the “waters many ; with whom ®°committed 7for- σαν οἱ βασιλες τῆς γῆς, καὶ ἐμεθύσθησαν ξὲκ τοῦ οἴνου nication 'the-*kings 390 *the Searth; and were made drunk with the wine τῆο πορνείας αὐτῆς οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν." 3 Kai of her fornication those that dwell on the earth. And ἀπήνεγκέν µε εἰς ἔρημον ἐν πνεύματι' καὶ Νεῖδον! γυναῖκα he carried away me “00 *a®wilderness *in[*the] *Spirit; and Isaw awoman / , Η , ? , | ΄ καθημένην ἐπὶ θηρίον κόκκινον, Ἰγέμον ὀνομάτων" βλασφημίας, sitting upon a“beast ‘scarlet, full of names, of blasphemy, s ‘ ae ‘ « ‘ « μἔχονὶ κεφαλὰς ἑπτὰ καὶ κέρατα δέκα. 4 καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἰὴ! having “heads ‘seven and “horns _ ‘ten. And the woman “ m ή iH} ΚΣ ἕ πο 1]! εγρυσω έν περιβεβλημένη "πορφύρᾳ" καὶ "κοκκίνῳ," "καὶ" κεχρ n ο βεβ) a ον. and scarlet, and docket (lit. gilded) / ‘ . ») i ~ Ῥχρυσφ" καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ Kai μαργαρίταις, ἔχουσα “χρυσοῦν with gold and *stone*precious and pearls, having a golden ‘ ~ x / ‘ ? ποτήριον" ἐν τῇ. χειρὶ. αὐτῆς, "γέμον" βδελυγμάτων καὶ "ἀκαθ- cup in her hand, ful of abominations and of unclean- x ἐπὶ UPON GLTTraw. y— μεγάλη LA. | z ἐκ out of LTtra. LTTrAW. Ὁ ἀστραπαὶ καὶ φωναὶ καὶ βρονταί GLTTrAW. LTTrAw. ἆ ἔπεσαν LTTrAW. © — μοι GLTTrAW. κοῦντες τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς GLTTrA W. LTA: γέμον τὰ (-- τα W) ὀνόματα T:W. " ἔχοντα TA. φυροῦν GLTTrAW. Ὁ κόκκινον GLTTrAW. [καὶ] Α. ploy χρυσοῦν LTTrAW. - γέμων 1. h εἶδα L. ἣν was GLTTraw. P χρυσίῳ GLAW. 5 τὰ ἀκάθαρτα τῆς the unclean things GLITraw. 655 vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the _ throne, saying, It is done. 18 And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a, great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earth- quake, and so great. 19 And the great city was divided into three parts, and thecities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance be- fore God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath. 20 And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found. 21 And there fell upon mena great hail out of hea- ven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great. XVII. And there came one of the seven angels which had the seven Vials, and talked with me, saying unto me, Come hither; 1 willshewunto thee the , judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters: 2 with whom the kings of theearth have com- mitted fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornica- tion. 8.50 he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a womAn sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns. 4 And the woman was array- ed in purple and sear- let colour, and decked with gold and pre- cious stones and pearls, having a gold- en cupin her hand fu!1 of abominations and 3.- τοῦ οὐρανοῦ © ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο Man was {- τῶν LTT:[A]. 6 οἱ κατοι- i γέμοντα ὀνόματα m πορ- 4 ποτή- 656 filthiness of her forni- ention: 5 and upon her forehead was a name written, MYS- TERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HAR- LOTS AND ABOMI- NATIONS OF THE EARTH. 6 AndI saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the mar- tyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, 1 wondered with great admiration. 7 And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thon marvel? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns. 8 The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bot- tomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they be- hold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is. 9 And here 18 the mind which hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven moun- tains, on which the woman sitteth. 10 And there are seven kings; five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space. 11 And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the Beven, and goeth into perdition. 12 And the ten horns whfch thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with ‘the beast. ATL OUR ANAC ARTS. XVII. Ἷ ΄ - - ‘ κι , Σ ~ ἄρτητος" πορνείας αὐτῆς, ὃ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ µετωπον-αὐτῆς ness of her fornication ; and upon her forehead ” [ή ” 2 4 ε {λ ε ὄνομα γεγραμμένον, Μυστήοιον, BaGviwy ἢ μεγάλη, ἢ 8 name written, Mystery, Babylon the Great, the / ~ ~ ‘ ~ , ~- ~ ee μήτηρ τῶν πορνῶν καὶ τῶν βδελυγμάτων τῆς γῆς. 6 Kat mo-her ofthe harlots and of the abominations of the earth. And ἱεἶδον" τὴν γυναῖκα μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος τῶν AYLWY, και 1 ει the woman drunk with the blood ofthe saints, and > ~ er ~ , ~ ΜΥ͂Σ 3» ? ‘ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος τῶν μαρτύρων ᾿Ιησοῦ' καὶ ἐθαύμασα, ἰδὼν withthe blood ofthe witnesses of Jesus. And I wondered, having sesn ΕΣ ’ὔ ~ , ‘ 4 « » ry αὐτήν, θαῦμα μέγα. 7 Kai εἶπέν μοι ὃ ἄγγελος, Διατί" her, with “wonder ‘great, And 3said *to*me'the angel, Why ἐθαύμασας; ἐγώ “oot ἐρῶ" τὸ μυστήριον τῆς γυναικός, didst thou wonder 2 I thee will tell the mystery ofthe woman, ‘4 ~ ’ ~ 7 ’ ~ »ν ‘ καὶ τοῦ θηρίου τοῦ βαστάζοντος αὐτήν, τοῦ ἔχοντος τὰς and ofthe beast which carries her, which has the ἑπτὰ κεφαλὰς καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα. 8 * θηρίον ὃ. εἶδες, seven heads and the ten horns. [ΤῈ] beast which thon sawest ἦν, καὶ οὐκ.ἔστιν, καὶ μέλλει ἀναβαίνειν ἐκ τῆς ἀβύσσου, was, and is not, and is about tocome up outof the abyss, καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν Σὐπάγειν'' καὶ Ζθαυμάσονται οἱ κατοι- and into destruction to go; and shall wonder they who dwell κοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ὧν δοὐ.γέγραπται! ὑτὰ ὀνόματα! ἐπὶ on the earth,ofwhom are ποῦ written the namcs in τὸ βιβλίον τῆς ζωῆς ἀπὸ καταθολῆς κόσμου, “βλέ- the book “of life from [the] foundation of [the] world, see- ποντες' τὸ θηρίον “Ὅ τι! ἦν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν, “καίπερ ἐστίν." ing the beast which was and not lis, and yet is. 9 ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν. at ἑπτὰ κεφαλαί, ὄρη. Here [is] the mind which has wisdom: The seven heads - *mountaing oN Ye ΄ - ‘ εἰσὶν ἑπτά," ὅπου ἡ γυνὴ κάθηται ἐπ αὐτῶν. 10 καὶ Ba- ‘are seven, where the woman sits on them. _And ~ ε , ‘ σιλεῖς ἑπτά εἰσιν’ οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν, ϑκαὶ! 6 εἷς ἔστιν, ο *kings 3βθτθη ‘there “are: the five are fallen, and the one is, the ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν" καὶ ὅταν ἔλθῃ, ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ other “ποὺ *yet 35 οοπ1θ: and when héeshallhavecome, alittle while he must μεῖναι. 11 καὶ τὸ θηρίον ὃ ἦν, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν, καὶ adroc" remain. And the beast which was, and ποὺ is, ‘also 386 μὲ , 3 ‘ 3 - « ’ ? ‘ > > , ὄγδοός ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν, καὶ εἰς' ἀπώλειά ®an “eighth Sis, and of the seven is,, and into destruction « Ψ ; / e / ~ ὑπάγει. 12 καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα ἃ εἶδες, δέκα βασιλεῖς goes. And the ten horns which thou sawest ten kings > er , - » » iam ΄ . εἰσιν, οἵτινες βασιλείαν ἰοὔπω" ἔλαβον, Κάλλ᾽ὶ ἐξουσίαν ὡς are, which ‘a ‘kingdom “ποὺ yet ‘received, but authority as βασιλεῖς μίαν ὥραν λαμβάνουσιν μετὰ τοῦ θηρίου. 13 οὗτοι t εἶδα LTTrA. 13 These : Ε have one mind, and Kings one hour receive with the _ beast. These shall give their ἘΠῚ ] f = a ᾽ . η 4 and strength unto the μίαν "γνώμην ἔχουσιν," καὶ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ ™rnv" ἐξουσίαν feast. 14 These shall 988 mind have, and _ the power and _ the authority ε ~ ~ ΄ <= ~ "ἑαυτῶν. τῷ θηρίῳ 9διαδιδώσουσιν.' 14 οὗτοι μετὰ τοῦ of themselves tothe beast they shail give up. These ‘with the 7 Ava τί LTrA. π ἐρῶ σοι LTrAT Σ + τὸ The GLTTraw. Υ ὑπάγει goes LAW. : Was) GLTTraw. e & — καὶ GLTTrAW. ἴὰ — χὴν LTrA, GLTITraAwW, * θαυμασθήσονται L. (read the name is not written) ΕΤΤΤΑ. 3 οὐκ ἐγέγραπτο Was not written x. Ὁ τὸ ὄνομα 6 βλεπόντων GLTTrAW. Α ὅτι (read that it καὶ παρέσται and shall be present GLTTraw. f ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν GLTTrA, ἢ οὗτος [15 στ 1 οὐκ ποῦ 1. Κ ἀλλὰ LItTraw. | ἔχόυσιν γνώμην G. 3 αὐτῶν (read their authority) LTTraw. ο διδόασιν they give XVII, XVIII. REVELATION. ἀρνίου πολεμήσουσιν, καὶ TO ἀρνίον νικήσει αὐτούς, ὅτι Lamh warwillmake, and the Lamb willovercome them; _ because κύριος κυρίων ἐστὶν καὶ βασιλεὺς βασιλέων’ καὶ οἱ Lord oflords heis and King of kings: and those that [are] μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ, κλητοὶ καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ καὶ πιστοί. 15 Καὶ Ἀλεγειὶ with him, called, and chosen, and faithful. And hesays μοι, Τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ το Rs The waters which thou sawest, where the harlot sits, ἜΞΕΙΕ Sand ὄχλοι εἰσίν, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι. 16 καὶ τὰ δέκα κέρατα ο ας tare, and nationsand tongues. And the ten horns ἃ εἶδες ri" τὸ θηρίον, οὗτοι μισήσουσιν τὴν πόρνην, ‘which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the harlot, καὶ ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν, and desolate shall make her and naked, σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται, καὶ αὐτὴν κατακαύσουσιν τέἐγν" πυρί. *flesh Sher *shall 7eat, and “her Ishall “burn with fire; 17 ὁ γὰρ.θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς.καρδίας. αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν καὶ τὰς and for God gave to their hearts to do γνώμην αὐτοῦ, "καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην," καὶ δοῦναι τὴν 2mind kare and to do one mind, and togive βασιλείαν αὐτῶν τῷ θηρίῳ, ἄχρι ΊἹτελεσθῇ τὰ ῥήματα! ?kingdom ‘their tothe beast, until should be fulfilled the sayings τοῦ θεοῦ. 18 καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἣν εἶδες, ἔστιν ἡ πόλις ἡ of God. Andthe woman whom thousawest is the “city µεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν ἐπὶ τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς. *great, which has kingship over the kings of the earth, 18 "Καὶ! μετὰ ταῦτα εἶδον ¥ ἄγγελον καταβαίνοντα" ἐκ And after these things I saw an angel descending τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, ἔχοντα ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην' καὶ ἡ γῆ Edw .' the heaven ‘ having authority *great: and the earth was enlight- τίσθη ἐκ τῆς.δόξης.αὐτοῦ. 2 καὶ ἔκραξεν Σὲν ἰσχύϊ, φωνῇ ened with his glory. And hecried mightily with a *yoice μεγάλῳ," λέγων, Ἔπεσεν Σἔπεσενὶ Βαβυλὼν ἡ µεγάλη, καὶ 1Joud, sa acl Isfallen, is fallen eee be great, and ἐγένετο κατοικητήριον Ζδαιμόνων,! καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς πνεύ- is become a habitation of demons, and ahold ofevery fess ματος ἀκαθάρτου", καὶ φυλακὴ παντὸς ὀρνέου ἀκαθάρτου καὶ rit 7unclean, and ahold ofevery “bird Aunclean: "Επᾶ μεμισημένου' 3 ὅτι ἐκ rod οἴνου" τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορ- Shated: because of the wine ofthe fury *forni- vEiac αὐτῆς επέπωκενὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ οἱ βασιλεῖς cation ‘of*her “have *drunk “all the nations; and the kings τῆς γῆς μετ᾽ ἁὐτῆς ἐπόρνευσαν, καὶ οἳ ἔμποροι τῆς of the earth with her did commit ο τα and the merchanis of the γῆς ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ.στρήνους.αὐτῆς ἐπλούτησαγ. earth one the power ‘of her luxury were enriched, 4 Kai ἤκουσα ἄλλην φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, λέγουσαν, out ai 657 make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them : for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful. 15 And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, whero the whore § sitteth, are peoples, and mul- titudes, and nations, and tongues. 16 And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolateand naked, and shall eat el fiesh, and burn er with fire. 17 For God hath put in their hearts to fulfil his will, and to agree, and give their king- dom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled. 18 And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth, XVIII. And after - these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory. 2 And he cried mightily witha strong Voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of de- vils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. 3 For all na- tions have drunk of the wine of thd wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the a- bundance of her deli- And fIheard another voice outof the are, saying, cacies. 4 And I heard a’ ll_e "“ f another voice from Εξέλθετε' «ἐξ αὐτῆς 0.Nadc_pov," ἵνα μὴ. συγκοινωνήσητε! heaven, saying, Come Come ye outof her, my people, that ye may not have fellowship out of her, my peopie, Ρ εἶπεν 1, 4 καὶ and GLTTrAw. ¥ — ἐν (read πυρί with fire) τα]. ῆσαι μίαν γνώμην 1,; καὶ ποιῆσαι γνώμην μίαν α[α]. οἱ “λόγοι GLTTraw. ¥ — καὶ LTTrAW. κ ἐν ([ἐν] A) ὁ ἰσχυρᾷ φωνῇ with a strong voice GLTTraw. LTTrA. &+ καὶ μεμισημένου and hated (spirit) L. καν LIW; πέπτωκαν have fallen (read ἐκ by) τε; Ἔξελθε Come thou L, πέπ[τ]ωκαν A, 5 ὁ λαός μον ἐξ αὐτῆς πι συγ». T, ® — καὶ ποι- t τελεσθήσονται (shall be fulfilled) w + ἄλλον (read another angel) GLTTraw. 7 — ἔπεσεν Tr[A}. b — τοῦ οἴνου L[Tr]A. : δαιμονίων Ι ς πέπω- 4 Ἐξέλθατε TIrAW 5 UU 658 that ye be not par- takers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues. 5 For her sins have reached un- to heaven, and God hath remembered "ΠΟΥ iniquities. 6 Reward her even as she re- warded you, and ἆοτ- ble uuto her double according to her works: in the cup which she hath filled fill to her double, 7 How much she hath lorified herself, and ived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her: for she saith in her heart, I sit a queen and am no widow, and shall see no sor- row. 8 Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burn- ed with fire: for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her, 9 And the kings of the earth, who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of her burning, 10 standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas that great city Babylon, that mighty city! forin one hour is thy judgment come. 1] And the merchants of the earth shall weep and mourn over her; for no man buyeth their merchandise any more: 12 the merchan- dise of gold, and sil- ver, and _ precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all man- ner vessels of ivory, and all man- ner vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble, 13 and cinna- mon, and odours, and Ointments, and frank- incense, and wine, and ou.and fine flour, ATOKA AY SL. . XVIII. ταῖς .ἁμαρτίαις αὐτῆς, καὶ Siva μὴ λάβητε ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν in her sins, and that ye may not receive of 2plagues αὐτῆς" ὅ ὅτι Ἀήκολούθησαν!ὶ αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ ther: for %followed *her , Sins asfaras the οὐρανοῦ, καὶ ἐμνημόνευσεν ὁ θεὸς τὰ. ἀδικήματα.αὐτῆς. 6 ἀπό- heaven, and “remembered 1God her unrighteousnesses, Ren- δοτε αὐτῇ ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν ἱὑμῖν,! καὶ διπλώσατε ξαὐτῃ" der toher as also she rendered toyou; and doubleye ᾿ toher ον. By Now) Ps, ich Od ~ ͵ - ἰδιπλά κατὰ τὰ έργα.αὐτῆς' ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν, double, according to her works. In the cup wich she mixed, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν. 7 doa ἐδόξασεν “eauryny'" καὶ mix ye to her double, So much as she glorified herself and ἐστρηνίασεν, τοσοῦτον δότε αὐτῇ βασανισμὸν καὶ πένθος" lived luxuriously, so much give to her torment and mourning. « ? ~ / > ~ λ , n K 10 Ιλ 9 ὅτι ἐν τῇ.καρδίᾳ.αὐτῆς λέγει, άθηµαι βασίλισσα, καὶ Because in her heart she says, 1 sit a queen, and χήρα οὐκ.είμί, καὶ πένθος οὐμὴ tow. 8 Διὰ τοῦτο a widow Iam ποῦ: and mourning inno wisemayIsee. Onaccountof this ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ἥξουσιν αἱ πληγαὶ.αὐτῆς, θάνατος καὶ πένθος in one day 8881] come her plagues, death and mourning καὶ λιμός" καὶ ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται" ὅτι ἰσχυρὸς «κύριος! and famine, θπᾶ with fire sheshallbeburnt; for strong [isthe] Lord ὁ θεὸς ὁ Ῥκρίνωνὶ αὐτήν. 9 Kai Ἱκλαύσονται' ταὐτήν," καὶ God who judges her. And — shall weep for her, and κόψονται im "αὐτῇ" ot βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, οἱ μετ᾽ αὐτῆς πορ- shall bewail for her, the kings ofthe earth,whowith her commit- , ‘ ΄ / ῃ | αμα νεύσαντες καὶ στρηνιάσαντες, ὅταν βλέπωσιν τὸν καπνὸν ted fornication and lived luxuriously, when they see the smoke τῆς πυρώσεως αὐτῆς, 10 ἀπὸ μακρόθεν ἑστηκότες διὰ of her burning, ?from Safar ‘standing on account of A , ~ ~ ? ~ , > [ή > ’ « τὸν φόβον τοῦ.βασανισμοῦ.αὐτῆς, λέγοντες, Οὐαί, οὐαί, ἡ the fear of her torment, saying, Woe, woe, the ΄ « ’ , € , ε 2 ΄ .« t2 " ΄-ὈἈ [ἢ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη Βαβυλών, ἡ πόλις ἡ ἰσχυρά, ὅτι 'ἔν' μιᾷ ὥρᾳ “city ‘great, Babylon, the “city 1strong! for in one hour ἦλθεν Μ.κρίσις.σου. 11 Kai οἱ ἔμποροι τῆς γῆς κλαίουσιν καὶ iscome thy judgment. And the merchants of the earth weep and πενθοῦσιν ἐπ᾿ Ἰαὐτῷ,ὶ ὅτι τὸν.γόμον.αὐτῶν οὐδεὶς ἀγοράζει mourn for her, because their lading no one buys οὐκέτι 12 γόμον χρυσοῦ, καὶ ἀργύρου, καὶ λίθου τιμίου, any more; lading of gold, and ofsilver, and of *stone ‘precious, (at, no more) καὶ “μαργαρίτου," καὶ βύσσου," καὶ πορφύρας, καὶ Σσηρικοῦ,! and of pearl, andoffinelinen, and ofpurple, and of silk, καὶ κοκκίνου" καὶ πᾶν ξύλον θύΐνον, καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάν- and ofscarlet, and all “wood ‘thyine, and every article of τινον, καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἐκ ξύλου τιµιωτάτου, καὶ χαλκοῦ, καὶ ivory, andevery article of *wood ‘most precious, and ofbrass, and σιδήρου, καὶ μαρμάρου, 13 καὶ Σκινάµωμο»ν,' ἃ καὶ θυμιάματα of iron, and οἱ marble, and cinnamon, and incense, καὶ μύρον, καὶ λίβανον; καὶ οἶνον, καὶ ἔλαιον, καὶ σεμίδαλιν, and ointment, and frankincense,and wine, and oil, and finest flour, 8 ἐκ τῶν πληγῶν αὐτῆς ἵνα μὴ λάβητε GLTTraw. 1 — ὑμῖν GLTTrAW. D+ ὅτι LTTrA. ¥ — αὐτήν GLTTrAW. Ἢ μαργαρίτας pearls L; μαργαριτῶν of pearls TTrA. 5 κιννάμωμον LITrA. GLTTraw. LTTrAW. σιν TIraw. Ψ aveny TTrA. ¥ σιρικοὺ LT, h ἐκολλήθησαν were joined together k — αὐτῇ LTTrAW. 1+ τὰ the TTr[A]. τ αὐτὴν ο [κύριος] Α. P κρίνας judged GLTTraw. 4 κλαύσου- 8 αὐτὴν TTrAW. t — ἐν (read [in]) GLYTraw. Σβυσσινου GLTTrAW. 3. + καὶ ἄμωμον and amomum GLITraw. ΧΥΙΙΙ. REVELATION. καὶ σῖτον, καὶ κτήνη, καὶ πρόβατα, καὶ ἵππων, καὶ ῥεδῶν, amd wheat, and cattle, and sheep, and of horses, and of chariots, καὶ σωμάτων, καὶ ψυχὰς ἀνθρώπων. 14 καὶ ἡ ὀπώρα “τῆς and of slaves, and _ souls of men. And the ripe fruits of the (lit. of bodies) > θ / ~ ~ Ἱ ἃ ? ῆλθ Π ’ Ν ~ 4 / 4 ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς.σουϊ ἁάπῆλθεν" ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ πάντα τὰ desire of thy soul are departed from thee, and all the λιπαρὰ καὶ *ra" λαμπρὰ | ἀπῆλθενὶ ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ ξοὐκέτι" fat things and the bright things are departed from thee, and *any *more . (lit. no more) h TOUTWYV οὐ μὴ εὑρῆσῃς αὐτά." 15 οἱ ἔμποροι οἱ ‘in 7no “wise shouldst thou find them. The merchants of thesethings, who πλουτήσαντες ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς, ἀπὸ μακρόθεν στήσονται διὰ were enriched from her, from afar shall stand because of τὸν φόβον τοῦ.βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς, κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες, the fear of her torment, weeping and mourning, 16 ἱκαὶ! λέγοντες, Οὐαί, οὐαί, ἡ πόλις ἡ µεγάλη, ἡ περι- and saying, Woe, woe, the “οἱ αρτοαί, which[was] cloth- βεβλημένη "βύσσινον! καὶ πορφυροῦν καὶ "κόκκινον," καὶ ed with fine linen and purple and scarlet, and κεχρυσωµένη lv! χρυσῷ" καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ καὶ "μαργαρί- decked with gold* and stone ‘precious and pearls | (lit. gilded) ; Ἷ : ἢ ~ ϱ/ , ~ ~ ταις" 17 ὅτι μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἠρημώθη ὁ τοσοῦτος πλοῦτος. Καὶ for in one hour was made desolate so great wealth. And πᾶς κυβερνήτης, καὶ °rac ἐπὶ τῶν πλοίων ὁ ὅμιλος,' καὶ κ every steersman, Ἅπα ‘all? πι ‘ships “the 3ΟΟΠΙΡΑἨΠΣ, and ναῦται, καὶ boot τὴν.θάλασσαν.ἐργάζονται, ἀπὸ-μακρόθεν sailors, and asSmany as trade by sea, afar off A » ~ 4 4 ~ 5 ΄ ἔστησαν, 18 καὶ Ῥἔκραζον,"! ὁρῶντες" τὸν καπνὸν τῆς πυρώ- stood, and cried, seeing the smoke Spurn- σεως αὐτῆς, λέγοντες, Tic ὁμοία τῇ πόλει" τῷ μεγάλῃ; ing of “her, saying, What(cityis] like tothe “city great ? 19 Kai "ἔβαλον" χοῦν ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς.αὐτῶν, καὶ 'ἔκραζον" And they cast dust upon their heads, and cried, ΄ ‘ ~ , / ε / ε κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες, λέγοντες, Οὐαί, οὐαί, ἡ πόλις ἡ weeping and mourning, saying, Woe, woe, the city µεγάλη, ἐν ἢ ἐπλούτησαν πάντες οἱ ἔχοντες " πλοῖα ἐν τῇ 1ργθαῦ, in which were enriched all who had ships in the θαλάσσῃ ἐκ τῆς.τιμιότητος.αὐτῆς, ὅτι μιᾷ ὥρᾳ ἠρημώ- sea through her costliness ! for inone hour she was made ‘ ε ϱ/ , θη. 20 Εὐφραίνου ἐπ᾽ "αὐτήν," οὐρανέ, καὶ οἱ ἅγιοι Σ ἀπό- desolate. Rejoice over her, O heaven, and [σε] holy apo- στολοι καὶ οἱ προφῆται, ὅτι ἔκρινεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ.κρίμα.ὑμῶν ἐξ stles and [ye] prophets; for *did*judge ‘God your judgment upon αὐτῆς. 21 Kai ἦρεν εἷς ἄγγελος ἰσχυρὸς λίθον ὡς Σμύλον' her. And *took*up'‘one “angel “strong astone, as a “millstone μέγαν, καὶ ἔβαλεν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν, λέγων, Οὕτως ὁρμή- ‘great, and cast [10] into the sea, saying, Thus with ματι ᾖβληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ µεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ.μὴ violence shall be cast down Babylon the great city, and not at all © σου τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς LTTrAW. ) ar f ἀπώλετο (-λοντο T) are destroyed GLTTrAW. |= ὃ — οὐκέτι Tr. σουσιν (shall they find) (εὕρῃς W) Law ; οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν TTr. κ βύσσινον and κας transposed L. — εν (read|with]) υττ[Α]. 5 αρί earl LTTra. ος A Ρ ἔκραξαν LTrA. 4 βλέποντες GLTTrAW. city) L. 8 ἔβαλαν 1, ; [ἐπ]έβαλον A. ν ἔκραξαν LA. ς + καὶ οἱ (read [ye] saints aud [ye] apostles) GLITraw. 4 ἀπώλετο are destroyed w. 659 and wheat, and beasts; and sheep, and horses, and chariots, and slaves, and souls of men. 14 And the fruits that thy soul lusted after are departed from thee, and all things which were dainty and goud- ly are departed from thee, .and thou shalt find them no more at all. 15 The merchants of these things, which were made rich by her, shall stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and wailing, 16 and say- ing, Alas, alas that great city, that was clothed in fine linen, and purple, and scar- let, and decked with gold, and_ precious stones, and pearls! 17 for in one hour 80 great riches is come to nought. And every shipmaster, and all the company in ships, and sailors, and as many as trade by sea, stood afar off, 18 and cried when they saw the smoke of her burn- ing, saying, What city {8 like unto this great city! 19 And they cast dust on their heads, and cried, weeping and wailing, saying, Alas, alas that great city, wherein were maderich all that had ships in the sea by reason of her costli- ness ! for in one hour is she made desolate; 20 Rejoice over her, thou heaven, and ye holy apostles and prophets; for God hath avenged you on her, 21 And a mighty an- gel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast ἐξ into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall that great city Babylon be thrown down, and shall be found no more ε [τὰ] a. 4 αὐτὰ οὐ μὴ εὑρη- i — καὶ LITrAW. τὰ χρυσίῳ GLTrAW. ο πᾶς ὁ ἐπὶ τόπον πλέων every One who sails to [any] place τ + ταύτῃ (read this great ¥+ τὰ LTTrAW. Υ µύλινον LA. Ν αὐτῇ GLITraAW 060 αὖ all. 22 And the voiceof harpers, and musicians, and of pi- pers, and trumpeters, shall be heard no more at all in thee; and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft he be, shall be found any more in thee; and the sound of a mill- stone shall be heard no more at all in thee ; 23 and the light of a candle shall shine no more atallin thee ; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy mer- chants were the great men of the earth ; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived. 24 And in her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth, XIX. Απᾶ after these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven, say- ing, Alleluia; Salva- tion, and glory, and honour,and power,un- to the Lord our God : 2 for true and right- eous are his judg- ments: for he hath judged τ 6 great whore, which did cor- rupt the earth with her fornication, and hath avenged the blood of his servants at her hand. 3 And again they said, Al- leluia. And her smoke rose up for ever and ever. 4 Ard the four and twenty elders and the four beasts fell down and wor- shipped God that sat on the throne, say- ing, Amen; Alleluia, 5 And a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all ye his ser- vants, and ye that fear him, both small and great. 6 And I heard as it were the voice of a great mul- titude, and as the voice of many waters, ATIOKAAY VIS. XVII) Se, εὑρεθῇ ἔτι. 22 καὶ φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν καὶ μουσικῶν καὶ may be found longer: and voice ofharpers and musicians and αὐλητῶν καὶ σαλπιστῶν οὐ.μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι, καὶ flute-players and trumpeters ποὺ αἲ 811 may be heard in thee longer, and πᾶς τεχνίτης πάσης τέχνης od-.un εὑρεθῇ ἐν Goi ἔτι, καὶ any artificer ofany art not at all may be found in thee longer, and (lit. every) (lit. of every) ‘ / ? \ 2 “Ὁ Ν ~ φωνὴ μύλου ov.un ἀκουσθῇ 23 καὶ φῶς and light sound of millstone not at all may be heard λύχνου οὐ μὴ Ζφανβ' δὲν" σοὶ ἔτι, καὶ φωνὴ νυμφίου καὶ οἳ lamp notatallmayshine in thee longer, and voice of bridegroom and νύμφης οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι ὅτι δοὶ'.ἐἔμποροί.σου of bride ποῦ αὖ 411] may beheard in thee longer ; for thy merchants ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς, ὅτι ἐν τῇ- φαρμακείᾳ'.σου ἔπλα- ἐν σοὶ ἔτι, in thee longer, were the greatones ofthe earth, for by thy sorcery wers νήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη. 24 καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ “αἷμα! προφη- misled all the nations. And in her [the] blood of pro- τῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς phets and saints was found, and ofall the slain on the γῆς. earth. «19 «Καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἤκουσα ἡ φωνὴν Εὔχλοι Απᾶ 1 heard a*voice ‘of *a “multitude πολλοῦ μεγάλην! ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, "λέγοντος," ᾽Αλληλούϊα' ἡ Ssreat loud in the heaven, saying, Hallelujah: the σωτηρία καὶ ἡ δόξα Ἱκαὶ ἡ τιμὴ" καὶ ἡ δύναμις Ῥκυρίῳ salvation andthe glory and the honour andthe power to the Lord τῷ θεφ.ἡμῶν'' 9. ὅτι ἀληθιναὶ καὶ δίκαιαι αἱ.κρίσεις αὐτοῦ" our God: for true and righteous[are] his judgments; ὅτι ἔκρινεν τὴν πόρνην τὴν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν for hejudged the “harlot great, who corrupted the earth ἐν τῇ.πορνείᾳ.αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐξεδίκησεν τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων with her fornication, and hedidavenge the blood spondmen αὐτοῦ ἐκ Ἰτῆς! χειρὸς.αὐτῆς. 3 Καὶ δεύτερον εἴρηκαν, Αλλη- 108 his at her hand. Anda second time they said, Halle- λούϊα' Kai ὁ καπνὸς.αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν lujah, And her smoke goes up to the ages of the αἰώνων. 4 Kai "ἔπεσαν" οἱ "πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι καὶ τέσ- ages, And felldown the *elders ‘twenty 7and capec," καὶ τὰ 9τέσσαραὶ ζῶα, καὶ προσεκύνησαν τῷ %four, and the four living creatures and worshipped θεῷ τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ Prov θρόνου," λέγοντες, Αμήν" ᾿Αλλη- God who sits on the throne, saying, Amen, Halle- Novia. 5 Καὶ φωνὴ “ἐκ! τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν λέγουσα, Αἰνεῖτε lujah. Anda voice out of the throne cameforth, saying, Praise στὸν θεὸν! ἡμῶν πάντες οἱ .δοῦλοι.αὐτοῦ, "καὶ" οἱ φοβούμενοι our God all [ye] his bondmen, and [ye] who fear αὐτὸν ‘kai! ai μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι. 6 Kai ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν him, both the small andthe µρτεεῦ, And Iheard as avoice ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ὡς" φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς after these things and as the voice of ofa*multitude ‘great, and as avoice of waters ‘many, and as :φάνῃ LT. 8 -- ἐν (γεαα cocuponthee) 14]. %—otL. Cgappacia ΤΑ. ἃ αἵματα bloods erw. €—xalGLTTraw. {+ ὡς 88 EGLTTrAW. δ᾽ μεγάλην ὄχλου πολλοῦ GLTTrA. Β λεγόντων GLTTrAW. 1 — τῆς GLTTrAW. © τέσσερα LTTrA. Bem καὶ [ΤΑ]. t— καὶ GLTTrAW, i— καὶ ἢ τιμὴ GLTTrAW. ™ ἔπεσον EG. P τῷ θρόνῳ LTTrAW. ας τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμῶν of our God GLTTraw. 2 — καὶ GTTrAW ; εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι Τιο 4 ἀπὸ from LTraw, τ τῴ θεῷ LITIAWas ως ὡς " ὃ 8 XIX. REVELATION. A Ἂν ἕω - ? 7.5 Ξ , φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν, λέγοντας," ᾿Αλληλούϊα" ὅτι ἐβασί- a2voice of “thunders ‘strong, saying, Hallelujah, for has λευσεν κύριος ὁ θεὸς 5 ὁ παντοκράτωρ- 7 χαίρωμεν καὶ reigned [the] Lord God the Almighty. We should rejoice and Σάἀγαλλιώμεθα,' καὶ δῶμεν! τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ" ὅτι ἦλθεν ὁ is come the ΄ ~ ? , ‘ > ~ « / ς / ‘ γαμος του apviou, και ἡ.γυνὴ. αὐτοῦ ητοιμασεν εαυτην. ὃ Καὶ should exult ; and should give glory tohim; for Inarriage of the Lamb, and his wife didmake “ready *herself, And 7 ΄ ? ~ oF ir ’ a θ \ ‘ ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον *kabapdy καὶ it was given to her that she should be clothed in fine linen, pure and λαμπρόν." τὸ γὰρ βύσσινον "τὰ δικαιώματά ϑέστιν τῶν bright ; for the fine linen *the “righteousnesses 18 of the , ‘ , 4 . ᾽ ἁγίων." 9 Καὶ λέγει μοι, Τράψον, Μακάριοι οἱ εἰς τὸ saints, Andhesaystome, Write, Blessed [are]they who to the ~ ~ ΄ ~ ΄ , / δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ ἁρνίου κεκλημένοι. Καὶ λέγει μοι, supper ofthe marriage ofthe Lamb are called. And he says to me Οὗτοι οἱ Adyou® ἀληθινοί Δείσιν τοῦ θεοῦ." 10 Kai Ξέπεσον' These *the “πνογαβ Strue are of God. And I fell ~ ~ Lead σι, > 5" s [ή ἔμπροσθεν τῶν. ποδῶν αὐτοῦ προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ" καὶ λέγει before his feet todohomage tohim, And he says μοι, Ὅρα μή" σὐνδουλός σου εἰμὶ καὶ τῶν ἀδελ- tome, See [thou ἄο 10] not. Fellow-bondman of thee I am and *breth- ~ ~ , ‘ δι ὧν 2 we ~ ~ φῶν σου τῶν ἐχόντων THY μαρτυρίαν frou’ Ἰησοῦ" τῷ θεῷ ren ‘of *thy who have the testimony of Jesus. Το God προσκύνησον᾽ ἡ.γὰρ μαρτυρία 'τοῦ" Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα do homage. For *the “testimony Sof Jesus ‘is ‘the “spirit τῆς προφητείας. Sof *prophecy. ὠ wey - ’ 4 2 ; 11 Καὶ εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν Σάνεφγμενον,' καὶ ἰδού, ἵππος And Isaw the heaven opened, and behold, a “horse [ή ΔΝ c 7, ? ΄ / ‘ " λευκός, καὶ ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν, "καλούμενος πιστὸς white, and “he who sits upon it, called Faithful καὶ ἀληθινός, καὶ ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ" 12 οἱ and True, and in rightcousness he judges and makes war. δὲ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ Ἰὼς" φλὸξ πυρός, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν Απά 36768 ‘his [were] as aflame of fire, and upon head αὐτοῦ διαδήματα πολλά, ἔχων ὄνομα γεγραμμένον ὃ οὐδεὶς this “diadems smany, having a name written which no one 3 ‘ , \ [4 « / ] ‘ = oldsy εἰ μὴ αὐτός" 13 καὶ περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον ᾿βεβαμ knows but himself, and clothed with a garment dip- / 4, ~ a ? fn ε / - μένον" αἵματι" καὶ "καλεῖται! τὸ ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ, Ὁ λόγος τοῦ ped in blood; and “15 *called this 7name, The Word ied ? one? , ? ~ θεοῦ. 14 Kai τὰ στρατεύματα" ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ of God. And the armies in the heaven were following him ΄ ‘ νη , ἐφ᾽ ἵπποις λευκοῖς, ἐνδεδυμένοι βύσσινον λευκὸν “καὶ" καθαρόν. upon “horses ‘white, clothed in fine linen, white and lop , > ~ ? Ψ' / ~ 15 καὶ ἐκ τοῦ.στόματος-αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ρομφαια ὀξεῖα, And out of his mouth goes forth a*sword ‘sharp, ra ἔθνη" καὶ αὐτὸς ποιμανεῖ ew ’ μι ΙΒ α άσσ ll wa εν avuTy “"πατ Ώ he 5881] shepherd that with it hemightsmite the nations ; and © λεγόντων ELTTrw ; λέγοντες GA. LTTra. t δώσομεν Shall give LA. b ζῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν LITrA. "© + οὗ LAW, f «τοῦ LTTrAW. Ε ἠνεωγμένον LTTrA. i—ws TT:[A]. k + [ὀνόματα γεγραμμένα, μένον sprinkled round τ. 3 κέκληται LITrAW, arnaw Ρ πατάξῃ GLITrTAW. ἆ τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν LTTrA. x + ἡμῶν (read our God) ertrw. y ἃ λαμπρὸν καὶ (— καὶ LTTrA) καθαρόν GLITrA. 661 mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipo- tent reigneth. 7 Let us be glad and re- joice, and give honour to him: for the mar- riage of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath made her&clf ready. 8 And to her Was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, cleau and White: for the fine linen is the righteous- ness of saints, 9 And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed «are they which are called unto the marriagesup- per of the Lamb, And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God, 10 And I fell at his feet to worship him, And he said unto me; See thou do it not: I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren that have the testi- mony of Jesus: wor- ship God: for the tes- timony of Jesus ig the spirit of prophecy. 11 And I saw hea- ven opened, and be- hold a white horse ; and he that sat upon him was called Faith- ful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war, 12 His eyes were asa flame of fire, and.on his head were many crowns; and he hada name written, that no man knew,but he him- self. 13 And he was clothed with a _ ves- ture dipped in blood: and his name is called The Word of God. 14 And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean. 15 And out of his mouth go- eth a sharp sword, that with it he should } ἀγαλλιῶμεν ε ἔπεσα LTTrAW. h πιστὸς καλούμενος Tr; [καλούμενος] πιστὸς A. καὶ] names written and a. n + τὰ which [are] EGL[A]w. Ιπεριρεραμ- ο -- καὶ 662 smite the nations : and he _ shall rule them with a rod of iron: and he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrathof Almighty God. 16And he hath on his ves- ture and on his thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS, 17 AndI saw an an- gel standing in the sun;and he cried with aloud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of hea- ven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God ; 18 that ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great. 19 And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their arnuies, gathered to- gether to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army. - 20 And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles be- tore him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone, 2lAnd the remnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth : and all the fowls were filled with their flesh. αὐτοῦ, ἐν οἷς ἐπλάνησεν ATTOKAAY WIS. ΧΙ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ" καὶ αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ them with δὴ *iron; and he treads the press of the οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ ακαὶὶ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ παντοκρά- wine ofthe fury and ofthe wrath of God the Almighty. τορος. 16 καὶ έχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν. μηρὸν. αὐτοῦ And ρα [815] garment and upon his baa ‘Tro! ὄνομα γεγραμμένον, Βασιλεὺς βασιλέων καὶ κύριος the name written, King of kings and Lord κυρίων. of lords. 17 Kai εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ" καὶ And 1580 one angel standing in the sun; and ἔκραξεν " φωνῇ μεγάλῃ λέγων πᾶσιν τοῖς “ὀρνέοις τοῖς hecried witha“voice ‘loud, saying toall the‘ birds which earapeyane’ ἐν µεσουρανήµατι, Δεῦτε “kai συνἀγεσθε' εἰς fly in mid-heaven, Come and gather youre to τὸ δεῖπνον “τοῦ μεγάλου" θεοῦ, 18 ἵνα φάγητε σάρκας βα- the supper ofthe great God, that ye may eat flesh of σιλέων, καὶ σάρκας χιλιάρχων, καὶ σάρκας ἰσχυρῶν, kings, and flesh of chief captains, and flesh of strong [men], καὶ σάρκας ἵππων καὶ τῶν καθημένων ἐπ᾽ Σαὐτῶν,! καὶ and fiesh of horses and of those who sit on them, and σάρκας πάντων, ἐλευθέρων 7 καὶ δούλων, καὶ μικρῶν 3 καὶ flesh of all, free and bond, and small and μεγάλων. great. 19 Kai *eidov" τὸ θηρίον, καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, And Isaw _ the beast, and the kings ofthe earth, καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα αὐτῶν" συνηγμένα ποιῆσαι © πόλε- and “armies 1their gathered together to make μον μετὰ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, καὶ μετὰ τοῦ war with him who sits on the horse, and with στρατεύματος αὐτοῦ. 20 καὶ ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ ἃ «μετὰ ΞΑΤΏΙΥ 119, And wastaken the ΄ beast, and with τούτου ὁ! ψευδοπροφήτης ὁ ποιήσας τὰ σημεῖα ἐνώπιον Ἠϊπι [88 false prophet who wrought the signs before τοὺς λαβόντας τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ him, bywhich hemisled those who received the mark ofthe θηρίου, καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας τῇ.εἰκόνιαὐτοῦ' ζῶντες beast, and those who do homage to his i ος Alive ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς fray καιομένην" werecast the ὕγγο Ιπίο the lake of fire which burns ἐν Ετῷ' θείῳ. 21 καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῷ with brimstone ; and the nee were killed with the ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῷ Ἀέκπο». sword of him who sits on the horse, πι sword] which goes - ρευομένῃ" ἐκ τοῦ. στ τόµατος. αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντα τὰ ὄρνεα ἐχορ- forth out of his mouth ; and all the birds were τάσθησαν ἐκ τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτῶν. filled with their flesh. eee 4 — καὶ GLTTrA. t πετοµένοις GLTTraw. of) GLTTrAW. ® ἴδον T. ae αὐτούς LTra, Ὁ αὐτοῦ its L, . . > - LTTrA 5 0 µετ αὐτοῦ GW. *— τὸ (read a name) GLTTrAW. 5 + ἐν in (a loud voice) τ[Α]. 7 συνάχθητε GLTTrAW. ¥ τὸ μέγα" τοῦ (read the great supper KA both (free) GLTTraw. 2 + τε both (smal!) w. ¢ + τὸν LTTraW. ἆ + [οἱ] those a. € μετ᾽ αὐτοῦ ὃ { τῆς καιομένης LTTrA. § — τῷ GLTTrAW, δ ἐξελθούσῃ came forth GLTTraw, απ. REVELATION. 20 Kai Ιεῖδον' ἄγγελον καταβαίνοντα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, And 1 ὃν an angel descending out of the heaven, ” ) j Χ τὸ Ἡ ὌΝ ᾽ ’ \ ϱ/ ἢ Ὁ ? ‘ ἔχοντα τὴν ἠκλεῖδα" τῆς ἀβύσσου, καὶ ἅλυσιν μεγάλην ἐπὶ having the key of the abyss, and a “chain ‘great in τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτοῦ. 2 Kai ἐκράτησεν τὸν δράκοντα, τὸν ὄφιν his hand. And he laid hold of the dragon, the *serpent TOV ἀρχαῖον," ἰός ἐστιν διάβολος καὶ Ἡ σατανᾶς, καὶ ἔδησεν ancient, who ἰβΒ [the] devil and Satan, and bound ? ‘ ΄ ‘ αὐτὸν χίλια ἔτη, 8 καὶ ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν ἄβυσσον, καὶ him a thousand years, and cast him into the abyss, and ”/ ᾽ ΄ ‘ ΄ Z ΄ - ἔκλεισεν Ῥαὐτόν,ι καὶ ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ shut him _ [up], and sealed over him, that “not ΄ : ” ~ / οπλανήσμ' Pra ἔθνη ἔτι, ἄχρι τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια *he ?should mislead the nations longer, until were completed the thousand ἔτη' “καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα δεῖ "αὐτὸν λυθῆναι! μικρὸν years; and after these things he must be loosed 8 little χρόνον. time. 4 Kai 'eidov" θρόνους, καὶ ἐκάθισαν ἐπ᾽ αὐτούς, καὶ κρίμα And 1858 _ thrones; and theysat upon them, andjudgment 3 , ~ ~ [ή ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς" καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν πεπελεκισµένων διὰ was given tothem;and the _ souls of those beheaded on account of τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ the testimony ofJesus, andonaccount Οὗ the word of God, and οἵτινες οὐ.προσεκύνησαν "τῷ θηρίῳ," οὔτε" Ἱτὴν.εἰκόνα" αὐτοῦ, those who did not do homage to the beast, nor his image, καὶ οὐκ.ἔλαβον τὸ χάραγμα ἐπὶ τὸ.μέτωπον. “αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ and did not receive the mark upon their forehead, and upon τὴν.χεῖρα.αὐτῶν' καὶ ἔζησαν, καὶ ἐβασίλευσαν μετὰ * χριστοῦ their hand ; and they lived and reigned with Christ τὰ" χίλια ἔτη" 5 3 οἱ. “δὲ! λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν οὐκ δάνέζησαν the thousand years: but the rest ofthe dead “not ‘lived again Ewc! τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη. αὕτη 1) ἀνάστασις till may have been completed the thousand years, This [is] the resurrection ἡ πρώτη. 6 μακάριος καὶ ἅγιος ὁ ἔχων µέρος ἐν τῇ ἀνα- ‘first. Blessed. and holy he who has part in the ?resur- στάσει THY πρώτῃ' ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ «θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος" οὐκ. ἔχει rection first: over these the death *second has no ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλ᾽] ἔσονται ἱερεῖς τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ χριστοῦ, authority ; but they shall be priests of God and ofthe Christ, . 6 , {I ’ ? ΞΡ ͵ ” Ne ee καὶ «βασιλεύσουσιν' per avrov* χίλια ἔτη. 7 Καὶ Όταν τε- and shall reign with him a thousand years, And when may λεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη, λυθήσεται ὁ σατανᾶς ἐκ τῆς have beencompleted the thousand years, will be loosed Satan outof φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ, 8 καὶ ἐξελεύσεται πλανῆσαι τὰ ἔθνη τὰ *prison this, and will go out to mislead the nations which [are] ἐν ταῖς τέσσαρσιν γωνίαις τῆς γῆς, τὸν wy καὶ ἔτὸνι Maywy, in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, 1 ἴδον Τ. } κλεῖν GLTTrAW. Κ 6 ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος ΗΤΤΑ. αν 4+ ὃ LTTrAW. 2 — αὐτὸν GLTTrAW. ο πλανᾷ G. Ρ ἔτι τὰ ἔθνη GLITrA. LTTTAW. λυθῆναι αὐτὸν ΙΑ. 3 τὸ θηρίον GLTTrAW. * οὐδὲ LTTraw. * — αὐτῶν (read [their]) GLTTraw. x + τοῦ the EGLTTrAW. sand) LTTraW. 2 + καὶ (read and the rest) Tr., ‘lived till GLTTraw. ς δεύτερος θάνατος GLITrA. { + τὰ the (thousand) Trr[4], 6 — τὸν LT[Tr]A. ἆ ἀλλὰ TTrw. 069 XX. And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bot- tomless pit and a great chain in his hand, 2 And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years, 3 and cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thou- sand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed @ little season. 4 AndI saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them : and J saw the souls of them that were be- headed for the wit- ness of Jesus, and for the word of God, and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands ; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years. 5 But the rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were finished. This is the first resurrec- tion. 6 Blessed and holy zs he that hath part in the first re- surrection: on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years. 7 And when the thous sand years are ex- pired, Satan shall be loosed out of his pri- son, 8 and shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth, Gog and Magog, to 16 ἐστιν ὃ Which is the τ΄ ᾳ — καὶ - ? ΄ YT εικονι EG, Υ — τὰ (read a thou- a — δὲ but LTTraw. 6 βασιλεύ[σ]ουσιν Δ b ἔζησαν ἄχρι 064 gather them together to battle: the num- ber of whom 7 as the sand of the sea. 9 And they went up on the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city : and fire came down from God out of heaven, and devoured them. 10 Andthe de- vil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet are, and shall be torment- ed day and night for ever and ever. 11 AndIsaw agreat white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them. 12 And I saw the dead, small and great, stand be- fore God; and the books were opened : and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, accord- ing to their works. 13 And the sea gaveup the dead which were in it ; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them : and they were judged every man according {ο their works. 14 And death and hell were cast XX, XE ὧν ὁ ἀριθμὸςὶ ὡς of πΊοπα ἴπε number [15] as AT ο ΚΑ ΛΙ Ψο - 3 > , συναγαγεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς ἢ πόλεμον, to gather together them unto war, « ” ~ / ‘ > ’ ? Ν Δ , -“ ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης. 9 καὶ ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὸ πλάτος τῆς the sand of the sea, And they went upupon the breadth ofthe γῆς, καὶ *tkicXwoav" τὴν παρεμβολὴν τῶν ἁγίων, καὶ τὴν earth, and encircled the camp ofthe saints, and the πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην' καὶ κατέβη πῦρ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκ 2city ‘beloved : and “came “down fire from God out of ~ ? ~ | ‘ , - ’ / = Α « ’ ε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ," καὶ κατεφᾶγεν αὐτοὺς" 10 και ὁ διάβολος ὁ the heaven and devoured them : and the devil who ~ > ‘4 ? ’ y 2 ‘ [ή ~ A ‘ m πλανῶν αὐτοὺς ἐβλήθη εἰς THY λίμνην τοῦ πυρος καὶ misleads them was cast into the lake of fire and θείου, ὅπου 8 τὸ θηρίον καὶ ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης" καὶ of brimstone, where [are] the beast and the false prophet ; and βασανισθήσονται ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν they shall be tormented day and night for the ages of the αἰώνων. ages. 11 Kai εἶδον θρόνον “λευκὸν μέγαν," καὶ τὸν καθήμενον And Isaw a‘“*throne ?white loerent and him who sits Piz’! Gavrov," οὗ ἀπὸ προσώπου ἔφυγεν ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ οὐ- on it, 2whose from face ~ fied the earth and the hea- ρανός, καὶ τόπος οὐχ-εύρεθη αὐτοῖς. 12 καὶ εἶδον τοὺς ven, and place wasnotfound for them. And Isaw the νεκρούς, "μικροὺς καὶ μεγάλους." ἑστῶτας ἐνώπιον trov θεοῦ," dead, small and great, standing before God, καὶ βιβλία τἠνεῴχθησαν"" και βιβλίον ἄλλο! *yvewyOn," and books were opened ; and “pook Zanother was opened, ὁ ἐστιν τῆς ζωῆς" καὶ ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ ἐκ τῶν which 1 [that] of life. And werejudgedthe dead out of the things γεγραμμένων ἐν τοῖς βιβλίοις, κατὰ τὰ.ἔργα.αὐτῶν. written in the books according to their works. 13 καὶ ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς Yév αὐτῇ νεκρούς," Kai ὁ And ®gave *up ‘the "sea the 7in 310 *dead, and θάνατος καὶ ὁ dine 3ἔδωκαν' τοὺς "ἐν αὐτοῖς νεκρούς" καὶ ἐ- death and hades gaveup the Δπ “them dead; and they κρίθησαν ἕκαστος κατὰ τὰ ἔργα. αὐτῶν. 14 καὶ ὁ θάνατος were judged each according to their works: and death καὶ ὁ © μέγαν λευκόν GLITIAW. of whom) LTTraw. t τοῦ θρόνου the throne GLTTraw. = Ίνοίχθη LTTrAW. Kev 1. of fire r-Trraw. 4 γερκοὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς dead which [were] in them GuTTraw. δεύτερος ἐστιν GLTAW ; ὃ δεύτερος θάνατός ἐστιν Tr. a ᾽ ΄ 2 4 ΄ ~ [ή τ , ο nike fot gone ἐβλήθησαν εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός" οὗτός δὲστιν fire. This is the se- 224 ades were cast into the lake of fire. This is cond death, 1 And ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος." 5 15 καὶ εἴ τις οὐχ-εὺρέθη ἐν τῇ whosoever was not 5 : found written in the *D¢ second death. And if anyone wasnotfound in the book of life was cast βίβλῳ τῆς ζωῆς γεγραμμένος ἐβλή 0. H λί 7) t : ἤθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ into the lake of fire. book of life written, he was cast into the lake πυρός. of fire. XXI. And I sawa 4 1 ᾽ a ‘ 4 ~ , ε Η͂ τὸν heavenandanew Οἱ Καὶ εἶδον οὐρανὸν καινὸν καὶ γῆν καινήν ὃ. γὰρ earth: for the first And Isaw ‘a *heaven ‘new and earth ‘a*new; for the h + τὸν LTTraw. i+ αὐτῶν of them GLITrAW. κ ἐκύκλευσαν LTAW. 1 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ G3; — ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ LTAW. m - τοῦ T. 2 + καὶ both GLTTraw. P ἐπάνω Tr. α αὐτόν GT. τ + τοῦ (read from the face 5 τοὺς μεγάλους καὶ τοὺς μικρούς the great and the small Lrrraw. ae ἠνδίχθησαν GLTTrAW. * ἄλλο βιβλίον GLTTrAW. Υ νεκροὺς τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ dead which [were] in it GLTTraw. 2 ἔδω- Ὁ θάνατος ἃ © + , ἡ λίμνη τοῦ πυρός the lake κ, πρῶτος οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ πρώτη γῆ REVELATION. ἀπαρῆλθεν,ὶ καὶ ἡ θά- first heaven andthe first earth were passedaway, and the λασσα οὐκ ἔστιν ἔτι. Bea 2no tis longer. 2 Kai «ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης! εἶδον! τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἁγίανί, Ἱερ- νᾶ, ἃ John saw the city "holy, *Jer- A. ‘ 7 f ’ὔ 8 > ‘ ~ θ ~ 1 - ᾽ ουσαλµ Καινὴν, καταβαίνουσαν απο του σεου εκ του ου» usalem Snew, coming down from God out of hea- ρανοῦ,! ἡτοιμασμένην ὡς νύμφην κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ ven, prepared as a bride adorned for husband αὐτῆς. 8 καὶ ἤκουσα φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ "οὐρανοῦ," ther. And Iheard a voice 1ereat outof the heaven, λεγούσης, “Ido, ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ θεοῦ saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God [is] with men, καὶ σκηνώσει μετ᾽ αὐτῶν' καὶ αὐτοὶ ‘Aaoi' αὐτοῦ ἔσονται, and he shall tabernacle with them, and they ‘peoples “his ‘shall *be, A ? \ « θ ‘ 19 - ? ᾽ | ] A ᾽ ~ Ι ᾿ a και αυτος ο θεος "εσται MET αὑτῶν θεὸς. αὐτῶν." 4 καὶ ἐξα- and “himself ‘God shallbe with them their God. And ?shall λείψει πιὸ θεὸς" πᾶν δάκρυον "ἀπὸ" τῶν.ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν, swipe *away 1God every tear from their eyes ; ‘ ο ᾽ὔ 3 ” Ww ὃ » , » ’ καὶ °6" θάνατος οὐκ.έσται ἔτι' οὔτε πένθος, οὔτε κραυγή; and death shallbe no longer, nor mourning, nor crying, 3 , > ” » ο ps Π ‘ ~ q 2 Πλθ ll OUTE πόνος ουκ εσται ετι οτι τα πρωτα απ] ΟΥ. nor distress ΕΣ 1shall “be longer, because the former things are passed away. (lit. not) 5 Καὶ εἶπεν ὁ καθήμενος ἐπὶ "τοῦ θρόνου, Ιδού, καινὰ And said he who sits on. the throne, Lo, new πάντα ποιῶ." Καὶ λέγει ‘por, Τράψον' ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι allthings 1 πιακό, And hesays tome, Write, because these words τἀληθινοὶ καὶ πιστοί" εἰσιν. 6 Καὶ εἶπέν μοι, "Τέγονεν.' ἐγώ true and faithful are, And hesaid tome, It is done. 1 Σεἰμι! τὸ YA" καὶ τὸ Ώ,' ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος, ἐγὼ τῷ am the A andthe Ω, the beginning andthe end, I to him that διψῶντι δώσω 3 ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς TOV ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς δωρεάν. thirsts τῷ} give of the fountain of the water of life gratuitously. ’ ~ 7 6 νικῶν κληρονομήσει ὑπάντα,' καὶ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ θεός, He that overcomes shall inherit allthings, and Iwillbe tohim God, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι “δ' υἱός. 8 “"δειλοῖς. δὲ! καὶ ἀπίστοις © μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, and he _ shall be tome son: but to [the] fearful, and unbelieving, καὶ ἐβδελυγμένοις καὶ φονεῦσιν καὶ πόρνοις καὶ [πόαρμακεῦσιν" and abominable, and murderers, and fornicators, and sorcerers, 4 ΄ Ἢ ~ ~ -᾿ ‘ / ~ καὶ εἰδωλολάτραις, καὶ πᾶσιν τοις βεψευδέσιν," τὸ.μέρος.αὐτῶν and idolaters, διὰ all liars, their part ~ ~ ‘ ‘ [ή > ἐν τῇ λίμνῃ τῇ καιομένῃ πυρὶ καὶ θείῳ, 0 ἐστιν {is} in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone; which is (the) Βαδεύτερος θάνατος." second death. ἆ ἀπῆλθον GW; ἀπῆλθαν LTTrA. © — ἐγὼ Ἰωάννης GLTTrAW. καινήν GLTTrw ; after ἁγίαν A. throne LTA. i λαὸς people Gw. ταν; αὐτῶν θεός LAW- 5 ἐκ LTTrA. 0. --Ο OT. Ρ --- ὅτι L{TrA]. θρύνῳ GLTTrAW. 5 ποιῶ πάντα LTTrAW.- ; GLiitraw. 3 Γέγοναν They are done Lrtrw; Τέγονα[ν] x — εἰμι (read [am] τὸ! Αα]. y ἄλφα Alpha LTTraw. b ταῦτα these things GLTTrAW. | ¢ — oLTTraw. ε8 + καὶ ἁμαρτωλοῖς and sinners W, fa φαρμακοῖς GLTTrAW, θάνατος ὃ δεύτερος GLITrAW. k μετ᾽ αὐτῶν ἔσται GLTrAW. t — woe LT[TrJAw. f εἶδον 1 saw placed after & ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ GLTTrAW. 60δ heaven and the first earth were passed a- way; and there was mo more 868. 2 And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband. 3 And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with, them, and be their God, 4 And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away. 5 And he that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And he said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful. 6 And he said unto me, It is done, I am Alpha and Omega, the be- ginning and the end, I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely. 7 He that overcometh shall inherit all things ;and I will be his God, and he shall be my son. 8 But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and mur- derers, and whore- mongers, and sorcer- ers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death, 1: Ἀ θρόνου 1... θεος αὐτῶν m — § θεὺς (read ἐξαλείψει he shall wipe away) @tt:[a]w. 4 ἀπῆλθαν LITrA ; ἀπῆλθεν W. ά ν πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί (read Teyova ἐγώ I am become) a. : ὦ τ΄. 5. + αὐτῷ to him T[A]w. da τοῖς (the) δὲ δειλοῖς GLTTraW. Ε» ψεύσταις L, bare ' Tw 666 9 And there came unto me one of the Beven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee the bride, the Lamb’s wife. 10 And he carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain, and shewed me that great city, the holy Je- rusalem, descending out of heaven from God, 11 having the glory of God: and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal; 12 and had a wall great and high, and had twelve gates, and at the gates twelve angels, and names written thereon,which are the names of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel: 13 on the east three gates; on the north three gates; on the south three gates; and on the west three gates, 14 And the wall of the city had twelve foundations, and in them the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb. 15 And he that talked with me hada golden reed to measure the city, and the gates thereof, and the wall thereof. 16 And the city lieth foursquare, and the length is as large us the breadth: and he measured the city with the reed, twelve thousand fur- longs. The length and the breadth and the height of it are equal. 17 And he measured the wall thereof, an hundred and forty and four cubits, according to the measure of a man, that is, of the an- i — πρός µε GLTTrAW. {angels] were full LTTra. μεγάλην (read the holy city) GLTTraw. also) GLTTraw. t τοὺς πυλῶνας Tr. = ἀπὸ GLTTrAW. αὐτῶν δώδεκα on them twelve GLTTraWw. τόν ἐστιν (read [15]) GLTTrAW. ΑΠΟ ΚΑΛΑΥ VI Σ, po & 9 Kai ἦλθεν Ἱπρός pe" εἷς " τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων τῶν ἐχόν- And came to me one ofthe seven angels which had 4 ‘ 4 , ~ ε A ~ οι, των τὰς ἑπτὰ φιάλας ἱτὰς γεμούσας" τῶν ἑπτὰ πληγῶν τῶν the seven bowls full of the seven “*plagues A ie ~ , ~ re ἐσχάτων, καὶ ἐλάλησεν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ, λέγων, Δεῦρο, δείξω last, and spoke with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew σοι τὴν νύμφην "τοῦ ἀρνίου τὴν γυναῖκα." 10 Καὶ ἀπήνεγκέν thee the bride 7Lamb’s ‘the wife. And he carried away ᾽ , η) ο] ” , Neck λ , \ ἔδ ot με ἐν πνεύματι "επ" ορος µεγα και ὑψηλόν, καὶ ἔδειξέν me Ἰπ[ίπε] Spirit to amountain great and high, and shewed \ , ‘ ΄ ‘ «- ΄ μοι τὴν πόλιν στὴν μεγάλην," τὴν ἁγίαν Ἱερουσαλήμ, κατα- me the *city great, the holy Jerusalem, de- βαίνουσαν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ, 11 ἔχουσαν τὴν scending out of the heaven from God, having the ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιµιω- δόξαν τοῦ θεοῦ" Ῥκαὶ! ὁ. φωστὴρ.αὐτῆς like astone most pre glory of God, and her radiance [was] (lit. her luminary) . , e , ,ὔ ο » τάτῳ, ὡς λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι 12 “ἔχουσάν re" having also cious, as aSstone jasper lerystal-like ; τεῖχος μέγα καὶ ὑψηλόν, τἔέχουσαν" πυλῶνας δώδεκα, "καὶ ἐπὶ awall great and high; having 2gates ‘twelve, and at [τοῖς πυλῶσιν] ἀγγέλους δώδεκα, καὶ ὀνόματα ἐἔπιγεγραμ- the . gates ~ 7angels twelve, and names _ inserib- μένα, ἅ ἐστιν Ἱ τῶν δώδεκα φυλῶν τῶν!" υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ. ed, which are [those]ofthe twelve tribes ofthe sons of Israel, 13 τάπ'"' γἀνατολῆς" πυλῶνες τρεῖς" * ἀπὸ βοῤῥᾶ Οπ _ [the] east 3rates ‘three ; on (the). north πυλῶνες τρεῖς" * ἀπὸ νότου πυλῶνες τρεῖς" 3 ἀπὸ Σραίθβ 11ΏτεῬ; on [the] south *cates 4three, on [the] δυσμῶν πυλῶνες τρεῖς. 14 καὶ τὸ τεῖχος τῆς πόλεως 3ἔχονὶ west 2eates three, And the wall ofthe city having θεμελίους δώδεκα, καὶ δὲν αὐτοῖς" ὀνόματα τῶν δώδεκα 7foundations ‘twelve, and in them names ofthe twelve ? , ~ > ΄ - \ ς ~ ? ? ~ τὸ c αποστόλων τοῦ apviov. 15 καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετ᾽ ἐμοῦ εἶχεν apostles ofthe Lamb. And he speaking with me had κάλαμον χρυσοῦν, ἵνα μετρήσῃ τὴν πόλιν, Kai τοὺς πυ- a 7reed *golden, that he might measure the city, and λῶνας αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸ.τεῖχος.αὐτῆς. 16 Kai ἡ πόλις τετράγωνος *gates its, and its wall. ‘Andthe city 7four-square κεῖται, καὶ τὺ.μῆκος.αὐτῆς ἀτοσοῦτόν ἐστιν! ὅσον “καὶ! τὸ 11165, and its length so much is as also the πλάτος. καὶ ἐμέτρησεν THY πόλιν τῷ καλάμῳ ἐπὶ foradiwy! breadth, And hemeasured the city withthe reed— sfurlongs δώδεκα χιλιάδων’ τὸ μῆκος καὶ τὸ πλάτος καὶ τὸ ὕψος αὐτῆς *twelve *thousand; the length and the breadth and {πο height of it toa ἐστίν. 17 καὶ ἐμέτρησεν τὸ.τεῖχος αὐτῆς ἑκατὸν 5οᾳιϱ] ‘are. And he measured its wall, a hundred [and] Ετεσσαράκοντα τεσσάρων! πηχῶν μέτρον ἀνθρώπου, ὅ ἐστιν forty four cubits, “measure ‘a *man’s, which is, 1— τὰς W; τῶν γεμόντων Which πι τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ ἀρνίου LTTrAW. Ὁ ἐπὶ LITrAW. 9 — τὴν Ρ — καὶ GLTTrAW. - 4 ἔχουσα (omit 5 — καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς πυλῶσιν ἀγγέλους δώδεκα 1.. w — τῶν (read of [the]) LTTraw. κ + ἐκ of (the) LrTra. τ ἔχουσα GLTTrA. 7 + τὰ ὀνόματα the names {{ττλ]. Υ ἀνατολῶν ΟΥ̓. + καὶ and LTTrAw. 3 ἔχων TTrA. Ὁ ἐπ' ¢ + μέτρον a Measure GLTTrA, 4d — τοσοῦ- 8 — καὶ TTr[A]. Γσταδίους EGLTrA, ὃ τεσσερά- κοντα τεσσάρων LT; Ίθσσαρακοντατεσσάρων (τεσσε- A) EAW, eX XI. REVELATION. ? ’ “τ ig , = "ἡ ~ ἀγγέλου. 18 καὶ ἰὴν" -ἡ Κἐνδόμησιςϊ τοῦ. τείχους. αὐτῆς [the] angel’s. And ‘was 'the structure Sof *its Swall ν 5 ε , ΄ ΄ , , r ~ ἰασπιξ᾽ καὶ ἡ πόλις χρυσίον καθαρόν, ἰὁμοία" ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ. jasper ; -/ απᾶ the city 3ρο]ᾶ ‘pure, like *elass ᾿Ῥυχθ: 19 πικαὶ! οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους τῆς πόλεως παντὶ λίθῳ and the foundations ofthe wall ofthe city withevery “stone τιμίῳ κεκοσμημένοι. ὁ θεμέλιος ὁ πρῶτος ἴασπις" ὁ ‘precious [were] adorned: the ?foundation ‘first, jasper; the , ῤ « ’ , « , ΄ δεύτερος σάπφειρος' ὁ τρίτος "χαλκηδών"" ὁ τέταρτος σµά- second, sapphire; the third, ‘chalcedony; the fourth, eme- ραγδος' 20 ὁ πέμπτος “σαρδόνυξ'"Β ὁ ἕκτος Ῥσάρδιος"" ὁ rald ; the fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the e , « ΄, > « ” , ἕβδομος χρυσόλιθος' ὁ ὄγδοος βήρυλλος' ὁ Ἱένατος' τοπά- seventa, chrysclite; the eighth, beryl ; the ninth, to- ζιον' ὁ δέκατος 'χρυσόπρασος"' ὁ ἑνδέκατος ὑάκινθος' ὁ paz; the tenth, chrysoprasus ; the eleventh, jacinth ; the δωδέκατος ἀμέθυστος.. 21 καὶ οἱ δώδεκα πυλῶνες, δώδεκα twelfth, amethyst. And the twelve gates, μαργαρίται ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς pearls ; Srespectively "οπθ ‘each of the gates was of one μαργαρίτου" καὶ ἡ πλατεῖα τῆς πόλεως, χρυσίον καθαρόν, ὡς pearl; andthe street ofthe city Σσο]ὰ pure, as ὕαλος "διαφανής." 22 Kai ναὸν οὐκ εἶδον ἐν αὐτῇ' ὁ γὰρ ?glass ‘transparent. And “temple °‘no “I’saw in it; for the κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὁ παντοκράτωρ * ναὸς. αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Lord God Almighty its temple is, and .the > / " « , ? / » - « , >? ‘ ~ ἀρνίον. 23 καὶ ἡ πόλις οὐ χρείαν ἔχει τοῦ ἡλίου, οὐδὲ τῆς Lamb, Andthe city "πο “need ‘thas ofthe sun, nor ofthe , wv ’ v2 Π ? or « . , ~ ~ 9 ΄ σελήνης, ἵνα φαίνωσιν Viv" αὐτῇ" ἡ.γὰρ δόξα τοῦ θεοῦ ἐφώ- moon, ὑδαῦ they should shine in it; forthe glory of ἄοἆ en- τισεν αὐτήν, καὶ ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ ἀρνίον. 24 καὶ “τὰ lightened it, and the lamp of it [is] the Lamb. And the ἔθνη τῶν σωζομένων ἐν τῷ.φωτὶ αὐτῆς περιπατήσουσιν" καὶ nations of the saved in its light shall walk; ὁ and οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς φέρουσιν τὴν δόξαν “καὶ τὴν τιμὴν" αὐτῶν the kings + oftheearth bring 2elory “and *honour ‘their , A « ~ ~ ‘ ~ « ’ 3 εἰς αὐτήν. 25 καὶ οἱ πυλῶνες.αὐτῆς οὐ. μὴ κλεισθῶσιν ἡμέρας unto it. And its gates not at all shallbeshut by day; ‘ 3 ᾽ Mm 3 ~ ‘ » ‘ , al νὺξ γὰρ οὐκ ἔσται εκει. 26 καὶ οἴσουσιν τὴν δόξαν καὶ ϑηϊρῃὺ ‘for πο εΏα]] Ρ6 there, Απᾶ {ποτ επα]] Ῥτίηρ the glory and ‘ ty ~ 3 ~ 2 ᾽ / 3 7 Α ν ᾽ EXO ϑ τὴν τιμὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰς αὐτὴν. 27 καὶ οὐ-μη εἰσελθῃ εἰς the honour of the nations unto it. And in no wise may enter into αὐτὴν πᾶν Yeowovr," καὶ Ἀποιοῦν' βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦ- it anything defiling, and practising abomination and a (lit. everything) δος εἰ μὴ οἱ lie ; but those who ἁρνίου. Lamb. 92 Kai ἔδειξεν μοι And he shewed me γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ arewritten in the book of life of the a ‘ 1] ‘ vO ~ καθαρὸν" ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς, 2pure 4a river of water of life, twelve | 667 gel. 18 And the build- ing of the wall of it was of jasper : and the city was pure gold, like unto clear glass, 19 And the founda- tions of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious stones. The first foundation was jasper; the second, sapphire ; the third, a chalcedony; the fourth, an emerald; 20 the fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius ; the seventh chrysolite ; the eighth, beryl; the ninth, a topaz; the tenth, a chrysoprasus; the eleventh,a jacinth; the twelfth, an ame- thyst. 21 And the twelve gates were twelve pearls; every several gate was of one pearl: and the street of the city was pure gold, as it were transparent ‘ glass. 22 And I saw no tem- le therein: for the ord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it: 23 And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof. 24 And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it. 25 And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day: for there shall be nonight there. 26 And they shall bring the glory and honour of the na- tions into it. 27 ind there shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb’s book of life, XXII. And heshew- ed me a pure river of water of life, clear as a a eT ce in Ta 1 ὅμοιον LTTrAW. k ἐνδώμησις TTr. 1 4 εννατος EGW. i — ἣν (read [was]) LTA. P σάρδιον LTTrAW. κεδών T. ο σαρδιόννὲ L. ὃ διαυγής ΑἸΤΊΤΑΥ. σις 6 L[a]w. πατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη διὰ τοῦ φωτὸς ' (:LTTrAW. 2 — τὴν W3 — καὶ την τιμὴν LTTrA. he who TTr) ποιῶν ([he who) Law) practises LTTrAW, v — ἐν (read αὐτῇ for it) GLTTrAW. φωτὸς αὐτῆς the nations shall walk by means of its light Υ κοινὸν Common GLTTraWw. «8 —- καθαρὸν GLTTrAW, m—kKalLTA. ® xaA- τ χρυσόπρασον L. W περι- "(τὸ 668 crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb. 2 In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the ri- ver, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve manner of fruits, and yielded her fruitevery month; and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations. 3 And there shall be no more curse : but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it ; and his servants shall serve him: 4and they shall see his face ; and his name shall be in their forcheads. 5 And there shall be no nightthere; and they need no candle, nei- ther light of the sun; for the Lord God giv- eth them light: and they shall reign for ever and ever, 6 And he said unto me, These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent his angel to shew unto his servants the things which must shortly be done. 7 Behold, Τ come quickly : blessed is he that keepeth the sayings of the prophe- cy of this book. 8 AndI ohn saw these things, and heard them. And when I had heard and seen, I fell down to worship before’ the feet of the angel which shewed me these things. 9 Then saith he unto mé, See thou do i not: for I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren the prophets, and of them which keep the ATIOKAAY WIS. ΧΧΙΠ. a ΄ ~ λαμπρὸν we κρύσταλλον, ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου τοῦ bright as crystal, going forth outof the throne θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀρνίου. 2 ἐν μέσῳ τῆς.πλατείας αὐτῆς, καὶ τοῦ of God andofthe Lamb. In the midst of its street, and of the ~ > vO ‘ b2 v0 I ξύλ rs ~ ς ~ il ποταμοῦ, ἐντεῦθεν καὶ "ἐντεῦθεν, ὕλον ζωῆς, “ποιοῦν river, on this side and onthatside, [the] tree of life, producing καρποὺς δώδεκα, κατὰ μῆνα" «ἕνα" ἕκαστον ἰἀποδιδοῦν" τὸν “fruits ‘twelve, *month Seach yielding καρπὸν αὐτοῦ" καὶ τὰ φύλλα τοῦ ξύλου εἰς θεραπείαν τῶν 7fruit- its; and the leaves ofthe tree for healing of the ᾽ ~ ‘ ~ ΄ η] ? ” 2 ο 4 € , ἐθνῶν. ὃ Kai πᾶν ἕκαταναάθεµα' οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι" καὶ ὁ θρόνος nations. And 7any 5curse ?not shallbe longer; and the throne (lit. every) τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ ἀρνίου ἐν αὐτῇ ἔσται' καὶ οἱ δοῦλοι.αὐτοῦ ofGod and ofthe Lamb in it shall be; and his bondmen λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ" 4 κἀὶ ὄψονται τὸ. πρόσωπον.αὐτοῦ, καὶ shall serve him, and they shall see his face; and τὸ ὄνομα. αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῶν.µετώπων αὐτῶν. 5 Kai νὺξ οὐκ ἔσται his name on their foreheads [15]. And ?night “no shallbe Bee at vei ΠΝ I Ky ; νο λα χρείαν οὐκ ἔχουσιν ύχνου καὶ φωτὸς ἰἡλίου, there, and μοῦ ‘no *they*have ofalamp and of light of[the]sun, ὅτι κύριος ὁ θεὸς πιἰφωτίζει" αὐτούς" καὶ βασιλεύσουσιν because [the] Lord God enlightens them, and they shall reign εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνωγ. to the ages ofthe ages. 6 Καὶ εἶπέν μοι, Οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί" And hesaid tome, These words [are] faithful and true; καὶ ™ κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν δἁγίωνὶ προφητῶν ἀπέστειλεν τὸν and [the] Lord God ofthe holy prophets sent ” ? ~ ~ ~ 7, ? ~ εν ~ ἄγγελον αὐτοῦ δεῖξαι τοῖς.δούλοις. αὐτοῦ ἃ δεῖ γε- 4angel this toshew his bondmen the things which must come νέσθαι ἔν.τάχει. 7? Ἴδού, ἔρχομαι ταχύ. μακάριος ὁ to pass soon, Behold, Iam coming quickly. Blessed [is] he who τηρῶν τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ.βιβλίου.τούτου. 8 IKai keeps the words ofthe prophecy of this book, And ? 1 ll ? , < τ / ~ Να ee 2 , oll ἐγω" Ιωάννης 0 βλέπων ταῦτα καὶ ἀκούων ac John [πας] he who [was] seeing *these “things ‘and "hearing. ae » \ 57) Wt” Π ~ ” καὶ ὅτε ἤκουσα καὶ "ἔβλεψαὶ ἴἔπεσα" προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν And when [heard and saw I fell down to do homage before τῶν ποδῶν τοῦ ἀγγέλου τοῦ ἸἈδεικνύοντός! μοι ταῦτα. 9 καὶ the feet ofthe angel who[was] shewing me these things. And λέγει μοι, Ὅρα μή" σὐνδουλός σου Υγάρ' εἰμι, καὶ he says tome, See [thou doit] not: *fellowbondman Sof*thee ‘for *I*am, and τῶν. ἀδελφῶν. σου τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῶν τηρούντων τοὺς of thy brethren the prophets, and of those who keep the λόγους τοῦ.βιβλίου.τούτου' τῷ θεῷ προσκύνησον. 10 Kai sayings of this book: words of this book: to God do homage. And worship God. 10 And , \ ΄, 4 , ~ , __ he saith unto me, Seal λέγει. μοί; Μὴ.σφραγίσῃς τοὺς λόγους της προφητείας του not the sayings of the he says to me, Seal not the words ofthe prophecy prophecy of this book: γ , κὰν ΑΗ . x? r 3 « 2s forthe timeisathand. βιβλίου τούτου" Wort ὁ καιρὸς Σ ἐγγύς ἐστιν. 11 ὁ ἀδι- 1] He that is unjust, *book tof *this; becausethe time ?near lis. He that is un- Ὁ ἐκεῖθεν LTTrAW. ο ποιῶν T. ἀμῆναν 1. 8 -- ἕνα GLTTrAW. f ἀποδιδοὺς TTrA- & κατάθεµα ΟΙΤΤΙΑΥ. ἔχουσιν TTr) χρείαν LTTrAW ; οὐ χρεία α. m φωτιεῖ (φωτίσει L) ἐπ᾽ shall enlighten GLTtTraw. Spirits of the GLTTraw. ταῦτα GLTrAW ; βλέπων καὶ ἀκούων ταῦτα T. ¥— γάρ GLITrAw, τος T, 4 ἔτι longer @LTTraw. i οὐχ ἔξουσιν they shall have no (οὐκ k + φωτὸς of light Lrrra. 1 — yAlov'w. n + othe ΙΤΤΤΑ, ο πνευμάτων τῶν 4 κἀγὼ LITrAW. ἀκούων καὶ βλέπων Ι 5 ἔβλεπον W. t ἔπεσον FG. ἃ δεικνύν» Wm ὅτι GLITIAW * + γὰρ for (the time) LTTraw, P + Kaiand:-GLTTraw. XXII. REVELATION. ~ 10 , ης x ε « ~ 21 , I! κων ἀὐικησατω ἔτι και Yo ρυπῶν' τρυπωσάτω righteous let him be unrighteous still; and Ίο that is filthy let him be filthy ἔτι καὶ ὁ δίκαιος Ἀδικαιωθήτωϊ ἔτι καὶ ὁ ἅγιος stilf; and he that [is] righteous let him be righteous still; and he that [is] holy ε θη ” b ΜΠ ἰδ ’ » / ατα αγιασθητω ert. 12 "Καὶ ἰδού, ἔρχομαι ταχύ, καὶ ὁ let him be sanctified still. And, behold, Iam coming quickly, and ae pou per ἐμοῦ, ἀποδοῦναι: ἑκάστῳ ὡς τὸ ἔργον "αὐτοῦ eward ‘my with me, to render toeach as “work *his ἔσται." 13 ἐγώ Seine! τὸ «Α' καὶ τὸ Ὦ,! ξἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος, shall be. I am the A andthe Ω, [the] beginning and end, ὁ πρῶτος Kai ὁ ἔσχατος." 14 Μακάριοι οἱ Ῥποιοῦν- the first and the last, Blessed [are] they that do τες τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ," ἵνα ἔσται ἡ.ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ his commandments, that “shall *be their “authority to the ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς, καὶ τοῖς πυλῶσιν εἰσέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν πόλιν. tree of life, andbythe gates they should goin to the city. 1ὅ ἔξω δὲν οἱ κύνες καὶ οἱ φαρμακοὶ καὶ οἱ πόρνοι καὶ But without [are] the. ἄορβ, andthe sorcerers, and the fornicators, and οἱ φονεῖς καὶ οἱ εἰδωλολάτραι, Kai πᾶς *6" Ιφιλῶν καὶ the murderers, and the idolaters, and everyone that loves and ποιῶν" ᾿ψεῦδος, practises a lie. 16 ᾿Εγὼ Ἰησοῦς ἔπεμψα τὸν .ἄγγελόν.μου μαρτυρῆσαι BT Jesus sent mine angel to testify ~ ~ ‘ “΄7 ,) / ΄ ? c es ‘ ὑμῖν ταῦτα "πὶ! ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις" ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ pila καὶ am the root and “όρθρι- morn- to you these things in the assemblies. δ τὸ γένος "τοῦ! οΔαβίδ,ὶι ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρὸς Ρκαὶ" the offspring of David, the “star *bright 7and νὰ ~ A / ᾽ .. voc." 17 Καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα καὶ ἡ νύμφη λέγουσιν, :Έλθε" ing. And the _ Spirit and the bride say, Come, ' τ ‘ « ~ N ’ Καὶ ὁ ἀκούων εἰπάτω, EXO." καὶ ὁ διψῶν ἐλθέτω," Andhethat hears lethimsay, Come. Andhe that thirsts let him come; ‘ / , x ~ , "καὶ" ὁ θέλων “λαμβανέτω τὸ" ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν. and hethat wills, lethimtake the water of life gratuitously. 18 "Συμμαρτυροῦμαι.γὰρὶ παντὶ 5 ἀκούοντι τοὺς λόγους For I jointly testify toeveryone hearing the words ΡΞ , ~ , 7 = 1. ya? 09 κ τῆς προφητείας τοῦ.βιβλίου.τούτου' ἐᾶν τις Σ"ἐπιτιθῇ πρὸς ofthe prophecy of this book, If anyone shouldadd to , A 4 εἶ ‘ ‘ ταῦτα," ἐπιθήσει 0 θεὸς ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν" τὰς πληγὰς τὰς γε- these things, 7shall *add 1God unto him the plagues which are γραμμένας ἐν "" BiBriw.rodrw' 19 καὶ ἐάν τις apaipy" written in this book. And if anyone should take ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων ““βίβλου! τῆς προφητείας.ταύτής, “apaipy- 669 let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is right- eous, let him be right- eous still: ‘and he that is holy, let him be holy still, 12 And, behold, I come quick- ly ; and my reward'‘is with me, to give every man according as hig work shall be. 13 I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last. 14 Blessed are they that do his com- mandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city. 15 For without ave dogs, and _ sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whoso- ever loveth and mak- eth a lie. 16 I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. Iam the root and the off- spring of David, and the bright and morn- ing star. 17 And the Spirit And the bride say, Come, And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come, And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely. 18 For I testify un- to every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book, If any manshall add unto these things, God shall add unto him the plagues that are written in this book: 19 and if any man shall take a- way from the words of this prophecy,’ "shall *take of the book of this from ira κ bis ὅος ot [the] Leap Dee 3 ἘΣ τὴ εν ll ee ~, κ. prophecy, God shall cet" ὁ θεὸς τὸςμέρος. αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ ΄ ““βίβλουϊ τῆς ζωῆς, Καὶ take away his pi “away 1God his part from[the] book’ of life, and out of the book of ἶ Υ ὁ ῥυπαρὸς the filthy [one] GLTTraw. 5ῥυπανθήτω LTTrA 5 ῥυπαρευθήτω απ. 3 δικαιο- σύνην ποιησάτω let him practise righteousness GLTTraW. > -— καὶ GLTTrAW. 5 ἐστὶν αὐτοῦ (read his work is) LTTra. ἅ -- εἰμι (read [am))GLTTraw. tO. & ὃ (— ὁ L[A]) πρῶτος καὶ ὁ (— ὁ 1[4]} ἔ GLTA) τέλος GLTTrA. but GLTTraw. τὰ — ἐπὶ (read ταῖς to P—koalGTTrAW. — GLTTraw. t — καὶ GLTTrAW. 2 + τῷ who (hears) GLITrAW. 85 0 GLITrAW. ὠ ὃδ ἀφέλῃ GLTTrAW. «» τοῦ ξύλον the tree GLITrAW. k — ὁ (read loving and practising) LTtraw. the) W; ev L. 2 — τοῦ GLTTrAW, 4 ὁ πρωϊνός the Morning GLTTraw. v λαβέτω GLTTrAW. ¥8 ἐπιθῇ ἐπ᾽ αὐτά GLITraW. “8 τοῦ βιβλίον GLITrAW, ν Ἀ πλύνοντες τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν Wash their robes 1ΤΤτΑ. 1 ποιῶν καὶ φιλῶν τ΄ ο Δανείδ LTTrA; Δαυὶδ ανν. τ Ἔρχου GLITrAW. τ Μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ I testify GLTtraw. το 38 ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν ὁ θεὸς Ἐς ε ἄλφα Alpha ἹτττΑανν. ατος, (+ ἡ the GLTA) ἀρχὴ καὶ (+ τὸ the i δὲ 5 ἐρχέσθω ἀκ ἀφελεῖ GLITIAW,, 670 ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΙΣ. ΧΧΙΙ. and out of the hol fio Ὁ , ΕΙ MI ~ : αν al σον ον ἘΚ της πόλεως τῆς ἁγίας, Feat τῶν γεγραμμένων things which are writ- Outof the city holy, and of those who are written ten in this book, ἐν " βιβλίῳ τούτῳ. in book *this, 20 He which testifi- 90 A; ῦ ῦ Ναὶ ἔ J : : γει ο µαρτυρωγ ταῦτα, αι ερχοµαι ταχυ. oth these things saith, ®Says ‘he ?who re ἐν “these things, Yea, lam coming quickly. να ντο quickly, A : ee τς Ρο, come, ᾿Αμήν, ‘Nai,' ἔρχου, κύριε Ἰησοῦ. Lord Jesus. Amen; yea, come, Lord Jesus, 21 The grace ofour 21 Ἡ χάρις τοῦ.κυρίου. "ἡμῶν" ᾿Ιησοῦ Ἰχριστοῦὶ μετὰ Lord Jesus Christ be : - : ας: with you all, Amen. . The ep βε ae ye Jesus Christ be’ with πάντων" "ὑμῶν." οΡ Αμήν." 4 34}} you. Amen, f—éx tra]. | & -- και (read τῶν which) GLTTrAW. ; :Β + τῷ GLTTrAW. i— Na GLITrawW ; (join Amen with quickly FTr). k — ἡμῶν (read of the Lord) GLTTrAw. 1— χριστοῦ LTTrA. ™ — πάντων ΤτΑ. 2 — ὑμῶν GLTTrAW. ο + τῶν ἁγίων the saints GTrAW. -- Ἀμήν GLTTrA. 4 + ἀποκάλυψις Ἰωάννου Revelation of John a, a BAO. Princeton Theological Seminary-Speer Library Ei